diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 1ca7dfeca3f..40ab45a71ec 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -10,6 +10,7 @@ *.suo *.user *.ide +*.bkp #################################################################################### # Build working directories @@ -18,6 +19,7 @@ /Dev/TestResults /bin /TestResults +/Logs #################################################################################### # Server Build Output Folders @@ -41,6 +43,16 @@ /Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/*.manifest /Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/*.log /Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/*.cer +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/de +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/en +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/en-gb +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/es +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/fr +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/it +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/ja +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/ko +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/zh-Hans +/Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/zh-Hant #################################################################################### # Other Build Output Folders #################################################################################### @@ -156,12 +168,60 @@ /Dev/Dev2.Sql.Tests/obj /Dev/Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers.Test/bin /Dev/Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers.Test/obj +/Dev/Example Shipper/Example Shipper/bin +/Dev/Example Shipper/Example Shipper/obj +/Dev/ServerProxyLayer/bin +/Dev/ServerProxyLayer/obj +/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/bin +/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/obj /Dev/SFTPServer/bin /Dev/SFTPServer/obj /Dev/Studio.UI.Load.Specs/bin /Dev/Studio.UI.Load.Specs/obj -/Dev/Example Shipper/Example Shipper/bin -/Dev/Example Shipper/Example Shipper/obj +/Dev/Test.Localisation/bin +/Dev/Test.Localisation/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.Tests/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.Tests/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Core/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Core/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.UnittestingUtils/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.UnittestingUtils/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/obj +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Tests/bin +/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Tests/obj #################################################################################### # These release workflows must be stored in "/Dev/BPM Resources - Release/Resources" ONLY! @@ -238,41 +298,3 @@ /Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/Resources/Sample Project/WarewolfShoppingCartDB.xml /Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/Resources/SqlServers/DemoDB.xml /Dev/Dev2.Server/bin/Debug/Resources/Hello World.xml -Dev/ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity/backup/ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests/backup/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Activities.Tests/backup/Dev2.Activities.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Activities/backup/Dev2.Activities.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Common.Interfaces/backup/Dev2.Common.Interfaces.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Common.Test/backup/Dev2.Common.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Common/backup/Dev2.Common.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Core.Tests/backup/Dev2.Core.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Core.Tests/backup/MathOperationTest/FunctionTest.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Core.Tests/backup/MathOperationTest/InfragisticsEvaluationTest.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Crypto.HashGenerator/backup/Dev2.Crypto.HashGenerator.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.CustomControls.Tests/backup/Dev2.CustomControls.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Data.Tests/backup/Dev2.Data.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Data/backup/Dev2.Data.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Data/backup/MathOperations/Function.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Data/backup/MathOperations/FunctionEvaluator.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Data/backup/MathOperations/FunctionRepository.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Data/backup/MathOperations/Interfaces/IFunction.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Development.Languages/backup/Dev2.Development.Languages.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Diagnostics/backup/Dev2.Diagnostics.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests/backup/Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Infrastructure/backup/Dev2.Infrastructure.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Instrumentation/backup/Dev2.Instrumentation.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Network/backup/Dev2.Network.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.OutputLibraries/backup/Dev2.OutputLibraries.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Scheduler.Test/backup/Dev2.Scheduler.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Scheduler/backup/Dev2.Scheduler.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Services.Execution/backup/Dev2.Services.Execution.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Services.Sql/backup/Dev2.Services.Sql.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/backup/Dock/ContentPaneFactoryTests.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/backup/AppResources/ExtensionMethods/PaneLocationExtensions.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/backup/AppResources/WindowManagers/IDockAwareWindowManager.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/backup/AppResources/WindowManagers/XamDockManagerDockAwareWindowManager.cs.bkp -Dev/Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers.Test/backup/Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers/backup/Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.UndoFramework.Tests/backup/Dev2.UndoFramework.Tests.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.UndoFramework/backup/Dev2.UndoFramework.csproj.bkp -Dev/Dev2.Util/backup/Dev2.Util.csproj.bkp diff --git a/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.Config b/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.Config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67f8ea046ef --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.Config @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.exe b/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.exe new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8dd7e45ae75 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.exe differ diff --git a/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.targets b/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.targets new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3f8c37b22cd --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/.nuget/NuGet.targets @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ + + + + $(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\..\ + + + false + + + false + + + true + + + false + + + + + + + + + + + $([System.IO.Path]::Combine($(SolutionDir), ".nuget")) + + + + + $(SolutionDir).nuget + + + + $(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\packages.$(MSBuildProjectName.Replace(' ', '_')).config + $(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\packages.$(MSBuildProjectName).config + + + + $(MSBuildProjectDirectory)\packages.config + $(PackagesProjectConfig) + + + + + $(NuGetToolsPath)\NuGet.exe + @(PackageSource) + + "$(NuGetExePath)" + mono --runtime=v4.0.30319 "$(NuGetExePath)" + + $(TargetDir.Trim('\\')) + + -RequireConsent + -NonInteractive + + "$(SolutionDir) " + "$(SolutionDir)" + + + $(NuGetCommand) install "$(PackagesConfig)" -source "$(PackageSources)" $(NonInteractiveSwitch) $(RequireConsentSwitch) -solutionDir $(PaddedSolutionDir) + $(NuGetCommand) pack "$(ProjectPath)" -Properties "Configuration=$(Configuration);Platform=$(Platform)" $(NonInteractiveSwitch) -OutputDirectory "$(PackageOutputDir)" -symbols + + + + RestorePackages; + $(BuildDependsOn); + + + + + $(BuildDependsOn); + BuildPackage; + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/AcceptanceTesting.sln b/Dev/AcceptanceTesting.sln new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de3ad401bfc --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/AcceptanceTesting.sln @@ -0,0 +1,2632 @@ +Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 +# Visual Studio 2013 +VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.30723.0 +MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Server", "Dev2.Server\Dev2.Server.csproj", "{87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio", "Dev2.Studio\Dev2.Studio.csproj", "{62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity", "ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity\ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity.csproj", "{DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities", "Dev2.Activities\Dev2.Activities.csproj", "{0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities.Designers", "Dev2.Activities.Designers\Dev2.Activities.Designers.csproj", "{B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities.Specs", "Dev2.Activities.Specs\Dev2.Activities.Specs.csproj", "{A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities.Tests", "Dev2.Activities.Tests\Dev2.Activities.Tests.csproj", "{2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Common", "Dev2.Common\Dev2.Common.csproj", "{84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Common.Interfaces", "Dev2.Common.Interfaces\Dev2.Common.Interfaces.csproj", "{13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Core", "Dev2.Core\Dev2.Core.csproj", "{6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Core.Tests", "Dev2.Core.Tests\Dev2.Core.Tests.csproj", "{6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.CustomControls", "Dev2.CustomControls\Dev2.CustomControls.csproj", "{F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Data", "Dev2.Data\Dev2.Data.csproj", "{4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Development.Languages", "Dev2.Development.Languages\Dev2.Development.Languages.csproj", "{33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Diagnostics", "Dev2.Diagnostics\Dev2.Diagnostics.csproj", "{A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Infrastructure", "Dev2.Infrastructure\Dev2.Infrastructure.csproj", "{615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests", "Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests\Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests.csproj", "{D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Instrumentation", "Dev2.Instrumentation\Dev2.Instrumentation.csproj", "{52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Intellisense", "Dev2.Intellisense\Dev2.Intellisense.csproj", "{DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Network", "Dev2.Network\Dev2.Network.csproj", "{14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.OutputLibraries", "Dev2.OutputLibraries\Dev2.OutputLibraries.csproj", "{38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime", "Dev2.Runtime\Dev2.Runtime.csproj", "{9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.Configuration", "Dev2.Runtime.Configuration\Dev2.Runtime.Configuration.csproj", "{9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.Services", "Dev2.Runtime.Services\Dev2.Runtime.Services.csproj", "{B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.Services.Specs", "Dev2.Runtime.Services.Specs\Dev2.Runtime.Services.Specs.csproj", "{DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Scheduler", "Dev2.Scheduler\Dev2.Scheduler.csproj", "{4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Services.Execution", "Dev2.Services.Execution\Dev2.Services.Execution.csproj", "{019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Services.Sql", "Dev2.Services.Sql\Dev2.Services.Sql.csproj", "{FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio.Core", "Dev2.Studio.Core\Dev2.Studio.Core.csproj", "{A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio.Core.Specs", "Dev2.Studio.Core.Specs\Dev2.Studio.Core.Specs.csproj", "{96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests", "Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests\Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests.csproj", "{1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers", "Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers\Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers.csproj", "{1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Testing.SFTPServer", "SFTPServer\Dev2.Testing.SFTPServer.csproj", "{F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.UndoFramework", "Dev2.UndoFramework\Dev2.UndoFramework.csproj", "{632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Util", "Dev2.Util\Dev2.Util.csproj", "{1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}" +EndProject +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "TestScripts", "TestScripts", "{C6750CCC-03BB-42BF-8EB7-0D9ACB927923}" + ProjectSection(SolutionItems) = preProject + TestScripts\Acceptance\Cleanup.bat = TestScripts\Acceptance\Cleanup.bat + TestScripts\Acceptance\Startup.bat = TestScripts\Acceptance\Startup.bat + EndProjectSection +EndProject +Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Solution Items", "Solution Items", "{20848FEE-00A7-4B96-9FA1-80F2890E37AB}" + ProjectSection(SolutionItems) = preProject + TestSettings\Acceptance\Environment Pool.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\Environment Pool.testsettings + TestSettings\Acceptance\First CI Environment.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\First CI Environment.testsettings + TestSettings\Acceptance\Local.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\Local.testsettings + TestSettings\Acceptance\Sandbox.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\Sandbox.testsettings + EndProjectSection +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Integration.Tests", "Dev2.IntegrationTests\Dev2.Integration.Tests.csproj", "{2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.OuputConfigFiles", "Dev2.OuputConfigFiles\Dev2.OuputConfigFiles.csproj", "{C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Load.Tests", "Dev2.LoadTests\Dev2.Load.Tests.csproj", "{7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Sql", "Dev2.Sql\Dev2.Sql.csproj", "{2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.WebServer", "Dev2.Runtime.WebServer\Dev2.Runtime.WebServer.csproj", "{4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer", "Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer\Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer.csproj", "{6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Views", "Warewolf.Studio.Views\Warewolf.Studio.Views.csproj", "{81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Core", "Warewolf.Studio.Core\Warewolf.Studio.Core.csproj", "{F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls", "Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls\Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.csproj", "{1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels", "Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels\Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.csproj", "{C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna", "Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna\Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna.csproj", "{C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Models", "Warewolf.Studio.Models\Warewolf.Studio.Models.csproj", "{3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Resources", "Warewolf.Studio.Resources\Warewolf.Studio.Resources.csproj", "{CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer", "Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer\Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.csproj", "{CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Core", "Warewolf.Core\Warewolf.Core.csproj", "{8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer", "ServerProxyLayer\Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer.csproj", "{97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Specs", "Warewolf.Studio.Specs\Warewolf.Studio.Specs.csproj", "{055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help", "Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help\Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help.csproj", "{561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core", "Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core\Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core.csproj", "{CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio", "Warewolf.Studio\Warewolf.Studio.csproj", "{6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}" +EndProject +Global + GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution + Beta|Any CPU = Beta|Any CPU + Beta|Mixed Platforms = Beta|Mixed Platforms + Beta|x64 = Beta|x64 + Beta|x86 = Beta|x86 + CTP|Any CPU = CTP|Any CPU + CTP|Mixed Platforms = CTP|Mixed Platforms + CTP|x64 = CTP|x64 + CTP|x86 = CTP|x86 + Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU + Debug|Mixed Platforms = Debug|Mixed Platforms + Debug|x64 = Debug|x64 + Debug|x86 = Debug|x86 + Japan|Any CPU = Japan|Any CPU + Japan|Mixed Platforms = Japan|Mixed Platforms + Japan|x64 = Japan|x64 + Japan|x86 = Japan|x86 + Release|Any CPU = Release|Any CPU + Release|Mixed Platforms = Release|Mixed Platforms + Release|x64 = Release|x64 + Release|x86 = Release|x86 + Trial|Any CPU = Trial|Any CPU + Trial|Mixed Platforms = Trial|Mixed Platforms + Trial|x64 = Trial|x64 + Trial|x86 = Trial|x86 + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {055903B2-8801-4714-B6AF-57DEC358CEEA}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution + HideSolutionNode = FALSE + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution + {C6750CCC-03BB-42BF-8EB7-0D9ACB927923} = {20848FEE-00A7-4B96-9FA1-80F2890E37AB} + EndGlobalSection + GlobalSection(CodealikeProperties) = postSolution + SolutionGuid = 5a0c3994-6f1d-461d-8c94-696b3470e61c + EndGlobalSection +EndGlobal diff --git a/Dev/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs b/Dev/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs index 82a7fcebc6a..9f16f1007c3 100644 --- a/Dev/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs +++ b/Dev/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ // // You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers // by using the '*' as shown below: -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.4.*")] \ No newline at end of file +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.3.*")] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics.WPF.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics.WPF.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0b282d10d78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics.WPF.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.csproj.FileListAbsolute.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +D:\Repos\Warewolf Closed Source\ThirdParty\Infragistics.14.2\Build\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.xml +D:\Repos\Warewolf Closed Source\ThirdParty\Infragistics.14.2\Build\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll +D:\Repos\Warewolf Closed Source\ThirdParty\Infragistics.14.2\Build\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.pdb +D:\Repos\Warewolf Closed Source\ThirdParty\Infragistics.14.2\Infragistics.Data.AnnotationsDataManager\obj\Release\Infragistics.WPF.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.csprojResolveAssemblyReference.cache +D:\Repos\Warewolf Closed Source\ThirdParty\Infragistics.14.2\Infragistics.Data.AnnotationsDataManager\obj\Release\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll +D:\Repos\Warewolf Closed Source\ThirdParty\Infragistics.14.2\Infragistics.Data.AnnotationsDataManager\obj\Release\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.pdb diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a1a55cdfba Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.dll.config b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.dll.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1e35794816 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.dll.config @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52c945d5b58 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11957 @@ + + + + Infragistics4.Services.Schedules.WcfConnectorService.v14.2 + + + + + Indicates an exposed type or member which was added as part of a new feature. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether member or type should be excluded from the internal feature documentation. + + + + + Gets or sets a short name description of the feature. + + + + + Gets or sets a more granular sub-feature name description of the feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the version in which the feature was added. + + + + + Interface implemented by objects to support listeners. + + + + + Interface implemented by objects to support listeners. + + Type of the item whose notifications are being sent. Typically the object implementing the interface. + Type of the object that identifies the property. + + + + Raised when the collection's contents change. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of collections that constitue this aggregate collection. + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + SparseArray class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the default factor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + If true then either all items should implement ISparseArrayItem interface or the derived class should override and methods to maintain owner data for items. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class . + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Must be between 0f and 1f exclusive. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + Must be between 0f and 1f exclusive. + If true then all the items must implement ISparseArrayItem interface. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + Must be between 0f and 1f exclusive. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + + + Expands the array to the new count. New count must be greater than or equal to the + current count. This has the same logical effect as adding new count - current count + number of null items at the end of the array. + + + + + + Adds the speicifed item at the end of the collection. + + + The index at which the item was added. + + + + Inserts the specified item at the specified location in the array. + + + + + + + Adds items in the specified collection to the end of the collection. + + + + + + Inserts items in the specified collection to the collection at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + + + + + Moves the specified item to a new location. + + Item to move. + New location of the item. + + + + Moves the item at the itemIndex to newIndex. + + Item at this index will be moved. + Item will be moved to this index. + + + + Retruns the index of the specified item. + + + + + + + Removes count number of items starting at the specified index in the array. + + + + + + + Removes the specified item. If the item doesn't exist in the collection, it does nothing. + + + + + + Returns true if the specified item is contained in the collection. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the array. + + + + + Copies all the elements from this collection to the specified array starting at index. + + + + + + + Copies all the elements from this collection to the specified array starting at index. + + + + + + + + Returns a new array containing all the elements of this collection. + + + + + + Returns a new array of specified type containing all the elements of this collection. + + + + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. If the item at the specified index is null + and createItemCallback parameter is non-null, it will call CreateItem on the + callback to create it and set it on the array at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. If the item at the specified index is null + and createItemCallback parameter is non-null, it will call CreateItem on the + callback to create it and set it on the array at the specified index. + + + + + + + + Reverses the order of items in the collection. + + + + + Reverses the order of items in the specified range. + + + + + + + Sorts the array. + + + + + Sorts the array. + + + + + + Sorts the array using generic array to achieve slightly better performance. + + The array is assumed to contain objects of type T. + Comparer to compare the elements of the array with. + + + + Removes data structures allocated for empty slots in the sparse array. + + + + Over time setting non-null slots to null can result in sparse array holding onto + data structures that are not necessary since all the associated slots are null + values. Calling this method will cause the sparse array to release those data + structures. + + + + + + Returns the owner data of the item. Derived class can override GetOwnerData and SetOwnerData to support owner data without having to implement ISparseArrayItem interface on the items. + + + + + + + Sets the owner data on item. Derived class can override GetOwnerData and SetOwnerData to support owner data without having to implement ISparseArrayItem interface on the items. + + + + + + + Returns the visible count. + + + + + + Returns the scroll count. + + + + + + Returns the visible index associted with the specified item. Item must be contained + within the array. If the item is hidden, that is it's ScrollCount is 0, the this + method returns -1. + + + + + + + Returns the visible index associted with the specified item. Item must be contained + within the array. + + + If false then returns -1 if the item is hidden. + If true, returns the visible index of item as it would have been if it were visible. + This parameter doesn't have any effect on the returned value if the item is not hidden. + + + + + + Gets the visible index of the item at the specified index. If the item hasn't been allocated + yet then it assumes it's visible. + + Index of the item in the sparse array. + If false and the item is hidden, returns -1. Otherwise returns + the visible index as if it were visible. + Visible index. + + + This method is typically used when the item at a specific index hasn't been allocated yet + and one needs to calculate its visible index. + + + + + + Gets the scroll index of the specified item. + + + + + + + Gets the scroll index of the specified item. + + + If false then returns -1 if the item is hidden. + If true, returns the visible index of item as it would have been if it were visible. + This parameter doesn't have any effect on the returned value if the item is not hidden. + + + + + + Returns offset'th visible item from startItem. StartItem can be hidden in which case + it will start from the next visible item. Offset can be 0. If the resulting visible + index is out of bounds, returns null. + + + + + + + + + Returns the item at the specified visible index. This method returns null if the visible index is out of bounds. + + Visible index at which to get the item. + Optional call back to create the item at the specified visible index if none exists at that visible index. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified scroll index. This method returns null if the scroll index is out of bounds. + + Scroll index at which to get the item. + Optional call back to create the item at the specified scroll index if none exists at that scroll index. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified scroll index. This method returns null if the scroll index is out of bounds. + + Scroll index at which to get the item. It will be modified to be the offset into the item's descendants. + Optional call back to create the item at the specified scroll index if none exists at that scroll index. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified scroll index. This method returns null if the scroll index is out of bounds. + + Visible index at which to get the item. + Optional call back to create the item at the specified scroll index if none exists at that scroll index. + If false then the method return the item in this sparse array that contains the + specified scroll index. If true then it may traverse down the sparse array hierarchy to get the item at the + specified scroll index from a sparse array that's at a lower level. + If traverseHierarchy is false then this will be set to the scroll index relative + to the returned item. + + + + + Whenever a scroll count of an item contained within this collection is changed, + the collection must be notified of the change. If not notified of such a change, + behavior of various scroll and visible index related methods will be undefined. + + Item whose scroll count changed. + + + + Dirties scroll count info for the whole collection so next time it will be re-calculated. + + + + + Called by the sparse array whenever visible count or scroll count changes or is dirtied. Default implementation does nothing. This may get called multiple times for the same change as well as may get called even when the count doesn't change but is simply dirtied. + + + + + Called when the sparese array creates an item by calling CreateItem + on the ICreateItemCallback instance that gets passed into the method + that initiates the creatio of the item (like GetItem method for example). + + + + + + + Sets the owner data on all the items contained in the tree. Typically you do not + need to call this as the sprase array automatically manages the owner data as you + add and remove items. This is useful if you deserialize the sparse array and + need to make sure that the owner data are set properly on the contained items. + + + + + Returns all the visible items. New items will be created to fill null slots via + createItemCallback parameter if it's non-null. + + Used to create items to fill null slots. If null, null items will be skipped. + Visible items in this sparse array. + + + + Returns an instance of IEnumerator that can be used to enumerate through all the + elements of this collection. + + + + + + Returns an instance of IEnumerator that can be used to enumerate through all the + elements of this collection. New elements will be created to fill null slots via + createItemCallback parameter if it's non-null. + + + + + + + Retruns the number of items contained in the collection. + + + + + Indexer. + + + + + Indicates whether this collection is synchronized. Always returns false. + + + + + Returns an object that can be used to synchronize thread access. + + + + + Returns a new instance of enumerable that can be used to enumerate through only the non-null items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the sparse array is currently in the process of calculating its scroll count. + + + + + Enumerates visible items in the sparse array. If createItemCallback is specified, + new items are created to fill null slots otherwise null slots are ignored even + though they are considered to be visible. + + + + + ISparseArrayMultiItem interface. + + + + + This interface can be implemented on items to be contained in the sparse + array to get a fast IndexOf operation. + + + + + Gets the owner data of the item. + + The sparse array context. + +

GetOwnerData and methods are used by the implementation to maintain a transparent piece of data. It uses this data to provide efficient IndexOf operation.

+
+ +
+ + + Sets the owner data of the item. + + + The sparse array context. + +

and SetOwnerData methods are used by the implementation to maintain a transparent piece of data. It uses this data to provide efficient IndexOf operation.

+
+
+ + + Returns a descendant item at the specified index. The returned item + doesn't necessarily have to be an immediate child. + + + + + + + Gets the scroll count of this item. If the scroll count is 0 then item + is considered hidden otherwise it's considered visible. Scroll count must + be a non-negative number. + + + + + A flagged enumeration used to identify days of the week. + + + + + None + + + + + Sunday + + + + + Monday + + + + + Tuesday + + + + + Wednesday + + + + + Thursday + + + + + Friday + + + + + Saturday + + + + + Initializes a new + + The culture whose Calendar and DateTimeFormat are used to initialize the object + + + + Initializes a new + + The Calendar used to perform date manipulations/calculations + The format info used to provide week rule and other information + + + + Used to ensure that the instance is allowed to be modified + + + + + Provides the Calendar and DateTimeFormatInfo instances used by the object for its calculations. + + The calendar used to perform the date manipulations/calculations + The object used to provide formatting information such as the first DayOfWeek + + + + Ensures that the date is within the date range supported by the associated + + The date to evaluate + The specified date if it is within the allowed range; otherwise the min or max support DateTime of the associated Calendar if the specified date is beyond that supported by the calendar. + + + + Calculates the number of visible days of the week between the specified day of the week and the + + The hidden days + Day considered the start of the week + Day of the week to evaluate + + + + + Indicates if the specified day of the week is set in the specified day of week flags. + + The flags to evaluate + The day of week to evaluate + True if the day is included in the specified flags, otherwise false is returned. + + + + Adds the specified number of days to the specified date + + The source date to which the offset will be added + The number of days by which to adjust the + The adjusted date or the max/min supported date of the calendar if the result was outside the allowed range + + + + Adds the specified number of hours to the specified date + + The source date to which the offset will be added + The number of hours by which to adjust the + The adjusted date or the max/min supported date of the calendar if the result was outside the allowed range + + + + Adds the specified number of minutes to the specified date + + The source date to which the offset will be added + The number of minutes by which to adjust the + The adjusted date or the max/min supported date of the calendar if the result was outside the allowed range + + + + Adds the specified number of months to the specified date + + The source date to which the offset will be added + The number of months by which to adjust the + The adjusted date or the max/min supported date of the calendar if the result was outside the allowed range + + + + Adds the specified number of seconds to the specified date + + The source date to which the offset will be added + The number of seconds by which to adjust the + The adjusted date or the max/min supported date of the calendar if the result was outside the allowed range + + + + Adds the specified number of weeks to the specified date + + The source date to which the offset will be added + The number of weeks by which to adjust the + The adjusted date or the max/min supported date of the calendar if the result was outside the allowed range + + + + Adds the specified number of years to the specified date + + The source date to which the offset will be added + The number of years by which to adjust the + The adjusted date or the max/min supported date of the calendar if the result was outside the allowed range + + + + Returns the date that represents the start of the week that contains the specified date. + + The date whose week is to be evaluated + Optional value that indicates the first day of week to use for the calculation + Out param that is initialized with the number of days before the returned date that would be the first day of the week. + The date that represents the first day of the week. + + + + Returns the number of days in the month for the specified date + + The date to evaluate + The number of days in the month for the specified date + + + + Returns the number of the days in the year for the year containing the specified date + + The date to evaluate + The number of days in the year for the year containing the specified date + + + + Returns the day of the month for the specified date + + The date to evaluate + The day of the month + + + + Returns the day of the week for the specified date + + The date to evaluate + The day of the week + + + + Returns the number of the day of the week based on the first day of week. + + The date whose offset is to be calculated + The days of the week that should be considered hidden + Optional value that indicates the first day of week to use for the calculation + A number between 0 and 6 that represents how many days into the week, the specified day represents based on the current first day of week. + + + + Returns the day of the year for the specified date + + The date to evaluate + The day of the year + + + + Returns the month number for the specified date + + The date to evaluate + The month number + + + + Returns the week number for a particular date using the specified CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek. + + DateTime + Optional week rule to use for the calculation + Optional first day of week to use for the calculation + Out integer to receive the year for which the week number belongs. + Integer denoting the week number that the date belongs to. + +

The System.Globalization.Calendar's GetWeekOfYear method simply returns the number of weeks into the year that the date falls on. It does not seem to use the weekrule specified in the arguments. e.g. If the first day of week is sunday and the weekrule is Jan 1, then 12/31/2000 (Sunday) should return 1. Instead it returns 54 and 1/1/2001 (Monday) returns 1.

+

This routine returns the correct week number for the specified date based on the CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek.

+

Note, this may be a week for a year other than the year of the date. e.g. 12/31/2000, week tt of Jan 1, and week start of sunday will return 1 because this date falls into the first week of the year 2001.

+
+
+ + + Returns the week number for a particular date using the specified CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek. + + DateTime + WeekRule to use for the calculation + First day of week to use for the calculation + Calendar to use for the calculations + Out integer to receive the year for which the week number belongs. + Integer denoting the week number that the date belongs to. + +

The System.Globalization.Calendar's GetWeekOfYear method simply returns the number of weeks into the year that the date falls on. It does not seem to use the weekrule specified in the arguments. e.g. If the first day of week is sunday and the weekrule is Jan 1, then 12/31/2000 (Sunday) should return 1. Instead it returns 54 and 1/1/2001 (Monday) returns 1.

+

This routine returns the correct week number for the specified date based on the CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek.

+

Note, this may be a week for a year other than the year of the date. e.g. 12/31/2000, week tt of Jan 1, and week start of sunday will return 1 because this date falls into the first week of the year 2001.

+
+
+ + + Returns the year for the specified date + + The date to evaluate + The year number + + + + Adds the specified offset to the specified date + + The date to adjust + The amount of time by which to offset the + The unit type that the represents + Out parameter set to the adjusted date or the min/max supported date time if the adjusted date goes outside the range supported by the associated calendar + True if the date was able to be adjusted by the specified amount; otherwise false if the resulting value went outside the range supported by the calendar + + + + Returns the associated Calendar + + + + + Returns the associated DateTimeFormatInfo + + + + + Contains static helper methods. + + + + + For internal use + + + + + Helper method for performing a binary search of a sorted list + + The type of items in the list + The sorted list to be searched + The item to look for + The comparer used to perform the search + False for a standard binary search. True if the should + be ignored in the search. This is useful where the item's sort criteria may have changed to find out where + the item should be moved to. + The index where the item in the list. If the item does not exist then it returns the bitwise + complement. In the case where is true, the index of the item will be returned + if it exists at the correct location otherwise the bitwise complement of where it should be. Note the complement + may need to be decremented if doing a move and the item is before the new index. + + + + Helper method for performing a binary search where the search criteria is a separate piece of data + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a Uri for a resource embedded in an assembly + + The assembly that contains the resource + The relative path to the resource (e.g. "Looks/Onyx.xaml") + A Uri to the resource. + + + + Converts 'valueToConvert' to an object of the type 'convertToType'. If it cannot perform the conversion + it returns null. It makes use of any formatting information provided passed in. + + Converted value, null if unsuccessful. + + + + Converts 'valueToConvert' to an object of the type 'convertToType'. If it cannot perform the conversion + it returns null. It makes use of any formatting information provided passed in. + + Converted value, null if unsuccessful. + + + + Creates an IComparer that wraps the specified comparison. + + The type of object being compared + The comparison delegate to use when comparing elements. + A new IComparer<T> that uses the specified to perform the compare. + + + + If the specified comparer is IComparer<T> then returns it otherwise creates an + IComparer<T> that wraps the specified IComparer. + + The type of object being compared + Non-generic comparer. + A new IComparer<T> that uses the specified IComparer to perform the comparison. + + + + Checks if the type is a known type (to Infragistics controls). + + + + + Gets items from the list which must be an IList or IList<T>. + + + Must be an IList or IList<T>. + Start of the range. + Number of items to return. + Array of items. + + + + Takes a Type and returns the underlying (non-nullable) type, if the Type is nullable. If the specified type is not nullable, then the passed-in type is returned. + + + + + + + Wraps the 'get' of the Target property in a try/catch to prevent unhandled exceptions + + The WeakRefernce holding the target. + The Target or null if an exception was thrown. + + + + Returns true if the specified val is null, DBNull, empty string, or DependencyProperty.UnsetValue. + + Value to test + + + + Removes all occurrences of itemToRemove from list. + + List whose items should be removed + The value of the items that should be removed + + + + Removes all occurrences of itemToRemove from list. + + List whose items should be removed + The value of the items that should be removed + + + + Removes all occurrences of itemToRemove from list. + + List whose items should be removed + The value of the items that should be removed + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. It requires allocation of an array equal in size to the array to be sorted. + Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items is expensive. + + Array to be sorted. + Object used to compare the items during the sort + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. Optionally you can pass in a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + The method will make use of that array instead of allocating one. If null is passed in, + then it will allocate one. Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items + is expensive. + + Array to be sorted. + Null or a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + Object used to compare the items during the sort + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. Optionally you can pass in a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + The method will make use of that array instead of allocating one. If null is passed in, + then it will allocate one. Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items + is expensive. + + Array to be sorted. + Null or a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + Object used to compare the items during the sort + Start index in the array. + End index in the array. + + + + Sorts the passed in list based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. + + The list to be sorted. + The comparer (must not be null). + + + + Sorts the passed in list based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. + + The list to be sorted. + The comparer (must not be null). + Start index in the array. Items between the specified start index and end index will be sorted. Other items will be left as they are. + End index in the array. Items between the specified start index and end index will be sorted. Other items will be left as they are. + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. It requires allocation of an array equal in size to the array to be sorted. + Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items is expensive. + + The array to be sorted + The comparer to use for the sort + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. Optionally you can pass in a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + The method will make use of that array instead of allocating one. If null is passed in, + then it will allocate one. Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items + is expensive. + + Array to be sorted. + Null or a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to . + Comparer. + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. Optionally you can pass in a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + The method will make use of that array instead of allocating one. If null is passed in, + then it will allocate one. Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items + is expensive. + + Array to be sorted. + Null or a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to . + Comparer. + Start index in the array. + End index in the array. + + + + Reads all the data from the stream starting from its current position. + + + + + Swaps values in a list at specified indexes. + + Type of elements in the list. + The list to modify + Index location 1 + Index location 2 + + + + Swaps the values of the specified + + The type of variable to be swapped + The member to be updated with the value of + The member to be updated with the value of + + + + Traverses the enumerator. This may be used to force allocation of lazily allocated list items. + + + + + + A comparer that compares converted values. + + Type of objects being sorted. + The type of the value of the object that will be compared. + + + + Constructor. + + Converter used to convert T instances to Z values for comparison. + Comparison delegate for comparing converted Z values. + + + + Constructor. + + Converter used to convert T instances to Z values for comparison. + Comparer for comparing converted Z values. + + + + Compares the two items. + + + + + + + + IList<T> implementation that wraps an IList + + Type of the items in the collection + + + + IList<T> implementation that wraps an IList and supports propogating the collection and property changes from the source collection. + + Type of the items in the collection + + + + Used instead of anti-recursion flag to prevent an action from being taken recursively. + + + + + If the NewItems has only single item, then returns it. If it has no items or has more + than 1 items, it returns null. + + + + + Constructor. + + Owner object which is passed in as the first argument when the handler is invoked. + The handler is typically a reference to a static method and therefore it needs to know which owner + to delegate the processing to. + Called when list changes. + Called when a list item changes. + Hook into prop changed. + If thru will callHookIntoDataItem automatically + + + + Indicates if the data items' property change notifications are going to be raised. + + + + + Structure used to represents a range of dates. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The date to use for the start and end dates. + + + + Initializes a new + + The start date + The end date + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Returns a string representation of the range using the specified format to format the and + + The format used to format the Start and End dates. + A string that represents this + + + + Indicates if the specified date falls within the and dates for this range. + + The date to evaluate + True if the specified date is greater than or equal to the and on or before the . + + + + Indicates if the dates of the specified range fall completely within the dates of this range instance. + + The range to evaluate + True if the start and end date fall entirely within or equal to the start and end of this range instance. + + + + Attempts to update the and if the specified range intersects with this instance + + The range to intersect + True if the ranges intersect; false if the ranges do not intersect. + +

If the specified range does not intersect then this instance's Start and End will not be changed. If they + do intersect then the Start and End will be updated to reflect the intersection of the normalized two ranges.

+
+
+ + + Indicates if the and of the specified intersects with this object's dates. + + The range to evaluate. + True if any date within the specified range overlaps with the start/end of this range. + The 'range' cannot be null. + + + + Moves the date range by the specified offset. + + The timespan used to adjust the and dates + + + + Ensures that the start date is less than or equal to the end date. + + + + + Returns a DateRange where the is less than or equal to the end time + + The range to normalize + + + + Removes the time portion from the and + + + + + Indicates if the specified date falls within the and dates for this range. + + The date to evaluate + True if the specified date is greater than or equal to the and before the . + + + + Indicates if the and of the specified intersects with this object's dates. + + The range to evaluate. + True if any date within the specified range overlaps with the start/end of this range considering the End of the ranges as exclusive. + The 'range' cannot be null. + + + + Compares two + + The object to compare to this instance + + + + + Compares this instance to the specified + + The range to compare + A signed number indicating the relative values of this and the specified range. + + + + Returns a data range from DateTime.MinValue to DateTime.MaxValue + + + + + Returns true if the Start and End are the same values. + + + + + Returns or sets the earliest/start date for the range. + + + + + Returns or sets the latest/end date for the range. + + + + + Type converter for the structure + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns true if the object can convert from the type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns true if the object can convert to that type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts from one type to another. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the object to the requested type. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + Abstract base class for objects that implement INotifyPropertyChanged and derive from DependencyObject + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Used to raise the event for the specified property name. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event + + The name of the property + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event + + The name of the property + The sender whose property change notification triggered this change + The nested arguments + + + + Raised when a property has changed + + + + + Gets the default value for the specified property for the specified object. + + Dependency object whose property value is to be evaluated + Property to evaluate + + + + + Gets the default value for the specified property for the specified type. + + the type whose property value is to be evaluated + Property to evaluate + + + + + Returns the Name of the DependencyProperty. The property should have been registered using one of the Register methods of this class. + + + + + Returns the name of the or caches it if it is able to find the public static field returning the DependencyProperty + + + + + A helper method for figuring out whether a property needs to be serialized. + + Dependency object whose property value is to be evaluated + Property to evaluate + + + + + Simple dependency object with a single Value dependency property + + + + + Gets the value for the specified item. + + + + + + + Sets the value for the specified item. + + + + + + + Indicates if the store has a value stored for the specified item. Note that some stores + cannot tell if the value was stored previously in which case they may implement this by + checking if the value is not default(T) where T is the type of the values it stores. + + + + + + + Listener interface used to listen for value change of a specific property. + + + + + + Called to notify the change in the value of the property. + + Item whose property value changed. + + + + Used for storing key to value mappings. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + Enumerating the map will return keys that have values mapped to them. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the specified key. Returns null if the item doesn't exist. + + Key value. + Mapped value. + + + + Map implementation that uses an array for the storage. The key values are either + integer or convertible to integer and the integer values and the smallest integer + value should be no less than 0 and the largest value shouldn't generally be a + very large value because the array will be allocated based on the largest value + encountered. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Clears all values. + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Map whose entries will be enumerated. + + + + Map implementation that uses an array for the storage. The key values are either + integer or convertible to integer and the integer values and the smallest integer + value should be no less than 0 and the largest value shouldn't generally be a + very large value because the array will be allocated based on the largest value + encountered. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Map whose entries will be enumerated. + + + + Map implementation that uses dictionary for storage. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Interface used to hook into property change notifications of objects that implement + interface. + + Type of the item whose change notifications are hooked into. + Type of object that identifies properties. + + + + Called to notify of a change in the value of a property. + + Item whose property value changed. + Identifies the property whose value changed. + Any other information regarding the change. The information passed depends on + the implementation of the item that's sending the notification. This can be an instance of + PropertyChangedEventArgs, or DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs, NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs or null. + + + + Interface used to hook into property change notifications of objects that implement + interface. + + + + + A helper class used for managing one or more listeners. It uses a List when more than one listeners are added. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Used for managing property change listeners. + + + + + + + Used for managing property change listeners. + + + + + Class that maintains references to commonly boxed values such as booleans. + + + + + Returns an object containing the boolean 'true' + + + + + Returns an object containing the boolean 'false' + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Hidden'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Visible'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Disabled'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Auto'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Hidden'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Visible'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Hidden'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Vertical'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Horizontal'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Center'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Left'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Right'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Stretch'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Center'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Top'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Bottom'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Stretch'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Top'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Bottom'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Left'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Right'. + + + + + A boxed instance for a double value of zero. + + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified bool? value + + An instance of bool? for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified bool?/> value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + An extended that supports adding and removing multiple items at once. + + The type of item that the collection will contain. If T implements then the collection will hook the event of all objects added to the collection. + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes a new + + The list from which elements are inserted + + + + Initializes a new + + Specifies whether to hook into PropertyChanged notifications of items. + Specifies whether to hook into item listeners. + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the end of this collection. + + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null, if type T is a reference type. + + + + Prevents change notifications (e.g. and ) from being raised. + + +

The method must be called exactly once for each time that the BeginUpdate method is called.

+
+ + +
+ + + Searches the entire list for the specified element and returns the zero based index. + + The item to locate + The zero based index if found; otherwise the bitwise complement of the index of the next larger element. + + + + Searches the entire list for the specified element using the specified comparer and returns the zero based index. + + The item to locate + The object to use when comparing the elements in the collection + The zero based index if found; otherwise the bitwise complement of the index of the next larger element. + + + + Resumes change notifications (e.g. and ). + + +

The EndUpdate method must be called exactly once for each time that the method is called.

+
+ + +
+ + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null, if type T is a reference type. + + + + Clears and repopulates the collection with the specified + + The collection of items that should be used to repopulate the collection. + + + + Removes a contiguous block of items from the collection. + + The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. + The number of elements to remove + + + + Invoked when BeginUpdate is first called and becomes true. + + + + + Invoked when EndUpdate is called and becomes false. + + + + + Invoked when an item has been added if the returns true. + + The item that was added + + + + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be added if the returns true. + + The item that is being added + + + + + + + Invoked when an item has been removed if the returns true. + + The item that was removed + + + + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be removed if the returns true. + + The item that is being removed. + + + + + + + Raises the event with the specified arguments. + + The event arguments for the event to be raised. + + + + Removes all the items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which to insert the + The object to insert in the collection + + + + Moves an item from one index in the collection to a new location. + + The index of the item to relocate + The new index of the item currently located at index + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the collection change. + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the property change. + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + The index of the item in the collection to be removed. + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + Index of the item to replace + The item to insert into the collection. + + + + Returns true if the change notifications have been suspended using the method. + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the derived collection should have its and methods invoked. + + + + + + + + List of listeners that will be added as a listener to the contained items. + Also collection change notifications will be raised on the listeners as well. + + + + + Raised when an object in the collection raises its event. + + +

Note: The ItemPropertyChanged event will only be raised if the + type T implements .

+
+
+ + + Event arguments for a property changed on another object. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The item whose property has changed + The name of the property that has changed + + + + Returns the item whose property has changed. + + + + + + Event arg class used to specify full notification context when sub objects raise events + and the listening object also implements INotifyPropertyChanged + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The name of the property. + The sender whose property change notification triggered this change + The nested arguments + + + + Returns the sender whose property change notification triggered this change (read-only) + + + + + Returns the nested arguments (read-only) + + May return a or another + + + + Abstract base class for objects that implement INotifyPropertyChanged + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Virtual method called when the first listener is being added to the event. + + + Note: the default inpmplementation does nothing. This method is intended + for use by derived classes that may want to be notified when the # of listeners to the + event transitions from 0 to 1. + + + + + + + + + Virtual method called when the HasListeners property changes. + + + Note: the default inpmplementation does nothing. This method is intended + for use by derived classes that may want to be notified when the # of listeners to the + event transitions from 0 to 1 or 1 to 0; + + + + + + + + Used to raise the event for the specified property name. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event + + The name of the property + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event + + The name of the property + The sender whose property change notification triggered this change + The nested arguments + + + + Gets whether there are any listeners for the event + + True is there are listeners to the event, otherwise false. + + + + + + + Raised when a property has changed + + + + + Abstract base class for objects that implement INotifyPropertyChanged. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Overridden. Called when property changed event is raised. + + Name of the property. + + + + Helper method used by property setters to change the value of a field and raise the PropertyChanged event. + + The type of field being changed + The field member passed by reference that will be updated/compared with the new value + The new value for the field + The name of the property being changed + Returns false if the new value matches the existing member; otherwise true if the value is different + + + + Notifies listeners of the property change. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Called when a subobject's, including this object's, property changes. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Represents a read-only collection of items. + + Type of items contained in the collection. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + This is the list that this ReadOnlyNotifyCollection will wrap and provide items from. + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is in the collection. + + Item to check if it's contained in the collection. + True if the item exists in the collection, false otherwise. + + + + Copies items from this collection to the specified array. + + Destination array. + The location in the destination array where the items will be copied. + + + + Returns the enumerator for enumerating items in the collection. + + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Returns the index of the specified item in the collection. + + The item whose index will be returned. + The index of the item if the item exists in the collection, -1 otherwise. + + + + Raised when the collection's contents change. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified index. + + Index of the item to get. + Item at the specified index. + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets the source collection. + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Class used to provide the ability to customize resource strings. + + +

There is an instance of this class exposed by the property of the Resources object exposed by each Infragistics.Win assembly.

+

It allows for customization/substitution of strings that would normally be loaded from resources.

+
+
+ + + Gets the customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource that was customized. + The customized string or nulll if the resoource wasn't customized. + + + + + + + Clears all strings customized by calls to method. + + + + + + + Resets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name so that it will load from the resource file. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + + + + + Sets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + The customized string. If null this has the same effect as calling + + + + + + For internal infrastructure use. This number is incremented every time a + customized string is modified. + + + + + This event is raised when a string is customized. The property name in the event arguments refers to the resource name. + + If PropertyName is null then all customizations have been reset. + + + + A class that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + + + + + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Returns the converted string resource + + + + + Occurs when the underlying resource string changes via the ResourceCustomizer + + + + + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Creates an instance of the struct + + + + + Returns true if the passed in object is equal + + + + + Caclulates a value used for hashing + + + + + Abstract base class that represents a string resource + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of a derived class + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object + + The property + + + + Clears any cached resource strings and notifies all derived class instances that their values may have changed. + + + Note: this method is called automatically when registering custom resources. + + + + + Gets/sets the resource idenifier + + + + + Returns the loaded string (read-only) + + + + + ICreateItemCallback interface. + + + + + Returns a new item to be assigned to a location in the array. CreateItem should not + set the new item at the location in the array. Array and relativeIndex are provided + for information only. Also the implementation should not modify array in any way + otherwise results will be undefined. + + + + + Listing of all the properties. + + + + + These properties are candidates for serializing out in unmapped properties field if explicit mappings + are not provided. Certain properties such as Id, Start, End etc... are not suitable for serializing + in unmapped properties field since we perform LINQ queries on them. Further more, certain properties + that are states, like Error, also should not be saved in unmapped properties field. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets default value factories for properties that have them. + + Map where the key is the property and value is the default value factory. + + + + Returns the name of the property that uniquely identifies the underlying data items. + + + + + Indicates whether to update the underlyin data item field asynchronously. + + + + + Indicates whether to cache converted value for the property. When the property has a _converter, by default getting the value from + underlying storage that's mapped to a data item will cause the field value to be retrieved from the data item and converted + every time the store value is accessed. This indicates that the store should cache the value so the _converter is not used at + every retrieval. + + + + + Constructor. + + Property key. + Property name. + Property type. + Either a single field or IEnumerable of fields to which this property is mapped. + For example, it can be a AppointmentProperty instance or IEnumerable<AppointmentProperty>. + Whether the property is read-only. + Converter that should be used to convert data source value to the value of the property + and other way around as well. + Specifies if and how the value of the property will be copied when item is cloned. + If specified, it's used to initialize the default value of the property. + Specifies the default value of the property. + Used for comparing values. + Indicates whether the data item should be update asynchronously when the + property's value changes. Typically used for complex objects where multiple synchronous modifications to the object are possible + where it would undesirable to update the data item at every modification. + Indicates whether to cache the converted value - the value retrieved from underlying + data item that is converted using a converter. + + + + Checks to see if the values in the property stores are different for this property. + + Item type. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'y' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'x' item. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'X' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'y' item. + True if the property values are equal, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the field to which this property is mapped to. The <T> template parameter specifies + the type of the mapped field value (like AppointmentProperty enum, or TaskProperty enum). + + The type of the mapped field value, like AppointmentProperty enum or TaskProperty enum. + This will be set to the any matching mapped field. + True if a match is found, false otherwise. + + + + A helper method for copying the a collection of that's of this property's type. The derived + TypedPropInfo supports generic collection implementations. + + + + Returns true if succesful, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the value of the property for the specified 'x' object. + + Item type. + The item whose property value to get. + Property storage. + The value of the property. + + + + Constructor. + + Property key. + Property name. + Used to get the storage for an item that will be used by the + IFieldValueAccessor<TValue> implementation to retrieve property values. + >Either a single field or IEnumerable of fields to which this property is mapped. + For example, it can be a AppointmentProperty instance or IEnumerable<AppointmentProperty>. + Whether the property is read-only. + Converter that should be used to convert data source value to the value of the property + and other way around as well. + Specifies if and how the value of the property will be copied when item is cloned. + Specifies the default value of the property. + If specified, it's used to initialize the default value of the property. + Used for comparing values. + Indicates whether the data item should be update asynchronously when the + property's value changes. Typically used for complex objects where multiple synchronous modifications to the object are possible + where it would undesirable to update the data item at every modification. + Indicates whether to cache the converted value - the value retrieved from underlying + data item that is converted using a converter. + + + + Checks to see if the values in the property stores are different for this property. + + Item type. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'y' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'x' item. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'X' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'y' item. + True if the property values are equal, false otherwise. + + + + A helper method for copying the a collection of that's of this property's type. The derived + TypedPropInfo supports generic collection implementations. + + + + Returns true if succesful, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the value of the property for the specified 'x' object. + + Item type. + The item whose property value to get. + Property storage. + The value of the property. + + + + Typed enumerable that wraps a non-typed enumerable. + + + + + + Constructor. + + Enumerable + + + + IDictionary implementation that manages keys and/or values as weak references so they can be + garbage collected. + + Type of keys + Type of values + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Initial capacity. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Comparer for compring keys. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Initial capacity. + Comparer for compring keys. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Specifies whether to manage keys as weak references. + Initial capacity. + Specifies load factor. Must be greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. + Comparer for compring keys. + + + + Creates a weak reference for the key. + + Key object. + Weak reference to the key. + + + + Creates a weak reference for the key. + + Value object. + Weak reference to the value. + + + + Expands or contracts the size of storage based on the new count after an operation, + like add, remove or clear, is performed. + + Specifies that the storage should only be expanded, and not contracted. + + + + Adds an entry to the dictionary. If an entry with the specified key already exists, + this method throws an exception. + + Key of the entry to add. + Value to associate with the key. + + + + Removes all entries from the dictionary. + + + + + Removes entries from the dictionary where keys are no longer alive (have been garbage + collected). Note that keys can get garbage collected during the process of compacting + and therefore it's not guarrenteed that all the entries in the dictionary will be + with live keys after this operation is completed. + + Whether to also remove entries where + value is null or has been garbage collected. + + + + Returns true if an entry with the specified key exists in the dictionary. + + Key to check for existence. + Returns true if an entry with the specified key exists in the dictionary. + + + + Removes the entry with the specified key. Does nothing if the specified key doesn't exist. + + Key of the entry to remove. + True if an entry was removed. False if entry with the specified key was not found. + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. If the entry doesn't exist, returns false. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with the specified key. Set will add an entry for the key + if it doesn't already exist. + + Value associated with this key will be returned. + Value associated with the specified key. + + + + Returns the number of entries in the dictionary. Note that this will not take into account + any garbage collected items - they will be included in the count. + + + + + Returns the keys in the dictionary. Only keys with non-null values are returned. + + + + + Returns the values in the dictionary. Only values with non-null keys are returned. + + + + + Returns the keys in the dictionary. + + + + + Returns the values in the dictionary. + + + + + A strongly typed list class that manages items using WeakReferences so the items in this list + can be garbage collected. Items collected by garbage collector will be replaced + by null. The method can be used to remove entries + from the list that have been garbage collected. + + + + + Adds the specified item. + + + + + + + Adds specified items to the list. + + Items to add to the list. + + + + Clears the list. + + + + + Removes entries from the list that are no longer alive. Note that entries can + get garbase collected during the process of compacting and therefore it's not + guarrenteed that all the items will remain alive after this method returns. + + + + + Returns true if the specified item is contained within this list. + + + + + + + Copies items from the list to the specified array starting at index location in the specified array. + + The array to which to copy items. + The location in the array at which to start copying. + + + + Returns an enumerator for iterating the live items. + + An enumerator for the + + + + Returns the index of the specified item. If the item doesn't exist then returns -1. + + + + + + + Inserts the specified item at the specified location in the list. + + The location at which to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of the specified item from the list. If the item doesn't + exist in the list then this method does nothing. + + The item to remove. + + + + Removes item at specified index. + + Index of the item to remove. + + + + Removes a contiguous block of items from the collection. + + The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. + The number of elements to remove + + + + Gets the enumerator for enumerating this list. + + + + + + Returns the number of items in the list. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified location. + + + + + + + Returns the object with which to syncrhonize. + + + + + Returns true if the list is read-only. + + + + + Returns true if the list is fixed size. + + + + + Returns true if the list is read-only. + + + + + Returns true if this list is syncrhonized. + + + + + Constructor. + + List to enumerate. + + + + Moves to next item. + + Returns false if the enumerator is exhausted. + + + + Returns the current item. + + + + + List class that manages items using WeakReferences so the items in this list + can be garbage collected. Items collected by garbage collector will be replaced + by null. The method can be used to remove entries + from the list that have been garbage collected. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Removes entries that are no longer alive (have been garbage + collected). Note items can get garbage collected during the process of compacting + and therefore it's not guarrenteed that all the entries in the set will be + alive after this operation is completed. + + + + + Gets a list of all items in the collection. This should be used instead of the List<T> constructor when + creating a list because using the constructor is subject to race conditions with the garbage collector. + + + + + Contains version information for the Infragistics assemblies. + + + + + Major.Minor number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Build number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Revision number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Assembly version number + + + + + Assembly company name + + + + + End year of assembly copyright + + + + + The assembly version number for the satellite assemblies. + + + + + The current build configuration for the assembly. + + + + + The prefix of all assembly names in the product. + + + + + The suffix of all assembly names in the product. + + + + + Specifies platform name for the assembly + + + + + Specifies product name for the assembly + + + + + A custom attribute to specify the location of strings. + Use: [assembly: StringResourceLocation("Infragistics.Silverlight.Strings")] + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + The location of string + + + + Specifies the location of strings.resx + + + + + When an async operation is being performed that requires raising of an event when the operation is + complete, for example the add appointment operation, this class is used to raise the event when the + operation completes. + + + + + Constructor. + + Used for accessing id field values of data items. + Used for hooking into data items for property change notifications. + Optional. If the view item has a data item id property then this specifies the fva used for + getting and setting it. This is used for add-new item functionality. + + + + This method is called whenever we get an add notification from the data source to update an individual query + result list with the added item. It is also called whenever an item's property value changes and query criteria + is re-evaluated and the item is to be added to a matching result data list. Note that at this point the query + criteria is already evaluated and determined that the added item should be in the result data list. + + Query result's list, which contains the data items. + Data item that is to be added. + Whether to check if the item already exists in the result data list. + If there's an existing item with the same id value then this parameter specifies + whether to replace it with the passed in one or leave the original item there and do nothing. + + + + Called to remove the specified data item from the result data list. + + Query result's list, which contains the data items. + Data item that is to be removed. + + + + Contains information regarding a specific property of the underlying data object + and which property of the associated view object that data object property is + mapped to. + + + Either an enum that enumerates the properties of the view object or string that + identifies the property or the metadata key when used by the + . + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Identifies a property on the XamSchedule object. + + + ScheduleProperty identifies a property on the XamSchedule object, like Apppointment or Resource. + + + + + Specifies the property of the data objects in the data source. + + + + The value of this property of a data source object will be used for + the associated view object's property. The view object's property is + specified using the appropriate property exposed by the view object + specific mapping class derived from this class. For example, in the case + of , AppointmentPropertyMapping's + identifies + the property of the data objects in the + . + AppointmentPropertyMapping's + identifies the property of the object, including properties + of its base class , that this data object property maps to. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the converter to use when converting between the schedule property's value + and the data object's property's value. + + + + Converter's Convert method is used when copying value from the data source to the + schedule property. ConvertBack method is used when copying value from the schedule + property to the data source, which happens when the schedule property's value is + modified, for example by the user via appointment modification dialog. + + + + + + + Specifies the converter parameter that will be passed in the Convert and ConvertFrom methods of + the . If null then the underlying data item will be passed. + + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to an entry in the Metadata dictionary. + + + + MetadataPropertyMapping used by the . + MetadataPropertyMapping objects in the collection are used to populate the + metadata dictionary of the associated schedule object (for example the + dictionary of the object). + + + + + + Specifies the key in the Metadata dictionary. + + + + + This is used by ListManager. + + Property key type. + + + + Base class for various field mapping collections used for specifying which field in the + schedule object points to which field in the data source. + + + Either an enum that enumerates the properties of the schedule object (for example when + used by the ) or string that identifies + the metadata key when used by the . + + + A derived class. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Creates a new instance of mapping object that's compatible with this collection. + + Identifies the schedule property or metadata key depending on whether + this mappings collection is for a schedule class (like Appointment) or for metadata dictionary. + The name of the field in the underlying data source. + New instance of mapping object that's compatible with this collection. + + + + Raises PropertyChanged event. + + Property name. + + + + Gets the instance associated with the specified key. + + Identifies the property. + If a mapping for the specified key has been specified, returns the mapping object. Otherwise returns null. + + + + Removes the mapping for the specified key. + + Key of the mapping to remove from the collection. + True if the item was found and removed. False if the item wasn't found. + + + If the mapping doesn't existing in the collection, this method will do nothing. + + + + + + Returns the data member to which the specified schedule property or metadata entry is mapped to. + + Identifies the schedule property or metadata entry. + The data member or null if the mapping for the specified key has not been specified yet. + + + + Used for defining metadata field mappings. + + + + MetadataPropertyMappings property is used to specify fields from which + the Metadata () dictionary will be populated + (as well as saved). An entry for each of the fields specified in this collection + will be created in the Metadata dictionary of the associated object. This can + be used in conjuction with a Metadata field mapping entry in the containing field + mapping collection in which case all the entries in the Metadata dictionary will + be saved to and retrieved from that field except for the entries for which an + explicit mapping has been defined in the collection returned by this property. + + + For example, let's say + you have "A", "B" and "C" entries in the Metadata dictionary. You define an entry + in the containining that specifies that the + Metadata dictionary will be saved and retrieved from "Meta" field. You also define + an entry for "C" in the collection returned by this property. In such a scenario, the + "A" and "B" values of the Metadata dictionary will be saved to the "Meta" field + in the form of an XML document and the value of the "C" entry will be saved to + the field specified by the associated mapping in the MetadataPropertyMappings collection. + + + + + + Specifies whether to use default mappings. + + + + UseDefaultMappings property is used to automatically map fields in the data source. + The name of the field in the data source is expected be the same as the name of the + member of the enum that enumerates the fields of the associated object whose member mappings + are being provided (for example the enum). + + + + + + Collection used for specifying fields whose values will be added to the dictionary. + + + + MetadataPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the + property. The underlying derived instance created from a data item in the data source for + which these mappings are for will have its dictionary populated with values + from fields that are specified in this mappings collection. Changes to the Metadata dictionary will also be posted + back to the data source based on these mappings. + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the metadata entry whose key is 'metadataKey'. + + Identifies the key of the entry in the associated schedule object's dictionary. + The data member in the data source. + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists some properties that are common across all activity types. + + + + + Designates a default value that doesn't map to any property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. Underlying data object property can be a string type. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies the property that contains the maximum date when the last of the occurrences + can occur. This is used as an optimization when querying for recurring activities to + limit the number of recurrences that have to be included in the result. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + Underlying data object property can be a long type. + + + + + Applies to appointments and tasks. Doesn't apply to journals. + + + + + Applies to appointments and tasks. Doesn't apply to journals. + + + + + Applies to appointments and tasks. Doesn't apply to journals. + + + + + The time when the activity was last modified. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies the property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ActivityCategoryPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ActivityCategory object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + ActivityCategoryProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + AppointmentPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Appointment object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + AppointmentProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + JournalPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Journal object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + JournalProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ResourcePropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Resource object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + ResourceProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ResourceCalendarPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ResourceCalendar object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + ResourceCalendarProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + TaskPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Task object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + TaskProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ActivityCategoryPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each ActivityCategoryPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the activity categorys data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified activityCategory property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + AppointmentPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each AppointmentPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the appointments data source. + + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified appointment property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + JournalPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each JournalPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the journals data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified journal property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ResourcePropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each ResourcePropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the resources data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified resource property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ResourceCalendarPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each ResourceCalendarPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the resource calendars data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified resource calendar property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + TaskPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each TaskPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the tasks data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified task property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Used for creating objects of a specific type. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Creates new object. + + The newly created object. + + + + Used for creating objects of type specified by the generic template type parameter . + + Objects of this type will be created. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Creates new object. + + The newly created object. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns true if BeginEdit, CancelEdit and EndEdit are supported. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns true if the specified item matches the specified condition. + + + + + + + + Performs query on the list and returns the results. + + Specifies the query criteria. + Results of the query. + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified two conditions using logical And operator. + If x or y is null then returns the non-null condition without creating a new condition. + + + + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified three conditions using logical And operator. + If a condition is null then combines the other non-null conditions. + + + + + + + + + If the specified list is not a generic IEnumerable<T> where T is the same type or a derived type as the this.List element type, + then creates a this.List element type typed enumerable instance that wraps the specified list. + + + + + + + Returns the list element type. + + List whose element type to get. + If element type cannot be determined from list and it's a collection view then + determine it from the collection view's source collection. + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified two conditions using logical Or operator. + If x or y is null then returns the non-null condition without creating a new condition. + + + + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified three conditions using logical Or operator. + If a condition is null then combines the other non-null conditions. + + + + + + + + + Performs query on the specified list and returns the results. + + List to perform the query against. Note that the list + must contain the same types of items as the list associated with this query manager. + Specifies the query criteria. + Results of the query. + + + + Gets the expression used to access the specified field from the info._parameterExpression. + + + + + + + + Gets the associated list against which the queries will be done. + + + + + Gets the type of items in the list. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Used for designating collection elements in the dictionary returned + by Serialize and in the dictionary passed into the Deserialize. Basically + the ObjectSerializationInfo for a collection will return a property with + this name from its SerializedProperties collection and dictionaries from + Serialize method and Deserialize methods will have an entry with this key + and value that is a list of the collection elements. + + + + + Deserializes the specified information into an instance of the object. + + + + + + + Returns a list of properties that are to be serialized. + + + + + Serializes the specified object. Returns a map of properties to their values. + + + + + + + Returns a list of properties that are to be serialized. + + + + + Base class for linq instructions like OrderBy. + + + + + Constructor. + + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + Name of the field that's to be ordered by. + Inner statement. + Whether to order descending or ascending. + + + + Constructor. + + Whether to get the first element or the last element. + If true then null is returned if there are no elements. If false, an exception is raised + if there are no elements. + Filter condition. + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + LHS field. + RHS field. + Binary operator. + + + + Constructor. + + LHS field. + + + + Gets or sets the logical operator with which the conditions are to be combined. Default value is 'And'. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a collection type. + + + + + A helper method that checks if the list is a DataView and if so creates a new instance of + DataViewLinqQueryManager. + + If list is a DataView then returns a new DataViewLinqQueryManager. Otherwise it returns null. + Item type contained in the list. This is DataRowView or derived type. + A new DataViewLinqQueryManager or null depending on the parameter. + + + + This object contains information from which the query criteria of this result are + derived. This is used when query conditions need to be re-derived, for example when + property mappings are changed. In the case of ActivityListManager, this is an instance + of ActivityQueryComponent. + + + + + True if the result is simply a filtered list of data items. If it's something else, + like summary of data or some other value derived from data then this will be false. + + + + + If true then ViewList will be created by the list manager for this result. If false, + only dataList will be assigned but the view list won't be created. + + + + + This callback is used to verify the result after it's marked dirty. + + + + + If true then the items in the view list can be reused when the result is verified. If false + the items in the view list will be discarded and new ones will be created. This is set to true + when property mappings or the list itself etc... changes. + + + + + List manager calls ProcessChangeEvent method to give the result itself a chance to process + the change notification from the underlying data source. ProcessChangeEvent delegates the call + to this callback if it's provided in the constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + This object contains information from which the the list manager derives + the query condition of this result. This is used when query conditions need to be re-derived, for example + when property mappings are changed. In the case of ActivityListManager, this is an instance of ActivityQuery. + + True indicates that this query result contains a subset of the items + from the data source. False indicates that the query result is not a simple filtered subset of items + in the data source but rather other calculated information, like navigation related piece of data or a calculated + summary of a field. + Specifies whether the list manager should create view list around the + resultant data list. It's false for HasNext/PreviousActivity type queries where the resulting data is not + a list of data items. + + Called to process list change event. + + + + + The result list that contains the data source objects. + + + + + Error if any. + + + + + This object contains information from which the query condition of this result are + derived. This is used when query conditions need to be re-derived, for example when + property mappings are changed. In the case of ActivityListManager, this is an instance + of ActivityQuery. + + + + + Represents results of an activity query. + + + + ActivityQueryResult is returned by the method. + + + + + + + Used as a return value by methods that perform operations asynchronously. + + + + An operation that needs to be performed asynchronously may not have the results available until a later + time. A method performing such an operation can return an instance of OperationResult or a derived class. + When the operation is complete, the result instance can be initialized with the available result. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes the and properties based on the specified values. + + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify false if further results are + going to be available. + + + An operation may be performed asynchronously. When a method that performs an operation is required + to return an instance of OperationResult derived class, you can return a new instance + and specify the result of the operation later via this method when it's available. While the asynchronous + operation is still pending, the property will return False. When the + result is available, you can call this method and specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate + that the operation is complete and that the property should be set to true. + + + If an error occurs during the operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action + will be taken and operation is considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + Called when the operation is canceled. + + + + + If an error occurred during the process of getting activity query results, this property returns the error information. + + + + + Indicates if the operation was canceled. + + + + + Indicates if the query operation has been completed. + + + + When a query is performed asynchronously IsComplete will return false until the operation + has been completed. Also Activities property will return an empty collection until the query + is complete after which it will raise its INotifyCollectionChanged.CollectionChanged event + in accordance with the query results. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the the and sets property based on the the 'markCompleted' parameter. + + Which information is being provided with this call. + The activities. Can be null if an error occurred in which case 'error' parameter must be specified. + Whether there's an activity prior to the earliest of the dates in the . + Whether there's an activity after to the latest of the dates in the . + The latest activity prior to the earliest of the dates in the . + The earliest activity after to the latest of the dates in the . + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify fals if further results are + going to be available. + + + Activity queries can be executed asynchronously. When a query method is required to return an instance of + ActivityQueryResult, you can return a new instance and specify the results of the query later via + this method. While the asynchronous query operation is still pending, the property + will return False. When the results are available, you can call this method with the results and + specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate that the query operation is complete and that the + property should be set to true. If only a partial set of results are available and + the query operation is still being executed, you can still call this method to provide with the partial + results however with 'markCompleted' parameter as false to indicate that the results are partial. Once + the results are fully available, you can call this method again (you can pass the same or a different activities + list instance that you passed in previously) and specify 'markCompleted' parameter accordingly. + The UI objects utilizing the ActivityQueryResult may use IsComplete property to indicate to the end user + that the results are being loaded. + + + If an error occurs during query operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. You may specify 'null' for the activities parameter. + Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action will be taken and operation is + considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + + Returns the collection of activities. + + + + Returns a read-only collection of activities that are the result of an activity query. + The returned collection will be kept upto-date with any changes that occur to the activities. For example, + when an activity belonging to this collection is removed by the user via the UI or through the data + source, the returned collection will be updated and it will raise the necessary change notification. + + + + + + Indicates whether there's an activity after the latest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + HasNextActivity property returns true to indicate that an activity exists after the latest date in + the of the associated object. Likewise + it returns false to indicate that no such activity exists. It returns null if the information is + not available, which could be because ActivityQuery's flags didn't + contain the flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the next + activity that occurs after the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether there's an activity before the earliest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + HasPreviousActivity property returns true to indicate that an activity exists before the earliest date in + the of the associated object. Likewise + it returns false to indicate that no such activity exists. It returns null if the information is + not available, which could be because ActivityQuery's flags didn't + contain the flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the previous + activity that occurs before the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Returns the activity that occurs after the latest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + NextActivity property returns the next activity that exists after the latest date in + the of the associated object. + It returns null if no such activity exists or that the information is not available, + which could be because ActivityQuery's + flags didn't contain the + flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. You can check to see if the + property returns false to ascertain that such an activity doesn't exist. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the next + activity that occurs after the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Returns the activity that occurs before the earliest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + PreviousActivity property returns the previous activity that occurs before the earliest date in + the of the associated object. + It returns null if no such activity exists or that the information is not available, + which could be because ActivityQuery's + flags didn't contain the + flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. You can check to see if the + property returns false to ascertain that such an activity doesn't exist. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the previous + activity that occurs before the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Gets the query that resulted in this ActivityQueryResult object. + + + + Query property returns the instance of the object + that was used to obtain this ActivityQueryResult instance. Note however + that modifying this query object will not change the ActivityQueryResult to + reflect those modifications. It's only for information reference purposes. + + + + + + + Creates a new data item and associates it with the specified view item. Note that the data item + is not added to the underlying list. It must be added separately, either via EndEdit call or + manually. Also the underlying list must support adding a data item. + + View item. + Will be set to an error if any. + + + + Creates a new TViewItem instance. + + + + + + + Commits the specified view item. + + + + + + + + When view items are used as data items in the data source (in other words the data source + comprises of view items) then when a view item is used directly, we may need to initialize + the view item (the same way ViewList would do it). For example, in the case of activity, + activity's owning resource and calendar need to be initialized based on the id properties. + This initialization is done by the view list however if a view item is used directly + by accessing it from the data source, then we need to make sure it's initialized. + + + + + + Gets field value accessor that will convert the values to the specified target type. + + Identifies the field. + Target type to convert the values to. + IFieldValueAccessor instance. + + + + Returns true if BeginEdit, CancelEdit and EndEdit are supported. + + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Re-evaluates the specified query result and updates its result list. + + + + + + Removes the specified view item. + + + + + + + + This method is called to create linq condition from a list specific query result, like ActivityQuery for the + activity list manager. + + Query result object that was passed into the method, from which + the derived list manager is to create the corresponding linq condition. + This out param will be set if an error occurs. + Returns linq condition derived from the specified listSpecificQueryInfo object. + + + + Returns all potential mapping keys. + + + + + + Manages query results so any changes made to the list manager, like list or mappings being changed, will + cause the list manager to re-evaluate the result and re-initialize the result with the new set of + queried data. + + Result to manage. + + + + Performs query and returns the result object. NOTE: CreateLinqCondition method must be + overridden to provide logic for converting the specified listSpecificQueryInfo object into + linq query conditions. + + Performs query referenced by this result. + + + + + + Adds or removes specified items from the results based on the 'add' parameter. If 'add' parameter + is null it verifies whether the item should exist in the result and adds or removes it from the + result accordingly. + + Items beign added/removed or to be verified. + If true, performs add. If false, performs removal. If null verifies whether + the item should exist in the result based on the result's query criteria and adds or removes + it from the result accordingly. + + + + Adds or removes specified items from the result based on the 'add' parameter. If 'add' parameter + is null it verifies whether the item should exist in the result and adds or removes it from the + result accordingly. + + Query result. + Items beign added/removed or to be verified. + If true, performs add. If false, performs removal. If null verifies whether + the item should exist in the result based on the result's query criteria and adds or removes + it from the result accordingly. + + + + Called to dirty field value accessors. This is typically called when the list is changed to different + list or one or more mappings are changed. + + + + + Adds an entry to _dataItemPropNameToListenerMap for the specified mapped field. DataItemPropNameToListenerMap is used + to route property change notification from the data item to the correct field value accessor. + + Mapped field. + Field value accessor. + Notifier associated with the accessor. + + + + Creates IFieldValueAccessor for the specified mapped field. + + Field in the data source. + Whether the field was explicitly mapped. If true then fallbacks to using binding if the corresponding property is not found. + Converter information. + Linq query manager. + Used by the method to cache certain information in this variable. + Used by the method to cache certain information in this variable. + Created field value accessor or null if mapped field is not found. + + + + Indicates whether to auto-hook into INotifyPropertyChanged.PropertyChanged of data items in the list. + By default the data items are not auto-hooked. ViewItemManager typically hooks into data items explicitly. + However if ViewItemManager is not used by the list manager, then one can override this property to let + the ListEventListener hook into the data items automatically. Note that once the list event listener is + created, any changes in the return value of this property will not be honored. + + + + + Indicates if the associated data source list contains actual view items. + + + + + The data source list. + + + + + Linq query manager used for quering the data source list. + + + + + Gets or sets the field mappings collection. + + + + + Factory if any used to create TViewItem instances for specific data items. + + + + + View item manager used to manage and track view item objects by their id values. + + + + + List of results that are actively being managed and whose result lists are updated to reflect + any changes that occur to the data source list. + + + + + Begins modifications to an item. + + Schedule data connector. + Item that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + The callback to get the edit list associated with the item being modified. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + + Checks to see if the specified operation is allowed on the item. If the operation is not allowed, + initializes the specified result with an error. + + Schedule data connector. + Item result object. + Operation being performed. + True if the operation is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Checks to see if the specified operation is allowed for the activity using connector's IsActivityOperationSupported + method. If the operation is not allowed, initializes the specified result with an error. + + Schedule data connector. + Item object. + Operation being performed. + This will be set to an error object if the operation is not allowed. + True if the operation is allowed. False otherwise. + True if the operation is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Cancels a new activity that was created by the ScheduleDataConnectorBase's CreateNew call however one that + hasn't been commited yet. + + ActivityBase derived object that was created using ScheduleDataConnectorBase's CreateNew method however + one that hasn't been committed yet. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + + This is called to commit changes to an activity to the underlying data source. + + This is the list manager. + Result's Activity is being updated. This result should be initialized with the result of the opreation. + True if the UI cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the operation must be ended, + either with success or with an error. It cannot be canceled. + + + + Commits a new or modified activity. + + Schedule data connector. + A new or modified ActivityBase derived instance. + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. If the specified activity is deemed invalid to be committed + then an error result should be returned. + + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + + Removes an activity. + + Schedule data connector. + ActivityBase derived instance to remove. + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + instance. + + + + + Committing a variance involves potentially updating the associated root activity's MaxOccurrenceDateTime + field if the new end time of the occurrence is greater than the MaxOccurrenceDateTime because the + MaxOccurrenceDateTime must always be greater than or equal to the maximum end time of all the occurrences + of the recurring activity. This is relied upon by our querying logic. + + Schedule data connector. + This is the result object. Result's Activity is the variance that's being updated. + True if the UI cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the operation must be ended, + either with success or with an error. It cannot be canceled. + 0 if this is the first attempt at updating the root activity. 1 if we had previously attempted + to update the root activity and we shouldn't try again. + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + + + + A helper method that's called by the EndEdit and CommitVarianceHelper methods. + + Schedule data connector. + Activity result object. + Whether to force end. + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + + + + + When a variance' root activity is updated, in order to update the variance we may need to wait for + the root activity to complete updating. This is called when the root activity end edit operation + compltes. + + + + + + + List manager that supports property storage mechanism for managing mapped property values on view items. + The view item class needs to provide a StoragePropsInfo which essentially is a collection of PropInfo + objects that describe the property of the view item. The prop info is used to manage the field value + notifications as well as providing the view items the value for the associated field via a property + storage. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Property information of the TViewItem. + Converter that retrieves the data item from the view item. + + + + Properties in the propsInfo passed into the constructor can be marked with their + _updateDataItemAsynchronously set to true, in which case the updates to that property + are pushed into the data item asynchronously. This method pushes such any pending + updates into the data items. + + + + + Properties in the propsInfo passed into the constructor can be marked with their + _updateDataItemAsynchronously set to true, in which case the updates to that property + are pushed into the data item asynchronously. This method pushes such any pending + updates into the data items. + + + + + Overridden. Creates IFieldValueAccessor for the specified TViewItem property. + + Identifies the TViewItem property. + + + + + Returns all potential mapping keys. + + + + + + Initializes unmapped properties field key. Any unampped field values will be stored as XML in this field. + + Field mapping key where the XML will be stored. + + + + Called by the store to start a deferred update operation. + + + + + + Initializes _asyncUpdateStores to an array of stores that update asynchronously. + + + + + This IPropertyStore implementation dynamically switches between using a IFieldValueAccessor if a property has a field mapping for it + or using a DictionaryPropertyStore if there's no mapping for the field. + + + + + Commits any pending updates. Updates are asynchronously committed when _updateDataItemAsynchronously is true. + + + + + This IPropertyStore implementation dynamically switches between using a IFieldValueAccessor if a property has a field mapping for it + or using a DictionaryPropertyStore if there's no mapping for the field. + + Type of values that are stored. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Commits any pending updates. Updates are asynchronously committed when _updateDataItemAsynchronously is true. + + + + + User supplied converter info. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Mapping of ActivityProperty enum values to their corresponding MappingKey enum values. + + + + + This is set to the recurring list manager on a non-recurring list manager and the other way around as well. + + + + + This method is called to create linq condition from a list specific query result, like ActivityQuery for the + activity list manager. + + Linq statement for the query associated with the specified result object will be returned. + This out param will be set if an error occurs. + Returns linq condition derived from the specified listSpecificQueryInfo object. + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Creates occurrence id collection for recurring activities for reminders activities result. + + Query component that has information regarding the reminders query. + This is a collection of recurring and variance activities. Recurring activities + in this collection will be resolved into occurrences with the variances in the collection taken into account. + The variances will also be included in the resultant occurrence id collection. + Occurrence manager. + Collection of occurrence id's that define the occurrences and variances. + + + + Returns the actualy field to be used when constructing queries for activities. This takes into account + if 'End' mapping is not provided in which case it maps 'End', 'EndTimeZoneId' and 'OriginalOccurrenceEnd' + properties to 'Start', 'StartTimeZoneId' and 'OriginalOccurrenceStart' respectively. + + + + + + + Hooks into property stores for properties that require certain actions, like re-evaluating to see if they + should be added to or removed from query results. + + + + + If recurring appointment data source is specified then the appointment data source doesn't contain + recurring appointments. If it's not specified then the appointment data source should be considered + to contain the recurring appointments. Sets _hasRecurringActivities appropriately on both list managers. + + + + + Gets the type of the underlying property in the data source. + + Mapped property. + Type of the associated property in the data source. Null if the property is not mapped. + + + + Gets the specified reminder interval value converted to long if the underlying data source object's + reminder interval is of long type. Otherwise it returns the span value itself. + + Reminder interval value. + Value used for comparing in linq query conditions. + + + + This is called when a property on an activity changes that may require us to remove the activity + from one or more query results and furthermore add it to one or more query results. + + Activity whose property changed. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the end time is required for the activities that this activity list manager manages. + Default implementation returns true. + + + + + Overridden. Returns false since the journals do not require end time. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Used to manage one or more items which are processed asynchronously. When an item is added, an async + operation can be started. Any further items added in the meantime are collected into a list. When the + async handler is executed, all the items are processed via the the 'verifyCallback' delegate + specified in the constructor. + + Type of items that are to be processed asynchronously. + + + + Constructor. + + This will be called to process the items. + Whether to manage items as weak references. + + + + Adds an item to be processed asynchronously. + + Item object. + Whether to start an async operation if it already hasn't been started previously. + + + + Removes the specified item from the items queue. + + Item to remove. + + + + Removes the specified items. + + Items to remove. + + + + Removes all items and stops any pending async callback. + + + + + Starts the async verification process. + + + + + The set used to manage the items. + + + + + Checks if the specified type's full name is the same as typeFullName parameter. It checks the base classes + and interfaces if checkBaseTypes parameter is true. + + Type to check. + Full name of the type, which includes the namespace but without the assembly information. + Whether to check base types and interfaces. + True if the name matches. False otherwise. + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of object of specified type. The type needs to be one of + the supported types. + + + + + Gets the activity's date range. + + Activity object. + Date-time range of the activity. + + + + Gets the activity's date range. + + Activity object. + Local time zone. Used when the activity is time-zone neutral in which case its + start and end times are in effect in local time zone, and therefore we need to convert them to UTC in order + to compare to the date ranges which are in UTC. + Date-time range of the activity in UTC. + + + + Gets the serializer used for serializing various schedule objects that are exposed by + view objects that need to be serialized to data items as xml string values. + + + + + + Gets the time zone for the resource based on its PrimaryTimeZoneId property. If id not specified or is invalid, + fallbacks to fallbackTimeZone and if that's null then to local time zone. + + + + + + + + + Checks to see if the activity's date range intersects with one of the date ranges in rangesInUTC collection. + + Activity instance. + Date ranges in UTC. + Local time zone. Used when the activity is time-zone neutral in which case its + start and end times are in effect in local time zone, and therefore we need to convert them to UTC in order + to compare to the date ranges which are in UTC. + True if the activity date range intersects with one of the date ranges specified via the 'rangesInUTC' parameter. + + + + Helper method to return the larger value or non-NaN value if one is NaN + + + + + If max > 0 then returns true if value > max; + + + + + + + + Helper method to return the larger value or non-NaN value if one is NaN + + + + + Helper method for invoking the Reinitialize method where the call is only made if the collections differ. + + The type of items in the collections + The collection to reinitialize + The new list of items used to update the collection + + + + Converts value which can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar> into IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar>. + + Value can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar>. + + + + + Converts value which can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar> into ImmutableCollection<ResourceCalendar>. + + Value can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar>. + + + + + Converts value which can be a T instance, or an IEnumerable<T> to ImmutableCollection<T>. + + Value can be a T or an IEnumerable<T>. + + + + + Converts the specified value, which needs to be a supported type, to XML. + + + + + Truncates the specified date to seconds. + + Date to trucate. + Date value truncated to seconds. + + + + Keyed collection that uses a delegate for retrieving key value from item. + + Type of key. + Type of item. + + + + Contains information that defines a recurring date-time. + + + + DateRecurrence is used to specify rules that define a recurring date-time. It's used by the + property. + + + + + + + Abstract base class for a class that specifies rules that define recurring date-time. + + + + class derives from this class which is used to specify rules that define recurring date-time. + + + + + + + Clones the recurrence object. + + Cloned copy. + + + + Overridden. Returns true if the specified object equals this object. + + Object to compare to. + True if the specified object equals this object. False otherwise. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code of this object. + + Hash code of the object. + + + + Overridden. Returns string representation of the recurrence. + + Text that describes the recurrence. + + + + Parses the specified recurrence string in the format of ICalendar to a DateRecurrence instance. + + String in ICalendar recurrence format. + DateRecurrence instance from the parsed string. If the string is an invalid format, raises an exception. + + + + Converts the specified recurrence to its ICalendar string representation. + + DateRecurrence instance to convert to string representation. + String that represents the specified DateRecurrence. + + + + Specifies the number of times the recurrence will re-occur. If 0 then there's no limit. + + + You can limit the number of times a recurrence re-occurs by either specifying the Count + property or the property. Note that + and are exclusive. You should only specify one but not both. + + + + + + Specifies the frequency of the recurrence. + + + + + + + Specifies how often to recur. + + + + + Specifies recurrence rules. + + + + Recurrence rules can be used to specify further criteria regarding when the recurrences recur. For example, + you can specify one or more rules to indicate that the recurrence should recur in a specific month, in a + specific week of the year, on a specific week day etc... Rules can limit or in some cases expand the number + of recurrences that would have occurred based on the Frequency and Interval settings alone. + + + + + + + Specifies when to stop to recur. + + + + You can limit the recurrence to a date-time. Recurrence will stop recurring after that date-time. + However note that the last recurrence can start on this date-time. Also note that + and are exclusive. You should only specify one but not both. + + + + + + + Specifies the start of the week. Default value is Monday. + + + + WeekStart has implications when applying certain rules, like , + regarding when the first week of the year starts. First week of the year is considered to be the first + week that has at least 4 days in the year. + + + Note that the default value of this property is Monday. + + + + + + If 0 then no count limit. + + + + + If rules are as such that there's same fixed number of matches per interval period then + this will be set to that number. Otherwise it will be 0 to indicate that there's no + fixed match per interval. + + + + + Constructor. + + Contains information for recurrence generation. + + + + Constructor. + + Cache. + Occurrences within this date range will be enumerated. + Maximum number of occurrences to enumerate. 0 specifies no limit. + + + + Increments the specified frequency date to reach a frequency interval that contains + the target date. The returned date will be smaller than the target date. + + + + + + + + A class used for serializing and deserializing date recurrence into a string that's conformant to iCalendar RRULE format. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Appends space if the sb doesn't already end with a space. + + + + + + + Evaluates date recurrence rules contained in object and + generates recurrences. + + + + + Gets the occurrences within the specified date range. The date-time values of the range are in UTC. + + Date range with date-time values in UTC. + Date-time values of occurrences that occur in the specified date range. + + + + Gets the occurrences in the specified date ranges. The date-time values of the ranges are in UTC. + + Collection of date ranges with date-time values are in UTC. + Returns the times of occurrences that occurr in the specified date ranges. + Each DateRange instance specifies the start and the end time of an occurrence. + Note that the date-time values are in UTC. + + + + Specifies whether an occurrence occurs on the same day as the specified date. + + Date value in UTC. + True if an occurrence occurs on the specified date. False otherwise. + + + + Specifies whether an occurrence occurs on the specified date-time value, within second. + + Date-time value in UTC. + True if an occurrence occurs on the specified date-time. False otherwise. + + + + Gets the date-time in UTC of the first occurrence. + + + + + Gets the date-time in UTC of the last occurrence. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Provides logic for generating recurrences. + + + + You can set the property to + provide custom recurrence generation logic. + + + + + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator for calculating recurring date-time values based on the specified + recurrence information. + + Contains recurrence information. + Calculator that will be used to calculate recurring date-time values. + + + Note that when the recurrence associated with the specified 'info' changes, this method + will be called again to re-get the calculator. + + + + + + Enum used to specifiy property. + + + + + Occurs every year. + + + + + Occurs every month. + + + + + Occurs every week. + + + + + Occurs every day. + + + + + Occurs every hour. + + + + + Occurs every minute. + + + + + Occurs every second. + + + + + Used to pass along recurrence information to the method. + + + + RecurrenceInfo class is used to pass information to the method. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Recurrence object. + Start of the recurrence. This date-time value is in local time relative to the specified time zone. + Each occurrence duration. + Identifies the time-zone. 'StartDateTime' parameter's value is relative to this time zone. + Optional context object. + + + + Optional context object. Can be an instance for example. + + + + + Duration of each occurrence. + + + + + Gets the recurrence object. + + + + + Gets the start date-time of the recurrence. All the recurrence instances must occur on + or after this start date-time. The value is relative to the time zone specified by the + property. + + + + + + Time zone associated with the value. + + + + Recurrences need to be generated using this time-zone. + + + + + + Base class for date recurrence rule. + + + + + Overridden. Returns true if the specified object equals this object. + + Object to compare. + True if the object equals this object. False otherwise. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code of this object. + + Integer hash code value. + + + + Rule that matches a month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the month. Valid values are 1 to 12. + + + + Gets/sets the month number. + + + + + Rule that matches week number of a year. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the week in the year. Valid values are 1 to 53 and -53 to -1. + for more information. + + + + + Gets/sets the number that identifies the week of the year. Valid range of values is 1 to 53 and -53 to -1. + + + + WeekNumber identifies the week in the year. Valid values are 1 to 53 and -53 to -1. A negative value + indicates the n'th week to the end of the year where 'n' is the absolute value of the negative value. For example, + -1 specifies the last week of the year. Likewise -10 specifies the 10th to the last week of the year. + + + + + + Rule that matches day of year. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the day of the year. Valid values are from 1 to 366 and -366 to -1. + for more information. + + + + + Gets/sets the day of the year. Valid range of values are 1 to 366 and -366 to -1. + + + + DayOfYear identifies the day of the year. Valid values are 1 to 366 and -366 to -1. A negative value + indicates the n'th day to the end of the year where 'n' is the absolute value of the negative value. For example, + -1 specifies the last day of the year. Likewise -10 specifies the 10th day to the last day the year. + + + + + + Rule that matches day of month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + Identifies the day of the year. Valid values are from 1 to 31 and -31 to -1. + for more information. + + + + + Gets/sets the day of the month. Valid range of values are 1 to 31 and -31 to -1. + + + + DayOfMonth identifies the day of the month. Valid values are 1 to 31 and -31 to -1. A negative value + indicates the n'th day to the end of the month where 'n' is the absolute value of the negative value. For example, + -1 specifies the last day of the month. Likewise -10 specifies the 10th day to the last day the month. + + + + + + Rule that matches day of week or a relative day of week within month or year. + + + + DayOfWeekRecurrenceRule can be used to specify a day of week or a relative + day of week within month or year. If the frequency is monthly or if a + is present then the + + indentifies the relative position within a month. Otherwise if the + frequency of the recurrence is yearly + then it identifies the relative position within the year. In case of + monthly, valid values are -5 to -1 and 1 to 5. In case of yearly, + valid values are -53 to -1 and 1 to 53. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the week day. + Optional value that specifies the relative + position of the day within month or year. If the frequency is monthly or if a + is present then the relative position + indentifies the relative position within a month. If frequency is yearly + then it identifies the relative position within the year. In case of + monthly, valid values are -5 to -1 and 1 to 5. In case of yearly, + valid values are -53 to -1 and 1 to 53. + + + + Gets/sets the week day. + + + + + Relative position of the occurrence of the week-day within a month or a year. + Valid values are 1 to 5 and -5 to -1 for monthly frequency and 1 to 53 and -53 to -1 + for yearly frequency. + + + + RelativePosition specifies the relative position of the occurrence of the week-day within a + month or a year. Valid values are 1 to 5 and -5 to -1 for monthly rule and 1 to 53 and -53 to -1 for yearly rule. + For example, if is Monday and the RelativePosition is -1, + then it specifies the last Monday in the month. + + + + + + Rule that matches hour of day. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Specifes the hour. Valid values are 0 to 23. + + + + Gets/sets the hour value. Valid values are 0 to 23. + + + + + Rule that matches minute of hour. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Specifes the minute value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + Gets/sets the minute value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + + Rule that matches second of a minute. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Specifes the second value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + Gets/sets the second value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + + Rule that matches a subset of matches within an interval. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + Specifies the instance of the occurrence within the set of occurrences. + for more information. Valid values are 1 to 366 + and -366 to -1 where negative values indicate nth to the last. + + + + + Identifies the instance of the occurrence within the set of occurrences within the period specified by the + and and + properties that are generated by all the recurrence rules of the that are + not SubsetRecurrenceRule's. Valid values are 1 to 366 and -366 to -1 where negative values + indicate nth to the last. + + + + + Contains information regarding the reminder that's displayed when an activity is due. + + + + + Specifies user data associated with this reminder. + + + + UserData property's value is not used by the XamSchedule in any way. It's meant + to allow you to store any piece of data as part of the reminder object so that you can + retrieve it later, for example when the reminder is activated. As an example, + UserData can be a string that represents an action to take, for example a command + to execute when the reminder is activated. + + + + + + Indicates whether the activity is snoozed. + + + + + Indicates the time that the reminder was last displayed. + + + + + Indicates the time that the reminder was last snoozed. + + + + + Indicates the interval after the that the reminder will be re-displayed. + + + + + Specifies the text that will be displayed in the reminder. + + + + Text property specifies the text that will be displayed in the reminder. + If Text is note set then a default text will be used in the reminder. + + + + + + Contains information regarding an invoked reminder. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + Associated reminder object if any. + Object associated with the reminder. + + + + Dismisses the reminder. + + + Dismiss is called when the user acknowledges the reminder and no longer wants the reminder + to be displayed. + + + + + + Snoozes the reminder. + + When the reminder was snoozed. This date-time value is in UTC. + The snooze interval after which to re-display the reminder. + + + Snooze method is called when the user wants to be re-reminded after a certain interval of time. + + + + + + + Allocates a reminder if it hasn't been allocated. + + + + + Gets the object if any associated with the reminder. + + + + + Indicates if the reminder has been dismissed. + + + + + Indicates if the reminder has been snoozed. + + + + + Gets the associated object if any. + + + + Note that if the Reminder property is null then it will be set to a new object + when method is called. + + + + + + + + Represents an activity query. + + + + ActivityQuery class is used to specify the query criteria when using + method. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + Activities within this date range will be queried. + Activities belonging to primary calendars of these resources will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date range will be queried. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + Activities within this date range will be queried. + Activities belonging to these calendars will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date range will be queried. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + Activities within this date range will be queried. + Activities belonging to this calendar will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date range will be queried. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + One or more DateRange objects. Activities within these date ranges will be queried. + Activities belonging to these calendars will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date ranges will be queried. + + + + Once an activity query has been sealed, it can't be modified. + + + + ActivityQuery object sealed from further modifications when the query is performed + and associated with an object. Any attempt to modify the + activity query afterwards will result in an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + + Specifies which activity types to query for - whether appointments, journals, tasks or a combination of these activity types. + + + ActivityTypesToQuery property specifies what type of activities to get. ActivityTypes enum is a flagged enum + allowing you to specify a combination of activity types. + + + + + Specifies the calendars for which to get the activities. If null then activities for + all the calendars will be returned. + + + + + Specifies one or more date ranges. + + + + This query will return activities occurring within these date ranges. + + + + + + Specifies the information that's to be queried. + + + + RequestedInformation property specifies what information to retrieve when the query is performed. + enum is a flagged enum and therefore you can specify multiple + pieces of information to be retrieved. + + + + + + Represents the result of a cancel operation of a pending operation. + + + + CancelOperationResult is used by the + method to return the status of the cancelation operation. + + + + + + Constructor. + + Pending operation which is being canceled. + + + + Constructor. + + Pending operation which is being canceled. + Error info if any. + Specifies whether the operation is complete. + + + + Initializes the and + properties based on the specified values. + + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify false if further results are + going to be available. + + + Activity operations may be executed asynchronously. When a method that performs an operation is required + to return an instance of OperationResult derived class, you can return a new instance + and specify the result of the operation later via this method when it's available. While the asynchronous + operation is still pending, the property will return False. When the + result is available, you can call this method and specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate + that the operation is complete and that the property should be set to true. + + + If an error occurs during the operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action + will be taken and operation is considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + Operation being canceled. + + + + + Result of an operation performed on an item. The operation may be performed asynchronously. + + + + + The item associated with the operation. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Item associated with the operation. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Item associated with the operation. + Error information if there's an error. + Whether to mark the operation as complete. Pass false for asynchronous + operation whose result is going to be available later. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the and properties based on the specified values. + + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify false if further results are + going to be available. + + + An operation may be performed asynchronously. When a method that performs an operation is required + to return an instance of OperationResult derived class, you can return a new instance + and specify the result of the operation later via this method when it's available. While the asynchronous + operation is still pending, the property will return False. When the + result is available, you can call this method and specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate + that the operation is complete and that the property should be set to true. + + + If an error occurs during the operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action + will be taken and operation is considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + Returns the item associated with the operation. + + + + + Result of an activity operation that may be performed asynchronously. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Activity associated with the operation. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Activity associated with the operation. + Error information if there's an error. + Whether to mark the operation as complete. Pass false for asynchronous + operation whose result is going to be available later. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns the activity associated with the operation. + + + This property returns the same value as the property. + + + + + Result of a resource operation that may be performed asynchronously. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Resource associated with the operation. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Resource associated with the operation. + Error information if there's an error. + Whether to mark the operation as complete. Pass false for asynchronous + operation whose result is going to be available later. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns the resource. + + + This property returns the same value as the property. + + + + + Contains occurrences, including variances. + + + + + Contains variances. + + + + + Used to cache the start time of the next occurrence in the series that's due for reminder. Keys are root activities. + + + + + Constructor. + + Schedule data connector. + Item manager that keeps track of root activities and variances. + Properties information for class. + + + + Gets the root activity with the specified id. + + Root activity id. + If a root activity by the specified id is found, returns it. Otherwise returns null. + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator for the specified recurrence information. + + Contains recurrence information. + Calculator for calculating occurrences. + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator for the specified root activity. + + Root activity. + Calculator for calculating occurrences. + + + + Creates or gets a cached occurrence instance for the specified dataItem which must be an OccurrenceId instance. + + An OccurrenceId instance. + The occurrence activity. + + + + Gets the start time of the next occurrence that's due for reminder. + + Root activity that defines the series. + The start time of the next occurrence in the series that's due for reminder. + + + + Initializes the ReminderEnabled property of the specified occurrence based on root + activity's Reminder.LastDisplayedTime and if that's not available then based on the + latest occurrence in the series that's overdue for the reminder. + + Occurrence activity. + Root activity. + + + + Creates an OccurrenceId object using the the RootActivity and the OriginalStartTime/OriginalEndTime + values of the specified occurrence. + + Occurrence activity. + OccurrenceId instance. + + + + Gets occurrences, including variances that have been created and are still active (haven't been garbage collected). + + + + + Registers the specified variance. + + Variance activity. + + If the variance is valid, returns the occurrence id for it. If the variance is + invalid, which can be if the root activity has been deleted or its recurrence rules + modified so the variance is considered to be stale or invalid, then returns null. + + + + + Contains root activities and variances. + + + + + Map that keeps track of root activity and their occurrences that are to be included in this occurrence id collection. + + + + + All the collections that are aggregated by this aggragate collection. It contains occurrence collections for all the + root activities and their variances as well (that intersect the date range criteria of this aggregate collection). + + + + + Contains variances that belong to this collection, of all the root activities. + + + + + Adds or removes the activity which can be a recurring activity or a variance. + + Activity + If true then removes the activity otherwise adds it. + Phase 1 will only add variances and skip recurring activities + and phase 2 will add only recurring activities and skip variances. + + + + Used by the 's property. + + + + ActivityCategoryCollection is a collection of activity categories. + Resource's property is of this type. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Finds the ActivityCategory in the collection with the specified category name. + + Category name to search. + If a match is found returns the matching ActivityCategory object, otherwise null. + + + + Collection of objects. + + + DaySettingsOverrideCollection is used by the 's + and 's properties. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of DaySettingsOverrideCollection. + + + + + + Converts the specified DaySettingsOverrideCollection to its XML representation. + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Collection of objects. + + + + + Represents a list of view items that are created based on a list of data items. + + Type of items contained in the collection. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + List of data items. + Used for creating and new T instances for each data item in the source and also setting/getting their associated data items. + Specifies whether to hook into items in the list via their ISupportPropertyChangeNotifications implementations. + Called before the view list is verified. + + + + Constructor. Creates a new instance of . + + Source items collection. Any modifications made to the source collection + will be reflected by this collection. + + + Note that the ViewList<T> is a read-only collection. Any modifications made to + the source collection are reflected by this collection, assuming the source collection implements + INotifyCollectionChanged interface. + + + + + + Called to raise CollectionChanged notification as well as notify property change listeners added + via ISupportPropertyChangeNotifications interface. + + Collection change event args. + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is in the collection. + + Item to check if it's contained in the collection. + True if the item exists in the collection, false otherwise. + + + + Copies items from this collection to the specified array. + + Destination array. + The location in the destination array where the items will be copied. + + + + Returns the enumerator for enumerating items in the collection. + + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Returns the index of the specified item in the collection. + + The item whose index will be returned. + The index of the item if the item exists in the collection, -1 otherwise. + + + + Marks the collection as needing to be resynced with the underlying source collection. + + + + + If preverifyCallback callback was specified then calls that and returns + the return value of that callback. Otherwise returns the Source data list. + + The data list to use. + + + + Raised when the collection's contents change. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified index. + + Index of the item to get. + Item at the specified index. + + + + Returns items in the collection that have been allocated so far. + + + Returns items in the collection that have been allocated so far. This differs from GetEnumerator + in that the GetEnumerator allocates items that haven't been allocated yet and returns all the + items of the collection. + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the source items collection. + + + + + Constructor. + + Data source list. + Item factory used for creating new ResourceCalendar instances as well as getting/setting their data items. + Called before the view list is verified. + + + + Collection of objects. + + + + + + Constructor. + + Data source list. + Item factory used for creating new Resource instances as well as getting/setting their data items. + Called before the view list is verified. + + + + Constructor. Creates a new instance of . + + Source collection of resources. Any modifications made to the source + will be reflected by this collection. + + + Note that the ResourceCollection is a read-only collection. Any modifications made to + the source collection are reflected by this collection, assuming the source collection implements + INotifyCollectionChanged interface. + + + + + + Gets the resource with the specified id. Returns null if none exists. + + Resource id. + Matching Resource object or null if no matching resource is found. + + + + Collection used for specifying working hours. + + + + WorkingHoursCollection class is a collection of instances. It's used for specifying working hours. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + This item will be added to the collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + These items will be added to the collection. + + + + Overridden. Validates the specified time range instance to ensure that it's start time and end time are valid. + + TimeRange instance to validate. + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be removed if the returns true. + + The item that is being removed. + + + + Adds a new TimeRange instance based on the specified values. + + Start time of the time range. + End time of the time range. + + + + Used to obtain a collection of the sorted, consolidated time ranges within the collection. + + + + + Ensures that the working hours don't span over more than 24 hours. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the derived collection should have its and methods invoked. + + + + + Returns default working hours from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. + + + + + Class which exposes brush properties which are used by the visual elements of the shedule controls + + + + + Identifies the BrushProvider attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached BrushProvider DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached BrushProvider DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Returns a brush based on the specified Id. + + The id of the brush + + + + + + Color used as the base color from which all other color + properties exposed by this class are derived. + + + + + + Returns the version of the brush cache. + + + When something changes that invalidates the cache, e.g. the is changed then this number is incremented. + + + + + Indexer takes a string or a + + + + + Indexer takes a string that can be converted into a + + + + + Handles coordination of CalendarBrushCaches for ResourceCalendars. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the CalendarColorScheme class. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Clears all cached brushes and bumps the BrushVersion property + + + + + Creates a ResourceDictionary that contains resources to be used by the dialogs + + A ResourceDictionary or null. The default implmentation returns null. + + + + Called when the system colors have changed + + + + + Makes sure that the dialog resources dictonary is polpulated correctly + + + Note: this method is always called from the get of DialogResources property. This gives derived classes an opportunity to update the contents before a dialog is shown. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the base colors that are supported. + + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Returns the default provider. (read-only). + + + + + Returns a collection of resources to be merged into the dialogs (read-only) + + + Note: it is the responsiblity of the to make use of these resources. + + + + + Gets whether controls should be rendered in high contrast based on the current system settings (read-only). + + The conditions to determine this are consistent with Office2007 and Office2010. + + + + Returns the base color to use for the default provider. + + + + + Returns a scrollbar style or null (read-only). + + + + + Gets whether the system should render controls with high contrast. + + The conditions to determine this are consistant with Office2007. + + + + Used for specifying settings for a specific day. + + + + DaySettings class is used for specifying settings like the working hours or visibility of a specific day. + exposes property. ScheduleDayOfWeek + objects are accessed via the ScheduleSettings' collection. + also exposes property. + DaySettingsOverride is specified using the ScheduleSettings' + collection. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Specifies whether this day of week is a work day. + + + + + Specifies the working hours for the day of week. Default value is null. + + + + WorkingHours is used to specify different working hours for the day this DaySettings object + is associated with. If this property is left null or set to an empty collection then the + working hours will be resolved to the next settings object in the resolution hierarchy. + + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Used for specifying settings for a specific date or a recurring date. + + + + If you need to specify some settings for a specific day in the year, or some recurring date + then you can use the ' + collection to add a DaySettingsOverride instance that contains the day settings for that day + or recurring date. + + + You can also specify DaySettingsOverrides for a specific resource using Resource' + collection. + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Specifies the date. The date is always considered to be relative to the local time-zone. + + + + + Specifies the DaySettings object. + + + + + Specifies the date recurrence. If Recurrence is specified then property's value + is used as the start time for the recurrence. + + + + Note that if the date of the first instance of the recurrence is different than the + Date property's value, the Date property is also used for matching. + + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Used for specifying settings for a specific day of week. + + + + XamScheduleDataManager exposes collection that + contains seven ScheduleDayOfWeek instances for each of the seven days of week. You can + specify settings, like the description or the working hours, for a specific week day using that + collection. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of ScheduleDayOfWeek. + + + + + + Converts the specified ScheduleDayOfWeek to its XML representation. + + + + + + Specifies the day settings for this day of week. + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Contains objects for the seven days of week. Each ScheduleDayOfWeek + object is used to specify settings for the corresponding day of week. + + + + ScheduleDaysOfWeek exposes properties for each day of week: , + , , + , , + and . + It's used by the ScheduleSettings' property. + + + You can specifiy settings, like whether the day is a work-day and what the working hours are + using the object returned by the property of this object corresponding + to that day. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of ScheduleDaysOfWeek. + + + + + + Converts the specified ScheduleDaysOfWeek to its XML representation. This is the format that + the XamSchedule uses to serialize out ScheduleDaysOfWeek instance into an underlying data item + that provides a string type property mapping. + + + + + + Gets or sets the object for the specified day of week. Default value is Null. + + Day of week. + Gets the object for the specified day of week. If one hasn't been set previously, returns Null. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Monday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Tuesday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Wednesday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Thursday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Friday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Saturday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Sunday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + A class used to load custom time zone information for date time conversions to and from utc date times. + + + + + Abstract base class used to provide time zone information for dateTime time conversions to and from utc dateTime times. + + + + + Creates a new instance of a derived class + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Clears any values that have been cached so they can be re-created when needed + + + + + Converts the specified local time to universal time. + + The local datetime to convert + The universal datetime + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in dateTime time. + The time zone to convert the dateTime time to. + The dateTime time + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in dateTime time. + The time zone to convert the dateTime time to. + The dateTime time and offset + + + + + Converts the specified universal time to local time. + + The universal datetime to convert + The local datetime + + + + Returns an array of adjustment rules for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time and offset + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Returns the base offset to utc time (when not in daylight saving time) + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + A TimeSpan with the UTC offset. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the export id for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The export id or null. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the for the time zone + + A string that identifies a specific time zone + + + + Returns the offset to convert a dateTime time to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific dateTime time + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a dateTime time offset to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific dateTime time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + + + + Determines if a string is a valid time zone id + + The id to verify. + True if the id is valid, otherwise false + + + + Saves all the time zone definition information as xml + + A string containing the saved xml + + + + Saves all the time zone definition information as xml + + Determines if time zone display names will be included in the xml. + A string containing the saved xml + + + + Returns true if the time zone supports daylight savings time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + True if the time zone supports daylight savings time, otherwise false. + + + + + Tries to get the for the time zone safely + + A string that identifies a specific time zone + An out parameter which will be set to the associated token. + True if the id was valid and the token was set, otherwise false. + + + + Should be called whenever any time zone information has changed + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The source date time + The source time zone + The destination time zone. + The DateTime in the destination time zone. + + + + Creates and returns an instance of a + + The token that represents the time zone. + The export id + The offset from UTC to use when not in daylight savings time. + The name of the time zone in daylight savings time + The display name of the time zone + The name of the time zone in standard time + Whether this time zone supports daylight savings. + The adjustment rules for daylight savings + The new instance of a + + + + + Creates an returns a + + The id of the time zone. + A token representing the specified id + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + The date time and offset + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + The date time and offset + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Returns a read-only collection of objects + + + + + Returns the for the time zone + + A string that identifies a specific time zone + True to make sure the id is already defined. + + + + Gets the Utc offset for a specific date time + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + The offset from Utc time that applies to this date time + + + + Gets the Utc offset for a specific date time + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + The offset from Utc time that applies to this date time + + + + Returns whether a time is ambiguous, i.e. it it at a daylight savings transition + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Returns whether a time is ambiguous, i.e. it it at a daylight savings transition + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + The date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Returns a static instance of a TimeZoneInfoProvider pre-loaded with default time zone information + + + + + Returns or sets the Id for the local time zone + + + + + + Returns the id for the local time zone (read-only) + + + Note: if is set its value will be returned. If it is not set an attempt will be made to deduce it. + + + + + Returns the token that represents the local time zone + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of time zone tokens + + + + + Returns the token that represents the UTC time zone + + + + + Returns a version number that gets bumped when any change is made that affects time zone information + + + + + + Returns a collection of tokens. + + + Note: it is the repsonsibility of the derived classes to maintain this collection + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeZoneInformation. + + + + + A class that represents a specific time zone + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of adjustmentRules that determine when daylight savings offsets are active. + + + + + Returns the base offset from UTC time (read-only) + + + + + Returns the name of this time zone when in daylight savings time (read-only) + + + + + Returns the string to use when displaying this time zone (read-only) + + + + + Returns the identifier to use this time zone when exporting from the ICalendar format. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the identifier for the time zone (read-only) + + + + + Returns the name of this time zone when not in daylight savings time (read-only) + + + + + Returns true is this time zone supports daylight savings time (read-only) + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeZoneDefinition. + + + + + A class that describes the rule for when to transition into and out of daylight savings time + + + + + Creates and returns an instance of a TimeAdjustmentRule + + The start of the dateTime range where this tt is in force. + The end of the dateTime range where this tt is in force. + The time adjustment to apply between the transition start and end while this tt is in force. + The start dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition to the adjusted time. + The end dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition back to standard time. + + + + + Returns true if the object is equilavent to this + + + + + Returns a code to use for hashing + + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns true if both objects are equal + + The other object + Ture if equal, otherwise false + + + + Returns the time adjustment to apply between the transition start and end while this tt is in force. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the end of the dateTime range where this tt is in force (read-only) + + + + + Returns the start of the dateTime range where this tt is in force (read-only) + + + + + Returns the end dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition back to standard time. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the start dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition to the adjusted time. (read-only) + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeAdjustmentRule. + + + + + Represents a tt for transitioning to or from daylight savings times + + + + + A static menthod that creates and returns a transition time that occurs on the same dateTime every year. + + A number between 1 and 31 + A number between 1 and 12 + The time that the transition takes place. + The newly created instance of a + + + + A static menthod that creates and returns a transition time that occurs on a different dateTime every year based on day of week and a relative week number. + + A number between 1 and 5 + A number between 1 and 12 + An enumeration that identifies a specific day from 'Sunday' thru 'Saturday'. + The time that the transition takes place. + The newly created instance of a + + + + Returns true if the object is equilavent to this + + + + + Returns a code to use for hashing + + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns true if the object is equilavent to this + + + + + Returns the day of the month (read-only) + + + Note: the day number is ignored if is false. + + A number from 1 to 31 + + + + Returns the day of the week (read-only) + + + Note: the day of the week is ignored if is true. + + An enumeration from 'Sunday' thru "Saturday' + + + + Returns whether the transition occurs on a speciic day number (read-only) + + + Note: if this is true then is used and and are ignored. Otherwise, Day is ignored and Week and DayOfWeek are used. + + True to use or false to use and . + + + + Returns the month of the year (read-only) + + A number from 1 to 12 + + + + Returns the time of day when the transition wil take place (read-only) + + A datetime that contains only hours, minutes and seconds + + + + Returns the week number relative to the month (read-only) + + + Note: the week number is ignored if is true. + + A number from 1 to 5 + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TransitionTime. + + + + + Creates a new instnace of a + + + + + Should be called whenever any time zone information has changed + + + + + Clears any values that have been cached so they can be re-created when needed + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time and offset + + + + + Returns an array of adjustment rules for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Returns the base offset to utc time (when not in daylight saving time) + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + A TimeSpan with the UTC offset. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the export id for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The export id or null. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of objects + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time offset to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a string is a valid time zone id + + The id to verify. + True if the id is valid, otherwise false + + + + Returns true if the time zone supports daylight savings time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + True if the time zone supports daylight savings time, otherwise false. + + + + + Suspends bumping the property until is called. + + + Note: every call to BeginUpdate must be paired with a subsequewnt call to + + + + + + + Restores the bumping of the property. + + + Note: every call to must be paired with a subsequewnt call to EndUpdate + + + + + + + Loads all the time zone definition information from an xml string + + A string containing the xml + True is succesful, otherwise false. + + + + Loads all the time zone definition information from an xml string + + A string containing the xml + Determines if time zone display names will be de-serialized from the xml. + True is succesful, otherwise false. + + + + Registers a custom time zone + + The id of the time zone. + The export id + The offset from UTC to use when not in daylight savings time. + The name of the time zone in daylight savings time + The display name of the time zone + The name of the time zone in standard time + Whether this time zone supports daylight savings. + The adjustment rules for daylight savings + + + + Returns the id for the local time zone (read-only) + + + Note: if is set its value will be returned. If it is not set an attempt will be made to deduce it. + + + + + Returns the token that represents the UTC time zone + + + + + Returns or sets the id for the Utc time zone + + + + + A class used to provide time zone information for date time conversions to and from utc date times from the information provided by the Windows OS. + + + Note: this class is only available in WPF. In Silverlight a custom class should be derived from or an instance of the should be used. + + + + + Creates a new instnace of a + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Clears any values that have been cached so they can be re-created when needed + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time and offset + + + + + Returns an array of adjustment rules for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Returns the base offset to utc time (when not in daylight saving time) + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + A TimeSpan with the UTC offset. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the export id for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The export id or null. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of objects + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time offset to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a string is a valid time zone id + + The id to verify. + True if the id is valid, otherwise false + + + + Returns true if the time zone supports daylight savings time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + True if the time zone supports daylight savings time, otherwise false. + + + + + Returns the id for the local time zone (read-only) + + + Note: if is set its value will be returned. If it is not then the sytem local time zone id will be returned. + + + + + Returns or sets whether to use the system display names for time zones + + + + + + Returns the token that represents the UTC time zone + + + + + Returns a dictionary that contains windows time zone ids as keys and the associated export ids as values. + + + + + A class that represents a specific time zone + + + + + + Converts the specified time from the Local token for the associated provider to the timezone identified by this token instance. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to the Local timezone of the associated provider + + + + + Converts the specified time from the Utc token for the associated provider to the timezone identified by this token instance. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to the Utc timezone of the associated provider + + + + + Converts the specified time from the timezone identified by this token instance to the Local token for the associated provider. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to this timezone + + + + + Converts the specified time from the timezone identified by this token instance to the Utc token for the associated provider. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to this timezone + + + + + A string that identifiies the time zone (read-only) + + + + + A string used to represent this time zone is the ui (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that created the token (read-only) + + + + + Type of the converted values. Used as the target type for the Convert method. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + A class used to specify a parameterless action without rooting the object where the action is + to be performed. Creating a pointer to an instance method and holding onto it roots the object + containing the instance method. If you want to not root the object, then use this class to + create a parameterless action that delegates to a static parametered action that you provide, + where the parameter is the object instance which is kept using weak reference. + For example, new DeferredOperation( WeakAction.Create( obj, parameteredAction ) ). + + + + + + Used to store extra field values. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + Its indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + + + + Stores the specified entry's Value using the entry's Key as the key. + + Contains 'key' and 'value'. + + + + Returns the enumerator to enumerate values of the store. + + + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. + + String that identifies the key. + Value associated with the key. If no such value exists, returns null. + + + + Indicates if the value for the specified key is available or non-empty. + + + + + + + Sets the specified value for the speicifed key. + + String that identifies the key. + Value to associate with the key. + + + + Gets or sets the value. + + Key associated with the value. + Gets the value for the specified key or null if the value doesn't exist for the key. + + + NOTE: If the underlying metadata field mapping doesn't exist for the specified 'key' then an exception is thrown. + + + + + + Indicates if the value for the specified key is available or non-empty. + + + + + + + Returns true if the item was not previously entered. Returns false and takes no + actions if the item was previously entered. An item can only be entered once. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Items to be indexed. + Gets the key value from an item. + Comparer used for comparing key values. + If specified, it's invoked when a collection change notification is + recieved from the items list, after the index has been modified to reflect the change. + + + + Gets any matching item. If a single matching item exists, returns that. If multiple matching + items exist then this method may return any one of them. + + The key value. + Matching item. + + + + Gets all the matching items. + + The key value. + All the matching items. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Indicates if the value for the specified key is available or non-empty. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Type of the object that will be serialized. + Serializer to use to convert the object to XML and parse it back. + + + + This is where the XML as string is stored. + + + + + When an individual property value is set, we need to update the XML. However we don't want to do it + right away so we'll keep track of items whose XML value needs to be updated. + + + + + This is a list of items that need to have their XML synchronized with the property values. + + + + + The operation used to asynchronously update XML. + + + + + When we get a notification from the data source indicating that the field where the XML is stored + has changed, we need to parse it and update individual property values. This keeps track of such + items where the property values need to be updated. + + + + + Listener for xml value property store. + + + + + Listner for property value stores. + + + + + Used to make sure we don't synchronize property values to XML when we are the one updating the XML value. + + + + + Used to make sure we don't synchronize XML to property values when we are in the process of synchronizing property values to XML. + + + + + Used to save and parse XML. + + + + + This is where individual values from the XML are cached. This is because we don't want to + parse the XML every time a value is retrieved or re-create XML every time a value is set. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Base class for activity classes, like , or . + + + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Gets the clone of this activity for an editing purposes. + + + + + + + + Returns the in UTC. + + Identifies the local time zone. + Returns the UTC time for the . + + + + + + + Returns the in UTC. + + Identifies the local time zone. + Returns the UTC time for the . + + + + + + + Returns true if the the data of this activity is different from begin edit data for properties that are + subject to making an occurrence a variance. + + True if any property's value is different from the original value when BeginEdit was called, for + all properties that are taken into account when determining whether an activity should be made a variance + of an occurrence. + + + + Returns true if the the data of this activity is different from begin edit data. + + If true skip state related properties like Error, PendingOperation etc... and only compare actual data properties. + True if data is different. False otherwise. + + + + Initializes the root activity of an occurrence instance. + + Root recurring activity. + Original date-time of the occurrence. + + + InitializeRootActivity method is called by the data connector to initialize + the reference on an occurrence of a recurring activity. + This method also sets the to the + of the specified root activity. It also sets the + property to the specified 'occurrenceStart' value. Note that + + + + + + + Sets the to current time in UTC. + + + + + Copies activity data from this activity to the specified 'dest' activity. + + Destination activity to which to copy data. + Specifies whether to copy the id. + True to keep non-empty values in the 'dest'. False to + overwrite them with the values from the source. + Specifiy true to indicate that the activity's data is being copied to a new activity + that will be committed to the backend. For example, when the user copys an existing activity to make a new activity. + This will except certain properties from being copied, like Id, RootActivityId among others. + Specifiy false to indicate that the copying is being done for the purposes of storing activity data for + later reference. + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Specifies categories associated with this activity as a comma separated list of category id's. + + + + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this activity. + + + + While the Subject property is a short summary or title of the activity, the Description property + is the full text of the activity. + + + + + + + Gets the duration of the activity. + + + + + Specifies the time in UTC when the activity ends. + + + + and End properties specify the time of the activity in UTC. + You can use the and methods to get + the time relative to a specific time-zone. Also there are and + methods that can be used to specify activity times that are relative + to a specific time-zone. + + + + + + + + + + + The time-zone id associated with the activity. The and times are always in UTC. + + + + + Gets or sets the error if any associated with the activity. + + + + When there's an activity specific error, for example an attempt to update an activity + with invalid data results in an error, Error property will be set to a + object containing the error information. + + + You can set the Error to a new DataErrorInfo object or set it to + null to clear an existing error. The Error is cleared automatically by + when the user performs another operation on the activity that succeeds. + + + Note that the XamScheduleDataManager's + event is raised whenever there's an error, including activity errors. You can hook into + that event if you want to get notified of when an error occurs. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment Id. + + + + + Specifies whether the activity can be modified in the UI. + + + + + Returns true if the is an occurrence of a recurring (read only). + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the occurrence has been deleted. + + + + Note that simply setting this property to true will not delete the occurrence. + Use the method to remove an occurrence. + Also note that the underlying occurrence will be made into a variance which will + be stored in the data source. This is so the the recurring activity knows not to + generate the occurrence the next time the application is run. + + + IsOccurrenceDeleted property's setter is meant to be called by a schedule data + connector implementation to specifiy that this occurrence has been deleted when the + activity is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + + Returns true if the is a recurring with a define set of rules (read only). + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the activitiy's times are time-zone neutral or "floating". + + + + Certain activities have start and end times that are time-zone neutral. Holidays are an example of that + where a holiday starts at a certain time, let's say 12:00 AM, in every time-zone. Likewise you can have + activities that are time-zone neutral as well. Such activities start at the same numerical time value + in any time-zone, and thus the actual UTC times when the activity starts will vary across time-zones. + + + When an activity is time-zone neutral, the values of and properties + are time-zone neutral times that are interpreted as local times. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the activity is a variance of an occurrence. + + + + When an occurrence of a recurring activity is modified, it becomes a 'variance'. Essentially it's + a modified occurrence. Any modifications, including modifications to Start, End, Subject etc... + cause the occurrence to be a variance. + + + stores variances in the underlying data source list where + recurring activities are stored. Note that to programatically modify an occurrence and make it into + a variance and store it into the data source, you must call + and methods. + + + Note that property will return true for variances as well. + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the activity is visible. + + + + + Gets the resolved value indicating whether the activity is visible. + + + + Note that this property doesn't indicate whether the activity is presently visible in the UI. + It indicates whether the activity will be displayed in the UI when the containing date range is displayed + in a schedule control. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the time in UTC when the activity was last modified. + + + + LastModifiedTime property indicates the last time the activity was modified. + This property is updated when the activity changes are committed via + method. The property's value is not + updated as you set other properties on the activity. + + + + + + A date-time value that's equal or greater than the date-time of the last occurrence of + the recurring activity. + + + + MaxOccurrenceDateTime field is used to optimize retrieval of recurring activities by + excluding recurring activities whose date ranges as defined by the Start and + MaxOccurrenceDateTime field values do not intersect with the date range for which + activities are being retrieved. + + + In the absense of MaxOccurrenceDateTime value, recurring activities are assumed to + potentially recur forever and thus subject to evaluation when retrieving activities for + a date range. + + + + + + Returns a MetadataPropertyValueStore object that's used for storing and retrieving metadata information. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + It's indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + Only applies to occurrences of a recurring activity. Specifies the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence. + + + + On a non-variance occurrence, this property returns the same value as + property. On a variance of an occurrence, this property returns the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence and the property returns the actual date-time of the activity. + Note: On an activity that's not an occurrence of a recurring activity, this property returns null. + + + + + + Only applies to occurrences of a recurring activity. Specifies the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence. + + + + On a non-variance occurrence, this property returns the same value as + property. On a variance of an occurrence, this property returns the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence and the property returns the actual date-time of the activity. + Note: On an activity that's not an occurrence of a recurring activity, this property returns null. + + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar to which this activity belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the id of the calendar to which this activity belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the owning resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the owning resource id. + + + + + Specifies recurrence rules. + + + + + + Specifies the recurrence version. + + + + + + Specifies whether the activitiy's reminder is enabled. Default value is false. + + + + If the reminder is enabled, and when it's displayed, if the user acknowledges the + reminder, this property is set to false. This effectively prevents the reminder + from being displayed again. + + + + + + + Specifies the reminder interval. + + + + Note that you need to set the to true to enable the reminder. + + + + + + + + Specifies the reminder information. Default value is null. + + + Reminder property is used to specify reminder information. If it's not specified + then the property returns null, in which case default reminder text will be used in the + reminder dialog. + + + + + + Gets the root activity. Only valid if this activity is an occurrence or a variance of a recurring activity. + + + + + + If this activity is an occurrence or a variance of a recurring activity, gets the id of the recurring activity. + + + + RootActivityId property returns the id of the root recurring activity. This property is only applicable + to occurrence or a variance of a recurring activity. It returns null for other activities. + + + + + + + Specifies the time in UTC when the activity starts. + + + + Start and properties specify the time of the activity in UTC. + You can use the and methods to get + the time relative to a specific time-zone. Also there are and + methods that can be used to specify activity times that are relative + to a specific time-zone. + + + + + + + + + + + The time-zone id associated with the activity. The and field values are + always in UTC. + + + + Note that and field values are always in UTC. StartTimeZoneId + and EndTimeZoneId values simply give the activity the context of the time-zone to the activity. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject associated with this activity. + + + + The Subject property specifies a short summary or title of the activity. The + property specifies the full text of the activity. + + + + + + + Properties of a variance that have been modified and thus will not be synchronized with the root activity. + + + + + Returns the data that was stored when BeginEdit was called. + + + + + Returns true if this is a clone of an activity for edit purposes. + + + + + Returns true if this is activity is being initialized via call. + + + + + Returns any pending operation on the activity. + + + + + Applies to recurring activities, but not occurrences and variances of a + recurring activity. + + + + + Applies to occurrences and variances - indicates the root template id. + + + + + Applies to occurrences and variances - indicates the date-time value + as generated by the recurrence. + + + + + Change in the value of one or more of these properties will make an occurrence a variance. + + + + + These properties are synchornized with the root activity. + + + + + These properties are not copied when an activity is copied in the UI (fro example via drag + and drop). Copying has to go through CreateNew, EndEdit calls however when the data from + the original is copied, the following properties are not copied over. + + + + + This map's key is the prop key and value is the flag used in the VariantProperties value. + + + + + Delegate used to get the storage instance from an activity. + + + + + Represents an activity category. + + + + Activity categories lets users categorize activities. Activities will be rendered + using an appearance that is based on the category associated with the activity. This allows the user + to quickly identify activities that belong to a specific category. + + + Also note that an activity can be associated with multiple categories. An activity's + property returns the categories that have been assigned to it. Categories are referenced by the string assigned to its property. The + property of the activity returns a string that contains the comma separated list of s. + The actual instance associated with a particular can be retrieved using the + XamScheduleDataManager's method. + + + + + + + + + + + Clones the ActivityCategory object. + + Clone of the object. + + + Clone method is used for editing purpopses where the clone of the activity category is used to + retain the original activity category data to be used in case the user cancels editing of activity category. + + + + + + Initializes the activity category with a storage. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + + + + Specifies the color associated with the category. Activities of this category will visually identified using this color. + + + + + Gets or sets a string value that identifies the category. + + + + + Gets the associated data item if any. + + + + + Specifies the description of the category. + + + + + Represents an appointment in a schedule. + + + + An Appointment object represents an appointment in the schedule object model. It derives from + which is also a base class for and . + + + + + + + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the appointment. + + + + + Represents a journal or a note in a schedule. + + + + A Journal object represents a journal or a note in the schedule object model. It derives from + which is also a base class for and . + + + + + + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Represents a resource (owner) in a schedule. + + + + A Resource object represents a resource or am owner in the schedule object model. A resource can be a person + or a resource like conference room. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overridden. Called when property changed event is raised. + + Name of the property. + + + + Gets the calendars associated with this user. + + + + Note that there's always at least one calendar in the returned collection. + Moreover, the first instance in the calendar is always the primary calendar of the resource. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of custom activity categories for this resource. + + + + Note that the schedule data connector can also provide a default list of activity categories. + CustomActivityCategories are in addition to any such default activity categories. + + + + + + Gets the underlying data item from the data source. + + + + + Gets a collection of DaySettingsOverride objects for this resource. + + + + Note: If you are using custom objects as data items to provide Resource information and the underlying property + that's mapped to DaySettingsOverrides is a string property, you can use the + method to get xml representation of a DaySettingsOverrideCollection, that you can use to initialize the value of the mapped + property in the data item. This is the format that the XamSchedule expects the DaySettingsOverrides information in. + + + + + + + Keyed collection of DaySettings objects where the key is DayOfWeek enum and the value is the associated DaySettings object. This is for providing per resource day of week settings. For example, let?s say the office hours are 9 AM-5 PM for everybody but the sales team?s office hour are 7 AM - 3 PM then each sales team member will have DayOfWeek entry for each work day in this collection with 7 AM - 3 PM WorkingHours specified. + + + + Note: If you are using custom objects as data items to provide Resource information and the underlying property + that's mapped to DaysOfWeek is a string property, you can use the + method to get xml representation of a ScheduleDaysOfWeek instance, that you can use to initialize the value of the mapped + property in the data item. This is the format that the XamSchedule expects the ScheduleDaysOfWeek information in. + + + + + + + Any extra information about the resource. + + + + + Email address. + + + + + Specifies the first day of the week for the resource. + + + + + + Resource Id. + + + + + Gets the resolve value indicating whether this resource is visible in the UI. + + + + Note that this property doesn't indicate whether the resource is presently visible in the UI. + It indicates whether the resource can be displayed in the UI. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the activities of this resource can be modified in the UI. + + + + + Returns a MetadataPropertyValueStore object that's used for storing and retrieving metadata information. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + It's indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the resource name. + + + + + Primary calendar of the resource. + + + + A resource can have multiple calendars. A calendar can be designated as a primary calendar. + + + + + + Primary calendar of the resource. + + + + A resource can have multiple calendars. A calendar can be designated as a primary calendar. + + + + + + Primary time-zone of the resource. + + + + You can designate a time-zone to a resource. + + + + + + Specifies whether this resource is visible in the UI. + + + + + Returns the data that was stored when BeginEdit was called. + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Represents a calendar. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + + Overridden. Called when property changed event is raised. + + Name of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the base color used to display this calendar resource. + + + Note: if this property is null (the default) then an appropitae will be assigned when this ResourceCalendar is visible in any derived control + + + + + + Returns the assigned CalendarBrushProvider + + + + Note: this property will return null unless this ResourceCalendar is visible in one or more derived controls + + + + + Returns the version of the brush cache. + + + When something changes that invalidates the cache, e.g. the is changed or a new is asigned then this number is incremented. + + + + + + Gets the underlying data item from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the description. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar id. + + + + + Gets the id of the resource to which this calendar belongs. + + + + + Gets the resolve value indicating whether this resource is visible in the UI. + + + + + Returns a MetadataPropertyValueStore object that's used for storing and retrieving metadata information. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + It's indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the calendar. + + + + + Returns the associated Resource. + + + + + + Specifies whether this calendar is visible in the UI. + + + + + Represents a task (to-do) in a schedule. + + + + A Task object represents a task or a to-do in the schedule object model. It derives from + which is also a base class for and . + + + + + + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Gets or sets the percentage complete value of the task. + + + + + Used to specify which activityfeatures are supported. + + + + + + Recurring activities. + + + + + Modifying an occurrence. + + + + + Making an activity time-zone neutral. + + + + + Reminders. + + + + + Whether owning calendar of an activity can be changed. + + + + + Whether owning resource of an activity can be changed. + + + + + Whether the activity supports end time. + + + + + Whether the activity categories are supported. + + + + + Whether the start time zone id is supported. For example if the data source doesn't have + a field for storing time-zone for start time then the feature would not be supported. + Furthermore the activity would be considered time-zone neutral. + + + + + Whether the start time zone id is supported. + + + + + Enum that lists operations that can be performed on an activity. + + + + + + + Whether an activity can be modified. + + + + + Wheher an activity can be added. + + + + + Whether an activity can be removed. + + + + + Used to specify 's property. + + + + + No information will be retrieved. + + + + + Activities that intersect with one of the date ranges in the 's are to be retrieved. + + + + + Whether an activity exists before the earliest of the dates in the 's is to be ascertained. + + + + + Whether an activity exists after the latest of the dates in the 's is to be ascertained. + + + + + The latest activity before the earliest of the dates in the 's is to be retrieved. + + + + + The earliest activity after the latest of the dates in the 's is to be retrieved. + + + + + All of above. + + + + + Enum that lists the four activity types. + + + + + Appointment activity. + + + + + Journal activity. + + + + + Task activity. + + + + + Flagged enum that lists the four activity types. + + + + + None. + + + + + Appointment activity. + + + + + Journal activity. + + + + + Task activity. + + + + + All activity types. + + + + + Determines the overall color scheme to use for all controls associated with a specific + + + + + This corresponds to the Office blue color scheme. This is the default. + + + + + This corresponds to the Office black color scheme. + + + + + This corresponds to the Office silver color scheme. + + + + + Used to specify which resource features are supported. + + + + + + Feature indicates whether the resource supports activity category customization. + + + + + Identifies a specific brush + + + + + + The background for the dropdown portion of the + + + + + The border for the dropdown portion of the + + + + + The background for the checkmark of a checked menu item representing an ActivityCategory. + + + + + The border for the checkmark of a checked menu item representing an ActivityCategory. + + + + + Background for days in alternate months + + + + + Background for appointments + + + + + Border around appointments + + + + + Foreground for appointment date times + + + + + Foreground for appointments + + + + + Foreground for appointments that are not owned by the selected calendar. + + + + + Background for a blocking error message + + + + + Foreground for a blocking error message + + + + + Foreground for a blocking error message header + + + + + Border around calendars + + + + + Background for calendar headers + + + + + Foreground for calendar headers + + + + + Border around the currect day + + + + + Border around the currect day in the XamMonthCalendar + + + + + Background for the current day header + + + + + Foreground for the current day header + + + + + Backfround for the current time + + + + + Border around the current time + + + + + Background for days + + + + + Border for days + + + + + Background for day headers + + + + + Foreground for day headers + + + + + Background for XamSchedule dialogs + + + + + Foreground for XamSchedule dialogs + + + + + Brush used to fill the when the mouse is over the element + + + + + Background for journals + + + + + Border around journals + + + + + Foreground for journal date times + + + + + Foreground for journals + + + + + Foreground for journal entries that are not owned by the selected calendar. + + + + + Brush used to fill the + + + + + Background for + + + + + Background for the day of week header in + + + + + Border for the day of week header in + + + + + Foreground for the day of week header in + + + + + Brush used to draw the edge of the + + + + + Background for the multi day activity area + + + + + Default foreground for the navigation buttons in a + + + + + Default background for the navigation buttons in a + + + + + Background for the navigation buttons in a when the mouse is over the element + + + + + Background for the navigation buttons in a when pressed. + + + + + Background for timeslots that are not within the working hour range + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that are not on an hour border and are not within the working hour range + + + + + The background for the preview shown during a resize of a CalendarGroup. + + + + + Background brush for the ActivityDialogRibbonLite + + + + + Border brush for Group outer borders in the ActivityDialogRibbonLite + + + + + Border brush for Group inner borders in the ActivityDialogRibbonLite + + + + + Border brush for selected activities + + + + + Background for selected all day event area + + + + + Background for selected days in the XamMonthView + + + + + Background for selected timeslots + + + + + Background for tasks + + + + + Border around tasks + + + + + Foreground for task date times + + + + + Foreground for tasks + + + + + Foreground for tasks that are not owned by the selected calendar. + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that are on an hour border + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that border a day + + + + + Brush for background of the + + + + + Brush for background of the + + + + + The border separating the in a + + + + + Brush for timeslot Foreground in the XamDayView + + + + + Brush for timeslot Foreground in the XamScheduleView + + + + + Brush for timeslot Tickmarks in the XamDayView + + + + + Brush for timeslot Tickmarks in the XamScheduleView + + + + + Background for tooltips + + + + + Brush for the border of tooltips + + + + + Foreground for error text in tooltips + + + + + Foreground for tooltips + + + + + Background of week headers + + + + + Border around week headers + + + + + Foreground for week headers + + + + + Background for timeslots that are within the working hour range + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that are not on an hour border and are within the working hour range + + + + + Base class for activity event args. + + + + + Constructor. + + derived object. + + + + The activity for which the operation is being performed. + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity that was added. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + derived object. + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + Activity object. + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity that was removed. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + derived object. + + + + Class that represents a string resource loaded from the Schedule assembly + + + + + Used to specifiy the property. + + + + + Diagnostic errors are intended for developers. They are informational in nature. + + + + + Warnigs are suitable for end use display. + + + + + Errors should be displayed to the user. + + + + + Severe or blocking errors indicate a state where the control can not operate as expected. + + + + + Contains information about one or more errors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + Error message. + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + The source exception. + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + List of errors. + + + + Returns a string representation of the error(s). + + A concatenated list of the error messages. + + + + If the errorList is empty, returns null. If it has one item, returns that item. Otherwise it creates + a new data error info that wraps the error list. + + + + + + + Gets the context object if any associated with the error. + + + + If the error is specific to an activity, the context will the activity object itself. + + + + + + Text that can be used to diagnose the error. + + + + + Gets the Exception object if any associated with the error. + + + + + If multiple errors occurred during an operation then this list will return the list of errors. + + + + + Specifies the severity of the error. + + + + + Text to be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Helper class for invoking an action asynchronously with the ability to cancel the operation or invoke it synchronously at an earlier point. + + + + + Represents an immutable collection. Once created, it can not be modified. + + Type of the items in the collection. + + + ImmutableCollection's contents cannot be modified. It's different from ReadOnlyCollection in that + a ReadOnlyCollection's underlying source list can be modified. The source list is the list that you + pass into the constructor of the collection. ImmutableCollection makes a copy of the source list + in the constructor + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + Items to populate the collection with. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Constructor. + + Type of the property. + Name of the property. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code. + + + + + + Overridden. Checks to see if the specified object is equal to this instance. + + + + + + Type of the property. If this property represents a collection property, then this type + should be the type of the items in the collection. + + + + + Name of the property. + + + + + Indicates if this property represents a get only collection property. In such a case, the collection type + name will not be an element in the generated XML. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing dependency objects. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing an object using reflection. + It only serializes public properties. + + + + + Constructor. + + Type of objects that this serialization info will serialize. + Used to create the object when deserializing. If null then public parameterless constructor will be used. + Specifies whether to serialize null values. + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + This parameter is for maintaining data presenter + load-save behavior where it uses some wpf specific converters as well as has fallback + logic for generically parsing some types using Utilities.ConvertDataValule. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Registers an instance of ObjectSerializationInfo for a specific type where ObjectSerializationInfo + can serialize and deserialize instances of that type. + + + + + + + Registers an instance of ReflectionSerializationInfo for the specified type. + + + + + + Gets the object serialization information that was registed with method. + + Type for which to get the registered object serialization information + instance. + + + + Gets the object serialization info for the type with the name of the 'typeName' and that is a base of the + specified 'baseType'. + + Base type to match. + Name of the type to match. + ObjectSerializationInfo instance. + + + + Represents a range of time. + + + + TimeRange class represents a range of time as defined by start and end TimeSpan values. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Start time of the time range, inclusive. + Start time of the time range, exclusive. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Returns a string representation of the range using the specified format to format the and + + The format used to format the Start and End times. + A string that represents this + + + + Returns a string representation of the range using the specified format to format the and + + The format used to format the Start and End times. + An object that provides culture specific formatting information + A string that represents this + + + + Ensures that the start time is less than or equal to the end time. + + + + + Compares two + + The object to compare to this instance + + + + + Specifies the end time of the time range. + + + + + Returns true if the Start and End are the same values. + + + + + Specifies the start time of the time range. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeRange. + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the security information that was be passed from the client. + + + + + The contract for a service which communicates list data about schedule objects between a client and server. + + + + + + + + Gets the informatoin necessary to set up the data connector on the client. + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the remote service call. + + + + + Performs an add, update, or remove operation on an activity. + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the remote service call. + + + + + A dummy method used to check for service availability. + + + + + Gets a collection of version information for each item source. + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the remote service call. + + + + + Gets a collection of detailed changes to an item source since a specifiec version of it. + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the remote service call. + + + + + Gets a list of activities which meet the criteria of the given linq query. + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the remote service call. + + + + + A WCF service which provides list schedule data to client. A new instance of this service will be created for + each remote call into the service and calls may be made on different threads. Because of this, the data sources + provided to this service must be thread safe. Also, there is some overhead in setting up the service instance and + hooking up the data sources on the calls where they are needed. So if only a relatively small number of clients + will be connecting to the service, it is recommended that the + is used instead, since the only one instance is ever created and the data sources only need to be hooked up once. + + + + + + Base class for WCF services used for providing schedule data to a client over WCF services. + + +

+ There are two classes derived from this base class which cover most scenarios. + is a single instance, single threaded WCF service. This service is ideal when a relatively small number of clients will be + connecting to the service. The data sources can be initialized once when the service is first used, which gives a performance + boost on subsequent remote calls. However, because all calls are processed on the same thread, having too many clients could + cause a bottleneck, especially if one of the clients requires a large amount of data from the service. When many clients will + be connecting to the service, the is a better choice. Each remote call is processed + on a different thread and with a different service instance. Because of this, the data sources must be thread safe, such as a + SQL database. Also, because a new service instance is needed for each call, some work must be done internally to hook up to + the data sources for each remote call. This will cause a slight performance hit for each call over the + WcfListConnectorServiceSingle. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Occurs when a remote call is finished processing and it about to return to the client. + + + + + Occurs when a remote call is received by a client and is about to be processed. + + + + + Raised after an activity is added. + + + + ActivityAdded event is raised after a new activity is successfully commited. + + + + + + + + Raised after user changes to an activity are committed. + + + + ActivityChanged event is raised after user changes to an + activity are committed. + + + + + + + + Raised after an activity is removed. + + + + ActivityRemoved event is raised after an activity is removed by the user. + + + + + + + + Raised when a call is made on the service so the service can validate the caller. + An exception should be thrown from the handler is the security information is invalid. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets the item source for a specific collection. + + +

+ Note: For each remote call, this method will be called once at most per . +

+
+ A value indicating which item source is required. + An IEnumerable instance or null of there is no item source for the requested value. +
+ + + Initializes the property mappings collection for the specified type of item source. + + Indicates the item source to which the property mappings apply. + The property mappings collection. This must be downcast to the concrete type to be initialized. + + + + + + + + + A WCF serializable class which represents an activity. + + + + + A base class for any WCF serializable item. + + + + + The Id property value of the associated item. + + + + + The UnmappedProperties property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The Categories property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The Description property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The End property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The EndTimeZoneId property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The IsLocked property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The IsOccurrenceDeleted property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The IsTimeZoneNeutral property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The IsVisible property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The LastModifiedTime property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The MaxOccurrenceDateTime property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The OriginalOccurrenceEnd property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The OriginalOccurrenceStart property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The OwningCalendarId property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The OwningResourceId property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The Recurrence property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The RecurrenceVersion property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The Reminder property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The ReminderEnabled property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The ReminderInterval property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The RootActivityId property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The Start property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The StartTimeZoneId property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The Subject property value of the associated activity. + + + + + The VariantProperties property value of the associated activity. + + + + + A WCF serializable class which represents an activity category. + + + + + The CategoryName property value of the associated activity category. + + + + + The Color property value of the associated activity category. + + + + + The Description property value of the associated activity category. + + + + + Represents a type of activity list or items source. + + + + + The appointment list. + + + + + The journal list. + + + + + The recurring appointment list. + + + + + The task list. + + + + + A WCF serializable class which represents an appointment. + + + + + The Location property value of the associated appointment. + + + + + The base class for client context information for all remote calls. + + + + + Contains the security information from the client or null if the service does not require + security information to process messages. + + + + + The base class for remote call result data for all remote calls. + + + + + Information about any exception that may have been thrown during the remote call. + + + + + Represents detailed information about what has changed in an item source. + + + + + The current version information of the list manager. + + + + + The list of changes or null if no changes have occurred. + + + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the + operation contract. + + + + + The types of information needed by the caller. + + + + + The result information for the operation contract. + + + + + An enumerable collection of all activity categories in the database. + + + + + The current version information of the activity category items. + + + + + Information about the item sources. + + + + + An enumerable collection of all resource calendars in the database. + + + + + The current version information of the resource calendar items. + + + + + An enumerable collection of all resources in the database. + + + + + The current version information of the resource items. + + + + + Bit flags which specify types of information needed by a client. + + + + + The ResourceItemSource is needed by the client. + + + + + The ResourceCalendarItemSource is needed by the client. + + + + + Information about all the items sources is needed by the client. + + + + + The ActivityCategoryItemSource is needed by the client. + + + + + All information is needed by the client. + + + + + Represents a change which has occurred on an item source. + + + + + The type of change that has occurred. + + + + + The changed item or null if the is .Reset. + + + + + Represents a type of change to an item source. + + + + + An item has been added to the item source. + + + + + An item has been changed on the item source. + + + + + An item has been removed from the item source. + + + + + The item source has been reset or too many changes to the item source have occurred + and the client should just requery as if a reset has occurred. + + + + + Indentifies a type of item source. + + + + + The activity category item source. + + + + + The appointment item source. + + + + + The journal item source. + + + + + The recurring appointment item source. + + + + + The resource calendar item source. + + + + + The resource item source. + + + + + The task item source. + + + + + A WCF serializable class which provides information about an items source from the server. + + + + + The current version information of the list manager. + + + + + A list of properties that have mappings on the server side. + + + + + A WCF serializable class which represents a journal entry. + + + + + Represents the version of a list manager and it's data. + + + + + The Id of the class which manages the data list version number. + + + + + The current version of the item source. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether an item source list is specified. + + + + + Represents the operations which can be perfromed on the item source. + + + + + The current version of the property mappings. + + + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the + operation contract. + + + + + The activity which should be added, updated, or removed. + + + + + The client's version information of the list manager associated with the activity. + + + + + The operation to be performed. + + + + + The result information for the operation contract. + + + + + The server's version information of the list associated with the activity after the add operation is complete. + + + + + During an add or update operation, contains the updated activity information if the service has + modified the data on the client's activity. + + + + + Indicates whether the client's version of the list was out of date when the call was received. + + + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the + operation contract. + + + + + The result information for the operation contract. + + + + + A dictionary of list manager version information keyed by the type of item source. + + + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the + operation contract. + + + + + A collection of the versions of the item sources the client's data reflects. + All changes returned from this method will have occurred after the item source had this version. + + + + + The result information for the operation contract. + + + + + A dictionary of detailed changes to an item source since a specifiec version of it. + + + + + The client context information and all paramters needed by the + operation contract. + + + + + The type of activity list which should being queried. + + + + + The XML encoded linq query. + + + + + The result information for the operation contract. + + + + + An enumerable collection of the activities meeting the conditions on the query. + + + + + A WCF serializable class which represents a resource calendar. + + + + + The BaseColor property value of the associated resource calendar. + + + + + The IsVisible property value of the associated resource calendar. + + + + + The Description property value of the associated resource calendar. + + + + + The Name property value of the associated resource calendar. + + + + + The OwningResourceId property value of the associated resource calendar. + + + + + A WCF serializable class which represents a resource. + + + + + The CustomActivityCategories property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The DaySettingsOverrides property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The DaysOfWeek property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The Description property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The EmailAddress property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The FirstDayOfWeek property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The IsLocked property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The IsVisible property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The Name property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The PrimaryCalendarId property value of the associated resource. + + + + + The PrimaryTimeZoneId property value of the associated resource. + + + + + A WCF serializable class which represents a task. + + + + + The PercentComplete property value of the associated task. + + + + + Represents an error thrown when processing a message. + + + + + The full type name of the exception. + + + + + The message describing the error. + + + + + The stack tace of the error. + + + + + A WCF service which provides list schedule data to client. Only one instance of this service class will be created + and all remote calls will be run on the same thread. This reduces overhead on each remote call, but because of this, + this service should only be used when it is known that a relatively small number of clients will be connecting to the + service. If too many clients are connecting to this service and/or timeouts are occurring frequently on client machines, + use the instead. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Specifies the data source where the activity categories are stored. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ActivityCategoryPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned ActivityCategoryPropertyMappingCollection to true if the field names + in the data source are the same as the property names as defined by the + enum. You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having the + rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the appointments are stored. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + AppointmentPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned AppointmentPropertyMappingCollection to true if the field names + in the data source are the same as the property names as defined by the + enum. You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having the + rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the journals are stored. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + JournalPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned JournalPropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the recurring appointments are stored. + + + + RecurringAppointmentItemsSource specifies the data source where the recurring + appointments are stored. This is optional. If not specified then the recurring appointments + will be stored in the data source specified by . + If specified then the recurring appointments, including variances, will be stored in this + data source. + + + Note that if this data source is specified then all the appointments in the + AppointmentItemsSource will be assumed to be non-recurring appointments. + In other words it's not allowed for both the AppointmentItemsSource and + RecurringAppointmentItemsSource data sources to contain recurring appointments. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + RecurringAppointmentPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned AppointmentPropertyMappingCollection to true if the field names + in the data source are the same as the property names as defined by the + enum. You can also set UseDefaultMappings to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having the + rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the resource calendars are stored. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ResourceCalendarPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned ResourceCalendarPropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the resources are stored. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ResourcePropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned ResourcePropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the tasks are stored. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + TaskPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned TaskPropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc69a2dfcd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.dll index 520fb6fb80f..8d6fc447215 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.BarcodeReader.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.BarcodeReader.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0db878d2c49 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.BarcodeReader.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.BarcodeReader.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.BarcodeReader.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc6d1f80c2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.BarcodeReader.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3131 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.BarcodeReader.v14.2 + + + + + Valid Numeric characters string. + + + + + Valid alphanumeric characters string. + + + + + The minimum value of the WidthToHeight property range. + + + + + The maximum value of the WidthToHeight property range. + + + + + The defaul aspect ratio, used when no other dimensions are defined. + + + + + Define the minimum XDimension valid value. + + + + + The maximum value of the XDimension property range. + + + + + String of all ASCII characters; + + + + + The default value of the width to height ratio. + + + + + The nominal value of the XDimension property. + + + + + Convert a string number represented in From base system to To base system. + + The name of the system in which the number will be converted. + The text. + The name of the system the number is represented in. + + + + + Returns the specified base value to its power-th degree. + + The base value. + The power value. + + + + + Reverses an integer value string. + + The value. + + + + + Converts hexademical value to its integer representation. + + The value. + + + + + Converts large decimal number to its hexadecimal representation. + + The decimal number to convert. + The hexadecimal representation of the big decimal number. + + + + Converts large hexadecimal number to decimal representation. + + The hexadecimal number to convert. + The decimal representation of the hexadecimal number. + + + + Gets the remainder from a division of a string represented number by an integer divider. + + The string represented number. + The divider. + + + + + Gets the divisor from a division of a string represented number by an integer divider. + + The string represented number. + The divider. + + + + + Check if the code has characters only from the corresponding characters set. + + The code. + The valid characters set. + + + + + Validates if the input is a numeric data with the corresponding length. + + The code that should be validated. + The length that should be the code. + + + + + The maximum characters number that can be encoded in a symbol. + + + + + Sequence of the encoding bits for the all Code128 characters. + + + + + Sequence of the encoding pits for the stop character. + + + + + Generates the check digit concerning modulo 103. + + The code. + The check digit. + + + + The valid characters set for Code39 symbology. + + + + + The Code39 characters bars widths sequence + + + + + Odd parity marker. + + + + + Even parity marker. + + + + + The valid characters set for EAN/UPC types. + + + + + Finder pattern sequence. + + + + + Middle pattern sequence. + + + + + Stop pattern sequence for the UpcE symbol. + + + + + Converts the UPC-E code to UPC-A. + + The upc E. + + + + + Describe Galois Field for 256 - a closed field of 0..256. + + + + + Describe arithmetic operations in a Power-of-Two Galois Field. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The power-of-two gf number. + + + + Creates the log and antiLog arrays with appropriate integer values. + + The PP. + + + + Calculates the Sum within the current GF field. + + The first addend. + The second addend. + + + + + Calculates the Sums of two coefficients arrays within the current GF field. + + A. + The b. + + + + + Calculates the Sum within the current GF field. + + The first addend. + The second addend. + + + + + Calculates the sum of bits within current GF field. + + The xa. + The xb. + + + + + Calculates the Difference operation in the GF field. + The sum and difference between two numbers in GF arithmetics is the same. + + The a. + The B. + + + + + Multiplication operation within the current GF field. + + The A. + The B. + + + + + Multiplication operation over coefficients arrays within the current GF field. + + A coefficients. + The b coefficients. + + + + + Multiplication operation of coeffients array with a scalar value within the current GF field. + + The coefficients. + The scalar. + + + + + Division operation within the current GF field. + + The A. + The B. + + + + + Multiplicative inverse of a. + + A. + Multiplicative inverse of a. + + + + As the coefficient are polinomial coefficient, when leading zeroes, we could remove them. + + The coefficients. + + + + + Gets or sets the power-of-two number GF. + + The GF. + + + + GF is an closed-field => all operations between values in the field produce another value in the field. + GfNumber defines the Size and the Prime Polynomial of this Galois field. + + + + + GF(256) contains all integers of 00 to N=255; + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The decimal value of the prime polynom for creating of the GF(256 instance). + + + + Evaluates a polynomial g(x) with the specified coefficients at a point, i.e. g(a). + + The polynomial coefficients. + The point A for evaluation. + + Evaluation of the polynomial at a given point. + + + + + A Galois field of 2 power of 8 with 100011101 (decimal 285) representing the field's prime modulus + polynomial x8 + x4 + x3 + x2 +1. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generates the error correction codewords, calculated using bit-wise modulo 2 arithmetic and bytewise + modulo 100011101 (285) arithmetic. + + The codewords. + The reed solomon error correction codewords number. + The reed solomon block order. + The maximum data codewords. + The maximum codewords number = data + error correction. + + + + + Orders the final codewords into blocks codewords (data + error correction ones). + + The codewords. + The blocks order. + The ecc number per block. + The data codewords per block. + + + + + Corrects the block data bytes with the error correction codewords. See Annex B from the ISO. + + The block data + error correction codewords bytes. + The number of the error correction codewords in the block. + + + + Generate widths for GS1 DataBar elements for a given value. + + The required value. + The number of modules. + The elements in set (GS1 DataBar 14 and Expanded = 4; GS1 DataBar Limited = 7). + The maximum module width of an element. + if set to false skip patterns without a narrow element. + The element widths. + + + + Calculates the value of n,k character subset by given GS1 DataBar elements widths. + Opposite to CalculateBarsWidths(...). + + The widths of the GS1 DataBar elements. + The k. + The maximum module width of an element. + if set to false skip patterns without a narrow element. + + + + + Calculate the number of Combinations of r selected from n: + Combinations = n! /( n-r! * r!) */ + + The n. + The r. + The number of calculations. + + + + Helper file for work with all Application Identifiers (AI). + + + + + Gets or sets the GS1 Application Identifiers in numerical order, represented by: + AIs[AI] = Number of the Digits (if Number == -1 then FNC1 is required) + + The A is. + + + + Verifies the Application Identifier (AI) and make it in the encodable format. + + The code. + The FNC1. + The code, formated for encoding. + + + + Generates the last check digit for the GS barcodes family by the given AI number. + + The AI number code. + + + + + The valid character set for IntelligentMail symbology. + + + + + The width of the vertical clear zone in modules. + + + + + Generates the Nof13 tables used for Intelligent Mail Barcode (IMB). + + The type of table: 2 for 2of13 table, 5 for 5of13table. + The size of table (78 for n=2 and 1287 for n=5). + + + + + The valid character set for I25 symbology. + + + + + The modules length of a character encodation. + + + + + basic bars widths sequence + + + + + The start pattern for every I2of5 symbol. + + + + + The end patternd for every I2Of5 symbol. + + + + + horizontal quiet zone in modules + + + + + vertical quiet zone in modules + + + + + Gets the number of the error correction codewords. + + The error correction level. + + + + + Determines whether aspect ration value is valid. + + + true if [aspect ration is valid]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Helper class implementing the QR Code algorithm logic. + + + + + String of valid characters when in Alphanumeric compaction mode. + + + + + vertical quiet zone in modules. + + + + + horizontal quiet zone in modules. + + + + + The default ECI number representing the ISO/IEC 8859-1 character set. + + + + + The maximum valid number for the EciNumber property. + + + + + The minimum valid number for the EciNumber property. + + + + + String of valid characters when in Byte mode. + + + + + String of valid characters when in KanjiMode. + + + + + The maximum data characters enconded per symbol encoding mode and error correction level. + + + + + Describes the QR Code masking logic. + + + + + Helper methods for resource reading. + + + + + Gets the resource. + + The filename. + Bytes array of the read data. + + + + The valid characters set of the RoyalMail symbology. + + + + + Modules number of the top quiet zone. + + + + + Modules number of the bottom quiet zone. + + + + + Modules encodating sequence for the characters. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Generates the check sum. + + The code. + + + + + Gets all points of line specified by start/left and end/right point. + + The left. + The right. + + + + + Describes a perspective transformation methods used for mapping one arbitrary 2D quadrilateral into another. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified matrix arguments. + + The a11. + The a21. + The a31. + The a12. + The a22. + The a32. + The a13. + The a23. + The a33. + + + + Transforms the array of points with the current projection. + + The points. + + + + Transforms the specivied x and y values of the points with the current projection. + + The x values. + The y values. + + + + Adjoint is the transpose of the cofactor matrix. + + + + + + Defines the BarcodeReader class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + BarcodeOrientationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MultipleSymbolsReadProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + FilteredImageProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MinSymbolSizeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + A list of the already found zones with barcode symbols. + + + + + Decodes synchronously the specified bitmap per all supported symbologies. + + The bitmap. + + + + Decodes synchronously the specified bitmap per specified symbologies. + + The bitmap. + The symbology types. + + + + Decodes asynchronously the specified bitmap per all symbologies. + + The bitmap. + + + + Decodes asynchronously the specified bitmap per specified symbologies. + + The bitmap. + The symbology types. + + + + Gets or sets a SymbolOrientation enumeration value indicating the symbol orientation in the image. + The default value SymbolOrientation.None specifies scanning to both Horizontal and Vertical orientation. + Use this property to improve the performance of the barcode reader. + + The barcode orientation. + + + + Specifies the maximum barcode symbols number that will be expected in the image. + The default value is 1. Set it to -1 to indicate no limit and look for all symbols in the image. + Use this property to improve the performance of the barcode reader. + + true if [multiple symbols read]; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the filtered image after the decoding specifying the decoded barcode symbols. + Do not use this property when performing the decoding by the DecodeAsync method - use instead the + FilteredImage argument of the DecodeComplete event handler. + + The filtered image. + + + + Gets or sets the minumum size in pixels that a symbol could be (width and height). + The property is used only for linear symbologies when the barcode zones are created. + The default value is unspecified (-1). Use this property to improve the performance + of the barcode reader when you know what will be the minimum pixels size of the barcode + symbol in the image. + + The size of the min symbol. + + + + Occurs when decoding is completed no matter a symbol is found or not. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The data. + The symbology. + + + + The decoded symbol's data. + + + + + The decoded symbol's symbology. + + + + + Describes a barcode character + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The bytes data which the character consists of. + The number of the pixels which the character holds. + Length of the char in modules. + + + + Gets or sets the bytes sequence of the data. + + The data sequence. + + + + Gets or sets the number of the pixels which the character holds. + + The pixels count/number. + + + + Gets or sets the length of the char in modules. + + The length of the char. + + + + Describes the main decoder characteristics and methods. + + + + + Specifies White pixel. + + + + + Specifies Black pixel + + + + + Describe not found const. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Stores in a List the decoded data strings. + + + + + A threshold index. + + + + + The minimum value of the pixels in the image. + + + + + The maximum value of the pixels in the image; + + + + + The number of the pixels in the start character. + + + + + Gets the sequence of modules for the specified pixels array depending of the modules number for the character. + + The bars and spaces pixels array for the character. + The threshold for the black and white pixels. + Number of the modules for the character. + A modules array. + + + + Starting at the query position, scan bars until we encounter the desired character. + If we do, return the starting position of that character. + + Barcode pixel values + The query position + The start pattern. + The color of the first module in the character. + + The start position of the first start character found. Returns NotFound (-1) if no start character found. + + + + + Check if a start character pattern is found in the bytes sequence from the startPos + + The vals. + The start pos. + The start pattern. + The color of the the first module from the character. + + + + + Extracts an array of pixels for the required number of modules. + + The pixels array. + The cur pos. + The number of the space and bar elements we are looking for. + The color of the the module of the character. + + + + + Calculates the number of the pixesl with the same color. + + The bytes sequence. + The start pos. + + + + + Check if two arrays are equal. + + The first array. + The second array. + + + + + Clears the internally used properties values. + + + + + Applies the threshold function over the pixels array by the specified thresh + using simple sharpening to the row data to improve performance of the 1D Readers. + + The pixels. + A pixel array by monochrome data (blach and white). + + + + Gets the string of the byte sequence. + + The input. + + + + + A service class used for decoding the pixels data per all specified symbologies. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + used for decoding the pixels data per all specified symbologies. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + used for decoding the pixels data per all specified symbologies. + + The symbology types. + The max number of symbols to read. + if set to true the image data we are decoding is zoomed for better recognition. + + + + Determines whether the specified symbology type is requested for recognition. + + Type of the symbology. + + true if the specified symbology type is requested; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns the decoder for the specified symbology type. + + Type of the symbology. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbology/ies. + + The symbology. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of symbols which are going to be recognized. + + The max number of symbols to read. + + + + Specifies the Code128 symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Stores in a List the first indexes of the decoded data pixels. Used for zone defining. + + + + + Stores in a List the last indexes of the decoded data pixels. Used for zone defining. + + + + + Clears the internally used properties values. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Specifies the Code39 symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Specifies the Code39 Extended symbology logic for decoding + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Decodes the specified pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Sets the minimum size of a barcode symbol. + Used for the complex linear symbologies - GS1DataBarStacked and Postal ones. + + The zone we are scanning the barcode in. + + + + Gets the barcode zones of the two dimensional symbols. + + if set to true the image data we are detecting is zoomed. + A list of the barcode zones. + + + + Gets the symbol bits by the pixel using the transform. + + The transform. + The x dimension. + The y dimension. + The pixels. + A bit matrix of dimension [rowsNumber][colsNumber], i.e. [yDimension][xDimension]. + + + + Fixes points which are transformed outside the image. It's enought to check only the end points. + + The points. + The pixels matrix. + + + + Sets the minimum size of a barcode symbol. + Used for the complex linear symbologies - GS1DataBarStacked and Postal ones. + + The zone we are scanning the barcode in. + + + + Clears the properties. + + + + + A service used for decoding the pixels data per specified complex linear symbologies (GS1 DataBar Stacked and Postal ones). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The symbology types. + The max number of symbols to read. + if set to true [is image zoomed]. + + + + Decodes the specified array of pixels. + + The pixels. + The minimum size of a barcode symbol. + The zone we are scanning. + A list of the DecodedData information. + + + + Decodes the pixels sequence by symbology and returns the number of the overall found symbols. + + The decoder. + The pixels. + Type of the symbology. + The results. + The zone we are scanning. + The number of the overall found symbols + + + + Describes the Ean13 symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Describes the EAN UPC symbologies logic for decoding. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Checks if the data is properly decoded for the specified symbology. + + The data string. + The character code sets of the decoded data string. + The verified data for the decoded symbology or empty string if the data is not verified. + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces number proper number before the final pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the final pattern. + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces are proper number before the middle pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the middle pattern. + + + + Gets the parity of the data codesets. + + The code sets. + + + + + Gets all used CodeSets for the data. + + The code sets. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Checks if the data is properly decoded for the specified symbology. + + The data string. + The character code sets of the decoded data string. + + The verified data for the decoded symbology or empty string if the data is not verified. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces number proper number before the final pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the final pattern. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces are proper number before the middle pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the middle pattern. + + + + + Describes the Ean8 symbology logic. + + + + + Checks if the data is properly decoded for the specified symbology. + + The data string. + The character code sets of the decoded data string. + + The verified data for the decoded symbology or empty string if the data is not verified. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces number proper number before the final pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the final pattern. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces are proper number before the middle pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the middle pattern. + + + + + Describes the GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and Truncated symbologies logic for decoding. + + + + + Describes the GS1 DataBar Family symbologies logic for decoding. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels for GS1 DataBar Omnidirectional and Truncated symbologies. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Describes the GS1 DataBar Expanded symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Clears the internally used properties values. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels for GS1 DataBar symbology. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Extract the symbols info by the found segments. We count on the consecutively adding of the segments. + + + + + + Describes the GS1 DataBar Expanded symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Clears the internally used properties values. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels for GS1 DataBar Limited symbology. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Converts 14 raw element widths to normalized element widths as uses edge-to-edge decoding + and then extracts normalized element widths. + + Array of 14 raw element widths, changed to 14 normalized elements of character. + Average module width in the character. + End element width (negated if on right end- for data 1 and check). + True if successful, otherwise false. + + + + Adds the EAN.UCC-14 parity (check) digit. + + The data string of 13 digits. + The final data result filled with the 14th ASCII parity character. + + + + Describes the GS1 DataBar Stacked and StackedOmnidirectional symbologies logic for decoding. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels for GS1 DataBar Stacked and Stacked Omnidirectional symbologies. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Describes the IntelligentMail symbology decoding logic. + + + + + Main decoding logic for the mail symbologies. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels for RoyalMail symbol. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Check if the bars are proper number as the elementsNumber includes bars and space elements. + + The elements number. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Multiplies bytes by "mult" and add "add". + + An array of bytes representing a multiple-precision number. + The mult number. Assuming 32-bit integers, the largest mult can be without overflowing around 2**23, or approximately 8 million. + The add. + + + + Divides bytes by "div" and return remainder. + + An array of bytes representing a multiple-precision number. + The div. + + + + + Adds "add" to bytes array. + + An array of bytes representing a multiple-precision number. + The add. + + + + Describes the Interleaved 2 Of 5 symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Finds the final pattern from the quiery position and returns its pixels length or -1 if failed. + + The vals. + The cur pos. + The thresholds. + + + + + Used to check if all narrow bars have almost the same width and all wide bars too, + i.e. if 1:3 ratio is used for the wide, it should be used for all wide bars, + not to use 1:2 for some wide and 1:3 for other. + + The bars pixels. + The thresh. + + + + + A service used for decoding the pixels data per specified linear symbologies. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Specifies the desired symbologies the decoder looks for. + The maximum number of symbols that the decoder looks for. + if set to true the image data we are detecting is zoomed. + + + + Decodes the specified array of pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of the DecodedData information. + + + + Decodes the pixels sequence by symbology and returns the number of the overall found symbols. + + The decoder. + The pixels. + Type of the symbology. + The results. + The number of the overall found symbols + + + + Describes the logis for decoding PDF417 symbology. + + + + + Does the patterns match. + + The char pixels. + The pattern. + + + + + Decodes the specified grayscaled. + + The grayscaled. + + + + + Correct the codewords end points to theoretically perfect bunding quadrilateral if there is any skew or rotation in the image. + + The found stop and start patterns. + if set to true the pattern has been reversed. + + + + Calculates the dimension (number of modules in a row) of the codeword matrix area. + + The codewords area points. + Width of a module. + The number of the columns in the bits matrix. + + + + Calculates the dimension in vertical, i.e. the number of the rows. + + The codewords area. + Width of the module. + The number of cells in a row. + + The number of the rows in the bits matrix. + + + + + Helper class used for reading the decoded information in a symbol bits. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The bits. + + + Convert the symbols in the row to codewords. + Each PDF417 symbol character shall consist of four bar elements and four space + elements, each of which can be one to six modules wide. The four bar and + four space elements shall measure 17 modules in total. + + An array containing the counts of black pixels for each column + in the row. + The current row number of codewords. + The height of the row in pixels. + The codeword array to save the codewords into. + The next available index into the codewords array. + The next available index into the codeword array after processing this row. + + + Translate the symbol data into a codeword. + The symbol data to be translated. + The codeword corresponding to the symbol. + + + Use a binary search to find the index of the codeword corresponding to the specified symbol. + + The symbol data from the barcode. + The index into the codeword table. + + + + Describes the Reed Solomon algorithm for detecting and correction errors and erasures in a PDF 417 symbol. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Corrects the erasures and errors by the Reed Solomon algorithm. + + The data. + The erasus positions. + The data codewords number. + The error codewords number. + + + + + Describes the QR Code symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Decodes the specified pixels for QRCode symbology. + + The pixels. + A list of decoded data strings. + + + + Gets the half size of the pattern from its center to its end by direction of the next pattern. + + From. + To. + + + + + Gets the oposite point of the end point regarding the center point. + + The center. + The end. + The width of the image in pixels. + The height of the image in pixels. + + + + + Helper class used for reading the decoded information in a symbol bits. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The symbol bits. + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Describes the Format Information decoding. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The format info bits. + + + + Describes the logic for recognizing the finder pattern of the QRCode symbol. + + + + + Base class for the finder of the patterns - alignment and finder patterns. + + + + + Specifies White pixel. + + + + + Specifies Black pixel + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pixels. + + + + Gets the horizontal BWBWB sequence by center Black point. + + The start col. + The center row. + The max count. + The end col of the sequence. + + + + + Gets the vertical BWBWB sequence by center Black point. + + The start row. + The center col. + The max count. + The end row of the sequence. + + + + + Gets the center point of BWBWB sequence. + + The sequence. + End index of the col. + + + + + Determines whether the specified width is within the specified [min, max] range. + + The width. + The min. + The max. + + true if [is width in range] [the specified width]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pixels. + + + + Locates the finder patterns in a series of three for a symbol. + Module widths horizontal and vertical in each finder pattern form a dark-light-dark-light-dark + sequence the relative widths of each elemetn of which are in the ratios 1:1:3:1:1. The + tolerance for each of these widths is 0.5. + + + + + + Determines whether the pattern sequence has ratios 1:1:3:1:1 with no more than 0.5 tolerance. + + The sequence. + + true if [is pattern finder] [the specified sequence]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Describes the logic for decoding a RoyalMail symbology. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + A service used for decoding the pixels data per specified two dimensional symbologies. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The symbology types. + The max number of symbols to read. + if set to true the image data we are detecting is zoomed. + + + + Decodes the specified array of pixels. + + The pixels. + A list of the DecodedData information. + + + + Decodes the pixels sequence by symbology and returns the number of the overall found symbols. + + The decoder. + The pixels. + Type of the symbology. + The results. + The number of the overall found symbols + + + + Describes the UPC-A symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Checks if the data is properly decoded for the specified symbology. + + The data string. + The character code sets of the decoded data string. + + The verified data for the decoded symbology or empty string if the data is not verified. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces number proper number before the final pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the final pattern. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces are proper number before the middle pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the middle pattern. + + + + + Describes the UPC-E symbology logic for decoding. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Checks if the data is properly decoded for the specified symbology. + + The data string. + The character code sets of the decoded data string. + + The verified data for the decoded symbology or empty string if the data is not verified. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces number proper number before the final pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the final pattern. + + + + + Determine if the found bars and spaces are proper number before the middle pattern. + The UpcE symbology does not have a middle pattern. + + The number of the bars and spaces counted from the first bar of the symbology. + + A bool value indicating if the number is proper for finding the middle pattern. + + + + + A rectangle zone the barcode symbol is positioned at. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The left top point of the region. + The right bottom point of the region. + if set to true the image that corresponds to this zone is zoomed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The left top point of the region. + The right bottom point of the region. + The scan line. + if set to true the image that corresponds to this zone is zoomed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The left top point of the region. + The right top of the region. + The right bottom of the region. + The left bottom of the region. + if set to true the image that corresponds to this zone is zoomed. + + + + Gets the width of the zone. + + + + + + Gets the height of the zone + + + + + + Gets the relative complement (set-theoretic difference) of one zone (A) to another (B). + B\A={x is from B; x is not from A} + + The zone A. + + + + + Determines whether the left side of the first zone is overrlapped by the second zone. + Used for IsTopOverlapped by y axis. + + The first zone start. + The first zone end. + The second zone start. + The second zone end. + + true if [is left overlapped] [the specified first zone start]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the right side of the first zone is overlapped by the second zone + Used for IsBottomOverlapped by y axis. + + The first zone start. + The first zone end. + The second zone start. + The second zone end. + + true if [is right overlapped] [the specified first zone start]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the second zone is inside the specified first zone. + + The first zone start. + The first zone end. + The second zone start. + The second zone end. + + true if the specified first zone start is inside; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the row bytes by an image index of the row. + + The image pixels values. + The debug red points that should be filled. + Index of the row in the whole image, not in the zone only. + + + + + Gets or sets the left top (start for linear symbologies) point, positionted at the left top corner of the region. + + The left top point of the barcode zone. + + + + Gets or sets the right bottom (end for linear symbologies) point, positioned at the right bottom corner of the region. + + The right bottom point of the barcode zone. + + + + Gets or sets the right top point of the region. + + The right top point of the barcode zone. + + + + Gets or sets the left bottom point of the region. + + The end point. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation which the scanning is processed at. + + The scan line orientation. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance of barcode zone is detected in + a zoomed image or not. Used for proper zone detection in the algorithm. + + + true if this instance is image zoomed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Describes a finder pattern settings. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The top left point. + The top right point. + The bottom left point. + The bottom right point. + + + + Describes the data that is decoded. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + Used for 1D symbologies decoding. + + The data of the decoded pattern. + The symbology of the decoded pattern\\\s. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + Used for 1D symbologies decoding. + + The data of the decoded pattern. + The symbology of the decoded pattern. + The start index of the decoded pattern. + The last index of the decoded pattern. + if set to true the decoded patterns is reversed. + The thresh used for decoding the pattern. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + Used when 2D symbologies are decoded. + + The data. + The symbology. + The zone of the decoded symbol. + + + + Gets or sets the decoded data string. + + The data. + + + + Gets or sets the decoded symbology. + + The symbology. + + + + Gets or sets the start index of the found symbology pattern in the pixels array. + Used to detect the exact zone, holding the whole barcode symbol. + Used only for linear symbologies. + + The start indexes. + + + + Gets or sets the last index of the found symbology pattern in the pixels array. + Used to detect the exact zone, holding the whole barcode symbol. + Used only for linear symbologies. + + The last indexes. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this value is recognized in reversed pattern. + Used for linear symbologies. + + + true if this instance is reversed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold value used for decoding the current data. + + The thresh. + + + + Gets or sets the barcode zones holding the symbol. + Used for two dimensional symbologies. + + The zones. + + + + Describes the data character information. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class used for the data characters in the GS1 DataBar logic. + + The data value. + The checksum. + The first index of the segment. + The last index of the segment. + + + + Describes a GS1 Data Bar Expanded Segment = data character + finder pattern + data character. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The left data character. + The finder pattern. + The right data character. + + + + Gets or sets the left data character. + + The left data character. + + + + Gets or sets the finder pattern of the segment. + + The finder pattern. + + + + Gets or sets the right data charater. + + The right data charater. + + + + A helper class, describing the finder pattern of the GS1 DataBar pair. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parity index. + The first index of the pattern in the specified pixels array. + The last index of the pattern in the specified pixels array. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + Used by the Expanded version of the GS1 DataBar barcode symbology. + + Index of the parity. + The first. + The last. + if set to true [is odd]. + + + + Helper class, describing a GS1 DataBar pair of two data characters and a finder pattern, + i.e. data char - finder pattern - data char; + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data value. + The checksum. + The finder pattern. + First index of the segment. + Last index of the segment. + + + + Describes the Mail symbologies result. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data encoded in the symbol. + The top left symbol point. + The top right symbol point. + The bottom left symbol point. + The bottom right symbol point. + + + + Describes the start and stop patterns of a PDF 417 symbol. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The start pattern. + The stop pattern. + + + + Describes a PDF417 result object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data. + The level. + + + + Gets or sets the data of the decoded PDF417 symbol. + + The data. + + + + Gets or sets the error correction level of the PDF417 symbol. + + The error correction level. + + + + Describes a simple Point object with float coordinates. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The x. + The y. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. + + The to compare with this instance. + + true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns a hash code for this instance. + + + A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + Calculates a distance between the center of the current findern pattern and the specified one. + + The finder pattern. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the point. + + The x1. + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the point. + + The Y. + + + + Describes a simple Point object with int coordinates. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The x. + The y. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance. + + The to compare with this instance. + + true if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns a hash code for this instance. + + + A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the point. + + The x1. + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the point. + + The Y. + + + + Describes a QRCode finder pattern. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The center X. + The center Y. + Width of the module. + + + + Calculates a distance between the center of the current findern pattern and the specified one. + + The finder pattern. + + + + + Compares the difference of the specified pattern with the current one by their modules width. + If -1, then the specified pattern is smaller than the current one. + If 1, then the specified pattern is bigger than the current one. + If 0 - the patterns are equal size. + + The pattern. + + + + + Calculates the cross product BC x BA between the vectors from the centers of three finder patterns. + + The pattern A. + The pattern B. + The pattern C. + Returns the z component of the cross product. + + + + Determines if the current pattern has nearly the same center or nearly the same size with the specified one. + + The pattern we are comparing with. + + true if [is equal to] [the specified pattern]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the center point of the pattern. + + The center. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the module based on the pattern width. + + The width of the modules. + + + + Describes the decoded symbol characteristics. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the data of the decoded QR Code symbol. + + The data. + + + + Gets or sets the error correction level of the decoded QR Code symbol. + + The error correction level. + + + + Gets or sets the size version of the decoded QR Code symbol. + + The size version. + + + + Describes a symbol finder patterns. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The top left finder pattern. + The top right finder pattern. + The bottom left finder pattern. + + + + Gets the top left finder pattern of a symbol. + + The top left. + + + + Gets the top right finder pattern of a symbol. + + The top right. + + + + Gets the bottom left finder pattern of a symbol. + + The bottom left. + + + + The possible values for the PDF417 Error Correction Level. + + + + + Error Correction Level 0 has 2 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 1 has 4 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 2 has 8 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 3 has 16 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 4 has 32 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 5 has 64 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 6 has 128 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 7 has 256 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 8 has 512 codewords + + + + + Text Compaction sub-modes: each contains 30 characters including the latch and shift characters. + + + + + The default compaction mode - include uppercase alphabetic characters + + + + + Lower submode - include lowercase alphabetic characters + + + + + Mixed - include numeric and some punctuations characters + + + + + Punctuation - include punctuation characters + + + + + Shift to punctuation sub mode. + + + + + Size of the symblol represented in terms of its position in the sequence of + permissible sizes from 21x21 modules (Version 1) to 177x177 modules (Version 40) + for the QR Code symbols. + + + + + If set, the XamQRCodeBarcode set internally the smallest version that will + accommodate the data. + + + + + Version1 defines size of 21x21 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version2 defines size of 25x25 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version3 defines size of 29x29 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version4 defines size of 33x33 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version5 defines size of 37x37 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version6 defines size of 41x41 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version7 defines size of 45x45 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version8 defines size of 49x49 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version9 defines size of 53x53 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version10 defines size of 57x57 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version11 defines size of 61x61 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version12 defines size of 65x65 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version13 defines size of 69x69 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version14 defines size of 73x73 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version15 defines size of 77x77 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version16 defines size of 81x81 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version17 defines size of 85x85 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version18 defines size of 89x89 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version19 defines size of 93x93 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version20 defines size of 97x97 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version21 defines size of 101x101 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version22 defines size of 105x105 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version23 defines size of 109x109 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version24 defines size of 113x113 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version25 defines size of 117x117 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version26 defines size of 121x121 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version27 defines size of 125x125 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version28 defines size of 129x129 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version29 defines size of 133x133 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version30 defines size of 137x137 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version31 defines size of 141x141 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version32 defines size of 145x145 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version33 defines size of 149x149 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version34 defines size of 153x153 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version35 defines size of 157x157 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version36 defines size of 161x161 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version37 defines size of 165x165 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version38 defines size of 169x169 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version39 defines size of 173x173 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version33 defines size of 177x177 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Specifies the encoding mode for compacting the data for the QR Code symbol. The modes are based on the + character values and assignments associated with the default ECI (ECI 000003 representing the ISO/IEC 8859-1 + character set). + + + + + When Undefined encoding mode is set, the XamQRCodeBarcode internally switches between modes as necessary + in order to achieve the most efficient conversion of data into a binary string. + + + + + Numeric mode encodes data from decimal digit set (0-9). Normally 3 data characters + are represented by 10 bits. + + + + + Alphanumerc mode encodes data from a set of 45 characters (digits 0-9, + upper case letters A-Z, nine other characters: space, $ % * + _ . / : ). + Normally two input characters are represented by 11 bits. + + + + + In Byte mode the data is encoded at 8 bits per character. + The character set of the Byte encoding mode is byte data (by default it is ISO/IEC 8859-1 character set). + + + + + The Kanji mode efficiently encodes Kanji characters in accordance with the Shift JIS system based on + JIS X 0208. Each two-byte character value is compactedd to a 13-bit binary codeword. + + + + + QRCodeErrorCorrectionLevel defines the four level of Reed-Solomon error correction for the QR Code symbol. + + + + + Low error correction level allows recovery of 7% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + Medium error correction level allows recovery of 15% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + Quartil error correction level allows recovery of 25% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + High error correction level allows recovery of 30% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + Specifies the Symbology of the barcode symbol. + + + + + Used when a Symbology is not specified. + + + + + Specifies the Code39 barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies the Code39 Extended (known also as Code39 Full ASCII) barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies the Code128 barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies the EAN-13 barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies the EAN-8 barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies the UPC-A barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies the UPC-E barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies all symbologies from the EanUpc family which can be recognized. + + + + + Specifies the Interleaved 2 of 5 barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies the QR Code barcode symbology. + + + + + Specifies all linear barcode symbologies which can be recognized. + + + + + Specifies a set of all barcode symbologies which can be recognized. + + + + + Describe the orientation of the scanning line for the linear barcode symbols. + Used for better performance. + + + + + Defines that the barcode symbol orientation is not specified. + The scanning will be performed by all orientation. + + + + + Defines a horizontally oriented scanning. + + + + + Defines a vertically oriented scanning. + + + + + Provides data for DecodeComplete event handler. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The value of the decoded barcode symbol. + The symbology of the decoded barcode symbol. + if set to true [a barcode symbol is found]. + The filtered image with the specified zones of the found barcode symbols. + + + + Gets the decoded value string of the recognized barcode symbol. + + The value. + + + + Gets the decoded symbology of the recognized barcode symbol. + + The symbology. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a barcode symbol found is recognized in the image or not. + + true if [symbol found]; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the filtered image object after the decoding, displaying the + recognized barcode symbols zones. + + The filtered image. + + + + Helper class for image processing and shape recognition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + if set to true the image pixels are zoomed. + + + + Used to save the MinSymbolSize set by the user. + + + + + Specifies the min zone widht/height for zone detection. + + + + + A list of the recognized data symbology values. + + + + + A list of the recognized data symbology types. + + + + + A matrix, holding the luminance value for every pixel. + + + + + The requested symbologies for scanning. + + + + + The maximum number of symbols the reader should look for. + + + + + Finds a barcode symbology in the specified zone. The result is used when 2d symbologies are scan + to stop the zones iteration as the whole image pixels are passed and parsed. + + The zone. + A value determining should the recognition algorithm continue. + + + + Decodes the barcode symbols and recognizes the barcode zones in the specified matrix of pixels. + + The luminances. + The symbology types. + The scan orientation. + The max number of symbols to read. + Minimum size of a barcode symbol. + An ImageData object of the recognized barcode symbols. + + + + Clears the properies values. + + + + + Sets the image pixel at the specified row and column with the specified color. + + The row. + The colymn. + The c. + + + + Gets the number of the already read symbols. + + The number of read symbols. + + + + Gets the width of the pixels matrix. + + The width. + + + + Gets the height of the pixel matrix. + + The height. + + + + Describes the linear barcodes symbologies which need more than one scanned row for recogition : + Symbology.Gs1DataBarStacked and Symbology.Postal + + + + + Helper class describing the linear barcode recognition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + if set to true the image pixels are zoomed for better recognition. + + + + Finds a barcode symbology in the specified zone. The result is used when 2d symbologies are scan + to stop the zones iteration as the whole image pixels are passed and parsed. + + The zone. + + A value determining should the recognition algorithm continue. + + + + + Describes the image processing filters and procedures we apply. + + + + + Describe a White pixel. + + + + + Describe a Black pixel. + + + + + Gets the image information from the specified WriteableBitmap object. + + The bitmap. + if set to true the image will be zoomed for better recognition. + An array of the luminance values for the pixels. + + + + Bicubic kernel. The function implements bicubic kernel W(x) as described on + Wikipedia + (coefficient a is set to -0.5). + + X value. + Bicubic cooefficient. + + + + Descrbes the two dimensional symbology recognition. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + if set to true the image pixels are zoomed. + + + + Finds a barcode symbology in the specified zone. The result is used when 2d symbologies are scan + to stop the zones iteration as the whole image pixels are passed and parsed. + + The zone. + + A value determining should the recognition algorithm continue. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..89dc02696fc Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..85028ddcc50 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e6b13febef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3324 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Barcodes.v14.2 + + + + + Valid Numeric characters string. + + + + + Valid alphanumeric characters string. + + + + + The minimum value of the WidthToHeight property range. + + + + + The maximum value of the WidthToHeight property range. + + + + + The defaul aspect ratio, used when no other dimensions are defined. + + + + + Define the minimum XDimension valid value. + + + + + The maximum value of the XDimension property range. + + + + + String of all ASCII characters; + + + + + The default value of the width to height ratio. + + + + + The nominal value of the XDimension property. + + + + + Convert a string number represented in From base system to To base system. + + The name of the system in which the number will be converted. + The text. + The name of the system the number is represented in. + + + + + Returns the specified base value to its power-th degree. + + The base value. + The power value. + + + + + Reverses an integer value string. + + The value. + + + + + Converts hexademical value to its integer representation. + + The value. + + + + + Converts large decimal number to its hexadecimal representation. + + The decimal number to convert. + The hexadecimal representation of the big decimal number. + + + + Converts large hexadecimal number to decimal representation. + + The hexadecimal number to convert. + The decimal representation of the hexadecimal number. + + + + Gets the remainder from a division of a string represented number by an integer divider. + + The string represented number. + The divider. + + + + + Gets the divisor from a division of a string represented number by an integer divider. + + The string represented number. + The divider. + + + + + Check if the code has characters only from the corresponding characters set. + + The code. + The valid characters set. + + + + + Validates if the input is a numeric data with the corresponding length. + + The code that should be validated. + The length that should be the code. + + + + + A helper class which injects the imported encodings by MEF. + + + + + Gets the encoding per code page number. + + The code page. + The Encoding for the code page specified or throw ArgumentException if code page is not supported. + + + + Gets the encoding per name. + + The name. + The Encoding for the code page specified or throw ArgumentException if encoding name is not supported. + + + + Implements the Bose-Chaudhuri-Hocquenghem code algorithm. + + + + + Gets the BCH code decribed in Annex C of the QR reference. + + The data. + The polynom. + + + + + The maximum characters number that can be encoded in a symbol. + + + + + Sequence of the encoding bits for the all Code128 characters. + + + + + Sequence of the encoding pits for the stop character. + + + + + Generates the check digit concerning modulo 103. + + The code. + The check digit. + + + + The valid characters set for Code39 symbology. + + + + + The Code39 characters bars widths sequence + + + + + Odd parity marker. + + + + + Even parity marker. + + + + + The valid characters set for EAN/UPC types. + + + + + Finder pattern sequence. + + + + + Middle pattern sequence. + + + + + Stop pattern sequence for the UpcE symbol. + + + + + Converts the UPC-E code to UPC-A. + + The upc E. + + + + + Describe Galois Field for 256 - a closed field of 0..256. + + + + + Describe arithmetic operations in a Power-of-Two Galois Field. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The power-of-two gf number. + + + + Creates the log and antiLog arrays with appropriate integer values. + + The PP. + + + + Calculates the Sum within the current GF field. + + The first addend. + The second addend. + + + + + Calculates the Sums of two coefficients arrays within the current GF field. + + A. + The b. + + + + + Calculates the Sum within the current GF field. + + The first addend. + The second addend. + + + + + Calculates the sum of bits within current GF field. + + The xa. + The xb. + + + + + Calculates the Difference operation in the GF field. + The sum and difference between two numbers in GF arithmetics is the same. + + The a. + The B. + + + + + Multiplication operation within the current GF field. + + The A. + The B. + + + + + Multiplication operation over coefficients arrays within the current GF field. + + A coefficients. + The b coefficients. + + + + + Multiplication operation of coeffients array with a scalar value within the current GF field. + + The coefficients. + The scalar. + + + + + Division operation within the current GF field. + + The A. + The B. + + + + + Multiplicative inverse of a. + + A. + Multiplicative inverse of a. + + + + As the coefficient are polinomial coefficient, when leading zeroes, we could remove them. + + The coefficients. + + + + + Gets or sets the power-of-two number GF. + + The GF. + + + + GF is an closed-field => all operations between values in the field produce another value in the field. + GfNumber defines the Size and the Prime Polynomial of this Galois field. + + + + + GF(256) contains all integers of 00 to N=255; + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The decimal value of the prime polynom for creating of the GF(256 instance). + + + + Evaluates a polynomial g(x) with the specified coefficients at a point, i.e. g(a). + + The polynomial coefficients. + The point A for evaluation. + + Evaluation of the polynomial at a given point. + + + + + Describe Galois Field for 64 - a closed field of 0..63. + + + + + Defines the Size and the Prime Polynomial of this Galois field + + + + + GF(64) contains all integers of 00 to N=63; + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The decimal value of the prime polynom for creating of the GF(256 instance). + + + + Calculates checkwordsNumber of ReedSolomon check words and fill them in the input array + as start from the startIndex of the array. + + The data that the check words should be calculated by and filled in. + The index where the checkwords should start by. + The number of the checkwords that should be added in the array. + + + + A Galois field of 2 power of 8 with 100011101 (decimal 285) representing the field's prime modulus + polynomial x8 + x4 + x3 + x2 +1. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generates the error correction codewords, calculated using bit-wise modulo 2 arithmetic and bytewise + modulo 100011101 (285) arithmetic. + + The codewords. + The reed solomon error correction codewords number. + The reed solomon block order. + The maximum data codewords. + The maximum codewords number = data + error correction. + + + + + Orders the final codewords into blocks codewords (data + error correction ones). + + The codewords. + The blocks order. + The ecc number per block. + The data codewords per block. + + + + + Corrects the block data bytes with the error correction codewords. See Annex B from the ISO. + + The block data + error correction codewords bytes. + The number of the error correction codewords in the block. + + + + Generate widths for GS1 DataBar elements for a given value. + + The required value. + The number of modules. + The elements in set (GS1 DataBar 14 and Expanded = 4; GS1 DataBar Limited = 7). + The maximum module width of an element. + if set to false skip patterns without a narrow element. + The element widths. + + + + Calculates the value of n,k character subset by given GS1 DataBar elements widths. + Opposite to CalculateBarsWidths(...). + + The widths of the GS1 DataBar elements. + The k. + The maximum module width of an element. + if set to false skip patterns without a narrow element. + + + + + Calculate the number of Combinations of r selected from n: + Combinations = n! /( n-r! * r!) */ + + The n. + The r. + The number of calculations. + + + + Helper file for work with all Application Identifiers (AI). + + + + + Gets or sets the GS1 Application Identifiers in numerical order, represented by: + AIs[AI] = Number of the Digits (if Number == -1 then FNC1 is required) + + The A is. + + + + Verifies the Application Identifier (AI) and make it in the encodable format. + + The code. + The FNC1. + The code, formated for encoding. + + + + Generates the last check digit for the GS barcodes family by the given AI number. + + The AI number code. + + + + + The valid character set for IntelligentMail symbology. + + + + + The width of the vertical clear zone in modules. + + + + + Generates the Nof13 tables used for Intelligent Mail Barcode (IMB). + + The type of table: 2 for 2of13 table, 5 for 5of13table. + The size of table (78 for n=2 and 1287 for n=5). + + + + + The valid character set for I25 symbology. + + + + + The modules length of a character encodation. + + + + + basic bars widths sequence + + + + + The start pattern for every I2of5 symbol. + + + + + The end patternd for every I2Of5 symbol. + + + + + The number of the rows in the MaxiCode symbol. + + + + + The number of the columns in the MaxiCode symbol. + + + + + The valid range of Country and ServiceClass property. + + + + + The valid range of Country and ServiceClass property. + + + + + The valid range of Country and ServiceClass property. + + + + + The valid range of Country and ServiceClass property. + + + + + The minimum valid value of the range of the NumberOfSymbols property. + + + + + The maximum valid value of the range of the NumberOfSymbols property. + + + + + Black module constant in the module sequence + + + + + The nominal MaxiCode L dimension of the symbol. + + + + + Sequence of the MaxiCode valid characters. + + + + + CodeSetsData table store the CodeSets data as CodeSetsData[index] = new int[3] {(int)ascii number of the character, (char)CodeSet mode, (int)symbol character value} + + + + + The MaxiCode modules sequence table. + + + + + Generates the encoding data. + + + + + + Determines whether the data has the specified number of characters from the corresponding code set. + + The data. + The start index to check from. + The number of the chars to be checked. + The code set. + + true if [the specified data] [has proper number of code set chars]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Encodes 9 digits into 30 bits (5 bytes). Follows Annexe F.1 algorithm. + + The 9 digits number to encode. + The 30 bits representation of the numeric value. + + + + Generates the error correction codewords based on Reed-Solomon error correction algorithms. + + The data. + The level. + + + + Determines whether the ServiceClass value is whithin the range of 0-999 when in Mode 2 or 3. + + The service class. + The mode. + + true if [is the service class valid]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the Coutnry value is whithin the range of 0 to 999 when in Mode 2 or 3. + + The country. + The mode. + + true if [the country is valid]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the postal code is valid when in Mode 2 (up to 9 numeric characters) + or Mode 3 (up to 6 alphanumeric caracters). + + The postal code. + The mode. + + true if [is postal code valid] [the specified postal code]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an UPS carrier prefix is used in the Data value. + + + true if the Data instance uses UPS carrier prefix; otherwise, false. + + + + + Utility class for measuring units. + + + + + Gets the X dpi in pixels. + + The milimeters. + + + + + Gets the Y dpi in pixels. + + The milimeters. + + + + + Returns the milimeters related to the pixels regarding the x dpi. + + The pixels. + + + + + Returns the milimeters related to the pixels regarding the y dpi. + + The pixels. + + + + + Converts milimeters to inches. + + The milimeters. + inches + + + + Converts inches to milimeters. + + The inches. + milimeters + + + + Gets the X dpi. + + The X dpi. + + + + Gets the Y dpi. + + The Y dpi. + + + + horizontal quiet zone in modules + + + + + vertical quiet zone in modules + + + + + Gets the number of the error correction codewords. + + The error correction level. + + + + + Determines whether aspect ration value is valid. + + + true if [aspect ration is valid]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Helper class implementing the QR Code algorithm logic. + + + + + String of valid characters when in Alphanumeric compaction mode. + + + + + vertical quiet zone in modules. + + + + + horizontal quiet zone in modules. + + + + + The default ECI number representing the ISO/IEC 8859-1 character set. + + + + + The maximum valid number for the EciNumber property. + + + + + The minimum valid number for the EciNumber property. + + + + + String of valid characters when in Byte mode. + + + + + String of valid characters when in KanjiMode. + + + + + The maximum data characters enconded per symbol encoding mode and error correction level. + + + + + Describes the QR Code masking logic. + + + + + Helper methods for resource reading. + + + + + Gets the resource. + + The filename. + Bytes array of the read data. + + + + The valid characters set of the RoyalMail symbology. + + + + + Modules number of the top quiet zone. + + + + + Modules number of the bottom quiet zone. + + + + + Modules encodating sequence for the characters. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Generates the check sum. + + The code. + + + + + The XamBarcodeAutomationPeer class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The barcode. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the barcode. + + The barcode. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + BarcodeGrid class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Removes all items (rows, columns, children) from the Infragistics.Windows.Barcode.BarcodeGrid instance. + + + + + Gets the size of all rows and columns. + + + + + + Gets the sum of all columns' widths. + + + + + + Gets the sum of all rows' heights. + + + + + + Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.ColumnDefinitionCollection defined on this of Infragistics.Windows.Barcode.Grid + + A System.Windows.Controls.ColumnDefinitionCollection defined on this instance of Infragistics.Windows.Barcode.Grid. + + + + Gets or sets a System.Windows.Controls.RowDefinitionCollection defined on this instance of Infragistics.Windows.Barcode.Grid. + + A System.Windows.Controls.RowDefinitionCollection defined on this instance of Infragistics.Windows.Barcode.Grid. + + + + MaxiCodeModulesPanel control class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + A Module class used for displaying a module instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The row. + The column. + The row span. + The col span. + + + + Gets or sets the number of the row (zero based) which the module is positioned at. + + The row. + + + + Gets or sets the number of the column (zero based) which the module is positioned at. + + The column. + + + + Gets or sets the row span number of the module. + + The row span. + + + + Gets or sets the column span number of the module. + + The col span. + + + + Helper class for encoding the Code128 symbology. + + + + + Verifies the UCC value concerning the valid AI value and length. Only messages containing a valid set of Element Strings defined in the GS1 System can be + unambiguously processed. The processing of invalid messages may lead to data file errors because + the meaning and relationship of the Element Strings are not defined. + + The code. + The type of the Code 128 barcode simbology. + + + + + Converts the human readable text to the characters needed to + create the barcode. + + The human readable code value. + if set to true [ucc]. + The encoded text. + + + + Gets the human readable ucc ean code text. + + The code. + The text, converted in human readable style. + + + + Removes the FNC1 if in the code. + + The code. + + + + + Packs the code digits for charset C also considering FNC1. It assumes + that all the parameters are valid. + + The code text to be packed. + Index of the text pointing where to pack from. + The digits number to be packed. It is always an even number. + the packed digits string. two per character + + + + Determines whether the following "digitsNum" number of characters starting from index "codeIndex" + are numeric skipping any FNC1. + + The code text to be checked. + Index where to check the text from. + The number of digits to be checked if follows. + + true if [is digitsNum digits follows] [the specified code text from the specified index position]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Helper class for encoding the Code39 symbology. + + + + + Converts the extended text into a normal, escaped text, ready to generate bars. + + The BarCode Value. + the escaped text + + + + Generates the check digit concerning modulo 43. + + The code. + The check digit. + + + + Helper class for encoding the EanUpc family of symbologies. + + + + + Encodes a valid GTIN12 code to UPCE code. + + The code string. + A valid UPCE code + + + + Returns the upc bars consequence of the input character. + + The input character. + The byte consequence. + + + + Helper class for encoding the GS1 DataBar family of symbologies. + + + + + Returnss the barcode letters. + + The routing code. + The tracking code. + + + + + Converts the codewords to characters. + + The decimal values of the codewords. + The FCS. + The decimal values of the characters + + + + Generates the frame check sequence (FCS). + + The byte array of a 13 byte array holding 102 bits + which are right justified - ie: the leftmost 2 bits of the first byte + do not hold data and must be set to zero + 11 bit Frame Check Sequence (right justified) + + + + Helper class for encoding the Interleaved2Of5 symbology. + + + + + Generates the check digit by modulo 10. + + The code. + The check digit. + + + + Verifies if the interleaved 2 of 5 code has an even number of digits. + If no, adds "0" as at the beginning. + + The code text. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Encodes the codewords to Unicode characters. + + The data message for encoding. + The compaction mode for encoding. + + + + + Helper class for encoding the QR Code symbol matrix. + + + + + Encodes the data into a QRCode symbol bits sequence. + + + + + + Fills the number of data codewords required for the version with Pad characters. + + + + + Gets the FNC1 character depending on the encoding mode. + + The mode. + + + + + Gets the one-byte application indicator codeword. If the AI is any single Latin alphabetic character from the set {a-z, A-Z}, + the codeword is represented by the ASCII value of the character plus 100. If the AI is a two-digit number - it is represented + by its numeric value directly. + + The application idicator. + + + + + If the % character (used for Fnc1) occurs as part of the data it shall be encoded as %%. + + The data. + The Fnc1 character representation. + Start index of the data in the whole sequence. + The escapted data string. + + + + Encodes by the type of the data. + + The data bytes. + The version. + + + + + BarsFillMode specifies how the grid fills within the barcode control dimensions. + + + + + FillSpace mode ensures that the barcode grid fills the control dimensions. + + + + + EnsureEqualSize mode ensures that every grid column/row has the same pixels number width/height. The sum of all columns/rows pixels may be less than the width/height of the control. + + + + + EAN/UPC types of barcode + + + + + A type of barcode EAN-13 + + + + + A type of barcode EAN-8 + + + + + A type of barcode UPC-A + + + + + A type of barcode UPC-E + + + + + Code128 types of barcode + + + + + CODE128 standard encodation. No FNC1 in first or second symbol character position after Start character. + + + + + GS1-128 (also known as UCC/EAN-128) - encode full list of AI (Application Id). + FNC1 in first symbol character position after Start character + + + + + GS1 Databar barcode types. + + + + + GS1 DataBar Omnnidirectional code type - + intended for retail Point-of-Sale scanning + + + + + GS1 DataBar Stacked Omnidirectional code type - + intended for retail Point-of-Sale scanning + + + + + GS1 DataBar Expanded code type - + intended for retail Point-of-Sale scanning + + + + + GS1 DataBar Truncated code type - + not intended for retail Point-of-Sale scanning + + + + + GS1 DataBar Stacked code type - + not intended for retail Point-of-Sale scanning + + + + + GS1 DataBar Limited code type - + not intended for retail Point-of-Sale scanning + + + + + Enumerated type that represents a header display mode. + + + + + Hide the header. + + + + + Show the header. + + + + + Error Correction Level for MaxiCode symbology + + + + + Standard Error Correction Level for MaxiCode, encoding 144 codewords, 93 of them are for data + encodation, 1 is used for specifying the mode, 50 codewords are used for error correction. + 22 erroneously decoded codewords can be corrected. + + + + + Enhanced Error Correction Level for MaxiCode, encoding 144 codewords, 77 of them are for data + encodation, 1 is used for specifying the mode, 66 codewords are used for error correction. + 30 erroneously decoded codewords can be corrected. + + + + + The possible modes values for the MaxiCode control, which allow various structures of the symbol data and error correction. + The mode is encoded as part of the Primary Message. + + + + + Mode 2 is used in the transport industry for encoding numeric postal code. + The first 120 bits encode the Structured Carrier Message with Enhansed Error Correction. + The rest of the symbol is free for other uses and employs Standard Error Correction. + + + + + Mode 3 is designed to be used in the transport industry of an alphanumeric postal code. + The first 120 bits encode the Structured Carrier Message with Enhanced Error Correction. + The rest of the symbol is free for other uses and employs Standard Error Correction. + + + + + Mode 4 is for Standard symbol encoding. It indicates that the symbol employs EEC in the + Primary Message and SEC for the Secondary Message. It provides 93 codewords for data encodation. + + + + + Mode 5 encode full message using ECC. It provides 77 codewords for data encodation. + + + + + Mode 6 is used for reader programming. The symbol encodes a msg used to program the reader system + and SEC is used for the Secondary Message. No data shall be transmitted. + + + + + Code Set A is the default code set at the start of every MaxiCOde symbol. + + + + + The possible values for the PDF417 Error Correction Level. + + + + + Error Correction Level 0 has 2 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 1 has 4 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 2 has 8 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 3 has 16 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 4 has 32 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 5 has 64 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 6 has 128 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 7 has 256 codewords + + + + + Error Correction Level 8 has 512 codewords + + + + + Specify the compaction algorithm in PDF417 which is used to map 8-bit data bytes efficiently to PDF417 codewords. + + + + + Choose internaly which of the three data compaction algorithm in PDF417 is the best compaction mode + for the Data value and if necessary combines them. + + + + + Byte compaction algorithm permits all 256 possible 8-bit byte values to be encoded. This includes all ASCII + characters value 0 to 127 inclusive and provides for international character set support. It has + compaction ratio of six bytes to five codewords and used as default graphical and control character interpretation. + + + + + Text Compaction mode encodes all ASCII chars (32-126) and HT(tab: 9), LF (line feed: 10) and CR (carriage return: 13) symbols. + It compacts up to 2 chars per codeword. + + + + + Numeric Compaction mode permits efficient encoding of numeric data strings. It should be used to + encode long strings of consecutive numeric digits. It encodes up to 2,93 numeric digits per codeword. + + + + + Text Compaction sub-modes: each contains 30 characters including the latch and shift characters. + + + + + The default compaction mode - include uppercase alphabetic characters + + + + + Lower submode - include lowercase alphabetic characters + + + + + Mixed - include numeric and some punctuations characters + + + + + Punctuation - include punctuation characters + + + + + Size of the symblol represented in terms of its position in the sequence of permissible sizes from 21x21 modules (Version 1) to 177x177 modules (Version 40) for the QR Code symbols. + + + + + If set, the QR code barcode sets internally the smallest version that will accommodate the data. + + + + + Version1 defines size of 21x21 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version2 defines size of 25x25 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version3 defines size of 29x29 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version4 defines size of 33x33 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version5 defines size of 37x37 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version6 defines size of 41x41 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version7 defines size of 45x45 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version8 defines size of 49x49 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version9 defines size of 53x53 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version10 defines size of 57x57 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version11 defines size of 61x61 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version12 defines size of 65x65 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version13 defines size of 69x69 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version14 defines size of 73x73 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version15 defines size of 77x77 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version16 defines size of 81x81 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version17 defines size of 85x85 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version18 defines size of 89x89 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version19 defines size of 93x93 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version20 defines size of 97x97 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version21 defines size of 101x101 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version22 defines size of 105x105 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version23 defines size of 109x109 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version24 defines size of 113x113 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version25 defines size of 117x117 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version26 defines size of 121x121 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version27 defines size of 125x125 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version28 defines size of 129x129 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version29 defines size of 133x133 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version30 defines size of 137x137 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version31 defines size of 141x141 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version32 defines size of 145x145 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version33 defines size of 149x149 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version34 defines size of 153x153 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version35 defines size of 157x157 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version36 defines size of 161x161 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version37 defines size of 165x165 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version38 defines size of 169x169 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version39 defines size of 173x173 modules for the symbol. + + + + + Version40 defines size of 177x177 modules for the symbol. + + + + + QRCodeErrorCorrectionLevel defines the four level of Reed-Solomon error correction for the QR Code symbol. + + + + + Low error correction level allows recovery of 7% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + Medium error correction level allows recovery of 15% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + Quartil error correction level allows recovery of 25% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + High error correction level allows recovery of 30% of the symbol codewords. + + + + + Specifies the encoding mode for compacting the data for the QR Code symbol. The modes are based on the character values and assignments associated with the default ECI (ECI 000003 representing the ISO/IEC 8859-1 character set). + + + + + When Undefined encoding mode is set, the QR code barcode internally switches between modes as necessary in order to achieve the most efficient conversion of data into a binary string. + + + + + Numeric mode encodes data from decimal digit set (0-9). Normally 3 data characters are represented by 10 bits. + + + + + Alphanumerc mode encodes data from a set of 45 characters (digits 0-9, upper case letters A-Z, nine other characters: space, $ % * + _ . / : ). Normally two input characters are represented by 11 bits. + + + + + In Byte mode the data is encoded at 8 bits per character. The character set of the Byte encoding mode is byte data (by default it is ISO/IEC 8859-1 character set). + + + + + The Kanji mode efficiently encodes Kanji characters in accordance with the Shift JIS system based on JIS X 0208. Each two-byte character value is compactedd to a 13-bit binary codeword. + + + + + Fnc1Mode indicator is used for messages containing specific data formats. Fnc1Mode applies to the entire symbol and is not affected by subsequent mode indicators. + + + + + Do not use any Fnc1 symbols, i.e. the data is not identified according to specific predefined industry or application specifications. + + + + + Uses Fnc1 symbol in the first position of the character in Code 128 symbols and designates data formatted in accordance with the GS1 General Specification. + + + + + Uses Fnc1 symbol in the second position of the character in Code 128 symbols and designates data formatted in accordance with a specific indystry application previously agreed with AIM Inc. + + + + + Provides data for the DataChangedEventArgs event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the new data value. + + The new data value. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + XamBarcode control class. + + + + + Barcode state group. + + + + + ValidBarcode state of the Barcode group. + + + + + InvalidBarcode stated of the Barcode group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + DataProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ErrorMessageTextProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + StretchProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Updates the background of all elements. + + + + + Updates the foreground for the control panel. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements depending on the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Validates the parameters values. + + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Returns whether the control is in design mode (running under Blend + or Visual Studio). + + True if in design mode. + + + + Provides handling for the GotFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the LostFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseEnter event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseLeave event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseLeftButtonDown event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the MouseLeftButtonUp event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + True to use transitions when updating the visual state, false to + snap directly to the new visual state. + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + + A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to + the new state, or instantly transition to the new state. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the input Data is valid. + + true if this instance is valid; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the inner background, used to catch the Background property change. + + The inner background. + + + + Gets or sets the inner foreground, used to catch the Foreground property changed. + + The inner foreground. + + + + Gets or sets the data value. + + The data value. + + + + Gets or sets the message text displayed when some error occurs. + + The error message text. + + + + Gets or sets the stretch. + + The stretch. + + + + Gets or sets the helper that provides all of the standard + interaction functionality. Making it internal for subclass access. + + + + + Occurs when an error has happened. + + + + + Occurs when the data has changed. + + + + + XamCode128Barcode control class. + + + + + XamGridBarcode control class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + BarsFillModeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + WidthToHeightRatioProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + XDimensionProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Validates the parameters values. + + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + StretchProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements depending on the input data. + + + + + Updates the background of all elements. + + + + + Updates the foreground for the control panel. + + + + + Set the necessary barcode settings before creating its bars. + + + + + Calculates and adds the bars to the the barcode grid depending on the symbology logic. + + + + + Gets the default size ot the barcode - used when Stretch.None is set. + + The default size. + + + + Calculates the aspect ratio. + + + + + + Clears the grid instance - its columns, rows and children. + + + + + Adds the text to the barcode control grid. + + The text. + The start column. + The column span. + The start row. + The row span. + + + + Adds the bars to the barcode control grid. + + The bars. + + + + Add width number of columns to the barcode grid. + + The number of the columns that should be added. + + + + Adds a row to the barcode grid. + + The height of the row. + The GridUnitType type of the row. + + + + Fills the bars. + + The bars. + if set to true [is first bar printed]. + The start row. + The number of rows that it should fill. + The col row. + + + + Fills the cell with a bar with a color depending on the isFirstBarPrinted value. + + The column number which will be filled. + The number of the columns which will be spanned. + The row number which will be filled. + The number of the rows which will be spanned. + if set to true the bar will be filled with the foreground color, if false, the bar will be filled the background color. + + + + Adds the quiet zone with width the given modules number. + + The modules number the quiet zone should be. + + + + Adds the horizontal quiet zone with height the given modules number. + + The modules number the quiet zone should be. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the left quiet zone in modules. + + The width of the left quiet zone. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the right quiet zone in modules. + + The width of the right quiet zone. + + + + Gets or sets the barcode grid instance. + + The barcode grid. + + + + Gets or sets the text block for the Data value. + + The text block. + + + + Gets or sets a value which specifies how the grid fills within the barcode control dimensions. + + The bars fill mode. + + + + Gets or sets the width (XDimension) to height (YDimension) ratio. It accepts only positive values. This property does not apply for the QR barcode. + + The width to height ratio. + + + + Gets or sets the X-dimension (narrow element width) for a symbol in mm. It accepts values from 0.01 to 100. + + The X dimension. + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + CodeTypeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets whether the barcode should have human readable text. + + True if text is visible, otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets the type of the code. + + The type of the code. + + + + XamCode39Barcode control class. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShowTextProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ExtendedProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShouldGenerateChecksumProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets whether the barcode should have human readable text. + + True if text is visible, otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is extended. + + true if extended; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether check sum is generated or not. + + + true if [should generate check sum]; otherwise, false. + + + + + XamEanUpcBarcode control class. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Set the necessary barcode settings before creating its bars. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + CodeTypeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Adds the bars upc A. + The symbol length in modules UPCA - 113 + Logical Structure of an EAN-13 or UPC-A Bar Code Symbol (Excluding Quiet Zones) + Left Guard Bar Pattern - Characters 12 Through 7(Left Half) - Centre Guard Bar Pattern - Characters 6 Through 1(Right Half) - Right Guard Bar Pattern + 3 modules ---------------- 42 modules (6x7) -----------------5 modules -------------------- 42 modules (6x7)----------------- 3 modules + Total number of modules = 95 + + The code. + + + + Adds the bars ean13. The symbol length in modules for Ean13 type is 113. + + The code. + + + + Adds the bars ean8. + The symbol length in modules Ean8: 81 + Logical Structure of an EAN-8 Bar Code Symbol Excluding Quiet Zones + Left Guard Bar Pattern - Characters 12 Through 7(Left Half) - Centre Guard Bar Pattern - Characters 6 Through 1(Right Half) - Right Guard Bar Pattern + 3 modules --------------------28 modules (4x7)----------------- 5 modules ------------------28 modules ----------------------------(4x7) 3 modules + Total number of modules = 67 + + The code. + + + + Adds the bars upc E. + Logical Structure of a UPC-E Bar Code Symbol Excluding Quiet Zones + Left Guard Bar Pattern - Characters 12 Through 7(Left Half) - Centre Guard Bar Pattern - Characters 6 Through 1(Right Half) - Right Guard Bar Pattern + 3 modules ---------------------42 modules (6x7) ----------------------6 modules + Total number of modules = 51 + + The code. + + + + Gets or sets whether the barcode should have human readable text. + + True if text is visible, otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets the type of the code. + + The type of the code. + + + + Get the bounds of an element relative to another element. + + Element. + The coordinates are calculated relative to the element indicated here. null to use the root page. + Bounds. + + + + XamGs1DataBarBarcode control class. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + CodeTypeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + GS1 DataBar is 50% smaller than EAN-13 or UPC-A Bar Code Symbols but carries more information. + The first group of GS1 DataBar symbols (next four ones) encodes the Element String AI (01). + XamGS1DataBarBarcode supports only linkage flag 0. + Component linkage: All GS1 DataBar symbols include a linkage flag. If the linkage flag is 0, + then the GS1 DataBar symbol stands alone (no composite 2D barcode associated with the symbol). + If the linkage flag is 1, then a 2D Composite. + Component and its separator pattern are printed above the GS1 DataBar symbol with the + separator pattern aligned and contiguous to the GS1 DataBar symbol. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Draws the barcode matrix. + + The data pattern. + + + + Gets or sets whether the barcode should have human readable text. + + True if text is visible, otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets the type of the code. + + The type of the code. + + + + XamIntelligentMailBarcode control class. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + XamInterleaved2Of5Barcode control class. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShouldGenerateChecksumProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets whether the barcode should have human readable text. + + True if text is visible, otherwise false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a check sum will be generated. + + + true if [should generate check sum]; otherwise, false. + + + + + XamMaxiCodeBarcode control class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ModeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + PostalCodeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ServiceClassProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + CountryProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + NumberOfSymbolsProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + SymbolPositionProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + StretchProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Validates the parameters values. + + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Updates the background of all elements. + + + + + Updates the foreground for the control panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the mode of MaxiCode barcode control. + + The mode. + + + + Gets or sets the postal code when in structured mode (2 or 3). It should be up to 9 digits. + + The postal code. + + + + Gets or sets the service class. It has a valid digit value in the range of 0 to 999. + + The service class. + + + + Gets or sets the country. It has a valid digit value in the range of 0 to 999. + + The country code. + + + + Gets or sets the number of codes in a structured appended barcode. Valid values are 1 to 8. + If the value is 1, the controls is not structured appended. + + The number of codes. + + + + Gets or sets the position of the symbol in a structured barcode data. + Current version of XamMaxiCodeBarcode supports only one symbol per Data. + + The position in code. + + + + XamPdf417Barcode control class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + RowsProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + ColumnsProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + AspectRatioProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ErrorCorrectionLevelProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + UseMinimumErrorCorrectionLevelProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + EncodingModeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Validates the parameters values. + + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Calculates the aspect ratio. + + + + + + Gets the default size ot the barcode - used when Stretch.None is set. + + + + + + Gets or sets the number of the rows for the symbol matrix. If null, the symbol calculates + the matrix rows number according to the ApectRatio or the dimension of the control. + It accepts integer values of 3 to 90 inclusive. + + The rows. + + + + Gets or sets the number of the columns for the symbol matrix. If null, the symbol calculates + the matrix columns value according to the ApectRatio or the dimension of the control. + It accepts integer values of 1 to 30 inclusive. + + The columns. + + + + Gets or sets the aspect ratio - the height to width of the symbol including the quiet zones. + It accepts only positive values in the range of 0.001 to 1000. + Note that if Columns/Rows are set, their values have priority. + + The aspect ratio. + + + + Gets or sets the error correction level. + If the UseMinimumErrorCorrectionLevel property is true and the ErrorCorrectionLevel is set to a higher level, + its value is respected. If the ErrorCorrectionLevel has lower value, the minimum error correction level is used. + + The error correction level. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the minimum error correction level for the current codewords number. + If set to true and the ErrorCorrectionLevel is set to a higher level, its value is respected. + If the ErrorCorrectionLevel has lower value, the minimum error correction level is used. + + + true if [use minimum error correction level]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the compaction algorithm used to map 8-bit data bytes effectively to PDF417 codewords. + The Unspecified mode choose the best compaction mode depending the current Data value and if necessary combines them. + + The encoding mode. + + + + Implements the XamQRCodeBarcode logic. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Validates the parameters values. + + + + + + Calculates and adds the bars to the the barcode grid depending on the symbology logic. + + + + + Gets the default size ot the barcode - used when Stretch.None is set. + + + + The default size. + + + + Calculates the aspect ratio. + + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ErrorCorrectionLevelProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + SizeVersionProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + EncodingModeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + EciNumberProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + OnEciHeaderDisplayMode property change handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Fnc1ModeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ApplicationIndicatorProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the error correction level of the QR Code symbol. + + The error correction level. + + + + Gets or sets the size version of the QR Code symbol. + + The size version. + + + + Gets or sets the encoding mode for compaction of the QR Code symbol data. + + The encoding mode. + + + + Each Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI) is designated by a six-digit assignment number: 000000 - 999999. + The default is ECI 000003, representing the ISO/IEC 8859-1 character set. + + The eci number. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show the ECI header. + + + + + Gets or sets the FNC1 mode indicator which identifies symbols encoding messages formatted according to specific predefined industry or application specificatoins. + + The FNC1 mode. + + + + Gets or sets the Application Indicator assigned to identify the specification concerned by AIM International. + The value is respected only when the Fnc1Mode is set to Industry. Its value may take the form of any single Latin alphabetic character from the set {a - z, A - Z} or a two-digit number. + + The application indicator. + + + + XamRoyalMailBarcode control class. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Calculate and draws the barcode elements from the input data. + + + + + Check whether the value is valid. + + The input data. + + + + + Gets the design time fake data value. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the barcode should have human readable text. + + True if text is visible, otherwise false. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..15e11e32a95 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..37f54a7df59 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7bd5f213ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1003 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.Olap.v14.2 + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart olap-based axes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when the property changed. + + The new instance of view model. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelStyle Dependency Property. + + + + + Olaps the label control create. + + + + + + Olaps the label control activate. + + The label. + + + + Olaps the label control disactivate. + + The label. + + + + Olaps the label control destroy. + + The label. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the view model that controls the data extracted from the server. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of items in the current olap axis items source. + + The items count. + + + + Gets or sets the value determinates which tuples from olap data source will be used for generating this axis + + + + + Gets or sets the LabelStyle property. + + + + + Occurs when series is creating. This event can used from user to return back to chart the series he wants. + + + + + Occurs when the chart will start series creation. This event can be used for prepare series for adding ot chart + + + + + A class listing the information needed when the series is about to create. + + + + + Gets or sets the object. + + The series info. + + + + Gets or sets the series that will be used by the chart. + + The series. + + + + Reserved for future use. + + + + + Represents a series item for a specific label that is the value of a result cell. + + + + + The row index of this cell in the . + + + + + The column index of this cell in the . + + + + + The result cell. + + + + + The row tuple. + + + + + The column tuple. + + + + + Represents the labels in axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns a that represents this instance. + + + A that represents this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent label. + + The parent label. + + + + Gets or sets the member from olap data source that is associated with this label + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this label is expanded. + + + true if this label is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is toggle visible. + + + true if this instance is toggle visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Visual object for the object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Ensures the instance in in correct visual state. + + + + + Put the control in its default state. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Gets the that this control displays. + + The label. + + + + Contains metadata about labels in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the lables. + + The lables. + + + + Gets or sets the index of the original tuple. + + The index of the original tuple. + + + + Represents the base class for oalp axis label panels. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of the . + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified + as a value to indicate the object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + Arranges each that should be visible, in hierarchical way. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size, that the panel occupies. + + + + Clears the breadth dimensions. + + + + + Estimates the breadth positions. + + the estimated breadth + + + + Compares the breadth dimension. + + The CTRL. + + + + Gets the size of the measured. + + The control. + Size of the available. + the measured size + + + + Determines whether the desired size is bigger than the available one + + The control which will be examinated. + + true if the desired size is bigger than the available; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the olap axis. + + The olap axis. + + + + Gets or sets the breadth count. + + The breadth count. + + + + Represents the panel that arrange the olap labels in horizontal way + + + + + Estimates the breadth positions. + + the estimated breadth + + + + Compares the breadth dimension. + + The CTRL. + + + + Clears the breadth dimensions. + + + + + Gets the size of the measured. + + The control. + Size of the available. + the measured size + + + + Determines whether the desired size is bigger than the available one + + The control which will be examinated. + + true if the desired size is bigger than the available; otherwise, false. + + + + + Represents the panel that arrange the olap labels in vertical way + + this class is internal as it is not used and reserved for future use + + + + Compares the breadth dimension. + + The CTRL. + + + + Estimates the breadth positions. + + the estimated breadth + + + + Clears the breadth dimensions. + + + + + Gets the size of the measured. + + The control. + Size of the available. + the measured size + + + + Determines whether the desired size is bigger than the available one + + The control which will be examinated. + + true if the desired size is bigger than the available; otherwise, false. + + + + + Provides additional info that can be used for series cration + + + + + Gets the name of series that will be created. + + The name. + + + + Gets the title of series that will be created. + + The title. + + + + Gets the item source of series that will be created. + + The items source. + + + + Gets the index of the tuple where this. + + The index of the original tuple. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart olap X axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the OlapXAxis class. + + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from a scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Creates the label panel. + + + + + + Creates or updates the visuals for the axis. + + Whether the updates to the visuals should be animated. + + + + Identifies the DefaultSeries dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualYAxis dependency property. + + + + + Gets the scaled viewport coordinate value from the unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + The current window of the chart. + The current viewport of the chart. + The scaled value. + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from the scaled viewport coordinate value. + + The scaled viewport coordinate value. + The current window of the chart. + The current viewport of the chart. + The unscaled value. + + + + Gets the orientation. + + The orientation. + + + + Gets or sets an enumeration value which indicates what type of series to generate. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current CategorySeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Determinates which tuples from olap data source will be used for generating of the axis + + + + + The tuples from column axis will be used for generating of the axis + + + + + The tuples from row axis will be used for generating of the axis + + + + + Determines which series will be used as the default when the OlapXAxis generates its series + + + + + Infragistics.Controls.Charts.AreaSeries + + + + + Infragistics.Controls.Charts.ColumnSeries + + + + + Infragistics.Controls.Charts.LineSeries + + + + + Infragistics.Controls.Charts.PointSeries + + + + + Infragistics.Controls.Charts.StepAreaSeries + + + + + Infragistics.Controls.Charts.StepLineSeries + + + + + Infragistics.Controls.Charts.WaterfallSeries + + + + + An object that defines the hierarchy from brushes + + + + + Gets or sets the actual brush. + + The brush. + + + + Gets or sets the children. + + The children. + + + + Collection that is used to define a hierarchy of brushes. + + + + + Gets or sets a brush at the specified index. + + The index of the brush to return. + A brush for the specified index. + + + + Represents an OLAP pie chart item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI element displays in an application. + For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Changes visual state of current item. + + Name of the state. + if set to true the control will use transitions. + + + + Gets or sets the title. + + The title. + + + + Gets or sets the entire info about item in hierarchy + + The full title. + + + + Gets or sets the items source. + + The items source. + + + + Gets or sets the brushes. + + The brushes. + + + + Represents a pie chart item data. + + + + + Gets or sets the value. + + The value. + + + + Gets or sets the formatted value. + + The formatted value. + + + + Gets or sets the name. + + The name. + + + + Gets or sets the tuple. + + The tuple. + + + + Gets or sets the name includes the whole breadcrumbs. + + The full name. + + + + Represents an OLAP pie chart items panel. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate + that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of + the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that + this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size that is used after the element is arranged in layout. + + + + + Represents the OLAP pie chart legend. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . In simplest terms, this means the method is called + just before a UI element displays in an application. For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Represents a pie chart legend item data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. + + + true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is enabled. + + + true if this instance is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is loaded. + + true if this instance is loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has children. + + + true if this instance has children; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the name. + + The name. + + + + Gets or sets the fill. + + The fill. + + + + Gets or sets the items. + + The items. + + + + Represents a pie chart that works with OLAP data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + DataSourceProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Called when the property changed. + + The new instance of view model. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + OlapAxisSourceProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Title property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + BrushesHierarchyProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ItemWidthProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ItemHeightProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ItemStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal + processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI element displays in an application. + For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source. + + The data source. + + + + Gets or sets the olap axis source. + + The olap axis source. + + + + Gets or sets the title. + + The title. + + + + Gets or sets the brushes. + + The brushes. + + + + Gets or sets the width of the item. + + The width of the item. + + + + Gets or sets the height of the item. + + The height of the item. + + + + Gets or sets the item style. + + The item style. + + + + A resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the resource string. + + Name of the resource. + the string resource + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74f67fe5ea7 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8bb3461bdda Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..121547b8ec5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,27956 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDataChart.v14.2 + + + + + Represents the base class for annotation layer types. Annotations will usually disable some of the default hover/touch behaviors of the chart when they are introduced to the series collection. + In return they provide some valuable information as the cursor is moved by hovering over the chart, or performing a press-hold-drag interaction in touch mode. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart series. + + + + + + The name of the SyncLink property. + + + + + The name of the SeriesViewer property. + + + + + The name of the ItemsSource property. + + + + + The name of the FastItemsSource property. + + + + + The name of the Index property. + + + + + Property name for the Resolution property. + + + + + Property name for the ActualBrush property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLineDashArray property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLineType property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLinePeriod property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLineBrush property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLineActualBrush property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLineThickness property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLineDashCap property. + + + + + Property name for the TrendLineZIndex property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Series class. + + + + + Identifies the VisibilityProxy dependency property. + + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Determines if the current series renders its markers to the MarkerCanvas of the parent series. + Ensures that StackedFragmentSeries don't reparent the MarkerCanvas. + + Whether or not to use parent series marker canvas. + + + + Gets the precise item index, if possible, the closeness to the previous or next whole integer indicating which value is closer. If the series cannot provide this information this will return the same integer value as GetItemIndex. + + The world position for which to return the index. + The double index indicating which whole number index the point is closest to. + + + + Gets the item item index associated with the specified world position + + Item index or -1 if no item is associated with the specified world position. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Returns a distance value (not necessarily pixels), that indicates how 'close' a world position is to an indexed value in the series. + Not every series can necessarily answer this question, it can't or the world position or index is invalid, NaN will be returned. + + The world position for which to get a distance. + The index to get a distance to. + A distance value to the world position. + + + + Helps determine the distance to an index from a world position. Distance is not necessarily in pixels. + + The world position to get a distance to. + The index to get a distance from. + The axis the represents the indexes. + The scaler parameters of the axis. + The category offset, if any. + The number of items in the data source. + Gets an exact unsorted index for a sorted axis. + The distance value. + + + + Helps to obtain the a series value that is close to the provided world position, if possible. Otherwise returns NaN. + + The value column from which to take values. + The world position we want a value for. + The value axis to use. + The scaler parameters of the value axis. + The category offset, if applicable. + Gets an unsorted index value from a sorting axis. + Specifies whether to use interpolation when getting the value. + Specifies whether to skip uknown values when searching for the correct value. + The discovered value if possible, otherwise double.NaN + + + + Helps in getting the previous index that is near a given world position. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The axis associated with the indexes. + Gets an unsorted exact index from a sorting axis. + The column of values to check for unknowns against. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Helps in getting the next index that is near a given world position. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The axis associated with the indexes. + Gets an unsorted exact index from a sorting axis. + The column of values to check for unknowns against. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Helps in obtaining an unsorted index from a sorting axis. + + The world position we want an exact index for. + The axis in question. + The exact index value. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best available value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available high value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best high value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available low value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best low value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The series coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given pixel coordinate within the current series plot area. + + The series coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best high value match for the world position provided. + + The series coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available high value of the series for a given pixel coordinate within the current series plot area. + + The series coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best low value match for the world position provided. + + The series coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available low value of the series for a given pixel coordinate within the current series plot area. + + The series coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + Gets the item index that is the best match for the specified pixel position within the series plot area. + + The pixel position within the series plot area + The best matching item index. + + + + Gets the precise item index, if possible, the closeness to the previous or next whole integer indicating which value is closer. If the series cannot provide this information this will return the same integer value as GetItemIndexFromSeriesPixel. + + The pixel position within the series plot area + The exact item index, as a double, indicating which whole number index the mouse is closest to, if possible. + + + + Gets the item index that is the best match for the specified pixel position within the series plot area. + + The pixel position within the series plot area + The best matching item index. + + + + Raises PropertyChanged and/or PropertyUpdated events if any listeners have been registered. + + Name of property whos value changed. + Property value before change. + Property value after change. + + + + Returns the actual marker brush used by the series if the series has markers. + + The actual marker brush used by the series, if the series has markers + + + + Returns the actual marker outline brush used by the series if the series has markers. + + The actual marker outline brush used by the series, if the series has markers + + + + Returns the actual marker template used by the series if the series has markers. + + The actual marker template used by the series, if the series has markers + + + + Converts a point from coordinates within the series plot area to a world position within axis space. + + The pixel location within the plot area of the series. + The world position of the series point. + + + + Converts a point from world coordinates to coordinates within the viewport of the series. + + The world position from which to convert. + The relative position within the current viewport of the series. + + + + When overriden in a derived class gives the opportunity to define how the data source item + for a given set of mouse coordinates is fetched. + + The element the mouse is over. + The mouse coordinates for which to fetch the item. + The retrieved item. + + + + Requests that the provided item should be brought into view if possible. + + The item to attempt to bring into view. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Renders the series. + + True if the change should be animated. + + + + Renders the series. + + Whether or not to transition smoothly from the previous state of the series. + + The animate parameter is relevant only for series which implement transitions. Not all series in the DataChart support this behavior. + + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD pane. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Renders an alternate view for use with tiling, etc. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + String key to use for this view target + + + + Gets the view info for the series. + + The viewport to use. + The window to use. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Clears the series and aborts rendering if the series is not valid. + + True if rendering should be aborted. + + + + Clears the series and aborts rendering if the series is not valid. + + True if rendering should be aborted. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever the series window rectangle + is changed. + + Old window rectangle in normalised world coordinates. + New window rectangle in normalised world coordinates. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever the series viewport rectangle + is changed. + + Old viewport rectangle in device coordinates. + New viewport rectangle in device coordinates. + + + + Called to notify that the data has changed and the thumbnail may need to refresh. + + + + + Called to notify that the appearance has changed and the thumbnail may need to refresh + + + + + Called when is changed. + Updates the values of the unset drop shadow related properties according to the series type. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Listener for the owner chart's series collection. + + + + + Listener for the owner chart's property updated. + + + + + Listener for the onwer chart's window rect changed + + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FastItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Method called whenever a change is made to the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Identifies the Legend dependency property. + + + + + Gets the legend item control to use. + + The legend item control to use. + + + + Identifies the LegendItemVisibility Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemBadgeTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DiscreteLegendItemTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Index dependency property. + + + + + Makes sure the indexed properties are updated. + + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionEasingFunction dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionInEasingFunction dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionDuration dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Resolution dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Title dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Brush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Thickness dependency property. + + + There is a problematic behavior in Silverlight 3 where changing the StrokeThickness property of many shapes is not reflected at runtime. If changing this property seems to have no effect, please use the workaround of making another change to the UI to force a refresh. + + theChart.RenderTransform = new RotateTransform() { Angle = 0.01 }; + Dispatcher.BeginInvoke( () => theChart.RenderTransform = null); + + + + + + Identifies the DashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsHighlightingEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsDropShadowEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowBlur dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowDirection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowOpacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowDepth dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AreaFillOpacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualAreaFillOpacityPropertyName dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShowDefaultTooltip dependency property. + + + + + Gets a DataContext specific to the series. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionInDuration dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionInSpeedType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeShouldFreezeBrushes dependency property. + + + + + Replays the assigned transition in animation, if any. + + + + + Method called when the series has changed in a way that will invalidate the range and rendering of its axes. + + + + + Calculates the weighted moving average. + + + The first period values are calculated by accumulation and may be considered invalid. + + Sequence to average. + Average period. + The weighted moving average. + + + + Calculates the exponential moving average. + + + The first period values are calculated by accumulation and may be considered invalid. + + Sequence to average. + Average period. + The exponential moving average. + + + + Calculates the modified moving average. + + + The first period values are calculated by accumulation and may be considered invalid. + + Sequence to average. + Average period. + The modified moving average. + + + + Calculates the cumulative moving average. + + Sequence to average. + The cumulative moving average. + + + + Calculates the simple moving average. + + + The first period values are calculated by accumulation and may be considered invalid. + + Sequence to average. + Average period. + The simple moving average. + + + + Calculates a moving sum over a sequence with a given period. + + The sequence for which to calculate the moving sum. + The period to use for the calculation. + The moving sum values. + + + + Calculates the standard deviation of a sequence with a given period. + + The sequence for which to calculate the standard deviation values. + The period to use for the calculation. + The sequence of calculated standard deviaton values. + + + + Evaluates the given epression over a range of indexes. + + The expression to evaluate. + The starting index. + The ending index. + The stream of values. + + + + Evaluates the given expression over a range of indexes starting at 0. + + The expression to evaluate. + The number of items to evaluate. + The stream of values. + + + + Identifies the StartCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndCap dependency property. + + + + + Simulates a pointer hover over the series surface. + + The mouse position relative to the series viewport over which to hover. + + + + Finds the legend to use for this series. + + The legend that should be used. + + + + A series should return true if it supports the current transition in mode. + + + + + + Deregisters this series with an axis. + + The axis to deregister from. + + + + Registers this series with an axis. + + The axis to register with. + + + + Registers a double column for the assigned ItemsSource. + + The property path from which to retrieve the column values. + The column reference. + + + + Registers an int column for the assigned ItemsSource. + + The property path from which to retrieve the column values. + The column reference. + + + + Registers an object column for the assigned ItemsSource. + + The property path from which to retrieve the column values. + The column reference. + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + + + + Called when the series should provide visual data for export. + + The container for the visual data to export. + + + + This gets called when the brush scales associated with a series become dirty. + + + + + This gets called when the size scales associated with a series become dirty. + + + + + Gets or sets the view associated with the series. + + + + + Gets the root canvas for the current series object. + + + + + Gets whether the series is an annotation layer. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is oriented vertically. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is a polar type series. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is a scatter type series. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is a radial type series. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is a stacked type series. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is a financial type series. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is a range type series. + + + + + Gets whether the current series is a category type series. + + + + + Gets whether the default crosshair behavior should be disabled if this series is present. + + + + + Gets whether the default tooltip behavior should be disabled if this series is present. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Returns whether the current series supports visual markers. + + + + + This event is raised every time a render has been requested from a series. + + + + + Indicates that a transition in can occur when the series is ready to render. + + + + + Sets or sets the synchroniation link associated with the series. + + + + + Gets the Chart for the current chart series object. + + + The chart property is maintained internally by the series and may + lag behind the visual hierarchy defined in xaml or code. + + + + + Gets the chart associated with the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemsSource property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemsSource property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The FastItemsSource is a proxy which handles caching, conversion and + weak event listeners. + + + + + Gets or sets a legend for the current series object. + + + If the Legend property is not set, the series will use the setting according to the parent XamDataChart's Legend property. + + This is generally expressed as an element name binding, as the Legend must exist at some other position in the layout. + This property only indicates which Legend to use and will not alone cause the legend to be visible. + + + + + + Gets the legend item associated with the current series object. + + + The legend item control is created according to the LegendItemTemplate on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets the effective legend associated with the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the legend item visibility for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemBadgeTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item badge is created according to the LegendItemBadgeTemplate on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item control content is created according to the LegendItemTemplate on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the DiscreteLegendItemTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item control content is created according to the DiscreteLegendItemTemplate on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets the Index property. + + + This property is used to support the XamDataChart infrastructure, and is not intended to be set by application code. + + + + + Gets or sets the EasingFunction used to morph the current series. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the EasingFunction used to morph the current series during the initial transition. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the current series's morph. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the current series object's rendering resolution. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Title property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item control is created according to the Title on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective brush for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of the series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + Some series types, such as LineSeries, do not display outlines. Therefore, this property does not affect some charts. + + + + Gets the effective outline for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies current series object's line join style. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the current series object's outline miter limit. + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the current series object's dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of Double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to outline the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether highlighting should be enabled for this series, if this type of series supports highlighting. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + Gets if the current series supports drop shadows. + + + + + Gets or sets how defined the edges of the shadow are (how blurry the shadow is). + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle at which the shadow is cast. + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the degree of opacity of the shadow. + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance between the object and the shadow that it casts. + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity applied to the area fill visual. + + + A double in the range 0, 1. The default is NaN. + + + This property only applies to series that have area visual. + + + + + Gets the actual opacity applied to the area fill visual. + + + A double in the range 0, 1. + + + + + Gets if the default tooltip has been selected for display. + + + + + Gets or sets whether default tooltip will be shown. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the current series's transition in morph. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration of the current series's transition in morph. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a whether the series should auto-freeze brushes brushes that are provided to it. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the starting point of any lines or polylines representing this series. + + + Not every series type has a line at which it would be appropriate to display a start cap, so this property does not affect every series type. LineSeries, for example, is affected by StartCap, but ColumnSeries is not. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the end point of any lines or polylines representing this series. + + + Not every series type has a line at which it would be appropriate to display an end cap, so this property does not affect every series type. LineSeries, for example, is affected by EndCap, but ColumnSeries is not. + + + + + Gets the tooltip formatter associated with the series. + + + + + Keeps track of the most recent item that was hovered over. Used for the mouse leave event. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the deferred mouse enter and leave or not. + + + true if should use deferred mouse enter and leave; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the mouse enter will be deferred or no. + + + true if this instance defers the mouse enter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the mouse/pointer enter will be deferred or no. + + + true if this instance deferes the mouse leave; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the viewport associated with the series. + + + + + Constructs an annotation layer. + + + + + Overridden to provide the view for this series. + + + + + + Overridden to process the created view for this series at creation time. + + The created view. + + + + Checks if specified series is valid for rendering + + + + + Identifies the UseIndex Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the UseLegend Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the CursorPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the IsDefaultCrosshairDisabled Dependency Property. + + + + + Overridden to react to changes in series property values. + + The series being altered. + The property name of the property being altered. + The old value of the property. + THe new value of the property. + + + + Overridden to react to when an axis on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The axis being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the axis was rendered. + + + + Overridden to react to when a series on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The series being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the series was rendered. + + + + Provides the main brush to use for the annotation visuals. + + A brush to use. + + + + Provides the main outline brush to use for the annotation visuals. + + A brush to use. + + + + Called when the collection of axes this annotation layer may care about has changed. + + The collection changed parameters. + + + + Called when the collection of series this annotation layer may care about has changed. + + The collection changed parameters. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Called when the series should update its visuals to react to changes in settings or data. + + Whether the visual change should be animated, if possible. + + + + Called when the series should prepare the next animation frame. + + The animation frame to populate. + The view for which we are preparing a frame. + + + + Called when the series should render the provided animation frame. + + The frame to be rendered. + The view to be rendered. + + + + Moves the cursor point to the provided world position. Annotation layers often react to the current cursor position. + + The cursor point, in world coordinates. + + + + Called when the cursor point has been moved by the user or mouse/touch events. + + The current cursor point in world coordinates. + + + + The actual current position, which is a result of either the mouse/touch cursor position or the user setting a cursor position directly. + + + + + Called to determine if the series is in a valid state or not. + + The current viewport of the series. + The current window rectangle of the series. + The current view being used. + True if the series is valid and should be rendered, false if it is invalid and should be cleared. + + + + The view for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this series should take up an index for auto brush coloring. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether this series interacts with the chart legend. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the world position to use instead of the mouse position for this annotation layer. If you set this value, rather than responding to the mouse cursor, this layer will be fixed on the provided world position. + A world position has x and y values that range from 0 to 1 that represent the global position of the cursor relative to the entire ranges of the axes. The default of (NaN, NaN) means that the layer should react to mouse movement. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the series viewer's default crosshair should be disabled by the presence of this layer. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets whether or not the default crosshair behavior is disabled. + + + + + Gets if the series uses an index, which can be used to auto-assign it a color. + + + + + Gets if the series should appear in any legends. + + + + + Gets or Sets the value that the user has provided for the cursor position, overriding the position coming from mouse/touch events. + + + + + The previous animation frame. + + + + + The next animation frame. + + + + + The current interpolated animation frame. + + + + + Gets whether this series is an annotation layer. + + + + + Represents a view for an AnnotationLayer. + + + + + Represents the platform specific portion of a series. + + + + + Constructs a SeriesView. + + The model to associate with the view. + + + + Called to initialize the view. + + + + + Called when the template for the control has been provided. + + + + + Called to attach ui of the view to the appropriate canvas. + + The canvas to which to attach the view visuals. + + + + Called when the mouse enters the control. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the mouse moves over the control. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the control. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Called wehn the left mouse button is depressed. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the mouse capture has been lost. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the right mouse button is pressed. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the right mouse button being released. + + The source of this mouse event. + The mouse event arguments. + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + The data container. + + + + Gets the view info for the series. + + The viewport to use. + The window to use. + + + + Gets or sets the model for the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the calculator to use for the viewport calculations. + + + + + Gets the root visual for the series. + + + + + Gets the parent canvas for the current series object's markerItems. + + + + + Gets the viewport for the series. + + + + + Gets the current zoom label for the series. + + + + + Constructs the view for an annotation layer. + + + + + + Defers clearing of current position of the annotation layer + + + + + + + + + + The model for this view. + + + + + Represents an annotation layer that targets a category axis, or all category axes in the chart. + If the axis contains any series that are aligned between major gridlines of the axis (column, waterfall, etc) this will render a shape that fills the current category. + Otherwise it will render a band with an adjustable thickness at the closest gridline to the mouse position. + + Setting UseIterpolation to true will cause the x position in the latter case to become affixed to the x position of the cursor. + + + + + + Constructs a CategoryHighlightLayer + + + + + Overridden to provide the view for this series. + + + + + + Overridden to process the created view for this series at creation time. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the TargetSeries Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the UseInterpolation Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemHighlightWidth Dependency Property. + + + + + Overridden to react to when an axis on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The axis being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the axis was rendered. + + + + Called when the series should prepare the next animation frame. + + The animation frame to populate. + The view for which we are preparing a frame. + + + + Called when the series should render the provided animation frame. + + The frame to be rendered. + The view to be rendered. + + + + Overridden to react to changes in series property values. + + The series being altered. + The property name of the property being altered. + The old value of the property. + THe new value of the property. + + + + The view for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets the axis to target this annotation to. If null, this annotation targets all category axes simultaneously. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the width to use for the highlight region if drawing a band rather than filling a category. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + An animation frame for the CategoryHighlightLayer + + + + + Constructs a frame for the CategoryHightlightLayer + + + + + Called to interpolate a rectangle for an animation frame. + + The interpolated result rectangle + The interpolation value. + The minimum rectangle. + The maximum rectangle. + The minimum frame. + The maximum frame. + + + + Called when the frame must be interpolated. + + The current interpolation value. + The minimum frame to interpolate from. + The maximum frame to interpolate to. + + + + The rectangles to be displayed for this animation frame. + + + + + Represents a rectangle for the animation frame. + + + + + Creates a rectangle for the category highlight animation frame. + + + + + Sets or gets the timestamp of this rectangle. To be used for fading. + + + + + Sets or gets the top of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the left of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the right of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the bottom of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the brush to use for this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the outline to use for this rectangle. + + + + + Sets of gets the stroke thickness to use for this rectangle. + + + + + Represents a view for the CategoryHightlightLayer + + + + + Constructs a CategoryHighlightView + + + + + + Called when this view is initialized. + + + + + Called when the template is provided. + + + + + Gets a lightened brush from a base brush. + + + + + Gets a lightened and translucent brush from a base brush. + + The brush to lighten. + The lightened and translucent brush. + + + + Called to position the provided rectangle at a particular position and adjust its size. + + The rectangle visual. + The left position at which to place the rectangle. + The top position at which to place the rectangle. + The width to assign to the rectangle. + The height to assign to the rectangle. + + + + Exports visual data for shapes of the layer + + + + + The model for this view. + + + + + Gets or sets the pool to use to obtain rectangles for display. + + + + + Represents an annotation layer that highlights items in a series that use a category axis + either by drawing a banded shape at their position, or by rendering a marker at their position. + + Depending on the type of series, the default highlight will be affected. To override + the type of highlight used, you can set the HighlightType property. + + + + + + Constructs a CategoryItemHightlightLayer + + + + + Overridden to provide the view for this series. + + + + + + Overridden to process the created view for this series at creation time. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the TargetSeries Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the UseInterpolation Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the HighlightType Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerTemplate Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemHighlightWidth Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the SkipUnknownValues Dependency Property. + + + + + Overridden to react to when a series on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The series being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the series was rendered. + + + + Called when the series should prepare the next animation frame. + + The animation frame to populate. + The view for which we are preparing a frame. + + + + Overridden to react to changes in series property values. + + The series being altered. + The property name of the property being altered. + The old value of the property. + THe new value of the property. + + + + Called when the series should render the provided animation frame. + + The frame to be rendered. + The view to be rendered. + + + + The view for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets the series to target this annotation to. If null, this annotation targets all series simultaneously. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets which type of highlight shape to use when highlighting items. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for marker visuals for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the width to use for the highlight region if highlighting items in a grid aligned series (line, spline, etc), with a banded shape. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to skip unknown values when searching for series values. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents an animation frame for the CategoryItemHighlightLayer + + + + + Constructs a frame for the CategoryHightlightLayer + + + + + Called to interpolate a rectangle for an animation frame. + + The interpolated result rectangle + The interpolation value. + The minimum rectangle. + The maximum rectangle. + The minimum frame. + The maximum frame. + + + + Called when the frame must be interpolated. + + The current interpolation value. + The minimum frame to interpolate from. + The maximum frame to interpolate to. + + + + The rectangles to be displayed for this animation frame. + + + + + Represents a rectangle/marker for the animation frame. + + + + + Creates an instance of ItemHighlightFrameRect + + + + + Sets or gets the timestamp of this rectangle. To be used for fading. + + + + + Sets or gets the top of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the left of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the right of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the bottom of this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the brush to use for this rectangle. + + + + + Sets or gets the outline to use for this rectange. + + + + + Sets or gets the marker template to use, if any. + + + + + Sets or gets the data item to use if any. + + + + + Sets of gets the stroke thickness to use for this rectangle. + + + + + Describes available shapes for a category item highlight. + + + + + The default depends on the series being highlighted. + + + + + The highlight should use a marker shape. + + + + + The highlight should use a filled band shape. + + + + + Represents a view for the CategoryItemHightlightLayer + + + + + Constructs a CategoryItemHighlightView + + + + + + Called when this view is initialized. + + + + + Called when the template is provided. + + + + + Gets a lightened brush from a base brush. + + The brush to lighten. + The lightened brush. + + + + Gets a lightened and translucent brush from a base brush. + + The brush to lighten. + The lightened and translucent brush. + + + + Exports visual data for shapes of the layer + + + + + The model for this view. + + + + + Gets or sets the pool to use to obtain rectangles for display. + + + + + Gets or sets the pool to use to obtain markers for display. + + + + + Represents an annotation layer that displays grouped tooltips for series that use a category axis. + + + + + Constructs a CategoryTooltipLayer. + + + + + Overridden to provide the view for this series. + + + + + + Overridden to process the created view for this series at creation time. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the TargetAxis Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the UseInterpolation Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipPosition dependency property. + + + + + Overridden to react to changes in series property values. + + The series being altered. + The property name of the property being altered. + The old value of the property. + THe new value of the property. + + + + Overridden to react to when an axis on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The axis being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the axis was rendered. + + + + Overridden to react to when a series on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The series being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the series was rendered. + + + + Called when the series should prepare the next animation frame. + + The animation frame to populate. + The view for which we are preparing a frame. + + + + Called when the series should render the provided animation frame. + + The frame to be rendered. + The view to be rendered. + + + + The view for this series. + + + + + Gets whether the default tooltip behaviors for the chart are disabled if this layer is present. + + + + + Gets or sets the Axis to target this annotation to. If null, this annotation layer will not render content. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing the tooltips. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the style to apply to the tooltip containers. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to apply to the PointerToolTip containers. + + + + + Gets or sets the Position to apply to the tooltip containers. + + + + + Describes available positions on the crossing axis at which the category tooltip can be displayed. + + + + + A position is selected automatically + + + + + Displays at the outside start of the axis. + + + + + Displays at the inside start of the axis. + + + + + Displays at the inside end of the axis. + + + + + Displays at the outside end of the axis. + + + + + Represents an animation frame for the CategoryTooltipLayer + + + + + Constructs a CategoryTooltipLayerFrame. + + + + + Interpolates between the previous animation frame and the next frame. + + The current interpolation value. + The minimum frame. + The maximum frame. + + + + Gets or sets the y coordinate for the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the x coordinate for the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the y position of the pointer for the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the x position of the pointer for the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the tooltip. + + + + + Represents a view for the CategoryToolTipLayer + + + + + Constructs a CategoryToolTipLayerView + + The model for this view. + + + + Gets the tooltip container. + + The tooltip container. + + + + Called when the view is initialized. + + + + + Called when the template is provided to the view. + + + + + Returns an absolution position from a series relative position. + + The series relative position. + The absolute position. + + + + Moves the tooltip to the requested position. + + The tooltip container. + The x position to move the tooltip to. + The y position to move the tooltip to. + The x position to move the pointer to. + The y position to move the pointer to. + + + + Gets the full valid area in which the tooltip can be displayed. + + + + + + Hides the requested tooltip. + + The tooltip container to hide. + + + + Clears the content of the grouped tooltip. + + + + + The model for this view. + + + + + The item context for the category tooltips. + + + + + The sub tooltip content to render on the line item. + + + + + The context for the inner content. + + + + + Represents an annotation layer that displays crosshair lines that cross through the closest value of the target series under the cursor. + + + + + Constructs a CrosshairLayer + + + + + Overridden to provide the view for this series. + + + + + + Overridden to process the created view for this series at creation time. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the TargetSeries Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the UseInterpolation Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalLineVisiblity Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalLineVisiblity Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the SkipUnknownValues Dependency Property. + + + + + Overridden to react to when a series on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The series being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the series was rendered. + + + + Called when the series should prepare the next animation frame. + + The animation frame to populate. + The view for which we are preparing a frame. + + + + Called when the series should render the provided animation frame. + + The frame to be rendered. + The view to be rendered. + + + + Overridden to react to changes in series property values. + + The series being altered. + The property name of the property being altered. + The old value of the property. + THe new value of the property. + + + + The view for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets the series to target this annotation to. If null, this annotation targets all series simultaneously. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to display the vertical line. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to display the horizontal line. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to skip unknown values when searching for series values. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents an animation frame for the CrosshairLayer. + + + + + Constructs a CrosshairLayerFrame + + + + + Interpolates between two frames into this frame. + + The interpolation value. + The minimum frame. + The next frame. + + + + Gets or sets the heights of the crosshair lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the widths of the crosshair lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the colors of the crosshair lines. + + + + + Represents a view for the CrosshairLayer + + + + + Constructs a CrosshairLayerView. + + + + + + Called when the view is initialized. + + + + + Called when the template is provided to the view. + + + + + Gets a lightened brush from a base brush. + + The base brush + A lightened version of the brush. + + + + The model for this view. + + + + + Gets or sets the pool to use for creating line visuals. + + + + + Represents an annotation layer that displays tooltips for all target series individually. + + + + + Constructs an ItemTooltipLayer. + + + + + Overridden to provide the view for this series. + + + + + + Overridden to process the created view for this series at creation time. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the TargetSeries Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the UseInterpolation Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the SkipUnknownValues Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Overridden to react to changes in series property values. + + The series being altered. + The property name of the property being altered. + The old value of the property. + THe new value of the property. + + + + Overridden to react to when a series on which the annotation layer is possibly dependent is rendering. + + The series being rendered. + Whether animation was requested when the series was rendered. + + + + Called when the series should prepare the next animation frame. + + The animation frame to populate. + The view for which we are preparing a frame. + + + + Called when the series should render the provided animation frame. + + The frame to be rendered. + The view to be rendered. + + + + The view for this series. + + + + + Gets whether the default tooltip behaviors for the chart are disabled if this layer is present. + + + + + Gets or sets the series to target this annotation to. If null, this annotation targets all series simultaneously. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing the tooltips. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to skip past unknown values when searching for series values. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the style to apply to the tooltip containers. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to apply to the PointerToolTip containers. + + + + + Represents an animation frame for the CategoryTooltipLayer + + + + + Constructs an ItemTooltipLayerFrame + + + + + Interpolates between the previous animation frame and the next frame. + + The current interpolation value. + The minimum frame. + The maximum frame. + + + + Gets or sets the y coordinates for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the x coordinates for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual y coordinates for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual x coordinates for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip objects for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the data contexts for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the containers for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the widths for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the heights for the tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the brushes for the tooltips. + + + + + Represents a view for the ItemToolTipLayer + + + + + Constructs a ItemToolTipLayerView + + The model for this view. + + + + Called when the view is initialized. + + + + + Called when the template is provided to the view. + + + + + Configures the values for a tooltip. + + The series for the tooltip + The container for the tooltip + The UI element for the tooltip. + The data context for the tooltip. + + + + Gets the size of the provided tooltip container. + + The tooltip container to get the size for. + The ui element for the provided container. + The context for the provided tooltip. + The size of the provided tooltip. + + + + Moves a tooltip to the given position. + + The tooltip container to move. + The x position to move the tooltip to. + The y position to move the tooltip to. + The x position to move the pointer to. + The y position to move the pointer to. + + + + Hides the provided tooltip. + + The container of the tooltip to hide. + + + + The model for this view. + + + + + Gets or sets the pool to use for creating containers. + + + + + The item context for the category tooltips. + + + + + The sub tooltip content to render on the line item. + + + + + The context for the inner content. + + + + + Represents a control for displaying tooltip content with a point tail to indicate a precise location being annotated. + + + + + Constructs a PointerTooltip + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerInset Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerWidth Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerVisibility Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerLocation Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualPointerStartPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualPointerFirstPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualPointerSecondPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxTopLeftPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxTopRightPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxBottomLeftPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxBottomRightPosition Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxWidth Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxHeight Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxFullHeight Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBoxFullWidth Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerPoints Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the PointerOutlinePoints Dependency Property. + + + + + Raises the property changed event. + + The name of the property that has been changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning SeriesViewer. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Called when the template is provided to the control. + + + + + Overridden provide the desired size of the control based on an available size. + + The size available to use. + The desired size. + + + + Gets or sets the style to apply to the tooltip containers. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset to the pointer location from the connection point of the tooltip. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the offset to the pointer location from the connection point of the tooltip. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the offset to the pointer location from the connection point of the tooltip. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse position. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse . + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse . + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse . + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse . + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse . + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or protected internal sets whether to use value interpolation when drawing a line through the best value for the mouse . + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of a property is updated. + + + + + Gets or Sets the content control which houses the inner content of the tooltip. + + + + + Describes available positions to anchor the pointer to the PointerTooltip. + + + + + The anchor is decided automatically. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The anchor is top left of the content. + + + + + The automation peer for the legend + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The legend. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of what generic type of control this is. + + The that describes this control. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of when a request is made for what types of user interaction are avalible. + + This is the type of user interaction requested. + An object that can handle this pattern or null if none available. + + + + Gets or sets the legend. + + The legend. + + + + The automation peer for the the data chart + + + + + Instantiates the automation peer. + + chart control reference + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of what generic type of control this is. + + The that describes this control. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the chart control's name. + + Chart's name + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of when a request is made for what types of user interaction are avalible. + + This is the type of user interaction requested. + An object that can handle this pattern or null if none available. + + + + Defines the view class of an axis label panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the view. + + Instance of an axis label panel + + + + Gets or sets the axis label pane object for this view. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the ticks. + + + + + Represents the panel control, containing angle axis labels. + + + + + Base class for creating an axis label panel. + + + + + Determines if there are label collisions. + + List of label bounds + True if collisions were detected; otherwise false + + + + Stagger the labels. + + Largest label height + List of label bounds + Number of staggered rows + + + + Creates the label placeholder bounds. + + List of label rectangles + + + + Binds label panel's extent to axis extent. + + + + + Sets up a rotate transform on the label panel. + + Final size of the panel + + + + Returns the rotation angle of the labels. + + Rotation angle of the labels + + + + Returns the rotation angle of the axis title. + + Rotation angle of the title + + + + Determines if the label should be displayed. + + Label index + Label bounds + True if the label should be displayed; otherwise false + + + + Gets the desired width of the element. + + target element + Desired width of the element + + + + Gets the desired height of the element. + + target element + Desired height of the element + + + + Calculates label bounds. + + List of calculated bounds + + + + Get height of title bounds after rotation and with vertical margin + + + + + Get width of title bounds after rotation and with horizontal margin + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Arranges title based on specified final size + + + + + Arranges tickmarks based on specified final size + + + + + Creates tickmarks + + + + + Generates the visual for a vertical tick. + + The geometry into which to generate the visual. + The x value for the line. + + The viewport of the axis. + + + + + + Generates the visual for a horizontal tick. + + The geometry into which to generate the visual. + The y value for the line. + The x1. + The x2. + The viewport of the axis. + The rendering info. + + + + Sets up the transform for the label. + + Target label + Rotation angle + + + + Sets up the transform for the label. + + Target label + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Identifies the Extent dependency property. + + + + + Get title position for a given title settings + + + + + Gets or sets the list of label elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of label placeholder bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of label placeholder bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label collisions were detected. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label rotation should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label staggering should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether label text wrapping should be used. + + + + + Gets or sets the longest label control. + + + + + Get or sets whether the labels are placed in unequal intervals + + + + + Gets or sets the Extent property + + + + + Initializes the AngleAxis label panel. + + + + + Determines if the label should be displayed. + + label index + label bounds + True if the label should be displayed; otherwise false + + + + Creates a list of label bounds. + + List of label rectangles + + + + Gets or sets whether labels should be clipped to bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the function used to calculate point locations. + + + + + Represents the base class from which all axis types are derived. + + + + + Constructs a new Axis instance. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Listener for the owner chart area's window rect changed + + + + + Identifies the Title dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Strip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MajorStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMajorStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MajorStrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MajorStrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMinorStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorStrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorStrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TickLength dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsDisabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsInverted dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelSettings dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelPanelStyle Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the CrossingAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CrossingValue dependency property. + + + + + Raises the RangeChanged event. + + The AxisRangeChangedEventArgs for the event. + + + + Identifies the TitleSettings dependency property. + + + + + Checks if axis is valid by validating axis using window rect + + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle. + The new window rectangle. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the axis. Gives the axis a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Generates the visual for a horizontal strip. + + The geometry into which to generate the visual. + The starting y value for the strip. + The ending y value for the strip. + The viewport of the axis. + + + + Generates the visual for a horizontal line. + + The geometry into which to generate the visual. + The y value for the horizontal line. + The viewport of the axis. + The rendering info. + + + + Generates the visual for a vertical strip. + + The geometry into which to generated the visual. + The starting x value for the strip. + The ending x value for the strip. + The viewport of the axis. + + + + Generates the visual for a vertical line. + + The geometry into which to generate the visual. + The x value for the line. + The viewport of the axis. + + + + + Aligns the line to pixels. + + The value to align. + + + The rendering info. + The aligned value. + + + + Clears the marks from a geometry. + + The geometry to clear the marks from. + + + + Clears all marks from the axis. + + + + + Renders the axis with no animation. + + + + + Updates the axis range. + + + + + Updates the axis range. + + True if the change should be made immediately, or False if it can be deferred to the next refresh. + True if the axis range has changed. + + + + Creates or updates the visuals for the axis. + + Whether the updates to the visuals should be animated. + + + + Raises the property changed and updated events. + + The name of the property being changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Registers a series that uses an axis with the axis. + + The series to register. + If the registration was a success. + + + + Deregisters a series that uses an axis from the axis. + + The series to deregister. + If the deregistration was a success. + + + + Identifies the Label dependency property. + + + + + Gets the label for a data item. + + The data item to get the label for. + The requested label. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + The current window of the chart. + The current viewport. + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Get a list of scaled viewport values from a list of unscaled axis values. + + The list of unscaled axis values. + + Scaler parameters + + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + The current window of the chart. + The current viewport. + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets a list of unscaled axis values from a list of scaled viewport values. + + A list containing the scaled viewport values to unscale. + Scaler parameters + + + + Scales a value from axis space into screen space. + + The unscaled axis value to scale. + The scaled value in screen coordinates. + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Applies default settings + + + + + Reference to the axis label settings class. + + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + + + + Gets a list of direct series + + + + + Gets or sets if the current axis is of category axis type + + + + + Gets or sets if the current axis is of numeric axis type + + + + + Gets or sets if the current axis is of angular axis type + + + + + Gets or sets if the current axis is of radial axis type + + + + + Gets or sets if the current axis is of vertical axis + + + + + Gets or sets if the current axis is sorting data items + + + + + Gets or sets if the current axis is of date time axis type + + + + + Gets the current Axis object's root canvas. + + + + + Gets the ChartArea for the current Axis object. + + + This property is maintained by the chart control and is not guaranteed to be + valid until at least after the owner chart has been loaded. + + + + + Gets or sets the Chart control reference. + + + + + Gets or sets the Title property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Stroke property. + This is a dependency property. + + Null is treated as auto. The axis stroke will be displayed or not based on the axis type and series used with it. + + + + Gets or sets the effective stroke used for the axis. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the StrokeThickness property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the StrokeDashArray property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Strip property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the MajorStroke property. + This is a dependency property. + + Null is treated as auto. Major lines will be displayed or not based on the axis type and series used with it. + + + + Gets or sets the ActualMajorStroke property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the MajorStrokeDashArray property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the MinorStroke property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the ActualMinorStroke property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the MinorStrokeDashArray property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TickStroke property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TickStrokeDashArray property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsDisabled property. If true, the axis will not be rendered. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsInverted property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the axis is inverted. + + + + + Gets or sets the settings for the axis labels. + + + + + Gets or sets the LabelPanelStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets the CrossingAxis property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the CrossingValue property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Occurs when the axis range changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the settings for the axis title. + + + + + Gets the viewport of the axis. + + + + + Gets the label data contexts. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the minor gridlines should be displayed. + + + + + This event is raised every time a render has been requested from a series. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + The series that are registered to this axis. + + + + + + Gets or sets the axis label format string. + + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the Axis line. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the major lines. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the strips. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the minor lines. + + + + + Represents an observable collection of Axis objects. + + + It is not possible to clear the contents of a AxisCollection collection; the Axis + objects must be removed one at a time. + + + + + Initializes a default, empty AxisCollection. + + + + + Clears the contained items of the collection, but provides a preview of the occurrence + in the form of the CollectionResetting event. + + + + + Occurs just before the current axis collection contents are reset + + + + + Gets the first matching Axis object by name. + + + + + + + Represents the class for the axis labels settings and behaviors. + + + + + Constructs a new AxisLabelSettings instance. + + + + + Identifies the Effect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Foreground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontFamily dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontStretch dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontWeight dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsHitTestVisible dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OpacityMask dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Opacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Padding dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextDecorations dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextWrapping dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Visibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Extent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Angle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Margin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShowFirstLabel dependency property. + + + + + Registers current axis label settings for the specified axis + + + + + Un-registers current axis label settings for the specified axis + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the AxisLabels. Gives the axis labels a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the Effect property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Foreground property. + + + + + Gets or sets the FontFamily property + + + + + Gets or sets the FontSize property + + + + + Gets or sets the FontStretch property. + + + + + Gets or sets the FontStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets the FontWeight property. + + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the VerticalAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsHitTestVisible property. + + + + + Gets or sets the OpacityMask property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Opacity property + + + + + Gets or sets the Padding property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TextDecorations property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TextWrapping property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Visibility property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Extent property + + + + + Gets or sets the Angle property + + + + + Gets or sets the Location property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TextAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Margin property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the first label is displayed when the zoom level is set to 1. + + + + + a reference back to the axis containing these label settings. + + + + + Location where the labels are displayed. + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a property value has been updated. + + + + + Represents the class for the title settings and behaviors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Angle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Effect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Foreground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontFamily dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontStretch dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontWeight dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsHitTestVisible dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OpacityMask dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Opacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Margin dependency property. + + + + + Registers current axis title settings for the specified axis + + + + + Un-rRegisters current axis title settings for the specified axis + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the Axis Title. Gives the axis title a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Angle property + + + + + Gets or sets the Effect property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Foreground property. + + + + + Gets or sets the FontFamily property + + + + + Gets or sets the FontSize property + + + + + Gets or sets the FontStretch property. + + + + + Gets or sets the FontStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets the FontWeight property. + + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the VerticalAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsHitTestVisible property. + + + + + Gets or sets the OpacityMask property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Opacity property + + + + + Gets or sets the Padding property. + + + + + a reference back to the axis containing these title settings. + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when a property value has been updated. + + + + + Describes available positions for axis title in respect to axis labels + + + + + A position is selected automatically + + + + + Displays at axis title on Left of labels on vertical axis + + + + + Displays at axis title on Right of labels on vertical axis + + + + + Displays at axis title on Top of labels on horizontal axis + + + + + Displays at axis title on Bottom of labels on horizontal axis + + + + + Represents a chart axis or break range. + + + + + Creates and initializes an immutable AxisRange object. + + The range minimum value. + The range maximum value. + + + + Returns true if this AxisRange is equal to the other AxisRange. + + The AxisRange to check against. + True if the two AxisRange objects are equal. + + + + Returns true if this AxisRange is equal to the other AxisRange. + + The AxisRange to check against. + True if the two AxisRange objects are equal. + + + + Computes a hash code value. + + A hash code value. + + + + Gets the range minimum value. + + + + + Gets the range maximum value. + + + + + Gets the major line interval. + + + + + Gets the number of decimal places required to label major lines. + + + + + Gets the number of minor lines per major line. + + + + + Creates a TextBlock object. + + The created TextBlock. + + + + Activates a TextBlock object from the pool. + + The TextBlock to activate. + + + + Deactivates a TextBlock from the pool. + + The TextBlock to deactivate. + + + + Destroys a TextBlock from the pool. + + The TextBlock to destroy. + + + + Initializes the axis strip visuals. + + + + + Clears the marks from a geometry. + + The geometry to clear the marks from. + + + + Export position of the axis labels + + + + + Export viewport of the axis labels and axis title. + + + + + Export position of a TextBlock with the axis title, relative to the labels panel + + + + + Export bounds of a TextBlock with the axis title, relative to the labels panel + + + + + Export margin of the axis title. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the Axis line. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the major lines. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the strips. + + + + + Gets the visuals representing the minor lines. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart category angle axis. Useful for displaying radial categories. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart category-based axes. + + + + + CategoryAxisBase constructor. + + + + + Gets bounding box of category axis + + + + + Gets bounding box of the category axis + + + + + Link to the fast items source. + + + + + Identifies the FastItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Gap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Overlap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseClusteringMode dependency property. + + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from a scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Unscales a value from screen space into axis space. + + The scaled value in screen coordinates to unscale into axis space. + The unscaled value in axis space. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the axis. Gives the axis a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Updates the axis based on a change in the data source. + + The source of the event. + The FastItemsSource event arguments. + + + + Registers a series that uses an axis with the axis. + + The series to register. + If the registration was a success. + + + + Deregisters a series that uses an axis from the axis. + + The series to deregister. + If the deregistration was a success. + + + + Updates the crossing axis. Useful when category mode changes. + + + + + Gets or sets major line positions + + + + + Checks if the axis is of category axis type + + + + + Gets the FastItemsSource for the current CategoryAxis object + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemsSource property for the current axis. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the number of items in the current category axis items source. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between adjacent categories for the current axis object. + This is a dependency property. + + + The gap is silently clamped to the range [0, inf] when used. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of overlap between adjacent categories for the current axis object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The overlap is silently clamped to the range [-1, 1] when used. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the cateogory axis should use clustering display mode even if no series are present that would force clustering mode. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the number of category groups in the current Chart object. + + + + + Initializes a new CategoryAngleAxis instance. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Identifies the StartAngleOffset dependency property. + + + + + Renders the visuals for the current axis. + + True if the changes should be animated. + + + + Gets the scaled angle in radians from the raw axis value. + + The raw axis value. + The scaled angle in radians. + + + + Gets the raw axis value from the scaled angle in radians. + + + + + + + Gets the scaled angle in radians from the raw axis value. + + The raw axis value. + Scaler parameters + + + + + Handles property updated events. + + The sender of the updated event. + The name of the property that was updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Identifies the Interval dependency property. + + + + + Determines if the axis has a user-defined interval. + + + + + + Checks if the axis is of angular type + + + + + The radius axis for this angle axis. + + + + + Indicates the angle in degress that the chart's 0th angle should be offset. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the frequency of displayed labels. + + + The set value is a factor that determines which labels will be hidden. For example, an interval of 2 will display every other label. + + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Represents an category-based horizontal X axis that uses a DateTime scale. + + + + + Creates an new instance of CategoryDateTimeXAxis class. + + + + + Identifies the DisplayType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Interval dependency property. + + + + + Creates or updates the visual elements of the Axis. + + Indicates if the visual changes should be animated. + + + + Gets a scaled value inside the viewport. + + Value to scale. + Scaler parameters + Scaled value inside the viewport. + + + + Returns an unscaled value from a scaled value based on the amount of data. + + Scaled value. + Scaler parameters + Unscaled value from a scaled value based on the amount of data. + + + + Identifies the DateTimeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Registers a date time column for the series from the assigned fast items source. + + The path to use to obtain values for the column. + The fast items column reference. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the axis. Gives the axis a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Renders the this date time axis and all series that belong to this axis. + + + + + + Updates the axis when the data has been changed. + + + + + Checks if axis requires sorting of items + + + + + Checks if the axis is of date time axis type + + + + + Gets or sets the axis display type. + Continuous display type divides the axis into even intervals, where labels will not necessarily be aligned with data points. + Discrete display type will not use a constant interval, but will align each label with its data point. + + + + + Gets or sets the axis MinimumValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the axis MaximumValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the X axis time interval. + + + + + Gets the coerced minimum value. + + + + + Gets the coerced maximum value. + + + + + Gets or sets the DateTime mapping property for the CategoryDateTimeXAxis. + + + + + Gets column of date time values for the axis. + + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart category X axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CategoryXAxis class. + + + + + Scrolls the specified item into view. + + Data item to scroll into view + + + + Gets the scaled viewport coordinate value from the unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled value. + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from a scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Renders or updates the axis visuals. + + Whether the visual changes should be animated. + + + + Identifies the Interval dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the frequency of displayed labels. + + + The set value is a factor that determines which labels will be hidden. For example, an interval of 2 will display every other label. + + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart category Y axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the CategoryYAxis class. + + + + + Identifies the Interval dependency property. + + + + + Gets the scaled viewport coordinate value from the unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled value. + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from a scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Scrolls the specified item into view. + + Data item to scroll into view + + + + Renders or updates the axis visuals. + + Whether the visual changes should be animated. + + + + Gets or sets the frequency of displayed labels. + + + The set value is a factor that determines which labels will be hidden. For example, an interval of 2 will display every other label. + + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Represents the base class for horizontal axis label panels. + + + + + Sets up the horizontal axis extent. + + + + + Determines whether or not the axis labels should be rotated. + + True if the labels should be rotated; otherwise false + + + + Determines if the axis labels should be staggered. + + True if labels should be staggered; otherwise false + + + + Returns a list of label placeholder rectangles. + + List of label bounds + + + + Hides optional labels + + list of label rectangles + + + + Shows optional labels. + + + + + Sets up a rotate transform object for the labels. + + label to apply the transformation to + angle of rotation + + + + Determines if the labels should be vertically aligned. + + True if the labels should be vertically aligned; other wise false + + + + Determines is the labels should be clipped. + + True if the labels should be clipped; otherwise false + + + + Staggers the axis labels. + + largest label's height + list of label bounds + number of rows after staggering + + + + Represents a panel control, containing horizontal axis labels. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart angle based axis for polar series. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart numeric axes. + + + + + Constructs a new NumericAxisBase instance. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Interval dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ReferenceValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsLogarithmic dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LogarithmBase dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the axis. Gives the axis a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Invalidates all series associated with the current axis. + + + + + Calculates the axis range. + + Target axis + Minimum value + Maximum valuje + Whether or not the axis is logarithmic + Logarithm base + Actual coerced minimum value + Actual coerced maximum value + + + + Registers a series that uses an axis with the axis. + + The series to register. + If the registration was a success. + + + + Deregisters a series that uses an axis from the axis. + + The series to deregister. + If the deregistration was a success. + + + + Creates a new numeric axis scaler. + + New axis scaler + + + + Unscales a value from screen space into axis space. + + The scaled value in screen coordinates to unscale into axis space. + The unscaled value in axis space. + + + + Identifies the TickmarkValues dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the MinimumValue property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective minimum value for the current numeric axis object. + + + + + Gets or sets the MaximumValue property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective maximum value for the current numeric axis object. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the ReferenceValue property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsLogarithmic property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Determines if the axis has a valid logarithmic scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the LogarithmBase property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the cached value of the log base. + + + + + Houses the rendering logic for the axis. + + + + + Determines if the axis has a user-defined minimum. + + + + + Determines if the axis has a user-defined maximum. + + + + + Gets or sets tickmark values. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual tickmark values. + + + + + Constructs a numeric angle axis. + + + + + Creates the renderer for this axis. + + The renderer object. + + + + Gets the scaled angle value in radians from the raw axis value. + + The raw axis value. + Scaler parameters + + + + + Gets the scaled angle value in radians based on the raw input. + + The raw input value. + The scaled angle value. + + + + Gets the raw axis value back from the angle that would be used on the chart. + + The chart angle value. + The raw axis value. + + + + Identifies the StartAngleOffset dependency property. + + + + + Handles property updated events. + + The sender of the updated event. + The name of the property that was updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Creates the parameters for the rendering. + + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle. + The rendering parameters. + + + + Performs the rendering of the axis. + + Indicates whether the rendering should be animated. + + + + Overridden in derived classes to respond to the viewport of the axis changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Indicates the angle in degress that the chart's 0th angle should be offset. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius axis reference. + + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Defines a set of basic methods and properties used to create a StranghtNumeric axis. + + + + + Creates new instance of StraightNumeric axis. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Scaler dependency property. + + + + + Event Callback for when the Scaler Property Changes + + + + + + + Creates a new linear scaler. + + New linear scaler + + + + Calculates the axis range. + + target axis + minimum value + maximum value + whether the axis is logarithmic + log base + actual minimum value + actual maximum value + + + + Updates the actual axis scaler. + + + + + Updates axis scaler's properties. + + + + + Handles property updates. + + source object + property name + old property value + new property value + + + + Gets or sets the axis scale mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the axis scaler. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual axis scaler. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart radius axis for polar and radial series. + + + + + Constructs a numeric radius axis. + + + + + Creates the rendering provider for the axis. + + The axis renderer. + + + + Gets the window length for the provided radius. + + The radius for which to get the window length. + Scaler parameters + + + + + Returns a world coordinates radius length (0 - 0.5) from a raw axis value. + + The raw axis value. + The world coordinates radius value. + + + + Returns a raw axis value from the world coordinates radius length provided. + + The scaled world coordinates radius length. + The raw axis value. + + + + Identifies the RadiusExtentScale dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusExtentScale dependency property. + + + + + Handles property updated events. + + The sender of the updated event. + The name of the property that was updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Handles axis changed event. + + source axis + + + + Creates the parameters for the rendering. + + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle. + The rendering parameters. + + + + Renders the axis. + + Whether or not to use animation + + + + Overridden in derived classes to respond to the viewport of the axis changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Checks if the axis is of radial axis type + + + + + Defines the percentage of the maximum radius extent to use as the maximum radius. Should be + a value between 0.0 and 1.0. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Defines the percentage of the maximum radius extent to leave blank at the center of the chart. Should be + a value between 0.0 and 1.0. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the axis crossing value in radians. + + + + + Gets or sets the reference to the angle axis. + + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart numeric X axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericXAxis class. + + + + + Creates the rendering provider for the axis. + + The axis renderer. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Get a list of scaled viewport values from a list of unscaled axis values. + + The list of unscaled axis values. + Scaler parameters + + + + Gets a list of unscaled axis values from a list of scaled viewport values. + + A list containing the scaled viewport values to unscale. + Scaler parameters + + + + Creates the parameters for the rendering. + + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle. + The rendering parameters. + + + + Renders or updates the axis visuals. + + Whether of not the visual changes should be animated. + + + + Overridden in derived classes to respond to the viewport of the axis changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Creates a new axis scaler. + + New axis scaler + + + + Gets the axis orientation. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart numeric Y axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the NumericYAxis class. + + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Get a list of scaled viewport values from a list of unscaled axis values. + + The list of unscaled axis values. + Scaler parameters + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets a list of unscaled axis values from a list of scaled viewport values. + + A list containing the scaled viewport values to unscale. + Scaler parameters + + + + Creates the parameters for the rendering. + + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle. + The rendering parameters. + + + + Creates or updates the visuals for the axis. + + Whether the updates to the visuals should be animated. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport of the axis updating. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Creates an axis scaler. + + Axis scaler + + + + Creates a linear numeric axis scaler. + + Linear vertical scaler + + + + Gets the axis orientation + + + + + Performs polar axis logic than needs to refer to the two paired + axes in order to function appropriately. + + + + + Constructs a PolarAxes instance. + + The radius axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + The angle axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + + + + Gets the X coordinate in the viewport coordinate system given an angle + and a radius. + + The angle for the point. + The radius for the point. + The window rectangle bounds. + The viewport rectangle bounds. + A strategy for calculating cosines. + The X value of the point in scaled coordinates. + + + + Gets the axis angle and radius values from a point in viewport coordinates. + + The X value of the point in scaled coordinates. + The Y value of the point in scaled coordinates. + The window rectangle bounds. + The viewport rectangle bounds. + Returns the angle axis value of the point. + Returns the radius axis value of the point. + + + + Gets the Y coordinate in the viewport coordinate system given an angle + and a radius. + + The angle for the point. + The radius for the point. + The window rectangle bounds. + The viewport rectangle bounds. + A strategy to calculate sines. + The Y value of the point in scaled coordinates. + + + + The radius axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + + + + + The angle axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + + + + + Represents rendering functionality for the polar class of axes. + + + + + Draws a concentric strip around the provided center point. + + The geometry to add the strip to. + The inner radius of the concentric strip. + The outer radius of the concentric strip. + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle bounds. + The center around which to draw the concentric strip. + Minimum angle + Maximum angle + + + + Draws a concentric line (a circle) around the provided center. + + The geometry to add a line to. + The radius of the concentric circle. + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle bounds. + The center around which to draw the concentric line. + Start angle + End angle + + + + Draws a radial strip (a pie slice) around the provided center point. + + The geometry to add the strip to. + The start angle of the strip. + The end angle of the strip. + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle bounds. + The inner extent of the strip. + The outer extent of the strip. + The center around which to draw the radial strip. + + + + Draws a radial line (spoke) around the center point. + + The geometry to add the line to. + The angle of the line around the center point. + The viewport rectangle. + The window rectangle bounds. + The minimum length of the line. + The maximum length of the line. + The center point around which to draw the line. + + + + Is the provided point within the x range of the bounding box. + + The point to check. + The bounding box. + True if it is in the X range. + + + + Is the provided point in the y range of the bounding box. + + The point to check. + The bounding box. + True if it is in the Y range. + + + + Determines the distance to the corner on the cartesian axis aligned bounding rectangle that + is closest to the provided point. + + The point to determine closeness to. + The cartesian axis aligned rectangle. + The distance to the closest corner. + + + + Determines the distance to the corner on the cartesian axis aligned bounding rectangle that + is furthest from the provided point. + + The point to determine distance to. + The cartesian axis aligned rectangle. + The distance to the furthest corner. + + + + Determines the smallest radius that is visible in the current view into + the chart. + + The window rectangle. + The radius value. + + This makes use of the fact that the view into the chart is aligned on the + cartesian axes. + + So, if the center point of the chart is inside the viewable + space, the minimum radius is 0. + + If the view into the chart is scrolled above or below the center point, + such that the center point is in the X range of the view, then the closest + radius is just the distance to the top or bottom edge of the window rectangle. + + Similarly, if the view into the chart is left of right of the center point, + such that the center point is in the Y range of the view, then the closest + radius is just the distance to the left of right edge of the window rectangle. + + In the case where the view is deeper into the quadrants of the space, and the + center point is neither in the X or Y range of the view, then we simply need to + determine what the distance is to the closest corner of the rectangle. + + + + Determines the furthest radius value that is viewable in the current view into + the chart. + + The window rectangle. + The radius value. + In all cases the furthest distance will just be the distance to the furthest + corner of the viewing rectangle in scaled viewport space. + + + + Gets the angle value to a specified point from the center point. + + The center point of the chart. + The point to get the axis angle value to. + + + + + Gets the min and max angle axis value that are visible in the current + view into the chart. + + The window rectangle. + Returns the minimum angle that is visible. + Returns the maximum angle that is visible. + + + + The minimum extent of any spokes to be drawn. + + + + + The maximum extent of any spokes to be drawn. + + + + + The center of the polar chart. + + + + + The angle at which the radius axis will cross + + + + + Polar axis specific rendering parameters. + + + + + The minimum extent of any spokes to be drawn. + + + + + The maximum extent of any spokes to be drawn. + + + + + The center of the polar chart. + + + + + The angle at which the radius axis will cross + + + + + The minimum extent of any spokes to be drawn. + + + + + The maximum extent of any spokes to be drawn. + + + + + The center of the polar chart. + + + + + The angle at which the radius axis will cross + + + + + Performs radial axis logic than needs to refer to the two paired + axes in order to function appropriately. + + + + + Constructs a PolarAxes instance. + + The radius axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + The angle axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + + + + Gets the X coordinate in the viewport coordinate system given an angle + and a radius. + + The angle for the point. + The radius for the point. + The window rectangle bounds. + The viewport rectangle bounds. + The X value of the point in scaled coordinates. + + + + Gets the axis angle and radius values from a point in viewport coordinates. + + The X value of the point in scaled coordinates. + The Y value of the point in scaled coordinates. + The window rectangle bounds. + The viewport rectangle bounds. + Returns the angle axis value of the point. + Returns the radius axis value of the point. + + + + Gets the Y coordinate in the viewport coordinate system given an angle + and a radius. + + The angle for the point. + The radius for the point. + The window rectangle bounds. + The viewport rectangle bounds. + The Y value of the point in scaled coordinates. + + + + The radius axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + + + + + The angle axis to refer to when performing axis calculations. + + + + + Represents a panel control, containing radial axis labels. + + + + + Returns if staggering should be attempted. + + True if staggering should be attempted. + + + + Returns if vertical alignment should be performed. + + True if vertical alignment should be performed. + + + + Applies the rotation to the panel. + + The final size of the plot area. + + + + Gets the effective angle for the panel. + + The angle. + + + + Gets if the panel should rotate. + + True if the panel should rotate. + + + + Returns if the panel should clip labels. + + True if labels should be clipped. + + + + Sets the rotation on a label. + + The label to rotate. + The angle to rotate the label. + + + + Returns teh minimum label position + + minimum + + + + Returns the maximum label position. + + maximum + + + + Hides any optional labels if collisions are occuring. + + The label bounds list. + + + + Determins if something should be displayed via its index and bounds. + + + + + + + + Shows any optional labels. + + + + + Sets or gets the rotation center of the panel. + + + + + Sets or gets the crossing angle of the panel. + + + + + Gets if the axis is external to the plot area. + + + + + Gets if the axis is embedded in the plot area. + + + + + Represents a horizontally oriented linear scaler. + + + + + Represents a linear numeric axis scaler. + + + + + Represents a numeric axis scaler. + + + + + String used to determine the name of the ActualMinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + String used to determine the name of the ActualMaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + Calculates the range of the scaler. + + Target axis + Desired minimum value + Desired maximum value + Actual minimum value + Actual maximum value + + + + Identifies the ActualMinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + A copy of the ActualMinimumValue property value, cached for performance reasons. + + + + + A copy of the ActualMaximumValue property value, cached for performance reasons. + + + + + Called when a property value changes. + + The name of the property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Returns an unscaled value in the viewport. + + The scaled value. + Scaler parameters. + Unscaled value in the viewport + + + + Gets a value on a numeric scale. + + The value to be scaled. + Scaler parameters. + Value on a numeric scale + + + + Returns a list of unscaled values in the viewport. + + list of scaled values + Scaler parameters. + List of unscaled values in the viewport + + + + Gets a list of values on a numeric scale. + + values to be scaled + Scaler parameters. + List of values on a numeric scale + + + + Gets or sets the actual minimum value. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual maximum value. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual scaler range. + + + + + Calculates the range of the scaler. + + Target axis + Desired minimum value + Desired maximum value + Actual minimum value + Actual maximum value + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Get a list of scaled viewport values from a list of unscaled axis values. + + The list of unscaled axis values. + Scaler parameters + + + + Represents a horizontally oriented logarithmic scaler. + + + + + Represents a logarithmic numeric scaler. + + + + + Called when a property value changes. + + The name of the property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Calculates the axis range based on min and max values. + + Axis, for which the range is calculated + Minimum value + Maximum value + Actual minimum value + Actual maximum value + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Describes available scaling behaviors of a numeric axis. + + + + + Scale values on a linear number line. + + + + + Scale values on a logarithmic number line. + + + + + Class containing several properties which are used as parameters passed to scaling operations in a SeriesViewer. + + + + + ScalerParams constructor. + + The WindowRect in context. + The Viewport in context. + True if the axis is inverted, otherwise False. + + + + Rect representing the current zoom and pan. + + + + + Rect corresponding roughly to the layout area. The reference frame for scaled coordinates. + + + + + The Rect to which ViewportRect has been coerced for scaling purposes, if such behavior has been defined. Generally a subarea of ViewportRect. + A value of Rect.Empty (by default) implies that the EffectiveViewportRect is the same as the ViewportRect. + + + + + Bool that determines whether or not to invert the scale. + + + + + Represents a vertically oriented linear scaler. + + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Get a list of scaled viewport values from a list of unscaled axis values. + + The list of unscaled axis values. + Scaler parameters + + + + Gets a value on a linear scale. + + value to be scaled + chart's window + chart's viewport + is the axis inverted? + Value on a linear scale + + + + Returns an unscaled value in the viewport. + + scaled value + chart's window + chart's viewport + is the axis inverted? + Unscaled value in the viewport + + + + Represents a vertically oriented logarithmic scaled. + + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Represents a set of methods and properties used to create tickmark values. + + + + + Initializes a new set of tickmark values. + + initialization parameters + + + + Returns a set of major tickmark values. + + Major tickmark values + + + + Returns a set of minor tickmark values. + + Minor tickmark values + + + + Gets or sets the maximum tickmark value. + + + + + Gets or sets the tickmark interval. + + + + + Gets or sets the first tickmark index. + + + + + Gets or sets the last tickmark index. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of minor tickmarks between two consecutive major tickmarks. + + + + + Represents a set of linear tickmarks. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the tickmarks. + + + + + Initializes a set of new tickmark values. + + Initialization parameters + + + + Returns a collection of marjor tickmark values. + + Major tickmark values + + + + Returns a collection of minor tickmark values. + + Minor tickmark values + + + + Gets or sets the number of minor tickmarks + + + + + Represents a set of logarithmic tickmarks. + + + + + Initializes a new set of tickmark values. + + initialization parameters + + + + Identifies the LogarithBase dependency property. + + + + + Returns a major value at a specified index. + + tickmark index + Major value at a given index + + + + Returns a collection of major values. + + Major values + + + + Returns a collection of minor values. + + Minor values + + + + Gets or sets the logarithm base. + + + + + Represents a set of properties used to create axis tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum tickmark value. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum tickmark value. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual minimum tickmark value. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual maximum tickmark value. + + + + + Gets or sets the rendering resolution for the tickmarks. + + + + + Specifies if the user has set a custom interval. + + + + + Gets or sets the user-specified tickmark interval. + + + + + Allows to override the interval returned by the axis. + + + + + Allows to override the number of minor lines returned by the axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the category mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of series with Mode2 category mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart's viewport. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart's window. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the tickmarks are inverted. + + + + + Gets or sets the function used to calculate the scaled value. + + + + + Gets or sets the function used to calculate the group center for the series that use grouping. + + + + + Gets or sets the function used to calculate the unscaled group center for the series that use grouping. + + + + + Represents a panel control, containing vertical axis labels. + + + + + Makes sure the extent is bound to the settings. + + + + + Returns the rotation angle of the axis title. + + Rotation angle of the title + + + + Creates the bounds rectangles for the labels in the panel. + + A list of bounds rectangles. + + + + Sets the appropriate rotation transform on a label. + + The label to set. + The angle of rotation + + + + Returns true if horizontal alignment should be performed. + + True if horizontal alignment should be performed. + + + + Represents a base class for brush scales. + + + + + Creates a new instance of BrushScale class. + + + + + Called when the members of the brushes collection change. + + The sender of the event. + The event arguments. + + + + Registers a series with the scale. Under normal circumstances you should not need to call this manually. + + The series to register with the scale. + + + + Unregisters a series with the scale. Under normal circumstances you should not need to call this manually. + + The series to unregister from the scale. + + + + Gets a brush from the brushes collection by index. + + + Brush for a given index. + + + + Returns an interpolated brush value based on index. + + The index to use. + The interpolated brush. + + + + Raises the property changed and updated events. + + The name of the property being changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Called when a property is updated. + + The sender of the event. + The name of the property that was changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets the brushes collection used by this scale. + + + + + Gets the status of the scale + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + This class is responsible for creating and managing the markers of a bubble series. + + + + + Base class for managing markers for a data series. + + + + + MarkerManagerBase constructor. + + The function used to provide marker objects given a data item. + The function used to provide a data item given its index. + The action used to remove unused markers. + The function used to get all marker locations. + The function used to return the indexes of all active markers. + + + + Filter out markers that should not be visible. + + A dictionary containing the locations of all markers. + The maximum number of markers which can be displayed. + A rectangle representing the scroll window. Rectangle coordinates are based on the range of zero to one. + A rectangle representing the viewport, in device coordinates. + The current Series Resolution. + + + + Renders the given markers. + + A dictionary containing the locations of all markers. + Whether or not to enable a lower-fidelity rendering mode with better performance. + + + + Creates a list of indices sorted with priority items in front. + + The buckets in context. + The keys of all buckets in context. + The given keys, sorted with priority items first. + + + + Selects a given number of marker buckets, and adds them to a given list of items. + + The count of buckets to select. + All buckets in context. + All available keys. + The list of items to add selected markers to. + + + + Gets only the visible items and adds them to the given list. + + The WindowRect in context. + The Viewport in context. + The locations of all items in context. + The list to add all visible items to. + + + + Groups visible items into relevant buckets, based on the viewport size and resolution. + + The Viewport in context. + A list of the indices of all visible markers. + The Resolution in context. + A list of the locations of all markers. + A Dictionary containing the buckets. + + + + The function used to get all marker locations. + + + + + The function used to provide marker objects given a data item. + + + + + The action used to remove unused markers. + + + + + The function used to provide a data item given its index. + + + + + The function used to return the indexes of all active markers. + + + + + creates a new instance of the BubbleMarkerManager. + + + + + Filter out markers that should not be visible. + + A dictionary containing the locations of all markers. + The maximum number of markers which can be displayed. + A rectangle representing the scroll window. Rectangle coordinates are based on the range of zero to one. + A rectangle representing the viewport, in device coordinates. + The current Series Resolution. + + + + Renders the given markers. + + A dictionary containing the locations of all markers. + Whether or not to enable a lower-fidelity rendering mode with better performance. + + + + Gets or sets which column from the datasource is used to map radius values. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of scaled radius values. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of displayed markers. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart bubble series. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart scatter series + + + + + Represents the base class for series containing markers. + + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the MarkerType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + The marker template to use if the MarkerTemplate property is set to null. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseLightweightMarkers dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the markers should be displayed. + + True if the marker should be displayed. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Provides the property name of the marker template on the chart that should be bound to based on a MarkerType enumeration value. + + The enumeration value to map to a property name. + The proeprty name. + + + + Returnes the marker type that should be used for a series. + + The series to resolve for. + The input marker type. + The resolved marker type. + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + The data container. + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + If the MarkerTemplate property is set, the setting of the MarkerType property will be ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerTemplate for the current series object. + + + + + Gets the effective marker template for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Represents the marker template that has no content. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker interiors are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective marker brush for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker outlines are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective marker outline for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style to be used for the markers. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + ScatterBase constructor. + + + + + Identifies the XAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the XMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualTrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLinePeriod dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerCollisionAvoidance dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineZIndex dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumMarkers dependency property. + + + + + Invalidates the axes associated with the series. + + + + + Identifies the ErrorBarSettings dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Returns true if the series should react to a data change. + + The name of the property being changed. + The action on the items source. + True if the series should react. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Gets the index of the item that resides at the provided world coordinates. + + The world coordinates of the requested item. + The requested item's index. + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Gets the view info for the series. + + The viewport to use. + The window to use. + + + + Renders the series. + + True if the change should be animated. + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for the current object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + The IFastItemColumn containing X values. + + + + + Gets or sets the value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + The IFastItemColumn containing Y values. + + + + + Gets or sets the trend type for the current scatter series. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to draw the trend line. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective TrendLineBrush for this series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the current + scatter series object's trend line dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to draw the trend line for the current scatter series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current scatter series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The typical, and initial, value for trend line period is 7. + + + + + The desired behavior for markers in this series which are placed too close together for the current view, resulting in a collision. + + + + + Gets or sets the Z-Index of the trend line. Values greater than 1000 will result in the trend line being rendered in front of the series data. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of markerItems displayed by the current series. + If more than the specified number of markerItems are visible, the series will automatically + choose a representative set. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + The error bar settings for the series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BubbleSeries class. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusScale dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FillMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FillScale dependency property. + + + + + Render the current bubble series. + + + + + Prepare the current bubble series for rendering. + + + + + Returns the a marker size for a given value based on a linear scale. + + + + + Returns the marker size for a given value based on a logarithmic scale. + + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether or not a property changed event should be raised for the given property name. + + Property name + DataSource event action + True if property changed event should be raised, otherwise false + + + + Called when the underlying data changes. + + DataSource event action + Item index + Item count + Property name + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets the radius column from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + The IFastItemColumn containing Radius values. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius size scale for the bubbles. + + + + + Gets or sets the Label mapping property for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the data column used for labels. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill mapping property for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush scale for the marker brush. + + + + + Represents the column of fill values to use. + + + + + Creates a marker object. + + The created marker. + + + + Perform an action on all markers + + + + + + Updates the templates assigned to the markers. + + + + + Sets any available Marker style on the provided marker. + + The marker to set the style for. + + + + Activates a marker object from the pool. + + The marker to activate. + + + + Disactivates a marker from the pool. + + The marker to disactivate. + + + + Destroys a marker from the pool. + + The marker to destroy. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + + + + Populates the list of actual marker radii based on the scaling algorithm. + + + + + Sets a color on each bubble based on the existing color axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of scaled radius values. + + + + + Represents a brush scale that uses index-based brush selection mode. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the CustomPaletteBrushScale. + + + + + Identifies the BrushSelectionMode dependency property. + + + + + Returns calculated brush for the given index. + + Point index. + Total number of markers in the series. + Brush object at a specified index. + + + + Gets or sets the brush selection mode. + + + + + Represents a scale that is used determine an object's size. + + + + + Creates a new instance of SizeScale. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsLogarithmic dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LogarithmBase dependency property. + + + + + Raises the property changed and updated events. + + The name of the property being changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Handles property updates. + + source object + property name + old property value + new property value + + + + Gets or sets the collection of series objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for this scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for this scale. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scale is logarithmic. + + + + + Gets or sets the logarithm base for this scale. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Represents a brush scale that uses value-based brush selection. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ValueBrushScale. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsLogarithmic dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LogarithmBase dependency property. + + + + + Selects a brush from the brush collection by index. + + Index of the brush. + Data source column used to calculate the brush scale. + Brush for a specified index. + + + + Selects a brush from the brush collection by value. + + Value used to get an interpolated brush. + Data source column used to calculate the brush scale. + Brush for a specified value. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value for this scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value for this scale. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the scale is logarithmic. + + + + + Gets or sets the logarithm base for this scale. + + + + + Checks if the value brush scale is ready for usage in the chart + + + + + Base class for anchored category series with a category x-axis and a numeric y-axis. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart anchored category/value series. + + + + + Represents the base class for XamDataChart category series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initialises a default CategorySeries object. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Identifies the IsCustomCategoryStyleAllowed dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsCustomCategoryMarkerStyleAllowed dependency property. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Invalidates the axes associated with the series. + + + + + Identifies the ErrorBarSettings dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseHighMarkerFidelity dependency property. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Identifies the TransitionInMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsTransitionInEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets the exact unsorted index of the item based on world coordinates from the current sorting axis. + + The world coordinates to use. + The exact index of the item for the specified coordinates as a double, indicating which value is closer to the world point. + + + + Gets the index of the item based on world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The index of the item for the specified coordinates. + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Gets the index of the item based on world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The index of the item for the specified coordinates. + + + + The current render state of the series. + + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Renders the series visual. + + True if the change should be animated. + + + + Gets the mode 2 index for the series. + + The mode 2 index. + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD pane. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Gets or sets whether this category series should allow custom style overrides of its individual visuals. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this category series should allow custom style overrides of its individual marker visuals. + + + + + Gets or sets restriction of ActualIsCustomCategoryStyle + + + + + Gets or sets restriction of ActualIsCustomCategoryMarkerStyle + + + + + Occurs when Assigning Category Style + + + + + Occurs when Assigning Category Marker Style + + + + + The error bar settings for the series. + + + + + Sets or Gets whether to increase marker fidelity for extreme data shapes that have lots of Y variation over short X intervals. + + + + + Gets or sets the method by which to animate the data into the chart when the chart data source is swapped. + Note: Transitions are not currently supported for stacked series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the series should transition into the plot area when a new data source is assigned. + Note: Transitions are not currently supported for stacked series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AnchoredCategorySeries class. + + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualTrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLinePeriod dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineZIndex dependency property + + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Gets an array of category items for specified range of indexes + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Returns the item that is found at the given point. + + The origin of the mouse interaction. + The point to search for the item near. + The found item. + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + The data container. + + + + Identifies whether RaisePropertyChanged will be called for ValueColumn property + + + + + Gets or sets the value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the FastItemColumn representing the mapped values in the items source. + + + + + Gets or sets the trend type for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to draw the trend line. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective TrendLineBrush for this series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the current + series object's trend line dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to draw the trend line for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the trend line period for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The typical, and initial, value for trend line period is 7. + + + + + Gets or sets the trend line Z index for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The trend line renders over the series and markers by default, lower this value to shift it to the background. + + + + + + A cached version of ValueMemberPath. + + + + + Identifies the XAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YAxis dependency property. + + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best avaialble value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns a distance value (not necessarily pixels), that indicates how 'close' a world position is to an indexed value in the series. + Not every series can necessarily answer this question, it can't or the world position or index is invalid, NaN will be returned. + + The world position for which to get a distance. + The index to get a distance to. + + + A distance value to the world position. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + Gets category items of the series between given start index and end index + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Called when the data assigned to the series has been updated. + + The action that was performed on the data. + The position that was updated in the data. + The number of items that were affected by the data change. + The name of the property that has been changed on a data item. + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for this series. + + + + + A cached value for the x axis. + + + + + A cached value for the y axis. + + + + + Represents a vertically laid out category based series. + + + + + Identifies the ActualXAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualYAxis dependency property. + + + + + Gets an category axis of the series + + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns a distance value (not necessarily pixels), that indicates how 'close' a world position is to an indexed value in the series. + Not every series can necessarily answer this question, it can't or the world position or index is invalid, NaN will be returned. + + The world position for which to get a distance. + The index to get a distance to. + + + + A distance value to the world position. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best avaialble value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + Gets category items of the series between given start index and end index + + + + + Gets exact item for a given point of mouse position + + + + + Gets the exact unsorted index of the item based on world coordinates from the current sorting axis. + + The world coordinates to use. + The exact index of the item for the specified coordinates as a double, indicating which value is closer to the world point. + + + + Gets the index of the item that resides at the provided world coordinates. + + The world coordinates of the requested item. + The requested item's index. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for the current CategorySeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current CategorySeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Checks if the series is plotted in vertical orientation + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart area series. + Displays trend over time or ordered categories. + Useful when there are many data points and the order is important. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Gets default mode of transition in + + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AreaSeries class. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Determines how unknown values will be plotted on the chart. + + + Null and Double.NaN are two examples of unknown values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart bar series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Gets default transition in mode + + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BarSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Returns the mode 2 index to use for the series. + + The mode 2 index. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Checks if the series has individual elements + + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the bar. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the bar. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the first visible bucket of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the last visible bucket of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the bucket size of the series. + + + + + Calculates the bucket values to use based on the desired resolution. + + The resolution desired. + + + + Calculates the bucket values to use based on the desired resolution. + + The resolution desired. + + + + True, if the series uses a date time axis; false otherwise. + + + + + Describes available transition effects that can applied to initial rendering of a series + + + + + Series transitions in an automatically chosen based on type of series and its orientation + + + + + Series transitions in from the reference value of the value axis. + + + + + Series sweeps in from the left + + + + + Series sweeps in from the right + + + + + Series sweeps in from the top. + + + + + Series sweeps in from the bottom. + + + + + Series sweeps in from the center. + + + + + Series accordions in from the left. + + + + + Series accordions in from the right. + + + + + Series accordions in from the top. + + + + + Series accordions in from the bottom. + + + + + Series expands from the value midpoints. + + + + + Series sweeps in from the category axis minimum. + + + + + Series sweeps in from the category axis maximum. + + + + + Series sweeps in from the value axis minimum. + + + + + Series sweeps in from the value axis maximum. + + + + + Series accordions in from the category axis minimum. + + + + + Series accordions in from the category axis maximum. + + + + + Series accordions in from the value axis minimum. + + + + + Series accordions in from the value axis maximum. + + + + + The current fill being used for the series. + + + + + The current outline being used for the seires. + + + + + The current thickness being used for the series. + + + + + The current dash cap being used for the series. + + + + + The current radius x being used for the series, if it supports rounded corners. + + + + + The current radius x being used for the series, if it supports rounded corners. + + + + + The current opacity being used for the series. + + + + + The current miter limit being used for the series, if it supports a path shape. + + + + + The current start cap being used for the series if it supports a path shape. + + + + + The current end cap being used for the series if it supports a path shape. + + + + + The initial fill being used for the series. + + + + + The initial outline being used for the seires. + + + + + The initial thickness being used for the series. + + + + + The initial dash cap being used for the series. + + + + + The initial radius x being used for the series, if it supports rounded corners. + + + + + The initial radius x being used for the series, if it supports rounded corners. + + + + + The initial opacity being used for the series. + + + + + The initial miter limit being used for the series, if it supports a path shape. + + + + + The initial start cap being used for the series if it supports a path shape. + + + + + The initial end cap being used for the series if it supports a path shape. + + + + + The initial fill being used for the series markers. + + + + + The initial outline being used for the series markers. + + + + + The initial opacity being used for the series markers. + + + + + The actual negative state. + + + + + The actual negative state. + + + + + The currnet fill being used for the series markers. + + + + + The current outline being used for the series markers. + + + + + The current opacity being used for the series markers. + + + + + The current bucket size of the series. + + + + + The current first bucket of the series. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart column series. + Compare values across categories by using vertical rectangles. + Use it when the order of categories is not important or for displaying + item counts such as a histogram. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnSeries class. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart line series. + Displays trend over time or ordered categories. + Useful when there are many data points and the order is important. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LineSeries class. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Determines how unknown values will be plotted on the chart. + + + Null and Double.NaN are two examples of unknown values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart point series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PointSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart range area series. + + + + + Base class for ranged category series with a category X-axis and a numeric Y-axis. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart ranged category/value series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initialises a default, empty RangeCategorySeries object. + + + + + Identifies the LowMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HighMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD pane. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Gets or sets the value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the column representing the Low values for the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the column representing the High values of the data source. + + + + + Identifies the ActualXAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualYAxis dependency property. + + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns a distance value (not necessarily pixels), that indicates how 'close' a world position is to an indexed value in the series. + Not every series can necessarily answer this question, it can't or the world position or index is invalid, NaN will be returned. + + The world position for which to get a distance. + The index to get a distance to. + + Scaler parameters + + A distance value to the world position. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available low value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available high value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best high value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best low value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for the current CategorySeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current CategorySeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RangeAreaSeries class. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart range column series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AreaSeries class. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart spline area series. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart spline series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the SplineType dependency property. + + + + + Indicate that the spline fit must be recalculated. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the bound data being updated. + + The type of action performed on the data source. + The position the change began at. + The number of items affected by the change. + The name of the property changed, if applicable. + + + + Represents the spline fit data. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of spline to be rendered. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplineAreaSeries class. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart spline series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplineSeries class. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart step area series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepAreaSeries class. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart step line series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the StepLineSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart waterfall column series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the WaterfallSeries class. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for negative portions of the series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + + + + Represents a chart area containing axes, series, an optional legend and other hosted content. + + + + + Represents a control for viewing series objects. + + + + + The property name of the WindowRect property. + + + + + The property name of the UseTiledZooming property. + + + + + The property name of the PreferHigherResolutionTiles property. + + + + + The property name of the ZoomTileCacheSize property. + + + + + The property name of the ActualWindowRect property. + + + + + Instantiates an instance of a SeriesViewer. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Removes the DataSource setting for the given argument. + + The object to remove the datasource from; typically a Series or Axis. + + + + Hides the active main tooltip, if displayed. + + + + + Gets the appropriate color for a series based on index. + + The index to use. + The color to use. + + + + Gets the appropriate color for an outline based on index. + + The index to use. + The color to use. + + + + Gets the appropriate color for a marker based on index. + + The index to use. + The color to use. + + + + Gets the appropriate color for a marker outline based on index. + + The index to use. + The color to use. + + + + Identifies the Legend dependency property. + + + + + Raises the PropertyUpdated event. + + The name of the property that has been changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Method used to calculate the effective viewport bounds. + + The actual viewport bounds. + The effective viewport bounds. + + + + Set the given Axis viewport equal to the SeriesViewer viewport. + + + + + + Identifies the WindowRect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseTiledZooming dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PreferHigherResolutionTiles dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ZoomTileCacheSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HighlightingTransitionDuration dependency property. + + + + + Called so that the viewer can reconcile a plot area size change. + + The old size of the plot area. + The new size of the plot area. + + + + Identifies the IsSurfaceInteractionDisabled dependency property. + + + + + Checks if horizontal zoomability is enabled + + + + + Checks if vertical zoomability is enabled + + + + + Checks if zoomability is enabled + + + + + Called when a key is pressed down. + + The key that has been pressed. + True if the event is handled by the series viewer. + + + + Called when a contact has started at a location. + + The location of the contact. + if set to true if touch pointer is used. + + + + Starts the window operation. + + The pt. + if set to true a touch pointer is used. + + + + Manually starts a tiled zoom if one isn't already running. + + + + + Manually ends a tiled zoom if one is running. + + + + + Clears the tile zoom tile cache so that new tiles will be generated. Only applies if the viewer is using a tile based zoom. + + + + + Called when a contact is moved to a new position. + + The new position of the contact. + if set to true a pointer is used instead of mouse. + + + + Called when a contact is completed. + + The point of contact. + + + + Called to notify of the crosshair point changing. + + The new crosshair point. + + + + Called to notify of the window rectangle changing. + + The new window rectangle. + + + + Called to notify of the preview rectangle changing. + + The new preview rectangle. + + + + Resets the zoom level to default. + + + + + Identifies the WindowResponse dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WindowRectMinWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the OverviewPlusDetailPaneVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OverviewPlusDetailPaneStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OverviewPlusDetailPaneHorizontalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OverviewPlusDetailPaneVerticalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CrosshairVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsDragCrosshairEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PlotAreaBorderBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualPlotAreaBorderBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the GridAreaBorderThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PlotAreaBackground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PlotAreaMinWidth dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PlotAreaMinHeight dependency property. + + + + + Gets actual window scale for horizontal dimension of the control + + + + + Gets actual window scale for vertical dimension of the control + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning SeriesViewer. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Identifies the DefaultInteractionState dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DragModifier dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PanModifier dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WindowPositionHorizontal dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WindowPositionVertical dependency property. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the CrosshairLineStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PreviewPathStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipStyleNoBadge dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipDataTemplateNoBadge dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ZoombarStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CircleMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TriangleMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PyramidMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SquareMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DiamondMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PentagonMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HexagonMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TetragramMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PentagramMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HexagramMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Title dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleHorizontalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleHorizontalAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Foreground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleFontFamily dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleFontSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleFontStretch dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleFontStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleFontWeight dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleMargin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Foreground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleFontFamily dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleFontSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleFontStretch dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleFontStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleFontWeight dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleMargin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Title dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeShoulKeepResourcesOnUnload dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeShouldFreezeBrushes dependency property. + + + + + Called to calculate the actual window rectangle. + + The value which should be assigned to the ActualWindowRect property, based on a calculation on the WindowRect property. + + + + Use to force the SeriesViewer to finish any deferred work before printing or evaluating its visual. + + + This should only be called if the visual of the SeriesViewer needs to be synchronously saved or evaluated. + Calling this method too often will hinder the performance of the SeriesViewer. + + + + + Boolean method indicating whether or not this SeriesViewer should be zoomed only with a fixed aspect ratio. + + False. + + + + Registers the given DependencyObject as background content. + + The DependencyObject to register as background content. + An action to be invoked each time the background content is being refreshed. + + + + Unregisters the given DependencyObject as background content. + + The DependencyObject to unregister as background content. + + + + Calls for a deferred refresh to the SeriesViewer's background. + + + + + Called when the series viewer should reevaluate the series to determine if the default hover interactions should be disbaled or enabled. + + + + + Gets the current SeriesViewer object's child Series. + + + + + Helps manage the SeriesViewer content. + + + + + Gets or sets the cross hair point (in world coordinates) + + + Either or both of the crosshair point's X and Y may be set to double.NaN, in which + case the relevant crosshair line is hidden. + + + + + Gets or sets which legend to use for all series in this SeriesViewer, unless otherwise specified by the Series.Legend property. + + + This is generally expressed as an element name binding, as the Legend must exist at some other position in the layout. + This property only indicates which Legend to use and will not alone cause the legend to be visible. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the series animations should be allowed when a range change has been detected on an axis. + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of a property is updated. + + + + + Occurs when the cursors are moved over a series in this SeriesViewer. + + + + + Occurs when the left mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over a Series. + + + + + Occurs when the left mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over a Series. + + + + + Occurs when the right mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over a Series. + + + + + Occurs when the right mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over a Series. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer moves while over a Series. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer enters a Series. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves a Series. + + + + + The current SeriesViewer object's horizontal Zoombar + + + + + The current SeriesViewer object's vertical Zoombar + + + + + The current SeriesViewer object's horizontal Zoombar + + + + + The current SeriesViewer object's horizontal Zoombar + + + + + Gets the viewport rectangle associated with the SeriesViewer, the physical dimensions of the plot area. + + + + + Gets the EffectiveViewport rectangle, representing the effective viewport area after margins have been subtracted. + + + + + A rectangle representing the portion of the SeriesViewer currently in view. + + + A rectangle at X=0, Y=0 with a Height and Width of 1 implies the entire plotting area is in view. A Height and Width of .5 would imply that the view is halfway zoomed in. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the series viewer should use cached tiles during zooms rather than the default live content. + + + + + Gets if we are currently should be using tiled zoom/pans + + + + + Gets or sets whether the series viewer should prefer selecting higher resolution tiles over lower resolution tiles when performing tile zooming. Setting this to true will lower performance but increase quality. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of zoom tiles that the series viewer should cache while in tiled zooming mode. + + + + + Gets if we are currently should be using tiled zoom/pans + + + + + Gets if there is a tiled zoom running. + + + + + Gets or sets the duration the highlighting/de-highlighting effects. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all surface interactions with the plot area should be disabled. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + anchor (mouse down or multi-touch) in grid area coordinates. + + + + + Occurs just after the current SeriesViewer's window rectangle is changed. + + + + + Raised when the actual window rectangle of the SeriesViewer changes. + + + + + Occurs just after the current SeriesViewer's grid area rectangle is changed. + + + The grid area may change as the result of the SeriesViewer being resized, or + of an axis being added or changing size, possibly in another SeriesViewer. + + + + + The response to user panning and zooming: whether to update the view immediately while the user action is happening, or to defer the update to after the user action is complete. The user action will be an action such as a mouse drag which causes panning and/or zooming to occur. + + + + + Sets or gets the minimum width that the window rect is allowed to reach before being clamped. + Decrease this value if you want to allow for further zooming into the viewer. + If this value is lowered too much it can cause graphical corruption due to floating point arithmetic inaccuracy. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the Synchronization channel to use for the SeriesViewer. + + + + + Gets or sets the sync manager used to synchronize SeriesViewers. + + + + + The visibility of the OverviewPlusDetailPane. + + + + + The Style to apply to the OverviewPlusDetailPane. + + + + + The horizontal alignment of the OverviewPlusDetailPane. + + + + + The vertical alignment of the OverviewPlusDetailPane. + + + + + Gets or sets the current SeriesViewer's crosshair visibility override. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the drag crosshair is enabled. Please note that it is automatically enabled if the crosshairs are set to visible. + + + + + The current SeriesViewer object's central area in its top-level panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used as the border for the current SeriesViewer object's plot area. + + This is a dependency property. + + Null is treated as auto. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual brush used as the border for the current SeriesViewer object's plot area. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the border for the current SeriesViewer object's plot area. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the brush used as the background for the current SeriesViewer object's plot area. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width used to size the plot area. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum Height used to size the plot area. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the DefaultInteraction property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The default interaction state defines the SeriesViewer's response to mouse events. + + + + + Gets or sets the current SeriesViewer's DragModifier property. + + + + + Gets or sets the current SeriesViewer's PanModifier property. + + + + + Gets or sets the preview rectangle. + + + The preview rectangle may be set to Rect.Empty, in which case the visible preview + strokePath is hidden. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the position of the horizontal scroll. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the X position of the WindowRect property. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the position of the vertical scroll. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Y position of the WindowRect property. + + + + + Gets the current SeriesViewer's root ContentPresenter. + + + + + Raised when the SeriesViewer's processing for an update has completed. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used to display the current SeriesViewer's crosshair lines. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used to display the window preview shadow. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the current SeriesViewer's ToolTipStyle property. + + + The ToolTipStyle property defines the marker template used for + series with a MarkerStyleType of Circle. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to use for the crosshair tooltip container. Please note, crosshair tooltips are only supported in WPF at present. + + + The CrosshairTooltipStyle property defines the tooltip style to use for the crosshair tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate to use when adding items to the crosshair tooltip. + + + The CrosshairTooltipItemTemplate property defines the tooltip DataTemplate to use in the crosshair tooltip for each series. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used to display the current SeriesViewer object's zoom bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for circle markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of circle. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for triangle markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of triangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for pyramid markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of pyramid. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for square markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of square. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for diamond markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of diamond. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for pentagon markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of pentagon. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for hexagon markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of hexagon. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for tetragram markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of tetragram. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for pentragram markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of pentagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for hexagram markers on the SeriesViewer. + + + Defines the marker template used for + series with a marker type of hexagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the Title property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The Title property defines the title of the chart + + + + + Gets or sets the TitleHorizontalAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the SubtitleHorizontalAlignment property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Foreground property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TitleFontFamily property + + + + + Gets or sets the TitleFontSize property + + + + + Gets or sets the TitleFontStretch property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TitleFontStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TitleFontWeight property. + + + + + Gets or sets the TitleMargin property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Foreground property. + + + + + Gets or sets the SubtitleFontFamily property + + + + + Gets or sets the SubtitleFontSize property + + + + + Gets or sets the SubtitleFontStretch property. + + + + + Gets or sets the SubtitleFontStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets the SubtitleFontWeight property. + + + + + Gets or sets the SubtitleMargin property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Subtitle property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The Title property defines the Subtitle of the chart + + + + + Gets or sets a whether the series viewer's components should hold their resource when unloaded. + + This is a dependency property. + + + Note, when setting this to true, it becomes the user's responsibility to set the ItemsSource of the various series and axes to null when the chart is unloaded or memory leaks will occur. + This property is useful however, if unloaded charts must be examined or printed, or when expensive to load charts are on multiple tabs on a tab control. + + + + + + Gets or sets a whether the series viewer should auto-freeze brushes brushes that are provided to it. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual value of the window rectangle, which represents the current zoom level. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the position of the horizontal scroll. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Left of the ActualWindowRect property. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the position of the vertical scroll. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Top of the ActualWindowRect property. + + + + + Gets or sets if the default crosshair behavior should be disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets if the default tooltip behavior should be disabled. + + + + + Gets or sets whether an annotation layer is considered present in the viewer. + + + + + Gets if series are required to generate thumbnails for the OverviewPlusDetailPane + + + + + Initializes a default, empty XamDataChart object. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Called when a property value has been updated. + + The sender of the event. + The name of the updated property. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Identifies the IsSquare dependency property. + + + + + Gets actual window scale for horizontal dimension of the control + + + + + Gets actual window scale for vertical dimension of the control + + + + + Identifies the WindowScaleHorizontal dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WindowScaleVertical dependency property. + + + + + Checks if horizontal zoomability is enabled + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalZoomable dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalWindowMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalZoombarVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalZoombarVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the GridMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AlignsGridLinesToPixels dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Brushes dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrushes dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outlines dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerOutlines dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DefaultAxisStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DefaultAxisMajorStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DefaultAxisMinorStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DefaultPlotAreaBorderBrush dependency property. + + + + + Called when the automation peer has been created. + + + + + + Gets a brush based on a series index. + + The series index. + The brush based on the provided index. + + + + Gets the appropriate marker color to use based on the series index. + + The index to use. + The color to use. + + + + Gets the appropriate marker outline color to use based on the series index. + + The index to use. + The color to use. + + + + Gets the appropriate outline color based on the series index. + + The index to use. + The color to use. + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the chart is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the PlotAreaBackgroundContent dependency property. + + + + + Returns the chart visuals expressed as a ChartVisualData object. + + A ChartVisualData object representing the current chart visuals. + + + + Gets or sets whether to use a square aspect ratio for the chart. This is locked to true for polar and radial charts. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the scale of the horizontal zoom. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Width of the WindowRect property. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the scale of the vertical zoom. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Height of the WindowRect property. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the scale of the horizontal zoom. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Width of the ActualWindowRect property. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the scale of the vertical zoom. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Height of the ActualWindowRect property. + + + + + Gets or sets horizontal zoomability of the current control + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets vertical zoomability of the current control + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets visibility of horizontal zoom bar in the current control + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets vertical of horizontal zoom bar in the current control + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the GridMode property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether grid and tick lines are aligned to device pixels. + + + true if grid and tick lines are aligned to device pixels; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the Brushes property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The brushes property defines the palette from which automatically assigned series brushes are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerBrushes property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The brushes property defines the palette from which automatically assigned series brushes are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the Outlines property. + + + The outlines property defines the palette from which automatically assigned series outlines are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerOutlines property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The brushes property defines the palette from which automatically assigned series brushes are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the DefaultAxisStroke property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The DefaultAxisStroke property defines the brush which is used by the axes when no is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the DefaultAxisMajorStroke property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The DefaultAxisMajorStroke property defines the brush which is used by the axes when no is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the DefaultAxisMinorStroke property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The DefaultAxisMinorStroke property defines the brush which is used by the axes when no is set. + + + + + Gets or sets the DefaultPlotAreaBorderBrush property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The DefaultPlotAreaBorderBrush property defines the brush which is used by the axes when no is set. + + + + + Gets the current Chart object's child DataChartAxes. + + + + + Gets the z index to use for the grid visuals. + + + + + Gets the z index to use for the series visuals. + + + + + Gets or sets the FrameworkElement used as the background for the current Chart object's grid area. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents a platform specific view for the SeriesViewer. + + + + + Constructs a new instance of the SeriesViewerView. + + The SeriesViewer model to associate with the view. + + + + Removes an axis from the view. + + The axis to remove. + + + + Removes a label panel from the view. + + The axis for which to remove the label panel. + + + + Attaches and axis to the view. + + The axis to attach. + + + + Adds a label panel to the view. + + The axis for which to add the label panel. + + + + Cancels any pending mouse interaction with the plot area. + + + + + Returns if a series is attached to the view. + + The series in question. + True is the series is attached. + + + + Exports visual data representing current state of this control. + + + + + Attaches a series to the view. + + + + + + Completes the mouse capture held on the plot area. + + + + + Called to create the visual layout for the view. + + + + + Focuses the chart element. + + + + + Makes the plot area capture the mouse. + + + + + Hides the drag path. + + + + + Makes the drag path visible. + + + + + Sets the PlotArea's cursor to null, which effectively sets it to the system default cursor. + + + + + Transitions the view to the idle state. + + + + + Sets the hand cursor for the view. + + + + + Hides the tooltip. + + + + + Transitions to the dragging visual state. + + + + + Transitions to the panning visual state. + + + + + Updates the path for the drag rectangle. + + The new rectangle to user. + + + + Updates the positioning of the vertical crosshair. + + The first x coordinate for the crosshair. + The first y coordinate for the crosshair. + The second x coordinate for the crosshair. + The second y coordinate for the crosshair. + + + + Makes the vertical crosshair visible. + + + + + Hides the vertical crosshair. + + + + + Moves the info box. + + + + + + Updates the position of the horizontal crosshair. + + The first x coordinate for the crosshair. + The first y coordinate for the crosshair. + The second x coordinate for the crosshair. + The second y coordinate for the crosshair. + + + + Makes the horizontal crosshair visible. + + + + + Hides the horizontal crosshair. + + + + + Hides the preivew path. + + + + + Upates the preview path. + + The viewport rectangle. + The preview rectangle. + + + + Makes the preview path visible. + + + + + Called to initialize the view. + + + + + Boolean indicating whether or not zoombars are supported by this the current control. + + True. + + + + Called when the template is provided. + + + + + Called wehn the OPD rects need to be updated. + + + + + Path used to display the user's drag rectangle. The strokePath is used to display the + precise rectangle dragged by the user which may or may not correspond to the preview + area or anything else. + + + + + Line used to display the horizontal crosshair. + + + + + Line used to display the vertical crosshair. + + + + + Called when a series should be removed. + + The series to remove. + + + + Listener for the grid area's mouse enter event. + + + + + + + Listener for the grid area's mouse leave event. + + + + + + + Listener for the grid area's left button down event. + + + + + + + Listener for the grid area's mouse move event. + + + + + + + Listener for the grid area's left button up event. + + + + + + + Listener for the chart area's key down event. + + + + + + + Listener for the grid area's size changed event. + + + + + + + Sentinel used to indicate that events from either of the zoombars should be ignored. This + is required when the zoombar is configured in code. + + + + + Listener for the Zoombar ZoomChanged events from both the horizontal and vertical Zoombars. + + + + + + + Listener for the Zoombar ZoomChanging events from both the horizontal and vertical Zoombars. + + + + + Called when the zoombars should be updated with new zoom values. + + The new window rectangle. + + + + Gets the panel in which series are laid out. + + + + + Gets the viewport of the plot area. + + + + + Represents the keyboard modifiers that are currently held down. + + + + + Gets the target for visual state transitions. + + + + + Sets or gets the model. + + + + + The current Chart object's horizontal Zoombar + + + + + The current Chart object's vertical Zoombar + + + + + The current Chart object's title area + + + + + The current Chart object's subtitle area + + + + + The current Chart object's grid area border. + + + + + The current Chart object's plot area. + + + + + Gets the background content presenter. + + + + + The canvas containing preview path, drag path, crosshairs. + + + + + Gets the panel associated with the grid elements. + + + + + Gets or sets whether or not use delta zoom + + + + + Represents an observable collection of Chart objects. + + + It is not possible to clear the contents of a ChartCollection collection; the Chart + objects must be removed one at a time. + + Changing the name of a Chart will generate a collection changed (Replace) event. + + + + + + Initializes a default, empty data ChartCollection. + + + + + Clears the contained items of the collection, but provides a preview of the occurrance + in the form of the CollectionResetting event. + + + + + Occurs just before the current chart collection contents are reset + + + + + Gets the first matching chart object by name. + + + + + + + Represents a specialized panel used to layout the contents of Charts. + + + The ChartAreaPanel is used internally by the chart to handle the rather + complicated layout of its central area, which requires collaboration between the owner + chart and the other chart objects. + + + + + Initializes an empty, default ChartAreaPanel + + The owner chart object. + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Gets the owner Chart for the current ChartAreaPanel object. + + + + + This list maintains the order of the series, where the content dictionary does not. + + + + + Updates the tooltip + + Mouse position + Framework Element that shows the tooltip + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips, markerItems, cursors and legend items + + + + + Identifies the Series dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Item dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualItemBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualItemOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemLabel dependency property. + + + + + Raises PropertyChanged event for a specified property name. + + Property name + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets the current DataContext's series. + + + + + Gets the current DataContext's item. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to color the outline of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to color the item. + + + + + Gets the calculated brush to use to color the item. + + + + + Gets the calculated brush to use to color the outline of the item. + + + + + Gets or sets the item label for the current data context. + + + + + Raised when a property value changes. + + + + + Represents a data context for an item on an axis. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + The name of the property which was changed. + + + + Gets or sets the axis which owns this item. + + + + + Gets the current DataContext's item. + + + + + Raised when a property value on this object changes. + + + + + The data context that will be provided for a funnel slice. + + + + + Identifies the ItemOutline dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Outline to use to color the item. + + + + + Represents a data context for a pie chart slice. + + + + + Identifies Slice dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PercentValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsOthersSlice dependency property. + + + + + Raises PropertyChanged event for a specified property name. + + Property name + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets the current DataContext's pie slice. + + + + + The percent value of the pie slice in context, proportional to the entire pie. + + + + + Gets whether the current slice is the others slice.. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for CategorySeries. + + + + + Identifies the XAxisValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YAxisValue dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current XAxisValue. + + + + + Gets the current YAxisLabel. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for AnchoredCategorySeries. + + + + + Identifies the ItemValue dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current ItemValue. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for HorizontalRangeCategorySeries. + + + + + Identifies the ItemValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemValue dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current ItemLow. + + + + + Gets the current ItemHigh. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for ScatterBase series. + + + + + Identifies the ItemXValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemYValue dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current ItemXValue. + + + + + Gets the current ItemYValue. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for BubbleSeries. + + + + + Identifies the ItemRadius dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current ItemRadius. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for PolarBase series. + + + + + Identifies the ItemAngle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemRadius dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current ItemAngle. + + + + + Gets the current ItemRadius. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for RadialBase series. + + + + + Identifies the AngleAxisLabel dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current AngleAxisLabel. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for AnchoredRadialSeries. + + + + + Identifies the ItemValue dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current ItemValue. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips for FinancialSeries. + + + + + Identifies the ItemOpen dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemHigh dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemLow dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemClose dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemVolume dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current ItemOpen. + + + + + Gets the current ItemHigh. + + + + + Gets the current ItemLow. + + + + + Gets the current ItemClose. + + + + + Gets the current ItemVolume. + + + + + Represents a datapoint marker in a XamDataChart control. + + + + + Constructs a new Marker instance. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Method invoked when the mouse pointer enters this control. + + The MouseEventArgs in context. + + + + Method invoked when the mouse pointer leaves this control. + + The MouseEventArgs in context. + + + + Describes available methods of collision avoidance of series' markers. + + + + + Collision avoidance is disabled. + + + + + Items colliding with other items will be hidden from view. + + + + + Items colliding with other items will be partially hidden from view by reducing their opacity. + + + + + Items colliding with other items will be either hidden from view or moved to new positions. + + + + + Items colliding with other items will be either partially hidden from view by reducing their opacity, or moved to new positions, or a combination of both. + + + + + Marker manager class used by data series with numeric dimensions X and Y. + + + + + NumericMarkerManager constructor. + + The function used to provide marker objects given a data item. + The function used to provide a data item given its index. + The action used to remove unused markers. + The function used to get all marker locations. + The function used to return the indexes of all active markers. + + + + NumericMarkerManager constructor. + + The function used to provide marker objects given a data item. + The function used to provide a data item given its index. + The action used to remove unused markers. + The function used to get all marker locations. + The function used to return the indexes of all active markers. + The function used to get the method of collision avoidance to be used. + + + + Filter out markers that should not be visible. + + A dictionary containing the locations of all markers. + The maximum number of markers which can be displayed. + A rectangle representing the scroll window. Rectangle coordinates are based on the range of zero to one. + A rectangle representing the viewport, in device coordinates. + The current Series Resolution. + + + + Renders the given markers. + + A dictionary containing the locations of all markers. + Whether or not to enable a lower-fidelity rendering mode with better performance. + + + + Boolean indicating whether or not the ColumnValues of OwnedPoints should be populated during marker assignment. + + + + + A reference to a function providing column values for a given index. + + + + + Class representing several markers being consolidated into one. + + + + + Gets the next marker index from the bucket. + + True if the index returned is for a priority marker. + The index of the next marker in the bucket. + + + + A list of the indices of items in this bucket. + + + + + A list of the indices of priority items in this bucket. + + + + + Boolean indicating whether or not the bucket contains no items. + + + + + Represents the default flattener class. + + + + + Flattens a set of points + + Collection of points to flatten + Resolution + Collection of flattened points + + + + Flattens a set of points + + The array of x values to flatten. + The array of y values to flatten. + The number of values being provided. + The resolution to flatten the points to. + The list of flattened points. + + + + Gets the collection of flattened points. + + List of points + Resolution + X-function + Y-function + Collection of flattened points + + + + Get the collection of flattened points. + + The array of x values to flatten. + The array of y values to flatten. + The number of values being provided. + The resolution to flatten the points to. + The list of flattened points. + + + + Represents a target for a render operation. + + + + + The surface on which to render. + + + + + Describes available behaviors for series highlighting depending on distance of mouse on hover operation. + + + + + The highlight starts on closest element of series + + + + + The highlight starts when directly over element of series + + + + + Describes available highlighting states + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Describes available types of speeds used when transitioning in a series. + + + + + A speed type is automatically selected. + + + + + All speeds are normal, data points will arrive at the same time. + + + + + Data points will arrive later if their value is further from the start point. + + + + + Data points will arrive later if their index is further from the axis origin. + + + + + Data points will arrive at random times. + + + + + Represents an observable collection of XamDataChart series objects. + + + + + Initializes a default, empty SeriesCollection. + + + + + Clears the contained items of the collection, but provides a preview of the occurrance + in the form of the CollectionResetting event. + + + + + CollectionResetting is raised before the collection reset occurs. + + + + + Gets the first matching series object by name. + + + Matching series, or null. + + + + Show the tooltip for the item in the point. + + The tooltip item + + + + Returns the world coordinates of the point. + + The mouse coordinates for which to fetch the item. + Point in world coordinates. + + + + SyncLink class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SyncLink class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Returns the fast items source for the given items source. + + The items source to get the fast items source for. + The fast items source, if found. + + + + Calculate a rectangle for a chart area by synchronizing according to the + chart area's window settings. + + + + + + + + + Called internally by chart areas to request a window preview. + + + + + + + Called internally by chart areas to request a window. + + + + + + + Raises the property changed event. + + The name of the property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The name of the associated synchronization channel. + + + + + The default window rect is applied to chart areas as they're added to the chart. + + + + + Gets a collection of chart areas known to the current chart. + + + The chart areas property is maintained intenally and should not be modified by users. + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Represents the synchronization settings for a chart including which synchronization channel it is + part of. + + + + + Identifies the SyncChannel dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SynchronizeVertically dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SynchronizeHorizontally dependency property. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + The name of the property changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the channel with which to synchronize. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the bool used to display the window preview shadow. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the bool used to display the window preview shadow. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Raised when a value of the property changes. + + + + + Raised when the value of a property is updated. + + + + + Conveniently converts a string value into some default SyncSettings. + + + + + Returns if the converts is able to convert from the specified source type. + + The type descriptor context. + The source type to convert from. + True if the conversion is possible. + + + + Converts the given value from the source type to a SyncSettings instance. + + The type descriptor context. + The applicable culture settings. + The source value. + The SyncSettings instance. + + + + Gets the synchonization link that matches the synchchannel name provided. + + The synchchannel name to search for. + The SyncLink found. + + + + Releases a reference to a SyncLink. + + The SyncLink to release. + + + + SyncManager helps to manage SyncSettings of the SeriesViewer control. + + + + + Identifies the SyncSettings attached property. + + + + + Sets the SyncSettings for a target chart. + + The target chart to set the sync settings for. + The SyncSettings to set for the chart. + + + + Gets the SyncSettings for a target chart. + + The chart to get the SyncSettings for. + The SyncSettings for the chart. + + + + Represents a basic set of methods and properties to calculate the view port of the chart. + + + + + Calculates the bounds of the viewport. + + Target element + X-reference + Y-reference + Viewport rectangle + + + + Returns whether or not there is an alternate reference. + + Target element + X-reference + Y-reference + Whether or not the reference was located + + + + Returns the bounds of the viewport. + + Target element + X-reference + Y-reference + Bounds of the viewport + + + + Helps to augment the visual components of the chart with metadata which can be used to + programmatically classify them. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the target visual illustrates a negative change in the data. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the target visual is an outline of other displayed visuals. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the target visual is a solid outline of other displayed visuals. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the target visual is the translucent portion of a visual. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the target visual represents a chart trendline. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the target visual is part of a segmented multi-color line. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the target visual is the main geometry. + + + + + Gets the value of the IsNegativeVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to get the value from. + The value of the property. + + + + Sets the value of the IsNegativeVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to set the value for. + The value to set. + + + + Gets the value of the IsOutlineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to get the value from. + The value of the property. + + + + Sets the value of the IsOutlineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to set the value for. + The value to set. + + + + Gets the value of the IsSolidOutlineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to get the value from. + The value of the property. + + + + Sets the value of the IsSolidOutlineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to set the value for. + The value to set. + + + + Gets the value of the IsTranslucentPortionVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to get the value from. + The value of the property. + + + + Sets the value of the IsTranslucentPortionVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to set the value for. + The value to set. + + + + Gets the value of the IsTrendLineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to get the value from. + The value of the property. + + + + Sets the value of the IsTrendLineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to set the value for. + The value to set. + + + + Gets the value of the IsMultiColorLineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to get the value from. + The value of the property. + + + + Sets the value of the IsMultiColorLineVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to set the value for. + The value to set. + + + + Gets the value of the IsMainGeometryVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to get the value from. + The value of the property. + + + + Sets the value of the IsMainGeometryVisual attached property for a given dependency object + + The dependency object to set the value for. + The value to set. + + + + Represents Infragistics Arc control. + + + + + Represents the base class for the pie chart. + + + + + Creates a new instance of PieChartBase + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Identifies the FastItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelsPosition dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineMargin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCategoryThreshold dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCategoryType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCateogryText dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ExplodedRadius dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusFactor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AllowSliceSelection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AllowSliceExplosion dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Legend dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartAngle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SweepDirection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCategoryStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SelectedStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Brushes dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outlines dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemBadgeTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsSurfaceInteractionDisabled dependency property. + + + + + Gets the label for a data item. + + The data item to get the label for. + The requested label. + + + + Calculates the angle in degrees on the unit circle. + + + + + Called whenever a change is made to the data in the ItemsSource. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Renders the piechart. + + + + + Extracts data from the data source. + + + + + Prepares data needed to create pie slices. + + + + + Prepares data needed to create piechart labels. + + + + + Renders pie slices. + + + + + Renders pie labels. + + + + + Renders legend items. + + + + + Returns the chart visuals expressed as a PieChartVisualData object. + + A PieChartVisualData object representing the current chart visuals. + + + + Registers a numeric column in the FastItemsSource. + + The name on the property on each data item to get a value from. + A FastItemColumn containing the numeric values retrieved the given memberPath of each item in the FastItemsSource. + + + + Registers a column in the FastItemsSource. + + The name on the property on each data item to get a value from. + A FastItemColumn containing the values retrieved the given memberPath of each item in the FastItemsSource. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Raises the property changed. + + The name. + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets the current Chart's root ContentPresenter. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemsSource property for the pie chart. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The FastItemsSource is a proxy which handles caching, conversion and + weak event listeners. + + + + + Gets the FastItemColumn representing the mapped values in the items source. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of space between the center and the start of the arc. This property should be set between 0 and 100. + + + + + Gets or Sets the property name that contains the values. + + + + + Gets or sets the property name that contains the labels. + + + + + Gets the data column used for labels. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of chart labels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the leader lines are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the style for the leader lines. + + + + + Gets or sets what type of leader lines will be used for the outside end labels. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold value that determines if slices are grouped into the Others slice. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use numeric or percent-based threshold value. + + + + + Gets or sets the label of the Others slice. + + + + + Determines how much the exploded slice is offset from the center. Value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets a coerced ExplodedRadius property value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor of the chart's radius. Value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets a coerced version of RadiusFactor property between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slices can be selected. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slices can be exploded. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of exploded slice indices. + + + + + Gets or sets the legend used for the current chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the pixel amount, by which the labels are offset from the edge of the slices. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting angle of the chart. + + + The default zero value is equivalent to 3 o'clock. + + + + + Gets or sets the rotational direction of the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of selected slice indices. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used for the Others slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when a slice is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used for the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the Brushes property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The brushes property defines the palette from which automatically assigned slice brushes are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the Outlines property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The Outlines property defines the palette from which automatically assigned slice outlines are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item control content is created according to the LegendItemTemplate on-demand by + the chart object itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemBadgeTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item badge is created according to the LegendItemBadgeTemplate on-demand by + the chart object itself. + + + + + The DataTemplate to use when creating pie chart labels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all surface interactions with the plot area should be disabled. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Raised when the slice is clicked. + + + + + Gets or sets the chart's viewport. + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of a property is updated. + + + + + Creates a new instance of Arc. + + + + + Identifies the EndAngle dependency property. + + + + + Selecteds the indices changed override. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Prepares data needed to create pie slices. + + + + + Renders legend items. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the ring. + + The ring. + + + + Gets or sets the ending angle of the chart. + + + The default value is 360. + + + + + Represents data for element in the chart + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the ring that contains this ArcItem. + + The ring. + + + + Gets the parent ArcItem. + + The parent. + + + + Gets the property name that contains the values. + + The value member path. + + + + Gets or sets the index of in the Ring. + + The index. + + + + Gets or sets the level depth. + + The level depth. + + + + Gets or sets the start angle of the . + + The start angle. + + + + Gets or sets the end angle of the . + + The end angle. + + + + Gets or sets the threshold value that determines if slices are grouped into the Others slice. + + + + + Gets the brushes of the . + + The brushes. + + + + Gets the in this . + + The slice items. + + + + The visual data about the doughnut chart controll + + + + + Scales by viewport + + + + + Gets or sets the series of the doughnut chart visual data + + + + + Gets or sets the height + + + + + Gets or sets the width + + + + + Gets or sets the hole radius + + + + + Gets or sets the viewport + + + + + The visual data about each series of the doughnut chart + + + + + Serializes the object + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the series + + + + + Gets or sets the label extent + + + + + Gets or sets the labels position + + + + + Gets or sets the leader line type + + + + + Gets or sets the leader line visibility + + + + + Gets or sets the leader line margin + + + + + Gets or sets the rings of a single series + + + + + The visual data about the series as a list + + + + + The visual data about each ring of the series + + + + + Serializes the object + + + + + Gets or sets the arcs + + + + + The visual data about all the rings in a series + + + + + The visual data about an arc in a ring + + + + + Scales by viewport + + + + + Serializes the object + + + + + Gets or sets the slices for each arc + + + + + Gets or sets the leader line + + + + + The visual data about all the arcs in a ring + + + + + The visual data about a slice + + + + + Scales by viewport + + + + + Serieslizes the object + + + + + Gets or sets the slice inherited from the pie chart + + + + + Gets or sets the outline color + + + + + Gets or sets the labels visual data + + + + + Gets or sets the background of the slice + + + + + Gets or sets the absolute center of the slice itself + + + + + Gets or sets the absolute center of the exploded slice + + + + + Gets or sets the IsExploded + + + + + Gets or sets the IsSelected + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the slice in the given arc + + + + + Gets or sets the radius - measured from the center to the far most point + + + + + Gets or sets the start angle of the slice + + + + + Gets or sets the end angle of the slice + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the slice + + + + + The visual data about all the slices in a single arc + + + + + The visual data about the labels in all slices + + + + + Scales by viewport + + + + + Seriealizes by viewport + + + + + Gets or sets the label value + + + + + Gets or sets the label size + + + + + Gets or sets the label position + + + + + Represents a hierarchical series. + + + + + Represents a base series. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Raises PropertyChanged and/or PropertyUpdated events if any listeners have been registered. + + Name of property whos value changed. + Property value before change. + Property value after change. + + + + Identifies the LabelsPosition dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderLineMargin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCategoryThreshold dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCategoryType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCateogryText dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Legend dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartAngle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OthersCategoryStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SelectedStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Brushes dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outlines dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemBadgeTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsSurfaceInteractionDisabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusFactor dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the series should analyze data and return the rings which should be displayed. + + with object which should be displayed. + + + + Called when is changed and data should be updated. + + + + + Called when is changed and data should be updated. + + + + + Renders the series. + + + + + Renders the legend items. + + + + + Gets reference to the owning chart. + + The chart. + + + + Gets or sets the data source for the chart. + + + + + Gets or Sets the property name that contains the values. + + + + + Gets or sets the property name that contains the labels. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of chart labels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the leader lines are visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the style for the leader lines. + + + + + Gets or sets what type of leader lines will be used for the outside end labels. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin between a label and its leader line. The default is 6 pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip for the pie chart. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the threshold value that determines if slices are grouped into the Others slice. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use numeric or percent-based threshold value. + + + + + Gets or sets the label of the Others slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the legend used for the current chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the pixel amount, by which the labels are offset from the edge of the slices. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting angle of the chart. + + + The default zero value is equivalent to 3 o'clock. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used for the Others slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when a slice is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when a slice is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used for the tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the Brushes property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The brushes property defines the palette from which automatically assigned slice brushes are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the Outlines property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The Outlines property defines the palette from which automatically assigned slice outlines are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item control content is created according to the LegendItemTemplate on-demand by + the chart object itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemBadgeTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item badge is created according to the LegendItemBadgeTemplate on-demand by + the chart object itself. + + + + + The DataTemplate to use when creating pie chart labels. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all surface interactions with the plot area should be disabled. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor of the chart's radius. Value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets the root canvas for the current series object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the ChildrenMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Called when the series should analyze data and return the rings which should be displayed. + + + with object which should be displayed. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Called when is changed and data should be updated. + + + + + Called when is changed and data should be updated. + + + + + Renders the series. + + + + + Renders the legend items. + + + + + Breadth first: visit nodes according to level (all nodes at level 0, then all nodes at level 1, then all nodes at level 2, etc). (go wide before you go deep...) + + + + + + Gets the rings which the series contains. + + The rings collection. + + + + Gets or sets the property name that contains the children items collection. + + + + + implementation for a First in First out Queue + + + + + This function will append to the end of the Queue or + create The first Node instance. + + + + + + This function will serve from the front of the Queue. Notice + no deallocation for the Node Class, This is now handled by the + Garbage Collector. + + + + + Test to see if the Queue might be empty. + + + + + Number of Items in the Queue. + + + + + The Node class holds the object and a pointer to the next + Node class. + + + + + Represents data for element. + + + + + Creates a new instance of Ring. + + + + + Renders the arcs. + + + + + + Prepares data needed to create s. + + + + + Gets the index of ring in the chart. + + The index. + + + + Gets the inner extend of the ring in percentage. + + The inner extend. + + + + Gets the size of the ring. + + The size of the control. + + + + Gets the center point of the ring. + + The center. + + + + Gets the reference to . + + The ring control. + + + + Gets reference to ring series. + + The ring series. + + + + Gets the ring breadth. + + The ring breadth. + + + + Gets the arc items. + + The arc items. + + + + Represents an observable collection of s objects. + + + + + Clears the items. + + + + + Removes the item. + + The index. + + + + Represents visual control for ring in the chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Raises PropertyChanged and/or PropertyUpdated events if any listeners have been registered. + + Name of property whos value changed. + Property value before change. + Property value after change. + + + + Called when the control's size has been updated. + + + + + Gets the root canvas for the current series object. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Called when the template for the control has been provided. + + + + + Gets the root visual for the series. + + + + + Represents one ring in series. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Called when the series should analyze data and return the rings which should be displayed. + + + with object which should be displayed. + + + + + Called when is changed and data should be updated. + + + + + Called when is changed and data should be updated. + + + + + Renders the series. + + + + + Renders the legend items. + + + + + Gets reference to the ring data. + + The ring. + + + + Called when the template for the control has been provided. + + + + + Gets the root visual for the series. + + + + + Represents an observable collection of s objects. + + + + + Represents data of element + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the start angle. + + The start angle. + + + + Gets or sets the end angle. + + The end angle. + + + + Gets or sets the arc item. + + The arc item. + + + + Gets or sets the index. + + The index. + + + + Gets or sets the slice. + + The slice. + + + + Represents an observable collection of s objects. + + + + + Inserts item into the collection. + + Index of the new value + Item to be inserted + + + + Replaces an item at a given index with a new item. + + Index of the value to be replaced + Value to be added + + + + Removes the item from collection. + + The index. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The object to remove from the . The value can be null for reference types. + + true if is successfully removed; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if was not found in the original . + + + + + Clears the items. + + + + + Represents concentric circles divided on arcs depending on data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Identifies the AllowSliceSelection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsSurfaceInteractionDisabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AllowSliceExplosion dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SelectedStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CenterData dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AllowSliceSelection dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Selects the slice. + + The slice. + if set to true the slice should be selected. + + + + Explodes the slice. + + The slice. + if set to true the slice should be exploded. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Called when the control's size has been updated. + + + + + Raises the property changed. + + The name. + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets the list of rings displayed in this . + + The rings. + + + + Gets or sets whether the slices can be selected. + + + + + Gets or sets whether all surface interactions with the plot area should be disabled. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slices can be exploded. + + + + + Gets the current SeriesViewer object's child Series. + + + + + Gets the current Chart's root ContentPresenter. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner extent of the doughnut chart. It is percent from the outer ring's radius. + + The default value is 40. + + + + Gets or sets the collection of selected slices. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of exploded slices. + + + + + Gets or sets the style used when a slice is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets data of center presenter. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slices can be selected. + + + + + Raised when the slice is clicked. + + + + + Notifies clients that a property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when the value of a property is updated. + + + + + Describes available locations of the axis labels in the chart. + + + + + Places the axis labels at the top, outside of the plotting area. + + + + + Places the axis labels at the bottom, outside of the plotting area + + + + + Places the axis labels to the left, outside of the plotting area. + + + + + Places the axis labels to the right, outside of the plotting area. + + + + + Places the axis labels inside the plotting area above the axis line. + + + CrossingAxis should be set for this setting to take effect. + + + + + Places the axis labels inside the plotting area below the axis line. + + + CrossingAxis should be set for this setting to take effect. + + + + + Places the axis labels inside the plotting area and to the left of the axis line. + + + CrossingAxis should be set for this setting to take effect. + + + + + Places the axis labels inside the plotting area and to the right of the axis line. + + + CrossingAxis should be set for this setting to take effect. + + + + + Describes available orientations for an axis. + + + + + Represents a horizontal axis. + + + + + Represents a vertical axis. + + + + + Represents an angular axis used by the polar series. + + + + + Represents a radial axis used by radial series. + + + + + Describes available behaviors of selecting a brush from a brush collection. + + + + + alternates between brushes sequentially. + + + + + Uses index-based interpolation. + + + + + Describes available modes of displaying elements in the chart grid, such as gridlines. + + + + + No chart grid. + + + + + Chart grid should be rendered before or in front of the data series. + + + + + Chart grid should be rendered behind or in back of the data series. + + + + + Describes available display types for financial indicators. + + + + + Display indicator as a line chart. + + + + + Display indicator as an area chart. + + + + + Display indicator as a column chart. + + + + + Describes available positions of labels. + + + + + No labels will be displayed. + + + + + Labels will be displayed in the center. + + + + + Labels will be displayed inside and by the edge of the container. + + + + + Labels will be displayed outside the container. + + + + + Labels will automatically decide their location. + + + + + Describes available types of a callout line for the labels. + + + + + A straight line is drawn between the slice and its label. + + + + + A curved line is drawn between the slice and its label. The line follows makes a natural turn from the slice to the label. + + + + + A curved line is drawn between the slice and its label. The line starts radially from the slice and then turns to the label. + + + + + Describes available types of marker than can be displayed by default by series with markers. + + + + + Marker hasn't been set. + + + + + No markerItems. + + + + + Automatic marker shape. + + + + + Circle marker shape. + + + + + Flat-top triangle marker shape. + + + + + Flat-base triangle marker shape. + + + + + Square marker shape. + + + + + Diamond marker shape. + + + + + Pentagon marker shape. + + + + + Hexagon marker shape. + + + + + Four-pointed star marker shape. + + + + + Five-pointed star marker shape. + + + + + Six-pointed star marker shape. + + + + + Describes available behaviors for calculating and grouping slices into the Others slice. + + + + + Data value is compared directly to the value of OthersCategoryThreshold. + + + + + Data value is compared to OthersCategoryThreshold as a percentage of the total. + + + + + Describes available display types of financial price series. + + + + + Displays prices as a Japanese Candlestick. + + + + + Displays prices as an OHLC bar. + + + + + Describes available types of Spline calculations. + + + + + Calculates the spline using a natural spline calculation formula. + + + + + Calculated the spline using a clamped spline calculation formula. + + + + + Describes available behaviors for displaying of gridlines, tickmarks, and labels on a time axis. + + + + + Points occur at even intervals, even where data is not present at a given point. + + + + + Points occur when data is present, possibly at uneven intervals. + + + + + Describes available types of UI response to user panning and zooming operations. + + + + + Defer the view update until after the user action is complete. + + + + + Update the view immediately while the user action is happening. + + + + + Represents the base class for error bar settings + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + identifies the DefaultErrorBarStyle dependency property. + + + + + Raises the property changed and updated events. + + The name of the property being changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the DefaultErrorBarStyle property. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Represents the class for the category error bar settings + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Identifies the EnableErrorBars dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ErrorBarCapLength dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Calculator dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ErrorBarStyle dependency property. + + + + + Determines which error bars are enabled - none, the plus ones, the minus ones or both. + + + + + Determines the length, in pixels, of each error bar's cap. + + + + + Specifies the calculator for the error bars + + + + + Determines the stroke of the error bars + + + + + Determines the stroke thickness of the error bars + + + + + Gets or sets the ErrorBarStyle property. + + + + + Describes available types for enabling error bars + + + + + No error bars are enabled + + + + + Both error bars are enabled + + + + + Positive error bars are enabled + + + + + Negative error bars are enabled + + + + + Implements some common methods for all error bars + + + + + Represents the class for the scatter error bar settings + + + + + String used to declare HorizontalErrorBarCepLength dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalStrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + String used to identify the VerticalErrorBarCapLength property. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Identifies the ErrorErrorBarsHorizontal dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalCalculatorReference dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalCalculator dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalErrorBarCapLength dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalStrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalErrorBarStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EnableErrorBarsVertical dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalCalculatorReference dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalCalculator dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalErrorBarCapLength dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalStrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalErrorBarStyle dependency property. + + + + + Determines which horizontal error bars are enabled - none, the plus ones, the minus ones or both. + + + + + Specifies the reference value for any dependent horizontal calculators. + + + + + Specifies the calculator for the horizontal error bars. + + + + + Determines the length, in pixels, of each horizontal error bar's cap. + + + + + Determines the stroke of the horizontal error bars. + + + + + Determines the stroke thickness of the horizontal error bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the HorizontalErrorBarStyle property. + + + + + Determines which vertical error bars are enabled - none, the plus ones, the minus ones or both. + + + + + Specifies the reference value for any dependent vertical calculators. + + + + + Specifies the calculator for the vertical error bars. + + + + + Determines the length, in pixels, of each vertical error bar's cap. + + + + + Determines the stroke of the vertical error bars. + + + + + Determines the stroke thickness of the vertical error bars. + + + + + Gets or sets the VerticalErrorBarStyle property. + + + + + Represents event arguments base class for the AssigningCategoryStyleEventArgsBase + + + + Gets the start index + + + Gets the end index + + + Gets the start date + + + Gets the end date + + + Gets a function that will return the items associated with this event. + + + Gets or sets fill brush to use for the current item. + + + Gets or sets stroke to use for the current item. + + + Gets or sets opacity to use for the current item. + + + Gets or sets highlighting info + + + Gets the max highlighting progress from all series. + + + Gets the sum of highlighting progress from all series. + + + Gets or sets if highlighting was handled by this event handler, and whether internal highlighting logic should be skipped. + + + Gets if this event has a valid date range + + + + Gets if the current shape is identified as a negative shape if this series supports discrete negative shapes. + + + + + Gets if the current event is being raised for the thumbnail image. + + + + + Represents event arguments class for the AssigningCategoryStyleEvent + + + + Gets or sets stroke thickness to use for the current item. + + + Gets or sets stroke dash array to use for the current item. + + + Gets or sets stroke dash cap to use for the current item. + + + Gets or sets corner radius X to use for the current item, if applicable. + + + Gets or sets corner radius Y to use for the current item, if applicable. + + + + Represents delegate for getting the category items based on indices. + + + + + Represents delegate for the AssigningCategoryStyleEvent + + + + + Represents event arguments class for the AssigningCategoryStyleEvent + [EditorBrowsable(AssigningCategoryMarkerStyleEvent.Never)] + + + + Represents delegate for the AssigningCategoryMarkerStyleEvent + + + + + Provides data for Axis RangeChanged events. + + + + + Initialises an AxisRangeChangedEventArgs object. + + The axis minimum value before the range changed. + The axis minimum value after the range changed. + The axis maximum value before the range changed. + The axis minimum value after the range changed. + + + + Gets the minimum value before the range changed. The reported minimum is the effective, + not the set value. + + + + + Gets the minimum value after the range changed. The reported minimum is the effective, + not the set value. + + + + + Gets the maximum value before the range changed. The reported maximum is the effective, + not the set value. + + + + + Gets the maximum value after the range changed. The reported maximum is the effective, + not the set value. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle Axis RangeChanged events. + + The object where the event handler is attached. + The event data. + + + + + Provides a human readable description of the mouse button event. + + The description. + + + + Returns the x- and y- coordinates of the mouse pointer position, optionally evaluated + against the origin of a supplied UIElement. + + Any UIElement derived object that is contained by the Silverlight plug-in + and connected to the object tree. To specify the object relative to the overall Silverlight + coordinate system, use a relativeTo value of null. + + + + + Gets or sets the original control event that resulted in this event being raised. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates the present state of the event handling for a routed + event as it travels the route. + + + ChartMouseButton events are not routed events; setting this property effects the underlying + MouseButtonEvent. + + + + + Gets an object that reports stylus device information, such as the collection of stylus + points associated with the input. + + + + + Gets a reference to the object that raised the event. + + + + + Gets the ItemsSource item associated with the current event. + + + + + Gets the series associated with the current event. + + + + + Gets the Chart associated with the current event. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle XamDataChart mouse button related events. + + The object where the event handler is attached. + The event data. + + + + + The legend item that was the target of the mouse event. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle XamDataChart legend mouse button related events. + + The object where the event handler is attached. + The event data. + + + + Provides data for XamDataChart mouse button related events. + + + + + Provides a human readable description of the mouse button event. + + + + + + Returns the x- and y- coordinates of the mouse pointer position, optionally evaluated + against the origin of a supplied UIElement. + + Any UIElement derived object that is contained by the Silverlight plug-in + and connected to the object tree. To specify the object relative to the overall Silverlight + coordinate system, use a relativeTo value of null. + + + + + Gets an object that reports stylus device information, such as the collection of stylus + points associated with the input. + + + + + Gets a reference to the object that raised the event. + + + + + Gets the ItemsSource item associated with the current event. + + + + + Gets the series associated with the current event. + + + + + Gets the Chart associated with the current event. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle XamDataChart mouse related events. + + The object where the event handler is attached. + The event data. + + + + Provides data for XamDataChart legend mouse related events. + + + + + The legend item that was the target of the mouse event. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle XamDataChart legend mouse related events. + + The object where the event handler is attached. + The event data. + + + + Provides data for XamDataChart mouse button related events. + + + + + Provides a human readable expresion of the event arguments. + + + + + + Gets the ItemsSource item associated with the current event. + + + + + Gets the series associated with the current event. + + + + + Gets the Chart associated with the current event. + + + + + Gets the chart associated with the event. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle XamDataChart mouse related events. + + The object where the event handler is attached. + The event data. + + + + Parameterizes a financial calculation event. + + + + + Constructs a FinancialEventArgs object. + + The beginning position that should be calculated from. + The number of positions that should be calculated from the start. + The data to use for the calculation. + The supporting calculations to use in the calculation. + + + + The beginning position that should be calculated from. + + + + + The number of positions that should be calculated from the start. + + + + + The data to use for the calculation. + + + + + The supporting calculations to use in the calculation. + + + + + Used to specify which columns changing will invalidate the series and cause it to + be recalculated. + + + + + For handling financial calculation events. + + The sender of the event. + The parameters of the event. + + + + EventArgs class for property updated events. + + + + + Name of the property being updated. + + + + + Old or previous value of the property being updated. + + + + + New or current value of the property being updated. + + + + + EventHandler delegate for property updated events. + + The source of the event. + The PropertyUpdatedEventArgs in context. + + + + Contains PieChart click event data. + + + + + Gets the current slice. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slice is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slice is exploded. + + + + + Gets whether the current slice is part of the others slice. + + + + + Gets the slice data context. + + The data context. + + + + Event handler for SliceClick event. + + Chart control + Slice parameters + + + + Provides data for XamDataChart stacked series. + + + + + Gets or sets the series brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the series legend item template. + + + + + Gets or sets the series legend item badge templae. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the series legend. + + + + + Gets or sets the series outline brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the series stroke dash array. + + + + + Gets or sets the series dash cap. + + + + + Gets the index of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the series outline thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the series title. + + + + + Gets or sets the series tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the series marker brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the series marker outline. + + + + + Gets or sets the series marker style. + + + + + Gets or sets the series marker template. + + + + + Gets or sets the series marker type. + + + + + Gets or sets the start cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the end cap. + + + + + Event handler for the SeriesCreated event. + + event sender + event parameters + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Absolute Volume Oscillator indicator series. + + + Default required members: Volume + + + + + A base class for indicator series with simple calculations that separates the calculation + responsibility from the other responsibilities of the financial series, this enables + easier unit testing and decoupling of individual calculation strategies. + + + A contract is defined between the financial series and these simple indicator calculations + detailing the data which the series agrees to provide the simple indicator calculations, + this contract is defined by . If more + complex interactions are needed between the indicator calculation and the series, the + indicators should instead derive from directly, or some + derivative other than + + + + + Represents the base functionality for a XamDataChart financial indicator series. + + + + + Represents the base class for all financial indicator and overlay series. + + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initialises a default FinancialSeries object. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualXAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualYAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OpenMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HighMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LowMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CloseMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VolumeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsCustomCategoryStyleAllowed dependency property. + + + + + The current render state of the series. + + + + + Gets the exact unsorted index of the item based on world coordinates from the current sorting axis. + + The world coordinates to use. + The exact index of the item for the specified coordinates as a double, indicating which value is closer to the world point. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns a distance value (not necessarily pixels), that indicates how 'close' a world position is to an indexed value in the series. + Not every series can necessarily answer this question, it can't or the world position or index is invalid, NaN will be returned. + + The world position for which to get a distance. + The index to get a distance to. + A distance value to the world position. + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best avaialble value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available high value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available low value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available close value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available open value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available volume value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best high value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best low value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best open value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best close value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best volume value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + Invalidates the associated axes. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window being updated. + + The old window rectangle. + The new window rectangle. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport being updated. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Maps from fast item columns to member paths. + + + + + Maps from member paths to column names. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets an array of category items for specified range of indexes + + + + + Gets the index of the item that resides at the provided world coordinates. + + The world coordinates of the requested item. + The requested item's index. + + + + Gets the item index based on world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to get the item for. + The index of the item. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Identifies the TransitionInMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsTransitionInEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Gets the view info for the series. + + The viewport of the series. + The window of the series. + + + + Renders the series. + + True if the change should be animated. + + + + Validates the the required columns have been mapped for the required calculation. + + The columns the calculation is based on. + Whether the required columns are mapped. + + + + Gets the columns the current Typical Price calculation are based on. + + The list of column names the calculation is based on. + + + + Provides the data requires by the data contract between the financial series + and the calculation strategies. + + The data which the calculation strategies need. + + + + Provides the supporting calculation strategies so that the indicator + calculation strategy can perform its calculations. + + The supporting calculation strategies. + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for negative portions of the series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for the current FinancialSeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current FinancialSeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the open mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the Open data values gathered from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the high mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the high data values gathered from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the low mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the low data values gathered from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the close mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the Close data values gathered from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the volume mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the Volume data values gathered from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets whether this category series should allow custom style overrides of its individual visuals. + + + + + Gets or sets the method by which to animate the data into the chart when the chart data source is swapped. + Note: Transitions are not currently supported for stacked series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the series should transition into the plot area when a new data source is assigned. + Note: Transitions are not currently supported for stacked series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Handle this event in order to perform a custom typical price calculation. + + + + + Handle this event in order to specify which columns the Typical price calculation is based on. + + + + + Typical column enumerable. The precise meaning of "typical" should be configurable + + + + + + True range enumerable + + + + + + True low enumerable + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FinancialIndicator class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Identifies the DisplayType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IgnoreFirst dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualTrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLinePeriod dependency property. + + + + + Should be overridden in derived classes to specify a value + to use for the trendlineperiod regardless of what is set on the + series. + + The to use for the period. + + + + Identifies the TrendLineZIndex dependency property + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to calculate the value of the indicator based on the input columns. + + The starting position to calculate from. + The number of positions to calculate. + Whether updates are required. + + + + Overridden in derived classes to provide a list of column names on which the calculation depends. + + The starting position of the calculation. + The number of positions required to be calculated. + The list of columns on which the calculation depends. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best avaialble value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Refreshes all the indicator values. + + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + The data container. + + + + Gets or sets the display for the current FinancialIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of values to hide at the beginning of the indicator. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the trend type for the current indicator series. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to draw the trend line. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective TrendLineBrush for this indicator. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the current + indicator object's trend line dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to draw the trend line for the current indicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the trend line period for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The typical, and initial, value for trend line period is 7. + + + + + Gets or sets the trend line z index for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The trend line renders over the series and markers by default, lower this value to shift it to the background. + + + + + + The calculated indicator values + + + + + The Y range defined by the Indicator values. + + + + + Constructs the SimpleFinancial indicator, registering the appropriate + default style key, and creating the appropriate calculation strategy. + + + + + Should be overridden in derived classes that are providing a period + to the calculation strategy. + + + + + + Should be overridden in derived classes that are providing a short period + to the calculation strategy. + + + + + + Should be overridden in derived classes that are providing a long period + to the calculation strategy. + + + + + + Helper method for defining the various period dependency properties that + derivatives of this class need. + + The default value for the period property to create. + The type that will own the period property. + The dependency property identifier. + + + + Helper method for defining the various long period dependency properties that + derivatives of this class need. + + The default value for the period property to create. + The type that will own the period property. + The dependency property identifier. + + + + Helper method for defining the various short period dependency properties that + derivatives of this class need. + + The default value for the period property to create. + The type that will own the period property. + The dependency property identifier. + + + + Returns the list of property names whose changing should result in the + indicator being recalculated. + + The position that will be recalculated from. + The number of positions that will be recalculated. + The list of property names. + + + + Provides the indicator calculation logic for the Simple financial indicators + + + + + + + + Updates the range for the Axes based on the calculated indicator values. + + The data used for calculation and the calculated values. + + + + Makes sure the period has a valid value. + + Input period value. + Sanitized period value. + + + + Overridden in derived classed to provide the FinancialCalculationDataSource to perform + financial calculations on behalf of the series. + + The position the calculation must begin at. + The number of items to be calculated. + The data source for the calculation. + + + + Should be overridden in derived classes if the indicator supports some sort + of scaling factor to be passed to the calculation strategy. + + + + + + Creates a dependency property for storing the scaling factor. + + The default value for the scaling factor. + The owner of the dependency property + The created dependency property identifier. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The effective calculation strategy to use for the calculation. + + + + + Must be overridden in derived classes to specify which calculation strategy + should be used for the calculation. + + + + + Must be overridden in derived classes to specify which type to use as a key + to find the default style for the indicator. + + + + + Identifies the ShortPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the short period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the LongPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the long period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the short moving average period for the current AbsoluteVolumeOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for short AVO periods is 10. + + + + + + Gets or sets the short moving average period for the current AbsoluteVolumeOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for long AVO periods is 30. + + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Absolute Volume Oscillator indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Represents a decoupled strategy for calculating a financial indicator from data + provided by a financial series. + + + The data which the strategy will use for its calculation is + a simplified subset of the data that the series makes available and is defined by + the contract + + + + + Performs the calculation associated with this calculation strategy. + + The data required by the contract between these + strategies and the financial series. + The calculation strategies required by the + contract between these strategies and the financial series. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + The calculation strategy is required to express which columns its values are based on + so that the series knows when to ask for recalculation. + + The data source we will be calculating for. + The supporting calculations to be used + in the calculation. + The list of column names that this calculation is based on. + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Accumulation/Distribution indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close, Low, High, Volume + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Accumulation/Distribution indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Implementers of IStreamingIndicatorCalculationStrategy must be able to provide + an enumeration of calculated values rather that filling the IndicatorColumn directly. + + + + + Provides a stream of calculated indicator values and does not fill + the IndicatorColumn in the data source. + + The data required by the contract between these + strategies and the financial series. + The calculation strategies required by the + contract between these strategies and the financial series. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Provides a stream of calculated indicator values and does not fill + the IndicatorColumn in the datasource. + + The data required by the contract between these + strategies and the financial series. + The calculation strategies required by the + contract between these strategies and the finiancial series. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Average Directional indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current AverageDirectionalIndexIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for AverageDirectionalIndexIndicator periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a AverageDirectionalIndexIndicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Average True Range indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current AverageTrueRangeSeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for AverageTrueRange periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Average True Range indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Bollinger Bands financial overlay series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Represents the base functionality for a XamDataChart financial overlay series. + + + The difference between a FinancialIndicator and a FinancialOverlay is small. + Overlays are usually drawn against the same axes as the price, but they don't + have to be. Overlays mostly display multiple values, but not all of them, and so + so some indicators. + + + + + FinancialOverlay constructor. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Identifies the IgnoreFirst dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Validates this overlay. + + True if the overlay is valid, otherwise False. + + + + Gets or sets the number of values to hide at the beginning of the indicator. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Boolean property indicating whether or not this overlay is valid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the BollingerBandsOverlay class. + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Multiplier dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Ensures the data for the overlay is calculated and valid before rendering. + + If re-rendering is required. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best available value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current BollingerBandOverlay object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for Bollinger band periods is 14. + + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current BollingerBandOverlay object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for Bollinger band multipliers is 2. + + + + + + Gets or sets the first visible bucket of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the last visible bucket of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the bucket size of the series. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Bollinger Bandwidth indicator series. + + + Represents the normalized width of the Bollinger bands for each provided value. + For more info see: + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the ScalingFactor dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the scaling factor to be used for the calculation. + + The scaling factor to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the Bollinger Band Width Indicator. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for CCI periods is 20. + + + + + + Gets or sets the multiplier for the Bollinger Band width. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for Bollinger Band width multiplier is 2. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Bollinger Band Width indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents the XamDataChart Chaikin Oscillator indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close, Low, High, Volume + + + + + Identifies the ShortPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the short period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the LongPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the long period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the short moving average period for the current ChaikinOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for short CHO periods is 3. + + + + + + Gets or sets the long moving average period for the current ChaikinOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for long CHO periods is 10. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Chaikin Oscillator indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Constructs a ChaikinOscillatorIndicatorStrategy + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Chaikin Volatility indicator series. + + + The ChaikinVolatility indicator attempts to show volatility by displaying the spread between + the high and low values. + + Default required members: High, Low + + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current ChaikinVolatilityIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for ChaikinVolatilityIndicator periods is 10. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Chaikin Volatility indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Commodity Channel Index indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current CCISeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for CCI periods is 20. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Commodity Channel Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Custom Indicator series. + + The indicator value is calculated in the user specified Indicator event handler. + + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The position to calculate from. + The number of positions to calculate for. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Handle this event in order to perform a custom indicator calculation. + + + + + Handle this event in order to indicate which columns this custom indicator + is based on. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a custom indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Detrended Price Oscillator indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current DetrendedPriceOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for DPO periods is 20. + + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating a Detrended Price Oscillator indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Ease of Movement indicator series. + + + The ease of movement indicator by Richard W. Arms, Jr relates the price change of an asset to + its volume. Normally smoothed with a moving average. + + Default required members: Low, High, Volume + + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Ease of Movement indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Fast Stochastic Oscillator indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current FastStochasticOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for FastStochasticOscillatorIndicator periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a FastStochasticOscillatorIndicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Constructs a FastStochasticOscillatorIndicatorStrategy. + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart financial price series that renders as Candlestick or OHLC representations. + + + Default required members: Open, Low, High, Close + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the FinancialIndicator class. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualTrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLinePeriod dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineZIndex dependency property + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Identifies the DisplayType dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The categorySeries is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Returns the item that is found at the given point. + + The origin of the mouse interaction. + The point to search for the item near. + The found item. + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + The data container. + + + + Gets or sets the trend type for the current financial series. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to draw the trend line. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective TrendLineBrush for this FinancialPriceSeries. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the current + FinancialPriceSeries object's trend line dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to draw the trend line for the current FinancialPriceSeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the trend line period for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The typical, and initial, value for trend line period is 7. + + + + + Gets or sets the trend line Z index for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The trend line renders over the series and markers by default, lower this value to shift it to the background. + + + + + + Gets or sets the display type for the current FinancialPriceSeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Force Index indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close, Volume + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current AverageTrueRangeSeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for ForceIndiex periods is 0. + + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Force Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Calculates the force index values for the target series. + + The data to use for the calculation. + A list of force index values. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Full Stochastic Oscillator indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the SmoothingPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the short period to use for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the TriggerPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the long period to use for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Specifies the trend period to use for the trend line, overriding + the TrendLinePeriod for the series. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current FullStochasticOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for FullStochasticOscillatorIndicator periods is 14. + + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average SmoothingPeriod for the current FullStochasticOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for FullStochasticOscillatorIndicator SmoothingPeriod is 3. + + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average TriggerPeriod for the current FullStochasticOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for FullStochasticOscillatorIndicator TriggerPeriod is 3. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a FullStochasticOscillatorIndicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Constructs a FullStochasticOscillatorIndicatorStrategy + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a list of %K values. + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Provides a stream of calculated indicator values and does not fill + the IndicatorColumn in the datasource. + + The data required by the contract between these + strategies and the financial series. + The calculation strategies required by the + contract between these strategies and the finiancial series. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents the data contract between a financial series and the + decoupled calculation responsibilities which implement its mathmatical logic. + + + The FinancialCalculationDataSource contract represents the subset + of data which needs to be provided in order to test or run a calculation, + and its intentionally a subset of the information available to the series, + in order to make calculation strategies more easily testable and usable in isolation to + the financial series container. + + + + + A read only collection of the open values for the financial series + that is requesting an indicator calculation. + + + + + A read only collection of the close values for the financial series + that is requesting an indicator calculation. + + + + + A read only collection of the high values for the financial series + that is requesting an indicator calculation + + + + + A read only collection of the low values for that financial series + that is requesting an indicator calculation. + + + + + A read only collection of the volume values for the financial series + that is requesting an indicator calculation. + + + + + The output values for the indicator which the strategy calculates. + + + + + An enumerable list of typical prices provided by the series to use + in calculations. + + + + + And enumerable list of true range values provided by the series to use + in calculations. + + + + + An enumerable list of true low values provided by the series to use + in calculations. + + + + + The period to use when calculating, if applicable. + + + + + The short period to use when calculating, if applicable. + + + + + The long period to use when calculating, if applicable. + + + + + The count of the values in the series. + + + + + The starting index from which to calculate + + + + + The number of items from the starting index from which to calculate + + + + + If the calculation supports some sort of scaling factor, + this value will be used. + + + + + If the calculation determines the range of indicator values, + it will set the minimum and maximux properties. + + + This will contain the previous minimum value when the indicator + calculation is called again, in case this makes the update of the + value speedier. + + + + + If the calculation determines the range of indicator values, + it will set the minimum and maximux properties. + + + This will contain the previous minimum value when the indicator + calculation is called again, in case this makes the update of the + value speedier. + + + + + The calculation strategy should set this to true if it + specifes the minimum and maximum value properties. + + + + + Represents a contract between the financial series and the calculation strategies + detailing the supporting calculation strategies that the financial series will + provide in order for the indicator calculations to be performed. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate an exponential moving average for a collection. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate a simple moving average for a collection. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate a standard deviation for a collection. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate a moving sum for a collection. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate the short period moving average for volume oscillator indicators. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate the long period moving average for volume oscillator indicators. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate the short period moving average for price oscillator indicators. + + + + + The strategy provided to calculate the long period moving average for price oscillator indicators. + + + + + The strategy provided to convert a lamda expression taking the index into the data to convert into + an enumeration over the input data using a configurable range. + + + + + The strategy provided to convert a lamda expression taking the index into the data to convert into + an enumeration over the input data using a configurable length. + + + + + The strategy provided to make doubles safe for plotting, by default will just make zero if the value + is invalid. + + + + + Represents a supporting calculation strategy. + + The type of delegate that performs the strategy. + + + + Constructs a SupportingCalculation + + The strategy to use. + + + + Constructs a SupportingCalculation + + The strategy to use. + The properties that the calculation is based on. + + + + The strategy for the calculation. + + + + + The properties the calculation is based on. + + + + + A strategy for supporting calculations. + + The source of the data. + The period for the calculation. + The calculated data. + + + + Represents a calculation strategy that takes in a column of values + and returns a resulting column of values. + + + + + Constructs a ColumnSupportingCalculation + + The strategy to use. + + + + Constructs a ColumnSupportingCalculation + + The strategy to use. + The properties that the calculation is based on. + + + + A strategy to provide columns for the indicator. + + The datasource to use. + + + + + Represents a calculation strategy that uses the calculation data source + to product a column of values. + + + + + Constructs a DataSourceSupportingCalculation + + The strategy to use. + + + + Constructs a DataSourceSupportingCalculation + + The strategy to use. + The properties that the calculation is based on. + + + + Represents a column that is calculated based on the values of other columns. + + + + + Constructs a new calculated column. + + A list that provides the values of the column. + The columns on which this calculated column is based. + + + + Constructs a new calculated column instance. + + A list that provides the values for the column. + The columns on which this calculated column is based. + + + + Provides an enumerator for this calculated column. + + The enumerator. + + + + Provides an enumerator for this calculated column. + + The enumerator. + + + + The columns on which this calculated column is based. + + + + + Renders into a potentially chunky polyline + + Number of points + Bottom points x coordinate indexed left to right + Bottom points y coordinate indexed left to right + Top points x coordinate indexed left to right + Top points y coordinate indexed left to right + Whether to color by gradient. + Chart's window + Chart's viewport + First positive path + Second positive path + Third positive path + First negative path + Second negative path + Third negative path + Bucket size + Resolution + + + + Renders a polygon + + Number of points + Bottom points x coordinate indexed left to right + Bottom points y coordinate indexed left to right + Top points x coordinate indexed left to right + Top points y coordinate indexed left to right + Whether to color by gradient. + Chart's window + Chart's viewport + First positive path + Second positive path + Third positive path + First negative path + Second negative path + Third negative path + Zero line + Bucket size + Resolution + + + + Generated the visuals for a set of columns based on the data. + + Number of points + Bottom points x coordinate indexed left to right + Bottom points y coordinate indexed left to right + Top points x coordinate indexed left to right + Top points y coordinate indexed left to right + Whether to color by gradient + Zero line + Column pool + Positive columns path + Negative columns path + + + + Represents a decoupled strategy for calculating a financial indicator from data + provided by a financial series. Will be called seperately for each item. + + + The data which the strategy will use for its calculation is + a simplified subset of the data that the series makes available and is defined by + the contract + + + + + Performs the calculation associated with this calculation strategy for one item. + + The data required by the contract between these + strategies and the financial series. + The calculation strategies required by the + contract between these strategies and the finiancial series. + The index in the indicator collection to calculate. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + The calculation strategy is required to express which columns its values are based on + so that the series knows when to ask for recalculation. + + The data source we will be calculating for. + The supporting calculations to be used + in the calculation. + The list of column names that this calculation is based on. + + + + Financial indicator base class for doing calculating an itemwize indicator. + + + An itemwise indicator's individual values don't depend on any other values in the + collection so can always be independantly recalculated. Also, because of this, the + base class handles all the looping logic and inheritors only need to provide the + actual calculation. + + + + + Constructs the ItemwiseStrategyBasedIndicator. + + + + + Specifies the strategy to use for the calculation. + + + + + Indicator calculation strategy that handles applying an itemwise strategy + to the indicator values that are requested to be calculated. + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + The strategy that will be applied itemwize across the calculation. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Market Facilitation Index indicator series. + + + The Market Facilitation Index (MFI) indicator is represented by + the difference of the high and the low for a bar divided by the volume. + + Default required members: High, Low, Volume + + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Market Facilitation Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + The index in the indicator collection to calculate. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Mass Index indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Mass Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Returns a list of range values between the high values and the low values. + + The column from which to take the high values. + The column from which to take the low values. + The list of range values. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Median Price indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low + + + + + Returns the itemwise calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Median Price indicator. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + The index in the indicator collection to calculate. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Money Flow Index indicator series. + + + + Default required members: Close, Low, High, Volume + + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current MoneyFlowIndexIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for MoneyFlowIndexIndicator periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Money Flow Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Moving Average Convergence/Divergence (MACD) indicator series. + + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + + Identifies the ShortPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the short period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the LongPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the long period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the SignalPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the trend period to use for the trend line, overriding + the TrendLinePeriod for the series. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the short moving average period for the current MovingAverageConvergenceDivergenceIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for short MACD periods is 10. + + + + + + Gets or sets the long moving average period for the current MovingAverageConvergenceDivergenceIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for long MACD periods is 30. + + + + + + Gets or sets the long moving average period for the current MovingAverageConvergenceDivergenceIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for long PVO periods is 30. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a MovingAverageConvergenceDivergenceIndicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Negative Volume Index indicator (NVI) series. + + + Default required members: Close, Volume + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Negative Volume Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart On Balance Bolume indicator series. + + + + Default required members: Close, Volume + + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating an On Balance Volume indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart percentage price oscillator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Volume + + + + + Identifies the ShortPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the short period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the LongPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the long period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the short moving average period for the current PercentagePriceOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for short PPO periods is 10. + + + + + + Gets or sets the long moving average period for the current PercentagePriceOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for long PVO periods is 30. + + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Percentage Price Oscillator indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Percentage Volume Oscillator (PVO) series. + + + Default required members: Volume + + + + + Identifies the ShortPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the short period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Identifies the LongPeriod dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the long period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the short moving average period for the current PercentageVolumeOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for short PVO periods is 10. + + + + + + Gets or sets the short moving average period for the current PercentageVolumeOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for long PVO periods is 30. + + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Absolute Volume Oscillator indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Positive Volume Index (PVI) indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close, Volume + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Positive Volume Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Financial Price Channel Overlay series. + + + Default required members: High, Low + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PriceChannelOverlay class. + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Ensures the data for the overlay is calculated and valid before rendering. + + If rerendering is required. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current PriceChannelOverlay object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for Bollinger band periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Price Volume Trend Indicator series. + + + Default required members: Volume, Close + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating an Price Volume Trend indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Rate of Change and Momentum indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current AverageTrueRangeSeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for AverageTrueRange periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Rate of Change and Momentum indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Relative Strength Index indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period to use for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current RelativeStrengthIndexIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for RSI periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Relative String Index indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Provides a stream of calculated indicator values and does not fill + the IndicatorColumn in the datasource. + + The data required by the contract between these + strategies and the financial series. + The calculation strategies required by the + contract between these strategies and the finiancial series. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Slow Stochastic Oscillator indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current SlowStochasticOscillatorIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for SlowStochasticOscillatorIndicator periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a SlowStochasticOscillatorIndicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Constructs a SlowStochasticOscillatorIndicatorStrategy. + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Standard Deviation indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current StandardDeviationIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for STDEV periods is 20. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Standard Deviation indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart StochRSI indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current StochRSIIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for StochRSI periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a StochRSI indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Constructs a StochRSI Indicator strategy. + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart TRIX indicator series. + + + Default required members: Close + + + + + Constructs a TRIXIndicator. + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current TRIXIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for TRIX periods is 15. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a TRIX indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Typical Price indicator series. + + + The typical price indicator is represented as a arithmetic average + of the High, Low, and Close for a day. + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a typical price indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Ultimate Oscillator indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Ultimate Oscillator indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Calculates a sequence representing the buying pressure of the provided data. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + A sequence representing each buying pressure value. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Weigted Close indicator series. + + + The weighted close indicator shows an average of the high low and close + for a day but with the closing price counted twice in the average. + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Represents a strategy for calculating an Weighted Close indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + The index in the indicator collection to calculate. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart Williams %R indicator series. + + + Default required members: High, Low, Close + + + + + Identifies the Period dependency property. + + + + + Specifies the period value to be used for the calculation. + + The period to use. + + + + Returns the calculation strategy to use for this indicator. + + + + + Returns the default style key that should be used for this indicator. + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current StandardDeviationIndicator object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for Williams %R periods is 14. + + + + + + Represents the strategy for calculating a Williams %R indicator series. + + + For definition of indicator see: + + + + + Exposes which columns this strategy uses in its calculation so that the + consumers will know when they should ask the strategy to recalculate. + + The data source to be used in the calculation + The other calculations that this indicator may depend on. + The list of column names that this strategy depends on. + + + + Performs the calculation for the indicator. + + The data provided to perform the calculation. + The supporting calculation strategies provided to perform the calculation. + True if the calculation could be completed. + + + + Represents contextual data for the funnel chart. + + + + + The data item that is in context. + + + + + The index of the data item that is in context. + + + + + Represents a visual frame for the funnel chart. + + + + + Describes available behaviors for displaying height of the funnel slices. + + + + + The slice heights should be uniform. + + + + + The slice heights should be weighted by value. + + + + + A source for data items. + + + + + Gets the data item at the specified index from the data item source. + + The index of the item to retrieve. + The specified item. + + + + Gets the number of items in the source. + + + + + Represents the object that has the reponsibility to decide the width required for the labels. + + + + + Determines the required with to render the specified labels. + + The labels that need to be rendered. + The width required to render the labels. + + + + Describes available types of alignment used by the outer labels of the funnel chart. + + + + + The labels will be displayed to the left of the chart. + + + + + The labels will be displayed to the right of the chart. + + + + + Represents information about a funnel slice. + + + + + Sets or Gets the outer label of a funnel slice + + + + + Stores information about how a funnel slice should be rendered. + + + + + Gets or sets the offset to render the slice at. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the upper left point. + + + + + Gets or sets the left hand side rasterization of the bezier curve. + + + + + Gets or sets the right hand side rasterization of the bezier curve. + + + + + Gets or sets the aggregated points of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the upper right point of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower right point of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the lower left point of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the outline of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner label of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the inner label of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slice has an inner label. + + + + + Gets or sets the template to use for the inner label. + + + + + Gets or sets the item that is associated with the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the index that is associated with the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounding rectangle for the slice's inner bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounding rectangle for the slice's outer bounds. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner label brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer label brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the slice's visibility. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the slice opacity. + + + + + Manages the selection of slices. + + + + + Toggles the selection of a slice at a given index. + + The index of the slice whose selection should be toggled. + The item at the specified index. + + + + Determines if the slice at a given index is selected. + + The index to use. + Whether the slice at the specified index is selected. + + + + Returns true if any of the slices are selected. + + True, if any of the slices are selected. + + + + Determines if the slice at a given index is unselected. + + The index to use. + Whether the slice at the specified index is selected. + + + + Should be called to notify the manager that the data indexing has changed. + + + + + + + Represents the main logic of the funnel chart. Determines what should be rendered but not the how. + + + + + Represents an animation tick. + + + + + + + Main message entry point. + + The message received. + + + + Determines if the size is valid, to allow for rendering. + + + + + + Determines if the internal state is valid, to allow for rendering. + + + + + + Refresh the visual components of the chart if necessary. + + + + + Plots the current frame, and triggers animation if necessary. + + Indicates if the slices should be rendered. + Indicates if the outer labels should be rendered. + Indicates if the inner labels should be rendered. + Indicates the available width in which to render. + Indicates width in which the outer labels should be rendered. + + + + Plots the current frame. + + The frame to update with the current render. + Indicates if the slices should be plotted. + Indicates if the outer labels should be plotted. + Indicates if the inner labels should be plotted. + Indicates the width in which to render the slices. + Indicates the width in which to render the outer labels. + + + + Determines the bezier points to add for a slice. + + The appearance parameters for the slice. + The top of the current slice. + The bottom of the current slice. + The center of the plot area. + The x offset of the top left of the slice area. + The y offset of the top left of the slice area. + + + + Determines if two points differ. + + The first point to compare + The second point to compare + True if the points differ. + + + + Initializes the parameters of the bezier curve that defines the edge of the funnel. + + The width of the slice plot area. + The center of the slice plot area. + + + + Gets the outer label at the specified index + + + + + + + Gets the inner label at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets the style for the slice at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets the outline brush for the slice at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets the fill brush for the slice at the specified index. + + + + + + + Gets the width of the funnel at the specified height. + + The width of the entire slice area. + The y value to get the width for. + The width at the specified height. + + + + Gets the sorted indexes for the slices. + + + + + + Sends a frame to be rendered. + + The frame to be rendered. + + + + Sends that a panel should be resized in the view. + + + + + + + Determines if animation should be performed. + + + + + + Sends that the view should clear the contents of a content area. + + The content area to clear the contents of. + + + + Returns the outer labels for the chart. + + + + + + The data model has been updated. + + + + + + Called when a property on the model has changed. + + The message received. + + + + Called when a property changes in the view, that we need to know about. + + The message received. + + + + Called when the viewport changed in the view. + + The message received. + + + + Called when a mouse button interaction occurs. + + + + + + Called when a slice is clicked. + + + + + + Called when the mouse moves over the chart. + + + + + + Is called when the mouse leaves the controls view. + + + + + + Updates the tooltip to have new position and content. + + The new position for the tooltip. + + + + Gets the correct position to display the tooltip. + + + + + + + + Gets the index of the slice that is currently being hovered. + + The mouse position. + The hovered slice index. + + + + Gets the width of the plot area. + + + + + + Gets the slice that appears at the given y value. + + The y value to get the slice for. + The slice at the given y value. + + + + Gets the current displayed frame for mouse interaction purposes. + + + + + + Called when the user indicates which slices should be selected. + + + + + + Handles the animation concerns of the funnel chart. + + + + + Information about the clicked slice. + + + + + The index of the clicked slice. + + + + + The data item for the clicked slice. + + + + + Event handler for when a funnel slice is clicked. + + The owner of the slice clicked. + Information about the clicked slice. + + + + Represents a funnel chart. + + + + + Creates a funnel chart instance. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Send the default values of some properties that have non default() values. + + + + + Send our item provider implementation to the controller. + + + + + Called when the service provider changes. + + The old service provider. + The new service provider. + + + + Called when a message is received from the controller. + + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FastItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Brushes dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outlines dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the BottomEdgeWidth dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerLabelMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterLabelMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerLabelVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterLabelVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterLabelAlignment dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FunnelSliceDisplay dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerLabelTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterLabelTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionDuration dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsInverted dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UpperBezierControlPoint dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LowerBezierControlPoint dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseBezierCurve dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AllowSliceSelection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseUnselectedStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SelectedSliceStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UnselectedSliceStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Legend dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemBadgeTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseOuterLabelsForLegend dependency property. + + + + + Called when a property value changes. + + The name of the property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Coerce brush changes into the appropriate format for the controller. + + The property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + If the property change was handled. + + + + Handle changes to the various items source properties. + + The property name that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + True if the property change was handled. + + + + Handles changes to the member paths. + + The name of the property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Coerce visibility changes into the appropariate format for the controller. + + The property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + + Coerce timespans into the appropriate format for the controller. + + The property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + True if the property change was handled. + + + + Called when the controller indicates that a slice was clicked. + + The message received. + + + + Called when the controller indicates that the selected items have been updated. + + The message received. + + + + Called if the user has updated the selected items. + + The sender of the event. + The parameters of the event. + + + + Merge the selected items lists. + + + + + + + + + Provides the item for the specified index. + + The index for which to provide the item. + The indicated item. + + + + Returns the chart visuals expressed as a FunnelChartVisualData object. + + A FunnelChartVisualData object representing the current chart visuals. + + + + Handles communication message distribution. + + + + + Provides the necessary services for the funnel chart. + + + + + Communication channel to the controller. + + + + + Connects this up do the controller and the view. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemsSource for the funnel chart. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the FastItemsSource for the funnel chart. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The FastItemsSource is a proxy which handles caching, conversion and + weak event listeners. + + + + + Gets or sets the value member path for the funnel chart. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the FastItemColumn representing the mapped values in the items source. + + + + + Gets or sets the Brushes property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The brushes property defines the palette from which automatically assigned brushes are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the Outlines property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The Outlines property defines the palette from which automatically assigned Outlines are selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the percentage (from near 0 to 1) of space the bottom edge of the funnel should take. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the InnerLabel mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the FastItemColumn representing the mapped InnerLabels in the items source. + + + + + Gets or sets the OuterLabel mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the FastItemColumn representing the mapped OuterLabels in the items source. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the inner labels are visible. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the outer labels are visible. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets which side of the chart the outer labels should appear. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the how the heights of the funnel slices should be configured. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate to use when displaying the inner labels. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the DataTemplate to use when displaying the outer labels. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets how long the animations should take to run. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets if the funnel should be rendered inverted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the upper control point if a bezier curve is used to define the funnel. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the lower control point if a bezier curve is used to define the funnel. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use a bezier curve to define the funnel. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to allow slices to be selected. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use the unselected style on unselected slices. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the style to use for selected slices. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the style to use for unselected slices. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip to display over the slices. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents the current selected items. + + + + + Gets or sets the Legend to display for the chart. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemTemplate to use for the legend items. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemBadgeTemplate to use for the legend items. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to use the outer labels to identify the legend items. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Raised when a slice is clicked. + + + + Gets the count of the items bound. + + + + + Connects the model, view, and controller of the funnel chart. + + + + + Represents a slice in the funnel chart. + + + + + Initializes a default, empty XamFunnelSlice object. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualFill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + The label control associated with the slice. + + + + + The owner of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness to use for the stroke of the slice. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the filled portion of the slice. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the stroke portion of the slice. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective brush to use for the filled portion of the slice. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective brush to use for the stroke portion of the slice. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the inner label is visible or not. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents the visual portion of a funnel chart. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the visual portion of a funnel chart. + + + + + Called when the mouse is moved over the plot area. + + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is depressed over the plot area. + + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is release over the plot area. + + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the plot area. + + The event arguments. + + + + Called when the service provider changes. + + The old service provider. + The new service provider. + + + + Called when a message is received from the controller. + + The received message. + + + + Send the current available viewport to the controller. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Called when the render size of the plot area changes, necessitating notification of the controller. + + + + + + + Send our implementation fo teh width decider to the controller. + + + + + Determine the amount of space needed to render the provided labels. + + The labels to check. + The width required. + + + + Called when the controller indicates that an area should be cleared of content. + + The message received. + + + + Clean up any resources used by the labels. + + + + + + Clean up any resources used by the slices. + + + + + + Determine the target of targettable rendering messages. + + The message received. + The target of the message. + + + + Called when the controller has indicated that we should change the size of one of our areas. + + The message received. + + + + Called when the controller has indicated we should render a funnel slice. + + The message received. + + + + Called when the controller has indicated that we should render an outer label. + + The message received. + + + + Called when the controller has indicated that we need to update one of our templates. + + The message received. + + + + Called when the controller has indicated that the tooltip value has changed. + + The message received. + + + + Called when the controller has indicated that the positioning of the tooltip has changed. + + + + + + Called when teh controller has indicated taht the tooltip should be removed from display. + + + + + + Identifies the SliceUsed attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets whether a slice is in use by the funnel view. + + + + + + + Sets whether a slice is in use by the funnel view. + + + + + + + Handles messages incoming from the controller. + + + + + Provides the necessary services to interact with the controller and the model. + + + + + Used to send messages to the controller. + + + + + Represents an area to draw labels left of the plot area. + + + + + Represents an area to draw labels right of the plot area. + + + + + Represents the container of the left label area. + + + + + Represents the container of the right label area. + + + + + Represents the entire plot area for the chart. + + + + + Represents the area in which to render slices. + + + + + Represents the root of the visual tree of the funnel chart. + + + + + Represents the template to use for inner labels. + + + + + Represents the template to use for outer labels. + + + + + Represents the popup to use as a tooltip. + + + + + Represents the area to display tooltip content. + + + + + Represents the current value to assign to the tooltip. + + + + + Represents a legend that displays an item for each point in the series. + + + + + Represents the base class for a legend in XamDataChart. + + + + + Creates a new legend instance. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Adds a child, in order, to the legend. + + The item to add. + The series with which the item is associated. + + + + Creates legend items for the legend. + + The legend items to add. + The host for the items. + + + + Raises the property changed and updated events. + + The name of the property being changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets the current Legend object's collection of child UIElements. + + The Children collection is matained automatically by the chart and should not + be modified by the user. + + + + + + Gets the owner object, if known. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property value is updated. + + + + + Gets the cureent Legend object's root ContentPresenter. + + + + + Occurs when the left mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is over a legend item + in this Legend. + + + + + Occurs when the left mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is over a legend item + in this Legend. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer enters a legend item of this legend. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer leaves a legend item of this legend. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse pointer moves over a legend item of this legend. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the item legend. + + + + + Adds a child, in order, to the legend. + + The item to add. + The series with which the item is associated. + + + + Creates legend items for the legend. + + The legend items to add. + The host for the items. + + + + Creates legend items for the legend, but the items are inserted in collection in dgiven index. + + The legend items to add. + The host for the items. + + + + Represents a legend in a XamDataChart control. + + + + + Initializes a default, empty Legend object. + + + + + Adds a child to the Legend maintaining the correct ordering. + + The item to add. + The series represented by the item. + + + + Called when the automation peer has been created. + + Created automation peer + + + + Identifies the Orientation dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SortOrder attached property. + + + + + Set the sort order in the legend for a chart. + + The chart to set the sort order for. + The sort order to set. + + + + Get the sort order in the legend for a chart. + + The chart to get the sort order for. + + + + Gets or sets the current Legend object's orientation. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represnts a legend that indicates the size and the color scale for a collection of series. + + + + + Creates a new instance of ScaleLegend. + + + + + Gets the shape that represents the legend scale. + + + + + Gets the TextBlock that shows the minimum scale value. + + + + + Gets the TextBlock that shows the maximum scale value. + + + + + Gets the shape that represents the legend scale. + + + + + Gets the TextBlock that shows the minimum scale value. + + + + + Gets the TextBlock that shows the maximum scale value. + + + + + Represents the class of the value overlay. The value overlay is a line or circle representing a value on an axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the Axis dependency property. + + + + + Ideitifies the Value dependency property. + + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best avaialble value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + Gets the item item index associated with the specified world position + + + + Item index or -1 if no item is assocated with the specified world position. + + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Requests that the provided item should be brought into view if possible. + + The item to attempt to bring into view. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Renders the series override. + + if set to true [animate]. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever the series window rectangle + is changed. + + Old window rectangle in normalised world coordinates. + New window rectangle in normalised world coordinates. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever the series viewport rectangle + is changed. + + Old viewport rectangle in device coordinates. + New viewport rectangle in device coordinates. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Invalidates the axes that use this overlay. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Gets the preferred category mode. + + The axis. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series has been created. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the series needs to render a thumbnail view. + + The viewport to use. + The surface to attach the view to. + + + + Gets or sets the axis used by the value overlay. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the overlay. + + The value. + + + + Gets the category axis. + + The category axis. + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Represents a collection of distinct integers. + + + + + Inserts an integer into the collection. + + Index of the new value + Item to be inserted + + + + Replaces an item at a given index with a new item. + + Index of the value to be replaced + Value to be added + + + + Converts XAML-based string to a collection of integers. + + + + + Determines if a conversion can be made from a given object. + + Source data + Source data type + True if conversion is possible, otherwise false + + + + Convert an object into an IndexCollection. + + Source datacontext + Current culture + Source value + New index collection + + + + Represents a content control that holds a single chart slice. + + + + + Creates an instance of the Slice. + + + + + Identifies the StartAngle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndAngle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtentStart dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtentEnd dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsSelected dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsExploded dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsOtherSlice dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Origin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ExplodedOrigin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Radius dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ExplodedRadius dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Index dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Gets the square bounds of the slice with the origin at the center. + + This rect is different from SlicePath.Data.Bounds + + + + Gets the origin of the slice. + + + + + + Returns a silverlight shape that represents the current arc. + + Silverlight shape that represents the current arc. + + + + Returns whether the slice contains the specified point. + + The point to check. + True if the slice contains the point. + + + + Returns a set of visual properties that represent the current slice. + + A set of visual properties of the current slice. + + + + Gets the shape's start angle. + + + + + Gets the shape's end angle. + + + + + Gets the shape's start inner extent. + + + + + Gets the shape's end inner extent. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slice is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slice is exploded. + + + + + Gets whether the slice represents the Others slice. + + + + + Gets the origin of the slice. + + + + + Gets the origin of the exploded slice. + + + + + Gets the slice's radius. + + + + + Gets the radius of the exploded slice. + + + + + Gets the index of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness of the slice. + + + + + Represents Infragistics XamPieChart control. + + + + + Creates a new instance of XamPieChart. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart polar area series. + + + + + Represents the base class from which all XamDataChart polar line series are derived. + + + + + Represents the base class from which all XamDataChart polar series are derived. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PolarBase class. + + + + + Identifies the AngleMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualXAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualXAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseCartesianInterpolation dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumMarkers dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualTrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLinePeriod dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineZIndex dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ClipSeriesToBounds dependency property. + + + + + Invalidates the axes associated with the series. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to respond to data updates. + + The action performed on the bound data. + The position at which the action was performed. + The count of affected positions. + The property name changed. + + + + Overridden in derived classes to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport dimensions. + The new viewport dimensions. + + + + Overridden in derived classes to respond to the window changing. + + The old window. + The new window. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Called to render the series. + + True if the change should be animated. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Scrolls the requested item into view, if possible. + + The item to scroll into view. + True if it was possible to scroll the item into view. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Gets the index of the item that resides at the provided world coordinates. + + The world coordinates of the requested item. + The requested item's index. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + The data container. + + + + Gets or sets the path to use to find the angle values for the series. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the path to use to get the radius values for the series. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + The column of angle values. + + + + + The column of radius values. + + + + + Gets the effective angle axis for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective radius axis for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether Cartesian Interpolation should be used rather than Archimedian + spiral based interpolation. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of markers displayed by the current series. + If more than the specified number of markers are visible, the polar series will automatically + choose a representative set. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the trend type for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how to the current series + object's Trend line is drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective TrendLineBrush for this series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the the current + series object's trend line dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to draw the trend line for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the moving average period for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or Gets the Trendline Z index. + + + + + Gets or sets whether to clip the series to the bounds. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + Setting this to true can effect performance. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Instantiates a polar line series base series. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to clear the series. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to render the series. + + The frame to render. + The PolarBaseView in context. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Gets whether the clipper is disabled. + + + + + Gets whether the shape of the series is a closed polygon. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new PolarAreaSeries instance. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to clear the series. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to render the series. + + The frame to render + The PolarBaseView in context. + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + Gets whether the shape of the series is a closed shape. + + + + + Determines how unknown values will be plotted on the chart. + + + Null and Double.NaN are two examples of unknown values. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart scatter series + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart polar line series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new PolarLineSeries instance. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to clear the series. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to render the series. + + The frame to render. + The PolarBaseView in context. + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Determines how unknown values will be plotted on the chart. + + + Null and Double.NaN are two examples of unknown values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart polar scatter series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScatterSeries class. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart polar spline area series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new PolarAreaSeries instance. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to clear the series. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to render the series. + + The frame to render + The PolarBaseView in context. + + + + Identifies the Stiffness dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets whether the shape of the series is a closed polygon. + + + + + Gets or sets the Stiffness property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart polar spline series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the PolarSplineSeries class. + + + + + Identifies the Stiffness dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Overridden in derived classes to clear the series. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes to render the series. + + The frame to render + The PolarBaseView in context. + + + + Gets or sets the Stiffness property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart anchored radial category series. + + + + + Represents the base class for all XamDataChart radial series + + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialBase class. + + + + + Identifies the ActualAngleAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ClipSeriesToBounds dependency property. + + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Gets the angle to the provided world position from the center of the radial series. + + The world position to get the angle for + The angle for the world position. + + + + Get the index of the item near the provided world coordinates. + + The world coordinates for which to getch the item index. + The index of the item near the coordinates. + + + + Scrolls the specified item into the view. + + The item to scroll into view. + True if the item has been scrolled into view. + + + + Invalidates the axes associatede with the series. + + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Called to render the series. + + True if the change should be animated. + + + + Gets the effective angle axis for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective value axis for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets whether to clip the series to the bounds. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + Setting this to true can effect performance. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AnchoredRadialSeries + + + + + Getting the previous index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Getting the next index that is near a given world position, if possible, otherwise NaN. + + The world position to use in searching. + Should unknown values be skipped when searching. + The found index, otherwise, -1. + + + + Returns a distance value (not necessarily pixels), that indicates how 'close' a world position is to an indexed value in the series. + Not every series can necessarily answer this question, it can't or the world position or index is invalid, NaN will be returned. + + The world position for which to get a distance. + The index to get a distance to. + + + + A distance value to the world position. + + + + If possible, will return the best available main value of the series for a given world coordinate. + + The world coordinate for which to get the value for. + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, when searching for the best avaialble value any unknown values will be skipped. + The value in question, or double.NaN if no valid value is available. + + + + If possible, will return the best available position within the series that has the best value match for the world position provided. + + The world coordinate for which to get a value position for + If true, interpolation should be used to get in-between values, rather than only the actual values in the data set. + If true, unknown values will be skipped when searching for a series value. + The position in question, or NaN,NaN if no valid position is available. + + + + Identifies the ValueMapping dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualTrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLinePeriod dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineZIndex Dependency property. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + Gets offsets of an axis + + + + + A point used to complete the polygon. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + Returns the item that is the best match for the provided point. + + The sender of the event. + The point associated with the event. + The best match for the point. + + + + Scrolls the specified item into the view. + + The item to scroll into view. + True if the item has been scrolled into view. + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Exports visual information about the series for use by external tools and functionality. + + The data container. + + + + Gets or sets the item path that provides the values for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Holds the values for the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the trend type for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how to the current series + object's Trend line is drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective TrendLineBrush for this series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the the current + series object's trend line dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to draw the trend line for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the trend line period for the current series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + The typical, and initial, value for bollinger band periods is 20. + + + + + + Sets or Gets the Z index of the trendline. + + + + + Gets whether the shape of the series is a closed polygon. + + + + + Caculates which buckets are visible and their size. + + The current resolution of the chart. + + + + The first visible bucket of values. + + + + + The last visible bucket of values. + + + + + The size of the visible buckets of values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart radial area series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The view that was created. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialAreaSeries class. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Determines how unknown values will be plotted on the chart. + + + Null and Double.NaN are two examples of unknown values. + + + + + Gets whether the shape of the series polygon is a closed shape. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart radial column series. + Compare values across categories by using radial rectangles. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialColumnSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart radial line series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The view that was created. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the RadialLineSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Determines how unknown values will be plotted on the chart. + + + Null and Double.NaN are two examples of unknown values. + + + + + Gets whether the shape for the series is a closed polygon. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart radial pie series. + Compare values across categories by using radial pie slices. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for a series is created. + + The view that was created. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ColumnSeries class. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart series where a high volume of scatter points can be displayed. + + + + + Constructs a HighDensityScatterSeries. + + + + + Identifies the XAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the XMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseBruteForce dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ProgressiveLoad dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MouseOverEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMinimum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMaximum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMinimumColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMinimumColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PointExtent dependency property. + + + + + Called when the value of a property has been updated. + + The source of the event. + The name of the property that has been updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Called when the series needs to get rendered. + + Whether or not the change to the series should be animated, if possible. + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Called to create the view for the series.. + + The crated view. + + + + Called when the view is created. + + The created view. + + + + Gets the range to use for the axes for the series. + + The axis for which to return the range. + The range for the specified axis. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Overridden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for the current object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the x value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + The IFastItemColumn containing X values. + + + + + Gets or sets the y value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + The IFastItemColumn containing Y values. + + + + + Gets or sets the whether to use use brute force mode. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the whether to progressively load the data into the chart. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the whether the chart reacts to mouse move events. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the density value that maps to the minimum heat color. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value that maps to the maximum heat color. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color to use for the minimum end of the scale. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color to use for the maximum end of the scale. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the the pixel extent of the square data points that are rendered. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents the current status of the progressive load of the series. It will range from 0 to 100, where 100 is fully loaded. + + + + + Raised when the progressive loading state of the series has changed. + + + + + The view of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use the deferred mouse/pointer enter and leave or not. + + + true if [use deferred pointer enter and leave]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Provides information about a mouse move computation. + + + + + The position of the mouse. + + + + + The axis based position of the moust. + + + + + The desired neigbor count specified. + + + + + The parameters of the x scaler. + + + + + Describes information about a mouse move event for the high density scatter series. + + + + + Constructs a ScatterMouseOverEventArgs + + The axis based position of the mouse + The current position of the mouse. + The nearest items to the mouse. + + + + The axis based position of the mouse. + + + + + The current mouse position. + + + + + The nearest items to the mouse. + + + + + Provides information about the progressive load progress of the HighDensityScatterSeries. + + + + + Constructs a ProgressiveLoadStatusEventArgs + + The current status of the load. + + + + The current status from 0 to 100 of the progressive load. + + + + + Represents the view for a HighDensityScatterSeries. + + + + + Constructs a HighDensityScatterSeriesView. + + The HighDensityScatterSeries for the view. + + + + Converts four bytes to an Int32 - 4 byte ARGB structure. + + + + + + + + + + The HighDensityScatterSeries for the view. + + + + + Class representing a Point and its owning item and data values. + + + + + The Point. + + + + + The owning data item. + + + + + The data values, expressed as a point. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart scatter line series + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScatterLineSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Determines how unknown values will be plotted on the chart. + + + Null and Double.NaN are two examples of unknown values. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + + + + Represents a XamDataChart scatter series + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The view that has been created. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScatterSeries class. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart scatter spline series + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ScatterSplineSeries class. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the Stiffness dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Gets or sets the Stiffness property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the default interaction state. + + The default interaction. + + + + Represents context for a tooltip item + + + + + Gets or sets sub content + + + + + Gets or sets item context + + + + + Represents one part of a StackedAreaSeries. + + + + + Represents one part of a stacked series. + + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Renders the thumbnail for the OPD pane. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the AreaSeries class. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Updates actual area fill opacity + + + + + Represents one part of a StackedBarSeries. + + + + + Represents one part of a StackedColumnSeries. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ColumnFragment. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Determines if the current series renders its markers to the MarkerCanvas of the parent series. + Ensures that StackedFragmentSeries don't reparent the MarkerCanvas. + + Whether or not to use parent series marker canvas. + + + + When overridden in a derived class gives the opportunity to define how the data source item + for a given set of mouse coordinates is fetched. + + The element the mouse is over. + The mouse coordinates for which to fetch the item. + The retrieved item. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Gets the index of the item based on world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The index of the item for the specified coordinates. + + + + Gets the index of the item that resides at the provided world coordinates. + + The world coordinates of the requested item. + The requested item's index. + + + + Create buckets and markers for the column fragment. + + + The buckets of the column fragment are managed entirely by the parent series. + CurrentFrame will always be re-populated regardless of which frame got passed into PrepareFrame. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for this series. + + + + + Gets category axis + + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Gets the index of the item based on world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The index of the item for the specified coordinates. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The X-Axis for this BarFragment. + + + + + The Y-Axis for this BarFragment. + + + + + Calculates the bucket values to use based on the desired resolution. + + The resolution desired. + + + + Represents one part of a StackedLineSeries. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LineFragment class. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents one part of a StackedSplineAreaSeries. + + + + + Represents one part in a StackedSplineSeries or StackedSplineAreaSeries. + + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplineAreaFragment class. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents one part of a StackedSplineSeries. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the SplineSeries class. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Represents a stacked area series, where values are presented as percentages of the total. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked area series. + + + + + Base class for stacked series with a category x-axis and a numeric y-axis. + + + + + Represents a base class for stacked series. + + + + + Creates a new instance of a stacked series. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view has been created. + + View class for the current model + + + + Identifies the AutoGenerateSeries dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ReverseLegendOrder dependency property. + + + + + Handles collection resetting for the AutoGeneratedSeries collection. + + + + + Handles collection resetting for the public Series collection. + + + + + Handles collection changed for the public Series collection. + + + Does nothing if AutoGenerateSeries is true. + Otherwise, just adds the series to the series manager. + + + + + Clears all visuals that belong to this series. + + WipeClean + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Determines if the series should display markers. + + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Returns the series view associated with the current series model. + + + + + Returns the scaled zero value based on the axis reference value. + + + + + Returns the unscaled zero value based on the axis reference value. + + + + + Returns the index of the current fragment series based on the index of the parent series. + + + + + Returns the positoin of the item in the data source. + + The point used to find the item. + + + + Validates the Fragment visual. + + + + + Creates a list of series if the data source is a GroupBy. + + + + + Calculates the value column and min and max values. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Renders the thumbnail image for the OPD pane. + + The viewport to use. + The render target. + + + + Contains one or more stacked fragments. + + + + + Gets or sets whether series should be automatically generated. Reqiures the use of GroupBy as the ItemsSource. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the order of the fragment series should be reversed in the legend. + + + + + Occurs when a new fragment series is automatically generated. + + + + + Identifies the XAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YAxis dependency property. + + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for this series. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a StackedAreaSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a Stacked100AreaSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Calculates the value column and min and max values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked100 bar series. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked bar series. + + + + + Base class for stacked series with a numeric x-axis and a category y-axis. + + + + + Identifies the ActualXAxis dependency property. + + + + + Gets category axis + + + + + Identifies the ActualYAxis dependency property. + + + + + Returns the offset value for this series if grouped on a category axis. + + The offset value + + + + Returns the width of the category grouping this series is in. + + The width of the category group. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for the current CategorySeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current CategorySeries object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a StackedBarSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view has been created. + + The view class for the current series + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Returns CategoryMode2 index of the current series. + + CategoryMode2 index + + + + Returns the scaled zero value based on the axis reference value. + + + + + Returns the unscaled zero value based on the axis reference value. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Scrolls the series to display the item for the specified data item. + + + The series is scrolled by the minimum amount required to place the specified data item within + the central 80% of the visible axis. + + The data item (item) to scroll to. + True if the specified item could be displayed. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, DataChangedOverride is called whenever a change is made to + the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Gets the index of the item that resides at the provided world coordinates. + + The world coordinates of the requested item. + The requested item's index. + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the bar. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the bar. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a Stacked100BarSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view has been created. + + The view class for the current series + + + + Calculates the value column and min and max values. + + + + + Gets the plotting canvas. + + + + + Gets the grid contraining the child series + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked100 column series. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked column series. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a StackedColumnSeries class. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view has been created. + + The view class for the current series + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a Stacked100ColumnSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Called to create the view for the series. + + The created view. + + + + Called when the view has been created. + + The view class for the current series + + + + Calculates the value column and min and max values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked100 line series. + + + + + Represents a stacked series, where the points in each series are connected with a line. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a StackedLineSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a Stacked100LineSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Calculates the value column and min and max values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked100 spline area series. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked spline area series. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a StackedSplineAreaSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Initializes a new instance of a Stacked100SplineAreaSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Calculates the value column and min and max values. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked100 spline series. + + + + + Represents a XamDataChart stacked spline series. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a StackedSplineSeries class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Creates a new instance of a stacked100 spline series. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes + call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Calculates the value column and min and max values. + + + + + Represents a non-visual child of StackedSeriesBase. + + + + + Creates a new instance of StackedFragmentSeries. + + + + + Identifies the Brush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Cursor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualCursor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Effect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualEffect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualIsDropShadowEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualIsDropShadowEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowBlur dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualShadowBlur dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualShadowColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowDirection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualShadowDirection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowOpacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualShadowOpacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowDepth dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualShadowDepth dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualEndCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsHitTestVisible dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualIsHitTestVisible dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemBadgeTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualLegendItemBadgeTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualLegendItemTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemVisibility Dependency Property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualLegendItemVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Name dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Opacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualOpacity depenedency property. + + + + + Identifies the OpacityMask dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualOpacityMask dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the AreaFillOpacity dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualAreaFillOpacity depenedency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualRadiusX dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualRadiusY dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualStartCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Thickness dependency property. + + + There is a problematic behavior in Silverlight 3 where changing the StrokeThickness property of many shapes is not reflected at runtime. If changing this property seems to have no effect, please use the workaround of making another change to the UI to force a refresh. + + theChart.RenderTransform = new RotateTransform() { Angle = 0.01 }; + Dispatcher.BeginInvoke( () => theChart.RenderTransform = null); + + + + + + Identifies the ActualThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Title dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseLightweightMarkers dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualUseLightweightMarkers dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Visibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualShowDefaultTooltip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShowDefaultTooltip dependency property. + + + + + Raises PropertyChanged and/or PropertyUpdated events if any listeners have been registered. + + Name of property whos value changed. + Property value before change. + Property value after change. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property updates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the brush of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets the actual brush used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the cursor of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets the actual cursor used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of Double values that indicate the pattern of dashes and gaps that + is used to outline the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual dash array used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the PenLineCap enumeration value that specifies how the current series object's dash ends are drawn. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual dash cap used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the Effect of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets the actual effect used by the series. + + + + + + Gets whether drop shadow is actually enabled for this series. + + + + + Gets or sets how defined the edges of the shadow are (how blurry the shadow is). + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets the actual shadow blur used by the series. + + + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets actual the drop shadow color used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle at which the shadow is cast. + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets the actual angle at which the shadow is cast for the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the degree of opacity of the shadow. + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets the actual degree of opacity of the shadow applied to the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance between the object and the shadow that it casts. + + + Delegates to the property. + This property will be disreagrded if the is set. + + + + + Gets the actual distance between the series and the shadow that it casts. + + + + + The style of the end point of any lines or polylines representing this series. + + + Not every series type has a line at which it would be appropriate to display an end cap, so this property does not affect every series type. LineSeries, for example, is affected by EndCap, but ColumnSeries is not. + + + + + Gets the actual end cap used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the series receives mouse events. + + + + + Gets the actual value of whether or not the series receives mouse events. + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemBadgeTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item badge is created according to the LegendItemBadgeTemplate on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets the actual legend item badge template used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the LegendItemTemplate property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item control content is created according to the LegendItemTemplate on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets the actual legend item template used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the legend item visibility for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual visibility of the legend items in the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker interiors are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual marker brush of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker outlines are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual marker outline of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style to be used for the markers. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual marker style used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerTemplate for the current series object. + + + + + Gets the actual marker template used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + If the MarkerTemplate property is set, the setting of the MarkerType property will be ignored. + + + + + Gets the actual marker type set used in the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the Name of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets or sets the Opacity of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets the series opacity. + + + + + Gets or sets the OpacityMask of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets the series opacity mask. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of the series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + Some series types, such as LineSeries, do not display outlines. Therefore, this property does not affect some charts. + + + + Gets the series outline. + + + + + Gets or sets the AreaFillOpacity of the stacked fragment. This property only applies for area-like series. + + + + + Gets the series ActualAreaFillOpacity. This property only applies for area-like series. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. This only applies to Bar and Column series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual corner radius of the series + + + + + Gets or sets the y-radius of the ellipse that is used to round the corners of the column. This only applies to Bar and Column series. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the actual corner radius of the series + + + + + The style of the starting point of any lines or polylines representing this series. + + + Not every series type has a line at which it would be appropriate to display a start cap, so this property does not affect every series type. LineSeries, for example, is affected by StartCap, but ColumnSeries is not. + + + + + Gets the series start cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the current series object's line thickness. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of this stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets or sets the Title property. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + The legend item control is created according to the Title on-demand by + the series object itself. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the series tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + + + Gets whether lightweight markers are used by the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the value mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the Visibility of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets the actual visibility of the stacked fragment. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the default tooltip will be shown. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether default tooltip will be shown. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Occurs when the mouse enters the visual fragment series. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse leaves the visual fragment series. + + + + + Occurs when the left button of the mouse is pressed over the visual fragment series. + + + + + Occurs when the left button of the mouse is released over the visual fragment series. + + + + + Occus when the mouse is moved within the visual fragment series. + + + + + Occurs when the right button of the mouse is pressed over the visual fragment series. + + + + + Occurs when the right button of the mouse is released over the visual fragment series. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse wheel is used on a visual fragment series. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property (including "effective" and non-dependency property) value changes. + + + + + Represents a collection of StackedFragmentSeries used by XamDataChart stacked series. + + + + + Initializes a default, empty StackedSeriesCollection. + + + + + Clears the contained items of the collection, but provides a preview of the occurrance + in the form of the CollectionResetting event. + + + + + CollectionResetting is raised before the collection reset occurs. + + + + + Gets the first matching StackedFragmentSeries object by name. + + + Matching series, or null. + + + + This class manages the creation of various visual series fragments. + + + + + Creates a series fragment based on the parent series type. + + + + + Represents a point on a segmented bezier curve. + + + + + The point on the curve. + + + + + The T value of the point. + + + + + The index of the point. + + + + + Represents visual data extracted from a chart for use by external tools and functionality. + + + + + Constructs a ChartVisualData + + + + + Scales the chart data against a viewport to normalize the data for comparison. + + + + + Gets bounds of the chart + + + + + Serializes this object to a string + + + + + Gets Serialized series of points for specified series name and point settings + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the axes of the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the series of the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the title of the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the subtitle of the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the Width of the chart container. + + + + + Gets or sets the Height of the chart container. + + + + + Gets or sets the content area including layout of axis, series, title, and subtitle in the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the central area including layout of axis, series in the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the plot area of series in the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the chart. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the data been scaled against a viewport for normalization. + + + + + Gets or sets the default tooltip for series. + + + + + Gets device independent ratio of control's dimensions + + + + + Represents list of visual data for chart titles + + + + + Represents visual data of chart's title or subtitle + + + + + Creates an instance of + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string + + + + + Gets Width of the chart's title container + + + + + Gets Height of the chart's title container + + + + + Gets or sets the viewport of the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the plot area of the title. + + + + + Gets or sets Appearance of the chart's title or its subtitle + + + + + Represents visual data extracted from a chart for use by external tools and functionality. + + + + + Creates a new instance of PieChartVisualData. + + + + + Normalizes the shape data of the series by its viewport to enable comparison. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string + + + + + Collection of slices in a pie chart. + + + + + Represents the Others slice. + + + + + The name of the pie chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the Viewport of the pie chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the Width of the pie chart. + + + + + Gets or sets the Height of the pie chart. + + + + + List of items in the Others slice. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the data been scaled against a viewport for normalization. + + + + + Represents visual data extracted from the funnel chart for use by externals tools and functionality. + + + + + Creates a new instance of FunnelChartVisualData. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about slices. + + + + + Gets or sets Name of funnel chart + + + + + Represents a list of series visual data. + + + + + Represents the extracted visual data of a series. + + + + + Constructs a SeriesVisualData. + + + + + Normalizes the shape data of the series by its viewport to enable comparison. + + + + + Serializes this object to a string + + + + + The name of the series. + + + + + The type of the series. + + + + + The viewport of the series. + + + + + The Opacity of the series. + + + + + The visual shape data of the series. + + + + + The pointer tooltip data of the series. + + + + + The visual marker shape data of the series. + + + + + The pixel data of a series, if any. + + + + + The width of the pixel buffer. + + + + + Represents visual information about series markers. + + + + + Represents visual data about a series marker. + + + + + Serializes this object to a string + + + + + Normalizes the shape data of the markers by their viewport to enable comparison. + + + + + Gets or sets the x position of the marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the y position of the marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the marker data. + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance of the marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the shape of the marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the template applied to the marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the marker. + + + + + Represents a list of axis visual data. + + + + + Represents visual data for an axis. + + + + + Constructs an AxisVisualData. + + + + + Serializes this object to a string + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the viewport of the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the different between the end and start x points + + + + + Gets or sets the visual data about the tick marks + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the labels of the axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the axis line. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the major lines of the axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the minor lines of the axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the minor lines of the axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the plot area of the axis labels without axis title. + + + + + Gets or sets the viewport of the axis labels with axis title. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about the title of the axis. + + + + + Represents a list of pie slice visual data. + + + + + Represents visual information about a pie chart slice. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of PieSliceVisualData. + + + + + Normalizes the shape data of the pie slice by its viewport to enable comparison. + + + + + Serializes this object to a string + + + + + Label string of the slice. + + + + + Label's bounding rectangle. + + + + + Slices's appearance properties. + + + + + Appearance of the slice's label. + + + + + Appearance of the slice's leader line. + + + + + Slice's geometry. + + + + + Represents a list of funnel slice visuals. + + + + + Represents visual information about a funnel slice. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of FunnelSliceVisualData. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the slice is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the slice index. + + + + + Gets or sets the label that is located within the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the label that is located outside of the slice. + + + + + Gets or sets the slice's appearance. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance of the inner label. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance of the outer label. + + + + + Gets or sets the points in the slice geometry. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the slice's inner label. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the slice's outer label. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle bounds of the outer label. + + + + + Gets or sets the rectangle bounds of the inner label. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the slice. + + + + + Provides information about axis label elements. + + + + + Provides information about an axis label visual element. + + + + + Serializes this object to a string + + + + + The value of the label. + + + + + The position of the label along the axis. + + + + + The top left point of the label panel + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the labels panel + + + + + The appearance of the label + + + + + The Size of the label panel + + + + + Provides information about an Stacked Series visual element. + + + + + Constructs an StackedSeriesVisualData. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual information about series fragments. + + + + + Provides method for exporting visual information about UI elements + + + + + Export rotated bounds of Text Block + + + + + Provides serialization of generic visual elements. + + + + + Serializes current rectangle to a string + + + + + A column of doubles. + + + + + Sets the values of the double column. + + The values to set. + + + + Sets or gets the values of the double column + + + + + A column of strings. + + + + + Sets the values of the string column. + + The values to set. + + + + Gets or sets the values of the string column. + + + + + A column of objects. + + + + + Sets the values of an object column. + + + + + + The values of the object column. + + + + + A column of integers. + + + + + Instantiates an integers column. + + + + + Populates the values in the column. + + The number of values to populate. + + + + Sorts the column by the given comparison method. + + The comparison to use in the sort. + + + + Gets an enumerator for the values. + + + + + + The values of the column. + + + + + Compares integers in the column. + + The first int. + The second int. + The comparison result. + + + + Used to create duplicates of DoubleCollection instances. + + + + + Returns a duplicate of a given DoubleCollection + + source DoubleCollection + target type + parameter + culture info + duplicate of the source DoubleCollection + + + + Returns a duplicate of a given DoubleCollection + + source DoubleCollection + target type + parameter + culture info + duplicate of the source DoubleCollection + + + + Describes available actions that can cause an ItemsSource event. + + + + + One or more rows were removed from the data source. + + + + + One or more rows were added to the data source. + + + + + One or more rows were replaced in the data source. + + + + + An item property value changed in the data source. + + + + + The entire data source contents were reset. + + + + + Utility class for range partitioning. + + + + + + + The list is reordered such that list[0] to list[k-1] are less than list[k] and + all items list[k+1] to list[list.Count-1] are greater than list[k]. + + The items within the upper and lower subranges are in no particular order, + and specifically are not sorted. + + + + List of values to partition. + Pivot value. + Index of first item in subrange. + Index of last item in subrange. + Index of first item greater than the specified pivot value. + + + + + + List of values. + List of indices to partition. + Pivot value. + Index of first index in subrange. + Index of last index in subrange. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Calculates the kth biggest item in the current list object and partitions + the list accordingly. + + + The list is reordered such that list[0] to list[k-1] are less than list[k] and + all items list[k+1] to list[list.Count-1] are greater than list[k]. + + The items within the upper and lower subranges are in no particular order, + and specifically are not sorted. + + + Where IComparable. + List object to partition. + Pivot item order. + Pivot item value. + + + + Calculates the kth biggest item in the specified subrange of the current + list object and partitions it accordingly. + + + The list is reordered such that list[position] to list[position+k-1] are + less than list[position+k] and + all items list[position+k+1] to list[position+Count] are greater than list[k]. + + The items within the upper and lower subranges are in no particular order, + and specifically are not sorted. + + + Where IComparable. + + + + + + Indirect selection and partition. + + Where IComparable + + + + + + + + Indirect selection and partition with subrange + + Where IComparable + + + Indices of visible items + + + + + + + Indirect Comparable Delegate by Order + + + + + + + + + Indirect Comparable Delegate by Order + + + + + + + + + + + Swap two list items. + + + Current list object. + Index of first item to swap. + Index of second item to swap. + + + + A list of points. + + + + + Creates a wrapper around a collection that asserts that access to the items is readonly + and that Double.NaN and Double.(Positive/Negative)Infinity values are coerced to safe + values for calculation and rendering. + + + + + Constructs a new SafeReadOnlyDoubleCollection + + The target collection to wrap. + + + + Returns the index of the given item. + + The item to search for. + The index of the item. + + + + Inserts the given item as the specified index. + + The index at which to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the IList interface. + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The index from which to remove the item. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the IList interface. + + + + + Adds a new item to the collection. + + The item to add. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the ICollection interface. + + + + + Clears the items from the collection. + + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the ICollection interface. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains the provided item. + + The item to check for. + True if the item is found in the collection. + + + + Copies the collection to the provided array, starting at the specified index. + + The array to copy to. + The starting index. + + + + Removes the provided item from the collection. + + The item to remove from the collection. + True if the item was removed from the collection. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the ICollection interface. + + + + + Gets an enumerator for the collection. + + The enumerator instance. + + + + Gets an enumerator for the collection. + + The enumerator instance. + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + The index at which to get or set the item. + The item requested. + + The set will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the IList interface. + + + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Gets whether the collection is readonly. + + + + + Creates a wrapper around a collection that asserts that access to the items is readonly + and that Double.NaN and Double.(Positive/Negative)Infinity values are coerced to safe + values for calculation and rendering. In addition, it will emulate that the items are sorted + based on a sorted index map provided upon creation. + + + + + Constructs a new SafeSortedReadOnlyDoubleCollection instance. + + The target collection to wrap. + The unsorted indexes of the target collection if it were sorted. + + + + Returns the index of the given item. + + The item to search for. + The index of the item. + + + + Inserts the given item as the specified index. + + The index at which to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the IList interface. + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The index from which to remove the item. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the IList interface. + + + + + Adds a new item to the collection. + + The item to add. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the ICollection interface. + + + + + Clears the items from the collection. + + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the ICollection interface. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains the provided item. + + The item to check for. + True if the item is found in the collection. + + + + Copies the collection to the provided array, starting at the specified index. + + The array to copy to. + The starting index. + + + + Removes the provided item from the collection. + + The item to remove from the collection. + True if the item was removed from the collection. + + Will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the ICollection interface. + + + + + Gets an enumerator for the collection. + + The enumerator instance. + + + + Gets an enumerator for the collection. + + The enumerator instance. + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + The index at which to get or set the item. + The item requested. + + The set will fail, as this collection is read-only. + Implemented only to satisfy the IList interface. + + + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Gets whether the collection is readonly. + + + + + Used to get a sorted view of an unsorted list, based on the sorted indices for the list. + + The item type + + + + Constructs an instance of a SortedListView + + The unsorted collection. + The indexes in order if the list were sorted. + + + + Adds and item to the collection. + + The item to add. + + Not supported because view is read only. + + + + Clears the collection. + + Not supported because view is read only. + + + + Determines if the collection contains the provided item. + + The item to check for. + true, if the list contains the item. + + + + Returns the index of the provided value in the collection. + + The value to find. + The index of the value. + + + + Inserts the item at the specified index. + + The index to insert the item at. + The item to insert. + Not supported because the view is read only. + + + + Removes the specified value from the collection. + + The value to remove + Not supported because the view is read only. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The index of the item to remove. + Not supported because the view is read only. + + + + Gets the enumerator for iterating through the collection. + + The enumerator requested. + + + + Gets the enumerator for iterating through the collection. + + The enumerator requested. + + + + Copies the collection to an array. + + The array to copy to. + The starting index in the array. + Not supported. + + + + Returns if the view has a fixed size. + + + + + Returns if the view is read only. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + The index to get or set from. + The item requested + Only the getter is supported as the view is read only. + + + + Returns the count of the items in the view. + + + + + Returns whether the collection is synchronized. + + + + + Returns the synchronization root to use to synchronize the collection. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2734474d89a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..127735851e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..033c30fe6a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,6300 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamDiagram.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + Gets the control type of the . + + + + + Gets the class name of the . + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + Gets the class name of the . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + Gets the class name of the . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + Gets the control type of the . + + + + + Gets the class name of the . + + + + + Gets the name of the . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + Gets the control type of the . + + + + + Gets the class name of the . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + Gets the control type of the . + + + + + Gets the class name of the . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + + Gets the control type of the . + + + + + Gets the class name of the . + + + + + Provides a set of related commands. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the EnterEditMode command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the ExitEditMode command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the ToggleEditMode command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the ShowOptionsPane command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the CloseOptionsPane command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the BringForward command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the SendBackward command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the BringToFront command. + + + + + Gets the value that represents the SendToBack command. + + + + + Represents a connection visualized in the control. + + + + + Provides a model for an item visualized within control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the Content dependency property. + + + + + Content property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the DisplayTemplate dependency property. + + + + + DisplayTemplate property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the EditTemplate dependency property. + + + + + EditTemplate property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Fill property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Called when the property value has changed. + + The old bounds rectangle. + The new bounds rectangle. + + + + Identifies the IsInView dependency property. + + + + + Called when the property has changed. + + The old value. + The new value. + Overriding this method without calling the base implementation will have undesired results. + + + + Identifies the ZIndex dependency property. + + + + + ZIndexProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Clones this instance. + + + + + Moves the diagram item with the specified offset. + + The amount to offset the x-coordinate. + The amount to offset the y-coordinate. + + + + Puts this node in edit mode. + + + + + Hides the connection point presenters. + + + + + Shows the connection point presenters. + + + + + Updates the connection point presenters. + + + + + Ends this node edit mode. + + + + + Exports visual information about a diagram item for use by external tools and functionality. + + + + + Gets the content data template for this . + + The content data template for this . + + + + Name property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Initializes the shape path. + + + + + Clones the diagram item property values. + + The source diagram item + The target diagram item + + + + Clones a dependency property value if the value source is local. + + The source dependency object + The target dependency object + The dependency property + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the routed event. + + The event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  routed event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was released. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains event data. + + + + Initiates a drag operation. + + The mouse down point + Returns whether the operation was successful. + + + + Identifies the IsSelected dependency property. + + + + + IsSelected property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Raises the event. + + Name of the property. + + + + Gets or sets item's content. + + + + + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content. + + + + + Gets or sets the data template used to display the content when the item is in edit mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke dash array applied to this presenter's shapes. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill of the item shape. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke of the item shape. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness applied to this presenter's shapes. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the item is in edit mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds rectangle of the item without its content. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the item is currently in view. + + + + + Gets the diagram which contains the item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that represents the order on the z-plane in which the diagram item appears. + + + The value of this property determines the index at which the item is inserted in the diagram panel's + children collection. The attached property always takes precedence + over the value of this property. In order to improve performance avoid using . + + + + + Gets or sets the used for displaying this instance's content. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel where content editing related elements are placed. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel where content related elements are placed. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds rectangle of the item and its content. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the diagram item is selected. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the StartNode dependency property. + + + + + StartNode property changed handler. + + The old node. + The new node. + + + + Identifies the EndNode dependency property. + + + + + StartNode property changed handler. + + The old node. + The new node. + + + + Identifies the EndNodeKey dependency property. + + + + + EndNodeKey property changed handler. + + The old key. + The new key. + + + + Identifies the StartNodeKey dependency property. + + + + + StartNodeKey property changed handler.
+
+ The old identifier. + The new identifier. +
+ + + Identifies the StartPosition dependency property. + + + + + StartPosition property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the EndPosition dependency property. + + + + + EndPosition property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the StartNodeConnectionPointName dependency property. + + + + + StartNodeConnectionPointName property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the EndNodeConnectionPointName dependency property. + + + + + EndNodeConnectionPointName property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the StartCapType dependency property. + + + + + StartCapType property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the EndCapType dependency property. + + + + + EndCapType property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the StartCapSize dependency property. + + + + + StartCapSize property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the EndCapSize dependency property. + + + + + EndCapSize property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the StartCapStyle dependency property. + + + + + StartCapStyle property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the EndCapStyle dependency property. + + + + + EndCapStyle property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the ConnectionType dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionType property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the ContentPosition dependency property. + + + + + Clones this instance copying all the relevant properties to the clone instance. + + + + + Moves the connection by the specified offset. + + + + + Exports the view shapes. + + + + + Gets a instance representing the connection. + + + + + Clones the diagram connection properties from the original to the clone. + + + + + Content property changed handler. + + + + + Called when the property has changed. + + Overriding this method without calling the base implementation will have undesired results. + + + + Called when the property value has changed. + + The old bounds rectangle. + The new bounds rectangle. + + + + Called when is called. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Gets or sets the start node. + + + Setting this property will set the property + to value of the property of the new node. + + + + + Gets or sets the end node. + + + Setting this property will set the property + to value of the property of the new node. + + + + + Gets or sets the of the end node. + + + Setting this property to an object different than the key of the current + , if there is such, will disconnect the current + end node and the node that matches the new key will be set as the . + + + + + Gets or sets the of the start node. + + + Setting this property to an object different than the key of the current + , if there is such, will disconnect the current + start node and the node that matches the new key will be set as the . + + + + + Gets or sets the start point. Setting this property + will disconnect the current if there is such. + + + + + Gets or sets the end point. Setting this property + will disconnect the current if there is such. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of a point on the start node to connect to. + If a match is found, the connection will start exactly at that point. + + + A string equal to the value of the of the targeted connection point. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of a point on the end node to connect to. + If a match is found, the connection will end exactly at that point. + + + A string equal to the value of the of the targeted connection point. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the start cap. + + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the end cap. + + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the start cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the end cap. + + + + + Gets or sets a style for the start cap. When this property is set, + a is created and used as the start cap.
+ When this property is set, the + and properties have no effect. +
+
+ + + Gets or sets a style for the end cap. When this property is set, + a is created and used as the end cap.
+ When this property is set, the + and properties have no effect. +
+
+ + + Gets or sets the type of the connection. + + + + + Gets the value of the ContentPosition property. + + + + + Gets the assigned connection definition. + + + + + Represents a cap for within control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the LineOffset dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseRotation dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PlacementOffset dependency property. + + + + + Moves the actual end point of the connection, along the connection line, by the specified value. + This property could be used to make sure the connection line is not drawn under a partially transparent cap. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to rotate the cap at the angle the connection is going into the node. + + + + + By default custom caps are centered at the connection point on the node. + This property allows moving the cap along the connection line. + + + + + Gets the connection this cap belongs to. + + + + + An object representing a point on a + where connections start and end. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name for the point. All names for a node should be unique. + The position specified in the relative coordinates + from top-left of the node (0,0) to bottom-right (1,1). + + + + Gets or sets the point. + + + The point. + + + + + Gets or sets the name. + + + All names for the connection points in the for a node should be unique. + + + + + Gets the connection point definition used to create this connection point. + The value of this property will be Null if the connection point is not + a product of a . + + + + + A collection of objects. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the + class that contains elements copied from the specified collection. + + The collection from which the elements are copied. + + + + Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Read-only collection class for diagram connections. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + The with which to create this instance of the class. + + + + A text box control with a custom behavior for its selection and caret position when focused. + + + + + Identifies the FocusBehavior dependency property. + + + + + Invoked whenever an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.GotKeyboardFocus + attached routed event reaches an element derived from this class in its route. + Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + + + + Gets or sets the FocusBehavior property that determines what the behavior of the text box is when it is focused. + + + + + Specifies the focus behavior for an control + + + + + Select all text on focus. + + + + + Move the caret to the start. + + + + + Move the caret to the end + + + + + Editable combo box which reverts its text to the last valid value in case of a binding error or binding validation error. + It also updates its data source on lost focus and on pressing enter or return. + + + To work properly, this ComboBox assumes that the data source is bound to the Text property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when is called. + + + + + Updates the Text property binding when the user presses the Enter key. + + + + + Updates the data source. + + + + + Gets a reference to the internal editable textbox. + + + + + Represents a class for connection point definition. + + + + + Identifies the TargetType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NameMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PositionMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the target type of the graph connection layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection point object that contains the name. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection point object that contains the position. + + + + + Represents a class for connection definition that applies on the connections generated from the . + + + + + Represents a base class for diagram connection definition. + + + + + Identifies the ConnectionStyle dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a style for the connections. + + + + + Identifies the TargetType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartNodeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndNodeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartNodeKeyMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + StartNodeKeyMemberPath property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the EndNodeKeyMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + EndNodeKeyMemberPath property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the StartNodeConnectionPointMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndNodeConnectionPointMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DisplayMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + DisplayMemberPath property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the target type of the connection definition. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection object that contains the start node. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection object that contains the end node. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection object to serve as for the generated . + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection object to serve as for the generated . + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection object that contains the start node's connection point name. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection object that contains the end node's connection point name. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the connection object to serve as the visual representation of the object. + + + + + Collection class for connection definitions. + + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event with the provided arguments. + + Arguments of the event being raised. + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Collection class for node definitions. + + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event with the provided arguments. + + Arguments of the event being raised. + + + + Represents a class for connection definition that applies over the connections generated from and . + + + + + Identifies the StartTargetType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndTargetType dependency property. + + + + + Gets or set the type of the start node. + + + + + Gets or set the type of the end node. + + + + + Represents a class for node definition. + + + + + Identifies the TargetType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NodeStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ConnectionPointsMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ChildrenMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ChildKeysMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + ChildKeysMemberPath property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the DisplayMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + DisplayMemberPath property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the KeyMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + KeyMemberPath property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the target type of the node definition. + + + + + Gets or sets a style for the nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the node object that contains its connection points. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the node object that contains the children collection. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the node object that contains a collection with child nodes' s. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the node object to serve as the visual representation of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the node object to serve as for the generated . + + + + + A simple layout arranging diagram nodes in a grid. + No collision detection and no special arrangement tactics are applied. + + + + + Exposes a method for arranging the items in a diagram. + + + In order to apply a layout to a , set the + property to an instance of + a class implementing this interface. The initially applies the layout, + calling the method. In order to reapply the layout later call the + method. + + + + + Sets the property + of the supplied in order to arrange them in a layout. + + All the nodes in the collection. + + + + Identifies the ColumnCount dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ColumnWidth dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RowHeight dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartPoint dependency property. + + + + + Iterates all the nodes and arranges them in a grid starting from left to right. + The number of nodes on each row is determined by the property. + + All the nodes in the collection. + + + + Gets or sets the number of columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the columns. + + + + + Gets or sets height of the rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the point where the first (top-left) node is placed. + This point is in coordinates. + + + + + Arranges the nodes in a XamDiagram in a tree layout. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalBuffer dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalBuffer dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Mode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NodeFlowDirection dependency property. + + + + + Arranges the nodes in a tree layout. + + All the nodes in the collection. + + + + Gets or sets horizontal buffer between nodes of the same level depth. + + + + + Gets or sets vertical buffer between nodes of the same level depth. + + + + + Gets or sets layout arrangement mode. + + + + + Gets or sets node flow direction. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The added category. + + + + Gets the added category. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The category being added. + + + + Gets the category being added. + + + + + Represents a dynamic collection of . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The input collection. + + + + Called when a category is being added. + + The category. + true adding of the category should be cancelled. + + + + Inserts the category at the specified index. + + The index. + The category to insert. + + + + Occurs when a category is being added to the collection. + + + + + A class containing helper methods related to diagram connection cap types and sizes. + + + + + Gets the default cap size for the specified cap type. + + new Size(8, 8) if returns true + for the ; otherwise new Size(16, 8) + + + + Determines whether the specified cap type is a single cap type. + + Type of the cap. + + + Single cap type refers to a CapType that looks best with a square size e.g. (8, 8), + as opposed to a double CapType that is best visualized with a size that has + a width twice as large as its height e.g. (16, 8). + + + + + A class used as a DataContext for the + + + + + Gets or sets the mode, usually depending on the type of . + + + + + Gets or sets the diagram items that this instance applies to. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke dash array of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the text of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the x-axis position of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the y-axis position of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the x-axis position of the start point of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the y-axis position of the start point of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the x-axis position of the end point of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the y-axis position of the end point of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the opacity of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the font family of the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font weight is bold. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font style is italic. + + + + + Gets or sets the font size of the . + + + The valid font sizes are in the range [1, 3700] + + + + + Gets or sets the start cap type of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the start cap size of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the end cap type of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the end cap size of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the connection type of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the font weight of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the font style of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the font brush of the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether to maintain the aspect ratio of the instances in the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an infragistics color picker's drop down is opened. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets an error message indicating what is wrong with this object. + + + + + Gets the error message for the property with the given name. + + Name of the column. + + + + + Provides data for the visual aspects and current state of a . + + + + + Gets or sets the width. + + + + + Gets or sets the height. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-axis position of the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets the y-axis position of the pane. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cut command enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Copy command enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Paste command enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Cut command enabled. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the node x-axis position of the nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the node y-axis position of the nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' start x. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' start y. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' end x. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' end y. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' start cap type. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' start cap size. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' end cap type. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections' end cap size. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' stroke. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' stroke thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' stroke dash array. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' text. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' font family. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' font size. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' font brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' text is bold. + + + + + Gets or sets the items' text is italic. + + + + + Gets or sets the connections are straight. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the options pane is visible. + + + + + Provides data for the visual aspects and current state of a 's button. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the options pane's button is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets the width. + + + + + Gets or sets the height. + + + + + Gets or sets the x position of the diagram options pane's button. + + + + + Gets or sets the y position of the diagram options pane's button. + + + + + Represents the converter that converts values to Visibility enumeration values. + + + + + Converts a DiagramOptionsPaneMode value to a Visibility enumeration value. + + The value produced by the binding source. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + if the is ; otherwise, . + + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts values to Visibility enumeration values. + + + + + Converts a DiagramOptionsPaneMode value to a Visibility enumeration value. + + The value produced by the binding source. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + if the is ; otherwise, . + + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts values to values. + + + + + Converts a SolidColorBrush to a Color. + + The SolidColorBrush to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The if the is not null; otherwise, null. + + + + + Converts a Color to a SolidColorBrush. + + The Color to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + A new instance of with the specified color + if the is not null; otherwise, null. + + + + + Represents the converter that converts values to string values. + + + + + Converts a DoubleCollection value to a string value. + + The DoubleCollection value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The result of the 's + method or an empty string if the is null. + + + + + Converts a string value to a DoubleCollection value. + + The string value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The result of the 's + method or null if the is an empty string. + + + + + Represents the converter that converts values to . + + + + + Converts a CapType value to a Size value. + + The CapType value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The result of the method for the + method or null if the is not a valid CapType. + + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts a value to a nullable Boolean value. + + + + + Converts a value to a nullable Boolean value. + + The ConnectionType to convert. + This parameter is not used. + A value that will be used for the conversion. + This parameter is not used. + + null if the is not a valid ConnectionType or null. + true if the is the same as the ; otherwise false. + + + + + Converts a Boolean value to a value. + + The Boolean to convert. + This parameter is not used. + A value that will be used for the conversion. + This parameter is not used. + + The if the is true. + null if the is not a valid boolean or null; otherwise null. + + + + + Represents a converter that converts a value to . + + + + + Creates a new instance of . + + + + + Converts a value to . + + The value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + Returns the if it is ; otherwise Segoe UI font family. + + + + + This method is not implemented. + + + + + + Gets or sets a fallback value when the converted value is not a . The default value is Segoe UI. + + + + + Options pane used for editing the items' properties in the diagram. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the Diagram dependency property. + + + + + Diagram property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashArrays dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontSizes dependency property. + + + + + Exports the visual data for this instance. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Gets or sets the diagram which the options pane is assigned to. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection with predefined stroke dash arrays. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection with predefined font sizes. + + + + + Represents a category of one or more s. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the Name dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsExpanded dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Items dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the category. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the category is expanded in the user interface. + + + + + Gets or sets the Items collection. + + + + + Represents an item for + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Represents an item visualized by . + + + + + Called when a property value has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this instance represents. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the should enter edit mode when dropped onto a XamDiagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the content to display. + + + If not explicitly set, the value is displayed instead. + + + + + Represents visual data for a diagram toolbox. + + + + + Scales the object by viewport. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the title of the toolbox. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbox header background. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbox header foreground. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbox header border brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbox header border thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbox categories. + + + + + Represents visual data for the categories of a diagram toolbox. + + + + + Represents visual data for a diagram toolbox category. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the title of the toolbox category. + + + + + Gets or sets the items of the toolbox category. + + + + + Represents visual data for the items of a diagram toolbox. + + + + + Represents visual data for a diagram toolbox item. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the title of the toolbox item. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground of a toolbox item. + + + + + Gets or sets the toolbox item. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the toolbox item. + + + + + Denotes the type of the diagram item. + + + + + Represents a node. + + + + + Represents a connection. + + + + + Represents a category of toolbox items visualized by control. + + + + + Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + + + The element that is used to display the given item. + + + + + Prepares the specified element to display the specified item. + + Element used to display the specified item. + Specified item. + + + + Represents an Infragistics diagramming toolbox control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the header property. + + + + + Identifies the HeaderBackground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeaderBorderBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeaderBorderThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeaderForeground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Categories dependency property. + + + + + Exports visual data for this instance. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Called when a category is being added to the collection. + Raises the event. + + + + + Called when a category has been added to the collection. + Raises the event. + + + + + Gets or sets the header. + + + + + Gets or sets the header background. + + + The header background. + + + + + Gets or sets the header border brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the header border thickness. + + + + + Gets or sets the header foreground. + + + + + Gets or sets the categories. By default this property is pre-populated. + Use this property to replace the default categories. If you want to add additional categories + without removing the default ones used the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the custom categories. The custom categories are displayed after the . + + + + + Occurs when a toolbox category is about to be added. + + + + + Occurs when a toolbox category is added. + + + + + Provides an host element to to visualize drawing visual items. + + + + + Provides a lightweight representation of a visual object. + + + + + Gets or sets the drawing visual. + + + + + Provides a drawing visual content. + + + + + Gets the drawing visual used by . + + The drawing visual. + + + + Gets the visual presenter. + + + + + Force-directed graph layout using the Fruchterman–Reingold algorithm. + + + + + Identifies the AverageNodeSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Buffer dependency property. + + + + + Arranges the nodes. + + All the nodes in the collection. + + + + Gets or sets the average node size. If this property is not set, + the average size will be calculated separately for each of the graph's connected components. + + + + + Gets or sets the optimal buffer between nodes. + + + + + Custom color picker for the diagram options pane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the selected color is being edited. + + + + + A panel used for hosting the diagram item's content. + + + + + Identifies the LeftContentOffset property. + + + + + Identifies the RightContentOffset property. + + + + + Identifies the RightContentOffset property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for a derived class. + + The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + + Gets or sets a relative value between 0 and 1 that determines the left offset of the node content. + + + + + Gets or sets a relative value between 0 and 1 that determines the right offset of the node content. + + + + + Gets or sets the content layout behavior. + + + + + Represents visual data for a diagram. + + + + + Scales the object by viewport. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the diagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the diagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the diagram items. + + + + + Gets or sets the layer which contains the resize handles. + + + + + Gets or sets the layer which contains the connection points. + + + + + Gets or sets the main grid of the diagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the bounds manager of the diagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the options pane of the diagram. + + + + + Gets or sets the diagram options pane's button. + + + + + Gets or sets the viewport. + + + + + Represents visual data for a connection. + + + + + Represents visual data for a diagram item. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the key of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the left position of the bounds rectangle of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the top position of the bounds rectangle of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the content of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the diagram item [is selected]. + + + true if [is selected]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the diagram item [is visible]. + + + true if [is visible]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the Appearance of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke dash array of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the font brush of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the font family of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the font size of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the font style of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the font weight of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual fill of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual font brush of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual font family of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual font size of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual font style of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual font weight of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual stroke of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual stroke thickness of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual stroke dash array of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual opacity of the diagram item. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the diagram item [is attached]. + + + true if [is attached]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the z-index of the diagram item + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The item. + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the start node key. + + + + + Gets or sets the end node key. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the connection. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the start cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the end cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the connection path. + + + + + Gets or sets the start position of the connection. + + + + + Gets or sets the end position of the connection. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the start cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the end cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual type of the start cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual type of the end cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual size of the start cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual size of the end cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the displayed member path value. + + + + + Gets or sets the start cap presenter. + + + + + Gets or sets the end cap presenter. + + + + + Represents visual data for a connection cap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The diagram connection cap presenter. + + + + Gets or sets the line offset. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether [rotation is used]. + + + true if [rotation is used]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the cap placement offset. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of a cap end. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of a cap end. + + + + + Gets or sets transform information that affects the rendering position of a cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle the connection forms entering the node. + + + + + Represents visual data for a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The item. + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the displayed member path value. + + + + + Gets or sets the geometry of the node. + + + + + Represents visual data for diagram items. + + + + + Represents visual data for a diagram item's resize handle. + + + + + Scales the current object by viewport. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the the top-left corner of a resize handle. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the the top-left corner of a resize handle. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of a resize handle. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of a resize handle. + + + + + Gets or sets the appearance data of a resize handle. + + + + + Represents visual data for a corner resize handle. + + + + + Represents visual data for a side resize handle. + + + + + Represents visual data for the layer which contains the connection point presenters. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the connection point presenters. + + + + + Represents visual data for a connection point. + + + + + Scales the object by viewport. + + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of a connection point. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of a connection point. + + + + + Gets or sets the X coordinate of the top-left corner of the connection point's geometry. + + + + + Gets or sets the Y coordinate of the top-left corner of the connection point's geometry. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of a connection point. + + + + + Gets or sets the height of a connection point. + + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of the connection point. + + + + + Gets or sets visual data for a connection point's geometry. + + + + + Gets or sets visual data for the geometry of a connection point which is being used to draw a connection from/to. + + + + + Represents visual data for a connection's resize handle. + + + + + Represents visual data for the layer which contains the resize handles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Adds the specified handle to the layer. + + The handle. + + + + Serializes the current object to a string. + + + + + Gets or sets the resize rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the handles. + + + + + Represents visual data for the main grid element in a XamDiagram. + + + + + Serializes this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the x-coordinate of the top-left position of the main grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the y-coordinate of the top-left position of the main grid. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale of the x-axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale of the y-axis. + + + + + Represents the visual data of the bounds of the items in a diagram. + + + + + Serializes this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of the top values of the diagram items' bounds rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of the left values of the diagram items' bounds rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of the bottom values of the diagram items' bounds rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of the right values of the diagram items' bounds rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of items sorted by the top value of their bounds rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of items sorted by the left value of their bounds rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of items sorted by the bottom value of their bounds rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of items sorted by the right value of their bounds rectangle. + + + + + Represents a list of bounds indexes items. + + + + + Provides information about how a diagram item is located in relation to the other items in a diagram. + + + + + The visual data of the DiagramItem. + + + + + Gets or sets the top index value. + If the diagram item is the top-most one in the diagram, this property will have a value of 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the left index value. + If the diagram item is the left-most one in the diagram, this property will have a value of 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the right index value. + If the diagram item is the right-most one in the diagram, this property will have a value of 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom index value. + If the diagram item is the bottom-most one in the diagram, this property will have a value of 0. + + + + + Provides a panel for items. + + + + + Specifies the preferred geometry shape for a node. + + + + + No geometry shape will be applied. + + + + + Represents a rectangle geometry. + + + + + Represents a rounded rectangle geometry. + + + + + Represents a square geometry. + + + + + Represents an ellipse geometry. + + + + + Represents a circle geometry. + + + + + Represents a triangle geometry. + + + + + Represents a right triangle geometry. + + + + + Represents a mirrored right triangle geometry. + + + + + Represents a rhombus geometry. + + + + + Represents an octagon geometry. + + + + + Represents a chevron geometry. + + + + + Represents a hexagon geometry. + + + + + Represents a pentagon geometry. + + + + + Represents a heptagon geometry. + + + + + Represents a cross geometry. + + + + + Represents a thin cross geometry. + + + + + Indicates how the content of an element will be sized when the + height of the content is greater than the element's height. + + + + + The whole content is displayed and overflows its parent if necessary. + + + + + The content is cropped if its height exceeds its parent's height. + + + + + Indicates the type of the line drawn for a . + + + + + A straight connection line. + + + + + A right-angle connection line. + + + + + Specifies the shape a starts/ends with as controlled by + its and properties respectively. + + + + + No geometry shape will be applied. + + + + + Represents an open arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents a closed arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents an indented closed arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents an indented filled arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents an open double arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents a closed double arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled double arrow geometry. + + + + + Represents a dimension line geometry. + + + + + Represents a dot geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled dot geometry. + + + + + Represents a diamond geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled diamond geometry. + + + + + Represents a square geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled square geometry. + + + + + Represents an empty circle geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled circle geometry. + + + + + Represents one dash geometry. + + + + + Represents two dashes geometry. + + + + + Represents three dashes geometry. + + + + + Represents a closed one dash geometry. + + + + + Represents a closed two dashes geometry. + + + + + Represents a closed three dashes geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled one dash geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled two dashes geometry. + + + + + Represents a filled three dashes geometry. + + + + + Represents a fork geometry. + + + + + Specifies the selection behavior for a . + + + + + The user cannot select items. + + + + + The user can select only one item at a time. + + + + + The user can select multiple items while holding down the SHIFT or CTRL key. + + + + + Specifies the mouse-left-button drag interaction for . + + + + + The mouse does not interact with the diagram surface. + + + + + Dragging the mouse performs a zoom operation. + When the mouse left button is released, the diagram is zoomed to the area + surrounded by the rectangle drawn while dragging. + + + + + Dragging the mouse performs a pan operation. + + + + + Dragging the mouse performs a select operation. + If the is set to , + when the mouse left button is released, the items that are fully contained within the area + surrounded by the rectangle drawn while dragging, are selected. + + + + + Specifies whether the diagram items edited by a are DiagramNodes, DiagramConnections or both.
+ This is determined by the contents of the collection. +
+
+ + + The options pane edits DiagramNodes. + + + + + The options pane edits DiagramConnections. + + + + + The options pane edits both DiagramNodes and DiagramConnections. + + + + + Specifies the display mode of a node's connection points. + + + + + Connection points are always displayed. + + + + + Connection points are displayed when the is set to + and is not . + Otherwise the connection points are not displayed. + + + + + Connection points are displayed for nodes that are close or under the mouse cursor. + + + + + Connection points are not displayed. + + + + + Specifies the tool used in a . Mostly this determines how the mouse + interacts with the diagram surface and items, however it could also affect some + other aspects of the such as the visibility of nodes' connection points. + + + + + A pointer tool. When this tool is used, the value of the + specifies how the mouse interacts with the diagram surface. + + + + + A tool used for drawing connections.
+ Performing a drag on the empty diagram surface draws a connection. +
+
+ + + Describes how the options pane is positioned relative to the selected diagram items. + + + + + The options pane is positioned on the left side of the selected diagram items. + + + + + The options pane is positioned on the right side of the selected diagram items. + + + + + The options pane is positioned on the left side of the selected diagram items when is , otherwise it is on the right side. + + + + + The options pane is positioned on the right side of the selected diagram items when is , otherwise it is on the left side. + + + + + Determines how a arranges the child nodes. + + + + + Child nodes are staggered in a number rows and columns providing a more compact presentation. + + + + + All child nodes are positioned at the same level. + + + + + Determines where child nodes are placed in relation to their parent + when arranged though the . + + + + + Child nodes are placed below their parent. + + + + + Child nodes are placed to the left of to their parent. + + + + + Child nodes are placed to the right of their parent. + + + + + Child nodes are placed above their parent. + + + + + Indicates the type of the connection handle. + + + + + The start handle of the connection. + + + + + The end handle of the connection. + + + + + Indicates one of the sides of a rectangular object. + + + + + The top side. + + + + + The left side. + + + + + The bottom side. + + + + + The right side. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The diagram item. + + + + Returns the item that has just been added. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the item that has just been removed. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the item to be added. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the item to be removed. + + + + + A class listing the information needed when the selected items change. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of class. + + The items that were unselected during this event. + The items that were selected during this event. + + + + Gets a list that contains the items that were unselected. + + + + + Gets a list that contains the items that were selected. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the node to be moved. + + + + + Gets the old position of the item. + + + + + Gets the new position of the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the node to be moved. + + + + + Gets the old position of the item. + + + + + Gets the new position of the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the connection to be moved. + + + + + Gets the old start position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new start position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the old end position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new end position of the connection. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the connection to be moved. + + + + + Gets the old start position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new start position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the old end position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new end position of the connection. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the node to be resized. + + + + + Gets the old size of the item. + + + + + Gets the new size of the item. + + + + + Gets the old position of the item. + + + + + Gets the new position of the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the node to be resized. + + + + + Gets the old size of the item. + + + + + Gets the new size of the item. + + + + + Gets the old position of the item. + + + + + Gets the new position of the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the connection which start or end will be changed. + + + + + Returns the the type of the connection handle. + + + + + Gets the old start or end position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the old start or end node of the connection. + + + + + Gets the old start or end node connection point name. + + + + + Gets the new start or end position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new start or end node of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new start or end node connection point name. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the connection which start or end will be changed. + + + + + Returns the the type of the connection handle. + + + + + Gets the old start or end position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the old start or end node of the connection. + + + + + Gets the old start or end node connection point name. + + + + + Gets the new start or end position of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new start or end node of the connection. + + + + + Gets the new start or end node connection point name. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the item. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the command which will be executed. + + + + + Gets the parameter which will be used when executing the command. + + + + + Represents the argument that is passed to the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the command which will be executed. + + + + + Gets the parameter which will be used when executing the command. + + + + + Represents a handle used for moving a DiagramConnection's end. + + + + + A base class for a resize handle elements. + + + + + Identifies the UniformHeight dependency property. + + + + + UniformHeight property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Sets the Width and Height properties with regard to the UniformHeight. + + + + + Initiates a drag. + + The start point. + True if the drag was started successfully. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Called when the mouse has moved + + The mouse event args + + + + Called when mouse capture has been lost + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Gets or sets the default width and height used for handles. + + + + + Gets or sets the point where the first mouse down event has been raised. + + + The mouse down point. + + + + + Initiates a drag. + + The start point. + True if the drag was started successfully. + + + + Represents a handle used for resizing a DiagramNode from one of its edges. + + + + + Initiates a drag. + + The start point. + True if the drag was started successfully. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Represents a handle used for resizing a DiagramNode from one of its sides. + + + + + Initiates a drag. + + The start point. + True if the drag was started successfully. + + + + Sets the Width and Height properties with regard to the UniformHeight. + + + + + Adjusts the offset, when the min size is reached and resizing up. + + + + + + Adjusts the offset, when the min size is going to be reached. + + + + + + + Represents a node visualized in the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the MaintainAspectRatio dependency property. + + + + + MaintainAspectRatio property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the UniformHeight dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeftContentOffset dependency property. + + + + + LeftContentOffset property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the RightContentOffset dependency property. + + + + + RightContentOffset property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the Geometry dependency property. + + + + + Geometry property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the ContentLayoutBehavior dependency property. + + + + + ContentLayoutBehavior property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the Position dependency property. + + + + + Position property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the ShapeType dependency property. + + + + + ShapeType property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the ConnectionPoints property. + + + + + ConnectionPoints property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the Key dependency property. + + + + + Key property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Clones this instance copying all the relevant properties to the clone instance. + + + + + Moves the node by the specified offset. + + + + + Exports visual information about a node for use by external tools and functionality. + + + + + Gets a instance representing the node. + + + + + Shows the connection point presenters. + + + + + Updates the connection point presenters' positions. + + + + + Updates the position of the specified DiagramConnectionPointPresenter. + + + + + Highlights the connector point with the specified name. + + A string matching the property value. + + + + Un-highlights the connector point with the specified name. + + A string matching the property value. + + + + Gets the default size of the node based on its actual node type. + + The node. + The size for a node of given + + + + Resolves the content layout for a node based on its actual node type. + + + + + Resolves the geometry for a node based on its actual node type. + + The actual geometry that will be set to a node. + + + + Calls the method for all the relevant diagram node properties. + + The original node to copy property values from. + The clone to copy property values to. + + + + Called when the property has changed. + + The old value. + The new value. + Overriding this method without calling the base implementation will have undesired results. + + + + Called when the property value has changed. + + The old bounds rectangle. + The new bounds rectangle. + + + + Transforms a point from relative coordinates to absolute coordinates within the node's bounds. + + A point with coordinates from (0, 0) to (1, 1). + The absolute point within the node's bounds. + + For a node with Bounds rectangle with a size of (200, 100), + when called with the Point (0.25, 0.4), + this method will return the Point (50, 40).
+ This method also takes into account the StrokeThickness of the node. +
+
+ + + Calculates the absolute point (in coordinates) + from a relative point. + + A point with coordinates from (0, 0) to (1, 1). + + + For a node with Bounds rectangle (X:20, Y:300, W:200, H:100), + when called with the Point (0.25, 0.4), + this method will return the Point (70, 340). + This method also takes into account the StrokeThickness of the node. + + + + + Adds the incoming connection. + + The connection. + + + + Adds the outgoing connection. + + The connection. + + + + Removes the incoming connection. + + The connection. + + + + Removes the outgoing connection. + + The connection. + + + + Gets the absolute point where the + is to be connected to this node. + + The connection to be connected. + + The + or value of the , + depending on which connection end is being connected to the node. + The absolute point where the connection should start/end. + If a matching connection point is found on the node, it is returned. + Otherwise the middle of the closest side is returned. + + + + + Hides the connection point presenters. + + + + + Called when is called. + + + + + Initiates a drag operation. + + The mouse down point + + Returns whether the operation was successful. + + + + + Fill property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Gets the aspect ratio (Width/Height) of the node + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the node's + width to height ratio should be preserved when the node is being resized. + + + + + Gets or sets the height used when resolving the initial node size. + The value of this property is used as height and the width is calculated based on the node type.
+ Changing the value of this property after the node is created has no effect. +
+
+ + + Gets or sets a relative value between 0 and 1 that determines the left offset of the node content. + + + + + Gets or sets a relative value between 0 and 1 that determines the right offset of the node content. + + + + + Gets the actual geometry used for the node after it is resolved according + to the values of and properties. + + + + + Gets or sets a custom geometry to use for the node. + + + The value of this property takes precedence over the NodeType property value. + + + + + Gets or sets how the node's content will be sized if its height is greater than the node's height. + + + + + Gets or sets the top-left point of the node. + + + + + Gets a read only collection with the incoming connections of the node. + + + + + Gets a read only collection with the outgoing connections of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the shape type of the node. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection with connection points. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that uniquely identifies the diagram node. + + This property value is used by the and in order to connect to the node. + + + + Gets the assigned node definition. + + + + + Provides a content presenter for + + + + + Gets the implicit data type template. + + The implicit data template that will be used. + + + + Represents a collection of instances. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The diagram that is owner or the collection. + + + + Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. + + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index of the collection. + + + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + + Replaces the element at the specified index. + + + + + + Moves the item at the specified index to a new location in the collection. + + The zero-based index specifying the location of the item to be moved. + The zero-based index specifying the new location of the item. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is read-only. + + + When used as the value of the property, + the value of this property is false if the + or properties are set. + + + + + Represents a within control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the HighlightBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsHighlighted dependency property. + + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  routed event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + + + Gets or sets the highlight brush. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the connection point is highlighted. + + + + + Gets or sets the node. + + + + + Gets or sets the connection point. + + + + + Represents a modifiable collection of objects which have been selected. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The network node. + + + + Adds the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to add. + item to be added + + + + Creates a new instance of this collection. + + + The create new instance. + + + + + Called when the Selection collection has changed. + + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Invoked when this collection changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the that this collection belongs to. + + + + + Provides localized strings used for UI elements in the themes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + Name of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the toolbox header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu general header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu shape header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu connection header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu size header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu text header text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu shape fill text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu shape opacity text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu shape width text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu shape height text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu shape start point x text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu shape start point y text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu connection start point x text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu connection start point y text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu connection end point x text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu connection end point y text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu line stroke text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu line thickness text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu line dash type text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu line start text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu line end text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu line start size text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu line end size text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu connection type straight text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu connection type right angle text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu cut command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu copy command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu paste command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu delete command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu send to back command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu bring to front command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu send backward command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu bring forward command text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu send to back command full text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu bring to front command full text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu send backward command full text. + + + + + Gets or sets the context menu bring forward command full text. + + + + + Gets or sets the maintain aspect ratio text. + + + + + Gets or sets the connection text. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Custom undo unit used to undo the result of a DependencyProperty change in the XamDiagram. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The diagram which is the target + The object whose property was changed + The dependency property changed event arguments + + + + Returns the target diagram that will be affected by the + + + + + Custom undo unit used to undo the result of a property change in the XamDiagram. + + The type of object whose property was changed + The type of the property whose value was changed + + + + Initializes a new + + The diagram which is the target + Object whose property was changed + The name of the property + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Returns the target diagram that will be affected by the + + + + + Custom for undoing changes to an in the XamDiagram. + + The type of item in the collection + + + + Initializes a new based upon the specified + + The diagram which is the target + The collection that was modified + An object that describes the changes made to the collection + + + + Initializes a new for an add or remove of multiple items. + + The diagram which is the target + The collection that was modified + >Must be either 'Add' or 'Remove' to indicate if the item was added or removed. + The items that were added or removed. + The index at which the items were inserted for an Add or the old index of the item for a Remove . + + + + Returns the target diagram that will be affected by the + + + + + Represents an Infragistics' diagramming control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the event. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + ItemsSource property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the ConnectionsSource dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionsSource property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the NodeDefinitions dependency property. + + + + + NodeDefinitions property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the ConnectionDefinitions dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionDefinitions property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the ConnectionPointDefinitions dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionPointDefinitions property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + WorldRect property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + WindowRect property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + PreviewRect property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + ViewportRect property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OptionsPaneVisibility dependency property. + + + + + OptionsPaneVisibility property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the OptionsPanePlacement dependency property. + + + + + OptionsPanePlacement property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the SelectedDataItems dependency property. + + + + + SelectedDataItems property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Tool dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ConnectionPointsDisplayMode dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionPointsDisplayMode property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the UndoManager dependency property. + + + + + UndoManager property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the IsUndoEnabled dependency property. + + + + + IsUndoEnabled property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the IsDragging dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Control attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached Control DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached Control DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Exports visual data for the diagram's nodes, connections, surface, resize handles, connection points, virtualization and options pane. + + The DiagramVisualData object which contains all of the visual information. + + + + Finds the diagram items that have intersecting the specified rectangle. + + The type of DiagramItems to look for. + The rectangle in which to look for. The coordinates are in coordinates. + + + + Removes all the Undo and Redo history that relates to this XamDiagram. + + Indicates whether this method should affect the current open RootTransaction on the if there is one. + + Note: this is equivalent to calling the 's RemoveAll method with a filter that removes only + undo units whose Target is this XamDiagram. By default that will be all of the history, however, since the property is settable it is + possible to share a single instance of an UndoManager with more that one XamDiagram so that there histories are mingled. + + + + + Refreshes the arrangement of the nodes according to the applied Layout. + + + + + Converts a point from coordinates to coordinates. + + + + + Converts a rect from coordinates to coordinates. + + + + + Converts a point from coordinates to coordinates. + + + + + Gets the diagram items associated with specific item in the ItemsSource/ConnectionsSource. + + The object from the underlying items and connections sources + + + + + Gets the diagram items associated with specific items in the ItemsSource/ConnectionSource. + + An array of objects from the underlying items and connections sources + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + + + + + Called to arrange and size the content of a object. + + The computed size that is used to arrange the content. + + The size of the control. + + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  routed event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was pressed. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was released. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event is raised on this element. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled  attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. This method is invoked whenever is set to true internally. + + The that contains the event data. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Called when an item is about to be added. + + The item to be added. + true when item is successfully added, otherwise false + + + + Called when an item is added. + + The added item. + + + + Called when an item is about to be removed. + + The item to be removed. + true when item is successfully removed, otherwise false + + + + Called when an item is removed. + + The removed item. + + + + Selects the specified diagram item. + + The diagram item to select. + + if set to true indicates that the selection is being changed from code and not in response to a user action. + + + + + Internal method which will unselect a + + the diagram item which should be unseleceted + + + + Zooms the diagram to 100%. Same as setting the ZoomLevel to 1. + + + + + Scale the diagram to fit all its contents in view. + + + + + Render preview content to the NavigationPane. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MinimumZoomLevel property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MaximumZoomLevel property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Occurs when an item is about to be added. + + + + + Occurs when an item is added. + + + + + Occurs when an item is about to be removed. + + + + + Occurs when an item is removed. + + + + + Occurs the have changed. + + + + + Occurs when a node is about to be moved. + + + + + Occurs when a node has been moved. + + + + + Occurs when a connection is about to be moved. + + + + + Occurs when a connection has been moved. + + + + + Occurs when a node is about to be resized. + + + + + Occurs when a node has been resized. + + + + + Occurs when a connection's start or end is about to be connected to a point or a node. + + + + + Occurs when a connection's start or end has been connected to a point or a node. + + + + + Occurs when an item is about to enter edit mode. + + + + + Occurs when an item has entered edit mode. + + + + + Occurs when an item is about to exit edit mode. + + + + + Occurs when an item has exited edit mode. + + + + + Occurs when a command is about to be executed. + + + + + Occurs when a command is executed. + + + + + Gets a collection of the diagram items. + + + + + Gets the list of all copied items. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the items of the diagram. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the connections of the diagram. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection with hierarchical node layouts. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection with hierarchical connection layouts. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection with graph connection point layouts. + + + + + Gets or sets the layout for the diagram to arrange nodes. + + + + + Gets the world rect. + + The rect enclosing all diagram items. + + + + Gets or sets the window rect. + + The window rect. + + + + Gets or sets the preview rect. + + The preview rect. + + + + Gets the ViewportRect property. + + + + + Gets or sets the zoom level. + + The zoom level. 1.0 means 100%. That is the items in the diagram will be displayed with their actual size. + + + + Gets the navigation pane. + + The navigation pane. + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the navigation pane. + + The horizontal alignment of the navigation pane. + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the navigation pane. + + The vertical alignment of the navigation pane. + + + + Gets or sets the navigation pane visibility. + + The navigation pane visibility. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the options pane is displayed for the selected items. + + + + + Gets or sets the placement of the options pane. + + + + + Gets a collection of objects which are currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets an array of data items associated with the diagram items in the SelectedItems collection. + + An array containing the data items of the selected diagram items or null. + + This property is exposed as an object array (instead of IEnumerable or IList) so that there should be no confusion about its behavior. + When the selection changes a new object array is created (as an atomic operation) from the SelectedItems collection. + The of each in that collection is used to popluate the new array. + To change the diagram items selection an application can set this property (either explicitly or through a binding) to a new array of its data items. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the selection behavior for a . + + + + + Gets or sets the which will be applied to the s. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool used for interacting with the diagram surface. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether connections points of diagram nodes are displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the undo manager used for keeping undo/redo history for this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance keeps undo/redo history. + + + Setting this property to false will clear the current undo/redo history. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item interaction such as move/resize is currently in progress. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a render pass is queued for this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an arrange pass is queued for this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum scale. + + The minimum scale. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum scale. + + The maximum scale. + + + + The text to display in the callout above the zoom level slider. + + + This text is expected to change whenever the zoom level is changed. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52605c112e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08aa3932767 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b26f771f552 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3566 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamGauge.v14.2 + + + + + The automation peer for the featured measure + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The measure. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the measure. + + The measure. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + The automation peer for the comparative measure + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The measure. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the measure. + + The measure. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + The automation peer for the gauge + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The gauge. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Gets or sets the gauge. + + The gauge. + + + + The automation peer for the linear gauge bar marker + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The bar marker. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the bar marker. + + The bar marker. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + The automation peer for the linear gauge needle + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The needle. + + + + Sets the value of the control. + + The value to set. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the needle. + + The needle. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a large change is made, such as with the PAGE DOWN key. + + + The large-change value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the minimum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The minimum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the maximum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The maximum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a small change is made, such as with an arrow key. + + + The small-change value supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + The automation peer for the qualitative range + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The range. + + + + Sets the value of the control. + + The value to set. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the range. + + The range. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a large change is made, such as with the PAGE DOWN key. + + + The large-change value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the minimum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The minimum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the maximum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The maximum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a small change is made, such as with an arrow key. + + + The small-change value supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + The automation peer for the quantitative scale + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The scale. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the scale. + + The scale. + + + + The automation peer for the radial gauge needle + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The needle. + + + + Sets the value of the control. + + The value to set. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the needle. + + The needle. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a large change is made, such as with the PAGE DOWN key. + + + The large-change value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the minimum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The minimum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the maximum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The maximum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a small change is made, such as with an arrow key. + + + The small-change value supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + The automation peer for the segmented display + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The segmented display. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the segmented display. + + The segmented display. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + Represents a group of labels on a bullet graph. + + + + + Base class that represents a group of labels. + + + + + Base class for elements on a gauge scale. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + The scale upon which this element appears. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + LabelStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IntervalProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Overridden to store the RootElement ContentPresenter and populate it with labels. + + + + + Forces a complete redraw of elements in this LabelGroup. + + + + + Style applied to each Label object created by this LabelGroup. + + The label style. + + + + Gets or sets the interval between two neighboring labels in this group. + If the interval is 0, it is automatically calculated. + + + + + The ContentPresenter in the Template for this control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + LabelStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the text string format. + + The text string format. + + + + Represents a single tick mark on a bullet graph. + + + + + Class representing a single tickmark. + + + + + TickMark constructor. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Stroke brush. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents a group of tick marks on a bullet graph. + + + + + Base class that represents a group of tickmarks. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IntervalProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application + code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . + + + + + Forces a complete redraw of elements in this LabelGroup. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke. + + The stroke. + + + + Gets or sets the interval between two neighboring tick marks in this group. + If the interval is 0, it is automatically calculated. + + The interval. + + + + The ContentPresenter in the Template for this control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + LengthProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + ThicknessProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + EdgeAlignmentProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the style applied to each TickMark object created by this TickMarkGroup. + + The tick mark style. + + + + Gets or sets the length. + + The length. + + + + Gets or sets the thickness. + + The thickness. + + + + Gets or sets along which side of the edge the tick marks are aligned. + + The tick mark position. + + + + Represents a symbol marker that encodes the comparative measure. + + + The symbol marker is less dominant than the primary measure and is encoded + as a short line that runs perpendicular to the orientation of the graph. + + + + + Base class that represents a needle element which can point to a value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + ValueProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + StartExtentProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + EndExtentProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Method invoked when the needle's Value is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke. + + The stroke. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this element should accept mouse drag operations. + + true if should accept mouse drag operations; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the numeric value this marker should point to on the scale. + + The value. + + + + The start location of the needle, expressed as a value between 0 and 1 relative to the breadth of the scale. + + + + + The end location of the needle, expressed as a value between 0 and 1 relative to the breadth of the scale. + + + + + Event raised when the needle's Value is changed. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is dragging. + + + true if this instance is dragging; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + ThicknessProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + AnimationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + ValueProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness. + + The thickness. + + + + Gets or sets the animation. + + The animation. + + + + Gets or sets the width of a . + + + The width of the object, in pixels. + The default is . + Except for the special value, + this value must be equal to or greater than 0. + See Remarks for upper bound information. + + + + + Gets or sets the suggested height of a . + + + The height of the object, in pixels. + The default is . + Except for the special value, + this value must be equal to or greater than 0. + See Remarks for upper-bound information. + + + + + Represents a bar that encodes the primary performance measure. + + + This Bar is normally functions like a bar on a bar graph. + Based on the orientation of the scale, the bar runs from right to left or bottom to top. + An exception is in dealing with negative data, where the orientation of the graph layout + can be is reversed. + Another exception is when the quantitative scale begins at a value greater than zero. + In this case the featured measure is encoded as a small rectangle or some custom template. + + + + + Base class that represents a bar element which can point to a value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + ValueProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + StartExtentProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + EndExtentProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Method invoked when the marker's value is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the numeric value this marker should point to on the scale. + + The value. + + + + The start location of the marker, expressed as a value between 0 and 1 + relative to the breadth of the scale. + + + + + The end location of the marker, expressed as a value between 0 and 1 + relative to the breadth of the scale. + + + + + Event raised when the marker's value is changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + ThicknessProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + AnimationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + ValueProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the marker, when the scale begins + at value greater than zero and the featured measure is encoded as a small + rectangle or some custom template. + + The thickness. + + + + Gets or sets the stroke. + + The stroke. + + + + Gets or sets the animation. + + The animation. + + + + Gets or sets the width of a . + + + The width of the object, in pixels. + The default is . + Except for the special value, + this value must be equal to or greater than 0. + See Remarks for upper bound information. + + + + + Gets or sets the suggested height of a . + + + The height of the object, in pixels. + The default is . + Except for the special value, + this value must be equal to or greater than 0. + See Remarks for upper-bound information. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Represents a qualitative region. The range is a rectangle of fill color. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Represents quantitative scale on a two dimensional X/Y graph. The scale includes a number of + sub-elements, including tick marks, tick labels and qualitative ranges. + + + + + Base class that represents a scale. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + OrientationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IsReversedProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IntervalProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Adds visuals to the given Grid. + + The Grid to draw this gauge scale inside. + + + + Invalidates the elements. + + + + + Returns the angle at which the given value should be located on this scale. + + The value under observation. + The angle at which the given value should be located on this scale. + + + + Returns the numeric value associated with a point on this scale. + + The point under observation. + The numeric value associated with the given point on this scale. + + + + Returns the numeric value associated with an coordinate on this scale. + + The coordinate under observation; this should be an x-coordinate for horizontal gauges and a y-coordinate for vertical gauges. + The numeric value associated with the given coordinate on this scale. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation. + + The orientation. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scale is reversed. + + + true if the scale is reversed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between two neighboring labels and tick marks. + If the interval is 0, it is automatically calculated. + + The interval. + + + + Gets the actual interval. + + The actual interval. + + + + The main Grid in the Template for this control. + + + + + Maximum intervals per 200 pixels. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + MinimumProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + MaximumProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + AnimationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + OrientationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + IsReversedProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + IntervalProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Invalidates the elements. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Gets or sets the background. + + The background. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum of the scale. + + The minimum. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum of the scale. + + The maximum. + + + + Gets or sets the tick mark group. + + The tick mark group. + + + + Gets or sets the label group. + + The label group. + + + + Gets or sets the qualitative ranges that the scale contains. + + The ranges. + + + + Gets or sets the animation. + + The animation. + + + + Gets the actual interval. + + The actual interval. + + + + The Infragistics bullet graph control. + + + A Bullet Graph is a variation of a bar graph which is intended to provide a simple and + concise view of a primary measure compared against one or more other measures. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + ScaleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal + processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . + + + + + Method overridden to provide a default height and width. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner margin. + + The inner margin. + + + + Gets or sets the quantitive scale. + + The scale. + + + + Gets or sets the comparative measures. + + The comparative measures. + + + + Gets or sets the featured measures. + + The featured measures. + + + + Specifies along which side of the edge the element is aligned. + + + + + Aligned to the outer side of the edge. + + + + + Aligned to the inner side of the edge. + + + + + Represents an gauge animation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Creates the double animation. + + + + + + Gets or sets the length of time for which this timeline plays, not counting repetitions. + + + + + + Gets or sets the easing function. + + The easing function. + + + + A SegmentedDigit with fourteen segments. + + + + + Represents a digit or character on a XamSegmentedDisplay control. + + + + + SegmentedDigit constructor. + + + + + Method overridden to select an appropriate aspect ratio for each digit. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + Overridden to store the template parts as fields. + + + + + Identifies the Value dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrailingDecimal dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrailingColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextForegroundUnlit dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextForeground dependency property. + + + + + Gets the SegmentProgram for the given text character. + + The character to get a SegmentProgram for. + The SegmentProgram for the given text character. + + + + Updates the display to reflect the current settings for character to display and brushes. + + + + + Method invoked whenever a property is changed. + + + + + The character of text which this SegmentedDigit should represent. + + + + + Determines whether or not this SegmentedDigit should be followed by a decimal point. + + + + + Determines whether or not this SegmentedDigit should be followed by a colon character. + + + + + The fill brush of segments that are not part of the character being displayed. + + + + + A binding to the TextForegroundUnlit property of this control. + + + + + The fill brush of segments that are part of the character being displayed. + + + + + A binding to the TextForeground property of this control. + + + + + The top shape. + + + + + The middle shape. + + + + + The bottom shape. + + + + + The left/top shape. + + + + + The right/top shape. + + + + + The left/bottom shape. + + + + + The right/bottom shape. + + + + + The diagonal left/bottom shape. + + + + + The diagonal right/top shape. + + + + + The center/left shape. + + + + + The center/right shape. + + + + + The center/top shape. + + + + + The center/bottom shape. + + + + + The diagonal right/bottom shape. + + + + + the diagonal left/top shape. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify segments and combinations thereof in a SegmentedDigit. + + + + + No lit segments. + + + + + Top segment. + + + + + Middle segment. + + + + + Bottom segment. + + + + + LeftTop segment. + + + + + RightTop segment. + + + + + LeftBottom segment. + + + + + RightBottom segment. + + + + + LeftBottomDiagonal segment. + + + + + RightTopDiagonal segment. + + + + + CenterLeft segment. + + + + + CenterRight segment. + + + + + CenterTop segment. + + + + + CenterBottom segment. + + + + + RightBottomDiagonal segment. + + + + + LeftTopDiagonal segment. + + + + + FourteenSegmentDigit constructor. + + + + + Overridden to store the template parts. + + + + + Gets the SegmentProgram for the given text character. + + The character to get a SegmentProgram for. + The SegmentProgram for the given text character. + + + + Enumeration describing different character display modes on the XamSegmentedDisplay. + + + + + Characters should be displayed using seven segments. + + + + + Characters should be displayed using fourteen segments. + + + + + A SegmentedDigit with seven segments. + + + + + SevenSegmentDigit constructor. + + + + + Overridden to store the template parts. + + + + + Gets the SegmentProgram for the given text character. + + The character to get a SegmentProgram for. + The SegmentProgram for the given text character. + + + + The Infragistics segmented display control. + + + + + XamSegmentedDisplay constructor. + + + + + Overridden to store the template parts. + + + + + Identifies the SegmentMode dependency property. + + + + + Invoked when the SegmentMode property has changed on a XamSegmentedDisplay. + + The XamSegmentedDisplay on which the SegmentMode property has changed. + The DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs in context. + + + + Identifies the Digits dependency property. + + + + + Invoked when the Digits property has changed on a XamSegmentedDisplay. + + The XamSegmentedDisplay on which the Digits property has changed. + The DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs in context. + + + + Identifies the TextForegroundUnlit dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextForeground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Text dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DigitStyle dependency property. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Event raised whenever a property has changed. + + + + + Sets or gets the current gauge's segment mode. + This is a dependency property + + + + + Sets or gets the current gauge's number of digits. + This is a dependency property + + + + + Sets or gets the current gauge's text foreground unlit brush. + This is a dependency property + + + + + Sets or gets the current gauge's text foreground brush. + This is a dependency property + + + + + Sets or gets the current gauge's text. + This is a dependency property + + + + + Sets or gets the current gauge's digit style. + This is a dependency property + + + + + Class with settings which affect the rate of response for a gauge marker when its value is changed. + + + + + GaugeMarkerResponse constructor. + + + + + Identifies the ResponseTime dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Enabled dependency property. + + + + + Method invoked when the value of the response is changed. + + + + + The amount of time it should take the gauge marker to traverse from the scale's StartValue to its EndValue. + + + + + Determines whether or not these response settings should be applied to the marker. + + + + + Event raised when the value of the response is changed. + + + + + Rate at which the gauge marker should refresh and be updated to a new value. + + + + + EventArgs class for LabelAdding events. + + + + + LabelAddingEventArgs constructor. + + The text to display on the label. + Information related to the context of the label being added. + + + + Gets/Sets the text to display on the label. + + + + + Dictionary containing information related to the context of the label being added. + + + + + Bar element which can point to a value on a linear gauge. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + A number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. + Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke. + + The stroke. + + + + Represents a group of labels on a linear gauge scale. + + + + + LinearGaugeLabelGroup constructor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Extent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PreTerminal dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PostInitial dependency property. + + + + + Method invoked when a label is being added from this LabelGroup. + + Contextual information about the label being added. + + + + A number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. + Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + The center location of each label on the scale, relative to the breadth of the scale; expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Numeric value to stop adding labels, subtracted from the scale's EndValue. + + + + + Numeric value to start adding labels, added to the scale's StartValue. + + + + + A needle element which can point to a value on a linear gauge. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + A number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. + Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + Contains settings which affect the visual response to changes in the needle's Value. + + + + + Represents a range indicator to be displayed over a portion of a linear gauge scale. + + + + + LinearGaugeRange constructor. + + + + + Identifies the StartValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtentStart dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtentEnd dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ZIndex dependency property. + + + + + Numeric value on the scale which this range indicator should start at. + + + + + Numeric value on this scale which this range indicator should end at. + + + + + Outer location of this range, relative to the breadth of the scale, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Inner start location of this range, relative to the breadth of the scale, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Inner end location of this range, relative to the breadth of the scale, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Fill brush. + + + + + Stroke brush. + + + + + A number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + Event raised when a property is changed on this range. + + + + + Class for scales within a linear gauge. + + + + + LinearGaugeScale constructor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + StartValueProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + EndValueProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + OrientationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + IsReversedProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + IntervalProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Invalidates the elements. + + + + + Called when the root element size is changed. + + + + + Numeric value at which this scale begins. + + The start value. + + + + Numeric value at which this scale ends. + + + + + A number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. + Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + The collection of LinearGaugeBarMarkers within this scale. + + + + + The collection of LinearGaugeNeedles within this scale. + + + + + The collection of LinearGaugeTickMarkGroups within this scale. + + + + + The collection of LinearGaugeLabelGroups within this scale. + + The label groups. + + + + The collection of LinearGaugeRanges within this scale. + + + + + Gets the actual interval. + + The actual interval. + + + + Represents a single tickmark on a linear gauge. + + + + + LinearGaugeTickMark constructor. + + + + + Represents a group of tickmarks on a linear gauge. + + + + + LinearGaugeTickMarkGroup constructor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the StartExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PreTerminal dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PostInitial dependency property. + + + + + Invoked when a property is changed. This method will raise the PropertyChanged event. + + The PropertyChangedEventArgs in context. + + + + Identifies the TickMarkStyle dependency property. + + + + + A number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. + Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + Start location of tickmarks in this group, relative to the breadth of the gauge, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + End location of tickmarks in this group, relative to the breadth of the gauge, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Numeric value to stop adding tickmarks, subtracted from the scale's EndValue. + + + + + Numeric value to start adding tickmarks, added to the scale's StartValue. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Style applied to each TickMark object created by this TickMarkGroup. + + + + + The Infragistics linear gauge control. + + + + + XamLinearGauge constructor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the InnerMargin dependency property. + + + + + Method overridden to store the RootElement ContentPresenter from the ControlTemplate, so it can be populated with visuals created by the gauge control. + + + + + Method overridden to provide a default height and width. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Collection of LinearGaugeScales within this gauge. + + + + + Margin applied between the control bounds and the scales' bounds. + + + + + Event raised whenever a label is added to this gauge. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Identifies a label on a gauge. + + + + + Label constructor. + + + + + Identifies the Text dependency property. + + + + + The text to display on this label. + + + + + Represents a group of labels on a radial gauge scale. + + + + + Base class for elements on a radial gauge scale. + + + + + Identifies the ZIndex dependency property. + + + + + The scale upon which this element appears. + + + + + A number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + Invoked whenever a label is being added by this LabelGroup. + + + + + + RadialGaugeLabelGroup constructor. + + + + + Forces a complete redraw of elements in this LabelGroup. + + + + + Identifies the Extent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Interval dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Orientation dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PostInitial dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PreTerminal dependency property. + + + + + Overridden to store the RootElement ContentPresenter and populate it with labels. + + + + + Identifies the LabelStyle dependency property. + + + + + The center location of each label on the scale, relative to the center and surface of a circle inscribed in the gauge bounds; expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Numeric frequency at which to print labels in this group. + + + + + Determines the angle of rotation for labels in this group. + + + + + Numeric value to start adding labels, added to the scale's StartValue. + + + + + Numeric value to stop adding labels, subtracted from the scale's EndValue. + + + + + Style applied to each Label object created by this LabelGroup. + + + + + A needle element which can point to a value on a radial gauge. + + + + + Invoked whenever application or framework code calls ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Identifies the StartExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndExtent dependency property. + + + + + RadialGaugeNeedle constructor. + + + + + Identifies the AllowDrag dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Value dependency property. + + + + + Method invoked when the needle's value is changed. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InverseBrushRotation property. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + The start location of the needle, expressed as a value between 0 and 1, relative to the center and surface of a circle inscribed within the gauge bounds. + + + + + The end location of the needle, expressed as a value between 0 and 1, relative to the center and surface of a circle inscribed within the gauge bounds. + + + + + Contains settings which affect the visual response to changes in the needle's Value. + + + + + The scale upon which this needle is being displayed. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the needle should accept mouse drag operations. + + + + + The numeric value this needle should point to on the scale. + + + + + Event raised when the needle's value is changed. + + + + + Stroke brush. + + + + + Stroke thickness. + + + + + Whether or not to apply a RotateTransform inverse from the needle's current rotation. This is useful when using a gradient brush to simulate a light source on the gauge. + + + + + Represents a range indicator to be displayed over a portion of a radial gauge scale. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the StartValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtentStart dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerExtentEnd dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ZIndex dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI element displays in an application. For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Gets or setsa value on the scale which this range indicator should start at. + + + + + Gets or sets a numeric value on this scale which this range indicator should end at. + + + + + Gets or sets outer location of this range, relative to the center and surface of the circular gauge bounds, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets or sets Inner start location of this range, relative to the center and surface of the circular gauge bounds, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets or sets inner end location of this range, relative to the center and surface of the circular gauge bounds, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets or sets fill brush. + + + + + Gets or sets stroke brush. + + + + + Gets or sets a number indicating the closeness of the element to the viewer's perspective. Higher numbers mean closer to the viewer. + + + + + Event raised when a property is changed on this range. + + + + + Class for scales within a radial gauge. + + + + + RadialGaugeScale constructor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the StartValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartAngle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndAngle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IntervalProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Renders this scale to the given container. + + The parent element for visuals generated by this scale. + + + + Returns the angle at which the given value should be located on this scale. + + The value under observation. + The angle at which the given value should be located on this scale. + + + + Returns the numeric value associated with a point on this scale. + + The point under observation. + The numeric value associated with the given point on this scale. + + + + Returns the numeric value associated with an angle on this scale. + + The angle under observation. + The numeric value associated with the given angle on this scale. + + + + The collection of RadialGaugeNeedles within this scale. + + + + + This collection of RadialGaugeTickMarkGroups within this scale. + + + + + The collection of RadialGaugeLabelGroups within this scale. + + + + + The collection of RadialGaugeRanges within this scale. + + + + + Numeric value at which this scale begins. + + + + + Numeric value at which this scale ends. + + + + + Angle at which this scale begins. + + + + + Angle at which this scale ends. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval between two neighboring labels and tick marks. + If the interval is 0, it is automatically calculated. + + The interval. + + + + Gets the actual interval. + + The actual interval. + + + + The main Grid in the Template for this control. + + + + + Represents a single tickmark on a radial gauge. + + + + + RadialGaugeTickMark constructor. + + + + + Represents a group of tickmarks on a radial gauge. + + + + + RadialGaugeTickMarkGroup constructor. + + + + + Invoked when a property is changed. This method will raise the PropertyChanged event. + + The PropertyChangedEventArgs in context. + + + + Identifies the StartExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Interval dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PostInitial dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PreTerminal dependency property. + + + + + Overridden to store the RootElement ContentPresenter and populate it with tickmarks. + + + + + Forces a complete redraw of elements in this TickMarkGroup. + + + + + Identifies the TickMarkStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InverseBrushRotation dependency property. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Start location of tickmarks in this group, relative to the center and surface of the circular gauge bounds, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + End location of tickmarks in this group, relative to the center and surface of the circular gauge bounds, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Numeric frequency at which to print tickmarks in this group. + + + + + Stroke brush. + + + + + Numeric value to start adding tickmarks, added to the scale's StartValue. + + + + + Numeric value to stop adding tickmarks, subtracted from the scale's EndValue. + + + + + Style applied to each TickMark object created by this TickMarkGroup. + + + + + Whether or not to apply a RotateTransform inverse from the needle's current rotation. This is useful when using a gradient brush to simulate a light source on the gauge. + + + + + Enumeration for different orientations of labels in a radial gauge. + + + + + Orient all labels horizontally and facing upward. + + + + + Orient labels using the current angle on the radial gauge. + + + + + Orient labels using an angle perpendicular to the current angle on the radial gauge. + + + + + The Infragistics radial gauge control. + + + + + XamRadialGauge constructor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Method overridden to store the RootElement ContentPresenter from the ControlTemplate, so it can be populated with visuals created by the gauge control. + + + + + Method overridden to constrain the gauge to square bounds. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size used. + + + + Method overridden to constrain the gauge to square bounds. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Identifies the ForegroundProxy dependency property. + + + + + Event raised whenever a label is added to this gauge. + + + + + Collection of RadialGaugeScales within this gauge. + + + + + The center location of each label on the scale, relative to the center and surface of a circle inscribed in the gauge bounds; expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + + + + Provides data for the ValueChanged event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the new value. + + The new value. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..375ac0061b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7647a7d1677 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f70afa6450b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,653 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamSparkline.v14.2 + + + + + Represents a connector class that links Model, View and Controller together. + + + + + Creates a new sparkline connector. + + Parent object. + Instance of the sparkline view. + + + + Rpresents the data context for the sparkline tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the High value. + + + + + Gets or sets the Low value. + + + + + Gets or sets the First value. + + + + + Gets or sets the Last value. + + + + + Enumeration of spark layer types. + + + + + Represents the type of sparkline + + + + + Display the sparkline as a line. + + + + + Display the sparkline as a filled polygon. + + + + + Display the sparkline as a set of columns. + + + + + Display the sparkline as a set of columns on a boolean scale. + + + + + Message used to render an axis + + + + + A clear message is used to clear out a particular layer of the sparkline. + + + + + Represents a sparkline chart. + + + + + Creates a new instance of XamSparkLine. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Identifies the Brush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NegativeBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NegativeMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FirstMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LastMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HighMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LowMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NormalRangeFill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalAxisVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalAxisVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NegativeMarkerVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FirstMarkerVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LastMarkerVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LowMarkerVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HighMarkerVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NormalRangeVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DisplayNormalRangeInFront dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FirstMarkerSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LastMarkerSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HighMarkerSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LowMarkerSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NegativeMarkerSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Minimum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Maximum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTipVisibility dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLinePeriod dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrendLineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NormalRangeMinimum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NormalRangeMaximum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DisplayType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UnknownValuePlotting dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineMiterLimit dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the VerticalAxisLabel dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HorizontalAxisLabel dependency property. + + + + + Handles property changes. + + Property Name + Old value + New value + + + + Gets or sets the sparkline brush. + + + + + Gets or sets the negative brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the negative marker brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the first marker brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the last marker brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the high marker brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the low marker brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the trendline brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the normal range brush of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the display state of the horizontal axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the display state of the vertical axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker visibility of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the negative marker visibility of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the first marker visibility of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the last marker visibility of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the low marker visibility of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the high marker visibility of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the normal range visibility of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the position of the normal range on the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker size of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the first marker size of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the last marker size of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the high marker size of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the low marker size of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the negative marker size of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the line thickness of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the y axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the y axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the ItemsSource of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the string path to the value column. + + + + + String identifier of a column or property name to get labels from on each item in the data source. These labels will be retrieved from the first and last item, and displayed by the horizontal axis. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip of the sparkline. + + + The tooltip applies to the entire sparkline control, not the data portion of it. + + + + + Determines the visibility of tooltips. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of trendline used by the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the trendline period used by the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the thickness of the sparkline's trendline. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the normal range. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the normal range. + + + + + Gets or sets the display type of the sparkline. + + + + + Gets or sets the way null values are interpreted. + + + + + The thickness of the line join on a mitered corner of the series data. + + + + + The value or content to display on the vertical axis. + + + This can be set to a formatted string, such as "{0:n}", or it can be set to a DataTemplate. + + + + + The value or content to display on the horizontal axis. + + + This can be set to a formatted string, such as "{0}", or it can be set to a DataTemplate. + + + + + Provides string resources for this assembly. + + + + + Creates a new SR provider for the sparkline. + + + + + Gets the High string resource. + + + + + Gets the Low string resource. + + + + + Gets the First string resource. + + + + + Gets the Last string resource. + + + + + View class for a horizontal axis in XamSparkline. + + + + + HorizontalAxisView constructor. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + View class for a vertical axis in XamSparkline. + + + + + VerticalAxisView constructor. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Represents the visual component of a sparkline. + + + + + Creates a new instance of XamSparklineView. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Gets or sets the place holder of the sparkline's main content. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b34671df7ac Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21cd23b2d65 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e43fce6b78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1647 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Charts.XamTreemap.v14.2 + + + + + The automation peer for the treemap node + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + A list of child elements. + + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the node. + + The node. + + + + The automation peer for the treemap + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The treemap. + + + + Retrieves a collection of control-specific view identifiers. + + + A collection of values that identifies the views available for a UI automation element. + + + + + Retrieves the name of a control-specific view. + + The view identifier. + A localized name for the view. + + + + Sets the current control-specific view. + + A view identifier. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the treemap. + + The treemap. + + + + Gets the current control-specific view. + + + The value () for the current view of the UI automation element. + + + + This class bindes the value, text and items source properties of a treemap item to the provided data. + Paths should be provided which are the names of the properties of the data. + The data sould be of TargetTypeName type. NodeStyle is applied as a style of the bound node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + TargetTypeNameProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ValuePathProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + TextPathProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ItemsSourcePathProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + NodeStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Retrieves the items source. + + The instance. + + + + + Retrieves the text. + + The instance. + + + + + Retrieves the value. + + The instance. + + + + + Retrieves the ToolTip property. + + The instance. + + + + + Called when the ToolTipMemberPath | ToolTipContentTemplate property is changed. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Retrieves the value of the property named valuePath of the instance object. + + The instance. + The value path. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the target type. Only data of that type is bound by this binder. + + The name of the target type. + + + + Gets or sets the value path. It is the name of the property which is bound to the value of the treemap item. + + The value path. + + + + Gets or sets the text path. It is the name of the property which is bound to the text of the treemap item. + + The text path. + + + + Gets or sets the items source path. It is the name of the property which is used as items source for the children of the treemap item. + + The items source path. + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTipMemberPath property. + + The ToolTipMemberPath. + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTipContentTemplate property. + + The ToolTipContentTemplate. + + + + Gets or sets the node style. It overrides the style applied to the bound node. + + The node style. + + + + This is a collection that contains the binders of the treemap. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Searches in all node binders and gets the node binder which matches the item type. + + The item. + + + + + Inserts the item and sets it Treemap. + + The index. + The item. + + + + This class compares two nodes by their value dtermined by the provided value mapper. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The value mapper. + + + + Determines how a node is displayed + + + + + A UIElement is created for the node + + + + + The node is too small for a UIElement so an image is creates + + + + + The node is too small even for an image so it is not shown + + + + + The node is deeper in the data hierarchy than the showing depth + + + + + This is a class that represent items of data before adding them to the layout + + + + + the size beyond which the elements cannot be drawn - a 1 pixel node with 1 pixel frame makes 3 pixels size + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The treemap. + + + + Builds the node tree. The building is breadth first + + The items source. + + + + Updates the bindings serching for nodes which match the modified binder. + + The modified binder. + + + + + Gets the topmost parent of the node. + + The last parent node. + + + + A panel that contains the children nodes of a node and is responsible for their sizes and positions. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can + give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate + that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its + calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override + this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use + to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + The treemap node is the visual representation of a data item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseEnter event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseLeave event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the GotFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the LostFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application + code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call + . + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + True to use transitions when updating the visual state, false to + snap directly to the new visual state. + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + + A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to + the new state, or instantly transition to the new state. + + + + + Determines whether a node is the top level ui element when a mouse move occurs. + + The instance containing the event data. + + true if the node is a top level one; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the ToolTip property. + + + The ToolTip. + + + + + The text that should be shown for the particular treemap node. + + + + + The fill is the color of the particular treemap node. + + + + + The corner radius of the border of the particular treemap node. + + The corner radius. + + + + Gets or sets the helper that provides all of the standard + interaction functionality. Making it internal for subclass access. + + + + + The event arguments of layout orientation changed event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The new layout orientation. + + + + Gets or sets the new layout orientation. + + The new layout orientation. + + + + The event arguments of layout type changed event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + New type of the layout. + + + + Gets or sets the new type of the layout. + + The new type of the layout. + + + + The event arguments of the events fired when a node is clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets the clicked node. + + The node. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + The event arguments of the mouse events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets the clicked node. + + The node. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + The event arguments of the mouse wheel events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets the clicked node. + + The node. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse wheel event args. + + The mouse wheel event args. + + + + The types of layout algorithm + + + + + SliceAndDice – this algorithm aims to preserve the initial order at the expense of the aspect ratio. + + + + + Squarified – this algorithm obtains the best aspect ratio but the objects are arranged by size. + + + + + Strip – this tiling algorithm has a better aspect ratio than the SliceAndDice + and keeps a better order than Squarified. + + + + + Arranges the treemap using the slice and dice layout algorithm + + + + + Arranges the treemap using the squarified layout algorithm + + + + + Calculates the worsts the ratio in a group of items. + + The items. + Size of the layout. + The size coef. + + + + + Adds the items to the treemap. + + The tree map. + The items. + The container. + The remaining area. + + + + Adds the row. + + The tree map. + The row. + The row area. + The container. + The remaining area. + + + + Adds the column. + + The tree map. + The column. + The column area. + The container. + The remaining area. + + + + Arranges the treemap using the stripped layout algorithm + + + + + Adds a single strip. + + The tree map. + The strip. + The size coef. + The container. + The direction. + if set to true [last strip]. + + + + Adds the horizontal strip. + + The tree map. + The strip. + The size coef. + The container. + if set to true [last strip]. + + + + Adds the vertical strip. + + The tree map. + The strip. + The size coef. + The container. + if set to true [last strip]. + + + + Calculates the average strip ratio. + + The strip. + Length of the strip. + The size coef. + + + + + Calculates the strip area. + + The strip. + + + + + The GroupValueMapper groups the nodes of the xamTreemap depending on a specified value. The similar nodes gain the same group value. + + + + + Base class that provides mapping of some data of the tree map items source + to a property of the corresponding tree map item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + TargetNameProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + TargetPropertyProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ValueTypeNameProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MappingModeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Maps the value. + + The node. + + + + This function is called when the value of a certain node should be reset. + One needs to override it in order to get the desired behavior of the reset + + The node. + + + + If you have a custom template for the xamTreemap control’s nodes and you have a named element, you can use TargetName to specify this element. + + The name of the target. + + + + The name of the property of the tree map item the value of which will be mapped to some data. + + + + + Value type name determines the name of the type which has the field containing data specified by ValuePath. + + The name of the value type. + + + + The path to the property of the data which determines its value. + + + + + Determines whether the leaves or all nodes will be mapped. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + GroupValuesProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the Order dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Maps the value. + + The node. + + + + This function is called when the value of a certain node should be reset. + One needs to override it in order to get the desired behavior of the reset + + The node. + + + + Gets or sets the group values. GroupValues is a collection of values which the similar objects gain. + + The group values. + + + + If Ascending, the first group value is assigned to the smallest element. + If Descending the first group value is assigned to the biggest element. + + + + + This is a class that contains the needed info when a mapping is set + so that afterwards it can be reset to its initial value. + + + + + The mapped by which the mapping is set. When resetting sometimes is needed to reset only the mappings of a certain mapper. + + The mapper. + + + + Determines whether the leaves or all nodes will be mapped. + + + + + Leaf nodes only are mapped. + + + + + All nodes are mapped. + + + + + The distance between tho nodes is the abs of the difference between them. + + + + + The ColorMapper adds color to the nodes of the xamTreemap depending on a specified value. It maps some property of the data to a property of the node – for example the fill color or foreground color. + From and To – these two properties determine the range in which the color is determined depending on the value of each node. + + + + + Value mapper that maps to values in the range between DataMinimum and DataMaximum + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the Minimum dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the Maximun dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets the relative value. + + The value. + + + + + Gets the relative value. This is a value between 0 and 1 which determines + how close the value is to the DataMinimum and DataMaximum. + + The treemap node. + + + + + Updates the data range. + + The value. + + + + Gets or sets the data minimum. If the value specified by ValuePath is less than DataMinimum for a certain node then the mapper applies the value of the From property. + + + + + Gets or sets the data maximum. If the value specified by ValuePath is more than DataMaximum for a certain node then the mapper applies the value of the To property. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual data minimum. This is the lowest value among all mapped items. + + The actual data minimum. + + + + Gets or sets the actual data maximum. This is the highest value among all mapped items. + + The actual data maximum. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the From dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the To dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Maps the value. + + The node. + + + + This function is called when the value of a certain node should be reset. + One needs to override it in order to get the desired behavior of the reset + + The node. + + + + This is the lower value from which the mapper maps + + + + + This is the higher value to which the mapper maps + + + + + The DoubleMapper sets a numeric value to the nodes’ template of the xamTreemap depending on a specified property from the nodes’ data context. + From and To – these two properties determine the range of the value which will be applied to the node’s template. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the From dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the To dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Maps the value. + + The node. + + + + This function is called when the value of a certain node should be reset. + One needs to override it in order to get the desired behavior of the reset + + The node. + + + + This is the lower value from which the mapper maps + + + + + This is the higher value to which the mapper maps + + + + + The RadialColorMapper adds color with a radial gradient brush to the nodes of the xamTreemap depending on a specified value. + It maps some property of the data to a property of the node – for example the fill color or foreground color. + From and To – these two properties determine the range in which the color is determined depending on the value of each node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the From dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the To dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Maps the value. + + The node. + + + + This function is called when the value of a certain node should be reset. + One needs to override it in order to get the desired behavior of the reset + + The node. + + + + This is the lower value from which the mapper maps + + + + + This is the higher value to which the mapper maps + + + + + The collection of all value mappers used by a treemap + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Inserts the item and sets its Treemap. + + The index. + The item. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to "{1}.{0}" property does not represent an IEnumerable value.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to "{1}.{0}" property does not represent a numeric value.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to There are not any valid treemap nodes. Please check the items source and the data binders.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to "{1}.{0}" property does not exist.. + + + + + The Treemap control. Treemaps display hierarchical (tree-structured) data as a set of nested nodes. + Each branch of the tree is given a treemap node, which is then tiled with smaller nodes representing sub-branches. + Each node's rectangle has an area proportional to a specified dimension on the data. + Often the nodes are colored to show a separate dimension of the data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + NodeBindersProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ValueMappersProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the ItemSourceRoot dependency property + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when the ToolTipStyle property is changed. + + The dependency object. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the node mouse right button up. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the error message displaying. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or + internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call + . + + + + + Method overridden to provide a default height and width. + + The available size that this object can + give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the + object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on + its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Returns whether the control is in design mode (running under Blend + or Visual Studio). + + True if in design mode. + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Gets or sets the node binders. This is the collection of all the binders that the treemap uses. + + The node binders. + + + + Gets or sets the value mappers. This is the collection of all the mappers that the treemap uses. + + The value mappers. + + + + Gets or sets the type of the layout. It determines the layout algorithm of the treemap. + + The type of the layout. + + + + Gets or sets the layout direction. + + The layout direction. + + + + This is the depth of the last level to show. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the item min. + The ItemMinSize property allows the user to set the minimum size of the nodes. + If a node’s width or height is smaller than the ItemMinSize, then the node is rendered as a writeable bitmap image. + + The size of the item min. + + + + Gets or sets the items source. It is an enumerable which represents the hierarchical data of the treemap. + + The items source. + + + + This is a subitem of the items source which will be used as a treemap root + + + + + A description of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual showing depth. Actual Showing Depth + The xamTreemap control’s ActualShowingDepth property specifies the maximum hierarchy level that is displayed. In the case when a custom ShowingDepth is set this value is always lower or equal to the ShowingDepth. + If you have a hierarchy set as a data source which has only two levels and you set the ShowingDepth property to 5, the ActualShowingDepth property is going to be 2. + + The actual showing depth. + + + + Sets or gets xamTreemap's ToolTipStyle property. + + + + + Contains all the custom mappers. If we do not have them when clearing the mappers container we cannot clear their mappings. + + The custom value mappers. + + + + Occurs when the mouse left button is pushed over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse left button is released over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse right button is pushed over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse right button is released over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moved over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse wheel is moved over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse double clicked over a node. + + + + + Occurs when layout type is changed. + + + + + Occurs when layout orientation is changed. + + + + + Occurs when error message is being displayed. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1b241782466 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..68874fe2f65 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..27a4ef5a54a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,4642 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamCalendar.v14.2 + + + + + Invokes a specified action when the current time hits or exceeds the specified time. + + The time at which the action should be invoked + The action to invoke + A token that must be strongly referenced by the caller. + + + + Adds a notification that is triggered when the current time enters/leaves the specified range + + The time range to watch + True to invoke the action when the current time enters the ; false to invoke the action when the current time leaves the range. + The action to invoke when the time enters/leaves the specified range. + A token that must be strongly referenced by the caller. + + + + Removes the specified time item. + + The object that was returned from the add method used to add the time item + + + + Increases the time before a task's action is to be invoked + + The token for the task returned from the AddTask method + A time in the future from the current task time that the associated action should be invoked. + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + + + + Returns the accelerator key for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The accelerator key + + + + Returns the access key for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The access key + + + + Returns the AutomationIdentifier for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The ui automation identifier + + + + Returns the that represents the bounding rectangle of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The bounding rectangle + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the object that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the that represents the clickable space for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The point that represents the clickable space on the element + + + + Returns the string that describes the functionality of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The help text + + + + Returns a string that conveys the parent status for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The status + + + + Returns a human readable string that contains the type of item for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The item type + + + + Returns the for the Label that is targeted to the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The AutomationPeer of the Label that targets this element + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the value that indicates the direction in which the is laid out. + + The direction of the or AutomationOrientation.None if no direction is specified + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this currently has the keyboard input focus. + + True if the has the keyboard input focus; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this contains data that is presented to the user. + + True if the is a content element; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is understood by the end user as interactive. + + True if the is a control; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can accept keyboard focus. + + True if the element can accept keyboard focus; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is off the screen. + + True if the element is off the screen; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this contains protected content. + + True if the element contains protected content; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is required to be completed on the form. + + True if the element is required to be completed; otherwise, false. + + + + Sets the keyboard input focus on the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + + + + Returns the automation peer for which this proxy is associated. + + An + + + + Throws a if the element is not enabled. + + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarItem' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarItemGroup' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarItemGroupTitle' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + An instance + An structure + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'DateTime' + + + + Returns the localized type + + + + + + Returns the day for the that corresponds with the DateTime struct that is associated with this . + + + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns the automation peer for which this proxy is associated. + + A + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamOutlookBar' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + A collection of instances. + + + + + Invoked when the collection has been changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Invoked when a property of the collection has been changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Represents a specific date in a + + +

A CalendarDay is a custom that represents a + single DateTime. The and + values will be the same. This element is only used when the + is Days.

+
+
+ + + Represents an item within the + + +

A CalendarItem will represent either a day within a month, a month + within a year, a year within a decade or a decade within a century. CalendarItems are dynamically + generated by a based on the range of dates for the + that contains the item area.

+

The control exposes a number of read-only properties that may be used to control the appearance + of the item.

+
+
+ + + Interface implemented by elements that represent selectable items (e.g. rows, cells, headers, nodes etc.) + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + ISelectableItem is implemented by any sub object that can + be selected and/or activated + (e.g. a cell, row, header etc.) + + + + + True if the item is currently selected (read-only). + + + + + True if the item is selectable (read-only). + + + + + True if the item is Draggable (read-only). + + + + + True if this item is a tab stop + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns Automation Peer Class + + AutomationPeer + + + + Called when the IsKeyboardFocusWithin property changes + + + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Overriden. Returns the date range that the item represents + + A string containing the and . + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the InnerBorderBrush based on the element's state + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the date contains at least one selected date. + + +

When the CalendarItem represents an item in the , + the value of this property is equal to that of the . This property is primarily + intended to allow the control to display some indication to the end user that there are one or more dates within + the item that are currently selected when they are in navigation mode.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the item contains the current date. + + +

When the CalendarItem represents a date in the , + this property is equivalent to the . This property is primarily intended to allow providing + an indication to the end user during navigation mode, which item contains the calendar item that + represents the current date.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the ending date for the calendar item. + + +

The and EndDate indicate the range of dates that the + item represents. When the is Days, + a instance will be used and its StartDate and EndDate will be equal.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the day represents the + + +

A CalendarItem is considered active when the + is within the item's and .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if this day should be highlighted (read-only). + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the CalendarItem is a leading or trailing date in the containing + + +

Leading and trailing dates are dates displayed within a that + do not fall within its and . + Leading and trailing items are only displayed when the and/or + is true.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the date is selected. + + +

When the CalendarItem represents an item in the , + the value of this property is based on whether the date that the item represents has been selected. When in navigation + mode, this value is based on whether the item is active since selection can only be modified in the user interface + when the equals the MinCalendarMode.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating indicating whether the containing CalendarBase has keyboard focus. + + +

The IsSelectionActive is used to indicate if keyboard focus is within the containing . This + is often used to alter the appearance of a selected item when the control does not have keyboard focus (e.g. changing the selection color to + gray when focus is outside the control).

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the element is an item in the and represents the current date. + + +

The IsToday property is similar to the property except that it will + only be true when not in navigation mode (i.e. when the equals the + ). It is used to identify the CalendarItem that represents the + current date.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the starting date for the calendar item. + + +

The StartDate and indicate the range of dates that the + item represents. When the is Days, + a instance will be used and its StartDate and EndDate will be equal.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Interface implemented by an item that spans a given range of time. + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Overriden. Returns the date that the item represents + + A string including the . + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the day is considered a work day as set in the + + +

The IsWorkday is initialized based on the of the containing + and is intended to allow custom styling of days that represent working or non-working days + such as weekends.

+
+ + +
+ + + Represents a specific in the header area of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + The event arguments + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state + + + + + + Returns an enumeration for this day of week (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the string to display for this day of week (read-only) + + + + + + A specialized panel that that arranges elements for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Structure used to indicate the preferred rows/columns of instances within a + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + The number of rows + The number of columns + The rows and columns must be 0 or greater. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Compares two + + The object to compare to this instance + + + + + Returns or sets the number of columns of groups. + + The value must be 0 or greater. + + + + Returns or sets the number of rows of groups. + + The value must be 0 or greater. + + + + Type converter for the structure + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns true if the object can convert from the type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns true if the object can convert to that type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts from one type to another. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the object to the requested type. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + A custom element used to display instances within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the control's template has been applied. + + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when the visual parent of the element has been changed. + + The previous visual parent + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator to iterate the logical children. + + + + + Returns the border thickness around the items (read-only). + + + + + + Returns a value indicating the visibility of the day of week headers (read-only). + + + + + + + Returns a collection of instances that are displayed within the group. + + +

The CalendarItem instances are generated based on the containing using its + , , , + and .

+
+
+ + + Returns an integer that represents the number of items between the first date in the collection and the first column. + + + + + + + Returns an integer that represents the number of items between the first date in the collection and the first row. + + + + + + + Returns the number of columns that should be displayed in the group. + + +

The ItemColumns is calculated based on the + as well as other factors. When the mode + is Days, the ItemColumns is based upon the number of visible days of the week which + is affected by the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the number of item rows that should be displayed in the group. + + +

The ItemRows is calculated based on the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a value indicating whether week numbers should be displayed (read-only). + + + + + + + A custom element used to display a within a + to perform animations. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the visual parent of the element has been changed. + + The previous visual parent + + + + Represents a group of calendar items within a - e.g. a specific month of the year. + + +

A CalendarItemGroup is used to represent a group of instances. Based + on the , the group will contain items that represent either days, months, years, + decades or centuries.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + Handles changes to the ReferenceDate property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only CurrentMode attached dependency property + + + + + + Returns the current for the specified element within the + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an that represents the group + + A instance + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Called when the IsKeyboardFocusWithin property changes + + + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Overriden. Returns the date range that the item represents + + A string containing the and . + + + + Returns a collection of instances that are displayed within the group. + + + + + Returns the current calendar mode. + + +

The CurrentMode is based on the + but is a readonly inherited property that descendants may use to determine their current mode. Depending on the + mode, the group will create instances that represents days, months, years, decades or + centuries.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a that represents the first item of the group. Note, this will not be the first item displayed within the group if the group displays leading dates. + + +

The FirstDateOfGroup and identify the range of dates that make up the group. These dates + do not include any dates that would represent leading or trailing items. The values are calculated based on the + , and the .

+

The property is nullable because it is possible that the group will not be able to + display any dates. For example, if the and + were such that you could only see a year, if the was 2,2 so that the control displayed + 4 groups, not all the groups would be able to display items when you start zooming out.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the group is considering a leading group. + + +

By default when a date is brought into view the CalendarBase will + ensure that the , and therefore the dates + displayed by the groups in the control, is such that the first group contains the + or a date after that and the last group contains + the or a date before that - i.e. it attempts to + avoid having groups without items. However there are cases where months should be given + less priority and allowed to be empty such as when showing a small preview of the previous + and/or next month. When IsLeadingGroup or IsTrailingGroup is set to true, the CalendarBase + will ignore these groups when adjusting/calculating the reference date and therefore these + groups may be empty.

+

Note: This property is always false for groups created by the + . It is intended to be used when creating a custom + CalendarBase template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the group is considering a leading group. + + +

By default when a date is brought into view the CalendarBase will + ensure that the , and therefore the dates + displayed by the groups in the control, is such that the first group contains the + or a date after that and the last group contains + the or a date before that - i.e. it attempts to + avoid having groups without items. However there are cases where months should be given + less priority and allowed to be empty such as when showing a small preview of the previous + and/or next month. When IsLeadingGroup or IsTrailingGroup is set to true, the CalendarBase + will ignore these groups when adjusting/calculating the reference date and therefore these + groups may be empty.

+

Note: This property is always false for groups created by the + . It is intended to be used when creating a custom + CalendarBase template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a that represents the last date of the group. Note, this will not be the last date displayed within the group if the group displays trailing days. + + +

The and LastDateOfGroup identify the range of dates that make up the group. These dates + do not include any dates that would represent leading or trailing items. The values are calculated based on the + , and the .

+

The property is nullable because it is possible that the group will not be able to + display any dates. For example, if the and + were such that you could only see a year, if the was 2,2 so that the control displayed + 4 groups, not all the groups would be able to display items when you start zooming out.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets an integer that is used to calculate the dates displayed within the group based on the of the containing . + + +

The ReferenceGroupOffset is used to calculate what range of dates should be displayed by the + group. It is used along with the and + when calculating the and .

+

By default, the template of the contains a + which creates instances + based on the . It initializes this property + such that the first displayed group has a ReferenceGroupOffset of 0 and therefore contains the + ReferenceDate. All subsequent groups are offset positively by 1 so that they show the next + group worth of dates. If you retemplate the CalendarBase to directly contain CalendarItemGroups + then you must set this property. For example, you might have 3 groups whose ReferenceGroupOffsets + are -1, 0 and 1. When the ReferenceDate is August 1 2008 and the CurrentMode is days, the + group with -1 would display the dates for July 2008 and the group with 1 would display the dates + for September 2008.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the group should display dates from the previous range of dates. + + +

Leading dates are dates prior to the that are displayed within the + group. For example, when viewing a gregorian calendar with the default first day of week as Sunday, a group displaying + August 2008 would display items for July 28-31.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the visibility of the button that scrolls its contents to display the next set of dates. + + +

By default the template of a contains a + . This element dynamically generates CalendarItemGroup + instances and initializes their ScrollNextButtonVisibility and + based on their location within the panel and the state of the .

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the visibility of the button that scrolls its contents to display the previous set of dates. + + +

By default the template of a contains a + . This element dynamically generates CalendarItemGroup + instances and initializes their ScrollPreviousButtonVisibility and + based on their location within the panel and the state of the .

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the group should display dates from the next range of dates. + +

Trailing dates are dates after to the that are displayed within the + group. For example, when viewing a gregorian calendar with the default first day of week as Sunday, a group displaying + August 2008 would display items for September 1-6.

+ + + +
+ + + Returns the title of the group (read-only). + + + + + + Custom element used to create and position instances for a + + +

The CalendarItemGroupPanel is designed to be used within the template of a . When + used in the CalendarBase template, this class will automatically generate and arrange instances + based on the . When the is + true, the panel will generate more CalendarItemGroups if they can fit up to the , which defaults to 12. + You may also retemplate the CalendarBase such that it directly contains CalendarItemGroup instances and set their + .

+

By default, the and properties are set to double.NaN. When either + is left set to the default, the panel will calculate the size required for a group to display its contents and arrange all the groups + using that size.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked when the desired size of a child has been changed. + + The child whose size is being changed. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + For internal use + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + For internal use + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + For internal use + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + For internal use + + + + + + For internal use + + + + + Returns or sets the alignment of the items within the element. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the CalendarItemGroups within the panel. + + +

The GroupHeight and are used to control the size + of the instances that the panel creates. Both of these default + to double.NaN. When either is left set to NaN, the panel will use a custom hidden + CalendarItemGroup to calculate the size required for the groups to replace the NaN value.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the width of the CalendarItemGroups within the panel. + + +

The GroupWidth and are used to control the size + of the instances that the panel creates. Both of these default + to double.NaN. When either is left set to NaN, the panel will use a custom hidden + CalendarItemGroup to calculate the size required for the groups to replace the NaN value.

+
+ + +
+ + + For internal use + + + + + Returns or sets the maximum number of groups that the element may generate. + + +

The maximum of this value with the rows * columns of the + will be used to determine the actual maximum value allowed.

+
+ + + +
+ + + For internal use + + + + + Returns or sets the vertical alignment of the items within the element. + + + + + + + Represents the header for a specific in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an that represents the element + + A instance + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + + Enumeration that determines what is displayed and interacted within each of a + + + + + + + Each of the is displaying days of the month. + + + + + Each of the is displaying months of the year. + + + + + Each of the is displaying years of a decade. + + + + + Each of the is displaying ranges of 10 years of a century. + + + + + Each of the is displaying ranges of 10 years of a century. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the format of the day of week captions in the + + + + + Only a single character is used to identify the days of the week + + + + + Two characters are used to identify the days of the week + + + + + The abbreviated day of week name from the is used. + + + + + The full day of week name from is used. + + + + + Returns the number of the day of the week based on the first day of week. + + The date whose offset is to be calculated + A number between 0 and 6 that represents how many days into the week, the specified day represents based on the current first day of week. + + + + Returns the number of the day of the week based on the first day of week. + + The date whose offset is to be calculated + True to account for the hidden days of the week + A number between 0 and 6 that represents how many days into the week, the specified day represents based on the current first day of week. + + + + Returns the number of item columns regardless of the hidden days of week. + + + + + + + Returns the week number for a particular date using the current CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek. + + DateTime + Integer denoting the week number that the date belongs to. + +

The System.Globalization.Calendar's GetWeekOfYear method simply returns the number of weeks into the year that the date falls on. It does not seem to use the weekrule specified in the arguments. e.g. If the first day of week is sunday and the weekrule is Jan 1, then 12/31/2000 (Sunday) should return 1. Instead it returns 54 and 1/1/2001 (Monday) returns 1.

+

This routine returns the correct week number for the specified date based on the CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek.

+

Note, this may be a week for a year other than the year of the date. e.g. 12/31/2000, week tt of Jan 1, and week start of sunday will return 1 because this date falls into the first week of the year 2001.

+
+
+ + + Class that represents a string resource loaded from the Schedule assembly + + + + + Represents a specific week number header in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state. + + + + + + Returns whether all the days in the week are selected (read-only) + + + + + + A specialized panel that that arranges elements for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to specify the type of selection that is allowed for an object. + + + + + Extended Select. Multiple dates in multiple ranges may be selected at once. + + + + + No dates may be selected. + + + + + Single Select. Only one date may be selected at any time. + + + + + A single range that could include multiple contiguous dates may be selected. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the current state of the component. + + + + + The is in view + + + + + The is in view + + + + + Indicates that the current date is within the minimum and maximum date range of the + + + + + Indicates that the is non-null. + + + + + Indicates that the can be changed to a higher scope - e.g. from Days to Months. + + + + + Indicates that the can be changed towards the - e.g. from Months to Days. + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Days + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Months + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Years + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Decades + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Centuries + + + + + Indicates that the is the same value as the + + + + + Indicates that the FlowDirection of the is RightToLeft. + + + + + Identifies the commands exposed by XamCalendar + + + + + Activate a particular date. The source must be a or within it - or the CommandParameter must be the date of the day to activate. + + + + + Ensures the that represents the is in view and has the input focus. + + + + + Navigates to the first of the first in a (e.g. the first day of the first month currently in view when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the first in the current group (e.g. the first day of the month containing the current when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the last in the current group (e.g. the last day of the month containing the current when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the last of the last in a (e.g. the first day of the last month currently in view when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous group (e.g. the same day of the month as the in the following month when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the after the . + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous row (e.g. the same day of the week as the in the following week when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous group (e.g. the same day of the month as the in the previous month when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the previous to the . + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous row (e.g. the same day of the week as the in the previous week when is set to Days). + + + + + Scroll forward by one group + + + + + Scroll forward by the number of groups currently in view + + + + + Scroll backward by one group + + + + + Scroll backward by the number of groups currently in view + + + + + Scrolls to the date specified in the command parameter. If this command is sent from within a , the date will be scrolled into view in that group if possible - even if it is already in view within another . + + + + + Activating the that represents the current date. + + + + + Toggles the selection of the item represented by the . + + + + + Increases the to a larger date range - e.g. from Days to Months. + + + + + Decreases the to a smaller date range - e.g. from Months to Days. + + + + + An enum that is used to identify certain resources, e.g. brushes, used by elements within the visual tree of derived controls + + + + + + The background brush of the navigator control + + + + + The style used for s + + + + + The style used for s + + + + + The background brush of a day of week header + + + + + The foreground brush of a day of week header + + + + + The brush used for the separator between the day week header and the days + + + + + The background brush of a day of week header when the control is disabled + + + + + The foreground brush of a day of week header when the control is disabled + + + + + The background brush of an item when it is disabled + + + + + The foreground brush of an item when it is disabled + + + + + The background brush of an item group title when the control is disabled + + + + + The foreground brush of an item group title when the control is disabled + + + + + The background brush of the week number when the control is disabled + + + + + The foreground brush of the week number when the control is disabled + + + + + The background brush of an item group title + + + + + The foreground brush of an item group title + + + + + The background brush of an item + + + + + The border brush of an item + + + + + The corner radius of an item + + + + + The foreground brush of an item + + + + + The inner border brush of an item + + + + + The brush used for the focus rectangle in the item/day. + + + + + The background brush of an item that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of an item that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The background brush of the item representing Today when it is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of the item representing Today when it is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected item that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected item that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected focused item that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected focused item that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The background brush of a selected item that represents today that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected item representing today that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected focused item representing today that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The background brush of a selected focused item that represents today that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The foreground brush of the item under the mouse that is before or after the months being displayed. + + + + + The background brush of an item group title when the mouse is over it. + + + + + The foreground brush of an item group title when the mouse is over it. + + + + + The background brush of an item when the mouse is over it. + + + + + The border brush of an item when the mouse is over it. + + + + + The foreground brush of an item when the mouse is over it. + + + + + The inner border brush of an item when the mouse is over it. + + + + + The style used for the RepeatButton that will navigate forward. + + + + + The style used for the RepeatButton that will navigate backward. + + + + + The background brush of an item when it is selected + + + + + The border brush of an item when it is selected and focused + + + + + The foreground brush of an item when it is selected and focused + + + + + The inner border brush of an item when it is selected and focused + + + + + The background brush of an item when it is selected and focused + + + + + The border brush of an item when it is selected + + + + + The foreground brush of an item when it is selected + + + + + The inner border brush of an item when it is selected + + + + + The background brush of the item representing today. + + + + + The border brush of the item representing today. + + + + + The style used for the Button that will navigate to today. + + + + + The foreground brush of the item representing today. + + + + + The background brush of a selected item that represents today. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected item that represents today. + + + + + The background brush of a selected focused item that represents today. + + + + + The foreground brush of a selected focused item that represents today. + + + + + The inner border brush of the item representing today. + + + + + The background brush of the week number + + + + + The foreground brush of the week number + + + + + An enum that is used to identify the built in themes used by elements within the visual tree of derived controls + + + + + + + The default resource set + + + + + The resource set for the Office 2010 Blue theme + + + + + The resource set for the Office 2010 Black theme + + + + + The resource set for the Office 2010 Silver theme + + + + + The resource set for the Office 2007 Blue theme + + + + + The resource set for the Office 2007 Black theme + + + + + The resource set for the Office 2007 Silver theme + + + + + The resource set for the IG theme + + + + + Provides information for the event. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + A list of the dates that were unselected + A list of the dates that were selected + + + + Returns a list of the dates that were unselected. + + + + + Returns a list of the dates that were selected. + + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A custom collection of instances used to represent the selected dates within the + + + + + Returns an array of the dates that are allowed to be added for the specified range. + + An object representing the range of dates to add + An array of the dates that are allowed to be added. + + + + Invoked when the selection has changed indicating the added and removed dates. + + List of dates added + List of dates that were removed from the collection + + + + Invoked when the collection has been changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Used to determine if the number of items that will be in the collection is allowed. + + The new item count. This is passed by reference and when is false, this should be updated to reflect the constrained value if it exceeds the maximum + True if an exception should be thrown if the new count exceeds the allowed + + + + Class used to route mouse messages to an appropriate + + + + + Called to cancel any pending mouse operations + + Returns true if successful. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the mouse is moved + + The event arguments + + + + Raised when the has been changed. + + + + + This interface is implemented by controls that want to support selection. + + + + + Activates the specified item. + + The selectable item + If true don't scroll the item into view. + Returns true if successful, otherwise false. + + + + + Clears the selection snapshot + + + + + + De-select the specified item. + + The item to de-select. + True if successful. + + + + De-select the range from the pivot item to the specified item. + + The item to de-select. + True if successful. + + + + Perform a horizontal autoscroll operation + + The item that triggered the scroll operation + The direction to scroll. + The scroll speed. + + + + Perform a vertical autoscroll operation + + The item that triggered the scroll operation + The direction to scroll. + The scroll speed. + + + + Used to tell the host to enter snaking mode if appropriate for the item type being selected. + + + Snaking refers to range selection where the items being selected + form a snaking pattern instead of a rectangular pattern. For eample, if in + a grid that contained 5 columns the user was selecting a range of cells + from different rows, the selection could be either rectangular or snake + from row to row in which case all cells from intervening rows would get selected. + + + + + Gets the potential auto scroll information. + + The selectable item. + An struct that contains information about the possible auto scroll possibilies. + + + + Returns the compatible with the specified item that + is nearest to the point identied by the mouse event args. + + The selectable item. + The mouse event arguments + + + + Returns the that is the pivot item based on the type + of item passed-in. + + + The current pivot item or null. + + + + Returns the selection strateg for a specific item. + + The selectable item. + The for this item type or null. + + + + Returns true if the item can be selected without first clearing the current selection. + + The item to select. + True if the item is selectable with current selection, false otherwise. + + + + + Returns true if selecting this item will exceed the maximum allowed. + + The selectable item + True if the maximum number of items has already been selected. + + + + Called when a dragging operation is about to begin. + + The selectable item + The mouse event arguments + Returning true means that the drag operation started successfully. + + + + Called on a mouse move during a dragging operation + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Called at the end of a dragging operation + + True if the drag was cancelled, false otherwise. + + + + Called when the mouse is released. + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Select the specified item. + + The item to select. + True to clear the current selection. + True if successful. + + + + Select the range from the pivot item to the specified item. + + The item to select. + True to clear the current selection. + True if successful. + + + + Set the specified item as the pivot item. + + + True if this is part of a range selection. + + + + Snapshots the current selection + + The item to use to determine the which selection to snapshot. + + The 'item' parameter is necessary for controls that support selection of multiple item types. + For example, the DataPresenter supports selection of Records, FieldLabels and Cells. + + + + + Potentially translates the passed-in item to an of a + different type. For instance, the DataPresenter translates a passed-in cell + into its parent DataRecord if record selection is specified. + + The item to translate + The translated item. + + + + Returns the root element which normally is the control itself (read-only). + + + + + Interface implemented by the user of a control to supply + custom selection strategies. + + + + + + Called to get the selection strategy for a specific + item. Returning null means that the control will supply + its own implementation. + + + + + Determines how fast a slection scroll should be + + + + + Scroll the slowest + + + + + Scroll slower + + + + + Scroll slowly + + + + + Scroll a moderate amount + + + + + Scroll fast + + + + + Scroll faster + + + + + Scroll fastest + + + + + Determines what direction to scroll + + + + + Increment the scroll value + + + + + Decrement the scrcoll value + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the orientation in which the auto scroll logic should scroll if the + mouse is positioned outside the element such that the element can be scroll both horizontally + and vertically. + + + + + The auto scroll logic should scroll both horizontally and vertically. + + + + + The auto scroll logic should prefer scrolling horizontally regardless of the distance between the mouse and the element bounds. + + + + + The auto scroll logic should prefer scrolling vertically regardless of the distance between the mouse and the element bounds. + + + + + The auto scroll logic should prefer scrolling in the direction in which the mouse is furthest from the element. + + + + + Struct that returns information used by the auto scroll logic to determine if auto scrolling is possible + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct + + The element that defines the scroll bounds + True if a scroll down is possible. + True if a scroll left is possible. + True if a scroll right is possible. + True if a scroll up is possible. + + + + Returns true if a scroll down is possible (read-only). + + + + + Returns true if a scroll left is possible (read-only). + + + + + Returns true if a scroll right is possible (read-only). + + + + + Returns true if a scroll up is possible (read-only). + + + + + Returns the element that defines the scroll bounds (read-only). + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates how the direction in which the auto scroll + logic should execute when it is possible to scroll both horizontally and vertically. + + + + + Abstract base class for selection strategies + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The selection host for which the selection strategy will interact + + + + Called to cancel any pending mouse drag operation + + + + + Determines if a can be navigated to. + + The selectable item + true if shift key is depressed. + true if Ctrl key is depressed. + True if the itme can be navigated to. + + + + Returns one of the built in derived classes based on the specified + + An enum indicating the type of selection strategy that should be returned. + The for which the selection strategy is being created + The previous strategy that was used by the host or null if the host was not associated with a selection strategy + If the is of the appropriate type and its is , that instance will be returned. Otherwise, a new derived class will be created based on the and using the specified as its SelectionHost. + is a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the default for a given allows multiple selection. + + The selection type to evaluate + True for selection types such as Extended and Range; false for types such as Single and None. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the default for a given is used to perform single item selection. + + The selection type to evaluate + True for selection types such as Single; false for types such as Extended and None. + + + + Called when a left mouse down is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning true on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be captured + + Note: The and + methods are called only if this method returns true and thereby captured the mouse. + + + + + Called when mouse move message is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning false on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be released. + + + + Called when a left mouse up is received while the mouse is captured. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + + + + Called to select an item as a result of a key press + + The item to select + True if the shift key is pressed + True if the control key is pressed. + Toggle the existing selection. + True is successful. + + + + Used to verify the drag timers and call the + + + + + Called when dragging is to be started. + It calls OnDragStart off the SelectionManager. + + + + + Returns a point in RootElement coordinates that corresponds to the mouse position contained in mouseEventArgs. + + + + + + + Determines during a drag operation whether timers + are required to generate horizontal or vertical scrolling. + + The mouse event args + + + + This method is called when the selection manager cancels OnDragStart. Default implementation releases the capture. + + + + + Returns true if dragging should start (when we're in preDrag mode). + The default implementation checks to see if the x or y coords exceed + the drag threshold. + + x position + y position + True if should start drag, false otherwise. + + + + Stops the timer used for horizontal auto scrolling. + + + + + Stops the timer used for vertical auto scrolling. + + + + + True if this strategy supports selecting more than one + item at a time (read-only). + + + + + True if this strategy supports selecting only one + item at a time (read-only). + + + + + True while the mouse capture is being toggled off (read-only). + + + + + Returns the number of milliseconds between consecutive horizontal auto scrolls when + auto scrolling at the slowest rate. + + + + + Returns the number of milliseconds between consecutive horizontal auto scrolls when + auto scrolling at the fastest rate. + + + + + Returns the number of milliseconds between consecutive vertical auto scrolls when + auto scrolling at the slowest rate. + + + + + Returns the number of milliseconds between consecutive vertical auto scrolls when + auto scrolling at the fastest rate. + + + + + Returns/sets the current selectable item for the strategy. + + + + + Returns/sets the current state of the selection for the strategy. + + + + + Returns a value which represents the amount that the mouse must move from the inital MouseDown + position before dragging will start. + + + + + Returns/sets whether the next mouse move should be ignored. + + + + + Returns/sets whether the strategy is currently in drag mode. + + + + + Returns/sets the X coordinate of the mouse when the initial MouseDown was received. + + + + + Returns/sets the Y coordinate of the mouse when the initial MouseDown was received. + + + + + Returns true if the CTRK key is currently pressed. + + + + + Returns true if the shift key is currently pressed. + + + + + Returns the number of pixels inside the left or right edge of the ScrollArea within which + auto scrolling will take place + + + + + Returns the number of pixels inside the top or bottom edge of the ScrollArea within which + auto scrolling will take place + + + + + Returns the SelectionHost (usually the control) for the strategy. + + + + + The potential selection states of the strategy. + + + + + Currently in single selection state. + + + + + Currently in pre-drag state. + + + + + Currently in pre-edit state. + + + + + Currently in potential pre-drag state. + + + + + Currently in extSelect state. + + + + + Currently in ControlClick state. + + + + + Class that calcualtes and manages info about autoscrolling. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated selection strategy + Provides information about what type of scrolling is possible + The associated mouse event arguments from the mouse event for which the AutoScrollManager is being created + True if the manager will be dealing with vertical scrolling; otherwise false for horizontal scrolling. + + + + Returns a ScrollSpeed enum value based on the supplied timer interval and the min and max timer intervals. + + + + + + + Returns true if scrolling is required. + + + + + Returns the direction for the AutoScroll. + + + + + Returns the speed of the AutoScroll + + + + + Returns the interval to use for the AutoScroll timer (in milliseconds). + + + + + Selection strategy for selecting one item at a time. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The selection host for which the selection strategy will interact + + + + Called when a left mouse down is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning true on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be captured + + Note: The and + methods are called only if this method returns true and thereby captured the mouse. + + + + + Called when mouse move message is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning false on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be released. + + + + Called when a left mouse up is received while the mouse is captured. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + + + + Called to select an item as a result of a key press + + The item to select + True if the shift key is pressed + True if the control key is pressed. + Toggle the existing selection. + True is successful. + + + + OnMouseDown handler that takes a third parameter that specifies whether + we are forcing a drag or not. SelectionStrategySingleAutoDrag passes + true to this. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + true if a drag should be forced + + + + + Selects the item at or nearest the mouse location + + The MouseEventArgs from the most recent mouse event + + + + True if this strategy supports selecting only one + item at a time (read-only). + + + + + Returns whether selection should be modified when the cursor passes over + a different item than the selected one. The default implementation returns true. + + + + + Selection strategy for preventing selection of items in the associated selection host. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The selection host for which the selection strategy will interact + + + + Called when a left mouse down is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning true on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be captured + + Note: The and + methods are called only if this method returns true and thereby captured the mouse. + + + + + Called when mouse move message is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning false on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be released. + + + + Called when a left mouse up is received while the mouse is captured. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + + + + Called to select an item as a result of a key press + + The item to select + True if the shift key is pressed + True if the control key is pressed. + Toggle the existing selection. + True is successful. + + + + Selection strategy used for selecting multiple items. The selection does not have to be contiguous. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The selection host for which the selection strategy will interact + + + + Returns true if item can be selected. + + Selected item + true if shift key is down + true if shift key is down + true if item can be selected + + + + This method is called when the selection manager cancels OnDragStart. The default implementation + releases the capture. + + + + + Called when a left mouse down is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning true on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be captured + + Note: The and + methods are called only if this method returns true and thereby captured the mouse. + + + + + Called when mouse move message is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning false on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be released. + + + + Called when a left mouse up is received while the mouse is captured. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + + + + Called to select an item as a result of a key press + + The item to select + True if the shift key is pressed + True if the control key is pressed. + Toggle the existing selection. + True is successful. + + + + OnMouseDown handler that takes a third parameter that specifies whether + we are forcing a drag or not. SelectionStrategySingleAutoDrag passes + true to this. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + true if a drag should be forced + + + + + Starts the timer used to ensure a delay period before dragging starts. + + + + + Stops the timer used to ensure a delay period before dragging starts. + + + + + Returns true if only a single item can be selected + at any given time + + + + + Returns true if discontinuous selection is allowed + + + + + Returns the interval for the drag delay timer in milliseconds. + + + + + Returns true if the strategy should select, or false if it should unselect. + + + + + Selection strategy used for selecting multiple items where the selection should not be contiguous. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The selection host for which the selection strategy will interact + + + + Returns true if discontinuous selection is allowed + + + + + Selection strategy for selecting multiple items that can initiate a drag on the mouse down. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The selection host for which the selection strategy will interact + + + + Called when a left mouse down is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning true on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be captured + + + + Selection strategy for selecting a single item that can initiate a drag on the mouse down. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The selection host for which the selection strategy will interact + + + + Called when a left mouse down is received. + + The selectable item that the mouse is over (may be null) + The mouse event args + Returning true on a mouse down message will cause the mouse to be captured + + + + Returns whether selection should be modified when the cursor passes over + a different item than the selected one. + + + + + Used to specify the type of selection that is allowed for an object. + + + + + Use Default. The setting of the object's parent will be used. + + + + + None. Objects may not be selected. + + + + + Single Select. Only one object may be selected at any time. + + + + + Extended Select. Multiple objects may be selected at once. + + + + + A single range that could include multiple objects may be selected. + + + + + Strategy used when multiple items can be selected but pressing the left + button and dragging does not select other items but instead starts dragging + the selected item immediately. + + + + + Strategy used when only a single item can be selected and pressing the left + button and dragging does not select other items but instead starts dragging + the selected item immediately. + + + + + A class with helper routines. + + + + + Gets an error message to display when user input fails to be converted to the specified + target type. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified val is double or float and infinity or NaN. + + + + + + + Determines if a given System.Type is a numeric type. + + The System.Type to test. + True if the type is a numeric type. + + + + Returns true if the item exists in the specified enumerable. + + + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the mouse position associated with the specified + mouse event args is inside the specified element. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified val is null, DBNull, empty string, or DependencyProperty.UnsetValue. + + Value to test + + + + An observable collection that allows you to specify a delegate for validating items being + added to the collection. + + + + + + A converter that converts HorizontalAlignment to TextAlignment. + + + + + Converts the specified value to the specified target type. + + The value to be converted + The type to which the value should be converted + Optional parameter to provide additional information for the conversion + Optional culture used during the conversion + The converted value + + + + Converts the specified value back to the specified target type. + + The value to be converted + The type to which the value should be converted + Optional parameter to provide additional information for the conversion + Optional culture used during the conversion + The converted value + + + + A custom control used to display one or more months. + + +

The CalendarBase provides functionality similar to that of the Microsoft Vista + Common Controls Calendar class. +

+

The control provides navigation style functionality whereby you can zoom out to more + quickly navigate the available dates and then zoom back into to change the selection. The + is used to control the current mode. The may be used to control the lowest level + of dates that the end user may navigate into. +

+

The default template for CalendarBase uses a + that will generate instances based on the row/column count specified + via the . In addition, when the + property is set to true, which is the default value, the panel will automatically generate additional groups + to fill the available space up to its . The + is used by the groups to determine which dates should be shown. +

+

The control supports multiple selection modes which can be controlled via its . + When using a multiple selection mode such as Extended or Range, the property + may be used to access/change the selection up to the . The control also exposes a property which is + primarily used when in a single select mode. When in a multiselect mode, this property will return the first selected date. +

+

The control exposes a number of properties that may be used to restrict the selectable dates. The + and are used to control the range within which the user may navigate. You can + then disable dates within that range using either the and . +

+
+
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only Calendar attached dependency property + + + + + + Returns the containing + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + Scrolls the specified into view ignoring leading and trailing dates. + + The representing the date that should be brought into view. + + + + Executes the specified . + + The Command to execute. + An optional parameter. + The source of the command + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Returns the day of week caption + + The day of the week + A string representing this day of week. + + + + Will cause the display to refresh. Called when a property that affects the display has changed + + + + + Will cause all days within a month to re-initialize their IsHighlighted state. + + Any day of the month in question. + + + + Called by a derived class to supply calendar information + + The calendar to use for date manipulations. + The DateTimeFormatInfo used for formatting dates. + + + + Returns true if the day element should be highlighed + + + True to highlight the day. + + + + + + Returns an array of ranges indicating the dates which are selectable in given a range. + + The range of dates whose selectable state is to be evaluated. + + + + + Occurs after the has been changed. + + + + + + + Occurs after the mouse is release after a selection. + + + + + Invoked when the control's template has been applied. + + + + + Returns Automation Peer Class + + AutomationPeer + + + + Invoked when the element receives keyboard focus. + + Provides data about the event + + + + Invoked when the IsKeyboardFocused property is changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Invoked when the IsKeyboardFocusWithin property is changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Called when mouse capture is lost + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the mouse is moved + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released + + The event arguments + + + + Raised when the mouse wheel is rotated while over the control. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + The event arguments + + + + Invoked when the active used by the control has been changed. + + The new active strategy or null if no strategy is currently being used. + + + + Returns or sets the date of the active day. + + +

The ActiveDate is used to determine which within the control has the input focus when the keyboard focus is + within the . Keyboard navigation within the control is then based on that item's dates.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean that indicates if items within a CalendarItemGroup whose IsLeadingGroup or IsTrailingGroup is true can be activated. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the control should automatically calculate and change the calendar dimensions based on the size used to arrange the CalendarBase. + + +

The AutoAdjustDimensions property is used by the within the + template of the that indicates whether it should automatically generate additional + instances when it has more space available than can be used by the groups specified by the .

+

If you retemplate the such that it does not contain a , + this property will not affect the display of the control.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default style to use for instances within the control. + + +

When this property is set, the will set the property + of the instances that it creates.

+

Note: Since the Style property will be explicitly set using this value, any local styles that target the will not be used.

+
+ + +
+ + + + Returns or sets the default style to use for instances within the control. + + +

When this property is set, the will set the property + of the instances that it creates.

+

Note: Since the Style property will be explicitly set using this value, any local styles that target the will not be used.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets which types of calendar items will be displayed to the end user. + + +

The provides the ability to zoom out to see larger ranges of dates and then zoom back + in to change the selection similar to the functionality found in the Microsoft Vista Common Controls Calendar. The CurrentMode + controls the current mode that the contained instances use to initialize its items. For example, when set to + Days, which is the default value, the CalendarItemGroup will contain instances where each represents + a discrete date. When set to Months, the CalendarItemGroups will contain instances where each represents + a single month within a specific year.

+

There are two commands ( + and ) that may be used to change the CurrentMode.

+

Note: The value for this property cannot be set to a value that would be less than the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the format for the header of the days of the week. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the day of week headers should be displayed. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the preferred rows and columns of groups to be displayed within the control. + + +

The CalendarDimensions is used by the within the template of the + to determine the minimum number of rows and columns of + instances that it should create and arrange. If the is true, which is the + default value, and the CalendarItemGroupPanel has space to display mode groups it will automatically create additional + groups up to its .

+

If you re-template the such that it does not contain a , + this property will not affect the display of the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns true if keyboard focus is within the control (read-only) + + +

The IsSelectionActive property is a read only property similar to that of + the that is used to indicate whether keyboard focus is + within the control and therefore can be used to control how the selected items are rendered.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether to show days from the month before/after the first/last visible month. + + +

Leading and trailing dates are those dates displayed within a group that do not belong that to that particular + group. For example, when viewing a gregorian calendar that displays August 2008 with a default first day of week of + Sunday, a calendar has space available to show the 27-31 of July (leading) and the 1-6 of September (trailing). By default + leading and trailing dates are displayed within the first and last within the control.

+

Note: The default template for the CalendarBase uses a that + ensures that only the first and last CalendarItemGroup instances have their + and initialized based on this property. If you retemplate the control to + directly contain CalendarItemGroup instances you will need to control which groups use this property.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns the maximum allowed date (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the minimum that is supported + + + + + + + Returns the minimum allowed date (read-only) + + + + + + Returns or sets a date that is used to determine the dates that should be displayed within the control. + + +

The reference date is used to determine the dates that are displayed within the reference group. The + reference group is the whose is + zero. By default, the CalendarBase used a that autogenerates the groups + and sets the first created group's ReferenceGroupOffset to 0.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets an object that provides resources for use by elements in the visual tree. + + + + + + Returns the resource provider to use. + + + + + + Returns or sets the visibility of the scroll buttons with the instances. + + +

The ScrollButtonVisibility is used to indicate whethe the instances + within the control should display the previous and next scroll buttons. The default template for the + uses a that autogenerates the groups displayed within the control. When scroll buttons + are to be displayed, it ensures that the scroll previous of the upper left most group and the scroll next of the + upper right most group will display their scroll buttons. If you retemplate the CalendarBase to directly contain + CalendarItemGroups then you must selectively bind the + and to this property.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the style for the 'ScrollNext' RepeatButton. + + + + + + + + Returns the style to use for the 'ScrollNext' RepeatButton (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns or sets the style for the 'ScrollPrevious' RepeatButton. + + + + + + + + Returns the style to use for the 'ScrollPrevious' RepeatButton (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns or sets the date of the that should be selected or null if no item is selected. + + +

The SelectedDate returns the first date that is selected within the control and is primarily used + when using a of Single. If you are using a SelectionType that allows multiple + dates to be selected, then you can use the to get a complete list of the dates that + are selected. The SelectedDates will include the SelectedDate.

+

Note: When the is set to a value other than days, selecting + a will only add 1 entry for each selected item. It will not add each date in the item's + range into the SelectedDates.

+

Note: When in navigation mode (i.e. the is + not equal to the ), the selection cannot be changed via the ui. Instead + using the mouse will change the active item and the state will be based on which + item is active ().

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of instances that represents the currently selected dates of the items in the . + + +

The SelectedDates is a collection of DateTime instances that represent the + instances that should be selected or have been selected by the end user. When the is set + to a value that allows multiple selection such as Range or Extended, the control will allow selection of + one more CalendarItems. A single date for each item will be added to the SelectedDates. The + property can be used to access the first item.

+

Note: When the is set to a value other than days, selecting + a will only add 1 entry for each selected item. It will not add each date in the item's + range into the SelectedDates.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns the caption to use for the 'Today' Button (read-only) + + + + + + Returns or sets the style for the 'Today' Button. + + + + + + + + Returns the style to use for the 'Today' Button (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean that indicates whether week numbers should be displayed. + + + + + + + Returns a DateTime that represents today's date. + + + + + + Set by dervied classes to constrain the min/max date range + + When this is changed the and properties are set accoringly. + + + + + + Set by derived classes to change the first day of the week + + + + + Set by derived classes to change the week rule + + + + + Occurs after the has been changed. + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the mouse is release after a selection. + + + + + + A class that exposes an indexer to retrieve resources used by elements within the visual tree of derived controls + + + + + Returns a value for a specific id + + The id of the resource + The resource identified by the id or null. + + + + Returns true if this is a valid resource + + The id of the resource + The resource that was found + True if the resource is valid, otherwise false + + For example, if the id represents a Bursh and a Pen is fould then this method should return false. + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration that determines which resource set to use. + + + + + A custom control used to display one or more months. + + +

The CalendarBase provides functionality similar to that of the Microsoft Vista + Common Controls Calendar class. +

+

The control provides navigation style functionality whereby you can zoom out to more + quickly navigate the available dates and then zoom back into to change the selection. The + is used to control the current mode. The may be used to control the lowest level + of dates that the end user may navigate into. +

+

The default template for CalendarBase uses a + that will generate instances based on the row/column count specified + via the . In addition, when the + property is set to true, which is the default value, the panel will automatically generate additional groups + to fill the available space up to its . The + is used by the groups to determine which dates should be shown. +

+

The control supports multiple selection modes which can be controlled via its . + When using a multiple selection mode such as Extended or Range, the property + may be used to access/change the selection up to the . The control also exposes a property which is + primarily used when in a single select mode. When in a multiselect mode, this property will return the first selected date. +

+

The control exposes a number of properties that may be used to restrict the selectable dates. The + and are used to control the range within which the user may navigate. You can + then disable dates within that range using either the and . +

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Returns a modifiable collection of instances that indicates the items that should be considered disabled. + + +

The DisabledDates is a collection of instances that represent ranges of dates that should + not be selectable by the end user. Dates may also be disabled using the property.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a flagged enumeration indicating which days of the week are always disabled. + + +

The DisabledDaysOfWeek is a flagged enumeration that can be used to prevent selection of + one or more days of the week. The may be used to disable specific dates (or + ranges of dates).

+

When the property is set to true + the disabled days of the week will be hidden from the display.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether days of the week disabled using the should be displayed in the calendar. + + +

By default all days of the week will be displayed within the control including those + that are disabled using the . This property can be set to true to + hide the disabled days of the week.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred maximum date that can be selected or activated for the control. + + +

The MaxDate and are used to control the range of dates that + are available to the end user. Days outside that range will not be displayed.

+

The and may be + used to prevent selection/activation of dates within the MinDate/MaxDate range.

+

Note: The actual range available could be smaller than that specified by the + MinDate and MaxDate if it is outside the values allowed by the + and of the culture used by the control. The culture used is + based upon the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected at any time. + +

The MaxSelectedDates is only used when the is set + to a value that allows multiple selection such as Range or Extended.

+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets an enumeration that indicates the minimum calendar item type that can be selected within the control. + + +

The provides the ability to zoom out to see larger ranges of dates and then zoom back + in to change the selection similar to the functionality found in the Microsoft Vista Common Controls Calendar. While the + CurrentMode controls the current mode that the contained instances use to display its items, the + MinCalendarMode determines the minimum mode into which the control may zoom. For example, when set the Months, the control will not + be able to zoom in any further to allow selection/viewing of individual dates/days.

+

When the is set to the same value as the MinCalendarMode, interacting within the items (e.g. + via the keyboard and mouse) will affect the current and . When the CurrentMode + is higher than the MinCalendarMode (i.e. the user has zoomed out), the selection will not be changed via the ui. Instead, the keyboard and + mouse will be used to navigate the calendar without affecting the current selection. When the user then zooms in to the MinCalendarMode, they + may then modify the selection.

+

There are two commands ( + and ) that may be used to change the CurrentMode.

+

Note: The value for this property will restrict the available values for the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred minimum date that can be selected or activated for the control. + + +

The MinDate and are used to control the range of dates that + are available to the end user. Days outside that range will not be displayed.

+

The and may be + used to prevent selection/activation of dates within the MinDate/MaxDate range.

+

Note: The actual range available could be smaller than that specified by the + MinDate and MaxDate if it is outside the values allowed by the + and of the culture used by the control. The culture used is + based upon the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the that represents the first day of the week or null to use the value from the current . + + +

By default the FirstDayOfWeek is set to null. When set to null, the + from the control's will be used.

+
+
+ + + Determines how many items can be selected. + + +

The default selection type is Extended which allows multiple discontinuous + ranges of dates to be selected. As dates are selected, the + event is raised and the and properties + are updated. When using a multiple selection type such as Extended or Range, you can use the + to control the maximum number of + instances that the user can select.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean that indicates whether the today button should be displayed. + + +

The Today button is used to allow the user to select and bring into view the + that represents the current date. This button uses the + command to perform the operation.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the rule used to determine the first week of the year. + + +

By default the of the Culture associated + with the control's is used to determine the week numbers for + dates displayed within the control. The WeekRule is used when calculating the + .

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a flagged enumeration indicating which days of the week represent working days. + + +

The Workdays is a flagged enumeration that may be set to one or more days. The WorkDays is + used to initialize the to allow custom styling of days. This property + defaults to all days of the week excluding Saturday and Sunday.

+
+ + +
+ + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.Design.dll index b53beca5252..fb46c4e8e7d 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.dll index ac44a05e32c..12dde53b7c1 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3edc2b9ab9e Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..684926c267a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..745d2beb31f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3450 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2 + + + + + An automation peer for the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboCellsPanelAutomationPeer class. + + The that this automation peer controls. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Handles the PropertyChanged event of the Row. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Adds the current element to the collection of selected items. + + + + + Removes the current element from the collection of selected items. + + + + + Clears any existing selection and then selects the current element. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an item is selected. + + + true if the element is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the UI automation provider that implements and acts as the container for the calling object. + + + The UI automation provider. + + + + An automation peer for ComboEditorBase allowing screenreaders and programatic user interaction. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of theComboEditorItemControlAutomationPeer class. + + The that this automation peer controls. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Adds the current element to the collection of selected items. + + + + + Removes the current element from the collection of selected items. + + + + + Clears any existing selection and then selects the current element. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an item is selected. + + + true if the element is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the UI automation provider that implements and acts as the container for the calling object. + + + The UI automation provider. + + + + An automation peer for ComboEditorBase allowing screenreaders and programatic user interaction. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the XamComboEditorAutomationPeer class. + + The ComboEditorBase that this automation peer controls. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Raises the ExpandCollapseStatePropertyChangedEvent. + + if set to true The old value. + if set to true The new value. + + + + Handles the DropDownOpened event of the OwningComboEditor property as XamWebComboEditor. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Handles the DropDownClosed event of the OwningComboEditor property as XamWebComboEditor. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Retrieves a UI automation provider for each child element that is selected. + + An array of UI automation providers. + + + + Hides all nodes, controls, or content that are descendants of the control. + + + + + Displays all child nodes, controls, or content of the control. + + + + + Sets the value to object. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the UI automation provider allows more than one child element to be selected concurrently. + + + true if multiple selection is allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the UI automation provider requires at least one child element to be selected. + + + true if selection is required; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the state (expanded or collapsed) of the control. + + + The state (expanded or collapsed) of the control. + + + + Gets if the member is editable. + + + + + Gets the value of the object. + + + + + Implements a selectable item inside a class. + + + + + Implements a selectable item inside a ComboEditorBase class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboEditorItemBase class. + + The business object. + + + + Invoked when the IsSelected proprety changes. + + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + Specifies if the item will be selected. + + + + Called when the is attached to the + + A + + + + Called when the is removed from the + + A + + + + Gets the business object that is hold by this + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is focused. + + + + + Gets or sets a that is attached to the + + A Control is only assoicated with a ComboEditorItem when it's in the viewport of the ItemsPanel. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is Enabled. + + + + + Gets/Sets the style that will be applied to the that represents this item. + Note: any style set on this item, will override any style set on the + + + + + Gets/sets whether the underlying control's Measure was raised when the Measure method was invoked. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the object was created from a data source or adhoc. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The business object. + A reference to the ComboEditor. + + + + Invoked when the IsSelected proprety changes. + + + + + Creates an isntance of + + The new instance. + + + + Called when the is attached to the + + A + + + + Called when the is removed from the + + A + + + + Gets the that holds this + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the measure method was raised when Measure was called. + + + + + Collection for internal usage that contains objects.. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + An object implementing IProvideDataItems interface. + + + + A control used for visual presenting of an customer object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Called when a property value changes. + + Information about the property value that changed. + + + + Called before the MouseLeftButtonDown event is raised. + + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of the . + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified + as a value to indicate the object will size to whatever content is available. + + + + + Change the VisualState based on the IsSelected and IsFocused properties. + + + + + Sets a new VisualState. + + Specifies if transition is used. + The name of the new VisualState. + + + + Called when the is attached to the . + + The that is being attached to the + + + + Called when the releases the . + + The that is being released from the + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event. + + A property name. + + + + Gets or sets the parent ComobBoxItem object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the object should be recycled. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel that owns this control. + + + + + Event raised when a property on this object changes. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + An Enum, that allows a user to specify what action should occur, when entering data into the combo editor + that doesn't exist in the underlying ItemsSource. + + + + + This will prevent a user from typing in invalid data. + + + + + The data will be allowed to be typed. But no items will be selected, and the underlying ItemsSource will remain untouched. + + + + + The data will be added to the underlying ItemsSource, and will become valid data for selection. + + + + + An enumeration that contains all the different types of rows that the supports. + + + + + A row that represents a record of data. + + + + + A row that represents the header for a group of data rows. + + + + + An enumeration that contains all the different filterin modes that the supports. + + + + + The will filter the items in the dropdown list by including only those items whose primary column starts with the text typed in the control's TextBox. + + + The 'primary column' is the column that corresponds to the value set on the control's DisplayMemberPath property. + + + + + The will filter the items in the dropdown list by including only those items that contain the text typed in the control's TextBox in any text column. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands that apply to the . + + + + + Clears the list of the currently selected items. + + + + + An enumeration that describes if a column is fixed, and if so on what side is it fixed. + + + + + Column is not fixed. + + + + + Column is fixed to the left. + + + + + Column is fixed to the right. + + + + + An Enum that describes the type of width for the Column. + + + + + A column's width will size to the largest header or cell in the column. + Note: while scrolling the width of the column may grow as larger content comes into view, however, + it will never decrease in width. + + + + + A column's width will size to the largest header or cell in the column. However, this will only occur + when the grid first loads. Or when a user double clicks on the edge of a column header to resize. + + + + + A column's width will size to the header of a column. + + + + + A column's width will size to the largest cell in the column. + Note: while scrolling the width of the column may grow as larger content comes into view, however, + it will never decrease in width. + + + + + A column's width will size to fill any remaing space in the dropdown's grid. + If more than one column has a star value specified, the remaing width will be split + evenly amongst the columns. + If other columns already are taking up the majority of the space, the column's width will be zero. + If the dropdown grid's width is Infinity, then the column will act as ComboColumnWidthType.Auto width. + + + + + A column's width will size to the value specified. + + + + + An object used in the ItemAdding event of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ComboItemAddingEventArgs object. + + + + + + The item being added to the ComboEditorBase dropdown. + + + + + An object used in the ItemAdded event of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Creates a new instance of the ComboItemAddedEventArgs object. + + + + + + The item that was added to the ComboEditorBase dropdown. + + + + + An object used in the SpecializedTextBox ValidateInputText event of the + + + + + Creates a new instance of the object. + + + + + + The text to validate. + + + + + Where or not the text is valid. + + + + + An object used in the SelectionChanged event of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Creates a new instance of the SelectionChangedEventArgs object. + + The items that were selected during this event. + The items that were unselected during this event. + + + + Gets a list that contains the items that were selected. + + + + + Gets a list that contains the items that were unselected. + + + + + An object that describes how the items should be filtered. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generates the current expression for this . + + The new expression. + + + + Generates the current expression for this using the inputted context. + + Context parameter + The new expression. + + + + Raises the event on this object. + + The propertyName of the property changed. + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally + releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged and managed resources used by the . + + + + + Gets the collection of filter conditions which will be applied to this column + + + + + Gets or sets the logical operator that will be used to combine all conditions from the Conditions property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Type of the object that is being processed. + + + + + Gets or sets the field name of the property that is being filtered on. + + + + + Gets or sets the Type of the FieldName property. + + + + + The Type of the object along with any PropertyDescriptors. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DataField associated with the ItemsFilter. + + + + + Fired when a property changes on the . + + + + + A panel that lays out controls in virtualized vertical list. + + + + + A panel containing the ComboEditorItemBase objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the FrameworkElement-derived class. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for a FrameworkElement derived class. + + The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size used. + + + + Removes the attached ComboEditorItem + + The ComboEditorItem + + + + Removes the unused items. + + List of objects. + + + + Updates the ScrollInfo of the . + Such as changing the horizontal/vertical scrollbar visibility, or their viewport size. + + + + + Creates a control for the row, and adds it as child of the panel. + + The ComboEditorItem that will be rendered. + + The new desired size. + + + + Arranges the specified item in the panel + + + + + + + + + Raised when a control is attached to an item, before measure is called. + + + + + + Updates the horizontal scrollbar, based on how many items it can scroll horizontally + + + + + + + Gets a reference to the parent ComboEditorBase. + + + + + Gets the rows that are currently fixed to the top of the Viewport. + + + + + Gets whether an item should measured with the available width or Infinity + + + + + Gets or sets the the current visible ComboEditorItem objects. + + + + + A standard Cell object in the . + + + + + The base class for all cell objects in the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that owns the + The object that the represents. + + + + Applies the resolved style of a Cell to it's + + + + + Creates the which will be attached to this . + + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Called when the is attached to the + + A + + + + Called when the is removed from the + + A + + + + The that owns the + + + + + The that the represents. + + + + + Gets the that is attached to the + + A Control is only assoicated with a Cell when it's in the viewport of the + + + + Gets/Sets the that will be used for all objects. + + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + Gets the that will be applied when binding a to data. + + + + + Used for storing the size of a cell, if it needs to be re-measured. + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + If a isn't specified, this property can be used to offer another way of identifying + a reyclable element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that owns the + The object that the represents. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + + + + + Creates the which will be attached to this . + + + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + A visual representation of a + + + + + The base control class for all controls. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Invoked when content is attached to the Control. + + + + + This will get called every time the control is measured, and allows the control to adjust it's content if necessary. + + + + + Change the VisualState of the cell control. + + + + + Sets a new VisualState. + + Specifies if transition is used. + The name of the new VisualState. + + + + Called when the is attached to the . + + The that is being attached to the + + + + Called when the releases the . + + + + + Raised when the is Loaded. + + + + + Allows a Cell to ensure it was propely measured. + + + + + + + Called when a property value changes. + + Information about the property value that changed. + + + + Resolves the for this . + + + + + The that owns the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called before the MouseLeftButtonDown event is raised. + + + + + + Invoked when content is attached to the Control. + + + + + This will get called every time the control is measured, and allows the control to adjust it's content if necessary. + + + + + Change the VisualState based on the IsSelected and IsFocused properties. + + + + + Resolves the for this . + + + + + A Collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The associated with the + The that owns the + + + + Returns the total number of s in the + + The total number of cells. + + + + Gets the index of the specified . + + + + + + + Returns the item at the index given. + + The index of the cell to be retrieved + The ComboCellBase object at the given index. + + + + Returns the for the corresponding . + + The column that should be used for reference. + + The for the corresponding . + If no Cell exists, one is created. + If the column doesn't exist, null is returned. + + + + + Returns the for the corresponding . + + The key of the column that should be used for reference. + + The for the corresponding . + If no Cell exists, one is created. + If the column doesn't exist, null is returned. + + + + + Gets the Row this collection represents. + + + + + A cell that represents a particular column in the header of the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that owns the + The object that the represents. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + A visual representation of a + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Invoked when content is attached to the Control. + + + + + This will get called every time the control is measured, and allows the control to adjust it's content if necessary. + + + + + Allows a Cell to ensure it was propely measured. + + + + + + + A cell that represents a checkbox column for row selection in the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that owns the + The object that the represents. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + + + + + If a RecyclingElementType isn't specified, this property can be used to offer another way of identifying + a reyclable element. + + + + + A visual representation of a + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Invoked when content is attached to the Control. + + + + + Cleanup anything that we shouldn't be using anymore + + + + + + Allows a Cell to ensure it was propely measured. + + + + + + + Called before the MouseLeftButtonDown event is raised. + + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + A cell that represents a column in the header of the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that owns the + The object that the represents. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + A visual representation of a + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Allows a Cell to ensure it was propely measured. + + + + + + + A that uses elements to represent data. + + + + + An abstract objet that represents a field in the underlying data of whats bound to the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Raised when the Visiblity of a has changed. + + + + + Based on the type of row that is passed in, this method generates a new object. + + The row in which the cell should be created for. + + + + + Returns a new instance of a + + + + + + + Returns a new instance of a + + + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate conent for objects for this . + + + + + + Gets/sets a string that identifies the . + + + + + The DataType that the column's data is derived from. + + + + + Gets whether or not the was predefined, or generated by the based on the + underlying data. + + + + + Gets/sets the that will be used to display the value in the column. + + + + + Gets/sets the parameter that will be used with the property. + + + + + Gets/Sets the that will be used for all objects on this . + + + + + Gets the Actual width of the column. + + Note: this value is only available when the column is rendered. + + + + Gets/sets the minimum width the column is allowed to be. + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum width the column is allowed to be. + + + + + Gets/Sets the text that will be displayed in the Header. + + If the is set, this property will have no effect. + + + + Gets a string that describes the Column. If the HeaderText property is not set, the Column's Key is returned. + + + + + Gets/Sets the used to define the Content of the Header of the . + + + + + Gets/Sets the that will be used for all objects on this . + + + + + Gets/sets the of the + + + + + Resolves the that is being applied to this + + + + + Gets/Sets the Visibility of the + + + + + Gets/Sets the associated with this particular + + + + + Gets/sets the that owns this Column + + + + + Gets/Sets if a should be unpinned or pinned to the Left or Right side of the . + + + + + Gets/Sets if a Column can be fixed. + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate conent for objects for this . + + + + + + A class used to provide content to a object for a particular . + + + + + An abstract class used to provide content to a object for a particular . + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a . + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + Called during EnsureContent to allow the provider a chance to modify it's display based on the current conditions. + + + + + + Allows the to update the value being set for the display element. + + The original data value from the underlying data. + The whose properties should be used to determine the formatting. + + The value that should be displayed in the + + + + Builds the binding that will be used for a + + If a binding cannot be created, null will be returned. + + + + Builds the binding that will be used for a + + If a binding cannot be created, null will be returned. + + + + Instantiates a new instance of the . + + + + + Called during EnsureContent to allow the provider a chance to modify it's display based on the current conditions. + + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a . + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + An ObservableCollection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Registers the specified as a fixed column. + + + Specifies whether or not the column should be inserted at the first index position. + + + + Unregisters the specified as a fixed column. + + + + + + Determines which columns are Fixed, Visible or Hidden. + + + + + + Raised when the underlying collection changes. + + + + + + A collection of objects that should be displayed first and fixed in the + Note: these columns are generally columns that don't represent fields in the underlying data source such as the . + + + + + Gets a collection of objects that are pinned to the left side./> + + + + + Gets a collection of objects that are pinned to the right side./> + + + + + Gets the that has the specified key. + + + + The column with the specified Key. + If more than one has the same key, the first Column is returned. + + + + + Gets the column that is used to fill up empty space in a row. + + + + + Gets a readonly list of objects that are not hidden. + + + + + Gets a readonly list of objects that have a width that are Star. + + + + + An object that defines the mapping between a particular data type and a particular column type in the . + + + + + Gets/sets the type of column that should be assoicated with the + + + + + Gets/sets the type of data that should be assoicated with the + + + + + A collection of objects. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the object. + + + + + Invoked when an Item is added at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + An object that is used to specify the Width of a object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct of type ComboColumnWidthType.Numeric. + + The width of the column. + Whether the ComboColumnWidth should be of Type Star or Numeric. + + + + Gets an instance of a SizeToHeader . + + + + + Gets an instance of a SizeToCells . + + + + + Gets an instance of an Auto . + + + + + Gets an instance of an InitialAuto . + + + + + Gets an instance of a Star . + + + + + Gets the value of the ComboColumnWidth property. + + + .Auto : 1 is returned. + .SizeToCells : 1 is returned. + .SizeToHeader : 1 is returned. + .Numeric : the width of the column is returned. + .Star : the percent compared to all other Start columns is returned. + + + + + Gets the of the + + + + + A that fills any remaining space in the . + + + + + This column does not generate any conent. + + + + + + The width of a is always *. + + + + + A is not Fixable. + + + + + A collection that contains the objects that are pinned in a specific direction. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the + + The that a should be set to when added to the collection. + + + + Adds the item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Adds the item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + + + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Adds a to the collection without setting it's IsFixed property. + + + + + + Removes a from the collection without setting it's IsFixed property. + + + + + + Gets/Sets the that items should be set to when added to this collection. + + + + + A that represents Date data. + + + + + A that uses elements to represent data. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate content for objects for this . + + + + + + Gets/Sets the that will be applied to the that displays data in a + when it is not in edit mode. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether should be applied to the and of a + + + + + Gets/sets the format string that will be applied to all cells in the column, if applicable. + + + Note: The property has higher precedence. + In order to set this property in xaml, the value must begin with {}. For example: FormatString="{}{0:C}" + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate content for objects for this . + + + + + + A class used to provide content to a object for a particular . + + + + + A class used to provide content to a object for a particular . + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of the . + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a , when the cell is not in edit mode. + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + Allows the to update the value being set for the display element. + + The original data value from the underlying data. + The whose properties should be used to determine the formatting. + + The value that should be displayed in the + + + + Allows the to update the value being set for the display element. + + The original data value from the underlying data. + The whose properties should be used to determine the formatting. + + The value that should be displayed in the + + + + A that uses elements to represent data. + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate conent for objects for this . + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets/sets the Style that will be applied to every in this . + + + + + Gets / sets a height to all images in an + + + + + Gets / sets a width to all images in an + + + + + A class used to provide content to a object for a particular . + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of the . + + + + + Called during EnsureContent to allow the provider a chance to modify it's display based on the current conditions. + + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a . + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + A ReadOnlyCollection that can be indexed by a string identifier. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the object. + + + + + + Gets the that has the specified key. + + + + The column with the specified Key. + If more than one has the same key, the first Column is returned. + + + + + A that uses CheckBox elements to represent row selection. + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate content for objects for this . + + + + + + Returns a new instance of a + + + + + + + Returns a new instance of a + + + + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The parameter info for the command. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the MultiColumnComboEditorCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command that clears the list of the currently selected items. + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Clears the list of the currently selected items. + + The parameter info associated with the command. + + + + Specialized TextBlock that highlights portions of the text that matches a supplied string. For internal use only. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of the . + + + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the ComboEditorBase when a new template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets/sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + A panel that lays out objects in virtualized vertical list. + + + + + Raised when a control is attached to an item, before measure is called. + + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the FrameworkElement-derived class. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + Updates the horizontal scrollbar, based on how many items it can scroll horizontally + + + + + + + Arranges the specified item in the panel + + + + + + + + + Gets the rows that are currently fixed to the top of the Viewport. + + + + + Gets whether an item should measured with the available width or Infinity + + + + + A panel that lays out objects in a horizontal list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the is attached to the . + + The row that is being attached to the + + + + Called when the releases the . + + The row that is being removed from the + + + + Lays out which cells will be displayed in the given viewport. + + The total width that the cells have to work with. + + + + Displays the for the specified . + + The + A list of cells that have a width of type star. + The height of the largest cell, if the cell's height that is being rendered is larger, maxHeight should be adjusted. + Whether or not the cell should be added, or inserted at the first position of the specified visible cells. + The collection of cells that rendered cell should be added to. + Lets the method know if the available width is infinite. + The width that that is consuming. + + + + Called when a is moused over. + All Cells of the will then go to it's "MouseOver" VisualState. + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves a . + All Cells of the will then go to it's "Normal" VisualState. + + + + + Loops through the start columns and updates their width appropriately. + + + + + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of the . + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified + as a value to indicate the object will size to whatever content is available. + + + + + Arranges each that should be visible, one next to the other, similar to a + Horizontal . + + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Gets a refernce to the that owns the . + + + + + Gets/sets the MultiColumnComboItemsPanel that owns this control. + + + + + Gets a list of objects thats are currently visible. + + + + + Gets a list of objects that are fixed to the left. + + + + + Gets a list of objects that are fixed to the right. + + + + + Used to store off the last height that was passed into the MeasuerOverride method of this panel. + + + + + An object that represents a header row in a + + + + + The base class for an object that represents an item in the ItemsSource of the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The business object. + A reference to the . + + + + Returns the for the specified + + The Column in which to resolve the cell. + The cell at the given column location. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + + + + + Called when the is attached to the + + A + + + + Called when the is removed from the + + A + + + + Invoked when the IsSelected proprety changes. + + + + + Gets the Actual height of the row. + + Note: this value is only available when the row is rendered. + + + + Gets the that belongs to the . + + + + + Gets the that holds this + + + + + Gets/Sets the that will be used for all objects on this . + + + + + Gets the of this + + + + + Gets whether the mouse is currently over the row. + + + + + Gets whether or not a row will ever need to scroll horizontally. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the measure method was raised when Measure was called. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The business object. + A reference to the . + + + + Gets the of this + + + + + An object that represents a data row in the ItemsSource of the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The business object. + A reference to the . + + + + Gets the of this + + + + + For Internal Use Only: TextBox wrapper class that allows the consumer to pre-validate text before allowing the underlying TextBox to consume it. + We use this to prevent Japanese text from causing catastrophic failures. + + + + + Constructor for SpecializedTextBox, just used to set our default value; + + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.KeyDown event occurs. + + Provides data about the event. + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.TextInput event occurs. + + Provides data about the event. + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.PreviewKeyDown event occurs. + + Provides data about the event. + + + + Called when content in this editing control changes. + + The arguments associated with the content change. + + + + Specifies whether or not the text should be changed at any given point. This is to fix the catastrophic failures for IME. + + + + + A that converts from strings to chars, and chars to strings. + + + + + Returns true if the sourceType is of type string. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the destinationType is of type string. + + + + + + + + Converts a string into a char, by taking the first character of the string. + + + + + + + + + Converts a char into a string. + + + + + + + + + + A Type Converter that converts from a string to a object; + + + + + Determines whether this converter can convert an object of the specified type to a . + + An that provides a format context. + The type that you want to convert from. + true if sourceType is a or of the specified type. + + + + Converts the specified object to a . + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the currentIndex culture. + The object to covert to the . + + + + + Allows the ColumnWidth property to be converted to Strings. + + + + + + + + Converts the ColumnWidth object to a String. + + + + + + A string. + + + + Represents a selection control with a drop-down list that can be shown or hidden by clicking the arrow on the control. + + + + + Represents a selection control with a drop-down list that can be shown or hidden by clicking the arrow on the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ComboEditorBase class. + + + + + Invoked whenever the effective value of any dependency property on this has been updated. The specific dependency property that changed is reported in the arguments parameter. Overrides . + + The event data that describes the property that changed, as well as old and new values. + + + + Builds the visual tree for the ComboEditorBase when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called when keyboard focus is shifted into or out of this element's visual tree + + + + + + Called before the LostFocus event is raised. + + + + + + Called before the GotFocus event is raised. + + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MinDropDownWidthProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + IsSelectedMemberPathProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets the starts with condition. + + Type of the data. + Name of the field. + The filter text. + + + + + This method checks to ensure that a DataManagerBase is created for a given level and if not creates it for that level. + + + + + Forces the underlying dropwdown panel to invalidate. + + + + + + Override this on a base class to create a new instance of the object that should wrap the data. + + + + + + + Creates a new ComboEditorItem object + + + + + + + + Creates a new object with a default underlying data object. + + The item that was created. + + + + Creates a new object using the inputted data object. + + The business object. + The item that was created. + + + + Resolves the item at the specified index. + + The index. + The item that is requested. + + + + Adds a new object to the collection + + An item that will be added. + + + + Removes a ComboEditorItem from the underlying ItemSource + + + true if the ComboEditorItem is removed. + + + + Removes a ComboEditorItem from the underlying ItemSource + + The ComboEditorItem to remove + The Manager that should be performing the removal. + + + + + Removes the specified range of items from the collection. + + The range that will be removed. + + + + Adds an item to the collection at a given index. + + The index of the item. + An item that will be inserted. + + + + Changes the value to given data type. + + + + the converted value if the conversion succeeds and null if fails + + + + A DataManager was just created, so this is our chance to look at the data and do any initializing. + + + + + Called when a key is pressed while the ComboEditorBase's textbox has focus. + + Event args that describe the key that was pressed. + + + + Returns an IEnumerable from the DataManager stripping out fields that represent indexer properties. + + + + + + Scrolls the specified into view in the drop down. + + + + + + + Trys to resolve the specified data item as a and scrolls it into view, in the drop down. + + + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Called before the DropDownClosing event occurs. + + + + + Called before the DropDownClosed event occurs. + + + + + Called before the ItemAdding event occurs. + + + + + Called before the ItemAdded event occurs. + + + + + Called before the DropDownOpening event occurs. + + + + + Called before the DropDownOpened event occurs. + + + + + Called before the SelectionChanged event occurs. + + + + + Called before the DataObjectRequested event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Handles the LostFocus event of the Editor control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when a property changes on the ComboEditorBase object. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Allows an object to perform an operation, after it's been loaded. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the drop down panel should be resizable by the end user. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the selectable drop-down is open. + + + + + Returns or sets whether touch support is enabled for this control + + + + + + Gets/sets the style that will be applied to all 's in the dropdown of this combo. + + + + + Gets/Sets the maximum height the dropdown of this ComboEditorBase can be. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width the dropdown of this ComboEditorBase can be. + + + The minimum width the dropdown of this ComboEditorBase can be. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum width the dropdown of this ComboEditorBase can be. + + + The maximum width the dropdown of this ComboEditorBase can be. + + + + + Gets/Sets the index of the selected item in this ComboEditorBase. + + + + + Gets/Sets the selected data item of this ComboEditorBase + Note: the item will be of your data model, not of type + + + + + + Gets / sets the path to the property on the object to populate the of the . + Note that it should be a Boolean property path name that is on each data item whose value will be used to determine if the item is selected/checked. + + + The IsSelected member path. + + + + + Gets/Sets the that should be applied when filtering is turned on. + Note: when not set, this will default to a StartsWith filter. + + + + + Gets/Sets the DataTemplate that should be applied to each in the dropdown. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content of each item. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the source object to serve as the visual representation of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the path from which the selected value will be obtained. + + + + + Get or sets the selected value. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected values. + + + + + Gets the collection used to generate the content of the control. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the end user should be allowed to select multiple items at the same time. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether checkboxes should be displayed in the 's dropdown. + + + + + Gets/Sets the char that should be used break up the SelectedItems in the ComboEditorBase + This is only appleid when AllowMultipleSelection is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum delay, in milliseconds, after text is typed + in the text box before the + ComboEditorBase control + populates the list of possible matches in the drop-down. + + + + + Gets/Sets what action should occur when entering data into the combo editor + that doesn't exist in the underlying ItemsSource. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Text that should be displayed when the editor doesn't have anything selected. + + + + + Controls the color that will be applied to the text area when the control is editable. + + + + + Specifies when to display the drop down button. Default is Always. + + + + + Gets a reference to the of the ComboEditorBase. + + + + + Gets the amount of objects in the collection. + + + + + Occurs when the IsDropDownOpen property is changing from true to false. + + + + + Occurs when the IsDropDownOpen property was changed from true to false and the drop-down is closed. + + + + + Occurs when an item is going to be added to the underlying ComboEditorItemCollection of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Occurs when an item is added to the underlying ComboEditorItemCollection of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Occurs when the value of the IsDropDownOpen property is changing from false to true. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the IsDropDownOpen property has changed from false to true and the drop-down is open. + + + + + Occurs when the selection of the ComboEditorBase changes. + + + + + This event is raised, when the ComboEditorBase needs to create a new data object. + + + + + Fired when a property changes on the ComboEditorBase. + + + + + Gets a List of properties that shouldn't be saved when the PersistenceManager goes to save them. + + + + + Gets a List of properties that should be applied, before even trying to look at any other property on the object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the object with the specified data. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the editor will filter the items when it is in edit mode. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether or not the combo should look through the data source while the user is typing, and hilight the rest of the text + that matches with what they are currently typing. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the XamComboEditor should allow the end user to be able to type into the combo, for selection. + Note: this should be set to true, for AllowFilter and AutoComplete to work. + + + + + Gets/Sets whether the DropDown will open when the user starts typing. + + + + + Occurs when the IsDropDownOpen property is changing from true to false. + + + + + Occurs when the IsDropDownOpen property was changed from true to false and the drop-down is closed. + + + + + Occurs when an item is going to be added to the underlying ComboEditorItemCollection of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Occurs when an item is added to the underlying ComboEditorItemCollection of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Occurs when the value of the IsDropDownOpen property is changing from false to true. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the IsDropDownOpen property has changed from false to true and the drop-down is open. + + + + + Occurs when the selection of the ComboEditorBase changes. + + + + + This event is raised, when the ComboEditorBase needs to create a new data object. + + + + + Represents a selection control with a drop-down list of data items that display their associated properties in a multi-column grid like arrangement. The dropdown list can be shown or hidden by clicking the arrow on the control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns a column for the specified . + + A . + A based off of the type of the + + + + Builds the visual tree for the XamMultiColumnComboEditor when a new template is applied. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the object with the specified data. + + + + + + + A DataManager was just created, so this is our chance to look at the data and do any initializing. + + + + + Called before the DropDownOpening event occurs. + + + + + Called when a key is pressed while the ComboEditorBase's textbox has focus. + + Event args that describe the key that was pressed. + + + + Gets/sets whether the columns this should be generated if otherwise not specified. + + + + + Gets the that the owns. + + + + + Gets a collection of objects in the + + + This collection should be used to map a specific data type to a certain Column type for the AutoGeneration of columns + in the . + + + + + Gets/sets whether the columns this should be generated if otherwise not specified. + + + + + Gets/sets an object that will serve as content for the area at the bottom of the dropdown panel. + + + + + + + Gets/sets a DataTemplate that will be used to layout content that will appear at the bottom of the dropdown panel. + + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the control in its template. + + + + + Gets/sets whether a button is displayed in the control's UI that lets the end user reset the list of currently selected items. + + + + + Gets/Sets the Width that will be applied to every in the + + + + + Occurs when the IsDropDownOpen property is changing from true to false. + + + + + Occurs when the IsDropDownOpen property was changed from true to false and the drop-down is closed. + + + + + Occurs when an item is going to be added to the underlying ComboEditorItemCollection of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Occurs when an item is added to the underlying ComboEditorItemCollection of the ComboEditorBase + + + + + Occurs when the value of the IsDropDownOpen property is changing from false to true. + + + + + Occurs when the value of the IsDropDownOpen property has changed from false to true and the drop-down is open. + + + + + Occurs when the selection of the ComboEditorBase changes. + + + + + This event is raised, when the ComboEditorBase needs to create a new data object. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..67cfb69ca07 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ddbbb43cb32 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee8aa8e09e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,444 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamDateTimeInput.v14.2 + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Allows editing of date and/or time based on a mask. + + + + XamDateTimeInput can be used to edit a date and/or time. Based on the value of the + property, it can edit date, time or both date and time. + The following are some example masks:
+
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • + +
  • {date} - Creates a date only mask based on the short date pattern.
  • +
  • {time} - Creates a time only mask based on the short time pattern.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Creates a time only mask based on the long time pattern, which typically includes seconds.
  • +
  • {date} {time} - Creates a date and time mask based on the short date and short time patterns.
  • +
  • mm/dd/yyyy - Creates a date only mask. Note: This mask specifies the exact order of day, month and year explicitly. The underlying + culture settings will not be used to determine the order of day, month and year section.
  • +
+
+ See help for property for a listing of all the supported masks, + including ones that are relevant for date and time. +
+ + By default the current culture settings will be used to determine the format of date and time. + However you can override that by setting the and + properties. If FormatProvider is set then the mask and the + formatting will be based on the settings provided by FormatProvider. Otherwise the formatting will + be based on the current culture. Note: the Format property only controls what gets displayed when + the control is not in edit mode. See for more information. + + + + + + +
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overridden. Initializes the value properties. This synchronizes all the value properties if one of + them is set in xaml since we delay syncrhonization until after initialization in case + other settings in xaml effect how they are synchronized. + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the editor. + + + + + Called when the control receives focus + + + + + + Overridden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Called when the keyboard focus state within the visual tree of this element has changed + + + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + + + + + Called when the mouse enters the element + + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the element + + + + + + Called when the property has been changed + + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with synchronizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + When IsDroppedDown is set, we need to make sure that the editor is in edit mode and if not + enter it into edit mode. That's what this coerce handler does. + + + + + + + + Updates the DropDownButtonVisibility property according to the current state of the editor + and DropDownButtonDisplayMode property setting. + + + + + This method is called when the drop-down list is opened. It raises event. + + + + + + + This method is called when the drop-down list is closed. It raises event. + + + + + + + Returns the default value type of the editor. When the property is not set, this is + the type that the will return. + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether the dropdown should be used to select a date. + + +

By default, the XamDateTimeInput will show a dropdown as long as it it can enter edit mode + and has a date mask - i.e. it will not show if the is set to a time-only + input mask. The AllowDropDown property can be used to prevent the dropdown from being available even when + the editor is used to edit a date. When set to false, the editor will not attempt to show the dropdown + calendar when using the mouse or keyboard.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the resolved value that indicates whether the dropdown should be used to select a date (read-only). + + +

By default, the XamDateTimeInput will show a dropdown as long as it it can enter edit mode + and has a date mask - i.e. it will not show if the is set to a time-only + input mask. The AllowDropDown property can be used to prevent the dropdown from being available even when + the editor is used to edit a date. When set to false, the editor will not attempt to show the dropdown + calendar when using the mouse or keyboard.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the calculated maximum date value for the control + + +

The ComputedMaxDate and are read-only properties that + expose resolved DateTime values from the minimum and maximum properties of the + and is meant to be used from within the template of the editor. The default template contains a + that uses these properties to control its and .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the preferred MinCalendarMode for the XamCalendar within the dropdown of the control. + + +

The ComputedMinCalendarMode is a read only property that returns a + that identifies the smallest date unit that should be available within the + used in the dropdown of the control. For example, when the is set + to a mask that includes days, this property will return Days but if the smallest date unit + in the mask is months (e.g. mm/yyyy), then this property will return Months to indicate the + dropdown should only allow the user to see months and not days. This property is used within the default + template to control the of the contained + .

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the calculated minimum date value for the control + +

The ComputedMinDate and are read-only properties that + expose resolved DateTime values from the minimum and maximum properties of the + and is meant to be used from within the template of the editor. The default template contains a + that uses these properties to control its and .

+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the date portion of the editor's value. + + + + DateValue property returns the date portion of the editor's value. If the + editor's current value is null or has invalid date in it, this property returns + null. + + + Setting this property updates only the date portion of the editor's value. If + the current value is null and the editor is in edit mode, only the date portion + of the editor's content is be updated, leaving the time portion empty. If the + editor is not edit mode and the the current value is null, then setting DateValue + property also sets the Value property to the same DateTime instance. + + + + + + + Specifies when to display the drop down button. Default is MouseOver. + + +

The DropDownButtonDisplayMode determines when the drop down button should be displayed.

+

Note that the drop down button will always be displayed when the editor + is in edit mode.

+
+
+ + + Used for setting the Style of the drop-down button. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + drop-down button displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + Indicates whether the drop down button is currently visible or not. + + + + This property can be used to find out if the drop down button is visible or not. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the drop down is currently open. + + + + IsDropDownOpen returns a value indicating whether the drop down is currently open. + You can set this property to open or close drop down as well. If you set this property + to true and the editor is not in edit mode, it will be put in edit mode. + + + You can also hook into and events + to be notified when the drop-down is opened and closed. + + + + + + + Occurs when the drop-down calendar is opened. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the drop-down calendar is closed. + + + + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f2b8898318 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ba587c0ef13 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ca6a2fe421a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,5550 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamMaskedInput.v14.2 + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the XamMaskedInput. + + + + + Initializes a new + + An array of instances + An array of definitions for the command dictating their required and minimum states + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + The current state of the control + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the command based on the minimum requirements provided for the specified command when the helper was constructed. + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified current control state returned from the ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + The current state of the control + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the commands matching the specified key and modifiers + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Identifies commands. + + + + + Does nothing. NotACommand is always ignored. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the next character. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the next section. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position after the last character. + + + + + Command for setting the pivot at where the caret is currently. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the previous character. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the previous section. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the first character. + + + + + Command for selecting all the characters of the current section. + + + + + Command for selecting all the characters. + + + + + Command for deleting selected text. If nothing is selected then the character at + the current caret position will be deleted. + + + + + Command for performing a 'Backspace' key operation. This command deletes the selected text. If nothing + is selected then the character before the current caret position will be deleted. + + + + + Command for copying the selected text. + + + + + Command for cutting the selected text. + + + + + Command for pasting clipboard contents into the editor. + + + + + Command for undoing last change to the value. + + + + + Command for undoing last change to the value. + + + + + Command for toggling insert mode. + + + + + Command for spinning up the value of the section. + + + + + Command for spinning down the value of the section. + + + + + Command for toggling the drop down state of the XamDateTimeEditor. + + + + + Represents the different states of the MaskedInput control. Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + caret is positioned right before a display char + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the first display char + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the last display char + + + + + the caret is in the first section + + + + + the caret is in the last section + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the first character in a section + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the last character in a section + + + + + the caret is positioned after the last display character + + + + + some text is selected + + + + + Mask has not been initialized, and thus no sections or + display chars collection exists + + + + + the caret is in the first edit section + + + + + the caret is in the last edit section + + + + + State where the editor is not in edit mode. + + + + + State where the editor permits tabbing by sections based on the TabNavigation proeprty. + + + + + Next edit section is a fraction part. + + + + + Current section can be decremented. + + + + + Current section can be incremented. + + + + + Can perform Undo action. + + + + + Can perform Redo action. + + + + + There is an associated dropdown + + + + + The associated dropdown is open + + + + + The associated dropdown is open + + + + + Class for all commands that deal with a and derived editors. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Gets the associated command id. + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the XamMaskedInput. + + + + + Base type for all DisplayCharacter classes. + + + + When XamMaskedInput parses a mask (specified via XamMaskedInput's property), + the result is a collection of + derived classes. Each Section in turn is a collection of display characters. Section's + property returns the display characters of a section. + XamMaskedInput returns the collection of sections via its + property. It also exposes property that returns + a collection of display characters that contains the aggregate display characters from all sections. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified character matches the mask + + Character to match + + + MatchChar method is an abstract method that derived display character classes implement. + This method returns a value indicating whether the specified character matches + this display character. If this method returns False for a character, the user can not enter + that character in the place of this display character. + + + Note: Typically you don't need to use this method directly as the XamMaskedInput will + automatically validate the user input against the specified mask. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that specifies how InputMaskMode is used in deciding whether or not to include the character. + + +

When IncludeMethod is set to Always, the display character will always be included except when it is empty, in which case normal processing takes effect. (The mask is examined to determine whether a prompt character ot a pad character should be used.) If this property is set to Never, it will never be included in the text. The default setting (DisplayCharIncludeMethod.Default) is to look at the InputMaskMode that's being applied to the text and determine which character to use accordingly.

+
+
+ + + Returns the string that will be drawn by this display character. + + + + + Indicates if the character position is an editable position, one that + user can input a character into. The literal characters will return False. + + + + Literal display characters return False from this property where as the display + characters that are place holder for user input return True from this property. + + + + + + Returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty. + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the associated + literal character. + + Set of this property will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it + will throw an exception. + + + + Gets or sets the character associated with this display character. When the user + enters text into the editor, this property is updated with the entered character. + As characters are entered, the caret moves so the next character will capture the + next character user enters. + + + + + + Class that represents an editable position in the mask edit control + + + + This DisplayCharBase derived class is an abstract base class for representing + character positions in the mask that are editable. See for + more information. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Overridden, returns true to indicate that InputPositionBase derivatives + are editable character positions. + + + + + returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the + literal character that will be used in storing the text (if one + of the DataMaskModes is to include literals) + + set will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it will + throw an exception + + + + + Class for matching literal characters. + + + + LiteralChar represents literals in the mask. Literal characters are the characters that the user + can not modify. For example, in the "###-##-####" mask the two occurrences of '-' are literal characters. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + returns true if the character passed in as parameter matches the + the literal this instance represents + + + + + + + returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the + literal character that will be used in storing the text (if one + of the DataMaskModes is to include literals) + + set will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it will + throw an exception + + + + + Class for representing the decimal seperators ('.') in number and currency + sections. + + + + DecimalSeperatorChar is a literal character that separates integer and fraction parts of + a numeric mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the + literal character that will be used in storing the text (if one + of the DataMaskModes is to include literals) + + set will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it will + throw an exception + + + + + Class for matching digits. + + + + DigitChar is a dispaly character that accepts a numeric character (0-9). + Char.IsDigit is used to check if a character is numeric. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c mathces a digit + + + + + + + Class for matching alpha characters [A-Za-z] + + + + AlphaChar is a dispaly character that accepts a alphabetic characters (A-Z and a-z). + Char.IsLetter is used to check if a character is alphabetic character. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Class for matching alpha and digits [A-Za-z0-9]. + + + + AlphanumericChar is a dispaly character that accepts a alpha-numeric characters (A-Z, a-z and 0-9). + Char.IsLetterOrDigit is used to check if a character is alpha-numeric. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Class for matching an arbitrary set of characters. + + + + CharacterSet is a dispaly character that accepts any character that's part of + an arbitrarily defined set. You can specify a character set in the mask using + {char:n:set} mask token where n is number of display characters to create and + set specifies the set of characters that are acceptable. Here is an example + that creates two display characters that accept a, b, c, d, e, f and 0 to 9 + digit characters:
+ "{char:2:abcdef0-9}"
+ The set can include list of arbitrary characters as well as ranges. In above + example, 'abcdef' is arbitrary character list where as 0-9 is a range. Ranges + are inclusize. +
+ + Note: The character sets are case sensitive. If you want to accept both + the upper and lower case of a character, include both the upper and lower case + character in the list. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + +
+
+ + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Class for matching hexadecimal digit. + + + HexDigitChar is a dispaly character that accepts an hexadecimal digit (0-9, A-F and a-f). + to include a hexadecimal character in the mask, use 'h' or 'H' mask character. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Read-only collection that contains derived class instances. + + + + Each section exposes a property that returns the + display characters of that section. The XamMaskedInput's + property also returns a DisplayCharsCollection that contains all the display characters of + all the mask sections in the editor. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use this class as + the XamMaskedInput automatically creates and manages this when it parses the mask. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + + + Clears the collection. + + + + + Returns the associated section object. + + + + + Params 'e' and 'text' are exclusive. + + + + + validates the from section. It returns true to proceed, and false to + cancel the moving of input position from section to to section + + + + + + Calls ValidateSection on all the editable sections and returns + true if all such calls return true. Otherwise it returns false. + + + + + + Calls ValidateSection on all the editable sections and returns + true if all such calls return true. Otherwise it returns false. + + + + + + Indicates if the caretPos is at the start of the selection or the end of the selection + or anywhere in the selection. + + + + + + + Indicates if the specified display char is selected. + + + + + + + This method skips display chars whose GetDrawChar return 0, which can happen when prompt char is 0. + Returns the caretPos of the next display char whose GetDrawChar( ) is not 0. + + + + + + + Indicates whether current section can be incremented or decremented. + + True for incremenet, false for decrement. + Optional - amount by which to increment or decrement. + + + + + Returns the display char at which the input processing should start when some text + is selected and a character is input. + + Overall position of the display char. + + + + If the character being entered does not match the current editable character but the + previous section is a right-to-left section and the character can be input there then + returns the previous section. + + + + + Returns bit flags that signify the current editing state of the control. + + + + + returns true if any text is selected, otherwise false + + + + + indicates if the caret position is after the last char + + + + + indicates if the caret position is at the first char + + + + + Indicates whether to allow the caret to be on a character after the right-most filled display char. + Default value is false. Resolved to true when the PromptChar is set to 0 character. + + + + + Specifies the property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to DisplayErrorMessage. + + + + + Retain value and stay in edit mode. + + + + + Revert value to original value. + + + + + Display an error message and retain value. + + + + + Enum associated with the property of the class. + + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to specify this property or use this enum + directly. The XamMaskedInput will set the associated property automatically based on the + mask. + + + + + + + The section is a left-to-right section. + + + + + The section is a right-to-left section. + + + + + This enumeration is used to specify the value for + property. It dictates how a value of a DisplayChar is included when applying + mask to get the text. + + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to specify this property or use this enum + directly. The XamMaskedInput will set the associated property automatically based on the + mask. + + + + + + + Default is to look at the mask mode in deciding whether to include + or not. + + + + + Always include the DisplayChar + + + + + Never include the DisplayChar + + + + + Used to specify the type of converting is to be done on an input character. + + + + + Unchanged, character will be unchanged + + + + + character will be converted to lower case + + + + + character will be converted to upper case + + + + + Used for specifying the mode to be applied when getting text from a + MaskedInput. + + + + + + + + + + + Raw Data Mode. Only significant characters will be + returned. Any prompt characters or literals will be excluded + from the text. + + + + + (Default) Include Literal Characters. Data and literal characters will + be returned. Prompt characters will be omitted. + + + + + Include Prompt Characters. Data and prompt characters will be + returned. Literals will be omitted. + + + + + Include both Prompt Characters and Literals. Text will be + returned exactly as it appears in the object when a cell is + in edit mode. Data, prompt character and literals will all be + included. + + + + + Include Literals With Padding. Prompt characters will be + converted into pad characters (by default they are spaces, + which are then included with literals and data when text + is returned. + + + + + No sign support in the section, so the section will always contain positive numbers. + + + + + Sign will only be displayed when the value is negative. + + + + + Sign will always be displayed (+ when positive, - when negative). + + + + + Used for specifying XamMaskedInput's property. + + + + + + Tab to the next control + + + + + Tab to the next section or to the next control if focus is in the last section. + + + + + Used for specifying XamMaskedInput's property. + + + + + + + + Select all characters. + + + + + Select entered characters, including intervening empty characters and adjacent literals. + + + + + Used for specifying XamMaskedInput's property. + + + + + + + + Do not auto-fill. + + + + + Auto-fill year. + + + + + Auto-fill month and year. + + + + + Used for specifying the XamMaskedInput's property. + + + + + + Never display the button. + + + + + Always display the button. + + + + + Display the button when the mouse is over. Note that this option will always display + the button when the editor is in edit mode. + + + + + Display the button when the editor is focus. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The editor for which the event is being raised. + The exception associated with the validation error + A string containing the error message associated with the validation error + + + + Gets the associated value editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the invalid value behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets the error message. + + + + + Gets any exception associated with the validation error. + + + + + InvalidOperationEventArgs class for firing InvalidOperation event. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + gets the message associated with an illegal operation user was + trying to perform + + + + + you can set this property to false to prevent the masked edit from + beeping. + + + + + InvalidCharEventArgs class for firing event of the XamMaskedInput. + + + + + + + + Constructor + + Invalid character that was typed + The display character placeholder where the invalid character was typed + + + + Gets the invalid character that the user attempted to input. + + + + + Gets the display character instance where the user attempted to enter the invalid character. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the XamMaskedInput should beep. + + + + + If the current culture requires a non-standard mask for dates (such as in Japan) then + this method inserts a '/' character after the last date section in the mask. This + allows the analyze method to successfully insert the special postfix character after that + last date section. + + A reference to the mask to be analyzed and modified, if appropriate. + + + + A class for applying a mask to data. + + + + ParsedMask parses and stores the parsed mask. It exposes + method for applying the associated mask to the specified data. + + + + + + Constructor. + + The mask + + + + Constructor. + + The mask + The format provider to use to get culture sensitive symbols + + + + Constructor. + + The mask + The format provider to use to get culture sensitive symbols + The prompt character - only applicable when applying mask with certain mask modes. + The prompt character - only applicable when applying mask with certain mask modes. + + + + Applies the mask to the specified data. + + Data to apply the mask to. + Mask mode to use. + String that results from applying mask to the specified data. + + + + Returns the associated mask. + + + + + Returns the associated prompt character. Used only when applying mask with certain mask modes. + + + + + Returns the associated pad character. Used only when applying mask with certain mask modes. + + + + + Interface implemented by ValueInput derived classes that support selecting text. + + + + + Selects all text. + + + + + Gets/sets the starting location of the selected text. + + + + + Gets/sets the length of the selected text. + + + + + Gets/sets the selected text. + + + + + Gets the total length of text in the editor. + + + + + Used inside the template of the + + + + + Constructor. Creates a new instance of class. + + + + + Called when the control recieves focus. + + + + + + Overridden. Called before KeyDown event is raised. + + Key event args. + + + + Called when a mouse button is pressed down. + + + + + Called when the keyboard focus shifts into or out of the visual tree of this element. + + + + + + Overridden. Called to preview key down event. + + Key event args. + + + + Overridden. Called when there is text input in the text box. + + + + + + Gets the value from the owner and sets it on the display chars + collection. + + + If a value indicating whether the value was successfully set. + + + + + Gets the value from the owner and sets it on the display chars + collection. + + + If there's an error (for example the specified value doesn't match the mask), + returns the error information. Otherwise returns null. + + + + + Returns true if in edit mode and the associated control is focused. + + + + + A collection of the edit sections in the edit portion of the control. Each edit section is usually seperated by literal + + + + + Indicates if the control is in design mode. + + + + + Indicates whether this object is equal to the passed in obj. + + + + + + + Rerturns thehas code of the object. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all section classes. + + + + When XamMaskedInput parses a mask (specified via XamMaskedInput's property), + the result is a collection of SectionBase derived classes. Each Section in turn is a collection of display + characters. Section's property returns the display characters of a + section. XamMaskedInput returns the collection of sections via its + property. It also exposes property that returns + a collection of display characters that contains the aggregate display characters from all sections. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + + + Checks if str is a valid string for this section. + Either returns itself or returns a modified string that is to be displayed. + Returns null to indicate that validation failed + + + + + + + Returns the text for this section. + + + + + + Returns the sections collection this section belongs to. + + + + + Returns the display characters of this section. + + + + + Finds the previous section. + + + + + + Returns the previous literal section, skipping any edit sections. + + + + + + Returns the next section. + + + + + + Returns the previous edit section. + + + + + + Returns the next edit section, skipping any literal sections. + + + + + Returns the next literal section, skipping any edit sections. + + + + + LiteralSection class. + + + + A LiteralSection is created for each continous occurrences of literals in the mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + overridden method does nothing + + + + + + Validates the string for this section. + + This method checks to see if the specified string is a valid string for this section. It may modify the specified string in which case the new string will be close to the specified string, but one that matches the section. This method returns False to indicate that validation failed. + string to validate + True if string is valid, false otherwise + + + + Abstract base class for non-literal sections. + + + + EditSectionBase is a base class for all editable sections. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Returns character in DisplayChars collection at index. + + index of char to display + character at position or null if not found. + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Validates the section + + This method is usually invoked when the input position is being removed from the section. It returns True if an appropriate value has been input in the section. This function may modify the values of display characters. + + + + + Validates the section. + + + This method is usually invoked when the input position is being removed from the section. It returns True if an appropriate value has been input in the section. This function may modify the values of display characters. + + Whether the implementation should modify the contents. + + + + + Returns whether editing is left-to-right or right-to-left. + + + + + This is an edit section that can contain an arbitrary list of editable display characters. + + + + DisplayCharsEditSection is created for each group of consecutive editable characters in the mask. + Note that this section is create for editable characters that do not have their own special sections + associated with. For example, "mm", "dd", and "yyyy" have , + and associated with them so for these the + DisplayCharsEditSection is not created. However for other mask characters for which there are + no special sections associated with them, this object will be created for a group of continuous + edit mask character in the mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Checks if str is a valid string for this section. + Either returns itself or returns a modified string that is to be displayed. + Returns false to indicate that validation failed + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise. + + + + checks to see if the so far input chars in the section + satisfy the input requirement for the section + + Whether or not to allow content modification + True if valid, false otherwise. + + + + indicates whether this section is a right-to-left edit section (number section) + or a left-to-right (regular edit sections) + + + + + A number section that will edit from right to left. + + + + DisplayCharsEditSection is created for each group of consecutive editable characters in the mask. + Note that this section is create for editable characters that do not have their own special sections + associated with. For example, "mm", "dd", and "yyyy" have , + and associated with them so for these the + DisplayCharsEditSection is not created. However for other mask characters for which there are + no special sections associated with them, this object will be created for a group of continuous + edit mask characters in the mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Overridden. Throws an InvalidOperationException exception + since this function is invalid for a number section + + + + + + + + Returns true if string str matches the mask associated with this section + + string to validate + true if valid, false otherwise + + + + if the input in this section matches the mask. + + Whether or not modifications are allowed + true if valid, false otherwise + + + + Creates display chars associated with this edit section to the passed + in displayChars collection. + + + + + Returns the associated fraction part. + + + + + Returns true if there's an associated fraction part and it's not empty. + + + + + min value for this section + + + + + max value for this section + + + + + Returns true if the only character filled in the number section is either '+' or '-'; + + + + + overridden. returns RightToLeft to indicate that this section + is to be edited right-to-left + + + + + Month section part of a date mask. + + + + MonthSection represents the month portion of a date mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Day section part of a date mask. + + + + DaySection represents the day portion of a date mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Year section of a date mask. + + + + YearSection represents the year portion of a date mask. The section can be two digits year section + or four digits year section. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + indicates if year section is 4 digits or 2 digits + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Hour section of a time mask. + + + + HourSection represents the hour portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Class for AM-PM section of a time mask. + + + + AMPMSection represents the AM/PM portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Overridden + + + + + Minute section of a time mask. + + + + MinuteSection represents minute portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Second section of a time mask. + + + + SecondSection represents second portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Edit section implementation for a fraction part. + + + + FractionPart represents the fraction part of a numeric mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection. + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Trims zeros at the end of the input. + + + + + ValidateString. + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Number of digits in this fraction part. + + + + + Returns whether editing is left-to-right or right-to-left. + + + + + Edit section implementation for a fraction part. + + + + FractionPartContinous represents the fraction part of a numeric mask. This differs from + in that this section will allow digits entered into the fraction + part to flow into the integer part as the fraction part gets filled up. This allows for + convenient entering of values without having to enter the '.' character. You specify + this kind of fraction section in the mask using "{double:-n.m:c}" mask token where 'n' + is the number of digits in integer portion, 'm' the number of digits in the fraction portion + and 'c' for continous fraction part. See the associated entry in the table of masks + in the Masks topic for more information. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedInput will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + ValidateSection. + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Returns whether editing is left-to-right or right-to-left. + + + + + Read-only collection that contains derived class instances. + + + + XamMaskedInput creates this collection when it parses its mask. XamMaskedInput's + property returns this collection. + See for more information. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use this class as + the XamMaskedInput automatically creates and manages this when it parses the mask. + + + + + + + + + Abstract base class for text based value editors. + + + + TextInputBase class is an abstract base class from which text based + value editors derive. + + + + + + An abstract base class that provides functionality for displaying or edit values. + + +

The ValueInput exposes and properties that return + the current value and the text representation of that value respectively. The is + used to convert between the Value and Text.

+

The ValueInput supports being put into edit mode. When in edit mode, the of the control + can be changed by the end user. The can be set to a + instance to provide constraints such as minimum and maximum values that can be used to limit what is considered a valid value for the + control. The ValueConstraint's property can be used to specify if the control will accept a null entry. The + property determines how the control should behave when it is exiting edit mode and the current value is not valid.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Overridden. Called when the control receives focus. + + + + + + Called when the keyboard focus shifts into or out of the visual tree of this element. + + + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + The event arguments + +

+ ValueInput overrides this method to give focus to the editor and enter edit mode + if necessary in response to left mouse button down. +

+
+
+ + + Called when a property value has changed + + + + + + Raises event. + + Event arguments. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the AlwaysValidate property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the AlwaysValidate property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when Value property changes or the contents of the editor changes. + + + + + + Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. The default + implementation performs type conversions therefore you should call the base implementation + to ensure proper type conversions are performed. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property 'Text' changes + + + + + Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. The default + implementation does nothing. + + The text to coerce + Coerced value + + + The default implementation simply returns the value of parameter. + The derived editors can override this method to provide editor specific coersion logic. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the ValueType property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValueType property to its default value. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called when the value of ValueType property changes. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + This method is called whenever the ValueConstraint or one of its properties changes. + + Null if the ValueConstraint itself changed or + the name of the property that changed. + + + + Returns true if the ValueConstraint property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValueConstraint property to its default value of null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the InvalidValueBehavior property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the InvalidValueBehavior property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when the property has been changed + + + + + Returns true if the IsReadOnly property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the IsReadOnly property to its default value of false. + + + + + Identifies the key for the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the FormatProvider property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FormatProvider property to its default value of null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the Format property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Format property to its default value of null. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Determines if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ CanEditType method indicates if the editor natively supports editing values + of specified type. Typically there is no need to call this method. It's used + by the value editor infrastructure. +

+

+ Note: CanEditType does not indicate what types can be set on the + property. ValueType property can be set to + any type as long as there is conversion logic for converting between the native + data type of the editor and that type. For example, + natively supports editing string type only. However its ValueType can be set to + Double or DateTime or any type as long as the editor can convert between string + and that data type. ValueType can even be set to a custom type. You can provide + custom conversion logic using + and properties. +

+
+
+ + + Determines if the editor natively supports displaying of values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports displaying values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ CanRenderType method indicates if the editor natively supports displaying values + of specified type. Typically there is no need to call this method. It's used + by the value editor infrastructure. +

+

+ See for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Indicates whether the desired width or the height of the editor is based on the value. + + Orientation of the extent being evaluated. Horizontal indicates the width and vertical indicates the height. + True if the extent is based on the value. + +

+ This method is used by the Infragistics internal infrastructure to determine if an editor's + desired size changes based on the value of the editor. For example, XamCheckEditor returns + False for both orientation since its width and height both are not related to its value. + Whether the value of a XamCheckEditor is True or Flase, it will be the same width and height. + XamTextEditor on the other hand returns True for the horizontal orientation since since + the desired size depends on the current value in the editor. It returns True or False + for the vertical dimension based on whether wrapping is turned on or off respectively. +

+
+
+ + + Validates the current value of the editor and initializes the + property based on the results of the value validation. + + + + ValueInput automatically validates the value whenever it changes and therefore typically + it should not be necessary to call this method. However there may be times when you may + want to force the value to be re-validated, for instance when the external validation + criteria changes. This is especially useful when you are overriding the + virtual method to provide custom logic + for the value validation. The ValueInput will update the + property to reflect whether the value is valid or not. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified value would be considered to be valid by the editor + based on implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + + Value to check if it's valid. + If the value is invalid, this is set to an exception containing appropriate error message. + True if the specified value is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateValue method is used to determine if a value is valid or not based + on the implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + Implicit value constraints are , + etc... and explicit constraints are specified + via property. + + + + + + + + Called from OnInitialized to provide the derived classes an opportunity to + perform appropriate initialization tasks. OnInitialized implementation enters + the editor into edit mode at the end if AlwaysInEditMode is true. This method + is called before that. + + + + + Gets the focus site of the editor. + + FrameworkElement in the template of the editor that is to receive focus. + + + + Initializes the value properties. This synchronizes all the value properties if one of + them is set in xaml since we delay syncrhonization until after initialization in case + other settings in xaml effect how they are synchronized. + + + + + Called when starting edit mode to copy the Content propety value into the property. + + The default implementation just sets the without any coersions. + + + + Called when the focus site changes. + + + + + + + Called when the dropdown is opened or closed + + + + + Called when the focus is moved into or out of this editor. + + + + + Processes the key down event. Default implementation does nothing. + This class overrides OnKeyDown and performs some default processing and + then calls this method if further key down processing is to be done. + Derived classes are intended to override this method instead of OnKeyDown. + + Key event args. + + + + Called when ending edit mode and not accepting the changes. + + + + The default implementation just sets the Value to without any coersions. + + + See for more information on how OriginalValue gets useed. + + + + + + + Validates the focus site. Returns true if the focus site is acceptable. + + The focus site to validate. + If the foucs site is invalid then this out parameter will be assigned relevant error message. + True if the focus site is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateFocusSite method is called to ensure the element named PART_FocusSite in the control + template is a valid focus site for the value editor. The default implementation ensures + that the focus site is either a FrameworkElement or FrameworkContentElement. Derived + value editors can override this method to further constraint what the focus site can be. + + + + + + + Validates the current value of the editor. This method is called by the editor to perform + editor specific validation of the current value. + + True if the value is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateCurrentValue method is called by the editor to determine if the current + value of the editor is valid or not. It uses this method to update the value of + property. The derived editors can override this method to + perform editor specific validations. + + + If the value entered by the user is invalid then the editor will take action based + on the setting of property when the user attempts + to leave the editor. + + + + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Begins synchronization of value properties (Value, Text, DisplayText, SelectedItem etc...). + This method suspends raising of any value property changed notifications since they all need + to be raised after all the value properties are synced. You need to use RaiseValuePropertyChangedEvent + method to raise value property change notification that need to be delayed in this manner. + + + + + When a context menu is opened or a drop-down is opened that takes the focus away from the editor, + the editor should still be considered logically to be in edit mode or focused. This method is + used to keep track of any such states that cause the editor to be considered in edit mode regardless + of the focus status. + + + + + + + Ends synchronization of value properties and raises any pending value property change + notifications. See for more info. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the value of the editor has changed since entering edit mode. + + If true then checks if the original value and the + current value are the same and if so returns false. + True if the value has changed, false otherwise. + + + + Raises the specified value property change notification. If value property synchronization + is in progress, delays raising of the event until the syncrhonization is complete. + + + + + + Initializes the variables used to cache the dependency property values by + getting the dependency property metadata for this object and getting DefaultValue + of that metadata for the respective property. + + + + + Converts the specified text to the value type using the . + This method is typically called to convert the text modified by the user back to the ValueType. + + The text to convert. + This out parameter will be set to the converted value. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if conversion succeeds, False otherwise. + +

+ ConvertTextToValue is used to convert text into an object of type specified by + property. This method is typically used to + convert the user input in the form of text to the value that gets returned + from the property. Value property returns objects + of type specified by ValueType property. +

+

+ For example, if the ValueType property of a is set to DateTime type, + and the user types in "1/1/07", this method will get called to convert that text value + into a DateTime object. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need for you to call this method directly as this method is + automatically called by the ValueInput itself to perform the necessary conversions between text and value. +

+

+ Note: If you want to override the default conversion logic for converting between text and value, + set the and + properties. +

+
+
+ + + Converts the specified value to text using the . + This method is used to display the value of the editor when the editor is in edit mode. + + The value to convert. + This out parameter will be set to the converted text. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if conversion succeeds, False otherwise. + +

+ ConvertValueToText is used to convert value to text. This method is typically used to + convert the value of the editor (as specified by the property) + into text that the user can edit when the editor enters edit mode. When not in edit mode, + method is used to convert value + to text that gets displayed in the editor. The property's return value + corresponds to the text that this method converts where as the + property's return value corresponds to the text that ConvertValueToDisplayText method converts. +

+

+ Note that DisplayText and ConvertValueToDisplayText methods are defined on + class. This is because display text conversions are only applicable for text based editors, all of which + derive from TextInputBase. +

+

+ As an example, the ValueType property of a is set to DateTime type, + and the property is set to a "01/01/2007" DateTime instance. + This method gets called to convert that DateTime value to a string when the user enters + edit mode. When the editor is not in edit mode, + is used. The difference between this method and ConvertValueToDisplayText is that the + ConvertValueToDisplayText will take into account + and property settings where as ConvertValueToText will not. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need for you to call this method directly as this method is + automatically called by the ValueInput itself to perform the necessary conversions between value + and text. +

+

+ Note: If you want to override the default conversion logic for converting between value and text, + set the and + properties. +

+
+
+ + + Called when a property value has changed + + The event arguments + + + + Validates the current value and updates the IsValueValid property accordingly. However + note that this doesn't raise any events or display error messages. It simply checks if the + current value is valid and based on that updates the IsValueValid property. + + + + + Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Occurs when the user attempts to leave the editor with an invalid value. + + + + The editor validates the user input when the user attempts to leave the control + after modifying the value of the editor. EditModeValidationError event is raised + if the modified value is invalid. The editor considers a value invalid if the entered + text can not be parsed into or it does not satisfy all the + constraints specified by the . + + + See and for more information. + + + + + + + + + + Read-only. Gets the resolved value of the property. + + + + + Returns the culture info resolved from format provider setting and then from the language setting. + + + + + Returns the resolved format provider. + + + + + Returns the value of _initialized flag. + + + + + Resolved converter used for converting editor value to editor text. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to validate the editor's value even if the user doesn't modify the value. Default value + is False where the editor only validates the value if the user modifies it. + + + + By default the editor validates the value only if the user has modified it, even if the editor's value is + invalid. If the user doesn't modify the value and tries the leave the editor with invalid value that the + editor was initialized with, no validation takes place. You can change this behavior by setting + AlwaysValidate to true, where the editor will + take validation action based on the property setting as long as the + editor's value is invalid, regardless of whether the the user has modified it or not. + + + As an example, let's say ValueConstraint on the editor had MinLength constraint set to 5. The editor is + initialized with string value "a", which doesn't meet the MinLength of 5 constraint. The editor's + IsValueValid would be false, since the current value doesn't meet the value constraint. If the + user tries to leave the editor without modifying the value, by default the editor will not take any + validation action and prompt the user of invalid value. However if you set AlwaysValidate to + true, the editor will take validation action. Note that if the user modifies the value, then + the editor will validate regardless of this property setting. + + + + + + + + + + Returns + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the editor. + + + + The property specifies the type of values returned and expected + by the Value property. For example, if you set the ValueType to + Decimal then the Value property will return decimal values. The user input will + be converted to Decimal before returning from Value property. The + property on the other hand always returns the text representation of the value. + + + Note: Setting the Value property will also update the property. + + + Note: As the user enters/modifies the contents of the , the + and Value properties will be synchronously updated to reflect the current + contents. If the user input can not be parsed into the associated , the Text + property will be updated however the Value property will retain last parsed value. In such + a case, the property will return false indicating that the user input + is invalid. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when Value property changes or the user modifies the contents of the editor. + + + + ValueChanged event is raised when the property is changed or + the user modifies the contents of the editor. When the user modifies the contents of + the editor, the Value property is updated to reflect the new content. However the + editor may fail to update the Value property if the new contents of the editor can + not be prased into the . For example if the ValueType is + set to a numeric type like Double and the user enters a non-numeric value then the + entered value can not be parsed into a Double. Therefore the Value property will not + be updated. However the ValueChanged event will still be raised. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the editor as text. + + + + Setting the Text property will also update the Value property. If the + new text can not be parsed into the value type () then the + Value property will not be updated. + + + Note: As the user enters/modifies contents, the Text and Value properties will + be synchronously updated to reflect the current contents. If the user input can not be + parsed into the value type, the Text property will be updated however the Value property + will retain last parsed value. However in such a case + property will return False indicating that the user input is invalid. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when property 'Text' changes + + + + TextChanged event is raised when the property is changed or + the user modifies the contents of the editor. When the user modifies the contents of + the editor, the Text property is updated to reflect the new content. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of values that this editor manipulates. + + + + ValueType specifies the type of values that this editor manipulates. The + Value property will return objects of this type. Also the user input will be + validated accordingly as well. That is when the user enters some text, the text + will be parsed into an object of this type. If parsing fails then the input + is considered invalid. If parsing succeeds, the property is + updated with the parsed value. + + + You can use the property to find out if the current + input is valid. For the input to be considered valid, the editor must be able to + parse the input text into an object of ValueType and it must satisfy + any constraints specified via this property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the type of values that this editor manipulates. + + + This property is exposed so that the type can be specified in xaml such that the same string will result in the appropriate type being resolved in in both SL and WPF. + In addition to being able to resolve fully qualified type names this property supports short names for the common types, e.g. 'DateTime', 'Int32', as well as their corresponding nullable types, e.g. 'DateTime?', 'Int32?', 'Double?' etc. + Note: this property is ignored if is specified + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value type. + + + Note: the resolution order is as follows. if the property is set it takes precedence. Otherwise, if the is specified an attempt is made to resolve the type. Finally the default type for the editor is used. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the constraints for editor input. Default value is null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is null. You must set + the property to an instance of object. + + + ValueConstraint is used to limit what the user can input into the editor. + More accurately, the editor will consider user input invalid if it doesn't + satisfy one or more criteria specified by the ValueConstraint. The + property can be used to find out if editor considers + current value valid. + + + When an invalid value is entered into the editor, there are behavioral implications + based on various settings. For example, by default the editor doesn't exit edit mode + when the current input is invalid. The action taken by the editor can be controlled + using the property. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies what action to take when the user attempts to leave the editor with an invalid value. + + + + InvalidValueBehavior specifies what action to take when the user tries to leave + the editor after entering an invalid value. + + + There are various ways a value in the editor can be considered invalid by the editor. + If the entered text can not be parsed into an object of type specified by + property, then the value is considered invalid. For + example, if the ValueType is set to Int32 or any other numeric type and the user + enteres a non-numeric text then the text can not be parsed into the value type. As a result + the editor will consider the input invalid. + + + Another way the value can be considered invalid is if the entered value can not satisfy + constraints specified by object. For example, if + is specified as 10 and the value entered is 8 + then the value does not satisfy the constraints and thus will be considred invalid. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the converter used for converting between text and value. + + + + The conversions between the 'string' and the ValueType by default are done using + built in conversion logic. You can override the conversion logic by setting the + ValueToDisplayTextConverter and . + ValueToTextConverter is used when the editor is in edit mode where as + ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + Note: An editor can edit values of types other than 'string'. For example, a XamTextEditor + can edit values of types DateTime. You can specify the type of values being edited + by the editor using the property. + + + Although the built-in default conversion logic should be sufficient for + most situations, you may want make use of this functionality to provide + custom logic for converting user input into value type object. Examples + where this would be needed are if you are editing custom objects where the + built-in conversion logic would not know how to convert text into custom + object type. Or you want to support entering certain symbols in the text + that signify certain aspect of the value - for example you want 'k' in '2k' + to be interpreted as 1000 magnitude, or +1d to be interpreted as tomorrow's + date when editing DateTime. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the current value of the editor is valid. + + + + This property can be used to find out if the current value of the editor is valid. + Value is considered valid if it can be coerced into a object + and it satisfies constraints specified by object. + + + When the user input can not be parsed into an object of type ValueType, the + property will return the last valid value. However the + property will return the user input. + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the content has changed while in edit mode (read-only). + + + + Note that this property is reset to False when the editor leaves edit mode. + It's meant to be valid while the editor is in edit mode. When not in edit mode, + this property will return False. + + + + + + + + + If the editor's value is invalid, returns error information regarding why it's invalid. + + + + When the editor's value is invalid, property returns + false. To get the error information regarding why the value is invalid, use the + property which returns an instance + class. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the user can delete all the contents of the value editor. Default is true. + + + + IsNullable indicates to the editor that null editor value (empty contents) + is considered a valid input. Invalid inputs are handled by + property settings. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to modify the value in the editor. Default value is false. + + + + If IsReadOnly is set to True the user will not be allowed to modify the + value of the editor. However note that you will still be able to modify the value of + the editor in code via for example its property. + The default value of this property is False. + + + + + + Gets the original value while in edit mode (read-only) + + + + The OriginalValue property keeps track of the original value when the user + enters the editor. This is used to revert back to the original value if the user + decides to cancel the edit operation. + + + + + + + Specifies format provider used for converting between value and text. + + + + FormatProvider is used to convert between text and the value. The editor + will use this along with property setting to convert the value + to text for display purposes. Note that when editing, only the FormatProvider will + be used and the Format property will be ignored. This is to facilitate easier + editing of values without the clutter of formatting symbols. + + + The default behavior can be changed by providing custom conversion logic using + and + properties. + + + Note: FormatProvider property is of type IFormatProvider interface. IFormatProvider + is implemented by CultureInfo object therefore this property can be set to an instance of + CultureInfo. You can also use DateTimeFormatInfo or NumberFormatInfo as these + implement the interface as well. + + + + + + + + + Specifies format used for converting between value and text. + + + See property for more information. + + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + DefaultValueToTextConverter returns a value converter that provides the default + logic for converting between value and text. Derived editor classes can override + this property to return editor specific conversion logic. If you want to provide + custom conversion logic, use the + and properties. + + + + + + Returns the default value type of the editor. When the property is not set, this is + the type that the will return. + + + + + Returns the element that is to revieve keyboard focus when the editor is focused. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overridden. Called from OnInitialized to provide the derived classes an opportunity to + perform appropriate initialization tasks. OnInitialized implementation enters + the editor into edit mode at the end if AlwaysInEditMode is true. This method + is called before that. + + + + + Overridden. Called when a property value has changed. + + The event arguments. + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + DisplayText property key. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the NullText property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the NullText property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Converts the specified display text to the value type using the . + + The display text to convert. + This out parameter will be set to the converted value. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if conversion succeeds, False otherwise. + +

+ ConvertDisplayTextToValue is used to convert display text into an object of type specified by + property. This method is typically not used by the editor + itself, however other controls utilizing the editor can call this method to convert display text + into the value that gets returned from the property. Value + property returns objects of type specified by ValueType property. +

+

+ NOTE: This method will only succeed if has been + specified to a converter that can successfully parse the display text into the value. If + ValueToDisplayTextConverter has not been specified, then the framework parsing methods + will be used in which case the success of this method depends on whether these methods can correctly + parse the display text. +

+

+ As an example of parsing display text, if the ValueType property of a is set + to DateTime type, and the display text parameter is specified as "01/01/07", this method will return + the DateTime object that represents that date. Conversion will be done based on the editor's + FormatProvider property and if its not specified then the current language or culture setting. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need for you to call this method directly. This method is meant + to be used to perform necessary conversions between display text and value by external controls like + the data presenter, which for example uses this to convert texts being pasted into cells into cell + values. +

+

+ Note: If you want to override the default conversion logic for converting between text + and value, set the and + properties. +

+
+
+ + + Converts the specified value to display text using the ValueToDisplayTextConverterResolved. + Returns true if the conversion succeeds. This method is used to display the value of the editor + when the editor is not in edit mode. + + The value to convert. + This will be set to the converted text. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if success, false otherwise. + +

+ See remarks section of method for more information. +

+
+
+ + + This is called to drop down the drop-down when the editor is entered into edit mode + as a result of a mouse click. When the editor enters edit mode, its template cannot + toggle the drop down because the template is switched from edit to render template. + This interferes with framework mouse processing and prevents the drop-down buttons to + from receiving clicks. Therefore we have to do it manually. This method is for that. + + + + + + Synchronizes the DisplayText property with the value. + + + + + Overridden. Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + The event args. + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + DefaultValueToDisplayTextConverter returns a value converter that provides the default + logic for converting between value and display text. Derived editor classes can override + this property to return editor specific conversion logic. If you want to provide + custom conversion logic, use the + and properties. + + + + + Returns the display text. Note that display text is only used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + + + The text to display when the value of the editor is null and the editor is not in edit mode. + The default value is empty string. + + + + Note that the NullText does not specify whether the user is allowed to enter null values + into the editor. For that, use the property. + + + + + + Specifies the converter used for converting between display text and value. + + + + The conversions between the 'string' and the ValueType by default are done using + built in conversion logic. You can override the default conversion logic by setting the + ValueToDisplayTextConverter and . + ValueToTextConverter is used when the editor is in edit mode where as + ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + Note: An editor can edit values of types other than 'string'. For example, a XamTextEditor + can edit values of types DateTime. You can specify the type of values being edited + by the editor using the property. + + + For most situations the default conversion logic along with the + and format properties should be sufficient in providing various + formatting capabilities. + + + Although the built-in default conversion logic should be sufficient for + most situations, you may want make use of this functionality to provide + custom logic for converting value into display text. Examples where this + would be needed are if you want to present a value like tomorrow and + yesterday's dates as date as words 'Tomorrow' and 'Yesterday' respectively, + or apply any kind of custom formatting that could not be specified using + and property settings. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resolved converter used for converting editor value to editor display text. + + + + + + + A class with helper routines. + + + + + Returns true if the item exists in the specified enumerable. + + + + + + + + XamGrid sets EditUtilities.IsInEditMode attached property on the cell element. This is used to indicate + whether the editor should validate input. + + + + + Gets an error message to display when user input fails to be converted to the specified + target type. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified val is double or float and infinity or NaN. + + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the mouse position associated with the specified + mouse event args is inside the specified element. + + + + + + + + Determines if a given System.Type is a numeric type. + + The System.Type to test. + True if the type is a numeric type. + + + + Returns true if the specified val is null, DBNull, empty string, or DependencyProperty.UnsetValue. + + Value to test + + + + An observable collection that allows you to specify a delegate for validating items being + added to the collection. + + + + + + A converter that converts HorizontalAlignment to TextAlignment. + + + + + Used as TypeConverter attribute on PadChar and PromptChar properties of the XamMaskedInput. + + + + + Returns true if the source type is string. False otherwise. + + + + + + + + Returns true if destination type is char. False otherwise. + + + + + + + + Returns the first character of the value which must be a string. If length is greater than 1, + raises an exception. If length is 0, returns character of value 0. + + + + + + + + + Converts value which must be a character to string. If character of value 0 is specified, returns empty string. + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Used for specifying which constraints should be applied to the input value of the + method. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the implicit constraints imposed by the pseudo-datatype supplied by the + property should be enforced during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the implicit constraints imposed by the Type argument to the + + method should be enforced during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that all constraints, both implicit and explicit, should be applied during validation. + + + + + Used to specify how the class should validate a value. Each of these + values represents a data type which has implicit constraints, such as a minimal value, etc. Those + constraints are used by the method to enforce data validity. + + + + + Represents an unrecognized or unspecified type. + + + + + Represents a value which can either be true or false. Corresponds to System.Boolean. + + + + + Represents a signed byte. Corresponds to System.SByte. + + + + + Represents a date and time. Corresponds to System.DateTime. + + + + + Represents a high precision floating point value. Corresponds to System.Decimal. + + + + + Represents a high magnitude floating point value. Corresponds to System.Double. + + + + + Represents a floating point value. Corresponds to System.Single. + + + + + Represents a signed 16 bit integral value. Corresponds to System.Int16. + + + + + Represents a signed 32 bit integral value. Corresponds to System.Int32. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral value. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose maximal value is -1, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose minimal value is 0, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose maximal value is 0, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose minimal value is -1, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents textual data. Corresponds to System.String. + + + + + Represents a length of time. Corresponds to System.TimeSpan. + + + + + Represents an unsigned byte value. Corresponds to System.Byte. + + + + + Represents an unsigned 16 bit number. Corresponds to System.UInt16. + + + + + Represents an unsigned 32 bit number. Corresponds to System.UInt32. + + + + + Represents an unsigned 64 bit number. Corresponds to System.UInt64. + + + + + Represents a Uniform Resource Identifier. Corresponds to System.Uri. + + + + + Contains various constraints that can be applied to a data value. + + + + ValueConstraint object contains various properties that you can set to create constraints + for data values. The ValueConstraint will check to see if a data value matches all the + constraints. + + + class exposes property + that is of this object type. ValueInput's ValueConstraint property can be + used to constraint what values the user can input in the editors. See + for more information. + + + You can use the ValueConstraint directly to validate a value by calling its + or one of the other overloads. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of class without any constraints. + + + + + Creates a new instance of ValueConstraint. + + returns the new instance. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the Enumeration property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Enumeration property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the FixedValue property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FixedValue property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxExclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxExclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxInclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxInclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxLength property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxLength property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MinExclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MinExclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MinInclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MinInclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MinLength property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MinLength property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the Nullable property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Nullable property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the RegexPattern property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the RegexPattern property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the ValidateAsType property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValidateAsType property to its default state. + + + + + Returns the System.Type object which corresponds to the argument. + + The psuedo-data type for which the corresponding CLR Type is needed. + + + + Returns a value which represents the argument. + + A Type object for which the corresponding ValidateAsType is needed. + + + + Copies the state of the argument into this object. + + The ValueConstraint to copy the state of. + Pass false if the 'enumeration' field should not be copied. + + + + Copies the state of the argument into this object. + + The ValueConstraint to copy the state of. + + + + Copies constraint settings from the source ValueConstraint to the target (i.e. the instance on which this method was invoked). + Only constraint settings which have default values on the target will be assigned values from the source. + Only constraint settings specified by the 'constraintFlags' flags argument will be copied. + Note, this method does not copy the ValidateAsType property. + + A ValueConstraint object which contains constraint settings to be copied. + A bit flag which specifies the constraint settings to be copied. + + + + Copies constraint settings from the source ValueConstraint to the target (i.e. the instance on which this method was invoked). + Only constraint settings which have default values on the target will be assigned values from the source. + Note, this method does not copy the ValidateAsType property. + + A ValueConstraint object which contains constraint settings to be copied. + + + + Resets all of the constraint settings in this object to their initial (not set) state + which are specified in the 'constraintFlags' bit flag argument. + Note, this method does not reset the ValidateAsType property. + + A bit flag which specifies which constraint settings to reset. + + + + Resets all of the constraint settings in this object to their initial (not set) state. + Note, this method does not reset the ValidateAsType property. + + + + + Returns true if the argument is considered valid with regards to the current constraint settings. + + + The data value to validate. + + + A Type object representing the data type which the 'dataValue' should be validated as. + + + A bit flag which indicates which constraints to apply during validation. + + + An IFormatProvider used when converting values to and from strings. + + + A format string to use when converting values to and from strings. + + + If the data value is invalid, this out param will reference an error message. + + Returns true if the input value satisfies all of the applicable constraints set on this object, else false. + + + + Returns true if the argument is considered valid with regards to the current constraint settings. + + + The data value to validate. + + + A Type object representing the data type which the 'dataValue' should be validated as. + + + A bit flag which indicates which constraints to apply during validation. + + Returns true if the input value satisfies all of the applicable constraints set on this object, else false. + + + + Returns true if the argument is considered valid with regards to the current constraint settings. + This overload uses All. + + + The data value to validate. + + + A Type object representing the data type which the 'dataValue' should be validated as. + + Returns true if the input value satisfies all of the applicable constraints set on this object, else false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the FractionDigits property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FractionDigits property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the TotalDigits property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the TotalDigits property to its default state. + + + + + Gets/sets an object implementing which contains a list of value options. + Note, this property defaults to a null (Nothing) value. + + + + Enumeration constraints data value to be one of the elements that are part of the enumeration. + In other words the value being validated by this ValueConstraint object will not be considered + valid if the value is not part of this enumeration. + + + Note: The Enumeration is IEnumerable interface type. Therefore it can be set to any object + that implements this interface, including Array, ArrayList etc... + + + + + + Returns true if the list is not null. + + + + + Gets/sets the value which the constrained value must be equal to. + + + + If FixedValue is set then the data value being validated must be equal to this property's value. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the value that will constraint the data value to be less than it. + + + + The data value being validated must be less than the MaxExclusive. It can not be the same as + MaxExclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum value which the constrained value is allowed to be. + + + + The data value being validated must be less than or equal to the MaxInclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum length (inclusive) allowed for the constrained value. + This constraint applies to values of type 'string'. + The default value is 0, which means that there is no limit. + + + + MaxLength constraint will ensure that the data value being validated has + a length that's less than or equal the value of this property. + + + Note: If the data value being validated is not a string object then it + will be converted to string before performing this validation. + + + + + + Returns true if the property has a value greater than 0. + + + + + Gets/sets the value that will constraint the data value to be greater than it. + + + + The data value being validated must be greater than the MinExclusive. It can not be the same as + MinExclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum value which the constrained value is allowed to be. + + + + The data value being validated must be greater than or equal to the MinInclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum length (inclusive) allowed for the constrained value. + This constraint applies to values of type 'string'. + The default value is 0, which means there is no minimum length constraint. + + + + MinLength constraint will ensure that the data value being validated has + a length that's greater than or equal the value of this property. + + + Note: If the data value being validated is not a string object then it + will be converted to string before performing this validation. + + + + + + Returns true if the property has a value greater than 0. + + + + + Gets/sets a flag which indicates if the constrained value is allowed to be null (Nothing). + Default value of this property is null which is to allow null values. + + + + Nullable property if set to False constraints the value to be non-null. The value must not + be one of null (Nothing in VB) or DBNull. + + + If the ValueConstraint object is associated with an editor's + property, Nullable indicates if the user is allowed to delete all the contents of the editor. + If Nullable is set to False then the user is not allowed to delete all the contents. The user must + enter a value in the editor. + + + + + + Returns true if the property returns a non-default value. + + + + + Gets/sets the regular expression to which the constrained value must adhere. + + + + RegexPattern validates the data value against a regular expression pattern. The value + must match this patter for it be considered valid. + + + Here are some examples of regular expressions:
+
    +
  • \d* - the text must be zero or more digits
  • +
  • \d+ - the text must be one or more digits
  • +
  • [a-d]+ - the text must be one or more instances of a, b, c, d characters
  • +
  • \d{3}-?\d{3}-?\d{4} - U.S. phone number pattern where '-' are optional
  • +
+
+ + See .NET class for more information + on the syntax of regular expressions. The Regex class is used to perform the matching. + + + Note: If the data value being validated is not a string object then it + will be converted to string before performing this validation. + +
+
+ + + Returns true if the is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the value which the method should + use to constrain the input value. By default this value is set to Unknown. + + + + + Returns true if any of the constraint properties are set on this object or if the ValidateAsType + property is set to something other than 'Unknown'. + + + + + Currently this is not being used. + + + + + Currently this is not being used. + + + + + Raised whenever a property's value changes. + + + + + Contains error information regarding why a value is invalid. + + + + When an editor value is invalid, editor's property returns + false. To get the error information regarding why the value is invalid, use the editor's + property which returns an instance of this class. + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Exception if any. + + + + Error message indicating why the value is invalid. + + + + + Returns the exception if any that caused validation error. + + + + + Handles null and empty string values. + + Whether converting back. + Value to convert. + Type to convert the value to. + Optional - can be null. + This will be assigned the converted value. + Returns true if the value was handled. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ValueInput' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Called to focus the associtaed element + + + + + Returns the associated with the automation peer. + + + + + Allows editing of currency data based on a mask. + + +

The XamCurrencyInput is a derived that is designed to + display and edit currency data. By default, its property is set to + .

+
+
+ + + Value editor for displaying and editing data based on a mask. + + +

+ XamMaskedInput is an editor control that lets you display and edit values based on a mask. The mask is + specified via its property. If a mask is not explicitly set then a default mask + is used based on the property. The default mask is determined using the masks + that are registered for specific types using .

+ + +
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overridden. Determines if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamMaskedInput's implementation returns True for the string, sbyte, byte, + short, ushort, int, uint, long, ulong, float, double, decimal and DateTime data types. +

+

+ For these data types the editor will calculate a default mask. For any other + data type, you should specify a mask that makes sense for the data type other wise + a default mask will be used. You can change/register default masks for these and other + data types using the method. +

+

+ See ValueInput's for more information. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Overridden. Determines if the editor natively supports displaying of values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports displaying values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ See ValueInput's for more information. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Overridden. Called from OnInitialized to provide the derived classes an opportunity to + perform appropriate initialization tasks. OnInitialized implementation enters + the editor into edit mode at the end if AlwaysInEditMode is true. This method + is called before that. + + + + + Gets the focus site of the editor. + + FrameworkElement in the template of the editor that is to receive focus. + + + + Overridden. Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. + + The text to coerce + Coerced value + + + XamMaskedInput's implementation applies mask to the . + + + + + + Validates the current value of the editor. This method is called by the editor to perform + editor specific validation of the current value. + + True if the value is valid, False otherwise. + + See ValueInput's for more information. + + + + + + + Overridden. Called when the focus site changes. + + + + + Called when Value property changes or the contents of the editor changes. + + + + + + This method is called whenever the ValueConstraint or one of its properties changes. + + Null if the ValueConstraint itself changed or + the name of the property that changed. + + + + Overridden. Processes the key down event. It executes associated commands if any. + + Key event args. + + + + Returns true if the specified value would be considered to be valid by + the editor based on implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + + Value to check if it's valid. + If the value is invalid, this is set to an exception containing appropriate error message. + True if the specified value is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateValue method is used to determine if a value is valid or not based + on the implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + Implicit value constraints are , + etc... and explicit constraints are specified + via property. + + + + + + + + Initializes the variables used to cache the dependency property values by + getting the dependency property metadata for this object and getting DefaultValue + of that metadata for the respective property. + + + + + Gets the value of the number section of the specified type. If the section is not found returns -2 and + if the section is empty returns -1. + + + + + + + + Gets the date value if there are year, month and day sections and they are all filled. + + + + + + + Sets the text to sections collection. + + Sections to be updated + Text used to update the sections + Character interpretted as the prompt character + Character interpretted as the pad character + Number of characters from text that matched. + + + + Sets the text to sections collection. + + Sections to be updated + Text used to update the sections + Character interpretted as the prompt character + Character interpretted as the pad character + True if the value may be numeric in which case digit separators should be ignored; otherwise false. + Number of characters from text that matched. + + + + If the mask is a custom mask that we don't know how to interpret for a specific type and a custom + value to text converter is specified then we should use that converter. + + + + + Returns true if the specified edit section is year, month, day, hour, minute, second or am/pm section. + + + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Calls the MessageBeep api + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Changes the default mask used by the MaskedInput for the specified data type. + + Data type for which to register the mask. + The default mask that will be used for the specified data type. + + + If a mask is not explicitly specified on a MaskedInput or derived editor, + a default is calculated based on the data type. You can override these + default calculated masks using this method. + + + + + + + Resets the default mask for the specified data type to the default value. + + Data type for which to reset the mask to the default mask. + + + This method is used to revert any default masks that were registered using + method. The mask will be reverted back + to the default mask that's calculated by the MaskedInput. + + + + + + Returns the default mask that will be used for the specified data type by the MaskedInput + and derived editors for the specified data type. + + Gets the default mask that will be used for the specified data type, if a default exists for this type. + + + + You can change the default masks using the static method. + + + + + + Returns true if the data type is supported by the XamMaskedInput, false otherwise. + + + True if type is supported, False otherwise. + + + + Calculates the default mask for time based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedInput and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for long time based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedInput and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for date based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedInput and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for date based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + + This parameter indicates whether to use culture specific date separators that + are composed of postfix symbols from the long date pattern of the culture's + date-time format information. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedInput and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for currency based on the cultureInfo. + + Format provider to use to construct a default mask with. Can be a CultureInfo or a NumberFormatInfo instance. + Number of digits in integer section. -1 means use a default. Can be 0 in which case there won't be an integer portion. + Number of digits in fraction section. -1 means use one specified by culture info. Can be 0 in which case there won't be fraction section. + If '-' or '+' then negative numbers are allowed. '-' specifies that the minus sign should be displayed only when the number is negative. '+' specifies that the plus or minus sign will always be displayed depending on whther the number is negative or positive. If this parameter is any other character then it's ignored. + Specifies whether the mask should include the currency symbol. + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to Decimal the XamMaskedInput and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive currency mask then use one of the + currency tokens as documented in the table listing all the mask tokens in the + help for property. + + + + + + + Calculates the default mask for double mask based on the CultureInfo + + Format provider to use to construct a default mask with. Can be a CultureInfo or a NumberFormatInfo instance. + Number of digits in integer section. -1 means use a default. Can be 0 in which case there won't be an integer portion. + Number of digits in fraction section. -1 means use one specified by culture info. Can be 0 in which case there won't be fraction section. + If '-' or '+' then negative numbers are allowed. '-' specifies that the minus sign should be displayed only when the number is negative. '+' specifies that the plus or minus sign will always be displayed depending on whther the number is negative or positive. If this parameter is any other character then it's ignored. + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to Double or Float, the XamMaskedInput and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive double/float mask then use one of the + double tokens as documented in the table listing all the mask tokens in the + help for property. + + + + + + + Returns true if mask is valid for the type. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if mask is valid for the type. + + + + + + + + Returns the current text of the editor based on the specified mask mode. + + The mode that determines how literals and prompt characters are accounted for. + The current text of the editor with the specified mask mode applied to it. + + + property can also be used to retrieve the current text of the editor. + The Text property will return a value with the mask mode specified by the + property applied to the returned value. This method allows you to use any mode without having to + set the DataMode property. + + + Any of , and + properties can also be used to retrieve the current value of the editor. + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Overridden. Called when the ValueTypeResolved property changes. + + New value of the property. + + + + Applies the specified mask to the specified text and returns the result. + + Text to apply the mask to. + The mask to apply. + Provides culture specific symbols in the mask. This may not + be applicable to all masks - only the masks that have characters (like currency symbol) + that need to be represented by culture specific version of the symbol. + The prompt character - only applicable with certain mask modes. + The pad character - only applicable with certain mask modes. + Specifies the mask mode. + The result of applying the specified mask to the specified text. + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DataMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DataMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ClipMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ClipMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the PadChar property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the PadChar property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the PromptChar property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the PromptChar property to its default state. + + + + + Selects all the text in the control. + + + + + Deletes currently selected text if possible and shifts characters accordingly. + + +

When you invoke this method, the control tries to delete the currently selected text and shift characters. If nothing is selected, it tries to delete the character at the current input position.

+

This method returns True if the operation was successful. If the operation fails because characters after the selection could not be shifted, the method returns False.

+
+ +
+ + + Performs a Copy edit operation on the currently selected text, placing it on the clipboard. + + + + + Performs a Cut edit operation on the currently selected text, removing it from the control and placing it on the clipboard. + + + + + Performs a Paste edit operation. + + + + + Toggles between insert and overstrike mode. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Indicates if the specified character is valid for use as a prompt character for the . + + Character to evaluate + False if the character is a tab, new line or carriage return. Otherwise true is returned. + + + + Gets/sets if the undo/redo operations are enabled. By default, the undo/redo is enabled. + + + + + Gets the default mask for the editor. When the owner doesn't provide any + mask, value of this property will be used as the default mask. Default value is + null. You should only override this property if your editor only supports a specific + type. For example, DateTimeEditor only supports Date. Editing numbers, or strings + do not make sense for a date time editor. So for such editors, override and return + a default mask for that editor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the SelectAllBehavior property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SelectAllBehavior property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the AutoFillDate property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the AutoFillDate property to its default state. + + + + + Executes the command associated with the specified value. + + The Command to execute. + An optional parameter. + The source of the command + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Called when the ContextMenu is about to open + + The event arguments + + + + Occurs when the user types a character that fails mask validation. + + + + The InvalidChar event is fired when user types a character that does not match the mask associated with the current input position. + + + + + + + Returns the default value type of the editor. When the property is not set, this is + the type that the will return. + + + + + Specifies whether to trim insignificant zero's in fraction part of numeric masks. Default value is False. + + + TrimFractionalZeros property specifies whether to trim insignificant zero's in fraction + part of numeric masks. By defualt fraction part is padded with zero's to the right. If this + property is set to true, this padding of zero's will not occur and furthermore any + insignificant zero's will be removed. + + + + + + Specifies if and when to display spin buttons which are used to increment or decrement the editor value. + Default value is Never. + + + + SpinButtonDisplayMode specifies if and when to display the spin buttons in the control. Spin buttons + allow the user to increment and decrement the current value in the editor. By default the value of the current + section (section where the caret is) is incremented or decremented. If you specify the + property then the whole value of the editor will be incremented or decremented by that value depending upon + whether the up or down spin button is pressed, respectively. + + + + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the spin buttons which are instances of RepeatButton class. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + spin buttons, which are RepeatButton instances, displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + + + Returns the value indicating whether the spin buttons should be displayed. + + + + SpinButtonVisibilityResolved property returns the resolved value indicating + the visibility of the spin buttons in the control. This property is used by the + control template to control the visibility of the spin buttons. + + + Set the property to control if and when the + spin buttons are displayed. + + + + + + + Specifies the amount by which to increase or decrease the value of the editor when + up or down spin button is clicked. + + + + SpinIncrement property specifies the amount by which the value of the editor + will be increased or decreased when up or down spin button is clicked, respectively. + + + The amount one specifies depends on the type of values that the editor edits. + When the editor is used for numeric values then the spin increment amount can be + specified as a numeric value in the form of any numeric type (for example 5, 10.5 etc...), + as long as the type can be converted to match the editor's . + A special string vlaue of "log" is supported for numeric types where the editor's + value is incremented in an accelerated fashion when the mouse button is held pressed + over the spin button for a certain amount of time. + + + When date and time values are being edited, you can specify the amount as a TimeSpan + instance or as one of the following tokens. + + + + "1d" + + Date will be incremented or decrement by 1 day. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of days, for example "10d". + + + + + "1m" + + Depending on the mask type, date or time will be incremented or decrement + by 1 month or 1 minute. If the mask is a date mask, month will be affected. + If the mask is a time mask, minute will be affect. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of months or minutes, for example + "2m". + + + + + "1y" + + Date will be incremented or decrement by 1 year. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of years, for example "2y". + + + + + "1h" + + Time will be incremented or decrement by 1 hour. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of hours, for example "2h". + + + + + "1s" + + Time will be incremented or decrement by 1 second. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of hours, for example "2s". + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the SpinIncrement has been set to a valid value. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the control's spin buttons should wrap its value. Default value is False. + + +

+ If True the spin button will wrap the value incremented/decremented based on its Min/Max value. + When incrementing the value and the value is already at its maximum, the value will wrap to + minimum value. The same applies when decrementing the value. +

+

+ To actually specify the minimum and maximum value, use the + property. +

+
+
+ + + A collection of the sections used in the control. Returns + a valid collection only if the mask has been parsed yet. + + + + When mask is parsed the result is a collection of derived + objects. This property returns that collection. Each SectionBase object has + a collection of its display characters return via its + property. XamMaskedInput also exposes a collection that contains aggregate display characters + of all sections via its property. + + + This property is useful for example if you want to query and find out the structure + of the parsed mask or to query and/or manipulate the current user input on a per + section or per display character basis. + + + + + + + A collection of the display characters used in the control. Returns + a valid collection only if the mask has been parsed yet. + + + + Returns a collection of display characters. When mask is parsed, result is + a collection of sections where each section corresponds with a part of the + mask. Each section in turn has a collection of + derived objects each of which correspond to a placeholder character in the + part of the mask associated with the section. DisplayChars returns the + aggregate display character instances from all sections. + + + See for more information on potential usage of this + and Sections property. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the editing mode (insert or overstrike). + + +

When this property is set to True, characters typed will be inserted at the current caret position and any following characters will be shifted. When set to False, typing at an insertion point that contains an existing character will replace that character. The value of this property also affects how characters are deleted using either The Delete key or the Backspace key. When in insert mode, characters after the character being deleted will be shifted by one to the left within the section.

+ + + + +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the mask associated with the masked edit control. + + +

When a mask is defined, placeholders are defined by the + property. When inputting data, the user can only + replace a placeholder with a character that is of the same type as the one + specified in the mask. If the user enters an invalid character, the control + rejects the character and generates the event. The + control can distinguish between numeric and alphabetic characters for + validation, as well as validate for valid content for certain types like, + date or time or numeric types such as the correct + month or time of day etc...

+

For a complete list of the various mask tokens as well as + examples please refer to Masks topic.

+

Note: When specifying the mask from within XAML and using + one of the special tokens that are enclosed within {}, you must preceed the + mask with {} - e.g. {}{date}.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be stored by + the data source when data masking is enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are handled when the control's contents are passed to the data source (or are retrieved using the property.) Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+

Generally, simply the raw data is committed to the data source and data masking is used to format the data when it is displayed. In some cases, however, it may be appropriate in your application to store mask literals as well as data.

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be copied to the clipboard when data masking is in enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are handled when the control's contents are copied to the clipboard. Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be displayed when the control is not in edit mode and data masking is enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are displayed when the control is not in edit mode. Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+

Generally, prompt characters disappear when a cell is no longer in edit mode, as a visual cue to the user. In some cases, however, it may be appropriate in your application to display mask literals as well as data when a cell is no longer in edit mode.

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the character that will be used as the pad character. Default is space character (' '). + + +

The pad character is the character that is used to replace the prompt characters when getting the data from the XamMaskedInput control with DataMode of IncludeLiteralsWithPadding.

+ + For example, if the data in the editor is as follows:
+ 111-2_-____
+ and DataMode is set to IncludeLiteralsWithPadding then the returned value will be "111-2 - ". + Prompt characters will be replaced by the pad character. +
+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the prompt character. The default prompt character is the underscore (_). + + + + Prompt character is the character that's displayed in place of any blank display characters. + Each display character is a place holder in the mask where the user enters the characters + as required by the mask. The default prompt character is underscore (_). + + + + + + + Specifies whether to tab between sections when Tab and Shift+Tab keys are pressed. + The default value is NextControl. + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to shift characters across section boundaries when deleting characters. + Default value is True. + + + + This property controls what happens to the characters in the following sections when one or + more characters are deleted in the current section. For example, in a simple mask like + "###-###" where there are two input sections separated by a '-' character. Each input section + comprises of three digit placeholders. Let's say the whole mask is currently filled with data. + When you delete a character in the first section, this property controls whether the characters + from the next input section flow into this section or not. + + + Continuing from above example, let's say the editor has the following data:
+ "123-456"
+ If the caret is located before the character '2' and you hit Delete key, the 2 will be deleted + and '3' will be shifted left to occupy the position '2' had occupied. This will happen regardless + of the AllowShiftingAcrossSections setting. However what happens after this depends on the value + of this property. + If AllowShiftingAcrossSections is set to False, the position '3' originally occupied will + become empty and the resulting display characters will be as the following:
+ "13_-456"
+ If AllowShiftingAcrossSections is set to True, characters from the next input section will + 'flow' into current input section to fill in the position vacated by '3' when it got shifted left + to occpy the position of '2'. Here is how the resulting display characters will look like:
+ "134-56_"
+
+ + What value you would use for this property depends on the kind of mask that you have. The usability + is greatly affected by the value of this property depending on the mask being used. For example, in + a Date mask where each section of the date (month, day, year) is a logically distinct value, you + would not want to shift values across sections. As a matter of fact, for certain built in masks + like date, time etc... shifting across sections can not be enabled even by setting this property to + True since that is something that would not be desirable under any circumstance for those masks. However + for custom masks, you may want to set this property to a value based on whether it makes sense for that + particular mask to shift characters across sections. + + + + + +
+
+ + + Indicates the start location of the selected text. If no text is selected, this property indicates + the location of the caret. + + + + + Gets/sets the length of the selected text. If nothing is selected then returns 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected text. + + + + SelectedText property returns the currently selected text if any. If nothing is selected + then returns empty string. + + + Setting this property replaces the current selected text with the set value. If nothing + is selected and the property is set, the set value is inserted at the location of the caret. + Note that setting this property will modify the contents of the control. + + + + + + Indicates the total length of the text in the control when in edit mode. + + + + + Specifies whether the undo/redo operations are enabled. Default value is True. + + + IsUndoEnabled property specifies whether the undo/redo operations are enabled. + By default, the undo/redo is enabled. + + + + + + Specifies whether to select only the entered characters or all the characters (including prompt + characters) when the editor performs the operation of select all text. The default value of + the property is SelectAllCharacters. + + +

+ When this property is set to SelectEnteredCharacters, the select-all-text operation will + select text starting from the first entered character to the last entered character, including + adjacent literals. +

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Specifies whether to auto-fill empty date components when the user attempts to leave the editor. + The default is None. + + + + If the user types in an incomplete date then the editor will consider the input invalid + and take appropriate actions based on the + property setting. AutoFillDate lets you specify that such partial date inputs be + auto-filled using the current date. + + + If you set the AutoFillDate to Year then the user will be required to enter both + the month and the day. The year if left blank will be filled in with the current year. + If AutoFillDate is set to MonthAndYear then the user will be required to enter + the day. The month and year if left blank will be filled in with the current month and + the current year respectively. + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the default value type of the editor. When the property is not set, this is + the type that the will return. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Edit enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamMaskedInput' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Allows editing of numeric data based on a mask. + + +

The XamNumericInput is a derived that is designed to + display and edit numeric data. By default, its property is set to + .

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the default value type of the editor. When the property is not set, this is + the type that the will return. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d55d9a64d79 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f1607cae75 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..69d770ffc27 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3128 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamPropertyGrid.v14.2 + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of TreeList. + + + + + Rotates the 'n' node for balancing purposes if required. + + + + + + + Calculates the rotate direction for the purposes of load balancing. + + + + + + + Calculates the index of the item associated with the specified node in the collection. This method + requires parent references. + + Item node. + Index of the item of the specified node in the collection. + + + + Removes the item at 'i'. Returns the removed node. + + + + + + + + + Removes the maximum node of the tree formed by the 'n'. Note that if 'n' is the maximum node and the parent is + null then it will not be removed. + + Returns the removed node or null if no node is removed. + + + + Removes the minimum node of the tree formed by the 'n'. Note that if 'n' is the minimum node and the parent is + null then it will not be removed. + + Returns the removed node or null if no node is removed. + + + + If the derived class returns true from TrackNodesOnItemsOverride then this method will be called + to retrieve the node for the item, previously set via the method. + + Item for which to get the node. + + + + If the 'notifyChanges' parameter was passed in as true into the constructor, this method + is called when an item is added. + + Item that was added. + + + + If the 'notifyChanges' parameter was passed in as true into the constructor, this method + is called when an item is removed. + + Item that was removed. + + + + Raises an invalid operation exception if NodeHasParentOverride is false. + + + + + Called to notify that the value of the NotifyChangesOverride property has changed. + + + + + If the derived class returns true from TrackNodesOnItemsOverride then this method will be called + to store the node for the item, for later retrieval via method. + + Item for which to set the node. + Node associated with the item. + + + + Gets an enumerator that traverses all the items starting at the item with the specified index. + The enumerator will be in a state where calling MoveNext the first time will traverse to the item + at the specified index. + + Start item index. + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Gets an enumerator that traverses all the items starting at the specified item. + The enumerator will be in a state where calling MoveNext for the first time will + traverse to the specified item. + + Start item. + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Gets the items starting at the item associated with the specified TNode instance in the tree. + + Start item. + IEnumerable that will traverse items starting at the specified item, including the item itself. + + + + Gets the items starting at the specified index. + + Start index. + IEnumerable that will traverse items starting at the specified index, including the index itself. + + + + Gets the items starting at the item associated with the specified item in the tree. + + Start item. + IEnumerable that will traverse items starting at the specified item, including the item itself. + + + + Invalidates the node's aggregate info. This method synchronously calculates aggregate information + on this node and all its ancestors. It basically calls InitializeAggregateInfo on the node and + its ancestors. + + + + + + Re-calculates aggregate info on all the nodes. + + + + + Clears the list. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is in the list. + + Item to check for existence in the list. + True if the item exists in the list. False otherwise. + + + + Copies the items in this list to the specified array. + + Destination array to which to copy items. + Index in the array at which to start copying items. + + + + Returns the enumerator that can be used for traversing items in the list. + + Enumerator that can be used for traversing items in the list. + + + + Gets the index of the specified item. + + Item whose index to find. + The index of the item. If the item doesn't exist in the list then returns -1. + + + + Removes the specified item from the list. If the item doesn't exist in the list then this method takes no action. + + Item to remove. + True if the specified item was found. False if the item doesn't exist in the list. + + + + Gets the count of items. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + Index at which to get or set the item. + The item at the specified index. + + + + Indicates whether the list is read-only. + + + + + Indicates whether the TNode has parent and should have its SetParent called. + Default implementation returns false. + + + + + Indicates whether to call NotifyCollectionChanged, OnItemAdded and OnItemRemoved methods. + Default implementation returns false. + + + + + Indicates whether the derived class supports GetItemNode and SetItemNode methods. + + + + + Gets the version number of this list which is simply an integer value that's incremented every time + a change is made to the list. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Pushes the n's ancestors to _ancestors. 'IncludeN' parameter indicates whether to include 'n' node itself. + + + + + Called to re-initialize aggregation of information from the left and the right child nodes + and current node's info. + + + + + Called when the specified node is inserted as this node's descendant. + + + + + Called when the specified descendant node is removed. + + + + + This method is used to set or change the item of the node. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Indicates whether an item with the specified key is in the list. + + Key to check for existence in the list. + True if the item with the specified key exists in the list. False otherwise. + + + + Re-sorts the specified item if it exists in the collection + to its correct sort location based on its new key. + + Item whose key changed. + Old key of the item. This is used to locate the item in the collection. + + + Note that this method will remove the item from its previous location + and re-insert it in its proper sort location based on the new key. In the process + it will send a Remove and Add notifications. + + + + + + Finds the index of the specified item. If the item is found then returns the index. + If the item is not found then returns index where the item would be if it were to + be inserted in the list's current state. + + Key of the item to find. + This will be set to the node containing the found item. + + If the item is found then returns the index. + If the item is not found then returns index where the item would be if it were to + be inserted in the list's current state. + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the XamMaskedInput. + + + + + Initializes a new + + An array of instances + An array of definitions for the command dictating their required and minimum states + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + The current state of the control + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the command based on the minimum requirements provided for the specified command when the helper was constructed. + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified current control state returned from the ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + The current state of the control + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the commands matching the specified key and modifiers + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Exposes scrollbar related settings. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes the state of the scroll info. + + The viewport extent (i.e. the visible area) + The overall extent (i.e. the size of the content) + The position within the scrollable area + + + + Invoked when a property notification should be sent. + + The string identifying the property being changed + + + + Returns a value indicating the preferred IsEnabled state of the scrollbar. + + + + + Returns a value indicating the preferred visibility of the scrollbar. + + + + + Returns the Extent value + + + + + Indicates if the scroll info is in use. + + + + + Returns or sets an optional large change + + + + + Returns the resolved large change amount + + + + + Returns the Maximum + + + + + Returns or sets the Minimum value + + + + + Returns the Offset value + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to determine when the scroll bar should be visible + + + + + Returns the difference between the viewport and extent. + + + + + Returns the SmallChange value + + + + + Returns the Viewport value + + + + + Invoked when the value of a property of the object has changed. + + + + + Helper class for managing the properties of a ScrollBar and ScrollInfo + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the scrollbar is being initialized based on the scroll info. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Helper class for synchronizing/coordinating the visibility of multiple ScrollBarInfoMediator instances. Essentially this + is used when there are multiple scrollbars in the ui and their Visibility should be tied together. + + + + + Custom ScrollInfo class that is associated with a specific element and will invalidate the measure when the scroll position changes. + + + + + Indicates if the scroll info is in use. + + + + + Custom scroll info that is used to aggregate the values (other than offset) of multiple scroll infos + + + + + Automation IScrollProvider that deals with a horizontal and vertical + + + + + Helper class for performing scroll operations resulting from touch interactions. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The horizontal scroll info. This includes the ScrollInfo that does the scrolling, the type of scrolling done, a function to return the width of the first item. + The vertical scroll info. This includes the ScrollInfo that does the scrolling, the type of scrolling done, a function to return the height of the first item. + Optional method used to determine if the specified point is valid for scrolling + + + + The touch was initiated and dragged + + + + + The touch was initiated and released + + + + + Invoked to ensure that the range reflects the appropriate values for the specified scroll offset. + + Returns the adjusted offset + + + + Exposes and types to UI Automation. + + + + + Constructor + + The or for which the peer is being created + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + A list of child elements. + + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'PropertyGridItem' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Returns the underlying AutomationPeer for this proxy. + + The underlying AutomationPeer for this proxy. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the element that is associated with this is an element that contains data that is presented to the user. This method is called by . + + + true if the element contains data for the user to read; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the object that is associated with this is understood by the end user as interactive. Optionally, the user might understand the object as contributing to the logical structure of the control in the GUI. This method is called by . + + + true if the object is interactive; otherwise, false. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + A list of child elements. + + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamPropertyGrid' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the element that is associated with this is an element that contains data that is presented to the user. This method is called by . + + + true if the element contains data for the user to read; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the object that is associated with this is understood by the end user as interactive. Optionally, the user might understand the object as contributing to the logical structure of the control in the GUI. This method is called by . + + + true if the object is interactive; otherwise, false. + + + + + A collection of s that are used to override the default editors + for s with a specific type or name, or for s that belong to a specific Category. + + + + + + + Returns the (if any) that is defined for the specified category. + + + + + + + Returns the (if any) that is defined for the specified property name. + + + + + + + Returns the (if any) that is defined for the specified type. + + + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + A read-only collection of s. + + + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The control for which the command will be executed. + The parameter for the command + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command object used to execute a command for a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + The parameter for the command + + + + A command object used to execute a command for a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + The parameter for the command + + + + Converts a nesting level (represented as an integer) to a Thickness that has its 'left' member + set to an appropriate pixel value. + + + + + Converts a value. + + + + + + + + + + Converts a value. + + + + + + + + + + Converts a double value to a GridLength. + + + + + Converts a value. + + + + + + + + + + Converts a value. + + + + + + + + + + An for bindings off the SelectedColor property which can be null. + + + + + Converts a nesting level (represented as an integer) to a Thickness that has its 'left' member + set to an appropriate pixel value. + + + + + Converts a value. + + + + + + + + + + Converts a value. + + + + + + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + A control that displays a UI for editing brush type properties. + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Called when a key is pressed. + + Information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked when a property changes on the object. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Returns/sets the type of brush being edited (i.e., None, LinearGradient, RadialGradient). + + + + + + Returns/sets the current color format (i.e., RGB, HSL or CMYK). + + + + + + Gets / sets the Alpha channel value for the . + + + + + Gets / sets the Red channel value for the . + + + + + Gets / sets the Blue channel value for the . + + + + + Gets / sets the Green channel value for the . + + + + + Gets / sets the H channel value for the . This is from the HSL color space. + + + + + Gets / sets the S channel value for the . This is from the HSL color space. + + + + + Gets / sets the L channel value for the . This is from the HSL color space. + + + + + Gets / sets the C channel value for the . This is from the CMYK color space. + + + + + Gets / sets the M channel value for the . This is from the CMYK color space. + + + + + Gets / sets the Y channel value for the . This is from the CMYK color space. + + + + + Gets / sets the K channel value for the . This is from the CMYK color space. + + + + + Returns/sets the current color. + + + + + + Returns/sets the current color. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the control is expanded. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the brush being edited is a Gradient brush. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the brush being edited is a HorizontalLinearGradient brush. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the brush being edited is a LinearGradient brush. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the brush being edited is a null brush. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the brush being edited is a RadialGradient brush. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the brush being edited is a SolidColor brush. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the brush being edited is a VerticalLinearGradient brush. + + + + + + Returns/sets the current brush. + + + + + + Returns a tiled brush used to display a preview for transparent colors. (read only) + + + + + Fired when a property changes on the . + + + + + Converts values between double and byte. + + + + + Convert. + + + + + + + + + + Convert back. + + + + + + + + + + Converts values between int and byte. + + + + + Convert. + + + + + + + + + + Convert back. + + + + + + + + + + Convert. + + + + + + + + + + Convert back. + + + + + + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Converts source values to a value for the binding target. + + + + + + + + + + Converts a binding target value to the source binding values. + + + + + + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + A class that represents a property category item in the . + + + + + The abstract base class for all items displayed in the + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string representation of the object. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Deselects the item if it is currently selected. + + + + + + + + If the item is not currently selected, makes this item the . + + + + + + + + Invoked when the expanded state of the item has changed. + + The new value of the expanded state. + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Returns an enumerable of child s contained within this item. (read-only) + + + + + Returns/sets the description displayed for this item in the description area. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the name used when displaying this item in the control. + + + + + + Returns true if this item contains child s, otherwise false. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the item is expanded. + + + + + + + + Returns true if this item can be expanded/collapsed, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + If this is a this property returns the same value as the property. (read only) + If this is a this property returns true if is true and the current property value is non-null, otherwise it returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the item is currently filtered out of the display, otherwise returns false. (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether this item is selected. + + + + + + Returns the nesting level of the item. s are always at level 0 while + the nesting level for s is 1 or greater if + is true, 0 or greater otherwise. (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the associated with this item. (read-only) + + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Invoked when the expanded state of the item has changed. + + The new value of the expanded state. + + + + Defines the edit and display templates to use for editing properties of a specific type or name or which + belong to a specific category. + + + + + + Returns/sets the DataTemplate to use when the property is read only. + + + + + Returns/sets the DataTemplate to use when the editor is in edit mode. + + + + + Returns/sets the Category of properties that should use this editor definition. + + + + + Returns/sets the Type of properties that should use this editor definition. + + + + + Returns/sets the list of property names that should use this editor definition. + + + + + A custom implementation that provides the ability to select the operand that + should be used when filtering s. When a standard + is used for filtering, the operand is assumed to be + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns/sets which value should be used as the operand when evaluating the condition. + + + + + A custom implementation that provides the ability to select the operand that + should be used when filtering s. When a standard + is used for filtering, the operand is assumed to be + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns/sets which value should be used as the operand when evaluating the condition. + + + + + A custom implementation that provides the ability to select the operand that + should be used when filtering s. When a standard + is used for filtering, the operand is assumed to be + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns/sets which value should be used as the operand when evaluating the condition. + + + + + An abstract base class for generator classes that generate s for the . + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Generates s for the specified object while honoring the specified as well as + the filters defined in the property (if any). This method must be overridden by derived generator classes. + + The object whose properties should be inspected. + The options to honor when generating properties. + A list of s. + + + + + + + Returns true if the derived generator class should filter the specified out of the list returned + by its implementation of the method. + + + Note: If property is not set (i.e., is null), this method will return false. + + The item that should be evaluated against the . + True if the item should be filter out (i.e., not included in the list of properties returned from + + + + + Returns/sets the filter condition(s) that the generator should honor when determining which s + to generate. Properties must match all condition(s) in order to be included in the list of s + return by derived generator classes via the method. + + + + Note: Refer to the remarks in the documentation for the property for an overview + of the derived classes that are available for specifying a filter condition. + + + Note: It is the responsibility of derived generator classes to call the + method to determine if a particular property should be included. + + + + + + + + + A class that inherits from to generate items for the using TypeDescriptor to + discover the custom and/or attached properties exposed by an object. + + + + + + + + Generates s for the specified object while honoring the specified as well as + the filters defined in the property (if any). This method must be overridden by derived generator classes. + + The object whose properties should be inspected. + The options to honor when generating properties. + A list of s. + + + + + + + A class that inherits from to generate items for the using reflection to + discover the properties exposed by an object. + + + + + + + + Generates s for the specified object while honoring the specified as well as + the filters defined in the property (if any). This method must be overridden by derived generator classes. + + The object whose properties should be inspected. + The options to honor when generating properties. + A list of s. + + + + + + + A class that defines options for the generation of s by property generators - i.e., + classes that derive from . An instance of this class is automatically created with + default settings when needed for property generation. Alternatively, an instance of this class can be manually created + and assigned to the property to specify custom generation options. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of PropertyGenerationOptions. + + + + + Returns/sets whether attached properties should be included in the generation. + + + + + Returns/sets whether read only properties should be included in the generation. + + + + + A class that represents a property item in the . + + + + + Constructor. + + The source object that contains the property representyed by the property item. + The name of the property. + The name of the category to which the property belongs. + The type of the property. + The read-only status of the property. + + + + Called when the instance is about to be discarded. + + + + + Invoked when the expanded state of the item has changed. + + The new value of the expanded state. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if value reset is supported for this property and the property is not currently set to its default value. + + True if value reset is supported for this property and the property is not currently set to its default value, otherwise false. + + Overrides of this method in derived classes do not need to call the base implementation if they provide a return value. + + + + + + + Returns true if resetting the value is supported for this property. + + True if resetting the value is supported for this property, otherwise false. + + Overrides of this method in derived classes do not need to call the base implementation if they provide a return value. + + + + + + + Resets the value of the property to it's default value. + + + + + + + Returns true for list-type properties when entries can be created and added to the associated list. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns true for expandable an property when the property value is null and the property type has a parameterless constructor. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns true for list-type properties when entries can be removed from the associated list. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns true if the property value can be reset (i.e., the value is not currently at the default value). (read only) + + + + + + + Returns the category name associated with this . + + + + + Returns the read-only status of this property. + + + + + Returns true for the 'pseudo' properties that represent entries in a parent list, when that parent list is modifiable. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns true if it is possible to reset this the property's value. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns the description of a lists's value when the property is a list type property. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns/sets the property name associated with this . + + + + + + Returns the Type of this . + + + + + Returns/sets the value of the property associated with this . + + + + + + Class that represents a string resource loaded from the assembly + + + + + An element used by the to display a . + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Raised when the left mouse button is pressed. + + Information about the event. + + + + Invoked whenever the effective value of any dependency property on this System.Windows.FrameworkElement has been updated. + + Information about the property that changed. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called when the recyclable element has been discarded by the recycling manager. + + + + + Called when the recyclable element has been quiesced by the recycling manager. + + + + + Called when the recyclable element has been awakened by the recycling manager. + + + + + Returns the associated with this category. + + + + + Returns the associated with this element. + + + + + + A control that displays a UI for rendering the name and description of the currently selected property in the . + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns the description associated with the currently selected property. (read only) + + + + + Returns the name associated with the currently selected property. (read only) + + + + + Returns the FullName of the currently selected property's type. (read only) + + + + + An event raised when the value of a property changes. + + + + + A control that displays a UI for the value column of list type properties. + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the for the 'create expandable object' button in the . + + + + + Returns the associated . (read only) + + + + + + + A control that displays a UI for filtering and sorting the items in the . + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the for the categorize button in the . + + + + + The key used to identify the for the 'clear filter' button in the . + + + + + The key used to identify the for the sort button in the . + + + + + Returns the associated . (read only) + + + + + + + A Panel derived element that measures and arranges and + elements using an optimized virtualizing/recycling strategy. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when the render size changes. + + Information about the resize. + + + + A control that displays a UI for the value column of list type properties. + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the for the 'add list entry' button in the . + + + + + Returns the associated . (read only) + + + + + + + An element used by the to display a . + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the element receives the focus. + + Additional information about the event. + + + + Invoked when the keyboard focus changes on a descendant element. + + Additional information about the event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the element. + + + + + + Invoked when the mouse exits the element. + + + + + + Raised when the left mouse button is pressed. + + Information about the event. + + + + Invoked whenever the effective value of any dependency property on this System.Windows.FrameworkElement has been updated. + + Information about the property that changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Called when the recyclable element has been discarded by the recycling manager. + + + + + Called when the recyclable element has been quiesced by the recycling manager. + + + + + Called when the recyclable element has been awakened by the recycling manager. + + + + + The key used to identify the for the 'remove list entry' button in the . + + + + + Returns/sets the editor element associated with this item. + + + + + + Returns true if this item is in a list that is categorized. + + + + + Returns the associated with this element. + + + + + Returns the associated with this element. + + + + + Editor for RGB color values. (for internal use only) + + + + + Creates an instance of SimpleNumericTextbox. + + + + + Called when the element receives the focus. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the element receives the keyboard focus. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when System.Windows.UIElement.KeyDown event occurs. + + + + + + Called when the element loses the focus. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the element loses the keyboard focus. + + Information about the event. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the integer Value of the control + + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the command which was executed on the . + + + + + Returns the parameter used when executing the command. + + + + + Returns the element on which the command was executed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the command which will be executed on the . + + + + + Returns the parameter which will be used when executing the command. + + + + + Returns the element on which the command will be executed. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated with the event. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the currently selected or null of there is no currently selected item. + + + + + Returns the previously selected or null of there was no previously selected item. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Specifies the type of brush being edited by the brush editor + + + + + The brush is null. + + + + + The brush is a SolidColorBrush. + + + + + The brush is a LinearGradientBrush. + + + + + The brush is a RadialGradientBrush + + + + + Specifies the color format used by the brush editor. + + + + + The brush editor's color format is RGB. + + + + + The brush editor's color format is HSL. + + + + + The brush editor's color format is CMYK. + + + + + Specifies which value should be used as the operand when evaluating + a , or + . + + + + + + + + Specifies that the source for the filter operand is the . + + + + + Specifies that the source for the filter operand is the . + + + + + Specifies that the source for the filter operand is the . + + + + + Specifies that the source for the filter operand is the . + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the control. + + + + + Adds an entry to the list represented by the passed as the commmand parameter. + + + + + Removes the list entry represented by the passed as the commmand parameter. + + + + + Resets the value of the property represented by the passed as the commmand parameter. This command is enabled + if the property has a DefaultValueAttribute which specifies a value that is different than the property's current value, or if the source object + that contains the property exposes a ShouldSerialize[propname] method that returns true along with a Reset[propname] method. + + + + + Selects the next displayable item (if any). If no item is currently selected, then no action is taken. + + + + + Selects the previous displayable item (if any). If no item is currently selected, then no action is taken. + + + + + Expands the currently selected item. If no item is currently selected, then no action is taken. + + + + + Collapses the currently selected item. If no item is currently selected, then no action is taken. + + + + + Toggles the expanded state of the currently selected item. If no item is currently selected, then no action is taken. + + + + + Enter edit mode on the currently selected item. If no item is currently selected or the currently selected item is already in edit mode, then no action is taken. + + + + + Exit edit mode on the currently selected item. If no item is currently selected or the currently selected item is not in edit mode, then no action is taken. + + + + + Sorts the list of properties alphabetically. + + + + + Sorts the list of properties by category. + + + + + Toggles the sort type between alphabetic and categorized. + + + + + Clears filter text (if any) entered by the user. + + + + + Toggles the focused state of the filter area. + + + + + Moves the selection and display to the first item. + + + + + Moves the selection and display to the last item. + + + + + Moves the selection up one item. + + + + + Moves the selection down one item. + + + + + Moves the selection up one page. + + + + + Moves the selection down one page. + + + + + Creates an object instance of the appropriate type and assigns it to the expandable property represented by the passed as the commmand parameter. + + + + + Displays the options menu for the property represented by the passed as the commmand parameter. + + + + + Represents the different states of the control. Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + There is an item selected in the property grid. + + + + + The selected item is expandable. + + + + + The selected item is not expandable. + + + + + The selected item is expanded. + + + + + The selected item is expandable. + + + + + The selected item is a property item. + + + + + The selected item is a category item. + + + + + The selected property is a directly editable property. + + + + + The selected property is in edit mode. + + + + + The selected property is not in edit mode. + + + + + There are items to display. + + + + + All the available states + + + + + Custom control that displays properties and their values, along with a UI for editing those values. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when a key is pressed. + + Information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Raised when the left mouse button is pressed. + + Information about the event. + + + + Raised when the mouse wheel is rotated while over the control. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed. + + Additional information about the event. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Forces a re-generation of properties based on the currently selected object(s) (i.e., + and ) using the current and . + + + NOTE: It is normally not necessary to call this method - setting the or + properties will automatically trigger the generation of property items. However, this method can be helpful when specifying + new since setting PropertyGenerationOptions does not automatically trigger a re-generation. + + + + + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Returns the offset of the Thumb element that is used to resize the name and value columns. (read only) + + + + + + Returns the Visibility of the Thumb element that is used to resize the name and value columns. (read only) + + + + + + Returns/sets the visibility of the description area that is displayed below the property area which displays information about the currently selected property. + + + + + + + Returns a collection of s that are used to override the built-in editors + for s with a specific type or name, or for s + that belong to a specific Category. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the visibility of the filter area that is displayed above the property area which displays a textbox for entering filter criteria as well as options for categorizing and sorting the properties. + + + + + + + Returns/sets a string that defines a 'contains' filter for filtering the items that are displayed in the control + based on property name. The 'contains' filter that is created from this string is combined (using an 'Add' operator) + with the filters (if any) specified in the property. By default this property is bound to + the textbox in the filter area displayed at the top of the control. + + + Note: To perform complex filtering with multiple conditions or filtering that is evaluated against values + other than property name (e.g., , , + or ) use + the property. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the items in the are grouped by the category they belong to. + + + + + + Returns/sets the filter condition(s) that the uses when determining which s to display. + The filters defined with this property are combined (using an 'Add' operator) with the 'Contains' filter created from the + property (if any). The FilterText property is bound (by default) to the textbox in the displayed at the top + of the XamPropertyGrid. + + + Note: Although it is possible to use any class that derives from (e.g., the conditions supplied in the + Infragistics base class library such as , and ) + to set this property, the corresponding custom s supplied with the XamPropertyGrid provide more flexibility. + Specifically, the , and + conditions each expose an OperandSource property of type + which lets you specify the value that should be used when evaluating whether a particular item satisfies the + filter criteria. + + If you do choose to use the standard , and conditions + or even a custom condition that implements , then is used by + the filter evaluation logic to determine whether a particular item matches the specified condition(s). + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a read-only observable collection of s populated by the current . + + + If is true then this collection will contain s representing + the categories displayed at the root level of the . + If is false then this collection will contain s representing + the properties displayed at the root level of the . + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the width of the column in each item entry that displays the property name. + + + + + + Returns/sets a ContextMenu that is displayed when the user clicks on the menu button displayed in each property item when the proeprty is set to Visibility.Visibile. + + + NOTE: If this property is not set and the property is set to Visible, a default built-in options menu + will be displayed with a 'Reset' option to reset the property's value. This option may be disabled if the property's value cannot be reset. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the visibility of the button that displays the when clicked. + + + + + + + Returns/sets an instance of an object that derives from and used for generating property items. + + + If this property is not set an instance of will automatically be supplied by the + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the to use when generating property items. + + + NOTE: Setting this property will make the options available the next time a property generation is triggered + by setting the property, the property or by calling the + method. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ScrollBarVisibility of the vertical scrollbar. + + + + + Returns/sets the currently selected or null if no item is currently selected. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the object whose properties are being edited. + + + The object returned or set on this property corresponds to the first object in the list. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the array objects whose properties are being edited. + + + When this property is set the property returns the first object in the list. + + + + + + + Invoked when a command is executed on the . + + + + + Invoked when a command will be executed on the . + + + + + Raised when the has finished generating items and the collection is fully populated. + + + + + + + + + Raised when the value of an has changed. + + + + + + + Raised when the value of an is about to change. + + + + + + + Raised when the has changed. + + + + + + + Raised when the or properties change. + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e883bd55840 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..78592fd1f07 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af230db333a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3027 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2 + + + + + Helper class for managing the display of a custom Cursor for a given element using either a DataTemplate or Cursor. + + + + + Forces the cursor to be hidden if the datatemplate is being used. + + + + + Changes the state of the cursor with the specified values in an atomic operation. + + The new cursor or null + The new custom template or null + The fallback/default cursor + Returns true if the cursor source has been changed. + + + + Used to force the cursor to be shown for an element when using a custom cursor template. + + + + + The DataTemplate of the custom cursor + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred cursor for the associated element. + + + + + The cursor that should be used as a last resort + + + + + Returns or sets the horizontal offset of the + + + + + Returns or sets the vertical offset of the + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamSyntaxEditor' + + + + Class for all commands associated with the . + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the RichTextEditorCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + An abstract base class for all adornment providers. + + + + Adornment generators supply adorners for a particular in a . + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + The associated with this + The that identifies the that will be hosting the adornments created by this + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Returns the that this is supplying adornments for (read only) + + + + + Returns the that is associated with this (read only) + + + + + Returns the that this is hosted by (read only) + + + + + A factory class that creates instances of an derived type. + + + + The derived type to be created is passed in the constructor. + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns an for the specified + + The for which to create the + An instance. + + + + A class that holds data related to an adornment. Adornments are added to an . + + + + + Returns the element associated with the adornment. (read only) + + + + + Returns the Point (in text area coordinates) that represents the pixel location of the associated adornment . + + + + + Returns/sets an object containing arbitrary data to associate with the adornment. + + + + + Raised when a property value changes. + + + + + Provides the data necessary to create an . + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + + Constructor + + The string identifier assigned to s created from this . + An array of string keys that represent the s before which the current should be sorted. + An array of string keys that represent the s after which the current should be sorted. + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'BackgroundContent' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'Selection' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'SpellingError' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'MiddleContent' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'ForegroundContent ' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'Caret' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'EditGlyphs' . (static, read only) + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items after which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items before which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + The string key of the current item. This key will be referenced in the and lists of other items. + + + + + A class that exposes the positioning keys used by the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + + + A constant used by the background content layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the selection layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the spelling error layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the middle content layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the foreground content layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the caret layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the caret layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the RichDocumentViewTextArea has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the RichDocumentViewTextArea has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the RichDocumentViewTextArea has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Returns an for the specified + + The for which to create the + An instance. + + + + Represents the insertion point in the . + + + + + Sets the offset within the at which the Caret should be logically positioned. + The Caret's physical location in the display is adjusted accordingly. + + The offset within the at which to position the Caret. + + + + + + Returns the brush used to render the caret. (read only) + + + + + Returns the versioned offset of the caret in the associated with the current active (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns the height of the caret in pixels. (read only) + + + + + Returns true if the caret is visible. (read-only) + + + Note: This property will always return false if the containing is not active since + the caret is only displayed in active s. + + + + + + Returns the Point (in text area coordinates) that represents the top left corner of the Caret. (read only) + + + + + Returns the width of the caret in pixels. (read only) + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + A custom undo/redo transaction for operations. + + + + + Creates a transaction + + The necessary context. + The transaction. + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + An abstract base class for creating classes that provide an implementation for a Margin. + + + + This is the base class for all Margins. + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns an instance of the element that represents the Margin within the . + + The for which the Margin presenter should be created. + An instance of a FrameworkElement derived class the represents the Margin in the UI. + + + + Called when the margin's associated presenter element is being discarded to give the margin an opportunity to cleanup any allocated resources. + + The margin presenter element that is being discarded. + + + + Returns the location of the Margin within the (read only). + + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items after which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items before which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + The string key of the current item. This key will be referenced in the and lists of other items. + + + + + A class that exposes the positioning keys used by the built-in Margins. + + + Note: Margins that are positioned 'before' other margins (as determined by the Margin's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the text area. + + + + + + A constant used by the to specify its . + + + When creating a custom Margin choose a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in Margins. + + + Note: Margins that are positioned 'before' other margins (as determined by the Margin's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the text area. + + + + + + A constant used by the to specify its . + + + When creating a custom Margin choose a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in Margins. + + + Note: Margins that are positioned 'before' other margins (as determined by the Margin's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the text area. + + + + + + A class that represents a view into the document being edited in the . + + + + + Makes this the active view. + + + + + + + Called when the property has changed. + + + + + Called when the is loaded. + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the control. + + + + + Called when the is unloaded. + + + + + Refreshes the layout of the described by the specified + + The that describes the whose layout should be refreshed. + + + + Refreshes the layout of all s associated with this + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Called when the view receives focus. + + + + + Called when the view loses focus. + + + + + Returns the associated with the view. + + + + + Returns/sets the zero-based horizontal pixel offset of the + + + The value exposed by this property will always be a positive value. If an attempt is made to set it to a negative value, the property will be set to zero instead. + The maximum value is based on the length of the longest line encountered in the display as well as the width of the text area. + + + + + Returns whether the is the current active view. (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the 's horizontal scrollbar. (read only) + + + + + Returns/sets a value that specifies how the content of the is laid out in the editing area of a . + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the view. + + + + + Returns/sets the associated with the . + + + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the 's vertical scrollbar. (read only) + + + + + Returns/sets the zero-based vertical pixel offset of the + + + The value exposed by this property will always be a positive value. If an attempt is made to set it to a negative value, the property will be set to zero instead. + The maximum value is based on the calculated render height )in pixels) of the entire + + + + + Returns an enumeration that specifies the location of this within the control. (read-only). + + + + + + + Raised after the has been activated. + + + + + + Raised after the has been deactivated. + + + + + + Raised after the layout of the lines in the has changed. + + + + + + + Raised after the is changed in the view. + + + + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + A panel that manages and arranges adornments at a specific level in the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Adds an adornment to the + + The element that represents the adornment. + The location (in text area coordinates) within the at which to position the adornment. + An arbitrary piece of data to store with the adornment. + An instance representing the aodrnment. + + + + + Removes an adornment from the + + The associated with the adornment to remove. + True if the adornment represented by the specified was found and removed, otherwise false. + + + + + Returns the that this belongs to. (read only) + + + + + The string Key assigned to the . + + + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Invoked when the element should render, + + An initialized DrawingContext that should be used for all drawing within this method. + + + + An element that represents the editing caret. + + + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Returns the caret associated with this caret presenter. (read-only) + + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + An element that represents the content for a hyperlink tooltip. + + + + + Returns the tooltip prompt associated with this HyperlinkToolTipPresenter. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the tooltip text associated with this HyperlinkToolTipPresenter. (read-only) + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Represents a control that applies a layout transformation to its Content. + + Preview + + + + Name of the TransformRoot template part. + + + + + Name of the Presenter template part. + + + + + Acceptable difference between two doubles. + + + + + Number of decimals to round the Matrix to. + + + + + Identifies the LayoutTransform DependencyProperty. + + + + + Root element for performing transformations. + + + + + ContentPresenter element for displaying the content. + + + + + RenderTransform/MatrixTransform applied to _transformRoot. + + + + + Transformation matrix corresponding to _matrixTransform. + + + + + Actual DesiredSize of Child element (the value it returned from its MeasureOverride method). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LayoutTransformer class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the LayoutTransformer control when a new + template is applied. + + + + + Handles changes to the Transform DependencyProperty. + + Source of the change. + Event args. + + + + Applies the layout transform on the LayoutTransformer control content. + + + Only used in advanced scenarios (like animating the LayoutTransform). + Should be used to notify the LayoutTransformer control that some aspect + of its Transform property has changed. + + + + + Processes the Transform to determine the corresponding Matrix. + + Transform to process. + + + + Walks the Transform(Group) and returns the corresponding Matrix. + + Transform(Group) to walk. + Computed Matrix. + + + + Provides the behavior for the "Measure" pass of layout. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + Provides the behavior for the "Arrange" pass of layout. + + The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size used. + + Using the WPF paramater name finalSize instead of Silverlight's finalSize for clarity + + + + + Compute the largest usable size (greatest area) after applying the transformation to the specified bounds. + + Arrange bounds. + Largest Size possible. + + + + Returns true if Size a is smaller than Size b in either dimension. + + Second Size. + First Size. + True if Size a is smaller than Size b in either dimension. + + + + Rounds the non-offset elements of a Matrix to avoid issues due to floating point imprecision. + + Matrix to round. + Number of decimal places to round to. + Rounded Matrix. + + + + Implements WPF's Rect.Transform on Silverlight. + + Rect to transform. + Matrix to transform with. + Bounding box of transformed Rect. + + + + Implements WPF's Matrix.Multiply on Silverlight. + + First matrix. + Second matrix. + Multiplication result. + + + + Implements WPF's Matrix.HasInverse on Silverlight. + + Matrix to check for inverse. + True if the Matrix has an inverse. + + + + Outputs diagnostic info if DIAGNOSTICWRITELINE is defined. + + Diagnostic message. + + + + Gets or sets the layout transform to apply on the LayoutTransformer + control content. + + + Corresponds to UIElement.LayoutTransform. + + + + + Gets the child element being transformed. + + + + + A control that arranges s inside a + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + A panel used to arrange instances. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the Location of the . The default is Left. + + + + + + + A splitter used inside the to control the size of the s contained within it. + + + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of an RichDocumentViewMiniSplitter. For internal use only. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + An element that represents an in the UI. + + + A can display 1 or 2 editing areas which are independently scrollable views + into the document being edited. Each editing area is backed by an which is + represented in the UI by a . + + + + + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called when the element receives the focus. + + Information about the event + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when a key is released. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the element loses focus. + + Information about the event + + + + Called when the mouse engters the element. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the element. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the right mouse button is pressed. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the right mouse button is released. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the mouse is moved + + Information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse wheel has been scrolled + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.TextInput event occurs. + + A System.Windows.Input.TextCompositionEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to color area at the intersection of the vertical and horizontal scrollbars. + + + + + + An element that represents the scrollbar area in a . + + + The element contains a scrollbar and a mini-splitter. + + + + + Creates an instance of an RichDocumentViewScrollBarArea. For internal use only. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the orientation of the . The default is Vertical. + + + The contains a scrollbar and a mini-splitter. + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the contained scrollbar. (read only) + + + The contains a scrollbar and a mini-splitter. + + + + + + A splitter used inside the to control the size of the s contained within it. + + + + The property determines whether the splitter iscontrolling horizontal or vertical splits. + + + + + + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets an Orientation value that represents the kind of split that will be created with the . The default is Vertical. + + + + + + An element that arranges s based on the positioning information exposed by the associated via its implementation of . + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Specifies options for displaying paragraph marks and other hidden symbols. + + + + + + Specifies that no hidden symbols should be displayed. + + + + + + Specifies that all hidden symbols should be displayed. + + + + + + Specifies how the content of a is laid out in the editing area of a control. + + + + + + + Display the as it would look on a web page. + + + + + + + Specifies the location of an within the editing area of a control. + + + + + + + The is the only view being displayed by the + and it takes up the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + Specifies that the is the upper view in a with a horizontal split or the left view in a with a vertical split. + + + + + + + Specifies that the is the lower view in a with a horizontal split or the right view in a with a vertical split. + + + + + + + Specifies the location of an within an . + + + + + + Specifies a location that is on the left side of the . + + + + + + + Specifies a location that is on the top of the . + + + + + + + Specifies a location that is on the right side of the . + + + + + + + Specifies a location that is on the bottom of the . + + + + + + + Specifies how new text should be applied to a . + + + + + + + Specifies that new text should be inserted at the current cursor position. + + + + + + + Specifies that new text should overwrite the text at the current cursor position. + + + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the control. + + + + + Cuts the currently selected text to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + Copies the currently selected text to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + Pastes the current clipboard text at the current insertion point. + + + + + + + + + Undo the last edit activity. + + + + + + Redo the last undone edit activity. + + + + + + Split the editing area horizontally, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a horizontal splitter. + + + + + + + Remove the split from the editing area - a single will occupy the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + Display a mini-splitter that allows the editing area to be split vertically, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a vertical splitter. + + + + + + + Do not display a mini-splitter that allows the editing area to be split into multiple views - a single always occupies the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + Display paragraph marks and other hidden formatting symbols. + + + + + + Hide paragraph marks and other hidden formatting symbols. + + + + + + Increases the font size. + + + + + Decreases the font size. + + + + + Increases the indent level of the paragraph. + + + + + Decreases the indent level of the paragraph. + + + + + Increase the indentation of the list that contains the selection start. If the selection start is not within a list then no action is performed. + + + + + Decrease the indentation of the list that contains the selection start. If the selection start is not within a list then no action is performed. + + + + + If the selection start is not within the first paragraph of a list, this command does the same thing as the command. + If the selection start is within the first paragraph of a list, this command does the same thing as the command. + + + + + If the selection start is not within the first paragraph of a list, this command does the same thing as the command. + If the selection start is within the first paragraph of a list, this command does the same thing as the command. + + + + + Add bold formatting to the selected text. + + + + + Remove bold formatting from the selected text. + + + + + Toggles bold formatting on the selected text. If the selected text contains both bold and non-bold formatting, then bold formatting will be removed from all the text in the selection. + + + + + Add italic formatting to the selected text. + + + + + Remove italic formatting from the selected text. + + + + + Toggles italic formatting on the selected text. If the selected text contains both italic and non-italic formatting, then italic formatting will be removed from all the text in the selection. + + + + + Add single strikethrough formatting to the selected text. + + + + + Add double strikethrough formatting to the selected text. + + + + + Remove strikethrough formatting from the selected text. + + + + + Remove single strikethrough formatting from the selected text. + + + + + Remove double strikethrough formatting from the selected text. + + + + + Toggle single strikethrough formatting in the selected text. + + + + + Toggle double strikethrough formatting in the selected text. + + + + + Toggle single underline formatting in the selected text. + + + + + Left aligns content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Right aligns content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Center aligns content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Justifies content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Selects all the content in the . + + + + + Deletes the character at the current location. If there is a non-zero length selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes the next word if the caret is between words or deletes to the end of the current word if the caret is within a word. If there is a non-zero length selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes the previous word if the caret is between words or deletes to the beginning of the current word if the caret is within a word. If there is a non-zero length selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Displays the control's context menu at the current caret position. + + + + + Moves the caret down one line. + + + + + Moves the caret up one line. + + + + + Moves the caret down one page. + + + + + Moves the caret up one page. + + + + + Moves the caret left one character. + + + + + Moves the caret rightone character. + + + + + Moves the caret to the start of the previous word. + + + + + Moves the caret to the start of the next word. + + + + + Moves the caret to the start of the document. + + + + + Moves the caret to the end of the document. + + + + + Moves the caret to the start of the current line. + + + + + Moves the caret to the end of the current line. + + + + + Extends the selection down one line. + + + + + Extends the selection up one line. + + + + + Extends the selection down one page. + + + + + Extends the selection up one page. + + + + + Extends the selection to include the previous character. + + + + + Extends the selection to include the next character. + + + + + Extends the selection to include the previous word. + + + + + Extends the selection to include the next word. + + + + + Extends the selection to the start of the document. + + + + + Extends the selection to the end of the document. + + + + + Extends the selection to the start of the current line. + + + + + Extends the selection to the end of the current line. + + + + + Toggles the typing mode between Insert and Overtype. + + + + + Toggles the formatting of the selected text to subscript format. + + + + + Toggles the formatting of the selected text to superscript format. + + + + + Requests that a backspace be entered at the current position or over the current selection. + + + + + Toggles bullet formatting on the line containing the caret or across the current selection. + + + + + Toggles number formatting on the line containing the caret or across the current selection. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + An that represents the previous view. + An that represents the new view. + + + + Returns the new active . + + + + + Returns the new active . + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The that that is about to open. + + + + Returns the that is about to open. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The that that is about to close. + + + + Returns the that is about to close. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + A that represents the previous document. + A that represents the new document. + + + + Returns the new being edited. + + + + + Returns the previous being edited. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + A string that represents the Uri to which the hyperlink will navigate. + + + + Returns/sets the Uri to which the hyperlink will navigate. + + + + + Returns/sets the working directory to use when the represents a relative file reference. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The whose selection has changed. + + + + Returns the whose selection has changed. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The old split status. + The new split status. + + + + Returns the new split status. + + + + + Returns the old split status. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the and events. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + The associated with the event. + + + + Returns the associated with the event. + + + + + Provides Find Matches management as well as Find/Replace and highlight services for + and . An instance of this class is accessible via the property. + + + The FindReplaceManager exposes methods for Finding (, , FindInSpans and ) + and Replacing ( and ) text. The FindReplaceManager also implements IEnumerable and IEnumerator for iterating through + the s generated by the most recent find operation. Note that the is modified to contain all + occurrences of text discovered when a Find operation is performed. + + The FindReplaceManager also exposes and methods for managing the highlighting of one or more text strings. + Each call to will add the matches to the current list of highligted items while will clear the list of + highlighted items. Note that any change to the document will clear the current list of highlighted items. + + + + + Clears the list of highlighted items. + + + Items are highlighted by calling the method. + + + + + + Clears the results from previous find operations. + + + + + Finds all occurrences of the specified text in the current + + The text to find. + An error message if an error was encountered. + The to use for the operation. + The number of occurrences of the specified text found. + + + + Finds all occurrences of the specified text in the specified . + + The text to find. + The within which to search for the text. + An error message if an error was encountered. + The to use for the operation. + The number of occurrences of the specified text found. + + + + Finds all occurrences of the specified text in the specified array of s. + + The text to find. + An array of s within which to search for the text. + An error message if an error was encountered. + The to use for the operation. + The number of occurrences of the specified text found. + + + + Finds all occurrences of the specified text in the current . + + The text to find. + An error message if an error was encountered. + The to use for the operation. + The number of occurrences of the specified text found. + + + + Finds all occurrences of the specified text and highlights them. + If there is an active selection only the selection is searched, otherwise the entire document is searched. + + The text to highlight. + An error message if an error was encountered. + The to use for the operation. + The number of occurrences of the specified text found. + + + + + Moves the enumerator to the first match with a start offset that follows the specified offset. + + + If there is no match with a start offset following the specified offset, false is returned and is set to null. + + The reference offset. + True if a match was found after the specified offset, otherwise false. + + + + Moves the enumerator to the first match with a start offset that follows the specified offset. + + + If there is no match with a start offset preceeding the specified offset, false is returned and is set to null. + + The reference offset. + True if a match was found preceeding the specified offset, otherwise false. + + + + Replaces the current find match with the specified text, or does nothing if there is no current find match. + + The text to use as a replacement for the current find match. + An error message if an error was encountered. + True if successful, otherwise false. + + + + Replaces all occurrences of the textToFind with the replacementText. + + The text to find and replace. + The text to use as a replacement for each occurrence of textToFind. + An error message if an error was encountered. + The to use for the operation. + The number of replacements made. + + + + Causes all the current find matches to be selected in the + + The number of matches selected. + + + + Causes the current find match (if one exists) to be selected in the . + + True if a 'current match' exists and was selected, otherwise returns false. + + + + Causes the next find match (if any) to be selected in the . + + True if a 'next match' was found and selected, otherwise returns false. + + + + Causes the previous find match (if any) to be selected in the . + + True if a 'previous match' was found and selected, otherwise returns false. + + + + Disposes the enumersator. + + + + + Moves the enumerator to the next if possible. + + True if the enumerator was able to move to the next , otherwise false. + + + + Moves the enumerator to the previous if possible. + + True if the enumerator was able to move to the previous , otherwise false. + + + + Resets the enumerator to the position immediately before the first . + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + The enumerator + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + The enumerator + + + + Returns a count of the occurrences found by the most recent find operation. (read-only) + + + + + Returns a count of the currently highlighted items. (read-only) + + + + + Returns/sets whether a FindR/Replace dialog is current active. + + + This property should be set appropriately by client find/replace dialogs using the FindReplaceManager so that the + can use the even though + the dialog (and not the XamRichTextEditor) has the keyboard focus. + + + + + Returns the associated . (read-only) + + + + + Returns the current or null if there is no current + + + + + Returns the current or null if there is no current + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + A class that manages scrolling for an . + + + + + + Redo the last undone edit activity. + + + + + Undo the last edit activity. + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + A control that can display and edit rich content (text and objects), apply flexible formatting to the content and render the content using a web layout style. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the element. + + The arguments associated with the event. + + + + Called when the MouseWheel is rotated. + + The data associated with the event + + + + Called when the control receives the keyboard focus. + + + + + Called when the control loses the keyboard focus. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Returns the current active (read only). + + + The active is the view with the keyboard focus. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the end user can split the document view horizontally. + + + + + + Returns the associated with the (read only). + + + The is the with the keyboard focus. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the used to color the . The default is . + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a comma delimited list of clipboard formats in the preferred order for loading. + + + The formats should correspond to the static string properties exposed by System.Windows.DataFormats class and/or .NET type names. + + + + + + Returns/sets a list of instances that the control should use when interacting with the Clipboard. + + + + + + Returns/sets the being edited by the . + + + + + + + Returns an object that provides Find Results management as well as Find/Replace and highlight services for + and . + + + + + Returns/sets whether to display paragraph marks and other hidden symbols. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the visibility of the horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + + Returns the current inactive , or null if there is no inactive view (read only). + + + The active is the view with the keyboard focus. An additional view can be created by splitting the active view. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the document view is split horizontally. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the control permits multiple s to be selected. + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the control allows the s to be modified. + + + Note that the also exposes an IsReadOnly property whose value is independently maintained. If either + this property or the corresponding property on the is set to true, the + will not allow modifications to the document. + + + + + + Returns/sets the status of undo logging in the . The default is true. + + + Note: When this property is set to true the control will ensure that undo logging is started on the + whenever the end user attempts to modify the document. When this property is set to false the control will immediately stop + undo logging on the document (clearing the undo history in the process) and will not restart it until the property is set to true, even if the end-user attempts + to modify the document. When using this property to control undo logging in this manner, you should avoid calling + or directly since that will interfere with the behavior of this property. + This property is provided primarily to enable the control of undo logging via ViewModel bindings. + + + + + + Returns/sets the associated with the current active or null if there is no active . + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to color the selection highlight when the view containing the selection is active. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to color the selection highlight when the view containing the selection is inactive. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets how new text should be applied to a . + + + + + + + Returns/sets the visibility of the vertical scrollbar. + + + + + + Returns/sets the zoom level for the text area of the control. The text and all Margins are included in the zoom area - the scrollbars are not included. + + + + Note: This value is expressed as a percentage with 1.0 being 100%. Valid values are from .2 to 4.0. + + + To zoom the text area when running in the Browser (Silverlight or WPF) press the ALT key and scroll the mousewheel. When running + outside the Browser press the CTRL key and scroll the mousewheel. + + + + + + + + Returns the value of the property expressed as a percentage. (read-only) + + + + For example, if the is set to 1.0, this property will return 100. + + + + + + + + Raised after the control's active is changed. + + + + The active is the view that contains the keyboard focus. + + + + + + + + + Raised before a Clipboard operation (i.e., Cut, Copy or Paste) is executed. + + + + + + + Raised before a Clipboard operation (i.e., Cut, Copy or Paste) is executed. + + + + + + + Raised when the context menu is about to open. + + + + + + Raised when the context menu is about to close. + + + + + + Raised after the 's document is changed. + + + + + + + + Raised after the 's document is changed. + + + + + + + + Raised before a Hyperlink is 'executed' (i.e., before the Uri associated with the Hyperlink is navigated to). + The Uri property of the can be changed in this event to alter the, + navigation destination, and the Cancel property can be set to true to cancel the navigation. + + + + + + Raised after the is changed in the . + + + + + + + + Raised after the changes. + + + + + + + Raised after a is loaded but before it is displayed. + + + + + + + Raised after a is unloaded. + + + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.Design.dll index 07eb1e42196..0ddc115c2e6 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.dll index 4d0710d7e12..cd2264af801 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d2e57f1347a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f09ab1ae88 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1bdb651d84 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,4323 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSyntaxEditor.v14.2 + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamSyntaxEditor' + + + + Class for all commands associated with the . + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the SyntaxEditorCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A class that holds data related to an adornment. Adornments are added to an by implementations. + + + + + Returns the element associated with the adornment. (read only) + + + + + Returns the Point (in text area coordinates) that represents the pixel location of the associated adornment . + + + + + Returns/sets an object containing arbitrary data to associate with the adornment. + + + + + Raised when a property value changes. + + + + + Provides the data necessary to create an . + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + + Constructor + + The string identifier assigned to s created from this . + An array of string keys that represent the s before which the current should be sorted. + An array of string keys that represent the s after which the current should be sorted. + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'TextBackground' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'Selection' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'SyntaxError' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'TextForeground' . (static, read only) + + + + + Returns the used to create the 'Caret' . (static, read only) + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items after which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items before which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + The string key of the current item. This key will be referenced in the and lists of other items. + + + + + An abstract base class for all adornment providers. + + + + Adornment generators supply adorners for a particular in a . + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + The associated with this + The that identifies the that will be hosting the adornments created by this + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Returns the that this is supplying adornments for (read only) + + + + + Returns the that is associated with this (read only) + + + + + Returns the that this is hosted by (read only) + + + + + A factory class that creates instances of an derived type. + + + + The derived type to be created is passed in the constructor. + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns an for the specified + + The for which to create the + An instance. + + + + A class that exposes the positioning keys used by the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + + + A constant used by the text background layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the selection layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the syntax error layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the text foreground layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + A constant used by the caret layer to specify its . + + + When creating a custom choose a a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in s. + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Called when settings in the (that could affect the display of adornments) have changed. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the generator is unloaded. + + + + + Called when the has been initialized. + + + + + An abstract base class that maintains a collection of mappings between keys and s. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Adds an entry to the map. + + The key associated with the entry + The associated with the entry. + True to replace an existing entry with the same key, otherwise false. + + + + Gets the Appearance for the specified key. + + The key associated with the entry to get. + + + + Removes the entry for the specified key from the map. + + The key associated with the entry to remove. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The arguments associated with the event. + + + + + Removes all entries from the map. + + + + + + Returns the map associated with this instance. + + + + + Raised when mappings are added or removed. + + + + + A class that maintains a collection of mappings between s and s. + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Used to invoke the MappingsChanged event. + + The arguments associated with the event. + + + + + A class that represents an entry in a collection. + + + + + The associated with this + + + + + The associated with this + + + + + A modifiable observable collection of s used to inititalize a in XAML + + + + + + + Class that holds values which determine the appearance of various aspects the control and its content. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns/sets the brush to be used for the background. + + + + + Returns/sets whether the font is bold. + + + + + Returns/sets whether the font is italic. + + + + + Returns/sets the font family. + + + + + Returns/sets the font size. + + + + + Returns the FontStyle associated with the appearance (read only) + + + + + Returns the FontWeight associated with the appearance (read only) + + + + + Returns/sets the brush to be used for the foreground. + + + + + Returns the Typeface associated with the Appearance based on the current , and . (read only) + + + + + Represents the insertion point in the . + + + + + Returns the brush used to render the caret. (read only) + + + + + Returns the zero-based character position of the current active 's caret on the line in which it is positioned (read-only) + + + To access the actual column position of the caret in the display, use the property. + + + + + + + Returns the one-based character position of the current active 's caret on the line in which it is positioned (read-only) + + + To access the actual column position of the caret in the display, use the property. + + + + + + + Returns the one-based column position of the caret in the current active (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns the height of the caret in pixels. (read only) + + + + + Returns true if the caret is visible. (read-only) + + + Note: This property will always return false if the containing is not active since + the caret is only displayed in active s. + + + + + + Returns the Point (in text area cooridnates) that represents the top left corner of the . (read only) + + + + + Returns the of the caret in the current active (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the one-based of the caret in the current active (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the width of the caret in pixels. (read only) + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + A custom undo/redo transaction for operations. + + + + + Creates a transaction + + The necessary context. + The transaction. + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Represents a line that is displayed in an . + + + + + Returns a string representation of the instance. + + A string representation of the instance + + + + Returns whether the specified is contained within this . (read only) + + The to examine. + True if the contains the otherwise false. + + + + Returns the zero based index of the character on the line that is closest to the specified X offset. + + + + Note: If an X offset is specified that is beyond the last character on the line, the index of the last character on the line is returned. + + + The horizontal offset (in pixels) from the beginning of the line at which to look for a character. + The zero based index of the character on the line that is closest to the specified X offset. + + + + Returns the s that make up this line. + + The s that make up this line. + + + + Returns the length (in pixels) of the rendered text (on this line) described by the specified . + + + Note: The specified must point to a offset and length that is contained within the line. if not, a length of zero is returned. + + The that describes the text (on this line) whose length is to be returned. + The length (in pixels) of the rendered text described by the specified . + + + + Returns the horizontal offset (in pixels) from the beginning of the line where the character with the specified character index is located. + + + + Note: If a character index is specified that is beyond the last character on the line, the X offset of the last character on the line is returned. + + + The zero based index of the character within the line whose X offset is to be returned. + The horizontal offset (in pixels) from the beginning of the line where the character with the specified character index is located + + + + Returns a Point in text area coordinates that represents the location of the upper left corner of the character with the specified zero based character index within the line. + + + + Note: If a character index is specified that is beyond the last character on the line, a point representing the pixel location of the last character on the line is returned. + + + The zero based index of the character whose pixel location is to be returned. + A Point in text area coordinates that represents the location of the top left corner of the character with the specified zero based character index within the line. + + + + Returns a that represents the character closest to the specified screen location (expressed as a Point in text area coordinates). + + + + Note: If a Point is specified that is beyond the last character on the line, a representing the last character on the line is returned. + + + The screen location (expressed as a Point in text area coordinates) that is to be examined for a + A representing the character within the line at the specified screen location (expressed as a Point in text area coordinates). + + + + Returns the bounding rectangle of the line in text area coordinates. (read only) + + + + + Returns a value that indicates the kind of change (if any) that occurred for this line during the last layout pass. (read only) + + + + + + + + + Returns a value that indicates the number of pixels that this line was moved during the last layout pass if the line's is translated. Othwerwise, returns zero. (read only) + + + + + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the unoccupied character position following the last character on the line. (read only) + + + + + Returns a Point corresponding to the top/left corner of the unoccupied character position following the last character on the line. (read only) + + + + + Returns a Point corresponding to the top/left corner of the first character position on the line. (read only) + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the first character position on the line. (read only) + + + + + Returns a Point corresponding to the top/left corner of the last character position on the line. (read only) + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the last character position on the line. (read only) + + + + + Returns a Point corresponding to the top/left corner of the first character on the line. (read only) + + + + + Returns a corresponding to the first last character on the line. (read only) + + + + + The associated with this . + + + + + + Represents a collection of lines displayed in a . + + + + + Represents a part within a + + + + + Returns the kind of part represented by this IDocumentViewLinePart. + + + + + Returns the bounds (in text area coordinates) of the part. + + + + + Returns the text associated with the part. + + + + + Returns the used to format the part if is Text. + + + + + Returns the kind of part represented by this IDocumentViewLinePart. + + + + + Returns the bounds (in text area coordinates) of the part. + + + + + Returns the text associated with the part. + + + + + Returns the used to format the part if is Text. + + + + + An abstract base class for creating classes that provide an implementation for an Margin. + + + + This is the base class for all Margins - built-in and custom. To create a custom Margin, derive a class from this class and override + the property and implement the interface members to control your margin's position within that location. In addition + you should override the method and return a FrameworkElement derived element that will serve as the Margin's + representation in the UI. To let the know about your custom Margin, simply add an instance of your + derived class to the collection. + + + The built-in Margins are automatically created by the and together with any you have specified + are arranged and displayed in one of the four Margin areas based on their property. + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns an instance of the element that represents the Margin within the . + + The for which the Margin presenter should be created. + An instance of a FrameworkElement derived class the represents the Margin in the UI. + + + + Called when the margin's associated presenter element is being discarded to give the margin an opportunity to cleanup any allocated resources. + + The margin presenter element that is being discarded. + + + + Returns the location of the Margin within the (read only). + + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items after which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items before which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + The string key of the current item. This key will be referenced in the and lists of other items. + + + + + A class that exposes the positioning keys used by the built-in Margins. + + + Note: Margins that are positioned 'before' other margins (as determined by the Margin's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the text area. + + + + + + A constant used by the to specify its . + + + When creating a custom Margin choose a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in Margins. + + + Note: Margins that are positioned 'before' other margins (as determined by the Margin's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the text area. + + + + + + A constant used by the to specify its . + + + When creating a custom Margin choose a set of 'before' and 'after' keys (see ) that places it in the desired location relative to the built-in Margins. + + + Note: Margins that are positioned 'before' other margins (as determined by the Margin's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the text area. + + + + + + A derived class that defines a built-in Margin which displays line numbers at the left edge of each line in the . + + + + The built-in Margins are automatically created by the and together with any you have specified + are arranged and displayed in one of the four Margin areas based on their property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns an instance of the element that represents the Margin within the . + + The for which the Margin presenter should be created. + An instance of a FrameworkElement derived class the represents the Margin in the UI. + + + + Called when the margin's associated presenter element is being discarded to give the margin an opportunity to cleanup any allocated resources. + + The margin presenter element that is being discarded. + + + + Returns the location of the Margin within the (read only). + + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items after which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items before which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + The string key of the current item. This key will be referenced in the and lists of other items. + + + + + A derived class that defines a built-in Margin which displays a character position ruler at the top of the . + + + + The built-in Margins are automatically created by the and together with any you have specified + are arranged and displayed in one of the four Margin areas based on their property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns an instance of the element that represents the Margin within the . + + The for which the Margin presenter should be created. + An instance of a FrameworkElement derived class the represents the Margin in the UI. + + + + Called when the margin's associated presenter element is being discarded to give the margin an opportunity to cleanup any allocated resources. + + The margin presenter element that is being discarded. + + + + Returns the location of the Margin within the (read only). + + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items after which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + An array of string keys that represent the items before which the current item should be sorted. + + + + + The string key of the current item. This key will be referenced in the and lists of other items. + + + + + Class for an undo/redo operation involving text selection. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + A class for providing format independent mechanism for transferring data. + + + The SyntaxEditorDataObject provides IDataObject-like functionality for both Silverlight and WPF. + + + + + Returns the data in the specified format (expressed as a enumeration) if it exists, otherwise returns null. + + A enumeration that describes the type of data to retrieve. + Data in the specified format if it exists, otherwise returns null. + + + + + Returns the data in the specified format (expressed as a string) if it exists, otherwise returns null. + + A string that describes the type of data to retrieve. + Data in the specified format if it exists, otherwise returns null. + + + + + Returns whether data is present in the specified format (expressed as a enumeration). + + A enumeration that describes the type of data to check for. + True if data exists in the specified format, otherwise false. + + + + Returns whether data is present in the specified format (expressed as a string). + + A string that describes the type of data to check for. + True if data exists in the specified format, otherwise false. + + + + Adds the specified data to the using the specified format (expressed as a enumeration). + + A enumeration that describes the type of data to add. + The data to add. + + + + Adds the specified data to the using the specified format (expressed as a string). + + A string that describes the type of data to add. + The data to add. + + + + The abstract base class for all document view classes. + + + + + + Ensures that the document line with the specified zero-based line index is in view. + + The zero-based line index of the document line we are bringing into view. + True if the line represented by 'targetLineIndex' must be fully in view, otherwise false. + + + + + + Returns whether the document line with the specified zero-based line index is in view. + + The zero-based line index of the document line whose visible line we are seeking. + True if the line represented by 'targetLineIndex' must be fully in view, otherwise false. + Returns true if the document line with the specified zero-based line index is in view, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the height of the margin area in the specified . + + The that describes the margin area whose height is to be returned. + The height of the margin area in the specified . + + + + Returns the width of the margin area in the specified . + + The that describes the margin area whose width is to be returned. + The width of the margin area in the specified . + + + + Positions the requested line so that it is in view (and in the middle of the display if possible). + + The one-based line number of the document line to bring into view. + + + + + Reloads the display so that the line containing the specified document offset is in view and in the middle of the display if possible, and the caret is positioned at the specified offset. + + The zero-based offset within the document to bring into view. + + + + + Reloads the display so that the line containing the specified is in view (and in the middle of the display if possible), and the caret is positioned at the specified character position. + + The within the document to bring into view. + + + + + Returns the that is closest to the specified screen point (expressed in text area coordinates). + + + Note: If there are no visible lines a representing the 0,0 location is returned. + + The point to examine (expressed in text area coordinates). + The that is closest to the specified screen point (expressed in text area coordinates). + + + + Translates a point from view (which contains the scrollbars, margins, text area) coordinates to text area coordinates. + + The point to be translated + The translated point. + + + + Returns the that is closest to the specified screen point (expressed in text area coordinates). + + + Note: If there are no visible lines a representing the 0,0 location is returned. + + The point to examine (expressed in text area coordinates). + The that is closest to the specified screen point (expressed in text area coordinates). + + + + Returns the that corresponds to the to the document line with + the specified zero-based line index, or null if the document line with the + specified zero-based line index is out of view. + + The zero-based line index of the document line whose visible line we are seeking. + The that corresponds to the to the document line with + the specified zero-based line index, or null if the document line with the + specified zero-based line index is out of view. + + + + Returns the that contains the specified vertical pixel offset (in text coordinates) from the top of the view. + + + Note: If no visible line contains the specified vertical pixel offset, the the closest visible line containing the offset is returned. + + + The vertical pixel offset (in text coordinates) from the top of the view to examine. + The closest that contains the specified vertical pixel offset, or null if no contains the specified vertical pixel offset. + + + + Translates a point from text area coordinates to view (which contains the scrollbars, margins, text area) coordinates. + + The point to be translated + The translated point. + + + + Called when one or more ambient font or color properties have changed. + + + + + Called when the property has changed. + + + + + Called when the document text has changed + + The source of the event + Information about the event + + + + Called when the document text is about to change + + The source of the event> + Information about the event + + + + Called when text is loaded into the as the result of a call to . + + + + + Called when the Language associated with the changes. + + + + + Called when the is loaded. + + + + + Called when a service has been registered on the associated 's Language. + + + + + Called when a service has been unregistered on the associated 's Language. + + + + + Called when the is unloaded. + + + + + Refreshes the layout of the described by the specified + + The that describes the whose layout should be refreshed. + + + + Refreshes the layout of all s associated with this + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Returns the used to generate the current set of + + + + + Returns the associated with the view. + + + + + Returns/sets the zero-based line index of the first visible displayed in the + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the zero-based horizontal pixel offset of the s displayed in the + + + The value exposed by this property will always be a positive value. If an attempt is made to set it to a negative value, the property will be set to zero instead. + The maximum value is based on the length of the longest line encountered in the display as well as the width of the text area. + + + + + + Returns the zero-based line index of the last visible displayed in the (read only) + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the view. + + + + + Returns the bounding rectangle of the text area (the area within the scrollbars and margins where the text is rendered) in control coordinates. (read only) + + + + + Returns a read only observable collection of s that represent the lines currently displayed in the (read-only) + + + + + Raised after the layout of the lines in the has changed. + + + + + + + A class that represents a view into the document being edited in the . + + + + A can display 1 or 2 editing areas which are independently scrollable views + into the document being edited. Each editing area is backed by an which is + represented in the UI by a . + + + By default the control displays one editing area which takes up the entire inner portion of the control. If the + property is set to or + the control will display 2 editing areas. + + + Note: The property controls what type of splits are allowed by the end user. + + + + + + + + + + Called when one or more ambient font or color properties have changed. + + + + + Called when the property has changed. + + + + + Called when the document text has changed + + The source of the event + Information about the event + + + + Called when the document text is about to change + + The source of the event> + Information about the event + + + + Called when text is loaded into the as the result of a call to . + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Makes this the active view. + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Returns whether the is the current active view. (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + Returns a instance which can be used to query and interact with the selected text in the view. (read only) + + + + + Returns an enumeration that specifies the location of this within the control. (read-only). + + + + + + + + Raised after the has been activated. + + + + + + Raised after the has been deactivated. + + + + + + Raised after the 's Selection is changed. + + + + + + + + A panel that manages and arranges adornments at a specific level in the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Adds an adornment to the + + The element that represents the adornment. + The location (in text area coordinates) within the at which to position the adornment. + An arbitrary piece of data to store with the adornment. + An instance representing the aodrnment. + + + + + Removes an adornment from the + + The associated with the adornment to remove. + True if the adornment represented by the specified was found and removed, otherwise false. + + + + + Returns the that this belongs to. (read only) + + + + + The string Key assigned to the . + + + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + An element that represents the editing caret. + + + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Returns the caret associated with this caret presenter. (read-only) + + + + + + A panel used to arrange instances. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the Location of the . The default is Left. + + + + + + + A splitter used inside the to control the size of the s contained within it. + + + + The property determines whether the splitter iscontrolling horizontal or vertical splits. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of an EditorDocumentViewMiniSplitter. For internal use only. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets an Orientation value that represents the kind of split that will be created with the . The default is Vertical. + + + + + + A splitter used inside the to control the size of the s contained within it. + + + + The property determines whether the splitter iscontrolling horizontal or vertical splits. + + + + + + + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets an Orientation value that represents the kind of split that will be created with the . The default is Vertical. + + + + + + An element that represents the scrollbar area in a . + + + The element contains a scrollbar and a mini-splitter. + + + + + Creates an instance of an EditorDocumentViewScrollBarArea. For internal use only. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the orientation of the . The default is Vertical. + + + The contains a scrollbar and a mini-splitter. + + + + + + An element that arranges s based on the positioning information exposed by the associated via its implementation of . + + + Note: s that are positioned 'before' other layers (as determined by the 's implementation of the interface) are arranged closer to the bottom of the adornment layer stack within the . + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + A control that arranges s inside a + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + An element that represents an in the UI. + + + A can display 1 or 2 editing areas which are independently scrollable views + into the document being edited. Each editing area is backed by an which is + represented in the UI by a . + + + + + + + + + + + Arranges child elements. + + The final size used for arranging elements. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called when the element receives the focus. + + Information about the event + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the element loses focus. + + Information about the event + + + + Called when the mouse engters the element. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the element. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the mouse is moved + + Information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse wheel has been scrolled + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.TextInput event occurs. + + A System.Windows.Input.TextCompositionEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Represents a control that applies a layout transformation to its Content. + + Preview + + + + Name of the TransformRoot template part. + + + + + Name of the Presenter template part. + + + + + Acceptable difference between two doubles. + + + + + Number of decimals to round the Matrix to. + + + + + Identifies the LayoutTransform DependencyProperty. + + + + + Root element for performing transformations. + + + + + ContentPresenter element for displaying the content. + + + + + RenderTransform/MatrixTransform applied to _transformRoot. + + + + + Transformation matrix corresponding to _matrixTransform. + + + + + Actual DesiredSize of Child element (the value it returned from its MeasureOverride method). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the LayoutTransformer class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the LayoutTransformer control when a new + template is applied. + + + + + Handles changes to the Transform DependencyProperty. + + Source of the change. + Event args. + + + + Applies the layout transform on the LayoutTransformer control content. + + + Only used in advanced scenarios (like animating the LayoutTransform). + Should be used to notify the LayoutTransformer control that some aspect + of its Transform property has changed. + + + + + Processes the Transform to determine the corresponding Matrix. + + Transform to process. + + + + Walks the Transform(Group) and returns the corresponding Matrix. + + Transform(Group) to walk. + Computed Matrix. + + + + Provides the behavior for the "Measure" pass of layout. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + Provides the behavior for the "Arrange" pass of layout. + + The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size used. + + Using the WPF paramater name finalSize instead of Silverlight's finalSize for clarity + + + + + Compute the largest usable size (greatest area) after applying the transformation to the specified bounds. + + Arrange bounds. + Largest Size possible. + + + + Returns true if Size a is smaller than Size b in either dimension. + + Second Size. + First Size. + True if Size a is smaller than Size b in either dimension. + + + + Rounds the non-offset elements of a Matrix to avoid issues due to floating point imprecision. + + Matrix to round. + Number of decimal places to round to. + Rounded Matrix. + + + + Implements WPF's Rect.Transform on Silverlight. + + Rect to transform. + Matrix to transform with. + Bounding box of transformed Rect. + + + + Implements WPF's Matrix.Multiply on Silverlight. + + First matrix. + Second matrix. + Multiplication result. + + + + Implements WPF's Matrix.HasInverse on Silverlight. + + Matrix to check for inverse. + True if the Matrix has an inverse. + + + + Outputs diagnostic info if DIAGNOSTICWRITELINE is defined. + + Diagnostic message. + + + + Gets or sets the layout transform to apply on the LayoutTransformer + control content. + + + Corresponds to UIElement.LayoutTransform. + + + + + Gets the child element being transformed. + + + + + Abstract base class for all built-in Margin presenters. (For internal use only) + + + + This is the base class used by the presenters for the built-in . + + + The built-in Margins are automatically created by the and together with any you have specified + are arranged and displayed in one of the four Margin areas based on their property. + + + Note: To control the visibility of the built-in Line Number Margin, use the property. + + + + + + + + + + + Called when the is unloaded. + + + + + Returns the that this margin is associated with. + + + + + + + An element that displays line numbers at the left edge of each line in the . + + + + The built-in Margins are automatically created by the and together with any you have specified + are arranged and displayed in one of the four Margin areas based on their property. + + + Note: To control the visibility of the built in Line Number Margin, use the property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the is unloaded. + + + + + An element that displays a character position ruler at the top of the . + + + + The built-in Margins are automatically created by the and together with any you have specified + are arranged and displayed in one of the four Margin areas based on their property. + + + Note: To control the visibility of the built in Ruler Margin, use the property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called when the is unloaded. + + + + + Specifies the kind of part represented by an + + + + + A part that represents a block of text. + + + + + A part that represents a single tab character. + + + + + Specifies the location of an within the editing area of a control. + + + + + + + + + The is the only view being displayed by the + and it takes up the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + Specifies that the is the upper view in a with a horizontal split or the left view in a with a vertical split. + + + + + + + + + Specifies that the is the lower view in a with a horizontal split or the right view in a with a vertical split. + + + + + + + + + Specifies how the editing area of a control is split. + + + + + + + + + + The editing area of the is not split - a single occupies the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + + + + The editing area of the is split vertically - two s occupy the editing area of the control separated by a vertical splitter. + + + + + + + + + + The editing area of the is split horizontally - two s occupy the editing area of the control separated by a horizontal splitter. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies wich split operations are allowed on the the editing area of a control. + + + + + + + + + + The displays a mini-splitter that allows the editing area of the to be split vertically, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a vertical splitter. + + + + + + + + + + The displays a mini-splitter that allows the editing area of the to be split horizontally, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a horizontal splitter. + + + + + + + + + + The displays a mini-splitter that allows the editing area of the to be split horizontally or vertically, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by either a horizontal or verticalsplitter. + + + + + + + + + + The does not display a mini-splitter that allows the editing area of the to be split - a single always occupies the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the location of an within an . + + + + + + Specifies an location that is on the left side of the . + + + + + + + Specifies an location that is on the top of the . + + + + + + + Specifies an location that is on the right side of the . + + + + + + + Specifies an location that is on the bottom of the . + + + + + + + Specifies the type of change that occurred to a during the last layout pass. + + + + + + + + Specifies that no change occurred to the during the last layout pass. + + + + + + + + Specifies that the was added or reformatted during the last layout pass. + + + + + + + + Specifies that the was deleted during the last layout pass. + + + + + + + + Specifies that the was translated during the last layout pass. + + + + + + + + Specifies how new text should be applied to a . + + + + + + + Specifies that new text should be inserted at the current cursor position. + + + + + + + Specifies that new text should overwrite the text at the current cursor position. + + + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Cuts the currently selected text to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + + Copies the currently selected text to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + + Pastes the current clipboard text at the current insertion point. + + + + + + + + + + Undo the last edit activity. + + + + + + Redo the last undone edit activity. + + + + + + Split the editing area vertically, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a vertical splitter. + + + + + + + Split the editing area horizontally, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a horizontal splitter. + + + + + + + Remove the split from the editing area - a single will occupy the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + Display a mini-splitter that allows the editing area to be split vertically, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a vertical splitter. + + + + + + + Display a mini-splitter that allows the editing area to be split horizontally, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by a horizontal splitter. + + + + + + + Display a mini-splitter that allows the editing area to be split vertically and horizontally, creating two s in the editing area of the control separated by either a horizontal or verticalsplitter. + + + + + + + Do not display a mini-splitter that allows the editing area to be split into multiple views - a single always occupies the entire editing area of the control. + + + + + + + Increases the indent level of the line(s) containing the current selection or Caret position so that the line begins at the nearest tabstop position following the current line start position. + + + + + + + + + Decreases the indent level of the line(s) containing the current selection or Caret position so that the line begins at the nearest tabstop position preceding the current line start position. + + + + + + + + + Converts the currently selected text to lowercase. + + + + + + + + Converts the currently selected text to uppercase. + + + + + + + + Deletes the character at the location. If there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + + + + + Deletes the character preceeding the location. If there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + + + + + Deletes all text from the location to the beginning of the current word + (if the Caret is in the middle of a word), or deletes the previous word if the Caret is at + the beginning of a word. If there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + + + + + Deletes all text from the location to the end of the current word. If + there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + + + + + Moves the down one line. + + + + + + + + Moves the down one page. + + + + + + + + Moves the up one page. + + + + + + + + Moves the to the last line on the current page. + + + + + + + + Moves the to the next character position. + + + + + + + + Moves the to the next word. + + + + + + + + Moves the to the previous character position. + + + + + + + + Moves the to the previous word. + + + + + + + + Moves the to the end of the . + + + + + + + + Moves the to the end of the line containing the . + + + + + + + + Moves the to the first non-whitespace character on the line containing the . + + + + + + + + Moves the to the start of the . + + + + + + + + Moves the to the start of the line containing the . + + + + + + + + Moves the to the first line on the current page. + + + + + + + + Moves the up one line. + + + + + + + + Moves the down one line, selecting all text in between the start and end position. + + + + + + + + + + Moves the selection end point one character position to the right. + + + + + + + + + + Moves the selection end point one word to the right. + + + + + + + + + + Extends the selection down one page. + + + + + + + + + + Extends the selection up one page. + + + + + + + + + + Moves the selection end point one character position to the left. + + + + + + + + + + Moves the selection end point one word to the left. + + + + + + + + + + Extends the selection to the bottom of the current page. + + + + + + + + + + Extends the current selection to the end of the . + + + + + + + + + + Extends the current selection to the end of the line containing the . + + + + + + + + + + Extends the current selection to the first non-whitespace character on the line containing the Caret. + + + + + + + + + + Extends the current selection to the start of the document. + + + + + + + + + + Extends the current selection to the start of the line containing the . + + + + + + + + + + Extends the selection to the top of the current page. + + + + + + + + + + Moves the up one line, selecting all text in between the start and end position. + + + + + + + + + + Toggles the visibility of the whitespace indicators. + + + + + + Toggles the visibility of the current line highlight. + + + + + + Toggles the visibility of the . + + + + + + + Specifies the data formats supported when dragging a selection. + + + + + Specifies the standard ANSI text format. + + + + + Specifies the options for when to display error squigglies under text that violates the 's Language grammar rules. + + + Language + + + + + Always display error squigglies under text that violates the 's Language grammar rules. + + + + + Never display error squigglies under text that violates the 's Language grammar rules. + + + + + Only display error squigglies under text that violates the 's Language grammar rules if the document is modifiable. + + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + An that represents the previous view. + An that represents the new view. + + + + Returns the new active . + + + + + Returns the new active . + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + The that describes the action being executed with the Clipboard. + The that contains the data which is being dragged. + + + + Returns the that describes the action being executed with the Clipboard. + + + + + + Returns the that contains the data being used in the clipboard operation. + + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + The that describes the action being executed with the Clipboard. + The that contains the data which is being dragged. + + + + Returns the that describes the action being executed with the Clipboard. + + + + + + Returns the that contains the data being used in the clipboard operation. + + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + A that represents the previous document. + A that represents the new document. + + + + Returns the new being edited. + + + + + Returns the previous being edited. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor + + An enumerable that returns a list of new and/or reformatted s. + An enumerable that returns a list of deleted s + An enumerable that returns a list of translated (moved) s + + + + Returns an enumerable of the s that were deleted when the layout of the lines in the changed. + + + + + Returns an enumerable of the s that were added or reformatted when the layout of the lines in the changed. + + + + + Returns an enumerable of the s that were translated (moved) when the layout of the lines in the changed. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The whose selection has changed. + + + + Returns the whose selection has changed. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The whose selection is being dragged. + The that contains the data which is being dragged. + + + + Returns/sets whether the action that triggered the event should be canceled. + + + + + Returns the that contains the data which is being dragged. + + + + + Returns the whose selection is being dragged. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The into which data is being dropped. + The that contains the data which is being dragged. + The that identifies the location in the where the data is being inserted. + True if the source of the drag operation is external, false if the source of the drag operation is the ). + True if the data is being moved, false if the data is being copied (only has meaning if 'isDragSourceExternal' is false). + + + + Returns/sets whether the action that triggered the event should be canceled. + + + + + Returns the that contains the data which is being dropped. + + + + + Returns the into which data is being dropped. + + + + + Returns the that identifies the location in the where the data is being inserted. + + + + + Returns true if the source of the drag operation is external, false if the source of the drag operation is the . + + + + + Returns true if the data is being moved, false if the data is being copied (only has meaning if is false). + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + The old . + The new . + + + + Returns the new . + + + + + Returns the old . + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed in the and events. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + The associated with the event. + + + + Returns the associated with the event. + + + + + A class that manages scrolling for an . + + + + + + Scrolls the up by one line. + + + + + Scrolls the up by the specified number of lines. + + + + + Scrolls the down by one line. + + + + + Scrolls the down by the specified number of lines. + + + + + Scrolls the up by one page. + + + + + Scrolls the down by one page. + + + + + A class that manages the selection for an and exposes properties that allow the selection to be queried and manipulated. + + + + + Converts the currently selected text to lowercase. + + + + + Converts the currently selected text to uppercase.. + + + + + Copies the currently selected text to the clipboard. + + + + + Cuts the currently selected text to the clipboard. + + + + + Decreases the indent level of the line(s) containing the current selection or Caret position so that the line begins at the nearest tabstop position preceding the current line start position. + + + + + Deletes the character at the location. If there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes the character preceeding the location. If there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes all text from the location to the beginning of the current word + (if the Caret is in the middle of a word), or deletes the previous word if the Caret is at + the beginning of a word. If there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes all text from the location to the end of the current word. If + there is an active selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Increases the indent level of the line(s) containing the current selection or Caret position so that the line begins at the nearest tabstop position following the current line start position. + + + + + Moves the down one line. + + + + + Moves the down one page. + + + + + Moves the up one page. + + + + + Moves the to the last line on the current page. + + + + + Moves the to the next character position. + + + + + Moves the to the next word. + + + + + Moves the to the previous character position. + + + + + Moves the to the previous word. + + + + + Moves the to the end of the . + + + + + Moves the to the end of the line containing the . + + + + + Moves the to the first non-whitespace character on the line containing the . + + + + + Moves the to the start of the . + + + + + Moves the to the start of the line containing the . + + + + + Moves the to the first line on the current page. + + + + + Moves the up one line. + + + + + Paste the current clipboard text at the current position. If there is an active selection, the selection is replaced with the clipboard text. + + + + + Redo the last undone edit activity. + + + + + Moves the down one line, selecting all text in between the start and end position. + + + + + Select the entire line containing the . + + + + + Moves the selection end point one character position to the right. + + + + + Moves the selection end point one word to the right. + + + + + Extends the selection down one page. + + + + + Extends the selection up one page. + + + + + Moves the selection end point one character position to the left. + + + + + Moves the selection end point one word to the left. + + + + + Extends the selection to the bottom of the current page. + + + + + Extends the current selection to the end of the . + + + + + Extends the current selection to the end of the line containing the . + + + + + Extends the current selection to the first non-whitespace character on the line containing the Caret. + + + + + Extends the current selection to the start of the document. + + + + + Extends the current selection to the start of the line containing the . + + + + + Extends the selection to the top of the current page. + + + + + Moves the up one line, selecting all text in between the start and end position. + + + + + Undo the last edit activity. + + + + + Returns/sets the text included in the current selection. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the that represents the end of the selection. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the that represents the end of the selection after normalization. (read only) + + + Normalization ensures that represents a + in the document that occurs before , regardless of whether the same is + true for the and properties which represent the + raw starting and ending points of the selection. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the length of the current selection. (read only) + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the that represents the start of the selection. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the that represents the start of the selection after normalization. (read only) + + + Normalization ensures that represents a + in the document that occurs before , regardless of whether the same is + true for the and properties which represent the + raw starting and ending points of the selection. + + + + + + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + Class that inherits from and adds a property that exposes a + + + + + + + Constructor + + The associated with this + The that should be used when applying the associated with this + + + + Returns the that should be used when applying the associated with this (read only) + + + + + + + A control that provides text editing and syntax highlighting functionality based on robust document and syntax parsing frameworks. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Measures child elements + + The size available for child elements. + + + + + Called when a new template is applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.DragDrop.DragEnter attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. + + The System.Windows.DragEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.DragDrop.DragLeave attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. + + The System.Windows.DragEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.DragDrop.DragOver attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. + + The System.Windows.DragEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.DragDrop.DragEnter attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. + + The System.Windows.DragEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.DragDrop.QueryContinueDrag attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. + + The System.Windows.QueryContinueDragEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + Called when the element receives focus. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the element receives keyboard focus. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the MouseWheel is rotated. + + The data associated with the event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the Tab key is processed by the control to insert/remove tabs to control the indentation of text. The default is true. + + + When set to false the control will not process the Tab key allowing focus to be shifted to the next control in the tab order. + + + + + + Returns the current active (read only). + + + The active is the view with the keyboard focus. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the control allows selected text to be dragged. + + + When set to false the control will not allow selected text to be dragged within the control or outside the control. + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the (read only). + + + The is the with the keyboard focus. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to color the . + + + + + + + Returns/sets a custom to be used when assigning s to classified text. + + + The default value of this property is null. When this property is set, the property is updated with its value. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the value of the property if it has been set, otherwise returns a default (read-only) + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to highlight the background of the current line (i.e., the line containing the Caret). + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to highlight the border of the area behind the current line (i.e., the line conatining the Caret). + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a highlight is rendered behind the current line (i.e., the line containing the Caret). + + + + + + + Returns the collection of custom Margins displayed by each (read only). + + + Custom Margins are classes that derive from the abstract base class . This + collection only contains the custom Margins you create and add to the collection. The built-in Margins are created automatically + by the control, and you can control whether or not they appear using their associated 'IsVisible' properties. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the being edited by the . + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the control displays error squigglies under text that violates the 's Language grammar rules. + + + When set to false the control will not allow selected text to be dragged within the control or outside the control. + + + + + + + + + Returns the current inactive , or null if there is no inactive view (read only). + + + The active is the view with the keyboard focus. An additional view can be created by splitting the active view. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether line numbers are displayed in the left Margin for every document line. The default is true. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a column positions ruler is displayed in the top Margin. The default is false. + + + The ruler displays tick marks for each display column. The width of the display columns is based on the average width of + a character rendered with the current font. As a result, the ruler is only useful when the is using a fixed + width font. In fact, if you choose to display the ruler when the control is using a proportional font, the ruler's column positions will not + align with the character positions in the text. + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to render the background of the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to render the Foreground of the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the the FontFamily used by the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the the FontFamily used by the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the the FontFamily used by the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to render the background of the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to render the border of the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to render the tick marks of the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to render the tick mark and highlight indicator in the that corresponds to the current position. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to render the text labels in the . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to color the selection highlight when the view containting the selection is active. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to color the selection highlight when the view containting the selection is inactive. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether mini-splitters are displayed in the scrollbar areas to allow the end user to split the editing area of the control. The default is . + + + + Note: This property only controls whether the end user can split the editing area (via the mini splitters in the scrollbar areas) and does not affect the ability to programmatically split the editing area by setting the property. + + + Note: If the is placed in a container element that measures its children with an infinite height + or width (e.g., a StackPanel), then certain settings of this property will be considered 'invalid' and will be resolved to an appropriate + setting. For example, if the is placed in a StackPanel with vertical orientation and this property is set + to , it will be resolved to + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the editing area of the control is split horizontally or vertically to display an additional . The default is . + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets how new text should be applied to a . + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Brush used to color the indicators which are rendered to highlight the presence of whitespace (i.e., tabs and spaces) in the document text. + + + This property defaults to null. Refer to the property to see how the final color for rendering the + whitespace indicators is determined. + + + + + + + + Returns the property if non-null, otherwise returns the Foreground color specified for + the entry in the (read only). + + + By default the whitespace indicators will be rendered using the Foreground brush specified for the entry in + the since the property defaults to null. + However, when the property is set to a non-null value it takes precedence and will be used to render the whitespace indicators. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether indicators are rendered along with the document text to indicate the presence of whitespace (i.e., tabs and spaces). The default is Collapsed. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the zoom level for the text area of the control. The text and all Margins are included in the zoom area - the scrollbars are not included. + + + + Note: This value is expressed as a percentage with 1.0 being 100%. Valid values are from .2 to 4.0. + + + To zoom the text area when running in the Browser (Silverlight or WPF) press the SHIFT key and scroll the mousewheel. When running + outside the Browser press the CTRL key and scroll the mousewheel. + + + + + + + + Returns the value of the property expressed as a percentage. (read-only) + + + + For example, if the is set to 1.0, this property will return 100. + + + + + + + + Raised after the control's active is changed. + + + + The active is the view that contains the keyboard focus. + + + + + + + + + Raised before a Clipboard operation (i.e., Cut, Copy or Paste) is executed. + + + + + + + Raised before a Clipboard operation (i.e., Cut, Copy or Paste) is executed. + + + + + + + Raised after the 's document is changed. + + + + + + + + Raised after the 's Selection is changed. + + + + + + + + Raised when a drag of an 's Selection is beginning. + + + + + + + + + Raised when a drag is about to complete and the data is about to be dropped. + + + + + + + + + Raised after the changes. + + + + + + + + Raised after a is loaded but before it is displayed. + + + + + + + Raised after a is unloaded. + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b6b1a0a4ba2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fd01bdaf49b Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cafe2c4cf22 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2279 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Gauges.v14.2 + + + + + Enum specifying the position of the titles relative to scale's start/end. + + + + + The titles are placed at scale's start (minimum value). + + + + + The titles are placed at the scale's end (maximum value). + + + + + Identifies the Orientation property. + + + + + Identifies the Ranges property. + + + + + Identifies the RangeBrushes property. + + + + + Identifies the RangeOutlines property. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue property. + + + + + Gets the resolved maximum value of the scale. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue property. + + + + + Identifies the TargetValue property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualValue property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualValueName property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the RangeOuterExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueInnerExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the Interval property. + + + + + Identifies the TicksPostInitial property. + + + + + Identifies the TicksPreTerminal property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelInterval property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelsPostInitial property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelsPreTerminal property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickCount property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the TickEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the TickBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the FontBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleSweepDirection property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingInnerExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingOuterExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartExtent property + + + + + Identifies the ScaleEndExtent property + + + + + Identifies the TargetValueBrush property + + + + + Identifies the TargetValueBreadth property + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the TargetValueOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the TargetValueStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelFormat property. + + + + + Identifies the Title property. + + + + + Identifies the Title property. + + + + + Identifies the TitlesPosition property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleStyle property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleStyle property. + + + + + Identifies the TitlesHorizontalRatio property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionDuration property. + + + + + Identifies the ShowToolTipTimeout property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value for the main scale of the bullet graph for a given point within the bounds of the bullet graph. + + The point for which to retrieve the associated value. + The value on the bullet graph equating to the desired point. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the bullet graph is currently animating. + + + + + Gets the transition progress of the animation when the control is animating. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale ranges to render on the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of brushes to be used as the palette for bullet graph ranges. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of brushes to be used as the palette for bullet graph outlines. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets the resolved minimum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicated by the target value bar. + + + + + Gets or sets the name used for the target value. The name is displayed in the default target value tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the value at which the bar ends. + + + + + Gets or sets the name used for actual value. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the ranges, measured from the front/bottom of the control as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the range as a value from 0 to 1 measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the actual value geometries, measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the actual value geometries as a value from 0 to 1 measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval to use for the scale. + + + + + A value to start adding tickmarks, added to the scale's MinimumValue. + + + + + A value to stop adding tickmarks, subtracted from the scale's MaximumValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval to use for rendering labels. This defaults to be the same interval as the tickmarks on the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to put the labels as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the bottom of the scale. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + A value to start adding labels, added to the scale's MinimumValue. + + + + + A value to stop adding labels, subtracted from the scale's MaximumValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of minor tickmarks to place between major tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the major tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the major tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the major tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the label font. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the actual value element. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of actual value element. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the minor tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the minor tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the minor tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scale is inverted. + When the scale is inverted the direction in which the scale values increase is right to left. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to fill the backing of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of the backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner extent of the bullet graph backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer extent of the bullet graph backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the scale, measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the scale as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use when rendering the fill of the comparative marker. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the target value, measured from the front/bottom of the control as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the target value, measured from the front/bottom of the control as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use when rendering the outline of the target value. + + + + + Gets or sets the label composite format used when creating label values. + + + + + Gets or sets the title of bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the subtitle of bullet graph. + + + + + Get or set the position of the titles area related to scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the style applied to the TextBlock element used to display the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the style applied to the TextBlock element used to display the subtitle. + + + + + Gets or sets the portion of the control's width where the titles reside. This property is applicable for horizontal orientation only and its value should be between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of milliseconds over which changes to the bullet graph should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets the time in milliseconds that tooltip appearance is delayed with. + + + + + Gets the tooltip formatter associated with the range tooltip. + + + + + Gets the string formatter associated with the value tooltip. + + + + + Gets the string formatter associated with the target value tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip displayed for the range. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip displayed for the actual value. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip displayed for the target value. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tooltips are enabled. + + + + + Represents a range in the XamBulletGraph and XamLinearGauge controls. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called whenever a property value changes. + + Name of the property. + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies Name dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Brush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StartValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the EndValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerStartExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the InnerEndExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterStartExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the OuterEndExtent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the caption of the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to fill the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the outline to use when rendering the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the value at which the range starts along the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the value at which the range ends along the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph (from 0 to 1) at which to start rendering the inner edge of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal width/height of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph (from 0 to 1) at which to end rendering the inner edge of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal width/height of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph (from 0 to 1) at which to start rendering the outer edge of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal width/height of the bullet graph. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance measured from the front/bottom of the bullet graph (from 0 to 1) at which to end rendering the outer edge of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal width/height of the bullet graph. + + + + + Represents a DataContext for tooltips + + + + + Identifies the Item dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Item dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemName dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ItemBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Thickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Outline dependency property. + + + + + Raises PropertyChanged event for a specified property name. + + Property name + Old property value + New property value + + + + Gets the current DataContext's item. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the item for the current data context. + + + + + Gets or sets the item outline for the current data context. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to color the item. + + + + + Gets the thickness of item's outline. + + + + + Gets or sets the item label. + + + + + Raised when a property value changes. + + + + + Identifies the Orientation property. + + + + + Identifies the Ranges property. + + + + + Identifies the RangeBrushes property. + + + + + Identifies the RangeOutlines property. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue property. + + + + + Gets the resolved maximum value of the scale. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue property. + + + + + Identifies the Value dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleShape dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleName property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleInnerExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the RangeOuterExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleOuterExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleInnerBaseWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleOuterBaseWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleInnerPointWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleOuterPointWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleInnerPointExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleOuterPointExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the Interval property. + + + + + Identifies the TicksPostInitial property. + + + + + Identifies the TicksPreTerminal property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelInterval property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelsPostInitial property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelsPreTerminal property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickCount property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the TickEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the TickBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the FontBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleBreadth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleSweepDirection property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingInnerExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingOuterExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartExtent property + + + + + Identifies the ScaleEndExtent property + + + + + Identifies the ScaleBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelFormat property. + + + + + Identifies the Title property. + + + + + Identifies the Title property. + + + + + Identifies the TitlesPosition property. + + + + + Identifies the TitleStyle property. + + + + + Identifies the SubtitleStyle property. + + + + + Identifies the TitlesHorizontalRatio property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionDuration property. + + + + + Identifies the ShowToolTipTimeout property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value for the main scale of the gauge for a given point within the bounds of the gauge. + + The point for which to retrieve the associated value. + The value on the gauge equating to the desired point. + + + + Returns true if the main gauge needle bounding box contains the point provided, otherwise false. + + The point to check. + True if the needles bounding box contains the point + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the bullet graph is currently animating. + + + + + Gets the transition progress of the animation when the control is animating. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the orientation of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale ranges to render on the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of brushes to be used as the palette for linear gauge ranges. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of brushes to be used as the palette for linear gauge outlines. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets the resolved minimum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the value at which the needle is positioned. + + + + + Gets or sets the shape to use when rendering the needle from a number of options. + + + + + Gets or sets the name used for needle. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the ranges, measured from the front/bottom of the control as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the scale, measured from the bottom/front (when orientation is horizontal/vertical) of the control as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the range as a value from 0 to 1 measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the scale as a value from 0 to 1 measured from the bottom/front (when orientation is horizontal/vertical) of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the needle geometry, measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the needle geometry as a value from 0 to 1 measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle's inner base. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle's outer base. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle's inner point. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle's outer point. + + + + + Gets or sets the extent of the needle's inner point. + + + + + Gets or sets the extent of the needle's outer point. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval to use for the scale. + + + + + A value to start adding tickmarks, added to the scale's MinimumValue. + + + + + A value to stop adding tickmarks, subtracted from the scale's MaximumValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval to use for rendering labels. This defaults to be the same interval as the tickmarks on the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to put the labels as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the bottom of the scale. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + A value to start adding labels, added to the scale's MinimumValue. + + + + + A value to stop adding labels, subtracted from the scale's MaximumValue. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of minor tickmarks to place between major tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the major tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the major tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the major tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the label font. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for needle element. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of needle element. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the minor tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the minor tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the minor tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the scale is inverted. + When the scale is inverted the direction in which the scale values increase is right to left. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to fill the backing of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of the backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner extent of the linear gauge backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer extent of the linear gauge backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the scale, measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the scale as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the front/bottom of the linear gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal size of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to fill the scale of the linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the label composite format used when creating label values. + + + + + Gets or sets the title of linear gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the subtitle of linear gauge. + + + + + Get or set the position of the titles area related to scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the style applied to the TextBlock element used to display the title. + + + + + Gets or sets the style applied to the TextBlock element used to display the subtitle. + + + + + Gets or sets the portion of the control's width where the titles reside. This property is applicable for horizontal orientation only and its value should be between 0 and 1. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of milliseconds over which changes to the linear gauge should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets the time in milliseconds that tooltip appearance is delayed with. + + + + + Gets the tooltip formatter associated with the range tooltip. + + + + + Gets the string formatter associated with the needle tooltip. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip displayed for the range. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip displayed for the actual value. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether tooltips are enabled. + + + + + A radial gauge for displaying a single value on a defined scale. + + + + + Scales a value on the gauge's main scale to an angle around the center point of the gauge, in radians. + + The value to scale. + The angle for the value in radians. + + + + Unscales a value from an angle in radians to the represented value along the main scale of the gauge. + + The angle in radians to unscale to a value. + The unscaled value on the gauge's main scale. + + + + Gets the value for the main scale of the gauge for a given point within the bounds of the gauge. + + The point for which to retrieve the associated value. + The value on the gauge equating to the desired point. + + + + Identifies the RangeBrushes property. + + + + + Identifies the RangeOutlines property. + + + + + Gets the resolved minimum value of the scale. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue property. + + + + + Gets the resolved maximum value of the scale. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue property. + + + + + Identifies the Interval property. + + + + + Identifies the CenerX property. + + + + + Identifies the CenterY property. + + + + + Identifies the Value property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartAngle property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleEndAngle property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleSweepDirection property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionDuration property. + + + + + Identifies the TransitionEasingFunction dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleShape property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleStartWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleEndWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleBaseFeatureWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleBaseFeatureExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePointFeatureWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePointFeatureExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePivotWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePivotWidth property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePivotShape property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePivotBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePivotOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedleStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the NeedlePivotStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelInterval property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the TickEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the TickStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the TickBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the FontBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickStartExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickEndExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the MinorTickCount property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingBrush property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingOutline property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingStrokeThickness property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingOuterExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingSweepDelta property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleSweepDelta property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaleSweepDelta property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingCornerRadius property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingInnerExtent property. + + + + + Identifies the BackingShape property. + + + + + Identifies the Ranges property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusMultiplier property. + + + + + Identifies the DuplicateLabelOmissionStrategy property. + + + + + Returns true if the main gauge needle bounding box contains the point provided, otherwise false. + + The point to check. + True if the needles bounding box contains the point + + + + Gets or sets a collection of brushes to be used as the palette for gauge ranges. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of brushes to be used as the palette for gauge outlines. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval to use for the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the x position of the center of the gauge with the value ranging from 0 to 1. + + + + + Gets or sets the y position of the center of the gauge with the value ranging from 0 to 1. + + + + + Gets or sets the value at which to point the needle of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the start angle for the scale in degrees. + + + + + Gets or sets the end angle for the scale in degrees. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction in which the scale sweeps around the center from the start angle to end angle. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of milliseconds over which changes to the gauge should be animated. + + + + + Gets or sets the EasingFunction used to morph the current gauge. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use when rendering the fill of the needle. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use when rendering the outline of the needle. + + + + + Gets or sets the extent (from -1 to 1) at which to start rendering the needle, measured from the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the extent (from -1 to 1) at which to end rendering the needle, measured from the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the shape to use when rendering the needle from a number of options. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle at its point using a value from (0 to 1). Note: Only some needle shapes respect this property. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle at its point using a value from (0 to 1). Note: Only some needle shapes respect this property. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle at its feature which is closest to the base (e.g. a bulb) with a value from 0 to 1. Note: Only some needle shapes respect this property. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the extent of the feature which is closest to the base (e.g. a bulb) with a value from -1 to 1. Note: Only some needle shapes respect this property. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the needle at its feature which is closest to the point (e.g. the tapering point of a needle) with a value from 0 to 1. Note: Only some needle shapes respect this property. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the extent of the feature which is closest to the point (e.g. the tapering point of a needle) with a value from -1 to 1. Note: Only some needle shapes respect this property. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the cap of the needle with a value from 0 to 1. Note: Will only take effect if you have a cap set on the needle. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the inner cutout section of the needle cap with a value from 0 to 1. Note: Will only take effect if you have a cap set on the needle that has a cutout section. + + + + + Gets or sets the shape to use for the needle cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the scale, measured from the center of the gauge as a value from 0 to 1. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for filling the needle cap. Note: this only applies to certain cap shapes. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outlines of the needle cap. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the scale as a value from 0 to 1 measured from the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to put the labels as a value from 0 to 1, measured form the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the interval to use for rendering labels. This defaults to be the same interval as the tickmarks on the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the major tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the major tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the major tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the label font. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to start rendering the minor tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the position at which to stop rendering the minor tickmarks as a value from 0 to 1, measured from the center of the gauge. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the minor tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of minor tickmarks to place between major tickmarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to fill the background of the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to fill the backing of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use for the outline of the backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer extent of the gauge backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the over sweep angle to apply to the backing if it is displaying fitted (in degrees). Must be greater or equal to 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the extra degrees of sweep to apply to the scale background. Must be greater or equal to 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the over or shape to use for the excess fill area for the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner rounding radius to use for the fitted scale backings. + + + + + Gets or sets the inner extent of the gauge backing. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of shape to use for the backing of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the ranges to render on the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the multiplying factor to apply to the normal radius of the gauge. + The radius of the gauge is defined by the minimum of the width and height of the control divided by 2.0. + This introduces a multiplicative factor to that value. + + + + + Gets or sets the strategy to use for omitting labels if the first and last label have the same value. + + + + + + + Represents delegate for FormatRadialGaugeLabel + + + + + Represents event argument for FormatRadialGaugeLabel + + + + + Gets ActualMinimumValue + + + + + Gets ActualMaximumValue + + + + + Gets StartAngle + + + + + Gets EndAngle + + + + + Gets Angle + + + + + Gets Value + + + + + Gets Label + + + + + Represents delegate for AlignRadialGaugeLabel + + + + + Represents event argument for AlignRadialGaugeLabel + + + + + Gets Width + + + + + Gets Height + + + + + Gets OffsetX + + + + + Gets OffsetY + + + + + Gets or sets the brush to use to fill the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the outline to use when rendering the range. + + + + + Gets or sets the value at which the range starts along the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the value at which the range ends along the scale. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance from the center of the gauge (from 0 to 1) at which to start rendering the inner sweep of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance from the center of the gauge (from 0 to 1) at which to end rendering the inner sweep of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance from the center of the gauge (from 0 to 1) at which to start rendering the outer sweep of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + + Gets or sets the distance from the center of the gauge (from 0 to 1) at which to end rendering the outer sweep of the range. + Values further from zero than 1 can be used to make this extend further than the normal radius of the gauge. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.DateTimeColumn.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.DateTimeColumn.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..659ff77b046 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.DateTimeColumn.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.DateTimeColumn.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.DateTimeColumn.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ccb9351d11c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.DateTimeColumn.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.DateTimeColumn.v14.2 + + + + + A that will apply a filter based on the selected Mask of the DateTime Column. + + + + + Returns a Linq Expression which will be used for filtering. + + + + + + + Generates the expression to compare two date time objects with the specified mask. + + + + + + + + Gets the Default Value of a DateTime Instance + + + + + + Analyzes the mask and compares two date time objects. + + + + + + + + Gets the string that will be displayed, when the DisplayName is not set. + + + + + The DateTimeColumn + + + + + A that generates a as the content for a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate content for objects for this . + + + + + + Fills the with the operands that the column expects as filter values. + + + + + + Fills the inputted list with options for the FilterMenu control. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets / sets the that will be assigned to the controls of the . + + + + + A format string for formatting data in this column. + + + + + An object that provides content to objects that belong to a + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of the . + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a , when the cell is not in edit mode. + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + Sets up the edtior control that will be displayed in a when the the cell is in edit mode. + + The entering edit mode. + The value that should be put in the editor. + The amount of horizontal space available. + The amound of vertical space available. + Provides a that can be used for setting up the editor. + + + + + Resolves the value of the editor control, so that the cell's underlying data can be updated. + + The that the editor id being displayed in. + The value that should be displayed in the cell. + + + + Called during EnsureContent to allow the provider a chance to modify its display based on the current conditions. + + + + + + This is where a ColumnContentProvider should apply the Binding to their Display element. + + + + + + + Calls the ContentProvider to Attempt to Focus the underlying editor control + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.MultiColumnComboColumn.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.MultiColumnComboColumn.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..deb86f79944 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.MultiColumnComboColumn.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.MultiColumnComboColumn.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.MultiColumnComboColumn.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fabc9548cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.MultiColumnComboColumn.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.MultiColumnComboColumn.v14.2 + + + + + A that generates a as the content for a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate content for objects for this . + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets / sets if whether the should be called to do a full redraw when the .EditorStyle is changed. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether filtering will be immediately applied after the value of the cell editor is changed. + + + true if a filter should be applied immediately after the value of the cell editor is changed; otherwise, false. + + + + + This is the items to display for the combo box contents of each cell. + + + + + This is the key from the ItemSource that will be used as a display value for the combo box. + + + + + If true will cause the Combo Box to auto-generate the columns based on the ItemSource Property. Otherwise, will use the columns in the Columns Property. + + + + + This is the key from the ItemSource that will be used as a value value for the selected item of the combo box. + + + + + Allows the user the ability to specify which columns they want to display in the combo box, these are ignored if dependency property is set to true. + + + + + An object that provides content to objects that belong to a + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of the . + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a , when the cell is not in edit mode. + + + + + The element that should be displayed. + + + + + Resolves the value of the editor control, so that the cell's underlying data can be updated. + + + + The value that should be displayed in the cell. + + + + + Sets up the edtior control that will be displayed in a when the the cell is in edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + Raised when the editor is removed from the cell. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.SparklineColumn.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.SparklineColumn.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..63192ffb8fd Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.SparklineColumn.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.SparklineColumn.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.SparklineColumn.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d1237441bdf --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.SparklineColumn.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,151 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.SparklineColumn.v14.2 + + + + + A which can be used to show A Sparkline Chart. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generates a new that will be used to generate content for objects for this . + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets / sets if the column will show the UI for SummaryRow. + + + + + Gets/sets if a column can be filtered via the UI. + + + + + Gets/Sets if a Column can be sorted. + + + + + Gets/Sets if a Column can be grouped. + + + + + Gets whether an exception should be thrown if the key associated with the doesn't + correspond with a property in the data that this object represents. + + + + + Gets / sets the string path to the value column that will be assigned to the controls of the . + + + + + Gets / sets the string path to the label column that will be assigned to the controls of the . + + + + + Gets / sets the Style that will be applied to the altering the appearance and behavior of the control in the . + + + + + Gets / sets the that will be assigned to the controls of the . + + + + + Gets / sets the that contains the set of data to be displayed in the controls of the . + + + + + An object that provides content to objects that belong to a + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a , when the cell is not in edit mode. + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + Builds the binding that will be used for a + + + + If a binding cannot be created, null will be returned. + + + + + Sets up the editor control that will be displayed in a when the the cell is in edit mode. + + The entering edit mode. + The value that should be put in the editor. + The amount of horizontal space available. + The amount of vertical space available. + Provides a that can be used for setting up the editor. + + + + + Resolves the value of the editor control, so that the cell's underlying data can be updated. + + The that the editor id being displayed in. + The value that should be displayed in the cell. + + + + This is where a ColumnContentProvider should apply the Binding to their Display element. + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.Design.dll index de4879d2d51..48ff3f861e2 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll index ae71a0a73ee..9ad18527a93 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f12df0f7b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e22808b18ca Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d9f2001bc29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,268 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotDataSlicer.v14.2 + + + + + XamPivotDataSlicer control class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Removes all filters applied to this instance. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Occurs when a child selection changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header area is expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the style that is applied to each . + + The item container style. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has applied filter. + + + true if this instance has applied filter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the target level. + + The target level. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the target level. + + The name of the target level. + + + + Gets or sets the index of the target level. + + The index of the target level. + + + + Gets or sets the slicer items color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the unique name of the target hierarchy this slicer connects to. + + + + + Gets collection of level names of the selected of this instance. + + + + + Gets collection of target hierarchies names of this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the hierarchy this instance targets. + + + + + Gets of all items of this instance. + + + + + + Gets the items related to the selected . + + + + + Class representing an item in a XamPivotDataSlicer. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . In simplest terms, this means the method is called just before a UI element displays in an application. For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Gets or sets the display name of this instance. + + The display name. + + + + Gets or sets the slicer items color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is selected. + + + + + Gets the parent slicer. + + + + + + Gets the filter source this instance is related to. + + + + + + An object that contains strings for different areas in UI (buttons, tooltips, menu headers, etc.) of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the resource string. + + Name of the resource. + the string resource + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for level label. + + The level label. + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for hierarchy label. + + The level label. + + + + The designer needs a class which doesn't inherit from control in order to work, + otherwise there are compilation problems due to the base class (Control) being ambiguous between SL and WPF. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c36a4e5f604 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..955bfcdc9fe Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9ce0cb9a1f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,10957 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGrid.v14.2 + + + + + The automation peer for the field item control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Gets or sets the control. + + The control. + + + + The automation peer for the fields drop area control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The control. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a new instance of the for a data item in the collection of this . + + The data item that is associated with this . + + An object that exposes the data item to UI automation. + + + + + Gets the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . + + The collection of child elements. + + + + Gets a control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values that indicates the control pattern. + + The object that implements the pattern interface, or null if the specified pattern interface is not implemented by this peer. + + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Gets or sets the control. + + The control. + + + + The automation peer for the pivot cell control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The cell control. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Adds the current element to the collection of selected items. + + + + + Removes the current element from the collection of selected items. + + + + + Clears any existing selection and then selects the current element. + + + + + Sends a request to activate a control and initiate its single, unambiguous action. + + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the cell control. + + The cell control. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether an item is selected. + + + true if the element is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the UI automation provider that implements and acts as the container for the calling object. + + + The UI automation provider. + + + + The automation peer for the pivot cells panel + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The cells panel. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Gets or sets the cells panel. + + The cells panel. + + + + The automation peer for the pivot columns panel + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pane. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Gets or sets the pane. + + The pane. + + + + The automation peer for the pivot data rows panel + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pane. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Gets or sets the pane. + + The pane. + + + + The automation peer for the pivot header cell control + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The cell control. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Adds the current element to the collection of selected items. + + + + + Removes the current element from the collection of selected items. + + + + + Clears any existing selection and then selects the current element. + + + + + Hides all nodes, controls, or content that are descendants of the control. + + + + + Displays all child nodes, controls, or content of the control. + + + + + Sends a request to activate a control and initiate its single, unambiguous action. + + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Raises the expand collapse changed event. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the cell control. + + The cell control. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether an item is selected. + + + true if the element is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the UI automation provider that implements and acts as the container for the calling object. + + + The UI automation provider. + + + + Gets the state (expanded or collapsed) of the control. + + + The state (expanded or collapsed) of the control. + + + + The automation peer for the pivot rows panel + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pane. + + + + The automation peer for the pivot grid + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pivot grid. + + + + Retrieves the UI automation provider for the specified cell. + + The ordinal number of the row that contains the cell. + The ordinal number of the column that contains the cell. + + The UI automation provider for the specified cell. + + + + + Scrolls the visible region of the content area horizontally, vertically, or both. + + The horizontal increment that is specific to the control. Pass if the control cannot be scrolled in this direction. + The vertical increment that is specific to the control. Pass if the control cannot be scrolled in this direction. + + + + Sets the horizontal and vertical scroll position as a percentage of the total content area within the control. + + The horizontal position as a percentage of the content area's total range. Pass if the control cannot be scrolled in this direction. + The vertical position as a percentage of the content area's total range. Pass if the control cannot be scrolled in this direction. + + + + Retrieves a UI automation provider for each child element that is selected. + + An array of UI automation providers. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns a collection of UI Automation providers that represents all the column headers in a table. + + An array of UI automation providers. + + + + Returns a collection of UI Automation providers that represents all row headers in the table. + + An array of UI automation providers. + + + + Gets or sets the pivot grid. + + The pivot grid. + + + + Gets the horizontal scroll bar. + + The horizontal scroll bar. + + + + Gets the vertical scroll bar. + + The vertical scroll bar. + + + + Gets the total number of columns in a grid. + + + The total number of columns in a grid. + + + + Gets the total number of rows in a grid. + + + The total number of rows in a grid. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the control can scroll horizontally. + + + true if the control can scroll horizontally; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the current horizontal scroll position. + + + The horizontal scroll position as a percentage of the total content area within the control. + + + + Gets the current horizontal view size. + + + The horizontal size of the viewable region as a percentage of the total content area within the control. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the control can scroll vertically. + + + true if the control can scroll vertically; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the current vertical scroll position. + + + The vertical scroll position as a percentage of the total content area within the control. + + + + Gets the vertical view size. + + + The vertical size of the viewable region as a percentage of the total content area within the control. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the UI automation provider allows more than one child element to be selected concurrently. + + + true if multiple selection is allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the UI automation provider requires at least one child element to be selected. + + + true if selection is required; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the primary direction of traversal for the table. + + + The primary direction of traversal, as a value of the enumeration. + + + + An object that contains settings for editing feature on the + + + + + An Abstract class that controls the settings for an object on the . + + + + + Method called when the property is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the that owns the object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is allowed. + + true if editing is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the editable measures. + + The editable measures. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the the formatted value of cell + will be use for text editor or the underlying cell data will be use. + + true if text editor will show formatted value; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the the formatted value of cell + will be use for text editor or the underlying cell data will be use. + + true if text editor will show formatted value; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the editor, which is used for display edit box. The default editor is TextBox + + The editor. + + + + An object that contains settings for using PivotColumnResizingSettings on the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be used to identify where a will be resized. + + + + + Gets or sets how column resizing will work objects in the + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether double clicking on the column edge will resize for objects in the + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether multiple column resizing will work for objects in the + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the cell area resizing will work for objects in the + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the column when it is resized. + + The default value is 5. The property value can not be set less than zero. + The value applies to all s in the grid. + + The minimum width. + + + + Gets a which is displayed when the resolves to Indicator + + + + + Gets the Popup control used to display the + + + + + A control that shows a visual indication of where an object will be resized. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + An object that contains settings for hidden rows and column on the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether column chooser combo box is visible when there are hidden columns. + + true if column chooser will be visible when there are hidden columns ; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether row chooser combo box is visible when there are hidden rows. + + true if row chooser will be visible when there are hidden rows ; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the behavior of hidden axis in UI. For available options . + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be used on the control for choosing hidden columns. + + The hidden column chooser style. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be used on the control for choosing hidden rows. + + The hidden row chooser style. + + + + A collection of selected objects. + + + + + A collection of selectable items. + + An object of type + + + + Adds the specified collection of items to this collection. + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the collection. + + + + Selects the specified item. + + The item being selected + Whether or not the shift key is down. + + + + Called when the Selection collection has changed. + + The old collection + The new collection + + + + Creates a new instance of this collection. + + + The created new instance. + + + + + Adds the item at the specified index. + + The position where item will be added + The item that will be added + + + + Adds the item at the specified index. + + The position where item will be inserted + The item that will be inserted + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + The result of the removing; if true the item was successfully removed. + + + + Replaces the item at the specified index with the specified item. + + The position where item will be replaced + The item that will be replaced + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the that this collection belongs to. + + + + + Gets a collection of items that were selected while the shift key was down. + + + + + Gets the item that was first selected when the shift key was pressed down. + + This is important to know, so that selected ranges can be changed. + + + + Called when the Selection collection has changed. + + The old collection + The new collection + + + + Creates a new instance of this collection. + + + The created new instance. + + + + + A collection of selected objects. + + + + + Called when the Selection collection has changed. + + The old collection + The new collection + + + + Creates a new instance of this collection. + + + The created new instance. + + + + + A collection of selected objects. + + + + + Called when the Selection collection has changed. + + The old collection + The new collection + + + + Creates a new instance of this collection. + + + The created new instance. + + + + + An object that contains settings for selection on the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally + releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged and managed resources used by the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header cell of row should be selected. + + + true if header cell of row should be selected; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header cell of row should be selected. + + + true if header cell of row should be selected; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets how Cell selection will work on the + + + + + Gets or sets how Row selection will work on the + + + + + Gets or sets how Column selection will work on the + + + + + Gets or sets whether a row or cell should be selected when a Click occurs on the + + + + + Gets the collection of currently selected objects. + + + + + Gets the collection of currently selected objects. + + + + + Gets the collection of currently selected objects. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the selection in object. + + + + + Select specified object. + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + The object asociated with that command. + + + + Gets or sets the which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + Removes cell from header drop area. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + An object that contains settings for using ColumnsAreaSettings on the + + + + + An object that contains settings for using HeaderAreaSettings on the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the content that will be displayed in the HeaderArea of the when there are no + droped dimentions. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the droppable display area for the header feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the objects in the 4 area + for dimensions and filter in the + + The header cell style. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + An object that contains settings for using FiltersAreaSettings on the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + An object that contains settings for using MeasuresAreaSettings on the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + An object that contains settings for using RowsAreaSettings on the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Base class for Sorting commands which encapsulates shared logic. + + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The column that the command will be executed against. + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Method designed to combine similar code into a single path. + + + + + + + A object that will sort in an ascending manner. + + + + + Applies a sort to the PivotDataColumn. + + A object that will be sorted. + + + + A object that will sort in an descending manner. + + + + + Applies a sort to the PivotDataColumn. + + A object that will be sorted. + + + + A object that will change the sort order. + + + The sort order will go from unsorted to ascending, from ascending to descending, and from descending to ascending. + + + + + Applies a sort to the PivotDataColumn. + + A object that will be sorted. + + + + A object that will unsort. + + + + + Removes a sort from the PivotDataColumn. + + A object that will be unsorted. + + + + An object that contains settings for using SortingSettings on the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether sorting will be allowed by default. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the sort indicator will be visible by default. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether sorting will be allowed on multiple columns by default. + + + + + Gets or sets which keyboard key will be used to designate multiple column sorting. + + + + + Gets or sets FirstSortDirection for all objects in the + + + + + An object that contains data for template which will be applied to the kpi . + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the . + + + + + Gets the that will be applied to the . + + + + + Gets or sets the graphic which will be used in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the measure for which the will be applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the measure for which the will be applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the to be used for values greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the to be used for values that equal 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the to be used for values lesser than 0. + + + + + An object that contains data for template which will be applied to . + + + + + Gets or sets the used to define the Content of cell, depending on other properties in the object. + + The template. + + + + Gets or sets the name of column's hierarchy for which the will be applied. + + The column hierarchy. + + + + Gets or sets the level of column's heirarchy for which the will be applied. It is 1 based index. + + The column level. + + + + Gets or sets the lable of column's hierarchy for which the will be applied. + + The column label. + + + + Gets or sets the name of row's hierarchy for which the will be applied. + + The row hierarchy. + + + + Gets or sets the level of row's hierarchy for which the will be applied. It is 1 based index. + + The row level. + + + + Gets or sets the label of row's hierarchy for which the will be applied. + + The row label. + + + + An object that contains data for template which will be applied to header cells in rows or columns. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to define the Content of header cell, depending on other properties in the object. + + The template. + + + + Gets or sets the name of column/row hierarchy for which the will be applied. + + The hierarchy's name. + + + + Gets or sets the level of column/row hierarchy for which the will be applied. It is 1 based index. + + The level. + + + + Gets or sets the label of column/row hierarchy for which the will be applied. + + The label. + + + + Identifies the type of control. + + + + + Identifies a group connected to collection. + + + + + Identifies a group connected to collection. + + + + + Identifies a group connected to collection. + + + + + Identifies a group connected to collection. + + + + + Allows items from pre-defined items sources to be added/remover to/from the areas of . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Enforces the control to go in defined visual state + + Name of the state. + if set to true transition will be used. + + + + Occurs when changes. + + + + + Occurs when changes. + + + + + Occurs before the related item is inserted to its target collection. + + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the source object used as visual representation of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the area item unique name member path. + This is the name of the property bound to . + + + + + Gets or sets the area item index member path. + This is the name of the property bound to . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the drop down should stay open when the user clicks on an item. + + + true if the drop down stay open; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance's drop down is open. + + + true if the drop down is open; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the list of all checked items. + + + + + Gets or sets the rows group. + + + + + Gets or sets the columns group. + + + + + Gets or sets the filters group. + + + + + Gets or sets the measures group. + + + + + Gets or sets the header content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the header content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the header content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the header content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the used for the header of group. + + + The group header template. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Gets or sets the used to display each item. + + + The default item template. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum height of the drop down area. + + + + + Gets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Gets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Gets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Gets the collection used to generate the content of . + + + + + Represents items group within control. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Type of the group. + + + + Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + + The item to check. + + true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + + + The element that is used to display the given item. + + + + + Prepares the specified element to display the specified item. + + The element used to display the specified item. + The item to display. + + + + Undoes the effects of the method. + + The container element. + The item. + + + + Gets the type of the group this control represents. + + + + + Gets or sets the item that labels the control. + + + + + Gets or sets the template used to display the contents of the control's header. + + + + + Gets the parent control this group belongs to. + + + + + Represents item within control. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Goes to state. + + Name of the state. + if set to true [use transitions]. + + + + Used to raise the event for the specified property name. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets the area item chooser control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is currently checked. + + + true if this instance is checked; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the area item's unique name. + + + + + Gets or sets the index the area item should be added at. + + + + + The item that visualizes the kpi data and is hosted in the . + + + + + Identifies the Value dependency property. + + + + + Creates an instance of . + + + + + Gets or sets the kpi value, which determines the kpi visual if any. + + + + + The KPIDataCellControl's content property, that derives from the PivotCellControl's Value. + + + + + Returns a value, which determines whether the control's positive value graphic is shown. + + + + + Returns a value, which determines whether the control's zero value graphic is shown. + + + + + Returns a value, which determines whether the control's negative value graphic is shown. + + + + + Provides a control to display images for KPIs' cells. + + + + + Creates an instance of KpiImagesCellControl. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value to be used for determining the cell's state. + + + + + Gets the resolved ImageSource value. + + + + + Gets or sets the to be used for values greater than 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the to be used for values that equal 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the to be used for values lesser than 0. + + + + + Attaches information about changed collections of the object. + + + + + Gets the value of CollectionInfo attached property from specified . + + Object on which instance of object is attached to. + Instance of the object. + + + + Sets the value of CollectionInfo attached property to specified . + + Object on which the instance of object is attached to. + Instance of object that is attached. + + + + Identifies the CollectionInfo attached property. + + + + + Helps that instance of the templated object can be available from external context. + + Main purpose of this class is to be used from inside of default control style template. + It is appropriate at most top container element the to be set + using binding expresion. + + <object TemplatedParentHelper.TemplatedParent={Binding RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}/> + + + + Identifies the TemplatedParentProperty attachable property. + + + + + Gets the value of TemplatedParent attached property from specified . + + Object on which instance of templated parent object is attached to. + Instance of the templated parent object. + + + + Sets the value of TemplatedParent attached property to specified . + + Object on which the instance of templated parent object is attached to. + Instance of templated parent object that is attached. + + + + Returns the templated parent instance type of . + + The type of desired templated parent. + Element that is contained into template parent . + The instance of templated parent object. + + + + This class contains information about collection that is intended to be changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based item index for processed operation. + + + + + Gets or sets the operation affected area. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of performed action. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of items that affect the changed collection. + + + + + Event trigger object that can be attached to any object. + + + + + Represents an action that is executed when specific event exposed by type of is fired. + + The type to which this action can be attached. + + + + Represents an action that is executed when specific event is fired. + + + + + Provides an interface for an object that can be attached to another object. + + + + + Attaches this to specified object. + + The object to attach to. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Gets the associated object this is attached to. + + The associated object. + Represents the object the instance is attached to. + + + + Attaches to specified object. + + The object to attach to. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + Called after an object is attached. + + + + + Called just before object is detached. + + + + + Called when the specified event is fired. + + The parameter. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this action is enabled. + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + Represents the object the instance is attached to. + + + + Gets the object to which this is attached. + + + + + Invokes the specified parameter. + + The parameter. + + + + Called just before object is detached. + + + + + Event trigger object that can be attached to any object. + + + + + Invokes the specified parameter. + + The parameter. + + + + Called just before object is detached. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The darg source. + + + + Event trigger object that can be attached to any object and + is responsible to reacts when event is fired. + + + THE USE OF THIS CLASS IS DEPRECATED AND IT MAY BE REMOVED IN A FUTURE RELEASE! + Please use + <ig:Commanding.Command> + <igPivotPrim:ExpandableFieldItemCommandSource EventName="Click" CommandType="Cancel"/> + </ig:Commanding.Command> + instead of + <igPivot:XamTriggers.EventTriggers> + <igPivot:XamEventTrigger EventName="Click"> + <igPivot:ExpandableFieldItemEventTrigger IsEnabled="True"/> + </igPivot:XamEventTrigger> + </igPivot:XamTriggers.EventTriggers> + + + + + Invoked when the event specified by is fired. + In this particular implemantation it is called when event is fired. + + Event arguments specific to fired event. + In this case the is type of . + + + + Class that exposes property to object that implement + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Gets the object reposnsible for loclization strings. + + The string source. + + + + Gets or sets the string that will be shown when there is not selected item. + + The empty string. + + + + An enumeration of different interactions. + + + + + An action was raised via the keyboard. + + + + + An action was raised via the mouse moving. + + + + + An action was raised via a MouseDown or Spacebar press. + + + + + An action was raised via the API. + + + + + Specifies how a cell should be aligned. + + + + + The Cell should be aligned to the top. + + + + + The Cell should be aligned to the bottom. + + + + + The Cell can be aligned wherever it needs to. + + + + + Describes how selection should work when a user clicks on a cell in the grid. + + + + + The Entire row should be selected. + + + + + The particular cell should be selected. + + + + + Describes the type of selection that should be performed. + + + + + Selection should be disabled + + + + + Only one item should be selected at a given time. + + + + + Multiple items can be selected via the ctrl and shift keys. + + + + + Describes the type of drag selection that should occur in the + + + + + A DragSelect operation shouldn'type occur. + + + + + A Cell DragSelection should occur. + + + + + A Row DragSelection should occur. + + + + + A Column DragSelection should occur. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Changed the selected cube. + + + + + Value that shows that the data will be received form multi dimensional data source + + + + + Value shows that the data in the will be refreshed. + + + + + Value shows that the data in the will be refreshed. + + + + + Value shows that the cubes in the will be loaded. + + + + + Value shows that the data in the will be pivot. + + + + + Value shows that the membre will be requested from . + + + + + Value shows that the column will be removed from . + + + + + Value shows that the row will be removed from . + + + + + Value shows that the measure will be removed from . + + + + + Pivot changed (test) + + + + + Remove filter cell + + + + + Switches the axis member. + + + + + Sort the axis member. + + + + + Hides column or row. + + + + + An enum that describes the types of hovering that can occur when the mouse is over a Cell. + + + + + A hover effect will only be applied to a cell + + + + + A hover effect will be applied to all Cell objects in that Row. + + + + + No hover effect will be applied. + + + + + Describes options available for sorting in the . + + + + + No sort is applied. + + + + + InvalidateSort in an ascending manner. + + + + + InvalidateSort in a descending manner. + + + + + An enum that describes which keyboard key will be used to designate multiple additive sorting. + + + + + The Control (Ctrl) key will be used to designate multiple sorting. + + + + + The Shift key will be used to designate multiple sorting. + + + + + Describes the different area types of the and controls. + + This enumeration is used in order to different parts of and to + be recognizable by their functional purpose. + The control exposes the attached + property that is set on different areas. + + + + + + Default part type for all components where is not set. + + + + + Columns area part. + + + + + Identifies rows area parts. + + + + + Identifies filters area parts. + + + + + Identifies selected measures area parts. + + + + + Identifies delete area parts. + + + + + Describes the different actions that can be performed against the different collections. + + + + + Identifies that performed action will add new items on the end affected collection. + + + + + Identifies that performed action will remove items from affected collection. + + + + + Identifies that performed action will insert new items to affected collection. + + + + + Identifies that performed action will swap items positions of affected collection. + + + + + Describes how Column Resizing will work in the + + + + + Column resizing is turned off. + + + + + An Indicator will show where a column is sized. + + + + + Resizes a column as the mouse is moved. + + + + + An enumeration of available direction for resizing + + + + + The resizing is not allow + + + + + The control can be resized in top direction + + + + + The control can be resized in right direction + + + + + The control can be resized in bottom direction + + + + + The control can be resized in left direction + + + + + An enumeration of available behavior when the column or row are hidden + + + + + There is no clue in UI that the axis is hidden + + + + + 1 pixel width line indicates that the axis is hidden + + + + + An enumeration of built-in Kpi graphis shown. + + + + + The kpi cell shows the server defined graphic. + + + + + The kpi cell shows queried value. + + + + + The kpi cell shows the user defined images. + + + + + The kpi cell shows geometric shapes. + + + + + The kpi cell shows a traffic light. + + + + + The kpi cell shows road signs. + + + + + The kpi cell shows gauge. + + + + + The kpi cell shows a reveresed gauge. + + + + + The kpi cell shows a thermometer. + + + + + The kpi cell shows a cylinder. + + + + + The kpi cell shows faces. + + + + + The kpi cell shows variance arrows. + + + + + The kpi cell shows standard arrows. + + + + + The kpi cell shows status arrows + + + + + The kpi cell shows reversed status arrows + + + + + An enumeration of kpi indicators. + + + + + A kpi value indicator. + + + + + A kpi goal indicator. + + + + + A kpi status indicator. + + + + + A kpi trend indicator. + + + + + A kpi weight indicator. + + + + + An event argument object with a boolean flag added to track if the event is cancelled. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be cancelled. + + + + + A class listing the information needed during the event. + + + + + Gets or sets the Cell that was previously Active. + + + + + Gets or sets the Cell that is about to become the ActiveCell. + + + + + A class listing the information needed during selection collection events of the . + + type of the object + + + + Gets or sets a collection of items that were previously selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of items that are currently selected. + + + + + A class listing the information needed during the + + + + + Gets the object that was just recently made visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the for the should be disposed of when it scrolls out of view. + + + This flag must be set to true when changing a property on the object. Otherwise it will + be recycled and the properties that were applied to the control will be applied to another cell that you may + not have wanted the changes to be applied to. + + + + + A class listing the information needed when the mouse clicks on a + + + + + Gets the that was clicked. + + + + + A class listing the information needed when the mouse clicks on a + + + + + Gets the that was clicked. + + + + + A class with information about event. + + + + + Gets the that was clicked. + + + + + Gets the edited value. + + The edited value. + + + + Gets the index of the row. + + The index of the row. + + + + Gets the index of the column. + + The index of the column. + + + + Gets the measure. + + The measure. + + + + A class listing the information needed when the is about to edit. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the event should be cancelled. + + + + + Gets the UI element responsible for editing. + + The editor. + + + + Gets the UI element which was provided by user as custom editor. + + The custom editor. + + + + A class listing the information needed when the edit starts for selected cell. + + + + + Gets the that was clicked. + + + + + Gets the index of the row. + + The index of the row. + + + + Gets the index of the column. + + The index of the column. + + + + Gets the measure. + + The measure. + + + + Gets or sets the custom editor which will be used for edit of . + The custom editor must implement + + The custom editor. + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for an event with a input. + + + + + Gets or sets The that this event was triggered for. + + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for an event with a input. + + + + + Gets or sets The that this event was triggered for. + + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for an cancellable event with a input. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this event was triggered for. + + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for an cancellable event with a input. + + + + + Gets or sets the that this event was triggered for. + + + + + A class listing the information needed for expandable row events. + + + + + Gets the who has been expanded or collapsed. + + + + + A class listing the information needed for expandable row events. + + + + + Gets the who has been expanded or collapsed. + + + + + A class listing the information needed for header sorting events. + + + + + Gets the which has been sorted. + + + + + A class listing the information needed during the event. + + + + + Gets or sets the prior to the change being made. + + + + + Gets or sets the as it will be applied. + + + + + A class listing the that corresponds to the sorting event that was fired. + + + + + Gets the that was previously applied. + + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for a user driven column resizing. + + + + + Gets a Collection of columns that will be resized during this resizing action. + + + + + Gets or sets the starting width of the column. + + + + + A class listing the EventArgs after a column is finished resizing. + + + + + Gets a Collection of columns that was resized during the action. + + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for drag drop events exposed by and . + + + + + Gets or sets the item which is used by drag drop event. + + The item. + + + + Gets or sets the type of the pivot part. + + The type of the pivot part. + + + + Gets or sets the drag drop event args. + + The drag drop event args. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is handled. + + true if handled; otherwise, false. + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for start drag events exposed by and . + + + + + Gets or sets the item which is used by drag drop event. + + The pivot item. + + + + Gets or sets the drag drop event args. + + The drag drop event args. + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The 's item. + + + + Gets or sets the 's item which is used by event + + The item. + + + + A class listing the EventArgs for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The index where the item will be inserted. + The which correspondce to the new area item + The new item which will be inserted to data source. + The target collection. + + + + Gets or sets the index where the item will be inserted. + + The index. + + + + Gets or sets the which correspondce to the new area item + + The item. + + + + Gets or sets the new item which will be inserted to data source. + + The new area item. + + + + Gets or sets the target collection. + + The target collection. + + + + A generic collection of instances that can be individually accessed by index. + + The type of objects to attach. + + + + Attaches this instance to specified object. + + The object to attach to. + + + + Detaches this instance from its associated object. + + + + + This method is called when the object is attached. + + + + + This method is called when the object is deattached. + + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event is raised. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + Represents the object the instance is attached to. + + + + A non - generic collection of that can be individually accessed by index. + + + + + Called when the object is attached. + + + + + Called when the is detaching. + + + + + A non - generic collection of that can be individually accessed by index. + + + + + Called when teh object is attached. + + + + + Called when the object is detaching. + + + + + This class is used as helper to attach objects to + particular element from visual tree. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects attached to particular element of visual tree. + + Visual tree object. + The collection of attached objects. + + + + Identifies the EventTriggers attached property. + + + + + This class is used + + + + + This class set the type of the object that can be associated + with the event trigger object. + + The type of associated object. + + + + This class is used as base class for implementation of the event triggering. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies dependency property. + + + + + Invokes the actions. + + The parameter. + + + + Event handler for event specified by property. + + The instance of object. + Depends on the event that is fired. + + + + Called after an object is attached. + + + + + Called just before object is detached. + + + + + Attaches this object to specified object. + + Instance of the object that is attached to. + + + + Detaches currently attached object from object + and all its objects as well. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects that will be executed when the event + of instance, specified by is fired. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of event that this is responsible for. + + + + + Gets the instance of the object associated with this object. + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + The associated object. + Represents the object the instance is attached to. + + + + Gets the instance of the object on which this is associated to. + + + + + An raised when the column being resized is removed from the resizing columns collection. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message to be displayed in the exception. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message that should be displayed. + An inner exception. + + + + Simple implementation for expander control. + + + + + The base class for all controls that contain single content and have a header. + + + HeaderedContentControl adds Header and HeaderTemplatefeatures to a ContentControl. + HasHeader and HeaderTemplateSelector are removed for lack of support + and consistency with other Silverlight controls. + + + + + Identifies the Header dependency property. + + + + + HeaderProperty property changed handler. + + HeaderedContentControl whose Header property is changed. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs, which contains the old and new value. + + + + Identifies the HeaderTemplate dependency property. + + + + + HeaderTemplateProperty property changed handler. + + HeaderedContentControl whose HeaderTemplate property is changed. + DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs, which contains the old and new value. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + This method is invoked when the Header property changes. + + The old value of the Header property. + The new value of the Header property. + + + + This method is invoked when the HeaderTemplate property changes. + + The old value of the HeaderTemplate property. + The new value of the HeaderTemplate property. + + + + Gets or sets an object that labels the HeaderedContentControl. The + default value is null. The header can be a string, UIElement, or + any other content. + + + + + Gets or sets the template used to display a control's header. + The default is null. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Overrides the default implemantation of method. + + + + + Gets or sets the background color of header area. + + + + + Gets or sets the border brush of header area. + + + + + Gets or sets the of border drawed around header element. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the state of control is Expanded or Collapsed. + + + + + Dropdown control used for visualization of hidden columns or rows, when hidden feature is used. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + An interface that gets and sets the for the conrol. + + + + + Gets or sets the object instance used by control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether advanced filters are enabled. + + + true if advanced filters are enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + An interface that returns the scrollbars of a control. + + + + + Gets the Vertical Scrollbar of a control, or null if there isn'type one attached + + + + + Gets the Horizontal Scrollbar of a control, or null if there isn'type one attached + + + + + An interface for items that can be selected. + + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + if true the cell will be selected + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item is current selected. + + + + + An interface for localization strings + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains all strings that are used for locatization. + + The string setting. + + + + An interface for controls that can be resized. + + + + + Sets the cursor based on the mouse position and what features are enabled. + + The mouse position. + if true the cursor is set; false the cursor is not set and will try to set it + + + + Notify the control resizing is begun. + + Returns a value indicating whether the resizing should be canceled. + + + + Notify the control that resizing has been started. + + + + + Notify the control that resizing has been stoped. + + The resize value. + If user has cancelled the resizing. For example by pressing ESC button + + + + Notify the control that resizing is occur. + + The resize value. + + + + Notify the control that double click occurs while resizing. + + The resize value. + + + + Gets the resizing start value. + + The resizing start value. + Usually this is the actual size of control in the dimension it is resized. + In some cases the control can another value if the control wants to resize item inside it. + + + + + An interface which gives an access to drag-drop operations of a control. + + + + + Occurs when an item drag operation is starded. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item has entered into a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item has left a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item is droped into a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a drag operation has ended. + + + + + An interface that is used for providing custom editor + + + + + Gets or sets the editor value. + + The value. + + + + Provides functionality for different representations of item separators to + be displyed and aranged over any container control. + + + + + Arranges and displays item separator element. + + The control which over is arranged and displayed. + Mouse pointer position relative to visual root element. + + + + Hides the element. + + + + + Gets or sets the data template used from . + + + + + Gets the index on which is positioned. + + + + + This class is used to associate any object with the container that it serves. + + + + + Identifies the Separator attached property. + + + + + Gets the value of Separator attached property from specified . + + Object on which instance is attached to. + Instance of object that is attached. + + + + Sets the value of Separator attached property to specified . + + Object on which instance is attached to. + Instance of object that is attached. + + + + Displais the object into any container. + + where will be displayed. + on which depends where separator is displayed. + that is dispalyed. + Previously attached to container object. + + + + Displais the separator element depends on parameter. + + where will be displayed. + on which depends where separator is displayed. + Previously attached to container object. + + + + Creates a new instance of separator and attach it to the object and shows the separator. + If object has already separator attached to it then this separator will be reused. + + where will be displayed. + on which depends where separator is displayed. + Type of separator that is creating. + Constructor parameters that separator expects. + New created instance of or the instance that is already previously attached. + + + + Helper class used as for . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the width that is used from when it is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the height that is used from when it is displayed. + + + + + Base class used to arrange and display over containers. + + + + + This class is base class for implementation of the functionalities exposed by . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The background color used for when it is displayed. + + + + Obtain specific child object of specific type by examining the visual tree. + + The of desired child element. + The object that holds the child collection. + Child element of type or null if not found. + + + + Arranges items separator. + + The container which items are going to be separated. + Mouse pointer position relative to Application.Current.RootVisual element. + + + + Arranges and displays item separator element. + + The control which over is arranged and displayed. + Mouse pointer position relative to visual root element. + + + + Hides the element. + + + + + Raises the event with the provided arguments. + + Arguments of the event being raised. + + + + Gets or sets the background color used for when it is displayed. + + + + + Gets or sets the index on which is positioned. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that is used for visual representation of . + + + + + Gets the object that is used as of . + + + + + Gets the object that holds information about sizes. + + + + + Gets or sets the data template used from . + + + + + Gets the index on which is positioned. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Default background color used for when it is displayed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Arranges the object over the element. + + The object that owns this . + Mouse pointer position where this should be dispalyed. + + + + Finds and returns the used from particular control. + + Instance of object that is inspected for any panels. + The as or when is + the returned object is the Panel object used from of the ItemsControl. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The element. + if element is null + if element does not implement interface. + + + + Sets up the grid to use column resizing. + + mouse event arguments + When the column being resized is removed from the resizing columns collection + + + + Returns the bounding rectangle of a element. + + the main element + the refer element + the element boundary + + + + Executed when user driven column resizing is cancelled. + + if the event should raise + + + + Sets the cursor based on the mouse position and what features are enabled. + + The event data. + If cursor is set + + + + Gets or sets the resizing settings. + + The resizing settings. + + + + Gets the type of the resizing. + + The type of the resizing. + + + + Gets the indicator container. + + The indicator container. + + + + Gets the indicator. + + The indicator. + + + + Gets or sets the panel in which the resizing indicator will be shown. + + The resizing container. + + + + Gets or sets the resizing direction. + + The resizing direction. + + + + A panel arranges the first child rotated on defined . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when the transform is about to applied + + The element on which the transform will be applied. + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size that is used after the element is arranged in layout. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle on which the content will be rotated. + + The angle. + + + + This class makes possible dynamic binding to different types of objects. + + + + + Modifies the source data before passing it to the target for display in the UI. + + The source data being passed to the target. + The of data expected by the target dependency property. + An optional parameter to be used in the converter logic. + The culture of the conversion. + + The value to be passed to the target dependency property. + + + + + Modifies the target data before passing it to the source object. This method is called only in bindings. + + The target data being passed to the source. + The of data expected by the source object. + An optional parameter to be used in the converter logic. + The culture of the conversion. + + The value to be passed to the source object. + + + + + Represents control which can render its content on define angle + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the angle on which the content will be rotated. + + The angle. + + + + Provides a base class for report field items visualized within report's field panels. + + + + + Base visual object for the field that is droped in any of drop areas. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + Gets the object reposnsible for loclization strings. + + The string source. + + + + Gets the string that should be used for the "Normal" Visual State of the . + + + + + Gets the string that should be used for the "MouseOver" Visual State of the . + + + + + Provides an icon item visualized within report's field panels. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon geometry visualized in this control. + + + + + Provides a field item visualized within report's filter, row and column field panels. + + + + + Provides a field item visualized within report's measure field panel. + + + + + An object that organizes a group of columns and contains settings that dictates how + the data for those columns will be displayed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid that owns this layout. + + + + Updates the column real scoll indexies. + + + + + Updates the row real scoll indexies. + + + + + Gets the start index of the real column. + + The scroll value. + + + + + Gets the start index of the real row. + + The scroll value. + + + + + Initializes the layout. + + indicates if is null. + + + + Creates the row axis provider. + + created instance + + + + Creates the column axis provider. + + created instance + + + + Called when the is about to init. + + + + + Called when the is about to create + + + + + Gets a reference to the of this object. + + The rows in this grid layout. + + + + Gets a reference to the of this object. + + The columns in this layout. + + + + Gets the cells which are visible in . Those are the the cell with header information. + + + + + Gets the cells which are visible in . Those are the the cell with header information. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether there is a selected measure. + + + true if there is a selected measure; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether there is a selected dimension in rows. + + + true if there is a selected dimension; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether there is a selected dimension in columns. + + + true if there is a selected dimension; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the empty pivot cell. + + The empty pivot cell. + + + + Gets the list of all in . + + + + + Gets the list of all in . + + + + + Gets the that exposes methods for dealing with in . + + The row header cells provider. + + + + Gets the that exposes methods for dealing with in . + + The column header cells provider. + + + + Gets the collection of which are used in row panel. + + The private columns for row panel. + + + + Gets the collection of which are used in column panel. + + The private rows for column panel. + + + + Gets or sets the that owns the object. + + + + + Gets a reference to the ScrollInfo object that relates to the + + + + + Gets the width of the rows header area. + + The width of the rows header area. + + + + Provides a paged layout to control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pivot grid. + The report options. + + + + Initializes the report parts. + + + + + Generates row definitions for the column header rows. + + + + + Generates row definitions for data rows. + + + + + Generates column definitions for data columns. + + + + + Generate column definitions for the row header columns. + + + + + Creates a report column header cell control. + + The pivot column header cell. + The report column header cell control. + + + + Creates a report row header cell control. + + The pivot row header cell. + The report row header cell control. + + + + Creates a report data cell control. + + The pivot cell. + The report data cell contol. + + + + Ensures there is a report row created for given pivot row. + + The pivot row. + The report row. + + + + Ensures there is a report column created for given pivot column. + + The pivot column. + The report column. + + + + Gets the number of row header columns. + + + + + Gets the number of column header rows. + + + + + Gets the report settings applied for this report. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel for the column report fields to be added in. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel for the row report fields to be added in. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel for the filter report fields to be added in. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel for the measure report fields to be added in. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon geometry shown in filter fields panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon geometry shown in measure fields panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon geometry shown in row fields panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the icon geometry shown in column fields panel. + + + + + Gets or sets the title template. + + + + + Gets the pages of pivot grid report. + + + + + Represents a column header cell in a pivot grid report. + + + + + A this that represents a data in a + + + + + The base class for cells in and . + + + + + The base class for all cell objects in the . + + + + + The base class for all cell objects in the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the is attached to the + + A + + + + Called when the is removed from the + + A + + + + Invoked when a cell is clicked. + + mouse event arguments + The drag type + + + + Invoked when a cell is clicked. + + + + + Invoked when a cell is double clicked. + + + + + Executed when the mouse moves over a cell. + + The data for the event. + + + + Invoked when dragging the mouse over a cell. + + The drag type + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Should be handled by a derived class so that a cell can determine what to do with the given keyboard action. + + The that was pressed. + The integer that represents the key pressed + True if the key is handled. + + + + Applies the resolved style of a Cell to it's + + + + + Returns desired size of the cell + + size where cell should measure itself + panel which contains cell + measured size + + + + Gets or sets the that owns the object. + + + + + Gets or sets the that is attached to the + + A Control is only assoicated with a Cell when it's in the viewport of the + + + + Gets or sets the that will be used for all objects. + + + + + Gets the that owns the object. + + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + Gets the string that should be used for the "Normal" Visual State of the . + + + + + Gets the string that should be used for the "MouseOver" Visual State of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the that owns the + + + + + Gets or sets the that the represents. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns a member's caption that represents this instance. + + + A member's caption that represents this instance. + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Invoked when a cell is clicked. + + + + + Called before the MouseEnter event is fired. + + + + + Called before the MouseLeave event is fired. + + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + if true the cell will be selected + + + + Gets or sets the row span that the cell occupies. + + The row span. + + + + Gets or sets the column span that the cell occupies. + + The column span. + + + + Gets the parent cell. + + The parent cell. + + + + Gets a list of children cell. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. + + + true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is toggle visible. + + + true if this instance is toggle visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the total text block is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a cell is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the member + + + + + Gets the object. + + The axis provider. + + + + Gets the span of the cell in the axis. + + The axis span. + + + + Gets the collection of object which will be used for header cells. + + The header templates. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + The control that is created + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Invoked when dragging the mouse over a cell. + + The drag type + + + + Invoked when a cell is clicked. + + mouse event arguments + The drag type + + + + Gets the real column. + + The real column. + + + + Gets the real column span. + + The real column span. + + + + Gets the object. + + The axis provider. + + + + Gets the row span of the cell in the axis. + + The axis span. + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + + Gets the collection of object which will be used for column header cells. + + The header templates. + + + + Represents a column header cell control in a pivot grid report. + + + + + The class for all visual objects in . + + + + + The base class for all visual objects in and . + + + + + Visual object for the object. + + + + + The base class for all visual objects, which represents the cells in the . + + + + + Gets a template child object by the name of the child. + + The name of the template child object. + A DependacyObject with the propertyName of the inputted string. + + + + Called when the is attached to the . + + The that is being attached to the + + + + Called when the releases the . + + The cell that should be released + + + + Invoked when content is attached to the Control. + + + + + Releases this object so that it can be recycled. + + the cell which content will be released. + + + + This will get called every time the control is measured, and allows the control to adjust it's content if necessary. + + + + + Should be called when the value of the property is changed + + Tha name of the changed property. + + + + Gets or sets the that owns this element. + + + + + Gets the that owns the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the object should be recycled. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the is attached to the . + + The that is being attached to the + + + + Called when the releases the . + + The cell that should be released + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Notify the control that double click occurs while resizing. + + The resize value. + + + + Sets the cursor based on the mouse position and what features are enabled. + + The position of mouse in the element. + If cursor is set + + + + Executed when resizing is done, both successfully and cancelled, to clean up when completed. + + + The fire Event. + + + + + Determines if the cursor should be changed for column resizing. + + The which is resizes + The drag cell bounds + mouse position + If the cursor need to be changed + + + + Called after the has changed. + + the old value. + the new value. + + + + Returns the bounding rectangle of a element. + + the main element + the refer element + the element boundary + + + + Sets up the grid to use column resizing. + + If drag is initialized + When the column being resized is removed from the resizing columns collection + + + + Used during column resizing, sets the width of the column to a validated width. + + the new width + the resized column + + + + Used during column resizing, loops through the resized columns collection and sets the new width to the column. + + the new column width + + + + Used during resizing, ensures that the width that the user resizes the column to is legal according to the limitations of the column. + + the resized column + the new width + the valid width + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user's mouse is in position to allow for drag resizing of a column. + + true if the resizing is allow; otherwise, false. + True if we determine the column is in a resize area and that the column allows resizing. This already takes into account if the column itself allows for resizing. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the mouse is down and the column is being resized. + + + true if column is resizing; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a resizing arrow should be shown. + + + + + Gets the column resizing settings. + + The column resizing settings. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Invoked when content is attached to the Control. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called before the MouseEnter event is fired. + + mouse arguments + + + + Called before the MouseLeave event is fired. + + mouse arguments + + + + Called when the releases the . + + The cell that should be released + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + Creates automation peer for class + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Called after the has changed. + + the old value. + the new value. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the expansion indicator in row or column group by header control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this cell is expanded. + + + true if this cell is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called before the MouseEnter event is fired. + + mouse arguments + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + Ensures the render span and index values have correct values. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether header cell template applied to pivot data cell should be used in pivot report too. + The default value is true. + + + true if header cell template applied to pivot data cell should be used in pivot report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the row span for the cell control to render with. + + + + + Gets or sets the row index for the cell control to render at. + + + + + Gets or sets the column span for the cell control to render with. + + + + + Gets or sets the column index for the cell control to render at. + + + + + Represents a data cell in a pivot grid report. + + + + + A standard Cell object in the . + + + + + Called when element is about releasing. + + The element. + false if elemt shoul not be released; otherwise true + + + + Should be handled by a derived class so that a cell can determine what to do with the given keyboard action. + + The that was pressed. + The integer that represents the key pressed + True if the key is handled. + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + if true the cell will be selected + + + + Invoked when a cell is clicked. + + mouse event arguments + The drag type + + + + Invoked when dragging the mouse over a cell. + + The drag type + + + + Invoked when a cell is clicked. + + + + + Invoked when a cell is double clicked. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + The control used to container. + + + + Gets or sets the underlying data + + + + + Gets the that owns the + + + + + Gets the that owns the + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a cell is the ActiveCell in the + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a cell is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string that will be applied to the cell value. + + The format string. + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + + Represents a data cell control in a pivot grid report. + + + + + Visual object for the object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Invoked when content is attached to the Control. + + + + + Releases this object so that it can be recycled. + + the cell which content will be released. + + + + This will get called every time the control is measured, and allows the control to adjust it's content if necessary. + + + + + Creates automation peer for + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether a resizing arrow should be shown. + + + + + + Ensures the render span and index values have correct values. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data cell template applied to pivot data cell should be used in pivot report too. + The default value is true. + + + true if data cell template applied to pivot data cell should be used in pivot report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the row span for the cell control to render with. + + + + + Gets or sets the row index for the cell control to render at. + + + + + Gets or sets the column span for the cell control to render with. + + + + + Gets or sets the column index for the cell control to render at. + + + + + Encapsulates the layout logic for printing rows, columns, filters and measures areas. + + + + + Provides a settings object for the data cells in pivot grid report. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the style for data cells. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data cell templates are disabled in pivot report. + + + true if data cell templates are not applied to pivot report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Provides a settings for the header cells in pivot grid report. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this axis headers should be present in the report. + + + true if axis headers should be present in the report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the axis headers should be present at each report page. + This property is taken into account only when property value is set to true. + + + true if axis headers should be present at each report page; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this axis expansion indicators should be present in the report. + + + true if axis expansion indicators should be present in the report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the style for the header cells. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether header cell templates are disabled in pivot report. + + + true if data cell templates are not applied to pivot report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Provides a settings object for pivot grid report. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the report settings for column headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the report settings for row headers. + + + + + Gets or sets the report settings for data cells. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the report fields should be present into report. + + + true if the report fields should be present into report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the title for the report. + + + + + Represents a row header cell control in a pivot grid report. + + + + + The class for all visual objects in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Sets the cursor based on the mouse position and what features are enabled. + + The position of mouse in the element. + If cursor is set + + + + Notify the control that double click occurs while resizing. + + The resize value. + + + + Disables resizing when we are in hiding row. + + always false if row is hidden; otherwise call base method + + + + Used during column resizing, sets the width of the column to a validated width. + + the new width + the resized column + + + + Ensures the render span and index values have correct values. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether header cell template applied to pivot data cell should be used in pivot report too. + The default value is true. + + + true if header cell template applied to pivot data cell should be used in pivot report; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the row span for the cell control to render with. + + + + + Gets or sets the row index for the cell control to render at. + + + + + Gets or sets the column span for the cell control to render with. + + + + + Gets or sets the column index for the cell control to render at. + + + + + Represents a row header cell in a pivot grid report. + + + + + A cell that represents a data in a + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Invoked when dragging the mouse over a cell. + + The drag type + + + + Invoked when a cell is clicked. + + mouse event arguments + The drag type + + + + Invoked when a cell is double clicked. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + The control that is created + + + + Gets the real row. + + The real row. + + + + Gets the real row span. + + The real row span. + + + + Gets the column span of the cell in the axis. + + The axis span. + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + Gets the object. + + The axis provider. + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + + Gets the collection of object which will be used for row header cells. + + The header templates. + + + + Represents a column for pivot grid report. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pivot column. + The logical index of this column into report. + + + + Gets the original pivot column for the report column. + + + + + Gets the width of the report column. + + + + + Gets the logial index of the column into report. + + + + + Gets the list of the cells for the report column. + + + + + Gets the column definition shared between all pivot report pages. + + + + + Represents a page for pivot grid report. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index of the page. + The page row. + The page column. + + + + Gets the index of this page. + + + + + Gets the page row of this page. + + + + + Gets the page column of this page. + + + + + Gets the column index for this page. + + + + + Gets the row index for this page. + + + + + Gets the number of rows for column headers. + + + + + Gets the number of columns for row headers. + + + + + Gets the total number of report rows for this page. + + + + + Gets the total number of report columns for this page. + + + + + Represents a column for a report page. + + + + + Gets the index of this page column. + + + + + Gets a list of data columns for this page column. + + + + + Gets the row header columns object of this page column. + + + + + Gets the total number of report columns for this page column. + + + + + Gets the width of this page column. + + + + + Gets the width of data coulumns on this page column. + + + + + Gets the width of header coulumns on this page column. + + + + + Represents a row for a report page. + + + + + Gets the index of this page row. + + + + + Gets a list of data rows for this page row. + + + + + Gets the column header rows object of this page row. + + + + + Gets the total number of report rows for this page row. + + + + + Gets the height of this page row. + + + + + Gets the height of data rows on this page row. + + + + + Gets the height of header rows on this page row. + + + + + Represents a row for pivot grid report. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pivot row. + The logical index of this row into report. + + + + Gets the original pivot row for the report row. + + + + + Gets the height of the report row. + + + + + Gets the logial index of the row into report. + + + + + Gets the list of the cells for the report row. + + + + + Gets the row definition shared between all pivot report pages. + + + + + Displays data in a table like structure. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when the property changed. + + The new instance of view model. + The old instance of view model. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Notifies when the EnableAdvancedFiltering property is changed and resets the style of the items + in the different drop areas if needed. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the value of PivotPartType attached property of a UIElement. + + UIElement that this property is attached. + A value of the propery. + + + + Sets the PivotPartType attached property to a UIElement. + + The element to which the property is attached. + The value of the property. + + + + This method is invoked when the PivotPartType property changes. + + The element. + The old value of the PivotPartType property. + The new value of the PivotPartType property. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of the layout. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size that is used after the element is arranged in layout. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called after the mouse has lost the capture. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called when the MouseWheel is raised on the + + The data for the event. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Enforces the to rearrange the layout. + + + Use this method when you cahnged the content of the cells in . + + + + + Invalidates the scroll panel. + + + + + Unselects the specified cell. + + the cell that will be unselected + + + + Unselects the specified row. + + the row that will be unselected + + + + Unselects the specified PivotDataColumn. + + the PivotDataColumn that will be unselected + + + + Scrolls the specified cell into view. + + The cell that should be scrolled. + + + + Makes cell to become edited. + + The cell which will become edited. + if set to true the current edited cell will be proceed otherwise the editing information will be lost. + + + + Called every time when data source result is changed. The method ensures the right layout update. + + + + + Selects the specified . + + The cell that should be selected. + The action that invoked the selection. + Whether something occurred during the selecting of the cell that should interrupt the selection. + + + + Selects the specified . + + >The cell that should be selected. + The action that invoked the selection. + if set to true shift key functionality should be ignored. + if cell was added to selection + + + + Selects the specified . + + The PivotDataColumn that should be selected. + The action that invoked the selection. + the PivotDataColumn span + Whether something occurred during the selecting of the PivotDataolumn that should interrupt the selection. + + + + Selects the specified . + + The row that should be selected. + The action that invoked the selection. + the row span + Whether something occurred during the selecting of the row that should interrupt the selection. + + + + Raised after the 's has changed. + + the cells that was selected + the cell selection + + + + Raised after the 's has changed. + + the rows that was previously selected + the new rows selection + + + + Raised after the 's has changed. + + the columns that was previously selected + the new columns selection + + + + Actually sets the of the + + The ActiveCell must be a . + If both alignedTop and bottom are set, aligned top will win. + + The that should be marked as Active + If the active cell should be aligned to the top or bottom. + The action that caused this method to be invoked. + If selection should occur when setting the active cell. + Determines if focus should be set to the cell. + Determines if the cell should be scrolled into view + + + + Actually sets the of the + + The ActiveCell must be a . + If both alignedTop and bottom are set, aligned top will win. + + The that should be marked as Active + If the active cell should be aligned to the top or bottom. + The action that caused this method to be invoked. + If selection should occur when setting the active cell. + Determines if focus should be set to the cell. + Determines if the cell should be scrolled into view + if set to true shift key functionality should be ignored. + + + + Called when an item drag operation is started. + + Event args that contains the event data. + true if drag operation is not cancelled by the user; otherwise false + + + + Called when a dragged item has entered into a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when a dragged item has left a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when a dragged item is droped into a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when a drag operation has ended. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Walks up the parent chain of the specified until an is found. + + Object that was event happened + The control bellow the mouse + + + + Raised before the currently is changed. + + The event arguments + + + + Raised after the has changed. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The row that is being expanded or collapsed + The result from expansion + + + + Raises the event. + + The row that was just expanded or collapsed + + + + Raised when a Cell comes into the Viewport of the + + The cell that has come into view. + True if the control attached to the cell should be disposed of when it leaves the viewport. + + + + Raised when a is clicked. + + The cell that was clicked. + + + + Raised when a is double clicked. + + The cell that was double clicked. + + + + Raised when a PivotDataColumn is sorted via the user interface. + + The being sorted. + The new to be assigned to the PivotDataColumn. + true if the event is canceled; otherwise, false + + + + Raised after the sort is applied to the XamPivotGrid. + + + The that was sorted. + + + The old that was assigned to the PivotDataColumn. + + + + + Raised when a user driven resizing is begun. + + the columns that being resizing + the column width + true if the event is canceled; otherwise, false + + + + Raised when a resizing is completed. + + the columns that were resized + + + + Raised when a is clicked. + + The cell that was clicked. + + + + Raises the event. + + The row/column that is being sorting + The result from sorting + + + + Raises the event. + + The row/column that was just sorted + + + + Raises the event. + + The column that is being changing + The result from event's Cancel argument + + + + Raises the event. + + The column that is changed + + + + Raises the event. + + The row that is being changing + The result from event's Cancel argument + + + + Raises the event. + + The row that is changed + + + + Raised when a layout update is completed is completed. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally + releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged and managed resources used by the . + + + + + Invoked when a property changes on the object. + + The propertyName of the property that has changed. + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + Raises the event. + + the event arguments + + + + Raises the event. + + the event arguments + + + + Raises the event. + + the event arguments + true if editing should be stoped; otherwise false + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Gets or sets the report settings for the pivot grid component. + + + + + Gets or sets the cell that is currently active. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether compact layout is allowed. + + true if compact layout is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether compact layout is allowed. + + true if compact layout is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value of indentation when grid is in compact layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether compact layout is allowed. + + true if compact layout is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether hidding columns are allowed. + + true if hidding columns are allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether hidding rows are allowed. + + true if hidding rows are allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header cells in rows can be sorted. + + true if cells can be sorted; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the header cells in rows can be sorted. + + true if cells can be sorted; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all + objects in the . + + The cell style. + + + + Gets or sets the format string that will be applied to the cell value. + + The cell format string. + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties concerning column resizing of all objects in this . + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing data of object. + + + + + Gets a reference to the of this object. + + The data rows. + + + + Gets a reference to the of this object. + + The data columns. + + + + Gets or sets the view model that controls the data extracted from the server. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of . + + The field chooser. + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing data of object. + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing hidden columns and rows + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing editing cell value. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the that displays data in a + when it is in edit mode. + + The editor style. + + + + Enables the advanced filtering UI. + IMPORTANT! This property may be removed in the future. + + + + + Gets the object that controls the visible layout of data in the grid. + + The grid layout. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all objects in the + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing data of object. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether total PivotDataColumn is positioned behind or in front of data row/PivotDataColumn. + + + true if the total PivotDataColumn behind; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether total PivotDataRow is positioned behind or in front of data row/PivotDataColumn. + + + true if the total PivotDataRow behind; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing data of object. + + + + + Gets or sets what should happen when the mouse is over a . + + + + + Gets or sets the rows manager. + + The rows manager. + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties of the in this . + + + + + Gets or sets the Style that should be applied to s in row header area. + + The header cell style. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all objects in the s which are totals. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all objects in the s which are totals. + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the + properties concerning sorting in this . + + + + + Gets the drop area control for filters field. + + The filters drop control. + + + + Gets the drop area control for rows field. + + The rows drop control. + + + + Gets the drop area control for columns field. + + The columns drop control. + + + + Gets the drop area control for measures field. + + The measures drop control. + + + + Gets or sets the minimun width of the rows header panel when there is no rows in it. + + The minimun width of empty rows header. + This value has meaning only when is false. + This value can be any value equal to or greater than 20.0 + + + + Gets or sets the templates which will be applied to column header cells. + More specific matching overrides less specific + + The column header templates. + + + + Gets or sets the templates which will be applied to column header cells. + More specific matching overrides less specific + + The row header templates. + + + + Gets or sets the templates which will be applied to data cells. + More specific matching overrides less specific + + The data cell templates. + + + + Gets or sets the templates which will be applied to KPI data cells. + + The KPI data cell templates. + + + + Gets the that the mouse is currently over. + + + + + The state of instance related to execution of particular work. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether there is currently a cell being resized. + + + + + Gets a reference to the vertical scrollbar that is attached to the . + If a vertical scrollbar was not specified, this property will return null. + + + + + Gets a reference to the horizontal scrollbar that is attached to the . + If a horizontal scrollbar was not specified, this property will return null. + + + + + The event is raised after a has been added or removed to the SelectedCells collection. + + + + + The event is raised after a has been added or removed to the SelectedRows collection. + + + + + The event is raised after a has been added or removed to the SelectedColumns collection. + + + + + The event is raised before the currently is changed. + + + This event is Cancellable. + + + + + The event is raised after the has changed. + + + + + This event is raised when a row is expanding or collapsing. + + + + + This event is raised when a row is expanded or collapsed. + + + + + This event is raised when a comes into the viewport of the + + + This event is useful for updating the style of a cell conditionally. + + + + + This event is raised when a is clicked. + + + + + This event is raised when a is double clicked. + + + + + The ColumnSorting event is raised when the user changes the sort on the via the GUI. + + + + + The ColumnSorted event is raised after the has completed its sort. + + + + + Event raised when a user initiated column resizing is begun. + + + + + Event raised when a user driven resizing is completed. + + + + + This event is raised when a is clicked. + + + + + This event is raised when a row/column is about to sort its header's tuples + + + + + This event is raised when a row/column is sorted. + + + + + This event is raised when column's visibility is about to changing + + + + + This event is raised when column's visibility has been changed. + + + + + This event is raised when row's visibility is about to changing + + + + + This event is raised when row's visibility has been changed. + + + + + Event raised when layout update is completed after result has been changed. + + + + + Occurs when an item drag operation is starded. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item has entered into a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item has left a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item is droped into a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a drag operation has ended. + + + + + Fired when a property changes on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains all strings that are used for locatization. + + The string setting. + + + + This event is raised after a has exited edit mode. + + + + + This event is raised after a has exited edit mode. + + + + + This event is raised before a has exited edit mode. + + + + + A resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the resource string. + + Name of the resource. + the string resource + + + + An object that contains strings for different areas in UI (buttons, tooltips, menu headers, etc.) of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns the resource string. + + Name of the resource. + Content of the string resource. + + + + Used to raise the event for the specified property name. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for CellTotal resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for ColumnsAreaBackgroundText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for CubesDropDownInitialText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for DeferredUpdateLayoutCheckBoxLabel resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for DimensionsAreaBackgroundText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for EmptyColumnsAreaText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for EmptyFiltersAreaText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for EmptyMeasuresAreaText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for EmptyRowsAreaText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for FiltersAreaBackgroundText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasuresAreaBackgroundText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for PanelCollectionsAreaLabel resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for RowsAreaBackgroundText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for RowsAreaBackgroundText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for SelectAll resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for UpdateLayoutButtonText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for DatabasesDropDownInitialText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureGroupsDropDownInitialText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterAllText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterAnyText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterDropdownMatchingText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterAddButtonText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterClearAllButtonText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for FilterTreeCancelButtonText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for FilterTreeOkButtonText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterDisabled resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for MeasureFilterEnable resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for LabelFilterAddButtonText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for LabelFilterAllText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for LabelFilterAnyText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for LabelFilterClearAllButtonText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for LabelFilterDropdownSelectConditionText resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the string resource used for LabelFilterDropdownSelectFieldText resource. + + + + + Raised when a property has changed + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Creates the instance of recycling element. + + + + + + Gets or sets the indent. + + The indent. + + + + Gets the span of the cell in the axis. + + The axis span. + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the indent of column content indicating hierarchy's level. + + + + + Provides methods for dealing with cells in row axis. + + + + + Base class for generating . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + Determinates the position of totals axis. + + + + Gets the parent cell. + + The header cell. + the parent cell or null + + This method serach for parent cell only in hierarchy where PivotHeaderCell exist. It does not make cross hierarchy serach. + + Raises when the PivotHeaderCell is null + + + + Gets a list of children cells for specified cell. + + The header cell. + A list with children of PivotHeaderCell. + + This method serach for children cell only in hierarchy where PivotHeaderCell exist. It does not make cross hierarchy serach. + + Raises when the PivotHeaderCell is null + + + + Gets the cell at the specified address. + + Index of the row. + Index of the column. + the header cell or null + + + + Clears this instance. + + + + + Creates the if one has not been created already. + + Index of the cell in the layout. + The cell span. + The member for which to create cell. + Index of the axis. + Index of the member. + Real index of axis + The created header cell + + + + Checks the cell toggle visibility. + + The cell which visibility will be checked. + Indicates if member has children. + + + + Gets the cell span. + + The header cell. + The estimated cell's span + + + + Defines the indexies. + + Index of the axis. + Index of the hierarachy. + Index of the row. + Index of the column. + + + + Defines the index of the axis. + + The header cell. + Index of the axis. + + + + Prepares the collection of tuples for visual header cells. + + The start index of visual cell. + The count of visual cell. + The real tuple indexes. + Extarcted list of tuples. + + + + Tries the get value. + + The member. + The header cell. + Index of the real axis. + Index of the member. + if the cell for put member is already ctreated. + Raises when the member is null + + + + Determines whether the cell should be merged. + + The prev members. + The current tuple. + Index of the member. + + true if the cell should be merged; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tuple are order by parent. + + true if parent is leading tuple; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets object for dealing with summury tuples. + + The data provider. + + + + Gets the tuples for coresponded axis. + + The axis tuples. + + + + Gets the collection of columns in the axis. + + The columns. + + + + Gets the collection of rows in the axis. + + The rows collection. + + + + Gets array with values which indicate the depth of rows or columns in each hierarhy. + + The max axis tuple depth. + + + + Gets or sets the object. + + The grid layout. + + + + Gets the list of header cells. + + The axis header cells. + This property is used as buffer for visible cells + + + + Gets a dictionary with created cells. + + The created cell. + The dictinary stores the header cell which are created in the process of virtualizasion of cell. + + + + + Gets a dictionary with created fake cells. + + The created fake cell. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + if set to true [is parent in frot]. + + + + Defines the indexies. + + Index of the axis. + Index of the hier. + Index of the row. + Index of the column. + + + + Defines the index of the axis. + + The header cell. + Index of the axis. + + + + Gets the cell span. + + The header cell. + The estimated cell's span + + + + Checks the cell toggle visibility. + + The cell which visibility will be checked. + Indicates if member has children. + + + + Creates the if one has not been created already. + + Index of the cell in the layout. + The cell span. + The member for which to create cell. + Index of the axis. + Index of the member. + Real index of axis + The created header cell + + + + Clears this instance. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tuple are order by parent. + + true if parent is leading tuple; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the collection of rows in the axis. + + The rows collection. + + + + Gets the collection of columns in the axis. + + The columns. + + + + Gets array with values which indicate the depth of rows or columns in each hierarhy. + + The max axis tuple depth. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + indicated the palce of summury cells. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + indicated the palce of summury cells. + + + + Creates the if one has not been created already. + + Index of the cell in the layout. + The cell span. + The member for which to create cell. + Index of the axis. + Index of the member. + Real index of axis + The created header cell + + + + Visual object for the UI of advanced filtering of Row/Column labels feature. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Adds a label condition to the viewmodel's conditions. + + + + + Removes a label condition from the viewmodel's conditions. + + The condition to be removed. + + + + Clears all conditions from the viewmodel. + + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + The viewmodel of the item being filtered. + + + + + The CommandType enumeration for the . + + + + + Create a command that adds a new label condition. + + + + + Create a command that removes a label condition. + + + + + Create a command that clears all label conditions. + + + + + Select a subtree from the hierarchy tree. + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + The object asociated with that command. + + + + The type of command that this will create. + + + + + Represents an that will add a new label condition. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Represents an that will remove a specific label condition. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + The label condition that this command will remove. + + + + + Represents an that will clear all label conditions. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Represents an that will select a subtree from the items in a 's hierarchy. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + The text for which to filter the filter members. + + + + + Visual object for the field that is droped in column, row or filter area of the + when advanced filtering is enabled. + + + + + Provides base functionalities of field item control with support of additional, popup hosted, area expand/collapse. + + + + + Identifies the dpendency property. + + + + + Identifies the dpendency property. + + + + + Identifies the dpendency property. + + + + + Identifies the dpendency property. + + + + + Identifies the dpendency property. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes call . + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + Invoked when the OK button is clicked. + The base implementation just closes the popup. + + + + + Invoked when the Cancel button is clicked. + The base implementation just closes the popup. + + + + + Makes the popup area transparent so that the pivot grid below is visible. + + + + + Returns the popup to its notmal state. + + + + + Occurs when property changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance can be expanded and has an expanding icon. + + + true if the expansion icon is visible and the control can be expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance expansion area is expanded. + + + true if the expansion area is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the content of the expansion area. + + + + + Gets or sets the content template of the expansion area. + + + + + Gets or sets the max height of the expansion area. + + The max height of the expansion area. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the expandable area should be closed when user clicks in outside area. + + true if the expandable area should be closed; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + + + + Applies the filtering selected in the popup and closes it. + + + + + Discards any filtering changes and closes the popup. + + + + + Visual object for custom field added to row or column drop areas. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Applies the changes in the popup and closes it. + + + + + Discards any changes and closes the popup. + + + + + Visual object that update binding source on text changed event + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + The CommandType enumeration for the . + + + + + Creates a command that executes an OK action on the . + + + + + Creates a command that executes a Cancel action on the . + + + + + Creates a command that executes a StartPeek action on the . + + + + + Creates a command that executes a StopPeek action on the . + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + The object asociated with that command. + + + + The type of command that this will create. + + + + + Represents an that will execute an OK action on the . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Represents an that will execute a Cancel action on the . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Represents an that will initiate the Peek state. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + + + + + Represents an that will remove the Peek state. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + + + + + Visual object represents the field when 2 or more measures are dropped in measure area. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Visual object for the field that is droped in column, row or filter area of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + + + + Applies the changes in the popup and closes it. + + + + + Discards any changes and closes the popup. + + + + + Represents the UI of the expandable part of a . + + + + + The default constructor for the . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Add a new to the ViewModel of the control. + + + + + Remove a specific from the ViewModel of the control. + + The that should be removed. + + + + Clear all s from the ViewModel of the control. + + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + The view model for this control. + + + + + The command type for a . + + + + + Create a command that adds a new value condition. + + + + + Create a command that removes a value condition. + + + + + Create a command that clears all value conditions. + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + The object asociated with that command. + + + + The command type for this . + + + + + Represents an that will add a new to the + view model of the . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + + + + + Represents an that will remove a specific from the + view model of the . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + + + + + The value condition that this command will remove. + + + + + Represents an that will clear all from the + view model of the . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + + + + + Visual object for the field that is droped in measure area if advanced filtering is enabled. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + See + + + + + See + + + + + Applies the filtering selected in the popup and closes it. + + + + + Discards any filtering changes and closes the popup. + + + + + Base visual object for the all fields drop areas. + + + + + Base class for fields drop areas in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + + + The element that is used to display the given item. + + + + + Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + + The item to check. + + true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. + + + + + Prepares the specified element to display the specified item. + + The element used to display the specified item. + The item to display. + + + + Undoes the effects of the method. + + The container element. + The item that is wrapped. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation when an item is added or removed for the objects in the tree. + + Data on what items changed. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Check whether a control has the default value for a property. + + The control to check. + The property to check. + + True if the property has the default value; false otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the horizontal ScrollBar is visible. + + A Visibility that indicates whether the horizontal scroll bar is visible. The default is Hidden. + + + + Gets the type of the drop target. + + The type of the drop target. + + + + Gets or sets the content that will be displayed when there are no UIElements in the panel. + + + + + Gets a value that represents the horizontal size of the content element that can be scrolled. + + + + + Gets a Panel that is used as the ItemsHost of the ItemsControl. + This property will only be valid when the ItemsControl is live in + the tree and has generated containers for some of its items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Prepares the specified element to display the specified item. + + The element used to display the specified item. + The item to display. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating direction in which the control can be resized. + + The resizing direction. + + + + A panel that organizes the s of a . + + + + + The base class for . + + The class adds property. + + + + The base class for all panels in the . + + + + + A collection of the cells, which cannot be released on one or another reason. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the panel has to release its cells. + + + + + Used for clean up the released cells before to arrange the new one. + + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The size that panel occupies + + + + Displays the in the panel. + + The cell that will be displayed. + The width that the cell will be measured within. + The height that the cell will be measured within. + The size of the cell. + + + + Releases the cell of the screen. + + The cell that should be released. + + + + Called when the mouse leaves a . + + The cell that was moused over. + + + + Called when a is moused over. + + The cell that was moused over. + + + + Gets or sets the grid. + + + + + Gets the grid layout. + + The grid layout. + + + + Gets a reference to the ScrollInfo object that relates to the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the is attached to the . + + The row that is being attached to the + + + + Called when the releases the . + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves a . + All Cells of the will then go to it's "Normal" VisualState. + + The cell that was moused over. + + + + Called when a is moused over. + All Cells of the will then go to it's "MouseOver" VisualState. + + The cell that was moused over. + + + + Throwouts the unused cells. + + The previous visible cells. + + + + Gets a refernce to the that owns the . + + + + + Contains the cells which are currently visible + + + + + A Collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that owns the collection. + The associated with this collection. + + + + Retrieves the amount of items in the collection. + + the count of objects in the collection + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. + + The index for item + object for the index + + + + Gets the this collection represents. + + + + + Returns the for the corresponding . + + The column that should be used for reference. + + The for the corresponding . + If the column doesn'type exist, null is returned. + + + + + Base class that represents the column of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets the that is associated with this object. + + The grid layout. + + + + Gets or sets the actual width of the column. + + + + + Gets or sets a string that identifies the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a Column can be resized via the UI. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum width of the column when it is resized. + + The default value is 5. The property value can not be set less than zero. + + The minimum width. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all + objects in this column. + + The header cell style. + + + + Gets or sets the actual width of the column. + + + + + An object that wraps an underlying collection of type that contains a collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The collection that the will wrap. + + + + Gets the index of the specified from the underlying collection. + + The object to locate in the collection. + The index of item in the collection + + + + Removes all objects from the underlying collection. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator from the underlying collection. + + Enumerator for collection + + + + Invoked when a property changes on the object. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Gets the underlying collection that the is wrapping. + + + + + Gets the total amount of objects. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Fired when a property changes on the . + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Sorts the in an ascending manner. + + + + + Changes the on the from nothing to ascending, ascending to descending, and descending to ascending. + + + + + Sorts the in an descending manner. + + + + + Unsorts the . + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + The resolved command + + + + Gets or sets the which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + Represents the PivotDataColumn of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + value that identify selected state + + + + Gets or sets DefaultSort for a particular + + + + + Gets resolved property for a particular + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a PivotDataColumn can be sorted. + + + + + Gets or sets how the data in this PivotDataColumn are sorted. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a Column can be resized via the UI. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this PivotDataColumn is total. + + true if this PivotDataColumn is total; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the column is visible. + + + true if the column is visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the tuple associated with this column. + + The tuple. + + + + Gets the text from all members in tuple that this column belongs to. + + The header text. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all + objects in this column. + + The data cell style. + + + + Gets or sets the data template used to define the Content of the data cell of this column. + + The data template. + + + + Gets or sets the data template used to define the Content of the data cell of this column. + + The data template. + + + + A Collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that will generate objects as they're requested. + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. + + The index for item + object for the index + + + + Retrieves the amount of items in the collection. + + the count of objects in the collection + + + + Represents the column of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + + + + Gets or sets the column offset from the begining. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a Column can be resized via the UI. + + + + + + A Collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that will generate objects as they're requested. + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. + + The index for item + object for the index + + + + Provides methods for dealing with cells in column axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + indicated the palce of summury cells. + + + + Defines the indexies. + + Index of the axis. + Index of the hierarchy. + Index of the row. + Index of the column. + + + + Defines the index of the axis. + + The header cell. + Index of the axis. + + + + Gets the cell span. + + The header cell. + The estimated cell's span + + + + Checks the cell toggle visibility. + + The cell which visibility will be checked. + The child count. + + + + Creates the if one has not been created already. + + Index of the cell in the layout. + The cell span. + The member for which to create cell. + Index of the axis. + Index of the member. + Real index of axis + The created header cell + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the tuple are order by parent. + + true if parent is leading tuple; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the collection of rows in the axis. + + The rows collection. + + + + Gets the collection of columns in the axis. + + The columns. + + + + Gets array with values which indicate the depth of rows or columns in each hierarhy. + + The max axis tuple depth. + + + + Base class for working with 's tuples. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + + + + Prepares the tuple sequence. + + The start index. + The count. + The real tuple indexes. + A collection of extracted tuples for start index + + + + Determines whether has to add fake cell in the specified tuple index. + + The tuples. + Index of the tuple. + Index of the member. + The current level depth. + + true if has to add fake cell; otherwise, false. + + + + + Adds the fake header cell in row cells list. + + The axis tuples. + The column where the cell is. + The tuple. + Index of the tuple. + Index of the member. + The member. + Index of the offset. + + + + Adds the fake column header cell. + + The axis tuples. + The row where t6he cell is. + The tuple. + Index of the tuple. + Index of the member. + The member. + Index of the offset. + + + + Gets the row at given index. + + Index of the tuple. + The span for cell. + The row at given index + + + + Gets the column. + + Index of the tuple. + The span of the cell. + The column at given index + + + + Gets the span level. + + The axis tuples. + The current tuple. + Index of the tuple. + Index of the member. + Estimated span level + + + + Tries the get cell for given member. + + The member. + The header cell. + true if the cell is already created + + + + Gets the parent member. + + The member. + Index of the axis. + Index of the member. + the parent member + + + + Gets the parent member. + + The member. + Index of the axis. + Index of the member. + Index of the parent axis. + the parent member + + + + Gets the real axis index and span. + + The member visible. + The member index visible. + Index of the real axis. + The span that will be estimated for passed member. + the real index of the passed member + + + + Gets the collection of all header cells in axis. + + The axis header cells. + + + + Gets the object. + + The grid layout. + + + + Extension class for analyze of result + + + + + Returns the tuples that are not totals. + + The tuple that will be analized. + List of integer indexes for tuples + + + + Returns the tuples that are not totals. + + The tuple that will be analized. + List of integer indexes for tuples + + + + Visual object for the fields in rows drop area. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the type of the drop target. + + The type of the drop target. + + + + Visual object for the fields in rows drop area. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the type of the drop target. + + The type of the drop target. + + + + Visual object for the field that is droped in measure area. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Visual object for the fields in measure drop area. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + + + The element that is used to display the given item. + + + + + Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + + The item to check. + + true if the item is (or is eligible to be) its own container; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the type of the drop target. + + The type of the drop target. + + + + Visual object for the fields in rows drop area. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the type of the drop target. + + The type of the drop target. + + + + A custom Panel that arrange the content of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates if the child content should appear in top left corner of the panel. + + + + + Sets a value of attached property + + The object which the property will be attahced to. + if set to true the obejct will appear in top left corner of the panel. + + + + Gets the is top left corner control. + + The object which the property is attahced to. + true if the object is top left control + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of UI layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Determines the cells that can fit in given available size. + + The size that is available for measure + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + Updates the ScrollInfo of the . + Such as changing the horizontal/vertical scrollbar visibility, or their viewport size. + + + + + Resets the width or height of the visible axis. + + In this method the column width or hieght is set to zero before the measure pass. + + + + Gets or sets the that will appear in top left corner of this panel. + + The visual element. + + + + Gets a reference to the that owns the panel. + + + + + Gets the grid layout. + + The grid layout. + + + + Gets or sets the ColumnDefinition of the left column of . + + The ColumnDefinition of the left column. + + + + Gets a reference to the ScrollInfo object that relates to the + + + + + A panel that organizes the s of a columns data. + + + + + The base class for and + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the releases the . + + + + + Displays the in the panel. + + The cell that will be displayed. + The desired size of the cell. + + + + Arranges each that should be visible, in hierarchical way. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size, that the panel occupies. + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of the . + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified + as a value to indicate the object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + Gets the start index for quering data from tuples. + + The scroll value from scroll bar. + the correct value after the hidden axises are ignored + + + + Determines whether the column or row is visible at the specified index. + + The index. + + true if the column or row is visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Ges the count of hidden axis. + + the count of hidden axis + + + + Ges the count of hidden axis before index. + + index which will be check + the count of hidden axis + + + + Determinates width or height of available size depening on the axis type. + + Size of the available. + the width or height of the panel. + + + + Gets bigger dimension from cell size and row's height or column's width. + + Index of column which width should be checked. + Size of the cell. + determinated dimension. + + + + Estimates the desire size of the panel. + + Desire size + + + + Resets the width or height of the invisible axis. + + + + + Creates dictionary with row's offset. + + + + + Creates dictionary with column's offset. + + + + + Sets the cell axis and measure. + + The cell which is measured. + Index of the current last axis. + Size of the cell. + The axis with which will be worked on. + The bigger value from compare of the cell's demension and axis's demension + + + + Gets the visible cells of this header panel. + + The start index. + The count of objects which should be explored + The visible count. + Collection with visible . + + + + Estimates the offsets from 0,0 point. + + The left offset. + The top offset. + + + + Corrects the first axis if the panel's size is bigger than desireed cell size. + + The final size. + + + + Estimates the size of the visible cells. + + The cells. + + + + Throwouts the unused cells. + + The previous visible cells. + + + + Estimates the widths of the visible cells. + + The cell which is measured. + Size of the cell. + + + + Estimates the heights of the visible cells. + + The cell which is measured. + Size of the cell. + + + + Displays the for the specified and . + + The cell that will be displayed. + The left offset. + The top offset. + The size that the cell occupies + + + + Gets the width of the cell. + + The columns collection. + The cell, which size will be determinated. + The grid layout + determinate if the cell width is bigger than visible width + The left offset from 0,0 point for that cell + The estimated left position for the cell + The size that the cell occupies + + + + Gets the width of the cell. + + The rows collection. + The cell, which size will be determinated. + The grid layout + determinate if the cell width is bigger than visible height + The top offset from 0,0 point for that cell + The estimated top position for the cell + The size that the cell occupies + + + + Gets the collection of s that are visible. + + The header cells. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is reverse measured. + + + true if this instance is reverse measure; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the reverse axis start inxed. + + The reverse axis start inxed. + + + + Gets the scroll bar for that direction where the panel is scrollable. + + The panel's scroll bar. + + + + Gets the collection of the cells that this axis contains. + + The axis header cell collection. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of . + + The override scroll max. + + + + Gets or sets the visible header demension. + + The visible header demension. + + + + Gets or sets the collection of visible rows. + + The visible rows. + + + + Gets or sets the collection of visible columns. + + The visible columns. + + + + Gets or sets the dictionary with row offset refered to the begining of the viewport. + + The row offset. + + + + Gets the dictionary with column offset refered to the begining of the viewport. + + The column offset. + + + + Gets the rows that the panel will use for measure and arrange. + + + + + Gets the columns that the panel will use for measure and arrange. + + The columns. + + + + Occurs when the panel has changed the scroll value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Determines whether the column is visible at the specified index. + + The index. + + true if the column is visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Creates dictionary with row's offset. + + + + + Creates dictionary with column's offset. + + + + + Gets the visible cells of this header panel. + + The start index. + The count of objects which should be explored + The visible count. + + Collection with visible . + + + + + Sets the cell axis and measure. + + The cell which is measured. + Index of the current last axis. + Size of the cell. + The axis with which will be worked on. + The bigger value from compare of the cell's width and column's width + + + + Corrects the first axis if the panel's size is bigger than desireed cell size. + + The final size. + + + + Estimates the offsets from 0,0 point. + + The left offset. + The top offset. + + + + Determinates width of available size. + + Size of the available. + the width of available size. + + + + Gets bigger dimension from cell size and column's width. + + Index of column which width should be checked. + Size of the cell. + determinated dimension. + + + + Estimates the desire size of the panel. + + Desire size + + + + Resets the width of the invisible axis. + + + + + Gets the start index for quering data from tuples. + + The scroll value from scroll bar. + the correct value after the hidden axises are ignored + + + + Returns class-specific implementations for the Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) infrastructure. + + + The type-specific implementation. + + + + + Ges the count of hidden columns. + + the count of columns axis + + + + Ges the index of the hidden axis count before. + + index which will be check + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is reverse measured. + + + true if this instance is reverse measure; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the reverse axis start inxed. + + The reverse axis start inxed. + + + + Gets the scroll bar for horizontal direction. + + The panel's scroll bar. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of . + + The override scroll max. + + + + Gets or sets the visible header demension. + + The visible column width. + + + + Gets the collection of the cells for column axis. + + The axis header cell collection. + + + + Gets the rows that the panel will use for measure and arrange. + + The type of rows should be + + + + Gets the columns that the panel will use for measure and arrange. + + The columns. + + + + A panel that organizes the s of a rows data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Determines whether the row is visible at the specified index. + + The index. + + true if the row is visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Sets the cell axis and measure. + + The cell which is measured. + Index of the current last axis. + Size of the cell. + The axis with which will be worked on. + + The bigger value from compare of the cell's demension and axis's demension + + + + + Creates dictionary with column's offset. + + + + + Creates dictionary with row's offset. + + + + + Gets the visible cells of this header panel. + + The start index. + The count of objects which should be explored + The visible count. + + Collection with visible . + + + + + Corrects the first axis if the panel's size is bigger than desireed cell size. + + The final size. + + + + Estimates the offsets from 0,0 point. + + The left offset. + The top offset. + + + + Determinates height of available size. + + Size of the available. + the height of the available size. + + + + Gets bigger dimension from cell size and row's height. + + Index of row which height should be checked. + Size of the cell. + determinated dimension. + + + + Estimates the desire size of the panel. + + Desire size + + + + Resets the height of the invisible rows. + + + + + Returns class-specific implementations for the Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) infrastructure. + + + The type-specific implementation. + + + + + Ges the count of hidden rows. + + the count of rows axis + + + + Gets the start index for quering data from tuples. + + The scroll value from scroll bar. + + the correct value after the hidden axises are ignored + + + + + Ges the index of the hidden axis count before. + + index which will be check + + + + + Estimates the widths of the visible cells. + + The cell which is measured. + Size of the cell. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is reverse measured. + + + true if this instance is reverse measure; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the reverse axis start inxed. + + The reverse axis start inxed. + + + + Gets the scroll bar for that vertical direction. + + The panel's scroll bar. + + + + Gets the collection of the cells for row axis. + + The axis header cell collection. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum value of . + + The override scroll max. + + + + Gets or sets the visible header demension. + + The visible rows height. + + + + Gets the rows that the panel will use for measure and arrange. + + + + + + Gets the columns that the panel will use for measure and arrange. + + The columns. + + + + A panel that organizes the s of a . + + + + + Used for clean up the released cells before to arrange the new one. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + The size that panel occupies + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Called when the panel has to release its cells. + + + + + An object that represents a standard row with data in the . + + + + + An object that represents a standard row with data in the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + that is associated with the . + + + + Creates a new instance of the PivotCellsPanel. + Note: this method is only meant to be invoked via the RecyclingManager. + + A new + + + + Called when the is attached to the + + A + + + + Called when the is removed from the + + A + + + + Gets a value indicating whether selection will be allowed on the . + + true if selection is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the that is associated with this object. + + The grid layout. + + + + Gets or sets the that is attached to the + + A Control is only assoicated with a Row when it's in the viewport of the + + + + Gets or sets the row's height. + + The height. + The negative value does not have effect over the property. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether or not the Mouse is currently over the + + + true if mouse is over this instance; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether or not a cell is the is active. + + + + + Gets a list of cells that are visible. + + + + + Gets whether the entire row or just the individual cell should be hovered when the + mouse is over a cell. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + that is associated with the . + + + + Creates a new instance of the panel which will arrange the row in current view. + Note: this method is only meant to be invoked via the RecyclingManager. + + A new panel for current view + + + + Called when element is about releasing. + + The element. + true if element can be released; otherwise false + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + if true the row is selected; otherwise false + + + + Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally + releases the managed resources. + + + true to release both managed and unmanaged resources; + false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Releases the unmanaged and managed resources used by the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether selection will be allowed on the . + + true if selection is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the collection of cells that belongs to the . + + + + + Gets the underlying data associated with the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this PivotDataRow is total. + + true if this PivotDataRow is total; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item is currently selected. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the row is visible. + + + true if the row is visible; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the tuple associated with this row. + + The tuple. + + + + Gets the text from all members in tuple that this column belongs to. + + The header text. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all + objects in this row. + + The data cell style. + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to all + objects in this row. + + The header cell style. + + + + Gets the cell which is at the lowest level in the hierarchy + + The leaf header cell. + + + + Gets or sets the used to define the Content of the cell of the . + + The data cell template. + + + + Gets the resolved used to define the Content of the cells of the . + + The data cell template. + + + + Gets a list of cells that are visible. + + + + + Resolves whether the entire row or just the individual cell should be hovered when the + mouse is over a cell. + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + A Collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that will generate objects as they're requested. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + This will not delete the underlying data, only clear the and allow the rows to rebind. + + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. + + The index for item + object for the index + + + + Retrieves the amount of items in the collection. + + the count of objects in the collection + + + + A custom Panel that Virtualizes the rows of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Used for clean up the released cells before to arrange the new one. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + The size that panel occupies + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Returns class-specific implementations for the Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) infrastructure. + + + The type-specific implementation. + + + + + Renders the row. + + The row that should be measured. + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + The measured size for the row + + + + Gets the empty pivot cell that shows when there is no measures selected. + + The empty pivot cell. + + + + Represents the row in of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + that is associated with the . + + + + A Collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The object that will generate objects as they're requested. + + + + Gets the item at the specified index. + + The index for item + object for the index + + + + An object that wraps an underlying collection of type that contains a collection of objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The collection that the will wrap. + + + + Gets the index of the specified from the underlying collection. + + + + + + + Removes all objects from the underlying collection. + + + + + Gets the IEnumerator from the underlying collection. + + + + + + Invoked when a property changes on the object. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Gets the underlying collection that the is wrapping. + + + + + Gets the total amount of objects. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + + + + + + Fired when a property changes on the . + + + + + Arranges rows using for exctracting rows one by one. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Used for clean up the released cells before to arrange the new one. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + The size that panel occupies + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Gets the empty pivot cell that shows when there is no measures selected. + + The empty pivot cell. + + + + Occurs when the panel has changed the scroll value. + + + + + RowsManager class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid. + + + + Initializes this instance. + + + + + Gets the row. + + The index. + + + + + Gets the row additional information. Usefull when used in derived class. + + The row. + return null + + + + Gets the visible index of the row. + + The row. + + + + + Clears this instance. + + + + + Switches the row. + + The pivot row base. + + + + Gets or sets the grid. + + The grid. + + + + Gets the rows count. + + The rows count. + + + + ----------------------- + | | | + ----------------------- + | | + | | + | | + ----------------------- + + + + + An object responsible for arranging the content of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Arranges the according the given logic. + + The final size. + the size required from the panel to show its children + + + + Measures the 's children in available size. + + The size that is available for measure. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + Initializes the view with ui elements taken from template. + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + Created type + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + The control used to container. + + + + Creates the instance for row header cell. + + Created instance + + + + Creates the instance for column header cell. + + Created instance + + + + Estimates the width of the shared column. + + Width of the avaiable. + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the panel. + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the panel. + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the panel. + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the column chooser. + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the row chooser. + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the panel. + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the panel. + + + + Gets an instance of . + + An instance of the panel. + + + + Gets an instance of grid layout. + + The grid layout. + + + + Initializes the view with ui elements taken from template. + + + + + Arranges the according the given logic. + + The final size. + + the size required from the panel to show its children + + + + + Measures the 's children in available size. + + The size that is available for measure. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Gets an instance of . which is applied through the 's Control Template. + + An instance of the panel. + + + + Arranges the 's children in table view + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the panel in which the rendering is done. + + The panel. + + + + Arranges the the in default view without respect of grouping columns or rows. + + The final size. + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of the . + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified + as a value to indicate the object will size to whatever content is available. + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + Estimates the width of the shared column. + + Avaiable width. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + The control used to container. + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + Created type + + + + This class is used in conjunction with + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the object instance. + + + + + This class is used in conjunction with + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Creates the binding of . + + + + + Changes the state of the visual. + + + + + Called when an item drag operation is started. + + Event args that contains the event data. + true if drag operation is not cancelled by the user; otherwise false + + + + Called when a dragged item has entered into a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when a dragged item has left a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when a dragged item is droped into a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when a drag operation has ended. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Initializes the drop area. + + The drop area control. + + + + Returns if the object will support a given command type. + + The command to be validated. + + True if the object recognizes the command as actionable against it. + + + + + Returns the object that defines the parameters necessary to execute the command. + + The CommandSource object which defines the command to be executed. + + The object necessary for the command to complete. + + + + + Occurs when an item drag operation is starded. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item has entered into a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item has left a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a dragged item is droped into a valid drop target. + + + + + Occurs when a drag operation has ended. + + + + + Gets or sets the object instance. + + + + + Gets the control that contains dimensions for filters. + + The filters drop area. + + + + Gets the control that contains dimensions for columns. + + The columns drop area. + + + + Gets the control that contains dimensions for rows. + + The rows drop area. + + + + Gets the control that contains measures. + + The measures drop area. + + + + Gets the control that contains databases drop down. + + The databases drop down. + + + + Gets the control that contains cubes drop down. + + The cubes drop down. + + + + Gets the control that contains measure groups drop down. + + The measure groups drop down. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether advanced filters are enabled. + + + true if advanced filters are enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the object that contains all strings that are used for locatization. + + The string setting. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + The object asociated with that command. + + + + Gets or sets the which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + Enforces the to refresh its content. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Enforces the to refresh its content. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Enforces the grid to load cubes form data source. The command is executed asynchronous. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Removes cell from header drop area. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + A object which will pivot the data in . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + A object which will enforce changing of view model. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + A object which will cancel the dictionaries downloading. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + A object which will cancel the dictionaries downloading. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + A object which will pivot the data in . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + A object which will pivot the data in . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + A object which will hide Column or Row. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Exdends the behavior of classes that implements . + + + + + Checks whether some of collections of object contains already given items. + + Instance of the affected object. + of items that should be checked. + true if some of items is already added to any of the collections of the object, otherwise false + + + + Resolves the drop change action. + + The olap view model. + The drop target. + The data. + Type of the part. + + + + + Resolves the area item. + + The olap view model. + The item. + + + + + Removes the specified items from the object's collections. + + Instance of the affected object. + The unique items group which removed items belong to. + Removed items. + if set to true then will be set to true until operation is completed. + + + + Gets the item collection. + + The olap view model. + Type of the pivot part. + + + + + Gets the items collection from item. + + The olap view model. + The item. + + + + + Modifies the collections of the object. + + Instance of the affected object. + Instance of the info that contains information about processed operation. + The target item's collection. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..31befdc8460 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02c1ee53faf Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c39ce6f5907 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1317 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamPivotGridGrouping.v14.2 + + + + + An object that contains settings for grouping of columns on the + + + + + An object that contains settings for grouping of rows or columns on the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the expansion indicator in row or column group by header control. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the row or column group by controls. + + + + + Gets or sets the that will be applied to the header presenter control. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the indent of column content indicating hierarchy's level. + + + + + Gets or sets the level styles. + + The level styles. + + + + ColumnLevelStyle class + + + + + Gets or sets the style. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets the hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + + + + Gets or sets the level. + + The level. + + + + An object that contains settings for grouping of rows on the + + + + + QueryUserPermissionEventArgs class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The permission request details. + The accept action. + The message. + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates if the request is handled by the user. + If the event is not handled then the default behavior is applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the permission request details. + + The permission request details. + + + + Gets or sets the accept action. + + The accept action. + + + + Gets or sets the message. + + The message. + + + + UserPermissionRequest class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The action id. + The request details. + + + + Gets or sets the action details. + + The action details. + + + + Gets or sets the action id. + + The action id. + + + + Grouping member + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member. + The unique name of the member. + The caption. + The unique name of the parent member. + The unique name of the parent level. + The level depth. + The parent level. + The child count. + Sets whether this member is drilled down. + Sets whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + Sets whether this member is considered to be total. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the children members are loaded. + + + true if the children members are loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + + GroupingFlatDataModelProvider class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Instance of the that holds the data source. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member. + The unique name of the member. + The caption. + The unique name of the parent member. + The unique name of the parent level. + The level depth. + The parent level. + The child count. + Sets whether this member is drilled down. + Sets whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + Sets whether this member is considered to be total. + + + + + Gets the merged hierarchy. + + The area items. + The cube. + The merge context. + The hierarchy. + + + + + MergeContext + + + + + Rows + + + + + Rows group + + + + + Columns + + + + + GroupingConnectionSettings class + + + + + Initializes static members of the class. + Register class in OlapContainer. + + + + + GroupingFlatDataSource class + + + + + WaitMergeColumnsPermissionActionId + + + + + WaitAllowReminderSummariesPermissionActionId + + + + + WaitAddColumnPermissionActionId + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + This method is called when Rows collection changes. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Pivots the items of Columns and Rows collections. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Accepts the action. + + if set to true [is action accepted]. + The request details. + + + + Generates the data internally. + + The background worker. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when the Result changes. + + The arguments related to the completed async operation. + + + + Gets the state of the data source. + + The work this source state is related to. + + The instance that captures the current state of data source. + + + + + Called when the Cube property is changed. + + + + + Defines the way of initial loading of hierarchies and filtering of their members. + + The where initialized hierarchies is added. + That should be one of collection exposed by , or properties. + + + + Finds the connected with the specified . + + The containing context. + Instance of the connected with the searched . + + Serached or null if no such filter member is found. + + + + + Gets the area items for the specified . + + The execution context. + + Collection of area items found in the area of the context. + + + + + Gets the index of the measure list. + + + Index of in the context of its . + + + + + Sets the index of the measure list. + + The index. + + + + Gets the merged rows filter view model. + + + + + Gets the merged rows groups filter view model. + + + + + Gets the merged columns filter view model. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the rows of model. + + The rows collection. + + + + Occurs when specific user action is requred. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether [use zeros on empty totals]. + + + true if [use zeros on empty totals]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether [allow remainder total for columns]. + + + true if [allow remainder total for columns]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the rows of model. + + + + + Gets or sets the merge hierarchy settings. + + + The merge hierarchy settings. + + + + + Contains state of current datasource + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The rows. + The rows groups. + The columns. + The filters. + The measures. + Index of the measure list. + The measure list location. + The raw result. + The switch axis member result. + + + + Gets or sets the rows groups. + + The rows groups. + + + + AreaFieldSettingsEx class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is enabled. + + + true if rows groups editing is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + MergeHierarchySettings class + + + + + Sets the measure list in front of columns. + + if set to true [value]. + if set to true [refresh grid]. + + + + Sets the measure list in front of rows. + + if set to true [value]. + if set to true [refresh grid]. + + + + Called when [property changed]. + + Name of the property. + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the merge of columns is allowed. + + + true if the merge is allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the merge of rows is allowed. + + true if the merge of rows is allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the merge of row groups is allowed. + + + true if the merge row groups is allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the measure list is in front of rows. + + + true if the measure list is in front of rows; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the measure list is in front of columns. + + + true if the measure list is in front of columns; otherwise, false. + + + + + PivotColumnGroupByCell class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Creates the instance of recycling element. + + the return type is PivotColumnGroupByCellControl + + + + Gets or sets the indent. + + The indent. + + + + Gets the row span of the cell in the axis. + + The axis span. + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + The class for all visual objects in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + This will get called every time the control is measured, and allows the control to adjust it's content if necessary. + + + + + Gets the group by settings that is applyed to this control. + + The group by settings. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the indent of column content indicating hierarchy's level. + + + + + PivotGroupByCell class + + + + + Gets or sets the indent. + + The indent. + + + + Gets the span of the cell in the axis. + + The axis span. + + + + The class for all visual objects in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + This will get called every time the control is measured, and allows the control to adjust it's content if necessary. + + + + + Gets the group by settings that is applyed to this control. + + The group by settings. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating the indent of column content indicating hierarchy's level. + + + + + PivotRowGroupByCell class + + + + + Ensures that is in the correct state. + + + + + Creates the instance of recycling element. + + + + + + Gets the Style that should be applied to the when it's attached. + + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + Gets the object. + + The axis provider. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. + + + true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + The class for all visual objects in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the group by settings that is applyed to this control. + + The group by settings. + + + + PivotRowGroupingHeaderCell class + + + + + PivotRowGroupingHeaderCellGroupBy class + + + + + Provides methods for dealing with cells in column axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid layout. + indicated the palce of summury cells. + + + + FieldsDropAreaControlEx class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates or identifies the element that is used to display the given item. + + + The element that is used to display the given item. + + + + + FilterFieldItemControlEx class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + RowGroupsFieldDropAreaControl class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + + GroupingGridLayout class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid. + + + + Creates the column axis provider. + + created instance + + + + Called when the is about to create + + + + + Initializes the layout. + + indicates if is null. + + + + Updates the row real scoll indexies. + + + + + Gets or sets the first column separator. + + The first column separator. + + + + Gets or sets the pivot rows area panel. + + The pivot rows area panel. + + + + RowHeaderAlignPanel class + + + + + Creates dictionary with column's offset. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, positions child elements and determines a size for a derived class. + + The final area within the parent that this element should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size used. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + + An object that represents a group by row in the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + that is associated with the . + + + + Creates a new instance of the . + Note: this method is only meant to be invoked via the RecyclingManager. + + A new + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + + + + Gets or sets the group cells. + + The group cells. + + + + Gets or sets the indent. + + The indent. + + + + Gets or sets the level. + + The level. + + + + Gets or sets the row info. + + The row info. + + + + A panel that organizes the s of a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Used for clean up the released cells before to arrange the new one. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + The size that panel occupies + + + + When overridden in a derived class, measures the size in layout required for child elements and determines a size for the -derived class. + + The available size that this element can give to child elements. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the element will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this element determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child element sizes. + + + + + Called when the panel has to release its cells. + + + + + Arranges one row of data cells and header cells + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Used for clean up the released cells before to arrange the new one. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + The size that panel occupies + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Called when the panel has to release its cells. + + + + + RowsManager class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The grid. + + + + Clears this instance. + + + + + Initializes this instance. + + + + + Gets the row. + + The index. + + + + + Gets the hierarchical sturcture of rows. + + The rows info. + + + + Gets or sets the grid. + + The grid. + + + + Gets the rows count. + + The rows count. + + + + RowInfoType enum + + + + + DataRow + + + + + GroupByRow + + + + + RowInfo class + + + + + RowsGroupView class + + + + + Initializes the view with ui elements taken from template. + + + + + Arranges the according the given logic. + + The final size. + + the size required from the panel to show its children + + + + + Measures the 's children in available size. + + The size that is available for measure. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Estimates the width of the shared column. + + Width of the avaiable. + + + + Creates a new instance of the that represents the object. + + The control used to container. + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the . + + Created type + + + + Creates the instance for row header cell. + + Created instance + + + + Gets or sets the first separator. + + The first separator. + + + + Gets or sets the pivot rows area panel. + + The pivot rows area panel. + + + + RowsViewGrouping class + + + + + Gets or sets the panel in which the rendering is done. + + The panel. + + + + Arranges the the in default view without respect of grouping columns or rows. + + The final size. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of the . + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified + as a value to indicate the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Estimates the width of the shared column. + + Avaiable width. + + + + Creates the instance for row header cell. + + Created instance + + + + Gets or sets the first separator. + + The first separator. + + + + XamDataSelectorGrouping class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called when a dragged item is droped into a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when an item drag operation is started. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + true if drag operation is not cancelled by the user; otherwise false + + + + + XamPivotGridGrouping class + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when property has changed. + + the new value. + the old value. + + + + Builds the visual tree for the when a new template is applied. + + + + + Called when the DataSource property changed. + + The new instance of view model. + The old instance of view model. + + + + Called when a dragged item is droped into a valid drop target. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + + + Called when an item drag operation is started. + + Event args that contains the event data. + + true if drag operation is not cancelled by the user; otherwise false + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the columns will be displayed grouped. + + true if compact layout is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the columns will be displayed grouped. + + true if compact layout is allow; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing group by column + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the object that controls all the properties + concerning organizing group by row + + + + + XamPivotGridGroupingCommandSource class + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + The object asociated with that command. + + + + HideAxisCommandGroupping class + + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + RemoveFilterCellOnCenterCommand class + + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..594df64a7b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.XML b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.XML new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e97fd865485 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.XML @@ -0,0 +1,6062 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2 + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the XamMaskedInput. + + + + + Initializes a new + + An array of instances + An array of definitions for the command dictating their required and minimum states + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + The current state of the control + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the command based on the minimum requirements provided for the specified command when the helper was constructed. + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified current control state returned from the ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + The current state of the control + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the commands matching the specified key and modifiers + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Invoked before the menu is manipulated and before it is shown to ensure that the menu is allowed to be shown. + + The area for which the menu will be displayed. + The context for the show. + + + + + Used to perform initialization of the menu which may be later cleaned up in the CleanOldContextMenu + + The menu to be shown + The area for which it will be shown + The context provided to the show + + + + Used to ensure that the commands associated with the menu are updated just before the menu is displayed but after it's been initialized. + + + + + Returns or sets the context menu to use. + + + + + Helper class for managing the display of a custom Cursor for a given element using either a DataTemplate or Cursor. + + + + + Forces the cursor to be hidden if the datatemplate is being used. + + + + + Changes the state of the cursor with the specified values in an atomic operation. + + The new cursor or null + The new custom template or null + The fallback/default cursor + Returns true if the cursor source has been changed. + + + + Used to force the cursor to be shown for an element when using a custom cursor template. + + + + + The DataTemplate of the custom cursor + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred cursor for the associated element. + + + + + The cursor that should be used as a last resort + + + + + Returns or sets the horizontal offset of the + + + + + Returns or sets the vertical offset of the + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Used to define an element layer + + + + + Initializes a new + + The string used to identify the layer + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be beneath this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be above this layer. + + + + Initializes a new + + The string used to identify the layer + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be beneath this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be above this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be measured before this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be measured after this layer. + + + + Returns the string used to identify the layer. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The owning control + Factory method used to create a panel for a given + + + + Returns the layer for the specified information or creates one if one doesn't already exist. + + The info describing the layer to be obtained. + The panel to host the content for the layer. + + + + Invalidates the measure of the matching layers. + + The callback used to identify the layers to invalidate or null to invalidate all. + + + + Adds the specified layer panel into the associated layer area panel. + + The panel representing one of the layers. + + + + Removes all the layers that have been created. + + + + + Returns the collection of the objects that provide the generators that will create the content for the timescale area. + + + + + Class used to position items based on time. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Class for managing the display of an element as an informational type tooltip whose show/hide is controlled and whose position is relative to a relative point and/or exclusion area. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The element to display in the info tip + The relative element for which the info tip is to be displayed + The panel that will host the Popup used to display the child + The rect that should be considered when positioning the info tip + The point that should be considered when positioning the info tip. Typically this would be the mouse coordinate relative to the + An enumeration that indicates how the info tip should be positioned. + + + + Base class for an object that creates elements to be displayed within a layer of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The hosting control + An object providing information about the layer to which the content will be added + + + + Invoked when the elements managed by this layer are to be arranged. + + The actual size for the element + + + + Invalidates the measure of the associated panel. + + + + + Invalidates the measure of the associated panel. + + + + + Invoked when the elements managed by this layer are to be measured. + + The size available for the arrangement + + + + Invoked when the layer is being discarded. + + + + + Returns the containing control. + + + + + Returns the string identifying the layer. + + + + + Returns the panel to display elements for the layer. + + + + + Returns the object representing the containing layer. + + + + + Base class for a class that creates a layer for a timescale element. + + + + + Creates an instance of a layer for the specified timeline element. + + The element for which the layer is being created. + + + + Custom observable collection that verifies the contents of the collection when item information is requested. + + The type of items in the collection + + + + Notifies listeners of the property change. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Called when a subobject's, including this object's, property changes. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Used to notify the collection that the contents have changed. + + + + + Used to invoke the event for the collection. + + The event args indicating the type of change that occurred. + + + + Used to invoke the event for the collection. + + The name of the property that was changed + + + + Raises collection and property change notifications signaling a reset of the collection's contents. + + + + + Used to ensure that the contents of the collection are in sync with the underlying collection. + + + + + Used to rebuild or verify the underlying list for the collection. + + The underlying list for the collection + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + An enumerator for the collection. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified items is a member of the collection + + The item to evaluate + True if the collection contains the item; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the specified item within the collection + + The item whose index is being requested + The index of the item within the collection or -1 if the item is not within the collection + + + + Returns the item at the specified index. + + The index of the item to obtain + The item at the specified index + + + + Returns the underlying collection of items. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the underlying collection has any pending changes. + + + + + Event raised when the contents of the collection have changed + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Helper class for invoking an action on the left mouse up. + + + + + Exposes scrollbar related settings. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes the state of the scroll info. + + The viewport extent (i.e. the visible area) + The overall extent (i.e. the size of the content) + The position within the scrollable area + + + + Invoked when a property notification should be sent. + + The string identifying the property being changed + + + + Returns a value indicating the preferred IsEnabled state of the scrollbar. + + + + + Returns a value indicating the preferred visibility of the scrollbar. + + + + + Returns the Extent value + + + + + Indicates if the scroll info is in use. + + + + + Returns or sets an optional large change + + + + + Returns the resolved large change amount + + + + + Returns the Maximum + + + + + Returns or sets the Minimum value + + + + + Returns the Offset value + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to determine when the scroll bar should be visible + + + + + Returns the difference between the viewport and extent. + + + + + Returns the SmallChange value + + + + + Returns the Viewport value + + + + + Invoked when the value of a property of the object has changed. + + + + + Helper class for managing the properties of a ScrollBar and ScrollInfo + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the scrollbar is being initialized based on the scroll info. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Helper class for synchronizing/coordinating the visibility of multiple ScrollBarInfoMediator instances. Essentially this + is used when there are multiple scrollbars in the ui and their Visibility should be tied together. + + + + + Custom ScrollInfo class that is associated with a specific element and will invalidate the measure when the scroll position changes. + + + + + Indicates if the scroll info is in use. + + + + + Custom scroll info that is used to aggregate the values (other than offset) of multiple scroll infos + + + + + Automation IScrollProvider that deals with a horizontal and vertical + + + + + Helper class for performing scroll operations resulting from touch interactions. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The horizontal scroll info. This includes the ScrollInfo that does the scrolling, the type of scrolling done, a function to return the width of the first item. + The vertical scroll info. This includes the ScrollInfo that does the scrolling, the type of scrolling done, a function to return the height of the first item. + Optional method used to determine if the specified point is valid for scrolling + + + + The touch was initiated and dragged + + + + + The touch was initiated and released + + + + + Invoked to ensure that the range reflects the appropriate values for the specified scroll offset. + + Returns the adjusted offset + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'FormulaBarControl' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the collection of automation peers that represents the children of the group. + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'SpreadsheetLayoutPanel' + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'SpreadsheetTabItemArea' + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'SpreadsheetTabItem' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the that represents the bounding rectangle of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The bounding rectangle + + + + Returns the associated class name of the peer. + + A string that contains 'WorksheetCell' + + + + Returns the name of the Worksheet that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the System.Windows.UIElement that corresponds with the object that is associated with this System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer is off the screen. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataGrid enumeration value + + + + Returns the collection of automation peers that represents the children of the group. + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the associated class name of the peer. + + A string that contains 'WorksheetGrid' + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The TabItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the collection of automation peers that represents the children of the group. + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the associated class name of the peer. + + A string that contains 'Worksheet' + + + + Returns the name of the Worksheet that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamSpreadsheet' + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The control for which the command will be executed. + The parameter for the command + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the SpreadsheetCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + Gets or sets which modifier keys must be pressed at the time the command is being requested. + + + + + Gets or sets which modifier keys may not be pressed at the time the command is being requested. + + + + + A command object used to execute a command for a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + The parameter for the command + + + + Enumeration used to identify an action to be taken by the + + + + + Activates the previous if there are multiple panes and they are not frozen. + + + + + Activates the next if there are multiple panes and they are not frozen. + + + + + Navigates to the next cell within the selection if multiple cells are selected otherwise navigates to the cell to the right. + + + + + Navigates to the previous cell within the selection if multiple cells are selected otherwise navigates to the cell to the left. + + + + + Navigates to the cell above within the selection if multiple cells are selected otherwise navigates to the cell above. + + + + + Navigates to the cell below within the selection if multiple cells are selected otherwise navigates to the cell below. + + + + + Navigates to the cell to the right of the active cell. + + + + + Navigates to the cell to the left of the active cell. + + + + + Navigates to the cell above the active cell. + + + + + Navigates to the cell below the active cell. + + + + + Navigates to the cell to the left of the active cell that has data or the first cell in the row if there are none with data. + + + + + Navigates to the cell to the right of the active cell that has data or the last cell in the row if there are none with data. + + + + + Navigates to the cell above the active cell that has data or the first cell in the column if there are none with data. + + + + + Navigates to the cell below the active cell that has data or the last cell in the column if there are none with data. + + + + + Navigates to the farthest contiguous cell with data to the left of the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell to the left does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the first cell in the row if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Navigates to the farthest contiguous cell with data to the right of the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell to the right does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the last cell in the row if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Navigates to the farthest contiguous cell with data above the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell above does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the first cell in the column if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Navigates to the farthest contiguous cell with data below the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell below does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the last cell in the column if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Scrolls down one page and activates a cell in the same column and relative visible row. + + + + + Scrolls up one page and activates a cell in the same column and relative visible row. + + + + + Scrolls right one page and activates a cell in the same row and relative visible column. + + + + + Scrolls left one page and activates a cell in the same row and relative visible column. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's column scroll region left by 1 column. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's column scroll region right by 1 column. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's row scroll region up by 1 row. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's row scroll region down by 1 row. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's column scroll region left by the size of the viewable area. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's column scroll region right by the size of the viewable area. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's row scroll region up by the size of the viewable area. + + + + + Scrolls the active pane's row scroll region down by the size of the viewable area. + + + + + Navigates to the first cell in the row + + + + + Navigates to the upper left cell in view. + + + + + Navigates to the first cell in the Worksheet. + + + + + Navigates to the cell of the first scrollable column in the row. This is the same as FirstCellInRow unless there are frozen panes and then the first scrollable column is based on the number of frozen column. + + + + + Navigates to the cell for the first scrollable row and column in the Worksheet. This is the same as FirstCellInView unless there are frozen panes and then the first scrollable row and column are based on the number of frozen rows and columns. + + + + + Navigates to the lower right cell in view. + + + + + Changes the to true + + + + + Changes the to false + + + + + Navigates to the last row and column for which data or formatting have been provided. + + + + + Navigates the column of the end of the used range but stays within the current row of the active cell. + + + + + Selects the cells adjacent to the active cell that have data or selects the entire worksheet if the current region is already selected or the current cell range selection isn't contained within the calculated current region. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell to the right of the active cell. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell to the left of the active cell. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell above the active cell. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell below the active cell. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell to the left of the active cell that has data or the first cell in the row if there are none with data. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell to the right of the active cell that has data or the last cell in the row if there are none with data. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell above the active cell that has data or the first cell in the column if there are none with data. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell below the active cell that has data or the last cell in the column if there are none with data. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the farthest contiguous cell with data to the left of the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell to the left does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the first cell in the row if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the farthest contiguous cell with data to the right of the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell to the right does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the last cell in the row if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the farthest contiguous cell with data above the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell above does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the first cell in the column if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the farthest contiguous cell with data below the active cell. If the active cell has no data or the cell below does not have data, it will navigate to the start of the next cell that has data in that direction or the last cell in the column if there are no more cells with data. + + + + + Scrolls down one page and selects from the active cell to a cell in the same column and relative visible row. + + + + + Scrolls up one page and selects from the active cell to a cell in the same column and relative visible row. + + + + + Scrolls right one page and selects from the active cell to a cell in the same row and relative visible column. + + + + + Scrolls left one page and selects from the active cell to a cell in the same row and relative visible column. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the first cell in the row + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the upper left cell in view. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the first cell in the Worksheet. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell of the first scrollable column in the row. This is the same as FirstCellInRow unless there are frozen panes and then the first scrollable column is based on the number of frozen column. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the cell for the first scrollable row and column in the Worksheet. This is the same as FirstCellInView unless there are frozen panes and then the first scrollable row and column are based on the number of frozen rows and columns. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the lower right cell in view. + + + + + Selects from the active cell to the last row and column for which data or formatting have been provided. + + + + + Selects from the active cell the column of the end of the used range but stays within the current row of the active cell. + + + + + Replaces the selection range containing the active cell with a selection range that encompasses the rows for that range. + + + + + Replaces the selection range containing the active cell with a selection range that encompasses the columns for that range. + + + + + Replaces the selection range containing the active cell with a selection range that encompasses the entire worksheet. + + + + + Changes the to Normal. + + + + + Changes the to ExtendSelection. + + + + + Changes the to AddToSelection. + + + + + Changes the to be the upper left most cell in view within the active selection range. + + + + + Changes the to be the lower right most cell in view within the active selection range. + + + + + Starts in place editing of the starting with the current value + + + + + Starts in place editing of the starting with an empty value + + + + + Ends edit mode of the and updates the active cell's value based on the current edit value. + + + + + Ends edit mode of the and updates all the cells within the selection with the cell's value based on the current edit value. + + + + + Ends edit mode of the and updates all the cells within the selection with an array formula from current edit value. + + + + + Ends edit mode of the and discards any changes made while editing. + + + + + Clears the value of the selected cells. + + + + + Selects the region associated with an array formula that is applied to the active cell. + + + + + Activates the first cell in the next cell range of the + + + + + Activates the first cell in the previous cell range of the + + + + + Chnages the selection such that it only does not contain any hidden rows or columns. + + + + + Changes the selection such that it only contains the ActiveCell. + + + + + Used to re-execute the last change operation that was undo, if possible. + + + + + Used to reverse the last change operation. + + + + + The cell adjacent to the active cell in the direction indicated by the should be activated. + + + + + The cell adjacent to the active cell in the reverse of the direction indicated by the should be activated. + + + + + Sets the to true for the columns associated with the . + + + + + Sets the to false for the columns associated with the . + + + + + Sets the to true for the rows associated with the . + + + + + Sets the to false for the rows associated with the . + + + + + Updates the to be -1 for rows associated with the so that it will be resized based on the size of the contents. + + + + + Updates the based on the size of the content in the columns associated with the so that it will be resized based on the size of the contents. + + + + + Merge the selected cells in one row into one cell. + + + + + Merges the selected cells into one cell. + + + + + Combine and center the contents of the selected cells into a new larger cell. + + + + + Split the current cell in multiple cells + + + + + Adds a new after the current active worksheet and activates it. + + + + + Inserts a new for each selected Worksheet before the active worksheet and activates the first new sheet. + + + + + Activates the next visible after the active worksheet + + + + + Activates the previous visible before the active worksheet + + + + + Activates and selects the next visible after the active worksheet + + + + + Activates and selects the previous visible before the active worksheet + + + + + Increments the to the next visible worksheet + + + + + Decrements the to the previous visible worksheet + + + + + Scrolls the tab area such that the first visible worksheet tab is in view + + + + + Scrolls the tab area such that the last visible worksheet tab is in view + + + + + Activates the visible worksheet that is before the first worksheet tab in view. + + + + + Activates the visible worksheet that is the last partially visible worksheet tab in view or next visible worksheet if the last visible item is fully in view. + + + + + Selects all the visible worksheet tabs within the + + + + + Clears the selected worksheet tabs such that only the active tab is selected. + + + + + Enters edit mode on the tab associated with the active worksheet. + + + + + Removes the selected worksheets from the associated Workbook. + + + + + Changes the magnification of the currently selected of the to a higher value in increments of 10% + + + + + Changes the magnification of the currently selected of the to a lower value in increments of 10% + + + + + Changes the magnification of the currently selected to display the currently selected cells. + + + + + Changes the magnification of the currently selected of the to 100% + + + + + Changes the bold state of the cell format of the current selection based on the bold state of the active cell. + + + + + Changes the italic state of the cell format of the current selection based on the italic state of the active cell. + + + + + Changes the strikethrough state of the cell format of the current selection based on the strikethrough state of the active cell. + + + + + Changes the wrap state of the cell format of the current selection based on the wrap state of the active cell. + + + + + Increases the Indent of the cell format of the current selection based on the current state of each cell and potentially changing other properties such as horizontal alignment to one that supports indentation. + + + + + Decreases the Indent of the cell format of the current selection based on the current state of each cell and potentially changing other properties such as horizontal alignment to one that supports indentation. + + + + + Increases the size of the font for the cell format of the current selection based on the current state of the active cell. + + + + + Decreases the size of the font for the cell format of the current selection based on the current state of the active cell. + + + + + Changes the horizontal alignment of the cell formats for the current selection switching between Center and General. + + + + + Changes the horizontal alignment of the cell formats for the current selection switching between Justify and General. + + + + + Changes the horizontal alignment of the cell formats for the current selection switching between Left and General. + + + + + Changes the horizontal alignment of the cell formats for the current selection switching between Right and General. + + + + + Changes the vertical alignment of the cell formats for the current selection to Top. + + + + + Changes the vertical alignment of the cell formats for the current selection to Middle. + + + + + Changes the vertical alignment of the cell formats for the current selection to Bottom. + + + + + Changes the DisplayOptions of the active worksheet to add or remove resizable split areas that are separately scrollable. If the worksheet currently has split areas then the splits will be removed. If the worksheet has frozen areas they will be converted to splits. Otherwise it will create split areas based on the current active cell. + + + + + Changes the DisplayOptions of the active worksheet to add or remove frozen areas. If the worksheet currently has frozen areas then they will be removed. If the worksheet currently has unfrozen splits then they will be converted to frozen splits. Otherwise it will create frozen areas based on the current active cell. + + + + + Changes the DisplayOptions of the active worksheet so that the first currently visible row will be frozen at the top and the bottom area can scroll from the next row until the last row. + + + + + Changes the DisplayOptions of the active worksheet so that the first currently visible column will be frozen at the left and the right area can scroll from the next column until the last column. + + + + + Removes the vertical split and sets the LeftPaneWidth of the UnfrozenPaneSettings to 0. + + + + + Adjusts the width of the left row scroll region such that it is aligned to the edge of a column. + + + + + Removes the horizontal split and sets the TopPaneHeight of the UnfrozenPaneSettings to 0. + + + + + Adjusts the height of the top row scroll region such that it is aligned to the edge of a row. + + + + + Removes both the horizontal and vertical splits so that there is only a single scrolling region remaining. + + + + + Adjusts the height of the top and left scrolling regions such that they are aligned to the edge or a row and column respectively. + + + + + Removes rows associated with the current selection. + + + + + Inserts rows before the rows associated with the current selection. If multiple rows are selected then multiple rows will be inserted. + + + + + Removes columns associated with the current selection. + + + + + Inserts columns before the columns associated with the current selection. If multiple columns are selected then multiple columns will be inserted. + + + + + Copies the information from the selection to the clipboard and clears the contents. + + + + + Copies the information from the selection to the clipboard. + + + + + Updates the selection based on the information in the clipboard. + + + + + Used while in edit mode to change the and switch between the modes that control how the arrow keys are handled. + + + + + Inserts cells before the cells associated with the current selection shifting the existing cells to the right. + + + + + Inserts cells before the cells associated with the current selection shifting the existing cells down. + + + + + Deletes the cells associated with the current selection and shifts the cells that exist on the right of the selection to the left. + + + + + Deletes the cells associated with the current selection and shifts the cells that exist below of the selection upward. + + + + + Inserts cells based on the current selection and shifts the cells based on where data is in adjacent cells. + + + + + Deletes the cells associated with the current selection and shifts the cells based on where data is in adjacent cells. + + + + + Resets the cell format for the cells associated with the selection including the row and column cell format for rows and columns that are entirely selected. + + + + + Changes the of the selected worksheets. + + + + + Changes the underline state of the cell format of the current selection based on the underline state of the active cell. + + + + + Changes the underline state of the cell format of the current selection based on the underline state of the active cell. + + + + + Changes the superscript state of the cell format of the current selection based on the superscript state of the active cell. + + + + + Changes the subscript state of the cell format of the current selection based on the subscript state of the active cell. + + + + + Represents the different states of the control. Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + The Workbook has been provided + + + + + Has a workbook with at least one worksheet. + + + + + Has multiple sheet panes + + + + + Has frozen sheet panes + + + + + The scroll lock has been toggled. + + + + + The is true. + + + + + The is set to Normal. + + + + + The is set to ExtendSelection. + + + + + The is set to AddToSelection. + + + + + The is currently editing the + + + + + The can perform an undo operation. + + + + + The can perform an redo operation. + + + + + The is true. + + + + + There is a tab for a visible out of view on the left in the tab area. + + + + + There is a tab for a visible out of view on the right in the tab area. + + + + + There is a horizontal splitter between the 2 instances. + + + + + There is a vertical splitter between the 2 instances. + + + + + There are multiple selected worksheet tabs. + + + + + There is at least one cell range in the active selection that completely encompasses the cells of one or more rows. + + + + + There is at least one cell range in the active selection that completely encompasses the cells of one or more columns. + + + + + The Protected property of the Workbook is true. + + + + + All the available states + + + + + An object used to provide information to the editor host for editing. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the context menus for the + + + + + The context menu for column headers in the xamSpreadsheet and for the cells when there is only a single range of columns selected. + + + + + The context menu for row headers in the xamSpreadsheet and for the cells when there is only a single range of rows selected. + + + + + The context menu for a cell selection in the xamSpreadsheet. + + + + + The context menu for a Worksheet tab item in the xamSpreadsheet. + + + + + The context menu for the control used to edit the cells within the xamSpreadsheet. + + + + + The context menu for the control within the FormulaBarControl that is used to edit the value of the active cell in the xamSpreadsheet. + + + + + Object used to define the default context menus for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a value for a specific id + + The id of the resource + The resource identified by the id or null. + + + + Returns true if this is a valid resource + + The id of the resource + The resource that was found + True if the resource is valid, otherwise false + + For example, if the id represents a Bursh and a Pen is fould then this method should return false. + + + + + Class used as the DataContext for a menu provided by the + + + + + Constructor used for design time usage when defining a XamContextMenu for the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The XamSpreadsheet control for which the menu is being shown + The area for which the menu is being shown + The target element for which the menu is being shown + + + + Returns the control for which the menu is being displayed. + + + + + Returns the area for which the menu is being displayed + + + + + Returns the element for which the menu is being displayed + + + + + Invoked when the state of the operation has been changed. + + The previous state + The new state + + + + Invoked when an input device is pressed on the object. + + Provides information about the input + Return true to indicate that the operation has started or false if the operation has not started. + + + + Invoked when an input device is moved over the object while the operation is in progress. + + Provides information about the input + + + + Invoked when an input device is release from the object while the operation is in progress. + + Provides information about the input + + + + Returns the current state of the operation + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the operation can perform a horizontal scroll operation. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the operation can perform a vertical scroll operation. + + + + + Returns the column scroll region to be changed. + + + + + Returns the bounds of the associated control or Empty is not available + + + + + Returns the cursor to use for the operation. + + + + + Returns the row scroll region to be changed. + + + + + Returns the object for which the operation is being performed. + + + + + Includes the values of the source cells. If the cell has a formula but formulas are not being copied then the cached calculated value will be copied. + + + + + The formulas of the source cells. + + + + + The formulas of the source cells will be ignored if there are multiple source ranges. + + + + + The widths of the source columns + + + + + The number format of the cell format for the source cells + + + + + The alignment settings of the cell format for the source cells. + + + + + The border settings of the cell format for the source cells + + + + + The font settings of the cell format for the source cells. + + + + + The fill settings of the cell format for the source cells + + + + + The protected settings of the cell format for the source cells. + + + + + The style settings of the cell format for the source cells. + + + + + The resolved values of the source's style are applied to the cell format for the target cells ensuring that the colors are the same as the source cell. + + + + + The merged cell state of the source cells. + + + + + Any formatting that is provided to the source cell from the associated table when the table is not being copied. + + + + + The heights of the source rows + + + + + Includes the column widths if the source workbook has columns selected. + + + + + Includes the column widths if the source workbook has columns selected. + + + + + Returns a list containing the data formats that the provider supports for loading. + + + + + Returns a list containing the data formats that the provider supports for saving. + + + + + Class used to support writing out plain delimited text similar to Excel's writing of the TSV and CSV + + + + + Class used to support reading/parsing plain delimited text similar to Excel's handling of the TSV and CSV + + + + + Returns settings that affect the load operation + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether blank values should be skipped. + + + + + Returns and sets formatting information on a range of cells. + + + + + Sets the specified borders for the associated range to the specified style and color. + + Identifies the borders to be changed + The color for the borders + The style for the borders + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill of the cell. + + The fill of the cell. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the default font formatting. + + +

+ This font formatting is just the default font used in the cell. This can be overridden by strings on a character by character basis by + using the class. +

+
+ The default font formatting. +
+ + + Gets or sets the number format string. + + +

For more information on excel format strings, consult Microsoft Excel help.

+
+ + The assigned value is an invalid format string and is True. + + The number format string. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the indent in units of average character widths. + + +

+ A value of -1 indicates that the default value should be used. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not -1 and is outside the valid indent level range of 0 and 250. + + The indent in units of average character widths or -1 to use the default indent. +
+ + + Gets or sets the valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + + +

The Locked valid is used in Excel file only if the associated or + is protected. Otherwise the value is ignored. +

+
+ The valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the rotation of the cell content in degrees. + + +

+ Cell text rotation, in degrees; 0 – 90 is up 0 – 90 degrees, 91 – 180 is down 1 – 90 degrees, and 255 is vertical. +

+
+ The rotation of the cell content in degrees. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. + + +

+ If True, the size of the cell font will shrink so all data fits within the cell. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. +
+ + + Gets or sets the parent of the format. + + +

+ The parent style of a cell or differential format provides default format values. Depending on which FormatOptions + flags are present, only certain groups of format properties will be resolved from parent style. When any of the properties in a + group is set to a non-default value, the FormatOptions will automatically have that flag included so the format provides values + in that group rather than the style providing values in that group. +

+

+ By default, all cell and differential formats will have a parent style of the normal style, which is exposed by the + property. If a value of null is assigned as the Style for a cell or differential + format, then NormalStyle will actually be set. +

+
+ + The value assigned is non-null and the format is a style format. + + + The value assigned is from a different . + + + A instance if this is a cell or differential format, or null if this is a style format. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. + + +

+ If True, and the row associated with the cell has a default , the row's + height will automatically be increased to fit wrapped content. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. +
+ + + Sets the specified borders for the associated range to the specified style and color. + + Identifies the borders to be changed + The color for the borders + The style for the borders + + + + Sets all properties to the values from specified format. + + Source format. + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The bottom border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the bottom border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The bottom border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the diagonal border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The diagonal border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the diagonal borders. + + +

+ If the diagonal borders are set to something other than None and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. Similarly, if the is null, it will be + resolved to Color.Black. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The diagonal border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the diagonal border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The diagonal border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the fill of the cell. + + The fill of the cell. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the default font formatting. + + +

+ This font formatting is just the default font used in the cell. This can be overridden by strings on a character by character basis by + using the class. +

+
+ The default font formatting. +
+ + + Gets or sets the groups of properties provided by the format. + + +

+ For style formats, this value indicates which properties should be used in the format when applying the style to + a cell. All other groups of properties will return a default value. +

+

+ For cell and differential formats, this value indicates which properties should be resolved and returned by the + format. All other properties should will be resolved and returned by the parent . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the number format string. + + +

For more information on excel format strings, consult Microsoft Excel help.

+
+ + The assigned value is an invalid format string and is True. + + The number format string. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the indent in units of average character widths. + + +

+ A value of -1 indicates that the default value should be used. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not -1 and is outside the valid indent level range of 0 and 250. + + The indent in units of average character widths or -1 to use the default indent. +
+ + + Gets or sets the left border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The left border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the left border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The left border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + + +

The Locked valid is used in Excel file only if the associated or + is protected. Otherwise the value is ignored. +

+
+ The valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the right border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The right border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the right border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The right border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the rotation of the cell content in degrees. + + +

+ Cell text rotation, in degrees; 0 – 90 is up 0 – 90 degrees, 91 – 180 is down 1 – 90 degrees, and 255 is vertical. +

+
+ The rotation of the cell content in degrees. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. + + +

+ If True, the size of the cell font will shrink so all data fits within the cell. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. +
+ + + Gets or sets the parent of the format. + + +

+ The parent style of a cell or differential format provides default format values. Depending on which FormatOptions + flags are present, only certain groups of format properties will be resolved from parent style. When any of the properties in a + group is set to a non-default value, the FormatOptions will automatically have that flag included so the format provides values + in that group rather than the style providing values in that group. +

+

+ By default, all cell and differential formats will have a parent style of the normal style, which is exposed by the + property. If a value of null is assigned as the Style for a cell or differential + format, then NormalStyle will actually be set. +

+
+ + The value assigned is non-null and the format is a style format. + + + The value assigned is from a different . + + + A instance if this is a cell or differential format, or null if this is a style format. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the top border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The top border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the top border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The top border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Returns the associated workbook + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. + + +

+ If True, and the row associated with the cell has a default , the row's + height will automatically be increased to fit wrapped content. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. +
+ + + Sets all font properties to specific font formatting. + + Source font format. + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is bold. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is bold. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the font. + + The foreground color of the font. + + + + Gets or sets the font height in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ A negative value indicates the default font height, in which case the default font height is used. +

+
+ + The value assigned is positive and outside the valid font height range of 20 and 8180. + + The font height in twips (1/20th of a point). +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is italic. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is italic. + + + + Gets or sets the font family name. + + The font family name. + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is struck out. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is struck out. + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is superscript or subscript. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is superscript or subscript. + + + + Gets or sets the underline style of the font. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The underline style of the font. + + + + Activates the specified pane. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the pane may be activated. + + The pane to evaluate + Returns true if the specified pane may be activated + + + + Returns a range based on the specified range that has been increased for any merged cells that it intersects with. + + The range for which the extended range is to be calculated + A range that contains the specified range and any intersecting merged cells + + + + Returns the range that represents the cell. + + The cell whose range is to be returned + A range that the cell occupies. For a non-merged cell this will be a single cell range. + + + + Returns the pane that exists at the intersection of the specified row and column scrolling regions. + + The row scrolling region + The column scrolling region + A SheetPane with the specified row and column scroll regions or null if one could not be found. + + + + Updates the layout. + + + + + Returns the current active pane. + + + + + Creates a that represents the specified WorksheetShape. + + The associated WorksheetShape + A SheetShape instance that represents the specified shape + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to change the active pane to the next one + + + + + Used to change the active pane to the previous one + + + + + Returns the pane for the specified row and column. + + The index of the containing row + The index of the containing column + The pane at the specified row and column + + + + Invoked to have the manager perform a layout. + + The available size + + + + Marks the layout as dirty so it will be processed on the next measure. + + + + + Returns the currently active pane. + + + + + Returns a read-only observable list of the objects representing the pane columns + + + + + Returns a read-only observable list of the objects representing the pane columns as the base class + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the state of the layout has been changed and requires a new measure pass. + + + + + Returns a read-only observable list of the objects representing the intersection of a and + + + + + Returns a read-only observable list of the objects representing the pane rows + + + + + Returns a read-only observable list of the objects representing the pane rows as the base class + + + + + Returns the collection of pane columns + + + + + Returns the collection of panes + + + + + Returns the collection of pane rows + + + + + Used to cache the unrotated center of the image. + + + + + Used to cache the index of the item in the sheet pane shape. + + + + + Returns the shape associated with the visual + + + + + Represents a single cells in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The index of the row. + The index of the column. + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a SheetCell with the same and . + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the SheetCell + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation row and column index. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first SheetCell instance + The second SheetCell instance + True if the objects have the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first SheetCell instance + The second SheetCell instance + True if the objects have a different and/or ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares the value of this SheetCell instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified SheetCell has the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the row + + + + + Returns the index of the column. + + + + + Represents a range of one or more cells. + + + + + Returns a SheetCellRange instance that represents a null or unspecified/empty range. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The index of the first row in the range. + The index of the first column in the range + + + + Initializes a new + + The index of the first row in the range. + The index of the last row in the range + The index of the first column in the range + The index of the last column in the range + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a SheetCellRange with the same , , and . + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the SheetCellRange + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation of the row and column indices. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first SheetCellRange instance + The second SheetCellRange instance + True if the objects have the same , , and ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first SheetCellRange instance + The second SheetCellRange instance + True if the objects have a different , , and/or ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified cell is within the range. + + The row to evaluate + The column to evaluate + Returns true if the cell is within the range; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified cell is within the range. + + The cell to evaluate + Returns true if the cell is within the range; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified range is completely within this range. + + The range to evaluate + Returns true if the range is within this range; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a range that represents the common area within the current and specified range. + + The range to intersect with. + A range that represents the common area between the current and specified range or if there is no overlap. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the current and specified range overlap. + + The range to compare with. + Returns true if the ranges have at least 1 row and column in common; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a string representation of the range using the specified mode. + + An enumeration used to indicate how references are represented + A string containing the upper left cell if this is a single cell otherwise a string containing the upper left and lower right cells. + + + + Returns a range that contains the contains the current and specified range. + + The range to combine with. + A range that is large enough to contain the current and specified range. + + + + Compares the value of this SheetCellRange instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified SheetCellRange has the same , , and ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the first column in the range. + + + + + Returns the index of the first row in the range. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the range represents a single cell. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the structure represents a valid range. + + + + + Returns the index of the last column in the range. + + + + + Returns the index of the last row in the range. + + + + + Provides information about a visualization of a group of rows and columns in a + + + + + Returns the that contains the pane. + + + + + Returns the that contains the pane. + + + + + Returns an object that represents the selection within the pane. + + +

Note: Only the selection of the active pane is rendered.

+
+
+ + + Returns a range that represents the current visible range. + + + + + Represents one or more instances in a vertical column + + + + + Base class for the object that represents a row or column of instances. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an array containing the relative positions for the items in the collection starting with the start of the first item and ending with the end of the last item. + + + + + + Returns the actual displayed width or height of the area. + + + + + Returns the index of the last visible item including partially visible. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the area supports scrolling. + + + + + Returns the index of the first visible item. + + + + + Returns the perpendicular item closest to this item. + + + + + Returns the preferred width or height of the area. + + + + + Returns the preferred width or height of the area. + + + + + Returns the reserved width or height of the area. + + + + + Returns an object that maintains the scroll position + + + + + How the item is sized. + + + + + The amount of actual logical pixels that the first item is out of view. + + + + + The current zoom level of the items + + + + + Called when a subobject's, including this object's, property changes. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Brings the specified portion of the row and/or column into view at the specified offset within the viewable area. + + The pane in which to perform the scroll operation or null to use the ActivePane + The row/column that are to be brought into view. + A float value between 0.0 and 1.0 that represents the relative offset within the viewable that the column should be positioned. 0 represents the left most edge of the viewable area and 1.0 represents the right most edge of the viewable area. + A float value between 0.0 and 1.0 that indicates the relative position of the cell at the specified . 0 represents the left edge of the cell and 1 represents the right edge. + A float value between 0.0 and 1.0 that represents the relative offset within the viewable that the row should be positioned. 0 represents the top most edge of the viewable area and 1.0 represents the bottom most edge of the viewable area. + A float value between 0.0 and 1.0 that indicates the relative position of the cell at the specified . 0 represents the top edge of the cell and 1 represents the bottom edge. + + + + Updates the scroll offset if the specified cell is not fully in view giving preference to the leading edge of the cell. + + The pane in which to bring the cell into view or null to use the ActivePane + The cell range to evaluate + True to igore the leading/trailing row/column if they are only partially in view; otherwise false to consider those items in view. + True if the range was brought into view. + + + + Get the in view intersection of the specified index range with the specified scroll region. + + The region whose visible items are to be considered + The item range to compare to the scroll region + True to ignore items that are partially out of view in the scroll region. + A range representing the intersection + + + + Calculates the size of the rows/columns based on the specified size and also updates the scrollbar info. + + The amount of space available for the rows/columns + + + + Ensures the state of the scrollbars as well as the presence of the pane rows/columns are synchronized with the display options. + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Calculates the range to be selected. + + The direction of the navigation used to determine the target cell + The starting active cell + The selection range that will be replaced which should contain the active cell + The cell being navigated to + Set to the direction that the range was adjusted which may be used to bring a portion of the range into view. + A range that encompasses the active cell and the target cell + + + + Returns the size with which the layout manager was last measured. + + + + + Returns one or more instances in a horizontal row. + + + + + An object that represents the selected items within a + + + + + Adds a new cell range for the specified cell and makes it the active cell. + + The new range to add + The new active cell for which a new selection will be added. This must be a cell within . + True to adjust the such that it contains any intersecting merged cells; otherwise false to use the range as it is. + The must be within the specified . + + + + Adds a new range to the end of the + + The range to be added + True to adjust the such that it contains any intersecting merged cells; otherwise false to use the range as it is. + + + + Resets the to a single range containing only the + + + + + Replaces the range containing the with the specified range and using the specified cell as the new . + + The new range that will replace the range at index . + The new active cell from within that range. + True to adjust the such that it contains any intersecting merged cells; otherwise false to use the range as it is. + A boolean indicating if the operation was performed. + The must be within the specified . + + + + Clears the current selection and uses the specified cell as the and specified range as the new selection. + + The new selection range + The cell to use for the . This must be within the specified . + True to adjust the such that it contains any intersecting merged cells; otherwise false to use the range as it is. + The must be within the specified . + + + + Clears the current selection and uses the specified information to reinitialize the selection. + + The new selection ranges. There must be 1 or more ranges. + The cell to use for the . This must be within the specified . + The index of the range that contains the active cell. + True to adjust the such that it contains any intersecting merged cells; otherwise false to use the range as it is. + The cannot be null. + The cannot be a 0 length array. + The must be an index within the specified . + The must be within the range index specified by the . + + + + Changes the and to the specified values. + + The selected cell to change to the active cell + Optionally the index of the range in the that contains the specified cell. + + + + Adds a new cell range for the specified cell and makes it the active cell. + + The new active cell for which a new selection will be added. + + + + Replaces the range containing the such that it is the union of the and the specified cell. + + The cell representing the end of the selection containing the active cell. + True to adjust the range such that it contains any intersecting merged cells; otherwise false to use the cell range for the specified cell as it is. + + + + Replaces the range containing the such that it is the union of the and the specified cell. + + The range representing the selection to join with the active cell. + True to adjust the range such that it contains any intersecting merged cells; otherwise false to use the cell range for the specified cell as it is. + + + + Replaces the range containing the with a range based upon the specified cell. + + The cell used to update the ActiveCell and the cell range at the . + A boolean indicating if the operation was performed. + + + + Clears the current selection and uses the specified cell as the + + The cell to use for the + +

The range containing the cell will be used to initialize the .

+
+
+ + + Ensures that the selection and active cell are in sync. + + + + + Adds a new cell range for the specified cell and makes it the active cell. + + The range to add + The new active cell for which a new selection will be added. + The ActiveCellAsRange for the active cell + + + + Returns the cell that represents the active cell. + + + + + Returns the range for the active cell. + + + + + Returns the index of the selection group that contains the active cell. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the ranges of cells that are selected. + + + + + Returns a collection of sorted structures that represent the range of column indices that have one or more cells selected. + + + + + Returns a collection of sorted structures that represent the range of row indices that have one or more cells selected. + + + + + Returns a collection of sorted structures that represent the range of column indices that are completely selected in one or more of the CellRanges. + + + + + Returns a collection of sorted structures that represent the range of row indices that are completely selected in one or more of the CellRanges. + + + + + Class that represents a string resource loaded from the assembly + + + + + Returns the color associated with the item. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify a resource for use by the + + + + + The brush used to render the inner area of the selection overlay + + + + + The brush used to render the inner border of the selection overlay + + + + + The brush used to render the outer border of the selection overlay + + + + + The brush used to render the movable border when there is a single selection range. + + + + + The brush used to render the movable border in the header area when there is a single selection range. + + + + + The brush used to render the handle that is used to resize a selection range. + + + + + The brush used to render the border around the handle that is used to resize a selection range. + + + + + The default brush used to render the background of the Select All button + + + + + The default brush used to render the triangle within the Select All button + + + + + The brush used to render the triangle within the Select All button when the mouse is over the button + + + + + The brush used to render the triangle within the Select All button when there is a range selection that includes all the rows and columns + + + + + The default brush used to render the background of a row header. + + + + + The brush used to render the background of a row header when the entire row is selected. + + + + + The brush used to render the background of a row header when there are one or more selection ranges that intersect that row. + + + + + The brush used to render the background of a row header when the mouse is over the header. + + + + + The default brush used to render the foreground of a row header. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a row header when the entire row is selected. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a row header when there are one or more selection ranges that intersect that row. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a row header when the mouse is over the header. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a row header. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a row header when the row has one or more intersecting selection ranges. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a row header when the there are one or more selection ranges that intersect that row. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a row header when the mouse is over the header. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a row header when the mouse is over the header and the entire row is selected. + + + + + The default brush used to render the background of a column header. + + + + + The brush used to render the background of a column header when the entire column is selected. + + + + + The brush used to render the background of a column header when there are one or more selection ranges that intersect that column. + + + + + The brush used to render the background of a column header when the mouse is over the header. + + + + + The default brush used to render the foreground of a column header. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a column header when the entire column is selected. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a column header when there are one or more selection ranges that intersect that column. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a column header when the mouse is over the header. + + + + + The brush used to render the foreground of a column header when the mouse is over the header and the entire column is selected. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a column header. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a column header when the column has one or more intersecting selection ranges. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a column header when the there are one or more selection ranges that intersect that column. + + + + + The brush used to render the border of a column header when the mouse is over the header. + + + + + The brush used render the inner border on the active cell when one has 2 or more selection ranges. + + + + + The brush used for the grid lines when the GridlineColor of the DisplayOptions wasn't set. + + + + + The brush used for the lines rendered over the pane during a column resize operation. + + + + + The brush used for the lines rendered over the pane during a column resize operation. + + + + + The foreground brush used for the SheetTabItem when the associated Worksheet is active. + + + + + The background brush used for the SheetTabItem when the associated Worksheet is active. + + + + + The foreground brush used for the SheetTabItem when the associated Worksheet is selected but not active. + + + + + The background brush used for the SheetTabItem when the associated Worksheet is selected but not active. + + + + + The foreground brush used for the SheetTabItem when the mouse is over the tab but the tab is not selected. + + + + + The background brush used for the SheetTabItem when the mouse is over the tab but the tab is not selected. + + + + + The foreground brush used for the SheetTabItem for a tab that is not selected. + + + + + The background brush used for the SheetTabItem for a tab that is not selected. + + + + + The brush used to highlight the edge of the selected Worksheet tabs. + + + + + The brush used to render the area behind the tab items and the horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + The line rendered along the border of the tab area as well as the line between unselected tabs. + + + + + Foreground for the button in the tab area that is used to add a new Worksheet. + + + + + Foreground for the button in the tab area that is used to add a new Worksheet when it is disabled. + + + + + Foreground for the button in the tab area that is used to add a new Worksheet when it is enabled and the mouse is over the button. + + + + + Foreground for the buttons in the tab area that are used to scroll the tabs in the tab area. + + + + + Foreground for the buttons in the tab area that are used to scroll the tabs in the tab area when they are disabled. + + + + + Foreground for the buttons in the tab area that are used to scroll the tabs in the tab area when they are enabled and the mouse is over the button. + + + + + The foreground brush used for the splitter used to adjust the size of the tab area and horizontal scrollbar. + + + + + The DataTemplate used to display an indication of the drop location during the drag of a Worksheet tab. + + + + + The brush used for the background of the + + + + + The brush used for the preview when dragging the + + + + + Class used to provide resources for use by the + + + + + Used to identify if the resource type is valid for the specified id. + + The id of the resource to evaluate + The resource to evaluate + True if the resource is the expected type; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a resource for the specified id + + Identifies the resource whose value is to be returned. + A resource for the specified id or null if one could not be found. + + + + Invoked when a property has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed. + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Returns or sets the index of the first worksheet tab that is displayed within the tab area. + + + + + The amount of spacing used by the ui between the tab items. + + + + + Returns the collection of tabs in the workbook. + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to indicate if the area should be displayed. + + + + + Returns a value expressed as 1/1000th of the control width that indicates the width of the tab bar. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns the description of the undo unit + + The appropriate discription. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Class used to perform in place editing of a cell's value within the + + + + + Base class for a control that allows editing of the value of a within the + + + + + Invoked when the context menu for the control is about to be displayed. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when a key has been pressed while the control has focus. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when a key has been pressed but before it has been processed. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when text is being provided to the control. + + Provides data for the event + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a key has been pressed while the control has focus. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Custom control that displays an editing area for formulas and cell values as well as a 'name box' for adding and navigating to named references, displaying the name of the active cell and changing the acvtive cell. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets whether the formula editor within the formula bar is expanded. + + + + + Returns true if the formula editor within the formula bar is in edit mode. + + + + + Returns the control that the formula bar is attached to. (read only) + + + + + Custom control that serves as a base class for all FormulaBar editor controls. + + + + + Initializes the control with the associated + + + + + + Returns the associated control. + + + + + Returns the associated control. + + + + + Custom control that provides cell/range name editing and navigation functionality. + + + + + Initializes a new FormulaBarNameBox. + + + + + Initializes the control with the associated + + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed while focus is within the control. + + Key event args. + + + + Custom control that provides text editing functionality for the . + + + + + Initializes a new FormulaBarTextEditor. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Initializes the control with the associated + + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Class used to perform editing of a cell's value in the Formula Bar of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is captured for the control + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse capture is released from the control + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse is pressed down upon the control. + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse moves over the control + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse button is released from the control. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the object used to determine the cursor that is displayed for the element. + + + + + Returns the object that the container represents. + + + + + A custom panel that will create tab elements to represent the visible instances in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when mouse capture has been lost + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when a mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Called when the mouse has noved + + The mouse event args + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of overlap between visible tab items within the panel. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether to set the z index of the tab items such that the items with a lower index are above those with a higher index within the tabs collection. + + + + + + An element used to display the tab item that represents a single Worksheet within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed while focus is within the control. + + Key event args. + + + + Called when mouse capture has been lost + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when the mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Called when the mouse has noved + + The mouse event args + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the color from the Worksheet's DisplayOptions TabColor if one has been specified. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the Worksheet's DisplayOptions has a custom TabColor associated with it. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the tab represents the active worksheet. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the Worksheet's name is being edited + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the associated worksheet is currently selected. + + + + + + Returns the name of the associated + + + + + + An element with the that displays the tab items for the worksheets and the navigation buttons. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control is being applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + An element used to adjust the which controls the size of the tab item area within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the mouse capture is released from the control + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse is pressed down upon the control. + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse moves over the control + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse button is released from the control. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the command which was executed on the . + + + + + Returns the parameter used when executing the command. + + + + + Returns the element on which the command was executed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the command which will be executed on the . + + + + + Returns the parameter which will be used when executing the command. + + + + + Returns the element on which the command will be executed. + + + + + Returns the menu that will be displayed. + + + + + Returns an object that provides information about the menu being shown. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the changes will be made to the cell's value when edit mode ends. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the edit mode is being forced to exit edit mode in which case it cannot be cancelled. + + + + + Returns the cell for which the control is exiting edit mode. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + + Returns the cell for which the control has exitied edit mode. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + + Returns the cell for which the control is going into edit mode. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + + Returns the cell for which the control has entered edit mode. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + + Returns the pane whose selection has been changed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the operation that triggered the prompt can be cancelled. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the operation that triggered the prompt should be cancelled. + + +

This property is only used if the is true, which indicates that the + operation supports being cancelled, and if is set to false. Otherwise if the + message is shown and the operation may be cancelled then whether the operation is cancelled will be based + upon the users response to the prompt.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if a message will be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Returns the exception for the error, if there was one. + + + + + Returns or sets the message that will be displayed. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the action caused the prompt to be displayed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the background of headers in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the backgrounds are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the background behind the headers in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneHeaderBackgroundGenerator to create the background behind cells for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the headers in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the header values are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the header content in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneHeaderContentGeneratorProvider to create the header content for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the lines for headers of a in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the grid lines are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the lines around headers in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneHeaderGridlineGeneratorProvider to create the lines around headers for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the highlight of headers for the selected cells in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the selection highlight are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the highlight for headers associated with selected cells in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneHeaderSelectionGenerator to create the highlight for headers associated with selected cells for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + The key of the layer used to provide the background for a given within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display the background for cells of a given within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display the cell borders for a given within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display the cell values for a given within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display the grid lines around cells for a given within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to provide feedback during an operation for a given within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to highlight the selected cells for a given within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to render shapes for a given within a + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the background layer. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the cell backgrounds. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the cell borders. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the cell values. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the grid lines. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that provides feedback during a user interaction operation. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the selection highlight. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the shapes. + + + + + Content generator used to create the background area within a in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the grid lines are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the background area within a in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneBackgroundGenerator to create the background for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the background of cells in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the cell backgrounds are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the background behind cells in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneCellBackgroundGenerator to create the background behind cells for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the borders of cells in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the cell borders are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the borders for cells in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneCellBorderGenerator to create the elements for the visible cells borders for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the cell values in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the cell values are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the values for cells in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneCellValueGenerator to create the elements for the visible cells values for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the grid lines for a in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the grid lines are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the grid lines around cells in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneGridlineGenerator to create the grid lines around cells values for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals used to provide feedback during a user interaction operation such as a column/row resize in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the shapes are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the interaction feedback in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneInteractionOverlayGenerator to create the elements that display the feedback for the specified during an interaction operation such as a resize. + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the highlight of selected cells in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the selected cell highlights are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the highlight for selected cells in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneSelectionGenerator to create the highlight for selected cells for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Content generator used to create the visuals for the shapes in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The for which the shapes are being generated. + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Factory object used to create the elements used to render the shapes in a + + + + + Creates an instance of a SheetPaneShapeGenerator to create the shapes for the specified . + + The for which the visuals will be provided. + + + + Represents the area in the corner where the row headers and column headers intersect that will select all the cells in the worksheet when clicked. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the mouse is pressed down upon the control. + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the selection contains all the rows and columns. + + + + + + Custom panel used to arrange the elements in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the read-only ScrollInfo attached dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached ScrollInfo DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + Creates and measures the scrollbars + + Provides information about the row/column for which the scrollbar is being created + Scrollbar used when there are no items and a disabled scrollbar should be displayed. + The prefer thickness of the scrollbars + + + + An element used to separate unfrozen panes within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Called when mouse capture has been lost + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse moves over the control + + Provides information about the event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the orientation of the splitter. + + + + + + Returns the pane after the splitter + + + + + + Returns the pane before the splitter + + + + + + An element that is positioned over the intersection of two instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the current edit mode state. + + + + + + + The spreadsheet is not in edit mode similar to the "Ready" cell mode in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + The control is in edit mode. Arrow keys will navigate between the cells instead of within the text editor used for editing the active cell's value. This is analogous to the "Enter" cell mode in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + The control is in edit mode. Arrow keys will navigate within the characters of the text editor used for editing the active cell's value. This is analogous to the "Edit" cell mode in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the borders of a cell range. + + + + + Border at the left edge of the range + + + + + Border at the top edge of the range. + + + + + Border at the right edge of the range. + + + + + Border at the bottom edge of the range. + + + + + Horizontal border for all cells within the center excluding the outside edge of the range. + + + + + Vertical border for all cells within the center excluding the outside edge of the range. + + + + + Border running from the upper left corner to the lower right of each cell in the range. + + + + + Border running from the lower left corner to the upper right corner of each cell in the range. + + + + + Border along the outside of the range. This is equivalent to choosing LeftBorder, RightBorder, TopBorder and BottomBorder. + + + + + Border along the inside of the range. This is equivalent to choosing InsideVertical and InsideHorizontal + + + + + Border along the outside and inside of the range. This is equivalent to choosing OutsideBorder and InsideBorder. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the selection is updated when one interacts with the control via the mouse or keyboard. + + + + + The selection is replaced when dragging the mouse to select a cell or range of cells. Similarly when navigating via the keyboard a new selection is created. One may add a new range by holding the Ctrl key and using the mouse and one may alter the selection range containing the active cell by holding the Shift key down while clicking with the mouse or navigating with the keyboard such as with the arrow keys. + + + + + The selection range in the representing the active cell is updated as one uses the mouse to select a cell or navigating via the keyboard. + + + + + New cell ranges are added to the without needing to hold down the ctrl key when dragging via the mouse and a range is added with the first arrow key navigation after entering the mode. One can enter the mode by pressing Shift+F8. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the cell to which the should navigate when the enter key (or shift + enter) are pressed. + + + + + The cell below should be activated. + + + + + The cell to the right should be activated + + + + + The cell above should be activated. + + + + + The cell to the left should be activated + + + + + An error occurred but was not cancelled and so the operation can be skipped. + + + + + An error occurred or the user requested to cancel the operation and retain the current state. + + + + + The operation completed successfully. + + + + + The row or column size is based on the remaining size after those sized based on the extent or contained items + + + + + The number of items determines the extent of the row or column + + + + + The preferred extent determines the extent of the row or column + + + + + Identifies the action that led to the prompt being displayed. + + + + + An error occurred while clearing the contents of the selected cells. + + + + + An error occurred while parsing the formula entered while in edit mode. + + + + + An error occurred while attempting to update the active cell or selected cells while exiting edit mode. + + + + + The name entered during an in-place edit/rename of a Worksheet Name violates the constraints. + + + + + The name entered during an in-place edit/rename of a Worksheet Name conflicts with the name of an existing Worksheet. + + + + + One or more worksheets are being deleted which may result in loss of data. + + + + + A command was being invoked that isn't valid when there are selected cell ranges that overlap. + + + + + A command was being invoked that isn't valid when there is more than one selected cell ranges. + + + + + A command was being invoked that isn't valid when there are a combination of rows or columns and cells selected. + + + + + A value was entered into the name box of the formula bar that did not represent the address to navigate to nor a valid name to use for the selection. + + + + + The source area and target areas of the paste operation do have have the same size. + + + + + There are multiple cell ranges in the source and target sheets. + + + + + The selection in the source is invalid. Either it is empty/unset or there are multiple cell ranges in the source that do not form a valid copy selection. There must be at least 1 cell range selected and all items must have the same start and end row or start and end column without overlapping and without leaving any gaps. + + + + + The number of selected sheets in the target workbook is not an integral multiple of the number of selected sheets in the source workbook. + + + + + An unspecified error occurred during a paste operation. + + + + + The target range(s) intersect with but does not contain one or more merged cells. + + + + + The target range(s) intersect with but does not contain one or more merged cells. + + + + + The selection is invalid for a copy operation. If there are multiple ranges then the items must have the same start and end row or start and end column without overlapping and without leaving any gaps. + + + + + An error occurred during some operation other than the ones relating to the other members of this enum. + + + + + The operation cannot be performed when there are multiple sheets selected and the change would affect a table in one of the worksheets. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The starting item + The ending item + +

Note:The and will be normalized/swapped if the end is less than the start.

+
+
+ + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a Range with the same and . + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the Range + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation of the start and end indices. + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified range has the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Custom control that displays one or more worksheets. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Overridden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed while focus is within the control. + + Key event args. + + + + Invoked when the menu item is about to receive keyboard focus. + + Provides information about the focus change + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Raised when the mouse wheel is rotated while over the control. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Called when text has been entered via the keyboard + + The event args with the entered text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is starting. + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Changes the to the specified pane if allowed. + + The pane to activate + + + + Brings the specified cell into view at the specified location in view. + + The pane in which to bring the cell into view or null to use the active pane + The cell to be positioned within the viewable area + A percent between 0 and 1 that indicate which edge of the cell column to be positioned. 0 is the left edge of the cell and 1 is the right edge of the cell. + A percent between 0 and 1 indicating where that horizontal offset should be within the view. 0 is the left edge of the in view area and 1 is the right edge of the in view area. + A percent between 0 and 1 that indicate which edge of the cell row to be positioned. 0 is the top edge of the cell and 1 is the bottom edge of the cell. + A percent between 0 and 1 indicating where that vertical offset should be within the view. 0 is the top edge of the in view area and 1 is the bottom edge of the in view area. + + + + Ensures that the cell is at least partially in view and if not positions it at the center of the view. + + The cell to bring into view. + + + + Executes the command associated with the specified value. + + The Command to execute. + An optional parameter. + The source of the command + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Returns the total range that is valid for the worksheet. + + + + + + Used to display a message to the end user. + + Provides information about the message that should be displayed + Returns true if the operation should be cancelled; otherwise returns false + + + + Processes the key down event. It executes associated commands if any. + + Key event args. + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + +

Note: Because the is a dependency property this event may occur after the ActiveCell property + has changed. The cell provided to the event will match the cell whose value is actually being edited and is provided in the event arguments.

+
+
+ + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Invoked when the has started in-place editing of the . + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Invoked when the user will be prompted with a message regarding an operation that is being performed. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + + Returns or sets the active cell within the selected worksheet. + + + + + + Returns the range that represents the active cell. + + +

Note:This range will match the unless the cell is a merged cell.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an object that represents the pane with the focus. + + + + + + Returns an object that represents the current selection of the . + + + + + + Returns an object used to get the formatting of the and where modifications are applied to the entire . + + +

Any changes made to this object will affect all the objects in the selection. So for example, the + Font.Name may return "Arial" because the active cell has that as its resolved font name even though the other + cells are using a different font but if you set the Font.Name of this object to "Arial" then all the objects + affected by the selection will have their Font.Name updated to that value.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the Worksheet from the whose content should be displayed within the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the grid lines are displayed in the selected worksheets. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the row and column headers are displayed for the selected worksheets. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to indicate the current edit mode state. + + + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides the context menus for the areas within the control. + + + + + + Returns the resolved object that provides the context menus for the various areas of the control + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating the direction of the cell adjacent to the that should be activated when the enter key is pressed. + + +

This property is only used if the is set to true. Also, the reverse direction is + navigated when Shift + Enter are pressed.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the number of decimal places by which a whole number typed in during edit mode should be adjusted when is true + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the adjacent cell indicated by the should be navigated to when the enter key is pressed. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether a fixed decimal place is automatically added when a whole number is entered while in edit mode. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the formula bar is displayed within the xamSpreadsheet. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the control is currently editing the value of the + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the control is in "End mode". + + +

End mode is a mode that affects certain keyboard navigation such as navigating with the arrow keys. For example when in + end mode and one presses the right arrow, the will be changed to be the first cell to the right of the current ActiveCell + that has a value (even if the value is ""). If there were no cells to the right with a value then it would activate the right most cell in that row. End + mode will end automatically such as when one presses an arrow key.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the user is currently editing the name of the active worksheet. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether touch support is enabled for this control. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether undo is enabled for the control. + + + + + + + Returns a collection of instances that provides information about the panes for the active worksheet. + + + + + Returns or sets an object used to provide the resources used to render the control. + + + + + + Returns the resource provider to use. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating how the selection is updated when interacting with the cells via the mouse or keyboard. + + + + + + Returns or sets an array of the Worksheets whose tabs are selected. + + + + + + Returns or sets the UndoManager. + + + Note: this property can not be set to null. + + When set to null. + + + + + + Returns or sets the whose information is displayed in the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the magnification of the selected worksheets. + + + + + + Returns the name of the currently selected cells for use in the name box of the FormulaBarControl. + + + + + + Invoked when a command is executed on the . + + + + + Invoked when a command will be executed on the . + + + + + Invoked when the is about to end the in-place editing of the . + + +

Note: Because the is a dependency property this event may occur after the ActiveCell property + has changed. The cell provided to the event will match the cell whose value is actually being edited and is provided in the event arguments.

+
+
+ + + Invoked when the has ended the in-place editing of the . + + + + + Invoked when the is about to start in-place editing of the . + + + + + Invoked when the selection for a of the is changed. + + + + + Invoked when the selection for a of the is changed. + + + + + Invoked when the user will be prompted with a message regarding an operation that is being performed. + + + + + Invoked when a change has been made to the that might require a save. + + +

Note: This event is invoked asynchronously with regards to the change(s) that + have occurred. Also some changes alone are not considered to dirty the Workbook even though it + does change state on the Workbook or one of its subobjects. An example of that would be a zoom + type operation (e.g. changing the ).

+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fcfdaa09e05 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamSpreadsheet.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.Design.dll index 8d38bfaa725..3c5459bb251 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.dll index 3f8e2410f6f..fca7bfa95ca 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..29f6a279513 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c83b79de260 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..695469c972b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1410 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamFormulaEditor.v14.2 + + + + + Helper class for invoking an action on the left mouse up. + + + + + A panel which displays items in the . + + + + + Arranges the children of the panel. + + The size the panel should use to arrange its children. + The arranged size of the panel and its children. + + + + Measures the element and its children. + + The size available to the panel and its children. + The desired size of the element. + + + + Scrolls down by one item. + + + + + Scrolls left by the small scroll amount. + + + + + Scrolls right by the small scroll amount. + + + + + Scrolls up by one item. + + + + + Scrolls the specified item into view. + + The item to scroll into view. + The rectangle within the item which should be visible if possible. + The rectangle within the panel which is now visible. + + + + Scrolls down by the amount required by the mouse wheel click. + + + + + Scrolls left by the amount required by the mouse wheel click. + + + + + Scrolls right by the amount required by the mouse wheel click. + + + + + Scrolls up by the amount required by the mouse wheel click. + + + + + Scrolls down by one page. + + + + + Scrolls left by the large scroll amount. + + + + + Scrolls right by the large scroll amount. + + + + + Scrolls up by one page. + + + + + Sets the of the panel. + + The horizontal offset in Device Independent Pixels. + + + + Sets the of the panel. + + The vertical offset in units of items. + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the panel lays out its children in a single dimension. + + + + + Gets the value indicating in which dimension the panels lays out its children. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the panel can be scrolled horizontally. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the panel can be scrolled vertically. + + + + + Gets the vertical size of the list, in units of items. + + + + + Gets the vertical size of the list, in Device Independent Pixels. + + + + + Gets the current horizontal scroll offset, in Device Independent Pixels. + + + + + Gets or sets the ScrollViewer which is displaying this panel. + + + + + Gets the current vertical scroll offset, in units of items. + + + + + Gets the height of the currently visible portion of the list, in units of items. + + + + + Gets the height of the currently visible portion of the list, in Device Independent Pixels. + + + + + Control used to host all popups and elements needed for contextual help support. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Contains a list of auto-complete items based on user input in a formula editor. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a containers used to display an item. + + An instance. + + + + Called to re-measure the + + The constraint of the size. + The new size of the AutoCompleteList. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Occurs when mouse capture is lost by the . + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the mouse moves over the or when it has capture. + + The event data. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of items that should display in the auto-complete list. + + + + + + Represents an item in the auto-complete list. + + + + + Occurs when the left mouse button is pressed down. + + The event data. + + + + Occurs when the right mouse button is pressed down. + + The event data. + + + + Represents the settings which allow for the customization of contextual help. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how references should be displayed in the auto-complete list. + + + + + + Represents the various ways in which the function search can be applied. + + + + + + Search on all possible aspects of the function. + + + + + Search on the function name only. + + + + + Search on the function's category name only. + + + + + Represents the various ways in which the operand search can be applied. + + + + + + Search on all possible aspects of the operand. + + + + + Search on the operand name only. + + + + + Search on the control name only. + + + + + Search on the named reference category name only. + + + + + Represents the various types of references which can be preferred in the auto-complete list of contextual help. + + + + + If possible, display both absolute and relative references. + + + + + If possible, display only absolute references. + + + + + If possible, display only relative references. + + + + + Base class for event arguments relating to a . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The dialog for the event arguments. + + + + Gets the which indicates the dialog that is displaying or closing. + + + + + The event arguments for the event. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The dialog which is closing. + + + + The event arguments for the event. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The dialog which is displaying. + + + + Abstract base class for the and . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Cancels the edit of the formula and reverts back to the current formula on the being edited. + + + + + Commits the formula to the being edited. + + + + + Performs a redo operation if possible. + + True if the redo operation was performed; False otherwise. + + + + Performs a undo operation if possible. + + True if the undo operation was performed; False otherwise. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether a redo operation can be performed. + + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether an undo operation can be performed. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the settings which allow for the customization of contextual help. + + + + + + Gets or sets the formula being edited in the dialog. + + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether the formula has a syntax error. + + + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether the a valid is set and its formula can be edited. + + + + + + Gets the command which performs a redo operation. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether help should be shown to the user based on context while they are editing the formula. + + + + + + Gets the syntax error of the formula being edited or null if it is a valid formula. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the object having its formula edited. + + + + + + Gets the command which performs an undo operation. + + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the formula editor and dialog + + + + + Inserts the item from the auto-complete list in the formula at the current edit position. + + + + + Cancels out of the . + + + + + Clears the formula in the . + + + + + Commits the formula from the to the target and closes the dialog. + + + + + Displays the . + + + + + Inserts the function in the formula. + + + + + Inserts the operand in the formula. + + + + + Inserts the operator in the formula. + + + + + Shows the next syntax error of the formula. + + + + + Shows the previous syntax error of the formula. + + + + + Performs a redo operation in the . + + + + + Performs a undo operation in the . + + + + + The command source object for the or object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the FormulaEditorCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + Gets or sets the key the command should be executed for when the event arguments are KeyEventArgs. + + + + + Base class for commands that deal with the or object. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + A command that inserts the item from the auto-complete list in the formula at the current edit position. + + + + + A command that cancels out of the . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A command that clears the formula in the . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A command that commits the formula from the to the target and closes the dialog. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A command that displays the . + + + + + A command that inserts the function in the formula. + + + + + A command that inserts the operand in the formula. + + + + + A command that inserts the operator in the formula. + + + + + A command that shows the next syntax error of the formula. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A command that shows the previous syntax error of the formula. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A command that performs a redo operation in the . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A command that performs a undo operation in the . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A custom RichTextBox used for formula editing. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called to re-measure the + + The constraint of the size. + The new size of the FormulaEditorTextBox. + + + + Invoked when the user enters the text box. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed down while the has focus. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when the user leaves the text box. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is clicked on the text box. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the text box. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved over the text box. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Invoked when a text changes in the text box. + + Provides data for the event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of lines to display, or zero to display as many lines as possible. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum number of lines to display, or zero or less to display a minimum of one line. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the plain text from of the text box. + + + + + + The root element for functions or operands in the . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Represents a function category and contains all functions within that category. + + + + + Occurs when a property changes on the instance. + + + + + Gets the collection of functions in the category. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the category is expanded in the UI. + + + + + Gets the name of the function category. + + + + + Provides information about it a function being displayed in the . + + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + Gets the description of the function. + + + + + Gets the in which the function is displayed. + + + + + Gets the function represented by the . + + + + + Gets the name of the function. + + + + + Gets the signature of the function. + + + + + Represents an operand for functions or an item that owns operands. + + + + + Determines whether the operand is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + + + + Gets the hash code for the operand. + + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + Occurs when a property changes on the instance. + + + + + Gets the in which the operand or owner is displayed. + + + + + Gets the collection of operands or owners owned by this instance, if it is an owner. + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether this operand can be the source or target for a formula. + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether this operand is enabled and can be used in the formula. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the operand or owner is expanded in the UI. + + + + + Gets the name of the operand or owner. + + + + + Gets the type of reference represented by the node. + + + + + Gets the representing the operand. + + + + + Gets the signature of the operand when used in the formula. + + + + + Represents a built in operator that is displayed in the . + + + + + Gets the display text for the operator. + + + + + Gets the string representation of the operator. + + + + + A collection that can be filtered based on any predicate. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + + Returns the index of the item in the filtered collection. + + The item of which to get the index. + The 0-based index of the item in the filtered collection, or -1 if it doesn't exist. + + + + Returns whether the filtered collection contains the specified item. + + The item to search for in the filtered collection. + True if the filtered collection contains the item; False otherwise. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the filtered collection. + + + + + + Filters the items with the specified predicate, or null to remove the filter. + + The predicate by which to filter the list of items. + + + + Gets the item at the specified index in the filtered collection. + + The 0-based index. + The item at the specified index in the filtered collection. + + + + Gets the number of items in the filtered collection. + + + + + Occurs when the collection's filter is changed. + + + + + Contains a search type enumeration value and its localized description. + + + + + Gets the localized description of the enumeration value. + + + + + Gets the enumeration value. + + + + + Provides information about a syntax error in a formula. + + + + + Identifies the DisplayedError attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached DisplayedError DependencyProperty. + + The RichTextBox whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached DisplayedError DependencyProperty. + + The RichTextBox whose value is to be modified + The new value. + + + + + + Gets the exception which occurred when parsing the formula. + + + + + An editor for viewing and editing a formula in a . + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Cancels the edit of the formula and reverts back to the current formula on the being edited. + + + + + Commits the formula to the being edited. + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Invokes the event. + + The event arguments. + + + + + + Invokes the event. + + The event arguments. + + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Displays a dialog which gives the user more assistance in editing the formula. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Occurs when the is about to close. + + + + + Occurs when the is about to be displayed. + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of lines to display, or zero or less to display as many lines as possible. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum number of lines to display, or zero or less to display a minimum of one line. + + + + + + + Displays a detailed user interface for viewing and editing a formula in a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Cancels the changes to the formula and closes the dialog if was called to show the + . + + + + + Commits the formula to the target and closes the dialog if was called to show the + . + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Displays the as a dialog window. + + The element or window that contains the dialog. + The size of the displayed dialog. + True to show the dialog modally, otherwise False. + The callback to call when the dialog is closing. + The callback to call when the dialog is closed. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Gets the command which cancels out of the . + + + + + Gets the command which performs a clear operation. + + + + + Gets the command which commits the formula from the to the target and closes the dialog. + + + + + Gets information about the current syntax error being displayed in the dialog. + + + + + + Gets the collection of function categories to display in the UI based on the current search criteria. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text on which to search through the functions. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of search to perform on the list of functions. + + + + + + + + Gets the various function search types and their associated localized descriptions. + + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether there are multiple errors in the formula. + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Gets the label to display when there are multiple syntax errors. + + + + + + Gets the command which shows the next syntax error of the formula. + + + + + Gets the collection of operands and/or their owners to display in the UI based on the current search criteria. + + + + + + Gets or sets the text on which to search through the operands. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of search to perform on the list of operands. + + + + + + Gets the various operand search types and their associated localized descriptions. + + + + + + Gets the collection of operators displayed in the dialog. + + + + + Gets the command which shows the previous syntax error of the formula. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the OK and Cancel buttons should display. + + + + + + Gets the collection of syntax errors for the formula in the dialog or null if the formula is valid. + + + + + + Gets the visibility of the undo and redo buttons. + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll index 71c208438c4..d34e3be1ae6 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.dll index 4c6b466d6e1..0d6ed4b3e8c 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..71737b7fa08 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..046cdbf31f7 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b664051e93c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3820 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Layouts.XamTileManager.v14.2 + + + + + If the NewItems has only single item, then returns it. If it has no items or has more + than 1 items, it returns null. + + + + + Constructor. + + Owner object which is passed in as the first argument when the handler is invoked. + The handler is typically a reference to a static method and therefore it needs to know which owner + to delegate the processing to. + Called when list changes. + Called when a list item changes. + Hook into prop changed. + If thru will callHookIntoDataItem automatically + + + + Indicates if the data items' property change notifications are going to be raised. + + + + + Helper class for invoking an action on the left mouse up. + + + + + Collection used by controls that expose both an Items and an itemsSource property. + + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the end of this collection. + + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null. + + + + Prevents change notifications (e.g. and ) from being raised. + + + The method must be called exactly once for each time that the BeginUpdate method is called. + + + + + + Resumes change notifications (e.g. and ). + + + The method must be called exactly once for each time that the BeginUpdate method is called. + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null. + + + + Removes a contiguous block of items from the collection. + + The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. + The number of elements to remove + + + + Adds an item + + The object to add + The position into which the new element was inserted. + + + + Removes all items + + + + + Determines whether the System.Collections.IList contains a specific value. + + The object to locate. + true if the object is found; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item + + The object to locate + The index of value if found in the list; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which value should be inserted. + The object to insert + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object. + + The object to remove + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an System.Array, starting at a particular System.Array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (i.e. thread safe). + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Notifies listeners of dynamic changes, such as when items get added and removed or the whole list is refreshed. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Exposes type to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataItem enumeration value + + + + Creates and returns a list of peers that represent the items in the . + + A list of s that represent each item in the list. + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TileAreaSplitter' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the System.Windows.UIElement that corresponds with the object that is associated with this System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer is off the screen. + + + + + Exposes type to UI Automation + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The ListItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the class name + + A string that contains 'TileItem' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns the automation peer for which this proxy is associated. + + A + + + + Returns true if the underlying item is enabled + + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the System.Windows.UIElement that corresponds with the object that is associated with this System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer is off the screen. + + + + + Returns the associated object (read-only). + + + + + Exposes type to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'Tile' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the System.Windows.UIElement that corresponds with the object that is associated with this System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer is off the screen. + + + + + Exposes type to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The List enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamTileManager' + + + + Creates and returns a list of peers that represent the items in the . + + A list of s that represent each item in the list. + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + This control is used for displaying drag indicator when a tile is being dragged. + + + Note that there is no need for you to instantiate this directly. This control + is created automatically when the user starts a drag operation. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the FrameworkElement containing the item being dragged (read-only). + + + + + Class with the logic for starting and managing dragging and dropping of a tile. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets the drop info and also displays/moves the drag indicator. + + + + + + + + Called to indicate that the drag operation has ended. Drop will be processed if 'cancel' parameter + is false. + + Mouse event args associated with the drag end. + Indicates whether to process the drop operation. + + + + Called whenever mouse is moved while drag operation is in progress. + + + + + Starts dragging operation. It displays the drag indicator to indicate that dragging operation is in progress. + + + + + Returns the associated panel. + + + + + Returns the associated tiles manager. + + + + + Returns the field being dragged. + + + + + Contains information about a specific drop. It contains info on the new layout. + + + + + Constructs an invalid drop info. Used for figuring out the drag indicator location. + + + + + + + Indicates if the item is currently being dragged outside of valid drop area. + For example, if the item is + + + + + Contains rect information and the element its relative to. + + + + + Constructor + + Drag manager + Rectangle + This is the element that the specified rectangle is relative to. If null then + the rect is taken to be relative to the screen. + + + + Gets the rect relative to data presenter. + + Rect relative to data presenter. + + + + Gets the rect relative to specified element. If null then gets the rect in screen coordinates. + + + + + + + Checks to see if the rect contains specified point. + + Point to check. + True if the rect contains the point, false otherwise. + + + + Contains point info and which element its relative to. + + + + + Returns the mouse position relative to data presenter. + + + + + + An object that maintains certain status information for an item in a tile + + + + + Brings the item into view + + + + + Returns the column of the item in the current display + + The current zero-based column, if the item is currently displayed, otherwise it returns -1. + + Note: this value is relative to the first column of items being currently displayed + + + + + Returns the resolved constraints of this item in the current display + + An object that implements the interface for this item, if the item is currently displayed, otherwise it returns null. + + + + Returns the row of the item in the current display + + The current zero-based row, if the item is currently displayed, otherwise it returns -1. + + Note: this value is relative to the first row of items being currently displayed + + + + + Returns the current target rect of the item + + The current target rect, after animations have been completed. If the item will not be in view then Rect.Empty will be returned. + + + + Returns the index of the item in the Items collection (read-only) + + + + + Gets/sets whether this item is closed. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this item is expanded when it is minimized. + + + + + + + Gets the whether this item is expanded when it is minimized (read-only). + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this item's state is 'Maximized'. + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated item (read-only). + + + + + Returns the logical index of the item (read-only) + + A zero-based index representing the item's relative position in the display or -1 if the item was not found. + + Note: this will return the same value as the property unless the user has re-positioned one or more s in which case the logical index represents the position of this item relative to other items. + + + + + Returns true if this item occupies a scroll position (read-only) + + + Note: this will return false if the item is closed or maximized. + + + + + Gets the overall scroll position of this item (read-only). + + + Note: items that are collapsed or maximized are not included in the scroll count. + + The zero based scroll position or -1 for collapsed or maximized items. + + + + Gets/sets an explicit size to be returned as the item's preferred size. + + + Note: this setting may be ignored if a synchronized size is being used. Otherwise, if this property returns a width and/or height > 0 it will take precedence over all other settings but only when the item's state is normal. + + + + + Contains settings that are used to lay out Tiles inside a when in maximized mode. + + + + + + + Abstract base class that contains settings that are common to both Normal mode and Maximized mode in a . + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets/sets whether the user is allowed to drag tiles to reposition them. + + The AllowTileDragging enum. The default is 'Swap' + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines how a animates from one location to another. + + + Note: this property will be ignored if is set to 'False'. + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines how a animates from one size to another. + + + Note: this property will be ignored if is set to 'False'. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether tiles will animate to their new position and size + + + Note: this property defaults to 'True' but when set to 'False' will cause the and properties to be ignored. + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines the horizontal alignment of the complete block of visible tiles within the control. + + + Note: For , this property applies to the minimized tile area only. + + + + + + Gets/sets the amount of spacing between the maximized tile area and the minimized tile area when in maximized mode. + + + Note: if this property is not set then the or value will be used based on the . + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the amount of spacing between maximized tiles horizontally. + + + Note: if this property is not set the setting will be used. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the amount of spacing between minimized tiles horizontally. + + + Note: if this property is not set the setting will be used. + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the amount of spacing between maximized tiles vertically. + + + Note: if this property is not set the setting will be used. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the amount of spacing between minimized tiles vertically. + + + Note: if this property is not set the setting will be used. + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets where the maximized tiles will be arranged + + + + + + Gets/sets how multiple maximized tiles are laid out relative to one another + + + Note: This property only has meaning if the is set to a value greater than 1. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the constraints use for sizing a tile when it's is 'Maximized' + + + + + + Gets/sets the constraints use for sizing a tile when it's is 'Minimized' + + + + + + Gets/sets the default visibility of the expand button in a 's header. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the constraints use for sizing a tile when it's is 'MinimizedExpanded' + + + + + + Gets/sets how many minimized tiles may be expanded. + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether all minimized tiles are arranged in view + + + Note: even if this property is set to true it is still possible that all the minimized tiles don't fit, e.g. if there isn't enough space to satisfy their minimum size constraints. In this case, scrollbars will appear. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether a splitter will be shown between the maximized and minimized tile areas which can be used to control the relative size of the these areas. + + + + + + + Determines the vertical alignment of the complete block of visible tiles within the control. + + + Note: For , this property applies to the minimized tile area only. + + + + + + Contains settings that are used to lay out Tiles inside a when not in maximized mode. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets/sets whether the user will be allowed to re-size tiles. + + + Note: the 'Synchronized' setting (the default) is ignored in maximized mode or if is set to 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + Also, if TileLayoutOrder is set to 'HorizontalVariable' only the synchronized height will be used. Likewise, if it is set to 'VerticalVaraible' only + the synchronized width will be used. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether tile heights are synchronized across columns and whether tile widths are synchronized across rows when is set to 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile' + + + + If there are ColumnsSpan values specified > 1 on one or more tiles then all tiles in intersecting columns will behave as if this setting was 'SynchronizeTileWidthsAndHeights' with respect to all other tiles in those intersecting columns. + + Likewise, if there are RowSpan values specified > 1 on one or more tiles then all tiles in intersecting rows will behave as if this setting was 'SynchronizeTileWidthsAndHeights' with respect to all other tiles in those intersecting rows. + Note: regardless of the value of this setting if the overall size is constrained (e.g. if the HorizontalTileAreaAlignment and/or VerticalTileAreaAlignment is set to 'Stretch') + then resizing a tile's width may indirectly affect the width of all tiles and resizing its height may indirectly affect the height of all tiles respectively. + + + + + + + + Determines the horizontal alignment of the complete block of visible tiles within the control. + + + Note: For , this property applies to the minimized tile area only. + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum number of columns to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum number of rows to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + Note: a value of zero, which is the default, represents unlimited. + + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum number of columns to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum number of rows to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether all tiles are arranged in view + + + Note: even if this property is set to true it is still possible that all the tiles don't fit, e.g. if there isn't enough space to satisfy their minimum size constraints. In this case, scrollbars will appear. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the constraints use for sizing a tile when it's is 'Normal' + + + + + + Gets/sets how the panel will layout the tiles. + + + + + + Determines the vertical alignment of the complete block of visible tiles within the control. + + + Note: For , this property applies to the minimized tile area only. + + + + + + An object used to serialize the state of a + + + + + Serializes whether an explicit layout is being used + + + + + Represents the collections of items in the + + + + + Serializes the minimized area extent in the X dimension if it was resized explicitly by the user when the maximized area was on the left or right. + + + + + Serializes the minimized area extent in the Y dimension if it was resized explicitly by the user when the maximized area was on the top or bottom. + + + + + Serializes the synchronized height of all tiles after the user resized a tile and was set to 'Synchronized'. + + + + + Serializes the synchronized width of all tiles after the user resized a tile and was set to 'Synchronized'. + + + + + An object used to serialize the state of an item in a + + + + + Serializes the item's associated column number if this is an explicit layout. + + + + + Serializes the item's associated column span if this is an explicit layout. + + + + + Serializes the item's associated column weight if this is an explicit layout. + + + + + Serializes whether the item's associated is closed + + + + + Serializes whether the item's associated is expanded when it is minimized. + + + + + Serializes whether the item's associated is maximized + + + + + Serializes the logical index of the item. + + Note: this can be different than the index in the 's collection if the item was swapped with another item by a user drag operation. + + + + Serializes the index of the item in the 's collection. + + The index of the item in the collection if the item was maximized. Otherwise -1. + + + + Serializes the preferred height override of the item. This could have resulted from a user resize operation if the was set to 'Individual'. + + + + + Serializes the preferred width override of the item. This could have resulted from a user resize operation if the was set to 'Individual'. + + + + + Serializes the item's associated Row number if this is an explicit layout. + + + + + Serializes the item's associated Row span if this is an explicit layout. + + + + + Serializes the item's associated Row weight if this is an explicit layout. + + + + + Serializes a string identifier that is used to match up the item during de-serialization. + + + + + This interface must be implemented by a FrameworkElement that wants to be resized. + + + + + Gets the context that is important to the object that implements IResizeHost + + + + + Interface implemented by an element that contains resizable items. + + + + + Called at the start of a resize operation to add the resizer bar to the parent tree + + The resizer bar to add + + + + Determines if the control is in a state to allow mouse capture. + + True if the mouse can be captured at this time + + + + Determines if the resizing is allowed. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True to resize the width and false to resize the height. + True if resizing in this dimension is allowed. + + + + Gets an element that defines the resize area for an item. + + The item to be resized. + The resize are. + + + + Called at the end of a resize operation to remove the resizer bar from the parent tree + + The resizer bar to remove + + + + Resizes the item. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True to resize the width and false to resize the height. + The resize delta in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit). + + + + Gets the cursor to use while the mouse is over a resizable border. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True to resize the width and false to resize the height. + The normal default cursor for this type of a resize operation. + The cursor to display while the mouse is over the resize border. + + + + Called before a resize operation begins. + + The element that defines the resize area. + The item to be resized + The constarints to apply to the resize operation. + + + + Returns the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the root element which normally is the control itself (read-only). + + + + + Interface implemented by an element that contains resizable items that may support sizing of their contents in both dimensions at the same time. + + + + + Determines if the resizing is allowed in both dimensions at the same time. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True if resizing in both dimensions is allowed. + + + + Gets the cursor to use while the mouse is over the resize corner. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + The normal default cursor for this type of a resize operation. + The cursor to display while the mouse is over the resize corner. + + + + Resizes the item in both dimensions. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + The resize delta in the x dimension in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit). + The resize delta in the x dimension in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit). + + + + Interface implemented by an element that contains resizable items that may support sizing to their contents. + + + + + Invoked to resizes the specified item based on the size of its contents. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True to resize the width and false to resize the height. + Returns true if the auto size was performed; otherwise false is returned. + + + + An object that contains the constraints used during a resize operation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The resizer bar + The resize area + True if the element is being resized along the x-axis; otherwise false if the element is being resized along the y-axis. + + + + If set to true will _cancel the operation + + + + + The minimum extent allowed in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The maximum extent allowed in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + If set to true will cause resizing while the mouse is being dragged + + + + + The resizer bar indicator (read-only) + + + + + The resize area (read-only) + + + + + Indicates whether the element is being resized along the x or y axis (read-only) + + + + + Controller object used for element resizing operations + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The resize host + + + + + Cancel any pending resize operations + + + + + Called during arrange pass to position the resizer bar + + + + + Resumes processing the logic in response to mouse moves + + + Note: calls to SuspendMouseMoveProcessing must be paired with corresponding calls to ResumeMouseMoveProcessing. + + The number of times the SuspendMouseMoveProcessingmethod was called without corresponding calls to this method. + + + + + Suspends processing the logic in response to mouse moves + + + Note: calls to SuspendMouseMoveProcessing must be paired with corresponding calls to ResumeMouseMoveProcessing. + + The number of times this method was called without corresponding calls to . + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + Gets/sets how much empty space is between resizable elements in the X dimension. + + + Note: this space added to the resize area. + + + + + Gets/sets how much empty space is between resizable elements in the Y dimension. + + + Note: this space is added to the resize area. + + + + + Returns true during a resize operation (read-only). + + + + + The resizer bar (read-only) + + May return null is not resizing or if the resize constraints specify ResizeWhileDragging + + + + Gets/sets the width of the resizer bar + + + + + Class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the TileCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + Returns constraint information for tiles + + + + + Gets the horizontal alignment of the tile within its allocated slot (read-only) + + + + + Gets the margin used around a tile (read-only) + + + + + Gets the maximum height of a tile (read-only) + + + + + Gets the maximum width of a tile (read-only) + + + + + Gets the minimum height of a tile (read-only) + + + + + Gets the minimum width of a tile (read-only) + + + + + Gets the preferred height of a tile (read-only) + + + + + Gets the preferred width of a tile (read-only) + + + + + Gets the vertical alignment of the tile within its allocated slot (read-only) + + + + + Contains minimum, maximum and preferred size settings for a tile. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets/sets the horizontal alignment of the tile within its allocated slot. + + + + + + Gets/sets the margin used around a tile + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum height of a tile. + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum width of a tile. + + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum height of a tile. + + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum width of a tile. + + + + + + Gets/sets the preferred height of a tile. + + + + + + Gets/sets the preferred width of a tile. + + + + + + Gets/sets the vertical alignment of the tile within its allocated slot. + + + + + + Retuns the associated with a specific item + + The item + An object + + + + Retuns the associated with a specific item + + The item + True to create an ItemTileInfo if one doesn't exist. + The index of the item in the items collection or -1. + An object + + + + Sorts the items (adjusts their logical index) + + The comparer to use + + + + Factory method to return a new instance of a ItemTileInfo derived class to represent an item. + + The item to represent + The index of the item in the items collection. + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a that represents the object. + + + + + + Invoked when a XamTile is being attached to an item. + + The tile being attached + + + + Invoked when a XamTile is being released. + + The released tile. + + + + Invoked when a XamTile is about to be released. + + The tile being released + False, if the tile shouldn't be released. + + + + Returns the type of the recycling element, in this case + + + + + Class that represents a string resource loaded from the XamTileManager assembly + + + + + A splitter used between maximized and minimized tile areas in a + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the mouse is moved. + + arguments + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Orientation attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the orientation of the splitter bar. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the orientation of the splitter bar.. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Used to have the derived splitter class perform the resize operation. + + The offset + True if the delta change is invoked because the drag is complete + + + + Invoked when the property has been changed. + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns or sets + + + + + + Returns or sets for the instance that is used during a drag operation to represent the preview of where the splitter will be positioned. + + + + + + Returns the default cursor for a horizontal pane splitter + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether a preview is shown while the splitter is dragged. + + + + + + Returns the default cursor for a vertical pane splitter + + + + + An element used to represent the caption/header area of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Called when mouse capture is lost + + + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseEnter attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseLeave attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Called when the left button is pressed down. + + arguments + + + + Called when the left button is released. + + arguments + + + + Called when the is moved. + + arguments + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Gets/sets the associated tile that the header represents. + + + Note: this property needs to be set inside the template of the Tile. + + + + + + Determines whether tiles can be dragged from one location to another. + + + + + Tiles can not be dragged from one location to another + + + + + A tile can be dragged to a new location. The Tile is repositioned when the drop occurs at which time its swaps its location with the Tile being dropped upon. + + + + + A tile can be dragged to a new location. During the drag operation other tiles are dynamically animated over to make room for the Tile being dragged. + + + + + Determines whether tiles can be resized. + + + Note: the 'Synchronized' setting (the default) is ignored in maximized mode or if is set to 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + Also, if TileLayoutOrder is set to 'HorizontalVariable' only the synchronized height will be used. Likewise, if it is set to 'VerticalVaraible' only + the synchronized width will be used. + + + + + + When one tile is resized, all tiles are resized to that same size. This is the default setting. + + + + + Tiles can be resized independently of one another + + + + + Tiles can not be resized. + + + + + Determines whether tile heights are synchronized across columns and whether tile widths are synchronized across rows when is set to 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile' + + + + If there are ColumnsSpan values specified > 1 on one or more tiles then all tiles in intersecting columns will behave as if this setting was 'SynchronizeTileWidthsAndHeights' with respect to all other tiles in those intersecting columns. + + Likewise, if there are RowSpan values specified > 1 on one or more tiles then all tiles in intersecting rows will behave as if this setting was 'SynchronizeTileWidthsAndHeights' with respect to all other tiles in those intersecting rows. + Note: regardless of the value of this setting if the overall size is constrained (e.g. if the HorizontalTileAreaAlignment and/or VerticalTileAreaAlignment is set to 'Stretch') + then resizing a tile's width may indirectly affect the width of all tiles and resizing its height may indirectly affect the height of all tiles respectively. + + + + + + Tile heights and widths are synchronized across all row and columns in the layout. + For example, resizing a tile's height in one column will affect the height of tiles in all columns that intersect with the resized tile's row. + Likewise, resizing its width will affect the width of tiles in all rows that intersect with the resized tile's column. + + + + + Tile widths are synchronized across all rows in the layout. + For example, resizing a tile's width in one row will affect the width of tiles in all rows that intersect with the resized tile's column. + However, resizing its height will affect only that tile unless column spans > 1 are specified that intersect with the tile's column. + + + + + Tile heights are synchronized across all columns in the layout. + For example, resizing a tile's height in one column will affect the height of tiles in all columns that intersect with the resized tile's row. + However, resizing its width will affect only that tile unless row spans > 1 are specified that intersect with the tile's row. + + + + + Determines how the maximized tiles will be arranged. + + + + + Arrange maximized tiles one after another from top to bottom to fill all available space then move to the next column in a snaking fashion. If the resulting number of rows times columns doesn't exactly match the number of maximized tiles then the last tile will span any remaining rows in order to fill up all the avaialble space in the maximized area. + + + + + Arrange maximized tiles one after another from top to bottom to fill all available space then move to the next column in a snaking fashion. + + + + + Arrange maximized tiles one after another from left to right to fill all available columns then move to the next row below in a snaking fashion. If the resulting number of rows times columns doesn't exactly match the number of maximized tiles then the last tile will span any remaining columns in order to fill up all the avaialble space in the maximized area. + + + + + Arrange maximized tiles one after another from left to right to fill all available columns then move to the next row below in a snaking fashion. + + + + + Arrange maximized maxmized tiles vertically, one on top of the other. + + + + + Arrange maximized maxmized tiles horizontally, left to right. + + + + + Determines where the maximized tile area will be relative to the minimized tile area + + + + + Maximized tiles are arranged on the left therefore minimized tiles are on the right. + + + + + Maximized tiles are arranged on the right therefore minimized tiles are on the left. + + + + + Maximized tiles are arranged on the top therefore minimized tiles are on the bottom. + + + + + Maximized tiles are arranged on the bottom therefore minimized tiles are on the top. + + + + + Determines how many tiles may be expanded in the when they are minimized + + + + + + Only one minimized tile can be expanded at any time (i.e. expanding another tile will restore the existing one's state to 'Minimized'). + + + + + Any number of minimized tiles can be expanded (i.e. in the 'MinimizedExpanded' state) and when a tile is initially shown in the minimized tile area its state will be 'Minimized'. + + + + + Any number of minimized tiles can be expanded (i.e. in the 'MinimizedExpanded' state) and when a tile is initially shown in the minimized tile area its state will be 'MinimizedExpanded'. This is the default setting. + + + + + Identifies the commands exposed by + + + + + Command used to closes a . The source must be a XamTile or within it - or the CommandParameter must be the tile. + + + + + Command used to toggle the of a to and from 'Maximized'. + + + + + Command used to toggle the of a to and from 'MinimizedExpanded'. + + + + + Determines how the tiles will be laid out in normal mode + + + + + Position tiles one after another from top to bottom to fill all available space vertically then move to the next column in a snaking fashion to form uniform rows and columns. + + + + + Position tiles one after another from top to bottom to fill all available space vertically then move to the next column in a snaking fashion supporting variable height tiles so that each column can have a different number of tiles. + + + + + Position tiles one after another from left to right to fill all available columns then move to the next row in a snaking fashion to form uniform rows and columns. + + + + + Position tiles one after another from left to right to fill all available space horizontally then move to the next row in a snaking fashion supporting variable width tiles so that each row can have a different number of tiles. + + + + + Position tiles based on their explicit Row, RowSpan, Column, and ColumnSpan settings. + + + + + Represents the state of an individual tile + + + + + All tiles will return 'Normal' as long as no tile is in a 'Maximized' state. Conversely if any Tile is 'Maximized' then no Tile with return 'Normal'. + + + + + If any tile is in a 'Maximized' state then all other tiles can only be 'Maximized', 'Minimized' or 'MinimizedExpanded'. + + + + + 'Minimized' is only returned if there is at least one tile in a 'Maximized' state. A Tile in the 'Minimized' state will usually just display its Header not its Content. + + + + + 'MinimizedExpanded' is only returned if there is at least one tile in a 'Maximized' state. A Tile in the 'MinimizedExpanded' state will usually display its Header and its Content but the Tile will be grouped with all other minimized Tiles, both collapsed and expanded. + + + + + Determines what happens when Tiles are closed. + + + + + + + + + + + The default value which resolves to 'DoNothing' + + + + + The can't be closed. + + + + + When the is closed its Visibility will be coerced to 'Collapsed' but the associated item will remain in the Items collection. + + + + + When the is closed the associated item will be removed from the Items collection. + + + + + Determines what direction to scroll + + + + + Increment the scroll value + + + + + Decrement the scroll value + + + + + Determines how fast a slection scroll should be + + + + + Scroll the slowest + + + + + Scroll slower + + + + + Scroll slowly + + + + + Scroll a moderate amount + + + + + Scroll fast + + + + + Scroll faster + + + + + Scroll fastest + + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + + Gets/sets the item whose information has just been de-serialized. + + + + + Represents a string that will be serialized to identify the item. (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + + Returns item whose information is about to be serialized. (read-only). + + + + + Represents a string that will be serialized to identify the item. + + +

By default this property is set to the associated 's or + if that is not specified then the Tile's .

+

Note: If this property is still null after the event is processed then no information for this item will be serialized.

+
+
+ + + Abstract base class for cancelable tile event args + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The affected tile + The affected item + + + + Gets/sets whether this action should be cancelled. + + + + + Returns the affected item (read-only). + + + + + Returns the that is affected (read-only). + + + + + Abstract base class for tile event arguments that are not cancelable + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The affected tile + The affected item + + + + Returns the that is affected (read-only). + + + + + Returns the affected item (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The tile that is closing + The associated item + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The tile that was closed + The associated item + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The tile that is about to be dragged + The associated item + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The tile whose state is changing + The associated item + The new state being set. + + + + The state that the is about to be changed to. + + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The tile whose state was changed. + The associated item + The new state of the tile. + The old state of the tile. + + + + The new state of the . + + + + + The old state of the . + + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The tile that is being dragged. + The item associated with the tile being dragged. + The tile that is the target of the swap. + The item associated with the target tile. + + + + Gets/sets whether the Tile's IsExpandedWhenMinimized setting will be swapped with the TargetTile"s setting. + + + Note: when swapping a maximized tile with a minimized tile this property will be defaulted to 'true'. Otherwise, it will be defaulted to 'false'. + + + + + + Returns the associated item of the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the target of the swap (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for event: + + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The tile that was just dropped. + The item associated with the tile that was just dropped. + The tile that was the target of the swap. + The item associated with the target tile. + + + + Returns the associated item of the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the target of the swap (read-only). + + + + + A used exclusively in the template of a to measure and arrange its elements. + + + Note: this panel does not support stand-alone usage. It must be used in the template of a . + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of a . + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Called to create the collection to hold the child elements. + + + An instance of a UIElementCollection + + + + Returns a geometry for the clipping mask for the element. + + The size of the element + A geometry to clip that takes into account the TileAreaPadding + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the of an element changes. + + The child whose size is being changed. + + + + For internal use + + + + + For internal use + + + + + The orientation of the panel + + + + + Returns the maximum number of milliseconds allowed between mouse button downs to generate a double click message. + + + + + Returns the maximum distance the cursor is allowed to travel between mouse button downs to generate a double click message. + + + + + Returns the maximum distance the cursor is allowed to travel while the mouse button is down before initiating a drag operation. + + + + + A derived element that represents a tile inside a . + + + Note: even though this class derives from ContentControl it exposes all of the properties and functionality of a HeaderedContentControl. + The reason the class doesn't derive from HeaderedContentControl is because the base PrepareItemContainer logic in ItemsControl assumes that + the item in the Items collection should be set as its Header, likewise the property should be set as the + HeaderTemplate. For tiles this is not the intent, instead the item should be the Tile's Content and the + ItemsControl.ItemTemplate property should be used to initialize the ContentTemplate property. + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + + + + Called when the content has changed + + the old content + the new content + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Overridden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseEnter attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseLeave attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Executes the specified . + + The Command to execute. + An optional parameter. + The source of the command + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Called when the property value changes. + + The old header value + The new header value + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical children of this element. + + + + + Gets/sets whether this tile can be maximized by the user. + + + + + + Returns the resolved value as to whether this tile can be maximized (read-only). + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the ContentTemplate that will be used when the Tile's State is 'Maximized'. + + + + + + Gets/sets the ContentTemplate that will be used when the Tile's State is 'Minimized'. + + + + + + Gets/sets the ContentTemplate that will be used when the Tile's State is 'MinimizedExpanded'. + + + + + + Returns the ContentTemplate to use based on the current of the tile + + + + + + Gets the visibility of the content (read-only) + + Returns 'Visible' unless the is 'Minimized' and a tempate for this state has not been provided thru the property. + + Note: This property is used for binding to the ContentPesenter's Visibility inside the tile's template. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets what happens when this tile is closed. + + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved value as to what happens when this tile is closed (read-only). + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the visibility of the close button in the header area + + + + + + + + + Determines the visibility of the close button in the TileHeaderPresenter (read-only) + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the visibility of the expand toggle button in the header area + + + + + + + + Determines the visibility of the expand button in the TileHeaderPresenter (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the property has been set. + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the property has been set. + + + + + + + Gets/sets an object that will appear in the header of this tile. + + A header object or the default value of null. + + + + + Gets/sets the template used to display the content of the tile's header. + + + + + + The image used in the tile's header/>. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether this tile is closed. + + + Note: if true then this tile's Visibility will be coerced to 'Collapsed' + + + "/> + + + + Gets/sets whether this tile is expanded when it is minimized + + + + + + Returns or sets whether this tile's is maximized. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the visibility of the maximize toggle button in the header area + + + + + + + Determines the visibility of the maximize button in the TileHeaderPresenter (read-only) + + + Note: if . is set to zero then this property will be set to 'Collapsed'. + Unless the is set. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the tile should be included in a saved layout. + + + + + + Returns the current state of the tile (read-only) + + + + + + Handles changes to the HwndHost property. + + + + + A control that arranges and displays its child elements as tiles, with native support for scrolling and virtualizing those items. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Overridden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Called when mouse capture is lost + + + + + + Called when the left button is released. + + arguments + + + + Called when the mouse is moved. + + arguments + + + + Occurs when tile animations end + + + + + + Occurs when tile animations start + + + + + + Occurs during a call to Infrageistics.Persistence.PersistenceManager.Load(). + + + + + + + Occurs during a call to Infrageistics.Persistence.PersistenceManager.Save(). + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been closed. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is about to close. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is about to be dragged. + + + + + + + Occurs after the state of a has changed. + + + + + + + Occurs when the state of a is about to change. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is dragged over another tile that is a potential swap target. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is dropped over another tile and swaps places with it. + + + + + + + Identifies the Column attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the Column attached property of the specified element, -1 indicates that the tile will be positioned relative to the previous tile in the panel. The default value is 0. + + This element's Column value will be returned. + The value of the Column attached property. The default value is 0. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Sets the value of the Column attached property of the specified element, -1 indicates that the tile will be positioned relative to the previous tile in the panel. The default value is 0. + + This element's Column value will be set. + Value to set. This can be -1 which will position the element relative to previous element in the panel. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Identifies the ColumnSpan attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the ColumnSpan attached property of the specified element, 0 indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical column. The default is 1. + + This element's ColumnSpan value will be returned. + The value of the ColumnSpan attached property. The default value is 1. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Sets the value of the ColumnSpan attached property of the specified element, 0 indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical column. The default is 1. + + This element's ColumnSpan value will be set. + Value to set. This can be 0 to indicate that the element should occupy the remainder of the logical column. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Identifies the ColumnWeight attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the ColumnWeight attached property of the specified element. ColumnWeight specifies + how any extra width will be distributed among elements. + + The value of the ColumnWeight attached property. The default value is 0. + + + + + + Sets the value of the ColumnWeight attached property of the specified element. ColumnWeight specifies + how any extra width will be distributed among elements. + + The value of the ColumnWeight attached property. + + + + + + Identifies the Constraints attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'Constraints' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'Normal'. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'Constraints' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'Normal'. + + + + + + + Identifies the ConstraintsMaximized attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ConstraintsMaximized' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'Maximized'. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ConstraintsMaximized' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'Maximized'. + + + + + + + Identifies the ConstraintsMinimized attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ConstraintsMinimized' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'Minimized'. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ConstraintsMinimized' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'Minimized'. + + + + + + + Identifies the ConstraintsMinimizedExpanded attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ConstraintsMinimizedExpanded' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'MinimizedExpanded'. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ConstraintsMinimizedExpanded' attached property which contains size constraints for tiles when their is 'MinimizedExpanded'. + + + + + + + Identifies the IsDragging" attached read-only dependency property + + + + + + Returns whether this tile is currently being dragged (read-only) + + + + + + Identifies the read-only IsSwapTarget attached dependency property + + + + + + Returns whether another tile is being dragged over this tile and if released will swap positions with this tile (read-only) + + + + + + Identifies the Row attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the Row attached property of the specified element, -1 indicates that the tile will be positioned relative to the previous tile in the panel. The default value is 0. + + This element's Row value will be returned. + The value of the Row attached property. The default value is 0. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Sets the value of the Row attached property of the specified element, -1 indicates that the tile will be positioned relative to the previous tile in the panel. The default value is 0. + + This element's Row value will be set. + Value to set. This can be -1 which will position the element relative to previous element in the panel. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Identifies the RowSpan attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the RowSpan attached property of the specified element, 0 indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical column. The default is 1. + + This element's RowSpan value will be returned. + The value of the RowSpan attached property. The default value is 1. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Sets the value of the RowSpan attached property of the specified element, 0 indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical column. The default is 1. + + This element's RowSpan value will be set. + Value to set. This can be 0 to indicate that the element should occupy the remainder of the logical row. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is 'UseExplicitRowColumnOnTile'. + + + + + Identifies the RowWeight attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the RowWeight attached property of the specified element. RowWeight specifies + how any extra height will be distributed among elements. + + The value of the RowWeight attached property. The default value is 0. + + + + + + Sets the value of the RowWeight attached property of the specified element. RowWeight specifies + how any extra height will be distributed among elements. + + The value of the RowWeight attached property. + + + + + + Identifies the SerializationId attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'SerializationId' attached property + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'SerializationId' attached property + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Returns the area of the specified tile that is in view or will be in view when the current animations end. + + The tile in question. + A rect (in coordinates relative to the tile) that represents the area of the tile that will be in view once all animations have ended. If no part of the tile will be in view then an empty rect is returned. + + + + Gets the associated info for an item. + + The item in question. + The associated ItemInfo object that can be used to get/or set certain status information or null if the item doesn't exist in the Items collection. + + + + Scrolls the item into view + + The item to scroll + + + + Gets the associated tile for an item. + + The item in question. + The associated Tile or null if the Tile hasn't been generated. + + + + Called to clear a tile that wrapped an item + + The that will contained the item + The contained item. + + + + Called to create a tile to wrap an item + + A new instance. + + + + Determines if the item is its own tile + + The item to check. + true if the item is a , otherwise false. + + + + Called when the items collection has changed + + The event arguments that contain information about what has changed. + + + + Called to prepare a tile to wrap an item + + The that will contain the item + The item to be contained. + + + + Determines if the control is in a state to allow mouse capture. + + True if the mouse can be captured at this time + + + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical children of this element. + + + + + Occurs when tile animations end + + + + + + Occurs when tile animations start + + + + + + Occurs during a call to Infrageistics.Persistence.PersistenceManager.Load(). + + + + + + + Occurs during a call to Infrageistics.Persistence.PersistenceManager.Save(). + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been closed. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is about to close. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is about to be dragged. + + + + + + + Occurs after the state of a has changed. + + + + + + + Occurs when the state of a is about to change. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is dragged over another tile that is a potential swap target. + + + + + + + Occurs when a is dropped over another tile and swaps places with it. + + + + + + + Gets/sets a path to a value on the source object that will be used to initialize the Header of each . + + + Note: this setting is ignored for 's that are direct children of the XamTileManager. This setting only has meaning for s that get generated as item containers. + + + + + + Returns the resolved value that will be used for spacing between the maximized tile area and the minimized tile area when is maximized mode. + + + Note: if the property is not set then the or setting will be used. If this also is not set then the or value will be used based on the . + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the amount of spacing between tiles horizontally. + + + Note: the default value for this property is 2. + + + + + + Returns the resolved value that will be used for spacing between the maximized tiles horizontally. + + + Note: if the property is not set then the value will be used. + + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved value that will be used for spacing between the minimized tiles horizontally. + + + Note: if the property is not set then the value will be used. + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the amount of spacing between tiles vertically. + + + Note: the default value for this property is 2. + + + + + + Returns the resolved value that will be used for spacing between the maximized tiles vertically. + + + Note: if the property is not set then the value will be used. + + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved value that will be used for spacing between the minimized tiles vertically. + + + Note: if the property is not set then the value will be used. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if tile animations are in progress (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if there is at least one whose is 'Maximized'. (read-only) + + + + + + Returns or sets the style to use for containers that are generated for each item. + + + + + + Gets/sets the HeaderTemplate that will be set on an item's Tile. + + + + + + Returns the collection of items + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumerable used to populate the collection + + + + + + Returns or sets the data template to use for each item in the collection. + + + + + + Gets/sets the ItemTemplate that will be used when a Tile's State is 'Maximized'. + + + + + + Gets/sets the ItemTemplate that will be used when a Tile's State is 'Minimized'. + + + + + + Gets/sets the ItemTemplate that will be used when a Tile's State is 'MinimizedExpanded'. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether touch support is enabled for this control + + + + + + Gets/sets the settings that are used to layout Tiles when in maximized mode + + + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the items that are maximized. + + + + + Gets/sets the limit on the number of 'Maximized' tiles that will be allowed. + + + + + + Gets/sets the settings that are used to layout Tiles when not in maximized mode + + + + + + + Gets/sets a path to a value on the source object that will be used to initialize the of each . + + + Note: this setting is ignored for 's that are direct children of the XamTileManager. This setting only has meaning for s that get generated as item containers. + + + + + + Get/sets that amount of space between the XamTileManager and the area where the tiles are arranged. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether Tiles can be closed by the user. + + + Note: if TileCloseAction is set to 'DoNothing' (its default value) then, by default, s can't be closed. + However, this behavior can be overridden for individual tiles by setting their property. + + + + + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..817c86e1070 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..436d24e83a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a4c36823a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,4157 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamGeographicMap.v14.2 + + + + + Scaler class used for maps with spherical mercator projections. + + + + + SphericalMercatorHorizontalScaler constructor. + + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Get a list of scaled viewport values from a list of unscaled axis values. + + The list of unscaled axis values. + Scaler parameters + + + + Calculates the range of this axis scaler based on the given parameters. + + The axis in context. + The application-defined axis minimum value, or NaN if the application has not specified an axis minimum. + The application-defined axis maximum value, or NaN if the application has not specified an axis maximum. + The resulting axis scale minimum, determined by the CalculateRange function. + The resulting axis scale maximum, determined by the CalculateRange function. + + + + Scaler class used for maps with spherical mercator projections. + + + + + Gets the unscaled axis value from an scaled viewport value. + + The scaled viewport value. + Scaler parameters + The unscaled axis value. + + + + Gets the scaled viewport value from an unscaled axis value. + + The unscaled axis value. + Scaler parameters + The scaled viewport value. + + + + Get a list of scaled viewport values from a list of unscaled axis values. + + The list of unscaled axis values. + Scaler parameters + + + + Calculates the range of this axis scaler based on the given parameters. + + The axis in context. + The application-defined axis minimum value, or NaN if the application has not specified an axis minimum. + The application-defined axis maximum value, or NaN if the application has not specified an axis maximum. + The resulting axis scale minimum, determined by the CalculateRange function. + The resulting axis scale maximum, determined by the CalculateRange function. + + + + Called when a property value changes. + + The name of the property that changed. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + SphericalMercatorVerticalScaler constructor. + + + + + Returns the given value projected as latitude. + + The value to project. + The given value, projected as latitude. + + + + Returns the given value unprojected from a latitude value. + + The latitude to unproject. + The given value, unprojected from a latitude value. + + + + The scale's maximum value. + + + This is a constant value of 85.05112878. + + + + + The scale's minimum value. + + + This is a constant value of -85.05112878. + + + + + TypeConverter class used for converting space-delimited lists of strings to ColorCollections. + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A Type that represents the type you want to convert from. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, False. + + + + Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + The CultureInfo to use as the current culture. + The Object to convert. + An Object that represents the converted value. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A Type that represents the type you want to convert to. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, False. + + + + Base class for classes which provide colors corresponding to numeric values within a known list of numeric values. + + + + + Return a color corresponding to the given numeric value. + + The numeric value to get a color for. + The minumum value of the value column. + The maximum value of the value column. + The list of all numeric values in the scale. + A color corresponding to the given numeric value. + + + + Invoked whenever a property value on this ColorScale is updated. + + The name of the property which was updated. + The previous value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Describes available modes of interpolation on a color scale. + + + + + Select one of the colors in the palette. + + + + + Interpolate between colors in the palette using RGB interpolation. + + + + + Interpolate between colors in the palette using HSV interpolation. + + + + + ColorScale class for selecting a color from a given palette, or interpolating between adjacent colors in that palette. + + + + + CustomPaletteColorScale constructor. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + Invoked whenever a property value on this ColorScale is updated. + + The name of the property which was updated. + The previous value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Return a color corresponding to the given numeric value. + + The numeric value to get a color for. + The default value for minimum, if no minimum setting is present on this color scale. + The default value for maximum, if no maximum setting is present on this color scale. + The list of all numeric values in the scale. + A color corresponding to the given numeric value. + + + + Identifies the InterpolationMode dependency property. + + + + + The lowest value to assign a color. Any given value less than this value will be made Transparent. + + + + + The highest value to assign a color. Any given value greater than this value will be made Transparent. + + + + + A list of colors to select from or interpolate between. + + + + + The approach to use when getting a color from the palette. + + + + + + + + + + Control class used for displaying multi-scale TileSource imagery. Designed to be used for background imagery in the XamGeographicMap. + + + + + GeographicMapImagery constructor. + + The TileSource which will provide the imagery. + + + + Method called after the View has been created for this GeographicMapImagery. + + The View which was just created. + + + + Method called to create the View for this GeographicMapImagery. + + The newly created GeographicMapImageryView. + + + + Method invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Method invoked whenever a property value is changed. + + The name of the changed property. + The previous value of the changed property. + The new value of the changed property. + + + + Identifies the WindowRect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + GeographicMapProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Removes all cached tile Imagery from the + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Refreshes the view. + + The total space available for GeographicMapImagery graphics. + The total space used by GeographicMapImagery graphics. + + + + The View for this GeographicMapImagery. + + + + + The deferral handler to use for deferred refreshes. + + + + + A rectangle representing the portion of the map imagery currently in view. + + + A rectangle at X=0, Y=0 with a Height and Width of 1 implies the entire plotting area is in view. A Height and Width of .5 would imply that the view is halfway zoomed in. + + + + + The XamGeographicMap which is hosting this GeographicMapImagery control. + + + + + The TileSource of background images. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the MapServerUri property. + + + + + Identifies the UserName property. + + + + + Identifies the Password property. + + + + + Identifies the UserToken property. + + + + + Identifies the IsMapPublic property. + + + + + Retreives a new token based on the preconfigured parameters and updates the UserToken field, Normal this is called automatically. + The is provided to the end-user to allow them to reteive tokens on their onw. + + + + + Retreives a detailed configuration from the Map Server + + + + + Handles all http web respones and acts on them. + + The type of response to decode + The HTTP Request Response + + + + Handles certain property changed events + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the map tile server uri. + + + + + Gets or sets the UserName. + + + + + Gets or sets the Password. + + + + + Gets or sets the UserToken. + + + + + Gets or sets the IsMapPublic variable. A value of false requires authentication parameters. + + + + + Gets or Sets the Default Token Timeout before the Token Expires, this value is in Minutes + + + + + Gets or Sets the current endpoint to retrieve the token. + + + + + Contains the User Supplied Referer Uri to be used in Token Generation. + + + + + Describes available map styles for the Bing Maps imagery. + + + + + Specifies the Aerial map style without road or labels overlay. + + + + + Specifies the Aerial map style with road and labels overlay. + + + + + Specifies the Roads map style without aerial overlay. + + + + + Represents a response for the Bing Maps imagery. + + + + + Create an instance of the BingResponse object + + + + + Gets or sets a list of resource sets for the imagery + + + + + Represents a resource set for the Bing Maps imagery. + + + + + Create an instance of the BingResourceSet object + + + + + Gets or sets a list of resources for the imagery + + + + + Represents a metadata for the Bing Maps imagery. + + + + + Create an instance of the ImageryMetadata object + + + + + Gets or sets imagery link + + + + + Gets or sets imagery link sub domains + + + + + UI element class used to display BingMapsMap imagery in the XamGeographicMap. + + + + + BingMapsMapImagery constructor. + + + + + Method called to create the View for this GeographicMapImagery. + + The newly created GeographicMapImageryView. + + + + Method called after the View has been created for this GeographicMapImagery. + + The View which was just created. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Will Connect to the Bing Rest API and retreive the required TilePath and Subdomains from the service. This requires a valid API key to already be set. + + + + + Gets a status whether the Bing Maps service is initialized. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the Bing Maps service should be auto-initialized upon valid property values. + + + + + Gets or sets the map tile image uri. + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of image uri subdomains. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual map tile image uri. + + + + + Gets or sets the actual collection of image uri subdomains. + + + + + Gets or sets the Bing Imagery Rest Uri. + + + + + Gets or sets the Actual Bing Imagery Rest Uri. + + + + + Gets or sets the culture name for this tile source. + + + + + Gets or sets an API key required by the Bing Maps imagery service. + This key must be obtained from the http://www.bingmapsportal.com website. + + + + + Gets or sets a map style of the Bing Maps imagery tiles. + For example: Aerial, AerialWithLabels, or Road map style. + + + + + View class for GeographicMapImagery objects. + + + + + GeographicMapImageryView constructor. + + The GeographicMapImagery object being served by this view. + + + + The GeographicMapImagery object being served by this view. + + + + + UI element class used to display CloudMadeMap imagery in the XamGeographicMap. + + + + + CloudMadeMapImagery constructor. + + + + + Method called to create the View for this GeographicMapImagery. + + The newly created GeographicMapImageryView. + + + + Method called after the View has been created for this GeographicMapImagery. + + The View which was just created. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the key. + + + + + Gets or sets the Parameter. + + + + + UI element class used to display OpenStreetMap imagery in the XamGeographicMap. + + + + + OpenStreetMapImagery constructor. + + + + + Series class used for displaying a tile set, and using shapes to define the areas that should be rendered. + + + + + Base class for series which render polygons on a map. + + + + + Base class for hosting chart series in a XamGeographicMap. + + The Type of the series to be hosted. + + + + GeographicMapSeriesHost constructor. + + + + + Called whenever the value of the HostedSeries property has changed. + + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A HostedSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the VisibleFromScale dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Renders the series. + + True if the change should be animated. + + + + The chart series which is being hosted by this map series. + + + + + The minimum scale at which this series becomes visible. + + + The default value for this property is 1.0, which means the series will always be visible. At a VisibleFromScale setting of 0.0, the series will never be visible. At a VisibleFromScale setting of 0.5, the series will be visible as long as the map is zoomed in to at least 200%. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicShapeSeriesBaseView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the ShapeMemberPath property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Identifies the ShapeFilterResolution dependency property. + + + + + The name of the property on ItemsSource items which, for each shape, contains a list of points to be converted to a polygon. + + + To be consistent with the Shapefile technical description, it is expected that each list of points is defined as an IEnumerable of IEnumerable of Point, or in other words, a list of lists of points. + + + + + The resolution at which to filter out shapes in the series. For example, if the ShapeFilterResolution is set to 3, then elements with a bounding rectangle smaller than 3 X 3 pixels will be filtered out. + + + In the case of PolylineSeries, the resolution is compared to either dimension, rather than both. In other words, a polyline will not be filtered if its height or its width exceeds the value of this property. Whereas with a ShapeSeries, both the height and the width must exceed the value of this property. + + + + + GeographicTileSeries constructor. + + + + + Identifies the ClippingFillRule dependency property. + + + + + Removes all cached tile Imagery from the + + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + The MapImagery which is used to provide the tiles for display. + + + + + The fill rule to use when clipping the tile imagery to the provided shapes. + + + + + This event is fired whenever the image tiles transition from a loading state (e.g. some are fading in) to a loaded state. + + + + + Series class for ContourLineSeries displayed on a map. + + + + + Base class for geographic series which triangulate XY data prior to rendering. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicXYTriangulatingSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the LongitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LatitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TrianglesSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TriangleVertexMemberPath1 dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TriangleVertexMemberPath2 dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TriangleVertexMemberPath3 dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The name of the property from which to extract the Longitude for each item in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The name of the property from which to extract the Latitude for each item in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The source of triangulation data. + + This property is optional. If it is left as null, the triangulation will be created based on the items in the ItemsSource. Triangulation is a demanding operation, so the runtime performance will be better when specifying a TriangulationSource, especially when a large number of data items are present. + + + + The name of the property of the TrianglesSource items which, for each triangle, contains the index of the first vertex point in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The name of the property of the TrianglesSource items which, for each triangle, contains the index of the second vertex point in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The name of the property of the TrianglesSource items which, for each triangle, contains the index of the third vertex point in the ItemsSource. + + + + + GeographicContourLineSeries constructor. + + + + + Called whenever the value of the HostedSeries property has changed. + + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FillScale dependency property. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicScatterAreaSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the ValueResolver dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The name of the property from which to retrieve the numeric values from the ItemsSource items. + + + + + The ValueBrushScale to use when determining Brushes for each contour line, based on the values found in ValueMemberPath. + + + + + The ContourValueResolver used to determine the numeric values of contours. + + + + + Raised when the status of an ongoing Triangulation has changed. + + + + + Series class for a geographic map with points marked at given locations. + + + This is the geographic equivalent of a HighDensityScatterSeries. + + + + + GeographicHighDensityScatterSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicHighDensityScatterSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Identifies the LatitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LongitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the UseBruteForce dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ProgressiveLoad dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MouseOverEnabled dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMinimum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMaximum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMinimumColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the HeatMinimumColor dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the PointExtent dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The name of the property of ItemsSource items which contains the latitude coordinate of the symbol. + + + + + The name of the property of ItemsSource items which contains the longitude coordinate of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the whether to use use brute force mode. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the whether to progressively load the data into the chart. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the whether the chart reacts to mouse move events. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the density value that maps to the minimum heat color. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value that maps to the maximum heat color. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color to use for the minimum end of the scale. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the color to use for the maximum end of the scale. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the the pixel extent of the square data points that are rendered. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Raised when the progressive loading state of the series has changed. + + + + + Represents the current status of the progressive load of the series. It will range from 0 to 100, where 100 is fully loaded. + + + + + Series class used for displaying multiple polylines, in a geographic context, for datasources which contain multiple lists of points. + + + + + GeographicPolylineSeries constructor. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyleSelector dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyle dependency property. + + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + The StyleSelector which is used to select a style for each Shape. + + + + + The default style to apply to all Shapes in the series. + + + + + Series class for a geographic map with points marked at given locations. + + + This is the geographic equivalent of a ScatterSeries. + + + + + GeographicSymbolSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicProportionalSizeSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Identifies the LatitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LongitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumMarkers dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the RadiusScale dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FillMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FillScale dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The name of the property of ItemsSource items which contains the latitude coordinate of the symbol. + + + + + The name of the property of ItemsSource items which contains the longitude coordinate of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + If the MarkerTemplate property is set, the setting of the MarkerType property will be ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerTemplate for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker interiors are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker outlines are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of markerItems displayed by the current series. + If more than the specified number of markerItems are visible, the series will automatically + choose a representative set. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the radius mapping property for the current series object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the radius size scale for the bubbles. + + + + + Gets or sets the Label mapping property for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill mapping property for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush scale for the marker brush. + + + + + Series class which draws a colored 2D surface, in a geographic context, based on a triangulation of XY data with numeric values assigned to each point. + + + + + GeographicScatterAreaSeries constructor. + + + + + Identifies the ColorMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Method invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicScatterAreaSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The name of the property on each data item containing a numeric value which can be converted to a color by the ColorScale. + + + + + The ColorScale used to resolve the color values of points in the series. + + + + + Raised when the status of an ongoing Triangulation has changed. + + + + + Series class which renders polygons as Controls, in a geographic context, based on lists of points in the ItemsSource. + + + + + GeographicShapeControlSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyleSelector dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyle dependency property. + + + + + The StyleSelector which is used to select a style for each Shape. + + + + + The default style to apply to all Shapes in the series. + + + + + Series class which renders polygons as Paths, in a geographic context, based on lists of points in the ItemsSource. + + + + + GeographicShapeSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicShapeSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyleSelector dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerCollisionAvoidance dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The StyleSelector which is used to select a style for each Shape. + + + + + The default style to apply to all Shapes in the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + If the MarkerTemplate property is set, the setting of the MarkerType property will be ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerTemplate for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker interiors are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker outlines are painted. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style to be used for the markers. + + + + + The desired behavior for markers in this series which are placed too close together for the current view, resulting in a collision. + + + + + Series class for a geographic map with points marked at given locations. + + + This is the geographic equivalent of a ScatterSeries. + + + + + GeographicSymbolSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A GeographicSymbolSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Creates the Series to be hosted by this GeographicMapSeriesHost. + + The series to be hosted. + + + + Identifies the LatitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LongitudeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerCollisionAvoidance dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumMarkers dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The name of the property of ItemsSource items which contains the latitude coordinate of the symbol. + + + + + The name of the property of ItemsSource items which contains the longitude coordinate of the symbol. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + If the MarkerTemplate property is set, the setting of the MarkerType property will be ignored. + + + + + The desired behavior for markers in this series which are placed too close together for the current view, resulting in a collision. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerTemplate for the current series object. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker interiors are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker outlines are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of markerItems displayed by the current series. + If more than the specified number of markerItems are visible, the series will automatically + choose a representative set. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Series class for rendering isarithmic contours based on a triangulation of X+Y+Value points in the ItemsSource. + + + + + Base class for series which triangulate XY data prior to rendering. + + + + + Identifies the XMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the XAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the YAxis dependency property. + + + + + Renders the series. + + Whether or not to transition smoothly from the previous state of the series. + + The animate parameter is relevant only for series which implement transitions. Not all series in the DataChart support this behavior. + + + + + Registers a column in the FastItemsSource containing triangle indices. + + The FastItemsSource containing the triangle column. + The property name to get triangle indices from on each item in the FastItemsSource. + An IFastItemColumn containing all the integer values in the FastItemsSource items at the given memberPath. + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Method called when the series has changed in a way that will invalidate the range and rendering of its axes. + + + + + Method called whenever a change is made to the series data. + + The action performed on the data + The index of the first item involved in the update. + The number of items in the update. + The name of the updated property. + + + + Returns the range requirement of this series on the given axis. + + The axis for which to provide the range requirement. + The axis range needed for this series to fully display, or null, if there is no range requirement. + + + + Overriden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Overriden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Identifies the TrianglesSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FastTrianglesSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TriangleVertexMemberPath1 dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TriangleVertexMemberPath2 dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TriangleVertexMemberPath3 dependency property. + + + + + The name of the property from which to extract the X-coordinate for each item in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The name of the property from which to extract the Y-coordinate for each item in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The FastItemColumn used to access the X values corresponding to XMemberPath. + + + + + The FastItemColumn used to access the Y values corresponding to YMemberPath. + + + + + The X-Axis for this series. + + + + + The Y-Axis for this series. + + + + + Raised when the status of an ongoing Triangulation has changed. + + + + + The source of triangulation data. + + This property is optional. If it is left as null, the triangulation will be created based on the items in the ItemsSource. Triangulation is a demanding operation, so the runtime performance will be better when specifying a TriangulationSource, especially when a large number of data items are present. + + + + The FastItemsSource which is created from the TrianglesSource. + + + + + The name of the property of the TrianglesSource items which, for each triangle, contains the index of the first vertex point in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The name of the property of the TrianglesSource items which, for each triangle, contains the index of the second vertex point in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The name of the property of the TrianglesSource items which, for each triangle, contains the index of the third vertex point in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The FastItemColumn containing the indices of first triangle vertices in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The FastItemColumn containing the indices of second triangle vertices in the ItemsSource. + + + + + The FastItemColumn containing the indices of third triangle vertices in the ItemsSource. + + + + + ContourLineSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A ContourLineSeriesView. + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Renders the series. + + Whether or not to transition smoothly from the previous state of the series. + + The animate parameter is relevant only for series which implement transitions. Not all series in the DataChart support this behavior. + + + + + Identifies the FillScale dependency property. + + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + The name of the property from which to retrieve the numeric values from the ItemsSource items. + + + + + The FastItemColumn containing the numeric values. + + + + + The ValueBrushScale to use when determining Brushes for each contour line, based on the values found in ValueMemberPath. + + + + + The ContourValueResolver used to determine the numeric values of contours. + + + + + Utility class for piecewise construction of indexed polylines. + + + This class represents polyline point as integer ids with the assumption that + two vertices are identical if they have identical ids. The class itself + has no need for any vertex-specific information such as its coordinates. + + + + + Clears all polylines from the current object. + + + + + Gets the list of polylines for the current object. + + + There may be zero or more constructed polylines each of length two or more. A polyline + is represented as a list of integer ids as passed to the AddSegment method. Polylines + do not contain self-intersections or adjacent coincident point. A polyline may form + a loop, in which case its first and last point are identical. + + + + + Adds a segment to the current object. + + Id of the first point in the segment + Id of the end point in the segment + + + + Utility class for piecewise construction of edge-based contours. + + + + + Clears all polylines and point from the current object. + + + + + Calculates an edge point for the current object and returns its point id. + + + The begin and edge point ids are hashed to produce a unique point id. The current implementation + of the hash function is reliable for ids of less than 65536. + + Edge begin point id + Edge end point id + Edge begin point x coordinate. + Edge begin point y coordinate. + Edge begin point z coordinate. + Edge end point x coordinate. + Edge end point y coordinate. + Edge end point z coordinate. + Contour v. + Unique vertex id. + + + + Gets the list of x coordinates for the line in the current object. + + + + + Gets the list of y coordinates for the line in the current object. + + + + + Class used to determine the numeric values of contour lines, given a larger list of numeric values. + + + + + Gets the numeric values of contour lines based on the given values. + + The FastItemColumn containing all numeric values for the series. + The numeric values at which contour lines should be placed. + + + + Method invoked whenever a property value on the ContourValueResolver has changed. + + The name of the changed property. + The previous value of the changed property. + The new value of the changed property. + + + + Raised when the ContourValueResolver has been updated and its contour values should be re-evaluated. + + + + + ContourValueResolver class which resolves contour lines to be distributed at linear intervals from the data minimum to the data maximum. + + + + + LinearContourValueResolver constructor. + + + + + Identifies the ValueCount dependency property. + + + + + Gets the numeric values of contour lines based on the given values. + + The FastItemColumn containing all numeric values for the series. + The numeric values at which contour lines should be placed. + + + + The count of contour values to return. + + + + + Series class used for displaying multiple polylines for datasources which contain multiple lists of points. + + + + + Series class for rendering polygons. + + + + + ShapeSeriesBase constructor. + + + + + Method invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualXAxis dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualYAxis dependency property. + + + + + Registers a column in the FastItemsSource at the given memberPath. + + The property name to get values from on each item in the FastItemsSource. + An IFastItemColumn containing all the values in the FastItemsSource items at the given memberPath. + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Renders the series. + + Whether or not to transition smoothly from the previous state of the series. + + The animate parameter is relevant only for series which implement transitions. Not all series in the DataChart support this behavior. + + + + + Invalidates the X and Y axes of this series. + + + + + Overriden in derived classes when they want to respond to the chart's window changing. + + The old window rectangle of the chart. + The new window rectangle of the chart. + + + + Overriden in derived classes when they want to respond to the viewport changing. + + The old viewport rectangle. + The new viewport rectangle. + + + + Identifies the FillScale dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FillMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + Overriden in derived classes to respond to data updates. + + The action performed on the bound data. + The position at which the action was performed. + The count of affected positions. + The property name changed. + + + + Checks if the series is valid to be rendered. + + The current viewport, a rectangle with bounds equivalent to the screen size of the series. + The current window, a rectangle bounded between 0 and 1 representing the pan and zoom position. + The SeriesView in context. + True if the series is valid to be rendered, otherwise false. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + The clipping area parameter for the clipper. Based on Viewport, but inflated to compensate for the StrokeThickness of the shapes. + + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Identifies the ShapeFilterResolution dependency property. + + + + + The name of the property on ItemsSource items which, for each shape, contains a list of points to be converted to a polygon. + + + To be consistent with the Shapefile technical description, it is expected that each list of points is defined as an IEnumerable of IEnumerable of Point, or in other words, a list of lists of points. + + + + + The FastItemColumn containing Shape points. + + + + + Gets or sets the effective x-axis for the current ScatterBase object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the effective y-axis for the current ScatterBase object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + The stored list of bounds for shapes in this series. + + + + + Boolean indicating whether shapes in this series should be closed polygons. + + + + + The ValueBrushScale to use when determining Brushes for each Shape, based on the values found in FillMemberPath. + + + + + The name of the property on ItemsSource items which contains a numeric value to convert to a Brush using the FillScale. + + + + + The resolution at which to filter out shapes in the series. For example, if the ShapeFilterResolution is set to 3, then elements with a bounding rectangle smaller than 3 X 3 pixels will be filtered out. + + + In the case of PolylineSeries, the resolution is compared to either dimension, rather than both. In other words, a polyline will not be filtered if its height or its width exceeds the value of this property. Whereas with a ShapeSeries, both the height and the width must exceed the value of this property. + + + + + PolylineSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A PolylineSeriesView. + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyleSelector dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyle dependency property. + + + + + Boolean indicating whether shapes in this series should be closed polygons. + + + + + The StyleSelector which is used to select a style for each Shape. + + + + + The default style to apply to all Shapes in the series. + + + + + View class for PolylineSeries. + + + + + Base class for views of ShapeSeries. + + + + + ShapeSeriesViewBase constructor. + + The ShapeSeriesBase in context. + + + + Create the pool of FrameworkElements which represent the series visuals. + + A pool of FrameworkElements with Create, Activate, Disactivate, and Destroy delegates defined. + + + + Tests to see if a shape with the given bounds should be rendered. + + The bounds of the shape under observation. + True if the shape should be rendered, otherwise false. + The value of the ShapeFilterResolution property will determine the result when this method is called. + + + + Applies the given Path data to the given FrameworkElement. + + The FrameworkElement to display the path data in. + The Path data to be displayed. + + + + Applies visual styling to the given FrameworkElement based on the given data item. + + The FrameworkElement in context. + The data item in context. + + + + Clears all item-specific bindings and settings for a FrameworkElement, so that it can be recycled and used for another item. + + The FrameworkElement to clear. + + + + Gets the PathGeometry for the given list of points. + + The list of points to convert to a PathGeometry. + The PathGeometry to render for the given list of points. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + + + + A reference to the ShapeSeriesBase associated with this view. + + + + + The FrameworkElements which are the ShapeSeries visuals. + + + + + PolylineSeriesView constructor. + + The PolylineSeries in context. + + + + Gets the PathGeometry for the given list of points. + + The list of points to convert to a PathGeometry. + The PathGeometry to render for the given list of points. + + + + Applies visual styling to the given FrameworkElement based on the given data item. + + The FrameworkElement in context. + The data item in context. + + + + Applies the given Path data to the given FrameworkElement. + + The FrameworkElement to display the path data in. + The Path data to be displayed. + + + + Clears all item-specific bindings and settings for a FrameworkElement, so that it can be recycled and used for another item. + + The FrameworkElement to clear. + + + + Tests to see if a shape with the given bounds should be rendered. + + The bounds of the shape under observation. + True if the shape should be rendered, otherwise false. + The value of the ShapeFilterResolution property will determine the result when this method is called. + + + + Series class which draws a colored 2D surface based on a triangulation of XY data with numeric values assigned to each point. + + + + + ScatterAreaSeries constructor. + + + + + Method invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Identifies the ColorMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Renders the series. + + Whether or not to transition smoothly from the previous state of the series. + + The animate parameter is relevant only for series which implement transitions. Not all series in the DataChart support this behavior. + + + + + Gets the item that is the best match for the specified world coordinates. + + The world coordinates to use. + The item that is the best match. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + True if the cached visuals should also be cleared. + The SeriesView in context. + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A ScatterAreaSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + The ColorScale used to resolve the color values of points in the series. + + + + + The name of the property on each data item containing a numeric value which can be converted to a color by the ColorScale. + + + + + The FastItemColumn containing numeric values which are converted to colors by the ColorScale. + + + + + View class for ScatterAreaSeries. + + + + + ScatterAreaSeriesView constructor. + + The ScatterAreaSeries which this view is serving. + + + + Control class for hosting Path shapes so that they support control styling, e.g. the VisualStateManager. Used mainly for ShapeControlSeries. + + + + + ShapeControl constructor. + + + + + Method invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Identifies the Data dependency property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Method invoked when the mouse pointer enters this control. + + The MouseEventArgs in context. + + + + Method invoked when the mouse pointer leaves this control. + + The MouseEventArgs in context. + + + + The Geometry which will be rendered in a Path inside the Template of this ShapeControl. + + + + + Series class which renders polygons as Controls based on lists of points in the ItemsSource. + + + + + ShapeControlSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A ShapeControlSeriesView. + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyleSelector dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyle dependency property. + + + + + The StyleSelector which is used to select a style for each Shape. + + + + + The default style to apply to all Shapes in the series. + + + + + View class for ShapeControlSeries. + + + + + ShapeControlSeriesView constructor. + + The ShapeControlSeries being served by this view. + + + + Gets the PathGeometry for the given list of points. + + The list of points to convert to a PathGeometry. + The PathGeometry to render for the given list of points. + + + + Applies visual styling to the given FrameworkElement based on the given data item. + + The FrameworkElement in context. + The data item in context. + + + + Applies the given Path data to the given FrameworkElement. + + The FrameworkElement to display the path data in. + The Path data to be displayed. + + + + Create the pool of FrameworkElements which represent the series visuals. + + A pool of FrameworkElements with Create, Activate, Disactivate, and Destroy delegates defined. + + + + Series class which renders polygons as Paths based on lists of points in the ItemsSource. + + + + + ShapeSeries constructor. + + + + + Creates the view object for this series. + + A ShapeSeriesView. + + + + Called when the view for the series is created. + + The created view. + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyleSelector dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShapeStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ActualMarkerOutline dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the MarkerCollisionAvoidance dependency property. + + + + + Updates properties that are based on the index of the series in the series collection. + + + + + When overriden in a derived class, gets called whenever a property value is updated + on the series or owning chart. Gives the series a chance to respond to the various property udpates. + + The object being updated. + The name of the property being updated. + The old value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + The StyleSelector which is used to select a style for each Shape. + + + + + The default style to apply to all Shapes in the series. + + + + + Gets or sets the marker type for the current series object. + + + If the MarkerTemplate property is set, the setting of the MarkerType property will be ignored. + + + + + Gets or sets the MarkerTemplate for the current series object. + + + + + Gets the effective marker template for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker interiors are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective marker brush for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the brush that specifies how the current series object's marker outlines are painted. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets the effective marker outline for the current series object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Style to be used for the markers. + + + + + The desired behavior for markers in this series which are placed too close together for the current view, resulting in a collision. + + + + + View class for ShapeSeries. + + + + + ShapeSeriesView constructor. + + The ShapeSeries being served by this view. + + + + Gets the PathGeometry for the given list of points. + + The list of points to convert to a PathGeometry. + The PathGeometry to render for the given list of points. + + + + Applies visual styling to the given FrameworkElement based on the given data item. + + The FrameworkElement in context. + The data item in context. + + + + Applies the given Path data to the given FrameworkElement. + + The FrameworkElement to display the path data in. + The Path data to be displayed. + + + + Creates a marker object. + + The created marker. + + + + Destroys a marker from the pool. + + The marker to destroy. + + + + Activates a marker object from the pool. + + The marker to activate. + + + + Disactivates a marker from the pool. + + The marker to disactivate. + + + + Clears all item-specific bindings and settings for a FrameworkElement, so that it can be recycled and used for another item. + + The FrameworkElement to clear. + + + + Clears the rendering for the series. + + + + + Identifies the ClippingFillRule dependency property. + + + + + The MapImagery which is used to provide the tiles for display. + + + + + The fill rule to use when clipping the tile imagery to the provided shapes. + + + + + This event is fired whenever the image tiles transition from a loading state (e.g. some are fading in) to a loaded state. + + + + + Represents a view of Tile Series + + + + + Gets or sets Tile Model + + + + + Class used to convert Shapefiles into CLR objects. + + + + + ShapefileConverter constructor. + + + + + Identifies the ShapefileSource property. + + + + + Identifies the DatabaseSource dependency property. + + + + + Returns the index of the given ShapefileRecord in the collection. + + The ShapefileRecord under observation. + The index of the given ShapefileRecord in the collection, or -1 if the collection does not contain the given ShapefileRecord. + + + + Inserts a ShapefileRecord into the collection at the specified index. + + The index at which to insert the ShapefileRecord. + The ShapefileRecord to insert. + + + + Removes the ShapefileRecord at the specified index. + + The index of the ShapefileRecord to remove. + + + + Adds a ShapefileRecord to the collection. + + The ShapefileRecord to add. + + + + Removes all ShapefileRecords from the collection. + + + + + Checks whether or not the given item is present in the collection. + + The item under observation. + True if the item is present in the collection, otherwise False. + + + + Copies the ShapefileRecords in the collection to the given array, starting at the specified index. + + The array to copy to. + The index at which to start the copy operation. + + + + Removes a ShapefileRecord from the collection. + + The ShapefileRecord to remove. + True if the item was successfully removed, otherwise False. + + + + Gets the for the collection. + + The IEnumerator for the collection. + + + + Gets the world bounding rectangle, as read from the header of the Shapefile. + + + + + The Uri of the .shp portion of the Shapefile. + + + + + The Uri of the .dbf portion of the Shapefile. + + + + + Event raised when the Shapefile has been imported from both the ShapefileSource and DatabaseSource Uris. + + + + + Occurs when the collection changes. + + + + + ShapefileConverter indexer. + + The index at which to return a ShapefileRecord. + The ShapefileRecord at the specified index. + + + + The total number of ShapefileRecords in the collection. + + + + + Boolean property indicating whether or not the collection is read-only. + + + + + Represents a record of data from a Shapefile (.shp and .dbf). + + + + + A dictionary containing the field names and values for this record. + + + These values come from the .dbf file. + + + + + A list of lists of points for this record. + + + For information about this data structure, please refer to the Shapefile technical description. + + + + + Event raised whenever a property on this ShapefileRecord is changed. + + + + + Special collection class for ShapefileRecordFields, which are both ordered and indexable by key. + + + + + ShapefileRecordFields constructor. + + + + + Adds a field to the collection. + + The key of the field being added. + The value of the field being added. + + + + Inserts a field key and value into the collection at the specified index. + + The index at which to insert the field key and value. + The key of the field being added. + The value of the field being added. + + + + Removes an item from the collection. + + The item to remove. + True if the item was successfully removed, otherwise False. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The index of the item to remove. + + + + Returns the index of the given value in the collection. + + The value under observation. + The index of the given value in the collection, or -1 if the collection does not contain the given ShapefileRecord. + + + + Resets the collection. + + + + + Checks whether or not the given item is present in the collection. + + The item under observation. + True if the item is present in the collection, otherwise False. + + + + Gets the for the collection. + + The IEnumerator for the collection. + + + + The field Keys. + + + + + ShapefileRecord string indexer. + + The field key of the value to return. + The value with the specified key. + + + + ShapefileRecordFields int indexer. + + The index of the value to return. + The value at the specified index. + + + + The total number of fields. + + + + + Event raised when an item is added to or removed from the collection, or when the collection is reset or cleared. + + + + + Represents an ESRI Shapefile. + + + + + Read header information from the specified streams. + + + + + + + + Read shape information from the specified streams. + + + + + + + + + Specifies global data from an ESRI shapefile. + + + + + The list of fields in this Dbf header. + + + + + Sets or gets the shape type for the current shapefile. + + + + + Sets or gets the bounds for the current shapefile. + + + + + Sets or gets the minimum coordinate for the current shapefile. + + + + + + + + + + Enum for XBase field data types. + + + + + Character data type. + + + + + Number data type. + + + + + Logical data type. + + + + + Date data type. + + + + + Memo data type. + + + + + Floating point data type. + + + + + Binary data type. + + + + + General data type. + + + + + Picture data type. + + + + + Currency data type. + + + + + DateTime data type. + + + + + Integer data type. + + + + + VariField data type. + + + + + Variant data type. + + + + + Timestamp data type. + + + + + Double data type. + + + + + Auto increment data type. + + + + + Class representing a field in an XBase file. + + + + + The field name. + + + + + The field data type. + + + + + The field length. + + + + + Describes available types of item represented by the current row of a shapefile. + + + + + A placeholder value which cannot occur when reading a shapefile. + + + + + Specifies a point shape. + + + + + Specifies a polyline shape. + + + + + Specifies a polygon shape. + + + + + Specifies a polypoint shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypoint shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polylinez shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polygonz shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypointz shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a pointm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polylinem shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polygonm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypointm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypatchm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Base for classes capable of applying a given style based on a conditional evaluation. + + + + + Evaluates the condition for the item in context. + + The data item in context. + True if the condition evaluates to true, otherwise False. + + + + The Style to apply to the UIElement if the condition evaluates to true. + + + + + StyleSelector class which selects a style based on a list of ConditionalStyleRule objects. + + + + + ConditionalStyleSelector constructor. + + + + + Returns the Style of the first ConditionalStyleRule in the list which evaluates to true given the data item in context. + + The data item in context. + The element to which the style will be applied. + The StyleToApply of the first ConditionalStyleRule in the Rules collection which evaluates to true given the data item in context. If none of the Rules evaluate to true, then this method returns null. + + + + The list of ConditionalStyleRule objects used when finding a style. + + + + + Rule class used for applying conditional styling for objects which pass an equality comparison. + + + + + Base class for conditional style rules based around the value of one named property. + + + + + Evaluates the condition for the item in context. + + The data item in context. + True if the condition evaluates to true, otherwise False. + + + + Evaluates the condition against the given value. + + The value to evaluate against the condition. + True if the condition evaluates to true, otherwise False. + + + + Identifies the ValueMemberPath dependency property. + + + + + The name of the property from which to retrieve the numeric values from the items. + + + + + Evaluates the equality of ComparisonValue and the given value. + + The value to compare to ComparisonValue. + True if ComparisonValue equals the value argument, otherwise False. + + + + Identifies the ComparisonValue dependency property. + + + + + The value to compare against when evaluating items for equality. + + + + + StyleSelector class which assigns Styles at random with a random brush assigned to the Fill property. + + + + + RandomFillStyleSelector constructor. + + + + + Returns a Style for the given item. + + The data item in context. + The element to which the style will be applied. + A style with a Fill property setter whose value is a Brush picked at random from the Brushes collection. + + + + A collection of brushes from which to pick at random when selecting a style. + + + + + StyleSelector class which assigns Styles at random, picked from a list of Styles. + + + + + RandomSelectStyleSelector constructor. + + + + + Returns a Style for the given item. + + The data item in context. + The element to which the style will be applied. + A style with picked at random from the Styles collection. + + + + The list of Styles from which to pick at random when selecting a style. + + + + + Class for converting Itf files into enumerable triangulations. + + + + + Identifies the Source dependency property. + + + + + Invoked whenever a property value on this ItfConverter is updated. + + The name of the property which was updated. + The previous value of the property. + The new value of the property. + + + + Method invoked whenever a property is changed. + + The name of the changed property. + The previous value of the changed property. + The new value of the changed property. + + + + A Uri specifying the location of the Itf file. + + + + + The TriangulationSource which is typically created after importing the Itf from the Source Uri. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Class representing a triangle in a triangulation. + + + The three vertex properties should point to the indices of Points in a known list. + + + + + Vertex one. + + + + + Vertex two. + + + + + Vertex three. + + + + + Class for creating, loading, and storing triangulations. + + + + + Creates a TriangulationSource using delegates to get the Points and Values to create a triangulation from. + + The number of total points which a triangulation will be created from. + The delegate used to get a point at a given index. + The delegate used to get a numeric value at a given index. + A TriangulationSource created using the given delegates. + This operation is highly CPU-intensive and could take a long time to execute. + + + + Creates a TriangulationSource from an ITF. + + The Stream which will be used to read the ITF. + A TriangulationSource object populated with points and triangle indices after reading the ITF from the given Stream. + + + + Creates a TriangulationSource from an ITF. + + The BinaryReader which will be used to read the ITF. + A TriangulationSource object populated with points and triangle indices after reading the ITF from the given BinaryReader. + + + + Saves the Triangulation to the binary ITF format. + + The stream to save the triangulation to as ITF. + + + + The collection of Points and numeric values from which the triangulation is created. + + + + + The collection of triangle indices corresponding to the Points collection. + + + + + Raised when the status of an ongoing Triangulation has changed. + + + + + Constructs a TriangulationStatusEventArgs + + The current status of the load. + + + + The current status from 0 to 100 of the progressive triangulation. + + + + + A directed half-edge segment defined by two vertex codes. + + + + + HalfEdge constructor. + + + + + B. + + + + + resolution. + + + + + Represents an unordered set of half-edges. + + + The set may not contain two half-edges which form together form a full edge, and it is an + error to attempt to insert such a pair. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Adds a HalfEdge to the set. + + The HalfEdge to add. + + + + Removes a HalfEdge from the set. + + The HalfEdge to remove from the set. + + + + Clears the set. + + + + + Determines whether or not the given HalfEdge exists in the set. + + The HalfEdge under observation. + True if the set contains the HalfEdge, otherwise False. + + + + Count of HalfEdges in the set. + + + + + Class representing a single point and its associated value in a triangulation source. + + + + + The point. + + + + + The numeric value associated with the point. + + + + + The Infragistics XamGeographicMap control. + + + + + XamGeographicMap constructor. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Identifies the Zoomable dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Adds padding to the Top and Bottom or to the Left and Right of the input Rect, then returns the result. + The resulting Rect has the same aspect ratio as the default WorldRect. + + + + + Given the current plot area of the control and a geographic region, get the WindowRect that would encompass that geographic region. + + The geographic area. + The window zoom area. + + + + Given the current plot area of the control and a geographic region, get the WindowRect that would encompass that geographic region. + + The geographic area. + The window zoom area. + + + + Given the current plot area of the control and a geographic region, get the WindowRect that would encompass that geographic region. + + The north-west point of the geographic region. + The south-east point of the geographic region. + The window zoom. + + + + Given a WindowRect and the current plot area, get the geographic region represented by that WindowRect. + + The zoom area. + The geographic area. + + + + Convert a window coordinate to a geographic coordinate. + + A window coordinate + The corresponding geographic coordinate + + + + Convert a geographic coordinate to a window coordinate. + + A geographic coordinate + The corresponding window coordinate + + + + Removes all cached tile Imagery from the + + + + + Gets the appropriate marker fill brush for a series with the given index. + + The index of the series to return a marker fill brush for. + The appropriate marker fill brush for a series with the given index. + + + + Gets the appropriate marker outline brush for a series with the given index. + + The index of the series to return a marker outline brush for. + The appropriate marker outline brush for a series with the given index. + + + + Method invoked whenever application code or internal processes call ApplyTemplate. + + + + + Boolean method indicating whether or not this SeriesViewer should be zoomed only with a fixed aspect ratio. + + True. + + + + The geographic coordinates of the top-left of the effective viewport, for internal reference. + + + This point should be updated whenever the window rect is set explicitly. When the plot area changes, this peg should be used to adjust the translation of the actual window rect, ensuring that the geographic top-left of the map remains fixed. This prevents apparent wiggling or sliding of the map window as the browser size changes. + + + + + Updates the position of the top-left "peg" used for correct panning and zooming of the XamGeographicMap. + + + + + Makes corrections to the ActualWindowRect to ensure correct panning of the XamGeographicMap. + + + + + The rect, in window scale coordinates, that is spanned by the full tileset + + + + + Called to calculate the actual window rectangle. + + The value which should be assigned to the ActualWindowRect property, based on a calculation on the WindowRect property. + + + + Method used to calculate the effective viewport bounds. + + The actual viewport bounds. + The effective viewport bounds. + + + + Creates and returns the view associated with this XamGeographicMap. + + The view object to be associated with this XamGeographicMap. + + + + Gets the appropriate fill brush for a series with the given index. + + The index of the series to return a fill brush for. + The appropriate fill brush for a series with the given index. + + + + Gets the appropriate outline brush for a series with the given index. + + The index of the series to return an outline brush for. + The appropriate outline brush for a series with the given index. + + + + Method invoked when the view object is created. + + The view which has been created. + + + + Called so that the viewer can reconcile a plot area size change. + + The old size of the plot area. + The new size of the plot area. + + + + Identifies the WindowScale dependency property. + + + + + Gets actual window scale for horizontal dimension of the control + + + + + Gets actual window scale for vertical dimension of the control + + + + + Method called whenever a property value on the XamGeographicMap is updated. + + The source of the property change. + The name of the property which has been updated. + The previous value of the property which has been updated. + The new value of the property which has been updated. + + + + Registers the given DependencyObject as background content. + + The DependencyObject to register as background content. + An action to take whenever the background content is being refreshed. + + + + Unregisters the given DependencyObject as background content. + + The DependencyObject to unregister as background content. + + + + Calls for a deferred refresh to the GeographicMap's background. + + + + + Returns the chart visuals expressed as a ChartVisualData object. + + A ChartVisualData object representing the current chart visuals. + + + + Zoom in to the geographic region specified, when possible (may need to wait fior map to be initialized). + + The geographic region to zoom to. + + + + Gets or sets zoomability of the current control + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the world bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets the actual value of the WorldRect. + + + + + A UIElement to display behind all series, inside the viewport of the XamGeographicMap control. + + + + + The X-axis for this XamGeographicMap. + + Under normal circumstances, this property should not be set in application code. By default, it will be set to a numeric axis with a spherical mercator scaler. + + + + The Y-axis for this XamGeographicMap. + + Under normal circumstances, this property should not be set in application code. By default, it will be set to a numeric axis with a spherical mercator scaler. + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the scale of the horizontal/vertical zoom. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Width/Height of the WindowRect property. + + + + + A number between 0 and 1 determining the scale of the horizontal/vertical zoom. + + + This property is effectively a shortcut to the Width/Height of the ActualWindowRect property. + + + + + This event is fired whenever the image tiles transition from a loading state (e.g. some are fading in) to a loaded state. + + + + + The pending desired geographic region to show. + + + + + View class associated with the XamGeographicMap control. + + + + + XamGeographicMapView constructor. + + The XamGeographicMap control associated with this view. + + + + Called when the template is provided. + + + + + Boolean indicating whether or not zoombars are supported by this the current control. + + False. + + + + Gets a Marker Fill Brush based on the index of a series. + + The index of the series to get a Marker Fill Brush for. + The Brush to use as a Fill for Markers in a series with the given index. + + + + Gets a Marker Outline Brush based on the index of a series. + + The index of the series to get a Marker Outline Brush for. + The Brush to use as an Outline for Markers in a series with the given index. + + + + Gets a Fill Brush based on the index of a series. + + The index of the series to get a Fill Brush for. + The Brush to use as a Fill for a series with the given index. + + + + Gets an Outline Brush based on the index of a series. + + The index of the series to get an Outline Brush for. + The Brush to use as an Outline for a series with the given index. + + + + Gets the bounds of the map viewport. + + The bounds of the map viewport. + + + + A reference to the XamGeographicMap control associated with this view. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2a1bccc99a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a1900df4f5 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b6ae31a27d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,6685 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamMap.v14.2 + + + + + The automation peer for the map color swatch pane + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pane. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Docks the control in a docking container. + + The dock position, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Moves the control. + + The absolute screen coordinates of the left side of the control. + The absolute screen coordinates of the top of the control. + + + + Resizes the control. + + The new width of the window, in pixels. + The new height of the window, in pixels. + + + + Rotates the control. + + The number of degrees to rotate the control. A positive number rotates the control clockwise. A negative number rotates the control counterclockwise. + + + + Gets or sets the pane. + + The pane. + + + + Gets the current of the control in a docking container. + + + The of the control, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be moved. + + + true if the element can be moved; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be resized. + + + true if the element can be resized; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be rotated. + + + true if the element can be rotated; otherwise, false. + + + + The automation peer for the map navigation pane + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pane. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Docks the control in a docking container. + + The dock position, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Moves the control. + + The absolute screen coordinates of the left side of the control. + The absolute screen coordinates of the top of the control. + + + + Resizes the control. + + The new width of the window, in pixels. + The new height of the window, in pixels. + + + + Rotates the control. + + The number of degrees to rotate the control. A positive number rotates the control clockwise. A negative number rotates the control counterclockwise. + + + + Gets or sets the pane. + + The pane. + + + + Gets the current of the control in a docking container. + + + The of the control, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be moved. + + + true if the element can be moved; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be resized. + + + true if the element can be resized; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be rotated. + + + true if the element can be rotated; otherwise, false. + + + + The automation peer for the map scale pane + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pane. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Docks the control in a docking container. + + The dock position, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Moves the control. + + The absolute screen coordinates of the left side of the control. + The absolute screen coordinates of the top of the control. + + + + Resizes the control. + + The new width of the window, in pixels. + The new height of the window, in pixels. + + + + Rotates the control. + + The number of degrees to rotate the control. A positive number rotates the control clockwise. A negative number rotates the control counterclockwise. + + + + Gets or sets the pane. + + The pane. + + + + Gets the current of the control in a docking container. + + + The of the control, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be moved. + + + true if the element can be moved; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be resized. + + + true if the element can be resized; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be rotated. + + + true if the element can be rotated; otherwise, false. + + + + The automation peer for the map thumbnail pane + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The pane. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Docks the control in a docking container. + + The dock position, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Moves the control. + + The absolute screen coordinates of the left side of the control. + The absolute screen coordinates of the top of the control. + + + + Resizes the control. + + The new width of the window, in pixels. + The new height of the window, in pixels. + + + + Rotates the control. + + The number of degrees to rotate the control. A positive number rotates the control clockwise. A negative number rotates the control counterclockwise. + + + + Gets or sets the pane. + + The pane. + + + + Gets the current of the control in a docking container. + + + The of the control, relative to the boundaries of the docking container and to other elements in the container. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be moved. + + + true if the element can be moved; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be resized. + + + true if the element can be resized; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element can be rotated. + + + true if the element can be rotated; otherwise, false. + + + + The automation peer for the map + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The map. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the map. + + The map. + + + + Represents a content control which automatically resizes its content according + to its value. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value. + + The value. + + + + Specialised color swatch legend pane within an XamMap component. + + + MapColorSwatchPanes are placed within XamMap controls to display + a chloropleth legend for a given layer. Outside the specification of + the layer name, only minimal configuration is required by the user - + typically only the mode used to format the brush samples and the string used + to format the labels. + + + + + The ILogicalObject interface is used extensively within the map component to allow + definition of logical object hierarchies. + + + + + Sets or gets the current object's logical parent. + + + + + Creates a new ColorSwatchPane initialised with the default properties. + + + + + Identifies the LabelMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LabelFormatString dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DisplayMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowOffset dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CornerRadius dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LeaderStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SwatchStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextShadowStyle dependency property. + + + + + Called when ApplyTemplate is called. + + + + + Identifies the Layer dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LayerName dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current object's logical parent. + + + + + Gets the current object's map hierarchical ancestor. + + + + + Sets or gets the labelling mode for the current color swatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the formatting string used to display scale values on + this color swatch. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the display mode for the current MapColorSwatchPane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the shadow offset for the layer brush samples, leader lines and text for the current colorswatch pane. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the corner radius for the layer brush samples in the current colorswatch pane. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the Style applied to leader lines (if any) in the colorswatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the Style applied to layer brush samples in the colorswatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the Style applied to the swatch and leader lines in the colorswatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the Style applied to the labels in the colorswatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the Style applied to labels in the colorswatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the current MapColorSwatchPane object's Canvas root visual element. + + + + + Sets or gets the layer for the current colorswatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + Setting the LayerName property will automatically and immediately + override any value set into the Layer property. + + + + + Sets or gets the layer for the current colorswatch pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + Setting the LayerName property will automatically and immediately + override any value set into the Layer property. + + + + + A layer of elements in an XamMap control. + + + MapLayer objects act as collections of elements and martials their interactions. + + + + + Initialises a new MapLayer object with its default values + + + + + Ensures that if there are pre-existing elements that they are + prepped for rendering. If the elements collection was filled + before the layer was added to the map, this could be the case. + + + + + Ensures that when a layer is retargeted to a new map owner + that the new map owner updates its auto world rec BEFORE + we call renderwindow, or we won't have prepped our elements for + rendering. + + + + + Starts asynchronously importing from the current layer's reader. + + + + + Identifies the Reader dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WorldRect dependency property. + + + + + Triggers a WorldRectChanged event + + + + + + Identifies the Elements dependency property. + + + + + Update Element and annotation children from the data source. + + + If a named Element cannot be located in the layer, the row is silently ignored. To enhance performance, + automatic value refresh is turned fof during data binding and restored to its original value when the + binding terminates. + + + + + Identifies the DataSource dependency property + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Place all visible elements in the current layer. + + + + + This function is really the entry point to the frame rendering, triggering + a complete cull and refresh. + + + + + Refresh the visual representation of an Element + + + + + Refresh the visual representation of an Element + + + + + Triggers the ElementPrerender event + + + + + + Triggers the ElementPrerender event + + + + + + Identifies the AutoCalculationResolution dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MinimumPathLengthProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MinimumLabellingSizeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the IsSelectable dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsClickable dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsSensitive dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsVisible dependency property + + + + + Identifies the VisibleFromScale dependency property + + + + + Identifies the VisibleToScale dependency property + + + + + Identifies the ValueScale dependency property. + + + + + ValueScale dependency property value changed listener. + + Attaches a ScaleChanged listener to the new ValueScale + Calls OnValueScaleChanged to trigger a ValueScaleChanged event + + + + + + + Listener for the current layer's ValueScale's ScaleChanged event. + + Calls OnValueScaleChanged to trigger a ValueScaleChanged event. + + + + + + + Triggers a ValueScaleChanged event + + + + + + Identifies the ValueTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SmartOverlap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SmartFade dependency property. + + + + + Converts an MapSymbolType to Geometry. + + + + + Identifies the SymbolGeometry dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SymbolType dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SymbolSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ElementCaption dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Brushes dependency property + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Listener for the current layer's Brushes's CollectionChanged event + + + + + + + Triggers the BrushesChanged event + + + + + + Identifies the FillMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowFill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowOffset dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashOffset dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeEndLineCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeLineJoin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeMiterLimit dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeStartLineCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsAutoWorldRect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CanHaveDuplicateInnerLabels dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the layer's logical parent, usually an XamMap component. + + + + + Gets the current layer's map hierarchical ancestor. + + + + + Sets or gets a reader for the current map layer object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Event triggered when an asynchronous import terminates. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's worldRect bounding rectangle + + + + + Event triggered whenever the current layer's WorldRect property is + set or changed. + + + + + Gets the collection of elements for this layer. + + + + + Sets or gets the data source for this layer + + + + + Sets or gets the data mapping for this layer. + + + The data mapping string is stored in a compiled form, so syntactical errors + are detected as soon as the value is set, and the value is reformatted + when read. + + + + + Event triggered whenever an Element is about to be rendered. + + + + + Event triggered immediately after an Element is derendered. + + + + + Sets or gets the layer's display resolution. + + + The display resolution is the smalles area (in square pixels) at which + a SurfaceElement is considered visible. + + + + + Sets or gets whether to automatically calculate the resolution + of the layer. + This is a dependency property. + + + Set this to false in order to set the resolution property of the + layer manually. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum number of pixels at which polylines become visible + + The minimum number of pixels at which polylines become visible. + + + + Gets or sets the minimum number of pixels at which texts can be labelled + + The minimum number of pixels of the labelling. + + + + Sets or gets the layer's LayerName property. + + + Getting a layer's LayerName when the property is not set, or is set to null, returns + the value of the layer's Name property. Setting a layer's Name property in code is + considered an error and may result in ill-defined behaviour. + + + + + Gets the effective value for the current layers's IsSelectable property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layers's IsSelectable property. + + + For an individual element to be selectable, its IsSelectable, its + parent layer's IsSelectable and its parent map's IsSelectable properties + must all be set to true. + + The IsSelectable property controls mouse-based element selection. Other + mechanisms are not affected by this property. + + + + + + Gets the effective value for the current layers's IsClickable property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's IsClickable property. + + + For an individual element to be clickable, its IsClickable, its + parent layer's IsClickable and its parent map's IsClickable properties + must all be set to true. + + + + + Gets the effective value for the current layers's IsSensitive property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's IsSensitive property. + + + For an individual element to be clickable or hoverable, its IsSensitive, its + parent layer's IsSensitive and its parent map's IsSensitive properties + must all be set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the current layer's visibility. Setting IsVisible to false + guarantees that the layer will not be displayed. Setting the visibility to + trye allows (but does not guarantee that) the layer to be displayed. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum scale at which this layer becomes visible. + This is a dependency property. + + + Setting the VisibleFromScale property immediately causes the layer's + visibility to be reevaluated. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum scale at which this layer is displayed. + This is a dependency property. + + + Setting the VisibleToScale property immediately causes the layer's + visibility to be reevaluated. + + + + + Sets or gets the scale for the current layer object. + This is a dependency property. + + + Setting a layer's ValueScale triggers a ValueScaleChanged event. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the layer's ValueScale property is set or whenever + any of its parameters such as MinimumValue or MaximumValue change. + + + + + Sets or gets the element template for this layer + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the smart overlap for this layer. + + This is a dependency property. + + + Smart overlap is the maximum permissable overlap for objects which are to be displayed over MapElements in this layer. + This property setting should be expressed as a value between 0 and 1, relative to the total area of a caption or ValueTemplate being displayed over a MapElement. + + + + + Sets or gets the smart fade for this layer. + + This is a dependency property. + + + SmartFade determines the opacity of objects which are displayed over MapElements in this layer, which overlap with one another. A higher value for this property will result in more transparent captions or ValueTemplates when an overlap occurs. This transparency is relative to the amount of overlap, in addition to this property setting. + + + + + Gets the effective symbol geometry for this layer. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's symbol geometry. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's symbol type property. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's symbol size property. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's caption property. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's tool tip property. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the brushes used to fill items on the current layer. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the layer's Brushes property is set or the contents + of the Brushes collection changes. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's fill mode property. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's Fill brush. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's shadow fill brush. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's shadow offset. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + This property is a Point with the X and Y coordinates representing the distance from a MapElement to its shadow. Negative X and Y coordinates will result in shadows appearing to the top/left of MapElements, whereas positive X and Y coordinates will result in shadows appearing to the bottom/right of MapElements. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke brush. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke dash array. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke dash cap. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke dash offset. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke end line cap. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke line join. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke miter limit. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke start line cap. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's stroke thickness. Changing the value + causes elements which do not locally override it to be updated. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets whether the current layer should auto calculate it's world + rectangle. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + If set to true, when elements are added to or bound to the layer, the layer's + world rectangle bounds are automatically adjusted to accomodate the new elements. + + Defaults to false. + + + + + + Sets or gets whether the current layer can have duplicate surface labels. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + If set to trye, the layer will not try to eliminate duplicate labels that occur on + polygons that are wholly contained by other polygons. Setting this to true can have + performance benefits for some shapefiles that have many non overlapping surface elements. + + Defaults to false. + + + + + + The navigation pane provides a set of interactive controls for navigating or + panning the map. Panning functionality is tied closely to the location of the + canvas's view center. + + + MapNavigationPanes are placed within XamMap controls to allow + end-user navigation within the parent map. No configuration is required + by the user. + + + + + Initialises a new MapNavigationPane object. + + + + + Identifies the Orientation dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Gets the current object's map hierarchical ancestor. + + + + + Gets or sets the current object's logical parent + + + + + Gets or sets whether the navigation pane is displayed horizontally or vertically. + + + + + XamMap component pan west button, usually but not necessarily a RepeatButton. + + + + + XamMap component pan south button, usually but not necessarily a RepeatButton. + + + + + XamMap component pan east button, usually but not necessarily a RepeatButton. + + + + + XamMap component pan north button, usually but not necessarily a RepeatButton. + + + + + XamMap component window back button, usually but not necessarily a Button. + + + + + XamMap component window back button, usually but not necessarily a Button. + + + + + Sets or gets the zoom in button, usually but not necessarily a RepeatButton. + + + + + Sets or gets the zoom out button, usually but not necessarily a RepeatButton. + + + + + Sets or gets the zoom fit button, usually but not necessarily a Button. + + + + + Sets or gets the zoom RangeBase control, usually but not necessarily a Slider. + + + + + Sets or gets the root FrameworkElement for horizontal layout. + + + + + Sets or gets the root FrameworkElement for vertical layout. + + + + + Specialised pan pane within an XamMap component. The pan pane typically contains button + controls to pan West, South, East and North as well as one to step back in the window + position history + any of which may be overridden or reconfigured + by the user. + + + + + Initialises a new MapPanPane object. + + + + + A zoom pane provides a set of interactive controls for changing the zoom or + magnification level of the map. It operates similar to a Windows scrollbar and + consists of a slider bar with tick marks, a slider thumb, and two buttons for + incremental zoom level changes. + + Pressing the plus button or dragging the slider thumb towards the plus button causes + the map to zoom in (increases the zoom or magnification level). Pressing the minus + button or dragging the slider thumb towards the minus button causes the map to zoom + out (decreases the zoom level). + + Specialised zoom pane within an XamMap component. The zoom pane typically contains button + controls to step zoom and fit, as well as a slider to incrementally zoom, the map window, + any of which may be overridden or reconfigured + by the user. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Specialised scale pane within an XamMap component. + + + MapScalePane are placed within XamMap controls to display + the scale for the map. Only minimal configuration is required by the user - + typically only the mode used to format the sample distances. + + + + + Creates a new MapScalePane. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Identifies the PrimaryStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the SecondaryStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the TextShadowStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the CornerRadius dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowOffset dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsDisplaySubdivisions dependency property. This is a dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the DisplayMode dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current object's logical parent (usually a map). + + + + + Gets the current object's map hierarchical ancestor. + + + + + Gets or sets the content presenter. + + The content presenter. + + + + Sets or gets the style used to display sample distances. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the style used to display shadows. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the style used to display subivisions of sample distances in bar display mode. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the style used to display text. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the style used to display text shadows. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the corner radius for the current scale pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the shadow offset for the current scale pane. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the flag indicating that scale bars and lines should + display size and unit appropriate subdivisions. + + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + Sets or gets the scale display mode for the current object. + + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets whether or not to display the metric scale for the current object. + + + The scale pane displays a single scale in up to two units, conventionally + conventionally used for metric and imperial measurement. However, this usage is + not enforced and any combination of units may be used. + + + + + Sets or gets the potential metric units for the current object. + + + The scale pane displays a single scale in up to two units, conventionally + conventionally used for metric and imperial measurement. However, this usage is + not enforced and any combination of units may be used. + + + + + Sets or gets whether or not to display the imperial scale for the current object. + + + The scale pane displays a single scale in up to two units, conventionally + used for metric and imperial measurement. However, this usage is + not enforced and any combination of units may be used. + + + + + Sets or gets the potential imperial units for the current object. + + + The scale pane displays a single scale in up to two units, conventionally + used for metric and imperial measurement. However, this usage is + not enforced and any combination of units may be used. + + + + + Represents a control used to a thumbnail view of, and navigation for, + a map's window. + + + The MapThumbnail is normally created as an immediate child of a map + and requires no user configuration beyond setting the width and height. + + + + + Content presenter name + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the MapThumbnail class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Creates the visual tree for the cuurent MapThumbnail object. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WorldStyle dependency property. + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Identifies the WindowStyle dependency property. + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Identifies the PreviewStyle dependency property. + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Identifies the DragCursor dependency property. + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Calculates an approximation of the parameter rectangle, guaranteed + to no smaller than minimumWidth by minimumHeight. The aspect + ratio and center are maintained. + + + + + Original or, new clamped, rectangle. + + + + Gets or sets the content presenter. + + The content presenter. + + + + Gets or sets the logical parent (usually a XamMap) for the + current MapThumbnail oject. + + + + + Gets the current thumbnail's map hierarchical ancestor. + + + + + Gets or sets the world background. + + The world background. + + + + Sets or gets the style applied to the path which represents the + map's worldRect rectangle. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the style applied to the path which represents the + map's window rectangle. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the style applied to the path which represents the + map's zoom preview area. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the cursor used during window drags. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Represents the main map area in a XamMap control + + + + + Initialises a new MapViewport object. + + + The default viewport object is created with nested drag and preview paths. + + + + + Identifies the GridStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the GridStrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the GridShadowStroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the GridShadowOffset dependency property. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the "measure" pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Updates the multi scale image viewport. + + The window rect. + + + + Sets or gets the brush used to draw the current viewport's map grid lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the thickness of the current viewport's map grid lines. + + + + + Sets or gets the brush used to draw the current viewport's map shadow grid lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current viewport's map shadow grid line offset. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the viewport's logical parent + + + + + Gets the current layer's ultramap hierarchical ancestor. + + + + + Gets the viewport rectangle. + + + The viewport rectangle may differ significantly from the Viewport control rectangle + if the control is configured to display zoombar controls. + If the viewport rectangle cannot be determined for any reason, the empty rectangle + is returned. + + + + + Gets the path used to display the user drag rectangle. + + + Although it is possible for users to set their own value for the drag path, there + is no real reason or advantage to doing so. + + + + + Sets or gets the style applied to the user drag rectangle. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the preview path. + + The preview path. + + + + Gets or sets the preview style. + + The preview style. + + + + Gets or sets the content presenter. + + The content presenter. + + + + Gets or sets the root canvas. + + The root canvas. + + + + Gets or sets the multi scale image. + + The multi scale image. + + + + Handle this event if you want to indicate that certain image responses to the + tile source provider are invalid and should be ignored rather than trying to display them. + + + + + Simple equal distribution scale + + + + + Abstract base class for scale functionality. + + + + + Identifies the MinimumValue dependency property. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when the minimum value changes. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Determines if the minimum value change should be ignored. + + + + + Identifies the MaximumValue dependency property. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when the maximum value changes. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Determines if the maximum value change should be ignored. + + + + + Identifies the IsAutoRange dependency property. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when the maximum value changes. + + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the ValueStops dependency property. + + + + + Determines if the value stop changes should be ignored. + + + + + Identifies the ValueStopCountProperty dependency property. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Recalculates the range for this scale. + + + + + + Gets a scaled value from the parameter value. + + + + + + + Gets a scaled brush from the parameter value. + + + + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the layer's logical parent, usually an MapLayer component. + + + + + Gets the current ValueScale objects's hierarchical layer ancestor. + + + + + Sets or gets the minimum value for this scale. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the maximum value for this scale. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the autorange mode for this scale. Setting the autorange mode to + true causes the scale to immediately adjust its range. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the value stops for this scale. Value stops may be used for scale display purposes + or as part of the scaling function. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the ValueStopCount for this ValueScale object. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Event triggered whenever the scale changes. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Recalculates the range for this scale. + + + + + + Simple linear scale + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Recalculates the range for this scale. + + + + + + Represents a collection of linear units. + + + + + Converts instances of LinearUnitCollection to and from other type representations. + + + + + Returns whether the type converter can convert an object from the specified type to the type of this converter. + + An object that provides a format context. + The type you want to convert from. + + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns whether the type converter can convert an object to the specified type. + + An object that provides a format context. + The type you want to convert to. + + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + + Converts from the specified value to the type of this converter. + + An object that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The value to convert to the type of this converter. + The converted value. + + not implemented in base . + + + + Static utility class containing methods to provide + descriptions of LinearUnitType enumeration values. + + + + + Gets the standard unit name. + + + + + Gets the standard unit name. + + + + + Gets the standard unit abbreviation. + + + + + Gets the size of the unit in SI base units. + + + + + Gets the display subdivisions. + + The unit. + + + + + Simple logarithmic scale + + + + + Initialises a new instance of an LogarithmicScale with + default properties. + + + + + Identifies the Base dependency property. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Recalculates the range for this scale. + + + + + + Sets or gets the logarithm base for this LogarithmicScale object. + This is a dependency property. + + + Setting an impossible logarithm base immediately causes the base to + be reset to its previous value. + + + + + The abstract base class for all map elements (direct layer content). + + + This class has intentionally been left public to enable creation of new + Element types by the user. Creating new Element types may not be + a trivial propostion. + + + + + Initialises a new map Element with its default values. + + + + + Sets an Element regular or custom property. + + + There are two kinds of Element properties, a fixed set of regular properties with + have a type a getter and a setter and arbitrary custom properties. + + If this method is used to access a regular + property, the type is verified and the setter called. + + Null is a valid value for custom properties - RemoveCustomProperty() is + the only way to remove a property from an Element. + + + + true if the property value was set + + + + Tests for the presence of a custom property on the current Element. + + The name of the custom property to test. + true if the current Element has the custom property. + + + + Removes the named custom property from the current Element + + The name of the custom property to remove. + true if the Element is successfully found and removed + + Null is a valid value for custom properties - RemoveCustomProperty() is + the only way to remove a property from an Element. + + + + + Gets the value of a named property. + + + There are two kinds of Element properties, a fixed set of regular properties with + have a type a getter and a setter and arbitrary custom properties. + + If this method is used to access a regular + property, the getter called and the returned object is guaranteed to be + of the property type. + + + + + + + Base canvas ZIndex for surface elements. + + + + + Base canvas ZIndex for Path elements. + + + + + Base canvas ZIndex for symbol elements. + + + + + Determines whether the map element contains the specified pt. + + The pt. + + true if the map element contains the specified pt; otherwise, false. + + + + + Identifies the Name dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ToolTip dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ZIndex dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ValueTemplate dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Value dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ScaledValue dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the IsSensitive dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsSelectable dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsClickable dependency property + + + + + Identifies the FontFamily dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FontWeight dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Foreground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowFill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ShadowOffset dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Fill dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Stroke dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashArray dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeDashCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeStartLineCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeEndLineCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeLineJoin dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeMiterLimit dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StrokeThickness dependency property. + + + + + Culls the current Element against the specified window rectangle. + + + Calling this method will never trigger a render or derender - it simply tests + against the window rectangle and updates the culled flag. + + + the new culled flag value + + + + Render this Element into the parent MapLayer. + + + In combination with Derender, the correct implementation of this method forms + the heart of the incremental rendering used by the XamMap control. Subclasses + which implement this method should do so with great care. + + This function is called under basically two circumstances + + Element becomes visible + the window zoom changes + + If the current paths and such actually exist, elements may reuse them but + should take note that the zoom may have changed since the last call. + + + + + Places all of the current Element's placeable content. + + + + + + Sets or gets the logical parent for the current Element. + + + + + Gets the owner layer for the current Element. + + + + + Tests for the presence of any custom properties on the current Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the world rectangle for the current MapElement object. + + + + + Gets the effective symbol origin for the current MapElement object. + + + If the SymbolOrigin property is set, it is used as the effective + symbol origin, otherwise the SymbolOrigin is defined as the + center of the world rectangle. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol origin for the current MapElement object. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this Element. Setting an + Element's value to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip for this Element. Setting an + Element's tool tip to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective tooltip for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the visiblity for this Element. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective tooltip for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the z index for this Element. Setting an + Element's z index to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective z index for this Element. + + + This method is overridden in subclasses to offset the ZIndex by + the appropriate class-specific base. + + + + + Gets the effective value template for this Element. + + + + + Sets or gets the element template for this map element + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the value this Element. Setting an + Element's value to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the scaled value this Element. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the actual fill mode. + + The actual fill mode. + + + + Gets or sets the caption for this Element. Setting an + Element's caption to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + + + + + Gets the effective caption for this Element. + + + + + Gets the effective value for the current element's IsSensitive property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's IsSensitive property. + This is a dependency property. + + + For an individual element to be clickable, its IsSensitive, its + parent layer's IsSensitive and its parent map's IsSensitive properties + must all be set to true. + + + + + Gets the effective value for the current element's IsSelectable property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current element's IsSelectable property. + This is a dependency property. + + + For an individual element to be selectable, its IsSelectable, its + parent layer's IsSelectable and its parent map's IsSelectable properties + must all be set to true. + + + + + Gets the effective value for the current element's IsClickable property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current layer's IsClickable property. + This is a dependency property. + + + For an individual element to be clickable, its IsClickable, its + parent layer's IsClickable and its parent map's IsClickable properties + must all be set to true. + + + + + Gets or sets the font family for this Element. Setting an + Element's font family to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective font family for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the font size for this Element. Setting an + Element's font size to zero (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective font size for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the font style for this Element. Setting an + Element's font style to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective font size for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the font weight for this Element. Setting an + Element's font weight to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective font weight for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground brush for this Element. Setting an + Element's foreground brush to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective foreground brush for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the shadow fill brush for this Element. Setting an + Element's shadow fill brush to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective shadow fill brush for this Element. + + + + + Gets the effective shadow fill brush for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the shadow offset for this Element. Setting an + Element's shadow offset to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective shadow offset for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill brush for this Element. Setting an Element's fill brush to null (the + initial value) causes its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value causes + the Element to immediately update itself. + + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective fill brush for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke brush for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke brush to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke brush for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke dash array for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke dash array to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke dash array for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke dash cap for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke dash cap to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke dash cap for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke start line cap for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke start line cap to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke start line cap for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke end line cap for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke end line cap to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke end line cap for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke line join for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke start line cap to null (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke line join for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke miter limit for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke miter limit to 0.0 (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke miter limit for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the stroke thickness for this Element. Setting an + Element's stroke thickness to 0.0 (the initial value) causes + its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value + causes the Element to immediately update itself. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the effective stroke thickness for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the current Element's culled flag. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Represents an observable collection of MapElement objects. + + + + MapElementCollection supports two extended methods for + matching elements: by matching named property values either + literally or by regular expression. + + + In the future, other methods such as searching by area, by point + etc will be added. + + + + + + Returns an enumerable object which may be used to iterate + over all elements in the current collection corresponding + to the specified criteria. + + Attribute name used for value matching. + Literal string to match. + + + + + Returns an enumerable object which may be used to iterate + over all elements in the current collection corresponding + to the specified criteria. + + Attribute name used for value matching. + Regular expression to match. + + + + + Finds the element that contains pt. + + The pt. + + + + + Gets an enumerable object which may be used to iterate + over all elements in the current collection corresponding + to the specified criteria. + + Attribute name used for value matching. + Literal string to match. + Enumerable object containing all matching elements + + + + Gets an enumerable object which may be used to iterate + over all elements in the current collection corresponding + to the specified criteria. + + Literal string to match to the Name property. + Enumerable object containing all matching elements + + + + Gets the MapElements with the specified pt. + + + + + + Gets an enumerable object which may be used to iterate + over all elements in the current collection corresponding + to the specified criteria. + + Attribute name used for value matching. + Regular expresssion to match. + Enumerable object containing all matching elements + + + + Gets an enumerable object which may be used to iterate + over all elements in the current collection corresponding + to the specified criteria. + + Regular expresssion to match. + Enumerable object containing all matching elements + + + + An observable collection of layers. + + + + + Gets an enumerable to all layers with a literally matching LayerName property. + + Literal string to match to the LayerName property. + layer enumerable + + + + Gets an enumerable to all layers with a matching LayerName property. + + Expression string to match to the LayerName property. + layer enumerable + + + + Gets the first layer with a matching LayerName property. + + Literal string to match to the LayerName property. + Matching layer or null + + + + Simple ordered collection of points with built-in type-conversion from string + + + + + Returns a that represents the current . + + + A that represents the current . + + + + + Converts instances of other types to and from a MapPolyline. + + + + + Returns whether the type converter can convert an object from the specified type to the type of this converter. + + An object that provides a format context. + The type you want to convert from. + + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + + Returns whether the type converter can convert an object to the specified type. + + An object that provides a format context. + The type you want to convert to. + + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + + Converts the specified value object to the specified type. + + An object that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert the object to. + The converted object. + + not implemented in base . + + + + Converts from the specified value to the type of this converter. + + An object that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The value to convert to the type of this converter. + The converted value. + + not implemented in base . + + + + Represents a collection of MapPolyline objects. + + + + + Returns a String that represents the current MapPolylineCollection. + + A String that represents the current MapPolylineCollection. + + + + Gets the world rectangle for the current MapPolylineCollection. + + WorldRectangle (may be Rect.Empty) + + + + Converts instances of other types to and from a MapPolylineCollection. + + + + + Returns whether the type converter can convert an object from the specified type to the type of this converter. + + An object that provides a format context. + The type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns whether the type converter can convert an object to the specified type. + + An object that provides a format context. + The type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the specified value object to the specified type. + + An object that provides a format context. + The CultureInfo to use as the current culture. + The object to convert. + The type to convert the object to. + The converted object. + + + + Converts from the specified value to the type of this converter. + + An object that provides a format context. + The CultureInfo to use as the current culture. + The value to convert to the type of this converter. + The converted value. + + + + A specialised layer Element representing a line or polyline object. + + + + + Gets or sets the polylines which define the current path element. + + + + + Gets or sets the world rectangle for the current path element. + + + + + Gets the effective z index for this Element. + + + + This method is overridden in subclasses to offset the ZIndex by + the appropriate class-specific base. + + + + + SmartPlaceable FrameworkElement with assoicated shadow. + + + + + Gets or sets the FrameworkElement associated with the + current SmartFrameworkElement. + + + + + Gets or sets the shadow FrameworkElement associated with the + current SmartFrameworkElement. + + + + + Gets or sets the origin for the current SmartFrameworkElement + + + + + Gets or sets the smart size for the current SmartFrameworkElement + + + + + Gets or sets the shadow offset for the current SmartFrameworkElement + + + + + SmartPlaceable TextBlock with associated shadow. + + + + + A specialised layer Element representing a polygonal or polypolygonal object. + + + + + Determines whether the specified pt is contained. + + The pt. + + true if [contains] [the specified pt]; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the effective z index for this Element. + + + + This method is overridden in subclasses to offset the ZIndex by + the appropriate class-specific base. + + + + + Gets or sets the polylines. + + The polylines. + + + + Gets or sets the world rectangle for the current MapElement object. + + + + + + A specialised layer Element representing a point object. + + + + + The symbol size. + + + + + Gets or sets the world rectangle for the current MapElement object. + + + + + + Gets the effective z index for this Element. + + + + This method is overridden in subclasses to offset the ZIndex by + the appropriate class-specific base. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the symbol. + + The type of the symbol. + + + + Gets the actual type of the symbol. + + The actual type of the symbol. + + + + Gets or sets the symbol size for this Element. Setting an Element's symbol size to NaN (the + initial value) causes its value to be taken from the owner layer. Changing the value causes + the Element to immediately update itself. + + + + + Gets the effective symbol size for this Element. + + + + + Gets or sets the symbol geometry for this symbol. Changing the value causes + the Element to immediately update itself. Note that setting geometry on a + symbol overrides the symbol's SymbolType setting, + + + + + Gets the effective symbol geometry for this symbol, taking into account + the symbols and layer symbol geometries and symbol types. + + + + + Describes a unit of measurement + + + + + Gets the standard unit name. + + + + + Gets the standard unit abbreviation. + + + + + Gets the size of the unit in SI base units. + + + + + Gets or sets the display subdivisions. + + The display subdivisions. + + + + Defines how the color swatch panel displays brush samples. + + + + + Display an interpolated swatch representing the brushes. + + + + + Display representative samples of the brushes labelled + at the center of each sample. + + + + + Display representative samples of the brushes labelled + at the extremes of each sample. + + + + + The elements should not perform an action when the mouse hovers over them. + + + + + The elements should display the default highlight animation when the mouse hovers over them. + + + + + Specifies a standard linear unit. + + + + + Specifies centimetres. + + + + + Specifies decimetres. + + + + + Specifies metres. + + + + + Specifies decametres. + + + + + Specifies hectometres. + + + + + Specifies kilometres. + + + + + Specifies inches. + + + + + Specifies feet. + + + + + Specifies US Survey feet. + + + + + Specifies yards. + + + + + Specifies furlongs. + + + + + Specifies miles. + + + + + Specifies nautical miles. + + + + + Defines the possible color swatch pane label modes. + + + + + Label rows are stacked above the color swatch. + + + + + Label rows are stacked below the color swatch. + + + + + Label rows are alternate between top and bottom placement. + + + + + Defines how the map component modifies Element fill settings. + + + + + The Element fill is not modified. + + + + + The Element's fill is set by random selection when it is added to the layer. + + + + + The Element's fill is set by random interpolation when it is added to the layer. + + + + + The Element's fill is set according to its value. + + + + + The Element's fill is set according to its value. This is a synonym for Choropleth. + + + + + Defines the possible mapd grid display modes. + + + + + Hides the map grid. + + + + + Draws the map grid in front of the map. + + + + + Draws the map grid behind the map. + + + + + Defines the shape used to display symbol elements. + + + + + Not defined symbol + + + + + Circular symbol. + + + + + Flat-based triangular symbol. + + + + + Pointed-based triangular symbol. + + + + + Square symbol. + + + + + Diamond-shaped symbol. + + + + + Regular pentagon symbol. + + + + + Regular hexagon symbol. + + + + + Four-pointed star symbol. + + + + + Five-pointed star symbol. + + + + + Six-pointed star symbol. + + + + + Stylised thermometer-shaped symbol. + + + + + Stylised hourglass-shaped symbol. + + + + + Vertical tube-shaped symbol. + + + + + Stylised raindrop-shaped symbol. + + + + + Stylised "smiley" symbol. + + + + + Used to define how value scales map values to brushes. + + + + + Window steps from one position to another + + + + + Window moves at constant speed from one position to another. + + + + + Window moves smoothly from one position to another. + + + + + Window accelerates and decelerates from one position to another. + + + + + Defines a projection type used by coordiante systems to convert geodetic + to Cartesian coordinates. + + + + + SphericalMercator projection. + + + + + Mercator projection. + + + + + Oblique Mercator projection. + + + + + Lambert Cylindrical Equal Area + + + The Lambert cylindrical equal-area mapProjection is a cylindrical + equal-area mapProjection with a standard parallel of thirty degrees. + + + + + Behrmann Cylindrical Equal Area Projection + + + The Behrmann cylindrical equal-area mapProjection is a cylindrical + equal-area mapProjection with a standard parallel of thirty degrees. + + + + + Tristan Edwards Cylindrical Equal Area Projection + + + The Tristan Edwards cylindrical equal-area mapProjection is a cylindrical + equal-area mapProjection with a standard parallel of 37.383 degrees. + + + + + Peters Cylindrical Equal Area Projection + + + The Tristan Edwards cylindrical equal-area mapProjection is a cylindrical + equal-area mapProjection with a standard parallel of 44.138 degrees. + + + + + Gall Orthographic Cylindrical Equal Area Projection + + + The Tristan Edwards cylindrical equal-area mapProjection is a cylindrical + equal-area mapProjection with a standard parallel of 45 degrees. + + + + + Balthasart Cylindrical Equal Area Projection + + + The Balthasart cylindrical equal-area mapProjection is a cylindrical + equal-area mapProjection with a standard parallel of 50 degrees. + + + + + Miller cylindrical projection. + + + + + Equirectangular Projection + + + An equirectangular mapProjection is a cylindrical equidistant mapProjection, + also called a rectangular mapProjection, plane chart, plate carre, or + unprojected map, in which the horizontal coordinate is the longitude + and the vertical coordinate is the latitude, so the standard parallel + is taken as zero degrees. + + + + + Cylindrical equidistant mapProjection with a standard + parallel of 37.5 degrees + + + Miller cylindrical equidistant mapProjection with a standard + parallel of 37.5 degrees gives minimal overall scale distortion. + + + + + Cylindrical equidistant mapProjection with a standard + parallel of 45.0 degrees + + + Miller cylindrical equidistant mapProjection with a standard + parallel of 45.0 degrees gives scale distortion over continents. + + + + + Cylindrical equidistant mapProjection with a standard + parallel of 50.0 degrees + + + + + Defines the method used by the scale pane to diplay a sample distance. + + + + + Sample distance is displayed as a line. + + + + + Sample distance is displayed as a bar. + + + + + Provides information about the MapBrushesChanged event that occurs when + an MapLayer's brushes collection or its contents changes. + + + + + Initialises a new MapBrushesChangedEventArgs object + + + + + + Initialises a new MapBrushesChangedEventArgs object + + + + + + + Gets the brushes collection associated with the current object. + + + + + Gets the underlying CollectionChangedEventArgs associated with the current object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapBrushesChanged event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides information about the MapElementClickEvent event that occurs when + an Element in a map is activated either by the end-user or programmatically. + + + + + Initialises a new MapElementClickEventArgs object. + + + + + + Gets the Element associated with the current MapElementClickEventArgs object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapElementClickEventArgs event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides information about the MapElementHover event that occurs when + the mouse enters or leaves an element on an MapLayer. + + + + + Initialises a new MapElementHoverEventArgs object. + + + + + + Gets the hovered element + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapElementHoverEvent event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides information about the MapElementPrerender event that occurs immediately + before rendering a layer Element. + + + + + + Initialises a new MapElementRenderEventArgs object referencing + the specified element. + + + + + + Gets the MapElement associated with the current MapElementRenderEventArgs object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapElementRenderEvent event. + + + event arguments + + + + Represents an action associated with a MapLayerImport event. + + + + + Layer import has started. + + + + + Layer is importing. + + + + + Layer import has finished without error. + + + + + Layer import has finished with an error. + + + + + Provides information about the MapLayerImport event that occurs when + an MapLayer import terminates. + + + + + Initialises a new MapLayerImportProgressEventArgs object. + + + + + Initialises a new MapLayerImportProgressEventArgs object. + + + + + Initialises a new MapLayerImportProgressEventArgs object. + + + + + Gets or sets the action. + + The action. + + + + Gets or sets the exception. + + The exception. + + + + Gets or sets the progress. + + The progress. + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapLayerImport event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides information about the MapLayersChanged event that occurs when + an MapLayer's layers collection or its contents changes. + + + + + Initialises a new MapLayersChangedEventArgs object. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the old layers. + + The old layers. + + + + Gets or sets the new layers. + + The new layers. + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapLayersChanged event. + + + event arguments + + + + Represents the method that will handle mouse button related routed events, + for example MapMouseLeftButtonDown. + + + + + + + Provides data for mouse button related events. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The position. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The position. + The MapElement in context. + + + + Returns the map element associated with this event. + + + + + Returns the world position of the mouse pointer. + + + + + Represents the method that will handle mouse related routed events that do not + specifically involve mouse buttons or the mouse wheel; for example, + MapMouseMove. + + + + + + + Provides data for mouse related routed events that do not specifically + involve mouse buttons or the mouse wheel, for example MapMouseMove. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The position. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The position. + The MapElement in context. + + + + Returns the map element associated with this event. + + + + + Returns the world position of the mouse pointer. + + + + + Provides data for the Map_WindowRectChanged event which occurs when the window + rectangle is changed either by the end-user or programmatically. + + + + + Initialises a new MapWindowRectChangedEventArgs object. + + + + + + Gets the new window rectangle. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapWindowRectChanged event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides information about the MapSelectionChangedEvent event that occurs when + an Element on an MapLayer is activated either by the end-user or programmatically. + + + + + Initialises a new MapElementClickEventArgs object. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapSelectionChanged event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides information about the ValueScale event that occurs when + an an MapLayer's scale or any of its properties are changed either + manually or as the result of an autorange operation. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the ValueScale event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides data for the Map_WindowRectChanged event which occurs when the window + rectangle is changed either by the end-user or programmatically. + + + + + Initialises a new MapWindowRectChangedEventArgs object. + + + + + + + + Gets the new window rectangle. + + + + + Gets the new window center. + + + + + Gets the new window scale. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapWindowRectChanged event. + + + event arguments + + + + Provides data for the MapWorldRectChanged event which occurs when the + map's worldRect rectangle is changed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The old world rect. + The new world rect. + + + + Gets the worldRect rectangle from before the change. + + + + + Gets the new worldRect rectangle. + + + + + Represents the method that handles the MapWorldRectChanged event. + + + event arguments + + + + State for tracking an element having captured the mouse. + + + + + + + + + Some sort of proxy for the "gauge" control potentially assoicated with each + layer Element. + + + + + Constructs a ValueViewer for the specified Element. + + + + + + Gets or sets the smart size for the current SmartFrameworkElement + + + + + Implements smooth panning and zooming for the map viewport. + + + + + Initialises a new WindowAnimator object for the specified viewport + + + + + + Updates the render transform according to the interpolation parameter. + + interpolation parameter. + + + + Starts an window animation. + + target window center + target window scale + + + + Increments the current window animation. + + + + + + + Represents a geo coordinate system. + + + + + Initialises a new Geocs object with the default values. + + + + + Identifies the EllipsoidType property. + + + + + Updates the type of the ellipsoid. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the EllipsoidType property. + + + + + Updates the specified d. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Updates this instance. + + + + + Sets or gets the ellipsoid type for the current coordinate system. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the ellipsoid for the current coordinate system. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Represents a coordinate system. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the UnitType dependency property. + + + + + Updates the type of the unit. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the Unit dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + GeocsProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the Projection dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FalseEasting dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the FalseNorthing dependency property. + + + + + Updates the specified d. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Updates this instance. + + + + + Projects to map. + + The geodetic. + + + + + Unprojects from map. + + The cartesian. + + + + + Project a point from geodetic to Cartesian according to the current + CoordinateSystem's settings. + + Point to project. + Projected point. + + + + Project a point from Cartesian to geodetic according to the current + CoordinateSystem's settings. + + Point to project. + Projected point. + + + + Sets or gets the current CoordinateSystem's standard linear unit type. + This is a dependency property. + + + Setting the current CoordinateSystem's unit type also sets its unit. + + + + + Sets or gets the current CoordinateSystem's unit. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the geocs. + + The geocs. + + + + Sets or gets the current CoordinateSystem's projection. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current CoordinateSystem's FalseEasting expressed + in the units specified by the Units property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current CoordinateSystem's FalseNorthing expressed + in the units specified by the Units property. + + + + + The normal aspect cylindrical equal area projection. + + + The cylindrical equal area projection was proposed by Johann Heinrich Lambert + and is occaisionally given his name. + + Like other regular cylindricals, the graticule of the normal Cylindrical Equal + Area projection consists of straight equally spaced vertical meridians perpendicular + to straight unequally spaced horizontal parallels. + + + + + + Projection objects define the full public API for projecting + geodetic map coordinates to/from Cartesian the internal coordinate + system + + + The general purpose of map projections and the problems encountered + have been discusses often and well in various books on cartography + and map projections. Every map user and maker should have a basic + understanding of projections, no matter how much computers seem + to have automated the operations. + + A map projection is a systematic representation of all or part of the + surface of a round body, especially the Earth, on a plane. This usually + includes deliniating meridians and parallels, as required by some definitions + of a map projection, but it may not, depending on the the purpose of the + map. A projection is required in any case. Since this cannot be done without + distortion, the cartographer must choose the characteristic which is to + be shown accurately at the expense of others, or a compromise of several + characteristics. If the map covers a continent or the Earth, distortion + will be visually apparent. If the region is the size of a small town, + distortion may be barely measurable using many projections, but it can + still be serious with other projections. There is literally an infinite + number of projections that can be devised, and several hundred have been + published, most of which are rarely-used novelties. Most projections + may be infinitely varied by choosing different points on Earth as the + center or as a starting point. + + + It cannot be said that there is one "best" projection for mapping. It is + even risky to claim that one has found the best projection for a given + application, unless the parameters chosen are artificially constricting. + A carefully constructed globe is not the best map for most applications + because its scale is by necessity too small. A globe is awkward to use + in general, and a straight edge cannot be satisfactorily used on one for + measurement of distance. + + + To identify the location points on the Earth, a graticule or network of + longitude and latitude lines has been superimposed on the surface. They + are commonly referred to as meridians and parallels respectively. + + + Given the North and South poles, which are approximately the ends of the + axis about which the Earth rotates, and the Equator, an imaginary line + halfway between the two poles, the parallels of latitude are formed + by circles surrounding the Earth and in planes parallel with that of + the equator. If the circles are drawn equally spaced along the surface + of the sphere, with 90 spaces from the equator to 90 degrees North and South + at the respective poles, each is called a degree of latitude. + + + Meridians of longitude are formed with a series of imaginary lines, all + intersecting at both the North and South poles, and crossing each + parallel of latitude at right angles but striking the equator at various + points. + + + There is only one location for the equator and poles which serve as references + for counting degrees of latitude, but there is no natural origin from which + to count degrees of longitude, since all meridians are identical in shape and + size. It thus becomes necessary to choose arbitrarily one meridian as the + starting point, or prime meridian. In 1884, the International Meridian + Conference, meeting in Washington, agreed to adopt the "meridian passing through + the center of the transit instrument at the Observatory of Greenwich as the + initial meridian for longitude" resolving that "from this meridian longitude + shall be counted in two directions up to 180 degrees, east longitude being + plus and west longitude being minus" + + + + + + Identifies the EllipsoidType dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to the map's internal coordinate system. + + Geodetic point to project. + Cartesian point + + + + Projects a list of geodetic points to the map's internal coordinate system. + + List of geodetic points to project. + List of Cartesian points. + + + + Projects a geodetic MapPolylineCollection to the map's internal coordinate system. + + Geodetic MapPolylineCollection + Cartesian MapPolylineCollection + + + + Unprojects a point in the map's internal coordinate system to geodetic. + + Point in the map's internal coordinate system. + Geodetic point + + + + Unprojects a list of points in the map's internal coordinate system to geodetic. + + List of points in the map's internal coordinate system. + List of geodetic points. + + + + Unprojects a MapPolylineCollection in the map's internal coordinate system to geodetic. + + MapPolylineCollection in the map's internal coordinate system. + Geodetic MapPolylineCollection. + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Projects a Cartesian point to geodetic. + + Cartesian point to project + Projected point + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's datum + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified cylindrical equal area. + + The cylindrical equal area. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's standard southern parallel + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Represents a cylindrical equidistance projection. + + + + + The radius dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified cylindrical equidistant. + + The cylindrical equidistant. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Represents a map ellipsoid shape + + + + + Initialises a new Ellipsoid from the specified ellipsoid type. + + + + + + Initialises a new Ellipsoid with the specified a and f parameters. + + + + + + + Gets the a parameter for the ellipsoid. + + + + + Gets the f parameter for the ellipsoid. + + + + + Gets the e sqaured parameter for the ellipsoid. + + + + + Gets the e prime sqaured parameter for the ellipsoid. + + + + + Standard ellipsoids. + + + For many maps, including nearly all maps in commercial atlases, it may be + assumed that the Earth is a sphere. Actually, it is more nearly an oblate ellipsoid + of revolution, also called an oblate shperoid. This is an ellipse rotated about its + shorter axis. The flattening of the ellipse for the Earth is only about one part in + three hundred; but it is sufficient to become a necessary part of calculations in + plotting accurate maps at a scale of 1:100 000 or larger, and is significant even for + 1:5 000 000-scale maps of the United States, affecting plotted shapes by up to + 2/3 percent. On small-scale maps, including single-sheet worldRect maps, the oblateness + is negligble. + + The Earth is not an exact ellipsoid, and deviations from this shape are continuously + evaluated. The geoid is the name given to the shape that the Earth would + assume if it were measured at mean sea-level. This is an undulating surface + that varies not more than about a hundred metres above or below a well-fitting + ellipsoid, a variation far less than the ellipsoid varies from the sphere. It is + important to remember that elevations and contour lines on the Earth are reported + relative to the geoid, not the ellipsoid. Latitude, Longitude and all plane + coordinate systems, on the other hand, are determined with respect to the ellipsoid. + + + + + + The GRS80 map datum. + + + + + The NAD 83 map datum + + + + + The WGS 72 map datum. + + + + + The WGS 84 map datum. + + + + + The Australian national map datum. + + + + + The Krassovsky map datum. + + + + + The International map datum. + + + + + The Hayford map datum. + + + + + The Clark 1880 map datum. + + + + + The Clark 1866 map datum. + + + + + The Airy map datum + + + + + The Bessel 1841 map datum. + + + + + The Everest map datum. + + + + + Static utility class for map ellipsoid definitions. + + + + + As the specified ellipsoid type. + + Type of the ellipsoid. + + + + + F of the ellipsoid. + + Type of the ellipsoid. + + + + + E2 of the ellipsoid. + + Type of the ellipsoid. + + + + + Ep2 of the ellipsoid. + + Type of the ellipsoid. + + + + + + + + The Lambert Conformal Conic projection is used for the 1:1 000 000-scale regional + worldRect aeronautical charts, the 1:500 000-scale sectional aeronautical charts and + 1:500 000-scale State base maps (all 48 contiguous states have the same + standard parallels of lat. 33 and 45N, and thus match). Also cast on the Lambert + are most of the 1:24 000-scale 5.7 minute quadrangle maps prepared after 1957 + which lie in zones for which the Lambert is the base for the SPCS. In the latter + case, the standard parallels for the zone are used, rather than the parameters + designed for the individual quadrangles. + + The Lambert Conformal Conic has also been adopted as the official topographic + representation for some other countries. + + + The pole in the same hemisphere as the standard parallels is shown on the + Lambert conformal conic as a point, the pole in the other hemisphere is + at infinity. Straight lines between points approximate great circle + arcs for maps of moderate coverage. + + + In some atlases, partiularly British, the Lambert Conformal Conic is called the + "Conical Orthomorophic" projection. + + + This code has been verified against the numerical examples in "Map Projections - + A Working Manual" by John P Snyder, United States Geological Survey Professional + Paper 1395" for forward and reverse ellipsoid. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified lambert conformal conic. + + The lambert conformal conic. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's standard southern parallel + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's standard southern parallel + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's latitude origin + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + The well-known Mercator projection was perhaps the first projection to be + regularly identified when atlases of over a century ago gradually began to + name projections used, a practice now fairly commonplace. + + The meridians of longitude of the Mercator projection are vertical parallel + equally spaced lines, cut at right angles by horizontal straight parallels + which are increasingly spaced at each pole so that conformality exists. + + + The major navigational feature of the projection is found in the facts that a + sailing route between two points is shown as a straight line, if the direction or + azimuth of the ship remains constant with respect to north. This kind of route + is called a loxodrome or rhumb line and is usually longer than the great circle + path. + + + This projection has been standard since 1910 for nautical charts prepared by the + former U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. + + + This code has been verified against the numerical examples in "Map Projections - + A Working Manual" by John P Snyder, United States Geological Survey Professional + Paper 1395" for forward and reverse spherical and ellipsoid. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified mercator. + + The mercator. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Represents a miller cylindrical projection. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified miller cylindrical. + + The miller cylindrical. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + + + + In 1972, the USGS devised a projection specifically for the revision of a 1954 + map of Alaska which, like its predecessors, was based on the Polyconic projection. + It resembles the Transverse Mercator in a very limited manner and cannot + be considered a cylindrical projection. + + For transferring data to and from Alaska maps, it was necesary to determine + projection formulas for computer programming. Since it appeared to be + unnecessarily complicated to derive formulas based on the correct construction, + it was decided to test empirical formulas with actual coordinates. After + various trial values for scale and standard parallels were tested, the empirical + formulas used in this class were obtained. These agree with measured values + within 0.005 inch at mapping scale for 44 out of 58 measurements made on the map + and within 0.01 inch for 54 of them. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified modified transverse mercator. + + The modified transverse mercator. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's latitude origin + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's scale factor + + + + + The Hotine Oblique Mercator Projection + + + There are several geographical regions such as the Alaska panhandle + centered along lines which are neither parallels nor meridians, but + which may be taken as great circle routes passing through the region. + If conformality is desired in such regions, the Oblique Mercator is + a projection which should be considered. + + The Oblique Mercator projection is used in the spherical form for + a few atlas maps. In the ellipsoid form it was used for Switzerland + and Madagascar as well as Malaya and Borneo and Italy. It is used + in the Hotine form by the USGS for grid marks on the panhandle of + Alaska as well as by the US Lake Survey for mapping of the five + great lakes, the St Lawrence River, and the US-Canada border lakes. + + + Until the implementation of Space Oblique Mercator, the Hotine Oblique + Mercator was probably the most suitable projection available for + mapping Landsat type data. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified oblique mercator. + + The oblique mercator. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's latitude origin + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's longitude origin + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's scale factor + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's azimuth + + + + + Static utility class for map projections. + + + + + Projections the specified projection type. + + Type of the projection. + + + + + Represents a spherical Mercator projection. + + + + + Central meridian property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified mercator. + + The mercator. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Specifies a universal transverse Mercator zone. + + + + + Since the Mercator projection has little error close to the Equator, it has + been found very useful in the transverse form, with the equator of the projection + rotated 90 degrees to coincide with the desired central meridian. + + The formulas are for the complete ellipsoid are practical only within + a band between four degrees of longitude and some ten to fifteen degrees + of arc distance on either side of the central meridian, because of the + much more significant scale errors fundamental to any projection covering + a larger area. + + + Little use has been made of the Transverse Mercator for single maps of + continental areas. + + + This code has been verified against the numerical examples in "Map Projections - + A Working Manual" by John P Snyder, United States Geological Survey Professional + Paper 1395" for forward and reverse ellipsoid. + + + + + + Identifies the UTMZone dependency property. + + + + + Zones the changed. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Updates the constants. + + + + + Projects a geodetic point to Cartesian. + + Geodetic point to project + Projected point + + + + Unprojects the specified transverse mercator. + + The transverse mercator. + + + + + Tests this instance. + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's datum + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's central meridian + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's latitude origin + + + + + Sets or gets the current projections's scale factor + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + A base class for creating a map data reader + + + + + Base initialization for Reader objects, sets default values. + + + + + Identifies the DataMapping dependency property. + + + + + Translates point coordinates into world coordinates. + + Point to translate. + Projection used. + Coordinate system. + A point mapped to world coordinates. + + + + Translates a rectangle into world coordinates. + + Rectangle to translate. + Projection used. + Coordinate system. + A rectangle mapped to world coordinates. + + + + Asynchronously loads data contents into the layer. + + Layer to populate. + + + + Gets the map layer for the current ShapeFileReader object. + + + + + Sets or gets the coordinate system used to project the shapefile + contents to geodetic coordinates. + + + + + Sets or gets the DataMapping for this Reader. + + + + + Represents an ESRI shapefile as an ObservableCollection of objects. + + + + + Sets or gets the source base Uri for the current ShapefileEnumerable + + + + + Represents Represents an ESRI Shapefile with a method to asynchronously + populate an MapLayer. + + + + + Identifies the Uri dependency property. + + + + + Asynchronously loads the contents of the current ESRI Shapefile into + the specified layer. + + layer to populate. + + When this method is invoked, the value of the Uri property on this ShapeFileReader object determines where the Shapefile is read from. + + + + + Uri location of the ShapeFile to be read by this ShapeFileReader object. This can be an absolute uri starting with http:// or a uri relative to the location of the .xap file in context. + + + The filename part of this Uri should match the filename of the ShapeFile, excluding the file extension. + + + + + Specifies a notional row of data from an ESRI shapefile. + + + + + Creates a new Row with the default properties. + + + + + Sets or gets the data type for the current row. + + + + + Sets or gets the data origin for the current row. + + + + + Sets or gets the data bounds for the current row. + + + + + Sets or gets the data points for the current row. + + + + + Sets or gets the data attributes for the current row. + + + + + Specifies the type of item represented by the current row. + + + + + A placeholder value which cannot occur when reading a shapefile. + + + + + Specifies a point shape. + + + + + Specifies a polyline shape. + + + + + Specifies a polygon shape. + + + + + Specifies a polypoint shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypoint shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polylinez shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polygonz shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypointz shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a pointm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polylinem shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polygonm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypointm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Specifies a polypatchm shape (not supported; cannot occur when reading a shapefile) + + + + + Represents an ESRI Shapefile. + + + + + Read header information from the specified streams. + + + + + + + + Read shape information from the specified streams. + + + + + + + + + Specifies global data from an ESRI shapefile. + + + + + Sets or gets the shape type for the current shapefile. + + + + + Sets or gets the bounds for the current shapefile. + + + + + Sets or gets the minimum coordinate for the current shapefile. + + + + + + + + + + Map reader used to import data from an SQL database. + + + + + Identifies the DataSource dependency property + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Asynchronously loads data contents into the layer. + + Layer to populate. + + + + Map datasource. + + + + + Provides string resources for this assembly. + + + + + Gets the zoom in string. + + The zoom in. + + + + Gets the zoom out string. + + The zoom out. + + + + Gets the pan north string. + + The pan north. + + + + Gets the pan west string. + + The pan west. + + + + Gets the pan south string. + + The pan south. + + + + Gets the pan east string. + + The pan east. + + + + Gets the back string. + + The back. + + + + Gets the fit window string. + + The fit window. + + + + Extension methods for lists of points as polygons. + + + + + Determines whether two rectangles intersect each other or not. + + + + + Check if the polygon contains the point + + The polygon points. + The point to check. + The polygon rect or Rect.Empty. + Returns truf if the polygon contains the point or the point is on the polygon's edge, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the centroid of the open simplex formed by the current points. + + Polygon for which to calculate the centroid. + + Polygon centroid. + + + + + Calculate the signed area of the of the open simplex formed by the current points. + + Polygon for which to calculate the signed area. + Twice the signed area + + + + Calculate the area of the open simplex formed by the current points. + + Polygon for which to calculate the area. + Area + + + + Calculate the winding direction of the open simplex formed by the current points. + + + Winding direction + + + + Extension methods for lists of points as polylines. + + + + + A weak event proxy class which allows the owner to be garbage + collected if the event handler is its only remaining link. + + The instance type which listens for the event. + Event source's type. + Event arguments' type. + + + + A WeakReference instance which listens for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instances of the WeakEventProxy class. + + The instance which is subscribed to the event. + + + + Event handler for the subscribed event which calls the EventAction if possible, + if not - clean the owner from it. + + Event source. + Event arguments. + + + + Disconnects from the subscribed event. + + + + + Gets or sets the method which is going to be called when the event fires. + + + + + Gets or sets the method to call when detaching from the event. + + + + + Provides useful utility functions for calculating world rectangles. + + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on the input items. + + The type of the items to be calculated. + The current world rectangle to start the calculation from. + The items to contain in the world rectangle. + A delegate that takes each item and returns its rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on the input items. + + The type of the items to be calculated. + The items to contain in the world rectangle. + A delegate that takes each item and returns its rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on the input items. + + The type of the items to be calculated. + The current world rectangle to start the calculation from. + The items to contain in the world rectangle. + A delegate that takes each item and returns its point. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on the input items. + + The type of the items to be calculated. + The items to contain in the world rectangle. + A delegate that takes each item and returns its point. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on a list of MapElements + + The current world rectangle to start the calculation from. + The MapElements to contain in the world rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on a list of Points + + The current world rectangle to start the calculation from. + The Points to contain in the world rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on a list of Rects + + The current world rectangle to start the calculation from. + The Rects to contain in the world rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on a list of MapElements + + The MapElements to contain in the world rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on a list of Points + + The Points to contain in the world rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + Calculate a bounding world rectangle based on a list of Rects + + The Rects to contain in the world rectangle. + The new world rectangle. + + + + The XamMap Component + + + + + Constructs a default XamMap control. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + When the elements are imported or attached, adjust the viewport to accomodate. + + + + + Identifies the IsSelectable dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsClickable dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsPannable dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsZoomable dependency property + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MapProjectionTypeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the Logical dependency property. + + + + + Dependency property changed callback. + + + + + + + Identifies the GridDisplayMode dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Layers dependency property. + + + + + Dependency property changed callback called when the + layers collection (not its contents) is changed + + + + + + + Layers collection contents changed callback + + + + + + + Triggers the LayersChanged event + + + This function is called when either the layers collection is set, or + when its contents are modified + + + + + + Callback for when a layer's worldrect changes + + + + + + + Identifies the BorderCornerRadius dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ViewportBorderCornerRadius dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ViewportBorderThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ViewportBorderBrush dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the ViewportBackground dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WindowAnimationMode dependency property + + + + + Identifies the WindowAnimationDuration dependency property + + + + + Identifies the WindowZoomMinimum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WindowZoomMaximum dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the WindowZoomBase dependency property. + + + + + Adjusts the window rectangle to fit the worldRect. + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and adjusts the window rectangle + to fit the element. + + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and zooms toward its center. + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and zooms out from its center. + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and pans West (in the direction of decreasing X). + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and pans South (in the direction of increasing Y). + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and pans East (in the direction of increasing X). + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and pans West (in the direction of decreasing Y). + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack and pans to the center of the element. + + + + + + Pushes the window onto the window stack + + + + + Restores the window from the window stack + + + + + Identifies the TileSource dependency property + + + + + Converts a window scale to a zoom, according to the current map object's settings. + + + Zoom for specified scale. + + + + Converts a window zoom to a scale, according to the current map object's settings. + + + Scale for specified zoom. + + + + Triggers a ElementClick event. + + + This method is marked public so that it can be called from + the state machine. This slight error will be fixed in + an immediately forthcoming release. + + + + + + Triggers a ElementHover event. + + + The map uses this function internally to set and unset the hover effect + on its layer's elements. + + + + + + Triggers a ElementUnhover event. + + + The map uses this function internally to set and unset the hover effect + on its layer's elements. + + + + + + Triggers a SelectionChanged event. + + + Element interactions are not fully implemented for this release; + this function is never called. + + + + + + Triggers a WindowRectChanged event + + + + + Triggers a WorldRectChanged event + + + + + + Identifies the ElementHoverAction dependency property + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Sets or gets the logical parent for the current Element. + + + Maps to do not typically have a logical parent, so there is no need + for this property to be set. + + + + + Sets or gets the current map's IsSelectable property. + + + For an individual element to be selectable, its IsSelectable, its + parent layer's IsSelectable and its parent map's IsSelectable properties + must all be set to true. + + The IsSelectable property controls mouse-based element selection. Other + mechanisms are not affected by this property. + + + + + + Sets or gets the current map's IsClickable property. + + + For an individual element to be clickable, its IsClickable, its + parent layer's IsClickable and its parent map's IsClickable properties + must all be set to true. + + + + + Sets or gets the current map's IsPannable property. + + + The IsPannable property controls mouse-based element panning. Other + mechanisms are not affected by this property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current map's IsZoomable property. + + + The IsZoomable property controls mouse-based element zooming. Other + mechanisms are not affected by this property. + + + + + Gets the root panel for the current XamMap control. + + + + + Gets or sets the root element. + + The root element. + + + + Gets or sets the map projection to apply when rendering the map. + + + + + Gets or sets the projection type for the current XamMap object. + + + + + Gets the collection of logical children for the current XamMap control + + + + + Sets or gets the GridDisplayMode property for the current XamMap object. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the collection of layers for this map. Adding or removing layers, or modifying + an existing layer's content will cause the view be refreshed. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the maps's Layers property is set or the contents + of its Layers collection changes + + + + + Gets or sets whether or not to automatically derive the worldRect bounding rectangle. + + + Changing the IsAutoWorldRect property will generate a WorldRectChanged event. + + + + + Gets or sets the world bounding rectangle. + + + Changing the WorldRect property will generate a WorldRectChanged event. + + + + + Gets the automatically calculated world bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets the effective world bounding rectangle. + + + + + Gets the MapViewport control for the current XamMap control. + + + + + Gets or sets the outer margin of the viewport element. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value that represents the degree to which the corners of the viewport Border are rounded. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the border thickness for the viewport element. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a Brush to use when painting the viewport's border. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the Brush that fills the area between the bounds of the viewport border. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the viewport rectangle, or Rect.Empty if the viewport rectangle + cannot be determined. + + + + + Sets or gets the current map's WindowAnimationMode property, used to + configure visual pan and zoom operations. + + + + + Sets or gets the current map's WindowAnimationDuration property, used to + configure the duration of visual pan and zoom operations. + + + + + Gets or sets the window scale used to render the map. In combination with the window + center, the window scale fully defines the part of the map visible to the user. + + + Window scale is specified as a pure number relative to the size of the world and the + size of the physical viewport; a window scale of one will fit the world to the viewport + such that the either world's width or height precisely fits the viewport, depending + upon which dimension produces the loosest fit. + As far as possible, resizing the viewport at a constant WindowScale approximately maintains the visible + part of the window. + + + + + Gets or sets the window center used to render the map. In combination with the window + scale, the window center fully defines the part of the map visible to the user. + + + + + Gets or suggests the window rectangle used to render the map. + + + + + Gets or suggests the window zoom used to render the map. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum possible zoom for the map. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum possible zoom for the map. + + + Setting WindowZoomMaximum to a value greater than or equal to 48 can result in rendering glitches on some elements in MapLayers. Mainly, Silverlight is affected due to optimizations in the framework which can cause precision loss in RenderTransforms. + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum zoom increment the map. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the current map's TileSource property, used to + configure visual pan and zoom operations. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the current map's mouse pointer is moved over this map's viewport. + + + + + Occurs when the left mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer + is over this map's viewport. + + + + + Occurs when the left mouse button is released while the mouse pointer + is over this map's viewport. + + + + + Event triggered whenever an element property is changed. + + + The sender parameter for the listener is the element, not the map. + + + + + Event triggered whenever an element is clicked. + + + + + Event triggered whenever an element is hovered. + + + + + Event triggered whenever an element is unhovered. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the map's selection changes. + + + Element interactions are not fully implemented for this release; + this event is never trigger. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the current map's zoom rectangle changes. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the current map's drag rectangle changes. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the current map's window rectangle changes. + + + + + Event triggered whenever the current map's effective worldRect rectangle changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of action to take when the mouse hovers over the map elements. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..310823af21a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a247f15e21 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1a373c80076 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1935 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2 + + + + + The automation peer for the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The org chart. + + + + Gets the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . + + The collection of child elements. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of when a request is made for what types of user interaction are avalible. + + This is the type of user interaction requested. + An object that can handle this pattern or null if none available. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of what generic type of control this is. + + The that describes this control. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Retrieves a UI automation provider for each child element that is selected. + + + A generic list of UI automation providers. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance. + + The instance. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the UI automation provider allows more than one child element to be selected concurrently. + + + true if multiple selection is allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the UI automation provider requires at least one child element to be selected. + + + true if selection is required; otherwise, false. + + + + The automation peer for the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that this automation peer controls. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of what generic type of control this is. + + The that describes this control. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of when a request is made for what types of user interaction are avalible. + + This is the type of user interaction requested. + An object that can handle this pattern or null if none available. + + + + Raises the automation is selected changed. + + if set to true when property IsSelected is set to true. + + + + Handles the PropertyChanged event of the OwningNodeControl property. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Selects the item this automation peer controls. + + + + + Deselects the item this automation peer controls. + + + + + Clears the current selection then selects the item this automation peer controls. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the item this automation peer controls is selected. + + + true if the element is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the provider for this control. + + + + + An enumeration of different interactions. + + + + + An action was raised via the keyboard. + + + + + An action was raised via the mouse moving. + + + + + An action was raised via a MouseDown or Spacebar press. + + + + + An action was raised via the API. + + + + + Describes the type of selection that should be performed. + + + + + Selection should be disabled + + + + + Only one item should be selected at a given time. + + + + + Multiple items can be selected via the ctrl and shift keys. + + + + + When some node is selected all its children are also selected. + + + + + The event arguments of the events fired when a node is clicked. + + + + + The event arguments of the events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node control. + + + + Gets the node. + + The node. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node control. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + The event arguments of the events fired when a node layout is assinged. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node layout. + Type of the data. + + + + Gets or sets the node layout. + + The node layout. + + + + Gets the data type. + + The data type. + + + + The event arguments of the mouse events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node control. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + The event arguments of the mouse wheel events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node control. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + A class listing the information needed when the selected nodes change. + + + + + Gets the of nodes that were previously selected. + + + + + Gets the of nodes that are selected. + + + + + The event arguments of the events fired when a node is expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node + + + + Gets the node. + + The node. + + + + XamNetworkNode Layout + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + An object that represents a single connection data object in the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The source. + The target. + + + + Identifies the LineCapSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineStartCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineEndCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Line dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineEffect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the size of line caps. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the size of line start caps. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the size of line end caps. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets a LineCap enumeration that describes the cap at the start of + connection lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets a LineCap enumeration that describes the cap at the end of + connection lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the line style. + + The line style. + + + + Gets or sets the line start cap style. + + The line start cap style. + + + + Gets or sets the line end cap style. + + The line end cap style. + + + + Gets or sets the define connection callback. + + The define connection callback. + + The callback is invoked with the following arguments: + + + NetworkNodeConnection - the connection object for which a visual representation is created + + + Point - the source point + + + Point - the target point + + + Point - the original source point + + + Point - the original target point + + + + + + + Sets or gets the System.Windows.Media.Brush that specifies how the + connection line is painted. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the width of the connection line. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the pixel shader effect to use to paint the connection line. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets the underlying data associated with the . + + + + + Gets or sets the weight of the connection. + + The weight. + + + + Gets the source node. + + The source. + + + + Gets the target node. + + The target. + + + + Gets the NetworkNode. + + The network node. + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of a node's connection. A node's connection that is not visible does not render and does not communicate its desired size to layout. + + + + + An object that represents a single node data object in the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ExpansionIndicatorVisibilityProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ExpansionIndicatorStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + IsExpandedProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + StyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + VisibilityProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + IsEditingProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + IsReadOnlyProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + IsEnabledProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ToolTipContentTemplateProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Method called when a key action happens while the is currently active. + + + + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + true if node should be selected; otherwise false + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator visibility. + + The expansion indicator visibility. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator style. + + The expansion indicator style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. + + + true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the style. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets the visibility of a node. A node that is not visible does not render and does not communicate its desired size to layout. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item is currently in editing state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item is currently in readonly state. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the user can interact with the node control. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip content template. + + The tool tip content template. + + + + Gets or sets the coordinates of the upper-left corner of the control relative to the upper-left corner of its container. + + The location. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the item is active. + + true if this instance is active; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the NetworkNode. + + The NetworkNode. + + + + Gets the that is associated with the . + + The node layout. + + + + Gets the sum of node outgoing and node incoming degree. + + The sum of node outgoing and node incoming degree. + + + + Gets the node incoming degree. + + The node incoming degree. + + + + Gets the node outgoing degree. + + The node outgoing degree. + + + + Gets the node incoming connections. + + The node incoming connections. + + + + Gets the node outgoing connections. + + The node outgoing connections. + + + + Gets the combined node outcoming and node incoming connections. + + The combined node outcoming and node incoming connections. + + + + Gets the combined node successors and node predecessors nodes. + + The combined node successors and node predecessors nodes. + + + + Gets the underlying data associated with the . + + + + + Gets the that is attached to the + + A Control is only assoicated with a node when it's in the viewport of the + + + + Gets or sets the outgoing node's connections. + + The outgoing node's connections. + + + + Gets or sets the incoming node's connections. + + The incoming node's connections. + + + + Gets the node successors. + + The node successors. + + + + Gets the node predecessors. + + The node predecessors. + + + + Gets the horizontal positon of the left side of the . + + + + + Gets the vertical positon of the top side of the . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item is currently selected. + + + + + An object that acts as the visual representaion of a objects. + + + + + Edit state group. + + + + + Editing state of the Edit state group. + + + + + Not Editing state of the Edit state group. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + True to use transitions when updating the visual state, false to + snap directly to the new visual state. + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + + A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to + the new state, or instantly transition to the new state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + CornerRadiusProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + InnerVisibilityProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . In simplest terms, this means the method is + called just before a UI element displays in an application. For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseEnter event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseLeave event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs to provide handling for the event in a derived class without attaching a delegate. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation when an automation peer needs to be created. + + The a new . + + + + Provides handling for the GotFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the LostFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the helper that provides all of the standard + interaction functionality. Making it internal for subclass access. + + + + + Gets the node. + + The node. + + + + Gets or sets a value that represents the degree to which the corners are rounded. + + The CornerRadius that describes the degree to which corners are rounded. This property has no default value. + + + + Gets the expander button. + + The expander button. + + + + This class binds the value, text and items source properties of a NetworkNode item to the provided data. + Paths should be provided which are the names of the properties of the data. + The data should be of TargetTypeName type. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionWeightMemberPathProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionTargetMemberPathProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ConnectionsMemberPathProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when a property is updated. + + The name of the property. + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the target type. Only data of that type is bound by this binder. + + The name of the target type. + + + + Gets or sets the item template. + + The item template. + + + + Gets or sets the node style. + + The node style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltips are allowed. + + true if the tooltips are allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the text path. It is the name of the property which is bound to the text of the NetworkNodeNode node item. + + The text path. + + If the ItemTemplate property is set to a value other than null, then the ItemTemplate will override the DisplayMemberPath setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip path. + + The tool tip path. + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip content template. + + The tool tip content template. + + + + Gets or sets the name or path of the property that is the weight of the connection. + + The connection weight member path. + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the XamNetworkNode's ItemsSource to be used for pointing the target node of the connection. + + The connection target member path. + + + + Gets or sets a path to a value on the XamNetworkNode's ItemsSource to be used for pointing to the connections. + + The connections member path. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator visibility. + + The expansion indicator visibility. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator style. + + The expansion indicator style. + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Collection class for node layouts. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Represents a panel containing the XamNetworkNode nodes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents a modifiable collection of objects which have been selected. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The network node. + + + + Creates a new instance of this collection. + + + The create new instance. + + + + + Called when the Selection collection has changed. + + + + + Adds the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to add. + item to be added + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the that this collection belongs to. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to NetworkNodeNodeLayout.TargetTypeName is null or empty.. + + + + + Represents the XamNetworkNode control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when SelectedNodes collection is modified. + + Nodes that were previously selected. + Nodes that are selected. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + NodeDistanceProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ItemsSourceProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ItemTemplateProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + NodeStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + AllowToolTipsProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ToolTipStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the LineCapSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LineStartCapSizeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LineEndCapSizeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the LineStartCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineEndCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LineStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LineStartCapStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LineEndCapStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the Line dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineEffect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + DefineConnectionCallbackProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Overrides the framework invocation when an automation peer needs to be created. + + The a new . + + + + WindowRectProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + ViewportRectProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Determines whether this instance can start navigation. + + The instance containing the event data. + + true if this instance can start navigation; otherwise, false. + + + + + Renders the preview. + + + + + Called when a property is updated. + + Name of the property. + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . In simplest terms, this means the method is called + just before a UI element displays in an application. For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Searches the specified expression. + + The type of underlying data binded in property + The expression to test each node for a condition. + An IEnumerable that contains s from the input data that satisfy the condition. + + + + Updates the arrangement of nodes. + + + + + Adjusts the window rectangle to fit selected nodes. + + + + + Adjusts the window rectangle to fit nodes. + + + + + Internal method which will unselect a + + the node which should be unseleceted + + + + Internal method which will select a + + + Node that should be selected + + + Indicates who involves the selection + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + This event is raised when a is expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Occurs when a node is attached to the control. + + + + + Occurs when a node is detached from the control. + + + + + Event raised when the SelectedNodes collection is modified. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse left button is pushed over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse left button is released over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse right button is pushed over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse right button is released over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moved over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse wheel is moved over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse double clicked over a node. + + + + + Occurs when node layout is assigned. + + + + + Gets or sets the active node. + + The active node. + + + + Gets the collection of nodes for this XamNetworkNode control. + + The nodes. + + + + Gets the collection of connections for this XamNetworkNode control. + + The connections. + + + + Gets or sets the optimal distance between node. + + The optimal distance between nodes. + + + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content of the XamNetworkNode. The default is null. + + The items source. + + + + Gets or sets the node template. + + The item template. + + + + Gets or sets the node style. + + The node style. + + + + A list of NodeLayouts to apply to any data item matched by TargetTypeName. + + + The performance of the NodeLayouts collection is significantly slower than the NodeLayouts collection when using a large number of nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltips are allowed. + + true if the tooltips are allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Sets or gets the current XamNetworkNode's ToolTipStyle property. + + + + + Sets or gets the size of line caps. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the size of line start caps. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the size of line end caps. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets a LineCap enumeration that describes the cap at the start of + connection lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets a LineCap enumeration that describes the cap at the end of + connection lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the line style. + + The line style. + + + + Gets or sets the line start cap style. + + The line start cap style. + + + + Gets or sets the line end cap style. + + The line end cap style. + + + + Sets or gets the System.Windows.Media.Brush that specifies how the + connection lines are painted. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the width of the connection lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the pixel shader effect to use to paint the connection lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the define connection callback. + + The define connection callback. + + The callback is invoked with the following arguments: + + + NetworkNodeConnection - the connection object for which a visual representation is created + + + Point - the source point + + + Point - the target point + + + Point - the original source point + + + Point - the original target point + + + + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator style. + + The expansion indicator style. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator visibility. + + The expansion indicator visibility. + + + + Gets or sets the which will be applied to all s. + + + + + Gets a collection of objects which are currently selected. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a4aad939ee8 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d15264af184 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..906ebe70b4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1603 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamOrgChart.v14.2 + + + + + The automation peer for the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The org chart. + + + + Gets the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . + + The collection of child elements. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of when a request is made for what types of user interaction are avalible. + + This is the type of user interaction requested. + An object that can handle this pattern or null if none available. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of what generic type of control this is. + + The that describes this control. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Retrieves a UI automation provider for each child element that is selected. + + + A generic list of UI automation providers. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance. + + The instance. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the UI automation provider allows more than one child element to be selected concurrently. + + + true if multiple selection is allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the UI automation provider requires at least one child element to be selected. + + + true if selection is required; otherwise, false. + + + + The automation peer for the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that this automation peer controls. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of what generic type of control this is. + + The that describes this control. + + + + Gets the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this . + + The collection of child elements. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation requesting a string that describes this control. + + A string describing the name of this control. + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Overrides the framework invocation of when a request is made for what types of user interaction are avalible. + + This is the type of user interaction requested. + An object that can handle this pattern or null if none available. + + + + Raises the expand collapse automation event. + + if set to true The old value. + + + + Raises the automation is selected changed. + + if set to true when property IsSelected is set to true. + + + + Handles the PropertyChanged event of the OwningNodeControl property. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Selects the item this automation peer controls. + + + + + Deselects the item this automation peer controls. + + + + + Clears the current selection then selects the item this automation peer controls. + + + + + Hides all nodes, controls, or content that are descendants of the control. + + + + + Displays all child nodes, controls, or content of the control. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the item this automation peer controls is expanded. + + + true if the element is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the item this automation peer controls is selected. + + + true if the element is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the provider for this control. + + + + + Gets the state (expanded or collapsed) of the control. + + + The state (expanded or collapsed) of the control. + + + + An enumeration of different interactions. + + + + + An action was raised via the keyboard. + + + + + An action was raised via the mouse moving. + + + + + An action was raised via a MouseDown or Spacebar press. + + + + + An action was raised via the API. + + + + + Describes the type of selection that should be performed. + + + + + Selection should be disabled + + + + + Only one item should be selected at a given time. + + + + + Multiple items can be selected via the ctrl and shift keys. + + + + + When some node is selected all its children are also selected. + + + + + The event arguments of the events fired when a node layout is assinged. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node layout. + Type of the data. + + + + Gets or sets the node layout. + + The node layout. + + + + Gets the data. + + The data. + + + + The event arguments of the events fired when a node is clicked. + + + + + The event arguments of the events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + + + + Gets the node. + + The node. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + The event arguments of the mouse events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + The event arguments of the mouse wheel events of a node. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The node. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the mouse event args. + + The mouse event args. + + + + A class listing the information needed when the selected nodes change. + + + + + Gets the of nodes that were previously selected. + + + + + Gets the of nodes that are selected. + + + + + Specifies the OrgChart node arrangement strategy + + + + + Stagger + + + + + Orthogonal + + + + + Represents the direction of the cild nodes + + + + + Left + + + + + Right + + + + + Above + + + + + Below + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The org chart. + + + + An object that represents a single data object in the . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + StyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ExpansionIndicatorVisibilityProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ExpansionIndicatorStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Highlights the specified node. + + To node to be highlighted. + the nodes collection to the path + + + + Highlights the parents. + + The levels. + + + + + Highlights the children. + + The levels. + + + + + Method called when a key action happens while the is currently active. + + + + + + + Sets the selected state of an item. + + true if node should be selected; otherwise false + + + + Gets parent node of the current + + The parent node. + + + + Gets the level. + + The level. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. + + + true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the that is attached to the + + A Control is only assoicated with a node when it's in the viewport of the + + + + Gets or sets the underlying data associated with the . + + + + + Gets the that is associated with the . + + The node layout. + + + + Gets the OrgChart. + + The org chart. + + + + Gets the child nodes. + + The child nodes. + + + + Gets or sets the style. + + The style. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator visibility. + + The expansion indicator visibility. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator style. + + The expansion indicator style. + + + + Gets the horizontal positon of the left side of the . + + + + + Gets the vertical positon of the top side of the . + + + + + Gets the bounds of the . + + The bounds. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether an item is currently selected. + + + + + An object that acts as the visual representaion of a objects. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + InnerVisibilityProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Overrides the framework invocation when an automation peer needs to be created. + + The a new . + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . In simplest terms, this means the method is + called just before a UI element displays in an application. For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. Infinity () can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, based on its calculations of the allocated sizes for child objects; or based on other considerations, such as a fixed container size. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseEnter event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the MouseLeave event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs to provide handling for the event in a derived class without attaching a delegate. + + A that contains the event data. + + + + Provides handling for the GotFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Provides handling for the LostFocus event. + + The data for the event. + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + True to use transitions when updating the visual state, false to + snap directly to the new visual state. + + + + Update the visual state of the control. + + + A value indicating whether to automatically generate transitions to + the new state, or instantly transition to the new state. + + + + + Gets the node. + + The node. + + + + Gets the expander button. + + The expander button. + + + + Gets or sets the helper that provides all of the standard + interaction functionality. Making it internal for subclass access. + + + + + This class bindes the value, text and items source properties of a treemap item to the provided data. + Paths should be provided which are the names of the properties of the data. + The data sould be of TypeNameString type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when a property is updated. + + The name of the property. + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the node layouts. + + The node layouts. + + + + Gets or sets the property name which contains the children collection. Used when the OrgChartNodeLayout is added to XamOrgChart.NodeLayouts. + + The key. + + + + Gets or sets the names of the properties that should not be used for creating relations. + + String names separated by commas. Cannot exclude the Key property setting. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the target type. Only data of that type is bound by this binder. + + The name of the target type. + + + + Gets or sets the text path. It is the name of the property which is bound to the text of the OrgChart item. + + The text path. + + If the ItemTemplate property is set to a value other than null, then the ItemTemplate will override the DisplayMemberPath setting. + + + + + Gets or sets the item template. + + The item template. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator visibility. + + The expansion indicator visibility. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator style. + + The expansion indicator style. + + + + Gets or sets the node style. + + The node style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltips are allowed. + + true if the tooltips are allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip path. + + The tool tip path. + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip content template. + + The tool tip content template. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal horizontal amount of space set between nodes. + + The horizontal node buffer. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal vertical amount of space set between nodes. + + The vertical node buffer. + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Collection class for node layouts. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Represents a panel containing the orgchart nodes and lines. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents a modifiable collection of objects which have been selected. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The org chart. + + + + Creates a new instance of this collection. + + + The create new instance. + + + + + Adds the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to add. + item to be added + + + + Called when the Selection collection has changed. + + + + + Gets or sets a reference to the that this collection belongs to. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents the OrgChart control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the node mouse right button up. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Line dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineThickness dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineEffect dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineCapSize dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineStartCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LineEndCap dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + InitialTreeDepthProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LevelsToExpandProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MaxDepthProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + HorizontalNodeBufferProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + VerticalNodeBufferProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + NodeArrangementStrategyProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + NodeFlowDirectionProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ToolTipStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Overrides the framework invocation when an automation peer needs to be created. + + The a new . + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . In simplest terms, this means the method is called + just before a UI element displays in an application. For more information, see Remarks. + + + + + Called when a property is updated. + + Name of the property. + The old value. + The new value. + + + + WindowRectProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + ViewportRectProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Determines whether this instance can start navigation. + + The instance containing the event data. + + true if this instance can start navigation; otherwise, false. + + + + + Renders the preview. + + + + + Highlights the specified from node. + + From node. + To node. + + + + + Searches the specified expression. + + The expression to test each node for a condition. + An IEnumerable that contains s from the input data that satisfy the condition. + + + + Searches the specified expression. + + The type of Underlying data binded in property + The expression to test each node for a condition. + An IEnumerable that contains s from the input data that satisfy the condition. + This method is suitable when you have items source from only one type of object + + + + Internal method which will unselect a + + the node which should be unseleceted + + + + Internal method which will unselect a heirarchicaly + + + the node which should be unseleceted. + + + + + Internal method which will select a + + + Node that should be selected + + + Indicates who involves the selection + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Occurs when a node is attached to the control. + + + + + Occurs when a node is detached from the control. + + + + + Occurs when the mouse left button is pushed over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse left button is released over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse right button is pushed over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse right button is released over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse is moved over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse wheel is moved over a node. + + + + + Occurs when mouse double clicked over a node. + + + + + Occurs when node layout is assigned. + + + + + Sets or gets the ItemsSource property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the System.Windows.Media.Brush that specifies how the + connector lines are painted. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the width of the connector lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the pixel shader effect to use to paint the connector lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets the size of line caps. + This is a dependency property. + + + Line caps is limited by the MaximumItemScale property. + + + + + Sets or gets a LineCap enumeration that describes the cap at the start of + connector lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Sets or gets a LineCap enumeration that describes the cap at the end of + connector lines. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + A list of NodeLayouts to apply to any data item matched by TargetTypeName. + + + The performance of the GlobalNodeLayouts collection is significantly slower than the NodeLayouts collection when using a large number of nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the node layouts. + + The node layouts. + + + + Gets or sets the the number of the levels that will be visualized when on initial load. + + + + + Gets or sets the number of node levels which will be expanded. + + + + + Gets or sets the max depth. + + The max depth. + + + + Gets the actual depth. + + The actual depth. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal horizontal amount of space set between nodes. + + The horizontal node buffer. + + + + Gets or sets the minimal vertical amount of space set between nodes. + + The vertical node buffer. + + + + Gets or sets the node arrangement strategy. + + The node arrangement strategy. + + + + Gets or sets the child node direction. + + The child node direction. + + + + Gets or sets the display member path. + + The display member path. + + + + Gets or sets the item template. + + The item template. + + + + Gets or sets the node style. + + The node style. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator style. + + The expansion indicator style. + + + + Gets or sets the expansion indicator visibility. + + The expansion indicator visibility. + + + + Sets or gets the current XamOrgChart's ToolTipStyle property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the tooltips are allowed. + + true if the tooltips are allowed; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip path. + + The tool tip path. + + + + Gets or sets the tool tip content template. + + The tool tip content template. + + + + Gets / sets the which will be applied to all s. + + + + + Gets a collection of objects which are currently selected. + + + + + Gets the node on the root level of the . + + The root node. + + + + Event raised when the SelectedNodes collection is modified. + + + + + Encapsulates a method that has one parameter and returns a boolean. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll index 9dc77490bf5..0c09a3b42f3 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll index 75b28779358..fdad7422d59 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll index ffe0e282b13..660992e5ba8 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll index 7ded8a286f4..e5b6226147d 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..948605387c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.XML b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.XML new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..db678e2b6a6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.XML @@ -0,0 +1,2233 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2 + + + + + If the NewItems has only single item, then returns it. If it has no items or has more + than 1 items, it returns null. + + + + + Constructor. + + Owner object which is passed in as the first argument when the handler is invoked. + The handler is typically a reference to a static method and therefore it needs to know which owner + to delegate the processing to. + Called when list changes. + Called when a list item changes. + Hook into prop changed. + If thru will callHookIntoDataItem automatically + + + + Indicates if the data items' property change notifications are going to be raised. + + + + + Helper class used to manage one or more elements whose desired width and/or height are watched and when changed send a notification. + + + + + Custom panel used for measurements and hides the children from ui automation + + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Collection used by controls that expose both an Items and an itemsSource property. + + + + + Adds the elements of a collection to the end of this collection. + + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null. + + + + Prevents change notifications (e.g. and ) from being raised. + + + The method must be called exactly once for each time that the BeginUpdate method is called. + + + + + + Resumes change notifications (e.g. and ). + + + The method must be called exactly once for each time that the BeginUpdate method is called. + + + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null. + + + + Removes a contiguous block of items from the collection. + + The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. + The number of elements to remove + + + + Adds an item + + The object to add + The position into which the new element was inserted. + + + + Removes all items + + + + + Determines whether the System.Collections.IList contains a specific value. + + The object to locate. + true if the object is found; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item + + The object to locate + The index of value if found in the list; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an item into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which value should be inserted. + The object to insert + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object. + + The object to remove + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + + + + Copies the elements of the collection to an System.Array, starting at a particular System.Array index. + + The one-dimensional array that is the destination of the elements copied from the collection. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + An IEnumerator object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether collection has a fixed size. + + true if the collection has a fixed size; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the collection is read-only. + + true if the collection is read-only; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + The element at the specified index. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the collection. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether access to the collection is synchronized (i.e. thread safe). + + + + + Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection. + + + + + Notifies listeners of dynamic changes, such as when items get added and removed or the whole list is refreshed. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Class for managing the display of an element as an informational type tooltip whose show/hide is controlled and whose position is relative to a relative point and/or exclusion area. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The element to display in the info tip + The relative element for which the info tip is to be displayed + The panel that will host the Popup used to display the child + The rect that should be considered when positioning the info tip + The point that should be considered when positioning the info tip. Typically this would be the mouse coordinate relative to the + An enumeration that indicates how the info tip should be positioned. + + + + No changes were made + + + + + Only changes to the custom visuals + + + + + Custom visuals and other frame rendering such as leave animations or path/stroke changes + + + + + Item animations, positions, etc. need to be recalculated + + + + + Enumeration used to define where the child items of a are positioned relative to the parent. + + + + + The Items are displayed within a separate level that is accessed by clicking on the button in the outer ring of the xamRadialMenu for the parent. + + + + + + + The items are displayed as siblings of the parent as long as the IsChecked is set to true. + + + + + + The child items are not displayed. + + + + + Enumeration used to define whether how the item's state may be changed. + + + + + The item is not checkable + + + + + The item is checkable and may be independantly checked or unchecked without affecting other items. + + + + + The item is checkable. Only 1 item from the items with the same GroupName may be checked at a time and the checked item may not be unchecked. + + + + + + The item is checkable. Only 1 item from the items with the same GroupName may be checked at a time and the checked item may not be checked allowing all items to be unchecked. + + + + + + Base class for an event involving the change of a value of an item within the + + + + + + Returns the previous value. + + + + + Returns the new value. + + + + + Event arguments for a value change event of a or + + + + + Event arguments for a value change event of a + + + + + Event argument class for the value change events of the + + + + + An item for the that displays the selected color of a child + + + + + Base class for an item that represents a color value. + + + + + Custom menu item for the that displays some content and may be clicked or checked. + + + + + Base class for an item in the + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the VisibilityProxy dependency property. + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Returns or sets the template used to provide the tooltip for the item. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the children should be rotated to align with the location of this element. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used for the arc displayed within the tool when checked. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used for the arc displayed within the tool when hot tracked. + + + + + + Returns or sets the background of the inner area of the menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the background of the inner area of the menu item that is under the pointer. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the default border of the inner area for the menu item that is under the pointer. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the default border of the inner area for the menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the thickness of the border for the inner area for the menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if a tooltip may be displayed for the item. + + + + + + Returns the owning radial menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the background of the button within the outer ring for a menu item that is under the pointer. + + + + + + Returns or sets the foreground of the buttons in the outer ring of the menu that is under the pointer. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the default border of the button within the outer ring for a menu item that is under the pointer. + + + + + + Returns or sets the default background of the button within the outer ring for a menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the foreground of the buttons in the outer ring of the menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the default border of the button within the outer ring for a menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the width of the outline of a button in the outer ring of the menu. + + + + + + Returns the containing RadialMenuItemBase instance. + + + + + + Returns or sets the wedge at which the item should be positioned. + + + + + + Returns or sets the number of wedges that the item should occupy. + + The WedgeSpan must be 1 or greater. + + + + + Invoked when one navigates back to the item after viewing the child items. + + + + + + Invoked when one navigates to the view the child items. + + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Used to invoke the event + + Provides information for the event + + + + Used to invoke the event + + Provides information for the event + + + + Used to invoke the event + + Provides information for the event + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the element that represents the specified item from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the RecentItem property is updated when a child item is clicked. + + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating where the child items are displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating how the IsChecked property may be changed. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the item is displayed as checked. + + + + + + Returns or sets the name used to identify which RadioButton type items will be grouped together when determining the item to uncheck when the item is checked. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the header of the menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the datatemplate that is displayed over the + + + + + + Returns the value that is displayed within the image overlay of the element. + + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to interact with the item when the keytips are displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets the object whose checked state was last changed. + + + + + + Returns the derived class associated with the + + + + + + Occurs when the IsChecked is changed to true. + + + + + + + Occurs when the item area is clicked. + + + + + Occurs when the IsChecked is changed to false. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the item is enabled + + + + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical children of this element. + + + + + Returns or sets the command that is invoked when the menu item is triggered + + + + + + + Returns or sets the parameter that is used when invoking the associated command. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the element on which to raise the associated + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a composite string that controls the format of the header if it is displayed as a string. + + + + + + Returns or sets the data template used to display the header of the menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets a template selector that allows one to customize the header template used. + + + + + + Returns or sets the image displayed for the menu item. + + + + + + Returns or sets a template used to create the default item container for the objects in the Items collection. + + + + + + Returns the collection of items + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumerable used to populate the collection + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the color that the item represents. + + +

Note: When the Color property is set, several of the brush properties are changed.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the Computed name for the Color property. + + + + + + + Event invoked when the Color property is changed. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to invoke the event + + Provides information for the event + + + + Returns or sets the command that should be invoked when a descendant has been clicked. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the parameter to use with the + + + + + + + Returns or sets the element on which to raise the associated + + + + + + + + Occurs when the item area of a descendant color well is clicked. + + + + + Represents a color within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Custom radial menu item that displays a list when navigating to the children. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the path to a value on the source object that will provide the visual representation for the object. + + + + + + Returns or sets the selected index while the user is interacting with the list. + + + + + + Returns or sets the selected item while the user is interacting with the list. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value of the while the user is interacting with the list. + + + + + + Returns or sets the style applied to the container element for each item. + + + + + + Returns or sets custom style selection logic for a style that can be applied to each generated container element. + + + + + + Returns or sets the DataTemplate used to display each item. + + + + + + Returns or sets custom logic for choosing the template used to display each item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the last committed selected index that occurred from the user interacting with the list. + + + + + + Returns or sets the last committed selected item that occurred from the user interacting with the list. + + + + + + Returns or sets the last committed value of the that occurred from the user interacting with the list. + + + + + + Returns or sets the index of the selected item in the list. + + + + + + Returns or sets the object representing the selected item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value of the property of the + + + + + + Returns or sets the path to the property on the item that provides the from the + + + + + + Event invoked when the property is changed. + + + + + Event invoked when the property is changed. + + + + + Custom listbox used by the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the container to the state prior to the call to PrepareContainerForItemOverride + + The container being cleared + The item that was associated with the container + + + + Provides the element used to represent an item in the control. + + Returns a + + + + Indicates if specified item needs a container when displayed within the control. + + The item being evaluated + Returns true if the item is a ; otherwise false. + + + + Prepares the specified element to represents the specified item. + + The container being prepared. + The item to be associated with the + + + + Returns the item container that was clicked. + + + + + Custom ListBoxItem used by the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when mouse enters the bounds of the element. + + Provides information for the event + + + + Invoked when mouse leaves the bounds of the element. + + Provides information for the event + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down upon the element. + + Provides information for the event + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released over the element. + + Provides information for the event + + + + Custom item for a that allows choosing a numeric value from a specified range. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the value while the user is interacting with the element. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used to render the line that represents the PendingValue + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether space should be left before the first tickmark. + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount that the PendingValue should be adjusted when incrementing or decrementing the value. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used to render the tick marks. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the values of the ticks. + + + + + + Returns or sets the starting color for the track. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the ending color for the track. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the current value that the gauge represents. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used to represent the Value + + + + + + + Event invoked when the PendingValue property is changed. + + + + + + + Event invoked when the Value property is changed. + + + + + + + Custom menu item that represents a numerical value + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + The name of the property that was changed + The old value of the property + The new value of the property + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the value of the numeric item. + + + + + + Event invoked when the Value property is changed. + + + + + + Class used to define the container that is used for a given item based on the specified . + + + + + The DataTemplate that defines the container that should be created when the matches the data source item. + + + + + The criteria used to determine whether a given data source item should use the associated + + + + + The prefix to use when auto-generating a key tip for the provider. + + + + + This will be used to auto-generate a key tip when there is no caption, mnemonic or auto generation prefix. + + + + + The preferred keytip for the item. + + + + + This member is updated with the calculated keytip that is to be displayed for the item. + + + + + The caption for the item that can be used to autogenerate the keytip for the item. + + + + + The action to perform when the keytip is invoked. + + + + + An object used to store some information about the item. This is typically useful in the PositionCalculator callback + + + + + Callback used to calculate the position for the keytip based on the calculated size + + + + + Gets the auto generated prefix from the key tip provider and strips out non-valid characters + as well as cutting down the prefix length to 2. + + + + + Initializes key tips whose providers have valid captions + + + + + Initializes key tips whose providers have valid key tip values + + + + + Initializes all remaining key tips + + + + + Removed all invalid key tips from the current key tips collection + + + + + Make sure all current key tips have unique values + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Provides information about a tooltip for an item within the + + + + + The item associated with the tooltip + + + + + The value for the tooltip + + + + + Gets the index of the item from the collection of containers if the specified index is not set. + + The item to find + The supplied index of the item + + + + + Gets the index of the item from the source collection if the specified index is not set. + + The item to find + The supplied index of the item + + + + + Ensures that the containers for all the items have been created. + + + + + Removes the containers for any items that are not containers + + + + + Returns or sets the collection of items for which the containers are to be generated. + + + + + Interface used to define an object that performs a match operation. + + + + + Used to determine if the implementing object matches the specified object. + + The object to compare + Should return true if the object's information matches the information of the provided or false if it does not. + + + + Custom condition used to negate the result of calling on the associated + + + + + Determines if the specified object returns is the inverse of the result of checking the criteria for the + + The object to compare + Returns true if the returns false for its ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + The condition whose result is negated to determine the result of this objects IsMatch method. + + + + + Custom condition that will determine if an object matches by evaluating the instances in the collection. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Checks the results of invoking of the items in the collection considering whether one or all should match based on the + + The object to evaluate + Returns true if all the items match and is true or if one matches and is false; otherwise false is returned unless the collection is empty. + + + + The collection of instances that will be evaluated when the method is invoked. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if all the items in the collection must match against the item being evaluated. + + + + + Custom condition that checks if the item is assignable from the specified type information. + + + + + Determines if the item is assignable from the + + The item to compare + Return true if the item is non-null and is assignable from the ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + The name of the type used to obtain the to compare against the item. + + + + + The type used to obtain the to compare against the item. + + + + + Returns the type based on the or that is compared against the item provided to the + + + + + Custom condition that checks if the value of the item from the matches the specified + + + + + Determines if the value of for the property indicated by the matches the specified + + The item to compare + Returns true if the can be converted to the same type as returned by the property for the and the values are equivalent; otherwise false is returned. + + + + The value to compare against the source item's property. + + + + + The name of the property from which the property to compare against the will be obtained. + + + + + An oval shape + + + + + A ring shape + + + + + A segment of an oval + + + + + A segment of a ring + + + + + Represents a circular menu control similar to that used in Microsoft's One Note MX. + + +

The XamRadialMenu has a button within the center that is used to open and close the menu to display the child items. There are + several properties to control the appearance of the center button. The property defines the content of the center button. + Once the user navigates to the children of an item, the content is replaced by the which by default displays a + back arrow.

+

The radial menu may be opened or closed via several triggers such as clicking the center button, pressing the + character while in key tip mode, using the Space or Enter key while the center button is focused or programatically using the property. + The and events are raised when the menu is opened and closed respectively.

+

The children of the radial menu are displayed in wedges/slices around the center button. By default the number of wedges is + based upon the number and placement of the visible child items at each level. One can force a minimum number of wedges using the . + By default, the children are arranged starting at the top but the starting rotation may be controlled using the and + properties. The and determine + the position and number of wedges that the item should span.

+

The radial menu is populated with child item by either adding objects to the property or by setting the + . The containers expected for the radial menu children are classes deriving from such as + , , , , + and . When using the ItemsSource by default a RadialMenuItem will be created + to represent each item in the provided collection. One can control the type of container created using the + and properties.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Overridden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the element that represents the specified item from the collection. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the width of the center button content. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the center button content. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the template used to supply the content when navigating back. + + + + + + Returns or sets the background of the center button of the menu when the IsOpen property is false. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used for the outline of the ring of the center button when the IsOpen property is false. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the background of the center button of the menu when the IsOpen property is true. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the background of the center button of the menu when under the pointer. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used for the outline of the ring of the center button when under the pointer. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the content for the center button. + + + + + + Returns or sets the keytip for the center button of the menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used for the outline of the ring of the center button when the IsOpen is true. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the width of the outline of the inner rings of the menu. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the menu item whose children are currently displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the items of the menu are currently displayed. When closed, only the center button is rendered. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the DataTemplate used to provide the look for the keytips. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush for the backing of the radial menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the duration of the animation performed when the IsOpen property is changed. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the easing function applied to the animation that occurs when the IsOpen property is changed. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the duration of the animation performed when the IsOpen property is changed. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the easing function applied to the animation that occurs when the IsOpen property is changed. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum number of wedges displayed by the menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the background of the outer ring of the menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the thickness of the outer ring of the menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the brush used for the outline of the outer ring. + + + + + + Returns or sets the width of the outline of the outer ring of the menu. + + + + + + Returns or sets the starting angle of the items in degrees. + + + + + + Returns or sets the starting angle of the items expressed as the percentage of the width of a single wedge/slice. + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of padding around each wedge in degrees. + + + + + + Invoked when the IsOpen property is changed to false. + + + + + + + Invoked when the IsOpen property is changed to true. + + + + + + + Invoked when a property of the object has been changed. + + + + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical children of this element. + + + + + Returns or sets the template used to create containers for items in the collection. + + + + + + Returns a collection of object that are used to define which containers are created for the various items. + + + + + Returns the collection of items + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumerable used to populate the collection + + + + + + Called to create the collection to hold the child elements. + + + An instance of a UIElementCollection + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2be64121c82 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamRadialMenu.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.Design.dll index 930b62d869e..8ae6e4fd27e 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.Design.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.dll index c413c595f60..6b78720a66e 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fbd38ba203e Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4cd15f0913c Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5774af35f5b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,13820 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.XamGantt.v14.2 + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the XamMaskedInput. + + + + + Initializes a new + + An array of instances + An array of definitions for the command dictating their required and minimum states + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + The current state of the control + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating whether the specified command meets the required and disallowed states of the requirements for the specified command. + + The id of the command being evaluated + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the command based on the minimum requirements provided for the specified command when the helper was constructed. + If a minimum required state was not provided for the specified command when the object was constructed then null is returned. If there is a minimum required state for the specified command then true is returned if the requirements are satisfied based on the specified current control state returned from the ; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + The current state of the control + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Returns an enumerable of commands based on the specified key and modifier keys for the specified current control state. + + The key being evaluated + The current state of the modifier keys + Method used to obtain the current state of the control given a set of states for the commands matching the specified key and modifiers + An enumerable of command ids for the commands mapped to the specified key for the specified modifier keys and control state + + + + Invoked before the menu is manipulated and before it is shown to ensure that the menu is allowed to be shown. + + The area for which the menu will be displayed. + The context for the show. + + + + + Used to perform initialization of the menu which may be later cleaned up in the CleanOldContextMenu + + The menu to be shown + The area for which it will be shown + The context provided to the show + + + + Used to ensure that the commands associated with the menu are updated just before the menu is displayed but after it's been initialized. + + + + + Returns or sets the context menu to use. + + + + + Helper class for managing the display of a custom Cursor for a given element using either a DataTemplate or Cursor. + + + + + Forces the cursor to be hidden if the datatemplate is being used. + + + + + Changes the state of the cursor with the specified values in an atomic operation. + + The new cursor or null + The new custom template or null + The fallback/default cursor + Returns true if the cursor source has been changed. + + + + Used to force the cursor to be shown for an element when using a custom cursor template. + + + + + The DataTemplate of the custom cursor + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred cursor for the associated element. + + + + + The cursor that should be used as a last resort + + + + + Returns or sets the horizontal offset of the + + + + + Returns or sets the vertical offset of the + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Used to define an element layer + + + + + Initializes a new + + The string used to identify the layer + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be beneath this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be above this layer. + + + + Initializes a new + + The string used to identify the layer + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be beneath this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be above this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be measured before this layer. + A collection of strings representing the layers that should be measured after this layer. + + + + Returns the string used to identify the layer. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The owning control + Factory method used to create a panel for a given + + + + Returns the layer for the specified information or creates one if one doesn't already exist. + + The info describing the layer to be obtained. + The panel to host the content for the layer. + + + + Invalidates the measure of the matching layers. + + The callback used to identify the layers to invalidate or null to invalidate all. + + + + Adds the specified layer panel into the associated layer area panel. + + The panel representing one of the layers. + + + + Removes all the layers that have been created. + + + + + Returns the collection of the objects that provide the generators that will create the content for the timescale area. + + + + + Class used to position items based on time. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Class for managing the display of an element as an informational type tooltip whose show/hide is controlled and whose position is relative to a relative point and/or exclusion area. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The element to display in the info tip + The relative element for which the info tip is to be displayed + The panel that will host the Popup used to display the child + The rect that should be considered when positioning the info tip + The point that should be considered when positioning the info tip. Typically this would be the mouse coordinate relative to the + An enumeration that indicates how the info tip should be positioned. + + + + Base class for an object that creates elements to be displayed within a layer of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The hosting control + An object providing information about the layer to which the content will be added + + + + Invoked when the elements managed by this layer are to be arranged. + + The actual size for the element + + + + Invalidates the measure of the associated panel. + + + + + Invalidates the measure of the associated panel. + + + + + Invoked when the elements managed by this layer are to be measured. + + The size available for the arrangement + + + + Invoked when the layer is being discarded. + + + + + Returns the containing control. + + + + + Returns the string identifying the layer. + + + + + Returns the panel to display elements for the layer. + + + + + Returns the object representing the containing layer. + + + + + Base class for a class that creates a layer for a timescale element. + + + + + Creates an instance of a layer for the specified timeline element. + + The element for which the layer is being created. + + + + Custom observable collection that verifies the contents of the collection when item information is requested. + + The type of items in the collection + + + + Notifies listeners of the property change. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Called when a subobject's, including this object's, property changes. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Used to notify the collection that the contents have changed. + + + + + Used to invoke the event for the collection. + + The event args indicating the type of change that occurred. + + + + Used to invoke the event for the collection. + + The name of the property that was changed + + + + Raises collection and property change notifications signaling a reset of the collection's contents. + + + + + Used to ensure that the contents of the collection are in sync with the underlying collection. + + + + + Used to rebuild or verify the underlying list for the collection. + + The underlying list for the collection + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + An enumerator for the collection. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified items is a member of the collection + + The item to evaluate + True if the collection contains the item; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the specified item within the collection + + The item whose index is being requested + The index of the item within the collection or -1 if the item is not within the collection + + + + Returns the item at the specified index. + + The index of the item to obtain + The item at the specified index + + + + Returns the underlying collection of items. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the underlying collection has any pending changes. + + + + + Event raised when the contents of the collection have changed + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Helper class used to manage one or more elements whose desired width and/or height are watched and when changed send a notification. + + + + + Custom panel used for measurements and hides the children from ui automation + + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GanttTaskDragAreaBase' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GanttTaskPresenterBase' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Edit enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'SpinEditorBase' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns the associated with the automation peer. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns the associated with the automation peer. + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TimescaleAreaBase' + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TimescaleBandPresenter' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TimescaleHeaderPresenter' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TimescaleIntervalPresenter' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamGantt' + + + + Base class for an object that calculates and caches working time information for a given ProjectCalendar + + + + + Returns the working hours for the default work week for the specified day of the week + + The day of the week whose working hours are being queried + + + + + Returns the associated calendar whose working time information is being cached. + + + + + Returns or sets the token that represents the local timezone and is used for the recurrence calculations + + + + + Caches working time information on a per day/date basis. + + + + + Represents working time information in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes the ProjectCalendar with a storage. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of ScheduleDaysOfWeek. + + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarException>. + + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarWorkWeek>. + + + + + + Converts the specified ScheduleDaysOfWeek to its XML representation. This is the format that + the XamGantt uses to serialize out ScheduleDaysOfWeek instances into underlying data item + that provides a string type property mapping. + + + + + + Converts the specified ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarException> to its XML + representation. This is the format that the XamGantt uses to serialize out + property's value into underlying data item that provides a string type property mapping. + + + + + + Converts the specified ScheduleWorkWeeks to its XML representation. This is the format that + the XamGantt uses to serialize out ScheduleWorkWeeks instances into underlying data item + that provides a string type property mapping. + + + + + + Returns or sets the id of the base calendar. + + + + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Returns or sets the working time information for the days of the week in the associated + + + + Note: If you are using custom objects as data items to provide ProjectCalendar information and the underlying property + that's mapped to DaysOfWeek is a string property, you can use the + method to get xml representation of a ScheduleDaysOfWeek instance, that you can use to initialize the value of the mapped + property in the data item. This is the format that the XamGantt expects the ScheduleDaysOfWeek information in. + + + + + + + Returns a collection of objects that provides adjustments to the working times based on a specified recurrence pattern. + + + + Note: If you are using custom objects as data items to provide ProjectCalendar information and the underlying property + that's mapped to Exceptions is a string property, you can use the + method to get xml representation of a ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarException> that you can + use to initialize the value of the mapped property in the data item. This is the format that the XamGantt expects the + exceptions information in. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the object is a base calendar. + + + + + Returns or sets the name for the calendar. + + + + + Returns or sets the string that uniquely identifies the calendar within the collection. + + + + + Returns a collection of objects that provides working times for the days of the week for specific ranges of dates. + + + + Note: If you are using custom objects as data items to provide ProjectCalendar information and the underlying property + that's mapped to WorkWeeks is a string property, you can use the + method to get xml representation of a ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarWorkWeek> that you can + use to initialize the value of the mapped property in the data item. This is the format that the XamGantt expects the + work weeks information in. + + + + + + + Copies the property from _defaultStorage (which gets or sets CLR props of the item) to item's + data item storage (one that's associated with the underlying data item). + + Item. + Property. + If item's storage is different from _defaultStorage, then copies the property to item's and returns + the key of the property. If the property is invalid or item's storage is the same as _defaultStorage, then returns -1. + + + + Called by the SyncPropToStorage when its about to synchronize a property of TItem to the underlying storage that + gets or sets corresponding field values from the data item. If the TItem is not associated with any data item then + this will not get called. + + + + + Represents a change in working time information for a specific date range. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Parses the specified xml to ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarException>. This is the format in which + ProjectCalendar's property is saved into underlying data item's + mapped string property. + + + + + + Converts the specified ObservableCollection<ProjectCalendarException> to its XML representation. + This is the format that the XamGantt uses to serialize out ProjectCalendar's + property value into its underlying data item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the date range for which the specified changes are in effect. + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides the working time information for the exception. + + + + + Returns or sets the name for the exception. + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides the recurrence pattern for the exception. + + + + + Represents working time information for days of the week for a specific date range. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Parses the specified xml to ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarWorkWeek>. This is the format in which + ProjectCalendar's property is saved into underlying data item's + mapped string property. + + + + + + Converts the specified ObservableCollectionExtended<ProjectCalendarWorkWeek> to its XML representation. + This is the format that the XamGantt uses to serialize out ProjectCalendar's + property value into its underlying data item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the date range for which the specified changes are in effect. + + + + + Returns or sets the working time information for the days of the week in the associated + + + + + Returns or sets the name for the work week. + + + + + Custom collection of the child instances within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the collection is being cleared. + + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be added. + + The item that is being added + + + + Invoked after an item has been added. + + The item that was added + + + + Invoked when a task has been removed from the collection. + + The item that was removed + + + + Invoked when EndUpdate is called and Infragistics.Collections.ObservableCollectionExtended<T>.IsUpdating becomes false. + + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which the item is inserted + The item to insert + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + The index of the item to be removed + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the collection at the specified index. + + The index at which to insert the items + The list of items being inserted + + + + Removes a contiguous block of items from the collection. + + The index of the start of the block to be removed + The number of items to remove + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + The index of the item to replace + The item being replaced + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the collection should have its OnItemAdded and OnItemRemoved methods invoked. + + + + + Represents a collection of instances for a + + + + + Invoked when the collection is being cleared. + + + + + Returns the with the specified + + The id of the resource to locate + The ProjectCalendar with the specified UniqueId or null if one with the specified UniqueId does not exist. + + + + A collection of representing the sorted columns in a + + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be added. + + The item that is being added + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the collection should have its OnItemAdded and OnItemRemoved methods invoked. + + + + + Represents a collection of instances for a + + + + + Invoked when the collection is being cleared. + + + + + Returns the with the specified + + The id of the resource to locate + The ProjectResource with the specified UniqueId or null if one with the specified UniqueId does not exist. + + + + Returns the with the specified + + The name of the resource to locate + The comparer used to perform the comparison of the to the . + The ProjectResource with the specified Name or null if one with the specified Name does not exist. + + + + Represents a collection of relationships between the owning and the ones specified. + + + + + Removes all the items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which to insert the + The object to insert in the collection + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the collection change. + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the property change. + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + The index of the item in the collection to be removed. + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + Index of the item to replace + The item to insert into the collection. + + + + Adds an item to the end of the collection. + + The item being added + + + + Inserts an item at the specified position in the collection. + + The index at which the item is to be added + The item being added + + + + Adds a dependency to the specified with the specified relationship. + + The task to which the relationship is being created + The type of relationship between the tasks. + The dependency instance that was added. + + + + Adds a dependency to the specified with the specified relationship and lag. + + The task to which the relationship is being created + The type of relationship between the tasks. + The amount of lag time between the tasks. + The dependency instance that was added. + + + + Adds the item without trying to add it from the corresponding task. + + The item to be added. + + + + Removes the item without trying to remove it from the corresponding task. + + The item to be removed. + + + + List of listeners that will be added as a listener to the contained items. + Also collection change notifications will be raised on the listeners as well. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated project + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Notifies listeners of the property change. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Called when a subobject's, including this object's, property changes. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Creates the underlying list for the collection view. + + The list to be populated with the flattened items + The root task + True to include the root task + The sort comparer to use to sort the tasks or null + True to keep the tasks sorted within the parents. Otherwise false to treat it as a flattened list. + True to include summary tasks; otherwise false to remove them from the list + Returns a boolean indicating if the list has changed. + + + + Represents a collection of resources assigned to a given + + + + + Removes all the items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which to insert the + The object to insert in the collection + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the collection change. + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the property change. + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + The index of the item in the collection to be removed. + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + Index of the item to replace + The item to insert into the collection. + + + + List of listeners that will be added as a listener to the contained items. + Also collection change notifications will be raised on the listeners as well. + + + + + Custom XamGrid column used to display and edit the a text field with the ability to show an indented expansion indicator. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates an object used to generate the content for cells of this column. + + Return a + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the Style used for the within each cell. + + + + + + Returns or sets a callback that creates the object used to provide the expansion information. + + + + + + Returns or sets the Style for the display TextBlock + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called during EnsureContent to allow the provider a chance to modify it's display based on the current conditions. + + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a , when the cell is not in edit mode. + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + Used to allow initialization of the display TextBlock + + The display textblock to be initialized + The cell for which the textblock is being initialized + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called during EnsureContent to allow the provider a chance to modify it's display based on the current conditions. + + + + + + Calls the ContentProvider to Attempt to Focus the underlying editor control + + + + + Used to allow initialization of the display TextBlock + + The display textblock to be initialized + The cell for which the textblock is being initialized + + + + Raised when the editor is removed from the cell. + + + + + Raised when the cell is recycling to allow the provider a chance to clear any internal members. + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a , when the cell is not in edit mode. + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + Sets up the editor control that will be displayed in a when the the cell is in edit mode. + + The entering edit mode. + The value that should be put in the editor. + The amount of horizontal space available. + The amound of vertical space available. + Provides a that can be used for setting up the editor. + A panel containing the TextBox and drop down button. + + + + Resolves the value of the editor control, so that the cell's underlying data can be updated. + + The that the editor id being displayed in. + The value that should be displayed in the cell. + + + + Gets/Sets whether the padding of a should be removed before putting an editor into edit mode. + + + This property will determine the availableHeight and availableWidth parameters of the ResolveEditorControl method. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the indicator is expanded. + + + + + + Custom XamGrid column used to display and edit percent values + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates an object used to generate the content for cells of this column. + + Return a + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + A format string for formatting data in this column. + + + + + Returns or sets the adjustment made to the value when converting from a string. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the maximum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating how the control should affect the Value when it represents null and a spin operation is invoked. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to initialize the Value when it represents a null and the is set to UseNullSpinValue + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of change when spinning up/down. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the will be anchored to the nearest modulus of the when incremented or decremented via spinning. + + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to format the DateTime value of the cell. + + + + + + Returns or sets the adjustment made to the value before converting it to a string. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the Style for the display TextBlock + + + + + + Column content provider for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Raised when the editor is removed from the cell. + + + + + Calls the ContentProvider to Attempt to Focus the underlying editor control + + + + + Sets up the editor control that will be displayed in a when the the cell is in edit mode. + + The entering edit mode. + The value that should be put in the editor. + The amount of horizontal space available. + The amound of vertical space available. + Provides a that can be used for setting up the editor. + A panel containing the TextBox and drop down button. + + + + Resolves the value of the editor control, so that the cell's underlying data can be updated. + + The that the editor id being displayed in. + The value that should be displayed in the cell. + + + + Used to initialize the editor for the specified cell. + + The editor to initialize + The cell for which the editor is being associated + + + + Gets/Sets whether the padding of a should be removed before putting an editor into edit mode. + + + This property will determine the availableHeight and availableWidth parameters of the ResolveEditorControl method. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Allows the to update the value being set for the display element. + + The original data value from the underlying data. + The whose properties should be used to determine the formatting. + + The value that should be displayed in the + + + + Used to initialize the editor for the specified cell. + + The editor to initialize + The cell for which the editor is being associated + + + + Used to allow initialization of the display TextBlock + + The display textblock to be initialized + The cell for which the textblock is being initialized + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates an object used to generate the content for cells of this column. + + Return a + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the object that provides the templates for the cell + + + + + + Returns the resolved object that provides the templates for the column. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called during EnsureContent to allow the provider a chance to modify it's display based on the current conditions. + + + + + + Raised when the editor is removed from the cell. + + + + + Calls the ContentProvider to Attempt to Focus the underlying editor control + + + + + Raised when the cell is recycling to allow the provider a chance to clear any internal members. + + + + + Sets up the element that will be displayed in a , when the cell is not in edit mode. + + The cell that the display element will be displayed in. + A object that can be applied to the cell. Note: this binding can be null. + The element that should be displayed. + + + + Sets up the editor control that will be displayed in a when the the cell is in edit mode. + + The entering edit mode. + The value that should be put in the editor. + The amount of horizontal space available. + The amound of vertical space available. + Provides a that can be used for setting up the editor. + A panel containing the TextBox and drop down button. + + + + Resolves the value of the editor control, so that the cell's underlying data can be updated. + + The that the editor id being displayed in. + The value that should be displayed in the cell. + + + + Gets/Sets whether the padding of a should be removed before putting an editor into edit mode. + + + This property will determine the availableHeight and availableWidth parameters of the ResolveEditorControl method. + + + + + Class that represents a string resource loaded from the Gantt assembly + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the resources used for the task mode column + + + + + The DataTemplate displayed for the cell when the task's is true and is false. + + + + + The DataTemplate displayed for the cell when the task's is true and is true. + + + + + The DataTemplate displayed for the cell when the task's is false. + + + + + The DataTemplate used for the combobox item of the cell used to represent an value of true when the is true. + + + + + The DataTemplate used for the combobox item of the cell used to represent an value of false when the is true. + + + + + The DataTemplate displayed for the cell when the task's is true, the is false and is false. + + + + + The DataTemplate displayed for the cell when the task's is true, the is false and is true. + + + + + The DataTemplate displayed for the cell when the task's is false, the is false. + + + + + The DataTemplate used for the combobox item of the cell used to represent an value of true when the is false. + + + + + The DataTemplate used for the combobox item of the cell used to represent an value of false when the is false. + + + + + The DataTemplate used to provide the content for the tooltip for the cell. + + + + + Class used to define the resources used within the grid column that displays and edits the of a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a value for a specific id + + The id of the resource + The resource identified by the id or null. + + + + Returns true if this is a valid resource + + The id of the resource + The resource that was found + True if the resource is valid, otherwise false + + For example, if the id represents a Bursh and a Pen is fould then this method should return false. + + + + + Custom converter for returning a given value when the value is a that meets the specified criteria. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the value if the contains the and does not contain any of the + + The enumeration value for which the required and disallowed states will be checked + The type of the target property + The parameter to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + The culture to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + If the value is an enumeration with the required and disallowed flags then is returned. If it is an enumeration that doesn't meet the criteria then FallbackValue is returned. Otherwise DependencyProperty.UnsetValue is returned. + + + + Converting back is not support + + The value to evaluate + The type of the target property + The parameter to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + The culture to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + Returns UnsetValue + + + + The value returned from the Convert if the value provided includes the and does not have any of the + + + + + The flags compared against the value provided to the Convert method. + + + + + The value returned from the Convert if the value provided doesn't have all the and has any of the + + + + + The flags compared against the value provided to the Convert method. + + + + + Custom converter for returning Visibility.Visible when the value is a that meets the specified criteria or Visibility.Collapsed when it does not. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + An object representing a person or item used to complete a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes the ProjectResource with a storage. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + + + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the resource. + + + + + Returns or sets the unique identifier for the resource. + + + + + Represents settings for a + + + + + + Base class for the settings objects used by the various related classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates a new instance of the freezable class. + + The new instance + + + + List of listeners that will be added as a listener to the contained items. + Also collection change notifications will be raised on the listeners as well. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the value which indicates whether a task can be indented or outdented in the user interface or using + or . + + + + + + Returns or sets the value which indicates whether a task can be deleted in the user interface or using + . + + + + + + Returns or sets the value which indicates whether the deadline indicator of a task can be dragged in the user interface. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether a milestone task can be dragged in the user interface to change the + or values. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether the bar indicating the completed portion of the task can be dragged in the + user interface. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether a summary task can be dragged in the user interface to change the + or values. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether summary task can be dragged in the user interface to change the + or values. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether a task can be inserted into the project. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether a summary task can be resized in the user interface to change the + . + + + + + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether a task can be resized in the user interface to change the + . + + + + + + Represents settings for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating if the tasks should be highlighted in the UI. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating if summary objects should be displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the tasks are sorted within their parents. + + +

By default, this property is true and the tasks are sorted relative to the siblings within . When + set to false, the tasks are sorted as a flat list of tasks.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating if the tasks with a greater than 0 should display a bar representing the slack in the UI. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating if summary objects should be displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets the timescale for the view. + + + + + + Abstract event arguments for a cancellable event which is associated with a . + + + + + Returns the associated with the event. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the command which was executed on the . + + + + + Returns the parameter used when executing the command. + + + + + Returns the element on which the command was executed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the command which will be executed on the . + + + + + Returns the parameter which will be used when executing the command. + + + + + Returns the element on which the command will be executed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Abstract event arguments for an event which is associated with a . + + + + + Returns the associated with the event. + + + + + Returns the value which represents the cell which has changed. + + + + + Returns the column in which the changed cell exists. + + + + + Returns the old value from the cell which has changed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the value which represents the cell which is changing. + + + + + Returns the column in which the changing cell exists. + + + + + Returns the new value in the cell which is changing. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the column in which the changed cell exists. + + + + + Returns the value indicating whether the column was visible before the change. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the column in which the changing cell exists. + + + + + Returns the value indicating whether the column is becoming visible. + + + + + Returns the menu that will be displayed. + + + + + Returns an object that provides information about the menu being shown. + + + + + Event arguments used for an event representing a change in the selection of the + + The type of item whose selection state is changing. + + + + Returns the collection representing the previous selection + + + + + Returns the collection representing the new/current selection. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + The task whose information will be changed by the drag operation. + Indicates the type of drag operation to be performed. + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the event should be cancelled. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of drag operation to be performed. + + + + + Returns the task associated with the drag operation. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The task whose information will be changed by the drag operation. + Indicates the type of drag operation being performed. + The date (in local time) that the mouse is over + The date (in local time) for the new value of the property or null to use the default value. + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the operation should be cancelled. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of drag operation being performed. + + + + + Returns the datetime associated with the point that the end user has dragged over in the + + + + + Returns or sets the new value for the property affected by the drag operation in the . + + +

Note: If null, the original value of the property will be retained.

+
+
+ + + Returns the task associated with the drag operation. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + The task that was affected by the drag operation. + Indicates the type of drag operation that was performed. + A boolean indicating if the drag operation was cancelled. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the operation was cancelled. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of drag operation that was performed. + + + + + Returns the task associated with the drag operation. + + + + + Returns the new + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control that renders the bars + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Content generator used to create the background for the non-working time in the chart area of the + + + + + Base class for a generator that uses the timescale band information + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control that renders the gantt bars + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Invoked when the layer is being discarded. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control that renders the gantt bars + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the layer is being discarded. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control that renders the gantt bars + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Represents a draggable element that may be used to create links within the + + + + + Element to be used within the template of a to allow dragging of the associated properties. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration used to indicate the type of action to be taken when the element is dragged. + + + + + + A custom element displayed during the drag creation of a link for a task in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the preferred string to display in the from label based on the + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the source task's start or finish drag area initiated the operation. + + + + + + Returns the task whose was dragged to initiate the operation. + + + + + + Returns the id of the source task as a string using a resource string to preface it with "Task ". + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating type of drag area that the mouse has been dragged over. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of link that will be generated based on whether the mouse is currently during the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns the preferred string to display in the to label based on the element under the mouse. + + + + + + Returns the task associated with the that the mouse has been dragged over. + + + + + + Returns the id of the target task as a string using a resource string to preface it with "Task ". + + + + + + Returns the preferred title for the tooltip + + + + + + Represents a in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the associated that the element represents. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the element is being used in a drag operation to provide a preview of the result of the drag. + + + + + + Represents the content for the tooltip of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the associated + + + + + + Returns the localized text description of the link. + + + + + + A custom element displayed during a drag/resize operation for a task in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the complete through information should be displayed based on the type of drag operation the element represents. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the deadline information should be displayed based on the type of drag operation the element represents. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the duration information should be displayed based on the type of drag operation the element represents. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the finish information should be displayed based on the type of drag operation the element represents. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the start information should be displayed based on the type of drag operation the element represents. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to indicate the type of drag operation that the element represents. + + + + + + Returns or sets the task being affected by the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns the calculated complete through of the task based on the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns the deadline of the task based on the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns the deadline of the task based on the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns the finish of the task based on the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns a copy of an element associated with the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns the start of the task based on the drag operation. + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating the current state of the task. + + + + + + Returns the preferred title for the tooltip + + + + + + Factory object used to create instances to provide background for the non-working time within a + + + + + Creates an instance of a NonWorkingTimeGenerator to create the dependency lines for the specified control. + + The element for which the layer is being created. + + + + Element to be used within the template of a to allow dragging of the associated properties. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration used to indicate the type of action to be taken when the element is dragged. + + + + + + Factory object used to create instances to provide background for the non-working time within a + + + + + Creates an instance of a NonWorkingTimeGenerator to create the dependency lines for the specified control. + + The element for which the layer is being created. + + + + Structure used to represent a particular field/column of an within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated task + The key of the indicating the column that the cell represents. + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a GanttGridCell with the same state. + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the GanttGridCell + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified instance has the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the column that the cell represents. + + + + + Returns the row that the cell represents. + + + + + Structure used to represent a particular field/column within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The key of the indicating the column that the cell represents. + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a GanttGridColumn with the same state. + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the GanttGridColumn + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified instance has the same ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the key of the task column that the item represents. + + + + + Structure used to represent a particular within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated task + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a GanttGridRow with the same state. + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the GanttGridRow + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified instance has the same ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the task that the item represents. + + + + + Element used to represent the non-working time within the chart portion of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the date range that the element represents. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns or sets the action which should be used to resolve the warning. + + + + + Returns the collection of tasks which might have their actual values, such as + and , cleared. + + +

+ Note: All tasks in this collection are locked and cannot be modified while the event is firing. +

+
+
+ + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns or sets the action which should be used to resolve the dependency circularity. + + + + + Returns the dependencies which caused the dependency circularity. + + + + + Returns the collection of interrelated tasks in the dependency circularity. + + + + + Returns the type of circularity which has been detected. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns or sets the action which should be used to resolve the warning. + + + + + Returns or sets the to use in place of the missing resource if + is set to UseResource. + + +

+ Setting this property will automatically change Action to UseResource. +

+

+ Note: if the value of this property is null and the Action is UseResource, the Cancel action will be used instead. +

+
+ + Occurs when the specified value is a resource which is not in the ResourceItems collection of the Project. + +
+ + + Returns the name of the missing resource. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the data item. + + + + + Specifies the data item id to use. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns or sets the action which should be used to resolve the warning. + + +

+ Note: If is True, the DoNotModifyConstraint value cannot be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when the DoNotModifyConstraint value is set and is True. + + +
+ + + Returns the value which determines whether the constraint on the task must be modified. + + +

+ When the value is True, the cannot be set to DoNotModifyConstraint. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the new date to set on the in the local time of the task if + is ModifyConstraint. + + +

+ If is AsSoonAsPossible or AsLateAsPossible, this value will be ignored and null + will be used as the new ConstraintDate. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the new constraint type to set on the if + is ModifyConstraint. + + + + + + Returns the type of warning which has occurred on the task. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns or sets the action which should be used to resolve the warning. + + + + + Returns the non-working time which was set on the task start or finish in the local time of the task. + + + + + Returns the type of warning which has occurred on the task. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the value indicating the target position of the relative to the . + + + + + Returns the task relative to which this task is was moved. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns the value indicating the target position of the relative to the . + + + + + Returns the task relative to which this task is was moved. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + + Returns or sets the action which should be used to resolve the warning. + + + + + Returns the type of warning which has occurred on the task. + + + + + Custom editor for manipulating a percentage + + + + + Base generic class for an editor supporting the incrementing and decrementing, typically via spin buttons, of a comparable type . + + The type of value that will be edited by the control + + + + Base class for a control that supports incrementing and decrementing the values. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the template for the control is being applied. + + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed while focus is within the control. + + Provides information for the key event + + + + Invoked when the mouse wheel has been scrolled + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is starting. + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Used to cause the control to increment or decrement the associated value. + + True to increment the value; otherwise false to decrement the value. + + + + Invoked when the is changed + + The old value + The new value + + + + Invoked when the property is changed. + + The old text + The new text + + + + Invoked when the class should increment or decrement the value. + + True to increment the value; otherwise false to decrement it. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the contained contains keyboard focus. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the up spin button may be used to increment the current value. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the down spin button may be used to decrement the current value. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether an increment or decrement should occur when the mouse wheel is spun. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the control may be modified by the user. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the spin buttons should be visible. + + + + + + Returns the command that is used to increment the value. + + + + + + Returns the command that is used to decrement the value. + + + + + + Indicates if the control is being initialized. + + + + + Returns or sets the current string value. + + + + + Returns the textbox + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the is changed + + The old value + The new value + + + + Invoked when the property is changed. + + The old text + The new text + + + + Invoked when the class should increment or decrement the value. + + True to increment the value; otherwise false to decrement it. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked when the property has been changed. + + The old value + The new value + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Updates the value based on the currently entered text. + + + + + Returns the current value considering what has been entered into the TextBox. + + The parsed value from the textbox or the current value if it could not be parsed. + + + + Used to compare 2 values. + + The first value to compare + The second value to compare + + + + Used to convert the text into a new value + + The text that was entered by the end user. + The value created from the specified text. + + + + Used to convert a given value to its string representation that should be displayed to the end user. + + The value to convert to text. + The string representation of the specified value. + + + + Used to calculate the incremented or decremented value. + + The value to calculate + True to increment the value; otherwise false to decrement it. + The incremented/decremented value + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the value should be constrained by the and + + + + + + Returns or sets the maximum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating how the control should affect the when it represents null and a spin operation is invoked. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to initialize the when it represents a null and the is set to UseNullSpinValue + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the wraps around to the or when the edge is hit and a spin operation is performed. + + + + + + Returns or sets the value for the control + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to compare 2 values. + + The first value to compare + The second value to compare + + + + Used to convert the text into a new ManualProjectDuration + + The text that was entered by the end user. + The value created from the specified text. + + + + Used to convert a given ManualDateTime to its string representation that should be displayed to the end user. + + The value to convert to text. + The string representation of the specified value. + + + + Invoked when the property has been changed. + + The old value + The new value + + + + Used to calculate the incremented or decremented value. + + The value to calculate + True to increment the value; otherwise false to decrement it. + The incremented/decremented value + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a value that is used to adjust the value when converting the value to a FromString representation + + +

This property defaults to 1 so that the value is used as is when being converted to a string. If the + was set to P0, a percent format which means the value is multiplied by 100, so when determining the new Value, the numeric value should be + divided by 100 so the FromStringFactor might be set to '.01'. However if the Value was expected to be in the range from 0-100 then one might set + the factor to 1.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the number of units by which the will be incremented or decremented when spinning. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the will be anchored to the nearest modulus of the when incremented or decremented via spinning. + + + + + + Returns or sets the format for the DateTime portion of the value. + + +

Note: If you use a format that adjusts the value (e.g. a percent format will multiply the value by 100) then you may need + to set the and/or .

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value that is used to adjust the value when converting the value to a ToString representation + + +

This property defaults to 1 so that the value is used as is when being converted to a string. If the + was set to P0, a percent format which means the value is multiplied by 100, and the values being used were in the range 0-100 then one might + set this to 0.01.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Invoked when the property changes. + + + + + Custom element used to convert a UTC DateTime into a formatted date based on the specified + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns the string representation of the object. + + A string containing the + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the UTC DateTime that should be converted to local time. + + + + + + Returns or sets a ProjectDuration that is used to calculate an offset from the specified + + +

Note: In order to properly calculate the adjusted date considering the relative working time, the property must be set.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the format string used to initialize the + + + + + + Returns the formatted string representation of the specified date time in the local timezone. + + + + + + Returns the converted to the local timezone. + + + + + + Returns or sets the that represents the local timezone. + + + + + + Returns or sets the associated task whose date is being displayed. + + + + + + Provides a visual representation of a or + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns the string representation of the object. + + A string containing the + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the duration whose text representation is to be calculated. + + + + + + Returns or sets the format string used to initialize the + + + + + + Returns the formatted string representation of the specified date time in the local timezone. + + + + + + Returns or sets the project whose settings are used when calculating the string representation of the duration. + + + + + + Enumeration used to identify an action to be taken by the + + + + + Does nothing. NotACommand is always ignored. + + + + + Invokes the method of the specified task. + + + + + Invokes the method of the specified task. + + + + + Changes the to true. + + + + + Changes the to false. + + + + + Changes the to false. + + + + + Changes the to true. + + + + + Clears the of the + + + + + Scrolls the timescale such that the is in view. + + + + + Scrolls the timescale such that the is in view. + + + + + Scrolls the timescale such that the is in view. + + + + + Scrolls the timescale such that the is in view. + + + + + Scrolls the timescale forward to the next small timescale interval. + + + + + Scrolls the timescale backward to the previous small timescale interval. + + + + + Scrolls the timescale forward by one page. + + + + + Scrolls the timescale backward by one page. + + + + + Changes the to false for the task(s) and their descendants. + + + + + Changes the to true for the task, their descendants and any inactive ancestors. + + + + + Toggles the state. Note, when conflicts arise where a selected ancestor is active and a selected descendant is inactive, the ancestor and all of its descendants will be deactivated. + + + + + Removes the column specified in the parameter from the table in view or the selected columns if a column is not specified + + + + + Inserts a column into the table in view in front of the currently selected column + + + + + Deletes the specified task(s) or the selected task(s) if one isn't specified. + + + + + Inserts a new task before the specified task or the active/selected task if one isn't specified. + + + + + Inserts a new task after the specified task or the active/selected task if one isn't specified. + + + + + Adds a new task to collection of the the specified task or the active/selected task if one isn't specified. + + + + + Removes the specified + + + + + Changes the of the current to the specified table. + + + + + Invokes the method of the associated + + + + + Invokes the method of the specified task(s) or the selected task(s) if one isn't specified. + + + + + Cancels the dragging of a task bar that is currently in progress. + + + + + Enters edit mode on the current active cell. + + + + + Exits edit mode on the current active cell without canceling the edited value. + + + + + Exits edit mode on the current active cell and discards the edited value. + + + + + Represents the different states of the control. Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + A cell in the grid portion is in edit mode. + + + + + The is set. + + + + + A cell associated with a is active or a task is provided by the command parameter. + + + + + A cell associated with one or more instances are selected/active or a task is provided by the command parameter. + + + + + A is being dragged. + + + + + The is true + + + + + The has items. + + + + + The has items. + + + + + The has items. + + + + + The is non-null + + + + + All the available states + + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The control for which the command will be executed. + The parameter for the command + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the GanttCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command object used to execute a command for a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + The parameter for the command + + + + A structure that represents a DateTime or optionally storing a string representing a description of a manual task duration. + + + + + Initializes a new with the specified text value. + + The string that the object represents + + + + Initializes a new with the specified value. + + The that the object represents + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a ManualDateTime with the same state. + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the ManualDateTime + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation of the object based upon the and + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first instance + The second instance + True if the objects have the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first instance + The second instance + True if the objects have a different and/or ; otherwise false. + + + + Creates a new initialized with the specified value. + + The value used to initialize the of the new instance + A new whose is initialized with the specified parameter. + + + + Returns the value of the specified + + The instance whose value is to be returned + The value of the property + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified instance has the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + The format to use for the when the ManualDateTime represents a DateTime. The format may be any format accepted by DateTime's ToString method. + An object that provides culture specific formatting information. + A string containing either the or a string representation of the . + + + + Returns the text that is shown when an explicit value is not specified. + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to indicate the type of value that the structure represents. + + +

If the is a non-empty string then the object is considered a + manual/text value and Text will be returned. If the Text is a null value and the + is a null or the Text is an empty (i.e. 0 length) string, then the Null + is returned. Otherwise the object is considered a Value.

+
+
+ + + Returns the value. + + + + + Base class for a converter that converts instances to and from other types. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Determines whether an object of the specified source type can be converted to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type from which the conversion could occur + True for numeric types; otherwise false. + + + + Converts the specified value to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The value being converted + An instance of a + The value provided cannot be converted to a ManualDateTime. + + + + Determines whether a instance can be converted to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type to which the ManualDateTime should be converted + True for string; otherwise false. + + + + Converts a instance to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The being converted + The type to which the instance should be converted + An instance of the specified type that represents the specified ManualDateTime + The value or destinationType provided is null. + The value provided is not a ManualDateTime or the destination type is not supported. + + + + A structure that represents a unit of time supporting different unit types or optionally storing a string representing a description of a manual task duration. + + + + + Initializes a new with the specified value. + + The text that the object represents + + + + Initializes a new with the specified value. + + The that the object represents + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a ManualProjectDuration with the same state. + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the ManualProjectDuration + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation of the object based upon the and + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first instance + The second instance + True if the objects have the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first instance + The second instance + True if the objects have a different and/or ; otherwise false. + + + + Creates a new initialized with the specified value. + + The value used to initialize the of the new instance + A new whose is initialized with the specified parameter. + + + + Returns the value of the specified + + The instance whose value is to be returned + The value of the property + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified instance has the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a formatted representation of the string. + + The format to use for the when the ManualProjectDuration represents a ProjectDuration. The format may be any format accepted by ProjectDuration's method. + An object that provides culture specific formatting information. + A string containing either the or a string representation of the . + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the represents an estimated value. + + + + + Returns the text that is shown when an explicit value is not specified. + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to indicate the type of value that the structure represents. + + +

If the is a non-empty string then the object is considered a + manual/text value and Text will be returned. If the Text is a null value and the + is a null or the Text is an empty (i.e. 0 length) string, then the Null + is returned. Otherwise the object is considered a Value.

+
+
+ + + Returns the value. + + + + + Base class for a converter that converts instances to and from other types. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Determines whether an object of the specified source type can be converted to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type from which the conversion could occur + True for numeric types; otherwise false. + + + + Converts the specified value to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The value being converted + An instance of a + The value provided cannot be converted to a ManualProjectDuration. + + + + Determines whether a instance can be converted to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type to which the ManualProjectDuration should be converted + True for string; otherwise false. + + + + Converts a instance to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The being converted + The type to which the instance should be converted + An instance of the specified type that represents the specified ManualProjectDuration + The value or destinationType provided is null. + The value provided is not a ManualProjectDuration or the destination type is not supported. + + + + A structure that represents a unit of time supporting different unit types or optionally storing a string representing a description of a manual task duration. + + + + + Initializes a new with the specified value. + + The TimeSpan that indicates the total span of working time. + The type of duration that the ProjectDuration instance represents. + Indicates if the value represents an estimate + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a ProjectDuration with the same and + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the ProjectDuration + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation of the and + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first ProjectDuration instance + The second ProjectDuration instance + True if the objects have the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first ProjectDuration instance + The second ProjectDuration instance + True if the objects have a different and/or ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the duration of the specified + + The instance whose value is to be returned + The value of the property + + + + Compares the value of this ProjectDuration instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified ProjectDuration has the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Routine used to create a based on the specified number of units of the specified unit type. + + The number of units defined by the parameter. + The type of unit from which to calculate the duration. + Indicates if the value represents an estimate + The number of working minutes per day. This defaults to 480 (i.e. 8 hours). + The number of working minutes per week. This defaults to 2400 (i.e. 40 hours). + The number of working days per month. This defaults to 20. + The total number of minutes based for the specified and . + + + + Returns a formatted representation of the string. + + The format to use. 'G' is the long version and 'g' is the short + An object that provides culture specific formatting information. + A string representation of the considering the . + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the value represents an estimation. + + + + + Returns the kind of value that the duration represents. + + + + + Returns the total span of active working time. + + + + + Converts instances to and from other types. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Determines whether an object of the specified source type can be converted to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type from which the conversion could occur + True for numeric types; otherwise false. + + + + Converts the specified value to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The value being converted + An instance of a + The value is null. + The value provided cannot be converted to a ProjectDuration. + + + + Determines whether a instance can be converted to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type to which the ProjectDuration should be converted + True for string; otherwise false. + + + + Converts a instance to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The being converted + The type to which the ProjectDuration should be converted + An instance of the specified type that represents the specified ProjectDuration + The value or destinationType provided is null. + The value provided is not a ProjectDuration or the destination type is not supported. + + + + Custom column for editing a field whose DataType is an enumeration. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates an object used to generate the content for cells of this column. + + Return a + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the object that provides a filter for the combobox used while in edit mode for a given cell. + + + + + + Allows the to update the value being set for the display element. + + The original data value from the underlying data. + The whose properties should be used to determine the formatting. + + The value that should be displayed in the + + + + Raised when the editor is removed from the cell. + + + + + Calls the ContentProvider to Attempt to Focus the underlying editor control + + + + + Sets up the editor control that will be displayed in a when the the cell is in edit mode. + + The entering edit mode. + The value that should be put in the editor. + The amount of horizontal space available. + The amound of vertical space available. + Provides a that can be used for setting up the editor. + A panel containing the TextBox and drop down button. + + + + Resolves the value of the editor control, so that the cell's underlying data can be updated. + + The that the editor id being displayed in. + The value that should be displayed in the cell. + + + + Helper method to coerce a value to be of the associated enum + + The value to coerce to the associated enum type for the column + The converted value + + + + Helper method to coerce a value to the data type expected for the column + + The enum value to coerce + The converter value + + + + Gets/Sets whether the padding of a should be removed before putting an editor into edit mode. + + + This property will determine the availableHeight and availableWidth parameters of the ResolveEditorControl method. + + + + + A that allows for editing a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates an object used to generate the content for cells of this column. + + Return a + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + A format string for formatting data in this column. + + + + + Returns or sets the default time to use when only a date is entered. + + + + + + Returns or sets an object used to represent the local timezone. + + + + + + Returns or sets the Style for a TextBlock when the value represents a Text/Manual value. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the maximum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating how the control should affect the Value when it represents null and a spin operation is invoked. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to initialize the Value when it represents a null and the is set to UseNullSpinValue + + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to format the DateTime value of the cell. + + + + + + Returns or sets the Style for a TextBlock when the value does not represent a text/manual value. + + + + + + + Column content provider for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Allows the to update the value being set for the display element. + + The original data value from the underlying data. + The whose properties should be used to determine the formatting. + + The value that should be displayed in the + + + + Used to initialize the editor for the specified cell. + + The editor to initialize + The cell for which the editor is being associated + + + + Used to allow initialization of the display TextBlock + + The display textblock to be initialized + The cell for which the textblock is being initialized + + + + A that allows for editing a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates an object used to generate the content for cells of this column. + + Return a + + + + Raised when the a is assigned or removed from this + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked when the property has been changed + + + + + A format string for formatting data in this column. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of hours used when calculating a day unit - e.g when a has a of Months. + + + + + + Returns or sets the format used when only a number is entered without entering a format. + + + + + + Returns or sets the Style for a TextBlock when the value represents a Text/Manual value. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the maximum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum value for the control + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of minutes used when calculating a day unit - e.g when a has a of Days. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of minutes used when calculating a week unit - e.g when a has a of Weeks. + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating how the control should affect the Value when it represents null and a spin operation is invoked. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to initialize the Value when it represents a null and the is set to UseNullSpinValue + + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to format the duration value of the cell. + + + + + + Returns or sets the Style for a TextBlock when the value does not represent a text/manual value. + + + + + + + Column content provider for a for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Allows the to update the value being set for the display element. + + The original data value from the underlying data. + The whose properties should be used to determine the formatting. + + The value that should be displayed in the + + + + Used to initialize the editor for the specified cell. + + The editor to initialize + The cell for which the editor is being associated + + + + Used to allow initialization of the display TextBlock + + The display textblock to be initialized + The cell for which the textblock is being initialized + + + + Custom used by a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when a row is being measured. + + The row being measured + The available width + The size of the row + + + + Content generator used to create the background for each task row in the chart area of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control that renders the gantt bars + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the layer is being discarded. + + + + + Factory object used to create instances to provide background for each task rows in the . + + + + + Creates an instance of a GanttRowBackgroundGenerator to create the background for each task row in the gantt. + + The element for which the layer is being created. + + + + Content generator used to create the bars for each task row in the chart area of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control that renders the gantt bars + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the layer is being discarded. + + + + + Returns the top item of the display. + + + + + Returns the collection of items that are displayed by the control + + + + + Factory object used to create instances to provide bars for a + + + + + Creates an instance of a GanttTaskGenerator to create the bars for the specified control. + + The element for which the layer is being created. + + + + Content generator used to create the dependency lines for the tasks in the chart area of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control that renders the gantt bars + Provides information about the layer and its positioning + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the layer is being discarded. + + + + + Returns the collection of items that are displayed by the control + + + + + Factory object used to create instances to provide dependency lines for a + + + + + Creates an instance of a TaskDependencyLineGenerator to create the dependency lines for the specified control. + + The element for which the layer is being created. + + + + An object representing a grid row in the gantt area. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the row represents the active task. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the row represents an alternate row in the grid. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the row is selected. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the row is selected. + + + + + Returns the associated task. + + + + + Returns the current position of the row. + + + + + Returns the current associated with the specified task. + + The task whose associated row is being requested + The row associated with the task or null if the row is not currently associated with a row. + + + + Returns the rect to be used for the dependency link for the specified task. + + The task being linked to. + True to consider the actual element positioning including the shapes for the horizontal position + The rect to be used. + + + + Returns a collection of objects that represent the visible tasks. + + + + + Returns a collection of objects that represent the visible tasks. + + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first BarPositionInfo instance + The second BarPositionInfo instance + True if the objects have the same values; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first BarPositionInfo instance + The second BarPositionInfo instance + True if the objects have any different values; otherwise false. + + + + Represents a deadline in a + + + + + Base class for an element that represents a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control is being applied. + + + + + Called when mouse capture has been lost + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Called when the mouse has noved + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating which draggable areas are allowed for the element. + + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the bar and shape portion of the task. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the element is being used in a drag operation to provide a preview of the result of the drag. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the element is in a drag operation. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the mouse is within the bounds of the containing + + + + + + Returns or sets the task that the element represents + + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred visibility of the adorners within the element. + + +

Typically the adorners are displayed to the end user but there are situations where a derived + class is displayed to the end user and the adornments should be collapsed. This includes instances like the element created to provide the preview + when dragging or resizing a task and the element created to be displayed in the .

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the current state of the associated task. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Represents each task row in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control is being applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the associated + + + + + + Represents the Gantt Chart portion of a control + + + + + Base class for an element that displays objects based on a given timeline + + + + + Used to map between DateTime and pixel locations. + + + + + Returns the position of the specified range + + The DateRange whose position is being queried. + True to constrain the value based on the viewport + The viewable position of the range or null if the range is not visible. + + + + Returns the DateTime associated with the specified offset. + + A number representing the pixel offset whose time information is being queried. + The DateTime that the pixel represents or null if the offset is not in the viewable range + + + + Returns the orientation in which the dates are arranged. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the position of the specified range + + The DateRange whose position is being queried. + The minimum extent for the range (assuming the date range is not empty) + Optional boolean indicating if the position should be constrained to the visible area + The viewable position of the range or null if the range is not visible. + + + + Returns the DateTime associated with the specified offset. + + A number representing the pixel offset whose time information is being queried. + The DateTime that the pixel represents or null if the offset is not in the viewable range + + + + Returns a restricted/constrained size based on the current viewport size. + + The rect to be constrained + The constrained rect + + + + Returns or sets the timezone used for performing date conversions. + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum height for the + + + + + + Returns the current instance that provides the time interval information. + + + + + + Returns or sets an amount of space to add to the calculated size from the template item created for each in the of the + + + + + + Returns the object that manages the content layers. + + + + + Returns an object used when listening to property changes of subobjects of this instance. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the child the element should contain. + + + + + Returns the DesiredSize of the + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the containing control + + + + + + Returns the collection of tasks being displayed. + + + + + + Returns the associated that this element is associated with. + + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the classes that represent the bars in the chart portion of the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the type of line connecting a task to its and + + + + + + Returns the current vertical scroll offset. + + + + + + Returns the view displayed by the associated + + + + + + Returns an object that provides the default settings for the view. + + + + + + Represents a milestone in a + + + + + Custom element used to represent the main bar of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the finish link indicator should be displayed. + + + + + + Returns the preferred visibility of the left/start shape of the task bar based on the current state of the task. + + + + + + Returns the preferred visibility of the middle portion of the task bar based on the current state of the task. + + + + + + Returns the preferred visibility of the left/start shape of the task bar based on the current state of the task. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating if the start link indicator should be displayed. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + The element that represents the completed portion of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the extent/width of the progress for the associated + + + + + + Represents a normal/standard task in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Represents a slack in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Represents a summary task in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Control used to display tooltip information for a + + + + + Base class for an object that displays additional information for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the task that the element represents + + + + + + Returns a flagged enumeration indicating the current states of the associated + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Control used to display tooltip information for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Control used to display tooltip information for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is a difference between the duration of the task and the duration of the subtasks. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is a difference between the finish of the task and the finish of the subtasks. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether there is a difference between the start of the task and the start of the subtasks. + + + + + + Returns the text description of the difference between the summary's finish and that of its subtasks. + + + + + + Returns the text description of the difference between the summary's start and that of its subtasks. + + + + + + Control used to display tooltip information for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Control used to display tooltip information for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Control used to display tooltip information for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Class used as the DataContext for a menu provided by the + + + + + Constructor used for design time usage when defining a XamContextMenu for the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The XamGantt control for which the menu is being shown + The area for which the menu is being shown + The target element for which the menu is being shown + The associated task + + + + Returns the control for which the menu is being displayed. + + + + + Returns the area for which the menu is being displayed + + + + + Returns the element for which the menu is being displayed + + + + + Returns the associated task or null if the menu is not associated with a particular task. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the context menus for the + + + + + The context menu for the column headers in the grid section. + + + + + The context menu for a row in the grid section + + + + + The context menu for the header cell of the row selectors in the grid section + + + + + The context menu for the data cells in the grid section + + + + + The context menu for the in the chart section + + + + + The context menu for the + + + + + The context menu for the empty portion of the grid section of the + + + + + The context menu for the in the chart section + + + + + The context menu for the in the chart section + + + + + The context menu for the which represents the chart section + + + + + Object used to define the default context menus for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a value for a specific id + + The id of the resource + The resource identified by the id or null. + + + + Returns true if this is a valid resource + + The id of the resource + The resource that was found + True if the resource is valid, otherwise false + + For example, if the id represents a Bursh and a Pen is fould then this method should return false. + + + + + Used to raise the Infragistics.PropertyChangeNotifier.PropertyChanged event for the specified property name. + + The name of the property that has changed. + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated generator row + The task for the row for which the bar(s) are to be created + + + + Returns the DesiredSize as calculated during the last measure pass. + + + + + Returns the minimum height that the bar must utilize to ensure it is synchronized with the associated grid rows + + + + + Returns the associated instance + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated generator row + The task for the row for which the bar(s) are to be created + + + + The key of the layer providing the row background for task rows in a + + + + + The key of the layer displaying the lines connecting dependant tasks within a + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer providing the row background for task rows in a + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer displaying the lines connecting dependant tasks within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated generator + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the rects intersect vertically. + + The location of the from element + The location of the to element + True if the elements intersect vertically; otherwise false. + + + + Custom panel used to position the bar and shape of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the AdornerLocation attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached AdornerLocation DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached AdornerLocation DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the bar portion of the content. + + + + + + Returns or sets the element in the that represents the left shape of the task bar + + + + + + Returns or sets how the left shape is positioned relative to the left edge of the task bar. + + + + + + Returns or sets the element in the that represents the right shape of the task bar + + + + + + Returns or sets how the right shape is positioned relative to the right edge of the task bar. + + + + + + An object used to manage position information about the content of a within a . + + + + + Returns the location of the left shape relative to the presenter. + + + + + Returns the location of the middle bar relative to the presenter. + + + + + Returns the location of the left shape relative to the presenter. + + + + + Returns the desired height of the top portion of the content within the presenter. + + + + + Returns the desired height of the middle portion of the content within the presenter. + + + + + Returns the desired height of the bottom portion of the content within the presenter. + + + + + Returns the minimum height of the top portion of the content within the presenter. + + + + + Returns the minimum height of the middle portion of the content within the presenter. + + + + + Returns the minimum height of the bottom portion of the content within the presenter. + + + + + Represents the various actions possible with the . + + + + + + + + Allow the actual values on the task(s) to be lost and commit the change which caused it. + + + + + Cancel the change which caused the warning. + + + + + Represents the various actions possible when a dependency circularity is detected. + + + + + + + + + Allow an exception to be thrown so the error can be seen in the user interface. + + + + + Remove or do not add the . + + + + + Represents the various types of dependency circularities which can be detected. + + + + + + + The task is in its own and collections. + + + + + The task has the same task in its both its Predecessors and Successors collections. + + + + + The task has one of its descendant tasks in its Predecessors or Successors collections. + + + + + A more complicated circularity exists in the within the project. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate when the of the should be rounded to a whole day. + + + + + + The bars will be rounded to the day (when the smallest timescale interval is 1 day or more) or to the containing timescale interval (when the smallest timescale interval is less than 1 day) as long as the is the same as the . The start is only rounded when the start time matches the and the end is only rounded when the end time matches the . + + + + + The bars will always be positioned based on their actual time. + + + + + Represents the various actions possible with the . + + + + + + + Add a new to the collection to represent the missing resource. + + + + + Use the value to represent the missing resource. The resource specified + must exist in the collection. If this value is used but the Resource is not specified, the + ThrowException value will be used instead. + + + + + Remove the resource name from the resource names being parsed and continue parsing the other resource names. + + + + + Allow an exception to be thrown so the error can be seen in the user interface. + + + + + Cancel the change which caused the warning. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the properties that may be mapped to an underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the properties that may be mapped to an underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Represents the various actions possible when a warning occurs with one of the task constraints. + + + + + + + + + Allow the action or conflict without modifying the constraint. Note: this value cannot be used for the + ConstraintConflictsWithSubtaskConstraint warning, because the constraint must be modified in this situation. For the + ChangeConstraintType warning, DoNotModifyConstraint can be used in some situations but not others. For example, when setting + the ConstraintDate to null, the ConstraintType must be changed to AsSoonAsPossible or AsLateAsPossible. However, when setting + the Start of a task in a project scheduled from the start date, the ConstraintType will be changed to StartNoEarlierThan and + the ConstraintDate will be changed to the new Start value unless the DoNotModifyConstraint action is used. + + + + + Modify the associated task's constraint by using the and + . + + + + + Cancel the change which caused the warning. If other warnings were previously accepted and the current warning is cancelled, they will be + cancelled as well. + + + + + Represents the various types of warnings which can occur with a task's constraint. + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a change on a task will cause the change automatically. + + + + + Occurs when is True and a subtask cannot honor both + its summary constraint and its own. In this case, the task associated with the event, and the one which will be + modified if the ModifyConstraint action is used is the lowest level summary constraint which conflicts with the subtask. + + + + + Occurs when a future conflict could occur based on the constraint applied to a task. This can happen if a MustStartOn, + MustFinishOn, StartNoLaterThan, or FinishNoLaterThan constraint is applied to the successor of a dependency in a project + scheduled from the start date. If the project is scheduled from the finish date, this can happen if a MustStartOn, + MustFinishOn, StartNoEarlierThan, or FinishNoEarlierThan constraint is applied to the predecessor of a dependency. + + + + + Represents the various actions possible when a warning occurs because a task with working time duration is in non-working day. + + + + + + + + + Move the task to a valid working day. If the task start has been moved into a non-working day, it will be moved to the next + possible working day. If the task finish has been moved into a non-working day, it will be moved to the previous possible + working day. + + + + + Add an exception to the collection of the current calendar associated with the task. + + + + + Cancel the change which caused the warning. + + + + + Represents the various types of warnings which can occur when a task with working time duration is moved to non-working day. + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the or value is set to non-working day. + + + + + Occurs when the or value is set to non-working day. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the properties that may be mapped to an underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies the property that provides a value that uniquely identifies the associated ProjectTask. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + The underlying field in the data source contains a string that is comma separated id's of the tasks that + are the predecessors. Each id can be optionally followed by link type and lag values in the format of + ((FF|FS|SS|SF)((+|-)number(format)?)?)?, separated from the id by ':' character. Any special + characters, like ',' or ':' are escaped using '\' character. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + The underlying field in the data source contains a string that is comma separated id's of resources. + Each id can be optionally followed by a units value within '[]' representing the portion of the + resource's time used for the task. Example: "ResourceA[40%],ResourceB[10%],ResourceC". + Note: Any special characters, like ,[] are escaped using '\' character. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + The underlying field in the data source contains a string that is comma separated id's (data item id). + + + + + Represents the various actions possible when a warning occurs on a task. + + + + + + + + + + + + Continue applying the action or conflict. Note: when this value is used for the DeleteRootTask warning, and exception will + eventually be thrown and an error message shown to the user because the root task cannot be deleted. + + + + + Cancel the change which caused the warning. If other warnings were previously accepted and the current warning is cancelled, + they will be cancelled as well. + + + + + Represents the various types of warnings which can occur with a task. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when it is not possible to enforce both a task's constraint and its dependencies because it one or more would + be violated in the process. If this warning is allowed, what is enforced depends on the + setting. + + + + + Occurs when the is deleted. + + + + + Occurs when a summary task is deleted because its subtasks would also be automatically deleted. + + + + + Occurs when a task's finish value is scheduled or set to be after the project finish in a project scheduled from the + finish date. + + + + + Occurs when a task's start value is scheduled or set to be before the project start in a project scheduled from the start + date. + + + + + Project that obtains the task information from a specified . + + + + + Class that represents a Gantt project + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is starting. + + + + + This method is used to notify the project that a batch initialization/update will be performed. + + + + + Calculates the schedule for the tasks in the project. + + Returns a boolean indicating if the calculation was performed. A calculation may not be + possible while other processing that has suspended recalculations is in progress. The calculation + will be performed when the operation that suspended the recalculation has completed. + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + This method is used to notify the project that a batch initialization/update will be performed. + + + + + Returns the DateTime for the specified property relative to the specified + + Enumeration used to identify the property whose value is to be returned relative to the specified timezone indicated by the parameter. + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + Returns the local time for the specified date property relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Replaces the and in the Project using the information from the specified stream containing Project Xml data. + + A stream containing project xml data + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Saves the the Project information into the specified stream in Project 2010 Xml format. + + A stream into which the project xml data should be written + + + + Returns the DateTime for the specified property relative to the specified + + Enumeration used to identify the property whose value is to be returned relative to the specified timezone indicated by the parameter. + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the specified date property. + Returns the local time for the specified date property relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Virtual method called to aggreate blocking errors from all derived classes. + + A list of errors to populate that will be aggregated and high severity errors will be exposed via the BlockingError property of the control. + + Note: derived classes that override this method should call the base implementation to pick up all the errors. + + BlockingError + + + + + Called after error information has changed. + + + + + + Returns the DateTime for the specified property relative to the specified + + Enumeration used to identify the property whose value is to be returned relative to the specified timezone indicated by the parameter. + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the specified date property. + True if the property is being set internally + Returns the local time for the specified date property relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Returns or sets the Id of the from the that represents the timezone for the project. + + + + + + Returns or sets the of the that defines the default working time information for the project. + + + + + + Returns the instance that defines the default working time for the project. + + + + + + Returns the collection of instances associated with the project. + + + + + Returns the collection of available columns for the grid portion of the Gantt. + + + + + Returns or sets the UTC finish date for the project. + + +

Note: When the is true, which is the default value, the Finish will be + set to the calculated finish for the project.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the value indicating whether the project should be displayed as read-only in the user interface. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the schedule is calculated starting from the or ending on the . + + +

When true the schedule will be calculated starting with the value. When false the schedule will be calculated + back based on the . One cannot set both the Start and End properties at the same time.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns the collection of instances associated with the project. + + + + + Returns the ProjectTask instance that represents the project summary task. + + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides various settings for the project. + + + + + + Returns the resolved current settings that affect the project. + + +

The SettingsResolved will return the value of the property if it has been set. Otherwise it + will return an internally created instance.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the UTC start date for the project. + + +

Note: The Start will be set by the project scheduling engine if the is set to false.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the default settings for all tasks within the project. + + + + + + Returns or sets the used to do timezone calculations. + + + + + + Returns the resolved used to do timezone calculations. + + + + + + + Gets the blocking error if any. + + + + BlockingError property is set when an error occurs that prevents further functioning of the control. + + + + + + Returns the resolved from the that represents the local timezone for the project. + + + + + + Returns an object used to manage the collection views for the tasks based per view. + + + + + Invoked when a change will cause actual values, such as and + to be lost on one or more tasks. + + +

+ While the event is being fired, the tasks associated with the event will be locked and cannot be modified. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked when dependency circularities are detected within the tasks of the project. + + + + + Invoked when the name of a resource which doesn't exist is used and + is False. + + +

+ While the event is being fired, the task on which the resource name is being used will be locked and cannot be modified. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked when a has collapsed. + + + + + Invoked when a is about to be collapsed. + + + + + Invoked when a warning occurs with a constraint of a from the project. + + + + + Invoked when a has been deleted. + + + + + Invoked when a is about to be deleted. + + + + + Invoked when a has expanded. + + + + + Invoked when a is about to be expanded. + + + + + Invoked when a has been indented under a sibling task. + + + + + Invoked when a is about to be indented under a sibling task. + + + + + Invoked when the start or finish of a from the project is changed to a non-working day + when the task has a working time duration. + + + + + Invoked when a has been inserted. + + + + + Invoked when a is about to be inserted. + + + + + Invoked when a has been outdented. + + + + + Invoked when a is about to be outdented. + + + + + Invoked when a warning occurs with a from the project. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Overridden. Called to aggreate errors from all derived classes. + + A list of errors to populate that will be aggregated and high severity errors will be exposed via the BlockingError property of the control. + + Note: derived classes that override this method should call the base implementation to pick up all the errors. + + BlockingError + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked when a new data item is created for a new , before adding the data item to + the data source. It's used for the purposes of controlling assignment of id's to the data items that are + created by the ListBackedProject when new project tasks are added. + + + TaskDataItemIdInitializing event is raised when a new ProjectTask is to be commited to the data source. + First an underlying data source item is created and then this event is raised to allow you to set + a unique id to use for this data item. If this event is not hooked into or the event arg's + is not set by the handler then the default + logic is to create a new GUID string and use that as the id, assuming the id field is a string type. + If it's not a string type then there's no built in logic to create unique id values. In such a case this + event can also be utilized to assign unique id's to data items created by the ListBackedProject. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to expect and save project root task to the data source and if so what is the id of the + data item that identifies this task. + + + + + + Returns or sets the collection that provides the calendar information. + + + + + + Returns or sets a collection used to provide the mappings from the properties in the items of the to properties on the + + + + + + Returns or sets the collection that provides the resource information. + + + + + + Returns or sets a collection used to provide the mappings from the properties in the items of the to properties on the + + + + + + Returns or sets the collection that provides the task information. + + + + + + Returns or sets a collection used to provide the mappings from the properties in the items of the to properties on the + + + + + + Re-initializes the fallback store for the specified property to the specified store. + + + + + + + + Since we are not using ViewItemManager which would typically hook into data items, let the + list manager handle hooking into the data items. + + + + + Since we are not using ViewItemManager which would typically hook into data items, let the + list manager handle hooking into the data items. + + + + + Since we are not using ViewItemManager which would typically hook into data items, let the + list manager handle hooking into the data items. + + + + + Since we are not using ViewItemManager which would typically hook into data items, let the + list manager handle hooking into the data items. + + + + + Since we are not using ViewItemManager which would typically hook into data items, let the + list manager handle hooking into the data items. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects that can be accessed using a key or index. + + The type of elements in the list + The key of the elements in the list + + + + Indicates if an item with the specified key exists within the collection. + + The key to evaluate + True if the collection contains an item with the specified key; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the item with the specified key. + + The key to locate + The index of the item with the key or -1 if no item with the specified key exists + + + + Gets the item with the specified key + + The key of the item to locate + When the method returns this is set to the item with the associated if one exists, otherwise the default value for the type is used. + True if the collection contains an item with the specified key + + + + Clears the contents of the collection. + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Returns the item in the list with the specified key + + The index of the item being requested + The item with that key or the default value if an item with that key does not exist. + + + + Returns the item in the list with the specified key + + The key for which the item is being requested + The item with that key or the default value if an item with that key does not exist. + + + + Synchronizes changes that occur in the view list to the dest list. + + + + + + The constructor of this class is called by the Project's constructor at which point + the ListBackedProject's constructor hasn't executed and allocated the list managers + and therefore + + + + + The constructor of this class is called by the Project's constructor at which point + the ListBackedProject's constructor hasn't executed and allocated the list managers + and therefore + + + + + Manages the task tree. Listens for changes to it and reflects them in the underlying data source and + the other way around as well. An instance of TaskTreeManager is created by the task list manager. + + + + + Updates to these collection properties are asynchronously pushed into the data source. + + + + + Used for parsing data item values for predecessors text, child tasks text and resources text. + + + + + Used for comparing id values. + + + + + Used to cache parsed child task ids. + + + + + Used for efficiently locating a task based on its id. + + + + + Certain properties, like tasks, predecessors or resources, are updated asynchronously for + efficiency reasons. This list contains all the tasks and their properties that need to be updated. + + + + + This is bumped when we are in the process of updating the data source with any added or removed tasks. + + + + + Constructor. + + Task list manager. + Project instance. RootTask property of this project will be set by the TaskTreeManager. + View list of tasks. + This is optional and based on the ListBackedProject's RootTaskDataItemId property. + If non-null, this identifies the root task in the items source. If null then the root task is assumed + to be not present in the data source. See ListBackedProject's for more information. + + + + Called when a new task data item is added in the underlying items source. ViewList will allocate a + ProjectTask for it (if the underlying data item is not already a ProjectTask) and will raise add + collection changed event, which we hook into and process the add via this method. + + + + + + Clears the Tasks of the specified task and all its descendant tasks. + + + + + + Constructs the predecessors text from the tasks's Predecessors collection that is to + be stored into the underlying data item on its property that's mapped to + . + + + + + + + Constructs the resources text from the task's Resources collection that is to be + stored into the underlying data item on its property that's mapped to the + . + + + + + + + Constructs the child tasks text from the task's child tasks collection that is to be + stored into the underlying data item on its property that's mapped to the + . + + + + + + + Finds the parent task whose ChildTaskIds field contains the id for the specified task. + + + + + + + Finds the root project task based on the ListBackedProject's RootTaskDataItemId property + setting. If RootTaskDataItemId is null then returns null. + + + + + + Parses the ChildTaskIds value, which is comma separated child task ids, of the specified task + and returns the individual child task ids as an array. It also caches the parsed id array. + + + + + + + Gets the id of the underlying data item associated with the specified task. + + + + + + + Gets all the descendant tasks, including the specified task. + + Task whose descendants to retrieve, including itself. + Tasks are added to this list. + + + + If ListBackedProject's RootTaskDataItemId is set then returns the task with that id. If no task with + that id is found (or multiple tasks with that id are found) then a blocking error is raised. + If RootTaskDataItemId is null then finds all the tasks that are not children of any other task. + + + + + + Finds all the tasks with the specified ids. + + Task ids. + List of tasks with the specified id's. If a task doesn't exist for an id, it's ignored + and tasks for other id's will still be returned. + + + + Hooks or unhooks based on the 'hook' parameter from the tasks view list that's passed into the constructor + of this object. + + Whether to hook or unhook. + + + + Returns true if the specified task exists in the items source. + + + + + + + Called when an error occurs. + + Error severity. + Error message text. + + + + Called when an error occurs. + + DataErrorInfo instance. + + + + Called when a property of a task changes. It's also called when a sub-object of tha task changes, like + its predecessors, tasks or resources collection. This method updates the underlying data item to reflect + the change in the task. + + Task that changed. + The object that initiated the change notification. For example, if the predecessors + collection of a task changes, the sender will be the predecessors collection. + The name of the property of the sender that changed. + Optionally any extra information that was provided by the sender when it + initiated the change notification. + + + + Called when the tasks view list changes. View list can be updated as a result of changes to the underlying + items source, in which case this method updates the task tree to reflect the changes. + + + + + Populates the specified task's Tasks collection based on the underlying data item's Tasks property, which + is a comma separated list of child task ids. + + Task whose Tasks collection is to populated. + + + + Populates the Tasks collection of all the tasks in the _tasks view list based on the underlying + data items' Tasks property values, which are comma separated list of task ids. + + + + + Populates the specified task's Predecessors collection based on the underlying data item's Predecessors + property, which is a comma separated list of predecessor ids (optionally with link infomration, which + follows the same format as the ProjectTask's property). + + Task whose Predecessors collection is to populated. + + + + Populates the Predecessors collection of all the tasks in the _tasks view list based on the underlying + data items' Predecessors property values, which are comma separated list of predecessor ids (optionally + with link infomration, which follows the same format as the ProjectTask's + property). + + + + + Populates the specified task's Resources collection based on the underlying data item's Resources property, which + is a comma separated list of resource ids. + + + + + + Populates the Resources collection of all the tasks in the _tasks view list based on the underlying + data items' Resources property values, which are comma separated list of resource ids. + + + + + Removes the specified task from the task tree - essentially from its parent's Tasks collection. + + Task that is to be removed. + + + + Converts the specified predecessor object into text that can be saved into the underlying data item's + property mapped Predecessors, which is a comma separated list of predecessor ids optionally with link + information in the same format as ProjectTask's property. + + Predecessor to convert into text representation for serialization purposes. + Text representation of the specified predecessor. + + + + Gets the text representation of the specified ProjectTaskResource for the purposes of storing into the + underlying data item. + + + + + + + Updates the underlying data item of the task to reflect the new value of the specified property. + + Task whose property is to be pushed into the data item. + Property id. + Whether to update the data item asynchronously. + + + + Updates the data source to reflect any added or removed tasks from the task tree. + + + + + Some properties are updated asynchronously, such as Predecessors. The reason for it is that + the predecessors collection may be in the process of being modified with multiple changes and + therefore it would be inefficient to update the underlying data item at each change. Therefore + certain properties, especially collection properties, are updated asynchronously. This method + commits any such pending asynchronous updates. + + + + + + Disposes of the tree manager. + + If true then clears the Tasks collections of all the tasks in the task tree. + + + + Called to construct the task tree structure from the flat collection of tasks + that are passed into the constructor of this object. + + + + + This class is used to manage child collections that are saved out into the data items as comma separated + list of child item id's. For example, ProjectTable's Columns collection. The child items are typically + a separate items source. + + + + + + + + If the specified list is ViewList<T> the it checks its IsDirty property. + + + + + + + + If nccObj implements ISupportPropertyChangeNotifications then hooks into it, or unhooks + from it based on parameter. + + + + + + + Called whenever ChildIds text changes for a parent object. It re-populates the child objects collection. + + + + + + + Adds or removes entries from the _childIdToParentMap for the specified parent object. + + Parent object. + Child ids of the parent. + If true the entries are added to the map. If false the entries are removed from the map. + + + + A property store that is used to get and set values on a sub-object, like ProjectColumn's Settings sub-object. + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Properties information. + Create methods will set the created property on this map. + Store that gets or sets the sub-object from the item. + Callback to allocate a new sub-object. + + + + Synchronizes the new sub-object's properties to the corresponding property stores. + + + + + + Uses a TypeConverter to provide implementation of IValueConverter. + + + + + Represents settings for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the default action to use when actual values will be lost on a task as a result of the task being deleted or having certain values changed. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the overrides the task relationships. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether a new should be added to the when entering an unrecognized name into the . + + + + + + + Returns or sets the default action to use when a task's constraint will automatically be changed due to some other value on the task changing. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+

+ Note: If the Allow value is specified, which is not valid for this warning type, the ModifyConstraint value will be used instead. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when a summary task's constraint conflicts with the constraint of one of its child tasks in that applying both constraints to the child task will violate + one of them. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+

+ This type of warning only happens when is True. +

+

+ Note: If the DoNotModifyConstraint value is specified, which is not valid for this warning type, the ModifyConstraint value will be used instead. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when the task's constraint can dependencies cannot both be enforced because their rules are incompatible. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of days of slack that a task must have in order to be considered critical when calculating the critical path. + + + + + + Returns or sets a DateTime string format used to indicate how dates are displayed within the control. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of days used when calculating a day unit - e.g when a has a of Months. + + +

Note: Changing this value does not change the durations on the tasks so this should be set before creating tasks. It will however affect the way that the duration is displayed.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when the user attempts to delete the root task. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when the user attempts to delete a summary task. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default finish time assigned to a task when you enter a without specifiying a time. + + + + + + Returns or sets the default start time assigned to a task when you enter a without specifiying a time. + + + + + + Returns or sets the default action to use when dependency circularities are detected within the tasks of the project during anything + other than a task being re-parented. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+

+ If the dependency circularities are detected when a task is being re-parented, the + will be used. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when dependency circularities are detected within the tasks of the project when tasks are re-parented. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the format for duration type fields. + + + + + + Returns or sets a numeric string format used to indicate how durations are displayed within the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the day used as the first day of the week. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task representing the project is displayed (i.e. ). + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of minutes used when calculating a day unit - e.g when a has a of Days. + + +

Note: Changing this value does not change the durations on the tasks so this should be set before creating tasks. It will however affect the way that the duration is displayed.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of minutes used when calculating a week unit - e.g when a has a of Weeks. + + +

Note: Changing this value does not change the durations on the tasks so this should be set before creating tasks. It will however affect the way that the duration is displayed.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when a resource is used which doesn't exist and + is False. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether new tasks that are created have estimated durations. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether new tasks that are created have estimated durations. + + + + + + Returns or sets the default action to use when a constraint type on a task can possibly cause a conflict in the future. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the scheduling engine should recalculate after each change. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the scheduling engine should calculate a critical path for each independent network of tasks. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the start, finish, and duration of manually scheduled tasks should be updated when + predecessors or successors change. + + +

+ Note: When is False, this property is ignored and the manually scheduled tasks + are never updated when editing links. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when the task finish value is moved into a non-working day. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when the task is moved after the project finish in a project scheduled from the finish date. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when the task is moved before the project start in a project scheduled from the start date. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default action to use when the task start value is moved into a non-working day. + + +

+ The default action can be overridden by handling the event and setting the + . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ProjectResourcePropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ProjectResource object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ProjectResourcePropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each instance provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the object in the . + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified ProjectResource property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ProjectCalendarPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ProjectCalendar object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ProjectCalendarPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each instance provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the object in the . + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified ProjectCalendar property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ProjectTaskPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ProjectTask object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ProjectTaskPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each instance provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the object in the . + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified ProjectTask property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Enumeration used to indicate how the non-working time is displayed within the control. + + + + + A is created for each timescale interval that does not contain any working time. + + + + + A is created for each block of non-working time. + + + + + The non-working times are not highlighted/displayed within the timeline portion of the control. + + + + + An enumeration used to describe the units for a + + + + + Each segment represents one or more years. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more halves of a year. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more quarters of a year. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more months. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more third's of a month. A third of a month is the 1-10 days, 11-20 days or 21-end of the month. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more weeks. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more days. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more hours. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more minutes. + + + + + Each segment represents one or more seconds. + + + + + A custom that maintains a collection of instances + + + + + Base class for an object that provides one or more instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns or sets the percentage by which the preferred size of the intervals will be scaled. + + +

The Scale can be set to a value between 25 and 1000 where 100 represents 100 %.

+
+
+ + + Returns the read-only collection of timescales determining the intervals displayed in the control. + + + + + Returns the collection that is used to provide the bands displayed in the timescale. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of Timescale. + + + + + + Converts the specified Timescale to its XML representation. This is the format that + the XamGantt uses to serialize out Timescale instances into underlying data item + that provides a string type property mapping. + + + + + + Returns the collection that is used to provide the bands displayed in the timescale. + + + + + Returns the collection of instances that will provide the tiers for the timescale. + + + + + A custom that allows controlling the and to determine the interval of the timescale + + + + + Base class for an object that provides one or more DateRanges representing the time intervals in the timescale. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a string representation of the specified range for display in the header area. + + The range whose string representation is being requested + A date that should be used as the pivot/anchor for the calculated range. + Provides information to be used when calculating the range. + True if the string is being used for the tooltip + The string representation of the range. + + + + Used to obtain the DateRange for an interval based on the specified relative date. + + The relative date whose encompassing range is to be returned. + A date that should be used as the pivot/anchor for the calculated range. + Provides information to be used when calculating the range. + The DateRange that encompasses the specified relative date. The end of the range is considered non-inclusive + + + + Used to obtain the adjacent DateRange + + A DateRange that was obtained from calling GetNext or GetStart + True to obtain a later range or false to obtain a previous range + The adjacance DateRange + + + + Used to notify listeners that the criteria for calculating the intervals has been changed. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the horizontal content alignment of the intervals for this band + + + + + Returns the number of time units that the band provides. + + + + + + Returns the type of time unit that the band provides. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a string representation of the specified range for display in the header area. + + The range whose string representation is being requested + A date that should be used as the pivot/anchor for the calculated range. + Provides information to be used when calculating the range. + True if the string is being used for the tooltip + The string representation of the range. + + + + Used to obtain the DateRange for an interval based on the specified relative date. + + The relative date whose encompassing range is to be returned. + A date that should be used as the pivot/anchor for the calculated range. + Provides information to be used when calculating the range. + The DateRange that encompasses the specified relative date. The end of the range is considered non-inclusive + + + + Used to obtain the adjacent DateRange + + A DateRange that was obtained from calling GetNext or GetStart + True to obtain a later range or false to obtain a previous range + The adjacance DateRange + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string containing the number and type of units that the band provides. + + + + Returns the number of time units that the band provides. + + + + + + Returns the type of time unit that the band provides. + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to format the intervals within the control. + + + The DisplayFormat and properties accept a DateTime format string that is used to + generate the text for the header (i.e. the text within the ) and the tooltip + respectively. In addition to the .Net DateTime format strings, the value can also include additional custom replacement + tags. + + The following values represent the replaceable tokens that may be used and will be replaced prior to formatting the DateTime + with the date's ToString method. +
+ + + Replacement Tag + Description + + + {d:n}
{day:n}
+ Inserts a substring of the full day name for the date. n indicates the number of characters that should be displayed. For example, '{d:2}' for Sunday would result in "Su". +
+ + {m:n}
{mon:n}
+ Inserts a substring of the full month name for the date. n indicates the number of characters that should be displayed. For example, '{m:2}' for September would result in "Se". +
+ + {doyn}
{DOYn}
+ Inserts the day of the year for the date. n is optional and indicates the minimum number of digits in the resulting string. For example, '{doy3}' for January 2nd would result in "002". +
+ + {wn}
{Wn}
+ Inserts the week number for the date. n is optional and indicates the minimum number of digits in the resulting string. For example, '{w2}' for the first week of the year would result in "01" but '{w}' would result in "1". +
+ + {tom}
{TOM}
+ Inserts a string identifying the third of the month that contains the date. The upper case '{TOM}' indicates that the full version - e.g. "Beginning", "Middle" or "End" - should be used. Lower case indicates the short version - e.g. "B", "M" or "E" - should be used. For example, '{tom}' January 15 would result in "M" but '{TOM}' would result in "Middle". +
+ + {q}
{Q}
+ Inserts a string identifying the quarter of the year that contains the date. The upper case '{Q}' indicates that the full version - e.g. "1st", "2nd", "3rd" or "4th" - should be used. Lower case indicates the short version - e.g. "1", "2", "3" or "4" - should be used. For example, '{q}' January 15 would result in "1" but '{Q}' would result in "1st". +
+ + {hy}
{HY}
+ Inserts a string identifying the half of the year that contains the date. The upper case '{HY}' indicates that the full version - e.g. "1st" or "2nd" - should be used. Lower case indicates the short version - e.g. "1" or "2" - should be used. For example, '{hy}' January 15 would result in "1" but '{HY}' would result in "1st". +
+ + {start:un}
{finish:un}
+ Inserts the difference between the start or finish date and the date for the interval in the specified units. u indicates the units in which the difference will be expressed and includes values of m, h, d, w, tom, M, q, hy and y which represents minutes, hours, days, weeks, thirds of a month, months, quarters, half years and years respectively. n is optional and indicates the number of characters that should be displayed. For example, '{start:d}' would display a string containing the number of days between the interval and the start (e.g. project start). +
+
+
+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the band is displayed. + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to format the intervals within the control. + + + + + Returns or sets the type of units for the timescale. + + + + + Returns or sets the number of units that the timescale interval represents. + + + + + Provides information about the timescale + + + + + Initializes a new + + The preferred first day of the week or null to use the default for the calendar + The week rule to use when calculating week numbers + The culture to use for the calculations + + + + Initializes a new + + The preferred first day of the week or null to use the default for the calendar + The week rule to use when calculating week numbers + The calendar to use for the calculations + The date format to use for the calculations + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a TimescaleInfo with the same state. + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the TimescaleInfo + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified instance has the same values; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the to be used when calculating the dates. + + + + + Returns the to be used when calculating the dates. + + + + + Returns or sets the finish date for the information that the timescale represents. + + + + + Returns the resolved representing the first day of the week. + + + + + Returns or sets the start date for the information that the timescale represents. + + + + + Returns the resolved to use for date calculations + + + + + Exposes information about the interval represented by the + + + + + Returns the relative/anchor date used to calculate the range. + + + + + Returns the containing + + + + + Returns the preferred string representation of the + + + + + Returns the DateRange that the object represents. + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Returns the TimescaleInfo used to calculate the range. + + + + + Returns the string representation of the interval as meant for the tooltip + + + + + Defines the keys for the built in timescale layers in a + + + + + The key of the layer used to provide the background for a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display the bars (e.g. tasks) within a + + + + + The key of the layer displaying the elements provided during a drag operation. + + + + + The key of the layer displaying the background representing non-working time within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display special date lines within a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display special date ranges for a + + + + + The key of the layer used to display the timescale interval lines within a + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the background layer. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the bars (e.g. tasks). + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that contains elements related to a drag operation such as the preview of element being dragged + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer displaying the background for the non-working time within a + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays block of date ranges representing special dates. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays individual dates representing special times. + + + + + Returns the static singleton instance of the info that represents the layer that displays the lines representing the end of each timescale interval. + + + + + Used to initialize the VisibleDateRange and as one operation. + + The new range of dates + The new overall range + + + + Returns the default anchor date that is used when calculating date ranges. + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Returns an object used to provide information to a band when calculating ranges. + + + + + Returns the minimum overall range for the timescale. + + + + + Returns a DateRange encompassing the dates currently displayed within the control. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection representing the DateRanges in view. + + + + + Returns the current extent of the timeline. + + + + + Returns the preferred number of ticks per pixel based on the preferred size of the band intervals. + + + + + Returns the collection of instances that represents the dates in view. + + + + + Represents a for a given + + + + + Returns the managing defining the visible range. + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Returns the collection of objects representing the visible bands. + + + + + Represents a for a given + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Returns the collection of DateRange instances that represent the visible ranges. + + + + + Returns the managing defining the visible range. + + + + + Returns the anchor date used to calculate the intervals. + + + + + Returns the relative index of the date based on the Unit + + The date for which the value is being requested + The relative index (e.g. for Week returns the week of the year, for day returns the day of the month). + + + + Returns the relative index of the date based on the specified unit + + The date for which the value is being requested + The unit for which the index is being requested + The relative index (e.g. for Week returns the week of the year, for day returns the day of the month). + + + + Returns a string representation of the specified date based on the date information provided. + + The date whose string representation is being requested + An object that provides information about the date + A date to which the string may be calculated relative to if the format string is a relative format. + True if the represents the end of the range; otherwise false. + A string representation of the specified + + + + Represents a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the that this element represents. + + + + + + Returns the collection of instances to be displayed by the element. + + + + + Represents a specific interval of time for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns an object that provides information about the interval that the element represents. + + + + + Custom control used to display a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the that is providing the information for the intervals. + + + + + + Custom panel used to create and arrange within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns or sets the amount of space between the items. + + + + + Custom panel used to position instances. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Observable objects that stores a double value for given keyed values of type + + The type used for the key to store/access the double value. + + + + Helper class for creating a path that represents a line with straight portions and curves. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The starting point for the shape + True if the points should be stored as relative to zero (and therefore offset based on the ) or false to use the values exactly as provided. + + + + Adds a straight line from the to the specified vertical offset. + + The end point for the line + + + + Adds a horizontal line from the to the specified horizontal offset. + + The x coordinate representing the end point of the horizontal line + + + + Adds a vertical line from the to the specified vertical offset. + + The y coordinate representing the end point of the vertical line + + + + Creates an arc with the specified size and direction. + + The amount of the horizontal offset of the arc. Negative values for left and positive for right. + The amount of the vertical offset of the arc. Negative values for up and positive for down. + The direction of the arc + + + + Used to create a path based on the lines and curves defined. + + A new path representing the created line path. + + + + Returns the current position of the line being created. + + + + + An adapter observable collection that wraps a collection of instances and exposes them as a collection of instances. + + The type of item that is exposed by the collection + The type of item in the wrapped collection + + + + Invoked when the contents of the collection have been changed. + + + + + Custom that comes with a number of built in tables and views. + + + + + Base class for an object that provides a and instances to a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Used to provide a column to be added to a ProjectTable. + + The key of the column to be created. + A new ProjectColumn whose Key is set to the specified . + + + + Creates the collection for the property. + + + + + + Creates the collection for the property. + + + + + + Used to get a column for a ProjectTable. + + The key of the column to be returned. + A ProjectColumn whose Key is set to the specified or null if no such column exists. + + + + Virtual method called to aggreate errors from all derived classes. + + A list of errors to populate that will be aggregated and high severity errors will be exposed via the BlockingError property of the control. + + Note: derived classes that override this method should call the base implementation to pick up all the errors. + + BlockingError + + + + + Called after error information has changed. + + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is starting. + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Returns the collection of tables available to the end user. + + + + + Returns the collection of views that will be available to the end user. + + + + + Gets the blocking error if any. + + + + BlockingError property is set when an error occurs that prevents further functioning of the control. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the properties that may be mapped to an underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies the property that provides a value that uniquely identifies the associated ProjectColumn. + ProjectTable's property is mapped to a field in the tables + data source that returns comma separated list of these data item id values. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. Expected type is string. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the properties that may be mapped to an underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property in the data item that provides comma separated list of data item id's of columns. + The id's are used to populate the associated ProjectTable's property. + The id's are used to locate column data items in the . + Note that the id's correspond to the mapped field + of the ProjectColumn data source. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the properties that may be mapped to an underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property of the + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property of the + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property of the + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property of the + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property of the + + + + + Identifies the property used to supply the value for the property of the + + + + + Class used for providing custom and instances + to a via its property. + + + + + Initializes a new . + + + + + Creates the collection for the property. + + + + + + Creates the collection for the property. + + + + + + Used to get a column for a ProjectTable. + + The key of the column to be returned. + A ProjectColumn whose Key is set to the specified or null if no such column exists. + + + + Overridden. Called to aggreate errors from all derived classes. + + A list of errors to populate that will be aggregated and high severity errors will be exposed via the BlockingError property of the control. + + Note: derived classes that override this method should call the base implementation to pick up all the errors. + + BlockingError + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the data source from which objects are created + which are used to populate the collections of + objects. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ColumnPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + You can set the property + on the collection to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the data source from which will be populated. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + TablePropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + You can set the property + on the collection to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the data source from which will be populated. + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ViewPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + You can set the property + on the collection to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + + + Object that provides information about indicators used to describe the status of the task. + + + + + Initializes a new + + Identifies the type of indicator + The description for the indicator + + + + Returns an enumeration used to identify the type of indicator + + + + + Returns a string that provides details about the indicator. + + + + + Custom class used to manage the ICollectionView for each + + + + + Calls DeferRefresh on all collection views + + A disposable used to allow refreshes to continue + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Custom editor for manipulating a + + + + + Base class for a spin editor that displays a dropdown. + + The type of value that will be edited by the control + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the template for the control is being applied. + + + + + Overridden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed while focus is within the control. + + Provides information for the key event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + When IsDroppedDown is set, we need to make sure that the editor is in edit mode and if not + enter it into edit mode. That's what this coerce handler does. + + + + + + + + Invoked when the dropdown is closed. + + + + + Invoked when the dropdown is being opened. + + + + + Invoked when the Popup has been opened. + + + + + Specifies whether the drop down is currently open. + + + + IsDropDownOpen returns a value indicating whether the drop down is currently open. + You can set this property to open or close drop down as well. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to compare 2 values. + + The first value to compare + The second value to compare + + + + Used to convert the text into a new ManualProjectDuration + + The text that was entered by the end user. + The value created from the specified text. + + + + Used to convert a given ManualDateTime to its string representation that should be displayed to the end user. + + The value to convert to text. + The string representation of the specified value. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control is being applied. + + + + + Called when the control receives focus + + + + + + Called when the keyboard focus state within the visual tree of this element has changed + + + + + + Invoked when the Popup has been opened. + + + + + Invoked when the property has been changed. + + The old value + The new value + + + + Used to calculate the incremented or decremented value. + + The value to calculate + True to increment the value; otherwise false to decrement it. + The incremented/decremented value + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the value needs to be converted from UTC to the local timezone when initializing the text to be displayed and when updating the Value from the entered text. + + + + + + Returns or sets the time that should be used when only a date is entered. + + + + + + Returns or sets the that represents the local timezone. + + + + + + Returns or sets the number of units by which the will be incremented or decremented when spinning. + + + + + + Returns or sets the format for the DateTime portion of the value. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether a value that is below the or beyond the should be stored as a text value. + + + + + + Invoked when the property changes. + + + + + Custom editor for manipulating a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to compare 2 values. + + The first value to compare + The second value to compare + + + + Used to convert the text into a + + The text that was entered by the end user. + The value created from the specified text. + + + + Used to convert a given ManualProjectDuration to its string representation that should be displayed to the end user. + + The value to convert to text. + The string representation of the specified value. + + + + Invoked when the property has been changed. + + The old value + The new value + + + + Used to calculate the incremented or decremented value. + + The value to calculate + True to increment the value; otherwise false to decrement it. + The incremented/decremented value + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the Estimated state should be cleared when a spin operation is performed. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of hours used when calculating a day unit - e.g when a has a of Months. + + + + + + Returns or sets the format used when only a number is entered without entering a format. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of minutes used when calculating a day unit - e.g when a has a of Days. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the number of minutes used when calculating a week unit - e.g when a has a of Weeks. + + + + + + Returns or sets the number of units when spinning a null value when the has not been set. + + + + + + Returns or sets the number of units by which the will be incremented or decremented when spinning. + + + + + + Returns or sets the format for the DateTime portion of the value. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether a value that is below the or beyond the should be stored as a text value. + + + + + + Invoked when the property changes. + + + + + Custom control that displays indicators based on the state of the specified task. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a value indicating if there are any indicators + + + + + + Returns a collection of instances that represent the current indicators. + + + + + Returns or sets the task whose state is to be displayed. + + + + + + Custom XamGrid implemented used to provide the grid portion of the control + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Raises the ColumnAutoGenerated event. + + Provides information for the event + + + + Invoked when a column has been moved or fixed. + + The column that was dropped + The type of drop operation + The new index of the column + The old index of the column + + + + Invoked when a new object is needed + + The arguments for the event + The column layout for which the new item is being requested + The parent row for which the item is being requested + The type of row that will be using the object. + + + + Invoked when the key is pressed down while focus is within the control + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the RowsManager should add in ColumnLayout instances for any DataField's for a Columnlayout that doesn't support autogenerated columns. + + The column layout being initialized + Returns true to indicate that the DataField's should be enumerated to determine if there are any ColumnLayouts that need to be added into the ColumnLayout being initialized. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only ColumnInfo attached dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached ColumnSynchronizer DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + True if the object should be allocated if it hasn't been already + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Returns or sets the list of columns + + + + + + Returns or sets the collection of default per-column settings. + + + + + + Returns or sets the default style used for the auto-generated columns that use a combobox. + + + + + + Returns the resolved format for DateTime fields + + + + + + Returns or sets the default settings to use in all columns. + + + + + + Returns or sets the default format to use for DateTime related columns. + + + + + + Returns or sets the timezone used for performing date conversions. + + + + + + Returns or sets the that represents the columns displayed to the end user. + + + + + + Returns or sets a Style for for the control. + + +

This property is used to initialize the Style of the RowSelectorSettings that it creates for itself. If the RowSelectorSettings is + set to a new instance then this property must be manually pushed into the Style property of that instance.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a Style for for the control. + + +

This property is used to initialize the HeaderStyle of the RowSelectorSettings that it creates for itself. If the RowSelectorSettings is + set to a new instance then this property must be manually pushed into the HeaderStyle property of that instance.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the default style used for the auto-generated instances within the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the default style for the tooltip provided by columns within the control. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the VerifyState method is being processed. + + + + + Interface implemented by a Project Task. + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time that has been completed so far. + + + + + Returns or sets the date when the task has been completed. + + + + + Returns or sets the date on which the task had started. + + + + + Returns or sets the calculated date representing the finish date where the task should be displayed in the UI. + + + + + Returns or sets the calculated date representing the starting date where the task should be displayed in the UI. + + + + + Returns the date representing the point up to which actuals have been reported for a task. + + + + + Returns or sets the date used when enforcing the + + +

Note: This property is not used when the is + set to AsLateAsPossible or AsSoonAsPossible.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the type of scheduling constraint to be placed on the task. + + +

+ + + AsSoonAsPossibleThis is a flexible constraint that indicates that the task should start as soon as possible. This constraint does not utilize the ConstraintDate. + AsLateAsPossibleThis is a flexible constraint that indicates that the task should start as late as possible. This constraint does not utilize the ConstraintDate. + MustStartOnThis is an inflexible constraint that indicates that the task must start on the specified ConstraintDate. + MustFinishOnThis is an inflexible constraint that indicates that the task must end on the specified ConstraintDate. + StartNoEarlierThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must start no earlier than the ConstraintDate. + StartNoLaterThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must start no later than the ConstraintDate. + FinishNoEarlierThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must end no earlier than the ConstraintDate. + FinishNoLaterThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must end no later than the ConstraintDate. + + +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a target date indicating when the task should be completed. + + + + + Returns or sets the format for the duration for the task. + + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the earliest date that a task could finish based on the predecessors and constraints. + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the earliest date that a task could begin based on the predecessors and constraints. + + + + + Returns the duration between the and dates. + + + + + Returns the amount of time that a task can be delayed without delaying any Successors or affecting the project's finish date. + + + + + Returns the calculated identifier number that is assigned to each task. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task is cancelled. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the Gantt bars for the task are hidden. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the task has some room to slip or if it is on the critical path. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the duration is marked as an estimate. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the task is expanded. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task is scheduled manually or automatically. + + +

The start and finish dates for automatically scheduled tasks are determined by the + Gantt's scheduling engine based on task dependencies.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task is marked for further action. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task represents a major event in the project. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the , or does not have a specific value and therefore there is not enough information to schedule the task. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the task's properties may be modified. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the task is a summary task - i.e. there are child tasks in the . + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the latest date that a task could finish without delaying the project finish. + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the latest date that a task could begin based on the predecessors, successors and constraints without delaying the project. + + + + + Returns or sets a value that represents the duration of the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the end date and time of the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the start date and time of the task. + + + + + Returns or sets a string representing some notes or comments for the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the current outline level of the node. + + + + + Returns or sets a value between 0 and 100 inclusive that represents the percentage of the duration that has been completed. + + + + + Returns or sets a string representing the associated instances for the predecessors + + + + + Returns the associated project containing the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time that is required to complete the unfinished portion of the task. + + + + + Returns a collection of the resources assigned to a given task. + + + + + Returns or sets the string representation of the + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time that is required to complete the unfinished portion of the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the date on which the task is scheduled to be completed. + + +

For automatically scheduled tasks, the value is equivalent to the date. For manual tasks + this property is read-only.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the date on which the task is scheduled to be started. + + +

For automatically scheduled tasks, the value is equivalent to the date. For manual tasks + this property is read-only.

+
+
+ + + Returns the duration between the and dates. + + + + + Returns or sets a string representing the associated instances for the successors + + + + + Returns or sets the of the task. + + + + + Returns the collection of child instances + + + + + Returns the total amount of time that a task can be delayed without delaying the project. + + + + + Custom GridSplitter for use within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Base class for a control that uses a + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is starting. + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Gets the blocking error if any. + + + + BlockingError property is set when an error occurs that prevents further functioning of the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether touch support is enabled for this control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the that should be displayed by the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that provides the views and tables. + + + + + + Returns the used by the control to provide the views and tables. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the VerifyState method is being processed. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the VerifyStateOverride is needed. + + + + + Returns an object that the control uses to listen for changes on subobjects. + + + + + Used by the unit tests. + + + + + Helper method for creating a set of getter/setters for date properties of a type where the properties are defined by the enum members of the + + The object defining the date properties + The enum defining the properties for which helpers should be created + An array of helpers indexed by the integer value of the enumeration + + + + Helper method for creating a set of getter/setters for date properties of a type where the properties are defined by the enum members of the + + The object defining the date properties + The type of property + The enum defining the properties for which helpers should be created + An array of helpers indexed by the integer value of the enumeration + + + + Helper method for creating a set of getter/setters for date properties of a type where the properties are defined by the enum members of the + + The object defining the date properties + The type of property + The enum defining the properties for which helpers should be created + The type of helper to create + Factory method for creating the helper class + An array of helpers indexed by the integer value of the enumeration + + + + Used by the unit tests. + + + + + Used by the unit tests. + + + + + Used by the unit tests. + + + + + Helper method to return a unique list maintaining the original order + + The type of items in the list + The list to validate + Optional comparer used to check for equality or null to use the default comparer + The if the values are unique or a new list with the unique values in the same order excluding subsequent duplcates. + + + + Helper class for performing comparisons of values. + + + + + Creates a method that compares the property values of two instance of type . + + The object type to be compared + The name of the property whose value is to be retreived + An optional IComparer<T> whose T is that of the PropertyType of the associated property or an IComparer implementation or null to use the default comparer for the type. + A function that will obtain the property from the specified instances and compare the values. Note, for effeciency the method assumes the objects provided are non-null and that the caller has performed this check if necessary before calling the function. + + + + Class for converting enum values to/from a display string that is obtained based on the Description attribute on the enum members. + + The enum type + + + + Returns an enumeration based on a given display string. + + The display value whose associated enumeration value is to be returned + The enumeration value it represents or null if one could not be located. + + + + Returns a string representation of the specified enumeration based on the Description attribute set on the enum. + + The enumeration value whose string is to be returned. + A display string representing the specified enumeration value + + + + Returns an immutable collection of all the display strings for the associated enumeration type. + + + + + Class that exposes the public delegates for getting and optionally (assuming it is public) settings the value of a property of a class. + + The type of object that defines the property + The type of the property + + + + Custom GetSetPropertyHelper<TOwner, TProperty> that deals with DateTime and exposes methods for treating the DateTime property as UTC and converting it to local type using the specified token. + + The type of object that defines the DateTime property + + + + Indicates if an item with the specified key exists within the collection. + + The key to evaluate + True if the collection contains an item with the specified key; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the item with the specified key or null if none exists. + + The key to locate + The index of the item with the key or -1 if no item with the specified key exists + + + + Represents a column in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes the ProjectView with a storage. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + + + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Returns or sets the text that will be displayed in the header of the column. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the field in the that the column represents. + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides settings for the column. + + + + + Returns or sets the width for the column + + + + + Represents a column that is available in the grid portion of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Helper method used by property setters to change the value of a field and raise the PropertyChanged event. + + The type of field member being changed + The field member to be modified + The new value + The name of the property associated with the field being changed + True if the new value differed from the member and the property was changed; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the sort of a column should ignore the case. This is only used for string columns. + + + + + Returns or sets the type of data for the field. This is only used for custom columns. + + + + + Returns or sets the text that the end user will use to refer to the column. + + + + + Returns the resolved that the end user will use to refer to the column. + + + + + Returns or sets the converter that will be used to edit the value for the column. + + + + + Returns or sets the parameter that will be used with the + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if this represents a custom column. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column may be filtered. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column is modifiable. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column may be sorted. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the field in the that the column represents. + + + + + Returns or sets an IComparer used when performing a sort on the column's values. + + + + + Returns or sets the converter that will be used to display the value for the column. + + + + + Returns or sets the parameter that will be used with the + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if this represents an unbound column. + + + + + Provides options regarding columns in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column can be hidden through the user interface. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column can be moved through the user interface. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column can be resized through the user interface. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column can be shown through the user interface. + + + + + + Returns or sets the DataTemplate used to define the content of the header of the column. + + + + + + Returns or sets the horizontal alignment for content in the header. + + + + + + Returns or sets the vertical alignment for content in the header. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the column is modifiable. + + + + + + Returns or sets a maximum width the column is allowed to be. + + + + + + Returns or sets a minimum width the column is allowed to be. + + + + + + Provides options regarding columns in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Provides options regarding columns in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a the key of the column to which the settings apply. + + + + + + Defines how the rows in a are sorted. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns or sets the string that identifies the column to be sorted. + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration indicating the sort order. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the object is immutable. + + + The object is sealed once it has been added to the . + + + + + An object that represents a set of columns displayed within the grid portion of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates a built in task table + + Enumeration used to identify which table is to be created + A table for the specified id + + + + Creates a collection of all the built in tables. + + An array of the tables + + + + Initializes the ProjectView with a storage. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + + + + Returns the collection of columns displayed within the + + + + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Returns or sets the format to use for dates displayed for this table. + + +

By default the property is set to null. When left to null, the default + date settings for the project will be used.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the default column settings to use in the table. + + + + + Returns or sets the string identifier for the table. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the table is displayed to the end user in a menu from the UI. + + + + + Returns a collection containing the built in and custom columns. + + + + + Returns the collection of definitions for the intrinsic/built in columns. + + + + + Returns the collection of available columns for the grid portion of the Gantt. + + + + + Class that represents a task in a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the HasListeners property changes. + + + + + Overridden. Called when property changed event is raised. + + Name of the property. + + + + Called when a subobject's, including this object's, property changes. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Deletes the task and its subtasks. + + + + + Returns the DateTime for the specified property relative to the specified + + Enumeration used to identify the property whose value is to be returned relative to the specified timezone indicated by the parameter. + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + Returns the local time for the specified date property relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + Used to remove a task from the and make it a child of the previous sibling task. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified task is a descendant of this instance. + + The task to evaluate + True if the specified task is within the or within the Tasks of their descendants. + The 'task' cannot be null. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if this task is a descendant of the specified . + + The task to evaluate + True if this task is within the of the specified or within the Tasks of their descendants. + The 'task' cannot be null. + + + + Used to remove the task from the and make it a sibling immediately following it and moves all remaining siblings to be children of this task. + + + + + Moves this task relative to the specified task. + + The task relative to which this task is to be moved. + An enumeration used to identify the target position of this task relative to the specified . + + + + Reschedules the manual task so it honors its dependencies. + + +

+ Note: If the task is automatically scheduled, not part of a project, has no dependencies, or has text in its + start, finish, and duration, this will have no effect on the task. +

+
+
+ + + Returns the DateTime for the specified property relative to the specified + + Enumeration used to identify the property whose value is to be returned relative to the specified timezone indicated by the parameter. + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the specified date property. + Returns the local time for the specified date property relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + Starts an edit operation where the current values are saved and further changes made to the object + are not pushed into the the underlying data item. + + Returns false if we are already in edit transaction. Otherwise returns true. + + + + This method restores the property values to the original values saved at the time of the BeginEdit call. + It then discards the saved values. + + Returns false if we are not in an edit transaction. Otherwise returns true. + + + + Discards the original values that were saved at the time of BeginEdit call and commits the changes made + to the underlying data item if any. + + Returns false if we are not in an edit transaction. Otherwise returns true. + + + + Gets the value in the storage for a property. + + + + + + Initializes the task with a storage associated with the underlying data item. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + Mapped properties - these properties are the ones for which the data item provides the values for. + True if the ProjectTask is an add-new item that is being associated with a data item that's added + to the items source. In this case, the data is copied from the view item to the data item instead of the other way around. + + + + Changes the state and optionally changes the state of the descendants. + + The new value for the state + True to + + + + Returns the DateTime for the specified property relative to the specified + + Enumeration used to identify the property whose value is to be returned relative to the specified timezone indicated by the parameter. + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the specified date property. + True if the property is being set internally + Returns the local time for the specified date property relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + Ends begin edit. It commits or cancels changes based in the parameter. + + If true restores to the original values that were stored at the time of + the BeginEdit. If false then commits the changes to the data item. + Returns false if we are not in an edit transaction. Otherwise returns true. + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Restores the IsPropertyBeingSetInternally and PreventValueSynchronization internal flags to their original states. + + + + + + Sets IsPropertyBeingSetInternally and PreventValueSynchronization internal flags. + + Flags value that needs to be passed into the RestoreLoadDataFlags method to restore + the state to original. + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time that has been completed so far. + + + + + Returns or sets the date when the task has been completed. + + + + + Returns or sets the date on which the task had started. + + + + + Returns or sets the calculated date representing the finish date where the task should be displayed in the UI. + + + + + Returns or sets the calculated date representing the starting date where the task should be displayed in the UI. + + + + + Returns the date representing the point up to which actuals have been reported for a task. + + + + + Returns or sets the date used when enforcing the + + +

Note: This property is not used when the is + set to AsLateAsPossible or AsSoonAsPossible.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the type of scheduling constraint to be placed on the task. + + +

+ + + AsSoonAsPossibleThis is a flexible constraint that indicates that the task should start as soon as possible. This constraint does not utilize the ConstraintDate. + AsLateAsPossibleThis is a flexible constraint that indicates that the task should start as late as possible. This constraint does not utilize the ConstraintDate. + MustStartOnThis is an inflexible constraint that indicates that the task must start on the specified ConstraintDate. + MustFinishOnThis is an inflexible constraint that indicates that the task must end on the specified ConstraintDate. + StartNoEarlierThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must start no earlier than the ConstraintDate. + StartNoLaterThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must start no later than the ConstraintDate. + FinishNoEarlierThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must end no earlier than the ConstraintDate. + FinishNoLaterThanThis is a semi-flexible constraint that indicates that the task must end no later than the ConstraintDate. + + +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Returns or sets a target date indicating when the task should be completed. + + + + + Returns or sets the duration for the task. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the format for the duration for the task. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the text used for the of a task. + + + + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the earliest date that a task could finish based on the predecessors and constraints. + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the earliest date that a task could begin based on the predecessors and constraints. + + + + + Returns or sets the finish date for the task. + + + + + + + + Returns the duration between the and dates. + + + + + Returns or sets the text used for the of a task. + + + + + + + + Returns the amount of time that a task can be delayed without delaying any or affecting the project's finish date. + + + + + Returns the calculated identifier number that is assigned to each task. + + + + + Returns the current index of the task within the of the . + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task is cancelled. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the Gantt bars for the task are hidden. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the task has some room to slip or if it is on the critical path. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the duration is marked as an estimate. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task is expanded. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task is scheduled manually or automatically. + + +

The start and finish dates for automatically scheduled tasks are determined by the + Gantt's scheduling engine based on task dependencies.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task is marked for further action. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the task represents a major event in the project. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the , or does not have a specific value and therefore there is not enough information to schedule the task. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the task is a summary task - i.e. there are child tasks in the . + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the latest date that a task could finish without delaying the project finish. + + + + + A calculated field that indicates the latest date that a task could begin based on the predecessors, successors and constraints without delaying the project. + + + + + Returns or sets a value that represents the duration of the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the end date and time of the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the start date and time of the task. + + + + + Returns or sets a string representing some notes or comments for the task. + + + + + Returns or sets a number indicating the indentation of the task relative to its + + + + + Returns the parent task. + + + + + Returns or sets a value between 0 and 100 inclusive that represents the percentage of the that has been completed. + + + + + Returns the collection of objects representing this object's predecessors. + + + + + Returns or sets a string representing this object's based on the of the tasks. + + The property cannot be set if the task is not associated with a or if the has been invoked. + + + + + + + Returns the associated project containing the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time that is required to complete the unfinished portion of the task. + + + + + Returns a collection of the resources assigned to a given task. + + + + + Returns or sets the string representation of the + + The property cannot be set if the task is not associated with a or if the has been invoked. + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the bar should be displayed within ancestor task instances whose Rollup is true. + + +

Note: The Rollup property will be set to false when the collection Count goes to 0 and the + task is not being initialized (e.g. the is non-null and the + has not been invoked. Similarly the Rollup will be set to true when a task is added to the Tasks collection and the Count goes to 1 + when the task is not being initialized.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the total span of active working time for the task. + + + + + Returns or sets the date on which the task is scheduled to be completed. + + +

For automatically scheduled tasks, the value is equivalent to the date. For manual tasks + this property is read-only.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the date on which the task is scheduled to be started. + + +

For automatically scheduled tasks, the value is equivalent to the date. For manual tasks + this property is read-only.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the start date for the task. + + + + + + + + Returns the duration between the and dates. + + + + + Returns or sets the text used for the of a task. + + + + + + + + Returns the collection of objects representing this object's successors. + + + + + Returns or sets a string representing this object's based on the of the tasks. + + The property cannot be set if the task is not associated with a or if the has been invoked. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the of the task. + + + + + Returns the collection of child instances + + + + + Returns the total amount of time that a task can be delayed without delaying the project. + + + + + Returns the name of the property that uniquely identifies the underlying data items. + + + + + Returns a collection of the error information accumulated during the validation. + + + + + Represents a relationship between 2 instances. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The predecessor task + The successor task + Indicates the type of relationship between the tasks + The duration of the lag time between the linked tasks + + + + Initializes a new + + The predecessor task + The successor task + Indicates the type of relationship between the tasks + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a ProjectTaskDependency with the same state. + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the ProjectTaskDependency + + + + Compares the value of this instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified instance has the same property values; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the predecessor task. + + + + + Returns the successor task. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the relationship between the two tasks. + + + + + Returns the duration of lag time between the tasks. + + + + + Represents a Resource associated with a given + + + + + Initializes a new + + The id of the resource associated with the task + The amount of time that the resource is available for the task + + + + Returns a string representing the id of the + + + + + Returns a value that represents the percentage of time that the resource will be available for the task. + + + + + Represents a specific view of project information from a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes the ProjectView with a storage. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of Timescale. + + + + + + Converts the specified Timescale to its XML representation. This is the format that + the XamGantt uses to serialize out Timescale instances into underlying data item + that provides a string type property mapping. + + + + + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to uniquely identify the view within the . + + + + + Returns a collection representing the sorted columns in the grid. + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides settings for the view. + + + + + Returns or sets the id of the table displayed by the view. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify whether a summary task may be dragged. + + + + + + + A summary may be moved if it's is true. + + + + + The summary task may always be moved. When an automatic summary task is moved it will be changed to a manual task. + + + + + Summary tasks may not be moved. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the built in project task tables. + + + + + Default table used for the Gantt Chart view which contains fields for entering the task name, duration, start, finish, predecessors and resources. + + + + + Table used to view constraint information for the tasks. + + + + + Table used to view the schedule information for the tasks + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of drag operation being performed on a within a + + + + + The of a manual start-only task will be adjusted + + + + + The of a manual finish-only task will be adjusted + + + + + The or will be adjusted based on whether the project is scheduled from the start. + + + + + The will be adjusted + + + + + The will be calculated based on the date dragged to for the + + + + + The will be adjusted + + + + + Enumeration used to describe the type of value that the structure represents. + + + + + The object represents a null or empty value. + + + + + The object represents a manual/text value. + + + + + The object represents an actual value. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify a DateTime or DateTime? property on the + + + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + Enumeration used to identify a DateTime or DateTime? property on the + + + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + The property + + + + + An enumeration used to define the type of line connecting the predecessor and successor task defined by a + + + + + No connectors are displayed between the elements. + + + + + A curved line is used to connect the predecessor and successor tasks similar to that of Microsoft Project + + + + + A straight line is used to connector the predecessor and successor tasks similar to that of Microsoft Project + + + + + Enumeration used to the state(s) of a . + + + + + None + + + + + A regular leaf task. This does not include milestones, summary tasks or a recurrence root task. + + + + + A task whose property is set to true. + + + + + A task that has child tasks including the Project Summary but does not include the recurrence root task. + + + + + A task that is along the critical path. That is a task that cannot be delayed without affecting the project + end date. A task is critical if it has no slack, has a Must Start On or Must Finish On constraint, has a + As Late As Possible constraint in a project scheduled from a start date, has a As Soon As Possible constraint + in a project scheduled from the finish date or has a finish date greater than or equal to its . + Summaries are also considered critical. Items that would not be considered critical are the recurrence root, milestones, + activities that were completed (i.e. PercentComplete = 100) or inactive tasks. + + + + + A task whose property is set to true. + + + + + A task whose is 100. + + + + + A task whose is 0. + + + + + A task whose is greater than 0 and less than 100. + + + + + A task that represents the project summary. + + + + + A task whose property is true. Inactive tasks do not affect the project schedule. + + + + + A task whose property is set to true. + + + + + The task has its set but the and/or are not. + + + + + The task has its set but not its . + + + + + The task has its set but not its or . + + + + + The task is missing the , , or any combination thereof. + + + + + Indicates that the task is critical and the option to highlight the critical tasks is enabled. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the target position when moving a task. + + + + + + Reposition the task to be the first child of the specified task + + + + + Reposition the task to be the last child of the specified task + + + + + Reposition the task to be before the specified task + + + + + Reposition the task to be after the specified task + + + + + Enumeration used to identify a type of constraint placed on an automatically scheduled . + + + + + + Indicates that the task should start as soon as possible. This constraint does not utilize the . + + + + + Indicates that the task should start as late as possible. This constraint does not utilize the . + + + + + Indicates that the task must start on the specified . + + + + + Indicates that the task must end on the specified . + + + + + Indicates that the task must start no earlier than the . + + + + + Indicates that the task must start no later than the . + + + + + Indicates that the task must end no earlier than the . + + + + + Indicates that the task must end no later than the . + + + + + Enumeration used to describe the relationship between two dependent instances. + + + + + The of the tasks are linked + + + + + The of the task is linked to the of the other. + + + + + The of the task is linked to the of the other. + + + + + The of the tasks are linked + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the format for a work duration. + + + + + Minutes + + + + + Hours + + + + + Days + + + + + Weeks + + + + + Months + + + + + Defines the format of a duration for a project item. + + + + + No duration has been specified. + + + + + The duration is expressed in seconds + + + + + The duration is expressed in seconds and treated as consecutive time as though it has a 24 hour calendar. + + + + + The duration is expressed in minutes + + + + + The duration is expressed in minutes and treated as consecutive time as though it has a 24 hour calendar. + + + + + The duration is expressed in hours + + + + + The duration is expressed in hours and treated as consecutive time as though it has a 24 hour calendar. + + + + + The duration is expressed in hours considering the number of working hours per day. + + + + + The duration is expressed in days and treated as consecutive time as though it has a 24 hour calendar. + + + + + The duration is expressed in weeks considering the number of working hours per week. + + + + + The duration is expressed in weeks and treated as consecutive time as though it has a 24 hour calendar. + + + + + The duration is expressed in months considering the number of days per month and hours per day. + + + + + The duration is expressed in months and treated as consecutive time as though it has a 24 hour calendar. + + + + + The duration is expressed as project duration time unit where 1% is 1/1000 of a minute. + + + + + The duration is expressed as project duration time unit where 1% is 1/1000 of a minute. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of drag actions that are allowed for the element based on the + + + + + None of the operations is allowed for the element. + + + + + The element may be moved + + + + + The element may be resized + + + + + The percent complete may be adjusted using the element + + + + + A link to the start of the task may be created + + + + + A link to the finish of the task may be created + + + + + Enumeration used to define the position of an element adorning a bar of a + + + + + The element is positioned above the bar. + + + + + The element is positioned below the bar. + + + + + The element is positioned to the left of the bar. + + + + + The element is positioned to the right of the bar. + + + + + The element is positioned over the middle bar. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of drag operation that should be triggered by dragging the associated + + + + + The element is used to move a task without changing its duration. + + + + + The element is used to change the end date of the task and thereby affect its duration. + + + + + The element is used to the change the based on the date over which the element is dragged. + + + + + Enumeration used to describe the position of the element with respect to the edge to which it is associated. + + + + + The shape is centered over the associated edge of the task + + + + + The shape is positioned such that the shape's associated edge is over the edge for which the shape is positioned (e.g. the left edge of the shape is over the left edge of the bar when the shape is positioned on the left). + + + + + The shape is positioned such that the shape's associated edge is over the edge for which the shape is positioned (e.g. the left edge of the shape is over the left edge of the bar when the shape is positioned on the left) and the bar is shifted in by the extent of the shape. + + + + + The shape is positioned such that the shape's associated edge is just outside the edge for which the shape is positioned (e.g. the right edge of the shape is just left of the left edge of the bar when the shape is positioned on the left). + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of drag area that the element represents and therefore the type of links it is capable of creating. + + + + + The element is used to create a StartToStart or StartToFinish link. + + + + + The element is used to create a FinishToFinish or FinishToStart link + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of + + + + + The is a flexible constraint such as a 'Start No Earlier Than' in a project scheduled from the start. + + + + + The is an inflexible constraint such as a 'Must Start On'. + + + + + The constraint criteria (i.e. the and ) have not been met. + + + + + The is 100. + + + + + The task has + + + + + The task has gone beyond its + + + + + Observable collection that supports indexing by key. + + The type of item that the collection will contain + The type of object that is used as the key + + Note: One or items may have a null key, assuming the type allows it, but when a key is provided only a single item in the collection may have that key. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The name of the property that provides the key + An optional func that will provide the key for the item. If one is not specified the collection will try to obtain one for a public property named of type on type . + An optional list of keys that are not allowed. + An optional comparer used to evaluate the keys. + + + + Removes all the items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which to insert the + The object to insert in the collection + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the collection change. + + + + Raises the event. + + The arguments providing information about the property change. + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + The index of the item in the collection to be removed. + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + Index of the item to replace + The item to insert into the collection. + + + + Indicates if an item with the specified key exists within the collection. + + The key to evaluate + True if the collection contains an item with the specified key; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the item with the specified key or null if none exists. + + The key to locate + The index of the item with the key or -1 if no item with the specified key exists + + + + Gets the item with the specified key + + The key of the item to locate + When the method returns this is set to the item with the associated if one exists, otherwise the default value for the type is used. + True if the collection contains an item with the specified key + + + + Returns the item with the specified key. + + The key for item that should be returned + The item in the collection with the specified key or null if an item with the specified key doesn't exist. + + + + List of listeners that will be added as a listener to the contained items. + Also collection change notifications will be raised on the listeners as well. + + + + + Represents a read-only + + The type of item that the collection will contain + The type of object that is used as the key + + + + Initializes a new + + The keyed collection to wrap + + + + Indicates if an item with the specified key exists within the collection. + + The key to evaluate + True if the collection contains an item with the specified key; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the index of the item with the specified key or null if none exists. + + The key to locate + The index of the item with the key or -1 if no item with the specified key exists + + + + Gets the item with the specified key + + The key of the item to locate + When the method returns this is set to the item with the associated if one exists, otherwise the default value for the type is used. + True if the collection contains an item with the specified key + + + + Returns the item with the specified key. + + The key for item that should be returned + The item in the collection with the specified key or null if an item with the specified key doesn't exist. + + + + Custom lazy collection that wraps a collection of items and exposes a collection of elements that may be used with the RecyclingManager. + + The type of item in the collection + The type of element to be created for each item + + + + Enumeration used to indicate how the spin buttons affect the when a spin is invoked while the Value represents a null value. + + + + + + Spinning is not enabled when the current represents a null value. + + + + + When spinning up the is initialized to the and to the when spinning down. + + + + + The is initialize to the + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object or its object. + + + + ProjectColumnPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the or its object + it maps to. The property of the ProjectColumn or ProjectColumnSettings object is identified by + the property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object or its object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ProjectColumnPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each instance provides a + mapping for a property of class or its object to + the field in the object in the . + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified ProjectColumn property. + + Identifies the property of the or class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ProjectTablePropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ProjectTable object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ProjectTablePropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each instance provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the object in the . + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified ProjectTable property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ProjectViewPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ProjectView object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ProjectViewPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each instance provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the object in the . + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified ProjectView property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Custom control that provides a Microsoft Project style Gantt functionality + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed while focus is within the control. + + Key event args. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Executes the command associated with the specified value. + + The Command to execute. + An optional parameter. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + + Executes the command associated with the specified value. + + The Command to execute. + An optional parameter. + The source of the command + True if we should catch our exceptios and show an error message + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Processes the key down event. It executes associated commands if any. + + Key event args. + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Used to raise the event + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the + + Provides information for the event + + + + Used to invoke the + + Provides information for the event + + + + Used to invoke the + + Provides information for the event + + + + Used to invoke the + + Provides information for the event + + + + Used to invoke the + + Provides information for the event + + + + Used to invoke the + + Provides information for the event + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the VerifyStateOverride is needed. + + + + + Returns or sets an object that represents the currently active cell. + + + + + + Returns or sets the column that represents the currently active cell. + + + + + + Returns or sets the row representing the active task. + + + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating if the currently selected tasks are + + + + + + Returns a nullable boolean indicating if the currently selected tasks are + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates the width of the chart portion of the control. + + + Note: The control doesn't use this property directly. Instead it is expected that the property + is bound to in the control template so if you create a custom ControlTemplate for the xamGantt then you should bind to + this property as is done in the default template. + + + + + + Returns or sets the collection of default per-column settings to use in all tables of the . + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides the context menus for the areas within the control. + + + + + + Returns the resolved object that provides the context menus for the various areas of the control + + + + + + Returns or sets the default column settings to use in all tables of the . + + + + + + Returns or sets a style for a used within the TaskName column. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates the width of the grid portion of the control. + + + Note: The control doesn't use this property directly. Instead it is expected that the property + is bound to in the control template so if you create a custom ControlTemplate for the xamGantt then you should bind to + this property as is done in the default template. + + + + + + Returns or sets the Style for a TextBlock in the grid portion when the value of a or represents a manual/text value. + + + + + + Returns a collection of the selected cells in the grid portion of the control + + + + + Returns a collection of the selected columns in the grid portion of the control + + + + + Returns a collection of the selected task rows in the grid portion of the control + + + + + Returns the table associated with the that defines the columns displayed in the grid portion of the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the classes that represent the bars in the chart portion of the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration used to indicate when the task bars are rounded to whole days. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the type of line connecting a task to its and + + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides the context menus for the areas within the control. + + + + + + Returns the resolved timescale that is used by the control based on either the Timescale of the of the or . + + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the instances not currently visible and available to be shown in the within the grid section of the control. + + + + + Returns the that describes the information displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets the key of the from the of the + + + + + + Returns or sets an object that provides the default settings for the + + + + + + Returns or sets the date range currently in view. + + + + + + Returns the collection of task items represented by the gantt. + + + + + + Invoked when the property has been changed. + + + + + Invoked when a cell in the Gantt grid has changed its value. + + + + + Invoked when a cell in the Gantt grid is changing its value. + + + + + Invoked when a column in the Gantt grid has been shown or hidden. + + + + + Invoked when a column in the Gantt grid will be shown or hidden. + + + + + Invoked when a command is executed on the . + + + + + Invoked when a command will be executed on the . + + + + + Invoked when the has changed. + + + + + Invoked when the has changed. + + + + + Invoked when the has changed. + + + + + Invoked when the drag of a is completed. + + + + + Invoked when during a drag of a as the item is dragged over a different DateTime + + + + + Invoked when a is about to be dragged + + + + + Clears the contents of the collection + + + + + Invoked when the contents of the collection have been changed. + + Provides information about the collection change + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08df5006d4e Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..58e793c8bce Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..69950cce2eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,24899 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Schedules.v14.2 + + + + + If the NewItems has only single item, then returns it. If it has no items or has more + than 1 items, it returns null. + + + + + Constructor. + + Owner object which is passed in as the first argument when the handler is invoked. + The handler is typically a reference to a static method and therefore it needs to know which owner + to delegate the processing to. + Called when list changes. + Called when a list item changes. + Hook into prop changed. + If thru will callHookIntoDataItem automatically + + + + Indicates if the data items' property change notifications are going to be raised. + + + + + Gets the value for the specified item. + + + + + + + Sets the value for the specified item. + + + + + + + Indicates if the store has a value stored for the specified item. Note that some stores + cannot tell if the value was stored previously in which case they may implement this by + checking if the value is not default(T) where T is the type of the values it stores. + + + + + + + Used for storing key to value mappings. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + Enumerating the map will return keys that have values mapped to them. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the specified key. Returns null if the item doesn't exist. + + Key value. + Mapped value. + + + + Map implementation that uses an array for the storage. The key values are either + integer or convertible to integer and the integer values and the smallest integer + value should be no less than 0 and the largest value shouldn't generally be a + very large value because the array will be allocated based on the largest value + encountered. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Clears all values. + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Map whose entries will be enumerated. + + + + Map implementation that uses an array for the storage. The key values are either + integer or convertible to integer and the integer values and the smallest integer + value should be no less than 0 and the largest value shouldn't generally be a + very large value because the array will be allocated based on the largest value + encountered. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Map whose entries will be enumerated. + + + + Map implementation that uses dictionary for storage. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Helper class for invoking an action on the left mouse up. + + + + + Exposes scrollbar related settings. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes the state of the scroll info. + + The viewport extent (i.e. the visible area) + The overall extent (i.e. the size of the content) + The position within the scrollable area + + + + Invoked when a property notification should be sent. + + The string identifying the property being changed + + + + Returns a value indicating the preferred IsEnabled state of the scrollbar. + + + + + Returns a value indicating the preferred visibility of the scrollbar. + + + + + Returns the Extent value + + + + + Indicates if the scroll info is in use. + + + + + Returns or sets an optional large change + + + + + Returns the resolved large change amount + + + + + Returns the Maximum + + + + + Returns or sets the Minimum value + + + + + Returns the Offset value + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to determine when the scroll bar should be visible + + + + + Returns the difference between the viewport and extent. + + + + + Returns the SmallChange value + + + + + Returns the Viewport value + + + + + Invoked when the value of a property of the object has changed. + + + + + Helper class for managing the properties of a ScrollBar and ScrollInfo + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the scrollbar is being initialized based on the scroll info. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Helper class for synchronizing/coordinating the visibility of multiple ScrollBarInfoMediator instances. Essentially this + is used when there are multiple scrollbars in the ui and their Visibility should be tied together. + + + + + Custom ScrollInfo class that is associated with a specific element and will invalidate the measure when the scroll position changes. + + + + + Indicates if the scroll info is in use. + + + + + Custom scroll info that is used to aggregate the values (other than offset) of multiple scroll infos + + + + + Automation IScrollProvider that deals with a horizontal and vertical + + + + + Helper class for performing scroll operations resulting from touch interactions. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The horizontal scroll info. This includes the ScrollInfo that does the scrolling, the type of scrolling done, a function to return the width of the first item. + The vertical scroll info. This includes the ScrollInfo that does the scrolling, the type of scrolling done, a function to return the height of the first item. + Optional method used to determine if the specified point is valid for scrolling + + + + The touch was initiated and dragged + + + + + The touch was initiated and released + + + + + Invoked to ensure that the range reflects the appropriate values for the specified scroll offset. + + Returns the adjusted offset + + + + Listing of all the properties. + + + + + These properties are candidates for serializing out in unmapped properties field if explicit mappings + are not provided. Certain properties such as Id, Start, End etc... are not suitable for serializing + in unmapped properties field since we perform LINQ queries on them. Further more, certain properties + that are states, like Error, also should not be saved in unmapped properties field. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets default value factories for properties that have them. + + Map where the key is the property and value is the default value factory. + + + + Returns the name of the property that uniquely identifies the underlying data items. + + + + + Indicates whether to update the underlyin data item field asynchronously. + + + + + Indicates whether to cache converted value for the property. When the property has a _converter, by default getting the value from + underlying storage that's mapped to a data item will cause the field value to be retrieved from the data item and converted + every time the store value is accessed. This indicates that the store should cache the value so the _converter is not used at + every retrieval. + + + + + Constructor. + + Property key. + Property name. + Property type. + Either a single field or IEnumerable of fields to which this property is mapped. + For example, it can be a AppointmentProperty instance or IEnumerable<AppointmentProperty>. + Whether the property is read-only. + Converter that should be used to convert data source value to the value of the property + and other way around as well. + Specifies if and how the value of the property will be copied when item is cloned. + If specified, it's used to initialize the default value of the property. + Specifies the default value of the property. + Used for comparing values. + Indicates whether the data item should be update asynchronously when the + property's value changes. Typically used for complex objects where multiple synchronous modifications to the object are possible + where it would undesirable to update the data item at every modification. + Indicates whether to cache the converted value - the value retrieved from underlying + data item that is converted using a converter. + + + + Checks to see if the values in the property stores are different for this property. + + Item type. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'y' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'x' item. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'X' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'y' item. + True if the property values are equal, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the field to which this property is mapped to. The <T> template parameter specifies + the type of the mapped field value (like AppointmentProperty enum, or TaskProperty enum). + + The type of the mapped field value, like AppointmentProperty enum or TaskProperty enum. + This will be set to the any matching mapped field. + True if a match is found, false otherwise. + + + + A helper method for copying the a collection of that's of this property's type. The derived + TypedPropInfo supports generic collection implementations. + + + + Returns true if succesful, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the value of the property for the specified 'x' object. + + Item type. + The item whose property value to get. + Property storage. + The value of the property. + + + + Constructor. + + Property key. + Property name. + Used to get the storage for an item that will be used by the + IFieldValueAccessor<TValue> implementation to retrieve property values. + >Either a single field or IEnumerable of fields to which this property is mapped. + For example, it can be a AppointmentProperty instance or IEnumerable<AppointmentProperty>. + Whether the property is read-only. + Converter that should be used to convert data source value to the value of the property + and other way around as well. + Specifies if and how the value of the property will be copied when item is cloned. + Specifies the default value of the property. + If specified, it's used to initialize the default value of the property. + Used for comparing values. + Indicates whether the data item should be update asynchronously when the + property's value changes. Typically used for complex objects where multiple synchronous modifications to the object are possible + where it would undesirable to update the data item at every modification. + Indicates whether to cache the converted value - the value retrieved from underlying + data item that is converted using a converter. + + + + Checks to see if the values in the property stores are different for this property. + + Item type. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'y' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'x' item. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'X' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'y' item. + True if the property values are equal, false otherwise. + + + + A helper method for copying the a collection of that's of this property's type. The derived + TypedPropInfo supports generic collection implementations. + + + + Returns true if succesful, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the value of the property for the specified 'x' object. + + Item type. + The item whose property value to get. + Property storage. + The value of the property. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ActivityCategoryPresenter' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'MonthViewDayHeader' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'MonthViewDayOfWeekHeader' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'MonthViewWeekHeader' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the element is not in view. + + + + + + Abstract base class for automation peers of classes that derive from + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamMonthView' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamOutlookCalendarView' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The parameter info for the command. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ActivityCategoryCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command that clears all Activity Categories assigned to the Activity. + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Clears all Activity Categories assigned to the Activity. + + The parameter info associated with the command. + + + + A command that displays a dialog that shows all valid ActivityCategories for the Activity and which allows editing of those categories. + + + + + Displays a dialog that shows all valid ActivityCategories for the Activity and which allows editing of those categories. + + The parameter info associated with the command. + + + + A command that toggles the selected state of an ActivityCategory for the Activity. + + + + + Toggles the selected state of an ActivityCategory for the Activity. + + The parameter info associated with the command. + + + + A command that toggles the selected state of a specific ActivityCategory for the Activity. + + + + + Toggles the selected state of an ActivityCategory for the Activity. + + The parameter info associated with the command. + + + + A command that sets the selected state of a specific ActivityCategory for the Activity. + + + + + Sets the selected state of an ActivityCategory for the Activity. + + The parameter info associated with the command. + + + + Class that is passed as a parameter to ActivityCategory commands that exposes properties of interest tothe commands. + + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of ActivityCategoryCommandParameterInfo. + + A reference to an class instance that is processing the command + A reference to an class instance that the command should act on. This parameter can be ull for commands that do not act on a specific . + + + + + + + + + Returns the class that will handle the command. + + + + + + + + + Returns the (if any) associated with the command. + + + + + + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The parameter info for the command. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ActivityCategoryDialogCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command that saves changes to the s and closes the object that is hosting it. + + + + + Saves changes to the s and closes the object that is hosting it. + + The object that will be saved and closed. + + + + A command that Closes the and cancels all changes. + + + + + Closes the and cancels all changes. + + The object that will be closed. + + + + A command that triggers a UI for creating a new . + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Triggers a UI for creating a new . + + The object that will be saved closed. + + + + A command that triggers a UI for editing the currently selected . + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Triggers a UI for editing the currently selected . + + The object that will be saved closed. + + + + A command that deletes the currently selected . + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Deletes the currently selected . + + The object that will be saved closed. + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The window for which the command will be executed. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ActivityDialogCoreCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command that saves the and closes the object that is hosting it. + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Saves the and closes the object that is hosting it. + + The object that will be saved closed. + + + + A command that closes the object. + + + + + Closes the object. + + The object that will be closed. + + + + A command that deletes the current being edited in the object. + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Deletes the current being edited in the object. + + The object which is editing the that will be closed. + + + + A command that deletes the current being edited in the object. + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Deletes the current being edited in the object. + + The object which is editing the that will be closed. + + + + A command that shows the time zone pickers in the object. + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Shows the time zone pickers in the object. + + The object which is editing the that will be closed. + + + + A command that shows the time zone pickers in the object. + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Hides the time zone pickers in the object. + + The object which is editing the that will be closed. + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Returns the type of command. + + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ReminderDialogCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command that dismisses all the reminders in the . + + + + + Returns a enumeration that specified which command this is. + + + + + A command that opens the dialog for all currently selected reminder(s) that represent a reminder for an activity type. + + + + + Returns a enumeration that specified which command this is. + + + + + A command that dismisses the currently selected reminder(s) in the . + + + + + Returns a enumeration that specified which command this is. + + + + + A command that snoozes the currently selected reminder(s) in the . + + + + + Returns a enumeration that specified which command this is. + + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The control for which the command will be executed. + Returns a boolean indicating if the command should be considered handled. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ScheduleControlCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command object used to execute a command for a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + + + + Base class for commands that deal with a schedule dialog. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified dialog + + The parameter info for the command. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the ScheduleDialogCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command that saves the current changes and closes the dialog + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Saves the current changes and closes the dialog + + The dialog object that will be saved and closed. + + + + A command that closes the dialog object without saving the changes + + + + + Closes the dialog object without saving the changes + + The dialog object that will be closed. + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The control for which the command will be executed. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the id of the command to be executed. + + + + + Switches to day or schedule view and shows the specified # of days. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The number of days to display + The date to use as the starting date for the new visible date range + The value must be 1 or greater + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + + + + Switches the to the specified view. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The new view + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + + + + Switches to day or schedule view and shows the specified # of days. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + + + + Switches to day or schedule view and shows the specified # of days. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + + + + Shifts the visible dates currently in view. + + + + + Initializes a new + + True to navigate forward and false to navigate backwards + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will execute the command. + + + + Begins modifications to an item. + + Schedule data connector. + Item that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + The callback to get the edit list associated with the item being modified. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + + Checks to see if the specified operation is allowed on the item. If the operation is not allowed, + initializes the specified result with an error. + + Schedule data connector. + Item result object. + Operation being performed. + True if the operation is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Checks to see if the specified operation is allowed for the activity using connector's IsActivityOperationSupported + method. If the operation is not allowed, initializes the specified result with an error. + + Schedule data connector. + Item object. + Operation being performed. + This will be set to an error object if the operation is not allowed. + True if the operation is allowed. False otherwise. + True if the operation is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Cancels a new activity that was created by the ScheduleDataConnectorBase's CreateNew call however one that + hasn't been commited yet. + + ActivityBase derived object that was created using ScheduleDataConnectorBase's CreateNew method however + one that hasn't been committed yet. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + + This is called to commit changes to an activity to the underlying data source. + + This is the list manager. + Result's Activity is being updated. This result should be initialized with the result of the opreation. + True if the UI cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the operation must be ended, + either with success or with an error. It cannot be canceled. + + + + Commits a new or modified activity. + + Schedule data connector. + A new or modified ActivityBase derived instance. + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. If the specified activity is deemed invalid to be committed + then an error result should be returned. + + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + + Removes an activity. + + Schedule data connector. + ActivityBase derived instance to remove. + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + instance. + + + + + Committing a variance involves potentially updating the associated root activity's MaxOccurrenceDateTime + field if the new end time of the occurrence is greater than the MaxOccurrenceDateTime because the + MaxOccurrenceDateTime must always be greater than or equal to the maximum end time of all the occurrences + of the recurring activity. This is relied upon by our querying logic. + + Schedule data connector. + This is the result object. Result's Activity is the variance that's being updated. + True if the UI cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the operation must be ended, + either with success or with an error. It cannot be canceled. + 0 if this is the first attempt at updating the root activity. 1 if we had previously attempted + to update the root activity and we shouldn't try again. + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + + + + A helper method that's called by the EndEdit and CommitVarianceHelper methods. + + Schedule data connector. + Activity result object. + Whether to force end. + The callback used for each activity actually changed in the end edit operation. + The callback to get the edit list associated with a specific activity. + + + + + When a variance' root activity is updated, in order to update the variance we may need to wait for + the root activity to complete updating. This is called when the root activity end edit operation + compltes. + + + + + + + List manager that supports property storage mechanism for managing mapped property values on view items. + The view item class needs to provide a StoragePropsInfo which essentially is a collection of PropInfo + objects that describe the property of the view item. The prop info is used to manage the field value + notifications as well as providing the view items the value for the associated field via a property + storage. + + + + + + + Returns true if BeginEdit, CancelEdit and EndEdit are supported. + + + + + Creates a new data item and associates it with the specified view item. Note that the data item + is not added to the underlying list. It must be added separately, either via EndEdit call or + manually. Also the underlying list must support adding a data item. + + View item. + Will be set to an error if any. + + + + Creates a new TViewItem instance. + + + + + + + Commits the specified view item. + + + + + + + + When view items are used as data items in the data source (in other words the data source + comprises of view items) then when a view item is used directly, we may need to initialize + the view item (the same way ViewList would do it). For example, in the case of activity, + activity's owning resource and calendar need to be initialized based on the id properties. + This initialization is done by the view list however if a view item is used directly + by accessing it from the data source, then we need to make sure it's initialized. + + + + + + Gets field value accessor that will convert the values to the specified target type. + + Identifies the field. + Target type to convert the values to. + IFieldValueAccessor instance. + + + + Returns true if BeginEdit, CancelEdit and EndEdit are supported. + + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Re-evaluates the specified query result and updates its result list. + + + + + + Removes the specified view item. + + + + + + + + This method is called to create linq condition from a list specific query result, like ActivityQuery for the + activity list manager. + + Query result object that was passed into the method, from which + the derived list manager is to create the corresponding linq condition. + This out param will be set if an error occurs. + Returns linq condition derived from the specified listSpecificQueryInfo object. + + + + Returns all potential mapping keys. + + + + + + Manages query results so any changes made to the list manager, like list or mappings being changed, will + cause the list manager to re-evaluate the result and re-initialize the result with the new set of + queried data. + + Result to manage. + + + + Performs query and returns the result object. NOTE: CreateLinqCondition method must be + overridden to provide logic for converting the specified listSpecificQueryInfo object into + linq query conditions. + + Performs query referenced by this result. + + + + + + Adds or removes specified items from the results based on the 'add' parameter. If 'add' parameter + is null it verifies whether the item should exist in the result and adds or removes it from the + result accordingly. + + Items beign added/removed or to be verified. + If true, performs add. If false, performs removal. If null verifies whether + the item should exist in the result based on the result's query criteria and adds or removes + it from the result accordingly. + + + + Adds or removes specified items from the result based on the 'add' parameter. If 'add' parameter + is null it verifies whether the item should exist in the result and adds or removes it from the + result accordingly. + + Query result. + Items beign added/removed or to be verified. + If true, performs add. If false, performs removal. If null verifies whether + the item should exist in the result based on the result's query criteria and adds or removes + it from the result accordingly. + + + + Called to dirty field value accessors. This is typically called when the list is changed to different + list or one or more mappings are changed. + + + + + Adds an entry to _dataItemPropNameToListenerMap for the specified mapped field. DataItemPropNameToListenerMap is used + to route property change notification from the data item to the correct field value accessor. + + Mapped field. + Field value accessor. + Notifier associated with the accessor. + + + + Creates IFieldValueAccessor for the specified mapped field. + + Field in the data source. + Whether the field was explicitly mapped. If true then fallbacks to using binding if the corresponding property is not found. + Converter information. + Linq query manager. + Used by the method to cache certain information in this variable. + Used by the method to cache certain information in this variable. + Created field value accessor or null if mapped field is not found. + + + + Indicates whether to auto-hook into INotifyPropertyChanged.PropertyChanged of data items in the list. + By default the data items are not auto-hooked. ViewItemManager typically hooks into data items explicitly. + However if ViewItemManager is not used by the list manager, then one can override this property to let + the ListEventListener hook into the data items automatically. Note that once the list event listener is + created, any changes in the return value of this property will not be honored. + + + + + Indicates if the associated data source list contains actual view items. + + + + + The data source list. + + + + + Linq query manager used for quering the data source list. + + + + + Gets or sets the field mappings collection. + + + + + Factory if any used to create TViewItem instances for specific data items. + + + + + View item manager used to manage and track view item objects by their id values. + + + + + List of results that are actively being managed and whose result lists are updated to reflect + any changes that occur to the data source list. + + + + + Constructor. + + Property information of the TViewItem. + Converter that retrieves the data item from the view item. + + + + Properties in the propsInfo passed into the constructor can be marked with their + _updateDataItemAsynchronously set to true, in which case the updates to that property + are pushed into the data item asynchronously. This method pushes such any pending + updates into the data items. + + + + + Properties in the propsInfo passed into the constructor can be marked with their + _updateDataItemAsynchronously set to true, in which case the updates to that property + are pushed into the data item asynchronously. This method pushes such any pending + updates into the data items. + + + + + Overridden. Creates IFieldValueAccessor for the specified TViewItem property. + + Identifies the TViewItem property. + + + + + Returns all potential mapping keys. + + + + + + Initializes unmapped properties field key. Any unampped field values will be stored as XML in this field. + + Field mapping key where the XML will be stored. + + + + Called by the store to start a deferred update operation. + + + + + + Initializes _asyncUpdateStores to an array of stores that update asynchronously. + + + + + This IPropertyStore implementation dynamically switches between using a IFieldValueAccessor if a property has a field mapping for it + or using a DictionaryPropertyStore if there's no mapping for the field. + + + + + Commits any pending updates. Updates are asynchronously committed when _updateDataItemAsynchronously is true. + + + + + This IPropertyStore implementation dynamically switches between using a IFieldValueAccessor if a property has a field mapping for it + or using a DictionaryPropertyStore if there's no mapping for the field. + + Type of values that are stored. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Commits any pending updates. Updates are asynchronously committed when _updateDataItemAsynchronously is true. + + + + + User supplied converter info. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + Checks if the specified type's full name is the same as typeFullName parameter. It checks the base classes + and interfaces if checkBaseTypes parameter is true. + + Type to check. + Full name of the type, which includes the namespace but without the assembly information. + Whether to check base types and interfaces. + True if the name matches. False otherwise. + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of object of specified type. The type needs to be one of + the supported types. + + + + + Gets the activity's date range. + + Activity object. + Date-time range of the activity. + + + + Gets the activity's date range. + + Activity object. + Local time zone. Used when the activity is time-zone neutral in which case its + start and end times are in effect in local time zone, and therefore we need to convert them to UTC in order + to compare to the date ranges which are in UTC. + Date-time range of the activity in UTC. + + + + Gets the serializer used for serializing various schedule objects that are exposed by + view objects that need to be serialized to data items as xml string values. + + + + + + Gets the time zone for the resource based on its PrimaryTimeZoneId property. If id not specified or is invalid, + fallbacks to fallbackTimeZone and if that's null then to local time zone. + + + + + + + + + Checks to see if the activity's date range intersects with one of the date ranges in rangesInUTC collection. + + Activity instance. + Date ranges in UTC. + Local time zone. Used when the activity is time-zone neutral in which case its + start and end times are in effect in local time zone, and therefore we need to convert them to UTC in order + to compare to the date ranges which are in UTC. + True if the activity date range intersects with one of the date ranges specified via the 'rangesInUTC' parameter. + + + + Helper method to return the larger value or non-NaN value if one is NaN + + + + + If max > 0 then returns true if value > max; + + + + + + + + Helper method to return the larger value or non-NaN value if one is NaN + + + + + Helper method for invoking the Reinitialize method where the call is only made if the collections differ. + + The type of items in the collections + The collection to reinitialize + The new list of items used to update the collection + + + + Converts value which can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar> into IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar>. + + Value can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar>. + + + + + Converts value which can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar> into ImmutableCollection<ResourceCalendar>. + + Value can be Resource, IEnumerable<Resource>, ResourceCalendar or IEnumerable<ResourceCalendar>. + + + + + Converts value which can be a T instance, or an IEnumerable<T> to ImmutableCollection<T>. + + Value can be a T or an IEnumerable<T>. + + + + + Converts the specified value, which needs to be a supported type, to XML. + + + + + Truncates the specified date to seconds. + + Date to trucate. + Date value truncated to seconds. + + + + Searches the specified list at the position after the starting point + + + The list to search + The starting index for the search + The method used to perform the check for which item should be returned + + + + + Enumerates the list from the specified starting point skipping the specified number of items that match. + + The type of item in the list + The list to enumerate + The index of the item at which to start. Note the item itself is not considered even if is true. + The method to invoke to determine if the item is a match + True to look forward in the list; false to iterate backwards + True to return the last item that matches + The number of matching items that must match + + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator. + + + + + Returns true if at least one date range overlaps with another in the list. + + Date ranges. + True if at least one date range overlaps with another. False otherwise. + + + + Searches the specified list at the position after the starting point + + + The list to search + The starting index for the search + The method used to perform the check for which item should be returned + + + + + Enumerates the list from the specified starting point skipping the specified number of items that match. + + The type of item in the list + The list to enumerate + The index of the item at which to start. Note the item itself is not considered even if is true. + The method to invoke to determine if the item is a match + True to look forward in the list; false to iterate backwards + True to return the last item that matches + The number of matching items that must match + + + + + Helper method for setting the value of a property to a boxed true when true and UnsetValue when false. + + The element on which the property is being set + The property to set + True to set the value to true and false to clear the local value. + + + + Keyed collection that uses a delegate for retrieving key value from item. + + Type of key. + Type of item. + + + + Constructor. + + Connector. + + + + Subscribes to reminders for the activities of the specified calendar. Note that more than one + subscriber can be subscribed to a single calendar as well as multiple calendars can be + subscribed to. + + This calendars activity reminders will be deilvered to the specified subscribed. + When a reminder is due for an activity, the subscriber's method will be invoked. + If there's an error, this will be set to error information. + + + + Unsubscribes from activity reminders of the specified calendar. If the specified subscriber hadn't been subscribed + previously then this method will take no action. + + The calendar's activity reminders to unsubscribe from. + Subscriber instance. + + + + Adds a task that will be performed at the specified time, which is in UTC. + + Time in UTC. + Action to perform. + + + + + Gets the reminder info object associated with the activity. This reminder info is exposed via data manager's active reminders collection. + + Activity instance. + If true allocates one if one hasn't been allocated. + If the reminder was dismissed, resets its IsDismissed to false. + Returns the reminder info object. + + + + Synchronizes ReminderInfo's Reminder to activity's Reminder or the other way around based on the 'copyToActivity' parameter. + + Activity object. + If copyToActivity is true then reminder info's Reminder is copied + to Activity and if it's false then activity's reminder is copied to the reminder info. + + + + List of reminder subscribers. When a reminder for an activity is to be displayed, + the task for conveying the reminder is delegated to these reminder subscribers. + + + + + Constructor. + + Connector. + + + + When an async operation is being performed that requires raising of an event when the operation is + complete, for example the add appointment operation, this class is used to raise the event when the + operation completes. + + + + + When an async operation is being performed that requires raising of an event when the operation is + complete, for example the add appointment operation, this class is used to raise the event when the + operation completes. + + + + + Represents an exception that occurs during a remote service call. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The message describing the error which occurred on the server. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The message describing the error which occurred on the server. + The error which caused this error or null. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The message describing the error which occurred on the server. + The full type name of the exception thrown by the service. + The stack trace of the exception thrown by the service. + + + + Gets the stack trace of the exception thrown by the service. + + + + + Gets the full type name of the exception thrown by the service. + + + + + Used for providing schedule data from a server over WCF services. + + + + + + An abstract base class that is used to provide schedule data to the . + + + + ScheduleDataConnectorBase is an abstract base class. Derived instances are used to provide schedule data to the . + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the collection of colors which should be displayed in the drop down when modifying a category. + + Indicates whether the user can use any color when creating a custom category. + The collection of default colors or null if the normal default colors should be used. + + + + Indicates whether the activities of the specified activity type are supported by this data connector. + + Activity type. + True if the specified activities are supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if activities of the specified type are supported by the data connector. + If they are not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + Begins modifications to an activity. + + ActivityBase derived object that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit cannot be called more than once without an intervening call to CancelEdit or EndEdit. Successive BeginEdit + calls should result an error and return false. + + + + + + Begins modifications to a Resource object. + + Resource to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit cannot be called more than once without an intervening call to CancelEdit or EndEdit. Successive BeginEdit + calls should result an error and return false. + + + + + + Cancels modifications to an existing activity or cancels a new activity that was created by the + call however one that hasn't been commited yet. + + ActivityBase derived object that was put in edit state by call + or one that was created using method however one that hasn't been committed yet. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + Note: CancelEdit method is called by the + to cancel modifications to an existing activity. It also calls this method to cancel and discard a + new activity that was created using the method, however the activity must + not have been commited yet. This is typically done when the user cancels the dialog for creating + a new activity, like the new appointment dialog. + + + + + + + + + Cancels modifications to a Resource object. + + Resource object that was put in edit state by call. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + Note: CancelEdit method is called by the + to cancel modifications to a Resource object. + + + + + + + + Cancels a pending operation. + + Pending operation that is to be canceled. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + CancelPendingOperation method is called to cancel a pending operation. It's only valid for + operations that are still pending, that is their is false. + + + An example of how this method is used is as follows. + method returns object. The activities can be retrieved + asynchronously. Before the activities are retrieved, there may be a need for canceling the operation. + For example, the user scrolls the schedule control to a different range of dates in which case + it's not necessary to retrieve activities for the perviously visible date range. In such a case, + the previous query operation will be canceled if it's still pending. + + + + + + Creates a new ActivityBase derived instance based on the activityType parameter. + + Indicates the type of activity to create. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A new ActivityBase derived object created according to the activityType parameter. + + + CreateActivity creates a new derived object, like Appointment, Journal, or Task. + Which activity type to create is specified by the parameter. Note that the created activity + doesn't get commited to the data source until method is called. Also if you wish to + not commit the created activity then it is necessary to call + so the activity object can be properly discarded by the the data connector. + + + Note: CreateNew method is called by the to create a + new Appointment, Journal, or Task object. This is typically done when the user initiates creation + of a new activity in one of the calendar view controls. If the user commits the appointment then + EndEdit method is called to commit the activity. If the user cancels the activity creation + then CancelEdit method is called to discard the activity object. + + + + + + + + + Commits a new or modified activity. + + A new or modified ActivityBase derived instance. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified activity, or a new activity that + was created using the method. + + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Commits a modified Resource object. + + A modified Resource object. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified Resource object. + + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned OperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + OperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the OperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + Gets activities that meet the criteria specified by the query parameter. + + Query criteria - contains information about which activities to get. + object that contains the activities that meet the + criteria specified by the query parameter. + + + Note: GetActivities method is called by the + to retrieve appointments, tasks, journals or a combination of the three for one or more + resources as needed to display them in calendar view controls that may be associated with + it. This method may get called multiple times to satisfy + multiple calendar view controls and also may get called again as dates are navigated in + those calendar view controls. + + + + + + Gets the list of activity categories that are supported for the specified activity. Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of supported categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + This method is used to retrieve the list of activity categories that are supported by the specified activity. + It's used by the activity dialogs to display the list of applicable categories from which the user can select + one or more categories. + + + + + + + Allows the data connector to perform any additional initialization on the edit copy before the edit operation begins. + + The copy of the original activity being editted. + + + Note: InitializeEditCopy is called by the + method after creating the edit copy, but before returning it to the caller. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified property can be edited on the specified activity. + + Activity instance on which the property might be edited. + The property to check whether editing is allowed. + True if the property can be edited. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified property can be edited for an activity of + If the property cannot be edited, the appropriate part of the UI will be disabled to prevent the user from editing + that property. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the activities of the specified type. + + Activity type for which to check if the specified feature is supported. + Feature to check for support. + Resource calendar context. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified feature is supprted for activities of + the specified type that belong the specified calendar. If the feature is not supported, relevant user interface + will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity instance on which the operation is going to be performed. + Activity operation. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the specified activity. + This method is called when there's a context of an activity object available, for which the operation is to be performed. + If there's no context of an activity available, then the overload + that takes in an value is used by the data manager to determine if an operation + can be performed. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity type. + Activity operation. + ResourceCalendar for which to check if the operation can be performed. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the activities of the specified type + for the specified resource calendar. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + When the context of an activity object for which the operation is being performed available, the overload + that takes in the activity is used. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the specified resource. + + Resource instance. + Resource feature. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified feature is supprted for a resource. + If the feature is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + This method is called when there's an error. + + Error information. + + + Derived connectors can call this method when there's an error to notify the data manager and controls + of the error. Doing so will cause the data manager to raise its Error event. Also depending upon the + severity of the error, the data manager and the controls will take appropriate action to alert the + user of the error. + + + Note that typically there's no need to call this method since most of the operations performed + on the data connector return an error as an out parameter (like method), or + return an operation result object that contains the error information. The caller, typically the + , gets those errors and takes appropriate action. This method + should be called when an error occurs outside of these operations or method calls where the + or the view controls do not have any way of knowing. An example + would be that a connection to the server is lost and you want to notify the user of that via the + view control's error user interface. + + + + + + + Removes an activity. + + ActivityBase derived instance to remove. + instance. + + + Note that the operation of removing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Gets the activity categories that are currently applied to the specified activity. + Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of currently applied activity categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + + + Subscribes to reminders for the activities of the specified calendar. Note that more than one + subscriber can be subscribed to a single calendar as well as multiple calendars can be + subscribed to. + + This calendars activity reminders will be deilvered to the specified subscribed. + When a reminder is due for an activity, the subscriber's method will be invoked. + If there's an error, this will be set to error information. + + + + Unsubscribes from activity reminders of the specified calendar. If the specified subscriber hadn't been subscribed + previously then this method will take no action. + + The calendar's activity reminders to unsubscribe from. + Subscriber instance. + + + + Called to verify that the data connector has sufficient state to operate. + + A list to receive the errors. + + Note: this method gets called once by the when it is verifying its inital state. + + + + + + Notifies the ISupportPropertyChangeNotifications listeners. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator factory used to provide recurrence calculation logic. + + + + Note that this is used by the to evaluate recurrences + specified on objects. It's not used by the XamScheduleDataManager + to resolve activity recurrences since activity recurrences are resolved by the schedule data connector + itself. + + + A connector may have its own logic for resolving activity recurences and may not necessarily use + this recurrence calculator factory for activity recurrence resolution. Note that + does utilize this to resolve activity recurrences. + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved recurrence calculator factory. + + + + If property has been set to an instance of then + that instance will be returned. Otherwise a default RecurrenceCalculatorFactoryBase instance will be returned. + + + + + + Gets the resources collection. + + + + + Returns or sets and instance of a class that supply timezone information. + + + + + + Returns an instance of a derived class (read-only) + + The value of the property if set. Otherwise a default provider. + + + + + Gets the value indicating how this connector generates recurring tasks. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Indicates whether the activities of the specified activity type are supported by this data connector. + + Activity type. + True if the specified activities are supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if activities of the specified type are supported by the data connector. + If they are not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + Begins modifications to an activity. + + ActivityBase derived object that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit cannot be called more than once without an intervening call to CancelEdit or EndEdit. Successive BeginEdit + calls should result an error and return false. + + + + + + Cancels a pending operation. + + Pending operation that is to be canceled. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + CancelPendingOperation method is called to cancel a pending operation. It's only valid for + operations that are still pending, that is their is false. + + + An example of how this method is used is as follows. + method returns object. The activities can be retrieved + asynchronously. Before the activities are retrieved, there may be a need for canceling the operation. + For example, the user scrolls the schedule control to a different range of dates in which case + it's not necessary to retrieve activities for the perviously visible date range. In such a case, + the previous query operation will be canceled if it's still pending. + + + + + + Creates a new ActivityBase derived instance based on the activityType parameter. + + Indicates the type of activity to create. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A new ActivityBase derived object created according to the activityType parameter. + + + CreateActivity creates a new derived object, like Appointment, Journal, or Task. + Which activity type to create is specified by the parameter. Note that the created activity + doesn't get commited to the data source until method is called. Also if you wish to + not commit the created activity then it is necessary to call + so the activity object can be properly discarded by the the data connector. + + + Note: CreateNew method is called by the to create a + new Appointment, Journal, or Task object. This is typically done when the user initiates creation + of a new activity in one of the calendar view controls. If the user commits the appointment then + EndEdit method is called to commit the activity. If the user cancels the activity creation + then CancelEdit method is called to discard the activity object. + + + + + + + + + Commits a new or modified activity. + + A new or modified ActivityBase derived instance. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified activity, or a new activity that + was created using the method. + + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Gets activities that meet the criteria specified by the query parameter. + + Query criteria - contains information about which activities to get. + object that contains the activities that meet the + criteria specified by the query parameter. + + + Note: GetActivities method is called by the + to retrieve appointments, tasks, journals or a combination of the three for one or more + resources as needed to display them in calendar view controls that may be associated with + it. This method may get called multiple times to satisfy + multiple calendar view controls and also may get called again as dates are navigated in + those calendar view controls. + + + + + + Gets the list of activity categories that are supported for the specified activity. Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of supported categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + This method is used to retrieve the list of activity categories that are supported by the specified activity. + It's used by the activity dialogs to display the list of applicable categories from which the user can select + one or more categories. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the activities of the specified type. + + Activity type for which to check if the specified feature is supported. + Feature to check for support. + Resource calendar context. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified feature is supprted for activities of + the specified type that belong the specified calendar. If the feature is not supported, relevant user interface + will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity type. + Activity operation. + ResourceCalendar for which to check if the operation can be performed. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the activities of the specified type + for the specified resource calendar. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + When the context of an activity object for which the operation is being performed available, the overload + that takes in the activity is used. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity instance on which the operation is going to be performed. + Activity operation. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the specified activity. + This method is called when there's a context of an activity object available, for which the operation is to be performed. + If there's no context of an activity available, then the overload + that takes in an value is used by the data manager to determine if an operation + can be performed. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + + Removes an activity. + + ActivityBase derived instance to remove. + instance. + + + Note that the operation of removing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Gets the activity categories for the specified activity. Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of activity categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + + + Subscribes to reminders for the activities of the specified calendar. Note that more than one + subscriber can be subscribed to a single calendar as well as multiple calendars can be + subscribed to. + + This calendars activity reminders will be deilvered to the specified subscribed. + When a reminder is due for an activity, the subscriber's method will be invoked. + If there's an error, this will be set to error information. + + + + Unsubscribes from activity reminders of the specified calendar. If the specified subscriber hadn't been subscribed + previously then this method will take no action. + + The calendar's activity reminders to unsubscribe from. + Subscriber instance. + + + + Called to verify that the data connector has sufficient state to operate. + + A list to receive the errors + + Note: this method gets called once by the when it is verifying its inital state. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the resources collection. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the endpoint defined in the client configuration file which is used to communicate + with the WCF service. + + +

+ If this is not set, both the and must be set for the connector + to be able to connect to the WCF service. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the interval at which the client will poll the server for changes to the data sources. + The default is 30 seconds. + + + + + + Returns or sets the mode of polling to use when polling the server for changes. + + +

+ Note: Polling only works when the item sources on the service send out list change notifications. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the remote address of the WCF service associated with this connector. + + +

+ This can be set to a null or an instance of one of these types: string, System.Uri, or System.ServiceModel.EndpointAddress. +

+

+ If the is specified, this property is not required, but will override the + service address defined in the endpoint when it is set. If the EndpointConfigurationName is not set, then it is required + that this property and are set for the connector to be able to connect to the WCF service. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the binding to use when connecting to the WCF service. + + +

+ If the RemoteBinding and the are both set, the + will not be used even if it is set. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets or sets security information which will be authenticated by the service on all remote calls. + + + + This property can be set to a string instance that contained security information or an instance of an object + whose ToString method returns the security information. + + + + + + + Used for providing schedule data from various data sources to . + + + + ListScheduleDataConnector exposes properties for specifying data sources from which the data for appointments, + tasks, journals, resources and resource calendars are retrieved from. These schedule objects are then provided to the + whose property + is set to this instance of ListScheduleDataConnector. + + + Not all data sources are required. Minimally however the and one of + , or + is required for a useful setup. If you want to utilize multiple calendars per resource capability then + you need to specify as well. + + + The data sources can be any objects that implement IEnumerable interface. You need to specify property + mappings that map properties or fields of the data source objects to the properties of the corresponding schedule + objects using corresponding property mapping collections exposed on the class. For example + is used to map properties or fields of + the data objects in the to the properties of + the clas. You can set the + property on the mappings collection to indicate that the property or field names in the data items are the same as + the names of properties in the corresponding class in the schedule object model. If a property's name is different then + you can add an entry in the mapping collection for that property. + + + For example, if you set UseDefaultMappings to true on the AppointmentPropertyMappings collection, + the data objects in the are assumed + to contain properties or fields with the same names as the properties of the + class. If one or more properties' names do not match, you can add entries in the mapping collection for + those properties. Other properties will still use the default mappings. If you leave UseDefaultMappings + to false, then you need to add an entry in the mapping collection each property that you want to map. + Data for certain properties are required for proper functioning. See , + , , and + enums for more information on which properties are required. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Indicates whether the activities of the specified activity type are supported by this data connector. + + Activity type. + True if the specified activities are supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if activities of the specified type are supported by the data connector. + If they are not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + Begins modifications to an activity. + + ActivityBase derived object that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit can be called multiple times for an activity without intervening EndEdit or CancelEdit calls. Successive BeginEdit + calls should result in NOOP and return true and null error information. However note that only a single EndEdit or CancelEdit call may + be made to come out of edit state. + + + + + + Begins modifications to a Resource object. + + Resource to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit cannot be called more than once without an intervening call to CancelEdit or EndEdit. Successive BeginEdit + calls should result an error and return false. + + + + + + Cancels a new activity that was created by the call however one that + hasn't been commited yet. + + ActivityBase derived object that was created using method however + one that hasn't been committed yet. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + Note: CancelEdit method is called by the + to cancel a new activity that was created using the method + however the activity must not have been commited yet. This is typically done when the user + cancels the dialog for creating a new activity, like the new appointment dialog. + + + + + + + + + Cancels modifications to a Resource object. + + Resource object that was put in edit state by call. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + Note: CancelEdit method is called by the + to cancel modifications to a Resource object. + + + + + + + + Cancels a pending operation. + + Pending operation. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + CancelPendingOperation method is called to cancel a pending operation. It's only valid for + operations that are still pending, that is their is false. + + + An example of how this method is used is as follows. + method returns object. The activities can be retrieved + asynchronously. Before the activities are retrieved, there may be a need for canceling the operation. + For example, the user scrolls the schedule control to a different range of dates in which case + it's not necessary to retrieve activities for the perviously visible date range. In such a case, + the previous query operation will be canceled if it's still pending. + + + + + + Creates a new ActivityBase derived instance based on the activityType parameter. + + + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A new ActivityBase derived object created according to the activityType parameter. + + + CreateActivity creates a new derived object, like Appointment, Journal or Task. + Which activity type to create is specified by the parameter. Note that the created activity + doesn't get commited to the data source until method is called. Also if you wish to + not commit the created activity then it is necessary to call + so the activity object can be properly discarded by the the data connector. + + + Note: CreateNew method is called by the to create a + new Appointment, Journal or Task object. This is typically done when the user initiates creation + of a new activity in one of the calendar view controls. If the user commits the appointment then + EndEdit method is called to commit the activity. If the user cancels the activity creation + then CancelEdit method is called to discard the activity object. + + + + + + + + + Commits a new or modified activity. + + A new or modified ActivityBase derived instance. + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. If the specified activity is deemed invalid to be committed + then an error result should be returned. + + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified activity or a new activity that + was created using the method. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized, it will show the user with appropriate + status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Commits a modified Resource object. + + A modified Resource object. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified Resource object. + + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned OperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + OperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the OperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + Gets activities that meet the criteria specified by the query parameter. + + Query criteria - contains information about which activities to get. + object that contains the activities that meet the + criteria specified by the query parameter. + + + Note: GetActivities method is called by the + to retrieve appointments, tasks, journals or a combination of the three for one or more + resources as needed to display them in calendar view controls that may be associated with + it. This method may get called multiple times to satisfy + multiple calendar view controls and also may get called again as dates are navigated in + those calendar view controls. + + + Note: If there's an error the returned ActivityQueryResult's + property will return the error information. + + + + + + Gets the list of activity categories that are supported for the specified activity. Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of supported categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + This method is used to retrieve the list of activity categories that are supported by the specified activity. + It's used by the activity dialogs to display the list of applicable categories from which the user can select + one or more categories. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the activities of the specified type. + + Activity type for which to check if the specified feature is supported. + Feature to check for support. + Resource calendar context. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified feature is supprted for activities of + the specified type that belong the specified calendar. If the feature is not supported, relevant user interface + will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity instance on which the operation is going to be performed. + Activity operation. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the specified activity. + This method is called when there's a context of an activity object available, for which the operation is to be performed. + If there's no context of an activity available, then the overload + that takes in an value is used by the data manager to determine if an operation + can be performed. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity type. + Activity operation. + ResourceCalendar for which to check if the operation can be performed. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the activities of the specified type + for the specified resource calendar. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + When the context of an activity object for which the operation is being performed available, the overload + that takes in the activity is used. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the specified resource. + + Resource instance. + Resource feature. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified feature is supprted for a resource. + If the feature is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + Removes an activity. + + ActivityBase derived instance to remove. + instance. + + + Note that the operation of removing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Gets the activity categories for the specified activity. Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of activity categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + + + Subscribes to reminders for the activities of the specified calendar. Note that more than one + subscriber can be subscribed to a single calendar as well as multiple calendars can be + subscribed to. + + This calendars activity reminders will be deilvered to the specified subscribed. + When a reminder is due for an activity, the subscriber's method will be invoked. + If there's an error, this will be set to error information. + + + + Unsubscribes from activity reminders of the specified calendar. If the specified subscriber hadn't been subscribed + previously then this method will take no action. + + The calendar's activity reminders to unsubscribe from. + Subscriber instance. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + This is called to commit changes to an activity to the underlying data source. + + This is the list manager. + Result's Activity is being updated. This result should be initialized with the result of the opreation. + True if the UI cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the operation must be ended, + either with success or with an error. It cannot be canceled. + + + + This is called to commit changes to a to the underlying data source. + + This is the list manager. + Result's Resource is being updated. This result should be initialized with the result of the opreation. + True if the UI cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the operation must be ended, + either with success or with an error. It cannot be canceled. + + + + Gets the resources collection. + + + + Note that the changes to the returned collection will be synchronized with the + the data items in the . + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the activityCategorys are stored. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ActivityCategoryPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned ActivityCategoryPropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the appointments are stored. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + AppointmentPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned AppointmentPropertyMappingCollection to true if the field names + in the data source are the same as the property names as defined by the + enum. You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having the + rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the journals are stored. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + JournalPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned JournalPropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the recurring appointments are stored. + + + + RecurringAppointmentItemsSource specifies the data source where the recurring + appointments are stored. This is optional. If not specified then the recurring appointments + will be stored in the data source specified by . + If specified then the recurring appointments, including variances, will be stored in this + data source. + + + Note that if this data source is specified then all the appointments in the + AppointmentItemsSource will be assumed to be non-recurring appointments. + In other words it's not allowed for both the AppointmentItemsSource and + RecurringAppointmentItemsSource data sources to contain recurring appointments. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + RecurringAppointmentPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned AppointmentPropertyMappingCollection to true if the field names + in the data source are the same as the property names as defined by the + enum. You can also set UseDefaultMappings to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having the + rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the resources are stored. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ResourcePropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned ResourcePropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the resource calendars are stored. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + ResourceCalendarPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned ResourceCalendarPropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the data source where the tasks are stored. + + + + + + + Specifies the data source field mappings for the object. + + + + TaskPropertyMappings property is used to specify which fields in the + provide data for which properties of the + object. + + + This property by default returns an empty collection. You can set the + property + on the returned TaskPropertyMappingCollection + to true if the field names in the data source are the same as the + property names as defined by the enum. + You can also set UseDefaultMapping to true and add entries for specific + fields to override the field mappings for those particular fields while having + the rest of the fields use the default field mappings. + + + + + + + + + Custom + + +

The define the base colors used by the calendars. The + and may be used to override individual brush resources. The key of the brushes in those + dictionaries would be the string name of the member it is meant to override.

+
+
+ + + Handles coordination of CalendarBrushCaches for ResourceCalendars. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the CalendarColorScheme class. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Clears all cached brushes and bumps the BrushVersion property + + + + + Creates a Brush based on a specific id + + The id of the brush to create + The base color to use + The brush to se for the specified id + + + + + Creates a ResourceDictionary that contains resources to be used by the dialogs + + A ResourceDictionary or null. The default implmentation returns null. + + + + Called when the system colors have changed + + + + + Makes sure that the dialog resources dictonary is polpulated correctly + + + Note: this method is always called from the get of DialogResources property. This gives derived classes an opportunity to update the contents before a dialog is shown. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the base colors that are supported. + + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Returns an appropriate resource provider to be used by the (read-only)/> + + + + + + Returns the default provider. (read-only). + + + + + Returns a collection of resources to be merged into the dialogs (read-only) + + + Note: it is the responsiblity of the to make use of these resources. + + + + + Gets whether controls should be rendered in high contrast based on the current system settings (read-only). + + The conditions to determine this are consistent with Office2007 and Office2010. + + + + Returns the base color to use for the default provider. + + + + + Returns a scrollbar style or null (read-only). + + + + + Gets whether the system should render controls with high contrast. + + The conditions to determine this are consistant with Office2007. + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates a Brush based on a specific id + + The id of the brush to create + The base color to use + The brush to se for the specified id + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the collection of colors used by the control. + + + + + Returns the base color to use for the default provider. + + + + + Returns a modifiable collection of base colors to be used by the schedule controls. + + + + + Gets/sets an optional that contains resources keyed by the enum values of T that will be used instead of the the corresponding defalse values. + + + Note: In WPF the x:Key used for the resoure can either be the enum value or its exact string equivalent. + In Silverlight however, since that framework only supports keys that are strings or Types, you can only use the string equivalent as the key. + + + + + + Gets/sets an optional that contains resources keyed by the enum values of T that will be used instead of the the corresponding defalse values. + + + Note: In WPF the x:Key used for the resoure can either be the enum value or its exact string equivalent. + In Silverlight however, since that framework only supports keys that are strings or Types, you can only use the string equivalent as the key. + + + + + + A class that exposes an indexer to retrieve resources used by elements within the XamSchedule controls + + + + + Indicates if the specified resource is of the required type. + + The id of the resource + The value for the specified resource that is to be evaluated + Returns true if the resource is valid and of the expected type; otherwise false is returned. + + + + An object that exposes tooltip information for an activity inside a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated activity object. (read-only) + + + + + + Returns whether the end time should be aligned (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the categories associated with the represented by the element. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background of the category indicator/> + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground of the category/> + + + + + + Returns the date (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the reminder indicator (read-only) + + + + + + Represents the header of a specific date in the + + + + + Represents an item with a specific date + + + + + Custom class used to represent a group of instances for a specific set of instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated control + The logical starting date for the item + The logical ending date for the item + The time for the first timeslot + The time for the last timeslot + A collection of instances + The calendar group for which activity will be generated + + + + Returns the string representation of the object. + + A string containing the and + + + + Returns the non-inclusive end time for the last time slot. + + + + + Returns the start time for the first time slot. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of instances. + + + + + Represents the area within a CalendarGroup that contains the time information for the group. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The owning control + Associated group + A collection of the instances that the group represents + + + + Returns a collection of instances + + + + + Represents the header of a specific date in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated control + The logical starting date for the item + The logical ending date for the item + The time for the first timeslot + The time for the last timeslot + A collection of instances + The calendar group for which activity will be generated + Week number that the object represents + + + + Base class for an object that represents a specific time range. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The starting time for the time slot + The ending time for the time slot + +

Note: If the is before the , the and will represent the normalized time. I.e. The Start will always be before or equal to the

+
+
+ + + Invoked when the object is being associated with an element. + + The element with which the object is being associated + + + + Returns the string representation of the object. + + A string containing the and + + + + Returns the non-inclusive end time for the time slot. + + + + + Returns the start time for the time slot. + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the object. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the time slot is selected. + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the object. + + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the object. + + + + + Custom object used to represent a specific time range in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + The starting time for the time slot + The ending time for the time slot + +

Note: If the is before the , the and will represent the normalized time. I.e. The Start will always be before or equal to the End.

+
+
+ + + Used to provide an instance of the containing element. + + + + + + Invoked when the object is being associated with an element. + + The element with which the object is being associated + + + + Gets the Type of control that should be created for the object. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the time slot is selected. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the time slot represents a working hour. + + + + + Custom class used to represent a header for a specific time range. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The starting time for the time slot + The ending time for the time slot + The timezone token for the timezone the header represents or null if it represents the local timezone + +

Note: If the is before the , the and will represent the normalized time. I.e. The Start will always be before or equal to the End.

+
+
+ + + Used by the 's property. + + + + ActivityCategoryCollection is a collection of activity categories. + Resource's property is of this type. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Finds the ActivityCategory in the collection with the specified category name. + + Category name to search. + If a match is found returns the matching ActivityCategory object, otherwise null. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Represents a collection of instances + + + + + + Removes all the items from the collection. + + + + + Invoked when the collection is sending out its change notifications + + + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be added to the collection. + + The item being added + + + + Returns true to indicate that the collection wants to receive notifications as items are added and removed. + + + + + Contains information regarding the reminder that's displayed when an activity is due. + + + + + Specifies user data associated with this reminder. + + + + UserData property's value is not used by the XamSchedule in any way. It's meant + to allow you to store any piece of data as part of the reminder object so that you can + retrieve it later, for example when the reminder is activated. As an example, + UserData can be a string that represents an action to take, for example a command + to execute when the reminder is activated. + + + + + + Indicates whether the activity is snoozed. + + + + + Indicates the time that the reminder was last displayed. + + + + + Indicates the time that the reminder was last snoozed. + + + + + Indicates the interval after the that the reminder will be re-displayed. + + + + + Specifies the text that will be displayed in the reminder. + + + + Text property specifies the text that will be displayed in the reminder. + If Text is note set then a default text will be used in the reminder. + + + + + + A class used to get notified of reminders. + + + + + + Call to deliver a reminder. + + Contains information regarding the reminder. + + + Note that this method should not block the caller, for example by displaying a modal + dialog. Multiple reminders can be due at the same time in which case this method will + be called for each of the reminders. + + + + + + Call to remove a reminder. + + Contains information regarding the reminder. + + + + Handles coordination of CalendarBrushProviders for the 'IGTheme' color scheme. + + + + + Creates a ResourceDictionary that contains resources to be used by the dialogs + + A ResourceDictionary or null. + + + + Makes sure that the dialog resources dictonary is polpulated correctly + + + Note: this method is always called from the get of DialogResources property. This gives derived classes an opportunity to update the contents before a dialog is shown. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the base colors that are supported. + + + + + + Returns an appropriate resource provider to be used by the (read-only). + + + + + + Returns a scrollbar style or null (read-only). + + + + + Contains information regarding an invoked reminder. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + Associated reminder object if any. + Object associated with the reminder. + + + + Dismisses the reminder. + + + Dismiss is called when the user acknowledges the reminder and no longer wants the reminder + to be displayed. + + + + + + Snoozes the reminder. + + When the reminder was snoozed. This date-time value is in UTC. + The snooze interval after which to re-display the reminder. + + + Snooze method is called when the user wants to be re-reminded after a certain interval of time. + + + + + + + Allocates a reminder if it hasn't been allocated. + + + + + Gets the object if any associated with the reminder. + + + + + Indicates if the reminder has been dismissed. + + + + + Indicates if the reminder has been snoozed. + + + + + Gets the associated object if any. + + + + Note that if the Reminder property is null then it will be set to a new object + when method is called. + + + + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ActivityPresenter' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or information about the associated activity. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ActivityPresenter' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarGroupTimeslotArea' + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Tab enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarHeaderArea' + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The TabItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarHeader' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Raises an automation notification that the IsSelected state has changed. + + The new state + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'DayViewDayHeaderArea' + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'DayViewDayHeader' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'MoreActivityIndicator' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ScheduleViewDayHeader' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TimeRangePresenterBase' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Returns the control pattern for the element that is associated with this peer. + + The pattern being requested + The pattern provider or null + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TimeslotArea' + + + + Returns the text label of the element that is associated with this peer. + + The automation name of the element or the name of the associated calendar. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TimeslotHeaderArea' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamDayView' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamScheduleView' + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The window for which the command will be executed. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the CalendarHeaderCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A object that will be closed. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Applies closing a XamDialogWindow. + + The object that will be closed. + + + + A object that will be closed. + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Applies closing a XamDialogWindow. + + The object that will be closed. + + + + Base class for all commands that deal with a . + + + + + Reports if the command can be executed on the object inputted. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Executes the command + + The object that will be executed against. + + + + Executes the specific command on the specified + + The window for which the command will be executed. + + + + The command source object for object. + + + + + Generates the object that will execute the command. + + + + + + Gets or sets the RecurrenceDialogCoreCommand which is to be executed by the command. + + + + + A command that saves the changes (if any) to the Recurrence information and closes the . + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Saves the changes (if any) to the Recurrence information and closes the . + + The object that will be saved closed. + + + + A command that closes the object. + + + + + Closes the object. + + The object that will be closed. + + + + A command that removes the recurrence definition from the being edited and closes the . + + + + + Returns true if the command can be executed on the object. + + The object that the command will be executed against. + True if the object can support this command. + + + + Removes the recurrence definition from the being edited and closes the . + + The object that will be closed. + + + + Used for creating objects of a specific type. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Creates new object. + + The newly created object. + + + + Used for creating objects of type specified by the generic template type parameter . + + Objects of this type will be created. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Creates new object. + + The newly created object. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Mapping of ActivityProperty enum values to their corresponding MappingKey enum values. + + + + + This is set to the recurring list manager on a non-recurring list manager and the other way around as well. + + + + + This method is called to create linq condition from a list specific query result, like ActivityQuery for the + activity list manager. + + Linq statement for the query associated with the specified result object will be returned. + This out param will be set if an error occurs. + Returns linq condition derived from the specified listSpecificQueryInfo object. + + + + Discards all the existing view items and dirties all the query results so the view items get re-created. + + + + + Creates occurrence id collection for recurring activities for reminders activities result. + + Query component that has information regarding the reminders query. + This is a collection of recurring and variance activities. Recurring activities + in this collection will be resolved into occurrences with the variances in the collection taken into account. + The variances will also be included in the resultant occurrence id collection. + Occurrence manager. + Collection of occurrence id's that define the occurrences and variances. + + + + Returns the actualy field to be used when constructing queries for activities. This takes into account + if 'End' mapping is not provided in which case it maps 'End', 'EndTimeZoneId' and 'OriginalOccurrenceEnd' + properties to 'Start', 'StartTimeZoneId' and 'OriginalOccurrenceStart' respectively. + + + + + + + Hooks into property stores for properties that require certain actions, like re-evaluating to see if they + should be added to or removed from query results. + + + + + If recurring appointment data source is specified then the appointment data source doesn't contain + recurring appointments. If it's not specified then the appointment data source should be considered + to contain the recurring appointments. Sets _hasRecurringActivities appropriately on both list managers. + + + + + Gets the type of the underlying property in the data source. + + Mapped property. + Type of the associated property in the data source. Null if the property is not mapped. + + + + Gets the specified reminder interval value converted to long if the underlying data source object's + reminder interval is of long type. Otherwise it returns the span value itself. + + Reminder interval value. + Value used for comparing in linq query conditions. + + + + This is called when a property on an activity changes that may require us to remove the activity + from one or more query results and furthermore add it to one or more query results. + + Activity whose property changed. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the end time is required for the activities that this activity list manager manages. + Default implementation returns true. + + + + + Overridden. Returns false since the journals do not require end time. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Used to manage one or more items which are processed asynchronously. When an item is added, an async + operation can be started. Any further items added in the meantime are collected into a list. When the + async handler is executed, all the items are processed via the the 'verifyCallback' delegate + specified in the constructor. + + Type of items that are to be processed asynchronously. + + + + Constructor. + + This will be called to process the items. + Whether to manage items as weak references. + + + + Adds an item to be processed asynchronously. + + Item object. + Whether to start an async operation if it already hasn't been started previously. + + + + Removes the specified item from the items queue. + + Item to remove. + + + + Removes the specified items. + + Items to remove. + + + + Removes all items and stops any pending async callback. + + + + + Starts the async verification process. + + + + + The set used to manage the items. + + + + + This object contains information from which the query criteria of this result are + derived. This is used when query conditions need to be re-derived, for example when + property mappings are changed. In the case of ActivityListManager, this is an instance + of ActivityQueryComponent. + + + + + True if the result is simply a filtered list of data items. If it's something else, + like summary of data or some other value derived from data then this will be false. + + + + + If true then ViewList will be created by the list manager for this result. If false, + only dataList will be assigned but the view list won't be created. + + + + + This callback is used to verify the result after it's marked dirty. + + + + + If true then the items in the view list can be reused when the result is verified. If false + the items in the view list will be discarded and new ones will be created. This is set to true + when property mappings or the list itself etc... changes. + + + + + List manager calls ProcessChangeEvent method to give the result itself a chance to process + the change notification from the underlying data source. ProcessChangeEvent delegates the call + to this callback if it's provided in the constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + This object contains information from which the the list manager derives + the query condition of this result. This is used when query conditions need to be re-derived, for example + when property mappings are changed. In the case of ActivityListManager, this is an instance of ActivityQuery. + + True indicates that this query result contains a subset of the items + from the data source. False indicates that the query result is not a simple filtered subset of items + in the data source but rather other calculated information, like navigation related piece of data or a calculated + summary of a field. + Specifies whether the list manager should create view list around the + resultant data list. It's false for HasNext/PreviousActivity type queries where the resulting data is not + a list of data items. + + Called to process list change event. + + + + + The result list that contains the data source objects. + + + + + Error if any. + + + + + This object contains information from which the query condition of this result are + derived. This is used when query conditions need to be re-derived, for example when + property mappings are changed. In the case of ActivityListManager, this is an instance + of ActivityQuery. + + + + + Represents results of an activity query. + + + + ActivityQueryResult is returned by the method. + + + + + + + Used as a return value by methods that perform operations asynchronously. + + + + An operation that needs to be performed asynchronously may not have the results available until a later + time. A method performing such an operation can return an instance of OperationResult or a derived class. + When the operation is complete, the result instance can be initialized with the available result. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes the and properties based on the specified values. + + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify false if further results are + going to be available. + + + An operation may be performed asynchronously. When a method that performs an operation is required + to return an instance of OperationResult derived class, you can return a new instance + and specify the result of the operation later via this method when it's available. While the asynchronous + operation is still pending, the property will return False. When the + result is available, you can call this method and specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate + that the operation is complete and that the property should be set to true. + + + If an error occurs during the operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action + will be taken and operation is considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + Called when the operation is canceled. + + + + + If an error occurred during the process of getting activity query results, this property returns the error information. + + + + + Indicates if the operation was canceled. + + + + + Indicates if the query operation has been completed. + + + + When a query is performed asynchronously IsComplete will return false until the operation + has been completed. Also Activities property will return an empty collection until the query + is complete after which it will raise its INotifyCollectionChanged.CollectionChanged event + in accordance with the query results. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the the and sets property based on the the 'markCompleted' parameter. + + Which information is being provided with this call. + The activities. Can be null if an error occurred in which case 'error' parameter must be specified. + Whether there's an activity prior to the earliest of the dates in the . + Whether there's an activity after to the latest of the dates in the . + The latest activity prior to the earliest of the dates in the . + The earliest activity after to the latest of the dates in the . + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify fals if further results are + going to be available. + + + Activity queries can be executed asynchronously. When a query method is required to return an instance of + ActivityQueryResult, you can return a new instance and specify the results of the query later via + this method. While the asynchronous query operation is still pending, the property + will return False. When the results are available, you can call this method with the results and + specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate that the query operation is complete and that the + property should be set to true. If only a partial set of results are available and + the query operation is still being executed, you can still call this method to provide with the partial + results however with 'markCompleted' parameter as false to indicate that the results are partial. Once + the results are fully available, you can call this method again (you can pass the same or a different activities + list instance that you passed in previously) and specify 'markCompleted' parameter accordingly. + The UI objects utilizing the ActivityQueryResult may use IsComplete property to indicate to the end user + that the results are being loaded. + + + If an error occurs during query operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. You may specify 'null' for the activities parameter. + Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action will be taken and operation is + considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + + Returns the collection of activities. + + + + Returns a read-only collection of activities that are the result of an activity query. + The returned collection will be kept upto-date with any changes that occur to the activities. For example, + when an activity belonging to this collection is removed by the user via the UI or through the data + source, the returned collection will be updated and it will raise the necessary change notification. + + + + + + Indicates whether there's an activity after the latest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + HasNextActivity property returns true to indicate that an activity exists after the latest date in + the of the associated object. Likewise + it returns false to indicate that no such activity exists. It returns null if the information is + not available, which could be because ActivityQuery's flags didn't + contain the flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the next + activity that occurs after the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether there's an activity before the earliest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + HasPreviousActivity property returns true to indicate that an activity exists before the earliest date in + the of the associated object. Likewise + it returns false to indicate that no such activity exists. It returns null if the information is + not available, which could be because ActivityQuery's flags didn't + contain the flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the previous + activity that occurs before the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Returns the activity that occurs after the latest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + NextActivity property returns the next activity that exists after the latest date in + the of the associated object. + It returns null if no such activity exists or that the information is not available, + which could be because ActivityQuery's + flags didn't contain the + flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. You can check to see if the + property returns false to ascertain that such an activity doesn't exist. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the next + activity that occurs after the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Returns the activity that occurs before the earliest date in the of the query. + Property's value is valid only if this information was requested by the associated activity query and the + information is available. + + + + PreviousActivity property returns the previous activity that occurs before the earliest date in + the of the associated object. + It returns null if no such activity exists or that the information is not available, + which could be because ActivityQuery's + flags didn't contain the + flag, or the underlying data connector + doesn't support being able to query for this information. You can check to see if the + property returns false to ascertain that such an activity doesn't exist. + + + This information is used by schedule controls to provide navigation user interface for navigating to the previous + activity that occurs before the currently displayed activities. + + + + + + + + Gets the query that resulted in this ActivityQueryResult object. + + + + Query property returns the instance of the object + that was used to obtain this ActivityQueryResult instance. Note however + that modifying this query object will not change the ActivityQueryResult to + reflect those modifications. It's only for information reference purposes. + + + + + + + Abstract base class for a class that specifies rules that define recurring date-time. + + + + class derives from this class which is used to specify rules that define recurring date-time. + + + + + + + Clones the recurrence object. + + Cloned copy. + + + + Used to pass along recurrence information to the method. + + + + RecurrenceInfo class is used to pass information to the method. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Recurrence object. + Start of the recurrence. This date-time value is in local time relative to the specified time zone. + Each occurrence duration. + Identifies the time-zone. 'StartDateTime' parameter's value is relative to this time zone. + Optional context object. + + + + Optional context object. Can be an instance for example. + + + + + Duration of each occurrence. + + + + + Gets the recurrence object. + + + + + Gets the start date-time of the recurrence. All the recurrence instances must occur on + or after this start date-time. The value is relative to the time zone specified by the + property. + + + + + + Time zone associated with the value. + + + + Recurrences need to be generated using this time-zone. + + + + + + Contains information that defines a recurring date-time. + + + + DateRecurrence is used to specify rules that define a recurring date-time. It's used by the + property. + + + + + + + Overridden. Returns true if the specified object equals this object. + + Object to compare to. + True if the specified object equals this object. False otherwise. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code of this object. + + Hash code of the object. + + + + Overridden. Returns string representation of the recurrence. + + Text that describes the recurrence. + + + + Parses the specified recurrence string in the format of ICalendar to a DateRecurrence instance. + + String in ICalendar recurrence format. + DateRecurrence instance from the parsed string. If the string is an invalid format, raises an exception. + + + + Converts the specified recurrence to its ICalendar string representation. + + DateRecurrence instance to convert to string representation. + String that represents the specified DateRecurrence. + + + + Specifies the number of times the recurrence will re-occur. If 0 then there's no limit. + + + You can limit the number of times a recurrence re-occurs by either specifying the Count + property or the property. Note that + and are exclusive. You should only specify one but not both. + + + + + + Specifies the frequency of the recurrence. + + + + + + + Specifies how often to recur. + + + + + Specifies recurrence rules. + + + + Recurrence rules can be used to specify further criteria regarding when the recurrences recur. For example, + you can specify one or more rules to indicate that the recurrence should recur in a specific month, in a + specific week of the year, on a specific week day etc... Rules can limit or in some cases expand the number + of recurrences that would have occurred based on the Frequency and Interval settings alone. + + + + + + + Specifies when to stop to recur. + + + + You can limit the recurrence to a date-time. Recurrence will stop recurring after that date-time. + However note that the last recurrence can start on this date-time. Also note that + and are exclusive. You should only specify one but not both. + + + + + + + Specifies the start of the week. Default value is Monday. + + + + WeekStart has implications when applying certain rules, like , + regarding when the first week of the year starts. First week of the year is considered to be the first + week that has at least 4 days in the year. + + + Note that the default value of this property is Monday. + + + + + + Enum used to specifiy property. + + + + + Occurs every year. + + + + + Occurs every month. + + + + + Occurs every week. + + + + + Occurs every day. + + + + + Occurs every hour. + + + + + Occurs every minute. + + + + + Occurs every second. + + + + + If 0 then no count limit. + + + + + If rules are as such that there's same fixed number of matches per interval period then + this will be set to that number. Otherwise it will be 0 to indicate that there's no + fixed match per interval. + + + + + Constructor. + + Contains information for recurrence generation. + + + + Constructor. + + Cache. + Occurrences within this date range will be enumerated. + Maximum number of occurrences to enumerate. 0 specifies no limit. + + + + Increments the specified frequency date to reach a frequency interval that contains + the target date. The returned date will be smaller than the target date. + + + + + + + + A class used for serializing and deserializing date recurrence into a string that's conformant to iCalendar RRULE format. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Appends space if the sb doesn't already end with a space. + + + + + + + Provides logic for generating recurrences. + + + + You can set the property to + provide custom recurrence generation logic. + + + + + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator for calculating recurring date-time values based on the specified + recurrence information. + + Contains recurrence information. + Calculator that will be used to calculate recurring date-time values. + + + Note that when the recurrence associated with the specified 'info' changes, this method + will be called again to re-get the calculator. + + + + + + Evaluates date recurrence rules contained in object and + generates recurrences. + + + + + Gets the occurrences within the specified date range. The date-time values of the range are in UTC. + + Date range with date-time values in UTC. + Date-time values of occurrences that occur in the specified date range. + + + + Gets the occurrences in the specified date ranges. The date-time values of the ranges are in UTC. + + Collection of date ranges with date-time values are in UTC. + Returns the times of occurrences that occurr in the specified date ranges. + Each DateRange instance specifies the start and the end time of an occurrence. + Note that the date-time values are in UTC. + + + + Specifies whether an occurrence occurs on the same day as the specified date. + + Date value in UTC. + True if an occurrence occurs on the specified date. False otherwise. + + + + Specifies whether an occurrence occurs on the specified date-time value, within second. + + Date-time value in UTC. + True if an occurrence occurs on the specified date-time. False otherwise. + + + + Gets the date-time in UTC of the first occurrence. + + + + + Gets the date-time in UTC of the last occurrence. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Base class for date recurrence rule. + + + + + Overridden. Returns true if the specified object equals this object. + + Object to compare. + True if the object equals this object. False otherwise. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code of this object. + + Integer hash code value. + + + + Rule that matches a month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the month. Valid values are 1 to 12. + + + + Gets/sets the month number. + + + + + Rule that matches week number of a year. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the week in the year. Valid values are 1 to 53 and -53 to -1. + for more information. + + + + + Gets/sets the number that identifies the week of the year. Valid range of values is 1 to 53 and -53 to -1. + + + + WeekNumber identifies the week in the year. Valid values are 1 to 53 and -53 to -1. A negative value + indicates the n'th week to the end of the year where 'n' is the absolute value of the negative value. For example, + -1 specifies the last week of the year. Likewise -10 specifies the 10th to the last week of the year. + + + + + + Rule that matches day of year. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the day of the year. Valid values are from 1 to 366 and -366 to -1. + for more information. + + + + + Gets/sets the day of the year. Valid range of values are 1 to 366 and -366 to -1. + + + + DayOfYear identifies the day of the year. Valid values are 1 to 366 and -366 to -1. A negative value + indicates the n'th day to the end of the year where 'n' is the absolute value of the negative value. For example, + -1 specifies the last day of the year. Likewise -10 specifies the 10th day to the last day the year. + + + + + + Rule that matches day of month. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + Identifies the day of the year. Valid values are from 1 to 31 and -31 to -1. + for more information. + + + + + Gets/sets the day of the month. Valid range of values are 1 to 31 and -31 to -1. + + + + DayOfMonth identifies the day of the month. Valid values are 1 to 31 and -31 to -1. A negative value + indicates the n'th day to the end of the month where 'n' is the absolute value of the negative value. For example, + -1 specifies the last day of the month. Likewise -10 specifies the 10th day to the last day the month. + + + + + + Rule that matches day of week or a relative day of week within month or year. + + + + DayOfWeekRecurrenceRule can be used to specify a day of week or a relative + day of week within month or year. If the frequency is monthly or if a + is present then the + + indentifies the relative position within a month. Otherwise if the + frequency of the recurrence is yearly + then it identifies the relative position within the year. In case of + monthly, valid values are -5 to -1 and 1 to 5. In case of yearly, + valid values are -53 to -1 and 1 to 53. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Identifies the week day. + Optional value that specifies the relative + position of the day within month or year. If the frequency is monthly or if a + is present then the relative position + indentifies the relative position within a month. If frequency is yearly + then it identifies the relative position within the year. In case of + monthly, valid values are -5 to -1 and 1 to 5. In case of yearly, + valid values are -53 to -1 and 1 to 53. + + + + Gets/sets the week day. + + + + + Relative position of the occurrence of the week-day within a month or a year. + Valid values are 1 to 5 and -5 to -1 for monthly frequency and 1 to 53 and -53 to -1 + for yearly frequency. + + + + RelativePosition specifies the relative position of the occurrence of the week-day within a + month or a year. Valid values are 1 to 5 and -5 to -1 for monthly rule and 1 to 53 and -53 to -1 for yearly rule. + For example, if is Monday and the RelativePosition is -1, + then it specifies the last Monday in the month. + + + + + + Rule that matches hour of day. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Specifes the hour. Valid values are 0 to 23. + + + + Gets/sets the hour value. Valid values are 0 to 23. + + + + + Rule that matches minute of hour. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Specifes the minute value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + Gets/sets the minute value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + + Rule that matches second of a minute. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + Specifes the second value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + Gets/sets the second value. Valid values are 0 to 59. + + + + + Rule that matches a subset of matches within an interval. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + Specifies the instance of the occurrence within the set of occurrences. + for more information. Valid values are 1 to 366 + and -366 to -1 where negative values indicate nth to the last. + + + + + Identifies the instance of the occurrence within the set of occurrences within the period specified by the + and and + properties that are generated by all the recurrence rules of the that are + not SubsetRecurrenceRule's. Valid values are 1 to 366 and -366 to -1 where negative values + indicate nth to the last. + + + + + Contains settings information regarding the operations that the user can perform on appointment. + + + + + + + Contains settings information regarding the operations that the user can perform on activities. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the freezable class. + + The new instance + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to add new activities. + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to modify existing activities. + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to drag activities. + + + + The user can drag and drop an activity to change its time or make a copy of the activity, depending + upon whether the Ctrl key is held down when the activity is dropped. Holding the Ctrl key down makes + the copy of the activity being dragged. Otherwise the activity's time is changed to occupy the target + time slot. + + + Activity can also be dragged to a different calendar of the same resource or a calendar of a + different resource. Doing so not only changes time, but also changes the OwningCalendarId and/or + OwningResourceId of the activity. Whether the user is allowed to drag accross calendars or resources + is controlled by the + enum value that's set on the property. However note that the underlying schedule data connector + may impose limitations on whether an activity's resource calendar or resource can be changed or not, in + which case regardless of what this property is set to, the underlying schedule data connector restriction + will be effective. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to add recurring activities. + + + + Note that this property doesn't prevent existing recurring activities from being displayed. + It simply disallows the user from creating recurring activities through the UI. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to remove activities. + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to resize activities. + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to create time-zone neutral activities. + + + + Note that this property doesn't prevent display of time-zone neutral activities. It simply disallows the + user from creating time-zone neutral activities (appointments, tasks etc...) through the UI. + + + A time-zone neutral activity is an activity that occurs at the same numerical time value across all time zones. + That is, let's say a time-zone neutral activity starts at 9:00 AM. It starts at 9:00 AM local time in every time-zone. + Holidays are a good example of time-zone neutral activities where they start at, let's say 12:00 AM, regardless of + the time-zone. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether an activity may be created by clicking on the Click To Add prompt when hovering the mouse over a timeslot. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether an activity may be created by double clicking on a timeslot or in the timeslot header area. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether an activity may be created by typing while one or more timeslots are selected. + + + + + + Contains settings information regarding the operations that the user can perform on journals. + + + + + + + Contains settings information regarding the operations that the user can perform on tasks. + + + + + + + Base class for activity classes, like , or . + + + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Returns the relative to the specified + + The timezone token that identifies the timezone for which the relative date is being requested. + The time relative to the timezone specified by the that will be used to calculate the UTC value for the + Returns the local time for the relative to the timezone specified by the . + + + + + + + Gets the clone of this activity for an editing purposes. + + + + + + + + Returns the in UTC. + + Identifies the local time zone. + Returns the UTC time for the . + + + + + + + Returns the in UTC. + + Identifies the local time zone. + Returns the UTC time for the . + + + + + + + Returns true if the the data of this activity is different from begin edit data for properties that are + subject to making an occurrence a variance. + + True if any property's value is different from the original value when BeginEdit was called, for + all properties that are taken into account when determining whether an activity should be made a variance + of an occurrence. + + + + Returns true if the the data of this activity is different from begin edit data. + + If true skip state related properties like Error, PendingOperation etc... and only compare actual data properties. + True if data is different. False otherwise. + + + + Initializes the root activity of an occurrence instance. + + Root recurring activity. + Original date-time of the occurrence. + + + InitializeRootActivity method is called by the data connector to initialize + the reference on an occurrence of a recurring activity. + This method also sets the to the + of the specified root activity. It also sets the + property to the specified 'occurrenceStart' value. Note that + + + + + + + Sets the to current time in UTC. + + + + + Copies activity data from this activity to the specified 'dest' activity. + + Destination activity to which to copy data. + Specifies whether to copy the id. + True to keep non-empty values in the 'dest'. False to + overwrite them with the values from the source. + Specifiy true to indicate that the activity's data is being copied to a new activity + that will be committed to the backend. For example, when the user copys an existing activity to make a new activity. + This will except certain properties from being copied, like Id, RootActivityId among others. + Specifiy false to indicate that the copying is being done for the purposes of storing activity data for + later reference. + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Specifies categories associated with this activity as a comma separated list of category id's. + + + + + Gets the underlying data item if any. + + + + + Gets or sets the text associated with this activity. + + + + While the Subject property is a short summary or title of the activity, the Description property + is the full text of the activity. + + + + + + + Gets the duration of the activity. + + + + + Specifies the time in UTC when the activity ends. + + + + and End properties specify the time of the activity in UTC. + You can use the and methods to get + the time relative to a specific time-zone. Also there are and + methods that can be used to specify activity times that are relative + to a specific time-zone. + + + + + + + + + + + The time-zone id associated with the activity. The and times are always in UTC. + + + + + Gets or sets the error if any associated with the activity. + + + + When there's an activity specific error, for example an attempt to update an activity + with invalid data results in an error, Error property will be set to a + object containing the error information. + + + You can set the Error to a new DataErrorInfo object or set it to + null to clear an existing error. The Error is cleared automatically by + when the user performs another operation on the activity that succeeds. + + + Note that the XamScheduleDataManager's + event is raised whenever there's an error, including activity errors. You can hook into + that event if you want to get notified of when an error occurs. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the appointment Id. + + + + + Specifies whether the activity can be modified in the UI. + + + + + Returns true if the is an occurrence of a recurring (read only). + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the occurrence has been deleted. + + + + Note that simply setting this property to true will not delete the occurrence. + Use the method to remove an occurrence. + Also note that the underlying occurrence will be made into a variance which will + be stored in the data source. This is so the the recurring activity knows not to + generate the occurrence the next time the application is run. + + + IsOccurrenceDeleted property's setter is meant to be called by a schedule data + connector implementation to specifiy that this occurrence has been deleted when the + activity is retrieved from the data source. + + + + + + Returns true if the is a recurring with a define set of rules (read only). + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the activitiy's times are time-zone neutral or "floating". + + + + Certain activities have start and end times that are time-zone neutral. Holidays are an example of that + where a holiday starts at a certain time, let's say 12:00 AM, in every time-zone. Likewise you can have + activities that are time-zone neutral as well. Such activities start at the same numerical time value + in any time-zone, and thus the actual UTC times when the activity starts will vary across time-zones. + + + When an activity is time-zone neutral, the values of and properties + are time-zone neutral times that are interpreted as local times. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating if the activity is a variance of an occurrence. + + + + When an occurrence of a recurring activity is modified, it becomes a 'variance'. Essentially it's + a modified occurrence. Any modifications, including modifications to Start, End, Subject etc... + cause the occurrence to be a variance. + + + stores variances in the underlying data source list where + recurring activities are stored. Note that to programatically modify an occurrence and make it into + a variance and store it into the data source, you must call + and methods. + + + Note that property will return true for variances as well. + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether the activity is visible. + + + + + Gets the resolved value indicating whether the activity is visible. + + + + Note that this property doesn't indicate whether the activity is presently visible in the UI. + It indicates whether the activity will be displayed in the UI when the containing date range is displayed + in a schedule control. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the time in UTC when the activity was last modified. + + + + LastModifiedTime property indicates the last time the activity was modified. + This property is updated when the activity changes are committed via + method. The property's value is not + updated as you set other properties on the activity. + + + + + + A date-time value that's equal or greater than the date-time of the last occurrence of + the recurring activity. + + + + MaxOccurrenceDateTime field is used to optimize retrieval of recurring activities by + excluding recurring activities whose date ranges as defined by the Start and + MaxOccurrenceDateTime field values do not intersect with the date range for which + activities are being retrieved. + + + In the absense of MaxOccurrenceDateTime value, recurring activities are assumed to + potentially recur forever and thus subject to evaluation when retrieving activities for + a date range. + + + + + + Returns a MetadataPropertyValueStore object that's used for storing and retrieving metadata information. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + It's indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + Only applies to occurrences of a recurring activity. Specifies the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence. + + + + On a non-variance occurrence, this property returns the same value as + property. On a variance of an occurrence, this property returns the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence and the property returns the actual date-time of the activity. + Note: On an activity that's not an occurrence of a recurring activity, this property returns null. + + + + + + Only applies to occurrences of a recurring activity. Specifies the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence. + + + + On a non-variance occurrence, this property returns the same value as + property. On a variance of an occurrence, this property returns the original date-time as it was generated + by the recurrence and the property returns the actual date-time of the activity. + Note: On an activity that's not an occurrence of a recurring activity, this property returns null. + + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar to which this activity belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the id of the calendar to which this activity belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the owning resource. + + + + + Gets or sets the owning resource id. + + + + + Specifies recurrence rules. + + + + + + Specifies the recurrence version. + + + + + + Specifies whether the activitiy's reminder is enabled. Default value is false. + + + + If the reminder is enabled, and when it's displayed, if the user acknowledges the + reminder, this property is set to false. This effectively prevents the reminder + from being displayed again. + + + + + + + Specifies the reminder interval. + + + + Note that you need to set the to true to enable the reminder. + + + + + + + + Specifies the reminder information. Default value is null. + + + Reminder property is used to specify reminder information. If it's not specified + then the property returns null, in which case default reminder text will be used in the + reminder dialog. + + + + + + Gets the root activity. Only valid if this activity is an occurrence or a variance of a recurring activity. + + + + + + If this activity is an occurrence or a variance of a recurring activity, gets the id of the recurring activity. + + + + RootActivityId property returns the id of the root recurring activity. This property is only applicable + to occurrence or a variance of a recurring activity. It returns null for other activities. + + + + + + + Specifies the time in UTC when the activity starts. + + + + Start and properties specify the time of the activity in UTC. + You can use the and methods to get + the time relative to a specific time-zone. Also there are and + methods that can be used to specify activity times that are relative + to a specific time-zone. + + + + + + + + + + + The time-zone id associated with the activity. The and field values are + always in UTC. + + + + Note that and field values are always in UTC. StartTimeZoneId + and EndTimeZoneId values simply give the activity the context of the time-zone to the activity. + + + + + + Gets or sets the subject associated with this activity. + + + + The Subject property specifies a short summary or title of the activity. The + property specifies the full text of the activity. + + + + + + + Properties of a variance that have been modified and thus will not be synchronized with the root activity. + + + + + Returns the data that was stored when BeginEdit was called. + + + + + Returns true if this is a clone of an activity for edit purposes. + + + + + Returns true if this is activity is being initialized via call. + + + + + Returns any pending operation on the activity. + + + + + Applies to recurring activities, but not occurrences and variances of a + recurring activity. + + + + + Applies to occurrences and variances - indicates the root template id. + + + + + Applies to occurrences and variances - indicates the date-time value + as generated by the recurrence. + + + + + Change in the value of one or more of these properties will make an occurrence a variance. + + + + + These properties are synchornized with the root activity. + + + + + These properties are not copied when an activity is copied in the UI (fro example via drag + and drop). Copying has to go through CreateNew, EndEdit calls however when the data from + the original is copied, the following properties are not copied over. + + + + + This map's key is the prop key and value is the flag used in the VariantProperties value. + + + + + Delegate used to get the storage instance from an activity. + + + + + Represents an appointment in a schedule. + + + + An Appointment object represents an appointment in the schedule object model. It derives from + which is also a base class for and . + + + + + + + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the appointment. + + + + + Represents an activity category. + + + + Activity categories lets users categorize activities. Activities will be rendered + using an appearance that is based on the category associated with the activity. This allows the user + to quickly identify activities that belong to a specific category. + + + Also note that an activity can be associated with multiple categories. An activity's + property returns the categories that have been assigned to it. Categories are referenced by the string assigned to its property. The + property of the activity returns a string that contains the comma separated list of s. + The actual instance associated with a particular can be retrieved using the + XamScheduleDataManager's method. + + + + + + + + + + + Clones the ActivityCategory object. + + Clone of the object. + + + Clone method is used for editing purpopses where the clone of the activity category is used to + retain the original activity category data to be used in case the user cancels editing of activity category. + + + + + + Initializes the activity category with a storage. + + Storage instance that retrieves data from the underlying data item. + + + + Specifies the color associated with the category. Activities of this category will visually identified using this color. + + + + + Gets or sets a string value that identifies the category. + + + + + Gets the associated data item if any. + + + + + Specifies the description of the category. + + + + + Represents a journal or a note in a schedule. + + + + A Journal object represents a journal or a note in the schedule object model. It derives from + which is also a base class for and . + + + + + + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Represents a resource (owner) in a schedule. + + + + A Resource object represents a resource or am owner in the schedule object model. A resource can be a person + or a resource like conference room. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overridden. Called when property changed event is raised. + + Name of the property. + + + + Gets the calendars associated with this user. + + + + Note that there's always at least one calendar in the returned collection. + Moreover, the first instance in the calendar is always the primary calendar of the resource. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a collection of custom activity categories for this resource. + + + + Note that the schedule data connector can also provide a default list of activity categories. + CustomActivityCategories are in addition to any such default activity categories. + + + + + + Gets the underlying data item from the data source. + + + + + Gets a collection of DaySettingsOverride objects for this resource. + + + + Note: If you are using custom objects as data items to provide Resource information and the underlying property + that's mapped to DaySettingsOverrides is a string property, you can use the + method to get xml representation of a DaySettingsOverrideCollection, that you can use to initialize the value of the mapped + property in the data item. This is the format that the XamSchedule expects the DaySettingsOverrides information in. + + + + + + + Keyed collection of DaySettings objects where the key is DayOfWeek enum and the value is the associated DaySettings object. This is for providing per resource day of week settings. For example, let?s say the office hours are 9 AM-5 PM for everybody but the sales team?s office hour are 7 AM - 3 PM then each sales team member will have DayOfWeek entry for each work day in this collection with 7 AM - 3 PM WorkingHours specified. + + + + Note: If you are using custom objects as data items to provide Resource information and the underlying property + that's mapped to DaysOfWeek is a string property, you can use the + method to get xml representation of a ScheduleDaysOfWeek instance, that you can use to initialize the value of the mapped + property in the data item. This is the format that the XamSchedule expects the ScheduleDaysOfWeek information in. + + + + + + + Any extra information about the resource. + + + + + Email address. + + + + + Specifies the first day of the week for the resource. + + + + + + Resource Id. + + + + + Gets the resolve value indicating whether this resource is visible in the UI. + + + + Note that this property doesn't indicate whether the resource is presently visible in the UI. + It indicates whether the resource can be displayed in the UI. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the activities of this resource can be modified in the UI. + + + + + Returns a MetadataPropertyValueStore object that's used for storing and retrieving metadata information. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + It's indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the resource name. + + + + + Primary calendar of the resource. + + + + A resource can have multiple calendars. A calendar can be designated as a primary calendar. + + + + + + Primary calendar of the resource. + + + + A resource can have multiple calendars. A calendar can be designated as a primary calendar. + + + + + + Primary time-zone of the resource. + + + + You can designate a time-zone to a resource. + + + + + + Specifies whether this resource is visible in the UI. + + + + + Returns the data that was stored when BeginEdit was called. + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Represents a calendar. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + + Overridden. Called when property changed event is raised. + + Name of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the base color used to display this calendar resource. + + + Note: if this property is null (the default) then an appropitae will be assigned when this ResourceCalendar is visible in any derived control + + + + + + Returns the assigned CalendarBrushProvider + + + + Note: this property will return null unless this ResourceCalendar is visible in one or more derived controls + + + + + Returns the version of the brush cache. + + + When something changes that invalidates the cache, e.g. the is changed or a new is asigned then this number is incremented. + + + + + + Gets the underlying data item from the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the description. + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar id. + + + + + Gets the id of the resource to which this calendar belongs. + + + + + Gets the resolve value indicating whether this resource is visible in the UI. + + + + + Returns a MetadataPropertyValueStore object that's used for storing and retrieving metadata information. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + It's indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the calendar. + + + + + Returns the associated Resource. + + + + + + Specifies whether this calendar is visible in the UI. + + + + + Represents a task (to-do) in a schedule. + + + + A Task object represents a task or a to-do in the schedule object model. It derives from + which is also a base class for and . + + + + + + + + + Gets the ActivityType of this activity. + + + + + Gets or sets the percentage complete value of the task. + + + + + Invoked when an activity has been removed from the exposed list of activities. + + Activity being removed + + + + Processes a collection change and indicates if the caller should send a reset notification. + + Collection change information + A collection change for the extra items + + + + + Represents the header for a specific in a specific + + + + + A class used to provide time zone information for date time conversions to and from utc date times from the information provided by the Windows OS. + + + Note: this class is only available in WPF. In Silverlight a custom class should be derived from or an instance of the should be used. + + + + + Abstract base class used to provide time zone information for dateTime time conversions to and from utc dateTime times. + + + + + Creates a new instance of a derived class + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Clears any values that have been cached so they can be re-created when needed + + + + + Converts the specified local time to universal time. + + The local datetime to convert + The universal datetime + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in dateTime time. + The time zone to convert the dateTime time to. + The dateTime time + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in dateTime time. + The time zone to convert the dateTime time to. + The dateTime time and offset + + + + + Converts the specified universal time to local time. + + The universal datetime to convert + The local datetime + + + + Returns an array of adjustment rules for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time and offset + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Returns the base offset to utc time (when not in daylight saving time) + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + A TimeSpan with the UTC offset. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the export id for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The export id or null. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the for the time zone + + A string that identifies a specific time zone + + + + Returns the offset to convert a dateTime time to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific dateTime time + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a dateTime time offset to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific dateTime time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The dateTime time + + + + + Determines if a string is a valid time zone id + + The id to verify. + True if the id is valid, otherwise false + + + + Saves all the time zone definition information as xml + + A string containing the saved xml + + + + Saves all the time zone definition information as xml + + Determines if time zone display names will be included in the xml. + A string containing the saved xml + + + + Returns true if the time zone supports daylight savings time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + True if the time zone supports daylight savings time, otherwise false. + + + + + Tries to get the for the time zone safely + + A string that identifies a specific time zone + An out parameter which will be set to the associated token. + True if the id was valid and the token was set, otherwise false. + + + + Should be called whenever any time zone information has changed + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The source date time + The source time zone + The destination time zone. + The DateTime in the destination time zone. + + + + Creates and returns an instance of a + + The token that represents the time zone. + The export id + The offset from UTC to use when not in daylight savings time. + The name of the time zone in daylight savings time + The display name of the time zone + The name of the time zone in standard time + Whether this time zone supports daylight savings. + The adjustment rules for daylight savings + The new instance of a + + + + + Creates an returns a + + The id of the time zone. + A token representing the specified id + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + The date time and offset + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + The date time and offset + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Returns a read-only collection of objects + + + + + Returns the for the time zone + + A string that identifies a specific time zone + True to make sure the id is already defined. + + + + Gets the Utc offset for a specific date time + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + The offset from Utc time that applies to this date time + + + + Gets the Utc offset for a specific date time + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + The offset from Utc time that applies to this date time + + + + Returns whether a time is ambiguous, i.e. it it at a daylight savings transition + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Returns whether a time is ambiguous, i.e. it it at a daylight savings transition + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + The specific date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + The date time + The time zone the date time is relative to + + + + Returns a static instance of a TimeZoneInfoProvider pre-loaded with default time zone information + + + + + Returns or sets the Id for the local time zone + + + + + + Returns the id for the local time zone (read-only) + + + Note: if is set its value will be returned. If it is not set an attempt will be made to deduce it. + + + + + Returns the token that represents the local time zone + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of time zone tokens + + + + + Returns the token that represents the UTC time zone + + + + + Returns a version number that gets bumped when any change is made that affects time zone information + + + + + + Returns a collection of tokens. + + + Note: it is the repsonsibility of the derived classes to maintain this collection + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeZoneInformation. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Used for designating collection elements in the dictionary returned + by Serialize and in the dictionary passed into the Deserialize. Basically + the ObjectSerializationInfo for a collection will return a property with + this name from its SerializedProperties collection and dictionaries from + Serialize method and Deserialize methods will have an entry with this key + and value that is a list of the collection elements. + + + + + Deserializes the specified information into an instance of the object. + + + + + + + Returns a list of properties that are to be serialized. + + + + + Serializes the specified object. Returns a map of properties to their values. + + + + + + + Returns a list of properties that are to be serialized. + + + + + A class that represents a specific time zone + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of adjustmentRules that determine when daylight savings offsets are active. + + + + + Returns the base offset from UTC time (read-only) + + + + + Returns the name of this time zone when in daylight savings time (read-only) + + + + + Returns the string to use when displaying this time zone (read-only) + + + + + Returns the identifier to use this time zone when exporting from the ICalendar format. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the identifier for the time zone (read-only) + + + + + Returns the name of this time zone when not in daylight savings time (read-only) + + + + + Returns true is this time zone supports daylight savings time (read-only) + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeZoneDefinition. + + + + + A class that describes the rule for when to transition into and out of daylight savings time + + + + + Creates and returns an instance of a TimeAdjustmentRule + + The start of the dateTime range where this tt is in force. + The end of the dateTime range where this tt is in force. + The time adjustment to apply between the transition start and end while this tt is in force. + The start dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition to the adjusted time. + The end dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition back to standard time. + + + + + Returns true if the object is equilavent to this + + + + + Returns a code to use for hashing + + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns true if both objects are equal + + The other object + Ture if equal, otherwise false + + + + Returns the time adjustment to apply between the transition start and end while this tt is in force. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the end of the dateTime range where this tt is in force (read-only) + + + + + Returns the start of the dateTime range where this tt is in force (read-only) + + + + + Returns the end dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition back to standard time. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the start dateTime tt that idenifies when to transition to the adjusted time. (read-only) + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeAdjustmentRule. + + + + + Represents a tt for transitioning to or from daylight savings times + + + + + A static menthod that creates and returns a transition time that occurs on the same dateTime every year. + + A number between 1 and 31 + A number between 1 and 12 + The time that the transition takes place. + The newly created instance of a + + + + A static menthod that creates and returns a transition time that occurs on a different dateTime every year based on day of week and a relative week number. + + A number between 1 and 5 + A number between 1 and 12 + An enumeration that identifies a specific day from 'Sunday' thru 'Saturday'. + The time that the transition takes place. + The newly created instance of a + + + + Returns true if the object is equilavent to this + + + + + Returns a code to use for hashing + + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns true if the object is equilavent to this + + + + + Returns the day of the month (read-only) + + + Note: the day number is ignored if is false. + + A number from 1 to 31 + + + + Returns the day of the week (read-only) + + + Note: the day of the week is ignored if is true. + + An enumeration from 'Sunday' thru "Saturday' + + + + Returns whether the transition occurs on a speciic day number (read-only) + + + Note: if this is true then is used and and are ignored. Otherwise, Day is ignored and Week and DayOfWeek are used. + + True to use or false to use and . + + + + Returns the month of the year (read-only) + + A number from 1 to 12 + + + + Returns the time of day when the transition wil take place (read-only) + + A datetime that contains only hours, minutes and seconds + + + + Returns the week number relative to the month (read-only) + + + Note: the week number is ignored if is true. + + A number from 1 to 5 + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TransitionTime. + + + + + Creates a new instnace of a + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Clears any values that have been cached so they can be re-created when needed + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time and offset + + + + + Returns an array of adjustment rules for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Returns the base offset to utc time (when not in daylight saving time) + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + A TimeSpan with the UTC offset. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the export id for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The export id or null. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of objects + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time offset to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a string is a valid time zone id + + The id to verify. + True if the id is valid, otherwise false + + + + Returns true if the time zone supports daylight savings time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + True if the time zone supports daylight savings time, otherwise false. + + + + + Returns the id for the local time zone (read-only) + + + Note: if is set its value will be returned. If it is not then the sytem local time zone id will be returned. + + + + + Returns or sets whether to use the system display names for time zones + + + + + + Returns the token that represents the UTC time zone + + + + + Returns a dictionary that contains windows time zone ids as keys and the associated export ids as values. + + + + + A class used to load custom time zone information for date time conversions to and from utc date times. + + + + + Creates a new instnace of a + + + + + Should be called whenever any time zone information has changed + + + + + Clears any values that have been cached so they can be re-created when needed + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time + + + + + Converts a DateTime from one time zone to another + + The time zone of the passed in date time. + The time zone to convert the date time to. + The date time and offset + + + + + Returns an array of adjustment rules for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Gets the ambiguous time offsets for a time when a daylight time transition is occuring + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + If DateTime is not ambiguous. + + + + + Returns the base offset to utc time (when not in daylight saving time) + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + A TimeSpan with the UTC offset. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns the export id for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The export id or null. + + + + + Returns the display name for the time zone + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of objects + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time + + + + + Returns the offset to convert a date time offset to Utc time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The specific date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is ambiguous, i.e. it is within a daylight time transition + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is within a daylight savings adjustment period + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time and offset + + + + + Determines if a DateTime is invalid + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + The date time + + + + + Determines if a string is a valid time zone id + + The id to verify. + True if the id is valid, otherwise false + + + + Returns true if the time zone supports daylight savings time + + An object that represents a specific time zone. + True if the time zone supports daylight savings time, otherwise false. + + + + + Suspends bumping the property until is called. + + + Note: every call to BeginUpdate must be paired with a subsequewnt call to + + + + + + + Restores the bumping of the property. + + + Note: every call to must be paired with a subsequewnt call to EndUpdate + + + + + + + Loads all the time zone definition information from an xml string + + A string containing the xml + True is succesful, otherwise false. + + + + Loads all the time zone definition information from an xml string + + A string containing the xml + Determines if time zone display names will be de-serialized from the xml. + True is succesful, otherwise false. + + + + Registers a custom time zone + + The id of the time zone. + The export id + The offset from UTC to use when not in daylight savings time. + The name of the time zone in daylight savings time + The display name of the time zone + The name of the time zone in standard time + Whether this time zone supports daylight savings. + The adjustment rules for daylight savings + + + + Returns the id for the local time zone (read-only) + + + Note: if is set its value will be returned. If it is not set an attempt will be made to deduce it. + + + + + Returns the token that represents the UTC time zone + + + + + Returns or sets the id for the Utc time zone + + + + + Base class for an object that contains one or more instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns true if the calendar is in the group. + + The calendar to check. + + + + + Returns the collection of instances whose is true + + + + + Returns or sets the selected calendar + + + + + Returns true if the calendar is in the group. + + The calendar to check. + + + + + A class that represents a specific time zone + + + + + + Converts the specified time from the Local token for the associated provider to the timezone identified by this token instance. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to the Local timezone of the associated provider + + + + + Converts the specified time from the Utc token for the associated provider to the timezone identified by this token instance. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to the Utc timezone of the associated provider + + + + + Converts the specified time from the timezone identified by this token instance to the Local token for the associated provider. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to this timezone + + + + + Converts the specified time from the timezone identified by this token instance to the Utc token for the associated provider. + + DateTime to convert. This is assumed to be an unspecified time relative to this timezone + + + + + A string that identifiies the time zone (read-only) + + + + + A string used to represent this time zone is the ui (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that created the token (read-only) + + + + + Custom element that represents a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the category that the element represents + + + + + + Returns the preferred background for the element based on the + + + + + + Returns the preferred border for the element based on the + + + + + + Returns the preferred foreground for the element based on the + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the should be displayed. + + + + + + An object that exposes tooltip information for an activity + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated activity (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the associated activity presenter (read-only) + + + + + + Returns a object or null (read-only) + + + + + + Custom element used to display the contents of the tooltip for an + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the that provides information about the for which the tooltip is being displayed. + + + + + + Custom element displayed over a timeslot and is used to create a new activity. + + + + + Base class for an element whose DataContext is a + + + + + Interface implemented by an object that wishes to receive change notifications for attached properties. + + The type of property value for which to receive change notifications + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the type of activity that may be created when the Click To Add element is clicked. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns true if this element should display its contents in a single line (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the string to be displayed in the element. + + + + + + Custom control that indicates that an operation is pending + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets whether the indicator is active + + + + + + Base class that represents a from the of a of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse operation + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the calendar that the element represents + + + + + + Returns true if the user can close theis calendar (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the close button (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns or sets the header to be displayed by the element + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the item is currently the active calendar within the containing control. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the item is a calendar associated with the of the associated . + + + + + + Returns true if this calendare header is in overlay mode. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the item is currently selected. + + + + + + Returns the current orientation in which the element is arranged. + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the overlay button which toggles whether the calendar is displayed in 'Overlay' or 'Side-By-Side' mode (read-only) + + + + + + Represents the header area for a in a derived control + + + + + Base class for an element representing a portion of a that displays one or more items in a . + + + + + Base class for an element representing a portion of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the that the element represents + + + + + + Returns the border thickness to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the margin to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns or sets the recyclable items in the specified collection + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the orientation of the items within the CalendarHeaderArea + + + + + + Represents a from the of a of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Represents a from the of a of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Color picker used in the ActivityCategoryDialogs. For internal use only. + + + + + Creates an instance of the ActivityCategoryColorPicker. For internal use only. + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets whether the custom color portion of the picker should be visible. + + + + + + Returns/sets the extent used for the width and height of the color swatches in the color picker dropdown. + + + + + Returns/sets a list of up to 25 Colors that should be used for the fixed colors portion of the picker. + + + If the list contains more than 25 colors, only the first 25 are used. + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background of the 'None' color button. (read only) + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the border of the 'None' color button. (read only) + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the foreground of the 'None' color button. (read only) + + + + + Returns the currently selected color + + + + + Returns/sets the currently selected color's red value + + + + + Returns/sets the currently selected color's green value + + + + + Returns/sets the currently selected color's blue value + + + + + Returns the currently selected color + + + + + ToggleButton used in conjunction with a Popup to simulate dropdown functionality. For internal use only. + + + + + Creates an instance of a custom ToggleButton used in conjunction with a Popup to simulate dropdown functionality. For internal use only. + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released. + + + + + + Ribbon-like control used in the 'lightweight' Activity dialogs. For internal use only. + + + + + Creates an instance of the ActivityDialogRibbonLite. For internal use only. + + + + + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns the associated with the control. + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + TextBox that automatically transitions from read-only mode to edit mode when clicked. Transitions back when Enter or Escape are pressed or focus is lost. (for internal use only) + + + + + Creates an instance of the DualModeTextBox. For internal use only. + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets whether the control supports edit mode. + + + + + Returns or sets whether the control is in edit mode. + + + + + Returns or sets the text associated with the control. + + + + + Simple Numeric TextBox control for positive integers. Performs simple range editing via MinValue and MaxValue properties (for internal use only) + + + + + Creates an instance of SimpleNumericTextbox. + + + + + Called when System.Windows.UIElement.KeyDown event occurs. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the minimum value allowed. + + + + + Returns/sets the maximum value allowed. + + + + + Returns or sets the integer Value of the control + + + + + + An object that exposes tooltip information for a day inside a + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a read only collection of objects + + + + + Returns the date (read-only) + + + + + + Custom element used to display a date time range in multiple formats based on available space. + + + + + Custom element used to display a date time range. + + + + + Base class for custom elements used to display formatted date and time information. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the text to display after it has been formatted + + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns the string representation of the object. + + A string containing the and + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the value specified by the should be converted to local using the associated before formatting. + + + + + + Returns or sets the end of the range + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration that specified how to format the date range + + + + + + Returns or sets the start of the range + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the text to display after it has been formatted + + + + + + Custom element used to display a date time range relative to a date. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns the string representation of the object. + + A string containing the and + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the value specified by the should be converted to local using the associated before formatting. + + + + + + Returns or sets the end of the range + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the end time should be included in the FormattedText + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the start time should be included in the FormattedText + + + + + + Returns or sets the Relative Date to use when formatting the text + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the element should ensure that its desired size is wide enough to accommodate the widest time, e.g. 12:55 AM. + + + Note: if equals then this property is ignored. + + + + + + Returns or sets the start of the range + + + + + + Determines if the passed in object is equal. + + The object to compare + True if equal + + + + Calculates a hash code + + The calculated hash code. + + + + Custom element used to display a date time. + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns the string representation of the object. + + A string containing the + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the value specified by the should be converted to local using the associated before formatting. + + + + + + Returns or sets the date time + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration that specifies how to format the DateTime + + + + + + Represents the timeslots for a specific logical day in the + + + + + Represents a group of timeslots + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the mouse wheel has been scrolled + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Returns the string representation of the element. + + The ToString of the associated + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the border thickness to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the element represents the current logical date. + + + + + + Displays a UI for creating a new . + + + The dialog will automatically add the new to the specified 's custom categories collection, + ensuring that the category name does not conflict with any existing category. + + + + + Base class for a control that represents a schedule dialog + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes a new + + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.KeyDown event occurs + + Provides data for the event + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.KeyUp event occurs + + Provides data for the event + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + A class that holds the choice made by the user in the . + + + + + Creates an instance of the ChooserResult which should be passed in the constructor of the . + The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + + An opaque piece of user data - this parameter can be null. + + + + Returns the choice made by the user in the dialog. + + + + + Returns or sets an opaque piece of user data. + + + + + Constructor used at design time to style the control. + + + + + Creates an instance of the ActivityCategoryCreationDialog which lets the user create an + + + The dialog will automatically add the new to the specified 's custom categories collection, + ensuring that the category name does not conflict with any existing category. + + A reference to an instance. + An instance of the class that holds the created by the dialog and (optionally) a piece of user data. + True to automatically update the owning with the new . + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the allow custom colors to be specified on s. (read only) + + + If this returns false the only colors from the array are allowed to be set on s. + + + + + + + Returns the current color. + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog. + + + + + Returns an array of the default category colors as provided by the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns or sets the current name for the new . + + + + + Displays a UI for managing s. + + + + + + + Creates an instance of the ActivityCategoryDialog. + + An instance of the class. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.KeyUp event occurs + + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a read only collection of s that represent the s assigned to the currently selected . (read only) + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the allow custom colors to be specified on s. (read only) + + + If this returns false the only colors from the array are allowed to be set on s. + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog. + + + + + Returns an array of the default category colors as provided by the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns true if an is selected in the dialog's list of available activity categories. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns true if the owning for the selected s is modifiable. If not, certain functions in the dialog will be disabled (e.g., New, Delete, Rename and color changes). (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if an is selected in the dialog's list of available activity categories. (read only) + + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Returns the currently selected . (read only) + + + + + + + + + + Abstract base class that supports displays of a UI for the core portion of the , and dialogs. + + + + + + + + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no containing element. + The current . + The activity to display. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.KeyUp event occurs + + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Updates the dirty status of the dialog. + + True to mark the dialog dirty, otherwise false. + + + + Force the CommandSourceManager to requery the CanExecute status of the dialog's commands. + + + + + Verifies the Recurrence status of the activity and sets recurrence description properties accordingly for display in the View. + + + + + Called asynchrounously after the control template has been applied. + + + + + Called when a property on the Activity changes. + + + + + + + Called when the is about to be committed. + + + + + Called when the dialog is about to close. + + + + + Called after the has closed. + + + + + + Returns the FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no containing element. (read only) + + + + + Returns the activity's End relative to the End timezone. (read only) + + + + + Returns true if an instance of is currently active. (read only) + + + + + Returns true if the is in the middle of an EndEdit call. (read only) + + + + + Returns true if the is being created by the dialog, false if it is being edited. (read only) + + + + + Returns the activity's Start relative to the Start timezone. (read only) + + + + + Returns the original associated with the dialog. (read only) + + + + + Returns true if the dialog's timezone picker (if any) visibility can be changed, otherwise false. + + + + + Returns the instance being edited by the dialog. (read only) + + + + + Returns a read only collection of s that represent the s assigned to the being edited. (read only) + + + + + + + + + + Returns Visibility.Visible if s have been assigned the and they should be displayed in the . + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a message that describes the conflict. This property is only valid when the property is set to true. + + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog. + + + + + Returns a message that displays a warning about the loss of formatting on the 's Description field. This property is only valid when the property is set to Visible. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Visibility of a message that displays a warning about the loss of formatting on the 's Description field. + + + + + + + + Returns whether the conflicts with or is adjacent to another . If so the + property contains a message that describes the conflict + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the displayed in the dialog can be edited. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the being displayed in the dialog can be removed. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the has been modified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + Returns whether the represents an occurrence in a recurrence series + + + + + + + + + + + Returns whether the represents the root in a recurrence series + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the ContentControl Part in the ActivityDialogCore template that is used to display a navigation + control (e.g., a Ribbon or a Menu) for the dialog. + + + + + Returns or sets the content of the . + + + + + + Returns a message that describes the occurrence. This property is only valid when the property is set to Visible. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a message containing the 's occurrence details is visible. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a message that describes the recurrence series. This property is only valid when the property is set to true. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a message containing the 's recurrence root details is visible. + + + + + + + Resturns/sets whether the Time Zone pickers are enabled. + + + + + + + Resturns/sets whether the Time Zone pickers are visible. + + + + + + + Displays a UI for the core portion of the Recurrence dialog. + + + + + Creates an instance of the RecurrenceDialogCore control which represents the core of the Recurrence dialog. + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no containing element. + The current . + The appointment to display. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.KeyUp event occurs + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Updates the dirty status of the dialog. + + True to mark the dialog dirty, otherwise false. + + + + Unhooks the gotfocus of the old element, updates the field to reference the new value and hooks it if non-null. + + Field that will be updated with the new value. If the old value is non-null the event will be unhooked first + The new value for the field + The handler to hook/unhook + + + + Unhooks the KeyDownof the old element, updates the field to reference the new value and hooks it if non-null. + + Field that will be updated with the new value. If the old value is non-null the event will be unhooked first + The new value for the field + The handler to hook/unhook + + + + Returns a clone of the whose recurrence is being edited. + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog. + + + + + Returns a list of descriptions for the day choices in the RecurrenceDialog. These include descriptions for + Sunday thru Saturday as well as Day, Weekday and WeekendDay. + + + + + Returns or sets the interval for a Monthly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the day of the month in a yearly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the index within the collection which represents the day of week in a monthly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the index within the collection which represents the day of week in a yearly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the index within the collection which represents the ordinal position of the day of week in a monthly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the index within the collection which represents the ordinal position of the day of week in a yearly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the dialog's End TimePicker should be visible. + + + + + + Returns or sets the interval for a Daily recurrence. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the interval for a Weekly recurrence. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the interval for a Monthly recurrence. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the interval for a complex Monthly recurrence. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the interval for a Yearly recurrence. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the displayed in the dialog can be edited. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the recurrence pattern is daily. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the daily pattern type is 'every 'n' days'. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the daily pattern type is 'every weekday'. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the recurrence pattern is monthly. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the monthly pattern type is 'on the nth day of every 'n' months'. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the monthly pattern type is 'on the nth day of every 'n' month'. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the recurrence ends after a specific number of occurrences. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the recurrence ends at a specific date. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the recurrence repeats forever with no end date. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the recurrence pattern is weekly. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the weekly recurrence pattern occurs on Sunday. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the weekly recurrence pattern occurs on Monday. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the weekly recurrence pattern occurs on Tuesday. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the weekly recurrence pattern occurs on Wednesday. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the weekly recurrence pattern occurs on Thursday. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the weekly recurrence pattern occurs on Friday. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the weekly recurrence pattern occurs on Saturday. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the recurrence pattern is yearly. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the yearly pattern type is on a specific date within the year. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the yearly pattern type is 'on the nth day within month 'x'' within the year. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the being displayed in the dialog can be removed. + + + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Returns a list of Month descriptions. + + + + + Returns or sets the index within the collection which represents the month in a yearly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the index within the collection which represents the month in a yearly recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns a list of ordinal position descriptions that includes first, second, third, fourth and last. + + + + + Returns or sets the start date of the recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the end date of the recurrence. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the number of occurrences after which the recurrence ends. + + + + + + + + Returns a string that describes Recurrence settings and rules. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a natural language description of the Recurrence's details should be visible. + + + + + + + Resturns/sets whether the Time Zone pickers are visible. + + + + + + Custom control used to choose an based on a set of available + + + + + Constructor used at design time to style the control. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated XamScheduleDataManager + An enum value that identifies what triggered the display of the dialog. + The types from which to choose + An object that will be initialized with the result + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the chosen activity is an Appointment + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the Appointment choice should be visible to the end user. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the chosen activity is an Journal + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the Journal choice should be visible to the end user. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the chosen activity is an Task + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the Task choice should be visible to the end user. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the reason for which the dialog is being displayed. + + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog. + + + + + Helper class for creating and managing s for all s that apply to a set of instances. + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of an ActivityCategoryHelper class + + A instance + A list of one or more intances whose categories are to be managed. + The control that should be used as the owner of the dialog when calling the method + + + + Identifies the ActivityCategoryHelper attached dependency property + + + + + Gets the value of the attached ActivityCategoryHelper DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached ActivityCategoryHelper DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + A wrapper class for that is used to display lists of s. + + + + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated with the list item or null if there is no associated . (read only) + + + + + + Returns the that created the . (read only) + + + + + + Returns the Brush to be used for the category color border. + + + + + Returns the Brush to be used for the category color background. + + + + + Returns the associated with the list item. (read only) + + + + + Returns the associated with the list item. (read only) + + + + + Returns the Brush to be used for the category color foreground. + + + + + Returns true if the list item has an associated , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns the ImageSource for Icon associated with item. (read only) + + + + + Returns true if the list item refers to an that is customizable - i.e., one that + is contained in the owning 's collection. + + + + + + Returns whether the list item is in edit mode. + + + + + Returns true if the list item refers to an that is not defined as a default category + or as a custom category on the 's owning + + + + + + + Returns true if the list item is selected, otherwise returns false. + + + + + Returns the Name of the . (read only) + + + + + + Custom element that represents an + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse operation + + + + Displays a UI for choosing an occurrence or series for deletion or opening. + + + + + Constructor used at design time to style the control. + + + + + Creates an instance of the RecurrenceChooserDialog which lets the user choose whether to access a recurrence Series or Occurrence + when an is opened or deleted. + + The XamScheduleDataManager for which the dialog is being displayed. + The recurring for which the choice is being made. + The type of choice to be made, i.e. whether the appointment is being opened or deleted. + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set + the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the choice is the recurrence Occurrence. + + + + + + Returns true if the choice is the recurrence Series. + + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog. + + + + + Displays a UI for the core portion of the dialog. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of the JournalDialogCore control which represents the core of the dialog. + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no containing element. + The current . + The journal to display. + + + + Called asynchronously after the control template has been applied. + + + + + Called when a property on the Activity changes. + + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Displays a UI for currently expired reminders. + + + + + Creates an instance of the Reminder dialog. + + The XamScheduleDataManager associated with the reminders displayedin the dialog. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Called before the System.Windows.UIElement.KeyUp event occurs + + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog./> + + + + + Returns the visibility of the subject for the currently selected + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Returns an ObservableCollection + + + + + Returns the ImageSource of the image for the currently selected + + + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the image for the currently selected + + + + + + + + Returns the subject for the currently selected + + + + + + + + Returns a string that describes the start time for the currently selected + + + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the subject for the currently selected + + + + + + + + Represents items in the list. + + + + + + The associated with the . + + + + + Returns the if specified, otherwise returns the . + + + + + Returns a string representation of the amount of time left before the activity associated with the begins. + + + + + + Returns a BitmapImage that represents the type of activity associated with the reminder. + + + + + The associated with the . + + + + + Displays a UI for the core portion of the dialog. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of the TaskDialogCore control which represents the core of the dialog. + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no containing element. + The current . + The task to display. + + + + Called asynchronously after the control template has been applied. + + + + + Called when a property on the Activity changes. + + + + + + + Called after the has closed. + + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns whether the Start and Due dates sectiojn of the dialog should be visible. + + + + + + + Returns a string that describes when the task is due. This property is only valid when the property is set to Visible. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a message that describes when the is due is visible. + + + + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Displays a UI for choosing a TimeZone Id. + + + + + Constructor used at design time to style the control. + + + + + Creates an instance of the TimeZoneChooserDialog which lets the user choose a TimeZone id. + + The XamScheduleDataManager for which the dialog is being displayed. + The time zone info provcider + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set + the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated with the dialog. + + + + + Returns or sets the selected time zone token + + + + + + Returns a read only collectio of time zone tokens. + + + + + Represents the area of a that contains the weeks for a specific + + + + + Custom element that represents the portion of a that contains the timeslots for the elements. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred width for the + + + + + + Returns or sets the recyclable items that represent that days of week headers + + + + + Represents a single logical day in a + + + + + Represents a single logical day in a + + + + + Base class for an element that represents a specific range of dates and/or times. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when mouse capture has been lost + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the timeslot. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the timeslot. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Called when the mouse has noved + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when the right mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Returns the string representation of the element. + + A string containing the range of time that the element represents + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the exclusive end date for the timeslot. + + + + + + Returns the current orientation in which the element is arranged. + + + + + + Returns the earliest time that the element represents. + + + + + + Returns or sets the associated + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the object is currently selected. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the element represents the current logical day. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the elements represents a day in an alternate month + + + + + + Represents the header for a single day in a + + + + + Base class for an element that represents a header for a specific date + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse operation + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the border thickness to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns or sets the Date of the logical day that the element represents + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the header represents the current logical day. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the preferred format type when the month name is to be displayed. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the name of the month should be displayed. + + + + + + Represents the header for a given day of the week within a specific of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the abbreviated version of the localized string representation of the + + + + + + Returns the border thickness to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns an enumeration value indicating which day of the week the element represents. + + + + + + Returns the localized string representation of the + + + + + + Returns the shortest version of the localized string representation of the + + + + + + Represents the timeslots for a specific logical day in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the logical day for the first day in the week. + + + + + + Returns the logical date for the last day of the week + + + + + + Returns the week # that the element represents. + + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred width for the + + + + + + Represents the header for a week in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the templated has been applied to the control + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse operation + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns or sets the date that represents the last day of the week. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether week numbers should be displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets the date that represents the start of the week. + + + + + + Returns or sets the week number of the week that the element represents + + + + + + A custom panel for creating bars to represent a collection of instances. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true to indicate that the panel supports arranging the children in a single orientation. + + + + + Returns the default orientation in which the children are arranged. + + + + + Returns or sets the collection of categories to be displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether to hide the first category. Defaults to true. + + + + + + A custom panel for arranging the content of an + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the Area attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached Area DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached Area DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the horizontal alignment of the content area + + + + + + Returns or sets the min width for the content area before the prefix and suffix areas will be reduced. + + + + + + Returns or sets the spacing between the prefix, suffix and content + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the bar may be resized. + + True if a resize operation may begin and false if it may not. + + + + Sets the extent to the specified value. + + The new extent + + + + Returns the constraints for the resize operation. + + Returns null if the resize operation cannot be performed + + + + Returns the orientation of the resizer bar + + + + + Returns the current resizing mode. + + + + + Returns the amount of the offset per pixel. + + + + + Provides information about a resize operation + + + + + Initializes the information for the resize operation. + + The element used to determine the relative position of the mouse to calculate the movement during the drag. This object should be stationary throughout the drag operation + The current extent from which the drag is starting + The extent that should be set if the drag operation is cancelled. If null, the drag will just end and leave whatever value has been modified to up to the point at which the drag was cancelled + The minimum value for the resize operation + The maximum value for the resize operation + True if a larger value may be used as the minimum. Elements that expand to fill may increase the value to try to keep the viewable area filled. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the minimum may be increased to ensure that the items fill the available area. + + + + + The value to set as the extent if the drag is cancelled. + + + + + The value to use as the starting extent. This value will be used when compared with the mouse delta of the original position to the move position relative to the + + + + + The minimum value for the drag operation + + + + + The maximum value for the drag operation + + + + + The element to use as the source for getting the mouse position. This element should not move during the drag operation. + + + + + Custom element used to resize the header area within a or + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when the element loses mouse capture. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is released over the element. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved during a drag operation. + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state. + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that will be resized. + + + + + A custom tooltip for XamSchedule elements + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Custom element for use within a that displays the hour and minutes text. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the brush that should be used by the TextBlock elements created by the panel. + + + + + + Initiates a drag operation for a specific activity + + The activity to be dragged + True if the initial drag state is to create a copy of the activity; otherwise false to indicate that the source activity will be moved. + The control for which the activity is being hosted. + Returns true if the drag was started; otherwise false is returned + + + + Ends the drag operation. + + True to cancel the drag; otherwise false to perform the current drop action. + Returns a boolean indicating if the drag was performed + + + + Invoked when the mouse has entered an invalid drop location. + + + + + Indicates if the activity being dragged can be moved to the specified calendar. + + The target calendar + True if the activity would be copied otherwise false if it would be moved + + + + + Invoked when the activity enters a new time range. + + The calendar to which the activity should be moved/copied + True to perform a copy of the original activity; false to perform a move. + The new local start of the activity + Optionally the new end of the activity. + The control that the mouse is over and should be displaying the activity being dragged + Optionally the timezone neutral state for the activity + Returns true if the move operation was successful + + + + The activity being dragged + + + + + The copy of the activity that is being displayed. + + + + + Returns the control that is displaying the activity copy. + + + + + The current drop information is not a valid drop point + + + + + The current drop will result in a move of the activity + + + + + The current drop will create a copy of the source activity + + + + + The current drop will result in a no-op + + + + + Interface used to coordinate selection between a month calendar control and a + + + + + + Returns the list of dates that represent the selected items. + + A list of dates + + + + Changes the selection of the target to the specified list of dates + + The list of dates that represent the new selection + + + + Event raised when the selected dates collection has been changed. This should not be raised during a drag selection until the selection operation is complete. + + + + + Class that represents a string resource loaded from the Schedule assembly + + + + + A content control that is visible to UI automation + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the AutomationControlType exposed thru UI automation + + + + + + The UI automation peer associated with a + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The . property value + + + + Returns the name of the class + + A string that contains 'ContentControlWithAutomation' + + + + Represents an immutable collection. Once created, it can not be modified. + + Type of the items in the collection. + + + ImmutableCollection's contents cannot be modified. It's different from ReadOnlyCollection in that + a ReadOnlyCollection's underlying source list can be modified. The source list is the list that you + pass into the constructor of the collection. ImmutableCollection makes a copy of the source list + in the constructor + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + Items to populate the collection with. + + + + Handles coordination of CalendarBrushProviders for Office color schemes. + + + + + Creates a ResourceDictionary that contains resources to be used by the dialogs + + A ResourceDictionary or null. + + + + Makes sure that the dialog resources dictonary is polpulated correctly + + + Note: this method is always called from the get of DialogResources property. This gives derived classes an opportunity to update the contents before a dialog is shown. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the base colors that are supported. + + + + + + Returns the base color to use for the default provider. + + + + + Determines the overall color scheme to use for all controls + + + + + + Handles coordination of CalendarBrushProviders for Office 2007 color schemes. + + + + + Returns an appropriate resource provider to be used by the (read-only). + + + + + + Handles coordination of CalendarBrushProviders for Office 2010 color schemes. + + + + + Returns an appropriate resource provider to be used by the (read-only). + + + + + + Returns a scrollbar style or null (read-only). + + + + + Constructor. + + Used for accessing id field values of data items. + Used for hooking into data items for property change notifications. + Optional. If the view item has a data item id property then this specifies the fva used for + getting and setting it. This is used for add-new item functionality. + + + + This method is called whenever we get an add notification from the data source to update an individual query + result list with the added item. It is also called whenever an item's property value changes and query criteria + is re-evaluated and the item is to be added to a matching result data list. Note that at this point the query + criteria is already evaluated and determined that the added item should be in the result data list. + + Query result's list, which contains the data items. + Data item that is to be added. + Whether to check if the item already exists in the result data list. + If there's an existing item with the same id value then this parameter specifies + whether to replace it with the passed in one or leave the original item there and do nothing. + + + + Called to remove the specified data item from the result data list. + + Query result's list, which contains the data items. + Data item that is to be removed. + + + + Contains information regarding a specific property of the underlying data object + and which property of the associated view object that data object property is + mapped to. + + + Either an enum that enumerates the properties of the view object or string that + identifies the property or the metadata key when used by the + . + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Identifies a property on the XamSchedule object. + + + ScheduleProperty identifies a property on the XamSchedule object, like Apppointment or Resource. + + + + + Specifies the property of the data objects in the data source. + + + + The value of this property of a data source object will be used for + the associated view object's property. The view object's property is + specified using the appropriate property exposed by the view object + specific mapping class derived from this class. For example, in the case + of , AppointmentPropertyMapping's + identifies + the property of the data objects in the + . + AppointmentPropertyMapping's + identifies the property of the object, including properties + of its base class , that this data object property maps to. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the converter to use when converting between the schedule property's value + and the data object's property's value. + + + + Converter's Convert method is used when copying value from the data source to the + schedule property. ConvertBack method is used when copying value from the schedule + property to the data source, which happens when the schedule property's value is + modified, for example by the user via appointment modification dialog. + + + + + + + Specifies the converter parameter that will be passed in the Convert and ConvertFrom methods of + the . If null then the underlying data item will be passed. + + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to an entry in the Metadata dictionary. + + + + MetadataPropertyMapping used by the . + MetadataPropertyMapping objects in the collection are used to populate the + metadata dictionary of the associated schedule object (for example the + dictionary of the object). + + + + + + Specifies the key in the Metadata dictionary. + + + + + This is used by ListManager. + + Property key type. + + + + Base class for various field mapping collections used for specifying which field in the + schedule object points to which field in the data source. + + + Either an enum that enumerates the properties of the schedule object (for example when + used by the ) or string that identifies + the metadata key when used by the . + + + A derived class. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Creates a new instance of mapping object that's compatible with this collection. + + Identifies the schedule property or metadata key depending on whether + this mappings collection is for a schedule class (like Appointment) or for metadata dictionary. + The name of the field in the underlying data source. + New instance of mapping object that's compatible with this collection. + + + + Raises PropertyChanged event. + + Property name. + + + + Gets the instance associated with the specified key. + + Identifies the property. + If a mapping for the specified key has been specified, returns the mapping object. Otherwise returns null. + + + + Removes the mapping for the specified key. + + Key of the mapping to remove from the collection. + True if the item was found and removed. False if the item wasn't found. + + + If the mapping doesn't existing in the collection, this method will do nothing. + + + + + + Returns the data member to which the specified schedule property or metadata entry is mapped to. + + Identifies the schedule property or metadata entry. + The data member or null if the mapping for the specified key has not been specified yet. + + + + Used for defining metadata field mappings. + + + + MetadataPropertyMappings property is used to specify fields from which + the Metadata () dictionary will be populated + (as well as saved). An entry for each of the fields specified in this collection + will be created in the Metadata dictionary of the associated object. This can + be used in conjuction with a Metadata field mapping entry in the containing field + mapping collection in which case all the entries in the Metadata dictionary will + be saved to and retrieved from that field except for the entries for which an + explicit mapping has been defined in the collection returned by this property. + + + For example, let's say + you have "A", "B" and "C" entries in the Metadata dictionary. You define an entry + in the containining that specifies that the + Metadata dictionary will be saved and retrieved from "Meta" field. You also define + an entry for "C" in the collection returned by this property. In such a scenario, the + "A" and "B" values of the Metadata dictionary will be saved to the "Meta" field + in the form of an XML document and the value of the "C" entry will be saved to + the field specified by the associated mapping in the MetadataPropertyMappings collection. + + + + + + Specifies whether to use default mappings. + + + + UseDefaultMappings property is used to automatically map fields in the data source. + The name of the field in the data source is expected be the same as the name of the + member of the enum that enumerates the fields of the associated object whose member mappings + are being provided (for example the enum). + + + + + + Collection used for specifying fields whose values will be added to the dictionary. + + + + MetadataPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the + property. The underlying derived instance created from a data item in the data source for + which these mappings are for will have its dictionary populated with values + from fields that are specified in this mappings collection. Changes to the Metadata dictionary will also be posted + back to the data source based on these mappings. + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the metadata entry whose key is 'metadataKey'. + + Identifies the key of the entry in the associated schedule object's dictionary. + The data member in the data source. + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists some properties that are common across all activity types. + + + + + Designates a default value that doesn't map to any property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. Underlying data object property can be a string type. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies the property that contains the maximum date when the last of the occurrences + can occur. This is used as an optimization when querying for recurring activities to + limit the number of recurrences that have to be included in the result. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + Underlying data object property can be a long type. + + + + + Applies to appointments and tasks. Doesn't apply to journals. + + + + + Applies to appointments and tasks. Doesn't apply to journals. + + + + + Applies to appointments and tasks. Doesn't apply to journals. + + + + + The time when the activity was last modified. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies the property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Lists properties that can be mapped to underlying data source. + + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Applies to variance of a recurrence. Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used to store data for any unmapped properties. The data will be stored as XML. + + + + + Identifies property. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ActivityCategoryPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ActivityCategory object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + ActivityCategoryProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + AppointmentPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Appointment object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + AppointmentProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + JournalPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Journal object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + JournalProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ResourcePropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Resource object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + ResourceProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + ResourceCalendarPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + ResourceCalendar object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + ResourceCalendarProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Used for mapping a field in the data source to a property of the object. + + + + TaskPropertyMapping object contains information regarding a specific field in the + data source specified by the + and which property of the object it maps to. The property of the + Task object is identified by the + property and the field in the data source is identified by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Identifies a property of object. + + + TaskProperty identifies a property of the object. + + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ActivityCategoryPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each ActivityCategoryPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the activity categorys data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified activityCategory property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + AppointmentPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each AppointmentPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the appointments data source. + + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified appointment property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + JournalPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each JournalPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the journals data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified journal property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ResourcePropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each ResourcePropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the resources data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified resource property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + ResourceCalendarPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each ResourceCalendarPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the resource calendars data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified resource calendar property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Collection used for specifying field mappings for object. + + + + TaskPropertyMappingCollection class is used by the 's + property. It's a collection + of objects where each TaskPropertyMapping object provides a + mapping for a property of class to the field in the tasks data source. + + + + + + + + + Adds mapping for the specified task property. + + Identifies the property of the class. + The name of the property in the underlying data source object. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns true if the specified item matches the specified condition. + + + + + + + + Performs query on the list and returns the results. + + Specifies the query criteria. + Results of the query. + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified two conditions using logical And operator. + If x or y is null then returns the non-null condition without creating a new condition. + + + + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified three conditions using logical And operator. + If a condition is null then combines the other non-null conditions. + + + + + + + + + If the specified list is not a generic IEnumerable<T> where T is the same type or a derived type as the this.List element type, + then creates a this.List element type typed enumerable instance that wraps the specified list. + + + + + + + Returns the list element type. + + List whose element type to get. + If element type cannot be determined from list and it's a collection view then + determine it from the collection view's source collection. + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified two conditions using logical Or operator. + If x or y is null then returns the non-null condition without creating a new condition. + + + + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified three conditions using logical Or operator. + If a condition is null then combines the other non-null conditions. + + + + + + + + + Performs query on the specified list and returns the results. + + List to perform the query against. Note that the list + must contain the same types of items as the list associated with this query manager. + Specifies the query criteria. + Results of the query. + + + + Gets the expression used to access the specified field from the info._parameterExpression. + + + + + + + + Gets the associated list against which the queries will be done. + + + + + Gets the type of items in the list. + + + + + Base class for linq instructions like OrderBy. + + + + + Constructor. + + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + Name of the field that's to be ordered by. + Inner statement. + Whether to order descending or ascending. + + + + Constructor. + + Whether to get the first element or the last element. + If true then null is returned if there are no elements. If false, an exception is raised + if there are no elements. + Filter condition. + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + LHS field. + RHS field. + Binary operator. + + + + Constructor. + + LHS field. + + + + Gets or sets the logical operator with which the conditions are to be combined. Default value is 'And'. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a collection type. + + + + + A helper method that checks if the list is a DataView and if so creates a new instance of + DataViewLinqQueryManager. + + If list is a DataView then returns a new DataViewLinqQueryManager. Otherwise it returns null. + Item type contained in the list. This is DataRowView or derived type. + A new DataViewLinqQueryManager or null depending on the parameter. + + + + Represents an activity query. + + + + ActivityQuery class is used to specify the query criteria when using + method. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + Activities within this date range will be queried. + Activities belonging to primary calendars of these resources will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date range will be queried. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + Activities within this date range will be queried. + Activities belonging to these calendars will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date range will be queried. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + Activities within this date range will be queried. + Activities belonging to this calendar will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date range will be queried. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Types of activities to query. + One or more DateRange objects. Activities within these date ranges will be queried. + Activities belonging to these calendars will be queried. + If null then all activities within the specified date ranges will be queried. + + + + Once an activity query has been sealed, it can't be modified. + + + + ActivityQuery object sealed from further modifications when the query is performed + and associated with an object. Any attempt to modify the + activity query afterwards will result in an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + + Specifies which activity types to query for - whether appointments, journals, tasks or a combination of these activity types. + + + ActivityTypesToQuery property specifies what type of activities to get. ActivityTypes enum is a flagged enum + allowing you to specify a combination of activity types. + + + + + Specifies the calendars for which to get the activities. If null then activities for + all the calendars will be returned. + + + + + Specifies one or more date ranges. + + + + This query will return activities occurring within these date ranges. + + + + + + Specifies the information that's to be queried. + + + + RequestedInformation property specifies what information to retrieve when the query is performed. + enum is a flagged enum and therefore you can specify multiple + pieces of information to be retrieved. + + + + + + Represents the result of a cancel operation of a pending operation. + + + + CancelOperationResult is used by the + method to return the status of the cancelation operation. + + + + + + Constructor. + + Pending operation which is being canceled. + + + + Constructor. + + Pending operation which is being canceled. + Error info if any. + Specifies whether the operation is complete. + + + + Initializes the and + properties based on the specified values. + + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify false if further results are + going to be available. + + + Activity operations may be executed asynchronously. When a method that performs an operation is required + to return an instance of OperationResult derived class, you can return a new instance + and specify the result of the operation later via this method when it's available. While the asynchronous + operation is still pending, the property will return False. When the + result is available, you can call this method and specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate + that the operation is complete and that the property should be set to true. + + + If an error occurs during the operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action + will be taken and operation is considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + Operation being canceled. + + + + + Result of an operation performed on an item. The operation may be performed asynchronously. + + + + + The item associated with the operation. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Item associated with the operation. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Item associated with the operation. + Error information if there's an error. + Whether to mark the operation as complete. Pass false for asynchronous + operation whose result is going to be available later. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Initializes the and properties based on the specified values. + + object if an error occurred, null otherwise. + Indicates whether the results are complete. Specify false if further results are + going to be available. + + + An operation may be performed asynchronously. When a method that performs an operation is required + to return an instance of OperationResult derived class, you can return a new instance + and specify the result of the operation later via this method when it's available. While the asynchronous + operation is still pending, the property will return False. When the + result is available, you can call this method and specify 'isComplete' parameter as true to indicate + that the operation is complete and that the property should be set to true. + + + If an error occurs during the operation, you can call this method with the + object containing the error information. Also specifiy true for 'isComplete' since no further action + will be taken and operation is considered to be complete with an error. + + + + + + + + Returns the item associated with the operation. + + + + + Result of an activity operation that may be performed asynchronously. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Activity associated with the operation. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Activity associated with the operation. + Error information if there's an error. + Whether to mark the operation as complete. Pass false for asynchronous + operation whose result is going to be available later. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns the activity associated with the operation. + + + This property returns the same value as the property. + + + + + Result of a resource operation that may be performed asynchronously. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Resource associated with the operation. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Resource associated with the operation. + Error information if there's an error. + Whether to mark the operation as complete. Pass false for asynchronous + operation whose result is going to be available later. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns the resource. + + + This property returns the same value as the property. + + + + + Represents a group of one or more instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns true if the calendar is in the group. + + The calendar to check. + + + + + Invoked when a property has been changed. + + The name of the property being changed + + + + Returns a string that contains the id for the calendars currently in the collection in the format expected by the property. + + A string in the format expected by the based on the ResourceCalendar instances currently in the Calendars collection. + + + + Helper method for building an InitialCalendarIds string + + The string build to add to + The calendar being added + + + + Helper method to escape (by preceding with a /) a character in the specified list + + The test to enumerate/add + The characters that should be escaped + The string builder to update with the text + + + + Helper method for building an InitialCalendarIds string based on the specified list of calendars + + The list of calendars to use when generating the string + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Populates the VisibleCalendars based on the contents of the Calendars collection + + + + + Helper routine for splitting an InitialCalendarIds + + InitialCalendarIds string to parse + + + + + Helper method for reinitializing the Calendars collection based on the CalendarId's + + + + + Invoked when the Resources associated with the containing CalendarGroupCollection has been changed. + + The source resources collection that provides the calendars + True if the group should only ensure the calendars are still used by the resources collection and false if the group can reinitialize the calendars colleciton from the serialized calendar ids + + + + Returns a collection of instances + + +

Note: The should be used at design time to define the + contents of the collection.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a color delimited list of resource and calendar id combinations that are used to define the contents of the collection at design time. + + +

A ResourceCalendar must be identified as a combination of the of its + and its such that the calendar id follows the resource id and is enclosed in [] (e.g. resourceId[calendarId]). + If multiple ids are provided then they must be comma delimited (e.g. resourceId1[calendarId1], resourceId1[calendarId2], resourceId2[calendarId1]. + If the [calendarId] is omitted then the will be assumed.

+
+
+ + + The resource and calendar id combination used at design time to indicate the calendar that should be selected at runtime. + + +

A ResourceCalendar must be identified as a combination of the of its + and its such that the calendar id follows the resource id and is enclosed in [] (e.g. resourceId[calendarId]). + If the [calendarId] is omitted then the will be assumed.

+
+
+ + + Used at runtime to control which calendar is selected within the ui. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection that contains only the items in the collection whose is true. + + + + + The visible calendars needs to be verified + + + + + In OnResourcesChanged + + + + + Set when the current state of the group within the OnResourcesChanged is in sync with the snapshot + + + + + Class used to maintain information for a CalendarGroup within a ScheduleControlBase + + + + + Represents a collection of instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be added to the collection. + + The item being added + + + + Invoked when an item is added to the collection + + The item added + + + + Invoked when an item is removed from the collection + + The item removed + + + + Helper routine that returns false if the operation could not/should not be deferred. Otherwise enqueues an async operation and returns true that the current operation should be deferred. + + Indicates the operation to be enqueued + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Updates the CalendarGroup instances in the collection based on the resource collection. + + The collection used to update the CalendarGroups + True if the calendars should not be cleared and reobtained based on the calendar ids + + + + Helper routine to maintain a hashset of the Resources for which a VisibleCalendar is displayed. + + + + + Returns true to indicate that the collection wants to receive notifications as items are added and removed. + + + + + Returns a list of the visible ResourceCalendar instances + + + + + Returns a list of the Resource instances associated with the visible calendars + + + + + in the middle of processing deferred changes + + + + + we need to rebuild the list of resources + + + + + We need to reinitialize all the groups with the resources + + + + + We need to check for any resources/calendars that have been removed. + + + + + Notification that the Resources collection received a reset. + + + + + Collection of objects. + + + DaySettingsOverrideCollection is used by the 's + and 's properties. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of DaySettingsOverrideCollection. + + + + + + Converts the specified DaySettingsOverrideCollection to its XML representation. + + + + + + Collection of objects. + + + + + Represents a list of view items that are created based on a list of data items. + + Type of items contained in the collection. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + List of data items. + Used for creating and new T instances for each data item in the source and also setting/getting their associated data items. + Specifies whether to hook into items in the list via their ISupportPropertyChangeNotifications implementations. + Called before the view list is verified. + + + + Constructor. Creates a new instance of . + + Source items collection. Any modifications made to the source collection + will be reflected by this collection. + + + Note that the ViewList<T> is a read-only collection. Any modifications made to + the source collection are reflected by this collection, assuming the source collection implements + INotifyCollectionChanged interface. + + + + + + Called to raise CollectionChanged notification as well as notify property change listeners added + via ISupportPropertyChangeNotifications interface. + + Collection change event args. + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is in the collection. + + Item to check if it's contained in the collection. + True if the item exists in the collection, false otherwise. + + + + Copies items from this collection to the specified array. + + Destination array. + The location in the destination array where the items will be copied. + + + + Returns the enumerator for enumerating items in the collection. + + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Returns the index of the specified item in the collection. + + The item whose index will be returned. + The index of the item if the item exists in the collection, -1 otherwise. + + + + Marks the collection as needing to be resynced with the underlying source collection. + + + + + If preverifyCallback callback was specified then calls that and returns + the return value of that callback. Otherwise returns the Source data list. + + The data list to use. + + + + Raised when the collection's contents change. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified index. + + Index of the item to get. + Item at the specified index. + + + + Returns items in the collection that have been allocated so far. + + + Returns items in the collection that have been allocated so far. This differs from GetEnumerator + in that the GetEnumerator allocates items that haven't been allocated yet and returns all the + items of the collection. + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Gets or sets the source items collection. + + + + + Constructor. + + Data source list. + Item factory used for creating new ResourceCalendar instances as well as getting/setting their data items. + Called before the view list is verified. + + + + Collection of objects. + + + + + + Constructor. + + Data source list. + Item factory used for creating new Resource instances as well as getting/setting their data items. + Called before the view list is verified. + + + + Constructor. Creates a new instance of . + + Source collection of resources. Any modifications made to the source + will be reflected by this collection. + + + Note that the ResourceCollection is a read-only collection. Any modifications made to + the source collection are reflected by this collection, assuming the source collection implements + INotifyCollectionChanged interface. + + + + + + Gets the resource with the specified id. Returns null if none exists. + + Resource id. + Matching Resource object or null if no matching resource is found. + + + + Contains objects for the seven days of week. Each ScheduleDayOfWeek + object is used to specify settings for the corresponding day of week. + + + + ScheduleDaysOfWeek exposes properties for each day of week: , + , , + , , + and . + It's used by the ScheduleSettings' property. + + + You can specifiy settings, like whether the day is a work-day and what the working hours are + using the object returned by the property of this object corresponding + to that day. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of ScheduleDaysOfWeek. + + + + + + Converts the specified ScheduleDaysOfWeek to its XML representation. This is the format that + the XamSchedule uses to serialize out ScheduleDaysOfWeek instance into an underlying data item + that provides a string type property mapping. + + + + + + Gets or sets the object for the specified day of week. Default value is Null. + + Day of week. + Gets the object for the specified day of week. If one hasn't been set previously, returns Null. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Monday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Tuesday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Wednesday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Thursday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Friday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Saturday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Gets or sets the instance for Sunday. Default value is Null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is Null. In order to specifiy the settings + for this day, create a new instance of object and set this property to it. + + + + + + Collection class used by a CalendarGroupCollection to maintain a collection of + instances for each in the of the groups + in the source collection. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The delegate invoked when a TimeslotBase is to be allocated + Optional method used to adjust a datetime for a timeslot + Array of objects that provide the time information for the timeslots + The delegate invoked when an item is created or Reinitialize is invoked. This is meant to be used to update state on a given timeslot + + + + Returns the index of the specified item. + + The date to look for. + The index of the + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified item exists in the collection. + + The item to check + True if the item exists in the collection otherwise false + + + + Copies the items to the specified array. + + The array to update + The starting index at which to copy the items + + + + Returns a DateRange that represents the and of the at the specified index. + + The index of the timeslot in the collection whose date range is being requested + The date range for the timeslot at the specified index + + + + Returns the index of the specified item + + The item to locate + The index of the item or -1 if it is not in the collection. + + + + Returns the date range for the specified timeslot index + + Index of the timeslot + True to return the range taking the modify date function provided to the collection + The range for that index + + + + Returns the timeslot at the specified index. + + The index of the item to return + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Returns true to indicate that the list is read-only + + + + + Custom collection of DateTime that represent the dates that should be in view in the associated XamSchedule control + + + + + Invoked when items have been added and/or removed from the collection + + The items that were added + The items that were removed + + + + Collection used for specifying working hours. + + + + WorkingHoursCollection class is a collection of instances. It's used for specifying working hours. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + This item will be added to the collection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of object. + + These items will be added to the collection. + + + + Overridden. Validates the specified time range instance to ensure that it's start time and end time are valid. + + TimeRange instance to validate. + + + + Invoked when an item is about to be removed if the returns true. + + The item that is being removed. + + + + Adds a new TimeRange instance based on the specified values. + + Start time of the time range. + End time of the time range. + + + + Used to obtain a collection of the sorted, consolidated time ranges within the collection. + + + + + Ensures that the working hours don't span over more than 24 hours. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the derived collection should have its and methods invoked. + + + + + Returns default working hours from 9:00 AM to 5:00 PM. + + + + + Abstract base class used for formatting and manipulating dates + + + + + Initializes a new + + The calendar used for date calculations + Provides information about the format settings + + + + Creates a new instance of using the Calendar and DateTimeFormat of the specified culture. + + The culture to use + + + + Creates a new instance of + + The culture to use + If true will force the use of a Gregorian calendar + + + + Clears any values that have been cached so they can be re-created when needed + + + + + Returns a formatted string for the supplied date. + + The date/time to format. + An enumaration that specifies how to format the date time. + A formatted string. + + + + + Returns a formatted string for a range of date times. + + The start date/time. + The start date/time. + An enumeration that specifies how to format the date range. + A formatted string. + + + + + Returns a formatted string for a range of date times relative to a specific date. + + The start date/time. + The end date/time. + The relative date context + If true will include the start time in the formatted string. + If true will include the end time in the formatted string. + A formatted string. + + Note: If the start and end times are on the same day as the RelativeDate then only the time portion is returned in the formatted string. + Otherwise the short day of week is also included and if the span between the start and end is 7 days or greater then the date is included as well. + + + + + + Returns a formatted string for the specified day of the week. + + One of the day of week related values that indicates whether to return the full day name (DayOfWeek), abbreviated (ShortDayOfWeek) or shortest (ShortestDayOfWeek) representation for the day of week. + The day of week whose string representation is to be returned. + The full, abbreviated or shortest version of the specified day of week. + + + + Returns the designator string for morning hours (read-only) + + + + + Returns and caches the converted to lowercase (read-only) + + + + + Returns the calendar (read-only) + + + + + Returns the provider for the (read-only) + + + + + Returns the separator between year, month and day (read-only) + + + + + Returns the object that contains the format info for dates and times (read-only) + + + + + Returns true if time should be displayed in 24 hour format or false to dispay in 12 hour format with AM and PM designators + + True wiill format the hour is 24 hour format, e.g. 3:00 PM would be displayed as 15:00. By default this is determined by looking for a uppercase 'H' in the . + + + + + Returns the pattern to use to display just hours + + The pattern used to format the hour portion of a time. By default this is created by parsing the LongTimePattern off . + + Note: this pattern is used to determine whether dates are displayed in 12 or 24 hour format based on whether the pattern has an 'h' or 'H' character in it respectively. + + + + + + Returns the latest date time that is supported (read-only) + + + + + Returns the earliest date time that is supported (read-only) + + + + + Returns the designator string for afternoon hours (read-only) + + + + + Returns and caches the converted to lowercase (read-only) + + + + + Returns the separator between hours, minutes and seconds (read-only) + + + + + Used for specifying settings for a specific day. + + + + DaySettings class is used for specifying settings like the working hours or visibility of a specific day. + exposes property. ScheduleDayOfWeek + objects are accessed via the ScheduleSettings' collection. + also exposes property. + DaySettingsOverride is specified using the ScheduleSettings' + collection. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Specifies whether this day of week is a work day. + + + + + Specifies the working hours for the day of week. Default value is null. + + + + WorkingHours is used to specify different working hours for the day this DaySettings object + is associated with. If this property is left null or set to an empty collection then the + working hours will be resolved to the next settings object in the resolution hierarchy. + + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Used for specifying settings for a specific date or a recurring date. + + + + If you need to specify some settings for a specific day in the year, or some recurring date + then you can use the ' + collection to add a DaySettingsOverride instance that contains the day settings for that day + or recurring date. + + + You can also specify DaySettingsOverrides for a specific resource using Resource' + collection. + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Specifies the date. The date is always considered to be relative to the local time-zone. + + + + + Specifies the DaySettings object. + + + + + Specifies the date recurrence. If Recurrence is specified then property's value + is used as the start time for the recurrence. + + + + Note that if the date of the first instance of the recurrence is different than the + Date property's value, the Date property is also used for matching. + + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Contains occurrences, including variances. + + + + + Contains variances. + + + + + Used to cache the start time of the next occurrence in the series that's due for reminder. Keys are root activities. + + + + + Constructor. + + Schedule data connector. + Item manager that keeps track of root activities and variances. + Properties information for class. + + + + Gets the root activity with the specified id. + + Root activity id. + If a root activity by the specified id is found, returns it. Otherwise returns null. + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator for the specified recurrence information. + + Contains recurrence information. + Calculator for calculating occurrences. + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator for the specified root activity. + + Root activity. + Calculator for calculating occurrences. + + + + Creates or gets a cached occurrence instance for the specified dataItem which must be an OccurrenceId instance. + + An OccurrenceId instance. + The occurrence activity. + + + + Gets the start time of the next occurrence that's due for reminder. + + Root activity that defines the series. + The start time of the next occurrence in the series that's due for reminder. + + + + Initializes the ReminderEnabled property of the specified occurrence based on root + activity's Reminder.LastDisplayedTime and if that's not available then based on the + latest occurrence in the series that's overdue for the reminder. + + Occurrence activity. + Root activity. + + + + Creates an OccurrenceId object using the the RootActivity and the OriginalStartTime/OriginalEndTime + values of the specified occurrence. + + Occurrence activity. + OccurrenceId instance. + + + + Gets occurrences, including variances that have been created and are still active (haven't been garbage collected). + + + + + Registers the specified variance. + + Variance activity. + + If the variance is valid, returns the occurrence id for it. If the variance is + invalid, which can be if the root activity has been deleted or its recurrence rules + modified so the variance is considered to be stale or invalid, then returns null. + + + + + Contains root activities and variances. + + + + + Map that keeps track of root activity and their occurrences that are to be included in this occurrence id collection. + + + + + All the collections that are aggregated by this aggragate collection. It contains occurrence collections for all the + root activities and their variances as well (that intersect the date range criteria of this aggregate collection). + + + + + Contains variances that belong to this collection, of all the root activities. + + + + + Adds or removes the activity which can be a recurring activity or a variance. + + Activity + If true then removes the activity otherwise adds it. + Phase 1 will only add variances and skip recurring activities + and phase 2 will add only recurring activities and skip variances. + + + + Used for specifying settings for a specific day of week. + + + + XamScheduleDataManager exposes collection that + contains seven ScheduleDayOfWeek instances for each of the seven days of week. You can + specify settings, like the description or the working hours, for a specific week day using that + collection. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Converts the specified xml to an instance of ScheduleDayOfWeek. + + + + + + Converts the specified ScheduleDayOfWeek to its XML representation. + + + + + + Specifies the day settings for this day of week. + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Abstract base class for all XamSchedule dialog factories. + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for creating and editing derived instances. + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + The current + The derived activity that is being edited + True if the dialog should allow modifications of the , false to display the without allowing modifications. + True if the dialog should allow the to be removed, false to disallow removal of the . + A FrameworkElement that represents the dialog or the contents of the dialog. + + + + + + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for managing s for a list of instances. + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + The current + A reference to an instance. + True if the dialog should allow modifications of the s, false to display the s without allowing modifications. + A FrameworkElement that represents the dialog or the contents of the dialog. + + + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for creating an . + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + A reference to an instance. + An instance of the class that holds the created by the dialog and (optionally) a piece of user data. + True to automatically update the owning with the new . + A FrameworkElement that represents the dialog or the contents of the dialog. + + + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for creating and editing recurrences. + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + The current + The that is being edited + True if the dialog should allow modifications of the recurrences, false to display the recurrences without allowing modifications. + True to display start/end time zone pickers otherwise false (default)/> + A FrameworkElement that represents the Recurrence dialog or the contents of the Recurrence dialog. + + + + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for letting the user choose whether to access a recurrence Series or Occurrence + when an is opened or deleted. + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + The current + The recurring for which the choice is being made. + The type of to display, i.e. a chooser for opening recurrences or deleting recurrences. + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + A FrameworkElement that represents the Recurrence dialog or the contents of the Recurrence dialog. + + + + + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for letting the user choose an from a set of available + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + The current + The list of types from which the choice is to be made + The calendar associated with the action or null if there is no calendar associated with the action + The reason for which the dialog is being displayed + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + A FrameworkElement that can be used to choose an activity type. + + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for letting the user dismiss or snooze active Reminders. + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + The current + A FrameworkElement that represents the Recurrence dialog or the contents of the Recurrence dialog. + + + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for letting the user select a time zone. + + + + The XamScheduleDataManager will automatically host the FrameworkElement returned by this method in an appropriate container + depending on the environment within which the dialog is being displayed. If the environment supports top level windows then the + FrameworkElement will be hosted in a Dialog Window unless this method returns a Window-derived element in which case that window + will be used as the dialog window. + + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no cointaining element. + The current + The object that provides the list of time zones + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + A FrameworkElement that represents the TimeZone dialog or the contents of the TimeZone dialog. + + + + + + + Returns a flagged enumeration indicating the types of for which the method will return a dialog to be displayed. + + + + + Contains schedule settings information. + + + + ScheduleSettings is used by the property. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Creates a new instance of the freezable class. + + The new instance + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Property changed callback for settings properties. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to close calendars via the UI. + + +

The XamSchedule view controls optionally display a close button in the that allows + the end user to close a . The AllowCalendarClosing property can be used to prevent the end + user from closing/hiding a calendar.

+

The property is used to determine if the close button is + displayed within the . By default that property is set to null. When left to this default, the visibility + of the close button is resolved as follows. If the AllowCalendarClosing is false then the button will be hidden. Otherwise the default + visibility is up to the control. For example, in , the close button is not displayed by default but for + and it will be displayed. This mimics the default ui displayed in Microsoft Outlook.

+
+ + +
+ + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to create custom activity categories. + + + + + AllowCustomizedCategories property specifies whether the user can create and modify + custom activity categories. User's custom activity categories are stored in 's + property. When this feature is enabled, + an UI will be presented to the user in the activity dialog to allow adding a new custom + category as well as modifying or removing any custom categories previously added. The UI + will not allow the user to modify the categories specified via the + since they are common + across all resources. The user () can only + modify the his or her own custom categories. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets object that contains settings for appointments. + + + + + + + + Collection of objects. Used for overriding day settings + (like working hours, whether the day is a workday etc…) for specific dates as well as specific + recurring dates. + + + + + Gets or sets object that contains settings for days of week. Default value is Null. + + + + DaysOfWeek returns object that is used to specifiy settings, like + whether the day is a workday, for specific days of week. + + + + + + + Specifies the first day of week. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets object that contains settings for journals. + + + + + + + + Specifies the logical day duration - the duration of the day. + + + + + Specifies the logical day offset - the time when the day starts. + + + + + Maximum date allowed in the UI. Appointment creation will also be restricted within the MinDate and MaxDate. + + + + + Minimum date allowed in the UI. Appointment creation will also be restricted within the MinDate and MaxDate. + + + + + Gets or sets object that contains settings for tasks. + + + + + + + + Specifies which days of week are workdays. + + + + WorkDays property is used to specify which days of week are work-days. You can use the + property to specify the working hours. You can also use the property to specify + working hours on a per day basis as well as whether a day is a work-day or not. + + + You can also specify work-days and work-hours for a specific resource using the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies working hours. Default value is null. + + + + WorkingHours property specifies the working hours for all days of week. You can also + use the property to specify per day working hours as well which + days of week are work days. You can also specify per resource working hours and work days + using the property. + + + If working hours for a day are not specified via DaysOfWeek property then this property's + value is used. If this property is not specified then the default value of 9:00 AM - 5:00 PM + will be used. + + + + + + + + + + + + Custom that represents a single + + + + + Returns true if the calendar is in the group. + + The calendar to check. + + + + + Represents an item in a time picker combo box. + + + + + Determines whether the specified System.Object is equal to the current System.Object. + + + + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. + + + + + + Returns a System.String that represents the current System.Object. + + + + + + Returns the string to display for this entry (read only). + + + + + Type of the converted values. Used as the target type for the Convert method. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + A class used to specify a parameterless action without rooting the object where the action is + to be performed. Creating a pointer to an instance method and holding onto it roots the object + containing the instance method. If you want to not root the object, then use this class to + create a parameterless action that delegates to a static parametered action that you provide, + where the parameter is the object instance which is kept using weak reference. + For example, new DeferredOperation( WeakAction.Create( obj, parameteredAction ) ). + + + + + + Used to store extra field values. + + + + You can use the Metadata to store and later retrieve information. The information is stored in + properties of your data items as specified in the . + For example, the metadata property mappings is specified using the 's + + property. Each property defined in the mapping collection has a corresponding entry in the returned MetadataPropertyValueStore. + Its indexer is used to retrieve or set the the property's value. Furthermore, you can use bindings to + bind to a specific value in the returned object. + + + + + + + + + + + Stores the specified entry's Value using the entry's Key as the key. + + Contains 'key' and 'value'. + + + + Returns the enumerator to enumerate values of the store. + + + + + + Gets the value associated with the specified key. + + String that identifies the key. + Value associated with the key. If no such value exists, returns null. + + + + Indicates if the value for the specified key is available or non-empty. + + + + + + + Sets the specified value for the speicifed key. + + String that identifies the key. + Value to associate with the key. + + + + Gets or sets the value. + + Key associated with the value. + Gets the value for the specified key or null if the value doesn't exist for the key. + + + NOTE: If the underlying metadata field mapping doesn't exist for the specified 'key' then an exception is thrown. + + + + + + Indicates if the value for the specified key is available or non-empty. + + + + + + + Returns true if the item was not previously entered. Returns false and takes no + actions if the item was previously entered. An item can only be entered once. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Items to be indexed. + Gets the key value from an item. + Comparer used for comparing key values. + If specified, it's invoked when a collection change notification is + recieved from the items list, after the index has been modified to reflect the change. + + + + Gets any matching item. If a single matching item exists, returns that. If multiple matching + items exist then this method may return any one of them. + + The key value. + Matching item. + + + + Gets all the matching items. + + The key value. + All the matching items. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Indicates if the value for the specified key is available or non-empty. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Type of the object that will be serialized. + Serializer to use to convert the object to XML and parse it back. + + + + This is where the XML as string is stored. + + + + + When an individual property value is set, we need to update the XML. However we don't want to do it + right away so we'll keep track of items whose XML value needs to be updated. + + + + + This is a list of items that need to have their XML synchronized with the property values. + + + + + The operation used to asynchronously update XML. + + + + + When we get a notification from the data source indicating that the field where the XML is stored + has changed, we need to parse it and update individual property values. This keeps track of such + items where the property values need to be updated. + + + + + Listener for xml value property store. + + + + + Listner for property value stores. + + + + + Used to make sure we don't synchronize property values to XML when we are the one updating the XML value. + + + + + Used to make sure we don't synchronize XML to property values when we are in the process of synchronizing property values to XML. + + + + + Used to save and parse XML. + + + + + This is where individual values from the XML are cached. This is because we don't want to + parse the XML every time a value is retrieved or re-create XML every time a value is set. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Custom control that represents a specific instance + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + + + + + Called when mouse capture has been lost + + The mouse event args + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is released. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Called when the mouse has noved + + The mouse event args + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked when the associated activity has changed. + + Old activity + New activity + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Returns or sets the activity associated with a given element. + + + + + + Returns additional text for dispslay (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the AdditionalText field (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the categories associated with the represented by the element. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the stroke thickness for the border around the element (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the horizontal alignment for the content (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the margin around the content area + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground or date time (prefix/suffix) elements based on the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns a geometry for the activity that takes into account a possible notch for appointment that don't take up at least 1 timeslot (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the in local time. + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the End date out of reange indicator (read-only) + + + + + + Returns whether there is an operation pending (read-only) + + + + + + Returns th visibility of the indicator area (read-only); + + + + + + Determines if this activity is being edited in place + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the object is currently selected. + + + + + + Returns true if this element should display its contents in a single line (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the margin for the notch. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Background of the indicator for the 'Start out of range' or the 'End out of range' states./> + + + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground of the indicator for the 'Start out of range' or the 'End out of range' states./> + + + + + + + + Returns and enumeration that determines how the activity prefix will be formatted. + + + + + + Returns a value indicating the visibility of the reminder indicator. + + +

Reminders are only active for the calendars associated with the . This property + considers the and the state to determine whether the reminder + is active.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the visibility of th separator text between the sunject and the AdditionalText (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the in local time. + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the start date out of reange indicator (read-only) + + + + + + Returns and enumeration that determines how the activity suffix will be formatted. + + + + + + Returns an object with toolip info (read-only) + + + + + + An element used to resize either the leading or trailing (start or end time) of an activity + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the mouse enters this element + + + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse operation + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets whether this is the Leading or trailing resizer bar + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the resize grip (read-only) + + + + + + Element used to represent an instance + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the associated activity has changed. + + Old activity + New activity + + + + Element used to represent an instance + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Element used to indicate that there are more instances that are not currently in view. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is pressed down on the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event. + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the element + + Provides information about the event + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Element used to represent an instance + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Represents a single date within the area where the activities which are 24 hours or longer are displayed. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the border thickness to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Represents the header for a single date of a specific in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Represents the header area for a for a specific + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the mouse wheel has been scrolled + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the all day event area elements should be displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that provides the activities. + + + + + Returns or sets the collection of timeslots that represent the headers + + + + + Displays a UI for the core portion of the dialog. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of the AppointmentDialogCore control which represents the core of the dialog. + + The FrameworkElement that contains this dialog, or null if there is no containing element. + The current . + The appointment to display. + + + + Called asynchronously after the control template has been applied. + + + + + Called when a property on the Activity changes. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets whether the displayed in the dialog can be edited. + + + + + + + + Returns the being edited. This is a copy of the actual appointment, but will be saved to the + original appointment when the dialog is committed. + + + + + Returns a dictionary of localized strings for use by the controls in the template. + + + + + Custom structure that represents a position (offset and extent). Note the End is exclusive + + + + + The exclusive end point for the structure + + + + + Helper class for dealing with recycleable elements. + + + + + Arranges the specified elements with a specific extent in a horizontal or vertical stack + + The panel whose elements will be arranged + The elements to arrange + True if the items are to be arranged vertically; otherwise false to arrange them horizontally + The size provided to the arrange + The extent of each item - for vertical this is the height and for horizontal this is the width of each item + The amount of space between each item + The index of the items in the elements in view that is considered to be the first element in view + The amount of extra space to distribute to the items. Should only be used when all items are in view + The method to invoke when the element should be arranged + The rect used. + + + + Returns the rect for the first item to arrange when using the ArrangeStack method + + True if the items are arranged vertically otherwise false. + The size provided to the ArrangeOverride + The extent of each item + The amount of space between each item + The index of the first item relative to the + The number of items being arranged + The rect for the arrange + + + + Gets the adjusted start and end indexes for a stack arrangement + + The size available for the measure + The index of the first item to arrange + The calculated number of items fully in view + True if the items are arranged vertically + The extent of the items + The amount of space between each item + True if the previous and next items should be considered as well if possible + The total number of items + Out parameter set to the adjusted first item index + Out parameter set to the adjusted end item index + True if the may be adjusted if the items don't fill the available space + + + + Helper method for measuring a recycleable element. + + The element to measure + The size with which to measure the element. + + + + Provides the creation and measurement for recyclable elements + + The type of item which implements ISupportRecycling + The available size from the measure + The index of the item in the items collection that represents the first visible item + The # of items that should fit in view + The panel where the children will be added + The collection of recycling items that are used to get/create the elements + True if the items are arranged vertically; otherwise false if the items are arranged horizontally + A collection of the items currently in view + The extent of each item + The amount of space between each item + Action that is invoked when an element is attached. The action is passed the item, its index, the container with which it is being associated and a flag indicating the item state. + True to create the item before the first visible item and after the last visible item. This would be needed to let wpf/sl do the keyboard navigation + This represents the current element that is first in view and will be updated if necessary based on what was measured/realized. + Out param set to the index of the resolved first item + Out param set to the index of the resolved last item + Boolean indicating whether to keep the existing items + True if the may be adjusted if the items don't fill the available space + True to distribute the extra space the first items + Out parameter for getting the number of extra pixels allocated + The desired size + + + + Helper method for invoking the RecyclingManager's ReleaseElement method on each item in the specified list of containers for the specified panel. + + The panel that is the parent of the specified items + The elements that are the containers for recyclable items + + + + The item was already associated with a container + + + + + The item was just associated with an existing/recycled container + + + + + The item was just associated with a new container. + + + + + A custom panel for arranging activity based on a set of time slots + + + + + Abstract base class for a panel that positions time slot related elements. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the desired size of a child element has been changed. + + The child whose size has changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the date range for the specified timeslot ignoring the date time adjustments (e.g. for the secondary timezone) + + Index of the timeslot + The date range for the index + + + + Returns the start and end indexes for a given range. + + The range to evaluate + Out parameter set to the index of the timeslot that contains the beginning of the appointment + Out parameter set to the index of the timeslot that contains the end of the appointment + Returns false if no portion of the range exists within a timeslot + + + + Returns the start and end indexes for a given range. + + The start time for the range + The end time for the range. This is expected to be or greater. This value is considered non-inclusive (unless it equals the start time) + Out parameter set to the index of the timeslot that contains the beginning of the appointment + Out parameter set to the index of the timeslot that contains the end of the appointment + Returns false if no portion of the range exists within a timeslot + + + + Returns or sets the amount of space between each item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the orientation in which the items will be arranged. + + + + + + Returns or sets the collection of associated timeslots + + + + + Returns the position of the specified timeslot + + Index of the timeslot + + + + + Helper method for calculating the position of a timeslot/activity based on a given start/end time. + + The range whose position is to be returned + The position or null if its not within the time slot range + + + + Helper method for calculating the position of a timeslot/activity based on a given start/end time. + + The start of the range + The non-inclusive end of the range. Note if its the start value then it will be considered inclusive + The position or null if its not within the time slot range + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Returns or sets whether an activity is aligned to the leading and trailing edges of the associated timeslots. + + + + + The minimum amount of open space to leave between the activity and the edge of the panel in the orientation opposite to the timeslot orientation. + + + + + Used to indicate that elements that occupy multiple timeslots + + + + + Returns the date range that the major range represents + + + + + Position of the entire major range (from first in major to last in major) + + + + + The position of the last in major timeslot + + + + + Indicates if the near indicator is needed + + + + + Indicates if the far indicator is needed + + + + + Base class for a panel that displays the elements created for items that implement + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the IsFirstItem attached dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the child is the first item in the source collection. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached IsFirstItem DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the IsLastItem attached dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the child is the first item in the source collection. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached IsLastItem DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the recyclable items in the specified collection + + + + + Returns or sets the orientation in which the items will be arranged. + + + + + + Custom panel that will position a specific # of items to fill the provided space horizontally or vertically based upon the Orientation. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true to indicate that the panel supports arranging the children in a single orientation. + + + + + Returns the default orientation in which the children are arranged. + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of space between each item. + + + + + + Custom items panel used to display items with their preferred size unless there isn't enough room. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of space between each item. + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration that determines how the items are arranged. + + + + + + Custom panel used to display elements for groups of timeslots. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only IsClipped attached dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached IsClipped DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + Identifies the read-only IsStartInView attached dependency property + + + + + + Gets a boolean indicating if the leading edge of the element is in view. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + Identifies the read-only IsEndInView attached dependency property + + + + + + Gets a boolean indicating if the trailing edge of the element is in view. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + Custom panel used to arrange time slot elements like those in a Day, Week or ScheduleView in Outlook. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the IsFirstItem attached dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the child is the first item in the source collection. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached IsFirstItem DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the IsLastItem attached dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the child is the first item in the source collection. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached IsLastItem DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Returns true to indicate that the panel supports arranging the children in a single orientation. + + + + + Returns the default orientation in which the children are arranged. + + + + + For a control like dayview, the timeslot headers are shared across dates so we need to adjust + what we consider Now when seeing if a timeslot is in view. + + + + + Returns the current time based on the range of slots displayed by the control + + + + + Custom element that represents the location of the current time in a when the current date is within the of the owning control. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Background based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns or sets the orientation of the indicator. + + + + + + Custom used within a + + + + + Represents the timeline for a specific time zone in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the mouse wheel has been scrolled + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Returns or sets the collection of timeslots that represent the headers + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the margin to use for the Panel based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Custom element that displays the name of the associated logical day below the timeslot headers. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Background based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the BorderBrush based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the logical day that the element represents + + + + + + Custom used within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + A custom that represents the time label for a timeslot in a + + + + + Represents the header for a given time range. + + + + + Represents a specific range of time. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if this is the first timeslot for the containing date. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if this is element is considered a major change in the timeslot interval such as a change in hour. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if this is element is considered a major change in the timeslot interval such as a change in hour. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if this is the last timeslot for the containing date. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the Foreground based on the element's state and the associated 's + + + + + + Returns the kind of tickmark at the beginning of the timeslot (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the leading tickmark (read-only). + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the element represents the first visible time slot for the AM/PM hours. + + + + + + Returns the brush to use for the background of the tickmarks + + + + + + Returns the kind of tickmark at the end of the timeslot (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the trailing tickmark (read-only). + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + A custom that represents the label for a timeslot in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Represents a specific tick mark in a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines the kind of tickmark + + + + + + Gets/sets the orientation of the tickmark + + + + + + Represents a specific + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines the brush that will be used to draw borders on timeslots whose start and/or end times border days + + + + + + + + + Determines which border to draw around timeslots whose start and/or end times border days + + + + + + + + + Determines the visibility of the day borders + + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the object is currently selected. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the timeslot represents a working hour for the current associated + + + + + + Used to specify which activityfeatures are supported. + + + + + + Recurring activities. + + + + + Modifying an occurrence. + + + + + Making an activity time-zone neutral. + + + + + Reminders. + + + + + Whether owning calendar of an activity can be changed. + + + + + Whether owning resource of an activity can be changed. + + + + + Whether the activity supports end time. + + + + + Whether the activity categories are supported. + + + + + Whether the start time zone id is supported. For example if the data source doesn't have + a field for storing time-zone for start time then the feature would not be supported. + Furthermore the activity would be considered time-zone neutral. + + + + + Whether the start time zone id is supported. + + + + + Enum that lists operations that can be performed on an activity. + + + + + + + Whether an activity can be modified. + + + + + Wheher an activity can be added. + + + + + Whether an activity can be removed. + + + + + Used to specify 's property. + + + + + No information will be retrieved. + + + + + Activities that intersect with one of the date ranges in the 's are to be retrieved. + + + + + Whether an activity exists before the earliest of the dates in the 's is to be ascertained. + + + + + Whether an activity exists after the latest of the dates in the 's is to be ascertained. + + + + + The latest activity before the earliest of the dates in the 's is to be retrieved. + + + + + The earliest activity after the latest of the dates in the 's is to be retrieved. + + + + + All of above. + + + + + Enum that lists the four activity types. + + + + + Appointment activity. + + + + + Journal activity. + + + + + Task activity. + + + + + Flagged enum that lists the four activity types. + + + + + None. + + + + + Appointment activity. + + + + + Journal activity. + + + + + Task activity. + + + + + All activity types. + + + + + Enumeration indicating the reason for which the is being displayed. + + + + + + + + + An activity is to be added as a result of double clicking on a timeslot or timeslot header area. + + + + + An activity is to be added as a result of clicking on the . + + + + + An activity is to be added as a result of typing while one or more timeslots are selected. + + + + + Used to specify property. + + + + + + Activity dragging is not allowed. + + + + + Activity can be dragged within the same calendar. + + + + + Activity can be dragged within the same resource's calendars. + + + + + Activity can be dragged to a different resource' calendar. + + + + + Indicates whether an activity may be resized in the ui and if so what types of resizing are allowed. + + + + + + The activity cannot be resized in the ui. + + + + + Only the may be adjusted. + + + + + Only the may be adjusted thereby only changing the duration. + + + + + The end user may resize the leading or trailing edge and therefore change either the or . + + + + + An enumeration of available commands that apply to s. + + + + + Clear all Activity Categories assigned to an Activity. + + + + + Displays a dialog that shows all valid ActivityCategories for an Activity and which allows editing of those categories. + + + + + Toggles the selected state of an ActivityCategory for an Activity. + + + + + Clears the selected state of an ActivityCategory for an Activity. + + + + + Sets the selected state of an ActivityCategory for an Activity. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Saves the selection changes to the associated activities and closes the object that is hosting it. + + + + + Closes the object without saving ActivityCategory selection changes. + + + + + Creates a new . + + + + + Edits the selected . + + + + + Deletes the selected . + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Saves the and closes the object that is hosting it. + + + + + Closes the object. + + + + + Deletes the currently being edited in the object. + + + + + Displays the Recurrence dialog. + + + + + Shows the time zone pickers. + + + + + Hides the time zone pickers. + + + + + Determines how calendars are displayed within a + + + + + + The calendars are displayed in groups based on the + + + + + Each visible in the of the is displayed as a separate group. + + + + + All of the visible instances in the of the are displayed in a single group. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Closes the object. + + + + + Toggles the object between 'OverLay' and 'Side-By-Side' mode. + + + + + Represents properties can be edited or read-only depending on the state of an activity. + + + + + The property. + + + + + Determines which days, if any, are highlighted. + + + + + Only highlight days that have activity. + + + + + Highlight all workdays whether or not they have activity. + + + + + Highlight all days. + + + + + Don't highlight any days. + + + + + Determines the overall color scheme to use for all controls associated with a specific + + + + + This corresponds to the Office blue color scheme. This is the default. + + + + + This corresponds to the Office black color scheme. + + + + + This corresponds to the Office silver color scheme. + + + + + Enumeration used to describe the layout and behavior of the schedule views. + + + + + Emulates the layout and behavior of Outlook 2010 + + + + + Emulates the layout and behavior of Outlook 2013 + + + + + Determines if a dialog will be displayed asking the user to select a local time zone. + + + + + + The will be displayed when the is initialized if the local time zone has not been specified or deduced. + + + + + The will be displayed every time the is initialized. + + + + + A dialog is never displayed + + + + + An enumeration used to determine whether the dialog should be displayed and if so which action should be taken. + + + + + Display a dialog to the end user to allow them to choose between changing the occurrence or the series. + + + + + Do not prompt but continue with the operation using the recurrence root. + + + + + Do not prompt but continue with the operation using the occurrence. + + + + + Do not prompt and do not continue with the operation. + + + + + An enumeration indicating the choice that was made in the . + + + + + No choice was made + + + + + Series was chosen. + + + + + Occurrence was chosen. + + + + + An enumeration of the different types of s. + + + + + The will display choices for deleting a Recurrence Series or Occurrence. + + + + + The will display choices for opening a Recurrence Series or Occurrence. + + + + + The will display choices for deleting a task when the connector only generates the current occurrence. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Saves the changes (if any) in the Recurrence information and closes the . + + + + + Closes the object without saving changes (if any) in the Recurrence information. + + + + + Removes the recurrence definition from the being edited and closes the . + + + + + Represents the different ways in which recurring tasks can have their occurrences generated. + + + + + Generate all occurrences based on the recurrence rules. + + + + + Generate only the current task which isn't completed. Each task in the UI will actually be the recurring root + and task occurrences will not exist. Therefore, each completed tasks in the past will be a separate recurring + root with no relation to the current task. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Dismisses all the reminders in the . + + + + + Opens the dialog for all currently selected reminder(s) that represent a reminder for an activity type. + + + + + Dismisses the currently selected reminder(s) in the . + + + + + Snoozes the currently selected reminder(s) in the . + + + + + Used to specify which resource features are supported. + + + + + + Feature indicates whether the resource supports activity category customization. + + + + + Represents rights that a resource has over one or more activities. + + + + + This resource can view free-busy time, essentially that an activity exists in the schedule + but not the details of the activity. + + + + + This resource can view full details of the activity. + + + + + This resource can add himself or herself as a participat in the activity. + + + + + This resource can add other resources as participants in the activity. + + + + + This resource can change the date and time of the activity. + + + + + This resource can remove the activity. + + + + + This resource has full rights to the activity. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for the object. + + + + + Deletes all activites in the collection. + + + + + Activates the next activity relative to the current selection based on the dates currently in view. + + + + + Activates the previous activity relative to the current selection based on the dates currently in view. + + + + + Navigates to the time slot above the current . + + + + + Navigates to the time slot to the left of the current . + + + + + Navigates to the time slot to the right of the current . + + + + + Navigates to the time slot below the current . + + + + + Changes the to the of the next + + + + + Changes the to the of the previous + + + + + Changes the to the of the end of the current page of groups in view. + + + + + Changes the to the of the beginning of the current page of groups in view. + + + + + Adjusts the to be offset such that they start after the last date currently in the collection attempting to maintain the offset, if any, between the VisibleDates. + + + + + Adjusts the to be offset such that they end just before the first date currently in the collection attempting to maintain the offset, if any, between the VisibleDates. + + + + + Updates the such that they have the same number of timeslot groups but they start based on an offset of the number of timeslot groups from the first date in the selection. + + + + + Updates the such that they have the same number of timeslot groups but they end just before the first date currently in the collection. + + + + + Adjusts the to be offset such that they start after the first timeslot group currently in the collection attempting to maintain the offset, if any, between the VisibleDates. + + + + + Adjusts the to be offset such that they end just before the first timeslot group currently in the collection attempting to maintain the offset, if any, between the VisibleDates. + + + + + Adjusts the to be offset such that the start 7 days before the first date in the VisibleDates attempting to maintain the offset, if any, between the VisibleDates. + + + + + Adjusts the to be offset such that the start 7 days after the first date in the VisibleDates attempting to maintain the offset, if any, between the VisibleDates. + + + + + Navigates to the first day of the week based on the current adjusting the if necessary. + + + + + Navigates to the last day of the week based on the current adjusting the if necessary. + + + + + For controls like XamScheduleView and XamDayView, Home will navigate to the first working hour timeslot and to the first timeslot in the day when the control key is pressed. For XamMonthView, Home will navigate to the first day of week or the first day in view when the control key is pressed. + + + + + For controls like XamScheduleView and XamDayView, End will navigate to the last working hour timeslot and to the last timeslot in the day when the control key is pressed. For XamMonthView, End will navigate to the last day of week or the last day in view when the control key is pressed. + + + + + For XamDayView, this will scroll up a page in timeslots. For XamScheduleView this navigates up in the groups. For XamMonthView this scrolls up based on the number of weeks in view. + + + + + For XamDayView, this will scroll down a page in timeslots. For XamScheduleView this navigates down in the groups. For XamMonthView this scrolls down based on the number of weeks in view. + + + + + Creates a new activity in place based on the current for the assuming there are timeslots selected. + + + + + Navigates to the current date + + + + + Puts the selected activity into edit mode. + + + + + Displays the activity dialog for the currently + + + + + Invokes BringIntoView on the or that is the Target of the for the DateTime that is the resolved parameter. + + + + + An enumeration of available commands for schedule dialogs + + + + + Saves the changes and closes the dialog object that is hosting it. + + + + + Closes the dialog object without saving changes. + + + + + An enumeration used to indicate the type of ui containing the error information that will be displayed to the end user. + + + + + By default an error icon is displayed within the associated and in its associated ToolTip. + + + + + A message box will be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Sets the of the controls associated with the . The default ControlTemplate for the view controls will display an overlay including the error message. + + + + + Enumeration used to describe the current view of the + + + + + The is active and showing one or more days. + + + + + The is active and showing a full week. + + + + + The is active and showing the work week. + + + + + The is active + + + + + The is active and showing one or more days. + + + + + The is active and showing a full week. + + + + + The is active and showing the work week. + + + + + Enumeration used to define the type of layout used when arranging the tab items in a ScheduleTabPanel + + + + + The items are sized based on their content and arranged in a single row. + + + + + The items are sized based on their content size and then reduced towards their minimum size if there is not enough room to fit the items. The items are arranged within a single row. + + + + + The items are sized based on their content size and then increased in size if there is more room to display the items than required. The items are arranged within a single row. + + + + + Adjust by a single day. For a control displaying weeks this is the same as Week. + + + + + Adjust by 7 days. + + + + + Adjust based on the number of timeslot groups. + + + + + Represents the various polling modes available on the to poll + for changes from the server. Polling only works when the item sources on the service send out list change + notifications. + + + + + + Polling will indicate which item sources have changed, at which point the client will requery the + items from that item source. + + + + + Polling will return detailed changes to individual items in the item sources. + + + + + No polling should be done. + + + + + Enumeration used to determine which dates are displayed within the + + + + + + + The dates displayed in the is based upon the dates in the and may be discontiguous. + + + + + The dates displayed in the are the working days in the week containing with the Start. The working hour information is based upon the + + + + + The dates displayed in the are the 7 days in the week containing with the Start. + + + + + Used to determine what objects are considered when calculating the working hours and work day information. + + + + + The working hours of the are used to determine which timeslots are displayed. + + + + + The working hours of all the resources within the are unioned together. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify a given command + + + + + Switches to viewing a single day. + + + + + Switches to viewing 2 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 3 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 4 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 5 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 6 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 7 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 8 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 9 days. + + + + + Switches to viewing 10 days. + + + + + Switches to MonthView + + + + + Switches to DayViewWeek + + + + + Switches to DayViewWorkWeek + + + + + Switches to one of the XamScheduleView related views. The new value will be based on the current view. + + + + + Switches to one of the XamDayView related views. The new value will be based on the current view. + + + + + Shifts the visible dates of the backwards. + + + + + Shifts the visible dates of the forwards. + + + + + Changes the view such that it shows 7 days starting with the current date. + + + + + Specifies specific area of an + + + + + Contains optional start date or time text. + + + + + Contains optional end date or time text. + + + + + Contains the Subject and Location information. + + + + + Contains the state indicators, e.g. recurrence, reminder, pending operation etc.. + + + + + Identifies a specific brush + + + + + + The background for the dropdown portion of the + + + + + The border for the dropdown portion of the + + + + + The background for the checkmark of a checked menu item representing an ActivityCategory. + + + + + The border for the checkmark of a checked menu item representing an ActivityCategory. + + + + + Background for days in alternate months + + + + + Background for appointments + + + + + Border around appointments + + + + + Foreground for appointment date times + + + + + Foreground for appointments + + + + + Foreground for appointments that are not owned by the selected calendar. + + + + + Background for a blocking error message + + + + + Foreground for a blocking error message + + + + + Foreground for a blocking error message header + + + + + Border around calendars + + + + + Background for calendar headers + + + + + Foreground for calendar headers + + + + + Border around the currect day + + + + + Border around the currect day in the XamMonthCalendar + + + + + Background for the current day header + + + + + Foreground for the current day header + + + + + Backfround for the current time + + + + + Border around the current time + + + + + Background for days + + + + + Border for days + + + + + Background for day headers + + + + + Foreground for day headers + + + + + Background for XamSchedule dialogs + + + + + Foreground for XamSchedule dialogs + + + + + Brush used to fill the when the mouse is over the element + + + + + Background for journals + + + + + Border around journals + + + + + Foreground for journal date times + + + + + Foreground for journals + + + + + Foreground for journal entries that are not owned by the selected calendar. + + + + + Brush used to fill the + + + + + Background for + + + + + Background for the day of week header in + + + + + Border for the day of week header in + + + + + Foreground for the day of week header in + + + + + Brush used to draw the edge of the + + + + + Background for the multi day activity area + + + + + Default foreground for the navigation buttons in a + + + + + Default background for the navigation buttons in a + + + + + Background for the navigation buttons in a when the mouse is over the element + + + + + Background for the navigation buttons in a when pressed. + + + + + Background for timeslots that are not within the working hour range + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that are not on an hour border and are not within the working hour range + + + + + The background for the preview shown during a resize of a CalendarGroup. + + + + + Background brush for the ActivityDialogRibbonLite + + + + + Border brush for Group outer borders in the ActivityDialogRibbonLite + + + + + Border brush for Group inner borders in the ActivityDialogRibbonLite + + + + + Border brush for selected activities + + + + + Background for selected all day event area + + + + + Background for selected days in the XamMonthView + + + + + Background for selected timeslots + + + + + Background for tasks + + + + + Border around tasks + + + + + Foreground for task date times + + + + + Foreground for tasks + + + + + Foreground for tasks that are not owned by the selected calendar. + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that are on an hour border + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that border a day + + + + + Brush for background of the + + + + + Brush for background of the + + + + + The border separating the in a + + + + + Brush for timeslot Foreground in the XamDayView + + + + + Brush for timeslot Foreground in the XamScheduleView + + + + + Brush for timeslot Tickmarks in the XamDayView + + + + + Brush for timeslot Tickmarks in the XamScheduleView + + + + + Background for tooltips + + + + + Brush for the border of tooltips + + + + + Foreground for error text in tooltips + + + + + Foreground for tooltips + + + + + Background of week headers + + + + + Border around week headers + + + + + Foreground for week headers + + + + + Background for timeslots that are within the working hour range + + + + + Border brush for timeslots that are not on an hour border and are within the working hour range + + + + + No click to add functionality + + + + + A standard appointment + + + + + A standard appointment as long as it does not intersect with another standard appointment + + + + + A timezone neutral appointment + + + + + Specifies how to format a specific date + + + + + Return an empty string + + + + + The full day of the week string e.g. 'Tuesday', 'Wednesday' etc. + + + + + The day of the month string e.g. '1'thru '31'. + + + + + Uses the full date time pattern to format the date and time, e.g. 'Thursday, July 22, 2010 4:31:00 PM' + + + + + The hour of the day string e.g. '1' thru '12' or '0' thru '23'. + + + + + Uses the long date pattern to format the date, e.g. 'Sunday, July 25, 2010' + + + + + Uses the long time pattern to format the date, e.g. '4:31:00 PM' + + + + + The minute of the hour string e.g. '0' thru '59', + + + + + The month and the day e.g. August 25. + + + + + The month of the year string e.g. '1' thru '12'. + + + + + The full name of the month e.g. 'December'. + + + + + Uses the short date pattern to format the date, e.g. '7/22/2010' + + + + + Uses the short time pattern to format the date, e.g. '4:31 PM' + + + + + An abbreviated day of the week string e.g. 'Tue', 'Wed' etc. + + + + + The shorted day of the week string e.g. 'Tu', 'We' etc. Note: in Silverlight this is the same as 'ShortDayOfWeek' + + + + + The month and the day e.g. Aug 25. + + + + + The month and the day e.g. 8/25. + + + + + The year and the month e.g. 'July, 2010'. + + + + + The year with 2 digits e.g. 2010 as '10'. + + + + + The year with 4 digits e.g. '2010'. + + + + + Specifies how to format a date range + + + + + Return an empty string + + + + + Format the date range to be used in an activity tooltip + + + + + Format the end date to be used in the out of view indicator + + + + + Format the end time only. + + + + + The month day header which displays the month name and day number. + + + + + The month day header pattern which displays the month day and year. + + + + + Format the date range to be used in the header of the week view when the WeekHeader formatted value cannot be shown. + + + + + Format the start and end time. + + + + + Format the start date to be used in the out of view indicator + + + + + Format the start time only. + + + + + Format the date range to be used in the header of the week view. + + + + + Format the date range used in the header when XamScheduleView or XamDayView is the active view control. + + + + + Format the date range when weeks from more than 1 month are selected. + + + + + Determines the kind of tickmark is represented by a specific + + + + + The tick mark represents a time that is between major spans. + + + + + The tick mark represents a time that is at the beginning/end of a major span. + + + + + The tick mark represents a time that is at the beginning/end of a day. + + + + + Base class for activity event args. + + + + + Constructor. + + derived object. + + + + The activity for which the operation is being performed. + + + + + Base class for activity event args that are cancellable. + + + + + Constructor. + + derived object. + + + + Specifies whether to cancel the operation. + + + + You can set this property to true to cancel the operation being performed. + + + + + + Base class for an event that potentially involves multiple instances + + + + + Initialize a new + + The activities being dragged + + + + Returns the associated instances + + + + + Base class for a cancellable event that potentially involves multiple instances + + + + + Initialize a new + + The activities being dragged + + + + Specifies whether to cancel the operation. + + + + You can set this property to true to cancel the operation being performed. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + 1 or more activities that are being dragged + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + 1 or more activities that are being dragged + True if the drag resulted in a copy of the activities. + + + + Returns true if the drag operation resulted in a copy of the activities. + + +

If true then the activities provided are the new activities that were created.

+
+
+ + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity that was added. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + derived object. + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity being added. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + ActivityBase object. + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + Activity object. + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + Activity object. + Original activity data. + + + + Used to get the original activity data. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The activity for which the chooser is to be displayed + The operation for which the dialog is being displayed + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of operation to be performed on the occurrence/series. + + + + + Returns or sets the action that should be taken by the object initiating the event. + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity for which the dialog is + being displayed. + + + You can set the property to true to prevent + the dialog from being displayed. This can also be useful when you want to display your own dialog + instead of the default built-in dialog. + + + + + + Constructor. + + ActivityBase derived object. + Whether the user can modify the activity. + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to modify the activity. + + + + The activity dialog can be displayed in read-only mode where the user is not + allowed to modify the contents. You can force the dialog to be read-only by setting + this property to false or force the dialog to be modifiable by setting this property + to true. + + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity for which the dialog is + being displayed. + + + You can set the property to true to prevent + the dialog from being displayed. This can also be useful when you want to display your own dialog + instead of the default built-in dialog. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + ActivityBase derived object. + Whether the user can modify the activity. + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to modify the contents of the dialog. + + + + The can be displayed in read-only mode where the user is not + allowed to modify the contents. You can force the dialog to be read-only by setting + this property to false or force the dialog to be modifiable by setting this property + to true. + + + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity that was removed. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + derived object. + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns the activity being removed. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + ActivityBase object. + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + The activity to be resized + True if the start time is being adjusted; otherwise false if the end/duration is being adjusted + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the or is being adjusted. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + The activity that was resized + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The activity types from which the end may choose + The calendar associated with the event or null if the action is not associated with a specific calendar. + Indicating the reason for which the event is being raised. + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the types of activities from which the end user may choose. + + + + + Returns or sets the type of activity that should be used. If left set to null, the end user will be prompted with the + + + + + Returns the calendar associated with the event or null if there is no calendar associated with the initiating action. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether to cancel the initiating operation. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of operation for which the dialog is being displayed. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + The error for which the message is to be displayed + Indicates the type of display that will be used to present the error to the user + + + + Specifies whether to cancel the operation. + + + + You can set this property to true to prevent the error from being displayed. + + + + + + Returns an enumerating indicating the type of error ui that will be displayed if the event is not cancelled. + + + + + Returns an object that contains the error information. + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + property returns an object that + contains the error information. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Error information. + + + + Gets object that contains the error information. + + + + + Specifies whether to log the error to the debugger's outut window + + + + Note: this property only has no effect if a debugger is attached or is logging. + + + The value defaults to true. + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + Reminder that has been activated + + + + Returns the reminder that was activated. + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Specifies whether to cancel operation. + + + + You can set this property to true to cancel the operation being performed. + + + + + + Event args associated with the event. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Event arguments for an event in a involving a header representing a date associated with a given + + + + + + + + The calendar for which a click event had occurred. + + + + + Returns the logical date of the day whose day header was clicked. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + Initializes a new + + The old value + The proposed new value + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether to continue with the operation. + + + + + Returns the new proposed value. + + + + + Returns the original/existing value. + + + + + Invoked when the color scheme has been changed. + + + + + Invoked when the Settings or a property on the settings of the ScheduleDataManager has changed. + + The object whose property changed. + The property that changed. + Either Null or an instance of DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs, NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs or PropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + Releases the entire element tree so it can be recreated + + + + + Called to verify that the data control has sufficient state to operate. + + A list to receive the erros + + Note: this method gets called once by the when it is verifying its inital state. + + + + + + Class which exposes brush properties which are used by the visual elements of the shedule controls + + + + + Identifies the BrushProvider attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached BrushProvider DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached BrushProvider DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Returns a brush based on the specified Id. + + The id of the brush + + + + + + Color used as the base color from which all other color + properties exposed by this class are derived. + + + + + + Returns the version of the brush cache. + + + When something changes that invalidates the cache, e.g. the is changed then this number is incremented. + + + + + Indexer takes a string or a + + + + + Indexer takes a string that can be converted into a + + + + + Custom control used to display XamSchedule related information. + + + + + Identifer used as the tag for objects that we create to use for measurement. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + + + + + Called when a key is released + + + + + + Called when text has been entered via the keyboard + + The event args with the entered text. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + For internal use only + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Control attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached Control DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached Control DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Returns the horizontal and vertical scrollinfo instances to be used by the automation peer for the CalendarGroupTimeslotArea. + + Out parameter set to the horizontal scrollinfo or null + Out parameter set to the vertical scrollinfo or null + + + + Identifies the IsAttachedElement attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached IsAttachedElement DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached IsAttachedElement DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is starting. + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Releases the entire element tree so it can be recreated + + + + + Ensures that any pending operations have been processed. + + + + + Changes the visible dates by a given offset indicated by the parameters + + True to shift forward; otherwise false to shift back + True to try and maintain the offset between the visible dates; otherwise false to drive the new visible dates by the offset first visible date + Indicates the type of offset + Returns true if the visible dates were changed + + + + Ensures a given date and time are brought into view. + + The DateTime to be brought into view. + + + + Helper method for creating a timeslotgroup adapter + + Provides the date information for the group + The callback used to create an instance of the timeslotbase instance. + The method used to initialize the state of the timeslotbase instance. + Optional callback used to adjust the start/end date for a timeslot. + An optional group that provides the activity information or null if no activity will be shown. + + + + + Returns a local time range that represents the selection range for the specified logical date. + + The logical date whose range is to be returned. + + + + + Returns the range that represents the timeslot containing the anchor point for the current selected time range. + + + + + Return the timeslot that represents the start or end of the current timeslot selection. + + The selection range to evaluate + True to get the starting timeslot for the selection; otherwise false to get the ending timeslot for the selection + The range that represents the timeslot for the start/end of the range + + + + Returns a DateRange that represents the timeslot range for the specified selection range in the specified direction. + + The current selection range to start from + True if the range will be used to extend the selection + The direction of the navigation + The range that should be navigated to + + + + Returns the scrollinfo for a given panel whose offset may be updated to scroll the timeslots. + + Panel for which the scroll info is being requested + + + + Used by the to determine if 2 visible dates are considered to be part of the same group of timeslots. + + Previous date processed + Next date to be processed + + + + + Invoked when the control is about to verify the Groups + + + + + Invoked after the control has verified the Groups + + + + + Invoked when the Settings or a property on the settings of the ScheduleDataManager has changed. + + The object whose property changed. + The property that changed. + Either Null or an instance of DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs, NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs or PropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + Invoked when the objects used to determine the timeslots have been changed. + + + + + Invoked when the keydown is pressed after any current edit process has had a chance to process the key. + + Provides information about the key event + + + + Invoked if the VisibleDates have changed to allow them to be updated based on other state (e.g. expanding dates to work/full week). + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Invoked during the VerifyGroups when an existing group is reused. + + The group being reused + True if the group is new + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The old property value + The new property value + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The old property value + The new property value + + + + + + Returns or sets the active + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the can be adjusted by the end user via the UI. + + + + + + Gets the blocking error if any. + + + + BlockingError property is set when an error occurs that prevents further functioning of the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred calendar display mode. + + + + + + Returns a modifiable collection of instances that represent the groups in view in this control. + + +

The CalendarGroupsOverride is primarily meant to be used when you have multiple xamSchedule controls + associated with the same but you want this control instance to show a different + set of instances than those shown in a different xamSchedule control whose + is set to the same XamScheduleDataManager. To acheive an Outlook type behavior where all + the controls are displaying the same calendars and as the calendars are modified all the controls are affected you + would use the collection instead.

+

If there are any CalendarGroup instances in this collection then those are the calendars + that will be displayed by the control. If the Count is 0, then the xamScheduleDataManager's CalendarGroups will be used. + If that too has a Count of 0, then the of the + will be displayed.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns the CalendarGroupCollection that the control is using to determine the calendars that are displayed. + + +

By default a xamSchedule control will use the of the + associated and therefore all the controls associated with that manager will remain + in sync. However, one could add instances to the + to have this control instance manage its calendars independantly.

+

The CalendarGroupsResolved returns the collection of instances that the + control is using to determine the display. The collection is based upon the + and the that the control is using.

+
+
+ + + Returns a value indicating whether the and group chrome should be displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that provides the activity and resource information that will be displayed by the control. + + + + + + Returns the default brush provider for elements that don't have a specific context (read-only) + + + + + + Returns or sets whether touch support is enabled for this control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum extent (width for horizontally arranged and height for vertically arranged) for a CalendarGroup within the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred extent (width for horizontally arranged and height for vertically arranged) CalendarGroups in the control. + + +

The PreferredCalendarGroupExtent indicates the extent that each CalendarGroup should be when arranged. If the available + space is less than the preferred extent, the available space will be used. Also, if is enabled, this property will + be updated as the user drags the resizer bar at the right edge of the group.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the style to use for scrollbars (read-only) + + + Note: this value is obtained from the 's . + + + + + + Returns a collection of activities that are selected. + + + + + Returns or sets the selected time range of the control + + + + + + Returns or sets whether a close button will be displayed in the + + +

This property determines whether the close button is displayed within the . By default + this property is set to null and the property value used is resolved based on the . + If that property is set to false then the close button will be hidden. Otherwise it is up to the control as to whether it will display + the button. , for example, will not display the button by default.

+ Note: The enabled state is based upon the . So if ShowCalendarCloseButton is + set to true and AllowCalendarClosing is set to false, the button will be displayed but will be disabled. +
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets whether an overlay button will be displayed in the + + + + + + + mdmd + Returns the total number of viewable calendars in the + + + + + + Returns a collection of the dates that are displayed within the control. + + + + + Returns the group containing the active calendar. + + + + + The height of activity in an activity panel that aligns activity along horizontally arranged timeslots + + + + + The height of activity in an activity panel that aligns activity along horizontally arranged timeslots + + + + + Returns the calendar date for the today if the date is in view. Otherwise it returns null. + + + + + Returns a collection of activities that are not part of query results but should be displayed by the control. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the Groups is considered dirty and a verification is pending. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the VerifyState method is being processed. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the VerifyStateOverride is needed. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if some deferred ui state needs to be verified. + + + + + Used to determine if the InitializeGroup should be re-executed when the is false + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the control is capable of showing a highlight around the current day. + + + + + The orientation of timeslots within a + + + + + The orientation the instances within a + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ActiveCalendar property changes + + + + + + + Occurs when the contents of the SelectedActivities collection has changed. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the SelectedTimeRange property changes + + + + + + + There is no current user so nothing is shown. + + + + + The control is using its CalendarGroupsOverride + + + + + The control is using the CalendarGroups of the DataManager + + + + + The control is displaying the PrimaryCalendar of the CurrentUser + + + + + Initiates an inplace edit for a new activity with the specified information + + The start of the appointment in the local timezone + The end of the appointment in the local timezone + True if the appointment is an all day event + The calendar for which the appt is being created + True if the add occurred and it began edit mode; otherwise false + + + + Initiates an inplace edit for a new activity with the specified information + + The start of the appointment in the local timezone + The end of the appointment in the local timezone + True if the appointment is an all day event + The calendar for which the appt is being created + The activity presenter that represents the newly added activity + Type of activity to create + True if the add occurred and it began edit mode; otherwise false + + + + Returns the activity being edited + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if a drag operation is in progress + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if a resize operation is in progress + + + + + Creates the adapters for a group of timeslots + + The delegate invoked when a TimeslotBase is to be allocated + The delegate invoked when an item is created or Reinitialize is invoked. This is meant to be used to update state on a given timeslot + Optional callback used to adjust the start/end date for a timeslot. + The calendargroup whose activities will be displayed + A list of timeslot group adapters that represent the groups of timeslots + + + + Helper method to get the timeslot range that contains (fully or partially) the specified range. + + The range to evaluate + The range of timeslots that intersects with the specified range or null if none intersect. + + + + Returns the range for the specified timeslot of the first calendar group. + + The index of the timeslot + The daterange for the specified index or DateRange.Infinite if its not valid. + + + + Indicates that the working hours are potentially invalid. If the working hours affect the timeslots then the time ranges may need to be rebuilt. + + + + + Helper method to update the TimeslotGroup instances within a TimeslotCalendarGroup based on the current ranges. + + The group to update + The CalendarGroup whose activities will be shown or null for no activities + + + + Changes the visible weeks by a given offset indicated by the parameters + + True to shift forward; otherwise false to shift back + True to try and maintain the offset between the visible dates; otherwise false to drive the new visible dates by the offset first visible date + True to offset by the number of calendar groups; otherwise false to offset by a single item + Returns true if the visible dates were changed + + + + Returns the first or last day of the week containing the specified range for the weeks in view. If the range is null, the first or last date among all the weeks. + + True to get the first day of the week and false to get the last + The date to evaluate + + + + + Updates the weeks to include the specified week as the first week. + + A date that belongs in the first week that should be in view. The number of weeks depends on the number currently available. + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Base class for a control used to display appointments relative to the associated time slots. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Ensures a given timeslot is brought into view. + + The DateTime to be brought into view. + + + + Returns a local time range that represents the selection range for the specified logical date. + + The logical date whose range is to be returned. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The old property value + The new property value + + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when the control is about to verify the Groups + + + + + Invoked when the has changed. + + The previous selected range + The new selected range + + + + Invoked when the Settings or a property on the settings of the ScheduleDataManager has changed. + + The object whose property changed. + The property that changed. + Either Null or an instance of DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs, NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs or PropertyChangedEventArgs. + + + + Releases the entire element tree so it can be recreated + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked when the has changed. + + The old interval + The new interval + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Attempts to bring the specified timeslot into view and returns true if it is in view. + + The timeslot date/time to bring into view + The percentage (0-1) that the specified time should be offset within the view or null to just ensure it is in view. + True to find the timeslot closest to the specified time + + + + + Returns a logical date adjacent to the specified date considering the current visible dates. + + The logical date to start with + True to return the next date; otherwise false to return the previous date + True to evaluate the visible dates when navigating in case there are discontiguous days selected + True to not look for a date outside the visible dates + + + + + Helper method to evaluate the specified dates and indicate the week mode that the control would have to be in to display those dates. + + The dates to evaluate + + + + + This method is not meant to be called directly except by the ScheduleTimeControlBase + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Helper method to update the current and additional timezone elements based on the timeslot ranges. + + + + + Used to determine if the InitializeGroup should be re-executed when the is false + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether an indicator identifying the current time is displayed within the time slot area. + + + + + + Returns or sets the label that is displayed by the time slot area for the current time zone. + + + + + + Returns or sets the label that is displayed by the time slot area for the alternate time zone. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the id for the additional time zone. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the time slot area for the additional time zone should be displayed. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the control should filter out non-working hour timeslots. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the duration of each time slot. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether the timeslot scrollbar is displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value used to determine which dates are displayed within the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating what object is considered when calculating the working hours. + + +

This property does not affect what is used to calculate whether a timeslot is considered a + working hour or not. That calculation is based on the for the of the containing + .

+
+ + + +
+ + + Used to specifiy the property. + + + + + Diagnostic errors are intended for developers. They are informational in nature. + + + + + Warnigs are suitable for end use display. + + + + + Errors should be displayed to the user. + + + + + Severe or blocking errors indicate a state where the control can not operate as expected. + + + + + Contains information about one or more errors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + Error message. + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + The source exception. + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + List of errors. + + + + Returns a string representation of the error(s). + + A concatenated list of the error messages. + + + + If the errorList is empty, returns null. If it has one item, returns that item. Otherwise it creates + a new data error info that wraps the error list. + + + + + + + Gets the context object if any associated with the error. + + + + If the error is specific to an activity, the context will the activity object itself. + + + + + + Text that can be used to diagnose the error. + + + + + Gets the Exception object if any associated with the error. + + + + + If multiple errors occurred during an operation then this list will return the list of errors. + + + + + Specifies the severity of the error. + + + + + Text to be displayed to the end user. + + + + + A panel that arranges its children based on their Column, Row, ColumnSpan and RowSpan settings. + + + + GridBagPanel by default arranges children by laying them out horizontally. You can control + the positioning of each child by setting Column, Row, ColumnSpan and RowSpan attached properties. + Column and Row values of -1 indicate the child element is to be positioned relative to the previous + child element. ColumnSpan or RowSpan of 0 indicates the child element is to occupy the rest of the + horizontal or vertical area and further items with Column or Row values of -1 (relative) will be + positioned on the next logical row or column. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Overridden. Called the visual children change. + + Visual that was added. + Visual that was removed. + + + + Identifies the Column attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value of the Column attached property of the specified element. Default value is -1, which indicates + that the element will be positioned relative to the previous element in the panel. + + This element's Column value will be returned. + The value of the Column attached property. + + + + Sets the value of the Column attached property of the specified element. Default value is -1, which indicates + that the element will be positioned relative to the previous element in the panel. + + This element's Column value will be set. + Value to set. This can be -1 which will position the element relative to previous element in the panel. + + + + Identifies the ColumnSpan attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value of the ColumnSpan attached property of the specified element. Default value is 0, which indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical column. + + This element's ColumnSpan value will be returned. + The value of the ColumnSpan attached property. + + + + Sets the value of the ColumnSpan attached property of the specified element. Default value is 0, which indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical column. + + This element's ColumnSpan value will be set. + Value to set. This can be 0 to indicate that the element should occupy the remainder of the logical column. + + + + Identifies the ColumnWeight attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value of the ColumnWeight attached property of the specified element. ColumnWeight specifies + how any extra width will be distributed among elements. + + This element's ColumnWeight value will be returned. + The value of the ColumnWeight attached property. + + + + Sets the value of the ColumnWeight attached property of the specified element. ColumnWeight specifies + how any extra width will be distributed among elements. + + This element's ColumnWeight value will be returned. + Value to set. + The value of the ColumnWeight attached property. + + + + Identifies the PreferredHeight attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the preferred height of the element. Default value is double.NaN. + + Element whose preferred height to get. + Returns the preferred height of the specified element. + + + + Sets the preferred height of the element. This height will be used by the panel to + determine how much space to allocate to the element. + + Element to set the preferred height on. + Preferred height to set. + + + PreferredHeight property is different from setting the Height property of the element + directly. When you set Height property of the element, that will be its final height. + It may be desirable instead to specify a preferred height and then let the layout panel + adjust the size (make it bigger or smaller) based on the availability of space. + + + + + + Identifies the PreferredWidth attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the preferred width of the element. Default value is double.NaN. + + Element whose preferred width to get. + Returns the preferred width of the specified element. + + + + Sets the preferred width of the element. This width will be used by the panel to + determine how much space to allocate to the element. + + Element to set the preferred width on. + Preferred width to set. + + + PreferredWidth property is different from setting the Width property of the element + directly. When you set Width property of the element, that will be its final width. + It may be desirable instead to specify a preferred width and then let the layout panel + adjust the size (make it bigger or smaller) based on the availability of space. + + + + + + Identifies the Row attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value of the Row attached property of the specified element. Default value is -1, which indicates + that the element will be positioned relative to the previous element in the panel. + + This element's Row value will be returned. + The value of the Row attached property. + + + + Sets the value of the Row attached property of the specified element. Default value is -1, which indicates + that the element will be positioned relative to the previous element in the panel. + + This element's Row value will be set. + Value to set. This can be -1 which will position the element relative to previous element in the panel. + + + + Identifies the RowSpan attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value of the RowSpan attached property of the specified element. Default value is 0, which indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical column. + + This element's RowSpan value will be returned. + The value of the RowSpan attached property. + + + + Sets the value of the RowSpan attached property of the specified element. Default value is 0, which indicates + that the element will occupy the remainder of the space in its logical row. + + This element's RowSpan value will be set. + Value to set. This can be 0 to indicate that the element should occupy the remainder of the logical row. + + + + Identifies the RowWeight attached dependency property. + + + + + Gets the value of the RowWeight attached property of the specified element. RowWeight specifies + how any extra height will be distributed among elements. + + This element's RowWeight value will be returned. + The value of the RowWeight attached property. + + + + Sets the value of the RowWeight attached property of the specified element. RowWeight specifies + how any extra height will be distributed among elements. + + This element's RowWeight value will be returned. + Value to set. + The value of the RowWeight attached property. + + + + Constructor + + The panel whose children will be measured/arranged + The bounding rect for the measure/arrange + True if the container is to measure the elements only and false if the elements are to be arranged + + + + Returns the rect in which elements are to be laid out. + + + + + + + Positions the element associated with the specified layout item. + + Layout item. + Arrange rect of the item. + Container context. + + + + Constructor + + Associated element. + The containing panel + + + + Arranges into view only the largest single child element that is fully visible, based on the setting. And arranges all other children out of view. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets whether to use the width or height to determine is a child element fits within this panel. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether to show the smallest item partially if none can fit. + + + + + + + Determines what criteria to use, width or height, when determining it an element fits within its parent panel. + + + + + + + Display the widest child element that completely fits in the panel + + + + + Display the tallest child element that completely fits in the panel + + + + + Custom value converter that deals with instances and ensures that the specified value is within a given range. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a value between the and + + The value to compare to the and + The type of the target property + The parameter to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + The culture to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + The constrained by the range defined by the and + + + + Returns DependencyProperty.UnsetValue since this method is not supported. + + The value. + The type of the target property + The parameter to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + The culture to use for the conversion. This parameter is not used. + Returns DependencyProperty.UnsetValue + + + + The minimum value returned by the Convert method or null to not constrain the minimum + + + + + The maximum value returned by the Convert method or null to not constrain the maximum. + + + + + Custom event arguments for a property change event involving a Nullable<T> + + The value type for the nullable property change + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + + + Delegate used to represent a method that will handle a property change involving a nullable property. + + The underlying type of property value for the event + The object for which the event is being raised. + The event arguments that provides additional information about the property change. + + + + Creates an instance of + + An instance of + + + + Returns the type that the object will create. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Constructor. + + Type of the property. + Name of the property. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code. + + + + + + Overridden. Checks to see if the specified object is equal to this instance. + + + + + + Type of the property. If this property represents a collection property, then this type + should be the type of the items in the collection. + + + + + Name of the property. + + + + + Indicates if this property represents a get only collection property. In such a case, the collection type + name will not be an element in the generated XML. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing dependency objects. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing an object using reflection. + It only serializes public properties. + + + + + Constructor. + + Type of objects that this serialization info will serialize. + Used to create the object when deserializing. If null then public parameterless constructor will be used. + Specifies whether to serialize null values. + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + This parameter is for maintaining data presenter + load-save behavior where it uses some wpf specific converters as well as has fallback + logic for generically parsing some types using Utilities.ConvertDataValule. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Registers an instance of ObjectSerializationInfo for a specific type where ObjectSerializationInfo + can serialize and deserialize instances of that type. + + + + + + + Registers an instance of ReflectionSerializationInfo for the specified type. + + + + + + Gets the object serialization information that was registed with method. + + Type for which to get the registered object serialization information + instance. + + + + Gets the object serialization info for the type with the name of the 'typeName' and that is a base of the + specified 'baseType'. + + Base type to match. + Name of the type to match. + ObjectSerializationInfo instance. + + + + Element used to rotate its content + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the angle to rotate the content + + + + + + Represents a range of time. + + + + TimeRange class represents a range of time as defined by start and end TimeSpan values. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Start time of the time range, inclusive. + Start time of the time range, exclusive. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Returns a string representation of the range using the specified format to format the and + + The format used to format the Start and End times. + A string that represents this + + + + Returns a string representation of the range using the specified format to format the and + + The format used to format the Start and End times. + An object that provides culture specific formatting information + A string that represents this + + + + Ensures that the start time is less than or equal to the end time. + + + + + Compares two + + The object to compare to this instance + + + + + Specifies the end time of the time range. + + + + + Returns true if the Start and End are the same values. + + + + + Specifies the start time of the time range. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a TimeRange. + + + + + A custom wrap panel used to arrange items horizontally or vertically in as few columns as possible. + + +

The CompactWrapPanel is a specialized type of WrapPanel that will fit as many items as possible into a single + "row" down to the . The items are arranged based on the so they will be arranged + from left to right when set to Horizontal and from top to bottom when set to Vertical. The number of items on each row is based on + the extent with which the panel is measured in comparison to the (and also considering the spacing between + the items - and ). So for example if the is + set to Horizontal, the is set to 100, the is 0, there are 5 visible items + in the Children collection and the panel is measured with width of 360, the items will be arranged horizontally such that 3 items + (with a width of 120 since they must be at least 100 pixels) in the first row and 2 items (with a width of 180) in the second row. + As the width decreased to 300 and increased to 400, the width of the items would decrease/increase respectively. If the panel is + resized beyond that range, the items will be rearranged. For example, if the panel was then resized to 400 pixels, there would be + 4 items in the first row (with a width of 100 pixels) and 1 item in the last row (with a width of 400 pixels).

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of horizontal space between items. + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of vertical space between items. + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum width of the items when the Orientation is horizontal and the minimum height when the Orientation is vertical. + + + + + + Returns or sets the orientation in which the children will be arranged. + + + + + + A custom control used to display one or more months. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called when the selection has changed + + + + + Returns true if the day element should be highlighted + + + True to highlight the day. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the template used for activity tooltips + + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that provides the activity and resource information that will be displayed by the control. + + + + + + Determines which days, if any, are highlighted. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether a tooltip will be displayed for each day that has activity + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean that indicates whether the today button should be displayed. + + +

The Today button is used to allow the user to select and bring into view the + that represents the current date. This button uses the + routed command to perform the operation.

+
+
+ + + Custom control used to display activity relative to time slots in a vertical arrangement. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Helper method for creating a timeslotgroup adapter + + Provides the date information for the group + The callback used to create an instance of the timeslotbase instance. + The method used to initialize the state of the timeslotbase instance. + Optional callback used to adjust the start/end date for a timeslot. + An optional group that provides the activity information or null if no activity will be shown. + + + + + Returns the horizontal and vertical scrollinfo instances to be used by the automation peer for the CalendarGroupTimeslotArea. + + Out parameter set to the horizontal scrollinfo or null + Out parameter set to the vertical scrollinfo or null + + + + Return the timeslot that represents the start or end of the current timeslot selection. + + The selection range to evaluate + True to get the starting timeslot for the selection; otherwise false to get the ending timeslot for the selection + The range that represents the timeslot for the start/end of the range + + + + Used by the to determine if 2 visible dates are considered to be part of the same group of timeslots. + + Previous date processed + Next date to be processed + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Releases the entire element tree so it can be recreated + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + ResourceCalendar whose week header was clicked + The start of the logical day whose header was clicked + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the VerifyStateOverride is needed. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the control is capable of showing a highlight around the current day. + + + + + The orientation of timeslots within a + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the end user is allowed to resize the + + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the area containing the activities that are 24 hours or longer. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the multi day activity area should be displayed beneath each day header. + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of horizontal space that is reserved within the vertically arranged timeslots. + + + + + + Returns the scrollinfo used to control the scrolling of the activity in the all day activity area. + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the + + + + + + + Custom control used to display activity relative to the weeks they occupy. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Ensures a given date is brought into view. + + The DateTime to be brought into view. + + + + Helper method for creating a timeslotgroup adapter + + Provides the date information for the group + The callback used to create an instance of the timeslotbase instance. + The method used to initialize the state of the timeslotbase instance. + Optional callback used to adjust the start/end date for a timeslot. + An optional group that provides the activity information or null if no activity will be shown. + + + + + Returns the horizontal and vertical scrollinfo instances to be used by the automation peer for the CalendarGroupTimeslotArea. + + Out parameter set to the horizontal scrollinfo or null + Out parameter set to the vertical scrollinfo or null + + + + Returns a local time range that represents the selection range for the specified logical date. + + The logical date whose range is to be returned. + + + + + Used by the to determine if 2 visible dates are considered to be part of the same group of timeslots. + + Previous date processed + Next date to be processed + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The old property value + The new property value + + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the has changed. + + The previous selected range + The new selected range + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + ResourceCalendar whose week header was clicked + The start of the logical day whose header was clicked + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + ResourceCalendar whose week header was clicked + The start of the logical week + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether week numbers should be displayed in the week headers instead of the date range. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether non-working days of the week should be excluded from the display. + + +

This property is used to hide an entire day of the week if the currently selected weeks do not contain any + dates

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether the week scrollbar is displayed. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates what is used to resolved the working days when the is enabled. + + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the + + + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the + + +

Note: The represents the logical day that is the start of the week whose header was clicked.

+
+ + +
+ + + A custom control that uses the various calendar views to provide an Microsoft Outlook like interface + + +

The XamOutlookCalendarView is a composite control that contains a , + and and switches between them based on the + . The CurrentViewMode can be set but it will also be changed by the control + based on interaction with its UI similar to how Microsoft Outlook works. For example clicking on the + week header when in Month view will switch to a Day view in week mode for that week.

+

The property is used to provide a reference to an object that + provides date information indicating the dates/view that should be displayed. Similarly as one interacts + with the XamOutlookCalendarView (via the UI or programatically), it will notify the DateNavigator of the + dates being displayed so that it may update its selection. This is similar to the relationship between the + Calendar View in Microsoft Outlook and the DateNavigator control that displays a compact view of one or + more months. The implements the and + therefore may be used as the DateNavigator for a XamOutlookCalendarView.

+

The XamOutlookCalendarView exposes many of the same properties defined on the various + derived controls. These controls are defined within its template with + specific names as defined by the TemplatePart attributes defined on the control similar to how other + controls define template requirements. The control will automatically bind the properties of those + controls to the properties that are exposed on the XamOutlookCalendarView.

+

The control also exposes properties to have it automatically switch between the + Schedule views and Day views based on instances being displayed + within the control. The and + properties are used to enable the functionality. + The and + properties are used to control the threshold which must be met in order to automatically switch to the + corresponding view.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the OfficeEmulationMode attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached OfficeEmulationMode DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached OfficeEmulationMode DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is starting. + + + + + Ensures a given date and time are brought into view for the current view control. + + The DateTime to be brought into view. + + + + Indicates that the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Changes the to the specified value while optionally avoiding resetting the visible dates of the target control + + The new view + A list of the new visible dates if the mode is changed otherwise null to keep the default behavior that results from the view switch + + + + Returns true if any of the specified bits are true. + + Flag(s) to evaluate + + + + + Ensures that any pending operations have been processed for the current view control. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The old property value + The new property value + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The old property value + The new property value + + + + + + Used to invoke the event when the control is about to change the + + +

Note: This event is not raised when the property is changed. It is raised when the + control is about to change the CurrentViewMode.

+
+ Provides the information for the event + + + +
+ + + Used to invoke the event. + + The event arguments for the event + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The old property value + The new property value + + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + The event arguments for the event + + + + + + Returns or sets the active + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the and can be adjusted by the end user via the UI. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred calendar display mode. + + + + + + + Returns a modifiable collection of instances that represent the groups in view in this control. + + +

The CalendarGroupsOverride is primarily meant to be used when you have multiple xamSchedule controls + associated with the same but you want this control instance to show a different + set of instances than those shown in a different xamSchedule control whose + is set to the same XamScheduleDataManager. To acheive an Outlook type behavior where all + the controls are displaying the same calendars and as the calendars are modified all the controls are affected you + would use the collection instead.

+

If there are any CalendarGroup instances in this collection then those are the calendars + that will be displayed by the control. If the Count is 0, then the xamScheduleDataManager's CalendarGroups will be used. + If that too has a Count of 0, then the of the + will be displayed.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns the CalendarGroupCollection that the control is using to determine the calendars that are displayed. + + +

By default a xamSchedule control will use the of the + associated and therefore all the controls associated with that manager will remain + in sync. However, one could add instances to the + to have this control instance manage its calendars independantly.

+

The CalendarGroupsResolved returns the collection of instances that the + control is using to determine the display. The collection is based upon the + and the that the control is using.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the object that provides the activity and resource information that will be displayed by the control. + + + + + + + Returns the default brush provider for elements that don't have a specific context (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns or sets whtner touch support is enabled for this control + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum width for horizontally arranged CalendarGroup instances within the control. + + +

This indicates the minimum width for the CalendarGroup instances within the controls that arrange their groups + horizontally (e.g. XamMonthView and XamDayView). If the available space is less than the minimum extent, the available space + will be used so that a group is not wider than the available area. This is required since CalendarGroups are scrolled + by group and not pixel based.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the minimum height for vertically arranged CalendarGroup instances within the control. + + +

This indicates the minimum height for the CalendarGroup instances within the controls that arrange their groups + vertically (e.g. XamScheduleView). If the available space is less than the minimum extent, the available space + will be used so that a group is not wider than the available area. This is required since CalendarGroups are scrolled + by group and not pixel based.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred height for vertically arranged CalendarGroups in the control. + + +

The PreferredCalendarGroupHorizontalExtent indicates the height for the CalendarGroup instances within the controls that + arrange their groups vertically (e.g. XamScheduleView). If the available space is less than the preferred extent, the available space + will be used so that a group is not wider than the available area. This is required since CalendarGroups are scrolled by group and not + pixel based. If the sum of the space required to show all the groups is less than the available space, the groups will + be extended to fill the available space. Also, if is enabled, this property will + be updated as the user drags the resizer bar at the right edge of the group.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred width for horizontally arranged CalendarGroups in the control. + + +

The PreferredCalendarGroupHorizontalExtent indicates the width for the CalendarGroup instances within the controls that + arrange their groups horizontally (e.g. XamMonthView and XamDayView). If the available space is less than the preferred extent, the + available space will be used so that a group is not wider than the available area. This is required since CalendarGroups are scrolled + by group and not pixel based. If the sum of the space required to show all the groups is less than the available space, the groups will + be extended to fill the available space. Also, if is enabled, this property will + be updated as the user drags the resizer bar at the right edge of the group.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of activities that are selected. + + + + + + Returns or sets the selected time range of the control + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether a close button will be displayed in the + + +

This property determines whether the close button is displayed within the . By default + this property is set to null and the property value used is resolved based on the . + If that property is set to false then the close button will be hidden. Otherwise it is up to the control as to whether it will display + the button. , for example, will not display the button by default.

+ Note: The enabled state is based upon the . So if ShowCalendarCloseButton is + set to true and AllowCalendarClosing is set to false, the button will be displayed but will be disabled. +
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets whether an overlay button will be displayed in the + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether an indicator identifying the current time is displayed within the time slot area. + + +

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the label that is displayed by the time slot area for the current time zone. + + +

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the label that is displayed by the time slot area for the alternate time zone. + + +

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the id for the additional time zone. + + +

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the time slot area for the additional time zone should be displayed. + + +

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the control should filter out non-working hour timeslots. + + +

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the duration of each time slot. + + +

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating what object is considered when calculating the working hours. + + +

This property does not affect what is used to calculate whether a timeslot is considered a + working hour or not. That calculation is based on the for the of the containing + .

+

Note: This property only affects the derived controls (e.g. XamScheduleView and XamDayView) contained within the template.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the end user is allowed to resize the + + +

Note: This property only affects the contained within the template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the height of the area containing the activities that are 24 hours or longer. + + +

Note: This property only affects the contained within the template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the amount of horizontal space that is reserved within the vertically arranged XamDayView timeslots. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether week numbers should be displayed in the week headers instead of the date range. + + +

Note: This property only affects the contained within the template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the end user is allowed to resize the XamScheduleView calendar header area. + + +

Note: This property only affects the contained within the template. The controls + that arrange their groups horizontally (e.g. XamMonthView and XamDayView) are not affected by this property.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the width of the area containing the elements + + +

Note: This property only affects the contained within the template. The controls + that arrange their groups horizontally (e.g. XamMonthView and XamDayView) are not affected by this property.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the current view which indicates which control and the settings of the control that are displayed. + + + + + + Returns the date range that encompasses the of the . + + + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that provides and receives notifications regarding selected dates. + + +

The DateNavigator is similar to that of the Date Navigator within Outlook. As the user interacts + with that calendar selecting days, the Calendar View of outlook changes accordingly to show those dates and change + its view as needed. Similarly as the end user changes or navigates through the Calendar View, the selected dates + in the DateNavigator are updated accordingly.

+

While one may provide their own implementation for the interface, + the most common scenario will be to use a which implements this interface. One would + put an instance of that control in their UI and then bind this property to that element (e.g. using a Binding + with the ElementName set).

+

The xamOutlookCalendarView will listen to the of the + DateNavigator and will update its UI based upon the changes. For example, when the dates that make up a specific + week are selected, the control will change its to one of the WeekMode views (e.g. + DayViewWeekMode or ScheduleViewWeekMode) depending upon the current value of this property. Similarly as the + state of the control changes (e.g. the CurrentViewMode is set - directly or implicitly via the keyboard interactions + or commands) or as the user navigates the view to other dates, the control will notify the DateNavigator of the changes + so that it may update its information so the two controls may be in sync.

+

Note: The XamOutlookCalendarView does not attempt to contain or reparent the object that is set + as the value of the DateNavigator property. If this interface is implemented by a control such as XamDateNavigator then + one would put an instance of that control somewhere within the UI of their application and then set this property to + that control.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets when the is changed from DayView to ScheduleView based on a change in + + +

When enabled () the will be changed to one of the + ScheduleView related views when the view is one of the Day views and the of the + goes from below this property's value to the property's value or higher.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines the visibility of the header area containing the date range and navigation buttons. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the ability to switch from Day view to Schedule view based on the number of visible calendars compared to the is enabled. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the ability to switch from Schedule view to Day view based on the number of visible calendars compared to the is enabled. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets when the is changed from ScheduleView to DayView based on a change in + + +

When enabled () the will be changed to one of the + DayView related views when the view is one of the Schedule views and the of the + goes from above this property's value to the property's value or lower.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines which days are considered working days within the controls contained within the XamOutlookCalendarView. + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the ActiveCalendar property changes + + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the CurrentViewMode property changes + + + + + + + Occurs when the control is about to change the value of the + + +

Note: This event is not raised when the property is changed directly. It is raised when the + control is about to change the CurrentViewMode.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Occurs when the user clicks on the header of a day in or within the control. + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the contents of the SelectedActivities collection has changed. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the value of the SelectedTimeRange property changes + + + + + + + Occurs when the user clicks on the week header in the within the control. + + +

Note: The represents the logical day that is the start of the week whose header was clicked.

+
+ + + +
+ + + XamScheduleDataManager class manages schedule data. + + + + XamScheduleDataManager class manages schedule data. Various schedule controls, like the , + are provided with an instance of XamScheduleDataManager from which they retrieve the scheduling information + displayed by them. + + + The property is used to associate a schedule control with an + instance of XamScheduleDataManager. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Event args for raising the event. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Indicates whether the activities of the specified activity type are supported by this data connector. + + Activity type. + True if the specified activities are supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if activities of the specified type are supported by the data connector. + If they are not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + Indicates whether the user is allowed to create, remove or modify the activity categories in + the associated Resource object's collection. + + Resource object. + True if custom activity categories for the resource are allowed. + + + + Begins modifications to an activity. + + ActivityBase derived object that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit cannot be called more than once without an intervening call to CancelEdit or EndEdit. Successive BeginEdit + calls will result an error and return false. + + + + + + Begins modifications to a Resource object. + + Resource object that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit cannot be called more than once without an intervening call to CancelEdit or EndEdit. Successive BeginEdit + calls will result an error and return false. + + + + + + Used to make a copy of an activity for the purposes of editing it without affecting the original activity until all the changes need to be committed. + + ActivityBase derived object for which a copy will be created. + If true any changes made to the original activity will be + applied to the copy that's returned. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + Cloned copy of the specified activity. + + + BeginEditWithCopy method is meant to be used to create a copy of an activity so the copy can be + modified without affecting the original activity. It returns a copy of the original activity. + When the changes made to the copy need to be committed to the original activity, call + method passing to it the clone activity that's returned by this method. Also to + cancel and discard the clone activity, you need to call CancelEdit passing it the clone activity. + + + Note that successive calls to this method without intervening cancel edit or end edit operations + on the returned clone will result in the same clone being returned. + + + + + + Cancels a new activity that was created by the call however one that + hasn't been commited yet. + + ActivityBase derived object that was created using method however + one that hasn't been committed yet. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + Note: CancelEdit method is called to cancel a new activity that was created using the + method however the activity must not have been commited yet. This is + typically done when the user cancels the dialog for creating a new activity, like the new appointment dialog. + + + + + + + + + Cancels modifications to a Resource object. + + Resource object. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + Note: CancelEdit method is called to cancel modifications that were made to a Resource object + after method was called on it. + + + + + + + + + Cancels a pending operation. + + Pending operation that is to be canceled. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + CancelPendingOperation method is called to cancel a pending operation. It's only valid for + operations that are still pending, that is their is false. + + + An example of how this method is used is as follows. + method returns object. The activities can be retrieved + asynchronously. Before the activities are retrieved, there may be a need for canceling the operation. + For example, the user scrolls the schedule control to a different range of dates in which case + it's not necessary to retrieve activities for the perviously visible date range. In such a case, + the previous query operation will be canceled if it's still pending. + + + + + + Creates a new ActivityBase derived instance based on the activityType parameter. + + + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A new ActivityBase derived object created according to the activityType parameter. + + + CreateActivity creates a new derived object, like Appointment, Journal or Task. + Which activity type to create is specified by the parameter. Note that the created activity + doesn't get commited to the data source until method is called. Also if you wish to + not commit the created activity then it is necessary to call + so the activity object can be properly discarded by the the schedule data connector. + + + Note: CreateNew method is called to create a new Appointment, Journal or Task object. + This is typically done when the user initiates creation of a new activity in one of the calendar view controls. If + the user commits the appointment then EndEdit method is called to commit the activity. + If the user cancels the activity creation then CancelEdit method is called to discard the activity object. + + + + + + + + + Commits a new or modified activity. + + A new or modified ActivityBase derived instance. + If is used to start edit operation, you can pass the copy that + was returned from that method. + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode. + + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified activity or a new activity that + was created using the method. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized, it will show the user with appropriate + status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Commits a modified Resource object. + + Resource object. + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode. + + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit modifications made to a Resource object after + is called on it. + + + Note that the operation of committing a Resource object can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified property can be edited on the specified activity. + + Activity instance on which the property might be edited. + The property to check whether editing is allowed. + True if the property can be edited. False otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the activities of the specified type. + + Activity object to check if the specified feature is supported. + Feature to check for support. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + Whether a feature is supported is dependent upon the capabilities of the underlying schedule + data connector. For example, in the case of the list connector, a feature would be supported + if the data source contains the necessary property or properties required to support the specified feature. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the activities of the specified type. + + Activity type for which to check if the specified feature is supported. + Feature to check for support. + Resource calendar context. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + Whether a feature is supported is dependent upon the capabilities of the underlying schedule + data connector. For example, in the case of the list connector, a feature would be supported + if the data source contains the necessary property or properties required to support the specified feature. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity instance. + Activity operation. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the activities of the specified type. + If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity type. + Activity operation. + ResourceCalendar for which to check if the operation can be performed. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supprted for the activities of the + specified type for the specified ResourceCalendar. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will + be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the specified resource. + + Resource object. + Resource feature. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + Whether a feature is supported is dependent upon the capabilities of the underlying schedule + data connector. For example, in the case of the list connector, a feature would be supported + if the data source contains the necessary property or properties required to support the specified feature. + + + + + + Deletes an activity. + + ActivityBase derived instance to delete. + True to indicate that the operation was successfull, False otherwise. + + + + + + + Displays a dialog that allows the user to add an derived activity (e.g., , and ). + + The type of see derived activity to display the dialog for. + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The to which the should be added. + The preferred start time of the . + The preferred duration of the + True if the activity's times are time-zone neutral (i.e., 'floating'). + True if a dialog was displayed, otherwise false. + + + + + + + + + + Displays a dialog that allows the user to edit an derived activity (e.g., , and ). + + The derived instance to display the dialog for. + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + True if a dialog was displayed, otherwise false. + + + + + + + + + Displays the which lets the end user manage s for the currently selected objects. + + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The header (caption) of the dialog + A reference to an instance. + A callback to call when when the window is closing, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + A callback to call when when the window has closed, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + Returns true if the dialog was displayed + + + + + + Displays the which lets the user create an . + + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The header (caption) of the dialog + A reference to an instance. + An instance of the class that holds the created by the dialog and (optionally) a piece of user data. + True to automatically update the owning with the new . + A callback to call when when the window is closing, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + A callback to call when when the window has closed, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + Returns true if the dialog was displayed + + + + Displays the Activity Recurrence dialog. + + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The activity to edit. + The header (caption) of the dialog + A callback to call when when the window is closing, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + A callback to call when when the window has closed, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + Returns true if the dialog was displayed; otherwise false is returned + + + + Displays the which lets the end user choose a Recurrence Series or Occurrence. A parameter can be passed to the dialog + that specifies whether the choice applies to the opening or deletion of the Series/Occurrence. + + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The header (caption) of the dialog + The recurring for which the choice is being made. + The type of to display, i.e. a chooser for opening recurrences or deleting recurrences. + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + A callback to call when when the window is closing, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + A callback to call when when the window has closed, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + Returns true if the dialog was displayed + + + + Displays the which lets the end user choose a Recurrence Series or Occurrence. A parameter can be passed to the dialog + that specifies whether the choice applies to the opening or deletion of the Series/Occurrence. + + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The header (caption) of the dialog + The set of available activity types from which to choose + The reason for which the dialog is being displayed + The calendar associated with the action or null if there is no calendar associated with the action + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + A callback to call when when the window is closing, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + A callback to call when when the window has closed, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + Returns true if the dialog was displayed + + + + Displays the which lets the end user dismiss or snooze active Reminders. + + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The header (caption) of the dialog + A callback to call when when the window is closing, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + A callback to call when when the window has closed, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + Returns true if the dialog was displayed (or activated if the window was still displayed); otherwise false if the dialog was not displayed. + + + + + + Displays the which lets the end user choose a TimeZone Series or Occurrence. A parameter can be passed to the dialog + that specifies whether the choice applies to the opening or deletion of the Series/Occurrence. + + The FrameworkElement that will contain the dialog. + The header (caption) of the dialog + A reference to a instance. The dialog will set the property when the dialog closes to reflect the user's choice. + A callback to call when when the window is closing, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + A callback to call when when the window has closed, since the call to show the dialog may not be blocking. + Returns true if the dialog was displayed + + + + Returns activities matching the criteria specified by the query parameter. + + Contains information regarding which activties to get. + instance. + + + + Gets the default working hours. + + A read-only WorkingHoursCollection instance. + + + + + + Gets the list of activity categories that are supported for the specified activity. Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of supported categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + This method is used to retrieve the list of activity categories that are supported by the specified activity. + It's used by the activity dialogs to display the list of applicable categories from which the user can select + one or more categories. + + + + + + + Gets the working hours for the specified resource on the day specified by the 'date' parameter. + + Resource whose working hours to get. + Day for which to get the working hours. + WorkingHoursCollection instance that contains the working hours or null if the day is not a work-day. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the specified day of week is a work-day. + + Resource whose information to get. + Day of week. + True if the day of week is a work-day, false otherwise. + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the day specified by the 'date' parameter is a work-day. + + Resource whose information to get. + Day for which to get the information. + True if the day is a work-day, false otherwise. + + + + + + + Calls RefreshDisplay on all associated controls + + + + + Gets the activity categories that are currently applied to the specified activity. + + Activity whose currently applied categories to return. + A collection of objects. Note that the + returned collection will support change notifications to notify when the activity's + categories are changed () or when the + underlying activity categories are removed or added. + + + + Calls BeginEdit and EndEdit on the activity to commit any changes that may have been + made to the activity. + + Activity to commit. + + This is necessary because a data connector may rely on EndEdit as a trigger to update + the underlying backend. If that's the case then simply changing an activity's property + will not cause the connector to commit it. To put less responsibility on connector + implementations, we'll go through BeginEdit and EndEdit process when we make a change + to an activity. Furthermore, any errors in the process can be handled by the UI. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if activity dragging is supported and if so whether it can be dragged to a different calendar of the same resource + or a calendar of a different user. + + Activity that is to be dragged. + The calendar to which the activity is being dragged or null when the drag is about to be invoked + Determines if the drag operation will be a copy or a move + A boolean indicating if the drag operation is allowed. + + + + Helper method used by the controls to determine if operations are allowed. + + Activity for which the operation will be performed + The operation to query + True to consider the PendingOperation + + + + + Indicates whether the user can specify activity reminders. + + Activity object to check. + True if the reminder is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Indicates whether the end user may resize an activity within the ui + + Activity to evaluate + True for the leading edge, otherwise false for the trailing edge + + + + + Gets a resolved value indicating whether the user allowed to create recurring activities. + + Activity object to check if it can be made recurring. + True if recurrence is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Gets a resolved value indicating whether the user allowed to create recurring activities. + + Activity type - one of appointment, journal or task. + Calendar associated with the activity in question. + True if the recurring activity is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Gets a resolved value indicating whether the user allowed to create time-zone neutral activities. + + Activity object to check if it can be made time-zone neutral. + True if the time-zone neutral activity is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Gets a resolved value indicating whether the user allowed to create time-zone neutral activities. + + Activity type - one of appointment, journal or task. + Calendar associated with the activity in question. + True if the time-zone neutral activity is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Gets a resolved value indicating whether the user allowed to create variance of the specified occurrence. + + An activity that is an occurrence of a recurring activity. + True if making the activity a variance is allowed. False otherwise. + + + + Returns the date-time of the first occurrence of the recurrence that occurs at or after the specified 'start' value. + + Activity object. Provides the context of the time-zones. + The date-time of the first occurrence that occurs at or after this date-time will be returned by this method. + Object describing the recurrence rules. + The date-time of the first occurrence at or after the 'start' parameter is returned. If + the rules described by the specified recurrence do not have an occurrence at or after the 'start' time + null is returned. + + + + Returns a value indicating if the specified recurrence rules will result in overlapping occurrences. + + Activity instance used to get of the series as well as the + duration of each occurrence based on its property value. + Recurrence rules. + True if two or more occurrences overlap. False otherwise. + + + + Clears selected activities in all controls. + + + + + Ends or cancels edit operation that was started via the method. + + The cloned activity that was returned by the BeginEditWithCopy method. + If true, cancels the edit operation. If false, commits the changes made to the clone to the original activity. + + When canceling, returns a DataErrorInfo or null. When committing, returns an ActivityOperationResult instance or DataErrorInfo instance. + + + + Raised when an activity is about to be dragged + + + The ActivitiesDragging event is raised when an activity is about to be dragged + + + + + + + Raised after a drag operation involving one or more activities has been completed. + + + The ActivitiesDragged event is raised after a drag operation involving one or more activities has been completed. + + + + + + + Raised before an activity dialog is displayed. + + + + ActivityDialogDisplaying event is raised before an activity dialog is displayed. + The dialog can be displayed for the purposes of viewing or modifying an existing activity or + adding a new activity. + + + + + + + + + + + + Raised before an activity is added. + + + + ActivityAdding event is raised before a new activity is added by the user. + The event is raised after the new activity dialog is okayed. + + + + + + + + + + Raised after an activity is added. + + + + ActivityAdded event is raised after a new activity is successfully commited. + + + + + + + + + + Raised right before user changes to an activity are being committed. + + + + ActivityChanging event is raised right before user changes to an + activity are being committed. + + + + + + + + + Raised after user changes to an activity are committed. + + + + ActivityChanged event is raised after user changes to an + activity are committed. + + + + + + + + + Raised before an activity dialog is displayed. + + + + The event is raised before an is displayed. + The dialog can be displayed for the purposes of viewing or modifying an existing activity or + adding a new activity. + + + + + + + + + Raised before the dialog that allows the end user to choose between dealing with the series or occurrence of a recurring activity is displayed. + + + + ActivityRecurrenceChooserDialogDisplaying event is raised before the is displayed. The dialog allows + the end user to choose whether to affect the occurrence or the series of a recurring activity. The + may be set to cancel the operation or to explicitly use the series or occurrence without prompting the user. + + + + + + + + Raised before an activity is removed. + + + + ActivityRemoving event is raised before an activity is removed by the user. + + + + + + + + + Raised after an activity is removed. + + + + ActivityRemoved event is raised after an activity is removed by the user. + + + + + + + + + Raised before an activity is resized. + + + + ActivityResizing event is raised before an activity is resized by the user. + + + + + + + + + Raised after an activity is Resized. + + + + ActivityResized event is raised after an activity is Resized by the user. + + + + + + + + + Raised before the dialog that allows the end user to choose from a list of available activity types is displayed. + + + + ActivityTypeChooserDialogDisplaying event is raised before the is displayed. The dialog allows + the end user to choose an activity type from a list of available types. The + may be set to explicitly choose the type to create or left to null to allow the end user to see the prompt dialog and choose the activity type. The + may be set to true to cancel the operation. + + + + + + + + Raised when an error occurs. + + + + Error event is raised when an error occurs. + + + + + + + + Raised when an error is to be displayed to the end user. + + + This event is raised after an error has occurred and that error is about to be displayed to the end user. The type of + display is indicated by the . The property + may be set to true to prevent the error from being displayed. + + + + + + + + Raised when a reminder has been triggered. + + + The ReminderActivated event is raised when a reminder has been triggered. + + + + + + + Raised when the reminder dialog is about to be displayed. + + + The ReminderDialogDisplaying event is raised when the reminder dialog is about to be displayed. + + + + + + + Gets a collection of active reminders for the . + + + + + + Gets/sets the ColorScheme to use to create and cache brushes for the various elements in the associated derivied classes + + + + + + Returns the that will be used (read-only) + + Returns the property value if set, otherwise it returns an instance of the . + + + + + + Returns the default collection of instances that represent the groups in view in the controls whose is set to this instance. + + + + + Identifies current user. + + + + + + Specifies the resource id of the current user. + + + + + + Gets or sets the data connector that provides the scheduling data. + + + DataConnector property is used to specify a derived class instance + that provides the scheduling data to this XamScheduleDataManager instance. Any changes made to the schedule + information via this class or via any of the schedule controls are updated back to the data connector which may + update its underlying data sources. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets an object that formats and manipulates dates + + + + + + Returns the object that formats and manipulates dates + + + Note: if is not set then an instance of a with the current culture will be used. + + + + + + Returns/sets the derived class that supplies dialogs for the XamSchedule controls. + + + + If this property is not set, the XamSchedule controls will use default the 'lightweight' dialogs contained in the + XamSchedule assembly. If you want to use the 'heavyweight' versions of the dialogs which reference external + controls (e.g., the XamRibbon control), then you should add a reference to the Schedule.Dialogs assembly + to your project, and set this property to an instance of the ScheduleDialogFactory class defined in that assembly. + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if there are any pending operations waiting to be completed. + + + + + + Returns a collection of instances that have not yet completed. + + + + + Returns or sets an enum that determines if a prompt will be displayed asking the user to select a local time zone + + + + + + Gets the recurrence calculator factory used to get instance + for a , which is used for calculating occurrences of the recurrence. + + + + You can provide a custom logic for calculating recurrences by setting the ScheduleDataConnectorBase's + property. + + + + + + + + + Gets a collection of s. + + + ResourceItems property returns a collection of objects that represent the + resources in the schedule. + + + + + Gets or sets the ScheduleSettings object used for specifying various settings. + + + + + + Gets the blocking error if any. + + + + BlockingError property is set when an error occurs that prevents further functioning of the control. + + + + + + Returns the calendar date for the current logical day + + + + + + Gets collection of property change listeners. + + + + + Custom control used to display activity relative to time slots in a horizontal arrangement. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the horizontal and vertical scrollinfo instances to be used by the automation peer for the CalendarGroupTimeslotArea. + + Out parameter set to the horizontal scrollinfo or null + Out parameter set to the vertical scrollinfo or null + + + + Used by the to determine if 2 visible dates are considered to be part of the same group of timeslots. + + Previous date processed + Next date to be processed + + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + This method is not meant to be called directly except by the ScheduleTimeControlBase + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the end user is allowed to resize the calendar header area. + + + + + + Returns or sets the width of the area containing the elements + + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesDialogs.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesDialogs.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20d9143b606 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesDialogs.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesDialogs.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesDialogs.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..079b97f9a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesDialogs.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesDialogs.v14.2 + + + + + Derives from ScheduleDialogFactoryBase to provide dialogs for the XamSchedule controls. + + + + + Returns a FrameworkElement that should used as the dialog for creating and editing derived instances. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Returns a flagged enumeration indicating the types of for which the method will return a dialog to be displayed. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b3d8a8e038 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18c7e622b97 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..55222518f55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,725 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.SchedulesExchangeConnector.v14.2 + + + + + Represents the various Microsoft Exchange Server versions + + + + + Auto-detects the server version on the first connection. + + + + + Microsoft Exchange 2007, Service Pack 1 + + + + + Microsoft Exchange 2010 + + + + + Microsoft Exchange 2010, Service Pack 1 + + + + + Used for providing schedule data from a Microsoft Exchange Server. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Indicates whether the activities of the specified activity type are supported by this data connector. + + Activity type. + True if the specified activities are supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if activities of the specified type are supported by the data connector. + If they are not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + Begins modifications to an activity. + + ActivityBase derived object that is to be modified. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A value indicating whether the operation succeeded. + + + Note: BeginEdit cannot be called more than once without an intervening call to CancelEdit or EndEdit. Successive BeginEdit + calls should result an error and return false. + + + + + + Cancels modifications to an existing activity or cancels a new activity that was created by the + call however one that hasn't been committed yet. + + ActivityBase derived object that was put in edit state by call + or one that was created using method however one that hasn't been committed yet. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + True to indicate that the operation was successful, False otherwise. + + + Note: CancelEdit method is called by the + to cancel modifications to an existing activity. It also calls this method to cancel and discard a + new activity that was created using the method, however the activity must + not have been committed yet. This is typically done when the user cancels the dialog for creating + a new activity, like the new appointment dialog. + + + + + + + + + Cancels a pending operation. + + Pending operation that is to be canceled. + True to indicate that the operation was successful, False otherwise. + + + CancelPendingOperation method is called to cancel a pending operation. It's only valid for + operations that are still pending, that is their is false. + + + An example of how this method is used is as follows. + method returns object. The activities can be retrieved + asynchronously. Before the activities are retrieved, there may be a need for canceling the operation. + For example, the user scrolls the schedule control to a different range of dates in which case + it's not necessary to retrieve activities for the previously visible date range. In such a case, + the previous query operation will be canceled if it's still pending. + + + + + + Creates a new ActivityBase derived instance based on the activityType parameter. + + Indicates the type of activity to create. + If there's an error this will be set to a new DataErrorInfo object with the error information. + A new ActivityBase derived object created according to the activityType parameter. + + + CreateActivity creates a new derived object, like Appointment, Journal, or Task. + Which activity type to create is specified by the parameter. Note that the created activity + doesn't get committed to the data source until method is called. Also if you wish to + not commit the created activity then it is necessary to call + so the activity object can be properly discarded by the the data connector. + + + Note: CreateNew method is called by the to create a + new Appointment, Journal, or Task object. This is typically done when the user initiates creation + of a new activity in one of the calendar view controls. If the user commits the appointment then + EndEdit method is called to commit the activity. If the user cancels the activity creation + then CancelEdit method is called to discard the activity object. + + + + + + + + + Commits a new or modified activity. + + A new or modified ActivityBase derived instance. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified activity, or a new activity that + was created using the method. + + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Commits a modified Resource object. + + A modified Resource object. + instance which may be initialized with the result + asynchronously. + + + EndEdit method is used to commit a modified Resource object. + + True to force the edit operation to end. Used when user interface + being used to perform the edit operation cannot remain in edit mode and therefore the + edit operation must be ended. + + + Note that the operation of committing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned OperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + OperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the OperationResult's + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via ), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + Gets activities that meet the criteria specified by the query parameter. + + Query criteria - contains information about which activities to get. + object that contains the activities that meet the + criteria specified by the query parameter. + + + Note: GetActivities method is called by the + to retrieve appointments, tasks, journals or a combination of the three for one or more + resources as needed to display them in calendar view controls that may be associated with + it. This method may get called multiple times to satisfy + multiple calendar view controls and also may get called again as dates are navigated in + those calendar view controls. + + + + + + Returns the collection of colors which should be displayed in the drop down when modifying a category. + + Indicates whether the user can use any color when creating a custom category. + The collection of default colors or null if the normal default colors should be used. + + + + Gets the list of activity categories that are supported for the specified activity. Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of supported categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + This method is used to retrieve the list of activity categories that are supported by the specified activity. + It's used by the activity dialogs to display the list of applicable categories from which the user can select + one or more categories. + + + + + + Allows the data connector to perform any additional initialization on the edit copy before the edit operation begins. + + The copy of the original activity being edited. + + + Note: InitializeEditCopy is called by the + method after creating the edit copy, but before returning it to the caller. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified property can be edited on the specified activity. + + Activity instance on which the property might be edited. + The property to check whether editing is allowed. + True if the property can be edited. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified property can be edited for an activity of + If the property cannot be edited, the appropriate part of the UI will be disabled to prevent the user from editing + that property. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the activities of the specified type. + + Activity type for which to check if the specified feature is supported. + Feature to check for support. + Resource calendar context. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified feature is supported for activities of + the specified type that belong the specified calendar. If the feature is not supported, relevant user interface + will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity instance on which the operation is going to be performed. + Activity operation. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supported for the specified activity. + This method is called when there's a context of an activity object available, for which the operation is to be performed. + If there's no context of an activity available, then the overload + that takes in an value is used by the data manager to determine if an operation + can be performed. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified activity operation for the specified activity type is supported. + + Activity type. + Activity operation. + ResourceCalendar for which to check if the operation can be performed. + True if the operation is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified operation is supported for the activities of the specified type + for the specified resource calendar. If the operation is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in + the schedule controls. + + + When the context of an activity object for which the operation is being performed available, the overload + that takes in the activity is used. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified feature is supported for the specified resource. + + Resource instance. + Resource feature. + True if the feature is supported. False otherwise. + + + This method is used by the data manager to determine if the specified feature is supported for a resource. + If the feature is not supported, relevant user interface will be disabled or hidden in the schedule controls. + + + + + + + Removes an activity. + + ActivityBase derived instance to remove. + instance. + + + Note that the operation of removing an activity can be performed either synchronously + or asynchronously. If the operation is performed synchronously then the information regarding + the result of the operation will be contained in the returned ActivityOperationResult + instance. If the operation is performed asynchronously, the method will return an + ActivityOperationResult instance whose results will be initialized later when they + are available via the ActivityOperationResult's InitializeResult + method. The caller, which may be a schedule control, will indicate via the UI that the operation + is pending and when the results are initialized (via InitializeResult), + it will show the user with appropriate status of the operation. + + + + + + + + + Gets the activity categories that are currently applied to the specified activity. + Default implementation returns null. + + Activity for which to get the list of currently applied activity categories. + IEnumerable that can optionally implement INotifyCollectionChanged to notify + of changes to the list. + + + + + Subscribes to reminders for the activities of the specified calendar. Note that more than one + subscriber can be subscribed to a single calendar as well as multiple calendars can be + subscribed to. + + This calendars activity reminders will be delivered to the specified subscribed. + When a reminder is due for an activity, the subscriber's method will be invoked. + If there's an error, this will be set to error information. + + + + Unsubscribes from activity reminders of the specified calendar. If the specified subscriber hadn't been subscribed + previously then this method will take no action. + + The calendar's activity reminders to unsubscribe from. + Subscriber instance. + + + + Called to verify that the data connector has sufficient state to operate. + + A list to receive the errors. + + Note: this method gets called once by the when it is verifying its initial state. + + + + + + Forces a connection to the Exchange server. If the data connector is already connected to the server, this method does nothing. + + + + + + Disconnects the data connector from the Exchange server. + + + + + + Forces the connector to poll the Exchange server for changes. + + + This can be called at any time, regardless of the value. + + + + + + Performs some initialization on a background thread to shorten initial loading time. + This only needs to be called once when an application first starts. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the value indicating how this connector generates recurring tasks. + + + + + Gets the resources collection. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the connector is currently polling for changes on the Exchange server. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the interval at which the client will poll the server for changes. + The default is 30 seconds. + + + + To disable polling, set the interval to TimeSpan.Zero. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the settings used to connect with the Microsoft Exchange Server. + + + The value is set after the first connection to the server has been made. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether one of the users should be the user currently logged on to the system. + + +

+ UseDefaultCredentials can be used in conjunction with the collection. If it is, the logged in user will + just be added as another user when connecting to the server. +

+

+ When UseDefaultCredentials is True, the Resource created to represent the user will have a Id of "{domain}\{userName}" + in lowercase. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the collection of users whose calendars should be retrieved from the server. + +

+ Each user will have a Resource instance to represent it with an Id of "{Domain}\{UserName}" from the ExchangeUser. +

+ +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the custom working hours should be downloaded from the server for each user. + + +

+ If this value is True, the working hours on the XamScheduleDataManager.Settings property are ignored. +

+
+ +
+ + + Represents the settings to use when connecting to the Microsoft Exchange Server. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the server should return information compressed with GZip. + + +

+ The server will only send Gzip compressed data if this value is True and the server is configured to send GZip compressed responses. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets or sets the cookies associated with the server. + + + + + + Gets or sets the HTTP headers which should be sent with each request to the server. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether HTTP pre-authentication should be used when connecting to the server. + + + + + + Gets or sets the requested version of the server. + + + The value is set after the first connection to the server has been made. + + + + + + Gets or sets the timeout used when requesting information from the server, in milliseconds. + + +

+ If this is not set, a value of 100000 will be used. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets or sets the URL to the Microsoft Exchange Server. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the user-agent HTTP header. + + + + + + Gets or sets the web proxy used when connecting to the server. + + + + + + Represents a user which can login to the Microsoft Exchange Server. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The user name of the user. + The password of the user. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The user name of the user. + The password of the user. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The user name of the user. + The password of the user. + The domain or computer to which the user belongs. + + + + Initializes a new instance. + + The user name of the user. + The password of the user. + The domain or computer to which the user belongs. + + + + Occurs when a property value is changed on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the domain or computer to which the user belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the password of the user. + + + + + Gets or sets the user name of the user. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..efd9e2c72cf Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5866b4cca91 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08b07b78441 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3184 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Timelines.XamTimeline.v14.2 + + + + + The automation peer for the date time axis + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The axis. + + + + Sets the value of a control. + + The value to set. The provider is responsible for converting the value to the appropriate data type. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the axis. + + The axis. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control. + + + + The automation peer for the numeric time axis + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The axis. + + + + Sets the value of the control. + + The value to set. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the axis. + + The axis. + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the value of a control is read-only. + + + true if the value is read-only; false if it can be modified. + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a large change is made, such as with the PAGE DOWN key. + + + The large-change value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the minimum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The minimum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the maximum range value that is supported by the control. + + + The maximum value that is supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value that is added to or subtracted from the property when a small change is made, such as with an arrow key. + + + The small-change value supported by the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + Gets the value of the control. + + + The value of the control, or null if the control does not support . + + + + The automation peer for the timeline + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The timeline. + + + + Returns the control type for the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + A value of the enumeration. + + + + Returns the name of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The name of the owner type that is associated with this . See Remarks. + + + + + Returns the text label of the that is associated with this . This method is called by . + + + The text label of the element that is associated with this automation peer. + + + + + Returns the control pattern for the that is associated with this . + + One of the enumeration values. + See Remarks. + + + + Gets or sets the timeline. + + The timeline. + + + + A label used to display data in an axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the FormattedContent dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the StringFormat dependency property. + + + + + StringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its StringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + StringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + New value. + + + + Identifies the YearsUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + YearsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its YearsUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + YearsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the MonthsUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + MonthsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its MonthsUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + MonthsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the WeeksUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + WeeksUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its WeeksUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + WeeksUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the DaysUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + DaysUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its DaysUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + DaysUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the HoursUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + HoursUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its HoursUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + HoursUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the MinutesUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + MinutesUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its MinutesUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + MinutesUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the SecondsUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + SecondsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its SecondsUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + SecondsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the MillisecondsUnitStringFormat dependency property. + + + + + MillisecondsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + AxisLabel that changed its MillisecondsUnitStringFormat. + Event arguments. + + + + MillisecondsUnitStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Updates the formatted text. + + + + + Updates the formatted text. + + The property. + The source. + + + + Gets the formatted content property. + + + + + Gets or sets the text string format. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + Gets or sets the format string to use when the Unit is hours. + + + + + An axis that displays date time values. + + + + + Axis inherits from RangeAxis and adds functionality for scroll, scale, auto range of the axis. + Also it contains gridlines, stripes, thumb. + + + + + RangeAxis provides base set of properties and methods used for data range + calculation and visual presentation of axis. RangeAxis also contains + tickmarks and labels. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShowMajorTickMarksProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MajorTickMarkStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShowMinorTickMarksProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MinorTickMarkStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + AxisPaneStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShowLabelsProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LabelStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + PaneStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or + internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . + + + + + Sets the data type info. + + The axis label. + + + + Gets the value that corresponds to the pixel position. + + The pixel position. + + + + + Gets the window based value that corresponds to the pixel position. + + The pixel position. + + + + + Gets the pixel position that corresponds to the value. + + The value position. + + + + + Gets the window based pixel position that corresponds to the value. + + The value position. + + + + + PropertyChanged changed handler. + + The d. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether major tick marks should be shown. + + true if major tick marks should be shown; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the major tick mark style. + + The major tick mark style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether minor tick marks should be shown. + + true if minor tick marks should be shown; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the axis pane style. + + The axis pane style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether labels should be shown. + + + true if labels should be shown; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the label style. + + The label style. + + + + Gets or sets the pane style. + + The pane style. + + + + Gets or sets the actual unit. + + The actual unit. + + + + Maximum intervals per 200 pixels. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + AutoRangeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ScrollScaleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ScrollPositionProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + UnitProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShowMajorGridLinesProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MajorGridLineStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ShowMinorGridLinesProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + MinorGridLineStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ThumbStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + InnerVisibilityProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets the value that corresponds to the pixel position. + + The pixel position. + + + + + Gets the window based value that corresponds to the pixel position. + + The pixel position. + + + + + Gets the pixel position that corresponds to the value. + + The value position. + + + + + Gets the window based pixel position that corresponds to the value. + + The value position. + + + + + Calculates the interval, min and max for the current axis based on data points, axis type and Timeline type. + If we're allowing only one of each types of axis, then the min and max has to be based on all series. + + + + + Calculates the rounding. + + The range. + + + + + Sets the round values. + + The range. + + + + Calculates the actual unit. + + The min. + The max. + + + + Sets the min max. + + + + + Determines the auto interval. + + The minimum. + The maximum. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Method invoked when a property is changed on this axis. + + The DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs in context. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Minimum, Maximum and Unit are automatically calculated. + To create manual range AutoRange property has to be set to false and Minimum, Maximum and Unit have to be set. + + + By default, chart determines the minimum and maximum range values of the axis. + You can customize the scale to better meet your needs. The default value for AutoRange is true. + + + + + Gets or sets the scale of the scrollable area, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + The scale of the scrollable area. + + + + Gets or sets the position of the current view inside the scrollable area, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. + + The position of the current view inside the scrollable area. + + + + Gets or sets a distance between two neighboring axis labels, gridlines and tick marks. + The Unit value uses axis scale. If the Unit is 0, Axis Unit is automatically calculated. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether major grid lines should be shown. + + true if major grid lines should be shown; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the major grid line style. + + The major grid line style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether minor grid lines should be shown. + + true if minor grid lines should be shown; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the minor grid line style. + + The minor grid line style. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether thumb should be shown. + + true if thumb should be shown; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets the thumb style. + + The thumb style. + + + + Gets or sets the stripes for this axis. + + The stripes. + + + + Gets the actual unit. + + The actual unit. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Sets the data type info. + + The axis label. + + + + Sets the min max. + + + + + Determines the auto interval. + + The minimum. + The maximum. + + + + + Calculates the rounding. + + The range. + + + + + Calculates the actual unit. + + The min. + The max. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Occurs when selected time changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected time. + + The selected time. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum limit of the Axis range. + To create manual range property has to be set to false + and and Maximum have to be set. + + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum limit of the Axis range. + To create manual range property has to be set to false + and Minimum and have to be set. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the unit. + + The type of the unit. + + + + Gets the actual type of the unit. + + The actual type of the unit. + + + + Gets the actual minimum. + + The actual minimum. + + + + Gets the actual maximum. + + The actual maximum. + + + + Gets the visible minimum. + + The visible minimum. + + + + Gets the visible maximum. + + The visible maximum. + + + + Provides data for the DateTimeChanged event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The new time. + + + + Gets or sets the new time. + + The new time. + + + + Specifies a date time unit type. + + + + + Automatically determined. + + + + + The unit type is years. + + + + + The unit type is months. + + + + + The unit type is weeks. + + + + + The unit type is days. + + + + + The unit type is hours. + + + + + The unit type is minutes. + + + + + The unit type is seconds. + + + + + The unit type is milliseconds. + + + + + Represents a panel containing axis events - points and spans. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will + size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + The timeline axis pane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application + code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) + call . + + + + + Represents a panel containing labels. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will + size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Represents a panel containing tick marks. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will + size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + An axis that displays numeric values. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Sets the min max. + + + + + Determines the auto interval. + + The minimum. + The maximum. + + + + + Calculates the actual unit. + + The min. + The max. + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Occurs when selected time changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected time. + + The selected time. + + + + Gets or sets the maximum limit of the Axis range. + To create manual range property has to be set to false + and and Maximum have to be set. + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum limit of the Axis range. + To create manual range property has to be set to false + and Minimum and have to be set. + + + + + Gets the actual minimum. + + The actual minimum. + + + + Gets the actual maximum. + + The actual maximum. + + + + Gets the visible minimum. + + The visible minimum. + + + + Gets the visible maximum. + + The visible maximum. + + + + Provides data for the DateTimeChanged event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The new time. + + + + Gets or sets the new time. + + The new time. + + + + Represents an axis that is used to preview the acutal axis in the Zoombar of the Timeline. + With changing the properties of the PreviewAxis you can specify different visual looking of the PreviewAxis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the value that corresponds to the pixel position. + + The pixel position. + + + + + Gets the window based value that corresponds to the pixel position. + + The pixel position. + + + + + Gets the pixel position that corresponds to the value. + + The value position. + + + + + Gets the window based pixel position that corresponds to the value. + + The value position. + + + + + Method overridden to provide a default height and width. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size + to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Sets the data type info. + + The axis label. + + + + Gets or sets the actual unit. + + The actual unit. + + + + Represents an event entry that works with DateTime/TimeSpan values. + + + + + Represents an event entry. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + TitleStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + DetailsStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + PointStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + SpanStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Entries the changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the title. + + The title. + + + + Gets or sets the details. + + The details. + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip. + + The tooltip. + + + + Gets or sets the title style. + + The title style. + + + + Gets or sets the details style. + + The details style. + + + + Gets or sets the point style. + + The point style. + + + + Gets or sets the span style. + + The span style. + + + + Gets the series this EventEntry belongs to. + + The series. + + + + Gets or sets the control this element shows in the UI. + + The axis event. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + TimeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + DurationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the time. + + The time. + + + + Gets or sets the duration. + + The duration. + + + + Gets the end time. + + The end time. + + + + Represents an event entry that works with numeric values. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + TimeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + DurationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the time. + + The time. + + + + Gets or sets the duration. + + The duration. + + + + Gets the end time. + + The end time. + + + + Represents a range of values. + + + + + A flag that determines whether the range is empty or not. + + + + + The maximum value in the range. + + + + + The minimum value in the range. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the struct. + + The minimum. + The maximum. + + + + Compare two ranges and return a value indicating whether they are + equal. + + Left-hand side range. + Right-hand side range. + A value indicating whether the ranges are equal. + + + + Compare two ranges and return a value indicating whether they are + not equal. + + Left-hand side range. + Right-hand side range. + A value indicating whether the ranges are not equal. + + + + + Adds a range to the current range. + + A range to add to the current range. + A new range that encompasses the instance range and the + range parameter. + + + + Compares the range to another range. + + A different range. + A value indicating whether the ranges are equal. + + + + Compares the range to an object. + + Another object. + A value indicating whether the other object is a range, + and if so, whether that range is equal to the instance range. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a value is within a range. + + The value. + Whether the value is within the range. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a range is within this range. + + The range. + Whether the range is within this range. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether two ranges intersect. + + The range to compare against this range. + A value indicating whether the ranges intersect. + + + + Computes a hash code value. + + A hash code value. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the range is empty or not. + + + + + Gets the maximum value in the range. + + + + + Gets the minimum value in the range. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is empty. + + true if this instance is empty; otherwise, false. + + + + Represents a series that contains a collection of . + + + + + Series is used as a container for . Has data binding + functionality and default appearance for all entries if appearance is not + specified per entry. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + PositionProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + DataMappingProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + DataSourceProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + InnerVisiblityProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Handles the CollectionChanged event of the Series control. + + The source of the event. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the title. + + The title. + + + + Gets or sets the fill. + + The fill. + + + + Gets or sets the hollow fill. + + The hollow fill. + + + + Gets or sets the stroke. + + The stroke. + + + + Gets or sets the position. + + The position. + + + + Gets or sets the event title style. + + The event title style. + + + + Gets or sets the event details style. + + The event details style. + + + + Gets or sets the event point style. + + The event point style. + + + + Gets or sets the event span style. + + The event span style. + + + + Gets or sets the style to use for the legend items. + + + + + Gets or sets an expression string used to define data binding. + + + To specify binding it is necessary to divide + column and value names using ; character (For example: “Title = myTitleColumn; Time = myTimeColumn”). + The Character = is used to split Property Value name from Column name + (For example: “Time= myTime”). + + + + + Gets or sets a data source used to bind data to this series. + + + An entry is created for every record, and the properties of + the entry will be filled with a value from the specified data source. + The series will be filled with created data points. + The property should be specified. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + EntriesChangedProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the event entries. + + The event entries. + + + + Gets the min time. + + The min time. + + + + Gets the max time. + + The max time. + + + + Represents a series that contains a collection of . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the event entries. + + The event entries. + + + + Gets the min time. + + The min time. + + + + Gets the max time. + + The max time. + + + + Specifies the position. + + + + + Top or left. + + + + + Bottom or right + + + + + Collection class for timeline series. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the range of the data series. + + The range. + + + + Represents the axis thumb control. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Base class for all Event elements. + Provides information about appearance, label formatting and EventEntry properties. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + TimeProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + DurationProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + PointStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + SpanStringFormatProperty property changed handler. + + + + + Gets or sets the time. + + The time. + + + + Gets or sets the duration. + + The duration. + + + + Gets or sets the title. + + The title. + + + + Gets or sets the details. + + The details. + + + + Gets or sets the fill. + + The fill. + + + + Gets or sets the stroke. + + The stroke. + + + + Gets or sets the hollow fill. + + The hollow fill. + + + + Gets or sets the formatted text. + + The formatted text. + + + + Gets or sets the point string format. + + The point string format. + + + + Gets or sets the span string format. + + The span string format. + + + + Gets or sets the event entry that is associated with this control. + + The event entry. + + + + A Control that represents details of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + A Control that represents point which is displayed on the Axis of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Method invoked when the left mouse button is released over this control. + + The MouseEventArgs in context. + + + + A Control that represents span which is displayed on the Axis of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called before the event occurs. + + The data for the event. + + + + Method invoked when the left mouse button is released over this control. + + The MouseEventArgs in context. + + + + A Control that represents title of the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LineStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the line style. + + The line style. + + + + Represents a panel containing event titles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Switches the elements. + + The new titles. + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. Classes can override + this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size to whatever + content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object should + use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Gets or sets the position. + + The position. + + + + Represents a panel containing gridlines. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will + size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Represents an item used the Legend. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the fill. + + The fill. + + + + Gets or sets the stroke. + + The stroke. + + + + Mark keeps appearance, animation and unit properties for + axis gridlines and tick marks. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets a distance between two neighboring gridlines or tickmarks. If value is 0 axis unit value is used. + + + + + Prepresent + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Represents a Control containing Axis, GridAreaPanel and EventTitlesPanels. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Gets or sets the scene grid style. + + The scene grid style. + + + + Stripe keeps appearance, animation and unit properties for + axis stripe. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets a distance between two neighboring gridlines or tickmarks. If value is 0 axis unit value is used. + + + + + Represents a set of axis stripes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Method invoked when a property is changed on this stripe group. + + The DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs in context. + + + + Gets or sets the unit offset. + + + UnitOffset allows to shift the stripes with specific offset. + + The unit offset. + + + + Represents a panel containing stripes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Measure pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Measure pass behavior. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will + size to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + Provides the behavior for the Arrange pass of Silverlight layout. + Classes can override this method to define their own Arrange pass behavior. + + The final area within the parent that this object + should use to arrange itself and its children. + + The actual size used once the element is arranged. + + + + + Represents a control that displays a list of items and has a title. + + + + + Legend area name. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the Legend class. + + + + + Identifies the Title dependency property. + + + + + TitleProperty property changed handler. + + Legend that changed its Title. + Event arguments. + + + + Identifies the TitleStyle dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the LegendItemStyle dependency property. + + + + + Loads template parts when template is applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the title content of the Legend. + + + + + Gets or sets the style applied to the Title property of the Legend. + + + + + Gets or sets the style to use for the legend items. + + + + + Represents the title. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Defines the settings used form the layout algorithm for EventTitles. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + HorizontalOffsetProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + VerticalOffsetProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + EnabledProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal offset between two + neighboring elements in the row based layout algorithm. + + The horizontal offset. + + + + Gets or sets the vertical offset between two + neighboring rows in the row based layout algorithm. + + The vertical offset. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the Timeline should apply the layout algorithm. + + true if the Timeline should apply the layout algorithm; otherwise, false. + + + + Class encapsulating the logic of layouting the EventTitles on the SeriesPane. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The titles panel. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents a tool that is used for dragging the axis thumb. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The timeline. + + + + Determines whether this tool can start. + + The instance containing the event data. + + true if this tool can start; otherwise, false. + + + + + Called when this tool is started and the mouse is moved. + + + + + Called when this tool is started and the left mouse button is up. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + String converter which formats two values according to the current culture. + + + + + Modifies the source data before passing it to the target for display in the UI. + + The source data being passed to the target. + The of data expected by the target dependency property. + An optional parameter to be used in the converter logic. + The culture of the conversion. + + The value to be passed to the target dependency property. + + + + + Modifies the target data before passing it to the source object. This method is called only in bindings. + + The target data being passed to the source. + The of data expected by the source object. + An optional parameter to be used in the converter logic. + The culture of the conversion. + + The value to be passed to the source object. + + + + + The Timeline control class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Static constructor for the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + PreviewAxisProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + SeriesProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + LegendStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + ZoombarStyleProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + EventTitleLayoutSettingsProperty property changed handler. + + The old value. + The new value. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, is invoked whenever application code or internal processes (such as a rebuilding layout pass) call . + + + + + Method overridden to provide a default height and width. + + The available size that this object can give to child objects. + Infinity can be specified as a value to indicate that the object will size + to whatever content is available. + + The size that this object determines it needs during layout, + based on its calculations of child object allotted sizes. + + + + + When implemented in a derived class, returns class-specific implementations for the Silverlight automation infrastructure. + + + The class-specific subclass to return. + + + + + Gets the entries. + + The time. + + + + + Gets the entries. + + The time. + + + + + Gets the closest entry. + + The time. + + + + + Gets the closest entry. + + The time. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Gets or sets the axis. + + The axis. + + + + Gets or sets the preview axis. + + The preview axis. + + + + Gets or sets the series. + + The series. + + + + Gets or sets the title. + + The title. + + + + Gets or sets the title style. + + The title style. + + + + Gets or sets the legend style. + + The legend style. + + + + Gets or sets the legend title. + + The legend title. + + + + Gets or sets the zoombar style. + + The zoombar style. + + + + Gets or sets the scene style. + + The scene style. + + + + Gets or sets the message control style. + + The message control style. + + + + Gets or sets the event title top style. + + The event title top style. + + + + Gets or sets the event title bottom style. + + The event title bottom style. + + + + Gets or sets the event span top style. + + The event span top style. + + + + Gets or sets the event span bottom style. + + The event span bottom style. + + + + Gets or sets the event details bottom style. + + The event details bottom style. + + + + Gets or sets the event details top style. + + The event details top style. + + + + Gets or sets the event point style. + + The event point style. + + + + Gets or sets the event title layout settings. + + The event title layout settings. + + + + Gets the zoombar of this Timeline. + + + Use this property after this Timeline is initialized. + + The zoombar. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll index 0a78cd63794..7d74be8cf81 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataManager.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataManager.v14.2.dll index fb62af3827e..61b71ea479b 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataManager.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataManager.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.CalculationAdapter.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.CalculationAdapter.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d8af20eb8e Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.CalculationAdapter.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.CalculationAdapter.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.CalculationAdapter.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..01433e679b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.CalculationAdapter.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,952 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.CalculationAdapter.v14.2 + + + + + Base class for all the UltraWinGrid reference implementations. + + + + + Constructor. + + Data presenter root reference. + Element name. + Reference context. + + + + Notifies the calc manager of the change in this reference' value. + + + + + Returns true if this reference contains inReference + + The contained candidate. + true if inReference is contained by this reference. + + + + Returns true if inReference is a proper subset of this reference + + The subset candidate. + true if inReference is contained by this reference. + + + + UltraCalcEngine has a requirement that two separate instances of ICalculationReference can't have + the same absolute name and not share the recalc flags or that two instances of + ICalculationReference have different absolute names but share the recalc flags. What this + means that since a NestedFieldReference with the context of the root rows collection has the + same absolute name as the associated FieldReference, we have to make sure to return the + ColumnRefernece instead of the NestedFieldReference in such cases where the nested column + reference absolute name happens to be the same as the associated column reference' absolute + name. This would occur like I said before when the NestedFieldReference has the root rows + collection context. We may have to also modify the NestedReference classes to delgate the recalc + flags to the associated non-nested references however as long as this fix works out we won't + have to do it. The reason why this is preferrable is that tokens in the formula should really be + getting the column and summarysettings references and not the nested ones when they are + reconnected. + + + + + + + Gets the reference for the specified reference name. The reference name can be absolute or relative. + + + + + + + Create a range reference relative to this reference. + + The start of the range, inclusive. + The end of the range, inclusive. + + + + + Determines whether the given reference is a sibling of this reference + + The reference to compare against this one + True if the reference is a sibling of the given reference + + + + Parsed references on rows, cells, rows collections and nested column references + have to be recreated whenever their absolute names change due to a row getting + inserted, deleted, the rows collection getting sorted or resynced. For example, + When the first row is deleted from a rows collection then the next row's absolute + name changes from //ultraGrid1/Customers(1) to //ultraGrid1/Customers(0). However + the parsed reference as returned by RefBase.ParsedReference property is still + based on the old absolute name. So we need to recreate the parsed reference. + + + + + Gets or Sets the parsed representation of this reference. This returns the absolute reference name. Use + RelativeReference to get the parsed representation of the string used to create this reference if this + reference is UnAnchored. + + + + + Returns the context of a field layout if any. Cell, record, column, field layout references etc... all + have the context of a field layout. + + + + + Returns the context of a field if any. Cell and field references etc... all + have the context of a field. + + + + + Gets the calc manager. + + + + + Returns the object associated with this references. Returns field for the field reference and cell for the cell reference etc... + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a grid control. + + + + + Sets IsValid to false. + + + + + Indicates if the reference is valid. + + + + + A class to represent range references. + + + + + For each reference tuple in this reference that has a relative index, mark the + corresponding tuple in inReference. + + The Reference to be marked. + + + + Return true from HasRelativeIndex since this tells the calc-engine to mark the formula + refernece holding this range reference as a token. Marking mechanism is used to dirty + the whole column when a dependant cell gets modified so the whole column gets recalculated + instead of just the corresponding cell. + + + + + From and to are inclusive. + + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a grid band. + + + + + Constructor. + + Data presenter root reference. + Field-layout object. + Parent field-layout reference if the field-layout has a parent field-layout. + + + + Creates the group-by level summary formulas whenever the group-by hierarchy changes. + + + + + Gets the summary reference for a particular group level associated with the passed in summary value. + + + + + + + Gets the summary reference for a particular group level associated with the passed in group-by column. + + + + + + + + Called when the field-layout's Fields collection is changed. + + + + + Called when field-layouts group-by fields change. + + + + + Called when the field-layout's Fields collection is changed. + + + + + Returns the associated field-layout. + + + + + Gets the parent field-layout reference if any. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the formula editor should include default indexes after this reference's address when + enumerable references are used where a single value is expected. + + + + + Constructor. + + Reference of the field-layout to which the clientObject belongs. + Field or SummaryDefinition. + + + + Registers the reference and any formula with the calc manager if dirty. + + + + + + Re-verifies the Name based on ReferenceId and control's Name settings. + + + + + Called when the Formula is changed on the named reference or the control. It will re-compile and + associate the new formula with the reference while deleting the old formula from the calc engine. + + + + + Removes the calc reference from the calc manager along with its formula if any. + + + + + Base class for references that have formula like field or summary references. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Makes sure that this reference is using the specified formula string as + its formula. If not it will delete the old formula and compile and add + the new formula. + + + + + + Removes the old formula from the calc network and adds the new formula to + the calc network. + + + + + + A helper method that parses out relative column(*) or summary() names, optionally preceded + by series of "../" relative parent specifiers. This is to support [../../Summary()] + and [../../column1(*)] types of references to allow for being able to refer to the parent + group's summary or cells. For example, in a group-by situation where customer rows are + grouped by State and City columns. Let's say you have a summary with formula + Total() = sum([column1]). A column formula of [Total()] refers to the total of the current + city. A column formula of [../../Total()] referes to the total of the current state. Notice + how we are using two sets of double dots; this is because one set has no meaning (as + was decided by the Melville team). In other words [Total()] and [../Total()] refer + to the same summary and this is consistant with how [column1] and [../column1] refer + to the same column in a column formula. The same logic as summaries applies to column(*) + references too. Examples of anologous column references are [column1(*)], [../../column1(*)]. + [column1(*)] reference resolves to all the column1 cells in the current group + of rows, current City in our example. [../../column1(*)] resolves to all the cells + in the current State, which is the parent group-by column. + + + + + + + Gets the reference for the specified reference name. The reference name can be absolute or relative. + + + + + + + Returns true if the reference has a formula and the formula has a syntax error. + + + + + Returns the syntax error string if there is a syntax error otherwise returns null. + + + + + Indicates if the reference has a formula. This property returns true even if + the formula has a syntax error. + + + + + Base class for reference objects that are targets of formula evaluation like cell reference and summary value reference. + + + + + Returns the associated FormulaRefBase instance. + + + + + Returns the result of formula evaluation. If this summary doesn't have a formula + associated with it, returns null. + + + + + Returns true if the associated formula has a syntax error. + + + + + Returns the syntax error string if there is a syntax error otherwise returns null. + + + + + Indicates if this reference has a formula. + + + + + Returns true if the formula needs to be recalculated. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a field. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Base class for nested references. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated record collection that defines the scope of this nested reference. + + + + + Returns true if the recalc deferred is on for this enumerable reference. + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a nested field-layout. + + + + + Returns the associated field-layout. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a column within a particular rows collection. + This enumerable references enumerates all the cells associated with the column that + either belongs to the associated rows collection or descendants rows of the associated + rows collection. Note: the column can be from the same band as the rows collection or + from a descendant band. For example, //ultraGrid1/Customers(0)/Orders/OrderDetails/Total + reference would be a nested column reference with rows collection of the child rows + collection of Customers(0) and the column of Total column of OrderDetails band. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated column. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a summary definition with + context of a record collection. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated summary reference object. + + + + + Returns the associated summary object. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a rows collection. + + + + + Helper method. + + Reference to resolve. + Reference type. + Optional record context. + + + + + Returns the associated record collection. + + + + + Returns the associated field-layout. + + + + + Returns the context of a field-layout if any. Cell, record, field, field-layout references etc... all + have the context of a field-layout. + + + + + If the associated record collection is a group-by record collection then returns the + reference name of the associated group-by field otherwise returns null. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the formula editor should include default indexes after this reference's address when + enumerable references are used where a single value is expected. + + + + + Returns the current lowest level rows collection being traversed. + + + + + Constructor. + + + The field whose cells to iterate. + Provides scope information. + + + + Reference implementation that represents a summary definition. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated summary object. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read only. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated summary result. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Base class for RecordReference and GroupByRecordReference. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Finds cell, column, or child records etc... based on the scope. + + Name to find. + Can be Any, All, Index and RelativeIndex. + The value based on the scope type + + + + Returns true if this reference contains inReference + + The contained candidate. + true if inReference is contained by this reference. + + + + A helper method for resolving cell and summary references. + + Reference being resolved. + Indicates whether the reference being resolved is the lvalue of the formula or an rvalue of the formula. + Optional cell context. + + + + + Returns the associated record. + + + + + Returns the context of a field-layout if any. Cell, record, field, field-layout references etc... all + have the context of a field-layout. + + + + + Returns false since record doesn't represent a data reference. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + Reference implementation that represents an DataRecord. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Finds cell, column, or child records etc... based on the scope. + + Name to find. + Can be Any, All, Index and RelativeIndex. + The value based on the scope type + + + + Gets the associated DataRecord. + + + + + Reference implementation that represents a GroupByRecord. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Finds cell, column, or child records etc... based on the scope. + + Name to find. + Can be Any, All, Index and RelativeIndex. + The value based on the scope type + + + + Returns the associated group-by record. + + + + + Represents a group level in a group-by situation. This will be used as a parent of + GroupLevelSummaryDefinitionReference instances. This class will return the name of + the associated group-by column as its element name. This class is only used for + summaries. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated group-by field. + + + + + Represents a summary settings reference at a particular group-by level. We needed + to do this because when a cell got dirtied, all the summary values across all the + group-by levels need to be dirtied. The root summary settings object (one that + would be associated with the overall summary is always represented by + SummaryDefinitionReference. GroupLevelSummaryDefinitionReference only represents + summaries at lower levels. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Returns the associated GroupLevelReference reference. + + + + + Returns the associated group-by field. + + + + + True indicates that the reference was disposed. Read Only. + + + + + A helper class. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Adds the specified formula to the specified calc manager. If the formula has syntax error + then it does not add it. + + + + + + + + Returns the group-by field after the passed in group-by field. If null is passed in for groupByField then + returns the first group-by field in the specified field-layout. + + + + + + + Gets the parent record of the record. If the parent record is expandable field record, then + returns that records parent. Effectively this method skips expandable field record. + + + + + + + Gets the parent record of the record. If the parent record is expandable field record, then + returns that records parent. Effectively this method skips expandable field record. + + + + + + + Returns true if the 'testFieldLayout' is a descendant field-layout of 'ancestorFieldLayout'. + + + + + + + + Indicates if the records are group-by records. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified object is an instance of the specified + type or a type that's derived from specified type. It also checks for + interfaces. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the objectType is the same as the type or is + a type derived from the type. It also checks for interfaces. + + + + + + + + Removes the specified formula from the specified calc manager. If the formula has + syntax error then it takes no action as a formula with syntax error should never have + been added to the calc network in the first place. + + + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Class that exposes objects to a 's network. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Discards the current root reference and creates new root reference based on 'verify' parameter. + + Whether to call Verify method to create new root reference. + If 'verify' parameter is true, this parameter indicates whether to asynchronously verify. + + + + Event handler for CollectionChanged of the data presenter's field layouts collection. + + + + + + + Returns the associated DataPresenter (read-only) + + + Note: this is initialized by setting the 's property to this object. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the root reference Id for any calculation references exposed by the for use in the associated 's network. + + + + + + + Gets the associated calculation manager instance if any. + + + + + Gets the records that are visible on screen. This is used to support recalc deferred mode where + we only calculate visible records. + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.ExcelExporter.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.ExcelExporter.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..65edece45c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.ExcelExporter.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.ExcelExporter.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.ExcelExporter.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..84e1804b0f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.ExcelExporter.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1910 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.ExcelExporter.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + An enumeration specifying the amount of empty rows used as padding around a set of child rows. + + + + + Specifies that no empty rows will be placed around a group of child records. + + + + + A single empty row will be placed above and below a child record collection. + + + + + An enumeration specifying different behaviors if excel file limit (maximum column number, maximum row number etc.) is reached during the export. + + + + + Throw exception if excel file limit is reached. + + + + + Truncate extra data if excel file limit is reached. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + ExcelExportEventArgs is a base class for non-cancelable event argument classes. + + + + + Zero-based index of current exporting column in excel worksheet. + + + + + Current outline level used for grouping. + + + + + Zero-based index of current exporting row in excel worksheet. + + + + + Current exporting worksheet. + + + + + Exporting workbook. + + + + + Returns a clone of the DataPresenter that is about to be exported. + + +

Note: The data presenter has been intialized from the original + source, but the DataSource property has not been copied. Attempting to set the DatSource + manually will result in an exception.

+
+
+ + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the field containing the cell. + + + + + Returns the record containing the cell. + + + + + Returns the exported value of the cell. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + ExcelExportCancelEventArgs is a base class for cancelable event argument classes. + + + + + Exporting workbook. + + + + + Zero-based index of current exporting column in excel worksheet.. + + + + + Zero-based index of current exporting row in excel worksheet. + + + + + Current outline level used for grouping. + + + + + Current exporting worksheet. + + + + + Gets or sets the settings that should be applied to exported label. Settings specified on + individual labels take precedence. + + + + + Returns the field containing the cell. + + + + + Returns the record containing the cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the cell being exported. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + True if exporting process was been canceled. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns a clone of the DataPresenter that is about to be exported. + + +

Note: The data presenter has been intialized from the original + source, but the DataSource property has not been copied. Attempting to set the DatSource + manually will result in an exception.

+
+
+ + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns an object that provides information about action that canceled the export. + + + + + True if exporting process was been canceled. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns an object that provides information about action that canceled the export. + + + + + True if exporting process was canceled. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the layout associated with the header being exported. + + + + + Returns the first record associated with the header. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the layout associated with the header being exported. + + + + + Returns the first record associated with the header. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the field associated with the header cell. + + + + + Returns the label value of the header cell. + + + + + Returns the first record associated with the headers. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the field associated with the header cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the label value of the header cell. + + + + + Returns the first record associated with the headers. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the record that is going to be exported. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip the descendants of the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip sibling records of the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to terminate the export process. The current record will + not be processed. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the record being exported. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the record that is being exported. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the summary being exported. + + + + + Returns the 0-based index of the current summary record. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the summary being exported. + + + + + Returns the 0-based index of the current summary record. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Gets the record associated with the summaries (read-only) + + + Note: This will return either a GroupByRecord or a SummaryRecord. + + + + + + + Returns the collection of summary values that are being exported. + + + + + Returns the 0-based index of the current summary record. + + + + + The description of the summaries that will be displayed on the row above the summaries + + + Note: setting this property to null or an empty string will prevent the title row from being exported. + + + + + + Gets or sets the settings that should be applied to the summary description. + + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Gets the record associated with the summaries (read-only) + + + Note: This will return either a GroupByRecord or a SummaryRecord. + + + + + + + Returns the collection of summary values that are being exported. + + + + + Returns the 0-based index of the current summary record. + + + + + A class defining a set of options that control various aspects of the + Excel exporting process. + + + + + Gets or sets the amount of empty rows used as padding around a set of child records. Defaults to a single row. + + + + + Specifies behavior during the exporting process. Use this if you want exporter to behave + differently when it reaches one of excel file limits. + + + + + Determines if each record's IsExpanded state is honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over each 's state from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+
+ + + Determines if the FieldLayoutSettings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the FieldSettings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines if the groupby settings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the groupby settings from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if record filter criteria of the DataPresenter is honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over the record filter criteria from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if each record's Visibility setting of the DataPresenter is honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over each 's property setting + from the being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the sorted fields of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the from the associated + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the summary settings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the summary settings of the associated + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + A class that provides a set of default appearances and settings used when exporting a . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a copy of the object. + + A copy of the current object. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the borders around the cells of a field. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of all of the borders. Individual border settings take precedence. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is default (Color.Empty), + it will be resolved to Color.Black. +

+
+ The bottom border style. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the bottom border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The bottom border color. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the bottom border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is default (Color.Empty), + it will be resolved to Color.Black. +

+
+ The bottom border style. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the fill pattern in the cell. + + +

+ If fill pattern is set to Solid, the cell is filled using just the . For all other patterns, + both FillPatternForegroundColor and are used. +

+
+ The fill pattern in the cell. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the background color of a field. + + + If the background color is set to a non-default value and the + is set to Default, the resolved fill pattern style is Gray50percent. + + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the cells in a field. + + + If the foreground color is set to a non-default value and the + is set to Default, the resolved fill pattern style is Solid. There, a solid cell + color can easily be applied by setting only the FillPatternForegroundColor. + + + + + Gets or sets the color of the font. + + + + + Gets or sets the font family of the object being exported. + + + + + Gets or sets the size of the font for the object being exported, in device-independent units. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is struck out. + + + + + Gets or sets the style of the font for the object being exported. + + + + + Gets or sets the underline style of the font. + + + + + Gets or sets the underline style of the font. + + + + + Gets or sets the weight of the font for the object being exported. + + +

+ Note: Since Excel does not have full support for all of the various options of + font weights, the values will be converted to the closest match that Excel supports. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the Excel-style number format string. + + +

For more information on excel format strings, consult Microsoft Excel help.

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + The horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the indent in units of average character widths. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid indent level range of 0 and 15. + + The indent in units of average character widths. + + + + Gets or sets the left border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The left border color. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the left border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is default (Color.Empty), + it will be resolved to Color.Black. +

+
+ The left border style. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + + +

The Locked valid is used in Excel file only if the associated or + is protected. Otherwise the value is ignored. +

+
+ The valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the right border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The right border color. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the right border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is default (Color.Empty), + it will be resolved to Color.Black. +

+
+ The right border style. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the rotation of the cell content in degrees. + + +

+ Cell text rotation, in degrees; 0 – 90 is up 0 – 90 degrees, 91 – 180 is down 1 – 90 degrees, and 255 is vertical. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. + + +

+ If True, the size of the cell font will shrink so all data fits within the cell. +

+
+ The value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. +
+ + + Gets or sets the top border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The top border color. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the top border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is default (Color.Empty), + it will be resolved to Color.Black. +

+
+ The top border style. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + The vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. + + +

+ If True, and the row associated with the cell has a default , the row's + height will automatically be increased to fit wrapped content. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. +
+ + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Exposes the instances used in the assembly. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + A class providing Excel exporting functionality for -derived controls. + + + + + Instantiates a new DataPresenterExcelExporter. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the ExcelCellFormatSettings property, used to control the various export-related settings for cells. + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ExcelCellFormatSettings' attached property that is used to control the various export-related settings. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ExcelCellFormatSettings' attached property. + + + + + + + Identifies the ExcelGroupFormatSettings property, used to control the various export-related settings for GroupByRecords. + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ExcelGroupFormatSettings' attached property that is used to control the various export-related settings. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ExcelGroupFormatSettings' attached property. + + + + + + + Identifies the ExcelLabelFormatSettings property, used to control the various export-related settings for labels. + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ExcelLabelFormatSettings' attached property that is used to control the various export-related settings. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ExcelLabelFormatSettings' attached property. + + + + + + + Identifies the ExcelSummaryCellFormatSettings property, used to control the various export-related settings for cells. + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ExcelSummaryCellFormatSettings' attached property that is used to control the various export-related settings. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ExcelSummaryCellFormatSettings' attached property. + + + + + + + Identifies the ExcelLabelFormatSettings property, used to control the various export-related settings for labels. + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ExcelSummaryLabelFormatSettings' attached property that is used to control the various export-related settings. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ExcelSummaryLabelFormatSettings' attached property. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called before grid export starts. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Called after grid cell is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the cell that was exported. + + + + Called before grid cell is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the cell being exported. + + + + Called after grid export is finished. + + An object containing information about the final status of the export process. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + An object contained information about the final status of the export process. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + An object containing information about the final status of the export process. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Called after header row is exported to excel. + + An that contains the event data. + + + + Called before header row is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the header row. + + + + Called after header cell is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the header cell this was exported. + + + + Called before header cell is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the header cell being exported. + + + + Called when a record is initialized. + + An object containing various options for controlling, or excluding, a record. + + + + Called after a record is exported to Excel. + + An object providing information about the record. + + + + Called before a record is exported to Excel. + + An object providing information about the record, or allowing the export to be cancelled. + + + + Called after summary row is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the summary record that was exported. + + + + Called before summary record is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the summary record being exported. + + + + Called after summary cell is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the summary cell that was exported. + + + + Called before summary cell is exported to excel. + + An object containing information about the summary cell being exported. + + + + Cancels any asynchronous export operations for the specified that were initiated by this instance. + + +

An export operation may be cancelled by handling the event and setting the + to true. However, for an asynchronous export the operation may be + pending while another asynchronous operation is pending or the export may still be preparing the source control. For those + situations this method may be used to cancel the operation.

+
+ The datapresenter whose asynchronous export is to be cancelled +
+ + + Exports the passed in data presenter to specified file. + + The data presenter to export. + Name and path of resulting Excel file. + Specifies the format for the new workbook (Excel2007 or Excel97To2003) . + Created . + + + + Exports the passed in data presenter to specified file. + + The data presenter to export. + Name and path of resulting Excel file. + Specifies the format for the new workbook (Excel2007 or Excel97To2003) . + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + Created . + + + + Creates a new workbook with empty + and exports the passed in data presenter to it. + + The data presenter to export. + Specifies the format for the new workbook (Excel2007 or Excel97To2003) . + Created . + + + + Creates a new workbook with empty + and exports the passed in data presenter to it. + + The data presenter to export. + Specifies the format for the new workbook (Excel2007 or Excel97To2003) . + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + Created . + + + + Exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet. If there are no worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Destination . + + + + Exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet. If there are no worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + Destination . + + + + Exports the passed in data presenter to the specified worksheet. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Parent workbook of passed in worksheet. + + + + Exports the passed in data presenter to the specified worksheet. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + Parent workbook of passed in worksheet. + + + + Exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet starting at the specified row and column. If there are no + worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. It returns the passed + in workbook. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + Destination . + + + + Exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet starting at the specified row and column. If there are no + worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. It returns the passed + in workbook. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + Destination . + + + + Exports the passed in XamDataGrid to the specified worksheet starting at + the specified row and column. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + Parent workbook of passed in worksheet. + + + + Exports the passed in XamDataGrid to the specified worksheet starting at + the specified row and column. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + Parent workbook of passed in worksheet. + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to specified file. + + The data presenter to export. + Name and path of resulting Excel file. + Specifies the format for the new workbook (Excel2007 or Excel97To2003) . + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to specified file. + + The data presenter to export. + Name and path of resulting Excel file. + Specifies the format for the new workbook (Excel2007 or Excel97To2003) . + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet. If there are no worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet. If there are no worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to the specified worksheet. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to the specified worksheet. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet starting at the specified row and column. If there are no + worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. It returns the passed + in workbook. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in data presenter to the specified workbook in the active + worksheet starting at the specified row and column. If there are no + worksheets in workbook, new worksheet is created. It returns the passed + in workbook. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in XamDataGrid to the specified worksheet starting at + the specified row and column. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + + + + Asynchronously exports the passed in XamDataGrid to the specified worksheet starting at + the specified row and column. + + The data presenter to export. + Destination . + Start row for exported data (zero based). + Start column for exported data (zero based). + A set of options controlling the output of the exporting process. + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time that should be spent processing the export each time the elapses. + + The TimeSpan must be greater than 0. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time to wait after performing an asynchronous export for the amount of time specified by the . + + The TimeSpan must be greater than 0. + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the exporter is in the process of an export operation. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether a control containing the export status is displayed to the end user while an asynchronous export is in progress. + + + + + + + + Occurs at the beginning of the export process. The data presenter has been initialized but the data source has not yet been set. + + +

The DataPresenter argument returns a reference to the cloned object that is about to be exported.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired before all other events. You can use it to do any preprocessing before exporting process starts, such as writing a custom header to the Excel workbook.

+

Note: The BeginExport event has been deprecated. The event should be used instead.

+
+
+ + + Occurs when a record is initialized. + + +

The Record argument returns a reference to the record that is being exported.

+

The SkipRecord argument specifies whether to skip the current record. This argument doesn't affect exporting of descendant records.

+

The SkipDescendants argument specifies whether to skip the descendats of the current record.

+

The SkipSiblings argument specifies whether to skip sibling rows of the current record.

+

The TerminateExport argument specifies whether to terminate the export process. The current record will not be processed.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired for every record that is being exported, and before and are fired. Use this event to set record-specific properties and to control the exporting process.

+
+
+ + + Occurs before a record is exported to Excel. + + +

The Record argument returns a reference to record being exported.

+

Additionaly this event has Cancel, Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired before the Excel row is processed. Use Cancel argument to cancel row exporting. If the records span multiple rows, this event is fired only for the first row.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after a record is exported to Excel. + + +

The Record argument returns a reference to the record being exported.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired after the Excel row is processed. Use it to apply any additional formatting to Excel row. If the records span multiple rows, this event is fired only for the last row..

+
+
+ + + Occurs before a summary row is exported to Excel. + + +

The Summaries argument returns a reference to summary values.

+

The SummaryLevel argument returns a current summary level.

+

Additionaly this event has Cancel, Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired before Excel row with summary values for specific level is processed. Use the Cancel argument to cancel row exporting. If summaries span multiple Excel rows, this event is fired only for first row of summaries.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after summary record is exported to Excel. + + +

The Summaries argument returns a reference to summary values.

+

The SummaryLevel argument returns a current summary level.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired after Excel row with summary values for specific level is processed. Use it to apply any additional formatting to Excel row. If summaries span multiple Excel rows, this event is fired only for last row of summaries.

+
+
+ + + Occurs before header area is exported to Excel. + + +

The FieldLayout argument returns a reference the layout object associated with the headers.

+

The Record argument returns a reference to the first record associated with the headers.

+

Additionaly this event has Cancel, Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired before Excel row with header values is processed. Use Cancel argument to cancel row exporting. If headers span multiple Excel rows, this event is fired only for first header row.

+

This event is not fired when the labels are displayed with the cells instead of in a separate header area.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after header area is exported to Excel. + + +

The FieldLayout argument returns a reference the layout object associated with the headers.

+

The Record argument returns a reference to the first record associated with the headers.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired after Excel row with header values is processed. Use it to apply any additional formatting to Excel row. If headers span multiple Excel rows, this event is fired only for last header row.

+

This event is not fired when the labels are displayed with the cells instead of in a separate header area.

+
+
+ + + Occurs before a cell is exported to Excel. + + +

The Field argument returns a reference to the associated field.

+

The Record argument returns a reference to the record containing the cell.

+

The Value argument returns the value of the cell.

+

Additionaly this event has Cancel, Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

Use the Cancel argument to cancel cell exporting.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after a cell is exported to Excel. + + +

The Field argument returns a reference to the associated field.

+

The Record argument returns a reference to the record containing the cell.

+

The Value argument returns the value of the cell.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

Use this event to apply any additional formatting to Excel cell after the cell has been exported.

+
+
+ + + Occurs before a header label is exported to Excel. + + +

The Field argument returns a reference to the associated field.

+

The Label argument allows control over what value should be shown in the header cell.

+

The Record argument returns a reference to the first record associated with the headers.

+

Additionaly this event has Cancel, Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

Use the Cancel argument to cancel the exporting of this cell.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after a header label is exported to Excel. + + +

The Field argument returns a reference to the associated field.

+

The Label argument retuns the value that has been exported to the header cell.

+

The Record argument returns a reference to the first record associated with the headers.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

Use this event to apply any additional formatting to Excel cell.

+
+
+ + + Occurs before a summary cell is exported to Excel. + + +

The Summaries argument returns a reference to summary values.

+

The SummaryLevel argument returns a current summary level.

+

Additionaly this event has Cancel, Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

Use the Cancel argument to cancel the exporting of the summary cell.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after a summary cell is exported to Excel. + + +

The Summary argument returns a reference to a summary value.

+

The SummaryLevel argument returns current summary level.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

Use this event to apply any additional formatting to a summary cell.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after the exporting process is finished. + + +

The Canceled argument is true if exporting process was been canceled.

+

This event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired after exporting process is finished.

+

Note: The EndExport event has been deprecated. The or event should be used instead. The direct replacement + for this event is the ExportEnding but if you used an overload of Export that saved to a file then you should use the to show the file since the + file will not be saved until after the ExportEnding has been raised.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after the export process has started. The data presenter has been initialized but the data source has not yet been set. + + +

The DataPresenter argument returns a reference to the cloned object that is about to be exported.

+

Additionaly this event has Workbook, CurrentWorksheet, CurrentRowIndex, CurrentColumnIndex, CurrentOutlineLevel arguments inherited from .

+

This event is fired before all other events. You can use it to do any preprocessing before exporting process starts, such as writing a custom header to the Excel workbook.

+
+
+ + + Invoked after the export process is complete but before the contents are saved to a file. + + +

The ExportEnding event is invoked when the export process has completed to give the developer + one final opportunity to manipulate the Workbook being generated. This is particularly important when using an + overload of the Export method that takes a filename as the file will be saved after the ExportEnding is complete + but before the so any changes to the Workbook in the ExportEnded will not be reflected in the saved + file. Also, since the file will not have been created until after the ExportEnding, if you wanted to copy the + file to another location or display the file to the end user, the ExportEnded event should be used to do that.

+
+
+ + + Occurs after the export process has completed. + + +

The ExportEnded event is raised after the export process has been completed. If an overload of + the Export method that accepts a filename was used, then the file would be available at this point since the file + is saved after the event has been completed but before the ExportEnded. Therefore any + manipulations of the Workbook should be done in the event or else those changes will + not be reflected in the saved file.

+
+
+
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.WordWriter.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.WordWriter.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bde85240fdc Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.WordWriter.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.WordWriter.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.WordWriter.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3b878b1732d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.WordWriter.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1721 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.WordWriter.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Provides functionality for exporting derived controls to Microsoft Word. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + CellSettingsForDataRecord Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the format settings applied to Word Table Cell that represents a given field. + + +

All the word cells that are associated with a given will use these settings. To affect all + DataRecords through out the control you can set this property on the . To affect all the + DataRecords for a given , you can set this property on the . To + affect cells for a specific , you can set this property on the of that Field. +

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + Sets the format settings applied to a when exported to word. + + +

All the word cells that are associated with a given will use these settings. To affect all + DataRecords through out the control you can set this property on the . To affect all the + DataRecords for a given , you can set this property on the . To + affect cells for a specific , you can set this property on the of that Field. +

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + CellSettingsForExpandableFieldRecord Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the format settings applied to Word Table Cell that represents an header. + + +

All the word cells that are associated with a given will use these settings. To affect all + ExpandableFieldRecords through out the control you can set this property on the . To affect all the + ExpandableFieldRecords for a given parent (i.e. for all expandable field record headers that are children of a given field + layout), you can set this property on the . To affect cells for a specific , + you can set this property on the of that Field.

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + Sets the format settings applied to a when exported to word. + + +

All the word cells that are associated with a given will use these settings. To affect all + ExpandableFieldRecords through out the control you can set this property on the . To affect all the + ExpandableFieldRecords for a given parent (i.e. for all expandable field record headers that are children of a given field + layout), you can set this property on the . To affect cells for a specific , + you can set this property on the of that Field.

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + CellSettingsForGroupByRecord Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the format settings applied to Word Table Cells that represents a . + + +

All the word cells that are associated with a given GroupByRecord will use these settings including summaries within + the GroupByRecord. To affect all GroupByRecords through out the control you can set this property on the . To affect all the + GroupByRecords for a given , you can set this property on the . To + affect GroupByRecords grouped for a specific , you can set this property on the + of that Field. +

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + Sets the format settings applied to Word Table Cells that represents a . + + +

All the word cells that are associated with a given GroupByRecord will use these settings including summaries within + the GroupByRecord. To affect all GroupByRecords through out the control you can set this property on the . To affect all the + GroupByRecords for a given , you can set this property on the . To + affect GroupByRecords grouped for a specific , you can set this property on the . +

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + CellSettingsForLabel Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the format settings applied to a when exported to word. + + +

All the word cells within a header record and all the labels within a record when the + is InCells will use these settings. To affect all labels through out the control you can set this property on the . + To affect all the labels for a given , you can set this property on the . To + affect labels for a specific , you can set this property on the of that Field. +

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + Sets the format settings applied to a when exported to word. + + +

All the word cells within a header record and all the labels within a record when the + is InCells will use these settings. To affect all labels through out the control you can set this property on the . + To affect all the labels for a given , you can set this property on the . To + affect labels for a specific , you can set this property on the of that Field. +

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + CellSettingsForSummaryRecord Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the format settings applied to Word Table Cells that represents a . + + +

All the word cells that are associated with a given SummaryRecord will use these settings. To affect all + SummaryRecords through out the control you can set this property on the . To affect all the + SummaryRecords for a given , you can set this property on the . To + affect SummaryRecords positioned for a specific , you can set this property on + the of that Field. +

+

Note: This only affects the appearance of SummaryRecord objects and not the + summaries that are displayed within a group by record even when the summaries are aligned to the cells.

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the Field's settings then the + FieldLayout's FieldSettings and lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldSettings.

+
+
+ + + Sets the format settings applied to Word Table Cells that represents a . + + +

Note: This only affects the appearance of SummaryRecord objects and not the + summaries that are displayed within a group by record even when the summaries are aligned to the cells.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IgnoreField Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Gets the IgnoreField property. This dependency property indicates whether the specified field should be collapsed/excluded from an export to Word using the DataPresenterWordWriter. + + + By default all fields that are displayed within the being exported are included in the + output. Setting this property to false for a given will cause the export to set the to + collapsed when the field is exported. In addition, any summaries, sorted fields and filter references are removed from the containing + . + + + + + Sets the IgnoreField property. This dependency property indicates whether the specified field should be collapsed/exclude from an export to Word using the DataPresenterWordWriter. + + + By default all fields that are displayed within the being exported are included in the + output. Setting this property to false for a given will cause the export to set the to + collapsed when the field is exported. In addition, any summaries, sorted fields and filter references are removed from the containing + . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + TableSettingsForFieldLayout Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the format settings applied to a when exported to word. + + +

This property provides the settings applied to a Table created in the word export for a given .

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the FieldLayout's Settings and + lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldLayoutSettings.

+
+
+ + + Sets the format settings applied to a when exported to word. + + +

This property provides the settings applied to a Table created in the word export for a given .

+

Note: The settings for these properties will be merged together giving precedence to the FieldLayout's Settings and + lastly by the DataPresenter's FieldLayoutSettings.

+
+
+ + + Cancels any asynchronous export operations for the specified that were initiated by this instance. + + +

An export operation may be canceled by handling the event and setting the + to true. However, for an asynchronous export the operation may be + pending while another asynchronous operation is pending or the export may still be preparing the source control. For those + situations this method may be used to cancel the operation.

+
+ The datapresenter whose asynchronous export is to be canceled +
+ + + Exports the specified DataPresenter derived control to the specified file. + + The control whose records are to be exported + The file to which the Word document should be written. + The and must be non-null values. + + + + Exports the specified DataPresenter derived control to the specified file. + + The control whose records are to be exported + The stream to which the Word document should be written. + The and must be non-null values. + The CanWrite of the must be true. + + + + Asynchronously exports the specified DataPresenter derived control to the specified file. + + The control whose records are to be exported + The file to which the Word document should be written. + The and must be non-null values. + + + + Asynchronously exports the specified DataPresenter derived control to the specified file. + + The control whose records are to be exported + The stream to which the Word document should be written. + A boolean indicating whether the should be explicitly closed after the event has been raised. + The and must be non-null values. + The CanWrite of the must be true. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Used to invoke the event. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time that should be spent processing the export each time the elapses. + + The TimeSpan must be greater than 0. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of time to wait after performing an asynchronous export for the amount of time specified by the . + + The TimeSpan must be greater than 0. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets an object that is used to initialize the when the exporter creates the writer. + + + + + + + Returns/sets an object that is used to initialize the when the exporter creates the writer. + + + + + + + Returns/sets an object that is used to initialize the when the exporter creates the writer. + + + + + + + Returns/sets an object that is used to initialize the when the exporter creates the writer. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a value indicating whether the expanded state of the source records will be copied to the records being exported. + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether to copy the from the control being exported. + + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether to copy the from the control being exported. + + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether to copy the GroupBy state of the fields from the control being exported. + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether to copy the RecordFilter state of the fields from the control being exported. + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether to copy the Visibility setting of the records from the control being exported. + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether to copy the sorted fields from the control being exported. + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether to copy the summaries of the FieldLayouts from the control being exported. + + + + + + Returns/sets an object that is used to initialize the when the exporter creates the writer. + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the exporter is in the process of an export operation. + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether a control containing the export status is displayed to the end user while an asynchronous export is in progress. + + + + + + + + Occurs at the beginning of the export process. The has been initialized but the has not yet been set. + + +

The ExportControl argument returns a reference to the cloned object that is about to be exported.

+
+
+ + + Occurs when a of a is about to be written to the Word document. + + +

This event provides an opportunity to change the that will + written out for the specified cell.

+
+
+ + + Occurs at the end of the export process. + + +

The ExportEnding event is invoked when the export process has completed to give the developer + an opportunity to manipulate the Writer being used. This is particularly important when using an + overload of the Export method that takes a filename as the file will be saved after the ExportEnding is complete + but before the . Also, since the file will not have been created until after the ExportEnding, + if you wanted to copy the file to another location or display the file to the end user, the ExportEnded event should be used to do that.

+

The property can be used to determine if the export operation was canceled.

+

Note: The of the will be invoked after this event is raised if the DataPresenterWordWriter created the writer.

+
+ +
+ + + Occurs after the export process has completed. + + +

The ExportEnded event is raised after the export process has been completed. If an overload of + the Export method that accepts a filename was used, then the file would be available at this point since the file + is saved after the event has been completed but before the ExportEnded. Therefore any + manipulations of the Writer should be done in the event.

+
+ +
+ + + Occurs when a record is about to be processed. + + +

The exposes properties that can be used to prevent the current record, its + descendants or its siblings from being exported. The property can be + set to true to end the export operation.

+
+
+ + + Occurs when the of a is about to be written to the Word document. + + +

This event provides an opportunity to change the that will + written out for the specified Field label.

+
+
+ + + Occurs when one or more instances are being written to the Word document. + + +

This event provides an opportunity to change the that will + written out based upon the specified . The results are aggregated + together for a given or based upon the resolved SummaryPosition. For + example the event will be raised once for all summaries within a SummaryRecord whose SummaryPosition is set to Left, Center or + Right. It will also be raised for each Field that has summaries positioned based on the Field location.

+

Note: The event is not raised for any position for which there are no summaries.

+
+
+ + + Enumeration used to indicate the type of line spacing in a paragraph. + + + + + Specifies that the spacing between lines in a paragraph is expressed as a multiple of the line height for the paragraph. + + + + + + Specifies that the spacing between lines in a paragraph is at least the specified value. + + + + + + Specifies that the spacing between lines in a paragraph is exactly the specified value. + + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The writer being used for the exporter operation. + The control being exported + The copy of the that is being used for the export operation. + + + + Returns the created for the export operation whose settings were initialized based on the control provided to the method. + + +

Note: The DataPresenter has been intialized from the original + , but the property has not been copied. + Attempting to set the DataSource manually will result in an exception.

+
+
+ + + Returns the passed into the method. + + + + + Returns the writer that will be used to perform the export operation and generate the Word document. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The writer being used for the exporter operation. + The control being exported + The copy of the that is being used for the export operation. + Provides information about the cancellation or is null if the operation completed successfully. + + + + Returns an object that provides information about action that canceled the export. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the export operation was canceled. + + + + + Returns the created for the export operation whose settings were initialized based on the control provided to the method. + + + + + Returns the passed into the method. + + + + + Returns the writer that will be used to perform the export operation and generate the Word document. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The control being exported + Provides information about the cancellation or is null if the operation completed successfully. + + + + Returns an object that provides information about action that canceled the export. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the export operation was canceled. + + + + + Returns the passed into the method. + + + + + Event parameters used for the event. + + + + + Returns the record that is going to be exported. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip the descendants of the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip sibling records of the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to terminate the export process. The current record will + not be processed. + + + + + Base class for an export event involving a value of a record. + + + + + Returns the resolved settings to be applied to the cell. + + + + + Returns the Field associated with the value being exported or null if there is no field associated with the value. + + + + + Returns the associated Record. + + + + + Returns or sets the value that should be written for the cell. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + +

Note: The does not necessarily represent the + . Instead it returns the formatted display text as provided by the ValueEditor associated with + the Field.

+
+
+ + + Returns the cell whose value is being exported. + + + + + Returns the DataRecord whose cell is being exported. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + +

Note: the property returns the + record for which the header is being generated. Depending on setting of the DataPresenter being exported + the header may be separated from the record (e.g. if the ChildRecordsDisplayOrder is BeforeParent.

+
+
+ + + Event arguments for the event + + +

The property returns the record + associated with the summaries and could be either a or a + although it is possible that in future this could return another + type if required.

+

The property represents the + Field with which the summaries are being aligned when the + is set to UseSummaryPositionField and will be null for all other cases.

+
+
+ + + Returns an enumeration indicating the position of the summary. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the results being output. + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Exposes border settings for table cells when exporting to Word + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the color of the borders + + + + + + + Returns or sets the style of the borders + + + + + + + Returns or sets the width of the border in twips. + + + + + + + Base class for an object that exposes format settings for table cells when exporting to Word + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the background color for the object + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of padding between the cell content and its borders. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating how the cell content is arranged vertically. + + + + + + + Exposes settings for the + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Exposes format settings for table cells when exporting to Word + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets settings for the border of the cell. + + +

Note: Since the DataPresenter is comprised of many table cells for the export it is recommended that + border settings only be applied at the table level or in such a way that this affects a relatively few number of cells.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets settings for the Font of the cell contents. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating how the cell content is arranged vertically. + + +

Note: This property affects the alignment of the parapgraph and is provided as an easy way + of initializing the horizontal alignment of the cell's content without setting the + property. If the value of the + is set on any of the when the properties are being resolved then that value will be + taken first even if the HorizontalAlignment was set on the WordCellSettings of a Field's Settings and the Alignment + was set on the ParagraphSettings of a WordCellSettings set on the FieldLayout's FieldSettings for example.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the paragraph settings for the cell contents. + + + + + + Returns or sets the direction of the text flow for the text within the table cell. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the default forecolor. + + + + + Exposes sections settings for the Word export. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the application that created the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the author of the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the category for the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the comments for the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the company for the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the language used to check spelling and grammar when processing text runs which contain complex script characters. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the language used to check spelling and grammar when processing text runs which contain East Asian characters. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the keywords for the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the language used to check spelling and grammar when processing text runs which contain Latin characters. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the manager for the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the status for the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the subject for the document. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the title for the document. + + + + + + + Custom object used to provide font settings for the Word export. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the font is bolded + + + + + + + Returns or sets the FontFamily of the font + + + + + + + Returns or sets the color of the text + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating if the font is italicized. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the size of the font in twips. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the type of underline for the font. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the color of the underline. + + + + + + + Exposes format settings for table cells when exporting to Word + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the horizontal alignment for the paragraph. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of indentation from the left margin for the paragraph. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of vertical spacing that appears between lines of text within the paragraph based on the . + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of vertical spacing that appears between lines of text within the paragraph based on the . + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the paragraph is presented in a right to left direction. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of indentation from the right margin for the paragraph. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of spacing below the paragraph. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of spacing above the paragraph. + + + + + + + + Exposes sections settings for the Word export. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the margins for all pages in the section to which the settings are applied. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the orientation for all the pages in the section to which the settings are applied. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the size of the pages in the section to which the settings are applied. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value which represents a printer specific paper code for the paper type for all pages for the section to which the settings are applied. + + + + + + + Base class that exposes settings for the Word table related settings used by the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the horizontal alignment for the table. + + + + + + + Returns or sets settings for the border of the cell. + + +

Note: Since the DataPresenter is comprised of many table cells for the export it is recommended that + border settings only be applied at the table level or in such a way that this affects a relatively few number of cells.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the amount of indentation from the left margin for the table. + + +

Note: Word does not exclude this value from the size available for the table so that + table may be pushed outside the viewable area if using a Fixed layout.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the amount of space to put around nested child tables. + + + + + + Exposes settings for the + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets default settings for the cells in the table. + + + + + + + Exposes settings for the tables created during an export of a DataPresenterBase to Word. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the amount of padding between the cell content and its borders. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the layout algorithm used to determine the size and cells of the table. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred width of the table in twips. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the preferred width of the table expressed as a percent of the containing element. + + + + + + + Copies the settings of the specified dependency object using the specified method. + + The type of object to merge + The item into which the state should be merged or null to have the item lazily allocated + The items whose properties are being copied + The merged object or null if there were no objects to copy + + + + Creates a row for the free form summaries (i.e. those aligned left/right/center). + + + + + Ends the current table and pops it off the stack and returns it. + + True if the export is being canceled. + The TableInfo that was on top of the stack + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bbe826300b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a97a4997bcd --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + + Category + Certainty + Collapse All + Check Id + Error + error(s) + Expand All + Help + Line + message(s) + [Location not stored in Pdb] + Project + Resolution + Rule + Rule File + Rule Description + Source + Status + Target + Warning + warning(s) + Code Analysis Report + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d5a30c287a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design.xml @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.Design + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..909fc83df9c Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a97a4997bcd --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + + Category + Certainty + Collapse All + Check Id + Error + error(s) + Expand All + Help + Line + message(s) + [Location not stored in Pdb] + Project + Resolution + Rule + Rule File + Rule Description + Source + Status + Target + Warning + warning(s) + Code Analysis Report + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..557fea86538 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,46022 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.DataPresenter.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Constructor + + The element that owns this peer. + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CardHeaderPresenter' + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Constructor + + The element that owns this peer. + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CardViewCard' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CellValuePresenter' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + The that is ultimately controlling the being created. + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'Cell' + + + + Gets the localized version of the control type for the that is associated with this . + + A string that contains "cell". + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns the automation peer for which this proxy is associated. + + A + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Sets the keyboard input focus on the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CellValuePresenter' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'DataPresenterBase' + + + + Determines if the automation peers for the record lists should limit the children that are returned based + upon the records that are in view within the associated + + +

By default, the peers associated with the records in view will be returned (assuming the + is supported). Previously, the peers for all the + records within the associated record collection would be returned but this has performance implications + and so it was changed to be more consistent with the CLR 4 behavior of the ItemsControl classes. To return + to the previous behavior of returning all the record peers one can set this property to false.

+

Note: This property will have no effect if the + is set to true.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the automation peers for the records and cells should be limited to the peers for the elements that are part of the visual tree. + + +

By default the automation peers for list type controls will return peers that represent the items + in the collection which then delegate to the peer of the associated container element (when available). In this way + objects for which elements have not been created may be accessed and interacted with via the automation peers. In the + case of DataPresenter this includes objects such as the Records and Cells. However creating and returning these proxy + peers has some performance implications as the UI Automation Tree is larger and automation clients that enumerate the + available peers could take longer. Setting this property to true will avoid the creation of these proxy peers. Note + that could cause problems with the automation clients so you would need to test with the various automation clients + to ensure they are still able to perform their function.

+
+
+ + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The menu item that the peer represents + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the + + The collection of child elements + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated element + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'FixedFieldButton' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated element + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Thumb enumeration value + + + + Returns the for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The ui automation identifier + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'FixedFieldSplitter' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated element + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'FixedRecordButton' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Group enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GroupByAreaBase' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GroupByArea' + + + + Returns the text label for the UIElement that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Thumb enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GroupByAreaFieldLabel' + + + + Returns the text label for the UIElement that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Header enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GroupByAreaFieldListBox' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GroupByAreaMulti' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes the header area of the to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + FieldLayout that this header represents + An instance of an AutomationPeer that implements IRecordListAutomationPeer + An instance of an AutomationPeer that implements IListAutomationPeer + + + + Initializes a new + + The group list control that contains the automation peer + + + + Returns the automation peer for which this proxy is associated. + + A + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Header enumeration value + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the name of the class + + A string that contains 'Header' + + + + Creates an automation peer used to represent the specified + + The field for which an automation peer is to be created + A + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Header enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'HeaderPresenter' + + + + Interface implemented by AutomationPeers that support a list of s. + + + + + Creates and returns a for the specified . + + The for which to create the + A for the specified . + + + + Creates and returns a for the specified . + + The for which to create the + A for the specified . + + + + Returns whether the AutomationPeer represents an object that supports the Grid pattern. + + True if the object represented by the AutomationPeer supports the Grid pattern, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the associated with the AutomationPeer + + + + + + Returns an IList of objects contained in the object represented by the AutomationPeer. + + + + + Returns the index of the table row for the specified . + + The for which to retrieve the table row index. + The index of the row containing the specified . + + + + Returns an AutomationPeer for the grid that contains the specified . + + The for which to return the containing grid AutomationPeer. + An AutomationPeer for the grid that contains the specified . + + + + Returns provider for the specified peer. + + The peer for which to return the provider. + The provider for the specified peer. + + + + Returns true if the AutomationPeer represents an object that is using horizontal row layout. + + + + + Returns true if the AutomationPeer represents a root level list of s. + + + + + Exposes the label of a particular to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + Field that this header represents + The header automation peer that contains the automation peer + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the automation peer for which this proxy is associated. + + A + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The HeaderItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the class + + A string that contains 'Label' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The HeaderItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'LabelPresenter' + + + + Gets the control pattern for the System.Windows.UIElement that is associated with this System.Windows.Automation.Peers.UIElementAutomationPeer. + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new + + The that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'RecordExportStatusControl' + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The HeaderItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'RecordFilterTreeControl' + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element that is associated with this peer is an element that contains data that is presented to the user. + + Returns false + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns a that represents the specified record. + + The from the list. + A that represents the record + The is null + The is not a . + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The List enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'RecordListControl' + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Invoked when the contents of the items collection of the associated changed. + + Event arguments indicating the change that occurred. + + + + Invoked when the ItemsSource of the associated has changed. + + Old item source + New item source + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + The interface implemented by the containing automation peer that is the parent of the being created + The interface implemented by the containing automation peer that is the parent of the being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the that represents the bounding rectangle of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The bounding rectangle + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'Record' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the System.Windows.UIElement that corresponds with the object that is associated with this System.Windows.Automation.Peers.AutomationPeer is off the screen. + + + + + Creates an automation peer used to represent the specified + + The cell for which an automation peer is to be created + A + + + + Automation peer that represents a group of records within a + + + + + Returns the accelerator key for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The accelerator key + + + + Returns the access key for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The access key + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataGrid enumeration value + + + + Returns the for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The ui automation identifier + + + + Returns the that represents the bounding rectangle of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The bounding rectangle + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the object that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CellValuePresenter' + + + + Returns the that represents the clickable space for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The point that represents the clickable space on the element + + + + Returns the string that describes the functionality of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The help text + + + + Returns a string that conveys the visual status for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The status + + + + Returns a human readable string that contains the type of item for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The item type + + + + Returns the for the that is targeted to the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The of the that targets this element + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the value that indicates the direction in which the is laid out. + + The direction of the or AutomationOrientation.None if no direction is specified + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this currently has the keyboard input focus. + + True if the has the keyboard input focus; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this contains data that is presented to the user. + + True if the is a content element; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is understood by the end user as interactive. + + True if the is a control; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can accept keyboard focus. + + True if the element can accept keyboard focus; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is off the screen. + + True if the element is off the screen; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this contains protected content. + + True if the element contains protected content; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is required to be completed on the form. + + True if the element is required to be completed; otherwise, false. + + + + Sets the keyboard input focus on the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'RecordPresenter' + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the UIElement that is associated with this peer + is understood by the end user as interactive. + + Return false if the element is within a container for the associated + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The associated that the peer represents + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The HeaderItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'RecordSelector' + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the element that is associated with this peer is an element that contains data that is presented to the user. + + Returns false + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CellValuePresenter' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates an instance of the class./> + + The root RecordListControl if this peer represents the root ViewableRecordCollection, otherwise null. + The ViewableRecordCollection that this peer represents. + The ViewableRecordCollection that this peer represents is at the root level. + + + + Returns the accelerator key for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The accelerator key + + + + Returns the access key for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The access key + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The DataGrid enumeration value + + + + Returns the for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The ui automation identifier + + + + Returns the that represents the bounding rectangle of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The bounding rectangle + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the object that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CellValuePresenter' + + + + Returns the that represents the clickable space for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The point that represents the clickable space on the element + + + + Returns the string that describes the functionality of the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The help text + + + + Returns a string that conveys the visual status for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The status + + + + Returns a human readable string that contains the type of item for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The item type + + + + Returns the for the that is targeted to the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The of the that targets this element + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the value that indicates the direction in which the is laid out. + + The direction of the or AutomationOrientation.None if no direction is specified + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this currently has the keyboard input focus. + + True if the has the keyboard input focus; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this contains data that is presented to the user. + + True if the is a content element; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is understood by the end user as interactive. + + True if the is a control; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can accept keyboard focus. + + True if the element can accept keyboard focus; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is off the screen. + + True if the element is off the screen; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this contains protected content. + + True if the element contains protected content; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this is required to be completed on the form. + + True if the element is required to be completed; otherwise, false. + + + + Sets the keyboard input focus on the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + + + + IsAutoSizeElement Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Helper class for maintaing a list of fields based on their Index + + + + + Helper class for maintaing a list of fields per record based on the index of the field + + + + + Provides information about a field autosize operation. + + + + + Helper class to manage autosize information for fields in a fieldlayout + + + + + This overload should only be used for operations that would not be aggregated. + + + + + Returns a list of field layouts that have auto sized fields scoped to allrecords/viewable or contain a descendant fieldlayout that does. + + The owning data presenter + A dictionary of field layouts. + + + + Returns a collection of field layouts that have at least 1 autosized field whose scope is all/viewable records. + + The owning data presenter + Filter criteria + + + + + Helper method to traverse records down to the maximum depth to ensure their recordmanagers log a pending operation. + + + + + + Any field that hasn't processing its initial autosize - this is primarily meant for InitialAuto + + + + + Measure the records in view for this field layout + + + + + The value of a cell in edit mode has been changed and requires a measure + + + + + SummaryResult, New AutoSize Field, modified record, recordmanager reset notification, max depth change + + + + + The state of a record that would require measuring viewablerecord scopes fields has been modified. + Note this change will cause the descendant field layouts to measure as well. + + + + + The label of a field has changed. + + + + + A record/recordmanager/expandablefield has been touched and may need to be measured. + + + + + Abstract base class for and + + + + + Specifies the formula to use to calculate the target's value. + + + + + Identifies the object. Alias is used to refer to the value of the associated object in other formulas. + + + + + Specifies what type to treat the values of the associated object as. For example in the case of a + associated with a Field, if the DataType is string you may want to treat it as double when providing + the value to the calculation engine for formula calculations. + + + + + Specifies the name of the type to treat the values of the associated object as. For example in the case of a + associated with a Field, if the DataType is string you may want to treat it as double when providing + the value to the calculation engine for formula calculations. + + + Note: if the property is specified then this setting will be ignored. + + + + + + + Determines what type to treat the values of the associated cell as (read-only). + + + Note: if the property is specified then it will be used, otherwise the will be used to resolve the type. + + + + + + + Specifies the converter to use to convert between the underlying value of the cell to the value + that is used in calculations. + + + + + Used for specifying calculation related settings on a + + + Note: these settings will be ignored unless 's is set. + + + + + + + Interface implemented by an adapter object that can integrate a into a XamCalculationManager's network. + + + + + + Used for specifying calculation related settings to a + + + Note: these settings will be ignored unless 's is set. + + + + + + + An element used to represent the header area of a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + The key used to identify the used for the 'Collapse Empty Cells' within the header of a . + + +

This field represents the that should be used as the key in a + for a targeting a .

+
+ +
+ + + The key used to identify the used for the 'Collapse Card' within the header of a . + + +

This field represents the that should be used as the key in a + for a targeting a .

+
+ +
+ + + Invoked when the template for the control has been changed. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Raises the MouseDoubleClick routed event. + + The event data. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Gets/sets the associated that contains the header. + + + Note: this property needs to be set inside the template of the . + + + + + + A dervied class that implements a custom card style view. + + + + + Abstract base class for all views that defines settings and defaults for the view . + + +

ViewBase derived objects are used by the , , and to provide + settings and defaults that (the base class for the , , and + controls) can query when it provides UI element generation and field layout generation services in support of the View.

+

While the ViewBase object is not actually reponsible for arranging items, it does expose a property called that returns the + derived type that should be used to provide layout functionality for s displayed in the + view. will ensure that a panel of is generated for use by the embedded + (the System.Windows.Controls.ListBox derived class used to display s)

+

Note: Three ViewBase derived views are included in this version of the controls: +

    +
  • - Arranges items in a classic grid format.
  • +
  • - Arranges items along a user defined path.
  • +
  • - Arranges items as individual cards.
  • +
+ You can extend the ViewBase class to provide additional custom views. Refer to the Creating Custom Views for XamDataPresenter topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to create your own custom views. +

+
+ + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets a derived class for generating an appropriate template for the specified layout in the current View. + + The specified layout + + + + + + Returns an element that will wrap a inside it. If no wrapper is required, the method should return null. + + +

+ This method, along with the , only need to be overridden if the + view requires a specialized wrapper element around each element. You would create + a wrapper element in this method and associate it with a record presenter in PrepareContainerForRecordPresenter method. +

+ Note: the 'record' parameter will be null unless the RecordContainerGenerationMode is set to 'Recycle' (its default value). +
+ The derived element that will contain the returned wrapper element. + The record that will be associated with the record presenter if recycling or null if not. + The container object to use to wrap a . + +
+ + + For a view that supports fixing fields, this method must return an object that provides the scroll offset for a given + + The record element for which the fixed field information is being requested. + + + + Associates the wrapper element returned from with + the specified element. + + +

+ This method, along with the , only need to be overridden if the + view requires a specialized wrapper element around each element. You would create + a wrapper element in and associate it with a record presenter in + this method. +

+
+ The derived element that contains the wrapper element. + The wrapper element that was returned from the . + The to associate with the wrapper. + +
+ + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when the state of the View has changed, and an update to the UI is required. + + + + + + + + Returns the type of used by the view which determines the default manner in which the cells within each row are laid out by the . + + + + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether this View arranges its descendants in a particular dimension. + + + + + Returns the type of used by the view to layout items in the list. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the cell area of a will + be auto sized to the itself or based on the root when + is true. + + +

For s where the item size should dictate the size available to the for + the cell area, this should return true. For views such as , where all the records are to + be constrained by the size available within the control itself, this should return false.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the default value for for field layout templates generated on behalf of the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .LeftToRight. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default maximum number of columns of cells to auto-generate in the field layout templates. + + + The base implementation returns 0 which causes as many columns as necessary to be generated. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the default maximum number of rows of cells to auto-generate in the field layout templates. + + + The base implementation returns 0 which causes as many rows as necessary to be generated. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the default value for the resolved value for the if that property is set to null (Nothing in VB), its default value. + + +

+ Returns true since the items should size to fill the size of the item. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the default for cells in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. This will ultimately cause to be used. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for content in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for data records in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for cells in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns LabelClickAction.Default. This will ultimately cause to be used. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for Labels in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a default value for whether the View should collapse Cards. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a default value for whether the View should collapse Cells with empty values. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a value that indicates when the horizontal scrollbar should be shown in this view. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Auto. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the amount of space between records in the X dimension (used for resizing logic). + + + + + Returns the amount of space between records in the Y dimension (used for resizing logic). + + + + + Determines if the allows an AddNew record to be displayed in the View. + + Returns true if the should allow an AddNew record to be displayed in the View. + + The base implementation returns true. + + + + + + Returns true if the height of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the vertical space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the width of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the horizontal space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the view supports the ability to control where the child records are ordered relative to the parent record. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the View supports the collapsing of Cells with empty values. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the UI should allow logical field heights in this View to be resized. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. + The height that is affected by this property is the logical height. When the view's + orientation is vertical the 's logical height is equivalent to the 's physical height. When + the View's orientation is horizontal the 's logical height is equivalent to the 's physical width. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the UI should allow fields in this View to be resized. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. + The width that is affected by this property is the logical width. When the view's + orientation is vertical the 's logical width is equivalent to the 's physical width. When + the View's orientation is horizontal the 's logical width is equivalent to the 's physical height. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should display filter records. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns true if the should allow fields to be fixed in the UI. + + +

+ The base implementation returns the false. +

+

Note: The view must also return true from .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should allow root records to be fixed at the top or bottom of the UI. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. + When a record is fixed it's position in the is changed so the the + record is positioned with other fixed records at the beginning or end of the list. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should allow records to be fixed at the top of the UI for nested (i.e. non-root) records. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. + When a record is fixed it's position in the is changed so the the + record is positioned with other fixed records at the beginning or end of the list. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should display the by default and allow programmatic grouping of records. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns true if the View supports nested panels to display hierarchical data. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the RecordListControl should coerce its ScrollViewer.PanningMode property to enable standard flick scrolling on touch enabled systems. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns true if the should display summary records. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + The of the View, if the view only supports layout in a particular dimension. + + +

+ The property returns whether the View only supports layout in a particular dimension. + The base implementation returns .Vertical. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the type used as the container (if any) for s in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns null. + Note: If this property is overridden then the method should also be overridden to return a container of the same type. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should generate and display a record selector for each record in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates the supported by the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Flat. + Note: Views that support the Hierarchical are responsible for managing + the display of nested data. Such views will typically return true for . + When the .Flat enumeration is returned, the DataPresenter will still include child + records in the s but it will cause expansion indicators to be hidden and + prohibit records from being expanded. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates when the vertical scrollbar should be shown in this view. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Auto. +

+
+ +
+ + + Occurs when the state of the View has changed, and an update to the UI is required. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Returns an element that will wrap a inside it. If no wrapper is required, the method should return null. + + +

+ This method, along with the , only need to be overridden if the + view requires a specialized wrapper element around each element. You would create + a wrapper element in this method and associate it with a record presenter in PrepareContainerForRecordPresenter method. +

+ Note: the 'record' parameter will be null unless the RecordContainerGenerationMode is set to 'Recycle' (its default value). +
+ The derived element that will contain the returned wrapper element. + The record that will be associated with the record presenter if recycling or null if not. + The container object to use to wrap a . + +
+ + + Gets a FieldLayoutTemplateGenerator derived class for generating an appropriate template for the specified layout in the current View. + + The specified layout + + + + Called when the value of a property changes. + + + + + + Associates the wrapper element returned from with + the specified element. + + +

+ This method, along with the , only need to be overridden if the + view requires a specialized wrapper element around each element. You would create + a wrapper element in and associate it with a record presenter in + this method. +

+
+ The derived element that contains the wrapper element. + The wrapper element that was returned from the . + The to associate with the wrapper. + +
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the type of used by the view which determines the default manner in which the cells within each row are laid out by the . + + + + + + + Returns the default value for for field layout templates generated on behalf of the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .LeftToRight. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default maximum number of rows of cells to auto-generate in the field layout templates. + + + The base implementation returns 0 which causes as many rows as necessary to be generated. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the default value for the property if that property is set to null (Nothing in VB), its default value. + + + Returns true since the s should be sized to fill the Card. + + + + + + Returns the default for content in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for data records in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for cells in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns LabelClickAction.Default. This will ultimately cause to be used. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for Labels in the View. + + + + + + + Returns a default value for whether the View should collapse Cards. + + +

+ The default implementation returns the current ViewSettings value for ShouldCollapseCards. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a default value for whether the View should collapse Cells with empty values. + + +

+ The default implementation returns the current ViewSettings value for ShouldCollapseEmptyCells. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a value that indicates whether this View arranges its descendants in a particular dimension. + + + + + Returns the amount of space between records in the X dimension (used for resizing logic). + + + + + Returns the amount of space between records in the Y dimension (used for resizing logic). + + + + + Returns true if the should display the by default and allow programmatic grouping of records. + + + + + Returns true if the width of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the horizontal space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the View supports the collapsing of Cells with empty values. + + +

+ The default implementation returns true. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the should display filter records. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns true if the DataPresenter UI should allow logical field heights in this View to be resized. + + + + + Returns true if the DataPresenter UI should allow logical field widths in this View to be resized. + + + + + Returns true if the View supports nested panels to display hierarchical data. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the RecordListControl should coerce its ScrollViewer.PanningMode property to enable standard flick scrolling on touch enabled systems. + + +

+ This implementation returns true. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns false since carousel view doesn't support displaying summary records. + + + + + + + + Returns the type of the ItemsPanel used by the view to layout items in the list. + + + + + Returns the type used as the container (if any) for RecordPresenters in the View. + + +

The base implementation returns null.

+

Note: If this property is overridden then the method should also be overridden to return a container of the same type.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns true if the should generate and display a record selector for each record in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns/sets the object for this CardView. + + +

exposes properties that let you control features supported by the CardView. + Refer to object for detailed information on these properties.

+
+ + +
+ + + An object that exposes properties for controlling the features supported by the . The CardView object is used by control and + + +

By manipulating properties on the CardViewSettings object you can control how the arranges items.

+

The properties exposed by the CardViewSettings object are: +

    +
  • - Returns/sets whether the end user can resize Card widths by selecting the right edge of card and dragging.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets whether the end user can resize Card heights by selecting the bottom edge of card and dragging.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets whether Card widths/heights are automatically increased to use up all available horizontal/vertical space.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the Height of each Card.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the Width of each Card.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets whether a button is displayed in the Card header which can be clicked by the end user to collapse a Card so it shows its header only.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets whether a button is displayed in the Card header which can be clicked by the end user to collapse cells that contain empty values (e.g. empty string/null for string, null for nullable types, and 0 for numeric types).
  • +
  • - Returns/sets a string that represents the Path to a value on the source object that should be displayed as a Card header.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the Visibility of the Card header.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the horizontal spacing between each Card.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the vertical spacing between each Card.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the maximum number of columns of Cards that should be displayed. A value of zero forces CardView to display as many columns as space will allow.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the maximum number of rows of Cards that should be displayed. A value of zero forces CardView to display as many rows as space will allow.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets a value that specifies the dimension in which child content is arranged.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets the padding between the outermost cards and the bounds of the control.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets a DoubleAnimationBase derived instance that should be used when animating Cards to new layout positions.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets whether Cards should be animated into their new positions when the CardView is scrolled.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets whether Cards should be collapsed.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets whether cells whose value is determined to be empty (e.g. empty string/null for string, null for nullable types, and 0 for numeric types) will be collapsed and not displayed within the record.
  • +
+ Refer to the documentation contained within for a complete list of the properties supported by this class and the functionality enabled by each property. +

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Creates an instance of CardViewSettings. + + + + + + + +

The will automatically create an instance of this class when its property is accessed. + You can also create one manually and assign it to the 's property of one or more instances of if needed.

+
+
+ + + Called when the control that owns this derived object has its OnInitialized method called. + + + + + Resets all properties to their default values. + + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Returns/sets whether the end user can resize Card widths by selecting the right edge of card and dragging. + + + Note: Card Width resizing is synchronized across all Cards - i.e., if the user resizes the width + of one card, all Cards are resized to the same width. The resizing operation essentially sets the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the end user can resize Card Heights by selecting the bottom edge of card and dragging. + + + Note: Card Height resizing is synchronized across all Cards - i.e., if the user resizes the height + of one card, all Cards are resized to the same height. The resizing operation essentially sets the + property. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether Card widths/heights are automatically increased to use up all available horizontal/vertical space. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Height of each Card. + + + If left set to NaN, which is the default, the height of the card is based on the height required to show the contents of the record. + When using a DataRecordSizingMode that sizes based on content, this could mean that the cards could be variable height. + Also, if ShouldCollapseEmptyCells is set to true then this could also result in variable height cards. + When set to a fixed value, the record will be positioned to fill the card. + If the size required for the records height is larger, then a scrollbar will appear within the card by default to allow the end user to get to the remaining cells. + Note: If is set to AutoFitCards.AutoFitCardsVertically or AutoFitCards.AutoFitCardsBothDimensions, then additional height may be added to the Card if vertical space is available. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Width of each Card. + + + If left unset (double.NaN) Card widths will be determined based on the data contained in the card. + Note: If is set to AutoFitCards.AutoFitCardsHorizontally or AutoFitCards.AutoFitCardsBothDimensions, then additional width may be added to the Card if horizontal space is available. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a button is displayed in the Card header which can be clicked by the end user to collapse a Card so it shows its header only. + + + Note: If the glyph is clicked when the Card is collapsed, the Card will expand to display its content. + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether a button is displayed in the Card header which can be clicked by the end user to collapse cells that contain empty values (e.g. empty string/null for string, null for nullable types, and 0 for numeric types). + + + Note: If the glyph is clicked when empty Cells are collapsed, the empty Cells will be un-collapsed. + + + + + + + Returns/sets a string that represents the Path to a value on the source object that should be displayed as a Card header. + + + If left unset, the PrimaryField will be used to get the value on the source object. + + + + + + Returns/sets the Visibility of the Card header. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the horizontal spacing between each Card. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the vertical spacing between each Card. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the maximum number of columns of Cards that should be displayed. A value of zero forces CardView to display as many columns as space will allow. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the maximum number of rows of Cards that should be displayed. A value of zero forces CardView to display as many rows as space will allow. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether Cards are arranged horizontally (left-to-right top-to-bottom) or vertically (top-to-bottom left-to-right). + + + + + + Returns/sets the padding between the outermost cards and the bounds of the control. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets a DoubleAnimationBase derived instance that should be used when animating Cards to new layout positions. + + + The supplied instance should animate a double value from 0 to 1 using whatever other animation options are desired. + CardView will interpolate the 0-1 values to represent the correct position for Cards at each frame of the animation. + If the supplied animation does not animate from 0 to 1, unintended animation behaviors could result. + + As an exception to this, note that it is perfectly reasonable to construct a DoubleAnimationUsingKeyFrames animation that + 'temporarily' goes outside the 0.0-1.0 range in some intermediate KeyFrames to simulate easing. + + Note: If you do specify a 'To' value that is not 1.0 you must specify a FillBehavior of 'Stop' for the animation + to work properly. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether Cards should be animated into their new positions when the is scrolled. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether Cards should be collapsed. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether cells whose value is determined to be empty (e.g. empty string/null for string, null for nullable types, and 0 for numeric types) will be collapsed and not displayed within the record. + + + + + + + + Represents an individual item in the stack of items maintained by the control. + + +

The maintains a collection of CarouselBreadcrumbs that represent a trail of visited parent + s in a control that is displaying hierarchical data. Unlike the , the cannot display multiple levels of hierarchical + data concurrently. When it is bound to hierarchical data the displays a single flat list of the current child s. This list changes as the user drills into the + data.

+

To provide a visual representation of the parent context for the current list of child records and to allow the user to navigate back up the parent chain, + the creates and displays an instance of a in its adorner layer. The shows the trail of parent s that led to the + currently displayed list of child records.

+

The parent s are represented by a list of one or more CarouselBreadcrumbs. Clicking on a CarouselBreadcrumb navigates back up the parent + chain and displays the list of s that contains the parent associated with the CarouselBreadcrumb that was clicked.

+

Note: The functionality described above for also applies to the when it is using + (i.e., when its property is set to an instance of a )

+

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Constructor provided to allow creation in design tools for template and style editing. + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ The item (i.e., DataRecord) associated with the CarouselBreadcrumb +
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed and released. + + An instance of MouseButtonEventArgs that contains information about the mouse button. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the item is the last in the Breadcrumbs collection. (read only) + + +

You can use this read only property in a replacement Template for the CarouselBreadcrumb to change the appearance of the last CarouselBreadcrumb via a Property Trigger.

+
+ + +
+ + + A read only collection of s contained in a . + + +

The maintains a collection of CarouselBreadcrumbs that represent a trail of visited parent + s in a control that is displaying hierarchical data. Unlike the , the cannot display multiple levels of hierarchical + data concurrently. When it is bound to hierarchical data the displays a single flat list of the current child s. This list changes as the user drills into the + data.

+

To provide a visual representation of the parent context for the current list of child records and to allow the user to navigate back up the parent chain, + the creates and displays an instance of a in its adorner layer. The shows the trail of parent s that led to the + currently displayed list of child records.

+

The parent s are represented by a list of one or more CarouselBreadcrumbs. Clicking on a CarouselBreadcrumb navigates back up the parent + chain and displays the list of s that contains the parent associated with the CarouselBreadcrumb that was clicked.

+

Note: The functionality described above for also applies to the when it is using + (i.e., when its property is set to an instance of a )

+

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + A control used by the and to display a collection of objects that represent the trail of parent DataRecords during hierarchy navigation. + + +

The CarouselBreadcrumbControl maintains a collection of s that represent a trail of visited parent + s in a control that is displaying hierarchical data. Unlike the , the cannot display multiple levels of hierarchical + data concurrently. When it is bound to hierarchical data the displays a single flat list of the current child s. This list changes as the user drills into the + data.

+

To provide a visual representation of the parent context for the current list of child records and to allow the user to navigate back up the parent chain, + the creates and displays an instance of a CarouselBreadcrumbControl in its adorner layer. The CarouselBreadcrumbControl shows the trail of parent s that led to the + currently displayed list of child records.

+

The parent s are represented by a list of one or more s. Clicking on a navigates back up the parent + chain and displays the list of s that contains the parent associated with the that was clicked.

+

Note: The functionality described above for also applies to the when it is using + (i.e., when its property is set to an instance of a )

+

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the CarouselBreadcrumbControl when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Constructor provided to allow creation in design tools for template and style editing. + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the and controls when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Removes and returns the at end of the collection exposed by the property. + + The CarouselBreadcrumb that was removed from the end of the collection, or null if no such CarouselBreadcrumb existed. + + + + + + + Removes all s from the end of the collection exposed by the + property up to but not including the specified . + + The number of s removed. + + + + + + + Adds a at the end of the collection exposed by the property. + + The CarouselBreadcrumb to add to the collection + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when a CarouselBreadcrumb is clicked. + + + + + + + + Returns a read only collection of s associated with this CarouselBreadcrumbControl. (read only) + + +

Each in the collection represents a visited parent .

+

The CarouselBreadcrumbControl maintains a collection of s that represent a trail of visited parent + s in a control that is displaying hierarchical data. Unlike the , the cannot display multiple levels of hierarchical + data concurrently. When it is bound to hierarchical data the displays a single flat list of the current child s. This list changes as the user drills into the + data.

+

To provide a visual representation of the parent context for the current list of child records and to allow the user to navigate back up the parent chain, + the creates and displays an instance of a CarouselBreadcrumbControl in its adorner layer. The CarouselBreadcrumbControl shows the trail of parent s that led to the + currently displayed list of child records.

+

The parent s are represented by a list of one or more s. Clicking on a navigates back up the parent + chain and displays the list of s that contains the parent associated with the that was clicked.

+

Note: The functionality described above for also applies to the when it is using + (i.e., when its property is set to an instance of a )

+
+ +
+ + + Returns true if the contains at least 1 . (read only) + + + + + + Returns/sets the orientation of the s in the list. + + + + + + Occurs when a CarouselBreadcrumb is clicked. + + + + + + + + derived class that defines settings and defaults for a view that arranges data along a user defined path. + + +

The CarouselView object is used by and to provide + settings and defaults that (the base class for the and + controls) can query when it provides UI element generation and field layout generation services in support of the View. While the + CarouselView is not actually reponsible for arranging items, it does expose a property called that returns the + derived type that should be used to provide layout functionality for s displayed in the + view. will ensure that a panel of is generated for use by the embedded + (the derived class used to display s).

+

The CarouselView object exposes a property called that returns a + object. (Note: This property is not found on the class but is specific to the CarouselView). + in turn exposes a number of properties that let you control all aspects of layout and visual effects supported by the CarouselView. This is the same object that + is returned from the .ViewSettings and .ViewSettings properties. + Refer to object for detailed information on these properties.

+

Note: CarouselView is only used by the control (as described above) when the control's + property is set to an instance of CarouselView.

+

The following ViewBase properties are overridden by the CarouselView: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
PropertyDescriptionOverridden Value
CellPresentationReturns the type of used by the view which determines the default manner in which the cells within each row are laid out by the ..CardView
DefaultAutoArrangeCellsReturns the default value for for field layout templates generated on behalf of the View..TopToBottom
DefaultAutoArrangeMaxColumnsReturns the default maximum number of columns of cells to auto-generate in the field layout templates.1
DefaultAutoArrangeMaxRowsReturns the default maximum number of rows of cells to auto-generate in the field layout templates.3
DefaultAutoFitReturns the default value for the resolved value for the if that property is set to null (Nothing in VB), its default value.true
DefaultCellClickActionReturns the default for cells in the View..SelectCell
DefaultLabelClickActionReturns the default for cells in the View..Nothing
DefaultLabelLocationReturns the default for Labels in the View..Hidden
HasLogicalOrientationReturns a value that indicates whether this View arranges its descendants in a particular dimension.false
HorizontalScrollBarVisibilityReturns a value that indicates when the horizontal scrollbar should be shown in this view..Hidden
IsAddNewRecordSupportedDetermines if the allows an AddNew record to be displayed in the View.false
IsAutoFitHeightSupportedReturns true if the height of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the vertical space available for the row.false
IsAutoFitWidthSupportedReturns true if the width of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the horizontal space available for the row.true
IsLogicalFieldHeightResizingAllowedReturns true if the UI should allow logical field heights in this View to be resized.false
IsLogicalFieldWidthResizingAllowedReturns true if the UI should allow fields in this View to be resized.false
IsNestedPanelsSupportedReturns true if the View supports nested panels to display hierarchical data.false
ItemsPanelTypeReturns the type of used by the view to layout items in the list.typeof()
RecordPresenterContainerTypeReturns the type used as the container (if any) for s in the View.typeof()
ShouldDisplayRecordSelectorsReturns true if the should generate and display a record selector for each record in the View.false
SupportedDataDisplayModeReturns a value that indicates the supported by the View..Hierarchical
VerticalScrollBarVisibilityReturns a value that indicates when the vertical scrollbar should be shown in this view..Hidden
+

+

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Returns an element that will wrap a inside it. If no wrapper is required, the method should return null. + + +

+ This method, along with the , only need to be overridden if the + view requires a specialized wrapper element around each element. You would create + a wrapper element in this method and associate it with a record presenter in PrepareContainerForRecordPresenter method. +

+ Note: the 'record' parameter will be null unless the RecordContainerGenerationMode is set to 'Recycle' (its default value). +
+ The derived element that will contain the returned wrapper element. + The record that will be associated with the record presenter if recycling or null if not. + The container object to use to wrap a . + +
+ + + Gets a derived class for generating an appropriate template for the specified layout in the current View. + + The specified layout + + + + + + Called when the value of a property changes. + + + + + + Associates the wrapper element returned from with + the specified element. + + +

+ This method, along with the , only need to be overridden if the + view requires a specialized wrapper element around each element. You would create + a wrapper element in and associate it with a record presenter in + this method. +

+
+ The derived element that contains the wrapper element. + The wrapper element that was returned from the . + The to associate with the wrapper. + +
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns the type of used by the view which determines the default manner in which the cells within each row are laid out by the . + + + + + + + Returns the default value for for field layout templates generated on behalf of the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .LeftToRight. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default maximum number of columns of cells to auto-generate in the field layout templates. + + + The base implementation returns 0 which causes as many rows as necessary to be generated. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the default maximum number of rows of cells to auto-generate in the field layout templates. + + + The base implementation returns 0 which causes as many rows as necessary to be generated. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the default value for the resolved value for the if that property is set to null (Nothing in VB), its default value. + + +

+ Returns true since the items should size to fill the size of the item. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the default for cells in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. This will ultimately cause to be used. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for cells in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns LabelClickAction.Default. This will ultimately cause to be used. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the default for Labels in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Default. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates whether this View arranges its descendants in a particular dimension. + + + + + Returns a value that indicates when the horizontal scrollbar should be shown in this view. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Auto. +

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the allows an AddNew record to be displayed in the View. + + Returns true if the should allow an AddNew record to be displayed in the View. + + Since this view does not support adding records it return false. + + + + + + Returns true if the height of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the vertical space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the width of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the horizontal space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the UI should allow logical field heights in this View to be resized. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. + The height that is affected by this property is the logical height. When the view's + orientation is vertical the 's logical height is equivalent to the 's physical height. When + the View's orientation is horizontal the 's logical height is equivalent to the 's physical width. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the UI should allow fields in this View to be resized. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. + The width that is affected by this property is the logical width. When the view's + orientation is vertical the 's logical width is equivalent to the 's physical width. When + the View's orientation is horizontal the 's logical width is equivalent to the 's physical height. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the View supports nested panels to display hierarchical data. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+
+ + + Returns false since carousel view doesn't support displaying summary records. + + + + + + + + Returns the type of used by the view to layout items in the list. + + + + + + Returns the type used as the container (if any) for s in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns null. + Note: If this property is overridden then the method should also be overridden to return a container of the same type. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should generate and display a record selector for each record in the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns true. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates the supported by the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Flat. + Note: Views that support the Hierarchical are responsible for managing + the display of nested data. Such views will typically return true for . + When the .Flat enumeration is returned, the DataPresenter will still include child + records in the s but it will cause expansion indicators to be hidden and + prohibit records from being expanded. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates when the vertical scrollbar should be shown in this view. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Auto. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns/sets the object for this CarouselView. + + +

exposes a number of properties that let you control all aspects of layout + and visual effects supported by the CarouselView. This is the same object that is returned from the + .ViewSettings and .ViewSettings properties. + Refer to object for detailed information on these properties.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Class used by the to represent the value of a specific Field of a specific DataRecord. + + + Note: Note: Cells are not UIElements but rather lightweight objects that wrap the values from the data source for an associated for a specific . They are represented in the UI by corresponding elements. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together.

+

Refer to the Cells, CellValuePresenters and Cell Virtualization topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of cells.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Ends edit mode for this cell accepting any changes made while in edit mode. + + True if the operation completed successfully + + + + Ends edit mode for this cell. + + If true then accept any changes made while in edit mode. + True if the operation completed successfully + + + + Ends edit mode for this cell. + + If true then accept any changes made while in edit mode. + If true then ignore event cancellation. + True if the operation completed successfully + + + + Used for specifying cell's , + and properties. + + New value of . + New value of . + New value of . + + + + Raises property change notifications for DataError and HasDataError properties + for the cell as well as the underlying CellValuePresenter if any. + + + + + Called when EditorStyle, EditorType or EditAsType property changes + to re-initialize the editor in the cvp. + + + + + Gets/sets the converted value of the cell. + + The converted value based on the 's and its . + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the field data error as indicated by the underlying data item's IDataErrorInfo implementation. + + + + A data item can provide error information regarding the data item and individual fields + of the data item by implementing IDataErrorInfo interface. If the data item associated with + the data record implements IDataErrorInfo, this property returns the field error if any + for this cell - basically the value returned by the IDataErrorInfo's Item[fieldName] indexer. + + + Note that the corresponding property returns the + value indicating whether there's a data error on this cell. + + + Also Note that by default the data presenter doesn't display the data error information. + To have the data presenter display the data error information, set the + FieldLayoutSettings' property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Gets/sets a type that will be used to edit the data while in edit mode. + + + This might be used with a cell whose underlying datatype is 'string' or 'object' but where it should be edited as another type, e.g. a DataTime or double. +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+ + Note that if you need to set more than one of , + and properties, you may want to use the method + to set them all at once for better performance as it updates the CellValuePresenter associated with the + cell only once. + +
+ + +
+ + + The type for the used within this cell + + +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+ + Note that if you need to set more than one of , + and properties, you may want to use the method + to set them all at once for better performance as it updates the CellValuePresenter associated with the + cell only once. + +
+ + +
+ + + The style for the used within this cell + + + The TargetType of the style must me set to a class derived from , otherwise an exception will be thrown. + If either the or Template properties are not set on the style then default templates will be supplied based on look. +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+ + Note that if you need to set more than one of , + and properties, you may want to use the method + to set them all at once for better performance as it updates the CellValuePresenter associated with the + cell only once. + +
+ + +
+ + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Indicates if the cell has a data error as indicated by the underlying data item's + IDataErrorInfo implementation. + + + + HasDataError property indicates whether the cell has data error. Cell's + property returns the actual data error if any. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this cell is set as the 's + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the cell data has been edited and have not yet been commited to the data source. + + + + + Determines if this cell is enabled. + + + A cell is disabled if this property is set to false or its asscoiated 's IsEnabled or its associated 's IsEnabled or IsEnabledInAddRecord property is false. + + Field.IsEnabled + Field.IsEnabledInAddRecord + Record.IsEnabled + + + + + Returns true only if the cell is enabled (read-only) + + + Field.IsEnabled + Field.IsEnabledInAddRecord + Record.IsEnabled + + + + + Returns true if the cell is in edit mode. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the cell is selected. + + + + + + + + + Determines if this cell can be entered via keyboard. + + + Note: If the cell is disabled then it can't be entered via the keyboard even if this property is set to true. + + + + + Field.IsEnabled + Field.IsEnabledInAddRecord + Field.IsTabStop + Field.IsTabStopInAddRecord + Record.IsEnabled + + + + Returns true only if the cell can be navigated to via the keyboard (read-only) + + + + + Field.IsEnabled + Field.IsEnabledInAddRecord + Field.IsTabStop + Field.IsTabStopInAddRecord + Record.IsEnabled + + + + Returns true if this is an UnboundField (read-only) + + + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object value that can be used to store custom information about this object. + + + + + Gets/sets the value of the cell. + + The underlying/raw value based on the 's . + + + + + + + + + + + Class used by the to represent the value of a specific UnboundField of a specific DataRecord/> + + + Note: Note: UnboundCells are not UIElements but rather lightweight objects that hold the values for an associated for a specific . They are represented in the UI by corresponding elements. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together.

+

Refer to the Cells, CellValuePresenters and Cell Virtualization topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of cells.

+

Refer to the Assigning a FieldLayout topic in the Developer's Guide for an example of adding an to a .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Override method to unbind value when there are no listeners + + + + + Returns true (read-only) + + + + + + + Gets the data error. + + + + + Called by the holder whenever the value changes. + + + + + Used to specify a binding to a property on a or in a specific + + + Field.CellBindings + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Gets/sets a binding that will be used to bind the 's . + + + + + + + Gets/sets the name of the 's property to bind. + + + + If property is 'Value'. Or property is 'Text' and target is 'Editor' + + + + Gets/sets whether to target each cell's or the it contains. + + + + If property is 'Value'. Or property is 'Text' and target is 'Editor' + + + + A collection of objects + + + Field.CellBindings + + + + Called when the collection is cleared + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection + + + + + + + Called when an item is removed + + + + + Sets an items in the collection replacing what was there. + + The index where the item should be placed. + Teh item to set + + + + A collection of Cells exposed off a DataRecord + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together.

+

Refer to the Cells, CellValuePresenters and Cell Virtualization topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of cells.

+

Refer to the Assigning a FieldLayout topic in the Developer's Guide for an example of adding an to a .

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns true if the cell is in the collection + + + + + Copies the records into an array + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the record in the collection + + + + + Determines if the cell has been allocated + + The associated field. + True if allocated + + + + Determines if the cell has been allocated + + The zero based index of the cell. + True if allocated + + + + Creates a new Cell. + + Field for which to create new cell. + New Cell for the specified field. + + + + Adds an item to the collection (not supported) + + + + + Clears the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returns the number of records in the collection (read-only) + + + + + Returns the associated DataPresenterBase control + + + + + Returns the that owns this collection. (read-only) + + + + + The at the specified zero-based index (read-only) + + + + + The associated with the specified (read-only) + + + + + The associated with the specified (read-only) + + + + + Base class for a cell within the that will contain a to position its label and/or value. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the layout has changed. + + + + + Returns or sets the associated + + + + + A control used to display a cell and/or . This control is automatically generated by the to display the value and/or label for a particular in a particular . + + + The element is used to contain a and a corresponding and provide a styling point + for adding chrome around both elements (refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide). + It positions its contained CellValuePresenter and LabelPresenter relative to one another based on the 's setting. + + Note: This element is only used when the 's property returns 'InCells'. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when a property has been changed + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Identifies the 'ContentLocation' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Field' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'HasSeparateHeader' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsActive' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsAlternate' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsSelected' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Record' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'SortStatus' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Value' dependency property + + + + + Called to invalidate the style + + + + + Returns the location of the label (read-only) + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + The associated field. + + + + + Returns true if the header area is separate + + + + + Gets/sets if this is active. + + + + + + + + Returns true for every other row in the list (readonly) + + + + + Indicates if the CellPresenter is part of the drag indicator. + + + + To enable field moving functionality, set the FieldLayoutSettings' + property. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the field is selected (read-only) + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the field is currently fixed. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets if this is selected. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the Field is unbound (read-only) + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated record (read-only) + + Returns null when not used in a DataPresenterBase + + + + Returns the sort status of the Field (read-only) + + + + + Gets/sets the value of the cell + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + Base class for an element used in the visual tree of a cell to arrange label and the cell content. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Called whena dependency property has been changed + + The event arguments identifying the property plus the new and old value. + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + This method should get the field and the record based on the ancestor element hierarchy. + For example, data record cell would get it from the parent CellPresenter where as a + summary record cell would get it from parent SummaryCellPresenter. + + This will be set to the associated field + This will be set to associated record + + + + Gets an enumerator for logical child elements in this panel. + + + + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + Returns the associated field. + + + + + Returns the associated record. + + + + + An element used in the visual tree of the CellPresenter control to arrange a CellValuePresenter element and/or a LabelPresenter element based on the LabelLocation in effect for the cell. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + This method should get the field and the record based on the ancestor element hierarchy. + For example, data record cell would get it from the parent CellPresenter where as a + summary record cell would get it from parent SummaryCellPresenter. + + This will be set to the associated field + This will be set to associated record + + + + An element used in the visual tree of the CellPresenter control to arrange a CellValuePresenter element and/or a LabelPresenter element based on the LabelLocation in effect for the cell. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + This method should get the field and the record based on the ancestor element hierarchy. + For example, data record cell would get it from the parent CellPresenter where as a + summary record cell would get it from parent SummaryCellPresenter. + + This will be set to the associated field + This will be set to associated record + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the actual size of the element has been changed. + + Provides information about the size change + + + + Invoked when the element has been initialized. + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Returns an enumerator used to iterate the logical children. + + + + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + An element used to display the value of a Cell. + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Abstract base class for CellPresenter and LabelPresenter + + + + + Static constructor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Determines whether the event associated with the specified event arguments should be suppressed. + + The event arguments which will be fired with the event if it is not suppressed. + True if the event should be suppressed; False otherwise. + + + + Called when a property is changed + + + + + Overridden. Called by the ValueEditor before it process its OnKeyDown. Default + implementation returns false. You can override and return true from this method + if you want to prevent the ValueEditor from processing the key. + + + Return true to prevent the value editor from processing the key. + + + + Identifies the 'Field' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'HasSeparateHeader' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'HighlightAsPrimary' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsAlternate' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Record' dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to invalidate the style + + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + This is used only by derived classes where Record makes sense (i.e. CellValuePresenter) + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + The associated field. + + + + + Returns true if the header area is separate + + + + + Returns true if the data item is associated with a that has been marked as a primary . + + + + + + + Returns true for every other row in the list (readonly) + + + + + Indicates if the data item is part of drag indicator. + + + + To enable field moving functionality, set the FieldLayoutSettings' + property. + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the field is currently fixed. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the Field is unbound (read-only) + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated record (read-only) + + Returns null when not used in a DataPresenterBase + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Overridden. Called after OnEditModeEnding however before OnEditModeEnded. This is + called after input validation succeeds to let the host know to commit the value. + + The edited value that is to be committed. + Whether the editor should cancel the operation of exitting edit mode. + Returns true if commit succeeded, false otherwise. + + + + Overridden. Invoked when the has changed. + + The old content + The new content + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the embedded editor is about to enter edit mode + + The event arguments + Setting the property to true will prevent the editor from entering edit mode. + + + + + + + + Called when the embedded editor has just entered edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + + + + + Called when the embedded editor is about to exit edit mode + + The event arguments + + + Setting the property to true will prevent the editor from exiting edit mode. + + + However, if the read-only property is true the action is not cancellable and setting Cancel to true will raise an exception. + + + + + + + + + Called when the embedded editor has just exited edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + + + + + Overridden. Called when the embedded editor has input validation error. + + The event arguments + + + + + Called after the editor has been created but before its Content is set, its Style has been applied and before it has been sited. + + The ValueEditor that was just created + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + + + + + Called when the editor receives focus. + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the left mouse buton is pressed + + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Called when a property has been changed + + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + + + + + Called when the value has changed in the editor + + + + + Overridden. Called whenever the value editor validates the value. + + + + Note that this method is called whenever the value editor validates + the value to be valid or invalid. + + + + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the 'IsActive' dependency property + + + + + Called when the IsActive property has changed + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsSelected' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'SortStatus' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Value' dependency property + + + + + Called to coerce the value during a set + + The value to coerce + The coerced value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the that represents a specific cell. + + The specific cell. + The that represents the cell or null if not found in the visual tree. + If cell is null. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the that represents a specific cell. + + The cell's associated DataRecord. + The cell's associated Field. + The that represents the cell or null if not found in the visual tree. + If record or field is null. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Activates and enters the cell into edit mode. + + + + + + Celled when all the cell settings have been initialized + + + + + Called when the element either recieves or loses the logical focus. + + + + + + Sets the Value property to the specified value. + + New value. + Indicates whether to update the + data record's value with the new value. + + + + Overridden. Returns true if the cell is from an add-record. + + + + + Returns the resolved from the associated field's that the editor should use when its has not been explicitly specified. + + + + + Returns true if the field has an explicitly set DataType or it picked up the type from the data item's property. + + + + + Returns true is editing is allowed + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the item is enabled + + + + + Determines if asynchronous operations are supported (read-only) + + True if asynchronous operations are supported, otherwise false. + + This property returns false during certain operations that are synchronous in nature, e.g. during a report or export operation. + + + + + Returns the associated cell's data error. + + + + If the underlying ValueEditor that's being used to display the cell's value + has a value validation error (its set to false), + then this property will return the error message explaining why the value is invalid. + If the ValueEditor's IsValueValid is true, then the associated cell's DataError + property value is returned. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the associated cell has data error. + + + + HasDataError property returns true if the associated Cells's + property returns + true or if the underlying ValueEditor's + property returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets if this is active. + + + + + + + + Indicates if the cell is to be highlighted if it has data error. + + + + This property reflects the setting of property. + If it's set to Highlight or ErrorIconAndHighlight, this property will return true. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the cell is to display an error icon if it has data error. + + + + This property reflects the setting of property. + If it's set to ErrorIcon or ErrorIconAndHighlight, this property will return true. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the data error template is being used to display the editor. + + + + IsDataErrorTemplateActive property is used by the CellValuePresenter template + to determine if the data error template (see ) + should be used as the content template for the content presenter that's used to display the + editor inside the cell. The data error template is used to display the data error information + when data error info support is enabled. + Data error info support is enabled by the + and properties. + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the field is selected (read-only) + + + + + + Returns whether the mouse is over the ancestor DataRecordCellArea (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if the associated record is selected (read-only) + + + + + + Gets/sets if this is selected. + + + + + + + + + Returns the sort status of the Field (read-only) + + + + + Gets/sets the value of the cell + + + + + Returns an IList of instances contain the value change history for the data values associated with this CellValuePresenter. + + + + + + The brush applied to the background area when IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied to the background area when IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + + The brush applied to the background area when IsActive = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied to the background area when IsActive = true. + + + + + + The brush applied to the background area when IsFieldSelected = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied to the background area when IsFieldSelected = true. + + + + + + The brush applied to the background area when IsFieldSelected = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied to the background area when IsFieldSelected = true. + + + + + + The brush applied to the background area when HighlightAsPrimary = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied to the background area when HighlightAsPrimary = true. + + + + + + Style applied to internal ContentPresenter used by default templates. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when IsActive = true. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when IsAlternate = true. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when IsFieldSelected = true. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when IsFieldSelected = true. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when HighlightAsPrimary = true. + + + + + + Sets the CornerRadius of default borders. + + + + + + Indicates if any of the modifier keys are currently down. + + + + + An element used to display the value of an ExpandableFieldRecord (that does not contain a list of items) when it is expanded. + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Called to coerce the value during a set + + The value to coerce + The coerced value. + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + + + + + Called when a property has been changed + + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + + + + + Identifies the 'Orientation' dependency property + + + + + Sets the orientation for the stack panel of expanded cells + + + + + Custom action associated with a specific + + + + + These methods are for use by the + + + + + Used to obtain the action, if any, that should be kept in the undo/redo stack after the following changes are applied. + + The field layout whose customizations are being affected. + The type of customization(s) being reset. + The action to place in the undo/redo stack or null if the action should be removed. + + + + These methods are for use by the + + + + + Returns the associated control + + + + + Custom action associated with a specific + + + + + Returns the record associated with the action. + + + + + Returns the cached + + + + + Custom action associated with a specific + + + + + Custom action used to change the value of a single + + + + + Returns the value associated with the action. + + + + + Custom action used to change the value of multiple cells. + + + + + Action used to delete one or more instances + + + + + Action that used an to undelete records deleted through the data presenter ui. + + + + + Custom action that contains one or more actions. + + + + + Helper action used to identify an action that was successful but cannot be undone and shouldn't clear the undo stack either. + + + + + Action used to affect record filters. + + + + + Action used to change the extents of fields as well as the extent of a record when synchronized sizing is enabled. + + + + + Action used to resize a cell in an individual record. + + + + + Action used to add/remove an item from the GroupBy + + + + + Action used to change the SortedFields excluding group by actions + + + + + Action used to add/remove SummaryDefinitions from a FieldLayout. + + + + + Action used to toggle the state of a + + + + + Action used to change the position of one or more fields. + + + + + Action used to change the fixed state of onew or more records. + + + + + Structure used to represent a cell without requiring allocation of it + + + + + Base class for an object that represents a range of cells + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the range has a cell for the specified slot. + + The 0 based index of the row from which the cell should be obtained + The 0 based index of the column from which the cell should be obtained + True if the range includes an entry for the specified row/column otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns a cell for a row/column. + + The 0 based index of the row from which the cell should be obtained + The 0 based index of the column from which the cell should be obtained + Returns a for a specific row/column offset. + + + + Returns a for a given column. + + A 0 based index of the column whose field is to be returned. + The field at the specified index + + + + Returns a for a given row index. + + A 0 based index of the row whose record is to be returned. + The record at the specified index + + + + Returns a new list containing the fields referenced by the range. + + + + + + Returns the number of records in the range + + + + + Returns the number of fields in the range + + + + + A class that contains information representing a cell value. + + + + + + + Initializes a new . + + The cell value. + Specifies whether the cell value is display text or the raw + cell value. See property for more info. + + + + Specifies whether the value being set is display text. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value. + + +

This value is treated as either the cell value or display text depending on + property value.

+
+ +
+ + + Custom used by the class that maintains + the original value and display text. + + + + + Collection of instances + + + + + + Ensures that the values represent display text. + + + + + The at the specified index. + + The 0 based index of the row whose cell is to be returned + The 0 based index of the column whose cell is to be returned + The at the specified index or null if there is no cell in the specified position + The row/column must be at least 0 and less than the respective RowCount/ColumnCount count values. + + + + Returns the associated with the specified column in the collection + + The 0 based index of the column whose associated Field is to be returned. + The at the specified column index. + The column must be at least 0 and less than the ColumnCount. + + + + Returns the record associated with the specified row in the collection + + The 0 based index of the row whose associated record is to be returned. + The at the specified row index. + The row must be at least 0 and less than the RowCount. + + + + Returns the for the cell at the specified position. + + The 0 based index of the row whose cell value is to be returned. + The 0 based index of the column whose cell value is to be returned. + The associated with the cell at the specified position or null if there is no cell at that position. + + + + Returns the for the specified cell. + + The whose associated value is to be returned. + A instance for the specified cell or null if there is no value associated with the specified cell + + + + Returns the number of fields represented in the collection. + + + + + Returns the number of records represented in the collection. + + + + + Custom class used to store cell values in the clipboard + + + + + Used to obtain the cell values from the clipboard data. + + The format for which the values are being requested. + The clipboard dataobject from which the values should be obtained. + An array of values based on the values in the clipboard. + + + + Provides the data that should be put into the clipboard for the specified cell values. + + A collection of instances whose values should be put on the clipboard. The values should be converted to display text already. + A boolean indicating whether the values for the field labels should be included in the output. + Returns an object that provides a specific representation of that format for the specified values + + + + Returns the string representation of the label for the specified field. + + The value holder for the field whose label is to be returned. + The string representation of the specified CellValueHolder + + + + Returns the text representation of the specified value. + + The CellValueHolder whose value is to be returned as a string. + The string representation of the specified CellValueHolder + + + + Custom encoding class for providing cell values as Html + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Custom clipboard encoding for providing a string representation separated by the specified characters. + + + + + Custom clipboard encoding that will create separate values + + The string used to separate different rows of data + The string used between cell values + The string that should be used to wrap the cell separator + A list of characters that must be present in order to use the + The string that should be use to replace any instances of the if the delimiters are to be used. + Encoding to use when getting the clipboard data + + + + Invoked when an action was performed directly and the corresponding undo action needs to be added to the undo history. + + As with a normal perform, the redo history will be cleared. + The undo action to store + + + + Contains nested classes and other infrastructure for performing clipboard operations. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the specified operation can be performed. + + The operation to evaluate + A boolean indicating if the specified operation can be performed. + + + + Helper method to reinitialize all the values to their null representation. + + The provider whose values are to be reset + + + + Helper method to ensure that all values in the collection represent raw cell values. + + + + + Helper method to ensure that all values in the collection represent display text. + + Provider whose values are to be converted + + + + Helper class used to represent a set of row/column indexes. + + + + + Abstract class used to provide the ability to undelete records that were deleted through the control. + + +

The DataPresenter controls provide the end-user with the ability to delete records through + the user interface if the underlying data source supports deleting records. When undo functionality is enabled + (see ), you may allow the end user to undelete these records. To + enable this capability, the property must be set to + a derived instance of a UndeleteRecordsStrategy that can perform the undeletion for the + that are about to be deleted.

+

When an undo of deleted records is to be performed, the method is + invoked. Derived classes implement this method and perform the undeletion either recreating new objects + that have the same information as the deleted records or when possible reinserting the deleted records into + the datasource. After the undeletion is performed, the method is invoked + to allow you to set properties on the records such as the values of unbound cells.

+

If the records that were deleted had child records and the + property returns true when the records are being deleted, the DataPresenter will attempt to reconnect any + undo/redo actions associated with the descendants of the records that were deleted. If any actions were associated + with the descendant records, the method will be invoked to provide a + means to map the old record information to the new dataitem. By default, this will only work if the underlying + data items for the descendant records do not change.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to determine if an undeletion of the specified data items is possible. + + A list of objects containing information about the records that were deleted. + + + + + Invoked to perform an undeletion of records associated with the specified data items. + + A list of objects containing information about the records that were deleted. + Returns a dictionary that provides a mapping from the provided RecordInfo instances to the new data items. + + + + + Invoked after the call to to allow additional processing of the new records. + + A list of the instances for the undeleted records based on the specified mapping. + + + + Invoked after the records are deleted to allow providing a mapping between the old dataitems for the descendant records and that of the new descendant records. + + A list of instances that represent the descendant records + A dictionary that provides map between the old data item and the new data item for the descendant records or null to indicate that the + old items are not valid and therefore no mapping could take place. + +

This method is invoked if the returns true and there were + undo or redo actions associated with one or more descendants of the records that were deleted. This method provides + a means to indicate what new data items are now associated with the previous data items. By default, this method will + assume that the same data item instance is being used.

+

Note, this method may be called multiple times since it will be invoked separately for each + set of descendant records. For example, if there were grandchild records of the delete records, this will first + be invoked with the record info for the child records (i.e. the ancestors of those grandchild records).

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating whether actions associated with descendant records of the + records being deleted should be restored. + + + + + + Class used to provide information about the records to be undeleted. + + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code. + + Returns the hash code. + + + + Overridden. Returns true if the specified object equals this object. + + Object to compare. + True if objects are equal. + + + + Returns true if the object is a with the same data item. + + The UndeleteRecordInfo instance to compare to. + True if the object represent the same data item + + + + Returns the associated object from the deleted record's + + + + + Returns the original at the time when the record was being deleted. + + + + + Returns the underlying data item. + + + + + Returns the associated with the item. + + +

Note: Whereas the other properties identify the information of the + record at the time it was deleted, this property is updated, when possible, to reflect the + RecordManager to which the records would belong if they weren't deleted. This is usually used + during the method to determine the + to which the items + should be added during the undelete.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes a new with the specified undo limit. + + The initial number of items to allow within the undo/redo history. + + + + Adds an action to the undo history. + + The action to be added + +

Note: The redo history will be cleared as part of the operation.

+
+
+ + + Used to enumerate and adjust/remove actions from the undo/redo history. + + The delegate to invoke with each item from the undo/redo history. + + + + Used to enumerate the undo/redo history and perform an action on each. + + The delegate to invoke with each item from the undo/redo history. + + + + Used to enumerate the undo/redo history and perform an action on each. + + The delegate to invoke with each item from the undo/redo history. + True to enumerate the undo items + True to enumerate the redo items + + + + Indicates if an undo/redo operation is being performed based on the specified context. + + The context provided to an Action when its Perform method is invoked. + True if the context represents an undo/redo operation; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Indicates if an undo operation is being performed based on the specified context. + + The context provided to an Action when its Perform method is invoked. + True if the context represents an undo operation; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Indicates if an redo operation is being performed based on the specified context. + + The context provided to an Action when its Perform method is invoked. + True if the context represents an redo operation; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Returns or sets the maximum number of items within the undo/redo history. + + + + + Custom callback used to be called with one or more actions from the undo history. + + An action from the history + The action to be added to the undo or redo history. + + + + Creates list of fields. + + Field layout. + Returns a string that contains field keys and field type information. + + + + Static class that exposes the resource keys used by the datapresenter elements. + + + These keys are referenced in the templates of the datapresenter elements via dynamic references. Therefore, the default brushes can be easily changed + by defining replacement brushes, keyed with these keys, in resources anywhere within the resolution scope of their use. For example, + Note: These brushes are normally added to the Resources collection of the window or the application. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the AndLogicalOperatorBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the AddRowBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the AddRowBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the BreadcrumbCornerRadius. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the BreadcrumbItemForegroundHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonNormalOuterBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonNormalInnerBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonNormalCenterBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonHoverOuterBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonHoverInnerBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonHoverCenterBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonPressedOuterBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonPressedInnerBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonPressedCenterBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonDisabledOuterBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonDisabledInnerBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonDisabledCenterBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledDarkSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalDividerFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CardBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CarouselItemExpansionIndicator. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CellForegroundActive. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxHoverInnerBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxHoverInnerBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxHoverOuterBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalInnerBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalInnerBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalOuterBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalOuterBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxPressedInnerBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxPressedInnerBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ConnectorLinePen. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + Obsolete: ConnectorLinePenBrush ResourceKey is no longer used. Use ResourceKey instead. + + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CustomFilterControlHeaderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CustomFilterControlTextblockBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CustomFilterControlToolbarBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBackgroundActive. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the cvpBackgroundFieldSelected. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBackgroundPrimary. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBackgroundSelected. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBorderActive. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBorderFieldSelected. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBorderPrimary. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CVPBorderSelected. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DRCABackgroundActive. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DRCABackgroundAlternate. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DRCABackgroundHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DRCABackgroundSelected. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DRCABorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DRCABorderActive. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DRCABorderHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ExpanderBarBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ExpanderBarBorderHoverKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ExpanderBarBackgroundHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FieldChooserDragBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FieldLayoutForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterStrokeBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FFSplitterHorizontalTileBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FFSplitterVerticalTileBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterHorizontalFillBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterVerticalFillBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterHottrackStrokeBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterVerticalHottrackFillBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterHorizontalHottrackFillBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterGripperDarkLineBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedFieldsSplitterGripperLightLineBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the FixedRecordGlyphBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByAreaBackgroundHighlight. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByLabelHighlight. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByLabelHighlightBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByMultiLPOuterBackgroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByMultiLPBackgroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByMultiLPBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByMultiLPInnerBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByMultiLPOuterBevelBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByNavBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByNavBackgroundHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByNavBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupyByForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByAreaMultiBackgroundBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupByAreaMultiHighlightBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DataErrorHighlightBackgroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DataErrorHighlightBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DataErrorIconForegroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelHighlight. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelPresenterFooterMid. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelPresenterFooterMidHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelPresenterFooterMidBorderHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelPresenterFooterEndBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelPresenterFooterBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuHighlightOuterBorderBrushFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuHighlightBackgroundBrushFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuHighlightTextBrushFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NestedContentBackgroundBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the OrLogicalOperatorBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryButtonBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryButtonBackgroundHover. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryButtonForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryButtonPopupBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryButtonPopupBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryButtonPopupInnerBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryCommandButtonsBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryCommandButtonsBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryCSCItemForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryRecordPresenterBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SummaryRecordPresenterBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupPressedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelCornerRadius. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelInnerBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LabelOuterBorder. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardBackgroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardChromeBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CollapseCardGlyphNormalBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CollapseCardGlyphPressedBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CollapseCardGlyphActiveBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CollapseCellGlyphCheckedStrokeBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CollapseCellGlyphCheckedBackgroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardButtonBackgroundHottrackBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderTextBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardButtonBackgroundPressedBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderTextBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderBackgroundNormalBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderBorderNormalBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderBackgroundActiveBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderTextNormalBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderTextActiveBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardPanelBackgroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderAddRowHeaderTextBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderAddRowHeaderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderAddRowCardChromeBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderFilterRecordHeaderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ViewCardHeaderFilterRecordCardChromeBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHotTrackOuterBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHotTrackInnerBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHotTrackFillBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemCheckMarkStrokeBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemIsCheckedBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemIsCheckedFillBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemDropDownArrowBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHotTrackDropDownArrowBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemPopupOuterBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemPopupFillBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemForegroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHotTrackForegroundBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemSeparatorBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemIconAreaBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemIconAreaBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RecordFilterTreeSearchBorderBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RecordFilterTreeClearSearchFillBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RecordFilterTreeClearSearchHotTrackFillBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonDisabledForegroundKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonNormalForegroundKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CustomFilterControlHeaderForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CustomFilterControlSummaryBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CustomFilterControlSummaryBorderKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + Class used to hold information about a value change. + + +

One or more instances of this class are returned in an IList to represent the history of value changes for a particular .

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets an arbitrary object value that can be used to store custom information about this DataValueInfo. + + + + + Returns the date/time when the associated data value changed. (read-only) + + + + + Returns the value captured when the associated data value changed. (read-only) + + + + + Class with the logic for starting and managing dragging and dropping of a field. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Used by the FieldChooser to change the visibility of a field when the checkbox next to a field + is checked/unchecked in the field chooser. The logic for raising events as well as managing + the undo/redo for the action is already part of the DropInfo and therefore the field chooser + is utilizing the same logic. + + Field whose visibility is being changed in the field chooser. + New visibility of the field. + + + + Gets the drop info and also displays/moves the drag indicator. + + + + + + + + Sets/clears appropriate FieldChooser's IsDragItemOver property. IsDragItemOver indicates + if any field being dragged from the data presenter is over that field chooser. + + + + + + Called to indicate that the drag operation has ended. Drop will be processed if 'cancel' parameter + is false. + + Mouse event args associated with the drag end. + Indicates whether to process the drop operation. + + + + Called whenever mouse is moved while drag operation is in progress. + + + + + Starts dragging operation. It displays the drag indicator to indicate that dragging operation is in progress. + + + + + Returns the associated data presenter. + + + + + Returns the field being dragged. + + + + + Contains information about a specific drop. It contains info on the new layout. + + + + + Constructs an invalid drop info. Used for figuring out the drag indicator location. + + + + + + + + This constructor is used when the user drags a field from the data presenter and drops it either + outside of the data presenter or over a field chooser to hide the field and it's also used when + the user drags a field from the field chooser and drops it over the data presenter to show the + field. Note that when the field is dropped over a field-layout area, (for example in relation + to another field or over an empty logical cell of the field-layout), then this constructor will + note be used. In that case the relative drop-location drop-type is used. + + Drag manager. + + + + + Initializes the drop indicator. If the drop indicator should not be + shown then returns false. + + Drop indicator window. + A value indicating whether the drop indicator should be shown. + + + + When an item is moved below or right in the same logical column or row, + the space previously occupied by the item will become empty. We need to + shift items up or left respectively to fill that gap. This method does that. + + + + + + + Indicates if the item is currently being dragged outside of valid drop area. + For example, if the item is + + + + + Aggregates items in the specified collections. + + + Returns the array of items. + + + + Compares x and y for equality. + + A string to compare. + A string to compare. + If true then null and "" will be considered equal. + True if the strings are equal. False otherwise. + + + + Compares if items in the lists are the same in the same order. Null lists are treated as empty lists so + a null list is equal to a list with 0 items. + + List of items + List of items + Returns true if the items are in the same order and same. + + + + Copies specified items to the array starting from arrayIndex in the array. + + + + + + + + + Checks to see if the p is inside the elem. + + Element. + Point relative to the element. + True if the point is inside element. + + + + Ensure that the point is in the bounds of the specified elem. It makes sure that point.X and point.Y + are greater than 0 and less than the elem's ActualWidth/Height. + + + + + + + + Focuses the element if its Focusable is true otherwise finds an ancestor element + whose Focusable is true and focuses it. + + + + + + + Returns the value of the specified attribute on the node. If attribute doesn't exist, returns null. + + + + + + + + Returns the value of the specified attribute on the node. If attribute doesn't exist, returns defaultValue. + + + + + + + + + Gets the rect of elem relative to the specified ancestor. + + + + + + + + Helper routine similar to find ancestor except that it returns the direct child that + contains the descendant. + + The nested descendant from which to start searching the ancestors + The ancestor whose direct child is to be returned + + + + Returns both the logical and visual descendants of the element. + + + + + + + Returns descendant elements of the specified type. The order will be as such that the parent + element will always be before the child element. + + Element whose descendants to return. + Descendant elements of this type will be returned. + Whether derived types will be allowed. + Matching descendant elements. + + + + Returns the union of rects of specified framework elements in relation to the specified ancestor. + + + + + + + + Indicates if the specified records collection is for template records. + + + + + + + Combines all of the items in the specified enumerables into a single array. + + Type of objects in the specified enumerables + Items to combine into a single array + Returns the array + + + + Combines all of the items in the specified enumerables into a single array. + + Type of objects in the specified enumerables + Items to combine into a single array + Returns the array + + + + Returns the specified items as list. + + Type of objects in the specified items enumerable + Items to return as list + If there are no items, then this parameter indicates + whether to return null instead of an empty list. + List containing the items + + + + Returns the specified items as list. + + Type of objects in the specified items enumerable + Items to return as list + If there are no items, then this parameter indicates + whether to return null instead of an empty list. + List containing the items + + + + Converts the specified object to string. If the object is null or its ToString implementation + returns null or empty string, it will return the specified defaultString. Also it will return + the specified defaultString if object's ToString implementation returns the type name of the + object (which is the what the default implementation of System.Object.ToString does). + + Object to convert to a string. + Default string. + Converted string. + + + + Converts the specified object to string. If the object is null or its ToString implementation + returns null or empty string, it will return the specified defaultString. Also it will return + the specified defaultString if object's ToString implementation returns the type name of the + object (which is the what the default implementation of System.Object.ToString does). + + Object to convert to a string. + Default string. + Format provider. + Converted string. + + + + CellContentAlignment Attached Dependency Property + + + + + FieldVisibility Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Filters out records that are filtered out. In other words, returns records that pass the filter. + + + + + Constructor. Uses VisibilityResolved property to filter out non-visible records. + + + + + Constructor. If ignoreFilteringLogic is true then uses VisibilityResolved_NoFiltering property, + otherwise uses the VisibilityResolved property to filter out records. + + If is true then uses VisibilityResolved_NoFiltering property, + otherwise uses the VisibilityResolved property to filter out records. + + + + Contains information regarding layout container. + + + + + Helper method to adjust a rect for a given cell row/col based on its fixed location. + + + + + Calculates the fixed location for a given origin. + + + + + Returns the rect relative to the layout container element. + + + + + + + + + + + Contains info on a layout item. + + + + + Rect of the element. + + + + + Contains rect information and the element its relative to. + + + + + Constructor + + Drag manager + Rectangle + This is the element that the specified rectangle is relative to. If null then + the rect is taken to be relative to the screen. + + + + Gets the rect relative to data presenter. + + Rect relative to data presenter. + + + + Gets the rect relative to specified element. If null then gets the rect in screen coordinates. + + + + + + + Checks to see if the rect contains specified point. + + Point to check. + True if the rect contains the point, false otherwise. + + + + Contains point info and which element its relative to. + + + + + Returns the mouse position relative to data presenter. + + + + + + Tool window derived class for displaying drag indicators. + + + Note that there is no need for you to instantiate this directly. DataPresenter + creates this control when the user starts a drag operation. + + + + + + This control is used for displaying drag indicator when a field is being dragged. + + + Note that there is no need for you to instantiate this directly. DataPresenter + creates this control when the user starts a drag operation. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the field being dragged. The field's label is displayed inside the drag indicator. + + + + + Specifies whether the drag field's cell is also displayed in addition to its label. + + + + + Indicates if the field being dragged is from a FieldChooser. + + + + + Indicates if the field being dragged is from the group-by area. + + + + + Contains information on how an item is to be laid out by the layout manager. + + + + + Creates a new instance of ItemLayoutInfo with the specified position and + field's visibility and fixed location property values. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the column, row, colum span and row span are the same in + the specified ItemLayoutInfo instances. + + + + + + + + Returns the bottom most logical row. + + + + + Returns the right most logical column. + + + + + Returns true if the Visibility property is not Collapsed. Flase otherwise. + + + + + Gets or sets the Visibility. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Figures out where to position any new field that gets added. + + + + + + + Checks to see if the specified item overlaps with any other item in the items collection. + + Item to check if it overlaps with any other item. + This item will be ignored and not checked for overlap. + + + + + Checks to see if the specified item overlaps with any other item in the items collection. + + Item to check if it overlaps with any other item. + Collection of items. + This item will be ignored and not checked for overlap. + + + + + Helper routine to adjust the origins of items such that items from one fixed + area do not overlap with that of another. + + + + + Ensures items don't overlap. Returns true if the layout was changed. + + True if any items were changed, false otherwise. + + + + Makes sure any new field that is added or an existing collapsed field that is made + visible doesn't overlap with other fields. This also ensures that if such a field + was previously collapsed, it appears where it was previously. + + + + + Checks to see if any of the items in the newInfo have different logical row or column value + than the corresponding item in this layout info. Any items that exist in the new layout info + but not in this layout info are ignored. + + + + + + Checks to see if any of the items in the newInfo have different logical row or column value + than the corresponding item in this layout info. Any items that exist in the new layout info + but not in this layout info are ignored. + + + + + + + + Helper method to check all the non-collapsed items to ensure that the fixed areas don't overlap each other. This does not check if items within the areas overlap. + + + + + + Copies entries from the source into this layout info. + + Source layout info from which to copy information to this layout info. + If true sets the IsCollapsed to true + on fields in this layout info that don't exist in the source. + + + + Helper method to offset the Row or Column of items in the layout. + + True if the Column is to be adjusted, otherwise false to adjust the Row + The lowest Column/Row for which an item should be adjusted + The offset amount + + + + Synchronizes fields' Visibility property with the _isCollapsed value of the associated + item layout infos. + + + + + Gets the previous or next item in the logical column or row based on the _verticalLayout member var. + + Index of the item. + + + + Represents a drop where the field being dragged is either made visible or hidden. + + + + + None. This drop type is not being used. + + + + + Used in the case where the user the user drags a field from the data presenter and + drops it outside of the data presenter or over a field chooser. Doing so hides the field. + + + + + Used in the case where the user drags a field from the field chooser and drops it over + the data presenter. Doing so shows the field in the data presenter. NOTE: When the + field is dropped over a field-layout area (for example in relation to another field + or over an empty logical cell of the field-layout), then this drop type will not be + used. It will use the relative drop-location drop-type. + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Used in a 's collection to define the layout of a single field + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The name of the field. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The name of the field. + The type of data the field contains + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The name of the field. + The label to use to represent the field in the UI. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The name of the field. + The type of data the field contains + The label to use to represent the field in the UI. + + + + Called when a DP or CLR property has been changed + + + + + + Called when a property has been changed + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellValuePresenterStyle' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'FixedLocation' dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Internal use only + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Checks if the object should be serialized + + + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the SummaryStringFormats property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SummaryStringFormats property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the 'Visibility' dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the preferred size for the field based on the current resolved + + A double that represents the preferred size for the field or double.NaN if a value could not be calculated. + + + + Returns the preferred size for the field based on the specified . + + Provides information about what aspects should affect the size of the field. + Indicates which records should be evaluated + A double that represents the preferred size for the field or double.NaN if a preferred size could not be calculated. + + + + Returns the property descriptor used by this field when retrieving cell data for the specified data record. + + Data record. + PropertyDescriptor instance. + + + GetPropertyDescriptor method is used to get the PropertyDescriptor used by this field. With + homogeneous data source, all data records from a field layout will use the same PropertyDescriptor + for a field. + + + + + + + + Updates the customized preferred size for the field based on the current + + + + + Updates the customized preferred size for the field based on the specified + + Provides information about what aspects should affect the size of the field. + Indicates which records should be evaluated + + + + Updates the customized preferred size for the field + + The options to include when calculating the size + Indicates which records should be evaluated + True if the operation should be added to the undo stack + + + + The LayoutItemVersion is used to control when the cached layout information for a specific field. + + + + + Called when a that has an editor is no longer associated with this Field + + + Derived field classes can override this method to clear properties on the editor that were previousy set. + Note: classes that override this method should always call the base implementation. + + The editor to clear. + Whether this editor is inside a filter cell + + + + + + Clears user field resize information and reverts field extents back to their default values. + + + + + Returns a GridBagLayoutManager that can be used to measure a cell value presenter and label presenter within a CellPresenter. + + + + + Returns the size information from the ExplicitResizeInfo for the given type/extent. + + True to return the extent for the label; false to return the extent for the cell + True to return the width for the specified type; otherwise false to get the height. + + + + Called after an editor has been sited within a associated with this Field + + + Derived field classes can override this method to set properties on the editor. + Note: classes that override this method should always call the base implementation. + + The editor to initialize. + Whether this editor is inside a filter cell + + + + + + Called after cloning a field when exporting or printing + + The source field + + Note: classes that override this method should always call the base implementation. + + + + + This method is called whenever a property on FieldSettings belonging to this FieldLayout, the DataPresenterBase + or a Field changes. When DataPresenter's FieldSettings changes, this method is called on all FieldLayouts, otherwise + its called on just the associated FieldLayout. + + Property change notification event args. + Settings whose property changed. + The owner of the settings object - either DataPresenterBase or FieldLayout or Field + that the settings object belongs to. + + + Can be null. The field for which to process the change. + Associated field layout if any. + Associated data presenter if any. + + + + Sets the position of the field in the record cell area. + + New position + If true then makes sure this field doesn't + overlap any other field by moving other fields' positions as necessary. + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Called when a field property changes so that an associated editor's property can be synchronized if necessary. + + + Derived field classes can override this method to synchronize properties on the editor. + Note: classes that override this method should always call this base implementation. + + The property that was changed. + The editor to update. + Whether this editor is inside a filter cell. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the editor uses arrows keys while in edit mode. + + true if the editor uses arrows keys in edit mode, false if it does not or null (the default) to use the editor's defaut which for most editors is true (false for the . + + Note: the setting of this property does not change the behavior of the editor. + Instead, it is used by editor hosts, e.g. the XamDataGrid, to determine if they should ignore or process the arrow keys for directional navigation while this editor is in edit mode. + + + + + + Gets/sets a binding that will be used to bind each 's Value property + + + Note: If this property is set to a binding then the property will + be coerced to 'UseAlternateBinding'. AlternateBindings have some additional memory and performance overhead. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the field should auto-release binding objects or retain them after they are created. + + + + By default a field with an creates a binding object for every cell whose value is accessed and + then discards it after evaluating the binding so minimize the memory usage. This however means that every + time an unbound cell's value is accessed, it will have to re-create the binding object. Even though this + preserves memory, it may have adverse performance impact since the binding has to be re-created every + time the unbound cell's value is needed. This adverse performance will be surfaced when a sort or + group-by operation is performed on the field with a lot of records. When this property is set to + Retain, the bindings will be retained and successive sort, group-by or any other operations that + require accessing values of all the unbound cells will be less performance intensive. + + Note: this property is ignored unless is set to a binding. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the actual position of the field in the arrangement of fields in the field layout. + + + + ActualPosition property returns the resolved position of the field in the field + layout. This value can be different from the field's , , + and property values because of either + auto-arrangement or user's re-arranging of fields. + + + You can set this property to change the position of the field in the arrangement of fields. + The difference between this property and the , , + and properties is that these properties + specify the initial or default position information of the field whereas ActualPosition + specifies the actual or current position information of the field. Note that you + can use the FieldLayout's method to + make sure none of the fields overlap after setting ActualPosition on one or more fields. + + + Note that if the data presenter hasn't auto-arranged fields yet (because for example the + data presenter hasn't been displayed yet), this property will return a default value based on + its Column, Row, ColumnSpan and RowSpan property settings. + + + + + + + Determines if the cell uielement creation will be deferred until the cell is brought into view (read-only). + + +

Note: even if this property is resolved to true it is possible that it will be ignored in certain conditions where the cells cannot be virtually allocated.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines if the LabelPresenter creation will be deferred until the label is brought into view (read-only). + + +

Note: even if this property is resolved to true it is possible that it will be ignored in certain conditions where the labels cannot be virtually allocated.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines if the user can edit a cell. + + This property defaults to null which will ultimately resolve to true. However, even if this property is resolved to true it will be ignored if the does not support editing. + + FieldSettings.AllowEdit + + + + + + + Determines if the user can edit a cell (read-only). + + This property is resolved to true it will be ignored if the does not support editing. + + + FieldSettings.AllowEdit + + + + + + + Determines if the end user should be allowed to change the fixed state of the field and to which edges the field may be fixed. + + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved value indicating whether a field's may be changed and to which edge the field may be fixed. + + + FieldSettings.AllowFixing + + + + + + + Determines if the user can initiate a group by operation thru the UI for this + + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Determines if the user can initiate a group by operation thru the UI for this (read-only). + + + + FieldSettings.AllowGroupBy + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user can show or hide a field. It also controls whether the field + is displayed in the field chooser control. + + + + AllowHiding property determines whether the user can show or hide a field. + It also controls whether the field is displayed in the field chooser. If set to Never + then the field is excluded from the field chooser and the user is not allowed to show or + hide the field in any way. + + + If set to ViaFieldChooserOnly, the user can show or hide a field through the field + chooser control only. + + + If set the Always, in addition to being able to show or hide via field chooser + control, the user can hide a field by dragging it outside of the data presenter. + + + + + + FieldSettings.AllowHiding + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FieldSettings.AllowHiding + + + + + Enables the record filtering user interface. Default is null which resolves to False. + + + + AllowRecordFiltering property enables the record filtering user interface where the user can + specify filter criteria to filter records. Records that do not match the specified filter criteria will + hidden (this is default behavior which can be changed by setting the property), + and thus presenting the user with the view of only the data that matches the filter criteria. + + + property specifies the type of user interface that the data presenter will + use to let the user filter records. + + + To actually specify filter conditions in code to pre-filter the records, use the FieldLayout's + or the RecordManager's depending on the + property setting. By default FieldLayout's RecordFilters are used. + + + To check if a data record is filtered out, use the record's property. + GroupByRecord also exposes property, which returns true if all + of its descendant data records are filtered out. + + + Note: In filter record if a field's AllowRecordFiltering is set to false, the filter cell will be disabled. + However it will display the current filter criteria if any. + + + + FieldSettings.AllowRecordFiltering + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + AllowRecordFilteringResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + FieldSettings.AllowRecordFiltering + + + + + Determines if the user can resize a cell or label in a + + + FieldSettings.AllowResize + + + + + + In with set to Horizontal, this property governs row sizing. Otherwise it governs column resizing. + + + + + + Determines if the user can resize a cell or label in a + + + + FieldSettings.AllowResize + + + + + + In with set to Horizontal, this property governs row sizing. Otherwise it governs column resizing. + + + + + + Determines if the summary calculation selection UI is enabled for the user to select one or more + summary calculations to perform on field values (read-only). + + + + AllowSummariesResolved returns the resolved value based on FieldSettings' + property settings. + object is exposed on Field (), + FieldLayout () and Field (). + + + To actually set whether summaries are allowed, use the FieldSettings' + and properties. + + + To specify summary calculations to perform, use the FieldLayout's + property. + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to validate the editor's value even if the user doesn't modify the value. Default value + is null which will resolve to False where the editor only validates the value if the user modifies it. + + + + By default the editor validates the value only if the user has modified it, even if the editor's value is + invalid. If the user doesn't modify the value and tries the leave the editor with invalid value that the + editor was initialized with, no validation takes place. You can change this behavior by setting + AlwaysValidate to true, where the editor will + take validation action based on the property setting as long as the + editor's value is invalid, regardless of whether the the user has modified it or not. + + + As an example, let's say ValueConstraint on the editor had MinLength constraint set to 5. The editor is + initialized with string value "a", which doesn't meet the MinLength of 5 constraint. The editor's + IsValueValid would be false, since the current value doesn't meet the value constraint. If the + user tries to leave the editor without modifying the value, by default the editor will not take any + validation action and prompt the user of invalid value. However if you set AlwaysValidate to + true, the editor will take validation action. Note that if the user modifies the value, then + the editor will validate regardless of this property setting. + + + + + + + + Returns true if this was automatically generated (read-only). + + +

Refer to the Assigning a FieldLayout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanantion of the auot generation process.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines how cell values are obtained. + + + This property defaults to 'UseNameBinding' which looks for a property name + on the data item that matches this field's property exactly. With this setting if a corresponding property + is not found on the data item then this FieldLayout will not match and can not be used for that data item. In this case, if there + isn't another FieldLayout available that where all fields, with a BindingType of 'UseNameBinding', match properties on the data item + then a new FieldLayout will be generated. + Note: If the property is set to a binding then this property will + be coerced to 'UseAlternateBinding'. + + + + + + + + Get/sets the calculation settings related to this field. This information is used for exposing cell data to a XamCalculationManager's network. + + + Note: this property will be ignored unless 's is set. + + + + + + + + Returns a collection of objects (read-only) + + + + + + Gets the resolved relative clickAction of the cell to its field (read-only) + + + + + Gets the resolved relative position of the label to its field (read-only) + + + + + The resolved height for this field's cells in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + Returns a resolved value based on the + + + + + The resolved maximum height for this field's cells in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The resolved maximum width for this field's cells in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The resolved minimum height for this field's cells in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The resolved minimum width for this field's cells in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The style for the CellValuePresenter + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + The resolved width for this field's cells in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + Returns a resolved value based on the + + + + + Returns/sets whether Views that support the collapsing of cells should collapse cells associated with this Field when the cells contain empty values (e.g. empty string/null for string, null for nullable types, and 0 for numeric types). + + + + + + + + The column in the grid in the 's generated template and optionally its where this s cells and labels should be placed. + + + + This property is ignored if does not resolve to 'Never'. + + + Note: In addition to the and properties, there are separate and properites. These settings determine that actual grid row and column for this Field's cells and labels. + + Column, , and properties specify the logical location + of the field in the layout of fields (label area and cell area). Field layout is comprised of a grid whose logical dimensions are + automatically calculated based the visible fields and their Column/Row and ColumnSpan/RowSpan values. ColumnSpan and RowSpan specify + number of logical cells the field occupies in the grid. By default each field occupies one cell. However you can set these properties + to have a field occupy more than one logical cell. Column and Row properties determine the position of the field in the grid. + Actual pixel dimentions of the fields are determined by their and properties. It's + not necessary to set Width and Height properties as they are auto-calculated. + + + Note that in the case where a field occupies multiple logical columns, the pixel widths of the logical columns in the grid are + not evenly distributed. If there are other fields that occupy the constituent logical columns individually, they will determine the + pixel dimension of each individual logical column based on the field's setting or its auto-calculated width if that property + is not set. Basically the field layout assigns pixel dimensions to logical columns based on the requirements of all the fields + that occupy those logical columns to satisfy those fields's width requirements. Goal of the field layout is to ensure width requirements of the fields + are met but any extra slack will not be distributed amongst logical columns evenly. This behavior will be evident in the following + scenario. Field "A" has Row, Column, RowSpan and ColumnSpan values of 0, 0, 1, and 3 respectively and field "B" + has these values as 1, 0, 1, 2, and field "C" has the valules as 1, 0, 1, 1. Essentially field "A" occupies 3 logical columns in first + logical grid row, field "B" occupies 2 logical columns in second logical row and field "C" occupies 1 logical column in the same logical row. + Sice "B" occpies 2 logical columns and "C" occupies 1 logical column doesn't mean that "B" will be twice as wide as "C". + The pixel widths of the first, second and third logical column will solely be determined by the pixel width requirements of the + "A", "B" and "C" fields. If "A" requires 300, "B" requires 100 and "C" requires 100 then the "A" will + be 300, "B" will be 100 and "C" will be 200 even though "B" has 2 logical column spans and "C" has just 1. This is because + the pixel widths across logical columns are allocated based on the width requirements of the constituent fields and any slack is + assigned to the rightmost column when considering which logical column to assign any slack that is required to satisfy pixel width + requirement of a field spanning the multiple logical columns in question (in this case 300 requirement of "A" field that spans + 3 logical columns). End result is that the width requirement of "A", "B" and "C" are all satisfied but the extra slack distribution + is not evenly divided according to column span settings. The same applies to logical rows as well. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines how many logical columns this 's cells span in the layout + + + + This property is ignored if does not resolve to 'Never'. + + + Note: In addition to the and properties, there are separate and properites. These settings determine that actual grid row and column for this Field's cells and labels. + + Column, , and properties specify the logical location + of the field in the layout of fields (label area and cell area). Field layout is comprised of a grid whose logical dimensions are + automatically calculated based the visible fields and their Column/Row and ColumnSpan/RowSpan values. ColumnSpan and RowSpan specify + number of logical cells the field occupies in the grid. By default each field occupies one cell. However you can set these properties + to have a field occupy more than one logical cell. Column and Row properties determine the position of the field in the grid. + Actual pixel dimentions of the fields are determined by their and properties. It's + not necessary to set Width and Height properties as they are auto-calculated. + + + Note that in the case where a field occupies multiple logical columns, the pixel widths of the logical columns in the grid are + not evenly distributed. If there are other fields that occupy the constituent logical columns individually, they will determine the + pixel dimension of each individual logical column based on the field's setting or its auto-calculated width if that property + is not set. Basically the field layout assigns pixel dimensions to logical columns based on the requirements of all the fields + that occupy those logical columns to satisfy those fields's width requirements. Goal of the field layout is to ensure width requirements of the fields + are met but any extra slack will not be distributed amongst logical columns evenly. This behavior will be evident in the following + scenario. Field "A" has Row, Column, RowSpan and ColumnSpan values of 0, 0, 1, and 3 respectively and field "B" + has these values as 1, 0, 1, 2, and field "C" has the valules as 1, 0, 1, 1. Essentially field "A" occupies 3 logical columns in first + logical grid row, field "B" occupies 2 logical columns in second logical row and field "C" occupies 1 logical column in the same logical row. + Sice "B" occpies 2 logical columns and "C" occupies 1 logical column doesn't mean that "B" will be twice as wide as "C". + The pixel widths of the first, second and third logical column will solely be determined by the pixel width requirements of the + "A", "B" and "C" fields. If "A" requires 300, "B" requires 100 and "C" requires 100 then the "A" will + be 300, "B" will be 100 and "C" will be 200 even though "B" has 2 logical column spans and "C" has just 1. This is because + the pixel widths across logical columns are allocated based on the width requirements of the constituent fields and any slack is + assigned to the rightmost column when considering which logical column to assign any slack that is required to satisfy pixel width + requirement of a field spanning the multiple logical columns in question (in this case 300 requirement of "A" field that spans + 3 logical columns). End result is that the width requirement of "A", "B" and "C" are all satisfied but the extra slack distribution + is not evenly divided according to column span settings. The same applies to logical rows as well. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets a converter to use to convert the value of each cell represented by this Field + + + This object is used to convert a 's from its + to and from the . + The converted value can be accessed thru the cell's property + or via the 's + and methods. + To change this Field's EditAsType set its . property. + Note: The converter's Convert and ConvertBack methods are called even if the Field's DataType matches its EditAsTypeResolved. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the culture to use with the Converter + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved culture to use with the Converter + + + + + + Gets/sets a parameter to pass into the Converter's convert methods. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the data context for a field that wants to participate in data binding. + + + + Unless this property is explicitly set it will be coerced to use the 's DataContext. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + DataItemUpdateTriggerResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + + + + The data type of the field + + If the type is not string and it implements the IEnumerable interface then it will default to being expandable. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of the property for this . (read-only) + + + + + Gets the resolved value of the property for this . (read-only) + + + + + Gets the resolved value of the property for this . (read-only) + + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + + + + + + Gets the default 'edit as' type for this field (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether clipboard operations that would attempt to modify the value of the cell should be skipped. + + +

DisallowModificationViaClipboard specifies whether to ignore clipboard operations on + cells of this field and has a default value of false. If set to True, any clipboard operations that will + end up modifying the cell values will be ignored for the cells associated with this field. This is useful for + read-only or ID columns when you would typically not want to allow cutting/pasting on cells of such columns.

+

Note that operations that do not modify the values, such as Copy + operation, will still be allowed on the associated cells.

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets/sets the style for editor in each cell. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the type of editor to use for cell values. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved editor type for this field (read-only) + + +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+
+
+ + + Gets/sets the type of editor to use for cell values. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved edit-as-type for this field (read-only). This is the type that will be edited + by the cell. + + +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+
+
+ + + Gets the resolved CellVisibilityWhenGrouped property value. + + + + Use the FieldSettings' property to specify whether + the cells of the field should be visible when records are grouped by it. CellVisibilityWhenGroupedResolved + simply returns the resolved value of this property. + + + + + + + Returns the resolved value of property. + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + ExcelStyleFilterSearchOperatorResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . If the value is + not set to a specific value at one of these levels then it will default to 'Like'. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved mode for how an will be expanded (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved mode for how an will display a header (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved editor style for a filter cell for this field (read-only) + + +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+
+
+ + + Gets the resolved style for a for this field (read-only) + + +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+
+
+ + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterClearButtonVisibilityResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterConditionOptimizationThresholdResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . If the value is + not set to a specific value at one of these levels then it will default to 3. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterEvaluationTriggerResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterOperandUITypeResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterOperatorDefaultValueResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterOperatorDropDownItemsResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value indicating whether filter operator is visible in the filter cell associated with this field. + + + FilterOperatorVisibilityResolved returns the resolved value indicating whether filter operator is + visible in the filter cell associated with this field. Filter operator visibility is determined using various + factors like how many operators are available for the user to choose, or what kind of operand ui type the filter + cell makes use of. You can force the filter operator UI to be hidden by setting the + property to None. + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterStringComparisonTypeResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the the DataPresenter's + or the FieldLayout's or individual Field's . + + + + + + + + Property used for specifying a custom comparer used to compare values as part of the filtering logic. + + + + FilterComparer specifies a comparer that is used to compare field values when evaluating + record filter conditions. + + + Note that the field values are converted to type specified by + before performing comparisons. + + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved filter evaluator. + + + + + + + + Returns a value indicating if the fixed button should be visibility for the field. + + + + + + Indicates whether the field should be fixed and if so to which edge. + + + + + + + Specifies format used for converting between value and text. + + + See property for more information. + + + + + Specifies format provider used for converting between value and text. + + + + FormatProvider is used to convert between text and the value. The editor + will use this along with property setting to convert the value + to text for display purposes. Note that when editing, only the FormatProvider will + be used and the Format property will be ignored. This is to facilitate easier + editing of values without the clutter of formatting symbols. + + + The default behavior can be changed by providing custom conversion logic using + and + properties. + + + Note: FormatProvider property is of type IFormatProvider interface. IFormatProvider + is implemented by CultureInfo object therefore this property can be set to an instance of + CultureInfo. You can also use DateTimeFormatInfo or NumberFormatInfo as these + implement the interface as well. + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved comparer to sort groups for this field, may return null. + + +

This IComparer instance will be used for sorting group-by records associated with this field if this field were a group-by field.

+ +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the resolved evaluator to group records by this field. + + + + + Determines how s are grouped + + + If a FieldSettings.GroupByComparer is specified then this setting is ignored. Otherwise, an internal implementation will be supplied based on the value. + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + FieldSettings.GroupByMode + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the resolved mode for how s are grouped. + + If a is specified then this setting is ignored. Otherwise, an internal implementation will be supplied based on the value. + + FieldSettings.AllowGroupBy + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved style for the records that are generated when grouping by this field. (read-only) + + +

Note: this property can return null.

+
+
+ + + Returns true if property is set to a value other than null or an empty string. + + + + + Returns true if a settings object has been allocated (read-only) + + + + + Returns or sets a FieldLength instance that represents the height of the field. + + + + + + + Specifies how the content within a cell will be aligned horizontally. + + + + + + The zero-based index of the field in its (read-only). + + + + + Specifies what action to take when the user attempts to leave the editor with an invalid value. + + + + InvalidValueBehavior specifies what action to take when the user tries to leave + the editor after entering an invalid value. + + + There are various ways a value in the editor can be considered invalid by the editor. + If the entered text can not be parsed into an object of type specified by + property, then the value is considered invalid. For + example, if the ValueType is set to Int32 or any other numeric type and the user + enteres a non-numeric text then the text can not be parsed into the value type. As a result + the editor will consider the input invalid. + + + Another way the value can be considered invalid is if the entered value can not satisfy + constraints specified by object. For example, if + is specified as 10 and the value entered is 8 + then the value does not satisfy the constraints and thus will be considred invalid. + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of the property. + + + Note: This property can return .Default which means that the editor's default value will be used. + + + + + + + Determines if cells of this field are enabled. + + + A cell is disabled if this property is set to false or its asscoiated 's IsEnabled property is false. + If the record is enabled then the cell's IsEnabled property will override the field's setting if it isn't null. + Note: This property does not affect the enabled state of a associated with this field in either a filter record or an add record. + + + + + + Record.IsEnabled + Cell.IsEnabled + Cell.IsEnabledResolved + + + + Determines if cells of this field are enabled when in an add record. + + + A cell is disabled if this property is set to false or its asscoiated 's IsEnabled property is false. + If the record is enabled then the cell's IsEnabled property will override the field's setting if it isn't null. + Note: This property only affects the enabled state of a associated with this field in an add record. + + + + Record.IsEnabled + Cell.IsEnabled + Cell.IsEnabled + + + + Determines if this 's cells can be expanded. + + + Note: 's that have a that implements the interface + are expandable by default. However, any can be made expandable by setting its property to true. + Expandable fields have associated s and s to represent them in the UI. When one of these is expanded + its nested content will contain either a if its value implements the IEnumerable interface and is not a string. All + other data types including string will display an . + + Note: If this property is left to its default setting of null then will return true for s whose implements IEnumerable. All other data types will return false by default. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines if this can be expanded (read-only). + + + Note: 's that have a that implements the interface + are expandable by default. However, any can be made expandable by setting its property to true. + Expandable fields have associated s and s to represent them in the UI. When one of these is expanded + its nested content will contain either a if its value implements the IEnumerable interface and is not a string. All + other data types including string will display an . + + Note: If the property is left to its default setting of null then this will return true for s or whose implements IEnumerable. All other data types will return false by default. + However, if this is a derived, i.e. editor specific field, e.g. a , , etc., then this property will return false unless is not null. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the field is fixed based on the FixedLocation and whether the current view supports fixing fields. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating that the fixed state of the field will be changing. + + + + + + Returns true if this is a groupby field (read-only) + + + s become groupby fields once corresponding objects, whose properties were set to true, have been added to the 's collection. + + In order to initialize a field as a groupby field you need to add a corresponding object to the 's collection in response to the 's event. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this is the Primary Field + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to modify the value in the editor. Default value is null. + + + + If IsReadOnly is set to True the user will not be allowed to modify the + value of the editor. However note that you will still be able to modify the value of + the editor in code via for example its property. + The default value of this property is null. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this is the Field in the owning field layout that is used to provide the value for the scroll tip when the GridViewSettings.ScrollingMode is set to DeferredWithScrollTips. + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the is selected. + + + + + + + + + + Determines if cells of this field can be entered via the keyboard. + + + If a cell is disabled then it can't be entered via the keyboard even if this property is set to true. + The cell's IsTabStop property will override the field's setting if it isn't null. + Note: This property does not affect the keyboard behavior of a associated with this field in either a filter record or an add record. + + + + Cell.IsTabStop + Cell.IsTabStopResolved + Cell.IsEnabled + Cell.IsEnabledResolved + Record.IsEnabled + + + + Determines if cells of this field can be entered via the keyboard when in an add record. + + + If a cell is disabled then it can't be entered via the keyboard even if this property is set to true. + The cell's IsTabStop property will override the field's setting if it isn't null. + Note: This property only affects the keyboard behavior of a associated with this field in an add record. + + + + + + Cell.IsTabStop + Cell.IsTabStopResolved + Cell.IsEnabled + Cell.IsEnabledResolved + Record.IsEnabled + + + + Obsolete - use instead + + + + + + + + + The label for the + + + This defaults to the of the this. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Label topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the Field Labels.

+

Refer to the Field Settings topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldSettings object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the resolved relative clickAction of the label to its field (read-only) + + + Note: when using the SortByOneFieldOnlyTriState or SortByMultipleFieldsTriState settings, if the 'Ctrl' key is pressed during a click, or the property is true, then the Field will not cycle thru the unsorted state. Instead it will cycle thru the ascending and descending states only. + + + + + The resolved height for this field's labels in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + Returns a resolved value based on the + + + + + The resolved maximum height for this field's labels in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The resolved maximum width for this field's labels in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The resolved minimum height for this field's labels in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The resolved minimum width for this field's labels in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + Gets the resolved text alignment setting of the label to this field (read-only) + + +

Note: This setting only applies if the 's is a string and the ContentTemplate property of is not set.

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the resolved text trimming setting of the label to this field (read-only) + + +

Note: This setting only applies if the 's is a string and the ContentTemplate property of is not set.

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the resolved wrapping setting of the label to its field (read-only) + + +

Note: This setting only applies if the 's is a string and the ContentTemplate property of is not set.

+
+ + +
+ + + The resolved width for this field's labels in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + Returns a resolved value based on the + + + + + The name of the which is used as its key into the . + + + + + + + + Determines if values are refreshed when a notification is received that a change has occured for a DataRecord but the notification doesn't specify which field value has been changed. + + + Note: non-specific notifications can be received in one of 2 ways. The first is if the parent list implements and raises + a ListChanged event with a of 'ItemChanged' and a null PropertyDescriptor. The second way is if the data item implements and + raises a PropertyChanged event with a null or empty 'PropertyName'. + + + + + + Returns the that owns this collection + + + + + + + The row in the grid in the 's generated cell area template and optionally its where this s cells and labels should be placed. + + + + This property is ignored if does not resolve to 'Never'. + + Note: In addition to the and properties, there are separate and properites. These settings determine that actual grid row and column for this Field's cells and labels. + + Column, , and properties specify the logical location + of the field in the layout of fields (label area and cell area). Field layout is comprised of a grid whose logical dimensions are + automatically calculated based the visible fields and their Column/Row and ColumnSpan/RowSpan values. ColumnSpan and RowSpan specify + number of logical cells the field occupies in the grid. By default each field occupies one cell. However you can set these properties + to have a field occupy more than one logical cell. Column and Row properties determine the position of the field in the grid. + Actual pixel dimentions of the fields are determined by their and properties. It's + not necessary to set Width and Height properties as they are auto-calculated. + + + Note that in the case where a field occupies multiple logical columns, the pixel widths of the logical columns in the grid are + not evenly distributed. If there are other fields that occupy the constituent logical columns individually, they will determine the + pixel dimension of each individual logical column based on the field's setting or its auto-calculated width if that property + is not set. Basically the field layout assigns pixel dimensions to logical columns based on the requirements of all the fields + that occupy those logical columns to satisfy those fields's width requirements. Goal of the field layout is to ensure width requirements of the fields + are met but any extra slack will not be distributed amongst logical columns evenly. This behavior will be evident in the following + scenario. Field "A" has Row, Column, RowSpan and ColumnSpan values of 0, 0, 1, and 3 respectively and field "B" + has these values as 1, 0, 1, 2, and field "C" has the valules as 1, 0, 1, 1. Essentially field "A" occupies 3 logical columns in first + logical grid row, field "B" occupies 2 logical columns in second logical row and field "C" occupies 1 logical column in the same logical row. + Sice "B" occpies 2 logical columns and "C" occupies 1 logical column doesn't mean that "B" will be twice as wide as "C". + The pixel widths of the first, second and third logical column will solely be determined by the pixel width requirements of the + "A", "B" and "C" fields. If "A" requires 300, "B" requires 100 and "C" requires 100 then the "A" will + be 300, "B" will be 100 and "C" will be 200 even though "B" has 2 logical column spans and "C" has just 1. This is because + the pixel widths across logical columns are allocated based on the width requirements of the constituent fields and any slack is + assigned to the rightmost column when considering which logical column to assign any slack that is required to satisfy pixel width + requirement of a field spanning the multiple logical columns in question (in this case 300 requirement of "A" field that spans + 3 logical columns). End result is that the width requirement of "A", "B" and "C" are all satisfied but the extra slack distribution + is not evenly divided according to column span settings. The same applies to logical rows as well. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines how many logical rows this 's cells span in the layout + + + + This property is ignored if does not resolve to 'Never'. + + Note: In addition to the and properties, there are separate and properites. These settings determine that actual grid row and column for this Field's cells and labels. + + Column, , and properties specify the logical location + of the field in the layout of fields (label area and cell area). Field layout is comprised of a grid whose logical dimensions are + automatically calculated based the visible fields and their Column/Row and ColumnSpan/RowSpan values. ColumnSpan and RowSpan specify + number of logical cells the field occupies in the grid. By default each field occupies one cell. However you can set these properties + to have a field occupy more than one logical cell. Column and Row properties determine the position of the field in the grid. + Actual pixel dimentions of the fields are determined by their and properties. It's + not necessary to set Width and Height properties as they are auto-calculated. + + + Note that in the case where a field occupies multiple logical columns, the pixel widths of the logical columns in the grid are + not evenly distributed. If there are other fields that occupy the constituent logical columns individually, they will determine the + pixel dimension of each individual logical column based on the field's setting or its auto-calculated width if that property + is not set. Basically the field layout assigns pixel dimensions to logical columns based on the requirements of all the fields + that occupy those logical columns to satisfy those fields's width requirements. Goal of the field layout is to ensure width requirements of the fields + are met but any extra slack will not be distributed amongst logical columns evenly. This behavior will be evident in the following + scenario. Field "A" has Row, Column, RowSpan and ColumnSpan values of 0, 0, 1, and 3 respectively and field "B" + has these values as 1, 0, 1, 2, and field "C" has the valules as 1, 0, 1, 1. Essentially field "A" occupies 3 logical columns in first + logical grid row, field "B" occupies 2 logical columns in second logical row and field "C" occupies 1 logical column in the same logical row. + Sice "B" occpies 2 logical columns and "C" occupies 1 logical column doesn't mean that "B" will be twice as wide as "C". + The pixel widths of the first, second and third logical column will solely be determined by the pixel width requirements of the + "A", "B" and "C" fields. If "A" requires 300, "B" requires 100 and "C" requires 100 then the "A" will + be 300, "B" will be 100 and "C" will be 200 even though "B" has 2 logical column spans and "C" has just 1. This is because + the pixel widths across logical columns are allocated based on the width requirements of the constituent fields and any slack is + assigned to the rightmost column when considering which logical column to assign any slack that is required to satisfy pixel width + requirement of a field spanning the multiple logical columns in question (in this case 300 requirement of "A" field that spans + 3 logical columns). End result is that the width requirement of "A", "B" and "C" are all satisfied but the extra slack distribution + is not evenly divided according to column span settings. The same applies to logical rows as well. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets an object that holds specific settings for this field. + + + are exposed via the following 3 properties: +
    +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in every .
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in this 's collection.
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here apply to only this one specific .
  • +
+
+

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Settings topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldSettings object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the resolved comparer to sort s by this . + + An object that inplements the IComparer interface or null if one was not set via the property. + +

Refer to the About Sorting topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the resolved comparison type for sorting s by this field. + + +

Refer to the About Sorting topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the current sort status of this field (read-only) + + + s become sorted once corresponding objects have been added to the 's collection. + + In order to initalize a field as being sorted you need to add a corresponding object to the 's collection in response to the 's event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the current groupby sort status of this field (read-only) + + + s become sorted once corresponding objects have been added to the 's collection. + + In order to initalize a field as being sorted you need to add a corresponding object to the 's collection in response to the 's event. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies string formats to use to format summary results for one or more calculator types. + + + + This will be comma separated list of formats where you can specify a string format for 1 or more calculators + as needed. + + + Example: ”sum: TOTAL={0:c}, average: AVG={0:c}, count: COUNT={0}” +
+ Each comma separated value in the string has a calculator name followed by ‘:’ followed by the format + for that calculator. With this example, sum will be formatted using ‘TOTAL={0:c}’, average with + ‘AVG={0:c}' and count using ‘COUNT={0}’. +
+ + Note that you can also specify the string format on individual SummaryDefinition object + using property. + +
+ +
+ + + Determines various options for the summary calculation selection UI (read-only). + + + + SummaryUITypeResolved returns the resolved value based on FieldSettings' + property settings. + object is exposed on DataPresenterBase (), + FieldLayout () and Field (). + + + To actually specify summary UI type, use the FieldSettings' + and properties. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object value that can be used to store custom information about this object. + + + + + Specifies the tooltip for the field. It's displayed when the user hovers the mouse over the field label. + + + + + Gets or sets the constraints for editor input. Default value is null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is null. You must set + the property to an instance of object. + + + ValueConstraint is used to limit what the user can input into the editor. + More accurately, the editor will consider user input invalid if it doesn't + satisfy one or more criteria specified by the ValueConstraint. The + property can be used to find out if editor considers + current value valid. + + + When an invalid value is entered into the editor, there are behavioral implications + based on various settings. For example, by default the editor doesn't exit edit mode + when the current input is invalid. The action taken by the editor can be controlled + using the property. + + + + + + + Specifies the converter used for converting between text and value. + + + + The conversions between the 'string' and the ValueType by default are done using + built in conversion logic. You can override the conversion logic by setting the + ValueToDisplayTextConverter and . + ValueToTextConverter is used when the editor is in edit mode where as + ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + Note: An editor can edit values of types other than 'string'. For example, a XamTextEditor + can edit values of types DateTime. You can specify the type of values being edited + by the editor using the property. + + + Although the built-in default conversion logic should be sufficient for + most situations, you may want make use of this functionality to provide + custom logic for converting user input into value type object. Examples + where this would be needed are if you are editing custom objects where the + built-in conversion logic would not know how to convert text into custom + object type. Or you want to support entering certain symbols in the text + that signify certain aspect of the value - for example you want 'k' in '2k' + to be interpreted as 1000 magnitude, or +1d to be interpreted as tomorrow's + date when editing DateTime. + + + Note that not all derived editors support or utilize ValueToTextConverter. + Editors where value to text conversions are performed intrinsically, such as + where both the value and text are retrieved from + the selected item, do not support ValueToTextConverter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies how the content within a cell will be aligned vertically. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this field will be visible. + + + + + Gets the resolved visibility for this field. + + + + + Returns or sets a FieldLength instance that represents the width of the field. + + + + + + + If the DataType is a Nullable type then returns the underlying type + otherwise returns the DataType. + + + + + Returns true if Formula is set on the calculation settings. + + + + + Indicates if the field is sorted or grouped by. + + + + + Returns true if the EditAsTypeResolved is numeric. + + + + + Returns the visibility state of the field in the cell area. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + Returns true if any of the Row, Column, RowSpan and ColumnSpan values are non-zero. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Returns or sets whether the editor uses arrows keys while in edit mode. + + true if the editor uses arrows keys in edit mode, false if it does not or null (the default) to use the editor's defaut which for most editors is true (false for the . + + Note: the setting of this property does not change the behavior of the editor. + Instead, it is used by editor hosts, e.g. the XamDataGrid, to determine if they should ignore or process the arrow keys for directional navigation while this editor is in edit mode. + + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Abstract base class for , and + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + The text to display when the value of the editor is null and the editor is not in edit mode. + The default value is empty string. + + + + Note that the NullText does not specify whether the user is allowed to enter null values + into the editor. For that, use the property. + + + + + + Specifies the converter used for converting between display text and value. + + + + The conversions between the 'string' and the ValueType by default are done using + built in conversion logic. You can override the default conversion logic by setting the + ValueToDisplayTextConverter and . + ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used when the editor is in edit mode where as + ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + Note: An editor can edit values of types other than 'string'. For example, a XamTextEditor + can edit values of types DateTime. You can specify the type of values being edited + by the editor using the property. + + + For most situations the default conversion logic along with the + and format properties should be sufficient in providing various + formatting capabilities. + + + Although the built-in default conversion logic should be sufficient for + most situations, you may want make use of this functionality to provide + custom logic for converting value into display text. Examples where this + would be needed are if you want to present a value like tomorrow and + yesterday's dates as date as words 'Tomorrow' and 'Yesterday' respectively, + or apply any kind of custom formatting that could not be specified using + and property settings. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the underlying ComboBox used for editing. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + underlying ComboBox used for editing. The value specified on this property will be set on the ComboBox' + Style property. + + + + + + + Specifies the path into the selected item from which to get the text. + The Text and DisplayText properties will return values from this path. + + + + DisplayMemberPath specifies the list object property to use to get the text for the editor. + When an item is selected from the drop-down, the property + returns the item itself. The and + properties return the value of the property specified by DisplayMemberPath from that selected + item. + + + + + + Specifies whether the editor's or + is displayed in the edit portion. Default is DisplayText. + + + + DisplayValueSource property controls the property's + value. DisplayValue in turn is used to display the contents of the editor + in the edit portion. Essentially DisplayValueSource specifies whether to + display the display text or the value in the edit portion of the XamComboEditor. + Default is DisplayText. + + + + + + + + + Specifies when to display the drop down button. Default is MouseOver. + + + + DropDownButtonDisplayMode specifies when to display the drop down button. + The default value of the property is MouseOver. However note that styles + of some of the themes may explicitly set this property to some other value to + ensure consistency with the default operating system behavior. For example, + the default XamComboEditor style in "Aero" theme used in Windows Vista sets this + property to Always. + + + Note that the drop down button will always be displayed when the editor + is in edit mode. + + + NOTE: If the property is set to True, the + drop down button will always be displayed and in effect this property will ignored. + + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the drop-down button. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + drop-down button displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to allow the user to resize the drop down and if so how. + Default value of this property is Both which will allow the user to + resize the drop-down list in both directions - horizontally as well vertically. + + + + This editor has the functionality to let the user resize the drop-down list + while it's dropped down. By default value of this property is Both which + will let the user resize in both directions, horizontally as well as vertically. You + can set this property to None to disable resizing. + + + A resize element is displayed at the bottom or bottom-right corner of the drop-down + depending on whether this property is set to Vertical or Both, respectively. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that enables or disables editing of text in the text box portion of the editor. + + + + If IsEditable is set to False, the textbox portion of the editor is not editable. It + will not let you enter any text. In this mode the only way to modify the value of editor is to select an + item from the drop down. This differs from property in that + the IsReadOnly doesn't let you modify the value of the editor at all. + + + + + + + Specifies the collection from which to populate the drop-down of XamComboEditors associated with this field. + + + + Note: An instance will automatically be created to wrap the ItemsSource to optimize access to the drop down items. + + + + + + Specifies whether to restrict the input to items in the items source. Default value is False. + + + + + LimitToList is used to restrict the user input to drop-down items. If the user enters text that doesn't + have a matching item in the underlying items collection, the property + will be set to False. When the user attempts the leave the editor with such a value, + event is raised and by default an error message is + displayed to the user. This behavior can be controlled by the property. + + + Note that the matching item is found by searching drop-down items for an item that has the same + display text (based on the ) as what the user has entered in the editor. + If a matching is item is found, the , , + and will be updated to reflect the matching item. If no matching item is found, + the Value property will retain its previous value. The Text property will reflect the entered + text, SelectedItem will be set to null and SelectedIndex will be set to -1. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum drop-down height. + + + + You can use this property to constraint the height of the drop-down list. Particularly + useful to constraint the user from resizing the height when drop-down resizing + functionality is enabled (see ). + + + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum drop-down width. + + + + You can use this property to constraint the width of the drop-down list. Particularly + useful to constraint the user from resizing the width when drop-down resizing + functionality is enabled (see ). + + + + + + + + + Specifies the minimum drop-down width. + + + + You can use this property to constraint the width of the drop-down list. Particularly + useful to constraint the user from resizing the width when drop-down resizing + functionality is enabled (see ). + + + + + + + + + Determines what, if anything, will be displayed on top of the drop down items when the drop down is open. + + + + + + Determines what, if anything, will be displayed below the drop down items when the drop down is open. + + + + + + Specifies the path into the selected item from which to get the data value. + The Value property will return values from this path. + + + + ValuePath specifies the list object property to use to get the value for the editor. + When an item is selected from the drop-down, the property + returns the item itself. The property returns the + value of the property specified by ValuePath from that selected item. + + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Specifies whether to shift characters across section boundaries when deleting characters. + Default value is True. + + + + This property controls what happens to the characters in the following sections when one or + more characters are deleted in the current section. For example, in a simple mask like + "###-###" where there are two input sections separated by a '-' character. Each input section + comprises of three digit placeholders. Let's say the whole mask is currently filled with data. + When you delete a character in the first section, this property controls whether the characters + from the next input section flow into this section or not. + + + Continuing from above example, let's say the editor has the following data:
+ "123-456"
+ If the caret is located before the character '2' and you hit Delete key, the 2 will be deleted + and '3' will be shifted left to occupy the position '2' had occupied. This will happen regardless + of the AllowShiftingAcrossSections setting. However what happens after this depends on the value + of this property. + If AllowShiftingAcrossSections is set to False, the position '3' originally occupied will + become empty and the resulting display characters will be as the following:
+ "13_-456"
+ If AllowShiftingAcrossSections is set to True, characters from the next input section will + 'flow' into current input section to fill in the position vacated by '3' when it got shifted left + to occpy the position of '2'. Here is how the resulting display characters will look like:
+ "134-56_"
+
+ + What value you would use for this property depends on the kind of mask that you have. The usability + is greatly affected by the value of this property depending on the mask being used. For example, in + a Date mask where each section of the date (month, day, year) is a logically distinct value, you + would not want to shift values across sections. As a matter of fact, for certain built in masks + like date, time etc... shifting across sections can not be enabled even by setting this property to + True since that is something that would not be desirable under any circumstance for those masks. However + for custom masks, you may want to set this property to a value based on whether it makes sense for that + particular mask to shift characters across sections. + +
+ + + + + +
+ + + Specifies whether to auto-fill empty date components when the user attempts to leave the editor. + The default is None. + + + + If the user types in an incomplete date then the editor will consider the input invalid + and take appropriate actions based on the + property setting. AutoFillDate lets you specify that such partial date inputs be + auto-filled using the current date. + + + If you set the AutoFillDate to Year then the user will be required to enter both + the month and the day. The year if left blank will be filled in with the current year. + If AutoFillDate is set to MonthAndYear then the user will be required to enter + the day. The month and year if left blank will be filled in with the current month and + the current year respectively. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be copied to the clipboard when data masking is in enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are handled when the control's contents are copied to the clipboard. Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be stored by + the data source when data masking is enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are handled when the control's contents are passed to the data source (or are retrieved using the property.) Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+

Generally, simply the raw data is committed to the data source and data masking is used to format the data when it is displayed. In some cases, however, it may be appropriate in your application to store mask literals as well as data.

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be displayed when the control is not in edit mode and data masking is enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are displayed when the control is not in edit mode. Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+

Generally, prompt characters disappear when a cell is no longer in edit mode, as a visual cue to the user. In some cases, however, it may be appropriate in your application to display mask literals as well as data when a cell is no longer in edit mode.

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the mask associated with the masked edit control. + + +

When a mask is defined, placeholders are defined by the + property. When inputting data, the user can only + replace a placeholder with a character that is of the same type as the one + specified in the mask. If the user enters an invalid character, the control + rejects the character and generates the XamMaskedEditor.InvalidChar event. The + control can distinguish between numeric and alphabetic characters for + validation, as well as validate for valid content for certain types like, + date or time or numeric types such as the correct + month or time of day etc...

+

For a complete list of the various mask tokens as well as + examples please refer to Masks topic.

+

Note: When specifying the mask from within XAML and using + one of the special tokens that are enclosed within {}, you must preceed the + mask with {} - e.g. {}{date}.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the character that will be used as the pad character. Default is space character (' '). + + +

The pad character is the character that is used to replace the prompt characters when getting the data from the XamMaskedEditor control with DataMode of IncludeLiteralsWithPadding.

+ + For example, if the data in the editor is as follows:
+ 111-2_-____
+ and DataMode is set to IncludeLiteralsWithPadding then the returned value will be "111-2 - ". + Prompt characters will be replaced by the pad character. +
+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the prompt character. The default prompt character is the underscore (_). + + + + Prompt character is the character that's displayed in place of any blank display characters. + Each display character is a place holder in the mask where the user enters the characters + as required by the mask. The default prompt character is underscore (_). + + + + + + + Specifies whether to select only the entered characters or all the characters (including prompt + characters) when the editor performs the operation of select all text. The default value of + the property is SelectAllCharacters. + + +

+ When this property is set to SelectEnteredCharacters, the select-all-text operation will + select text starting from the first entered character to the last entered character, including + adjacent literals. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Specifies if and when to display spin buttons which are used to increment or decrement the editor value. + Default value is Never. + + + + SpinButtonDisplayMode specifies if and when to display the spin buttons in the control. Spin buttons + allow the user to increment and decrement the current value in the editor. By default the value of the current + section (section where the caret is) is incremented or decremented. If you specify the + property then the whole value of the editor will be incremented or decremented by that value depending upon + whether the up or down spin button is pressed, respectively. + + + + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the spin buttons which are instances of RepeatButton class. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + spin buttons, which are RepeatButton instances, displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + + + Specifies the amount by which to increase or decrease the value of the editor when + up or down spin button is clicked. + + + + SpinIncrement property specifies the amount by which the value of the editor + will be increased or decreased when up or down spin button is clicked, respectively. + + + The amount one specifies depends on the type of values that the editor edits. + When the editor is used for numeric values then the spin increment amount can be + specified as a numeric value in the form of any numeric type (for example 5, 10.5 etc...), + as long as the type can be converted to match the editor's . + A special string vlaue of "log" is supported for numeric types where the editor's + value is incremented in an accelerated fashion when the mouse button is held pressed + over the spin button for a certain amount of time. + + + When date and time values are being edited, you can specify the amount as a TimeSpan + instance or as one of the following tokens. + + + + "1d" + + Date will be incremented or decrement by 1 day. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of days, for example "10d". + + + + + "1m" + + Depending on the mask type, date or time will be incremented or decrement + by 1 month or 1 minute. If the mask is a date mask, month will be affected. + If the mask is a time mask, minute will be affect. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of months or minutes, for example + "2m". + + + + + "1y" + + Date will be incremented or decrement by 1 year. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of years, for example "2y". + + + + + "1h" + + Time will be incremented or decrement by 1 hour. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of hours, for example "2h". + + + + + "1s" + + Time will be incremented or decrement by 1 second. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of hours, for example "2s". + + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the control's spin buttons should wrap its value. Default value is False. + + +

+ If True the spin button will wrap the value incremented/decremented based on its Min/Max value. + When incrementing the value and the value is already at its maximum, the value will wrap to + minimum value. The same applies when decrementing the value. +

+

+ To actually specify the minimum and maximum value, use the + property. +

+
+
+ + + Specifies whether to tab between sections when Tab and Shift+Tab keys are pressed. + The default value is NextControl. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to trim insignificant zero's in fraction part of numeric masks. Default value is False. + + + TrimFractionalZeros property specifies whether to trim insignificant zero's in fraction + part of numeric masks. By defualt fraction part is padded with zero's to the right. If this + property is set to true, this padding of zero's will not occur and furthermore any + insignificant zero's will be removed. + + + + + + Gets the default 'edit as' type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of decimal + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether the dropdown should be used to select a date. + + +

By default, the XamDateTimeEditor will show a dropdown as long as it it can enter edit mode + and has a date mask - i.e. it will not show if the is set to a time-only + input mask. The AllowDropDown property can be used to prevent the dropdown from being available even when + the editor is used to edit a date. When set to false, the editor will not attempt to show the dropdown + calendar when using the mouse or keyboard.

+
+ +
+ + + Specifies when to display the drop down button. Default is MouseOver. + + + + DropDownButtonDisplayMode specifies when to display the drop down button. + The default value of the property is MouseOver. However note that styles + of some of the themes may explicitly set this property to some other value to + ensure consistency with the default operating system behavior. For example, + the default XamComboEditor style in "Aero" theme used in Windows Vista sets this + property to Always. + + + Note that the drop down button will always be displayed when the editor + is in edit mode. + + + NOTE: If the property is set to True, the + drop down button will always be displayed and in effect this property will ignored. + + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the drop-down button. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + drop-down button displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Gets the default 'edit as' type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of double + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the default 'edit as' type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of object + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Returns or sets the template used to provide the template when not in edit mode + + + + + + Returns or sets the template used to provide the template when in edit mode + + + + + + Field that by default uses a in each associated cell. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the default 'edit as' type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of string + + + + Gets the default editor type for this field (read-only) + + Returns type of + + + + + Returns or sets whether the editor uses arrows keys while in edit mode. + + true if the editor uses arrows keys in edit mode, false if it does not or null (the default) to use the editor's defaut which for most editors is true (false for the . + + Note: the setting of this property does not change the behavior of the editor. + Instead, it is used by editor hosts, e.g. the XamDataGrid, to determine if they should ignore or process the arrow keys for directional navigation while this editor is in edit mode. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether a tab key will be accepted as part of the value. + + + + + + Determines if a horizontal scrollbar is visible. + + + + + + Specifies the text horizontal alignment. Default is to base the text alignment on + the HorizontalContentAlignment property settings. + + + + + Specifies the text horizontal alignment. Default is to base the text alignment on + the HorizontalContentWrapping property settings. + + + + + Determines if a vertical scrollbar is visible. + + + + + + Base class for the , and controls. + + + The look of these controls can be easily changed by setting the property. In addition, several styling points are exposed to allow fine grained control of the UI. Styles keyed by these types can be placed anywhere in the resource chain or can be specified directly through the control's object model via the properties described in the following list. +
    +
  • is only used when labels are included with the s (see ' ). Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used to represent a 's value. Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used to represent a 's cell area. Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used to represent a . Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used to represent a . Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used to represent a 's value where its associated 's does not implement the interface and its property is set to true. Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used within a to fix a to the near or far edge of the display. (see ' and ' properties).
  • +
  • is used within a to fix a to the top or bottom of the list. (see ' and properties)
  • +
  • is used to represent a . Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used to represent an area at the top or bottom of the control (based on the property used for grouping s when the property is set to DefaultFieldLayoutOnly.
  • +
  • is used to represent a in the . Styles for this type can be specified through the and properties.
  • +
  • contains the s in the . Styles for this type can only be specified in the resource chain.
  • +
  • is used to represent an area at the top or bottom of the control (based on the property used for grouping s when the property is set to MultipleFieldLayoutsFull or MultipleFieldLayoutsCompact.
  • +
  • is only used when labels are in a separate header (see ' ) and is not supported by or with a set to . Styles for this type can be specified through the ' property.
  • +
  • is used within a . It represents the area analagous to record selectors in s. Styles for this type can be specified through the ' property.
  • +
  • is used within a . It contains the s for each and is analagous to the in s. Styles for this type can be specified through the ' property.
  • +
  • is used to represent a 's . Labels are either with the cells or in a separate header based on the view and the s (see ' ). Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • s are created internally to display s. Styles for this type can be specified through the ' property.
  • +
  • is used while dragging the thumb if the property is left to its default value of DeferredWithScrollTips but it is not supported in . Styles for this type can only be specified in the resource chain.
  • +
  • is used within a to display the record's selection and activation status. Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
  • is used within a to display the record's number (see , and properties). Styles for this type can be specified through the ' or properties.
  • +
+
+ In addition there are styling points that are specific to and in . They are: +
    +
  • is used when drilling down through hierarchical data. It contains s representing the parent drill down path. Styles for this type can only be specified in the resource chain.
  • +
  • is used when drilling down through hierarchical data. It represents a parent in the drill down path. Styles for this type can only be specified in the resource chain.
  • +
  • wraps a . Styles for this type can only be specified in the resource chain.
  • +
  • displays buttons for navigating through the list of items. Styles for this type can be specified through the .. property.
  • +
+
+ + Note: An instance of a derived class is normally created and positioned inside + a 's visual tree within a that has its name set to 'PART_EditorSite'. + The type of editor to use and its style can be specified via the ' , , and properties. These can also be specified on a cell by cell basis via the 's , and properties. These cell specific properties would normally be set from inside an event handler. +

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this control operates.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Interface implemented by DataPresenterBase to provide properties and methods of interest to custom view panels. + + + + + Gets the overall scroll position for a specific record. + + The record in question. + A number from 0 to -1 if the record has a scroll position or -1 if its Visibility is set to 'Collapsed' or one of its ancestor records is not expanded.. + + + + + + + + + + Gets a record at a specific overall scroll position. + + A zero-based position for the record in question. + A corresponding to the specific scroll position. + + + + + + + + + + Returns whether the DataPresenter is in a state where it is ok to scroll. + + + Note: If the ActiveCell is in edit mode at the time this method is called, an attempt + is made to exit edit mode. If the attempt is not successful, the method will return + false. Otherwise the method will return true. + + + + + Notifies the class the implementor when the set of in view records has changed. + + + + + The total number of viewable records including any viewable descendant records. + + A count of the total number of viewable s including all descendant records whose parent records are expanded. + + + This count does not include s whose is set to 'Collapsed' or descendants of records that are not expanded. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the current scroll position. + + A number from 0 to - 1. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the class type of the instance is not XamDataPresenter or XamDataGrid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called after the control has been initialized. + + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is released. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Overridden. Called when mouse capture is lost. + + Associated event args. + + + + Overridden. Called when mouse is moved. + + Associated mouse event args. + + + + Overridden. Called when left mouse button is released. + + Mouse event args. + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is being pressed down within the element. + + Provides information about the preview mouse event being raised. + + + + Called when the size has changed + + + + + Called when a property has changed + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Occurs when an item from the is being associated with a that will define the layout of cells for this item within the . + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Raised when a summary result is calculated or recalculated. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been activated + + + Making a the will automatically make its corresponding the . + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is activated + + + Making a the will automatically make its corresponding the . + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when the is in edit mode and the user modifies its value. + + + Before a can be edited it must first be activated by either setting its property to true or by setting the control's property. + + Note: Once a is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's property returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is de-activated + + + If the was in edit mode, i.e. its property returned true, de-activating it either by setting the its property to false or by changing the or property will cause it to end edit mode. + + Note: You can cause the to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when a 's value is about to be updated. + + + When the value is updated by the user as a result of ending edit mode on the after changes were made, the sequence of events is , (for validation errors generated by the editor), CellUpdating, or (for exceptions thrown by the ) and finally . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been updated. + + + When the value is updated by the user as a result of ending edit mode on the after changes were made, the sequence of events is , (for validation errors generated by the editor), , CellUpdated or (for exceptions thrown by the ) and finally . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event + + Provides information for the event being raised + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event + + Provides information for the event being raised + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event + + Provides information for the event being raised + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Raised before the UI for entering custom filter criteria for a field is displayed. + You can cancel this event and display your own UI. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when an exception is thrown by the DataSource. + + + An exception can be thrown by the when reading or updating a s value, deleting an existing or adding a new one. + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event + + Provides information for the event being raised + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the has ended edit mode + + + Note: To end edit mode you can call the 's method, change the , change the or call with either the ' or commands. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the is about to end edit mode + + + Note: To end edit mode you can call the 's method, change the , change the or call with either the ' or commands. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the has entered edit mode + + + Before a can be edited it must first be activated by either setting its property to true or by setting the control's property. + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's property returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the is about to enter edit mode + + + Before a can be edited it must first be activated by either setting its property to true or by setting the control's property. + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's property returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the has an input validation error + + + + This event is raised when the user attempts to end the edit mode on after entering + an invalid value. The default behavior is to display an error message and not end the + edit mode on the cell. You can change this default behavior by setting the + property on + or by hooking into this event and setting various properties on the associated event args + to control the behavior, including what to display in the error message. + + + Note: To end edit mode you can call the 's method, change the , change the or call with either the ' or commands. + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is executed. + + This event is cancellable. + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is executed + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Raised before the data presenter displays a FieldChooser. + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs before a is initialized + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs after a FieldLayout has been initialized + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Raised after a field is moved by dragging and dropping it at a different position + in the field layout. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Raised when a field is moved by dragging and dropping it at a different position + in the field layout. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when records are about to be grouped as the result of a user action. + + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after records have been grouped as the result of a user action. + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raises the event + + Provides information for the event being raised + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when a is initialized + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the InitializeRecord event is raised. + + + Note: For s and s this event is raised as the records are created. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when a 'template add' is initialized + + + Adding new records is disabled by default and is not supported by all views, e.g. does not support adding records directly so its returns false. + Also, the needs to support adding records. This can be determined by checking the 's property. + + To enable adding records set the 's property to true. + + Note: The location of the add record is specified via the 's property. These template add records are included in the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been made the + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is made the + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when the first edit of a template add record is made but before an item has been added to the . + + + As soon as the user types the first character while in edit mode of a cell in a template add record this event will be raised. If this event is not cancelled then the . method will be called on the followed by the event. + + Note: If this event is cancelled by setting the 's property to true then the will be forced out of edit mode and the changes discarded. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when the first edit of a template add record is made and after an item has been added to the . + + + As soon as the user types the first character while in edit mode of a cell in a template add record the event will be raised. If this event is not cancelled then the . method will be called on the followed by the RecordAdded event. + + Note: If the event is cancelled by setting the 's property to true then the will be forced out of edit mode and the changes discarded. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been collapsed + + + The user can collapse an expanded record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to false. + + Note: The can also be collapsed by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is collapsed + + + The user can collapse an expanded record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to false. + + Note: The can also be collapsed by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before the is being cleared + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Raised before any record filter criteria modifications by the user are applied. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Raised before any record filter criteria modifications by the user are applied. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Occurs when a record filter drop-down is being initialized. + + + + Note: this event will only get raised when a filter condition is specified in code when the is set to 'Default' or 'FilterRecord' on FieldLayoutSettings. This allows the DisplayText and/or Image + of the FilterDrapDownItem to be modified before the item if displayed in the filter cell. + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Raised before record filter drop-down is opened but after event. + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Raised before record filter drop-down is opened but after event. + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after one or more s has been deleted. + + + Deleting s is supported for s that implement the interface and return true from its property. + It is also supported for s that only implement the interface and return false from both its and properties. + + Assuming deleting of s is enabled then when the user selects one or more s and presses the Delete key the and events will be raised. + s can also be deleted programmatically by first selecting them (via the property or the collection) and then calling with the command. + + Note: Deleting records is enabled by default. To disable deleting records set the 's property to false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when one or more s is about to be deleted. + + + Deleting s is supported for s that implement the interface and return true from its property. + It is also supported for s that only implement the interface and return false from both its and properties. + + Assuming deleting of s is enabled then when the user selects one or more s and presses the Delete key the and events will be raised. + s can also be deleted programmatically by first selecting them (via the property or the collection) and then calling with the command. + + Note: Deleting records is enabled by default. To disable deleting records set the 's property to false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been expanded + + + The user can expand a collapsed record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to true. + + Note: The can also be expanded by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is expanded + + + The user can expand a collapsed record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to true. + + Note: The can also be expanded by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a 's fixed state has changed. + + + Whether or not the user can change the fixed state of a record is determined by the ' property. Programmatically a record's fix state can be set through the 's property. + + Note: The can also be fixed/unfixed by calling the method with either the , or command and passing in the record as the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is expanded + + + Whether or not the user can change the fixed state of a record is determined by the ' property. Programmatically a record's fix state can be set through the s property. + + Note: The can also be fixed/unfixed by calling the method with either the , or command and passing in the record as the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the set of s in view has changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when a 's changes are about to be canceled. + + + The update can be canceled by calling the 's method or by calling with either the or command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a 's changes have been canceled. + + + The update can be canceled by calling the 's method or by calling with either the or command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when a is about to be updated. + + + After editing values in a the changes are commited to the based on the property setting. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been updated. + + + After editing values in a the changes are commited to the based on the property setting. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the have changed. + + + Three types of items can be selected, s, s and s. This functionality is controlled by the following properties: +
    +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . and properties and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
+
+ + The object exposes 3 collections (, and ) that can can be used to select/de-select specific items. In addition, selection can be affected by setting the 's , the 's and the 's properties. + + The following describes how selection behaves in various scenarios: +
    +
  • If a user selects records, cells or fields via mouse or keyboard interactions then the event is raised. If this is not canceled then the appropriate collections are updated and the events are raised
  • +
  • If any of the IsSelected properties are changed in code or items are added or removed via the collections then the behavior is the same and the SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events are raised.
  • +
  • If the user enters edit mode on a cell then all of the selected collections will be cleared triggering the same SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events.
  • +
  • When records are deleted (either thru changes to the data source or by the user pressing the 'Delete' key) the SelectedItemsChanging event will not be raised even though the Records and Cells collections are updated appropriately. However, the SelectedItemsChanged event will be raised. Note if the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will raise the event. If this is not canceled then by default the user will be prompted to confirm the deletion of all selected records.
  • +
  • If record filtering is active (i.e. . is set to 'True' for one or more fields) then selection behaves as follows: +
      +
    • If a filter record is being displayed (i.e. . is set to 'FilterRecord' or left to its default value) then entering a filter cell will behave the same as entering any other cell. It will clear the existing selection and raise the events.
    • +
    • If filtering is exposed via a drop down inside a field label (i.e. . is set to 'LabelIcons') then changing the filter criteria will leave the existing selections unchanged. + Therefore it is possible to, e.g. select 5 records then filter some of them out and then operate on the original 5 selected records. If the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will prompt the user to confirm the deletion of the original 5 selected records. This behavior can be modified by e.g. canceling the event and deleting only the 'filtered in' records in code.
    • +
    +
  • +
+
+ + Note: and selection is mutually exclusive. Selecting one or more s will automatically clear the selection and vice versa. +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the are about to change + + + Three types of items can be selected, s, s and s. This functionality is controlled by the following properties: +
    +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . and properties and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
+
+ + The object exposes 3 collections (, and ) that can can be used to select/de-select specific items. In addition, selection can be affected by setting the 's , the 's and the 's properties. + + The following describes how selection behaves in various scenarios: +
    +
  • If a user selects records, cells or fields via mouse or keyboard interactions then the event is raised. If this is not canceled then the appropriate collections are updated and the events are raised
  • +
  • If any of the IsSelected properties are changed in code or items are added or removed via the collections then the behavior is the same and the SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events are raised.
  • +
  • If the user enters edit mode on a cell then all of the selected collections will be cleared triggering the same SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events.
  • +
  • When records are deleted (either thru changes to the data source or by the user pressing the 'Delete' key) the SelectedItemsChanging event will not be raised even though the Records and Cells collections are updated appropriately. Note if the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will raise the event. If this is not canceled then by default the user will be prompted to confirm the deletion of all selected records.
  • +
  • If record filtering is active (i.e. . is set to 'True' for one or more fields) then selection behaves as follows: +
      +
    • If a filter record is being displayed (i.e. . is set to 'FilterRecord' or left to its default value) then entering a filter cell will behave the same as entering any other cell. It will clear the existing selection and raise the events.
    • +
    • If filtering is exposed via a drop down inside a field label (i.e. . is set to 'LabelIcons') then changing the filter criteria will leave the existing selections unchanged. + Therefore it is possible to, e.g. select 5 records then filter some of them out and then operate on the original 5 selected records. If the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will prompt the user to confirm the deletion of the original 5 selected records. This behavior can be modified by e.g. canceling the event and deleting only the 'filtered in' records in code.
    • +
    +
  • +
+
+ + Note: and selection is mutually exclusive. Selecting one or more s will automatically clear the selection and vice versa. +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when the sort order of records is about to change as the result of a user action. + + + When records are grouped this event will not be raised even though the sort order may change as a result of the grouping. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs when the sort order of records has changed as the result of a user action. + + + When records are grouped this event will not be raised even though the sort order may change as a result of the grouping. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Raised when a summary result is calculated or recalculated. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Raised after the UI for selecting summaries for a field is closed. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Raised before the UI for selecting summaries for a field is displayed. You can cancel this event and display your own UI. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'AutoFit' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the CurrentView attached dependency property + + + This property is set on Custom View Panels (i.e. panels that implement the interface. + + + Note: Unless you are implementing a custom view you should ignore this property. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the content template (DataTemplate) + of the ContentPresenter in CellValuePresenter for displaying data error icons. + + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the style for the control + that displays error icon in the record selector as well as the cell. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the style for the field chooser button within a + . See for an explanation of + how these keys are used. + + + + + Determines if the collection has any items. + + True if the collection should be serialized + + + + Clears the collection + + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLayoutSettings' dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the 'FieldSettings' dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the style for the clear button within a . Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DataTemplate for the loading indicator in the filter drop down. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the style for the clear button within the in a for a . Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'GroupByAreaFieldLabelStyleSelector' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'RecordLoadMode' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Records' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'SortRecordsByDataType' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Theme' dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the 'ThemeChanged' routed event + + + + + Called when property 'Theme' changes + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the attached dependency property + + + This attached property is set on the panel that is implementing the layout for the current view. + It provides the contained panel with a reference to the DataPresenterBase it is contained within. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Scrolls the specified into view + + + + + The cell to bring into view. + + + + Scrolls the associated with the specified data item into view. + + + + + The data item whose associated record should be scrolled into view. + True to recursively check all child DataRecords + + The data item must be an object from the underlying DataSource. + + Note: This may be an expensive operation depending on the size and structure of the data. The logic first checks all of the DataRecords at the root level and if a match is not found then checks all of the descendant records. + + + + + Scrolls the specified into view + + + + + + + + + + The record to bring into view. + + + + Cancels a previously started asynchronous export operation. + + The exporter whose asynchronous exporting is to be cancelled. + + + + Clears current user customizations based on the customizations parameter. + + Customizations to clear. + + + + + + + Clears the undo/redo history. + + + + + + Executes the RoutedCommand represented by the specified CommandWrapper. + + The CommandWrapper that contains the RoutedCommand to execute + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + The parameter for the command execution + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + + + + Begins the exporting process between the exporter and the data presenter. + + An object used to process the exporting queues provided by the data presenter. + The set of options controlling the exporting process. + + + + Begins an asynchronous exporting process between the exporter and the data presenter. + + An object used to process the exporting queues provided by the data presenter. + The set of options controlling the exporting process. + A boolean indicating whether the export status window should be displayed during the operation. + + + + Begins an asynchronous exporting process between the exporter and the data presenter. + + An object used to process the exporting queues provided by the data presenter. + The set of options controlling the exporting process. + A boolean indicating whether the export status window should be displayed during the operation. + The amount of time that should be used to perform the export each time the elapses. + The amount of time to wait after performing the export for the amount of time specified by the . + The and must have a tick value greater than 0. + + + + Gets the cells that are currently in view. + + A collection of objects. + + + GetCellsInView method returns a list of objects where + each VisibleDataBlock represents cells from a that are + currently in view. VisibleDataBlock contains a list of s and + s that effectively represent the cells that are in view. + + + + + + + + Gets the DataRecord associated with a specific item in the DataSource. + + An object from the underlying data source + If true will check all descendant records as well. + The associated or null if not found. + This may be an expensive operation depending on the size and structure of the data. The logic first checks all of the DataRecords at the root level and if a match is not found then checks all of the descendant records. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the DataRecords associated with specific items in the DataSource. + + An array of objects from the underlying data source + If true will check all descendant records as well for matches. + An array of the associated s for the data items that were found. + Since this may be an expensive operation depending on the size and structure of the data, the logic first checks all of the DataRecords at the root level and if all matches are not found then checks all of the descendant records. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the Records that are currntly in view. + + If true will include descendant records as well. + An array which contains all the records that are currently in view. + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if there are any registered enumerables. + + True if there at least one registered enumerable. False otherwise. + + + + Loads user Customizations that were saved with the method. + + The stream containing the saved Customizations. + + + This overload of LoadCustomizations will raise an exception if the specified customizations + string is not in a valid xml format. + + + + + + Loads user Customizations that were saved with the method. + + The string containing the saved Customizations + + + This overload of LoadCustomizations will raise an exception if the specified customizations + string is not in a valid xml format. + + + + + + Loads user Customizations that were saved with the method. + + The stream containing the saved Customizations. + If an error occurs, this will be set to the error message. + + + This overload of LoadCustomizations will not raise an exception if the specified customizations + string is not in a valid xml format. Instead it will set the out parameter to + an error message. + + + + + + Loads user Customizations that were saved with the method. + + The string containing the saved Customizations + If an error occurs, this will be set to the error message. + + + This overload of LoadCustomizations will not raise an exception if the specified customizations + string is not in a valid xml format. Instead it will set the out parameter to + an error message. + + + + + + Saves information about the current user customizations to the specified stream. + + The stream to which the Customizations should be saved. + + + + Saves information about the current user customizations and returns that as a string. + + A string that contains the Customizations information. + + + + Displays a FieldChooser that allows the user to select which fields are displayed in the data presenter. + + + + ShowFieldChooser displays a that allows the user to + select which fields are displayed in the data presenter. The FieldChooser control will + be displayed using a . + + + You can control aspects of the FieldChooser by hooking into + event. The associated event args provides the instance of the FieldChooser that will be displayed + as well as the ToolWindow that will be used to display it. + + + + + + + + Displays a FieldChooser that allows the user to select which fields are displayed in + the data presenter. + + Field layout for which the FieldChooser will be displayed. Can be null + in which case the root field layout will be pre-selected and the user will be allowed to + select a different field layout. + + + Specifies whether the user will be allowed to change the field layout and select fields + of a different field layout. + + + + ShowFieldChooser displays a that allows the user to + select which fields of the specified field layout are displayed in the data presenter. + The FieldChooser control will be displayed using a . + + + You can control aspects of the FieldChooser by hooking into + event. The associated event args provides the instance of the FieldChooser that will be displayed + as well as the ToolWindow that will be used to display it. + + + Note that if the fieldLayout parameter is specified, the fields of that + field layout will be displayed in the FieldChooser. Otherwise the root field layout's fields + will be displayed. The AllowFieldLayoutSelection parameter specifies + whether the the user will be allowed to change the field layout and select fields of other + field layouts. FieldChooser's property + will be initialized based on that parameter. + + + + + + + + + Displays a FieldChooser that allows the user to select which fields are displayed in + the data presenter. + + Field layout for which the FieldChooser will be displayed. Can be null + in which case the root field layout will be pre-selected and the user will be allowed to + select a different field layout. + + + Specifies whether the user will be allowed to change the field layout and select fields + of a different field layout. + + + Specifies whether the data presenter should retain the FieldChooser that's displayed + so that it can reuse it the next time this method is called instead of having to create + a new one. This also retains the state of the FieldChooser. + + + + ShowFieldChooser displays a that allows the user to + select which fields of the specified field layout are displayed in the data presenter. + The FieldChooser control will be displayed using a . + + + You can control aspects of the FieldChooser by hooking into + event. The associated event args provides the instance of the FieldChooser that will be displayed + as well as the ToolWindow that will be used to display it. + + + Note that if the fieldLayout parameter is specified, the fields of that + field layout will be displayed in the FieldChooser. Otherwise the root field layout's fields + will be displayed. The AllowFieldLayoutSelection parameter specifies + whether the the user will be allowed to change the field layout and select fields of other + field layouts. FieldChooser's property + will be initialized based on that parameter. + + + + + + + + + Displays a FieldChooser that allows the user to select which fields are displayed in + the data presenter. + + Field layout for which the FieldChooser will be displayed. Can be null + in which case the root field layout will be pre-selected and the user will be allowed to + select a different field layout. + + + Specifies whether the user will be allowed to change the field layout and select fields + of a different field layout. + + + Specifies whether the data presenter should retain the FieldChooser that's displayed + so that it can reuse it the next time this method is called instead of having to create + a new one. This also retains the state of the FieldChooser. + + + Specifies the caption of the window in which the FieldChooser is displayed. If null + is specified the default caption is used. Specify empty string to not display any caption. + + + + ShowFieldChooser displays a that allows the user to + select which fields of the specified field layout are displayed in the data presenter. + The FieldChooser control will be displayed using a . + + + You can control aspects of the FieldChooser by hooking into + event. The associated event args provides the instance of the FieldChooser that will be displayed + as well as the ToolWindow that will be used to display it. + + + Note that if the fieldLayout parameter is specified, the fields of that + field layout will be displayed in the FieldChooser. Otherwise the root field layout's fields + will be displayed. The AllowFieldLayoutSelection parameter specifies + whether the the user will be allowed to change the field layout and select fields of other + field layouts. FieldChooser's property + will be initialized based on that parameter. + + + + + + + + + Clears the active record without firing any events + + + + + Deletes the deletable data records in the specified list. + + The records to delete + Determines the default state for whether the delete message prompt will be shown + Boolean indicating if the action should be added to the undo stack + True if the deletion was attempted. otherwise false if cancelled. + + + + Ends edit mode. Returns true if succeeded or no cell was in edit mode to begin with. + + If true then accept any changes made while in edit mode. + If true then ignore event cancellation. + True if the operation completed successfully + + + + Select or unselect the specified item, based on the select parameter. + The clearExistingSelection parameter specifies if the existing selection + should be cleared. + + + + + + + + + Called when the active record is set + + + + + Internal method called to clear the active record + + + + + Invoked when a field layout has pending autosize operations + + The field layout that has pending field auto size operations + + + + Called when the element either receives or loses the logical focus. + + + + + + Takes no actions if the InitializeRecord for the specified record is already suspended. + + + Returns true if the record was already suspended, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the style for a RecordListControl created to hold items using a specific format + + The field layout + + + + Called when a weak event is received + + The type of the weak event manager + The source of the event + The event parameters + + + + + Called when the sort criteria has changed for a field layout + + The affected field layout + + + + Helper method to determine + + Provides information about the command whose can execute is being determined. + + + + Helper method to determine if a Card's collapsed state can be toggled. + + Provides information about the command whose can execute is being determined. + + + + Helper method to determine if a Card's empty cells collapsed state can be toggled. + + Provides information about the command whose can execute is being determined. + + + + Helper method to generate a list of layout items that should be resized when a resize or autosize operation is performed. + + The virtualizing panel that contains the layout items + The source field + True if the user was dealing with the label of the field; false if they were dealing with the cell value presenter + True if the resize is horizontal; false if its vertical + True if this list is being generated for an autosize operation. In that case the list will contain + the source item and all selected items or the adjacent items if nothing in the field layout is selected or the + source is not selected. False if this list is for a resize operation. In that case, if the field is not selected + or there are no selected fields then an empty list will be returned. The list will only contain items if the + user is resizing a selected fields and there are other selected fields. + + + + + Callback used to process the measurement of autosized fields if we don't get a layoutupdated in time. + + Not used + Returns null + + + + Helper method used by the layoutupdate and dispatcher callbacks to trigger an autosize measure operation. + + + + + Called at the start of a resize operation to add the resizer bar to the visual tree + + The resizer bar to add + + + + Determines if the resizing is allowed. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True to resize the width and false to resize the height. + True if resizing in this dimension is allowed. + + + + Gets an element that defines the resize area for an item. + + The item to be resized. + The resize are. + + + + Determines if the resizing is allowed. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True to resize the width and false to resize the height. + The normal default cursor for this type of a resize operation. + The cursor to display while the mouse is over the resize border. + + + + Called before a resize operation begins. + + The element that defines the resize area. + The item to be resized + The constarints to apply to the resize operation. + + + + Called at the end of a resize operation to remove the resizer bar from the visual tree + + The resizer bar to remove + + + + Resizes the item. + + The item that contains the ResizeContext + True to resize the width and false to resize the height. + The resize delta in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit). + + + + This method creates, initializes and return an instance of DataPresenterReportControl. + + The instance of DataPresenterReportControl which will be use for printing + + + + Gets the supported commands (read-only) + + A static instance of the class. + +

This class exposes properties that return all of the commands that the control understands. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an enumerator for the logical children of this control. + + + + + Occurs when an item from the is being associated with a that will define the layout of cells for this item within the . + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how everything works together.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs when an item from the is being associated with a that will define the layout of cells for this item within the . + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how everything works together.

+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs when a summary result is about to be calculated or recalculated. + + + QuerySummaryResult event is raised when the data presenter is about to + calculate a summary result. You can use this event to calculate and provide the + summary value and prevent the data presenter from performing its own calculation. + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been made the + + + Making a the will automatically make its corresponding the . + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been made the + + + Making a the will automatically make its corresponding the . + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is activated + + + Making a the will automatically make its corresponding the . + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is activated + + + Making a the will automatically make its corresponding the . + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the is in edit mode and the user modifies its value. + + + Before a can be edited it must first be activated by either setting its property to true or by setting the control's property. + + Note: Once a is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's property returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is deactivated + + + If the was in edit mode, i.e. its property returned true, de-activating it either by setting the its property to false or by changing the or property will cause it to end edit mode. + + Note: You can cause the to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is deactivated + + + If the was in edit mode, i.e. its property returned true, de-activating it either by setting the its property to false or by changing the or property will cause it to end edit mode. + + Note: You can cause the to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + Raised when cells that are currently in view have changed. + + + + CellsInViewChanged event is raised when cells that are currently in view have changed. + This can be a result of scrolling vertically or horizontally, resizing of the control, + change in data source etc... + + + + + + + Occurs when a 's value is about to be updated. + + + When the value is updated by the user as a result of ending edit mode on the after changes were made, the sequence of events is , (for validation errors generated by the editor), CellUpdating, or (for exceptions thrown by the ) and finally . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a 's value has been updated. + + + When the value is updated by the user as a result of ending edit mode on the after changes were made, the sequence of events is , (for validation errors generated by the editor), , CellUpdated or (for exceptions thrown by the ) and finally . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the or command is executed and the cell values will be placed on the clipboard. + + + This event can be used to provide the formatted values that will be placed on the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when an error is encountered during a clipboard operation. + + + This event occurs while processing a clipboard operation such as a + cut, copy, paste or delete if an exception is encountered. When the event + is raised for a specific , the + can be used to determine whether + and how the processing should continue. In addition, the event can be used to control + what error message, if any, is provided to the end-user. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the command is executed and the cell values will be updated based on the values in the clipboard. + + + This event can be used to provide the parsed values that should be used to update the associated cells. + + + + + + + + + + + Raised before the UI for entering custom filter criteria for a field is displayed. + You can cancel this event and display your own UI. + + + + CustomFilterSelectionControlOpening is raised before the user interface for entering custom filter criteria + is displayed. This happens when the user selects '(Custom)' entry from the filter drop-down. + To enable the filtering functionality, set the + and + properties. + + + Note that you can cancel this event in which case the UI will not be displayed. This lets you display + your own UI for letting the user enter custom filter criteria. Also note that you can use the + event to remove the '(Custom)' entry from the filter + drop-down list or add any other custom filter entries. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when an exception is thrown by the DataSource. + + + An exception can be thrown by the when reading or updating a s value, deleting an existing or adding a new one. + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a value has changed for a whose property has been set to true. + + + This event can be used to change the visual appearance of the associated to notify the end-user that the value has changed. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a value has changed for a whose property has been set to true. + + + This event can be used to change the visual appearance of the associated to notify the end-user that the value has changed. + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the has ended edit mode + + + Note: To end edit mode you can call the 's method, change the , change the or call with either the ' or commands. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the is about to end edit mode + + + Note: To end edit mode you can call the 's method, change the , change the or call with either the ' or commands. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the has entered edit mode + + + Before a can be edited it must first be activated by either setting its property to true or by setting the control's property. + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's property returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the is about to enter edit mode + + + Before a can be edited it must first be activated by either setting its property to true or by setting the control's property. + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's property returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the has an input validation error + + + + This event is raised when the user attempts to end the edit mode on after entering + an invalid value. The default behavior is to display an error message and not end the + edit mode on the cell. You can change this default behavior by setting the + property on + or by hooking into this event and setting various properties on the associated event args + to control the behavior, including what to display in the error message. + + + Note: To end edit mode you can call the 's method, change the , change the or call with either the ' or commands. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is executed + + This event is cancellable. + + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is executed + + This event is cancellable. + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is executed + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is executed + + + + + + + + + Raised before the data presenter displays a FieldChooser. + + + + + + + Occurs before a is initialized + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how everything works together.

+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs after a has been initialized + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how everything works together.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs after a field is moved by dragging and dropping it at a different position + in the field layout. + + + FieldPositionChanged is raised after a field is moved by dragging and + dropping it at a different position in the field layout. + + + + + + + Occurs when a field is moved by dragging and dropping it at a different position + in the field layout. + + + FieldPositionChanging is raised when a field is moved by dragging and + dropping it at a different position in the field layout. + + + + + + + Occurs when records are about to be grouped as the result of a user action. + + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs after records have been grouped as the result of a user action. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a element is created or reused to display the value of a . + + + The property will be set to true if a new instance, or false if this is a recycled instance. + This event is only raised for s associated with a whose property has been set to true. + + When this event is raised the CellValuePresenter's + property will be initialized with a single history entry representing the initial data value for the cell. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a element is created or reused to display the value of a . + + + The property will be set to true if a new instance, or false if this is a recycled instance. + This event is only raised for s associated with a whose property has been set to true. + + When this event is raised the CellValuePresenter's + property will be initialized with a single history entry representing the initial data value for the cell. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a is initialized + + + Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast the 's property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item between the and events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the InitializeRecord event is raised. + + For s and s this event is raised as the records are created. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a is initialized + + + Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast the 's property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item between the and events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the InitializeRecord event is raised. + + For s and s this event is raised as the records are created. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a 'template add' is initialized + + + Adding new records is disabled by default and is not supported by all views, e.g. does not support adding records directly so its returns false. + Also, the needs to support adding records. This can be determined by checking the 's property. + + To enable adding records set the 's property to true. + + Note: The location of the add record is specified via the 's property. These template add records are included in the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been made the + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been made the + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is made the + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is made the + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the first edit of a template add record is made but before an item has been added to the . + + + As soon as the user types the first character while in edit mode of a cell in a template add record this event will be raised. If this event is not cancelled then the . method will be called on the followed by the event. + + Note: If this event is cancelled by setting the 's property to true then the will be forced out of edit mode and the changes discarded. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the first edit of a template add record is made and after an item has been added to the . + + + As soon as the user types the first character while in edit mode of a cell in a template add record the event will be raised. If this event is not cancelled then the . method will be called on the followed by the RecordAdded event. + + Note: If the event is cancelled by setting the 's property to true then the will be forced out of edit mode and the changes discarded. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been collapsed + + + The user can collapse an expanded record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to false. + + Note: The can also be collapsed by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is collapsed + + + The user can collapse an expanded record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to false. + + Note: The can also be collapsed by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before the is being cleared + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before the is being cleared + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . + + Note: If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raised when the user changes record filter criteria. + + + + RecordFilterChanged is raised whenever the user enters new or modifies existing record filtering + criteria. This event is raised after the modified criteria is applied. + + + + + + + + + + + Raised when the user changes record filter criteria. + + + + RecordFilterChanging is raised whenever the user enters new or modifies existing record filtering + criteria. This event is raised right before the modified criteria is applied. + + + Note that you can cancel this event in which case the user modifications to the filter criteria will be discarded. + Filter criteria will revert back to original filter criteria if any. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a record filter drop-down is being initialized. + + + + Note: this event will only get raised when a filter condition is specified in code when the is set to 'Default' or 'FilterRecord' on FieldLayoutSettings. This allows the DisplayText and/or Image + of the FilterDrapDownItem to be modified before the item if displayed in the filter cell. + + + + + + Raised before record filter drop-down is opened but after event. + + + + RecordFilterDropDownOpening is raised whenever the user drops down the filter drop-down in a filter cell + or via the filter icon of a field label (see ). + You can manipulate the list of items that will be displayed in the filter drop-down using the + property of the event args. + Also note that the is raised before this event. + + + + + + + + + + Raised before the filter drop-down is populated by the data presenter, giving you a chance to populate + the filter drop-down with your own items. + + + + RecordFilterDropDownPopulating is raised whenever the user drops down the filter drop-down in a filter cell + or via the filter icon of a field label (see ). + You can manipulate the list of items that will be displayed in the filter drop-down using the + property of the event args. + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after one or more s has been deleted. + + + Deleting s is supported for s that implement the interface and return true from its property. + It is also supported for s that only implement the interface and return false from both its and properties. + + Assuming deleting of s is enabled then when the user selects one or more s and presses the Delete key the and events will be raised. + s can also be deleted programmatically by first selecting them (via the property or the collection) and then calling with the command. + + Note: Deleting records is enabled by default. To disable deleting records set the 's property to false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when one or more s is about to be deleted. + + + Deleting s is supported for s that implement the interface and return true from its property. + It is also supported for s that only implement the interface and return false from both its and properties. + + Assuming deleting of s is enabled then when the user selects one or more s and presses the Delete key the and events will be raised. + s can also be deleted programmatically by first selecting them (via the property or the collection) and then calling with the command. + + Note: Deleting records is enabled by default. To disable deleting records set the 's property to false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been expanded + + + The user can expand a collapsed record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to true. + + Note: The can also be expanded by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a is expanded + + + The user can expand a collapsed record if the 's visual tree includes an expansion indicator. Programmatically this can be accomplished by setting the s property to true. + + Note: The can also be expanded by calling the method with the command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a 's fixed state has changed. + + + Whether or not the user can change the fixed state of a record is determined by the ' property. Programmatically a record's fix state can be set through the s property. + + Note: The can also be fixed/unfixed by calling the method with either the , or command and passing in the record as the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a 's fix state has changed. + + + Whether or not the user can change the fixed state of a record is determined by the ' property. Programmatically a record's fix state can be set through the s property. + + Note: The can also be fixed/unfixed by calling the method with either the , or command and passing in the record as the parameter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the set of s in view has changed. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the set of s in view has changed. + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a 's changes are about to be canceled. + + + The update can be canceled by calling the 's method or by calling with either the or command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a 's changes have been canceled. + + + The update can be canceled by calling the 's method or by calling with either the or command. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a is about to be updated. + + + After editing values in a the changes are commited to the based on the property setting. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been updated. + + + After editing values in a the changes are commited to the based on the property setting. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the have changed. + + + Three types of items can be selected, s, s and s. This functionality is controlled by the following properties: +
    +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . and properties and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
+
+ + The object exposes 3 collections (, and ) that can can be used to select/de-select specific items. In addition, selection can be affected by setting the 's , the 's and the 's properties. + + The following describes how selection behaves in various scenarios: +
    +
  • If a user selects records, cells or fields via mouse or keyboard interactions then the event is raised. If this is not canceled then the appropriate collections are updated and the events are raised
  • +
  • If any of the IsSelected properties are changed in code or items are added or removed via the collections then the behavior is the same and the SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events are raised.
  • +
  • If the user enters edit mode on a cell then all of the selected collections will be cleared triggering the same SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events.
  • +
  • When records are deleted (either thru changes to the data source or by the user pressing the 'Delete' key) the SelectedItemsChanging event will not be raised even though the Records and Cells collections are updated appropriately. However, the SelectedItemsChanged event will be raised. Note if the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will raise the event. If this is not canceled then by default the user will be prompted to confirm the deletion of all selected records.
  • +
  • If record filtering is active (i.e. . is set to 'True' for one or more fields) then selection behaves as follows: +
      +
    • If a filter record is being displayed (i.e. . is set to 'FilterRecord' or left to its default value) then entering a filter cell will behave the same as entering any other cell. It will clear the existing selection and raise the events.
    • +
    • If filtering is exposed via a drop down inside a field label (i.e. . is set to 'LabelIcons') then changing the filter criteria will leave the existing selections unchanged. + Therefore it is possible to, e.g. select 5 records then filter some of them out and then operate on the original 5 selected records. If the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will prompt the user to confirm the deletion of the original 5 selected records. This behavior can be modified by e.g. canceling the event and deleting only the 'filtered in' records in code.
    • +
    +
  • +
+
+ + Note: and selection is mutually exclusive. Selecting one or more s will automatically clear the selection and vice versa. +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs when the are about to change + + + Three types of items can be selected, s, s and s. This functionality is controlled by the following properties: +
    +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . and properties and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
+
+ + The object exposes 3 collections (, and ) that can can be used to select/de-select specific items. In addition, selection can be affected by setting the 's , the 's and the 's properties. + + The following describes how selection behaves in various scenarios: +
    +
  • If a user selects records, cells or fields via mouse or keyboard interactions then the event is raised. If this is not canceled then the appropriate collections are updated and the events are raised
  • +
  • If any of the IsSelected properties are changed in code or items are added or removed via the collections then the behavior is the same and the SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events are raised.
  • +
  • If the user enters edit mode on a cell then all of the selected collections will be cleared triggering the same SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events.
  • +
  • When records are deleted (either thru changes to the data source or by the user pressing the 'Delete' key) the SelectedItemsChanging event will not be raised even though the Records and Cells collections are updated appropriately. However, the SelectedItemsChanged event will be raised. Note if the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will raise the event. If this is not canceled then by default the user will be prompted to confirm the deletion of all selected records.
  • +
  • If record filtering is active (i.e. . is set to 'True' for one or more fields) then selection behaves as follows: +
      +
    • If a filter record is being displayed (i.e. . is set to 'FilterRecord' or left to its default value) then entering a filter cell will behave the same as entering any other cell. It will clear the existing selection and raise the events.
    • +
    • If filtering is exposed via a drop down inside a field label (i.e. . is set to 'LabelIcons') then changing the filter criteria will leave the existing selections unchanged. + Therefore it is possible to, e.g. select 5 records then filter some of them out and then operate on the original 5 selected records. If the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will prompt the user to confirm the deletion of the original 5 selected records. This behavior can be modified by e.g. canceling the event and deleting only the 'filtered in' records in code.
    • +
    +
  • +
+
+ + Note: and selection is mutually exclusive. Selecting one or more s will automatically clear the selection and vice versa. +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs when the sort order of records is about to change as the result of a user action. + + + When records are grouped this event will not be raised even though the sort order may change as a result of the grouping. + Note: the . property can return null if the is being unsorted, i.e. if the property is set to 'SortByOneFieldOnlyTriState' or 'SortByMultipleFieldsTriState'. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the sort order of records has changed as the result of a user action. + + + When records are grouped this event will not be raised even though the sort order may change as a result of the grouping. + Note: the . property can return null if the is being unsorted, i.e. if the property is set to 'SortByOneFieldOnlyTriState' or 'SortByMultipleFieldsTriState'. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when a summary result is calculated or recalculated. + + + SummaryResultChanged is raised when the a summary result is calculated or recalculated. + + + + + + + Raised before the UI for selecting summaries for a field is displayed. You can cancel this event and display your own UI. + + + + SummarySelectionControlClosed is raised after the user interface for selecting summaries for a field + is closed. This event is raised even when the user doesn't select any summaries or modify existing summaries. + Whether summaries are actually modified is indicated by the + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Raised before the UI for selecting summaries for a field is displayed. You can cancel this event and display your own UI. + + + + SummarySelectionControlOpening is raised before the user interface for selecting summaries for a field + is displayed. This happens when the summary button icon on a field label is clicked. To enable the UI, set the + property. + + + Note that you can cancel this event in which case the UI will not be displayed. This lets you display + your own summary selection UI. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the active item in the and synchronizes itself with the property./> + + + If the is set to a record that is not a then this property will return null. + To synchronize the selection and activation of 2 XamDataGrids bind the ActiveDataItem and properties of one to the other and set the property on both grids. + Note: just like this property binds 2-way by default. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the active + + + Making a the will automatically make its corresponding the . + + Note: Once the is activated you can cause it to enter edit mode by calling with the ' command. The cell will only enter edit mode if its corresponding 's returns true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the active + + + Changing the will automatically clear the . Also, if this property is set to a then the property will be synchronized to the record's value. + + If the is in edit mode changing the will cause the cell to end edit mode. + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the value of _activeRecord member variable. + + + + + Gets/sets whether the cells and labels will be sized to exactly without the need to scroll. + + +

When is set to a boolean value then the property returns that value. Otherwise + when AutoFit is left to its default value - null (Nothing in VB) - the current 's + value is returned by AutoFitResolved.

+ +

When AutoFitResolved returns true, then for s where the item size dictates the size available to the the cells are sized to + fit within the record in one or both dimensions based on the View's and properties.

+ +

For s such as all the records are constrained + in one dimension based on its ' . For example, when the Orientation is Vertical all + s' widths are set to exactly fit within the control so there will never be a horizontal scrollbar. + Likewise, if the Orientation is Horizontal the heights are set to exactly fit within the control so there will never be a vertical scrollbar. +

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the resolved value for the property. + + +

When is set to a boolean value, that value is returned. Otherwise + when AutoFit is left to its default value - null (Nothing in VB) - the current 's + value is returned.

+ +

For s where the item size dictates the size available to the the cells are sized to + fit within the record in one or both dimensions based on the View's and properties.

+ +

For s such as all the records are constrained + in one dimension based on its ' . For example, when the Orientation is Vertical all + s' widths are set to exactly fit within the control so there will never be a horizontal scrollbar. + Likewise, if the Orientation is Horizontal the heights are set to exactly fit within the control so there will never be a vertical scrollbar. +

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the DataSource property to some sample data when set to true. + + + This feature is useful to see how the control looks with data at design time or if the ultimate is not available. + + + + + + Gets/sets the adapter object that allows s and Summaries to participate in a XamCalculationManager's network. + + + Note: if this property is not set then all , and properties will be ignored. + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets how Cell containers are generated and cached. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to wrap a cell/label value when copied to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + The string used to separate the values of cells/labels when copying to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the strings used to separate the values of cells from different records when copied to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the equality comparer used when comparing data items. + + + + + + Returns a collection used to add items directly into the control. + + + This property is specified as the control's 'Content' property which means that in xaml you can add items to this collection without having to explicitly create enclosing tags identifying this property. Any objects specified within the control's tags will automatically get added to this collection. + + Note: This property is mutually exclusive with the property, trying to set the property and add items directly to this collection will cause an InvalidOperationException to be thrown. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the source of the data to any object that implements the interface. + + + Any object that implements the interface (other than a string) can be + set as the DataSource. The architecture can support both hierarchical and heterogenous data (multiple data types within a single list) as well as more free-form structures like trees (e.g. XML data sources). There are + currently some limitations, e.g. the only displays the from the + so users can't groupby s from multiple types as would be the case with heterogeneous data or data from child records. + + s are created lazily to represent each item in the DataSource. The exposes a read-only property that returns the associated item from the data source as well as a corresponding property. + These s are managed by the and exposed via its , and collection properties. + + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. + + Note: This property is mutually exclusive with the property, trying to set this property and add items directly to the collection will cause an InvalidOperationException to be thrown. + + Attempting to set this property after items have been added directly to the collection property. + /// Attempting to set this property when the property is true. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies what action to take when Reset notification is recieved from the data source. + + + + By default the data presenter will keep existing data records whose underlying data items are still + in the data list when the data list sends a Reset notification. It does so by looping through + the data list and for each underlying data item finding corresponding data record. It keeps all + such data records for which corresponding data items are still in the underlying list so it doesn't + have to re-create them. + + + Above process may be undesirable if your underlying data list is virtualized - that is it is delaying + loading its data as the data items are accessed. In which case you can set the DataSourceResetBehavior + property to either DiscardExistingRecords or ReuseRecordsViaIndexOf which will prevent + the data presenter from looping through the data list and thus accessing all the data items. + See for more formation regarding + what each of these options do. Note however that the in above process the data items are accessed from + the list however properties off the data items are not accessed. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the default + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created the collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the FieldLayoutInitializing and FieldLayoutInitialized events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. + + Among other things the DefaultFieldLayout determines which s show up in the . It can be set thru this property or via the 's property. If not set explicitly this property will return the first one in the colelction that has at least one assigned. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how everything works together.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Specifies if and how the drop indicators displayed while dragging field are clipped. Default is resolved to + . + + + + + + + Returns a value indicating the status of the current export operation of this DataPresenter. + + + + + + Returns the collection of objects (read-only) + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created 's collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the and events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how everything works together.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns the value of the _fieldLayouts member variable. + + + + + Holds the default settings for all s in this control. + + + objects are exposed via the following 2 properties: +
    +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in the collection.
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here apply to only this one specific .
  • +
+
+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Holds the default settings for all fields in this control. + + + are exposed via the following 3 properties: +
    +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in every .
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in this 's collection.
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here apply to only this one specific .
  • +
+
+

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Settings topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldSettings object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns the + + +

The GroupByArea provides a UI for grouping data records based on s defined in the . Since there is only one + , the GroupByArea can only provide a grouping UI for that . By default, the + is set to the FieldLayout associated with the first DataRecord encountered. When bound to flat homogeneous data this is not an issue since there is only one FieldLayout. Keep in mind that if + the control is bound to non-homogeneous data or hierarchical data the grouping UI will only show the s from the .

+

Note: To support grouping of heterogenous data or hierarchical data use the property and set the property + to MultipleFieldLayoutsFull or MultipleFieldLayoutsCompact.

+

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets/sets the style to be used for s. By default, this property returns null which indicates that an internally generated default style should be used. + + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets/sets the style selector to be used for the s. By default, this property returns null which indicates that an internally generated default style should be used. + + + + + + + + + + + Determines where the is displayed. If set to None, the GroupByArea is not displayed. + + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets/sets how fields are grouped by the end-user. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the GroupByAreaMulti control that is used for Outlook style grouping across multiple s. + + +

The property determines whether the XamDataPresenter uses the original control as the UI for Outlook style grouping of the + only or whether it uses the control for Outlook style grouping across multiple s.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets/sets the style to be used for the . By default, this property returns null which indicates that the default style should be used. + + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+ Note: this property is no longer necessary since the property has been made writable its Style property can be set directly. For backwards + compatibility this property is still supported be has been flagged so that it won't show in the property browser or in intellisense. +
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns whether the control is in the process of an export operation. + + + + + + + Determines if the is expanded or collapsed + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether nested/hierarchical data can be displayed. + + + If set to false will cause all expandable s (i.e. those that return true from their property) to be hidden. + This has the effect of only showing root level s. + + + + + + Gets/sets a value that indicates whether the ActiveRecord is synchronized with the current item of a DataSource that implements the ICollectionView interface. + + + Note: if the does not implement the interface then this setting is ignored. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether touch support is enabled for this control + + + + + + Returns or sets a value when undo/redo functionality is enabled within the control. + + + + + + + + + Used to bypass logic that was added to optimize performance by deferring + record and cell invalidations so they could be processed together in a single pass. + This static property was added to allow applications to opt out of the + optimization in case their logic was relying on synchronous invalidations. + + True to process cell invalidations synchronously, otherwise false. The default is false. + + + + Gets/sets how Record containers are generated and cached. + + + + + + + Gets/sets how s are loaded + + + The default value of LoadOnDemand will delay the creation of s until they are requested. + + Some operations, like sorting or grouping records, will cause the all s to be loaded regardless + of this setting because they require access to all records. + + + + + + + + Returns a that manages the collections of root s (read-only). + + + s are created to represent each item in the . The exposes a read-only property that returns the associated item from the data source as well as a corresponding property. + These s are managed by the and exposed via its , and collection properties. + + The RecordManager is responsible for listening to events raised by the thru either the or the interfaces. + Based on these notifcations it keeps its and collections of s in sync and raises corresponding events on each thru their interface implemenations. + Refer to the Record Manager topic in the Developer's Guide. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a object that contains the current root collection of s. + + + This is exposed as a convenience property and returns the root 's collection of records. + This will either contain the top level s or the top level s if records are grouped. + + Note: This collection will not include add record templates. Those special s are only included in the collection. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the default extent for RecordSelectors + + The default extent for a record selector or NaN. + + Note: this value is used in the calculation of the . property. + + + + + + Gets/sets the default extent for error icons inside RecordSelectors + + The default extent for a error icon inside a record selector or NaN. + + Note: this value is used in the calculation of the . property. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the default extent for the fix buttons inside RecordSelectors + + The default extent for the fix button inside a record selector or NaN. + + Note: this value is used in the calculation of the . property. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the view to be used when printing/exporting the DataPresenter's contents. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets whether de-activated (i.e. unused) record containers will be retained in the visual tree for possible future use. + + 'RetainDeactivatedContainers' to retain unused record containers always, 'RetainDeactivatedContainersUntilResize' to retain them until the control is resized smaller, otherwise 'DiscardDeactivatedContainers'. The default is 'RetainDeactivatedContainersUntilResize'. + + Note: if this property is set 'RetainDeactivatedContainers' or 'RetainDeactivatedContainersUntilResize' then any record containers that have already been hydrated but are not used + in the current display will be retained in the visual tree (collapsed) so that they can be recycled in the future. Depending on the scenario, e.g. if the mix of DataRecords, GroupByRecords and SummaryRecords in the display changes, this + can improve scrolling performance. This property is ignored if is set to any value other than 'Recycle'. + + + + + + + Determines the scroll position behavior when records are added or removed before the current records in view. + + + + + + Returns a reference to an IScrollInfo interface that can be used to scroll the list and query scrolling information. + + + + + Determines whether the records being displayed are updated while the scroll thumb is being dragged. + + +

This property affects the scroll thumb of the vertical scrollbar when the is + set to Vertical and the scroll thumb of the horizontal scrollbar when the Orientation is set to Horizontal. + When set to DeferredWithScrollTips, which is the default value, or Deferred, the records displayed in + the grid will not be updated until the mouse is released. When set to Immediate, no scroll tip will be displayed and the records displayed will be updated while the + scroll thumb is being dragged.

+

For DeferredWithScrollTips, a tooltip adjacent to the original position of the scroll thumb will be displayed that contains + information about the that will become the new top record when the mouse is released. + The scrolltip contains information about the new TopRecord and its ancestors. The information displayed by + default is based on the type of record. For , the information is that of the of + the . For and , it + will be the . The scrolltip contents can be controlled by creating a new + for the class. The scroll tip can be styled + by restyling the class.

+

Note: When set to DeferredWithScrollTips or Deferred, scrolling of records will not take place until the mouse has been released. +

+
+
+ + + Gets/sets an array of data items associated with the records in the SelectedItems.Records or SelectedItems.Cells collection + + An array containing the data items of the selected records, or selected cells or null. + + This property is exposed as an object array (instead of IEnumerable or IList) so that there should be no confusion about its behavior. + When the selection changes a new object array is created (as an atomic operation) from the SelectedItems.Records or SelectedItems.Cells collection (based on ) and set on this property. + The of each in that collection is used to popluate the new array. + To change the record selection an application can set this property (either explicitly or through a binding) to a new array of its data items. This will change the record selection even if the property is 'None', which is its default setting. + To synchronize the selectiion and activation of 2 XamDataGrids bind the and SelectedDataItems properties of one to the other and set the property on each grid to either 'RecordsOnly' or 'RecordsOrCells'. + Note: if the is not set to a value other than 'None' then the SelectedDataItems property is not set when the selection changes. Just like , SelectedDataItems binds 2-way by default. + + + + + + + + + Determines if and when the 's property will be updated. + + + To synchronize the selectiion and activation of 2 XamDataGrids bind the and properties of one to the other and set the SelectedDataItemsScope property on each grid to either 'RecordsOnly' or 'RecordsOrCells'. + Note: if the is not set to a value other than its default value of 'None' then the SelectedDataItems property will not be updated when the selection changes. Just like , binds 2-way by default. + + + + + + + Returns an object that contains collections of selected s, s and s + + + Three types of items can be selected, s, s and s. This functionality is controlled by the following properties: +
    +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . and properties and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
+
+ + The object exposes 3 collections (, and ) that can can be used to select/de-select specific items. In addition, selection can be affected by setting the 's , the 's and the 's properties. + + The following describes how selection behaves in various scenarios: +
    +
  • If a user selects records, cells or fields via mouse or keyboard interactions then the event is raised. If this is not canceled then the appropriate collections are updated and the events are raised
  • +
  • If any of the IsSelected properties are changed in code or items are added or removed via the collections then the behavior is the same and the SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events are raised.
  • +
  • If the user enters edit mode on a cell then all of the selected collections will be cleared triggering the same SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events.
  • +
  • When records are deleted (either thru changes to the data source or by the user pressing the 'Delete' key) the SelectedItemsChanging event will not be raised even though the Records and Cells collections are updated appropriately. However, the SelectedItemsChanged event will be raised. Note if the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will raise the event. If this is not canceled then by default the user will be prompted to confirm the deletion of all selected records.
  • +
  • If record filtering is active (i.e. . is set to 'True' for one or more fields) then selection behaves as follows: +
      +
    • If a filter record is being displayed (i.e. . is set to 'FilterRecord' or left to its default value) then entering a filter cell will behave the same as entering any other cell. It will clear the existing selection and raise the events.
    • +
    • If filtering is exposed via a drop down inside a field label (i.e. . is set to 'LabelIcons') then changing the filter criteria will leave the existing selections unchanged. + Therefore it is possible to, e.g. select 5 records then filter some of them out and then operate on the original 5 selected records. If the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will prompt the user to confirm the deletion of the original 5 selected records. This behavior can be modified by e.g. canceling the event and deleting only the 'filtered in' records in code.
    • +
    +
  • +
+
+ + Note: and selection is mutually exclusive. Selecting one or more s will automatically clear the selection and vice versa. +
+ + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets/sets a filter for supplying selection stratgies for items. + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether data sources containing non-homogenous data will force a sort of records by data type. + + + + + Gets/sets how cell containers for summary records are generated and cached. + + + + + + + Returns a collection of routed events which shouldn't be fired. + + + + + Gets/sets the default look for the control. + + + If left set to null then the default 'Generic' theme will be used. + This property can be set to the name of any registered theme (see and methods). + + Note: The following themes are pre-registered by this assembly but additional themes can be registered as well. +
    +
  • "Aero" - a theme that is compatible with Vista's 'Aero' theme.
  • +
  • "Generic" - the default theme.
  • +
  • "LunaNormal" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'blue' theme.
  • +
  • "LunaOlive" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'olive' theme.
  • +
  • "LunaSilver" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'silver' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Black" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Black' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Blue" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Blue' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Silver" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Silver' theme.
  • +
  • "Onyx" - a theme that features black and orange highlights.
  • +
  • "Royale" - a theme that features subtle blue highlights.
  • +
  • "RoyaleStrong" - a theme that features strong blue highlights.
  • +
+
+
+ + +
+ + + Occurs when the 'Theme' property changes + + + + + Returns/sets the maximum number of operations that can be stored in the undo and redo history. + + + + + + + + + If data items in the underlying + implement IEditableObject interface, this property controls when IEditableObject.EndEdit is called on the data items + when they are modified through the data presenter object model. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This property is ignored when the data items in the data source do not implement IEditableObject.EndEdit. + + + + + + Returns a read only collection of root level records whose visibility is not set to 'Collapsed'. + + A containing all records at the root level whose property is not set to 'Collapsed'. + + This collection also includes any special records (e.g. add records). + +

Note:The records are ordered exactly as they are presented in the UI.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the number of field layouts that have autosized fields that act on records in view. + + + + + Returns/sets the number of field layouts that have autosized fields that act on viewable records. + + + + + Indicates if a field label presenter from this data presenter is being dragged. + Note that this property will return false if the label presenter from a field chooser + is being dragged. + + + + + Indicates if the view is using flat panel. + + + + + Scroll count recalc version number which gets bumped whenever a property that affects + how we calculate scroll counts is changed (for example a field's IsExpandable). + + + + + Returns the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the control (read-only). + + + + + Class used to hold data items for a + + + + + Removes all items from the collection + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection + + The index where the item should be inserted. + The item to insert + + + + Moves the item at the specified index to a new location in the collection. + + The zero-based index specifying the location of the item to be moved. + The zero-based index specifying the new location of the item. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index of the collection. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + + + Replaces the element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to replace. + The new value for the element at the specified index. + + + + Object used to hold a DataPresenterBase's selected Records, Fields and Cells + + + Three types of items can be selected, s, s and s. This functionality is controlled by the following properties: +
    +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . property and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
  • selection is enabled via the . and properties and exposed thru the . collection.
  • +
+
+ + The object exposes 3 collections (, and ) that can can be used to select/de-select specific items. In addition, selection can be affected by setting the 's , the 's and the 's properties. + + The following describes how selection behaves in various scenarios: +
    +
  • If a user selects records, cells or fields via mouse or keyboard interactions then the event is raised. If this is not canceled then the appropriate collections are updated and the events are raised
  • +
  • If any of the IsSelected properties are changed in code or items are added or removed via the collections then the behavior is the same and the SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events are raised.
  • +
  • If the user enters edit mode on a cell then all of the selected collections will be cleared triggering the same SelectedItemsChanging and SelectedItemsChanged events.
  • +
  • When records are deleted (either thru changes to the data source or by the user pressing the 'Delete' key) the SelectedItemsChanging event will not will be raised even though the Records and Cells collections are updated appropriately. However, the SelectedItemsChanged event will be raised. Note if the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will raise the event. If this is not canceled then by default the user will be prompted to confirm the deletion of all selected records.
  • +
  • If record filtering is active (i.e. . is set to 'True' for one or more fields) then selection behaves as follows: +
      +
    • If a filter record is being displayed (i.e. . is set to 'FilterRecord' or left to its default value) then entering a filter cell will behave the same as entering any other cell. It will clear the existing selection and raise the events.
    • +
    • If filtering is exposed via a drop down inside a field label (i.e. . is set to 'LabelIcons') then changing the filter criteria will leave the existing selections unchanged. + Therefore it is possible to, e.g. select 5 records then filter some of them out and then operate on the original 5 selected records. If the data source supports deleting records and . property is not set to 'False' + then pressing the 'Delete' key will prompt the user to confirm the deletion of the original 5 selected records. This behavior can be modified by e.g. canceling the event and deleting only the 'filtered in' records in code.
    • +
    +
  • +
+
+ + Note: and selection is mutually exclusive. Selecting one or more s will automatically clear the selection and vice versa. +
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Clears the specified selected collections without raising the owner's selection events. + + True to clear the cells + True to clear the records + True to clear the fields + Trur to reset the selection state to false on all items in the collection. + Returns true if anything was cleared; otherwise false is returned + + + + Returns the owning (read-only). + + + + + Returns a reference to a collection of the selected objects. This property is read-only at run-time. This property is not available at design-time. + + +

This property returns a reference to a collection of objects that are currently selected.

+

As cells are selected and deselected, their corresponding objects are added to and removed from the returned by this property.

+

When a is selected or de-selected, the and events are raised.

+ + Note: When a is selected the collection is automatically cleared. +
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a reference to a collection of the selected objects. This property is read-only at run-time. This property is not available at design-time. + + +

This property returns a reference to a collection of objects that are currently selected.

+

As fields are selected and deselected, their corresponding objects are added to and removed from the returned by this property.

+

When a is selected or de-selected, the and events are raised.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a reference to a collection of the selected objects. This property is read-only at run-time. This property is not available at design-time. + + +

This property returns a reference to a collection of objects that are currently selected.

+

As records are selected and deselected, their corresponding objects are added to and removed from the returned by this property.

+

When a is selected or de-selected, the and events are raised.

+ + Note: When a is selected the collection is automatically cleared. +
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Base class for a selector that provides a style for given field settings property. + + + + + Base class for a selector that provides a style for given field settings property. + + + + + Supplies the style for each cell + + + + + Supplies the style for each cell + + + + + Supplies the style for each cell + + + + + Supplies the style for each cell + + + + + Supplies the style for each cell + + + + + Supplies the style for each cell + + + + + Supplies the style for a record selector + + + + + Supplies the style for a record selector + + + + + Supplies the style for each record presenter + + + + + Supplies the style for a record selector + + + + + Supplies the style for a record selector + + + + + Supplies the style for a record selector + + + + + Used to provide additional information to the exporter about how the operation was cancelled. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The reason for the cancellation + The exception related to the cancellation or null if the cancel was not related to an exception being raised. + + + + Returns the exception involved in the cancellation or null if the cancellation was not related to an exception being raised. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the action that initiated the cancellation of the export operation. + + + + + Object used to provide information about an export operation + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns or sets a string indicating the type of the export (e.g. Word). + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the file to which the export is being saved. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the file excluding path information. + + + + + Returns or sets a string with a status message to display to the user. + + + + + Invoked to determine whether the record, its descendants and siblings should be processed. + + + + Return true to process the record; otherwise return false to skip it. The values of the indicate if the descendants/siblings will be processed + + + + Invoked when the exporter should process the specified record. + + The record to be processed + The record params from the InitializeRecordParams method + + + + Invoked when a different record manager is entered. + + RecordManager to be initialized + + + + derived class that defines settings and defaults for a view that arranges data using a classic grid layout. The GridView object is used by and + + +

The GridView object is used by and to provide + settings and defaults that (the base class for the and + controls) can query when it provides UI element generation and field layout generation services in support of the View. While the + GridView is not actually reponsible for arranging items, it does expose a property called that returns the + derived type that should be used to provide layout functionality for s displayed in the + view. will ensure that a panel of is generated for use by the embedded + (the derived class used to display s).

+

The GridView object exposes a property called that returns a + object. (Note: This property is not found on the class but is specific to the GridView). + in turn exposes properties that let you control features supported by the GridView. + Refer to object for detailed information on these properties.

+

Note: GridView is only used by the control (as described above) when the control's + property is set to an instance of GridView.

+

The following ViewBase properties are overridden by the CarouselView: + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
PropertyDescriptionOverridden Value
AutoFitToRecordReturns a boolean indicating whether the cell area of a will be auto sized to the itself or based on the root when is true.false
CellPresentationReturns the type of used by the view which determines the default manner in which the cells within each row are laid out by the ..GridView
DefaultAutoArrangeCellsReturns the default value for for field layout templates generated on behalf of the View.If is Vertical then .LeftToRight otherwise .LeftToRight
HasLogicalOrientationReturns a value that indicates whether this View arranges its descendants in a particular dimension.true
IsAutoFitHeightSupportedReturns true if the height of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the vertical space available for the row.If ViewSettings.Orientation is .Horizontal then true, otherwise false
IsAutoFitWidthSupportedReturns true if the width of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the horizontal space available for the row.If ViewSettings.Orientation is .Vertical then true, otherwise false
IsFixedRecordsSupportedReturns true if the should allow records to be fixed at the top or bottomof the UI.true
ItemsPanelTypeReturns the type of used by the view to layout items in the list.typeof()
LogicalOrientationThe of the View, if the view only supports layout in a particular dimension.ViewSettings.Orientation
SupportedDataDisplayModeReturns a value that indicates the supported by the View..Hierarchical
+

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Gets a derived class for generating an appropriate template for the specified layout in the current View. + + The specified layout + + + + + + Returns the fixed field information for the specified record element. + + The record element for which the info is being provided. + + + + + Called when the value of a property changes. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the cell area of a will + be auto sized to the itself or based on the root when + is true. + + +

For s where the item size should dictate the size available to the for + the cell area, this should return true. For views such as , where all the records are to + be constrained by the size available within the control itself, this should return false.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the type of used by the view which determines the default manner in which the cells within each row are laid out by the . + + + + + + + Returns the default value for for field layout templates generated on behalf of the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .LeftToRight. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates whether this View arranges its descendants in a particular dimension. + + + + + Returns true if the height of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the vertical space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the width of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the horizontal space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the view supports the ability to control where the child records are ordered relative to the parent record. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the should display filter records. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the should allow fields to be fixed. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the should allow records to be fixed at the top or bottom of the UI. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. + When a record is fixed it's position in the is changed so the the + record is positioned with other fixed records at the beginning or end of the list. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should allow records to be fixed at the top of the UI for nested (i.e. non-root) records. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. + When a record is fixed it's position in the is changed so the the + record is positioned with other fixed records at the beginning or end of the list. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the RecordListControl should coerce its ScrollViewer.PanningMode property to enable standard flick scrolling on touch enabled systems. + + +

+ This implementation returns true. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the type of used by the view to layout items in the list. + + + + + + The of the View, if the view only supports layout in a particular dimension. + + +

+ The property returns whether the View only supports layout in a particular dimension. + The base implementation returns .Vertical. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates the supported by the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Flat. + Note: Views that support the Hierarchical are responsible for managing + the display of nested data. Such views will typically return true for . + When the .Flat enumeration is returned, the DataPresenter will still include child + records in the s but it will cause expansion indicators to be hidden and + prohibit records from being expanded. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the object for this GridView. + + +

exposes properties that let you control features supported by the GridView. + Refer to object for detailed information on these properties.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the should display filter records. + + + + + + + + An interface used to handle the exporting of a derived object. + + + + + Begins the exporting process. + + A clone of the data presenter being exported. The records are not avaialble at this point. + A series of options for controlling which aspects of the DataPresenter are honored during exporting. + + + + Exports the specified record. + + The record to export. + Options that allow the modification of the export process. + + + + Called after all records have been processed. If the exporting process was cancelled, such as + by setting the property during the + method, then the cancelled parameter will by True. + + True if the export process was cancelled. + + + + Called when exporting logic is copying various settings from the source DataPresenter to the clone used for exporting. + + The object that is being cloned. + The the new objec that is being created from the original. + + + + Called thwn expoerting logic is about to export the record and its children. + + The record to initialize. + Options that allow the modification of the export process. + True if the record should be exported; False otherwise. + + + + An interface used to handle the asynchronous exporting of a derived object. + + + + + Invoked when an export operation is cancelled. + + +

The will still be invoked after this method if the operation is cancelled.

+
+ Provides information about how the operation was cancelled. +
+ + + Called after all records have been processed and finalizes the export asynchronously if possible. If the exporting process was cancelled, + such as by setting the property during the method, + then the cancelled parameter will by True. + + True if the export process was cancelled. + + + + Returns an object that provides information about the export operation. + + + + + An interface exposing various options that determine how a should be exported + via the interface. + + + + + Determines if each record's IsExpanded state is honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over each 's state from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+
+ + + Determines if the FieldLayoutSettings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the FieldSettings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines if the groupby settings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the groupby settings from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if record filter criteria of the DataPresenter is honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over the record filter criteria from the + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if each record's Visibility setting of the DataPresenter is honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over each 's property setting + from the being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the sorted fields of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the from the associated + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the summary settings of the DataPresenter are honored during the exporting process. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the summary settings of the associated + being exported. Default value is false.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + A class providing various options for controlling the exporting of a + through the method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip the child records of the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to skip sibling records of the current record. + + + + + Specifies whether to terminate the export process. The current record will not be processed. + + + + + Used to create a composite action to undo a commit of an edit change to undo the size + change that may have occurred when the field was resized as a result of editing the cell. + + + + + Custom element used to provide status information about a asynchronous export that is in progress. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + The key that identifies the style for a button within the template of this control used to cancel the current export operation. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key that identifies the style for an indeterminate used in the template of this control. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the DataPresenter whose export status is being displayed. + + + + + + Returns additional information about the current export process + + + + + + Returns the number of records that have been exported + + + + + + Returns the current of the associated + + + + + + A control used inside the in a , or that presents a UI for performing Outlook style Grouping + for a specific s. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the DataTemplate to use for the ContentControl element that represents the FieldLayout description (read only). + + + + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the FieldLayout's Description (read-only) + + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of all s that this is grouped by. + + + + + A read-only collection of s for use in the . + + + + + + + + + + A structure that represents a unit of length supporting explicit values, sizing based on content and star values. + + + + + Initializes a new with the specified pixel value. + + The number of logical pixels + + + + Initializes a new + + The numeric value for the FieldLength + The type of length that the FieldLength instance represents + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a FieldLength with the same and + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the FieldLength + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation of the and + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first FieldLength instance + The second FieldLength instance + True if the objects have the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first FieldLength instance + The second FieldLength instance + True if the objects have a different and/or ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares the value of this FieldLength instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified FieldLength has the same and ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns a static instance whose is true. + + + + + Returns a static instance whose is true. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the FieldLength represents an absolute pixel value. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the FieldLength represents a value that should be based on the size of the contents. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the FieldLength represents a value that should be based on the initial size of the contents. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the FieldLength represents a value that is a weighted portion of the available area. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of that the FieldLength represents. + + + + + Returns the numeric value of the FieldLength. + + + + + Converts instances to and from other types. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Determines whether an object of the specified source type can be converted to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type from which the conversion could occur + True for numeric types; otherwise false. + + + + Converts the specified value to a + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The value being converted + An instance of a + The value is null. + The value provided cannot be converted to a FieldLength. + + + + Determines whether a instance can be converted to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + The type to which the FieldLength should be converted + True for string and InstanceDescriptor; otherwise false. + + + + Converts a instance to the specified type + + Provides additional information about the operation + Culture information used to create the instance + The being converted + The type to which the FieldLength should be converted + An instance of the specified type that represents the specified FieldLength + The value or destinationType provided is null. + The value provided is not a FieldLength or the destination type is not supported. + + + + Represents a field in a FieldChooser. + + + + + + Constructor. + + Associated field + + + + Sets the IsSelected property value. + + New IsSelected property value. + + + + Gets the associated field. + + + + + Indicates if the associated field is selected in the FieldChooser. + + + + When a field label is clicked in the FieldChooser, it gets selected. It becomes the pivot + item for keyboard navigation purposes. Only one field can be selected at a time. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the field is visible in the data presenter. + + + + + A class that represents an entry in the field-group selector's drop-down list in the . + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Field-layout whose fields are represented by this field group. + Used to create a subgroup of fields. + + + + Overridden. Checks to see if the specified object is equal to this object. + + Object to test for equality against this object. + True if the specified object is equal to this object. False otherwise. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code of this object. + + Hash code of this object. + + + + Overridden. Returns a string representation of this object. + + String object + + + + Returns the associated if any which filters the + field-layout's fields into a subgroup of fields. + + + + + Returns the associated field layout. + + + + + Indicates if property returns a non-null value. + + + + + Used for specifying a group of fields. + + + property is used to create the group by filtering + fields into a subset of fields. The fields for which the Filter predicate evaluates + to true will be included in the field group. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Description of the field group that's displayed in the field groups selector. + + + + + Specifies the predicate that filters the fields to form a subgroup of fields. + + + + + Gets or sets the tool-tip that's displayed for the field group. + + + + + A control that allows the user to customize which fields are displayed in the data presenter. + + + + FieldChooser displays list of fields that are available for displaying in the data presenter. + The user can drag and drop fields between the data presenter and the FieldChooser to show or hide + them in the data presenter. + + + To show a field that's currently hidden, the user can either check the checkbox next to the field in the + field chooser or simply drag the field from the field chooser and drop ir anywhere on the data presenter. + Note that the the field can be dropped at a specific location inside the field layout area, just like + the drag-and-drop functionalty. + + + To hide a field that's currently visible in the data presenter, the user can either uncheck the checkbox + next to the field in the field chooser, or simply drag the field from the data presenter and drop it + anywhere outside of the data presenter, including over the field chooser. + + + You can prevent the user from showing or hiding a specific field by setting the + FieldSettings' property to Never. + The field will not be displayed in the field chooser and the user will not + be able to hide the field, even by dragging it outside of the data presenter. + + + + + + + + All fields of the current group. + + + + + Fields of the current group that are to be displayed in the list. If + DisplayHiddenFieldsOnly is true, this list doesn't include visible fields. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Overridden. Called when mouse capture is lost. + + Associated event args. + + + + Overridden. Called when mouse is moved. + + Associated mouse event args. + + + + Overridden. Called when left mouse button is released. + + Mouse event args. + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayHiddenFieldsOnly property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayHiddenFieldsOnly property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + + Returns true if the FieldDisplayOrder property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FieldDisplayOrder property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the FieldGroupSelectorVisibility property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FieldGroupSelectorVisibility property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Executes the RoutedCommand represented by the specified CommandWrapper. + + The CommandWrapper that contains the RoutedCommand to execute + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + The parameter for the command execution + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + + Finds the matching item in the CurrentFields collection. + + Field to search the entry for. + FieldChooserEntry from CurrentFields associated with the specified field will be returned. + + + + Initializes the CurrentFields property based on the CurrentFieldGroup property value. + + + + + Initializes the CurrentFields property based on the specified fieldsList. If + DisplayHiddenFieldsOnly is true then this method will exclude visible fields. + + + + + Makes sure the CurrentFieldGroup is one of the FieldGroups otherwise it + sets the CurrentFieldGroup to the first item in the FieldGroups. + + + + + Initializes the FieldGroups property. + + + + + Indicates if the specified group is one of the groups in the collection returned by FieldGroups property. + + Field chooser group. + A boolean value indicating if the group is valid. + + + + Called by the FieldChooserEntry when a field's VisibilityResolved changes. + If DisplayHiddenFieldsOnly is true then this method will add/remove the associated + field into the field chooser based on the new visibility state of the field. + + Field whose visibility changed. + + + + Re-initializes the CurrentFields property based on the CurrentFieldGroup property value. + + + + + Re-initializes the CurrentFields property based on the CurrentFieldGroup property value. + + + + + Called when the user starts dragging a label presenter from the field chooser. + + Field drag manager that's managing the drag operation. + + + + Called to set the AllCurrentFieldsVisible property based on the visibility of all the fields. + + + + + Called when AllCurrentFieldsVisible changes to set the visibility of all the fields accordingly. + + + + + Updates the IsDraggingItemFromDataPresenter property based on the value of the IsDraggingField + property of the data presenter. + + + + + Gets the supported commands (read-only) + + A static instance of the class. + + + This class exposes properties that return all of the commands that the control understands. + + + + + + Indicates if all the fields currently displayed in the FieldChooser are visible in the data presenter. + + + + AllCurrentFieldsVisible property returns True if all the fields currently displayed + in the FieldChooser are visible in the data presenter, False if all current fields + are hidden in the data presenter, and Null some fields are hidden and some are visible. + It's used in the control template to provide the capability of being able to toggle visibility + of all fields. + + + + + + Specifies which group of fields are currently displayed in the FieldChooser. + + + + When property is not set, the CurrentFieldGroup + corresponds to a field layout. If FieldFilters is set, the CurrentFieldGroup + can correspond to all fields of a field layout, or subset of fields of a field layout + filtered with a FieldChooserFilter that's part of FieldFilters collection. + + + The field group selector control displayed above fields is populated with all the field layouts + of the data presenter. If FieldFilters is specified, the field group selector control's + drop-down contains each field layout and underneath each field layout the applicable field + filters to allow the user to display subset of the fields of that field layout. + + + + + + + Returns the fields currently displayed in the FieldChooser. + + + + CurrentFields returns a collection of objects + each of which represent a field that's currently displayed in the FieldChooser. + + + + + + + Specifies the data presenter whose fields are being customized by this FieldChooser. + + + + + Specifies whether to display only the hidden fields or all fields. + + + + DisplayHiddenFieldsOnly property specifies whether the FieldChooser displays + only the hidden fields or all fields. When this property is set to True, + FieldChooser displays only the fields that are not currently displayed in the data + presenter. When this property is set to False, all fields are displayed. + + + When displaying all fields, each field displays a checkbox next to it that controls the + visibility of the field. + When displaying only the hidden fields, these check boxes are not be displayed. + In either mode, the user can hide a field from the data presenter by dragging it from + the data presenter and dropping it over the FieldChooser or any area outside + of the data presenter. Likewise the user can unhide a field by dragging it from + the FieldChooser and dropping it inside the data presenter. Furthermore the user can + choose the drop the field at a specific location in the field layout area, in the same way + when moving a field via drag-and-drop, to position it at a specific location relative to + other fields in the field layout area. + + + Note that you can exclude specific fields from being displayed in the FieldChooser + by setting the Field's property. + + + + + + Specifies the order in which fields are displayed in the FieldChooser. Default is Alphabetical. + + + + + Specifies the comparer that's used to determine the order of fields. + + + + If you want to display fields in a custom order then you can specify + a comparer that the FieldChooser will use to determine the order + in which to display the fields. + + + + + + + Specifies a collection of field groups. Each field layout will break up its fields into + sub groups based on the setting of this property. + + + + FieldFilters property lets you specify groups of fields. Each field layout's fields + can be broken up into subgroups. For example, in a Customer/Orders hierarchical data source, + you can group Orders' field layout's fields into "Date Fields", "Adress Fields", "Phone/Fax Fields" + etc... The field-layout selector will display these subgroups under the applicable field-layout. + The end user then can select, for example, "Date Fields" entry under "Orders" entry in the field-layout + selector to show only the date fields of the Orders field-layout. + + + + + + Returns the drop-down items of the field-group selector control in the FieldChooser. + + + + FieldGroups returns the collection of items that the field-group + selector will display in its drop-down. By default the collection contains a single entry + for each field-layout representing the fields of that field-layout. However if + property is specified to subgroup fields, then a single field-layout can have multiple entries + in this collection - one for the field-layout itself and one for each subgroup within that field-layout. + + + + + + Specifies whether to display the FieldLayout selector. It's a control that allows the user + to change the current group of fields that are displayed in the FieldChooser. + + + + + Returns the resolved value indicating whether the field-layout selector control is displayed. + + + + + Returns true when a field being dragged from the associated data presenter is + over the FieldChooser (read-only). + + + + IsDragItemOver property returns true when a field being dragged from + the associated data presenter is over the field chooser. It can be used in + the style of the FieldChooser to highlight the FieldChooser control to provide + a hint to the user that the item can be dropped over the FieldChooser. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if a field is being dragged from this FieldChooser. + + + + + Indicates if a field is being dragged from the associated data presenter. + + + IsDraggingItemFromDataPresenter indicates if a field is being dragged from the + associated data presenter. Associated data presenter is specified using the + property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the field that's currently selected in the FieldChooser. + + + + The user can select a field and perform keyboard navigation in the list of fields in + the FieldChooser. Only one field can be selected at a time. The SelectedField + property returns the field that's currently selected. You can also set it to select + a field that's currently displayed in the FieldChooser. + + + + + + Comparer used for sorting fields in the order they are to be displayed in the field chooser. + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the . + + + + + Clears all currently selected items. + + + + + Cancels any current drag operations. + + + + + The list of CommandWrappers for each supported command. + + + + + + This method is provided as a convenience for initializing the statics in this class which kicks off + the process of setting up and registering the commands. + + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + The key event arguments + The command host + + + + + Represents the different states of the FieldChooser control. Used to evaluate whether a specific + command can be executed. + + + + + A field is selected in the field chooser. + + + + + Indicates whether the selected field is visible in the data presenter. + + + + + Indicates whether the user is currently dragging an item from the field chooser. + + + + + ViewModel object that represents a menu item. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns or sets the command that should be executed when the item is clicked. + + + + + Returns or sets the object to use as the parameter when invoking the + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if any of the items in the collection have their set to true. + + + + + Returns or sets a value to display as the header for the item. + + + + + Returns or sets the image that should be displayed within the menu. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the item is considered checkable, that is that its property may be changed. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the item is considered checked. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the item contains a control that should receive focus. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the contents of the item may be resized. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the item represents a separator. + + + + + Returns a collection of child menu items. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the submenu in which the menu item is located should not close when the item is clicked. + + + + + Custom menu item for use with a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + A instance + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed while the element contains the keyboard focus. + + Provides information about the key event + + + + Invoked when the menu item is about to receive keyboard focus. + + Provides information about the focus change + + + + Invoked when the element is about to lose keyboard focus. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when a property has been changed + + Provides information about the property that was changed + + + + Used to initialize the container for child menu items. + + The container for the item being prepared + The dataitem for which the container is being prepared. + + + + Used for displaying a filter button inside each field's label. + + + + To actually show filter buttons inside field labels, set the 's + property to 'LabelIcons'. + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Called when the button is checked + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + + + + Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Called when the button is unchecked + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of dropdown that should be displayed by the FilterButton + + + + + + Gets the associated field whose label is displaying this filter button inside it. + + + + + Returns true if there are any active filters applied to this field (read-only) + + + + + + Returns a list of possible operands (read-only) + + + Note: The Operands list gets lazily populated when the when the button is first checked. Populating the list raises the event. + Note: The Operands are not used or populated when the is MultiSelectExcelStyle. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the selected item from the Operands collection + + + + + + A collection of objects exposed off a via its 'Cells' property. + + + FilterCellCollection class contains objects that belong to a . + You can get this collection using the 'Cells' property of the FilterRecord. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Associated FilterRecord object. + + + + Overridden. Creates a new . + + Field for which to create new cell. + New Cell for the specified field. + + + + The at the specified zero-based index (read-only) + + + + + The associated with the specified (read-only) + + + + + The associated with the specified (read-only) + + + + + Returns the associated . + + + + Record property returns the associated with this + collection. + + + + + + + + Element that represents a . + + + + FilterCellValuePresenter represents a . + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Performs any additional validation required. + + + + Note: the default implementaion always returns true. This method is intended + for use by derived classes that need to perform some additional validatio logic. + + True if the current value is valid, otherwise false. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Celled when all the cell settings have been initialized + + + + + Called after the editor has been created but before its Content is set, its Style has been applied and before it has been sited. + + The ValueEditor that was just created + + + + Called when the embedded editor has just exited edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + + + + Called after edit mode has started + + + + + Called when the embedded editor is about to enter edit mode + + The event arguments + Setting the property to true will prevent the editor from entering edit mode. + + + + + + + + Called when the editor's value has changed but it's event has been suppressed. + + The event arguments + + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + + + + + Called when the IsActive property has changed + + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + + + + Called when the text has been input + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if validation logic should be bypassed on a lost focus + + + + + Returns true if there are any active filters applied to this cell (read-only) + + + + + + Gets or sets if the operand drop down is open. + + + Note: setting this property to true raises the event. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets if the operator drop down is open. + + + + + + Returns a list of possible operands (read-only) + + + Note: The Operands list gets lazily populated when the when the is first set to true + after this cell is made active. Populating the list raises the event. The list is then cleared when the cell is de-activated. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the operator to use for the filter + + + + + + A number used to re-populate the filter drop-down items. + + + + + Collection used by the property. Contains date items + associated with filtered in data records. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Indicates if the collection contains the specified item. + + Item to check if it exits in the collection. + True if the item exists in the collection, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the index of the specified item in the collection. + + Item whose index to get. + Index of the item in the collection. -1 if the item doesn't exist in the collection. + + + + Recreates the collection. + + + + + Called when a record is added, removed or its filtered out state changes so this + collection can add/remove the record to itself and raise necessary add/remove notifications. + + Data record that was added, removed or whose filtered out state changed. + + + + Returns the index in this list of the trivial ancestor of the specified record + that belongs to this list. Basically used to calculate the CurrentPosition associated + with the active record in the data presenter, taking into account active record being + a descendant record of a record manager that this filtered data items collection is + associated with. + + Index of this record or its ancestor will be returned. + If the record or its ancestor is found in this list, the matching index + will be returend. Otherwise -1 is returned. + + + + Hookes into the record manager's Sorted record collection's CollectionChanged, + data presenter's ActiveRecord property change notification and filter version number + so this collection can be kept in sync. + + Whether to hook or unhook into notifications. + + + + Called when the ActiveRecord of the DataPresenter is called. This method syncrhonizes + the CurrentPosition and CurrentItem properties to the new active record. + + + + + Called whenever the filters are changed. + + + + + Called when the value of HasListeners property has changed. Basically it gets called + when all events are unhooked from or when one of the events is hooked into when none + of the events were hooked into begin with. + + + + + Called when a record's filter out state changes so this collection can send necessary add/remove notifications. + + Data record whose filtered out state changed. + + + + Event handler for record manager's Sorted record collection's CollectionChanged event. + + + + + + + Raises CollectionChanged notification as well as necessary property change notifications. + + Event args + + + + Raises ICollectionView.CurrentChanging event. + + + + + + Raises ICollectionView.CurrentChanged event. + + + + + Raises Count, IsEmpty, CurrentItem, CurrentPosition, IsCurrentBeforeFirst + and IsCurrentAfterLast property change notifications if the values have + changed. + + Whether to actually raise the property change + notifications or just to update the cached property values that we use to determine + next time this method is called whether a property's value has changed. + + + + Raises INotifyPropertyChanged.PropertyChanged event. + + Name of the property whose value changed. + + + + Sets the CurrentPosition property and updates the related properties + (like CurrentItem, IsCurrentBeforeFirst, IsCurrentAfterLast etc..). + + New position. + True if the position was changed successfully. Otherwise false, which could + happen if CurrentChanging or RecordActivating were canceled. + + + + Sets the CurrentPosition property and updates the related properties + (like CurrentItem, IsCurrentBeforeFirst, IsCurrentAfterLast etc..). + + New position. + Specifies whether to raise current position changing and changed events. + if true syncs Activerecord to position + True if the position was changed successfully. Otherwise false, which could + happen if CurrentChanging or RecordActivating were canceled. + + + + Verifies the list of filtered out records. + + + + + Raised when a property has changed + + + + + Raised when a property has changed + + + + + Raised when a property has changed + + + + + Gets item at the specified index. + + Gets the item at the specified index. + Item at the sepcified index. + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Returns the current item (ICollectionView.CurrentItem). + + + + + Returns the current position (ICollectionView.CurrentPosition). + + + + + Indicates if the collection is empty. + + + + + Indicates if any of the events are hooked into. + + + + + Indicates if updates to _list are suspended. + + + + + Class used by ICollectionView.DeferRefresh implementation. + + + + + Custom class that exposes the and associated with a given + + + + + Initializes a new + + Field to be represented by the object + RecordManager for the specified field + + + + Returns the associated Field + + + + + Returns the associated RecordManager + + + + + Base class for a command that updates the of a given and + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to determine if the commmand may be executed for the specified field and recordmanager. + + The field whose filter is to be changed + The recordmanager whose filter is to be changed + Returns true if field and rm are non-null and the field is associated with a field layout. + + + + Used to invoke the command for the specified Field and RecordManager + + The field for which the command is being executed + The recordmanager for which the command is being executed + + + + Used to obtain the condition that will be used to update the record filter for the field + + The field for which the command is being executed + The recordmanager for which the command is being executed + + + + Used to change the value of a field and raise the + + The type of field being changed + The field member passed by reference that will be updated/compared with the new value + The new value for the field + The name of the property being changed + Returns false if the new value matches the existing member; otherwise true if the value is different + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether to show the custom dialog with the new condition. + + + + + Custom record filter command that creates a for a given registered + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to obtain the condition that will be used to update the record filter for the field + + The field for which the command is being executed + The recordmanager for which the command is being executed + + + + Returns or sets the operator to be used when changing the condition. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the special filter operand. + + + + + + + Custom record filter command that uses the specified to update the record filter for a given and + + + + + Initalizes a new + + + + + Used to determine if the commmand may be executed for the specified field and recordmanager. + + The field whose filter is to be changed + The recordmanager whose filter is to be changed + Returns true if field and rm are non-null and the field is associated with a field layout. + + + + Used to obtain the condition that will be used to update the record filter for the field + + The field for which the command is being executed + The recordmanager for which the command is being executed + + + + Returns or sets the condition that will be used to update the record filter for the Field + + + + + Represents the item that when checked will select/unselect all the tree items. + + + + + Represents the item that will select/unselect all the items when a filter is applied to the tree. + + + + + Used to indicate how the filtered changes will affect the existing filter. When unchecked the changes will replace the current filter. When checked, any checked items will be added to the filter and any unchecked item will be removed from the filter. + + + + + Represents the item that contains all the date based values. + + + + + Represents the year portion of a DateTime + + + + + Represents the month portion of a DateTime + + + + + Represents the day portion of a DateTime + + + + + Represents the hour portion of a DateTime + + + + + Represents the minute portion of a DateTime + + + + + Represents the second portion of a DateTime + + + + + Represents the item that contains all the non-date based values. + + + + + Represents a single value. + + + + + Represents the Blanks special operand. + + + + + Object that represents an item in the tree containing the list of unique values. + + + + + Returns the text used to describe the item. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the item should be displayed as checked. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the item should be expanded. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the child items. + + + + + Changes the search text and scope in a single operation. + + The new text to use when evaluating the nodes + The type of nodes to be evaluated + True to re-apply the search criteria even if the values match the current criteria + + + + Returns a collection of the tree items that should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if there is search criteria applied. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if there is a search that has results in no matching items. + + + + + Determines if the DateTime values are represented as dates. + + + + + Returns the lowest level type of date node that has been created. + + + + + Returns the current scope used when performing a search via the SearchText. + + + + + Returns or sets the string used to filter the list of available values. + + + + + Custom control used to display the available filtered cell values for a given field + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the control. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the control has been initialized. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the key is pressed down while focus is within the control. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed before the target element has received the notification. + + Provides information about the event. + + + + Invoked when the tree or an element within the tree is about to lose focus. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Handles changes to the IsExpandedBinding property. + + + + + Invoked when the SearchText property has been changed + + + + + Used to determine if the element is enabled. + + + + + Returns a collection of items that represent the available scopes that may be used for the + + + + + Returns a command that can be used to cancel changes to the for the associated + + + + + Returns a command that can be used to clear the + + + + + Returns or sets the Field whose record filters will be manipulated by the control. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the applied SearchText resulted in no matching values. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the AvailableSearchScopes has multiple items and therefore a combo with the options should be displayed. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the SearchText property has a value. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the height that the control should use when measured with an infinite height. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether DateTime values should be grouped within the + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the items are being loaded. This will be true while the items are being loaded asynchronously. + + + + + + Returns a collection of the items that represent the nodes of the tree. + + + + + Returns or sets the RecordManager whose record filters will be affected by the control. + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration used to determine which nodes are evaluated when the SearchText has been set. + + + + + + Returns or sets the text that should be used to search the values in the tree. + + + + + + Returns the string that should be displayed in the search textbox when it doesn't have focus or search text. + + + + + + Returns a command that can be used to commit changes to the for the associated + + + + + Returns or sets the width that the control should use when measured with an infinite width. + + + + + + A collection used for resolving record filters that are to be applied to a record. Since + a record manager can have records with different field layouts, this collection is used + for resolving the record filters and keeping track of changes in the source filter + collections for any changes. + + + + + Constructor. + + This collection will resolve record filters for this record manager. + + + + Gets the RecordFilter associated with the specified field. + + Field for which to get the RecordFilter. + Specifies whether to allocate the record fitler if it hasn't already been allocated. + Returns the record filter for the specified field. If create is false and no RecordFilter has been allocated for + the field then returns null. + + + + Returns the RecordFilters of the record manager or the field layout depending on the RecordFilterScope property setting. + + Field layout. + Specifies whether to allocate the record fitler collection if it hasn't already been allocated. + Returns the RecordFilters of the record manager or the field layout depending on the RecordFilterScope + property setting. If create is false and the RecordFilters + hasn't been allocated then returns null. Otherwise allocates a new one. + + + + Checks to see if any field from the specified field layout has active filter conditions. + + Fields of this field layout will be checked for active filter conditions. + True if any field in the field layout has active filters. + + + + Checks to see if there are active filter conditions in any field of any field layout + that this record filter collection has been queried for filters (via GetFilters method). + + + + + + Hooks into the specified field layout to monitor for change in record filters so any + applicable changes can be reflected by this collection. + + The field layout to hook into. + + + + Checks to see if the specified data record meets all the filter conditions. + + Data record to check for filter criteria. + Returns true if the record meets filter criteria, false if it doesn't meet filter criteria + and null if there is no filter criteria. + + + + Checks to see if the specified data record meets all the filter conditions. + + Data record to check for filter criteria. + Optional. Specifies a RecordFilter to ingore. This record filter will not be + considered for criteria matching. + Indicates whether this is called from logic that populates filter drop-down list. + Returns true if the record meets filter criteria, false if it doesn't meet filter criteria + and null if there is no filter criteria. + + + + Called when a FieldLayout is created and associated with the record manager. + + Field layout. + + + + When fields are removed from fields collection, we need to remove any corresponding filters + from the field-layout. + + + + + Called when one of the source record filter collections is modified. A source record + filter collection is either a FieldLayout's RecordFilters or the RecordManager's RecordFilters. + + + + + Returns true if a filter condition used all values to base its filter criteria. + + This field's record filter will be checked for whether it used all values or not. + + + + + Returns true if a filter condition used all values to base its filter criteria. + + Checks to see if this record has an active filter that used all values or not. + + + + + Returns true if a filter condition used all values to base its filter criteria. + + Checks to see if a field from this field layout has a filter that used all values or not. + + + + + Returns the resolved RecordFilterScope for the associated record manager and the + specified field layout. + + Field layout + Resolved record filter scope + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Returns the resolved RecordFilter for the specified field. Note that a new RecordFilter will be allocated + if none exists for the field. + + RecordFilter for this field will be returned. + RecordFilter for the specified field. + + + + This version number is bumped every time this collection changes. + + + + + Constructor. + + Resolved record filter collection. + Field. + + + + Called when a record filters are changed. We need to update RecordFilter property. + + + + + Used for sorting unique cell values in the filter drop-down. + + + + + Used for filtering data records for the purposes of populating the filter drop-down with + unique cell values from the list. + + + + + Constructor. + + FieldFilterInfo backward pointer. + Whether to include cell values from filtered out records. + Specifies the filter to ignore when evaluating whether a record is filtered out + or not. When a field with pre-existing filter criteria has its filter drop-down dropped down, the drop-down + should contain cell values with disregard to the field's filter criteria. Only used if + includeFilteredOutValues is false. + + + + Class used to represent a cell in the FilterRecord. + + + + Note that to actually get or specify filter conditions, use the FieldLayout's + or RecordManager's + properties. Any changes made by the user through the FilterCell will be reflected in one of those + collections (depending on the setting of the + property). + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Clears all active filters + + + + + + Sets the HasActiveFilters property. It also raises property changed notification if the property value has changed. + + + + + Returns the associated filter record. + + + + + + Returns true if there are active filters. + + + + HasActiveFilters property indicates whether there are active filters with which records are + currently being filtered. It doesn't necessarily mean that any records are actually filtered out + (for example if all records match the filter criteria). It just means that there are current filter + criteria. + + + + + + + Returns the associated RecordFilter instance. If none is allocated, allocates one. + + + + + Provides a custom filtering UI that allows the user to specify multiple filter conditions for a single + + + + This control is displayed modally in an appropriate top level window when the user selects '(Custom)' from the filter dropdown list. + + + + + + + + Creates an instance of the CustomFilterSelectionControl. When using this constructor you must call the Initialize method to supply needed parameters and context. + + + + + Creates an instance of the CustomFilterSelectionControl. + + The containing the s to be customized for a specific + The associated with the records being filtered. + + + + + + + Adds a to the list of conditions being managed by the for a specific . + + + + + Cancels any changes made to the list of conditions and hides the control. + + + + + Commits any changes made to the list of conditions and hides the control. + + + + + Groups (using an 'And' LogicalOperator) the currently selected s (if any) in the list of conditions being managed by the for a specific . + + + + + Groups (using an 'Or' LogicalOperator) the currently selected s (if any) in the list of conditions being managed by the for a specific . + + + + + Removes the currently selected s (if any) from the list of conditions being managed by the for a specific . + + + + + Toggles the of the group associated with the currently selected s between 'Or' and 'And'./>. + + + + + Ungroups the currently selected s (if any) in the list of conditions being managed by the for a specific . + + + + + Raised when a key is released. + + Information about the event. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Initializes an instance of the CustomFilterSelectionControl. This method should be called when the parameterless constructor is used to create the control instance. + + The containing the s to be customized for a specific + The associated with the records being filtered. + + + + + + + Gets an enumerator for this element's logical child elements. + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the 'Add Condition' button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_AddConditionLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the description used for 'And' groups in the legend. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_AndGroupLegendDescriptionProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns/sets the brush to use when coloring conditions that belong to groups with an 'AND' LogicalOperator. + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the Cancel button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_CancelButtonLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the text of the message displayed when the user clicks the Cancel button after making changes to the Filters. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_CancelMessageTextProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the Title of the MessageBox displayed when the user clicks the Cancel button after making changes to the Filters. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_CancelMessageTitleProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the description of the Field whose filters are being customized by the control. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_FieldDescriptionProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns a string that describes the current set of filter conditions in human readable form. + + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the 'Group Selected' label. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_GroupSelectedLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the 'Group Selected Conditions As And Group' button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_GroupSelectedConditionsAsAndGroupLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the 'Group Selected Conditions As Or Group' button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_GroupSelectedConditionsAsOrGroupLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns/sets the width of the column that displays colored bars which represents a logical operator type (i.e., 'And' 'Or) + + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the OK button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_OkButtonLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the description used for 'Or' groups in the legend. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_OrGroupLegendDescriptionProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns/sets the brush to use when coloring conditions that belong to groups with an 'OR' LogicalOperator. + + + + + Returns the being manipulated by the CustomFilterSelectionControl (read only). + + + + + + Returns the associated with the records being filtered (read only). + + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the 'Remove Selected Conditions' button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_RemoveSelectedConditionsLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the description used for the Title of the container hosting the control. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_TitleDescriptionProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the 'Toggle Operator Of Selected Conditions' button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_ToggleOperatorOfSelectedConditionsLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Returns the prompt used for the 'Ungroup Selected Conditions' button. Use Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Resources.Customizer.SetCustomizedString("CustomFilterSelectionControl_UngroupSelectedConditionsLabelProperty", "Custom text") to change the contents of the string. + + + + + + Represents an entry in the filter drop-down list. + + + + Filter drop-down list is displayed when a filter icon in a field label is clicked or when a filter + cell's drop-down button is clicked. The filter drop-down list provides the user with a list of options + to filter the records by. + + + You can access and modify the filter drop-down list by hooking into the + or the + event. The associated event args expose + DropDownItems property that returns a list of FilterDropDownItem objects. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Data value of the item. + Display text of the item. + Whether the value is a cell value. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Special operand that will be used to filter records when this entry is selected. + Display text. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Condition that will be used to filter records when this entry is selected. + Text that will be displayed in the drop-down to depict this entry. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Command that will be executed when this entry is selected. + Text that will be displayed in the drop-down to depict this entry. + + + + + Indicates that this drop-down item represents an action that will be taken when the item is selected. + + + + Indicates whether this drop-down item represents an action that will be taken when the item is selected. + The underlying Value will be an instance of ICommand. When the user selects the entry in the + drop-down, the command's Execute method will be called to perform the action. + + + For example, the built-in '(Custom)' entry provided by the data presenter in the filter drop-down is an + action. The associated value implements ICommand interface whose Execute implementation displays the custom + filter selection control (. + + + You can add your own custom action to the filter drop-down. To do so implement ICommand on a class. Then + add an entry to the filter drop-down list where the value of that entry is the instance of that class. When + the user clicks the entry in the filter drop-down, the ICommand.Execute method will be called, which is + where you perform the desired action. The data presenter will take no further actions. It will be upto you + to manipulate the record filter of the field to reflect the desired filter criteria. + + + + + + Indicates that this drop-down item represents a cell value. + + + + + Indicates that this drop-down item represents an an ICondition. + + + + + Indicates that this drop-down item represents a special operand, like (Blanks), (NonBlanks). + + + + Indicates whether this drop-down item represents a special operand that will be used to filter records + when the item is selected. The underlying Value will be an instance of + derived class. + + + For example, the built-in entries of 'Today', 'Yesterday', 'This Week' etc... are implemented + using special operands. + + + You can add your own custom operand the filter drop-down. To do so implement derive a class from + and provide the necessary logic to filter data in the derived + class. Then add an entry to the filter drop-down list where the value of that entry is the instance + of that class. When the user selects the entry in the filter drop-down, the associated special operand + will be used for filtering records. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Values of this field are being evaluated. + Supplies the 'AllValues'. + + + + Converts a value into a specific type + + The source value + The type to convert the value to. + The converted object + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Values of this field are being evaluated. + Supplies the 'AllValues'. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Values of this field are being evaluated. + Supplies the 'AllValues'. + + + + A collection of objects. + + + + To specify record filters, use the FieldLayout's + or the RecordManager's depending + on the property setting. + For the root records, FieldLayout's RecordFilters are used. For child records, by default the RecordManager's + RecordFilters are used unless RecordFilterScope is set to AllRecords, in which case the FieldLayout's + RecordFilters are used. + + + To enable the filtering UI, set the and + properties. With the UI enabled, when the + user enters filter criteria through the UI, the underlying RecordFilterCollection will be + modified to reflect the entered filter criteria. + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + The FieldLayout or the RecordManager that this collection belongs to. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts the specified item in the collection. + + Location in the collection at which to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + + + Overridden. Called when the collection changes. + + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index in the collection. + + Index of the item to remove. + + + + Adds the specified RecordFilter to the collection. Any existing RecordFilter for the same + field will be removed before adding the specified RecordFilter. + + RecordFilter to add to the collection. + + + Add method adds the specified to the collection. + + + Note: If there's an existing RecordFilter associated with the same Field or FieldName + as the specified RecordFilter, the existing RecordFilter will be removed. In effect this will + perform a replace operation in such a case. This is because the collection does not allow + multiple RecordFilter objects for the same field. + + + + + + Re-evaluates filters on all records. + + + + Re-evaluates filters on all records. Typically there is no need to call this method as filters + automatically get re-evaluated whenever data changes. + + + + + + Gets the RecordFilter by the specified key where the key is either the field object or a field name. + + Either field or field name. + Specifies whether to allocate the record fitler if it hasn't already been allocated for the specified key. + RecordFilter object in this collection with the specified key or null if none found + + + + Called when an item is added or removed from this collection. + + Item that's added or removed. + If true the item was added, false otherwise. + + + + Called when the conditions on the specified record filter belonging to this collection are changed. + + Changed record filter. + + + + Called when the Field on the specified record filter belonging to this collection has changed. + + Changed record filter. + The old field. + + + + Resumes bumping version number. + + Whether to bump Version number upon resumption. + + + + Returns if any of the RecordFilter instances in the collection have any filter conditions. + + + + + + Suspends bumping Version number. + + + + + Raises InvalidOperationException if this filter collection belongs to the root + record manager. + + + + + Gets the RecordFilter associated with the specified field name. If none exists for the specified field, + it creates one. + + Field object for which to get the RecordFilter. + object associated with the specified field. + + + + Gets the RecordFilter associated with the specified field name. If none exists for the specified field, + it creates one. + + Name of the field for which to get the RecordFilter. + object associated with the specified field name. + + + + Indicates if bumping Version number is suspended. + + + + + Returns either the FieldLayout or the RecordManager that this collection belongs to. + + + + + For internal use only. May get removed in future builds. + + + + + RecordFilter contains filter criteria information that will be used to filter data records. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Field for which the RecordFilter is being created. + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Name of the field for which the RecordFilter is being created. + + + + Applies any pending filter changes + + + + + Clears conditions of this record filter. + + + + + + Returns true if the specified DataRecord meets conditions of this RecordFilter. + + Record to check. + True if the record filter's conditions evaluate to true for the cell value of the record associated + with the . + + + + Helper method used to compare a cloned filter against the current settings. + + + + + Initializes this RecordFilter with the backward pointer to the parent collection to which + this RecordFilter belongs. This method does validation to ensure that the same RecordFilter + instance is not added to more than one RecordFilterCollection. + + The RecordFilterCollection to which this RecordFilter belongs. + + + + Checks to see if the specified data record meets all the filter conditions of this RecordFilter. + + Data record to check for filter criteria. + Evaluation context that provides further information + to the condition matching logic, regarding things like culture, format etc... + Returns true if the record meets filter criteria, false otherwise. + + + + Event handler for Conditions' PropertyChanged event. + + + + + + + Returns if any of this RecordFilter should be serialized. + + + + + + Syncrhonizes the Field property with the FieldName property. + + + + + Specifies filter conditions with which to filter data records. + + + + Specifies one or more conditions that will be used to determine if a data record passes + the record filter or not. The cell data associated with the record filter's + will be evaluated against the conditions to determine if the data record should be filtered + out. If the cell data does not satisfy these conditions, the data record will get filtered out. + The property of the data record will reflect whether + the data record met the filter conditions or not. By default filtered out data records are + hidden - however property lets you specify what + action to take on filtered out records. + + + You can add any derived objects to the condition group. Built-in + classes that implement this interface include , + and the . + The ComparisonCondition lets you specify + commonly used filter criteria. The ComplementCondition complements results of another + condition. Since itself implements ICondition, you can + essentially create condition groups within condition groups - essentially allowing you create + arbitrarily nested conditions. + + + In addition, supports + instances as its compare values. Built-in special operands are exposed off + class as static properties. See for more information and listing of + available special operands. These special operands (for example, FirstQuater, Today, + ThisWeek, AboveAverage, Top10 etc...) let you quicky filter data by commonly used + filter criteria. They are also extensible. You can create your own special operands (or override logic + of any built-in special operand) by deriving a class from SpecialFilterOperandBase. You can + also easily integrate such custom operands in the data presenter filtering UI by using + SpecialFilterOperands's method. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the field whose cell data will be matched against filter conditions of this RecordFilter. + + + + Field property specifies the field whose cell data will be matched against filter conditions + of this RecordFilter to determine if the a particular DataRecord should be filtered out. + + + Note that the FieldName and the properties will be syncrhonized. + When FieldName is set, Field property will be updated to reflect the matching Field + object. If no Field with that name exists then the Field property will return null. + Likewise when you set the Field property, the FieldName will be updated to reflect + the name of the set Field. If Field is set to null, then FieldName will be set to + null as well. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the field whose cell data will be matched against filter conditions of + this RecordFilter. + + + + FieldName property specifies the field name whose cell data will be matched against filter + conditions of this RecordFilter to determine if the a particular DataRecord should be filtered out. + + + Note that the FieldName and the properties will be syncrhonized. + When FieldName is set, Field property will be updated to reflect the matching Field + object. If no Field with that name exists then the Field property will return null. + Likewise when you set the Field property, the FieldName will be updated to reflect + the name of the set Field. If Field is set to null, then FieldName will be set to + null as well. + + + + + + Returns a version number that gets bumped if any criteria change (read-only) + + + + + Returns the parent RecordFilterCollection to which this RecordFilter belongs to. + + + + + A filter record lets the user filter data records by specifying filter criteria for one or more fields. + + + + FilterRecord lets the user filter data records by specifying filter criteria for one or more fields. + Filter criteria for a field is specified via the associated cell in the filter record. + Filter record displays a filter cell for each field in the associated field layout. Each filter cell lets you + select filter criteria for the associated field. Each cell typically has UI + for selecting a filter operator (like Equals, GreaterThan, StartsWith etc...) and UI for entering + filter operand, which is the filter value to compare against. An operator combined with an operand forms a + filter condition. Data records with cell values that do not match the condition will be filtered-out + (hidden) by default. A filter cell can also have a button to clear previously entered filter criteria. + + + Filter record is enabled by setting the property to + true and to FilterRecord. + + + Settings are available to control various aspects of the filter record and filter cells. + controls the filter operators that the filter cell + will make available to the user for selection. controls + type of UI used for the operand portion in the filter cell. + controls the initial value that will be pre-selected in the filter operator UI. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Used by a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter to represent an item in the DataSource. + + + This object wraps an item from a . The underlying data item is + exposed via the read-only property and its associated index in the DataSource is returned via the property. + Note: This is not a UIElement but is a lightweight wrapper around the data item. It is represented in the UI via a corresponding element. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Abstract base class used by a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter to represent a record + + + Note: It is represented in the UI via a corresponding , or element. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated + The containing + + + + Called when th number of PropertyChanged listeners changes to or from zero. + + + + + Determines if this record is anywhere in the parent chain of the record being tested. + + The record being tested + Trus if this record in anywhere in the parent chain of the passed in record. Otherwise it returns false. + + + + If the record is not at the correct sort position in the record collection, + this method will reposition it at the correct sort position based on + the current sort criteria. Also if the record is in the wrong group record, + it will be moved to the correct group record. + + +

+ This method can be useful in situations where a new record is added, + which by default is appended at the end of the collection, and you want + to ensure the record is positioned at the correct location in the + collection based on the sort criteria without having to resort the whole + record collection. This method should not be used if the sort criteria + itself changes which affects the whole record collection. +

+

+ To resort all the records of a record collection, call RecordManager's + Sorted.RefreshSort method. +

+

+ Note: This method will only work properly if all other sibling records are in the correct sort order. It is normally called asynchronously from within the + using Dispatcher.BeginInvoke especially if the record is being added, in which case it should only be called asynchronously. However, when changing multiple records via code then + calling this method asynchronously for each changed records will result in an unpredictable sort order since there are multiple records out of order by the time this method is called. In this case + this method should be called synchronously after each record is changed or RecordManager's + Sorted.RefreshSort method should be called after all the records have been changed. +

+ +
+
+ + + Resets the value of the property. + + + If the property was explicitly set to a value then this method removes that explicit setting and allows the property to return the appropriate visibility based on whether this record has children. + + + + + + + Called when the Visibility or VisibilityResolved property value changes. Raises + appropriate property change notifications. If newVisibility is non-null, then + the _visibility member variable is updated to that value. Otherwise + VisibilityResolved is assumed to be the property that's affected. + + If the change in VisibilityResolved is due to Visibility property set, this will be new value of the property. + If the change in VisibilityResolved is due to new filter state, this will be the new filter state. + + + + Creates a new element to represent this record in a record list control. + + Returns a new element to be used for representing this record in a record list control. + + + + Ensures that record filters are applied to this record. + + + + + Returns the associated record from the UI during a print or export operation. + + + Note: during a print or export operation clones of records are made that are used only during the operation. This method returns the source record this record was cloned from. + + The associated record from the UI DataPresenter or null. + + + + This method is called when the record is expanded to load its child records in virtual modes. + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Gets/sets the description for the record + + + + + Gets/sets if an expansion indicator is shown for this record + + + If the property was not explicitly set to a value then it returns an appropriate visibility based on whether this record has children. + + By default the property returns 'Collapsed' if there are no expandable fields. Otherwise it returns 'Visible' if there are any child records or 'Hidden' if there are none. + + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + + + Indicates whether a is fixed and if so to which edge. + + + + + + Indicates if this record has any child records (read-only) + + True if this record has any child records + +

Note:For s this property will return false if its direct child s have no child s.

+
+
+ + + The zero-based index of the record in its (read-only). + + + + + Gets/sets whether this record is set as the 's + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the containing element is collapsed to only show its Header and not its Content. + + + + + + + + + + Returns whether the containing element is collapsed taking into account the setting of the + property as well as the property. + + + + + + + + + + Obsolete - use IsEnabled property instead + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this is record is enabled + + + + + + Gets whether this is record is enabled (read-only) + + False if the is set to false. Otherwise true inless the record is filtered out and + the FilterAction is set to 'Disable'. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this is record is expanded to reveal its children + + + + + Gets/sets whether this record should be fixed, i.e. not scrollable. + + True is the record is fixed or false if it is not. + + Fixed records don't scroll until all of their scrollable sibling records have been scrolled out of view. Root level fixed records never scroll if there is enough space to display them all. + +

Note:Not all views support the fixing of records visually. For those views that don't support fixing, e.g. carousel view, fixing a record will just determine its order in the list.

+
+ Certain records' fixed status can not be changed, e.g. add records. + + + +
+ + + Property: gets/sets whether the record is selected. + + +

+ The maintains selected records, cells and fields in + object. The + SelectedItem object exposes , + and + properties that + return selected records, cells and fields respectively. When you set the + Selected property of a record, that record gets added + to the selected records collection of the SelectedItems object. You can also select + a record by calling the method of the + selected records collection. +

+

+ NOTE: If you want to select a lot of records at once then use the + method of the + for greater efficiency. +

+ + +
+
+ + + Calculates the number of parent records in this record's ancestor chain (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the parent or null (read-only) + + + + + Returns the parent record or null (read-only) + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Returns the collection that this record belongs to. + + + + + + Returns the type of the record (read-only) + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether s contained in this should be collapsed if they contain empty values. + + + Note: If this property is set to null, will return the value specified by . + This property is only honored in . + + + + + + + + + Returns whether s contained in this should be collapsed if they contain empty values. + + + Note: The value returned by this property resolves (i.e., combines) the values of and the nullable . + This property only has meaning in . + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object value that can be used to store custom information about this object. + + + + + Returns the top level group if this record is nested in parent records. + + Will stop walking up the parent chain when it reaches a parent record with a RecordType of DataRecord. This property may return null (read-only). + + + + Returns the top level parent record (i.e. the record with no parent) + + + Will stop walking up the parent chain when it reaches a parent record with no parent. This property may return null (read-only). + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Returns a read only collection of this record's direct child records whose visibility is not set to 'Collapsed'. + + A containing all records whose property is not set to 'Collapsed'. + This collection also includes any special records (e.g. add records) + +

Note:The records are ordered exactly as they are presented in the UI.

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets/sets the visibility of the record + + + + + Gets the resolved visibility of the record (read-only) + + + + + Returns the visible index in the collection (read-only) + + + + + Used for overriding whether the record is fixed or not. Certain records need to + be fixed even if they are not explicitly setup to be fixed. For example, all special + records need to be fixed if there are any data records that are fixed. We set this + property when we resolve all the special records in viewable record collection's + verification logic. + + + + + Indicates if the filter conditions have been applied to this record. + + + + + Returns the filtered out state of the record without performing any verification. + + + + + Returns the filtered out state of the record. If filter state is dirty then + it re-evaluates the filters. + + + + + Returns the filtered out state of the record without performing any verification. + + + + + Returns the filtered out state of the record. If filter state is dirty then + it re-evaluates the filters. + + + + + Property: Returns true only if the record can be activated + + + + + Indicates if this is a data record with a data item from the data source. + + + + + Property: Returns true only if the record can be selected + + + + + Indicates if this record is a special record (filter record, summary record, template add-record etc...). + + + + + Indicates if the record is still within the associated + + + + + Returns true if the record is the template record created by the FieldLayout for measurement, etc. + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Returns the resolved visibility of the record without taking into account the filtering criteria. + That is even if the record is filtered out, this property may return true if nothing else hides this + record. + + + + + Creates a new element to represent this record in a record list control. + + Returns a new element to be used for representing this record in a record list control. + + + + Ensures that record filters are applied to this record. + + + + + Returns the associated record from the UI during a print or export operation. + + + Note: during a print or export operation clones of records are made that are used only during the operation. This method returns the source record this record was cloned from. + + The associated record from the UI DataPresenter or null. + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Determines if the cell has been allocated + + The associated field. + True if allocated + + + + Determines if the cell has been allocated + + The zero based index of the cell. + True if allocated + + + + Cancels the update of the record when data has been changed (similar to pressing ESC). + + +

When the CancelUpdate method is invoked for a record, any changes made to the cells of record are backed out. The cells then display their original values, and the record is taken out of edit mode. The record selector indicator changes from the "Write" image back to the "Current" image. The IsDataChanged property will be set to false.

+
+
+ + + Gets a only if it has been previously allocated. + + The field that identifies the cell in question. + The if it had been previously allocated or null. + + Note: s are alloocated lazily except for s whose + associated 's property is set to a non-null value. + + + + + Returns the text of a specific cell + + The field whose value to get. + + Note: if the 's is set then it will be used to convert the underlying data value. + + + + + + + Returns the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to get. + + Note: this method returns the unconverted data value, ignoring the 's setting. + + + + + + + Returns the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to get. + If true will use the Converter specified on the Field + + + + + + + Returns the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to get. + The type of value to return + + + + + + + Returns the field has data error as indicated by the underlying data item's IDataErrorInfo implementation. + + + + A data item can provide error information regarding the data item and individual fields + of the data item by implementing IDataErrorInfo interface. If the data item associated with + the data record implements IDataErrorInfo, this method returns the field error if any + - basically the value returned by the IDataErrorInfo's Item[fieldName] indexer. + + + Note that the corresponding method returns the + value indicating whether there's a data error on the field. + + + Also Note that by default the data presenter doesn't display the data error information. + To have the data presenter display the data error information, set the + FieldLayoutSettings' property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the field has a data error as indicated by the underlying data item's + IDataErrorInfo implementation. + + + + GetCellHasDataError method returns a value indicating whether the field has data error. + method returns the actual data error if any. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns an IList of instances that contains the history of data values for the with the specified name in the current DataRecord. + + The name of the Field to retrieve the data value history for. + IList of instances or null if DataValueChanged notifications are not active for the . + + + + + Returns an IList of instances that contains the history of data values for the specified in the current DataRecord. + + The Field to retrieve the data value history for. + IList of instances or null if DataValueChanged notifications are not active for the . + + + + + Returns the value that should be used when exporting, for example to excel exporter. + + Field whose export value will be returned. + The export value. + + + Typically the cell's value converted using the field converter if any is used when exporting + to external documents, for example to excel exporter. However if the field's value + is mapped to display text (using XamComboEditor for example) then the display text + should be exported to ensure that the same values are in the exported document as + what the user sees in the data presenter. + + + + + + Gets the cell's value and updates the display if the cell is in view + + The field that identifies the cell + + + + Re-evaluates filters on the record. + + + + Re-evaluates filter conditions on the record to ensure the record's filtered state is up-to-date. + + + Typically there is no need for you to call this method as filters are automatically re-evaluated whenever + record data or filter criteria changes. However there may be times when you may want to re-evaluate filters + on a record manually (for example if the data source doesn't support data notifications on a record or + your custom filter condition logic changes). + + + Note that you can re-evaluate filters on all records by calling the 's + method. + + + + + + + + + Clears the history of data values (except for the most current value) for all in the current DataRecord. + + If true, then this method is recursively called on child s + + + + Clears the history of data values (except for the most current value) for the with the specified name in the current DataRecord. + + The name of the Field whose data value history should be cleared. + + + + Clears the history of data values (except for the most current value) for the specified in the current DataRecord. + + The Field whose data value history should be cleared. + + + + Sets the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to set. + The new unconverted value. + + Note: this method sets the unconverted data value, ignoring the 's setting. + + + + + + + Sets the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to set. + The new value. + If true will use the Converter specified on the Field + + + + + + + Sets the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to set. + The new value. + If true will use the Converter specified on the Field + If true, the value will be added to the undo stack. + + + + + + + Updates the data source with any modified cell values fopr this record. + + +

The Update method updates any modified information in the record, sending it to the data provider. When the update is complete the DataChanged property will be set to False.

+

Normally, this is handled automatically, so there will be few situations in which you will need to invoke this method. The major exception is when you have set the UpdateMode property to 'OnUpdate'. When using that setting, no automatic updates will be sent to the data provider until you invoke the Update method. You must use the method to manually update the data provider whenever data has been changed and you are ready to commit the changes.

+
+
+ + + Adjusts the specified value to the appropriate null representation for a given field if the is considered null. + + Field whose cell value is being evaluated + The cell value to evaluate + + + + Creates a new CellCollection to be used by the property of this DataRecord. + + A new CellCollection instance. + + + + Returns the resolved cell click action for the cell associated with + this record and the specified field. + + Returned cell click action is for the cell of this field. + A resolved CellClickAction value. + + + + Returns the IDataErrorInfo that is to be used for record and cell data error information. + + + + + + Causes the Record to re-get the data item from the list the next time DataItem is accessed. + + + + + Indicates if this record has any child records (read-only) + + True if this record has any child records + +

Note:This property will return false if its direct child s have no child s.

+
+
+ + + Indicates if this is a data record with a data item from the data source. + + + + + Property: Returns true only if the record can be selected + + + + + Overridden. Indicates if this record is a special record (filter record, summary record, template add-record etc...). + + + + + Returns the type of the record (read-only) + + + + + Returns whether s contained in this should be collapsed if they contain empty values. + + + Note: The value returned by this property resolves (i.e., combines) the values of and the nullable . + This property only has meaning in . + + + + + + + + + Returns a collection of objects. + + The cell objects in this collection are maintained in the same order as their associated s in the collection. + + + + Returns a for the child records (read-only) + + This collection is keyed by field. It contains only fields that return enumerators. + + + + + Returns the underlying data from the data source (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns the associated index in the underlying data source (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns the data error associated with the underlying data item (IDataErrorInfo's Error property). + + + + A data item can provide error information regarding the data item and individual fields + of the data item by implementing IDataErrorInfo interface. If the data item associated with + this record implements IDataErrorInfo, this property returns the data item error - the value + returned by the IDataErrorInfo's Error property. + + + Note that the corresponding property returns the + value indicating whether the data item has a data error. + + + Also Note that by default the data presenter doesn't display the data error information. + To have the data presenter display the data error information, set the + FieldLayoutSettings' property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the data record has a data error (IDataErrorInfo's Error property). + + + + HasDataError property indicates whether the data record has data error. + DataRecord's property returns the actual data error if any. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if there are any enumerable fields (read-only) + + + + + Returns true if this is an add record that hasn't been commited to the underlying yet. + + + Note: add records are included in s. However they are not included in the 's or collections until they have a assigned from the . + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if cell data has been edited and have not yet been committed to the . + + + To commit the + + + + + + Returns true if this record has been deleted (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the record is filtered out. Returns true if the record fails to meet filter criteria. + + + + IsFilteredOut property indicates whether the record is filtered out. If the record fails to meet + the current effective record filters, this property returns True. Otherwise it returns False. + However, if there are no active record filters then this property returns null. + + + Current effective record filters are either RecordManager's + or the FieldLayout’s depending on whether the FilterLayoutSettings’ + property is set to SiblingDataRecords or + AllRecords respectively. SiblingDataRecords is the default. + + + Note: To enable the record filtering user interface, set the + and properties. + + + + True if the record fails to meet the current effective record filters or false if it does not. + However, if there are no active record filters then this property returns null + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the cells collection if it has been allocated. + + + + + Returns the child expandable field records if allocated. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + Associated field layout. + Parent record collection. + + + + Overridden. Creates a new FilterCellCollection. + + A new FilterCellCollection instance. + + + + Returns the associated record from the UI during a print or export operation. + + + Note: during a print or export operation clones of records are made that are used only during the operation. This method returns the source record this record was cloned from. + + The associated record from the UI DataPresenter or null. + + + + Overridden. Returns the resolved cell click action for the cell associated with + this record and the specified field. + + Returned cell click action is for the cell of this field. + A resolved CellClickAction value. + + + + Returns the value of a filter cell. + + Value of the filter cell associated with this field will be returned. + Not used by the FilterRecord. + + + + Returns the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to get. + The type of value to return + + + + + + + Called when the number of listeners to the property changed event goes to or from 0. + + + + + Overridden. Sets the value of the filter cell. + + Value on the filter cell of this field will be set. + The new value. + Not used for filter record. + Set to null since the filter record doesn't generated data errors + True to avoid setting the data changed flag + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Clears all active filters + + + + + + + Refreshes the active filters + + + This will re-evaluate each record to determine if it is filtered out. + + + + + + + + Returns true if any visible field allows filtering. Used to determine whether the filter record + should be visible. + + Field layout. + Will be set to true if there are any visible fields in the field layout. + Returns true if one or more fields allow filtering. + + + + Updates the HasActiveFilters property and raises the property changed notification if the + property has changed. + + + + + Gets/sets the description for the row + + + + + Overridden. Returns false since this is not a data record. + + + + + Property: Returns true only if the record can be selected + + + + + Overridden. Returns true since the filter record is a special record. + + + + + Returns the type of the record (read-only) + + + + + Returns whether s contained in this should be collapsed if they contain empty values. + + + Note: this property returns true when used in a View that supports collapsing empty cells. + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved visibility of the record (read-only) + + + + + Returns a collection of objects. + + The objects in this collection are maintained in the same order as their associated s in the collection. + + + + Returns true if there are active filters. + + + + HasActiveFilters property indicates whether there are active filters with which records are + currently being filtered. It doesn't necessarily mean that any records are actually filtered out + (for example if all records match the filter criteria). It just means that there are current filter + criteria. + + + + + + + + Returns the record filters associated with this filter record. The filter record will + manipulate these filters when its cells are modified. + + + + + Returns the value returned by the VisibilityResolved implementation of the base class. + + + + + A custom element used to provide UI within a for changing the of a field. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the currently active command to bind to the button inside this element's template (read-only). + + + Note: this property will return null if the associated 's returns 'NearOrFar' and its is 'Scrollable'. + + + + + + Returns the command to fix the field to the near edge (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the command to fix the field to the far edge (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the command to unfix the field to make it scrollable (read-only). + + + + + + Returns or sets the Field whose FixedLocation will be affected by the element. + + + + + + Returns/sets the prompt used for the 'Fix To Far Edge' item in the menu displayed when the FixedFieldButton is clicked. + + + + + + Returns/sets the prompt used for the 'Fix To Near Edge' item in the menu displayed when the FixedFieldButton is clicked. + + + + + + Returns/sets the prompt used for the 'Fix To Near Edge' item in the menu displayed when the FixedFieldButton is clicked. + + + + + + Indicator used within the to change the of the fields. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the element is initialized. + + Event arguments. + + + + Invoked when the mouse enters the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event + + + + Invoked when the mouse leaves the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IsInHeader Read-Only Dependency Property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsInHeader' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + SplitterType Read-Only Dependency Property + + + + + Identifies the 'SplitterType' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Helper method for creating SplitterDropInfo instances that indicate the valid drop locations for the splitter bar. + + The current FixedLocation for the Field's whose VirtualCellInfo should be processed in this call. + The FixedLocation to which the fields will be positioned if the splitter operation occurs + + + + Helper method to call from within the DragStarted if it is determined that we need to prevent/cancel the drag. + + + + + Gets/sets the cursor to use when the property is set to 'Horizontal'. + + + Note: this property is used by triggers in the default style for this element. + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the mouse is over the splitter or any other splitter for the same with the same . + + + + + + Indicates if the element is being used within a + + + + + + Returns the orientation of the splitter. + + + + + + Indicates the edge to which the fields will be fixed/unfixed using the splitter. + + + + + + Gets/sets the cursor to use when the property is set to 'Vertical'. + + + Note: this property is used by triggers in the default style for this element. + + + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + A custom element used to provide UI within a for changing the of a record. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the left mouse button is being pressed down within the element. + + Provides information about the preview mouse event being raised. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the currently active command to bind to the button inside this element's template (read-only). + + + Note: this property will return null if equals and the associated 's is 'Scrollable'. + + + + + + Returns the command to fix the record to the top (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the command to fix the record to the bottom (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the command to unfix the record to make it scrollable (read-only). + + + + + + Returns/sets the prompt used for the 'Fix To Bottom' item in the menu displayed when the FixedRecordButton is clicked. + + + + + + Returns/sets the prompt used for the 'Fix To Top' item in the menu displayed when the FixedRecordButton is clicked. + + + + + + Indicates whether fixing to the bottom edge is allowed for this record. + + + + + + + Indicates whether fixing to the top edge is allowed for this record. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the prompt used for the 'Fix To Top' item in the menu displayed when the FixedRecordButton is clicked. + + + + + + Represents records that correspond to scroll positions in the view. + + + + + Used for hooking into field layout's special records version as well as summary and filter version. + + + + + Used for hooking into record managers and viewable record collections of last generated records. + Keys are either RecordManager or ViewableRecordCollection instances. + + + + + Used for keeping track of generators that were created during BeginMeasure/EndMeasure call. + Typically there should be only one. + + + + + Constructor. + + Record manager. + + + + Overridden. Called when the value of the HasListeners property changes. + + + + + Returns the index of the specified record in this collection. + + Record whose index to return. + Index in the collection where the record is located. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the specified record exists in the collection. + + Record instance to check if it exists in collection. + True if the record exists in the collection, false otherwise. + + + + Copies the items in this collection to the specified array. + + Array to which to copy the items. + Location in the array where to start copying items to. + + + + For internal use only. Used to start caching for GetNextHeaderRecord method. + + + + + For internal use only. Used to start caching for GetNextHeaderRecord method. + + + + + For internal use only. Only valid between BeginMeasure and EndMeasure calls. + + Field layout for which to get the header record. + This out parameter will be assigned the header record. + The index in the collection where the returned header record belongs. + + + + Returns a new RecordsInViewGenerator instance used for getting records that are + to be displayed when the current scrollbar position is 'topScrollPosition'. Note + that this method will always return an instance of RecordsInViewGenerator even + if the specified scroll position is invalid, however in that case the returned + generator will return null from its methods for getting records. + + Current scrollbar position. + A new RecordsInViewGenerator instance. + + + + Raises pending change notifications if any. Returns true if there were pending + notifications. + + + + + + Raises either CollectionChanged or PropertyChanged notification. + + + + + + + Gets an enumerator that can be used to enumerate all the records in the collection. + + Enumerator for enumerating all the records of this collection. + + + + Gets the count of the items in the collection. + + + + + Returns the number of root fixed records on bottom. + + + + + Returns the number of root fixed records on top. + + + + + Indicates if the collection has been modified and has pending notifications that + it needs to raise. + + + + + Number of headers at the end. Count property includes this value. + + + + + Returns the number of non-header records. + + + + + Returns the record at the specified index. + + Record at this index will be returned. + The record at the specified index. + + + + Returns a list of header records that were used in the last measure. + + + + + Returns true if BeginMeasure has been called without a corresponding EndMeasure. + + + + + Occurs when a changes are made to the colleciton, i.e. records are added, removed or the entire collection is reset. + + + + + A class that is used to get records that should be displayed on screen at a specific scroll position. + + + + + Indicates whether to exclude top root fixed records from the prefix records + and bottom root fixed records from the GetSuccessiveRecord method. + + + + + Used for keeping track of records that were returned from GetSuccessiveRecord so we + can hook into these records' ViewableRecordCollections to get notified when anything + changes. + + + + + Constructor. + + Records from this FlatScrollRecordsCollection instance will be generated. + Current top scroll position. This corresponds to the top-most scroll position + + + + Returns true if the specified record is a top or bottom fixed record from the root record collection. + + Record to check if it's a root fixed record. + True if the record is a root fixed record, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the next record that is to be displayed in the view. + + Next record to be displayed. Null if no remaining records to display. + + + + Returns the records that should be displayed before the FirstRecord. + + + + + Returns the record associated with the top scroll position. This essentially is the + first record that is to be displayed after all the prefix records. + + + + + A derived class used by the derived controls such as and to arrange instances in a tabular fashion, either horizontally or vertically. The GridViewPanelNested supports nesting to display hierarchical data and a single unified scrolling capability for all nested panels. + + +

Note: The GridViewPanelNested is designed to be used with the and controls and is for Infragistics internal use only. The control is not + designed to be used outside of the or . You may experience undesired results if you try to do so.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + A derived abtract base class used by the derived controls such as and to arrange instances in a tabular fashion, either horizontally or vertically. + + + + + + + + + Interface implemented by DataPresenterBase panels to support navigation related properties and methods. + + + + + Returns the target of a record navigation from the specified currentRecord in the specified navigationDirection + + The starting record for the navigation + The direction in which to navigate + A reference to the current selection host. + True if the shift key is down + True if the ctl key is down + Enumeration that specified how to deal with navigation among sibling records + The Record or Record-derived type used to restrict the return record to a particular type + The record that is the target of the navigation + + + + Ensures that the specified record is visible. If it is not, the panel should scroll in the appropriate + direction to make it visible. + + The record to be made visible. + True if the record was made visible, false if the operation could not be completed. + + + + Ensures that the specified cell is visible. If it is not, the panel should scroll in the appropriate + direction to make it visible. NOTE: This routine assumes that the record is already visible. Call + EnsureRecordIsVisible to make the record containing the cell visible. + + The cell to be made visible. + True if cell has been made visible, false if the operation could not be completed. + + + + Scrolls the panel in the direction specified by scrollType. + + The direction in which to scroll. + + + + Notifies the panel that the active record has changed. + + The new active record. + + + + Notifies the panel that the collection has changed. + + + + + Returns the first record in the list of currently displayed records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the last record in the list of currently displayed records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the first record in the overall list of records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the last record in the overall list of records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the of the panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Overridden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + + + + + + Called whena property has changed + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Sets the horizontal scroll offset. + + + + + + Sets the vertical scroll offset + + + + + + Scrolls down 1 line. + + + + + Scrolls left 1 line. + + + + + Scrolls right 1 line. + + + + + Scrolls up 1 line. + + + + + Performs scrolling action in response to a MouseWheelDown. + + + + + Performs scrolling action in response to a MouseWheelLeft. + + + + + Performs scrolling action in response to a MouseWheelRight. + + + + + Performs scrolling action in response to a MouseWheelUp. + + + + + Scrolls down 1 page. + + + + + Scrolls left 1 page. + + + + + Scrolls right 1 page. + + + + + Scrolls up 1 page. + + + + + Ensures that the supplied visual is visible. + + + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the Panel arranges its descendants in a single dimension. + + Always returns True. + + + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + + + + + The orientation of the panel + + + + + Returns true if this is the root panel + + + + + Returns the root panel + + + + + Returns/set the object for this . + + + + + + Returns the overall logical height of the scrollable area. + + + + + Returns the overall logical width of the scrollable area. + + + + + Returns the logical horizontal offset of the scrollable area. + + + + + Returns the logical vertical offset of the scrollable area. + + + + + Returns/sets the scroll owner. + + + + + Returns the height of the Viewport. + + + + + Returns the wodth of the Viewport. + + + + + Returns true if vertical scrolling can be performed. + + + + + Returns true if horizontal scrolling can be performed. + + + + + Called to layout child elements. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The size used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Determines whether the item at the specified index can be cleaned up. + + The index of the item to be cleaned up. + True if the item at the specified index can be cleaned up, false if it cannot. + + + + Called to give an element the opportunity to return its desired size and measure its children. + + + + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Called when the children of the panel are cleared + + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Returns the last absolute scrollable record in the grid, across all record hierachies. + + + + + + Returns the scroll index of last absolute scrollable record in the grid, across + all record hierachies. + + + + + + Returns true if this is the root panel + + + + + Returns the root panel + + + + + Derived classes must return the number of visible generated items. + + + + + A derived class used by the derived controls such as and to arrange instances in a tabular fashion, either horizontally or vertically. The GridViewPanelFlat displays hierarchical data directly with a single instance. + + +

Note: The GridViewPanelFlat is designed to be used with the and controls and is for Infragistics internal use only. The control is not + designed to be used outside of the or . You may experience undesired results if you try to do so.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Called to layout child elements. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The size used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Determines whether the item at the specified index can be cleaned up. + + The index of the item to be cleaned up. + True if the item at the specified index can be cleaned up, false if it cannot. + + + + Called to give an element the opportunity to return its desired size and measure its children. + + + + + + + Overridden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Called when the children of the panel are cleared + + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + + + + + + Called whena child element is added or removed + + The child element that was added + The child element that was removed + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Always returns true + + + + + Always returns itself + + + + + Derived classes must return the number of visible generated items. + + + + + The abstract base class for and used by the , and + for managing and displaying grouped by fields. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor provided to allow creation in design tools for template and style editing. + + + + + Toggles the GroupByAreaBase's property. + + + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when a DependencyProperty has changed + + An instance of DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains information about the property that changed. + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLabelDragInProgress' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsExpanded' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Prompt1' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Prompt2' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the 'Collapsed' routed event + + + + + Occurs after the is collapsed. + + + + + + + Event ID for the 'Expanded' routed event + + + + + Occurs after the is expanded + + + + + + + Event ID for the 'HideInsertionPoint' routed event + + + + + Occurs when the should hide its insertion point + + +

Note: The element that represents the insertion point is defined by the as a TemplatePart + with the name 'PART_InsertionPoint'. If you replace the Template of the , you will probably want to include an + element with that name. The will automatically move the insertion point as needed when the user drags + s. It will also fire this event when the insertion point should be hidden. You should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listens for this event and hides the insertion point element.

+
+ + +
+ + + Event ID for the 'HidePromptsEvent' routed event + + + + + Occurs when the should hide its prompts. + + +

Note: If you replace the Template of the , you should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listens for this event and hides the elements that are displaying and . + The will fire this event when the number of Fields that are gropued changes from greater than zero to zero.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Event ID for the 'ShowInsertionPoint' routed event + + + + + Occurs when the should display its insertion point + + +

Note: The element that represents the insertion point is defined by the as a TemplatePart + with the name 'PART_InsertionPoint'. If you replace the Template of the , you will probably want to include an + element with that name. The will automatically move the insertion point as needed when the user + drags s. It will also fire this event when the insertion point should be shown. You should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listens for this event and shows the insertion point element.

+
+ + +
+ + + Event ID for the 'ShowPrompts' routed event + + + + + Occurs when the should display its prompts + + +

Note: If you replace the Template of the , you should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listens for this event and shows the elements that are displaying and . + The will fire this event when the number of grouped Fields changes from zero to greater than zero.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + Returns true if a is currently being dragged. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the is expanded or collapsed. + + +

The GroupByAreaBase keeps track of its expanded and collapsed state and exposes this property that styles can trigger of off to collapse the elements in the style's Template. + The default style for the GroupByAreaBase provides contains a Template that exposes a UI for expanding and collapsing the control.

+
+
+ + + Returns/sets the first of 2 instructional prompts displayed in the . + + +

The default value for this prompt is 'group by area'.

+
+
+ + + Returns/sets the DataTemplate to use for the first prompt in the and . + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the second of 2 instructional prompts displayed in the + + +

The default value for this prompt is 'Drag a field here to group by that field'.

+
+
+ + + Returns/sets the DataTemplate to use for the second prompt in the and . + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the is collapsed. + + + + + + + Occurs after the is expanded. + + + + + + + Occurs when the should hide its insertion point + + +

Note: The element that represents the insertion point is defined by the as a TemplatePart + with the name 'PART_InsertionPoint'. If you replace the Template of the , you will probably want to include an + element with that name. The will automatically move the insertion point as needed when the user + drags s. It will also fire this event when the insertion point should be hidden. You should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listenes for this event and hides the insertion point element.

+
+ +
+ + + Occurs when the should hide its prompts. + + +

Note: If you replace the Template of the , you should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listens for this event and hides the elements that are displaying and . + The will fire this event when the number of groupd Fields changes from greater than zero to zero.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Occurs when the should display its insertion point + + +

Note: The element that represents the insertion point is defined by the as a TemplatePart + with the name 'PART_InsertionPoint'. If you replace the Template of the , you will probably want to include an + element with that name. The will automatically move the insertion point as needed when the user + drags s. It will also fire this event when the insertion point should be shown. You should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listens for this event and shows the insertion point element.

+
+ + +
+ + + Occurs when the should display its prompts + + +

Note: If you replace the Template of the , you should include an + EventTrigger in your replacement Template that listens for this event and shows the elements that are displaying and . + The will fire this event when the number of grouped Fields changes from zero to greater than zero.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A control used by the , and that presents a UI for performing Outlook style Grouping + across multiple s. + + +

The property determines whether the XamDataPresenter uses the original control as the UI for Outlook style grouping of the + only or whether it uses this GroupByAreaMulti control for Outlook style grouping across multiple s.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Constructor provided to allow creation in design tools for template and style editing. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Called when the visual parent has changed + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the HasOffsetX" attached readonly dependency property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'HasOffsetX' attached readonly property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasOffsetY" attached readonly dependency property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'HasOffsetY' attached readonly property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + Identifies the IsConnectorLineTarget attached dependency property which is used to identify the element within the visual tree of the and/or the DataTemplate where the connector lines will be drawn to or from. + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'IsConnectorLineTarget' attached property which is used to identify the element within the visual tree of the and/or the DataTemplate where the connector lines will be drawn to or from. + + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'IsConnectorLineTarget' attached property + + + + + + + Identifies the IsFirstInList" attached readonly dependency property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'IsFirstInList' attached readonly property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + + Identifies the IsLastInList" attached readonly dependency property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'IsLastInList' attached readonly property + + + This property is useful to trigger off in both the template for s and s. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Offset" attached readonly dependency property + + + This property is used to bind the Margin property in the DataTemplates for and . + + For FieldLayoutGroupByInfos it is calculated based on the and settings. + For Fields it is calculated based on the and settings. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'Offset' attached readonly property + + + This property is used to bind the Margin property in the DataTemplates for and . + + For FieldLayoutGroupByInfos it is calculated based on the and settings. + For Fields it is calculated based on the and settings. + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the Pen that will be used for drawing connector lines between fields + + + + + + Returns/sets the DataTemplate to use for the FieldLayout description element. + + + + + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of s, each representing a specific . + + + + + Gets/sets how fieldLayout information is orientated (read-only) + + + + + + Gets or sets the amount to offset between s in the X dimension. + + + This setting will be used to calculate the correct that will be set of each . This Offset is bound to the Margin property of the root element of the FieldLayoutGroupByInfo's DataTempate. + Note: only positive values, neagtive values, 0 or NaN are allowed. + + + If set to infinity. + + + + Gets or sets the amount to offset between s in the Y dimension. + + + Note: only positive values, 0 or NaN are allowed. + + + If set to infinity or a negative value. + + + + Gets or sets the amount to offset between s within a in the X dimension. + + + This setting will be used to calculate the correct that will be set of each . This Offset is bound to the Margin property of the root element of the Field's DataTempate. + Note: only positive values, negative values, 0 or Nan are allowed. + + + If set to infinity. + + + + Gets or sets the amount to offset between s within a in the Y dimension. + + + Note: only positive values, 0 or NaN are allowed. + + + If set to infinity or a negative value. + + + + A panel used to position objects or s + representing s inside a + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called during the measure pass + + The constraint size + The desired size + + + + Called to render the element. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets/sets the Pen that will be used for drawing connector lines between fields + + + + + + A read-only collection of all s that a specific is grouped by. + + + + + + + + + + Interface implemented by a layout item that wraps another layout item. + + + + + Returns the specified size for the item + + Identifies the type of size being requested + Returns the size for the specified extent + + + + Returns the visibility of the layout item + + Returns a Visibility indicating if the item is visible in the layout. + + + + Base class for a layout item for a field label/cell. + + + + + Layout item used to represent a Label/CellValuePresenter in a FieldLayout + + + + + A proxy FieldLayoutItem that delegates most requests for constraints from its + wrapped FieldLayoutItem but can have a different preferred width/height. This is + used for layout items within a specific record/virtualizing record panel. + + + + + Custom CellLayoutItem whose Row/Column origins are obtained from a given ItemLayoutInfo instance. + + + + + Creates a based on the items and constraints. + + True to use the Field's LayoutConstraint which will + contain the actual grid positions and not the adjusted ones that would be used if + cell presenters are being used. + + + + Helper method to reset the weights of the constraint objects based on the values of the fields. + + + + + Layout manager used by a CellPresenter for measuring/arranging its Label/Cell. + + + + + A control used inside a to display a record's number. + + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberFormat + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberStart + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberStyle + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberStyleSelector + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLayout' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Record' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated field layout + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the number to display. + + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + Abstract base class used to supply brush resources for a specific Office DataPresenter look. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: DataPresenterBase, Editors, DataPresenterBase, WPF etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the Aero theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the LunaNormal theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the LunaOlive theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the LunaSilver theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Black Office 2007 look for a DataPresenter + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Blue Office 2007 look for a DataPresenter + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Silver Office 2007 look for a DataPresenter + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Blue Office 2010 look for a DataPresenter + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Office 2013 look for a DataPresenter + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the Onyx theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the Royale theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the RoyaleStrong theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using a dark high constrast theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using a dark high constrast theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using the Royale theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using IGTheme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + A custom type converter for providing a list of themes available for the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + * AS 9/22/083 + + + + Create a copy of UI XamGrid with flattend list as a data source. + + + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + if true the move is done; false the end of printing is reached + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + position to where we want the panel to be moved + if true everything is OK; false invalid position + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + + + + Returns TabularReportViewPanel implementation + + + + + Abstract base class for all report views in derived controls. + + +

ReportViewBase derived objects are used by the to provide settings and defaults that can + query when it provides print generation. This class provides option to control print version of a . + For example if you have applied a CellValuePresenterStyle to a XamDataGrid, the ReportViewBase class exposes property + called to exclude this style in printing version of grid.

+

Note: One ReportViewBase derived view is included in this version of the controls: +

    +
  • - Arranges items in a classic grid format with tabular indent for children records.
  • +
+

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates when the horizontal scrollbar should be shown in this view. + + + + + + Returns true if the should allow root records to be fixed at the top or bottom of the UI. + + +

+ The base implementation returns false. + When a record is fixed it's position in the is changed so the the + record is positioned with other fixed records at the beginning or end of the list. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates when the vertical scrollbar should be shown in this view. + + + + + + Returns the view of the ui DataPresenter (read-only). + + A clone instance of the view from a ui DataPresenter or null. + + Note: This property will return null except for the cloned ReportViewBase used during a report pagination. It can be + used by derived classes to provide default values for certain properties. + + + + Determines the strategy used during printing when a cell is encountered that will not fit on a page. + + + Note: The also applies to field labels as well so that the header area will line up properly. + + + + + Determines if the CellValuePresenterStyle settings from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to include the of the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if the editor related settings from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over any Editor releated of the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. These are on the object, e.g and . Default value is false.

+
+
+ + + Determines if each record's IsExpanded state from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over each 's state from the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the FieldLayoutSettings from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the of the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if the FieldSettings from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the of the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines if the groupby settings from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the groupby settings of the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if the LabelPresenterStyle settings from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to include the of the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if record filter criteria from the ui XamDataGrid is used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over the record filter criteria from the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines if each record's Visibility setting from the ui XamDataGrid is used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over each 's property setting from the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the extent of the record including the and sizes of individually sized instances is copied from the associated record in the source XamDataGrid. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy over each 's sizing information from the associated ui XamDataGrid in the report as well as the + value of the . Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the sorted fields from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the from the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines if the summary settings from the ui XamDataGrid are used within the report. + + +

+ If set to true this means that we don't want to copy the summary settings of the associated ui XamDataGrid + in the report. Default value is false.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the default look for the control in a report. + + +

Identifies the theme for print version of grid.

+
+ +
+ + + A report view that prints the contents of a derived control in a tabular format. + + +

The TabularReportView object is used by and to provide + settings and defaults that (the base class for the and + controls) can query when it provides print generation services in support of the View. + The TabularReportView exposes a lot of property to control print version of grid. You can interaction with TabularReportView through . + By default XamDataGrid creates a TabularReportView with default settings as describe in .

+
+ +
+ + + Gets a derived class for generating an appropriate template for the specified layout in the current View. + + The specified layout + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the cell area of a will + be auto sized to the itself or based on the root when + is true. + + +

For s where the item size should dictate the size available to the for + the cell area, this should return true. For views such as , where all the records are to + be constrained by the size available within the control itself, this should return false.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the type of used by the view which determines the default manner in which the + cells within each row are laid out by the . + + + + + + + Returns the default value for for field layout templates generated on behalf of the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .LeftToRight. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates whether this View arranges its descendants in a particular dimension. + + + + + Returns true if the height of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the vertical space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the width of the cells within in each row should be adjusted so that all cells will fit within the horizontal space available for the row. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the view supports the ability to control where the child records are ordered relative to the parent record. + + +

+ The default implementation returns false. +

+
+
+ + + Returns the type of used by the view to layout items in the list. + + + + + + The of the View, if the view only supports layout in a particular dimension. + + +

+ The property returns whether the View only supports layout in a particular dimension. + The base implementation returns .Vertical. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a value that indicates the supported by the View. + + +

+ The base implementation returns .Flat. + Note: Views that support the Hierarchical are responsible for managing + the display of nested data. Such views will typically return true for . + When the .Flat enumeration is returned, the DataPresenter will still include child + records in the s but it will cause expansion indicators to be hidden and + prohibit records from being expanded. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the how far each level is indented. + + + + + + Returns/ sets the orientation of the records in the report contents. + + + + + + + Panel responsible for laying out records in a tabular arrangment on behalf of a . + + +

Note: The TabularReportViewPanel is designed to be used with the + and controls and is for Infragistics internal use only. The control is not + designed to be used outside of the or . + You may experience undesired results if you try to do so.

+
+ +
+ + + TabularReportViewPanel's constructor + + + + + Called to layout child elements. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The size used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Derived classes must return whether the item at the specified index can be cleaned up. + + The index of the item to be cleaned up. + True if the item at the specified index can be cleaned up, false if it cannot. + + + + Called to give an element the opportunity to return its desired size and measure its children. + + + + + + + Called when a property has changed + + Event data. + + + + Called when Pagination is about to begin. + + + + + Called when pagination has ended. + + + + + Requests that the implementor to move to the next page and update the embedded visual's elements if necessary. + + true if the 'next page' is moved to, or false if the implementor could not move to the next page. + + + + Requests that the implementor to move to a specific page represented by the supplied and update the embedded visual's elements if necessary. + + A instance that represents the page to move to. + True if the implementor was able to move to the requested page, or false if the move failed. + + + + Returns the Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.DataPresenterBase that owns this panel + + + + + Derived classes must return the number of visible generated items. + + + + + Returns an piece of opaque data that will be set as the DataContext on the root visual of a 's current page. + Returns null if there is no DataContext for the current page. + + + + + Returns a PagePosition instance that represents the current page position in the embedded visual. + + + + + Returns integer that indicates the row of logical grid within the panel is fallen. + + + + + Returns integer that indicates the column of logical grid within the page is fallen. + + + + + Returns calculated page's count of visual that is being printed. + + + + + I use this as a stek (FIFO). I fill the array with index of first row on page, so when the page does not fit horizontally + in paper size a store index in that array. when i use this index i delete it. + + + + + Key that contains both fieldlayout and nesting depth to keep track of when headers are needed + + + + + Element used for displaying summaries inside group-by records. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Returns the margins for the contents inside the element. This is the amount + the summary cells need to be offset by to align them with the field labels. + + + + + Returns true if summary results are to be displayed as cells, false if they are to be displayed as plain text. + + + + By default summary results are displayed inside group-by record as summary cells that are aligned with + their associated fields. You can change this behavior by setting the + property to Text, in which case summary results will be displayed as part of the group-by record's description as plain + text. DisplaySummariesAsCells property returns true if summary results are + to be displayed as summary cells and returns false if they are to be displayed as plain text. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the associated GroupByRecord. + + + + + Indicates whether there are summaries to be displayed in this presenter. + + + + + Gets the summary results that will be displayed inside this element. + + + + + Used for displaying summary button inside each field's label. When a summary button is clicked upon, a user interface + for selecting summary calculations for the field is displayed. + + + + To actually show summary buttons inside field labels, set the FieldSettings's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Caled when the left mouse button is pressed + + The event args + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the associated field whose label is displaying this summary button inside it. + + + + + This class is used by the . + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + The associated summary calculator selection control. + The associated summary calculator. + Whether it's currently selected in the SummaryCalculatorSelectionControl. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the associated summary calculator. + + + + + + Specifies whether the this calculator will be used to summarize field data. + + + + + Returns the associated summary calculator selection control. + + + + + + Control for displaying the user interface for selecting summary calculation type. + + + + Summary selection user interface consists of a summary icon on the field label which + when clicked upon displays a popup that contains an instance of this control. + The control displays a list of available summary calculators that can be selected + for summarizing the field data. It will allow multiple selection based on + property setting. + + + To actually show summary buttons inside field labels, set the FieldSettings's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Static constructor. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Sets IsChecked property of the holder based on whether there's currently a matching summary + in the field layout's summaries collection. + + The field for which summaries are being added or removed. + This holder's IsChecked will be set. + + + + Adds or removes summary in accordance with the checked state of the specified summary calculator holder. + + Field for which summaries are being added or removed. + Calculator holder whose check state is used to determine whether to add or remove summary. + + + + + Returns true summary was added or removed. + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to select multiple summaries or only a single summary for the field. + + + + + Field for which summaries are being selected. + + + + + Returns a list of summary calculators that are valie for the associated field, based on the field's + data type. + + + + + Indicates whether to hide the summaries instead of removing them from the collections when the end user + deselects it. Advantage to hiding it that the summary definition and its settings (for example format) + is retained when the summary is re-selected by the user. + + + + + Represents "None" radio button entry in the selection control to allow the user to + be able to unselect any existing summary if the summary ui type is single select. + + + + + Represents a summary calculator. It contains logic for calculating summary of data. + + + + SummaryCalculator is an abstract base class for various summary calculator implementations. + , , , + and are built-in implementations + of summary calculators. You can also implement a custom summary calculator by deriving from this class. + You can integrate any such custom summary calculator implementations into the summary selection UI that + the DataGrid provides by using the static method. + + + + + + Static constructor. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of SummaryCalculator. + + + + + Processes individual piece of data value. + + Data value to process into calculation + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + The record associated with the data value. + + + This method is called for each data value that is to be aggregated into the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult and record parameters are for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to look at them or take them into account for calculation purposes. + The dataValue should suffice for most purposes. + + + + + + Applies the default format to the specified result and returns a string representation + of the summary result as it is to be displayed inside the summary result element. + + Calculated result value. + Associated summary result object. + Returns the formatted value. + + + + Starts summary calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + + + This method is called to start calculation of a summary for a particular set of data (associated + with the records parameter). Typically you initialize any member variables in this method. + For example, for a calculator that performs summation, you would initialize the sum member variable + to 0. In , you would add each value to the sum. In , + you would return the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Indicates whether this summary calculator can use objects of the specified data type + as source values for the calculation. + + Data type + Returns true if the specified data type is supported + + + Indicates whether this calculator supports specified data type. Sum for + example supports only numeric types. Where as Maximum supports all data + types that implement IComparable. + + + + + + Called after all the data has been aggregated into the calculation to return the result of the calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + Result of the calculation. + + + This method is called after all the data has been aggregated via method calls. + It returns the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Registers the specified summary calculator. Existing summary calculator with the + same name will be unregistered. + + Summary calculator to register + + + Register method provides a mechanism by which you can integrate your custom + calculator implementations into the summary calculator selection user interface + of the DataGrid. The summary selection UI displays all the summary calculators + registered via this method (restricted to calculators that support the field's + data type). + + + You can also replace built-in summary calculators with your implementations by + simply registering a calculator with the same name as the built-in calculator. + + + + + + + + Un-registers a summary calculator. + + + + + You can un-register and thus effectively remove from the summary selection UI + any previously registered summary calculators as well as the built-in ones by + simply proving the name of the calculator. + + + + + + + Un-registers a summary calculator. + + SummaryCalculator to register + + + You can un-register and thus effectively remove from the summary selection UI + any previously registered summary calculators as well as the built-in ones. + + + + + + + Returns a static instance of for performing + average summary calculation. + + + + Average returns a static instance of for + performing average summary calculation. + + + To actually specify a summary calculation to perform, use FieldLayout's + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a static instance of for performing + count summary calculation. + + + + Count returns a static instance of for + performing Count summary calculation. + + + To actually specify a summary calculation to perform, use FieldLayout's + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Description of the summary calculator. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI as a tooltip + on the item that represents this summary calculator. + + + + + + Returns the display name of the summary calculator. This will be displayed in the UI. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI to indentify to + the user what type of summary calculation this is. + + + + + + + Image for the summary calculator selection UI. + + + + Image is used in the summary calculator selection UI next to the name of the calculator. + + + + + + Indicates whether the calculation is affected by the order in which data is aggregated. + This is used to determine whether the calculation needs to be re-evaluated when the + records are sorted. + + + + + Returns a static instance of for performing + count summary calculation. + + + + Count returns a static instance of for + performing Count summary calculation. + + + To actually specify a summary calculation to perform, use FieldLayout's + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a static instance of for performing + count summary calculation. + + + + Count returns a static instance of for + performing Count summary calculation. + + + To actually specify a summary calculation to perform, use FieldLayout's + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the name of the summary calculator. This identifies the summary calculator. + + + Name property uniquely identifies the summary calculator. + also returns the name of the summary calculator however DisplayName is used in the + user interface to denote this calculator. + + + + + + Returns registered summary calculators. + + + + Returns registered summary calculators. This will also include built-in summary + calculators. See method for more information. + + + + + + + + Returns a static instance of for performing + sum summary calculation. + + + + Sum returns a static instance of for + performing sum summary calculation. + + + To actually specify a summary calculation to perform, use FieldLayout's + . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Converter class that uses registered calculators collection to convert between + calculator's name and other way around. + + + + + Overridden. Returns true for string types. + + + + + + + + Overridden. Returns true for string types. + + + + + + + + Overridden. Converts to SummaryCalculator from the value using collection registered + calculators registered via method. + + + + + + + + + Overridden. Converts the value to the destination type. + + + + + + + + + + Overridden. Gets standard values. + + + Returns a collection of standard values. + + + + Represents a summary cell inside a . + + + + SummaryCellPresenter element displays one or more s by containing one or more + elements. + + + Each SummaryCellPresenter is associated with a single field inside a . + A SummaryCellPresenter can contain one or more instances of SummaryResultPresenter elements. + This can happen if the field has more than one summary (for example the same field has Sum and + Average summaries, the associated SummaryCellPresenter for the field will contain two + SummaryResultPresenter elements). + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Identifies the 'Field' dependency property + + + + + The associated field. + + + + + Element inside that contains summaries that are aligned with fields. + + + + SummaryRecordCellArea element is positioned inside a . + It contains summaries that are aligned with fields. + + + + + + + + + + Base class for the , and + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when the size of the element has been changed. + + Provides information about the size change + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Overridden. Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Element inside that contains , + and also free-form summaries. + + + + SummaryRecordContentArea element is part of element. It contains + , and also free-form summaries. + Free-form summaries are those summaries with their property + set to one of Left, Center or Right. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Overridden. Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + + + This property returns the associated that this SummaryRecordContentArea is displaying the contents of. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a value indivating whether the cell area element has any summaries. + + + + + Returns a value indivating whether the summary record's header should be visible. + + + + + Summary results that will be displayed in the center of the summary record content area. + + + + + Summary results that will be displayed in the left of the summary record content area. + + + + + Summary results that will be displayed in the right of the summary record content area. + + + + + Element that represents the header of a . + + + + If a has a header (set via ), + the associated will contain a SummaryRecordHeaderPresenter + in its top area to display this header. + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the associated summary record object. + + + + + A control that is placed in the summary record and sized to match the dimensions of the RecordSelectors so that the summary results line up with the cells in data records. + + + + + A base class for and controls. + Used by records that do not display record selectors to occupy the area where record selecotrs would go. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLayout' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Record' dependency property + + + + + Creates an instance of StyleSelectorHelperBase derived class for the element. + + The created style selector helper. + + + + Returns the associated field layout + + + + + Returns the orientation (vertical/horizontal) of the RecordPrefixAreas in the containing Panel. + + + + + + Returns the associated record inside a DataPresenterBase (read-only) + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Creates an instance of StyleSelectorHelperBase derived class for the element. + + The created style selector helper. + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + Element that represents a . + + + + SummaryRecordPresenter represents a . It contains one or more + elements for each field that has summaries that need to be displayed + in the summary record. Each SummaryCellPresenter in turn can contain one or more + to represent summaries associated with the field. + + + + + + + + + Base class used to represent a Record in a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter. + + + One of these elements is created to represent a corresponding in the UI. There are corresponding derived classes to represent + each of the derived classes - , and . + + In addition to the standard Template property there are 2 other properties of type , and that can be used + to define different visual trees based on the 's . + These visual trees should include derived classes for the following 3 logical areas: +
    +
  • Record Content (must be named 'PART_RecordContentSite') - this is normally a or which contains the for s or the associated 's for s and s.
  • +
  • Header Content (must be named 'PART_HeaderContentSite') - this is normally a or which contains the for s. It is not used for either s or s.
  • +
  • Nested Content (must be named 'PART_NestedContentSite') - this is normally a or which contains the if the property is set to true, otherwise it is empty.
  • +
+
+ + Note: These elements are normally virtualized by the view panels, derived classes that implement the interface). + That means that there should only be enough of these elements created to represent the records currently in view plus some additional number that the panel might cache for scrolling performance reasons. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. +
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when focus is set on this element. + + + + + + Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the RecordPresenter's NestedContent should be hidden. + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the RecordPresenter's NestedContent should be shown. + + + + + Identifies the 'CellPresentation' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'ExpansionIndicatorVisibility' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLayout' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'HasHeaderContent' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'HasNestedContent' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'HeaderContent' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsAlternate' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsActive' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsExpanded' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsFilterRecord' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsFilteredOut' dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsOpacityReduced' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsRecordEnabled' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsSelected' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'NestedContent' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'NestedContentMargin' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Record' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'RecordContentAreaTemplate' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'ShouldDisplayExpandableRecordContent' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'ShouldDisplayGroupByRecordContent' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'ShouldDisplayRecordContent' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the that represents a specific record. + + The associated record. + The that represents the record or null if not found in the visual tree. + If record is null. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the record content area template from the generator. For data presenter, this returns + a template that creates data cell area. + + Field layout generator from which to get the template. + The data template + + + + Called when the element either recieves or loses the logical focus. + + + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The Record to be contained. + Indicates this is a special presenter used to display headers only. + + + + Syncrhonizes RecordPresenter's HasSeparatorBefore and HasSeparatorAfter with the record's + SeparatorVisibility property. + + + + + Called when Record property's value has changed. + + Old record if any. + New record if any. + + + + Called when a property of the associated record has changed + + The event arguments that contain the name of the property that was changed + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Occurs when the RecordPresenter's NestedContent should be hidden. + + + + + Occurs when the RecordPresenter's NestedContent should be shown. + + + + + Returns the layout mode of the generated styles + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Returns the 's description property value (read-only) + + + + + + Gets/sets whether an expansion indicator is shown for the Record + + + + + Returns the associated field layout + + + + + Returns a transform object that can be used to scroll an element back into view if it were fixed on the near edge when using fixed fields. + + +

Note: This property will only returning a usable object when fixed fields are supported by + the view and fixed fields are being used - either having fixed one or more fields or setting the + such that fixing is allowed.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns a transform object that can be used to scroll an element back into view if it were fixed on the far edge when using fixed fields. + + +

Note: This property will only returning a usable object when fixed fields are supported by + the view and fixed fields are being used - either having fixed one or more fields or setting the + such that fixing is allowed.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns true is this record has child records to display + + + + + + Returns true if there is header content (read-only) + + + + + Returns true if there is nested content (read-only) + + + + + Indicates if the record displays a record separator after it. + + + + HasRecordSeparatorAfter indicates if the record displays a record separator after it. + The separator is displayed below or right of the record based on whether the orientation + (see ) is vertical or horizontal respectively. + + + To enable separators, set the FieldLayoutSettings's property. + + + + + + + + Indicates if the record displays a record separator before it. + + + + HasRecordSeparatorBefore indicates if the record displays a record separator after it. + The separator is displayed above or left of the record based on whether the orientation + (see ) is vertical or horizontal respectively. + + + To enable separators, set the FieldLayoutSettings's property. + + + + + + + + Returns the header content for a . + + + Header content is only used by s when the 's property returns 'SeparateHeader'. + + Note: Not all views support separate headers, e.g. . The 's returns true if a separate header has been generated. + + + + + + + + Returns true for every other row in the list (readonly) + + + + + Determines if this is the active record + + + + + Gets/sets if the record will show its nested content. + + + + + + + + Returns true if this is a filter record (readonly) + + + + + Returns true if this is record is filtered out (read-only) + + + True if the record fails to meet the current effective record filters or false if it does not. + However, if there are no active record filters then this property returns null + + + + + + + Returns true if the record is fixed at the bottom of the list of rows. + + + + + + Returns true if the record is fixed at the top of the list of rows. + + + + + + Returns true if the record is fixed at the top of the list of rows. + + + + + + Returns true if the RecordPresenter is being hosted by a in (read only). + + + + + + Returns whether the record content opacity is reduced (readonly) + + + Note: this property is only set to true when the property is true and the returns 'Disable' or 'ReduceOpacity'. + + + + + + + Returns whether the record is enabled (readonly) + + + + + + + + Determines if the record is selected + + + + + Returns the nested content (i.e., child data) for the record based on its expanded state (read-only) + + The nested content or null is the property is false. + + + When expanded this will, in most cases, return a containing the 's . However, for s, if the associated 's does not implement the interface then the nested content will contain an with the actual value of the . + + + + + + + Provides extra margins around the nested content (read-only) + + + + + The brush applied by default templates as the background of the nested content area. + + + + + + Returns the orientation (vertical/horizontal) of the RecordPresenters in the containing Panel. + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Returns the style for the cell area (read-only). + + + + + Returns a transform object that can be used to scroll an element back into view when using fixed fields. + + +

Note: This property will only returning a usable object when fixed fields are supported by + the view and fixed fields are being used - either having fixed one or more fields or setting the + such that fixing is allowed.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns true if ExpandableRecordContent (i.e., expansion indicator and description) should be displayed (read-only) + + + + + Returns true if GroupByRecordContent (i.e., expansion indicator and description) should be displayed (read-only) + + + + + Returns true if record content should be displayed (read-only) + + + + + Gets/sets the template that is used for views whose is CardView. + + + + + + Gets/sets the template that is used in the control. + + + + + + Returns an object that provides scroll information. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Gets the record content area template from the generator. For summary presenter, this returns + a template that creates summary cell area. + + Field layout generator from which to get the template. + The data template + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Called when Record property's value has changed. + + Old record if any. + New record if any. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Returns the margins for the contents inside the element. This is the amount + the summary cells need to be offset by to align them with the field labels. + + + + + The brush applied by default templates as the background in the HeaderArea. This is the area behind the LabelPresenters. + + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + + + This property returns the associated that this SummaryRecordPresenter is displaying. + + + + + + + + + + + Used by the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated object. + + + + + Represents a summary result inside a . + + + + SummaryResultPresenter element displays the value of a . + + + One or more instances of SummaryResultPresenter will be contained inside + element. Each SummaryCellPresenter is associated with a single field inside a . + Each SummaryResultPresenter is associated with a single instance of a SummaryResult. A + SummaryCellPresenter can contain more than one SummaryResultPresenter elements if the field has more + than one summary (for example the same field has Sum and Average summaries, the associated + SummaryCellPresenter for the field will contain two SummaryResultPresenter elements). + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Overridden. Creates a new instance of for + this SummaryResultPresenter and returns it. + + A new instance of . + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + We bypass summary calculation while we are scrolling. This is the handler for when the data presenter's + IsScrolling property is changed so we can resume summary calculation. + + + + + Event handler for IsVisibleChanged event. Note that this is conditionally hooked into. + + + + + Indicates whether summary calculation is pending. + + + + + + Gets or sets the associated SummaryResult object. + + + + This property returns the associated object. + + + + + + + + + + + SummaryResultsPresenter displays one or more summary results. + + + + SummaryResultsPresenter is used for displaying one or more summary results. It's used by + the to display summary results of the associated field. It's also + used to display free-form summaries (summaries with their + property set to Left, Center or Right). + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Called when a property has changed. + + Information about the property that was changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property + + + + + Gets or sets the summary results to display. + + + + + Returns a collection of objects. The collection has the same + number or entries as collection and furthermore each entry in this + collection is for a corresponding SummaryResult object in the SummaryResults collection. + + + + SummaryResultEntries is used by the data template for ths SummaryResultsPresenter to + display the summary results. + + + + + + + + A collection of objects. + + + + RecordCollection's property returns + an instance of this collection. It contains a object for each + specified on the FieldLayout's + collection. + + + + + + + + + Maps source field to the start and end index in the _cachedSortedResultsArr. + + + + + List of summary results sorted by source field. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Associated records. + Associated field layout. + Associated summary definitions. + + + + Overridden. Called when HasListeners property changes. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is in this collection. + + The item to check if it's in the collection. + True if the item is in the collection, false otherwise. + + + + Returns the location of the specified item in this collection. + + The item whose location to return. + The location of the item in the collection. If the item is not found, returns -1. + + + + Re-calculates the summary results. + + + + Typically it's not necessary to call this method as summaries are recalculated + automatically whenever data changes. + + + + + + + + Returns the summary results that match the specified context criteria. Returns null + if there are no matching summary results. + + Display area context + Summary position context + List of summary results. If no matching summary results found, then null. + + + + Recalculates summaries with calculators that are affected by sort. + + + + + Copies items from this collection to the specified array. + + Arra to copy items to. + The location in the array where to start copying items to. + + + + Gets the SummaryResult object with the specified summary key. + + Key of the SummaryResult + Returns the matching SummaryResult object. If a match is not found, raises an exception. + + + + Gets the SummaryResult at the spcified index. + + Specifies the index at which to get the item + The SummaryResult at the specified index. + + + + + Gets the SummaryResult object associated with the specified summary. + + SummaryDefinition object + Returns the SummaryResult associated with the specified summary. + If a match is not found, raises an exception. + + + + Returns the number of items in this collection. + + + + + Gets the associated records whose data is summarized. + + + This SummaryResultCollection contains results of summary calculations of record data + from this RecordCollection. + + + + + + + Gets the associated summary definitions. + + + + SummaryDefinitions property returns the associated summary definitions. + For each summary definition in the summary definitions collection, there is a + in this summary results collection. + + + + + + + + Specifies what to dispaly in the header of the summary record. + + + + By default the summary record's header contains text derived from settings of + FieldLayout's and + properties. + You can use SummaryRecordHeader property to to specify summary record header's + contents on a per record collection basis. Also using this property you can + specify contents as any arbitrary value which will be presented using a ContentPresenter. + + + + + + + + + Returns true since this collection is read-only. + + + + SummaryResultCollection is read-only. It contains a object for each + object in the associated . + + + To add summaries, use the FieldLayout's property. + + + + + + + SummaryResult object holds result of a summary calculation. + + + + SummaryResult object holds result of a summary calculation. + RecordCollection exposes property + that returns a collection of all the summary calculation results associated with that + RecordCollection. + + + To specify summaries to calculate, use the FieldLayout's + property. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Parent collection that this summary result belongs to. + Associated summary definition object. + + + + Overridden. Called when the value of HasListeners property changes. + + + + + Re-calculates the summary result. + + + + Typically it's not necessary to call this method as summaries are recalculated + automatically whenever data changes. + + + + + + + + Bumps the data version number if not already dirty which will cause the summary result to re-calc itself. + + + + + Returns the display text. + + Formatted display text + + + + Called by _summaryCalcVersionTracker whenever the calc version of the associated + summary definition changes. + + + + + Verifies SourceField and PositionField property values. + + + + + Allocates or releases trackers whenever HasListeners property changes. + + + + + Determines if and where the summary result is displayed (read-only). + + + + DisplayAreaResolved returns the resolved value based on settings of + 's property and + ' property. + + object is exposed on DataGrid (), + FieldLayout () and Field (). + + + To actually specify summary display area, use the SummaryDefinition's + property or FieldSettings' property. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the display text of the summary result. + + + + DisplayText returns the string value that's actually displayed in the UI element + representation of this summary result. It's derived using the SummaryDefinition's + property setting. + + + Note that property returns the actual result + of the calculation. + + + + + + + + Returns the display text of the summary result. + + + + DisplayText returns the string value that's actually displayed in the UI element + representation of this summary result. It's derived using the SummaryDefinition's + property setting. + + + Note that property returns the actual result + of the calculation. + + + + + + + + Returns the parent collection this summary result object belongs to. + + + + + + + The summary will be aligned with this field in the summary record. + + + + The summary result will be displayed in the summary record aligned with this + field. You can specify the position field using SummaryDefinition's + property. If PositionFieldName + property has not been set, the source field is used. + + + + + + + + + Returns the field whose values are being summarized. + + + + + Gets the associated object. + + + + This property returns the associated object. + See property for how to actually specify summaries. + + + + + + + + Specifies the tooltip to display when the mouse is hovered over the summary result. + + + + ToolTip specifies the tooltip to display when the mouse is hovered over the summary result. + Note that you can specify a string value as a value for this property. + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved tooltip that will be displayed when the mouse hovers the summary result. + + + + + Returns the result of the summary calculation. + + + + Value returns the result of the summary calculation. The type of the returned value + varies depending upon the type of summary calculation being performed. Typically for numeric + calculations, a numeric type like decimal is returned. For Maximum and Minimum summary + calculations, the returned object is of field's data type. + + + Value essentially returns whatever object the underlying summary calculator returned + from the underlying implemenetation. + + + + + + + + Returns the result of the summary calculation when it was calculated the last time. It doesn't force + the summary to be calculated if it's marked dirty. + + + + The difference between and ValueAsync is that the Value + property forces the summary to be re-calculated if it has been marked dirty. ValueAsync + simply returns the last calculated result. + + + + + + + + + For internal use only. May get removed in future builds. + + + + + Returns the resolved summary position. + + + + + Resolved string format provider. + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the DataPresenterBase. + + + + + Clears all currently selected items. + + + + + Expands the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Collapses the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Starts edit mode on the ActiveCell. + + + + + Ends edit mode on the ActiveCell and cancels any changes that were made while in edit mode, reverting to the original value. + + + + + Ends edit mode on the ActiveCell and accepts any changes that were made while in edit mode. + + + + + Ends edit mode and commits pending changes on the Active Record. + + + + + Commits pending changes on the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Cancels pending changes on the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Commits pending changes on the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Cancels pending changes on the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the Cell above the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the Cell below the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the Cell which is to the left of the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the Cell which is to the right of the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the Cell which logically follows the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the Cell which logically precedes the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the next Cell in the tab order and puts the cell in edit mode if editing is allowed. + + + + + Navigates to the previous Cell in the tab order and puts the cell in edit mode if editing is allowed. + + + + + Navigates to the first Cell in the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the last Cell in the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the first displayed Cell. + + + + + Navigates to the last displayed Cell. + + + + + Navigates to the first overall Cell. + + + + + Navigates to the last overall Cell. + + + + + Navigates to the page which is above the page containing the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the page which is below the page containing the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the page which is to the left of the page containing the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Navigates to the page which is to the right of the page containing the current ActiveCell. + + + + + Flips the orientation from 'Vertical' to 'Horizontal' or vice versa. This command is only enabled when the current view is either GridView or CardView. + In grid view this will flip each field's resolved row and column positions including exlicit Row, RowSpan, Column and ColumnSpan settings on each Field. + + + + + Navigates to the Record above the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the Record below the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the Record which is to the left of the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the Record which is to the right of the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the Record which logically follows the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the Record which logically precedes the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the first displayed Record. + + + + + Navigates to the last displayed Record. + + + + + Navigates to the first overall Record. + + + + + Navigates to the last overall Record. + + + + + Navigates to the page of records which is above the page containing the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the page of records which is below the page containing the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the page of records which is to the left of the page containing the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Navigates to the page of records which is to the right of the page containing the current ActiveRecord. + + + + + Displays a FieldChooser that lets the user select which fields to show or hide. You can + specify a as the parameter in which case the fields of that + field layout will be displayed in the FieldChooser. + + + + + + + Toggles the selection state of the ActiveCell. + + + + + Toggles the selection state of the ActiveRecord. + + + + + Deletes the selected data records. + + + + + Drops down or closes up the filter operator drop-down of a filter cell. + + + + + Clears the filter specified for the active filter cell. + + + + + Clears all cell filters for the active FilterRecord. + + + + + Changes the of the specified in the parameter to FixedToNearEdge. + + + + + Changes the of the specified in the parameter to FixedToFarEdge. + + + + + Changes the of the specified in the parameter to Scrollable. + + + + + Changes the of the specified in the parameter to FixedToNearEdge. + + + + + Changes the of the specified in the parameter to FixedToFarEdge. + + + + + Changes the of the specified in the parameter to Scrollable. + + + + + Clears the values of the selected cells and copies their values to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + Copies the values of the selected cells to the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + Changes the values of the selected cells using the information in the clipboard. + + + + + + + + + Reverts the previous changes made by the user. + + + + + + + Reapplies the change that was previously undone. + + + + + + + Clears the values of the selected cells. + + + + + + + + + Toggles the state of a record. + + + + + + + + + + Invokes the method for the field specified by the parameter for the command as if the user had double clicked on the LabelPresenter edge. + + +

Note:The parameter for the command must be the instance whose is to be invoked.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Toggles the state of a record. + + +

Note:The parameter for the command must be the or instance whose containing Card is to be collapsed/uncollapsed.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Toggles the state of a record. + + +

Note:The parameter for the command must be the or instance whose containing Card cells are to be collapsed/uncollapsed.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Cancels an asynchronous export operation when + + + + + The list of CommandWrappers for each supported command. + + + + + + This method is provided as a convenience for initializing the statics in this class which kicks off + the process of setting up and registering the commands. + + + + + Called when a key is pressed + + The key event arguments + The command host + + + + + Holds a reference to a routed events. + + + + + Returns the associated routed event. + + + + + Interface implemented by RecordPresenter containers. + + + RecordPresenter containers that are returned by a custom view's GetContainerForRecordPresenter + virtual method should implement this interface if they want to get called when the container + is being prepared or cleared. Containers should also implement this interface if they are not + ultimately derived from ContentControl. + + + + + Returns the contained RecordPresenter. + + + + + Used in a derived control to specify settings to apply to one or more s. + + + This settings object is exposed via the following 2 properties: +
    +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in the collection.
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here apply to only this one specific .
  • +
+
+

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called when a property has been changed + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Determines how the add record UI is presented to the user. + + The ultimate default value used is 'OnTopFixed'. However, this property is ignored if the does not support adding of records (i.e. does not implement the interface or that interface's property returns false). + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the user can add records. + + The ultimate default value used is false. + However, this property is ignored if the does not support adding of records. + For example, if it does not implement the interface (or that interface's property returns false) + and it does not implement the interface (or that interface's property returns false) + and it is not a generic list whose type is not abstract and has a public parameterless constructor. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the user can delete records. + + The ultimate default value used is true. However, even if this property is resolved to true it will be ignored if the does not support deletions. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to re-arrange fields by dragging and dropping fields. Default is resolved to Yes. + + + + By default the user is allowed to re-arrange fields. You can use AllowFieldMoving property to prevent + the user from moving fields or enforce restrictions by setting the property to appropriate value. You can + also use and properties to restrict + field arrangement layouts the user can create. + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to fix records. Default is resolved to No. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets which clipboard operations can be performed. + + +

This property determines which clipboard actions can be performed by the end user on the + records and/or cells that are selected within the DataPresenter.

+

Note: These operations have no relation to any clipboard operations that may be + performed/allowed by an editor that is in edit mode. For example, the value of this property has no bearing + on whether you can copy values from a XamTextEditor to the clipboard while in edit mode. Also, the clipboard + operations of the DataPresenter will not be performed while a cell is in edit mode.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating which fields should be resized when AutoFit is enabled. + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the collection will be automatically populated with s for every property in the underlying data. + + +

Refer to the Assigning a FieldLayout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanantion of the auot generation process.

+ Note: Setting this property to false is ignored if is set to true. +
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Determines hows s are laid out by default + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum number of logical columns in the generated templates. + + The property is ignored if resolves to 'Never'. + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum number of logical rows in the generated templates. + + The property is ignored if resolves to 'Never'. + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the first row, column or cell is reserved for the primary field in the generated templates. + + The property is ignored if resolves to 'Never'. + + + + + + + + + + + Controls which records and in which order they are traversed when calculating summaries. + More importantly controls whether visible records are used for calculating summaries or all + records. + + + + CalculationScope controls whether to use data from all records or just the visible + records when calculating summaries. This is particularly impactful when using record + filtering functionality is enabled. If this property is set to FilteredSortedList then + as records are filtered, summaries will be recalculated based on data from the filtered records + (visible records). + + + This property also controls the order in which data is aggregated into a summary calculation. + Note that for all the built-in summaries the order does not result in different calculation results + since the underlying calculations do not rely upon the order of aggregated values. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates how child records will be displayed relative to their parent record when it is expanded. + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether the field labels associated with the cells being copied should be included in the output placed on the clipboard. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the panel template used to generate the cell area + + +

Refer to the Arranging Cells within the Record topic in the Developer's Guide.

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets/sets the style for a 's cell area + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for a 's cell area + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets/sets the style for s + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for s + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines how s are sized and if they can resized by the user. The default is SizedToContentAndFixed. + + + NOTE: When using the SizedToContentAndFixed or SizedToContentAndIndividuallySizable values for this property + there is a negative impact to performance when rendering the grid because the control must calculate the size of each individual cell. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the default column definition used by the generated grid in the cell area + + +

Refer to the Arranging Cells within the Record topic in the Developer's Guide.

+
+ +
+ + + Gets/sets the default row definition used by the generated grid in the cell area + + + +

Refer to the Arranging Cells within the Record topic in the Developer's Guide.

+
+
+ + + Specifies if and how to display cell and record data error information. + + + + By default cell and record data errors are not displayed. You can enable this functionality + by setting the property. When the functionality is enabled, + DataErrorDisplayMode property controls how to display the data error information. By default, + a data error icon is displayed in the cell or the record selector to display cell data error + and record data error respectively. You can use this property to control how the data error + is displayed. + + + + + + + + Determines whether an expansion indicator is displayed in each Record. + + + This setting is used in the 's + get accessor to determine the resolved visiblity of the expansion indicator. However, explicitly setting the + property on the will take precedence over this property. + Note: this property is ignored in certain views where expansion indicators are not supported. + It is also ignored if the property is set to false. + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum number of logical columns of fields the user is allowed to create + when re-arranging fields. + + + + You can use FieldMovingMaxColumns and to properties restrict + the user from moving fields in such a way that the resultant field layout has more than specified + number of logical columns and rows. Also note that the property + can be used to set WithinLogicalRow and WithinLogicalColumn restrictions (see + enum). + + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum number of logical rows of fields the user is allowed to create + when re-arranging fields. + + + + You can use and FieldMovingMaxRows properties to restrict + the user from moving fields in such a way that the resultant field layout has more than specified + number of logical columns and rows. Also note that the property + can be used to set WithinLogicalRow and WithinLogicalColumn restrictions (see + enum). + + + + + + + + Specifies what action to take on records that are filtered out. Default is resolved to Hide. + + + + FilterAction property specifies what action to take on records that are filtered out. + By default the records that do not match the filter criteria are hidden. You can set this + property to Disable to disable such filtered out records instead of hiding them. You can also + set this property to None in which case the data presenter will take no action on the filtered + out records. They will remain visible. Records' property will + however be updated to reflect whether the record actually matches the filter criteria. This option is useful + if you want to apply some appearance to filtered-out or filtered-in records in the style or template of + record elements. + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies if and where to display the filter clear button. Default is resolved to RecordSelectorAndFilterCell. + + + + FilterClearButtonLocation property specifies if and where to display the filter clear button. By default + a filter clear button is displayed in the filter record's record selector and each filter cell. It lets the user + clear filter criteria. + + + You can control the visibility of the filter clear button on a per field basis using the FieldSettings' + property. + + + To manipulate filters, including clear any filters, use the . + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies how the data presenter will perform filtering operation. + + + + + + Specifies the location of the filter record. Default is resolved to OnTopFixed. + + + + FilterRecordLocation property specifies the location of the filter record - whether + it's at top or bottom of the record collection and also whether it's fixed or scrolling. + + + Note that you must set the property to + true and property to FilterRecord in order + to actually display the filter record. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the user interface type for letting the user filter records. Default is resolved to FilterRecord. + + + + FilterUIType property specifies the type of user interface that the data presenter will + use to let the user filter records. See enum + for more information. + + + NOTE: To actually enable the filtering functionality, set the + property on the FieldSettings of the FieldLayout (), or + the DataPresenter ( or individual Field (). + Setting AllowRecordFiltering is necessary for FilterUIType property to have any effect. + + + To actually specify filter conditions in code to pre-filter the records, use the FieldLayout's + or the RecordManager's depending on the + property setting. By default FieldLayout's RecordFilters are used. + + + To check if a data record is filtered out, use the record's property. + GroupByRecord also exposes property, which returns true if all + of its descendant data records are filtered out. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines the type of ui displayed to allow the end user to changed the of the fields. + + +

Note: Even if no ui is displayed, the end user may change the FixedLocation of a field by dragging a column + into or out of the fixed area assuming that allows the state to be changed and the field + allows moving.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Determines how many sibling records can be fixed at a time. + + + It a record is fixed and the limit has been reached then the earliest record that had been fixed previously will be made scrollable. + + + + + + + + + Determines the type of ui displayed to allow the end user to changed the of a record. + + + + + + + + + Determines the order of fixed records relative to each other. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies how the data presenter will perform grouping operation. + + + + + + Determines if expansion indicators will be displayed in groupby records. + + + + + + Specifies how to display summary results inside each group-by record. Default is resolved to SummaryCells. + + + + GroupBySummaryDisplayMode property controls how summary calculation results are + displayed inside each group-by record. See help for + enum for available options. + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the placement of headers + + + + Note: This setting is ignored unless resolves to 'SeparateHeader' and the view supports separate headers. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the placement of headers when records are grouped + + + If this property is not explicitly set then will resolve to 'WithDataRecords' unless is explicitly set to 'OnTopOnly' or returns 'LabelIcons'. + + Note: This setting is ignored unless resolves to 'SeparateHeader' and the view supports separate headers. + + + + + + + + + + + + + The style for the header area + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets/sets the style for a header's label area + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + +
+ + + Specifies what to display in the header prefix area. Header prefix area is the area that is by default + left of field labels, above the record selectors. Default is resolved to None. + + + + HeaderPrefixAreaDisplayMode specifies what to display in the header prefix area. By default nothing + is displayed in this area. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the style for a header's prefix area + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets/sets whether the and properties will return true on every other . + + + + + + This used from inside cell, label, field and record styles. + + + + Gets/sets whether the primary field will be highlighted + + + + + + + This is used from inside cell, label, field and record styles. + + + + Gets/sets the preferred location of the labels + + Not all panels support a separate header area for the labels. These panels will revert to having the labels with the fields. + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum number of fields to auto-generate in the generated templates. + + The property is ignored if resolves to 'Never'. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum number of cells that can be selected at any time. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum number of records that can be selected at any time. + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether record filtering is done at the field-layout level or individual record collection level for + child field layouts. Default is resolved to SiblingDataRecords. + + + + RecordFilterScope property determines whether record filtering is done at the field-layout level or + individual record collection level. This only matters for and affects child field layouts. If this property is set to + AllRecords then when the user enters a + filter criteria all records associated with the field-layout are applied that filer. If the property is set to + SiblingDataRecords then the filter criteria is only applied to data records of the particular record collection. + Default is resolved to SiblingDataRecords. + + + NOTE: This property affects how you specify filter criteria in code. If this property is + set to AllRecords then you must use FieldLayout's property. + If this property is set to SiblingDataRecords then you must use the RecordManager's . + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether filter conditions across fields are to be combined using logical 'Or' or 'And'. + Default is resolved to 'And'. + + + + RecordFiltersLogicalOperator property specifies how record filters across fields are to + be combined. ‘Or’ means only filters of one field are required to pass in order to filter the + record. ‘And’ means filters of all fields are required to pass in order to filter the record. + The default 'And' which means that filters of all fields are required to pass in order to filter + the record. + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the style used for RecordListControls created to display objects using this field layout + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ This is only used with a containing non-homogeneous data. + +
+ + + Determines if and where s will be displayed relative to a 's cell area. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the extent for the + + + Based on the this will represent its width or its height + + + + + + + + + Determines the format of the number to display inside of the element + + + + + + + + Determines the start number to use for record number's displayed inside of the element. + + + Note: If not set this will resolve to 1. + + + + + + Gets/sets the style for s + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for s + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines what number, if any, to display inside of the element + + + + + + + Gets/sets the style for s + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for s + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Specifies if and where to display record separators. By default separator is displayed + between fixed and non-fixed records. + + + + Record seprators are thin, 3d separator bars that are displayed between certain records. + By default record separators are displayed between fixed and non-fixed records. However + you can set this property to display record separators after filter record, add-record and + summary record. The enum is a flagged enum and thus multiple options can be + combined to display record separators at multiple records. + + + + + + Specifies whether to re-evaluate record filters when cell data changes. Default is resolved to True. + + + + By default the data presenter will re-evaluate filters on a record if that record's data changes. It will do + so whenever cell data changes, including when data is changed by user input or in code either through the + data presenter object model or through the data source directly. To prevent this behavior, you can set + ReevaluateFiltersOnDataChange to false. However note that the record filters will get re-evaluated if the + filter criteria is modified. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to evaluate filter criteria on records that are added via the UI (template add-record) + or the data source. Default is resolved to True. + + + + By default the data presenter will evaluate filters on new records that are added via the UI (template add-record) + or data source. If the added record does not satisfy the current filter criteria, it is filtered out. To prevent + this behavior, you can set ReevaluateFiltersOnRecordsAdded to false. However note that the records will be + re-evaluated for filter criteria when the filter criteria itself is modified. Note that this property works + independently of . In other words, if that property resolves to true + (which is the default) then the added record will be re-evaluated for filter criteria when the record's cell data + changes. + + + Note that you can use DataRecord's method to force re-evaluation + of filter criteria on a record. You can use this method to apply filter conditions to added records that may have + been exempted for filter criteria application as a result of having set ReevaluateFiltersOnRecordsAdded + property to false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines if and how cells and labels are resized by the user. + + + + + + + + + + Determines hows s can be selected + + + + + + + + + + Determines hows s can be selected + + + + + + + + + + Determines hows s can be selected + + + + + + + + + + Specifies how the data presenter will perform sorting operation. + + + + + + Specifies the order of special records, like filter record, summary record, add-record. + + + + SpecialRecordOrder can be used to specify the order in which special records like filter record, + summary record and add-record are displayed inside each record collection. The associated integer + value on the SpecialRecordOrder object controls the order - special records with lower order value + will be displayed before the special records with higher order value. + + + + + + Specifies whether summary records display description. Default is resolved to Collapsed. + + + + You can display a description of summaries above the summary record by setting SummaryDescriptionVisibility + to Visible. By default summary description is not displayed. You can specify the description to display + using FieldLayout's , + and SummaryResultCollection's + properties. + + + + + + + + + Specifies how summaries are calculated by the data presenter. + + + + + SummaryEvaluationMode property is used to control how the data presenter calculates summaries. + By default it calculates the summaries by enumerating all the records (in the process allocating them if + they are not already allocated) and getting the cell value of each record and aggregating the values + using the associated with the . + You can set this property to + to have the data presenter use LINQ to perform summary calculations. Note that any converter settings + specified on the Field, like , will not be utilized when using LINQ. + + + Also note that the data presenter raises + event before it starts the process of calculation for each summary result. You can use the QuerySummaryResult event + to calculate the summary result and provide the calculated value to the data presenter via the + method of the associated event args. Doing so will cause the data presenter to use the provided value instead of performing its + own calculation. Furthermore, this property's settings will be ignored when you provide your own calculate value via this event. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to display error information provided by the IDataErrorInfo implementation + of the underlying data items from the bound data source. Default value is resolved to + None. + + + + SupportDataErrorInfo property specifies whether to display error information provided + by the data items associated with data records. Data items provide error information by + implementing IDataErrorInfo interface. The interface provides error information for + the the entire data item as well as for each individual field. The data presenter displays + the data item error in the record selector of the data record and individual field error in + the associated cell. + + + The error information is displayed in the form of an error icon, which + displays a tooltip with the error text when the mouse is hovered over. + + + Note that the default value of this property is resolved to None, which means + that by default the data error information is not displayed. You need to set this property + to enable this functionality. + + + Note that the FieldSettings object exposes + property. You can use that to show or hide a particular field's error information. + + + + + + + + + + Used by a to specify settings for s. + + + This settings object is exposed via the following 3 properties: +
    +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in every .
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in this 's collection.
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here apply to only this one specific .
  • +
+
+

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Settings topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldSettings object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called when a property has been set + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the AllowHiding property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the AllowHiding property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellClickAction' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellContentAlignment' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellHeight' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellMaxHeight' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellMaxWidth' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellMinHeight' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellMinWidth' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellPresenterStyle' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellPresenterStyleSelector' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellValuePresenterStyle' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellValuePresenterStyleSelector' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'CellWidth' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the 'DataValueChangedHistoryLimit' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'DataValueChangedNotificationsActive' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'DataValueChangedScope' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'ExpandableFieldRecordPresenterStyle' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'ExpandableFieldRecordPresenterStyleSelector' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'FilterCellValuePresenterStyle' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'GroupByRecordPresenterStyle' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'GroupByRecordPresenterStyleSelector' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelClickAction' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelHeight' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelMaxHeight' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelMaxWidth' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelMinHeight' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelMinWidth' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelPresenterStyle' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelPresenterStyleSelector' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'LabelWidth' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Determines if the cell uielement creation can be deferred until the cell is brought into view. + + +

Note: even if this property is resolved to true it is possible that it will be ignored in certain conditions where the cells cannot be virtually allocated.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines if the user can edit a cell. + + The ultimate default value used is true. However, even if this property is resolved to true it will be ignored if the does not support editing. + + + + + + + + + Determines if the end user should be allowed to change the fixed state of the field and to which edges the field may be fixed. + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the user can initiate a group by operation thru the UI for this + + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Specifies whether the user can show or hide a field. It also controls whether the field + is displayed in the field chooser control. + + + + AllowHiding property determines whether the user can show or hide a field. + It also controls whether the field is displayed in the field chooser. If set to Never + then the field is excluded from the field chooser and the user is not allowed to show or + hide the field in any way. + + + If set to ViaFieldChooserOnly, the user can show or hide a field through the field + chooser control only. + + + If set the Always, in addition to being able to show or hide via field chooser + control, the user can hide a field by dragging it outside of the data presenter. + + + + + + + Determines if the label uielement creation can be deferred until the label is brought into view. + + +

Note: even if this property is resolved to true it is possible that it will be ignored in certain conditions where the labels cannot be virtually allocated.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Enables the record filtering user interface. Default is resolved to False. + + + + AllowRecordFiltering property enables the record filtering user interface where the user can + specify filter criteria to filter records. Records that do not match the specified filter criteria will + hidden (this is default behavior which can be changed by setting the property), + and thus presenting the user with the view of only the data that matches the filter criteria. + + + property specifies the type of user interface that the data presenter will + use to let the user filter records. + + + To actually specify filter conditions in code to pre-filter the records, use the FieldLayout's + or the RecordManager's depending on the + property setting. By default FieldLayout's RecordFilters are used. + + + To check if a data record is filtered out, use the record's property. + GroupByRecord also exposes property, which returns true if all + of its descendant data records are filtered out. + + + Note: In filter record if a field's AllowRecordFiltering is set to false, the filter cell will be disabled. + However it will display the current filter criteria if any. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the user can resize a cell or label in a + + + + + + + + + + In with set to Horizontal, this property governs row sizing. Otherwise it governs column resizing. + + + + + + Specifies if the summary calculation selection UI is enabled for the user to select one or more + summary calculations to perform on field values. + + + + AllowSummaries enables the summary calculation selection UI. A summary icon will be displayed + inside the field label. Note that depending on the theme being used, the icon may get displayed + when hovering the mouse over the field label. When the icon is clicked, it will display the UI for selecting + the type of summary calculation to perform on the field. The calculated summary result will be displayed + in a summary record. The summary result by default is displayed in the summary record at the end of + the record collection however you can control if and where the summary result is displayed by setting + the FieldSettings' property. + + + Also property provides you with options for controlling + whether the summary selection UI allows the user to select only one summary per field as well as + whether summary selection UI is enabled only on numeric fields (see SingleSelectForNumericsOnly + and MultiSelectForNumericsOnly options of the enumeration). + + + To specify summary calculations to perform in code, use the FieldLayout's + property. Also as the user selects summaries, + this collection will be modified to reflect user selected summaries. + + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets what values are considered when autosizing a field. + + +

By default, this property will resolve to None and autosizing via the UI will be disabled. When set to some + other value, the end user may double click on the far edge of a field label or cell to autosize the item based on the contents + as specified by the value of this property.

+

Note: If AllowResize is resolved to false then the end user will not be able to resize the field using the auto size functionality.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value that indicates which records are evaluated when performing an autosize of a field. + + + + + + + + + + + Determines what happens when the user clicks on a field cell + + + + + Gets/sets the relative position of the label to its cell value when the LabelLocation resolves to 'InCells'. + + +

Note: This setting only applies when the is 'InCells'. This setting is ignored when there is a separate header area.

+
+ + +
+ + + The height of the cell in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + This setting is ignored if is 'Vertical' and is not set to 'Fixed', 'IndividuallySizable' or 'SizableSynchronized'. + + + + + + + The maximum height of the cell in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The maximum width of the cell in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The minimum height of the cell in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The minimum width of the cell in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The style for the CellPresenter + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for CellPresenters + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + The style for the CellValuePresenter + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for cells + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Specifies if the group-by fields should be hidden. Default is null which is + resolved to Visible. + + + By default when a field is used to group records, its cells will remain visible. + CellVisibilityWhenGrouped property can be used to control whether the + field remains visible or is collapsed or hidden when records are grouped by it. + You may want to hide the group-by fields since all the values of the group-by fields + are displayed in the group-by records. In that case you can set this property to + either Collapsed or Hidden. + + + + + The width of the cell in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit). + + + + Note that the cell width is restricted to being 6 units or larger. Setting the + CellWidth to a smaller value will result in the cell width of 6. + Also the field cannot be resized via UI smaller than 6 units. However + note that setting property to a smaller value will override + this restriction. + + + Note: This setting is ignored if is 'Horizontal' and + is not set to 'Fixed', + 'IndividuallySizable' or 'SizableSynchronized'. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether Views that support the collapsing of cells should collapse cells associated with a Field when the cells contain empty values (e.g. empty string/null for string, null for nullable types, and 0 for numeric types). + + + + + + + + Determines when the DataItem's property associated with the field will be updated. + + + + Determines when the DataItem's property associated with the Field will be updated. The default is resolved to OnLeaveCell + which only updates the DataItem's property when the user exits edit mode. + + + + + + Returns/sets the maximum number of value changes to maintain for all s associated with the . + + When this property is set to zero, no data value change history will be kept for the . If is set to true, + the event will still be fired, but the property will be null. +

Note: If this property is set a value less than zero, the property will be set to zero.

+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets whether and events should be raised for all s associated with the . + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a value that determines the range of s for which and events will be raised. + + +

must be set to true for this property to take effect.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets/sets a type that will be used to edit the data while in edit mode. + + + This might be used with a field whose underlying datatype is 'string' or 'object' but where it should be edited as another type, e.g. a DateTime or double. +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+
+ +
+ + + Controls how the value of the editor in the cell that's in edit mode is updated when the corresponding data in the + underlying data source is changed. Default value is resolved to UpdateEditValue. + + + + By default when a cell's value changes in the data source, the cell reflects the new value, even if the cell is in + edit mode. If the user is attempting to modify the cell's value, any modifications that the user may have made during + the current edit session of the cell are discarded and the new value from the data source is displayed by the editor. + To change this behavior so the cell that's in edit mode retains its current value when the underlying value in the data + source is changed, set this property to UpdateOriginalValueOnly. This will update the editor's OriginalValue to + the new value, which is used when the user presses Escape key to cancel edit session and revert back to the original + value. This has the end effect of allowing the user to continue editing cell's value without potential interference + from updates to the cell's data in the data source. + + + + + + + The style for the used within a cell + + + The TargetType of the style must me set to a class derived from , otherwise an exception will be thrown. + If either the or Template properties are not set on the style then default templates will be supplied based on look. +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ An Argument exception is thrown if the TargetType of the style is not set to a class derived from ValueEditor. + + + + + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying a style for the used within a cell + + + The TargetType of the style must me set to a class derived from , otherwise an exception will be thrown. + If either the or Template properties are not set on the style then default templates will be supplied based on look. +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ An Argument exception is thrown if the TargetType of the style is not set to a class derived from ValueEditor. + + + + + +
+ + + The type for the used within a cell + + + The Type must be set to a class derived from , otherwise an exception will be thrown. +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+
+ An Argument exception is thrown if the type is not set to a class derived from ValueEditor. + + + + + +
+ + + Specifies the type of search operation to perform in the search textbox of the to filter the items displayed within the tree control of the Excel style filter. + + +

By default, the property is resolved to 'Like' and whose behavior is consistent with the Like operator used in the filter dialog or + filter record. That Like operator is similar to VB Like operator which treats '*' as a wildcard for zero or more characters, '?' as a wildcard + for any single character, '#' as a wildcard for a single numeric digit, etc.

+

Note: This property has no effect on the filter operation performed on the records. It only affects how the text typed into the + search textbox within the is used to filter the unique values within it's tree control which is displays + to allow the end-user to check/uncheck one or more values to define the filter criteria for the field.

+
+ + +
+ + + The style for s which are used to display expanded cells. + + + Note: 's that have a that implements the interface + are expandable by default. However, any can be made expandable by setting its property to true. + Expandable fields have associated s and s to represent them in the UI. When one of these is expanded + its nested content will contain either a if its value implements the IEnumerable interface and is not a string. All + other data types including string will display an . +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying a style for s which are used to display expanded cells. + + + Note: 's that have a that implements the interface + are expandable by default. However, any can be made expandable by setting its property to true. + Expandable fields have associated s and s to represent them in the UI. When one of these is expanded + its nested content will contain either a if its value implements the IEnumerable interface and is not a string. All + other data types including string will display an . +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Determines how an will be expanded. + + + + + + + + + + + Determines how an will display a header. + + + + + + + + + + + The style for ExpandableFieldRecords + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for ExpandableFieldRecords + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + +
+ + + The style for the FilterCellValuePresenter + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + The style for the used within a cell + + + The TargetType of the style must me set to a class derived from , otherwise an exception will be thrown. + If either the or Template properties are not set on the style then default templates will be supplied based on look. +

Refer to the Editors topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of editors.

+

Refer to the Editing Cell Values topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how editing works.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ An Argument exception is thrown if the TargetType of the style is not set to a class derived from ValueEditor. + + + + +
+ + + Specifies the visibility of the filter clear button in the filter cell. Default is resolved to Visible. + + + + FilterClearButtonVisibility property specifies the visibility of the filter clear button in the filter cell. + Also note the property which controls whether + to display filter clear button in the filter record's record selector or the filter cells or both. Note that + the FilterClearButtonVisibility has higher precedence. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the minimum number of checked items in the Excel style filter dropdown at which the values will be grouped into a single condition. + + +

The FilterConditionOptimizationThreshold is used to determine the minimum number of items that need to be checked within the + of the excel style filter dropdown (i.e. when the is LabelIcons and the + resolved is MultiSelectExcelStyle). If this property is set to 0 then the items will never be + grouped into a single condition.

+
+ + +
+ + + Controls when the filters are evalulated whenever the user modifies filter criteria via filter cell. Default is resolved to + OnCellValueChange which applies the filter as you type contents in the filter cell. + + + + Controls when the filters are evalulated whenever the user modifies filter criteria. Default is resolved to + OnCellValueChange which evaluates the filter as the user types contents in the filter cell. + + + This is only applicable to filter record ui (). To control + if filters get re-evaluated on a data record if its data changes, use the + + property. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of dropdown to be displayed in the displayed in the when the resolves to LabelIcons. 'Default' is resolved to SingleSelect. + + + The FilterLabelIconDropDownType property controls the type of dropdown . + Default is resolved to Combo. See + enum for available options. + + + Also note that property controls the list of + operators that are displayed in the operator UI. Setting it to None will hide the operator UI. + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the type of UI to use for the operand portion in a filter cell. Default is resolved to Combo. + + + + FilterOperandUIType property controls the type of UI filter cell exposes. + Default is resolved to Combo. See + enum for available options. + + + Also note that property controls the list of + operators that are displayed in the operator UI. Setting it to None will hide the operator UI. + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the default filter operator. UI for selecting filter operator in filter cell will be initialized + to this value. Default is resolved to StartsWith except for DateTime, Boolean and numeric fields where + it's resolved to Equals. + + + + FilterOperatorDefaultValue property specifies the default filter operator. UI for selecting filter operator + in filter cell is initialized to this value. The user can then change the operator to a different operator via + the operator drop-down in the filter cell. + + + To control which operators are displayed in the operator drop-down list, set the + property. To hide the operator UI, set the FilterDropDownItems to None. + + + Note that you need to enable the filter record functionality by setting the + property to FilterRecord and + to True. This property controls + the initial value of the operator UI in each filter cell of the filter record. When FilterUIType + is set to LabelIcons, this property has no effect. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies which operators to display in the filter operator drop-down. Default set of operators are determined + based on the data type of the field. + + + + FilterOperatorDropDownItems property controls which operators are displayed in the operator + drop-down list in the filter cell. To hide the operator UI, set the FilterDropDownItems to None. + + + FilterOperatorDefaultValue property specifies the default or the initial filter operator value. + The user can then change the operator to a different operator via the operator drop-down. + + + Note that you need to enable the filter record functionality by setting the + property to FilterRecord and + to True. This property controls + the list of available operators in the filter cell of the filter record. When FilterUIType + is set to LabelIcons, this property has no effect as the filter + record and cells are not displayed. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether filters will be case-sensitve or case insensitive. Default is CaseInsensitive. + + + + + Property used for specifying a custom comparer used to compare values as part of the filtering logic. + + + + FilterComparer specifies a comparer that is used to compare field values when evaluating + record filter conditions. + + + Note that the field values are converted to type specified by + before performing comparisons. + + + + + + + + + Property used for specifying a custom evaluator used to evaluate filter comparisons as part of the filtering logic. + + + + FilterEvaluator specifies a IFilterEvaluator interface that is used to evaluate filter comparisons when + evaluating record filter conditions. + + + + + + + + + Allows cell elements to be virtualized even if the cell is using a custom CellValuePresenter that does not contain a ValueEditor. + + +

This property is only evaluated when it is determined that a CellValuePresenter cannot be virtualized. If the + is set to false then this property will not be used.

+

Note: the size of the cell element will be based upon the size within a template record that is not associated with an actual dataitem.

+
+ + +
+ + + Property used for specifying a custom comparer to sort s. + + +

This IComparer instance will be used for sorting group-by records associated with this field if this field were a group-by field.

+ +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Property used for specifying a custom evaluator for group-by records which determines group breaks. + + + The GroupByEvaluator needs to be logically consistent with the sorted order of the s which can be controlled via the or properties. +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Determines how s are grouped + + + If a is specified then this setting is ignored. Otherwise, an internal implementation will be supplied based on the value. + +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + The style for the GroupByRecordPresenter + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for groupBys + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a FieldLength instance that represents the default height of the field. + + + + + + + Determines what action to take when attempting to end edit mode with an invalid value. + + + + + Determines what happens when the user clicks on a field label + + +

Refer to the About Sorting topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+ Note: when using the SortByOneFieldOnlyTriState or SortByMultipleFieldsTriState settings, if the 'Ctrl' key is pressed during a click, or the property is true, then the Field will not cycle thru the unsorted state. Instead it will cycle thru the ascending and descending states only. +
+
+ + + The height of the label in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + This setting is ignored if is 'Vertical' and is not set to 'Fixed', 'IndividuallySizable' or 'SizableSynchronized'. + + + + + + + The maximum height of the label in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The maximum width of the label in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The minimum height of the label in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The minimum width of the label in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + + + The style for the label + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + +
+ + + A callback used for supplying styles for labels + + +

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines how text is aligned within the LabelPresenter. + + +

Note: This setting only applies if the 's is a string and the ContentTemplate property of is not set.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines how text is trimmed within the LabelPresenter if there isn't enough space to display it entirely. + + +

Note: This setting only applies if the 's is a string and the ContentTemplate property of is not set.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines whether text is wrapped within the LabelPresenter if there isn't enough width to display it on a single line. + + +

Note: This setting only applies if the 's is a string and the ContentTemplate property of is not set.

+
+ + + +
+ + + The width of the label in device-independent units (1/96th inch per unit) + + + Note that the label width is restricted to being 6 units or larger. Setting the + LabelWidth to a smaller value will result in the label width of 6. + Also the field cannot be resized via UI smaller than 6 units. However + note that setting property to a smaller value will override + this restriction. + + This setting is ignored if is 'Horizontal' and is not set to 'Fixed', 'IndividuallySizable' or 'SizableSynchronized'. + + + + + + + Determines if values are refreshed when a notification is received that a change has occured for a DataRecord but the notification doesn't specify which field value has been changed. + + + Note: non-specific notifications can be received in one of 2 ways. The first is if the parent list implements and raises + a ListChanged event with a of 'ItemChanged' and a null PropertyDescriptor. The second way is if the data item implements and + raises a PropertyChanged event with a null or empty 'PropertyName'. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to display field error information provided by the IDataErrorInfo + implementation of the underlying data items from the bound data source. Default value + is resolved based on the FieldLayoutSettings' + property setting. + + + + SupportDataErrorInfo property specifies whether to display field error information provided + by the data items associated with data records. Data items provide error information by + implementing IDataErrorInfo interface. The interface provides error information for + the the entire data item as well as for each individual field. This property controls whether + the data presenter displays the field error in the associated cell. + + + Default value of this property is resolved based on the value of FieldLayoutSettings' + property. If it's set to a value + that displays cell error information, then this property will be resolved to True. + + + + + + Property used for specifying a custom comparer used to sort s. + + +

Refer to the About Sorting topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Determines how DataRecords are sorted + + +

Refer to the About Sorting topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Specifies if and where summaries associated with this field are displayed. + Default is resolved to TopLevelOnly and InGroupByRecords. + + + + SummaryDisplayArea property controls if and where summary calculation results for this + field are displayed. You can also specify summary display area for individual summaries by + setting 's property. + + + By default this property is resolved to TopLevelOnly and InGroupByRecords, which + means that the summaries will be displayed in each group-by record (if there are group-by records) + and for the top level records. See enum for more information. + + + To enable the UI that lets the user select summary calculations to perform on fields, set the + FieldSettings' property. See + for more information. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies options for the summary selection user interface. + + + + SummaryUIType property is used to specify various options for summary selection UI. + See for more information. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a FieldLength instance that represents the default width of the field. + + + + + + + An object that exposes properties for controlling the features supported by the . The GridView object is used by and + + +

By manipulating properties on the GridViewSettings object you can control how the or arranges items.

+

The properties exposed by the GridViewSettings object are: +

    +
  • - Returns/sets a value that determinnes whether the last record can scroll all the way to the top.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets a value that is used as default for the height of the control implementing the view when used in a container with infinite height available.
  • +
  • - Determines the orientation of records.
  • +
  • - Returns/sets a value that is used as default for the width of the control implementing the view when used in a container with infinite width available.
  • +
  • - Determines whether a single is used to arrange records or whether multiple panels are used.
  • +
+ Refer to the documentation contained within for a complete list of the properties supported by this class and the functionality enabled by each property. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Creates an instance of GridViewSettings. + + + + + + + +

The will automatically create an instance of this class when its property is accessed. + You can also create one manually and assign it to the 's property of one or more instances of if needed.

+
+
+ + + Called when the control that owns this derived object has its OnInitialized method called. + + + + + Resets all properties to their default values. + + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Returns/sets whether the last record can scroll all the way to the top. + + + Note: in a horizontal this property determines if the last record can scroll all the + way to the left. It is false by default which means that avaialable space is filled with as many records as can fit. + + true to allow the last record to scroll all the way to the top or false to try to fill all available space with records. The default is false. + + + + + Returns/sets a value that is used as default for the height of the control implementing the view when used in a container with infinite height available. + + +

Certain controls such as and make an infinite amount of height and width available to the controls they contain. + If you place a control that implements a GridView (e.g., or with a set to an instance of ) inside one of these controls you may want to set this property to constrain the + height of the control to a convenient value. If you don't set this property a default height of will be used.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines the orientation of records. + + + + + Returns/sets a value that is used as default for the width of the control implementing the view when used in a container with infinite width available. + + +

Certain controls such as and make an infinite amount of height and width available to the controls they contain. + If you place a control that implements a GridView (e.g., or with a set to an instance of ) inside one of these controls you may want to set this property to constrain the + width of the control to a convenient value. If you don't set this property a default width of will be used.

+
+ +
+ + + Determines how items panels are used to display hierarchical data. + + + Note: setting this property to 'False' is more performant with deep nested structures + (e.g. with hierarchical data and/or multiple groupby fields) since it uses a single + to arrange s. However, it can not make use of each 's and therefore will + not pick up any chrome or animations relating to that nested content. + + + + + + + ToolTip class used to display information about the top record when is set to DeferredWithScrollTips. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the IsInRecordScrollTip" attached inherited readonly dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'IsInRecordScrollTip' attached inherited readonly property + + + + + + Represents the hierarchy of information + + + + + Creates a ScrollTipInfo based on the supplied top record. Resolves the top record to the true top + record if necessary (i.e., finds the top record's ultimate parent record). + + + + + + + Returns the record associated with this instance. + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Returns the scroll tip info for the descendants of the record for which the scroll tip is being displayed. + + + + + Summary calculator for calculating the average. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of SumSummaryCalculator. + + + + + Processes individual piece of data value. + + Data value to process into calculation + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + The record associated with the data value. + + + This method is called for each data value that is to be aggregated into the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult and record parameters are for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to look at them or take them into account for calculation purposes. + The dataValue should suffice for most purposes. + + + + + + Starts summary calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + + + This method is called to start calculation of a summary for a particular set of data (associated + with the records parameter). Typically you initialize any member variables in this method. + For example, for a calculator that performs summation, you would initialize the sum member variable + to 0. In , you would add each value to the sum. In , + you would return the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Indicates whether this summary calculator can use objects of the specified data type + as source values for the calculation. + + Data type + Returns true if the specified data type is supported + + + Indicates whether this calculator supports specified data type. Sum for + example supports only numeric types. Where as Maximum supports all data + types that implement IComparable. + + + + + + Called after all the data has been aggregated into the calculation to return the result of the calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + Result of the calculation. + + + This method is called after all the data has been aggregated via method calls. + It returns the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Description of the summary calculator. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI as a tooltip + on the item that represents this summary calculator. + + + + + + Returns the display name of the summary calculator. This will be displayed in the UI. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI to indentify to + the user what type of summary calculation this is. + + + + + + + Returns the name of the summary calculator. This identifies the summary calculator. + + + Name property uniquely identifies the summary calculator. + also returns the name of the summary calculator however DisplayName is used in the + user interface to denote this calculator. + + + + + + Summary calculator for counting number of non-empty data items. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of CountSummaryCalculator. + + + + + Processes individual piece of data value. + + Data value to process into calculation + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + The record associated with the data value. + + + This method is called for each data value that is to be aggregated into the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult and record parameters are for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to look at them or take them into account for calculation purposes. + The dataValue should suffice for most purposes. + + + + + + Starts summary calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + + + This method is called to start calculation of a summary for a particular set of data (associated + with the records parameter). Typically you initialize any member variables in this method. + For example, for a calculator that performs summation, you would initialize the sum member variable + to 0. In , you would add each value to the sum. In , + you would return the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Indicates whether this summary calculator can use objects of the specified data type + as source values for the calculation. + + Data type + Returns true if the specified data type is supported + + + Indicates whether this calculator supports specified data type. Sum for + example supports only numeric types. Where as Maximum supports all data + types that implement IComparable. + + + + + + Called after all the data has been aggregated into the calculation to return the result of the calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + Result of the calculation. + + + This method is called after all the data has been aggregated via method calls. + It returns the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Description of the summary calculator. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI as a tooltip + on the item that represents this summary calculator. + + + + + + Returns the display name of the summary calculator. This will be displayed in the UI. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI to indentify to + the user what type of summary calculation this is. + + + + + + + Returns the name of the summary calculator. This identifies the summary calculator. + + + Name property uniquely identifies the summary calculator. + also returns the name of the summary calculator however DisplayName is used in the + user interface to denote this calculator. + + + + + + Summary calculator for calculating the maximum. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of SumSummaryCalculator. + + + + + Processes individual piece of data value. + + Data value to process into calculation + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + The record associated with the data value. + + + This method is called for each data value that is to be aggregated into the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult and record parameters are for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to look at them or take them into account for calculation purposes. + The dataValue should suffice for most purposes. + + + + + + Starts summary calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + + + This method is called to start calculation of a summary for a particular set of data (associated + with the records parameter). Typically you initialize any member variables in this method. + For example, for a calculator that performs summation, you would initialize the sum member variable + to 0. In , you would add each value to the sum. In , + you would return the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Indicates whether this summary calculator can use objects of the specified data type + as source values for the calculation. + + Data type + Returns true if the specified data type is supported + + + Indicates whether this calculator supports specified data type. Sum for + example supports only numeric types. Where as Maximum supports all data + types that implement IComparable. + + + + + + Called after all the data has been aggregated into the calculation to return the result of the calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + Result of the calculation. + + + This method is called after all the data has been aggregated via method calls. + It returns the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Description of the summary calculator. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI as a tooltip + on the item that represents this summary calculator. + + + + + + Returns the display name of the summary calculator. This will be displayed in the UI. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI to indentify to + the user what type of summary calculation this is. + + + + + + + Returns the name of the summary calculator. This identifies the summary calculator. + + + Name property uniquely identifies the summary calculator. + also returns the name of the summary calculator however DisplayName is used in the + user interface to denote this calculator. + + + + + + Summary calculator for calculating the total. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of SumSummaryCalculator. + + + + + Processes individual piece of data value. + + Data value to process into calculation + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + The record associated with the data value. + + + This method is called for each data value that is to be aggregated into the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult and record parameters are for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to look at them or take them into account for calculation purposes. + The dataValue should suffice for most purposes. + + + + + + Starts summary calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + + + This method is called to start calculation of a summary for a particular set of data (associated + with the records parameter). Typically you initialize any member variables in this method. + For example, for a calculator that performs summation, you would initialize the sum member variable + to 0. In , you would add each value to the sum. In , + you would return the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Indicates whether this summary calculator can use objects of the specified data type + as source values for the calculation. + + Data type + Returns true if the specified data type is supported + + + Indicates whether this calculator supports specified data type. Sum for + example supports only numeric types. Where as Maximum supports all data + types that implement IComparable. + + + + + + Called after all the data has been aggregated into the calculation to return the result of the calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + Result of the calculation. + + + This method is called after all the data has been aggregated via method calls. + It returns the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Description of the summary calculator. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI as a tooltip + on the item that represents this summary calculator. + + + + + + Returns the display name of the summary calculator. This will be displayed in the UI. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI to indentify to + the user what type of summary calculation this is. + + + + + + + Returns the name of the summary calculator. This identifies the summary calculator. + + + Name property uniquely identifies the summary calculator. + also returns the name of the summary calculator however DisplayName is used in the + user interface to denote this calculator. + + + + + + Summary calculator for calculating the total. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of SumSummaryCalculator. + + + + + Processes individual piece of data value. + + Data value to process into calculation + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + The record associated with the data value. + + + This method is called for each data value that is to be aggregated into the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult and record parameters are for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to look at them or take them into account for calculation purposes. + The dataValue should suffice for most purposes. + + + + + + Starts summary calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + + + This method is called to start calculation of a summary for a particular set of data (associated + with the records parameter). Typically you initialize any member variables in this method. + For example, for a calculator that performs summation, you would initialize the sum member variable + to 0. In , you would add each value to the sum. In , + you would return the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Indicates whether this summary calculator can use objects of the specified data type + as source values for the calculation. + + Data type + Returns true if the specified data type is supported + + + Indicates whether this calculator supports specified data type. Sum for + example supports only numeric types. Where as Maximum supports all data + types that implement IComparable. + + + + + + Called after all the data has been aggregated into the calculation to return the result of the calculation. + + SummaryResult object for which the summary is being calculated. + Result of the calculation. + + + This method is called after all the data has been aggregated via method calls. + It returns the result of the calculation. + + + Note that summaryResult parameter is for extra context only + and typically it's not necessary to use it or take it into account for calculation purposes. + + + + + + Description of the summary calculator. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI as a tooltip + on the item that represents this summary calculator. + + + + + + Returns the display name of the summary calculator. This will be displayed in the UI. + + + + Note: This will be displayed in the summary calculator selection UI to indentify to + the user what type of summary calculation this is. + + + + + + + Returns the name of the summary calculator. This identifies the summary calculator. + + + Name property uniquely identifies the summary calculator. + also returns the name of the summary calculator however DisplayName is used in the + user interface to denote this calculator. + + + + + + Describes a summary to calculate. + + + + A SummaryDefinition object describes summary calculation to perform on values of a perticular field. + It contains information on what type of calculation to perform (whether sum, average etc...) via its + property. It also has various properties like + and that control + where the calculation results are displayed. + + + Add one or more instance of this object to FieldLayout's collection to + summarize data. The calculation results are stored in objects. Summary results can be + accessed via RecordCollection's property. + + + To enable the user interface that lets the user summarize data, set the FieldSettings' + and properties. + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Overridden. Called when a property's value changes. + + Event args that contains information on property value change. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the Calculator property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Calculator property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayArea property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayArea property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the StringFormat property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the StringFormat property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the StringFormatProvider property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the StringFormatProvider property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the Key property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Key property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the Position property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Position property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the PositionFieldName property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the PositionFieldName property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the SourceFieldName property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SourceFieldName property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ToolTip property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ToolTip property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Recalculates the summary. + + + + + Specifies the type of summary calculation to perform. + + + + Built-in summary calculators are provided via static , + , , + and static + properties of class. + + + You can also set this property to a custom summary calculator. To specify a custom summary calculation + logic by deriving a class from SummaryCalculator and overriding methods to provide custom calculation logic. + + + + + + Get/sets the calculation settings related with this summary definition. This information is used for exposing cell summary data to a XamCalculationManager's network. + + + Note: this property will be ignored unless 's is set. + + Note: To format the result of the formula, specify the property. + + + Note: If you specify on the + CalculationSettings then and properties must not + be specified. Otherwise the Formula setting will be ignored and SourceField and Calculator settings + will be honored. They are exclusive. You can either use the XamCalculationManager's formula calculation + functionality for the summary or the built-in summary calculators for a summary. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies if and where the summary is displayed. + Default is resolved to TopLevelOnly and InGroupByRecords. + + + + DisplayArea property controls if and where summary calculation results for this + field are displayed. It's a flags enum type (see ) so + you can specify multiple display areas where the summary should be displayed. + You can also specify summary display area on a field basis by setting FieldSettings' + property. + + + By default this property is resolved to TopLevelOnly and InGroupByRecords, which + means that the summaries will be displayed in each group-by record (if there are group-by records) + and for the top level records. See enum for more information. + + + To enable the UI that lets the user select summary calculations to perform on fields, set the + FieldSettings' property. See + for more information. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the summary will be hidden or not in the display area (specified via ) of the summary. Default value is True. + + + + + + Specifies the format to use to when displaying the summary result's value. + + + + StringFormat specifies the format to use when displaying the summary result's value. + The resulting value is returned by the SummaryResult's property. + + + String format is used with the String.Format method to format the summary value. This + lets you specify any arbitrary text inside the format. String.Format method is called with + summary result's value, sumamry calculator name (Sum, Average etc...), summary definition's key, + and the source field name as parameters. This means that you can refer to any of these values + inside the format you specify using {0}, {1}, {2} and {3} respectively. + + + The default value of this property is "{1} = {0}". + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the format provider to use when formatting the result of the summary. + + + StringFormatProvider along with the properties are used + to format the summary result for displaying. See for more information. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the key of this SummaryDefinition object. + + + + Key property is used to attach an identifier to a SummaryDefinition. This key + can later be used to access the from the + or the associated from the . + + + + + + + + Returns the collection if any that this SummaryDefinition instance belongs to. + + + + + Specifies whether the summary results are displayed aligned with the field + or whether they are displayed left, center or right of the summary record. + + + + By default summaries are displayed in the summary record aligned with the source + field. You can use Position along with PositionFieldName properties + to change this behavior and instead display the summary under a different field + or display the summary left, center or right part of the summary record. + + + NOTE: If you want to control the visibility and display area of the + summaries then use the property. + + + + + + + + + Specifies a different field other than the source field under which to position the summary result. + + + + If property is set to UseSummaryPositionField, then the summary + will be positioned under this field inside the summary record. If this property is not set, it will + be positioned under the field specified by SourceFieldName. + + + + + + Specifies the name of the field that will be summarized. This is the field whose cell + values will be used in the summary calculation. + + + + + + + + Specifies the tooltip to display when the mouse is hovered over the associated summary result. + + + + ToolTip specifies the tooltip to display when the mouse is hovered over the associated summary result. + Note that you can specify a string value as a value for this property. + + + + + + + Gets the associated field-layout. + + + + + Returns true if Formula is set on the calculation settings. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing a ConditionGroup. + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing dependency objects. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + A collection of objects. + + + + To specify summaries, use the FieldLayout's property. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of object. + + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts the specified to in the collection. + + Location in the collection at which to insert the item. + The item to insert. + + + + Overridden. Called when the collection changes. + + Event args + + + + Removes the item at the specified index in the collection. + + Index of the item to remove. + + + + Adds a new summary. + + The key of the summary which later can be used to identify the summary. + The calculator to use for summarizing data. + The field whose data will be summarized. + Returns the added summary. + + + + + Adds a new summary. + + The calculator to use for summarizing data. + The field whose data will be summarized. + Returns the added summary. + + + + + Returns true if a summary with the specified key exists in the collection. + + Key of the summary to check if it exists in the collection. + True if the summary exists, false otherwise. + + + + Recalculates summaries. + + + + + Gets the summary by that key. + + Key to search for + SummaryDefinition object in this collection with the specified key or null if none found + + + + Returns the summaries that use the specified calculator and source field. Either parameter + is optional in which case that criteria will not be used for match. + + Calculator to match - optional. + Source field to match - optional. + Returns the matching summaries. + + + + Called when an item is added or removed from this collection. + + Item that's added or removed. + If true the item was added, false otherwise. + + + + Recalculates summaries with calculators that are affected by sort. + + + + + Gets the summary with the specified key. + + + SummaryDefinition object with the specified key. + + + You can associate a object with a key using + its property. + + + + + + Gets the associated that this collection belongs to. + + + + FieldLayout property returns the associated that this + belongs to. + + + + + + + This version is incremented whenever the collection is changed. + + + + + For internal use only. May get removed in future builds. + + + + + Object used to specify the FieldLayoutSettings' property. + + + SpecialRecordOrder is used to specify the order in which summary record and add record + are displayed inside the data grid. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns true if the AddRecord property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the AddRecord property to its default state. + + + + + Returns true if the FilterRecord property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FilterRecord property to its default state. + + + + + Returns true if the SummaryRecord property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SummaryRecord property to its default state. + + + + + Specifies the order of add-record in relation to other special records. Default value is -1. + + + + AddRecord along with other properties of this object determine the order + in which special records are displayed inside each record collection. Special + records with lower order value will be displayed before the special records + with higher order value. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the order of filter record in relation to other special records. Default value is -1. + + + + FilterRecord along with other properties of this object determine the order + in which special records are displayed inside each record collection. Special + records with lower order value will be displayed before the special records + with higher order value. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the order of summary record in relation to other special records. Default value is -1. + + + + SummaryRecord along with other properties of this object determine the order + in which special records are displayed inside each record collection. Special + records with lower order value will be displayed before the special records + with higher order value. + + + + + + + + + Holds context information for summary record display area. + + + + + Constructor. Context will match any summary whose summary display area intersects with matchAny. + + + + + + Constructor. Context will match any summary whose summary display area intersects with matchAny + and is supertset of matchAll. A summary settings is said to match the + context if it's resolved summary display are doesn't have any bit from the matchNone. + + + + + + + + + Overridden. Returns true if the specified object equals this object. + + Object to compare. + True if objects are equal. + + + + Overridden. Returns the hash code. + + Returns the hash code. + + + + Returns filters results that match this display area context. + + Results to filter + Matching results + + + + Returns true if the DisplayArea is either Bottom or BottomFixed. + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayArea is either Top or TopFixed. + + + + + Returns true if the summaries footer is contained in a group-by row. + + + + + Holds context information for summary result positioning within a summary record. + + + + + Returns filters results that match this summary position context. + + Results to filter + Matching results + + + + Summary record displays summary results. + + + + SummaryRecord displays summary results of a record collection. It's displayed + either above or below the data records based on the + property setting. + + + RecordCollection's property can be + used to access summary calculation results for that record collection. To actually + add summaries in code, use the FieldLayout's + property. + + + Note that SummaryRecord object is not involved in displaying summary results inside each + group-by record element. + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Field layout of the summary record + Parent record collection + Single display area associated with this summary record + + + + Creates a new element to represent this record in a record list control. + + Returns a new element to be used for representing this record in a record list control. + + + + Returns the associated record from the UI during a print or export operation. + + + Note: during a print or export operation clones of records are made that are used only during the operation. This method returns the source record this record was cloned from. + + The associated record from the UI DataPresenter or null. + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Gets the summary results that are displayed under the specified field. + + Position field. + Whether to return a collection that implements + INotifyCollectionChanged so whenever summaries are added/removed, the collection + sends out appropriate notifications. + Summaries displayed under the specified field. + + + + If the specified header is a template (not ControlTemplate, just a string with special + tokens that are placeholders) then fills in the placeholders in the template and returns it. + + Summary record header. + Returns the resolved header value. + + + + Gets/sets the description for the record. + + + + + Property: Returns false since the record cannot be activated + + + + + Overridden. Returns false since the summary record is not selectable. + + + + + Overridden. Returns true since the summary record is a special record. + + + + + Returns the type of the record (read-only). + + + + + Returns the resolved summary record header content. + + + + SummaryRecordHeaderResolved returns the resolved summary record header text + based on the settings of SummaryResultCollection's + and FieldLayout's and + properties. See + for more information on how + this property's default value is resolved. + + + Note: To actually set the summary record header's contents, use + and + or + properties. To hide the summary record header, set these properties to empty string (String.Empty). + + + + + + + + + Returns the summary results that will be displayed in this summary record. + + + + SummaryResults property returns the summary calculation results that will + be displayed in this summary record. To get all calculated summary results for a + particular record collection, use the RecordCollectionBase's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the summary display area context for this summary record. It describes where + this summary record is supposed to go - top, top-fixed, bottom, bottom-fixed. + + + + + Returns the resolved summary record header template without replacing the placeholder tokens + with their associated values. + + + + + Returns a resolved value indivating whether the summary record's header should be visible. + + + + + Value converter for converting a to a that is used by the LabelPresenter to correctly align the label text and SortIndicator based on the Field's LabelTextAlignment setting. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Converts a to a . + + The TextAlignment value to be convertered to a HorizontalAlignment value. + The type the converter is to create. This must be a . + No parameter is expected. + This parameter is not used. + A + + + + This method is not implemented for this converter. + + is always returned. + + + + An enumerator calss for recursively enumerating records. + + + + + Sprase list implementation that uses hash table to store owner data. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. + + Owning sparse list + + + + Parser for parsing strings like "sum: TOTAL={0:c}, average: AVG={0:c}, count: COUNT={0}". + + + + + Provides necessary information to the ObjectSerializerBase for serializing and deserializing an object using reflection. + It only serializes public properties. + + + + + Constructor. + + Type of objects that this serialization info will serialize. + Used to create the object when deserializing. If null then public parameterless constructor will be used. + Specifies whether to serialize null values. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Class used for converting cell values to cell display texts. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + Returns true to indicate that the cell value comparisons should be + done using cell texts. + + + + + Returns true to indicate that when exporting cell values (to excel exporter for example) + use the cell's text instead of the value. + + + + + Returns true to indicate that the records should be sorted by + the cell texts instead of cell values. + + + + + Custom comparer for instances that compares using the and comparers. + + + + + Custom comparer for instances that compares using the for fields in the same layout - otherwise using the index of the owning field layout. + + + + + Custom comparer for instances that uses the for records in the same collection the otherwise. + + + + + Contains a list of data records and a list of fields that represent a block of cells + that's currently visible in the data presenter. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Caches the visible data blocks that we passed into the last CellsInViewChanged event args + on the data presenter to prevent us from unneccesarily raising the event again if the + data in view hasn't changed. + + Data presenter. + The list of visible data blocks. + + + + Returns a new list of VisibleDataBlock objects that descrive cells currently in view. + + Data presenter. + Collection of VisibleDataBlock instances. + + + + List of fields that are visible. + + + + + Records from this record manager are included in the list. + + + + + List of records that are visible. + + + + + This is used to cache the information that we passed along in the event args the last time + we raised the CellsInViewChanged event. When the display changes, we need to make sure the + set of cells are different from the last time we raised that event in order to raise the + event again. + + + + + Class used to provide information for fixed fields within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the smallest extent for a page scroll operation based on the current viewport extent. + + + + + Returns or sets the total extent available for the elements. + + + + + + Returns/sets the outermost element that contains the Fixed area. + + + + + Returns or sets the fixed scroll offset. + + + + + + Returns or sets the extent of the viewport of the fixed area. + + + + + + Specifies the value associated with the group. + + + + + Specifies the number of sub-groups if any. + + + + Whether a group has sub-groups depends on whether there's another group-by field in the + associated 's collection + after the group-by field associated with this group. If there are no other group-by fields + after the current group's group-by field, then this value will be ignored. + + + + + + Specifies the number of child data records this group has. + + + + This value is used for the purposes of deriving a default description for the group-by record. + + + + + + Description to display in the group-by record. + + + + + Gets or sets tag object. + + + + + Returns the child group count if there's a level below otherwise returns the child data record count. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated group-by record. + + + + + Enum for specifying property. + + + + + Default is resolved to Auto. + + + + + Sorting operation is done internally by the data presenter. The data presenter sorts its record collection. + + + + + The data presenter will take no actions when the user sorts a field. This option is useful if you want to + externally perform the sorting operation on the data source. You can use the data presenter’s + or event to get notified + of change in the sorted fields and take appropriate action to sort the data source. + + + + + If the underlying data source is ICollectionView, the data presenter will manipulate the + ICollectionView's SortedDescriptions to reflect the sort critieria chosen by the user. It will + also synchronize its to reflect the ICollectionView's + SortDescriptions, however only for the root field-layout. + + + + Note that if the ICollectionView's SortDescriptions contains an entry that does not + have a corresponding field in the data presenter, the entry will be removed upon any changes + made in the sorting criteria via the data presenter UI. + + + + + + Enum for specifying property. + + + + + Default is resolved to Internal. + + + + + Filtering operation is done internally by the data presenter. + + + + + The data presenter will take no actions when the user selects filter criteria. This option is useful if you + want to externally apply filtering to the data source. You can use the data presenter’s + and + events to get notified when the filter criteria is changed by the user and take + appropriate action to filter the underlying data list. Furthermore, the data presenter will not populate the + filter drop-down list with unique list of items. You’ll need to hook into the RecordFilterDropDownPopulating + event and populate the filter drop-down list with unique values that the user can select, assuming you wish + to present to the user such a list of unique values. + + + + + If the underlying data source is ICollectionView, the data presenter will utilize the ICollectionView's + Filter property to perform the filtering operation. Note that the Filter property will be reset to a + predicate created by the data presenter when the end user selects a filter criteria through the data presenter + UI. + + + + + Enum for specifying property. + + + + + Default is resolved to Auto. + + + + + Grouping operation is done internally by the data presenter. + + + + + If the underlying data source is ICollectionView, the data presenter will utilize the ICollectionView's + GroupDescriptions property to perform the grouping operation. The data presenter will manipulate the + GroupDescriptions property to reflect the group-by fields in the FieldLayout's + collection. The data presenter will also synchronize its + SortedFields to reflect the group-by fields in the ICollectionView's GroupDescriptions property, + however only for the root field-layout. + + + + Note that any entry in the ICollectionView's GroupDescriptions that doesn't have a corresponding + field in the data presenter will be removed. + + + + + + Enum for specifying property. + + + + + Default is resolved to Internal. + + + + + Summaries are calculated internally by the data presenter. + + + + + The data presenter will not calculate summary values. You’ll have to perform the calculation and + provide the result via the data presenter’s event. + + + + + Uses LINQ for calculating summaries. Note that the underlying data items and the data source must + support LINQ. If LINQ is not supported then summaries will not be calculated. + + + + Note that the property will not be supported. + CalculationScope defaults to FilteredSortedList which will be the behavior of using this option. + The non-default options of CalculationScope (FullUnsortedList and FullSortedList) + will not be supported. + + + + + + Synchronizes the destination list with the source list. + + + + + Creates TDest item for the corresponding source item and initializes it. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Returns true if the specified item matches the specified condition. + + + + + + + + Performs query on the list and returns the results. + + Specifies the query criteria. + Results of the query. + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified two conditions using logical And operator. + If x or y is null then returns the non-null condition without creating a new condition. + + + + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified three conditions using logical And operator. + If a condition is null then combines the other non-null conditions. + + + + + + + + + If the specified list is not a generic IEnumerable<T> where T is the same type or a derived type as the this.List element type, + then creates a this.List element type typed enumerable instance that wraps the specified list. + + + + + + + Returns the list element type. + + List whose element type to get. + If element type cannot be determined from list and it's a collection view then + determine it from the collection view's source collection. + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified two conditions using logical Or operator. + If x or y is null then returns the non-null condition without creating a new condition. + + + + + + + + Creates a new condition that combines the specified three conditions using logical Or operator. + If a condition is null then combines the other non-null conditions. + + + + + + + + + Performs query on the specified list and returns the results. + + List to perform the query against. Note that the list + must contain the same types of items as the list associated with this query manager. + Specifies the query criteria. + Results of the query. + + + + Gets the associated list against which the queries will be done. + + + + + Gets the type of items in the list. + + + + + Base class for linq instructions like OrderBy. + + + + + Constructor. + + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + Name of the field that's to be ordered by. + Inner statement. + Whether to order descending or ascending. + + + + Constructor. + + Name of the field that's to be select. + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + Whether to get the first element or the last element. + If true then null is returned if there are no elements. If false, an exception is raised + if there are no elements. + Filter condition. + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + One of Sum, Average, Count, Min or Max. The value is case sensitive. + Field name to summarize. + Inner statement. + + + + Constructor. + + LHS field. + RHS field. + Binary operator. + + + + Constructor. + + LHS field. + + + + Gets or sets the logical operator with which the conditions are to be combined. Default value is 'And'. + + + + + A control that sits within a and virtualizes the creation of the contained cells. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Gets the cell element at the specified index. + + Index of the element in the + The child at the specified index. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Helper method to normalize a given drag point such that the point would be over the same elements if they were not fixed. + + Mouse point relative to the panel. + + + + Calculates the extent to the right edge of the record area. We needed this since we cannot use + the full scrollable extent. + + + + + Calculates the resulting scrollable area extent if a splitter drag operation for the specified fields was to be processed. + + A list of the fields whose fixed state is being changed + The type of splitter being moved + An out parameter indicating if the resulting layout would have any scrollable fields. + + + + Gets the origin/span of a given area. + + The fixed area for which the position is being requested + A field position that encompasses the entire area + + + + Returns the associated field layout. + + + + + Returns true if this panel displays headers (in the mode where headers and cells are separate). + + + + + Returns the associated record. + + + + + Gets an enumerator for logical child elements in this panel. + + + + + Gets the number of child elements for the panel. + + + + + A control that sits within a and virtualizes the creation of the contained cells. + + + + + The associated Field + + + + + The current fixed state of the element within the panel. This may differ from the Field's FixedLocation + + + + + The portion of the element that would be in view. + + + + + The associated element or null if one has not been created for the field + + + + + The position of the element. This differs from the CellRect where the CellRect is the + logical cell where as the ElementRect is the actual rect at which the cell could be + positioned within that logical cell which may be smaller or larger than the CellRect. + + + + + A derived class that wraps and arranges items in an array of elements that are organized into rows and columns. + + + + + + + Creates an instance of the CardViewPanel. + + +

Note: For Infragistics internal use only. An instance of this control is automatically created by the XamDataCards and XamDataPresenter + controls when needed. You should never have to create an instance of this control directly.

+
+
+ + + Gets any explicit constraints for a container + + The container in question. + The current state of the container. + A object or null. + + + + Determines the horizontal alignment of the complete block of visible tiles within the control. + + + + + Gets the amount of spacing between tiles in a specific state. + + True for vertical spacing, false for horzontal spacing. + The state of the tiles. + + + + Returns true if scrolling is deferred until the scroll thumb is released. + + + + + Gets the maximum number of colums to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + + + Gets the maximum number of rows to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + + + Gets the minimum number of colums to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + + + Gets the minimum number of rows to use when arranging tiles in 'Normal' mode.. + + + + + Determines how a tile> animates from one location to another. + + + Note: this property will be ignored if returns 'False'. + + + + + Gets/sets whether tiles will animate to their new position and size + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether scrolling in the specified orientation can be deferred. + + Orientation of the scrollbar whose thumb is being dragged. + ScrollViewer whose scroll thumb is being dragged. + Returns true if the panel could support deferred scrolling in the specified orientation. + + + + Get the amount of space between the panel and the area where the tiles are arranged. + + + + + Determines how the panel will layout the tiles. + + + + + Determines the vertical alignment of the complete block of visible tiles within the control. + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + + + + + + Called when the user has initiated a scrolling operation by dragging the scroll thumb. + + + Note: This method will only be called if returns true. + + This is a convenient place for derived classes to create a ToolTip to use as a scroll tip. The method will be called when the user stops dragging the scroll thumb. + + cref=""/> + cref=""/> + + + + Called when the user has completed a scroll thumb drag operation by releasing the mouse. + + + Note: This method will only be called if returns true. + + This is a convenient place for derived classes to cleanup a ToolTip previously created in OnDeferredScrollingStarted. + + cref=""/> + cref=""/> + + + + Called when the scroll position changes while we are in deferred drag mode. + + + Note: This method will only be called if returns true. + + cref=""/> + cref=""/> + cref=""/> + + + + Called when a property has changed. + + Information about the property that was changed. + + + + Called when animations have completed after the items in view have changed + + + + + Called during animations to reposition, resize elements. + + + Note: derived classeds must override this method to update the RenderTransform for the container + + The element being moved. + The original location of the element before the animation started. + The current location of the element. + The target location of the element once the animation has completed. + Any addition offset to apply to the current rect. + A number used during a resize animation where 0 repreents the starting size and 1 represents the ending size. + True is called during the initial arrange pass. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Called when elements are about to be cleaned up. Return true to allow cleanup, false to prevent cleanup. + + + + + Returns/set the object for this . + + + + + + Comparer used for sorting ItemInfoBase instances based on their rects, top to bottom, left to right. + + + + + Content control derived class used by the (and 's ) to serve as a container (wrapper) for each item in the list. + + +

A is used within a (and 's ) to arrange items in the list. + The wraps each of its child items in a CardViewCard element. The wrapper serves as a convenient + place to store state (required by the ) for each of its child items. You will not normally need to interact with this element but you should + be aware of its existence in case you have code that needs to traverse the control's visual tree.

+

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the (or 's + when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Constructor provided to allow creation in design tools for template and style editing. + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the (or 's when needed. + You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Override to make sure the card gets mouse messages regardless of whether its background is transparent or not. + + + + +

+ This method is overridden on this class to make sure the card gets mouse messages + regardless of whether its background is transparent or not. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Called when the value of a property changes. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called when the property value changes. + + The old header value + The new header value + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns a value that indicates whether the control handles scrolling. + + True to indicate that scrolling will be handled by the containing DataPresenterBase control. + + + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + + + + + Returns/sets the Visibility of a button in the Card header which can be clicked by the end user to collapse a Card so it shows its header only. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Visibility of a button in the Card header which can be clicked by the end user to collapse cells that contain empty values (e.g. empty string/null for string, null for nullable types, and 0 for numeric types). + + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the property has been set. + + + + + + + Gets/sets an object that will appear in the header of this card. + + A header object or the default value of null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets/sets the format of the card header + + + + + + Gets/sets the template used to display the content of the card's header. + + + + + + Gets/sets a selector to allow the application writer to assign different header templates for each card. + + A DataTemplateSelector object or the default value of null. + + + + + Returns/sets the Visibiolity of the Card's Header. + + + + + + Returns true if the associated is an Add record. (read only) + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the associated is active. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the CardViewCard is collapsed to show only its header and not its content. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the associated is a Filter record. (read only) + + + + + + Returns whether the record content opacity is reduced (readonly) + + + Note: this property is only set to true when the property is true and the returns 'Disable' or 'ReduceOpacity'. + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether the associated is selected. + + + + + + Returns/sets whether s contained in this should be collapsed if they contain empty values. + + + + + + A derived control that uses a and an associated to arrange s inside 'cards' which are organized in a tabular layout. + + +

The XamDataCards control is essentially a that implements a single view i.e., a . It contains the same functionality + as a that has its property set to an instance of a , without the ability to dynamically switch between views.

+

If you need the card layout provided by a and don't need the ability to dynamically switch to other views, you should use the + XamDataCards control rather than the . It's a bit more convenient to use than the since it exposes a property + of type directly off the control for easy manipulation of the properties that control all aspects of the card layout.

+

Refer to the topic for detailed information on all available properties.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called after the element has been initialized. + + + + + Called when a dependency property has changed + + The arguments identifying the property and containing the new and old values. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns/set the object for this control. + + +

The object exposes properties that let you control all aspects of card layout. + Refer to the topic for detailed information on all available properties.

+
+ +
+ + + A derived control that uses a and an associated to arrange s along a user defined path. + + +

The XamDataCarousel is essentially a that implements a single view i.e., a . It contains the same functionality + as a that has its property set to an instance of a , without the ability to dynamically switch between views.

+

If you need the layout flexibility and visual effects provided by a and don't need the ability to dynamically switch to other views, you should use the + XamDataCarousel rather than the . It's a bit more convenient to use than the since it exposes a property + of type directly off the control for easy manipulation of the properties that control all aspects of Carousel + layout and visual effects.

+

Refer to the topic for detailed information on all available properties.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this control operates.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Creates an instance of a XamDataCarousel control. + + + + + Called after the element has been initialized. + + + + + Called when a property changes on this object. + + An instance of DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains information about the property that changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns/set the object for this . + + +

The object exposes properties that let you control all aspects of Carousel + layout and visual effects. Refer to the topic for detailed information on all available properties.

+
+ +
+ + + A derived control that can display data using different 'views', depending on the setting of its property. + + +

The control can use any of the included three views - , and as well as any derived view. + You can extend the class to provide additional custom views. Refer to the Creating Custom Views for XamDataPresenter topic + in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to create your own custom views.

+

Unlike and , this control supports dynamically changing the view at both design time and run time. + To change the View used by the control at designtime or runtime, simply set the control's property to an instance of a , + or a custom derived object

+

Using the XamDataPresenter control with a , or (but not switching between them) + is functionally equivalent to using a , or control. If you need the flexibility to switch between these Views (or any future Views + that Infragistics may release) or if you want to use a custom view that you have created, then the is the control to use. If however, your application only needs a + Grid, Carousel or Card view, you may want to choose a , or control since it is a bit more convenient to use - you can access the View's + ViewSettings property directly off the control without having to drill into the View itself.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this control operates.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called after the element has been initialized. + + + + + Called when a dependency property has changed + + The arguments identifying the property and containing the new and old values. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the derived View that the uses to display data. If this property is not set + a instance is provided by default. + + +

This property can be set to any of the included three views - , and as well as any derived view. + You can extend the class to provide additional custom views. Refer to the Creating Custom Views for XamDataPresenter topic in the + Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to create your own custom views.

+

To change the View used by the control at designtime or runtime, simply set this property to an instance of a , , + or a custom derived object

+
+ + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Enum used for specifying the 's property. + + + + + + + + Default. The ultimate default is 'OnTopFixed'. + + + + + An add record displays as the first record in a records collection. This record scrolls with its sibling records. + + + + + An add record displays as the first record in a records collection. This record is fixed and does not scroll with its sibling records. + + + + + An add record displays as the last record in a records collection. This record scrolls with its sibling records. + + + + + An add record displays as the last record in a records collection. This record is fixed and does not scroll with its sibling records. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate which clipboard operations are allowed to be performed by the end user. + + + + + + No operations are allowed. + + + + + The values of cells may be removed and placed on the clipboard + + + + + The values of cells may be copied to the clipboard + + + + + Information on the clipboard may be used to change the values of one or more cells. Note, this functionality requires use of the Clipboard class which requires UIPermissions of AllClipboard in order to read from the clipboard. + + + + + The values of one or more cells can be removed + + + + + All operations are allowed. + + + + + Indicates whether the may be changed by the end user and if so, to which edges the field may be fixed. + + + + + + The default is resolved to 'No' + + + + + The field’s fixed state may not be changed. + + + + + The field may be fixed to the near edge. In a horizontal layout, the field elements will be displayed on top when fixed and in a vertical layout, the field elements will be displayed on left when fixed. + + + + + The field may be fixed to the far edge. In a horizontal layout, the field elements will be displayed on bottom when fixed and in a vertical layout, the field elements will be displayed on right when fixed. + + + + + The field may be fixed to the near or far edge. + + + + + Enum used for specifying the FieldSettings' property. + + + + + Default is resolved to Always if field chooser user interface is enabled. + If the field chooser UI is not enabled then the user is not allowed to + change the visibility of the field. + + + + + The user cannot hide or show the field. The field is not displayed in the + field chooser control. + + + + + The user can hide or show the field via field chooser, including by dragging + from the field chooser into the data presenter to show the field and by + dragging the field from the data presenter into the field chooser to hide it. + + + + + In addition to what's allowed by the ViaFieldChooserOnly option, the + user can hide the field by dragging it from the data presenter and dropping + outside of the data presenter. A cursor indicating that the field is going + to be removed from the data presenter is displayed and upon releasing the + mouse, the field is removed from the data presenter. The user can show the + field back into the data presenter via the field chooser control. + + + + + Indicates whether the may be changed by the end user and if so, to which edges the record may be fixed. + + + + + + + + The default is resolved to 'No' + + + + + The record’s fixed state may not be changed. + + + + + The record may be fixed to the top edge. + + + + + The record may be fixed to the bottom edge. + + + + + The record may be fixed to the top or bottom edge. + + + + + Enum used for specifying the 's property. + + + + + + + + Default is resolved to Yes. + + + + + The user is allowed to move fields. + + + + + The user is not allowed to move fields. + + + + + The user is allowed to move fields within the same logical row. + + + + + The user is allowed to move fields within the same logical column. + + + + + Determines how the cells laid out when generating item and label styles + + + + + Either LeftToRight or TopToBottom based on the panel type + + + + + Use each Field's explicit and settings only. Ignore , and settings. + + + + + Automatically flow the cells left to right first then top to bottom ignoring and settings. + + + + + Automatically flow the cells top to bottom first then left to right ignoring and settings. + + + + + Determines if the first row, column or cell is reserved for the primary field + + + + + Use the default specified at a higher level + + + + + Don't reserve a slot for the primary field. + + + + + Reserve the entire first row for the primary field. + + + + + Reserve the entire first column for the primary field. + + + + + Reserve the entire first row or column for the primary field based on the flow setting. + + + + + Reserve the first cell for the primary field. + + + + + Enumeration that determines whether and how Cards are auto-sized to used up all available horizontal/vertical space. + + + + + Cards are not automatically resized to use up all available space. + + + + + Cards are automatically resized to use up all available horizontal space. + + + + + Cards are automatically resized to use up all available vertical space. + + + + + Cards are automatically resized to use up all available horizontal and vertical space. + + + + + Enumeration whether fields are resized to always fill the available area of the DataPresenter and if so, which fields are resized. + + + + + Defaults to ResizeAllFields when is true, to ResizeStarFields if is null and to None if is false. + + + + + The fields are not automatically resized based on the viewable area of the + + + + + The field layout is always in autofit mode and all fields are resized. + + + + + The field layout participates in autofit mode as long as there is one visible field with an explicit star extent. + + + + + Only the fields in the last logical column are resized. For example, in a vertical orientation the right most fields are resized. + + + + + Ignore the edit mode cell when calculating + + + + + Always recalculate even if the cell/record version doesn't require it + + + + + When calculating the size for records in view we can use the template record as a fallback if there is no cell element to use. + + + + + Used for specifying UnboundField's property. + + + + + Default. Bindings are created as necessary when unbound field's value is accessed and then they are discarded to preserve memory. + + + + + Bindings are created as necessary when unbound field's value is accessed and they are retained so when the unbound + field's value is accessed again in the future, the previously created binding object will be reused and there won't + be a need for re-creating the binding object. + + + + + Determines how cell values are obtained for a + + + Field.BindingType + Field.AlternateBinding + Field.AlternateBindingRetentionMode + + + + Auto binds using the 's Name to access a property of the same name on the data item. This is the default. + + + + + Use the and properties. + + + + + Does not bind. Cell values can be specified from within an InitializeRecord event handler + + + + + Used for specifying whether to include all records in unsorted order, all records in sorted order + or only the filtered records for calculating summaries. + + + + CalculationScope is used for specifying + property. It specifies which records and in which order to traverse for summary calculation purposes. + FullUnsortedList will calculate summaries based on all records and the field values will + be aggregated into the summary calculation in the order in which it appears in the underlying data + list. FullSortedList will traverse field values in the order they are in the data grid. This + only makes a difference if the calculation relies on the order of values. FilteredSortedList + will only use field values of visible records. + + + + + + + Default is resolved to FilteredSortedList. + + + + + All records are used and the order in which the records are processed + corresponds to their order in which their associated data items appear + in the underlying data source list. + + + + + All records are used and they are processed in sorted order. + + + + + Only visible (viewable) records are processed and they are processed in + their sorted order. + + + + + Specifies which element to target with a + + + CellBinding.Target + Field.CellBindings + + + + Target the inside the + + + + + Target the + + + + + Determines what happens when the user clicks on a 's cell + + + + + + + + + + Use the default setting + + + + + The cell is selected + + + + + The cell's record is slected + + + + + If the cell allows editing then edit mode is entered otherwise the cell is selected + + + + + Determines how cell containers are generated and cached by the RecyclingItemsPanel. + + + + + + + Reuses cell containers of cells that get scrolled out of view for the cells that get scrolled into view. + + + + + Generates cell containers for cells as they are scrolled into view and does not clear them for cells that get scrolled out of view. + + + + + Pre-generates and caches an cell container for each cell. + + + + + Determines the position of a label relative to its cell + + + + + The default based on other settings + + + + + Only show the label - hide the cell value + + + + + Only show the cell value - hide the label + + + + + Label above cell value on left + + + + + Label above cell value in center + + + + + Label above cell value on right + + + + + Label above cell value - stretch to same width + + + + + Label below cell value on left + + + + + Label below cell value in center + + + + + Label below cell value on right + + + + + Label below cell value - stretch to same width + + + + + Label left of cell value on top + + + + + Label left of cell value in middle + + + + + Label left of cell value on bottom + + + + + Label left of cell value - stretch to same height + + + + + Label right of cell value on top + + + + + Label right of cell value in middle + + + + + Label right of cell value on bottom + + + + + Label right of cell value - stretch to same height + + + + + Specified what type of value to return + + + + + + + The raw (unconverted) value from the cell. This is equivalent to calling . + + + + + The cell's value after it has been converted by the 's . This is equivalent to calling with true. + + + + + The cell's converted value after it has then been converted to the specified + + + + + CellPresentation + + + + + A GridView presention + + + + + A card view presentation + + + + + Specifies the order in which child records should be displayed relative to their parent record. + + + + + The default based on other settings. + + + + + The child records should be displayed after their parent record when the parent is expanded. + + + + + The child records should be displayed before their parent record when the parent is expanded. + If the parent record has a header before it when collapsed, the header will appear before the child + records and their header. + + + + + The child records should be displayed before their parent record when the parent is expanded. + If the parent record has a header before it when collapsed, the header will remain attached to the + parent record and the child records will appear before the header. Note: When nested panels are used, + the headers must go before the child records, so this will be the same as the BeforeParent value. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of clipboard error that occurred. + + + + + + The has a mixture of selected item types - e.g. has some cells selected and some fields. + + + + + The operation requires that the cells of the same fields are selected in all the records which contain selection. + + + + + The information to be pasted has more column/field information than the amount of available from the origin of the paste operation. + + + + + The information to be pasted has more row/record information than the amount of available from the origin of the paste operation. + + + + + The target cell does not allow editing and therefore the value cannot be changed. + + + + + Unable to convert the display value to the target cell EditAsType. + + + + + The value was determined to be invalid with the constraints of the editor. + + + + + An error occurred while attempting to modify the value of a cell + + + + + An error occurred while attempting to update a record + + + + + An error occurred while attempting to insert a record or the insertion was cancelled. + + + + + An exception occurred during the operation. + + + + + The record manager associated with the operation doesn't utilize the field layout associated with the selection. + + + + + Used for specifying the property. + + + + + + Continue the operation with remaining cells. This option leaves the value of the cell to + its current value. + + + + + Continue the operation with remaining cells. This option clears out the value of the cell. + + + + + Stop the operation. + + + + + Stop the operation and revert the values of the cells already modified by the operation. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify a type of clipboard operation. + + + + + + The values from the cells will be removed and placed on the clipboard. + + + + + The values from the cells will be placed on the clipboard. + + + + + The information in the clipboard will be used to update the values of one or more cells. + + + + + The values from the cell will be cleared. + + + + + Specifies the type of user customization. + + + + + + + + None + + + + + Grouping and sorting + + + + + Width or height of the field depending on the logical orientation + + + + + Field position + + + + + Record filters + + + + + Summaries + + + + + CardViewSettings + + + + + Formula and calculation settings exposed via + and . + + + + + All + + + + + Enum used for passing along context information to RecordManager's OnDataChanged method. + + + + + This represents change to the Current property of the record manager which changes + when the records are grouped or ungrouped. + + + + + The modes in which data can be displayed. + + + + + + Flat data only. + + + + + Hierarchical data. + + + + + Hierachical data flattened into a single list of records + + + + + Identifies the operation that was attempted and which triggered a data error. + + + + + + + Attempted to get a cell's value + + + + + Attempted to set a cell's value + + + + + Attempted to commit pending changes on a record + + + + + Attempted to add a new record + + + + + Attempted to delete a record + + + + + Another unspecified operation + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + + + Default is resolved to ErrorIcon. + + + + + Data error ui will not be displayed. This is useful if you want to provide your own + ui indication for data errors and prevent the data presenter from displaying ui errors. + + + + + When a cell has data error, an error icon is displayed in the cell + and when the record has data error, an error icon is displayed in the record selector. + + + + + When a cell has data error, the cell is highlighted with a color + and when the record has data error, a vertical line is displayed on the right side + of the record selector. + + + + + Both the error icon and highlighting mechanism will be used to display data errors. + + + + + Enum associated with property. + + + + + Default + + The ultimate default is 'SizedToContentAndFixed'. + + + + All s are the same size and cannot be resized. + + + + + All s are initialized to the same size but can be resized individually. + + + + + All s are the sized to their content and cannot be resized. + + This is the ultimate default and results in multiline text in cells of type string by default. + + + + All s are initialized to the size of their content, but can be resized individually. + + This results in multiline text in cells of type string by default. + + + + All s are initialized to the same size, and when any one is resized all other records are sized to match. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + + Reuse data records by checking to see if the underlying data item still exists in the data list + by looping through the data list. Note that the data list is looped through only once for all + data records. + + + + + Reuse data records by checking to see if the underlying data item still exists in the data list + using IndexOf call on the data list. + + + + + Discards the existing records. Note that as a result any active or selected + records/cells will be discarded as well. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to OnLeaveCell. + + + + + The data item's property for the associated Field is updated as soon as a cell’s value is changed. This will update + the data item's property value as you type as long as the resulting value is valid, i.e passes all of the constraints + enforced by the editor. + + + + + The data item's property for the associated Field is updated when you leave the cell, i.e. exit edit mode. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the range of s for which and events will be raised. + + + + + + + + A default value will be resolved and used. + + + + + All allocated s will be included. + + + + + Only s that are in view will be included. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + If permissions allow, top-level window is used to display the indicators which allow indicators to be + displayed outside the bounds of the containing window. + + + + + Clips the drop indicators to the window. + + + + + Used for specifying property which controls + how the value of the editor in the cell that's in edit mode is updated when the corresponding data in the + underlying data source is changed. + + + + + + Default is resolved to UpdateEditValue. + + + + + Updates the value of the editor in the cell. The user will see the changed value. If the user has + already seen the value + + + + + Updates the original value of the editor in the cell, without updating the value of the editor. + With this option the end user doesn't see the updated value from the data source however when + Escape key is pressed to cancel the edit operation + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of text matching operation to perform on the text entered into the search textbox within the Excel style filter dropdown used to filter the available values within the . + + + + + Defaults to Like. + + + + + The text entered is used in a like operator match where # is a wildcard for a single numeric digit, ? is a wildcard for any single character and * is a wildcard for zero or more characters. + + + + + The text entered is used as is and will match items that contain that string. + + + + + Enum associated with property. + + + + + Default + + The ultimate default is 'ShowExpansionIndicatorIfSiblingsExist'. + + + + When the parent record is expanded always show the expanded contents of the without an expansion indicator. + + + + + When the parent record is expanded show the with an expansion indicator. + + + + + When the parent record is expanded show the with an expansion indicator if there is more than one sibling ExpandableFieldRecord. Otherwise show the expanded content without an expansion indicator + + + + + Enum associated with property. + + + + + Default + + The ultimate default is 'AlwaysDisplayHeader'. + + + + Display the header whether its expanded or collapsed. + + + + + Never display the header. + + + + + Only display the header when it is expanded. + + + + + Only display the header when it is collapsed. + + + + + Enum used for specifying the FieldLayoutSettings' property. + + + + + + + Use Default. + + + + + Always display an expansion indicator. + + + + + Never display an expansion indicator + + + + + When the record is first displayed check to see if there are any child records and only display an expansion indicator + if there are. + + + + + After the record is expanded, check to see if there are any child records. + If not, the indicator is hidden. + + + + + Enumeration used to determine what values are considered when autosizing a field. + + + + + The field does not support autosizing + + + + + The size of the LabelPresenter is included in the size calculation + + + + + The cells of data records are included in the size calculation + + + + + The summaries aligned with the field are included in the size calculation + + + + + The filter cells are included in the size calculation + + + + + All elements associated with the field are considered in the size calculation + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate what records are considered during an auto size operation for a field. + + + + + By default only the records in view are considered. + + + + + Only the records currently in view are considered. + + + + + All records that may be displayed to the end user. For example, the children of a collapsed records and hidden records are ignored. This option will force allocation of records when an autosize operation is performed. + + + + + All records are considered in the calculation. This option will force allocation of records when an autosize operation is to be performed. + + + + + Used to specify property. + + + + + Fields are displayed in alphabetical order of the field captions. + + + + + Fields are displayed in the visible order as they appear in the data presenter. + + + + + Enum used for specifying the property. + + + + + The default mode. + + + + + The groups are based on the date portion of DateTime values found in the column's cells. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + The groups are based on the first character of the cell text. + This option is intended to be used when the column’s data type is String. + + + + + The groups are based on the first two characters of the cell text. + This option is intended to be used when the column’s data type is String. + + + + + The groups are based on the first three characters of the cell text. + This option is intended to be used when the column’s data type is String. + + + + + The groups are based on the first four characters of the cell text. + This option is intended to be used when the column’s data type is String. + + + + + The groups are based on the date and hour portions of DateTime values found in the column's cells. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + The groups are based on the date, hour, and minute portions of DateTime values found in the column's cells. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + The groups are based on the year and month portions of DateTime values found in the column's cells. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + The groups are created in the same way that Outlook 2003 creates groups for dates. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + The groups are based on the quarter and year that the cell values are in. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + The groups are based on the date, hour, minute, and second portions of DateTime values found in the column's cells. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + The groups are based on the text of the cells, not their values. + + + + + The groups are based on the value of the cells, not their text. + Note, the description of each groupby row will use the text of the cell by default. + + + + + The groups are based on the year portion of DateTime values found in the column's cells. + The column's must be System.DateTime for this mode to work properly. + + + + + Indicates the type of represented by the + + + + + The size is based on the contents indicated by the and increased as larger content becomes available. + + + + + The size is an explicit pixel value. + + + + + The size is a weighted portion of the space remaining after arranging non-star fields. + + + + + The size is based on the content indicated by the at the time when the field is initialized. + + + + + Indicates what triggered the change in the field's position. + + + + + + + The field has been dragged to a new location. + + + + + The has been changed to a fixed location. + + + + + The has been changed from fixed to unfixed. + + + + + The user has hidden the field from the data presenter. The user can hide a field + via FieldChooser or simply by dragging and dropping it outside + of the data presenter when FieldChooser UI is enabled. See + for more information. + + + + + The user has displayed the field in the data presenter via a . + + + + + Used by the property. + + + + + The default sort comparison type. + + + + + Sorting is performed without case sensitivity. + + + + + Sorting is performed with case sensitivity. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to RecordSelectAndFilterCell. + + + + + Filter clear button is not displayed. + + + + + Filter clear button is displayed in record selector of the filter record. + + + + + Filter clear button is displayed in each filter cell. + + + + + Filter clear button is displayed in record selector as well as in each filter cell. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the type of items that will be displayed. + + + + + The and property will be used to provide the list of operands. + + + + + The and property will be used to provide the list of operands. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to OnCellValueChange. + + + + + Filters are evaluated as soon as a filter cell’s value is changed. This will + re-filter records as you type. + + + + + Filters are evaluated when you leave the filter cell. + + + + + Filters are evaluated when you leave the filter record. + + + + + Filters are evaluated when you hit Enter key while on the filter record. Until you do so, any + changes you make to the filter record will not get applied. + + + + + Filters are evaluated when you hit Enter key or leave the filter cell. + + + + + Filters are evaluated when you hit Enter key or leave the filter record. + + + + + Enumeration used to determine the type of dropdown that is displayed when the is resolved to LabelIcons + + + + + + + Default is resolved to SingleSelect + + + + + A dropdown that allows selection of a single item is displayed. + + + + + A Excel style menu dropdown that allows the end user to select multiple values to match. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to Combo. + + + + + Filter cell is not displayed, including the operand as well as the operator portion. + + + + + Filter cell is disabled, including the operand as well as the operator portions. + + + + + Filter cell Operand portion is a text box. + + + + + Operand portion is a combo with editable text portion. + + + + + Operand portion is a drop-down list (a combo with non-editable text portion). + + + + + Uses the same editor as other cells in the field. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to OnTop. + + + + + Filter record is displayed as the first record in a records collection. This record scrolls + with its sibling records. + + + + + Filter record is displayed as the first record in a records collection. This record is fixed + and does not scroll with its sibling records. + + + + + Filter record is displayed as the last record in a records collection. This record scrolls + with its sibling records. + + + + + Filter record is displayed as the last record in a records collection. This record is fixed + and does not scroll with its sibling records. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to FilterRecord. + + + + + A filter icon is displayed in each field label. When clicked upon, a drop-down list with various + filtering options is displayed. It typically has field values along with other items like (All), + (Blanks), (NonBlanks), (Custom), etc. The type of dropdown that is displayed is based on the resolved + for each + + + + + A filter record is displayed. Each filter cell in the record will let you select filter operator + as well as filter condition for the associated field. Each filter cell has UI for selecting applicable + filter operators (see ) and UI for entering the operand value. Certain + common aspects of the filter cell can be controlled using , + , , + and . + + + + + Indicates whether a is fixed and if so to which edge. + + + + + + The field is not fixed and will move as the scrollbar is moved. + + + + + The field is fixed and does not scroll. In a horizontal layout, the field elements will be positioned at the top and in a vertical layout, the field elements will be positioned on the left. + + + + + The field is fixed and does not scroll. In a horizontal layout, the field elements will be positioned at the bottom and in a vertical layout, the field elements will be positioned on the right. + + + + + Indicates whether a is fixed and if so to which edge. + + + + + + The thumb will be used to fix the element – top in horizontal and left in vertical layout. + + + + + The thumb will be used to fix field elements to the far edge – bottom in horizontal and right in vertical layout. + + + + + Indicates the type of UI provided to allow changing of the + + + + + + The default is resolved based on whether there are fixable and/or fixed fields. If there are field's whose is not no, then the default is 'ButtonAndSplitter'. If there are fixed fields but the end user is not allowed to change their state, then this resolves to 'Splitter'. + + + + + The user cannot change the fixed state of the field(s). + + + + + A button or dropdown is shown within the LabelPresenter of the field that may be used to toggle the fixed state. + + + + + A thumb is displayed within the HeaderPresenter that may be used to drag over fields to indicate a range of fields that should be fixed. + + + + + A dropdown appears within the LabelPresenter and a thumb is displayed within the HeaderPresenter. + + + + + Enum used for indicating whether a record is fixed and if so whether it's fixed on top or bottom. + + + + + Default is resolved to None. + + + + + Record is not fixed. + + + + + Record is fixed on top. + + + + + Record is fixed on bottom. + + + + + Indicates whether a is fixed and if so to which edge. + + + + + + The record is not fixed and will move as the scrollbar is moved. + + + + + The record is fixed on top and does not scroll. + + + + + The record is fixed on bottom and does not scroll. + + + + + Indicates the type of UI provided to allow changing of the + + + + + + The default resolves to None. + + + + + The user cannot change the fixed state of the records(s). + + + + + A button within the that may be used to toggle the fixed state. + + + + + Indicates the order of records that have been fixed thru the UI. + + + + + + The default resolves to Sorted. + + + + + Fixed records remain in the same order as they are fixed, even after the sorted fields have changed. Calling RefreshSort method on the FixedRowsCollection will resort the fixed records based on the sorted fields. + + + + + Fixed records are sorted when the user sorts fields. Note that however when the user fixes a record it is always added at the end of the fixed records. To insert it into the correct sort position call method on the record in the event handler. + + + + + Determines where the GroupByArea is displayed + + + + + The GroupByArea is not displayed + + + + + The GroupByArea is displayed above the data area. + + + + + The GroupByArea is displayed below the data area. + + + + + Determines how fields are grouped by the end-user. + + + + + The GroupByArea supports more than one field layout and the FieldLayouts are stacked vertically. + In order to group by a field the user must drag its + associated LabelPresenter into the GroupByArea. This is the default setting. + + + + + The GroupByArea supports more than one field layout and the FieldLayouts are stacked horizontally to + save vertical space. In order to group by a field the user must drag its + associated LabelPresenter into the GroupByArea. + + + + + In this mode the GroupByArea displays 2 lists of fields. The first list contains fields that are currently being grouped + and the second list contains available fields from the DefaultFieldLayout. The user can drag fields between these lists + to change their groupby status. + + + + + Specifies how summaries are displayed inside each group-by record. + + + + GroupBySummaryDisplayMode is used for specifying + property. + + + + + + + Default is resolved to Text. + + + + + Each summary is displayed inside the group-by record as a cell aligned + with the associated field. If the group-by record has a description, the + summary cells are located below the description. + + + + + Summaries are displayed as plain text appended to the group-by record + description. Each summary is displayed as a column name followed by the + summary’s value. Multiple summaries are separated by comma (‘,’) character. + + + + + Determines where header's are placed + + + + + + + + The default (resolves to 'OnTopOnly') + + + + + A header will only appear at the top of each record island. + + + + + A header will appear at the top of each record island as well as on top of a record whose previous sibling record was expanded with child records. + + + + + Determines where header's are placed when there are groupby records displayed + + + + + + + + + + The default (resolves to 'WithDataRecords' unless HeaderPlacement is explicitly set to 'OnTopOnly' or FilterUIType resolves to 'LabelIcons') + + + + + A header will only appear at the top of the groupby records. + + + + + A header will appear at the top each island of DataRecords and will not appear on top of the groupby records unless there is an associated FilterRecord or SummaryRecord on top. + + + + + Used to specify property. + + + + + Default is resolved to None. + + + + + Nothing is displayed. + + + + + A button that shows the is displayed. + + + + + Determines if a separate template will be used to highlight the primary field + + + + + + + + The default based on the type of generator used + + + + + Highlight the primary field + + + + + Don't highlight the primary field + + + + + Determines what happens when the user clicks on a 's label + + + Note: when using the SortByOneFieldOnlyTriState or SortByMultipleFieldsTriState settings, if the 'Ctrl' key is pressed during a click, or the property is true, then the Field will not cycle thru the unsorted state. Instead it will cycle thru the ascending and descending states only. + + + + + + + + + + Use the default setting + + + + + Nothing happens + + + + + The records are sorted exclusively by this field + + + + + The records are sorted by this field, the old sort criteria is only reset if the 'Ctrl' key is not depressed. + + + + + The field is selected + + + + + The records are sorted exclusively by this field. Sequential clicks will cycle thru the ascending, descending and unsorted states. + + + + + The records are sorted by this field, the old sort criteria is only reset if the 'Ctrl' key is not depressed. Sequential clicks will cycle thru the ascending, descending and unsorted states. + + + + + Determines where the labels should appear + + + + + Default based on CellPresentation + + + + + Show labels inside the cells + + + + + Show labels in a separate header + + + + + Don't show labels + + + + + Determines if values are refreshed when a notification is received that a change has occured for a DataRecord but the notification doesn't specify which field value has been changed. + + + Note: non-specific notifications can be received in one of 2 ways. The first is if the parent list implements and raises + a ListChanged event with a of 'ItemChanged' and a null PropertyDescriptor. The second way is if the data item implements and + raises a PropertyChanged event with a null or empty 'PropertyName'. + + + + + + + Use the default value. This resolves to 'RefreshValue' unless set at a higher level. + + + + + Re-get the value + + + + + Only re-get the value for Fields whose data type doesn't implement the interface (excluding strings) + + + + + Only re-get the value for Fields whose data type doesn't implement the interface + + + + + Only re-get the value for Fields whose data type doesn't implement either the or interfaces + + + + + Direction to navigate within a DataPresenterBase panel. + + + + + Navigate to the item that is to the left of the item at the current position. + + + + + Navigate to the item that is to the right of the item at the current position. + + + + + Navigate to the item that is above the item at the current position. + + + + + Navigate to the item that is below the item at the current position. + + + + + Navigate to the item that is logically 'next' with respect to item at the current position. + + + + + Navigate to the item that is logically 'previous' with respect to item at the current position. + + + + + The layout style of a DataPresenterBase panel. + + + + + The panel arranges records in a vertical grid view. + + + + + The panel arranges records in a horizontal grid view. + + + + + The panel arranges records using a custom layout. + + + + + Direction in which to scroll the contents of a DataPresenterBase panel. + + + + + Scroll to the page above. + + + + + Scroll to the page below. + + + + + Scroll to the page on the left. + + + + + Scroll to the page on the right. + + + + + Types of navigation between sibling cells and records within a DataPresenterBase panel. + + + + + Navigate across parents with no wrapping + + + + + Navigate across parents and wrap. + + + + + Navigate within the parent with no wrapping. + + + + + Navigate within the parent and wrap. + + + + + Determines whether de-activated (i.e. unused) record containers will be retained in the visual tree for possible future use. + + + Note: if the property is set 'RetainDeactivatedContainers' or 'RetainDeactivatedContainersUntilResize' then any record containers that have already been hydrated but are not used + in the current display will be retained in the visual tree (collapsed) so that they can be recycled in the future. Depending on the scenario, e.g. if the mix of DataRecords, GroupByRecords and SummaryRecords in the display changes, this + can improve scrolling performance. This property is ignored if is set to any value other than 'Recycle'. + + + + + + + (Default) All record containers that are not being used in the display (i.e. deactivated and collapsed) will be retained for later use until the control is resized smaller in the scrolling dimension. This can help optimize scrolling performance in cases where the mix of DataRecords, GroupByRecords and SummaryRecords in the display changes. + + + + + All record containers that are not being used in the display (i.e. deactivated and collapsed) will be retained for later use. This can help optimize scrolling performance in cases where the mix of DataRecords, GroupByRecords and SummaryRecords in the display changes. + + + + + On layout updated any record containers that are not being used in the display (i.e. deactivated and collapsed) will be discarded. + + + + + Enumeration identifying the cause for the export operation being cancelled. + + + + + The export was explicitly cancelled - e.g. by the method or using the command. + + + + + The property was set to true during the or calls. + + + + + An exception occured during the export process. + + + + + The cancellation reason is unknown. This is primarily used when performing an synchronous export and the export operation was cancelled. + + + + + Enumeration indicating the status of the export operation. + + + + + No export operations are in progress + + + + + An asynchronous export operation has been queued. The control will remain in this state while other previously requested asynchronous export operations have been initiated for other DataPresenter instances. + + + + + An asynchronous export operation has started and is in the process of being initialized for the export operation. + + + + + An asynchronous export operation is in progress. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to Hide. + + + + + Hides filtered out records. + + + + + Disables filtered out records. The RecordPresenter's property will be updated. The default templates trigger off this property to set the RecordContentSite Opacity. + + + + + Record’s , property will be updated as well as the RecordPresenter's . The default templates trigger off this property to set the RecordContentSite Opacity. + + + + + Record’s property will be updated however no other action will + be taken. The fitlered out records will remain visible and will not have their opacity reduced. This is useful if you want to style records + differently when they are filtered out (for example, apply different background color to filtered or + non-filtered records). + + + + + Obsolete, use 'ReduceOpacity' or 'DoNothing' instead. Note: 'None' is equivalent to 'ReduceOpacity'. + + + + + TypeConveter for that strips out the obsoleted 'None' value from the StandardValuesCollection. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Returns a collection of standard values + + + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to AllRecords. + + + + + FieldLayout’s is used for filtering records. + + + + + RecordManager’s is used for filtering records. + This allows for independent filter criteria on records of different record managers. + Note that this only has meaning for child RecordManagers. For the root RecordManager, + the field layout's RecordFilters will be used always. Modifying the root RecordManager's + RecordFilters will result in an exception. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the scope to use when searching for the in the list of available nodes. + + + + + + + + The search text will be compared against the display of all the nodes + + + + + The search text will be compared against the display of the year nodes and root level nodes + + + + + The search text will be compared against the display of the month nodes + + + + + The search text will be compared against the display of the day nodes + + + + + The search text will be compared against the display of the hour nodes + + + + + The search text will be compared against the display of the minute nodes + + + + + The search text will be compared against the display of the second nodes + + + + + Enum the specifies how s are loaded. + + + + + + Pre-loads all records. + + + + + Loads records as they are needed. NOTE: Some operations, like sorting records, + will cause the all records to be loaded regardless of the RecordLoadMode setting because they + require access to all records. + + + + + Determines the position of the relative to the 's cell area. + + + + + Use the default setting + + + + + Above cell area + + + + + Below cell area + + + + + Left on cell area + + + + + Right on cell area + + + + + Don't show record selectors + + + + + Determines the format of the number to display inside of the element. + + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberFormat + FieldLayout.RecordSelectorNumberFormatResolved + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberType + FieldLayout.RecordSelectorNumberTypeResolved + + + + Use the default setting which resolves to 'RecordNumberOnly' + + + + + Display only the index of the record within its parent. + + + + + Concatenate the record's number to its parent record's number. For example, '2.15.6' for a record that is 3 levels deep in the hierarchy. + + + + + Determines what number to display inside of the element. + + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberFormat + FieldLayout.RecordSelectorNumberFormatResolved + FieldLayoutSettings.RecordSelectorNumberType + FieldLayout.RecordSelectorNumberTypeResolved + + + + Use the default setting which resolves to 'None' + + + + + Do not display record numbers + + + + + Display the index of the underlying DataItem + + + + + Display the record's index which is affected by the sort order of the records. + + + + + Display the visible index of the record. Note: When records are filtered out VisibleIndex won’t have number gaps but RecordIndex and DataItemIndex may. + + + + + Used for specifying if and for which special records a separator element is displayed. + + + + Used for specifying FieldLayoutSettings' + property which controls which special records display a seprator element. Separator element + looks like a thin 3d bar element (like a resizer bar) that separates the associated record from + other records. + + + + + + + Record separator is not displayed. + + + + + Separator is displayed after template add-record. + + + + + Separator is displayed after fixed records to separate them from the non-fixed records. + + + + + Separator is displayed after summary record. + + + + + Separator is displayed after filter record. + + + + + Used for indicating whether a record displays separator before or after it. + + + + + Record doesn't display separator. + + + + + Record displays separator before it. + + + + + Record displays separator after it. + + + + + Determines what a Record represents in a DataPresenterBase + + + + + Represents a record in a DataPresenterBase + + + + + Represents records grouped by a specific Field in a DataPresenterBase + + + + + Represents records grouped by a their type in a DataPresenterBase + + + + + Represents a nested record retrieved from an expandable field value + + + + + Represents a where summary results are displayed. + + + + + Represents a . + + + + + Represents a . + + + + + Determines what action to take when processing the event. + + + + + + Update the data source with any modified cell values. + + + + + Cancel the update and retain any modified cell values. + + + + + Cancel the update and discard any modified cell values. Revert all cells to their original values. + + + + + Determines if and when the 's property will be updated. + + DataPresenterBase.SelectedDataItemsScope + DataPresenterBase.SelectedDataItems + + + + The property will never be updated on a selection change. + + + + + The property will only be updated when the Records collection is changed. + + + + + The property will be updated when either the Records or Cells collection is changed. + + + + + Enumeration used to determine the scroll position behavior when records are added or removed before the current records in view. + + + + + + Default behavior based on the view. + + + + + When records are added or removed before the current records in view attempt to preserve the scroll offset. This should cause the records in view to change. + + + + + When records are added or removed before the current records in view attempt to preserve the current records in view. This should cause the records in view to remain the same. + + + + + Enumeration used to determine whether record scrolling is deferred or immediate when dragging the scroll thumb. + + + + + + Scrolling is deferred until the scroll thumb is released. As the thumb is repositioned during the drag, a tooltip is displayed adjacent to the scroll thumb that provides information about the record that would be displayed as the new trecord if the mouse was released as that location. + + + + + Scrolling is deferred until the scroll thumb is released. + + + + + Scrolling of records occurs while the thumb is being dragged. + + + + + Represents the different states of the control. Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + Indicates that there is at least one item selected (Record, Field or Cell) + + + + + There is at least 1 record. + + + + + Active Record is not null + + + + + Active Record is expandable + + + + + Active Record is expanded + + + + + Active Record is the first displayed record + + + + + Active Record is the last displayed record + + + + + Active Record is the first overall record + + + + + Active Record is the last overall record + + + + + ActiveRecord is a GroupByRecord. + + + + + ActiveRecord is an ExpandableFieldRecord. + + + + + Active Cell not null + + + + + Active Cell is the first Cell in the ActiveRecord + + + + + Active Cell is the last Cell in the ActiveRecord + + + + + Active Cell is the first displayed Cell + + + + + Active Cell is the last displayed Cell + + + + + Active Cell is the first overall Cell + + + + + Active Cell is the last overall Cell + + + + + Layout style is GridView vertical. + + + + + Layout style is GridView horizontal. + + + + + The active cell is in edit mode + + + + + Indicates that there is at least one DataRecord selected + + + + + Active Record has changes that are pending (i.e. one or more cell values have been changed) + + + + + The active cell is a filter cell. + + + + + The active cell is a filter cell and it has filter criteria specified. + + + + + The active record is a filter record. + + + + + The active record is a filter record and at least one of its cells has filter criteria specified. + + + + + Indicates that there is at least one selected + + + + + Layout style is CardView vertical. + + + + + Layout style is CardView horizontal. + + + + + The is true. + + + + + An asynchronous export operation has been initiated but export of the records has not yet begun. + + + + + The editor of the cell currently in edit mode uses the arrow keys for navigation + + + + + The current view is GridView or DataCards. + + + + + Used for specifying where summaries are displayed. + + + + SummaryDisplayAreas is used for specifying and + properties. It controls if and where to display summaries. + + + + + + + + + The summary is hidden. + + + + + Summary is displayed in the summary record at the top of each record collection. + + + + + Same as Top except the summary record is fixed (non-scrolling) so that + it remains in view when other data records are scrolled. + + + + + Summary is displayed in the summary record at the bottom of each record collection. + + + + + Same as Bottom except the summary record is fixed (non-scrolling) so that + it remains in view when other data reocrds are scrolled. + + + + + This option only makes a difference when there are group-by records. When there + are group-by records, by default the summary records are displayed at all levels. + With this option, the summary record is displayed only for top-level record + collection. + + + + + Summary records are displayed for data record collections only. When there + are group-by records, the summary records are not displayed for group-by record + collections. + + + + + Summaries are displayed in each group-by record. + + + + + Used for specifying where to position the summary in the summary record. + + + + + + + + Default is resolved to UseSummaryPositionField. + + + + + Position the summary left in free-form area of the summary record. + + + + + Position the summary center in free-form area of the summary record. + + + + + Position the summary right in free-form area of the summary record. + + + + + Position the summary in the summary record aligned with the field + specified by the + property. If SummaryPositionField is not set then the summary + will be aligned with the summary’s . + + + + + Used for specifying what type of user interface will be presented for + selecting summary calculations to perform. + + + + SummaryUIType is used for specifying property. + To actually enable the user interface, set the property. + + + + + + + + Default is resolved to MultiSelectForNumericsOnly. + + + + + User is allowed to add only one summary per field via the UI. + Note that this does not prevent adding multiple summaries per + field via code. + + + + + This option will enable the summaries UI for numeric columns + only. For data types such as String or DateTime only a limited + subset of summaries are valid like Minimum, Maximum etc. Summaries + such as Average, Sum etc… are not applicable to them. This option + is a way to only display summaries UI for fields that are numeric + types. + + + + + User is allowed to add multiple summaries per field. + + + + + Same as SingleSelectForNumericsOnly except this option will + allow multiple summaries per field. + + + + + Enum for specifying property. + + + + + Default. Default is resolved to None. + + + + + None. IDataErrorInfo error information is not displayed. + + + + + Records only. IDataErrorInfo's record Error is displayed. By default the data presenter + displays this error information in the form of an error icon inside the record + selector. Individual cell error information is not not displayed. + When the mouse is hovered over the error icon, a tooltip + with the error text is displayed. + + + + + Cells only. IDataErrorInfo's cell error information is displayed. Record error + information is not displayed. Each cell's error information is displayed inside the cell + in the form of an error icon. When the mouse is hovered over the error icon, a tooltip + with the error text is displayed. + + + + + Both records and cells. IDataErrorInfo's record error as well as individual cell error + information is displayed. + + + + + Determines the strategy used during printing when a cell is encountered that will not fit on a page. + + + Note: This also applies to field labels as well so that the header area will line up properly. + + + + + If a cell can't fit on a page it will be moved to the next page and the previous cell will be expanded to fill. + + + + + If a cell can't fit on a page it will be moved to the next page. + + + + + If a cell can't fit on a page it will be clipped and the portion that couldn't fit will be shown on the next page. + + + + + Used for specifying property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + The EndEdit is called on the data item when the user modifies cell(s) in a record + and then activates a different record or the DataPresenterBase loses focus. + + + + + The EndEdit is called on the data item when the user modifies cell(s) in a record + and then activates a different record + + + + + The EndEdit is called on the data item when the user modifies a cell and + exits the edit mode or when the loses the focus. + + + + + The EndEdit is called on the data item when the user modifies a cell and + exits the edit mode. + + + + + The EndEdit is called on modified data items only when the + or + command is executed + or the associated DataRecords' is called. + + + + + A list of possible actions that should be taken when the state of a View changes. + + + + + + + The target(s) of the View state change should invalidate their FieldLayouts. + + + This action is normally directed at the DataPresenter ViewStateChangedTarget. + + + + + The target(s) of the View state change should invalidate their arrange. + + + + + The target(s) of the View state change should invalidate their measure. + + + + + The target(s) of the View state change should invalidate render. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event AssigningFieldLayoutToItem + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The item for which the field layout is being associated. + The list containing the + The FieldLayout that is being assigned to the item + True if the field layout is for the template add record. + + + + The container of the item (read-only) + + + + + The item (read-only) + + This will return null if is true. + + + + Gets/sets the FieldLayout assigned to this item + + + Note: The search through the existing collection for a compatible is now done lazily in the get of this property. + Therefore, if this property is explicitly set in an event handler for the event then the search is bypassed completely. + + + + + + + + True if this is a template add record about to be initialized (read-only) + + + + + Returns the parent or null (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the CarouselBreadcrumb that has just been clicked (read-only). + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the cell that has just been activated (read-only). + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the cell to be activated (read-only). + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the cell that has just been changed (read-only). + + + + + + + Returns the editor the cell is using to edit the value. The new value + associated with this event can be accessed using the returned editor's + Value property. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the cell to be de-activated (read-only). + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the cell that has just been updated (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the Field of the cell that has just been updated (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the record of the cell that has just been updated (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the cell to be updated (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the Field of the cell to be updated (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the record of the cell to be updated (read-only). + + + + + + Arguments for the event + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether and how to proceed with the specified . + + +

By default, this will return Continue for read-only cells and ClearCellAndContinue for all others.

+

Note: This property has no effect if the property is null (i.e. when + the whole operation had failed. For example, if when pasting the number of cells available for + pasting is smaller than the number of cells being pasted.

+
+
+ + + Specifies whether the operation can continue with remaining cells. + + + + + Returns the cell for which the specified could not be performed or null + if the entire operation could not be performed. + + + + + Returns or sets whether an error message should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to identify the type of error that occurred. + + + + + Returns the exception, if any, that resulted in the error. + + + + + Returns the associated with the error. + + + + + Gets/sets the message that will be displayed to the user. + + + + + Returns the type of operation that was being performed when the error occurred. + + + + + Returns the record associated with the error. + + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for an operation involving copying to or pasting from the clipboard. + + + + + + Returns the number of fields represented in the collection. + + + + + Returns the number of records represented in the collection. + + + + + Returns a collection of the unconverted values to be used as the source for the clipboard operation. + + +

During a cut/copy operation, this will be populated with the current values of the + cells. To control the text that will be put onto the clipboard for a given cell, you can modify the + associated setting the to the + text representation and the to true.

+

During a paste operation, this will be populated with the display text values from + the information in the clipboard. To control the parsed value that will be used to update the Cell's + , you can modify the associated CellValueHolder setting the + Value to the value you want to have set on the Cell and the IsDisplayText to false to indicate that the + value provided is the parsed cell value.

+
+
+ + + Returns the whose value is used when putting the field labels into the clipboard. + + The 0 based index of the field whose is being requested + A CellValueHolder or null if the field labels are not going to be included in the clipboard output. + +

When cells are copied to the clipboard, the field labels are optionally included in the + output based on the value of the . Using this + method, you can provide the text that will be output to the clipboard for a given field. This is useful when the + is set to a non-string value.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the whose value is used when putting the field labels into the clipboard. + + The field whose is being requested + A CellValueHolder or null if the field labels are not going to be included in the clipboard output. + +

When cells are copied to the clipboard, the field labels are optionally included in the + output based on the value of the . Using this + method, you can provide the text that will be output to the clipboard for a given field. This is useful when the + is set to a non-string value.

+
+ + +
+ + + The at the specified index. + + The 0 based index of the row whose cell is to be returned + The 0 based index of the column whose cell is to be returned + The at the specified index or null if there is no cell in the specified position + The row/column must be at least 0 and less than the respective RowCount/ColumnCount count values. + + + + Returns the associated with the specified column in the collection + + The 0 based index of the column whose associated Field is to be returned. + The at the specified column index. + The column must be at least 0 and less than the ColumnCount. + + + + Helper method to return the index of the specified field or -1 if the field is not a source for the copy operation. + + The field to locate + An integer used to identify the offset at which the specified Field exists within the copy operation or -1 if the field is not a source for the copy operation. + + + + Helper method to return the index of the specified record or -1 if the record is not a source for the copy operation. + + The record to locate + An integer used to identify the offset at which the specified record exists within the copy operation or -1 if the record is not a source for the copy operation. + + + + Returns the record associated with the specified row in the collection + + The 0 based index of the row whose associated record is to be returned. + The at the specified row index. + The row must be at least 0 and less than the RowCount. + + + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + + + + + The at the specified index. + + The 0 based index of the row whose cell is to be returned + The 0 based index of the column whose cell is to be returned + The at the specified index or null if there is no cell in the specified position + The row/column must be at least 0 and less than the respective RowCount/ColumnCount count values. + + + + Returns the associated with the specified column in the collection + + The 0 based index of the column whose associated Field is to be returned. + The at the specified column index. + The column must be at least 0 and less than the ColumnCount. + + + + Helper method to return the index of the specified field or -1 if the field is not a target of the paste operation. + + The field to locate + An integer used to identify the offset at which the specified Field exists within the paste operation or -1 if the field is not a target of the paste operation. + + + + Returns the record associated with the specified row in the collection + + The 0 based index of the row whose associated record is to be returned. + The at the specified row index. + The row must be at least 0 and less than the RowCount. + + + + Helper method to return the index of the specified record or -1 if the record is not a target of the paste operation. + + The record to locate + An integer used to identify the offset at which the specified record exists within the paste operation or -1 if the record is not a target of the paste operation. + + + + Returns the from which the cell values were obtained. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the control being displayed in the UI for selecting custom filter criteria for a field (read-only). + + + + + Returns the RecordFilter instance that will be modified by the filter selection control. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns the associated (read-pnly) + + + + + Returns the associated (read-pnly) + + + + + Returns the exception that was thrown (read-pnly) + + + + + Returns the associated (read-pnly) + + + + + Gets/sets the message that will be displayed to the user. + + + + + Returns the operation that was attempted and which triggered a data error (read-pnly) + + + + + Event args for event. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + Current data that's in view. + + + + Current data that's in view. + + + + CurrentCellsInView property returns the current cells that are in view. It's + a collection of objects where each VisibleDataBlock + represents data records and fields from a RecordManager that are currently in view. + + + + + + + Arguments for the event + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the value change, or null if a has not yet been allocated. + + + + + Returns the associated with the value change. + + + + + Returns the associated with the value change. + + + + + Returns an IList containing instances that contain the history of value changes for the associated with the value change. + This property will return null if the has been set to zero. + + + + + + Abtract base class for 's edit mode events + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + Cell associated with the edit mode event + Editor associated with the edit mode event + + + + Returns the object (read-only) + + + + + Returns the (read-only) + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + Cell that is about to enter edit mode + The editor that will be used for the cell + + + + If set to true will cancel the operation + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The cell that has entered edit mode + The editor being used for the cell in edit mode + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The cell that is about to exit edit mode + The editor that is being used for the cell + True if the changes will be accepted; otherwise false. + True if the edit mode is being forced to end + + + + Gets/sets whether any changes will be accepted. + + + + + If set to true will cancel the operation + + + + + Indicates a forced exit of edit mode (read-only) + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The cell whose edit mode has ended + The editor for which the cell has ended edit mode + True if the changes were accepted + + + + Returns whether the changes were accepted (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The cell whose validation has resulted in an error + The editor associated with the edit mode + The error message for the validation error + The exception for the validation error + True if edit mode is being forced to end + + + + Indicates if the edit mode is being exitted forcefully. For example, when the + application is being closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the invalid value behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets the error message. + + + + + Gets any exception associated with the validation error. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated that is being initialized + + + + Returns the being initialized (read-only) + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.FieldLayoutInitialized + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The that has been initialized + + + + Returns the FieldLayout being initialized (read-only) + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the field that's being repositioned. + + + + + Returns a value indicating what caused the change in position. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the field that has been repositioned. + + + + + Returns a value indicating what caused the change in position. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + The that the data presenter is about to display. + + + + + Gets the ToolWindow being used to display the FieldChooser. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.Grouping + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated + The set of instances that will determine the new grouping + + + + Returns the associated FieldLayout (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the set of FieldSortDecriptions that will determine the new grouping (read-only) + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.Grouped + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated + The set of instances that defined the new grouping + + + + Returns the associated FieldLayout (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the set of FieldSortDecriptions that defines the new grouping (read-only) + + + + + + + + Arguments for the event + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the value change, or null if a has not yet been allocated. + + + + + Returns true if the is newly allocated, false if it is recycled. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The record being initialized + Indicates if the record is being re-initialized (for example when a cell's value is changed). + + + + Returns the (read-only) + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Returns whether this record is being created and initialized in preparation for a sort operation (read-only) + + Returns true if the record is being created as the result of reset notification from the data source and their are sort criteria specified for the + + + + + Indicates if the record is being re-initialized. + + + + InitializeRecord is raised for a record when it's created. It's also raised whenever + the value of one of its cells is changed. In the later case, the ReInitialize will be + set to true to indicate that this record is being re-initialized. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the event was triggered as a result of a cell value change associated with a Field that is sorted. (read-only) + + True if a value change occurred from a sorted field, otherwise false. + + This property is useful to check before calling the 's method. + Note: this property will always return false unless is true. + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The template add record being initialized + + + + Returns the to be use as an add template. (read-only) + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.QuerySummaryResult. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + + Specifies the summary calculation value. If specified via this method, the data presenter will skip performing + its own calculation. + + The calcualted summary result value. + + + + Returns the instance that is being recalculated. + + + + + Returns any value provided by the user via the method. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the record that has just been activated (read-only). + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the record to be activated (read-only). + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the record that has just been added (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the record to be added (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the record that has just been collapsed (read-only). + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the record to be collapsed (read-only). + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Returns the record to be de-activated (read-only). + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the record that has just been expanded (read-only). + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the record to be expanded (read-only). + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the modified record filters. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the modified record filters. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + Returns the item being initialized (read-only). + + + + + Returns the associated Field (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the associated RecordManager (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the items that will be displayed in the filter drop-down. You can modify the list + to add new entries or remove existing entries from the filter drop-down. + + + + + Returns the associated Field (read-only). + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating whether the or are used to populate the drop down. + + + + + Returns the menu items that will be displayed in the filter drop-down. You can modify the list + to add new entries or remove existing entries from the filter drop-down. + + +

This property will return null when the returns DropDownItems

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the associated RecordManager (read-only). + + + + + + Returns true if this event is raised when the user drops down the filter + drop-down in the custom filter selection control. + + + + Useful in case you want to display different set of items in the filter drop-down + of a field and the filter drop-down of a custom filter selection control. + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum number of milliseconds to load unique values before stopping to wait for another . + + The number of milliseconds to synchronously load unique values before stopping. + + Note: if the property is set to false then this property has no effect. + + + + + + + + Specifies the timer interval used to trigger asynchronous load processing. + + The number of milliseconds to wait between asynchronous load processing. + + Note: if the property is set to false then this property has no effect. + + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum number of milliseconds to use to load unique values before continuing the loading process asynchronously. + + The number of milliseconds to synchronously load unique values. + + Note: if the property is set to false then this property has no effect. + + + + + + + + Returns the items that will be displayed in the filter drop-down. You can modify the list + to add new entries or remove existing entries from the filter drop-down. + + +

This property will return null when the returns MenuItems

+
+ + +
+ + + Specifies whether the data presenter should include unique field values from the data source + in the filter drop-down list. + + + + You can set this property to false to prevent the data presenter from including field values in + the filter drop-down list. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating whether the or are used to populate the drop down. + + + + + Returns the associated Field (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the menu items that will be displayed in the filter drop-down. You can modify the list + to add new entries or remove existing entries from the filter drop-down. + + +

This property will return null when the returns DropDownItems

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the associated RecordManager (read-only). + + + + + + Returns true if this event is raised when the user drops down the filter + drop-down in the custom filter selection control. + + + + Useful in case you want to display different set of items in the filter drop-down + of a field and the filter drop-down of a custom filter selection control. + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the record that has just been fixed/unfixed (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the new fixed location for the record (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the record to be fixed/unfixed (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the records that are about to be deleted (read-only). + + + + + + Dertermines whether a prompt message is displayed to the user to confirm the record deletion. + + + + + Returns or sets an instance of a class that can be used to undo the deletion of the + + +

If is true and records are deleted, an instance of + must be provided in order to be able to undo the deletion. It is the + responsibility of the implementer of this class to track any required state necessary and be able to + perform the undeletion of the records.

+
+
+ + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.RecordsInViewChanged + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the record whose update has just been canceled (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the record whose update is about to be canceled (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Returns the record that has just been updated (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the action to take. + + + + + + Returns the record to be updated (read-only). + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + Returns the type of object that triggered the selection change (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + Returns the new selection (read-only). + + + + + Returns the type of object that triggered the selection change (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.Sorting + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated + Defines the field being sorted and the sort direction + Indicates if this will replace the current set of instances + + + + Returns the associated FieldLayout (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the associated Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Field (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the SortDecription that will be applied to the new group (read-only) + + + Note: this property can return null if the is being unsorted, i.e. if the property is set to 'SortByOneFieldOnlyTriState' or 'SortByMultipleFieldsTriState'. + + + + + + + + + + Determines if this will replace the existing set of the SortDecriptions that determine the sort order + + + Note: this setting is ignored if the field is being unsorted + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.Sorted + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated + The that was applied + + + + Returns the associated FieldLayout (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the associated Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter.Field (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the SortDecription that was just applied (read-only) + + + Note: this property can return null if the is being unsorted, i.e. if the property is set to 'SortByOneFieldOnlyTriState' or 'SortByMultipleFieldsTriState'. + + + + + + + + + Event arguments for routed event DataPresenterBase.Sorted + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + + Returns the instance that was recalculated. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the field for which summary selection UI is being displayed (read-only). + + + + + Indicates whether the user actually changed summaries. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event . + + + + + + + Returns the control being displayed in the UI for selecting summaries for a field (read-only). + + + + + Returns the field for which summary selection UI is being displayed (read-only). + + + + + EventArgs for 's ViewStateChanged event. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The type of action that should be taken. + + + + Returns an enumeration that specifies the action to be taken as a result of the View state change. + + + + + + + + Obsolete - Use Field with BindingType set to 'Unbound' or 'UseAlternateBinding' instead + + Field.BindingType + Field.AlternateBinding + Field.AlternateBindingRetentionMode + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called after cloning a field when exporting or printing + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true (read-only) + + + + + + + + Gets/sets a binding that will be used to bind each 's Value property + + + + The following sample shows the proper syntax for binding an in xaml. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note: and either or are mutually exclusive and an attempt to set both will trigger an . + + If this property is set and either or have been specified. + + + + + + Gets/sets a value that indicates the direction on the data flow in the binding. + + + + The following sample shows the proper syntax for binding an in xaml. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note: and either or are mutually exclusive and an attempt to set both will trigger an . + + If this property and have both been specified. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the path to the binding source property. + + + + The following sample shows the proper syntax for binding an in xaml. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Note: and either or are mutually exclusive and an attempt to set both will trigger an . + + If this property and have both been specified. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the unbound field should auto-release binding objects or retain them after they are created. + + + + By default the unbound field creates a binding object for every unbound cell whose value is accessed and + then discards it after evaluating the binding so minimize the memory usage. This however means that every + time an unbound cell's value is accessed, it will have to re-create the binding object. Even though this + preserves memory, it may have adverse performance impact since the binding has to be re-created every + time the unbound cell's value is needed. This adverse performance will be surfaced when a sort or + group-by operation is performed on the unbound field with a lot of records. When this property is set to + Retain, the bindings will be retained and successive sort, group-by or any other operations that + require accessing values of all the unbound cells will be less performance intensive. + + + + + + + + + + Interface to be used for determining how s are grouped. + + + The GroupByEvaluator needs to be logically consistent with the sorted order of the s which can be controlled via the or properties. +

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the value that will be used to initialize a + + The new group by record. + The first record to be included in a new group by record. + The value to use as the new group by record's . + +

In order to keep the default value use the following code:

+

+
+            public object GetGroupByValue( GroupByRecord groupByRecord, DataRecord record )
+            {
+            	return groupByRecord.Value;
+            }
+            
+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Method for determining if a record should be included in a . + + The group by record that contains other records. + The record to be tested + True if the record should be considered part of this group. + + + + + + + + + + + + + The comparer to use for sorting the records. + + Returns an object that implements IComparer or null to use the default sort comparer. + The implementor should return null from this property to use the default comparer. + +

+ Note: objects are passed into the Compare method instead of values. +

+
+ + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Data structure used by the Field's property. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + + + + + Logical row in the field layout that the field appears. + + + + + Logical column in the field layout that the field appears. + + + + + Logical row span in the field layout that the field occupies. + + + + + Logical column span in the field layout that the field occupies. + + + + + Custom markup extension for binding to properties exposed off , , and objects + + + The following 2 xaml snippets are equivalent: +
    +
  • <igWPF:Field Label="{Binding Path=DataContext.MyProperty, RelativeSource={RelativeSource Self}}"/>
  • +
  • <igWPF:Field Label="{FieldBinding MyProperty}"/>
  • +
+
+
+ + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + The path to the source property. + + + + Returns a binding + + The service provider object. + The binding + If used on any object other than a , , or + or if used to bind to a property of a type that is assignable to . + + + + Gets/sets a converter for the value + + + + + Gets/sets the colture to use with the conveter + + + + + Gets/sets a parameter to pass into the converter + + + + + Gets/sets when and how data is tranferred between source and target. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to notify when the source is updated. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to notify when the target is updated. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to notify when a validation error has occured. + + + + + Gets/sets a simple path from the control's DataContext + + + + + Gets/sets a the format for a string binding + + + + + Gets/sets the target null value + + + + + Gets/sets when to update the target + + + + + A collection of Field objects + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Called when the collection is cleared + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection + + + + + + + Moves an item within the collection + + 0 based index of the item to move. + 0 based index indicating the new position of the item. + + + + Called when an item is removed + + + + + Sets an items in the collection replacing what was there. + + The index where the item should be placed. + Teh item to set + + + + Begins an update operation on the collection. This should be called before multiple items being added and/or removed. + + + + + + Ends an update operation on the collection. This should be called after multiple items being added and/or removed. + + + + + + Gets the index of the Field with the specified key. + + The name of the item to search for + The zero-based index or -1 if key not found + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Returns the FieldLayout that owns this collection + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Key based indexer (read-only) + + The key of the field. + The with the specified key. + + + + Used in a to define the layout of s for one or more items. + + + s are created lazily as each item in the is requested. + When a is created 's collection is searched for an existing + whose match the 's properties. If one is not found then + a new is created, in which case the and events will be raised. + + Note: If the new 's property returns true then the collection is automatically populated with a for every public property on the data item. This is done between the and events. + + In any case the event is raised to allow a different to be assigned to the . Finally the event is raised. +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called when a property has been changed + + + + + Gets a string representation for this object + + A string representation for this object. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Identifies the 'HasSeparateHeader' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + + Returns true if the RecordFilters property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the RecordFilters property to its default state. + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default state + + + + + Returns true if the SummaryDefinitions property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SummaryDefinitions property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the SummaryDescriptionMask property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SummaryDescriptionMask property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the SummaryDescriptionMaskInGroupBy property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SummaryDescriptionMaskInGroupBy property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Clears current user customizations based on the customizations parameter. + + Customizations to clear. + + + + + + + Helper method for getting the object that provides fixed information for the field layout. + + The information in the FixedFieldLayoutInfo is based at least partially on what fields are in the layout and therefore requires that the templates have been generated. If true, the method will ensure the templates are generated before returning the object. + + + + + This method is called whenever a property on FieldLayoutSettings belonging to this FieldLayout or the DataPresenterBase + changes. When DataPresenter's FieldLayoutSettings changes, this method is called on all FieldLayouts, otherwise + its called on just the associated FieldLayout. + + Property change notification event args. + Settings whose property changed. + The owner of the settings object - either DataPresenterBase or FieldLayout that the + settings object belongs to. + + + + + + + Sets new field layout information. + + New field layout information. + Whether to merge with the current field layout information + instead of replacing it. This will copy over all entries from the new layout info + into the existing layout info and mark entries that don't exist in the new layout info + as collapsed. Essentially this is used to maintain collapsed states of the fields and + ensure they don't overlap with other fields when they are made visible again. + Specifies whether to set the Visibility property + of the fields to the associated ItemLayoutInfo's _isCollapsed state. + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Ensures fields have unique positions so they don't overlap. + + + + EnsureUniqueFieldPositions method makes sure that fields don't overlap + by moving overlapping fields as necessary. You would typically use this method + after changing a field's position in code via field's + property. + + + + + + + Displays the inside an appropriate container depending on whether the application is running + locally or inside a browser as an XBAP. + + + + When running locally a modal top level window will be created as the container to host the . + When running in the browser as an XBAP application, a special control that simulates a window is created as the container + to get around the lack of top level window support in XBAP applications (modality is also simulated in this case). + + + The Field that the filters are being selected for (required) + The that should be used to determine the unique values to display for the current (optional). but should be specified if the associated FieldLayout’s FieldLayoutSettings.RecordFilterScope property is set to SiblingDataRecords. This allows the to properly display the unique data for the from the proper scope. If the is not specified unique values for the across all data islands will be displayed. + + + + + + + Determines how the add record UI is presented to the user (read-only) + + This property is ignored if the does not support adding of records (i.e. does not implement the interface or that interface's property returns false). + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the user can add records (read-only). + + This property is ignored if the does not support adding of records. + For example, if it does not implement the interface (or that interface's property returns false) + and it does not implement the interface (or that interface's property returns false) + and it is not a generic list whose type is not abstract and has a public parameterless constructor. + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the user can delete records (read-only). + + This property is ignored if the does not support deleting of records. + + + + + + + + Determines whether the user can re-arrange fields. + + + + + + Determines whether the user can fix records thru the UI (read-only). + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the layout is auto fit vertically + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the layout is auto fit horizontally + + + + + Determines whether collection will be automatically populated with s for every property in the underlying data (read-only) + + + Note: If is set to true then this property will always return true. + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the id that will be used to reference s and s inside a XamCalculationManager network. + + + If this property is not set then the will be used. If that's not set then the + will be used. + Note: this property will be ignored unless 's is set. + + + + + + Returns the of the generated styles + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of the for the FieldLayout. + + + + + Gets or sets the data context for a FieldLayout that wants to participate in data binding. + + + + Unless this property is explicitly set it will be coerced to use the owning 's DataContext. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + DataErrorDisplayModeResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + + Returns the that owns this . + + This property will return null if this FieldLayout is not being used inside a . + + + + Determines how s are sized and if they can resized by the user (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the description for this + + + + + Determines the maximum number of logical columns of fields the user is allowed to create + when re-arranging fields. + + + + + + + + Determines the maximum number of logical rows of fields the user is allowed to create + when re-arranging fields. + + + + + + + + Returns the collection of objects + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Holds the default settings for all fields in the s collection. + + + are exposed via the following 3 properties: +
    +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in every .
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in this 's collection.
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here apply to only this one specific .
  • +
+
+

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Settings topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldSettings object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterActionResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterClearButtonLocationResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterRecordLocationResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterUITypeResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + + Indicates the resolved ui that will be displayed to allow changing the of the fields in the layout. + + + + + + + + + Indicates how many sibling records can be fixed at a time. (read-only). + + + + + + + Indicates the resolved ui that will be displayed to allow changing the of the records in the layout. + + + + + + + + Indicates the order of fixed records relative to each other (read-only). + + + + + + + + Determines if expansion indicators will be displayed in groupby records. + + + + + + Returns true if a object has been allocated (read-only). + + + + + + + + Returns true if a separate header style has been generated for use in a GridViewPanel (read-only) + + + + + Returns true if a object has been allocated (read-only). + + + + + + Returns true if there are any s in the collection whose property is true (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if there are any s in the collection (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Returns the generated header template (read-only) + + + + + Determines the placement of headers (read-only). + + + + Note: This setting is ignored unless is 'SeparateHeader' and the view supports separate headers. + + + + + + + + + Determines the placement of headers when records are grouped (read-only). + + + If is not explicitly set then this will return to 'WithDataRecords' unless is explicitly set to 'OnTopOnly' or returns 'LabelIcons'. + + + + Note: This setting is ignored unless is 'SeparateHeader' and the view supports separate headers. + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + HeaderPrefixAreaDisplayModeResolved returns the resolved value of the + + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's + or the DataPresenter's . + + + + + + + Determines whether the and properties will return true on every other (read-only). + + + + + + This used from inside cell, label, field and record styles. + + + + Determines whether the primary field will be highlighted (read-only). + + + + + + + This is used from inside cell, label, field and record styles. + + + + Gets/sets whether this is the default FieldLayout + + + + + + Gets whether this FieldLayout has been initialized (read-only) + + + + + The key into the collection + + + If a key isn't explicitly set then the value will be used as the default key. + + Note: in version 9.2 (NA 2009 volume 2) we changed the default value of the Key, initialized from the . This was done to make the keys more xaml friendly. The following table describes how the changes affect various data sources: + + + DataTable + + "Prior to v.9.2 the key was the instance. As of v9.2 the Key is now the DataTable.TableName." + + + + ITypedList (e.g. DataView) + + "Prior to v.9.2 the key was the data source instance. As of v9.2 the Key is now what is returned from the .GetListName() method." + + + + XmlNode + + "Prior to v.9.2 the key was the instance. As of v9.2 the Key is now the XmlNode.Name." + + + + The property was added to allow the Key to be used to explicitly idenify which data items are compatible when assigning a FieldLayout to a . + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the Key property must match the data item provider's key when assiging the FieldLayout to the associated DataRecord. + + + When assigning a FieldLayout to a the collection is searched for the most + approprate match to the data item. Setting this property to true will exclude a FieldLayout from matching the data item unless its key is a match for the + 's . + However, even if KeyMatchingEnforced is true and the Key doeesn't match this does not prevent the FieldLayout from being explicitly assigned to a data item in code within the event. + + Note: in version 9.2 (NA 2009 volume 2) we changed the default value of the Key. Unless explicitly set it is now initialized from the 's .Key. + This was done to make the keys more xaml friendly. The following table describes how the changes affect various data sources: + + + DataTable + + "Prior to v.9.2 the key was the instance. As of v9.2 the Key is now the DataTable.TableName." + + + + ITypedList (e.g. DataView) + + "Prior to v.9.2 the key was the data source instance. As of v9.2 the Key is now what is returned from the .GetListName() method." + + + + XmlNode + + "Prior to v.9.2 the key was the instance. As of v9.2 the Key is now the XmlNode.Name." + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the preferred location of the labels (read-only) + + Not all panels support a separate header area for the labels. These panels will revert to having the labels with the fields. + + + + + + + + + Returns the maximum number of cells that can be selected at any time (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Returns the maximum number of cells that can be selected at any time (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Returns the maximum number of records that can be selected at any time (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Returns the parent Field or null. + + + + + + Returns the parent FieldLayout or null. + + + + + + Gets/sets the key of the parent FieldLayout + + + + + + + + Gets/sets the name of the parent Field + + + + + + + + + + Returns the primary + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the filter criteria with which to filter records. + + + + RecordFilters property gets the record filters collection for this field layout. You can use this + collection to specify filter criteria to filter data records. These filters will be applied to all data + records associated with this + field layout. Note that for the child field layouts, RecordManager's + will be used by default unless you set the + property to AllRecords. See for more information. + + + Also note that you can enable record filtering user interface by setting + + and properties. + When the user modifies filter criteria, this collection will be updated to reflect the new criteria. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + RecordFiltersLogicalOperatorResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + This is used internally to detect (via binding) when the record indents have changed + + + + + Gets the extent for the (read-only) + + + Based on the this will represent its width or its height + + + + + + + + + + Determines if and where s will be displayed relative to a 's cell area (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + + Determines the format of the number displayed inside of the element. (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Determines the start number to use for record number's displayed inside of the element. (read-only). + + + + + + + + Determines what number, if any, to display inside of the element. (read-only). + + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + ReevaluateFiltersOnDataChangeResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + Gets the resolved value of property. + + + FilterActionResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + Determines if and how cells and labels are resized by the user (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + Returns the whose information is displayed in a scroll tip when the GridViewSettings.ScrollingMode is set to DeferredWithScrollTips. + + +

Returns the whose information is displayed in a scroll tip when the is set to DeferredWithScrollTips.

+
+ Returns the whose was set to true or the + if no field was designated as the scroll tip field. + + +
+ + + Determines hows s can be selected (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + + Determines hows s can be selected (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + + Determines hows s can be selected (read-only). + + + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets an object that holds this FieldLayout's specific settings + + + objects are exposed via the following 2 properties: +
    +
  • 's - settings specified here become the default for all s in the collection.
  • +
  • 's - settings specified here apply to only this one specific .
  • +
+
+
+
+ + + Returns the collection of objects that determine sort order and groupby status (read-only). + + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets the summaries collection for this field layout. These summaries will be calculated for each + RecordCollection associated with the field layout. + + + + You can calculate summaries (like sum, average, maximum, minimum or any custom calculation logic that + you implement) of a field by adding a instance to this collection. + The calculated summaries by default are displayed in a summary record for each record + collection. The calculation results can also be accessed via + collection of a + record collection. + + + DataGrid also has a built-in user interface that lets the user select summary calculations for a field. + To enable summary selection UI, set the FieldSettings' and + properties. FieldSettings' + property controls if and where the summaries will be + displayed. + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies what to display in the header of the summary record. + + + + Each summary record by default displays a header above it. You can use + SummaryDescriptionMask and properties + to specify what's displayed inside the header. SummaryDescriptionMaskInGroupBy is + used for any summary record whose parent record is a . Otherwise + SummaryDescriptionMask is used. + + + Summary description mask is a replacement string with specific tokens that will be replaced + by their corresponding values. The following is a list of supported tokens: +
+ + + Token + Replacement Value + + + [GROUP_BY_VALUE] + Parent group-by record's value. + + + [GROUP_BY_VALUES] + Values of all the ancestor group-by records separated by ','. + + + [PRIMARY_FIELD] + + Value of the primary field (specified using Field's + property) in the parent data record. + + + + [SCROLLTIP_FIELD] + + Value of the scroll-tip field (specified using the Field's + property) in the parent data record. + + + + [PARENT_FIELD_NAME] + + If the summary record is associated with a child record collection, this + token will be replaced with the name of the parent expandable field. + + + + [FieldName] + + Here the FieldName can be any field in the parent data record. This + will be replaced with the value of that field in the parent data record. + + + +
+ + If not explicitly set, this property is resolved as follows:
+ + + Summaries of root data records + + "Grand Summaries" + + + + Summaries of child records + + "Summaries for [PRIMARY_FIELD]" +
Note that when you have group-by records, + will be used instead of this property. +
+
+
+
+ + NOTE: To hide the summary record header, use the FieldLayoutSetting's + property. + +
+ + + + +
+ + + Specifies the what to display in the header of the summary record. + + + + See for more information. + + + If not explicitly set, this property is resolved as "Summaries for [GROUP_BY_VALUE]". + + + NOTE: To hide the summary record header, use the FieldLayoutSetting's + property. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets an arbitrary object value that can be used to store custom information about this object. + + + + + Specifies the tooltip for the field layout. It's displayed when the user hovers the mouse over the + field layout label. + + + + Field layout label is displayed by the element for the that represents field layout. + + + + + + Return the total number of columns generated + + + + + + + + + Return the total number of rows generated + + + + + + + + + + Returns the partially resolved value based on the field settings of the field layout + and the data presenter. + + + + + Resolved calculation scope. + + + + + Determines whether the user can add records (read-only). + + This property is ignored if the does not support adding of records (i.e. does not implement the interface or that interface's property returns false). + + + + + + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Indicates if the grid bag panel should consider this field layout to be autofit. ExtendLastField is not autofit with regards to layout since we only ever increase the size of the fields to fill the available area. + + + + + Indicates if the grid bag panel should consider this field layout to be autofit. ExtendLastField is not autofit with regards to layout since we only ever increase the size of the fields to fill the available area. + + + + + Indicates if the field chooser user interface is enabled. + + + + + Returns a version number used to determine when the layout settings for the fields/constraints has changed. + + + + + Returns a version number used to determine when the layoutmanager items has changed. + + + + + Gets the resolved default value of property. + + + RecordFilterScopeResolved returns the resolved value of the + property which can be set on the FieldLayout's or the DataPresenter's + . + + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + This version number is incremented whenever any settings that affect special records + in viewable records collection. For example, when a summary is added/removed that can + potentially cause summary record to be added/removed from the viewable record + collection, this version number will be incremented. Viewable record collection will + use it for verification. + + + + + IsTemplateRecordPanel Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Gets the IsTemplateRecordPanel property. This dependency property + indicates .... + + + + + Sets the IsTemplateRecordPanel property. This dependency property + indicates .... + + + + + Handles changes to the IsTemplateRecordPanel property. + + + + + Returns the desired size of the cell value presenter within a CellPresenter. + + + + + Returns the desired size of the label presenter within a CellPresenter. + + + + + Indicates if the splitter should be enabled. This is true if there are fields + that may be fixed to the far side or there are far fixed fields that may be + unfixed. + + + + + Indicates if the splitter should be enabled. This is true if there are fields + that may be fixed to the near side or there are near fixed fields that may be + unfixed. + + + + + For internal use. Provides layout information regarding the fields of a given field layout. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The FieldLayout whose information is to be calculated + True to get the layout information for the header area. + + + + Returns an array of the widths for the logical columns that the fields occupy. + + An array of doubles represents the widths of the logical columns + + + + Returns an array of the heights for the logical rows that the fields occupy. + + An array of doubles represents the heights of the logical rows + + + + Returns the resolved position of the specified field. + + The whose position information is to be returned + True to return the position information for a label; otherwise false to return the information for a cell. + A FieldPosition that indicates the position of the specified element type with respect to the other fields in the field layout or null if the item doesn't exist within the associated layout type. + + + + A collection of FieldLayout objects + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Layout topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldLayout object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Called when the collection is cleared + + + + + Inserts an item in the collection + + The index where the item should be inserted. + The item to insert + + + + Called when an item is removed + + + + + + Sets an items in the collection replacing what was there. + + The index where the item should be placed. + Teh item to set + + + + Determines if an items with the specified key is in the collection + + The key of the item to search for + True if key is found + + + + Gets the index of the FieldLayout with the specified key. + + The key of the item to search for + The zero-based index or -1 if key not found + + + + Determines if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + Returns true if any property value is set to a non-default value. + + + + Returns the DataPresenterBase that owns this collection. + + This property will return null if this fieldlayout is not being used inside a . + + + + Indexer + + The key of the item + The object in the collection that has the specified key + + + + Indexer + + The zero-based index into the collection. + The object in the collection at the specified index + + + + Base class for initializing a field layout's settings + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The associated for which the templates will be generated + + + + Returns the value that should be used to navigate to an adjacent record when the specified cell navigation direction is used and a suitable target cell cannot be found in the current record. + + + + + + + Sets a dirty flag so that the next time either of the generated styles are + requested they will be regenerated. + + + + + Generates an item style (and optionally a header style) based on the specified layout + + + + + Returns the default label alignment + + + + + Return the default flow for field's + + + + + Returns the field layout + + + + + Returns the generate template for a separate header area + + + + + Returns the generate style for the item + + + + + Returns the generate style for the item + + + + + Returns the generated style for the item + + + + + Returns the generated style for the item + + + + + Returns the generated style for the item + + + + + Returns the logical orientation for layouts. + + + + + Returns whether the generator has a logical orientation. + + + + + Returns true if a separate header was generated for labels (read-only) + + + + + Returns the layout mode (read-only) + + + + + Returns the default label alignment for the primary field + + + + + Returns true if the panel supports label headers + + + + + Returns the generate style for the item + + + + + Returns the generate style for the item + + + + + The number of times the templates have been invalidated. + + + + + The number of times the styles have been invalidated. + + + + + Returns the default AutoArrangePrimaryFieldReservation + + + + + Initializes a field layout's settings for a gridview presentation + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The for which the templates will be generated + The orientation of the records in the grid view + + + + Returns the value that should be used to navigate to an adjacent record when the specified cell navigation direction is used and a suitable target cell cannot be found in the current record. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the orientation of the layout (e.g. 'Vertical' means that the fields are lined up verticially). + + + + + Return the default layout for field's + + + + + Returns the default AutoArrangePrimaryFieldReservation + + + + + Returns the default label alignment + + + + + Returns the layout mode (read-only) + + + + + Returns the orientation for gridview layouts. + + + + + Returns whether the generator has a logical orientation. + + + + + Initializes a field layout's settings for a gridview presentation that has a separate header + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The for which the templates will be generated + The orientation of the records in the grid view + + + + Returns true if the panel supports label headers + + + + + Initializes a field layout's settings for a gridview presentation + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The for which the templates will be generated + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The for which the templates will be generated + The LogicalOrientation of the view for which templates will be generated or null if the view has no LogicalOrientation. + True if s are arranged in rows and columns (like ) or false if they are not (like or ). + + + + Returns the value that should be used to navigate to an adjacent record when the specified cell navigation direction is used and a suitable target cell cannot be found in the current record. + + + + + + + Return the default layout for field's + + + + + Returns the layout mode (read-only) + + + + + Returns whether the generator has a logical orientation. + + + + + Returns the orientation for gridview layouts. + + + + + Returns the default label alignment for the primary field + + + + + Returns a 2 dimensional array the corresponds in size (i,e, rows and columns) to the grid element + used in the FieldLayout. Each element in the array contains a reference to the Field that has been + assigned to the correspnding grid cell. If no Field has been assigned to a grid cell the corresponding + array element will contain null. Note that if a Field spans grid cells and/or columns, references to that + field will appear in multiple array elements. + + + + + Specifies how a field is sorted and optionally grouped + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + Field that's to be sorted. + Sort direction. + Whether to group records by this field + + + + The direction of the sort + + + + + The Field to sort + + + + + The name of the Field to sort + + + + + Determines whether this is also a groupby field + + + + + Returns true if the Seal method has been called (read-only) + + + + + A collection of FieldSortDescription objects + + + + + + + + + + Adds an item to the collection + + The item to add. + + + + Prevents change notification from being raised while multiple updates are made to the collection. + + + Note: it is the caller's responsibilty to call after the updates are completed. + + + + + Clears all items from the collection + + + + + Clears all sort descriptions that are not flagged as groupby fields. + + + + + Determines if the collection contains an item. + + The item to check + True if the item is in the collection. + + + + Determines if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription in the collection. + + The associated field + True if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription in the collection. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + + + + + + + Determines if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription in the collection. + + The associated field + If non-null will only return true if there is a FieldSortDescription with the matching field and IsGroupBy value in the collection. + True if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription with the specified 'IsGroupBy' state in the collection. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + + + + + + Determines if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription in the collection. + + The associated field name + True if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription in the collection. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + + + + + + + Determines if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription in the collection. + + The associated field name + If non-null will only return true if there is a FieldSortDescription with the matching field and IsGroupBy value in the collection. + True if the field has an associated FieldSortDescription with the specified 'IsGroupBy' state in the collection. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + + + + + + Copies the items into an array + + The array to receive the items. + The starting index + + + + Raises and re-enables change notifications suspended by a prior call to . + + + + + + Gets an enumerator for the items in the collection + + An enumerator + + + + Gets the index of the FieldSortDescription for the specified field. + + The associated field + The zero-based index or -1 if the field is not found + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the index of the first instance that matches the field. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the index of the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + + Gets the index of the FieldSortDescription for the specified field. + + The associated field + The zero-based index or -1 if the field is not found + If non-null will only return the index of a FieldSortDescription with the matching IsGroupBy value. + The zero-based index or -1 if the field with the requested isGroupBy setting is not found + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the first instance that matches the field if the isGroupBy parameter is null. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the index of the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + Gets the index of the FieldSortDescription for the specified field. + + The associated field + The zero-based index or -1 if the field is not found + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the index of the first instance that matches the field. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the index of the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + + Gets the index of the FieldSortDescription for the specified field. + + The associated field + If non-null will only return the index of a FieldSortDescription with the matching IsGroupBy value. + The zero-based index or -1 if the field with the requested isGroupBy setting is not found + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the first instance that matches the field if the isGroupBy parameter is null. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the index of the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + Gets the index of the item in the collection. + + The item in question + The zero-based index or -1 if the item is not found + + + + Inserts an item into the collection at a specified index + + The index to insert the item + The item to insert + + + + Removes an item from the collection + + The item to remove + True if successful. + + + + Removes an item from that collection at a specified index. + + The index of the item to remove. + + + + Called to sort the list + + + + + Called when an item is removed + + + + + Returns a enumerator for the list + + + + + + Occurs when a property value has changed + + + + + Occurs when a the contents of the collection is modified + + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection + + + + + Returns the count of the fields that are grouped by (read-only). + + + + + Returns the FieldLayout that owns this collection + + + + + Indexer + + The associated field + The FieldSortDescription in the collection that is associated with this field. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the first instance that matches the field if the isGroupBy parameter is null. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + + Indexer + + The associated FieldSortDescription for this field and IsGroupBy state + If non-null will only return the FieldSortDescription with the matching field and IsGroupBy value. + The FieldSortDescription in the collection that is associated with this field and IsGroupBy state. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the first instance that matches the field if the isGroupBy parameter is null. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + Indexer + + The associated field's name + The FieldSortDescription in the collection that is associated with this field. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the first instance that matches the field if the isGroupBy parameter is null. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + + Indexer + + The associated field's name + The FieldSortDescription in the collection that is associated with this field. + If non-null will only return the FieldSortDescription with the matching field and IsGroupBy value. + The FieldSortDescription in the collection that is associated with this field and IsGroupBy state. + + Note: the collection can now contain up to 2 instances of FieldSortDescriptions with the same field (one with its IsGroupBy set to true and the other with its IsGroupBy set to false). + This method will return the first instance that matches the field if the isGroupBy parameter is null. In the case where there are 2 instances it will always return the one with its IsGroupBy set to true. + This is because the collection is sorted such that all 'groupby' FieldSortDescriptions come before all 'non-groupby' ones. + + + + + Indexer + + The zero-based index into the collection. + The object in the collection at the specified index + + + + A control used by the , and for managing and displaying a list of fields that + are available for grouping and a list of fields that are already grouped. It also provides support for managing the contents of the lists as fields are dragged and + dropped between the lists. + + +

The default style for the GroupByArea provides a UI for grouping data records based on s defined in the . Since there is only one + , the GroupByArea can only provide a grouping UI for that . By default, the + is set to the FieldLayout associated with the first DataRecord encountered. When bound to flat homogeneous data this is not an issue since there is only one . Keep in mind that if + the control is bound to non-homogeneous data or hierarchical data the grouping UI will only show the s from the .

+

The GroupByArea keeps track of its expanded and collapsed state and exposes an IsExpanded property that styles can trigger of off to collapse the elements in the style's Template. + The default style for the GroupByArea contains a Template that exposes a UI for expanding and collapsing the control.

+

Note: The GroupByArea contains the following Template Parts (Template Parts are elements with specific names and types that the control expects to + find in its visual tree. They are essential to the operation of the control. If you replace the control's Template you should be sure to include elements with the required + names and types): +

    +
  • Name: PART_AvailableFieldLabelsArea Type: FrameworkElement - Specifies the area where the list resides
  • +
  • Name: PART_GroupedFieldLabelsArea Type: FrameworkElement - Specifies the area where the list resides
  • +
  • Name: PART_InsertionPoint Type: FrameworkElement - Specifies the element that marks the insertion point when s are dragged and dropped
  • +
+

+

Note: The GroupByArea is automatically created by the , and controls when needed. + It is not intended for use outside of these controls and you should never need to create it directly.

+

Refer to the About Grouping topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this property is used.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Constructor provided to allow creation in design tools for template and style editing. + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the visual parent of the element has been changed. + + The previous visual parent + + + + Identifies the 'AvailableFieldLabels' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'GroupedFieldLabels' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a collection of s which represent the s currently available for grouping. + + +

This collection is automatically populated with s for each un-grouped field in the

+

The s in this collection are derived from and represent s + available for grouping. The default style for the contains a which is bound to this collection. Since the elements in the + collection are derived from they automatically support drag and drop. When the creates these elements it + listens to the drag events and automatically groups/ungroups the field represented by the being dragged and manages the contents of the AvailableFieldLabels and + GroupedFieldLabels collections.

+

If you replace the Template for the you can bind to this collection to take advantage of this same functionality.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of s which represent the s currently being used to group the data. + + +

This collection is automatically populated with s for each grouped field in the

+

The s in this collection are derived from and represent s + currently being used to group the data. The default style for the contains a which is bound to this collection. Since the elements in the + collection are derived from they automatically support drag and drop. When the creates these elements it + listens to the drag events and automatically groups/ungroups the field represented by the being dragged and manages the contents of the AvailableFieldLabels and + GroupedFieldLabels collections.

+

If you replace the template for the you can bind to this collection to take advantage of this same functionality.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Used to represent a in the group by area. + + +

is derived from and represents a + in the . The default style for the contains a + which is bound to a collection of GroupByAreaFieldLabels. Since the elements in the + collection are derived from they automatically support drag and drop. When the creates these elements it + listens to the drag events and automatically groups/ungroups the field represented by the GroupByAreaFieldLabel being dragged.

+

Note: GroupByAreaFieldLabels are automatically created by the when needed. + They are not intended for use outside of these controls and you should never need to create one directly.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the 'Field' dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the 'AddedToAvailableList' routed event + + + + + Occurs when the is added to the collection. + + + + + + + Event ID for the 'AddedToGroupedList' routed event + + + + + Occurs when the is added to the collection. + + + + + + + Event ID for the 'RemovedFromAvailableList' routed event + + + + + Occurs when the is removed from the collection. + + + + + + + The actual associated with this . (read-only). + + + + + + + Occurs when the is added to the collection. + + + + + + + Occurs when the is added to the collection. + + + + + + + Occurs when the is removed from the collection. + + + + + + + A read-only collection of s + + +

The exposes 2 properties of this type: and .

+

Note: The GroupByAreaFieldLabelCollection is automatically created by the when needed. + It is not intended for use outside of these controls and you should never need to create it directly.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Raises the CollectionChanged event + + + + + Called when a property changes. + + + + + + Occurs when the collection changes. + + + + + Occurs when a property changes. + + + + + A System.Windows.Controls.ListBox that contains the collection of or for the + of a derived control such as , or . + + + + + + + + + + + Determines if the specified item is (or is eligible to be) its own container. + + The item to check. + True if the item serves as its own container and does not need one provided for it, false to have the listbox geberate a wrapper. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + The comparer to use for sorting the records. + + Returns an object that implements IComparer or null to use the default sort comparer. + + + + The comparer to use for sorting the records. + + Returns an object that implements IComparer or null to use the default sort comparer. + + + + A control that contains one or more instances (i.e. column headers) in the derived controls that display a separate header area such as in . It is used primarily for styling the area around the LabelPresenters. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLayout' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated field layout + + + + + Returns the orientation (vertical/horizontal) of the HeaderLabelAreas in the containing Panel. + + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + A control that is placed in the header area and sized to match the dimensions of the RecordSelectors so that the LabelPresenters in the HeaderLabelArea line up with the cells in each record. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Creates an instance of StyleSelectorHelperBase derived class for the element. + + The created style selector helper. + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + A control that contains all the elements that make up the header area in the controls that display a separate header area such as in . The HeaderPresenter contains the and controls. It is used primarily for styling the outermost portion of the header area. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when a property is changed + + + + + Identifies the RecordManager" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'RecordManager' attached readonly property + + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + An element used to display the Label of a Field. + + +

Refer to the Fields topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of fields.

+

Refer to the Field Label topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the Field Labels.

+

Refer to the Field Settings topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of the FieldSettings object.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this object is used.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the embedded editor is about to enter edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the embedded editor has just entered edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the embedded editor is about to exit edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + Called when the embedded editor has just exited edit mode + + + + + Overridden. Called after OnEditModeEnding however before OnEditModeEnded. This is + called after input validation succeeds to let the host know to commit the value. + This implementation does nothing as label presenters do not enter edit mode. + + The edited value that is to be committed. + Whether the editor should cancel the operation of exitting edit mode. + Returns true if commit succeeded, false otherwise. + + + + Overridden. Called when the embedded editor has input validation error. + + + + + + Called when a property on the associated object changes + + + + + + Called when mouse capture is lost + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released. + + + + + + Called when the mouse mouses over the elemnt or when it has mouse capture. + + The mouse argument + + + + Called when a property is changed + + + + + Called when the mouse is over the element + + + + + Called when the visual parent has changed + + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'SortStatus' dependency property + + + + + Returns true is editing is allowed + + + + + Indicates the preferred visibility of the FixedFieldButton within the element based on the resolved FixedFieldUIType and the AllowFixing of the Field. + + + + + + Indicates the preferred visibility of the FixedFieldButton within the element based on the resolved FixedFieldUIType and the AllowFixing of the Field. + + + + + + Brush applied to innermost of two default borders. + + + + + + Indicates if this label presenter in the data grid is being dragged. + + + + When a label presenter inside data presenter is clicked and dragged, it's IsDragSource will + be set to true. Note that this is not the label presenter that's embedded inside + drag indicator. To check if a label presenter is embedded inside the drag indicator window, + use its property. + + + + + + + Indicates if this LabelPresenter is in a . + + + + + + Indicates if this LabelPresenter is in the GroupByArea. + + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether a label is in a pressed state."/> + + + + + + Indicates if a the LabelPresenter is selected in the field chooser (read-only). + + + + When this LabelPresenter is inside a , IsSelectedInFieldChooser + property returns a value indicating whether the LabelPresenter is currently selected in the FieldChooser. + + + + + + + + + + The brush used by default templates when IsMouseOver == True. + + + + + + Brush applied to outermost of two default borders. + + + + + + Returns the sort status of the Field (read-only) + + + + + A derived class for use in the and 's . + This derived panel adds support for navigation commands, hierarchical data display and the control. + + +

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+

Note: The CarouselViewPanel is designed to be used with the and controls and is for Infragistics internal use only. The control is not + designed to be used outside of the or . You may experience undesired results if you try to do so.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Creates an instance of the CarouselViewPanel. + + +

Note: For Infragistics internal use only. An instance of this control is automatically created by the XamDataCarousel and XamDataPresenter + controls when needed. You should never have to create an instance of this control directly.

+
+
+ + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when the completes an animated scroll operation. + + The new scroll position within the list of items being displayed by the CarouselPanel + + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + + + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Called when the value of a property changes. + + An instance of DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains information about the property that changed. + + + + Ensures that the specified cell is visible. If it is not, the panel should scroll in the appropriate + direction to make it visible. NOTE: This routine assumes that the record is already visible. Call + EnsureRecordIsVisible to make the record containing the cell visible. + + The cell to be made visible. + True if cell has been made visible, false if the operation could not be completed. + + + + Ensures that the specified record is visible. If it is not, the panel should scroll in the appropriate + direction to make it visible. + + The record to be made visible. + True if the record was made visible, false if the operation could not be completed. + + + + Returns the first record in the list of currently displayed records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the first record in the overall list of records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the last record in the list of currently displayed records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the last record in the overall list of records that is of the specified type. + + The type of record to look for and return. + A record of the specified type or null if no record of the specified type could be found. + + + + Returns the target of a record navigation from the specified currentRecord in the specified navigationDirection + + The starting record for the navigation + The direction in which to navigate + A reference to the current selection host. + True if the shift key is down + True if the ctl key is down + Enumeration that specified how to deal with navigation among sibling records + The Record or Record-derived type used to restrict the return record to a particular type + The record that is the target of the navigation + + + + Notifies the panel that the active record has changed. + + The new active record. + + + + Notifies the panel that the collection has changed. + + + + + Scrolls the panel in the direction specified by scrollType. + + The direction in which to scroll. + + + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + + + + + Returns the of the panel. + + + + + derived class used by the (and 's ) to serve as a container (wrapper) for each item in the list. + + +

A is used within a 's (and 's ) to arrange items in the list. + The wraps each of its child items in a CarouselItem element. The wrapper serves as a convenient + place to store state (required by the ) for each of its child items. You will not normally need to interact with this element but you should + be aware of its existence in case you have code that needs to traverse the control's visual tree.

+

Refer to the Carousel Architecture Overview topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how Carousel presentation works.

+

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the (or 's + when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Constructor provided to allow creation in design tools for template and style editing. + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the (or 's when needed. + You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsExpanded' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Returns .Visible if the record associated with this CarouselItem has child records, otherwise returns .Hidden. + + + + + + Determines if the wrapper is expanded + + + + + Returns whether the record content opacity is reduced (readonly) + + + Note: this property is only set to true when the property is true and the returns 'Disable' or 'ReduceOpacity'. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the storyboard used to animate items before they disappear. + + +

The storyboard is run when the user clicks on the expansion indicator to drill down into the child records of the + associated with the CarouselItem. The storyboard can be used to animate the disappearance of CarouselItems in the current list before the list of + child records is shown.

+

Note: If this property is null a default storyboard is provided which animates the Opacity of each item to 0 and size of each item + to twice its normal size.

+
+ +
+ + + Used by a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter to represent the child records of a DataRecord from an expandable field. + + + s are child records of s. + The of these elements contain either a with the 's , if the associated 's implement's the interface, or an containing the actual value of the . + Note: This is not a UIElement but is a lightweight wrapper around a data item. It is represented in the UI via a corresponding element. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new element to represent this record in a record list control. + + Returns a new element to be used for representing this record in a record list control. + + + + Returns the associated record from the UI during a print or export operation. + + + Note: during a print or export operation clones of records are made that are used only during the operation. This method returns the source record this record was cloned from. + + The associated record from the UI DataPresenter or null. + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Gets/sets the description for the record + + + + + Gets/sets whether this is record is expanded + + + + + Returns the type of the record (read-only) + + + + + Property: Returns false since an expandable field record cannot be selected. + + + + + Gets the resolved visibility of the record (read-only) + + + + + Returns a RecordManager for the child records (read-only) + + + + + Returns a collection of child records (read-only) + + + + + Returns the parent field for child records only (read-only) + + Returns null for root level (i.e. non-child) records. + + + + Indicates if the expandable field record's header (label) is visible. + + + + + Used by a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter to represent a grouping of records. + + + This object is used as a parent record for a set of logically related s (or nested GroupByRecords) created by a Grouping operation related to a specific . + Note: This is not a UIElement but is a lightweight wrapper around the data item. It is represented in the UI via a corresponding element. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new element to represent this record in a record list control. + + Returns a new element to be used for representing this record in a record list control. + + + + Ensures that record filters are applied to this record. + + + + + Returns the associated record from the UI during a print or export operation. + + + Note: during a print or export operation clones of records are made that are used only during the operation. This method returns the source record this record was cloned from. + + The associated record from the UI DataPresenter or null. + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Returns true if the record belongs in this group by record + by walking up the parent group by records if any and making + sure that the record also matches them. + + + + + + + Returns summary results that are to be displayed inside the group-by record. + + Returns summary results enumerable, can be null if no matching items found. + + + + Returns the summary results that are to be displayed in the group-by record in the form of text. + Multiple summary results will be concatenated using the specified separator. + + Separator to use to concatenate multiple summary results. + Returns the summary results as text. + + + + Returns true if there are any summary results that will be displayed in the group-by record. + + Returns true if there are any summary results that will be displayed in the group-by record. + + + + Gets/sets the description for the row + + + + + Returns the description of the group-by record, with any summaries appended to it. + + + + + Returns the type of the record (read-only) + + + + + Returns a read-only collectionn of s this group contains + + This collection will either contain all GroupByRecords or all s, never both. + + + + + + + Returns the used for grouping this group (read-only) + + + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether all the data records of this group-by record are filtered out. + + + + IsFilteredOut of a GroupByRecord indicates whether all the data records of this group-by record + are filtered out. + + + + True all the data records of this group-by record are filtered out or false if they are not. + However, if there are no active record filters then this property returns null + + + + + + Returns the common value for this group (read-only) + + + + + + + + + Returns the value of the _commonValue member variable. The property returns + the _commonValue as well except when _commonValue is a GroupInfo instance in which case + it unwraps it and returns the GroupInfo.Value where as this property returns whatever the + _commonValue is. + + + + + A record that displays field labels. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + Associated field layout. + Parent record collection. + + + + Overridden. Creates a new FilterCellCollection. + + A new FilterCellCollection instance. + + + + HeaderRecords will always return null from this method. + + + + + Returns the value of a filter cell. + + Value of the filter cell associated with this field will be returned. + Not used by the FilterRecord. + + + + Returns the value of a specific cell + + The field whose value to get. + The type of value to return + + + + + + + Overridden. Sets the value of the filter cell. + + Value on the filter cell of this field will be set. + The new value. + Not used for filter record. + Set to null since the filter record doesn't generated data errors + True to avoid setting the data changed flag + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Gets/sets the description for the row + + + + + Overridden. Returns false since this is not a data record. + + + + + Property: Returns true only if the record can be selected + + + + + Overridden. Returns true since the HeaderRecord is a special record. + + + + + Returns the type of the record (read-only) + + + + + Returns the record that this header is attached to (read-only) + + + + + A control that sits within a DataRecordPresenter control and contains the record's cells. It is used primarily for styling the area around the cells. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLayout' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the 'IsActive' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsAddRecord' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsFilterRecord' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsFilteredOut' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsAlternate' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'IsSelected' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Record' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Checks various things like IsLoaded, IsInitialized etc... + + + + + + + Raises HoverEnd event if _hasPendingHoverEnd is true and we are in a state where we can + safely raise it (checks like IsLoaded etc...). + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the mnouse enters the DataRecordCellArea and elements representing a Hover state should be shown. + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the mnouse exits the DataRecordCellArea and elements representing a Hover state should be hidden. + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the DataRecordCellArea's record is selected. + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the DataRecordCellArea's record is de-selected. + + + + + Returns the associated data record's data error. + + + + DataError property returns the value of the associated DataRecord's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Returns the associated field layout + + + + + Indicates if the associated data record has data error. + + + + HasDataError property returns the value of the associated DataRecord's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines if this is the active record + + + + + Returns true if this is an add record (readonly) + + + + + Returns true if this is a filter record (readonly) + + + + + Returns true if this is record is filtered out (read-only) + + + True if the record fails to meet the current effective record filters or false if it does not. + However, if there are no active record filters then this property returns null + + + + + + + Returns true for every other row in the list (readonly) + + + + + Determines if the record is selected + + + + + Returns the orientation (vertical/horizontal) of the RecordCellAreas in the containing Panel. + + + + + + Returns the associated record inside a DataPresenterBase (read-only) + + + + + Sets the CornerRadius of default borders. + + + + + + The brush applied by default templates when IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied by default templates when IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + + The brush applied by default templates when IsActive = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied by default templates when IsActive = true. + + + + + + The brush applied by default templates when IsAlternate = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied by default templates when IsAlternate = true. + + + + + + The brush applied by default templates when IsSelected = true. + + + + + + The border brush applied by default templates when IsSelected = true. + + + + + + Style property applied to internal ContentPresenter used by default templates. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when CellArea.IsActive = true. + + + + + + Style applied to ContentPresenter when CellArea.IsAlternate = true. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when CellArea.IsSelected = true. + + + + + + Style applied to default ContentPresenter when Cell.IsMouseOver = true. + + + + + + Occurs when the mnouse enters the DataRecordCellArea and elements representing a Hover state should be shown. + + + + + Occurs when the mnouse exits the DataRecordCellArea and elements representing a Hover state should be hidden. + + + + + Occurs when the DataRecordCellArea's record is selected. + + + + + Occurs when the DataRecordCellArea's record is de-selected. + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + Returns an array containing all the items of the sparse array. If 'create' is false then any null entries + will be returned in the returned array. + + True to allocate any un-allocated record objects. If false then null entries will + be returned in the returned array. + Element type of the array to create. Must be Record or a derived type. + Array of the same length as the count of the sparse array. + + + + Returns visible items. + + Whether to create new items to fill null slots. + Returns visible items. + + + + Called when a item is created to occupy a null slot + + The item that was created. + The zero-based index of the item in the array + + + + Indicates whether the sparse array is currently in the process of calculating its scroll count. + + + + + An abstract base collection of Records used by the DataPresenterBase control + + + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Record Manager topic in the Developer's Guide. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The parent record or null if there is no parent record + The associated + The owning + A flag indicating what type of sparse array to create + + + + Collapses all records. + + Whether to collapse descendant records as well. + + + + + Collapses all records recursively upto the recursionDepth. + + Number of levels to recurse down. 0 means just this level. + + + + Returns true if the record is in the collection + + + + + Copies all the records in the collection into an array + + The target array to receive the records. + The index in the target array to receive the first record. + + + + Expands all records. + + Whether to expand descendant records as well. + + + + + Expands all records recursively upto the recursionDepth. + + Number of levels to recurse down. 0 means just this level. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the record in the collection + + + + + Sorts the records based on the current sort criteria. + + + + RefreshSort sorts the records in this collection to be in + the sort order specified by the FieldLayout's + collection. + + + Also Record's method can be used to re-position an individual + record in the correct sort position after modifying its data. + + + + + + + + Helper method to return all records including hidden records and special records on the viewable record collection. + + + + + Gets the records associated with this records collection as well as descendant record collections + upto the lowestLevelFieldLayout. + + Whether to get data records or group-by records. + If this parameter is non-null then records from + only this field layout will be returned. If it is null, then records from all field layouts will be returned. + If this parameter is non-null then records from + field layouts upto the lowestLevelFieldLayout (inclusive) will be returned. + If true then only the visible records will be returned. + Returns records based on the specified parameters. + + + + Verifies that the sort order is correct + + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event + + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event + + + + + Raises the PropertyChanged event + + + + + + Sorts the groupby records in the collection + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Returns the internal version number of the record collection. + + + + + Returns the number of records in the collection (read-only) + + + + + Returns the associated DataPresenterBase control + + + + + Returns the field layout of the items in the collection (read-only) + + +

Returns the of the items in the collection. If the collection + contains heterogenous data (or records with different references), the + FieldLayout of one record is returned.

+
+
+ + + Returns the that is the parent of the or null (read-only) + + + + + Returns the parent record of the collection (read-only) + + + Returns null for the root collection. + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Returns the owner's record manager (read-only) + + + + + Returns a collection summary calculation results for record data from this record collection. + + + + SummaryResults property returns the summary calculation results for record data from this + record collection. + + + To add summaries, use the FieldLayout's collection. + The return SummaryResultsCollection will contain a instance for each + in the FieldLayout's SummaryDefinitions collection. + + + + + + + + + Indicates whether this record collection is the root record collection in the data grid. + + + + + Indicates if BeginUpdate has been called without corresponding EndUpdate. + + + + + Returns the type of records contained in this record collection. + + + + + Returns the summary result collection if it's allocated. + + + + + The record at the specified zero-based index (read-only) + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a changes are made to the colleciton, i.e. records are added, removed or the entire collection is reset. + + + + + Raised when a property has changed + + + + + A collection of Records used by the DataPresenterBase control + + + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Record Manager topic in the Developer's Guide. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sorts the groupby records in the collection + + + + + Sorts the collection + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the specified item + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection (not supported) + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Adds an item to the collection (not supported) + + + + + Clears the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returns true if the collection contains the specified item. + + + + + Copies the items into an array + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returns the type of records contained in this record collection. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified index (read-only); + + + + + + + Returns true + + + + + A collection of Records used by the control + + + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Record Manager topic in the Developer's Guide. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns the DataRecord that represents the list object from the data source + + The object from the data source + If true will check all descendant records as well. + The associated DataRecord or null + Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter this may be an expensive operation depending on the size and structure of the data. The logic first checks all of the DataRecords in this collection and if a match is not found then checks all of the descendant records. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the specified item + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection (not supported) + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Adds an item to the collection (not supported) + + + + + Clears the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returns true if the collection contains the specified item. + + + + + Copies the items into an array + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returns the type of records contained in this record collection. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified index (read-only); + + + + + + + Returns true + + + + + A collection of s used by the control + + + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Record Manager topic in the Developer's Guide. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Sorts the groupby records in the collection + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the specified item + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection (not supported) + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Adds an item to the collection (not supported) + + + + + Clears the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returns true if the collection contains the specified item. + + + + + Copies the items into an array + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returns the type of records contained in this record collection. + + + + + Returns the item at the specified index (read-only); + + + + + + + Returns true + + + + + A collection of Records used by the DataPresenterBase control + + + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Record Manager topic in the Developer's Guide. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns true if the collection contains a record for the specified field. + + + + + Returns true if the collection contains a record for the specified field. + + + + + Returns the DataRecord that represents the list object from the data source + + The object from the data source + If true will check all descendant records as well. + The associated DataRecord or null + Infragistics.Windows.DataPresenter this may be an expensive operation depending on the size and structure of the data. The logic first checks all of the DataRecords in this collection and if a match is not found then checks all of the descendant records. + + + + Gets the index of the ExpandableFieldRecord with the specified field name. + + The name of the field to search for + The zero-based index or -1 if field not found + + + + Gets the index of the ExpandableFieldRecord with the specified parent field. + + The field to search for + The zero-based index or -1 if field not found + + + + Returns the ExpandableFieldRecord associated with the specified field if it exists + in this collection. Otherwise it returns null. + + ExpandableFieldRecord for this field will be returned. + ExpandableFieldRecord instance. + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the specified item + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection (not supported) + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Adds an item to the collection (not supported) + + + + + Clears the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returns true if the collection contains the specified item. + + + + + Copies the items into an array + + + + + Remove an item from the collection (not supported) + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returms an object to enumerate the items + + + + + Returns the type of records contained in this record collection. + + + + + Returns the RecordManager for this field + + + + + Returns the RecordManager by field name + + + + + Returns the item at the specified index (read-only); + + + + + + + Returns true + + + + + This is an ItemsControl that is created internally by a to hold a list of sibling s + + + + + Deterimines whether the container and item are still valid + + The container associated with the item. + Its associated item. + True if still valid. The default is null. + + + + Invoked when the template for the control has been changed. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Overridden. Invoked when the contents of the items collection has changed. + + Event arguments indicating the change that occurred. + + + + Overridden. Invoked when the ItemsSource of the record list has changed. + + Old items source + New items source + + + + Undoes any preparation done by the container to 'host' the item. + + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + The newly created container + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + Item for which to create the container. + The newly created container + + + + Determines if a container can be reused for a specific item. + + The container to be reused. + The potential new item. + True if the container can be reused for the item + + When looking for a suitable container for an item the generator will search its cache and call this method to see + if one of its cached containers is compatible with the item. If this method returns true then the container is assigned to the item and + the method is called. + + Note: the default implementation always returns true. + + + + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Called when a container is being reused, i.e. recycled, or a different item. + + The container being reused/recycled. + The new item. + + Note: if the container had previously been deactivated then the original setting for the Visibility property, prior to its deactivation (refer to ), will be restored before a this method is called. + + + + + Called after a Reset notification to determine if the Container should be de-activated instead of cleared. + + The container to be deactivated or cleared. + Its associated item. + True to de-activate the cointainer after a reset or false to clear it. The default is false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the record presenter from the specified item container. If the container + itself is a record presenter then returns it. + + Item container from which to get the record presenter. + Returns the record presenter + + + + Returns the container for specified item. Item can be null in which case + a RecordListItemContainer is returned for purposes of creating the right + record presenter element when it's associated with a record object. + + Item for which to get the container + Container element for the item + + + + Gets the container for record presenter as returned by the view via + its GetContainerForRecordPresenter method. + + Returns the view provided record presenter container. + If none was provided by the view, then returns null. + + + + Validates the container to make sure it's a valid container for record presenter elements. + Containers that are ContentControl or those that implement IRecordPresenterContainer interface + are considered valid. Throws an exception when the container is invalid. + + Data presenter view + Record presenter container to validate + + + + Returns true since the RecordListControls handles scrolling + + + + + Gets the maximum number of deeactivated containers without indexes which can remain in the control. + + + + + Returns the number of items in the underlying source. + + + Note: derived classes that append additional items (e.g. header records) can override this property to return the number of items not counting the appended ones. + + The default implementation returns the count of the Items collection. + + + + Returns a transform object that can be used to scroll an element back into view when using fixed fields. + + +

Note: This property will only returning a usable object when fixed fields are supported by + the view and fixed fields are being used - either having fixed one or more fields or setting the + such that fixing is allowed.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Determines if a horizontal scrollbar is visible. + + + + + + Returns true if this is the root level RecordListControl (read-only). + + + + + + Returns a transform object that can be used to scroll an element back into view when using fixed fields. + + +

Note: This property will only returning a usable object when fixed fields are supported by + the view and fixed fields are being used - either having fixed one or more fields or setting the + such that fixing is allowed.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Determines if a vertical scrollbar is visible. + + + + + + Returns/sets the index of the currently selected item. If more than 1 item is selected this property returns/sets the first selected item. + + + + + For internal use only. Under certain situations where recycling is not enabled, this element + will be used will be used as a item container for record list control. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Arranges child elements + + + + + + + Returns the visual child at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the child + The visual child + + + + Measures the element + + + The desired size + + + + Overridden. Gets or sets the child element. + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the logical children + + + + + Gets the count of the visual children + + + + + Returns the associated record presenter element. + + + + + Used by to manage the root record collection and by to manage its child records. + + + s are created to represent each item in the . The exposes a read-only property that returns the associated item from the data source as well as a corresponding property. + These s are managed by the and exposed via its , and collection properties. + + The RecordManager is responsible for listening to events raised by the thru either the or the interfaces. + Based on these notifications it keeps its and collections of s in sync and raises corresponding events on each thru their interface implemenations. + Refer to the Record Manager topic in the Developer's Guide. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns true if the RecordFilters property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the RecordFilters property to its default state. + + + + + Commits the add-record to the data source. + + + + CommitAddRecord method can be used to commit the add-record to the data source. + If the add-record record is a template add-record that hasn't been associated with a data + item yet, a new data item will be added to the data list and associated with the add-record + and record will be committed to the data source. + + + + + + Returns data records that pass record filter conditions. + + Filtered data records. + + + Record filtering functionality allows the user to filter data by specifying + filter criteria. You can use GetFilteredInDataRecords method to get + data records that match the filter criteria. + + + + + + + + + + Returns data records that do not pass record filter conditions. + + + + Record filtering functionality allows the user to filter data by specifying + filter criteria. You can use GetFilteredOutDataRecords method to get + data records that do not match the filter criteria. Note that the + method returns the data records that + pass the filter criteria. + + + Filtered out data records + + + + + + + + Returns the that will affect the specified FieldLayout's fields for records in this RecordManager instance. + + The field layout whose RecordFilterCollection is to be returned. + Returns the or depending on the resolved . + + + + Removes all data value change history (except for the latest value) for all s in all s within this RecordManager. + + If true, then this method is recursively called on child s. + + + + Called whenever underlying data changes so affected functionalities like summaries + get recalculated. + + + + + Returns the currently displayed collection of records. + + + If the s are grouped then the property will return true. + In that case this property will return the collection. Otherwise it will return the collection. + + + + + + + + + Returns the current add record for this manager + + + This will not be included in the or collections. + Instead it will be included within either the collection or a collection. + + + + + + + + Returns the owning object (read-only) + + + + + Returns true if the data source supports adding records (read-only) + + + Adding records is only supported for s that implement the interface and return true from its property. + + Adding new records is disabled by default and is not supported by all views, e.g. does not support adding records directly so its returns false. + + To enable adding records set the 's property to true. + + Note: The location of the add record is specified via the 's property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the data source supports deleting records (read-only) + + + Deleting s is supported for s that implement the interface and return true from its property. + It is also supported for s that only implement the interface and return false from both its and properties. + + Assuming deleting of s is enabled then when the user selects one or more s and presses the Delete key the and events will be raised. + s can also be deleted programmatically by first selecting them (via the property or the collection) and then calling with the command. + + Note: Deleting records is enabled by default. To disable deleting records set the 's property to false. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the data source supports editing cells (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns collection of data items from the data list that match the current filter criteria + in the DataPresenter. + + + + Record filtering functionality allows the user to filter data by specifying + filter criteria. You can use FilteredInDataItems property to get + data items from the data list that match the filter criteria. More precisely, + the returned collection is a collection of data items associated with filtered + data records. + + + + + + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of s. + + A or null if is false. + The order is determined by the 's collection. Note: s in this collection are ordered so that the ones with values set to true will be first. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the records are grouped (read-only) + + + If the s are grouped then the property will return true. + + + + + + + + Returns the parent field if any (read-only). + + Only has meaning for child records. + + + + Returns true if the root level records are associated with more than 1 (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns true if the records have been sorted by the data presenter. + + + + + + + + Returns the parent or null (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that is the parent of the or null (read-only) + + + + + Specifies the filter criteria with which to filter recods. + + + + RecordFilters property gets the record filters collection for this record manager. You can use this + collection to specify filter criteria to filter data records. These filters will be applied to all data + records associated with this record manager. + Note that if the is set to AllRecords then the + FieldLayout's + will be used. For the root field layout, that's always the case. However for child field layouts, + RecordFilterScope property determines whether the FieldLayout's RecordFilters get used or the + RecordManager's RecordFilters get used. Since the root RecordManager's RecordFilterCollection never gets + used, modifying it will raise an exception. + + + Also note that you can enable record filtering user interface by setting + + and properties. + When the user modifies filter criteria, this collection will be updated to reflect the new criteria. + + + + + + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of s in their sorted order. + + + Note: If the records aren't sorted (i.e. the 's collection is empty) this collection will contain the s in the same order as the collection. + Otherwise the order is determined by the 's collection. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the underlying collection that provides the items for the RecordManager. + + + + + Returns a read only collection of s in their original unsorted order. + + + The order of the s in this collection matches the order of their associated items in the 's . + + + Note: If the records aren't sorted (i.e. the 's collection is empty) the collection will contain the s in the same order as this collection. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the _groups or _sortedRecords member var. + + + + + Returns the _groups member var. + + + + + Indicates whether this record manager is the root root record manager in the data grid. + + + + + Returns the depth (i.e. # of parent record managers above this recordmanager). + + + + + Returns a collection that returns resolved RecordFilter instance to use for a particular field. + This is needed because a record manager could have records from different field layouts and thus + the RecordFilter for a particular field may be in the FieldLayout's RecordFilters collection or + the RecordManager's RecordFilters collection. + + + + + Returns the _sortedRecords member var. + + + + + Returns the _unsortedRecords member var. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Compares 2 items + + + + + Compares 2 items + + + + + An element that represents a in the UI of a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter. + + + Refer to the remarks for the base class. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the record content area template from the generator. For data presenter, this returns + a template that creates data cell area. + + Field layout generator from which to get the template. + The data template + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied for the element. + + + + + Called when the left mouse buton is pressed + + Contains additional information about the event. + + + + Called when a property value has changed + + + + + + Overridden. Called when Record property's value has changed. + + Old record if any. + New record if any. + + + + Called when a property of the assocuiated record has changed + + The event arguments that contain the name of the property that was changed + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the 'DataRecord' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the child s + + An array of all the child s + + + + Returns the associated data record's data error. + + + + DataError property returns the value of the associated DataRecord's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated inside a DataPresenterBase (read-only) + + + + + Indicates if the associated data record has data error. + + + + HasDataError property returns the value of the associated DataRecord's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if this is a template add record + + + + + + Returns true if this is a template add record + + + + + + The brush applied by default templates as the background in the HeaderArea. This is the area behind the LabelPresenters . + + + + + + An element that represents an in the UI of a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter. + + + s are child records of s. + The of these elements contain either a with the 's , if the associated 's implement's the interface, or an containing the actual value of the . + + Refer to the remarks for the base class. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + Called when a property value has changed + + + + + + Called when a property of the associated record has changed + + The event arguments that contain the name of the property that was changed + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the visibility of the header (read-only). + + + + + + An element that represents a GroupByRecord in the UI of a XamDataGrid, XamDataCarousel or XamDataPresenter. + + + s are used as parent records for a set of logically related s (or nested s) created by a Grouping operation. + + Refer to the remarks for the base class. + Refer to the Records topic in the Developer's Guide for a explanation of the various record types. + Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an overall explanation of how everything works together. + + + + + + + + + + + Called after the template has been applied + + + + + Overridden. Called when Record property's value has changed. + + Old record if any. + New record if any. + + + + Called when a property of the associated record has changed + + The event arguments that contain the name of the property that was changed + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Indicates whether to display summary cells inside the group-by record. + + + + + A control used inside a to provide a UI for selecting a record. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Called when a property is changed. + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the RecordSelector's record is activated. + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + Occurs when the RecordSelector's record is de-activated. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the 'FieldLayout' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Record' dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Occurs when the RecordSelector's record is activated. + + + + + Occurs when the RecordSelector's record is de-activated. + + + + + Returns the associated data record's data error. + + + + DataError property returns the value of the associated DataRecord's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated field layout + + + + + Gete the visibility of the filter clear button (read-only) + + + + + + Indicates the visibility of the FixedRecordButton within the element based on the resolved FixedRecordUIType and the AllowRecordFixing of the FieldLayout. + + + + + + Indicates if the associated data record has data error. + + + + HasDataError property returns the value of the associated DataRecord's + property. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the record is the (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if the associated is an add record. + + + + + + Returns true if cell data of the associated has been edited and have not yet been commited to the data source. + + + + + + Indicates if the record selector is to be highlighted if it the record has data error. + + + + This property reflects the setting of property. + If it's set to Highlight or ErrorIconAndHighlight, this property will return true. + + + + + + + + + + Indicates if the record selector is to display an error icon if the record has data error. + + + + This property reflects the setting of property. + If it's set to ErrorIcon or ErrorIconAndHighlight, this property will return true. + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the associated is a . + + + + + + Indicates whether fixing to the bottom edge is allowed for this record. + + + + + + + Indicates whether fixing to the top edge is allowed for this record. + + + + + + + Returns the location of the RecordSelector in relation to the cell area (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the orientation (vertical/horizontal) of the RecordSelectors in the containing Panel. + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + The style to be used as the source of a binding (read-only) + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the filter drop down as the default for loading indicator string that appears at the bottom of the drop down./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Card button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Card button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Empty Cells button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Empty Cells button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for status of the when the is 'Exporting'. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for status of the when the is 'Pending'. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for status of the when the is 'Initializing'. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for 'Cancel Export' button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the when the entered search does not result in any matching items. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the custom filter dialog for the caption of the OK button. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the custom filter dialog for the caption of the Cancel button. + + + + + Exposes the instances used in the assembly. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the filter drop down as the default for loading indicator string that appears at the bottom of the drop down./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the as the default for its property./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Card button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Card button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Empty Cells button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for the tooltip of the Collapse Empty Cells button in the ./> + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for status of the when the is 'Exporting'. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for status of the when the is 'Pending'. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for status of the when the is 'Initializing'. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used for 'Cancel Export' button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the when the entered search does not result in any matching items. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the custom filter dialog for the caption of the OK button. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource used in the custom filter dialog for the caption of the Cancel button. + + + + + Loads the themes contained in this assembly. + + + + + Loads and registers the resource sets + + The name of the grouping whose resources should be loaded or null if all resource sets should be loaded. + + + + Abstract base class used to supply style resources for a specific look for DataPresenters. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: DataPresenterBase, Editors, DataPresenterBase, WPF etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that describes the theme information for the resource set. + + + + + The style for the in of a + + + + + The style for the in of a + + + + + The style for a CarouselBreadcrumbControl. + + + + + The style for a CarouselBreadcrumb. + + + + + The style for item wrappers used in carousel format of a + + + + + The style for a cell in a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a cell in a + + + + + The style for a cell in a + + + + + The style for a record in a + + + + + The style for a record expander in a + + + + + The style for an expandable field record in a + + + + + The style for an expanded cell in a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a FieldMenuItem in a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for an splitter used to fix/unfix instances in a + + + + + The style for a label in a + + + + + The style for the GroupByArea of a + + + + + The style for a cell in a + + + + + The style for listboxes in the GroupByArea of a + + + + + The style for the used in a + + + + + The style for groupby records in a + + + + + The style for the element that's displayed inside each group-by record to display that group's summaries. + + + + + The style for the header area in a + + + + + The style for the area that contains the labels in the header of a + + + + + The style for the header area in a + + + + + The style for a RecordExportStatusControl in a + + + + + The style for a RecordFilterTreeControl in a + + + + + The style for a RecordListControl in a + + + + + The style for a of a + + + + + The style for a in a + + + + + The style for a in a + + + + + The style for the summary button that's displayed inside each field label, which when clicked upon displays + the summary selection user interface. + + + + + The style for the control that's displayed to let the user select summaries for a field in a . + + + + + The style for summary cells in a + + + + + The style for element that contains summary cells that are aligned with the field labels in . + + + + + The style for element that contains summary record's contents in . + + + + + The style for element that contains summary record's contents in . + + + + + The style for the element placed in the area of summary record where record selectors for data records go in a . + + + + + The style for summary records in a + + + + + The style for summary results in a + + + + + The style for element that contains one or more summary results in a . + + + + + The style used for the control. + + + + + The style used for the control. + + + + + The style used for the control. + + + + + The style used for the control. + + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Onyx look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Aero look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Royale look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the RoyaleStrong look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaNormal look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaOlive look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaSilver look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office 2010 Blue look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office 2013 look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Print look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a DataPresenters + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Abstract base class for the , and s. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The owning + + + + Returns true if the item is in the collection + + The item to check + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the item or -1 if not in collection + + The item to check + + + + Appends a single item to the collection + + The item to add + The zero-based index of the item that was added. + + + + Adds multiple items + + + + + Removes all items from the collection + + + + + Inserts an item into the collection + + The zero-based index where to isert the item. + The item to insert + + + + Removes an item from the collection + + The item to remove + + + + Removes an item from the collection + + The index of the item to remove + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event + + The action that triggered the event + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event + + The event args + + + + Returns the number of items in the collection (read-only). + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only + + + + + Returns the internal list used to hold the items. + + + + + Raised when items are added or removed from the collection + + + + + Collection of selected s + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds the specified record to this selected records collection. + + + + + + Selects records contained in passed in records array keeping the existing selected records selected. + + + +

This method can be used to select a range of records. It will keep the existing selected records and select the passed in records.

+

You can use Record.IsSelected property to select or unselect individual records.

+

,

+
+
+ + + Selects records contained in passed in records array keeping the existing selected records selected. + + Records to select. + If true then sorts the records in their visible order. For efficiency reason you may want to specify false for this parameter, if for example the order of records in the selected records collection doesn't matter to your logic that accesses and manipulates the selected records collection or you know the records to be in the correct order. + Specifies whether to fire the and events. + +

This method can be used to select a range of records. It will keep the existing selected records and select the passed in records.

+

You can use Record.IsSelected property to select or unselect individual records.

+

,

+
+
+ + + Clears the collection unselecting any selected records. + + +

,

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the item is in the collection + + The item to check + + + + Copies the elements of the collection into the array. + + The array to copy to + The index to begin copying to. + + + + Returns a type safe enumerator. + + + + + The collection as an array of objects + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only + + + + + Indexer + + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + Collection of selected s + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds the specified cell to this selected cells collection. + + + + + + Selects cells contained in passed in cells array keeping the existing selected cells selected. + + Cells to select. + +

This method can be used to select a range of cells. It will keep the existing selected cells and select the passed in cells.

+

You can use Cell.IsSelected property to select or unselect individual cells.

+

,

+
+
+ + + Clears the collection unselecting any selected cells. + + +

,

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the item is in the collection + + The item to check + + + + Copies the elements of the collection into the array. + + The array to copy to + The index to begin copying to. + + + + Returns a type safe enumerator. + + + + + Removes all cells of specified data record from this collection. + + Data record whose cells to remove + + + + The collection as an array of objects + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only + + + + + Indexer + + + + + Collection of selected s + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Adds the specified field to this selected fields collection. + + + + + + Selects fields contained in passed in fields array keeping the existing selected fields selected. + + + +

This method can be used to select a range of fields. It will keep the existing selected fields and select the passed in fields.

+

You can use Field.IsSelected property to select or unselect individual fields.

+

,

+
+
+ + + Clears the collection unselecting any selected fields. + + +

,

+
+
+ + + Returns true if the item is in the collection + + The item to check + + + + Copies the elements of the collection into the array. + + The array to copy to + The index to begin copying to. + + + + Returns a type safe enumerator. + + + + + The collection as an array of objects + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only + + + + + Indexer + + + + + The Adorner created by the and used to hold various elements such as s for displaying Headers. + + +

The adorner is automatically created by the and allows Header s to float on top of all the items in the to improve performance during scrolling.

+

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the when needed. You do not ordinarily need to create an instance of this class directly.

+
+ + +
+ + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Called to give an element the opportunity to return its desired size and measure its children. + + + The desired size + + + + Called whena child element's desired size has changed + + + + + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + A read only collection of sibling records whose visibility is not set to 'Collapsed'. + + Contains all records whose property is not set to 'Collapsed'. + + This collection contains all records whose property is not set to 'Collapsed' as well as any special records (e.g. add records) + +

Note:The records are ordered exactly as they are presented in the UI.

+
+ + +
+ + + Overridden. Called when the first listener is being added to the event. + + + + + + + + Overridden. Called when value of HasListeners property chnages. + + + + + Moves the record into its correct sort position if it's not already. + + Record + + + + Create a new instance of FlatScrollRecordsCollection and returns it. + + + + + + + Gets the record from this collection that contains the specified scroll index. This method + modifies the scrollIndex to be relative to the returned record. + + + + + + + Helper method to return all records in the associated record collection as well as any special records on top/bottom. + + + + + + Adds records from source to dest that have their FixedRecordLocationOverride set to Top or Bottom. + + The source list of records. Can be null. + List to which to append the fixed records from the source list. + + + + Sets FixedRecordLocationOverride on non-fixed records that are before other fixed records. + + Whether these are top fixed records. + Special records + Fixed non-special (data) records + + + + Copies all the records in the collection into an array + + The target array to receive the records. + The index in the target array to receive the first record. + + + + Gets the zero based index of a specific record + + The record in question. + The zero based index of the record or -1 if the record is not in the collection. + + + + Returns true if the record is in the collection + + + + + Copies all the records in the collection into an array + + The target array to receive the records. + The index in the target array to receive the first record. + + + + The number of records at the end of the list that are fixed (read-only). + + An integer value from 0 to the value of the property that indicates how many records at the end of the list are fixed. + + Fixed records don't scroll until all of their scrollable sibling records have been scrolled out of view. Root level fixed records never scroll if there is enough space to display them all. + +

Note:Not all views support the fixing of records visually. For those views that don't support fixing, e.g. carousel view, fixing a record will just determine its order in the list.

+
+ + +
+ + + The number of records at the beginning of the list that are fixed (read-only). + + An integer value from 0 to the value of the property that indicates how many records at the begiining of the list are fixed. + + Fixed records don't scroll until all of their scrollable sibling records have been scrolled out of view. Root level fixed records never scroll if there is enough space to display them all. + +

Note:Not all views support the fixing of records visually. For those views that don't support fixing, e.g. carousel view, fixing a record will just determine its order in the list.

+
+ + +
+ + + Indicates if the special records in the collection need to be verified. + + + + + Indicates if the record filters version is different. + + + + + Returns the count of non-special records (data records or group-by records) + in this collection. + + + + + Returns the associated field layout. + + + + + Returns true if anyone's hooked into CollectionChanged or PropertyChanged events. + + + + + Gets the associated record manager. + + + + + Indicates whether this collection should currently raise collection change notifications. + Notifications aren't necessary when nothing is hooked into this collection or when notifications + are suspended. + + + + + Occurs when a changes are made to the colleciton, i.e. records are added, removed or the entire collection is reset. + + + + + The total number of records in the collection (read-only). + + + + + Gets the record at the specified index (read-only) + + The zero based index of the desired record. + The at the specified index. + + Note: Since is an abstract base class for , and you may have to cast this property to the appropiate derived class to access specific properties, e.g. the 's collection. + + + + + + + + This will be set to true when all the records are filtered out (and there are records). + The purpose of this flag is to ensure that we continue showing headers with filter label + icons so the records can be unfiltered in the child record collection. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + + + Assigns SeparatorVisibility on the record based on whether it should display a separator + on top or bottom. 'IsTopSpecialRecord' parameter indicates whether this is a record on + top or bottom. + + Record to assign SeparatorVisibility of. + Whether this is a record on top or bottom. + + + + Finds a record of recordType in the arr and returns it. It also nulls out the found + entry in the arr. + + + + + + + + Returns the fixed non-special (data records) on top or bottom based on 'top' parameter. + + The list to which to add the records. + If true gets the records to be displayed on top, otherwise gets the records + to be displayed on the bottom. + + + + Returns an array of types that specify the special records that are to be displayed on top + or bottom based on the value of 'top' parameter. The order of types is also the order of + records. The order is based on the special record order settings. + + If true then returns special records to be displayed on top. Otherwise + returns special records to be displayed on the bottom. + An array of types that specify the special records. + + + + Gets the special records of specified record type that are to be displayed on top or bottom + based on 'top' parameter. The records are added to the specified list. + + + + + + + + Gets the special records to be displayed on top or bottom based on 'top' parameter. The + records are added to the specified list. + + This is the list to which special records will be added. + If true gets the top special records. If false gets the bottom special records. + + + + Returns true if the filter record is visible. + + + + + Figures out if we should add special records, like the filter record or the summary record, + to the viewable record. + + + + + + A derived control that uses a and an associated to arrange s in a classic grid layout. + + +

The XamDataGrid is essentially a that implements a single view i.e., a . It contains the same functionality + as a that has its property set to an instance of a , without the ability to dynamically switch between views.

+

If you need the classic grid layout provided by a and don't need the ability to dynamically switch to other views, you should use the + XamDataGrid rather than the . It's a bit more convenient to use than the since it exposes a property + of type directly off the control for easy manipulation of the properties that control all aspects of + grid layout.

+

Refer to the topic for detailed information on all available properties.

+

Refer to the Theory of Operation topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how this control operates.

+

Refer to the Working with xamDataGrid, xamDataCarousel and xamDataPresenter Styling Points topic in the Developer's Guide for an explanation of how to style the control.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called after the element has been initialized. + + + + + Called when a dependency property has changed + + The arguments identifying the property and containing the new and old values. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the property needs to be serialized. + + True if the property should be serialized + + + + Resets the property to its default value. + + + + + Returns/set the object for this . + + +

The object exposes properties that let you control all aspects of grid layout. + Refer to the topic for detailed information on all available properties.

+
+ +
+
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ef8bb081f1f Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.dll index 83e2a7929fd..6e327251c1c 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83fe33ae823 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be99547078b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + In externally visible method 'TabGroupPaneDefaultInitializer.InitializeDefaults(ModelItem)', validate parameter 'item' before using it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + In externally visible method 'TelemetryDefaultInitializer.InitializeDefaults(ModelItem, EditingContext)', validate parameter 'item' before using it. + + + + + + + + + + + In externally visible method 'TelemetryDesignModeValueProvider.TranslatePropertyValue(ModelItem, PropertyIdentifier, object)', validate parameter 'item' before using it. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Validate arguments of public methods + All reference arguments passed to externally visible methods should be checked against null (Nothing in VB). If appropriate, throw a System.ArgumentNullException when the argument is null. + In externally visible method {0}, validate parameter '{1}' before using it. + RuleOwner + http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/ms182182.aspx + + Warning + + + + + Category + Certainty + Collapse All + Check Id + Error + error(s) + Expand All + Help + Line + message(s) + [Location not stored in Pdb] + Project + Resolution + Rule + Rule File + Rule Description + Source + Status + Target + Warning + warning(s) + Code Analysis Report + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0389386407d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design.xml @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.Design + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + Provides default values for various TabGroupPane properties. + + + + + Initializes various defaults for the element wrapped by the specified Modelitem. + + The ModeItem that wraps the element whose defaults are to be set. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Interaction logic for SplitPaneOptionsDialog.xaml + + + SplitPaneOptionsDialog + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll index 211fb69aea9..b01ace8bb12 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dc4e190bbb8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'ActivePaneManager.WeakPreprocessMessage.GetFocus()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetCursorPos(NativeWindowMethods.POINT)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.IsWindowEnabled(IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SendMessage(IntPtr, int, IntPtr, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SetWindowPos(IntPtr, IntPtr, int, int, int, int, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.ShowWindow(IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + P/Invoke declarations should not be safe-critical. + Since P/Invokes may not be called by transparent code, they should not be marked as safe-critical methods. Doing so can lead to confusion on the part of developers who may believe that their transparent code should be able to call the P/Invoke method since it is marked safe-critical. + P/Invoke method {0} is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + [none] + Warning + + + + + Category + Certainty + Collapse All + Check Id + Error + error(s) + Expand All + Help + Line + message(s) + [Location not stored in Pdb] + Project + Resolution + Rule + Rule File + Rule Description + Source + Status + Target + Warning + warning(s) + Code Analysis Report + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8b1b540d2fa Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b3278e51503 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1891 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2 + + + + + Represents an error that occurs when no password is used to open an encrypted document. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + Contextual information about the source or destination. + The serialized object data. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + A message describing the error. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + A message describing the error. + The exception that caused this exception. + + + + Used to represent the base selector of pseudo-element selectors which are written without a base-rule. + + + + + Represents an HTML attribute. + + + + + Compares the current instance with another attribute. Comparison is based on attributes' name. + + An attribute to compare with this instance. + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the names comparison. + + + + Gets the qualified name of the attribute. + + + + + Name of attribute with original case + + + + + Specifies what type of quote the data should be wrapped in + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the attribute. + + + + + An Enum representing different types of Quotes used for surrounding attribute values + + + + + A single quote mark ' + + + + + A double quote mark " + + + + + Represents a combined list and collection of HTML nodes. + + + + + Adds supplied item to collection + + + + + + Explicit clear + + + + + Retreives existence of supplied item + + + + + + + Copies collection to array + + + + + + + Get Explicit enumerator + + + + + + Explicit non-generic enumerator + + + + + + Retrieves the index for the supplied item, -1 if not found + + + + + + + Inserts given item into collection at supplied index + + + + + + + Explicit collection remove + + + + + + + Removes the attribute at the specified index. + + The index of the attribute to remove. + + + + Adds a new attribute to the collection with the given values + + + + + + + Inserts the specified attribute as the last attribute in the collection. + + The attribute to insert. May not be null. + The appended attribute. + + + + Creates and inserts a new attribute as the last attribute in the collection. + + The name of the attribute to insert. + The value of the attribute to insert. + The appended attribute. + + + + Checks for existance of attribute with given name + + + + + + + Removes a given attribute from the list. + + The attribute to remove. May not be null. + + + + Gets a given attribute from the list using its name. + + + + + Gets the number of elements actually contained in the list. + + + + + Gets readonly status of colelction + + + + + Gets the attribute at the specified index. + + + + + Represents an HTML comment. + + + + + Represents an HTML node. + + + + + Gets the name of a comment node. It is actually defined as '#comment'. + + + + + Gets the name of the document node. It is actually defined as '#document'. + + + + + Gets the name of a text node. It is actually defined as '#text'. + + + + + Gets a collection of flags that define specific behaviors for specific element nodes. + The table contains a DictionaryEntry list with the lowercase tag name as the Key, and a combination of HtmlElementFlags as the Value. + + + + + Initialize HtmlNode. Builds a list of all tags that have special allowances + + + + + Initializes HtmlNode, providing type, owner and where it exists in a collection + + + + + + + + Determines if an element node can be kept overlapped. + + The name of the element node to check. May not be null. + true if the name is the name of an element node that can be kept overlapped, false otherwise. + + + + Determines if an element node is a CDATA element node. + + The name of the element node to check. May not be null. + true if the name is the name of a CDATA element node, false otherwise. + + + + Determines if an element node is closed. + + The name of the element node to check. May not be null. + true if the name is the name of a closed element node, false otherwise. + + + + Determines if an element node is defined as empty. + + The name of the element node to check. May not be null. + true if the name is the name of an empty element node, false otherwise. + + + + Returns a collection of all ancestor nodes of this element. + + + + + + Returns a collection of all ancestor nodes of this element and the element itself. + + + + + + Adds the specified node to the end of the list of children of this node. + + The node to add. May not be null. + The node added. + + + + Gets all Descendant nodes for this node and each of child nodes + + + + + + Returns a collection of all descendant nodes of this element, in document order + + + + + + Gets all Descendant nodes in enumerated list + + + + + + Get all descendant nodes with matching name + + + + + + + Returns a collection of all descendant nodes of this element, in document order + + + + + + Gets all descendant nodes including this node + + + + + + + Helper method to get the value of an attribute of this node. If the attribute is not found, the default value will be returned. + + The name of the attribute to get. May not be null. + The default value to return if not found. + The value of the attribute if found, the default value if not found. + + + + Helper method to get the value of an attribute of this node. If the attribute is not found, the default value will be returned. + + The name of the attribute to get. May not be null. + The default value to return if not found. + The value of the attribute if found, the default value if not found. + + + + Helper method to set the value of an attribute of this node. If the attribute is not found, it will be created automatically. + + The name of the attribute to set. May not be null. + The value for the attribute. + The corresponding attribute instance. + + + + Saves all the children of the node to the specified TextWriter. + + The TextWriter to which you want to save. + + + + Saves all the children of the node to a string. + + The saved string. + + + + Saves the current node to the specified TextWriter. + + The TextWriter to which you want to save. + + + + Saves the current node to the specified XmlWriter. + + The XmlWriter to which you want to save. + + + + Saves the current node to a string. + + The saved string. + + + + Gets the collection of HTML attributes for this node. May not be null. + + + + + Gets all the children of the node. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if this node has been closed or not. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the current node has any attributes. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this node has any child nodes. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the 'id' HTML attribute. The document must have been parsed using the OptionUseIdAttribute set to true. + + + + + Gets or Sets the HTML between the start and end tags of the object. + + + + + Gets or Sets the text between the start and end tags of the object. + + + + + Gets or sets this node's name. + + + + + Gets the type of this node. + + + + + The original unaltered name of the tag + + + + + Gets or Sets the object and its content in HTML. + + + + + Gets the to which this node belongs. + + + + + Gets the parent of this node (for nodes that can have parents). + + + + + Gets or Sets the comment text of the node. + + + + + Gets or Sets the HTML between the start and end tags of the object. In the case of a text node, it is equals to OuterHtml. + + + + + Gets or Sets the object and its content in HTML. + + + + + Represents a complete HTML document. + + + + + Adds Debugging attributes to node. Default is false. + + + + + Defines if closing for non closed nodes must be done at the end or directly in the document. + Setting this to true can actually change how browsers render the page. Default is false. + + + + + Defines if non closed nodes will be checked at the end of parsing. Default is true. + + + + + Defines the default stream encoding to use. Default is System.Text.Encoding.Default. + + + + + Defines if source text must be extracted while parsing errors. + If the document has a lot of errors, or cascading errors, parsing performance can be dramatically affected if set to true. + Default is false. + + + + + Defines the maximum length of source text or parse errors. Default is 100. + + + + + Defines if LI, TR, TH, TD tags must be partially fixed when nesting errors are detected. Default is false. + + + + + Defines if output must conform to XML, instead of HTML. + + + + + Defines if attribute value output must be optimized (not bound with double quotes if it is possible). Default is false. + + + + + Defines if name must be output with it's original case. Useful for asp.net tags and attributes + + + + + Defines if name must be output in uppercase. Default is false. + + + + + Defines if declared encoding must be read from the document. + Declared encoding is determined using the meta http-equiv="content-type" content="text/html;charset=XXXXX" html node. + Default is true. + + + + + Defines the name of a node that will throw the StopperNodeException when found as an end node. Default is null. + + + + + Defines if empty nodes must be written as closed during output. Default is false. + + + + + Creates an instance of an HTML document. + + + + + Gets a valid XML name. + + Any text. + A string that is a valid XML name. + + + + Applies HTML encoding to a specified string. + + The input string to encode. May not be null. + The encoded string. + + + + Determines if the specified character is considered as a whitespace character. + + The character to check. + true if if the specified character is considered as a whitespace character. + + + + Creates an HTML attribute with the specified name. + + The name of the attribute. May not be null. + The new HTML attribute. + + + + Creates an HTML attribute with the specified name. + + The name of the attribute. May not be null. + The value of the attribute. + The new HTML attribute. + + + + Creates an HTML comment node. + + The new HTML comment node. + + + + Creates an HTML comment node with the specified comment text. + + The comment text. May not be null. + The new HTML comment node. + + + + Creates an HTML element node with the specified name. + + The qualified name of the element. May not be null. + The new HTML node. + + + + Creates an HTML text node. + + The new HTML text node. + + + + Creates an HTML text node with the specified text. + + The text of the node. May not be null. + The new HTML text node. + + + + Loads an HTML document from a stream. + + The input stream. + + + + Loads the HTML document from the specified TextReader. + + The TextReader used to feed the HTML data into the document. May not be null. + + + + Loads the HTML document from the specified string. + + String containing the HTML document to load. May not be null. + + + + Saves the HTML document to the specified TextWriter. + + The TextWriter to which you want to save. May not be null. + + + + Gets the root node of the document. + + + + + Gets the document's output encoding. + + + + + Gets a list of parse errors found in the document. + + + + + Gets the style sheets loaded from the document. + + + + + Flags that describe the behavior of an Element node. + + + + + The node is a CDATA node. + + + + + The node is empty. META or IMG are example of such nodes. + + + + + The node will automatically be closed during parsing. + + + + + The node can overlap. + + + + + A utility class to replace special characters by entities and vice-versa. + Follows HTML 4.0 specification found at http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/sgml/entities.html + + + + + Replace known entities by characters. + + The source text. + The result text. + + + + Replace characters above 127 by entities. + + The source text. + The result text. + + + + Replace characters above 127 by entities. + + The source text. + If set to false, the function will not use known entities name. Default is true. + The result text. + + + + Replace characters above 127 by entities. + + The source text. + If set to false, the function will not use known entities name. Default is true. + If set to true, the [quote], [ampersand], [lower than] and [greather than] characters will be entitized. + The result text + + + + A collection of entities indexed by name. + + + + + A collection of entities indexed by value. + + + + + Represents the type of a node. + + + + + The root of a document. + + + + + An HTML element. + + + + + An HTML comment. + + + + + A text node is always the child of an element or a document node. + + + + + Represents a parsing error found during document parsing. + + + + + Gets the type of error. + + + + + Gets the line number of this error in the document. + + + + + Gets the column number of this error in the document. + + + + + Gets a description for the error. + + + + + Gets the the full text of the line containing the error. + + + + + Gets the absolute stream position of this error in the document, relative to the start of the document. + + + + + Represents the type of parsing error. + + + + + A tag was not closed. + + + + + A tag was not opened. + + + + + There is a charset mismatch between stream and declared (META) encoding. + + + + + An end tag was not required. + + + + + An end tag is invalid at this position. + + + + + Represents an HTML text node. + + + + + Gets or Sets the HTML between the start and end tags of the object. In the case of a text node, it is equals to OuterHtml. + + + + + Gets or Sets the object and its content in HTML. + + + + + Gets or Sets the text of the node. + + + + + Gets the bitmap (BMP) image format. + + + + + Gets the Device-Independent Bitmap (DIB) image format. + + + + + Gets the enhanced metafile (EMF) image format. + + + + + Gets the Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) image format. + + + + + Gets the Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) image format. + + + + + Gets the W3C Portable Network Graphics (PNG) image format. + + + + + Gets the Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image format. + + + + + Gets the Windows metafile (WMF) image format. + + + + + Static variable for Bmp image format + + + + + Static variable for Dib image format + + + + + Static variable for Emf image format + + + + + Static variable for Gif image format + + + + + Static variable for Jpeg image format + + + + + Static variable for Png image format + + + + + Static variable for Tiff image format + + + + + Static variable for Wmf image format + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The used to identify this . + + + + Gets the that identifies this + + + + + Contains version information for the Infragistics assemblies. + + + + + Major.Minor number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Build number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Revision number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Assembly version number + + + + + Assembly company name + + + + + End year of assembly copyright + + + + + The assembly version number for the satellite assemblies. + + + + + The current build configuration for the assembly. + + + + + The prefix of all assembly names in the product. + + + + + The suffix of all assembly names in the product. + + + + + Specifies platform name for the assembly + + + + + Specifies product name for the assembly + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + The resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + The resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item. + An object containing the specified resource. + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Represents an error that occurs an encrypted document is loaded with a supplied password, but the + encryption algorithm used is unsupported. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + A message describing the error. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + A message describing the error. + The exception that caused this exception. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + Contextual information about the source or destination. + The serialized object data. + + + + Represents an error that occurs when an incorrect password is used to open document. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + A message describing the error. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + A message describing the error. + The exception that caused this exception. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + Contextual information about the source or destination. + The serialized object data. + + + + Stream wrapper class that manages the encryption/decryption for the main stream + Assumes that the plaintext length == ciphertext length + Uses a 4k window to manage the current content block + + + + + Configuration class for the document encryption + + + + + Configuration class for encryption + + + + + Returns an Instance of the encryption alg + + + + + + Configuration class for hashing + + + + + Returns an instance of the hash alg + + + + + + Configuration information for PasswordKeyEncryptor + + + + + Data loaded from the file for an HMAC + + + + + Data loaded from the file for document encryption + + + + + Load the entire EncryptionInfo XML into the config + data classes + + + + + + + + + Write the given config + data classes into the EncryptionInfo stream + + + + + + + + Write the given config + data classes into XML + + + + + + + + Data for a PasswordKeyEncryptor + + + + + Loads the config + data from XML + + + + + + + + Writes the config + data into XML + + + + + + + + Inefficient way to tokenize XML names + + + + + Represents an instance of document encryption + + + + + Read a given number of bytes and fail if not all present + + + + + + + + Read an Int16 + + + + + + + Read an Int32 + + + + + + + Read an Int64 + + + + + + + Write an Int16 + + + + + + + Write an Int32 + + + + + + + Write an Int64 + + + + + + + Round an int up to the next 'round' boundary + + + + + + + + Return a copy of the array, sized to fit + + + + + + + + Return a copy of the array, sized to fit + + + + + + + + + ICipher extension around GetCryptoTransform + + + + + + + + + + Get an Encryption object + + + + + + + + + Get an Encryption object + + + + + + + + Get an Decryption object + + + + + + + + + Get an Decryption object + + + + + + + + Perform the crypto operation in-place + + + + + + + + + Are two arrays equal? + + + + + + + + Validate the current node state + + + + + + + + Move to the next piece of Content, and check if it's an Element + + + + + + Move to the next piece of Content + + + + + + Position the reader on the next startElement + + + + + + + + Position the reader on the next endElement, or remain on the start element if Empty + + + + + + Converts each attribute into a Token, and invokes the Action + + + + + + + + Checks if the current attribute is an xmlns attribute + + + + + + + Contains a set of functions related to HMAC + + + + + Generate a new HMAC for the given stream and encrypt the key + result + + + + + + + + + Check the HMAC for a given stream + + + + + + + + + + Simple interface to abstract the types of encryption + + + + + A small class to manage the secret key, and the KeyEncryptors + + + + + This class handles the password-based key derivation + + + + + Creates a new instance + + + + + + Loads from existing data + + + + + + + When the password is set, derive the hash + + + + + + This class handles encrypting the secret key with a password-derived key + + + + + Create a new PasswordKeyEncryptor + + + + + + Load an existing PasswordKeyEncryptor + + + + + + + Create a new set of random data for the verifier hash input, and encrypt it + + + + + + + + Creates a password verifier + Decrypt encrypted hash input + Hash it + Encrypt hash value + + + + encrypted hash output + + + + Use the password to create a new verifier and encrypt the secret key + + + + + + + Try to unlock an existing secret key using the password + + + + + + + + Copy the relevant config + data information + + + + + + + Manages generating the IV and key for the main encryption/decryption + + + + + Factory class used to create an IPackage given a stream and a FileMode + + + + + Opens an IPackage with a given IO stream and file mode. + + The IO stream on which to open the IPackage. + The file mode in which to open the IPackage. + The opened IPackage. + + + + Represents a container that can store multiple data objects. + + + + + Creates a new uncompressed part with a given URI and content type. + + The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the new part. + The content type of the data stream. + The new created part. + + + + Creates a package-level relationship to a part with a given URI, target mode, relationship type, and identifier (ID). + + The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the target part. + Indicates if the target part is System.IO.Packaging.TargetMode.Internal or System.IO.Packaging.TargetMode.External to the package. + A URI that uniquely defines the role of the relationship. + A unique XML identifier. + The package-level relationship to the specified part. + + + + Returns a collection of all the package-level relationships. + + A collection of all the package-level relationships that are contained in the package. + + + + Returns the relationship that has a specified IPackageRelationship.Id. + + The IPackageRelationship.Id of the relationship to return. + The relationship that matches the specified id. + + + + Returns the part with a given URI. + + The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the part to return. + The part with the specified partUri. + + + + Returns a collection of all the parts in the package. + + A collection of all the System.IO.Packaging.PackagePart elements that are contained in the package. + + + + Indicates whether a part with a given URI is in the package. + + The System.Uri of the part to check for. + true if a part with the specified partUri is in the package; otherwise, false. + + + + Provides a base class for parts stored in a System.IO.Packaging.Package. This class is abstract. + + + + + Returns the part content stream opened with a specified System.IO.FileMode and System.IO.FileAccess. + + The I/O mode in which to open the content stream. + The access permissions to use in opening the content stream. + The content stream for the part. + + + + Creates a part-level relationship between this IPackagePart to a specified target IPackagePart or external resource. + + The URI of the target part. + One of the enumeration values. For example, RelationshipTargetMode.Internal if the target part is inside the IPackage; or RelationshipTargetMode.External if the target is a resource outside the IPackage. + The role of the relationship. + A unique ID for the relationship. + The part-level relationship between this IPackagePart to the target IPackagePart or external resource. + + + + Returns a collection of all the relationships that are owned by this part. + + A collection of all the relationships that are owned by the part. + + + + Returns the relationship that has a specified IPackageRelationship.Id. + + The IPackageRelationship.Id of the relationship to return. + The relationship that matches the specified id. + + + + Gets the parent Package of the part. + + + + + Gets the URI of the part. + + + + + Gets the MIME type of the content stream. + + + + + Represents an association between a source IPackage or IPackagePart, and a target object which can be a IPackagePart or external resource. + + + + + Gets the URI of the package or part that owns the relationship. + + + + + Gets the URI of the target resource of the relationship. + + + + + Gets a string that identifies the relationship. + + + + + Gets the qualified type name of the relationship. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the target of the relationship is RelationshipTargetMode.Internal or RelationshipTargetMode.External to the IPackage. + + + + + Specifies whether the target of an IPackageRelationship is inside or outside the IPackage. + + + + + The relationship references a part that is inside the package. + + + + + The relationship references a resource that is external to the package. + + + + + Gets the conformance of the document if it hasn't been specified in the constructor. + + + + + Gets the zip package from which to load/save the document. + + + + + Gets the conformance of the document if it hasn't been specified in the constructor. + + + + + Gets the conformance of the document if it hasn't been specified in the constructor. + + + + + Class used to provide the ability to customize resource strings. + + + + + + + Gets the customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource that was customized. + The customized string or null if the resource wasn't customized. + + + + + + + Clears all strings customized by calls to method. + + + + + + + Resets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name so that it will load from the resource file. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + + + + + Sets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + The customized string. If null this has the same effect as calling . + + + + + + SGML is case insensitive, so here you can choose between converting + to lower case or upper case tags. "None" means that the case is left + alone, except that end tags will be folded to match the start tags. + + + + + This stack maintains a high water mark for allocated objects so the client + can reuse the objects in the stack to reduce memory allocations, this is + used to maintain current state of the parser for element stack, and attributes + in each element. + + + + + This class represents an attribute. The AttDef is assigned + from a validation process, and is used to provide default values. + + + + + Attribute objects are reused during parsing to reduce memory allocations, + hence the Reset method. + + + + + This class models an XML node, an array of elements in scope is maintained while parsing + for validation purposes, and these Node objects are reused to reduce object allocation, + hence the reset method. + + + + + Attribute objects are reused during parsing to reduce memory allocations, + hence the Reset method. + + + + + SgmlReader is an XmlReader API over any SGML document (including built in + support for HTML). + + + + + The base Uri is used to resolve relative Uri's like the SystemLiteral and + Href properties. This is a method because BaseURI is a read-only + property on the base XmlReader class. + + + + + Specify the SgmlDtd object directly. This allows you to cache the Dtd and share + it across multipl SgmlReaders. To load a DTD from a URL use the SystemLiteral property. + + + + + The name of root element specified in the DOCTYPE tag. + + + + + The PUBLIC identifier in the DOCTYPE tag + + + + + The SYSTEM literal in the DOCTYPE tag identifying the location of the DTD. + + + + + The DTD internal subset in the DOCTYPE tag + + + + + The input stream containing SGML data to parse. + You must specify this property or the Href property before calling Read(). + + + + + Sometimes you need to specify a proxy server in order to load data via HTTP + from outside the firewall. For example: "itgproxy:80". + + + + + Specify the location of the input SGML document as a URL. + + + + + Whether to strip out the DOCTYPE tag from the output (default true) + + + + + DTD validation errors are written to this stream. + + + + + Sorts the passed in list based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. + + The list to be sorted. + The comparer (must not be null). + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. Optionally you can pass in a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + The method will make use of that array instead of allocating one. If null is passed in, + then it will allocate one. Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items + is expensive. + + Array to be sorted. + Null or a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + Comparer. + + + + Sorts the passed in array based on the passed in comparer using a modified merge-sort + algorithm. Optionally you can pass in a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + The method will make use of that array instead of allocating one. If null is passed in, + then it will allocate one. Merge sort should be used if the operation of comparing items + is expensive. + + Array to be sorted. + Null or a temporary array equal (or greater) in size to arr. + Comparer. + Start index in the array. + End index in the array. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Excel.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Excel.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ff3ff83e2df Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Excel.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Excel.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Excel.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5fc2adce58e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Excel.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,30388 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Excel.v14.2 + + + + + Base class for formula functions. + + + + + Determines whether the function accepts an intermediate result array created by evaluating a nested function + on a per-element basis of an array or region parameter when a single value is expected. + + +

+ An intermediate result array will be generated when multiple values are specified where a single value is expected. + For example, the following formula will generate the value 15: =SUM(10/{1,2}). This is because "10/{1,2}" will + result in an intermediate result array of {10/1,10/2}, or {10,5}. Then each element is summed up to result in the + value 15. However, the SUM function does not allow intermediate result arrays for region references. So a function + such as =SUM(10/D6:E7) will result in a #VALUE! error. Unlike the SUM function, the LOOKUP function allows intermediate + result arrays from region references. So a formula like LOOKUP(10,D6:E7*2) will return a correct result if the value 10 + can be found in the following intermediate result array when using the normal LOOKUP function logic: {D6*2,E6*2; D7*2,E7*2}. + Therefore, SUM would return True from this method only when is False + and LOOKUP would return True from this method always (for a value of 1 in this example). +

+

+ Note: if this function is being called in an array formula, the restrictions are relaxed in the following way: + if the function supports intermediate result arrays created from constant array, it will also support intermediate + result arrays created from region references, so the value will always + be passed in as False. +

+
+ The 0-based index of parameter in which the intermediate array will be passed. + + True if the value which will generate the intermediate result array is a region reference; False if it is a constant array. + + True to allow intermediate result arrays for the specified parameter; False otherwise. +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + A helper method for extracting the instances from the stack. + + Number stack whose values should be popped. + Number of items to pop/evaluate from the number stack + True to ignore values whose IsNull returns true; otherwise false to include empty items in the list. + An array of instances removed from the number stack. + + + + A helper method for extracting the instances from the stack. + + Number stack whose values should be popped. + Number of items to pop/evaluate from the number stack + True to ignore values whose IsNull returns true; otherwise false to include empty items in the list. + True to ignore values from hidden cells. + An array of UltraCalcValue instances removed from the number stack. + + + + Gets the arguments in order, from left-to-right as they are passed into the methods. It takes + into account any arguments that are enumerable references, in which case the contituent values + of such enumerable references are returned in the correct order as well. + + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Indicates whether the results of the function is always dirty. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Abstract base class for binary operator functions. + + + + + Base class for the built in functions. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An UltraCalcValue represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Evaluates the the binary operator with the specified arguments and returns the result. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Calculates an average (arithmetic mean) for a series of numbers. + + +

AVERAGE(value1, value2, ...)

+

Value1, value2, ... are one or more numeric values or + references to numeric values. An average (arithmetic mean) is calculated + by taking the sum of all values, and dividing by the number of values.

+

Each value is equally weighted. To obtain a weighted average, + you can multiply each value by a weight in the expression.

+ + AVERAGE( [Value1]*[Weight1], [Value2]*[Weight2], [Value3]*[Weight3]) + +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Adds a series of numbers to obtain a total amount. + + +

SUM(value1,value2,...)

+

Value1, value2, ... are references for which you want to find the total value. + Text representations of numbers and literal numeric constants that you specify in the list of + arguments will be included in the sum. If value is a column or vector reference then + the sum will be taken of all cells or values contained by the reference. Any error values in + the argument list, or text that is not convertible to a numeric value, will produce an error.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + '+' Unary plus formula operator (+20) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + '-' Negation formula operator (-20) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + '%' Percent formula operator (20%) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + '&' formula operator used to concatenate two strings. ("First" & "Second") + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Combines two or more text values into a single text string. + + +

CONCATENATE(text1, text2, ..., textN)

+

Text1, text2, ..., textN are multiple text values that + you want to concatenate into one text string. These text values may be + text strings, numbers (which will be converted into text), or a single + value reference (such as a cell reference) containing such a value.

+

This function provides for elementary text processing + in UltraCalc, such as when building message text or appending some + connective text or punctuation to the results of evaluating other + text-bearing expressions.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + '=' Equality formula operator (Price = 200) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + "<>" Inequality formula operator (Price <> 200) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + '<' Less than formula operator (Price < 200) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + "<=" Less than or equal formula operator (Price <= 200) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + ">" Greater than formula operator (Price > 200) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + ">=" Greater than or equal formula operator (Price >= 200) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + "^" Exponentiation formula operator (3^2) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Chooses between two outcomes (or UltraCalc expressions to evaluate) based on + the result of a logical test on a value or UltraCalc expression you specify. + + +

IF( boolean_test, result_if_true, [result_if_false])

+

Boolean_test is a value (or an UltraCalc expression) which the IF function + evaluates to produce a boolean value of either TRUE or FALSE. The outcome of + this test determines which result will be returned by the function. +

+

Result_if_true is a value (or the outcome of another + UltraCalc expression) that will be returned only when boolean_test has + evaluated to the boolean value, TRUE.

+

Result_if_false is a value (or the outcome of another + UltraCalc expression) that will be returned only when boolean_test has + evaluated to the boolean value, FALSE.

+

The IF function allows you to write an UltraCalc expression + that branches to one expression (when the boolean_test is TRUE) or another + (when the boolean_test is FALSE) based on an arbitrary condition you have + specified.

+

The result_if_false is not specified and boolean_test is FALSE, the + IF function will return FALSE.

+

If boolean_test's evaluation produces an error value then + neither Result_if_true nor Result_if_false will be evaluated. Instead, the + IF function returns the error value from its evaluation of boolean_test.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates a number's absolute value. + + +

ABS( value)

+

A number's absolute value is it's value without any + sign. It represents the magnitude of a value while ignoring it's + direction (positive or negative) on a number line or vector.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gets the remainder following integer division of two numbers. + + +

MOD(numerator, denominator)

+

Numerator is the number being divided by denominator. + When denominator can only be taken from numerator + a certain whole number of types (the quotient), any leftover is the + remainder.

+

Denominator is the number dividing the numerator. + Any remainder will have the sign of the denominator. This number + cannot be zero, otherwise the MOD() function returns a #DIV/0 error.

+

If you want to perform integer division on these two numbers + then use the QUOTIENT() function. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Multiplies a series of numbers to return their total product. + + +

PRODUCT( value1, value2, ..., valueN)

+

Value1 is the first number (the multiplicand) in a + series of numbers that you want to multiply.

+

Value2 is the second number (the first multiplier) + in a series of numbers that you want to multiply.

+

ValueN is the last number (the last multiplier) + in a series of numbers that you want to multiply.

+

This function offers a convenience when you need to + multiply many numbers or expressions at one time.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Converts a real numeric value (which may have a fractional part) + into a whole number. + + +

INT(value)

+

Value is a real numeric value that you want to + convert into a whole number. INT() is a more specialized version + of the TRUNC() function + because it always produces integer values (whereas the TRUNC() + function allows you to specify a precision at which to truncate + the numeric value.)

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Truncates the fractional portion of a numeric value to produce an integer. + + +

TRUNC(value, number_of_digits)

+

Value is a numeric value or reference to a numeric value + that you want to truncate.

+

Number_of_digits specifies the precision at which truncation + should occur. By default, truncation occurs zero places right of the decimal + point which will produce an integer.

+

Truncation always discards the fractional value, causing the + Value to move closer to zero (whether it was positive or negative + before the truncation). It differs from the ROUND() + function in that the value always changes to a lesser value.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Logical-NOT returns the inverse boolean value of it's argument. + + +

NOT(boolean1)

+

Boolean1 is any boolean (TRUE or FALSE) value, or + conditional statement (made up of any UltraCalc expression which + itself evaluates to a boolean TRUE or FALSE value) to be inverted.

+

If boolean1 was TRUE, then the Logical-NOT would + return FALSE. If boolean1 was FALSE, then the Logical-NOT would + return TRUE.

+

If Boolean1 is an UltraCalc expression that evaluates + to an error value, then the result of a Logical-NOT operation is + undefined because an error value is neither TRUE nor FALSE.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Logical-AND returns the boolean value, FALSE, if at least one argument has a value of FALSE. + When all arguments are TRUE, then this function returns TRUE. + + +

AND(boolean1, boolean2, ...)

+

Boolean1, boolean2, ... are a list of boolean (TRUE or FALSE) values or + conditional statements (any UltraCalc expression which itself evaluates to a boolean + TRUE or FALSE value) to be evaluated for the constraint that all arguments should be + TRUE (or conversely, that at least one argument should be FALSE.)

+

All arguments are tested (i.e., the logical-AND function + does not use "short-circuit" evaluation, in which the function can stop executing + as soon as the first argument having the boolean value, FALSE, has been processed.)

+

This function stops evaluating immediately when any argument results in + an error value. An error value is neither TRUE nor FALSE, therefore the return value of + the logical-AND function is undefined.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Logical-OR returns the boolean value, TRUE, if at least one argument has a value of TRUE. + When all arguments are FALSE, then this function returns FALSE. + + +

OR(boolean1, boolean2, ...)

+

Boolean1, boolean2, ... are a list of boolean (TRUE or FALSE) values or + conditional statements (any UltraCalc expression which itself evaluates to a boolean + TRUE or FALSE value) to be evaluated for the constraint that at least one argument + should be TRUE (or conversely, that all arguments should be FALSE.)

+

All arguments are tested (i.e., the logical-OR function + does not use "short-circuit" evaluation, in which the function can stop executing + as soon as the first argument having the boolean value, TRUE, has been processed.)

+

This function stops evaluating immediately when any argument results in + an error value. An error value is neither TRUE nor FALSE, therefore the return value of + the logical-OR function is undefined.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gives you the smallest numeric value out of a series. + + +

MIN(Value1, value2, ..., valueN)

+

Value1, value2, ... valueN are any number of numeric values or references to + numeric values from which you want the minimum value found. Arguments may be numbers, boolean + values, text values convertible into numbers, or empty. Error values and text values that are + not convertible into numbers will produce an error.

+

The minimum value for a series of numbers can be it's largest magnitude + negative number because larger magnitude negative numbers are less than smaller magnitude + negative numbers. For example, given the expression MIN( -1500, -50, 5, 150), the return value + is -1500 and not 5. To determine the numeric value with the smallest magnitude you would + use the ABS() function on each argument. The + following example would produce a minimum value of 5.

+ MIN( ABS(-1500), ABS(-50), ABS(5), ABS(150)) +

When the argument list is empty, MIN() returns zero.

+ MAX() +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gives you the largest numeric value out of a series. + + +

MAX(Value1, value2, ..., valueN)

+

Value1, value2, ... valueN are any number of numeric values or references to numeric + values from which you want the maximum value found. Arguments may be numbers, boolean + values, text values convertible into numbers, or empty. Error values and text values + that are not convertible into numbers will produce an error.

+

When the argument list is empty, MAX() returns zero.

+ MIN() +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the mathematical constant, e, raised to the specified power. + + +

EXP(exponent)

+

Exponent is the power to which the base, e, is raised. + This gives the function it's characteristic "exponential" growth.

+

Euler's Number, e, is the value 2.718281828459..., and + is also the base of the natural logarithm. You can represent the constant + e within your UltraCalc formula by specifying EXP(1). The exponential + function (and natural logarithm) have many applications in mathematics, + engineering, and for modeling behavioral and statistical distributions + commonly observed in nature and the social sciences.

+ LN() +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Rounds the fractional portion of a numeric value up or down to produce an + integer. + + +

ROUND(value, number_of_digits)

+

Value is a numeric value or reference to a numeric value + that you want to round up or down.

+

Number_of_digits specifies the precision at which rounding + should occur. This will be the place value which UltraCalc examines to round + up or down. By default, rounding occurs zero places right of the decimal point + produces an integer.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the square root of a number. + + +

SQRT(value)

+

Value is the numeric value or reference to a numeric + value which you are calculating the square root of. Only real roots + are supported, therefore if value is negative (which would + produce an imaginary root) the SQRT() function will return an error + value (#NUM!).

+

The square root is the number whose product, when + the number is multiplied against itself (squared), is value. + Note that it is possible to multiply two negative square roots to + produce the same positive value. By convention, the SQRT() + function only returns the positive root.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the trigonometric cosine of a specified angle (measured in + radians). + + +

COS(value)

+

Value is the angle measured in radians for which you want + to take the cosine. If your argument must be in degrees, multiply it by + PI()/180 to convert it into radians.

+

The cosine is an sinusoidal function with a period of 2*PI() + radians. It's value is always between 1 and -1. It behaves like the sine function, + SIN(), with a phase shift (phi) of -PI()/4 + radians.

+

The cosine function value derives from the geometric ratio + between the length of the adjacent (non-hypotenuse) leg to the hypotenuse of + a right triangle, when the hypotenuse has a length of one. It is continuous + because at intervals of PI() radians the length of the adjacent leg and the + hypotenuse are equal.

+

Another way of looking at this function is to imagine the + hypotenuse is the radius, r, of a unit circle centered on a Cartesian plane + with x- and y- axes. At any point on the edge of the unit circle, the + hypotenuse makes an angle, theta, with the x-axis. The cosine function + value of the angle theta is the distance from the center of the circle + to the point in the direction of the x-axis. Applied in this fashion, + the COS() function can be used to convert between Cartesian and Polar + coordinate systems.

+

Both interpretations are equivalent because if you drop + a line from a point on the unit circle that intersects the x-axis at a + right angle you form a right triangle.

+

These trigonometric concepts appear frequently in many + engineering, architectural and scientific applications.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the angle (measured in radians) having the specified value of the trigonometric cosine function. + + +

ACOS(value)

+

Value is the real number result of the cosine function taken of an angle you want + to find. The legal values of the cosine function are from -1 to 1. An inverse cosine + by default will return the normal angle from 0 up to PI. This is because there are + several angles which may have an identical value of their cosine. For example, the + angles -PI/2, PI/2, 3PI/2, etc., all have a cosine of zero. You can find alternate + angles by adding (or subtracting) any multiple of PI radians to the normal angle + returned by the inverse cosine function.

+

You can convert the result of the inverse cosine function from + radians into degrees by multiplying it by 180/PI().

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the angle (measured in radians) having the specified value of it's hyperbolic cosine function. + + +

ACOSH(value)

+

Value is the hyperbolic cosine of some angle (measured in radians) that you want + to find. As you might expect, the values of the hyperbolic cosine function (see the COSH function) + increase at a hyperbolic rate, but one consequence is that these ever larger changes in the hyperbolic + cosine will correspond to ever smaller changes in the angle. This relationship is intrinsic to many of + the mathematical and engineering applications of the inverse hyperbolic cosine function, such as when + resistance or strain builds up on a body increasingly as it is rotated (hysteresis).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the trigonometric sine of a specified angle (measured in + radians). + + +

SIN(value)

+

Value is the angle measured in radians for which you want + to take the cosine. If your argument must be in degrees, multiply it by + PI()/180 to convert it into radians.

+

The sine is an sinusoidal function with a period of 2*PI() + radians. It's value is always between 1 and -1.

+

The sine function value derives from the geometric ratio + between the length of a right triangle's hypotenuse and the length of the + opposite leg, when the hypotenuse has a length of one. It is a continuous + function because at intervals of PI() radians the length of the opposite + leg and the hypotenuse are equal.

+

Another way of looking at this function is to imagine the + hypotenuse is the radius, r, of a unit circle centered on a Cartesian plane + with x- and y- axes. At any point on the edge of the unit circle, the + hypotenuse makes an angle, theta, with the x-axis. The sine function + value of the angle theta is the distance from the center of the circle + to the point in the direction of the y-axis. Applied in this fashion, + the SIN() function can be used to convert between Cartesian and Polar + coordinate systems.

+

Both interpretations are equivalent because if you drop a + line from a point on the unit circle that intersects the y-axis at a right + angle you form a right triangle.

+

These trigonometric concepts appear frequently in many + engineering, architectural and scientific applications.

+ COS() +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the hyperbolic sine of a specified angle measured in radians. + + +

SINH(value)

+

Value is an angle measured in radians for which you want to + calculate the hyperbolic sine. If your angle is measured in degrees, + multiply it by PI()/180 to convert into radians.

+

Many applications in mathematics and physics, for example + determining the gravitational potential of a cylinder, make use of the + hyperbolic sine function's characteristics.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the angle (measured in radians) having the specified value of the trigonometric sine function. + + +

ASIN(value)

+

Value is the sine value of the angle you want. Legal sine values are + confined to real numbers from -1 to 1, inclusive.

+

The angle returned will be between -PI()/2 and PI()/2 radians. To convert + this angle into degrees, multiply by PI()/180.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the trigonometric tangent of a specified angle (measured in + radians). + + +

TAN(value)

+

Value is the angle measured in radians for which you want + to take the tangent. If your argument must be in degrees, multiply it by + PI()/180 to convert it into radians.

+

The tangent can have a value from -INF to +INF, however it + is undefined at intervals of every PI()/2 radians +/- PI() radians.

+

The tangent function value derives from a well-known geometric + ratio between the length of the opposite and the adjacent (non-hypotenuse) leg + of a right triangle. All 3 angles inside of any triangle must add up to exactly + PI() radians, and in a right triangle the angle opposite the hypotenuse must be + PI()/2 radians. Given these facts, it is not possible for either of the other + two angles within the triangle to reach PI()/2 radians themselves. If you choose + an angle (other than the triangle's right angle) which approaches PI()/2 radians + then the remaining angle must approach 0 radians. The tangent function value tells + you in these circumstances how the leg of the right triangle opposite your angle + approaches infinite length. These calculations have important applications in + architecture and engineering.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of a specified angle measured in radians. + + +

TANH(value)

+

Value is an angle measured in radians for which you want to + calculate the hyperbolic tangent. If your angle is measured in degrees, + multiply it by PI()/180 to convert into radians. The hyperbolic tangent + has a range from -1 to 1.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the normalized angle (measured in radians) which has the + specified tangent function value. + + +

ATAN(value)

+

Value is a number containing a tangent function value + that you want to retrieve the angle of. This function returns an angle + of between PI()/2 and -PI()/2. Although the tangent function is undefined + for values of PI()/2 and -PI()/2, the return value of this function is + rounded to these values if Value is +INF or -INF, respectively.

+

This function is sometimes referred to as the inverse + tangent function or the arctangent.

+

The angle returned is the principal value, as + there exist an uncountable number of alternative angles satisfying + the requirement of having Value as their tangent function + value, at regular intervals of +/- PI() to either side of this + principal value.

+

If you require a result in degrees, multiply the + arctangent by 180/PI().

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the angle made with the x-axis on a Cartesian coordinate + plane by the specified (x, y) coordinates. + + +

ATAN2(x_ordinate, y_abscissa)

+

X_ordinate is a number representing the distance along + the x-axis of a Cartesian point. It may also be thought of as the + adjacent leg of a right triangle, where the right angle is made by + dropping a perpendicular line from (x_ordinate, y_abscissa) + to the point (x_ordinate, 0) on the x-axis.

+

Y_abscissa is a number representing the distance along + the y-axis of a Cartesian point. It may also be thought of as the + opposite leg of the right triangle constructed above.

+

This variation on the arctangent (or inverse tangent function) + calculates for you the angle, theta, made with the x-axis when you extend a + line segment from the origin at (0, 0) to your specified coordinates at + (x_ordinate, y_abscissa). This line segment can also be + seen to be the hypotenuse of a right triangle, or the radius of the circle + on which the point, (x_ordinate, y_abscissa), sits on + the edge. This function is another way of looking at the trigonometric + tangent function value that is useful in many UltraCalc applications + because it affords you a more convenient parameterization for some tasks, + such as converting from Cartesian to Polar coordinate systems.

+

The return value of this function is within the range of + PI()/2 and -PI()/2 measured in radians. If you need to convert this value + into degrees then multiply the result by 180/PI().

+ ATAN() + TAN() +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the next lesser whole number for a specified numeric + value. + + +

FLOOR(value)

+

Value is a real numeric value to be rounded down + to the next lesser whole number (also called an integer). FLOOR() + behaves differently from the INT() + function because when value is negative, the "next lesser + whole number" will be a number having greater magnitude (i.e., it + becomes more negative.)

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the smallest whole number greater than or equal to the given number + + +

+ CEILING(number) +

+ Number is the numeric value you want to round. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the natural logarithm of a specified numeric value. + + +

LN(value)

+

Value is a real number to calculate the natural + logarithm of. Value must be positive as the logarithm + is undefined for negative values.

+

A natural logarithm is a special case of a logarithm + having the base of Euler's Number, e (2.71828...). It is the inverse + of the EXP() function.

+

Logarithms have many applications in mathematics, + life and social sciences.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the logarithm (base 10) of a specified numeric value. + + +

LOG10(value)

+

Value is a real number to calculate the decimal + logarithm of. Value must be positive as the logarithm + is undefined for negative values.

+

To specify your own base for a logarithm use the + LOG() function. To calculate + the natural logarithm use the LN() + function.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates a logarithm for a specified numeric value to the + specified base. + + +

LOG(value, [base])

+

Value is a real number that you want to calculate the logarithm + to base for. This number must be positive, as the logarithm + is undefined for negative numbers.

+

Base is the base of the logarithm, which defaults to 10.

+

To calculate the natural logarithm (a logarithm to the base + of Euler's Number, e) it is usually more convenient to call the LN() + function.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the future value of an annuity having fixed payments and assuming + a fixed interest rate or rate of return. + + +

FV(interestRate, nPeriod, payment, presentValue, paymentDue)

+

InterestRate is the assumed interest rate per period. The future + value calculation assumes no change in the interest rate over the course of the + investment. If you anticipate interest rate fluctuations, you should calculate + the future value incrementally over shorter periods in which the interest rate + is held constant. In some calculations, the interestRate may be + synonymous with an investments' expected growth or rate of return per period.

+

NPeriod is the total number of payment periods in an annuity. + Each payment is assumed to be of the same amount, and occur at regular fixed + time intervals. A payment earlier in the annuity will be invested for a longer + period of time and therefore would accrue more interest than a payment made + later in the annuity.

+

Payment is a fixed amount invested in the annuity at each + period. Use a negative number to represent an outflow of cash paid out, and a + positive number to represent an inflow of cash received. Calculating a future + value requires either a non-zero series of payments or a presentValue.

+

PresentValue is the value of the investment at the beginning of + the annuity. It represents the discounted value of a series of future payments, + which over time could be worth a greater amount because they have accrued interest. + If the annuity has no present value, then you must specify a non-zero payment + amount.

+

PaymentDue is a numeric value of either 1 or 0, and indicates whether + payments are invested in the annuity at the beginning of each period (1) or at the end + of each period (0).

+

The interestRate and nPeriod arguments determine the + frequency of payments. If interestRate is given as an annual rate, and nPeriod + is 1 then payments are once per year. On the other hand, if nPeriod had been 4 then + payments would occur quarterly. Please ensure you use consistent time values when specifying + these arguments.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Rounds a positive number up and a negative number down to the nearest even integer. + + +

+ EVEN(Number) +

+ Number is the value to round. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Rounds a positive number up and a negative number down to the nearest odd integer. + + +

+ ODD(Number) +

+ Number is the value to round. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Converts a text value to all lowercase letters. + + +

LOWER(text_value)

+

Text_value is a piece of text you want converted into lowercase. The invariant + culture is used to translate characters, therefore this function may not be suitable for use + with localizable text values.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Converts all lowercase letters in a text string to uppercase. + + +

UPPER(text_value)

+

Text_value is the text you want to convert to uppercase. UPPER does not change characters in text that are not letters.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gets the leftmost characters from a text value, up to the specified number of characters. + + +

LEFT(text_value, num_chars)

+

Text_value is a piece of text or reference to some text starting with + a substring you want to retrieve.

+

Num_chars indicate the number of characters retrieved from the beginning + of text_value. An error value is returned if this argument is less than zero. + If this argument exceeds the length of text_value, then all of text_value + is retrieved. If omitted, the first character of text_value is retrieved.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gets the rightmost characters from a text value, up to the specified number of characters. + + +

RIGHT(text_value, num_chars)

+

Text_value is a piece of text or reference to some text ending with + a substring you want to retrieve.

+

Num_chars indicate the number of characters retrieved from the end + of text_value. An error value is returned if this argument is less than zero. + If this argument exceeds the length of text_value, then all of text_value + is retrieved. If omitted, the last character of text_value is retrieved.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gets a specified number of characters from the middle of a text string, starting from a specified position in that string. + + +

MID(text_value, starting_point, character_count)

+

Text_value is a piece of text containing the substring you want to retrieve, when you know + the position and length of your desired substring.

+

Character_count specifies how long of a substring to retrieve from text_value + measured as a number of characters. If the requested length, when added to the specified starting_point, + exceeds the length of text_value then the remainder of the string starting at starting_point + is returned.

+

Starting_point is the one-based position within text_value of the first character + in the substring you want to retrieve. If this argument exceeds the length of text_value then the + function will return an empty string.

+

If either character_count or starting_point has a negative value, or + evaluate to an error value, then the function returns an error value.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Removes any leading or trailing spaces from a text value, and normalizes runs of + whitespace within a text value. + + +

TRIM(text_value)

+

Text_value is a piece of text to trim and normalize the white + space of. Trimming removes all leading and trailing white space. Normalization + reduces runs of consecutive whitespace appearing within the text_value + to single blank spaces.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Counts the number of characters in a text value. + + +

LEN(text_value)

+

Text_value is any text string or reference to a text value + for which you want a character count. The number of characters, including + all whitespace, determines the length of the text string.

+

Depending on the character encoding used, some whitespace + characters such as line-breaks may count as two characters (one character + is a carriage return, the other character is a line feed).

+

An empty text string contains no characters.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Retrieves the numeric value of a piece of text that is supposed to + represent either a number or a currency. + + +

VALUE(text_value)

+

Text_value is any text value or single-value reference to + a text string that you want to convert into a number. It may have been + formatted with a sign, currency symbol, or thousands separator. These + characters will be stripped to yield the numeric value of the text.

+

If the text_value is an error value or could not + be converted into a numeric value then the function returns an error value. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the argument on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + +

Returns an error if the UltraCalcValue argument at the top of the number stack was an error.

+

Returns a value conversion into a double-precision numeric type if the incoming text can be interpreted as a numeric value (possibly after filtering off thousands separators, decimal separators, currency symbols, exponents and signs.)

+

Returns a numeric conversion from another numeric type if the incoming argument was not text (sometimes when the result of such a conversion is poorly defined this may defy an application's expectations, for example, a DATEVALUE may convert into a numeric value of ticks.)

+
+ An that represents the result of the function evaluation. +
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Finds one piece of text within another piece of text. + + +

FIND(text_to_find, text_to_search, starting_point)

+

Text_to_find is the piece of text you want to find. It can + be a reference (for example, a NamedReference to a constant text string or + a CalcSettings reference to a TextBox on the form). It should be shorter in + length than the text_to_search.

+

Text_to_search is the piece of text you want to search for + text_to_find within. It's commonly a reference to a text string + that you want to search.

+

Starting_point is the one-based character position inside of + text_to_search at which UltraCalc will begin searching. This argument + is optional and if omitted, the search will begin at the first character.

+

If text_to_find is not found this function returns + a Value error, otherwise it returns the starting position of text_to_find + within text_to_search.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Replaces a substring of a text value with some new text. This substring is specified by giving + it's starting point and it's length in characters, within the original text value. + + +

REPLACE(text_value, starting_point, character_count, new_text_value)

+

Text_value is the original text within which you want to replace some substring of text, + and you already know the starting_point and character_count of that substring.

+

Starting_point is the one-based position within text_value where the replaced + substring begins.

+

Character_count is the length of the substring being replaced as a count of the characters + it contains. If this value when added to starting_point would exceed the length remaining in + text_value then the entire remainder of text_value is replaced.

+

New_text_value is some new text that replaces the text of the specified substring. It is + not required to be the same length as the replaced substring.

+

When starting_point or character_count are error values, or less than zero, + an error value is returned. If starting_point exceeds the length of text_value then an error + value is returned.

+

It is possible to use the REPLACE() function with other UltraCalc functions to express the + replacement of one substring with another. The following UltraCalc expression replaces the word "Old" with + the word "New" in the original text value.

+ REPLACE("Hello Old World", FIND("Old"), LEN("Old"), "New") +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates depreciation of an asset using the sum of years' digits (SYD) + calculation method. + + +

SYD(assetCost, salvageValue, lifespan, periodNumber)

+

AssetCost is the initial value of the asset + when it was purchased new. This numeric value needs to be + greater than the salvageValue (otherwise the asset + would be appreciating in value).

+

SalvageValue is the market price you can get + for an asset at the end of it's useful life (lifespan + periods). In some situations, this may represent the value of + the asset's spare parts.

+

Lifespan is the useful life of the asset being + depreciated measured in fixed-length time periods (usually years). + The appropriate lifespan to use may vary with the kind + of asset being depreciated. As the name of this function suggests, + the lifespan when using this depreciation method is normally + measured in years (although this does not necessarily have to be the + case).

+

PeriodNumber is the one-based number of the period + to calculate the depreciation of the asset for, having a value of + between 1 and lifespan. It must be measured in the same + units of time as the lifespan.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates what the straight-line depreciation + of an asset should be per period. + + +

SLN(assetCost, salvageValue, lifespan)

+

AssetCost is the initial value of the asset + when it was purchased new. This numeric value needs to be + greater than the salvageValue (otherwise the asset + would be appreciating in value).

+

SalvageValue is the market price you can get + for an asset at the end of it's useful life (lifespan + periods). In some situations, this may represent the value of + the asset's spare parts.

+

Lifespan is the useful life of the asset being + depreciated measured in fixed-length time periods (usually years). + The appropriate lifespan to use may vary with the kind + of asset being depreciated.

+

Straight-line depreciation expresses an asset's + depreciation at a constant rate per period. The asset is assumed + to lose useful value no faster in the first period depreciation + is calculated than in the last period. An accountant can advise + you as to which assets the straight-line depreciation calculation + method is suitable.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the .NET DateTime of the time represented by date formated in a string + + +

+ DATEVALUE(date_text) +

+ Date_text is text that represents a date in a .NET DateTime format +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the .NET DateTime ticks number that represents a particular date + + +

+ DATE(year,month,day) +

+ Year is the number representing the year +

+ Month is a number representing the month of the year +

+ Day is a number representing the day of the month +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the day of a date value + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the month of a date value + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the year of a date value + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the hour of a time value + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the minute of a time value + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the second of a time value + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the .Net DateTime of the time represented by time formated in a string + + +

+ TIMEVALUE(time_text) +

+ Time_text is text that represents a date in the .NET DateTime format +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the .NET DateTime ticks value that represents a particular time + + +

+ TIME(hour,minute,second) +

+ Hour is a number representing the time's hour +

+ Minute is a number representing the time's minute +

+ Second is a number representing the time's second +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the median value of a specified list of numeric values. + + +

MEDIAN(Value1, value2, ..., valueN)

+

Value1, value2, ..., valueN are any number of numeric values or references to + numeric values for which you want the median value found. If any argument is an error value, + or there are no numeric values within the series of arguments, then MEDIAN() will return an + error value.

+

The median is the middle value of the sorted list of numeric values (you do + not need to sort Value1, value2, ..., valueN prior to passing them + to the MEDIAN() function). When the list contains an odd number of values, the median will be + the value at position CEIL(N/2). For example, the median of the 5-value list 0, 20, + 30, 50, 80, is the value in the third position: 30. When the list contains an even number of + values, the median will be the average of the two values in the middle. For example, the + median of the 4-value list 7, 20, 30, 45, is the average of the two middle elements (20 and + 30): 25. Note that the value of the MEDIAN() varies most from the arithmetic mean of the + sorted list when the distribution of values tends to favor one side or the other of that + arithemtic mean. For example, the arithmetic mean of the 5-value list 1, 2, 3, 21, 43 is + 14 but it's median value is 3.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the estimated variance for a specified sampling of numeric values. + + +

VAR(Value1, value2, ..., valueN)

+

Value1, value2, ..., valueN are any number of numeric values or + references to numeric values you provide to specify a sampling of your larger + data population. If any argument contains an error value or there arte no numeric + values in the sampling, the VAR() function evaluates to the first error value it + encounters.

+

Variance is a measure of statistical variability, and is used in + statistical studies based on small samplings from much larger data populations to + draw inferences about the variability of those data populations.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Estimates the variance based on a sample. + + Number stack to evaluate + Number of arguments on the stack to use + A boolean indicating if the value was calculated + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates an approximate standard deviation of a specified sampling of numeric + values. + + +

STDEV(Value1, value2, ..., valueN)

+

Value1, value2, ..., valueN are any number of numeric values or references + to numeric values that you've given to provide a sample space of your data set. If any value + contains an error, then the function evaluates to the first error encountered. An error value + is returned if the sample space contains no numeric values.

+

The standard deviation is used in statistical studies to make inferences about + a larger population of data based on sampling only a subset. For well chosen samplings, a small + standard deviation indicates most data points tend to cluster within a narrow range of values. + A larger standard deviations indicates greater variability in the data points, and that there + is a higher likelihood for values to occur farther away and/or more frequently away from the + expected norm.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Formats a numeric value rounded to a specified number of decimal places and + with optional thousands separators. + + +

FIXED(value, decimal_places, exclude_thousands_separators)

+

Value is the numeric value to be rounded and formatted as text.

+

Decimal_places indicate how many places to the right of the decimal point + the value should be rounded. If omitted, rounding occurs to two decimal places.

+

Exclude_thousands_separators is a boolean value (TRUE or FALSE) indicating + whether commas should appear in the formatted text value. By default the formatted text + includes commas as thousands separators.

+

This function may not return text values consistent with your locale's + formatting of numbers because it operates using culture invariant settings (these include + commas as thousands separators and decimal points) to facilitate unambiguously parsing the + text values it formats into numeric values for subsequent calculations. Applications may + instead choose to format numeric values after UltraCalc has finished processing them, but + before presenting them to their end user.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the angle (measured in radians) having the specified value of it's hyperbolic sine function. + + +

ASINH(value)

+

Value is the hyperbolic sine of some angle (measured in radians) that you want + to find. As you might expect, the values of the hyperbolic sine function (see the SINH function) + increase at a hyperbolic rate, but one consequence is that these ever larger changes in the hyperbolic + sine will correspond to ever smaller changes in the angle. This relationship is intrinsic to many of + the mathematical and engineering applications of the inverse hyperbolic sine function, such as when + resistance or strain builds up on a body increasingly as it is rotated (hysteresis).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function, Arcsinh, against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of a specified angle measured in radians. + + +

TANH(value)

+

Value is an angle measured in radians for which you want to + calculate the hyperbolic tangent. If your angle is measured in degrees, + multiply it by PI()/180 to convert into radians. The hyperbolic tangent + has a range from -1 to 1.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function, Arctanh, against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the angle (measured in radians) having the specified value of it's hyperbolic cosine function. + + +

ACOSH(value)

+

Value is the hyperbolic cosine of some angle (measured in radians) that you want + to find. As you might expect, the values of the hyperbolic cosine function (see the COSH function) + increase at a hyperbolic rate, but one consequence is that these ever larger changes in the hyperbolic + cosine will correspond to ever smaller changes in the angle. This relationship is intrinsic to many of + the mathematical and engineering applications of the inverse hyperbolic cosine function, such as when + resistance or strain builds up on a body increasingly as it is rotated (hysteresis).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function, Arccosh, against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns a number representing the day of the week of the specified date. + + +

+ WEEKDAY(date, returnType) +
+ Date is a date. +
+ ReturnType determines which numbering scheme is used for the days of the week. + 1 (default) = Sunday (1) through Saturday (7) + 2 = Monday (1) through Sunday (7) + 3 = Monday (0) through Sunday (6) +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the number of the week into which the specified date falls. + + +

+ WEEKNUM(date, returnType) +
+ Date is a date. +
+ ReturnType determines which day begins the week. + 1 (default) = Sunday is the first day of the week. + 2 = Monday is the first day of the week. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a work day the specified number of days from the specified date, excluding any specified holidays. + + +

+ WORKDAY(startDate, days [, holiday1, holiday2, ..., holidayN]) +
+ StartDate is the date from which to start. +
+ Days is the number of work days to offset from the start date. +
+ Holiday1, holiday2, ..., holidayN is any number of dates or range references containing dates that are to be considered non-working days. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the decimal value of a string representation of a number in a non-decimal number system. + + +

+ X2Dec(number) +
+ Number is a string represeting a number in a non-decimal number system. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the number string. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Converts a value from one system of measurement to another. For example, meters to inches or hours to seconds. + + +

CONVERT(number, fromUnit, toUnit) +
+ Number is the value to convert. +
+ FromUnit is the unit in which the number is given. +
+ ToUnit is the units to convert to. +
+ Weight and mass units: + "g" = gram + "sg" = slug + "lbm" = pound mass (avoirdupois) + "u" = U (atomic mass unit) + "ozm" = Ounce mass (avoirdupois) +
+ Distance units: + "m" = Meter + "mi" = Statute mile + "Nmi" = Nautical mile + "in" = Inch + "ft" = Foot + "yd" = Yard + "ang" = Angstrom + "Pica" = Pica (1/72 in.) +
+ Time units: + "yr" = Year + "day" = Day + "hr" = Hour + "mn" = Minute + "sec" = Second +
+ Pressure units + "Pa" (or "p") = Pascal + "atm" (or "at") = Atmosphere + "mmHg" = mm of Mercury +
+ Force units + "N" = Newton + "dyn" (or "dy") = Dyne + "lbf" = Pound force +
+ Energy units: + "J" = Joule + "e" = Erg + "c" = Thermodynamic calorie + "cal" = IT calorie + "eV" (or "ev") = Electron volt + "HPh" (or "hh") = Horsepower-hour + "Wh" (or "wh") = Watt-hour + "flb" = Foot-pound + "BTU" (or "btu") = BTU +
+ Power units: + "HP" (or "h") = Horsepower + "W" (or "w") = Watt +
+ Magentism units: + "T" = Tesla + "ga" = Gauss +
+ Temperature units: + "C" (or "cel") = Degree Celsius + "F" (or "fah") = Degree Fahrenheit + "K" (or "kel") = Kelvin +
+ Liquid measure units: + "tsp" = Teaspoon + "tbs" = Tablespoon + "oz" = Fluid ounce + "cup" = Cup + "pt" (or "us_pt") = U.S. pint + "uk_pt" = U.K. pint + "qt" = Quart + "gal" = Gallon + "l" (or "lt") = Liter +
+ Any metric ToUnit or FromUnit may be prefixed with one of the following: + exa ("E") = 1E+18 + peta ("P") = 1E+15 + tera ("T") = 1E+12 + giga ("G") = 1E+09 + mega ("M") = 1E+06 + kilo ("k") = 1E+03 + hecto ("h") = 1E+02 + dekao ("e") = 1E+01 + deci ("d") = 1E-01 + centi ("c") = 1E-02 + milli ("m") = 1E-03 + micro ("u") = 1E-06 + nano ("n") = 1E-09 + pico ("p") = 1E-12 + femto ("f") = 1E-15 + atto ("a") = 1E-18 +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Compares two numbers and returns 1 if they are equal or 0 if they are not. + + +

DELTA(number1, [number2]) +
+ Number1 is a number. +
+ Number2 is a number. If Number2 is not specified, Number1 will be compared to 0. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Compares two numbers and returns 1 the first number is greater than or equal to the second or returns 0 if not. + + +

GESTEP(number, [step]) +
+ Number is a number. +
+ Step is a number. If step is not specified, Number will be compared to 0. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the absolute value of a complex number. + + +

IMABS(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the argument theta, and angle expressed in radians. + + +

IMARGUMENT(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the conjugate of a complex number. + + +

IMCONJUGATE(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the cosine of a complex number. + + +

IMCOS(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the quotient of two complex numbers. + + +

IMDIV(dividend, divisor) +
+ Dividend is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +
+ Divisor is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the exponential of a complex number. + + +

IMEXP(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the natural logarithm of a complex number. + + +

IMLN(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the real coefficient of a complex number. + + +

IMREAL(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the difference between two complex numbers. + + +

IMSUB(complexNumber1, complexNumber2) +
+ ComplexNumber1 is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj" from which ComplexNumber2 will be subtracted. +
+ ComplexNumber2 is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj" which will be subtracted from ComplexNumber1. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the base-10 logarithm of a complex number. + + +

IMLOG10(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the base-2 logarithm of a complex number. + + +

IMLOG2(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the sine of a complex number. + + +

IMSIN(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the square root of a complex number. + + +

IMSQRT(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the complex number raised to the specified power. + + +

IMPOWER(complexNumber, power) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +
+ Power is the power to which ComplexNumber will be raised. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Converts a value to a number. + + +

N(value) +
+ Value is the value to be converted to a number. The following are acceptable values: +
+ A number - returns the number. + A date - returns the date. + True - returns 1. + False - returns 0. + An error value - returns the error value. + Any other value - returns 0. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the factorial of a number. + + +

FACT(number) +
+ Number is a positive number for which the factorial will be calculated. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the double factorial of a number. + + +

FACTDOUBLE(number) +
+ Number is a positive number for which the double factorial will be calculated. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Converts radians to degrees. + + +

DEGREES(radians) +
+ Radians is a value in radians which will be converted to degrees. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Converts degrees to radians. + + +

RADIANS(degrees) +
+ Degrees is a value in degrees which will be converted to radians. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the greatest common divisor of integer values. + + +

GCD(number1, [number2, number3, ..., numberN]) +
+ Number1, Number2, ..., NumberN is any number of integers. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the least common multiple of integer values. + + +

LCM(number1, [number2, number3, ..., numberN]) +
+ Number1, Number2, ..., NumberN is any number of integers. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the multinomial of a set of numbers. + + +

MULTINOMIAL(number1, [number2, number3, ..., numberN]) +
+ Number1, Number2, ..., NumberN is any number of numbers. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Rounds a number to the nearest multiple of another number. + + +

MRound(number, multiple) +
+ Number is a number to be rounded. +
+ Multiple is a number indicating the multiple to which to round. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Converts a number into a roman number as a string. + + +

ROMAN(number, form) +
+ Number is the number to convert to roman numerals. +
+ Form is a number or boolean value indicating whether to use classic roman numerals or a more concise version. +
+ 0 = (Default) Classic. (499 = "CDXCIX") + 1 = More concise. (499 = "LDVLIV") + 2 = More concise. (499 = "XDIX") + 3 = More concise. (499 = "VDIV") + 4 = Simplified. (499 = "ID") + TRUE = Classic. + FALSE = Simplified. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Rounds a number to down to the specified number of digits. + + +

ROUNDDOWN(number, digits) +
+ Number is a number to be rounded down. +
+ Digits indicates the number of decimal places to round to. Positive numbers indicates places after the decimal point, negative numbers indicate places before the decimal point. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Rounds a number to up to the specified number of digits. + + +

ROUNDUP(number, digits) +
+ Number is a number to be rounded up. +
+ Digits indicates the number of decimal places to round to. Positive numbers indicates places after the decimal point, negative numbers indicate places before the decimal point. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the sum of a power series. + + +

SERIESSUM(inputValue, initialPower, step, coefficient1 [, coefficient2, coefficient3, ..., coefficientN]) +
+ InputValue is the input value to the power series. +
+ InitialPower is the initial power to which X will be raised. +
+ Step is the step which will be used to increase N for each term in the series. +
+ Coefficient1, Coefficient2, ..., CoefficientN is a set of coefficients by which each successive power of X is multiplied. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the sign of a number. (-1, 0, or 1) + + +

SIGN(number) +
+ The number whose sign wil be returned. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the square root of the specified number times Pi. + + +

SQRTPI(number) +
+ The number which will be multiplied by Pi. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + The CHOOSE function returns one of the values provided in its arguments based on the number in the first argument. + + +

CHOOSE(index_num, value1, [value2, ..., valueN]) +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Repeats text a specific number of times. + + +

REPT(text_value, repeat_count)

+

Text_value is the text which should be repeated.

+

Repeat_count is the positive number of times text_value should be repeated.

+

When repeat_count is negative, and error value is returned. When repeat_count + is 0, an empty string is returned. When repeat_count is not an integer, it will be truncated.

+

If the length of the returned string would be greater than 32,767, an error value is returned.

+ REPT("-", 10) +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the subtotal in one of more references. + + +

Subtotal(function_num, ref1, ref2,...)

+

Function_num is the type which should be calculated. + + + + + + + + + + + +
Function_num (includes hidden values)Function_num (ignores hidden values)Function
1101AVERAGE
2102COUNT
4104MAX
5105MIN
6106PRODUCT
7107STDEV
9109SUM
10110VAR
+

+

Ref1, ref2, ... are references for which you want to find the subtotal.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Converts the value to text based on the specified format. + + +

Text(value, format_text)

+

value is the numeric value which should be formatted.

+

format_text is a the number format with which to format the value.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the 1-based index of one string within another, searching case insensitively. + + +

SEARCH(search_text, value, [start_index])

+

search_text is the text to find in value.

+

value is the text in which to find search_text.

+

start_index is the 1-based index in which to start the search (if omitted, the start_index is 1).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An UltraCalcValue represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the average deviation from the average of all numeric values. + + +

AVEDEV(number1, number2, ...)

+

Number1, number2, ... are one or more numeric values or references to numeric values.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An UltraCalcValue represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An ExcelCalcValue represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Stack of instances used to evaluate formulas. + + +

+ The number stack is used for evaluating formulas. When formulas are compiled, the formula tokens are + placed in a collection in post-fix, or Reverse Polish Notation (RPN) format. RPN format arranges the formula token list so each + sub-expressions's terms are placed before their operator, and sub-expressions are ordered to enforce correct operator precedence. + This format allows the formula evaluate method to loop through the formula token collection front to back pushing an operator's terms onto + the number stack until an operator is reached. Each time an operator is reached, it's subexpression is computed and resulting value pushed + onto the number stack. Once the end of the end of the formula collection is reached, the formulas calculated value is at the top of the + number stack. +

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Push a value onto number stack. + + Value to push onto the number stack + + + + Pop value off top of the number stack. + + that was at the top of the number stack. + + + + Return value off top of the number stack. + + that is at the top of the number stack. + + + + Remove all values from number stack. + + + + + Clear elements off top of number stack until it contains given number of elements + + Denotes the desired stack level + + + + Return the number of values on number stack + + Number of stack values + + + + Gets the instance whose formula is currently being solved. + + + + + Represents a two-dimensional array of instances used in calculations. + + + + + Gets the number of elements in the specified dimension of the array. + + The zero-based index of the dimension. + The number of elements in the specified dimension. + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The index for the first dimension of the array. This is the relative column index for arrays representing cell regions on a worksheet. + The index for the second dimension of the array. This is the relative row index for arrays representing cell regions on a worksheet. + An representing the specified value in the array. + + + + Provides methods and properties used to define and manage a calculation error value. + + + + + Initializes a new with the specified error code. + + value to assign this instance + + + + Initializes a new with the specified error code and error message + + value + Localized Message indicating reason for error + + + + Initializes a new with the specified error code, message and error value. + + value + Localized Message indicating reason for error + Value associated with error + + + + Return a string message that denotes reason for error + + String containing error message + + + + Raise an exception containing this class's error information + + + + + Gets the error code for this class instance + + + + + Gets error message for this class instance. Note that when setting this property the + message is assumed to be localized. + + + + + Gets the error object for this class instance + + + + + Provides methods that manage a composite data type representing a value. + + +

+ An instance of this class may contain one of several base data types including doubles, singles, integers, booleans, strings, and error values. +

+ The class implements the IConvertible interface providing methods to perform conversions between the basic data types. +

+ Additionally the class provides methods to perform basic arithmetic operations and comparisons between objects. +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to an data type. + + An array equivalent to the value of this instance. + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to an array group data type. + + An array group equivalent to the value of this instance. + + + + + Returns the TypeCode for this instance + + The enumerated constant that is the TypeCode of the class or value type that implements this interface. + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a uint data type + + The Type to which the value of this instance is converted + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + An Object instance of type conversionType whose value is equivalent to the value of this instance. + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to an array data type + + An array equivalent to the value of this instance + + + + Convert this class instance's value to an array group data type + + An array group equivalent to the value of this instance + + + + Storage for the underlying data type + + + + + Initializes a new + + Object to be represented by the . + + + + Default constructor + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to an int + + A signed 32-bit integer value containing the equivalent value of this instance + + + + Convert this class instance's value to an int + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A signed 32-bit integer value containing the equivalent value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion to an integer this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Set this class's instance to an UltraCalcErrorValue based on the given exception + + Exception whose value is used to set this instance's error value + + + + Convert this instance's value to a . + + If this instance contains a object that implements the interface, this method returns the object instance, else an error reference is returned. + +

+ The instance value's underlying data type must be reference to return a reference, else an error reference is returned. +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion to a reference, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this instance's value to an + + A containing the equivalent error code to the value of this instance + +

+ This method returns an whose error code is set this instance's error code. +

+ If there this instance does not contain an error, a containing a default value is returned +

+
+
+ + + Returns a string representation of this instance's value. + + String representation of instance's value + + + + Indicates if the value of the specified is equivalent to the + + First to compare + Second to compare + True if the values are the same; otherwise false is returned. + + + + Compares current instance with the passed in instance. Returns + -1, 1 or 0 depending on whether the current instance is less than, greater than + or equal to the passed in instance respectively. + + The object that this instance should be compared against. + -1, 1 or 0 depending on whether the current instance is less than, greater than + or equal to the passed in instance respectively. + + + + Compares x and y instances and returns -1 if x is less than y, + 1 if x is greater than y and 0 if x and y are equal. + + The first value to compare. + The value to compare with the first value. + -1, 1 or 0 depending on whether the current instance is less than, greater than + or equal to the passed in instance respectively. + + + + Indicates if the specified has the save as this instance. + + to compare against. + True if the of both instances are equal; otherwise false. + + + + Gets the resolved value of the reference. This method will walk down the reference chain recursively to get the resolved value of the reference that is not just another reference. + + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a double data type + + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a double data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A double-precision floating-point equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Converts the to a double data type + + The resulting double value. If the return value is false, the result is 0. + True if the value was successfully converted to a double; otherwise false. + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a DateTime data type + + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a DateTime data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A DateTime equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a float data type + + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a float data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A single-precision floating-point equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a boolean data type + + + A boolean floating-point equivalent to the value of this instance + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a boolean data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A boolean floating-point equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a int data type + + + A 32-bit signed integer floating-point equivalent to the value of this instance + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a int data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A 32-bit signed integer floating-point equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a short data type + + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a short data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A 16-bit signed integer floating-point equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a string instance data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A string instance equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a byte data type + + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a byte data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A 8-bit unsigned integer equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a char data type + + + A Unicode character equivalent to the value of this instance + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a char type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A Unicode character equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a long data type + + + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a long data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A 64-bit signed integer equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Convert this class instance's value to a decimal data type + + + A Decimal equivalent to the value of this instance + + + + + Converts the to a decimal data type + + The resulting decimal value. If the return value is false, the result is 0. + True if the value was successfully converted to a decimal; otherwise false. + + + + Convert this class instance's value to a decimal data type + + An IFormatProvider interface implementation that supplies culture-specific formatting information + A Decimal equivalent to the value of this instance + +

+ If there is no meaningful conversion, this method will throw an InvalidCastException +

+
+
+ + + Converts a DateTime to Excel's numerical representation of a date. + + +

+ When using the 1900 date system in Excel, dates before 3/1/1900 must be corrected, because Excel + incorrectly assumes 1900 is a leap year. This overload assumes the 1900 date system is being used + as so it corrects the date values. +

+
+ The DateTime value to convert to the Microsoft Excel date format. +
+ + + Converts a DateTime to Excel's numerical representation of a date. + + The DateTime value to convert to the Microsoft Excel date format. + + When using the 1900 date system in Excel, dates before 3/1/1900 must be corrected, because Excel + incorrectly assumes 1900 is a leap year. Pass False to disable this correction. + + + + + Converts Excel's numerical representation of a date to a DateTime. + + +

+ When using the 1900 date system in Excel, dates before 3/1/1900 must be corrected, because Excel + incorrectly assumes 1900 is a leap year. This overload assumes the 1900 date system is being used + as so it corrects the date values. +

+
+ The Microsoft Excel date format which should be converted to a DateTime. +
+ + + Converts Excel's numerical representation of a date to a DateTime. + + The Microsoft Excel date format which should be converted to a DateTime. + + When using the 1900 date system in Excel, dates before 3/1/1900 must be corrected, because Excel + incorrectly assumes 1900 is a leap year. Pass False to disable this correction. + + + + + Converts Excel's numerical representation of a time of day to a TimeSpan. + + +

+ In Excel, only the fractional portion of the date value represents the time of day, so if + is greater than 1, only the fractional part will be used. +

+
+ The Microsoft Excel date format which should be converted to a DateTime. + Optional parameter to allow the day information to be included as well. +
+ + + Converts a TimeSpan to Excel's numerical representation of a date. + + +

+ The TimeSpan.Days portion of the will not be used unless the is true. Otherwise only the time of day will be used from the TimeSpan. +

+
+ The TimeSpan value to convert to the Microsoft Excel date format. + Optional parameter to allow the day information to be included as well. +
+ + + Gets the resolved value of the reference. This method will walk down the reference chain recursively to get the resolved value of the reference that is not just another reference. + + + True if the value returned will actually be used in calculations; False if the value is being requested to inspect some aspect of it, such as its type. + + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains an array value. + + True if this instance class contains an array, else false. + + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains a group of array values. + + True if this instance class contains an array group, else false. + + + + + Gets the workbook associated with the formula being solved. + + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains a value + + True if this instance class contains a reference, else false + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains an error value + + True if this class instance contains an error, else false + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains a null value + + True if this instance class contains a null value, else false + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains a DBNull value + + True if this instance class contains a null value, else false + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains a string value + + True if this instance class contains a string, else false + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains a boolean value + + True if this instance class contains a boolean, else false + + + + Returns whether this class instance contains a DateTime value + + True if this instance class contains a DateTime, else false + + + + Return the underlying value + + + + + Interface implemented by the formula object. + + + + + Adds a reference created during the evaluation of the formula to the references of the formula. + + +

+ If the reference is already in the references or dynamic references collection of the formula, this will have no effect. +

+
+ The reference to add to the formula's dynamic references collection. +
+ + + Evaluate the compiled expression against the given base reference + + Base reference used to resolve relative references into absolute references + Retuns an containing result of formula evaluation + + + + Gets the collection of reference created during the last evaluation of the formula. + + + + + Formula string. + + + + + Returns whether the formula contains an always dirty function. + + + + + Base reference associated with the formula. + + +

Base reference associated with the formula. For example, in the case of a column formula, BaseReference would be the column reference.

+
+
+ + + Retuns a collection of references contained in the formula token string + + Collection of s + + + + The exception thrown when a formula parse error occurs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the serialized data. + + + is null. + + The serialized object data. + The context information about the source serialized stream. + + + + Populates the specified instance with this object's data. + + The serialized object data. + The context information about the destination serialized stream. + + is null. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + + The message that describes the error. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message. + + The message that describes the error. + The exception that is the cause of this exception. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message + and information which helps determine the location of the parse error in the formula. + + The character index in the parameter where the parse error occurred. + The formula which had the error being parsed. + The message that describes the error. + The portion of the formula which had the error being parsed. + + + + Gets the character index in the at which the parse error occurred. + + The character index in the FormulaValue at which the parse error occurred. + + + + Gets the formula string which had the error being parsed. + + The formula string which had the error being parsed. + + + + Gets the error message and the portion of the formula with the error. + + + + + Gets the portion of the formula which contains the error. + + + + + Base class for all data validations rules which can be applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a copy of this rule which can be applied to other worksheets. + + + + + Gets or sets the description which appears in the dialog box when an invalid value is applied to a cell + in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ This value is only used when is True. +

+

+ Note: the title cannot be more than 225 characters. +

+
+ + Occurs when the specified value is longer than 225 characters. + + The description to show the user or null to use a default error description. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the title which appears in the dialog box when an invalid value is applied to a cell + in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ This value is only used when is True. +

+

+ Note: the title cannot be more than 32 characters. +

+
+ + Occurs when the specified value is longer than 32 characters. + + The title to show the user or null to use a default error dialog title. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the value is allowed when it is invalid and which options are given to + the user in the error dialog shown by Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ This value is only used when is True. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value is not a member of the enumeration. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the description in the tooltip which appears when the user selects the cell in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ This value is only used when is True. +

+

+ Note: the description cannot be more than 255 characters. +

+
+ + Occurs when the specified value is longer than 255 characters. + + The description to show the user in the tooltip. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the title in the tooltip which appears when the user selects the cell in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ This value is only used when is True. +

+

+ Note: the title cannot be more than 32 characters. +

+
+ + Occurs when the specified value is longer than 32 characters. + + The title to show the user in the tooltip. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the error dialog should appear in Microsoft Excel when invalid data + is entered in the cell. + + +

+ When the value is False, invalid data can be entered into cells, but when the user chooses to subsequently circle + invalid values in Microsoft Excel, the cell will be circled. +

+
+ True to show the error dialog for invalid cell data; False otherwise. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether to show the user an input prompt tooltip when the user selects + the cell in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ The input prompt will only be shown if this value is True and the is not null. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Represents a string with mixed formatting in a cell or cell comment. + + +

+ The formatting of the string is controlled in a similar fashion as it would be in Microsoft Excel. In Excel, the user + must select a portion of the text and set the various formatting properties of that selected text. +

+

+ With the FormattedString, a portion of the string is "selected" by calling either GetFont(int) or + GetFont(int,int). Formatting properties are then set on the returned + and all characters in the font's selection range are given these properties. +

+

+ Getting the formatting properties of a will return the formatting of the first + character in font's selection range. This is similar to Excel, which will update the formatting interface to + reflect the formatting of the first character in a selection range when a cell's text is selected. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + is null. + + The string that will be displayed in the cell with the formatting. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to this . + + The value to test for equality to this FormattedString. + + True if the is a FormattedString instance and it contains the same unformatted + string and formatting as this FormattedString; False otherwise. + + + + + Calculates the has code for this . + + A number which can be used in hashing functions. + + + + Returns the that represents this . + This is just the unformatted string. + + +

+ This will return the same value as . +

+
+ The String that represents this FormattedString. +
+ + + Creates a new that is a copy of this one. + + +

+ This should be used if the same formatted string needs to be used in multiple cells. + The FormattedString class can only exist as the + of one cell at a time. If the FormattedString is already the value of a cell, and needs + to be set as the value of another cell, clone the FormattedString and set the returned + clone as value of the cell. +

+

+ The cloned FormattedString only takes its original configuration for this instance. + If this instance is cloned and than changed, the clone will not be changed as well; it will + remain as it was when it was cloned. +

+
+ A new FormattedString that is a copy of this one. +
+ + + Gets the font which controls the formatting properties in the string from the specified start index to + the end of the string. + + +

+ If the start index is greater than or equal to the length of the unformatted string, no exception + will be thrown. It will be thrown later when one of the formatting properties of the returned + is set. +

+
+ The index of the first character the returned font controls. + + is less than zero. + + + A FormattedStringFont instance which controls the formatting of the end portion of the string. + +
+ + + Gets the font which controls the formatting properties in the string from the specified start index for + the specified number of characters. + + +

+ If the start index is greater than or equal to the length of the unformatted string, no exception + will be thrown. It will be thrown later when one of the formatting properties of the returned + is set. +

+
+ The index of the first character the returned font controls. + The number of characters after the start index controlled by the returned font. + + is less than zero. + + + is less than one. A zero length string cannot be controlled by a formatting font. + + + A FormattedStringFont instance which controls the formatting of a portion of the string. + +
+ + + Gets the collection of formatting runs representing contiguous blocks of similar formatting starting at the beginning of the string. + + + + + Gets or sets the unformatted string. + + +

+ If the new unformatted string assigned is shorter than the old unformatted string, all formatting + outside the range of the new value will be lost. +

+
+ + The value assigned is a null string. + + The unformatted string. +
+ + + Represents text with multiple paragraphs and mixed formatting in a shape. + + +

+ The formatting of the string is controlled in a similar fashion as it would be in Microsoft Excel. In Excel, the user + must select a portion of the text and set the various formatting properties of that selected text. +

+

+ With the FormattedText, a portion of the text is "selected" by calling either + or . Formatting properties are then set on the returned + and all characters in the font's selection range are given these properties. +

+

+ Getting the formatting properties of a will return the formatting of the first + character in font's selection range. +

+
+ +
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + is null. + + + The string that will be displayed in the shape. Each line of the string will be placed in a separate paragraph of the + collection. + + + + + Returns the string that represents the , which is the unformatted string. + + The string that represents the FormattedText. + + + + Creates a new that is a copy of this one. + + +

+ This should be used if the same formatted text needs to be used in multiple shapes. + The FormattedText class can only exist as the + of one shape at a time. If the FormattedText is already the text of a shape, and needs + to be set as the text of another shape, clone the FormattedText and set the returned + clone as text of the shape. +

+

+ The cloned FormattedText only takes its original configuration for this instance. + If this instance is cloned and than changed, the clone will not be changed as well; it will + remain as it was when it was cloned. +

+
+ A new FormattedText that is a copy of this one. +
+ + + Gets the font which controls the formatting properties in the string from the specified start index to + the end of the string. + + +

+ If the start index is greater than or equal to the length of the unformatted string, no exception + will be thrown. It will be thrown later when one of the formatting properties of the returned + is set. +

+
+ The index of the first character the returned font controls. + + is less than zero. + + + A FormattedTextFont instance which controls the formatting of the end portion of the string. + +
+ + + Gets the font which controls the formatting properties in the string from the specified start index for + the specified number of characters. + + +

+ If the start index is greater than or equal to the length of the unformatted string, no exception + will be thrown. It will be thrown later when one of the formatting properties of the returned + is set. +

+
+ The index of the first character the returned font controls. + The number of characters after the start index controlled by the returned font. + + is less than zero. + + + is less than one. A zero length string cannot be controlled by a formatting font. + + + A FormattedTextFont instance which controls the formatting of a portion of the string. + +
+ + + Gets the collection of formatting runs representing contiguous blocks of similar formatting starting at the beginning of the string. + + + + + Gets the paragraphs in the formatted text. + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the formatted text in the owning shape. + + + The specified value is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Represents a formula for a cell or group of cells. + + +

+ Formulas provide a way to show dynamic values in a cell. The value could be based any number of factors, such as + the values of other cells and the time of day. Those alternate cells can even exist in different workbook files + on the user's machine or on the internet. +

+

+ See Microsoft Excel help for more information on formulas. +

+

+ Use one of the Parse or TryParse overloads to create a new formula. +

+
+
+ + + Converts the formula to a string representation, similar to the string with which it was created. + This uses the with which the formula was created to create cell + reference strings. + + The string representing the formula. + + + + Applies the formula to the specified cell. + + +

+ This method, or one of the other ApplyTo overrides must be used to set the value of a cell to a formula. +

+

+ After this method returns, the of the specified cell will return the formula. +

+
+ The cell to apply the formula to. + + is null. + + + is part of an array formula or data table which is not confined to just the cell. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Applies the formula to the specified region of cells. + + +

+ This method, or one of the other ApplyTo overrides must be used to set the value of a cell to a formula. +

+

+ After this method returns, the of all cells in the specified region will + return the formula. +

+
+ The region of cells to apply the formula to. + + is null. + + + contains an array formula or data table which extends outside the region. + + + + + + +
+ + + Applies the formula to all specified regions of cells. + + +

+ This method, or one of the other ApplyTo overrides must be used to set the value of a cell to a formula. +

+

+ After this method returns, the of all cells in all specified regions will + return the formula. +

+
+ The regions of cells to apply the formula to. + + is null. + + + has a length of 0. + + + Not all regions specified are from the same worksheet. + + + One or more regions specified contain array formulas or data tables which extend outside the region. + + + + + +
+ + + Converts the formula to a string representation, similar to the string with which it was created. + + The cell reference mode used to create cell reference strings. + The string representing the formula. + + + + Converts the formula to a string representation, similar to the string with which it was created. + + The cell reference mode used to create cell reference strings. + The culture used to generate the formula string. + The string representing the formula. + + + + Determines whether two instances are equal using the specified cell reference mode. + + + This essentially performs a case-insensitive string comparison, ignoring the white space in the formula. + + The first Formula to compare. + The second Formula to compare. + The cell reference mode to use when comparing the two formulas. + True if the formulas are both null or both equivalent; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + A instance which represents the formula specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + A instance which represents the formula specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + A instance which represents the formula specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + A instance which represents the formula specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Abstract base class which controls the formatting of a range of characters in a or . + + + + + + + Represents a font for the cell in the related context. + + +

+ If a property of a font has a default value, value of the previous font in resolution chain is used. The resolution priority + is the following: + + Cell (highest priority) + Row + Column + Default Cell Format (lowest priority) + + For example, if a column font is set to blue and bold and a row font is set to italic and not bold, the font in the cell at + the intersection of the row and column would have blue, italic text in the saved workbook. +

+
+
+ + + Sets all font properties to specific font formatting. + + Source font format. + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is bold. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is bold. + + + + Gets or sets the foreground color of the font. + + The foreground color of the font. + + + + Gets or sets the font height in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ A negative value indicates the default font height, in which case the default font height is used. +

+
+ + The value assigned is positive and outside the valid font height range of 20 and 8180. + + The font height in twips (1/20th of a point). +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is italic. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is italic. + + + + Gets or sets the font family name. + + The font family name. + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is struck out. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is struck out. + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the font is superscript or subscript. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether the font is superscript or subscript. + + + + Gets or sets the underline style of the font. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The underline style of the font. + + + + Sets all properties of this font to the properties of the specified font. + + +

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, any default values on the specified font will be ignored. +

+
+ + is null. + + + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The font whose properties should be copied over to this font. +
+ + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the font is bold. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The value indicating whether the font is bold. +
+ + + Gets or sets the fore color of the font. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The fore color of the font. +
+ + + Gets or sets the height of the font. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The value assigned is positive and outside the valid font height range of 20 and 8180. + + + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The height of the font. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the font is italic. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The value indicating whether the font is italic. +
+ + + Gets the number of characters covered by this font. Zero indicates the font controls from + the to the end of the string. + + + The number of characters covered by this font. Zero indicates the font controls from the + StartIndex to the end of the string. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the font. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The name of the font. +
+ + + Gets the index of the first character covered by this font. + + The index of the first character covered by this font. + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the font is struck out. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The value indicating whether the font is struck out. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the font is superscript or subscript. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The value indicating whether the font is superscript or subscript. +
+ + + Gets or sets the underline style of the font. + + +

+ All characters in the selection range of this font will be affected by setting this property. + Getting this property will return a value which indicates the formatting of the first character + in this font's range. +

+

+ Note: default values cannot be used in values applied to cells. If this font belongs to a FormattedString + which is the value of a cell, and a default value is assigned, it will be ignored. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The formatted string or text associated with the font is not assigned to a cell, comment, or shape. + + + The font's selection range is outside the valid character range of the associated formatted string or text. + + The underline style of the font. +
+ + + Represents the format for the cell. + + +

+ Depending on where the format is exposed, it will have a different meaning. For example, a cell's format just applies to itself, + but a row or column's format applies to all cells in that row or column. There are also style formats, which can be the parent of + other formats, meaning they provide defaults for values not set on the format. And finally, there are differential formats, such + as the format for areas in a table, which provide default values for cells which exist in the associated area. +

+
+ + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Copies all cell format properties to from the specified cell format. + + The cell format from which to copy the properties. + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The horizontal alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the bottom border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The bottom border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the bottom border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The bottom border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the diagonal border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The diagonal border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the diagonal borders. + + +

+ If the diagonal borders are set to something other than None and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. Similarly, if the is null, it will be + resolved to Color.Black. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The diagonal border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the diagonal border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The diagonal border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the fill of the cell. + + The fill of the cell. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the default font formatting. + + +

+ This font formatting is just the default font used in the cell. This can be overridden by strings on a character by character basis by + using the class. +

+
+ The default font formatting. +
+ + + Gets or sets the groups of properties provided by the format. + + +

+ For style formats, this value indicates which properties should be used in the format when applying the style to + a cell. All other groups of properties will return a default value. +

+

+ For cell and differential formats, this value indicates which properties should be resolved and returned by the + format. All other properties should will be resolved and returned by the parent . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the number format string. + + +

For more information on excel format strings, consult Microsoft Excel help.

+
+ + The assigned value is an invalid format string and is True. + + The number format string. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the indent in units of average character widths. + + +

+ A value of -1 indicates that the default value should be used. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not -1 and is outside the valid indent level range of 0 and 250. + + The indent in units of average character widths or -1 to use the default indent. +
+ + + Gets or sets the left border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The left border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the left border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The left border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + + +

The Locked valid is used in Excel file only if the associated or + is protected. Otherwise the value is ignored. +

+
+ The valid which indicates whether the cell is locked in protected mode. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the right border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The right border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the right border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The right border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the rotation of the cell content in degrees. + + +

+ Cell text rotation, in degrees; 0 – 90 is up 0 – 90 degrees, 91 – 180 is down 1 – 90 degrees, and 255 is vertical. +

+
+ The rotation of the cell content in degrees. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. + + +

+ If True, the size of the cell font will shrink so all data fits within the cell. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value indicating whether the cell content will shrink to fit the cell. +
+ + + Gets or sets the parent of the format. + + +

+ The parent style of a cell or differential format provides default format values. Depending on which + flags are present, only certain groups of format properties will be resolved from parent style. When any of the properties in a + group is set to a non-default value, the FormatOptions will automatically have that flag included so the format provides values + in that group rather than the style providing values in that group. +

+

+ By default, all cell and differential formats will have a parent style of the normal style, which is exposed by the + property. If a value of null is assigned as the Style for a cell or differential + format, then NormalStyle will actually be set. +

+
+ + The value assigned is non-null and the format is a style format. + + + The value assigned is from a different . + + + A instance if this is a cell or differential format, or null if this is a style format. + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the top border color. + + +

+ If the border color is set to a non-default value and the is set to Default, + it will be resolved to Thin. +

+
+ The top border color. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the top border style. + + +

+ If the border style is set to a non-default value and the is null, + it will be resolved to . +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The top border style. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The vertical alignment of the content in a cell. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. + + +

+ If True, and the row associated with the cell has a default , the row's + height will automatically be increased to fit wrapped content. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates whether text will wrap in a cell. +
+ + + Abstract base class for worksheet row and worksheet column. + + + + + + + Gets the resolved cell formatting for the cells in the row or column. + + + A format object describing the actual formatting that will be used when displayed the row or column in Microsoft Excel. + + If the object was removed from the worksheet. + + + + + Gets or sets the expanded state of the row or column. + + +

This property is deprecated. Use instead.

+

Note: Hidden and Expanded are opposites (setting Expanded to True is equivalent to setting Hidden to False).

+
+
+ + + Gets the default cell format for cells in this row or column. + + +

+ Any default properties of the cell's format will take their value from this format when getting a resolved format. +

+
+ The default cell format for cells in this row or column. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the row or column is hidden. + + + The Hidden state also controls the expanded state of rows or columns in outline groups. Basically, an outline group + simply provides an easy way to hide and unhide all rows or columns in the group at the same time, via the expansion + indicator. + + The value indicating whether the row or column is hidden. + From the stter if the object was removed from the worksheet. + + + + + + + Gets the 0-based index of the row or column in the worksheet. + + The 0-based index of the row or column in the worksheet. + + + + Gets or sets the outline level for the row or column. + + +

+ Microsoft Excel supports hierarchical grouping of rows and columns with a maximum of seven levels of hierarchy. + To create a group, set adjacent rows or columns to same outline level. When rows or columns are grouped, an + outline indicator will provide a visual representation of the outline level. In addition, an outline group has + an expansion indicator at one end of the group, which allows the user to easily hide and unhide all rows or column + in the group with a single click. +

+
+ + The value assigned is outside the valid outline level range of 0 and 7. + + From the stter if the object was removed from the worksheet. + The outline level for the row or column. + +
+ + + Gets the worksheet to which the row or column belongs. + + The worksheet to which the row or column belongs. + + + + Represents a Microsoft Excel workbook. + + +

Every workbook consists of one or more worksheets (). The default constructor creates an empty workbook.

+
+
+ + + Obsolete. + + + + + Maximum number of rows in the worksheet allowed by the Excel 2007 file format. + + + + + Maximum number of columns in the worksheet allowed by the Excel 2007 file format. + + + + + Maximum number of rows in the worksheet allowed by the Excel 97-2003 file format. + + + + + Maximum number of columns in the worksheet allowed by the Excel 97-2003 file format. + + + + + Maximum number of distinct cell formats in the workbook allowed by the Excel 97-2003 file format. + + + + + Maximum number of distinct cell formats in the workbook allowed by the Excel 2007 file format. + + + + + Maximum number fonts in a workbook allowed by Excel. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Reads a workbook from a file. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If the extension is + a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the + file will be examined to try to determine the format. The of the returned workbook will indicate the + format the workbook was loaded from. +

+

+ Note: This method creates a using the + FileStream(string, FileMode) overload of the constructor. + See the remarks section of this overload for the exceptions that could be thrown. +

+
+ The file from which to read the workbook. + A boolean specifying whether or not to verify the contents of the markup against the rules defined in Part 2 of the 'Office Open XML - Open Packaging Conventions' document (see final draft, ECMA document TC45). + + is a path to an invalid Microsoft Excel file. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified file. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + The workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is being used. The overload taking an + must be used in this case so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the file via . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the file. +
+ + + Reads a workbook from a file. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If the extension is + a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the + file will be examined to try to determine the format. The of the returned workbook will indicate the + format the workbook was loaded from. +

+

+ Note: This method creates a using the + FileStream(string, FileMode) overload of the constructor. + See the remarks section of this overload for the exceptions that could be thrown. +

+
+ The file from which to read the workbook. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + A boolean specifying whether or not to verify the contents of the markup against the rules defined in Part 2 of the 'Office Open XML - Open Packaging Conventions' document (see final draft, ECMA document TC45). + + is a path to an invalid Microsoft Excel file. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified file. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + is null and the workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is + being used. An must be specified so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the file via . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the file. +
+ + + Reads a workbook from a stream. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If a FileStream is + specified, the extension of the file will be examined. If the extension is a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will + be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the file will be examined to try to determine the format. + The of the returned workbook will indicate the format the workbook was loaded from. +

+
+ The stream to read the workbook from. + A boolean specifying whether or not to verify the contents of the markup against the rules defined in Part 2 of the 'Office Open XML - Open Packaging Conventions' document (see final draft, ECMA document TC45). + + does not contain valid Microsoft Excel file contents. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified stream. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + The workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is being used. The overload taking an + must be used in this case so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the stream via . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the stream. +
+ + + Reads a workbook from a stream. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If a FileStream is + specified, the extension of the file will be examined. If the extension is a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will + be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the file will be examined to try to determine the format. + The of the returned workbook will indicate the format the workbook was loaded from. +

+
+ The stream to read the workbook from. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + A boolean specifying whether or not to verify the contents of the markup against the rules defined in Part 2 of the 'Office Open XML - Open Packaging Conventions' document (see final draft, ECMA document TC45). + + does not contain valid Microsoft Excel file contents. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified stream. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + is null and the workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is + being used. An must be specified so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the stream via . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the stream. +
+ + + Sets the encryption modes to use to encrypt documents saved in the 2007 file formats and later. + + + + + + + + + + Sets the password used to protect the file from automatic writes. + + The password to use to protect the file; null or the empty string will remove write protection from the file. + + The name of the user to store as the value. If null is specified and a valid password is specified, + the Environment.UserName will be used instead (on all platforms except for Silverlight and WinRT). + + +

+ If the is specified but the password is being clear because it is being set to null or empty, the user name is + ignored and is set to null. +

+

+ Note: The and its related sub-objects do not prevent modifications at runtime when a file is write protected, + as Microsoft Excel allows UI modifications to write protected files which are not unlocked with the proper password. In addition, write + protected Workbook instances do not prevent saves to the file location from which they were loaded, as it is possible to overwrite files in + this situation in Microsoft Excel via the 'Save As' dialog. It is the responsibility of the Workbook's consumer to prevent automatic file + overwrites when is true. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Sets the password used to protect the file from automatic writes. + + The password to use to protect the file; null or the empty string will remove write protection from the file. + + The name of the user to store as the value. If null is specified and a valid password is specified, + the Environment.UserName will be used instead (on all platforms except for Silverlight and WinRT). + + +

+ If the is specified but the password is being clear because it is being set to null or empty, the user name is + ignored and is set to null. +

+

+ Note: The and its related sub-objects do not prevent modifications at runtime when a file is write protected, + as Microsoft Excel allows UI modifications to write protected files which are not unlocked with the proper password. In addition, write + protected Workbook instances do not prevent saves to the file location from which they were loaded, as it is possible to overwrite files in + this situation in Microsoft Excel via the 'Save As' dialog. It is the responsibility of the Workbook's consumer to prevent automatic file + overwrites when is true. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Sets the password used to encrypt the document on subsequent saves. + + + The password to use to encrypt the document; null or the empty string will prevent the document from being encrypted on subsequent saves. + + + + + + + + + + Sets the password used to encrypt the document on subsequent saves. + + + The password to use to encrypt the document; null will prevent the document from being encrypted on subsequent saves. + + + + + + + + + + Validates the password for a loaded with file write protection. and returns the value indicating whether the + protection was successfully disabled. + + +

+ Workbook instances loaded from files or streams with a write protection password will initially have set to + true. It is recommended that consumers of these instances prevent (or at least warn) users from automatically overwriting the files or streams + from which the instances were loaded. These instances will initially not have their set to true. + Although it is possible to validate a file write protection password when provided via ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword, it is + not possible to obtain the original password from the loaded file or stream. So file write protected Workbook instances which are loaded, but + which never have the proper file write protection password validated will be saved without file write protection. Only when the password is + validated via ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword or overwritten via SetFileWriteProtectionPassword will HasFileWriteProtectionPassword return + true, indicating that file write protection will be added to subsequently saved files or streams. +

+

+ Note: The and its related sub-objects do not prevent modifications at runtime when a file is write protected, + as Microsoft Excel allows UI modifications to write protected files which are not unlocked with the proper password. In addition, write + protected Workbook instances do not prevent saves to the file location from which they were loaded, as it is possible to overwrite files in + this situation in Microsoft Excel via the 'Save As' dialog. It is the responsibility of the Workbook's consumer to prevent automatic file + overwrites when is true. +

+
+ + True if the workbook file is write protected or has a file write protection password to be used on subsequent saves and the specified + password matches the password used to protect the file. + + + + + + +
+ + + Validates the password for a loaded with file write protection. and returns the value indicating whether the + protection was successfully disabled. + + +

+ Workbook instances loaded from files or streams with a write protection password will initially have set to + true. It is recommended that consumers of these instances prevent (or at least warn) users from automatically overwriting the files or streams + from which the instances were loaded. These instances will initially not have their set to true. + Although it is possible to validate a file write protection password when provided via ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword, it is + not possible to obtain the original password from the loaded file or stream. So file write protected Workbook instances which are loaded, but + which never have the proper file write protection password validated will be saved without file write protection. Only when the password is + validated via ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword or overwritten via SetFileWriteProtectionPassword will HasFileWriteProtectionPassword return + true, indicating that file write protection will be added to subsequently saved files or streams. +

+

+ Note: The and its related sub-objects do not prevent modifications at runtime when a file is write protected, + as Microsoft Excel allows UI modifications to write protected files which are not unlocked with the proper password. In addition, write + protected Workbook instances do not prevent saves to the file location from which they were loaded, as it is possible to overwrite files in + this situation in Microsoft Excel via the 'Save As' dialog. It is the responsibility of the Workbook's consumer to prevent automatic file + overwrites when is true. +

+
+ + True if the workbook file is write protected or has a file write protection password to be used on subsequent saves and the specified + password matches the password used to protect the file. + + + + + + +
+ + + Writes the workbook to a file. + + +

+ The workbook will be written in the format specified by the . +

+

+ The specified should have an extension corresponding to the current format so it can be opened in Microsoft Excel + by default (if it is installed). +

+

+ Note: This method creates a using the + FileStream(string, FileMode, FileAccess) overload of the constructor. + See the remarks section of this overload to for the exceptions that could be thrown. +

+
+ The file to write the workbook to. + The options to use to save the file or null to use the default options. + + The workbook has no worksheets in its collection. + + + No worksheet in this workbook's Worksheets collection has its + set to Visible. At least one worksheet in the workbook must be visible. + + + A in the workbook's collection has all worksheets hidden. + At least one worksheet must be visible in all custom views. + +
+ + + Writes the workbook to a file. + + +

+ The workbook will be written in the format specified by the . +

+

+ The specified should have an extension corresponding to the current format so it can be opened in Microsoft Excel + by default (if it is installed). +

+

+ Note: This method creates a using the + FileStream(string, FileMode, FileAccess) overload of the constructor. + See the remarks section of this overload to for the exceptions that could be thrown. +

+
+ The file to write the workbook to. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + + The workbook has no worksheets in its collection. + + + No worksheet in this workbook's Worksheets collection has its + set to Visible. At least one worksheet in the workbook must be visible. + + + A in the workbook's collection has all worksheets hidden. + At least one worksheet must be visible in all custom views. + +
+ + + Reads a workbook from a file. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If the extension is + a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the + file will be examined to try to determine the format. The of the returned workbook will indicate the + format the workbook was loaded from. +

+

+ Note: This method creates a using the + FileStream(string, FileMode) overload of the constructor. + See the remarks section of this overload for the exceptions that could be thrown. +

+
+ The file from which to read the workbook. + The options to use to load the file or null to use the default options. + + is a path to an invalid Microsoft Excel file. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified file. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + The workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is being used. The overload taking an + must be used in this case so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and the open password specified in the is not correct. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the file in the . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the file. +
+ + + Reads a workbook from a file. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If the extension is + a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the + file will be examined to try to determine the format. The of the returned workbook will indicate the + format the workbook was loaded from. +

+

+ Note: This method creates a using the + FileStream(string, FileMode) overload of the constructor. + See the remarks section of this overload for the exceptions that could be thrown. +

+
+ The file from which to read the workbook. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + + is a path to an invalid Microsoft Excel file. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified file. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + is null and the workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is + being used. An must be specified so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the file via . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the file. +
+ + + Reads a workbook from a stream. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If a FileStream is + specified, the extension of the file will be examined. If the extension is a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will + be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the file will be examined to try to determine the format. + The of the returned workbook will indicate the format the workbook was loaded from. +

+
+ The stream to read the workbook from. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + + does not contain valid Microsoft Excel file contents. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified stream. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + is null and the workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is + being used. An must be specified so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the stream via . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the stream. +
+ + + Determines whether the workbook at the specified path is encrypted with an open password. + + The path of the file to check for encryption. + + Occurs when is null. + + True if the file contains a workbook which is encrypted; False otherwise + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + +

+ The new workbook created is empty. At least one must be added to it before + it can be saved. +

+
+ +
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + The file format to use when imposing format restrictions and saving. + +

+ The new workbook created is empty. At least one must be added to it before + it can be saved. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + +
+ + + Converts units of 1/256s of the average character width to pixels. + + The number of units of 1/256s of the average character width. + The number of pixels equivalent to the value. + +

+ The units of 1/256s of the average character width are based on the font height of the normal style. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Clears all pivot tables and associated slicers from the . + + + + + Factory method which creates new workbook font. + + +

describes font used in excel workbook. + If many parts of excel workbook have same and complex (more than one property in common) font formatting, use this method in following manner: +

    +
  1. Create new font format with ,
  2. +
  3. Set all necessary properties on given font format,
  4. +
  5. Apply font format to all excel objects which use it with method.
  6. +

+

Use of this procedure will simplify you code for complex font formats and increase speed of resulting program. It will not reduce total number of font formats in a workbook as font formats are internally cached no matter which method is used.

+
+ The created excel font object. +
+ + + Creates new worksheet cell format. + + The cell format which was created. + +

describes cell specific formatting (font, number format, appearance etc.). Total number of different cell formats in excel workbook is limited to . + If many parts of excel workbook have same and complex (more than one property in common) cell formatting, use this method in following manner: +

    +
  1. Create new cell format with ,
  2. +
  3. Set all necessary properties on given cell format,
  4. +
  5. Apply cell format to all excel objects which use it with method.
  6. +

+

Use of this procedure will simplify you code for complex cell formats and increase speed of resulting program. It will not reduce total number of cell formats in a workbook as cell formats are internally cached no matter which method is used.

+
+
+ + + Gets the table with the specified name. + + The name of the table to get. + +

+ Table names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ A instance if a table exists with the specified name; Otherwise null. +
+ + + Converts pixels to units of 1/256s of the average character width. + + The number of pixels. + The number of units of 1/256s of the average character width equivalent to the value. + +

+ The units of 1/256s of the average character width are based on the font height of the normal style. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Recalculates all dirty formulas pending a calculation on the workbook. + + +

+ This can be used when the is Manual. In Manual mode, when cells are dirtied, formulas referencing + those cells will not be recalculated until Recalculate is called or is True and the workbook is saved. +

+

+ To force a recalculation of non-dirty formulas, use the overload and specify True for the includeNonDirtyFormulas + parameter. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Recalculates all formulas on the workbook. + + + True to recalculate all formulas on the workbook regardless of whether they had a pending evaluation. False to only calculate dirty formulas. + + +

+ This can be used when the is Manual. In Manual mode, when cells are dirtied, formulas referencing + those cells will not be recalculated until Recalculate is called or is True and the workbook is saved. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Registers an assembly containing derived types. + + Loaded assembly to register + Returns true if the assembly was registered successfully, else false if the registration failed + +

+ All types within the registered assembly are enumerated and any that derive from class are added to the list of available formula functions +

+
+
+ + + Registers a single instance. + + User defined function instance to register + Returns true if the type was registered successfully, else false if the registration failed + +

+ Users can build custom functions used in formulas by sub-classing the class. + Once the derived class is instantiated it must be registered by using the RegisterUserDefinedFunction method before being available and referenced by a formulas. + Users can build a library of functions packaged in an assembly and register all the functions within the assembly by using the method. +

+
+
+ + + Resumes the calculation of formulas. + + +

+ If calculations were not suspended when this is called, it will have no effect. +

+

+ For each call to , a call to ResumeCalculations must be made. As soon as the number of calls to + ResumeCalculations equals the number of calls to SuspendCalculations, calculations will be resumed. +

+
+ +
+ + + Writes the workbook to a stream. + + +

+ The workbook will be written in the format specified by the . +

+
+ The stream to write the workbook to. + The options to use to save the stream or null to use the default options. + + is null. + + + The workbook has no worksheets in its collection. + + + No worksheet in this workbook's Worksheets collection has its + set to Visible. + + + A in the workbook's collection has all worksheets hidden. + At least one worksheet must be visible in all custom views. + +
+ + + Writes the workbook to a stream. + + +

+ The workbook will be written in the format specified by the . +

+
+ The stream to write the workbook to. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + + is null. + + + The workbook has no worksheets in its collection. + + + No worksheet in this workbook's Worksheets collection has its + set to Visible. + + + A in the workbook's collection has all worksheets hidden. + At least one worksheet must be visible in all custom views. + +
+ + + Sets the current format of the workbook. + + The file format to use when imposing format restrictions and saving. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The workbook already contains data which exceeds the limits imposed by . + + + + + + Temporarily suspends the calculation of formulas. + + +

+ This should be used when adding many formulas or modifying large amounts of data on a workbook at once so formulas are not calculated + each time cells are dirtied. +

+

+ For each call to SuspendCalculations, a call to must be made. As soon as the number of calls to + ResumeCalculations equals the number of calls to SuspendCalculations, calculations will be resumed. +

+
+ +
+ + + Reads a workbook from a stream. + + +

+ When loading the workbook, the format will be determined the file extension or by the contents of the file. If a FileStream is + specified, the extension of the file will be examined. If the extension is a standard Excel format extension, the workbook will + be assumed to be in the corresponding format. Otherwise, the contents of the file will be examined to try to determine the format. + The of the returned workbook will indicate the format the workbook was loaded from. +

+
+ The stream to read the workbook from. + The options to use to load the stream or null to use the default options. + + does not contain valid Microsoft Excel file contents. + + + The file format cannot be determined from the specified stream. + + + The format of the workbook data is in an unsupported format. + + + The workbook being loaded is in an Excel 2007 format and the CLR 2.0 Excel assembly is being used. The overload taking an + must be used in this case so the Excel 2007 file package can be accessed. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and the open password specified in the is not correct. + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted and no password was specified to open the stream in the . + + + Occurs when the workbook is encrypted with an unsupported encryption algorithm and cannot be decrypted. + + The workbook loaded from the stream. +
+ + + Returns the WorkbookFormat based on the file extension of the specified file. + + The filename of an excel file. + The workbook format based on the file extension of the file, or null if the correct format cannot be determined. + + + + Determines whether the workbook in the specified stream is encrypted with an open password. + + The stream to check for encryption. + + Occurs when is null. + + True if the stream contains a workbook which is encrypted; False otherwise + + + + + + + + + Returns the number of columns that are supported by the specified format. + + The format used by the workbook. + The maximum number of columns supported by the format. + + + + Returns the number of rows that are supported by the specified format. + + The format used by the workbook. + The maximum number of rows supported by the format. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the specified function will be recognized and solved by Microsoft Excel when the workbook is saved out. + + The case-insensitive name of the function. + True if the function will be recognized in Microsoft Excel; False otherwise. + + + + Gets or sets the active worksheet. + + +

This property is deprecated. Use instead.

+
+
+ + + Obsolete. Gets or sets the default font height in twips (1/20th of a point). + + + The assigned value is outside the valid font height range of 20 and 8180. + + The default font height in twips (1/20th of a point). + + + + + Gets the name of the user who initially added file write protection to the document. + + +

+ This value is valid if or is true. It will be updated + when SetFileWriteProtectionPassword is called and a user name is specified with a new password. +

+

+ Note: The and its related sub-objects do not prevent modifications at runtime when a file is write protected, + as Microsoft Excel allows UI modifications to write protected files which are not unlocked with the proper password. In addition, write + protected Workbook instances do not prevent saves to the file location from which they were loaded, as it is possible to overwrite files in + this situation in Microsoft Excel via the 'Save As' dialog. It is the responsibility of the Workbook's consumer to prevent automatic file + overwrites when is true. +

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the has a file write protection password that will be used to protect saved files + or streams. + + +

+ Workbook instances loaded from files or streams with a write protection password will initially have set to + true. It is recommended that consumers of these instances prevent (or at least warn) users from automatically overwriting the files or streams + from which the instances were loaded. These instances will initially not have their HasFileWriteProtectionPassword set to true. Although + it is possible to validate a file write protection password when provided via ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword, it is not possible to obtain + the original password from the loaded file or stream. So file write protected Workbook instances which are loaded, but which never have the + proper file write protection password validated will be saved without file write protection. Only when the password is validated via + ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword or overwritten via v will HasFileWriteProtectionPassword return true, indicating that file write protection + will be added to subsequently saved files or streams. +

+

+ The file write protection password can be cleared or reset by using SetOpenPassword. +

+

+ Note: The and its related sub-objects do not prevent modifications at runtime when a file is write protected, + as Microsoft Excel allows UI modifications to write protected files which are not unlocked with the proper password. In addition, write + protected Workbook instances do not prevent saves to the file location from which they were loaded, as it is possible to overwrite files in + this situation in Microsoft Excel via the 'Save As' dialog. It is the responsibility of the Workbook's consumer to prevent automatic file + overwrites when is true. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the has an open password and will therefore be encrypted on subsequent saves. + + +

+ Workbook instances loaded from encrypted files or streams will cache the password used to decrypt the document and reuse it on + subsequent saves. Therefore, HasOpenPassword will initially be true for Workbooks loaded from encrypted files or streams and false + for all other Workbooks. +

+

+ The open password can be cleared or reset by using SetOpenPassword. +

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the was loaded with file write protection and the correct password has not yet been + provided to ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword. + + +

+ Workbook instances loaded from files or streams with a write protection password will initially have set to + true. It is recommended that consumers of these instances prevent (or at least warn) users from automatically overwriting the files or streams + from which the instances were loaded. These instances will initially not have their set to true. + Although it is possible to validate a file write protection password when provided via ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword, it is not possible + to obtain the original password from the loaded file or stream. So file write protected Workbook instances which are loaded, but which never + have the proper file write protection password validated will be saved without file write protection. Only when the password is validated via + ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword or overwritten via SetFileWriteProtectionPassword will HasFileWriteProtectionPassword return true, + indicating that file write protection will be added to subsequently saved files or streams. +

+

+ When IsFileWriteProtected is true and the file write protected password is validated via ValidateFileWriteProtectionPassword or overwritten + via SetFileWriteProtectionPassword, IsFileWriteProtected will subsequently return false, indicating that the file or stream from which the + Workbook was loaded can automatically be overwritten by the user if desired. +

+

+ Note: The and its related sub-objects do not prevent modifications at runtime when a file is write protected, + as Microsoft Excel allows UI modifications to write protected files which are not unlocked with the proper password. In addition, write + protected Workbook instances do not prevent saves to the file location from which they were loaded, as it is possible to overwrite files in + this situation in Microsoft Excel via the 'Save As' dialog. It is the responsibility of the Workbook's consumer to prevent automatic file + overwrites when is true. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates how a formula will be recalculated when a referenced value changes. + + +

+ If this is set to a value of Manual, the property will determine + if formulas are recalculated just before saving the file. Otherwise, that property is ignored. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates how a formula will be recalculated when a referenced value changes. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates the way cells in the workbook are referenced. + + +

+ The value of this property will affect the row and columns labels of the workbook when opened in Microsoft Excel. + In addition, it will affect the display of formulas referencing different cells. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The value which indicates the way cells in the workbook are referenced. +
+ + + Gets or sets the culture to use as the current culture for the workbook when doing any culture-aware conversions + or comparisons. + + +

+ Note: The culture is not saved or loaded in workbook files, so this is only used at when accessing and + manipulating objects owned or associated with the Workbook. +

+
+ The current culture for the workbook or Null to use the thread's current culture. +
+ + + Gets the current format of the workbook. This is the format which will be used when saving and imposing format restrictions. + + + + + + Gets the collection of custom table styles in the workbook. + + + + + + + Gets the collection of custom views for the workbook. + + +

+ Each custom view stores display settings and optionally print settings, which can later be applied to the workbook + and its worksheets as one operation, through both the Microsoft Excel UI and the Excel assembly by calling the + method. +

+
+ The collection of custom views for the workbook. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the date system used internally by Microsoft Excel. + + + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The date system used internally by Microsoft Excel. + + + + Gets or sets the default style for tables in the workbook. + + +

+ This can be set to any in the or collection. +

+

+ This will never return a null value. If it is set to null, it will be reset to the TableStyleMedium2 table style. +

+

+ If this value is changed, it will not be applied to existing tables in the workbook. Only newly created tables will use + default table style on the workbook. +

+
+ + The specified value is not in the or collections. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the properties associated with the workbook document. + + +

+ The document properties are pieces of information which provide details on the content of the workbook, + such as the author, title, and subject of the workbook. +

+
+ The properties associated with the workbook document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether iterations are allowed while calculating formulas containing + circular references. + + +

+ When iterative calculations are enabled, a formula is allowed to use circular references, + or directly or indirectly reference the cell to which it belongs. Microsoft Excel stops iteratively + calculating formulas after iterating times or when all formula + values change by less than between two iterations. +

+

+ When iterative calculations are disabled, circular references are not allowed, and a formula which + references the cell to which it belongs, directly or indirectly, will cause Microsoft Excel to show an + error message and the cell will contain a Circularity error. +

+
+ + The value which indicates whether iterations are allowed while calculating recursive formulas. + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum change of the values in a formula between iterations which will exit from iteration. + + +

+ This property is only valid when is True. Otherwise it is ignored. +

+

+ When iterative calculations, or circular references, are enabled, this property determines the maximum change in + all values of a formula between two iterations that will cause the formula to exit iterative calculations. Iterative + calculations will also be stopped if the formula iterates times. +

+
+ The maximum change of the values in a formula between iterations which will exit from iteration. + + +
+ + + Gets the maximum number of columns allowed in each worksheet based on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of times formulas should be iteratively calculated. + + +

+ This property is only valid when is True. Otherwise it is ignored. +

+

+ When iterative calculations, or circular references, are enabled, this property determines the number of iterations + allowed when calculating iteratively. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid range of 1 and 32767. + + The maximum number of times formulas should be iteratively calculated. + + +
+ + + Gets the maximum number of rows allowed in each worksheet based on the . + + + + + Gets the collection of named references in the workbook. + + +

+ Named references are typically used to refer to cells or ranges of cells by name. + The named reference names are used by formulas instead of explicitly naming the + cells or cell ranges. +

+
+ The collection of named references in the workbook. + +
+ + + Gets the color palette used when the saved file is opened in Microsoft Excel 2003 and earlier versions. + + +

+ When the file is opened in Microsoft Excel 2003 and earlier versions, the actual colors used in cells and shapes may not be displayed. + Instead, the closest color in the palette will be displayed instead. Therefore, the palette can be customized if necessary to keep the + colors as accurate as possible in older versions of Excel. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the precision to use when obtaining a cell's value. + + +

+ The precision determines whether to use the actual value of the cell or the display value of the cell. + These are typically the same, but the format of a cell could cause a loss of precision in the displayed + value. For example, if a cell's value is 18.975, and a currency format is used for the cell, the display + value will be 18.98. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The precision to use when obtaining a cell's value. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the workbook is protected. + + +

If True, prevents changes to worksheet and to locked cells.

+
+ The value which indicates whether the workbook is protected. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the workbook should recalculate all formulas before saving. + + +

+ This property only applies if the is set to Manual. Otherwise, it is ignored. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether the workbook should recalculate all formulas before saving. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether to save values linked from external workbooks. + + +

+ This value will only be used when the workbook is opened in Microsoft Excel. When referencing external values + and saving a workbook through the Excel assembly, external linked values will never be saved. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether to save values linked from external workbooks. +
+ + + Gets or sets the Dpi to use when calculating row and column sizes for the workbook. If empty, the system Dpi will be used. + + + Occurs when the specified value is not empty and does not have two positive values. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether carriage return characters should be removed from string values in cells + when the workbook is saved to an Excel file. + + +

+ In Microsoft Excel 2003, carriage return characters are displayed as boxes. Most of the time, this should not be seen + and removing the carriage return characters has no adverse effect on the layout of the text within a cell. Therefore, + this property is True by default. +

+
+ + True if the saved workbook file should not contain the carriage return characters from cell values; False to export the + string values as they have been set on the cells. + +
+ + + Gets the read-only collection of preset table styles in the workbook. + + + + + + + Gets the collection of custom styles in the workbook. + + +

+ Use this collection to add custom styles to Excel workbook. The user can apply those styles to different + parts of excel workbook and thereby set complex formatting with ease. +

+
+ The collection of custom styles in the workbook. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the format strings should be validated when they are set. + + +

+ This value is False by default to maintain backward compatibility. +

+

+ When True, format strings will be validated when a property is set. An invalid + format string will cause an exception. When False, invalid format strings will be allowed, but if the display text of a cell is + requested, an exception will be thrown at that time. If invalid format strings are allowed and the workbook is saved and opened + in Microsoft Excel, it will show an error. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Gets the options which control various workbook level display properties. + + +

+ The window options control properties of the child MDI window showing the workbook in Microsoft Excel. + They also control display options of the workbook which do not change based on the selected worksheet. +

+
+ The options which control various workbook level display properties. + +
+ + + Gets the collection of worksheets in the workbook. + + +

+ Use WindowOptions.SelectedWorksheet to set the + selected worksheet. The selected worksheet is the worksheet seen when the workbook is opened in Microsoft Excel. +

+
+ The collection of worksheets in the workbook. +
+ + + Obsolete. The WorkbookPaletteMode enumeration is no longer used. + + + + + Use a custom palette based on the actual colors. + + + + + Use the standard Excel palette by matching the nearest color. + + + + + Class which exposes the display options which can only be controlled through the worksheet. + + + + + + + Abstract base class which exposes the various display options available for a worksheet which can be + saved with both a worksheet and a custom view. + + +

+ This class provides a way to control how a worksheet is displayed when it is viewed in Microsoft Excel. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Resets the display options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Resets the display options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Removes any saved selection information. + + + + + Gets the settings which control the frozen panes in the worksheet. + + +

+ For these settings to be saved in the workbook file, must be True. +

+

+ Note: Frozen and unfrozen panes cannot be used simultaneously, so depending on whether the panes are + frozen or unfrozen, these settings may not be used. +

+
+ The settings which control the frozen panes in the worksheet.. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the color of the gridlines on the worksheet. + + +

+ If the workbook is using a standard palette, the color set may be changed if it is not in the palette. + In this case, the closest color in the standard palette will be used. +

+
+ + The workbook is using a custom palette and setting this color would cause the custom palette to use + too many colors. + + The color of the gridlines on the worksheet. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates if the panes in the worksheet are frozen. + + +

+ Depending on the value of this property, either the or the + will be used for the worksheet. The unused settings are + ignored and are not saved with the workbook stream. +

+
+ The value which indicates if the panes in the worksheet are frozen. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the expansion indicators should be shown below grouped, + or indented rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the expansion indicators should be shown to the right of + grouped, or indented rows. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether formulas are shown in cells. + + +

+ If this value is True, the formula string will be displayed in the cell. If the value is + False, the result of the formula will be displayed in the cell. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether formulas are shown in cells. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether gridlines are shown between cells. + + The value which indicates whether gridlines are shown between cells. + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether outline symbols are shown for outlined columns and rows. + + +

+ If the outline symbols are displayed, they provide a visual representation of the outline levels or rows + and columns in Microsoft Excel. In addition, the outline symbols include the expansion indicators which + allow for the expanding and collapsing of outline groups. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether outline symbols are shown for outlined columns and rows. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether to display row and column headers. + + +

+ The row and column headers show the identifier of the row or column. They also allow the user to easily select + all cells in a row or column by clicking them. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether to display row and column headers. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether to show rulers in the page layout view. + + +

+ When this value is True, one ruler will display above the column headers of the active page + in page layout view. Another ruler will also display before the row headers of the active page. +

+

+ Note: This property will only affect the worksheet view if the is + PageLayout. +

+

+ Note: The value of PageLayout is only supported in Excel 2007. + If a worksheet with that View is viewed in earlier versions of Microsoft Excel, the view will + default to Normal view. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether to show rulers in the page layout view. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether zero values are shown in cells. + + +

+ If this value is True, cells with a value of zero will display their values; otherwise, + those cells will display as blanks. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether zero values are shown in cells. +
+ + + Gets the settings which control the unfrozen panes in the worksheet. + + +

+ For these settings to be saved in the workbook file, must be False. +

+

+ Note: Frozen and unfrozen panes cannot be used simultaneously, so depending on whether the panes are + frozen or unfrozen, these settings may not be used. +

+
+ The settings which control the unfrozen panes in the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the current view of the worksheet. + + +

+ The view determines the overall display of the worksheet in Microsoft Excel. +

+

+ Note: The value of PageLayout is only supported in Excel 2007. + If a worksheet with that View is viewed in earlier versions of Microsoft Excel, the view will + default to Normal view. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the WorksheetView enumeration. + + The current view of the worksheet. + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the visibility of the worksheet. + + +

+ The visibility determines whether the worksheet's tab will appear in the tab bar at the + bottom of Microsoft Excel. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The visibility of the worksheet. +
+ + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Resets the display options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Obsolete. Use instead. + + + + + Gets or sets the magnification level of the worksheet when it is displayed in normal view. + + +

+ Magnifications are stored as percentages of the normal viewing magnification. A value of 100 indicates normal magnification + whereas a value of 200 indicates a zoom that is twice the normal viewing magnification. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid range of magnification levels for a worksheet. The level must be between 10 and 400. + + The magnification level of the worksheet when it is displayed in normal view. + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the magnification level of the worksheet when it is displayed in the page break preview. + + +

+ Magnifications are stored as percentages of the normal viewing magnification. A value of 100 indicates normal magnification + whereas a value of 200 indicates a zoom that is twice the normal viewing magnification. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid range of magnification levels for a worksheet. The level must be between 10 and 400. + + The magnification level of the worksheet when it is displayed in the page break preview. + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the magnification level of the worksheet when it is displayed in page layout view. + + +

+ Magnifications are stored as percentages of the normal viewing magnification. A value of 100 indicates normal magnification + whereas a value of 200 indicates a zoom that is twice the normal viewing magnification. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid range of magnification levels for a worksheet. The level must be between 10 and 400. + + The magnification level of the worksheet when it is displayed in page layout view. + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the columns are ordered right to left. + + +

+ If the columns are ordered right to left, other aspects of the worksheet display differently. The vertical scrollbar + will display on the left side of the worksheet and the worksheet tab bar, usually displayed on the left side of the + worksheet, will display on the right side. +

+
+ The value indicating whether the columns are ordered right to left. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether to show whitespace between worksheet pages in page layout view. + + +

+ Note: For this value to affect the display of the worksheet, the must + be set to PageLayout. However, if a different view is used, this is still saved with the workbook. +

+

+ Note: The value of PageLayout is only supported in Excel 2007. + If a worksheet with that View is viewed in earlier versions of Microsoft Excel, the view will default to Normal view. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether to show white page between worksheet pages in page layout view. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the to use for the associated worksheet's tab in the tab bar of Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ If the tab bar is not visible, this color will not be seen. +

+
+ The WorkbookColorInfo to use for the associated worksheet's tab in the tab bar of Microsoft Excel. + +
+ + + Returns the height of the text. + + + + + Returns the width of the text including trailing spaces. + + + + + Helper method for rendering a single line at a specified location. + + The context into which the line should be rendered + The line to be rendered + The location at which the line should be rendered. Note the X may be adjusted based on the + Identifies the horizontal alignment for the line + The horizontal scaling factor for the text so the horizontal positioning can be adjusted. + + + + A static singleton used to represent a single character end of paragraph + + + + + Returns the length of the string represented by the text source. + + + + + Replace Color.Empty + + + + + Used to determine if the anchor cells for a shape are adjusted based on the specified angle + + The angle to evaluate + + + + + Contains the options related to loading a workbook from a file or stream. + + + + + + + Abstract base class for or . + + + + + Gets or sets an IPackageFactory which can be used to create or open an IPackage in a stream. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The password to use to decrypt the document if it is encrypted. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The password to use to decrypt the document if it is encrypted. + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + + A boolean specifying whether or not to verify the contents of the markup against the rules defined in Part 2 of the + 'Office Open XML - Open Packaging Conventions' document (see final draft, ECMA document TC45). + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + An IPackageFactory which can be used to open an IPackage from a stream. + + + + Gets or sets the password used to decrypt the document if it is encrypted. + + +

+ If the document is not encrypted, the open password will be ignored. +

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the password used to decrypt the document if it is encrypted. + + +

+ If the document is not encrypted, the open password will be ignored. +

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Indicates an exposed type or member which was added as part of a new feature. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether member or type should be excluded from the internal feature documentation. + + + + + Gets or sets a short name description of the feature. + + + + + Gets or sets a more granular sub-feature name description of the feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the version in which the feature was added. + + + + + BIFF8Writer provides static methods for exporting abstract workbook object to concrete Excel file. + + +

+ Note: The BIFF8Writer class is no longer needed. Use one of the Save overloads on instead. +

+
+
+ + + Writes existing workbook object to a file in BIFF8 format. + + +

+ Note: The method should be used instead to write the workbook to a file. +

+
+ Workbook to export. + Filename of resulting excel file. If path is not included, file is created in default program folder. +
+ + + Writes existing workbook object to a stream. + + +

+ Note: The method should be used instead to write the workbook to a stream. +

+
+ Workbook to export. + Output file stream. +
+ + + Writes existing workbook object to a stream in BIFF8 format. + + +

+ Note: The method should be used instead to write the workbook to a stream. +

+
+ Workbook to export. + An output stream to generate the BIFF8 content into. +
+ + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + The resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + The resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item. + An object containing the specified resource. + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + '+' Addition formula operator (1+2) + + + + + Evaluates the the binary operator with the specified arguments and returns the result. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + '-' Subtraction formula operator (3-2) + + + + + Evaluates the the binary operator with the specified arguments and returns the result. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + '*' Multiplication formula operator (2*3) + + + + + Evaluates the the binary operator with the specified arguments and returns the result. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + '/' Division formula operator (3/2) + + + + + Evaluates the the binary operator with the specified arguments and returns the result. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Performs integer division on two numbers disregarding any remainder. + + +

QUOTIENT(numerator, denominator)

+

Numerator is a numeric value that will be divided + by the denominator. It is sometimes called the dividend. +

+

Denominator is the numeric value that divides the + numerator. It is sometimes called the divisor. It cannot + be zero or a #DIV/0 error value will be returned. +

+

When either the numerator or the + denominator is not a number, the QUOTIENT() function + returns an error value (#VALUE!).

+

If you need the remainder from an integer division, + use the MOD() function.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Raises the specific number to a power. + + +

POWER(value, exponent)

+

Value is a numeric value or reference to a numeric value + which you want to raise to a power.

+

Exponent is a real number power to which value + is to be raised. Imaginary exponents are not supported.

+

Common applications of the POWER() function occur when + you need to multiply a number against itself multiple times. For example, + it is common in many computer applications to create bit mask values by + raising the value 2 to integer exponents, which produce a sequence such + as (1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, ...)

+

The POWER() function additionally supports fractional + exponents, and can be used to emulate other functions such as the quad + root (raising to an exponent of 0.25, which is 1/4) or the inverse + square (raising to an exponent of -2.0).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Counts how many cells have numeric or date/time values. + + +

COUNT(Value1, Value2, ..., ValueN)

+

Value1, value2, ... valueN can be references to different data structures, + such as columns. Each numeric or date/time value is counted. Empty, error, boolean or text + values that are not convertible into numeric values are not counted.

+

When a reference is a range reference, only those numeric and date/time + values within the range will be counted.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + A constant function always returning the TRUE value of Boolean + logic. + + +

TRUE() will always evaluate to the boolean value + of TRUE. It takes no arguments.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + A constant function always returning the FALSE value of Boolean + logic. + + +

FALSE() will always evaluate to the boolean value + of FALSE. It takes no arguments.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the mathematical constant for the Greek letter, pi. + + +

PI()

+

The mathematical constant pi represents the relationship + between a circle's diameter and it's circumference. It is also the constant + relating the square of a circle's radius with the surface area of the circle. + It has a great many applications in mathematics, geometry, the sciences, and + engineering.

+

The constant pi is a non-terminating decimal number, although + UltraCalc approximates it to 15 significant digits of precision (3.14159265358979).

+

A common use of the PI function in UltraCalc is to convert + a measurement in radians which is the form in which trigonometric functions + take their arguments, and the more conventional degrees of arc. This conversion + can be accomplished by multiplying the radian measurement by PI()/180. The + following table describes some benchmarks for comparison between radians and + degrees.

+ + + + + + + + + + + + +
RadiansDegreesTurns of a wheel (common example)
00no turns
PI/445one-eighth turn
PI/290one-quarter turn
PI180one-half turn
2x PI360one complete turn
3x PI540one and one-half turn
+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Generates a pseudorandom number from zero up to (but not including) one. + + +

RAND()

+

The RAND() function will generate another pseudorandom number each time it + is evaluated. It returns a fractional number on a unit basis, therefore + you can use RAND() to produce numbers between 0 and C by multiplying + the RAND() result by C. It follows that to produce a pseudorandom + number between A and B you could translate the result by + A like this:

+ RAND() * ( [B] - [A] ) + [A] +

The number generation of the RAND() function derives from the + system clock, and therefore may not be entirely random. It should not be used + for applications requiring cryptographically-strong randomness or uniform + probability distributions.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates an investment's Net Present Value given it's expected rate or return and the cash flow + represented as positive numeric values (income) and negative numeric values (payments). + + +

NPV(discountRate, value1, value2, ..., valueN)

+

DiscountRate is the investment's expected rate of return over the life of the + investment, expressed as a percentage growth (or decline) per payment period. In some applications + this may be the fixed interest rate. This numeric value is used to discount cash flows paid into or + received from the investment.

+

Value1, value2, ... valueN are any number of numeric values representing cash inflows + (as positive numbers) or cash outflows (as negative numbers). These cash flows must occur at a fixed + period (the same period at which the discountRate is expressed), although some cash flows + may be zero. The order of the sequence is important, as value1 is assumed to occur (N-1) + periods before valueN and will have been able to accrue that much more interest at the assumed + discountRate.

+

By convention, the NPV() assumes cash flows occur at the end of each period. Consequently, + the NPV() represents the present value as of the date one period's length before the first cash flow, + value1, has been made. If you require flexibility in when cash flows occur (the beginning or + end of each period), consider using the PV() function. However, + it differs from NPV() in that NPV() allows cash flows of different amounts.

+

Only numeric values or text values convertible to numeric values may be passed to this + function. If a column or range reference is passed as a value argument, only numeric values or + text values convertible to numeric values are used.

+ IRR() +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates an investment's present value by discounting what a series of fixed future payments is worth + at a specified interest rate. + + +

PV(interestRate, nPeriods, amount, futureValue, paymentDue)

+

InterestRate is the per-period rate of interest used to discount the future payments. For + positive interest rates, the value of future payments diminishes (discounts) to what they are worth now. + It is assumed you can reinvest the present value at interestRate to receive futureValue + after nPeriods.

+

NPeriods are the total number of payment periods over the course of the annuity. If your + retirement plan annuitizes in 35-years, and you make a fixed quarterly contribution into it, then you + would use 35x4 or 140 as your total number of payment periods.

+

Amount is how much is paid (or received) each period. This amount must be constant + over the course of the investment. If you need to calculate the Net Present Value of a series of variable + payment amounts, then you should consider using the NPV() function.

+

FutureValue is the expected cash balance of the investment at culmination. If this argument + is omitted, it will be assumed to be zero. In the common usage scenario of calculating loan repayments, a + future value of zero represents having a zero liability when the loan is fully repaid. When specifying a + zero future value, ensure that amount is non-zero (otherwise the loan could never be repaid). In + retirement planning, you would normally estimate the future value you would like to have when you retire. +

+

PaymentDue is a numeric value of either 1 or 0, and indicates whether + payments are invested in the annuity at the beginning of each period (1) or at the end + of each period (0).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates what the payment amount should be on a loan at a fixed interest rate requiring + a fixed number of payments. + + +

PMT(interestRate, nPeriods, presentValue, futureValue, paymentDue)

+

InterestRate is the interest rate for the loan.

+

NPeriods is the number of payments required to pay back the loan.

+

PresentValue is the current value of the loan (also called the principal), + which is a lump sum that the future series of nPeriods payments (which accumulate + interest at interestRate) is worth today.

+

FutureValue is the cash balance in the future (for a loan, this will typically + be a loan liability balance of zero) following this series of fixed payments, accruing a fixed + interestRate. If omitted, a default future value of 0 is used.

+

PaymentDue is a numeric value of either 1 or 0, and indicates whether + payments are invested in the annuity at the beginning of each period (1) or at the end + of each period (0).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates an investment's number of payment periods when the payment frequency, amount, + and interest rate are held steady. + + +

NPER(interestRate, amount, presentValue, futureValue, paymentDue)

+

InterestRate is the rate of interest per payment period. This numeric + value must be held fixed for the duration of the investment. If you must calculate + financing based on changes in interest rate then you will need to break up the + calculation into several stages over which the interest rate is held constant.

+

Amount is the payment amount due each period. This numeric value must + be constant over the duration of the investment.

+

PresentValue is a discounted value or lump sum payment that if taken today + and invested at the interestRate would be worth the same as this series of fixed + payments in the future.

+

FutureValue is the value after the last payment has been made. If this + numeric value is omitted it is assumed to be zero (since this function is normally used + in calculating loan repayment you will reach zero liability when the loan is finally + paid off.)

+

PaymentDue indicates whether payments come due at the beginning of each + payment period (1) or at the end of each payment period (0). If left unspecified, the + default is to assume paymentDue occurs at the end of each payment period.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the principal portion of a payment due on an investment or loan with periodic, fixed payments + and having a fixed rate of interest. + + +

PPMT(interestRate, periodNumber, nPeriods, presentValue, futureValue, paymentDue)

+

InterestRate is a fixed rate of interest per period. This function assumes there + is one payment made on each period, therefore in cases where you want to calculate quarterly or + monthly payments you should adjust an annual interestRate accordingly by dividing it + by the number of payments per year.

+

PeriodNumber identifies the period of the current payment, where the first payment + has the number 1. The periodNumber must not exceed the total number of periods (nPeriods).

+

NPeriods is the total number of payments over the course of this investment or loan.

+

PresentValue is the discounted value of this series of future payments, if you could take + a lump sum payment today and invest it at the fixed interestRate until the future date when this + investment or loan had been repaid.

+

FutureValue is the expected value of this series of payments after the last payment has + been made, where all previous payments have been accumulating interest at the fixed interestRate. + When omitted, such as when this function is used for calculating loan payments that reduce an outstanding + liability, the future value is assumed to be zero.

+

PaymentDue is a numeric value indicating that payments are due at the beginning of each period (1) + or at the end of each period (0).

+

The PPMT() function calculates the portion of a fixed payment attributed to principal. If you + need to calculate the portion of a fixed payment repaying interest then use the IPMT() + function. To calculate fixed payment amounts, use the PMT() function.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the interest portion of a payment due on an investment or loan with periodic, fixed payments + and having a fixed rate of interest. + + +

IPMT(interestRate, periodNumber, nPeriods, presentValue, futureValue, paymentDue)

+

InterestRate is a fixed rate of interest per period. This function assumes there + is one payment made on each period, therefore in cases where you want to calculate quarterly or + monthly payments you should adjust an annual interestRate accordingly by dividing it + by the number of payments per year.

+

PeriodNumber identifies the period of the current payment, where the first payment + has the number 1. The periodNumber must not exceed the total number of periods (nPeriods).

+

NPeriods is the total number of payments over the course of this investment or loan.

+

PresentValue is the discounted value of this series of future payments, if you could take + a lump sum payment today and invest it at the fixed interestRate until the future date when this + investment or loan had been repaid.

+

FutureValue is the expected value of this series of payments after the last payment has + been made, where all previous payments have been accumulating interest at the fixed interestRate. + When omitted, such as when this function is used for calculating loan payments that reduce an outstanding + liability, the future value is assumed to be zero.

+

PaymentDue is a numeric value indicating that payments are due at the beginning of each period (1) + or at the end of each period (0).

+

The IPMT() function calculates the portion of a fixed payment attributed to interest. If you + need to calculate the portion of a fixed payment repaying loan principal then use the PPMT() + function. To calculate fixed payment amounts, use the PMT() function.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates an asset's depreciation using the fixed declining balance (DB) method over a specified term. + + +

DB(assetCost, salvageValue, lifespan, period, months)

+

AssetCost is the original cost or purchase price of the asset at the start of the + calculation.

+

SalvageValue is the market value of the asset after it's expected useful life ends, + sometimes this will be the value of the asset as spare parts.

+

Lifespan indicates for how many periods the asset is useful (it's useful life), and + must be depreciated. Accounting standards vary on what lifespan is appropriate for different + classes of assets, such as durable and non-durable goods.

+

Period indicates the number of units of time between decremental calculations of the + depreciation. If lifespan is measured in years, then the value specified for the period + must also be in years.

+

Months allows you to specify the number of months in the first year, if the depreciation + does not begin on the first day of the year. You might specify months based on when the asset + was purchased new. If omitted, the calculation defaults to 12 which is equivalent to calculating starting + from the first day of the year.

+

For some assets, alternative calculation methods such as the DDB() + function may be more appropriate. Your accountant can tell you for which assets the fixed declining + balance method is an acceptable means of calculating depreciation.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates an asset's depreciation using the double declining balance (DDB) or another weighted + factor method over a specified term. + + +

DDB(assetCost, salvageValue, lifespan, period, weight)

+

AssetCost is the original cost or purchase price of the asset at the start of the + calculation.

+

SalvageValue is the market value of the asset after it's expected useful life ends, + sometimes this will be the value of the asset as spare parts.

+

Lifespan indicates for how many periods the asset is useful (it's useful life), and + must be depreciated. Accounting standards vary on what lifespan is appropriate for different + classes of assets, such as durable and non-durable goods.

+

Period indicates the number of units of time between decremental calculations of the + depreciation. If lifespan is measured in years, then the value specified for the period + must also be in years.

+

Weight allows you to fine tune the calculation method. By default, the double declining + balance method uses a factor of 2.

+

For some assets, alternative calculation methods such as the DB() + function may be more appropriate. Your accountant can advise you for which assets the double declining + balance method is an acceptable means of calculating depreciation, and what factors can be used when + depreciating certain assets such as high-tech equipment or motor vehicles which exhibit accelerated + depreciation in their first years of use.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the interest rate yielded by a security + investment redeemable at a future date, such as a + zero coupon bond. + + +

INTRATE(settlementDate, maturityDate, + amount, redemptionValue, basis)

+

SettlementDate is the date on which a + security purchase is settled with the buyer taking + possession of the security. Market conventions for + settlement of trades vary by security and exchange. + The settlement date may be substantially later than + a security's issue date when it is traded on the + secondary market.

+

MaturityDate is the date when the + security can be redeemed. It ceases to accrue any + further value after this date. The maturity date + must be later than the settlementDate or + an error value is returned.

+

Amount is the purchase price of the + security. For positive interest, this amount will be + smaller than the redemptionValue because it + discounts interest that will be accrued over the time + period the security is held.

+

RedemptionValue is the price a security + holder may redeem their security for at the maturityDate. + In some cases, this may be called the face value of the + security.

+

Basis describes what accounting convention to + use when counting days per calendar year, and days on which + interest can accrue. If omitted, a basis consistent with + United States National Association of Security Dealers (NASD) + of 30/360 will be employed.

+ + + + + + + + +
BasisDay counting method
030/360 (US NASD)
1Actual/actual
2Actual/360
3Actual/365
430/360 (European)
+

Date values should be passed to this function using either the + DATE() function or UltraCalcValue + objects containing .NET DateTime values. Date values represented + as text may not be interpreted as you had intended.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the number of days between two dates based on a 360-day year (twelve 30-day months), which is used in some accounting calculations. + + +

+ DAYS360(start_date,end_date,method) +

+ Start_date and end_date are the two dates between which you want to know the number of days. +

+ If start_date occurs after end_date, DAYS360 returns a negative number. + Dates should be entered by using the DATE function, or as results of other formulas or functions. + For example, use DATE(2008,5,23) for the 23rd day of May, 2008. Problems can occur if dates are entered as text. +

+ Method is a logical value that specifies whether to use the U.S. or European method in the calculation: +

+ FALSE or omitted U.S. (NASD) method. If the starting date is the 31st of a month, it becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. If the ending date is the 31st of a month and the starting date is earlier than the 30th of a month, the ending date becomes equal to the 1st of the next month; otherwise the ending date becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. +

+ TRUE European method. Starting dates and ending dates that occur on the 31st of a month become equal to the 30th of the same month. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a .NET DateTime ticks value of the current day and time + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the underlying UltraCalc data type for the specified value. + + +

TYPE( value)

+

Value is an UltraCalcValue object or + the result of evaluating an UltraCalc expression.

+

+ + + + + + + + + +
UltraCalc data type:TYPE function returns:
Number1
Text2
Boolean4
Error16
+

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + When an error value is returned, the ERRORTYPE function returns a + numeric value corresponding to the UltraCalcErrorCode enumeration. + + +

ERRORTYPE(error_value)

+

Error_value is an UltraCalc error value resulting + from the unsuccessful evaluation of an expression.

+

The ERRORTYPE function returns an error value of + #N/A (Not Applicable) if you pass it an UltraCalc value that was + not an error value.

+

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
Error_valueERRORTYPE returns
#NULL!1
#DIV/0!2
#VALUE!3
#REF!4
#NAME?5
#NUM!6
#N/A!7
+

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns #N/A!, the error value representing a not applicable result. + + +

NA()

+

The NA function always returns the same constant + error value.

+

You might use this function when you wanted an IF + function or other complex UltraCalc expression to return the #N/A! + error value.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value is blank. + + +

ISBLANK(value)

+

Value can be any constant, reference or the result of + evaluating an UltraCalc expression.

+

The definition of what constitutes "blank" is anything + that causes the IsNull method of the UltraCalcValue + object containing the argument, value, to return TRUE. This may vary + for different kinds of UltraCalcValue object.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value is any error value, except #N/A! + + +

ISERR(value)

+

Value is an UltraCalcValue object (perhaps + the result of evaluating an UltraCalc expression) thought to be an error + value. The ISERR function will return FALSE when value is not an error + value, or it is an error but the error value was not applicable.

+

This is a weaker variation of the more stringent + ISERROR function.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value is any error value without exception. + + +

ISERROR(value)

+

Value is an UltraCalcValue object (perhaps + the result of evaluating an UltraCalc expression) thought to be an error + value. The ISERROR function will return FALSE only when value is not an + error value.

+

A more relaxed variation of this function is the + ISERR function, which + returns TRUE when an error value is not applicable. The ISERROR + function treats this case as being an error. If you are using + certain UltraCalc functions then sometimes error values of #N/A! + should be treated by your application as non-errors and you + should choose ISERR instead of ISERROR.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value refers to a two-state logic + or Boolean value. + + +

ISLOGICAL(value)

+

Value is an UltraCalcValue object, + or the result of evaluating an UltraCalc expression, which is thought + to be a boolean value (TRUE or FALSE.) Boolean values are named in + honor of George Boole, whose development of Boolean algebra governs + the special characteristics of logical functions upon these two + values.

+

Depending on the kind of value, it may not be convertible + into a boolean value and therefore the ISLOGICAL function returns FALSE. + The ISLOGICAL function only furnishes information about the compatibility + of a value with the boolean-typed values evaluated by UltraCalc.

+

The ISLOGICAL function does not perform deductive reasoning. + A return value of TRUE should not be interpreted as proof any value or UltraCalc + expression passed to the ISLOGICAL function represents a logical outcome.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if an error value is #N/A (not applicable.) + + +

ISNA(value)

+

Value is an error value thought to be the error value + returned when an error has happened, but the error code was not applicable.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value refers to any not-text value. + + +

ISNONTEXT( value)

+

Value is an UltraCalcValue object + or the result of an UltraCalc expression evaluation that you want + to test to determine whether it is a text value (such as a .NET + String object) or a non-text value.

+ ISTEXT function +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value refers to a numeric value. + + +

ISNUMBER( value)

+

Value is an UltraCalcValue or the + result of evaluating an UltraCalc expression that you want to test + to determine whether it is a number or not. A numeric value can be + an integer, floating-point or decimal number.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value is an UltraCalc reference. + + +

ISREF( reference)

+

Reference is an UltraCalcValue + object that contains a reference to some application-specific + control, field, or piece of information. You can think of it as + an address which the UltraCalc engine uses to look-up a value + in your application when one is needed to evaluate an expression. +

+

The ISREF function returns TRUE when the specified + UltraCalcValue is a reference. Since it's value + is defined by the contents at another referenced location, it's + possible for this UltraCalcValue object to change + in value based on changes in your application (outside of the + UltraCalc engine.) Proper implementation of the IUltraCalcReference + interface and NotifyValueChange methods will ensure the + UltraCalc engine is made aware of any changes in a referenced value, + and that all references depending on this value are refreshed.

+

Conversely, the ISREF function will return FALSE + should the UltraCalcValue you supply represent + a constant value or the temporary result of evaluating an UltraCalc + expression (a constant value sitting at the top of the UltraCalc + engine's number stack.)

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value refers to a text (or string) value. + + +

ISTEXT(value)

+

Value is an UltraCalcValue object or + the result of evaluating an UltraCalc expression that you want to test + to determine whether it is of a text (e.g., string) value or + a non-text value (which could be a numeric, boolean, or error value.) +

+ ISNONTEXT function +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value is an even number. + + +

ISEVEN(value)

+

Value is a number thought to be even (divisible by the + integer 2.) A value that is not an integer will first be converted to + an integer using the FLOOR + function before evaluation.

+ ISODD function +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns TRUE if the specified value is an odd number. + + +

ISODD(value)

+

Value is a number thought to be odd (not divisible by + the integer 2.) A value that is not an integer will first be converted + to an integer using the FLOOR + function before evaluation.

+ ISEVEN function +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates an internal rate of return for a given series of cash flows represented by either positive (incoming) or + negative (outgoing) numeric values. + + +

IRR(value_reference, estimate)

+

Value_reference must be a column or range reference of numeric values representing cash outflows + (payments) as negative numeric values, and cash inflows (income) as positive numeric values. Each cash flow must + occur with a regular period. If payments occur at irregular intervals, then you must represent the cash flow periods + as taking place on a period common to all cash flows, and at intervals without a cash flow specify a zero value. + For example, if you finance the purchase of a television by taking a $300 loan with monthly payments of $110, but + your payments do not start for three months, your series of cash flows would be monthly but would show three zero + values for the months without payments (+300, 0, 0, 0, -110, -110, -110).

+

Estimate is an approximation close to what you expect the resulting internal rate of return to + be. This function employs an iterative algorithm starting with this estimate and then repeatedly converging on + a result that has a diminishing margin of error. If you do not provide an estimate then this function + uses 10 percent as it's starting point.

+

If after twenty iterations the margin of error has not closed to within 1/1000 basis point then + a #NUM error value will be returned.

+

The IRR() function has applications where you may be given a series of cash flows without an + interest rate, such as in the retail financing example above, and wish to calculate what it's effective rate + of interest would be. The internal rate is based on the period between cash flows, therefore when calculating + payments that are not annual, you must annualize the internal rate.

+ NPV() +
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Calculates the per-period interest rate for a series of cash flows (an annuity). + + +

RATE(nPeriods, amount, presentValue, paymentDue, futureValue, estimate)

+

NPeriods are the total number of cash flows, whether a payment (negative amount) + or a receipt (positive amount) occuring periodically with a fixed time period between each cash + flow.

+

Amount is the amount of cash paid (negative) or received (positive). It must be held + constant over the course of the annuity.

+

PresentValue is the value today of the series of future payments. Payments made in the + future are discounted by the interest rate being calculated, because it is assumed that at that interest + rate a smaller sum could be invested today and would grow to the amount at a future time when + that payment became due.

+

PaymentDue indicates whether cash flows occur at the beginning of each period (1) or at + the end of each period (0). If not specified, the payments at the end of each period is assumed.

+

FutureValue is the accumulated balance attained after nPeriods payments have + been made and accrued interest at the calculated rate. If left unspecified, the default future value + is assumed to be zero (this represents reaching zero loan liability, when a loan has been fully repaid). +

+

Estimate is an approximation of the interest rate used to start the calculation (which + works by iteratively refining the estimate until it converges on the correct value). When no + estimate is given a default of 10% is assumed.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the value is null (Nothing in VB). + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a null value (Nothing in VB) + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the value is DBNull. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns DBNull + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a value resulting from adding a specified interval to a DateTime. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a value specifying the number of time intervals between two DateTime values. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the character specified by the code number from the character set for your computer. + + + + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gives you the numeric code corresponding the the first character in a + specific text string. + + +

CODE(Text)

+

Text is a text string of at least one character in length. + This function returns the numeric code of the first character in Text. + These code values correspond to those used by your machine to encode the text + characters in a string (e.g., Unicode).

+

If Text is an empty string of zero length, then + this function returns the code zero.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Gets the host's current date. + + +

No arguments are passed to this function.

+

The date returned for TODAY() is based on the local time of the + host running UltraCalc. In some distributed applications, such as those built for + the Web, this may be different from today's date at the client.

+

The date/time value returned is always adjusted to Midnight + (00:00).

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a date that is the specified number of months before or after the start date. + + +

+ DATE(date, numberOfMonths) +
+ Date is the starting date +
+ NumberOfMonths is a number of months to shift the date. A positive number means a date after the startdate. A negative number indicates a date prior to the start date. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a date that is at the end of the month which is the specified number of months before or after the start date. + + +

+ EOMONTH(date, numberOfMonths) +
+ Date is the starting date +
+ NumberOfMonths is a number of months to shift the date. A positive number means a date after the startdate. A negative number indicates a date prior to the start date. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the total number of whole work days between the specified dates, excluding any specified holidays. + + +

+ NETWORKDAYS(startDate, endDate [, holiday1, holiday2, ..., holidayN]) +
+ StartDate is the date from which to start. +
+ EndDate is the date at which to end. +
+ Holiday1, holiday2, ..., holidayN is any number of dates or range references containing dates that are to be considered non-working days. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a string representing the specified decimal value in the specified base number scheme. + + +

+ Dec2X(number, places) +
+ Number is the decimal value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns a string representing the specified decimal value as a binary number. + + +

+ Dec2Bin(number, places) +
+ Number is the decimal value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + Returns a string representing the specified decimal value as a hexadecimal number. + + +

+ Dec2Hex(number, places) +
+ Number is the decimal value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = hexadecimal, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + Returns a string representing the specified decimal value as a octal number. + + +

+ Dec2Oct(number, places) +
+ Number is the decimal value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = octal, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + Returns the decimal value of a string representation of a number in a binary system. + + +

+ Bin2Dec(number) +
+ Number is a string represeting a binary number. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Returns the decimal value of a string representation of a number in a hexadecimal system. + + +

+ Hex2Dec(number) +
+ Number is a string represeting a hexadecimal number. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = hexadecimal, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Returns the decimal value of a string representation of a number in a octal system. + + +

+ Oct2Dec(number) +
+ Number is a string represeting a octal number. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = octal, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Converts a string representing a number in a non-decimal number system to a number in another non-decimal number system. + + +

+ XBase2XBase(number, places) +
+ Number is the value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the original number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the original number system. + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the number string. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Converts a string representing a binary number to a string representing the same number in the octal number system. + + +

+ Bin2Oct(number, places) +
+ Number is the value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Converts a string representing a binary number to a string representing the same number in the hexadecimal number system. + + +

+ Bin2Hex(number, places) +
+ Number is the value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Converts a string representing an octal number to a string representing the same number in the binary number system. + + +

+ Oct2Bin(number, places) +
+ Number is the value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Converts a string representing an octal number to a string representing the same number in the hexadecimal number system. + + +

+ Oct2Hex(number, places) +
+ Number is the value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Converts a string representing an hexadecimal number to a string representing the same number in the binary number system. + + +

+ Hex2Bin(number, places) +
+ Number is the value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Converts a string representing an hexadecimal number to a string representing the same number in the octal number system. + + +

+ Hex2Oct(number, places) +
+ Number is the value to be converted. +
+ Places is the number of characters to use in representing the value. If places is not specified, the mimumum number of characters neccessary to represent the value will be used. Places allows you to specify leading zeros. +

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow. + + + + + The minimum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The maximum value that the number argument to this function will allow in the new number system. + + + + + The number system to convert from (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The number system to convert to (2 = binary, 8 = octal, 16 = Hexadecimal, etc.) + + + + + The maximum length of the 'number' string. + + + + + Returns a complex number represented as a string in the format "x + yi" or "x + yj" by comining a real and imaginary number. + + +

COMPLEX(realNumber, imaginaryNumber, [suffix]) +
+ RealNumber is the real coefficient of the complex number. +
+ ImaginaryNumber is the imaginary coefficient of the number. +
+ Suffix specifies the suffix to use. The acceptable values are "i" or "j". If omitted, "i" is used. Note that the suffix is case-sensitive; upper case "I" and "J" are not allowed and will result in a #VALUE error. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the imaginary coefficient of a complex number. + + +

IMAGINARY(complexNumber) +
+ ComplexNumber is a complex number in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the product of 1 to n complex numbers. + + +

IMPRODUCT(complexNumber1 [, complexNumber2, complexNumber3, ..., complexNumberN]) +
+ ComplexNumber1, ComplexNumber2, ..., ComplexNumberN is any number of complex numbers in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj" which will be multiplied together. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the sum of 1 to n complex numbers. + + +

IMSUM(complexNumber1 [, complexNumber2, complexNumber3, ..., complexNumberN]) +
+ ComplexNumber1, ComplexNumber2, ..., ComplexNumberN is any number of complex numbers in the format: "x + yi" or "x + yj" which will be added together. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Converts a dollary amount expressed as a decimal into a dollar amount expressed as a fraction. + + +

DollarFr(decimalDollarAmount, Fraction) +
+ DecimalDollarAmount is the dollar amount expressed as a decimal. +
+ Fraction is the value used as the denominator of the fraction. If this value is not an integer, it will be truncated. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Converts a dollary amount expressed as a decimal into a dollar amount expressed as a fraction. + + +

DollarFr(decimalDollarAmount, Fraction) +
+ DecimalDollarAmount is the dollar amount expressed as a decimal. +
+ Fraction is the value used as the denominator of the fraction. If this value is not an integer, it will be truncated. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns information about the current operating environment. + + +

INFO(type) +
+ Type is a string indicating the type of information to return. +
+ "directory" = The full path to the current folder. + "osversion" = The currently operating system version as a string. + "system" = The name of the operating system - "pcdos" for Windows or "mac" for Macintosh. +
+ The following are supported by Microsoft Excel, but have no correlation in UltraCalcManager: "numfile", "origin", "recalc", "release". +
+ The following are supported in older versions of Excel, but not Office2007, and have no correlation in UltraCalcManager: "memavail", "memused", "totmem". +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Returns the number of possible combinations given a set of items and a number of chosen items from that set. + + +

Combin(number, numberChosen) +
+ Number is the number of items. +
+ NumberChosen is the number of items chosen in each combination. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack. + + Formula number stack containing function arguments. + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula. + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function. + + + + + Generates a pseudorandom integer between two specified numbers. + + +

RANDBETWEEN(bottom, top) +
+ Bottom is the minumum value that will be returned. +
+ Top is the maximum value that will be returned. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns one of two values depending on whether or not the first value is an error or not. + + +

IFERROR(value, value_if_error)

+

value is the value to use when it is not an error.

+

value_if_error is the value to use if the value argument is an error.

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Counts how many cells are not blank. + + +

COUNTA(Value1, Value2, ..., ValueN)

+

Value1, value2, ... valueN can be references to different data structures, + such as columns. Each non-blank value is counted.

+

+ When a reference is a range reference, only the non-blank values within the range will be counted. +

+
+
+ + + Evaluates the function against the arguments on the number stack + + Formula number stack containing function arguments + Denotes the number of function arguments pushed onto the number stack. + An that represents the result of the function evaluation. + + + + Determines whether the parameter at the specified index will accept an enumerable reference. + + In 0-based index of the parameter. + + True if the parameter at the specified index can accept enumerable references; False otherwise or if the parameter is out of range for this function. + + + + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Minimum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Maximum number of arguments required for the function + + + + + Returns the 1-based index of one string within another, searching case insensitively. + + +

SEARCHB(search_text, value, [start_index])

+

search_text is the text to find in value.

+

value is the text in which to find search_text.

+

start_index is the 1-based index in which to start the search (if omitted, the start_index is 1).

+
+
+ + + Function name used to reference the function in a formula + + + + + Class used to manage the stock and user defined instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Adds the specified function to the function list. + + Function to add + A boolean indicating if the function was added. + + + + Adds a library of user defined functions contained in the given assembly. + + Loaded assembly containing a library of user defined functions + +

+ Once the assembly is loaded, any type that derives from UltraCalcFunction will be registered with the function factory +

+
+ True if the function library was successfully loaded and its functions registered, else false +
+ + + Returns the for the specified operator enumeration + + Operator whose function should be returned. + The associated with the specified enumeration. + + + + Returns the function with the specified name + + + + + Enumeration of error codes assigned to . + + + + + Occurs when an invalid or disconnected reference is encountered while evaluating a formula + + + + + Occurs when the wrong type of argument or operand is used in a formula + + + + + Occurs when a number is divided by zero (0) + + + + + Occurs when @NA is entered into a formula + + + + + Occurs with invalid numeric values in a formula or function + + + + + Occurs when a circularity formula is used when circularities are not allowed. + + + + + Occurs when there is an intersection of two references that do not contain any common cells. + + + + + Occurs when text in a formula is not recognized. + + + + + Exception containing an . + + + + + Generic Calc Exception. All Calc Exceptions derive from this so that a developer can + easily turn off our exceptions during debugging. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Initializes a new with the specified error message + + Error message + + + + Initializes a new with the specified error message and exception instance. + + Error message + The exception that caused this exception + + + + Initializes a new using the specified + + The UltraCalcErrorValue that has generated the exception. + + + + Returns the string representation of the underlying error value. + + The string representation of the underlying error value. + + + + Get the UltraCalcErrorValue associated with the exception + + + + + The Primary Reference Inteface. + + + + + Create a new reference relative to this reference. + + The reference string. + The new reference. + + A reference string may be external or internal. +

A external reference has the form "//object_name/object_specific_part". + The control identified by object_name must implement and be able to + parse object_specific_part.

+

An internal reference is a reference within the same control that implements this + instance of the interface. An internal reference can be absolute or relative. Absolute + references must begin with the "/" character. Such references must be created relative to + the root object in the control. Relative references are created relative to this reference.

+

Note that in complex reference models, multiple reference strings may point to the same + underlying object. The reference string used to create the reference must be available to + other methods such as ResolveReference, References and MarkRelativeIndicies. Consequently, if the reference + string is relative, a proxy reference object should be returned that retains the relative + reference string. +

+
+
+ + + Returns true if this reference contains inReference + + The contained candidate. + true if inReference is contained by this reference. + + This method is used by the calculation engine to determine if the passed in reference + is either a child of this reference or a more fully scoped version of this reference. + Each element in this reference is compared with the corresponding element in the input + reference. If the identifiers are the same, and if this scope contains the input scope, then + the input reference is contained by this reference. If the input reference is longer than + this reference and the common element are contained, then the input reference is contained. + + + + + Returns true if inReference is a proper subset of this reference + + The subset candidate. + true if inReference is contained by this reference. + + This method is used by the calculation engine to determine if the passed in reference + is fully contained by this reference. + Each element in this reference is compared with the corresponding element in the input + reference. If the identifiers are the same, and if this scope entirely contains the input scope, then + the input reference is a proper subset this reference. + + + + + The fully qualified unique name for the referenced element. Read Only. + + + + + The unqualified name of this referenced element. Read Only. + + + + + The , if any, associated with this Reference. If this reference + does not contain a Value then a is returned. + + + + + The , if any, associated with this Reference. If this reference + can not contain a formula then null is returned. + + + + + Returns a context for the Reference. + +

Returns a meaningful object context for the reference. This could be an UltraGridCell, UltraGridColumn, NamedReference, Control, etc.

+
+ + + Return a collection of references if this Reference is enumerable. An exception is + thrown if this reference is not enumerable. + + A Reference collection. + + The collection returned by this method must be constrained to the scope specified by the + original string used to create the reference. For example, if the original reference string + was [Customers(State="MA")/Total], then the collection should be constrained to the Total cells + for all customers that have State = "MA". + + + + + Returns true if this reference is enumerable. + + + + + Returns the normalized absolute name. Calculation engine makes use of normalized + absolute names of references to compare two references and search for references. + This property should return the absolute name with case insensitive parts of + the absolute names converted to lower case. + + + + + Collection of objects + + + + + Identifies formula token types in the UltraCalcFormulaToken class + + + + + Indicates a value token containing an IUltraCalcReference. + + + + + Indicates a function token containing an IUltraCalcFunction. + + + + + Enumeration of operator functions. + + + + + Operator used to add two values ("+") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to subtract two values ("-") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to multiply two values ("*") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to divide two values ("/") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to compare two objects for equality ("=") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to compare if two values are different ("><" or "!=") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to determine if one value is greater than or equal to a second value. (">=") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to determine if one value is greater than a second value. (">") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to determine if one value is less than or equal to a second value. ("<=") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to determine if one value is less than a second value. ("<") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to concatenate 2 strings ("&") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to raise a value to a specified power ("^") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly two operands/arguments.

+
+
+ + + Operator used to convert a value to a percentage ("%") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly one operand/argument.

+
+
+ + + Negative unary operator ("-") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly one operand/argument.

+
+
+ + + Positive unary operator ("+") + + +

Note: This operator must take exactly one operand/argument.

+
+
+ + + Represents an array formula for a group of cells. + + +

+ Array formulas are similar to regular formula in that they have the same grammar. However, array formulas must be set + on a single region of cells only. When the array formula is applied to a region of cells, each cell's + Formula property will be the array formula. The + Value of each cell cannot be changed unless is + called on the array formula or another value is applied to a region of cells which completely contains the array + formula's region. +

+

+ Because the array formula stores the region of the cells to which it is applied in the property, + the array formula can only be applied to one region of cells. +

+

+ Array formulas are created through Microsoft Excel by selecting a region of cells, entering a formula for + that range, and pressing Ctrl+Shift+Enter. This causes the formula of each cell in the region to appear as follows: + {=Formula}. +

+

+ See the Microsoft Excel documentation for more information on array formulas. +

+
+
+ + + Applies the formula to all specified regions of cells. + + +

+ This method, or one of the other ApplyTo overrides must be used to set the value of a cell to a formula. +

+

+ After this method returns, the of all cells in all specified regions will + return the array formula. +

+
+ The regions of cells to apply the formula to. + The row within the region for which the formula was created or null to use the top row + The column within the region for which the formula was created or -1 to use the first column + + is null. + + + The length is anything other than one. + + + The array formula is already applied to a cell region. + + + One or more regions specified contain array formulas or data tables which extend outside the region. + + + + +
+ + + Removes this array formula as the formula for the cells to which it was applied. + + +

+ After this method returns, the will be null. +

+
+
+ + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the array formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + An instance which represents the array formula value specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the array formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + An instance which represents the array formula value specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the array formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The file format to use when parsing the array formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + An instance which represents the array formula value specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value and returns the array formula which was created from it. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The file format to use when parsing the array formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. + + An instance which represents the array formula value specified. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from , + if the conversion succeeded, or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Parses the specified formula value. The return value indicates whether the operation succeeded. + + The string which defines the array formula to parse. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the array formula. + The file format to use when parsing the formula. This will be used to determine certain limits which are format dependant. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + When this method returns, contains the array formula which was parsed from + if the conversion succeeded or null if the conversion failed. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + When this method returns, contains the error information if the conversion failed or null if the + conversion succeeded. This parameter is passed uninitialized. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + True if was converted successfully; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the cells to which the array formula is applied. + + +

+ If this is null, the formula has not yet been applied. +

+
+ The cells to which the array formula is applied. +
+ + + Abstract base class for the fill of a cell. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a linear gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + + The angle, in degrees, of the direction of the linear gradient, going clockwise from the left-to-right direction. + + The color at the start of the gradient. + The color at the end of the gradient. + + or are the empty or system colors or have a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + + + + Creates a linear gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + + The angle, in degrees, of the direction of the linear gradient, going clockwise from the left-to-right direction. + + A which describes the color at the start of the gradient. + A which describes the color at the end of the gradient. + + or is an automatic or a system color. + + + + + + Creates a linear gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + + The angle, in degrees, of the direction of the linear gradient, going clockwise from the left-to-right direction. + + + Two or more gradient stops which describe the color transitions and their positions within the gradient. + + + contains less than two gradient stops. There must be at least two stops to define the gradient. + + + + + + Creates a solid color or pattern fill that can be applied to a cell. + + + The background color of the cell, which will only be seen if the is not None. + + + The pattern color of the cell, which will only be seen if the is not None or Solid. + + The fill pattern for the cell. + + or are the empty color or have a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + is Default or not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + + Creates a solid color or pattern fill that can be applied to a cell. + + +

+ and can be specified as null to use the default colors. +

+
+ + A which describes the background color of the cell, which will only be seen if the + is not None. + + + A which describes the pattern color of the cell, which will only be seen if the + is not None or Solid. + + The fill pattern for the cell. + + is Default or not defined in the enumeration. + + +
+ + + Creates a rectangular gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + The color at the inner rectangle (cell center) of the gradient. + The color at the outer rectangle (cell edges) of the gradient. + + or are empty or system colors or have a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + + + + Creates a rectangular gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + +

+ The rectangular gradient is defined by specifying an inner rectangle and a set of gradient stops. The gradient goes from the + edges of the inner rectangle to the edges of the cell. If the inner rectangle does not have a height or width of 0, the color + of the first gradient stop will be filled in the center of the inner rectangle. +

+

+ The inner rectangle is defined by the , , , and + parameters. They are relative values ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 and they go from the top/left to the + bottom/right. So, for example, to specify a gradient that goes out from the center, all values would be 0.5. Or to specify a + gradient which goes out from the bottom-left corner of the cell, the following values would be used: left = 0.0, top = 1.0, + right = 0.0, bottom = 1.0. +

+
+ + The left edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The top edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + The right edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The bottom edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + The color at the inner rectangle of the gradient. + The color at the outer rectangle (cell edges) of the gradient. + + , , , or are less than 0.0 or + greater than 1.0. + + + or are empty or system colors or have a non-opaque alpha channel. + + +
+ + + Creates a rectangular gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + + A which describes the color at the inner rectangle (cell center) of the gradient. + + + A which describes the color at the outer rectangle (cell edges) of the gradient. + + + or is an automatic or a system color. + + + + + + Creates a rectangular gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + +

+ The rectangular gradient is defined by specifying an inner rectangle and a set of gradient stops. The gradient goes from the + edges of the inner rectangle to the edges of the cell. If the inner rectangle does not have a height or width of 0, the color + of the first gradient stop will be filled in the center of the inner rectangle. +

+

+ The inner rectangle is defined by the , , , and + parameters. They are relative values ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 and they go from the top/left to the + bottom/right. So, for example, to specify a gradient that goes out from the center, all values would be 0.5. Or to specify a + gradient which goes out from the bottom-left corner of the cell, the following values would be used: left = 0.0, top = 1.0, + right = 0.0, bottom = 1.0. +

+
+ + The left edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The top edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + The right edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The bottom edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + A which describes the color at the inner rectangle of the gradient. + + + A which describes the color at the outer rectangle (cell edges) of the gradient. + + + or is an automatic or a system color. + + + , , , or are less than 0.0 or + greater than 1.0. + + +
+ + + Creates a rectangular gradient that can be applied to a cell's fill. + + +

+ The rectangular gradient is defined by specifying an inner rectangle and a set of gradient stops. The gradient goes from the + edges of the inner rectangle to the edges of the cell. If the inner rectangle does not have a height or width of 0, the color + of the first gradient stop will be filled in the center of the inner rectangle. +

+

+ The inner rectangle is defined by the , , , and + parameters. They are relative values ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 and they go from the top/left to the + bottom/right. So, for example, to specify a gradient that goes out from the center, all values would be 0.5. Or to specify a + gradient which goes out from the bottom-left corner of the cell, the following values would be used: left = 0.0, top = 1.0, + right = 0.0, bottom = 1.0. +

+
+ + The left edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The top edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + The right edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The bottom edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + Two or more gradient stops which describe the color transitions and their positions within the gradient. + + + , , , or are less than 0.0 or + greater than 1.0. + + + contains less than two gradient stops. There must be at least two stops to define the gradient. + + +
+ + + Creates a solid color fill that can be applied to a cell. + + The solid color of the fill. + + is the empty color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + + + + Creates a solid color fill that can be applied to a cell. + + A which describes the solid color of the fill. + + + + + Gets the default cell fill, which is no background color. + + + + + An immutable object which represents a solid or pattern fill for a cell. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + +

+ and can be specified as null to use the default colors. +

+
+ + A which describes the background color of the cell, which will only be seen if the + is not None. + + + A which describes the pattern color of the cell, which will only be seen if the + is not None or Solid. + + The fill pattern for the cell. + + is Default or not defined in the enumeration. + +
+ + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the which describes the background color of the cell, which will only be seen if the + is not None. + + + + + Gets the fill pattern for the cell. + + + + + Gets the which describes the pattern color of the cell, which will only be seen if the + is not None or Solid. + + + + + Abstract base class for a gradient fill of a cell. + + + + + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the read-only collection of gradient stops which describe the color transitions and their positions within the gradient. + + + + + An immutable object which represents a linear gradient fill for a cell. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + The angle, in degrees, of the direction of the linear gradient, going clockwise from the left-to-right direction. + + + Two or more gradient stops which describe the color transitions and their positions within the gradient. + + + contains less than two gradient stops. There must be at least two stops to define the gradient. + + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the angle, in degrees, of the direction of the linear gradient, going clockwise from the left-to-right direction. + + + + + An immutable object which represents a rectangular gradient fill for a cell. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + +

+ The rectangular gradient is defined by specifying an inner rectangle and a set of gradient stops. The gradient goes from the + edges of the inner rectangle to the edges of the cell. If the inner rectangle does not have a height or width of 0, the color + of the first gradient stop will be filled in the center of the inner rectangle. +

+

+ The inner rectangle is defined by the , , , and + parameters. They are relative values ranging from 0.0 to 1.0 and they go from the top/left to the + bottom/right. So, for example, to specify a gradient that goes out from the center, all values would be 0.5. Or to specify a + gradient which goes out from the bottom-left corner of the cell, the following values would be used: left = 0.0, top = 1.0, + right = 0.0, bottom = 1.0. +

+
+ + The left edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The top edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + The right edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + The bottom edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + Two or more gradient stops which describe the color transitions and their positions within the gradient. + + + , , , or are less than 0.0 or + greater than 1.0. + + + contains less than two gradient stops. There must be at least two stops to define the gradient. + +
+ + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the bottom edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + + + Gets the left edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + + + Gets the right edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the left of the cell) to 1.0 (the right of the cell). + + + + + Gets the top edge of the inner rectangle of the gradient, ranging from 0.0 (the top of the cell) to 1.0 (the bottom of the cell). + + + + + Immutable class which describes a color transition in a cell fill gradient. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + +

+ When used in a , an of 0.0 is at the beginning of the gradient and + 1.0 is at the end of the gradient. When used in a , an offset of 0.0 is at the inner + rectangle and 1.0 is at the outer edges of the cell. +

+
+ The color transition for the gradient stop. + + The position in the gradient of the color transition for the gradient stop, ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0. + + + is the empty or system color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + +

+ When used in a , an of 0.0 is at the beginning of the gradient and + 1.0 is at the end of the gradient. When used in a , an offset of 0.0 is at the inner + rectangle and 1.0 is at the outer edges of the cell. +

+
+ + The describing the color transition for the gradient stop. + + + The position in the gradient of the color transition for the gradient stop, ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + + is automatic or a system color. + + + is less than 0.0 or greater than 1.0. + +
+ + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the describing the color transition for the gradient stop. + + + + + + Gets the position in the gradient of the color transition for the gradient stop, ranging from 0.0 to 1.0. + + +

+ When used in a , a value of 0.0 is at the beginning of the gradient and 1.0 is at the end of the + gradient. When used in a , a value of 0.0 is at the inner rectangle and 1.0 is at the outer + edges of the cell. +

+
+ +
+ + + An immutable object which represents a color in a Microsoft Excel workbook. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new with the specified Color. + + The color which should be displayed when the WorkbookColorInfo is used. + + is the empty Color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified Color and tint. + + The base color which should be displayed when the WorkbookColorInfo is used. + The tint to apply to the base color, from -1.0 (100% darken) to 1.0 (100% lighten). + + is the empty Color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + is outside the range of -1.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified Color. + + The color which should be displayed when the WorkbookColorInfo is used. + + is the empty Color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified Color and tint. + + The base color which should be displayed when the WorkbookColorInfo is used. + The tint to apply to the base color, from -1.0 (100% darken) to 1.0 (100% lighten). + + is the empty Color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + is outside the range of -1.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified theme color. + + The type of theme color which should be displayed when the WorkbookColorInfo is used. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified theme color and tint. + + The type of theme color which should be the base color when the WorkbookColorInfo is used. + The tint to apply to the base color, from -1.0 (100% darken) to 1.0 (100% lighten). + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is outside the range of -1.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + + Determines whether two instances are equal. + + The first WorkbookColorInfo instance. + The second WorkbookColorInfo instance. + True if the WorkbookColorInfo instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two instances are unequal. + + The first WorkbookColorInfo instance. + The second WorkbookColorInfo instance. + True if the WorkbookColorInfo instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Converts from a Color to a . + + The color to use in the WorkbookColorInfo. + The WorkbookColorInfo containing the specified color. + + + + Converts from a Color to a . + + The color to use in the WorkbookColorInfo. + The WorkbookColorInfo containing the specified color. + + + + Converts from a to a . + + The theme color type to use in the WorkbookColorInfo. + The WorkbookColorInfo containing the specified theme color type. + + + + Gets the actual color which will be seen in Microsoft Excel if the is used. + + + The is not null. When the ThemeColorType is set, the method must be called with + a non-null . + + + A Color which combines the and if it is set. + + + + + Gets the actual color which will be seen in Microsoft Excel if the is used. + + The workbook in which the WorkbookColorInfo is used. + + is null and is not null. When the ThemeColorType is set, the method must be called with a + non-null . + + + A Color which combines the , , and/or , depending on what is set. + + + + + Gets the automatic color, which is the window text system color. + + + + + + Gets the base color associated of the . + + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether the is automatic, or the window text system color. + + + + + + Gets the base theme color associated of the . + + + + + + Gets the to apply to the base color, from -1.0 (100% darken) to 1.0 (100% lighten). + + + + + + + Represents a custom view in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ Custom views provide a way to save display options and optionally print options for the workbook and each worksheet in the workbook. + These options can be different from the options currently set on the workbook and worksheets. +

+

+ Multiple custom views can be saved with a workbook, and the options from a custom view can be applied to its associated workbook by + calling the method on it. +

+
+ +
+ + + Applies all options from the custom view to the associated workbook and its worksheets. + + +

+ There is no state of the workbook indicating the custom view currently applied, so applying a custom view + simply copies over all options saved with it to the workbook and its worksheet. If an applied custom view + is then changed, those changes will not be updated on the workbook or worksheets. Instead, the custom view will need + to be applied again for those changes to be reflected on the workbook or worksheet. +

+
+ + The custom view has previously been removed from its associated workbook. + +
+ + + Gets the display options associated with the specified worksheet. + + +

+ Setting properties on the returned instance will not change the actual + display of the worksheet. After setting properties, the method of the + will apply them to the worksheet. +

+
+ The worksheet whose associated display options are to be retrieved. + + is null. + + + Null if the worksheet does not belong to the workbook associated with this custom view; + otherwise, the display options associated with the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets the hidden columns associated with the specified worksheet. + + +

+ Adding columns on the returned instance will not actually hide + columns in the worksheet. After modifying the hidden columns in this collection, the + method of the will hide or unhide the columns. +

+
+ The worksheet whose associated hidden columns are to be retrieved. + + is null. + + + Null if is False or if the worksheet does not belong to the workbook + associated with this custom view; otherwise, the collection of hidden columns associated with the worksheet. + + + +
+ + + Gets the hidden rows associated with the specified worksheet. + + +

+ Adding rows on the returned instance will not actually hide + rows in the worksheet. After modifying the hidden rows in this collection, the + method of the will hide or unhide the rows. +

+
+ The worksheet whose associated hidden rows are to be retrieved. + + is null. + + + Null if is False or if the worksheet does not belong to the workbook + associated with this custom view; otherwise, the collection of hidden rows associated with the worksheet. + + + +
+ + + Gets the print options associated with the specified worksheet. + + +

+ Setting properties on the returned instance will not change the actual + print settings of the worksheet. After setting properties, the method of the + will apply them to the worksheet. +

+
+ The worksheet whose associated print options are to be retrieved. + + is null. + + + Null if is False or if the worksheet does not belong to the workbook associated + with this custom view; otherwise, the print options associated with the worksheet. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the name of the custom view. + + +

+ The name of the custom view is displayed in the custom views dialog of Microsoft Excel and must be + case-insensitively unique to other custom views in the workbook. +

+
+ + The value assigned is a null or empty. + + + The value assigned is the name of another custom view in this custom view's associated workbook (custom view + names are compared case-insensitively). + + The name of the custom view. +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether hidden row and column settings are saved with the custom view. + + +

+ If the value is False, the return value of and + will always be null, regardless of the worksheet specified. +

+
+ The value indicating whether hidden row and column settings are saved with the custom view. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether print options are saved with the custom view. + + +

+ If the value is False, the return value of will always be null, + regardless of the worksheet specified. +

+
+ The value indicating whether print options are saved with the custom view. + + +
+ + + Gets the window options for the workbook associated with the custom view. + + +

+ Setting properties on the returned instance will not change the actual + window options of the associated workbook. After setting properties, the method + of the will apply them to the workbook. +

+
+ The window options for the workbook associated with the custom view.. + +
+ + + Class which exposes the worksheet display options which can only be controlled through the custom view. + + + + + + + Resets the display options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the magnification level of the worksheet in the current . + + +

+ Magnifications are stored as percentages of the normal viewing magnification. A value of 100 indicates normal magnification + whereas a value of 200 indicates a zoom that is twice the normal viewing magnification. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid range of magnification levels for a worksheet. The level must be between 10 and 400. + + The magnification level of the worksheet in the current View. + + + +
+ + + A collection of instances in a workbook. + + + + + + Adds a new custom view to the collection. + + The name to give the newly created custom view. + + True to save print options for each worksheet with the custom view; False otherwise. + + + True to save information about hidden rows and columns for each worksheet with the custom view; False otherwise. + + + is a null or empty. + + + is the name of another custom view in the collection (custom view names are compared + case-insensitively). + + The newly created instance. + + + + Clears all custom views from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether a custom view is in this collection. + + The custom view to locate in the collection. + True if the custom view is found; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified custom view from the collection. + + The custom view to remove from the collection. + + True if the custom view was successfully removed; False if the custom view was not + in the collection. + + + + + Removes the custom view at the specified index from the collection. + + The zero-based index of the custom view in the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of custom views in the collection. + + The number of custom views in the collection. + + + + Gets the custom view at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the custom view to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + The custom view at the specified index. + + + + Represents the workbook window options which are saved with custom views. + + +

+ The properties explicitly defined on this class and not inherited from the base class, + , are options that can be saved with a custom view, but + not with a workbook. Therefore, these properties will not be applied when the + method is called. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Abstract base class which exposes the various workbook window options available which can be saved with + both a workbook and a custom view. + + +

+ This class provides a way to control how a workbook is displayed when it is viewed in Microsoft Excel. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Resets the window options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank workbook. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the way the objects and shapes are displayed in the workbook. + + + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The way the objects and shapes are displayed in the workbook. + + + + + + Gets or sets the scroll bars shown in the workbook window. + + +

+ The vertical scroll bar occupies the entire height of the application if it is visible. +

+

+ The horizontal scroll bar occupies the width of the application not used by the worksheet + tab bar, if it is visible. Otherwise, it occupies the entire width of the application. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The scroll bars shown in the workbook window. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the selected worksheet of the workbook. + + +

+ If this is an instance of and the SelectedWorksheet value is null, the + workbook's selected worksheet will not be changed when the associated is applied. +

+

+ Note: If the selected worksheet does not have its set to Visible + when the workbook is saved, another worksheet will be selected. +

+
+ + The assigned value is null and this is an instance of whose associated + has at least one . + + + The assigned value does not belong to the workbook associated with this instance of . + + The selected worksheet of the workbook. +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the worksheet tab bar is visible. + + +

+ If the value is False, the will not be used, but it will still + be serialized with the workbook. +

+
+ The value indicating whether the worksheet tab bar is visible. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the width of the worksheet tab bar, expressed in 1/1000ths of the application width. + + +

+ This value is only used if is True. Regardless of whether the tab bar is + visible, the width value is always saved with the workbook. +

+

+ A value of 1000 indicates the worksheet tab bar occupies the entire width of the application, while + a value of 0 indicates the worksheet tab bar has no width. +

+

+ All space not occupied by the worksheet tab bar will be used by the horizontal scroll bar, if it is visible. +

+
+ + The value assigned is outside the valid range of 0 and 1000. + + The width of the worksheet tab bar, expressed in 1/1000ths of the application width. + + + +
+ + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Resets the window options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank workbook. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the pixel bounds of the workbook's MDI child window when + owning these window options is applied. + + +

+ Note: This property will have no affect on the workbook if is True. However, in this case, + the value of this property will still be saved with the workbook. +

+

+ Note: This setting cannot be saved with a in the Excel file. It can only be saved + with a CustomView. Therefore, there is no corresponding property in and + calling on the associated CustomView will not apply this property. Only by + applying the custom view through the Microsoft Excel user interface will the setting on this property be applied. +

+
+ + The left or top of the value assigned is outside the bounds of -32768 and 32767. + + + The width or height of the value assigned is outside the bounds of 0 and 65535. + + + The pixel bounds of the workbook's MDI child window when CustomView owning these + window options is applied. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the workbook's MDI child window will be maximized + when the owning these window options is applied. + + +

+ Note: This setting cannot be saved with a in the Excel file. It can only be saved + with a CustomView. Therefore, there is no corresponding property in and + calling on the associated CustomView will not apply this property. Only by + applying the custom view through the Microsoft Excel user interface will the setting on this property be applied. +

+
+ + The value indicating whether the workbook's MDI child window will be maximized when the CustomView owning these + window options is applied. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether Microsoft Excel will display the formula bar when + the owning these window options is applied. + + +

+ Note: This setting cannot be saved with a in the Excel file. It can only be saved + with a CustomView. Therefore, there is no corresponding property in and + calling on the associated CustomView will not apply this property. Only by + applying the custom view through the Microsoft Excel user interface will the setting on this property be applied. +

+
+ + The value indicating whether Microsoft Excel will display the formula bar when the CustomView owning these window + options is applied. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether Microsoft Excel will display the status bar when + the owning these window options is applied. + + +

+ Note: This setting cannot be saved with a in the Excel file. It can only be saved + with a CustomView. Therefore, there is no corresponding property in and + calling on the associated CustomView will not apply this property. Only by + applying the custom view through the Microsoft Excel user interface will the setting on this property be applied. +

+
+ + The value indicating whether Microsoft Excel will display the status bar when the CustomView owning these window + options is applied. + + +
+ + + Represents a data validation rule which allows any value to be set on the target cells. + This would be used to provide an input message to the user when the cell was selected. + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents a data validation rule which allows any formula to be used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + Base class for all data validations rules which prevent certain values form being applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether a null, or blank, value is allowed to be set on a cell. + + True if a null value can be set on the cell; False otherwise. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets the formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The formula will indicate the value is invalid by evaluating to False, 0, any (such as #VALUE!), + or any string other than "True" (case-insensitive). + True, "True" (case-insensitive), null, and non-zero numeric values will indicate a valid value has been applied. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + +
+ + + Gets the formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when generating the formula string. + +

+ The formula will indicate the value is invalid by evaluating to False, 0, any (such as #VALUE!), + or any string other than "True" (case-insensitive). + True, "True" (case-insensitive), null, and non-zero numeric values will indicate a valid value has been applied. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + +
+ + + Sets the formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + The validation formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The formula will indicate the value is invalid by evaluating to False, 0, any (such as #VALUE!), + or any string other than "True" (case-insensitive). + True, "True" (case-insensitive), null, and non-zero numeric values will indicate a valid value has been applied. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + + +
+ + + Sets the formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + The validation formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when parsing the formula string. + +

+ The formula will indicate the value is invalid by evaluating to False, 0, any (such as #VALUE!), + or any string other than "True" (case-insensitive). + True, "True" (case-insensitive), null, and non-zero numeric values will indicate a valid value has been applied. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + +
+ + + A collection of instances in a worksheet. + + + + + + Applies a data validation rule to the a set of references. + + The data validation rule to apply to the set of references. + The reference to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the are from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the collection are in the totals row of a table. + + + + + Applies a data validation rule to the a set of references. + + The data validation rule to apply to the set of references. + The reference to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Indicates whether cells in the references collection which already have data validation rules should have the rules overwritten. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the are from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when is False and the one or more of the cells in the + collection already have a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the collection are in the totals row of a table. + + + + + Applies an to a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the cell. + The cell to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the already has a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to the cells in a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the region. + The region to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the already have a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the cell. + The cell to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the already has a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to the cells in a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the region. + The region to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the already have a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the cell. + The cell to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the already has a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to the cells in a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the region. + The region to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the already have a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the cell. + The cell to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the already has a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to the cells in a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the region. + The region to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the already have a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the cell. + The cell to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the already has a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Applies an to the cells in a . + + The data validation rule to apply to the region. + The region to which the data validation rule should be applied. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the already applied to another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the already have a data validation rule applied to it. + + + Occurs when the one or more of the cells in the is a total cell of a table. + + + + + + Removes all data validation rules from the . + + + + + Determines whether the specified data validation rule exists on the . + + The rule to test. + True if the rule is applied to one or more cells on the Worksheet; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the specified cell has a data validation rule applied to it. + + The cell to test. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + True if the cell has a data validation rule applied; False otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the specified references collection has a data validation rule applied to any of it's cells. + + The references collection to test. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the are from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + True if the any cell from the references collection has a data validation rule applied; False otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the specified region has a data validation rule applied to any of it's cells. + + The region to test. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + True if the any cell from the region has a data validation rule applied; False otherwise. + + + + + Find the data validation rule applied to the specified cell. + + The cell to test. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + A -derived instance or null if the cell has no rule applied. + + + + Removes the specified rule from the . + + The rule which should be removed. + + Occurs when is null. + + True if the rule was contained on the Worksheet before removal; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the data validation rule form the cell if one is applied. + + +

+ If the rule is only applied to the specified cell, it will be removed from the collection. +

+
+ The cell which should have its data validation rule cleared. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + True if the data validation rule was found and removed from the cell; False if the cell had no data validation rule applied. + +
+ + + Removes the data validation rule form all cells in the specified collection. + + +

+ If any rules in the collection are not applied to any cells after this operation, they will be removed from the collection. +

+
+ The collection of references which should have its data validation rules cleared. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the are from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + True if the data validation rule was found and removed from any cells in the collection; False if the cells had no data validation rule applied. + +
+ + + Removes the data validation rule form all cells in the specified region. + + +

+ If any rules in the collection are not applied to any cells after this operation, they will be removed from the collection. +

+
+ The region which should have its data validation rules cleared. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a worksheet other than this collection. + + + True if the data validation rule was found and removed from any cells in the region; False if the region had no data validation rule applied. + +
+ + + Gets the references which have the specified rule applied to them or null if the rule is not used on the . + + The rule to test. + + [Out] When this method returns, contains the references which have the rule applied to them or null if the rule isn't applied on + the Worksheet. + + True if the rule has been applied on the Worksheet; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the number of data validation rules applied on the . + + + + + Gets or sets the references which have the data validation rule applied to it. + + A data validation rule. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the property is retrieved and the is not applied to the . + + + Occurs when the property is set and the value is from a Worksheet other than this collection. + + + Occurs when the property is set and the is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + + + Determines what types of cell values are allowed and how the cell value is validated against the constraint(s). + + + + + + + + Only numbers are allowed and they cannot have a fractional part. + When comparing against constraints, the cell value is used. + + + + + Only numbers are allowed. + When comparing against constraints, the cell value is used. + + + + + Dates with or without time portions are allowed as well as numbers equivalent to valid dates. + When comparing against constraints, the cell value is used. + + + + + Times are allowed are well as numbers equivalent to valid times without a date portion. + When comparing against constraints, the cell value is used. + + + + + Non-error values are allowed. + When comparing against constraints, the length of the cell value's text equivalent is used. + + + + + Represents the various styles in which invalid values are handled by Microsoft Excel. When error messages are not + shown for invalid values, the error style is ignored and all invalid values are allowed to be set on cells. + + + + + + + Invalid values are not allowed. The error dialog shown in Microsoft Excel displays an error icon and retry and cancel + buttons. The retry button will put focus back in the cell and allow the user to try to enter a new value. The cancel + button will cancel the edit and revert the cell back to the previous value it contained before the edit operation. + + + + + Invalid values are allowed. The error dialog shown in Microsoft Excel displays a warning icon, asks the user if they + want to continue, and has yes, no and cancel buttons. The yes button commits the value to the cell. The no button will + put focus back in the cell and allow the user to try to enter a new value. And the cancel button will cancel the edit + and revert the cell back to the previous value it contained before the edit operation. + + + + + Invalid values are allowed. The error dialog shown in Microsoft Excel displays an information icon and ok and cancel + buttons. The ok button commits the value to the cell. The cancel button will cancel the edit and revert the cell back + to the previous value it contained before the edit operation. + + + + + Represents the various operators which can be used when validating the cell value against a constraint. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is equal to the + constraint applied to the validation rule. + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is not equal to the + constraint applied to the validation rule. + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is greater than the + constraint applied to the validation rule. + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is greater than or equal to the + constraint applied to the validation rule. + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is less than the + constraint applied to the validation rule. + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is less than or equal to the + constraint applied to the validation rule. + + + + + Represents the various operators which can be used when validating the cell value against two constraints. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is between the + constraints applied to the validation rule. The constraints are inclusive. + + + + + Only allows the cell value if it or its text length, depending on the validation criteria, is not between the + constraints applied to the validation rule. The constraints are exclusive. + + + + + Represents a data validation rule which allows a value from a list of accepted values to be applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets the formula which specifies the accepted values. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The is a string containing the list of accepted values or a reference to a cell or region in the same Workbook which contains + the accepted values. +

+

+ If the formula equals a string, it will be a list of accepted value, such as ="A,B,C". If one of the values must contain a double + quote ("), the character will be repeated in the list, like so: ="A,""B"",C". This will allow the values A, "B", and C. The + separator between values will be a comma (,), unless the decimal separator for the current culture is a comma, in which case the + separator will be a semicolon (;). +

+

+ If the formula equals one or more references, it will be a reference to a single cell or region in the same Workbook. Union, + intersection, and range operators are not allowed. An formula might be something like =$A$1 or =Sheet2!$A$1:$A$5. In addition to a + single cell or region, a named reference can also be used, but only if it refers to a single cell or region. If a region is specified, + or a named reference that refers to a region, the region will consist of a single row or column. A formula that equals an error value + can also be returned, but will cause the cell to not accept any values and the drop down to be empty, so it is not very useful. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the formula which specifies the accepted values. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when generating the formula string. + +

+ The is a string containing the list of accepted values or a reference to a cell or region in the same Workbook which contains + the accepted values. +

+

+ If the formula equals a string, it will be a list of accepted value, such as ="A,B,C". If one of the values must contain a double + quote ("), the character will be repeated in the list, like so: ="A,""B"",C". This will allow the values A, "B", and C. The + separator between values will be a comma (,), unless the decimal separator for the current culture is a comma, in which case the + separator will be a semicolon (;). +

+

+ If the formula equals one or more references, it will be a reference to a single cell or region in the same Workbook. Union, + intersection, and range operators are not allowed. An formula might be something like =$A$1 or =Sheet2!$A$1:$A$5. In addition to a + single cell or region, a named reference can also be used, but only if it refers to a single cell or region. If a region is specified, + or a named reference that refers to a region, the region will consist of a single row or column. A formula that equals an error value + can also be returned, but will cause the cell to not accept any values and the drop down to be empty, so it is not very useful. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + +
+ + + Sets the list of accepted values the cell can accept. + + +

+ If is True, null values are allowed in addition to the list of accepted values. +

+

+ All values will have ToString called on them to covert the accepted values list to a formula. +

+

+ Note: the formula of accepted values is created by separating each value with a function parameter separator and concatenating + them into a single string. So a list of 1, 2, and 3 would have the following formula created: ="1,2,3". However, if the decimal separator + of the current culture is a comma (,) then a semicolon (;) will be used to separate the values instead. Because of this, if the ToString + of a value returns a string which contains one of these separators, the value will be split into two or more allowed values. +

+
+ The list of accepted values. + + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when the array is empty. + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the formula which specifies the accepted values. + + The formula which provides the accepted values for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The formula must be a string containing the list of accepted values or a reference to a cell or region in the same Workbook + which contains the accepted values. +

+

+ If a formula equaling a string is specified, it must be a string literal and it cannot be concatenated. For example, an + acceptable formula would be ="A,B,C". If one of the values must contain a double quote ("), the character should be repeated + in the list, like so: ="A,""B"",C". This will allow the values A, "B", and C. The separator between values must be a comma (,), + unless the decimal separator for the current culture is a comma, in which case the separator must be a semicolon (;). +

+

+ If a formula equaling one or more references is specified, it must be a reference to a single cell or region in the same Workbook. + Union, intersection, and range operators are not allowed. An acceptable formula might be =$A$1 or =Sheet2!$A$1:$A$5. In addition + to a single cell or region, a named reference can also be used, but only if it refers to a single cell or region. If a region is + specified, or a named reference that refers to a region, the region must consist of a single row or column. A formula that equals + an error value is also allowed, but will cause the cell to not accept any values and the drop down to be empty, so it is not very + useful. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when the specified value contains something other than a string or reference. + + + Occurs when the specified value contains a region reference which has more than one row and column. + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the formula which specifies the accepted values. + + The formula which provides the accepted values for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when parsing the formula string. + +

+ The formula must be a string containing the list of accepted values or a reference to a cell or region in the same Workbook + which contains the accepted values. +

+

+ If a formula equaling a string is specified, it must be a string literal and it cannot be concatenated. For example, an + acceptable formula would be ="A,B,C". If one of the values must contain a double quote ("), the character should be repeated + in the list, like so: ="A,""B"",C". This will allow the values A, "B", and C. The separator between values must be a comma (,), + unless the decimal separator for the current culture is a comma, in which case the separator must be a semicolon (;). +

+

+ If a formula equaling one or more references is specified, it must be a reference to a single cell or region in the same Workbook. + Union, intersection, and range operators are not allowed. An acceptable formula might be =$A$1 or =Sheet2!$A$1:$A$5. In addition + to a single cell or region, a named reference can also be used, but only if it refers to a single cell or region. If a region is + specified, or a named reference that refers to a region, the region must consist of a single row or column. A formula that equals + an error value is also allowed, but will cause the cell to not accept any values and the drop down to be empty, so it is not very + useful. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when the specified value contains something other than a string or reference. + + + Occurs when the specified value contains a region reference which has more than one row and column. + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the constraint. + + +

+ The list of values can only be obtained if it was set with the method or a formula is applied with one of + the SetValuesFormula methods and the formula equals a constant string with a list of values, such as ="A,B,C". +

+
+ When the method returns, will be an array of values or null if the list of values could not be obtained. + True if the list of values could be obtained; False otherwise. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether a drop down should be displayed in Microsoft Excel with the list of accepted values. + + +

+ If this is True, a drop down arrow will be displayed next to the cell when it is selected. When the user clicks the drop down arrow, + a drop down will be displayed with the list of accepted values. +

+
+
+ + + Represents a data validation rule which can validate the cell value against a single constraint value or formula. + + + + + + + + + Base class for all data validations rules which compare the cell value against one or more constraint when determining + the validity of the cell value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the criteria to use when validating the cell value against the constraint(s). + + +

+ Depending on the value specified, either then cell value or the length of its text equivalent will be compared against the + constraint(s). In addition, certain ValidationCriteria values may disallow a cell value even if it is valid when compared to + the constraint. For example, the ValidationCriteria.WholeNumber value will not allow any number with a fractional portion. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value is not a member of the enumeration. + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The operator to use when comparing the cell value to the constraint value. + The criteria to use when validating the cell value. + + Occurs when the is not a member of the enumeration. + + + + + Gets the constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent is + compared to the constraint formula's value. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when generating the formula string. + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent is + compared to the constraint formula's value. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the constraint value is determined by the as well + as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent is + compared to the constraint value. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength. When the ValidationCriteria is Time, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Date, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the constraint value is determined by the as well + as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent is + compared to the constraint value. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is Date. When the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Time, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + Occurs when cannot be represented as a date in Excel. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the constraint value is determined by the as well + as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent is + compared to the constraint value. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is Time. When the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Date, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + The validation formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent is + compared to the constraint formula's value. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + The validation formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when parsing the formula string. + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent is + compared to the constraint formula's value. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with the one of the SetConstraint methods or a formula was set with one + of the SetConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or 0 if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with the one of the SetConstraint methods or a formula was set with one + of the SetConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or DateTime.MinValue if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with the one of the SetConstraint methods or a formula was set with one + of the SetConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or TimeSpan.Zero if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the validation operator to use when comparing the cell value against the constraint value or formula. + + +

+ Depending on the of the rule, either the cell value itself or the + length of the cell value's text equivalent is compared to the constraint value or formula. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value is not a member of the enumeration. + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Represents a data validation rule which can validate the cell value against two constraint values or formulas. + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The operator to use when comparing the cell value to the constraint values. + The criteria to use when validating the cell value. + + Occurs when the is not a member of the enumeration. + + + + + Gets the lower constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the lower constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the lower constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the lower constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when generating the formula string. + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the lower constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the lower constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the upper constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the upper constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the upper constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the upper constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when generating the formula string. + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the upper constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the upper constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. For example, consider the formula + applied is =B1, and the data validation rule is applied to the region A1:A5. If you get the formula for A1, the formula + =B1 will be returned. If you get the formula for A2, =B2 will be returned. Similarly, for cell A5, =B5 will be returned. + However, if the formula contains no references or all absolute references, the is ignored. So + in the previous example, if the original formula was =$B$1, the same formula will be returned regardless of the specified + address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + A formula used to validate the value applied to a cell. + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the lower constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the lower constraint value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the lower constraint value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength. When the ValidationCriteria is Time, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Date, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The lower constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + Occurs when the specified value is greater than the upper constraint value. If the upper constraint formula does not equal + a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the lower constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the lower constraint value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the lower constraint value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is Date. When the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Time, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The lower constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + Occurs when cannot be represented as a date in Excel. + + + Occurs when the specified value is greater than the upper constraint value. If the upper constraint formula does not equal + a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the lower constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the lower constraint value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the lower constraint value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is Time. When the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Date, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The lower constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + Occurs when the specified value is greater than the upper constraint value. If the upper constraint formula does not equal + a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the lower constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + The lower constraint formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the lower constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the lower constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is an . + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when the specified value is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when the specified value equals a constant, such as =5, and the constant value is greater than the upper constraint value. + If the upper constraint formula does not equal a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the lower constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + The lower constraint formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when parsing the formula string. + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the lower constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the lower constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is an . + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when the specified value is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when the specified value equals a constant, such as =5, and the constant value is greater than the upper constraint value. + If the upper constraint formula does not equal a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the upper constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the upper constraint value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the upper constraint value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength. When the ValidationCriteria is Time, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Date, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The lower constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + Occurs when the specified value is less than the lower constraint value. If the lower constraint formula does not equal + a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the upper constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the upper constraint value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the upper constraint value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is Date. When the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Time, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The lower constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + Occurs when cannot be represented as a date in Excel. + + + Occurs when the specified value is less than the lower constraint value. If the lower constraint formula does not equal + a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Sets the upper constraint value used to validate the cell value. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the upper constraint value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the upper constraint value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ This overload is preferred when the ValidationCriteria is Time. When the ValidationCriteria is WholeNumber, Decimal, or TextLength, + the overload is preferred, and when the ValidationCriteria is Date, the + overload is preferred. +

+
+ The lower constraint value used to compare against the cell value. + + Occurs when the specified value is less than the lower constraint value. If the lower constraint formula does not equal + a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the upper constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + The upper constraint formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the upper constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the upper constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+

+ The cell reference mode with which to parse will be assumed to be A1, unless the data validation + rule is applied to a worksheet which is in a workbook, in which case the will be used. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is an . + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when the specified value is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when the specified value equals a constant, such as =5, and the constant value is greater than the upper constraint value. + If the upper constraint formula does not equal a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the upper constraint formula used to validate the cell value. + + The upper constraint formula to use for the rule. + + The address of the cell or region that serves as the basis for relative references, or null to use the top-left cell of + the worksheet. + + The workbook format with which to parse . + The cell reference mode with which to parse . + The culture to use when parsing the formula string. + +

+ The way in which the cell value is compared to the upper constraint formula's value is determined by the + as well as the . +

+

+ Depending on the ValidationCriteria of the rule, either the cell value itself or the length of the cell value's text equivalent + is compared to the upper constraint formula's value. +

+

+ When the is Between, the value must be greater than or equal to the lower constraint and less + than or equal to the upper constraint. When the ValidationOperator is NotBetween, the value must be less than the lower constraint + or greater than the upper constraint. +

+

+ The address passed in is only needed if relative addresses are used in the the formula. When the data validation rule is + applied to cells or regions, the references in the formula used by each individual cell will be shifted by the offset of + the cell to the passed in . For example, consider the formula specified is =B1 and the specified + address is A1. If the data validation rule is then applied to the A5 cell, the formula is will use is =B5. However, if the + references in the formula are absolute, such as =$B$1, the same formula will be applied regardless of the specified address. +

+

+ can be any valid cell or region reference on a worksheet. If a region address is specified, the + top-left cell or the region is used. The cell or region specified does not need to have the data validation rule applied to it. + Any reference is allowed. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is an . + + + Occurs when is not a valid cell or regions address. + + + Occurs when the specified value is null and the rule is currently applied to a . + + + Occurs when is not a valid formula. + + + Occurs when the specified value equals a constant, such as =5, and the constant value is greater than the upper constraint value. + If the upper constraint formula does not equal a constant, this verification is not performed. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the lower constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with one of the SetLowerConstraint methods or a formula was set with one of the + SetLowerConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or 0 if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the lower constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with one of the SetLowerConstraint methods or a formula was set with one of the + SetLowerConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or DateTime.MinValue if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the lower constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with one of the SetLowerConstraint methods or a formula was set with one of the + SetLowerConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or TimeSpan.Zero if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the upper constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with one of the SetUpperConstraint methods or a formula was set with one of the + SetLowerConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or 0 if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the upper constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with one of the SetUpperConstraint methods or a formula was set with one of the + SetLowerConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or DateTime.MinValue if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Tries to obtain the value of the upper constraint. + + +

+ The constraint value can only be obtained if it was set with one of the SetUpperConstraint methods or a formula was set with one of the + SetLowerConstraintFormula methods and the formula equals a constant value, such as =5. +

+
+ When the method returns, will be the value of the constraint or TimeSpan.Zero if the value could not be obtained. + True if the constraint value could be obtained; False otherwise. + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the validation operator to use when comparing the cell value against the constraint values or formulas. + + +

+ Depending on the of the rule, either the cell value itself or the + length of the cell value's text equivalent is compared to the constraint values or formulas. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value is not a member of the enumeration. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + A collection of display text values. + + + + + + + + Adds a display text value to the collection. + + The display text value to add to the collection. + + is null or empty. + + + matches another value in the collection. Values are compared case-insensitively. + + + + + Clears the collection. + + + The collection is owned by a which only allowed the values in the collection. + Clearing the collection would prevent the filter from including any values, which is not allowed for a FixedValuesFilter. + + + + + Determines whether the specified value is in the collection. + + +

+ Display text values are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The display text value to find in the collection. + +
+ + + Gets the index of the specified display text value in the collection. + + The display text value to find in the collection. + + The 0-based index of the specified display text value in the collection or -1 if the item is not in the collection. + + + + + Inserts a display text value into the collection. + + The 0-based index where the value should be inserted. + The display text value to insert into the collection. + + is null or empty. + + + matches another value in the collection. Values are compared case-insensitively. + + + is less than 0 or greater than . + + + + + Removes a display text value from the collection. + + The display text value to remove from the collection. + +

+ Display text values are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ True if the value was found and removed; False otherwise. +
+ + + Removes the display text value at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the value to remove. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + This operation removes the last item in the collection and it is owned by a which only + allowed the values in the collection. Clearing the collection would prevent the filter from including any values, which + is not allowed for a FixedValuesFilter. + + + + + Gets the number of display text values in the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the display text value at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the value to get or set. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + The value assigned is null. + + + The value assigned matches another value in the collection. Values are compared case-insensitively. + + + + + Class which exposes the document level properties for a Microsoft Excel file. + + +

+ The properties exposed by this class can be changed on a Microsoft Excel file by right-clicking it + in Windows Explorer and editing the properties on the Summary tab. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the author of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the author of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the category of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the category of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the comments associated with the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the comments associated with the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the company to which the document belongs. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the company to which the document belongs. +
+ + + Gets or sets the keywords which describe the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the keywords which describe the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the manager associated with the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the manager associated with the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the current status of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string representing the current status of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the subject of the contents of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the subject of the contents of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the title of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the title of the document. +
+ + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Represents the the ways formulas are recalculated when their referenced values change. + + + + + + Formulas must be recalculated manually, by pressing a button in the Microsoft Excel interface. + + + + + Formulas and data tables are automatically recalculated when the values in referenced cells change. + + + + + Only formulas are automatically recalculated when the values in referenced cells change. + Data tables must be recalculated manually. + + + + + Represents the different cell border line styles. + + + + + Use the default border line style. + + + + + No border. + + + + + Thin border. + + + + + Medium border. + + + + + Dashed border. + + + + + Dotted border. + + + + + Thick border. + + + + + Double-line border. + + + + + Dotted border with small dots. + + + + + Dotted border with big dots. + + + + + Dash-dot border. + + + + + Medium dash-dot border. + + + + + Dash-dot-dot border. + + + + + Medium dash-dot-dot border. + + + + + Slanted dash-dot border. + + + + + Represents the various ways cells can be referenced in a formula. + + +

+ Setting this on the will also affect the row and column labels. +

+
+
+ + + Cells are referenced by first specifying characters representing the column and a one-based number + specifying the row (R54 or CA56). The dollar sign ($) can preface one or both identifiers to make them + absolute references ($A$7). Without the dollar sign, references still use absolute row and column addresses, + although shifting a formula to a new cell will perform a similar shift on all relative references. + + + + + Cells are referenced in the following format R<RowIndex>C<ColumnIndex> (R34C5 or R2C345). + These indices are one-based and represent absolute references. To create a relative reference in R1C1 mode, a relative + index must be placed inside square brackets following the R and/or C ( R[-1]C[5] or R9C[-3] ). An R by itself + also represents a relative reference and is equivalent to R[0]. Similarly, C is equivalent to C[0], which means a + formula of =RC always references the cell which contains the formula. + + + + + Represents the various ways a date can be stored internally. + + + + + Dates are stored as time elapsed since 1900. + + + + + Dates are stored as time elapsed since 1904 (used mainly on Apple computers). + + + + + Represents the diagonal borders which can be displayed in cells. + + + + + The default value for the diagonal borders. + + + + + No diagonal borders will be displayed in the cell. + + + + + A diagonal border going from the top-left to bottom-right corner will be displayed in the cell. + + + + + A diagonal border going from the bottom-left to top-right corner will be displayed in the cell. + + + + + Both diagonal borders will be displayed in the cell. + + + + + Enumeration for a boolean type property that allows for a + default setting. This is used in property override situations. + + + + + Use the current default. + + + + + True. + + + + + False. + + + + + Enumeration for fill pattern styles. Default value is used in property override situations. + + + + + Obsolete. Use None instead. + + + + + No fill pattern. + + + + + Solid fill pattern with fill pattern foreground color. + + + + + "50% gray" fill pattern. + + + + + "75% gray" fill pattern. + + + + + "25% gray" fill pattern. + + + + + Horizontal stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Vertical stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Reverse diagonal stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Diagonal stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Diagonal crosshatch fill pattern. + + + + + Thick diagonal crosshatch fill pattern. + + + + + Thin horizontal stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Thin vertical stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Thin reverse diagonal stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Thin diagonal stripe fill pattern. + + + + + Thin horizontal crosshatch fill pattern. + + + + + Thin diagonal crosshatch fill pattern. + + + + + "12.5% gray" fill pattern. + + + + + "6.25% gray" fill pattern. + + + + + Enumeration for font superscript or subscript style. Default value is used in property override situations. + + + + + Use the current default. + + + + + No superscript or subscript style. + + + + + Superscript style. + + + + + Subscript style. + + + + + Enumeration for font underline styles. Default value is used in property override situations. + + + + + Use the current default. + + + + + No underline style. + + + + + Single underline style. + + + + + Double underline style. + + + + + Single accounting underline style. + + + + + Double accounting underline style. + + + + + Enumeration for horizontal alignment styles. Default value is used in property override situations. + + + + + Use the current default. + + + + + Alignment depends on underlying data type. + + + + + Left alignment. + + + + + Centered alignment. + + + + + Right alignment. + + + + + Repeat cell value to fill whole cell. + + + + + Justify alignment. + + + + + Centers the contents of the left-most cell in a center across selection group. All other cells in the center across selection group must be empty. The cells are not merged, and the data may appear to be in a cell other than the left-most cell. + + + + + Distributed alignment. + + + + + Represents the various horizontal text alignment types. + + + + + Align text in the center of the line. + + + + + Distributes the words across the entire line. + + + + + Align text so it is justified across the line. + + + + + Aligns the text with an adjusted kashida length for Arabic text. + + + + + Align the text to the left of the line. + + + + + Align the text to the right of the line. + + + + + Distributes Thai text by treating each character as a word. + + + + + Represents the various way objects and shapes are displayed in the workbook. + + + + + All object are be shown. + + + + + Placeholders are shown in place of objects. + + + + + No objects or shapes are shown. + + + + + Represents the page orientations available when a worksheet is printed. + + + + + The page is printed with the larger dimension horizontal. + + + + + The page is printed with the larger dimension vertical. + + + + + The page is printed with the default setting. + + + + + Represents the ways to order the pages of multiple page worksheets. + + + + + The first page to print is the top-left page. The next pages printed are below the first page. + When there are no more pages below, the page to the right of the top-left page is printed, then the pages + below it, and so on. + + + + + The first page to print is the top-left page. The next pages printed are right of the first page. + When there are no more pages to the right, the page below the top-left page is printed, then the pages + to the right of it, and so on. + + + + + Represents the way pages are numbered when printed. + + + + + Pages are automatically numbered based on the style of the worksheet. + + + + + The starting page number specified is used for the first page, additional + pages receive a page number that it one greater than the previous page. + + + + + Represents the locations of the various panes which could exist in a multi-pane + view of a worksheet. + + + + + The bottom-right pane of the worksheet. This location is only valid if the worksheet + is split both horizontally and veritcally. + + + + + The top-right pane of the worksheet. This location is only valid if the worksheet + is split vertically. If the worksheet is only has left and right panes, this is the + location of the right pane. + + + + + The bottom-left pane of the worksheet. This location is only valid is the worksheet + is split horizontally. If the worksheet only has top and bottom panes, this is the + location of the bottom pane. + + + + + This top-left pane of the worksheet. This location is always valid. If the worksheet + does not have any pane splits, this is the only pane. If the worksheet only has top + and bottom panes, this is the location of the top pane. If the worksheet only has + left and right panes, this is the location of the left pane. + + + + + Represents the various paper sizes available for printing. + + + + + Undefined + + + + + Letter 8 1/2\" x 11\" + + + + + Letter small 8 1/2\" x 11\" + + + + + Tabloid 11\" x 17\" + + + + + Ledger 17\" x 11\" + + + + + Legal 8 1/2\" x 14\" + + + + + Statement 5 1/2\" x 8 1/2\" + + + + + Executive 7 1/4\" x 10 1/2\" + + + + + A3 297mm x 420mm + + + + + A4 210mm x 297mm + + + + + A4 small 210mm x 297mm + + + + + A5 148mm x 210mm + + + + + B4 (JIS) 257mm x 364mm + + + + + B5 (JIS) 182mm x 257mm + + + + + Folio 8 1/2\" x 13\" + + + + + Quarto 215mm x 275mm + + + + + 10x14 10\" x 14\" + + + + + 11x17 11\" x 17\" + + + + + Note 8 1/2\" x 11\" + + + + + Envelope #9 3 7/8\" x 8 7/8\" + + + + + Envelope #10 4 1/8\" x 9 1/2\" + + + + + Envelope #11 4 1/2\" x 10 3/8\" + + + + + Envelope #12 4 3/4\" x 11\" + + + + + Envelope #14 5\" x 11 1/2\" + + + + + C 17\" x 22\" + + + + + D 22\" x 34\" + + + + + E 34\" x 44\" + + + + + Envelope DL 110mm x 220mm + + + + + Envelope C5 162mm x 229mm + + + + + Envelope C3 324mm x 458mm + + + + + Envelope C4 229mm x 324mm + + + + + Envelope C6 114mm x 162mm + + + + + Envelope C6/C5 114mm x 229mm + + + + + B4 (ISO) 250mm x 353mm + + + + + B5 (ISO) 176mm x 250mm + + + + + B6 (ISO) 125mm x 176mm + + + + + Envelope Italy 110mm x 230mm + + + + + Envelope Monarch 3 7/8\" x 7 1/2\" + + + + + 6 3/4 Envelope 3 5/8\" x 6 1/2\" + + + + + US Standard Fanfold 14 7/8\" x 11\" + + + + + German Std. Fanfold 8 1/2\" x 12\" + + + + + German Legal Fanfold 8 1/2\" x 13\" + + + + + B4 (ISO) 250mm x 353mm + + + + + Japanese Postcard 100mm x 148mm + + + + + 9x11 9\" x 11\" + + + + + 10x11 10\" x 11\" + + + + + 15x11 15\" x 11\" + + + + + Envelope Invite 220mm x 220mm + + + + + Letter Extra 9 1/2\" x 12\" + + + + + Legal Extra 9 1/2\" x 15\" + + + + + Tabloid Extra 11 11/16\" x 18\" + + + + + A4 Extra 235mm x 322mm + + + + + Letter Transverse 8 1/2\" x 11\" + + + + + A4 Transverse 210mm x 297mm + + + + + Letter Extra Transv. 9 1/2\" x 12\" + + + + + Super A/A4 227mm x 356mm + + + + + Super B/A3 305mm x 487mm + + + + + Letter Plus 8 1/2\" x 12 11/16\" + + + + + A4 Plus 210mm x 330mm + + + + + A5 Transverse 148mm x 210mm + + + + + B5 (JIS) Transverse 182mm x 257mm + + + + + A3 Extra 322mm x 445mm + + + + + A5 Extra 174mm x 235mm + + + + + B5 (ISO) Extra 201mm x 276mm + + + + + A2 420mm x 594mm + + + + + A3 Transverse 297mm x 420mm + + + + + A3 Extra Transverse 322mm x 445mm + + + + + Dbl. Japanese Postcard 200mm x 148mm + + + + + A6 105mm x 148mm + + + + + Letter Rotated 11\" x 8 1/2\" + + + + + A3 Rotated 420mm x 297mm + + + + + A4 Rotated 297mm x 210mm + + + + + A5 Rotated 210mm x 148mm + + + + + B4 (JIS) Rotated 364mm x 257mm + + + + + B5 (JIS) Rotated 257mm x 182mm + + + + + Japanese Postcard Rot. 148mm x 100mm + + + + + Dbl. Jap. Postcard Rot. 148mm x 200mm + + + + + A6 Rotated 148mm x 105mm + + + + + B6 (JIS) 128mm x 182mm + + + + + B6 (JIS) Rotated 182mm x 128mm + + + + + 12x11 12\" x 11\" + + + + + Represents the options available for getting or setting the bounds of a shape, cell, or region. + + + + + No special options should be used. Get and set actual bounds on the worksheet in its current state. + + + + + Deprecated. Use TreatAllRowsAndColumnsAsVisible instead. + + + + + Ignore the value on all rows and columns. + Get and set bounds as if all rows and columns were currently visible. + + + + + Represents the types of precision which can be used when obtaining the value of a cell. + + + + + The display value of the cell is used. If the cell's actual value is 10.005, but it is using currency formatting, + it will display as $10.01. When this cell is used in calculations, its displayed value of 10.01 will be used. + + + + + The actual value of the cell is used. If the cell's actual value is 10.005, but it is using currency formatting, + it will display as $10.01. When this cell is used in calculations, its stored value of 10.005 will be used, + even though the display shows a slightly different value. + + + + + Represents the shape types that are predefined in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the shape. + + + + + Represents the various ways to print cell errors in a worksheet. + + + + + Errors are printed just as they are displayed on the worksheet. + + + + + Errors are not prints, as though the cells containing them have no value. + + + + + Errors are printed as two dashes "--". + + + + + Errors are prints as "#N/A". + + + + + Represents the various ways to print cell notes. + + + + + Cell notes are not printed. + + + + + Cell notes are printed as they are shown on the worksheet. With this option, cell + notes will only appear in the printed worksheet if they are displayed on the worksheet + in Microsoft Excel. If the notes just show indicators in Excel, the indicators and notes + will not be printed. + + + + + Cell notes are printed on the last page, after the entire worksheet has printed. + + + + + Represents the ways to scale a worksheet when it is printed. + + + + + The scaling factor is used to scale the worksheet when printing. + + + + + The page maximums are used to determine how many pages the worksheet can be printed on. + Less pages can be used if there is not enough printable content in the worksheet. + + + + + Represents the various scroll bar configurations available for the workbook. + + + + + No scroll bars are shown in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Only the horizontal scroll bar is shown in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Only the vertical scroll bar is shown in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Both scroll bars are shown in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Represents the ways shapes will be repositioned when rows and columns are resized. + + + + + Shapes will move and size with the cells. If columns before (or rows above) the shape are expanded, + the shape will shift left. If columns within a shape are expanded, the shape will be widened. + + + + + Shapes will move but not size with the cells. If columns before (or rows above) the shape are + expanded, the shape will shift left. If columns within a shape are expanded, the shape will not + be widened. + + + + + Shapes will not move or size with the cells. The shape will remain in its absolute pixel position of + the worksheet, regardless the rows and columns resized before or inside it. + + + + + Represents the various way to combine a cell's value and format string to get its text. + + + + + + + + + Format the cell text as it is displayed in the Microsoft Excel UI. This takes into account the cell width when + formatting the text. + + + + + Format the cell text as if it had unlimited space in the cell. However, this will not include padding characters + from the format string. + + + + + Flagged enumeration which indicates which groups of formatting properties are used in a format. + + + + + + No format properties are used on the format. + + + + + The property is used on the format. + + + + + The , , , + , , and + properties are used on the format. + + + + + The property is used on the format. + + + + + The , , + , , + , , + , , + , , and + properties are used on the format. + + + + + The property is used on the format. + + + + + The property is used on the format. + + + + + All properties are used on the format. + + + + + Enumeration for vertical alignment styles. Default value is used in property override situations. + + + + + Use the current default. + + + + + Top alignment. + + + + + Center alignment. + + + + + Bottom alignment. + + + + + Justify alignment. + + + + + Distributed alignment. + + + + + Represents the various vertical text alignment types. + + + + + Align the text to the bottom of the available area. + + + + + Align the center to the bottom of the available area. + + + + + Align the text to the top of the available area. + + + + + Represents the various encryption modes that can be used to encrypt documents saved in the 2007 file formats and later. + + + + + Standard encryption used in Excel 2007 and later + + + + + Agile encryption used in Excel 2010 and later + + + + + Represents the various file formats in which a workbook can be saved. + + + + + The Excel 97-2003 BIFF8 file format. + + + + + The Excel 97-2003 Template BIFF8 file format. + + + + + The Excel 2007 XML file format. + + + + + The Excel 2007 Macro-Enabled XML file format. + + + + + The Excel 2007 Macro-Enabled Template XML file format. + + + + + The Excel 2007 Template XML file format. + + + + + The Strict Open XML file format (ISO/IEC 29500 Strict). + + + + + Represents the various theme colors in a workbook. + + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Light 1 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Dark 1 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Light 2 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Dark 2 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 1 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 2 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 3 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 4 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 5 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 6 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Hyperlink theme color. + + + + + Represents the Followed Hyperlink theme color. + + + + + Represents the various areas which can have a format applied at the table level. + + + + + + The format is applied to the entire table. Only the outer border properties can be set on this area format. + Setting any other will cause an exception. + + + + + The format is applied to the data area of the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the header row of the table. All but the top border properties can be set on this + area format. Setting the top border properties will cause an exception. + + + + + The format is applied to the totals row of the table. All but the bottom border properties can be set on this + area format. Setting the bottom border properties will cause an exception. + + + + + Represents the various areas which can have a format applied at the table column level. + + + + + + The format is applied to the data area of the table column. + + + + + The format is applied to the header cell of the table column. + + + + + The format is applied to the total cell of the table column. + + + + + Represents the various areas which can have a format applied at the table style level. + + +

+ Note: Only certain properties can be set on the table style are formats. The are as follows: + + + + + + + + + + + Font.Bold + Font.ColorInfo + Font.Italic + Font.Strikeout + Font.UnderlineStyle + + Setting any other format or font properties on the table style areas will cause an exception. +

+
+ +
+ + + The format is applied to the entire table. + + + + + The format is applied to the odd numbered column stripes in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the even numbered column stripes in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the odd numbered row stripes in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the even numbered row stripes in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the last column in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the first column in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the header row in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the totals row in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the first header cell in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the last header cell in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the first total cell in the table. + + + + + The format is applied to the last total cell in the table. + + + + + Represents the various units in which a column width can be represented. + + + + + + + + + The column width is represented in units of the '0' digit character width, including column padding. The digit is + measured with the default font for the workbook. The padding is a few pixels on either side of the column plus an + additional pixel for the gridline. + + + + + The column width is represented in 256ths of the '0' digit character width, including column padding, which means this + value will be 256 times the width expressed in Character units. The digit is measured with the default font for the + workbook. The padding is a few pixels on either side of the column plus an additional pixel for the gridline. These + units are the units in which the and + properties are expressed. + + + + + The column width is represented in units of the '0' digit character width, excluding padding. The digit is measured with + the default font for the workbook. These units are the units in which Microsoft Excel displays column widths to the user + and accepts new column widths from the user in the 'Column Width' dialog. + + + + + The column width is represented in pixels. + + + + + The column width is represented in points. + + + + + The column width is represented in twips (20ths of a point). + + + + + Represents the various views for a worksheet. + + + + + The worksheet is displayed in the normal view. + + + + + The worksheet is displayed as it will appear when printed. This view displays where + printed pages will begin and end as well as any headers or footers for the workbook. + This value is only supported in Excel 2007 and defaults to Normal in earlier version. + + + + + This view shows a preview of where pages will break when the worksheet is printed. + + + + + Represents the various visibilities of a worksheet. + + +

+ The worksheet visibility indicates how the worksheet will be displayed in the tab bar at + the bottom of the workbook window in Microsoft Excel. +

+
+
+ + + The worksheet tab is present in the tab bar. + + + + + The worksheet tab is not present in the tab bar. The worksheet can be made visible + from the Unhide dialog in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + The worksheet tab is not present in the tab bar. The worksheet can only be made visible + again through a Visual Basic procedure in Microsoft Excel. The worksheet can not be made + visible through the user interface. + + + + + Represents an error value in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Gets the string representation of the error value. + + The string representation of the error value. + + + + Gets the ErrorValue representing the #N/A error. + + +

+ This error occurs when a value isn't available for some part of a formula. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing the #N/A error. +
+ + + Gets the ErrorValue representing a circularity error. + + +

+ There is no error constant for a circularity in Microsoft Excel and a circularity cannot be the result of a formula in Microsoft Excel. + However, for run-time purposes, after loading or before saving a workbook, this error value will be used for the result of formulas + which cause circular references when the owning workbook has set to False. +

+

+ In Microsoft Excel, setting a circular reference formula on a cell will show an error dialog the first time the problem occurs. Subsequent + formulas violating the circular reference restriction will just evaluate to zero. Therefore, when this value is encountered in a cell, it + can be treated as a zero for calculation purposes. This error value will be returned though so an actual zero value in a cell can be + differentiated from a circularity error. +

+

+ Note: Because there is no circularity error constant in Microsoft Excel, this error value cannot be assigned to a cell manually. + Attempting to assign this error value to a cell will result in an InvalidOperationException to be thrown. This error value will only be + valid as the result of a formula which has been applied to a cell. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing a circularity error. +
+ + + Gets the ErrorValue representing the #DIV/0! error. + + +

+ This error occurs when a number is divided by zero. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing the #DIV/0! error. +
+ + + Gets the ErrorValue representing the #NULL! error. + + +

+ This error occurs when there is an intersection of two references that do not contain any common cells. + The intersection operator is a space between two references. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing the #NULL! error. +
+ + + Gets the ErrorValue representing the #REF! error. + + +

+ This error occurs when a cell reference or cell range reference is not valid. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing the #REF! error. +
+ + + Gets the ErrorValue representing the #NUM! error. + + +

+ This error occurs when there are invalid numeric values in a formula. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing the #NUM! error. +
+ + + Gets the ErrorValue representing the #NAME? error. + + +

+ This error occurs when text in a formula is not recognized. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing the #NAME? error. +
+ + + Gets the ErrorValue representing the #VALUE! error. + + +

+ This error occurs when an incorrect argument or operand is used in a function. +

+
+ The ErrorValue representing the #VALUE! error. +
+ + + Represents a filter which can filter data based on whether the data is below or above the average of the entire data range. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all filter types which filter data based on a dynamic condition, such as the data present in the filtered + data range, the date when the filter was applied, or the date when the filter is evaluated. + + + + + + + + + + Abstract base class for all filters which filters cells in a worksheet. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets the average that was computed the last time the filter was applied or 0 if any errors or all non-numeric values + were found when applying the filter. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to filter in values below or above the average of the data range. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + AboveAverage to show cells above the average of the data range; BelowAverage to show cells below the average. + + + + Represents a filter which can filter data based on one or two custom conditions. + + + This filter type allows you to specify one or two filter conditions which have a comparison operator and value. + These two filter conditions can be combined with a logical and or a logical or operation. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the first condition by which to filter the cells in the data range. + + +

+ The first filter condition is required. Setting Condition1 to null will cause an exception to be thrown. +

+

+ When both Condition1 and are set, the is used to determine + how the conditions should be logically combined. +

+
+ + The value assigned is null. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the second condition by which to filter the cells in the data range. + + +

+ The second filter condition is optional. A value of null indicates that only should be used to + filter the data. +

+

+ When both Condition1 and Condition2 are set, the is used to determine how the conditions + should be logically combined. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the operator which defines how to logically combine and + + +

+ When both Condition1 and Condition2 are set, the ConditionalOperator is used to determine how the conditions should be logically + combined. If only Condition1 is set and Condition2 is null, then ConditionalOperator is ignored. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + And to require both conditions to pass for the data to be filtered in. Or to allow data to be filtered in when one or both + conditions are met. + + + +
+ + + A filter condition used in a . + + +

+ The CustomFilterCondition contains a comparison operator and a value. The value of each cell in the data range is compared against + the condition value using the comparison operator. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + + The operator which describes how the cell values should be compared against . + + + The number against which the cell values should be compared. + + +

+ For numbers, the cannot be BeginsWith, DoesNotBeginWith, EndsWith, DoesNotEndWith, + Contains, or DoesNotContain. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is infinity or NaN. + + + is BeginsWith, DoesNotBeginWith, EndsWith, DoesNotEndWith, Contains, or DoesNotContain. + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + + The operator which describes how the cell values should be compared against . + + + The date against which the cell values should be compared. + + +

+ For dates, the cannot be BeginsWith, DoesNotBeginWith, EndsWith, DoesNotEndWith, + Contains, or DoesNotContain. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + cannot be expressed as a date in Excel. + + + is BeginsWith, DoesNotBeginWith, EndsWith, DoesNotEndWith, Contains, or DoesNotContain. + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + + The operator which describes how the cell values should be compared against . + + + The time against which the cell values should be compared. + + +

+ For times, the cannot be BeginsWith, DoesNotBeginWith, EndsWith, DoesNotEndWith, + Contains, or DoesNotContain. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is BeginsWith, DoesNotBeginWith, EndsWith, DoesNotEndWith, Contains, or DoesNotContain. + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + + The operator which describes how the cell values should be compared against . + + + The string against which the cell values should be compared. The string can contains wild cards for any character (?) or for + zero or more characters (*). + + +

+ Note: If the value is longer than 255 characters in length and the workbook is saved in one of the 2003 formats, + the correct rows will be hidden in the saved file, but the filter will be missing from the column. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + +
+ + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the operator which describes how the cell values should be compared against . + + + + + + Gets the value against which the cell values should be compared. + + + + + + Represents a filter which can filter dates in a specific period. + + +

+ This filter allows dates to be filtered in if they are in a specific month or quarter of any year. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the type of date period to filter in. + + + Month to filter in dates in a specific month of any year; Quarter to filter in dates in a specific quarter of any year. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The value assigned is Quarter and the is less than 1 or greater than 4 or + the value assigned is Month and the Value is less than 1 or greater than 12. + + + + + + Gets or sets the 1-based value of the month or quarter to filter in. + + +

+ If the is Month, a Value of 1 indicates January, 2 indicates February, and so on. If Type is Quarter, + a Value of 1 indicates Quarter 1, and so on. +

+
+ + is Quarter and the value assigned is less than 1 or greater than 4 or + Type is Month and the value assigned is less than 1 or greater than 12. + + The 1-based value of the month or quarter to filter in. + +
+ + + Abstract base class for filters which filter dates based on whether they are within a specified range of dates or not. + + + + + + + Gets the exclusive end date of the filtered in date range. + + + + + + Gets the inclusive start date of the filtered in date range. + + + + + + Represents the various types of the . + + + + + + Filter in values above the average of the entire range of data being filtered. + + + + + Filter in values below the average of the entire range of data being filtered. + + + + + Represents the various calendar types available for the + + + + + + The Gregorian calendar should be used. + + + + + The Arabic version of the Gregorian calendar should be used. + + + + + The Middle East French version of the Gregorian calendar should be used. + + + + + The US English version of the Gregorian calendar should be used. + + + + + The transliterated English version of the Gregorian calendar should be used. + + + + + The transliterated French version of the Gregorian calendar should be used. + + + + + The Hebrew lunar calendar, as described by the Gauss formula for Passover and The Complete Restatement of Oral Law, + should be used. + + + + + The Hijri lunar calendar, as described by the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, Ministry of Islamic Affairs, Endowments, Da‘wah + and Guidance, should be used. + + + + + The Japanese Emperor Era calendar, as described by Japanese Industrial Standard JIS X 0301, should be used. + + + + + The Korean Tangun Era calendar, as described by Korean Law Enactment No. 4, should be used. + + + + + Specifies that no calendar should be used. + + + + + The Saka Era calendar, as described by the Calendar Reform Committee of India, as part of the Indian Ephemeris and Nautical + Almanac, should be used. + + + + + The Taiwanese calendar, as defined by the Chinese National Standard CNS 7648, should be used. + + + + + The Thai calendar, as defined by the Royal Decree of H.M. King Vajiravudh (Rama VI) in Royal Gazette B. E. 2456 (1913 A.D.) + and by the decree of Prime Minister Phibunsongkhram (1941 A.D.) to start the year on the Gregorian January 1 and to map year + zero to Gregorian year 543 B.C., should be used. + + + + + Represents the various logical operators used to combine the conditions of the . + + + + + + Filter in values where only and pass. + + + + + Filter in values where either or (or both) pass. + + + + + Represents the various date range types which can be filtered by the . + + + + + + Filter in dates in a specific month of any year. + + + + + Filter in dates in a specific quarter of any year. + + + + + Represents the various comparisons which can be used in the . + + + + + + Filter in values which are equal to the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in values which are not equal to the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in values which are greater than the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in values which are greater than or equal to the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in values which are less than the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in values which are less than or equal to the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in string values which begin with the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in string values which do not begin with the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in string values which ends with the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in string values which do not end with the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in string values which contain the comparison value. + + + + + Filter in string values which do not contain the comparison value. + + + + + Represents the various types, or precisions, of a . + + + + + + The group represents the day in which the exists. + + + + + The group represents the hour in which the exists. + + + + + The group represents the minute in which the exists. + + + + + The group represents the month in which the exists. + + + + + The group represents the second in which the exists. + + + + + The group represents the year in which the exists. + + + + + Represents the various durations which can be filtered by the . + + + + + + The duration of accepted values is one day. + + + + + The duration of accepted values is one week. + + + + + The duration of accepted values is one month. + + + + + The duration of accepted values is one quarter. + + + + + The duration of accepted values is one year. + + + + + Represents the various relative date offsets which can be filtered by the . + + + + + + Filter in values in the previous duration relative to the filter's creation date. + + + + + Filter in values in the current duration relative to the filter's creation date. + + + + + Filter in values in the next duration relative to the filter's creation date. + + + + + Represents the various filter types available for the . + + + + + + Filter in the top N values in the sorted list of values. + + + + + Filter in the bottom N values in the sorted list of values. + + + + + Filter in the top N percent of values the sorted list of values. + + + + + Filter in the bottom N percent of values the sorted list of values. + + + + + Represents a filter which will filter cells based on their background fills. + + +

+ This filter specifies a single . Cells of with this fill will be visible in the data range. + All other cells will be hidden. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets or sets the by which the cells should be filtered. + + +

+ Cells of with this fill will be visible in the the data range. All other cells will be hidden. +

+
+ + The value assigned is null. + + The CellFill by which the cells should be filtered. + + +
+ + + Represents a fixed range of dates. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The type, or precision, of the group. + The reference date which determines range of accepted dates. + +

+ indicates the precision of , which defines the range of accepted dates in the group. + For example, if the type is Hour and value is 12/19/2011 1:29:13 PM, the date range allowed by the + would be 12/19/2011 1:00:00 PM to 12/19/2011 1:59:59 PM. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + cannot be defined in the Excel. + +
+ + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the accepted date range based on the specified calendar type. + + The calendar type in which to get the accepted date range. + Out parameter which will contain the inclusive start date of the accepted date range. + Out parameter which will contain the exclusive end date of the accepted date range. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + + + Gets the exclusive end date of the accepted date range with a of None. + + + + + + + Gets the inclusive start date of the accepted date range with a of None. + + + + + + + Gets the type, or precision, of the group. + + +

+ The group type indicates the precision of the , which defines the range of accepted dates in the group. + For example, if the Type is Hour and the Value is 12/19/2011 1:29:13 PM, the date range allowed by the + would be 12/19/2011 1:00:00 PM to 12/19/2011 1:59:59 PM. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the reference date which determines range of accepted dates. + + +

+ indicates the precision of the Value, which defines the range of accepted dates in the group. + For example, if the Type is Hour and the Value is 12/19/2011 1:29:13 PM, the date range allowed by the + would be 12/19/2011 1:00:00 PM to 12/19/2011 1:59:59 PM. +

+
+ +
+ + + A collection of fixed date groups. + + + + + + Adds a fixed date group to the collection. + + The fixed date group to add to the collection. + + is null. + + + is already in the collection. + + + + + Clears the collection. + + + The collection is owned by a which only allowed the values in the collection. + Clearing the collection would prevent the filter from including any values, which is not allowed for a FixedValuesFilter. + + + + + Determines whether the specified fixed date group is in the collection. + + The fixed date group to find in the collection. + True if the item is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the index of the specified fixed date group in the collection. + + The fixed date group to find in the collection. + + The 0-based index of the specified fixed date group in the collection or -1 if the item is not in the collection. + + + + + Inserts a fixed date group into the collection. + + The 0-based index where the value should be inserted. + The fixed date group to insert into the collection. + + is null. + + + is already in the collection. + + + is less than 0 or greater than . + + + + + Removes the fixed date group from the collection. + + The fixed date group to remove from the collection. + True if the value was found and removed; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the fixed date group at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the value to remove. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + This operation removes the last item in the collection and it is owned by a which only + allowed the values in the collection. Clearing the collection would prevent the filter from including any values, which + is not allowed for a FixedValuesFilter. + + + + + Gets the number of fixed date groups in the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the fixed date group at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the value to get or set. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + The value assigned is null. + + + The value assigned is already in the collection. + + + + + Represents a filter which can filter cells based on specific, fixed values, which are allowed to display. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the calendar type used to interpret values in the collection. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets the collection of fixed date groups which should be filtered in. + + + + + + Gets the collection of cell text values which should be filtered in. + + +

+ Text values are compared case-insensitively. +

+

+ Note: If any text values are longer than 255 characters in length and the workbook is saved in one of the 2003 formats, + the correct rows will be hidden in the saved file, but the filter may be missing from the column or reapplying the filter + may hide some of the matching cells. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether blank cells should be filtered in. + + + The value is set to False and both and contain no values. + This would prevent the filter from including any values, which is not allowed for a . + + + + + Represents a filter which will filter cells based on their font colors. + + +

+ This filter specifies a single color. Cells with this color font will be visible in the data range. All other cells + will be hidden. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the which describes the font color by which the cells should be filtered. + + +

+ Cells of this font color will be visible in the the data range. All other cells will be hidden. +

+
+ + The value assigned is null. + + The WorkbookColorInfo which describes the color by which the cells should be filtered. + + + + +
+ + + Represents a filter which can filter date cells based on dates relative to the when the filter was applied. + + +

+ The RelativeDateRangeFilter allows you to filter in dates which are in the previous, current, or next time period + relative to the date when the filter was applied. The time periods available are day, week, month, quarter, year. + So when using the previous filter type with a day duration, a 'yesterday' filter is created. Or when using a current + filter type with a year duration, a 'this year' filter is created. However, these filters compare the data against + the date when the filter was created. So a 'this year' filter created in 1999 will filter in all cells containing + dates in 1999, even if the workbook is opened in 2012. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the duration of the full range of accepted dates. + + + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + + Gets or sets the offset of relative filter (previous, current, or next). + + +

+ Type combined with determines the relative date range to filter. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + +
+ + + Represents a filter which can filter in cells in the upper or lower portion of the sorted values. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the filter. + + + The value assign is not defined in the enumeration. + + + TopValues or BottomValues to filter in the top or bottom N value in the list of sorted values; TopPercentage or BottomPercentage + to filter in the top or bottom N percentage of values in the list of sorted values. + + + + + + Gets or sets the number or percentage of value of values which should be filtered in. + + +

+ When is TopValues or BottomValues, Value indicates the number of value which should be filtered in. + When Type is TopPercentage or BottomPercentage, Value indicates percentage to filter in. For example, a Value of 15 and + a Type of BottomPercentage will filter in the bottom 15 percent of values. +

+
+ + The value assigned is less than 1 or greater than 500. + + The number or percentage of items which should be filtered in. +
+ + + Represents a filter which can filter in date cells if the dates occur between the start of the current year + and the time when the filter is evaluated. + + + + + + + Controls the formatting of a range of characters in a . + + +

+ The formatting of the string is controlled in a similar fashion as it would be in Microsoft Excel. In Excel, the user + must select a portion of the text and set the various formatting properties of that selected text. +

+

+ With the , a portion of the string is "selected" by calling either + GetFont(int) or + GetFont(int,int). Formatting properties + are then set on the returned FormattedStringFont and all characters in the font's selection range are given these + properties. +

+

+ Getting the formatting properties of a FormattedStringFont will return the formatting of the first character in font's + selection range. This is similar to Excel, which will update the formatting interface to reflect the formatting of the + first character in a selection range when a cell's text is selected. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the formatted string which is controlled by this font. + + The formatted string which is controlled by this font. + + + + Controls the formatting of a range of characters in . + + +

+ The formatting of the string is controlled in a similar fashion as it would be in Microsoft Excel. In Excel, the user + must select a portion of the text and set the various formatting properties of that selected text. +

+

+ With the , a portion of the string is "selected" by calling either + or . + Formatting properties are then set on the returned FormattedTextFont and all characters in the font's + selection range are given these properties. +

+

+ Getting the formatting properties of a FormattedTextFont will return the formatting of the first character + in font's selection range. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the which is controlled by this font. + + The FormattedText which is controlled by this font. + + + + Represents a paragraph in . + + + + + + Gets or sets the alignment of the paragraph. + + + + + Gets the owning to which the paragraph belongs or null if the + paragraph has been removed from its owning formatted text. + + + + + Gets the zero-based index of the paragraph's first character in the overall formatted text. + + + + + Gets or sets the raw string of the paragraph. + + +

+ If the new unformatted string assigned is shorter than the previous unformatted string, all formatting + outside the range of the new value will be lost. +

+
+ + The value assigned is a null string. + + The unformatted string. +
+ + + A collection of instances in . + + + + + + Adds a paragraph with the specified text and returns the + representing the new paragraph. + + The text in the paragraph. + The FormattedTextParagraph representing the new paragraph. + + + + Removes all paragraphs from the formatted text. + + + + + Determines whether the specified paragraph exists in the collection. + + The paragraph to find in the collection. + True if the paragraph exists in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the enumerator to iterate over all paragraphs. + + + + + Gets the zero-based index of the specified paragraph in the collection. + + The paragraph to find in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the paragraph in the collection or -1 if the paragraph doesn't exist in the collection. + + + + + Inserts a paragraph with the specified text and returns the + representing the new paragraph. + + The zero-based index in the collection where the paragraph should be inserted. + The text in the paragraph. + + is less than zero or greater than the number of paragraphs in the collection. + + The FormattedTextParagraph representing the new paragraph. + + + + Removes the specified paragraph from the collection. + + The paragraph to remove from the collection. + True if the paragraph was in the collection and was removed; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the paragraph at the specified zero-based index in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the paragraph to remove. + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of paragraphs in the collection. + + + + + Gets the number of paragraphs in the collection. + + + + + Gets the paragraph at the specified zero-based index. + + The zero-based index of the paragraph to get. + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of paragraphs in the collection. + + The representing the paragraph at the specified index. + + + + Updates the formula on the reference. + + + + Indicates whether to overwrite the cached calculated value with an initial calculation if the workbook is in manual calculation mode. + + + + + Updates the formula on the reference. + + The new formula to apply to the reference. + + Indicates whether to overwrite the cached calculated value with an initial calculation if the workbook is in manual calculation mode. + + + Indicates whether to force using the set logic even if the specified formula is already applied to the reference. + + + Indicates whether to remove the compiled formula from the Formula's appliedFormulas collection (should be False when the applied formula will be re-added shortly). + + + + + Marks a single reference as dirty. + + + + + Get the values from enumeration + + Type of the enum. + array of values in the enumeration + + + + Class which controls the way frozen panes are arranged and used for a worksheet. + + +

+ Note: Frozen and unfrozen panes cannot be used simultaneously, so depending whether the panes are + frozen or unfrozen, these settings may not be used or saved. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Abstract base class for classes which control pane settings. + + + + + + + Resets the pane settings to their defaults. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Resets the pane settings to their defaults. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the first visible column in the right pane(s) of the worksheet. + + +

+ This affects the scroll position for the right pane(s) of the worksheet and + is only used if the worksheet is split vertically. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid column range (0 to one less than or + , depending on the workbook's + ). + + The zero-based index of the first visible column in the right pane(s). +
+ + + Gets or sets the first visible row in the bottom pane(s) of the worksheet. + + +

+ This affects the scroll position for the bottom pane(s) of the worksheet and + is only used if the worksheet is split horizontally. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid row range (0 to one less than or + , depending on the workbook's + ). + + The zero-based index of the first visible row in the bottom pane(s). +
+ + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Resets the frozen pane settings to their defaults. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the number of columns frozen at the left of the worksheet. + + +

+ The frozen columns will always remain in view, regardless of the horizontal scroll position of + the worksheet. +

+

+ Note: If the number of frozen columns specified is more than the amount of visible columns + in the worksheet, the worksheet may not scroll correctly. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not a valid column count (0 to or + , depending on the workbook's + ). + + The number of columns frozen at the left of the worksheet. +
+ + + Gets or sets the number of rows frozen at the top of the worksheet. + + +

+ The frozen rows will always remain in view, regardless of the vertical scroll position of + the worksheet. +

+

+ Note: If the number of frozen rows specified is more than the amount of visible rows + in the worksheet, the worksheet may not scroll correctly. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not a valid row count (0 to or + , depending on the workbook's + ). + + The number of rows frozen at the top of the worksheet. +
+ + + A collection of hidden instances. + + +

+ The columns in this collection do not necessarily have their property + set to True. This collection applies to a , but belongs to a . + When the CustomView which owns this collection is applied, the columns in this collection will have their + property set to True. All other columns in the associated worksheet will + be made visible. +

+
+ +
+ + + Adds a column to the collection. + + +

+ This collection does not allow duplicate values. If the specified column already exists in the collection, + nothing will happen. This collection also keeps itself sorted, so the column added will not necessarily be + added at the end of the collection. +

+
+ + is null. + + + does not belong to the same worksheet this collection is associated with. + + The column to be added to the hidden columns collection. +
+ + + Clears all columns from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the specified column exists in the collection. + + The column to search for in the collection. + + True if the column exists in the collection; False otherwise or if the specified column is null. + + + + + Removes the specified column from the collection if it exists. + + The column to removed from the collection. + + True if the column existed in the collection and was removed; False otherwise or if the + specified column is null. + + + + + Removes the column at the specified index in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the column in the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of columns in the collection. + + The number of columns in the collection. + + + + Gets the column at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the column to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + The column at the specified index. + + + + Gets the worksheet associated with this collection. + + The worksheet associated with this collection. + + + + A collection of hidden instances. + + +

+ The rows in this collection do not necessarily have their property + set to True. This collection applies to a , but belongs to a . + When the CustomView which owns this collection is applied, the rows in this collection will have their + property set to True. All other rows in the associated worksheet will + be made visible. +

+
+ +
+ + + Adds a row to the collection. + + +

+ This collection does not allow duplicate values. If the specified row already exists in the collection, + nothing will happen. This collection also keeps itself sorted, so the row added will not necessarily be + added at the end of the collection. +

+
+ + is null. + + + does not belong to the same worksheet this collection is associated with. + + The row to be added to the hidden rows collection. +
+ + + Clears all rows from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the specified row exists in the collection. + + The row to search for in the collection. + + True if the row exists in the collection; False otherwise or if the specified row is null. + + + + + Removes the specified row from the collection if it exists. + + The row to removed from the collection. + + True if the row existed in the collection and was removed; False otherwise or if the + specified row is null. + + + + + Removes the row at the specified index in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the row in the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of rows in the collection. + + The number of rows in the collection. + + + + Gets the row at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the row to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + The row at the specified index. + + + + Gets the worksheet associated with this collection. + + The worksheet associated with this collection. + + + + Represents a named reference defined in the workbook. + + +

+ Named references allow for names to be used in formulas instead of complex formulas or cell references. + For example, instead of using the formula =SUM(E1:E20), a named reference with a name of 'Sales' can be + defined to point to the range of E1:E20 (the named reference's formula would be defined like this: + =Sheet1!$E$1:$E$20). Then the original formula could be expressed as =SUM(Sales). +

+

+ Each named reference has an associated scope, which can either be the + to which the named reference belongs or one of the instances in the Workbook. The scope + determines how the name must be referenced in formulas for different cells. A scope of the workbook means + the named reference must be accessed by a formula in any cell of the workbook by specifying only the name. + A scope of the worksheet means formulas used in other worksheets must reference the name by first + specifying the worksheet scope, such as =SUM( Sheet2!Sales ). If the formula is in the same worksheet as + the scope of the named reference, the formula can reference the name with or without the worksheet name. +

+

+ Named references from external workbooks must always be referenced with the scope first. If the named + reference's scope is the external workbook, the name is accessed by specifying the workbook file name + followed by the name, such as in the following formula: ='C:\ExternalWorkbook.xls'!SalesTax. If the named + reference has a scope of a worksheet in the workbook, it is referenced by specifying the file name, + worksheet, and name: ='C:\[ExternalWorkbook.xls]Sheet1'!SalesTax. +

+

+ Named references with different scopes can have the same names, but if two named references have the same + scope, they must have case-insensitively unique names. +

+
+
+ + + Abstract base class for a named reference defined in the workbook. + + + + + Gets or sets the comment associated with the named reference or table. + + + The value assigned is greater than 255 characters in length. + + The comment associated with the named reference or table. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the reference. + + +

+ See the overview on for details on how to access a named reference by name in formulas. +

+
+ + The value assigned is null or empty. + + + The value assigned is longer than 255 characters. + + + The value assigned is not a valid named reference. The name must begin with a letter, underscore (_), or a backslash (\). + All other characters in the name must be letters, numbers, periods, underscores (_), or backslashes (\). + The name cannot be a an A1 cell reference (1 to 3 letters followed by 1 to 6 numbers). In addition, the name + cannot be 'r', 'R', 'c', or 'C' or start with a row or column reference in R1C1 cell reference mode + ('R' followed by 1 to 6 numbers or 'C' followed by 1 to 6 numbers). + + + The value assigned is the name of another named reference with the same Scope. + Names are compared case-insensitively. + + The name of the reference. +
+ + + Gets the scope of the named reference. + + +

+ This can either be the workbook which the named reference belongs to or one of the worksheets + in the workbook. +

+

+ The scope determines how formulas need to preface a name in order to use the named reference. +

+

+ If the scope is the workbook, formulas in any cell in the workbook can reference the named reference + by specifying just the name or the workbook's file name, an exclamation point, and the name: + + =MyWorkbookName + ='C:\MyWorkbook.xls'!MyWorkbookName + + When cells in other workbook's want to reference the named reference, they must use the second format + by first specifying the file name when the workbook-scoped named reference exists. +

+

+ If the scope is a worksheet, formulas in cells of the worksheet can reference the named reference + by specifying just the name. In addition, they can fully qualify the named reference with the worksheet name + and, optionally, the workbook file name: + + =MyWorksheetName + =Sheet1!MyWorksheetName + ='C:\[MyWorkbook.xls]Sheet1'!MyWorksheetName + + Formulas in cells of other worksheets in the same workbook can use the named reference as well, but they must + specify the worksheet name and, optionally, the workbook file name: + + =Sheet2!OtherWorksheetName + ='C:\[MyWorkbook.xls]Sheet2'!OtherWorksheetName + + Formulas in cells of other workbooks can also used the named reference, but they must specify the workbook file + name, worksheet name, and named reference name. +

+
+ The scope of the named reference. +
+ + + Gets the string representation of the named reference. + + The string representation of the named reference. + + + + Sets the formula for a named reference. + + +

+ The formula will be parsed using the of the + to which the NamedReference is applied. If the NamedReference has been removed from its collection, the A1 reference mode + will be used to parse the formula. +

+
+ The string containing the formula value. + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. The inner exception will contain the + describing the reason the formula was not valid. + + +
+ + + Sets the formula for a named reference. + + The string containing the formula value. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. The inner exception will contain the + describing the reason the formula was not valid. + + + + + + Sets the formula for a named reference. + + The string containing the formula value. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The culture used to parse the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid formula. The inner exception will contain the + describing the reason the formula was not valid. + + + + + + Gets the formula which defines the named reference. + + The formula which defines the named reference. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the is a simple formula referring to a single cell, a single region, + or multiple regions in the same workbook as the named reference. + + +

+ If the reference is surrounded by parentheses or whitespace or the named reference has some other complex formula this will + return false. +

+
+
+ + + Gets the referenced by the . + + +

+ If named reference is a reference to one or more regions, this will return null. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the referenced by the . + + +

+ If the named reference is a reference to a single cell or multiple regions, this will return null. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the array of instances referenced by the . + + +

+ If the named reference is a reference to a single cell or region, this will return null. +

+
+ +
+ + + A collection of instances in a workbook. + + + + + + + Adds a named reference with a scope of the collection's associated to the collection. + + +

+ The of the owning will be used to parse the formula. +

+
+ The name to give the named reference. + The formula to give the named reference. + + is null or empty. + + + is longer than 255 characters. + + + is invalid. The name must begin with a letter, underscore (_), or a backslash (\). + All other characters in the name must be letters, numbers, periods, underscores (_), or backslashes (\). + The name cannot be a an A1 cell reference (1 to 3 letters followed by 1 to 6 numbers). In addition, the name + cannot be 'r', 'R', 'c', or 'C' or start with a row or column reference in R1C1 cell reference mode + ('R' followed by 1 to 6 numbers or 'C' followed by 1 to 6 numbers). + + + is used by another named reference which also has a scope of the workbook. + Named reference names are compared case-insensitively. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. The inner exception will contain the + describing the reason the formula was not valid. + + The named reference which was added to the collection. + +
+ + + Adds a named reference with a scope of the collection's associated to the collection. + + The name to give the named reference. + The formula to give the named reference. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + + is null or empty. + + + is longer than 255 characters. + + + is invalid. The name must begin with a letter, underscore (_), or a backslash (\). + All other characters in the name must be letters, numbers, periods, underscores (_), or backslashes (\). + The name cannot be a an A1 cell reference (1 to 3 letters followed by 1 to 6 numbers). In addition, the name + cannot be 'r', 'R', 'c', or 'C' or start with a row or column reference in R1C1 cell reference mode + ('R' followed by 1 to 6 numbers or 'C' followed by 1 to 6 numbers). + + + is used by another named reference which also has a scope of the workbook. + Named reference names are compared case-insensitively. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. The inner exception will contain the + describing the reason the formula was not valid. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + The named reference which was added to the collection. + + + + + Adds a named reference with a scope of a worksheet to the collection. + + +

+ The of the owning will be used to parse the formula. +

+
+ The name to give the named reference. + The formula to give the named reference. + The scope of the named reference. + + is null or empty. + + + is longer than 255 characters. + + + is invalid. The name must begin with a letter, underscore (_), or a backslash (\). + All other characters in the name must be letters, numbers, periods, underscores (_), or backslashes (\). + The name cannot be a an A1 cell reference (1 to 3 letters followed by 1 to 6 numbers). In addition, the name + cannot be 'r', 'R', 'c', or 'C' or start with a row or column reference in R1C1 cell reference mode + ('R' followed by 1 to 6 numbers or 'C' followed by 1 to 6 numbers). + + + is used by another named reference which also has a scope of + the specified . Named reference names are compared case-insensitively. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. The inner exception will contain the + describing the reason the formula was not valid. + + + is null. + + + does not belong to the workbook owning this collection. + + The named reference which was added to the collection. + +
+ + + Adds a named reference with a scope of a worksheet to the collection. + + The name to give the named reference. + The formula to give the named reference. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + The scope of the named reference. + + is null or empty. + + + is longer than 255 characters. + + + is invalid. The name must begin with a letter, underscore (_), or a backslash (\). + All other characters in the name must be letters, numbers, periods, underscores (_), or backslashes (\). + The name cannot be a an A1 cell reference (1 to 3 letters followed by 1 to 6 numbers). In addition, the name + cannot be 'r', 'R', 'c', or 'C' or start with a row or column reference in R1C1 cell reference mode + ('R' followed by 1 to 6 numbers or 'C' followed by 1 to 6 numbers). + + + is used by another named reference which also has a scope of + the specified . Named reference names are compared case-insensitively. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. The inner exception will contain the + describing the reason the formula was not valid. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is null. + + + does not belong to the workbook owning this collection. + + The named reference which was added to the collection. + + + + + Clears all named references from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether a named reference is in the collection. + + The named reference to locate in the collection. + True if the named reference is found; False otherwise. + + + + Finds a named reference in the collection with a scope of the collection's associated . + + +

+ Named reference names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The name of the named reference to find. + + is null or empty. + + The named reference with the specified name or null if the named reference was not found. +
+ + + Finds a named reference in the collection with a scope of the specified worksheet. + + +

+ Named reference names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The name of the named reference to find. + The worksheet that the named reference found must have a scope of. + + is null or empty. + + + is null. + + The named reference with the specified name or null if the named reference was not found. +
+ + + Finds all named references in the collection with the specified name. + + +

+ Named reference names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The name of the named references to find. + + is null or empty. + + An array of instances with the specified name. +
+ + + Removes the specified named reference from the collection. + + The named reference to remove fro the collection. + True if the named reference existed in the collection and was removed; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the named reference at the specified index in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the named reference in the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of named references in the collection. + + The number of named references in the collection. + + + + Gets the named reference at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the named reference to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + The named reference at the specified index. + + + + Gets the workbook associated with this collection. + + The workbook associated with this collection. + + + + Represents a horizontal page break in a . + + + + + + Base class for horizontal and vertical page breaks in a . + + + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether this is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test. + True if the object is the same type as this PageBreak and has the same data; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A hash code for the instance. + + + + Gets the print area in which the page break occurs. + + + A instance that is the print area where the page break occurs or null if the + page break occurs across the entire sheet. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The 0-based index of the first row on the page after this break. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The 0-based index of the first row on the page after this break. + The print area in which the page break should occur or null to break in the entire sheet. + + Occurs when is not null and the is outside the print area + or the top row index of the print area. + + + + + + Gets the 0-based index of the first row on the page after this break. + + + + + Base class for the collections of horizontal and vertical page breaks on a . + + The type of page break the collection contains. + + + + + + + + Adds a page break to the . + + The page break to add to the Worksheet. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when overlaps with another page break already in the collection. + + + + + + + + Clears the collection of page breaks. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified page break exists on the . + + The page break to test. + + Occurs when is null. + + True if the page break is on the Worksheet; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the 0-based index of the specified page break. + + The page break for which the index should be obtained. + + Occurs when is null. + + The 0-based index of the page break or -1 if the page break is no tin the collection. + + + + Removes the specified page break from the . + + The page break which should be removed. + + Occurs when is null. + + True if the page break was contained on the Worksheet before removal; False otherwise. + + + + + Removes the page break at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the page break to remove. + + Occurs when is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of page breaks in the collection. + + + + + + Gets the number of page breaks in this collection. + + + + + Gets the page break at the specified index. + + The index of the page break to get. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than of equal to . + + A -derived instance. + + + + A collection of horizontal page breaks on a . + + + + + + + A collection of horizontal page breaks on a . + + + + + + + Represents a vertical page break in a . + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The 0-based index of the first column on the page after this break. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The 0-based index of the first column on the page after this break. + The print area in which the page break should occur or null to break in the entire sheet. + + Occurs when is not null and the is outside the print area + or the left column index of the print area. + + + + + + Gets the 0-based index of the first column on the page after this break. + + + + + Represents the diamond shape. + + + + + Abstract base class for all shapes that can display text. + + +

+ Primitive shapes, such as polygons, and cell comments can display regular text or text with mixed formatting and are derived from this class. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Abstract base class for all shapes (atomic or compound) in a worksheet. + + +

+ Atomic shapes are singular shape entities, such as an image, a polygon, or text. + Compound shapes are groupings of shapes, and are represented by + instances. +

+

+ Currently, not all shape information is customizable (such as shape rotation). However, + for round-tripping purposes, when a shape is loaded from an Excel file, this + information in maintained with the shape. See for more + information about unsupported data. +

+
+
+ + + Clears the cached unknown shape data which was read in from a parsed excel file. + + +

+ This method will only be needed until all shape information is supported and customizable. + After all shape data can be controlled, this method will become obsolete. Currently, all + unsupported data will be stored with the shape for round-tripping purposes. For example, + if an Excel file with complex and unsupported shapes is loaded into a + instance, some cell values are changed, and it is saved to + the same file, the complex shapes will still exist in the workbook. However, if a + loaded shape needs to be modified before it is saved back, this method + allows for that unsupported data to be removed while all supported data is maintained. +

+

+ Note: This method only clears unsupported data. In future versions of the product, + as more shape data is supported, this method will have different effects on the shape, + until eventually all data is supported and this method will have no effect on the shape. +

+
+ + This method is called on an instance. + +
+ + + Creates a shape which is predefined in Microsoft Excel. + + The type of shape to create. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + A -derived instance representing the predefined shape. + + + + Gets the bounds of the shape in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before or within the shape are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the shape. +

+
+ + The or are null, in which case the shape has no bounds. + + The bounds of the shape on its worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets the bounds of the shape in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before or within the shape are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the shape. +

+
+ The options to use when getting the bounds of the shape. + + The or are null, in which case the shape has no bounds. + + The bounds of the shape on its worksheet. + +
+ + + Sets the bounds of the shape in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The shape will only be positioned at the specified bounds while the worksheet remains in the current configuration. + Depending on the of the shape, it may change bounds if any rows or columns before or within the shape are resized. +

+
+ + is null. + + The worksheet on which the shape should be placed. + The new bounds where the shape should be placed. +
+ + + Sets the bounds of the shape in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The shape will only be positioned at the specified bounds while the worksheet remains in the current configuration. + Depending on the of the shape, it may change bounds if any rows or columns before or within the shape are resized. +

+
s + + is null. + + The worksheet on which the shape should be placed. + The new bounds where the shape should be placed. + The options to use when setting the bounds of the shape. +
+ + + Gets or sets the fill to use in the background of the shape. + + +

+ Note: some shapes, such as connectors or groups, cannot have a fill set. For these shapes, the value on this property + will be ignored and lost when the workbook is saved. +

+
+ A -derived instance describing the fill of the shape, or null for no fill. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the cell where the bottom-right corner of the shape resides. + + +

+ This anchor cell, along with the , determines where the shape will be + positioned on the worksheet. In addition, the and + properties allow for finer control of the shape's position. +

+
+ + The value assigned is a cell whose worksheet is not the same as this shape's worksheet. + + + The value assigned is null and this shape already exists on a worksheet or group. + + The cell where the bottom-right corner of the shape resides. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the position in the of the shape's bottom-right corner, + expressed in percentages. + + +

+ These percentages are expressed as distance across the associated dimension of the cell, starting at the + top-left corner of the cell. For example, (0.0, 0.0) represents the top-left corner of the cell, whereas + (100.0, 100.0) represents the bottom-right corner of the cell. (50.0, 10.0) would represent the location + in the cell which is centered horizontally, and a tenth of the way down from the top. +

+
+ + Either coordinate of the value assigned is outside the range of 0.0 to 100.0. + + The position in the bottom-right corner cell of the shape's bottom-right corner. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the shape is flipped horizontally along the vertical center line. + + + The value is set to True and this shape doesn't allow flipping or rotating, such as a . + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the shape is flipped vertically along the horizontal center line. + + + The value is set to True and this shape doesn't allow flipping or rotating, such as a . + + + + + Gets or sets the outline to use for the shape. + + +

+ Note: some shapes, such as comments or groups, cannot have a outline set. For these shapes, the value on this property + will be ignored and lost when the workbook is saved. +

+
+ A -derived instance describing the outline of the shape, or null for no outline. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the way shapes will be repositioned in excel when cells before or within the shape are resized. + + +

+ This value will not be saved for shapes contained in a , which inherit their + positioning mode from their parent group. +

+
+ + The value assigned is not defined in the enumeration. + + The way shapes will be repositioned in excel when cells before or within the shape are resized. +
+ + + Gets or sets the cell where the top-left corner of the shape resides. + + +

+ This anchor cell, along with the , determines where the shape will be + positioned on the worksheet. In addition, the and + properties allow for finer control of the shape's position. +

+
+ + The value assigned is a cell whose worksheet is not the same as this shape's worksheet. + + + The value assigned is null and this shape already exists on a worksheet or group. + + The cell where the top-left corner of the shape resides. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the position in the of the shape's top-left corner, + expressed in percentages. + + +

+ These percentages are expressed as distance across the associated dimension of the cell, starting at the + top-left corner of the cell. For example, (0.0, 0.0) represents the top-left corner of the cell, whereas + (100.0, 100.0) represents the bottom-right corner of the cell. (50.0, 10.0) would represent the location + in the cell which is centered horizontally, and a tenth of the way down from the top. +

+
+ + Either coordinate of the value assigned is outside the range of 0.0 to 100.0. + + The position in the top-left corner cell of the shape's top-left corner. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the shape is visible on the worksheet. + + The value indicating whether the shape is visible on the worksheet. + + + + Gets the worksheet on which the shape resides. + + The worksheet on which the shape resides. + // MD 9/2/08 - Cell Comments + + + + Gets or sets the formatted text of the shape. + + The formatted text of the shape. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the ellipse shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the heart shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the irregular seal 1 shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the irregular seal 2 shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the lightning bolt shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the line shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the pentagon shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the rectangle shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the right triangle shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the straight connector 1 shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets the collection of print areas in a or a worksheet's print settings in a . + + + + + + Adds a print area to the collection. + + The print area to add to the collection. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when overlaps with another print area in the collection. + + + + + Clears all print areas from the collection. + + +

+ If any page breaks are contained in a print area, they will be removed from their collection. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Determines whether the specified print area is in the collection. + + The print area to search for in the collection. + True if the print area is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified print area from the collection. + + The print area to remove from the collection. + +

+ If any page breaks are contained in the removed print area, they will be removed from their collection. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null. + + True if the print area was found and removed; False otherwise. + + +
+ + + Removes the print area at the specified index from the collection. + + The index of the print area to remove from the collection. + +

+ If any page breaks are contained in the removed print area, they will be removed from their collection. +

+
+ + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the size of the collection. + + + +
+ + + Gets the number of print areas in the collection. + + + + + Gets the print area at the specified index. + + The index of the print area to get. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the size of the collection. + + A instance representing a print area in the . + + + + Class which exposes the various print options available for a worksheet which can be saved with both a + worksheet and a custom view. + + +

+ This class provides a way to control how a worksheet is printed. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Clears all page breaks from the . + + + + + + + + Inserts a horizontal and/or vertical page break before the specified cell. + + The cell at which to insert the page break(s). + +

+ If the cell is not contained in one of the print areas in the collection, the page breaks added will be as follows: + If the cell is at the top-left corner of the , an exception will be thrown. If the cell is on the left edge of the + Worksheet, a horizontal page break will be inserted above the cell. If the cell is on the top edge of the Worksheet, a vertical page break + will be inserted to the left of the cell. If the cell is anywhere else in the Worksheet, a horizontal page break will be inserted above the + cell and a vertical page break will be inserted to the left of the cell. +

+

+ If the cell is contained in one of the print areas in the collection, the page breaks added will be as follows: + If the cell is at the top-left corner of the print area, no page breaks will be inserted. If the cell is on the left edge of the print area, + a horizontal page break will be inserted above the cell. If the cell is on the top edge of the print area, a vertical page break will be + inserted to the left of the cell. If the cell is anywhere else in the print area, a horizontal page break will be inserted above the cell + and a vertical page break will be inserted to the left of the cell. +

+

+ When page breaks are inserted in a print area, they will only extend to the edges of the print area. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is at the top-left corner of the . + + + + + + + +
+ + + Inserts a vertical page break to the left of the specified column. + + The column at which to insert the page break. + +

+ If the column is not contained in one of the print areas in the collection, the page breaks added will be as follows: + If the column is at the left edge of the , an exception will be thrown. If the column is anywhere else in the Worksheet, + a vertical page break will be inserted to the left of the column. +

+

+ If the column is contained in one of the print areas in the collection, the page breaks added will be as follows: + If the column is at the left edge of the print area, no page break will be inserted. If the column is anywhere else in the print area, a + vertical page break will be inserted to the left of the column. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is at the left edge of the . + + + + + + +
+ + + Inserts a horizontal page break above the specified row. + + The row at which to insert the page break. + +

+ If the row is not contained in one of the print areas in the collection, the page breaks added will be as follows: + If the row is at the top edge of the , an exception will be thrown. If the row is anywhere else in the Worksheet, + a horizontal page break will be inserted above the row. +

+

+ If the row is contained in one of the print areas in the collection, the page breaks added will be as follows: + If the row is at the top edge of the print area, no page break will be inserted. If the row is anywhere else in the print area, a + horizontal page break will be inserted above the row. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is at the top edge of the . + + + + + + +
+ + + Resets the print options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the margin at the bottom of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid margin range of 0 and 100 inches. + + The margin at the bottom of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the printed pages should be centered horizontally. + + The value indicating whether the printed pages should be centered horizontally. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the printed pages should be centered vertically. + + The value indicating whether the printed pages should be centered vertically. + + + + + Gets or sets the range of columns which should be printed on every page. + + + Occurs when the value specified is not null and its value is greater than or equal + to the number of columns in the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the printed pages should be printed using draft quality. + + The value indicating whether the printed pages should be printed using draft quality. + + + + Gets or sets the footer for each page of the printed worksheet. + + +

+ The '&' character in the header and footer is a special character. Depending on what is after it, + the formatting of the text can be controlled or dynamic text can be inserted. Below is a list of + the available commands: + + + Section commands + + + &L + + The following text will appear in the left section. The formatting of new sections is + always the default formatting, regardless of the formatting of the previous section. + + + + &C + + The following text will appear in the center section. The formatting of new sections is + always the default formatting, regardless of the formatting of the previous section. + + + + &R + + The following text will appear in the right section. The formatting of new sections is + always the default formatting, regardless of the formatting of the previous section. + + + + + + Replacement commands + + + && + Insert the '&' character. + + + &A + Insert the current worksheet name. + + + &D + Insert the current date. + + + &F + Insert the current file name. + + + &G + Insert an image (Note: This command is currently not supported). + + + &N + Insert the number of pages the worksheet will need to print. + + + &P + Insert the current page number. + + + &T + Insert the current time. + + + &Z + Insert the current file path (without the file name). + + + + + Formatting commands + + + &B + Toggle bold. + + + &E + Toggle double underlining. + + + &I + Toggle italics. + + + &S + Toggle strikethrough. + + + &U + Toggle underlining. + + + &X + Toggle superscript. + + + &Y + Toggle subscript. + + + &<FontSize> + + Sets a new font size for the following text. The size is expressed as a positive integer. + If a number is to follow this command in the header, it must be separated by a space. + + + + &"<FontName>" + + Sets a new font for the following text. If the font name is not recognized, the default + font will be used. + + + + &"<FontName>,<FontStyle>" + + Sets the new font and font style for the following text. The font style is usually "Regular", + "Bold", "Italic", or "Bold Italic", but can be other styles depending on the font. The + available font styles can be seen in the font dialog when a font is selected. + + + +

+

+ The header or footer string could look like this: &L&"Arial,Bold"&D&CPage &P of + &N on &A&R&14&F. +

+
+ The footer for each page of the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the footer margin for each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid margin range of 0 and 100 inches. + + The footer margin for each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the header for each page of the printed worksheet. + + +

+ The '&' character in the header and footer is a special character. Depending on what is after it, + the formatting of the text can be controlled or dynamic text can be inserted. Below is a list of + the available commands: + + + Section commands + + + &L + + The following text will appear in the left section. The formatting of new sections is + always the default formatting, regardless of the formatting of the previous section. + + + + &C + + The following text will appear in the center section. The formatting of new sections is + always the default formatting, regardless of the formatting of the previous section. + + + + &R + + The following text will appear in the right section. The formatting of new sections is + always the default formatting, regardless of the formatting of the previous section. + + + + + + Replacement commands + + + && + Insert the '&' character. + + + &A + Insert the current worksheet name. + + + &D + Insert the current date. + + + &F + Insert the current file name. + + + &G + Insert an image (Note: This command is currently not supported). + + + &N + Insert the number of pages the worksheet will need to print. + + + &P + Insert the current page number. + + + &T + Insert the current time. + + + &Z + Insert the current file path (without the file name). + + + + + Formatting commands + + + &B + Toggle bold. + + + &E + Toggle double underlining. + + + &I + Toggle italics. + + + &S + Toggle strikethrough. + + + &U + Toggle underlining. + + + &X + Toggle superscript. + + + &Y + Toggle subscript. + + + &<FontSize> + + Sets a new font size for the following text. The size is expressed as a positive integer. + If a number is to follow this command in the header, it must be separated by a space. + + + + &"<FontName>" + + Sets a new font for the following text. If the font name is not recognized, the default + font will be used. + + + + &"<FontName>,<FontStyle>" + + Sets the new font and font style for the following text. The font style is usually "Regular", + "Bold", "Italic", or "Bold Italic", but can be other styles depending on the font. The + available font styles can be seen in the font dialog when a font is selected. + + + +

+

+ The header or footer string could look like this: &L&"Arial,Bold"&D&CPage &P of + &N on &A&R&14&F. +

+
+ The header for each page of the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the header margin for each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid margin range of 0 and 100 inches. + + The header margin for each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the collection of horizontal page breaks in the . + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the margin at the left of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid margin range of 0 and 100 inches. + + The margin at the left of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the maximum number of pages allowed in the horizontal direction to print the worksheet. + + +

+ A value of zero indicates no maximum is used in the horizontal direction. As many pages as needed will be used. +

+

+ Note: For MaxPagesHorizontally and to affect the way the worksheet is printed, + must be set to a value of FitToPages. However, if the the ScalingType is different + and these values aren't used, they will still be saved with the worksheet. +

+
+ + The value assigned is outside the valid range of 0 and 32767. + + The maximum number of pages allowed in the horizontal direction to print the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the maximum number of pages allowed in the vertical direction to print the worksheet. + + +

+ A value of zero indicates no maximum is used in the vertical direction. As many pages as needed will be used. +

+

+ Note: For and MaxPagesVertically to affect the way the worksheet is printed, + must be set to a value of FitToPages. However, if the the ScalingType is different + and these values aren't used, they will still be saved with the worksheet. +

+
+ + The value assigned is outside the valid range of 0 and 32767. + + The maximum number of pages allowed in the vertical direction to print the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the number of copies to print. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid range of 1 and 65535. + + The number of copies to print. + + + + Gets or sets the orientation for each page of the printed worksheet. + + + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The orientation for each page of the printed worksheet. + + + + Returns the resolved orientation for each page of the printed worksheet. + + + + + Gets or sets the order in which to print pages for multiple page worksheets. + + + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The order in which to print pages for multiple page worksheets. + + + + Gets or sets the method with which pages are numbered. + + +

+ If this is set to a value of UseStartPageNumber, the first page is numbered using the . +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The method with which pages are numbered. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the paper size for each printed page of the worksheet. + + + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The paper size for each printed page of the worksheet. + + + + Gets the collection of print areas in the . + + + + + Gets or sets the way error values of cells are printed. + + +

+ A cell can have an error value if its is set directly to + an or if it is set to a that evaluates to an + error. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The way error values of cells are printed. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether to print the worksheet gridlines. + + The value which indicates whether to print the worksheet gridlines. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the worksheet should be printed in black and white. + + The value indicating whether the worksheet should be printed in black and white. + + + + Gets or sets the way cell comments are printed. + + +

+ If this is set to a value of PrintAsDisplayed, the comments will only print if they are displayed on the worksheet. + If comments are hidden but indicators are shown, neither the indicators nor the comments will print. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The way cell notes are printed. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to print row and column headers. + + +

+ The row and column headers show the identifier of the row or column. +

+
+ The value indicating whether to print row and column headers. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the horizontal print resolution in DPI. + + + The value assigned is outside the valid range of 0 and 65535. + + The horizontal print resolution in DPI. + + + + + Gets or sets the margin at the right of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid margin range of 0 and 100 inches. + + The margin at the right of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the range of rows which should be printed on every page. + + + Occurs when the value specified is not null and its value is greater than or equal + to the number of rows in the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the scaling factor to use when printing the worksheet. + + +

+ The scaling factor is similar to magnifications in that is it stored as a percentage of the normal scaling. + A value of 100 indicates normal scaling whereas a value of 200 indicates the worksheet is scaled to twice its + normal size. +

+

+ Note: For ScalingFactor to affect the way the worksheet is printed, must be + set to a value of UseScalingFactor. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid range of 10 and 400. + + The scaling factor to use when printing the worksheet. + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the method for scaling the worksheet when it is printed. + + +

+ If this is set to a value of UseScalingFactor, is used to uniformly scale + the worksheet on the printed pages. +

+

+ If this is set to a value of FitToPages, and + are used to set the maximum number of pages to fit the printed worksheet into in both directions. +

+
+ + The assigned value is not defined in the enumeration. + + The method for scaling the worksheet when it is printed. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the page number for the first printed page of the worksheet. + + +

+ For this value to be used, must be set to a value of UseStartPageNumber. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid range of -32765 and 32767. + + The page number for the first printed page of the worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the margin at the top of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + The assigned value is outside the valid margin range of 0 and 100 inches. + + The margin at the top of each printed page of the worksheet, specified in inches. + + + + + + + + + Gets the collection of vertical page breaks in the . + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the vertical print resolution in DPI. + + + The value assigned is outside the valid range of 0 and 65535. + + The vertical print resolution in DPI. + + + + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Represents a range of contiguous rows or columns which should be repeated at the top or left or printed pages of the . + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The index of the first row or column in the range. + The index of the last row or column in the range. + +

+ The order of the and does not matter. In other words, if startIndex is greater + than endIndex, they will be swapped when they are stored. +

+
+ + Occurs when either or is less than 0. + + +
+ + + Determines whether the specified value equals this . + + The value to test for equality. + + + + Gtes the hash code for the . + + + + + Gets the string representation of the range. + + The string representation of the range. + + + + Gets the index of the last row or column in the range. + + + + + + Gets the index of the first row or column in the range. + + + + + + Class used to provide the ability to customize resource strings. + + + + + + + Gets the customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource that was customized. + The customized string or null if the resource wasn't customized. + + + + + + + Clears all strings customized by calls to method. + + + + + + + Resets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name so that it will load from the resource file. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + + + + + Sets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + The customized string. If null this has the same effect as calling . + + + + + + Base class for row collection and column collection. + + The type of item contained in the collection. + + + + Abstract base class for collections of the main worksheet elements (rows, columns, and cells). + + +

+ Because of the large number of elements on a worksheet, this collection internally creates elements + when they are requested. Iterating this collection will only iterate the elements which have already + been created. +

+
+ The type of item contained in the collection. +
+ + + Gets the maximum number of items allowed in this collection. + + + + + Represents a group of shapes in a worksheet. This group is also a shape which can be + positioned and contained within another group or on a worksheet. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets the collection of shapes contained in the group. + + The collection of shapes contained in the group. + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + The IPackage.GetPart method threw an exception. + + + + + The IPackagePart conforms fully to the ECMA TC45 Open Packaging Conventions. + + + + + The package implementer shall require a part name. [M1.1] + + + + + The package implementer shall require a content type and + the format designer shall specify the content type. [M1.2], [M1.13] + + + + + A part name shall not have empty segments. [M1.3] + + + + + A part name shall start with a forward slash (“/”) character. [M1.4] + + + + + A part name shall not have a forward slash as the last character. [M1.5] + + + + + A segment shall not hold any characters other than pchar characters. [M1.6] + + + + + A segment shall not contain percent-encoded forward slash (“/”), + or backward slash (“\”) characters. [M1.7] + + + + + A segment shall not contain percent-encoded unreserved characters. [M1.8] + + + + + A segment shall not end with a dot (“.”) character. [M1.9] + + + + + A segment shall include at least one non-dot character. [M1.10] + + + + + A package implementer shall neither create nor recognize + a part with a part name derived from another part name by + appending segments to it. [M1.11] + + + + + Part name equivalence is determined by comparing part names as + case-insensitive ASCII strings. Packages shall not contain equivalent + part names and package implementers shall neither create nor recognize + packages with equivalent part names. [M1.12] + + + + + IPackage implementers shall only create and only recognize parts with a content type; + format designers shall specify a content type for each part included in the format. + Content types for package parts shall fit the definition and syntax for media types + as specified in RFC 2616, §3.7. [M1.13] + + + + + Content types shall not use linear white space either between the type and subtype or + between an attribute and its value. Content types also shall not have leading or + trailing white spaces. IPackage implementers shall create only such content types + and shall require such content types when retrieving a part from a package; + format designers shall specify only such content types for inclusion in the format. [M1.14] + + + + + The package implementer shall require a content type that does not include comments + and the format designer shall specify such a content type. [M1.15] + + + + + IPackage implementers and format designers shall not create content types + with parameters for the package specific parts defined in this Open Packaging + specification and shall treat the presence of parameters in these content types + as an error. [M1.22] + + + + + If the package implementer specifies a growth hint, it is set when a + part is created and the package implementer shall not change the growth + hint after the part has been created. [M1.16] + +

The PackageConformanceManager does not verify this convention.

+
+ + + XML content shall be encoded using either UTF-8 or UTF-16. + If any part includes an encoding declaration, as defined in + §4.3.3 of the XML 1.0 specification, that declaration shall + not name any encoding other than UTF-8 or UTF-16. IPackage + implementers shall enforce this requirement upon creation + and retrieval of the XML content. [M1.17] + + + + + XML content shall be valid against the corresponding XSD schema defined + in this Open Packaging specification. In particular, the XML content shall + not contain elements or attributes drawn from namespaces that are not explicitly + defined in the corresponding XSD unless the XSD allows elements or attributes drawn + from any namespace to be present in particular locations in the XML markup. IPackage + implementers shall enforce this requirement upon creation and retrieval of the + XML content. [M1.20] + + + + + XML content shall not contain elements or attributes drawn from “xml” or “xsi” + namespaces unless they are explicitly defined in the XSD schema or by other means + described in this Open Packaging specification. IPackage implementers shall enforce + this requirement upon creation and retrieval of the XML content. [M1.21] + + + + + The Relationships part shall not have relationships to any other part. IPackage + implementers shall enforce this requirement upon the attempt to create such a + relationship and shall treat any such relationship as invalid. [M1.25] + + + + + The package implementer shall require that every Relationship element + has an Id attribute, the value of which is unique within the Relationships + part, and that the Id type is xsd:ID, the value of which conforms to the naming + restrictions for xsd:IDas described in the W3C Recommendation “XML Schema Part 2: + Datatypes.” [M1.26] + + + + + The package implementer shall require the Type attribute to be a URI + that defines the role of the relationship and the format designer shall + specify such a Type. [M1.27] + + + + + The package implementer shall require the Target attribute to be a URI + reference pointing to a target resource. The URI reference shall be a URI + or a relative reference. [M1.28] + + + + + When set to Internal, the Target attribute shall be a relative reference and + that reference is interpreted relative to the “parent” part. For package + relationships, the package implementer shallresolve relative references in + the Target attribute against the pack URI that identifies the entire package + resource. [M1.29] + + + + + The package implementer shall name relationship parts according to the special + relationships part naming convention and require that parts with names that + conform to this naming convention have the content type for a Relationships + part. [M1.30] + + + + + Constants which define the reason that a OpenPackagingNonConformanceException was thrown. + + OpenPackagingNonConformanceException class + + + + Undefined; used for variable initialization. + + + + + The IPackagePart in a IPackage is determined to be the core properties relationship + for the package, after one has already been processed. + + +

+ As stipulated in Annex H, Part 4 of + 'Office Open XML Part 2 - Open Packaging Conventions':

+ + "The format designer shall specify and the format producer shall create at most + one core properties relationship for a package. A format consumer shall + consider more than one core properties relationship for a package to be an error." +

+
+
+ + + The IPackagePart in a IPackage is determined to be the core properties + relationship for the package, and that IPackagePart is found to contain + references to the Markup Compatibility namespace. + + +

+ As stipulated in Annex H, Part 4 of + 'Office Open XML Part 2 - Open Packaging Conventions':

+ + "The format designer shall not specify and the format producer shall not + create Core Properties that use the Markup Compatibility namespace as defined + in Annex F, “Standard Namespaces and Content Types”. A format consumer shall + consider the use of the Markup Compatibility namespace to be an error." +

+
+
+ + + The IPackagePart in a IPackage is determined to be the core properties + relationship for the package, and that IPackagePart is found to contain + refinements to Dublin Core elements other than the 'dcterms:created' and + 'dcterms:modified' elements. + + +

+ As stipulated in Annex H, Part 4 of + 'Office Open XML Part 2 - Open Packaging Conventions':

+ + "Producers shall not create a document element that contains refinements to + the Dublin Core elements, except for the two specified in the schema: dcterms:created + and dcterms:modified. Consumers shall consider a document element that violates this + constraint to be an error." +

+
+
+ + + The IPackagePart in a IPackage is determined to be the core properties + relationship for the package, and that IPackagePart is found to contain + an element which contains the xml:lang attribute. + + +

+ As stipulated in Annex H, Part 4 of + 'Office Open XML Part 2 - Open Packaging Conventions':

+ + "Producers shall not create a document element that contains the xml:lang + attribute. Consumers shall consider a document element that violates this + constraint to be an error." +

+
+
+ + + The IPackagePart in a IPackage is determined to be the core properties + relationship for the package, and that IPackagePart is found to contain + an element which contains the xsi:type attribute, with the exception + of the 'dcterms:created' and 'dcterms:modified' elements, for which the + attribute is required, and is expected to hold the value 'dcterms:W3CDTF'. + + +

+ As stipulated in Annex H, Part 4 of + 'Office Open XML Part 2 - Open Packaging Conventions':

+ + "Producers shall not create a document element that contains the xsi:type + attribute, except for a 'dcterms:created' or 'dcterms:modified' element where + the xsi:type attribute shall be present and shall hold the value dcterms:W3CDTF, + where dcterms is the namespace prefix of the Dublin Core namespace. Consumers + shall consider a document element that violates this constraint to be an error." +

+
+
+ + + A loaded IPackagePart is found to contain a DTD (Document Type Definition) declaration. + + +

+ As stipulated in section 8.1.4, paragraph 2 of + 'Office Open XML Part 2 - Open Packaging Conventions':

+ + "The XML 1.0 specification allows for the usage of Document Type Definitions (DTDs), + which enable Denial of Service attacks, typically through the use of an internal entity + expansion technique. As mitigation for this potential threat, DTD declarations shall not + be used in the XML markup defined in this Open Packaging specification. IPackage implementers + shall enforce this requirement upon creation and retrieval of the XML content and shall treat + the presence of DTD declarations as an error." +

+
+
+ + + A loaded IPackagePart has the same name as an existing one. + + +

+ As stipulated in section 8.1.1.2 of + 'Office Open XML Part 2 - Open Packaging Conventions':

+ + "Part name equivalence is determined by comparing part names as case-insensitive + ASCII strings. Packages shall not contain equivalent part names and package + implementers shall neither create nor recognize packages with equivalent part + names." +

+
+
+ + + Thrown when a SpreadsheetMLpackage is found to be non-conformant. + + + + + Returns the IPackagePart + instance which caused the exception to be thrown, or null (Nothing in VB) if the exception was not caused by + a IPackagePart. + + + + + Returns the reason the exception was thrown. + + + + + Class used to represent the Fill element + + + + + Abstract base class for the fill of a shape. + + + + + + + Creates an instance to describe a solid fill outline. + + The color of the fill to create. + A instance with the specified color. + + + + Creates an instance to describe a solid fill outline. + + The describing the color of the fill to create. + A instance with the specified color. + + + + Represents a shape fill with a solid color. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The color of the fill. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The describing the color of the fill. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the fill. + + + + + Gets or sets the describing the color of the fill. + + + + + Abstract base class for the outline of a shape. + + + + + + + Creates an instance to describe a solid color outline. + + The color of the outline to create. + A instance with the specified color. + + + + Creates an instance to describe a solid color outline. + + The describing the color of the outline to create. + A instance with the specified color. + + + + Represents a shape outline with a solid color. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The color of the outline. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The describing the color of the outline. + + + + Gets or sets the color of the outline. + + + + + Gets or sets the describing the color of the outline. + + + + + Represents a sort condition which will sort cells based on a custom, ordered list of values. + + +

+ When the sort direction is ascending, the data range is sorted with the cells in the custom list appearing first, in the order they + appear in the list, followed by the other cells in the same relative order they had to each other before the sort. When the sort direction + is descending, the cells not in the list will appear first in the data region and they will appear in the same relative order they + had before the sort. They will be followed by the other cells in the reverse order of the list. +

+

+ The list of values specified on this sort condition are string values. If a cell being sorted has a string value, that value is used to + sort the cell. Otherwise, the cell text is used. For example, if the cell's value is 0.01, but it is formatted as a percentage cell, + the text used to sort it with this sort condition will be "1%" and not "0.01". When using the cell text, if the format string for the + cell includes padding characters which are repeated across the cells, they will not be included in the cell text used for comparison. +

+

+ When matching values from a cell to values in the custom list, strings are compared case-sensitively or case-insensitively based + on the setting. +

+

+ If the cell text contains any repeated padding characters, they are ignored when comparing strings. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Abstract base class for the sort conditions which describe how to sort data in a region. + + + + + + + + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the value which indicates the sort direction represented by the sort condition. + + Either SortDirection.Ascending or SortDirection.Descending. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The list of values in the order in which they should be sorted. + +

+ When the sort direction is ascending, the data range is sorted with the cells in the custom list appearing first, in the order they + appear in the list, followed by the other cells in the same relative order they had to each other before the sort. When the sort direction + is descending, the cells not in the list will appear first in the data region and they will appear in the same relative order they + had before the sort. They will be followed by the other cells in the reverse order of the list. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + The list of values in the order in which they should be sorted. + +

+ When the sort direction is ascending, the data range is sorted with the cells in the custom list appearing first, in the order they + appear in the list, followed by the other cells in the same relative order they had to each other before the sort. When the sort direction + is descending, the cells not in the list will appear first in the data region and they will appear in the same relative order they + had before the sort. They will be followed by the other cells in the reverse order of the list. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + The direction with which to sort the data. + The list of values in the order in which they should be sorted. + +

+ When the sort direction is ascending, the data range is sorted with the cells in the custom list appearing first, in the order they + appear in the list, followed by the other cells in the same relative order they had to each other before the sort. When the sort direction + is descending, the cells not in the list will appear first in the data region and they will appear in the same relative order they + had before the sort. They will be followed by the other cells in the reverse order of the list. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + The direction with which to sort the data. + The list of values in the order in which they should be sorted. + +

+ When the sort direction is ascending, the data range is sorted with the cells in the custom list appearing first, in the order they + appear in the list, followed by the other cells in the same relative order they had to each other before the sort. When the sort direction + is descending, the cells not in the list will appear first in the data region and they will appear in the same relative order they + had before the sort. They will be followed by the other cells in the reverse order of the list. +

+
+ + is null. + + + contains no items. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + +
+ + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the ordered list of values by which to sort. + + +

+ The list of values specified on this sort condition are string values. If a cell being sorted has a string value, that value is used to + sort the cell. Otherwise, the cell text is used. For example, if the cell's value is 0.01, but it is formatted as a percentage cell, + the text used to sort it with this sort condition will be "1%" and not "0.01". When using the cell text, if the format string for the + cell includes padding characters which are repeated across the cells, they will not be included in the cell text used for comparison. +

+

+ When matching values from a cell to values in the custom list, strings are compared case-sensitively or case-insensitively based + on the setting. +

+

+ If the cell text contains any repeated padding characters, they are ignored when comparing strings. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Represents the various sort directions which can be used with a . + + + + + + Sort values in an ascending manner. + + + + + Sort values in an descending manner. + + + + + Represents a sort condition which will sort cells based on their background fill. + + +

+ This sort condition specifies a single . Cells of this color will be moved to the beginning of the data range + for the ascending sort direction and moved to the end of the data range for the descending sort direction. All matching cells will + be kept in their same relative order to each other. In addition, all non-matching cells will be kept in their same relative order to + each other. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + The by which the cells should be sorted. + + is null. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The by which the cells should be sorted. + The direction by which to sort the cells. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the by which the cells should be sorted. + + +

+ Cells with this fill will be moved to the beginning of the data range for the ascending sort direction and moved to the end + of the data range for the descending sort direction. All matching cells will be kept in their same relative order to each other. + In addition, all non-matching cells will be kept in their same relative order to each other. +

+
+ The CellFill by which the cells should be sorted. + + + +
+ + + Represents a sort condition which will sort cells based on their fonts colors. + + +

+ This sort condition specifies a single color. Cells of this color will be moved to the beginning of the data range for the ascending + sort direction and moved to the end of the data range for the descending sort direction. All matching cells will be kept in their same + relative order to each other. In addition, all non-matching cells will be kept in their same relative order to each other. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Creates a new instance. + + The color by which the cells should be sorted. + + is null. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + A which describes the color by which the cells should be sorted. + + The direction by which to sort the cells. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the which describes the color by which the cells should be sorted. + + +

+ Cells of this color will be moved to the beginning of the data range for the ascending sort direction and moved to the end + of the data range for the descending sort direction. All matching cells will be kept in their same relative order to each other. + In addition, all non-matching cells will be kept in their same relative order to each other. +

+
+ The WorkbookColorInfo which describes the color by which the cells should be sorted. + + + + +
+ + + A type representing a range of cells which can be sorted. + + + + + Gets the index of the sort-able item in its owner. + + + + + Represents an ordered sort condition, which can sort data in either an ascending or descending manner. + + + + + + Creates a new instance with the ascending sort direction. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The direction with which to sort the data. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + An ordered collection of sort conditions which are applied to a sort-able regions in a worksheet. + + +

+ The sort conditions in the collection are applied in order to the data. +

+

+ Note: The collection can hold a maximum of 64 sort condition. +

+
+ + A type which logically contains data and can have sort condition applied to that data. + + +
+ + + Adds a sort condition to the collection. + + The sort-able item over which the sort condition will be applied. + The sort condition to apply to the sort-able item. + + is null. + + + is null. + + + is already has a sort condition applied to it in the collection. + + + There are already 64 sort conditions in the collection. + + + + + Clears the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the specified sort-able item is in the collection. + + The sort-able item to find in the collection. + + is null. + + True if the sort-able item is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the specified sort condition is in the collection. + + The sort condition to find in the collection. + + is null. + + True if the sort condition is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the index of the specified sort-able item in the collection. + + The sort-able item to find in the collection. + + is null. + + + The 0-based index of the specified sort-able item in the collection or -1 if the item is not in the collection. + + + + + Gets the index of the specified sort condition in the collection. + + The sort condition to find in the collection. + + is null. + + + The 0-based index of the specified sort condition in the collection or -1 if the item is not in the collection. + + + + + Inserts a sort condition into the collection. + + The 0-based index where the sort condition should be inserted. + The sort-able item over which the sort condition will be applied. + The sort condition to apply to the sort-able item. + + is less than 0 or greater than . + + + is null. + + + is null. + + + is already has a sort condition applied to it in the collection. + + + There are already 64 sort conditions in the collection. + + + + + Removes a sort-able item from the collection. + + The sort-able item to remove from the collection. + + is null. + + True if the sort-able item was found and removed; False otherwise. + + + + Removes a sort condition from the collection. + + The sort condition to remove from the collection. + + is null. + + True if the sort condition was found and removed; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the sort condition at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the sort condition to remove. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of sort conditions in the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the pair of item and sort condition at the specified index. + + The index at which to get the pair of item and sort condition. + + The Key or Value of the assigned value is null. + + + The Key of the assigned value already in the collection at a different index. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort condition for the specified sort-able item. + + The sort-able item for which to get or set the sort condition. + + is null. + + + The sort-able item is not already in the collection and there are already 64 sort conditions in the collection. + + + + + Represents the settings which apply to sorting a region of values. + + + A type which logically contains data and can have sort condition applied to that data. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether strings should be compared case-sensitively when they are sorted. + + +

+ This is only applicable to sort conditions which sort strings. +

+
+ True to sort strings case-sensitively; False to ignore case. +
+ + + Gets the collection of sort conditions to use when sorting the region of data. + + +

+ If these settings are used in a , each sort condition in the collection applies to a + . +

+

+ This collection is ordered based on precedence. The first sort condition in the collection has the highest sort precedence. +

+
+ +
+ + + A collection of custom instances which can be applied to a in the + . + + + + + + + Adds a custom to the collection. + + The custom table style to add to the collection. + + is null. + + + is a standard table style. + + + is already in a CustomTableStyleCollection. + + + has a name which matches one of the other custom table styles in the collection. + Names are compared case-insensitively. + + + + + + + Clears the collection. + + +

+ If any instances in the workbook have their style removed due to this operation, their style + will be set to the . +

+
+
+ + + Determines whether the specified is contained in the collection. + + The table style to find in the collection. + True if the style is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the index of the specified style in the collection. + + The style to find in the collection. + + is null. + + + The 0-based index of the specified style in the collection or -1 if the style is not in the collection. + + + + + Removes the specified from the collection. + + +

+ If any instances in the workbook have their style removed due to this operation, their style + will be set to the . +

+
+ The table style to remove from the collection. + + is null. + + True if the style was in the collection and therefore removed; False otherwise. +
+ + + Removes the at the specified index. + + +

+ If any instances in the workbook have their style removed due to this operation, their style + will be set to the . +

+
+ The index of the table style to remove. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + +
+ + + Gets the number of custom instances in the collection. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The index at which to get the WorksheetTableStyle. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + The WorksheetTableStyle instance at the specified index. + + + + Gets the with the specified name. + + +

+ Table style names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The name of the WorksheetTableStyle to find. + + The WorksheetTableStyle instance with the specified name or null if a table style with that name does not exist. + +
+ + + A collection of standard instances which can be applied to a in a + . + + + + + + + Gets the number of custom instances in the collection. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The index at which to get the WorksheetTableStyle. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + The WorksheetTableStyle instance at the specified index. + + + + Gets the with the specified name. + + +

+ Table style names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The name of the WorksheetTableStyle to find. + + The WorksheetTableStyle instance with the specified name or null if a table style with that name does not exist. + +
+ + + Represents a region of cells formatted as a table. + + +

+ Tables assist in managing and analyzing a range of related data. This management can be done separately from the rest of the + data in the worksheet. +

+

+ A table can have one or more columns sorted and filtered. There are various sorting and filtering criteria that can be applied + to the columns. The types pertaining to filtering can be found in the Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Filtering namespace and a filter + can be applied to a column by setting the property. The types pertaining to sorting can + be found in the Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Sorting namespace and a column can be sorted by setting the + or by populating the + collection on the . +

+

+ A table can contain calculated columns which dynamically determine their value based on a formula. A + can be made a calculated column by setting the . +

+

+ A table can also contain a totals row which display total information about the table. This can be shown by setting + to True. When the totals row is displayed, each column can display text or a calculated value in the + totals row, by setting either the or , + respectively. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Gets the string representation of the table. + + The string representation of the table. + + + + Clears all filters from the columns in the table. + + +

+ If any filters are present and removed when this is called, all hidden rows in the data area of the table will be unhidden. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Clears all sort conditions from the columns in the table. + + +

+ Note: Just as in Microsoft Excel, clearing the sort conditions will not revert the table back to its original unsorted + state. The table will remain in its last sorted order. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Re-filters all data cells in the table based on the filters from the columns in the table. + + +

+ Filters are not constantly evaluated as data within the table changes. Filters are applied to the table only when they are + added or removed on a column in the table or when the ReapplyFilters method is called. +

+

+ If no columns in the table have filters set, this method will not do anything to the data. +

+

+ Note: When the filters are reevaluated, the rows of any cells which don't meet the filter criteria of their column will + be hidden. When a row is filtered out, the entire row is hidden from the worksheet, so any data outside the table but in the + same row will also be hidden. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Re-sorts all data cells in the table based on the sort conditions from the columns in the table. + +

+ Sort conditions are not constantly evaluated as data within the table changes. Sort conditions are applied to the table only when + they are are added or removed on a column in the table or when the ReapplySortCondition method is called. +

+

+ If no columns in the table have sort conditions set, this method will not do anything to the data. +

+

+ Note: When the sort conditions are reevaluated, only visible data is sorted. If any rows in the data area of the table are + hidden, the data from those rows will not be sorted. +

+

+ Note: When the sort conditions are reevaluated, the cells are moved, but not the rows. Therefore, data outside the table + but in rows which intersect the table's data area will not be moved. If any moved cells within the tables contain formulas, the + relative references to other cells will be shifted as much as the cell moves. For example, assume cell B5 is in a table and it has + a formula which references cell C10. If, due to sorting, the cell is shifted down to B12, the reference will also be shifted by + the same amount and the formula will now reference cell C17. However, updates like this will not be made to formulas referencing + the moved cells. So a formula referencing a moved cell will reference the new cell which replaces it after the sort is applied. +

+ + + +
+ + + Resizes the table to a new range of data on the worksheet. + + + The address of the new region of headers (if currently visible) and data for the table, which must contain at least one data row, + and overlap and have the same top as the current table region. + + +

+ If the totals row is visible, it will be placed below the last data row automatically. If the totals row is currently inside + the new table region, it will be moved out to below the new data rows, which will be shifted up by one row. +

+
+ + Occurs when the has previously been removed from the worksheet. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the + workbook's cell reference mode. + + + Occurs when is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must + be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + + Occurs when the top of the does is not the same as the top of the table. + + + Occurs when the does not contain at least one data row for the table. + + + Occurs when the does not overlap the current table region. + + + Occurs when the there is a merged cell, array formula, data table, or another table in the new region. + +
+ + + Resizes the table to a new range of data on the worksheet. + + + The address of the new region of headers (if currently visible) and data for the table, which must contain at least one data row, + and overlap and have the same top as the current table region. + + The cell reference mode to use to parse the region address. + +

+ If the totals row is visible, it will be placed below the last data row automatically. If the totals row is currently inside + the new table region, it will be moved out to below the new data rows, which will be shifted up by one row. +

+
+ + Occurs when the has previously been removed from the worksheet. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the + workbook's cell reference mode. + + + Occurs when is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must + be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + + Occurs when the top of the does is not the same as the top of the table. + + + Occurs when the does not contain at least one data row for the table. + + + Occurs when the does not overlap the current table region. + + + Occurs when the there is a merged cell, array formula, data table, or another table in the new region. + +
+ + + Resizes the table to a new range of data on the worksheet. + + + The new region of headers (if currently visible) and data for the table, which must contain at least one data row, and overlap + and have the same top as the current table region. + + +

+ If the totals row is visible, it will be placed below the last data row automatically. If the totals row is currently inside + the new table region, it will be moved out to below the new data rows, which will be shifted up by one row. +

+
+ + Occurs when the has previously been removed from the worksheet. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when from a different worksheet or has been previously shifted off the table's worksheet. + + + Occurs when the top of the does is not the same as the top of the table. + + + Occurs when the does not contain at least one data row for the table. + + + Occurs when the does not overlap the current table region. + + + Occurs when the there is a merged cell, array formula, data table, or another table in the new region. + +
+ + + Gets the collection of formats used for each area of the . + + +

+ The available areas of the table which can have a format set are the whole table, header, data, and totals areas. +

+

+ Applying a format to an area will apply the format to all cells in that area. +

+

+ If any area formats on the tables are set when the table is resized to give it more columns, the area formats of the new columns + will be initialized with the area formats from the table. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Gets the collection of columns in the table. + + +

+ Each column is represented by a instance and contains various settings for controlling + the contents, formatting, sorting, and filtering of the column. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the which represents the region of cells in the data area of the table. + + +

+ The data area of the table can be changed by using one of the Resize overloads. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the alternate column format should be applied to the appropriate columns of the + . + + +

+ The column formats are defined by the applied to the WorksheetTable. These are stored in the + collection and keyed by the .ColumnStripe and + WorksheetTableStyleArea.AlternateColumnStripe values. If there is no area format applied for the AlternateColumnStripe value, + this property has no effect on the display of the table. +

+

+ If this value is True and there is an area format for the alternate column stripe, the stripe widths are defined by the + and values. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the alternate row format should be applied to the appropriate rows of the + . + + +

+ The row formats are defined by the applied to the WorksheetTable. These are stored in the + collection and keyed by the .RowStripe and + WorksheetTableStyleArea.AlternateRowStripe values. If there is no area format applied for the AlternateRowStripe value, + this property has no effect on the display of the table. +

+

+ If this value is True and there is an area format for the alternate row stripe, the stripe widths are defined by the + and values. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the first column format should be applied to the appropriate column of the + . + + +

+ The first column format is defined by the applied to the WorksheetTable. It is stored in the + collection and keyed by the .FirstColumn + value. If there is no area format applied for the FirstColumn value, this property has no effect on the display of the table. +

+

+ If there is only one column in the table and both the first and last column formatting should be applied, the last column format + will take precedence. +

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the last column format should be applied to the appropriate column of the + . + + +

+ The last column format is defined by the applied to the WorksheetTable. It is stored in the + collection and keyed by the .LastColumn + value. If there is no area format applied for the LastColumn value, this property has no effect on the display of the table. +

+

+ If there is only one column in the table and both the first and last column formatting should be applied, the last column format + will take precedence. +

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Gets the which represents the region of cells in the header row of the table. + + + A WorksheetRegion which represents the region of cells in the header row of the table or null if the header row is not visible. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether to allow filtering and show filter buttons in the table headers. + + +

+ If is False, this property must be False and setting it to True will cause an error. + If is set to True, this property will also be set to True automatically. +

+
+ + The value assigned is True and is False. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the row containing column headers should be displayed. + + +

+ When the header row is visible, the cell above each column of data will contain the + value. Therefore, all header cells always contain a string value. Additionally, they will all be unique. +

+
+ True if the row containing column headers is visible; False if it is hidden. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the row containing column totals should be displayed. + + +

+ When the totals row is visible, the cell below each column of data will contain either a calculated value, a text value, or nothing. + To display a calculated value in the cell, set the . To display a text label, set the + . If both are set, the calculated value takes precedence. +

+
+ + The value is set to True and the table occupies the last row of the worksheet. + + True if the row containing column totals is visible; False if it is hidden. + + +
+ + + Gets the settings which determine how the data within the table should be sorted. + + +

+ Note: Sort conditions are not constantly evaluated as data within the table changes. Sort conditions are applied to the table + only when they are are added or removed on a column in the table or when the method is called. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the style to use on the . + + +

+ The defines formats to use in various areas of the table. These formats are used as defaults + for cells which don't have their formatting properties already set. +

+

+ The area formats specified in the WorksheetTableStyle are differential formats. In other words, only the properties that are set + to non-default values will be applied to the appropriate cells. An area format can define only a background color or only font + information and that format will be applied to the cells while all other formatting properties on the cells will be maintained. +

+

+ If this value is set to null, the Style will be set to the . +

+
+ + The value specified is not in the or + collections. + + The instance which defines the various default table area formats. + + + +
+ + + Gets the which represents the region of cells in the totals row of the table. + + + A WorksheetRegion which represents the region of cells in the totals row of the table or null if the totals row is not visible. + + + + + + + + Gets the which represents the region of cells in the whole table, including the header and totals rows, + if visible. + + +

+ The table region can be changed by using one of the Resize overloads. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the to which the table belongs. + + The Worksheet to which the table belongs or null if the table has been removed from the Worksheet. + + + + + A collection of formats for areas of a . + + + An enumeration defining the various table areas which can contain formats. + + + + + + + + Determines whether the area has a non-default format applied. + + The area of which to test the format. + + is not defined. + + True if the area has a non-default format applied; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the number of area formats in the collection. + + + + + Gets the format for the specified area. + + The area for which to get the format. + + is not defined. + + + An instance describing the appearance of the specified area. + + + + + The collection of instances on a . + + + + + + Formats a region as a table and adds an associated to the collection. + + The region to format as a table. + + A value which indicates whether the top row of the region contains the headers for the table. + + + The to apply to the table or null to use the . + + +

+ When the table is created, the specified will be applied to the + value. +

+

+ When the table is created, the column names will be taken from the cells in the header row if + is True. If it is False, the column names will be generated and the cells for the header row will be inserted into the worksheet. +

+

+ The column names are unique within the owning WorksheetTable. If, when the table is created, there are two or more columns with + the same name, the second and subsequent duplicate column names will have a number appended to make them unique. If any cells in + the header row have a non-string value, their value will be changed to a string (the current display text of the cell). If any + cells in the header row have no value, they will be given a generated column name. +

+

+ If the region partially contains any merged cell regions, they will be removed from the worksheet and the table region will be expanded + to include all cells from the merged region. +

+
+ + The owning worksheet has been removed from its workbook. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid region address in the workbook's cell reference mode. + + + The specified does not exist in the or + collections. + + + The region contains one or more cells from another . + + + The region contains one or more cells which have a multi-cell applied. + + + The region contains one or more cells which are part of a . + + The created the represent the formatted table for the region. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Clears the collection and removes all tables from the worksheet. + + + + + Determines whether the specified is in the collection. + + The WorksheetTable to find in the collection. + True if the WorksheetTable is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a with the specified name is in the collection. + + The name of the WorksheetTable to find. + +

+ Table names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ True if a WorksheetTable with the specified name is in the collection; False otherwise. +
+ + + Gets the index of the specified in the collection. + + The WorksheetTable to find in the collection. + + The 0-based index of the specified WorksheetTable in the collection or -1 if the item is not in the collection. + + + + + Removes the from the collection. + + The WorksheetTable to remove from the collection. + True to apply the table style formatting to the cells + True if the WorksheetTable was found and removed; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the WorksheetTable to remove. + True to apply the table style formatting to the cells + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of tables in the collection. + + The number of tables in the collection. + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the WorksheetTable to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + The WorksheetTable at the specified index. + + + + Gets the with the specified name. + + +

+ Worksheet names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The name of the WorksheetTable to get. + + A WorksheetTable with the specified name does not exist in the collection. + + The WorksheetTable with the specified name. + +
+ + + Represents a column in a . + + +

+ Each column contains various settings for controlling the contents, formatting, sorting, and filtering within it. +

+
+ +
+ + + Applies an to the column. + + The value indicating whether to filter in values below or above the average of the data range. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + The condition which must pass for the data to be filtered in. + +

+ Note: If the filter condition value is longer than 255 characters in length and the workbook is saved in one of + the 2003 formats, the correct rows will be hidden in the saved file, but the filter will be missing from the column. +

+
+ + is null. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + +
+ + + Applies a to the column. + + The first condition used to filter the data. + The second condition used to filter the data. + + The operator which defines how to logically combine and . + + +

+ If is null, the value is irrelevant. +

+

+ Note: If one of the filter condition values is longer than 255 characters in length and the workbook is saved in one of + the 2003 formats, the correct rows will be hidden in the saved file, but the filter will be missing from the column. +

+
+ + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + + + +
+ + + Applies an to the column. + + The type of date period to filter in. + The 1-based value of the month or quarter to filter in. + +

+ If the is Month, a of 1 indicates January, 2 indicates February, and so on. + If type is Quarter, a value of 1 indicates Quarter 1, and so on. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is Quarter and is less than 1 or greater than 4 or + type is Month and value is less than 1 or greater than 12. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + +
+ + + Applies a to the column. + + A by which the cells should be filtered. + + is null. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + The value which indicates whether blank cells should be filtered in. + The collection of case-insensitively unique cell text values which should be filtered in. + +

+ Note: If any text values are longer than 255 characters in length and the workbook is saved in one of the 2003 formats, + the correct rows will be hidden in the saved file, but the filter may be missing from the column or reapplying the filter + may hide some of the matching cells. +

+
+ + is null. + + + A value in the collection is null. + + + Multiple values from the collection are case-insensitively equal. + + + is False and has no items. At least one value must be allowed. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + + + +
+ + + Applies a to the column. + + The value which indicates whether blank cells should be filtered in. + The collection of case-insensitively unique cell text values which should be filtered in. + +

+ Note: If any text values are longer than 255 characters in length and the workbook is saved in one of the 2003 formats, + the correct rows will be hidden in the saved file, but the filter may be missing from the column or reapplying the filter + may hide some of the matching cells. +

+
+ + is null. + + + A value in the collection is null. + + + Multiple values from the collection are case-insensitively equal. + + + is False and has no items. At least one value must be allowed. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + + + + + +
+ + + Applies a to the column. + + The value which indicates whether blank cells should be filtered in. + The collection of fixed date groups which should be filtered in. + +

+ Note: If any text values are longer than 255 characters in length and the workbook is saved in one of the 2003 formats, + the correct rows will be hidden in the saved file, but the filter may be missing from the column or reapplying the filter + may hide some of the matching cells. +

+
+ + is null. + + + A FixedDateGroup in the collection is null. + + + Multiple items in are equal to each other. + + + is False and has no items. At least one value must be allowed. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + + + +
+ + + Applies a to the column. + + The value which indicates whether blank cells should be filtered in. + The calendar type used to interpret values in the collection. + The collection of fixed date groups which should be filtered in. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + A FixedDateGroup in the collection is null. + + + Multiple items in are equal to each other. + + + is False and has no items. At least one value must be allowed. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + The value which indicates whether blank cells should be filtered in. + The calendar type used to interpret values in the collection. + The collection of fixed date groups which should be filtered in. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + A FixedDateGroup in the collection is null. + + + Multiple items in are equal to each other. + + + is False and has no items. At least one value must be allowed. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + The font color by which the cells should be filtered. + + is empty. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + + A which describes the font color by which the cells should be filtered. + + + is null. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + + The offset of relative filter. This combined with the determines the full range of accepted dates. + + The duration of the full range of accepted dates. + +

+ The RelativeDateRangeFilter allows you to filter in dates which are in the previous, current, or next time period + relative to the date when the filter was applied. The time periods available are day, week, month, quarter, year. + So when using the previous filter type with a day duration, a 'yesterday' filter is created. Or when using a current + filter type with a year duration, a 'this year' filter is created. However, these filters compare the data against + the date when the filter was created. So a 'this year' filter created in 1999 will filter in all cells containing + dates in 1999, even if the workbook is opened in 2012. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + +
+ + + Applies a to the column which will filter in the top 10 values in the list of sorted values. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + The type of the filter. + The number or percentage of value of values which should be filtered in. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is less than 1 or greater than 500. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + + + + + + + Applies a to the column. + + + The value of the owning table is False. + Filters cannot be applied when the header row or filter button is hidden. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + + + + + Removes the filter from the column if one is applied. + + If column was removed from the table. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Sets the formula to use in the data cells in the column. + + The formula for the data cells of the column or null to remove the current column formula. + + True to overwrite the existing cells values and apply the formula to all data cells in the column. + False to only apply the formula to the cells with no value set. + + +

+ If any relative cell or region references are in the specified formula, it will be assumed that the actual formula is being applied to + the first data cell in the column. When the formula is applied to other cells in the column, the relative references will be offset by + the appropriate amount. +

+

+ When the column formula is set and the table is resized to give it more rows, the new cells in the column will have the column formula + applied to them. +

+

+ If there was a different column formula applied previously and it was applied to any of the cells in the column, setting it to a + different formula will overwrite the formulas on those cells, regardless of the value of . +

+
+ + If column was removed from the table. + is already applied to something else, such as a cell or table column. + + +
+ + + Gets the collection of formats used for each area of the column. + + +

+ The available areas of the column which can have a format set are the header, data, and totals areas. +

+

+ Applying a format to an area will apply the format to all cells in that area. +

+

+ If any area formats on the columns are set when the table is resized to give it more rows, the new cells in the column will + get the new format applied. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Gets the formula associated with the data area of the column. + + +

+ When the column formula is set and the table is resized to give it more rows, the new cells in the column will have the column formula + applied to them. +

+
+ A instance representing the formula for the data area of the column or null if no formula is applied. + +
+ + + Gets the which represents the region of cells in the data area of the column. + + + + + Gets the filter applied to the column. + + +

+ Filters are not constantly evaluated as data within the table changes. Filters are applied to the table only when they are + added or removed on a column in the table or when the method is called. +

+

+ Note: When the filters are reevaluated, the rows of any cells which don't meet the filter criteria of their column will + be hidden. When a row is filtered out, the entire row is hidden from the worksheet, so any data outside the table but in the + same row will also be hidden. +

+
+ + A -derived instance if a filter is applied or null if the column is not filtered. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the which represents the header cell for the column. + + + A WorksheetCell which represents the header cell for the column or null if the header row is not visible in the table. + + + + + + Gets the 0-based index of the column in the owning collection. + + + The 0-based index of the column in its collection or -1 if the column has been removed from the table. + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the column. + + +

+ If the header row is visible in the , the name of the column will be displayed in the cell of the + column in the header row. +

+

+ When the WorksheetTable is created, the column names will be taken from the cells in the header row. If the table does not + contain a header row, the column names will be generated. +

+

+ The column names are unique within the owning WorksheetTable. If, when the table is created, there are two or more columns with + the same name, the second and subsequent duplicate column names will have a number appended to make them unique. If any cells in + the header row have a non-string value, their value will be changed to a string (the current display text of the cell). If any + cells in the header row have no value, they will be given a generated column name. +

+

+ If the Name property is set to a null or empty string, a column name will be generated. If the value is set to a column name which + already exists in the table, the column with the higher index will have a number appended to its name so all column names can stay + unique. +

+
+ The unique name of the column within the owning WorksheetTable. + From the setter if column was removed from the table. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the sort condition used to sort the column in the table. + + +

+ When a sort condition is set on the column, the SortConditions collection on the will be cleared + and the new sort condition will be added. To sort by multiple columns, the sort conditions must be added to the SortConditions collection + instead of set on the column. However, if a sort condition is cleared with this property, just the sort condition for the column will be + removed from the SortConditions collection. All other SortConditions will remain in the collection. +

+

+ Note: Sort conditions are not constantly evaluated as data within the table changes. Sort conditions are applied to the table + only when they are are added or removed on a column in the table or when the method + is called. +

+
+ The -derived instance used to sort the column or null of the column is not sorted. + From the setter if column was removed from the table. + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the to which the column belongs. + + + The WorksheetTable to which the column belongs or null if the column has been removed from the table. + + + + + Gets the which represents the total cell for the column. + + + A WorksheetCell which represents the total cell for the column or null if the totals row is not visible in the table. + + + + + + Gets or sets the formula to use in the total cell of the column. + + +

+ The total formula can be set regardless of whether or not the totals row is visible. If the totals row is hidden, the + formula will not be applied anywhere. When the totals row is visible, it will be applied to the total cell of the column. +

+

+ Setting the TotalFormula to a non-null value will clear the , and vice versa. +

+
+ + The value is already applied to something else, such as a cell or table column. + + From the setter if column was removed from the table. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the text label to use in the total cell of the column. + + +

+ The total label can be set regardless of whether or not the totals row is visible. If the totals row is hidden, the + label will not be displayed anywhere. When the totals row is visible, it will be set as the value of the total cell of the column. +

+

+ Setting the to a non-null value will clear the TotalLabel, and vice versa. +

+
+ From the setter if column was removed from the table. + + +
+ + + Gets the which represents the region of cells in the whole column, including the header and total cells, + if visible. + + + + + A read-only collection of all instances which exist in a . + + + + + + Determines whether the specified is in the collection. + + The column to find in the collection. + True if the specified column is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + + Gets the index of the specified in the collection. + + The WorksheetTableColumn to find in the collection. + + The 0-based index of the specified WorksheetTableColumn in the collection or -1 if the item is not in the collection. + + + + + Gets the number of instances in the collection. + + The number of columns in the collection. + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the column to get. + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the collection. + + The WorksheetTableColumn at the specified index. + + + + Gets the with the specified name or null if it doesn't exist. + + The name of the column to get. + +

+ Column names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The WorksheetTableColumn with the specified name or null a column with the specified name doesn't exist. + +
+ + + Represents a style which can be applied to a . + + + + + + + + + Creates a custom instance. + + The name of the new style. + + is null or empty. + + + + + Duplicates the style and returns a deep copy. + + The name to give to the cloned style. + +

+ A cloned style must be added to the collection before it can be applied to a + . +

+

+ The only value not cloned from the style is the value. Cloning a standard style creates a custom style with + the same style settings which can then be changed. +

+
+ + is null or empty. + + The clone of the style. +
+ + + Gets or sets the number of columns which will span each alternate column stripe. + + +

+ The stripe sizes must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. +

+

+ The column stripes are assigned from left to right in the table, first assigning the column stripe, then the alternate column + stripe, then repeating. +

+

+ The alternate column stripe format is defined in the collection and keyed by the + .AlternateColumnStripe value. +

+
+ + The value is set and is False, indicating that the style is a read-only, standard table style. + + + The value assigned is less than 1 or greater than 9. + + The number of columns which will span each alternate column stripe. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the number of rows which will span each alternate row stripe. + + +

+ The stripe sizes must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. +

+

+ The row stripes are assigned from top to bottom in the table, first assigning the row stripe, then the alternate row + stripe, then repeating. +

+

+ The alternate row stripe format is defined in the collection and keyed by the + .AlternateRowStripe value. +

+
+ + The value is set and is False, indicating that the style is a read-only, standard table style. + + + The value assigned is less than 1 or greater than 9. + + The number of rows which will span each alternate row stripe. + +
+ + + Gets the collection of formats used for each area of a to which the style is applied. + + +

+ The area formats specified are differential formats. In other words, only the properties that are set to non-default values will be + applied to the appropriate cells. An area format can define only a background color or only font information and that format will be + applied to the cells while all other formatting properties on the cells will be maintained. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the number of columns which will span each column stripe. + + +

+ The stripe sizes must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. +

+

+ The column stripes are assigned from left to right in the table, first assigning the column stripe, then the alternate column + stripe, then repeating. +

+

+ The column stripe format is defined in the collection and keyed by the + .ColumnStripe value. +

+
+ The number of columns which will span each column stripe. + + The value is set and is False, indicating that the style is a read-only, standard table style. + + + The value assigned is less than 1 or greater than 9. + + +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the style is a custom style. + + True id this is a custom table style; False if this is a read-only, standard table style. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the style. + + + The value is set and is False, indicating that the style is a read-only, standard table style. + + + The value assigned is null, empty, or greater than 255 characters in length. + + + The value assigned matches the name of another custom style in the owning collection. + Table names are compared case-insensitively. + + The name of the style. + + + + Gets or sets the number of rows which will span each row stripe. + + +

+ The stripe sizes must be between 1 and 9, inclusive. +

+

+ The row stripes are assigned from top to bottom in the table, first assigning the row stripe, then the alternate row + stripe, then repeating. +

+

+ The row stripe format is defined in the collection and keyed by the + .RowStripe value. +

+
+ + The value is set and is False, indicating that the style is a read-only, standard table style. + + + The value assigned is less than 1 or greater than 9. + + The number of rows which will span each row stripe. + +
+ + + Class which controls the way unfrozen panes are arranged and used for a worksheet. + + +

+ Note: Frozen and unfrozen panes cannot be used simultaneously, so depending whether the panes are + frozen or unfrozen, these settings may not be used or saved. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Resets the unfrozen pane settings to their defaults. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank worksheet. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the first visible column in the left pane(s) of the worksheet. + + +

+ This affects the scroll position for the left pane(s) of the worksheet and is used regardless of whether or not the + worksheet is split vertically. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid column range (0 to one less than or + , depending on the workbook's + ). + + The zero-based index of the first visible column in the left pane(s). +
+ + + Gets or sets the first visible row in the top pane(s) of the worksheet. + + +

+ This affects the scroll position for the top pane(s) of the worksheet and is used regardless of whether or not + the worksheet is split horizontally. +

+
+ + The assigned value is outside the valid row range (0 to one less than or + , depending on the workbook's + ). + + The zero-based index of the first visible row in the top pane(s). +
+ + + Gets or sets the width of the left pane in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ If this value is zero, the left pane occupies the entire visible area of the worksheet. + Otherwise, the left pane occupies the specified width and the right pane occupies + the remaining area of the worksheet. +

+
+ + Thrown when the width specified is outside the valid width range (0 to 65535). + + The width of the left pane, or zero if there is no horizontal pane split. +
+ + + Gets or sets the height of the top pane in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ If this value is zero, the top pane occupies the entire visible area of the worksheet. + Otherwise, the top pane occupies the specified height and the bottom pane occupies + the remaining area of the worksheet. +

+
+ + Thrown when the height specified is outside the valid height range (0 to 65535). + + The height of the top pane, or zero if there is no vertical pane split. +
+ + + Represents an unsupported shape which has been loaded from a workbook file. + + +

+ This class is used for round-tripping purposes, so unsupported shapes which have been + loaded can be saved back out with the workbook. The class allows the unsupported shapes + to be identified in shape collections so they can be removed. This shape will become + obsolete in future versions when all shape types are supported. +

+
+
+ + + Throws an exception because all data in an unknown shape is unknown, and clearing that data would leave + no data with the shape. + + + This method is called on an instance. + + + + + Represents the color palette used when the saved file is opened in Microsoft Excel 2003 and earlier versions. + + + + + + Determines whether the specified color is in the color palette. + + The color to find in the palette. + Determines whether an equivalent color is in the palette. + + + + Gets the index of the closest color in the color palette, which will be seen when the file is opened in Microsoft Excel 2003 + and older versions. + + The color to match in the palette. + A 0-based index into the collection of the closest color available in the palette. + + + + Resets the palette back to the default colors for Microsoft Excel. + + + + + + Gets the number of colors in the palette, which is always 56. + + + + + Gets or sets a color in the palette. + + +

+ When a color is set in the palette, will return True. The palette can than be reset with the + method. +

+

+ Colors added to the palette must be opaque. +

+
+ The index of the color to get or set in the palette. + + is less than 0 or greater than 55. + + + The value assigned is an empty color, a system color, or is not opaque. + + + +
+ + + Gets the value which indicates whether the palette has been cusotmized. + + + + + + Contains the options related to saving a workbook to a file or stream. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + An IPackageFactory which can be used to create an IPackage in a stream. + + + + Used to determine how many rows have been allocated. + + The worksheet whose information is being requested + + + + + Used to determine the total number of rows in the range being saved. The start index should not assumed to be 0 so the value returned is not the index after the last item. + + The worksheet whose information is being requested + + + + + Returns an enumerable that can be used to traverse the rows to save. + + The worksheet whose information is being requested + False to only return allocated rows; true to return all rows in the range being save. + + + + + + + + Represents a complex format which can be applied to a cell's format. + + +

+ When a style is applied to a cell by setting its CellFormat.Style property, the cell's format will pick up subsequent + changes to the format properties set by the style when it was applied. This will continue to happen until those format + properties are set to other values on the cell format. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Resets the style to its original state. + + +

+ If this is a user defined style, the format of the style will be reset so that it provides no formatting properties. + If this is a built in style, this format will revert back to its preset state if it has previously been changed. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the style is a built in style in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the workbook style. + + +

+ The style names must be case-insensitively unique and the names for built in styles cannot be changed. +

+
+ + The value is assigned and the style is a built. + + + The value assigned is null or empty. + + + The value assigned is longer than 255 characters. + + + The value assigned matches the name of another style in the collection. + + The name of the workbook style. + +
+ + + Gets the cell format which applies to the workbook style. + + The cell format which applies to the workbook style. + + + + A collection of workbook styles, or complex formats which can be easily applied to cells in Microsoft Excel. + + + + + + Adds new user defined style to the workbook. + + The name which will identify the style in Microsoft Excel. + + is null or empty. + + + is longer than 255 characters. + + + A style already exists with the a name of . Names are compared case-insensitively. + + The added user defined style as a instance. + + + + Adds new user defined style to the workbook. + + A cell format of the style. + The name which will identify the style in Microsoft Excel. + + is null or empty. + + + is longer than 255 characters. + + + A style already exists with the a name of . Names are compared case-insensitively. + + The added user defined style as a instance. + + + + Clears all styles, other than the Normal style, from the collection. + + + + + + + + Determines whether a style is in the collection. + + The style to locate in the collection. + True if the style is found; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified style from the collection. + + The style to remove from the collection. + + is the Normal style. + + + True if the style was successfully removed; False if the style was not + in the collection. + + + + + + Removes the style at the specified index from the collection. + + The zero-based index of the style in the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + + The style to remove at is the Normal style. + + + + + + Resets the collection to its original state by clearing all styles and adding in preset built in styles. + + + + + + + Gets the number of styles in the collection. + + The number of styles in the collection. + + + + Gets the style at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the style to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + The style at the specified index. + + + + Gets the style with the specified name. + + The name of the style to get. + +

+ Style names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ + is null. + + The style with the specified name or null if no style with that name exists. +
+ + + Gets the default style for the workbook. + + +

+ The normal style is the parent style for all cell and differential formats in the workbook, unless another parent style is specified. +

+
+ +
+ + + Represents the window options which are saved with the workbook. + + +

+ The properties explicitly defined on this class and not inherited from the base class, + , are options that can be saved with a workbook, but + not with a custom view. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Resets the window options to their default settings. + + +

+ The defaults used for each setting are the same defaults with which Microsoft Excel creates a blank workbook. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the bounds of the workbook's MDI child window in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ Note: This setting cannot be saved with a in the Excel file. It can only be saved + with a . Therefore, there is no corresponding property in and + a newly created CustomView will not be initialized with the setting from this property. +

+
+ + The width or height of the value assigned are less than zero. + + The bounds of the workbook's MDI child window in twips (1/20th of a point). +
+ + + Gets or sets the index of the first visible tab in the worksheet tab bar. + + +

+ If the worksheet tab bar is not visible, this value will not be used, but it is still saved with the workbook. +

+

+ Note: This setting cannot be saved with a in the Excel file. It can only be saved + with a . Therefore, there is no corresponding property in and + a newly created CustomView will not be initialized with the setting from this property. +

+
+ + The value assigned is less than zero. + + The index of the first visible tab in the worksheet tab bar. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the workbook's MDI child window is minimized in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ Note: This setting cannot be saved with a in the Excel file. It can only be saved + with a . Therefore, there is no corresponding property in and + a newly created CustomView will not be initialized with the setting from this property. +

+
+ The value indicating whether the workbook's MDI child window is minimized in Microsoft Excel. + +
+ + + Represents one worksheet in a Microsoft Excel workbook. + + +

+ An Excel worksheet is essentially a table with a limited number of rows and columns. To create new worksheet, use + method of the + collection on a instance. +

+
+
+ + + Clears all conditional formatting rules from the so they do not get saved. + + + + + Deletes a region of cells. + + The region to delete + If true will shift cells left from the right of the region to occupy the deleted region, otherwise will shift cells up from below the region. + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it the range intersects with a protected region. + If region is null. + + + + + + + Deletes a region of cells. + + The address of the region to delete + If true will shift cells left from the right of the region to occupy the deleted region, otherwise will shift cells up from below the region. + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it the range intersects with a protected region. + If address is not valid. + + + + + + + Gets the cell at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The of the workbook will be used to parse the cell address. +

+

+ If one or more region references are specified instead of a cell reference, the top-left cell of the first region will be returned. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the cell. + + is null. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the workbook's cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + A cell represented by the specified address or name. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the cell at the specified address or name. + + +

+ If one or more region references are specified instead of a cell reference, the top-left cell of the first region will be returned. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the cell. + The cell reference mode to use to parse the cell address. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the specified cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + A cell represented by the specified address or name. + + + +
+ + + Gets the cell at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The of the workbook will be used to parse the cell address. +

+

+ If one or more region references are specified instead of a cell reference, the top-left cell of the first region will be returned. +

+

+ The origin cell specified will not be used if a name is specified, if the workbook has an A1 cell reference mode, or if an absolute R1C1 + address is specified. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the cell. + The origin for resolving relative R1C1 references. + + is null. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the workbook's cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address and is null. An origin cell must be specified to resolve relative + R1C1 references. + + A cell represented by the specified address or name. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the cell at the specified address or name. + + +

+ If one or more region references are specified instead of a cell reference, the top-left cell of the first region will be returned. +

+

+ The origin cell specified will not be used if a name is specified, if the workbook has an A1 cell reference mode, or if an absolute R1C1 + address is specified. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the cell. + The cell reference mode to use to parse the cell address. + The origin for resolving relative R1C1 references. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the specified cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address and is null. An origin cell must be specified to resolve relative + R1C1 references. + + A cell represented by the specified address or name. + + + +
+ + + Gets the default column width in the specified units. + + +

+ If is Character256th, the value returned will be the same as the value of the + property. +

+
+ The units in which the width should be returned. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + The default column width in the specified units. + + + +
+ + + Gets the region at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The of the workbook will be used to parse the region address. +

+

+ If a cell reference is specified instead of a region reference, a 1x1 region containing the cell at the address will be returned. +

+

+ If a list of references is specified, the region specified by the first reference will be returned. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + + is null. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the workbook's cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + A region represented by the specified address or name. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the region at the specified address or name. + + +

+ If a cell reference is specified instead of a region reference, a 1x1 region containing the cell at the address will be returned. +

+

+ If a list of references is specified, the region specified by the first reference will be returned. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + The cell reference mode to use to parse the region address. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the specified cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + A region represented by the specified address or name. + + + +
+ + + Gets the region at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The of the workbook will be used to parse the region address. +

+

+ If a cell reference is specified instead of a region reference, a 1x1 region containing the cell at the address will be returned. +

+

+ If a list of references is specified, the region specified by the first reference will be returned. +

+

+ The origin cell specified will not be used if a name is specified, if the workbook has an A1 cell reference mode, or if an absolute R1C1 + address is specified. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + The origin for resolving relative R1C1 references. + + is null. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the workbook's cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address and is null. An origin cell must be specified to resolve relative + R1C1 references. + + A region represented by the specified address or name. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the region at the specified address or name. + + +

+ If a cell reference is specified instead of a region reference, a 1x1 region containing the cell at the address will be returned. +

+

+ If a list of references is specified, the region specified by the first reference will be returned. +

+

+ The origin cell specified will not be used if a name is specified, if the workbook has an A1 cell reference mode, or if an absolute R1C1 + address is specified. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to a cell or region in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + The cell reference mode to use to parse the region address. + The origin for resolving relative R1C1 references. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the specified cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address and is null. An origin cell must be specified to resolve relative + R1C1 references. + + A region represented by the specified address or name. + + + +
+ + + Gets the regions at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The of the workbook will be used to parse the region address. +

+

+ The address can be a list of references, each one referring to a separate region on the Worksheet. +

+

+ If a cell or single region reference is specified instead, an array of one region at the address will be returned. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to cells or regions in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + + is null. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the workbook's cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + An array of regions represented by the specified address or name. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the regions at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The address can be a list of references, each one referring to a separate region on the Worksheet. +

+

+ If a cell or single region reference is specified instead, an array of one region at the address will be returned. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to cells or regions in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + The cell reference mode to use to parse the region address. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the specified cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address. The overload taking an origin cell must be used to resolve relative R1C1 references. + + An array of regions represented by the specified address or name. + + + +
+ + + Gets the regions at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The of the workbook will be used to parse the region address. +

+

+ The address can be a list of references, each one referring to a separate region on the Worksheet. +

+

+ If a cell or single region reference is specified instead, an array of one region at the address will be returned. +

+

+ The origin cell specified will not be used if a name is specified, if the workbook has an A1 cell reference mode, or if an absolute R1C1 + address is specified. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to cells or regions in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + The origin for resolving relative R1C1 references. + + is null. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the workbook's cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address and is null. An origin cell must be specified to resolve relative + R1C1 references. + + An array of regions represented by the specified address or name. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the regions at the specified address or name. + + +

+ The address can be a list of references, each one referring to a separate region on the Worksheet. +

+

+ If a cell or single region reference is specified instead, an array of one region at the address will be returned. +

+

+ The origin cell specified will not be used if a name is specified, if the workbook has an A1 cell reference mode, or if an absolute R1C1 + address is specified. +

+

+ If a name is specified, it must refer to cells or regions in the and it must be scoped to the + or the Worksheet or null will be returned. +

+
+ The address or name of the region. + The cell reference mode to use to parse the region address. + The origin for resolving relative R1C1 references. + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is not a valid name or a valid cell or region address in the specified cell reference mode. + + + is a relative R1C1 address and is null. An origin cell must be specified to resolve relative + R1C1 references. + + An array of regions represented by the specified address or name. + + + +
+ + + Inserts a region of cells. + + The region to insert + If true will shift existing cells right to make room for the newly inserted cells, otherwise will shift existing cells down below the region. + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it would cause data to be shifted off the worksheet. + If region is null. + + + + + + + Inserts a region of cells. + + The region to insert + If true will shift existing cells right to make room for the newly inserted cells, otherwise will shift existing cells down below the region. + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it would cause data to be shifted off the worksheet. + If address is not valid. + + + + + + + Hides the columns in the specified range. + + The index of the first column to hide, or null to start hiding at the first column. + + The number of columns to hide. If null, a single column will be hidden when is specified and + otherwise, all columns will be hidden. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the plus is greater than the number of columns in the worksheet. + + + + + Hides the rows in the specified range. + + The index of the first row to hide, or null to start hiding at the first row. + + The number of rows to hide. If null, a single row will be hidden when is specified and + otherwise, all rows will be hidden. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the plus is greater than the number of rows in the worksheet. + + + + + Moves the worksheet to a new position in the owning workbook's collections of worksheets. + + The new 0-based index to where the worksheet should be moved. + + The worksheet has previously been removed from its workbook. + + + is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the number of worksheets in the owning workbook. + + + + + + + + Sets the default column width in the specified units. + + The default column width to set on the worksheet, expressed in the specified . + The units in which the is expressed. + + is infinity or NaN. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + + + + Unhides the columns in the specified range. + + The index of the first column to unhide, or null to start unhiding at the first column. + + The number of columns to unhide. If null, a single column will be unhidden when is specified and + otherwise, all columns will be unhidden. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the plus is greater than the number of columns in the worksheet. + + + + + Unhides the rows in the specified range. + + The index of the first row to unhide, or null to start unhiding at the first row. + + The number of rows to unhide. If null, a single row will be unhidden when is specified and + otherwise, all rows will be unhidden. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the is less than 0. + + + Occurs when the plus is greater than the number of rows in the worksheet. + + + + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Gets the collection of columns in the worksheet. + + +

+ The collection of columns is a fixed length collection, with the maximum number of columns in the collection being + or , + depending on the Workbook.CurrentFormat. Internally, the columns + are only created and added to the collection when they are requested. +

+

+ Note: Iterating the collection will not create all columns. It will only iterate the columns which have already + been used. To create and iterate all columns in the worksheet use a For loop, iterating from 0 to one less than + the maximum column count, and pass in each index to the collection's indexer. +

+
+ The collection of columns in the worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets the collection of data tables in the worksheet. + + The collection of data tables in the worksheet. + + + + + Gets the collection of data validation rules applied to cells in the Worksheet. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the default column width including padding, in 256ths of the '0' digit character width in the workbook's default font. + + +

+ The default column width is the width of all columns which do not have their width set. +

+

+ The value assigned must be between 0 and 65535. Invalid values will be automatically adjusted to valid values. +

+

+ Setting or getting this property is equivalent to calling + or using the value of Character256th. +

+
+ + The default column width including padding, in 256ths of the '0' digit character width in the workbook's default font. + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the default row height in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The default row height is the height of all rows which do not have their height explicitly set + to a positive number. +

+

+ If the assigned value is -1, the default row height will then be calculated based on the default font + for the workbook, and subsequently getting this property will return the font-based default row height. +

+
+ + The value assigned is outside the value range of -1 and 8192. + + The default row height in twips (1/20th of a point). +
+ + + Gets the object which controls the display of the worksheet. + + +

+ The display options include any settings which affect the display of the worksheet when viewed in Microsoft Excel. + These settings will not affect the printed worksheet or the data stored in the worksheet. +

+
+ The object which controls the display of the worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets the collection of hyperlinks applied to cells and regions in the Worksheet. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the background image for the worksheet. + + +

+ This image is tiled across the background of the worksheet. If null, the worksheet will have no background. +

+
+ The background image for the worksheet. +
+ + + Gets the zero-based index of this worksheet in its parent collection. + + +

+ Negative one indicates the worksheet has been removed from its parent collection. +

+
+ The zero-based index of this worksheet in its parent Worksheets collection. + + +
+ + + Gets the collection of merged cell ranges in this worksheet. + + +

Use method to add new merged cell ranges to the worksheet.

+
+ The collection of merged cell ranges in this worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the worksheet name. + + +

The worksheet name is case-insensitively unique in the workbook.

+

+ The worksheet name is shown in the tab for the worksheet. In addition, the worksheet name can be used by formulas + from other worksheets to refer to cells in this worksheet. +

+
+ + The value assigned is null or empty. + + + The value assigned contains the invalid characters: ':', '\', '/', '?', '*', '[', or ']'. + + + The value assigned exceeds 31 characters in length. + + + The value assigned is being used as the name of another worksheet (worksheet names are case-insensitively compared). + + The worksheet name. +
+ + + Gets the object which controls how the worksheet prints. + + +

+ The print options include any settings which affect the printed appearance of the worksheet. These settings will + not affect the data in the worksheet. Although these are not display settings, some worksheet display styles will + display all or some of the print options, so these settings may affect the display of the worksheet when viewed in + Microsoft Excel. +

+
+ The object which controls how the worksheet prints. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the protection state of Excel worksheet. + + +

In protected worksheet cells which are locked can not be modified.

+
+ The protection state of Excel worksheet. +
+ + + Gets the collection of rows in the worksheet. + + +

+ The collection of rows is a fixed length collection, with the maximum number of rows in the collection being + or , + depending on the Workbook.CurrentFormat. Internally, the rows are only created and added to the collection + when they are requested. +

+

+ Note: Iterating the collection will not create all rows. It will only iterate the rows which have already + been used. To create and iterate all rows in the worksheet use a For loop, iterating from 0 to one less than + the maximum row count, and pass in each index to the collection's indexer. +

+
+ The collection of rows in the worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets the value which indicates whether this worksheet is selected. + + +

+ If the worksheet has been removed from its parent collection, this will always return False. +

+
+ The value which indicates whether this worksheet is selected. + + +
+ + + Gets the collection of shapes on the worksheet. + + The collection of shapes on the worksheet. + + + + + Gets the collection of instances, or regions formatted as tables, in the worksheet. + + + + + + Gets the that owns the worksheet. + + The Workbook that owns the worksheet. + + + + Represents a cell in a Microsoft Excel worksheet. + + + + + Determines whether the specified object is another instance which refers + to the same location on the same worksheet as this cell. + + The instance to check for equality. + True if the cells refer to the same location on the same worksheet; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code of the . + + The hash code of the . + + + + Gets the string representation of the address of the cell. + + The string representation of the address of the cell. + + + + Applies a formula to the cell. + + +

+ is parsed based on the of the + to which the cell belongs. If the cell's has been removed from its parent collection, + the A1 CellReferenceMode will be used to parse the formula. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this method is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.ApplyCellFormula method. +

+
+ The formula to parse and apply to the cell. + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. + + + The cell is part of an array formula or data table which is not confined to just the cell. + + + +
+ + + Removes the comment associated with the cell. + + +

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method and pass in null as the + comment parameter, which does not create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the + WorksheetCell instance already exists, using this method is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.SetCellComment method and + passing in null as the comment parameter. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the bounds of the cell in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before the cell are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the cell. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which + does not create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this method is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetBoundsInTwips method. +

+
+ The bounds of the cell on its worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets the bounds of the cell in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before the cell are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the cell. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, + which does not create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this method is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetBoundsInTwips method. +

+
+ The options to use when getting the bounds of the cell. + The bounds of the cell on its worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets the string representation of the address of the cell. + + The WorksheetRow of the cell. + The index of the column of the cell. + The mode used to generate cell references. + The value indicating whether to include the worksheet name in the cell address. + The string representation of the address of the cell. + + + + Gets the string representation of the address of the cell. + + The WorksheetRow of the cell. + The index of the column of the cell. + The mode used to generate cell references. + The value indicating whether to include the worksheet name in the cell address. + The value indicating whether to use a relative column address. + The value indicating whether to use a relative row address. + The string representation of the address of the cell. + + + + Gets the effective hyperlink on the cell. + + +

+ If multiple hyperlinks are applied to the cell, the last one in the + collection will be used. +

+

+ If the cell has one or more hyperlinks in the collection as well + as a formula containing a HYPERLINK function, the last hyperlink from the collection will be used. +

+

+ If the cell has a hyperlink due to the HYPERLINK function being used in a formula, the returned value will be sealed. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the text displayed in the cell. + + +

+ The display text is based on the value of the cell and the format string applied to the cell. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetText method. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the text of the cell. + + The format mode to use when getting the cell text. + +

+ The text is based on the value of the cell and the format string applied to the cell. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetText method. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + +
+ + + Gets the resolved cell formatting for this cell. + + +

+ If any cell format properties are the default values on the cell, the values from the owning row's cell format will be used. + If those are default, then the values from the owning column's cell format will be used. Otherwise, the workbook default values + will be used. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this method is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetResolvedCellFormat method. +

+
+ A format object describing the actual formatting that will be used when displayed this cell in Microsoft Excel. + + + +
+ + + Returns True if a particular type of value can be exported to excel. + + The type to test. + + is null. + + True if the type is supported as a cell value, False otherwise. + + + + Gets the string representation of the address of the cell. + + The mode used to generate cell references. + The value indicating whether to include the worksheet name in the cell address. + The string representation of the address of the cell. + + + + Gets the string representation of the address of the cell. + + The mode used to generate cell references. + The value indicating whether to include the worksheet name in the cell address. + The value indicating whether to use a relative column address. + The value indicating whether to use a relative row address. + The string representation of the address of the cell. + + + + Determines whether two cell instances are equivalent. + + True if the cells refer to the same location on the same worksheet; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two cell instances are not equivalent. + + False if the cells refer to the same location on the same worksheet; True otherwise. + + + + Gets the data table to which the cell belongs. + + +

+ The cells in the left-most column and top-most row of the data table will return null for the associated data table. +

+

+ If a data table is associated with the cell, getting the will return the calculated value for the cell. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetCellAssociatedDataTable method. +

+
+ The data table to which the cell belongs or null if the cell does not belong to a data table. + + + +
+ + + Gets the merged cells region which contains the cell, or null if the cell is not merged. + + +

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetCellAssociatedMergedCellsRegion method. +

+
+ The merged cells region which contains the cell, or null if the cell is not merged. + +
+ + + Gets the to which this cell belongs. + + +

+ A cell belongs to a table if it exists in any area of the table. It can be a header cell, total cell, or a cell in the data area. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetCellAssociatedTable method. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the cell formatting for this cell. + + +

+ Use this property to set cell formatting specific to the cell. If you will be applying the format to numerous cells, + see the method for performance considerations. +

+

+ If this cell belongs to a merged cell region, getting the CellFormat will get the CellFormat of the associated merged + cell region. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetCellFormat method. +

+
+ The cell formatting for this cell. + + +
+ + + Gets the value which indicates whether the cell's format has been initialized yet. + + + + + + Gets the column index of the cell. + + The column index of the cell. + + + + Gets or sets the comment applied to the cell. + + +

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the or + methods, which do not create instances internally. However, + if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the + WorksheetRow.GetCellComment or WorksheetRow.SetCellComment methods. +

+
+ + The value applied only has only one anchor cell set. It should have both or neither anchor cells set. + + + The value has its and + anchors set but they are from different worksheets. + + The comment applied to the cell. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the data validation rule for the . + + + Occurs when the value specified is already applied to cells in another worksheet. + + + Occurs when the value specified is invalid based on its rule type's requirements. + + + + + + + + + + + Get the value indicating whether the cell has an associated comment. + + +

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method and check for a non null + return value, which does not create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the + WorksheetCell instance already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetCellComment method + and checking for a non null return value. +

+
+ True if the cell has an associated comment; False otherwise. + + +
+ + + Gets the formula which has been applied to the cell. + + +

+ If a formula has been applied to the cell, getting the will return the calculated value of the formula. +

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the method, which does not + create a instance internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetCellFormula method. +

+
+ The formula which has been applied to the cell or null if no formula has been applied. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the row index of the cell. + + The row index of the cell. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the cell. + + +

+ If this cell belongs to a merged cell region and it is the top-left cell of the region, getting and setting the value + will get and set the value of the associated merged cell region. Getting the value of other cells in a merged cell region + will always return null. Setting the value of other cells in a merged cell region will have no effect. +

+

+ If a formula has been applied to the cell or a data table is associated with the cell, getting the Value will return the + calculated value of the cell. +

+

+ The types supported for the value are: +
+

    +
  • System.Byte
  • +
  • System.SByte
  • +
  • System.Int16
  • +
  • System.Int64
  • +
  • System.UInt16
  • +
  • System.UInt64
  • +
  • System.UInt32
  • +
  • System.Int32
  • +
  • System.Single
  • +
  • System.Double
  • +
  • System.Boolean
  • +
  • System.Char
  • +
  • System.Enum
  • +
  • System.Decimal
  • +
  • System.DateTime
  • +
  • System.String
  • +
  • System.Text.StringBuilder
  • +
  • System.DBNull
  • +
  • +
  • +
+

+

+ Note: it is slightly faster to use the or + methods, which do not create instances internally. However, if a reference to the WorksheetCell instance + already exists, using this property is equivalent to using the WorksheetRow.GetCellComment or WorksheetRow.SetCellComment methods. +

+
+ + The assigned value's type is not supported and can't be exported to Excel. + + + The value assigned is a . Instead, + should be called on the Formula, passing in the cell. + + + The value assigned is a . Instead, the + should be set to a region containing the cell. + + + The value assigned is a FormattedString which is the value another cell or merged cell region. + + + The value is assigned and this cell is part of an or WorksheetDataTable. + + The value of the cell. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the worksheet to which the cell belongs. + + The worksheet to which the cell belongs. + + + + Represents a comment for a cell. + + +

+ Comments cannot be added to a worksheet's or a shape group's shapes collection. Instead, they must be set directly on the cell + with the cell's property. +

+

+ It is not required that the anchors of this shape be initialized before setting it as the comment of a cell. If the + and anchors are both null when + the comment is applied to a cell, default anchor cells will be used based on the cell. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the worksheet on which the shape resides. + + The worksheet on which the shape resides. + + + + Gets or sets the author of the comment. + + +

+ This information is not displayed in the Microsoft Excel UI and is for informational purposes only. +

+
+ The author of the comment. +
+ + + Gets the cell to which the comment is applied. + + The cell to which the comment is applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the formatted text of the comment. + + +

+ Getting the value of this property will always return a non-null value. If null is set on the property, it will subsequently + return an empty formatted string. +

+
+ The formatted text of the comment. +
+ + + A collection of cells in a row. + + +

+ Cells in this collection are lazily created (they are only created and added to the collection when they are accessed). + If this collection is enumerated, it only enumerates the cells which were already accessed. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the maximum number of items allowed in this collection. + + + + + Gets the cell at the specified column index in the owning row. + + +

+ Note: Iterating the collection will not create all cells. It will only iterate the cells which have already + been used. To create and iterate all cells in the worksheet use a For loop, iterating from 0 to one less than + the maximum column count, and pass in each index to the collection's indexer. +

+
+ The zero-based column index of the cell to get. + + is less than zero. + + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + is greater than or equal to + or , depending on the . + + The cell at the specified column index in the owning row. +
+ + + Represents a chart shape. This class does not allow for the editing of chart data. + It is used for round-tripping chart data between loading and saving a workbook. + + + + + Represents a column in a Microsoft Excel worksheet. + + + + + Gets the column width in the specified units, or NaN if the column has the default width. + + +

+ If is Character256th, the value returned will be the same as the value of the + property, with one exception: if the column has the default width, this method will return NaN and Width will return -1. +

+
+ The units in which the width should be returned. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + The column width in the specified units, or NaN if the column has the default width. + + + +
+ + + Sets the column width in the specified units. + + The width to set on the column, expressed in the specified . + The units in which the is expressed. + +

+ Setting a value of NaN will reset the column width so that the column uses the default column width of the worksheet. +

+
+ + is infinity. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + If the column was removed from the worksheet. + + + +
+ + + Gets the 0-based index of the column in the worksheet. + + The 0-based index of the column in the worksheet. + + + + Gets or sets the column width including padding, in 256ths of the '0' digit character width in the workbook's default font. + + +

+ If the width of the column is less than zero, the of the + owning worksheet will be used as the column's width. +

+

+ The value assigned must be between -1 and 65535. Invalid values will be automatically adjusted to valid values. +

+

+ Setting or getting this property is equivalent to calling or using the + value of Character256th. +

+
+ + The column width including padding, in 256ths of the '0' digit character width in the workbook's default font. + + From the setter if the column was removed from the worksheet. + + + + +
+ + + A collection of columns in a worksheet. + + +

+ Columns in this collection are lazily created (they are only created and added to the collection when they are accessed). + Therefore, if this collection is enumerated, it only enumerates the columns which were already accessed. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Inserts one or more columns into the collection + + the insertion point + The number of columns to insert + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it would cause data to be shifted off the worksheet. + If index is negative. + + Note: An equal number of columns will be removed (i.e. bumped) off the end of the collection. + + + + + Removes one or more columns from the collection + + the index of the first column to remove point + The number of columns to remove + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it the range intersects with a protected region. + If index is negative. + + + + Gets the maximum number of items allowed in this collection. + + + + + Gets the column at the specified index. + + +

+ Note: Iterating the collection will not create all columns. It will only iterate the columns which have already + been used. To create and iterate all columns in the worksheet use a For loop, iterating from 0 to one less than + the maximum column count, and pass in each index to the collection's indexer. +

+
+ The zero-based index of the column to get. + + is less than zero. + + + is greater than or equal to + or , depending on the . + + The column at the specified index. +
+ + + Represents a data table for a range of cells. + + +

+ Data tables are a way to show the results of one or more formulas by trying many different values in the variables + of the formulas at the same time, and showing the different results in a table. An excellent example of a data table + application would be for a multiplication table. A multiplication table shows results for the formula =X*Y. However, + it shows many different results for the formula, where each result is determined by using different values for X and Y. + These results are displayed in a table, where each cell in the table shows the formula's result for specific values of + X and Y, which are labeled in the row and column headers, respectively. Therefore, each cell in a row will use the + same X value, and each cell in a column will use the same Y value. +

+

+ The multiplication table is known as a two-variable data table. Two-variable data tables are characterized by having a + single formula and values in the row and column headers of the table. The formula is entered into the top-left cell of + the data table and usually references at least two cells outside the data table, known as the column-input and row-input + cells. When the formula is evaluated for a specific cell in the data table, the reference to the column-input cell in the + formula is replaced with the value in the cell's row header (this may seem backwards, but the values in the row headers + run down the left column of the data table, which is why they are used for the column-input cell), and the reference to + the row-input cell is replaced with the value in the cell's column header. +

+

+ Another type of data table is the one-variable data table. A one-variable data table can be a column-oriented or + a row-oriented data table. A column-oriented data table has data in the cells of the left column and formulas in the + cells of the top row (anything in the top-left cell of the data table is ignored in this type of data table). Usually, + the formulas in the top row all reference the same cell outside the data table, known as the column-input cell. When a + cell in the table is evaluated, the formula in its column header is used, with the reference to the column-input cell + replaced by the value in cell's row header. +

+

+ A row-oriented one-variable data table is formed like a column-oriented data table, except the values run along the top + row, the formulas run down the left column, and the cell referenced by all formulas is known as the row-input cell. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the region of cells in the data table. + + +

+ Any interior cells (cells not in the left-most column or top row) in this region will have their values removed + when this is set. If any interior cells have array formulas with a region that crosses outside the data + table, an error will occur. However, if the array formula's region is confined to cells in the + interior of the data table, the array formula will have + called on it, which will remove it from all its cells. Similarly, if an existing data table's interior cells + contain some of the interior cells in this region as well as some external cells, an error will occur. + However, if all interior cells of the existing data table are contained in the interior cells of the new + region specified here, the existing data table will be removed from the worksheet. +

+

+ After the cells in the table have been specified, the interior cells' values cannot be modified. +

+

+ Note: The and cannot be with the region. +

+
+ + The value assigned is null. + + + The value is assigned after the data table has been removed from the worksheet. + + + The value assigned is a region from a worksheet other than the data table's worksheet. + + + The region specified contains the RowInputCell or the ColumnInputCell. + + + One or more of the interior cells of the value assigned (all cells except the left-most column and top row) is an + interior cell of another data table or is a cell in an array formula, and the entire range of that other + entity extends outside the interior cells of the value assigned. + + + The assigned value is only one row tall or one column wide. The cells in the table must be at least two rows by two columns. + + + The assigned value contains merged regions which are not confined to the left-most column or top row. No merged regions + can exist in the interior cells of the data table and no merged regions can exist in the left-most column or top row + and extend outside the data table region. + + The region of cells in the data table. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the cell used as the column-input cell in the data table. + + +

+ This represents the cell reference in all formulas of the data table to replace with row header values. + If this and the are non-null, the data table is a two-variable data table. + Otherwise, if only one is non-null, this is a one-variable data table. +

+

+ Note: The RowInputCell and ColumnInputCell cannot be within the region. +

+
+ + The assigned value does not belong to the same worksheet as the data table. + + + The value is assigned after the data table has been removed from the worksheet. + + + The value assigned is within the CellsInTable region. + + + The assigned value is null and RowInputCell is null. At least one input cell must be non-null. + + + The assigned value is the same as RowInputCell. The input cells cannot be the same cell. + + The cell used as the column-input cell in the data table. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the cell used as the row-input cell in the data table. + + +

+ This represents the cell reference in all formulas of the data table to replace with column header values. + If this and the are non-null, the data table is a two-variable data table. + Otherwise, if only one is non-null, this is a one-variable data table. +

+

+ Note: The RowInputCell and ColumnInputCell cannot be within the region. +

+
+ + The assigned value does not belong to the same worksheet as the data table. + + + The value is assigned after the data table has been removed from the worksheet. + + + The value assigned is within the CellsInTable region. + + + The assigned value is null and ColumnInputCell is null. At least one input cell must be non-null. + + + The assigned value is the same as ColumnInputCell. The input cells cannot be the same cell. + + The cell used as the row-input cell in the data table. + + +
+ + + Gets the worksheet on which this data table resides. + + + + + A collection of instances on a worksheet. + + + + + Creates a new data table and adds it to the collection. + + +

+ The input cells specified must be different cell references and at least one must be non-null. + See the overview for more information on data tables. +

+
+ The region of cells in the data table. + The cell used as the column-input cell in the data table. + The cell used as the row-input cell in the data table. + + is null. + + + is a region which does not belongs to the worksheet which owns this collection. + + + is not null but does not belong to the worksheet which owns this collection. + + + is not null but does not belong to the worksheet which owns this collection. + + + Both and are null. + + + and are the same cell. + + + or are contained in the + region. + + + One or more of the interior cells of the region (all cells except the left-most column + and top row) is an interior cell of another data table or is a cell in an array formula, and the entire + range of that other entity extends outside the interior cells of . + + The newly created data table. +
+ + + Clears all data tables from the collection. + + +

+ Once a data table is removed from the collection, it can no longer be used. +

+
+
+ + + Removes the specified data table from the collection. + + +

+ Once a data table is removed from the collection, it can no longer be used. +

+
+ The data table to remove from the collection. + + True if the dataTable was successfully removed; False if the dataTable was not in the collection. + +
+ + + Removes the data table at the specified index from the collection. + + +

+ Once a data table is removed from the collection, it can no longer be used. +

+
+ The zero-based index of the data table to remove from the collection. +
+ + + Gets the number of data tables in the collection. + + The number of data tables in the collection. + + + + Gets the data table at the specified index in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the data table to get. + The data table at the specified index. + + + + Represents a hyperlink for a cell or region. + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The address of the cell or region on which the hyperlink should reside. + + The target of the hyperlink, which can be a string, , , or + instance. For bookmarks in an external document, separate the sub-address with a #, + such as "File.xlsx#Sheet1!C3". For email addresses, use a target string with the format "mailto:joe@company.com" or + "mailto:joe@company.com?subject=Email%20Subject". + + + The text to display in the cell when the hyperlink is added to a worksheet, or null to use the target text. + + + The text to use in a tool tip when hovering over the source cell or region, or null to use the default tool tip. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is not a string, WorksheetCell, WorksheetRegion, or NamedReference instance. + + + Occurs when is a string longer than 256 characters. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The cell on which the hyperlink should reside. + + The target of the hyperlink, which can be a string, , , or + instance. For bookmarks in an external document, separate the sub-address with a #, + such as "File.xlsx#Sheet1!C3". For email addresses, use a target string with the format "mailto:joe@company.com" or + "mailto:joe@company.com?subject=Email%20Subject". + + + The text to display in the cell when the hyperlink is added to a worksheet, or null to use the target text. + + + The text to use in a tool tip when hovering over the source cell or region, or null to use the default tool tip. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is not a string, WorksheetCell, WorksheetRegion, or NamedReference instance. + + + Occurs when is a string longer than 256 characters. + + + Occurs when is a cell, region, or named reference which is not from the same workbook as . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The region on which the hyperlink should reside. + + The target of the hyperlink, which can be a string, , , or + instance. For bookmarks in an external document, separate the sub-address with a #, + such as "File.xlsx#Sheet1!C3". For email addresses, use a target string with the format "mailto:joe@company.com" or + "mailto:joe@company.com?subject=Email%20Subject". + + + The text to display in the cell when the hyperlink is added to a worksheet, or null to use the target text. + + + The text to use in a tool tip when hovering over the source cell or region, or null to use the default tool tip. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is not a string, WorksheetCell, WorksheetRegion, or NamedReference instance. + + + Occurs when is a string longer than 256 characters. + + + Occurs when is a cell, region, or named reference which is not from the same workbook as . + + + + + Gets the string representation of the hyperlink. + + The string representation of the hyperlink. + + + + Gets or sets the text to display in the cell when the hyperlink is added to a worksheet, or null to use the target text. + + +

+ Note: the display text will only get applied if the target cell has no value or a string value. +

+
+ + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the specified value is longer than 2084 characters. + +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the hyperlink is sealed and cannot be modified. + + + + + Gets or sets the address of the cell or region on which the hyperlink resides. + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the value assigned cannot be parsed as a cell or region address in the owning workbook's current + cell reference mode. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the cell on which the hyperlink resides. + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is not on the same worksheet as the hyperlink. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the region on which the hyperlink resides. + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is not on the same worksheet as the hyperlink. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the target of the hyperlink, which can be a string, , , or + instance. For bookmarks in an external document, separate the sub-address with a #, + such as "File.xlsx#Sheet1!C3". For email addresses, use a target string with the format "mailto:joe@company.com" or + "mailto:joe@company.com?subject=Email%20Subject". + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is not a string, WorksheetCell, WorksheetRegion, or NamedReference instance. + + + Occurs when the specified value is a string longer than 256 characters. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is a cell or region which is not from the same workbook as the owning workbook of the hyperlink. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the target address of the hyperlink. For bookmarks in an external document, separate the sub-address with a #, + such as "File.xlsx#Sheet1!C3". For email addresses, use a target string with the format "mailto:joe@company.com" or + "mailto:joe@company.com?subject=Email%20Subject". + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the specified value is longer than 256 characters. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the target cell of the hyperlink. + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is a cell which is not from the same workbook as the owning workbook of the hyperlink. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the target named reference of the hyperlink. + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is a named reference which is not from the same workbook as the owning workbook of the hyperlink. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the target region of the hyperlink. + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is null. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is a region which is not from the same workbook as the owning workbook of the hyperlink. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the text to use in a tool tip when hovering over the source cell or region, or null to use the default tool tip. + + + Occurs when is True. + + + Occurs when the specified value is longer than 256 characters. + + + + + Gets the worksheet to which the hyperlink belongs. + + + + + A collection of instances in a . + + + + + + Adds the specified hyperlink to the collection. + + The hyperlink to add to the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the already belongs to a collection. + + + Occurs when the has a source cell or region from a different worksheet than the owner + of the collection. + + + Occurs when the was created with a string address which cannot be parsed in the cell + reference mode of the owning workbook. + + + + + Clears all hyperlinks from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether a hyperlink is in the collection. + + The hyperlink to locate in the collection. + True if the hyperlink is found; False otherwise. + + + + Gets an enumerator which can iterator all hyperlinks in the collection. + + + + + Inserts the specified hyperlink in the collection. + + The 0-based index in the collection where the hyperlink should be inserted. + The hyperlink to insert in the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than . + + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the already belongs to a collection. + + + Occurs when the has a source cell or region from a different worksheet than the owner + of the collection. + + + Occurs when the was created with a string address which cannot be parsed in the cell + reference mode of the owning workbook. + + + + + Removes the specified hyperlink from the collection. + + The hyperlink to remove from the collection. + + True if the hyperlink was successfully removed from the collection; + False if the hyperlink did not exist in the collection. + + + + + Removes the hyperlink at the specified index from the collection. + + The index of the hyperlink to remove from the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of hyperlinks on the . + + + + + Gets the hyperlink at the specified index in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the hyperlink to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + The hyperlink at the specified index. + + + + Represents any image on the worksheet except the background image. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The image displayed in the worksheet for this shape. + + is null. + + + + + Sets the bounds of the shape in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The shape will only be position at the specified bounds while the worksheet remains in the current configuration. + If any rows or columns before or within the shape are resized, the shape will no longer be placed at the bounds specified. +

+

+ If is False, this just calls on its + base class. +

+
+ + is null. + + The worksheet on which the shape should be placed. + The new bounds where the shape should be placed. + The value indicating whether the image's aspect ratio should be maintained. +
+ + + Sets the bounds of the shape in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The shape will only be position at the specified bounds while the worksheet remains in the current configuration. + If any rows or columns before or within the shape are resized, the shape will no longer be placed at the bounds specified. +

+

+ If is False, this just calls on its + base class. +

+
+ + is null. + + The worksheet on which the shape should be placed. + The new bounds where the shape should be placed. + The value indicating whether the image's aspect ratio should be maintained. + The options to use when setting the bounds of the shape. +
+ + + Gets the image displayed in the worksheet for this shape. + + The image displayed in the worksheet for this shape. + + + + Initializes a new + + Index of the item + The extent of the item + The offset of the item. + + + + Compares the specified to this instance's values. + + The object to compare to the current instance + True if the object is a WorksheetItemPosition with the same , and . + + + + Returns a hash value for the + + A hash value for the WorksheetItemPosition + + + + Returns a string representation of the + + A string representation of the row and column indices. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are equal + + The first WorksheetItemPosition instance + The second WorksheetItemPosition instance + True if the objects have the same , and ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares two instances to determine if they are not equal + + The first WorksheetItemPosition instance + The second WorksheetItemPosition instance + True if the objects have a different , and/or ; otherwise false. + + + + Compares the value of this WorksheetItemPosition instance to the specified . + + The instance of the to compare + True if the specified WorksheetItemPosition has the same , and ; otherwise false. + + + + Returns the extent of the item. + + + + + Returns the index of the item. + + + + + Returns the starting point of the item. + + + + + Represents a merged region of cells, or cells which share a value and format and appear as one cell when + viewed in Microsoft Excel. + + +

+ Merged cell regions cannot overlap (a cell can only belong to one merged cell region). In addition, + and instances cannot be applied to merged cell + regions. +

+
+
+ + + Represents a rectangular region of cells on a worksheet. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + is null. + + + is greater than or + is greater than . + + + Any row or column indices specified are outside the valid row or column ranges. + + The worksheet on which the region resides. + The index of the first row of the region. + The index of the first column of the region. + The index of the last row of the region. + The index of the last row column of the region. + + + + Determines whether the specified value equals this . + + The value to test for equality. + + + + Gtes the hash code for the . + + + + + Gets the string representation of the range of cells in the region. + + The string representation of the range of cells in the region. + + + + Applies a array formula to the region of cells. + + +

+ is parsed based on the of the + to which the region belongs. If the region's has been removed from its parent collection, + the A1 CellReferenceMode will be used to parse the formula. +

+
+ The array formula to parse and apply to the region. + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. + + + The region contains another array formula or data table which extends outside the region. + + +
+ + + Applies a formula to the region of cells. + + +

+ is parsed based on the of the + to which the region belongs. If the region's has been removed from its parent collection, + the A1 CellReferenceMode will be used to parse the formula. +

+
+ The formula to parse and apply to the region. + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. + + + The region contains an array formula or data table which extends outside the region. + + +
+ + + Formats the region as a table and adds an associated to the + collection. + + + A value which indicates whether the top row of the region contains the headers for the table. + + +

+ When the table is created, the will be applied to the + value. +

+

+ When the table is created, the column names will be taken from the cells in the header row if + is True. If it is False, the column names will be generated and the cells for the header row will be inserted into the worksheet. +

+

+ The column names are unique within the owning WorksheetTable. If, when the table is created, there are two or more columns with + the same name, the second and subsequent duplicate column names will have a number appended to make them unique. If any cells in + the header row have a non-string value, their value will be changed to a string (the current display text of the cell). If any + cells in the header row have no value, they will be given a generated column name. +

+

+ If the region partially contains any merged cell regions, they will be removed from the worksheet and the table region will be expanded + to include all cells from the merged region. +

+
+ + The region contains one or more cells from another . + + + The region contains one or more cells which have a multi-cell applied. + + + The region contains one or more cells which are part of a . + + The created the represent the formatted table for the region. + + + + + +
+ + + Formats the region as a table and adds an associated to the + collection. + + + A value which indicates whether the top row of the region contains the headers for the table. + + + The to apply to the table or null to use the . + + +

+ When the table is created, the specified will be applied to the + value. +

+

+ When the table is created, the column names will be taken from the cells in the header row if + is True. If it is False, the column names will be generated and the cells for the header row will be inserted into the worksheet. +

+

+ The column names are unique within the owning WorksheetTable. If, when the table is created, there are two or more columns with + the same name, the second and subsequent duplicate column names will have a number appended to make them unique. If any cells in + the header row have a non-string value, their value will be changed to a string (the current display text of the cell). If any + cells in the header row have no value, they will be given a generated column name. +

+

+ If the region partially contains any merged cell regions, they will be removed from the worksheet and the table region will be expanded + to include all cells from the merged region. +

+
+ + The specified does not exist in the or + collections. + + + The region contains one or more cells from another . + + + The region contains one or more cells which have a multi-cell applied. + + + The region contains one or more cells which are part of a . + + The created the represent the formatted table for the region. + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the bounds of the region in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before the region are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the region. +

+
+ The bounds of the region on its worksheet. +
+ + + Gets the bounds of the region in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before the region are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the region. +

+
+ The options to use when getting the bounds of the region. + The bounds of the region on its worksheet. +
+ + + Gets the string representation of the range of cells in the region. + + The mode used to generate cell references. + The value indicating whether to include the worksheet name in the range address. + The string representation of the range of cells in the region. + + + + Gets the string representation of the range of cells in the region. + + The mode used to generate cell references. + The value indicating whether to include the worksheet name in the range address. + The value indicating whether to use a relative column address for the cells in the range. + The value indicating whether to use a relative row address for the cells in the range. + The string representation of the range of cells in the region. + + + + Gets the index of the first column in the region. + + The index of the first column in the region. + + + + Gets the index of the first row in the region. + + The index of the first row in the region. + + + + Gets the index of the last column in the region. + + The index of the last column in the region. + + + + Gets the index of the last row in the region. + + The index of the last row in the region. + + + + Gets the worksheet on which the region resides. + + + The worksheet on which the region resides or null if the region has been shifted off the worksheet. + + + + + Gets the resolved cell formatting for this merged cell region. + + +

+ If any cell format properties are the default values on the merged cell region, the values from the owning row's cell format will be used. + If those are default, then the values from the owning column's cell format will be used. Otherwise, the workbook default values + will be used. +

+
+ A format object describing the actual formatting that will be used when displayed this cell in Microsoft Excel. + + +
+ + + Gets the cell formatting for the merged cell region. + + The cell formatting for the merged cell region. + + + + Gets or sets the comment for the merged cells region. + + +

+ The comment of the merged region can also be accessed from the top-left cell of the merged region of cells. +

+
+ The comment for the merged cells region. +
+ + + Gets the formula which has been applied to the merged region. + + The formula which has been applied to the merged region or null if no formula has been applied. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the merged cell region. + + +

The types supported for the value are: +
+

    +
  • System.Byte
  • +
  • System.SByte
  • +
  • System.Int16
  • +
  • System.Int64
  • +
  • System.UInt16
  • +
  • System.UInt64
  • +
  • System.UInt32
  • +
  • System.Int32
  • +
  • System.Single
  • +
  • System.Double
  • +
  • System.Boolean
  • +
  • System.Char
  • +
  • System.Enum
  • +
  • System.Decimal
  • +
  • System.DateTime
  • +
  • System.String
  • +
  • System.Text.StringBuilder
  • +
  • System.DBNull
  • +
  • +
  • +
+

+
+ + The assigned value's type is not supported and can't be exported to Excel. + + + The value assigned is a . Instead, + should be called on the Formula, passing in the cell. + + + The value assigned is a . Instead, the + should be set to a region containing the cell. + + + The value assigned is a FormattedString which is the value another cell or merged cell region. + + + The value is assigned and this cell is part of an or WorksheetDataTable. + + The value of the merged cell region. + + +
+ + + A collection of instances in a . + + + + + + + Creates new merged cell region and adds it to the collection. + + +

+ The new merged cell region will take its value from the first cell containing a value, starting at the top-left and going across + then down in the region. The value of all other cells will be lost. Similarly, the new region will initialize its cell format + from the first cell containing a non-default cell format. +

+
+ The index of the first row of the merged cell region. + The index of the first column of the merged cell region. + The index of the last row of the merged cell region. + The index of the last row column of the merged cell region. + + is greater than or + is greater than . + + + Any row or column indices specified are outside the valid row or column ranges. + + + The new merged cell region overlaps with an existing merged cell region. + + The newly created . +
+ + + Clears all merged cell regions from the collection. + + +

+ When a merged cell region is removed, the top-left cell in the region will retain the region's value. + All other cells in the region will have a null value. In addition, all cells in the merged region will + have the region's cell format when it is removed. +

+
+
+ + + Checks if any part of specified region is already a part of a merged cell region. + + The index of the first row of the merged cell region. + The index of the first column of the merged cell region. + The index of the last row of the merged cell region. + The index of the last row column of the merged cell region. + True if any part of specified region is a part of merged cell region; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified merged cell region from the collection. + + +

+ When a merged cell region is removed, the top-left cell in the region will retain the region's value. + All other cells in the region will have a null value. In addition, all cells in the merged region will + have the region's cell format when it is removed. +

+
+ The merged cell region to remove from the collection. + + True if the merged cell region was successfully removed; False if the merged cell region was not + in the collection. + +
+ + + Removes the merged cell region at the specified index from the collection. + + +

+ When a merged cell region is removed, the top-left cell in the region will retain the region's value. + All other cells in the region will have a null value. In addition, all cells in the merged region will + have the region's cell format when it is removed. +

+
+ The zero-based index of the merged cell region in the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + +
+ + + Gets the number of merged cell regions in the collection. + + The number of merged cell regions in the collection. + + + + Gets the merged cell region at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the merged cell region to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or + equal to . + + The merged cell region at the specified index. + + + + A collection of cells or regions which are all on the same . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The worksheet to which the references in the collection will belong. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The worksheet to which the references in the collection will belong. + The space delimited list of references to add to the collection. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the list of reference is not well formed. + + + + + Creates a new instance and initializes it with a cell. + + The cell with which the collection should be initialized. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Creates a new instance and initializes it with a cell. + + The cell with which the collection should be initialized. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Returns the string value represent the cell and region addresses in the collection. + + + + + Gets an enumerator which returns all and instances in the collection of references. + + + + + Adds a list of references to the collection of references. + + +

+ The references must be separated by one or more space (' ') characters. +

+

+ The references in the list cannot contain the worksheet name. They are all assumed to be from the worksheet of this collection. +

+

+ If all references are already contained in the collection this call will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The space delimited list of references to add to the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the list of reference is not well formed. + +
+ + + Adds a list of references to the collection of references. + + +

+ The references must be separated by one or more space (' ') characters. +

+

+ The references in the list cannot contain the worksheet name. They are all assumed to be from the worksheet of this collection. +

+

+ If all references are already contained in the collection this call will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The space delimited list of references to add to the collection. + The cell reference mode with which to parse the . + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when the list of reference is not well formed. + +
+ + + Adds a cell to the collection of references. + + +

+ The cell added to the collection must be from the same as the collection. +

+

+ If the cell is already contained in the collection, or there is a region in the collection which contains the cell, this call + will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The cell to add to the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a Worksheet other than the references collection. + +
+ + + Adds a region to the collection of references. + + +

+ The region added to the collection must be from the same as the collection. +

+

+ If the region is already contained in the collection, or there is a region in the collection which fully contains the specified region, + this call will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The region to add to the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the is from a Worksheet other than the references collection. + +
+ + + Clears all references from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains the specified cell. + + The cell to search for in the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + True if the cell is contained in the collection or a region which contains the cell is contained in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains the specified region. + + The region to search for in the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + True if the region is contained in the collection or a region which fully contains the specified region is contained in the collection; + False otherwise. + + + + + Removes a list of references from the collection of references. + + +

+ The references must be separated by one or more space (' ') characters. +

+

+ The references in the list cannot contain the worksheet name. They are all assumed to be from the worksheet of this collection. +

+

+ If the references are not contained in the collection, this call will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The space delimited list of references to remove from the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when the list of reference is not well formed. + + True if any cells in the references were found and removed. False otherwise. +
+ + + Removes a list of references from the collection of references. + + +

+ The references must be separated by one or more space (' ') characters. +

+

+ The references in the list cannot contain the worksheet name. They are all assumed to be from the worksheet of this collection. +

+

+ If the references are not contained in the collection, this call will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The space delimited list of references to remove from the collection. + The cell reference mode with which to parse the . + + Occurs when the is null. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when the list of reference is not well formed. + + True if any cells in the references were found and removed. False otherwise. +
+ + + Removes a cell from the collection of references. + + +

+ If the cell is not contained in the collection, this call will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The cell to remove from the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + True if the cell was found and removed. False otherwise. +
+ + + Removes a region from the collection of references. + + +

+ If the region is not contained in the collection, this call will have no effect on the collection. +

+
+ The region to remove from the collection. + + Occurs when the is null. + + True if any cells in the region were found and removed. False otherwise. +
+ + + Returns the string value represent the cell and region addresses in the collection. + + The cell reference mode with which to get the region strings. + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets the number of cells contains in all references in this collection. + + + + + Gets the worksheet for which this collection contains references. + + + + + Represents a row in a Microsoft Excel worksheet. + + + + + Applies a formula to the cell at the specified column index. + + +

+ is parsed based on the of the + to which the row belongs. If the row's has been removed from its parent collection, + the A1 CellReferenceMode will be used to parse the formula. +

+
+ The 0-based index of the cell within the . + The formula to parse and apply to the cell. + The mode used to interpret cell references in the formula. + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + + is null or empty. + + + is not a valid formula. + + + The cell is part of an array formula or data table which is not confined to just the cell. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets the data table to which the cell at the specified index belongs. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + +

+ The cells in the left-most column and top-most row of the data table will return null for the associated data table. +

+

+ If a data table is associated with the cell, getting the value of the cell with + will return the calculated value for the cell. +

+
+ + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The data table to which the cell belongs or null if the cell does not belong to a data table. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the merged cells region which contains the cell at the specified index, or null if the cell is not merged. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The merged cells region which contains the cell at the specified index, or null if the cell is not merged. + + + + + Gets the to which the cell at the specified index belongs. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + +

+ A cell belongs to a table if it exists in any area of the table. It can be a header cell, total cell, or a cell in the data area. +

+
+ If the row was removed from the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets the bounds of the cell at the specified column index in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before the cell are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the cell. +

+
+ + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The bounds of the cell at the specified column index on its worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets the bounds of the cell at the specified column index in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ The bounds returned by this method are only valid with the current configuration of the worksheet. + If any rows or columns before the cell are resized, these bounds will no longer reflect the + position of the cell. +

+
+ The 0-based index of the cell within the . + The options to use when getting the bounds of the cell. + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The bounds of the cell at the specified column index on its worksheet. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the comment applied to the cell at the specified column index. + + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The comment applied to the cell. + + + + + Gets the display text in the cell at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + +

+ The display text is based on the value of the cell and the format string applied to the cell. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the text in the cell at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + The format mode to use when getting the cell text. + +

+ The text is based on the value of the cell and the format string applied to the cell. +

+
+ + is not defined in the enumeration. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + + +
+ + + Gets the cell formatting for the cell at the specified column index. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + +

+ Use this method to set cell formatting specific to the cell. If you will be applying the format to numerous cells, + see the method for performance considerations. +

+
+ + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The cell formatting for the cell at the specified column index. + + + +
+ + + Gets the formula which has been applied to the cell at the specified column index. + + +

+ If a formula has been applied to the cell, getting the value with the method will return the + calculated value of the formula. +

+
+ + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The formula which has been applied to the cell or null if no formula has been applied. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the effective hyperlink on the cell at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + +

+ If multiple hyperlinks are applied to the cell, the last one in the + collection will be used. +

+

+ If the cell has one or more hyperlinks in the collection as well + as a formula containing a HYPERLINK function, the last hyperlink from the collection will be used. +

+

+ If the cell has a hyperlink due to the HYPERLINK function being used in a formula, the returned value will be sealed. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the value of the cell at the specified column index. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + +

+ If this cell belongs to a merged cell region and it is the top-left cell of the region, getting and setting the value + will get and set the value of the associated merged cell region. Getting the value of other cells in a merged cell region + will always return null. Setting the value of other cells in a merged cell region will have no effect. +

+

+ If a formula has been applied to the cell or a data table is associated with the cell, getting the Value will return the + calculated value of the cell. +

+

+ The types supported for the value are: +
+

    +
  • System.Byte
  • +
  • System.SByte
  • +
  • System.Int16
  • +
  • System.Int64
  • +
  • System.UInt16
  • +
  • System.UInt64
  • +
  • System.UInt32
  • +
  • System.Int32
  • +
  • System.Single
  • +
  • System.Double
  • +
  • System.Boolean
  • +
  • System.Char
  • +
  • System.Enum
  • +
  • System.Decimal
  • +
  • System.DateTime
  • +
  • System.String
  • +
  • System.Text.StringBuilder
  • +
  • System.DBNull
  • +
  • +
  • +
+

+
+ + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The value of the cell. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the resolved cell formatting for the cell at the specified column index. + + +

+ If any cell format properties are the default values on the cell, the values from the owning row's cell format will be used. + If those are default, then the values from the owning column's cell format will be used. Otherwise, the workbook default values + will be used. +

+
+ The 0-based index of the cell within the . + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + A format object describing the actual formatting that will be used when displayed the cell in Microsoft Excel. + + + +
+ + + Sets the comment applied to the cell at the specified column index. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + The comment to apply to the cell. + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + + The value applied only has only one anchor cell set. It should have both or neither anchor cells set. + + + The value has its and + anchors set but they are from different worksheets. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + + + + + Sets the value of a cell at the specified column index. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + The value to assign to the cell. + +

+ If this cell belongs to a merged cell region and it is the top-left cell of the region, getting and setting the value + will get and set the value of the associated merged cell region. Getting the value of other cells in a merged cell region + will always return null. Setting the value of other cells in a merged cell region will have no effect. +

+

+ If a formula has been applied to the cell or a data table is associated with the cell, getting the Value will return the + calculated value of the cell. +

+

+ The types supported for the value are: +
+

    +
  • System.Byte
  • +
  • System.SByte
  • +
  • System.Int16
  • +
  • System.Int64
  • +
  • System.UInt16
  • +
  • System.UInt64
  • +
  • System.UInt32
  • +
  • System.Int32
  • +
  • System.Single
  • +
  • System.Double
  • +
  • System.Boolean
  • +
  • System.Char
  • +
  • System.Enum
  • +
  • System.Decimal
  • +
  • System.DateTime
  • +
  • System.String
  • +
  • System.Text.StringBuilder
  • +
  • System.DBNull
  • +
  • +
  • +
+

+
+ + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + + The assigned value's type is not supported and can't be exported to Excel. + + + The value assigned is a . Instead, + should be called on the Formula, passing in the cell. + + + The value assigned is a . Instead, the + should be set to a region containing the cell. + + + The value assigned is a FormattedString which is the value another cell or merged cell region. + + + The value is assigned and this cell is part of an or WorksheetDataTable. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + The value of the cell. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Gets the cell formatting for the cell at the specified column index if it is allocated. + + The 0-based index of the cell within the . + [Out] The cell formatting for the cell at the specified column index if it is allocated; null otherwise. + + is less than zero or greater than or equal to the number of columns in the worksheet. + + If the row was removed from the worksheet. + True if the cell formatting is allocated; False otherwise. + + + + + + + Gets the 0-based index of the row in the worksheet. + + The 0-based index of the row in the worksheet. + + + + Gets the collection of cells in the row. + + +

+ The collection of cells is a fixed length collection, with the maximum number of cells in the collection being + or , + depending on the Workbook.CurrentFormat. Internally, the cells + are only created and added to the collection when they are requested. +

+

+ Note: Iterating the collection will not create all cells. It will only iterate the cells which have already + been used. To create and iterate all cells in the worksheet use a For loop, iterating from 0 to one less than + MaxExcelColumnCount, and pass in each index to the collection's indexer. +

+
+ The collection of cells in the row. +
+ + + Gets or sets the height of the row in twips (1/20th of a point). + + +

+ If the height of the row is less than zero, the of the + owning worksheet will be used as the row's height. +

+

+ The value assigned must be between -1 and 8192. Invalid values will be automatically adjusted to valid values. +

+
+ The height of the row in twips (1/20th of a point). + From the setter if the row was removed from the worksheet. +
+ + + A collection of rows in a worksheet. + + +

+ Rows in this collection are lazily created (they are only created and added to the collection when they are accessed). + If this collection is enumerated, it only enumerates the rows which were already accessed. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Inserts one or more rows into the collection + + the insertion point + The number of rows to insert + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it would cause data to be shifted off the worksheet. + If index is negative. + + Note: An equal number of rows will be removed (i.e. bumped) off the end of the collection. + + + + + Removes one or more rows from the collection + + the index of the first row to remove point + The number of rows to remove + If the operation is not allowed, e.g. if it the range intersects with a protected region. + If index is negative. + + + + Gets the maximum number of items allowed in this collection. + + + + + Gets the row at the specified index. + + +

+ Note: Iterating the collection will not create all rows. It will only iterate the rows which have already + been used. To create and iterate all rows in the worksheet use a For loop, iterating from 0 to one less than + the maximum row count, and pass in each index to the collection's indexer. +

+
+ The zero-based index of the row to get. + + is less than zero. + + + is greater than or equal to + or , depending on the . + + The row at the specified index. +
+ + + A collection of worksheets in a workbook. + + + + + + + Creates a new and adds it to the collection. + + +

+ If the workbook originally had no worksheets, the newly added worksheet will become the selected worksheet of + the workbook. This can be changed after more worksheets are added by setting the + of the Workbook. +

+
+ The name to give the new Worksheet. + + is null or empty. + + + contains the invalid characters: ':', '\', '/', '?', '*', '[', or ']'. + + + exceeds 31 characters in length. + + + is being used as the name of another worksheet (worksheet names are case-insensitively compared). + + The Worksheet created with the specified name. +
+ + + Clears all worksheets from the collection. + + +

+ If there are any instances in the collection + with a worksheet for a scope, they will be removed from the . +

+
+
+ + + Determines whether a worksheet is in the collection. + + The worksheet to locate in the collection. + True if the worksheet is found; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a worksheet with the specified name exists in the collection. + + The name of the worksheet to search for. The name is compared case-insensitively. + True if a worksheet with the specified name is found; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the index of the specified worksheet in the collection. + + The worksheet of which to get the index. + The index of the specified worksheet in the collection. + + + + + Removes the specified worksheet from the collection. + + The worksheet to remove from the collection. + +

+ If there are any instances in the collection + with the worksheet to remove as their scope, they will be removed from the . +

+
+ + True if the worksheet was successfully removed from the collection; + False if the worksheet did not exist in the collection. + +
+ + + Removes the worksheet at the specified index from the collection. + + The index of the worksheet to remove from the collection. + +

+ If there are any instances in the collection + with the worksheet to remove as their scope, they will be removed from the . +

+
+ + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + +
+ + + Occurs after items in the collection have been added or removed + + + + + Occurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Gets the number of worksheets in the collection. + + The number of worksheets in the collection. + + + + Gets the worksheet at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the worksheet to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + The worksheet at the specified index. + + + + Gets the worksheet with the specified name. + + +

+ Worksheet names are compared case-insensitively. +

+
+ The name of the worksheet to get. + + A worksheet with the specified name does not exist in the collection. + + The worksheet with the specified name. + +
+ + + A collection of instances in a + or . + + + + + + + Adds a predefined shape to the collection with the specified bounds. + + The type of shape to add to the collection. + The bounds of the shape on the in twips (1/20th of a point). + + This shapes collection belongs to a which isn't placed on a Worksheet yet. In this case, + call instead and specify the Worksheet where the group will be added. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + A -derived instance representing the predefined shape. + + + + Adds a predefined shape to the collection with the specified bounds. + + The type of shape to add to the collection. + The to which the relate. + The bounds of the shape on the in twips (1/20th of a point). + + is null. + + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + A -derived instance representing the predefined shape. + + + + Adds a predefined shape to the collection with the specified anchors. + + The type of shape to add to the collection. + The cell where the top-left corner of the shape resides. + The position in the of the shape's top-left corner, + expressed in percentages. + The cell where the bottom-right corner of the shape resides. + the position in the of the shape's bottom-right + corner, expressed in percentages. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + or is null. + + + and belong to different worksheets or a worksheet other + than the worksheet to which this collection belongs. + + A -derived instance representing the predefined shape. + + + + Adds a shape to the collection. + + The shape to add to the collection. + + is null. + + + has already been added to a worksheet or group. + + + does not have the + or set. + + + Adding to this collection will place it on a different worksheet then either its + TopLeftCornerCell or BottomRightCornerCell or is a + and adding it to this collection will create a similar situation for one of its descendant shapes. + + + is a WorksheetShapeGroup and this is the group's collection of shapes. + + + + + Clears all shapes from the collection. + + + + + Determines whether a shape is in the collection. + + The shape to locate in the collection. + True if the shape is found; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified shape from the collection. + + The shape to remove from the collection. + + True if the shape was successfully removed from the collection; + False if the shape did not exist in the collection. + + + + + Removes the shape at the specified index from the collection. + + The index of the shape to remove from the collection. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + + + + Gets the number of shapes in the collection. + + The number of shapes in the collection. + + + + Gets the shape at the specified index in the collection. + + The zero-based index of the shape to get. + + is less than zero or is greater than or equal to . + + The shape at the specified index. + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1bdf6c14952 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f197cab2eb7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9661 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2 + + + + + Factory class used to create an IPackage given a stream and a FileMode + + + + + Opens an IPackage with a given IO stream and file mode. + + The IO stream on which to open the IPackage. + The file mode in which to open the IPackage. + The opened IPackage. + + + + Represents a container that can store multiple data objects. + + + + + Creates a new uncompressed part with a given URI and content type. + + The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the new part. + The content type of the data stream. + The new created part. + + + + Creates a package-level relationship to a part with a given URI, target mode, relationship type, and identifier (ID). + + The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the target part. + Indicates if the target part is System.IO.Packaging.TargetMode.Internal or System.IO.Packaging.TargetMode.External to the package. + A URI that uniquely defines the role of the relationship. + A unique XML identifier. + The package-level relationship to the specified part. + + + + Returns a collection of all the package-level relationships. + + A collection of all the package-level relationships that are contained in the package. + + + + Returns the relationship that has a specified IPackageRelationship.Id. + + The IPackageRelationship.Id of the relationship to return. + The relationship that matches the specified id. + + + + Returns the part with a given URI. + + The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the part to return. + The part with the specified partUri. + + + + Returns a collection of all the parts in the package. + + A collection of all the System.IO.Packaging.PackagePart elements that are contained in the package. + + + + Indicates whether a part with a given URI is in the package. + + The System.Uri of the part to check for. + true if a part with the specified partUri is in the package; otherwise, false. + + + + Provides a base class for parts stored in a System.IO.Packaging.Package. This class is abstract. + + + + + Returns the part content stream opened with a specified System.IO.FileMode and System.IO.FileAccess. + + The I/O mode in which to open the content stream. + The access permissions to use in opening the content stream. + The content stream for the part. + + + + Creates a part-level relationship between this IPackagePart to a specified target IPackagePart or external resource. + + The URI of the target part. + One of the enumeration values. For example, RelationshipTargetMode.Internal if the target part is inside the IPackage; or RelationshipTargetMode.External if the target is a resource outside the IPackage. + The role of the relationship. + A unique ID for the relationship. + The part-level relationship between this IPackagePart to the target IPackagePart or external resource. + + + + Returns a collection of all the relationships that are owned by this part. + + A collection of all the relationships that are owned by the part. + + + + Returns the relationship that has a specified IPackageRelationship.Id. + + The IPackageRelationship.Id of the relationship to return. + The relationship that matches the specified id. + + + + Gets the parent Package of the part. + + + + + Gets the URI of the part. + + + + + Gets the MIME type of the content stream. + + + + + Represents an association between a source IPackage or IPackagePart, and a target object which can be a IPackagePart or external resource. + + + + + Gets the URI of the package or part that owns the relationship. + + + + + Gets the URI of the target resource of the relationship. + + + + + Gets a string that identifies the relationship. + + + + + Gets the qualified type name of the relationship. + + + + + Gets a value that indicates whether the target of the relationship is RelationshipTargetMode.Internal or RelationshipTargetMode.External to the IPackage. + + + + + Specifies whether the target of an IPackageRelationship is inside or outside the IPackage. + + + + + The relationship references a part that is inside the package. + + + + + The relationship references a resource that is external to the package. + + + + + Defines the signature of the method called by the static + CreatePart method to save data to the content type handler. + + The serialization manager, e.g., Excel2007WorkbookSerializationManager + The stream to which the data is serialized. + + Signifies to the caller whether the stream should be closed after + execution returns. Unless the implementing part supports realtime + streaming, true should be returned. + + + Signifies to the caller whether the partRelationshipsCounter stack + should be popped after execution returns from the Save method. + + + + + Used to decouple the PackageUtilities.CreatePartInPackage method + from any specific type, for example, so ContentTypeBase-derived classes + can use it as well as WordContentTypeExporterBase-derived classes. + + + + + Duplicated from + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.Excel2007WorkbookSerializationManager + + + + + Returns the specified if it is not null, + otherwise returns string.Empty. + + + + + This class supports the Infragistics infrastructure and + should not be used by your code. + + + + + Creates a new OfficeXmlElement instance from the specified . + This method relies on the GetElementName method, so the specified element enum value + must be handled properly in that method. + + + The owning OfficeXmlDocument + + + An enum value which corresponds to the local name of an element + that is recognized by the GetElementName method. + + + A new OfficeXmlElementinstance. + + + + + Creates a new OfficeXmlAttribute instance from the specified . + This method relies on the GetElementName method, so the specified element enum value + must be handled properly in that method. + + + The owning OfficeXmlDocument. + + + An enum value which corresponds to the local name of an attribute + that is recognized by the GetElementName method. + + + A new OfficeXmlAttribute instance. + + + + + This was partially duplicated from + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ContentTypeBase + + + + 'application/vnd.openxmlformats-package.core-properties+xml' + + + '/docProps/core.xml' + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/relationships/metadata/core-properties' + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/package/2006/metadata/core-properties' + + + 'http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1' + + + 'http://purl.org/dc/terms' + + + 'http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance' + + + 'cp' + + + 'dc' + + + 'dcterms' + + + 'xsi' + + + 'dcterms:W3CDTF' + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified , + which is implied to be of type CorePropertiesElementType. + The method knows by the enum constant which namespace it + belongs to, and the local name of the element. + + The fully qualified name of the XML element. + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified , + which is implied to be of type CorePropertiesElementType. + The method knows by the enum constant which namespace it + belongs to, and the local name of the element. + + The fully qualified name of the XML element. + + + + Constants which identify the supported data types. + Note: Only "native" types are supported here, the + stuff that is specific to Excel has been stripped + out. + + + + System.String + + + System.Int16 + + + System.Int32 + + + System.Int64 + + + System.Int16 + + + System.Int32 + + + System.Int64 + + + System.Boolean + + + System.DateTime + + + System.Single + + + System.Single + + + System.Double + + + System.UInt16 + + + System.UInt16 + + + System.UInt32 + + + System.UInt32 + + + System.UInt64 + + + System.UInt64 + + + System.Byte + + + System.SByte + + + System.Decimal + + + System.Object + + + + Enums whose constant name is the same as the local name + of the corresponding XML element in /docProps/core.xml. + + + + cp:coreProperties + + + dc:title + + + dc:subject + + + dc:creator + + + cp:keywords + + + dc:description + + + cp:lastModifiedBy + + + dcterms:created + + + dcterms:modified + + + cp:category + + + cp:contentStatus + + + xsi:type (Attribute) + + + + Enums whose constant name is the same as the local name + of the corresponding XML element in /docProps/app.xml. + + + + Properties + + + Template + + + Application + + + DocSecurity + + + DocSecurity + + + HeadingPairs + + + TitlesOfParts + + + Company + + + Manager + + + LinksUpToDate + + + SharedDoc + + + HyperlinksChanged + + + AppVersion + + + + Enums whose constant names correspond to the elements/attributes in the + http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/docPropsVTypes + namespace. Only contains the ones we currently use. + + + + variant + + + vector + + + i4 + + + lpstr + + + size (attribute) + + + baseType (attribute) + + + 'application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.extended-properties+xml' + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/extended-properties' + + + '/docProps/app.xml' + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships/extended-properties' + + + 'vt' + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/docPropsVTypes' + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified , + which is implied to be of type ExtendedPropertiesElementType. + The method knows by the enum constant which namespace it + belongs to, and the local name of the element. + + The fully qualified name of the XML element. + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified , + which is implied to be of type ExtendedPropertiesElementType. + The method knows by the enum constant which namespace it + belongs to, and the local name of the element. + + The fully qualified name of the XML element. + + + + Saves the core properties and extended properties. + Returns true if successful, false otherwise. + + + + + Encapsulates the properties of an OfficeML-compliant document + such as author, subject, title, etc. + + + + + Restores all properties of this class to their + respective default values. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the consuming application. + + + + + Returns or sets the author of the document. + + +

+ The value of this property is persisted to the core properties section + of the document as 'creator'. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the category of the document. + + + + + Returns or sets the comments for the document. + + +

+ The value of this property is persisted to the core properties section + of the document as 'description'. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the company for the document. + + +

+ The value of this property is persisted to the extended properties section + of the document. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the keywords for the document. + + + + + Returns or sets the manager for the document. + + +

+ The value of this property is persisted to the extended properties section + of the document. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the status for the document. + + + The value of this property is persisted to the core properties section + of the document as 'contentStatus'. + + + + + Returns or sets the subject of the document. + + + + + Returns or sets the title of the document. + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlAttribute + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlNode + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlAttributeCollection + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlDeclaration + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlDocument + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlElement + + + + + Returns the string representation of this instance. + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlSignificantWhitespace + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Serialization.Excel2007.ExcelXmlText + + + + + Returns the number of English Metric Units (EMU) in one desktop publishing point (12,700). + + + + + Returns the number of desktop publishing points (DTPs) in one inch (72). + + + + + Returns the number of TWIPs (twentieths of a point) in one desktop publishing point (20). + + + + + Returns the number of TWIPs (twentieths of a point) in one inch (72 x 20 = 1440). + + + + + Returns the number of centimeters in one inch (2.54). + + + + + Returns the number of TWIPs (twentieths of a point) in one centimeter (1440 / 2.54 = ~567). + + + + + Returns the number of decimal places to which converted floating-point values are rounded (2). + + + + + Returns the default resolution for images, in dots per inch (96 x 96) + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Utilities.GetXmlDeclaration + + + + + Returns the graphical resolution for the specified image, + expressed in dots per inch. + + The Image for which to return the resolution. + A SizeF struct containing the horizontal and vertical components of the resolution. + + + + Returns a string that is compatible with the ST_HexBinary3 + data type from the specified color value. + + + + + Replace Color.Empty + + + + + Class used to provide the ability to customize resource strings. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the DocumentsResourceCustomizer class. + + + + + Gets the customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource that was customized. + The customized string or null if the resource wasn't customized. + + + + + + + Clears all strings customized by calls to method. + + + + + + + Resets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name so that it will load from the resource file. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + + + + + Sets a customized string identified by the specified string resource name. + + Name of the string resource to customize. + The customized string. If null this has the same effect as calling + + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Encapsulates an anchor to a specific location within the document. + + + + + Returns a value that describes the unit of measurement, + i.e., points, twips, inches, etc. + + + + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets the description of the alternative text for the picture or shape, + for use by assistive technologies or applications which will not display the + associated picture or shape. + + +

+ WordprocessingML consumers which do not support the display of pictures or shapes + may make use this property to describe the picture to the user. Screen + reading applications or other assistive technologies may also make use + of the property to describe the picture or shape to handicapped users. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value which defines the anchor's horizontal alignment. + + +

+ The HorizontalAlignment property is used in conjunction with the + RelativeHorizontalPosition + to define the horizontal aspect of the anchor's position. An anchor can be aligned + with the left or right edge of the page, margin, paragraph, etc. +

+

+ By default, the HorizontalAlignment property is not applicable, and positioning is + implied to be absolute, defined by the value of the + HorizontalOffset + property. Explicitly setting the HorizontalAlignment property to a value other than 'None' + overrides the HorizontalOffset property setting. +

+
+ RelativeHorizontalPosition + HorizontalOffset +
+ + + Returns or sets the amount by which the anchor is offset horizontally + from the boundary defined by the + RelativeHorizontalPosition + and + HorizontalAlignment + properties. + + +

+ The RelativeHorizontalPosition and HorizontalAlignment properties define the + boundary at which the anchor is positioned; the HorizontalOffset + property defines an additional amount of space to be added by which to offset + the position. For example, if an anchor is left-aligned with the margin, and the offset + is set to 72 pts., the object will appear one inch from the left edge of the margin. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+

+ When the + HorizontalAlignment + property is set to a value other than 'None', this property is not applicable. + The HorizontalOffset property can be restored to its factory setting + by assigning 'None' to this property, in which case the HorizontalAlignment property determines + the horizontal positioning. +

+
+ RelativeHorizontalPosition + HorizontalAlignment +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which defines the part of the document + to which the anchor's horizontal position is relative. + + +

+ The RelativeHorizontalPosition property defines the area + of the document to which the value of the + HorizontalAlignment + or + HorizontalOffset + property is relative. For example, if AnchorHorizontalAlignment is set to 'Left', + and RelativeHorizontalPosition is set to 'LeftMarginArea', the anchor's left + edge is aligned with the left edge of the document's left margin. If + AnchorHorizontalAlignment is set to 'Right', and RelativeHorizontalPosition is + set to 'Page', the anchor's right edge is aligned with the right + edge of the page, overlapping with the area outside the margin. +

+
+ HorizontalAlignment + HorizontalOffset +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which defines the part of the document + to which the anchor's vertical position is relative. + + +

+ The RelativeVerticalPosition property defines the area + of the document to which the value of the + VerticalAlignment + or + VerticalOffset + property is relative. For example, if VerticalAlignment is set to 'Top', + and RelativeVerticalPosition is set to 'Page', the anchor's top + edge is aligned with the top edge of the page. If + VerticalAlignment is set to 'Bottom', and RelativeVerticalPosition is + set to 'Page', the anchor's bottom edge is aligned with the bottom + edge of the page, overlapping with the area outside the margin. +

+

+ When the + VerticalAlignment + property is explicitly set, the 'Paragraph' setting for this property is not supported; + in that case this property resolves to 'Page' +

+
+ VerticalAlignment + VerticalOffset +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which defines the anchor's vertical alignment. + + +

+ The VerticalAlignment property is used in conjunction with the + RelativeVerticalPosition + to define the vertical aspect of the anchor's position. An anchor can be aligned + with the top or bottom edge of the page, margin, paragraph, etc. +

+

+ By default, the VerticalAlignment property is not applicable, and positioning is + implied to be absolute, defined by the value of the + VerticalOffset + property. +

+
+ RelativeVerticalPosition + VerticalOffset +
+ + + Returns or sets the amount by which the anchor is offset + from the boundary defined by the + VerticalAlignment + property. + + +

+ The + RelativeVerticalPosition + and + VerticalAlignment + properties define the boundary at which the anchor is positioned; the VerticalOffset + property defines an additional amount of space to be added by which to offset + the position. For example, if an anchor is top-aligned with the margin, and the offset + is set to 72 pts., the object will appear one inch down from the top edge of the margin. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+ RelativeVerticalPosition + VerticalAlignment +
+ + + Returns or sets the size at which the associated picture or shape is rendered. + + +

+ In the absence of an explicit setting, this property returns null. + In this case, pictures are displayed at their natural size, and + shapes are displayed at a size of one inch square. +

+

+ When set explicitly, the unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property. +

+
+
+ + + Returns the resolved size in TWIPs + + + + + Returns the resolved size in EMUs + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the layout for text + included in the same paragraph as the anchor. + + +

+ The TextWrapping property works in conjunction with the + TextWrappingSide + property to define the manner in which text that is adjacent to the anchor + is wrapped. +

+
+ AnchorTextWrappingSide +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the sides of + the anchor around which adjacent text can be wrapped. + + +

+ The TextWrappingSide property works in conjunction with the + TextWrapping + property to define the manner in which text that is adjacent to the anchor + is wrapped. +

+

+ The TextWrappingSide property is not applicable when the TextWrapping property + is set to 'TextInBackground' or 'TextInForeground'. +

+
+ AnchorTextWrapping +
+ + + Returns a + Hyperlink + instance which provides a way to add a hyperlink to the picture. + + + + + Encapsulates a shape that is anchored to a specific + location within the document. + + +

+ Shapes are rendered by the consumer using Vector Markup Language (VML), + which is supported in both MS Word 2007 and MS Word 2010. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + + + A previously created + Shape + shape instance on which this instance is based. + + + + + Creates a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the shape. + + + + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + Specifies whether to reset the properties of the associated + Shape. + + + + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + The new + Shape + with which this instance is to be associated. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this instance. + + + + + Returns the associated + Shape + + + + + Abstract class which encapsulates a geometric shape such + as a line, rectangle, ellipse, etc. + + + + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this instance. + + + + + Returns or sets the size at which the shape is rendered. + + +

+ In the absence of an explicit setting, this property returns null. + In this case, shapes are displayed at a size of one inch square. +

+

+ When set explicitly, the unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property. +

+
+
+ + + Returns the resolved size in TWIPs + + + + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Abstract class which encapsulates a geometric shape such + as a line, rectangle, ellipse, etc., which is rendered by + the consumer using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + +

+ Shapes are rendered by the consumer using Vector Markup Language (VML), + which is supported in both MS Word 2007 and MS Word 2010. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + VmlShape-derived + instance based on the specified + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter. + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the type of shape to be created. + + +

+ The type of the object returned from the Create method is different + based on the specified . For example, + when 'Line' is specified as the shape type, a VmlLine instance is + returned. +

+

+ To access properties that are specific to the VmlShape-derived type + that is returned, the reference returned from this method can be upcasted. +

+
+ ShapeType enumeration +
+ + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets the color used to render the perimeter of the shape. + + +

+ The LineColor property controls the color for a + line + shape. +

+

+ The LineColor property controls the color of the outer border for + shapes which have area. Use the + FillColor + property to change the color of the interior region. +

+
+ FillColor +
+ + + Returns or sets the width of the line which renders the perimeter of the shape. + + +

+ When set explicitly, the unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the style of the line drawn around + the perimeter of the shape. + + +

+ The LineStyle property controls the style for a + line + shape. By default, lines are drawn with a solid, unbroken + stroke; the LineStyle property can be used to draw dashes, + dots, or combinations thereof. +

+
+ LineColor +
+ + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Renders a straight line using Vector Markup Language (VML) + + +

+ The origin for a line is always implied to be the top-left + corner of it bounding rectangle. When the bounding rectangle's + height is non-zero, the slope of the line is negative (resembles + a backslash); to make the slope positive, set the + InvertY + property to true. +

+

+ To render a horizontal line, set the Height component of the + Size + property to zero. +

+

+ To render a vertical line, set the Width component of the + Size + property to zero. +

+
+
+ + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean value which determines whether the + y-axis of the line is inverted. + + +

+ The origin for a line is always implied to be the top-left + corner of it bounding rectangle. When the bounding rectangle's + height is non-zero, the slope of the line is negative (resembles + a backslash). Setting the InvertY property switches the orientation + of the y-axis, making the slope of the line positive. +

+

+ In the case where either the width or height component of the + Size + is zero, this property has no effect. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Base class for shapes that support rotational transformation. + + + + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets the color used to fill the interior of the shape. + + +

+ The FillColor property controls the color of the interior region. + Use the + LineColor + property to change the color of the perimeter of the shape. +

+
+ LineColor +
+ + + Returns or sets the rotation for the shape, expressed in degrees. + + +

+ Use positive values between 1 and 180 for clockwise rotation about the x-axis. +

+

+ Use negative values between -1 and -180 for counter-clockwise rotation about the x-axis. +

+

+ Rotating a shape by exactly 180 degrees is the equivalent of inverting it about the x-axis. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Renders a rectangle using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Renders an ellipse using Vector Markup Language (VML) + + + + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Renders a triangle whose apex is at the top center of the bounding rectangle, + using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + +

+ The apex of the triangle can be made to appear at the bottom + of the bounding rectangle by setting the + Rotation + property to 180 degrees. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Renders a right triangle whose apex is at the top left of the bounding rectangle, + using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + +

+ The orientation of the triangle can be changed using the + InvertX + and + InvertY + properties. +

+

+ Setting both the InvertX and InvertY properties to true results + in no change to the shape's orientation. +

+
+
+ + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean value which determines whether the + x-axis of the triangle is inverted. + + +

+ The apex for a right triangle is always implied to be aligned with + the the left edge of the bounding rectangle. To align it with + the right edge, set this property to true. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean value which determines whether the + y-axis of the line is inverted. + + +

+ The apex for a right triangle is always implied to point to + the top edge of the bounding rectangle. To switch vertical + orientation, set the InvertY property to true. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a + ShapeType + constant which describes the type of the shape. + + + + + Enacpsulates a shape which appears inline with textual content. + + + + + Base class for inline shapes and pictures + + + + + Base class from which classes that encapsulate paragraph content derive. + + TextRun class + Hyperlink class + TextHyperlink class + + + + Restores all property values of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets the description of the alternative text for the picture or shape, + for use by assistive technologies or applications which will not display the + associated picture or shape. + + +

+ WordprocessingML consumers which do not support the display of pictures or shapes + may make use this property to describe the picture to the user. Screen + reading applications or other assistive technologies may also make use + of the property to describe the picture or shape to handicapped users. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a + Hyperlink + instance which provides a way to add a hyperlink to the shape or picture. + + + + + Returns or sets the size at which the shape or picture is rendered. + + +

+ In the absence of an explicit setting, this property returns null. + In this case, shapes are displayed at a size of one inch square, + and pictures are displayed at their natural size. +

+

+ When set explicitly, the unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property. +

+
+
+ + + Returns the resolved size in TWIPs + + + + + Creates a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the shape. + + + + + Creates a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + + + The associated + Shape. + + + + + Restores all property values of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Restores all property values of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns the associated + Shape + + + + + Encapsulates a picture or image that is anchored to a specific + location within the document. + + +

+ Unlike an inline picture, which moves along with adjacent content, + an AnchoredPicture remains at a fixed location within the paragraph, + with adjacent text flowing around it. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + + The associated image. + + + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + The + Image + with which this instance is to be associated. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns or sets the padding between the picture and the + text which flows around it. + + +

+ This property is only applicable when the + TextWrapping + property is set to 'Square' or 'TopAndBottom'. When set to 'TopAndBottom', + only the vertical components of the value are applicable. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an object which defines the properties of the outline + that is drawn around the associated picture. + + + + + Returns the underlying + Image + associated with this instance. + + + + + Encapsulates the properties of the outline that is + displayed around an anchored or inline picture. + + + + + Base class for objects which represent the properties of a + Word entity such as a Paragraph, Table, TableRow, TableCell, etc. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + +

+ The Reset method restores th object to the state it was + in when it was first instantiated. When used within the context of the + WordDocumentWriter + class, calling the Reset method on an existing instance is recommended over + instantiation of a new object since the current state of this object has no + bearing on content that was produced at an earlier time, as the content + has already been persisted. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + PictureOutlineProperties + instance. + + + + + Resets all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the color of the outline. + + +

+ The Color property is not applicable unless the + Style + property is set to a value other than 'None'. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the corner style of the outline. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the style of the outline. + + +

+ The Style property resolves to 'None', so that by default no outline + is drawn around the associated picture. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the width of the outline. + + +

+ The LineWidth property is not applicable unless the + Style + property is set to a value other than 'None'. +

+
+
+ + + Enacpsulates a picture which appears inline with textual content. + + + + + Creates a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + + The associated image. + + + + Restores all property values of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns the underlying + Image + associated with this instance. + + + + + Enums whose constant names correspond to the attributes in the + http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main + namespace. Only contains the ones we currently use. + + + + w:val + + + w:left + + + w:right + + + w:history + + + w:tooltip + + + w:themeColor + + + w:asciiTheme + + + w:eastAsiaTheme + + + w:hAnsiTheme + + + w:cstheme + + + w:eastAsia + + + w:bidi + + + w:after + + + w:before + + + w:line + + + w:lineRule + + + w:hRule + + + w:w + + + w:type + + + w:fill + + + w:h + + + w:orient + + + w:code + + + w:top + + + w:bottom + + + w:header + + + w:footer + + + w:gutter + + + w:space + + + w:linePitch + + + w:instr + + + w:fldCharType + + + w:start + + + + Enums whose constant names correspond to the elements in the + http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main + namespace. Only contains the ones we currently use. + + + + document + + + document + + + p (paragraph) + + + pPr (paragraph properties) + + + jc (alignment) + + + ind (indentation) + + + tblInd (table indentation) + + + pageBreakBefore + + + r (text run) + + + rPr (run properties) + + + cantSplit (Table Row Cannot Break Across Pages) + + + rStyle (run style) + + + noProof (no proof) + + + t (text) + + + val + + + br (break) + + + rr (carriage return) + + + kern (character kerning) + + + w (expanded/compressed text) + + + spacing + + + position + + + hyperlink + + + lang + + + drawing + + + tbl + + + tblPr + + + tblGrid + + + tblHeader + + + tblCellSpacing + + + tblCellMar + + + tcMar + + + tblLayout + + + tblW + + + gridCol + + + gridSpan + + + tr + + + tc + + + trPr + + + tcPr + + + trHeight + + + tcW + + + vMerge + + + w:left + + + w:right + + + w:top + + + w:bottom + + + w:shd + + + w:tblBorders + + + w:tcBorders + + + w:insideH + + + w:insideV + + + w:tblStyle + + + w:textDirection + + + w:vAlign + + + w:sectPr + + + w:pgSz + + + w:pgMar + + + w:cols + + + w:docGrid + + + w:hdr + + + w:ftr + + + w:headerReference + + + w:footerReference + + + w:titlePg + + + w:fldSimple + + + w:fldChar + + + w:instrText + + + w:pgNumType + + + w:pict + + + w:gridBefore + + + w:gridAfter + + + space + + + xmlns + + + id + + + embed + + + styles + + + docDefaults + + + rPrDefault + + + pPrDefault + + + style + + + name + + + type + + + styleId + + + val + + + default + + + rFonts (typeface names) + + + sz (size) + + + sz (size for complex script) + + + color + + + b (bold) + + + bCs (bold for complex script) + + + i (italic) + + + i (italic for complex script) + + + u (underline) + + + ascii + + + cs (complex script) + + + eastAsia + + + hAnsi + + + caps + + + smallCaps + + + strike + + + dstrike + + + vanish + + + emboss + + + imprint + + + outline + + + shadow + + + rtl + + + vertAlign + + + inline + + + anchor + + + simplePos + + + extent + + + docPr + + + positionH + + + positionV + + + align + + + posOffset + + + wrapTopAndBottom + + + wrapNone + + + wrapSquare + + + cNvGraphicFramePr + + + distT + + + distB + + + distL + + + distR + + + cx + + + cy + + + id + + + name + + + title + + + descr + + + uri + + + x + + + y + + + prst + + + simplePos + + + relativeHeight + + + behindDoc + + + locked + + + layoutInCell + + + allowOverlap + + + relativeFrom + + + wrapText + + + cmpd + + + w + + + val + + + noChangeAspect + + + lim + + + graphic + + + graphicData + + + graphicFrameLocks + + + blip + + + stretch + + + fillRect + + + xfrm + + + ext + + + off + + + off + + + ln + + + solidFill + + + srgbClr + + + a:miter + + + a:bevel + + + a:round + + + a:hlinkClick + + + pic + + + nvPicPr + + + cNvPr + + + cNvPicPr + + + blipFill + + + spPr + + + + Specifies that the line spacing is automatically determined + by the size of its contents, with no predetermined minimum or + maximum size. + + + + + Specifies that the height of the line is at least + the value specified, but may be expanded to fit its + content as needed. + + + + + Specifies that the height of the line shall be exactly the + value specified, regardless of the size of the contents. + The contents are clipped as necessary under this setting. + + + + + Thrown when an error is encountered by the + WordDocumentWriter. + + + + + Returns the message for the exception. + + + + + Returns an enumerated value which identifies the reason for the exception. + + + + + Thrown when an exception is thrown by the XMLWriter during the course + of writing content to the main document part. + + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XML element that was + being written at the time the exception was thrown, or null if + there is no associated element. + + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XML attribute that was + being written at the time the exception was thrown, or null if + there is no associated attribute. + + + + + Constants which identify the reason an exception was thrown by the + WordDocumentWriter + class. + + + + + Used for variable initialization. + + + + + A write method was called before the document was opened. + + + + + An attempt was made to add content such as a text run, hyperlink, + or picture when there is currently no open paragraph. + + + + + An attempt was made to add content such as a row or cell + when there is currently no open table. + + + + + A previously opened paragraph was not closed. + + + + + A new table was started before all paragraphs were closed. + + + + + A new table row was started before all paragraphs were closed. + + + + + A new table cell was started before all paragraphs were closed. + + + + + An attempt was made to start a paragraph when one is already open. + + + + + A previously opened table was not closed. + + + + + An attempt was made to start a table when one is already open. + + + + + An attempt was made to add content to a table row or close a table row + when there is currently no open row. + + + + + An attempt was made to add a table row when one is already open in the same table. + + + + + A table row was opened, but was not properly closed. + + + + + An attempt was made to close a table row that has no table cells. + + + + + A table cell was opened, but was not properly closed. + + + + + A table was closed, but closure of a previously opened table cell is pending. + + + + + A table was closed, but closure of a previously opened table row is pending. + + + + + An attempt was made to add a table cell when one is already open in the same table. + + + + + An attempt was made to close a table cell when there is currently no open cell. + + + + + The XML writer used to serialize the content is in an error state. + + + + + An exception was thrown during the course of writing content + to a header section part. The inner exception contains more + specific information about the error. + + + + + An exception was thrown during the course of writing content + to a footer section part. The inner exception contains more + specific information about the error. + + + + + An exception was thrown during the course of closing a document. + The inner exception contains more specific information about the error. + + + + + An exception was thrown during the course of closing a header or footer writer. + The inner exception contains more specific information about the error. + + + + + The document writer was closed, but closure of a header/footer writer is still pending. + + + + + The document writer was closed, but a header/footer writer that was + previously created was never opened. + + + + + A new section was started before all paragraphs were closed. + + + + + An attempt was made to define a section when a table was open. + + + + + An attempt was made to define a section when a table row was open. + + + + + An attempt was made to define a section when a table cell was open. + + + + + Provides a way to customize the visual attributes of a character or range of characters. + + +

+ The Font class exposes properties like Bold, Italic, Underline, etc., which + enable the developer to format characters in the same manner as a user of MS Word. +

+
+
+ + + The maximum allowable value for the + Size + property, expressed in twips (32760) + + + + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + Font + instance. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this instance. + + + + + Merges the property values that are explicitly set on this instance + into the same properties on the instance + if they are not explicitly set on the destination instance. + + The instance to which the property values are assigned. + + + + Merges the property values that are explicitly set on the + instance into the same properties + on the instance if they are + not explicitly set on the destination instance. + + The instance from which the property values are copied. + The instance to which the property values are assigned. + + + + Restores all property values to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean value indicating whether the font is bolded. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+

+ This property can be restored to its default value by setting it to null. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a + FontCharacterSpacing + instance which provides a way to customize spacing and kerning for a + Font + + +

+ To reduce the memory footprint, creation of the FontCharacterSpacing object + returned from this property is deferred until it is requested publicly + by a consumer. To avoid triggering creation, use the + HasCharacterSpacing + property before accessing this property. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a boolean value indicating whether the + FontCharacterSpacing + instance returned from the + CharacterSpacing + property has been created. + + + + + Returns or sets the color of the text. + + +

+ The default color value can be reinstated by setting this property to Color.Empty. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the background color that is applied + to the area behind the text. + + +

+ The default color value can be reinstated by setting this property to Color.Empty. +

+

+ By default, no color is applied to the area behind the text. + Use this property to fill the rectangle which encloses the text + area with a particular color, i.e., to "highlight" the text. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a + FontEffects + instance which provides extended formatting functionality + for the font. + + +

+ To reduce the memory footprint, creation of the FontEffects object + returned from this property is deferred until it is requested publicly + by a consumer. To avoid triggering creation, use the + HasEffects + property before accessing this property. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a boolean value indicating whether the + FontEffects + instance returned from the + Effects + property has been created. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean value indicating whether the font is italicized. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+

+ This property can be restored to its default value by setting it to null. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the name of the font. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+

+ This property can be restored to its default value by setting it to null or an empty string. +

+

+ ASCII characters within the range of 0 through 127 are displayed + with the font associated with the value of this property. Other fonts + can be designated for use with character sets outside the standard + ASCII range using the following properties: +

    +
  • NameComplexScript
  • +
  • NameEastAsia
  • +
  • NameHighAnsi
  • +
+

+
+ NameComplexScript + NameEastAsia + NameHighAnsi +
+ + + Returns or sets the font which is used to format all characters + in a complex script Unicode range within the associated run. + + +

+ If this property is not explicitly set, the text is displayed in + a default font which supports complex script content. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the font which is used to format all characters + in an East Asian Unicode range within the associated run. + + +

+ If this property is not explicitly set, the text is displayed in + a default font which supports East Asian content. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the font which is used to format all characters + in a Unicode range within the associated run which does not fall + into any of the categories defined by the + Name, + NameComplexScript, + or + NameEastAsia + properties. + + +

+ If this property is not explicitly set, the text is displayed in + a default font which supports high ANSI content. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the size at which the font is displayed. + + +

+ The value assigned to this property must be a value between the + range of 1 and 1638 DTPs (desktop publishing points), inclusive. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+

+ This property can be restored to its default value by setting it to null. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the manner in which the font is underlined. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the color of the line drawn under the text. + + +

+ The default underline color value can be reinstated by setting this property to Color.Empty. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the reading order for the + associated run of text. + + +

+ This setting determines the manner in which the run contents are presented + in the document when punctuation characters are part of the run's contents. + When this property is specified, each part of the run between a punctuation + mark is laid out in a right-to-left direction on the line. +

+

+ Typically the developer will also set the RightToLeft property on the + ParagraphProperties + instance for the paragraph to which this run belongs when using this property. +

+

+ Setting this property to true will cause the serialization layer to add + complex script XML elements for the + Bold, + Italic, + and + Size + properties to the output document. This behavior can be overridden + by explicitly setting the + UseComplexScript + property to false. +

+
+ UseComplexScript + RightToLeft (ParagraphProperties class) +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines whether the contents of this run + shall be treated as complex script text regardless of the Unicode character + values contained therein when determining the formatting for this run. + + +

+ WordprocessingML uses different XML elements to express the bold, italic, + and size attributes of the font for standard and complex scripts. When the + NameComplexScript + property is explicitly set, the complex scripts elements are automatically added. +

+

+ This property causes the text contained within the associated run to be treated + as complex script, effectively resolving any ambiguities that may arise by virtue + of the bold, italic, or size attributes being set for both standard and complex + scripts. +

+
+
+ + + Encapsulates the various effects that can be applied to a + Font, such as + capitalization, strikethrough, subscript/superscript, and + text effects such as engraving and embossing. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to + their respective defaults. + + + + + Merges the property values that are explicitly set on this instance + into the same properties on the instance + if they are not explicitly set on the destination instance. + + The instance to which the property values are assigned. + + + + Merges the property values that are explicitly set on the + instance into the same properties + on the instance if they are + not explicitly set on the destination instance. + + The instance from which the property values are copied. + The instance to which the property values are assigned. + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the font is + displayed in normal or small capitalized letters. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the font appears + embossed, engraved, or outlined. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+

+ When the embossing or engraving effect is enabled, the + Shadow + property is not applicable; shadowing cannot be applied in conjunction + with either the embossing or engraving effect. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean value indicating whether the text is hidden. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean value indicating whether a shadow + is drawn around the text. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+

+ The Shadow property is not applicable when the + TextEffect + property is set to enable embossing or engraving. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean value indicating whether a single + or double line is drawn through the text. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the text + is drawn in small letters above or below the baseline, + i.e., in subscript or superscript. + + +

+ When not explicitly set, the actual value of the property is determined + at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. +

+
+
+ + + Encapsulates the spacing and kerning properties of a + Font. + + + + + The minimum allowable value for the + Kerning + property, expressed in twips (20) + + + + + The maximum allowable value for the + Kerning + property, expressed in twips (32760) + + + + + The minimum allowable value for the + Scaling + property, expressed as a percentage (1%) + + + + + The maximum allowable value for the + Scaling + property, expressed as a percentage (600%) + + + + + The minimum allowable value for the + Spacing + property, expressed in twips (-31680) + + + + + The maximum allowable value for the + Spacing + property, expressed in twips (31680) + + + + + The maximum allowable value for the + Position + property, expressed in twips (31680) + + + + + The minimum allowable value for the + Position + property, expressed in twips (31680) + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to + their respective defaults. + + + + + Merges the property values that are explicitly set on this instance + into the same properties on the instance + if they are not explicitly set on the destination instance. + + The instance to which the property values are assigned. + + + + Merges the property values that are explicitly set on the + instance into the same properties + on the instance if they are + not explicitly set on the destination instance. + + The instance from which the property values are copied. + The instance to which the property values are assigned. + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the size at which kerning algorithms are + applied to the font. + + +

+ The value assigned to this property must be a value between the + range of 1 and 1638 DTPs (desktop publishing points), inclusive. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the horizontal scaling + percentage for the associated font. + + +

+ The value assigned to this property must be between the range of 1 and 600, inclusive. +

+

+ This property represents the percentage of scaling, with a value of 100 + representing the default scaling for the font. Values less than 100 cause + the font to be horizontally compressed; Values greater than 100 cause the + font to be horizontally elongated. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the amount of horizontal spacing + between characters for the associated font. + + +

+ The value assigned to this property must be a value between the + range of -1584 and +1584 DTPs (desktop publishing points), inclusive. +

+

+ This property represents the amount of space that appears between horizontally adjacent characters. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the amount by which the text is + vertically offset from the baseline for the associated font. + + +

+ The value assigned to this property must be a value between the + range of -1584 and +1584 DTPs (desktop publishing points), inclusive. + A value of zero restores the position to normal as relative to the baseline. +

+

+ This property represents the amount of vertical space between the + bottom of the character and the baseline for the associated font. + Positive values cause characters to appear higher than characters + whose position is normal as relative to the baseline; negative values + cause characters to appear lower. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+
+ + + Structure used to store padding. + + + + + Creates a new instance + + + + + Restores all property values to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns an instance with all properties set to the + specified . + + + + + Returns an instance whose Left property is set to the + specified , with all other + properties set to zero. + + + + + Returns an instance whose Right property is set to the + specified , with all other + properties set to zero. + + + + + Returns an instance whose Top property is set to the + specified , with all other + properties set to zero. + + + + + Returns an instance whose Bottom property is set to the + specified , with all other + properties set to zero. + + + + + Returns an instance whose Left and Right properties are set to the + specified , with all other properties set to zero. + + + + + Returns an instance whose Top and Bottom properties are set to the + specified , with all other properties set to zero. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Indicates whether this instance and a specified object are equal. + + Another object to compare to. + true if obj and this instance are the same type and represent the same value; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code for this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that is the hash code for this instance. + + + Returns the padding as relative to the top. + + + Returns the padding as relative to the left. + + + Returns the padding as relative to the bottom. + + + Returns the padding as relative to the right. + + + + Returns a Padding instance whose Top, Left, Right, and Bottom + are all set to zero. + + + + + Provides a type converter to convert values to and from various other representations. + + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert an object of the given type to the type of this converter, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns whether this converter can convert the object to the specified type, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given object to the type of this converter, using the specified context and culture information. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + The conversion cannot be performed. + + + + Converts the given value object to the specified type, using the specified and culture information. + + An System.ComponentModel.ITypeDescriptorContext that provides a format context. + A System.Globalization.CultureInfo. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The System.Object to convert. + The System.Type to convert the value parameter to. + An System.Object that represents the converted value. + The destinationType parameter is null. + The conversion cannot be performed. + + + + Creates an instance of the type that this is associated with, using the specified context, given a set of property values for the object. + + An that provides a format context. + An of new property values. + An representing the given System.Collections.IDictionary, or null if the object cannot be created. This method always returns null. + + + + Returns whether changing a value on this object requires a call to to create a new value, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + true if changing a property on this object requires a call to to create a new value; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns a collection of properties for the type of array specified by the value parameter, using the specified context and attributes. + + An that provides a format context. + An that specifies the type of array for which to get properties. + An array of type that is used as a filter. + A with the properties that are exposed for this data type, or null if there are no properties. + + + + Returns whether this object supports properties, using the specified context. + + An that provides a format context. + true if should be called to find the properties of this object; otherwise, false. + + + + Provides a way to control formatting for a paragraph or table + + + + + Returns the maximum allowable value for the + LeftIndent + and + RightIndent + property, expressed in twentieths of a point (31,680). + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the horizontal alignment + for the associated paragraph or table. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the indentation + from the left margin for the associated paragraph or table. + + +

+ For tables, the LeftIndent property is not applicable when the + Alignment + property is set to 'Center' or 'Right'. +

+
+ IndentMaxValue +
+ + + Provides a way to control formatting for a paragraph. + + + + + Returns the maximum allowable value for the line spacing + properties, expressed in twentieths of a point (-20). + + + + + Returns the maximum allowable value for the line spacing + properties, expressed in twentieths of a point (31,680). + + + + + Returns the maximum allowable value for the + LineSpacingAuto + property, expressed as an integral number of lines (132 lines). + + + + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + ParagraphProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the indentation + from the right margin for the associated paragraph. + + +

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+ IndentMaxValue +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the amount of spacing + that appears above the paragraph. + + +

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+ SpacingMinValue + SpacingMaxValue +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the amount of spacing + that appears after the last line of the associated paragraph. + + +

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+ SpacingMinValue + SpacingMaxValue +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the exact amount of + vertical spacing that appears between lines of text in the associated + paragraph. + + +

+ The LineSpacingExact, + LineSpacingMinimum, + and + LineSpacingAuto + properties are mutually exclusive; when one property is set, the others are not applicable. +

+

+ In the case where more than one of the properties is explicitly set, + the order of precedence is as follows: +

    +
  • LineSpacingExact
  • +
  • LineSpacingMinimum
  • +
  • LineSpacingAuto
  • +
+

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+ SpacingMaxValue +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the minimum amount of + vertical spacing that appears between lines of text in the associated + paragraph. Applicable only when the + LineSpacingExact + property is not explicitly set. + + +

+ The + LineSpacingExact, + The LineSpacingMinimum, + and + LineSpacingAuto + properties are mutually exclusive; when one property is set, the others are not applicable. +

+

+ In the case where more than one of the properties is explicitly set, + the order of precedence is as follows: +

    +
  • LineSpacingExact
  • +
  • LineSpacingMinimum
  • +
  • LineSpacingAuto
  • +
+

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+ SpacingMaxValue +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the amount of + vertical spacing that appears between lines of text in the associated + paragraph, expressed as a multiple of the line height for the paragraph. + Applicable only when the + LineSpacingExact + and + LineSpacingMinimum + properties are not explicitly set. + + +

+ The LineSpacingAuto property provides a way for the developer to space lines + such that the actual value is automatically calculated by the document + consumer based on the line height for the associated paragraph. An explicit + value can be specified for line spacing using the + LineSpacingExact + property. +

+

+ The + LineSpacingExact , + LineSpacingMinimum + and LineSpacingAuto properties are mutually exclusive; when one property is set, the others are not applicable. +

+

+ In the case where more than one of the properties is explicitly set, + the order of precedence is as follows: +

    +
  • LineSpacingExact
  • +
  • LineSpacingMinimum
  • +
  • LineSpacingAuto
  • +
+

+

+ Unlike the LineSpacingExact and LineSpacingMinimum properties, + this property's value is always expressed as a multiple + of the line height for the paragraph, and is never converted + based on the value of the associated WordDocumentWriter's + Unit + property. +

+

+ For example, to apply vertical spacing between lines of text that + is equal to .5 times the height of the line itself, assign a value + of .5 to the LineSpacingAuto property, and leave the values of the + LineSpacingExact and LineSpacingMinimum properties at their respective + defaults. +

+
+ LineSpacingAutoMaxValue +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines whether a page break + is inserted before the associated paragraph. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines whether the paragraph + is presented in a right-to-left direction. + + +

+ This property only applies to paragraph-level properties, and does not + affect the layout of the text within. Setting this property to true has + an effect similar to that of setting the + Alignment + property to 'Right'. +

+

+ To change the layout of the text within the paragraph, use the + RightToLeft + property of the + Font + class. +

+
+ RightToLeft +
+ + + Provides a way to control page attributes such as size, margins, and orientation. + + + + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + SectionProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets the size for all pages in the associated section. + + +

+ When set explicitly, the unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property. +

+

+ When the + PageOrientation + property is left at its default setting, the PageSize property defines the effective + orientation. In cases where the width is greater than the height, the PageOrientation property + resolves to 'Landscape'. +

+

+ In the absence of an explicit setting, this property resolves to a value + that is equal to 8.5 inches in width by 11 inches in height, or, if the + PageOrientation property is explicitly set to 'Landscape', 11" x 8.5". +

+

+ The maximum page size in MS Word is 22" x 22" (see + KB article 95109). + An exception is thrown if the specified value is outside this range. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the margins for all pages in the associated section. + + +

+ In the absence of an explicit setting, this property resolves to a value + that is equal to one inch on all sides. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the distance between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the header. + + +

+ When set explicitly, the unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property. +

+

+ In the absence of an explicit setting, this property resolves to .5". +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the distance between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the footer. + + +

+ When set explicitly, the unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property. +

+

+ In the absence of an explicit setting, this property resolves to .5". +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value which represents a printer-specific paper code + for the paper type for all pages in the associated section. + + +

+ This property is used to ensure that the proper paper type is chosen if the + specified paper size matches the sizes of multiple paper types supported by + the current printer. How this value is consumed is dependent solely on the printer, + and is not interpreted or modified in any way by this class. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value which defines the orientation for all + pages in the associated section. + + +

+ Under the default setting, the actual value is resolved + based on the ratio of the width to the height of the page size. If + the width is greater than the height, this property resolves to + 'Landscape', otherwise it resolves to 'Portrait'. +

+

+ When the PageOrientation property is explicitly set, the value of the + PageSize + property is adjusted if necessary so that the ratio of width to height is in agreement + with the page orientation. For example, if the page size is explicitly set to have a + width of five inches and a height of seven, and PageOrientation is explicitly set to + 'Landscape', the page size is inverted so as not to contradict the orientation. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the page number for the first page in this section. + + +

+ This property is only applicable when a header/footer is + defined for the section. Headers/footers can be created using the + AddSectionHeaderFooter + method. +

+

+ Page numbers can be specified for a header or footer using the + AddPageNumberField + method. +

+

+ When no value is specified for this property, page numbers continue + from the previous section. +

+
+
+ + + ParagraphAlignment -> ST_Jc + + + + + ST_Jc -> ParagraphAlignment. + + + + + Underline -> ST_Underline + + + + + ST_Underline -> Underline + + + + + RelativeHorizontalPosition -> ST_RelFromH + + + + + ST_RelFromH -> RelativeHorizontalPosition + + + + + RelativeVerticalPosition -> ST_RelFromV + + + + + ST_RelFromV -> RelativeVerticalPosition + + + + + AnchorHorizontalAlignment -> ST_AlignH + + + + + ST_AlignH -> AnchorHorizontalAlignment + + + + + AnchorVerticalAlignment -> ST_AlignV + + + + + ST_AlignV -> VerticalAlignment + + + + + TableCellVerticalAlignment -> ST_VerticalJc + + + + + ST_VerticalJc -> TableCellVerticalAlignment + + + + + VerticalAlignment -> ST_WrapText + + + + + ST_WrapText -> TextWrappingSide + + + + + FontVerticalAlignment -> ST_AlignV + + + + + ST_AlignV -> FontVerticalAlignment + + + + + TableCellVerticalMerge -> ST_Merge + + + + + ST_Merge -> TableCellVerticalMerge + + + + + LineSpacingRule -> ST_LineSpacingRule + + + + + ST_LineSpacingRule -> LineSpacingRule. + + + + + RowHeightRule -> ST_RowHeightRule + + + + + ST_RowHeightRule -> RowHeightRule. + + + + + TableBorderStyle -> ST_Border + + + + + ST_Border -> TableBorderStyle. + + + + + PictureOutlineStyle -> ST_CompoundLine + (see 5.1.12.15 ST_CompoundLine (Compound Line Type)) + + + + + ST_CompoundLine -> PictureOutlineStyle. + + + + + TableCellTextDirection -> ST_TextDirection + (see 2.18.100 ST_TextDirection (Text Flow Direction)) + + + + + ST_TextDirection -> TableCellTextDirection. + + + + + See: 2.16.4.3 General formatting + + + + + ST_CompoundLine -> AnchorRelativeVerticalPosition. + + + + + ST_CompoundLine -> AnchorRelativeHorizontalPosition. + + + + + Constants which specify the alignment for a paragraph or table. + + + + + Specifies that the text is justified between both + of the text margins in the document. + + + + + Specifies that the text is centered on the line + between both of the text margins in the document. + + + + + Specifies that the text is justified between both + of the text margins in the document. + + + + + Specifies that the kashida length for text in the current + paragraph is extended to its widest possible length. + Note: This setting only affects kashidas, which are special + characters used to extend the joiner between two Arabic characters. + + + + + Specifies that the text is aligned on the left + text margin in the document. + + + + + Specifies that the kashida length for text in the current + paragraph is extended to a slightly longer length. + Note: This setting only affects kashidas, which are special + characters used to extend the joiner between two Arabic characters. + + + + + Specifies that the kashida length for text in the current + paragraph is extended to a medium length determined + by the consumer. + Note: This setting only affects kashidas, which are special + characters used to extend the joiner between two Arabic characters. + + + + + Specifies that the text is aligned to the list tab, + which is the tab stop after the numbering for the current + paragraph. + + + + + Specifies that the text is aligned on the right + text margin in the document. + + + + + Specifies that the text is justified with an + optimization for Thai. + Note: This type of justification affects both the interword + spacing on each line and the inter-character spacing between each + word when justifying its contents, unlike the 'Both' setting. + This difference is created in that the inter-character space + is increased slightly in order to ensure that the additional space + created by the justification is reduced. + + + + + Constants which specify the implied unit of measurement + for properties which represent a graphical length. + + +

+ The default unit of measurement is a desktop publishing point, which + is equal to 1/72 of an inch. +

+
+
+ + + Units are expressed as DTPs (desktop publishing points), a unit + equal to 1/72 of an inch. One point is equal to 20 twips. + + + + + Units are expressed as one-twentieths of a point, or 1/1440 of an inch. + + + + + Units are expressed as inches (U.S. customary units). + One inch is equal to 1,440 twips. + + + + + Units are expressed as centimeters. One centimeter is equal to + approximately 567 twips. + + + + + Constants which define the manner in which text is underlined. + + + + + The actual value is determined at a higher level of the + property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + No underline. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a dashed line + beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a series of thick + dash, dot, dot characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a series of thick + dash, dot characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a series of thick + dashes beneath all characters in this run. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of long dashed + characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of thick long dashed + characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a series of dash, + dot characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a series of dash, + dot, dot characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a series of dot + characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a series of thick dot + characters beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of two lines beneath + all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a single line beneath + all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a single thick line + beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a single wavy line + beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a pair of wavy lines + beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a single thick wavy line + beneath all characters. + + + + + Specifies an underline consisting of a single line + beneath all non-space characters in the run. No underline + appears beneath any space character (breaking or non-breaking). + + + + + Constants which define the manner in which a line + is drawn through the text. + + + + + The actual value is determined at a higher level of the + property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + A single line is drawn through the text. + + + + + The 'SingleOn' setting is explicitly disabled for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the single strikethough effect for this run + when the setting is enabled at a higher level of the + property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + A double line is drawn through the text. + + + + + The 'DoubleOn' setting is explicitly disabled for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the double strikethough effect for this run + when the setting is enabled at a higher level of the + property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Constants which define the manner in which characters + are capitalized. + + + + + The actual value is determined at a higher level of the + property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Letters are capitalized. + + + + + The 'CapsOn' setting is explicitly disabled for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the captitalization for this run when the + 'CapsOn' setting is enabled at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Lower-case characters in this text run are formatted for display as their + upper-case character equivalents in a font size two points smaller + than the resolved font size for the associated run. + + + + + The 'SmallCapsOn' setting is explicitly disabled for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the captitalization for this run when the + 'SmallCapsOn' setting is enabled at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Constants which define the manner in which characters + are vertically aligned, i.e., when the characters appear + in subscript or superscript. + + + + + The actual value is determined at a higher level of the + property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Normal; the text is rendered at its normal location + as relative to the baseline for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the subscript or superscript + effect for this run when either setting is enabled at a + higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Text is rendered in a smaller size below the default + baseline location for the associated run. + + + + + Text is rendered in a smaller size above the default + baseline location for the associated run. + + + + + Constants which define additional special effects + for the font, i.e., engraved, embossed, outlined, + or shadowed. + + + + + The actual value is determined at a higher level of the + property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + The text appears as if it is raised off the page in relief. + + + + + The 'EmbossingOn' setting is explicitly disabled for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the embossing effect for this run when the + setting is enabled at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + The text appears as if it is imprinted or pressed into the page. + + + + + The 'EngravingOn' setting is explicitly disabled for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the engraving effect for this run when the + setting is enabled at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + A border is drawn around the inner and outer borders of + each character glyph in the run. + + + + + The 'OutliningOn' setting is explicitly disabled for the associated run. + Use this setting to clear the outlining effect for this run when the + setting is enabled at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Constants which describe a + AnchoredPicture's + relative horizontal position. + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the position of the anchor within its run + content. + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the extents of the column which contains its + anchor. + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the inside margin of the current page (the + left margin on odd pages, right on even pages). + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the left margin of the page. + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the page margins. + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the outside margin of the current page (the + right margin on odd pages, left on even pages). + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the edge of the page. + + + + + Specifies that the horizontal positioning is + relative to the right margin of the page. + + + + + Constants which describe a + AnchoredPicture's + relative vertical position. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the bottom margin of the current page. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the inside margin of the current page. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the line containing the anchor character. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the page margins. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the outside margin of the current page. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the edge of the page. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the paragraph which contains the drawing anchor. + Note: This value is only supported when an offset is + explicitly defined. + + + + + Specifies that the vertical positioning is relative + to the top margin of the current page. + + + + + Constants which describe a + AnchoredPicture's + horizontal alignment. + + + + + No horizontal alignment; the picture's position is specified as an absolute value. + + + + + Specifies that the picture is centered as relative to the + RelativeHorizontalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the picture is inside as relative to the + RelativeHorizontalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the picture is left-aligned as relative to the + RelativeHorizontalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the picture is outside as relative to the + RelativeHorizontalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the picture is right-aligned as relative to the + RelativeHorizontalPosition. + + + + + Constants which describe a + AnchoredPicture's + vertical alignment. + + + + + No vertical alignment; the object's position is specified as an absolute value. + + + + + Specifies that the object is bottom-aligned as relative to the + RelativeVerticalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the object is centered as relative to the + RelativeVerticalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the object is inside as relative to the + RelativeVerticalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the object is outside as relative to the + RelativeVerticalPosition. + + + + + Specifies that the object is at the top as relative to the + RelativeVerticalPosition. + + + + + Constants which describe the vertical alignment for a table cell. + + + + + The actual value is determined at a higher level of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Specifies that the text is vertically aligned with the bottom of the cell. + + + + + Specifies that the text is vertically aligned with the center of the cell. + + + + + Specifies that the text is vertically aligned with the top of the cell. + + + + + Constants which define the layout for text included in the same + paragraph as an + AnchoredPicture. + + + + + Text flows around all sides of the picture. + + + + + Text does not wrap, and appears "behind" the picture. + + + + + Text does not wrap, and appears superimposed over the picture. + + + + + Text flows along the top and bottom of the picture. + + + + + Constants which define the sides of an + AnchoredPicture + around which adjacent text can be wrapped. + + TextWrapping enumeration + + + + Text wraps around the left and right sides of the picture. + + + + + Text wraps around the left side of the picture. + + + + + Text wraps around the right side of the picture. + + + + + Text wraps around the side of the picture that is farthest + from the page margin. + + + + + Constants which describe the manner in which a TableCell + is vertically merged with adjacent cells. + + + + + No vertical merging. The cell appears to span only the row + to which it belongs. + + + + + Begins a vertical merging run. If the associated cell follows one + which belongs to a vertical merging run, that run is discontinued. + If no cells 'above' the associated cell belong to a vertical merging + run, a new run begins. + + + + + Continues a previously defined vertical merging run. + If no cells 'above' the associated cell belong to a vertical merging + run, this setting has no effect. + + + + + Constants which describe the rule applied when calculating the height of a table row. + + + + + Specifies that the height of the row is automatically + determined by the size of its contents, with no predetermined minimum + or maximum size. + + + + + Specifies that the height of the row is at least + the value specified, but may be expanded to fit its content as needed. + + + + + Specifies that the height of the row is exactly the value + specified, regardless of the size of its contents. If the + content is too large for the specified height, it is clipped. + + + + + Constants which describe the style of the borders displayed + around tables and cells. + + + + + No borders are displayed. + + + + + A single-line border is displayed. + + + + + A dashed-line border is displayed. + + + + + A dotted-line border is displayed. + + + + + A double-line border is displayed. + + + + + A inset-line border is displayed. + + + + + Constants which describe the style of the outlines displayed + around anchored and inline pictures. + + + + + No outline is displayed around the picture. + + + + + The picture is outlined with a single line. + + + + + The picture is outlined with double lines of equal width. + + + + + The picture is outlined with double lines, one thin and one thick. + + + + + The picture is outlined with double lines, one thick and one thin. + + + + + The picture is outlined with three lines - thin, thick, and thin. + + + + + Constants which describe the manner in which the corners + of a picture outline are joined. + + + + + The corners of the outline are mitered. + + + + + The corners of the outline are rounded. + + + + + The corners of the outline are beveled. + + + + + Constants which describe the direction of text flow for table cells. + + + + + Text flows normally, from left to right along the x-axis. + + + + + Specifies that text flows from bottom to top vertically, + then from left to right horizontally on the page. Under this setting, vertical lines + are filled before the text expands horizontally. + + + + + Specifies that text flows from left to right horizontally, + then top to bottom vertically on the page. Under this setting, horizontal lines + are filled before the text expands vertically. + + + + + Specifies that text flows from left to right horizontally, + then top to bottom vertically on the page. Under this setting, horizontal lines + are filled before the text expands vertically. + This flow is also rotated such that any East Asian text shall be + rotated 270 degrees when displayed on a page. + + + + + Specifies that text flows from top to bottom vertically, + then left to right horizontally on the page. Under this setting, vertical lines + are filled before the text expands horizontally. + This flow is also rotated such that all text is rotated 90 + degrees when displayed on a page. + + + + + Specifies that text flows from right to left horizontally, + then top to bottom vertically on the page. Under this setting, + vertical lines are filled before the text expands horizontally. + + + + + Specifies that text flows from right to left horizontally, + then top to bottom vertically on the page. Under this setting, + vertical lines are filled before the text expands horizontal. + This flow is also rotated such that all text is rotated 90 + degrees when displayed on a page. + + + + + Constants which define the possible types of layout algorithms + which are applied when determining the size and position of + table cells. + + + + + The preferred widths of the table items are used to generate + the final sizing of the table, but the contents of each cell + determines the final column widths. + + + + + The preferred widths of the table items are used to generate + the final sizing of the table, but does not change that size, + regardless of the contents of each cell. + + + + + Constants which define the orientation for a page in the document. + + + + + The actual value is determined by the page size. + If the width of the page size is greater than the height, the orientation + resolves to 'Landscape'; if the width is equal or less than the height, + it resolves to 'Portrait'. + + + + + Pages in the associated section are printed in portrait mode, with no rotation. + The page size is adjusted, if necessary, so that the height is greater than or + equal to the width, by swapping the values as defined by the page size. + + + + + Pages in the associated section are printed at a 90 degree rotation + with respect to the normal page orientation. + The page size is adjusted, if necessary, so that the width is greater than or + equal to the height, by swapping the values as defined by the page size. + + + + + Constants which define which border sides are drawn for cells and tables. + + + + + No borders are drawn for the cell or table. This setting is equivalent + to setting the style of all borders to 'None'. + + + + + The top border is drawn for the cell or table. + + + + + The left border is drawn for the cell or table. + + + + + The bottom border is drawn for the cell or table. + + + + + The right border is drawn for the cell or table. + + + + + The inner horizontal borders. + + + + + The inner vertical borders. + + + + + Combines the 'Left' and 'Right' settings. + + + + + Combines the 'Top' and 'Bottom' settings. + + + + + Combines the 'InsideH' and 'InsideV' settings. + + + + + Combines the 'Top', 'Left', 'Bottom', and 'Right' settings. + + + + + All borders are drawn. This is the default setting. + + + + + Bitflags which describe the current state of a + WordDocumentWriter. + + + + + No noteworthy state. + + + + + The writer is currently between calls to the + StartDocument + and + EndDocument + methods. + + + + + The writer is currently between calls to the + StartParagraph + and + EndParagraph + methods. + + + + + The writer is currently between calls to the + StartTable + and + EndTable + methods. + + + + + The writer is currently between calls to the + StartTableRow + and + EndTableRow + methods. + + + + + The writer is currently between calls to the + StartTableCell + and + EndTableCell + methods. + + + + + Constants which describe the header and footer parts that + will be created in a document section when used by the + AddSectionHeaderFooter + method. + + +

+ This enumeration is decorated with the System.Flags attribute, which means that + the constants defined herein can be combined using the logical OR operator. + For example, to specify that a document section should contain both a header + and a footer, on all pages, the values 'HeaderAllPages' (0x0001) and + 'FooterAllPages' (0x0002) would be combined in a bitwise manner to produce + a numerical value of 0x0003, resulting in both a header and a footer on + all pages in the section. +

+
+
+ + + No headers or footers should appear in the section. + + + + + A header which appears on all pages of the section. + + + + + A footer which appears on all pages of the section. + + + + + A header which appears only on the first page of the section. + + + + + A footer which appears only on the first page of the section. + + + + + Combines the HeaderAllPages, FooterAllPages, HeaderFirstPageOnly, and FooterFirstPageOnly + settings. + + + + + Specifies the possible types of headers and footers which + may be specified for a given header or footer reference in + a document section. + + + + + Specifies that this header/footer is to appear on + every page in this section which is not overridden with + a specific first page header/footer. + + + + + Specifies that this header/footer is to appear on only + the first page of the section. + + + + + Constants which define the format applied to the page numbers + displayed for a header or footer. + + + + + Pages are numbered using standard decimal representation. + Example: "1", "2", "3" + + + + + Pages are numbered using standard decimal representation, with the + numbers prefixed and sufixed by dashes. + Example: "-1-", "-2-", "-3-" + + + + + Pages are numbered using standard decimal representation, with the + numbers enclosed in a circle. + + + + + Pages are numbered using standard decimal representation, with the + numbers enclosed in parenthesis. + Example: "(1)", "(2)", "(3)" + + + + + Formats a numeric result as one or more occurrences of an + uppercase alphabetic Latin character. + Example: "A", "B", "C" + + + + + Formats a numeric result as one or more occurrences of an + lowercase alphabetic Latin character. + + Example: "a", "b", "c" + + + + Pages are numbered using ascending Abjad numerals. + + + + + Pages are numbered using characters in the Arabic alphabet. + + + + + Pages are numbered using ascending numbers from the Chinese counting system. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Chinese simplified legal format. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Chinese counting thousand system. + + + + + Pages are numbered using Hebrew numerals. + + + + + Pages are numbered using the Hebrew alphabet. + + + + + Pages are numbered using a Japanese style using sequential digital + ideographs, using the appropriate character. + + + + + Pages are numbered using the Japanese counting system. + + + + + Pages are numbered using the Japanese iroha. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Japanese legal counting system. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Japanese digital ten thousand counting system. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Korean counting system. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Korean Chosung format. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Korean Ganada format. + + + + + Pages are numbered using lowercase Roman numerals. + + + + + Pages are numbered using uppercase Roman numerals. + + + + + Pages are numbered using Thai numbers. + + + + + Pages are numbered using sequential numbers from the Thai counting system. + + + + + Pages are numbered using Thai letters. + + + + + Pages are numbered using lowercase ordinal representation of arabic numerals. + Example: "1st", "2nd", "3rd" + + + + + Pages are numbered using lowercase ordinal text. + Example: "first", "second", "third" + + + + + Pages are numbered using lowercase cardinal text. + Example: "one", "two", "three" + + + + + Constants which define the types of shapes that can appear within a document. + + +

+ The + WordDocumentWriter + currently only supports shape rendering using Vector Markup Language (VML); the reason + this rendering mode is used is that it is supported in both MS Word 2007 and MS Word 2010. +

+

+ The following table lists the classnames of the VML shapes associated with + each constant: +

+

+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
ShapeTypeVML Shape
LineVmlLine
RectangleVmlRectangle
EllipseVmlEllipse
IsosceleseTriangleVmlIsosceleseTriangle
RightTriangleVmlRightTriangle
+

+
+
+ + + A straight + line. + The origin of the line is implied to be + at the top left corner of the rectangle defined by its + position within the document and its + size, + and its endpoint is implied to be the bottom right corner of that rectangle. + For lines that run parallel to the x or y + axis, the width or height component of the Size property + is set to zero (pure horizontal lines have a height of zero, + pure vertical lines have a width of zero). + A line can be inverted about the x axis using the + InvertY + property. This is used to render a line with a positive slope; since the origin + is implied to be the top left corner of the bounding rect, the origin must be + transformed to the bottom left corner. + + + + + A + rectangle. + The bounds of the rectangle are defined by its + position within the document and its + size. + + + + + An + ellipse. + The bounds of the enclosing rectangle are defined by its + position within the document and its + size. + + + + + A + triangle + whose apex is at the center of the rectangle which encloses it. + The bounds of the enclosing rectangle are defined by its + position within the document and its + size. + + + + + A + triangle + whose apex is at the left edge of the rectangle which encloses it. + The bounds of the enclosing rectangle are defined by its + position within the document and its + size. + + + + + Constants which specify the way a newline within a + paragraph is represented in the generated output. + + +

+ A document consumer may interpret the behavior of line breaking + characters differently depending on the characters used to represent + them. For example, MS Word interprets a carriage return differently + depending on whether the content is enclosed within a table cell. + Paragraph justification also behaves differently depending on whether + a line break or carriage return is used. +

+
+
+ + + The newline is represented as a line break. + For the WordprocessingML format, the '<br>' tag is used to represent the newline in the generated XML. + + + + + The newline is represented as a carriage return. + For the WordprocessingML format, the '<cr>' tag is used to represent the newline in the generated XML. + + + + + Constants which determine the style applied to the line for a shape. + + + + + A solid, unbroken line. + + + + + A line with short dashes. + + + + + A line with short dots. + + + + + A line with a short dash and a dot. + + + + + A line with a short dash followed by two dots. + + + + + A dotted line. + + + + + A dashed line. + + + + + A line with long dashes. + + + + + A line with alternating dashes and dots. + + + + + A line with alternating long dashes and dots. + + + + + A line with a long dash followed by two dots. + + + + + Encapsulates the basic properties of a table cell, which are applicable + at different levels of the property resolution hierarchy. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets the background color for this cell. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the amount of padding + applied between the inside of this cell's borders and its content. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the vertical alignment + of the cell's contents. + + +

+ Horizontal alignment of a cell's contents is defined at the paragraph level. +

+
+ Alignment +
+ + + Encapsulates the properties of a table cell. + + +

+ This class is used to override the table-level cell properties + for a cell or group of cells. One instance can be used to define + the properties of multiple cells. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + TableCellProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets an object which provides a way to customize + the borders for the associated cell. + + +

+ Cell border properties are inherited from the table + to which the cell belongs. This property provides a way to + interrupt inheritance of table borders for a cell or group of cells. +

+

+ The instance returned from this property's get method will be + created when it is first requested, i.e., "lazily". A previously + created instance can be assigned (for example, from a previously + created TableCellProperties instance), provided that they are + associated with the same + WordDocumentWriter. + This approach can reduce the heap fragmentation that can result from excessive + object instantiation in the case where the border properties must be explicitly + set for a relatively large number of cells. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a boolean value indicating whether an object has been created for or assigned to the + BorderProperties + property. + + + + + Returns or sets an integral value which determines the number + of columns across which this cell spans. + + +

+ By default, a cell spans across only one column, typically having + the same PreferredWidth as that column. The ColumnSpan property makes it possible + to support horizontal cell merging, whereby one cell can appear to span + across two or more columns. For example, consider a grid with 3 columns, + A, B, and C. If the developer wants the cell in position A to extend to + the left edge of cell C, effectively skipping cell B, the ColumnSpan + property of cell A would be set to 2. +

+

+ In addition to setting the ColumnSpan property, the + PreferredWidth + property must also be set to an appropriate value in order + to make a cell span across multiple columns. Using the example + above, the PreferredWidth of cell A must be set to (A.PreferredWidth + B.PreferredWidth) + in order to make it span to the left edge of cell C. +

+

+ The default value of zero logically represents a span of one column. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the direction of + text flow for text within the associated table cell. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether this cell should + begin or continue a vertical merging run with adjacent cells. + + +

+ Similarly to how the + ColumnSpan + property supports horizontal cell merging, the VerticalMerge + property can be used to start a vertical merging run, or + continue an existing one. +

+

+ When set to 'Start', a vertical merging run begins with this cell. + Subsequent cells whose VerticalMerge property is set to 'Continue' + will appear to merge with the cell directly above in the same column. + When set to 'None', any existing vertical merging run is interrupted. + The 'Start' setting also discontinues any existing vertical merging run. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred width of the associated table cell, + expressed as an explicit linear quantity. + + +

+ This property is only applicable when the + Layout + property is set to 'Auto'. +

+

+ The PreferredWidth property provides a way to explicitly define the width + of the associated table cell. The value is considered preferred because + the actual width may be different based on the current table layout algorithm. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+

+ The PreferredWidth property and the + PreferredWidthAsPercentage + properties are mutually exclusive, and the PreferredWidth property takes precedence, + so in the case where both properties are explicitly set, the PreferredWidthAsPercentage + property is not applicable. +

+
+ PreferredWidth + Layout +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred width of the associated table cell, + expressed as a percentage of the width of the containing table. + + +

+ This property is only applicable when the + Layout + property is set to 'Fixed'. +

+

+ This value is considered preferred because a consumer may elect to + override this value based on the current table layout algorithm. +

+

+ The valid range for this property's value is a number between .02 and 100. + Note that the unit of measure is not defined by the associated + document writer's unit of measure. +

+

+ The PreferredWidthAsPercentage property and the + PreferredWidth + properties are mutually exclusive, and the PreferredWidth property takes precedence, + so in the case where both properties are explicitly set, the PreferredWidth property + takes precedence, and this property is not applicable. +

+
+ PreferredWidth + PreferredWidth (TableProperties class) + Layout +
+ + + Encapsulates the properties of a table which can be applied + globally to all tables in a document. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns an object which provides a way to customize borders + for the cells in the associated table. + + +

+ The properties of the instance returned from this property are + also inherited by the cells which appear within the associated table. + For example, if the border style is set to 'Dotted' on this instance, + the cells within the associated table will acquire that setting, unless + the cell has its own overriding border definition. +

+
+ BorderProperties (TableCellProperties class) +
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the amount of spacing + applied between adjacent cells and the table borders. + + +

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+
+
+ + + Encapsulates the properties of a table which can be applied + globally to all tables in a document. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns a + TableCellPropertiesBase + instance which defines the default properties for table cells. + + + + + + Encapsulates the properties of a table which can be applied + to a specific table. + + + + + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + TableProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the amount of padding + applied between the inside of the cell borders and the cell content. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the layout + algorithm that is used to determine the size and position + of cells in the associated table. + + +

+ By default, the table layout is automatic, which means that + cells are automatically sized to fully display their contents. + The Layout property can be used to apply explicit column widths. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred width of the associated table, expressed + as an explicit linear quantity. + + +

+ This property is only applicable when the + Layout + property is set to 'Fixed'. +

+

+ The value of this property is considered preferred because a consumer + may elect to override this value based on the current table layout algorithm. +

+

+ The unit of measurement used to express the property value is defined by the + Unit + property of the associated + WordDocumentWriter. +

+

+ The PreferredWidth property and the + PreferredWidthAsPercentage + properties are mutually exclusive, and the PreferredWidth property takes precedence, + so in the case where both properties are explicitly set, the PreferredWidthAsPercentage + property is not applicable. +

+
+ PreferredWidthAsPercentage + PreferredWidthAsPercentage (TableCellProperties class) + Layout +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred width of the associated table, + expressed as a percentage of the width of the containing element. + + +

+ This property is only applicable when the + Layout + property is set to 'Fixed'. +

+

+ This value is considered preferred because a consumer may elect to + override this value based on the current table layout algorithm. +

+

+ The valid range for this property's value is a number between .02 and 100. + Note that the unit of measure is not defined by the associated + document writer's unit of measure. +

+

+ The PreferredWidthAsPercentage property and the + PreferredWidth + properties are mutually exclusive, and the PreferredWidth property takes precedence, + so in the case where both properties are explicitly set, the PreferredWidth property + takes precedence, and this property is not applicable. +

+
+ PreferredWidth + Layout +
+ + + Encapsulates the properties of the borders applied to tables and cells. + + + + + Assigns a value to the + Width + property that is equals to the specified number of pixels at the + specified resolution. + + The border's width, expressed as an integral number of pixels. + The pixel resolution, expressed as the number of pixels required to span one inch. + +

+ Values less than zero are not permitted for either parameter; an exception is thrown when a negative value is assigned. + Values that would exceed the minimum or maximum allowable value are rounded to the min/max as required. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + TableBorderProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which defines whether the top, left, + right, and bottom borders are drawn for a table or cell. + + +

+ All borders are drawn for all cells in a table by default; + however, in cases where the border style does not preclude + it, the borders of adjacent cells are merged, so as not + to cause the borders to appear "thicker" than the user would + expect. Because of these border merging algorithms, setting + this property may not yield the expected result. +

+

+ Note that the value of this property takes precedence over the + VerticalMerge + and + ColumnSpan + properties with regard to border drawing. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the style of the borders. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the color of the borders. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the width of the borders. + + +

+ WordprocessingML persists border widths in units equal to one-eighth + of a desktop publishing point; this equates to 1/576 of an inch. The range + of valid values spans from one-fourth of a point to 12 points. +

+

+ A value which is based on a specific number of pixels can be assigned using the + SetWidthInPixels + method. +

+

+ WordprocessingML supports border thicknesses up to one-sixth of an inch. Values + which exceed this amount are not recognized, and the resulting border thickness + resolves to this value. +

+
+
+ + + Encapsulates the properties of a table row. + + + + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + A new + TableRowProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all property values for this instance to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the number of + logical grid units that are skipped before the first + cell in this row is displayed. + + +

+ By default, the first cell of the row is displayed in the first + logical grid position. This property can be used to "offset" the + beginning of the row; this can be useful in situations where the + row should appear indented with respect to other rows in the same + table. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the number of + logical grid units that are left after the last cell in + this row is displayed. + + +

+ By default, the last cell of the row is displayed in the last + logical grid position. This property can be used to omit one + or more cells from the end of the row. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value which determines the amount of spacing + applied between adjacent cells and the table borders. + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the associated row. + + +

+ The unit of measure is determined by the value of the + Unit + property. +

+

+ When a value is explicitly assigned to the Height property, but not to the + HeightRule + property, the HeightRule resolves to 'Exact'. +

+

+ When the HeightRule property is set to 'Auto', the value of the Height + property is not applicable. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets the rule applied when calculating the + Height + of the associated row. + + +

+ By default, the row height rule is 'Auto', unless a value is explicitly + assigned to the Height property, in which case it defaults to 'Exact'. + Explicitly assigning a value to the HeightRule property overrides this + behavior. +

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean value indicating whether the associated + row is repeated at the top of each page on which it appears. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean value indicating whether the associated + row can span across multiple pages. + + +

+ In the case where this property is not explicitly set, rows are + allowed to span multiple pages. This property can be explicitly + set to false to ensure that the associated row is not displayed + on more than one page. +

+
+
+ + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified . + + + + + Returns a reference to the exception that was thrown by the XmlWriter. + + + + + Returns the name of the XML element that caused the exception + or null if there is no associated XML element. + + + + + Returns the name of the XML attribute that caused the exception + or null if there is no associated XML attribute. + + + + + Class used to export data in a format recognized by a consumer + of wordProcessingML-compliant markup. + + + + + Begins the serialization process for a wordProcessingML-compliant document + + + + + Begins the serialization process for a wordProcessingML-compliant document + + + + + Since during the course of writing to the \word\document.xml + it might become necessary to add a part (styles for example) + in which case we need to do that now. + + + + Returns char #32 + + + 'application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.wordprocessingml.document.main+xml' + + + '/word/document.xml' + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships/officeDocument' + + + + 'http://www.w3.org/XML/1998/namespace' + + + + + 'w' + + + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/wordprocessingml/2006/main' + + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships' + + + 'r' + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified . + + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified . + + + + + Returns the stream to which the document content is written. + + + + + Returns the write state of the XMLWriter. + Returns WriteState.Start if the XMLWriter has not yet been created. + + + + '/word/[header/footer]{0}.xml' + + + + Encapsulates the properties of an OfficeML-compliant document + such as author, subject, title, etc. + + + + + Returns the default value of the LatinCulture property ('en-US'). + + + + + Returns the default value of the EastAsiaCulture property ('ja-JP'). + + + + + Returns the default value of the ComplexScriptCulture property ('ar-SA'). + + + + + Returns the default value of the Template property ('Normal.dotm'). + + + + + Returns the default value of the Application property ('Microsoft Office Word'). + + + + + Restores all properties of this class to their + respective default values. + + + + + Returns or sets the name of the consuming application. + + + + + Specifies the language which shall be used to check spelling + and grammar (if requested) when processing the contents of text + runs which contain Latin characters, as determined by the Unicode + character values of the run content. + + + + + Specifies the language which is used when processing + the contents of text runs which contain East Asian + characters, as determined by the Unicode character + values of the run content. + + + + + Specifies the language which is used when processing + the contents of text runs which contain complex script + characters, as determined by the Unicode character + values of the run content. + + + + + Returns the document template to be used by the consuming application. + This property currently only supports a value of 'Normal.dotm' + + + + + Abstract class which provides a fast, non-cached, forward-only way + of generating streams or files containing word processing data. + + WordprocessingMLWriter class + + + + Creates and returns a new instance of a WordDocumentWriter-derived class. + + The fully qualified path to the Office document file to be created. + A reference to the WordDocumentWriter-derived instance that was created. + + + + Creates and returns a new instance of a WordDocumentWriter-derived class. + + The System.IO.Stream to which the content is persisted. + A reference to the WordDocumentWriter-derived instance that was created. + + + + Creates and returns a new instance of a WordDocumentWriter-derived class. + + The System.IO.Stream to which the content is persisted. + + An + IPackageFactory + implementor which handles the packaging of the output file stream. + + A reference to the WordDocumentWriter-derived instance that was created. + + + + Creates a new + ParagraphProperties + instance. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + StartParagraph + method to specify the formatting attributes for the paragraph. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + TableProperties + instance. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + StartTable + method to specify the formatting attributes for the table. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + TableRowProperties + instance. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + StartTableRow + method to specify the formatting attributes for the row. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + TableCellProperties + instance. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + StartTableCell + method to specify the formatting attributes for the cell. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + Font + instance which can be used to format text runs. + + +

+ This method returns a font which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the font to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The font returned from this method can be passed to the + AddTextRun + method to specify the font attributes for the run. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + AnchoredPicture. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddAnchoredPicture + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + AnchoredShape. + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the shape. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddAnchoredShape + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + AnchoredShape. + + + A previously created + Shape + instance on which the returned AnchoredShape instance is based. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddAnchoredShape + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + VmlShape-derived instance + based on the specified . + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddInlineShape + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + PictureOutlineProperties. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddInlinePicture + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + SectionProperties. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + DefineSection + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + TableBorderProperties + instance. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + TextHyperlink + instance which can be used to add a textual hyperlink to the document. + + +

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddHyperlink + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + TextHyperlink + instance which can be used to add a textual hyperlink to the document. + + +

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddHyperlink + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + InlinePicture. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddInlinePicture + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + InlineShape. + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the shape. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddInlineShape + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + InlineShape. + + + A previously created + Shape + instance on which the returned InlineShape instance is based. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddInlineShape + method. +

+
+
+ + + Creates a new + PageNumberField. + + + A + PageNumberFieldFormat + constant which defines the format for the page number field. + + +

+ This method returns an instance which contains a reference to this class, + which enables the instance to observe the + Unit + property setting, so that the developer can work in the unit of measure with which + he is most comfortable. +

+

+ The instance returned from this method can be passed to the + AddInlineShape + method. +

+
+
+ + + Starts a word processing document. + + + + + Closes a previously opened document. + + StartDocument + Thrown if no document is currently open. + + + + Closes a previously opened document, optionally closing the writer. + + + A boolean value which specifies whether the writer should also be closed. + + StartDocument + Thrown if no document is currently open. + + + + Adds a paragraph with no content. + + +

+ Word processing content consumers such as MS Word may retain the previous + paragraph's properties when a new paragraph is added. Adding an empty + paragraph after a paragraph with non-default formatting attributes + prevents subsequent paragraphs from inheriting these attributes. +

+
+
+ + + Starts a new paragraph in the document with the default formatting. + + +

+ This method starts a <paragraph> element. + Callers are responsible for closing this element. The + <paragraph> element can be closed by calling the + EndParagraph + method. +

+

+ This overload uses the default alignment (left) with no indentation. + To specify formatting attributes such as alignment, indentation, etc., use the + StartParagraph(ParagraphProperties) + method. +

+
+ EndParagraph + Thrown if no document is currently open. +
+ + + Starts a new paragraph in the document. + + +

+ This method starts a <p> element. + Callers are responsible for closing this element. The + <p> element can be closed by calling the + EndParagraph + method. +

+
+ + A + ParagraphProperties + instance which defines properties such as alignment and indentation for the paragraph. + An new instance of this class can be obtained by calling the + CreateParagraphProperties + method. + + Thrown if no document is currently open. +
+ + + Closes a previously created paragraph. + + StartParagraph + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + + + + Adds a text run consisting of the newline character to the current paragraph. + + +

+ The actual character code(s) used in the generated content are determined by the + NewLineType + property. +

+

+ Before the AddNewLine method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+

+ Some consumers do not always recognize newline characters within the content. + For example, MS Word does not escape the current line when the paragraph appears + within a table cell. The + AddEmptyParagraph + method can be used as an alternative to this method, although this requires closing the current + paragraph prior to calling the method. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a text run consisting of the newline character to the current paragraph. + + + A + NewLineType + constant which describes the method used to define the actual character codes + used in the generated output. + + +

+ Before the AddNewLine method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+

+ Some consumers do not always recognize newline characters within the content. + For example, MS Word does not escape the current line when the paragraph appears + within a table cell. The + AddEmptyParagraph + method can be used as an alternative to this method, although this requires closing the current + paragraph prior to calling the method. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + The string value to write. + +

+ Before the AddTextRun method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + The string value to write. + The font that is applied to all characters in the run. + +

+ A new Font instance can be obtained using the + CreateFont + method. An existing Font instance can also be used; changing properties on + that instance does not affect previously added text runs because the information + is written to the stream immediately. +

+

+ Before the AddTextRun method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + The string value to write. + The font that is applied to all characters in the run. + A boolean value specifying whether the contents of the run are checked for spelling and grammar. + +

+ Before the AddTextRun method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + + A + TextRun + instance which defines the properties of the text run. + + +

+ Before the AddTextRun method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + The address for the hyperlink. + The text displayed for the hyperlink. + +

+ Before the AddHyperlink method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + The address for the hyperlink. + The text displayed for the hyperlink. + + The + Font + which defines the formatting attributes for the text that is displayed. + + +

+ Before the AddHyperlink method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + The address for the hyperlink. + The text displayed for the hyperlink. + The text that is displayed when the user hovers the cursor over this hyperlink. + +

+ Before the AddHyperlink method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + The address for the hyperlink. + The text displayed for the hyperlink. + + The + Font + which defines the formatting attributes for the text that is displayed. + + The text that is displayed when the user hovers the cursor over this hyperlink. + +

+ Before the AddHyperlink method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + The address for the hyperlink. + + A list of + TextRun + instances which define the rich content for the hyperlink. + + The text that is displayed when the user hovers the cursor over this hyperlink. + +

+ This overload makes it possible for the developer to display text with mixed + font attributes in the hyperlink. Each text fragment with different font + attributes must be manifested as a separate text run. Each one is added to + the list prior to calling the method. +

+

+ Before the AddHyperlink method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+

+ In the case where the begins with "www.", the prefix + "http://" will be prepended to avoid creating a malformed URI. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + + A + TextHyperlink + instance which defines the properties of the hyperlink. + + +

+ A + TextHyperlink + instance can be created using the + CreateTextHyperlink + method. +

+
+
+ + + Adds an inline picture to the current paragraph. + + The image on which the picture is based. + +

+ Before the AddInlinePicture method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds an inline picture with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + The image on which the picture is based. + If specified, the size at which the picture is rendered. If null, the natural size of the associated image is used. + +

+ Before the AddInlinePicture method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds the specified + InlinePicture + to the current paragraph. + + + The + InlinePicture + to add. + + + + + Adds an inline + shape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the type of shape to add. + + +

+ Before the AddInlineShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + ShapeType enumeration +
+ + + Adds an inline + shape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the type of shape to add. + + If specified, the size at which the shape is rendered. If null, the shape is rendered at a size of one inch square.. + +

+ Before the AddInlineShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + ShapeType enumeration +
+ + + Adds an inline + shape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + The shape to add, such as a line, rectangle, ellipse, etc. + + +

+ Before the AddInlineShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + ShapeType enumeration +
+ + + Adds an + InlineShape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + The instance to add. + + +

+ Before the AddInlineShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + ShapeType enumeration +
+ + + Adds an anchored picture to the current paragraph. + + The image on which the picture is based. + +

+ Before the AddAnchoredPicture method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds an anchored picture to the current paragraph. + + + The + AnchoredPicture + instance to be added to the paragraph. + + +

+ An AnchoredPicture instance can be obtained using the + CreateAnchoredPicture + method. An existing instance can also be used; changing properties on + that instance does not affect previously added pictures because the information + is written to the stream immediately. +

+

+ Before the AddAnchoredPicture method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds an anchored shape with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the type of shape to add. + + +

+ Before the AddAnchoredShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ ShapeType enumeration + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds an anchored shape with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + The + AnchoredShape + instance to be added to the paragraph. + + +

+ An AnchoredShape instance can be obtained using the + CreateAnchoredShape + method. An existing instance can also be used; changing properties on + that instance does not affect previously added shapes because the information + is written to the stream immediately. +

+

+ Before the AddAnchoredShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ ShapeType enumeration + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Starts a new table in the document with the specified number of columns. + + + The total number of columns in the table. Columns added with this overload + have a width of one inch. + Note that by default, actual column widths are + determined automatically; to override this behavior and apply explicit + widths, use the overload that takes a + TableProperties + instance, and set the + Layout + property of the TableProperties to 'Fixed'. + + +

+ This method starts a <tbl> element. + Callers are responsible for closing this element. The + <tbl> element can be closed by calling the + EndTable + method. +

+
+ EndTable + Thrown if no document is currently open. +
+ + + Starts a new table in the document with the specified number of columns. + + + The total number of columns in the table. Columns added with this overload + have a width of one inch. + Note that by default, actual column widths are + determined automatically; to override this behavior and apply explicit + widths, use the overload that takes a + TableProperties + instance, and set the + Layout + property of the TableProperties to 'Fixed'. + + + A reference to a + TableProperties + instance which defines formatting attributes for the table. + + +

+ This method starts a <tbl> element. + Callers are responsible for closing this element. The + <tbl> element can be closed by calling the + EndTable + method. +

+
+ EndTable + Thrown if no document is currently open. +
+ + + Starts a new table in the document with the number of columns + equal to the number of elements in the specified + list, and with the width of each column defined by the corresponding value in the list. + + + A list of values which contains the width for each column to be added. + The number of columns is determined by the number of elements in the list. + The unit of measure for each value in the list is determined by the value of the + Unit + property. + + + A reference to a + TableProperties + instance which defines formatting attributes for the table. + + +

+ This method starts a <tbl> element. + Callers are responsible for closing this element. The + <tbl> element can be closed by calling the + EndTable + method. +

+

+ A table must contain at least one and no more than 63 columns; specifying + a value outside this range results in an exception being thrown. +

+
+ EndTable + Thrown if the value of the parameter is null. + Thrown if the list referenced by the parameter is empty. + Thrown if no document is currently open. +
+ + + Starts a new row in the current table with the default height. + + + + + Starts a new row in the current table. + + + + + Closes the current table row. + + + + + Starts a new cell in the current row. + + + + + Closes a previously opened cell. + + + + + Adds a cell to the current row, with one paragraph containing + a simple text run with the specified . + + The string to be displayed within the cell. + + + + Adds a cell to the current row, with one paragraph containing + a simple text run with the specified , + optionally with the specified properties. + + The string to be displayed within the cell. + + A + TableCellProperties + instance which defines the formatting attributes for the cell. + + + + + Closes a previously opened table. + + StartTable + Thrown if no document or table is currently open. + + + + Creates a section in the document, which defines the pagination + for paragraphs and tables that were written since the last section + was created. + + + A + SectionProperties + instance which defines properties such as page size, margins, and orientation. + An new instance of this class can be obtained by calling the + CreateSectionProperties + method. + + +

+ WordprocessingML does not natively store the concept of pages, since the + number of pages in a document is driven by the nature of the content. + Consider the case where the user changes the size of the font for all text + in a document; the number of pages in that document is likely to change, + since factors such as the number of characters in the document and + the size of each character determine the total amount of space required to + present the content. +

+

+ This method defines a section which applies to content (i.e., paragraphs + and tables) that was previously written to the document. The properties + of the object passed to this method define the page size, orientation, + and margins for the pages on which that content will appear, thus defining + a section in the document to which the designated content belongs. +

+

+ Example: To add three paragraphs which are to appear on pages that + are 7" x 5" at landscape orientation, first call the StartDocument, AddTextRun, + and EndDocument methods for each of the three paragraphs. Next, call the + DefineSection method, passing in a SectionProperties instance on which the + PageSize property is set to (7, 5), and the PageOrientation property is set + to 'Landscape'. +

+

+ The + FinalSectionProperties + property can be used to define the pagination for all content which is + not associated with any section defined by this method. +

+
+ Thrown if no document is currently open, or if a paragraph is currently open. + CreateSectionProperties + FinalSectionProperties +
+ + + Converts the specified into the specified unit of measure. + + A value which represents a number of pixels. + The resolution, expressed in dots per inch. + +

+ The unit of measure in which the return value is expressed + is defined by the value of the + Unit + property. +

+
+
+ + + Converts the specified into a pixel + value at the specified resolution. + + + A value which represents a linear graphical quantity. The implied unit + of measure is defined by the value of the + Unit + property. + + The resolution, expressed in dots per inch. + + + + Converts the specified into the specified unit of measure. + + A value which represents a number of pixels. + The resolution, expressed in dots per inch. + + A + UnitOfMeasurement + constant which defines the units into which the value is to be converted. + + + + + Converts the specified into a pixel + value at the specified resolution. + + A value which represents a linear graphical quantity. + The resolution, expressed in dots per inch. + + A + UnitOfMeasurement + constant which defines the unit of measure in which the + is expressed. + + + + + Converts the specified floating-point + based on the specified units of measurement. + + The value to convert. + + A + UnitOfMeasurement + constant which defines the unit of measure of the specified . + + + A UnitOfMeasurement constant which defines the unit of measure of the returned value. + + The converted value. + +

+ Use the + Unit + property to define the implied unit of measure for all properties which represent + a linear graphical quantity such as font sizes, cell widths, picture positions, etc. +

+

+ One inch is equal to 1,440 twips (twentieths of a desktop point). +

+

+ One inch is equal to 72 desktop points. +

+
+
+ + + Closes the writer and finalizes content. + + + + + Adds headers and/or footers to the main section of the document. + + + + + Adds headers and/or footers to the specified section of the document. + + + A bitflags value which defines the header and/or footer parts to be included in the section. + + + A + SectionProperties + instance which contains the properties for the document section in which the headers/footers + will appear. When null is specified, headers/footers are created for the final section, + with the section properties being defined by the instance returned from the + + property. + + FinalSectionProperties + DefineSection + SectionProperties class + + + + Flushes the contents of the buffer to the underlying stream. + + + + + Releases any resources being used by this object. + + + + + Releases any resources being used by this object. + + +

+ Derived classes must override this method and release any resources + currently in use. +

+
+
+ + + Defines the properties of the document such as Title, Author, Manager, etc. + + + + + Defines the default formatting for paragraphs which have + no more specific formatting attributes defined. + + + + + Defines the page-related properties of the document such as size, + margins, and orientation. Applies to all content in the document + which follows the last explicitly defined section. + + +

+ This property defines the pagination for all content within the + document which is not explicitly associated with a section defined + via the + DefineSection + method. Sections defined by that method apply to all content that was written + prior to the method call; from this it follows that once the DefineSection method + is called, pagination is then explicitly defined for all previously written content + in the document. As such, the pagination as defined by this property applies to the + content that was written after the last call to DefineSection, or to the "final" + section of the document. +

+

+ In the case where the + DefineSection + method is not used, this property defines the pagination for the entire document. +

+

+ Headers and/or footers can be defined for the final section using the + AddHeaderFooterSection + method. +

+
+ DefineSection +
+ + + Defines the default formatting for tables which have + no more specific formatting attributes defined. + + + + + Returns the font that determines the formatting for all text runs + which do not have more specific formatting attributes defined. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating the implied unit of measurement + for properties which represent graphical quantities. + + +

+ The default unit of measurement for the properties which represent + graphical quantities is the desktop publishing point, which is equivalent + to 1/72 of an inch. This property can be changed to redefine that unit of + measurement, so that graphical properties can be interacted with using units + that are most comfortable to the end developer. +

+

+ All property values are stored internally as twips (twentieths of a point), + and coverted as appropriate in the property's get and set method implementations. + The value of the Unit property can be changed at any time by the developer + without affecting previously persisted property values. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a bitflag value which describes the current state of the writer. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the method used to + represent a newline in the generated output. + + +

+ The newline character(s) can be represented as either a line break + or a carriage return. A document consumer may interpret a line break + or carriage return differently depending on the circumstances under + which it is used. For example, paragraph justification can behave + differently in MS Word depending on whether a line break is contained + within the paragraph. A carriage return is recognized in a standard + paragraph as a line-breaking character, but is not recognized when the + paragraph is contained within a table cell. +

+
+
+ + + Represents a writer that provides a fast, non-cached, forward-only way + of generating streams or files containing XML data that conforms + to the WordprocessingML OpenXml specification. + + +

+ The WordprocessingMLWriter class is a concrete implementation of the + WordDocumentWriter + class which produces content that is recognizable by WordprocessingML OpenXml + consumers such as Microsoft Word 2007. +

+

+ The developer communicates with the WordDocumentWriter in a "forward-only" + manner; as soon as a content creation method is called, that content is + irreversibly written to the target document. While this method is generally + considered to be more complicated, it offers the benefit of a greatly reduced + memory footprint over an object-driven approach. +

+

+ A new instance of this class can be created using the + Create + method. +

+

+ To begin a new WordprocessingML document, the developer calls the + StartDocument + method. This method starts the <document> and <body> elements for the document. + After execution returns from the method, these elements are left open, so that content can be added. + The elements are not closed until the developer calls the + EndDocument + method, or until the WordDocumentWriter instance is disposed of. +

+

+ After the StartDocument method is called, blocks of content can be added via (for example) the + StartParagraph + method. After adding a paragraph, the developer will typically populate it with content using methods like + AddTextRun + and + AddHyperlink. + These methods are executed as atomic operations, i.e., all content required to represent the content run + is added to the document stream before execution returns from the method. + After all content has been added to the paragraph, the developer calls the + EndParagraph + method to close the paragraph element. +

+

+ Attempting to add content to the document when the writer is not in the required + state for the operation causes a + WordDocumentWriterException + to be thrown. For example, calling the + AddTextRun + method when the + StartParagraph + method had not previously been called to open a paragraph is not valid (since a text run must + belong to a paragraph) and will cause an exception to be thrown. These exceptions can be handled + for debugging purposes during the early phases of application development, but there is generally + no way for the developer to recover gracefully from these exceptions, and they should be interpreted + as in indication that there is a problem with the client code. +

+

+ After all content blocks have been added, the developer calls the + EndDocument + method to close the <document> and <body> elements. +

+

+ Page size, margins, and orientation can be set for the entire document via the + FinalSectionProperties + property, and for a range of previously written paragraphs and tables via the + DefineSection + method. +

+

+ The content stream is closed when the WordDocumentWriter is disposed of, + and the resulting WordprocessingML file is created. +

+

+ The developer can specify the unit of measure to be used when interpreting + properties which represent graphical measurements using the + Unit + property. The objects returned from the + CreateFont, + CreateParagraphProperties, + and + CreateAnchoredPicture + methods maintain a reference to this class, and use the value of the Unit property to determine the unit of measure + in which to express certain property values. For example, if the developer assigns a value of 'Inch' to the Unit property, + then obtains a Font using the CreateFont method, the get method of the Size property will return the value expressed in + inches, and the set method will assume the values assigned to it to be expressed in inches. This association is maintained + for the lifetime of the object, so that if the developer changes the value of the Unit property, the new unit of measure is + automatically used the next time the property is accessed. +

+
+
+ + + Starts a WordprocessingML document. + + +

+ This method starts the <document> and <body> elements + for the wordprocessingML document. Callers are responsible for + closing all elements written to the document stream. The + <document> and <body> elements can be closed by calling + the + EndDocument + method. +

+
+ EndDocument + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to create the content could not be opened. +
+ + + Closes a previously opened document, optionally closing the writer. + + + A boolean value which specifies whether the writer should also be closed. + + StartDocument + Thrown if no document is currently open. + + + + Starts a new paragraph in the document. + + +

+ This method starts a <p> element. + Callers are responsible for closing this element. The + <p> element can be closed by calling the + EndParagraph + method. +

+
+ + A + ParagraphProperties + instance which defines properties such as alignment and indentation for the paragraph. + An new instance of this class can be obtained by calling the + CreateParagraphProperties + method. + + Thrown if no document is currently open. +
+ + + Closes a previously created paragraph. + + StartParagraph + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + + + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + + A + TextRun + instance which defines the properties of the text run. + + +

+ Before the AddTextRun method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + + A + TextHyperlink + instance which defines the properties of the hyperlink. + + TextHyperlink class + + + + Adds the specified + InlinePicture + to the current paragraph. + + + The + InlinePicture + to add. + + + + + Adds an anchored picture with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + The + AnchoredPicture + instance to be added to the paragraph. + + +

+ An AnchoredPicture instance can be obtained using the + CreateAnchoredPicture + method. An existing instance can also be used; changing properties on + that instance does not affect previously added pictures because the information + is written to the stream immediately. +

+

+ Before the AddAnchoredPicture method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds an anchored shape with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + The + AnchoredShape + instance to be added to the paragraph. + + +

+ An AnchoredShape instance can be obtained using the + CreateAnchoredShape + method. An existing instance can also be used; changing properties on + that instance does not affect previously added shapes because the information + is written to the stream immediately. +

+

+ Before the AddAnchoredShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+

+ Shapes are rendered by the consumer using Vector Markup Language (VML), + which is supported in both MS Word 2007 and MS Word 2010. +

+
+ ShapeType enumeration + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Adds an + InlineShape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + The instance to add. + + +

+ Before the AddInlineShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+

+ Shapes are rendered by the consumer using Vector Markup Language (VML), + which is supported in both MS Word 2007 and MS Word 2010. +

+
+ ShapeType enumeration + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. +
+ + + Starts a new table in the document with the number of columns + equal to the number of elements in the specified + list, and with the width of each column defined by the corresponding value in the list. + + + A list of values which contains the width for each column to be added. + The number of columns is determined by the number of elements in the list. + The unit of measure for each value in the list is determined by the value of the + Unit + property. + + + A reference to a + TableProperties + instance which defines formatting attributes for the table. + + +

+ This method starts a <tbl> element. + Callers are responsible for closing this element. The + <tbl> element can be closed by calling the + EndTable + method. +

+

+ A table must contain at least one and no more than 63 columns; specifying + a value outside this range results in an exception being thrown. +

+
+ EndTable + Thrown if the value of the parameter is null. + Thrown if the list referenced by the parameter is empty. + Thrown if no document is currently open. +
+ + + Starts a new row in the current table. + + + + + Closes the current table row. + + + + + Starts a new cell in the current row. + + + + + Closes a previously opened cell. + + + + + Adds a cell to the current row, with one paragraph containing + a simple text run with the specified , + optionally with the specified properties. + + The string to be displayed within the cell. + + A + TableCellProperties + instance which defines the formatting attributes for the cell. + + + + + Closes a previously opened table, optionally adding an empty paragraph. + + StartTable + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + + + + Creates a section in the document, which defines the pagination + for paragraphs and tables that were written since the last section + was created. + + + A + SectionProperties + instance which defines properties such as page size, margins, and orientation. + An new instance of this class can be obtained by calling the + CreateSectionProperties + method. + + +

+ WordprocessingML does not natively store the concept of pages, since the + number of pages in a document is driven by the nature of the content. + Consider the case where the user changes the size of the font for all text + in a document; the number of pages in that document is likely to change, + since factors such as the number of characters in the document and + the size of each character determine the total amount of space required to + present the content. +

+

+ This method defines a section which applies to content (i.e., paragraphs + and tables) that was previously written to the document. The properties + of the object passed to this method define the page size, orientation, + and margins for the pages on which that content will appear, thus defining + a section in the document to which the designated content belongs. +

+

+ Example: To add three paragraphs which are to appear on pages that + are 7" x 5" at landscape orientation, first call the StartDocument, AddTextRun, + and EndDocument methods for each of the three paragraphs. Next, call the + DefineSection method, passing in a SectionProperties instance on which the + PageSize property is set to (7, 5), and the PageOrientation property is set + to 'Landscape'. +

+

+ The + FinalSectionProperties + property can be used to define the pagination for all content which is + not associated with any section defined by this method. +

+
+ Thrown if no document is currently open, or if a paragraph is currently open. + CreateSectionProperties + FinalSectionProperties +
+ + + Closes the writer and finalizes content. + + +

+ If the + StartDocument + has not been called prior to calling this method, this method does nothing. +

+

+ If the StartDocument method was previously called, but the + EndDocument + method was not, the EndDocument method is called by this method before proceeding. +

+
+
+ + + Adds headers and/or footers to the specified section of the document. + + + A bitflags value which defines the header and/or footer parts to be included in the section. + + + A + SectionProperties + instance which contains the properties for the document section in which the headers/footers + will appear. When null is specified, headers/footers are created for the final section, + with the section properties being defined by the instance returned from the + + property. + + FinalSectionProperties + DefineSection + SectionProperties class + + + + Flushes the contents of the buffer to the underlying stream. + + + + + Closes any open streams and releases any resources being use by this object. + + +

+ If the document has been properly started but has not yet been closed + by a call to the + EndDocument + method, the EndDocument method is automatically called prior to closing and disposing the stream. +

+
+
+ + + Defines the properties of the document such as Title, Author, Manager, etc. + + + + + Defines the default formatting for paragraphs which have + no more specific formatting attributes defined. + + + + + Defines the page-related properties of the document such as size, + margins, and orientation. Applies to all content in the document + which follows the last explicitly defined section. + + +

+ This property defines the pagination for all content within the + document which is not explicitly associated with a section defined + via the + DefineSection + method. Sections defined by that method apply to all content that was written + prior to the method call; from this it follows that once the DefineSection method + is called, pagination is then explicitly defined for all previously written content + in the document. As such, the pagination as defined by this property applies to the + content that was written after the last call to DefineSection, or to the "final" + section of the document. +

+

+ In the case where the + DefineSection + method is not used, this property defines the pagination for the entire document. +

+

+ Headers and/or footers can be defined for the final section using the + AddHeaderFooterSection + method. +

+
+ DefineSection +
+ + + Defines the default formatting for tables which have + no more specific formatting attributes defined. + + + + + Returns the font that determines the formatting for all text runs + which do not have more specific formatting attributes defined. + + +

+ The DefaultFont property can be used to assign a document-level font, + the attributes of which all text runs acquire when no more specific + setting exists. For example, to italicize the entire document, set + the Italic property of the font returned by this property to true. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a bitflag value which describes the current state of the writer. + + + + + Class which pairs a string value with a + Font. + + + + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + The text displayed for the hyperlink. + + + A previously created + Font + instance which determines the font attributes for the text run. + Null can be specified, in which case the text run inherits the font + attributes as defined at the document level. + + + A new + PictureOutlineProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all properties of this instance to their respective defaults. + + + The new value for the + Text + property. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns or sets the string displayed by this run. + + + + + Returns or sets the font which defines the formatting for this run. + + + + + Retuns or sets a boolean value indicating whether the contents + of this run are checked for spelling and grammar. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the method used to + represent a newline in the generated output. + + NewLineType (WordDocumentWriter class) + + + + Creates an instance of the class. + + + Unless you directly call VerifyDocumentIsOpen it will not + be called when you cal things like VerifyParagraphIsOpen + + + + + Returns a bitflag value which describes the current state of the writer. + + + + + Class which holds one or more + WordHeaderFooterWriter + instances for the purpose of writing content to the headers and footers in a + document section. + + WordHeaderFooterWriter class + + + + Returns the string representation of this instance. + + + + + Returns a + WordHeaderFooterWriter + derived instance with which content can be written to the footer of a document section. + + +

+ If the 'FooterAllPages' bit was set on the 'sectionParts' parameter when the + AddSectionHeaderFooter + was called, this property returns a non-null value, on which content-creation + methods such as 'StartParagraph' and 'AddTextRun' can be called. +

+

+ If the 'FooterAllPages' bit was not set, this property returns null. +

+
+ AddSectionHeaderFooter method (WordDocumentWriter class) +
+ + + Returns a + WordHeaderFooterWriter + derived instance with which content can be written to the header of a document section. + + +

+ If the 'HeaderAllPages' bit was set on the 'sectionParts' parameter when the + AddSectionHeaderFooter + was called, this property returns a non-null value, on which content-creation + methods such as 'StartParagraph' and 'AddTextRun' can be called. +

+

+ If the 'HeaderAllPages' bit was not set, this property returns null. +

+
+ AddSectionHeaderFooter method (WordDocumentWriter class) +
+ + + Returns a + WordHeaderFooterWriter + derived instance with which content can be written to the footer for the first page of a + document section. + + +

+ If the 'FooterFirst' bit was set on the 'sectionParts' parameter when the + AddSectionHeaderFooter + was called, this property returns a non-null value, on which content-creation + methods such as 'StartParagraph' and 'AddTextRun' can be called. +

+

+ If the 'FooterFirst' bit was not set, this property returns null. +

+
+ AddSectionHeaderFooter method (WordDocumentWriter class) +
+ + + Returns a + WordHeaderFooterWriter + derived instance with which content can be written to the header for the first page of a + document section. + + +

+ If the 'HeaderFirst' bit was set on the 'sectionParts' parameter when the + AddSectionHeaderFooter + was called, this property returns a non-null value, on which content-creation + methods such as 'StartParagraph' and 'AddTextRun' can be called. +

+

+ If the 'HeaderFirst' bit was not set, this property returns null. +

+
+ AddSectionHeaderFooter method (WordDocumentWriter class) +
+ + + Returns a + SectionHeaderFooterParts + value to describe which of the header and footer parts are created by this class. + + + + + Writes content to a header or footer within a section of the document. + + + + + Adds a paragraph with no content. + + + + + Starts a new paragraph in the document with the default formatting. + + + + + Starts a new paragraph in the document. + + + + + Closes a previously created paragraph. + + + + + Adds a text run consisting of the newline character to the current paragraph. + + WordDocumentWriter.AddNewLine + + + + Adds a text run consisting of the newline character to the current paragraph. + + WordDocumentWriter.AddNewLine + + + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a text run to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds a textual hyperlink to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds an inline picture to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds an inline picture to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds an inline picture to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds an anchored picture to the current paragraph. + + + + + Adds an anchored picture with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + + + Starts a new table in the document with the specified number of columns. + + + + + Starts a new table in the document with the specified number of columns. + + + + + Starts a new table in the document with the number of columns + equal to the number of elements in the specified + list, and with the width of each column defined by the corresponding value in the list. + + + + + Starts a new row in the current table with the default height. + + + + + Starts a new row in the current table. + + + + + Closes the current table row. + + + + + Starts a new cell in the current row. + + + + + Closes a previously opened cell. + + + + + Adds a cell to the current row, with one paragraph containing + a simple text run with the specified . + + + + + Adds a cell to the current row, with one paragraph containing + a simple text run with the specified , + optionally with the specified properties. + + + + + Closes a previously opened table. + + + + + Opens the writer. + + + + + Closes and flushes the writer. + + + + + Adds a page numbering field to the current paragraph. + + + A + PageNumberFieldFormat + value which defines the format for the page number. + + + + + Adds a page numbering field to the current paragraph. + + + A + PageNumberFieldFormat + value which defines the format for the page number. + + + A + Font + instance which defines the formatting attributes for the page number. + + +

+ This method can only be called when a paragraph is currently open. + A page number field is similar to a text run; it can be embedded + within the paragraph adjacent to any other kind of content such + as text, images, or hyperlinks. +

+

+ A page number field can be added to either a header or footer. +

+

+ The page number for the first page in a section can be explicitly set using the + StartingPageNumber + property. When this property is not explicitly set, page numbers for new sections + continue sequentially from the last page of the previous section. +

+
+
+ + + Adds a page numbering field to the current paragraph. + + + A + PageNumberField + value which defines the properties of the page number. + + +

+ This method can only be called when a paragraph is currently open. + A page number field is similar to a text run; it can be embedded + within the paragraph adjacent to any other kind of content such + as text, images, or hyperlinks. +

+

+ A page number field can be added to either a header or footer. +

+

+ The page number for the first page in a section can be explicitly set using the + StartingPageNumber + property. When this property is not explicitly set, page numbers for new sections + continue sequentially from the last page of the previous section. +

+
+
+ + + Adds an anchored shape with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the type of shape to add. + + AddAnchoredShape (WordDocumentWriter class) + + + + Adds an anchored shape with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + The + AnchoredShape + instance to be added to the paragraph. + + AddAnchoredShape (WordDocumentWriter class) + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + + + + Adds an inline + shape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the type of shape to add. + + +

+ Before the AddInlineShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + ShapeType enumeration +
+ + + Adds an inline + shape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + A + ShapeType + constant which defines the type of shape to add. + + If specified, the size at which the shape is rendered. If null, the shape is rendered at a size of one inch square.. + +

+ Before the AddInlineShape method can be called, the developer must begin a paragraph via the + StartParagraph + method, or an exception is thrown. +

+
+ Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + ShapeType enumeration +
+ + + Adds an inline + shape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + The shape to add, such as a line, rectangle, ellipse, etc. + + AddInlineShape (WordDocumentWriter class) + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + + + + Adds an + InlineShape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + The instance to add. + + AddInlineShape (WordDocumentWriter class) + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + + + + Returns a reference to the + WordDocumentWriter + associated with this instance. + + + + + Returns a boolean value indicating whether this instance represents a section header. + + + + + Returns a boolean value indicating whether this instance represents a section footer. + + + + + Returns a value which describes whether the asssociated header/footer + appears on all pages in the section, or only on the first page of the + section. + + + + + Writes WordprocessingML content to a header or footer + within a section of the document. + + +

+ The methods exposed by this class are syntactically identical to the + corresponding methods of the + WordDocumentWriter + class. This is because headers and footers can accommodate virtually all the same + content that the main document part can accommodate; for example, paragraphs, text runs, + hyperlinks, and tables are all valid content for a header or footer section. +

+

+ At the time that the containing + SectionHeaderFooterWriterSet + is returned from the + AddSectionHeaderFooter + method, the XML elements required to reference the header and footer parts have already been written + to the content stream - this is a necessary consequence of a forward-only stream writer. + These elements refer to the actual header/footer parts in the package; the content for these parts, however, + is created via calls to the methods of this class. +

+

+ This instance stays alive until it is explicitly discarded by the consumer, + or until the associated + WordDocumentWriter + is closed. This means that the developer can write content to the header/footer part + at any time during the lifetime of the WordDocumentWriter, although doing so is not + recommended as this increases the complexity of the resulting implementation. +

+

+ Unlike the WordDocumentWriter, which requires a 'StartDocument' method to be called + prior to calling content creation methods, all required prologues are automatically + written to the content stream when the + StartParagraph + or + StartTable + methods are called. Note that all content which appears within a header or footer must appear + within one of these two types of content blocks. +

+

+ Page numbers can be specified for a header or footer using the + AddPageNumberField + method. +

+

+ The + Close + method must be called after all content has been written. +

+
+
+ + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.StartParagraph. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.EndParagraph. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.AddTextRun. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.AddHyperlink. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.AddInlinePicture. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.AddAnchoredPicture. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.StartTable. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.StartTableRow. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.EndTableRow. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.StartTableCell. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.EndTableCell. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.AddTableCell. + + + + + See + WordProcessingMLWriter.EndTable. + + + + + Opens the writer. + + +

+ This method writes the root element to the package part associated + with the header/footer, but writes no content. +

+
+
+ + + Closes and flushes the writer. + + +

+ The Close method closes the underlying XML writer, which finalizes + the content and commits it to the associated package part. +

+
+
+ + + Adds a page numbering field to the current paragraph. + + + A + PageNumberField + value which defines the properties of the page number. + + +

+ This method can only be called when a paragraph is currently open. + A page number field is similar to a text run; it can be embedded + within the paragraph adjacent to any other kind of content such + as text, images, or hyperlinks. +

+

+ A page number field can be added to either a header or footer. +

+

+ The page number for the first page in a section can be explicitly set using the + StartingPageNumber + property. When this property is not explicitly set, page numbers for new sections + continue sequentially from the last page of the previous section. +

+
+
+ + + Adds an anchored shape with the specified size to the current paragraph. + + + The + AnchoredShape + instance to be added to the paragraph. + + AddAnchoredShape (WordDocumentWriter class) + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + + + + Adds an + InlineShape + to the current paragraph, using Vector Markup Language (VML). + + + The instance to add. + + AddInlineShape (WordDocumentWriter class) + Thrown if no document or paragraph is currently open. + Thrown if the XmlWriter used to write content to the stream throws an exception. + + + + Encapsulates the address and tooltip text for a hyperlink. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the + Hyperlink + class. + + The address of the hyperlink. + + + + Restores all property values to their respective defaults. + + + The new value for the + Address + property. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns or sets the address of the hyperlink. + + + + + Returns or sets the text of the tooltip that is displayed for the hyperlink. + + + + + Encapsulates a textual hyperlink. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the + TextHyperlink + class. + + The address of the hyperlink. + + + + Creates a new instance of the + TextHyperlink + class. + + The address of the hyperlink. + The text displayed for the hyperlink. + + + + Returns a new instance which is associated with the specified + WordDocumentWriter. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter + instance. + + + The address of the hyperlink. + + + The text displayed for the hyperlink. + + + A new + PictureOutlineProperties + instance. + + + + + Restores all property values to their respective defaults. + + + The new value for the + Address + property. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns or sets the text that is displayed for the hyperlink. + + +

+ In the case where the + TextRuns + property is set to a non-null value, this property returns the text of the + first element in the list. +

+

+ Use the + TextRuns + property when the text for the hyperlink must contain mixed formatting attributes. +

+
+ TextRuns +
+ + + Returns or sets a list of + TextRun + instances which contain the runs of text that are displayed for this hyperlink. + + +

+ The TextRuns property can be used to create a hyperlink with mixed + formatting attributes. Each element in the list contains a fragment + of the text to be displayed along with the font which defines the + formatting attributes for that fragment. +

+

+ The + Text + property exists for the developer's convenience since in the majority + of cases a hyperlink does not contain mixed formatting attributes. +

+
+ Text +
+ + + Encapsulates a page number field within a paragraph. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class. + + + A + PageNumberFieldFormat. + constant which defines the format for the page number field. + + + The associated + WordDocumentWriter. + + + + + Restores all property values to their respective defaults. + + + + + Returns or sets a value which determines the type + of page number field. + + + + + Returns or sets the font which defines the formatting for this field. + + + + 'vnd-openxmlformats.officedocument.wordprocessingml.styles+xml' + + + '/word/styles.xml' + + + 'http://schemas.openxmlformats.org/officeDocument/2006/relationships/styles' + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified , + which is implied to be of type StylesElementType. + The method knows by the enum constant which namespace it + belongs to, and the local name of the element. + + The fully qualified name of the XML element. + + + + Returns the fully qualified name of the XMl element + corresponding to the specified , + which is implied to be of type StylesElementType. + The method knows by the enum constant which namespace it + belongs to, and the local name of the element. + + The fully qualified name of the XML element. + + + + Returns the number of English Metric Units (EMU) in one desktop publishing point (12,700). + + + + + Returns the number of desktop publishing points (DTPs) in one inch (72). + + + + + Returns the number of TWIPs (twentieths of a point) in one desktop publishing point (20). + + + + + Returns the number of TWIPs (twentieths of a point) in one inch (72 x 20 = 1440). + + + + + Returns the number of centimeters in one inch (2.54). + + + + + Returns the number of TWIPs (twentieths of a point) in one centimeter (1440 / 2.54 = ~567). + + + + + Returns the number of decimal places to which converted floating-point values are rounded (2). + + + + + Returns the default unit of measurement (Point) + + + + + Returns the default line spacing rule (auto) + + + + + Returns the default row height rule (auto) + + + + + Returns the default ParagraphAlignment (Left) + + + + + Returns the default width for a table column in twips (1440 = 1") + + + + + Returns the default border style for rows and cells (single) + + + + + Returns the default outline style for picture outlines (none) + + + + + Returns the default corner style for picture outlines (round) + + + + + Returns the default text direction for cells (normal) + + + + + Returns the maximum page width in inches (22). + + + + + Returns the maximum page width (22") in twentieths of a point. + + + + + Returns the default value of the NewLineType property (LineBreak) + + + + + Returns the maximum number of columns that can appear in a table (63) + + + + + Returns the default value for a page number field's type (Decimal). + + + + + Returns the default resolution for images, in dots per inch (96 x 96) + + + + + Duplicated: + Infragistics.Documents.Excel.Utilities.GetXmlDeclaration + + + + + Returns the specified if it is not null, + otherwise returns string.Empty. + + + + + Converts the specified from the UnitOfMeasurement + as specified by to the unit as specified by . + + The converted value, expressed as specified by . + + + + Converts the specified to twentieths of a point, + using the specified of measure. + + The converted value, expressed in TWIPs + + + + Converts the specified from twentieths of a point, + using the specified of measure. + + The converted value, expressed in units as defined by the value of the property. + + + + Converts the specified to twentieths of a point, + using the specified of measure. + + The converted value, expressed in TWIPs + + + + Converts the specified from twentieths of a point, + using the specified of measure. + + The converted value, expressed in units as defined by the value of the property. + + + + Converts the specified to twentieths of a point, + using the specified of measure. + + The converted value, expressed in TWIPs + + + + Converts the specified from twentieths of a point, + using the specified of measure. + + The converted value, expressed in units as defined by the value of the property. + + + + Splits the specified string at the specified index and returns + the two resulting substrings. Throws an IndexOutOfRangeException + if the specified index is greater than text.Length. Always returns + a string array with two non-null elements otherwise. + + + + + Combines the two strings by inserting the specified + string into the specified string at the specified + . + + + + + Returns the graphical resolution for the specified image, + expressed in dots per inch. + + The Image for which to return the resolution. + A SizeF struct containing the horizontal and vertical components of the resolution. + + + + Returns the size of the specified image, expressed in the specified unit of measure. + + The Image for which to return the resolution. + The unit of measurement to use. + A SizeF struct containing the horizontal and vertical components of the resolution. + + + + Returns a string that is compatible with the ST_HexBinary3 + data type from the specified color value. + + + + + Converts the specified into the specified unit of measure. + + A value which represents a number of pixels. + The resolution, expressed in dots per inch. + + A + UnitOfMeasurement + constant which defines the units into which the value is to be converted. + + + + + Converts the specified into a pixel + value at the specified resolution. + + A value which represents a linear graphical quantity. + The resolution, expressed in dots per inch. + + A + UnitOfMeasurement + constant which defines the unit of measure in which the + is expressed. + + + + + Returns a human readable string for the specified unit. + + + + + Replace Color.Empty + + + + + Indicates an exposed type or member which was added as part of a new feature. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether member or type should be excluded from the internal feature documentation. + + + + + Gets or sets a short name description of the feature. + + + + + Gets or sets a more granular sub-feature name description of the feature. + + + + + Gets or sets the version in which the feature was added. + + + + + Contains version information for the Infragistics assemblies. + + + + + Major.Minor number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Build number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Revision number portion of the assembly version + + + + + Assembly version number + + + + + Assembly company name + + + + + End year of assembly copyright + + + + + The assembly version number for the satellite assemblies. + + + + + The current build configuration for the assembly. + + + + + The prefix of all assembly names in the product. + + + + + The suffix of all assembly names in the product. + + + + + Specifies platform name for the assembly + + + + + Specifies product name for the assembly + + + + + Class for utility functions related with unsupported methods/functions in Silverlight + + + + + Replace Color.Empty + + + + + Gets the code page. Replaces Encoding.CodePage; + + The encoding. + The code page of the encoding + + + + Gets the encoding. + + The code page. + Generates the encoding by code page + + + + Gets culture info by code page. Replace CultureInfo.GetCultureInfo( (int)(uint)value ) + + The culture. + Return culture info by code page + + + + Replace Math.Round( x, MidpointRounding.AwayFromZero ) + + The value. + rounded away zero value + + + + Replace Math.Round( x, MidpointRounding.AwayFromZero ) + + The value. + rounded away zero value + + + + Replace Math.Round( x, d, MidpointRounding.AwayFromZero ) + + The value. + The number of fractional digits to round to. + rounded away zero value + + + + Replace Math.Truncate(x) + + The value. + truncated value + + + + Replace CultureInfo.CurrentCulture.LCID + + The culture info. + Throw not implemented exception + + + + Replace String.ToUpperInvariant(). + + The s. + + + + + Determines whether the specified collection is synchronized. + + Type of the elements in the collection + The collection. + + true if the specified collection is synchronized; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the specified synchronized is synchronized. + + The synchronized. + + true if the specified synchronized is synchronized; otherwise, false. + + + + + Return an object for sync + + Type of the elements in the collection + The collection. + object for synchronization + + + + Replace Color.IsEmpty + + The color. + true if the color is set to ColorEmpty + + + + Generate color from RGB value. Replace Color.FromArgb + + The RGB val. + Generated color + + + + Generate RGB representation for Color. Replace Color.ToArgb + + The color. + RGB representation of the Color + + + + Offset the rectangle position. Replace Rectangle.Offset + + The rectangle. + The x position. + The y position. + + + + Gets default encoding. Replace of the Encoding.Default. + + The default encoding + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fc26141c42d Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..802dcc7d4b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cc3b45be73a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,312 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2 + + + + + Determines what to serialize if an has both an and an + + + + + Set the 'img' elments's 'src' attribute to the if available. If the ImageUri is not specified then save the image file locally if file access is granted. Otherwise embed the image as a 'data url' using base64 encoding. + + + + + If the is available, save the image file locally if file access is granted. Otherwise use the . If the ImageUri is not set then embed the image as a 'data url' using base64 encoding. + + + + + If the is available embed the image as a 'data url' using base64 encoding. Otherwise set the 'img' elments's 'src' attribute to the . + + + + + Set the 'img' elments's 'src' attribute to the if available. Otherwise embed the image as a 'data url' using base64 encoding. + + + + + A data connector which can save and/or load HTML data with a instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Refreshes the content of the to reflect the current state of the . + + + + + Refreshes the so it reflects the current state of the , which could be null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the BaseUri + + + + + + Determines how images are saved. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a relative or absolute path where external files, like images, are written to. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether to save relative or absolute local file paths. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the HTML content representing the . + + + + + + Represents the various options available when loading a in the HTML file format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Returns or sets the BaseUri to use to resolve external references + + + + + Represents the various options available when saving a in the HTML file format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Returns or sets the BaseUri to use to resolve external references + + + + + + Determines how images are saved. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets a relative or absolute path where external files, like images, are written to. + + + + + + Returns or sets whether absolute paths are saved out to locate local external files. + + + + + + + A class which can save/load a instance in the HTML file format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Loads the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for loading the document. + + + + Saves the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for saving the document. + + + + Loads portions of a document from the clipboard. + + The context information for loading the clipboard content. + + A instance if the content was loaded successfully; + Null to try loading the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + + Saves portions of a document to the clipboard. + + The context information for saving the clipboard content. + True if the content was saved successfully; False to try saving the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + Gets a singleton instance of the . + + + + + Extension methods related to the class. + + + + + Loads the HTML content from a file into the document. + + The document in which the content should be loaded. + The path of the file containing the RTF content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Loads the HTML content from the stream into the document. + + The document in which the content should be loaded. + The stream containing the RTF content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Saves the content from the document into a file using the HTML format. + + The document containing the content to be saved. + The path of the file into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Saves the content from the document into the stream using the HTML format. + + The document containing the content to be saved. + The stream into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Abstract base class for resolving linked resources + + + + + Class for resolving resources located in files + + + + + Base class for serializing linked resources + + + + + Class for serializing resources into files + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26171b87c6a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d7fd8dd7b46 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..466f35a9876 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Rtf.v14.2 + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + A data connector which can save and/or load RTF data with a instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Refreshes the content of the to reflect the current state of the . + + + + + Refreshes the so it reflects the current state of the , which could be null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the RTF content representing the . + + + + + + Represents the various options available when loading a in the RTF file format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Searches for the first child group which has a tag with the given name + as its first child, e.g. the given destination. + + the name of the start tag of the group to search + the first matching group or null if nothing found + in case of a null argument + + + + Returns the name of the first element if it is a tag, null otherwise. + + + + + Determines whether the first element is a '\*' tag. + + + + + Adds a listener that will get notified along the parsing process. + + the listener to add + in case of a null argument + + + + Removes a listener from this instance. + + the listener to remove + in case of a null argument + + + + Parses the given RTF text that is read from the given source. + + the source with RTF text to parse + in case of invalid RTF syntax + in case of an IO error + in case of a null argument + + + + Determines whether to ignore all content after the root group ends. + Set this to true when parsing content from streams which contain other + data after the RTF or if the writer of the RTF is known to terminate the + actual RTF content with a null byte (as some popular sources such as + WordPad are known to behave). + + + + + Called before any other of the methods upon starting parsing of new input. + + + + + Called when a new group began. + + + + + Called when a new tag was found. + + the newly found tag + + + + Called when a new text was found. + + the newly found text + + + + Called after a group ended. + + + + + Called if parsing finished sucessfully. + + + + + Called if parsing failed. + + the reason for the failure + + + + Called after parsing finished. Always called, also in case of a failure. + + + + + Returns the name together with the concatenated value as it stands in the rtf. + + + + + Some utility methods for collections. + + + Just a container for some static methods which make life somewhat easier. + + + + + conventiently concatenates the given items to a string for debugging purposes. + + + the whole collection is embraced with square brackets and the individual items + are separated by a comma. null items will be displayed as 'null' instead of the + empty string. + + the collection of items to print + the starting text + the ending textrint + the item delimiter text + text for undefined values + a concatenation of the string representations of all the items + + + + Some hash utility methods for collections. + + + + + Represents the various options available when saving a in the RTF file format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A class which can save/load a instance in the RTF file format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Loads the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for loading the document. + + + + Saves the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for saving the document. + + + + Loads portions of a document from the clipboard. + + The context information for loading the clipboard content. + + A instance if the content was loaded successfully; + Null to try loading the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + + Saves portions of a document to the clipboard. + + The context information for saving the clipboard content. + True if the content was saved successfully; False to try saving the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + Gets a singleton instance of the . + + + + + Extension methods related to the class. + + + + + Loads the RTF content from a file into the document. + + The document in which the content should be loaded. + The path of the file containing the RTF content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Loads the RTF content from the stream into the document. + + The document in which the content should be loaded. + The stream containing the RTF content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Saves the content from the document into a file using the RTF format. + + The document containing the content to be saved. + The path of the file into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Saves the content from the document into the stream using the RTF format. + + The document containing the content to be saved. + The stream into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Writes the specified text to the RTF file. + + The text to be written. + The start index of the text to be written. + + Indicates whether characters should be written out even if their format type does not match the current type active in the document. + Should be true for anything other than text content in a run. + + True if all text specified was written; False if one or more characters could not have been written. + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2267868a81d Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1a5305d1bbf Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..027b510b678 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Word.v14.2 + + + + + Represents the various Microsoft Word formats supported. + + + + + The DOCX file format introduced in Word 2007. + + + + + The DOCX, Strict Open XML file format. + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + A document adapter which can save and/or load Microsoft Word file format data in a specific format with a instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Refreshes the content of the to reflect the current state of the . + + + + + Refreshes the so it reflects the current state of the , which could be null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the format in which to save the document. + + + + + + Returns or sets the binary representation of a Microsoft Word file format representing the . + + + + + + Represents the various options available when loading a in a Microsoft Word format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Represents the various options available when saving a in a Microsoft Word format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the format in which to save the document. + + + + + A class which can save/load a instance in the Microsoft Word file formats. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Loads the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for loading the document. + + + + Saves the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for saving the document. + + + + Loads portions of a document from the clipboard. + + The context information for loading the clipboard content. + + A instance if the content was loaded successfully; + Null to try loading the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + + Saves portions of a document to the clipboard. + + The context information for saving the clipboard content. + True if the content was saved successfully; False to try saving the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + Gets a singleton instance of the . + + + + + Extension methods related to the class. + + + + + Loads the Microsoft Word content from a file into the document. + + The document in which the content should be loaded. + The path of the file containing the Microsoft Word content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Loads the Microsoft Word content from the stream into the document. + + The document in which the content should be loaded. + The stream containing the Microsoft Word content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Saves the content from the document into a file using a Microsoft Word format. + + The document containing the content to be saved. + The path of the file into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Saves the content from the document into the stream using a Microsoft Word format. + + The document containing the content to be saved. + The stream into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..590535c8d0a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9eb6cec4925 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a56e3676846 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,15554 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2 + + + + + Processes a change in the document structure. Any change that happens needs to be processed using this method. + + Node that changed. + Change object describing the change. + + + + Handles Add, Remove and Replace. + + + + + This is the aggregate index of the node object whose property or child node collection changed. + + + + + Gets the next or previous sibling of the specified item based on the 'next' parameter. + + Item in the collection. + If true the next sibling is returned. If false then the previous sibling is returned. + Specified sibling of the item if the item has one. Returns null if the item doesn't have the specified sibling + or doesn't exist in the collection. + + + + Gets the next or previous sibling of the specified item based on the 'next' parameter. + + The index of the Item in the collection. + If true the next sibling is returned. If false then the previous sibling is returned. + Specified sibling of the item if the item has one. Returns null if the item doesn't have the specified sibling + or doesn't exist in the collection. + + + + Re-calculates the height for a specific line + + + + + Re-calculates aggregate info on all the nodes. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of TreeList. + + + + + Rotates the 'n' node for balancing purposes if required. + + + + + + + Calculates the rotate direction for the purposes of load balancing. + + + + + + + Calculates the index of the item associated with the specified node in the collection. This method + requires parent references. + + Item node. + Index of the item of the specified node in the collection. + + + + Removes the item at 'i'. Returns the removed node. + + + + + + + + + Removes the maximum node of the tree formed by the 'n'. Note that if 'n' is the maximum node and the parent is + null then it will not be removed. + + Returns the removed node or null if no node is removed. + + + + Removes the minimum node of the tree formed by the 'n'. Note that if 'n' is the minimum node and the parent is + null then it will not be removed. + + Returns the removed node or null if no node is removed. + + + + If the derived class returns true from TrackNodesOnItemsOverride then this method will be called + to retrieve the node for the item, previously set via the method. + + Item for which to get the node. + + + + If the 'notifyChanges' parameter was passed in as true into the constructor, this method + is called when an item is added. + + Item that was added. + + + + If the 'notifyChanges' parameter was passed in as true into the constructor, this method + is called when an item is removed. + + Item that was removed. + + + + Raises an invalid operation exception if NodeHasParentOverride is false. + + + + + Called to notify that the value of the NotifyChangesOverride property has changed. + + + + + If the derived class returns true from TrackNodesOnItemsOverride then this method will be called + to store the node for the item, for later retrieval via method. + + Item for which to set the node. + Node associated with the item. + + + + Gets an enumerator that traverses all the items starting at the item with the specified index. + The enumerator will be in a state where calling MoveNext the first time will traverse to the item + at the specified index. + + Start item index. + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Gets an enumerator that traverses all the items starting at the specified item. + The enumerator will be in a state where calling MoveNext for the first time will + traverse to the specified item. + + Start item. + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Gets the items starting at the item associated with the specified TNode instance in the tree. + + Start item. + IEnumerable that will traverse items starting at the specified item, including the item itself. + + + + Gets the items starting at the specified index. + + Start index. + IEnumerable that will traverse items starting at the specified index, including the index itself. + + + + Gets the items starting at the item associated with the specified item in the tree. + + Start item. + IEnumerable that will traverse items starting at the specified item, including the item itself. + + + + Invalidates the node's aggregate info. This method synchronously calculates aggregate information + on this node and all its ancestors. It basically calls InitializeAggregateInfo on the node and + its ancestors. + + + + + + Re-calculates aggregate info on all the nodes. + + + + + Clears the list. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is in the list. + + Item to check for existence in the list. + True if the item exists in the list. False otherwise. + + + + Copies the items in this list to the specified array. + + Destination array to which to copy items. + Index in the array at which to start copying items. + + + + Returns the enumerator that can be used for traversing items in the list. + + Enumerator that can be used for traversing items in the list. + + + + Gets the index of the specified item. + + Item whose index to find. + The index of the item. If the item doesn't exist in the list then returns -1. + + + + Removes the specified item from the list. If the item doesn't exist in the list then this method takes no action. + + Item to remove. + True if the specified item was found. False if the item doesn't exist in the list. + + + + Gets the count of items. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + Index at which to get or set the item. + The item at the specified index. + + + + Indicates whether the list is read-only. + + + + + Indicates whether the TNode has parent and should have its SetParent called. + Default implementation returns false. + + + + + Indicates whether to call NotifyCollectionChanged, OnItemAdded and OnItemRemoved methods. + Default implementation returns false. + + + + + Indicates whether the derived class supports GetItemNode and SetItemNode methods. + + + + + Gets the version number of this list which is simply an integer value that's incremented every time + a change is made to the list. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Pushes the n's ancestors to _ancestors. 'IncludeN' parameter indicates whether to include 'n' node itself. + + + + + Called to re-initialize aggregation of information from the left and the right child nodes + and current node's info. + + + + + Called when the specified node is inserted as this node's descendant. + + + + + Called when the specified descendant node is removed. + + + + + This method is used to set or change the item of the node. + + + + + + Entire item height, including its descendant node's height. + + + + + Sum of _height and _totalHeight of the left and the right tree-list nodes. + + + + + A collection of s + + + + + Abstract base class for various rich text settings classes. + + + + + Performs a deep clone of the object. + + The clone + + + + Makes the object sealed, i.e. immutable. + + + + + + Inserts this object in the PropertyChangeChainContextBase chain. + + + + + Notifies listeners of the property change. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Called whenever the HasListeners state changes. + + + + + Called when a property of this object changes. + + The index of the property that changed. + The old value of the property. + + + + Called when a subobject's, including this object's, property changes. + + Object whose property changed. + Property that changed. + Any extra info associated with the property change. + + + + Helper method used by property setters to change the value of a field and raise the PropertyChanged event. + + The type of field being changed + The field member passed by reference that will be updated/compared with the new value + The new value for the field + The index of the property being changed + Returns false if the new value matches the existing member; otherwise true if the value is different + + + + Returns true if this object has been sealed, i.e. immutable. + + + + + + Indicates whether the object has listeners. + + + + + Indicates if the PropertyChangeChainContextBase should be created in OnPropertyChanged method. + Default implementation checks to see if there are listeners. + + + + + Listing of all the properties. + + + + + These properties are candidates for serializing out in unmapped properties field if explicit mappings + are not provided. Certain properties such as Id, Start, End etc... are not suitable for serializing + in unmapped properties field since we perform LINQ queries on them. Further more, certain properties + that are states, like Error, also should not be saved in unmapped properties field. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets default value factories for properties that have them. + + Map where the key is the property and value is the default value factory. + + + + Returns the name of the property that uniquely identifies the underlying data items. + + + + + Indicates whether to update the underlyin data item field asynchronously. + + + + + Indicates whether to cache converted value for the property. When the property has a _converter, by default getting the value from + underlying storage that's mapped to a data item will cause the field value to be retrieved from the data item and converted + every time the store value is accessed. This indicates that the store should cache the value so the _converter is not used at + every retrieval. + + + + + Constructor. + + Property key. + Property name. + Property type. + Either a single field or IEnumerable of fields to which this property is mapped. + For example, it can be a AppointmentProperty instance or IEnumerable<AppointmentProperty>. + Whether the property is read-only. + Converter that should be used to convert data source value to the value of the property + and other way around as well. + Specifies if and how the value of the property will be copied when item is cloned. + If specified, it's used to initialize the default value of the property. + Specifies the default value of the property. + Used for comparing values. + Indicates whether the data item should be update asynchronously when the + property's value changes. Typically used for complex objects where multiple synchronous modifications to the object are possible + where it would undesirable to update the data item at every modification. + Indicates whether to cache the converted value - the value retrieved from underlying + data item that is converted using a converter. + + + + Checks to see if the values in the property stores are different for this property. + + Item type. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'y' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'x' item. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'X' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'y' item. + True if the property values are equal, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the field to which this property is mapped to. The <T> template parameter specifies + the type of the mapped field value (like AppointmentProperty enum, or TaskProperty enum). + + The type of the mapped field value, like AppointmentProperty enum or TaskProperty enum. + This will be set to the any matching mapped field. + True if a match is found, false otherwise. + + + + A helper method for copying the a collection of that's of this property's type. The derived + TypedPropInfo supports generic collection implementations. + + + + Returns true if succesful, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the value of the property for the specified 'x' object. + + Item type. + The item whose property value to get. + Property storage. + The value of the property. + + + + Constructor. + + Property key. + Property name. + Used to get the storage for an item that will be used by the + IFieldValueAccessor<TValue> implementation to retrieve property values. + >Either a single field or IEnumerable of fields to which this property is mapped. + For example, it can be a AppointmentProperty instance or IEnumerable<AppointmentProperty>. + Whether the property is read-only. + Converter that should be used to convert data source value to the value of the property + and other way around as well. + Specifies if and how the value of the property will be copied when item is cloned. + Specifies the default value of the property. + If specified, it's used to initialize the default value of the property. + Used for comparing values. + Indicates whether the data item should be update asynchronously when the + property's value changes. Typically used for complex objects where multiple synchronous modifications to the object are possible + where it would undesirable to update the data item at every modification. + Indicates whether to cache the converted value - the value retrieved from underlying + data item that is converted using a converter. + + + + Checks to see if the values in the property stores are different for this property. + + Item type. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'y' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'x' item. + This object's value for the property will be compared against the 'X' object's value for the property. + Property storage for 'y' item. + True if the property values are equal, false otherwise. + + + + A helper method for copying the a collection of that's of this property's type. The derived + TypedPropInfo supports generic collection implementations. + + + + Returns true if succesful, false otherwise. + + + + Gets the value of the property for the specified 'x' object. + + Item type. + The item whose property value to get. + Property storage. + The value of the property. + + + + Properties that need to be merged/resolved as part of the resolver logic. Basically all properties + except one's whose copy method is none. + + + + + Gets the method to use when copying or settings the property value. + + + + + Gets the unresolved, default value for the property. + + + + + Type of RichTextObjectBase that the property belongs to. + + + + + Setter returns true if the value changed and false if the value that was set is the same as the previous value. + + + + + If true then the two objects properties are merged during resolution to create final result. + If false then the object's individual components are not merged when resolving. + + + + + When _isSubObjectResolver is true, _parentObj is set to the parent object whose property + value is being resolved by this resolver. + + + + + When _isSubObjectResolver is true, _parentProp indicates the property of the parent object + whose value is being resolved by this resolver. + + + + + Resumes resolution of the specified property. + + Property key. + + + + Suspends resolution of the specified property until ResumeResolve is called. The property's value will + be left to what it is now. + + Property key. + + + + Gets a cached equivalent instance that is sealed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Adds a level definition to the collection. + + the level definition to add + + Note: all level definitions in the collection are ordered via their ascending LevelNumbers. When a new lvele definition is + added it is automatically slotted appropriately. If another definition was already at that level, the old level definition is replaced + by the one that was added. Therefore, there can never be 2 definitions with the same Level in the collection. + + if collection is read only or Level is less than zero. + + + + Clears all level definitionss from the collection + + if collection is read only + + + + Returns if the definition is in the collection + + + true if the definition exists in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns if the level number definition is in the collection + + The level number to check + true if the level definition exists in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Copies the definitions into an array + + + + + + + Returns the index of the level definition in the collection + + The level number to check + the index of the definition or -1 if not found + + + + Removes the definition for a specified level + + The level number of the definition to remove + True is successful, otherwise false. + if collection is read only + + + + Tries to get a defintion for a specific level number + + The level number to check + The returned definition or null is not found + true is the definition was found, otherwise false + + + + Returns an object that can enumerate all the definitions in the collection + + An enumerator for level definitions + + + + Retunrs the number of level definitions in the collection + + + + + Returns true if this collection has been sealed, i.e. immutable. + + + + + Indexer (read-only) + + zero-based index. + The definition at that index. + + + + Represents a collection of NodeAttribute objects. Used by NodeBase's property. + + + + + Adds an attribute to the end of the collection. + + The attribute to add to the collection. + + + + Clears all attributes form the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified attribute is contained in the collection. + + The attribute to find in the collection. + True if the attribute is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Copies the contents of the collection into the specified array. + + The array in which to copy the items from the collection. + The index at which to start copying the attributes from the collection. + + + + Removes the specified attribute from the collection. + + The attribute to remove. + True if the attribute was in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Gets an object to enumerate all attributes in the collection. + + + + + Gets the number of attributes in the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Represents a collection of NodeBase objects. Used by NodeBase's property. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Gets the document span of the range of nodes in this collection. + + Index of the first node. + Count of nodes to include in the range. + Document span of the nodes in the specified range. + + + + Gets an enumerator that traverses all the items starting at the item with the specified index. + The enumerator will be in a state where calling its MoveNext for the first time will move to + the item at the specified index. + + Start item index. + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Gets an enumerator that traverses all the items starting at the specified item. + The enumerator will be in a state where calling its MoveNext for the first time will move + to the specified item. + + Start item. + IEnumerator instance. + + + + Gets the next sibling of item. Returns null if the item doesn't have a sibling or item doesn't exist in the collection. + + Item in the collection. + Next sibling of the item if the item has one. Returns null if the item doesn't have a sibling or doesn't exist + in the collection. + + + + Gets the next sibling of item. Returns null if the item doesn't have a sibling or item doesn't exist in the collection. + + Item in the collection. + Next sibling of the item if the item has one. Returns null if the item doesn't have a sibling or doesn't exist + in the collection. + + + + Gets the next or previous sibling of the specified item based on the 'next' parameter. + + Item in the collection. + If true the next sibling is returned. If false then the previous sibling is returned. + Specified sibling of the item if the item has one. Returns null if the item doesn't have the specified sibling + or doesn't exist in the collection. + + + + Inserts the specified item either at the beginning of the collection or at the end of the collection + depending upon the parameter. + + Item to insert. + If true then iserts the item at the beginning of the collection. If false then + inserts the item at the end of the collection. + + + + Inserts 'itemToInsert' item after the specified 'afterItem' in the collection. + + True if the 'afterItem' is found in the collection. False if it's not found in + the collection, in which case this method does nothing. + + + + Inserts 'itemsToInsert' items after the specified 'afterItem' in the collection. + + True if the 'afterItem' is found in the collection. False if it's not found in + the collection, in which case this method does nothing. + + + + Inserts 'itemToInsert' item before the specified 'beforeItem' in the collection. + + True if the 'beforeItem' is found in the collection. False if it's not found in + the collection, in which case this method does nothing. + + + + Inserts 'itemsToInsert' items before the specified 'beforeItem' in the collection. + + True if the 'beforeItem' is found in the collection. False if it's not found in + the collection, in which case this method does nothing. + + + + Inserts the 'itemToInsert' before or after the 'relativeToItem' based on the 'before' parameter. + + Item relative to which to insert the 'itemToInsert'. + Item to insert. + Whether to insert before or after the 'relativeToItem'. + True if the 'relativeToItem' is found in the collection. False otherwise, in which case the + method does nothing. + + + + Inserts the 'itemsToInsert' items before or after the 'relativeToItem' based on the 'before' parameter. + + Item relative to which to insert the 'itemsToInsert'. + Items to insert. + Whether to insert before or after the 'relativeToItem'. + True if the 'relativeToItem' is found in the collection. False otherwise, in which case the + method does nothing. + + + + Inserts the specified items either at the beginning of the collection or at the end of the collection + depending upon the parameter. + + Items to insert. + If true then iserts the items at the beginning of the collection. If false then + inserts the items at the end of the collection. + + + + Clears the collection and adds the specified items to the collection. + + + + + + Splits the collection into two at the specified node. The 'right' collection will + contain the specified node after the split. + + Node at which to split. The new right node will contain this node and all the nodes after it. + The new node. + Returns true if 'n' is part of this collection. False otherwise. + + + + Adds the specified item to the collection. + + + + + Note that a NodeBase instance can not be part of more than one NodeCollection. + + + Note that if the collection is sealed (see ) then an exception will be raised. + + + + + + Clears the collection. + + + + Note that if the collection is sealed (see ) then an exception will be raised. + + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is part of the collection. + + + + + + + Copies all the items of the collection into the specified array. + + Destination array. + Location in the array where to start copying items. + + + + Gets the enumerator used for enumerating all the items in the collection. + + Returns an IEnumerator<NodeBase> instance. + + + + Gets the index of the specified item in the collection. + + Item to find the index of. + The index of the item or -1 if the item doesn't exist in the collection. + + + + Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified index. + + Location in the collection at which to insert the item. + Item to insert. + + + Note that if the collection is sealed (see ) then an exception will be raised. + + + + + + Inserts the specified item into the collection at the specified index. + + Location in the collection at which to insert the item. + Items to insert. + + + Note that if the collection is sealed (see ) then an exception will be raised. + + + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + The item to remove from the collection. + Returns true if the item is found in the collection and removed successfully. Returns false if the item is not found in the collection. + + + Note that if the collection is sealed (see ) then an exception will be raised. + + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The item at this index will be removed. + + + Note that if the collection is sealed (see ) then an exception will be raised. + + + + + + Removes a range of items from the collection. + + Index at which to remove items. + Number of items to remove. + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified index. + + Index at which to get or set the item. + Item at the specified index. + + + + Returns _list if it's NodeList. Null otherwise. + + + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates if the collection is readonly. + + + + + Gets the parent instance whose collection + is set to this NodeCollection. + + + + + Gets the node that contains the specified offset position. The offset ref parameter is modified to + indicate the offset relative to the returned item. + + Returns the node associated with the item that contains the specified aggregate offset position. + Note that if the offset specified is negative then null is returned. If the offset specified is greater + than or equal to the aggregate offset count of the collection, then the aggregate count is removed + from the offset parameter and the method returns null. If there's an error, offset is set to -1 and + null is returned. + + + + Entire offset count of the associated NodeData, including its descendant NodeData's. + + + + + Sum of _itemOffsetCount and _totalOffsetCount of the left and the right tree-list nodes. + + + + + Entire index count of the associated NodeData and it's descendant NodeData's. + + + + + Sum of _itemIndexCount and _totalIndexCount of the left and the right tree-list nodes. + + + + + Re-calculates aggregate info on a specific line + + + + + Re-calculates aggregate info on all the nodes. + + + + + Entire item height, including its descendant node's height. + + + + + Sum of _height and _totalHeight of the left and the right tree-list nodes. + + + + + Represents a collection of objects. + + + RichTextListCollection type is used by the DocumentRootNode's property. + + + + + + + A base class for keyed collections of derived classes. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Adds the specified item to the collection. If the item already exists in the + collection then this method does nothing. If a different item with the same id + exists in the collection then raises an exception. + + Item to add. + + + + Removes all items from the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is in the collection. + + Item to check. + True if the item is in the collection. + + + + Indicates whether an item with the specified id exists in the collection. + + Item id to check. + True if an item with the specified id exists in the collection. + + + + Copies all the items of the collection into the specified array. + + Destination array. + Location in the array where to start copying items. + + + + Gets the enumerator used for enumerating all the items in the collection. + + Returns an IEnumerator<NodeBase> instance. + + + + Removes item with the specified id from the collection. + + Id of the item to remove. + True if an item with the specified id was found. False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + Item to remove. + True if the item is found in the collection. False otherwise. + + + + Creates an id for use when adding a new item into this collection. It returns an integer value that is + 1 greater than the maximum integer value used by existing items as their id's. + + + + + Initializes or re-initializes item owner. + + Item + Owner which can be null. + + + + Overridden. Indicates if the PropertyChangeChainContextBase should be created in OnPropertyChanged method. + + + + + Gets the item with the specified id. + + Id of the item in the collection to get. + Item with the specified id or null if no such item is found. + + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates if the collection is readonly. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Abstract base class for collections of rich text sub-objects. + + + + + Gets the zero-based index of the specified item in the collection. + + The item to find in the collection. + The zero-based index of the item or -1 if it does not exist in the collection. + + + + Inserts the item at the specified zero-based index in the collection. + + The zero-based index where the item should be inserted. + The item to insert in the collection. + + + + Removes the item at the specified zero-based index. + + The zero-based index where the item should be removed. + + + + Adds an item to the end of the collection. + + The item to add to the collection. + + + + Clears all items form the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified item is contained in the collection. + + The item to find in the collection. + True if the item is in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Copies the contents of the collection into the specified array. + + The array in which to copy the items from the collection. + The index at which to start copying the items from the collection. + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + The item to remove. + True if the item was in the collection; False otherwise. + + + + Gets an object to enumerate all items in the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the item at the specified zero-based index. + + The zero-based index of the item. + The item at the specified index. + + + + Gets the number of items in the collection. + + + + + Indicates whether the collection is read-only. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Indicates whether an item with the specified key is in the list. + + Key to check for existence in the list. + True if the item with the specified key exists in the list. False otherwise. + + + + Re-sorts the specified item if it exists in the collection + to its correct sort location based on its new key. + + Item whose key changed. + Old key of the item. This is used to locate the item in the collection. + + + Note that this method will remove the item from its previous location + and re-insert it in its proper sort location based on the new key. In the process + it will send a Remove and Add notifications. + + + + + + Finds the index of the specified item. If the item is found then returns the index. + If the item is not found then returns index where the item would be if it were to + be inserted in the list's current state. + + Key of the item to find. + This will be set to the node containing the found item. + + If the item is found then returns the index. + If the item is not found then returns index where the item would be if it were to + be inserted in the list's current state. + + + + + Represents a collection of styles which can be applied to contents in the document. + + + + Content within a document, such as a paragraph, can have styling applied to it via settings properties + exposed by the node representing the content (such as ). You can also + define document wide styles which then can be applied to one or more content nodes in the document via + the node's style id property (for example, ). RichTextStyleCollection + exposed via let's you specify one or more such styles. Each style + added to the RichTextStyleCollection is associated with a unique id (a string value specified via + property) that is used to associate the style with a node via the node's + StyleId property. + + + + + + + + Listeners for styles. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Adds the specified style to the collection. If the style already exists in the collection then this method does nothing. + + RichTextStyleBase instance to add. + + + Adds the specified style to this collection. The style's must be set to a non-empty string. + If the style already exists in the collection then this method does nothing. If a different style with the same Id + exists in the collection then an exception is raised. + + + + + + Used by the RichTextStyleBase to listen for changes in its BasedOn style. This is not used by + the nodes to listen for changes. Nodes use the DocumentRootNode's _styleListeners. + + + + + Used by the RichTextStyleBase to remove listener that was added t listen for changes in its BasedOn style. + This is not used by the nodes to listen for changes. Nodes use the DocumentRootNode's _styleListeners. + + + + + Gets the RichTextStyleBase with the specified id. + + Id of the RichTextStyleBase instance in the collection to get. + RichTextStyleBase instance with the specified id or null if no such instance is found. + + + + Represents a collection of TableColumn objects. Used by TableGrid's property. + + + + + A collection of TabStop structures + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Adds a tab to the collection. + + The position of the tab. + The alignment of text with respect to the tab's position + The character that leads the tab stop. + + Note: all tab stops in the collection are ordered via their ascending positions. When a new tab stop is + added it is automatically slotted appropriately. If another tab stop was already at that position, the old tab stop is replaced + by the one that was added. Therefore, there can never be 2 tab stops with the same position in the collection. + + if collection is read only. + + + + Clears all tabs from the collection + + if collection is read only + + + + Returns if the top stop is in the collection + + + true if the tabstop exists in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Returns if the tab stop is in the collection + + The position of the tab stop. + true if the tabstop exists in the collection, otherwise false. + + + + Copies the tabStops into an array + + + + + + + Returns the index of the tab position in the collection + + The position of the tab + the index of the tab or -1 if not found + + + + Removes the tab + + The position of the tab to remove + True is successful, otherwise false. + if collection is read only + + + + Tries to get a tab stop at a specific position + + The position of the tab + The returned tab stop or null is not found + true is the tab was found, otherwise false + + + + Returns an object that can enumarate all the tab stops in the collection + + An enumerator for tab stops + + + + Retunrs the number of tabs in the collection + + + + + Returns true if this collection has been sealed, i.e. immutable. + + + + + Indexer (read-only) + + zero-based index. + The TabStp at that index. + + + + An immutable object which represents a color in a . + + + + + Creates a new with the specified Color. + + The color which should be displayed when the ColorInfo is used. + + is the empty Color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified Color and tint. + + The base color which should be displayed when the ColorInfo is used. + The tint to apply to the base color, from -1.0 (100% darken) to 1.0 (100% lighten). + + is the empty Color or has a non-opaque alpha channel. + + + is outside the range of -1.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified theme color. + + The type of theme color which should be displayed when the ColorInfo is used. + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Creates a new with the specified theme color and tint. + + The type of theme color which should be the base color when the ColorInfo is used. + The tint to apply to the base color, from -1.0 (100% darken) to 1.0 (100% lighten). + + is not defined in the enumeration. + + + is outside the range of -1.0 to 1.0, inclusive. + + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + + Determines whether two instances are equal. + + The first ColorInfo instance. + The second ColorInfo instance. + True if the ColorInfo instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two instances are unequal. + + The first ColorInfo instance. + The second ColorInfo instance. + True if the ColorInfo instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Converts from a Color to a . + + The color to use in the ColorInfo. + The ColorInfo containing the specified color. + + + + Converts from a to a . + + The theme color type to use in the ColorInfo. + The ColorInfo containing the specified theme color type. + + + + Gets the actual color which will be seen in the UI. + + + The is not null. When the ThemeColorType is set, the method must be called with + a non-null . + + + A Color which combines the and if it is set. + + + + + Gets the actual color which will be seen in the UI. + + The document in which the ColorInfo is used. + Used to resolve automatic colors. + + is null and is not null. When the ThemeColorType is set, the method must be called with a + non-null . + + + A Color which combines the , , and/or , depending on what is set. + + + + + Gets the actual color which will be seen in the UI. + + The root node of the document in which the ColorInfo is used. + Used to resolve automatic colors. + + is null and is not null. When the ThemeColorType is set, the method must be called with a + non-null . + + + A Color which combines the , , and/or , depending on what is set. + + + + + Gets the automatic color, which is the window text system color. + + + + + + Gets the base color associated of the . + + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether the is automatic, or the window text system color. + + + + + + Gets the base theme color associated of the . + + + + + + Gets the to apply to the base color, from -1.0 (100% darken) to 1.0 (100% lighten). + + + + + + + Converts instances from one type to another. + + + + + Determines if this converter can convert an object in the given source type to the native type of the converter. + + The format context. + The type to convert form. + True if a can be converted from the specified type; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a value indicating whether this converter can convert an object to the given destination type using the context. + + The format context. + The type to convert to. + True if a can be converted to the specified type; False otherwise. + + + + Converts the given value to an object, using the specified context and culture information. + + The format context. + The culture to use in the conversion. + The value to convert. + The converted . + + + + Converts the specified object to another type. + + The format context. + The culture to use in the conversion. + The to convert. + The type to convert to. + The converted value in the specified type. + + + + Returns the difference in the document length between this change and the one before it. + + + + + Returns the length of the document before the change was applied. + + + + + Returns the length of the document after the change was applied. + + + + + Structure containing an offset and length that identify a run of text within a document + + + + + Returns a span that represents all the text. + + + + + Instantiates a new + + The zero-based offset into the document + The number of characters in the span (can be zero or negative) + If offset is less than 0 or the offset + length is less than 0. + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the span is greater than other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the span is less than other + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a span is completely contained within this span. + + The span to test. + true is the span is completely contained within this span, otherwise false. + + + + Determines if a offset is contained within this span. + + The offset to test. + true is the offset is contained within this span, otherwise false. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the intersect between this span and another. + + The span to intersect. + A new DocumentSpan with the intersect or null if the spans don't intersect. + + + + Indicates whether the span intersects with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans intersect; otherwise False. + + + + Returns a new DocumentSpan whose Offset is this span's Offset with the specified delta added to it. + + Amount by which to offset. + A new DocumentSpan object. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the overlap between this span and another. + + The span to overlap. + A new DocumentSpan with the overlap or null if the spans don't overlap. + + + + Indicates whether the span overlaps with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans overlap; otherwise False. + + + + Returns the normalized end offset (read-only). + + + + + Returns the length of the text span (read-only). + + + Note: if the length is negative that means the of the span is before the + + + + + Returns the zero-based offset from the beginning of the document (read-only). + + + + + Returns the normalized start offset (read-only). + + + + + Provides a context where a color is being used to resolve automatic colors. + + ColorInfo.GetResolvedColor(RichTextDocument, AutomaticColorUsageType) + + + + The color is being used as a background color so automatic colors will resolve to transparent. + + + + + The color is being used as a foreground color so automatic colors will resolve to SystemColors.WindowTextColor. + + + + + The color is being used as a border color so automatic colors will resolve to SystemColors.WindowTextColor. + + + + + Determines the type of the border around an element + + + + + + No borders (default) + + + + + A single line border + + + + + A thick border + + + + + A double line border + + + + + A border of dotted lines + + + + + A border of dashed lines + + + + + A border of repeated '. _'s + + + + + A border of repeated '. . _'s + + + + + A triple line border + + + + + A thin line and a thick line separated by a small gap + + + + + A thick line and a thin line separated by a small gap + + + + + 3 lines (a thin line, a thick line and a thin line) separated by a small gap + + + + + A thick line and a thin line separated by a medium gap + + + + + A thick line and a thin line separated by a medium gap + + + + + 3 lines (a thin line, a thick line and a thin line) separated by a medium gap + + + + + A thin line and a thick line separated by a large gap + + + + + A thick line and a thin line separated by a large gap + + + + + 3 lines (a thin line, a thick line and a thin line) separated by a large gap + + + + + A wavy line border + + + + + 2 wavy lines that appear to be woven + + + + + A dashed line with a small gap separating the dashes + + + + + A dash-dot stroked line. + + + + + A 3-D border that appears to be raised off the page. + + + + + A 3-D border that appears to be sunken into the page. + + + + + A border that makes its contents appear to be raised off the page. + + + + + A border that makes its contents appear to be sunken into the page. + + + + + Specified an emphasis mark placed on characters + + + + + + No emphasis mark will be drawn. + + + + + Specifies that the emphasis mark is a dot character which shall be rendered above each character in this + run using Unicode character 0x02D9 whenever the language of the text is not Japanese, Simplified + Chinese, or Traditional Chinese. For those three languages, the emphasis mark shall be rendered as follows: + -> Japanese = Unicode character 0xFF0E (dot beneath characters) + -> Simplified Chinese = Unicode character 0xFF0E (dot beneath characters) + -> Traditional Chinese = Unicode character 0x2027 + + + + + Specifies that the emphasis mark is a comma character which will be rendered above each character in this + run, using Unicode character 0x3001. + + + + + a circle character whichis rendered above each character in the run using Unicode character 0x02DA when the + language of the text is not Traditional Chinese. For that language Unicode character 0x3002 wil be used instead, + positioned beneath the characters. + + + + + Specifies that the emphasis mark is a dot character which shall be rendered below each character in this + run using Unicode character 0xFF0E. + + + + + Enum used by the method. + + + + + + Bold font format. + + + + + Italics font format. + + + + + Used by the 's property. + + + + + Document content is changed. + + + + + Settings, for example text formatting, is changed. + + + + + Determines how an extent will be calculated + + + + + + + + Specifies that the extent will be automatically determined by the contents, + with no predetermined minimum or maximum size, i.e. the specified value will be ignored. + + + + + Specifies that the extent will be at least the value specified, but can be expanded as needed. + + + + + Specifies that extent will be exactly the value specified regardless of the contents, if the contents are too large they will be clipped. + + + + + Determines the unit type for a structure + + + + + The extent value in centimeters + + + + + The extent value in English Metric Units. There are 914400 per inch, 12700 per point or 635 per twip. + + + + + The extent value in inches + + + + + The extent value in device-independent pixels + + + + + The extent value in millimeters + + + + + The extent value in 72nds of an inch. + + + + + The extent value in 20ths of a point, i.e. 1440 twips in a inch. + + + + + Determines which font class to use for a run of text + + + + + + Use the high ansii font for this run of text. + + + + + Use the east asia font for this run of text. + + + + + Use the complex script font for this run of text. + + + + + Represents the various highlight colors available for text. + + + + + No highlight color should be used in the text. + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the black color (hexadecimal RGB value 000000). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the blue color (hexadecimal RGB value 0000FF). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the cyan color (hexadecimal RGB value 00FFFF). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the green color (hexadecimal RGB value 00FF00). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the magenta color (hexadecimal RGB value FF00FF). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the red color (hexadecimal RGB value FF0000). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the yellow color (hexadecimal RGB value FFFF00). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the white color (hexadecimal RGB value FFFFFF). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the dark blue color (hexadecimal RGB value 00008B). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the dark cyan color (hexadecimal RGB value 008B8B). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the dark green color (hexadecimal RGB value 006400). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the dark magenta color (hexadecimal RGB value 800080). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the dark red color (hexadecimal RGB value 8B0000). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the dark yellow color (hexadecimal RGB value 808000). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the dark gray color (hexadecimal RGB value A9A9A9). + + + + + The text should be highlighted with the light gray color (hexadecimal RGB value D3D3D3). + + + + + Represents the various ways lines of text can be flowed in a document. + + + + + Text should be oriented horizontally and flow from top to bottom as new lines are needed. + + + + + Text should be oriented horizontally and flow from top to bottom as new lines are needed. + East Asian characters should be rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise. + + + + + Text should be oriented vertically and flow from left to right as new lines are needed. + + + + + Text should be oriented vertically and flow from left to right as new lines are needed. + East Asian characters should be rotated 90 degrees clockwise. + + + + + Text should be oriented vertically and flow from right to left as new lines are needed. + + + + + Text should be oriented vertically and flow from right to left as new lines are needed. + East Asian characters should be rotated 90 degrees counter-clockwise. + + + + + Represents the various types into which a list can be classified. + + + + + + The list contains only a single level. + + + + + The list contains multiple levels which are either all bullets or numbers. + + + + + The list contains multiple levels which are a mix of bullets or numbers. + + + + + Determines how a paragraph numbers will be aligned. + + + + + + Specifies that each paragraph number's left edge will be aligned at the indent specified for that level, i.e. the number will start at the indent and take up space to the right of the indent. + + + + + Specifies that each paragraph number will be centered at the indent specified for that level. + + + + + Specifies that each paragraph number's right edge will be aligned at the indent specified for that level, i.e. the number will start to the left of the indent and run up to the indent. + + + + + Determines the format of numbered list of paragraphs. + + + + + + a bullet symbol + + + + + A custom number format + + + + + Decimal numbers + + + + + Decimal numbers followed by a period. Note: only numbers 1 thru 20 are followed by a period, higher numbers are not. + + + + + Decimal numbers enclosed in parentheses. Note: only numbers 1 thru 20 are enclosed in parentheses, higher numbers are not. + + + + + Uppercase roman numerals, e.g. I, II, III, IV etc. + + + + + Lowercase roman numerals, e.g. i, ii, iii, iv etc. + + + + + Uppercase letters, e.g. A, B, C, D etc. + + + + + Lowercase letters, e.g. a, b, c, d etc. + + + + + 1st, 2nd, 3rd etc. + + + + + One, Two, Three etc. + + + + + First, Second, Third etc. + + + + + Determines what follows the numbering symbol in a numbered paragraph. + + + + + + Append a tab character after the paragraph number + + + + + Append a space after the paragraph number + + + + + Do not apend any characters after the paragraph number + + + + + Determines how s track between versions. + + + + + + The offset tracks toward the end of the document. An insertion at the current position pushes the offset + to the end of the inserted text. If a replacement contains the offset, it will end up at the end of the + replacement text. + + + + + The offset tracks toward the beginning of the document. An insertion at the current position leaves the + offset unchanged. If a replacement contains the offset, it will end up at the beginning of the + replacement text. + + + + + Determines how text will be aligned horizontally. + + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be justified between both of the text margins in the document. + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be centered on the line between both of the text margins in the document + + + + + Distribute All Characters Equally + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be aligned on the trailing text margin in the document (right for left-to-right paragraphs; left for right-to-left paragraphs). + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be aligned on the leading text margin in the document (left for left-to-right paragraphs; right for right-to-left paragraphs). + + + + + Identifies the possible content types when manipulating a in a + + + + + A range of characters representing a word + + + + + A range consisting of a single character. + + + + + Options for how the a selection should be moved. + + + + + The selection is collapsed to an insertion point and moved to the end of the specified + + + + + The end of the selection is extended to the end of the specified + + + + + Identifiers the possible break types in a + + + + + Breaks the current line and moves subsequent text to the next line. + + + + + Breaks the current page and moves subsequent text to the next page. + + + + + Represents the current status of the image in an + + + + + + + + Neither the 'Image' property nor the 'ImageUri' property has been set. + + + + + The 'Image' property has been set and the 'ImageUri' was not.. + + + + + The file identified ny 'ImageUri' was downloaded successfully but decoding its data into an image failed. + + + + + The file identified ny 'ImageUri' is being downloaded. + + + + + The file identified ny 'ImageUri' started to download but the download was cancelled. + + + + + The file identified ny 'ImageUri' was downloaded successfully. + + + + + The file identified ny 'ImageUri' failed to download. + + + + + The file identified ny 'ImageUri' has not stated to download yet. + + + + + The file identified ny 'ImageUri' started to download but timed out before it completed. + + + + + The Image file was downloaded but its format could not be determined + + + + + Represents the various node types available. + + + + + Represents an explicit line break. + + + + + Represents a cell in a table. + + + + + Represents the document body, which contains paragraphs, tables and other document content. + + + + + Represents a 's root node. + + + + + Represents a hyperlink in the document. + + + + + Represents an image in the document. + + + + + Represents a paragraph in the document. + + + + + Represents a row in a table. + + + + + Represents content inside paragraphs, including paragraphs inside table cells. + + + + + Represents a table. + + + + + Represents text in the document. + + + + + Determines how text will be aligned vertically within a run. + + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be aligned to the baseline of each character + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be in a reduced font size above the normal baseline + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be in a reduced font size below the normal baseline + + + + + Options for how to collapse a . + + + + + Set the to the + + + + + Set the to the + + + + + Determines the pattern to use to shade the background of an element + + + + + No shading + + + + + Use the background with no pattern draw on top + + + + + Use the background with a horizontal stripe of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a vertical stripe of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a reverse diagonal stripe of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a diagonal stripe of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a horizontal cross pattern of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a diagonal cross pattern of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a thin horizontal stripe pattern of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a thin vertical stripe pattern of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a thin reverse diagonal stripe of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a thin diagonal stripe of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a thin horizontal cross pattern of the pattern color on top + + + + + Use the background with a thin diagonal cross pattern of the pattern color on top + + + + + 5% of the pattern color + + + + + 10% of the pattern color + + + + + 12% of the pattern color + + + + + 15% of the pattern color + + + + + 20% of the pattern color + + + + + 25% of the pattern color + + + + + 30% of the pattern color + + + + + 35% of the pattern color + + + + + 37% of the pattern color + + + + + 40% of the pattern color + + + + + 45% of the pattern color + + + + + 50% of the pattern color + + + + + 55% of the pattern color + + + + + 60% of the pattern color + + + + + 62% of the pattern color + + + + + 65% of the pattern color + + + + + 70% of the pattern color + + + + + 75% of the pattern color + + + + + 80% of the pattern color + + + + + 85% of the pattern color + + + + + 87% of the pattern color + + + + + 90% of the pattern color + + + + + 95% of the pattern color + + + + + Determines how s track between versions. + + + + + + The leading edge uses a positive tracking mode and the trailing edge uses a negative tracking mode. This causes the span to not expand when text is inserted at either boundary. + + + + + The leading edge uses a negative tracking mode and the trailing edge uses a positive tracking mode. This causes the span to expand when text is inserted at either boundary. + + + + + Both edges of the span use a positive tracking mode. + + + + + Both edges of the span use a negative tracking mode. + + + + + Represents the various display modes available for styles. + + + + + + The style should be shown in the UI. + + + + + The style should be hidden from the UI. + + + + + The style should be hidden from the main UI, but possibly shown in a more advanced screen of the UI. + + + + + Represents the various system colors. + + + + + The ActiveBorder system color. + + + + + The ActiveCaption system color. + + + + + The ActiveCaptionText system color. + + + + + The AppWorkspace system color. + + + + + The Control system color. + + + + + The ControlDark system color. + + + + + The ControlDarkDark system color. + + + + + The ControlLight system color. + + + + + The ControlLightLight system color. + + + + + The ControlText system color. + + + + + The Desktop system color. + + + + + The GradientActiveCaption system color. + + + + + The GradientInactiveCaption system color. + + + + + The GrayText system color. + + + + + The Highlight system color. + + + + + The HighlightText system color. + + + + + The HotTrack system color. + + + + + The InactiveBorder system color. + + + + + The InactiveCaption system color. + + + + + The InactiveCaptionText system color. + + + + + The Info system color. + + + + + The InfoText system color. + + + + + The Menu system color. + + + + + The MenuBar system color. + + + + + The MenuHighlight system color. + + + + + The MenuText system color. + + + + + The ScrollBar system color. + + + + + The Window system color. + + + + + The WindowFrame system color. + + + + + The WindowText system color. + + + + + Determines the type of a tab stop. + + + + + + + Text will have its left edge aligned with this tab stop + + + + + Specifies that the tab is a bar tab. A bar tab is a tab which does not result + in a custom tab stop (this tab stop location shall be skipped when positioning + custom tab characters), but instead shall be used to draw a vertical line (or bar) at + this location in the parent paragraph + + + + + Text will have its center aligned with this tab stop + + + + + Specifies that the tab stop is cleared (i.e. ignored) + + + + + The decimal point of a number will be aligned with this tab stop + + + + + Text will have its right edge aligned with this tab stop + + + + + Determines what characters will lead the tab. + + + + + + + Specifies that there will be no leader for this tab stop. + + + + + Specifies that the leader character for this tab stop will be a '.'. + + + + + Specifies that the leader character for this tab stop will be a '-'. + + + + + Specifies that the leader character for this tab stop will be a vertically centered '.'. + + + + + Specifies that the leader character for this tab stop will be an underscore. + + + + + Determines how a table will be aligned. + + + + + The table will be centered + + + + + The table will be aligned left unless the flow direction is right to left, in which case the table would be aligned right. + + + + + The table will be aligned right unless the flow direction is right to left, in which case the table would be aligned left. + + + + + Identifies an area inside a table + + + + + The entire table area + + + + + The first column of cells in a table. + + + + + The first row of cells in a table. + + + + + The last column of cells in a table. + + + + + The last row of cells in a table. + + + + + Even numbered groupings of columns + + + + + Even numbered groupings of rows + + + + + Odd numbered groupings of columns + + + + + Odd numbered groupings of rows + + + + + The cell in the bottom left hand corner of the table + + + + + The cell in the bottom right hand corner of the table + + + + + The cell in the top left hand corner of the table + + + + + The cell in the top right hand corner of the table + + + + + Identifies which table area settings to use for a table + + + Note: the 4 areas that related to the corner cells of the table, TopLeftCell, TopRightCell. BottomLeftCell and BottomRightCell, will + only be used if their intersecting Row and Column TableAreaSettingsUsageFlags are specified. For example, the BottomLeftCell area will be ignored unless + both FirstColumn and LastRow TableAreaSettingsUsageFlags are set. + + + + + + The first column of cells in a table. + + + + + The first row of cells in a table. + + + + + The last column of cells in a table. + + + + + The last row of cells in a table. + + + + + Horizontal (i.e. Row) banding + + + + + Vertical (i.e. Column) banding + + + + + Use settings for all areas except for banding related areas + + + + + Use settings for all areas including banding related areas + + + + + Represents the various resolution options which can be used for table cell borders. + + + + + + + Use the default resolution for all table cell borders. + + + + + For the Start border of the cell, the applicable table area cell settings should be ignored when resolving the border. + Instead, the owning table's resolved InsideVertical border should be used. + + + + + For the Top border of the cell, the applicable table area cell settings should be ignored when resolving the border. + Instead, the owning table's resolved InsideHorizontal border should be used. + + + + + For the End border of the cell, the applicable table area cell settings should be ignored when resolving the border. + Instead, the owning table's resolved InsideVertical border should be used. + + + + + For the Bottom border of the cell, the applicable table area cell settings should be ignored when resolving the border. + Instead, the owning table's resolved InsideHorizontal border should be used. + + + + + For the Start, Top, End, and Bottom borders of the cell, the applicable table area cell settings should be ignored when + resolving the borders. Instead, the owning table's resolved InsideVertical and InsideHorizontal borders should be used. + + + + + Determines how a table will be aligned. + + + + + The text will be centered vertically within the cell + + + + + The text will be aligned to the top of the cell. + + + + + The text will be aligned to the bottom of the cell + + + + + Specifies that the text will be vertically justified between the top and bottom margins of the cell, by adding additional line spacing to each paragraph as required. + + + + + Determines how a table will be aligned. + + + + + Start a new vertical merge group with this cell. + + + + + Continue the vertical merge group from the cell above this cell. + + + + + Enum used to specify how the widths of the table and its columns should be initialized + when creating a new table via method. Note that once the table is + created, the end user can still resize its columns in the UI as desired. + + + + + + Table with each column's width set. Note that the user can still resize the columns in the UI. + + + + + Create the table and distribute widths across columns so that the table spans the the editor's extent. + + + + + Column widths will be expanded or contracted as necessary to fit the cell content. + + + + + Determines how the value of a structure is interpreted + + + + + The value for the measurement of the current table width property in the parent table shall be automatically determined by the table layout + algorithm when the table is displayed (this width can be adjusted as appropriate). + + + + + The width is specified in twentieths of a point. + + + + + The width is zero regardless of the value + + + + + The value represents a percent, valid values are 0 to 100. + + + + + Determines the algorithm to use when laying out the contents of a table + + + + + Use a fixed width algorithm + + + + + Auto fit the table contents to the available space + + + + + Determines how text will be aligned vertically within a paragraph. + + + + + + Automatically align the text + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be aligned to the baseline of each character + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be aligned to the bottom of each character + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be aligned to the center of each character + + + + + Specifies that the text shall be aligned to the top of each character + + + + + Determines how text frame will be anchored + + + + + + + Specifies that any positioning values shall be calculated with respect to the edge of the page. + + + + + Specifies that any positioning values shall be calculated with respect to the location of the text margin. + + + + + Specifies that any positioning values shall be calculated with respect to the edge of the text in the anchor paragraph. + + + + + Determines how text frame will be displayed + + + + + + Specifies that this text frame is not a drop cap text frame. + + + + + Specifies that the drop cap text frame shall be positioned inside the text margin on the anchor + paragraph when this text frame is displayed in the document. + + + + + Specifies that the drop cap text frame shall be positioned outside of the text margin on the anchor + paragraph when this text frame is displayed in the document. + + + + + Determines how other text will be allowed to wrap around the text frame + + + + + + allow Text to wrap around the remaining space on each line around this text frame in the document. + + + + + Use the default wrapping behavior + + + + + Disallow wrapping of text around the text frame. + + + + + Disallow wrapping of text around the text frame. + + + + + Allow text from other paragraphs to wrap around the text in the text frame. + + + + + Allow text from other paragraphs to tightly wrap around the text in the text frame. + + + + + Determines how the text frame will be aligned horizontally + + + + + + Center the text frame with respect to its anchor settings. + + + + + Position the text frame within the anchor object. + + + + + Left align the text frame with respect to its anchor settings. + + + + + Position the text frame outside the anchor object. + + + + + Right align the text frame with respect to its anchor settings. + + + + + Determines how the text frame will be aligned vertically + + + + + + Align the text frame with respect to the bottom edge of its anchor object. + + + + + Center the text frame with respect to its anchor settings. + + + + + Position the text frame in line with the surrounding text (i.e. shall not + allow any text wrapping around it when positioned in the document. + + + + + Position the text frame within the anchor extents. + + + + + Position the text frame outside the anchor extents. + + + + + Align the text frame with respect to the top edge of its anchor object. + + + + + Represents the various theme colors in a document. + + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Light 1 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Dark 1 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Light 2 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Text/Background - Dark 2 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 1 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 2 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 3 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 4 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 5 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Accent 6 theme color. + + + + + Represents the Hyperlink theme color. + + + + + Represents the Followed Hyperlink theme color. + + + + + Represents the various types of theme fonts + + + + + The font is not themed and just uses a specific font name. + + + + + The font is the major font, or heading font, and should be determined based on the current character script. + + + + + The font is the minor font, or body font, and should be determined based on the current character script. + + + + + Determines what type of underline to draw in a run of text.. + + + + + + A single line + + + + + A single line under only words, i.e. not whitespace + + + + + A double line + + + + + A thick single line + + + + + A dotted line + + + + + A heavy dotted line + + + + + A dashed line + + + + + A heavy dashed lines + + + + + A line with long dashes + + + + + A line with long heavy dashes + + + + + A line with a repeating dot-dash pattern + + + + + A line with a heavy repeating dot-dash pattern + + + + + A line with a repeating dot-dot-dash pattern + + + + + A line with a heavy repeating dot-dot-dash pattern + + + + + A mavy line + + + + + A heavy mavy line + + + + + A double mavy line + + + + + No underline + + + + + Represents the various ways to handle known rich content that cannot be fully supported or round-tripped. + + + + + + + + Include any portions of the unsupported content which can be loaded, but highlight them by merging in the + with the run settings of all loaded runs. + + + + + Include any portions of the unsupported content which can be loaded. + + + + + Do no load any portions of the unsupported content and instead include a message specified by + . It will be highlighted by the + + + + + + Do no load any portions of the unsupported content. + + + + + Represents a extent value + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The number of units + The unit type + If value is Nan or Infinity + If unitType is not valid + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Adds 2 extents. + + The first extent + The second extent + A new Extent with the resulting extent + + + + Unary plus operator + + + + + Computes the difference (delta) between two structures. + + The first structure + The other structure + The difference between the 2 extents. + If the snapshots don't match. + + + + Unary negation operator + + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the extent is greater than other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the extent is less than other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the extent is less than or equal to the other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the extent is greater than or equal to the other + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Binary multiplication operator + + + + + Binary multiplication operator + + + + + Binary division operator + + + + + Binary division operator + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Compares this instance to another extent + + The other extent to compare. + Zero if both extents are equal, -1 if this instance is less that the other or 1 if this instance is greater. + + + + Gets the larger of the two values. + + The first Extent to compare. + The second Extent to compare. + + + + Gets the smaller of the two values. + + The first Extent to compare. + The second Extent to compare. + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + The number of centimeters + + + + + The number of inches + + + + + The number of English Metric Units. There are 914400 per inch, 12700 per point or 635 per twip. + + + + + The number of logical pixels, i.e. device independent units + + + + + The number of millimeters + + + + + The number of points, 72nds on an inch + + + + + The number of twips + + + + + Collapses a to the starting or ending position. + + + After a range is collapsed, the starting and ending points are equal. + + Specifies whether to collapse to the or of the + + + + Sets the starting and ending character positions for the range. + + + If there is any ambiguity in the specified start and end positions (i.e., the specified start is + greater than the specified end), the and of the Range are set + such that the Start is always less than or equal to the End. + + The starting character position for the . + The ending character position for the + + + + + + Returns the associated with the text contained in the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ID of the associated with the characters in the . + + + + + + Returns the associated with the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ending character position of the . + + + If this property is set to a value smaller than the property, + the Start property is set to the same value as the End property. + + + + + + + + + Returns the length of the . (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns an enumerable list of s that represents all the paragraphs in the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns a instance associated with the paragraphs in the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ID of the associated with the paragraphs in the . + + + + + + Returns/sets the starting character position of the . + + + If this property is set to a value larger than that of the property, + the End property is set to the same value as that of Start property. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the text associated with the . + + + + + + Listeners for where the key is the listener id and the value is one or more + listeners as managed by ListenerListEx class. + + + + + Used for managing style listeners. + + + + + Adds a listener that gets notified when a default style changes (style with IsDefault = true). + + + + + Removes default style listener added via . + + + + + Settings that define a specific font + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Determines if the layout manager is in a state to allow it to map document offsets to caret positions and vice versa. + + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Returns the parent node's child collection. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Returns the associated text + + Up to 50 characters of the value + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes + + + + + The default visit implementation + + The default implementation does nothing + The node to visitParagraphNode + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The paragraph node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The root node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The run node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The text node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The break node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table row node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table cell node + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes + + + + + The default visit implementation + + The default implementation returns default(TReturn) + The node to visit + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The paragraph node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The root node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The run node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The text node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The break node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table row node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table cell node + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes + + + + + The default visit implementation + + The default implementation returns default(TReturn) + The node to visit + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The argument to pass around + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The argument to pass around + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The paragraph node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The root node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The run node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The text node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The break node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table row node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table cell node + The argument to pass around + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes. By default it will visit all child nodes. + + + + + The default visit implementation + + This default implementation visits all child nodes + The parent node + + + + Visits all child nodes + + The parent node + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Caches string instances and the width measurements so we can avoid measuring the same + string, with the same formatting, multiple times. + + + + + Represents a node attribute. + + + + + Name of the attribute. Names are case insensitive. + + + + + Value of the attribute. + + + + + Base class for nodes that represent block level content. + + + + + Base class for all the Nodes that form the document tree. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Performs a deep clone of the object. + + The clone + + + + Performs a deep clone of the object. + + Indicates whether to clone the value. + Indicates whether to clone the collection. + The cloned node + + + + If this node is TNode type and returns self otherwise gets the ancestor node of TNode type. + + + + + Gets the offset of the node within the document. + + Document offset of the node. + + + + Gets the document span of the node. + + Document span of the node. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Gets the aggregate index of the node within the document. + + Aggregate index of the node. + + + + Gets the offset of the child node relative to this node's start. Adding the returned value to + this.GetDocumentOffset( ) will do exactly as child.GetDocumentOffset( ). + + Child node whose relative offset to return. + Offset of the child node. -1 if the child doesn't exist. + + + + Returns the starting document offset of the child nodes collection. + + + + + + Gets the document span of the child nodes. + + Document span of the child nodes. + + + + Gets the document span of the node. + + Whether to include prefix in the span. + Whether to include postfix in the span. + Document span of the node. + + + + If this node has child nodes then gets the first or the last child. Returns null otherwise. + + True to get the first child node. False to get the last child node. + First or last child node or null if the node doesn't have any child nodes. + + + + Gets the descendant node, including this node, at the specified aggregate index. + + Aggregate index. + Node at the specified aggregate index. Null if the specified aggregate index is out of range. + + + + Gets the descendant node, including this node, at the specified offset. The offset will be + modified to be relative to the returned node. + + Offset relative to this node. + If false then returns itself or only the immediate child node. If true then gets the descendant node containing the offset. + Node containing the specified offset. Null if the offset doesn't exist in the offset range of this node. + + + + Gets the previous or next sibling based on 'next' parameter. + + If true gets the next sibling. If flase gets the previous sibling. + Previous or next sibling. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Called whenever child nodes collection is changed or the ChildNodes property is set to a different collection. + + + + + Overridden. Indicates if the PropertyChangeChainContextBase should be created in OnPropertyChanged method. + + + + + Gets the associated document. + + + + + Gets or sets the id. Default value is null. Id is used to identify a node. + + + + Id property is used to identify the node. Its default value is null. + + + + + + Gets or sets the child nodes collection. Default value of the property is null. + + + + Default value of the property is null and therefore you need to set the property to a + new NodeCollection in order to specify the child nodes. Also the same instance of NodeCollection + cannot be set on multiple Node objects. + + + + + + Used to store custom attributes on the node. + + + + Entries in this collection are not interpreted by the RichTextDocument. Typical usage of + this property is to store custom attributes for your own purposes. Depending upon the underlying + document format, these attributes will be saved and restored with successive load of the document. + + + + + + Returns true if the ChildNodes property is set to a non-null instance of NodeCollection with Count of 1 or greater. + + + + + Returns true if the CustomAttributes property is set to a non-null instance with Count of 1 or greater. + + + + + Gets the parent node. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Aggregate offset count of this node and its descendants. + + + + + Aggregate node count of all the descendant nodes, including this node. + + + + + Returns the value of the _childNodes member variable. + + + + + This is set to the node in the tree used by _childNodes. + + + + + If this node has child nodes, gets the first child node. Returns null otherwise. + + + + + If this node has child nodes, gets the last child node. Returns null otherwise. + + + + + Offset count of the node itself, without its descendants. It's sum of prefix and postfix offset counts. + + + + + Returns the parent node's child collection. + + + + + Offset positions this node represents before offset positions of its descendants. + + + + + Offset positions this node represents after offset positions of its descendants. + + + + + Gets the root node. + + + + + If the node has a style id property then this is set to that property key. + + + + + If the node has a style id property then this is set to the RichTextStyleBase class type + that is associated with the style id property. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Aggregate node count of all the descendant nodes, including this node. + + + + + Aggregate offset count of this node and its descendants. + + + + + Offset positions this node represents after offset positions of its descendants. + + + + + Offset positions this node represents before offset positions of its descendants. + + + + + Represents an explicit line break. + + + + BreakNode must be a child of . A BreakNode causes the text to be broken + or wrapped to next line. + + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Specifies the type of line break - whether it clears the current page, current + column of text or simply wraps to the next line. Default value is + . + + + + + Specifies whether to clear any floating content that the current line may be of + adjacent to. Default value is . Only applicable when + is set to . + + + + + Used to specify property. + + + + + Line break. This is the Default. + + + + + Column break. + + + + + Page break. + + + + + Used to specify property. + + + + + Don't clear any floating content. This is the default. + + + + + Clear the floating content. + + + + + Clear the floating content to the left. + + + + + Clear the floating content to the right. + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents a cell in a table. + + + + TableCellNode represents a cell in a table. TableCellNode must be a child of . + A TableCellNode contains one or more 's. Note that a cell node does not contain + s or 's directly. But rather through the one or more ParagraphNodes that + are its child nodes. + + + + + + + + + Column position within the row. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Clears the cell content. + + + + ClearContent method clears the content of the cell. If the cell has multiple paragraphs it removes + all but the last paragraph and clears the contents of the last paragraph. This is to retain at least one + paragraph in the cell which is necessary in order to allow the caret to be positioned inside the cell to + allow for further input via UI. + + + + + + Gets the text in the paragraph. + + A string value that represents text in the paragraph. + + + + Changes the text of the cell to be the specified text. + + New text of the cell. + + + SetText method removes existing content of the cell and sets the specified text as the new + content of the cell. If the cell has multiple paragraphs then all but the last paragraph will be + removed and the last paragraph's content will be set to the specified text. If the cell doesn't + have any paragraphs then a new paragraph will be added to it. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Gets the parent row. + + + + + Gets or sets a object used for specifying table cell settings. Default value is null. + + + + + + Gets a resolved object used for specifying cell settings. + + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents the document body, which contains paragraphs, tables and other document content. + + + + A has a single root node of type, specified + via the property. DocumentRootNode contains a + one and only one instance of DocumentBodyNode, which represents the document's contents. + DocumentBodyNode can be associated with a DocumentRootNode by adding it to the + collection of the DocumentRootNode. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents a 's root node. + + + + + + Listeners for styles. For example, if a Run has StyleId set but + the style doesn't exist yet, it needs to be notified when such a style gets added. + + + + + Listeners for RichTextList's. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Verifies the layout of the document to make sure it is in a valid state to display or save. + + + + + Used by the ParagraphNode to listen for changes to a RichTextList by its list info id. When the + RichTextList with the specified id is added, replaced, removed or modified, the listener + will be notified. The listener will also be notified when the list info collection + is changed to different one on the root node. + + List id. + Listener node. + + + + Used by the nodes to listen for changes to a style by its style id. When the + style with the specified id is added, replaced, removed or modified, the listener + will be notified. The listener will also be notified when the style collection + is changed to different one on the root node. + + Style id. + Listener node. + If styleId is null then this parameter specifies that changes + in the default style is to be listened for. + + + + Called after document has been associated with this root node. + + + + + Updates the _body property to DocumentBodyNode in the child nodes collection. Returns true if the + updated to a different instance. + + True if a different _body instance changed. + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Gets the DocumentBodyNode from the collection. Note that + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the document is not able to represent unsupported content from another source. + + + + + A collection of RichTextList objects where each RichTextList object identifies bulleted or numbered list in the document. + + + + To create a bulleted or numbered list, create a object and add it to this + collection. Create and add in the document a paragraph for each item in the list and set each + paragraph's property to the same value as the RichTextList's + . To create a hierarchical list, set the + property of paragraphs appropriately - where 0 is the root level, 1 is the child level and so on. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the document level properties. + + + + + Contains the document wide settings + + + + + Used for specifying document wide styles that can be associated with specific content in the document. + + + + + Gets the resolved . + + + + ThemeInfoResolved returns a resolved that has non-default + values specified in and the rest initialized with + values that are used by default. + + + + + + Gets the associated document. + + + + + Ocuurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes. By default it will visit all child nodes. + + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes + + + + + The default visit implementation + + The default implementation does nothing + The node to visit + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The body node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The break node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The cell node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The image node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The paragraph node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The row node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The root node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The run node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The text node + + + + The default visit implementation + + This default implementation visits all child nodes + The parent node + + + + Visits all child nodes + + The parent node + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Indicates if all the nodes in the 'childNodes' collection can be added to the parent's child collection. + + + + + Represents a hyperlink in the document. + + + + A HyperlinkNode represents a hyper-link in the document. A hyper-link can be a link to an external + resource such a website, or it can be a link to an anchor inside the document. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Gets the text of the hyperlink node. + + A string value that represents text of the hyperlink node. + + + + Sets the specified style id on all the runs in the hyper link. + + Id of a character style that is in the root node's + collection. If such a style does not exist then StyleId property will still be set on runs however it will be + ignored (ineffective) until such a style is added to the root node's styles collection. + + Indicates whether to set the to null on all runs. + + + + By default runs that are made part of a hyperlink node as a result of method or various + API's of , such as , have their + set to "Hyperlink" id which refers to a character style that renders the text + in the runs to have a hyperlink look (color and underline). However if you are manually populating runs of a + hyperlink node then you may want to set their StyleId to an appropriate character style id to have the hyperlink + be rendered as such or use this method to do so or change it afterwards. + + + + + + Sets the text of the hyperlink node. + + New text of the hyperlink. + + + SetText method removes existing content of the hyperlink node and sets the specified text as the new + content. Note that if the hyperlink already has runs, the last run will be used for + the new text. This is done to retain the character settings that the last run may have been using. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Indicates whether this link has been followed. + + + + + Gets or sets the tooltip to be displayed for this hyperlink. + + + + + Gets the resolved tooltip to be displayed for this hyperlink. + + + + If property is set then that value is returned. Otherwise the value of is returned. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether keep track of whether the link has been visited when the link is activated by the user. Default value is True. + + + + + Gets or sets link target web address or uri. + + + + Uri specifies the link target URI, such as a website address. + + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents an image in the document. + + + + An ImageNode represents an image in the document. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Gets the image file data. + + A new memory stream from which the image file data can be retrieved. + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Specifies which portion of the image to render. + + + + + Returns an exception generated during the download or decoding of the image (read-only) + + + + + Gets or sets the RichTextImage object. + + + + If is specified then that will be used until the image identified by has been successfully downloaded, which is automatically triggered by the layout engine. + If ImageUri is not set then the Image will always be used. + + + Note: the read-only property will return the image that is actually used based + on this resolution process. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets source URI of the image. + + + + If is specified then that will be used until the image identified by has been successfully downloaded, which is automatically triggered by the layout engine. + If ImageUri is not set then the Image will always be used. + + + Note: the read-only property will return the image that is actually used based + on this resolution process. + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved Image (read-only) + + Either the downloaded image based on the or the property if the ImageUri is not set, does not identify a supported image file format or if the download has not completed. + + + If is specified then that will be used until the image identified by has been successfully downloaded, which is automatically triggered by the layout engine. + If ImageUri is not set then the Image will always be used. + + + Note: the read-only property will return the image that is actually used based + on this resolution process. + + + + + + + + Indicates the additional extent required by render effects, such as shadows, around the image. + + + RenderEffectsMargin added to the determine the final size occupied + by this image in the document. + + + + + Indicates the render size of the image, excluding any render effects such as shadows. + + + RenderSize specifies the render size of the image, excluding any render effects such as shadows. + If this property is not set then the value for it will be calculated automatically from the image. + + + If either the width or height of the RenderSize is set to a negative value then once the image is available (e.g. after it has been loaded) + then the negative dimension will be calculated using the other (non-negative) dimension and the actual size of the image such that the image's aspect ratio is maintained. + This calculated size will be returned by the property. In this scenario, the RenderSizeResolved property will return null until the image has been loaded. + + + For example, if the image is 200 pixels wide by 300 pixels high and the RenderSize is set with a width of 100 and a height of -1 then + the property will return a width of 100 pixels and a height of 150 pixels once the image is loaded. + + + Note: Some serializers may chose to ignore a RenderSize that has a negative width or height if the image hasn't been loaded yet. Both the supplied RTF and Word serializers fall into this category because + those formats don't support specifying only one dimension. Therefore, if one of those serializers is used to serialize the document before the image is available, i.e. it hasn't finished loading yet, + then the aspect ratio can not be maintained and the RenderSize setting is ignored. The Html serializer is currently the only one that can deal with this because the html format supports specifying either a width or + height attribute on an 'img' element. + + + + If both the width and height are negative. + + + + Returns the render size of the image, excluding any render effects such as shadows (read-only). + + + + If either the width or height of the property is set to a negative value then once the image is available (e.g. after it has been loaded) + then the negative dimension will be calculated using the other (non-negative) dimension and the actual size of the image such that the image's aspect ratio is maintained. + This calculated size will be returned by the RenderSizeResolved property. In this scenario, the RenderSizeResolved property will return null until the image has been loaded. + + + For example, if the image is 200 pixels wide by 300 pixels high and the RenderSize is set with a width of 100 and a height of -1 then + the RenderSizeResolved property will return a width of 100 pixels and a height of 150 pixels once the image is loaded. + + + Note: Some serializers may chose to ignore a RenderSize that has a negative width or height if the image hasn't been loaded yet. Both the supplied RTF and Word serializers fall into this category because + those formats don't support specifying only one dimension. Therefore, if one of those serializers is used to serialize the document before the image is available, i.e. it hasn't finished loading yet, + then the aspect ratio can not be maintained and the RenderSize setting is ignored. The Html serializer is currently the only one that can deal with this because the html format supports specifying either a width or + height attribute on an 'img' element. + + + + + + + Specifies the transform to use to render the image. + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents a row in a table. + + + + TableRowNode represents a row in a table. TableRowNode must be a child of . + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Gets the cell at the specified column. + + Column's zero-based index. + Whether to include merged cells. + + + + + Gets all the cells in the row. + + + + + + Gets cached column position of the specified cell. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Gets the readonly collection of cells. + + + Cells property returns a readonly collection of cells. To add or remove cells, use + the collection instead. + + + + + + Gets or sets a object used for specifying table row settings. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets a resolved object used for specifying row settings. + + + + + + Specifies table level properties to use for this row instead of the ones that are in use by the associated table. + + + + + + Gets the table's resolved settings with row's taken into account. + + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents a table. + + + + TableNode represents a table. TableNode must be a child of a or a . + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Creates a new row with cells. + + If >= zero will use the existing row at that index as a template creating corresponding cells for each of its cells and cloning each cell's settings. + A new TableRowNode instance with its ChildNodes initialized to the number of cells that corresponds to + the maximum number of column count across all rows in the table or the number of cells from the template row. + + + + Gets the cell associated with the specified row index and column index within the row. + + Row's zero-based index. + Column's zero-based index. + TableCellNode object or null if no such row or cell exists. + + + + Gets cells in a column. + + Column's zero-based index. + Whether to include merged cells that span across this column. + Note that any merged cell that begins at this column will always be included regardless + of this parameter's value. + Cells in the specified column. + + + If the specified column does not exist then this method returns an empty enumerable. The method + does not raise an exception in such a case. + + + + + + Gets the cells in the specified columns. + + Start column's zero-based index. + Number of columns. + Whether to include merged cells that span across the specified columns. + Note that any merged cell that begins at one of the columns in the column range will always be + included regardless of this parameter's value. + Cells in the specified columns. + + + If the number of columns in the table are less than specified by the and the + parameters then this method returns cells in columns that do exist in the range + indicated by the parameters. The method does not raise an exception in such a case. + + + + + + Gets cells in a row. + + Row's zero-based index. + Whether to include merged cells that span across this row. + Note that any merged cell that begins at this row will always be included regardless + of this parameter's value. + Cells in the row. + + + If the specified row does not exist then this method returns an empty enumerable. The method + does not raise an exception in such a case. + + + + + + Gets cells in the specified rows. + + Row's zero-based index. + Number of rows starting from . + Whether to include merged cells that span across this row. + Note that any merged cell that begins at this row will always be included regardless + of this parameter's value. + Cells in the specified rows. + + + If the number of rows in the table are less than specified by the and the + parameters then this method returns cells in rows that do exist in the range + indicated by the parameters. The method does not raise an exception in such a case. + + + + + + Gets the maximum column count across all the rows. + + + + + Gets the row count. + + Returns an integer value indicating the number of rows in the table. + + + + Gets the row associated with the specified rowIndex. + + Row's zero-based index. + TableRowNode associated with the specified row index or if no such row exists then returns null. + + + + + Gets rows in the table. + + Rows in the table. + + + + If the specified cell is vertically merged, gets the head cell where the merging begins. This + is the cell that's actually displayed in the UI. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Gets or sets a object used for specifying table settings. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets the readonly collection of rows. + + + Rows property returns a readonly collection of rows. To add or remove rows, use + the collection instead. + + + + + + Gets or sets a object used for specifying table settings. Default value is null. + + + + + Gets or sets the id of table style that is to be applied to the table. Default value is null. + + + + StyleId identifies the instance in the document root node's + collection. If such a TableStyle doesn't exist in the styles collection + then this property is ignored. + + + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Determines the format of numbered list of paragraphs. + + + + + + Creates a new instance representing a custom format. + + The custom number format. + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + Gets the instance representing the specified number format. + + The type of number format to get. + A NumberFormat instance representing the specified number format. + + + + a bullet symbol + + + + + One, Two, Three etc. + + + + + Decimal numbers + + + + + Decimal numbers followed by a period. + + + Note: only numbers 1 thru 20 are followed by a period, higher numbers are not. + + + + + Decimal numbers enclosed in parentheses. + + + Note: only numbers 1 thru 20 are enclosed in parentheses, higher numbers are not. + + + + + Lowecase letters, e.g. a, b, c, d etc. + + + + + Lowercase roman numerals, e.g. i, ii, iii, iv etc. + + + + + 1st, 2nd, 3rd etc. + + + + + First, Second, Third etc. + + + + + Uppercase letters, e.g. A, B, C, D etc. + + + + + Uppercase roman numerals, e.g. I, II, III, IV etc. + + + + + Gets the custom number format or null if it is a standard format. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the number format is a custom format. + + + + + + Gets the type of number format. + + + + + Represents the various options available when serializing or deserializing plain text. + + + + + Creates a new with default options. + + + + + Fires the event with the specified property name. + + The name of the changed property. + + + + Occurs when a property value is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to use for an image. Default value is a space character. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to use between paragraphs which are part of the same list when saving. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to use in place of a when saving or the text to detect to determine when a BreakNode + should be created when loading. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to use between paragraphs when saving or the text to detect to determine when to separate two paragraphs + when loading. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to use between cells in a table row when saving. + + + + + Gets or sets the text to use between rows in a table when saving. + + + + + Used to specify portion of a source rectangle in terms of percentage of width and height of the source rectangle. + + + + RectOffsets structure represents a relative portion of a source rectangle in terms of offsets from each edge + of the source rectangle. Each offset is specified in terms of percentage of width or height of the source rectangle. + For example, given a source rectangle of with x,y of 0,0 and width,height of 200,200 - RectOffsets with + Left,Top,Right,Bottom values of 5,10,20,30 would result in the rectangle with x,y of 10,20 and width,height of 150,120. + + + + + + Specifies the offset from the left edge of a source rectangle in terms of percentage of the width of the source rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the offset from the right edge of a source rectangle in terms of percentage of the width of the source rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the offset from the top edge of a source rectangle in terms of percentage of the height of the source rectangle. + + + + + Specifies the offset from the bottom edge of a source rectangle in terms of percentage of the height of the source rectangle. + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to one side of a paragraph or table cell's borders. + + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + The thickness of the border + + + + + Determines what type of border to draw + + + Note: the default value is 'None' + + + + + Determines the color of the border + + + + + Determines the size of the border + + + Note: if Size is not specified a size of 1/4 point will be used. + + + + + Determines the spacing inside the border + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Used by the class. + + + + + Represents a specified version of a . + + + + + This is a linked list of future changes that are made to the document data structure. + + + + + This is a linked list of future document span changes used for document offset translation between versions. + + + + + Determines if 2 RichTextDocumentVersion's are compatible. When the document's root or body node is changed (which + happens when a document is loaded as well), the document's version is made incompatible with previous version objects. + Also versions from two different instances are considered incompatible. + + The document version to check for compatibility. + + Note: if versions are not compatible then 's and 's can not be translated between them. + Calling either or with an incompatible instancce will raise an exception. + + True if the specified version is compatible with this one, otherwise false. + + + + This is a linked list of future changes that are made to the document data structure. + + + + + This is a linked list of future document span changes used for document offset translation between versions. + + + + + Gets the associated version number. + + + + + Represents a specific or themed font in a . + + + + + Creates a new value. + + The specific font name to use for the font. + + + + Creates a new value. + + The theme type to use for the font. + + + + Indicates whether the specified object is equal to the . + + The object to compare with the RichTextFont. + True if the values are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Gets a hash code for the value. + + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + Determines wither the two values are equal. + + The first font to compare. + The second font to compare. + True if the fonts are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines wither the two values are unequal. + + The first font to compare. + The second font to compare. + True if the fonts are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Creates a from a font name. + + The specific font name to use for the font. + + + + Creates a from a theme font type. + + The theme type to use for the font. + + + + Gets the resolved font name to use for in the document for the specified character. + + The root node of the document in which the font is being used. + The settings which will be used for the run of text using the . + The character which will be displayed with the font. + The name of the font to use for the specified character. + + + + Gets the specific font name to use for the font. + + + + + Gets the theme type to use for the font. + + + + + Represents image data. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Image file data. Note that the information from this array + will be copied and the array will not be retained by the created instance. + File format of the image data. + + + + Creates a new RichTextImage from the specified stream. + + Stream from which to read the image file data. + Format of the image file. + New RichTextImage. + + + + Creates an image node from data retrieved from the specified file. + + Image file path. + Image format of the file. If not specified then it will be deduced from + the file extension. + A new image node. + + + + Gets the image file data. + + A new memory stream from which the image file data can be retrieved. + + + + Writes the image data to the specified stream. + + Destination stream to which to write the image data. + + + + Gets the format of the image. + + + + + Used to specify image format to use. + + + + + + Bmp image format + + + + + Dib image format + + + + + Emf image format + + + + + Gif image format + + + + + Jpeg image format + + + + + Png image format + + + + + Tiff image format + + + + + Wmf image format + + + + + Represents a bulleted or numbered list in the document. + + + + + + + Indents the whole list by modifying the paragraph settings' indentation of each level definition. + + + + + Prepares the Template property for modification. If Template is null then gets it from the style + and sets the Template to it. It also ensures no other owner references the same template by cloning it + so it can be modified without affecting any other owner. + + + + + Gets the root node from the owning collection and initializes its root node reference. + + + + + If not already assigned, assigns a ListItemInfo to the paragraph. + + + + + When a paragraph is added, removed or its level or other settings are changed, its numbers/bullets and other + paragraphs' numbers/bullets need to re-calculated. This method re-calculates numbers/bullets of all the paragraphs + in the list. + + + + + Called when the ListStyleId changes. It re-resolves the list style to use and re-calculates numbers and/or bullets. + + + + + Gets the insert location of the paragraph in the _items. + + + + + Gets the level definition associated with the specified item in the list. + + + + + Inserts the specified paragraph in _items. If it already exists then it's re-ordered + if 'needsToReorder' parameter is true. + + True if any change was made. False otherwise. + + + + If the new resolved template is different from the old one returns true. False otherwise. + + + + + Unhooks from the root node for notifications for the style referenced by ListStyleId. + + + + + + SubTree and childNodes parameters are exclusive. + + + + + Specifies the id of the list. Id is case sensitive. + + + + To make a paragraph a list item of this list, set the paragraph's + property to the same value as this property. Note that the Id is case sensitive. + + + + + + + + Specifies settings for one or more levels to use in place of settings specified by the + or the ListStyle referred to by property. + + + + + Specifies the id of a that contains the list settings, such as whether the list is bulleted or numbered. + + + To specify settings that describe the style of list items, whether the items are bulleted, numbered or have custom text, + set the property to an instance of . Alternatively you can also create + a with its set and add it to + collection and set ListStyleId property to the style's id. Note that ListStyleId and Template + properties are exclusive. Specifying Template will cause the ListStyleId to be ignored. + + + + + + + + Specifies the list template to use for this list. contains the list settings, such as whether + the list is bulleted or numbered. + + + + Template property is used to specify a object that contains list settings, such as whether the list is bulleted or numbered. + You can specifiy one of or Template but not both. If both are specified then ListStyleId will be ignored and + information from the Template will be used. + + + + + + + + Gets the resolved list template. If Template is non-null then returns that otherwise gets the template from the list style. + + + + + Gets the parent collection if this is part of a . + + + + + Gets the paragraphs that are part of this list. + + + + + Gets the associated root node if any. + + + + + Indicates if there are any items in the list. + + + + + Contains information about a list item in a bulleted or numbered list. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets the associated RichTextList object. + + + + + List indicator. + + + + + Gets the resolved characters settings used by the list indicator. + + + + + Associated level definition. + + + + + Gets the number of the list item, based on the start number and level of the item in the list. + + + + + Represents a template from which lists or list styles can determine the definitions of their levels. + + RichTextList.Template + ListStyle.Template + + + + If a list template is used by multiple rich text lists, the numbers need to be contiguous across paragraphs + of all the rich text lists that use that template. This is MS Word behavior. This method calculates + numbers of all the paragraphs belonging to all the rich text lists that belong to the specified owning + collection. It does NOT calculate numbers for all the rich text lists that belong to the specifed + owningColleciton, just the lists in the owningCollection that use this template. + + + + + Gets/sets the collection of objects + + + + + Gets the classification for lists using this template. + + +

+ Note: The classification is not meant to limit functionality of the list. It is a category that can be used by a user interface + in any way it sees fit. +

+
+
+ + + Represents the list level settings overridden by a specific list. + + + + + + Get or sets the zero-based index of the level to override. + + + + + Gets or sets the level definition containing the settings overrides. + + + + + Gets or sets the zero-based starting value for item numbers at this level. + + + + + Represents a collection of ListLevelOverride objects. Used by RichTextList's property. + + + + + Represent a width value on all 4 sides + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The width on all sides + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The width on top and bottom + The width on left and right + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The width on top + The width on left and right + The width on bottom + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The width on top + The width on the right + The width on bottom + The width on the left + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + The width on the bottom + + + + + The width on the left side + + + + + The width on the right side + + + + + The width on the top + + + + + Static class with methods used to perform some advanced operations on certain rich text objects. + + + + + Applies the to the specified . + + The document in which the run will be displayed. + The run node which should be highlighted. + + + + Determines whether two have the same values for properties defined on + and higher in the type hierarchy. + + The first TableSettings instance. + The second TableSettings instance. + + True if both instances are null or have the same values for properties defined on TableInstanceSettingsBases and higher in the type hierarchy. + + + + + Calculates the bounding rectangle size for an image based on its original size after applying some transforms + + The original size of the image + The cropping settings + The transform settings + + + + + Creates a instance which has copies of all properties defined on the common base classes of + and TableAreaCellSettings. + + The source of the copy operation. + An equivalent TableAreaCellSettings instance. + + + + Creates a instance which has copies of all properties defined on the common base classes of + and TableAreaRowSettings. + + The source of the copy operation. + An equivalent TableAreaRowSettings instance. + + + + Creates a instance which has copies of all properties defined on the common base classes of + and TableRowSettingsExceptions. + + The source of the copy operation. + An equivalent TableRowSettingsExceptions instance. + + + + Creates a instance which has copies of all properties defined on the common base classes of + and TableRowSettingsExceptions. + + The source of the copy operation. + An equivalent TableRowSettingsExceptions instance. + + + + Creates a which can be used to load unsupported content and conditionally places it in the specified owner based on the + value. + + The document in which the run will be displayed. + The node which should own the run (although depending on the UnsupportedContentHandlingMode, it may not get one). + + Indicates whether the current logical block of unsupported content has had a run created in it yet. + + The run which should own the loaded portions of unsupported content. + + + + Gets the associated into which the loaded data from the clipboard will be added. + + The context used to load the data from the clipboard. + The RichTextDocument associated with the content. + + + + Returns the render size of the image, excluding any render effects such as shadows (read-only). + + The node of which to find the size + + Indicates whether to use the render size form laying out the image, if any, when the render size has not been explicitly + set on the node. + + + + + Gets a resolved style which includes default and based on settings. + + The style to resolve. + A resolved style. + + + + Gets the image representing unsupported content which has no text. + + + + + For internal use only + + + + + Compares two instances and resets any properties in the target instance if they have the same value that is set on the source instance. + + The type of which both the source and target, if non-null, must be instances. + The source instance for comparing property values. The source can be null + The target instance whose properties should be reset if they match the associated properties in the source. The target can be null. + + + + Compares two instances and resets any properties in the target instance if they are set on the source instance so source values are allowed to be used in + a resolved settings instance. + + The type of which both the source and target, if non-null, must be instances. + The source instance for comparing property values. The source can be null + The target instance whose properties should be reset if they are set on the source instance. The target can be null. + + + + Resets any properties on the of the specified style if they would have been resolved to + the same value from the style. + + The style whose properties should be reset if they are unnecessary. + + + + Resets any properties on the of the specified style if they would have been resolved to + the same value from the style. + + The style whose properties should be reset if they are unnecessary. + + + + Resets any properties on the of the specified style if they would have been resolved to + the same value from the style. + + The style whose properties should be reset if they are unnecessary. + + + + Resets any properties on the of the specified paragraph if they would have been resolved to + the same value from the paragraph's style. + + The paragraph whose properties should be reset if they are unnecessary. + + + + Resets any properties on the of the specified run if they would have been resolved to + the same value from the run's style. + + The run whose properties should be reset if they are unnecessary. + + + + Represents a point where X and Y coordinate values are represented by structures. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + point + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + X coordinate. + Y coordinate. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Converts from a Point to a . + + The point to use. + The RichTextPoint representing the specified point. + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Gets or sets the value of X coordinate of the point. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of Y coordinate of the point. + + + + + Contains mappings from ISO 15924 four-letter script codes to font names. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets an object to enumerate all mappings of ISO 15924 four-letter script codes to font names. + + + + + Performs a deep clone of the object. + + The clone + + + + Adds a mapping from an ISO 15924 four-letter script code to a font names, replacing any existing mapping for the script code. + + +

+ Note: The Common script code (Zyyy) cannot be mapped because MS Word and the RichTextDocument use the Latin script code + (Latn) when getting fonts for characters with a Common script code. +

+
+ The four-letter ISO 15924 script code. + The font name to use for characters from the specified script code. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is the Common script code (Zyyy). + +
+ + + Gets the font name associated with an ISO 15924 four-letter script code. + + The four-letter ISO 15924 script code. + + Occurs when is null. + + The font name associated with an ISO 15924 four-letter script code or null if the script code does not have a mapping. + + + + Removes a mapping from an ISO 15924 four-letter script code to a font names. + + The four-letter ISO 15924 script code. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Abstract base class for various rich text settings classes. + + + + + Gets the value which indicates whether the settings object is being shared by multiple nodes. + + + + + Represents a size where width and height is represented by structures. + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + size + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + Width + Height + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Converts from a Size to a . + + The size to use. + The RichTextSize representing the specified size. + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Gets or sets the width. + + + + + Gets or sets the height. + + + + + Represents the theme colors contained in a . + + + + + + Gets a color definition from the set. + + The type of color definition to get. + + + + Sets a color definition in the set. + + The type of color definition to set. + The color definition to set. + + + + The Accent1 theme color definition. + + + + + The Accent2 theme color definition. + + + + + The Accent3 theme color definition. + + + + + The Accent4 theme color definition. + + + + + The Accent5 theme color definition. + + + + + The Accent6 theme color definition. + + + + + The Dark1 theme color definition. + + + + + The Dark2 theme color definition. + + + + + The FollowedHyperlink theme color definition. + + + + + The Hyperlink theme color definition. + + + + + The Light1 theme color definition. + + + + + The Light2 theme color definition. + + + + + Get or sets the name of the color set. + + + + + Represents the definition for a theme color. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The color to use for the theme color. + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The system color to use for the theme color. + + + + Determines whether the is equal to the specified object. + + The object to test for equality. + True if the object is equal to this instance; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the hash code for the . + + A number which can be used to hash this instance. + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + + Converts from a Color to a . + + The color to use in the ColorInfo. + The ThemeColorDefinition containing the specified color. + + + + Converts from a to a . + + The system color to use for the theme color. + The ThemeColorDefinition containing the specified theme color type. + + + + Gets the resolved Color value using the or values. + + + + + Gets the color to use for the theme color. + + + + + Gets the system color to use for the theme color. + + + + + Represents the theme fonts contained in a . + + + + + + Gets or sets the font set to use for the major theme font. + + + + + Gets or sets the font set to use for the minor theme font. + + + + + Get or sets the name of the font set. + + + + + Represents a set of fonts associated with each script type. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the font to use for complex script characters. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the font to use for East Asian characters. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the font to use for Latin characters. + + + + + Gets or sets the mappings from ISO 15924 four-letter script codes to font names, which will override fonts specified + on the . + + + + + Represents the theme information for the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the set of colors to use in the theme. + + + + + Gets or sets the set of fonts to use in the theme. + + + + + Get or sets the name of the theme information. + + + + + Represents the margins around a cell in a table + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Returns the settings that relate to a specific area inside the table + + The area that the settings apply to. + The related to this area or null if not set. + + + + + Specifies the settings that relate to a specific area inside the table + + The area that the settings apply to. + The new settings object + + + + + The cell in the bottom left hand corner of the table + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of BottomLeftCell. + + + + + + + The cell in the bottom right hand corner of the table + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of BottomRightCell. + + + + + + + Even numbered groupings of columns + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of EvenColumnBanding. + + + + + + + Even numbered groupings of rows + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of EvenRowBanding. + + + + + + + The first column of cells in a table. + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of FirstColumn. + + + + + + + The first row of cells in a table. + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of FirstRow. + + + + + + + The last column of cells in a table. + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of LastColumn. + + + + + + + The last row of cells in a table. + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of LastRow. + + + + + + + Odd numbered groupings of columns + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of OddColumnBanding. + + + + + + + Odd numbered groupings of rows + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of OddRowBanding. + + + + + + + The cell in the top left hand corner of the table + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of TopLeftCell. + + + + + + + The cell in the top right hand corner of the table + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively + with a of TopRightCell. + + + + + + + The entire table area + + Settings that apply to this area of the table + + Note: getting or setting this property is equivalent to calling or respectively with a of WholeTable. + + + + + + + Class which exposes the document level properties for a . + + + + + Gets or sets the author of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the author of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the category of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the category of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the comments associated with the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the comments associated with the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the company to which the document belongs. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the company to which the document belongs. +
+ + + Gets or sets the date and time when the document was first created. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A DateTime specifying when the document was first created. +
+ + + Gets or sets the keywords which describe the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the keywords which describe the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the date and time when the document was last modified. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A DateTime specifying when the document was first last modified. +
+ + + Gets or sets the user who last modified the document. If null, the current user, if accessible, will be used when saving. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the user who last modified the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the manager associated with the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the manager associated with the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the current status of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string representing the current status of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the subject of the contents of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the subject of the contents of the document. +
+ + + Gets or sets the title of the document. + + +

+ The value of the property has no effect on the contents of the file when opened in a host application. + It is simply extra data associated with the document. +

+
+ A string specifying the title of the document. +
+ + + Ocuurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Settings that relate to fonts + + + + + Settings that relate to a floating frame of text + + + + + Gets/sets the relative horizontal position of the text frame + + + + + Gets/sets the base object from which the horizontal positioning in the frame should be calculated. + + + + + Gets/sets the relative vertical position of the text frame + + + + + Gets/sets the base object from which the vertical positioning in the frame should be calculated. + + + + + Gets/sets the explicit offset in the X dimension where the frame area begins + + + + + Gets/sets the explicit offset in the Y dimension where the frame area begins + + + + + Gets/sets whether tables will be allowed to overlap one another. + + + + + The minimum distance from the floating table to top of the next paragraph below the table. + + + + + + + + The minimum distance from the floating table to the right edge of the paragraph to the left of the table. + + + + + + + + The minimum distance from the floating table to the left edge of the paragraph to the right of the table. + + + + + + + + The minimum distance from the floating table to bottom of the previous paragraph above the table. + + + + + + + + Represents an object which can own a instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with the object. + + + + + Represents an object which can own a instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated with the object. + + + + + Settings that relate to a specific indentation level in a list of paragraphs. + + + + ListLevelDefinition is used to specify various settings such as the list indicator to use, + its appearance, indentation of the items etc... for items at a specific level in a list. + + + The following properties are required for a properly functioning list: + + + + + + + + ListTemplate.LevelDefinitions + RichTextList.Template + ListStyle.Template + + + + Gets/sets the 0-based level number. Valid range is from 0 to 8 inclusive. + + + + Level property specifies the nesting level of the level definition. Valid range of values + are 0 to 8, allowing for maximum of 9 nested levels in a list. + + + + + + Gets/sets the text content displayed at this level. + + + Note: There can be substitution strings within LevelText, if there is a '%' followed a number then the number will be interpreted as + a 1-based level number and that level's text will be used in the text displayed to the user. Also be aware that level numbers higher than this level will be substituted with a null string. + + + + + Gets/sets the alignment for the number for this level. + + + + + Gets/sets the format of the number + + + Note: if is set to true then this setting is ignored. + + + + + + Gets/sets the character settings to use for the number + + + + + Gets/sets what to append to the number symbol, the default is 'Tab'. + + + + + Gets/sets the settings to use for a paragraph at this level + + + + + Gets/sets the id of the paragraph style to use for this level + + + + + Gets/sets the 0-based level to restart numbering at this level. + + + Note: if this is set to -1 or a value equal or greater than this level number then the numbering at this level will never automatically restart. + + + + + Gets/sets the first number in the series, if not specified the default is 1. + + + Note: if this is set to negative value then the setting is ignored and the property will return null. + + + + + Determines whether to ignore number formatting and instead use list item number without any formatting. + + + + UseLegalNumberFormat is used to display list item numbers in legal format, which is essentially item numbers from + ancestor levels and current level combined using '.' separator. Legal number format is achieved by setting the + to "%1.%2.%3...%n." where 'n' is the level number of the level definition where legal format + is desired. Without setting UseLegalNumberFormat, this value of LevelText results in item numbers from + ancestor levels and current level combined using '.' separator, including any formatting that the ancestor levels + may have applied to their item numbers. So if an ancestor level had its own number formatting + applied, then that formatted value would be used for that level. Setting UseLegalNumberFormat to true + results in the number formatting to be ignored at all levels in the replacement LevelText value. + + + + + + + + Gets the ParagraphSettings object. If it's not set then sets it to a new instance and returns the new instance. + + + + + Represents a transform to apply when rendering the image in the document. + + ImageNode.Transform + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Specifies the stretch size. + + + + StretchSize specifies the target size of the stretched image. + + + + + + Specifies rotation angle in degrees. + + + + RotationAngle specifies angle in degrees that the image will be rotated. A negative + value rotates to the left and a positive value rotates to the right. + + + + + + Specifies whether to flip the image horizontally. + + + + + Specifies whether to flip the image vertically. + + + + + Settings that relate to a table cell within a table style area + + + + + Abstract base class for settings that relate to a table cell + + + + + Gets/sets the borders around the cell + + + + + Gets/sets the margins around the cell + + + + + Gets/sets the shading for the background of the cell + + + + + Gets/sets the vertical alignment of text within the cell + + + + + Determines if cell contents can wrap + + + + + Settings that are specified for a table area that relate to a table row + + + + + An abstract base class for settings that apply to a table row + + + + + An abstract base class for settings that apply to a table or row in a table. + + + + + Gets/sets the alignment of the table + + + + + Gets/sets the spacing around and between cells + + + + + Determines if the table row can be split across multiple pages + + + + + An abstract base class for settings that apply to a specific instance of a table + + + + + An abstract base class for settings that apply to a table + + + + + Gets/sets the borders + + + + + Gets/sets the margins inside cells + + + + + Gets/sets the shading for the background of the table + + + + + Gets/sets the indent of the table from the leading margin + + + + + Gets/sets which table area settings to use for this table + + + + + Gets/sets the algorithm to use when laying out the contents of the table. + + + + + Contains table level settings that are specified at a row level to override those of the containing table. + + + + + Represents a table column. + + + + + Gets or sets the width of the column. + + + + + Represent an extent within a table. + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The extent to use + If value is negative + + Note: the resulting will return the extent's Twips. + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The number of twips + If value is negative + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The number of units + The unit type + If value is negative or out of range (based on the unitType) + If unitType is not valid + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Gets the equivalent value or null of the does not represent twips. + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Determines how to the is interpreted + + + + + + The numerical value + + + + + + Represents table grid that defines columns of a . + + + + + + Gets or sets the collection of columns in the grid. + + + + + Represents a document offset within a specific version of a document. + + + + + Creates a value. + + The document in which the offset applies. + The offset in the current version of the document. + + + + Creates a value. + + The version of the document in which the offset applies. + The offset in the specified version of the document. + + + + Compares the specified object to this value to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the values are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Returns a new VersionedDocumentOffset with its offset incremented by the specified value. + + The amount to add. + A new VersionedDocumentOffset with its offset incremented by the . + + + + Returns the offset difference between this document offset and another. + + The other document offset. + The difference between the 2 offsets. + + + + Returns a new VersionedDocumentOffset with its offset decremented by the specified value. + + The amount to subtract. + A new VersionedDocumentOffset with its offset decreased by the . + + + + Translates document offset from one version to another version of the document. + + Target version to translate the offset to. + Offset tracking mode. + Translated document offset. + + + + Raises an exception if the version of the 'other' document offset does not match with the version of this document offset. + + The other document offset to verify the version of. + + + + Implicitly converts the VersionedDocumentOffset to an int representing its offset. + + The VersionedDocumentOffset + The item's offset + + + + Adds to a document offset. + + The starting offset + The amount to add + A new VersionedDocumentOffset with the resulting position + + + + Subtracts an offset from a position. + + The starting offset + The amount to subtract + A new VersionedDocumentOffset with the resulting offset + + + + Computes the difference (delta) between two structures. + + The first structure + The other structure + The difference between the two offsets. + If the offset versions don't match. + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures. + + The first structure + The other structure + True if the point is greater than other. + If the offset versions don't match. + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures. + + The first structure + The other structure + True if the point is less than other. + If the offset versions don't match. + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality. + + The first structure + The other structure + True if the two instances are equal; otherwise false. + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality. + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Gets the document offset. + + + + + Gets the document version associated with this . + + + + + Represents a span of document content within a specific based on an offset and length. + + + + + Instantiates a new + + The associated RichTextDocumentVersion. + The zero-based offset into the document. + The length of the document content in span. + If offset is less than 0 or the offset + length is less than 0. + + + + Instantiates a new + + The associated RichTextDocumentVersion. + The document span in the version. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Implicitly converts the VersionedDocumentSpan to a DocumentSpan. + + The VersionedDocumentSpan + The DocumentSpan + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a span that contains just the intersection between this span and another. + + The span to intersect. + A new VersionedDocumentSpan with the intersect or null if the spans don't intersect + + + + Returns a span that contains just the intersection between this span and another. + + The span to intersect. + A new VersionedDocumentSpan with the intersect or null if the spans don't intersect + + + + Returns true is the span intersects with this span. + + The span to test. + true if the spans intersect, otherwise false + + + + Returns true is the span intersects with this span. + + The span to test. + true if the spans intersect, otherwise false + + + + Returns a span that contains just the overlap between this span and another. + + The span to overlap. + A new VersionedDocumentSpan with the overlap or null if the spans don't overlap + + + + Returns a span that contains just the overlap between this span and another. + + The span to overlap. + A new VersionedDocumentSpan with the overlap or null if the spans don't overlap + + + + Returns true is the span overlaps with this span. + + The span to test. + true if the spans overlap, otherwise false + + + + Returns true is the span overlaps with this span. + + The span to test. + true if the spans overlap, otherwise false + + + + Translates the span from one version to another. + + The target version. + The tracking mode to use. + A new with the adjusted values for the target version. + If the target version is null. + If the target version is not either a predecessor or successor of this version (i.e. they weren't created from the same root document). + + + + + Raises an exception if the version of the 'other' document offset does not match with the version of this document offset. + + The other document offset to verify the version of. + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the end point of the span (read-only). + + + + + Returns true if the length of the span is 0 (read-only). + + + + + Returns the length of the text span (read-only). + + + Note: if the length is negative that means the of the span is before the + + + + + Returns the zero-based offset from the beginning of the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the start of the span within the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + Returns the structure (read-only). + + + + + Event args class for the 's event. + + + + + Indicates what type of change took place. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed to cancellable events regarding Clipboard operations. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The instance representing the content being copied or the target of the pasted content. + The that describes the action being executed with the Clipboard. + The that contains the data which is being dragged. + The exception which has occurred while de-serializing data from the Clipboard. + + + + During a paste operation, refreshes the value by de-serializing the again. Otherwise, + this method does nothing. + + + + + + Gets the related to the operation, which will be the full document for cut or copy operations and the + root of the de-serialized Clipboard content for paste operations. + + +

+ Note: This value can be null if the Clipboard content could not be de-serialized during a paste operation. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the instance representing the content being copied or the target of the pasted content. + + + + + Gets the which successfully de-serialized the Clipboard data during a paste operation. + + + + + Class that defines the arguments passed to events regarding Clipboard operations. + + + + + Creates a new instance for a cut or copy operation. + + The that describes the action being executed with the Clipboard. + The that contains the data which is being dragged. + The that describes the status of the executed Clipboard operation. + The exception which has occurred while serializing or de-serializing data on the Clipboard, regardless of whether the operation was successful or not. + + + + Creates a new instance for a paste operation. + + The that describes the action being executed with the Clipboard. + The that contains the data which is being dragged. + The which successfully de-serialized the Clipboard data during a paste operation. + The that describes the status of the executed Clipboard operation. + The exception which has occurred while serializing or de-serializing data on the Clipboard, regardless of whether the operation was successful or not. + + + + Gets the which successfully de-serialized the Clipboard data during a paste operation. + + + + + Class for an undo/redo operation for a change in the property of a descendant object in a hierarchy of rich text objects, like settings. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes + + + + + The default visit implementation + + The default implementation returns default(TReturn) + The node to visit + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The body node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The break node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The cell node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The hyperlink node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The image node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The paragraph node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The root node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The row node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The run node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table node + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The text node + + + + A general document adapter which can save and/or load binary data in a specific format with a instance. + + + + + Abstract base for classes which save and/or load data in a specific format with a instance at run-time + for binding purposes. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + In derived classes, refreshes the content of the to reflect the current state of the exposed values. + + + + + In derived classes, refreshes all values exposed by the adapter so they reflect the current state of the , which may be null. + + +

+ Note: If no changes have occurred since the last refresh of the value, this will do nothing. +

+
+
+ + + In derived classes, refreshes the content of the to reflect the current state of the exposed values. + + + + + In derived classes, refreshes all values exposed by the adapter so they reflect the current state of the , which may be null. + + + + + This will call asynchronously and should be called when any options controlling the values exposed by the adapter + are changed. + + + + + This method should be called by derived classes when the exposed value(s) of the adapter are changed and it will call asynchronously if the + value(s) were not changed as a result of calling . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the interval after the first edit of the when the Value should be refreshed. + + +

+ This interval is only used when the is set to Delayed. +

+

+ The first edit is defined as the first edit after the document is displayed or the first edit after the previous refresh + of the Value property. +

+

+ This delay can be used in conjunction with . The first delay which elapses will cause the + Value to be refreshed. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the interval after the last edit of the when the Value should be refreshed. + + +

+ This interval is only used when the is set to Delayed. +

+

+ The last edit is the most recent edit by user. If this delay has not yet elapsed and another edit is made by the user, the + timer will reset and the full interval will need to elapse again before the Value is refreshed. +

+

+ This delay can be used in conjunction with . The first delay which elapses will cause the + Value to be refreshed. +

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the to and from which data conversions are made. + + + + + + Returns or sets the trigger that determines when the Value is refreshed. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Refreshes the content of the to reflect the current state of the . + + + + + Refreshes the so it reflects the current state of the , which could be null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the options used to load a from data set on the . + + + + + + Returns or sets the options used to save a into the data exposed by . + + + + + + Returns or sets the used to convert the into the data. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the byte array representing the in the format supported by the + . + + + + + + Represents the possible conditions under which the Value of a should be refreshed. + + + + + The Value will never be refreshed automatically. The consumer must call + on the adapter to update the Value. + + + + + The and/or + intervals can be set to non-null values to indicate a delay after certain edits when the Value should be refreshed. If neither + is set, this trigger will act like the Explicit trigger. + + + + + The Value is refreshed after every edit by the user. Note: This trigger could cause a performance issue with large documents. + It should therefore only be used in editors which will only contain a small amount of text. + + + + + The Value is refreshed after the user leaves the editor hosting the . + If the document isn't displayed in an editor, this trigger will act like the Explicit trigger. + + + + + A class which can load image data from the clipboard and add it to a . + + + + + Abstract base class for classes which know how to save/load instances in one or more formats. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Loads the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for loading the document. + + + + + Saves the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for saving the document. + + + + + Loads portions of a document from the clipboard. + + The context information for loading the clipboard content. + + A instance if the content was loaded successfully; + Null to try loading the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + + Saves portions of a document to the clipboard. + + The context information for saving the clipboard content. + True if the content was saved successfully; False to try saving the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + Gets or sets a comma separated list of clipboard formats which can be loaded and/or saved by this serialization provider. + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Loads the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for loading the document. + + + + Saves the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for saving the document. + + + + Loads portions of a document from the clipboard. + + The context information for loading the clipboard content. + + A instance if the content was loaded successfully; + Null to try loading the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + + Saves portions of a document to the clipboard. + + The context information for saving the clipboard content. + True if the content was saved successfully; False to try saving the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + Gets a singleton instance of the . + + + + + Contains all information related to loading a . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The to be loaded. + The stream from which the document should be loaded. + The options to use when loading the document or null if no options were specified. + + + + Gets the cast as the specified type or throws an if they are of a different type. + + The type to which the options should be cast. + The default options instance to use if Options is null. + + Occurs when is non-null but not an instance of . + + The Options cast as the specified type or if Options is null. + + + + Gets the to be loaded. + + + + + Gets the options to use when loading the document or null if no options were specified. + + + + + Gets the stream from which the document should be loaded. + + + + + Contains all information related to loading one or more portions of a from the clipboard. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The clipboard data in the specified . + The clipboard format in which the data had been saved. + the value indicating whether there are multiple selections in the document. + + + + Gets the clipboard data in the format specified on the property. + + + + + Gets the clipboard format in which the data had been saved. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether there are multiple selections in the document. + + + + + Contains all information obtained from a successful load of one or more portions of a from the Clipboard. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The root node of all content loaded from the Clipboard. + + Indicates whether the text immediately after the loaded content should begin on a new paragraph when it is inserted into the document. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the text immediately after the loaded content should begin on a new paragraph when it is inserted + into the document. + + + + + Gets the root node of all content loaded from the Clipboard. + + + + + Abstract base class for options to use when loading documents with a serialization provider. + + + + + Fires the event with the specified property name. + + The name of the changed property. + + + + Occurs when a property value is changed. + + + + + A document adapter which can save and/or load plain text with a instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Refreshes the content of the to reflect the current state of the . + + + + + Refreshes the so it reflects the current state of the , which could be null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the format options to use when saving or loading plain text. + + + + + + Returns or sets the plain text content representing the . + + + + + + Represents the various options available when loading a in the plain text format. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the encoding to use when loading plain text. + + + + + Gets or sets the format options to use when loading plain text. + + + + + Represents the various options available when saving a in the plain text format + + + + + Abstract base class for options to use when saving documents with a serialization provider. + + + + + Fires the event with the specified property name. + + The name of the changed property. + + + + Occurs when a property value is changed. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the encoding to use when saving plain text. + + + + + Gets or sets the format options to use when saving plain text. + + + + + A class which can save/load a instance in the plain text file formats. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Loads the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for loading the document. + + + + Saves the document using the specified context information. + + The context information for saving the document. + + + + Loads portions of a document from the clipboard. + + The context information for loading the clipboard content. + + A instance if the content was loaded successfully; + Null to try loading the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + + Saves portions of a document to the clipboard. + + The context information for saving the clipboard content. + True if the content was saved successfully; False to try saving the content using another serialization provider. + + + + + + Gets a singleton instance of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the format options to use when serializing or deserializing plain text on the clipboard. + + + + + Gets or sets the format options to use when saving or loading plain text. + + + + + Contains all information related to saving a . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The of the document to be saved. + The stream to which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the document or null if no options were specified. + + + + Gets the cast as the specified type or throws an if they are of a different type. + + The type to which the options should be cast. + The default options instance to use if Options is null. + + Occurs when is non-null but not an instance of . + + The Options cast as the specified type or if Options is null. + + + + Gets the of the document to be saved. + + + + + Gets the options to use when saving the document or null if no options were specified. + + + + + Gets the stream to which the document should be saved. + + + + + Contains all information related to saving one or more portions of a to the clipboard. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The current selection of the document from which the clipboard data should be saved. + The clipboard format in which the data should be saved. + + + + Gets or sets the clipboard data in the format specified on the property. + + + + + Gets the clipboard format in which the data should be saved. + + + + + Gets the current selection of the document. + + + + + Gets the root node of the temporary tree representing all selected content from the document. + + +

+ If the entire document is selected, this will not be a temporary tree's root node. It will be the original document's root node. +

+

+ Note: regardless of whether this root node is that of a temporary tree or the original document, nodes within it should + not be modified as it is shared among all serializers saving content to the clipboard. +

+
+
+ + + A plain text format options object with NewLineText and ParagraphSeparationText both set to "\n". + + + + + Adds a layer over child nodes of the specified node that are fully contained + in the specified document span. + + + + + Indicates whether the two nodes are in the same paragraph. + + Returns true if both nodes belong to the same paragraph. + + + + Indicates whether the two nodes are in the same paragraph. + + Returns true if both nodes belong to the same paragraph. + + + + Creates an array with specified length with all its elements initialized to 'val'. + + + + + Creates a new cell with a single empty paragraph. + + + + + + Creates TextNode and BreakNode objects from the specified text. + + + + + + + Creates a new run with the specified text. It uses the specified settings merged with the fallbackSettingsRun's settings, + giving higher priority to the settings. + + + + + Creates a new table. + + Number of columns in the table. Must be 1 or greater. + Number of rows in the table. Must be 1 or greater. + Controls the initial widths of the table columns. + Extent of the page not including margins. This is used + when is specified as FixedWidthColumns + to calculate column widths in case is not specified. + Used when is specified as FixedWidthColumns. + Created table node. + + + + If the specified span is 0 length then sets the ref parameter to a span with the same offset but length of 1. + + + + + Gets a comparer that compares aggregate indeces of nodes. + + NodeBase type. + Comparer for comparing nodes' aggregate indeces. + + + + Gets all the descendant nodes of the specified tree, including the tree itself. + + Root node whose descendants, including the root node, to return. + all the descendant nodes of the root node, including the node itself. + + + + Gets all the descendant nodes of the specified tree, including the tree itself, that are of specified TNode type. + + Node type + Root node whose descendants, including the root node, to return. + All nodes of specified type. + + + + Gets the ancestor of 'n' that is child of a node that is of 'TParent' type. + + + + + Gets the ancestor node of 'n', including itself, that is immediate child of a paragraph node. + + + + + Gets text of a document body node or a table cell node. + + Document body node or a table cell node. + Object to which the text will be appended. + + + + Gets the child node at specified offset. If the offset is immediately after the last child node then + returns the last child node. If offset is invalid then returns null. + + + + + Gets the span of the child node relative to the parent's start. + + Child node whose relative span to return. + Span of the child node. DocumentSpan.Invalid is returned if the child doesn't exist. + + + + Gets the column span of the specified table cell. + + + + + Gets the last TNode instance in the child nodes collection of the specified node. If child nodes collection does + not contain any TNode instances then returns null. + + + + + Gets the last paragraph node in the specified node's child nodes collection. If child nodes collection does + not contain any paragraph nodes then returns null. + + + + + Gets the last run node in the specified paragraph, traversing hyperlinks if needed. + + + + + Gets the node where to insert text. It checks if the specified 'run' matches the character settings then returns + a descendant node of that run. Otherwise it checks if a previous or next run is suitable IF offset is at the beginning + of the run or end of the run and returns a descendant node of that matching run. + + Run node. + Offset relative to the run. It will be modified to be relative to the returned node. + Object that contains character settings overrides and run style id to match. + Purpose of this parameter is to implement the behavior where + inserting text right before or right after a hyperlink does not go into the hyperlink. + A matching run descendant or null if no match is found. + + + + Gets the next font size for grow/shrink font size functionality. + + + + + Gets the document span of the node's prefix offsets. + + + + + Gets the document span of the node's postfix offsets. + + + + + Gets the span of the node's prefix offsets relative to the node. + + + + + Gets the span of the node's postfix offsets relative to the node. + + + + + Converts the specified absolute document offset into an offset that's relative to the specified node. + If the node doesn't contain the document offset then the returned value may be negative or beyond the + offset count of the node, preserving the relativeness of the returned value. + + + + + Gets the descendant's offset relative to the ancestor. + + + + + Gets the immediate child nodes of the node that intersect with the specified + , which is relative to the whole document. + + Nodes of this type are returned. + Document. + Node whose child nodes to get. + Child nodes intersecting this document span will be returned. + + + + + + Returns path from n to root. If n is not a descendant of root then returns null. + + Root node. If null then returns path to the top-most ancestor of 'n'. + Descendant of root. + Whether to include the root node in the returned list. + List where the 0th element is the 'root' parameter or its child based on 'includeRoot' parameter and successive + elements are descendants where the last element is 'n'. + + + + Gets the specified document span relative to the specified node however only portion of it that + belongs to the node. + + + + + Gets the specified document span relative to the specified node. + + Node + Span relative to the whole document. + Span relative to the node. + + + + Gets the text of a paragraph node or a hyperlink node. + + Paragraph or hyperlink node. + Text format options. + + + + Gets the text of a paragraph node or a hyperlink node. + + Paragraph or hyperlink node. + Object to which the text will be appended. + + + + Gets the run style id of the first run in the hyperlink. + + + + + Gets run text. + + + + + Gets the sibling run of the specified run within a paragraph. + + Run whose sibling to get. + If true gets the next sibling run otherwise gets the previous sibling run in the paragraph. + Cross hyperlinks + + + + + Gets the text from either TextNode or BreakNode. + + TextNode or BreakNode. + Format options. + Span relative to node. If non-null then the part of the node's text identified the span will be returned. + Textual representation of the passed in TextNode or BreakNode. + + + + Returns true if the paragraph indentation is greater than 0. + + + + + Returns true if the two nodes have the same ancestor of type. + + + + + Adjusts the indentation value on the specified paragraph settings so it would result in indentation or outdentation of the + paragraph utilizing the settings. + + True if operation indented or outdented one or more paragraphs. False if operation was a NOOP which + can be when the paragraph's current indentation is at a point where it cannot be indented/outdented. + + + + Inserts the specified text in the specified text node. If the text contains special characters that require + seperate nodes, like break nodes, then it creates those nodes and adds them as siblings to the text node + as necessary. + + + + + Indicates if the document offset is at the node's start, including where the node's prefix positions are. + + + + + Indicates if the document offset is at the node's end, including where the node's postfix positions starts. + If the offset is AFTER the node ends then this method returns false. + + + + + Returns true if the cell settings VerticalMerge is set to Continue. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified offset which is relative to the specified node is in the node's + postfix offset counts. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified offset which is relative to the specified node is in the node's + prefix offset counts. + + + + + Indicates whether the specified offset which is relative to the specified node is in the node's + prefix or postfix offset counts. + + + + + Checks to see if the specified run node is suitable for inserting text with the specified settings. + It checks to see if the non-null settings in the insertTextOptions._settingsOverride object match the run's resolved + settings, assuring that the inserted text will exhibit the attributes represented by non-null settings + in settingsOverride. If specified insertTextOptions is null or its insertTextOptions._settingsOverride is null then returns + true as the run node is suitable for entering the text with no particular formatting. + + + + + Maps relative offset from one node to another. + + + + + Moves the contents of the source paragraph into the target paragraph at the specified offset relative to the target. + + + + + Removes all child nodes except last instance that is of TLastChildNode type. + + + + + Removes the specified node from the hierarchy and moves its child nodes to the parent node. + Used to remove hyperlink node for example. + + Node to remove. It's child nodes will be promoted to node's parent. + True if successfull. False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified node from its parent's child nodes collection. + + Node to remove. + + + + Indicates if the specified text requires multiple run content nodes. Basically whether the text contains + special characters that are represented by special nodes, like break node, that cannot be represented by + text nodes. + + + + + Sets the specified value to a property of the specified rich text object or its sub object where the + object path is identified by the specified which is '.' separated list of property names. + + Destination object. + '.' separated property names identifying the property path. + Value to set. + Set to an error message if path is invalid or the specified value is of incorrect type. + Leaf property info. + + + + Sets the text of a paragraph node or a hyperlink node. + + Paragraph or hyperlink node. + New text to set. + + + + Returns true if the the specified two nodes belong to two different hyper links or + if one belongs to a hyperlink but the other does not. + + + + + Returns true if the 'to' node belongs to a hyperlink and 'from' either does not belong to + a hyperlink or belongs to a different hyperlink. + + + + + Splits the run into two or three nodes. If specified span encompasses the entire run then returns false and does nothing. + Otherwise if the span starts or ends the run node then the node is split into two where 'middle' is assigned to the new node + and right is set to null. If the span is in the middle of the run then the run is split in three. + Note that the middle and the right nodes will not be added to the run's parent node's child collection + so they will be out of the document tree. + + + + + Splits the specified run node at the specified relativeOffset into two run nodes. + After the split, the offset will be part of the right node. Note that the right node will not + be added to the run's parent node's child collection so it will be out of the document tree. + + Node to split. + Offset at which to split. After the split the offset will be contained by the 'right' node. + The new node that contains content after the specified offset, including the content at the offset itself. + Returns true if the split was successful. False if the offset is out of + range or belongs to the run itself or it can't be split. + + + + Splits the specified run node at the specified 'childNode' into two run nodes. + After the split, the childNode will be part of the right node. Note that the right node will not + be added to the run's parent node's child collection so it will be out of the document tree. + + Node to split. + Child node at which to split the run. After the split the childNode will be contained by the 'right' node. + The new node that contains content after the specified offset, including the content at the offset itself. This node will be out of the tree so + you need to add it to the parent node's child collection at the right location. + Returns true if the split was successful. False if the childNode is not a child of the run or the run can't be split. + + + + Splits the text node at the offset. If the offset is at the start or end of the textNode then does nothing. + When split occurs, the right will be assigned to the split instance however it will not be added to the tree. + + + + + Splits the specified at the relativeOffset and inserts the specified + so that it begins at the relativeOffset after the operation + is complete. If the relativeOffset is at the beginning of at the end of the 'node' then the + node is not split however the 'siblingToInsert' is inserted before or after the node depending + upon whether the relativeOffset is at the beginning of the node or at the end of the node + respectively. + + Node type. + Node to split. + Offset relative to the node. + Node to insert. + True if the operation is successful. If relativeOffset is invalid then returns false. + + + + Splits the specified at the relativeOffset and inserts the specified + so that they begin at the relativeOffset after the operation + is complete. If the relativeOffset is at the beginning of at the end of the 'node' then the + node is not split however the 'siblingsToInsert' is inserted before or after the node depending + upon whether the relativeOffset is at the beginning of the node or at the end of the node + respectively. + + Node type. + Node to split. + Offset relative to the node. + Nodes to insert. + True if the operation is successful. If relativeOffset is invalid then returns false. + + + + Splits the specified node if necessary and inserts siblings. + + + + + Inserts the in the 's child nodes collection, splitting + the child node at the specified if necessary so the inserted child node + starts at the offset. + + + + + Splits the specified node into two at the relative offset. If the relative offset is at the beginning of the node + or at the end of the node then no splitting will occur. + + + + + Splits the specified node into two at the relative offset. If the relative offset is at the beginning of the node + or at the end of the node then no splitting will occur. + + + + + Splits the specified node at the specified relative offset. After the split, the new node that's + created as a result is added at appropriate location in the node's parent collection. + + + Node to split. + Offset at which to split the node. + + + + + Splits the node at the specified relative offset. If the offset is at the beginning or end + of the node then split will not occur and the method will return false. Note that the right + node will not be added to the node's parent node's child collection so it will be out of + the document tree. + + + + + + + + + + Splits the run if necessary so that there is a run encompassed by the specified span. + If the specified span encompasses the specified run entirely then does nothing and returns the + run itself. Otherwise splits the run and returns the run that is encompassed by the span + after the split, which can be the existing run or a new run. If a split is done then the + the resultant nodes are added to the run's parent collection. + + + + + Returns the cloned node data tree version of the specified node tree. + + + + + Returns cloned Node tree from the specified NodeData tree. + + + + + Creates n._data._childNodes collection based on n._childNodes. + + + + + Creates NodeDataCollection from NodeCollection using the same NodeData instances from the nodes. + + + + + Creates a Node tree from the specified NodeData tree. It clones the data objects so the original + NodeData objects are not referenced by the returned Node tree. + + + + + Document offset at which the text is to be inserted. + + + + + This will be set to offset relative to the returned node where the insert is to take place + in the returned node. + + + + + If the insert location needs to be adjusted intelligently then this will be set to the adjusted + value. It will always correspond to the parameters's new value except + that this value is absolute (relative to the whole document) where as the offset is relative to + the returned node. + + + + + This will be set to the document offset for use for the purposes of offset change tracking. + This will typically be the same as adjustedDocumentOffset except in cases where this method + inserts some new content node and the text insertion happens at an offset after the start + of the new inserted node. In such a case, from the point of view of the offset change tracking, + the offset at which the insertion took place is this parameter's value, which would be start + of the new node. + + + + + Whether to emulate typing with while no selection in the editor. + + + + + If the offset is equal to the document length then adds a new empty paragraph + at the end of the body node and returns that. + + + + + Sets the _nodeOffset, _changeTrackingDocumentOffset and _adjustedDocumentOffset to the specified value. + + + + + If true then existing character settings at the insert location are retained and any non-null values in + _settings are applied to the inserted text. If false, the inserted text run will use _styleId and _settings. + + + + + This specifies that _settings is an external instance that was passed into an API and should not be owned. + For example, InsertText method's settings parameter should be cloned before setting it on a run otherwise + modifying the instance that was passed into the method will cause the run to be unexpectedly affected. + + + + + This checks to see if _cloneSettings and if so clones the settings and returns the clone. + + + + + Gets the part of node that is of interest. Null means all of the node is of interest. The returned + span is relative to the node. + + + + + This is the document offset corresponding to the 0th character in _sb. + + + + + Nodes to the right of this path, inclusive, will be returned by this enumerator. + + + + + Nodes upto the left of this path, inclusive, will be returned by this enumerator. + + + + + Pushes the _current node's ChildNodes collection enumerator into the _ancestors stack. It also has + logic to account for _startAtPath and _stopAtPath. + + + + + Props that have non-conflicting values. + + + + + Abstract base class used to support the Visitor pattern on derived classes + + + + + The default visit implementation + + The default implementation returns default(TReturn) + The node to visit + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The body node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The break node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The cell node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The hyperlink node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The image node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The paragraph node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The root node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The row node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The run node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The table node + The argument to pass around + + + + Visits the + + The default implementation calls + The text node + The argument to pass around + + + + Represents a paragraph in the document. + + + + A ParagraphNode represents a paragraph in the document. Paragraphs can be standalone in the document + or nested within other content such as table cells for example. A ParagraphNode contains one or more + objects. Each RunNode contains one or more objects, where + each NodeText represents text. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Applies any non-null settings in the specified object to this paragraph. + + object that contains the settings to apply. + Only properties of the object with non-null values will be applied. + + + + Clears the paragraph content. + + + + ClearContent method clears the content of the paragraph. It removes all but the last run node and clears + the content of the last run node. This is done for the purposes of retaining any character settings that the + run may be using so any new content inserted into the paragraph picks up that setting. + + + + + + Gets the text in the paragraph. + + A string value that represents text in the paragraph. + + + + Clears the existing content of the paragraph and sets the new content to be the specified text. + + New text of the paragraph. + + + SetText method removes existing content of the paragraph and sets the specified text as the new + content of the paragraph. Note that if the paragraph already has runs, the last run will be used for + the new text. This is done to retain the character settings that the last run may have been using. + + + + + + Performs a deep clone of the object. + + Indicates whether to clone the value. + Indicates whether to clone the collection. + Indicates whether to copy . Note that list item info's + The root node into which the clone will be placed. Note: this should have the list with the id this paragraph is using. + resolved indicator settings will not be copied over. + The cloned node + + + + List id is resolved from the Settings as well as paragraph style's settings. This method is called + any time settings or paragraph style is changed to re-resolve the list id. + + + + + If this.Settings is owned by multiple paragraphs, clones it and sets this.Settings to the clone + so this.Settings object is unique to this paragraph. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Indicates if the paragraph is part of a bulleted or numbered list. + + + + To make a paragraph part of a list, set the property to id of a + object in the 's collection. If the + ListInfoId is specified but no RichTextList with such an id exists in the root node's Lists + collection then this property returns false. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets a object that is used to control the appearance + of list indicator (bullet or number) and paragraph symbol. + + + + + Gets a resolved object that is used to control the appearance + of the paragraph mark. + + + + + Gets a resolved object that is used to control the default appearance of runs and + marks in the paragraph. + + + + + Gets or sets a object used for specifying paragraph settings. Default value is null. + + + + + + Gets a resolved object used for specifying paragraph settings. + + + + + + Gets or sets the id of paragraph style that is to be applied to the paragraph. Default value is null. + + + + StyleId identifies the instance in the document root node's + collection. If such a ParagraphStyle doesn't exist in the styles collection + then this property is ignored. + + + + + + + If this paragraph is part of a bulleted or numbered list then returns an instance of + object that contains the list item information, such as the indicator for this item. + + + + + Gets the ListId property value of the settings if settings is non-null. + + + + + Gets the ListLevel property value of the settings if settings is non-null. + + + + + Gets the Settings object. If it's not set then sets it to a new instance and returns the new instance. + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents content inside paragraphs, including paragraphs inside table cells. + + + + A paragraph contains one or more RunNodes. A RunNode contains one or more and objects. + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Indicates if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + Node to check if it can be a child node of this node. + True if the specified node can be a child of this node. + + + + Applies any non-null settings in the specified object to this run. + + object that contains the settings to apply. + Only properties of the object with non-null values will be applied. + + + + Gets the text in the run. + + A string value that represents text in the run. + + + + Clears the existing content of the run and sets the new content to be the specified text. + + New text of the run. + + + SetText method removes existing content of the run and sets the specified text as the new + content of the run. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Gets or sets a object used for specifying run settings. Default value is null. + + + + + + Gets a resolved object used for specifying run settings. + + + + + + Gets or sets the id of character style that is to be applied to the run. Default value is null. + + + + StyleId identifies the instance in the document's + set. If such a CharacterStyle doesn't exist in the styles collection + then this property is ignored. + + + + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents text in the document. + + + + TextNode must be a child of . A contains one or + more RunNodes and a RunNode contains one or more TextNodes. + + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of . + + NodeData object. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Executes a visitor's functionality on this node's type. + + The visitor which functionality should be executed. + An argument to pass to the visitor. + The result of the visitor's functionality. + + + + Returns the associated text + + The value + + + + Deletes text after the start, including the character at the start. + + + + + Deletes text of specified length after the start, including the character at the start. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of node the instance represents. + + + + + Gets or sets the associated text. + + + + + Creates the related NodeBase derived instance with it's _data set to this NodeData object. + + + + + + Represents a contiguous area in a . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The document in which the range exists. + The starting character position of the range. + The ending character position of the range. + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + Begins a spelling check for the range. + + + + + Creates a copy of the . + + + + + Collapses a to the starting or ending position. + + + After a range is collapsed, the starting and ending points are equal. + + Specifies whether to collapse to the or of the + + + + Sets the starting and ending character positions for the range. + + + If there is any ambiguity in the specified start and end positions (i.e., the specified start is + greater than the specified end), the and of the Range are set + such that the Start is always less than or equal to the End. + + The starting character position for the . + The ending character position for the + + + + + + Returns the associated with the text contained in the . (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ID of the associated with the characters in the . + + + + + + Returns the associated with the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns a that that corresponds to this . + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ending character position of the . + + + If this property is set to a value smaller than the property, + the Start property is set to the same value as the End property. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the length of the . (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns an enumerable list of s that represents all the paragraphs in the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns a instance associated with the paragraphs in the . (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ID of the associated with the paragraphs in the . + + + + + + Returns/sets the starting character position of the . + + + If this property is set to a value larger than that of the property, + the End property is set to the same value as that of Start property. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the text associated with the . + + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + Gets the next context in the chain. + + + + + Compares two derived objects for deep object equivalency, meaning the entire sub-object + hierarchy has the same property values. + + The RichTextObjectBase derived type to compare. + + + + Returns a singleton instance of the comparer + + + + + Determines whether the specified objects are equivalent. + + The first object to compare. + The second object to compare. + True if both objects are logically equivalent; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the specified object. + + The object to be hashed. + A hash code for the specified object. + + + + Represents a or s of content in a . + + + + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + Center aligns content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Justifies content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Left aligns content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Right aligns content in the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Adds 'all caps' formatting to the text in the current selection. + + + + + Adds bold formatting to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + + + + Applies DoubleStrikethrough formatting to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + + + + Applies the specified font to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + The font to apply. + + + + Applies the specified font size to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + The font size to apply. + + + + Applies the specified to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + The to apply to the current selected range. + + + + Applies italic formatting to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + + + + Applies SingleStrikethrough formatting to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + + + + Adds 'small caps' formatting to the text in the current selection. + + + + + Adds superscript formatting to the text in the current selection. + + + + + Adds superscript formatting to the text in the current selection. + + + + + Applies the specified list style Id to the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + The list style Id to apply. + + + + Applies the specified to the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + The shading to apply. If null is specified, the paragraph shading will be cleared. + + + + Applies the specified highlight color to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + The highlight color to apply. + + + + Applies the specified forecolor to the text in the word at the current location. If there is + a non-zero length selection then only text in the current selection is formatted. + + The forecolor to apply. + + + + Applies the specified to the text in the current selection. + + The to apply. + + + + Determines whether the content from the clipboard can be pasted into the selection. + + + + + Clears the paragraph list style setting (if any) on the paragraph(s) that intersect the current selection. + + + + + Copies the selected content to the clipboard. + + + + + Cuts the selected content and places it on the clipboard. + + + + + Decrease the indentation of the paragraph(s) contained in the current selection. + + + + + Decrease the indentation of the list that contains the Selection . If the Selection is not within a list then no action is performed. + + + + + If the selection start is not within the first paragraph of a list, this method does the same thing as the method. + If the selection start is within the first paragraph of a list, this method does the same thing as the method. + + + + + Deletes the character at the current location. If there is a non-zero length selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes the character preceding the location. If there is a non-zero length selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes all text from the location to the beginning of the current word + (if the Start location is in the middle of a word), or deletes the previous word if the Start location is at + the beginning of a word. If there is a non-zero length selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Deletes all text from the location to the end of the current word. If + there is a non-zero length selection, the selected text is deleted. + + + + + Increases the font size of the word at the current location. If there is an + active selection only the font size of the selected text is increased. + + + + + Increase the indentation of the paragraph(s) contained in the current selection. + + + + + Increase the indentation of the list that contains the Selection . If the Selection is not within a list then no action is performed. + + + + + If the selection start is not within the first paragraph of a list, this method does the same thing as the method. + If the selection start is within the first paragraph of a list, this method does the same thing as the method. + + + + + Inserts a tab character at the location. If there a non-zero length selection + the current selected text is replaced with a tab. + + + + + Moves the selection down one line. + + + + + Moves the location to the end of the . + + + + + Moves the location to the end of the line containing the location . + + + + + Moves the location to the start of the line containing the location . + + + + + Moves the location to the next character position. + + + + + Moves the location to the next word. + + + + + Moves the location to the previous character position. + + + + + Moves the location to the previous word. + + + + + Moves the location to the start of the . + + + + + Moves the location up one line. + + + + + Pastes the content from the clipboard into the currently selected range of the document. + + + + + Removes bold formatting from the text in the current selection. + + + + + Removes double strikethrough formatting from the text in the current selection. + + + + + Removes italic formatting from the text in the current selection. + + + + + Removes single strikethrough formatting from the text in the current selection. + + + + + Removes all strikethrough formatting (single and/or double) from the text in the current selection. + + + + + Removes superscript formatting from the text in the current selection. + + + + + Removes superscript formatting from the text in the current selection. + + + + + Selects all the content in the . + + + + + Selects the word at the offset. + + + + + Moves the location down one line, selecting all text in between the start and end position. + + + + + Moves the selection end point one character position to the right. + + + + + Moves the selection end point one word to the right. + + + + + Moves the selection end point one character position to the left. + + + + + Moves the selection end point one word to the left. + + + + + Extends the selection to the start of the . + + + + + Extends the selection to the end of the . + + + + + Extends the selection to the end of the line containing the location. + + + + + Extends the selection to the start of the line containing the location. + + + + + Moves the location up one line, selecting all text in between the start and end position. + + + + + Decreases the font size of the word at the current location. If there is an + active selection only the font size of the selected text is increased. + + + + + Toggles the 'all caps' formatting of the word at the current location. If + there is a non-zero length selection only formatting of the text in the current selection is toggled. + + + + + Toggles the Bold formatting of the word at the current location. If + there is a non-zero length selection only formatting of the text in the current selection is toggled. + + + + + Toggles the bullet list format of the word at the current location. + + + + + Toggles the DoubleStrikethrough formatting of the word at the current location. If + there is a non-zero length selection only formatting of the text in the current selection is toggled. + + + + + Toggles the Italic formatting of the word at the current location. If + there is a non-zero length selection only formatting of the text in the current selection is toggled. + + + + + Toggles the number list format of the word at the current location. + + + + + Toggles the SingleStrikethrough formatting of the word at the current location. If + there is a non-zero length selection only formatting of the text in the current selection is toggled. + + + + + Toggles the Underline formatting (between UnderlineType.Single and UnderlineType.None) of the word at the current location. If + there is a non-zero length selection only formatting of the text in the current selection is toggled. + + + + + Toggles the 'small caps' formatting of the word at the current location. If + there is a non-zero length selection only formatting of the text in the current selection is toggled. + + + + + Toggles the subscript formatting on the text in the current selection. + + + + + Toggles the superscript formatting on the text in the current selection. + + + + + Allows one or more s to be applied to the selection as an atomic operation. + + + Note that no change notifications are sent until all spans have been added at which point a single notification + is sent. + + Also, the start and end of the last provided span will be applied to the primary selection (i.e., the + value returned by the property. + + The provided spans will either be added to the currently selected ranges or entirely replace the currently selected ranges + depending on the value supplied for the replaceEntireSelection paramater. + + An IEnumerable of s that should be applied to the current selection. + True to replace the currently selected ranges or false to add the provided spans to the currently selected ranges. + + + + Collapses a to the starting or ending position. + + + After a range is collapsed, the starting and ending points are equal. + + Specifies whether to collapse to the or of the + + + + Sets the starting and ending character positions for the range. + + + If there is any ambiguity in the specified start and end positions (i.e., the specified start is + greater than the specified end), the and of the Range are set + such that the Start is always less than or equal to the End. + + The starting character position for the . + The ending character position for the + + + + + + Returns an IEnumerable of s that represent the table cells included in the current selection. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns a that that corresponds to the selection's . (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns whether the view associated with the selection is active. (read only) + + + + + Returns a that represents a portion of the associated . (read only) + + + + To access all the s currently selected in the associated use the property. + + + + + + + + + Returns all the s currently selected in the associated RichDocumentView. (read only) + + + + To access the 'current' (i.e., most recent) range selected in the associated RichDocumentView use the property. + The property always returns the last entry in the collection + There is always at least one entry in the collection which is the same range returned by the property. + + Note: When the length of the current goes to zero, the collection is cleared of all previous selections, and only the current range remains in the collection. + + + + + + Returns an IEnumerable of s that represent the table rows included in the current selection. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns the associated with the text contained in the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ID of the associated with the characters in the . + + + + + + Returns the associated with the . + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ending character position of the . + + + If this property is set to a value smaller than the property, + the Start property is set to the same value as the End property. + + + + + + + + + Returns the length of the . (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns an enumerable list of s that represents all the paragraphs in the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns a instance associated with the paragraphs in the . (read only) + + + + + + + Returns/sets the ID of the associated with the paragraphs in the . + + + + + + Returns/sets the starting character position of the . + + + If this property is set to a value larger than that of the property, + the End property is set to the same value as that of Start property. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the text associated with the . + + + + + + Event raised when a property on the object changes. + + + + + An abstract base class that exposes border properties that are common to all BorderSettings classes, i.e. Top and Bottom. + + + + + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the 'Bottom' border. + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the 'Top' border. + + + + + Settings that relate to runs of characters within paragraphs + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Determines if text will be displayed as all capital letters + + + + + Determines if text will be bolded + + + + + Gets/sets the border around the text + + + + + Gets/sets the foreground color of the text + + + + + Determines if complex script text will be displayed bolded + + + + + Gets/sets the font size of complex script text + + + + + Determines if complex script text will be displayed using the italic version of the font + + + + + Determines if text will be displayed with a double strike through + + + + + Determines if text will appear embossed, i.e. raised off the page + + + + + Gets/sets the mark to place on characters for emphasis + + + + + Determines if text will appear engraved, i.e. pressed into the page + + + + + Gets/sets the percentage (must be 1 or greater) to expend/compress the width of the text, 100 percent is the default + + + + + Gets/sets the font size below which font kerning is not applied. + + + + + Determines what font to use. + + + + + Gets/sets the size of the font + + + + + Determines if text will be hidden + + + + + Gets/sets the background color used to highlight the text + + + + + Determines if text will be displayed using the italic version of the font + + + + + Determines what language to use for spell checking. + + + + + Determines if text should be displayed with a 1 pixel outline around it. + + + + + Determines if text should be displayed right-to-left. + + + + + Gets/sets the shading for the background. + + + + + Determines if text will be displayed with a shadow. + + + + + Determines if text will be displayed as small capital letters + + + + + Determines if text will snap to the grid + + + + + Gets/sets additional spacing between each character. + + + + + Determines if text will be displayed with a strike through + + + + + Determines if text should be skipped by the spell checker. + + + + + Gets/sets the color used to underline the text + + + + + + Gets/sets the type of underline to apply to the text + + + + + + Determines if text will be displayed using complex script formatting + + + + + Gets/sets whether the text will be displayed as a superscript, subscript or normal baseline. + + + + + Gets/sets any additional offset to raise or lower the text, i.e. can be negative. + + + + + Determines if text will be hidden when outputting to html + + + + + Settings that relate to fonts + + + + + Gets/sets the background color of the document. + + + + + Gets/sets the default settings relating to characters within the document. + + + + + Determines the languages to help in selecting themed fonts. + + + + + Gets/sets the default settings relating to paragraphs within the document. + + + + + Gets/sets the default tab stop extent, the default is .5 inches + + + + + Gets/sets the theme information for the document. + + + + + Ocuurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Settings that relate to fonts + + + + + Gets/sets the font for ASCII characters + + + Occurs when the specified font has no name and is not themed. + + + + + Gets/sets the font for complex script characters + + + Occurs when the specified font has no name and is not themed. + + + + + Gets/sets the font for east Asia script characters + + + Occurs when the specified font has no name and is not themed. + + + + + Gets/sets the font for high ANSI script characters + + + Occurs when the specified font has no name and is not themed. + + + + + Gets/sets the font type to be used to format any ambiguous characters in the run, e.g. the paragraph mark. + + + + + Settings that relate to fonts + + + + + Gets/sets the name of the complex script language + + + + + Gets/sets the name of the east asia language + + + + + Gets/sets the name of the latin language + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to all sides of a paragraph's borders. + + + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the border between identical paragraphs. + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the 'Left' border. + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the 'Right' border. + + + + + Settings that determine the indentation of a paragraph + + + + + Gets/sets the indent for lines in the paragraph from the right edge when the flow direction is left to right, otherwise the indent is from the left edge. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the indent for the first line in the paragraph from the left edge of the paragraph when the flow direction is left to right, otherwise the indent is from the right edge of the paragraph. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the indent for lines in the paragraph from the left edge when the flow direction is left to right, otherwise the indent is from the right edge. + + + + + + + Represents the vertical spacing before or after a paragraph + + + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The explicit extent to use + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The amount in hundredths of a character. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + The explicit extent to use or null (read-only) + + + + + + The relative line amount in hundredth of a character or null (read-only) + + + + + + Represents the first line indentation of a paragraph. + + + + + + Creates a new value. + + The of the first line. + The value indicating whether the first line indent is hanging, i.e. it goes towards the margins from the start indent. + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Gets the of the first line. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the first line indent is hanging, i.e. it goes towards the margins from the start indent. + + + + + Settings that relate to a paragraph node + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Gets/sets whether to automatically adjust the right indent when using the document grid + + + + + Gets/sets whether to automatically adjust spacing of Latin text + + + + + Gets/sets whether to automatically adjust spacing of east Asian text and numbers + + + + + Determines how text will be aligned horizontally. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to ignore spacing above and below when using identical styles. + + + + + Get/sets the frame related settings for the paragraph. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to try to keep all paragraph lines on a single page + + + + + Gets/sets whether to try to keep this paragraph with the next paragraph + + + + + Returns true if the property is set to a non-null instance of TabStopCollection with Count of 1 or greater. + + + + + Get/sets the indentation of the lines within the paragraph. + + + + + Specifies the list id associated with bulleted or numbered item this paragraph represents. + + + + To create a bulleted or numbered list, create a object and add it to the + document's root node's collection. Create a paragraph + for each item in the list and set each paragraph's ListInfoId property to a string value + that identifies the object added to the root node's Lists + collection. To create a hierarchical list, set the property of paragraphs + in the list appropriately - where 0 is the root level, 1 is the child level and so on. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the 0-based level of the item in the bulleted or numbered list that this paragraph represents. + Default value is -1, which is resolved to 0. + + + + ListLevel property controls the level at which the paragraph appears in the bulleted or numbered list. + The values are 0-based where the left-most level is 0 level. To control the appearance and formatting of the + bullets or numbers, set the associated (association is made via the + property) 's to refer + to a in the root node's collection that + provides bullets and/or numbers with desired formats. You can either create a custom + or use one of the built-in styles exposed via the . If you do + use on the the built-in style id's, make sure to add the built-in ListStyle to the root node's Styles collection. + + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether to use left/right indents as inside/outside indents + + + + + Gets/sets whether to allow punctuation to extend past text extents. + + + + + Determines how text will be aligned horizontally. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to use Right to Left paragraph layout + + + + + Gets/sets the background shading for the paragraph + + + + + Gets/sets whether to use document grid settings for inter-line paragraph spacing. + + + + + Gets/sets the spacing before and after the paragraph + + + + + Gets/sets whether to start the paragraph on the next page. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to hyphenation of the paragraph. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to suppress the display of line numbers for the paragraphs. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to prevent text frames from overlapping. + + + + + Returns the collection of s + + + + + + + Determines how text will be aligned vertically. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to compress punctuation at the start of a line. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to allow the first/last line to display on a separate page. + + + + + Determines if line breaking is allowed at the word or character level. + + True if line breaking is allowed at the word level (default); False if line breaking is allowed at the character level. + + + + Settings that relate to a floating frame of text + + + + + Gets/sets the spacing that should be added after the last line in this paragraph. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the spacing that should be added before the last line in this paragraph. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the vertical spacing of lines in the paragraph. + + + + + + + Represents the vertical spacing of each line within a paragraph + + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The explicit extent to use + Either 'AtLeast' or 'Exact' + If extent is negative + If rule is not 'AtLeast' or 'Exact'. + + + + Initializes a new structure + + A factor of the line height. + If lineFactor is zero, negative, Nan or infinity. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + The explicit extent to use or null (read-only) + + + + + + + A multiple of the line height (read-only) + + A factor of the line height or null. + + Note: a value less than 1 will result in possible clipping of the text. If this property is non-null then the property will return 'Auto'. + + + + + + + Determines how the spacing will be applied + + + + + + + Represents the vertical spacing before or after a paragraph + + + + + + + A ParagraphVerticalSpacing whose property will return true. + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The explicit extent to use + If extent is negative + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The relative line amount in hundredths of a line. + If extent is negative + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + The explicit extent to use or null (read-only) + + + + + + + + The relative line amount in hundredth of a line or null (read-only) + + + + + + + + Whether the spacing will be calculated automatically + + + + + + + + Settings that relate to a specific area of a table + + + + + gets/sets the character related settings + + + + + Gets/sets the cell related settings + + + + + Gets/sets the paragraph related settings + + + + + Gets/sets the row related settings + + + + + Gets/sets the table related setting overrides + + + + + Contains settings that apply to a table + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to borders of a table. + + + + + + An abstract base class that exposes border properties that are common to all table related BorderSettings classes. + + + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the 'End' border (right side when direction is left-to-right, otherwise the left side). + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the horizontal inside border. + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the vertical inside border. + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the 'Start' border (left side when direction is left-to-right, otherwise the right side). + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to the borders of a table cell. + + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to a diagonal border going from the bottom right corner of the cell to its top left corner. + + + + + An object that exposes the settings related to a diagonal border going from the bottom left corner of the cell to its top right corner. + + + + + Represents the margins around a cell in a table + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + The margin on the bottom + + + + + The margin on the right when the direction is left to right, otherwise the margin on the left. + + + + + The margin on the left when the direction is left to right, otherwise the margin on the right. + + + + + The margin on the top + + + + + Settings that relate to a table cell + + + + + Gets/sets the the ids of header cells associated with this cell. + + A comma-delimited list of TableCellNode ids. + + + + Gets or sets the various resolution options which can be used for table cell borders. + + + + + + Gets/sets the number of columns the cell should span + + If value is less than 1. + + + + Determines if text within the the cell will be expanded/compressed to fit within the cell's width + + + + + Gets/sets the flow direction of lines in the cell + + + + + Determines if end of cell marker will be used in the height calculation of the cell + + + + + Gets/sets the preferred width of the cell + + + For this property, if the is 'Percent' it is a % of the overall width of the table. In this case, + if the table’s preferred width is auto, the size of the table will be calculated based on the relative % values of each cell column coupled with each cell’s minimum width constraint (based on its content). + Also note that the aggregate percentage value for all the columns’ preferred widths does not have to add up to 100%. These % values are treated more like relative weighting values. In other words in a 3 column table % values of 1-2-1 would result in the same layout as % values of 25-50-25 or 40-80-40 etc. + + Note: the of TableRowSettings.LeadingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth and TableRowSettings.TrailingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth must be consistent for + all s in the table and well as the UnitType of .. for all cells in the table. + For example, if any of the unit types are set to 'Percent' they all must be set to 'Percent' or 'Auto'. Likewise, if they are set + to 'Twip' they all must be set to 'Twip' or 'Auto'. If 'Percent' and 'Twip' settings are mixed then the first one encountered will take precedence and be used for all. + + TableRowSettings.LeadingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth + TableRowSettings.LeadingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth + TableSettings.PreferredWidth + + + + Gets/sets the if and how this cell merges with the cell above or below it. + + + + + Settings that relate to a table row + + + + + Gets/sets the row's height. + + + + + Determines if the row should be hidden + + + + + The preferred total width of the empty cells in this row before its first cell. This is ignored if + is null or 0. + + + Note: the of TableRowSettings.LeadingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth and TableRowSettings.TrailingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth must be consistent for + all s in the table and well as the UnitType of .. for all cells in the table. + For example, if any of the unit types are set to 'Percent' they all must be set to 'Percent' or 'Auto'. Likewise, if they are set + to 'Twip' they all must be set to 'Twip' or 'Auto'. If 'Percent' and 'Twip' settings are mixed then the first one encountered will take precedence and be used for all. + + + + + + The count of empty cells in this row before its first cell. + + + + + + The preferred total width of the empty cells in this row after its last cell. This is ignored if + is null or 0. + + + Note: the of TableRowSettings.LeadingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth and TableRowSettings.TrailingEmptyAreaPreferredWidth must be consistent for + all s in the table and well as the UnitType of .. for all cells in the table. + For example, if any of the unit types are set to 'Percent' they all must be set to 'Percent' or 'Auto'. Likewise, if they are set + to 'Twip' they all must be set to 'Twip' or 'Auto'. If 'Percent' and 'Twip' settings are mixed then the first one encountered will take precedence and be used for all. + + + + + + The count of empty cells in this row after its last cell. + + + + + + Represents the height of a table row. + + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The explicit extent to use when the rule specified required an explicit extent. + The way in which the extent will be used to determine the text frame height. + If rule is not 'AtLeast', 'Exact' or 'Auto'. + If extent is negative. + If extent is zero and rule is 'Exact' . + If extent is not zero and rule is 'Auto' . + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Gets a height which should be automatically sized based on the content. + + + + + The explicit extent to use or 0 for Auto (read-only) + + + + + + Determines how the spacing will be applied + + + + + + Contains settings that apply to a table + + + + + Determines how the table is positioned. + + + Note: the presence of this property determines if the table is a floating table. + + + + + Gets/sets the flow direction of cells + + + + + Gets/sets the preferred width + + + For this property, if the is 'Percent' it is a % of the overall width of the page. + + + + + + A struct that represents a tab stop in a paragraph + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The tab stops position + How text is aligned to the tab stop. + The character that leads the tab stop. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Implicitly converts the TabStop to an Extent representing its position. + + The point + The point's position + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the extent is greater than other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the extent is less than other + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Determines how text will be aligned to this tab stop + + + + + Determines what characters will lead the tab. + + + + + The position of the tab stop + + + + + Settings that relate to a floating frame of text + + + + + Gets/sets whether the frame shall always remain in the same logical position relative to the non-frame paragraphs which precede and follow it in this document. + + + + + Gets/sets whether this frame is a drop cap frame. + + + + + Gets/sets the number of lines in the non-frame paragraph to which this text frame is anchored which should be used to calculate the drop cap's height. + + + Note: if this property is specified and is not 'None' then the other vertical positioning properties are ignored. + + If set to a value less than 1 or greater than 10. + + + + Gets/sets the frame's height. + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum distance which shall be maintained between the current text frame and any + non-frame text which has been allowed to flow around this object when the property on this + text frame is set to 'Around'. + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum distance which shall be maintained between the current text frame and + any non-frame text which is above or below this text frame. + + + + + Gets/sets the frame's width. + + + + + Gets/sets the style of text wrapping which should be allowed around the contents of this text frame. + This attribute determines if non-frame text shall be allowed to flow around the contents of this frame. + + + + + Represents the height of a text frame. + + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The explicit extent to use when the rule specified required an explicit extent. + The way in which the extent will be used to determine the text frame height. + If extent is negative. + If the extent is specified and the rule is not 'AtLeast' or 'Exact'. + If the extent is not specified and the rule is 'AtLeast' or 'Exact'. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Gets a height which should be automatically sized based on the content. + + + + + The explicit extent to use or null (read-only) + + + + + + Determines how the spacing will be applied + + + + + + Represents the margins specified in a table + + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The background color. + If background is null + + + + Initializes a new structure + + The background color. + The pattern mask to use. + The pattern color + If background is null or pattern is invalid + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Returns the resolved background color + + The document + The resolved background color. + + + + Returns the resolved background color + + The root node of the document in which the Shading is used. + The resolved background color. + + + + Returns the resolved pattern color + + The document + The resolved pattern color or null. + + + + Returns the resolved pattern color + + The root node of the document in which the Shading is used. + The resolved pattern color or null. + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + The background color + + + + + The mask to apply the over the + + + + + + The color to draw over the background using the mask + + + + + + Performs case sensitive comparison of the two id string values using invariant culture. + + + + + Combines overlapping spans and sorts them in ascending order. + + + + + Creates a new array with length that is twice the length of the 'arr' and copies values from 'arr' into the new + array and returns it. + + + + + If the span is 0 length then modifies it to be 1 length. + + + + + + Gets level definitions collection of the specified list style. If the list style's + Template property is null then returns null. + + + + + Gets the specified level definition. Returns null if level is invalid or the definition or style doesn't exist. + + + + + Gets the next list level when indenting or undenting a list item. If there's no level definition + for next/prev level, then it returns current level. + + + + + Gets the collection's aggregate offset count. If collection is null returns 0; + + + + + Gets the collection's aggregate offset count. If collection is null returns 0; + + + + + If 'source' is non-null then merges that into dest. If 'dest' is null then allocates a new T before merging and returns it. + If 'source' is null then returns 'dest' as is, without allocating a new T if 'dest' is null. + + + + + If either 'source' is non-null then merges non-null sources into dest. If 'dest' is null then allocates a + new T before merging and returns it. If both 'source1' and 'source2' are null then returns + 'dest' as is, without allocating a new T if 'dest' is null. + + + + + Merges any consecutive contiguous spans. + + + + + Performs the specified action on all items in the specified 'items' enumerable. + + Item type. + Items. + Action to perform. + + + + Performs the specified action on all items in the specified 'items' enumerable. + + + + + Performs the specified action on all items in the specified 'items' enumerable. + + + + + If the property's value is a RichTextObjectBase that's owned by multiple owners then this method + will clone that object and set the property to that clone so it can be safely modified without + affect other owners. + + + + + Sets the specified property to specified value on all the items. + + + + + Sets the specified property to specified value on all the items whose property value is 'ifValue'. + + + + + Parses the specified string into integer. If the string is not an integer or parsing fails then returns int.MinValue. + + + + + If the specified spans intersect or are contiguous then returns the union of the spans. If they don't + intersect and are not contiguous then returns null. + + + + + If the specified object is sealed then returns a clone that's not sealed. Otherwise returns the specified object. + + + + + Raises an ArgumentOutOfRangeException if the specified value is not within the specified range. + + + + + Raises an ArgumentOutOfRangeException if the specified value is not within the specified range. + + + + + Used for creating objects of a specific type. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Creates new object. + + The newly created object. + + + + Used for creating objects of type specified by the generic template type parameter . + + Objects of this type will be created. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Creates new object. + + The newly created object. + + + + Adds the specified listener if it already doesn't exist. + + + + + Contains various parameters for find and replace opertions. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to perform case sensitive match. Default value is False. + + + + + Specifies whether to perform plain text or wildcard matching. + + + + + Used to specify property. + + + + + Plain text matching. + + + + + Wildcard matching. + + + + + Contains results of a find operation in a RichTextDocument. + + + + + + Constructor. + + Matches. + + + + Indicates if one or more matches are found. + + + + + Indicates the number of matches found. + + + + + Returns the found matches. + + + + + Contains results of a replace operation in a RichTextDocument. + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets the replacements that were made. + + + + + Contains information regarding a replacement made in a RichTextDocument. + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Match where the replacement took place. + New text that the original text was replaced with. + + + + Constructor. + + Match where the replacement took place. + New text that the original text was replaced with. + + + + Gets the original find match, which contains the information regarding where the replacement took place. + + + + + New text that the original text was replaced with. + + + + ReplacementText indicates the new text that replaced the original text. + + + Note that ReplacementText and are + exclusive. Only one of these properties will return a non-null value. Which one depends + on the originating replacement operation that was performed on the RichTextDocument - + call will + result in ReplacementText returning the value and + call will + result in ReplacementContent returning the value. + + + + + + New content that the original text was replaced with. + + + + ReplacementContent indicates the new content that replaced the original text. + + + Note that ReplacementContent and are + exclusive. Only one of these properties will return a non-null value. Which one depends + on the originating replacement operation that was performed on the RichTextDocument - + call will + result in ReplacementText returning the value and + call will + result in ReplacementContent returning the value. + + + + + + Contains information regarding a match found in a RichTextDocument. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Document span of the match. + Text in the span. + + + + Document span of the match. + + + + + Text at the match. + + + + + Represents a style that is applied to paragraphs. + + + + + Abstract base class for rich text style + + + + + + + + + Gets an equivalent style to the original which has all unspecified settings resolved to default values. + + The original style to resolve. + An equivalent style which has resolved settings. + + + + Gets the resolved style taking into account BasedOn chain - upto and including this style. It also + resolves the document settings as well as ultimate property defaults if + is true. + + Whether to also include document settings and ultimate property defaults. + Root node whose document settings as well as styles collection to use to get based on styles + if this style is not part of a styles collection. + Resolved style that is sealed. + + + + Further resolves the style to default normal style. + + Resolver with the target style that is to be modified. + Root node to use to retrieve default paragraph and character settings from document settings. + + + + Gets/sets a comma delimited string with alternate names to display for this style + + + + + + Determines if this style will be automatically changed when a paragraph that is using it changes its settings. + + + + + Gets/sets a string to uniquely identify the style + + If the id conflicts with another style's id + + + + Gets/sets the display mode for the style. + + + + + Gets/sets a string to uniquely identify the style. The id is case sensitive. + + If the id conflicts with another style's id + + + + Determines if this style is a custom style created by the user. + + + + + Determines if this style is the default style to use for its style type. + + + + + Determines if this style can be applied to new content. + + + + + Determines if this style is a primary style. + + + + + Gets/sets an id of a style to link with this style, e.g. a and be associacted (i.e. linked) with a + + + + + Gets/sets the primary name of the style. + + + + + + Gets/sets a priority used when ordering the list of styles displayed to the user. + + + + + Determines if this style is unhidden the first time it is used. + + + + + Gets the associated collection that contains this style. + + + + + Resolved style taking into account BasedOn chain - upto and including this style. + + + + + Resolved style taking into account BasedOn chain - upto and including this style, and also the + default normal style and then document settings and the remaining properties resolved to their defaults. + + + + + Further resolves the style to default normal style. + + Resolver with the target style that is to be modified. + Root node to use to retrieve default paragraph and character settings from document settings. + + + + Gets/sets the default settings relating to characters within a paragraph. + + + + + Represents a style that is used for numbering paragraphs. + + + + + Determines whether the 1st level definition's is (read-only). + + + Note: this is a convenience property to allow easy grouping of bulleted styles in the UI. + + RichTextDocument.GetAvailableListStyles + + + + Gets/sets a object from which lists using this style can determine the definitions of their levels. + + + + + Represents a style that is applied to paragraphs. + + + + + Further resolves the style to default normal style. + + Resolver with the target style that is to be modified. + Root node to use to retrieve default paragraph and character settings from document settings. + + + + Gets/sets the default settings relating to characters within a paragraph. + + + + + Gets/sets the id of the paragraph style that will be applied to a paragraph that the user creates after the current paragraph where this style is currently applied. + + + + + Gets/sets the paragraph related settings. + + + + + The style used by Tables in a + + + + + The settings related to specific areas of a table. + + + + + Gets/sets the number of columns in each band + + + + + Gets/sets the number of rows in each band + + + + + Gets the value for the specified item. + + + + + + + Sets the value for the specified item. + + + + + + + Indicates if the store has a value stored for the specified item. Note that some stores + cannot tell if the value was stored previously in which case they may implement this by + checking if the value is not default(T) where T is the type of the values it stores. + + + + + + + Used for storing key to value mappings. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + Enumerating the map will return keys that have values mapped to them. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the specified key. Returns null if the item doesn't exist. + + Key value. + Mapped value. + + + + Map implementation that uses an array for the storage. The key values are either + integer or convertible to integer and the integer values and the smallest integer + value should be no less than 0 and the largest value shouldn't generally be a + very large value because the array will be allocated based on the largest value + encountered. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Clears all values. + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Map whose entries will be enumerated. + + + + Map implementation that uses an array for the storage. The key values are either + integer or convertible to integer and the integer values and the smallest integer + value should be no less than 0 and the largest value shouldn't generally be a + very large value because the array will be allocated based on the largest value + encountered. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Gets the integer value of the specified key. + + + + + + + Gets the key associated with the specified integer value. + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Map whose entries will be enumerated. + + + + Map implementation that uses dictionary for storage. + + Key type. + Value type. + + + + Constructor. + + + + + An object that represents a rich text document + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Appends the specified text at the end of the document. + + Text to append. + If an error occurs, this will be set to an error message. + If true then a new paragraph is created. + + Optional parameter. Character settings to apply to the text. If null + and is true then the inserted text will pick up the settings + of the paragraph content before the specified offset. If non-null and + is true then settings from this settings object will be + merged with the settings from the previous content and the merged settings will be applied to the inserted + text. If is false then these settings will be applied as they + are without merging, even in the case where characterSettings is null in which case any explicit settings + from the previous content will not be applied to the new content. + + + Optional parameter. Run style to apply to the text. If null and + is true then the inserted text will pick up the style of the paragraph content before the specified offset. + + + Indicates whether to use any explicit character settings and run style from the paragraph content + before the specified offset. + + + + + Applies any non-null settings in the specified object to text in the specified span. + + Document span to apply the changes to. + object that contains the settings to apply. Only properties + of the object with non-null values will be applied. + If an error occurs, this will be set to an error message. + + + ApplyCharacterSettings method applies settings across multiple runs that are contained by the specified span. + If a run partially spans the specified document span then the run will be broken up as necessary so that only the + content that's contained by the span is applied the specified settings. + + + + + + + Applies any non-null settings in the specified object to text in the specified spans. + + Document spans to apply the changes to. + object that contains the settings to apply. Only properties + of the object with non-null values will be applied. + If an error occurs, this will be set to an error message. + + + ApplyCharacterSettings method applies settings across multiple runs that are contained by the specified spans. + If a run partially spans a document span then the run will be broken up as necessary so that only the + content that's contained by the span is applied the specified settings. + + + + + + + Applies specified character style to runs in the specified span. + + Document span to apply the changes to. + Id of a character style in the root node's collection + or collection of the document. In the latter case the style will be copied from + the available styles into the root node's styles collection. + If a character style with the specified id doesn't exist or if any other error occurs, + this will be set to the error message. + + Specifies whether to clear runs' explicit . If a run has had some formatting applied to + it previously then its Settings would have been set accordingly. A run's Settings property takes precedence over + the style settings. Therefore passing in True for this parameter will ensure the settings + from the specified style don't get overridden by RunNode's Settings. + + + + ApplyCharacterStyle method sets the property of runs that are contained by + the specified span. If a run partially spans the specified document span then the run will be broken up as + necessary so that only the content that's contained by the span is applied the specified character style. + + + Note that if any run in the span has a style id previously set, that will be reset to the specified . + + + ApplyCharacterSettings + + + + Applies the specified list style to paragraphs intersecting the specified , in effect making + the paragraphs into a bulleted or numbered list according to the list style referred to by the + specified . + + Paragraphs intersecting this span will be affected. + Id of a in DocumentRootNode's collection. + If a list style with this id doesn't exist in the styles collection then it's searched in the + collection and if one is found then it's moved into the DocumentRootNode's Styles collection. Otherwise an + is set and this method takes no action. + + If an error occurs, this parameter will be set to the error message. + + + If one or more paragraphs are already part of a list, they will be removed from that list and made into a + separate list using the specified list style. If the list style however matches the existing list style + of such paragraphs, then the paragraphs will remain in their current list without any modification. + + + + + + Applies specified paragraph style to paragraphs intersecting the specified span. + + Paragraphs intersecting this document span will be affected. + Id of a paragraph style in the root node's collection + or collection of the document. In the latter case the style will be copied from + the available styles into the root node's styles collection. + If a paragraph style with the specified id doesn't exist or if any other error occurs, + this will be set to the error message. + + + ApplyParagraphStyle method applies style across multiple paragraphs that intersect the specified span. + + + Note that if any paragraph intersecting the span has a style id set, that will be reset to the specified . + + + + + + Applies the non-null settings in the specified object to paragraphs intersecting the specified span. + + Paragraphs intersecting this document span will be affected. + object that contains the settings to apply. Only properties + of the object with non-null values will be applied. + If an error occurs, this will be set to an error message. + + + ApplyParagraphSettings method applies settings across multiple paragraphs that intersect the specified span. + + + + + + Resets to null on runs in the specified span. + + Document span to apply the changes to. + If an error occurs this will be set to the error message. + + Specifies whether to clear runs' explicit also. If a run has had some character formatting + applied to it previously then its Settings would have been set accordingly. Specifying True for this parameter clears those + settings as well. + + + + ClearCharacterStyle method sets the property of runs that are contained by + the specified span to null. If a run partially spans the specified document span then the run will be broken up as + necessary so that only the content that's contained by the span is affected by this operation. + + + + ApplyCharacterSettings + + + + Makes paragraphs intersecting the specified span non-list (not bulleted or numbered) paragraphs. + + Paragraphs intersecting this span will be affected. + If an error occurs, this will be set to an error message. + + + + Resets to null on paragraphs intersecting the specified span. + + Document span to apply the changes to. + If an error occurs this will be set to the error message. + + + + Removes all the Undo and Redo history that relates to this RichTextDocument. + + Indicates whether this method should affect the current open RootTransaction on the if there is one. + + Note: this is equivalent to calling the 's RemoveAll method with a filter that removes only + undo units whose Target is this RichTextDocument. By default that will be all of the history, however, since the property is settable it is + possible to share a single instance of an UndoManager with more that one RichTextDocument so that there histories are mingled. + + + + + Deletes contents in the specified document span. + + Contents in this span will be removed. + + + + Deletes contents in the specified document span. + + Contents in these spans will be removed. + + + + Deletes a table row. + + Table row to delete. + If there's an error, this out parameter is set to the error information. + + + + Finds all instances of in the specified document . + Performs case-insensitive search by default. + + The find operation will be restricted to content in this document span. + Text to find. This can be a wildcard as well by specifying + parameter with of . + Note that specifying null or empty string will return a object with 0 matches. + + This will be set if an error occurs, such as when the 'textToFind' is indicated to be + interpreted as a wild card but it's an invalid wildcard. + Used to specify whether it's a case sensitive search or whether to use wildcard matching. + Indicates whether to find overlapping matches. + Maximum number of matches to find. + A object that contains a list of matches. + + + + Finds all instances of in the specified document . + Performs case-insensitive search by default. + + The find operation will be restricted to content in these document spans. + Text to find. This can be a wildcard as well by specifying + parameter with of . + Note that specifying null or empty string will return a object with 0 matches. + + This will be set if an error occurs, such as when the 'textToFind' is indicated to be + interpreted as a wild card but it's an invalid wildcard. + Used to specify whether it's a case sensitive search or whether to use wildcard matching. + Indicates whether to find overlapping matches. + Maximum number of matches to find. + A object that contains a list of matches. + + + + Enumerates the available Character styles + + True to include styles that marked hidden. + On optional filter callback to restrict the returned styles + An enumerable for the available character styles. + + Note: the first styles returned will be the ones that are already in the RootNode's Styles collection. + These styles will be passed into the optional filter with a second parameter of true. + Following these styles will by any additional unused styles in the collection (with the second filter parameter set to false). Returning + true from the filter will cause the style to be included in the returned enumerable, returning false will exclude the style. If no filter is supplied then all styles will be returned. + + + RootNode.Styles + + + + + RichTextStyleBase.DisplayMode + RichTextStyleBase.SortPriority + RichTextStyleBase.UnhideWhenUsed + + + + Enumerates the available List styles + + True to include styles that marked hidden. + On optional filter callback to restrict the returned styles + An enumerable for the available list styles. + + Note: the first styles returned will be the ones that are already in the RootNode's Styles collection. + These styles will be passed into the optional filter with a second parameter of true. + Following these styles will by any additional unused styles in the collection (with the second filter parameter set to false). Returning + true from the filter will cause the style to be included in the returned enumerable, returning false will exclude the style. If no filter is supplied then all styles will be returned. + + + RootNode.Styles + + + + + RichTextStyleBase.DisplayMode + RichTextStyleBase.SortPriority + RichTextStyleBase.UnhideWhenUsed + + + + Enumerates the available Paragraph styles + + True to include styles that marked hidden. + On optional filter callback to restrict the returned styles + An enumerable for the available paragraph styles. + + Note: the first styles returned will be the ones that are already in the RootNode's Styles collection. + These styles will be passed into the optional filter with a second parameter of true. + Following these styles will by any additional unused styles in the collection (with the second filter parameter set to false). Returning + true from the filter will cause the style to be included in the returned enumerable, returning false will exclude the style. If no filter is supplied then all styles will be returned. + + + RootNode.Styles + + + + + RichTextStyleBase.DisplayMode + RichTextStyleBase.SortPriority + RichTextStyleBase.UnhideWhenUsed + + + + Enumerates the available Table styles + + True to include styles that marked hidden. + On optional filter callback to restrict the returned styles + An enumerable for the available table styles. + + Note: the first styles returned will be the ones that are already in the RootNode's Styles collection. + These styles will be passed into the optional filter with a second parameter of true. + Following these styles will by any additional unused styles in the collection (with the second filter parameter set to false). Returning + true from the filter will cause the style to be included in the returned enumerable, returning false will exclude the style. If no filter is supplied then all styles will be returned. + + + RootNode.Styles + + + + + RichTextStyleBase.DisplayMode + RichTextStyleBase.SortPriority + RichTextStyleBase.UnhideWhenUsed + + + + Gets the common character settings across the runs in the specified span. + + Document span. If empty then returns the settings of the previous + character in the paragraph that contains the span's offset. If there's no previous + character then returns the settings of the next character in the paragraph. If the + paragraph is empty then returns the paragraph's resolved character settings. + Indicates whether to ignore leading and trailing + whitespace around the text contained in the specified span. + + + This method gets common character settings of text contained in the specified span. + As an example, if all the text in the span is bold then the returned settings will + have set to true as well. If all of the text is not + bold then the Bold will be set false. However if some text in the span is bold + and some is not then the returned settings will have Bold set to null. + + + + CharacterSettings object that has common settings from the text in the specified span. + + + + + Gets the id of the list style used by paragraphs intersecting the specified span. + + Document span object. + If all the paragraphs intersecting the specified span all are list paragraphs that utilize the same + instance, then the id of that list style is returned. If one or more paragraphs are not list paragraphs + or utilize different list styles then this method returns null. + + + + Gets the common paragraph settings across paragraphs that intersect the specified span. + + Document span. If empty then gets the settings of the paragraph that contains + the span's offset. + + + This method gets common paragraph settings of all the paragraphs that intersect the specified span. + As an example, if all intersecting paragraphs have their resolved + as Center then the returned ParagraphSettings + will have that property set to that value. If one or more paragraphs among the intersecting paragraphs + have different alignment setting then the returned settings object will have ParagraphAlignment set to + null. + + + + CharacterSettings object that has common settings from the text in the specified span. + + + + + Gets the hyperlinks intersecting the specified document span. + + Hyperlinks intersecting this DocumentSpan will be returned. If the span is length + of 0 then the hyperlink containing the span's start is returned. + Hyperlinks that intersect the specified document span. + + + + Gets the largest font size among runs intersecting the specified span. + + Document span. + object representing the font size. + + + + Gets the node at the specified document offset. Returns null if the offset is beyond the range. + + Document offset. + Node at the document offset or null if the offset is beyond the range. + + + + Gets the document span of the specified node. + + NodeBase object in the document. + Document span of the specified node. + + + + Gets the paragraphs intersecting the specified document span. + + Paragraphs intersecting this DocumentSpan will be returned. If the span is length + of 0 then the paragraph containing the span's start is returned. + Paragraphs that intersect the specified document span. + + + + Gets the RunNodes intersecting the specified document span. + + RunNodes intersecting this DocumentSpan will be returned. If the span is length + of 0 then the run containing the span's start is returned. + If true then returns only the runs that are fully contained + in the specified span. + + RunNodes that intersect the specified document span. + + + + Gets the smallest font size among runs intersecting the specified span. + + Document span. + object representing the font size. + + + + Gets the table cells intersecting the specified document span. + + Cells intersecting this DocumentSpan will be returned. If the span is length + of 0 then the cell containing the span's start is returned. + If true then returns only the cells that are fully contained + in the specified span. + + Table cells that intersect the specified document span. + + + + Gets the table rows intersecting the specified document span. + + Table rows intersecting this DocumentSpan will be returned. If the span is length + of 0 then the row containing the span's start is returned. + If true then returns only the rows that are fully contained + in the specified span. + + Table rows that intersect the specified document span. + + + + Gets text in the specified document span. + + Document span. + Text format options. + String value. + + + + Gets text in the specified document span. + + Document span. + Text will be appended to thi string builder. + Text format options. + + + + Gets text in the specified document span. + + Document span. + Text will be written to this text writer. + Text format options. + + + + Increases the font size of text within the specified document span. + + Text contained in this document span will be affected. + Amount by which to increase the font sizes. If null then each font size + is increased by an amount that is based on the current font size of a run of text. + + + + Indents the (bulleted or numbered list) associated with the paragraph at the + specified . If the paragraph at the 'documentOffset' is not + part of a list then this method does nothing. + + List associated with the paragraph at this document offset is modified. + A positive amount by which to indent. If null then indents by a default amount. + + + + Adds to the existing indentation of paragraphs intersecting the specified document span by the specified amount. + If paragraphs are part of a list then changes their list levels instead. + + Paragraphs intersecting this document span are affected. + Amount by which to increase indentation of paragraphs. If null then indents to the next tab stop. + Note that if the paragraphs are part of a list then this value is ignored and instead paragraphs' list level values + are increased. + + If true then indents only the first line. If false then indents the whole paragraph. + If null then it enulates the user interface behavior of indenting either the first line or the paragraph + depending on the value of the intersectSpan where if it's a zero length span with the start value that + points to the beginning of the paragraph then it will indent the first line, otherwise the whole paragraph. + True if operation indented or outdented one or more paragraphs. False if operation was a NOOP which + can be when the paragraph's current indentation is at a point where it cannot be indented/outdented. + + + + Inserts the specified content at the specified document offset. + + Document offset at which to insert the text. + Content to insert. + If there's an error, this out parameter is set to the error information. + Indicates whether the inserted content should begin on a new paragraph. + Indicates whether the text immediately after the inserted content should begin on a new paragraph. + + + + Inserts a hyperlink to an external resource such as a website. + + Document offset at which to insert the text. + Link's target URI. + If there's an error, this out parameter is set to the error information. + Text to display in the document for this hyperlink. If null is specified + then is used. + Tool-tip to display when the user hovers mouse over the link. + Hyperlink node that was inserted as a result of this operation. If an error occurs null is returned. + + + + Inserts a new paragraph at the specified offset in the document. + + Location in the document where to insert a new paragraph. If the + offset is part of an existing paragraph then the existing paragraph will be split into two + and no additional paragraph will be created. + If the paragraph cannot be inserted at the specified location then this will + be set to an error message. + Indicates whether to emulate user interface behavior inside an editor when + the enter key is pressed to insert a new paragraph. For example, when the + corresponds to end of a table row (row mark) then a new row is added to the table instead of a new + paragraph. + + + InsertParagraph method inserts a new paragraph at the specified document offset. It emulates + the behavior of hitting Enter key inside a paragraph in the document. If the offset is inside + an existing paragraph then the paragraph is split into two where the content inside the existing + paragraph after the offset ends up being part of the new paragraph. + + + + + + Inserts a new table at the specified document offset. + + Document offset at which to insert new table. + Number of columns in the table. + Number of rows in the table. + If there's an error, this out parameter is set to the error information. + Controls the initial widths of the table columns. + Extent of the page not including margins. This is used + when is specified as FixedWidthColumns + to calculate column widths in case is not specified. + Used when is specified as FixedWidthColumns. + If null or 0 is specified then column widths will be auto-calculated. + Specifies the id of a table style in the collection + or in the collection that is to be used for the inserted table. If 'null' + then the default 'TableGrid' style will be used. + Returns the inserted TableNode or null if there's an error, such as an invalid 'tableStyleId' value. + + + + Inserts a new table row before or after existing table row at . + + Document offset at which to insert new table. There must be a table at this offset. + True inserts the new row before the row at . + False inserts it after the row at documentOffset. + If there's an error, this out parameter is set to the error information. + Newly inserted instance or null if there's an error, such as + when there's no table at . + + + + Inserts the specified text in the document at the specified document offset. If the document offset + refers to a block node, it finds an appropriate text node inside the block node to add the text to. + If a text node is not found, it will add one to ensure the text gets inserted at a location that + would be considered 'intended' within the block node. + + Document offset at which to insert the text. + Text to be inserted. If text is null or empty then this method does nothing. + If there's an error, this out parameter is set to the error information. + + Optional parameter. Character settings to apply to the text. If null + and is true then the inserted text will pick up the settings + of the paragraph content before (or after if no paragraph content before) the specified offset. If non-null and + is true then settings from this settings object will be + merged with the settings from the previous content and the merged settings will be applied to the inserted + text. If is false then these settings will be applied as they + are without merging, even in the case where characterSettings is null in which case any explicit settings + from the previous content will not be applied to the new content. + + + Optional parameter. Run style to apply to the text. If null and + is true then the inserted text will pick up the style of the paragraph content before the specified offset. + + + Indicates whether to use any explicit character settings and run style from the paragraph content + before (or after if no paragraph content before) the specified offset. + + + + + Loads the content from a file into the document using the specified serialization provider. + + The serialization provider to use to load the stream into the document. + The path of the file containing the document content. + The options to use when loading the content. Each serialization provider will have an associated derived class for load options. + + + + Loads the content from the stream into the document using the specified serialization provider. + + The serialization provider to use to load the stream into the document. + The stream containing the document content. + The options to use when loading the content. Each serialization provider will have an associated derived class for load options. + + + + Loads the plain text content from a file into the document. + + The path of the file containing the plain text content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Loads the plain text content from the stream into the document. + + The stream containing the plain text content. + The options to use when loading the content. + + + + Makes the content in the specified span a hyperlink. + + Content in this span will be made a hyperlink. + Link's target URI. + If there's an error, this out parameter is set to the error information. + Tool-tip to display when the user hovers mouse over the link. + + + + Indicates that the editor hosting the has lost focus. + + +

+ Any custom UI which displays the document and may allow editing should call this method when it loses focus. +

+
+
+ + + Outdents the (bulleted or numbered list) associated with the paragraph at the + specified . If the paragraph at the 'documentOffset' is not + part of a list then this method does nothing. + + List associated with the paragraph at this document offset is modified. + A positive amount by which to outdent. If null then outdents by a default amount. + + + + Substracts from the existing indentation of paragraphs intersecting the specified document span by the specified amount. + If paragraphs are part of a list then changes their list levels instead. + + Paragraphs intersecting this document span are affected. + Amount by which to decrease indentation of paragraphs. If null then outdents to previous tab stop. + Note that if the paragraphs are part of a list then this value is ignored and instead paragraphs' list level values + are increased. + + If true then outdents only the first line. If false then outdents the whole paragraph. + If null then it enulates the user interface behavior of outdenting either the first line or the paragraph + depending on the value of the intersectSpan where if it's a zero length span with the start value that + points to the beginning of the paragraph then it will outdent the first line, otherwise the whole paragraph. + True if operation indented or outdented one or more paragraphs. False if operation was a NOOP which + can be when the paragraph's current indentation is at a point where it cannot be indented/outdented. + + + + If the current data on the Clipboard was placed there by a in the current AppDomain, this method + will ensure the data stays on the Clipboard so it can still be pasted to external applications even if the application is + closing. + + + True if a RichTextDocument has performed the most recent Cut or Copy operation on the system and the data was retained; False otherwise. + + + + + Removes all hyperlinks that intersect the specified span. + + All hyperlinks intersecting this span will be removed. + If there's an error this will be set to an error message. + + + + Replaces all instances of in the specified document with + the . Performs case-insensitive search by default. + + The replacement operation will be restricted to content in this document span. + Text to replace. This can be a wildcard as well by specifying + parameter with of . + Note that specifying null or empty string will do nothing and return a object with 0 replacements. + + This is the text that will replace each instance of . + This will be set if an error occurs, such as when the 'textToFind' is indicated to be + interpreted as a wild card but it's an invalid wildcard. + Used to specify whether it's a case sensitive search or whether to use wild card matching. + A object that contains a list of replacements that were made. + + + + Replaces all instances of in the specified document with + the . Performs case-insensitive search by default. + + The replacement operation will be restricted to content in these document spans. + Text to replace. This can be a wildcard as well by specifying + parameter with of . + Note that specifying null or empty string will do nothing and return a object with 0 replacements. + + This is the text that will replace each instance of . + This will be set if an error occurs, such as when the 'textToFind' is indicated to be + interpreted as a wild card but it's an invalid wildcard. + Used to specify whether it's a case sensitive search or whether to use wild card matching. + A object that contains a list of replacements that were made. + + + + Replaces all instances of in the specified document with + the . Performs case-insensitive search by default. + + The replacement operation will be restricted to content in this document span. + Text to replace. This can be a wildcard as well by specifying + parameter with of . + Note that specifying null or empty string will do nothing and return a object with 0 replacements. + + This is the content that will replace each instance of . + This will be set if an error occurs, such as when the 'textToFind' is indicated to be + interpreted as a wild card but it's an invalid wildcard. + Used to specify whether it's a case sensitive search or whether to use wild card matching. + A object that contains a list of replacements that were made. + + + + Replaces all instances of in the specified document with + the . Performs case-insensitive search by default. + + The replacement operation will be restricted to content in these document spans. + Text to replace. This can be a wildcard as well by specifying + parameter with of . + Note that specifying null or empty string will do nothing and return a object with 0 replacements. + + This is the content that will replace each instance of . + This will be set if an error occurs, such as when the 'textToFind' is indicated to be + interpreted as a wild card but it's an invalid wildcard. + Used to specify whether it's a case sensitive search or whether to use wild card matching. + A object that contains a list of replacements that were made. + + + + Saves the content from the document into a file using the specified serialization provider. + + The serialization provider to use to save the document into the stream. + The path of the file into which to write the document content. + The options to use when saving the content. Each serialization provider will have an associated derived class for save options. + + + + Saves the content from the document into the stream using the specified serialization provider. + + The serialization provider to use to save the document into the stream. + The stream into which to write the document content. + The options to use when saving the content. Each serialization provider will have an associated derived class for save options. + + + + Saves the content from the document into a file using a plain text format. + + The path of the file into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Saves the content from the document into the stream using a plain text format. + + The stream into which the document should be saved. + The options to use when saving the content. + + + + Sets character settings property or a sub-property on the text in the specified span. + + Type of the property or the sub-property. + Text in this span will be affected. + Name of the property of or a '.' concatenated list + of property names definining the path to a sub-property of CharacterSettings. + Value to set. You can specify null to clear the value. + This will be set to an error message if an error occurs. + + + + Sets paragraph settings property or a sub-property on the settings of paragraphs intersecting the specified span. + + Type of the property or the sub-property. + Paragraphs intersecting this span will be affected. + Name of the property of or a '.' concatenated list + of property names definining the path to a sub-property of ParagraphSettings. + Value to set. You can specify null to clear the value. + This will be set to an error message if an error occurs. + + + + Sets text in the specified document span. + + Document span. + The text to set in the span + Text format options. + + + + Sets text in the specified document span. + + Document span. + Text will be read from this text writer. + Text format options. + + + + Decreases the font size of the text within the specified document span. + + Text contained in this document span will be affected. + Amount by which to decrease the font size. If null then each font size + is decreased by an amount that is based on the current font size of a run of text. + + + + Starts undo logging if not already started. + + + + + Stops undo logging. Note that existing undo/redo history of the document will be cleared. + + + + StopUndoLogging method stops undo logging. Any existing undo/redo history of the document + is cleared by this method. Also calling this method again without intervening + takes no action and only a single call to StartUndoLogging method is required to restart undo + logging. + + + + + + Toggles specified character formatting on the text contained in the specified span. + + Document span to apply the change to. + Character format to toggle. + + + If all the text in the specified span currently has the specified format then the + format will be removed. If none of the text has the format then all the text will + have the format applied to it. If only some of the text has the format currently + applied then the format will be removed from any such text and all the text in the + span will end up without the format. + + + + + + If the document doesn't have any content, it adds a paragraph and if necessary the root and body nodes as well. + + + + + Returns the document offset where the content will actually be inserted if API's to insert content + is called with the specified document offset. + + Document offset. + Adjusted document offset or the same value as the if no adjustment is necessary. + + + Entering text or content at certain locations in the document is not valid, such as right before the + row mark, since the row itself doesn't hold any content and all the content belonging to a row needs + to be in one of its cells. In such a case, the user interface that allows the end user to insert + content or type text should automatically adjust the caret position to a nearby valid document location + where the content can be inserted (in example above to the next cell or the paragraph following the last row). + This method is used to calculate the valid document offset where such a user interface can adjust the + caret position to before entering content. + + + + + + A helper method that calls BeginAtomicOperation with specified string resource texts. + + + + + This method is called whenever an operation that requires multiple changes to the document data structure + is performed so that it's treated as a single change with regards to document version and raising of change + events etc... + + + + + Commits the specified transaction. If transaction is null then takes no action. + + + + + Ends atomic operation. + + + + + Gets the node at the specified aggregate index. Returns null if the index is beyond the range. + + Aggregate index. + Node at the aggregate index or null if the index is beyond the range. + + + + Gets all the paragraphs that are part of the bulleted or numbered list at the specified document offset. + + Document offset. + If specified, gets the paragraphs at this level. If null then gets paragraphs at all levels. + Returns paragraphs of the list at the offset. If there's no list at the document offset then returns null. + + + + Gets the node's span intersected with the specified span and then made relative to the node. + + + + + If the specified span has a length of 0 then returns a span with a length of 1, and an offset adjusted by -1 + if doing so wouldn't cause the offset to move into previous paragraph. + + + + + Grows or shrinks the font size of text in the specified document span. + + Document span. + If True the method increases the font size. If False then decreases the font size. + Amount by which to increase the font sizes. If null then each font size + is increased by an amount that is based on the current font size of a run of text. + + + + Indicates if undo logging should be done. + + + + + If atomic operation is in progress then returns true and adds the specified listener + to a set of listeners that will be notified when the operation ends. Listener will not + be added multiple times and it will be held using a weak reference. + + Listener object. + True if the atomic operation is in progress. False otherwise. + + + + Merges the list infos from the source into the list infos collection of the root node. If an existing list info + has the same id as one from the source then if the list info is not being used by any content in the document + then it's replaced with the one from the source. If there's content in the document using that list info then + it's left as is and the list info from the source is not copied over. + + + + + + Merges the styles from the source into the styles collection of the root node. If an existing style + has the same id as one from the source then if the style is not being used by any content in the document + then it's replaced with the one from the source. If there's content in the document using that style then + it's left as is and the style from the source is not copied over. + + Source collection from which to copy styles. + + + + A helper method used for modifying paragraphs and runs that intersect the specified span. + + Paragraphs and runs intersecting this span will be processed. + Callback to modify run. + Callback to modify paragraph. Second parameter specifies the paragraph's span. + If a run partially spans the specified span then this parameter indicates whether to break it + up so the resulting run that's modified is fully encompassed by the span. + + + + If the style collection doesn't contain specified style then moves from the available styles. If such a style + doesn't exist then sets the error to an appropriate error message. + + + + + Called whenever the document's root or body node is changed. Clears undo history as well + as makes the document versions created before incompatible with the future document versions. + + + + + This method is called to process any change that is made to the document. + + The change that took place. + + + + This method is called to process any change that is made to the document that affects translation of document + offsets from one version of the document to another. + + The change that took place. + + + + Called whenever a property of a node in the document's node hierarchy or a style in the styles collection, or + subobject of such node or style, changes. This method creates necessary undo units to undo the change. + + Contains information regarding the property path that describes the chain of subobjects + from node or the style. + + + + Replaces the contents in specified document span with the specified 'newText'. + + Contents in this span will be replaced. + Replacement text. Specifying null or empty string deletes the content in the + specified span without inserting anything in its place. + If there's an error, this will be set to an error message. + Indicates whether the replaced content should begin on a new paragraph. + Indicates whether the text immediately after the replaced content should begin on a new paragraph. + + + + Replaces the contents in specified document span with the specified 'newText'. + + Contents in this span will be replaced. + Replacement content. + If there's an error, this will be set to an error message. + Indicates whether the replaced content should begin on a new paragraph. + Indicates whether the text immediately after the replaced content should begin on a new paragraph. + + + + If undo logging is active, starts a new transaction and returns it. If undo logging is disabled, returns null. + + + + + Validates the document offset. Returns true if the offset is valid, false otherwise. + + Document offset to validate. + If document offset is invalid, this is set to an error message. + True if the document offset is valid. False otherwise. + + + + Either applies a list style to paragraphs or makes paragraphs non-list paragraphs. + + + + + Creates a new RichTextDocumentVersion object and bumps the version counter. + + New RichTextDocumentVersion object. + + + + If the body node doesn't exist then adds it, including the root node if necessary. + + The body node in the document. + + + + If the document is empty or has a table at the end then this method adds a paragraph at the end of the document. + + + + + Gets the character at the specified document offset. Paragraph end is treated as '\n'. + + Document offset. + Character at the offset or 0 if the offset does not represent a character. + + + + Shrinks span to ignore the leading and trailing whitespace. + + Document span. + Returns the document span with leading and trailing whitespace characters taken out. + + + + Indicates if the character at the specified offset is a whitespace. + + Document offset. + True if the character is a whitespace. + + + + Gets the node at which to insert text. + + Parameters to the method as well as return values calculated by this method. + This will be assigned an error message if an error occurs. + Node where the text is to be inserted. + + + + Indents or outdents the specified paragraph the specified amount. + + Paragraph to indent or outdent. + True to indent, false to outdent. + A positive amount by which to indent or outdent. If null then indents + or outdents to next or previous tab stop respectively. + If true then indents or outdents only the first line. If false then indents or outdents the + whole paragraph. If null then it enulates the user interface behavior of tabbing/shift+tabbing the first line of the + paragraph. + If is null then this is used to determine the behavior that + should be performed. It provides hints regarding what the end user is attempting to do with the indentation or outdentation + operation. + + True if operation indented or outdented one or more paragraphs. False if operation was a NOOP which + can be when the paragraph's current indentation is at a point where it cannot be indented/outdented. + + + + Indents or outdents paragraphs intersecting the specified span by the specified amount. + + Paragraphs intersecting this document span are affected. + True to indent, false to outdent. + A positive amount by which to indent or outdent. If null then indents + or outdents to next or previous tab stop respectively. + If true then indents or outdents only the first line. If false then indents or outdents the + whole paragraph. If null then it enulates the user interface behavior. + True if operation indented or outdented one or more paragraphs. False if operation was a NOOP which + can be when the paragraph's current indentation is at a point where it cannot be indented/outdented. + + + + Indents or outdents the associated with the paragraph at the + specified . If the paragraph at the 'documentOffset' is not + part of a list then this method does nothing. + + List associated with the paragraph at this document offset is modified. + True to indent, false to outdent. + This will be set to an error message if there's an error. + A positive amount by which to indent or outdent. If null then indents + or outdents by a default amount. + + + + Inserts the specified text at the specified document offset. + + Document offset at which to insert. + Text to insert. If text is null or empty this method does NOOP. + If an error occurs then this will be set to an error message. + Optional parameter. Character settings to apply to the text. If null then + the inserted text will pick up the settings of the content in paragraph previous to the specified offset. If non-null then + any non-null settings from this object will be merged in with that of the content in paragraph previous to the specified offset. + + + + + Merges the paragraph with its next sibling paragraph if any. + + + + + Called whenever the document data structure changes. This method nulls out the current + version so a new version gets created in the getter of the CurrentVersion property. + + + + + Gets the run settings to use for the inserted text when existing text is being replaced. + + + + + Note that newContentNode and newText are exclusive. Specify only one of these. + + + + + Occurs when the content in the document is changed. + + + + + A static collection of styles used to pre-populate each 's collection. + + + Note: This collection is used in the RichTextDocument's constructor to pre-populate its collection with clones of all the styles from this collection. + Both this static DefaultAvailableStyles collection as well as the instance AvailableStyles collection can be modified. However, changes to the static collection will have + no effect on the AvailableStyles collection for existing RichTextDocuments. + + + RootNode.Styles + + + + + + + + Gets the total length of the document, which includes all the text as well as + offsets that are assigned to other content such as paragraphs, list items, images etc... + + + + + A collection of the styles that are available to the document. + + RootNode.Styles + + + + + + + Note: This collection is created in the RichTextDocument's constructor. It is pre-populated with clones of all the styles in the static collection. + Both the static DefaultAvailableStyles collection as well as this instance AvailableStyles collection can be modified. However, changes to the static collection will have + no effect on the AvailableStyles collection for existing RichTextDocuments. + + + + + Gets the instance representing the current version of the document. + + + + + Returns/sets whether or not the text in the document can be changed. + + False if the text can be edited, otherwise true. + + + IsReadOnly property is used by the RichTextEditor to prevent the end user from making + any modifications to the document. + + + + + + Gets the document root node. + + + + + + Returns/sets the object that manages the undo/redo stacks + + + Note: by default each instance of a RichTextDocument will instantiate its own . However, since this property is settable it is possible to have some or all TextDocuments share a single UndoManager. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how to handle known unsupported content when portions of it can be loaded. + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the character settings to use when highlighting portions of unsupported content which could be loaded. + + +

+ These settings will be used when is either IncludeAndHighlightContent or IncludeMessage. + If they are not specified, a default set of highlight settings will be used. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the message to use when displaying a message in place of known unsupported content. + + +

+ This message will be used when is IncludeMessage. If it is not specified, a default + message will be used. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets an enumerable that enumerates all nodes in the document. The retunred enumerable returns parent node + before returning its child nodes. + + + + + Gets the integer value that identifies the current document compatibility version. + + + + + Indicates if BeginAtomicOperation has been called without corresponding EndAtomicOperation. + + + + + Used for undo tracking purposes. + + + + + Used for undo tracking purposes. + + + + + Used for undo tracking purposes. + + + + + Gets the integer value that identifies the current document version. + + + + + Ocuurs after a property value has changed + + + + + This flag is used to keep track of whether the document is changed while an atomic operation + is taking place. + + + + + This transaction is always created at when the first BeginAtomicOperation call is received. + + + + + Last instance of the offset change object before the atomic operation began. + + + + + The specified listener will be notified when the atomic operation ends. The listener will be + held using weak reference. + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.CSharp.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.CSharp.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..aef4f7234d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.CSharp.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.CSharp.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.CSharp.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f737ba99cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.CSharp.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2073 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.CSharp.v14.2 + + + + + Represents the C# .NET language. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates the LexerStates for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the NonTerminalSymbols for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the productions for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the syntax rules for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Gets the parse table for a GLR parser. + + + + + Initializes the properties of the associated Grammar. + + + + + Returns a customized error alias for the specified symbol or null to use the default alias. + + +

+ If null is returned, the default alias for non-terminal symbols is the symbol name. For terminal symbols + it is the value for literal comparison terminals and the symbol name for regular expression comparison + terminals. +

+
+
+ + + Gets called once on each instance to let derived classes initialize the default services in the + . + + + + + Gets called when an error is detected during the parse. + + +

+ The errors in the specified can be modified, added, or removed. +

+
+ The contextual information about the error which was detected. +
+ + + Gets called when a global ambiguity is detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The specified contains two alternate parses for + the text (if there are more than two alternate parses, this method will be called multiple times). A derived implementation of this method + can determine which of the two alternate parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting + on the specified context. +

+

+ A grammar creator can override this method in a derived language to get notified of global ambiguities and know which rules need to be + re-written or mark with priority. +

+
+ An object containing the relevant information about the global ambiguity. + + +
+ + + Returns a static instance of the language (read-only) + + + + + Symbol name constants for the . + + + + + Name for the AbstractKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AccessorList symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddAccessorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddressOfExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AliasKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AliasQualifiedName symbol. + + + + + Name for the AmpersandAmpersandToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AmpersandEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AmpersandToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AndAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AnonymousMethodExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AnonymousObjectCreationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AnonymousObjectMemberDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the Argument symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArgumentList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayCreationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayInitializerExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayRankSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayType symbol. + + + + + Name for the AscendingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AscendingOrdering symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AssemblyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the Attribute symbol. + + + + + Name for the AttributeArgument symbol. + + + + + Name for the AttributeArgumentList symbol. + + + + + Name for the AttributeDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the AttributeTargetSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the BarBarToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BarEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BarToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BaseConstructorInitializer symbol. + + + + + Name for the BaseExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BaseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BaseList symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitwiseAndExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitwiseNotExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitwiseOrExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the Block symbol. + + + + + Name for the BoolKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BracketedArgumentList symbol. + + + + + Name for the BracketedParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the BreakKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BreakStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ByKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ByteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaretEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaretToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseSwitchLabel symbol. + + + + + Name for the CastExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the CatchDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the CatchKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CheckedExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the CheckedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CheckedStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClassConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClassDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClassKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseBraceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseBracketToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CoalesceExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the CollectionInitializerExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColonColonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CommaToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CompilationUnit symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConditionalExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstantDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstantDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstructorConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstructorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContinueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContinueStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DecimalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DefaultExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DefaultKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DefaultSwitchLabel symbol. + + + + + Name for the DelegateDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the DelegateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DescendingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DescendingOrdering symbol. + + + + + Name for the DestructorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the DivideAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DivideExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DocumentationCommentStartToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DotToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoubleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DynamicKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElementAccessExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EmptyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndOfStreamToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumBase symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumMemberDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsGreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventAccessorList symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventFieldDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclamationEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclamationToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclusiveOrAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclusiveOrExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExplicitInterfaceSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExplicitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExplicitParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExpressionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExternAliasDirective symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExternKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FalseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FalseLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the FieldDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the FieldKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FinallyClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the FinallyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FixedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FixedPointerDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the FixedSizeBufferDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the FixedSizeBufferDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the FixedStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the FloatKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForEachKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForEachStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the FromClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the FromKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GeneralCatchClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the GenericDimensionSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the GenericName symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetAccessorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GlobalAttributeDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the GlobalAttributeTargetSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the GotoCaseStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the GotoDefaultStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the GotoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GotoStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanGreaterThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanOrEqualExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierCSK symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierName symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the IfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IfStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImplicitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImplicitParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the IncompleteMember symbol. + + + + + Name for the IndexerDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntegerLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceAccessorList symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceEventDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceGetAccessorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceIncompleteMember symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceIndexerDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceMethodDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfacePropertyDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceSetAccessorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the InternalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InvocationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinIntoClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LabeledStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the LeftShiftAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LeftShiftExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanLessThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanLessThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanOrEqualExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LetClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the LetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LocalConstantDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the LocalDeclarationStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the LocalVariableDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the LocalVariableDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the LockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LockStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the LogicalAndExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LogicalNotExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LogicalOrExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LongKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MemberAccessExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MemberInitializerExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MethodDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the MethodKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusGreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusMinusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuloAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuloExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentAsteriskContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiplyAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiplyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NameColon symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamedAttributeArgument symbol. + + + + + Name for the NameEquals symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamespaceDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamespaceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NegateExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewLineToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotEqualsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NullableType symbol. + + + + + Name for the NullKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NullLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NumericLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ObjectCreationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ObjectInitializerExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ObjectKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenBraceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenBracketToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OperatorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the OperatorKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrderByClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrderByKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OutKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OverrideKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the Parameter symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParameterArray symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParamKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParamsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParenthesizedExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParenthesizedLambdaExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PartialKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PercentEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PercentToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusPlusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PointerIndirectionExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PointerMemberAccessExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PointerType symbol. + + + + + Name for the PostDecrementExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PostIncrementExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreDecrementExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PredefinedType symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreIncrementExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorDirectiveContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorStartToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PrivateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProtectedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PublicKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the QualifiedName symbol. + + + + + Name for the QualifiedNamespaceName symbol. + + + + + Name for the QueryBody symbol. + + + + + Name for the QueryContinuation symbol. + + + + + Name for the QueryExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the QuestionQuestionToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the QuestionToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadOnlyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RealLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the RefKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemoveAccessorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemoveKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReturnKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReturnStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the RightShiftAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the RightShiftExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SByteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SealedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SemicolonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetAccessorDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ShortKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleLambdaExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineComment symbol. + + + + + Name for the SizeOfExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SizeOfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SlashEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SlashToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SpecificCatchClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the StackAllocArrayCreationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the StackAllocKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StaticKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the StructDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the StructKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubtractAssignExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubtractExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SwitchKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SwitchSection symbol. + + + + + Name for the SwitchStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThisConstructorInitializer symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThisExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThisKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThrowKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThrowStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the TildeToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the TrueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TrueLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeArgumentList symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeOfExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeOfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeParameter symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeParameterConstraintClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the UIntKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ULongKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnboundGenericName symbol. + + + + + Name for the UncheckedExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the UncheckedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UncheckedStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnrecognizedToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnsafeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnsafeStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the UShortKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UsingDirective symbol. + + + + + Name for the UsingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UsingStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariableDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariantTypeParameter symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariantTypeParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the VarKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VerbatimStringLiteralContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the VerbatimStringLiteralEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the VerbatimStringLiteralStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the VerbatimStringLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the VirtualKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VoidKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VolatileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhereClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhereKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhileStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhitespaceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlTagEndToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlTagStartToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlTextLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the YieldBreakStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the YieldKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the YieldReturnStatement symbol. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.TSql.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.TSql.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..66145ebcb0c Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.TSql.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.TSql.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.TSql.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..838fac879bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.TSql.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2961 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.TSql.v14.2 + + + + + Represents the T-SQL language. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates the LexerStates for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the NonTerminalSymbols for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the productions for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the syntax rules for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Gets the parse table for a GLR parser. + + + + + Initializes the properties of the associated Grammar. + + + + + Returns a customized error alias for the specified symbol or null to use the default alias. + + +

+ If null is returned, the default alias for non-terminal symbols is the symbol name. For terminal symbols + it is the value for literal comparison terminals and the symbol name for regular expression comparison + terminals. +

+
+
+ + + Gets called when a global ambiguity is detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The specified contains two alternate parses for + the text (if there are more than two alternate parses, this method will be called multiple times). A derived implementation of this method + can determine which of the two alternate parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting + on the specified context. +

+

+ A grammar creator can override this method in a derived language to get notified of global ambiguities and know which rules need to be + re-written or mark with priority. +

+
+ An object containing the relevant information about the global ambiguity. + + +
+ + + Returns a static instance of the language (read-only) + + + + + Symbol name constants for the . + + + + + Name for the AbsentKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AcpKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AdhocDataSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the AdhocTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the AllExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AllKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AllowPageLocksKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AllowRowLocksKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AlterKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AmpersandEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AmpersandToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AndExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AndKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AnyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AnyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ApplyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the Argument symbol. + + + + + Name for the AscKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AssignmentSetClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AuthorizationKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AutoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AvgKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BackupKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BarEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BarToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the Base64Keyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BeginEndBlockStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the BeginKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BetweenExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BetweenKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BigintKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BinaryKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitwiseAndExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitwiseNotExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitwiseOrExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BitwiseXorExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BreakKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BrowseForClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the BrowseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BulkKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the BulkOpenRowset symbol. + + + + + Name for the ByKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CallerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaretEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaretToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CascadeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CastKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CheckConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the CheckKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CheckpointKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClusteredKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CoalesceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CodePageKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CollateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColonColonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColumnAlias symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColumnAliasList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColumnConstraints symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColumnDefinition symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColumnKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CommaToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CommitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CommonTableExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the CompositeGroupingSpecification symbol. + + + + + Name for the CompressionPartitionRange symbol. + + + + + Name for the CompressionPartitionsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ComputeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConcatKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstraintKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContainsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContainsTableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContentKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContinueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConvertKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CountKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CreateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CreateProcedureStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the CrossKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CubeGroupingSpecification symbol. + + + + + Name for the CubeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CurrencyLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CurrentDateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CurrentKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CurrentTimeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CurrentTimestampKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CurrentUserKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CursorId symbol. + + + + + Name for the CursorKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DatabaseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DataCompressionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DataCompressionOption symbol. + + + + + Name for the DataModificationTopRowFilter symbol. + + + + + Name for the DataModificationWhereClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the DateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the Datetime2Keyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DatetimeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DatetimeOffsetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DbccKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeallocateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DecimalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareTableBody symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareTableStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareVariableElement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareVariableStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DefaultKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeletedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeleteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeleteStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DenyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DescKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DiskKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DistinctKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DistributedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DivideExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DocumentKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DollarSignIdentityKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DollarSignRowGuidKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DotToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoubleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DropDefaultStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DropExistingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DropKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DropProcedureStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DropTableStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DumpKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DynamicKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElementsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EncryptionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndOfStreamToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ErrlvlKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ErrorFileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EscapeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExceptKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExceptQueryExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclamationEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclamationGreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclamationLessThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExecKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExecuteAsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExecuteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExistsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExistsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExpandKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExplicitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExpressionCallTarget symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExpressionGroupingSpecification symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExpressionName symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExpressionWithSortOrder symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExternalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FalseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FastFirstRowKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FastForwardKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FastKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FetchKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FillFactorKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FirstRowKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FloatKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForcedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForceSeekKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForeignKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FormatFileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FormsOfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForwardOnlyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FreeTextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FreeTextTableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FromKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FullKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FullTextColumns symbol. + + + + + Name for the FullTextPredicate symbol. + + + + + Name for the FunctionCall symbol. + + + + + Name for the FunctionCallSetClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the FunctionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetdateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GlobalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GoStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the GotoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GrantKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanOrEqualExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupByClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupingSetsGroupingSpecification symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the HashIdentifierToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the HashKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the HavingClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the HavingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the HierarchyidKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the HintKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the HoldLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifiersCallTarget symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentityColKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentityInsertKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentityKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IfStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the IgnoreConstraintsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IgnoreDupKeyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IgnoreNonClusteredColumnStoreIndexKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IgnoreTriggersKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImageKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InColumns symbol. + + + + + Name for the IndexExpressionOption symbol. + + + + + Name for the IndexKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IndexStateOption symbol. + + + + + Name for the IndexTableHint symbol. + + + + + Name for the InExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the InflectionalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InnerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InsertColumnList symbol. + + + + + Name for the InsertedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InsertKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InsertStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntersectKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntersectQueryExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntoClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsAboutKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsNotNullExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsNullExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinParenthesis symbol. + + + + + Name for the KeepDefaultsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the KeepFixedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the KeepIdentityKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the KeepKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the KeyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the KeysetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the KillKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LanguageKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LastRowKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LeftKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanGreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanOrEqualExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LikeExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LikeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LineNoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LoadKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LoopKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MaxDopKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MaxErrorsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MaxKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MaxRecursionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MergeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MethodSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuloExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MoneyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentAsteriskContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultilineCommentStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiplyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NameKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NationalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NcharKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NegateExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewLineToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NoCheckKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NoExpandKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NoLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NonClusteredKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NoneKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotBetweenExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotEqualsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotGreaterThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotInExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotLessThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotLikeExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NoWaitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NtextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NullableConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the NullIfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NullKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NumericDecimalLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NumericHexadecimalLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NumericIntegerLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NumericKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NvarcharKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OemKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OffKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OffsetsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnlineKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnlyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenDataSourceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenQueryKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenQueryTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenRowsetDataModificationTarget symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenRowsetDataSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenRowSetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenRowsetProvider symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenRowsetQuery symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenRowsetTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenXmlKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenXmlTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptimisticKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptimizeForOptimizerHint symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptimizeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrderByClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrderKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OuterKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OutKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OutputClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the OutputKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OverKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OwnerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PadIndexKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PageKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PagLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParameterizationKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParenthesisExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PartitionsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PathKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PercentEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PercentKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PercentToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PivotColumn symbol. + + + + + Name for the PivotedTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the PivotKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlanKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PrecisionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PrimaryKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PrintKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PrintStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProcedureKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProcedureOption symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProcedureOptionsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProcedureParameter symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProcedureReference symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProcKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyFieldOrMethod symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PublicKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the QualifiedJoin symbol. + + + + + Name for the QueryDerivedTable symbol. + + + + + Name for the QueryExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the QueryParenthesis symbol. + + + + + Name for the QuerySpecification symbol. + + + + + Name for the RaiseErrorKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RawKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadCommittedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadCommittedLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadOnlyForClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadOnlyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadPastKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadTextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadUncommittedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadUnderscoreOnlyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RealKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RecompileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReconfigureKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReferencesKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemoteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RepeatableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RepeatableReadKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RepeatSeedClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReplicationKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RestoreKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RestrictKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReturnKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RevertKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RevokeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RightKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RobustKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RollbackKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RollupGroupingSpecification symbol. + + + + + Name for the RollupKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RootKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RowCountKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RowGuidColKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RowKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RowLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RowsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RowsPerBatchKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RowValue symbol. + + + + + Name for the RuleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SampleNumberClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the SaveKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SchemaDeclarationItem symbol. + + + + + Name for the SchemaKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SchemaObjectDataModificationTarget symbol. + + + + + Name for the SchemaObjectName symbol. + + + + + Name for the SchemaObjectTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the ScrollKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ScrollLocksKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SecurityAuditKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectColumn symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SemanticKeyphraseTableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SemanticSimilarityDetailsTableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SemanticSimilarityTableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SemicolonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SerializableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SessionUserKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetLocalVariableStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetUserKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ShutdownKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleBulkInsertOption symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleOptimizerHint symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleTableHint symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleBlobKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleClobKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineComment symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleNclobKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SlashEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SlashToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SmallDatetimeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SmallintKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SmallmoneyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SomeExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SomeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SortInTempDBKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SqlDataType symbol. + + + + + Name for the SqlvariantKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StatementList symbol. + + + + + Name for the StaticKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StatisticsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StatisticsNoRecomputeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StdevKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StdevpKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteral symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralDoubleQuoteContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralDoubleQuoteEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralDoubleQuoteStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralDoubleQuoteToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the Subquery symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubtractExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SumKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SystemKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SystemUserKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TableAlias symbol. + + + + + Name for the TableHintsOptimizerHint symbol. + + + + + Name for the TableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TableSampleClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the TableSampleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TabLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TabLockxKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TextSizeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThenKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThesaurusKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TiesKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TildeToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the TimeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TimestampKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TinyintKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ToKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TopKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TopRowFilter symbol. + + + + + Name for the TranKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TransactionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TriggerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TrueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TruncateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryConvertKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TSEqualKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TSqlBatch symbol. + + + + + Name for the TSqlScript symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeWarningKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnionAllQueryExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnionQueryExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the UniqueConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the UniqueIdentifierKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UniqueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UniqueRowFilter symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnknownKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnpivotedTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnpivotKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnqualifiedJoin symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnrecognizedToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the UpdateForClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the UpdateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UpdateStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the UpdateTextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UpdlockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UserDataType symbol. + + + + + Name for the UserDefinedTypeCallTarget symbol. + + + + + Name for the UserDefinedTypePropertyAccess symbol. + + + + + Name for the UserKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UseStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ValueColumn symbol. + + + + + Name for the ValuesExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ValuesInsertSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the ValuesKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VarbinaryKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VarcharKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariableDataModificationTarget symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariableFunctionCall symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariableTableSource symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariableToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariableValuePair symbol. + + + + + Name for the VarKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VarpKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the VaryingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ViewKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ViewsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WaitForKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WeightKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhenKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhereClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhereKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhitespaceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithCommonTableExpressions symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithinKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithTableHintsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the WriteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WriteTextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the XLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlDataKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlDataType symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlForClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the XmlSchemaKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the XsinilKeyword symbol. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.VisualBasic.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.VisualBasic.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70a989c8b1e Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.VisualBasic.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.VisualBasic.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.VisualBasic.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d4d33ad8854 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.VisualBasic.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2954 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.VisualBasic.v14.2 + + + + + Represents the Visual Basic .NET language. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates the LexerStates for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the NonTerminalSymbols for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the productions for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the syntax rules for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Gets the parse table for a GLR parser. + + + + + Initializes the properties of the associated Grammar. + + + + + Returns a customized error alias for the specified symbol or null to use the default alias. + + +

+ If null is returned, the default alias for non-terminal symbols is the symbol name. For terminal symbols + it is the value for literal comparison terminals and the symbol name for regular expression comparison + terminals. +

+
+
+ + + Gets called once on each instance to let derived classes initialize the default services in the + . + + + + + Gets called when an error is detected during the parse. + + +

+ The errors in the specified can be modified, added, or removed. +

+
+ The contextual information about the error which was detected. +
+ + + Gets called when a global ambiguity is detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The specified contains two alternate parses for + the text (if there are more than two alternate parses, this method will be called multiple times). A derived implementation of this method + can determine which of the two alternate parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting + on the specified context. +

+

+ A grammar creator can override this method in a derived language to get notified of global ambiguities and know which rules need to be + re-written or mark with priority. +

+
+ An object containing the relevant information about the global ambiguity. + + +
+ + + Returns a static instance of the language (read-only) + + + + + Symbol name constants for the . + + + + + Name for the AddAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddHandlerAccessorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddHandlerBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddHandlerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddHandlerStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddressOfExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AddressOfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AggregateClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the AggregateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AggregationRangeVariable symbol. + + + + + Name for the AliasImportsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the AliasKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AmpersandEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AmpersandToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AndAlsoExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AndAlsoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AndExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AndKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AnonymousObjectCreationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AnsiKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArgumentList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayBoundList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayCreationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayRankSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the ArrayType symbol. + + + + + Name for the AscendingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AscendingOrdering symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsNewClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the AssemblyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AssignmentStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the Attribute symbol. + + + + + Name for the AttributeBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the AutoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the AutoPropertyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the BackslashEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BackslashToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BinaryKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the Block symbol. + + + + + Name for the BooleanKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ByKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ByRefKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ByteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ByValKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CallKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CallStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaretEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaretToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseElseBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseElseClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseElseStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseEqualsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseGreaterThanClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseGreaterThanOrEqualClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseLessThanClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseLessThanOrEqualClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseNotEqualsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseRangeClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaseValueClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CatchFilterClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the CatchKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CatchPart symbol. + + + + + Name for the CatchStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the CBoolKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CByteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CCharKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CDateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CDblKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CDecKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CIntKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClassBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClassConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClassKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ClassStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the CLngKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseBraceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CObjKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CollectionInitializer symbol. + + + + + Name for the CollectionRangeVariable symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColonEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CommaToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CompareKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CompilationUnit symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConcatenateAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConcatenateExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConditionalExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstantDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstantMemberDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstraintList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstructorBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConstructorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContinueDoStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContinueForStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContinueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ContinueWhileStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the CSByteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CShortKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CSngKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CStrKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CTypeExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the CTypeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CUIntKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CULngKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CUShortKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the CustomKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DateLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DateLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DecimalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareFunctionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DeclareSubStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DefaultKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DelegateFunctionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DelegateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DelegateSubStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the DescendingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DescendingOrdering symbol. + + + + + Name for the DictionaryAccess symbol. + + + + + Name for the DimKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DirectCastExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DirectCastKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DistinctClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the DistinctKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DivideAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the DivideExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the DollarSignToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoLoopBottomTestBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoLoopForeverBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoLoopTopTestBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the DotToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoubleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EachKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseIfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseIfPart symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseIfStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElsePart symbol. + + + + + Name for the ElseStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndAddHandlerStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndClassStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndConstructorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndEnumStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndEventStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndFunctionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndGetStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndIfStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndInterfaceStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndModuleStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndNamespaceStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndOfStreamToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndOperatorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndPropertyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndRaiseEventStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndRemoveHandlerStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndSelectStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndSetStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndStructureStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndSubStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndSyncLockStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndTryStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndUsingStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndWhileStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndWithStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumMemberDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the EnumStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsValue symbol. + + + + + Name for the EraseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EraseStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ErrorKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ErrorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventMemberDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the EventStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclamationToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitDoStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitForStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitFunctionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitPropertyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitSelectStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitSubStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitTryStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExitWhileStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExplicitKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExpressionRangeVariable symbol. + + + + + Name for the FalseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FalseLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the FieldDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the FinallyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FinallyPart symbol. + + + + + Name for the FinallyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the FloatingPointLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForEachBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForEachStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ForStepClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the FriendKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FromClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the FromKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FunctionBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the FunctionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the FunctionLambdaHeader symbol. + + + + + Name for the FunctionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the GenericName symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetAccessorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetTypeExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetTypeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetXmlNamespaceExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GetXmlNamespaceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GlobalAttribute symbol. + + + + + Name for the GlobalAttributeBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the GlobalAttributeTarget symbol. + + + + + Name for the GlobalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GoSubKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GoToKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the GotoStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanGreaterThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanGreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanOrEqualExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupByClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupJoinClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the HandlesClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the HandlesClauseItem symbol. + + + + + Name for the HandlesKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierBracketedToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierCSK symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierName symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the IfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IfPart symbol. + + + + + Name for the IfStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImplementsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImplementsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImplementsStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImportsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ImportsStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the IncompleteMember symbol. + + + + + Name for the InferKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InferredFieldInitializer symbol. + + + + + Name for the InheritsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InheritsStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the InKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InstanceExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntegerDivideAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntegerDivideExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntegerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntegerLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceEventStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceFunctionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceIncompleteMember symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceInheritsStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceMemberSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfacePropertyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the InterfaceSubStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the IntoKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the InvocationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsFalseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsNotExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsNotKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the IsTrueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinCondition symbol. + + + + + Name for the JoinKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the KeyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LabelStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the LambdaExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LeftShiftAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the LeftShiftExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanGreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanLessThanEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanLessThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanOrEqualExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LetQueryOperator symbol. + + + + + Name for the LibKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LikeExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LikeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LineContinuationToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LineTerminatorToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the LocalDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the LongKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the LoopKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MemberAccessExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MembersImportsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the MidAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the MidKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModifiedIdentifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuleBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuleStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ModuloExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiLineFunctionLambdaExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiLineFunctionLambdaHeader symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiLineIfBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiLineSubLambdaExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiplyAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiplyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the MustInheritKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MustOverrideFunctionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the MustOverrideKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MustOverridePropertyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the MustOverrideSubStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the MyBaseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the MyClassKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamedArgument symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamedFieldInitializer symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamespaceBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamespaceKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamespaceStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the NarrowingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NegateExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewLineToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NextLabel symbol. + + + + + Name for the NextStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotEqualsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NothingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NothingLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotInheritableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NotOverridableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the NullableType symbol. + + + + + Name for the NumericLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ObjectCollectionInitializer symbol. + + + + + Name for the ObjectCreationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ObjectKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ObjectMemberInitializer symbol. + + + + + Name for the OffKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OmittedArgument symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnErrorGoToLabelStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnErrorGoToMinusOneStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnErrorGoToZeroStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnErrorResumeNextStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the OnKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenBraceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OperatorBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the OperatorKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OperatorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionalKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrderByClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrderKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrElseExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrElseKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OrKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OutKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OverloadsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OverridableKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the OverridesKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParamArrayKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the Parameter symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParameterModifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParenthesizedExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PartialKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PowerAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the PowerExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PredefinedCastExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PredefinedType symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorConstContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorConstToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorElseIfToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorElseToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorEndIfToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorEndRegionToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorIfContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorIfToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorLabelContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorLabelEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorLabelStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorRegionToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreprocessorThenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PreserveKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PrivateKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyGetBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertySetBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the PropertyStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ProtectedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the PublicKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the QualifiedName symbol. + + + + + Name for the QualifiedNamespaceName symbol. + + + + + Name for the QualifiedOpenTypeName symbol. + + + + + Name for the QueryExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the QuestionToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the RaiseEventBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the RaiseEventHandlerAccessorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the RaiseEventKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RaiseEventStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the RangeArgument symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReadOnlyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReDimKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReDimPreserveStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReDimStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemoveHandlerAccessorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemoveHandlerBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemoveHandlerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the RemoveHandlerStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ResumeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ResumeNextStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ResumeStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReturnKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ReturnStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the RightShiftAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the RightShiftExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SByteKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SelectStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetAccessorStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the SetKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ShadowsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SharedKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ShortKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleArgument symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleArgumentRequired symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleAsClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the SimpleNameExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineComment symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineElsePart symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineFunctionLambdaExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineIfPart symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineIfStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the SingleLineSubLambdaExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SkipClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the SkipKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SkipWhileClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the SlashEqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SlashToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the StatementTerminator symbol. + + + + + Name for the StaticKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StepKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StopKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StopStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the StrictKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralEnd symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralStart symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the StructureBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the StructureConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the StructureKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the StructureStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubLambdaHeader symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubtractAssignment symbol. + + + + + Name for the SubtractExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the SyncLockBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the SyncLockKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the SyncLockStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the TakeClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the TakeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TakeWhileClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the TextKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThenKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThrowKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ThrowStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the ToKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TrueKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TrueLiteralExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryCastExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryCastKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryPart symbol. + + + + + Name for the TryStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeArgument symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeArgumentList symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeArityList symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeConstraint symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeOfIsExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeOfKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeParameter symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeParameterList symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeParameterMultipleConstraintClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the TypeParameterSingleConstraintClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the UIntegerKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the ULongKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnicodeKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnrecognizedToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the UntilClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the UntilKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UShortKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UsingBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the UsingKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the UsingResources symbol. + + + + + Name for the UsingStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariableDeclarator symbol. + + + + + Name for the VariantKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WendKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhenKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhereClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhereKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhileBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhileClause symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhileKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhileStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhitespaceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the WideningKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithBlock symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithEventsKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the WithStatement symbol. + + + + + Name for the WriteOnlyKeyword symbol. + + + + + Name for the XMLNamespaceName symbol. + + + + + Name for the XorExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the XorKeyword symbol. + + + + + Returns whether this token is significant to the indenting logic + + True if the token is significant to the indenting logic + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6024cb90bf6 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e92a472d22c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,7662 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.TextDocument.v14.2 + + + + + Generates code to create a -derived class based on an existing instance. + + + + + Generates code to create a derived class based on an existing . + + The parameters describing how the class should be generated. + + Occurs when is null. + + The contents of the generated file. + + + + Generates code to create a derived class based on an existing . + + The parameters describing how the class should be generated. + The stream in which to write the code. + The encoding in which to write the code. If null, UTF8 will be used. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Contains the parameters available when generating a language class file using the . + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The grammar for which the language will be generated. + The name of the class to be generated. + The namespace of the class to be generated. + The format in which generated code file will be created. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the class to be generated. + + + + + Gets or sets the format in which generated code file will be created. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether a nested class with symbol names should be generated. + + + + + Gets a the for which the language will be generated. + + + + + Gets or sets a the value indicating whether the class to be generated will be marked as sealed. + + + + + Gets or sets a the value indicating whether the class to be generated will be marked as partial. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the class to be generated will be marked as public or internal. + + + + + Gets or sets the namespace of the class to be generated. + + + + + Gets or sets the text which appears in the summary tag of the documentation comments for the generated class. + + + + + Represents and error, warning, or information associated with a node in the parse tree. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The span indicating the location of the diagnostic message relative to the of the node to which it relates. + The message associated with the diagnostic message. + The severity level of the diagnostic message. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + + + Gets a string representation of the error. + + + + + Gets the message associated with the diagnostic message. + + + + + Gets the span indicating the location of the diagnostic message relative to the of the node to which it relates. + + + + + Gets the severity level of the diagnostic message. + + + + + Represents and error, warning, or information associated with a node in the parse tree. + + + + + Determines whether the specified object equals this value. + + The object to test for equality. + True if obj is another NodeDiagnostic with the same values; False otherwise. + + + + Gets a hash code for the value. + + A hash code for the NodeDiagnostic value. + + + + Gets a string representation of the error. + + + + + Determines whether two values are equal. + + True if the values are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two values are not equal. + + True if the values are not equal; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the message associated with the error. + + + + + Gets the with which the error is associated. + + + + + Gets the severity level of the diagnostic message. + + + + + Gets the indicating the location of the error. + + + + + Gets the indicating the location of the error. + + + + + Contains the various settings used to customize the Ebnf serialization process. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + Indicates whether the alternate Ebnf format should be used. + + + + Gets or sets the value which indicates whether the alternate Ebnf format should be used. + + + + + Encapsulates an error that was encountered while attempting to + import a grammar definition script. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Gets the position of the error within the EBNF text. + + + + + Gets the column within the line of the error. + + + + + + Gets the human-readable description of the error. + + + + + Gets the line number of the error within the EBNF text. + + + + + + Returns a constant which identifies the reason for the error. + + + + + Gets the erroneous text in the EBNF file. + + + + + Describes the result of a grammar definition import operation. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Gets the read-only collection of instances describing the errors in the parsed EBNF file. + + + + + Gets the grammar parsed from the EBNF file if there were no errors in the file. + + + + + + Get the value indicating whether the import operation was successful. + If True, will be the instance representing the grammar defined by the EBNF file. + + + + + + Represents the various formats in which generated code files can be created. + + + + + + The file should be generated in the C# file format. + + + + + The file should be generated in the Visual Basic file format. + + + + + Indicates the severity of a parse error. + + + + + The error is incorrect and the document cannot be used until it is fixed. + + + + + The error is a warning for something that might not have been intended by the user. + + + + + The error is information to indicate something to the user. + + + + + Constants which describe the reason for an import error. + + + + + An attribute block has been defined in the middle of a rule. + + + + + A syntactic exception appears to prevent all variations of the original content. + + + + + A symbol is marked as an exit symbol in the default lexer state, which is not allowed to have exit symbols. + + + + + A symbol name is already in use by another symbol. + + + + + A name is already in use by another LexerState. + + + + + The grammar definition is empty. + + + + + The was referenced by a rule that is not the start symbol or the start symbol is not a well-formed start symbol with + a single non-terminal symbol followed by the end of stream symbol. + + + + + The grammar properties are not at the top of the EBNF file. + + + + + An grouping symbol, such as an open parenthesis or closing parenthesis was encountered without a corresponding opening/closing symbol. + + + + + A non-terminal symbol contains a reference to an insignificant terminal symbol, which can never be included in the + non-terminal symbol because the syntax analyzer ignores them. + + + + + The specified value is not valid for the property to which it is being assigned. + + + + + An invalid regular expression pattern was specified. + + + + + A symbol has an invalid name. The name must be an underscore or letter followed by zero or more letters, numbers, or underscores. + + + + + A syntactic exception has an invalid exception portion. The exception portion of a syntactic exception rule cannot use recursively defined + non-terminal symbols directly or indirectly. + + + + + A special sequence contains invalid XML content. + + + + + The or has been added to a lexer state. + Those symbols are implicitly included in all lexer states and cannot be added to them directly. + + + + + The statement does not contain equals sign following the declaration. + All statements must contain one and only one assignment symbol following the declaration. + + + + + The left-hand side of the statement cannot be parsed into a valid identifier. + All statements must begin with a valid identifier which is not enclosed in quotes. + + + + + The statement does not contain a semicolon. + + + + + A declaration is missing a value for the 'Name' property. + + + + + An operator is expected at the specified location. This is usually caused by the occurrence of two adjacent operands. + + + + + An XML tag has no value specified. + + + + + A declaration is missing the property. + + + + + There are multiple entered LexerStates defined for a symbol. + + + + + An opening quote symbol was encountered without a closing one. + + + + + A symbol is referenced which is a well formed start symbol for the grammar. The start symbol can only be referenced + if it is not defined as having a single production of a non-terminal followed by the end of stream symbol. + + + + + An opening XML tag was encountered without a corresponding closing one, + or a closing XML tag was encountered without a corresponding opening one. + + + + + A reference to an identifier that was never declared was encountered. + + + + + The grammar contains an equals sign in an area where it is not expected. + + + + + The grammar contains an identifier in an area where it is not expected. + + + + + The grammar contains an operator in an area where it is not expected. + + + + + A statement contains content which is not recognizable. + + + + + The has been added to a rule for a non-terminal symbol. + The unrecognized symbol cannot be used in the syntax tree. + + + + + An XML attribute was encountered, but its name was not recognized. + + + + + A well-formed XML tag was encountered, but its name was not recognized. + + + + + Represents the types of warnings which can occur when analyzing a . + + + + + + An ambiguity will occur if the parser is in a certain state and a specific token is processed, which could impact performance. + + + + + A non-terminal symbol is very complex (contains over 100 productions) and may need to be simplified by moving the contents of alternation + or optional sub-rules to their own non-terminal symbols. + + + + + A non-terminal symbol or a significant terminal symbol cannot be used in the parse tree because it is not directly or indirectly referenced + by the start symbol of the Grammar. + + + + + A is unnecessary or redundant and can be removed. + + + + + Represents the various types of language elements which can be represented by a . + + + + + + No language element is specified. + + + + + Represents a comment, which is by default insignificant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents a newline (either \r, \n, or \r\n), which is by default insignificant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents contiguous whitespace, which is by default insignificant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents a reserved keyword in a language, which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents a context-sensitive keyword in a language, which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents an identifier in a language, which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents a string or character literal, which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents a numeric literal, which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents a date or time literal, which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents an operator symbol, such as +, -, >, |, etc., which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents a punctuation symbol, such as a semicolon, parentheses, braces, etc., which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents content not recognized by any symbol in the active , which is significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents the , which is significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents content with a custom language element specified by the , which is by default significant to the syntax analyzer. + + + + + Represents the types of rules which which determine whether a has been correctly matched in the + text being parsed. + + + + + + + An empty set of symbols. This rule succeed by matching nothing from the document. + + + + + A syntactic exception rule. This rule can only succeed if its sub-rule matches content and the exception rule does not succeed for the same content. + + + + + A syntactic factor rule. The sub-rule must be repeated a specified number of times for the factor rule to succeed. + + + + + A symbol reference rule. The symbol associated with the rule must be found in the document for the rule is succeed. + + + + + A logical 'or' is applied between each of the sub-rules. One of the sub-rules must succeed for the alternation rule to succeed. + + + + + The sub-rules are logically concatenated. Each sub-rule must succeed in order for the concatenation rule to succeed. + + + + + The sub-rule may or may not succeed. Either way, the optional rule will succeed. + + + + + The sub-rule can be repeated zero or more times for the repetition rule to succeed. + + + + + Constants which describe whether a non-terminal should appear in the + produced when a document is parsed. + + +

+ The term "pruning" refers to the process of removing non-terminal syntax nodes which, for whatever reason, are not considered + important to the consumer of the syntax tree. +

+

+ Terminal nodes are never removed from a syntax tree, since they always represent significant content. +

+

+ Child nodes of non-terminal nodes which are pruned from the tree become immediate children of the first ancestor node that is + not pruned. +

+

+ By default, non-terminal nodes which have only one child, where that child is itself a non-terminal node, do not appear in the + syntax tree. Non-terminal nodes whose name is prefixed with an underscore ('_') also do not appear. This is the equivalent of + the BasedOnChildrenAndName value. +

+

+ Pruning can be overridden on individual non-terminal symbols by setting their + value to True, or in EBNF by marking a non-terminal definition with a special sequence like this: "?<PreventPruning/>?" +

+
+ +
+ + + All non-terminal nodes appear in the tree. + + + + + Non-terminal syntax nodes which have zero children or only one child, where that child is itself a non-terminal syntax node, are not included in + the syntax tree. + + + + + Non-terminal syntax nodes which are associated with a whose name begins with an underscore ('_') + are considered to be used internally for the purpose of grouping certain constructs, and do not appear in the syntax tree. + + + + + Combines the BasedOnChildren and BasedOnName values. This is the default value for . + + + + + Constants which determine the manner in which a terminal + symbol's value is compared to values in the compilation + source. + + + + + The value associated with the symbol is a literal string. + The syntax parser will compare values in the compilation + target with the associated value and generate an error if + the values do not match exactly. The comparison under this + setting is case-sensitive. + + + + + Same as the 'Literal' setting, except that character casing + is ignored for the string comparisons. + + + + + The value associated with the symbol is implied to be a regular + expression pattern. The + System._Text.RegularExpressions.Regex + class is used to determine whether values in the compilation target + match the pattern assigned to the terminal symbol's value. + + + + + Represents a global ambiguity detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. This object contains two alternate parses for the text (if there are more + than two alternate parses, multiple contexts will be created). Code handling global ambiguities can determine which of the two alternate + parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting . +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the parser is currently handling errors, which could produce extra global ambiguities that + wouldn't occur during a normal parse. + + + + + Gets or sets the root node of the sub-tree which should be chosen when constructing the final parse tree. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. Code handling global ambiguities can determine which sub-trees should be used + in the final tree by setting PreferredSubTreeRoot. +

+

+ Note: The only valid values are null or the instances returned by or . +

+
+ + Occurs when the specified value is not null, , or . + + + +
+ + + Gets the root node of the first sub-tree in which the ambiguous text can be parsed. + + +

+ To have the first sub-tree used in the final parse tree for the document, set the value on the . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the root node of the second sub-tree in which the ambiguous text can be parsed. + + +

+ To have the second sub-tree used in the final parse tree for the document, set the value on the . +

+
+ + +
+ + + This parsing algorithm is based on the Elkhound parsing implementation and optimizations. + Copyright (c) 2002, Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. + + + + + Represents a context-free grammar whose production rules are used to parse and validate textual input. + + +

+ The syntax of a language is defined by its grammar. This formal definition provides a way to define what constitutes + a legal sequence of characters in a concise, recursive manner. +

+

+ The main components of a grammar definition are represented by the and + instances stored in the grammar. +

+

+ A TerminalSymbol represents the specific character pattern which must be matched in order for the corresponding rule to be satisfied. + For example, a TerminalSymbol for the string "class" would evaluate the input string and signify success if it begins with "class", + and signify failure if it does not. More complex evaluations are made possible through the use of regular expression patterns. +

+

+ A NonTerminalSymbol represents a zero or more symbols, which can either be TerminalSymbols or NonTerminalSymbols. In addition, it can + represent multiple sets of symbols. For example, let's say "class" is defined as a TerminalSymbol and a NonTerminalSymbol is defined in an + EBNF file as "Classes = class | (Classes, class);" This indicates that. This means that for a "Classes" NonTerminalSymbol to be recognized + in a parsed document, there must be either a "class" TerminalSymbol or a "Classes" NonTerminalSymbol followed by a "class" TerminalSymbol. + In the latter, the nested "Classes" symbol could also either represent a "class" TerminalSymbol or a "Classes" NonTerminalSymbol followed + by a "class" TerminalSymbol. Therefore, "Classes" represents one or more "class" TerminalSymbols. +

+

+ The rules which define what can be represented by a NonTerminalSymbol are specified with the + value or by defining the symbols in an EBNF file and using the method. +

+
+ + + + + EBNF File Format +
+ + + The default regular expression pattern used to identify whitespace characters other than newlines: [ \t]+ + + + + + Creates a new instance of the + Grammar + class. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Analyzes the and reports a list of warnings which may help the Grammar creator find and fix issues. + + The options which can be specified to customize the analysis of the grammar. + +

+ Note: the Grammar symbols and rules should be fully initialized before analysis because the Grammar will be immutable after it is + analyzed. +

+
+ + Occurs when the of the Grammar is not set. + + + Occurs when a does not have any enter symbols defined. + + + Occurs when a in the grammar doesn't have a defined or it owns a rule + which is not initialized correctly. + + + Occurs when the start symbol never directly or indirectly references a terminal symbol. + + A which has a list of warnings. + + +
+ + + Creates a mutable copy of the . + + + + + Returns a collection of all symbols in the grammar. + + + + + + + + + + + Clears all data in the and copies the data from the specified Grammar. + + The instance from which the Grammar is to be initialized. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is equal to the Grammar on which InitializeFrom is called. + + + Occurs when the target Grammar is immutable. + + + + + Attempts to create a instance represented by the specified EBNF content. + + + A string containing the EBNF (Extended Backus-Naur Form) content. + + + Occurs when the specified is null. + + + An instance which describes the result of the parse operation and contains a reference + to the created Grammar instance if there were no errors. + + + + EBNF File Format + + + + Attempts to create a instance represented by the specified EBNF file stream. + + + A stream containing the EBNF (Extended Backus-Naur Form) file. + + + The character encoding used in the file. UTF8 will be used if it is not specified. + + + Occurs when the specified is null. + + + An instance which describes the result of the parse operation and contains a reference + to the created Grammar instance if there were no errors. + + + + EBNF File Format + + + + Saves the represent in the EBNF file format and returns the saved content. + + +

+ EBNF, which stands for Extended Backus–Naur Form, is a format for files which can describe context-free grammars. +

+
+ The settings used to customize the EBNF serialization process. + + Occurs when the Grammar is not in a valid state where is can be used to parse documents. + + + + EBNF File Format +
+ + + Saves the in the EBNF file format to the specified stream. + + +

+ EBNF, which stands for Extended Backus–Naur Form, is a format for files which can describe context-free grammars. +

+
+ The stream to which the output is saved. The caller is responsible for disposing the stream after the Grammar is saved. + The character encoding to use in the file. UTF8 will be used if it is not specified. + The settings used to customize the EBNF serialization process. + + Occurs when the specified is null. + + + Occurs when the Grammar is not in a valid state where is can be used to parse documents. + + + + EBNF File Format +
+ + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Gets the or with the specified name in the . + + The case-sensitive name of the symbol to find + +

+ This method will return any symbol with the specified name, if one exists in the grammar. To get just a non-terminal symbol with a specified + name, use the method on the collection. To get just + a terminal symbol with a specified name, use the method. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null. + + + The with the specified if one exists in the Grammar; null otherwise. + + + + +
+ + + Gets the with the specified name in the . + + The case-sensitive name of the terminal symbol to find + + Occurs when is null. + + + The with the specified if one exists in the Grammar; null otherwise. + + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Gets a which represents the end of the input stream. + + + + + Gets or sets the name that is used to reference the . + + + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + Occurs when the specified name is null or empty. + + + Occurs when the specified name matches that of another symbol in the . + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the or any of its related instances can be modified. + + +

+ A Grammar will become immutable the first time it is used to perform lexical or syntax analysis on a document. +

+

+ If the Grammar is immutable, certain operations will cause an : +

    +
  • Calling
  • +
  • Setting the , , , or
  • +
  • Adding or removing items in the collection or a collection.
  • +
  • Adding or removing items in the collection.
  • +
  • Modifying a in in the Grammar
  • +
  • Modifying a in the TerminalSymbols collection
  • +
  • Modifying a in the NonTerminalSymbols collection
  • +
  • Adding, removing, or modifying syntax rules of a NonTerminalSymbol belonging to the Grammar
  • +
+

+

+ Once a Grammar becomes immutable, it cannot become mutable again. However, a mutable copy of the Grammar can be created using the method. +

+

+ The can still be set when a Grammar is immutable because it does not affect how documents are parsed. +

+
+
+ + + Gets the set of lexer states in which the lexical analyzer can possible be when analyzing a document. + + + + + Gets or sets a name for this grammar definition. + + + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + + + Gets a which represents newlines in a document. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name that is used to reference the . + + + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + Occurs when the specified name matches that of another symbol in the . + + + + + + Gets a collection of instances, each of which represents zero or more + symbols in a document. + + +

+ Each that is not a token node in the generated during a parse of a + document corresponds to a NonTerminalSymbol in the . The root node of the SyntaxTree will always + correspond to the of the Grammar. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets a the which should be represented by the at the root + of the . + + +

+ The StartSymbol property must be set to a non-null value prior to loading text into a document or an + will be thrown. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + Occurs when the value specified does not belong to the collection. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the supports syntax analysis. + + + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating how the syntax tree should be pruned. + + +

+ A grammar writer could define certain non-terminal symbols to group certain constructs together for reuse purposes. If these kinds of + symbols should not appear in the final parse tree, naming these helper symbols with an underscore ('_') prefix and using the BasedOnName + pruning mode will removed them from the final parse tree. In addition, certain operator precedence rules require long chains of lower + precedence rules containing higher precedence rules. When only the higher precedence structure is used, the owning lower precedence symbol + should not appear in the tree. In these cases, using the BasedOnChildren pruning mode will remove non-terminals which only have a single + non-terminal child. Or BasedOnChildrenAndName (the default value for this property) could be used to perform both types of pruning modes. +

+

+ Pruning can be overridden on individual non-terminal symbols by setting their + value to True, or in EBNF by marking a non-terminal definition with a special sequence like this: "?<PreventPruning/>?" +

+
+ + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + Occurs when the specified value is not defined in the . + + + +
+ + + Gets a which represents unrecognized content in a document. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name that is used to reference the . + + + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + Occurs when the specified name matches that of another symbol in the . + + + + + + Gets or sets the regular expression pattern used to identify non-newline whitespace by the syntax analysis layer. + + +

+ By default, the pattern '[ \t]+' is used, which matches the ASCII characters 9 (horizontal tab) and 32 (space). + This property can be set to any valid regular expression pattern to change the definition of whitespace for this grammar. +

+

+ To suppress automatic whitespace parsing, set this property to null or an empty string. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + Occurs when the value specified is not a valid regular expression pattern. + + +
+ + + Gets a which represents non-newline whitespace in a document. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the name that is used to reference the . + + + Occurs when the value is set and is False. + + + Occurs when the specified name matches that of another symbol in the . + + + + + + An abstract base class representing a language that has a specific set of rules (i.e. ). + + + + + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The associated grammar. + If grammar parameter is null, + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns the parse table for a GLR parser. + + + + + Returns a customized error alias for the specified symbol or null to use the default alias. + + +

+ If null is returned, the default alias for non-terminal symbols is the symbol name. For terminal symbols + it is the value for literal comparison terminals and the symbol name for regular expression comparison + terminals. +

+
+
+ + + Gets called once on each instance to let derived classes initialize the default services in the + . + + + + + Gets called when an error is detected during the parse. + + +

+ The errors in the specified can be modified, added, or removed. +

+
+ The contextual information about the error which was detected. +
+ + + Gets called when a global ambiguity is detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The specified contains two alternate parses for + the text (if there are more than two alternate parses, this method will be called multiple times). A derived implementation of this method + can determine which of the two alternate parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting + on the specified context. +

+

+ A grammar creator can override this method in a derived language to get notified of global ambiguities and know which rules need to be + re-written or mark with priority. +

+
+ An object containing the relevant information about the global ambiguity. + + +
+ + + Gets the associated with the language. + + + + + Gets a for managing services for the derived instance. + + + + + Contains all the options for customizing the analysis performed during + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether analysis should be performed for the Ambiguity . + + +

+ Note: If the value of the analyzed is False, this value will be ignored + the analysis for Ambiguity will not be performed. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether analysis should be performed for the ComplexNonTerminalSymbol . + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether analysis should be performed for the SymbolCannotBeParsed . + + +

+ Note: If the value of the analyzed is False, this value will be ignored + the analysis for SymbolCannotBeParsed will not be performed. +

+
+
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether analysis should be performed for the UnnecessarySyntaxRule . + + + + + Gets or sets the minimum number of productions a must have before being considered complex. + + + + + + Contains the results of the grammar analysis, which has information indicating how a grammar creator might be able to improve the grammar for + better parsing. + + + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + The string representation of the GrammarAnalysisResult. + + + + Gets the instance which was analyzed. + + + + + Gets the read-only collection of warnings for the analysis of the . + + + + + Represents a warning which was found during the analysis of the . + + + + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + The string representation of the GrammarWarning. + + + + Gets the message describing the warning. + + + + + Gets the type of the warning. + + + + + A read-only collection of instances. + + + + + + + Gets the number of warnings in the collection. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the warning to get. + The GrammarWarning at the specified index. + + + + A grammar symbol which represents one or more combinations of symbols, which can be terminal or non-terminal symbols. + + +

+ Non-terminal symbols represent sequences of zero or more symbols which have been parsed in a document. The possible sequences + a non-terminal symbol can represent are described by the hierarchy owned by the symbol, which is exposed + by the property. +

+

+ When the parser is analyzing a document and it determines a non-terminal symbol correctly represents a sequence of other symbols, + a will be created for it in the . The SyntaxNode of the root of the tree will + always be associated with the non-terminal symbol designated by the . +

+
+ + +
+ + + Represents a symbol in the associated . + + + + + Converts a to a referencing that symbol. + + The symbol to be referenced by the rule. + A new instance. + + + + Gets the to which the belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the presence of the followed by a specific signals + the middle or end of a structure being parsed. + + +

+ The use of this setting helps the error handling logic report more meaningful errors. This should be used on symbols which, when followed + by a specific TerminalSymbol, unambiguously indicate that the middle or end of a structure has been reached. For example, in VB.NET, the + "End" keyword followed by the "Class" keyword unambiguously signals the end of a Class declaration. Similarly, the "End" keyword followed + by a "Sub" keyword unambiguously signals the end of a Sub (method) declaration. If the parser is currently within a Sub declaration that is + within a Class declaration and the "End" keyword is found followed by the "Class" keyword, the use of IsStartOfErrorRecoveryPair will let + the error handling logic know that "End Class" cannot end the Sub declaration and therefore, the "End Sub" is missing. That missing pair + will then be inserted in the parse tree so that "End Class" can correctly be used to close the owning class. Therefore, setting the value + to True on the TerminalSymbol representing the "End" keyword would help the parser provide more meaningful error messages when parsing + documents in the VB.NET language. +

+

+ Note: This value is intended to be used on relatively small constructs. If the number of terminal symbols parsed to create a symbol + is more than 10, the IsStartOfErrorRecoveryPair value will be ignored for that symbol. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + +
+ + + Returns the name of the symbol. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Disables error recovery for the specified symbol when an error occurs during the construction of the . + + The symbol for which error recovery should be suppressed. + +

+ When parsing a document, if an unexpected token is encountered from the lexical analyzer, the parse must attempt to recover from the error. + It uses a number of strategies to do this, each of which handles different kinds of errors. One of these strategies will take the non-terminals + which are currently in construction when the error occurred and see if the unexpected token from the lexical analyzer should have actually + come later in one of those non-terminals. If so, it will insert the missing structures up to the unexpected token, thereby making the token + "expected" and the parse can continue. However, it is possible that this type of error recovery is incorrect for certain non-terminals. +

+

+ For example, a class declaration in C# can have an optional semicolon token after its close brace. If an erroneous semicolon is typed within + the class members section, like so: "class X{ ; }", the error recovery routine will assume the semicolon is the optional semicolon after the + closing brace. It will then insert the missing closing brace into the parse tree. When it reaches the actual closing brace, it will be skipped + and marked as an error for being unexpected. One could argue that this is actually a correct reporting of errors, but things get much worse + when there are class members declared after the semicolon. All tokens representing those members could be skipped if they cannot exist after + the end of a class declaration. +

+

+ To solve this issue, certain non-terminals may need to know that an erroneous token should really be skipped rather than used in the error + recovery process. In the example above, semicolons are only optional at the end of the class. Intuitively, one can see that the close brace + should have priority over the semicolon to signal the end of the class. Therefore, the semicolon in the a class declaration should not be + considered in the error recovery routine. So the representing the semicolon should be passed to the + SuppressErrorRecoveryForSymbol method on the representing the class declaration. +

+

+ Note: The suppression will only work if the specified is directly referenced by the NonTerminalSymbol in its + rule hierarchy. If the symbol is indirectly referenced through a reference to another non-terminal symbol, this call will have no effect on the + error recovery process. +

+
+ + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when is not from the same Grammar as the NonTerminalSymbol. + +
+ + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the has priority over other non-terminals + when a global ambiguity is detected. + + +

+ When a global ambiguity is detected, it means two or more sub-trees are capable of representing the same + portion of textual content in the document based on the grammar definition. If nodes in one or more of those trees are associated + with priority NonTerminalSymbol instances, the tree with the priority node closest to the root level will be chosen as the preferred + sub-tree. If multiple trees have priority nodes at the same level, the tree with more priority nodes at that level will be chosen. + Otherwise, if multiple trees have the same number of priority nodes at the same level or if all trees don't have any priority nodes, + the global ambiguity cannot be resolved automatically and the method will be + called to allow the developer to resolve it with custom logic. If a instance is the language used to + parse the document, it will fire its event which also allows the developer to + resolve the ambiguity. If it is not resolved, one of the ambiguous trees will be arbitrarily chosen by the parser to represent the + content. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this non-terminal represents an error when it is found in the parsed document. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is the + value of the associated Grammar and therefore if it must be at the root of the syntax tree of the parsed document. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether nodes associated with the can be + backtracked by the error handling routine. + + +

+ In some cases, if the user forgets to type certain things, the parser can incorrectly parse the text after the missing symbols + in the wrong way. So one of the strategies used to handle errors is to try to undo the creation of a few small nodes for the tree, + insert some things which could be missing, and re-parse the tokens again in a different way. However, for some non-terminals, it + doesn't make sense to undo their creation and try to parse their tokens in a different way because their tokens can only be parsed + in one way. To prevent the error handler from undoing the creation of a node associated with a specific non-terminal symbol, set + PreventBacktracking to True. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether nodes representing the should always remain in the , + regardless of the value. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the which defines what can be legally represented by the non-terminal. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether should suppress ambiguity warnings when this + non-terminal symbol's reduction is possible. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + + A collection of instances. + + + + + Adds a new to the collection with the specified name. + + The of the new symbol. + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when a symbol of the owning Grammar already exists with the specified name. + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Removes all instances from this collection. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the specified exists within the collection. + + The symbol to find in the collection. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a with the specified name exists within the collection. + + The name of the symbol to find in the collection. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + + + Removes the with the specified name from the collection. + + The name of the NonTerminalSymbol to remove. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + True if a non-terminal symbol with the name was in the collection before removal; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified from the collection. + + The NonTerminalSymbol to remove. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + Tries to get a with the specified name and returns whether one is in the collection. + + The name of the symbol to find in the collection. + [Out] Contains the symbol with the specified name or null if no symbol has the name specified. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + + + Gets the number of symbols in this collection. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the NonTerminalSymbol to get. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + + Gets the with the specified name, case sensitively. + + + The of the symbol to get. + + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when no NonTerminalSymbol with the specified name exists in the collection. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all rules defining what a can legally represent. + + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns the + NonTerminalSymbol + whose rule tree contains this rule. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Represents an empty set of symbols. This rule succeed by matching nothing from the document. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Represents a symbol reference rule. The symbol associated with the rule must be found in the parsed text for the + rule is succeed. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The symbol which must be found in the document for the SymbolReferenceSyntaxRule to succeed. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is the , which + cannot be referenced in a syntax rule. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Gets the associated with the rule. + + + + + Abstract base class for instances which own a single rule. + + + + + + Gets or sets the which is owned the current rule. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when the specified value is already owned by another rule or . + + + + + Represents an excption rule, which can only succeed if its sub-rule matches content and the exception rule does not succeed for the same content. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The rule which must succeed for the ExceptionSyntaxRule to succeed. + The rule which must not succeed for the ExceptionSyntaxRule to succeed. + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the exception which is owned the current rule. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when the specified value is already owned by another rule or . + + + + + Represents a rule which will succeed if its owned succeeds the specified number of times. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The number of times the owned rule must succeed for the FactorSyntaxRule to succeed. + The rule which can repeatedly succeed for the FactorSyntaxRule to succeed. + + Occurs when is negative. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the number of times the owned rule must succeed for the to succeed. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when the specified value is negative. + + + + + Represents a rule which will succeed if its owned succeeds when parsing or not. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The rule which can optionally succeed for the OptionalSyntaxRule to succeed. + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Represents a rule which will succeed if its owned succeeds zero or more times. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The rule which can repeatedly succeed for the RepetitionSyntaxRule to succeed. + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Abstract base class for instances which own multiple rules. + + + + + + Gets the collection of rules owned by the . + + + + + Represents a rule which will succeed if one of its child succeeds. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The rules with which to initialize the child rules collection. + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + Represents a rule which will succeed if all of its child succeed in order. + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The rules with which to initialize the child rules collection. + + + + Gets the value indicating the type of the . + + + + + A collection of instances. + + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Adds the specified -derived instance to the collection. + + The SyntaxRule-derived instance to add to the collection. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is already owned by another rule. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning Grammar is False. + + + + + Removes all rules from the collection. + + + + + Gets the index of the specified rule or -1 if it doesn't exist. + + + Occurs when is null. + + The zero-based index of the rule in the collection or -1 if it doesn't exist. + + + + Removes the specified rule from this collection. + + The to remove. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning Grammar is False. + + + + + Removes the rule at the specified index from this collection. + + The 0-based index of the to remove. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + Occurs when the value of the owning Grammar is False. + + + + + Returns the number of elements in this collection. + + + + + Returns the + rule + at the specified . + + The ordinal position of the rule within this collection. + + + + A grammar symbol which represents an elementary textual unit of a grammar. + + +

+ When the lexical analyzer reads through a document, it attempts to group characters into tokens. A is associated + with a and the text which was read to create it. Each TerminalSymbol indicates the possible text that can + be used to create tokens for it via its and properties. The Comparison indicates how the + Value should be interpreted: as literal text, case-insensitive literal text, or a regular expression. +

+

+ The lexical analyzer is always associated with a specified when it is reading through a document. Initially, + that is the of the collection. Each LexerState + owns a collection of , which are the TerminalSymbol instances that can possibly have tokens created + for them in that state. The lexical analyzer will read characters until it can create the longest possible token. If two or more + TerminalSymbol instances can represent the longest token, the TerminalSymbol which is at the lowest index in the Symbols collection will + be used. Therefore, TerminalSymbol instances representing reserved keywords should always be declared before a TerminalSymbol instance + representing any identifier, so the reserved keyword is always used when possible. +

+

+ Tokens created by the lexer are marked as either significant or insignificant. This indicates whether the tokens should be analyzed by + the syntax analyzer or ignored by it. The significance of each token is determined by the value of the + property of the associated TerminalSymbol if it is set. If not, the significance of the token is determined by the + property. If the language element is Whitespace, Newline, or Comment, the token will be insignificant. + Otherwise, it will be significant. +

+

+ When the syntax analyzer processes the tokens created by the lexical analyzer, the significant tokens will be associated with + instances in the syntax tree and their value will be True. Insignificant + tokens will be represented in the leading ignored content of the next token node created. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Gets the value which determines the how the is compared to the text being parsed. + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the represents an end of stream token. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the should be used to perform a negative or positive lookahead. + + +

+ The is a regular expression pattern which the lexical analyzer will try to match using the text following + a token associated with this . IsLookaheadNegative indicates whether the token should be used based on whether + the match is found or not. If IsLookaheadNegative is True, the token will only be used if the LookaheadPattern cannot match the text after + the token. If False, the token will only be used if the LookaheadPattern can match the text after the token. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the value indicating whether the tokens associated with the represent significant content. + + +

+ If the IsSignificant is null, the determines whether tokens are significant. LanguageElement values of + Comment, Whitespace, or Newline are insignificant. All others are significant. +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the value indicating whether the represents unrecognized content. + + + + + + Gets or sets the language element for tokens associated with this symbol. + + +

+ The LanguageElement can be used to classify tokens associated with the . In addition, if + is null, the LanguageElement determines the significance of the token. If the LanguageElement is Comment, Whitespace, or Newline, the token + will be insignificant. Otherwise, it will be significant. +

+

+ Note: The LanguageElement values of EndOfStream and Unrecognized cannot be set on a TerminalSymbol as they are reserved for the + and , respectively. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when the value assigned is not defined in the enumeration + or it is the EndOfStream or Unrecognized value, as they are reserved. + + + + + +
+ + + Gets or set the name of the language element for the . + + +

+ This value is synchronized with the value. If the name specified is a valid + value, the LanguageElement will be set to that value. + Otherwise, the LanguageElement will be set to Custom. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value specified is null or empty. + + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the lexer state which should be entered when the lexer encounters this + when analyzing a document. + + + + + Gets or sets the regular expression pattern which is used to match the text following a token associated with the + to determine if the token can actually be used or not. + + +

+ If LookaheadPattern is set, indicates whether the token should be used based on whether it can match the + text following the token. If IsLookaheadNegative is True, the token will only be used if the LookaheadPattern cannot match the text after + the token. If False, the token will only be used if the LookaheadPattern can match the text after the token. +

+
+ + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when the specified value contains invalid regular expression elements. + + +
+ + + Gets the value associated with the , which is either a literal string or a regular expression, + depending on the + + + + + + Represents a piece of ignored content in the parse tree. + + + + + Empty ignored content which doesn't exist in a parse tree. + + + + + Determines whether the specified object equals this value. + + The object to test for equality. + True if obj is another IgnoredContent with the same values; False otherwise. + + + + Gets a hash code for the value. + + A hash code for the IgnoredContent value. + + + + Gets the text of the ignored content. + + + + + Determines whether two values are equal. + + True if the values are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two values are not equal. + + True if the values are not equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the specified value equals this value. + + The IgnoredContent value to test for equality. + True if other has the same values; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the instance representing the root of the structured ignored content tree. + + A SyntaxNode instance for the structured ignored content or null for simple ignored content. + + + + + Gets the text of the ignored content. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the ignored content has a sub-tree of SyntaxNode instances representing it. + + + + + + Gets the language element represented by the ignored content. + + + + + Gets the name of the language element represented by the ignored content. + + + + + Gets the occupied by the . + + A SnapshotSpan that represents the position of the ignored content. + + + + Gets the occupied by the . + + A TextSpan that represents the position of the ignored content. + + + + Represents a set of contiguous ignored content in the parse tree. + + + + + An empty ignored content list which doesn't exist in a parse tree. + + + + + Gets an enumerator which returns all in the list. + + + + + Determines whether the specified object equals this value. + + The object to test for equality. + True if obj is another IgnoredContentList with the same values; False otherwise. + + + + Gets a hash code for the value. + + A hash code for the IgnoredContent value. + + + + Gets the text of the ignored content. + + + + + Determines whether two values are equal. + + True if the values are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two values are not equal. + + True if the values are not equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the specified value equals this value. + + The IgnoredContentList value to test for equality. + True if other has the same values; False otherwise. + + + + Gets the text of the ignored content. + + + + + Gets the number of values in the list. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the IgnoredContent value to get. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + A IgnoredContent value represented the item at the specified index. + + + + Gets the occupied by the . + + A SnapshotSpan that represents the position of the ignored content. + + + + Gets the occupied by the . + + A TextSpan that represents the position of the ignored content. + + + + Representing a custom language generated from a at run-time. + + +

+ To create a custom language which is created from generated code and therefore has shorter initialization time, see + . +

+
+ +
+ + + Instantiates a new instance of + + The associated grammar. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Gets called when a global ambiguity is detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The specified contains two alternate parses for + the text (if there are more than two alternate parses, this method will be called multiple times). A derived implementation of this method + can determine which of the two alternate parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting + on the specified context. +

+

+ A grammar creator can override this method in a derived language to get notified of global ambiguities and know which rules need to be + re-written or mark with priority. +

+
+ An object containing the relevant information about the global ambiguity. + + +
+ + + Occurs when a global ambiguity is detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The on the event arguments contains two + alternate parses for the text (if there are more than two alternate parses, this event will be fired multiple times). An event handler can + determine which of the two alternate parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting + on the context of the event arguments. +

+

+ A grammar creator can handle this event to get notified of global ambiguities and know which rules need to be re-written or mark with priority. +

+
+ + +
+ + + EBNFLanguage class (auto-generated 2/20/2013 9:39:29 PM) + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates the LexerStates for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the NonTerminalSymbols for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the productions for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the syntax rules for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Gets the parse table for a GLR parser. + + + + + Initializes the properties of the associated Grammar. + + + + + Returns a static instance of the language (read-only) + + + + + Symbol name constants for the . + + + + + Name for the AlternationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BarToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseBraceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseBracketToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CommaToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the COMMENT_END symbol. + + + + + Name for the COMMENT_START symbol. + + + + + Name for the COMMENT_TEXT symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConcatenationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the DollarSignToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DoubleQuote symbol. + + + + + Name for the EmptyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndOfStreamToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExceptionExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the FactorExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the IdentifierToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewLineToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NonTerminalSymbolDeclaration symbol. + + + + + Name for the NumericLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenBraceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenBracketToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionalExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the RepetitionExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the Root symbol. + + + + + Name for the SemicolonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SPEC_SEQ_CONTENT symbol. + + + + + Name for the SPEC_SEQ_END symbol. + + + + + Name for the SPEC_SEQ_START symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralContent symbol. + + + + + Name for the StringLiteralToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the SymbolReferenceExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnrecognizedToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhitespaceToken symbol. + + + + + A thread-safe class which manages a collection of services for a -derived instance and allows + services to be registered by a string key or by a Type. + + + + + + Returns a collection of registered services. + + A collection of registered services. + + + + Returns a collection of registered service types. + + A collection of registered service types. + + + + Returns a collection of registered service keys. + + A collection of registered service keys. + + + + Gets a service which was registered with a specific Type. + + The Type which was used as a key to register the service. + The service instance if the service is found otherwise null. + + + + Gets a service which was registered with a specific Type. + + The Type which was used as a key to register the service. + + Occurs when the specified, is null. + + The service instance if the service is found otherwise null. + + + + Gets a service registered with the specified key. + + The key of the service to get. + The service instance if the service is found otherwise null. + + Occurs when the specified is null or empty. + + + + + Registers a specific type of service instance. + + + Only one service instance of a specific type can be registered. + + The service instance to register. + The Type used as a key to register the the service. + + Occurs when the specified is null. + + + + + Registers a specific type of service instance. + + + Only one service instance of a specific type can be registered. + + The Type used as a key to register the the service. + The service instance to register. + + Occurs when the specified is null. + + + Occurs when the specified is null. + + + + + Registers a service with a case-sensitively unique string key. + + + + Each non-core service must be registered with a case-sensitively unique string key. There are no requirements on the format of the key. + + + The case-sensitively unique string key of the service to register. + The service instance to register. + + Occurs when the specified is null or empty. + + + Occurs when the specified is null. + + + + + Unregisters all currently registered services. + + + + + Unregisters a service of a specific type. + + The Type which was used as a key to register the service. + + + + Unregisters a service of a specific type. + + The Type which was used as a key to register the service. + + Occurs when the specified, is null. + + + + + Unregisters a service with a case-sensitively unique string key. + + The case-sensitively unique string key of the service to unregister. + + Occurs when the specified is null or empty. + + + + + Raised after a service is registered. + + + + + + Raised after a service is unregistered. + + + + + + Represents the plain text language. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates the LexerStates for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Initializes the properties of the associated Grammar. + + + + + Gets called once on each instance to let derived classes initialize the default services in the + . + + + + + Returns a static instance of the language (read-only) + + + + + Symbol name constants for the . + + + + + Name for the EndOfStreamToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewLineToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PunctuationToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnrecognizedToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhitespaceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the WordToken symbol. + + + + + Represents the regular expression language. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + Creates the LexerStates for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the NonTerminalSymbols for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the productions for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Creates the syntax rules for the associated Grammar. + + + + + Gets the parse table for a GLR parser. + + + + + Initializes the properties of the associated Grammar. + + + + + Gets called when an error is detected during the parse. + + +

+ The errors in the specified can be modified, added, or removed. +

+
+ The contextual information about the error which was detected. +
+ + + Gets called when a global ambiguity is detected while parsing a document. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The specified contains two alternate parses for + the text (if there are more than two alternate parses, this method will be called multiple times). A derived implementation of this method + can determine which of the two alternate parse sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting + on the specified context. +

+

+ A grammar creator can override this method in a derived language to get notified of global ambiguities and know which rules need to be + re-written or mark with priority. +

+
+ An object containing the relevant information about the global ambiguity. + + +
+ + + Returns a static instance of the language (read-only) + + + + + Symbol name constants for the . + + + + + Name for the AlternationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the AsteriskToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BackreferenceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BalancingGroupExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BarToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BracedQuantifierExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BracedQuantifierLazyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the BracedQuantifierQuestionMarkToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the BracedQuantifierToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CaretToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the Character symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterCategoryToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterExclusionSet symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterInSet symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterRange symbol. + + + + + Name for the CharacterSet symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseBracketToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the CloseParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ColonToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConcatenationExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ConditionalExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ControlCharacterToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DollarSignToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the DotToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EmptyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndingEscapeError symbol. + + + + + Name for the EndOfStreamToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EqualsToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the EscapedCharacterToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ExclamationPointToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GreaterThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the GroupName symbol. + + + + + Name for the HexadecimalCharacterToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the LessThanToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MinusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the MultiLineComment symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamedBackreferenceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NamedGroupExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NegativeLookaheadExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NegativeLookbehindExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the NewLineToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the NonBacktrackingExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OctalCharacterToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OneOrMoreExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OneOrMoreLazyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenBracketToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OpenParenToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionGlobalExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionGlobalExpressions symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionLocalExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionsSet symbol. + + + + + Name for the OptionsSpecifier symbol. + + + + + Name for the ParenthesizedExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PlusToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the PositiveLookaheadExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the PositiveLookbehindExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the QuestionMarkToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the RegexPattern symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnescapedCharacterToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnicodeCharacterToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the UnrecognizedToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the WhitespaceToken symbol. + + + + + Name for the ZeroOrMoreExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ZeroOrMoreLazyExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ZeroOrOneExpression symbol. + + + + + Name for the ZeroOrOneLazyExpression symbol. + + + + + Abstract base class representing a specific state in which the lexer can be when reading tokens. Only the symbols within + a lexer state can be matched by the lexer when the lexer is in that state. + + + + + Gets the string representation of the . + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Gets the to which the lexer state belongs. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the is the default lexer state of the . + + + + + + Gets the name of the lexer state. + + + + + Gets the collection of symbols which can be matched when the lexer is in the current lexer state. + + + + + A collection of instances for the grammar. The collection contains all non-default lexer states and the + property exposes the default lexer state. + + + + + Adds a new with the specified name to the collection. + + The name to give to the new LexerState. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when belongs to a LexerState already in the . + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + + Removes all members from this collection. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the specified exists within this collection. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a with the specified exists within this collection. + + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + + + + Removes the with the specified name from the collection. + + The name of the LexerState to remove. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + + Removes the specified from the collection. + + The LexerState to remove. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + Tries to get a with the specified name and returns whether one is in the collection. + + The name of the lexer state to find in the collection, case-insensitively. + [Out] Contains the lexer state with the specified name or null if no lexer state has the name specified. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + + + + Gets the number of instances in this collection. + + + + + Gets the default lexer state of a grammar, which is the starting lexer state when documents are lexically analyzed. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the Symbol to get. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + + Returns the with the specified name. + + The name of the LexerState to find. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when no lexer state exists with the specified name. + + + + + + A collection of instances contained within a . + + + + + Adds the specified symbol to the collection. + + +

+ If the owning the collection is not the default lexer state, the symbol can optionally be added as an exit symbol. + If it is an exit symbol, the lexer state will be exited when tokens associated with the symbol are created by the lexer. When a lexer state + is exited, the lexer will go back to the state it was in before the state was entered. A LexerState will be entered when a token is created + which is associated with a TerminalSymbol that has a set. If a TerminalSymbol is both an + exit symbol and it has a LexerStateToEnter set, the LexerStateToEnter will be ignored. The lexer cannot enter and exit a state at the same + time and exiting a lexer state takes precedence. +

+
+ The symbol to add to the collection. + Indicates whether the symbol should be an exit symbol for the lexer state. + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when does not belong to the same as the owning . + + + Occurs when is the . + + + Occurs when is True and the owning is the default lexer state. + +
+ + + Adds a new to the collection with the specified name. + + +

+ If the owning the collection is not the default lexer state, the symbol can optionally be added as an exit symbol. + If it is an exit symbol, the lexer state will be exited when tokens associated with the symbol are created by the lexer. When a lexer state + is exited, the lexer will go back to the state it was in before the state was entered. A LexerState will be entered when a token is created + which is associated with a TerminalSymbol that has a set. If a TerminalSymbol is both an + exit symbol and it has a LexerStateToEnter set, the LexerStateToEnter will be ignored. The lexer cannot enter and exit a state at the same + time and exiting a lexer state takes precedence. +

+
+ The of the new symbol. + + The text which must be matched for the terminal symbol to be recognized within the text. If null, the will + be used as the value. + + + Indicates how the text should be interpreted: as a case-sensitive literal string, a case-insensitive literal string, or a regular expression. + + Indicates whether the symbol should be an exit symbol for the lexer state. + + Occurs when the owning does not belong to a . + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when a symbol of the owning Grammar already exists with the specified name. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is True and the owning is the default lexer state. + + The TerminalSymbol instance which was added to the collection. +
+ + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Clears all symbols from the collection. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the specified exists within the collection. + + The symbol to find in the collection. + + Occurs when is null. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether a with the specified name exists within the collection. + + The name of the symbol to find in the collection. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + + + Gets the index of the specified symbol or -1 if it doesn't exist. + + + Occurs when is null. + + The zero-based index of the symbol in the collection or -1 if it doesn't exist. + + + + Inserts the specified symbol into the collection. + + +

+ If the owning the collection is not the default lexer state, the symbol can optionally be added as an exit symbol. + If it is an exit symbol, the lexer state will be exited when tokens associated with the symbol are created by the lexer. When a lexer state + is exited, the lexer will go back to the state it was in before the state was entered. A LexerState will be entered when a token is created + which is associated with a TerminalSymbol that has a set. If a TerminalSymbol is both an + exit symbol and it has a LexerStateToEnter set, the LexerStateToEnter will be ignored. The lexer cannot enter and exit a state at the same + time and exiting a lexer state takes precedence. +

+
+ The zero-based index at which to insert the symbol. + The symbol to add to the collection. + Indicates whether the symbol should be an exit symbol for the lexer state. + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than the . + + + Occurs when does not belong to the same as the owning . + + + Occurs when is the . + + + Occurs when is True and the owning is the default lexer state. + +
+ + + Inserts a new into the collection with the specified name. + + +

+ If the owning the collection is not the default lexer state, the symbol can optionally be added as an exit symbol. + If it is an exit symbol, the lexer state will be exited when tokens associated with the symbol are created by the lexer. When a lexer state + is exited, the lexer will go back to the state it was in before the state was entered. A LexerState will be entered when a token is created + which is associated with a TerminalSymbol that has a set. If a TerminalSymbol is both an + exit symbol and it has a LexerStateToEnter set, the LexerStateToEnter will be ignored. The lexer cannot enter and exit a state at the same + time and exiting a lexer state takes precedence. +

+
+ The zero-based index at which to insert the symbol. + The of the new symbol. + + The value indicating the text which must be matched for the terminal symbol to be recognized within the text. If null, the + will be used as the value. + + + Indicates how the text should be interpreted: as a case-sensitive literal string, a case-insensitive literal string, or a regular expression. + + Indicates whether the symbol should be an exit symbol for the lexer state. + + Occurs when the owning does not belong to a . + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than the . + + + Occurs when a symbol of the owning Grammar already exists with the specified name. + + + Occurs when is not defined in the enumeration. + + + Occurs when is True and the owning is the default lexer state. + + The TerminalSymbol instance which was inserted into the collection. +
+ + + Indicates whether the specified will cause the lexer to exit the current + when it is encountered during lexical analysis. + + The symbol to check. + True if the symbol exits the LexerState when found; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the with the specified name from the collection. + + The name of the TerminalSymbol to remove. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + True if a non-terminal symbol with the name was in the collection before removal; False otherwise. + + + + Removes the specified symbol from the collection. + + The symbol to remove from the collection. + + Occurs when the value of the owning is False. + + + Occurs when is null. + + True if the symbol was in the collection and removed; False otherwise. + + + + Tries to get a with the specified name and returns whether one is in the collection. + + The name of the symbol to find in the collection. + [Out] Contains the symbol with the specified name or null if no symbol has the name specified. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + + + Gets the number of symbols in the collection. + + + + + Gets the at the specified index. + + The 0-based index of the Symbol to get. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + + Gets the with the specified name, case sensitively. + + + The of the symbol to get. + + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when no TerminalSymbol with the specified name exists in the collection. + + + + + + Gets the which owns the collection. + + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the object. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Represents information related to error(s) which have occurred during the parse. + + + + + Gets the collection of errors which have occurred. + + +

+ This collection or the errors within it can be modified to change what it shown to the user. +

+
+
+ + + Gets the value indicating if the error represents a missing node which was created by the parse to complete the parse tree. + + + + + Gets the value indicating if the error represents a token which was skipped because it was not expected in a specific context. + + + + + Gets the indicating the location of the error within the document. + + + + + Gets the indicating the location of the error within the document. + + + + + Gets the terminal or non-terminal symbol which is associated with the error(s). + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + For generated language class usage only. + + + + + Encapsulates a discrete state for a GLR parser. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Determines whether the specified object equals this value. + + The object to test for equality. + True if obj is another AmbiguousParseAction with the same values; False otherwise. + + + + Gets a hash code for the value. + + A hash code for the AmbiguousParseAction value. + + + + A class that defines the details of a text classification. + + + + + + + + Created a new instance. + + + The key used to match the classification type based on a when its is Custom. + + The display name of the classification type. + The description of the classification type. + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + Occurs when is null or empty. + + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + + + + + Returns the that corresponds to the specified . + + The of the that is to be returned. + The that corresponds to the specified . + + + + Returns the that corresponds to the specified + + The for which a is to be returned. + The that corresponds to the specified + + + + Returns the that corresponds to the specified string. + + The name of the (represented as a string) that is to be returned. + The that corresponds to the specified string, or Null if there is no corresponding . + + + + Returns a textual description of this + + + + + Returns the key used to match the based on a when its + is Custom. + + + + + Returns a display name that can be used to identify this + + + + + Returns a Comment + + + + + Returns a DateLiteral + + + + + Returns a DiagnosticError + + + + + Returns a DiagnosticInformation + + + + + Returns a DiagnosticWarning + + + + + Returns a DocCommentStart + + + + + Returns a DocCommentTag + + + + + Returns a DocCommentText + + + + + Returns an Identifier + + + + + Returns a Keyword + + + + + Returns a NumericLiteral + + + + + Returns an Operator + + + + + Returns a PreprocessorDirective + + + + + Returns a PreprocessorDirectiveText + + + + + Returns a Punctuation + + + + + Returns a StringLiteral + + + + + Returns an Undefined + + + + + Returns an Unrecognized + + + + + Returns a Whitespace + + + + + Returns a collection of s. + + + + + Enumerations that correspond to the available s. + + + + + A Comment + + + + + A DateLiteral + + + + + A DiagnosticError + + + + + A DiagnosticInformation + + + + + A DiagnosticWarning + + + + + A DocCommentStart + + + + + A DocCommentTag + + + + + A DocCommentText + + + + + A Identifier + + + + + A Keyword + + + + + A NumericLiteral + + + + + A Operator + + + + + A PreprocessorDirective + + + + + A PreprocessorDirectiveText + + + + + A Punctuation + + + + + A StringLiteral + + + + + A Undefined + + + + + A Unrecognized + + + + + A Whitespace + + + + + Determines where to set the Scanner's CurrentOffset relative to the current line position. + + + + + Seek to the end of the current line. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the current line. + + + + + Seek to the end of the next line. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the next line. + + + + + Seek to the end of the previous line. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the previous line. + + + + + Determines the sequence of characters used to delimit lines in a TextDocument. + + + + + The value returns from Enviornment.NewLine + + + + + A single linefeed character (0x0A) + + + + + A single carriage return character (0x0D) + + + + + 2 characters, a carriage return (0x0D) followed by a line feed (0x0A) + + + + + Determines how s track between snapshots. + + + + + + The point tracks toward the end of the document. An insertion at the current position pushes the point to the end of the inserted text. If a replacement contains the point, it will end up at the end of the replacement text. + + + + + The point tracks toward the beginning of the document. An insertion at the current position leaves the point unchanged. If a replacement contains the point, it will end up at the beginning of the replacement text. + + + + + Determines how s track between snapshots. + + + + + + The leading edge uses a positive tracking mode and the trailing edge uses a negative tracking mode. This causes the span to not expand when text is inserted at either boundary. + + + + + The leading edge uses a negative tracking mode and the trailing edge uses a positive tracking mode. This causes the span to expand when text is inserted at either boundary. + + + + + Both edges of the span use a positive tracking mode. + + + + + Both edges of the span use a negative tracking mode. + + + + + Determines what gets inserted into a when a tab key is entered. + + TextDocument.TabInsertBehavior + TextDocument.TabExtent + + + + When a tab character is entered it is inserted into the document 'as is' (i.e. as a tab character). + + + + + When a tab character is entered it is converted to an appropriate number of spaces in the document based upon the TextDocument.TabExtent setting. + + + + + Identifies the source of a text change. + + + + + + + + + A method was called on , e.g. Insert, Delete, Append, FindReplace etc. + + + + + The 's UndoManager.Undo method was called. + + + + + The 's UndoManager.Redo method was called. + + + + + Determines where to set the Scanner's CurrentOffset relative to the current token position. + + + + + Seek to the end of the current token. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the current token. + + + + + Seek to the end of the next token. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the next token. + + + + + Seek to the end of the previous token. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the previous token. + + + + + Determines where to set the Scanner's CurrentOffset relative to the current word position. + + + + + Seek to the end of the current word. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the current word. + + + + + Seek to the end of the next word. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the next word. + + + + + Seek to the end of the previous word. + + + + + Seek to the beginning of the previous word. + + + + + Represents that various auto-casing behaviors which can be used when the language has case-insensitive keywords and other terminal symbols. + + +

+ When a is created with a value of LiteralIgnoreCase, the + is used to case-insensitively match text. However, if the text does not match the Value exactly, the document can automatically adjust the case to match that + of the Value. +

+
+
+ + + No auto-casing should occur. The text in the document should remain exactly as the user typed it. + + + + + Auto-casing should occur when an edited line is completed. After a line is edited, if the user types a newline, moves the cursor to a different line, changes + the active view of the editor, or moves focus off the editor, all text on the edited line will be auto-cased. In addition, if any edits affect multiple lines, + such as pasting multiple lines or changing the indent level of a block of text, all lines affected will be auto-cased. + + + + + Events arguments for the event. + + + + + + An object containing the relevant information about the global ambiguity. + + +

+ A global ambiguity occurs when the same span of text in a document can be interpreted in two or more different ways based on the grammar + rules for the language and the context in which text occurs. The Context value contains two alternate parses for the text (if there are + more than two alternate parses, the event will be fired multiple times). An event handler can determine which of the two alternate parse + sub-trees should be used in the final tree by setting on the Context value. +

+
+
+ + + Represents a single text or code document (if the . property is set). + + + + + + + Invokes the + TextChanged + event. + + + An instance of the + TextChangedEventArgs + class. + + TextChanged event (TextDocument class) + + + + Invokes the + TextChanging + event. + + + An instance of the + TextChangingEventArgs + class. + + TextChanging event (TextDocument class) + + + + Occurs after either the Load or method is called. + + + Note: this event will also occurs if there is existing text and the property is changed. + + TextLoaded event + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Appends text to the end of the document + + The text to insert + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + + + + Removes all the Undo and Redo history that relates to this TextDocument. + + Indicates whether this method should affect the current open RootTransaction on the if there is one. + + Note: this is equivalent to calling the 's RemoveAll method with a filter that removes only + undo units whose Target is this TextDocument. By default that will be all of the history, however, since the property is settable it is + possible to share a single instance of an UndoManager with more that one TextDocument so that there histories are mingled. + + + + + Returns a DocumentTagAggregator that can aggregate ITags of type T. + + The type of to aggregate + + + + + Removes all text from this document. + + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true. + If startOffset is less than 0 or startOffset plus length greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Deletes text from the document, starting at the specified . + + The zero-based offset from which the deletion begins. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true. + If startOffset is less than 0 or startOffset plus length greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Deletes text from the document + + The span to delete. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + + + + Deletes text from the document + + The zero-based offset where the text to delete start. + The length of the text to delete. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If startOffset is less than 0 or startOffset plus length greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Finds an instance of text in the document that matches the search criteria and replaces it with another string. + + The new text + The search criteria + The start offset + if true continue the search by wrapping if the end is reached without a match. + A TextSearchResultInfo object containing the results of the operation. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If startOffset is less than 0 or startOffset plus length greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Finds an instance of text in the document that matches the search criteria and replaces it with another string.. + + The new text + The search criteria + The span of text to limit the search to. + The start offset relative to the beginning of the document. + if true continue the search by wrapping if the end is reached without a match. + A TextSearchResultInfo object containing the results of the operation. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If startOffset is less than 0 or startOffset plus length greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Replaces all instances of text in the document that matches the search criteria. + + The search criteria + The new text + An optional span to limit the scope of the find/replace + A TextSearchResultInfo object containing the results of the operation. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If startOffset is less than 0 or startOffset plus length greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Initializes all of the text in the document. + + The text to + if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + + Note: this is equivalent to calling one of the Load methods. + + Load + + + + Indents a block of lines (i.e. inserts leading whitepsace). + + The zero-based index of the first line to indent. + The total number of lines to indent. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If lineIndex is less than 0 or lineIndex plus lineCount greater than 1 minus the number of lines in the document.. + + Note: the amount and type of whitespace inserted is determined by the and TabEntryBehavior property settings. + + + + TabEntryBehavior + + + + Inserts text into the document at a specific offset + + The zero-based offset where to insert the text. + The text to insert + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If offset is less than 0 or greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Initializes the document with text from the specified file. + + The name of the file to load. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + if filename is null or empty. + + Note: this is equivalent to calling the method. + + + + + + Initializes the document with text from a stream. + + The stream that contains the text. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + if stream is null. + if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + + Note: this is equivalent to calling the method. + + + + + + Outdents a block of lines (i.e. removes leading whitepsace). + + The zero-based index of the first line to outdent. + The total number of lines to outdent. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If lineIndex is less than 0 or lineIndex plus lineCount greater than 1 minus the number of lines in the document. + + Note: the amount and type of whitespace removed is determined by the property setting. + + + + + + + Parses the document synchronously. + + + Note: just before the method returns the event will be raised and the property will return the new tree. + + + + + + Parses the document on a background thread. + + + Note: when the parse operation is complete the event will be raised and the property will return the new tree. + + + + + + Replaces a range of text in the document with a new string. + + The new text + The span of the text to replace. + True if successful. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If the replacementSpan. is not valid. + + + + Replaces a range of text in the document with a new string. + + The new text + The zero-based offset where the text to replace starts. + The length of the text to delete. + True if successful. + If the property is set to true or if this method is called in the middle of an update operation, e.g. from within a TextChanging event handler. + If startOffset is less than 0 or greater than 1 minus the current length of the document. + + + + Saves the document to the file specified via a previous call to the method. + + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + + + + Saves the document to the file specified via a previous call to the method. + + The sequence of characters to delimit each line in the output. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + + + + Saves the document to the specified file. + + The name of the file to write to. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + + + + Saves the document to the specified file. + + The name of the file to write to. + The sequence of characters to delimit each line in the output. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + + + + Saves the document to a stream. + + The stream to write to. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + + + + Saves the document to a stream. + + The stream to write to. + The sequence of characters to delimit each line in the output. + True if the operation was successful, otherwise false. + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Occurs after changes have been made to the document's text. + + TextChangedEventArgs class + + + + Occurs before changes are made to the document's text. + + TextChangingEventArgs class + + + + Occurs after either the Load or the method is called. + + + Note: this event will also occurs if there is existing text and the property is changed. + + + + + Gets or sets the auto-casing behaviors to use when the language has case-insensitive keywords and other terminal symbols. + + +

+ When a is created with a value of LiteralIgnoreCase, the + is used to case-insensitively match text. However, if the text does not match the Value exactly, the document can automatically adjust the case to match that + of the Value. +

+
+
+ + + Returns a snapshot representing the current version of the document (read-only). + + A thread-safe immutable snapshot of the current version of the document + + Note: Every time a change is made to the document a new snapshot is created. Each snapshot is thread-safe and immutable. + + + + + Returns the name of the file passed into the method (read-only) + + + + + Returns/sets the associated language + + + Note: if this property is not set then the document will be treated as plain text with no syntax rules. In this case an instance of the PlainTextLanguage will be returned. + + + + + Returns/sets whether or not the text in the document can be changed. + + False if the text can be edited, otherwise true. + + + + Returns/sets the sequence of characters used to delimit lines in the document. + + + + + Returns the syntax parse tree (read-only) + + + + + Returns/sets the number of spaces a tab character represents. + + TabEntryBehavior + + + + Returns/sets what gets inserted into a document when a tab key is entered.. + + The default value is 'KeepTabs'. + + + + + Returns/sets the object that manages the undo/redo stacks + + + Note: by default each instance of a TextDocument will instanitate its own . However, since this property is settable it is possible to have some or all TextDocuments share a single UndoManager. + + + + + Ocuurs after a property value has changed + + + + + Provides information about a change to text in a + TextDocument + + TextChanging Event + + + + Returns the new + snapshot + which reflects the + changes + which triggered this event are applied. + + + + + Returns the current + snapshot + which reflects the state of the document before the changes which triggered this event are applied. + + + + + Determines if this action can be canceled (read-only). + + true to allow cancellation of the action, otherwise false. + + Note: if the property returns 'Undo' or 'Redo' CanCancel will return false."/> + + + + + Returns a read-only list containing all + changes + that triggered this event. + + + + + + Identifies the source of the change (read-only). + + + + + Provides information about a change to text in a + TextDocument + + TextChanged Event + + + + Returns the current + snapshot, + which reflects the + changes + which triggered this event. + + + + + Returns the old + snapshot, + which reflects the state of the document before the + changes + which triggered this event. + + + + + Returns a read-only list containing all + changes + that triggered this event. + + + + + + Identifies the source of the change (read-only). + + + + + Provides contextual information for the and events. + + + + + + + Gets the service which was registered or unregistered. + + + + + Gets The case-sensitively unique key with which the service was registered or null if the service was registered + with a Type. + + + + + Gets the type with which the service was registered or null if the service was registered with a key. + + + + + The interface used by an object that provides the indenting service for lines in a document. + + + + + Returns the number of columns to indent a line. + + The document being edited. + The zero-based line index of the line being indented + The number of columns to indent the line (i.e. the amount of whitespace before the first non-tab or space character). + + Note: use the LineFromIndex and/or GetLines methods off the document's CurrentSnapshot to analyze the line. Also, the document's TabExtent provides the number of characters that determine tab locations within a line. + + LineFromIndex + SnapshotLineInfo.CalculateIndent" + + + + Indicates whether the specified token is significant to the indenting logic. + + The token to check for significance. + + + This will get called when edits are made to the last token on a line. If True is returned, it will cause + to be called. False will prevent the call and null will indicate that the default significance checking logic should be used. + + + True if the token is significant to the indenting logic; False if the token is insignificant; Null to use the default logic. + + + + + A class that represents an annotation for a node in the parse tree. + + + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + + + A class that represents a node in the parse tree. + + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the object. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Gets the collection of ancestor nodes leading up from the . + + True to include ancestors which own the node if it is part of structured ignored content. + The collection of ancestor nodes leading up from the SyntaxNode. + + + + + + + + Gets the collection of the and its ancestor nodes leading up from the node. + + True to include ancestors which own the node if it is part of structured ignored content. + The collection of ancestor nodes leading up from the SyntaxNode. + + + + + + + + Gets the list of direct child nodes of the . + + True to get the child nodes in reverse order when enumerating the list. + The list of direct child nodes of the SyntaxNode. + + + + Gets the list of direct child nodes of the . + + + An optional span to restrict the result. Only child nodes intersecting with the span will be included. + The span offset is relative to the beginning of the document. + + True to get the child nodes in reverse order when enumerating the list. + The list of direct child nodes of the SyntaxNode. + + + + Gets the list of descendent nodes of the . + + + A filter for indicating whether the list should include any descendents of the specified node. + + + Indicates whether to include the nodes from structured ignored content. + + The list of descendent nodes of the SyntaxNode. + + + + + + + + Gets the list of descendent nodes of the . + + + An optional span to restrict the result. Only descendant nodes intersecting with the span will be included. + The span offset is relative to the beginning of the document. + + + A filter for indicating whether the list should include any descendents of the specified node. + + + Indicates whether to include the nodes from structured ignored content. + + The list of descendent nodes of the SyntaxNode. + + + + + + + + Gets the list of the and its descendent nodes. + + + A filter for indicating whether the list should include any descendents of the specified node. + + + Indicates whether to include the nodes from structured ignored content. + + The list of the SyntaxNode and its descendents. + + + + + + + + Gets the list of the and its descendent nodes. + + + An optional span to restrict the result. Only descendant nodes intersecting with the span will be included. + The span offset is relative to the beginning of the document. + + + A filter for indicating whether the list should include any descendents of the specified node. + + + Indicates whether to include the nodes from structured ignored content. + + The list of the SyntaxNode and its descendents. + + + + + + + + Returns an enumerator for all nodes within the sub-tree rooted at this node with annotations. + + An optional span to restrict the result. The span offset is relative to the beginning of the document. + An enumerator for all nodes within the sub-tree rooted at this node with annotations. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator for all nodes within the sub-tree rooted at this node with annotations. + + The type of annotations to find. All returned nodes will have one or more annotation of type or derived from type. + An optional span to restrict the result. The span offset is relative to the beginning of the document. + + Occurs when is null. + + An enumerator for all nodes within the sub-tree rooted at this node with annotations. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator for all annotation values of the node. + + An enumerator for all annotation values of the node. + + + + + + Returns an enumerator for all annotation values of a specific type of the node. + + The type of annotations to get. All returned instances will be of type or derived from type. + + Occurs when is null. + + An enumerator for all annotation values of a specific type of the node. + + + + + + Returns the child node at a specific index. + + The 0-based index of the child. + The child node. + + Occurs when is less than 0 or greater than or equal to the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for all descendant values of the node. + + An optional span to restrict the result. The span offset is relative to the beginning of the document. + An enumerator for all descendant NodeDiagnostic values of the node. + + + + + + Returns the first node in this node's sub-tree which represents a . + + + Note: if this node is a token node then this method will return itself. + + The first node in this node's sub-tree that is a token node. + + + + + + Returns the last node in this node's sub-tree which represents a . + + + Note: if this node is a token node then this method will return itself. + + The last node in this node's sub-tree that is a token node. + + + + Returns the list of all leading ignored content before this node. + + +

+ If is False, GetLeadingIgnoredContent will return . +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets the text of this node and all of its descendants. + + + If true will include the leading ignored content of the first descendant . + + + The reconstructed string contains all of the descendant s concatenated. + + + + + Gets the associated with the if the node represents a token. + + + Occurs when the node does not represent a token. + + The associated with the . + + + + + Returns the count of child nodes (read-only). + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether will return any values representing + diagnostic information within the sub-tree rooted at the . + + + + + + Gets the occupied by the . + + +

+ The snapshot associated with the span will be null if the is null because the node does not exist in a tree + and therefore is not associated with a . +

+
+ + A SnapshotSpan that represents the node including all leading ignored content (see ). + + +
+ + + Gets the full occupied by the . + + + A TextSpan that represents the node including all leading ignored content (see ). + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the node has associated annotations. + + + + + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether this node has ignored content before it. + + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of this node in its 's children (read-only). + + -1 for the root node, otherwise the zero-based index of this node in its parent's children. + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the node represents structured ignored content. + + + + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the node is a missing from the text and was inserted while parsing. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the node was skipped while parsing because it was not expected in its context. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the node represents a from the document. + + + + + + Returns the associated Language (read-only) + + + + + Gets the number of ignored characters before the node. + + +

+ Note: LeadingIgnoredContentLength is included in +

+
+
+ + + Returns the aggregate string length (read-only) + + + + + Returns the overall offset of the node within the entire tree (read-only) + + + + + Returns the parent node (read-only) + + + + + Returns the relatve offset of the node within its parent node (read-only) + + + + + Gets the occupied by the . + + +

+ The snapshot associated with the span will be null if the is null because the node does not exist in a tree + and therefore is not associated with a . +

+
+ + A SnapshotSpan that represents the node excluding any leading ignored content (see ). + + +
+ + + Gets the occupied by the . + + + A TextSpan that represents the node excluding any leading ignored content (see ). + + + + + + Returns the + Symbol + which produced this token. + + + + + Gets the in which the or null if it does not exist in a SyntaxTree. + + + + + Structure containing zero-based line and character offsets that uniquely idenity a character location. + + + + + Instantiates a new + + The zero-based line offset within the document. + The zero-based character offset within the line. + If line or character is less than 0. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the zero-based character number in the line (read-only). + + + + + Returns the zero-based line number (read-only). + + + + + Structure containing an offset and length that identify a run of text within a document + + + + + Returns a span that represents all the text. + + + + + Instantiates a new + + The zero-based offset into the document + The number of characters in the span (can be zero or negative) + If offset is less than 0 or the offset + length is less than 0. + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the span is greater than other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the span is less than other + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Determines if a span is completely contained within this span. + + The span to test. + true is the span is completely contained within this span, otherwise false. + + + + Determines if a offset is contained within this span. + + The offset to test. + true is the offset is contained within this span, otherwise false. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the intersect between this span and another. + + The span to intersect. + A new TextSpan with the intersect or null if the spans don't intersect. + + + + Indicates whether the span intersects with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans intersect; otherwise False. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the overlap between this span and another. + + The span to overlap. + A new TextSpan with the overlap or null if the spans don't overlap. + + + + Indicates whether the span overlaps with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans overlap; otherwise False. + + + + Returns the normalized end offset (read-only). + + + + + Returns the length of the text span (read-only). + + + Note: if the length is negative that means the of the span is before the + + + + + Returns the zero-based offset from the beginning of the document (read-only). + + + + + Returns the normalized start offset (read-only). + + + + + Encapsulates the properties of a token produced during lexical analysis. + + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the object. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + If the has its value set to True, gets the full multiline token. + Otherwise, returns the Token. + + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the is a portion of a multi-line token on one line. + + + + + + Returns the Language that was used to produce this token (read-only). + + + + + Returns the length of the string which this token represents. + + + + + Returns the overall character offset from the beginning of the document to the start of this token (read-only). + + + + + Retirnms the span of the token within the document (read-only). + + + + + Returns the text which this token represents. + + + + + Returns the + TerminalSymbol + which produced this token. + + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the object. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns the zero-based offset for this substring, as relative + to the first character of the token which contains it. + + + + + Returns the length of the substring. + + + + + Returns the text. + + + + + Returns the specified substring. + + The zero-based position of the first character in the string to be returned. + The length of the string to be returned. + The specified substring. + + + + Returns the corresponding from a zero-based offset value. + + The zero-based offset relative to the beginning of the document for this token. + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so the token returned only consist of the portion on the line at the specified index. + The corresponding . + If offset is less than zero or greater than the document's overall length. + + + + An object that represents a line within a specific + + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the object. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Returns true if the token is contained in this line. + + The token to test. + true if the line contains the token, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the character at a specific offset in the line. + + The zero-based offset of the character from the beginning of the line. + The character in question. + If charOffset is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + Returns the line indent. + + The number of columns that the line is indented by (i.e. the amount of whitespace before the first non-tab or space character). + + + + Returns the concatenated text from all the Tokens that make up the line + + If true the returned string will include any carriage return/line feed characters at the end of the line. + A string representing the complete text of the line. + + + + Returns the token at a specific index. + + The zero-based index of the token. + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so the the token returned does not span multiple line. + The token in question. + If tokenIndex is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + Returns the token that contains a specific character. + + The zero-based offset of the character from the beginning of the line. + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so the the token returned does not span multiple line. + The token in question. + If charOffset is less than 0 or greater than or equal to . + + + + Returns the zero-based index of a token. + + The token to test. + The zero-based index or -1 if the token is not in the line. + + + + Returns true if the specified represents the same line content. + + The to check. + True if the specified represents the same line content, otherwise false. + + Note: this method will return true if the line content is the same even though the may be different. + + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the length of all the text in the line including carriage return and line feed characters. (read-only). + + + + + Returns the zero-based index of the line (read-only). + + + + + Returns the 1-based line number (read-only). + + + Note: this is one more than the value. + + + + + Returns the zero-based offset of this line from the beginning of the document (read-only). + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + Returns the length of all the text in the line excluding carriage return and line feed characters. (read-only). + + + + + Returns the total number of tokens in the line including the line terminator token (read-only). + + +

+ If the line contains a portion of the multiline token, the will also include that token. +

+
+
+ + + Represents a point (i.e. offset) within a specific + + + Note: to translate a point between 2 related Snapshots use the method. + + + + + Instantiates a new + + The associated TextDocumentSnapshot + The position within the snapshot + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Implicitly converts the SnapshotPoint to an int representing its position. + + The point + The point's position + + + + Adds an offset to a position. + + The starting point + The amount to increment + A new SnapshotPoint with the resulting position + + + + Subtracts an offset from a position. + + The starting point + The amount to decrement + A new SnapshotPoint with the resulting position + + + + Computes the difference (delta) between two structures. + + The first structure + The other structure + The difference between the 2 points. + If the snapshots don't match. + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the point is greater than other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the point is less than other + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Returns a new SnapshotPoint with its position incremented by an offset. + + The amount to add to the position + A new SnapshotPoint with its position incremented by the offset. + + + + Returns the position difference between this point and another. + + The other point + the difference between the 2 points. + + + + Returns a that represents the specified in the specified + + The . + The associated with the specified textLocation + A that represents the specified in the specified + + + + Returns the character at this position + + The char + + + + Returns the line containing this point + + The line containing the point. + + + + Returns a that corresponds to the SnapshotPoint's within the current . + + A that corresponds to the SnapshotPoint's within the current . + + + + Returns a new SnapshotPoint with its position decremented by an offset. + + The amount to subtract from the position + A new SnapshotPoint with its position decremented by the offset. + + + + Translates the point from one snapshot to another. + + The target snapshot. + The tracking mode to use. + A new with the adjusted position for the target snapshot. + If the target snapshot is null and the current snapshot is not null. + If the target snapshot is not either a predecessor or successor of this snapshot (i.e. they weren't created from the same root document). + TextDocumentSnapshot.IsCompatibleWith + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the normalized zero-based end offset from the beginning of the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + Represents the span of text within a specific based on an offset and length + + + + + Instantiates a new + + The associated TextDocumentSnapshot + The zero-based offset into the document + The number of characters in the span (can be zero or negative) + If offset is less than 0 or the offset + length is less than 0. + + + + Instantiates a new + + The associated TextDocumentSnapshot + The span in the snapshot + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Implicitly converts the SnapshotSpan to a TextSpan. + + The SnapshotSpan + The TextSpan + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Returns the associated text. + + The associated text. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the intersect between this span and another. + + The span to intersect. + A new SnapshotSpan with the intersect or null if the spans don't intersect. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the intersect between this span and another. + + The span to intersect. + A new SnapshotSpan with the intersect or null if the spans don't intersect. + + + + Indicates whether the span intersects with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans intersect; otherwise False. + + + + Indicates whether the span intersects with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans intersect; otherwise False. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the overlap between this span and another. + + The span to overlap. + A new SnapshotSpan with the overlap or null if the spans don't overlap. + + + + Returns a span that contains just the overlap between this span and another. + + The span to overlap. + A new SnapshotSpan with the overlap or null if the spans don't overlap. + + + + Indicates whether the span overlaps with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans overlap; otherwise False. + + + + Indicates whether the span overlaps with the specified span. + + The span to test. + True if the spans overlap; otherwise False. + + + + Translates the span from one snapshot to another + + The target snapshot + The tracking mode to use. + A new with the adjusted values for the target snapshot. + If the target snapshot is null. + If the target snapshot is not either a predecessor or successor of this snapshot (i.e. they weren't created from the same root document). + TextDocumentSnapshot.IsCompatibleWith + + + + Returns the end point from the beginning of the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the end point within the (read-only). + + + + + Returns true if the length of the span is 0 (read-only). + + + + + Returns the length of the text span (read-only). + + + Note: if the length is negative that means the of the span is before the + + + + + Returns the zero-based offset from the beginning of the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the start point within the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the normalized start location within the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + Returns the structure (read-only). + + + + + Represents the word of text within a specific . + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + The text of the + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the span of the text (read-only). + + + + + Returns the text of the word (read-only). + + + + + Represents the parsed syntax tree for a specific . + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Gets a modified tree with an annotation attached to the specified node. + + +

+ If a syntax tree has diagnostics or annotations attached to a node within it, the resulting syntax tree is an equivalent syntax tree. It represents the same + structure, but has additional information associated. An annotation can be attached to any node in the current tree or any tree which is equivalent to the + current tree. For example, if two nodes need to be annotated, the calls can be chained: + + var newTree = originalTree.AddAnnotation(node1, annotation1).AddAnnotation(node2, annotation2); + + The two nodes were obtained from the original tree, but node2 is annotated on the modified tree which is returned from the first call to AddAnnotation. In + this case, the logically equivalent node in the modified tree is annotated with annotation2 and a newly modified tree is returned and stored in newTree. +

+

+ Trees can be tested for equivalence by seeing if their values are the same. +

+
+ The node to which the annotation should be attached. + The annotation to add to the node. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the of does not match the of the . + + The new containing the annotation. + +
+ + + Gets a modified tree with diagnostic information attached to the specified node. + + +

+ If a syntax tree has diagnostics or annotations attached to a node within it, the resulting syntax tree is an equivalent syntax tree. It represents the same + structure, but has additional information associated. Diagnostics can be attached to any node in the current tree or any tree which is equivalent to the + current tree. For example, if two nodes need to have errors associated, the calls can be chained: + + var newTree = originalTree.AddDiagnostic(node1, diagnostic1).AddDiagnostic(node2, diagnostic2); + + The two nodes were obtained from the original tree, but node2 is annotated on the modified tree which is returned from the first call to AddDiagnostic. In + this case, the logically equivalent node in the modified tree is associated with diagnostic2 and a newly modified tree is returned and stored in newTree. +

+

+ Trees can be tested for equivalence by seeing if their values are the same. +

+
+ The node to which the diagnostic information should be attached. + The diagnostic information which should be attached. + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when is null. + + + Occurs when the of does not match the of the . + + The new containing the diagnostic information. + +
+ + + For a node specified from an equivalent tree, returns a in this tree which represents the same content; otherwise null. + + +

+ Callers of the or methods will get returned a reference to an equivalent tree. This tree + represents the same textual content as the original with extra data decorating a node in the equivalent tree. GetEquivalentNode will take a node + from one tree and return the node representing the same textual content on an equivalent tree. +

+

+ If the node specified is from a tree which is not equivalent, GetEquivalentNode will return null. +

+

+ Trees can be tested for equivalence by seeing if their values are the same. +

+
+ The SyntaxNode for which to find the equivalent node. + + Occurs when is null. + + + If a node is specified from an equivalent tree, returns a in this tree which represents the same content; otherwise null. + + + +
+ + + Returns the root node of the tree (read-only). + + + + + Returns the that was parsed (read-only). + + + + + Basic implementation of . + + + + + + + + + The interface definition for all objects that represent a classification tag. + + + + + The base interface for all tag types. + + + + + The associated with this tag. + + + + + The key of the which should be associated with this tag. + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The associated with this + + + + Creates a new instance. + + + The key of the which should be associated with this tag. + + + + + Returns the associated with this (read only). + + + + + Returns the key of the which should be associated with this tag (read only). + + + + + An implementation that tags document text with s. + + + + + + + + + + An abstract base class for taggers (i.e., objects that implement ) + + The derived type that the tagger should create + + + + + + + The interface definition for all objects that provide s from text. + + The type of s to provide. + + + + + + Returns all the tags that intersect the specified spans. + + A collection of spans over which the tagger looks for overlapping or contained tags + s for all tags that are contained by or overlap the spans. + + + + Constructor + + The containing the text to be tagged. + + + + Returns all the s that intersect the specified spans. + + A collection of spans whose text is examined and tagged with derived tags. + s for all s that are contained by or overlap the spans. + + + + Returns the document associated with this (read only) + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Returns all the s that intersect the specified spans. + + A collection of spans whose text is examined and tagged with s. + s for all s that are contained by or overlap the spans. + + + + Provides a Classification tagger. + + + + + + + + The interface definition for objects create Taggers. + + + + + Returns a Tagger that can tag the specified document with tags of type T. + + The document that contains the text to be tagged. + A Tagger that can tag the specified document with tags of type T. + + + + Returns the derived type supported by the taggers created by this tagger provider. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns a Tagger that can tag the specified document with s. + + The document that contains the text to be tagged. + A Tagger that can tag the specified document with s. + + + + + + Returns the derived type supported by the taggers created by this tagger provider. + + + + + + + Basic implementation of . + + + + + + + + + + The interface for all tags that represent diagnostics generated by the parser. + + + + + Returns the associated with this . + + + + + Creates a new instance. + + The associated with this + + + + Returns the associated with this (read only). + + + + + An implementation that tags document text with s. + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + Returns all the s that intersect the specified spans. + + A collection of spans whose text is examined and tagged with s. + s for all s that are contained by or overlap the spans. + + + + Provides a tagger. + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns a Tagger that can tag the specified document with s. + + The document that contains the text to be tagged. + A Tagger that can tag the specified document with s. + + + + + + Returns the derived type supported by the taggers created by this tagger provider. + + + + + + + An implementation of ITagAggregator for use with s. + + The type of to aggregate + + + + + + + The interface definition for objects that process all providers which generate tags of a specific type that fall within a specified list of spans. + + The type of to aggregate. + + + + Returns all tags of type T from all providers that overlap or are contained by the specified snapshotSpans collection. + + A collection of spans over which the aggregator looks for overlapping or contained tags from all providers. + ITagSpans for all tags from all providers that are contained by or overlap the spans. + + + + Returns all tags of type T from all providers that overlap or are contained by the specified snapshotSpans collection. + + A collection of spans over which the aggregator looks for overlapping or contained tags from all providers. + s for all tags from all providers that are contained by or overlap the spans. + + + + The interface definition for all objects that associate an with a + + The type of associated with the span. + + + + + + Returns the associated with the . + + + + + Returns the contained in the associated . + + + + + The interface for all tags that represent tagged s. + + + + + Returns the associated with this . + + + + + Basic implementation of ITagSpan. + + The derived type associated with the + + + + Constructor + + The associated with this + The derived type associated with this + + + + Returns the associated with this . + + + + + Returns the associated with this . + + + + + Basic implementation of . + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + The associated with this + + + + Returns the associated with this . + + + + + An implementation that tags document text with s. + + + + + + + + + + Constructor + + The containing the text to be tagged. + + + + Returns all the s that intersect the specified spans. + + A collection of spans whose text is examined and tagged with s. + s for all s that are contained by or overlap the spans. + + + + Provides a token tagger. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Returns a Tagger that can tag the specified document with s. + + The document that contains the text to be tagged. + A Tagger that can tag the specified document with s. + + + + Returns the derived type supported by the taggers created by this tagger provider. + + + + + Describes a single contiguous text change operation on a + TextDocument. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + Returns the difference in the length between the + TextDocumentSnapshot + which was the current snapshot immediately before this change and the new snapshot. + + + + + Returns the difference in the number of lines in the snapshot + resulting from this change. + + + + + Returns the length of the document after the change was applied. + + + + + Returns the text that replaced the + OldText + + + + + Returns the span of the text change in the snapshot + immediately after the change. + + +

+ This span is empty for a pure deletion. Its start position differs from that of the + NewSpan + only when there is more than one TextChange included in moving from one + snapshot to the next. +

+
+
+ + + Returns the length of the document before the change was applied. + + + + + Returns the text that was replaced. + + + + + Returns the span of the text change in the snapshot + immediately before the change. + + +

+ This span is empty for a pure insertion. Its start position differs from that of the + NewSpan + only when there is more than one TextChange included in moving from one + snapshot to the next. +

+
+
+ + + Represents the entire state (i.e. version) of a . + + + Note: Every time a change is made to the document a new snapshot is created. Each snapshot is thread-safe and immutable. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of a + + + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split up so that when scanning tokens, no token returned spans multiple line. + + The new instance of the scanner for this snapshot. + + + + + Finds an instance of text in the span that matches the search criteria. + + The search criteria + The start offset relative to the beginning of the document. + if true continue the search by wrapping if the end is reached without a match. + An optional span to limit the search to. + A TextSearchResultInfo object containing the results of the operation. + + + + Finds all instances of text in the text span that matches the search criteria. + + The search criteria + On optional span to limit the search to. + A TextSearchResultInfo object containing the results of the operation. + + + + Returns a object that can enumerate s. + + The zero-based line offset. + True to enumerate backwards from the startLineIndex. + A forward or backward enumerator + + Note: even though the snapshot is thread-safe, the enumerator is not. Therefore this method should be called on the same thread that is using it (i.e. each thread accessing an enumerator should create its own). Trying to access the properties and methods of an enumerator created on another thread will raise an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + Returns the string representation of this snapshot. + + The string representation of this snapshot. + + + + Returns the specified substring. + + The zero-based position of the first character in the string to be returned. + The specified substring. + + + + Returns the specified substring. + + The zero-based position of the first character in the string to be returned. + The length of the string to be returned. + The specified substring. + + + + Returns the specified substring. + + The span of the text. + The specified substring. + + + + Returns the number of s in the shapshot (read-only). + + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so no token counted spans multiple line. + + + + + Returns a object that can enumerate s. + + The span of text to restrict the token enumeration. + A function that can decide which tokens get returned from the enumerator. + True to enumerate backwards from the end of the span to the beginning of the span. + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so no token returned spans multiple line. + A forward or backward enumerator of Tokens + + Note: even though the snapshot is thread-safe, the enumerator is not. Therefore this method should be called on the same thread that is using it (i.e. each thread accessing an enumerator should create its own). Trying to access the properties and methods of an enumerator created on another thread will raise an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + Returns a object that can enumerate s. + + The span of text to restrict the token enumeration. + A function that can decide which tokens get returned from the enumerator. + True to enumerate backwards from the end of the span to the beginning of the span. + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so no token returned spans multiple line. + A forward or backward enumerator of Tokens + + Note: even though the snapshot is thread-safe, the enumerator is not. Therefore this method should be called on the same thread that is using it (i.e. each thread accessing an enumerator should create its own). Trying to access the properties and methods of an enumerator created on another thread will raise an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + Returns a object that can enumerate s. + + The offset at which to start the token enumeration. + A function that can decide which tokens get returned from the enumerator. + True to enumerate backwards from the end of the span to the beginning of the span. + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so no token returned spans multiple line. + A forward or backward enumerator of Tokens + + Note: even though the snapshot is thread-safe, the enumerator is not. Therefore this method should be called on the same thread that is using it (i.e. each thread accessing an enumerator should create its own). Trying to access the properties and methods of an enumerator created on another thread will raise an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + Determines if 2 snapshots are compatible (i.e. have the same root buffer) + + The snapshot to compare. + + Note: if snapshots are not compatible then SnapshotPoints and SnapshotSpans can not be translated between them. + Calling either SnapshotPoint.TranslateTo or SnapshotSpan.TranslateTo with an incompatible snapshot will raise an exception. + + true if both snapshots have the same root buffer, otherwise false. + + + + Returns the corresponding from a zero-based index. + + The zero-based index of the line.. + The corresponding . + If index is less than zero or greater than or equal to the . + + + + Returns the corresponding from a zero-based offset value. + + The zero-based offset relative to the beginning of the document for this snapshot. + The corresponding . + If offset is less than zero or greater than the document's overall length - 1. + + + + Returns the corresponding zero-based line index from a zero-based offset value. + + The zero-based offset relative to the beginning of the document for this snapshot. + The corresponding zero based line index. + If offset is less than zero or greater than the document's overall length. + + + + Returns the corresponding line and character location from a zero-based offset value. + + The zero-based offset relative to the beginning of the document for this snapshot. + The corresponding TextLocation struct. + If offset is less than zero or greater than the document's overall length - 1. + + + + Returns the corresponding overall zero-based offset from a line and character location. + + The zero-based line and character numbers for a character location in this snapshot. + The corresponding overall zero-based offset from the beginning of the document.. + If resulting offset is less than zero or greater than the document's overall length - 1. + + + + Returns the corresponding from a zero-based offset value. + + The zero-based offset relative to the beginning of the document for this token. + Indicates whether multiline tokens should be split so the token returned only consist of the portion on the line at the specified index. + The corresponding . + If offset is less than zero or greater than the document's overall length. + + + + Returns the from a zero-based offset value. + + The zero-based offset relative to the beginning of the document for this snapshot. + The corresponding or null if the offset is not within a word. + If offset is less than zero or greater than the document's overall length - 1. + + + + Returns the associated (read-only) + + + + + Returns the character at the specified position(read-only). + + + + + + + Returns the length of the snapshot in characters (read-only). + + + + + Returns the number of lines in the shapshot (read-only). + + + + + Returns the number of Tokens in the shapshot (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the version of the document that this snapshot represents (read-only) + + + + + Exposes methods for scanning through a snapshot of a + + + This class targets a specific instance of a snapshot and is created via the snapshot’s CreateScanner method. It is used for efficiently scanning thru the snapshot’s lines, tokens and words. + The property is used to scan thru the snapshot. It can either be set explicitly (it defaults to zero) or via the , , , or methods. Once set, the , , and read-only properties can be used to query what is at the CurrentOffset. In addition, there are 'Peek' next/previous token and word methods to look ahead or behind without changing the CurrentOffset. + Note: even though the snapshot that it targets is thread-safe, the scanner is not. Therefore it should be created on the same thread that it is used on (i.e. each thread accessing a scanner should create its own). Trying to access the properties and methods of a scanner created on another thread will raise an InvalidOperationException. + + + + + + + Sets the to the beginning or end of a Token. + + The relative token position. + An optional filter function to bypass certain tokens. + True if successful, otherwise false + if a filter is supplied and scanType is either 'CurrentTokenStart' or 'CurrentTokenEnd'. + + + + Returns/sets the zero-based character offset. + + + + + Returns the Token at the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the snapshot that this scanner was created for (read-only) + + + + + + Peeks ahead and returns the next token without changing the . + + An optional filter function to bypass certain tokens. + The next token if successful, otherwise null + + + + Peeks ahead and returns the next word without changing the . + + The next word if successful, otherwise null + + + + Peeks backward and returns the previous token without changing the . + + An optional filter function to bypass certain tokens. + The previou token if successful, otherwise null + + + + Peeks backward and returns the previous word without changing the . + + The previou word if successful, otherwise null + + + + Sets the to the length minus one. + + + + + Sets the to the beginning of a line. + + The zero-based index of the line. + True if successful, otherwise false + + + + Sets the to the beginning or end of a line. + + The relative line position. + True if successful, otherwise false + + + + Sets the to the zero. + + + + + Sets the to the beginning or end of a Token. + + The relative token position. + An optional filter function to bypass certain tokens. + True if successful, otherwise false + if a filter is supplied and scanType is either 'CurrentTokenStart' or 'CurrentTokenEnd'. + + + + Sets the to the beginning or end of a Word within a Token. + + The relative word position. + True if successful, otherwise false + + + + Returns the character at the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the Line containing the (read-only). + + + + + Returns/sets the zero-based character offset. + + + + + Returns the Token at the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the Word at the (read-only). + + The word at the current offset or null if is not within a word. + + + + Returns the snapshot that this scanner was created for (read-only) + + + + + + An object that identifies a specific version of a including a list of the changes that were made to create the next version. + + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the changes that were applied to get to the next version. + + + Note: for the this property will return null. + + + + + + + Returns the source of the changes that were applied to get to the next version (read-only). + + + Note: for the this property will return null. + + + + + + Returns the overall length of this version of the document (read-only) + + + + + Returns the next version of this document (read-only) + + + Note: for the this property will return null. + + + + + Returns the version number for this version (read-only) + + + + + Defines the criteria to use when performing a find operation on text within a + + FindReplace + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + If true bypass partial word matches. + The regular expression pattern to use. + the regular expression options to use.. + + + + Initializes a new + + If true bypass partial word matches. + The regular expression pattern to use. + If true will match only if the case matches. + If true will serach up in the document. + + + + Initializes a new + + The text to search for. + If true bypass partial word matches. + If true will match only if the case matches. + If true will serach up in the document. + + + + Returns whether the find operation is case sensitive (read-only). + + + + + Returns the regex options to use for the search (read-only). + + + + + Returns the regex pattern to use for the search (read-only). + + + + + Returns the search direction (.i.e. whether the search should look forwards or backwards in the text) (read-only). + + + + + Returns the text to search for (read-only). + + + + + Returns whether to ignore partial matches within words (read-only). + + + + + Represents a single match in a find or replace operation on text within a + + FindReplace + + + + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the hash code of the object. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Determines if a structure is equatable to this one. + + The other structure + Returns true if the structures are equatable, otherwise false + + + + Returns the span of the text that was found (read-only) + + + Note: in the case of a replace operation, the snapshot of SpanFound will reference the snapshot before the change was applied while the snapshot of SpanReplaced will reference the snapshot after the change was applied. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the span of the text that was replaced or null if no text was replaced (read-only) + + + Note: in the case of a replace operation, the snapshot of SpanFound will reference the snapshot before the change was applied while the snapshot of SpanReplaced will reference the snapshot after the change was applied. + + + + + + + + + + + Represents the results of a find or replace operation on text within a + + FindReplace + + + + + + + Returns the criteria use for the search operation (read-only) + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the TextSearchResult instances. + + + + + + Class for an undo/redo of an indent or outdent operation on a TextDocument. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Class for an undo/redo replace all operation on a TextDocument. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the span is greater than other + + + + Compares the relative values of two structures + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the span is less than other + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns the string representation of this object. + + + + + + Class for an undo/redo operation on a TextDocument. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DragDrop.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DragDrop.v14.2.dll index 599e3fb8e84..494424da931 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DragDrop.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.DragDrop.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.Design.XML b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.Design.XML new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7279c12092c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.Design.XML @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.Design + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + Type converter to convert strings to objects at design time. + + + + + Determines whether this converter can convert an object of the specified type. + + An that provides a format context. + The type that you want to convert from. + true if sourceType is a or of the specified type. + + + + Converts the specified string to an object. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The object to covert to the Nullable enum type. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8c48ffde05f Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..03cf5f998db Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bc5eaebe730 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,14025 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Editors.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Exposes a to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Edit enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the class + + A string that contains 'SectionsList' + + + + Returns the name of the asscoiated element. + + A string that contains the name of the associated element + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ValueEditor' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Called to focus the associtaed element + + + + + Ensures that the editor is in edit mode. + + +

This method will attempt to put the editor into edit mode if it is not in edit mode. If that fails it will raise an exception.

+
+
+ + + Returns the associated with the automation peer. + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The ComboBox enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamComboEditor' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarItem' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarItemGroup' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'CalendarItemGroupTitle' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + An instance + An structure + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'DateTime' + + + + Returns the day for the that corresponds with the DateTime struct that is associated with this . + + + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Returns the automation peer for which this proxy is associated. + + A + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this can receive and send events. + + True if the can send and receive events; otherwise, false. + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Edit enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamCheckEditor' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Edit enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamMaskedEditor' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the element that is associated with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamOutlookBar' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Edit enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamTextEditor' + + + + Used for specifying items on a . + + + + value editor is not an ItemsControl. The way you specify + the items to display it its drop-down is by setting its + property. + + + + + + + Constructor. Initializes a new instance of class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayMemberPath property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayMemberPath property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ItemsSource property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ItemsSource property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ValuePath property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValuePath property to its default state. + + + + + Dirties the cached items and sort indexs. + + + + + Finds ItemHolder for the specified data value. + + Data value for which to get the item holder. + This only matters when there are multiple items with the same data values. + In that case if the item at this index matches the specified data value then the associated item holder will + be returned. Otherwise the first matching item holder will be returned. + + This out parameter will be set to the found item holder. + + + + + Returns the item the specified index. + + + + + + + Returns the selected index value associated with the specified listObject. + + + + + + + Specifies the path into the selected item from which to get the text. + The Text and DisplayText properties will return values from this path. + + + + DisplayMemberPath specifies the list object property to use to get the text for the editor. + When an item is selected from the drop-down, the property + returns the item itself. The and + properties return the value of the property specified by DisplayMemberPath from that selected + item. + + + + + + Specifies a custom comparer to use for comparing display text associated with each combo-box item. + + + + + Specifies an interface that the ComboBoxItemsProvider will use to get value and display text + for each data item in its items source. + + + + Note that you don't normally have to provide this interface. The ComboBoxItemsProvider + has default logic to get the value and display text for each item based on the + and properties. However you can provide this interface if you + have custom logic for generating value and display texts or to improve performance when you + have a large number of data items in the items source, since the default logic involves using + reflection to evaluate value and display member paths. Note that if you use + objects as data items then this property will be ignored since such an interface is not + necessary in that case. + + + + + + + + + Returns the items to be displayed in the drop-down portion of this XamComboEditor. + + + + See for more information on how to specify items for the + XamComboEditor's drop-down. + + + + + + + + Specifies the collection from which to populate the drop-down list of the associated XamComboEditor. + + + + There are two ways you can specify the items to display in the drop-down of the XamComboEditor. + You can set the ItemsSource property to a collection of items to display in the drop-down or + you can add items to the collection returned property. + Note that you can not do both at the same time. When you specify the ItemsSource property, + the Items property will return a collection that's read-only. It will reflect the same + items as the ItemsSource however it will be read-only. Any changes made to the ItemsSource will + also be reflected by the Items property. + + + + + + Specifies a custom comparer to use for comparing values associated with each combo-box item. + + + + + Specifies the path into the selected item from which to get the data value. + The Value property will return values from this path. + + + + ValuePath specifies the list object property to use to get the value for the editor. + When an item is selected from the drop-down, the property + returns the item itself. The property returns the + value of the property specified by ValuePath from that selected item. + + + + + + Handles null and empty string values. + + Whether converting back. + Value to convert. + Type to convert the value to. + Optional - can be null. + This will be assigned the converted value. + Returns true if the value was handled. + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Conversion routine for use by index comparer. + + + + + + + + + If partial is true then checks if the overallText starts with searchText. + + + + + + + + + + Used by the ComboBoxItemsProvider's property. + Used for providing value and display text associated with each item in the ComboBoxItemsProvider's + items source. + + + + + Gets the value for the specified data item. + + Gets the value for this data item. + Value associated with the specified data item. + + + + Gets the display text for the specified data item. + + Gets the display text for this data item. + Display text associated with the specified data item. + + + + Used for specifying the XamComboEditor's property. + + + + + + + Editor's property's value is used as + the content of the edit portion of the editor. + + + + + Editor's property's value is used as the + content of the edit portion of the editor. + + + + + Editor's property's value is used + as the content of the edit portion of the editor. + + + + + Used for specifying the XamComboEditor's property. + + + + + + + Always display the button. + + + + + Display the button when the mouse is over. Note that this option will always display + the button when the editor is in edit mode. + + + + + Display the button when the editor is focus. + + + + + Display the button only when in edit mode. + + + + + ComboBoxDataItem is a class for holding value, display text and optionally an image. + A default template is defined for ComboBoxDataItem that displays the image and display text. + Main purpose of this object is to let you easily map value and display text and optionally + display an image for each item inside an items control, like XamComboEditor. + + + + You can populate an items control like XamComboEditor with ComboBoxDataItem instances. + This lets you easily map values to display texts and optionally display an image inside + each item in the items control. All without having to create a custom object or control + template for the item. + + + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Constructor + + Value associated with this combobox data item + + + + Constructor + + Value associated with this combobox data item + Text to display for this item + + + + Returns true if the DisplayText property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayText property to its default state. + + + + + Returns true if the Image property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Image property to its default state. + + + + + Returns true if the Tag property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Tag property to its default state. + + + + + Returns true if the Value property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Value property to its default state. + + + + + Returns the display text. + + The value of the property. + + + + Gets or sets the display text associated with the item. + + + + Display text associated with the item is displayed for each item in both the drop down + and combo portion. If display text is not specified, text representation of + will be used. + + + + + + Gets or sets the image to display in the item. + + + + You can display an image in each item by setting this property to an ImageSource instance. + + + + + + Gets or sets the tag. + + + + Tag is not used by the item in any way. It simply provides a way for you to associate + a piece of data with an item for your reference. + + + + + + Gets or sets the value associated with this item. + + + + + INotifyPropertyChanged.PropertyChanged event implementation. + + + + + Custom + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + An editor that displays a list of items in a drop down from which the user can select an entry. + The editor also supports entering any arbitrary value in the edit portion. + + + + XamComboEditor is a value editor that displays a list of items in a drop down from which the + user can select an entry. The editor also supports entering any arbitrary value in the edit portion. + + + The way you populate items in the drop-down of this editor is by creating a + object and setting the editor's property. ComboBoxItemsProvider + exposes ItemsSource and Items properties just like an ItemsControl for specifying items either by binding + to an external collection of items using ItemsSource property or directly populating the Items property. + + + The default ValueType for this editor is string. However, you can set the data type to a different type. + + + + + + Abstract base class for text based value editors. + + + + TextEditorBase class is an abstract base class from which text based + value editors derive. For example, and + derive from this class. Note that it's not + necessary for a text based editor to derive from this class however this + class provides a common set of functionality for text based value editors. + + + + + + An abstract base class that provides functionality for displaying or editing values. + + +

+ is an abstract base class from which all other editors are derived. + ValueEditor implements a significant portion of functionality that is + common to all the value editors. +

+

Here's a listing of key features + that make ValueEditor and derived classes.

+
    +
  • + -- The ValueType property specifies the type of values that are being + displayed/edited by the editor. The ValueEditor ensures that the user input + is of this type. The editor will automatically parse the input and convert + it to an object of this type. If the user input is not in the correct + format, the value editor will reject the input and take appropriate action + based on the + property setting. +
  • +
  • + -- The Value property gets or sets the value being displayed/edited by the + editor. The Value property is an object type property. This is because the + Value property will return objects of type specified by the ValueType + property. For example, if you set the ValueType of a xamTextEditor to + DateTime, the Value property will return DateTime objects. The editor will + automatically convert the user input into DateTime objects as mentioned + above. property returns string representation of the value. +
  • +
  • + -- The ValueConstraint property allows you to specify constraints for the + values that the user can enter in the value editor. Among the constraints + you can specify include minimum value, maximum value, regular expression, + nullable, maximum length, etc. The value editor will validate the user + input against these constraints and if the input doesn't satisfy the + constraints, the editor will consider the entered value invalid. The + IsValueValid property of the ValueEditor indicates whether or not the + current input is valid or not. If the input is invalid, the editor will + take actions when the user attempts to leave the editor based on the + InvalidValueBehavior property setting. +
  • +
  • + -- The Format property lets you specify formatting to use when the editor is not + in edit mode. For example, you can set Format to "c" on a xamTextEditor + whose ValueType is set to decimal. The xamTextEditor control will format + the values using currency formatting ("c" format). When the editor enters + edit mode, it will remove this formatting for a more natural editing + experience. +
  • +
  • + Custom Converters -- The ValueEditor and + TextEditorBase classes (from which all the text-based editors are derived + from) expose properties of type IValueConverter for specifying custom logic + for converting between text and value. ValueEditor exposes , + and exposes + properties, respectively. ValueToTextConverter is used for converting + between the Value and Text properties. ValueToTextConverter is used in both + directions -- for converting value to text, and from text (user input) into + the value type. On the other hand, the ValueToDisplayTextConverter property + is used only for converting value to display text.

    The key + distinction between ValueToTextConverter and ValueToDisplayTextConverter is + that ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used in display mode and + ValueToTextConverter is used in edit mode. As a result, + ValueToTextConverter is used for not only converting value to text, but + also for converting back the user input in the form of text to the value + type. For example, if a xamTextEditor's ValueType is set to DateTime, the + ValueToTextConverter property will be used for converting DateTime objects + to text to display when in edit mode and also for converting back the user + input into DateTime objects. ValueToDisplayTextConverter will be used for + converting DateTime objects to text for displaying while the editor is not + in edit mode. The reason for using two different converters -- one for edit + mode and one for display mode -- is that it lets you display values with + different formatting and edit values with different formatting. For + example, in the case of DateTime, you may want to display dates as long + dates (e.g., January 01, 2007). And when the end user enters edit mode + to modify the value, you may want to display the same value as 01/01/07 for + easier editing. After the user modifies the date in short date format and + leaves the editor, the new date will automatically be displayed in the long + date format using the ValueToDisplayTextConverter property. + Note: Typically, there is no need to + specify these converters because the default conversion logic provided + by the editors is sufficient. You may, however, want to specify these if + you want to implement custom conversion logic. Essentially, this facility + lets you do some of the same things that the editor data filter + functionality lets you do in Windows Forms embeddable editor architecture. + For example, you can specify ValueToTextConverter that converts '2k', '2m', + etc... to 1000, 1000000 respectively. Or '+2m', '-1d' to a date that is two + months from now and yesterday, respectively. + +
  • +
  • -- The InvalidValueBehavior + property specifies which action to take when the user attempts to + leave the editor after entering an invalid value. The editor will consider + user input to be invalid when the input cannot be properly parsed into the + editor's ValueType or it does not satisfy the value constraints specified + by the ValueConstraint. The default value is DisplayErrorMessage, which + will display a message to the user indicating that the value entered is + invalid. +
  • +
  • Default Editors Repository -- ValueEditor + maintains a mapping of editors to use by default for each known data type. + This mapping is used by the controls such as xamDataGrid and + xamDataPresenter to select a default editor for each field based on the + field's data type. For example, for Boolean fields, xamCheckEditor is + used. You can override which editor to use by default for a specific data + type using the ValueEditor's RegisterDefaultEditorForType static method. + You can even register a custom ValueEditor for a data type. +
  • +
  • Default Masks Repository -- xamMaskedEditor maintains + a mapping of masks to use by default for each known data type. For example, + for long data type, the default mask that gets used has 19 digits. You can + specify default mask for a data type using the xamMaskedEditor's + + static method. Note The default masks + repository is used by xamMaskedEditor and all the other mask-based editors + as well (e.g., xamDateTimeEditor + and xamNumericEditor). +
  • +
+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overridden. + + + + +

+ This method is overridden on this class to make sure the value editor gets mouse messages + regardless of whether its background is transparent or not. +

+
+
+ + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the editor receives focus. + + The event arguments + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Called when the value of IsKeyboardFocusWithin property changes. + + + +

+ This method is overridden to ensure that when the value editor receives keyboard focus, its focus site + (the element designated as PART_FocusSite in the control template) is given the keyboard focus. For example, + when XamTextEditor receives keyboard focus, it gives keyboard focus to the TextBox control that it uses + for editing. This way all the keyboard messages get delivered to the TextBox control. +

+
+
+ + + Called when a key is pressed. + + +

+ ValueEditor overrides OnKeyDown to handle certain key presses when it's not in embedded mode. +

+ Note: This is not a comprehensive list of key commands that are handled by the editor. + Derived value may provide logic for other key strokes using .NET Commands infrastructure or + indirectly by embedding another control inside the editor that processes keyboard messages. +

+
    +
  • Escape: Exits edit mode.
  • +
  • Enter: Enters edit mode.
  • +
  • F2: Toggles edit mode.
  • +
+

+
+
+ + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + The event arguments + +

+ ValueEditor overrides this method to give focus to the editor and enter edit mode + if necessary in response to left mouse button down. +

+
+
+ + + This method is called when the editor looses focus. + + Associated event args. + + + + Called when a property value has changed + + The event arguments + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + This method is called when the control has just exited edit mode. This method raises + event. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is called when the control is about to exit edit mode. This method raises + event. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is called when the control has just entered edit mode. This method raises + event. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This method is called when the control is about to enter edit mode. This method raises + event. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when there is an input validation error + + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the AlwaysValidate property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the AlwaysValidate property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Event ID for the 'ValueChanged' routed event + + + + + Called when Value property changes or the contents of the editor changes. + + + + + + Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. The default + implementation performs type conversions therefore you should call the base implementation + to ensure proper type conversions are performed. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Event ID for the 'TextChanged' routed event + + + + + Called when property 'Text' changes + + + + + Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. The default + implementation does nothing. + + The text to coerce + Coerced value + + + The default implementation simply returns the value of parameter. + The derived editors can override this method to provide editor specific coersion logic. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when the value of ValueType property changes. + + + + + + Returns true if the ValueType property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValueType property to its default value. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + This method is called whenever the ValueConstraint or one of its properties changes. + + Null if the ValueConstraint itself changed or + the name of the property that changed. + + + + Returns true if the ValueConstraint property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValueConstraint property to its default value of null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the InvalidValueBehavior property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the InvalidValueBehavior property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the 'EditTemplate' dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the 'EditTemplateChanged' routed event + + + + + Called when property 'EditTemplate' changes + + + + + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the IsReadOnly property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the IsReadOnly property to its default value of false. + + + + + Identifies the key for the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the ReadOnly property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ReadOnly property to its default value of false. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called when the property has changed + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the FormatProvider property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FormatProvider property to its default value of null. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the Format property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Format property to its default value of null. + + + + + Determines if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ CanEditType method indicates if the editor natively supports editing values + of specified type. Typically there is no need to call this method. It's used + by the value editor infrastructure. +

+

+ Note: CanEditType does not indicate what types can be set on the + property. ValueType property can be set to + any type as long as there is conversion logic for converting between the native + data type of the editor and that type. For example, + natively supports editing string type only. However its ValueType can be set to + Double or DateTime or any type as long as the editor can convert between string + and that data type. ValueType can even be set to a custom type. You can provide + custom conversion logic using + and properties. +

+
+
+ + + Determines if the editor natively supports displaying of values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports displaying values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ CanRenderType method indicates if the editor natively supports displaying values + of specified type. Typically there is no need to call this method. It's used + by the value editor infrastructure. +

+

+ See for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Exits edit mode. + + If True will accept any changes that were made while in edit mode. + If True will prevent the cancellation of the action. + +

+ EndEditMode exits edit mode, validating the user input in the process if + is True. If acceptChanges is False then + the user input is discarded and the is restored + back to the original value. +

+

+ As part of the process of exitting edit mode, and + events are raised. You can cancel + event to cancel exitting edit mode. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need to call this method directly. The editor will automatically + enter and exit edit mode as necessary. For example, when using the editor embedded inside a field of + a XamDataGrid, the editor is put into edit mode automatically when the cell is clicked and exits edit + mode when the focus leaves the cell. When using the editor as a stand-alone control, the editor + will automatically enter edit mode when the editor receives focus (for example via a mouse click + or when tabbing into it) and exit edit mode when the editor looses focus. This default behavior + can be controlled using the property. +

+ + +
+
+ + + Gets the default editor for a data type. + + The type of the data to be edited. + A type that derives from ValueEditor or null if no editor has been registered for the data type. + + + GetDefaultEditorForType returns the editor that will be used by default for the specified + data type. ValueEditor maintains a static table that associates a data type with the default + editor to use to edit that data type. This mapping is used by the controls that embedd editors in them + like the XamDataGrid. XamDataGrid will use this table to determine which editor to use for each of its + fields based on the field's data type. For example, for a field of Double type, the XamDataGrid + will query this method to determine the editor to use for the field if none has been explicitly + specified. + + + The data type to editor mapping is many to one mapping. That is multiple data types can be registered + to make use of a single editor. However a single data type can not be mapped to multiple editors. + + + You can change the mappings using ValueEditor's static + method. + + + + + + + Initializes the editor with the associated host information when it is + embedded in another control. + + The ValuePresenter that will be hosting this editor. + Some data that has meaning to the host which is passed back to the host when calling methods on the ValuePresenter class. + + + + Indicates whether the desired width or the height of the editor is based on the value. + + Orientation of the extent being evaluated. Horizontal indicates the width and vertical indicates the height. + True if the extent is based on the value. + +

+ This method is used by the Infragistics internal infrastructure to determine if an editor's + desired size changes based on the value of the editor. For example, XamCheckEditor returns + False for both orientation since its width and height both are not related to its value. + Whether the value of a XamCheckEditor is True or Flase, it will be the same width and height. + XamTextEditor on the other hand returns True for the horizontal orientation since since + the desired size depends on the current value in the editor. It returns True or False + for the vertical dimension based on whether wrapping is turned on or off respectively. +

+
+
+ + + Registers a default editor for a data type. + + The type of the data to be edited. + The type of the editor to be used - must derive from . + If true will overlay any previously registered editor for the data type. + + + Use RegisterDefaultEditorForType method to change or register default editor that will get used + for a data type. The parameter specifies the type of the editor. + Controls like XamDataGrid making use of this default editor mapping infrastructure will create + instances of this editor type to edit fields of . + The editorType must be a type that derives from class. + + + You can register custom data types and custom editors as well. You can register a custom data + type to make use of an existing editor or you can change the editor of an already registered + data type to make use of a custom editor or both. + + + See for further information. + + + Note: You can register a different editor for a primitive type and Nullable version of + the primitive type. If no editor is explicitly registered for the Nullable version of the type + then the editor for the type will be used. + + + + + + + Enters edit mode. + + Returns True if successful, False otherwise. + +

+ StartEditMode enters the editor into edit mode. +

+

+ As part of the process of entering edit mode, and + events are raised. You can cancel + event to cancel entering edit mode. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need to call this method directly. The editor will automatically + enter and exit edit mode as necessary. For example, when using the editor embedded inside a field of + a XamDataGrid, the editor is put into edit mode automatically when the cell is clicked and exits edit + mode when the focus leaves the cell. When using the editor as a stand-alone control, the editor + will automatically enter edit mode when the editor receives focus (for example via a mouse click + or when tabbing into it) and exit edit mode when the editor looses focus. This default behavior + can be controlled using the property. +

+ + +
+
+ + + Enters edit mode + + True if the operation was successful + + + + Validates the current value of the editor and initializes the + property based on the results of the value validation. + + + + ValueEditor automatically validates the value whenever it changes and therefore typically + it should not be necessary to call this method. However there may be times when you may + want to force the value to be re-validated, for instance when the external validation + criteria changes. This is especially useful when you are overriding the + virtual method to provide custom logic + for the value validation. The ValueEditor will update the + property to reflect whether the value is valid or not. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified value would be considered to be valid by the editor + based on implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + + Value to check if it's valid. + If the value is invalid, this is set to an exception containing appropriate error message. + True if the specified value is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateValue method is used to determine if a value is valid or not based + on the implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + Implicit value constraints are , + etc... and explicit constraints are specified + via property. + + + + + + + + Converts the specified text to the value type using the . + This method is typically called to convert the text modified by the user back to the ValueType. + + The text to convert. + This out parameter will be set to the converted value. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if conversion succeeds, False otherwise. + +

+ ConvertTextToValue is used to convert text into an object of type specified by + property. This method is typically used to + convert the user input in the form of text to the value that gets returned + from the property. Value property returns objects + of type specified by ValueType property. +

+

+ For example, if the ValueType property of a is set to DateTime type, + and the user types in "1/1/07", this method will get called to convert that text value + into a DateTime object. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need for you to call this method directly as this method is + automatically called by the ValueEditor itself to perform the necessary conversions between text and value. +

+

+ Note: If you want to override the default conversion logic for converting between text and value, + set the and + properties. +

+
+
+ + + Converts the specified value to text using the . + This method is used to display the value of the editor when the editor is in edit mode. + + The value to convert. + This out parameter will be set to the converted text. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if conversion succeeds, False otherwise. + +

+ ConvertValueToText is used to convert value to text. This method is typically used to + convert the value of the editor (as specified by the property) + into text that the user can edit when the editor enters edit mode. When not in edit mode, + method is used to convert value + to text that gets displayed in the editor. The property's return value + corresponds to the text that this method converts where as the + property's return value corresponds to the text that ConvertValueToDisplayText method converts. +

+

+ Note that DisplayText and ConvertValueToDisplayText methods are defined on + class. This is because display text conversions are only applicable for text based editors, all of which + derive from TextEditorBase. +

+

+ As an example, the ValueType property of a is set to DateTime type, + and the property is set to a "01/01/2007" DateTime instance. + This method gets called to convert that DateTime value to a string when the user enters + edit mode. When the editor is not in edit mode, + is used. The difference between this method and ConvertValueToDisplayText is that the + ConvertValueToDisplayText will take into account + and property settings where as ConvertValueToText will not. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need for you to call this method directly as this method is + automatically called by the ValueEditor itself to perform the necessary conversions between value + and text. +

+

+ Note: If you want to override the default conversion logic for converting between value and text, + set the and + properties. +

+
+
+ + + Called from OnInitialized to provide the derived classes an opportunity to + perform appropriate initialization tasks. OnInitialized implementation enters + the editor into edit mode at the end if AlwaysInEditMode is true. This method + is called before that. + + + + + Initializes the value properties. This synchronizes all the value properties if one of + them is set in xaml since we delay syncrhonization until after initialization in case + other settings in xaml effect how they are synchronized. + + + + + Called when starting edit mode to copy the Content propety value into the property. + + The default implementation just sets the without any coersions. + + + + Called when the focus site changes. + + + + + + + Called when property changes. + + + + + Processes the key down event. Default implementation does nothing. + This class overrides OnKeyDown and performs some default processing and + then calls this method if further key down processing is to be done. + Derived classes are intended to override this method instead of OnKeyDown. + + + + + + Called when ending edit mode and not accepting the changes. + + + + The default implementation just sets the Value to without any coersions. + + + See for more information on how OriginalValue gets useed. + + + + + + + Makes sure that either the or the Template is being used based on + whether the editor is in edit mode. + + + + VerifyTemplateState method makes sure the correct control template is being used based on the + value of property. When in edit mode, the control template specified + by the property is used. When not in edit mode, the control template + specified by the Template property is used. If EditTemplate is not set then no + action will be taken and the template specified by the Template property will be used. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + Validates the focus site. Returns true if the focus site is acceptable. + + The focus site to validate. + If the foucs site is invalid then this out parameter will be assigned relevant error message. + True if the focus site is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateFocusSite method is called to ensure the element named PART_FocusSite in the control + template is a valid focus site for the value editor. The default implementation ensures + that the focus site is either a FrameworkElement or FrameworkContentElement. Derived + value editors can override this method to further constraint what the focus site can be. + + + + + + + Validates the current value of the editor. This method is called by the editor to perform + editor specific validation of the current value. + + True if the value is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateCurrentValue method is called by the editor to determine if the current + value of the editor is valid or not. It uses this method to update the value of + property. The derived editors can override this method to + perform editor specific validations. + + + If the value entered by the user is invalid then the editor will take action based + on the setting of property when the user attempts + to leave the editor. + + + + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Begins synchronization of value properties (Value, Text, DisplayText, SelectedItem etc...). + This method suspends raising of any value property changed notifications since they all need + to be raised after all the value properties are synced. You need to use RaiseValuePropertyChangedEvent + method to raise value property change notification that need to be delayed in this manner. + + + + + Ends synchronization of value properties and raises any pending value property change + notifications. See for more info. + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the value of the editor has changed since entering edit mode. + + If true then checks if the original value and the + current value are the same and if so returns false. + True if the value has changed, false otherwise. + + + + Raises the specified value property change notification. If value property synchronization + is in progress, delays raising of the event until the syncrhonization is complete. + + + + + + Updates the to the specified value. + + + + + Initializes the variables used to cache the dependency property values by + getting the dependency property metadata for this object and getting DefaultValue + of that metadata for the respective property. + + + + + Validates the current value and updates the IsValueValid property accordingly. However + note that this doesn't raise any events or display error messages. It simply checks if the + current value is valid and based on that updates the IsValueValid property. + + + + + Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Occurs when the control has just exited edit mode + + +

+ See and + methods for more information. +

+ + + + + + + + + +
+
+ + + Occurs when the control is about to exit edit mode + + +

+ See and + methods for more information. +

+ + + + + + + + + +
+
+ + + Occurs when the control has just entered edit mode + + +

+ See and + methods for more information. +

+ + + + + + + + + +
+
+ + + Occurs when the control is about to enter edit mode + + +

+ See and + methods for more information. +

+ + + + + + + + + +
+
+ + + Occurs when the user attempts to leave the editor with an invalid value. + + + + The editor validates the user input when the user attempts to leave the control + after modifying the value of the editor. EditModeValidationError event is raised + if the modified value is invalid. The editor considers a value invalid if the entered + text can not be parsed into or it does not satisfy all the + constraints specified by the . + + + See and for more information. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Read-only. Gets the resolved value of the property. + + + + + Returns the culture info resolved from format provider setting and then from the language setting. + + + + + Returns the resolved format provider. + + + + + Returns the value of _initialized flag. + + + + + Returns true if we are in DoInitialization method. + + + + + Returns the CultureInfo associated with the Language property setting. + + + + + Resolved converter used for converting editor value to editor text. + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the editor uses arrows keys while in edit mode. + + true if the editor uses arrows keys in edit mode, false if it does not or null (the default) to use the editor's defaut which for most editors is true (false for the . + + Note: the setting of this property does not change the behavior of the editor. + Instead, it is used by editor hosts, e.g. the XamDataGrid, to determine if they should ignore or process the arrow keys for directional navigation while this editor is in edit mode. + + + + + + Specifies whether to validate the editor's value even if the user doesn't modify the value. Default value + is False where the editor only validates the value if the user modifies it. + + + + By default the editor validates the value only if the user has modified it, even if the editor's value is + invalid. If the user doesn't modify the value and tries the leave the editor with invalid value that the + editor was initialized with, no validation takes place. You can change this behavior by setting + AlwaysValidate to true, where the editor will + take validation action based on the property setting as long as the + editor's value is invalid, regardless of whether the the user has modified it or not. + + + As an example, let's say ValueConstraint on the editor had MinLength constraint set to 5. The editor is + initialized with string value "a", which doesn't meet the MinLength of 5 constraint. The editor's + IsValueValid would be false, since the current value doesn't meet the value constraint. If the + user tries to leave the editor without modifying the value, by default the editor will not take any + validation action and prompt the user of invalid value. However if you set AlwaysValidate to + true, the editor will take validation action. Note that if the user modifies the value, then + the editor will validate regardless of this property setting. + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the editor. + + + + The property specifies the type of values returned and expected + by the Value property. For example, if you set the ValueType to + Decimal then the Value property will return decimal values. The user input will + be converted to Decimal before returning from Value property. The + property on the other hand always returns the text representation of the value. + + + Note: Setting the Value property will also update the property. + + + Note: As the user enters/modifies the contents of the , the + and Value properties will be synchronously updated to reflect the current + contents. If the user input can not be parsed into the associated , the Text + property will be updated however the Value property will retain last parsed value. In such + a case, the property will return false indicating that the user input + is invalid. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when Value property changes or the user modifies the contents of the editor. + + + + ValueChanged event is raised when the property is changed or + the user modifies the contents of the editor. When the user modifies the contents of + the editor, the Value property is updated to reflect the new content. However the + editor may fail to update the Value property if the new contents of the editor can + not be parsed into the . For example if the ValueType is + set to a numeric type like Double and the user enters a non-numeric value then the + entered value can not be parsed into a Double. Therefore the Value property will not + be updated. However the ValueChanged event will still be raised. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the editor as text. + + + + Setting the Text property will also update the Value property. If the + new text can not be parsed into the value type () then the + Value property will not be updated. However note that the + event will still be raised. + + + Note: As the user enters/modifies contents, the Text and Value properties will + be synchronously updated to reflect the current contents. If the user input can not be + parsed into the value type, the Text property will be updated however the Value property + will retain last parsed value. However in such a case + property will return False indicating that the user input is invalid. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs when property 'Text' changes + + + + TextChanged event is raised when the property is changed or + the user modifies the contents of the editor. When the user modifies the contents of + the editor, the Text property is updated to reflect the new content. + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the type of values that this editor manipulates. + + + + ValueType specifies the type of values that this editor manipulates. The + Value property will return objects of this type. Also the user input will be + validated accordingly as well. That is when the user enters some text, the text + will be parsed into an object of this type. If parsing fails then the input + is considered invalid. If parsing succeeds, the property is + updated with the parsed value. + + + You can use the property to find out if the current + input is valid. For the input to be considered valid, the editor must be able to + parse the input text into an object of ValueType and it must satisfy + any constraints specified via this property. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Gets or sets the constraints for editor input. Default value is null. + + + + Note that the default value of this property is null. You must set + the property to an instance of object. + + + ValueConstraint is used to limit what the user can input into the editor. + More accurately, the editor will consider user input invalid if it doesn't + satisfy one or more criteria specified by the ValueConstraint. The + property can be used to find out if editor considers + current value valid. + + + When an invalid value is entered into the editor, there are behavioral implications + based on various settings. For example, by default the editor doesn't exit edit mode + when the current input is invalid. The action taken by the editor can be controlled + using the property. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies what action to take when the user attempts to leave the editor with an invalid value. + + + + InvalidValueBehavior specifies what action to take when the user tries to leave + the editor after entering an invalid value. + + + There are various ways a value in the editor can be considered invalid by the editor. + If the entered text can not be parsed into an object of type specified by + property, then the value is considered invalid. For + example, if the ValueType is set to Int32 or any other numeric type and the user + enteres a non-numeric text then the text can not be parsed into the value type. As a result + the editor will consider the input invalid. + + + Another way the value can be considered invalid is if the entered value can not satisfy + constraints specified by object. For example, if + is specified as 10 and the value entered is 8 + then the value does not satisfy the constraints and thus will be considred invalid. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the converter used for converting between text and value. + + + + The conversions between the 'string' and the ValueType by default are done using + built in conversion logic. You can override the conversion logic by setting the + ValueToDisplayTextConverter and . + ValueToTextConverter is used when the editor is in edit mode where as + ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + Note: An editor can edit values of types other than 'string'. For example, a XamTextEditor + can edit values of types DateTime. You can specify the type of values being edited + by the editor using the property. + + + Although the built-in default conversion logic should be sufficient for + most situations, you may want make use of this functionality to provide + custom logic for converting user input into value type object. Examples + where this would be needed are if you are editing custom objects where the + built-in conversion logic would not know how to convert text into custom + object type. Or you want to support entering certain symbols in the text + that signify certain aspect of the value - for example you want 'k' in '2k' + to be interpreted as 1000 magnitude, or +1d to be interpreted as tomorrow's + date when editing DateTime. + + + Note that not all derived editors support or utilize ValueToTextConverter. + Editors where value to text conversions are performed intrinsically, such as + where both the value and text are retrieved from + the selected item, do not support ValueToTextConverter. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the current value of the editor is valid. + + + + This property can be used to find out if the current value of the editor is valid. + Value is considered valid if it can be coerced into a object + and it satisfies constraints specified by object. + + + When the user input can not be parsed into an object of type ValueType, the + property will return the last valid value. However the + property will return the user input. + + + + + + + + + + Template used while the editor is in edit mode. + + +

+ ValueEditor exposes two ControlTemplate properties: Template property which it inherits from the base + Control class and the EditTemplate property. Value of Template property is used when the editor is + in display mode where as the value of EditTemplate property is used when the editor is in edit mode. + If EditTemplate is not specified then the editor will use the value of Template property for both edit and + display mode. This means that the Template property is required however EditTemplate could be left off to + null. However note that if you do so, the control template specified by the Template property must support + editing as well. +

+

+ As an example, 's Template property uses TextBlock to display the contents. + Its EditTemplate uses a TextBox to display and edit contents since EditTemplate has to support editing + as well. TextBlock is more efficient than TextBox and therefore this kind of configuration can result in + greater rendering speeds, esp. when a lot of editor instances are to be rendered like in a XamDataGrid where + each cell has an instance of ValueEditor. In a control like XamDataGrid, only one cell can be in edit mode at a + time and therefore only one ValueEditor instance in the XamDataGrid will use EditTemplate at a time while the + rest will use the more efficient control template provided by the Template property. +

+

+ Note: The editors provide default values for Template and EditTemplate properties. You don't need + to typically set these properties unless you want to change the default control templates used by an editor. +

+ + Note: When the editor enters edit mode the Template property will be set to the value of + EditTemplate to apply the edit template. However since the editor needs to switch back to the origianl value + of the Template property when the editor exits edit mode, the editor stores the original value + of Template property so it can revert back to it when the editor exits the edit mode. + +
+
+ + + Occurs when property 'EditTemplate' changes + + + + + + + + Determines if the content has changed while in edit mode (read-only). + + + + Note that this property is reset to False when the editor leaves edit mode. + It's meant to be valid while the editor is in edit mode. When not in edit mode, + this property will return False. + + + + + + + + + + + + + If the editor's value is invalid, returns error information regarding why it's invalid. + + + + When the editor's value is invalid, property returns + false. To get the error information regarding why the value is invalid, use the + property which returns an instance + class. + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the user can delete all the contents of the value editor. Default is true. + + + + IsNullable indicates to the editor that null editor value (empty contents) + is considered a valid input. Invalid inputs are handled by + property settings. + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this editor is always in edit mode but is ignored when the editor is embedded inside another control. + Default value is False. + + + + This property defaults to False. When set to False, the editor will exit edit mode + when the control looses focus and re-enter edit mode when it receives focus. As a result + it will also raise the , , + and events. + + + If you set this property to True, the editor will always remain in edit mode. + However note that this property is ignored when the editor is embedded inside another + control (i.e. is hosted inside a ). When it's embedded, + it will exit edit mode as directed by the hosting control. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the editor is embedded in another control, e.g. a DataPresenter cell. + + + + + + Returns true if the focus is within this element. + + + + This property returns true if this element or a descendant element has focus. + Note that this does not check for keyboard focus. It checks for logical focus + as managed by the class. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether this editor is in edit mode. + + +

+ Note that setting this property will cause the editor to enter or exit edit mode + depending on the set value. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to modify the value in the editor. Default value is false. + + + + If IsReadOnly is set to True the user will not be allowed to modify the + value of the editor. However note that you will still be able to modify the value of + the editor in code via for example its property. + The default value of this property is False. + + + + + + Gets the original value while in edit mode (read-only) + + + + Note that OriginalValue property is only valid during edit mode. + This property is reset when the editor re-enters edit mode. If + is set to True, the OriginalValue + is also reset when the editor receives focus. + Essentially the OriginalValue property keeps track of the + original value when the user enters the editor. This is used to revert + back to the original value if the user decides to cancel the edit + operation. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the user is allowed to modify the value in the editor. Default value is false. + + + + If ReadOnly is set to True the user will not be allowed to modify the + value of the editor. However note that you will still be able to modify the value of + the editor in code via for example its property. + The default value of this property is False. + + + + + + Gets/sets the theme of the control + + + + + + Specifies format provider used for converting between value and text. + + + + FormatProvider is used to convert between text and the value. The editor + will use this along with property setting to convert the value + to text for display purposes. Note that when editing, only the FormatProvider will + be used and the Format property will be ignored. This is to facilitate easier + editing of values without the clutter of formatting symbols. + + + The default behavior can be changed by providing custom conversion logic using + and + properties. + + + Note: FormatProvider property is of type IFormatProvider interface. IFormatProvider + is implemented by CultureInfo object therefore this property can be set to an instance of + CultureInfo. You can also use DateTimeFormatInfo or NumberFormatInfo as these + implement the interface as well. + + + + + + + + + Specifies format used for converting between value and text. + + + See property for more information. + + + + + Returns or sets whether the editor uses arrows keys while in edit mode. + + true if the editor uses arrows keys in edit mode otherwise false. The default implementation returns true. + + Note: this property does not change the behavior of the editor. + Instead, it is used by editor hosts, e.g. the XamDataGrid, to determine if they should ignore or process the arrow keys for directional navigation while this editor is in edit mode. + + + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + DefaultValueToTextConverter returns a value converter that provides the default + logic for converting between value and text. Derived editor classes can override + this property to return editor specific conversion logic. If you want to provide + custom conversion logic, use the + and properties. + + + + + + Returns the element in the visual tree that was named 'PART_FocusSite'. + + + + This will be a class derived from FrameworkElement or FrameworkContentElement or null. + + + FocusSite indicates the element that will receive keyboard focus whenever the editor + is in edit mode. This way the keyboard messages get delivered to this element. + For example, defines a TextBox as PART_FocusSite in its + edit control template. Whenever XamTextEditor is in edit mode, it gives focus to + the TextBox so all the keyboard messages get delivered to the TextBox for processing. + + + Different editors will define different elements as their FocusSite. If you define + a custom edit template for an editor, make sure the element that will perform the + editing in response to keyboard messages is named PART_FocusSite so the editor + knows which element to give keyboard focus when it receives the focus. + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated if any. + + + + If this editor is embedded inside another control like XamDataGrid's cell for example, + the Host property will return the element that's + hosting the editor. If this editor is being used as a standalone control then this + property will return null. + + + + + + + + Determines if asynchronous operations are supported (read-only) + + True if asynchronous operations are supported, otherwise false. + + This property returns false during certain operations that are synchronous in nature, e.g. during a report or export operation. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called from OnInitialized to provide the derived classes an opportunity to + perform appropriate initialization tasks. OnInitialized implementation enters + the editor into edit mode at the end if AlwaysInEditMode is true. This method + is called before that. + + + + + Called when a property value has changed. + + The event arguments. + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + DisplayText property key. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the NullText property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the NullText property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Converts the specified display text to the value type using the . + + The display text to convert. + This out parameter will be set to the converted value. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if conversion succeeds, False otherwise. + +

+ ConvertDisplayTextToValue is used to convert display text into an object of type specified by + property. This method is typically not used by the editor + itself, however other controls utilizing the editor can call this method to convert display text + into the value that gets returned from the property. Value + property returns objects of type specified by ValueType property. +

+

+ NOTE: This method will only succeed if has been + specified to a converter that can successfully parse the display text into the value. If + ValueToDisplayTextConverter has not been specified, then the framework parsing methods + will be used in which case the success of this method depends on whether these methods can correctly + parse the display text. +

+

+ As an example of parsing display text, if the ValueType property of a is set + to DateTime type, and the display text parameter is specified as "01/01/07", this method will return + the DateTime object that represents that date. Conversion will be done based on the editor's + FormatProvider property and if its not specified then the current language or culture setting. +

+

+ Note: Typically there is no need for you to call this method directly. This method is meant + to be used to perform necessary conversions between display text and value by external controls like + the data presenter, which for example uses this to convert texts being pasted into cells into cell + values. +

+

+ Note: If you want to override the default conversion logic for converting between text + and value, set the and + properties. +

+
+
+ + + Converts the specified value to display text using the ValueToDisplayTextConverterResolved. + Returns true if the conversion succeeds. This method is used to display the value of the editor + when the editor is not in edit mode. + + The value to convert. + This will be set to the converted text. + If conversion fails, error is set to a value that indicates the error. + True if success, false otherwise. + +

+ See remarks section of method for more information. +

+
+
+ + + This is called to drop down the drop-down when the editor is entered into edit mode + as a result of a mouse click. When the editor enters edit mode, its template cannot + toggle the drop down because the template is switched from edit to render template. + This interferes with framework mouse processing and prevents the drop-down buttons to + from receiving clicks. Therefore we have to do it manually. This method is for that. + + + + + + Synchronizes the DisplayText property with the value. + + + + + Updates the DropDownButtonVisibility property according to the current state of the editor + and DropDownButtonDisplayMode property setting. + + + + + This method is called when the control is about to exit edit mode. This method raises + event. + + + + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + The event args. + + + + Preview method called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + The event args containing more information on the mouse event. + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + DefaultValueToDisplayTextConverter returns a value converter that provides the default + logic for converting between value and display text. Derived editor classes can override + this property to return editor specific conversion logic. If you want to provide + custom conversion logic, use the + and properties. + + + + + Returns the display text. Note that display text is only used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + + + The text to display when the value of the editor is null and the editor is not in edit mode. + The default value is empty string. + + + + Note that the NullText does not specify whether the user is allowed to enter null values + into the editor. For that, use the property. + + + + + + Specifies the converter used for converting between display text and value. + + + + The conversions between the 'string' and the ValueType by default are done using + built in conversion logic. You can override the default conversion logic by setting the + ValueToDisplayTextConverter and . + ValueToTextConverter is used when the editor is in edit mode where as + ValueToDisplayTextConverter is used when the editor is not in edit mode. + + + Note: An editor can edit values of types other than 'string'. For example, a XamTextEditor + can edit values of types DateTime. You can specify the type of values being edited + by the editor using the property. + + + For most situations the default conversion logic along with the + and format properties should be sufficient in providing various + formatting capabilities. + + + Although the built-in default conversion logic should be sufficient for + most situations, you may want make use of this functionality to provide + custom logic for converting value into display text. Examples where this + would be needed are if you want to present a value like tomorrow and + yesterday's dates as date as words 'Tomorrow' and 'Yesterday' respectively, + or apply any kind of custom formatting that could not be specified using + and property settings. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Resolved converter used for converting editor value to editor display text. + + + + + + + Interface implemented by ValueEditor derived classes that support selecting text. + + + + + Selects all text. + + + + + Gets/sets the starting location of the selected text. + + + + + Gets/sets the length of the selected text. + + + + + Gets/sets the selected text. + + + + + Gets the total length of text in the editor. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + This method is called when the drop-down list is opened. It raises event. + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + This method is called when the drop-down list is closed. It raises event. + + + + + + + Determines if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamComboEditor's implementation returns True for only the string type since that's + the only data type it natively renders and edits. +

+

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Determines if the editor natively supports displaying of values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports displaying values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamComboEditor's implementation returns True for only the string type since that's + the only data type it natively renders and edits. +

+

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Initializes the value properties. This synchronizes all the value properties if one of + them is set in xaml since we delay syncrhonization until after initialization in case + other settings in xaml effect how they are synchronized. + + + + + Indicates whether the desired width or the height of the editor is based on the value. + + Orientation of the extent being evaluated. Horizontal indicates the width and vertical indicates the height. + True if extent is based on the value. + + + XamComboEditor's implementation returns True for horizontal dimension since the value of the editor + affects the width of the control. It returns False for the vertical dimension. + + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. + + The text to coerce + Coerced value + + + + Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. + + + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + This method is called when the control has just entered edit mode. This method raises + event. + + + + + + + + Called when the focus site changes. + + + + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Called to preview key-down. + + Event args. + + + + Called when a dependency property changes. + + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Validates the current value of the editor. This method is called by the editor to perform + editor specific validation of the current value. + + True if the value is valid, False otherwise. + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + + Validates the focus site. Returns true if the focus site is acceptable. + + The focus site to validate. + If the foucs site is invalid then this out parameter will be assigned relevant error message. + True if the focus site is valid, False otherwise. + + + XamComboEditor's implementation of ValidateFocusSite makes sure that the focus site is a TextBox. + + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified value would be considered to be valid by + the editor based on implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + + Value to check if it's valid. + If the value is invalid, this is set to an exception containing appropriate error message. + True if the specified value is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateValue method is used to determine if a value is valid or not based + on the implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + Implicit value constraints are , + etc... and explicit constraints are specified + via property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. This property indicates + the width of the edit part of the editor, especially relevant with ComboEditorTool where + there is a label, icon etc... + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ComboBoxStyle property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ComboBoxStyle property to its default state. + + + + + For internal use only. This property is used from ComboBox template as a convenient + way of getting the XamComboEditor associated with it. + + + + + For internal use only. See for more info. + + The target element. + The value of the property. + + + + + + + For internal use only. See for more info. + + The target element. + The value to set on the property. + The value of the property. + + + + + + + The key used to identify the combo box style used for the ComboBox inside the XamComboEditor + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayValueSource property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayValueSource property to its default state. + + + + + The key used to identify the template used to display editor values when the is set to Value. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DropDownButtonDisplayMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DropDownButtonDisplayMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DropDownButtonStyle property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DropDownButtonStyle property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DropDownResizeMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DropDownResizeMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + When IsDroppedDown is set, we need to make sure that the editor is in edit mode and if not + enter it into edit mode. That's what this coerce handler does. + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the IsEditable property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the IsEditable property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ItemsProvider property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ItemsProvider property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ItemsSource property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ItemsSource property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayMemberPath property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayMemberPath property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ValuePath property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValuePath property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxDropDownHeight property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxDropDownHeight property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxDropDownWidth property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxDropDownWidth property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MinDropDownWidth property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MinDropDownWidth property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the 'SelectedItemChanged' routed event + + + + + Called when SelectedItem property changes. + + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Initializes the variables used to cache the dependency property values by + getting the dependency property metadata for this object and getting DefaultValue + of that metadata for the respective property. + + + + + Toggles the drop down state, entering edit mode if necessary. + + + + + Selects all text in the editor. + + + + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + Occurs when the drop-down list is opened. + + + + + + + Occurs when the drop-down list is closed. + + + + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + + Returns the underlying ComboBox used to perform the editing. Only valid when the editor is in edit mode. + + + + This property returns the underlying ComboBox used to perform the editing. This property is + only valid during edit mode. When not in edit mode, this property returns null. You + can find out if the editor is in edit mode using property. + + + NOTE: You should not use ComboBox property to set the drop-down items. Instead set the + XamComboEditor's or + property. + + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the underlying ComboBox used for editing. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + underlying ComboBox used for editing. The value specified on this property will be set on the ComboBox' + Style property. + + + + + + + Returns the key of the default style of the ComboBox that the XamComboEditor uses. + + + + You can create a Style object and add it to the Resources collection of an ancestor + element of the XamComboEditor with this key to override the style of the ComboBox used + by the XamComboEditor, without completely resplacing it. + + + + + + + Indicates the value that's displayed in the edit portion. + + + + DisplayValue indicates the value that's displayed in the edit portion of the editor. + It's value depends on the value of property. If DisplayValueSource + is set to DisplayText then the property returns the value of + property. If the DisplayValueSource is set to Value then the property returns the value of + the property. If it's set to SelectedItem then this property returns + the value of the property. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the editor's or + is displayed in the edit portion. Default is DisplayText. + + + + DisplayValueSource property controls the property's + value. DisplayValue in turn is used to display the contents of the editor + in the edit portion. Essentially DisplayValueSource specifies whether to + display the display text or the value in the edit portion of the XamComboEditor. + Default is DisplayText. + + + + + + + + + Specifies when to display the drop down button. Default is MouseOver. + + + + DropDownButtonDisplayMode specifies when to display the drop down button. + The default value of the property is MouseOver. However note that styles + of some of the themes may explicitly set this property to some other value to + ensure consistency with the default operating system behavior. For example, + the default XamComboEditor style in "Aero" theme used in Windows Vista sets this + property to Always. + + + Note that the drop down button will always be displayed when the editor + is in edit mode. + + + NOTE: If the property is set to True, the + drop down button will always be displayed and in effect this property will ignored. + + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the drop-down button. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + drop-down button displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the drop down button is currently visible or not. + + + + This property can be used to find out if the drop down button is visible or not. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to allow the user to resize the drop down and if so how. + Default value of this property is Both which will allow the user to + resize the drop-down list in both directions - horizontally as well vertically. + + + + This editor has the functionality to let the user resize the drop-down list + while it's dropped down. By default value of this property is Both which + will let the user resize in both directions, horizontally as well as vertically. You + can set this property to None to disable resizing. + + + A resize element is displayed at the bottom or bottom-right corner of the drop-down + depending on whether this property is set to Vertical or Both, respectively. + + + + + + Specifies whether the drop down is currently open. + + + + IsDropDownOpen returns a value indicating whether the drop down is currently open. + You can set this property to open or close drop down as well. If you set this property + to true and the editor is not in edit mode, it will be put in edit mode. + + + You can also hook into and events + to be notified when the drop-down is opened and closed. + + + + + + + Gets or sets a value that enables or disables editing of text in the text box portion of the editor. + + + + If IsEditable is set to False, the textbox portion of the editor is not editable. It + will not let you enter any text. In this mode the only way to modify the value of editor is to select an + item from the drop down. This differs from property in that + the ReadOnly doesn't let you modify the value of the editor at all. + + + + + + + Used for specifying the items to be displayed in the drop down. Default value of this property is null. + + + + ItemsProvider property is used for specifying the items to be displayed in the drop down. You can + set this property to a new or an existing instance of . Populate + the ComboBoxItemsProvider instace with the items to be displayed. A ComboBoxItemsProvider instance can + be assigned to multiple XamComboEditor instances for efficiency purposes if the drop down items are the same + across those XamComboEditors. ComboBoxItemsProvider object is the one that manages the items and binding + to the items source. + + + + + + + Specifies the collection from which to populate the drop-down of this XamComboEditor. + This property providers an alternate way of specifying . + + + + There are two ways you can specify the items to display in the drop-down of the XamComboEditor. + By assigning property to an instance of + or by assigning ItemsSource property. + + + Using ItemsProvider is more efficient when you + need to bind the same items source to multiple XamComboEditors, in which case you would assign + the same ComboBoxItemsProvider instance to multiple XamComboEditors. For example, if you + have a two or more XamComboEditors on the form displaying the same drop-down list of items. Or + inside a DataGrid field where cells are using XamComboEditors that all bind to the same items source. + It is more efficient because a single ComboBoxItemsProvider manages binding to underlying data source + items collection and all the associated XamComboEditors make use of that single instance. + + + If however situation doesn't call for multiple instances of the editor using the same data source, + ItemsSource property offers a more convenient way of specifying the drop-down list items + where you don't have to create an instance of + ComboBoxItemsProvider. Although creating ComboBoxItemsProvider is a very simple procedure, in certain + situations using ItemsSource can be more convenient, especially in XAML where binding is + involved. As a note, when you set ItemsSource property, internally the XamComboEditor + simply creates a ComboBoxItemsProvider that wraps the specified items source and sets the + ItemsProvider to it. + + + NOTE: ItemsSource and ItemsProvider are exclusive. Use one or the other. + Setting ItemsProvider and then setting ItemsSource will ignore the ItemsSource. + + + + + + Specifies the path into the selected item from which to get the text. + The Text and DisplayText properties will return values from this path. + + + + DisplayMemberPath specifies the list object property to use to get the text for the editor. + When an item is selected from the drop-down, the property + returns the item itself. The and + properties return the value of the property specified by DisplayMemberPath from that selected + item. + + + NOTE: If you set the property to an instance of + object then specify the ValuePath and + DisplayMemberPath properies on that object. In that case these properties + on the editor will be ignored as ItemsProvider supercedes these properties. + + + + + + Specifies the path into the selected item from which to get the data value. + The Value property will return values from this path. + + + + ValuePath specifies the list object property to use to get the value for the editor. + When an item is selected from the drop-down, the property + returns the item itself. The property returns the + value of the property specified by ValuePath from that selected item. + + + NOTE: If you set the property to an instance of + object then specify the ValuePath and + DisplayMemberPath properies on that object. In that case these properties + on the editor will be ignored as ItemsProvider supercedes these properties. + + + + + + Specifies whether to restrict the input to items in the items source. Default value is False. + + + + + LimitToList is used to restrict the user input to drop-down items. If the user enters text that doesn't + have a matching item in the underlying items collection, the property + will be set to False. When the user attempts the leave the editor with such a value, + event is raised and by default an error message is + displayed to the user. This behavior can be controlled by the property. + + + Note that the matching item is found by searching drop-down items for an item that has the same + display text (based on the ) as what the user has entered in the editor. + If a matching is item is found, the , , + and will be updated to reflect the matching item. If no matching item is found, + the Value property will retain its previous value. The Text property will reflect the entered + text, SelectedItem will be set to null and SelectedIndex will be set to -1. + + + + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum drop-down height. + + + + You can use this property to constraint the height of the drop-down list. Particularly + useful to constraint the user from resizing the height when drop-down resizing + functionality is enabled (see ). + + + + + + + + + Specifies the maximum drop-down width. + + + + You can use this property to constraint the width of the drop-down list. Particularly + useful to constraint the user from resizing the width when drop-down resizing + functionality is enabled (see ). + + + + + + + + + Specifies the minimum drop-down width. + + + + You can use this property to constraint the width of the drop-down list. Particularly + useful to constraint the user from resizing the width when drop-down resizing + functionality is enabled (see ). + + + + + + + + + Resolved minimum drop-down width. + + + + The drop-down width is constrainted by default to the width of the edit portion. You also can + explicitly set the . + + + + + + + + Determines what, if anything, will be displayed on top of the drop down items when the drop down is open. + + + + + + Determines what, if anything, will be displayed below the drop down items when the drop down is open. + + + + + + Gets or sets the selected index. Only valid when in edit mode. + + + + SelectedIndex returns the index of the currently selected item. If no item + is selected then returns -1. Likewise you can set this property to -1 to clear selected item. + You can set SelectedIndex to a different value to change + the item that's currently selected. This is always synchronized with the + property. Also note that the property + will reflect the updated selected item. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the selected item. Only valid when in edit mode. + + + + SelectedItem returns the selected item. You can set this property to change the + selected item. along with the and + properties will all be updated to reflect the selected item. + + + + + + + Occurs when SelectedItem property changes or the user modifies the contents of the editor. + + + + SelectedItemChanged event is raised when the property's value + changes. You can also use the event to find out + whenever the value of the editor changes. + + + + + + + Gets or sets the selected text. + + + + SelectedText property returns the currently selected text if any. If nothing is selected + then returns empty string. + + + Setting this property replaces the current selected text with the set value. If nothing + is selected and the property is set, the set value is inserted at the location of the caret. + Note that setting this property will modify the contents of the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the selected text. If no text is selected, this property returns + the location of the caret. + + + + SelectionStart returns the starting location of the current text selection. If nothing + is selected, it returns the location of the caret. You can set this property to change the + selected text. Note that setting this property does not modify the contents of the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets the length of the selected text. If nothing is selected then returns 0. + + + + SelectionLength returns the length of the currently selected text. If nothing + is currently selected then returns 0. + + + Setting this property will modify the text that's selected. It can be used to increase + or decrease the amount of text that's currently selected. Setting it to 0 deselects + the selected text. Note that setting this property does not modify the contents of + the control. + + + + + + Returns the resolved text alignment. + + + + + Indicates the length of the current text in the editor. + + + + + Class that wraps another CollectionView. For all the methods and properties + it delegates to the source collection view. One of the uses is that you can override + OnSourceCollectionChanged method and take actions before or after any control bound to it + gets the CollectionChanged notification. + + + + + Constructor + + Source collection view + + + + Represents the different states of the combo editor control. Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + Indicates whether the editor is in edit mode + + + + + Indicates whether the drop down is currenty dropped down + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the XamComboEditor. + + + + + Represents a command which is always ignored. + + + + + Command for toggling the drop down state of the ComboEditor. If the editor is not in edit mode, + this command will put the editor in edit mode. + + + + + The list of CommandWrappers for each supported command. + + + + + + This method is provided as a convenience for initializing the statics in this class which kicks off + the process of setting up and registering the commands. + + + + + Static class that exposes the resource keys used by and additional editor controls. + + + These keys are referenced in the templates of the XamEditor controls via dynamic references. Therefore, the default brushes can be easily changed + by defining replacement brushes, keyed with these keys, in resources anywhere within the resolution scope of their use. + + Note: These brushes are normally added to the Resources collection of the window or the application. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsHottrackBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DecreaseGlyphKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnNormalOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnNormalInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnHottrackOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnHottrackInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnPressedOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnPressedInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownBtnGlyphHottrackBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the IncreaseGlyphKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SpinButtonCornerRadiusKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextEditorBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextEditorBorderBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextEditorForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextEditorCornerRadius. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextEditorBorderThickness. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextEditorMargin. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextEditorPadding. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CalendarNaviGlyphFill Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CalendarItemHoverFill Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CalendarItemHoverForeground Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CalendarItemGroupTitleBackgroundHoverKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ComboEditorDropDownButtonStyle. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + Structure used to represents a range of dates. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The date to use for the start and end dates. + + + + Initializes a new + + The start date + The end date + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Indicates if the specified date falls within the and dates for this range. + + The date to evaluate + True if the specified date is greater than or equal to the and on or before the . + + + + Indicates if the dates of the specified range fall completely within the dates of this range instance. + + The range to evaluate + True if the start and end date fall entirely within or equal to the start and end of this range instance. + + + + Indicates if the and of the specified intersects with this object's dates. + + The range to evaluate. + True if any date within the specified range overlaps with the start/end of this range. + The 'range' cannot be null. + + + + Ensures that the start date is less than or equal to the end date. + + + + + Returns a CalendarDateRange where the is less than or equal to the end time + + The range to normalize + + + + Removes the time portion from the and + + + + + Compares two + + The object to compare to this instance + + + + + Compares this instance to the specified + + The range to compare + A signed number indicating the relative values of this and the specified range. + + + + Returns or sets the earliest/start date for the range. + + + + + Returns or sets the latest/end date for the range. + + + + + Type converter for the structure + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns true if the object can convert from the type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns true if the object can convert to that type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts from one type to another. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the object to the requested type. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + A collection of instances. + + + + + Invoked when the collection has been changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Invoked when a property of the collection has been changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Represents a specific date in a + + +

A CalendarDay is a custom that represents a + single DateTime. The and + values will be the same. This element is only used when the + is Days.

+
+
+ + + Represents an item within the + + +

A CalendarItem will represent either a day within a month, a month + within a year, a year within a decade or a decade within a century. CalendarItems are dynamically + generated by a based on the range of dates for the + that contains the item area.

+

The control exposes a number of read-only properties that may be used to control the appearance + of the item.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + The key used to identify the used for the . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + IsSelectionActive Read-Only Dependency Property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns Automation Peer Class + + AutomationPeer + + + + Called when the IsKeyboardFocusWithin property changes + + + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Overriden. Returns the date range that the item represents + + A string containing the and . + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the date contains at least one selected date. + + +

When the CalendarItem represents an item in the , + the value of this property is equal to that of the . This property is primarily + intended to allow the control to display some indication to the end user that there are one or more dates within + the item that are currently selected when they are in navigation mode.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the item contains the current date. + + +

When the CalendarItem represents a date in the , + this property is equivalent to the . This property is primarily intended to allow providing + an indication to the end user during navigation mode, which item contains the calendar item that + represents the current date.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the ending date for the calendar item. + + +

The and EndDate indicate the range of dates that the + item represents. When the is Days, + a instance will be used and its StartDate and EndDate will be equal.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the day represents the + + +

A CalendarItem is considered active when the + is within the item's and .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the CalendarItem is a leading or trailing date in the containing + + +

Leading and trailing dates are dates displayed within a that + do not fall within its and . + Leading and trailing items are only displayed when the and/or + is true.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the date is selected. + + +

When the CalendarItem represents an item in the , + the value of this property is based on whether the date that the item represents has been selected. When in navigation + mode, this value is based on whether the item is active since selection can only be modified in the user interface + when the equals the MinCalendarMode.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating indicating whether the containing XamMonthCalendar has keyboard focus. + + +

The IsSelectionActive is used to indicate if keyboard focus is within the containing . This + is often used to alter the appearance of a selected item when the control does not have keyboard focus (e.g. changing the selection color to + gray when focus is outside the control).

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the element is an item in the and represents the current date. + + +

The IsToday property is similar to the property except that it will + only be true when not in navigation mode (i.e. when the equals the + ). It is used to identify the CalendarItem that represents the + current date.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the starting date for the calendar item. + + +

The StartDate and indicate the range of dates that the + item represents. When the is Days, + a instance will be used and its StartDate and EndDate will be equal.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Overriden. Returns the date that the item represents + + A string including the . + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the day is considered a work day as set in the + + +

The IsWorkday is initialized based on the of the containing + and is intended to allow custom styling of days that represent working or non-working days + such as weekends.

+
+ + +
+ + + Represents a specific in the header area of the + + + + + Structure used to indicate the preferred rows/columns of instances within a + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + The number of rows + The number of columns + The rows and columns must be 0 or greater. + + + + Returns the hash code of the structure. + + A hash code for this instance + + + + Compares the specified object to this object to see if they are equivalent. + + The object to compare + True if the objects are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for equality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are equal; otherwise false + + + + Compares the values of two structures for inequality + + The first structure + The other structure + true if the two instances are not equal; otherwise false + + + + Returns a string representation of the object. + + A string that represents this + + + + Compares two + + The object to compare to this instance + + + + + Returns or sets the number of columns of groups. + + The value must be 0 or greater. + + + + Returns or sets the number of rows of groups. + + The value must be 0 or greater. + + + + Type converter for the structure + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns true if the object can convert from the type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns true if the object can convert to that type. + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + True if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts from one type to another. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + Converts the object to the requested type. + + An that provides a format context. + A object. If null is passed, the current culture is assumed. + A that represents the type you want to convert to. + The object to convert. + An object that represents the converted value. + + + + A custom element used to display instances within a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when the visual parent of the element has been changed. + + The previous visual parent + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + ItemArea Read-Only Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the containing + + +

The is a readonly inherited property that is used to + provide the containing to the descendant elements such as the + instances in its collection.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator to iterate the logical children. + + + + + Returns a value indicating the visibility of the day of week headers. + + + + + + + Returns a collection of instances that are displayed within the group. + + +

The CalendarItem instances are generated based on the containing using its + , , , + and .

+
+
+ + + Returns an integer that represents the number of items between the first date in the collection and the first column. + + + + + + + Returns an integer that represents the number of items between the first date in the collection and the first row. + + + + + + + Returns the number of columns that should be displayed in the group. + + +

The ItemColumns is calculated based on the + as well as other factors. When the mode + is Days, the ItemColumns is based upon the number of visible days of the week which + is affected by the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the number of item rows that should be displayed in the group. + + +

The ItemRows is calculated based on the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a collection of integers that represent the week numbers of the days displayed within the month. + + +

When the is Days, this will contain a set + of integers representing the week numbers for the days within the month. For all other navigation modes, the collection + will be empty. The is applicable to the week numbers as well since week numbers are + only generated based on the items within the collection.

+
+
+ + + Returns a value indicating whether week numbers should be displayed. + + + + + + + A custom element used to display a within a + to perform animations. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Returns the visual child at the specified index. + + Integer position of the child to return. + The child element at the specified position. + is greater than the + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when the visual parent of the element has been changed. + + The previous visual parent + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns the number of visual children for the element. + + + + + Represents a group of calendar items within a - e.g. a specific month of the year. + + +

A CalendarItemGroup is used to represent a group of instances. Based + on the , the group will contain items that represent either days, months, years, + decades or centuries.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: This constructor is only used for styling purposes. At runtime, the controls are automatically generated.

+
+
+ + + Handles changes to the ReferenceDate property. + + + + + CurrentCalendarMode Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the current for the specified element within the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an that represents the group + + A instance + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Called when the IsKeyboardFocusWithin property changes + + + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Overriden. Returns the date range that the item represents + + A string containing the and . + + + + Returns a collection of instances that are displayed within the group. + + + + + Returns the current calendar mode. + + +

The CurrentCalendarMode is based on the + but is a readonly inherited property that descendants may use to determine their current mode. Depending on the + mode, the group will create instances that represents days, months, years, decades or + centuries.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a that represents the first item of the group. Note, this will not be the first item displayed within the group if the group displays leading dates. + + +

The FirstDateOfGroup and identify the range of dates that make up the group. These dates + do not include any dates that would represent leading or trailing items. The values are calculated based on the + , and the .

+

The property is nullable because it is possible that the group will not be able to + display any dates. For example, if the and + were such that you could only see a year, if the was 2,2 so that the control displayed + 4 groups, not all the groups would be able to display items when you start zooming out.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the group is considering a leading group. + + +

By default when a date is brought into view the XamMonthCalendar will + ensure that the , and therefore the dates + displayed by the groups in the control, is such that the first group contains the + or a date after that and the last group contains + the or a date before that - i.e. it attempts to + avoid having groups without items. However there are cases where months should be given + less priority and allowed to be empty such as when showing a small preview of the previous + and/or next month. When IsLeadingGroup or IsTrailingGroup is set to true, the XamMonthCalendar + will ignore these groups when adjusting/calculating the reference date and therefore these + groups may be empty.

+

Note: This property is always false for groups created by the + . It is intended to be used when creating a custom + XamMonthCalendar template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the group is considering a leading group. + + +

By default when a date is brought into view the XamMonthCalendar will + ensure that the , and therefore the dates + displayed by the groups in the control, is such that the first group contains the + or a date after that and the last group contains + the or a date before that - i.e. it attempts to + avoid having groups without items. However there are cases where months should be given + less priority and allowed to be empty such as when showing a small preview of the previous + and/or next month. When IsLeadingGroup or IsTrailingGroup is set to true, the XamMonthCalendar + will ignore these groups when adjusting/calculating the reference date and therefore these + groups may be empty.

+

Note: This property is always false for groups created by the + . It is intended to be used when creating a custom + XamMonthCalendar template.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a that represents the last date of the group. Note, this will not be the last date displayed within the group if the group displays trailing days. + + +

The and LastDateOfGroup identify the range of dates that make up the group. These dates + do not include any dates that would represent leading or trailing items. The values are calculated based on the + , and the .

+

The property is nullable because it is possible that the group will not be able to + display any dates. For example, if the and + were such that you could only see a year, if the was 2,2 so that the control displayed + 4 groups, not all the groups would be able to display items when you start zooming out.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets an integer that is used to calculate the dates displayed within the group based on the of the containing . + + +

The ReferenceGroupOffset is used to calculate what range of dates should be displayed by the + group. It is used along with the and + when calculating the and .

+

By default, the template of the contains a + which creates instances + based on the . It initializes this property + such that the first displayed group has a ReferenceGroupOffset of 0 and therefore contains the + ReferenceDate. All subsequent groups are offset positively by 1 so that they show the next + group worth of dates. If you retemplate the XamMonthCalendar to directly contain CalendarItemGroups + then you must set this property. For example, you might have 3 groups whose ReferenceGroupOffsets + are -1, 0 and 1. When the ReferenceDate is August 1 2008 and the CurrentCalendarMode is days, the + group with -1 would display the dates for July 2008 and the group with 1 would display the dates + for September 2008.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the group should display dates from the previous range of dates. + + +

Leading dates are dates prior to the that are displayed within the + group. For example, when viewing a gregorian calendar with the default first day of week as Sunday, a group displaying + August 2008 would display items for July 28-31.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the visibility of the button that scrolls its contents to display the next set of dates. + + +

By default the template of a contains a + . This element dynamically generates CalendarItemGroup + instances and initializes their ScrollNextButtonVisibility and + based on their location within the panel and the state of the .

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the visibility of the button that scrolls its contents to display the previous set of dates. + + +

By default the template of a contains a + . This element dynamically generates CalendarItemGroup + instances and initializes their ScrollPreviousButtonVisibility and + based on their location within the panel and the state of the .

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether the group should display dates from the next range of dates. + +

Trailing dates are dates after to the that are displayed within the + group. For example, when viewing a gregorian calendar with the default first day of week as Sunday, a group displaying + August 2008 would display items for September 1-6.

+ + + +
+ + + Custom element used to create and position instances for a + + +

The CalendarItemGroupPanel is designed to be used within the template of a . When + used in the XamMonthCalendar template, this class will automatically generate and arrange instances + based on the . When the is + true, the panel will generate more CalendarItemGroups if they can fit up to the , which defaults to 12. + You may also retemplate the XamMonthCalendar such that it directly contains CalendarItemGroup instances and set their + .

+

By default, the and properties are set to double.NaN. When either + is left set to the default, the panel will calculate the size required for a group to display its contents and arrange all the groups + using that size.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Returns the visual child at the specified index. + + Integer position of the child to return. + The child element at the specified position. + is greater than the + + + + Invoked when the desired size of a child has been changed. + + The child whose size is being changed. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns the number of visual children for the element. + + + + + Returns or sets the alignment of the items within the element. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the height of the CalendarItemGroups within the panel. + + +

The GroupHeight and are used to control the size + of the instances that the panel creates. Both of these default + to double.NaN. When either is left set to NaN, the panel will use a custom hidden + CalendarItemGroup to calculate the size required for the groups to replace the NaN value.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the width of the CalendarItemGroups within the panel. + + +

The GroupWidth and are used to control the size + of the instances that the panel creates. Both of these default + to double.NaN. When either is left set to NaN, the panel will use a custom hidden + CalendarItemGroup to calculate the size required for the groups to replace the NaN value.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the maximum number of groups that the element may generate. + + +

The maximum of this value with the rows * columns of the + will be used to determine the actual maximum value allowed.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the vertical alignment of the items within the element. + + + + + + + Represents the header for a specific in a + + + + + Returns an that represents the element + + A instance + + + + Enumeration that determines what is displayed and interacted within each of a + + + + + + + Each of the is displaying days of the month. + + + + + Each of the is displaying months of the year. + + + + + Each of the is displaying years of a decade. + + + + + Each of the is displaying ranges of 10 years of a century. + + + + + Each of the is displaying ranges of 10 years of a century. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the format of the day of week captions in the + + + + + Only a single character is used to identify the days of the week + + + + + Two characters are used to identify the days of the week + + + + + The abbreviated day of week name from the is used. + + + + + The full day of week name from is used. + + + + + Returns the number of the day of the week based on the first day of week. + + The date whose offset is to be calculated + A number between 0 and 6 that represents how many days into the week, the specified day represents based on the current first day of week. + + + + Returns the number of the day of the week based on the first day of week. + + The date whose offset is to be calculated + True to account for the hidden days of the week + A number between 0 and 6 that represents how many days into the week, the specified day represents based on the current first day of week. + + + + Returns the number of item columns regardless of the hidden days of week. + + + + + + + Returns the week number for a particular date using the current CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek. + + DateTime + Integer denoting the week number that the date belongs to. + +

The System.Globalization.Calendar's GetWeekOfYear method simply returns the number of weeks into the year that the date falls on. It does not seem to use the weekrule specified in the arguments. e.g. If the first day of week is sunday and the weekrule is Jan 1, then 12/31/2000 (Sunday) should return 1. Instead it returns 54 and 1/1/2001 (Monday) returns 1.

+

This routine returns the correct week number for the specified date based on the CalendarWeekRule and FirstDayOfWeek.

+

Note, this may be a week for a year other than the year of the date. e.g. 12/31/2000, week tt of Jan 1, and week start of sunday will return 1 because this date falls into the first week of the year 2001.

+
+
+ + + Represents a specific week number header in the + + + + + Custom object for providing the current date. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Invoked when the Value has changed. + + + + + Returns a DateTime that represents the current day. + + + + + + Value converter for converting a for a given + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Converts a given and to a string representing the + + A two item array containing a and in that order. If a 1 element array is specified, it must contain the to convert; the DayOfWeekHeaderFormat is assumed to be Abbreviated and the converter culture is used for the culture info. + The type to which the converter must be convert the value. This parameter is not used. A String value is always returned + This parameter is not used. + The culture used to obtain the day of week names. + if the parameters do not match the information. Otherwise a string representation of the day of week is returned. + + + + This method is not implemented for this converter. + + is always returned. + + + + Provides information for the event. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + A list of the dates that were unselected + A list of the dates that were selected + + + + Returns a list of the dates that were unselected. + + + + + Returns a list of the dates that were selected. + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the . + + + + + + + + + Scroll forward by one group + + + + + Scroll backward by one group + + + + + Scroll forward by the number of groups currently in view + + + + + Scroll backward by the number of groups currently in view + + + + + Scrolls to the date specified in the command parameter. If this command is sent from within a , the date will be scrolled into view in that group if possible - even if it is already in view within another . + + + + + Activate a particular date. The source must be a or within it - or the CommandParameter must be the date of the day to activate. + + + + + Ensures the that represents the is in view and has the input focus. + + + + + Activating the that represents the current date. + + + + + Navigates to the previous to the . + + + + + Navigates to the after the . + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous row (e.g. the same day of the week as the in the previous week when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous row (e.g. the same day of the week as the in the following week when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous group (e.g. the same day of the month as the in the previous month when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the in the previous group (e.g. the same day of the month as the in the following month when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the first in the current group (e.g. the first day of the month containing the current when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the last in the current group (e.g. the last day of the month containing the current when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the first of the first in a (e.g. the first day of the first month currently in view when is set to Days). + + + + + Navigates to the last of the last in a (e.g. the first day of the last month currently in view when is set to Days). + + + + + Increases the to a larger date range - e.g. from Days to Months. + + + + + Decreases the to a smaller date range - e.g. from Months to Days. + + + + + Toggles the selection of the item represented by the . + + + + + The list of CommandWrappers for each supported command. + + + + + + This method is provided as a convenience for initializing the statics in this class which kicks off + the process of setting up and registering the commands. + + + + + Returns the parameter that should be used for a given command that is being processed by the method. + + The ICommandHost instance for which the keyboard input is being processed. + The command to be executed. + The key event arguments for which the command is being invoked + Returns the object to supply as the parameter for the command execution. + + + + A custom collection of instances used to represent the selected dates within the + + + + + Removes all the items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which to insert the + The date to insert in the collection + + + + Invoked when the collection has been changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + The index of the item in the collection to be removed. + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + Index of the item to replace + The item to insert into the collection. + + + + Adds a specified range of dates to the collection. + + Start of the range + End of the range + True if as many dates up to the should be selected. If false and the range would cause the selection to exceed the maximum an exception will be thrown. + The specified range would result in more dates being selected than allowed by the . + + + + Sorts the contents of the collection in ascending order. + + + + + A custom control used to display one or more months. + + +

The XamMonthCalendar provides functionality similar to that of the Microsoft Vista + Common Controls MonthCalendar class. +

+

The control provides navigation style functionality whereby you can zoom out to more + quickly navigate the available dates and then zoom back into to change the selection. The + is used to control the current mode. The may be used to control the lowest level + of dates that the end user may navigate into. +

+

The default template for XamMonthCalendar uses a + that will generate instances based on the row/column count specified + via the . In addition, when the + property is set to true, which is the default value, the panel will automatically generate additional groups + to fill the available space up to its . The + is used by the groups to determine which dates should be shown. +

+

The control supports multiple selection modes which can be controlled via its . + When using a multiple selection mode such as Extended or Range, the property + may be used to access/change the selection up to the . The control also exposes a property which is + primarily used when in a single select mode. When in a multiselect mode, this property will return the first selected date. +

+

The control exposes a number of properties that may be used to restrict the selectable dates. The + and are used to control the range within which the user may navigate. You can + then disable dates within that range using either the and . +

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + The key used to identify the for the used to scroll the groups in view forward within the . + + + + + + The key used to identify the for the used to scroll the groups in view backward within the . + + + + + + The key used to identify the used for the that represents the Today at the bottom of the . + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsSelectionActive" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'IsSelectionActive' attached readonly property + + +

The IsSelectionActive property is a readonly inherited property similar to that of + the that is used to indicate whether keyboard focus is + within the control and therefore can be used to control how the selected items are rendered.

+
+ +
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the 'Theme' dependency property + + + + + Routed event used to notify when the property has been changed. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + MonthCalendar Read-Only Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the containing + + + + + Scrolls the specified into view ignoring leading and trailing dates. + + The representing the date that should be brought into view. + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + Contains information about the command to execute. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Returns an array of ranges indicating the dates which are selectable in given a range. + + The range of dates whose selectable state is to be evaluated. + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after the has been changed. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs after the mouse is release after a selection. + + + + + Invoked when the control's template has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when the active used by the control has been changed. + + The new active strategy or null if no strategy is currently being used. + + + + Returns Automation Peer Class + + AutomationPeer + + + + Invoked when the element receives keyboard focus. + + Provides data about the event + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Invoked when the IsKeyboardFocused property is changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Invoked when the IsKeyboardFocusWithin property is changed. + + Provides information about the change + + + + Raised when the mouse wheel is rotated while over the control. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Returns or sets the date of the active day. + + +

The ActiveDate is used to determine which within the control has the input focus when the keyboard focus is + within the . Keyboard navigation within the control is then based on that item's dates.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean that indicates if items within a CalendarItemGroup whose IsLeadingGroup or IsTrailingGroup is true can be activated. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets whether the control should automatically calculate and change the calendar dimensions based on the size used to arrange the XamMonthCalendar. + + +

The AutoAdjustCalendarDimensions property is used by the within the + template of the that indicates whether it should automatically generate additional + instances when it has more space available than can be used by the groups specified by the .

+

If you retemplate the such that it does not contain a , + this property will not affect the display of the control.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating the preferred rows and columns of groups to be displayed within the control. + + +

The CalendarDimensions is used by the within the template of the + to determine the minimum number of rows and columns of + instances that it should create and arrange. If the is true, which is the + default value, and the CalendarItemGroupPanel has space to display mode groups it will automatically create additional + groups up to its .

+

If you retemplate the such that it does not contain a , + this property will not affect the display of the control.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default style to use for instances within the control. + + +

When this property is set, the will set the property + of the instances that it creates.

+

Note: If a is provided and that class provides a Style, the value for this + property will not be used for that item.

+

Note: Since the Style property will be explicitly set using this value, any local styles (including those + provided via the property, that target the will not be used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets an instance of a StyleSelector class that provides a style for a specific + + +

This class is used by the to obtain a for a + specific instance. If a Style is returned for a specified day, the value of the will not be used for that item.

+

Note: The CalendarItemArea may reuse items so you should not set the value of any other property on the day from the SelectStyle method.

+

Note: Since the Style property will be explicitly set using the Style returned by this StyleSelector instance, any local styles (including those + provided via the property, that target the will not be used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the default style to use for instances within the control. + + +

When this property is set, the will set the property + of the instances that it creates.

+

Note: If a is provided and that class provides a Style, the value for this + property will not be used for that item.

+

Note: Since the Style property will be explicitly set using this value, any local styles (including those + provided via the property, that target the will not be used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets an instance of a StyleSelector class that provides a style for a specific + + +

This class is used by the to obtain a for a + specific instance. If a Style is returned for a specified item, the value of the will not be used for that item.

+

Note: The CalendarItemArea may reuse items so you should not set the value of any other property on the item from the SelectStyle method.

+

Note: Since the Style property will be explicitly set using the Style returned by this StyleSelector instance, any local styles (including those + provided via the property, that target the will not be used.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets which types of calendar items will be displayed to the end user. + + +

The provides the ability to zoom out to see larger ranges of dates and then zoom back + in to change the selection similar to the functionality found in the Microsoft Vista Common Controls MonthCalendar. The CurrentCalendarMode + controls the current mode that the contained instances use to initialize its items. For example, when set to + Days, which is the default value, the CalendarItemGroup will contain instances where each represents + a discrete date. When set to Months, the CalendarItemGroups will contain instances where each represents + a single month within a specific year.

+

The class defines two commands ( + and ) that may be used to change the CurrentCalendarMode.

+

Note: The value for this property cannot be set to a value that would be less than the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the format for the header of the days of the week. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the day of week headers should be displayed. + + + + + + + + Returns a collection of objects in order based on the + + +

The DaysOfWeek collection is exposed primarily to be used from within the templates of the + instances within the control. The collection is ordered based on the resolved + first day of the week.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a modifiable collection of instances that indicates the items that should be considered disabled. + + +

The DisabledDates is a collection of instances that represent ranges of dates that should + not be selectable by the end user. Dates may also be disabled using the property.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a flagged enumeration indicating which days of the week are always disabled. + + +

The DisabledDaysOfWeek is a flagged enumeration that can be used to prevent selection of + one or more days of the week. The may be used to disable specific dates (or + ranges of dates).

+

When the property is set to true + the disabled days of the week will be hidden from the display.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets or sets the that represents the first day of the week or null to use the value from the current . + + +

By default the FirstDayOfWeek is set to null. When set to null, the + from the control's will be used.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred maximum date that can be selected or activated for the control. + + +

The MaxDate and are used to control the range of dates that + are available to the end user. Days outside that range will not be displayed.

+

The and may be + used to prevent selection/activation of dates within the MinDate/MaxDate range.

+

Note: The actual range available could be smaller than that specified by the + MinDate and MaxDate if it is outside the values allowed by the + and of the culture used by the control. The culture used is + based upon the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the maximum number of days that can be selected at any time. + +

The MaxSelectedDates is only used when the is set + to a value that allows multiple selection such as Range or Extended.

+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the preferred minimum date that can be selected or activated for the control. + + +

The MinDate and are used to control the range of dates that + are available to the end user. Days outside that range will not be displayed.

+

The and may be + used to prevent selection/activation of dates within the MinDate/MaxDate range.

+

Note: The actual range available could be smaller than that specified by the + MinDate and MaxDate if it is outside the values allowed by the + and of the culture used by the control. The culture used is + based upon the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets an enumeration that indicates the minimum calendar item type that can be selected within the control. + + +

The provides the ability to zoom out to see larger ranges of dates and then zoom back + in to change the selection similar to the functionality found in the Microsoft Vista Common Controls MonthCalendar. While the + CurrentCalendarMode controls the current mode that the contained instances use to display its items, the + MinCalendarMode determines the minimum mode into which the control may zoom. For example, when set the Months, the control will not + be able to zoom in any further to allow selection/viewing of individual dates/days.

+

When the is set to the same value as the MinCalendarMode, interacting within the items (e.g. + via the keyboard and mouse) will affect the current and . When the CurrentCalendarMode + is higher than the MinCalendarMode (i.e. the user has zoomed out), the selection will not be changed via the ui. Instead, the keyboard and + mouse will be used to navigate the calendar without affecting the current selection. When the user then zooms in to the MinCalendarMode, they + may then modify the selection.

+

The class defines two commands ( + and ) that may be used to change the CurrentCalendarMode.

+

Note: The value for this property will restrict the available values for the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a date that is used to determine the dates that should be displayed within the control. + + +

The reference date is used to determine the dates that are displayed within the reference group. The + reference group is the whose is + zero. By default, the XamMonthCalendar used a that autogenerates the groups + and sets the first created group's ReferenceGroupOffset to 0.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets the visibility of the scroll buttons with the instances. + + +

The ScrollButtonVisibility is used to indicate whethe the instances + within the control should display the previous and next scroll buttons. The default template for the + uses a that autogenerates the groups displayed within the control. When scroll buttons + are to be displayed, it ensures that the scroll previous of the upper left most group and the scroll next of the + upper right most group will display their scroll buttons. If you retemplate the XamMonthCalendar to directly contain + CalendarItemGroups then you must selectively bind the + and to this property.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the date of the that should be selected or null if no item is selected. + + +

The SelectedDate returns the first date that is selected within the control and is primarily used + when using a of Single. If you are using a SelectionType that allows multiple + dates to be selected, then you can use the to get a complete list of the dates that + are selected. The SelectedDates will include the SelectedDate.

+

Note: When the is set to a value other than days, selecting + a will only add 1 entry for each selected item. It will not add each date in the item's + range into the SelectedDates.

+

Note: When in navigation mode (i.e. the is + not equal to the ), the selection cannot be changed via the ui. Instead + using the mouse will change the active item and the state will be based on which + item is active ().

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of instances that represents the currently selected dates of the items in the . + + +

The SelectedDates is a collection of DateTime instances that represent the + instances that should be selected or have been selected by the end user. When the is set + to a value that allows multiple selection such as Range or Extended, the control will allow selection of + one more CalendarItems. A single date for each item will be added to the SelectedDates. The + property can be used to access the first item.

+

Note: When the is set to a value other than days, selecting + a will only add 1 entry for each selected item. It will not add each date in the item's + range into the SelectedDates.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Determines how many items can be selected. + + +

The default selection type is Extended which allows multiple discontiguous + ranges of dates to be selected. As dates are selected, the + event is raised and the and properties + are updated. When using a multiple selection type such as Extended or Range, you can use the + to control the maximum number of + instances that the user can select.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns the resolved value that determines how dates can be selected (read-only). + + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether days of the week disabled using the should be displayed in the calendar. + + +

By default all days of the week will be displayed within the control including those + that are disabled using the . This property can be set to true to + hide the disabled days of the week.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether to show days from the month before/after the first/last visible month. + + +

Leading and trailing dates are those dates displayed within a group that do not belong that to that particular + group. For example, when viewing a gregorian calendar that displays August 2008 with a default first day of week of + Sunday, a calendar has space available to show the 27-31 of July (leading) and the 1-6 of September (trailing). By default + leading and trailing dates are displayed within the first and last within the control.

+

Note: The default template for the XamMonthCalendar uses a that + ensures that only the first and last CalendarItemGroup instances have their + and initialized based on this property. If you retemplate the control to + directly contain CalendarItemGroup instances you will need to control which groups use this property.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean that indicates whether the today button should be displayed. + + +

The Today button is used to allow the user to select and bring into view the + that represents the current date. This button uses the + routed command to perform the operation.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean that indicates whether week numbers should be displayed. + + + + + + + Gets/sets the default look for the control. + + + If left set to null then the default 'Generic' theme will be used. + This property can be set to the name of any registered theme (see and methods). + + + + + + + Occurs when the property has been changed. + + + + + Returns a DateTime that represents today's date. + + + + + + Returns or sets the rule used to determine the first week of the year. + + +

By default the of the Culture associated + with the control's is used to determine the week numbers for + dates displayed within the control. The WeekRule is used when calculating the + .

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a flagged enumeration indicating which days of the week represent working days. + + +

The Workdays is a flagged enumeration that may be set to one or more days. The WorkDays is + used to initialize the to allow custom styling of days. This property + defaults to all days of the week excluding Saturday and Sunday.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a filter for supplying selection stratgeies for items. + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the has been changed. + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the mouse is release after a selection. + + + + + + + Overriden. Returns the commands supported by the + + + + + Abstract base class used to supply brush resources for derived classes. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: RibbonBase, Editors, RibbonBase, WPF etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for derived classes + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for derived classes when printing + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + A custom type converter for providing a list of themes available for the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Custom used to host arbitrary elements. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Indicates if the editor can handle the specified type + + The type to evaluate + Always returns true since it is up to the host template to actually edit the value. + + + + Indicates if the editor can handle the specified type + + The type to evaluate + Always returns true since it is up to the host template to actually render the value. + + + + Indicates whether the desired width or the height of the editor is based on the value. + + True + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the element. + + + + + Invoked when the FocusSite has changed for the editor. + + + + + Invoked when a key is pressed within the editor. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Editor Read-Only Dependency Property + + + + + Returns the containing (read-only). + + The object whose containing editor is to be returned. + The containing editor or null + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the DisplayDataTemplate was set. + + + + + + Returns or sets the template used to provide the template when not in edit mode + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the EditDataTemplate was set. + + + + + + Returns or sets the template used to provide the template when in edit mode + + + + + + Custom markup extension for binding to the ValueEditor.Value property of a + from within its or its + + + The following 2 xaml snippets are equivalent: +
    +
  • <TextBox Text="{Binding Path=(igWPF:TemplateEditor.Editor).Value, RelativeSource={RelativeSource Self}, UpdateSourceTrigger=PropertyChanged}"/>
  • +
  • <TextBox Text="{igWPF:TemplateEditorValueBinding}"/>
  • +
+ Note: this markup extension should only be used inside a DataTemplate that is set as the or of a . +
+
+ + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Returns a binding + + The service provider object. + The binding + If used to bind to a property of a type that is assignable to . + + + + Gets/sets a converter for the value + + + + + Gets/sets the colture to use with the conveter + + + + + Gets/sets a parameter to pass into the converter + + + + + Gets/sets when and how data is tranferred between source and target. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to notify when the source is updated. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to notify when the target is updated. + + + + + Gets/sets whether to notify when a validation error has occured. + + + + + Gets/sets a the format for a string binding + + + + + Gets/sets the target null value + + + + + Gets/sets when to update the target + + + + + A class with helper routines. + + + + + Gets an error message to display when user input fails to be converted to the specified + target type. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified val is double or float and infinity or NaN. + + + + + + + Determines if a given System.Type is a numeric type. + + The System.Type to test. + True if the type is a numeric type. + + + + Returns true if the item exists in the specified enumerable. + + + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the mouse position associated with the specified + mouse event args is inside the specified element. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified val is null, DBNull, empty string, or DependencyProperty.UnsetValue. + + Value to test + + + + An observable collection that allows you to specify a delegate for validating items being + added to the collection. + + + + + + A converter that converts HorizontalAlignment to TextAlignment. + + + + + Constructor. + + + + + Specifies the property. + + + + + + Default is resolved to DisplayErrorMessage. + + + + + Retain value and stay in edit mode. + + + + + Revert value to original value. + + + + + Display an error message and retain value. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the current state of the component. + + + + + The is in view + + + + + The is in view + + + + + Indicates that the current date is within the minimum and maximum date range of the + + + + + Indicates that the is non-null. + + + + + Indicates that the can be changed to a higher scope - e.g. from Days to Months. + + + + + Indicates that the can be changed towards the - e.g. from Months to Days. + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Days + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Months + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Years + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Decades + + + + + Indicates that the is set to Centuries + + + + + Indicates that the is the same value as the + + + + + Indicates that the FlowDirection of the is RightToLeft. + + + + + An editor control that can be used to display or edit boolean values. + + +

The XamCheckEditor inherits from and is designed to be embedded within + value editor hosts, like the XamDataGrid, although it can be used as a stand alone control as well. It displays a + checkbox which the user can click to change the value.

+

The control can represent three states - checked, unchecked and + indeterminate. By default, the control only toggles between checked and unchecked. To support indeterminate, the + property should be set to true.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new instance + + + + + Overridden. Initializes the value properties. This synchronizes all the value properties if one of + them is set in xaml since we delay syncrhonization until after initialization in case + other settings in xaml effect how they are synchronized. + + + + + Determines if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamCheckEditor's implementation returns True for only the string type since that's + the only data type it natively renders and edits. +

+

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Determines if the editor natively supports displaying of values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports displaying values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamCheckEditor's implementation returns True for only the string type since that's + the only data type it natively renders and edits. +

+

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Indicates whether the desired width or the height of the editor is based on the value. + + Orientation of the extent being evaluated. Horizontal indicates the width and vertical indicates the height. + True if extent is based on the value. + + + XamCheckEditor's implementation returns False since the value of the editor does not have any + effect on the desired size of the control. + + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Preview method called when the left mouse button is pressed. + + The event args containing more information on the mouse event. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the IsThreeState property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the IsThreeState property to its default state. + + + + + Returns or sets whether the editor uses arrows keys while in edit mode. + + true if the editor uses arrows keys in edit mode otherwise false. This implementation returns false since a checkbox doesn't use arrow keys internally. + + Note: this property does not change the behavior of the editor. + Instead, it is used by editor hosts, e.g. the XamDataGrid, to determine if they should ignore or process the arrow keys for directional navigation while this editor is in edit mode. + + + + + + Gets or sets the checked state of the check editor. Null indicates the check editor is in indeterminate + state. + + + + When the check editor is checked the IsChecked will return True. When it's unchecked the property + will return False. When it's in indeterminate state the property will return null. + + + IsChecked, and are all + synchronized. When the editor's value is modified, all three properties will reflect the + current state of the check editor. + + + + + + + + Specifies whether the check editor toggles between three states or two states. Default value is false. + + + + If IsThreeState is set to true then the check editor will toggle between three states: checked, unchecked and indeterminate. + When the editor is in indeterminate state, the and properties will return null value. + + + + + + Checkbox class used by the XamCheckEditor. + + + + ValueEditorCheckBox is not meant to be used as a stand-alone control. It's used + by the XamCheckEditor. + + + + + + Used to prevent changes to the checkbox when the owning is not in edit mode. + + Event arguments + + + + Allows editing of numeric data based on a mask. + + +

The XamNumericEditor is a derived that is designed to + display and edit numeric data. By default, its property is set to + .

+
+
+ + + Value editor for displaying and editing data based on a mask. + + +

+ XamMaskedEditor is an editor control that lets you display and edit values based on a mask. The mask is + specified via its property. If a mask is not explicitly set then a default mask + is used based on the property. The default mask is determined using the masks + that are registered for specific types using .

+

+ There are certain type specific editors that are available that derive from XamMaskedEditor. They include + , and . Although + the XamMaskedEditor can be used to edit all these types, the derived editors default certain settings and + provide more specific object model for editing the associated data types. +

+ + + + + +
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Determines if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamMaskedEditor's implementation returns True for the string, sbyte, byte, + short, ushort, int, uint, long, ulong, float, double, decimal and DateTime data types. +

+

+ For these data types the editor will calculate a default mask. For any other + data type, you should specify a mask that makes sense for the data type other wise + a default mask will be used. You can change/register default masks for these and other + data types using the method. +

+

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+ + + +
+ + + Determines if the editor natively supports displaying of values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports displaying values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Indicates whether the desired width or the height of the editor is based on the value. + + Orientation of the extent being evaluated. Horizontal indicates the width and vertical indicates the height. + True if extent is based on the value. + + + XamMaskedEditor's implementation returns True for horizontal dimension and False for the vertical + dimension. + + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called from OnInitialized to provide the derived classes an opportunity to + perform appropriate initialization tasks. OnInitialized implementation enters + the editor into edit mode at the end if AlwaysInEditMode is true. This method + is called before that. + + + + + Called from the property's CoerceValue handler. + + The text to coerce + Coerced value + + + XamMaskedEditor's implementation applies mask to the . + + + + + + Called when a property value has changed + + The event arguments + + + + Validates the current value of the editor. This method is called by the editor to perform + editor specific validation of the current value. + + True if the value is valid, False otherwise. + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified value would be considered to be valid by + the editor based on implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + + Value to check if it's valid. + If the value is invalid, this is set to an exception containing appropriate error message. + True if the specified value is valid, False otherwise. + + + ValidateValue method is used to determine if a value is valid or not based + on the implicit as well as explicit value constraints enforced by the editor. + Implicit value constraints are , + etc... and explicit constraints are specified + via property. + + + + + + + + This method is called when the control is about to exit edit mode. This method raises + event. + + + + + + + + Called when the focus site changes. + + + + + Called when the user is about to touch down on a touch enabled syatem + + + + + + This method is called whenever the ValueConstraint or one of its properties changes. + + Null if the ValueConstraint itself changed or + the name of the property that changed. + + + + Initializes the variables used to cache the dependency property values by + getting the dependency property metadata for this object and getting DefaultValue + of that metadata for the respective property. + + + + + Gets the value of the number section of the specified type. If the section is not found returns -2 and + if the section is empty returns -1. + + + + + + + + Gets the date value if there are year, month and day sections and they are all filled. + + + + + + + Sets the text to sections collection. + + Sections to be updated + Text used to update the sections + Character interpretted as the prompt character + Character interpretted as the pad character + Number of characters from text that matched. + + + + Sets the text to sections collection. + + Sections to be updated + Text used to update the sections + Character interpretted as the prompt character + Character interpretted as the pad character + True if the value may be numeric in which case digit separators should be ignored; otherwise false. + Number of characters from text that matched. + + + + If the mask is a custom mask that we don't know how to interpret for a specific type and a custom + value to text converter is specified then we should use that converter. + + + + + Returns true if the specified edit section is year, month, day, hour, minute, second or am/pm section. + + + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Calls the MessageBeep api + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Changes the default mask used by the masked editor for the specified data type. + + + + + + If a mask is not explicitly specified on a masked editor or derived editor, + a default is calculated based on the data type. You can override these + default calculated masks using this method. + + + + + + + Resets the default mask for the specified data type to the default value. + + + + + This method is used to revert any default masks that were registered using + method. The mask will be reverted back + to the default mask that's calculated by the masked editor. + + + + + + Returns the default mask that will be used for the specified data type by the masked editor + and derived editors for the specified data type. + + + + + + You can change the default masks using the static method. + + + + + + Returns true if the data type is supported by the XamMaskedEditor, false otherwise. + + + True if type is supported, False otherwise. + + + + Calculates the default mask for time based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedEditor and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for long time based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedEditor and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for date based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedEditor and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for date based on the specified format provider. + + The format provider to use to get necessary format + information to derive the mask from. + Can be a CultureInfo or a DateTimeFormatInfo instance. + + + This parameter indicates whether to use culture specific date separators that + are composed of postfix symbols from the long date pattern of the culture's + date-time format information. + + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to DateTime the XamMaskedEditor and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive date and time mask then use the following + mask tokens when setting the property: +
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • +
+
+ +
+
+ + + Calculates the default mask for currency based on the cultureInfo. + + Format provider to use to construct a default mask with. Can be a CultureInfo or a NumberFormatInfo instance. + Number of digits in integer section. -1 means use a default. Can be 0 in which case there won't be an integer portion. + Number of digits in fraction section. -1 means use one specified by culture info. Can be 0 in which case there won't be fraction section. + If '-' or '+' then negative numbers are allowed. '-' specifies that the minus sign should be displayed only when the number is negative. '+' specifies that the plus or minus sign will always be displayed depending on whther the number is negative or positive. If this parameter is any other character then it's ignored. + Specifies whether the mask should include the currency symbol. + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to Decimal the XamMaskedEditor and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive currency mask then use one of the + currency tokens as documented in the table listing all the mask tokens in the + help for property. + + + + + + + Calculates the default mask for double mask based on the CultureInfo + + Format provider to use to construct a default mask with. Can be a CultureInfo or a NumberFormatInfo instance. + Number of digits in integer section. -1 means use a default. Can be 0 in which case there won't be an integer portion. + Number of digits in fraction section. -1 means use one specified by culture info. Can be 0 in which case there won't be fraction section. + If '-' or '+' then negative numbers are allowed. '-' specifies that the minus sign should be displayed only when the number is negative. '+' specifies that the plus or minus sign will always be displayed depending on whther the number is negative or positive. If this parameter is any other character then it's ignored. + Mask as a string. + + + Typically there is no need for you to directly call this method. If the ValueType + is set to Double or Float, the XamMaskedEditor and derived editors will call this method + to calculate the mask if none has been explicitly set. Also if you want to explicitly + set the mask to make use of culture sensitive double/float mask then use one of the + double tokens as documented in the table listing all the mask tokens in the + help for property. + + + + + + + Returns true if mask is valid for the type. + + + + + + + + + Returns true if mask is valid for the type. + + + + + + + + Returns the current text of the editor based on the specified mask mode. + + The mode that determines how literals and prompt characters are accounted for. + The current text of the editor with the specified mask mode applied to it. + + + property can also be used to retrieve the current text of the editor. + The Text property will return a value with the mask mode specified by the + property applied to the returned value. This method allows you to use any mode without having to + set the DataMode property. + + + Any of , and + properties can also be used to retrieve the current value of the editor. + + + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the property key for read-only dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the read-only dependency property. + + + + + Occurs when the control is about to enter edit mode. + + + + + + Occurs when the control has just entered edit mode. + + + + + + Occurs when the control has just exited edit mode + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Called when the ValueType property changes. + + New value of the property. + + + + Applies the specified mask to the specified text and returns the result. + + Text to apply the mask to. + The mask to apply. + Provides culture specific symbols in the mask. This may not + be applicable to all masks - only the masks that have characters (like currency symbol) + that need to be represented by culture specific version of the symbol. + The prompt character - only applicable with certain mask modes. + The pad character - only applicable with certain mask modes. + Specifies the mask mode. + The result of applying the specified mask to the specified text. + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DataMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DataMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the ClipMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ClipMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the DisplayMode property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the DisplayMode property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the PadChar property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the PadChar property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the PromptChar property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the PromptChar property to its default state. + + + + + Selects all the text in the control. + + + + + Deletes currently selected text if possible and shifts characters accordingly. + + +

When you invoke this method, the control tries to delete the currently selected text and shift characters. If nothing is selected, it tries to delete the character at the current input position.

+

This method returns True if the operation was successful. If the operation fails because characters after the selection could not be shifted, the method returns False.

+
+ +
+ + + Performs a Copy edit operation on the currently selected text, placing it on the clipboard. + + + + + Performs a Cut edit operation on the currently selected text, removing it from the control and placing it on the clipboard. + + + + + Performs a Paste edit operation. + + + + + Toggles between insert and overstrike mode. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the TabNavigation property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the TabNavigation property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Indicates if the specified character is valid for use as a prompt character for the . + + Character to evaluate + False if the character is a tab, new line or carriage return. Otherwise true is returned. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + Executes the RoutedCommand represented by the specified CommandWrapper. + + The CommandWrapper that contains the RoutedCommand to execute + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Gets the default mask for the editor. When the owner doesn't provide any + mask, value of this property will be used as the default mask. Default value is + null. You should only override this property if your editor only supports a specific + type. For example, DateTimeEditor only supports Date. Editing numbers, or strings + do not make sense for a date time editor. So for such editors, override and return + a default mask for that editor. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the SelectAllBehavior property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the SelectAllBehavior property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the AutoFillDate property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the AutoFillDate property to its default state. + + + + + Processes the key down event args. Default implementation does nothing. + This class overrides OnKeyDown and performs some default processing and + then calls this method if further key down processing is to be done. + Derived classes are intended to override this method instead of OnKeyDown. + + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Called when the ContextMenu is about to open + + The event arguments + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + The event arguments + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Overridden. + + Event args that contains more information about the event. + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Occurs when the user types a character that fails mask validation. + + + + The InvalidChar event is fired when user types a character that does not match the mask associated with the current input position. + + + + + + + Specifies whether to trim insignificant zero's in fraction part of numeric masks. Default value is False. + + + TrimFractionalZeros property specifies whether to trim insignificant zero's in fraction + part of numeric masks. By defualt fraction part is padded with zero's to the right. If this + property is set to true, this padding of zero's will not occur and furthermore any + insignificant zero's will be removed. + + + + + + Specifies if and when to display spin buttons which are used to increment or decrement the editor value. + Default value is Never. + + + + SpinButtonDisplayMode specifies if and when to display the spin buttons in the control. Spin buttons + allow the user to increment and decrement the current value in the editor. By default the value of the current + section (section where the caret is) is incremented or decremented. If you specify the + property then the whole value of the editor will be incremented or decremented by that value depending upon + whether the up or down spin button is pressed, respectively. + + + + + + + + Used for setting the Style of the spin buttons which are instances of RepeatButton class. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + spin buttons, which are RepeatButton instances, displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + + + Returns the value indicating whether the spin buttons should be displayed. + + + + SpinButtonVisibilityResolved property returns the resolved value indicating + the visibility of the spin buttons in the control. This property is used by the + control template to control the visibility of the spin buttons. + + + Set the property to control if and when the + spin buttons are displayed. + + + + + + + Specifies the amount by which to increase or decrease the value of the editor when + up or down spin button is clicked. + + + + SpinIncrement property specifies the amount by which the value of the editor + will be increased or decreased when up or down spin button is clicked, respectively. + + + The amount one specifies depends on the type of values that the editor edits. + When the editor is used for numeric values then the spin increment amount can be + specified as a numeric value in the form of any numeric type (for example 5, 10.5 etc...), + as long as the type can be converted to match the editor's . + A special string vlaue of "log" is supported for numeric types where the editor's + value is incremented in an accelerated fashion when the mouse button is held pressed + over the spin button for a certain amount of time. + + + When date and time values are being edited, you can specify the amount as a TimeSpan + instance or as one of the following tokens. + + + + "1d" + + Date will be incremented or decrement by 1 day. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of days, for example "10d". + + + + + "1m" + + Depending on the mask type, date or time will be incremented or decrement + by 1 month or 1 minute. If the mask is a date mask, month will be affected. + If the mask is a time mask, minute will be affect. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of months or minutes, for example + "2m". + + + + + "1y" + + Date will be incremented or decrement by 1 year. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of years, for example "2y". + + + + + "1h" + + Time will be incremented or decrement by 1 hour. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of hours, for example "2h". + + + + + "1s" + + Time will be incremented or decrement by 1 second. You can specify + a different integer value for the number of hours, for example "2s". + + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the SpinIncrement has been set to a valid value. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the control's spin buttons should wrap its value. Default value is False. + + +

+ If True the spin button will wrap the value incremented/decremented based on its Min/Max value. + When incrementing the value and the value is already at its maximum, the value will wrap to + minimum value. The same applies when decrementing the value. +

+

+ To actually specify the minimum and maximum value, use the + property. +

+
+
+ + + A collection of the sections used in the control. Returns + a valid collection only if the mask has been parsed yet. + + + + When mask is parsed the result is a collection of derived + objects. This property returns that collection. Each SectionBase object has + a collection of its display characters return via its + property. XamMaskedEditor also exposes a collection that contains aggregate display characters + of all sections via its property. + + + This property is useful for example if you want to query and find out the structure + of the parsed mask or to query and/or manipulate the current user input on a per + section or per display character basis. + + + + + + + A collection of the display characters used in the control. Returns + a valid collection only if the mask has been parsed yet. + + + + Returns a collection of display characters. When mask is parsed, result is + a collection of sections where each section corresponds with a part of the + mask. Each section in turn has a collection of + derived objects each of which correspond to a placeholder character in the + part of the mask associated with the section. DisplayChars returns the + aggregate display character instances from all sections. + + + See for more information on potential usage of this + and Sections property. + + + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Returns or sets the editing mode (insert or overstrike). + + +

When this property is set to True, characters typed will be inserted at the current caret position and any following characters will be shifted. When set to False, typing at an insertion point that contains an existing character will replace that character. The value of this property also affects how characters are deleted using either The Delete key or the Backspace key. When in insert mode, characters after the character being deleted will be shifted by one to the left within the section.

+ + + + +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the mask associated with the masked edit control. + + +

When a mask is defined, placeholders are defined by the + property. When inputting data, the user can only + replace a placeholder with a character that is of the same type as the one + specified in the mask. If the user enters an invalid character, the control + rejects the character and generates the event. The + control can distinguish between numeric and alphabetic characters for + validation, as well as validate for valid content for certain types like, + date or time or numeric types such as the correct + month or time of day etc...

+

For a complete list of the various mask tokens as well as + examples please refer to Masks topic.

+

Note: When specifying the mask from within XAML and using + one of the special tokens that are enclosed within {}, you must preceed the + mask with {} - e.g. {}{date}.

+
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be stored by + the data source when data masking is enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are handled when the control's contents are passed to the data source (or are retrieved using the property.) Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+

Generally, simply the raw data is committed to the data source and data masking is used to format the data when it is displayed. In some cases, however, it may be appropriate in your application to store mask literals as well as data.

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be copied to the clipboard when data masking is in enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are handled when the control's contents are copied to the clipboard. Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets a value that determines how the control's contents will be displayed when the control is not in edit mode and data masking is enabled. + + +

This property is used to determine how mask literals and prompt characters are displayed when the control is not in edit mode. Based on the setting of this property, the text of the control will contain no prompt characters or literals (just the raw data), the data and just the literals, the data and just the prompt characters, or all the text including both prompt characters and literals. The formatted spacing of partially masked values can be preserved by indicating to include literals with padding, which includes data and literal characters, but replaces prompt characters with pad characters (usually spaces).

+

Generally, prompt characters disappear when a cell is no longer in edit mode, as a visual cue to the user. In some cases, however, it may be appropriate in your application to display mask literals as well as data when a cell is no longer in edit mode.

+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the character that will be used as the pad character. Default is space character (' '). + + +

The pad character is the character that is used to replace the prompt characters when getting the data from the XamMaskedEditor control with DataMode of IncludeLiteralsWithPadding.

+ + For example, if the data in the editor is as follows:
+ 111-2_-____
+ and DataMode is set to IncludeLiteralsWithPadding then the returned value will be "111-2 - ". + Prompt characters will be replaced by the pad character. +
+ +
+
+ + + Returns or sets the prompt character. The default prompt character is the underscore (_). + + + + Prompt character is the character that's displayed in place of any blank display characters. + Each display character is a place holder in the mask where the user enters the characters + as required by the mask. The default prompt character is underscore (_). + + + + + + + Indicates whether the mask editor displays NullText if the value entered + is null and the control doesn't have focus. + + + + + Specifies whether to tab between sections when Tab and Shift+Tab keys are pressed. + The default value is NextControl. + + + + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to shift characters across section boundaries when deleting characters. + Default value is True. + + + + This property controls what happens to the characters in the following sections when one or + more characters are deleted in the current section. For example, in a simple mask like + "###-###" where there are two input sections separated by a '-' character. Each input section + comprises of three digit placeholders. Let's say the whole mask is currently filled with data. + When you delete a character in the first section, this property controls whether the characters + from the next input section flow into this section or not. + + + Continuing from above example, let's say the editor has the following data:
+ "123-456"
+ If the caret is located before the character '2' and you hit Delete key, the 2 will be deleted + and '3' will be shifted left to occupy the position '2' had occupied. This will happen regardless + of the AllowShiftingAcrossSections setting. However what happens after this depends on the value + of this property. + If AllowShiftingAcrossSections is set to False, the position '3' originally occupied will + become empty and the resulting display characters will be as the following:
+ "13_-456"
+ If AllowShiftingAcrossSections is set to True, characters from the next input section will + 'flow' into current input section to fill in the position vacated by '3' when it got shifted left + to occpy the position of '2'. Here is how the resulting display characters will look like:
+ "134-56_"
+
+ + What value you would use for this property depends on the kind of mask that you have. The usability + is greatly affected by the value of this property depending on the mask being used. For example, in + a Date mask where each section of the date (month, day, year) is a logically distinct value, you + would not want to shift values across sections. As a matter of fact, for certain built in masks + like date, time etc... shifting across sections can not be enabled even by setting this property to + True since that is something that would not be desirable under any circumstance for those masks. However + for custom masks, you may want to set this property to a value based on whether it makes sense for that + particular mask to shift characters across sections. + + + + + + +
+
+ + + Indicates the start location of the selected text. If no text is selected, this property indicates + the location of the caret. + + + + + Gets/sets the length of the selected text. If nothing is selected then returns 0. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected text. + + + + SelectedText property returns the currently selected text if any. If nothing is selected + then returns empty string. + + + Setting this property replaces the current selected text with the set value. If nothing + is selected and the property is set, the set value is inserted at the location of the caret. + Note that setting this property will modify the contents of the control. + + + + + + Indicates the total length of the text in the control when in edit mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the current caret position. Only valid when the editor is in edit mode. + + + + + Gets or sets the pivot position. Pivot position and caret positions indicate which + characters are selected in the control. + + + + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + Specifies whether to select only the entered characters or all the characters (including prompt + characters) when the editor performs the operation of select all text. The default value of + the property is SelectAllCharacters. + + +

+ When this property is set to SelectEnteredCharacters, the select-all-text operation will + select text starting from the first entered character to the last entered character, including + adjacent literals. +

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Specifies whether to auto-fill empty date components when the user attempts to leave the editor. + The default is None. + + + + If the user types in an incomplete date then the editor will consider the input invalid + and take appropriate actions based on the + property setting. AutoFillDate lets you specify that such partial date inputs be + auto-filled using the current date. + + + If you set the AutoFillDate to Year then the user will be required to enter both + the month and the day. The year if left blank will be filled in with the current year. + If AutoFillDate is set to MonthAndYear then the user will be required to enter + the day. The month and year if left blank will be filled in with the current month and + the current year respectively. + + + + + + + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + + Returns the default converter used for converting between the value and the text. + + + + + Gets the supported commands (read-only) + + A static instance of the class. + +

This class exposes properties that return all of the commands that the control understands. +

+
+
+ + + Flag that indicates whether the caret should be shown. + + + + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Allows editing of currency data based on a mask. + + +

The XamCurrencyEditor is a derived that is designed to + display and edit currency data. By default, its property is set to + .

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Allows editing of date and/or time based on a mask. + + + + XamDateTimeEditor can be used to edit a date and/or time. Based on the value of the + property, it can edit date, time or both date and time. + The following are some example masks:
+
    +
  • {date} - Date mask based on short date pattern setting of the system.
  • +
  • {time} - Time mask based on short time pattern setting of the system. Short time pattern typically does not include seconds portion.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Time mask based on long time pattern setting of the system. Long time pattern typically includes seconds portion.
  • + +
  • {date} - Creates a date only mask based on the short date pattern.
  • +
  • {time} - Creates a time only mask based on the short time pattern.
  • +
  • {longtime} - Creates atime only mask based on the long time pattern, which typically includes seconds.
  • +
  • {date} {time} - Creates a date and time mask based on the short date and short time patterns.
  • +
  • mm/dd/yyyy - Creates a date only mask. Note: This mask specifies the exact order of day, month and year explicitly. The underlying + culture settings will not be used to determine the order of day, month and year section.
  • +
+
+ See help for property for a listing of all the supported masks, + including ones that are relevant for date and time. +
+ + By default the current culture settings will be used to determine the format of date and time. + However you can override that by setting the and + properties. If FormatProvider is set then the mask and the + formatting will be based on the settings provided by FormatProvider. Otherwise the formatting will + be based on the current culture. Note: the Format property only controls what gets displayed when + the control is not in edit mode. See for more information. + + + + + + +
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Overridden. Initializes the value properties. This synchronizes all the value properties if one of + them is set in xaml since we delay syncrhonization until after initialization in case + other settings in xaml effect how they are synchronized. + + + + + Invoked when the template has been applied to the editor. + + + + + Overriden. Raises the event. This method is invoked when the is set to true. + + Event arguments + + + + Called when a dependency property changes. + + + + + + Overridden. Called to synchronize value and text properties. Derived classes can override this + method if they have their own value properties (like the XamCheckEditor which has + IsChecked property) because the Value, Text and all other editor specific value + related properties need to be kept in sync. Default implementation synchronizes + Value and Text properties. + + Property that changed. + New value of the property. + Set this to the any error message if synchronization fails (for example + because of type conversion or some other problem with syncrhonizing the new value). + Value indicating whether the new value should be considered valid. If false is + returned, IsValueValid property will be set to false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + When IsDroppedDown is set, we need to make sure that the editor is in edit mode and if not + enter it into edit mode. That's what this coerce handler does. + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + This method is called when the drop-down list is opened. It raises event. + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + This method is called when the drop-down list is closed. It raises event. + + + + + + + Returns or sets a value that indicates whether the dropdown should be used to select a date. + + +

By default, the XamDateTimeEditor will show a dropdown as long as it it can enter edit mode + and has a date mask - i.e. it will not show if the is set to a time-only + input mask. The AllowDropDown property can be used to prevent the dropdown from being available even when + the editor is used to edit a date. When set to false, the editor will not attempt to show the dropdown + calendar when using the mouse or keyboard.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the calculated maximum date value for the control + + +

The ComputedMaxDate and are read-only properties that + expose resolved DateTime values from the minimum and maximum properties of the + and is meant to be used from within the template of the editor. The default template contains a + that uses these properties to control its and .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the preferred MinCalendarMode for the XamMonthCalendar within the dropdown of the control. + + +

The ComputedMinCalendarMode is a read only property that returns a + that identifies the smallest date unit that should be available within the + used in the dropdown of the control. For example, when the is set + to a mask that includes days, this property will return Days but if the smallest date unit + in the mask is months (e.g. mm/yyyy), then this property will return Months to indicate the + dropdown should only allow the user to see months and not days. This property is used within the default + template to control the of the contained + .

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the calculated minimum date value for the control + +

The ComputedMinDate and are read-only properties that + expose resolved DateTime values from the minimum and maximum properties of the + and is meant to be used from within the template of the editor. The default template contains a + that uses these properties to control its and .

+ + +
+ + + Gets or sets the date portion of the editor's value. + + + + DateValue property returns the date portion of the editor's value. If the + editor's current value is null or has invalid date in it, this property returns + null. + + + Setting this property updates only the date portion of the editor's value. If + the current value is null and the editor is in edit mode, only the date portion + of the editor's content is be updated, leaving the time portion empty. If the + editor is not edit mode and the the current value is null, then setting DateValue + property also sets the Value property to the same DateTime instance. + + + + + + + Specifies when to display the drop down button. Default is MouseOver. + + +

The DropDownButtonDisplayMode determines when the drop down button should be displayed.

+

Note that the drop down button will always be displayed when the editor + is in edit mode. Therefore if the is true, this property + will be ignored and the button will always be displayed.

+ + Note that the default value of the property is MouseOver however styles + of some of the themes may explicitly set this property to some other value to + ensure consistency with the default operating system behavior. For example, + the default XamComboEditor style in "Aero" theme used in Windows Vista sets this + property to Always. + +
+
+ + + Used for setting the Style of the drop-down button. Default value is null. + + + + Default value of this property is null. You can use this property to specify a Style object to use for the + drop-down button displayed inside the editor. + + + + + + Indicates whether the drop down button is currently visible or not. + + + + This property can be used to find out if the drop down button is visible or not. + + + + + + + Specifies whether the drop down is currently open. + + + + IsDropDownOpen returns a value indicating whether the drop down is currently open. + You can set this property to open or close drop down as well. If you set this property + to true and the editor is not in edit mode, it will be put in edit mode. + + + You can also hook into and events + to be notified when the drop-down is opened and closed. + + + + + + + Occurs when the drop-down calendar is opened. + + + + + + + + Occurs when the drop-down calendar is closed. + + + + + + + + Base type for all DisplayCharacter classes. + + + + When XamMaskedEditor parses a mask (specified via XamMaskedEditor's property), + the result is a collection of + derived classes. Each Section in turn is a collection of display characters. Section's + property returns the display characters of a section. + XamMaskedEditor returns the collection of sections via its + property. It also exposes property that returns + a collection of display characters that contains the aggregate display characters from all sections. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the specified character matches the mask + + Character to match + + + MatchChar method is an abstract method that derived display character classes implement. + This method returns a value indicating whether the specified character matches + this display character. If this method returns False for a character, the user can not enter + that character in the place of this display character. + + + Note: Typically you don't need to use this method directly as the XamMaskedEditor will + automatically validate the user input against the specified mask. + + + + + + This is used to determine whether to draw the display character selected or not. + + + + + Returns or sets a value that specifies how MaskMode is used in deciding whether or not to include the character. + + +

When IncludeMethod is set to Always, the display character will always be included except when it is empty, in which case normal processing takes effect. (The mask is examined to determine whether a prompt character ot a pad character should be used.) If this property is set to Never, it will never be included in the text. The default setting (DisplayCharIncludeMethod.Default) is to look at the MaskMode that's being applied to the text and determine which character to use accordingly.

+
+
+ + + Returns the string that will be drawn by this display character. + + + + DrawString property returns text that is to be drawn in place + of this dislay character. This is the property that's used by the DisplayCharacterPresenter + control template to display the display character. + It takes into account the focused state of the control as well + as whether the display character is empty and if so it returns the prompt character. + + + As any state (for example focused) changes that affects this display character, the DrawString + is updated to reflect the change. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to use this property. You would need to use + this for example if you are writing a control template for an element that will display this + display character. + + + + + + Returns whether this display character should be displayed. + + + + This property is used by the control template of the + to hide the element. This property takes into account the state of the control (for example + focused state) and gets updated to reflect changes in the states. + + + Note: Typically you don't need to use this property unless for example you are creating + a control template for a ui element that will display this display character. + + + + + + Indicates if the character position is an editable position, one that + user can input a character into. The literal characters will return False. + + + + Literal display characters return False from this property where as the display + characters that are place holder for user input return True from this property. + + + + + + Returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty. + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the associated + literal character. + + Set of this property will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it + will throw an exception. + + + + Gets or sets the character associated with this display character. When the user + enters text into the editor, this property is updated with the entered character. + As characters are entered, the caret moves so the next character will capture the + next character user enters. + + + + + + Class that represents an editable position in the mask edit control + + + + This DisplayCharBase derived class is an abstract base class for representing + character positions in the mask that are editable. See for + more information. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Overridden, returns true to indicate that InputPositionBase derivatives + are editable character positions. + + + + + returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the + literal character that will be used in storing the text (if one + of the DataMaskModes is to include literals) + + set will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it will + throw an exception + + + + + Class for matching literal characters. + + + + LiteralChar represents literals in the mask. Literal characters are the characters that the user + can not modify. For example, in the "###-##-####" mask the two occurrences of '-' are literal characters. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + returns true if the character passed in as parameter matches the + the literal this instance represents + + + + + + + returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the + literal character that will be used in storing the text (if one + of the DataMaskModes is to include literals) + + set will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it will + throw an exception + + + + + Class for representing the decimal seperators ('.') in number and currency + sections. + + + + DecimalSeperatorChar is a literal character that separates integer and fraction parts of + a numeric mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + returns the char associated with this character position. + If it's an InputPositionBase derivative (character placeholder), + it will return the character that the user has input, or 0 if it's empty + + For LiteralPosition and derivatives, it will return the + literal character that will be used in storing the text (if one + of the DataMaskModes is to include literals) + + set will only work if IsEditable returns true, otherwise it will + throw an exception + + + + + Class for matching digits. + + + + DigitChar is a dispaly character that accepts a numeric character (0-9). + Char.IsDigit is used to check if a character is numeric. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c mathces a digit + + + + + + + Class for matching alpha characters [A-Za-z] + + + + AlphaChar is a dispaly character that accepts a alphabetic characters (A-Z and a-z). + Char.IsLetter is used to check if a character is alphabetic character. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Class for matching alpha and digits [A-Za-z0-9]. + + + + AlphanumericChar is a dispaly character that accepts a alpha-numeric characters (A-Z, a-z and 0-9). + Char.IsLetterOrDigit is used to check if a character is alpha-numeric. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Class for matching an arbitrary set of characters. + + + + CharacterSet is a dispaly character that accepts any character that's part of + an arbitrarily defined set. You can specify a character set in the mask using + {char:n:set} mask token where n is number of display characters to create and + set specifies the set of characters that are acceptable. Here is an example + that creates two display characters that accept a, b, c, d, e, f and 0 to 9 + digit characters:
+ "{char:2:abcdef0-9}"
+ The set can include list of arbitrary characters as well as ranges. In above + example, 'abcdef' is arbitrary character list where as 0-9 is a range. Ranges + are inclusize. +
+ + Note: The character sets are case sensitive. If you want to accept both + the upper and lower case of a character, include both the upper and lower case + character in the list. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + +
+
+ + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Class for matching hexadecimal digit. + + + HexDigitChar is a dispaly character that accepts an hexadecimal digit (0-9, A-F and a-f). + to include a hexadecimal character in the mask, use 'h' or 'H' mask character. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use display characters. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Read-only collection that contains derived class instances. + + + + Each section exposes a property that returns the + display characters of that section. The XamMaskedEditor's + property also returns a DisplayCharsCollection that contains all the display characters of + all the mask sections in the editor. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use this class as + the XamMaskedEditor automatically creates and manages this when it parses the mask. + + + See for more information. + + + + + + + + + Clears the collection. + + + + + Returns the associated section object. + + + + + Indicates if the specified display char is selected. + + + + + + + This method skips display chars whose GetDrawChar return 0, which can happen when prompt char is 0. + Returns the caretPos of the next display char whose GetDrawChar( ) is not 0. + + + + + + + Indicates whether current section can be incremented or decremented. + + True for incremenet, false for decrement. + Optional - amount by which to increment or decrement. + + + + + Returns the display char at which the input processing should start when some text + is selected and a character is input. + + Overall position of the display char. + + + + If the character being entered does not match the current editable character but the + previous section is a right-to-left section and the character can be input there then + returns the previous section. + + + + + Indicates whether to allow the caret to be on a character after the right-most filled display char. + Default value is false. Resolved to true when the PromptChar is set to 0 character. + + + + + Represents each section in the masked editor when it's in edit mode. + + + + This element is used only when the masked editor is in edit mode. When not in edit mode, + the XamMaskedEditor uses a TextBlock to display the value. Note: Whether + XamMaskedEditor remains in edit mode at all times or not can be controlled using its + property. + + + Each section in the parsed mask has a SectionPresenter in the visual tree of the + XamMaskedEditor when it's in edit mode. + property returns all sections of a XamMaskedEditor. + + + Note: Typically there is no need to deal with the elements in the visual tree + directly as they are managed by the XamMaskedEditor itself. + + + + + + + + Static constructor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Initializes this SectionPresenter with the specified section object. + + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Returns the section object associated with this section presenter. + + + + + Represents individual character of MaksedEditor when it's in edit mode. + + + + This element is used only when the masked editor is in edit mode. When not in edit mode, + the XamMaskedEditor uses a TextBlock to display the value. Note: Whether + XamMaskedEditor remains in edit mode at all times or not can be controlled using its + property. + + + Each display character in the parsed mask has a DisplayCharacterPresenter in + the visual tree of the XamMaskedEditor when it's in edit mode. + returns all display characters of + a XamMaskedEditor. Also each Section has a collection of display characters + (). + + + Note: Typically there is no need to deal with the elements in the visual tree + directly as they are managed by the XamMaskedEditor itself. + + + + + + + + + Static constructor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Initializes this DisplayCharacterPresenter with the specified display character object. + + The display character associated with the element + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Returns the display character object associated with this display character presenter. + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the display character should be drawn as selected. + This property takes into consideration whether the editor has keyboard focus or not. + + + + + UI element that displays sections of masked editor. + + + + This element is used only when the masked editor is in edit mode. When not in edit mode, + the XamMaskedEditor uses a TextBlock to display the value. Note: Whether + XamMaskedEditor remains in edit mode at all times or not can be controlled using its + property. + + + SectionsList element is an ItemsControl in the visual tree of the XamMaskedEditor that + is responsible for displaying all the sections of the parsed mask. XamMaskedEditor exposes + section collection via its property. + + + Note: Typically there is no need to deal with the elements in the visual tree + directly as they are managed by the XamMaskedEditor itself. + + + + + + + Static constructor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + The newly created container + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Returns the associated sections. + + + + + UI element that displays display characters of a section in masked editor. + + + + This element is used only when the masked editor is in edit mode. When not in edit mode, + the XamMaskedEditor uses a TextBlock to display the value. Note: Whether + XamMaskedEditor remains in edit mode at all times or not can be controlled using its + property. + + + DisplayCharactersList element displays display characters of a Section. This element + is a child of . Section exposes its display characters + via its property. + + + Note: Typically there is no need to deal with the elements in the visual tree + directly as they are managed by the XamMaskedEditor itself. + + + + + + + + + Static constructor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + The newly created container + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Represents caret element inside a masked editor. + + + + XamMaskedEditor control uses this element to display caret when it's in edit mode. + + + + + + Static constructor + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Called to arrange the child elements. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + This event is raised to indicate that the caret is to reset + its blinking timer and start with the blinking state of on. + + + + + Specifies the current blinking state - whether it's visible or blinked out. + + + + This property is animated in the style of the CaretElement. This property + in turn sets the Visibility property of the element. + + + + + + Returns the caret blink duration. + + + + System settings are used to determine the caret blink duration. Note: + This property returns a value that's double the caret blink time as returned + by the OS. This is because this property indicates the time duration between + successive caret blinks. + + + + + + Enum associated with the property of the class. + + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to specify this property or use this enum + directly. The XamMaskedEditor will set the associated property automatically based on the + mask. + + + + + + + The section is a left-to-right section. + + + + + The section is a right-to-left section. + + + + + This enumeration is used to specify the value for + property. It dictates how a value of a DisplayChar is included when applying + mask to get the text. + + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to specify this property or use this enum + directly. The XamMaskedEditor will set the associated property automatically based on the + mask. + + + + + + + Default is to look at the mask mode in deciding whether to include + or not. + + + + + Always include the DisplayChar + + + + + Never include the DisplayChar + + + + + Used to specify the type of converting is to be done on an input character. + + + + + Unchanged, character will be unchanged + + + + + character will be converted to lower case + + + + + character will be converted to upper case + + + + + Used for specifying the mode to be applied when getting text from a + masked editor. + + + + + + + + + + + Raw Data Mode. Only significant characters will be + returned. Any prompt characters or literals will be excluded + from the text. + + + + + (Default) Include Literal Characters. Data and literal characters will + be returned. Prompt characters will be omitted. + + + + + Include Prompt Characters. Data and prompt characters will be + returned. Literals will be omitted. + + + + + Include both Prompt Characters and Literals. Text will be + returned exactly as it appears in the object when a cell is + in edit mode. Data, prompt character and literals will all be + included. + + + + + Include Literals With Padding. Prompt characters will be + converted into pad characters (by default they are spaces, + which are then included with literals and data when text + is returned. + + + + + No sign support in the section, so the section will always contain positive numbers. + + + + + Sign will only be displayed when the value is negative. + + + + + Sign will always be displayed (+ when positive, - when negative). + + + + + Used for specifying XamMaskedEditor's property. + + + + + + + + Tab to the next control + + + + + Tab to the next section or to the next control if focus is in the last section. + + + + + Used for specifying XamMaskedEditor's property. + + + + + + + + Select all characters. + + + + + Select entered characters, including intervening empty characters and adjacent literals. + + + + + Used for specifying XamMaskedEditor's property. + + + + + + + + Do not auto-fill. + + + + + Auto-fill year. + + + + + Auto-fill month and year. + + + + + Used for specifying the XamMaskedEditor's property. + + + + + + Never display the button. + + + + + Always display the button. + + + + + Display the button when the mouse is over. Note that this option will always display + the button when the editor is in edit mode. + + + + + Display the button when the editor is focus. + + + + + Display the button only when in edit mode. + + + + + InvalidOperationEventArgs class for firing InvalidOperation event. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + gets the message associated with an illegal operation user was + trying to perform + + + + + you can set this property to false to prevent the masked edit from + beeping. + + + + + InvalidCharEventArgs class for firing event of the XamMaskedEditor. + + + + + + + + Constructor + + Invalid character that was typed + The display character placeholder where the invalid character was typed + + + + Gets the invalid character that the user attempted to input. + + + + + Gets the display character instance where the user attempted to enter the invalid character. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the XamMaskedEditor should beep. + + + + + If the current culture requires a non-standard mask for dates (such as in Japan) then + this method inserts a '/' character after the last date section in the mask. This + allows the analyze method to successfully insert the special postfix character after that + last date section. + + A reference to the mask to be analyzed and modified, if appropriate. + + + + A class for applying a mask to data. + + + + ParsedMask parses and stores the parsed mask. It exposes + method for applying the associated mask to the specified data. + + + + + + Constructor. + + The mask + + + + Constructor. + + The mask + The format provider to use to get culture sensitive symbols + + + + Constructor. + + The mask + The format provider to use to get culture sensitive symbols + The prompt character - only applicable when applying mask with certain mask modes. + The prompt character - only applicable when applying mask with certain mask modes. + + + + Applies the mask to the specified data. + + Data to apply the mask to. + Mask mode to use. + String that results from applying mask to the specified data. + + + + Returns the associated mask. + + + + + Returns the associated prompt character. Used only when applying mask with certain mask modes. + + + + + Returns the associated pad character. Used only when applying mask with certain mask modes. + + + + + Represents the different states of the masked editor control. Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + caret is positioned right before a display char + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the first display char + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the last display char + + + + + the caret is in the first section + + + + + the caret is in the last section + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the first character in a section + + + + + the caret is positioned right before the last character in a section + + + + + the caret is positioned after the last display character + + + + + some text is selected + + + + + Mask has not been initialized, and thus no sections or + display chars collection exists + + + + + the caret is in the first edit section + + + + + the caret is in the last edit section + + + + + State where the editor is not in edit mode. + + + + + State where the editor permits tabbing by sections based on the TabNavigation proeprty. + + + + + Next edit section is a fraction part. + + + + + Current section can be decremented. + + + + + Current section can be incremented. + + + + + Can perform Undo action. + + + + + Can perform Redo action. + + + + + There is an associated dropdown + + + + + The associated dropdown is open + + + + + The associated dropdown is open + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the XamMaskedEditor. + + + + + Represents a command which is always ignored. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the next character. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the next section. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position after the last character. + + + + + Command for setting the pivot at where the caret is currently. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the previous character. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the previous section. + + + + + Command for moving the caret position to the first character. + + + + + Command for selecting all the characters of the current section. + + + + + Command for selecting all the characters. + + + + + Command for deleting selected text. If nothing is selected then the character at + the current caret position will be deleted. + + + + + Command for performing a 'Backspace' key operation. This command deletes the selected text. If nothing + is selected then the character before the current caret position will be deleted. + + + + + Command for copying the selected text. + + + + + Command for cutting the selected text. + + + + + Command for pasting clipboard contents into the editor. + + + + + Command for undoing last change to the value. + + + + + Command for undoing last change to the value. + + + + + Command for toggling insert mode. + + + + + Command for spinning up the value of the section. + + + + + Command for spinning down the value of the section. + + + + + Command for toggling the drop down state of the . If the editor is not in edit mode, + this command will put the editor in edit mode. + + + + + The list of CommandWrappers for each supported command. + + + + + + This method is provided as a convenience for initializing the statics in this class which kicks off + the process of setting up and registering the commands. + + + + + Gets the value from the owner and sets it on the display chars + collection. + + + If a value indicating whether the value was successfully set. + + + + + Gets the value from the owner and sets it on the display chars + collection. + + + If there's an error (for example the specified value doesn't match the mask), + returns the error information. Otherwise returns null. + + + + + Returns true if in edit mode and the associated control is focused. + + + + + Returns true if in edit mode. + + + + + Indicates whether this object is equal to the passed in obj. + + + + + + + Rerturns thehas code of the object. + + + + + + Abstract base class for all section classes. + + + + When XamMaskedEditor parses a mask (specified via XamMaskedEditor's property), + the result is a collection of SectionBase derived classes. Each Section in turn is a collection of display + characters. Section's property returns the display characters of a + section. XamMaskedEditor returns the collection of sections via its + property. It also exposes property that returns + a collection of display characters that contains the aggregate display characters from all sections. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + + + Checks if str is a valid string for this section. + Either returns itself or returns a modified string that is to be displayed. + Returns null to indicate that validation failed + + + + + + + Returns the text for this section. + + + + + + Returns the sections collection this section belongs to. + + + + + Returns the display characters of this section. + + + + + Finds the previous section. + + + + + + Returns the previous literal section, skipping any edit sections. + + + + + + Returns the next section. + + + + + + Returns the previous edit section. + + + + + + Returns the next edit section, skipping any literal sections. + + + + + Returns the next literal section, skipping any edit sections. + + + + + LiteralSection class. + + + + A LiteralSection is created for each continous occurrences of literals in the mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + overridden method does nothing + + + + + + Validates the string for this section. + + This method checks to see if the specified string is a valid string for this section. It may modify the specified string in which case the new string will be close to the specified string, but one that matches the section. This method returns False to indicate that validation failed. + string to validate + True if string is valid, false otherwise + + + + Abstract base class for non-literal sections. + + + + EditSectionBase is a base class for all editable sections. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Returns character in DisplayChars collection at index. + + index of char to display + character at position or null if not found. + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Validates the section + + This method is usually invoked when the input position is being removed from the section. It returns True if an appropriate value has been input in the section. This function may modify the values of display characters. + + + + + Validates the section. + + + This method is usually invoked when the input position is being removed from the section. It returns True if an appropriate value has been input in the section. This function may modify the values of display characters. + + Whether the implementation should modify the contents. + + + + + Returns whether editing is left-to-right or right-to-left. + + + + + This is an edit section that can contain an arbitrary list of editable display characters. + + + + DisplayCharsEditSection is created for each group of consecutive editable characters in the mask. + Note that this section is create for editable characters that do not have their own special sections + associated with. For example, "mm", "dd", and "yyyy" have , + and associated with them so for these the + DisplayCharsEditSection is not created. However for other mask characters for which there are + no special sections associated with them, this object will be created for a group of continuous + edit mask character in the mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Checks if str is a valid string for this section. + Either returns itself or returns a modified string that is to be displayed. + Returns false to indicate that validation failed + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise. + + + + checks to see if the so far input chars in the section + satisfy the input requirement for the section + + Whether or not to allow content modification + True if valid, false otherwise. + + + + indicates whether this section is a right-to-left edit section (number section) + or a left-to-right (regular edit sections) + + + + + A number section that will edit from right to left. + + + + DisplayCharsEditSection is created for each group of consecutive editable characters in the mask. + Note that this section is create for editable characters that do not have their own special sections + associated with. For example, "mm", "dd", and "yyyy" have , + and associated with them so for these the + DisplayCharsEditSection is not created. However for other mask characters for which there are + no special sections associated with them, this object will be created for a group of continuous + edit mask characters in the mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Overridden. Throws an InvalidOperationException exception + since this function is invalid for a number section + + + + + + + + Returns true if string str matches the mask associated with this section + + string to validate + true if valid, false otherwise + + + + if the input in this section matches the mask. + + Whether or not modifications are allowed + true if valid, false otherwise + + + + Creates display chars associated with this edit section to the passed + in displayChars collection. + + + + + min value for this section + + + + + max value for this section + + + + + Returns RightToLeft to indicate that this section + is to be edited right-to-left + + + + + Month section part of a date mask. + + + + MonthSection represents the month portion of a date mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Day section part of a date mask. + + + + DaySection represents the day portion of a date mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Year section of a date mask. + + + + YearSection represents the year portion of a date mask. The section can be two digits year section + or four digits year section. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + indicates if year section is 4 digits or 2 digits + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Hour section of a time mask. + + + + HourSection represents the hour portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Class for AM-PM section of a time mask. + + + + AMPMSection represents the AM/PM portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + checks to see if specified character c matches + + + + + + + Overridden + + + + + Minute section of a time mask. + + + + MinuteSection represents minute portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + Second section of a time mask. + + + + SecondSection represents second portion of a time mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + ValidateString + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Edit section implementation for a fraction part. + + + + FractionPart represents the fraction part of a numeric mask. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + Assigns the text to the section. Call to this method with an invalid text will result in an exception. + + + + + + ValidateSection. + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Trims zeros at the end of the input. + + + + + ValidateString. + + string to validate + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Number of digits in this fraction part. + + + + + Returns whether editing is left-to-right or right-to-left. + + + + + Edit section implementation for a fraction part. + + + + FractionPartContinous represents the fraction part of a numeric mask. This differs from + in that this section will allow digits entered into the fraction + part to flow into the integer part as the fraction part gets filled up. This allows for + convenient entering of values without having to enter the '.' character. You specify + this kind of fraction section in the mask using "{double:-n.m:c}" mask token where 'n' + is the number of digits in integer portion, 'm' the number of digits in the fraction portion + and 'c' for continous fraction part. See the associated entry in the table of masks + in the Masks topic for more information. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use sections. + XamMaskedEditor will automatically create and manage these objects based on the supplied mask. + + + + + + ValidateSection. + + Whether or not contents can be modified + True if valid, false otherwise + + + + Returns whether editing is left-to-right or right-to-left. + + + + + Read-only collection that contains derived class instances. + + + + XamMaskedEditor creates this collection when it parses its mask. XamMaskedEditor's + property returns this collection. + See for more information. + + + Note: Typically there is no need for you to directly create or use this class as + the XamMaskedEditor automatically creates and manages this when it parses the mask. + + + + + + + + + Abstract base class used for in place editing. + + + + ValuePresenter is an abstract base class from which various value presenters + are derived from. These value presenters are used by controls like XamDataGrid. + However typically there is no need to use them directly. This is mainly as supporting + infrastructure for other complex controls that embed value editors inside them. + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Takes the editor out of edit mode + + If true will accept any cchanges that were made while in edit mode. + If true means the EditModeEnding event can't be cancelled. + + + + + + + + + Puts the editor into edit mode + + True if successful. + + + + + + + + + Sets multiple editor settings in one atomic operation. + + The type of the editor to use. + The type to use when editng the value, i.e. 'edit as type'. + The style of the editor. + + + + Performs any additional validation required. + + out param containing the error if method returns false. + + Note: the default implementaion always returns true. This method is intended + for use by derived classes that need to perform some additional validatio logic. + + True if the current value is valid, otherwise false. + + + + Called after the editor has been created but before its Content is set, its Style has been applied and before it has been sited. + + The ValueEditor that was just created + + + + Called when the embedded editor is about to enter edit mode + + The event arguments + Setting the property to true will prevent the editor from entering edit mode. + + + + + + + + Called when the embedded editor has just entered edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + + + + + Called when the embedded editor is about to exit edit mode + + The event arguments + + + Setting the property to true will prevent the editor from exiting edit mode. + + + However, if the read-only property is true the action is not cancellable and setting Cancel to true will raise an exception. + + + + + + + + + Called when the embedded editor has just exited edit mode + + The event arguments + + + + + + + + Called when the embedded editor has input validation error + + The event arguments + + + + + Called when the editor's value has changed but it's event has been suppressed. + + The event arguments + + + + + Called after OnEditModeEnding however before OnEditModeEnded. This is called after + input validation succeeds to let the host know to commit the value. + + The edited value that is to be committed. + Whether the editor should cancel the operation of exitting edit mode. + Returns true if commit succeeded, false otherwise. + + + + Called when the value has been changed. + + + + + Called by the ValueEditor before it process its OnKeyDown. Default implementation + returns false. You can override and return true from this method if you want to + prevent the ValueEditor from processing the key. + + + Return true to prevent the value editor from processing the key. + + + + Called whenever the value editor validates the value. + + + + Note that this method is called whenever the value editor validates + the value to be valid or invalid. + + + + + + + + This class overrides OnPreviewMouseLeftButtonDown. This method is called by + OnPreviewMouseLeftButtonDown implementation for derived editors to go into + edit mode and do any processing required from this event. + + + + + + Determines whether the event associated with the specified event arguments should be suppressed. + + The event arguments which will be fired with the event if it is not suppressed. + True if the event should be suppressed; False otherwise. + + + + Updates the to the specified value. + + + + + Returns whether the editor uses arrows keys while in edit mode (readonly) + + true if the editor uses arrows keys in edit mode, false if it does not or null (the default) to use the editor's defaut which for most editors is true (false for the . + + Note: the this property does not change the behavior of the editor. + Instead, it is used by editor hosts, e.g. the XamDataGrid, to determine if they should ignore or process the arrow keys for directional navigation while this editor is in edit mode. + + + + + + Returns the associated (read-only). + + + + + Returns true if editing is allowed + + + + + Gets/sets whether the editor is in edit mode + + + + + + + + Indicates whether the editor should always validate its value even if the user doesn't modify it. + + + + + Returns true if validation logic should be bypassed on a lost focus + + + + + Returns the that should be used by the if the has not been set. + + + + + Returns the ContentPresenter in the visual tree that was named 'PART_EditorSite'. + + + + + Gets/sets the style to use for the editor + + + + Note: that the TargetType property of the style must be a type that is derived from + + + + + + Gets/sets the type of the editor + + + + Note: that the property must be a type that is derived from + + + + + + Returns the resolved editor type based on + and the target type of the . + + + + + Returns true if the presenter has an ValueType that should be set on the ValueEditor. + + + + + Determines if asynchronous operations are supported (read-only) + + True if asynchronous operations are supported, otherwise false. The default is true. + + The default implementation always returns true. This property is intended to be overridden and to return false during certain operations that are synchronous in nature, e.g. during a report or export operation. + + + + + Specifies the type of value this ValuePresenter will be presenting. + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + If set to true will cancel the operation + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Gets/sets whether the changes will be accepted. + + + + + If set to true will cancel the operation + + + + + Indicates a forced exit of edit mode (read-only) + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Returns whether the changes were accepted (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The editor for which the event is being raised. + A boolean indicating whether edit mode is required to exit. + The exception associated with the validation error + A string containing the error message associated with the validation error + + + + Gets the associated value editor. + + + + + Indicates if the edit mode is being exitted forcefully. For example, when the + application is being closed. + + + + + Gets or sets the invalid value behavior. + + + + + Gets or sets the error message. + + + + + Gets any exception associated with the validation error. + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the content of the today button in the + + + + + Exposes the instances used in the assembly. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the today button in the without a date. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the content of the today button in the + + + + + Loads the themes contained in this assembly. + + + + + Loads and registers the resource sets + + The name of the grouping whose resources should be loaded or null if all resource sets should be loaded. + + + + Abstract base class used to supply style resources for a specific look for editor elements that are shared. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: DataPresenter, Editors, Editors, WPF etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that describes the theme information for the resource set. + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a XamComboEditor.ComboEditorComboBox in a + + + + + The style for a XamComboEditor.DropDownButtonStyle in a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Onyx look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Aero look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Royale look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the RoyaleStrong look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaNormal look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaOlive look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaSilver look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office2k7Black look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office2k7Blue look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office2k7Silver look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office2010Blue look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office2013 look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the WashBaseDark look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the WashBaseLight look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Print look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the IGTheme look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a editor elements that are shared + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + An editor for editing values as strings. + + + + XamTextEditor is a value editor that can be used for editing various data types as strings. + You can specify the data type being edited by setting the property. + + + The default ValueType for this editor is string. However, you can set the data type to a different type such + as in which case the editor will ensure that the value entered by the user is a valid date. + It will parse the input into object of type specified by the ValueType property. If parsing fails, + the input will be considered invalid and appropriate action will be taken by the editor. The action + taken is based on the property setting. You can use the + and + properties to specify custom conversion logic for converting between the text and the value type. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + + + + Determines if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports editing values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamTextEditor's implementation returns True for only the string type since that's + the only data type it natively renders and edits. +

+

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Determines if the editor natively supports displaying of values of specified type. + + The data type to check. + Returns True if the editor natively supports displaying values of specified type, False otherwise. + +

+ XamTextEditor's implementation returns True for only the string type since that's + the only data type it natively renders and edits. +

+

+ See ValueEditor's for more information. +

+
+
+ + + Indicates whether the desired width or the height of the editor is based on the value. + + Orientation of the extent being evaluated. Horizontal indicates the width and vertical indicates the height. + True if extent is based on the value. + + + XamTextEditor's implementation returns True for horizontal dimension since the value of the editor + affects the width of the control. It returns True or False for the vertical dimension based + on whether property is set to True or False respectively. + + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + Validates the focus site. Returns true if the focus site is acceptable. + + The focus site to validate. + If the foucs site is invalid then this out parameter will be assigned relevant error message. + True if the focus site is valid, False otherwise. + + + XamTextEditor's implementation of ValidateFocusSite makes sure that the focus site is a TextBox. + + + See ValueEditor's for more information. + + + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the focus site changes. + + + + + + + Overridden. + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the TextAlignment property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the TextAlignment property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the Read-Only dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Initializes the variables used to cache the dependency property values by + getting the dependency property metadata for this object and getting DefaultValue + of that metadata for the respective property. + + + + + Selects all text in the editor. + + + + + Gets/sets whether a return key will be accepted as part of the value. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether a tab key will be accepted as part of the value. + + + + + + Determines if a horizontal scrollbar is visible. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the text will wrap if there is not enough space for it to fit on one line. + + + + + + Specifies the text horizontal alignment. Default is to base the text alignment on + the HorizontalContentAlignment property settings. + + + + + Returns the resolved text alignment. + + + + + Determines if a vertical scrollbar is visible. + + + + + + Gets or sets the location of the selected text. If no text is selected, this property returns + the location of the caret. + + + + SelectionStart returns the starting location of the current text selection. If nothing + is selected, it returns the location of the caret. You can set this property to change the + selected text. Note that setting this property does not modify the contents of the control. + + + + + + Gets or sets the length of the selected text. If nothing is selected then returns 0. + + + + SelectionLength returns the length of the currently selected text. If nothing + is currently selected then returns 0. + + + Setting this property will modify the text that's selected. It can be used to increase + or decrease the amount of text that's currently selected. Setting it to 0 deselects + the selected text. Note that setting this property does not modify the contents of + the control. + + + + + + Indicates the length of the current text in the editor. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected text. + + + + SelectedText property returns the currently selected text if any. If nothing is selected + then returns empty string. + + + Setting this property replaces the current selected text with the set value. If nothing + is selected and the property is set, the set value is inserted at the location of the caret. + Note that setting this property will modify the contents of the control. + + + + + + Used for specifying which constraints should be applied to the input value of the + method. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the implicit constraints imposed by the pseudo-datatype supplied by the + property should be enforced during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the implicit constraints imposed by the Type argument to the + + method should be enforced during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the constraint should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that the should be applied during validation. + + + + + Specifies that all constraints, both implicit and explicit, should be applied during validation. + + + + + Used to specify how the class should validate a value. Each of these + values represents a data type which has implicit constraints, such as a minimal value, etc. Those + constraints are used by the method to enforce data validity. + + + + + Represents an unrecognized or unspecified type. + + + + + Represents a value which can either be true or false. Corresponds to System.Boolean. + + + + + Represents a signed byte. Corresponds to System.SByte. + + + + + Represents a date and time. Corresponds to System.DateTime. + + + + + Represents a high precision floating point value. Corresponds to System.Decimal. + + + + + Represents a high magnitude floating point value. Corresponds to System.Double. + + + + + Represents a floating point value. Corresponds to System.Single. + + + + + Represents a signed 16 bit integral value. Corresponds to System.Int16. + + + + + Represents a signed 32 bit integral value. Corresponds to System.Int32. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral value. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose maximal value is -1, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose minimal value is 0, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose maximal value is 0, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents a signed 64 bit integral number whose minimal value is -1, inclusive. Corresponds to System.Int64. + + + + + Represents textual data. Corresponds to System.String. + + + + + Represents a length of time. Corresponds to System.TimeSpan. + + + + + Represents an unsigned byte value. Corresponds to System.Byte. + + + + + Represents an unsigned 16 bit number. Corresponds to System.UInt16. + + + + + Represents an unsigned 32 bit number. Corresponds to System.UInt32. + + + + + Represents an unsigned 64 bit number. Corresponds to System.UInt64. + + + + + Represents a Uniform Resource Identifier. Corresponds to System.Uri. + + + + + Contains various constraints that can be applied to a data value. + + + + ValueConstraint object contains various properties that you can set to create constraints + for data values. The ValueConstraint will check to see if a data value matches all the + constraints. + + + class exposes property + that is of this object type. ValueEditor's ValueConstraint property can be + used to constraint what values the user can input in the editors. See + for more information. + + + You can use the ValueConstraint directly to validate a value by calling its + or one of the other overloads. + + + + + + Creates a new instance of class without any constraints. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the Enumeration property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Enumeration property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the FixedValue property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FixedValue property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxExclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxExclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxInclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxInclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MaxLength property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MaxLength property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MinExclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MinExclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MinInclusive property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MinInclusive property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the MinLength property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the MinLength property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the Nullable property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the Nullable property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the RegexPattern property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the RegexPattern property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Returns true if the ValidateAsType property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValidateAsType property to its default state. + + + + + Returns true if the ValidationRules property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the ValidationRules property to its default state. + + + + + Returns the System.Type object which corresponds to the argument. + + The psuedo-data type for which the corresponding CLR Type is needed. + + + + Returns a value which represents the argument. + + A Type object for which the corresponding ValidateAsType is needed. + + + + Copies the state of the argument into this object. + + The ValueConstraint to copy the state of. + Pass false if the 'enumeration' field should not be copied. + + + + Copies the state of the argument into this object. + + The ValueConstraint to copy the state of. + + + + Copies constraint settings from the source ValueConstraint to the target (i.e. the instance on which this method was invoked). + Only constraint settings which have default values on the target will be assigned values from the source. + Only constraint settings specified by the 'constraintFlags' flags argument will be copied. + Note, this method does not copy the ValidateAsType property. + + A ValueConstraint object which contains constraint settings to be copied. + A bit flag which specifies the constraint settings to be copied. + + + + Copies constraint settings from the source ValueConstraint to the target (i.e. the instance on which this method was invoked). + Only constraint settings which have default values on the target will be assigned values from the source. + Note, this method does not copy the ValidateAsType property. + + A ValueConstraint object which contains constraint settings to be copied. + + + + Resets all of the constraint settings in this object to their initial (not set) state + which are specified in the 'constraintFlags' bit flag argument. + Note, this method does not reset the ValidateAsType property. + + A bit flag which specifies which constraint settings to reset. + + + + Resets all of the constraint settings in this object to their initial (not set) state. + Note, this method does not reset the ValidateAsType property. + + + + + Returns true if the argument is considered valid with regards to the current constraint settings. + + + The data value to validate. + + + A Type object representing the data type which the 'dataValue' should be validated as. + + + A bit flag which indicates which constraints to apply during validation. + + + An IFormatProvider used when converting values to and from strings. + + + A format string to use when converting values to and from strings. + + + If the data value is invalid, this out param will reference an error message. + + Returns true if the input value satisfies all of the applicable constraints set on this object, else false. + + + + Returns true if the argument is considered valid with regards to the current constraint settings. + + + The data value to validate. + + + A Type object representing the data type which the 'dataValue' should be validated as. + + + A bit flag which indicates which constraints to apply during validation. + + Returns true if the input value satisfies all of the applicable constraints set on this object, else false. + + + + Returns true if the argument is considered valid with regards to the current constraint settings. + This overload uses All. + + + The data value to validate. + + + A Type object representing the data type which the 'dataValue' should be validated as. + + Returns true if the input value satisfies all of the applicable constraints set on this object, else false. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the FractionDigits property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the FractionDigits property to its default state. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the TotalDigits property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the TotalDigits property to its default state. + + + + + Called when a property changes. + + Event args + + + + Gets/sets an object implementing which contains a list of value options. + Note, this property defaults to a null (Nothing) value. + + + + Enumeration constraints data value to be one of the elements that are part of the enumeration. + In other words the value being validated by this ValueConstraint object will not be considered + valid if the value is not part of this enumeration. + + + Note: The Enumeration is IEnumerable interface type. Therefore it can be set to any object + that implements this interface, including Array, ArrayList etc... + + + + + + Returns true if the list is not null. + + + + + Gets/sets the value which the constrained value must be equal to. + + + + If FixedValue is set then the data value being validated must be equal to this property's value. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the value that will constraint the data value to be less than it. + + + + The data value being validated must be less than the MaxExclusive. It can not be the same as + MaxExclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum value which the constrained value is allowed to be. + + + + The data value being validated must be less than or equal to the MaxInclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the maximum length (inclusive) allowed for the constrained value. + This constraint applies to values of type 'string'. + The default value is 0, which means that there is no limit. + + + + MaxLength constraint will ensure that the data value being validated has + a length that's less than or equal the value of this property. + + + Note: If the data value being validated is not a string object then it + will be converted to string before performing this validation. + + + + + + Returns true if the property has a value greater than 0. + + + + + Gets/sets the value that will constraint the data value to be greater than it. + + + + The data value being validated must be greater than the MinExclusive. It can not be the same as + MinExclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum value which the constrained value is allowed to be. + + + + The data value being validated must be greater than or equal to the MinInclusive. + + + + + + Returns true if the property is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the minimum length (inclusive) allowed for the constrained value. + This constraint applies to values of type 'string'. + The default value is 0, which means there is no minimum length constraint. + + + + MinLength constraint will ensure that the data value being validated has + a length that's greater than or equal the value of this property. + + + Note: If the data value being validated is not a string object then it + will be converted to string before performing this validation. + + + + + + Returns true if the property has a value greater than 0. + + + + + Gets/sets a flag which indicates if the constrained value is allowed to be null (Nothing). + Default value of this property is null which is to allow null values. + + + + Nullable property if set to False constraints the value to be non-null. The value must not + be one of null (Nothing in VB) or DBNull. + + + If the ValueConstraint object is associated with an editor's + property, Nullable indicates if the user is allowed to delete all the contents of the editor. + If Nullable is set to False then the user is not allowed to delete all the contents. The user must + enter a value in the editor. + + + + + + Returns true if the property returns a non-default value. + + + + + Gets/sets the regular expression to which the constrained value must adhere. + + + + RegexPattern validates the data value against a regular expression pattern. The value + must match this patter for it be considered valid. + + + Here are some examples of regular expressions:
+
    +
  • \d* - the text must be zero or more digits
  • +
  • \d+ - the text must be one or more digits
  • +
  • [a-d]+ - the text must be one or more instances of a, b, c, d characters
  • +
  • \d{3}-?\d{3}-?\d{4} - U.S. phone number pattern where '-' are optional
  • +
+
+ + See .NET class for more information + on the syntax of regular expressions. The Regex class is used to perform the matching. + + + Note: If the data value being validated is not a string object then it + will be converted to string before performing this validation. + +
+
+ + + Returns true if the is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Gets/sets the value which the method should + use to constrain the input value. By default this value is set to Unknown. + + + + + Specifies a list of ValidationRule objects to validate the constraned value. + + + + ValidationRules property lets you specify one or more ValidationRule objects + with which to validate the data value. The value being tested against this ValueConstraint + object much match all the validation rules specified via this property for it be considered + a valid value. + + + ValidationRule class lets you provide custom validation logic by deriving + a class from it and supplying the custom validation logic in the Validate method, + which is an abstract method on the ValidationRule. + + + + + + Returns true if the is not null (Nothing). + + + + + Returns true if any of the constraint properties are set on this object or if the ValidateAsType + property is set to something other than 'Unknown'. + + + + + Currently this is not being used. + + + + + Currently this is not being used. + + + + + Raised whenever a property's value changes. + + + + + Contains error information regarding why a value is invalid. + + + + When an editor value is invalid, editor's property returns + false. To get the error information regarding why the value is invalid, use the editor's + property which returns an instance of this class. + + + + + + + + Constructor. + + Exception if any. + + + + Error message indicating why the value is invalid. + + + + + Returns the exception if any that caused validation error. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.Calculators.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.Calculators.v14.2.dll index 0690e38707d..e56066e66af 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.Calculators.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.Calculators.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.dll index ed40411aeed..7f11845e23c 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.BACKUP.5820.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.BACKUP.5820.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cffe146290b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.BACKUP.5820.xml @@ -0,0 +1,19817 @@ +<<<<<<< HEAD:Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2 + + + + + A BooleanMatrix is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + A matrix is a set of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that specifys its spatial orientation. + MatrixBase handles the logic for manipulating the spatial orientation of a matrix. + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + Initializes a row of the specified . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified length and the orientation specified by + . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + The orientation of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified . + + The dimensions of the Constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when more than two dimensions are specified. + + + Occurs when neither dimension is singular. + + + Occurs when either dimension is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + The string representation of a . + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the MatrixBase is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns an enumerator for the instance." + + An enumerator. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Determines whether the is a column MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the second dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase is empty; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is a row MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the first dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is square. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has exactly two equal dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines if the has exactly two dimensions. + + True if the MatrixBase has exactly two dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is unitary. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has only one element; False otherwise. + + + + Removes unitary dimensions from instances with greater than two dimensions. + + The modified MatrixBase. + + + + Returns the dimensions of the . + + + + + + Returns the length of the . + + + + + Returns the number of dimensions in the . + + + + + Returns the dimensions of the as a . + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + Boolean array. + + A multi-dimensional Boolean array. + + Occurs if x is not a Boolean array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanVector. + A Boolean y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a boolean value to a unitary . + + A boolean value. + A unitary BooleanMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the BooleanMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The BooleanMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A BooleanMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A BooleanVector is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that specifies + its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the + specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanVector. + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and + . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the BooleanVector. + A bool array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two BooleanVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for the and a bool. + + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(this[i],x). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a bool to a unitary . + + A bool. + A unitary BooleanVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a bool array. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a bool array to a row . + + A bool array. + A row BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row BooleanVector is converted to a + column BooleanVector and vice versa. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the BooleanVector. + The specified element of the BooleanVector. + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A BooleanVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + A Complex number is a type of mathematical object with real and imaginary parts. + All of the standard mathematical operations and functions are defined for Complex + numbers. + + + + + Initializes a new number with real and imaginary components. + + A double representing the real part of the constructed number. + A double representing the imaginary part of the constructed number. + + + + Compares the number to for equality. + + An object. + True if the Complex number is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the number. + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number. + + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number in a specified format. + + A format for a particular culture. + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Compares a number to another object. + + + -1 if obj is not . + -1 if this is less than obj. + 0 if this is equal to obj. + 1 if this is greater than obj. + + + + + Compares two numbers to each other. + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Returns the sum of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi. + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a+c) + (b+d)i + + + + Adds a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the difference of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a-c) + (b-d)i + + + + Subtracts a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the product of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: (ac-bd) + (bc + ad)i + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: ac + ibc + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: ac + bci + + + + Multiplys a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the division of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: ((ac + bd)/(c^2 + d^2)) + ((bc - ad)/(c^2 + d^2))*i + + + + Divides a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns True if is less than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is less than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Compares two numbers for equality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True is equal to ; they are equal + + + + Compares two numbers for inequality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True if is not equal to ; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a double to a number. + + A double. + The equivalent Complex number: x + 0i. + + + + Compares the number to another Complex number . + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Takes a string representation of a number and returns the specified Complex number. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by . + + Occurs when s is formatted incorrectly. + + + + + Returns True if can be parsed into a number; False otherwise. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by s; null otherwise. + True if the parse was successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the real part of the number. + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of the number. + + + + + Returns the magnitude of the number. + + + + + + Returns the phase of the number. + + + + + + A ComplexMatrix is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + array. + + A multi-dimensional Complex array. + + Occurs if x is not a Complex array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the ComplexMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The ComplexMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A ComplexMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A ComplexVector is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and + the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexVector. + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the ComplexVector. + A Complex array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a Complex array. + + A ComplexVector. + A array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row ComplexVector is converted to a + column ComplexVector and vice versa. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the ComplexVector. + The specified element of the ComplexVector. + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A of integer indices. + A ComplexVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Compute is an all-purpose class of mathematical functions designed to act on a variety of + mathematical objects. + + + + + Returns the absolute value of . + + A double. + The absolute value of x. + + + + Returns the absolute value of a number . The absolute value of + a Complex number is its magnitude. + + A Complex number. + The absolute value of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arccosine of . Arccosine is the inverse of Cos(x) on the range [0 pi]. + + A double. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns the arccosine of a number . Arccosine is the + inverse of Cos(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + The argument of a . + + A double. + The argument of x. + + + + + The argument of a number . The argument of the complex number is + equivalent to the phase angle of a Complex number. + + A Complex number. + The argument of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arcsine of . Arcsine is the inverse of sin(x) on the range [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + The arcsine of x. + + + + + Returns the arcsine of a number . Arcsine is the inverse of Sin(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arcsine of a x. + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of . Arctangent is the inverse of Tan(x) on [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of a number . Arctangent is the + inverse of Tan(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the four-quadrant arctangent of /. Atan2 is the Arg{x + yi}. + + The first double. + The second double. + The four-quadrant arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of / on the plane. + + The first Complex number. + The second Complex number. + Returns the arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to . + + A double. + The ceiling of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the smallest integers greater than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The ceiling of x: Ceiling(Re{x}) + i*Ceiling(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the exponential function of a purely imaginary number. + + A double. + A number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + + Returns the Cis function for a number . + + A number. + A Complex number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of a number . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the cosine of . + + A double. + The cosine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the cosine of a number. + + A Complex number. + The cosine of . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A double. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A number. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the largest integer less than or equal to . + + A double. + The floor of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the largest integers less than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The floor of x: Floor(Re{x}) + i*Floor(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A double. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A number. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns True if is an even number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an even number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is an odd number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an odd number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the natural (base e) logarithm of . Log(x) is the inverse of Exp(x). + + A double. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the base logarithm of . + + A double. + The base of the logarithm. + The base B logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base logarithm + of . + + A Complex number. + The base of the logarithm. + + + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Vector. + The base of the logarithm. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexVector. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Matrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns the base 2 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 2 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the base 10 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 10 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is greater than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the real part of x1 is greater than the real part of x2. + x2 if the real part of x2 is greater than the real part of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same real part, and the imaginary part of x1 is greater than the imaginary part of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Max function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Vector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is smaller than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the magnitude of x1 is smaller than the magnitude of x2. + y if the magnitude of x2 is smaller than the magntiude of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same magnitude, and the phase of x1 is greater than the phase of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Min function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Vector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns raised to the power . + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A double. + A number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A number. + A double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A random double. + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between the specified and + the specified . + + A lower bound on the return value. + An upper bound on the return value. + A random double. + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a number drawn from the uniform distribution on the circle given by the + specified and . + + The origin of a circle on the Complex plane. + The radius of the circle. + A random Complex number. + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between 0 and 1. + + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between the and the . + + The length of the Vector. + A lower bound on the elements of the return value. + An upper bound on the elements of the return value. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from + the uniform distrubition on the circle specified by and + on the Complex plane. + + The length of the Vector. + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A ComplexVector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A size . + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between + and . + + A size . + A lower bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + An upper bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + on the circle specified by and on the Complex plane. + + A size . + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A double. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A number. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns rounded to the nearest integer. + + A double. + Floor(x) if the decimal portion of x is less than 1/2; Ceiling(x) otherwise. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of . + + A Complex number. + A Complex number of the form: Round(Re{x}) + i*Round(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sign of . + + A double. + + 1 if x is greater than 0. + 0 if x equals 0. + -1 if x is less than 0. + + + + + Returns the point on the unit circle nearest to x. + + A Complex number. + + 0 if x is equal to 0. + Exp(i*Arg{x}) otherwise. + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sine of . + + A double. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the size of . + + A double. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A number. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the square-root of . + + A double. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns the square-root of a number . + + A Complex number. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the tangent of . + + A double. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a containing the prime factors of . + + A double. + The prime factors of n. + + If n is not an integer, NaN is returned as a unitary Vector. If n is negative, the first element of the result + is -1. + + For integer-valued n: + + n == Product(Factors(n)); + + + + + Returns factorial. + + A double. + n factorial. + + If n is not a natural number, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns the greatest common divisor of and using Euclid's algorithm. + + The first double. + The second double. + The greatest common divisor of m and n. + + + + Returns True if is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a natrual number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a prime number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a prime number. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is integer valued. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued + + + + Returns the least common multiple of and . + + The first double. + The second double. + The least common multiple of m and n. + + + + Returns choose . + + The first double. + The second double. + n choose k. + + If either n or k is not a natural number, or if k is greater than n, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a containing the primes before . + + A double. + The primes before n. + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Vectors with the same orientation. + + A Vector which consists of the elements of each Vector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the Vectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same orientation. + + A ComplexVector which consists of the elements of each ComplexVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the ComplexVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanVectors with the same orientation. + + A BooleanVector which consists of the elements of each BooleanVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the BooleanVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Matrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix do not align. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i1,..,iN] = n if x[i1,...,iN] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the negative + determinant of the (i,j) minor Matrix of x. + + A square Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the + negative determinant of the (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix of x. + + A square ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A new ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A Matrix. + A [1 N] Matrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A [1 N] ComplexMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A [1 N] BooleanMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square Matrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square Matrix. + + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square ComplexMatrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square ComplexMatrix. + + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanVector. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Vector and ComplexVector, which return + BooleanVector instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Matrix and ComplexMatrix, which return + BooleanMatrix instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Matrix x1 = (Matrix)Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Returns an N-dimensional identity . + + The dimensions of the identity Matrix. + An N-dimensional identity Matrix. + + If only one dimension is passed in, a two-dimensional square identity Matrix is returned. + + + Occurs when N[i] is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from 0 to . + + The last element of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from to . + + The first index of the Vector. + The last index of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of evenly spaced indices from + to . + + The first element of the Vector. + The spacing between the elements. + An upperbound on the last element of the Vector. + A Vector of evenly spaced indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + Occurs when is equal to 0 and start does not equal end. + + + Occurs when space is positive but start is greater than end. + + + Occurs when space is negative but start is less than end. + + + + + + + Returns the subscript that corresponds with the one-dimensional . + + The one-dimensional Matrix index. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The multi-dimensional subscript that corresponds to the one-dimensional index. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the index it out of the bounds specified by the size . + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the Vector. + The last element of the Vector. + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + Occurs when does not equal but length equals 1. + + + + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the ComplexVector. + The last element of the ComplexVector. + The length of the ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional Matrix. + The second two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of two Matrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The Vector. + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of the Vector and Matrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The Vector. + The product of the Matrix and Vector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The product of two Vectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The second two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of two ComplexMatrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The ComplexVector. + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of the ComplexVector and ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The ComplexVector. + The product of the ComplexMatrix and ComplexVector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The product of two ComplexVectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor Matrix of x is the + result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor Matrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional BooleanMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + A number y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A Vector. + The number of repeats. + A Vector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A ComplexVector. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A BooleanVector. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A Matrix. + The number of repeats. + A Matrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A Vector. + A Vector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A Matrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A Matrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns the one-dimensional index that corresponds with the . + + The Matrix subscript. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The one-dimensional index represented by the subscript. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the number of elements does not match the specified . + + + Occurs when a subscript is out of the range specified by the dimensions. + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A number y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the elements of x + along the main diagonal. + + A Matrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the + elements of x along the main diagonal. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A Vector. + + Returns the equivalent row Vector if x is a column Vector. + Returns the equivalent column Vector if x is a row Vector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A ComplexVector. + + Returns the equivalent row ComplexVector if x is a column ComplexVector. + Returns the equivalent column ComplexVector if x is a row ComplexVector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A BooleanVector. + + Returns the equivalent row BooleanVector if x is a column BooleanVector. + Returns the equivalent column BooleanVector if x is a row BooleanVector. + + + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns a row with zeros. + + The length of the Vector. + A row zero Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a zero the specified . + + The size of the constructed Matrix. + A zero Matrix. + + Occurs when size has elements that are less than or equal to zero. + + + + + Returns the Pearson's correlation coefficient for two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The correlation of and . + + + + + Returns the N x N correlation of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The correlation Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns the sample covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The covariance of and . + + + + + Returns the covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The covariance of and . + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The type of statistic. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Matrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A Matrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A Matrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the normal distribution of with mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Vector. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Matrix. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A Vector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A ComplexVector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the z-score of with respect a distribution of mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of a distribution. + The standard deviation of a distribution. + The z-score of x. + + + + Returns the z-score of the elements of with respect to their mean and standard deviation. + + A Vector of data. + The z-score of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the Vectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the ComplexVectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Constant contains several standard mathematical constants. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant alpha. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant delta. + + + + + Represents Euler's number e. + + + + + Represents a vanishingly small number epsilon. + + + + + Represents infinity. + + + + + Represents an undefined number. NaN means "not a number". + + + + + Represents the golden ratio phi. + + + + + Respresents the irrational number pi. + + + + + Represents the imaginary number i. + + + + + Specifies one of the six comparison operators. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the Equality operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the InEquality operator. + + + + + Specifies the type of convolution to operation to perform. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns an N1 + N2 - 1 length representing the + full convolution operation. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns a max(N1,N2) length representing the + center of the convolution operation. + + + + + Specifies the type of statistic to calculate for a given dataset. + + + + + Specifies the population statistic, which treats the dataset as a complete population of data. + + + + + Specifies the sample statistic, which treats the dataset as a sample of a larger population. + + + + + Specifies the orientation of a instance. + + + + + Specifies a row Vector. + + + + + Specifies a column Vector. + + + + + A Matrix is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Matrix. + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional double array. + + A multi-dimensional double array. + + Occurs if x is not a double array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Matrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Matrix. + + If an element of the Matrix is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the Matrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. The Matrix can + be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A Matrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + Returns the dimensions of an array as an integer array. + + An array. + The dimensions of . + + + + Returns the product of the elements of an integer array. + + An integer array. + The product of an integer array. + + + + A Vector is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Vector. + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + The dimensions of the constructed Vector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the Vector. + A double array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Vector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a double array. + + A Vector. + A double array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Vector. + + If an element of the Vector is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row Vector is converted to a column + Vector and vice versa. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the Vector. + The specified element of the Vector. + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row Vector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column Vector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A Vector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + +======= + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v12.1 + + + + + A BooleanMatrix is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + A matrix is a set of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that specifys its spatial orientation. + MatrixBase handles the logic for manipulating the spatial orientation of a matrix. + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + Initializes a row of the specified . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified length and the orientation specified by + . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + The orientation of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified . + + The dimensions of the Constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when more than two dimensions are specified. + + + Occurs when neither dimension is singular. + + + Occurs when either dimension is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + The string representation of a . + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the MatrixBase is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns an enumerator for the instance." + + An enumerator. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Determines whether the is a column MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the second dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase is empty; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is a row MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the first dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is square. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has exactly two equal dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines if the has exactly two dimensions. + + True if the MatrixBase has exactly two dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is unitary. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has only one element; False otherwise. + + + + Removes unitary dimensions from instances with greater than two dimensions. + + The modified MatrixBase. + + + + Returns the dimensions of the . + + + + + + Returns the length of the . + + + + + Returns the number of dimensions in the . + + + + + Returns the dimensions of the as a . + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + Boolean array. + + A multi-dimensional Boolean array. + + Occurs if x is not a Boolean array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanVector. + A Boolean y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a boolean value to a unitary . + + A boolean value. + A unitary BooleanMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the BooleanMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The BooleanMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A BooleanMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A BooleanVector is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that specifies + its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the + specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanVector. + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and + . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the BooleanVector. + A bool array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two BooleanVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for the and a bool. + + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(this[i],x). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a bool to a unitary . + + A bool. + A unitary BooleanVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a bool array. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a bool array to a row . + + A bool array. + A row BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row BooleanVector is converted to a + column BooleanVector and vice versa. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the BooleanVector. + The specified element of the BooleanVector. + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A BooleanVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + A Complex number is a type of mathematical object with real and imaginary parts. + All of the standard mathematical operations and functions are defined for Complex + numbers. + + + + + Initializes a new number with real and imaginary components. + + A double representing the real part of the constructed number. + A double representing the imaginary part of the constructed number. + + + + Compares the number to for equality. + + An object. + True if the Complex number is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the number. + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number. + + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number in a specified format. + + A format for a particular culture. + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Compares a number to another object. + + + -1 if obj is not . + -1 if this is less than obj. + 0 if this is equal to obj. + 1 if this is greater than obj. + + + + + Compares two numbers to each other. + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Returns the sum of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi. + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a+c) + (b+d)i + + + + Adds a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the difference of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a-c) + (b-d)i + + + + Subtracts a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the product of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: (ac-bd) + (bc + ad)i + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: ac + ibc + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: ac + bci + + + + Multiplys a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the division of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: ((ac + bd)/(c^2 + d^2)) + ((bc - ad)/(c^2 + d^2))*i + + + + Divides a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns True if is less than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is less than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Compares two numbers for equality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True is equal to ; they are equal + + + + Compares two numbers for inequality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True if is not equal to ; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a double to a number. + + A double. + The equivalent Complex number: x + 0i. + + + + Compares the number to another Complex number . + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Takes a string representation of a number and returns the specified Complex number. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by . + + Occurs when s is formatted incorrectly. + + + + + Returns True if can be parsed into a number; False otherwise. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by s; null otherwise. + True if the parse was successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the real part of the number. + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of the number. + + + + + Returns the magnitude of the number. + + + + + + Returns the phase of the number. + + + + + + A ComplexMatrix is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + array. + + A multi-dimensional Complex array. + + Occurs if x is not a Complex array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the ComplexMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The ComplexMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A ComplexMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A ComplexVector is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and + the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexVector. + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the ComplexVector. + A Complex array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a Complex array. + + A ComplexVector. + A array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row ComplexVector is converted to a + column ComplexVector and vice versa. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the ComplexVector. + The specified element of the ComplexVector. + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A of integer indices. + A ComplexVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Compute is an all-purpose class of mathematical functions designed to act on a variety of + mathematical objects. + + + + + Returns the absolute value of . + + A double. + The absolute value of x. + + + + Returns the absolute value of a number . The absolute value of + a Complex number is its magnitude. + + A Complex number. + The absolute value of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arccosine of . Arccosine is the inverse of Cos(x) on the range [0 pi]. + + A double. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns the arccosine of a number . Arccosine is the + inverse of Cos(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + The argument of a . + + A double. + The argument of x. + + + + + The argument of a number . The argument of the complex number is + equivalent to the phase angle of a Complex number. + + A Complex number. + The argument of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arcsine of . Arcsine is the inverse of sin(x) on the range [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + The arcsine of x. + + + + + Returns the arcsine of a number . Arcsine is the inverse of Sin(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arcsine of a x. + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of . Arctangent is the inverse of Tan(x) on [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of a number . Arctangent is the + inverse of Tan(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the four-quadrant arctangent of /. Atan2 is the Arg{x + yi}. + + The first double. + The second double. + The four-quadrant arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of / on the plane. + + The first Complex number. + The second Complex number. + Returns the arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to . + + A double. + The ceiling of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the smallest integers greater than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The ceiling of x: Ceiling(Re{x}) + i*Ceiling(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the exponential function of a purely imaginary number. + + A double. + A number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + + Returns the Cis function for a number . + + A number. + A Complex number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of a number . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the cosine of . + + A double. + The cosine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the cosine of a number. + + A Complex number. + The cosine of . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A double. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A number. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the largest integer less than or equal to . + + A double. + The floor of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the largest integers less than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The floor of x: Floor(Re{x}) + i*Floor(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A double. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A number. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns True if is an even number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an even number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is an odd number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an odd number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the natural (base e) logarithm of . Log(x) is the inverse of Exp(x). + + A double. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the base logarithm of . + + A double. + The base of the logarithm. + The base B logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base logarithm + of . + + A Complex number. + The base of the logarithm. + + + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Vector. + The base of the logarithm. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexVector. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Matrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns the base 2 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 2 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the base 10 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 10 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is greater than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the real part of x1 is greater than the real part of x2. + x2 if the real part of x2 is greater than the real part of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same real part, and the imaginary part of x1 is greater than the imaginary part of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Max function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Vector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is smaller than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the magnitude of x1 is smaller than the magnitude of x2. + y if the magnitude of x2 is smaller than the magntiude of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same magnitude, and the phase of x1 is greater than the phase of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Min function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Vector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns raised to the power . + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A double. + A number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A number. + A double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A random double. + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between the specified and + the specified . + + A lower bound on the return value. + An upper bound on the return value. + A random double. + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a number drawn from the uniform distribution on the circle given by the + specified and . + + The origin of a circle on the Complex plane. + The radius of the circle. + A random Complex number. + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between 0 and 1. + + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between the and the . + + The length of the Vector. + A lower bound on the elements of the return value. + An upper bound on the elements of the return value. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from + the uniform distrubition on the circle specified by and + on the Complex plane. + + The length of the Vector. + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A ComplexVector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A size . + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between + and . + + A size . + A lower bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + An upper bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + on the circle specified by and on the Complex plane. + + A size . + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A double. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A number. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns rounded to the nearest integer. + + A double. + Floor(x) if the decimal portion of x is less than 1/2; Ceiling(x) otherwise. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of . + + A Complex number. + A Complex number of the form: Round(Re{x}) + i*Round(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sign of . + + A double. + + 1 if x is greater than 0. + 0 if x equals 0. + -1 if x is less than 0. + + + + + Returns the point on the unit circle nearest to x. + + A Complex number. + + 0 if x is equal to 0. + Exp(i*Arg{x}) otherwise. + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sine of . + + A double. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the size of . + + A double. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A number. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the square-root of . + + A double. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns the square-root of a number . + + A Complex number. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the tangent of . + + A double. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a containing the prime factors of . + + A double. + The prime factors of n. + + If n is not an integer, NaN is returned as a unitary Vector. If n is negative, the first element of the result + is -1. + + For integer-valued n: + + n == Product(Factors(n)); + + + + + Returns factorial. + + A double. + n factorial. + + If n is not a natural number, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns the greatest common divisor of and using Euclid's algorithm. + + The first double. + The second double. + The greatest common divisor of m and n. + + + + Returns True if is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a natrual number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a prime number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a prime number. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is integer valued. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued + + + + Returns the least common multiple of and . + + The first double. + The second double. + The least common multiple of m and n. + + + + Returns choose . + + The first double. + The second double. + n choose k. + + If either n or k is not a natural number, or if k is greater than n, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a containing the primes before . + + A double. + The primes before n. + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Vectors with the same orientation. + + A Vector which consists of the elements of each Vector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the Vectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same orientation. + + A ComplexVector which consists of the elements of each ComplexVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the ComplexVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanVectors with the same orientation. + + A BooleanVector which consists of the elements of each BooleanVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the BooleanVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Matrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix do not align. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i1,..,iN] = n if x[i1,...,iN] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the negative + determinant of the (i,j) minor Matrix of x. + + A square Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the + negative determinant of the (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix of x. + + A square ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A new ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A Matrix. + A [1 N] Matrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A [1 N] ComplexMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A [1 N] BooleanMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square Matrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square Matrix. + + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square ComplexMatrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square ComplexMatrix. + + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanVector. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Vector and ComplexVector, which return + BooleanVector instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Matrix and ComplexMatrix, which return + BooleanMatrix instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Matrix x1 = (Matrix)Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Returns an N-dimensional identity . + + The dimensions of the identity Matrix. + An N-dimensional identity Matrix. + + If only one dimension is passed in, a two-dimensional square identity Matrix is returned. + + + Occurs when N[i] is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from 0 to . + + The last element of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from to . + + The first index of the Vector. + The last index of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of evenly spaced indices from + to . + + The first element of the Vector. + The spacing between the elements. + An upperbound on the last element of the Vector. + A Vector of evenly spaced indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + Occurs when is equal to 0 and start does not equal end. + + + Occurs when space is positive but start is greater than end. + + + Occurs when space is negative but start is less than end. + + + + + + + Returns the subscript that corresponds with the one-dimensional . + + The one-dimensional Matrix index. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The multi-dimensional subscript that corresponds to the one-dimensional index. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the index it out of the bounds specified by the size . + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the Vector. + The last element of the Vector. + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + Occurs when does not equal but length equals 1. + + + + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the ComplexVector. + The last element of the ComplexVector. + The length of the ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional Matrix. + The second two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of two Matrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The Vector. + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of the Vector and Matrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The Vector. + The product of the Matrix and Vector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The product of two Vectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The second two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of two ComplexMatrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The ComplexVector. + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of the ComplexVector and ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The ComplexVector. + The product of the ComplexMatrix and ComplexVector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The product of two ComplexVectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor Matrix of x is the + result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor Matrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional BooleanMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + A number y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A Vector. + The number of repeats. + A Vector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A ComplexVector. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A BooleanVector. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A Matrix. + The number of repeats. + A Matrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A Vector. + A Vector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A Matrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A Matrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns the one-dimensional index that corresponds with the . + + The Matrix subscript. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The one-dimensional index represented by the subscript. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the number of elements does not match the specified . + + + Occurs when a subscript is out of the range specified by the dimensions. + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A number y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the elements of x + along the main diagonal. + + A Matrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the + elements of x along the main diagonal. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A Vector. + + Returns the equivalent row Vector if x is a column Vector. + Returns the equivalent column Vector if x is a row Vector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A ComplexVector. + + Returns the equivalent row ComplexVector if x is a column ComplexVector. + Returns the equivalent column ComplexVector if x is a row ComplexVector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A BooleanVector. + + Returns the equivalent row BooleanVector if x is a column BooleanVector. + Returns the equivalent column BooleanVector if x is a row BooleanVector. + + + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns a row with zeros. + + The length of the Vector. + A row zero Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a zero the specified . + + The size of the constructed Matrix. + A zero Matrix. + + Occurs when size has elements that are less than or equal to zero. + + + + + Returns the Pearson's correlation coefficient for two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The correlation of and . + + + + + Returns the N x N correlation of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The correlation Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns the sample covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The covariance of and . + + + + + Returns the covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The covariance of and . + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The type of statistic. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Matrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A Matrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A Matrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the normal distribution of with mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Vector. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Matrix. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A Vector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A ComplexVector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the z-score of with respect a distribution of mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of a distribution. + The standard deviation of a distribution. + The z-score of x. + + + + Returns the z-score of the elements of with respect to their mean and standard deviation. + + A Vector of data. + The z-score of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the Vectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the ComplexVectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Constant contains several standard mathematical constants. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant alpha. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant delta. + + + + + Represents Euler's number e. + + + + + Represents a vanishingly small number epsilon. + + + + + Represents infinity. + + + + + Represents an undefined number. NaN means "not a number". + + + + + Represents the golden ratio phi. + + + + + Respresents the irrational number pi. + + + + + Represents the imaginary number i. + + + + + Specifies one of the six comparison operators. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the Equality operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the InEquality operator. + + + + + Specifies the type of convolution to operation to perform. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns an N1 + N2 - 1 length representing the + full convolution operation. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns a max(N1,N2) length representing the + center of the convolution operation. + + + + + Specifies the type of statistic to calculate for a given dataset. + + + + + Specifies the population statistic, which treats the dataset as a complete population of data. + + + + + Specifies the sample statistic, which treats the dataset as a sample of a larger population. + + + + + Specifies the orientation of a instance. + + + + + Specifies a row Vector. + + + + + Specifies a column Vector. + + + + + A Matrix is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Matrix. + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional double array. + + A multi-dimensional double array. + + Occurs if x is not a double array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Matrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Matrix. + + If an element of the Matrix is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the Matrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. The Matrix can + be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A Matrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + Returns the dimensions of an array as an integer array. + + An array. + The dimensions of . + + + + Returns the product of the elements of an integer array. + + An integer array. + The product of an integer array. + + + + A Vector is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Vector. + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + The dimensions of the constructed Vector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the Vector. + A double array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Vector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a double array. + + A Vector. + A double array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Vector. + + If an element of the Vector is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row Vector is converted to a column + Vector and vice versa. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the Vector. + The specified element of the Vector. + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row Vector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column Vector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A Vector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + +>>>>>>> WOLF-330-Studio-Redesign-Prototype:Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v12.1.xml diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.BASE.5820.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.BASE.5820.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18402046f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.BASE.5820.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9907 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v12.1 + + + + + A BooleanMatrix is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + A matrix is a set of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that specifys its spatial orientation. + MatrixBase handles the logic for manipulating the spatial orientation of a matrix. + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + Initializes a row of the specified . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified length and the orientation specified by + . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + The orientation of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified . + + The dimensions of the Constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when more than two dimensions are specified. + + + Occurs when neither dimension is singular. + + + Occurs when either dimension is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + The string representation of a . + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the MatrixBase is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns an enumerator for the instance." + + An enumerator. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Determines whether the is a column MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the second dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase is empty; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is a row MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the first dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is square. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has exactly two equal dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines if the has exactly two dimensions. + + True if the MatrixBase has exactly two dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is unitary. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has only one element; False otherwise. + + + + Removes unitary dimensions from instances with greater than two dimensions. + + The modified MatrixBase. + + + + Returns the dimensions of the . + + + + + + Returns the length of the . + + + + + Returns the number of dimensions in the . + + + + + Returns the dimensions of the as a . + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + Boolean array. + + A multi-dimensional Boolean array. + + Occurs if x is not a Boolean array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanVector. + A Boolean y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a boolean value to a unitary . + + A boolean value. + A unitary BooleanMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the BooleanMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The BooleanMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A BooleanMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A BooleanVector is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that specifies + its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the + specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanVector. + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and + . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the BooleanVector. + A bool array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two BooleanVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for the and a bool. + + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(this[i],x). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a bool to a unitary . + + A bool. + A unitary BooleanVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a bool array. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a bool array to a row . + + A bool array. + A row BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row BooleanVector is converted to a + column BooleanVector and vice versa. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the BooleanVector. + The specified element of the BooleanVector. + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A BooleanVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + A Complex number is a type of mathematical object with real and imaginary parts. + All of the standard mathematical operations and functions are defined for Complex + numbers. + + + + + Initializes a new number with real and imaginary components. + + A double representing the real part of the constructed number. + A double representing the imaginary part of the constructed number. + + + + Compares the number to for equality. + + An object. + True if the Complex number is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the number. + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number. + + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number in a specified format. + + A format for a particular culture. + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Compares a number to another object. + + + -1 if obj is not . + -1 if this is less than obj. + 0 if this is equal to obj. + 1 if this is greater than obj. + + + + + Compares two numbers to each other. + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Returns the sum of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi. + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a+c) + (b+d)i + + + + Adds a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the difference of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a-c) + (b-d)i + + + + Subtracts a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the product of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: (ac-bd) + (bc + ad)i + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: ac + ibc + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: ac + bci + + + + Multiplys a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the division of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: ((ac + bd)/(c^2 + d^2)) + ((bc - ad)/(c^2 + d^2))*i + + + + Divides a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns True if is less than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is less than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Compares two numbers for equality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True is equal to ; they are equal + + + + Compares two numbers for inequality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True if is not equal to ; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a double to a number. + + A double. + The equivalent Complex number: x + 0i. + + + + Compares the number to another Complex number . + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Takes a string representation of a number and returns the specified Complex number. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by . + + Occurs when s is formatted incorrectly. + + + + + Returns True if can be parsed into a number; False otherwise. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by s; null otherwise. + True if the parse was successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the real part of the number. + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of the number. + + + + + Returns the magnitude of the number. + + + + + + Returns the phase of the number. + + + + + + A ComplexMatrix is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + array. + + A multi-dimensional Complex array. + + Occurs if x is not a Complex array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the ComplexMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The ComplexMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A ComplexMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A ComplexVector is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and + the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexVector. + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the ComplexVector. + A Complex array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a Complex array. + + A ComplexVector. + A array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row ComplexVector is converted to a + column ComplexVector and vice versa. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the ComplexVector. + The specified element of the ComplexVector. + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A of integer indices. + A ComplexVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Compute is an all-purpose class of mathematical functions designed to act on a variety of + mathematical objects. + + + + + Returns the absolute value of . + + A double. + The absolute value of x. + + + + Returns the absolute value of a number . The absolute value of + a Complex number is its magnitude. + + A Complex number. + The absolute value of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arccosine of . Arccosine is the inverse of Cos(x) on the range [0 pi]. + + A double. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns the arccosine of a number . Arccosine is the + inverse of Cos(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + The argument of a . + + A double. + The argument of x. + + + + + The argument of a number . The argument of the complex number is + equivalent to the phase angle of a Complex number. + + A Complex number. + The argument of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arcsine of . Arcsine is the inverse of sin(x) on the range [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + The arcsine of x. + + + + + Returns the arcsine of a number . Arcsine is the inverse of Sin(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arcsine of a x. + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of . Arctangent is the inverse of Tan(x) on [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of a number . Arctangent is the + inverse of Tan(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the four-quadrant arctangent of /. Atan2 is the Arg{x + yi}. + + The first double. + The second double. + The four-quadrant arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of / on the plane. + + The first Complex number. + The second Complex number. + Returns the arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to . + + A double. + The ceiling of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the smallest integers greater than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The ceiling of x: Ceiling(Re{x}) + i*Ceiling(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the exponential function of a purely imaginary number. + + A double. + A number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + + Returns the Cis function for a number . + + A number. + A Complex number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of a number . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the cosine of . + + A double. + The cosine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the cosine of a number. + + A Complex number. + The cosine of . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A double. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A number. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the largest integer less than or equal to . + + A double. + The floor of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the largest integers less than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The floor of x: Floor(Re{x}) + i*Floor(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A double. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A number. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns True if is an even number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an even number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is an odd number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an odd number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the natural (base e) logarithm of . Log(x) is the inverse of Exp(x). + + A double. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the base logarithm of . + + A double. + The base of the logarithm. + The base B logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base logarithm + of . + + A Complex number. + The base of the logarithm. + + + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Vector. + The base of the logarithm. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexVector. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Matrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns the base 2 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 2 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the base 10 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 10 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is greater than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the real part of x1 is greater than the real part of x2. + x2 if the real part of x2 is greater than the real part of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same real part, and the imaginary part of x1 is greater than the imaginary part of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Max function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Vector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is smaller than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the magnitude of x1 is smaller than the magnitude of x2. + y if the magnitude of x2 is smaller than the magntiude of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same magnitude, and the phase of x1 is greater than the phase of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Min function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Vector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns raised to the power . + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A double. + A number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A number. + A double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A random double. + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between the specified and + the specified . + + A lower bound on the return value. + An upper bound on the return value. + A random double. + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a number drawn from the uniform distribution on the circle given by the + specified and . + + The origin of a circle on the Complex plane. + The radius of the circle. + A random Complex number. + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between 0 and 1. + + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between the and the . + + The length of the Vector. + A lower bound on the elements of the return value. + An upper bound on the elements of the return value. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from + the uniform distrubition on the circle specified by and + on the Complex plane. + + The length of the Vector. + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A ComplexVector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A size . + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between + and . + + A size . + A lower bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + An upper bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + on the circle specified by and on the Complex plane. + + A size . + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A double. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A number. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns rounded to the nearest integer. + + A double. + Floor(x) if the decimal portion of x is less than 1/2; Ceiling(x) otherwise. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of . + + A Complex number. + A Complex number of the form: Round(Re{x}) + i*Round(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sign of . + + A double. + + 1 if x is greater than 0. + 0 if x equals 0. + -1 if x is less than 0. + + + + + Returns the point on the unit circle nearest to x. + + A Complex number. + + 0 if x is equal to 0. + Exp(i*Arg{x}) otherwise. + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sine of . + + A double. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the size of . + + A double. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A number. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the square-root of . + + A double. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns the square-root of a number . + + A Complex number. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the tangent of . + + A double. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a containing the prime factors of . + + A double. + The prime factors of n. + + If n is not an integer, NaN is returned as a unitary Vector. If n is negative, the first element of the result + is -1. + + For integer-valued n: + + n == Product(Factors(n)); + + + + + Returns factorial. + + A double. + n factorial. + + If n is not a natural number, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns the greatest common divisor of and using Euclid's algorithm. + + The first double. + The second double. + The greatest common divisor of m and n. + + + + Returns True if is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a natrual number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a prime number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a prime number. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is integer valued. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued + + + + Returns the least common multiple of and . + + The first double. + The second double. + The least common multiple of m and n. + + + + Returns choose . + + The first double. + The second double. + n choose k. + + If either n or k is not a natural number, or if k is greater than n, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a containing the primes before . + + A double. + The primes before n. + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Vectors with the same orientation. + + A Vector which consists of the elements of each Vector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the Vectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same orientation. + + A ComplexVector which consists of the elements of each ComplexVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the ComplexVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanVectors with the same orientation. + + A BooleanVector which consists of the elements of each BooleanVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the BooleanVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Matrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix do not align. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i1,..,iN] = n if x[i1,...,iN] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the negative + determinant of the (i,j) minor Matrix of x. + + A square Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the + negative determinant of the (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix of x. + + A square ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A new ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A Matrix. + A [1 N] Matrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A [1 N] ComplexMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A [1 N] BooleanMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square Matrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square Matrix. + + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square ComplexMatrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square ComplexMatrix. + + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanVector. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Vector and ComplexVector, which return + BooleanVector instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Matrix and ComplexMatrix, which return + BooleanMatrix instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Matrix x1 = (Matrix)Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Returns an N-dimensional identity . + + The dimensions of the identity Matrix. + An N-dimensional identity Matrix. + + If only one dimension is passed in, a two-dimensional square identity Matrix is returned. + + + Occurs when N[i] is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from 0 to . + + The last element of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from to . + + The first index of the Vector. + The last index of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of evenly spaced indices from + to . + + The first element of the Vector. + The spacing between the elements. + An upperbound on the last element of the Vector. + A Vector of evenly spaced indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + Occurs when is equal to 0 and start does not equal end. + + + Occurs when space is positive but start is greater than end. + + + Occurs when space is negative but start is less than end. + + + + + + + Returns the subscript that corresponds with the one-dimensional . + + The one-dimensional Matrix index. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The multi-dimensional subscript that corresponds to the one-dimensional index. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the index it out of the bounds specified by the size . + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the Vector. + The last element of the Vector. + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + Occurs when does not equal but length equals 1. + + + + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the ComplexVector. + The last element of the ComplexVector. + The length of the ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional Matrix. + The second two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of two Matrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The Vector. + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of the Vector and Matrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The Vector. + The product of the Matrix and Vector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The product of two Vectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The second two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of two ComplexMatrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The ComplexVector. + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of the ComplexVector and ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The ComplexVector. + The product of the ComplexMatrix and ComplexVector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The product of two ComplexVectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor Matrix of x is the + result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor Matrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional BooleanMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + A number y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A Vector. + The number of repeats. + A Vector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A ComplexVector. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A BooleanVector. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A Matrix. + The number of repeats. + A Matrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A Vector. + A Vector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A Matrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A Matrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns the one-dimensional index that corresponds with the . + + The Matrix subscript. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The one-dimensional index represented by the subscript. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the number of elements does not match the specified . + + + Occurs when a subscript is out of the range specified by the dimensions. + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A number y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the elements of x + along the main diagonal. + + A Matrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the + elements of x along the main diagonal. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A Vector. + + Returns the equivalent row Vector if x is a column Vector. + Returns the equivalent column Vector if x is a row Vector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A ComplexVector. + + Returns the equivalent row ComplexVector if x is a column ComplexVector. + Returns the equivalent column ComplexVector if x is a row ComplexVector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A BooleanVector. + + Returns the equivalent row BooleanVector if x is a column BooleanVector. + Returns the equivalent column BooleanVector if x is a row BooleanVector. + + + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns a row with zeros. + + The length of the Vector. + A row zero Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a zero the specified . + + The size of the constructed Matrix. + A zero Matrix. + + Occurs when size has elements that are less than or equal to zero. + + + + + Returns the Pearson's correlation coefficient for two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The correlation of and . + + + + + Returns the N x N correlation of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The correlation Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns the sample covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The covariance of and . + + + + + Returns the covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The covariance of and . + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The type of statistic. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Matrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A Matrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A Matrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the normal distribution of with mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Vector. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Matrix. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A Vector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A ComplexVector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the z-score of with respect a distribution of mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of a distribution. + The standard deviation of a distribution. + The z-score of x. + + + + Returns the z-score of the elements of with respect to their mean and standard deviation. + + A Vector of data. + The z-score of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the Vectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the ComplexVectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Constant contains several standard mathematical constants. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant alpha. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant delta. + + + + + Represents Euler's number e. + + + + + Represents a vanishingly small number epsilon. + + + + + Represents infinity. + + + + + Represents an undefined number. NaN means "not a number". + + + + + Represents the golden ratio phi. + + + + + Respresents the irrational number pi. + + + + + Represents the imaginary number i. + + + + + Specifies one of the six comparison operators. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the Equality operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the InEquality operator. + + + + + Specifies the type of convolution to operation to perform. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns an N1 + N2 - 1 length representing the + full convolution operation. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns a max(N1,N2) length representing the + center of the convolution operation. + + + + + Specifies the type of statistic to calculate for a given dataset. + + + + + Specifies the population statistic, which treats the dataset as a complete population of data. + + + + + Specifies the sample statistic, which treats the dataset as a sample of a larger population. + + + + + Specifies the orientation of a instance. + + + + + Specifies a row Vector. + + + + + Specifies a column Vector. + + + + + A Matrix is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Matrix. + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional double array. + + A multi-dimensional double array. + + Occurs if x is not a double array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Matrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Matrix. + + If an element of the Matrix is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the Matrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. The Matrix can + be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A Matrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + Returns the dimensions of an array as an integer array. + + An array. + The dimensions of . + + + + Returns the product of the elements of an integer array. + + An integer array. + The product of an integer array. + + + + A Vector is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Vector. + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + The dimensions of the constructed Vector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the Vector. + A double array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Vector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a double array. + + A Vector. + A double array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Vector. + + If an element of the Vector is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row Vector is converted to a column + Vector and vice versa. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the Vector. + The specified element of the Vector. + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row Vector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column Vector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A Vector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.LOCAL.5820.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.LOCAL.5820.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6104e76a0b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.LOCAL.5820.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9907 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2 + + + + + A BooleanMatrix is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + A matrix is a set of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that specifys its spatial orientation. + MatrixBase handles the logic for manipulating the spatial orientation of a matrix. + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + Initializes a row of the specified . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified length and the orientation specified by + . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + The orientation of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified . + + The dimensions of the Constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when more than two dimensions are specified. + + + Occurs when neither dimension is singular. + + + Occurs when either dimension is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + The string representation of a . + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the MatrixBase is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns an enumerator for the instance." + + An enumerator. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Determines whether the is a column MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the second dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase is empty; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is a row MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the first dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is square. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has exactly two equal dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines if the has exactly two dimensions. + + True if the MatrixBase has exactly two dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is unitary. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has only one element; False otherwise. + + + + Removes unitary dimensions from instances with greater than two dimensions. + + The modified MatrixBase. + + + + Returns the dimensions of the . + + + + + + Returns the length of the . + + + + + Returns the number of dimensions in the . + + + + + Returns the dimensions of the as a . + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + Boolean array. + + A multi-dimensional Boolean array. + + Occurs if x is not a Boolean array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanVector. + A Boolean y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a boolean value to a unitary . + + A boolean value. + A unitary BooleanMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the BooleanMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The BooleanMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A BooleanMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A BooleanVector is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that specifies + its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the + specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanVector. + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and + . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the BooleanVector. + A bool array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two BooleanVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for the and a bool. + + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(this[i],x). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a bool to a unitary . + + A bool. + A unitary BooleanVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a bool array. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a bool array to a row . + + A bool array. + A row BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row BooleanVector is converted to a + column BooleanVector and vice versa. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the BooleanVector. + The specified element of the BooleanVector. + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A BooleanVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + A Complex number is a type of mathematical object with real and imaginary parts. + All of the standard mathematical operations and functions are defined for Complex + numbers. + + + + + Initializes a new number with real and imaginary components. + + A double representing the real part of the constructed number. + A double representing the imaginary part of the constructed number. + + + + Compares the number to for equality. + + An object. + True if the Complex number is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the number. + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number. + + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number in a specified format. + + A format for a particular culture. + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Compares a number to another object. + + + -1 if obj is not . + -1 if this is less than obj. + 0 if this is equal to obj. + 1 if this is greater than obj. + + + + + Compares two numbers to each other. + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Returns the sum of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi. + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a+c) + (b+d)i + + + + Adds a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the difference of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a-c) + (b-d)i + + + + Subtracts a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the product of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: (ac-bd) + (bc + ad)i + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: ac + ibc + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: ac + bci + + + + Multiplys a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the division of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: ((ac + bd)/(c^2 + d^2)) + ((bc - ad)/(c^2 + d^2))*i + + + + Divides a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns True if is less than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is less than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Compares two numbers for equality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True is equal to ; they are equal + + + + Compares two numbers for inequality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True if is not equal to ; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a double to a number. + + A double. + The equivalent Complex number: x + 0i. + + + + Compares the number to another Complex number . + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Takes a string representation of a number and returns the specified Complex number. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by . + + Occurs when s is formatted incorrectly. + + + + + Returns True if can be parsed into a number; False otherwise. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by s; null otherwise. + True if the parse was successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the real part of the number. + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of the number. + + + + + Returns the magnitude of the number. + + + + + + Returns the phase of the number. + + + + + + A ComplexMatrix is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + array. + + A multi-dimensional Complex array. + + Occurs if x is not a Complex array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the ComplexMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The ComplexMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A ComplexMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A ComplexVector is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and + the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexVector. + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the ComplexVector. + A Complex array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a Complex array. + + A ComplexVector. + A array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row ComplexVector is converted to a + column ComplexVector and vice versa. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the ComplexVector. + The specified element of the ComplexVector. + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A of integer indices. + A ComplexVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Compute is an all-purpose class of mathematical functions designed to act on a variety of + mathematical objects. + + + + + Returns the absolute value of . + + A double. + The absolute value of x. + + + + Returns the absolute value of a number . The absolute value of + a Complex number is its magnitude. + + A Complex number. + The absolute value of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arccosine of . Arccosine is the inverse of Cos(x) on the range [0 pi]. + + A double. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns the arccosine of a number . Arccosine is the + inverse of Cos(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + The argument of a . + + A double. + The argument of x. + + + + + The argument of a number . The argument of the complex number is + equivalent to the phase angle of a Complex number. + + A Complex number. + The argument of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arcsine of . Arcsine is the inverse of sin(x) on the range [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + The arcsine of x. + + + + + Returns the arcsine of a number . Arcsine is the inverse of Sin(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arcsine of a x. + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of . Arctangent is the inverse of Tan(x) on [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of a number . Arctangent is the + inverse of Tan(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the four-quadrant arctangent of /. Atan2 is the Arg{x + yi}. + + The first double. + The second double. + The four-quadrant arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of / on the plane. + + The first Complex number. + The second Complex number. + Returns the arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to . + + A double. + The ceiling of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the smallest integers greater than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The ceiling of x: Ceiling(Re{x}) + i*Ceiling(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the exponential function of a purely imaginary number. + + A double. + A number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + + Returns the Cis function for a number . + + A number. + A Complex number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of a number . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the cosine of . + + A double. + The cosine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the cosine of a number. + + A Complex number. + The cosine of . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A double. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A number. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the largest integer less than or equal to . + + A double. + The floor of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the largest integers less than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The floor of x: Floor(Re{x}) + i*Floor(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A double. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A number. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns True if is an even number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an even number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is an odd number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an odd number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the natural (base e) logarithm of . Log(x) is the inverse of Exp(x). + + A double. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the base logarithm of . + + A double. + The base of the logarithm. + The base B logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base logarithm + of . + + A Complex number. + The base of the logarithm. + + + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Vector. + The base of the logarithm. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexVector. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Matrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns the base 2 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 2 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the base 10 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 10 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is greater than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the real part of x1 is greater than the real part of x2. + x2 if the real part of x2 is greater than the real part of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same real part, and the imaginary part of x1 is greater than the imaginary part of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Max function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Vector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is smaller than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the magnitude of x1 is smaller than the magnitude of x2. + y if the magnitude of x2 is smaller than the magntiude of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same magnitude, and the phase of x1 is greater than the phase of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Min function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Vector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns raised to the power . + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A double. + A number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A number. + A double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A random double. + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between the specified and + the specified . + + A lower bound on the return value. + An upper bound on the return value. + A random double. + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a number drawn from the uniform distribution on the circle given by the + specified and . + + The origin of a circle on the Complex plane. + The radius of the circle. + A random Complex number. + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between 0 and 1. + + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between the and the . + + The length of the Vector. + A lower bound on the elements of the return value. + An upper bound on the elements of the return value. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from + the uniform distrubition on the circle specified by and + on the Complex plane. + + The length of the Vector. + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A ComplexVector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A size . + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between + and . + + A size . + A lower bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + An upper bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + on the circle specified by and on the Complex plane. + + A size . + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A double. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A number. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns rounded to the nearest integer. + + A double. + Floor(x) if the decimal portion of x is less than 1/2; Ceiling(x) otherwise. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of . + + A Complex number. + A Complex number of the form: Round(Re{x}) + i*Round(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sign of . + + A double. + + 1 if x is greater than 0. + 0 if x equals 0. + -1 if x is less than 0. + + + + + Returns the point on the unit circle nearest to x. + + A Complex number. + + 0 if x is equal to 0. + Exp(i*Arg{x}) otherwise. + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sine of . + + A double. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the size of . + + A double. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A number. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the square-root of . + + A double. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns the square-root of a number . + + A Complex number. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the tangent of . + + A double. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a containing the prime factors of . + + A double. + The prime factors of n. + + If n is not an integer, NaN is returned as a unitary Vector. If n is negative, the first element of the result + is -1. + + For integer-valued n: + + n == Product(Factors(n)); + + + + + Returns factorial. + + A double. + n factorial. + + If n is not a natural number, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns the greatest common divisor of and using Euclid's algorithm. + + The first double. + The second double. + The greatest common divisor of m and n. + + + + Returns True if is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a natrual number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a prime number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a prime number. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is integer valued. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued + + + + Returns the least common multiple of and . + + The first double. + The second double. + The least common multiple of m and n. + + + + Returns choose . + + The first double. + The second double. + n choose k. + + If either n or k is not a natural number, or if k is greater than n, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a containing the primes before . + + A double. + The primes before n. + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Vectors with the same orientation. + + A Vector which consists of the elements of each Vector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the Vectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same orientation. + + A ComplexVector which consists of the elements of each ComplexVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the ComplexVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanVectors with the same orientation. + + A BooleanVector which consists of the elements of each BooleanVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the BooleanVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Matrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix do not align. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i1,..,iN] = n if x[i1,...,iN] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the negative + determinant of the (i,j) minor Matrix of x. + + A square Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the + negative determinant of the (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix of x. + + A square ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A new ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A Matrix. + A [1 N] Matrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A [1 N] ComplexMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A [1 N] BooleanMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square Matrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square Matrix. + + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square ComplexMatrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square ComplexMatrix. + + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanVector. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Vector and ComplexVector, which return + BooleanVector instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Matrix and ComplexMatrix, which return + BooleanMatrix instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Matrix x1 = (Matrix)Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Returns an N-dimensional identity . + + The dimensions of the identity Matrix. + An N-dimensional identity Matrix. + + If only one dimension is passed in, a two-dimensional square identity Matrix is returned. + + + Occurs when N[i] is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from 0 to . + + The last element of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from to . + + The first index of the Vector. + The last index of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of evenly spaced indices from + to . + + The first element of the Vector. + The spacing between the elements. + An upperbound on the last element of the Vector. + A Vector of evenly spaced indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + Occurs when is equal to 0 and start does not equal end. + + + Occurs when space is positive but start is greater than end. + + + Occurs when space is negative but start is less than end. + + + + + + + Returns the subscript that corresponds with the one-dimensional . + + The one-dimensional Matrix index. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The multi-dimensional subscript that corresponds to the one-dimensional index. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the index it out of the bounds specified by the size . + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the Vector. + The last element of the Vector. + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + Occurs when does not equal but length equals 1. + + + + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the ComplexVector. + The last element of the ComplexVector. + The length of the ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional Matrix. + The second two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of two Matrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The Vector. + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of the Vector and Matrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The Vector. + The product of the Matrix and Vector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The product of two Vectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The second two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of two ComplexMatrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The ComplexVector. + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of the ComplexVector and ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The ComplexVector. + The product of the ComplexMatrix and ComplexVector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The product of two ComplexVectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor Matrix of x is the + result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor Matrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional BooleanMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + A number y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A Vector. + The number of repeats. + A Vector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A ComplexVector. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A BooleanVector. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A Matrix. + The number of repeats. + A Matrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A Vector. + A Vector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A Matrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A Matrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns the one-dimensional index that corresponds with the . + + The Matrix subscript. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The one-dimensional index represented by the subscript. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the number of elements does not match the specified . + + + Occurs when a subscript is out of the range specified by the dimensions. + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A number y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the elements of x + along the main diagonal. + + A Matrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the + elements of x along the main diagonal. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A Vector. + + Returns the equivalent row Vector if x is a column Vector. + Returns the equivalent column Vector if x is a row Vector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A ComplexVector. + + Returns the equivalent row ComplexVector if x is a column ComplexVector. + Returns the equivalent column ComplexVector if x is a row ComplexVector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A BooleanVector. + + Returns the equivalent row BooleanVector if x is a column BooleanVector. + Returns the equivalent column BooleanVector if x is a row BooleanVector. + + + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns a row with zeros. + + The length of the Vector. + A row zero Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a zero the specified . + + The size of the constructed Matrix. + A zero Matrix. + + Occurs when size has elements that are less than or equal to zero. + + + + + Returns the Pearson's correlation coefficient for two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The correlation of and . + + + + + Returns the N x N correlation of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The correlation Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns the sample covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The covariance of and . + + + + + Returns the covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The covariance of and . + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The type of statistic. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Matrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A Matrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A Matrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the normal distribution of with mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Vector. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Matrix. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A Vector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A ComplexVector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the z-score of with respect a distribution of mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of a distribution. + The standard deviation of a distribution. + The z-score of x. + + + + Returns the z-score of the elements of with respect to their mean and standard deviation. + + A Vector of data. + The z-score of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the Vectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the ComplexVectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Constant contains several standard mathematical constants. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant alpha. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant delta. + + + + + Represents Euler's number e. + + + + + Represents a vanishingly small number epsilon. + + + + + Represents infinity. + + + + + Represents an undefined number. NaN means "not a number". + + + + + Represents the golden ratio phi. + + + + + Respresents the irrational number pi. + + + + + Represents the imaginary number i. + + + + + Specifies one of the six comparison operators. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the Equality operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the InEquality operator. + + + + + Specifies the type of convolution to operation to perform. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns an N1 + N2 - 1 length representing the + full convolution operation. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns a max(N1,N2) length representing the + center of the convolution operation. + + + + + Specifies the type of statistic to calculate for a given dataset. + + + + + Specifies the population statistic, which treats the dataset as a complete population of data. + + + + + Specifies the sample statistic, which treats the dataset as a sample of a larger population. + + + + + Specifies the orientation of a instance. + + + + + Specifies a row Vector. + + + + + Specifies a column Vector. + + + + + A Matrix is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Matrix. + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional double array. + + A multi-dimensional double array. + + Occurs if x is not a double array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Matrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Matrix. + + If an element of the Matrix is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the Matrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. The Matrix can + be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A Matrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + Returns the dimensions of an array as an integer array. + + An array. + The dimensions of . + + + + Returns the product of the elements of an integer array. + + An integer array. + The product of an integer array. + + + + A Vector is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Vector. + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + The dimensions of the constructed Vector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the Vector. + A double array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Vector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a double array. + + A Vector. + A double array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Vector. + + If an element of the Vector is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row Vector is converted to a column + Vector and vice versa. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the Vector. + The specified element of the Vector. + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row Vector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column Vector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A Vector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.REMOTE.5820.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.REMOTE.5820.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18402046f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.xml.REMOTE.5820.xml @@ -0,0 +1,9907 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v12.1 + + + + + A BooleanMatrix is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + A matrix is a set of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that specifys its spatial orientation. + MatrixBase handles the logic for manipulating the spatial orientation of a matrix. + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + Initializes a row of the specified . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified length and the orientation specified by + . + + The length of the constructed MatrixBase. + The orientation of the constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when length is less than 0. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified . + + The dimensions of the Constructed MatrixBase. + + Occurs when more than two dimensions are specified. + + + Occurs when neither dimension is singular. + + + Occurs when either dimension is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + The string representation of a . + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the MatrixBase is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns an enumerator for the instance." + + An enumerator. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Determines whether the is a column MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the second dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is empty. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase is empty; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is a row MatrixBase. + + Returns True if the first dimension of MatrixBase is equal to 1; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is square. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has exactly two equal dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines if the has exactly two dimensions. + + True if the MatrixBase has exactly two dimensions; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether the is unitary. + + Returns True if the MatrixBase has only one element; False otherwise. + + + + Removes unitary dimensions from instances with greater than two dimensions. + + The modified MatrixBase. + + + + Returns the dimensions of the . + + + + + + Returns the length of the . + + + + + Returns the number of dimensions in the . + + + + + Returns the dimensions of the as a . + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The length of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + Boolean array. + + A multi-dimensional Boolean array. + + Occurs if x is not a Boolean array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first BooleanMatrix. + The second BooleanMatrix. + Returns True if the two BooleanMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanVector. + A Boolean y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a boolean value to a unitary . + + A boolean value. + A unitary BooleanMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the BooleanMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The BooleanMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A BooleanMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the BooleanMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A BooleanVector is a list of boolean values with an additional dimensionality property that specifies + its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the + specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed BooleanVector. + The length of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and + . + + The elements of the constructed BooleanVector. + The dimensions of the constructed BooleanVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the BooleanVector. + A bool array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the BooleanVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of a . + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(x[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise NOT of the . + + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NOT(this[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical AND of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = AND(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + The first BooleanVector. + The second BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2[i]). + + Occurs when the x1 and x2 have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Returns the pointwise logical OR of two instances. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = OR(this[i],x[i]). + + Occurs when the BooleanVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two BooleanVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for the and a bool. + + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = Equals(this[i],x). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a bool. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a bool and a . + + A bool. + A BooleanVector. + A new BooleanVector y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a bool to a unitary . + + A bool. + A unitary BooleanVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a bool array. + + A BooleanVector. + A bool array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a bool array to a row . + + A bool array. + A row BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row BooleanVector is converted to a + column BooleanVector and vice versa. + + The modified BooleanVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the BooleanVector. + The specified element of the BooleanVector. + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column BooleanVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A BooleanVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the BooleanVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty BooleanVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + A Complex number is a type of mathematical object with real and imaginary parts. + All of the standard mathematical operations and functions are defined for Complex + numbers. + + + + + Initializes a new number with real and imaginary components. + + A double representing the real part of the constructed number. + A double representing the imaginary part of the constructed number. + + + + Compares the number to for equality. + + An object. + True if the Complex number is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the number. + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number. + + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Returns the string representation of a number in a specified format. + + A format for a particular culture. + The string representation of a Complex number. + + + + Compares a number to another object. + + + -1 if obj is not . + -1 if this is less than obj. + 0 if this is equal to obj. + 1 if this is greater than obj. + + + + + Compares two numbers to each other. + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Returns the sum of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi. + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a+c) + (b+d)i + + + + Adds a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the difference of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a+bi + A Complex number of the form: c+di + A Complex number of the form: (a-c) + (b-d)i + + + + Subtracts a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the product of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: (ac-bd) + (bc + ad)i + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: ac + ibc + + + + Returns the product of a number and a double. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A double of the form: c + A Complex number of the form: ac + bci + + + + Multiplys a number to the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns the division of two numbers. + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi + A Complex number of the form: c + di + A Complex number of the form: ((ac + bd)/(c^2 + d^2)) + ((bc - ad)/(c^2 + d^2))*i + + + + Divides a number from the number. + + A Complex number. + + + + + Returns True if is less than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is less than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Min(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + False if z1 and z2 are equal; + True if z1 and z2 are unequal and z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Returns True if is greater than or equal to ; False otherwise. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + True if z1 = Max(z1,z2); + False otherwise. + + + + + Compares two numbers for equality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True is equal to ; they are equal + + + + Compares two numbers for inequality. + + The first Complex number + The second Complex number + True if is not equal to ; False otherwise. + + + + Casts a double to a number. + + A double. + The equivalent Complex number: x + 0i. + + + + Compares the number to another Complex number . + + A Complex number. + + Returns -1 if this is less than z. + Returns 0 if this is equal to z. + Returns 1 if this is greater than z. + + + + + Takes a string representation of a number and returns the specified Complex number. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by . + + Occurs when s is formatted incorrectly. + + + + + Returns True if can be parsed into a number; False otherwise. + + A string representation of a Complex number. + The Complex number represented by s; null otherwise. + True if the parse was successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the real part of the number. + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of the number. + + + + + Returns the magnitude of the number. + + + + + + Returns the phase of the number. + + + + + + A ComplexMatrix is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The length of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional + array. + + A multi-dimensional Complex array. + + Occurs if x is not a Complex array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the two ComplexMatrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + Returns True if the ComplexMatrix and the Matrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + Returns True if the Matrix and the ComplexMatrix are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexMatrix y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with + y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the ComplexMatrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. + The ComplexMatrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A ComplexMatrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than + the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the ComplexMatrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + A ComplexVector is a list of numbers with an additional dimensionality property that + specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and + the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed ComplexVector. + The length of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed ComplexVector. + The dimensions of the constructed ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the ComplexVector. + A Complex array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the ComplexVector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have the same dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + Returns True if the two ComplexVector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + Returns True if the ComplexVector and the Vector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Determines whether a and a have different dimensions + and element values. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + Returns True if the Vector and the ComplexVector are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a number to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A Complex number. + A unitary ComplexVector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a Complex array. + + A ComplexVector. + A array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a Complex array to a row . + + A array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A long array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row ComplexVector y, where y[i] = (Complex)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cis(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Conj(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A . + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A ComplexVector. + The modified ComplexVector. + + Occurs when the ComplexVector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A number. + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row ComplexVector is converted to a + column ComplexVector and vice versa. + + The modified ComplexVector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the ComplexVector. + The specified element of the ComplexVector. + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column ComplexVector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A of integer indices. + A ComplexVector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the ComplexVector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty ComplexVector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Compute is an all-purpose class of mathematical functions designed to act on a variety of + mathematical objects. + + + + + Returns the absolute value of . + + A double. + The absolute value of x. + + + + Returns the absolute value of a number . The absolute value of + a Complex number is its magnitude. + + A Complex number. + The absolute value of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the absolute value of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Abs(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arccosine of . Arccosine is the inverse of Cos(x) on the range [0 pi]. + + A double. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns the arccosine of a number . Arccosine is the + inverse of Cos(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arccosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arccosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Acos(x[i]). + + + + + + The argument of a . + + A double. + The argument of x. + + + + + The argument of a number . The argument of the complex number is + equivalent to the phase angle of a Complex number. + + A Complex number. + The argument of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the argument of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Arg(x[i]). + + + + + Returns the arcsine of . Arcsine is the inverse of sin(x) on the range [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + The arcsine of x. + + + + + Returns the arcsine of a number . Arcsine is the inverse of Sin(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + The arcsine of a x. + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arcsine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Asin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of . Arctangent is the inverse of Tan(x) on [-pi/2 pi/2]. + + A double. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of a number . Arctangent is the + inverse of Tan(x) on the Complex plane. + + A Complex number. + the arctangent of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the arctangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Atan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the four-quadrant arctangent of /. Atan2 is the Arg{x + yi}. + + The first double. + The second double. + The four-quadrant arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + + Returns the arctangent of / on the plane. + + The first Complex number. + The second Complex number. + Returns the arctangent of y/x. + + + + + + Returns the smallest integer greater than or equal to . + + A double. + The ceiling of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the smallest integers greater than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The ceiling of x: Ceiling(Re{x}) + i*Ceiling(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the ceiling of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Ceiling(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the exponential function of a purely imaginary number. + + A double. + A number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + + Returns the Cis function for a number . + + A number. + A Complex number of the form: Exp(i*x) = Cos(x) + i*Sin(x). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Cis of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cis(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns the Complex conjugate of a number . + + A Complex number of the form: a + bi. + A Complex number of the form: a - bi. + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + Returns a with the Complex conjugate of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Conj(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the cosine of . + + A double. + The cosine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the cosine of a number. + + A Complex number. + The cosine of . + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cos(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic cosine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic cosine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic cosine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Cosh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A double. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns the number e raised to the power . + + A number. + The exponential function of x. + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the exponential function of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Exp(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the largest integer less than or equal to . + + A double. + The floor of x. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the largest integers less than or equal to the real and + imaginary parts of . + + A Complex number. + The floor of x: Floor(Re{x}) + i*Floor(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the Floor of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Floor(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A double. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of . + + A number. + The imaginary part of x. + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns the imaginary part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Imaginary(x[i]). + + + + Returns True if is an even number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an even number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is -Inf; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is -Inf; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is NaN; False otherwise. + + A number. + True if x is NaN; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is an odd number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is an odd number; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the natural (base e) logarithm of . Log(x) is the inverse of Exp(x). + + A double. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the base logarithm of . + + A double. + The base of the logarithm. + The base B logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The natural logarithm of x. + + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base logarithm + of . + + A Complex number. + The base of the logarithm. + + + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Vector. + The base of the logarithm. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexVector. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A Matrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns a with the natural logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base logarithm of each element + of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The base of the logarithm. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log(x[i],B). + + + + + + Returns the base 2 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 2 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 2 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 2 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log2(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the base 10 logarithm of . + + A double. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns the principal value of the base 10 logarithm of . + + A Complex number. + The base 10 logarithm of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the base 10 logarithm of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Log10(x[i]). + + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is greater than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the largest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the real part of x1 is greater than the real part of x2. + x2 if the real part of x2 is greater than the real part of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same real part, and the imaginary part of x1 is greater than the imaginary part of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Max function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Vector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The largest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the largest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the largest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 if x1 is smaller than x2; x2 otherwise. + + + + + Compares to and returns the smallest one. + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + + x1 if the magnitude of x1 is smaller than the magnitude of x2. + y if the magnitude of x2 is smaller than the magntiude of x1. + x1 if x1 and x2 have the same magnitude, and the phase of x1 is greater than the phase of x2. + x2 otherwise. + + + Complex numbers have no intrinsic ordering. Therefore the Min function is not unique. + + + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Vector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexVector. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A Matrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest element of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The smallest element of x. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns the smallest elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the smallest elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Returns raised to the power . + + The first double. + The second double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A double. + A number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + A number. + A double. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the principal value of raised to the power . + + The first number. + The second Complex number. + x1 raised to the power x2. + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexVector. + A double. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexVector. + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on two instances. + + The first ComplexMatrix. + The second ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a double. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A double. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a double and a . + + A double. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a and a number. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1,x2[i]). + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + + Returns the pointwise power operation on a number and a . + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Pow(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A random double. + + + + Returns a double drawn from the uniform distribution between the specified and + the specified . + + A lower bound on the return value. + An upper bound on the return value. + A random double. + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a number drawn from the uniform distribution on the circle given by the + specified and . + + The origin of a circle on the Complex plane. + The radius of the circle. + A random Complex number. + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between 0 and 1. + + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + between the and the . + + The length of the Vector. + A lower bound on the elements of the return value. + An upper bound on the elements of the return value. + A Vector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs when lowerBound is greater than upperBound. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from + the uniform distrubition on the circle specified by and + on the Complex plane. + + The length of the Vector. + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A ComplexVector with N random numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + Occurs if the radius is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between 0 and 1. + + A size . + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a of values drawn from the uniform distribution between + and . + + A size . + A lower bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + An upper bound on the elements of the random Matrix. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns a with numbers drawn from the uniform distrubition + on the circle specified by and on the Complex plane. + + A size . + The origin of the specified circle. + The radius of the specified circle. + A Matrix of random values. + + Occurs for invalid size Vectors. + + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A double. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of . + + A number. + The real part of x. + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns the real part of each element of . + + A . + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Real(x[i]). + + + + Returns rounded to the nearest integer. + + A double. + Floor(x) if the decimal portion of x is less than 1/2; Ceiling(x) otherwise. + + + + + + Returns a number composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of . + + A Complex number. + A Complex number of the form: Round(Re{x}) + i*Round(Im{x}). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with each element of rounded to the nearest integer. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a composed of the rounded values of the real and imaginary + parts of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Round(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sign of . + + A double. + + 1 if x is greater than 0. + 0 if x equals 0. + -1 if x is less than 0. + + + + + Returns the point on the unit circle nearest to x. + + A Complex number. + + 0 if x is equal to 0. + Exp(i*Arg{x}) otherwise. + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sign of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sign(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the sine of . + + A double. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The sine of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sin(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic sine of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic sine of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic sine of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sinh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the size of . + + A double. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A number. + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A Vector containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the size of . + + A . + A containing the dimensions of x. + + + + Returns the square-root of . + + A double. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns the square-root of a number . + + A Complex number. + The square-root of x. + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the square-root of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Sqrt(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the tangent of . + + A double. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The tangent of x. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tan(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of . + + A double. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns the hyperbolic tangent of a number . + + A Complex number. + The hyperbolic tangent of x. + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a with the hyperbolic tangent of each element of . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i] = Tanh(x[i]). + + + + + + Returns a containing the prime factors of . + + A double. + The prime factors of n. + + If n is not an integer, NaN is returned as a unitary Vector. If n is negative, the first element of the result + is -1. + + For integer-valued n: + + n == Product(Factors(n)); + + + + + Returns factorial. + + A double. + n factorial. + + If n is not a natural number, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + A Matrix. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = Factorial(x[i]). + + + + Returns the greatest common divisor of and using Euclid's algorithm. + + The first double. + The second double. + The greatest common divisor of m and n. + + + + Returns True if is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a natrual number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a natural number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns True if is a prime number; False otherwise. + + A double. + True if x is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is a prime number. + + A . + a BooleanVector y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is a prime number; False otherwise. + + + + Returns a y, where y[i] = True iff x[i] is integer valued. + + A . + a BooleanMatrix y, where y[i] = True if x[i] is integer valued + + + + Returns the least common multiple of and . + + The first double. + The second double. + The least common multiple of m and n. + + + + Returns choose . + + The first double. + The second double. + n choose k. + + If either n or k is not a natural number, or if k is greater than n, NaN is returned. + + + + + Returns a containing the primes before . + + A double. + The primes before n. + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Vectors with the same orientation. + + A Vector which consists of the elements of each Vector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the Vectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same orientation. + + A ComplexVector which consists of the elements of each ComplexVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the ComplexVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanVectors with the same orientation. + + A BooleanVector which consists of the elements of each BooleanVector in stacked in sequence. + + + Occurs when the orientations of the BooleanVectors in x do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of Matrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of ComplexMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when the ComplexMatrices do not align. + + + + + Appends a series of instances together. + + An array of BooleanMatrices all dimensions except the last one identical. + A BooleanMatrix. + + Occurs when the BooleanMatrix do not align. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Vector. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i1,..,iN] = n if x[i1,...,iN] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Returns a new y, where y[i] = n if x[i] is in the nth bin. + + A Matrix. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector of bin numbers. + + If x[i] is not in any bin, y[i] = Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the negative + determinant of the (i,j) minor Matrix of x. + + A square Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the (i,j) cofactor of . If i+j is even, the (i,j) cofactor is equal to the + determinant of the (i,j) minor of x. If i+j is odd, the (i,j) cofactor is the + negative determinant of the (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix of x. + + A square ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) cofactor of x. + + Occurs if x is not square. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A new ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the center convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of a and a . + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the convolution of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + + Specified whether to return the full convolution or to return the center points and exclude some of + the edge effects. + + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = DotProduct(x1[j],x2[i-j]). + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[0]*...*x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative product of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]*...*x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[0]+...+x[i]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of along the Nth dimension. + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the cumulative sum of the elements of . + + A . + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[i1,...,iN,...,iM] = x[i1,...,0,...,iM]+...+x[i1,...,iN,...,iM]. + + + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A Matrix. + A [1 N] Matrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A ComplexMatrix. + A [1 N] ComplexMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns the diagonal of an N-dimensional . + + A BooleanMatrix. + A [1 N] BooleanMatrix containing the diagonal of x. + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns a with the difference of successive values of . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector y, where y[i] = x[i+1] - x[i]. + + Occurs when the length of x is less than 2. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the difference of successive values of the + along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the difference of successive values of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the Nth dimension has less than two elements. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the partial derivative of the f along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix representing a multi-dimensional function. + The calculation dimension. + The partial derivative of f with respect to the Nth dimension. + The spacing between the values of f is assumed to be 1. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square Matrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square Matrix. + + + + + + Returns the determinant of a square . + + A square ComplexMatrix. + The determinant of x. + + Occurs if x is not a square ComplexMatrix. + + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanVector. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Vector and ComplexVector, which return + BooleanVector instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Find takes a and returns the indices where x is True. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A Vector y, where y[j] = i when x[i] is the jth occurrence of True in x. + + Find is meant to be used with the Compare operators on Matrix and ComplexMatrix, which return + BooleanMatrix instances. The following notation is convenient: + + int length = 1000; + Matrix x1 = (Matrix)Compute.Line(0,2,length); + Vector x2 = new Vector(length); + + x2[Compute.Find(x1 > 1)] = 1; + + + + + Returns an N-dimensional identity . + + The dimensions of the identity Matrix. + An N-dimensional identity Matrix. + + If only one dimension is passed in, a two-dimensional square identity Matrix is returned. + + + Occurs when N[i] is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from 0 to . + + The last element of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of successive indices from to . + + The first index of the Vector. + The last index of the Vector. + A Vector of successive indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + + + + + Returns a of evenly spaced indices from + to . + + The first element of the Vector. + The spacing between the elements. + An upperbound on the last element of the Vector. + A Vector of evenly spaced indices. + + Occurs when either start or end is less than 0. + + + Occurs when is equal to 0 and start does not equal end. + + + Occurs when space is positive but start is greater than end. + + + Occurs when space is negative but start is less than end. + + + + + + + Returns the subscript that corresponds with the one-dimensional . + + The one-dimensional Matrix index. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The multi-dimensional subscript that corresponds to the one-dimensional index. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the index it out of the bounds specified by the size . + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the Vector. + The last element of the Vector. + The length of the Vector. + A Vector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + Occurs when does not equal but length equals 1. + + + + + + + + Returns a with evenly spaced elements. + + The first element of the ComplexVector. + The last element of the ComplexVector. + The length of the ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with evenly spaced elements. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + Occurs when equals but length does not equal 1. + + + + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional Matrix. + The second two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of two Matrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The Vector. + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The product of the Vector and Matrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional Matrix. + The Vector. + The product of the Matrix and Vector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The product of two Vectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The second two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of two ComplexMatrices. + + Occurs when either or is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The ComplexVector. + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The product of the ComplexVector and ComplexMatrix. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of a and a . + + The two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + The ComplexVector. + The product of the ComplexMatrix and ComplexVector. + + Occurs when is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the product of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The product of two ComplexVectors. + + Occurs when the second dimension of x1 is not the same size as the first dimension of x2. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor Matrix of x is the + result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor Matrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional ComplexMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor ComplexMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the (i,j) minor of . The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + of x is the result of removing the ith row and jth column of x. + + A two-dimensional BooleanMatrix. + A row index. + A column index. + The (i,j) minor BooleanMatrix + + Occurs if x is not two-dimensional. + + + Occurs if or are out of bounds. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + A number y, where y = x[0]*...*x[N]. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the product of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the product of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A Vector. + The number of repeats. + A Vector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A ComplexVector. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times. + + A BooleanVector. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanVector composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A Matrix. + The number of repeats. + A Matrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A ComplexMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Appends a to itself times along a new dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The number of repeats. + A BooleanMatrix composed of appended to itself N times. + + Occurs when N is less than 0. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A Vector. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector y, where y[i] = x[N-i-1]. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in reverse order along the + Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y[0,...iN,...,M] = x[0,...,length-iN-1,...,M]. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A Vector. + A Vector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions switched. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector equal to x with the dimensions switched. + + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A Matrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A Matrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The first dimension. + The second dimension. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the dimensions N1 and N2 switched. + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements contained in that + are not contained in . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in x1 that are not in x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements common to both and + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements common to x1 and x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with all elements contained in either or + . The result is sorted and unique. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The elements in either x1 or x2. + + Occurs when x1 and x2 do not have the same orientation. + + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of sorted by value + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the sorted values of x. + + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing order along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the elements of in sorted in increasing + order along the Nth dimension. + + A BooleanMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A BooleanMatrix y, where y equals x sorted along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns a equivalent to with unitary dimensions removed. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equivalent to x with unitary dimensions removed. + + + + + Returns the one-dimensional index that corresponds with the . + + The Matrix subscript. + The dimensions of a Matrix. + The one-dimensional index represented by the subscript. + + Occurs when size is empty. + + + Occurs when the number of elements does not match the specified . + + + Occurs when a subscript is out of the range specified by the dimensions. + + + Occurs when a dimensions is less than 1. + + + Occurs when the size Vector has non-integer elements. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A double y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + A number y, where y = x[0]+...+x[N]. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sum of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix with the sum of the elements of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the elements of x + along the main diagonal. + + A Matrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns the trace of the . The trace is the sum of the + elements of x along the main diagonal. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The trace of x. + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A Vector. + + Returns the equivalent row Vector if x is a column Vector. + Returns the equivalent column Vector if x is a row Vector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A ComplexVector. + + Returns the equivalent row ComplexVector if x is a column ComplexVector. + Returns the equivalent column ComplexVector if x is a row ComplexVector. + + + + + + Returns a identical to but with the opposite orientation. + + A BooleanVector. + + Returns the equivalent row BooleanVector if x is a column BooleanVector. + Returns the equivalent column BooleanVector if x is a row BooleanVector. + + + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A Matrix. + A Matrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A ComplexMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a equal to with the first and second dimensions switched. + + A BooleanMatrix. + A BooleanMatrix equal to x with the first and second dimensions switched. + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted in ascending order. + + A Vector. + A Vector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A ComplexVector. + A ComplexVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns a new with the unique elements of , sorted + in ascending order. + + A BooleanVector. + A BooleanVector with the unique elements of x. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns the vector product, also known as the dot product or inner product, of two instances. + + The first ComplexVector. + The second ComplexVector. + The sum of the products of corresponding entries in and . + + Occurs when the length of x1 does not equal the length of x2. + + + + + Returns a row with zeros. + + The length of the Vector. + A row zero Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than zero. + + + + + Returns a zero the specified . + + The size of the constructed Matrix. + A zero Matrix. + + Occurs when size has elements that are less than or equal to zero. + + + + + Returns the Pearson's correlation coefficient for two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The correlation of and . + + + + + Returns the N x N correlation of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The correlation Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns the sample covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The covariance of and . + + + + + Returns the covariance of two instances. + + The first Vector of observations. + The second Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The covariance of and . + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + + + Returns the N x N covariance of an N x M Matrix . + + A two-dimensional Matrix. + The type of statistic. + The covariance Matrix of x. + + Occurs when x is not two-dimensional. + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the using + evenly-spaced bins. + + A Vector of data. + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns a histogram of the data in the by binning the data using + a sequence of bin . + + A Vector of data. + edges[n] and edges[n+1] are the edges of the nth bin. + The bin centers that correspond to the values of the histogram. + A Vector containing the histogram of x. + + Occurs when there are less than two edges. + + + Occurs if x is empty. + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The mean of . + + + + + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A Matrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The mean of . + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the mean value of a of observations along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix of observations. + The calculation dimension. + The mean of along the Nth dimension. + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The median of . + + + + + + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A Matrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns the median value of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The median value of x. + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the median of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the median of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A Vector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the elements of a . + + A ComplexVector. + The element that occurs most frequently in x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A Matrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns the mode of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The mode of x. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is returned. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the mode of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the mode of x along the Nth dimension. + + In the event of a tie, the greatest mode is used. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the normal distribution of with mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Vector. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns a with the value of the normal distribuion at each element of + . The distribution has mean and standard deviation + . + + A Matrix. + The mean of the distribution. + The standard deviation of the distribution. + The normal distrubition x. + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the standard deviation of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of . + + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the sample standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns the standard deviation of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The standard deviation of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample standard deviation of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard deviation of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard deviation of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the sample mean for a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The standard error of . + + + + + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns the standard error of the mean of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The standard error of the mean of x. + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the standard error of the mean of along the + Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the standard error of the mean of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the sample variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The variance of . + + + + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A Vector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the variance of a of observations. + + A ComplexVector of observations. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of . + + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the sample variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The sample variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A Matrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns the variance of all the elements of the . + + A ComplexMatrix. + The type of statistic desired. + The variance of x. + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the sample variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A Matrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A Matrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns a with the variance of along the Nth dimension. + + A ComplexMatrix. + The calculation dimension. + The type of statistic desired. + A ComplexMatrix y, where y equals the variance of x along the Nth dimension. + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A Vector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average absolute deviation from the mean of a of data. + + A ComplexVector of data. + The average deviation of . + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.AverageIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the where the corresponding + is True as the result. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The average value of the elements of x where is true. + The excepton if one should be thrown; false otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the average value of the elements of the which satisfy the condition + specified by the as the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional average of x. + The exception, if one should be thrown; Null otherwise. + True if the computation is successful; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the z-score of with respect a distribution of mean and + standard deviation . + + A double. + The mean of a distribution. + The standard deviation of a distribution. + The z-score of x. + + + + Returns the z-score of the elements of with respect to their mean and standard deviation. + + A Vector of data. + The z-score of the elements of x. + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A Vector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on Vector. The following + notation is convenient: + + Vector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000); + double sumif = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the where the corresponding + is True. + + A ComplexVector. + A BooleanVector with the same length and orientation as x. + The sum of the elements of x where is true. + + Occurs if the comparison has a different length than x. + + + Occurs if the comparison has a different orientation than x. + + + The BooleanVector comparison can be easily constructed using the compare operators on ComplexVector. The + following notation is convenient: + + Complex i = Constant.I; + ComplexVector x1 = Compute.Line(-1, 1, 1000) + i*Compute.Line(1, -1, 1000); + Complex sum = Compute.SumIf(x, x > 0); + + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the condition + specified by the . + + A Vector. + A ComparisonType. + A double. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the elements of the that satisfy the + condition specified by the . + + A ComplexVector. + A ComparisonType. + A number. + The conditional sum of x. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the Vectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A double y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of Vectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in . + + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + + Occurs if the dimensions of the ComplexVectors in x do not have the same dimensions. + + + + + Returns the sum of the products of the corresponding elements of each + in as the result. + + The exception, if one is thrown; Null otherwise. + A number y, where y = (x[0][0]*...*x[M][0]) + ... + (x[0][N]*...*x[M][N]). + An array of ComplexVectors with the same dimensions. + True if the result is computed; false otherwise. + + + + Constant contains several standard mathematical constants. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant alpha. + + + + + Represents Feigenbaum's constant delta. + + + + + Represents Euler's number e. + + + + + Represents a vanishingly small number epsilon. + + + + + Represents infinity. + + + + + Represents an undefined number. NaN means "not a number". + + + + + Represents the golden ratio phi. + + + + + Respresents the irrational number pi. + + + + + Represents the imaginary number i. + + + + + Specifies one of the six comparison operators. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the GreaterThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThan operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the LessThanOrEqual operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the Equality operator. + + + + + Specifies a comparison using the InEquality operator. + + + + + Specifies the type of convolution to operation to perform. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns an N1 + N2 - 1 length representing the + full convolution operation. + + + + + For inputs with length N1 and N2, returns a max(N1,N2) length representing the + center of the convolution operation. + + + + + Specifies the type of statistic to calculate for a given dataset. + + + + + Specifies the population statistic, which treats the dataset as a complete population of data. + + + + + Specifies the sample statistic, which treats the dataset as a sample of a larger population. + + + + + Specifies the orientation of a instance. + + + + + Specifies a row Vector. + + + + + Specifies a column Vector. + + + + + A Matrix is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its spatial orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a zero with the specified . + + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a constant with the specified . + + The constant value assigned to each element of the Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a one-dimensional of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Matrix. + The length of the constructed Matrix. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Matrix. + The dimensions of the constructed Matrix. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a by copying the elements and dimensions of a multi-dimensional double array. + + A multi-dimensional double array. + + Occurs if x is not a double array. + + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Matrix is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a double and a pointwise. + + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions or element values. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + Returns True if the two Matrix instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Matrix. + The second Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A ComplexMatrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexMatrix. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Matrix. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Matrix. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Vector. + A Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a to a . + + A Matrix. + A Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Matrix y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Matrix. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when the Matrix and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Matrix. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Matrix. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Matrix. + + If an element of the Matrix is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]*...*y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i1,..,iN,..,iM] with y[i1,..,0,..,iM]+...+y[i1,..,iN,..,iM]. + + The calculation dimension. + The modified Matrix. + + Occurs when x is empty. + + + Occurs when is less than 1. + + + + + + An indexer for the . The Matrix can be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + A sequence of indices that correspond to the dimensions of the Matrix. + The element specified by the subscript. + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + + + An indexer for the that takes a series of subscripts. The Matrix can + be indexed one-dimensionally or multi-dimensionally. + + An array of index Vectors. + A Matrix containing the elements specified by the . + + Occurs when the Matrix is empty. + + + Occurs when the is non-unitary and has a different number of dimensions than the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index is out of the bounds of the Matrix. + + + Occurs when a subscript index has a non-integer value. + + + Occurs when the set value does not align with the elements specified by the subscript. + + + + + Returns the dimensions of an array as an integer array. + + An array. + The dimensions of . + + + + Returns the product of the elements of an integer array. + + An integer array. + The product of an integer array. + + + + A Vector is a list of doubles with an additional dimensionality property that specifies its orientation. + + + + + Returns the empty . + + + + + Initializes an empty instance. + + + + + + Initializes a row zero of a specified . + + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row of the specified and the specified . + + The value assigned to each element of the constructed Vector. + The length of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a row with the specified . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + + + + Initializes a with the specified and . + + The elements of the constructed Vector. + The dimensions of the constructed Vector. + + Occurs when the dimensions specify a size that is inconsistent with the length of the elements. + + + + + Initializes a with the specified elements . + + An enum that specifies the orientation of the Vector. + A double array of elements. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Copies the base to an starting at a + particular . + + The destination array. + An index into the destination array where the copying begins. + + + + Compares the with for equality. + + An object. + Returns True if the Vector is equal to x; False otherwise. + + + + Returns hash code for the . + + A hash code. + + + + Returns the string representation of a . + + + + + Returns an double enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the . + + + + + Returns a copy of the . + + + + + Adds two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Adds a and a number pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1[i] + x2. + + + + Adds a number and a pointwise. + + A y, where y[i] = x1 + x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Subtracts a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] - x2. + + + + Subtracts a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 - x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Multiplies a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] * x2. + + + + Multiplies a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 * x2[i]. + + + + Divides two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Multiplies a double and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Divides a and a number pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] / x2. + + + + Divides a number and a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 / x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of two instances pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2[i]. + + + + Returns the modulus of a and a double pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1[i] % x2. + + + + Returns the modulus of a pointwise. + + A Vector y, where y[i] = x1 % x2[i]. + + + + Determines whether two instances have the same dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are equal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise equality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = Equals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Determines whether two instances have different dimensions and element values. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + Returns True if the two Vector instances are unequal; False otherwise. + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a double. + + A Vector. + A double. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a double and a . + + A double. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a and a number. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Returns the pointwise inequality operator for a number and a . + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A new y, where y[i] = NotEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the GreaterThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = GreaterThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThan operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThan(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares two instances using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + The first Vector. + The second Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A ComplexVector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A ComplexVector. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a double using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A double. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a double and a using the LessThanOrEquals operator pointwise. + + A double. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Compares a and a number using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Vector. + A Complex number. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1[i],x2). + + + + Compares a number and a using the LessThanOrEquals + operator pointwise. + + A Complex number. + A Vector. + A y, where y[i] = LessThanOrEquals(x1,x2[i]). + + + + Casts a double to a unitary . + + A double. + A unitary Vector y, where y[0] = x. + + + + Casts a to a double array. + + A Vector. + A double array y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts a double array to a row . + + A double array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = x[i]. + + + + Casts an int array to a row . + + An int array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a short array to a row . + + A short array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a long array to a row . + + A uint array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a float array to a row . + + A float array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Casts a decimal array to a row . + + A decimal array. + A row Vector y, where y[i] = (double)x[i]. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Abs(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Acos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] + x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Arg(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Asin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Atan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Ceiling(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x[i]). + + A . + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with CompareTo(y[i],x). + + A number. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cos(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Cosh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] / x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Exp(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Floor(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log(y[i],B). + + The base of the logarithm. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log2(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Log10(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] % x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] * x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies the , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x[i]). + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Pow(y[i],x). + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Round(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sign(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sin(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sinh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Sqrt(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x[i]. + + A Vector. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when the Vector and have different dimensions. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[i] - x. + + A double. + The modified Vector. + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tan(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with Tanh(y[i]). + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing its element with a bin number. + + The number of evenly-spaced bins. + The modified Vector. + + Occurs when N is less than one. + + + + + Modifies the by replacing each element with a bin number. + + edges[i] and edges[i+1] are the edges of the ith bin. + The modified Vector. + + If an element of the Vector is not in any bin, it is replaced by Constant.NaN. + + + Occurs when there are less than two bin . + + + Occurs when the bin edges are not in increasing order. + + + + + Returns a copy of the instance. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]*...*y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a , y, by replacing each element y[i] with y[0]+...+y[i]. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by reversing the order of its elements. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies the by sorting the elements by value in ascending order. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + Modifies a by switching its orientation. A row Vector is converted to a column + Vector and vice versa. + + The modified Vector. + + + + + An indexer that gets and sets a single element of a . + + An index that specifies an element of the Vector. + The specified element of the Vector. + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed with more than two indices. + + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if a row Vector is indexed with two indices and the first index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if a column Vector is indexed with two indices and the second index is greater than 0. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + + + An indexer that gets or sets a set of elements in a . + + A Vector of integer indices. + A Vector of elements specified by the + + Occurs if the Vector is indexed below 0 or above its length. + + + Occurs if the empty Vector is indexed. + + + Occurs if the indices are not integers. + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Adomd.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Adomd.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0a22a5ab2bf Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Adomd.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Adomd.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Adomd.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea1f44085f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Adomd.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Adomd.v14.2 + + + + + Wraps and use the generated as . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The connection object used to connect to server. + + + + Connects to SSAS trough APIs provided by . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The used to establish the connection. + Instance of is expected here. + + + + Enables implementations of to connects to SSAS through connection. + + + + + Initializes static members of the class. + Registers classes into container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the server URL. + + Microsoft SQL Analysis Server: http://[domain:port]/olap/msmdpump.dll + The server URL. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the catalog. + Adventure Works DW + + The name of the catalog. + + + + Gets or sets the connection string used by to connects to SSAS. + + + + + Provides way to query data from SSAS using . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The connection should be of type . + + + + Loads the schema asynchronously. + + + + + Loads the dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill dimensions in. + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill measures in. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent member. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent member. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the level. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent level. + + + + Represents a controller that contains the data provided from model provider built over . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data provider + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Use this class instances when levels are created in AdomdDataProvider.LoadDimensionsAsync(ICube) + instead the instances of the base class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the level. + The caption of the level. + The unique name of the level. + The description. + The distance of the level from the root of the level. Root level is zero (0) + The parent hierarchy. + The count of members of this level. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the measure. + The unique name of the measure. + The caption. + The description. + The default format string for the measure. + The name of the group this measure belongs to. + The that identifies how a measure was derived. + + + + Gets or sets the measure display folder. + + + + + Represents a member within a level + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member. + The unique name of the member. + The caption. + The unique name of the parent member. + The unique name of the parent level. + The level depth. + The parent level. + The child count. + Sets whether this member is drilled down. + Sets whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + Sets whether this member is considered to be total. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the children members are loaded in collection. + + + true if the children members are loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Excel.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Excel.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92e924af317 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Excel.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Excel.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Excel.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7278acd8ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Excel.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Excel.v14.2 + + + + + Used by to open and use Excel files as data source. + + + Setting the property will initiate processing of the data found in the file so it's important to + have and or properties set first. + When is not specified then default "ExcelData" value will be used for that type name. + For each row found in the excel's sheet specified by or + will be generated instances of type specified by and list will + be updated with these instances and then event is fired. + + + + + Initializes static members of the class. + Registers class in OlapContainer. + + + + + Maps given excel cell format string to format string that will be used when data is visualized. + + The excel cell format string. + The format string used by the system. + + + + Maps given excel datetime cell format string to format string that will be used when data is visualized. + + The excel datetime cell format string. + The format string used by the system. + + + + Gets the format string registered for given excel cell format string. + + The excel cell format string. + The actual format string that is used when data is visualized. + + + + Gets the format string registered for given datetime excel cell format string. + + The excel cell datetime format string. + >The actual format string that is used when data is visualized. + + + + Remove the mappings for given excel cell format string. + + The excel cell format string that is unregistered. + + + + Remove the mappings for given excel datetime cell format string. + + The excel datetime cell format string that is unregistered. + + + + Called when property changes. + + + + + Fired when is changed. + + + + + Gets the collection of the items source. + + This collection is generated internally based on the data extracted form the . + + + + Gets or sets of the excel file. + Setting this property will initiate processing of the data found in the file. + For each row found in the excel's sheet specified by or + will be generated instances of type specified by and list will + be updated with these instances and then event is fired. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the worksheet that is opened. Is takes precedence over property. + + + + + Gets or sets the index of the worksheet that is opened. + + + + + Gets or sets the name that is used for dynamically created class for the data extracted from the excel's file. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.FlatData.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.FlatData.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0fac3b1c2eb Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.FlatData.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.FlatData.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.FlatData.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a495384134 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.FlatData.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1356 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.FlatData.v14.2 + + + + + Provides methods for resolving th + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data source that this wraps. + + + + Resolves the underlying type of the item that the specified collection contains. + + The which items type is resolved. + The of the elements contained in + + + + Gets all public properties of type. + + All public properties of type. + + + + Returns an object in the data source at a given index, after applying the sort and filter. + + The index of the item to find. + The object at that index. + + + + Gets the type of the elements contained in that this wraps. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in that this wraps. + + + + + Gets the underlying data source as an . If the datasource isn't an IList, null is returned. + + + + + The default measure used by and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The instance that owns the filter members hierarchy. + The parent of this member in members hierarchy. + The member that will be wrapped. + The filter item source. + + + + Called when filter source usage is released. + + + + + Gets the flat data source which this instance is related to. + + The flat data source. + + + + Gets the collection of all metadata items which this instance is built over. + + + + + Gets the count of the metadata items that are currently no excluded. + + The selected items count. + + + + The default measure used by and . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The property info of the property that describes this instance. + The name of the measure. + The unique name of the measure. + The caption. + The description. + The name of the group this measure belongs to. + The that identifies how a measure was derived. + The aggregator used to perform the calculations for this instance. + + + + Gets the value from given which the aggregates. + + Instance of object which contains the aggregated data. + + The value used by . + + + + + Gets the of source property. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is compound measure. + + + + + Gets or sets the used for particular aggregation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The level descriptor of this level. + The name of the level. + The caption of the level. + The unique name of the level. + The description. + The distance of the level from the root of the level. Root level is zero (0) + The parent hierarchy. + + + + Gets the level descriptor of this level. + + + + + Responsible for generating the Model from data source + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Instance of the that holds the data source. + + + + Fit call routine. + + + + + Loads the initialized . + + The name of catalog cubes belong to. + + + + Loads the measure group dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill groups in. + + + + Loads the dimensions for the specified . + + The cube to fill dimensions in. + + + + Loads the measure groups in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill groups in. + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill measures in. + + + + Loads the KPIs in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill KPIs in. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the level. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent level. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member. + The unique name of the member. + The caption. + The unique name of the parent member. + The unique name of the parent level. + The level depth. + The parent level. + The child count. + Sets whether this member is drilled down. + Sets whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + Sets whether this member is considered to be total. + + + + Rased when is changed the original data source of class which implements . + + + + + Gets list of all objects defined for this . + + + + + Gets the of objects that describe the rules + of building custom hierarchies over the properties of the data item objects. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source used to extract information about the dimensions generation. + + + + + Enables implementations of to connects to data sources of type + when instances of is passed to + + + + + Enables implementation of to connects to sources of type . + + + + + Fired when is changed. + This event is fired both when collection changes and items source is reset. + + + + + Gets the underlying object. + + + + + Initializes static members of the class. + Register class in OlapContainer. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the ItemsSource dependency property. + + + + + Fired when is changed. + When it is of type that implements the event is fired when collection changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source. + + The data source. + + + + Specifies whether an item will be displayed and/or take up space. + + + + + The item is visible. + + + + + The item is not given space and is not visable. + + + + + The item is given space, but is not visable. + + + + + And enumeration of available operators. + + + + + Performs a logical AND operation. + + + + + Performs a logical OR operation. + + + + + Enum describing operators which can be used for filtering. + + + + + An equality compare is executed. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + An non equality compare is executed. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + A GreaterThan compare is executed. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + A greater than or equal compare is executed. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + A less than compare is executed. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + A less than or equal compare is executed. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + Evaluates if a string begins with a compared value. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + Evaluates if a string does not begin with a compared value. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + Evaluates if a string ends with a compared value. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + Evaluates if a string does not end with a compared value. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + Evaluates if a string contains a compared value. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + Evaluates if a string does not contain a compared value. With string values, a case sensitivity flag may effect the result. + + + + + An enum used by summary to designate that a LINQ summary should be use. + + + + + Use the LINQ Count summary + + + + + Use the LINQ Minimum summary. + + + + + Use the LINQ Maximum summary. + + + + + Use the LINQ Sum summary. + + + + + Use the LINQ Average summary. + + + + + Enum that is used to determine when a summary should be calculated. + + + + + Summary is executed prior to paging and filtering. + + + + + Summary is executed prior to paging but after filtering. + + + + + Summary is executed after paging and filtering. + + + + + Specifies how the is changed. + + + + + Specifies that one or more items were added to underlying data source. + + + + + Specifies that one or more items were removed from underlying data source. + + + + + Specifies that one or more items were replaced in underlying data source. + + + + + Specifies the data source used to extract information about the dimensions generation for a . + + + + + The dimensions are created based on the properties exposed by the class of items found in items source. + + + + + The dimensions are created based on the found in . + + + + + Both data sources are used as data found in takes precedence. + + + + + Specifies the type of the dimension described by . + + + + + Describes a dimension. + + + + + Describes a measure. + + + + + Specifies the type of the change of . + + + + + Identifies that new items source is passed to . + + + + + Identifies that the items of source collection have changed. + + + + + Event arguments passed when event occurs. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The items source which has changed. + The type of the change. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets the related items source. + + The items source. + + + + Gets the type of the change action. + + + + + Gets or sets the original event args of event. + + + + + An that is thrown when the GetEnumerator method of the IEnumerable returns null for the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message that should be displayed. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The message that should be displayed. + An inner exception. + + + + Provides specific information when changes. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The new items. + The old items. + The new added members. + The removed members. + + + + Gets the items relevant to particular change of the items source. + + + + + Gets the deleted items. + + + + + Contains information about how is created for used by . + A is created for every single public property exposed by of the items from data source. + This class mainly is used when hierarchies are defined from XAML. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of hierarchy created by this descriptor. + + + + Gets the list of all items defined for this . + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property over which the for is built. + This property is used in both or modes + in order to match given with the property exposed by the data class. + + + + + Gets or sets the of the properties this is used. + This property finds usage with both and modes. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the which this provides. + + + + + Gets or sets the display name of the hierarchy. + + + The display name of the hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a will be created over this . + + + + + Contains information about how is created for used by . + + The which properties are used as base for building of the dimensions and hierarchies. + That is the of the items from data source. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that picks the property over which the hierarchy is built. + + + + Gets the connected with this . + + + + + Provides extension methods related to creation and building of custom hierarchies used by . + + + + + Adds new to existing . + + The type of the items passed to . + The where this level is added to. + that describes the data resolving path. + The name used for this new level. + + + + Adds new to existing . + + The type of the items passed to . + The where this level is added to. + that describes the data resolving path. + The name used for this new level. + The that describes the path used when the additional user data is resolved. This data is added to property. + + + + Adds new to existing . + It is used when the type of the data item is unknown and can be applied to all properties of given type only. + + The type of the properties that this level applies to. + >The where this level is added to. + > that describes the data resolving path. + The name used for this new level. + + + + Adds new to existing . + It is used when the type of the data item is unknown and can be applied to all properties of given type only. + + The type of the properties that this level applies to. + >The where this level is added to. + Property resolution path. + The name used for this new level. + + + + Adds new to existing . + + >The this level is added to. + The instance of the object used to provide the data for this level. + The name used for this new level. + + + + Provides extension methods for type. + + + + + Returns the short name of the semester. + + The original instance. + The short name of the semester. + + + + Returns year followed by semester name. + + The original instance. + Year followed by semester name. + + + + Returns formated string of year and semester of given . + + The original instance. + The format string. Use {0} for year and {1} for semester location. + The semester name in supplied format. + + + + Returns formated string of year and semester of given . + + The original instance. + The format string. Use {0} for year and {1} for semester location. + Semester names. + The semester name in supplied format. + + + + Builds the short quarter name for date. + + The original instance. + The short name of the quarter. + + + + Builds the name of quarter from date. + + The original instance. + The format string. Use {0} for year, {1} for semester and {2} for quarter location. + Formated quarter name. + + + + Builds the name of quarter from date. + + The original instance. + The format string. Use {0} for year, {1} for semester and {2} for quarter location. + User defined names for semesters. + User defined names for quarters. + Formated quarter name. + + + + Build the short name of month from date. + + The original instance. + The name of the month. + + + + Build the name of month from date. + + The original instance. + The format string. Use {0} for year, {1} for semester, {2} for quarter and {3} for month location. + User defined names for semesters. + User defined names for quarters. + User defined names for months. + Formated month name. + + + + Build the name of month from date. + + The original instance. + The format string. Use {0} for year, {1} for semester, {2} for quarter and {3} for month location. + Formated month name. + + + + Contains information about how is created for used by . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that describes the path used when data is resolved from particular instance. + The name of which this descriptor generates. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that describes the path used when data is resolved from particular instance. + The name of which this descriptor generates. + The that describes the path used when the additional user data is resolved. This data is added to property. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The instance of the object used to provide the data for this level. + The name of which this descriptor generates. + + + + Extracts the data from given object. is used to resolves the actual data. + + The examined object instance. + The actual data. + + + + Extracts the data from given object. is used to resolves the actual data. + + The examined object instance. + The actual data. + + + + Extracts the data from given object. is used to resolves the actual data. + + The examined object instance. + The actual data. + + + + Creates and assings the expression to from the specified . + + The type used as type of the paramer of the expression. + + + + Gets or sets the name of which this descriptor generates. + + + + + Gets or sets the display name of the level. + + + The display name of the level. + + + + + Gets or sets the display format of level members. + + + The display format of level members. + + + + + Gets or sets the description of the level. + + The description used when instance of the described level is created. + + + + Gets or sets the that describes the path used when data is resolved from particular instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the that describes the path used when data is resolved from particular instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the string representation of the path used when data is resolved from particular instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the that describes the path used when data is resolved from particular instance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether additional level member is generated when returns null. + + + true if additional member is generated when returns null; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the null data level member. + + + The name of the null data level member. + + + + + Contains metadata information about the data used by . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The initial count of items in items source. + + + + Adds a new to the internal row medatada array. + + The instance of to add. + + + + Inserts an at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + The to insert. + + + + Removes the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + + + + Determines whether is present in collection. + + The data object. + + true if contains the specified data object; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the underlaying data objects. + + + + + Gets an array of created for this . + + + + + Gets the count of the rows stored in this . + + + + + Gets the count of the columns stored in this . + + + + + Contains metadata information about data row. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Adds a new to the internal property medatada array. + + The instance of to add. + + + + Updates the value of regarding the items this instance is connected to. + + The filter source instance which selection state has been changed. + true if value is changed, otherwise false + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets an array of added to this . + + + + + Gets an array of ids of level metadata added to this . + + + + + Gets the instance of the object that this describes. + + + + + Gets the count of the items added to this . + + + + + Contains metadata information about the source property of data item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Initial size of the id items. + + + + Verifies if given is present in current array. + + The unique id of the . + true if the given id is found, otherwise false. + + + + Gets an array of the of the members associated with this . + + + + + Provides description of the build over the property specified by . + This class is used with where instance of is used as data source. + can be assigned to each property that data source items type expose. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of property used as data source of the dimension this describes in + both modes and + + + + + Gets or sets the display name for the dimension created over the property specified by . + + + + + Gets or sets the format string used for visualization of the data stored into the property specified by . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether dimennsion/measure will be generated for the property specified by . + + + + + Gets or sets the type of dimension. + + + + + Gets the list of objects used to construct the hierarchies of the dimension this describes. + This collections is used with both and modes. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the group on which belongs the described dimension. + + + + + Gets or sets the default for a . + This property is used only is set to . + + + + + Gets or sets the type of defult measure aggregator for . + + + + + Provides description of the build over the of the data source items used by . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the display name of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the of data source items used as . + + + + + Gets list of items which provide information about the different dimensions build over + the different properties exposed by data source items. + + + + + Provides a helper methods to create a cached delegates to field and property get methods and method call delegates. + + + + + Creates the field get method. + + The field info. + Returns delegate of get method of the field. + + + + Creates the property get method. + + The property info. + Returns delegate of get method of the property. + + + + Creates the method invoker. + + The method info. + Returns cached delegate of method. + + + + Provides a class instance of used by . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The olap view model which this instance is related to. + The model provider which will be used to get the data. + The cube in which the hierarchy to be filtered belongs. + The hierarchy to be displayed in the filter. + + + + Provides a way to use as data source to display data in XamPivotGrid. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The provider used by this . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets list with records indexes that participate in cell value creation. + + The cell which items indexies are requested. + List with records indexes. + + + + Gets list with records indexes that participate in both of the tuples. + + The rowTuple which items indexes are requested. + The column tuple which items indexes are requested. + List with records indexes. + + + + Returns an object in the data source at a given index. + + The index of the item to find. + The object at that index. + + + + Adds new to the collection. + + The added descriptor. + + + + Creates view model for the specified hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + + Instance of which wraps the hierarchy. + + + + + Creates view model for the specified measure. + + The measure. + + Instance of which wraps the measure. + + + + + Generates the data internally. + + The background worker. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when original data source of changes. + + Event arguments with specific to the change information. + + + + Called when property is changing. + + + + + Called when property is changed. + + + + + This method is called when connection to the data source is established and the initialization information + for data source is loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + Defines the way of initial loading of hierarchies and filtering of their members. + + The where initialized hierarchies is added. + That should be one of collection exposed by , or properties. + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Gets or sets the used as data sourse by this . + + + + + Gets the list of metadata objects used when the UI representation of the cube is built. + + + + + Gets the list of objects used to construct the hierarchies over particular property of flat type. + + + + + Gets or sets the data source used to extract information about the dimensions generation. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether result cell is generated when aggregated cell's result value is null. + The default value is true. + + + + + Gets this as + + + + + Gets this as + + + + + Represents an ordered sequence of members used by . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The members. + The rows metadata. + The measure that participate in this instance. + + + + Gets the rows metadata which participate in this instance. + + + + + Gets the measure that participate in this instance. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Oracle.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Oracle.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..570da0f1377 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Oracle.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Oracle.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Oracle.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d66f16cb3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Oracle.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Oracle.v14.2 + + + + + Responsible for execution of IQuery over XMLA and deserialize the returned XML result + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The connection. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The settings used for query generation. + + + + A class used to represent the sets in . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The axis filter element. + + + + Adds the element expression. + + The string builder. + The MDX element. + + + + Responsible for establish a connection to Oracle Xmla soap client + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The settings parameter should be of type . + + + + Connection settings for connecting to Oracle Xmla web service. + + + + + Represents a controller that contains the data provided from Xmla model provider. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data provider. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Sap.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Sap.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10cfd7b80fc Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Sap.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Sap.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Sap.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f8f22c25c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Sap.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.Sap.v14.2 + + + + + Responsible for execution of IQuery over XMLA and deserialize the returned XML result + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The connection. + + + + Responsible for establish a connection to SAP Xmla soap client + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The settings parameter should be of type . + + + + Connection settings for connecting to SAP Xmla web service. + + + + + Represents a controller that contains the data provided from Xmla model provider. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data provider. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b3ca0705dee Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..be340d5f49a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3745 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.Xmla.v14.2 + + + + + Exposes constant values used when requests against XMLA service are formed. + + + + + Contains a collection of elements representing axis data contained by a root element. + + + Under the Axes element, the Axis elements are listed in the order that they occur in the dataset, starting at zero. The AxisFormat XMLA property setting determines how Axis elements are formatted. + + + + + The name of the tag for Axes element + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Collection of Axis. + + + + Gets the collection of . + + Collection of . + + + + Contains a collection of elements, representing the axis metadata contained by the parent element. + + + The AxesInfo element contains one AxisInfo element for each axis within the multidimensional dataset returned by a root element + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The collection of axis. + + + + Gets the collection of . + + Collection of . + + + + Contains a set of tuples used to represent a single axis in a multidimensional dataset contained by an element. + + + The content of the Axis element varies depending on the value of the AxisFormat XMLA property used by the Execute method. +

TupleFormat
+ When a client application sets the AxisFormat property to TupleFormat, an axis is represented as a set of tuples. Each Axis element contains a Tuples element that represents the set of tuples on that axis. Each tuple is represented by using a Tuple element that contains Member elements from every hierarchy on the axis. +

ClusterFormat
+ When a client application sets the AxisFormat property to ClusterFormat, the members on each axis are divided into clusters in which each cluster represents a cross-product between ordered sets of members from each hierarchy. Each Axis element consists of one or more CrossProduct elements. Every CrossProduct element contains a Members element for each hierarchy on the axis. +

CustomFormat
+ When a client application sets the AxisFormat property to CustomFormat, the value is treated the same as the TupleFormat value by an Analysis Services instance. +
+
+ + + The name of the tag for Axis element + + + + + The name of the "name" attribute + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the Axis. + Collection of sets. + + + + Gets the name of the Axis. + + The name of the Axis. + + + + Gets the collection of sets defined in the Axis . + + Collection of sets defined in the Axis. + + + + Represents the metadata of a single axis contained by the parent element. + + + An AxisInfo element contains a collection of HierarchyInfo elements that, combined with the value of the name attribute, represents the definition of a single axis returned in the multidimensional dataset. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the AxisInfo. + Collection of hierarchies that belongs to the AxisInfo. + + + + Gets the hierarchies that belongs to the AxisInfo. + + The hierarchies that belongs to the AxisInfo. + + + + Gets the name of the AxisInfo. + + The name of the AxisInfo. + + + + Contains information about a single cell contained by a parent element. + + + In the parent root element, the Axes element is followed by the CellData element, a collection of Cell elements that contain the property values for each cell returned in the multidimensional dataset. The Cell element contains the CellOrdinal attribute, which indicates the zero-based ordinal position of the cell within the multidimensional dataset, and one element for each cell property value associated with the cell. Each cell property value in the Cell element is defined by a separate XML element. The value of the cell property is the data contained by the XML element, and the name of the cell property, as defined in the CellInfo element of the parent root element, corresponds to the name of the XML element. + + + + + The name of the tag for Cell element + + + + + The name of the CellOrdinal attribute + + + + + The name of the element containing the value of the cell + + + + + The name of the element containing the formatted value of the cell + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The cell ordinal. + The properties. + + + + Gets the cell ordinal. + It represent the unique index in the table of values + + To extract the real column and row numbers you can use following approach: + + int columnNumber = cell.CellOrdinal % columnsCount; + int rowNumber = cell.CellOrdinal / columnsCount; + + + + The cell ordinal. + + + + Gets the properties. The properties collection is generated from the child elements of element. + + The properties for the cell. + + + + Contains a collection of elements that represent the cell data contained by a root element + + + In the parent root element, the element is followed by the element, a collection of Cell elements that contain the cell property values for each cell returned in the multidimensional dataset. + + + + + The name of the tag for CellData element + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The cells. + + + + Gets the collection of cells. + + The collection of cells. + + + + Represents the cell metadata contained by the parent element. + + + The CellInfo element contains a collection of cell properties for the cells included + within the multidimensional dataset returned by a root element using the MDDataSet data type. + Each cell property in the CellInfo element is defined by a separate XML element, + each with a name attribute and a type attribute. The name attribute of the cell property + corresponds to the name of the OLE DB for the OLAP cell property represented by the XML element, + and the type attribute represents the XML data type of the cell property. + The name of the XML element is used to identify the value of the cell property for cells + contained in the CellData element of the root element. + + + + + The name of the element containing the Value definition of the cell + + + + + The name of the element containing the formatted value definition of the cell + + + + + The name of the element containing the CellOrdinal definition of the cell + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Collection of properties. + + + + Gets the properties. The properties collection is generated from the child elements of element. + + Collection of properties. + + + + Contains a cross-product between ordered sets of members from each hierarchy for an element + + + When a client application sets the AxisFormat property to ClusterFormat, the members on each axis are divided into clusters in which each cluster represents a cross-product between ordered sets of members from each hierarchy. Each cluster is represented by a CrossProduct element. Every CrossProduct element contains a Members element for each hierarchy on the axis. A CrossProduct element can contain members from a single hierarchy. + + + + + Interface implemented from different types of sets (Members, Tuples, CrossProduct, Union) + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Collection of set types. + + + + Gets the collection of set type which will be cross joined. + + Set of members. + + + + Contains information about a cube for the parent element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Name of the cube. + Date and time that the data of the cube was last updated. + Date and time that the metadata of the cube was last updated. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the cube. + + The name of the cube. + + + + Gets or sets the date and time that the data of the cube was last updated. + + The date and time that the data of the cube was last updated. + + + + Gets or sets the date and time that the metadata of the cube was last updated. + + The date and time that the metadata of the cube was last updated. + + + + Contains the cube metadata contained by the parent element. + + + The CubeInfo element contains one Cube element for each cube referenced in the multidimensional dataset +
+ Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services returns only a single Cube element in this collection because Analysis Services does not support statements that reference multiple cubes in the FROM clause of the Multidimensional Expressions (MDX) language. +
+
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The cubes. + + + + Gets the collection of cubes. + + Collection of cubes. + + + + An exception that is thrown when a problem with deserialization is happen + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no inner exception is specified. + + + + Deserialize methods for xmla generated from SQL Analysis Services 2008 + + + + + String constant for xmla root namespace + + + + + String constant for xmla rowset namespace + + + + + String constant for mddataset namespace + + + + + Gets the deserealized . + + The XML for deserializing. + Deserealized + + + + Gets the deserealized CellData. + + The XML contaning CellData element. + Deserealized + + + + Represents a single hierarchy contained by a parent element. + + + + + The name of the element containing the unique name of the + + + + + The name of the element containing the caption of the + + + + + The name of the element containing the unique level name of the + + + + + The name of the element containing the level ordinal positions of the + + + + + The name of the element containing the display information of the + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Name of the hierarchy. + Collection of properties. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the hierarchy. + + The name of the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the properties elements. + + Collection of properties. + + + + Represents a single member in a parent or element. + + + The Member element contains the information needed to identify and display a member within a given hierarchy. For parent Members elements, the hierarchy is already specified by the Hierarchy attribute of the parent element. For parent Tuple elements, the hierarchy is specified using the Hierarchy attribute of the Member element. + + + + + The name of the element containing the unique name of the member + + + + + The name of the element containing the caption of the member + + + + + The name of the element containing the unique level name of the member + + + + + The name of the element containing the level ordinal positions of the member + + + + + The name of the element containing the display information of the member + + + + + The name of the element containing the unique name of the parent of the member + + + + + The name of the element containing the unique name of the parent of the member when Essbase is used as data provider. + + + + + The name of the element containing the calculated number of children of the member + + + + + The name of the tag for Member element + + + + + The name of the "hierarchy" attribute + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The unique name of the hierarchy to which the member belongs. + The properties of the member. + + + + Gets the unique name of the hierarchy to which the member belongs. + + The hierarchy. + + + + Gets the properties of the member. + + Collection of properties. + + + + Contains a collection of Member elements contained by the parent CrossProduct element. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The children of the current element. + + + + Gets or sets the members that belongs to current element. + + The children of the current element. + + + + An that is thrown when the element that is expected is missing. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Name of the tag of the element that is expected. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The error message that explains the reason for the exception. + The exception that is the cause of the current exception, or a null reference (Nothing in Visual Basic) if no inner exception is specified. + + + + Contains the axis and cell metadata contained by a root element + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The cube metadata. + The axes metadata. + The cell metadata. + + + + Gets the cube metadata. + + The cube metadata. + + + + Gets the axes metadata. + + The axes metadata. + + + + Gets the cell metadata. + + The cell metadata. + + + + Contains a collection of elements contained by the parent element. + + + When a client application sets the AxisFormat property to TupleFormat, an axis is represented as a set of tuples. Each Axis element contains a Tuples element representing the set of tuples on that axis. Each tuple is represented by using a Tuple element that contains Member elements from every hierarchy on the axis. + + + + + The name of the tag for Tuples element + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The members that belongs to the tuple. + + + + Gets the members. + + The members that belongs to the tuple. + + + + Contains a set of objects for an element + + + When a client application sets the AxisFormat property to TupleFormat, an axis is represented as a set of tuples. Each Axis element contains a Tuples element representing the set of tuples on that axis. Each tuple is represented by using a Tuple element that contains Member elements from every hierarchy on the axis. + + + + + The name of the tag for Tuples element + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The children of the current element. + + + + Gets the tuples that belongs to current element. + + The children of the current element. + + + + Represents an union between objects of + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Collection of sets defined in the Union. + + + + Gets the collection of sets defined in the Union . + + Collection of sets defined in the Union. + + + + Represents a simple element without attributes and childs + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tag name of the element. + The string representation of the element. + + + + Gets the tag name of the element. + + The tag name of the element. + + + + Gets the string representation of the element. + + The string representation of the element. + + + + Contains metadata of the child of or + + + + + The name of the type attrubute + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tag name of the property. + The value of attrubute type of the property. + + + + Gets the tag name of the element for the property. + + The tag name of the property. + + + + Gets the value of attrubute type of the property. + + The value of attrubute type of the property. + + + + Result object returned when is executed. + + + + + Provides the result object of the requests sent against XMLA service. + + + + + Provides a common interface for the response's result of the requests sent against XMLA service. + + + + + Gets the content found under "root" element of XMLA response. + + + + + Gets or sets the session id for the request. + + + + + Gets the content found under "root" element of XMLA response. + + + + + Gets or sets the session id for the request. + + + + + Specifies the XMLA soap meassage header types. + + + + + Specifies that request message has no header. + + + + + Specifies that request message to identify an existing session. + + + + + Specifies that request message to start a new session. + + + + + Specifies that request message to end an existing session . + + + + + Contains information about an error returned by an instance of Microsoft SQL Server Analysis Services. + + + + + Gets or sets the the numeric return code of the error. + + + + + Gets or sets the descriptive text of the error. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the component that generated the error. + + + + + Gets or sets the path or URL to the Help file or topic that describes the error. + + + + + Gets or sets the severity of the error. + + + + + Provides event arguments for completion of XMLA requests. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The result. + The exception. + if set to true [cancelled]. + State of the user. + + + + Gets the result. + + The result. + + + + Result object returned when is executed. + + + + + Provides an information about XMLA request method. + + + + + Populates the collection with the elements used to form Discover/Execute methods. + + The header namespace. + + + + Merges the with all instances found in collection. + + The collection of . + + + + Gets the name the method is identified with. + + + + + Gets the collection of the additional parameters applied to Execute request. + + + + + Gets the collection of the additional properties applied to Discover/Execute request. + + + + + Gets collection of the header elements applied to SOAP message. + + + + + Spacifies a credentials used for authentication against XMLA service. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The username. + The password. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The username. + The password. + The domain. + + + + Collection of items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the property with the specified name. + + The name. + The value. + + true if a property with the specified name if found; otherwise, false + + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a property with the specified name. + + The name. + + true if the collection contains a property with the specified name; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the . + + The object to locate in the . + + The index of if found in the list; otherwise, -1. + + + + + Inserts an item to the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The object to insert into the . + is not a valid index in the . + + The is read-only. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + is not a valid index in the . + + The is read-only. + + + + Adds an item to the . + + The object to add to the . + The is read-only. + + + + Removes all items from the . + + The is read-only. + + + + Determines whether the contains a specific value. + + The object to locate in the . + + true if is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + + + + Copies the elements to the specified array. + + The array. + Index of the array. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + The object to remove from the . + + true if was successfully removed from the ; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if is not found in the original . + + The is read-only. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + The element at the specified index. + + is not a valid index in the . + + The property is set and the is read-only. + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. + + + + Class for creating XMLA properties used by XMLA Dicover and Execute methods. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the property. + The value of the propery. + + + + Returns a that represents this instance. + + + A that represents this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of of this . + + + + + Gets or sets the value of this . + + + + + Provides an information about an error occured during communication to XMLA service. + + + + + Gets or sets the fault code of the error intended for use by software to provide an algorithmic mechanism for identifying the fault. + + + + + Gets or sets a human readable explanation of the fault and is not intended for algorithmic processing. + + + + + Gets or sets an information about who caused the fault to happen within the message path. + + + + + Gets or sets application specific error information related to the Body element. + + + + + Provides an information about XMLA request method. + + + + + A value for Properties element of XMLA SOAP message. + + + + + A value for PropertyList element of XMLA SOAP message. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Populates the collection with the elements used to form Discover/Execute methods. + + The header namespace. + + + + Merges the with all instances found in collection. + + The collection of . + + + + Gets the collection of the additional properties applied to Discover/Execute request. + + + + + Gets the name the method is identified with. + + + + + Gets the collection of the additional parameters applied to Execute request. + + + + + Gets a collection of the header elements applied to SOAP message. + + + + + Gets the collection of the additional parameters applied to Execute request. + + + + + Gets a collection of the header elements applied to SOAP message. + + + + + Provides an information about XMLA Discover method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Type of the request. + + + + Populates the collection with the elements used to form Discover/Execute methods. + + The header namespace. + + + + Gets the additional restrictions applied to Discover request. + + + + + Gets the type of the request. + + + + + Gets the name the method is identified with. + + + + + Gets or sets the header applied to XMLA SOAP message. + + + + + Gets or sets the session id for the request message. + + + + + Provides an information about XMLA Execute method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The statement applied to XMLA Command element. + + + + Populates the collection with the elements used to form Execute method. + + The header namespace. + + + + Gets the name the method is identified with. + + + + + Gets the statement applied to XMLA Command element. + + + + + A base web client for requests sent to XMLA service. + + + + + A web client for requests of specific type sent to XMLA service. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The XMLA server URI. + The encoding. + + + + Sends an asynchronous request for the specified xmla method against the XMLA service. + + The xmla method which specifies the type of the request. + + + + Sends an asynchronous request for the specified xmla method against the XMLA service. + + The xmla method which specifies the type of the request. + The user provided object. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Occurs when the request against XMLA service has completed. + + + + + Gets or sets the used to authenticate against XMLA service. + + + + + Gets the XMLA server URI the request is sent to. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the request is completed. + + + true if the request is completed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Responsible for execution of IQuery over XMLA and deserialize the returned XML result + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The connection. + + + + Set the flag that the executing of command should cancel. + + + Stopping of execution can take a lot of time and it's not for sure that it will not complete during stop process + + + + + Executes the command asynchronously with default connection passed to the constructor when this is created. + + The query from which the MDX query will be generated. + + + + Executes the command async. + + The query from which the MDX query will be generated. + The connection which will be used for sending the XMLA query. + + + + Generates the command. + + The query. + The generated MDX command + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Occurs before the is being constructed. + + + + + Occurs when the execution of command is completed. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether when the cell value cannot be parsed as numeric value, it is displayed as it is delivered by the provider. + + + true if non-numeric values should be displayed as they are delivered in; otherwise, nullfalse. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether cancelation request is pending + + true if cancelation request is pending; otherwise, false. + + + + Represents a mdx wrapper provider for given . + + + + + Gets the measure which this expression wrapper operates on. + + + + + Represents a mdx wrapper provider for filter instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The level filter. + The level. + The measure. + Index of the hierarchy. + + + + Gets or sets the index of hierarchy this filter is applied to. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The filter expressions. + The level. + The measure. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression generated over all applied filters of type . + + The MDX expression. + + + + Adds a filter element at the end of top value filter's collection. + + The level filter. + The level. + The measure. + The position index of level filter in global filtes list. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression generated over all applied filters of type . + + The MDX expression. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression generated over all applied filters of type . + + The MDX expression. + + + + Provides an information about the filters applied to given axis. + + + + + Base interface for particular MDX element. + + + + + Provides a base interface for an element that provides MDX expression executed against the OLAP cube. + + + + + Rebuilds the MDX expression. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + Gets the type of the MDX element. + + The type of the element. + + + + Adds a collection of existing filters. + + Collection of items participating in the filter. + if set to true the collection with the filter items is added to the collection of regardless the count of its elements. + + + + Gets the filter collection. + + The filter collection. + + + + Gets the single filter elements. + + The single filter elements. + + + + Base interface for implementation of MDX axis. + + + + + Gets list of all elements included in the MDX axis which this instance describes. + + + + + Adds a to this axis. + + + + + + Gets or sets the index of this axis. + + The index of the axis. + + + + Provides a generation of . + + + + + Creates MDX axis for the specified index. + + Index of the axis. + Instance of MDX axis. + + + + Base interface for collection of items. + + + + + Adds item to collection. + + The MDX element to add. + + + + Gets the collection of the items. + + The collection elements. + + + + Provides a generation of dimension . + + + + + Provides an access to extended filter information. + + + + + Provides a filter information about all axes including the measures. + + + + + Gets the columns axis filter element. + + + + + Gets the rows axis filter element. + + + + + Gets the slicer axis filter element. + + + + + Gets the measures filter element. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of additional filter elements. + + + + + Base interface for MDX elements./> + + + + + Gets the string expression of an item. + + + + + Represents the query that will be executed on cube. + + + + + Gets the row axis of the query. + + The row axis of the query. + + + + Gets the column axis of the query. + + The column axis of the query. + + + + Gets the filter info related to the query. + + The slicer axis of the query. + + + + Gets the cube on which the query will be executed. + + The cube on which the query will be executed. + + + + Gets the settings which control the rules this query is build with.. + + The MDX settings. + + + + Gets the instance of calculated members cache. + + The calculated members cache. + + + + Base interface for implementation of MDX sets. + + + + + Gets list of all MDX elements included in the MDX set which this instance describes. + + List of all MDX elements included in this MDX set. + + + + Adds to this set. + + The MDX element to add. + + + + Creates a clone of this instance with all its MDX elemetns. + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this MDX is enabled. When the set is disabled it will cause no affect over the final query. + + + true if this instance is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Represents a MDX axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index of the axis. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index of the axis. + The MDX settings used when the of this axis is generated. + + + + Rebuilds the MDX expression. + + + + + Gets list of all elements included in the MDX axis which this instance describes. + + + + + + Adds a to this axis. + + + + + + Gets the MDX expression of this axis. + + + + + + Wrapps this axis' expression with Distinct method. + + The string builder. + The settings. + + + + Adds the NON EMPTY clause for this axis. + + The string builder. + The settings. + + + + Adds the DIMENSION PROPERTIES clause for this axis. + + The string builder. + The settings. + + + + Adds the name of the axis to this axis' expression. + + The string builder. + + + + Gets or sets the index of this axis. + + The index of the axis. + + + + Gets or sets the MDX settings used when the of this axis is generated. + + + + + Gets the settings applied to MDX dimension axis. + + + + + Gets the sets of this axis. + + The sets. + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + + Provides an information about the filters applied to given axis. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Rebuilds the MDX expression. + + + + + Adds a collection of existing filters. + + Collection of items participating in the filter. + if set to true the collection with the filter items is added to the collection of regardless the count of its elements. + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + + Gets the single filter elements. These elements could be included to the WHERE clause when the MDX query is composed. + + + + + Gets a collection of all particiapting filter items. When MDX query is composed these elements have to be used as base for creation of a nested subquery (supported by SSAS) or + as base for creation of a calculated members which have to be included in WHERE clause. + + + + + Gets the type of the MDX element. + + + + + Provides generation of . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data source state object. + The hierarchy expansion mode this axis follows. + The MDX settings. + + + + Creates an MDX axis based on the content and condition of the visual members. + + Collection of visual members which describe the axis structure. + Index of the axis. This should be 0 for the COLUMNS axis and 1 for the ROWS axis. + The MDX settings used when the of this axis is generated. + + + + + Adds new sets to axis based on the condition of children of . + + The MDX axis to which the new sets will be added. + The visual member whose children are used as source for new sets generation. + Collection of the new sets added to axis. + + + + Provides a storage for user defined calculated members. + + + + + Gets the region which contains the definitions of all calculated members. + + The calculated members cache. + The result string with the definitions of all calculated members. + + + + Adds a calculated member definition. + + The unique name for the calculated mamber. + The alias of the clculated meber used in MDX query. + The expression for the calculated member. + + + + Gets the member alias expression pairs. + + A key value pair with the members' alias and expressions. + + + + Verifies if member with the specified unique name already exists. + + The verified member unique name. + true if calculated member with that name already exists, othewise false + + + + MDX element which MDX expression represents its children into the context of MDX. + + + + + + + + + + Single MDX element which MDX expression in the context of MDX is represented by its unique name. + + + + + Base class for all elements present in MDX query. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Rebuilds the MDX expression. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + + Gets the type of the MDX element. + + The type of the element. + + + + Gets the string expression of an item. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The MDX expression for this element + The unique name of the element. + The level depth of the member in its parent hierarchy. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The MDX expression for this element + The unique name of the element. + The level depth of the member in its parent hierarchy. + Type of the element. + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + Gets the unique name of this MDX element. + + + + + The level depth of the member in its parent hierarchy. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The MDX expression for this element + The unique name of the element. + The level depth of the member in its parent hierarchy. + The hierarchy unique name. + The parent element. + + + + Gets the unique name of the parent hierarchy. + + + + + Gets the parent member. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The MDX expression for this element + The unique name of the element. + The level depth of the member in its parent hierarchy. + The hierarchy unique name. + The parent element. + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + The MDX expression. + + + + Represents a defined as a string. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The MDX expression. + + + + Rebuilds the MDX expression. + + + + + Gets the type of this element. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression of this element. + + + + + Base class for collection of items. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Rebuilds the MDX expression. + + + + + Adds item to collection. + + The MDX element to add. + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + + Gets or sets the array with two string symbols which represents the open and the close brackets. + By default if there is more than item in the then when the MDX is evaluated + the whole MDX is wraped with curly brackets '{' and '}'. + + + + + Gets the collection of the items. + + The collection elements. + + + + Gets the type of the MDX element. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + + Provides an information about the type of the . + + + + + Represents a single element. + + + + + Represents an hierarchy element. + + + + + Represents a custom (calculated) element. + + + + + Represents a filter element. + + + + + Represents a collection of elements. + + + + + Represents an user defined element for new element types which implements . + + + + + MDX element which MDX expression represents its children into the context of MDX. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The olap element item. + The unique name of the olap element. + The member depth. + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + The MDX expression. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The settings instance which this builder works with. + + + + Builds the MDX query for the specified MDX parts. + + The MDX columns axis. + The MDX rows axis. + The MDX slicer axis. + The calculated members cache. + Name of the cube. + + + + + Gets the region which contains the definitions of all calculated members. + + The MDX columns axis. + The MDX rows axis. + The filter info. + The calculated members cache. + + + + + Gets SELECT FROM regions of MDX query. + + The filter info. + Name of the cube. + + + + + Gets the extended SELECT FROM region of MDX query. + + THe existing FROM clause. + The extended filter info provider object. + + + + + Gets the SELECT FROM region of MDX query. + + From clause. + The filter info1. + The filter info2. + + + + + Gets the WHERE region of MDX query. + + The filter info provider object. + + + + + Gets or sets the MDX settings which this builder works with.. + + The MDX settings. + + + + Represents a MDX set. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Rebuilds the MDX expression. + + + + + Adds to this set. + + The MDX element to add. + + + + Gets list of all MDX elements included in the MDX set which this instance describes. + + + List of all MDX elements included in this MDX set. + + + + + Called in order to determine if given type of element is supported and recognizable by this MDX set. + + The MDX element to verify. + true if the element can be successfully translated bty this MDX set into the context of MDX, otherwise false + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + + Adds the given element's MDX expression to set's expression. + + The string builder. + The MDX element. + + + + Wrapps this set expression with VisualTotals method. + + The string builder. + The MDX element. + + + + Wrapps this set expression with AddCalculatedMembers method. + + The string builder. + The MDX element. + + + + Creates a clone of this instance with all its MDX elemetns. + + + A new object that is a copy of this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the MDX settings used when the of this set is generated. + + The MDX settings. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this MDX is enabled. When the set is disabled it will cause no affect over the final query. + + + true if this instance is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a collection of all MDX elements particiapting in this MDX set. + + + + + Gets the MDX expression. + + + + + + Provides an information about the rules used when the query and its sets and axes are composed. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Populates the list with the default minimum of the dimension properties. + + The dimension properties. + + + + Gets the columns axis MDX settings. + + + + + Gets the rows axis MDX settings. + + + + + Gets the slicer axis MDX settings. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the set's expression on rows axis is wrapped with VisualTotals method call. + + + true if set's expression is wrapped with VisualTotals method call; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the set's expression on column axis is wrapped with VisualTotals method call. + + + true if set's expression is wrapped with VisualTotals method call; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the set's expression on rows axis is wrapped with AddCalculatedMembers method call. + + + true if set's expression is wrapped with AddCalculatedMembers method call; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the set's expression on columns axis is wrapped with AddCalculatedMembers method call. + + + true if set's expression is wrapped with AddCalculatedMembers method call; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the axis' expression on rows axis is wrapped with Hierarchize method call. + + + true if set's expression is wrapped with Hierarchize method call; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the axis' expression on columns axis is wrapped with Hierarchize method call. + + + true if set's expression is wrapped with Hierarchize method call; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the row's axis expression should be wrapped with Distinct method. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the columns' axis expression should be wrapped with Distinct method. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether NON EMPTY clause is present for rows axis expression. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether NON EMPTY clause is present for columns axis expression. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether DIMENSION PROPERTIES clause is present for rows axis expression. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether DIMENSION PROPERTIES clause is present for columns axis expression. + + + + + Gets the list of the dimension properties to be present on rows axis. + + + + + Gets the list of the dimension properties to be present on columns axis. + + + + + Provides a settings for MDX axis generation. + + + + + Provides a settings for MDX slicer axis generation. + + + + + Provides a settings for MDX dimension axis generation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the MDX set settings applied to all sets of this axis. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the axis' expression should be wrapped with Hierarchize method. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the axis' expression should be wrapped with Distinct method. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether NON EMPTY clause is present for axis' expression. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether DIMENSION PROPERTIES clause is present for axis' expression. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether all set expressions of this axis should be wrapped with VisualTotals method. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether all set expressions of this axis should be wrapped with AddCalculatedMembers method. + + + + + Gets the list of the dimension properties to be present on this axis expression. + + + + + Provides a settings for MDX set generation. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether set expression should be wrapped with VisualTotals method. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether set expression should be wrapped with AddCalculatedMembers method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The MDX settings used when the of this axis is generated. + + + + Responsible for establish a connection to Xmla soap client + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The settings parameter should be of type . + + + + Creates a new . + + Type of the result that this web client returns. + The client used to make calls to the specified in the . + + + + Gets the connection settings that are needed for accessing the data source + + The connection settings. + + + + Gets or sets the client credentials used for calls to XMLA service. + + + + + Connection settings for connecting to XMLA web service. + + + + + Initializes static members of the class. + Registers classes into container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the server URL. + Microsoft SQL Analysis Server: http://[domain:port]/olap/msmdpump.dll + + The server URI. + + + + Gets or sets the client credentials used for calls to XMLA service. + + + + + Gets or sets the encoding used when the XMLA message is encoded/decodes. The default value is . + + + + + Gets the collection of properties used when XMLA Discover method is executed. + + + + + Gets the collection of properties used when XMLA Execute method is executed. + + + + + Returns true if an is type of . + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given object to type of , using the specified context and culture information. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Responsible for generating the Model from XMLA source + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The connection should be of type . + + + + Loads the schema asynchronously. + + + + + Loads the cubes asynchronously. + + The name of catalog cubes belong to. + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill measures in. + + + + Loads the dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill dimensions in. + + + + Loads the measure group dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill groups in. + + + + Loads the dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill dimensions in. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the level. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent level. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the level. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent level. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent member. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent member. + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill measures in. + + + + Adds the key performance indicator to cube KPI's collection + + The cube in which the KPI will be added. + The key performance indicator. + + + + Adds the database to schema. + + The schema. + The database. + + + + Occurs before the is being constructed. + + + + + Gets the connection settings that are needed for accessing the data source + + The connection settings. + + + + Gets the connection. + + The connection. + + + + Gets the instance used by this . + + + + + Gets the collection of properties used when XMLA Discover method is executed. + + + + + Interface used for define common properties of Database + + + + + Gets the description of the database. + + The description. + + + + Represents an axis in a Result + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tuples included in the axis. + + + + The Cube class represents an OLAP cube that holds a multi dimensional representation of a flat data set. + A cube is analogous to a table in a relational database. Where a table in a relational database has two dimensions, a cube can have any number of dimensions. In its simplest form, the dimensions of a cube correspond to a field of the flat data set. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the cube. + The caption of the cube. + The description of the cube. + Type of the cube. + Name of the catalog. + The date and time on which the was last processed. + The date and time on which the was last updated. + + + + Gets the type of the cube. + + The type of the cube. + + + + Gets the key performance indicators. + + The key performance indicators. + + + + Gets the date and time on which the was last processed. + + The date and time on which the was last processed. + + + + Gets the date and time on which the was last updated. + + The date and time on which the was last updated. + + + + Class used for define common properties of Database + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the database. + Unique name of the databas. + The caption of the database. + The description of the database. + + + + Gets the name of the database. + + The name of the database. + + + + Gets the unique name of the database. + + The unique name of the database. + + + + Gets the caption of the database. + + The caption of the database. + + + + Gets the description of the database. + + The description. + + + + Represents a dimension within a cube + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the dimension. + The unique name of the dimension. + The caption of the dimension. + The description of the dimension. + The type of the dimension. + + + + Gets the type of the dimension. + + The type of the dimension. + + + + Returned by Type to determine if the represents a dimension or a cube. + + + + + The represents a cube + + + + + The represents a dimension cube + + + + + It cannot be determined if the provider has specified that the represents a cube or a dimension. + + + + + Represents the scope type of a . + + + + + It cannot be determined the scope of the . + + + + + The scope of the is global. + + + + + The scope of the is session. + + + + + Represents the dimension type of a + + + + + Describes a dimension with an unknown or unspecified type. + + + + + Indicates that a dimension refers to time (for example, year, month, week, day). + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains measures. + + + + + Describes a dimension of the default dimension type, which is used for dimensions that are not time dimensions or measure dimensions. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains quantitative elements (for example, income level, or number of children). + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains an accounts structure with parent-child relationships. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains customer information. The lowest level represents individual customers. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains product information. The lowest level represents individual products. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains different business scenarios. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains only calculated members. This type of dimension is usually used for data visualization techniques. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains currency information. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains different types of rates (for example, buy, sell, or discounted). + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains information about a distribution channel. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains information about marketing and advertising promotions. + + + + + Describes a dimension that represents the reporting structure of an organization. + + + + + Describes a dimension that represents a material/component breakdown. The parent-child relationship implies a parent composed of its children. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains a geographic hierarchy. + + + + + Represents type of the level + + + + + Indicates that a level exists within an account dimension. + + + + + Indicates the top (All) level of a dimension (the one that precalculates all the members of all lower levels). + + + + + Indicates that a level is part of a bill of materials dimension. + + + + + Indicates that a level is part of a bill of materials dimension. + + + + + Indicates that a level exists within a distribution channel dimension. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about a company. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about the resulting currency after a foreign exchange conversion. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about the starting currency before a foreign exchange conversion. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about an individual customer. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about a customer group. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about an entire household. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a city name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a continent name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a country or region name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a county name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a location type that does not fit into the other geographic categories. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a postal code. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a custom-defined region. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a state or province name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to the name of a unit within a larger organization. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an individual within a larger organization. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an individual product. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a product group. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a promotion. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a quantitative member within a quantitative dimension. + + + + + Indicates that the level is not related to time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a sales representative. + + + + + Reserved for future use. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a scenario. + + + + + Indicates that the level is related to time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to days. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to half-years. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to hours. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to minutes. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to months. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to (calendar) quarters. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to seconds. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an indeterminate or nonstandard measurement of time. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an indeterminate or nonstandard measurement of time. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to years. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level exists in a utility dimension. + + + + + Represents a hierarchy within a dimension + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the hierarchy. + The unique name of the hierarchy. + The caption of the hierarchy. + The description of the hierarchy. + The unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy. + The unique name of the "All" member for the Hierarchy. + The parent dimension. + The name of the folder where the hierarchy is placed. + The source of the hierarchy. + + + + Represents a key performance indicator of the cube + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the . + The caption of the . + The description of the . + Name of the associated measure group. + The display folder. + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Value. + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Goal. NULL if there is no goal defined. + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Status. NULL if there is no status defined. + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Trend. NULL if there is no trend defined. + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Weight. NULL if there is no weight defined. + The default graphical representation of the for Status + The default graphical representation of the for Trend + The unique name of the member in the time dimension that defines the temporal context of the . NULL if there is no Time defined. + Name of the parent key performance indicator. + The scope of the . + A set of notes, in XML format. + + + + Gets the name of the . + + The name of the . + + + + Gets the caption associated with the . + + The caption associated with the . + + + + Gets the description of the . + + The description of the . + + + + Gets the associated measure group for the KPI. + You can use this property to determine the dimensionality of the KPI. If null, the KPI will be dimensioned by all measure groups. + The default value is null. + + The associated measure group for the KPI. + + + + Gets a string that identifies the path of the display folder that the client application + uses to show the member. The folder level separator is defined by the client application. + For the tools and clients supplied by Analysis Services, the backslash (\) is the level separator. + To provide multiple display folders, use a semicolon (;) to separate the folders. + + The display folder. + + + + Gets the unique name of the member in the measures dimension. + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension. + + + + Gets the unique name of the member in the measures dimension. Returns NULL if there is no Goal defined. + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension. NULL if there is no Goal defined. + + + + Gets the unique name of the member in the measures dimension. Returns NULL if there is no Status defined. + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension. NULL if there is no Status defined. + + + + Gets the unique name of the member in the measures dimension. Returns NULL if there is no Trend defined. + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension. NULL if there is no Trend defined. + + + + Gets the unique name of the member in the measures dimension. Returns NULL if there is no Weight defined. + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension. NULL if there is no Weight defined. + + + + Gets the default graphical representation of the . + + The default graphical representation of the . + + + + Gets the default graphical representation of the . + + The default graphical representation of the . + + + + Gets the unique name of the member in the time dimension that defines the temporal context of the . Returns NULL if there is no Time defined. + + The unique name of the member in the time dimension that defines the temporal context of the . NULL if there is no Time defined. + + + + Gets the name of the parent . + + The name of the parent . + + + + Gets the scope of the KPI. The KPI can be a session KPI or global KPI. + + The scope of the KPI. + + + + Gets the annotations. + + A set of notes, in XML format. + + + + Represents a level within a hierarchy + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the level. + The caption of the level. + The unique name of the level. + The description. + The distance of the level from the root of the level. Root level is zero (0) + The parent hierarchy. + + + + Represents a measure within a cube + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the measure. + The unique name of the measure. + The caption. + The description. + The default format string for the measure. + The name of the group this measure belongs to. + The that identifies how a measure was derived. + + + + Gets the default format string for the measure. + + The default format. + + + + Gets or sets the measure display folder. + + + + + Represents a member within a level + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member. + The unique name of the member. + The caption. + The unique name of the parent member. + The unique name of the parent level. + The level depth. + The parent level. + The child count. + Sets whether this member is drilled down. + Sets whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + Sets whether this member is considered to be total. + + + + Represents the query that will be executed on cube. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The row axis of the query. + The column axis of the query. + The filter info for this query. + The settings which control the rules this query is build with. + The calculated members cache. + The cube on which the query will be executed. + + + + Gets the row axis of the query. + + The row axis of the query. + + + + Gets the column axis of the query. + + The column axis of the query. + + + + Gets the slicer axis of the query. + + The slicer axis of the query. + + + + Gets the cube on which the query will be executed. + + The cube on which the query will be executed. + + + + Gets the settings which control the rules this query is build with. + + The MDX settings. + + + + Represents the schema for the olap data. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the enumeration of databases included in the schema. + + The cubes. + + + + Represents a set of members that will be used in a query. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tuples that will be included in the set. + Collection of members that should be excluded from the result set. + + + + Represents an ordered sequence of members. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The members included in the tuple. + + + + Event arguments for + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The constructed . + + + + Gets the constructed . + + + + + Class used for saving the name of the database + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The name of the database. + + + + + Gets the name of the element. + + The name of the element. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + The unique name of the element. + + + + Gets the caption of the element. + + The caption of the element. + + + + Gets the description of the database. + + The description. + + + + This class make possible the cube to be set as a string containing + the name of the cube + + + + + Returns true if an is type of . + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given object to type of , using the specified context and culture information. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + Represents a controller that contains the data provided from Xmla model provider. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data provider. + + + + Generates that can be passed to property + in order this database to be loaded as default database. + + The name of the database on server. + that is used for initial database loading from server. + + + + Creates view model for the specified hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + + Instance of which wraps the hierarchy. + + + + + Pivots the data in Result. + + + + + Loads the schema asynchronous. + + + + + Called when property is changed. + + + + + Generate the data internally. + + The background worker. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Initializes the query. + + + + + This method is called when xmla command execution iscompleted. + + The sender. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Called when the property is changed. + + + + + This method is called when connection to the data source is established and the initialization information + is for data source is loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + Defines the way of initial loading of hierarchies and filtering of their members. + + The where initialized hierarchies is added. + That should be one of collection exposed by , or properties. + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Collect information about all instances which data source is working with. + + + + + Cleans the previously collected information about instances which data source is working with. + + + + + Gets the MDX statement command used to determine selection state of each slicer item. + + The data slicer whose items selection state is updated. + + + + + Sends MDX query to the analysis service in order to determine selection state of each slicer item. + + The data slicer whose items selection state is updated. + + + + + Sets slicer item selection state based on the result produced by execution of the MDX query. + + The slicer item whose selection state is updated. + The value indicating whether the data item this slicer item represent is excluded from the result + because of another slicer item is unchecked or because there is applied a filter + + + + Gets the most bottom visible level for an hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + + + + + Ocurrs when either Discover or Execute xmla method is starting its initialization routine. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether when the cell value cannot be parsed as numeric value, it is displayed as it is delivered by the provider. + + + true if non-numeric values should be displayed as they are delivered; otherwise, null false. + + + + + Gets or sets the credentials. + + The credentials. + + + + Gets or sets the server URL. + + Microsoft SQL Analysis Server: http://[domain:port]/olap/msmdpump.dll + The server URL. + + + + Gets collection of available items. + + + + + Gets or sets the database. + + The database. + + + + Gets the current query. + + The current query. + + + + Gets the instance used by this . + + + + + A collection of level filters representing the current filter state of the underlying . + + + + + The state of instance related to execution of particular . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The rows. + The columns. + The filters. + The measures. + Index of the measure list. + The measure list location. + The raw result. + The switch axis member result. + + + + A collection of level filters representing the current filter state of the underlying . + + + + + A resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + String constant for unable to set the coookie container exception + + + + + String constant for null element exception + + + + + String constant for null element exception when we have a tag + + + + + Returns the resource string. + + Name of the resource. + Localized resource + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f7e4a8d8465 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ff61211a52e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,11541 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Olap.v14.2 + + + + + Class used for filter collections used by . + + + + + Provides base class for collections used by . + + Type of objects contained in collection + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The collection whose elements are copied to the new list. + + + + Adds the elements of the specified collection to the end of the . + + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the . + The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null, if type T is a reference type. + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be added to the end of the . + The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null, if type T is a reference type. + + + + Removes the spcified items from . + + Items to be removed. + + + + Swaps the positions of two items from the . + + List of items that should be swapped. + The index of the position where items will be moved. + + + + Swaps the positions of two items from the . + + List of items that should be swapped. + The item on whiche position items will be moved. + + + + Adds an range of items to a object. + + Collection of items to be added to the end of the . + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert. The value can be null for reference types. + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Inserts an range of elements into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be inserted. + The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null, if type T is a reference type. + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Removes the specified item from the collection. + + The removed item. + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Removes the range of specified items as notification messages are suppressed. + + with removed items. + Collection of items to be removed. + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Swaps the items of as push them on the spefied . + + The items that will pushed along from spefied + The index where items will pushed in. + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Swaps the items of as push them at the position of the specified . + + The items that will pushed along from spefied + The item from which index items will pushed in. + Determines whether notification messages are suppressed. + + + + Removes all elements from the . + + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The object to insert. The value can be null for reference types. + is less than zero.-or- is greater than . + + + + Removes the element at the specified index of the . + + The zero-based index of the element to remove. + is less than zero.-or- is equal to or greater than . + + + + Raises event. + Called when one or more of the properties that exist on the element have had their effective values changed. + + Arguments for the associated event. + + + + Raises the event. + + The object to pass to the event handler. + + + + Raises the event. + + The object to pass to the event handler. + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection changes, or the entire collection changes. + + + + + Occurs when an item in the collection is going to change, or the entire collection is going to change. + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether change action is canceled by the end user. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether notifications will be suppresed. + + + true if notifications will be suppresed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The unique group that this collection belongs to. + + + + Inserts the item at the specified index. + + The index item is added at. + The item. + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The index. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Gets or sets the initial value. + + String separated string containing the unique names of the members, for later initialization. + + + + Gets or sets the this instance is related to + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance can be assumed as editable. + + + true if this instance is editable; otherwise, false. + + + Setting this property to false does not disable the editing of the collection itself, it is + used more as indication about if this collection can be considered as editable or not. For example UI + element bound to this instance can reads this value in order to provide a visual indication about its current + editing behavior. + + + + + Contains a read-only, indexed collection of OLAP elements + + Generic parameter should be class of type IOlapElement + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The collection to wrap. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the requested item should be matched only by its when an item of this collection is accessed by its string index, + otherwise if item with such unique name is not found the specified index value is verified against too. + + + true if only match is used; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the element with the specified name. + + The element with specified name + + + + Provide grouping for collections where item should be unique for all of the collections of the group. + + Type of the collections that this group organize. + + + + Gets the list + + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + The type of the input values this aggregator operates with. + + + + Represents an aggregator which operates over given items source with specific types of the result, cache and input values. + + The type of the result. + The type of the cache. + The type of the input. + + + + Represents an aggregator which operates over given items source. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Gets the identificator of this aggregator. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Gets or sets the identificator of this aggregator. + + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Calculates the average over a specified sequence. + + + + + Calculates the value2 of two values. + + The first value. + The second value. + The result of value2 operation executed over the input parameters. + + + + Provides a convenient way to accumulate and calculate the average value of given quantity. + + + + + Overrides the default implicit convertion operator. + + The converted value. + The result of convertion. + + + + Increases the value with and with one. + + Value to increase with. + Method used to process the sum operation. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + + The to compare with the current . + true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code. + + The hash code of this instance. + + + + Gets the sum used for calculation. + + + + + Gets the average value calculated. + + + + + Gets the count of items used for calculation. + + + + + Provides a convenient way to accumulate and calculate the average value of given quantity. + + The type of data over which this is calculated. + + + + Overrides the default implicit convertion operator. + + The converted value. + The result of convertion. + + + + Increases the value with and with one. + + Value to increase with. + Method used to process the sum operation. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + + The to compare with the current . + true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. + + + + Returns the hash code. + + The hash code of this instance. + + + + Gets the sum used for calculation. + + + + + Gets the average value calculated. + + + + + Gets the count of items used for calculation. + + + + + Aggregates the count of specified sequence. + + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates over the specified type of data. + + The type of the imput data which this aggregator operates with. + + + + Represents an aggregator which operates over given items source with specific types of the result, cache and input values. + + The type of the result, cache and input values. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Gets or sets the identificator of this aggregator. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Aggregator which operates over another aggregator and calculates the percentiges of each value over given total. + + + + + An aggregator which aggregates the results of set of specified aggregators. + + + + + Evaluates a complex aggregation value. + + List of cached evaluated as total for each found in collection. + List of cached evaluated for particular cell for each found in collection. + The result of aggregation. + + + + Gets a list of simple instances. + + + + + Evaluates a complex aggregation value. + + List of cached evaluated as total for each found in collection. + List of cached evaluated for particular cell for each found in collection. + The result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Gets a list of simple instances. + + + + + Gets the identificator of this aggregator. + + + + + + Evaluates the average value of children items for particular parent member. + + + + + Evaluates a complex aggregation value. + + List of cached evaluated as total for each found in collection. + List of cached evaluated for particular cell for each found in collection. + The result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Gets a list of simple instances. + + + + + Gets the identificator of this aggregator. + + + + + + Evaluates the most frequent string value over given sequence. + + + + + Evaluates the most frequent item of specified type over given sequence. + + The type of the aggregated value. + + + + Represents an aggregator which operates over given items source with specific types of the result, cache and input values. + + The type of the result and imput. + The type of the cache. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Gets or sets the identificator of this aggregator. + + + + + Represents the result produced by evaluation of . + + The type of the aggregated imput values. + + + + Represents the result of aggregation operation. + + The type of the result. + The type of the cache. + + + + Represents the result of aggregation operation. + + + + + Gets the value of the aggregation. + + + + + Gets the instance of the cache object which the operates with. + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the aggregation. + + + + + Gets the instance of the cache object which the operates with. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the instance of + + + + + Gets or sets the value of the aggregation. + + + + + Represents cache storage for the aggregated values. + + The type of the aggregated values. + + + + Adds new value to the cache collection. + + The value to add. + + + + Gets the value of the most frequent item. + + + + + Represents an empty aggregator, + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + Always returns an . + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + Always returns an . + + + + Gets the identificator of this aggregator. + + + + + Represents an empty aggregation result. + + + + + Gets the value of the aggregation. + + This value is always null + + + + Gets the instance of the cache object which the operates with. + + This value is always null + + + + Represents the result of aggregation operation where the types of result value and result cache are the same. + + The type of the both and . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The value. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the aggregation. + + + + + Gets the instance of the cache object which the operates with. + + + + + Gets the value of the aggregation. + + + + + Gets the instance of the cache object which the operates with. + + + + + Represents the result of average operation. + + The type of the values this aggregator operates with. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The value. + The chache. + + + + Gets or sets the value of the aggregation. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of the cache object which the operates with. + + + + + Gets the value of the aggregation. + + + + + Gets the instance of the cache object which the operates with. + + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of int as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of long as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of double as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of decimal as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of float as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of int? as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of long as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of double? as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of decimal? as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a max value aggregator which operates with type of float? as its input data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Exposes methods for obtaining the appropriate aggregator based on the input parameters. + + + + + Hepls to be obtained an aggregator based on the passed parameters. + + The type of the aggregated data. + The type of the aggregator. + The aggregator which can aggregate over the specified data type with specific aggregation operation specified by the aggregator type. + + + + Hepls to be obtained a over the specified . + + The type of the aggregated data. + The sum aggregator which can aggregate over the specified data type. + + + + Hepls to be obtained a over the specified . + + The type of the aggregated data. + The min aggregator which can aggregate over the specified data type. + + + + Hepls to be obtained a over the specified . + + The type of the aggregated data. + The max aggregator which can aggregate over the specified data type. + + + + Hepls to be obtained over the specified . + + The type of the aggregated data. + The average aggregator which can aggregate over the specified data type. + + + + Gets an empty aggregateable. + + + + + Represents an empty aggregateable. + + + + + Provide support for different types of aggregation operations to be applied over aggregaeable data. + + + + + Gets the value from given which the aggregates. + + Instance of object which contains the aggregated data. + The value used by . + + + + Gets or sets the used for particular aggregation. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the value from given name="instance"/> which the aggregates. + + Instance of object which contains the aggregated data. + This method always returns null. + + + + Gets or sets the used for particular aggregation. + + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of short as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of short? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of int as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of int? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of long as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of long? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of double as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of double? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of decimal as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of decimal? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of float as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a min value aggregator which operates with type of float? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of short as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of short? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of int as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of int? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of long as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of long? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of double as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of double? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of decimal as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of decimal? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of float as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + Represents a sum aggregator which operates with type of float? as its imput data type. + + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The which this operates with. + The aggregated items. + The recalcualted result of aggregation. + + + + Evaluates the . + + The result of previously executed calculation if any. + The value which extends the result of the aggregation. + The recalculated result of aggregation. + + + + The Cube class represents an OLAP cube that holds a multi dimensional representation of a flat data set. + A cube is analogous to a table in a relational database. Where a table in a relational database has two dimensions, a cube can have any number of dimensions. In its simplest form, the dimensions of a cube correspond to a field of the flat data set. + + + + + Gets the name of the olap element. + + The name of the olap element. + + + + Gets the unique name of the olap element. + + The unique name of the olap element. + + + + Gets the caption of the olap element. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the name of the catalog this cube belongs to. + + + + + Gets the name of the cube. + + The name of the Cube. + + + + Gets the type of the cube. + + The type of the cube. + + + + Gets the caption of the cube. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the date and time on which the was last processed. + + The date and time on which the was last processed. + + + + Gets the date and time on which the was last updated. + + The date and time on which the was last updated. + + + + Gets the description of the cube. + + The description. + + + + Gets the unique name of the cube. + + + The OLAP cube has not unique name but for the purpose of completenes it implements one and returns its name. + + The unique name of the cube. + + + + Represents the catalog metadata. + + + + + Gets the name of the catalog. + + The name of the catalog. + + + + Gets the unique name of the catalog. + + The unique name of the catalog. + + + + Gets the caption of the catalog. + + The caption of the catalog. + + + + Gets the description of the catalog. + + The description of the catalog. + + + + Represents a dimension within a cube + + + + + Gets the name of the dimension. + + The name of the dimension. + + + + Gets the unique name of the dimension. + + The unique name of the dimension. + + + + Gets the caption of the dimension. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the type of the dimension. + + The type of the dimension. + + + + Gets the description of the dimension. + + The description. + + + + Gets or sets the default hierarchy from the dimension. + + + The default hierarchy. + + + + + Returned by Type to determine if the represents a dimension or a cube. + + + + + The represents a cube + + + + + The represents a dimension cube + + + + + It cannot be determined if the provider has specified that the represents a cube or a dimension. + + + + + Represents the scope type of a . + + + + + It cannot be determined the scope of the . + + + + + The scope of the is global. + + + + + The scope of the is session. + + + + + Represents the dimension type of a + + + + + Describes a dimension with an unknown or unspecified type. + + + + + Indicates that a dimension refers to time (for example, year, month, week, day). + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains measures. + + + + + Describes a dimension of the default dimension type, which is used for dimensions that are not time dimensions or measure dimensions. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains quantitative elements (for example, income level, or number of children). + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains an accounts structure with parent-child relationships. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains customer information. The lowest level represents individual customers. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains product information. The lowest level represents individual products. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains different business scenarios. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains only calculated members. This type of dimension is usually used for data visualization techniques. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains currency information. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains different types of rates (for example, buy, sell, or discounted). + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains information about a distribution channel. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains information about marketing and advertising promotions. + + + + + Describes a dimension that represents the reporting structure of an organization. + + + + + Describes a dimension that represents a material/component breakdown. The parent-child relationship implies a parent composed of its children. + + + + + Describes a dimension that contains a geographic hierarchy. + + + + + Represents type of the level + + + + + Indicates that a level exists within an account dimension. + + + + + Indicates the top (All) level of a dimension (the one that precalculates all the members of all lower levels). + + + + + Indicates that a level is part of a bill of materials dimension. + + + + + Indicates that a level is part of a bill of materials dimension. + + + + + Indicates that a level exists within a distribution channel dimension. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about a company. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about the resulting currency after a foreign exchange conversion. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about the starting currency before a foreign exchange conversion. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about an individual customer. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about a customer group. + + + + + Indicates that a level contains information about an entire household. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a city name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a continent name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a country or region name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a county name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a location type that does not fit into the other geographic categories. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a postal code. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a custom-defined region. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a state or province name. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to the name of a unit within a larger organization. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an individual within a larger organization. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an individual product. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a product group. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a promotion. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a quantitative member within a quantitative dimension. + + + + + Indicates that the level is not related to time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a sales representative. + + + + + Reserved for future use. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to a scenario. + + + + + Indicates that the level is related to time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to days. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to half-years. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to hours. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to minutes. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to months. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to (calendar) quarters. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to seconds. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an indeterminate or nonstandard measurement of time. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to an indeterminate or nonstandard measurement of time. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level refers to years. It must be used in a dimension whose type is Time. + + + + + Indicates that a level exists in a utility dimension. + + + + + An enumeration of different hierarchy origin. + + + + + Identifies user defined hierarchies. + + + + + Identifies attribute hierarchies. + + + + + Identifies attributes with no attribute . + + + + + An enumeration of different function that can be applied to measures. + + + + + The aggregated function is undefined. + + + + + The aggregated function adds all values. + + + + + The aggregated function will count the number of the values. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the smallest value. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the largest value. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the average of cells value. + + + + + The aggregated function will estimates variance based on the sample. + + + + + The aggregated function will estimates the standart deviation based on sample. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the number of distinct, nonempty tuples in a set. + + + + + No aggregation performed. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the average of the measure's children. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the measure's first nonempty member. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the measure's last nonempty member. + + + + + Aggregated by the aggregation function associated with the specified account type of an attribute in an account dimension. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the result derived from a formula. + + + + + Represents a hierarchy within a dimension + + + + + Gets the name of the hierarchy. + + The name of the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the unique name of the hierarchy. + + The unique name of the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the default hierarchy of the dimension. + + The default hierarchy of the dimension. + + + + Gets the caption of the hierarchy. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the hierarchy. + + The description. + + + + Gets the unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy + + The unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy. + + + + Gets the "All" member of this hierarchy. + + The "All" member. + + + + Gets the dimension that contains the hierarchy. + + The parent dimension. + + + + Gets the source of the hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets the hierarchy display folder. + + + + + Represents a KPI within a cube + + + + + Gets the name of the KPI. + + The name of the measure. + + + + Gets the unique name of the measure. + + The unique name of the measure. + + + + Gets the caption of the measure. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the measure. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measure group measure belongs to. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets or sets the measure display folder. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Value. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Goal. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Status. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Trend. + + + + + The default Status graphical representation of the KPI. + + + + + The default Trend graphical representation of the KPI. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Weight. + + + + + The name of the parent KPI. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the time dimension that defines the temporal context of the KPI. + + + + + Represents a level within a hierarchy + + + + + Gets the name of the level. + + The name of the level. + + + + Gets the caption of the level. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the unique name of the level. + + The unique name of the level. + + + + Gets the description of the level. + + The description. + + + + Gets the distance of the level from the root of the level. Root level is zero (0) + + The depth. + + + + Gets the hierarchy that contains the level. + + The parent hierarchy. + + + + Gets the dimension that contains the level. + + The parent hierarchy. + + + + Gets or sets the count of all members in the level. + + The members count. + + + + Gets or sets a value that defines how the level was sourced. + + The level origin. + + + + Gets or sets the ID of the attribute that the level is sorted on. + + The ID of the attribute that the level is sorted on. + + + + Represents a measure within a cube + + + + + Gets the name of the measure. + + The name of the measure. + + + + Gets the unique name of the measure. + + The unique name of the measure. + + + + Gets the caption of the measure. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the measure. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measure group measure belongs to. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets or sets the that identifies how a measure was derived. + + + + + Gets the default format string for the measure. + + The default format. + + + + Gets or sets the measure display folder. + + + + + Represents a measure group within a cube. + + + + + Gets the description of the measure group. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measure group. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets the caption of the measure group. + + The caption. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the cube this instance belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the catalog this instance belongs to. + + + + + Represents a dimension within a cube + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the cube to which this instance belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the catalog to which this instance belongs. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the measure group to which this instance belongs. + + + The name of the measure group. + + + + + Gets the unique name of the dimension to which this instance belongs. + + The unique name of the dimension. + + + + Represents a member within a level. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the cube this instance belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the unique name of the catalog this instance belongs to. + + + + + Gets the unique name of the dimension to which this instance belongs. + + + + + Gets the unique name of the hierarchy to which this instance belongs. + + + + + Gets the unique name of the level to which this instance belongs. + + + + + Gets the depth of the level to which this member belongs. + + + + + Gets the name of the member. + + + + + Gets the unique name of the member. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the member. + + + + + Gets the caption of the member. + + + + + Gets the calculated child count. You CAN NOT rely on this property because this can be an estimate. + Providers should return exact number if possible. + + + + + Gets the distance of the member's parent from the root level of the hierarchy. + + + + + Gets the parent unique name of the member. + + + + + Gets the description of the member. + + + + + Gets the scope of this member. This is null for non-calculated members. + + + + + Implementation of the model data provider. + + + + + Loads the schema's catalogs asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the cubes asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the hierarchies in the cube asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the levels in the cube asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the measure group dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the requested members asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Loads the KPIs in the cube asynchronously. + + The properties. + The restrictions. + + + + + Executes asynchronously the specified MDX statement. + + The MDX statement. + The properties. + The parameters. + + + + + Abstract class used to access the internal properties of the base implementation of the Model interfaces. + + + + + An interface for generating the Model from data source + + + + + Loads the schema asynchronously. + + + + + Loads the cubes asynchronously. + + The name of catalog cubes belong to. + + + + Loads the dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill dimensions in. + + + + Loads the measure group dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill groups in. + + + + Loads the measure groups in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill groups in. + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill measures in. + + + + Loads the KPIs in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill KPIs in. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent member. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent member. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the level. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent level. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the hierarchy. + + The cube in which the members are. + The hierarchy to load. + + + + Loads the members depends on given member unique name and the additional integer parameter. + + The cube in which the members are. + The that loaded member belonhg to. + The unique name of the member that is used as base for the query. + Determines which members relative to base member will be loaded. + Delegate that is invoked when members loading is completed. + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading schema is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading cubes is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading of measure group dimensions is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading measure groups is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading measures is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading KPIs is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading dimensions is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading members is completed. + + + + + Gets the connection settings that are needed for accessing the data source + + The connection settings. + + + + Loads the schema asynchronously. + + + + + Loads the cubes asynchronously. + + The name of catalog cubes belong to. + + + + Loads the measure group dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill groups in. + + + + Loads the dimensions in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill dimensions in. + + + + Loads the measure groups in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill groups in. + + + + Loads the measures in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill measures in. + + + + Loads the KPIs in the cube asynchronously. + + The cube to fill KPIs in. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent member. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the parent member. + + The cube in which the members are. + The that wraps the parent member. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the level. + + The cube in which the members are. + The parent level. + + + + Loads the members and add them as a children to the hierarchy. + + The cube in which the members are. + The hierarchy to load. + + + + Loads the members depends on given member unique name and the additional integer parameter. + + The cube in which the members are. + The that loaded member belonhg to. + The unique name of the member that is used as base for the query. + Determines which members relative to base member will be loaded. + Delegate that is invoked when members loading is completed. + + + + Adds the cube to schema's cubes collection. + + The schema. + The cube to be added. + + + + Clears the cubes collection. + + The schema. + + + + Adds the dimension to the cube's dimensions collection. + + The cube. + The dimension. + + + + Adds dimension with specified name to specific measure group. + + The cube that dimensions and measure groups belong to. + Unique name used for measure group recognition. + Unique name used for dimension recognition. + + + + Adds new measure group to the cube's measure groups collection. + + The cube. + The measure group. + + + + Adds the member as a child member. + + The parent member. + The member. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a member from the parent members collection. + + The parent member. + The member to be removed. + + + + Removes the given from particular . + + The which contains the removed . + The to remove. + + + + Removes the given from filter members hierarchy of particular . + + The in which members hierarchy is contained the removed . + The to remove. + + + + Adds the given to root level of folter members of . + + The in which members hierarchy is contained the removed . + The to remove. + + + + Adds the measure to cube's measures collection. + + The cube. + The measure. + + + + Adds the KPI to cube's kpis collection. + + The cube. + The kpi. + + + + Adds the hierarchy to the dimension's hierachies collection. + + The dimension. + The hierarchy. + + + + Removes hierarchy from the dimension's hierachies collection. + + The dimension. + The hierarchy. + + + + Adds the level to the hierarchy's levels collection. + + The hierarchy. + The level. + + + + Removes the level from the hierarchy's levels collection. + + The hierarchy. + The level. + + + + Adds the member to the level's members collection. + + The level. + The member. + + + + Clears the member children collection. + + The level. + + + + Clears the member children collection. + + The parent member. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information about the fired event. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information about the fired event. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information about the fired event. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information about the fired event. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information for the fired event. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information for the fired event. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information for the fired event. + + + + Fires event. + + Event arguments with information for the fired event. + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading schema is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading cubes is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading of measure group dimensions is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading measure groups is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading measures is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading KPIS is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading dimensions is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading members is completed. + + + + + Gets the connection settings that are needed for accessing the data source. + + The connection settings. + + + + Provides an interface for non constant in time data providers. + + + + + Gets or sets the original result before change occurs. + + The original result. + + + + Gets or sets the state of the user. + + The state of the user. + + + + Gets or sets the list of the new added members. + + + + + Gets or sets the list of the deleted members. + + + + + Provides an interface for non constant in time data providers. + + + + + Updates the data provider's cache with the pending changes. + + + + + Occurs when the original data source of changes. + + + + + Gets or sets the timeout in milliseconds before all pending changes are applied. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this provider has pending changes. + + + true if this instance has changes; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the pending changes are processed automatically. + + + true if the pending changes are processed automatically; otherwise, false. + + + + + Implementation of this interface should provide all the settings that are needed for accessing the data source + + + + + Implementation of this interface are responsible for establish a connection to data provider + + + + + Gets the connection settings that are needed for accessing the data source + + The connection settings. + + + + Represents an axis in a Result + + + + + Represents an axis in a Result. + + + + + Assigns the parent node for this . + + The instance of the parent . + Determines how this needs to be + added to collection of its parent node. + + + + Gets the parent node of this . + + + + + Gets collection of child items. + + + + + Gets the which this + + + + + Gets or set the index of the that belongs to. + + + + + Creates an instance of . + + + + + Assigns the parent node for this . + + The instance of the parent . + Determines how this needs to be + added to collection of its parent node. + + + + Gets the parent node of this . + + + + + Gets collection of child items. + + + + + Gets the which this + + + + + Gets or set the index of the that belongs to. + + + + + Represents a cell in a Result + + + + + Represents a cell in a Result + + + + + Sets the value to the cell. + + The value. + The formatted value. + The display format + + + + Gets the value. + + The value. + + + + Gets the formated value. + + The formatted value. + + + + Gets the display format. + + The display format. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The value. Null values are allowed + The formatted value. Null formatted values are allowed + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The value. + The formatted value. + The display format. + + + + Sets the value to the cell. + + The value. + The formatted value. + The display format + + + + Gets instance of empty object. + + + + + Gets the value. + + The value. + + + + Gets the formated value. It could be null. + + The formatted value. + + + + Gets the display format. + + The display format. + + + + The Cube class represents an OLAP cube that holds a multi dimensional representation of a flat data set. + A cube is analogous to a table in a relational database. Where a table in a relational database has two dimensions, a cube can have any number of dimensions. In its simplest form, the dimensions of a cube correspond to a field of the flat data set. + + + + + The ICube interface represents an OLAP cube that holds a multi dimensional representation of a flat data set. + A cube is analogous to a table in a relational database. Where a table in a relational database has two dimensions, a cube can have any number of dimensions. In its simplest form, the dimensions of a cube correspond to a field of the flat data set. + + + + + Interface used for define common properties of OLAP elements + + + + + Gets the name of the element. + + The name of the element. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + The unique name of the element. + + + + Gets the caption of the element. + + The caption of the element. + + + + Gets the name of the catalog this cube belongs to. + + + + + Gets the description of the cube. + + The description. + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the measures that are defined for the cube. + + The measures. + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the KPIs that are defined for the cube. + + The KPIs. + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the dimensions that are defined for the cube. + + The dimensions. + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the measure groups that are defined for the cube. + + The measure groups. + + + + Gets a dictionary with the measure groups and list of dimensions for each measure group that are defined for the cube. + + + + + Gets a measure dimension of a cube. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the cube. + The name of the catalog this belongs to. + The caption of the cube. + The description of the cube. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether collections is loaded. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether collections is loaded. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether collections is loaded. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether collections is loaded. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether collections is loaded. + + + + + Gets the name of the catalog this cube belongs to. + + + + + Gets the name of the cube. + + The name of the Cube. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + The unique name of the element. + + + + Gets the caption of the cube. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the cube. + + The description. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the measures that are defined for the cube. + + The measures. + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the KPIs that are defined for the cube. + + + The KPIs. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the dimensions that are defined for the cube. + + The dimensions. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the measure groups that are defined for the cube. + + The dimensions. + + + + Gets dictionary with dimensions for given measure group. + + + + + Gets a measure dimension of a cube. + + + + + Represents a dimension within a cube + + + + + Represents a dimension within a cube + + + + + Gets the description of the dimension. + + The description. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the hierarchies within the dimension. + + Hierarchies within the dimension. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the dimension. + The unique name of the dimension. + The caption of the dimension. + The description of the dimension. + + + + Gets the name of the dimension. + + The name of the dimension. + + + + Gets the unique name of the dimension. + + The unique name of the dimension. + + + + Gets the caption of the dimension. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the dimension. + + The description. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the hierarchies within the dimension. + + Hierarchies within the dimension. + + + + Represents a wrapper for IMember to add a functionality for setting filter properties + + + + + Represents a wrapper for IMember to add a functionality for setting filter properties + + + + + Base interface for objects which support transactional model. + + + + + Called in order to rollback the pending changes. + + + + + Called in order to commit the pending changes. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has uncommited changes. + + + true if this instance has any uncommited changes; otherwise, false. + + + + + Adds filter members to FilterMembers collection + + The filter members to be added. + + + + Removes all children from FilterMembers collection. + + + + + Occurs when property changes. + + + + + Occurs when selection changes are commited. + + + + + Gets the member for which we will set filter properties. + + The member. + + + + Gets the filter members. The collection contains all the child members of current member. + + The filter members. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the child of this member should be visible. + + + true if this member is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this member is selected. + + + true if this member is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the children of this member are loaded. + + true if the children of this member are loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this member has children. + + + true if this instance has children; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is the original initiator of the selection change. + + + true if this instance is change source; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the parent of this filter member. + + + + + Gets the that owns the filter members hierarchy. + + + + + Gets the underlaying filter source. + + + + + Provides a base interface for the + + + + + Adds the filter source listener. + + The filter source listener object. + + + + Removes the filter source listener. + + The filter source listener object. + + + + Gets the view model instance which this instance is related to. + + + + + Gets the member instance which this instance is related to. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection state of this instance. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is source of change that may affect other filter source instances. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is excluded by the changes provoked by another . + + + + + Gets the collection of all filter source listeners currently attached to this instance. + + The filter source listeners. + + + + Gets the name of the element. + + The name of the element. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + The unique name of the element. + + + + Gets the caption of the element. + + The caption of the element. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The instance that owns the filter members hierarchy. + The parent of this member in members hierarchy. + The member that will be wrapped. + The filter source. + + + + Adds a filter source listener to this filter source. + + The filter source listener object. + + + + Removes a filter source listener. + + The filter source listener object. + + + + Called when filter source usage is released. + + + + + Called in order to commit the pending changes. + + + + + Called in order to rollback the pending changes. + + + + + Adds a new filter member to collection. + + The filter member to be added. + + + + Adds filter members to FilterMembers collection + + The filter members to be added. + + + + Removes all children from FilterMembers collection. + + + + + Removes filter member from collection. + + The filter member to be added. + + + + Called when a is added to collection. + + The filter member. + + + + Called when a is removed from collection. + + The filter member. + + + + Gets the value which refers to the actual selection state of this instance. + + + + + + Called when value changes. + + + + + Called when pending selection changes are commited. + + + + + Should be called when the value of the property is changed + + Tha name of the changed property. + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Occurs when property changes. + + + + + Occurs when selection changes are commited. + + + + + Gets or sets the underlaying filter source. + + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has uncommited changes. + + + true if this instance has any uncommited changes; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the name of the element. + + The name of the element. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + The unique name of the element. + + + + Gets the caption of the element. + + The caption of the element. + + + + Gets the member for which we will set filter properties. + + The member. + + + + Gets the filter members. The collection contains all the child members of current member. + + The filter members. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the child of this member should be visible. + + true if this member is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is the original initiator of the selection change. + + + true if this instance is change source; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the selection state of this instance in the context of . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is excluded by the changes provoked by another instance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is excluded by the changes provoked by another instance + connected to the same data as this instance does. + + + + + Gets the collection of all filter source listeners currently attached to this instance. + + The filter source listeners. + + + + Gets the view model instance which this instance is related to. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this member is selected. + + true if this member is selected; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the children of this member are loaded. + + + true if the children of this member are loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this member has children. + + + true if this instance has children; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the parent of this filter member. + + + + + Gets the that owns the filter members hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the change of will be + reflected by the selection state of to its parents and of its children. + + + true if this instance is hierarchy update suppressed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Represents a hierarchy within a dimension + + + + + Represents a hierarchy within a dimension + + + + + Gets the description of the hierarchy. + + The description. + + + + Gets the unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy + + The unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy. + + + + Gets the "All" member of this hierarchy. + + The "All" member. + + + + Gets the dimension that contains the hierarchy. + + The parent dimension. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the levels within the hierarchy. + + Levels within the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the name of the measue group hierarachy belongs to. + + + + + Gets the source of the hierarchy. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Use it only for serialization. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the hierarchy. + The unique name of the hierarchy. + The caption of the hierarchy. + The description of the hierarchy. + The unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy. + The unique name of the "All" member for the Hierarchy. + The parent dimension. + The name of the group this hierarchy belongs to. + The source of the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the name of the hierarchy. + + The name of the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the unique name of the hierarchy. + + The unique name of the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the caption of the hierarchy. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the hierarchy. + + The description. + + + + Gets the unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy + + The unique name of the default member for the Hierarchy. + + + + Gets the "All" member of this hierarchy. + + The "All" member. + + + + Gets the dimension that contains the hierarchy. + + The parent dimension. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the levels within the hierarchy. + + Levels within the hierarchy. + + + + Gets the name of the measue group hierarachy belongs to. + + + + + Gets the source of the hierarchy. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether all levels of this instance are loaded. + + true if all members are loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + Represents a level within a hierarchy + + + + + Represents a level within a hierarchy + + + + + Gets the member associated with the specified name. + + The member unique name. + The member. + + + + + Gets the description of the level. + + The description. + + + + Gets the distance of the level from the root of the level. Root level is zero (0) + + The depth. + + + + Gets the count of all members in the level. + + The members count. + + + + Gets the hierarchy that contains the level. + + The parent hierarchy. + + + + Gets a collection with the members currently loaded within the level. + + Members within the level. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the level. + The caption of the level. + The unique name of the level. + The description. + The distance of the level from the root of the level. Root level is zero (0) + The parent hierarchy. + + + + Gets the member associated with the specified name. + + The member unique name. + The member. + + + + + Gets the name of the level. + + The name of the level. + + + + Gets the caption of the level. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the unique name of the level. + + The unique name of the level. + + + + Gets the description of the level. + + The description. + + + + Gets the distance of the level from the root of the level. Root level is zero (0) + + The depth. + + + + Gets the hierarchy that contains the level. + + The parent hierarchy. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the members within the level. + + Members within the level. + + + + Gets or sets the count of all members in the level. + + The members count. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether all members of this instance are loaded. + + true if all members are loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + Represents a measure within a cube + + + + + Represents a measure within a cube + + + + + Gets the description of the measure. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measue group measure belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the that identifies how a measure was derived. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Use it only for serialization. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the measure. + The unique name of the measure. + The caption. + The description. + The name of the group this measure belongs to. + The that identifies how a measure was derived. + + + + Returns a hash code for this instance. + + + A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + Gets the name of the measure. + + The name of the measure. + + + + Gets the unique name of the measure. + + The unique name of the measure. + + + + Gets the caption of the measure. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the measure. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measure group measure belongs to. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets or sets the that identifies how a measure was derived. + + + + + Gets or sets the measure display folder. + + + + + Represents a KPI within a cube + + + + + Represents a KPI within a cube + + + + + Gets the description of the measure. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measure group measure belongs to. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets or sets the measure display folder. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Value. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Goal. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Status. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Trend. + + + + + The default Status graphical representation of the KPI. + + + + + The default Trend graphical representation of the KPI. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Weight. + + + + + The name of the parent KPI. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the time dimension that defines the temporal context of the KPI. + + + + + Represents simple member of multimentional cube. + + + + + Gets the string representation for the item. + + The caption. + + + + Gets an instance of object which uniquely identifies this instance. + + + + + Gets the name of the KPI. + + The name of the measure. + + + + Gets the unique name of the measure. + + The unique name of the measure. + + + + Gets the caption of the measure. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the measure. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measure group measure belongs to. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets or sets the measure display folder. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Value. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Goal. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Status. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Trend. + + + + + The default Status graphical representation of the KPI. + + + + + The default Trend graphical representation of the KPI. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the measures dimension for the KPI Weight. + + + + + The name of the parent KPI. + + + + + The unique name of the member in the time dimension that defines the temporal context of the KPI. + + + + + A measure related to specified KPI item from the server. + + + + + Prevents a default instance of the class from being created. + + The kpi. + Name of the unique. + The caption. + The kpi graphic. + + + + Gets the KPI item this measure is realted to. + + + + + Gets the default graphic for the related KPI to be displayed with. + + + + + Represents a measure group within a cube. + + + + + Represents a dimension within a cube + + + + + Gets the description of the measure group. + + The description of measure group. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the measure group. + The caption of the measure group. + The description of the measure group. + + + + Gets the description of the measure group. + + The description. + + + + Gets the instance of that represents the group that holds all of the dimensions. + + + + + Gets the name of the measure group. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets the caption of the measure group. + + The caption. + + + + GEts the unique name of this . + + + + + Represents a member within a level + + + + + Represents a member within a level + + + + + Gets the parent member. + + The parent member. + + + + Gets the parent unique name of the member. + + The parent unique name of the member. + + + + Gets the of the parent member. + + + + + Gets the name of the level to which this member belongs. + + The name of the level. + + + + Gets the depth of the level to which this member belongs. + + The level depth. + + + + Gets the level that contains the Member. + + The parent level. + + + + Gets the calculated child count. You CAN NOT rely on this property because this can be an estimate. + Providers should return exact number if possible. The number of members in collection can be used instead. + + The child count. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether at least one child of this member is placed imediately after this member in result tuple set.. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this member has the same parent as the member at the same position + from the previous tuple in the result set. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this member is total. + + + + + Gets the object used as key when is performed headers sorting. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the members that are childs of the current member. + + The members. + + + + Gets the number that identifies this uniquely. + + + + + Gets the user data attached to this instance. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is calculated. + + + + + Gets the tuple this member belongs to. + + + + + Gets the scope of this member. This is null for non-calculated members. + + The scope. + + + + Determines whether the specified member has children. + + + true if the specified member has children; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Use it only for serialization. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member. + The unique name of the member. + The caption. + The unique name of the parent member. + The unique name of the parent level. + The level depth. + The parent level. + The child count. + Sets whether this member is drilled down. + Sets whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + Sets whether this member is considered to be total. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member. + The unique name of the member. + The caption. + The unique name of the parent member. + The unique name of the parent level. + The level depth. + The parent level. + The child count. + Sets whether this member is drilled down. + Sets whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + Sets whether this member is considered to be total. + The unique id applied to this member. + + + + Returns a hash code for this instance. + + + A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table. + + + + + Clones this instance. + + Deep copy of instance. + + + + Returns a that represents the current . + + + A that represents the current . + + + + + Gets the assigned to the last created member. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is calculated. + + + + + Gets the scope of this member. This is null for non-calculated members. + + + The scope. + + + + + Gets instance of empty object. + + + + + Gets or sets the user data attached to this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the object used as key when is performed headers sorting. + + + + + Gets the parent member of this instance. + + + + + Gets the of the parent member. + + + + + Gets the number that identifies this uniquely. + + + + + Gets the name of the member. + + The name of the member. + + + + Gets the unique name of the member. + + The unique name of the member. + + + + Gets the caption of the member. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the parent unique name of the member. + + The parent unique name of the member. + + + + Gets the name of the level to which this member belongs. + + The name of the level. + + + + Gets the depth of the levelto which this member belongs. + + The level depth. + + + + Gets the level that contains the Member. + + The parent level. + + + + Gets the calculated child count. You CAN NOT rely on this property because this can be an estimate. + Providers should return exact number if possible. The number of members in collection can be used instead. + + The child count. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the members that are children of the current member. + + The members. + + + + Determines whether the specified member has children. + + + true if the specified member has children; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether at least one child of this member is placed imediately after this member in result tuple set.. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the parent of this member is the same as the parent of the immediately preceding member. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this member is considered to be total. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the children members are loaded in collection. + + + true if the children members are loaded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the tuple this member belongs to. + + + + + Represents the data that is generated from the provider. + It can be used for binding to the olap data viewer. + + + + + Represents the data that is generated from the provider. + It can be used for binding to the olap data viewer. + + + + + Gets the information for the row axis. + + The row axis. + + + + Gets the information for the column axis. + + The column axis. + + + + Gets the double size array representing the raw data. + Row and column indexes are based on the row and column axes Tuples collections. + + The cells. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The row axis. + The column axis. + The raw data for cells. + + + + Gets instance of empty object. + + + + + Gets the information for the row axis. + + The row axis. + + + + Gets the information for the column axis. + + The column axis. + + + + Gets the double size array representing the raw data. + Row and column indexes are based on the row and column axes Tuples collections. + + The cells. + + + + Represents an axis in a Result + + + + + Represents an axis in a Result + + + + + Gets the index of the specified tuple. + + The tuple. + Index of the tuple in . + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the tuples that are included in the result axis. + + The tuples that are included in the result axis. + + + + Gets information of max level depth of each hierarchy in this axis. + + The max depth of this axis. + + + + Gets the tuple resolver helper. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tuples included in the axis. + + + + Gets the index of the specified tuple. + + The tuple. + + Index of the tuple in . + + + + + Gets instance of empty object. + + + + + Gets the tuple resolver helper instance. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the tuples that are included in the result axis. + + The tuples that are included in the result axis. + + + + Gets information of max level depth of each hierarchy in this axis. + + The max depth of this axis. + + + + Represents the schema for the olap data. + + + + + Represents the schema for the olap data. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the enumeration of cubes included in the schema. + + The cubes. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the enumeration of cubes included in the schema. + + The cubes. + + + + Represents a set of members that will be used in a query. + + + + + Represents a set that will be used in a query. + + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the tuples that are included in the set. + + The tuples that are included in the set. + + + + Gets the members which should be excluded from the set + + The members which should be excluded from the set. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tuples that will be included in the set. + Collection of members that should be excluded from the result set. + + + + Gets a ReadOnlyCollection with the tuples that are included in the set. + + The tuples that are included in the set. + + + + Gets the members which should be excluded from the set + + The members which should be excluded from the set. + + + + Represents an ordered sequence of members. + + + + + Represents an ordered sequence of members. + + + + + Gets the members included in the tuple. + + The members included in the tuple. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is total. + + true if this instance is total; otherwise, false. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The members included in the tuple. + + + + Returns a that represents this instance. + + + A that represents this instance. + + + + + Gets instance of empty object. + + + + + Gets the members included in the tuple. + + The members included in the tuple. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is total. + + true if this instance is total; otherwise, false. + + + + A class that enables saving and restoring a specific state of a DataSourceBase object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Saves the current state of the to the data source snapshot. + + The data source whose state will be saved. + + + + Begins the restoring the snapshot to the . + + The data source to which the snapshot will be resotred. + + + + Gets or sets the selected database of the . + + + + + Gets or sets the UniqueName for the selected . + + + + + Gets or sets the UniqueName for the selected . + + + + + Gets or sets list of the UniqueName strings for the saved row hierarchies. + + + + + + Gets or sets list of the UniqueName strings for the saved column hierarchies. + + + + + + Gets or sets list of the UniqueName strings for the saved filter hierarchies. + + + + + + Gets or sets list of the UniqueName strings for the saved measures. + + + + + + Gets or sets a list of lists of strings representing unique names of s in a . + + + When restoring the snapshot, all s in the are searched + and the one with the members whose unique names match the saved ones has its last member expanded + + + + + Gets or sets a list of lists of strings representing unique names of s in a . + + + When restoring the snapshot, all s in the are searched + and the one with the members whose unique names match the saved ones has its last member expanded + + + + + Gets or sets the saved of the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets the saved of the data source. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether DefferedLayoutUpdate is updated on the datasource. + + + + + Gets or sets a list of instances that contain the + needed information to restore the + of the data source if it supports filters. + + + + + Gets or sets the saved sort descriptors. + The first element in each of the lists is the sort direction and the other + elements represent the unique names of the members of the sorted tuple. + + + + + Occurs when restoring the snapshot has completed. + + + + + Stores data for restoring the of an instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the for the group. + + + + + Gets a list of that belong to this group. + + + + + Gets or sets the type of the group. + + + indicates + a group containing saved expressions + and indicates a group + containing saved expressions. + + + + + A base class for saved filter expressions. + + + + + Gets or sets the unique name for the level for the expression in the . + + + + + Gets or sets a string representation of the condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the for which this saved filter expression. + + + + + Contains the information needed to construct a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the condition. + + + + + + Contains the information needed to construct a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the of the measure. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for the condition expression. + + + + + + Contains the information needed to construct a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the condition expression is a top condition expression. + + + + + + Used for specifying what kind of filter condition expressions a contains. + + + + + Event arguments for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Index of the position. + Any error that occured during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates wheter the asynchronous operation was canceled. + User supplied state object. + + + + Gets the index of the tuple. + + + + + Base interface for calculated OLAP elements. + + + + + Gets or sets the MDX expression which this element evaluates. + + + + + Gets or sets a Microsoft Office style format string used by client application. + + + + + Gets or sets the order in which calculated member is evaluated if there is an intersection between multiple calcualted mambers. + + The solve order. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the value of property can be modified. + + + true if is read only; otherwise, false. + + + + + Provides an information about positioning of a tuple within and describes the + hierarchical relations between the members particiapting in given instance. + + + + + Gets the index of a position related to this instance within axis. In order this index to be valid one, this instance + should be at most bottom level in the hierarchy of objects. + + + + + Gets the level depth of the from the position item this instance is connected to. + + + + + Gets the depth of the hierarchy this instance is related to, in the axis/>. + + + + + Gets the number of the items in a position. + + + + + Gets the key used to identify this instance. + + + + + Gets the key used to identify the parent of this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expandable. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. + + + + + Gets the level depth of the from tuple this instance is connected to. + + + + + Gets the depth of the hierarchy this instance is related to, in the . + + + + + Gets the members count in a tuple. + + + + + Provides an access to tuples and relationships between the members within an + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The list of positions this instance is working with. + The number of the items in a position. + + + + Registers all position items found in collection. + + + + + Resolves the parent member of specified position item. + + The position item whose parent is resolved. + Index of the parent position. + + The parent position item. + + + + + Gets the member children tuples indexes. + + The tuple member. + The sort direction. + + + + + Determines whether the specified position item has children items in the context of . collection. + + The position item. + true if the member is expanded; false if the member is collapsed; null this does not belong to collection. + + + + Gets the index of the specified position. + + The position. + The index of the position in collection. + + + + Gets the index of the specified position. + + The position. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Occurs when asynchronous operation of getting index of position is completed. + + + + + Gets the list of the positions this instance is working with. + + + + + Gets the number of the items in a position. + + + + + Gets the root item. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has unregisterd positions. + + + true if this instance has unregisterd positions; otherwise, false. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The tuples this instance is working with. + The count of members in each tuple. + The value passed to constructor of when is initialized. + + + + Resolves the parent member of specified tuple member. + + The member whose parent is resolved. + The parent tuple member. + + + + Resolves the parent member of specified tuple member. + + The member whose parent is resolved. + Index of the tuple where parent member participates. + + The parent tuple member. + + + + + Determines whether the specified tuple member is expanded in the context of . collection. + + The tuple member. + true if the member is expanded; false if the member is collapsed; null this does not belong to collection. + + + + Gets the index of the specified tuple. + + The tuple. + The index of tuple in collection. + + + + Gets the index of the specified tuple. + + The tuple. + + + + Gets the member children tuples indexes. + + The area items. + The tuple member. + The sort direction. + + + + + Gets the number of members in a tuple. + + + + + Gets the root item. + + + + + Specifies the location for measure list dimention element. + + + + + Specifies that measure list element is placed in the columns collection. + + + + + Specifies that measure list element is placed in the rows collection. + + + + + Specifies the expansion behavior of the header nodes when in given area are added multiple hierarchies. + This beahvior is applied in the conjunction with the expansion state of + related to given . + + + + + Specifies that only the nodes related the top most should be syncronized with the expansion state + of created over that hierarchy. + + + + + Specifies that only the nodes related the top most should be syncronized with the expansion state + of created over that hierarchy. + + + + + Specifies that the nodes of all hierarchies should be syncronized with the expansion state + of created over that hierarchy. + + + + + Specifies that the nodes of all hierarchies should be syncronized with the expansion state + of created over that hierarchy. + + + + + An enumeration of different hierarchy origin. + + + + + Identifies user defined hierarchies. + + + + + Identifies attribute hierarchies. + + + + + Identifies attributes with no attribute . + + + + + Enumeration of different type of meta items that can represents. + + + + + Displays the items. + + + + + Displays dimmension of the cube. + + + + + Displays group of items. + + + + + Displays items. + + + + + Displays items. + + + + + Displays items. + + + + + Displays items. + + + + + Displays items on specified level. + + + + + Displays items on specified level. + + + + + Displays items on specified level. + + + + + Displays items on specified level. + + + + + Displays items on specified level. + + + + + Represents the KPIs root node. + + + + + Represents a KPIs node. + + + + + Represents the Value member of KPI item. + + + + + Represents the Goal member of KPI item. + + + + + Represents the Status member of KPI item. + + + + + Represents the Trend member of KPI item. + + + + + Represents the Weight member of KPI item. + + + + + An enumeration of different function that can be applied to measures. + + + + + The aggregated function is undefined. + + + + + The aggregated function adds all values. + + + + + The aggregated function will count the number of the values. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the smallest value. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the largest value. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the average of cells value. + + + + + The aggregated function will estimates variance based on the sample. + + + + + The aggregated function will estimates the standart deviation based on sample. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the number of distinct, nonempty tuples in a set. + + + + + No aggregation performed. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the average of the measure's children. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the measure's first nonempty member. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the measure's last nonempty member. + + + + + Aggregated by the aggregation function associated with the specified account type of an attribute in an account dimension. + + + + + The aggregated function will returns the result derived from a formula. + + + + + Specifies the context in which given operation is considered. + + + + + The action is considered in the context of the existing rows. + + + + + The action is considered in the context of the existing columns. + + + + + Provides data for the ExecuteCommandCompleted event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The result of executed async operation. + Any error that occurred during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates whether the asynchronous operation was canceled. + The optional user-supplied state object that is used to identify the task that raised the MethodNameCompleted event. + + + + Gets the current object instance. + + + + + Provides data for the DiscoverCommandCompleted event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The result of executed async operation. + Any error that occurred during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates whether the asynchronous operation was canceled. + The optional user-supplied state object that is used to identify the task that raised the MethodNameCompleted event. + + + + Gets the current object instance. + + + + + Provides data for the LoadSchemaCompleted event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The schema for the olap data. + Any error that occurred during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates whether the asynchronous operation was canceled. + The optional user-supplied state object that is used to identify the task that raised the MethodNameCompleted event. + + + + Gets current object instance. + + + + + Provides data for the event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The schema for the olap data. + Any error that occurred during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates whether the asynchronous operation was canceled. + The optional user-supplied state object that is used to identify the task that raised the MethodNameCompleted event. + + + + Gets current object instance. + + + + + Provides data specific to event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The result. + The data source state related to this result. + Any error that occured during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates wheter the asynchronous operation was canceled. + User supplied state object. + + + + Gets the data source state related to . + + + + + Gets the result. + + + + + Class for event arguments for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The change info. + + + + Gets the instance which describes the change. + + + + + Event arguments for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The slicer item which selection changes. + + + + Gets the slicer item which selection changes. + + The slicer item. + + + + Event arguments for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The hierarchical item. + + + + Gets the item to add. + + + + + Event arguments for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The load time. + A string containing details on the errors that occured during the restore process. + + + + Gets the time elapsed for restoring the snapshot. + + + + + Gets the details on the errors that occured during the restore process. + + + + + Represents a composition of types and their connections. + + + + + Add a part to composition. + This method is used for building the tree for composing the required object. + The part could specify the type of object for creation or the type of the instance that is expected. + + The type that will be created or the type of object that is expected. + List of types used for creating an instance of mainType. + The class of type "T" should have a constructor with the same set of parameters. + + + + Resolves the olap part using passed parameters as building parts. + + The type of which we want to create an instance + An array of objects that will be used of building the required. + The created object or null if the resolving it's not possible + + + + Class responsible for composition of types and their connections. + The composition should be resolvable, that means that + the tree of required interfaces should be fulfillable and all the interfaces + should have unique class for resolving + + + + + Add a part to composition. + This method is used for building the tree for composing the required object. + The part could specify the type of object for creation or the type of the instance that is expected. + + The type that will be created or the type of object that is expected. + List of types used for creating an instance of mainType. + The class of type "T" should have a constructor with the same set of parameters. + + + + Resolves the olap part using passed parameters as building parts. + + The type of which we want to create an instance + An array of objects that will be used of building the required. + The created object or null if the resolving it's not possible + + + + Inversion of Control container responsible for registering compositions and resolving objects + + The type for which the container will be responsible + + + + Registers the specified type as a key for current type + + An unique type on which the composition will be registered. + The composition responsible for creating the required object. + + + + Determines whether the specified type is registered. + + The type to locate in registered types. + + true if the specified type is registered; otherwise, false. + + + + + Resolves the required type based on specified parameters. + + The parameters required for resolving the type. + The first parameter should be used as key for finding the composition + The object that is resolved. + + + + Gets the instance of required type. The instance is created on the first call. + + The instance. + + + + Represents a filter expression for filtering a level's labels by their date values. + + + + + Interface for all filter expressions. + + + + + The for this filter expressions. + + + + + The for this filter expressions. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + The condition of the expression. + + + + + A list of values that are used as arguments for the expression and its specified condition. + + + + + An Enumeration with the possible condition for a date filter. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value includes a specific date. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value excludes a specific date. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value is before a specific date. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value is before or equals to a specific date. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value is after a specific date. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value is after or equals to a specific date. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value is between two specified dates. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose date value is not between two specified dates. + + + + + Interface for filter expression groups. + + + + + The list of expressions. + + + + + Base interface for different set of filters supported by . + + + + + Gets the most bottom visible level for an hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + + + + + A collection of supported label conditions. + + + + + A collection of supported date conditions. + + + + + A collection of supported value conditions. + + + + + A collection of supported top conditions. + + + + + A collection of level filters representing the current filter state of the underlying . + + + + + Returns or sets the key for this item. + + + + + Returns or sets the value for this item. + + + + + Represents a filter expression for filtering the labels by their display names. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + The condition of the expression. + + + + + A list of values that are used as arguments for the expression and its specified condition. + + + + + An Enumeration with the possible condition for a label filter. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is not equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name begins with a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name does not begin with a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name ends with a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name does not end with a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name contains a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name does not contain a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is greater than a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is greater than or equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is less than a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is less than or equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is between two specified values. + + + + + Leave only the labels whose display name is not between two specified values. + + + + + An enumeration with the operators of the . + + + + + Represents the "AND" logical operation. + + + + + Represents the "OR" logical operation. + + + + + Groups expressions with logical operations. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + The group's operator. + + + + + See . + + + + + Provides information about initialy loaded members. + + + + + Gets or sets the unique name of the member. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the member is selected. + + + + + Gets or sets the child member for the member this represents. + + + + + Gets or sets the parent member for the member this represents. + + + + + Provides information about the way the result is built. + + + + + Gets or sets the visual member related to the operation. + + + + + Gets or sets the execution context. + + The execution context. + + + + Gets or sets the restriction member. + + The restriction member. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether a member is . + + + true if partial build is required; otherwise, false. + + + + + Provides information about the operation related to when . + + + + + Switching the state of a node will put it in expanded state as before that the partial + produced by its expansion will be added to the cache. + + + + + Switching the state of a node will put it in expanded state. + + + + + Switching the state of a node will put it in collapsed state. + + + + + Represents a filter expression for filtering the labels by a top/bottom condition. + + + + + Represents a filter expression for filtering the labels by the sum of their values. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + The measure for which the value filter applies. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + The condition of the expression. + + + + + Specifies whether the filter is top or bottom. + + + + + The number/percentage/sum of items to leave. + + + + + An Enumeration with the possible condition for a top filter. + + + + + Leave only the top/bottom number of labels ordered by their sum. + + + + + Leave only the top/bottom labels whose sum is more than a specified percentage of the total. + + + + + Leave only the top/bottom labels whose sum is more than a specified amount. + + + + + Represents a filter expression for filtering the labels by the sum of their values. + + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + The condition of the expression. + + + + + A list of values that are used as arguments for the expression and its specified condition. + + + + + An Enumeration with the possible condition for a value filter. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is not equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is greater than a specified value. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is greater than or equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is less than a specified value. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is less than or equal to a specified value. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is between two specified values. + + + + + Leave only labels whose values' sum is not between two specified values. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Adds the child. + + The child. + Determines if this child reppresents an hierarchy item. + + + + Returns a that represents this instance. + + + A that represents this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of this . + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the of this instance are loaded. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of the olap object which this instance is registered for. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is expanded. + + + true if this instance is expanded; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is visible. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is hierarchy root. + + + true if this instance is hierarchy root; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the collection of children of this . + + + + + Gets the collection of children of this . + + + + + Gets the parent visual member. + + + + + Gets or sets the hierarchy root of this instance. + + + + + A resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + String constant for not supported object type exception + + + + + String constant for missing required constructor exception + + + + + String constant for class required type exception + + + + + String constant for trying to use wrong cube + + + + + Returns the resource string. + + Name of the resource. + Localized resource + + + + An implementation of the interface used in the view model. + + + + + Base implementation of view model providing implementation for INotifyPropertyChanged + + + + + Invoked whenever the effective value of any property on this has been updated. The specific dependency property that changed is reported in the event data. + + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Interface for the advanced filter view model. + + + + + Adds a new to the condition view models collection. + + + + + Removes a specific from the condition view models collection. + + + + + + Clears all items from the condition view models collection. + + + + + Apply the conditions accumulated in the view model to the data source. + + + + + Fiil the conditions in the view model with the filters in the data source. + + + + + Gets the data source associated with the filter item that this is filtering. + + + + + Gets the associated with the filter item that this is filtering. + + + + + Gets the hierarchy which will be filtered. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the condions should be applied with an AND or an OR clause. + True for AND, false for OR. + + + + + Indicates whether the has conditions. + + + + + Indicates whether the has two or more conditions. + + + + + Gets a collection of view models for the filter conditions. + + + + + Gets the last item of the collection. + + + + + Constructor for the class. + + The for the measure. + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Base implementation of view model with calculated members support. + + + + + Base interface for calculated area items. + + + + + Gets the instance. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member used as part of its unique name. + The caption of calculated element. + The MDX expression this member evaluates. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member used as part of its unique name. + The caption of calculated element. + The MDX expression this member evaluates. + if set to true once created the values of this instance cannot be modified. + + + + Compares the current instance with another object of the same type and returns an integer that indicates whether the current instance precedes, follows, or occurs in the same position in the sort order as the other object. + + An object to compare with this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has these meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This instance is less than . Zero This instance is equal to . Greater than zero This instance is greater than . + + + is not the same type as this instance. + + + + Called in order to rollback the pending changes. + + + + + Called in order to commit the pending changes. + + + + + Called when property value changes. + + Name of the property. + + + + Occurs when a property value changes. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value of property can be modified. + + + true if is read only; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + The unique name of the element. + + + + Gets or sets the order in which calculated member is evaluated if there is an intersection between multiple calcualted mambers. + + The solve order. + + + + Gets or sets a Microsoft Office style format string used by client application. + + + + + + Gets the name of the element. + + The name of the element. + + + + Gets or sets the MDX expression which this element evaluates. + + + + + + Gets or sets the string representation for the item. + + The caption. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has uncommited changes. + + + true if this instance has any uncommited changes; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the instance. + + + + + + Gets an instance of object which uniquely identifies this instance. + + + + + + Represents query-scoped calculated member defined using WITH keyword. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent of this calculated member. That is the or which this member is associated with. + The name of the member used as part of its unique name. + The caption. + The MDX expression this member evaluates. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The parent of this calculated member. That is the or which this member is associated with. + The name of the member used as part of its unique name. + The caption. + The MDX expression this member evaluates. + if set to true once created the values of this instance cannot be modified. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + + The unique name of the element. + + + + + Gets the source this instance is created on. + That could be a or an which this member is associated with. + + + + + Gets an instance of object which uniquely identifies this instance. + + + + + Represents query-scoped calculated measure defined using WITH keyword. + + + + + Provide a wrapper for the Measure to be used in the View + + + + + Gets the model provider which is responsible for providing the data. + + The model provider. + + + + Gets the measure which will be used in the view model. + + The measure. + + + + A view model for the measure filtering dialog. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member used as part of its unique name. + The caption. + The MDX expression this member evaluates. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the member used as part of its unique name. + The caption. + The MDX expression this member evaluates. + if set to true once created the values of this instance cannot be modified. + The unique name of parent measures dimension. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + + The unique name of the element. + + + + + Gets the model provider which is responsible for providing the data. + + + + + Gets the measure which will be used in the view model. + + + + + A view model for the measure filtering dialog. + + + + + Gets the view model this instance is connected to. + + + + + Gets an instance of object which uniquely identifies this instance. + + + + + Gets the description of the measure. + + + + + Gets the name of the measue group this instance belongs to. + + + + + Gets or sets the that identifies how a measure was derived. + + + + + Event arguments for the event. + + The type of the State + + + + Default constructor. + + Value for the property. + + + + The state of the . + + + + + A class used to communicate the changes to a common state to multiple participants. + + The type of the State + + + + Default constructor. + + + + + Constructor initializing the with a initial state. + + Value for the property. + + + + Notifies all listeners. + + The sender of the notification. + + + + Raised when is called on the notifier. + Should be used to indicate a change in the State. + + + + + The common state for all participants. + + + + + Implements base methods of the controller that contains the data extracted from OLAP analysis server. + + + + + Represents the controller that contains the data extracted from OLAP analysis server. + + + + + Loads the schema asynchronous. + + + + + Fills the members into level. + + The level. + + + + Load the members as children of member parameter. + + The parent member. + + + + Switch from collapse to expanded or back for passed axis member. + + The axis member. + Information about the new result build or null if the new build of the result not necessary. + + + + Refreshes the data for the ViewModel + + + + + Swap the items of and collections and pivot the cells. + + + + + Request the cancelation of the current background task. + + + + + Creates view model for the specified hierarchy + + The hierarchy. + Instance of IFilterViewModel which wraps the hierarchy + + + + Creates view model for the specified measure. + + The measure. + Instance of IMeasureViewModel which wraps the measure + + + + Changes the for given . + + The measure view model instance. + New aggregator type. + true when supports different aggregators for the , otherwaise false. + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading schema is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading cubes is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading measures is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading dimensions is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading members is completed. + + + + + Occurs when the Result is changed. + + + + + Occurs when initialization of metadata is finished. + + + + + Gets collection of available items. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected object that contains the particular data slices. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the columns of model. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the rows of model. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the selected measures of model. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the selected filters of model. + + + + + Gets the model of special type of that is resposible for displaying + of multiple measure items. + + + + + Gets the object created by OLAP analysis server. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether parent for columns is in front of children. + + true if parent is in front of children; otherwise, false. + + If is true, the query set sorts members in a level in their natural order. Their natural order is the default ordering of the members along the hierarchy when no other sort conditions are specified. Child members immediately follow their parent members. +
+ If is false, the query set sorts the members in a level using a post-natural order. In other words, child members precede their parents. + The default value is true. +
+
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether parent for rows is in front of children. + + true if parent is in front of children; otherwise, false. + + If is true, the query set sorts members in a level in their natural order. Their natural order is the default ordering of the members along the hierarchy when no other sort conditions are specified. Child members immediately follow their parent members. +
+ If is false, the query set sorts the members in a level using a post-natural order. In other words, child members precede their parents. + The default value is true. +
+
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data is loaded on demand. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is processing. + + true if processing; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is busy with data gathering or result processing. + + true if is busy; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets or sets where measures will be placed when more than one measure is applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the initial position of measures area item when more than one measure is applied. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is switching the location of an item from one area to another. + + + + + Provides methods and information about how the result data should be sorted. + + + + + Sorts the underlaying data. + + The that have to be considered + when sort operation is processed. + The sort direction applied to item. + Indicates wether all previously applied sortings will be removed. + + + + Sorts the order of appearance of children members of the specified member. + + The member which children order is sorted. + + + + Collection of where instance is used as key and + is used as value that indicates how the data related to the key is odered. + + + + + Constant for the name of Result property to be used in PropertyChanged event + + + + + The identifier of the started when is called. + + + + + The identifier of the started when an item is added/removed to any of the axes of . + + + + + The identifier of the started when is called. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The data provider. + + + + Generates that can be passed to property + in order this cube to be loaded as default cube. + + The name of the cube on server. + that is used for initial cube loading from server. + + + + Generates that can be passed to property + in order this measure group to be loaded as default measure group. + + The name of the measure group on server. + that is used as default measure group. + + + + Generates that can be passed to , + , or + properties in order this collections to be loaded with items described in . + + String representation of loaded items. + that is used for initial collection loading. + + + + Recreates the metadata tree of the measures and dimensions based on the cuurent . + The new metadata structure is available through property. + + + + + Gets the current work the background worker is working on. + + The current work instance. + + + + Queries the next work the background worker will start working on. + + The next work instance. + + + + Starts the work using a background worker. + + The work to start. + true if the work is started successfuly; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether can be raised, based on the list of the pending works. + + + true if can be raised; otherwise, false. + + + + + Finishes the work. + + The work to finish. + true if the next pending work is started successfuly; otherwise, false. + + + + Determines whether the current type matches to the specified type identifier. + + The work type identity. + + true if the current type matches to the specified identity; otherwise, false. + + + + + Prepares a work about adding it to works queue. + + The work. + + + + Tries to continue with processing of the current work. + + true if the current work execution is continued successfuly; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets the pending works queue. + + The queue with the works pending. + + + + Determines whether the specified work can be added to the pending works queue. + + The work. + + true if the specified work can be added; otherwise, false. + + + + + Determines whether the execution of the current work can be requeried based on the specified . + + The work. + + true if the execution of the current work can be requeried; otherwise, false. + + + + + Enqueues the work. + + The work. + + + + Determines whether there are any works pending. + + + true if there are works still pending; otherwise, false. + + + + + Starts the execution of a work of unknown type. + + The work. + + true if the work execution is successfuly started; otherwise, false. + + + + + Finishes the execution of a work of unknown type. + + The work. + + + + Starts the execution of a work with identifier. + + The work. + + true if the work execution is successfuly started; otherwise, false. + + + + + Finishes execution of a work with identifier. + + The work. + + + + Starts the execution of a work with identifier. + + The work. + + true if the work execution is successfuly started; otherwise, false. + + + + + Finishes the execution of a work with identifier. + + The work. + + + + Starts the execution of a work with identifier. + + The work. + + true if the work execution is successfuly started; otherwise, false. + + + + + Finishes the execution of a work with identifier. + + The work. + + + + Refreshes the data for the ViewModel + + + + + Starts procedure of refreshing the data. + + + + + Switch the state from collapsed to expanded or back for passed axis member. + + The axis member. + Information about the new result build or null if the new build of the result not necessary. + + + + Updates the state of the visual members in the specified . + + The execution context. + + + + Pivots the items of and collections. + + + + + Fills the members into level. + + The level. + + + + Load the members as children of member parameter. + + The parent member. + + + + Loads the schema asynchronous. + + + + + Loads asynchronous the cubes for given catalog. + + The name of the catalog. + + + + Creates view model for the specified hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + + Instance of which wraps the hierarchy. + + + + + Creates view model for the specified measure. + + The measure. + + Instance of which wraps the measure. + + + + + Request the cancelation of the current background task. + + + + + Changes the for given . + + The measure view model instance. + New aggregator type. + true when supports different aggregators for the , otherwaise false. + + + + Swich the direction the children of this are ordered. + + The member which children order direction is switched. + + + + Swich the direction the children of this are ordered. + + The level which children order direction is switched. + + + + Sorts the underlaying data. + + The that have to be considered + when sort operation is processed. + The sort direction applied to item. + Indicates wether all previously applied sortings will be removed. + + + + Asynchronously loads and expands hierarchy up to the specified level. + + The whose hierarchy will be expanded. + The level which specifies the depth of hierarchy will be expanded up to. + The which completes when all members of hierarchy are loaded and set to expanded up to the specified level depth. + + + + Asynchronously loads and expands hierarchy up to depth of the level specified by its name. + + The whose hierarchy will be expanded. + The unique name of the level which specifies the depth of hierarchy will be expanded up to. + The which completes when all members of hierarchy are loaded and set to expanded up to the specified level depth. + + + + Asynchronously loads and expands hierarchy up to the specified level depth. + + The whose hierarchy will be expanded. + The level depth of hierarchy will be expanded up to. + The which completes when all members of hierarchy are loaded and set to expanded up to the specified level depeth. + + + + Asynchronously collapses hierarchy up to the specified level. + + The whose hierarchy will be collapsed. + The level which specifies the depth of hierarchy will be collapsed up to. + The which completes when all members of hierarchy are collapsed to the specified level depth. + + + + Creates the filter member used by . + + The filter view model. + The parent filter member. + The member which created filter member represents. + The filter source. + + + + + Creates the filter source instance related to . + + The member. + The parent filter source. + + + + + Gets the index of the measure list. + + Index of in the context of its . + + + + Sets the index of the measure list. + + The index. + + + + Pivots the array, to swap columns and rows. + + The initial cells. + The result array + + + + Pivots the result. + + The original result. + The result after it is pivoted. + + + + Called when loading of , , and + of is finished and hierarchy is created, + just before event is fired. + + + + + Called when the intialization within XAML begins. + + + + + Called when the intialization within XAML ends. + + + + + Called when property is changing. + + + + + Called when property is changed. + + + + + Called when original data source of changes. + + Event arguments with specific to the change information. + + + + This method is called when members are loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when collection changes. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when collection changes. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when collection changes. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when collection changes. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + Raises event. + Called when one or more of the properties that exist on the element have had their effective values changed. + + The name of property that have changed. + + + + Called when the Result changes. + + + The arguments related to the completed async operation. + + + + + Called when the Cube property is changed. + + + + + Initializes the query. + + + + + Generates the data internally. + + The background worker. + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Generate the data asynchronous. + + + + + Gets the state of the data source. + + The work this source state is related to. + + The instance that captures the current state of data source. + + + + + Called when new items are added to , or collections. + + The new added items. + + + + Called when items are removed from , or collections. + + The removed items. + + + + This method is called when measure groups are loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when measures are loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when dimensions are loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when connection to the data source is established and the initialization information + for data source is loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + This method is called when cubes of given data source are loaded. + + The event arguments with specific to this action information. + + + + Defines the way of initial loading of hierarchies and filtering of their members. + + The where initialized hierarchies is added. + That should be one of collection exposed by , or properties. + + + + Raises the event. + + The instance containing the event data. + + + + Finds the connected with the specified . + + The of items where is searched the . + Instance of the connected with the searched . + Serached or null if no such filter member is found. + + + + Finds the connected with the specified . + + The containing context. + Instance of the connected with the searched . + Serached or null if no such filter member is found. + + + + Finds the filter member related to within specified . + + The tuple member. + The area items. + + + + + Regenerate the as the new one depends on . + + + + + Registers the filter view model for the specified hierarchy. + + The filter view model. + The hierarchy. + + + + + Unregisters the filter view model related to the specified hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + + + + Gets the instance related to the if there is such registered for that hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + The filter view model. + + This method is used when the should work in conjunction with + and points to same instance. In this case + the result is the instance of which the works with, so both + the and the are working synchronized with each other. + This method also can be used when is required the instance of already added + + + + + Gets the filter view model related to the specified hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + The index. + The execution context if the is present in or collection. + + The filter view model. + + + + + Gets the area items for the specified . + + The execution context. + Collection of area items found in the area of the context. + + + + Updates the to reflects the current state of the data source. + + A value indicating whether is updated + because of change of collection. + + + + Unregisters the filter source related to the member specified. + + The member. + + + + + Releases the filter source items for the members at the specified level. + + The level. + A value indicating whether is called after the filter source items are released. + + Basicaly if it is possible those filter source items to be released then method + will be called for each filter member connected to each level's member. + + + + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the location of the items in and changes + because is called. + + + true if is currently executed; otherwise, false. + + + + + Occurs when a property value has changed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading schema is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading cubes is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading measures is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading of measure groups is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading dimensions is completed. + + + + + Occurs when asynchronous call for loading members is completed. + + + + + Occurs when the Result is changed. + + + + + Occurs when initialization of metadata is finished. + + + + + Occurs when a new item is added to property hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets the hierarchy expansion mode used to create the visual members hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of available items. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected object that contains the particular data slices. + + + + + Gets or sets the currently selected object. + When is different than null the hierarchy of cube is filtered and + just dimensions from the selected measure group are available for processing. + + + + + Gets collection of available items. + + + + + Gets collection with hierarchical structure where are loaded all and + of the instance if that is set to property. The loaded in the collection items may varie + depends on the choosen . + + The root item. + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the selected filters of model. + + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the columns of model. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the rows of model. + + + + + Gets or sets collection of items that represents the selected measures of model. + + + + + Gets or sets the exception object if exception has been thrown while is executed. + + + + + Gets or sets the initial position of measures area item when more than one measure is applied. + + + + + + Gets or sets where measures are placed when more than one measure is applied. + + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is switching the location of an item from one area to another. + + + + + Gets the object created by the data provider. + + The of operation. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is processing. + + true if processing; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this is busy with data gathering or result processing. + + true if is busy; otherwise, false. + + + + Gets special type of that is responsible for displaying + of multiple measure items. + + + + + + Gets or sets the connection settings. + + The connection settings. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether parent for columns is in front of children. + + true if parent is in front of children; otherwise, false. + + If is true, the query set sorts members in a level in their natural order. Their natural order is the default ordering of the members along the hierarchy when no other sort conditions are specified. Child members immediately follow their parent members. +
+ If is false, the query set sorts the members in a level using a post-natural order. In other words, child members precede their parents. + The default value is true. +
+
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether parent for rows is in front of children. + + true if parent is in front of children; otherwise, false. + + If is true, the query set sorts members in a level in their natural order. Their natural order is the default ordering of the members along the hierarchy when no other sort conditions are specified. Child members immediately follow their parent members. +
+ If is false, the query set sorts the members in a level using a post-natural order. In other words, child members precede their parents. + The default value is true. +
+
+ + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether data is loaded on demand. + + + + + Gets the collection of where instance is used as key and + is used as value that indicates how the data related to the key is odered. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is in process of initialization. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this is connected to flat data or to analysis server. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the background worker used to build the is busy. + + + true if the background worker is busy; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the desired index appears at. + + + + + Gets the cubes list. + + The cubes list. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the initialization values are set for any of , , + or collections. + + + + + Gets or sets the data provider responsible for generating data for the ViewModel. + + + The data provider responsible for generating data for the ViewModel. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the current schema will be reloaded when is called. + + + + + Gets the raw visible result. + + + + + Gets the visible result in its hierarchized form. + + + + + Gets the full cached result. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether refreshing the grid should be skipped. + + + true if refreshing the grid is skipped; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the area items editing settings. + + + The area items editing settings. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether is preserved the data source order of members when there is no header sorting applied. + + + true if the original members order is preserved; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the list of level default sort directions. + + + + + Gets or sets the level default sort direction for levels not present in collection when is set to false. + + + The default sort direction for levels whose sort direction is not explicily specified. + + + + + Gets a collection of the sorted levels unique names and their sort directions. + + + + + The state of instance related to execution of particular . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The rows. + The columns. + The filters. + The measures. + Index of the measure list. + The measure list location. + The raw result. + The switch axis member result. + + + + Gets the state of collection. + + + + + Gets the state of collection. + + + + + Gets the state of collection. + + + + + Gets the state of collection. + + + + + Gets the state of property. + + + + + Gets the state of property. + + + + + Gets the state of property. + + + + + Gets the instance related to current operation. + + + + + Provides information about the task that should complete. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The identifier of the work. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the work execution is started. + + + true if the work execution is started; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the work execution is deferred. + + + true if the work execution is deferred; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the work execution is waiting for completion of additional conditions. + + + true if the work execution is still waiting; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the identifier of this work. + + + + + Gets or sets the user supplied state object. + + + + + A worker class executing a task in background thread. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Cancels the task execution. + + + + + Runs the execution of the task in background thread. + + The work. + The argument. + + + + Occurs when the task is started in the background thread. + + + + + Occurs when task execution ends. + + + + + Gets the instance of async operation object used to communicate to main thread. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is currently busy. + + + true if this instance is busy; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the task execution is cancelled. + + + true if the task execution is cancelled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Event arguments event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The work. + The argument. + + + + Gets the instance passed as argument to the operation executed in the backgroud. + + + + + Gets the instance of work object related to this operation. + + + + + Gets or sets the result this operation ends with. + + + + + Event arguments event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The result. + The processed work. + State of the data source. + Any error that occured during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates wheter the asynchronous operation was canceled. + + + + Gets the instance of work object related to this operation. + + + + + Gets or sets the result this operation ends with. + + + + + Gets the data source state object. + + + + + Field settings applied to , , + and collections. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is enabled. + + + true if rows editing is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is enabled. + + + true if columns editing is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is enabled. + + + true if filters editing is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether editing is enabled. + + + true if measures editing is enabled; otherwise, false. + + + + + Provides extension methods for getting and restoring + the current customizations of a instance. + + + + + Saves the current customizations. + + The string representation of the customizations. + + + + Saves the current customizations. + + The stream to which the current customizations will be written. + + + + Loads the saved customizations to the instance. + + A string that was returned by calling the method. + + + + Loads the saved customizations to the instance. + + A string that was returned by calling the method. + Action to be invoked when the customizations are loaded. + The string parameter passed to the Action contains the load errors if such occured. + + + + Loads the saved customizations to the instance. + + A stream that was returned by calling the method. + + + + Loads the saved customizations to the instance. + + A stream that was returned by calling the method. + Action to be invoked when the customizations are loaded. + The string parameter passed to the Action contains the load errors if such occured. + + + + Provides way for creation of for dynamic types at run time. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Creates the instance of . + + The instance of that this represents. + + + + Gets the of the attribute that this creates. + + + + + Gets or sets the types of parameters used when the attribute is created. + + + + + Gets or sets the parameters used when the attribute is created. + + + + + Gets or sets the names of the named properties that are set for this attribute. + + + + + Gets or sets the values for the named properties that are set for this attribute. + + + + + Contains information about property created for dynamic types at run time. + + + + + Gets list of used for creation of custom attributes + assigned to the property described by this . + + + + + Gets or sets the of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the property. + + + + + Gets or sets whether setter method is generated for property. + + + + + Get the name of the field that this property wraps. + + + + + Provides a way for creation of used for generation of dynamic types at run time. + + + + + Generates dynamic type at run time. + + List of for each property that the dynamic type exposes. + The type created at run time. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the dynamic assembly. + + + + + Gets or sets the name of the dynamic type. + + + + + The attributes for this dynamic type. + + + + + Gets instance of created for this dynamic type. + + + + + Gets instance of created for this dynamic type. + + + + + Gets instance of created for this dynamic type. + + + + + Gets instance of created for this dynamic type. + + + + + Provides set of extension methods. + + + + + Converts two-dimesional array to list of one-dimensional arrays. + + The type of the items. + The two-dimensional array where items are stored. + The list of one-dimensional arrays. + + + + Groups the elements of the sequence using the specified source and key types and expression. + + The whose elements to group. + The group by expression. + Type of the source items. + Type of the key. + of grouped items with secquence of grouped elements and a key. + + + + Gets the generic method info of . + + Type of the generic parameter. + The generic method info. + + + + Creates a using the specified generic method info. + + The to create a from. + The generic method info. + A that contains elements from the input sequence. + + + + Creates a using the specified type of the source items. + + The first. + Type of the source. + A that contains elements from the input sequence. + + + + An implementation of the interface used in the + and the view models. + + + + + Interface for filterable measure view models. + + + + + Adds a new to the condition view models collection. + + + + + Removes a specific from the condition view models collection. + + + + + + Clears all items from the condition view models collection. + + + + + Apply the conditions accumulated in the view model to the data source. + + + + + Fiil the conditions in the view model with the filters in the data source. + + + + + Gets the data source associated with the measure that this is filtering. + + + + + Indicates whether the curent OlapViewModel has filterable hierarchies. + + + + + Indicates whether the curent OlapViewModel has filterable hierarchies without totals. + + + + + Contains the hierarchies without totals in the curent OlapViewModel. + + + + + Gets the measure that this is filtering. + + + + + Gets or sets whether the condions should be applied with an AND or an OR clause. + True for AND, false for OR. + + + + + Indicates whether the has conditions. + + + + + Indicates whether the has two or more conditions. + + + + + Gets a collection of view models for the measure filter conditions. + + + + + Gets the last item of the collection. + + + + + Constructor for the class. + + The for the measure. + The that should be filtered. + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Base implementation of view model responsible for filter functionality + + + + + View model responsible for filter functionality. + Provide a wrapper for the Hierarchy to be used in the View. + + + + + Loads the filter members asynchronously. + + + + + Connects this with particular . + + + + + Disconnects this from particular . + + + + + Check only the filter members that contain a specific search string. + + The search string. + + + + Gets the filter member related to given . + + The member. + The instance of associated to the + + + + Gets the filter member related to given . + + The member unique id. + The instance of associated to the + + + + Fired when asynchronous loading of filter members is completed. + + + + + Occurs when any of childern changes its selection. + + + + + Gets the filter members. The collection contains all the members in the root level + + The filter members. + + + + Gets the model provider which is responsible for providing the data. + + The model provider. + + + + Gets the hierarchy which will be used for filling the filter members. + + The hierarchy. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether parent is in front of children. + + true if parent is in front of children; otherwise, false. + + If ParentInFront is true, the query set sorts members in a level in their natural order. Their natural order is the default ordering of the members along the hierarchy when no other sort conditions are specified. Child members immediately follow their parent members. +
+ If ParentInFront is false, the query set sorts the members in a level using a post-natural order. In other words, child members precede their parents. +
+
+ + + Gets a value indicating whether the loading of is in progress. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has pending changes. + + + + + Gets the olap view model which this instance is related to. + + The view model. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether all instances + of collection are selected. + + + + + Gets the view model for the advanced filtering. + + + + + Constant for the name of FilterMembers property to be used in PropertyChanged event + + + + + Constant for the name of IsExpanded property to be used in PropertyChanged event + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The olap view model. + The model provider which will be used to get the data. + The cube in which the hierarchy to be filtered belongs. + The hierarchy to be displayed in the filter. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The purpose of protected default constructor in this implementation is to hide the default constructor. + + + + + Blocks current thread until load of the members finish. + + + + + Loads the filter members asynchronously. + + + + + Disconnects this from particular . + + + + + Connects this with particular . + + + + + Called in order to rollback the pending changes. + + + + + Called in order to commit the pending changes. + + + + + Gets the filter member related to given . + + The member. + + The instance of associated to the + + + + + Gets the filter member for the given unique id. + + The member. + + The instance of associated to the + + + + + Determines whether a filter member is found in children filter members of this instance for the specified member. + + The member. + + true if children filter members hiearchy contains a filter member related to the specified member; otherwise, false. + + + + + See . + + + + + + Compares the current instance with another object of the same type and returns an integer that indicates whether the current instance precedes, follows, or occurs in the same position in the sort order as the other object. + + An object to compare with this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has these meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This instance is less than . Zero This instance is equal to . Greater than zero This instance is greater than . + + + is not the same type as this instance. + + + + Generates list of filter members based on collection. + + The source members. + The parent of this instance. + Collection of filter members. + + + + Gets the filter source instance for the . + + The member. + The filter source. + + + + Raises the event. + + + + + Fired when asynchronous loading of filter members is completed. + + + + + Fired when selection of any of child changes. + + + + + The for this filter item. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has uncommited changes. + + + true if this instance has any uncommited changes; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets the string representation for the filter. + + The caption. + + + + Gets an instance of object which uniquely identifies this instance. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance has pending changes. + + + + + + Gets the filter members. The collection contains all the members in the root level + + The filter members. + + + + Gets the model provider which is responsible for providing the data. + + The model provider. + + + + Gets the hierarchy which will be used for filling the filter members. + + The hierarchy. + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether parent is in front of children. + + + true if parent is in front of children; otherwise, false. + + + If ParentInFront is true, the query set sorts members in a level in their natural order. Their natural order is the default ordering of the members along the hierarchy when no other sort conditions are specified. Child members immediately follow their parent members. +
+ If ParentInFront is false, the query set sorts the members in a level using a post-natural order. In other words, child members precede their parents. +
+
+ + + Gets a value indicating whether the loading of is in progress. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether all instances + of collection are selected. + + + + + Gets the view model for the advanced filtering. + + + + + Gets or sets the cube in which the hierarchy to be filtered belongs. + + The cube in which the hierarchy to be filtered belongs. + + + + Provides convinient way different varios items to be dispalayed in hierarchycal structure. + + + + + Gets or sets the text that is dispalyed in UI. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether the UI should expand this instance by default. + + + true if in the UI this instance is expanded by default; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the instance of the meta item that this represents. + + + + + Gets the collection of child items of this . + + + + + Gets or sets the of the meta item. + + + + + An interface of the view model for the value conditions in the "Label Filter" dialog. + + + + + Update the filter expression for this view model. + + + + + Method invoked when the view model is removed from the parent collection. + + + + + The viewmodel's expression. + + + + + The for this label. + + + + + A collection with the levels for this hierarchy. + + + + + The selected level. + + + + + A collection with the conditions available for this view model. + + + + + The selected condition. + + + + + The value for the condition. + + + + + Indicates whether the current condition is complete - all fields are filled. + + + + + Represents a special member type of multidimentional cube produced by multiple mesure members. + + + + + Gets the list of items that represents. + + + + + Gets or sets where measures are placed when more than one measure is applied. + + + + + + Gets or sets the index of this in its paret . + + + + + A collection of KeyValuePair objects which define how sorting will be applied to the grid. + + + + + Inserts an element into the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which item should be inserted. + The object to insert. + + + + Determines whether the exists as a key in the . + + The to locate as a key in the . + true when the specified is found as a key in the , otherwise returns false. + + + + Remove the key from collection + + The to locate as a key in the . + true when the specified is found as a key in the , otherwise returns false. + + + + Gets or sets the collection with the specified tuple. + + + + + + A collection of KeyValuePair objects which define how label sorting will be applied to the members of a level. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Replaces the item at the specified index. + + The index. + The item. + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index. + + The index. + The item. + + Duplicate keys are not allowed. If a KeyValuePair with the same key is present it will be removed, before the new one is inserted. + + + + + Clears the items in the collection. + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The index. + + + + Determines whether the collection contains a level with the specified unique name. + + UniqueName of the level. + + true if the specified level unique name is present; otherwise, false. + + + + + Removes the KeyValuePair with the specified level unique name. + + UniqueName of the level. + + + + Gets or sets the with the specified level unique name. + + + The . + + The UniqueName of the level. + + + + Gets all the level unique names. + + + The level unique names. + + + + + Provides an interface with base methods and properties for implementation of a data slicer which understands and operates with. + + + + + Gets an instance of which property points to as make safe getting that instance from a background thread. + + The instance of the target hierarchy. + + + + Gets an instance of which property points to as make safe getting that instance from a background thread. + + The instance of the target level. + + + + Occurs when a child selection changes. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance has applied filter. + + + true if this instance has applied filter; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the target level. + + The target level. + + + + Gets or sets the name of the target level. + + The name of the target level. + + + + Gets or sets the index of the target level. + + The index of the target level. + + + + Gets or sets the slicer items color scheme. + + + + + Gets or sets the . + + + + + Gets or sets the unique name of the target hierarchy this slicer connects to. + + + + + Gets collection of levels related to the instance. + + + + + Gets collection of all available hierarchies. + + + + + Gets or sets the hierarchy this instance targets. + + + + + Gets of all items of this instance. + + + + + Provides an interface with the base properties for implementation of a slicer item stored in collection. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is selected. + + + + + Gets the filter source this instance is related to. + + + + + Gets the parent slicer. + + + + + Provides an interface with base methods and properties for implementation of a slicer provider. + + + + + Adds the slicer to the provider so the provider is able to track the slicers it serves to. + + The slicer to add. + + + + Removes the slicer from the provider so the provider is no longer responsible to serves this slicer. + + The slicer. + + + + Query request to slicer provider to update the state of slicers in order to reflect the changes caused by another slicer. + + The change source. If null is passed as change source then the state of all slicers should be updated. + The changed slicer items. + + + + Gets a collection of all slicers this instance currently serves to. + + Collection of . + + + + Gets a collection of all available hierarchies. + + Collection of + + + + Gets a collection of all available levels in given hierarchy. + + The hierarchy. + Collection of + + + + Gets asynchronously the collection of filter source items related to given level. + + The level which filter source items are requested. + + + + Called in order to be released all filter source items of given level if they are no longer in use. + + The level which filter source items have to be released. + + + + Occurs when slicer provider is initialized and it has loaded the information about the existing hierarchies and levels. + + + + + Occurs when the call of is completed. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether this instance is slicer provider initialized which means that the provider has loaded + the information about the existing hierarchies and levels. + + + true if this instance is slicer provider initialized; otherwise, false. + + + + + + + Gets the olap view model which this provider operates with. + + The olap view model. + + + + An interface for the view model of the value conditions in the "Measure Filter" dialog. + + + + + Update the filter expression for this view model. + + + + + Method invoked when the view model is removed from the parent collection. + + + + + The viewmodel's measure. + + + + + The viewmodel's value expression. + + + + + The viewmodel's top value expression. + + + + + Gets the collection of hierarchies of the PivotGrid that can be filtered. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected hierarchy. + + + + + Gets the collection of levels for the currently selected hierarchy. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected level. + + + + + Gets the collection of ValueFilterConditions that this condition can apply. + + + + + Gets or sets the selected condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the value for this condition. + + + + + Gets or sets the text value for this condition. + + + + + Indicates whether the current condition is complete - all fields are filled. + + + + + Represents an implementation of the interface. + + + + + A constructor that creates a new condition view model without selected fields. + + The that this viewmodel is modifying. + A collection of supported label conditions + + + + A constructor that creates a new condition view model with a specified label contion. + + The expression this viewmodel will present + The that this viewmodel is modifying. + A collection of supported label conditions. + The selcted label condion. + The values for the condition. + + + + See . + + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A base class for all llabel conditions wrappers that are used to display a condition in the UI. + + + + + Resolves a into a wrapper. + + The label condition for which to create a wrapper. + A wrapper for the specified condition. + + + + Gets an integer that should be used for ordering the condition wrappers. + + + + + Gets the display name for the condition wrapper. + + + + + Gets the label condition for the condition wrapper. + + + + + A wrapper for the Equals condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Specifies the relation between a level and its default members sort direction. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets or sets the level's unique name. + + + The level unique name. + + + + + Gets or sets the default sort direction used for level. + + + The default sort direction. + + + + + Gets or sets the sort behavior for a level. + + + The sort behavior. + + + + + Specifies a sort behavior for a level members. + + + + + Level members are sorted in alphabetical order. + + + + + Level members order depends on the order they are ordered by underlying data provider. + + + + + Base implementation of measures list view model functionality. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Caption of the member. + List of measure items that this item represent. + + + + Recreate the collection. + + The list of new content for collection. + + + + Implementation of the . + + + + + + + Gets the list of items that represents. + + + + + + Gets or sets where measures are placed when more than one measure is applied. + + + + + + Gets or sets the index of this in its paret . + + + + + Gets the string representation for the list of measures. + + The caption. + + + + Gets an instance of object which uniquely identifies this instance. + + + + + Provide a wrapper for the Measure to be used in the View + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The instance of the in which context the exists. + The model provider which will be used to get the data. + The cube in which the hierarchy to be filtered belongs. + The measure to be displayed in the filter. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + The purpose of protected default constructor in this implementation is to hide the default constructor. + + + + + Compares the current instance with another object of the same type and returns an integer that indicates whether the current instance precedes, follows, or occurs in the same position in the sort order as the other object. + + An object to compare with this instance. + + A 32-bit signed integer that indicates the relative order of the objects being compared. The return value has these meanings: Value Meaning Less than zero This instance is less than . Zero This instance is equal to . Greater than zero This instance is greater than . + + + is not the same type as this instance. + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + Gets the in which context this exists. + + + + + Gets the cube to which the measure belongs. + + The cube to which the measure belongs. + + + + Provides an event arguments for event. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The result of the asynchonous operation call. + Any error that occured during the asynchronous operation. + A value that indicates whether the asynchronous operation was cancelled. + An optional user-supplied state object. + + + + Gets the result of the asynchonous operation call. + + + + + Represents simple member of multimentional cube. + + + + + Gets or sets the direction in which is sorted. + + + + + Gets or sets the of that is sorted. + + + + + Specifies the direction in which to sort values stored into . + + + + + Sort from smallest to largest. + + + + + Sort from largest to smallest. + + + + + Sort from smallest to largest. + + + + + Sort from largest to smallest. + + + + + Restore original order + + + + + Class used for saving the name of the cube + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + The name of the cube. + + + + + Gets the name of the catalog this cube belongs to. + + + + + Gets the name of the cube. + + The name of the Cube. + + + + Gets the unique name of the element. + + The unique name of the element. + + + + Gets the caption of the cube. + + The caption. + + + + Gets the description of the cube. + + The description. + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the measures that are defined for the cube. + + The measures. + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the KPIs that are defined for the cube. + + + The KPIs. + + + + + + Gets an ReadOnlyCollection with the dimensions that are defined for the cube. + + The dimensions. + + + + Gets a measure dimension of a cube. + + + + + Class used for saving the name of the cube + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name of the measure group. + The caption of the measure group. + The description of the measure group. + + + + Gets the description of the measure group. + + The description. + + + + Gets the name of the measure group. + + The name of the measure group. + + + + Gets the caption of the measure group. + + The caption. + + + + This class make possible the AreaMembers collection set as a string containing + the comma separated names of the members. + + + + + Returns true if an is type of . + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given object to type of , using the specified context and culture information. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + This class make possible the cube to be set as a string containing + the name of the cube + + + + + Returns true if an is type of . + + An that provides a format context. + A that represents the type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts the given object to type of , using the specified context and culture information. + + An that provides a format context. + The to use as the current culture. + The to convert. + An that represents the converted value. + + + + This calss is used for selection of measure group by its name set as a string. + + + + + Returns whether the type converter can convert an object from the specified type to the type of this converter. + + An object that provides a format context. + The type you want to convert from. + true if this converter can perform the conversion; otherwise, false. + + + + Converts from the specified value to the intended type of . + This instance keeps information about which measure group needs to be loaded after the information is loaded from the server. + + The format context that is used to convert the specified type. + The culture to use for the result. + The value to convert. + The converted to type of value. + + + + Represents an implementation of the interface + used by the . + + + + + A constructor that creates a new condition view model without selected fields. + + A collection of hierarchies that this VM can filter. + A collection of supported value conditions. + A collection of suppored top value conditions. + A for the top condition view models. + + + + A constructor that creates a new condition view model for a specified expression and hierarchy level. + Note only one of the valueExpression and topValueExpression arguments can be specified. + + The measure this model fill apply filters for. + The expression this viewmodel will present. + A collection of hierarchies that this VM can filter. + The selected level for this VM. + A collection of supported value conditions. + A value expression that this VM should represent. + A collection of suppored top value conditions. + A top value expression that this VM should represent. + A for the top condition view models. + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A base class for all value conditions wrappers that are used to display a condition in the UI. + + + + + Resolves a or + into a wrapper. + + + Only one of the valueCondition and topValueCondition arguments should be specified + and isTop should be specified only when topValueCondition is present. + + The value condition for which to create a wrapper. + The top value condition for which to create a wrapper. + Specifies wheter the top value condtion is in TOP or BOTTOM form. + A wrapper for the specified condition. + + + + Gets an integer that should be used for ordering the condition wrappers. + + + + + Gets the display name for the condition wrapper. + + + + + Gets the value condition for the condition wrapper. Returns null in case of top value condition. + + + + + Gets the top value condition for the condition wrapper. Returns null in case of value condition. + + + + + Specifies wheter the top condition is in TOP or BOTTOM form. + True for top, False for bottom, null if the wrapper is for a value condition. + + + + + A wrapper for the condition in TOP form. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition in TOP form. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition in TOP form. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition in BOTTOM form. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition in BOTTOM form. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition in BOTTOM form. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the Equals condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + A wrapper for the condition. + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + + + + See . + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.Design.XML b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.Design.XML new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fb6d8259f0a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.Design.XML @@ -0,0 +1,455 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.Design + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + Provides default values for various XamOutlookBar properties. + + + + + Initializes various defaults for the element wrapped by the specified Modelitem. + + The ModeItem that wraps the element whose defaults are to be set. + + + + This method is called from the Activate method of the PrimarySelectionAdornerProviderWithDeferredInitialization class + to perform initialization of defaults that require an EditingContext. + + The Modelitem to be initialized + The EditingContext associated with the item + + + + Provides default values for various OutlookBarGroup properties. + + + + + Initializes various defaults for the element wrapped by the specified Modelitem. + + The ModeItem that wraps the element whose defaults are to be set. + + + + This method is called from the Activate method of the PrimarySelectionAdornerProviderWithDeferredInitialization class + to perform initialization of defaults that require an EditingContext. + + The Modelitem to be initialized + The EditingContext associated with the item + + + + Exposes public properties used for localization + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the title of the XamOutlookBarAdorner + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Content of the lblActions + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAddGroupGrid + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAddGroupGrid + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAddGroupTree + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAddGroupTree + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAddGroupRadio + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAddGroupRadio + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAddGroupCalendar + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAddGroupCalendar + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbShowMoreButtons + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgShowMoreButtons + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbShowFewerButtons + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgShowFewerButtons + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAutoNumberButtons + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAutoNumberButtons + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the title of the OutlookBarGroupAdorner + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Content of the lblActions + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAddContentTree + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAddContentTree + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAddContentRadio + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAddContentRadio + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Text of the lbAddContentCalendar + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgAddContentCalendar + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Content of the lblAppearance + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Content of the lblHeader + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgHeader + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the Content of the lblIsSelected + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the imgIsSelected + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ToolTip of the btnSmart + + + + + The class simulates some of the finctionalities of the well-known class with the same name in ASP.NET + + + LinkButton + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + Occurs when user click on the button + + + + + + + + + Raise Click event + + + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Description + + + + + + Occurs when user click on the button + + + + + + + + + Represents an adorner for OutlookBarGroup + + + OutlookBarGroupAdorner + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + This method raises the ClosePopupEvent + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Occurs when the popup for has closed up. + + + + + The following class implements an adorner provider for the OutlookBarGroup. + The adorner is a edit control, which changes some properties of the OutlookBarGroup. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Called when adorners are requested for the first time by the designer. + + + + + Called when an adorner provider is about to be discarded by the designer. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Interaction logic for animated SmartButton control + + + SmartButton + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + btnSmart Name Field + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Returns/sets a value that indicates if the arrow points to the right + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Represents an adorner for XamOutlookBar + + + XamOutlookBarAdorner + + + + + Creates a + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + This method raises the ClosePopupEvent + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Occurs when the popup for has closed up. + + + + + The following class implements an adorner provider for the XamOutlookBar. + The adorner is a edit control, which changes some properties of the XamOutlookBar. + + + + + Creates a XamOutlookBarAdornerProvider + + + + + Called when adorners are requested for the first time by the designer. + + + + + Called when an adorner provider is about to be discarded by the designer. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ce37791eab Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.XML b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.XML new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90fe904bd8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.XML @@ -0,0 +1,3204 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Exposes the to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GroupAreaSplitter' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + An instance + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'OutlookBarGoup' + + + + Returns the text label for the that corresponds with the object that is associated with this . + + The text label + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamOutlookBar' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the that corresponds with this . + + The pattern being requested + + + + Specifies the location of an . + + + + + + The is not positioned anywhere within the , i.e. it is not currently in any of collections (e.g., , , ) + + + + + + + + The is located on the navigation area. + + + + + + The is located on the overflow area. + + + + + + The will be displayed inside overflow context menu. + + + + + + Specifies the location of 's vertical splitter. + + + + + + The vertical splitter is on the left side of and the location of the in the minimized state is on the right side of window. + + + Note: This setting will also cause the contents of a minimized to fly out to the left. + + + + + The vertical splitter is on the right side of and the location of the in the minimized state is on the left side of window (default). + + + Note: This setting will also cause the contents of a minimized to fly out to the right. + + + + + Determines how resizing is performed when the vertical splitter is dragged by the user. + + + + + + The is not resized until the splitter dragging is completed, while an alternate representation of the splitter is displayed and moved while the dragging is in progress. + + + + + The is resized in real time as the splitter is dragged. + + + + + Event arguments for event of the . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The previous selected in the . + The new selected in the . + See for more information. + + + + The new selected in the . + + + + + + The previous selected in the . + + + + + + Event arguments for event of the + + See for more information. + + + + Initializes a new instance of class + + The currently selected + The new selected + + + + The currently selected . + + + + + + The new selected . + + + + + + A class for routed events that are cancelable + + See + + + + + for more information. + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + A Thumb derived element used as splitter between the navigation area and selected group content area in the . + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the in the control's default Templates. You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Returns Automation Peer Class + + AutomationPeer + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Arranges s in the navigation area of the . + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the in the control's default Templates. You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Called when the initialization process for the element is complete. + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Supports layout behavior when a child element is resized. + + The child element that is being resized. + + + + An ItemsControl derived control used to present a collection of items in the navigation and overflow areas of the . + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the in the control's default Templates. You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Returns/sets a value that represents the orientation of control. + + + When used in the navigation area of the control the Orientation of the control is vertical, when used in the overflow area the Orientation is horizontal. + + + + + Defines an area that displays s that cannot fit in the navigation area of the . + + + + + Initializes a new + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the in the control's default Templates. You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + A control used to present options that provide control over the visibility and order of s in the navigation area of the . + + + + + Iitializes a new NavigationPaneOptionsControl + + + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.PreviewKeyDown attached + event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. + + The System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Mouse.PreviewMouseDown attached routed + event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. + + The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raises the System.Windows.Controls.Control.PreviewMouseDoubleClick routed event. + + The System.Windows.Input.MouseButtonEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Returns/sets the control that the is presenting options for. + + + + + + + Static class that exposes the resource keys used by elements. + + + These keys are referenced in the templates of the elements via dynamic references. Therefore, the default brushes can be easily changed + by defining replacement brushes, keyed with these keys, in resources anywhere within the resolution scope of their use. For example, + Note: These brushes are normally added to the Resources collection of the window or the application. + + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContentAreaDropdownHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContentAreaDropdownHottrackOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContentAreaDropdownPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CurrentGroupHeaderCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DarkBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GlyphBlackFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GlyphThemeBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GlyphThemeForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GroupInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the HeaderDarkTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LightBrush. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuCheckmarkBoxHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuCheckmarkBoxHottrackOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuCheckmarkBoxNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuCheckmarkBoxNormalOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuIconGroupOuterBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuIconGroupCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHottrackInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHottrackOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHottrackOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemHottrackOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonNormalOuterBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonNormalCenterFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonHottrackOuterBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonHottrackInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonHottrackCenterFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonPressedOuterBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonPressedInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonPressedCenterFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonNormalGlyphFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerButtonHottrackGlyphFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPaneHottrackFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPaneNormalFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPanePressedFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPanePressedFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPanePressedFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPanePressedFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPopupFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MinimizedNavigationPopupBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderActiveCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderActiveHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the NavigationGroupHeaderPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the OutlookBarGroupNormalBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the OutlookBarGroupHoverHighlightFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the OutlookBarGroupPressedHighlightFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the OutlookBarGroupGlowFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the OverflowGlyphBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the OverflowGlyphForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SplitterCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SplitterCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the VerticalSplitterCenterFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamOutlookBarOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamOutlookBarBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + Provides the list of the RoutedCommands supported by the . + + + + + Moves an down if it is in the navigation area or moves the group right if it is in the overflow area. + Supply the to be moved via a CommandParameter (e.g., myButton.CommandParameter = aGroup). + + + + + + + + + Moves an up if it is in the navigation area or moves the group left if it is in the overflow area. + Supply the to be moved via a CommandParameter (e.g., myButton.CommandParameter = aGroup). + + + + + + + + + Shows content of the selected group as popup when is true. + + + + + + + + Shows fewer s in the Navigation Area of the . + + + + + + + + Shows more s in the Navigation Area of the . + + + + + + + + Displays the which let's the user set the visibility and position of the s. + + + + + + + + Selects an . + Supply the to be selected via a CommandParameter (e.g., myButton.CommandParameter = aGroup). + + + + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the . + + + + + Moves the selected group down in the . + + + + + + + + Moves the selected group up in the . + + + + + + + + Commits changes made in the and closes parent. + + + + + + + + Resets groups oreder an visibilty to the initial state and raises GroupsReset event. + + + + + + + + Represents a headered content area in a (commonly referred to as a 'group') that displays image and text in the header and developer-supplied content in the content area. + + + OutlookBarGroups can appear in any of 3 locations in the control: the navigation area, the overflow area and the overflow context menu. When displayed in one of these areas, + only the OutlookBarGroup's headser () is shown. When an OutlookBarGroup is selected, its header (with image and/or text) and content also appear in the selected group area. + + + + + Initializes a new OutlookBarGroup. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Returns Automation Peer Class + + AutomationPeer + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Called when the Content property changes + + The old value of the Content property + The new value of the Content property + + + + Called when the ContentTemplate property changes + + The old value of the ContentTemplate property + The new value of the ContentTemplate property + + + + Called when the ContentTemplateSelector property changes + + The old value of the ContentTemplateSelector property + The new value of the ContentTemplateSelector property + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.UIElement.MouseLeftButtonDown routed event is raised on this element. + + A that contains the event data + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseEnter attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Invoked when an unhandled MouseLeftButtonUp routed event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class + + The that contains the event data. The event data reports that the left mouse button was released + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseLeave attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseMove attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class + + The that contains the event data + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the OutlookBarGroupLocation of the specified group. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Raises property changed event + + The DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + Returns an enumerator to iterate the logical children. + + + + + Returns true if the has a large image, false if not (read only). + + + + + + + Returns/sets a value that indicates if the is selected. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the left mouse button is pressed over the (read only). + + + + + Returns a value indicating whether the mouse pointer is located over the (read only). + + + + + + Returns/set a key associated with this . Though not required, if specified this key can be used to access the in the collection. + + + + + + Returns the current location of the group (read only). This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Returns/sets the ImageSource for 's LargeImage. This is a dependency property. + The OutlookBarGroup displays the large image when it is in the navigation group area. + + + + + + + Returns the that contains the (read only). + + + + + + Returns/sets the ImageSource for 's SmallImage. This is a dependency property. + The OutlookBarGroup displays the small image when it is in the overflow area or in the overflow context menu. + + + + + + + Returns the if it has been set, otherwise returns a default small image for the OutlookBarGroup (read only). + + + + + + + Occurs when a property value changes + + + + + Represents a modifiable collection of objects. + + The s in OutlookBarGroupCollection can be accessed either via key or integer index. + + + + + + Initialize a new OutlookBarGroupCollection + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the . You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Inserts a new at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which to insert the OutlookBarGroup/> + The OutlookBarGroup to insert in the collection + + + + Removes an at the specified index. + + The index of the item in the collection to be removed. + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. + + + + Moves an item from one index in the collection to a new location. + + The index of the item to relocate + The new index of the item currently located at index + + + + Removes a contiguous block of items from the collection. + + The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. + The number of elements to remove + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + Index of the item to replace + The item to insert into the collection. + + + + Raises the ItemPropertyChanged event + + ItemPropertyChangedEventArgs + + + + Raises the CollectionChanged event + + The argument providing information about the collection change + + + + Determines whether OutlookBarGroupCollection contains an with the specified key + + The key if the to check + True if the OutlookBarGroup with the specified key exists, otherwise false + + + + Returns the with the specified key. + + The key + The with the specified key or null if an with the specified key was not found. + + + + A read-only collection of s used in the navigation, overflow and context menu areas of the . + + + + + + + + + Creates a readonly Collection of OutlookBarGroup items from source collection + + Source OutlookBarGroupCollection + + + + This class is for internal use and is used as a proxy for s in the + + + + + Creates a OutlookBarGroupProxy from the specified + + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the . You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the source . + + + + + Returns the Header from the associated + + + + + + Returns sets whether the underlying is selected. + + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tooltip of the navigation pane in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the navigation pane in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tooltip of the minimize button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the expand button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Show More Buttons" menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Show Fewer Buttons" menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Add Or Remove Buttons" menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Navigation Area Options..." menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Move Up Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Move Down Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Reset Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Cancel Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the OK Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the label in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the title of the navigation pane options window + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the tooltip of OverflowMenuButton + + + + + Exposes the instances used in the assembly. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tooltip of the navigation pane in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the navigation pane in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tooltip of the minimize button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the expand button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Show More Buttons" menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Show Fewer Buttons" menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Add Or Remove Buttons" menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the "Navigation Area Options..." menu item in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Move Up Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Move Down Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Reset Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the Cancel Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the OK Button in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the label in the + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the title of the navigation pane options window + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the text of the tooltip of OverflowMenuButton + + + + + Loads the themes contained in this assembly. + + + + + Loads and registers the resource sets + + + + + Abstract base class used to supply brush resources for the . + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: RibbonBase, Editors, RibbonBase, WPF etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the default look for a + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + A custom type converter for providing a list of themes available for the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Abstract base class used to supply style resources for a specific look for XamOutlookBar. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: OutlookBar, Editors, Primitives, etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that describes the theme information for the resource set. + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office 2013 look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the IGTheme look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a OutlookBar + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + A ContentControl derived control used to present selected group content area in the + + + + + Initialize a new SelectedGroupContent + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the . You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + A ContentControl derived control used to present the selected group header in the + + + + + Initialize a new SelectedGroupHeader + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the . You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseEnter attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Invoked when an unhandled Mouse.MouseLeave attached event is raised on this element + + The that contains the event data + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + A Control derived class used to represent the vertical splitter of that is used during a drag operation to represent the preview of where the splitter will be positioned. + + The VerticalSplitterPreview is only used when the is set to .Deferred. + + + + + + Initialize a new VerticalSplitterPreview + + +

Note: An instance of this class is automatically created by the . You do not normally need to create an instance of this class.

+
+
+ + + The XamOutlookBar is a WPF Component that provides the UI and functionality + of the navigation bar/strip in the applications /Like MS Outlook 2003 or later versions/ + + XamOutlookBar is a WPF version of the existing Infragistics WinExplorerBar element. The WPF version of the supports only the OutlookNavigationPane style. It is not backward-compatible with the WinExplorerBar control. + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for a . + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Returns Automation Peer Class + + AutomationPeer + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the template for the element has been applied. + + + + + Raises the event, using the specified + information as part of the eventual event data. + + Details of the old and new size involved in the change. + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the default small image for . + + +

This is the default value of .

+
+ +
+ + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for a used to represent a horizontal splitter. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the style used by the minimize toggle button in the . + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for a used to show popup with content of the selected . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the OutlookBar attached dependency property + + + + + Returns the value of XamOutlookBar attached property + + UIElement + + + + The key used to identify the style used for a used to represent a header of overflow menu. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for a used to represent an overflow menu item. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for a inside the overflow menu. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the icon for the "Show Fewer Buttons" menu option + + + + + The key used to identify the icon for the "Show More Buttons" menu option + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Theme' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for a VerticalSplitterPreview control that is used during a drag operation to represent the preview of where the splitter will be positioned. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for a used to represent a vertcal splitter. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Moves specified backward into the Groups collection. + + An which changes its position + + + + Moves specified forward into the Groups collection. + + An which changes its position + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Raises the + + The RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs before has been restored to a normal(not minimized) state + + The OutlookBarCancelableRoutedEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Raises the + + The RoutedEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Raises the + + The OutlookBarCancelableRoutedEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + The SelectedGroupChangingEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + The SelectedGroupChangedEventArgs that contains the event data + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + + + + + + Routed event used to notify when the property has been changed. + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + + + + Returns enumerator to logical children + + The used to iterate its children. + + + + Returns/sets the possibility of the to be minimized. This is a dependency property. + + +

By default, AllowMinimized is true. Set this property to false + to prevent minimizing of .

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a read only collection of items in the overflow context menu of XamOutlookBar + + +

The groups in the ContextMenuGroups collection will be displayed inside overflow context menu of XamOutlookBar. + The of each group in this collection is set to OutlookBarGroupLocation.OverflowContextMenu.

+
+ + + +
+ + + + Returns/set the that plays when it goes to the expanded state. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + Returns a modifiable collection of items. + + +

The developer can use only one of or properties to add groups to the control. + Each in the Groups belongs to one of readonly collectons: + + + +

+
+ +
+ + + Gets or sets a collection used to generate the content of the . This is a dependency property. + + +

The developer can use only one of or properties to add groups to the control. + This allows the Groups collection to be populated via a binding on the GroupsSource property. + When GroupsSource is in use, setting this property to null will remove + the collection and restore use to Groups (which will be an empty collection).

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets whether the is in minimized state. This is a dependency property. + + +

By default is false. The minimized state of XamOutlookBar depends also on AllowMinimized and MinimizedStateThreshold properties.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets a value indicating whether the vertical splitter is visible in the user interface. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the number of pixels over the minimized size where the controls snaps to its minimized state. This is a dependency property. + + + When the property value has not been set the resolves the threshold to a calculated value that is the width in minimized state. + + + + + + + + Returns/set the width of in minimized state. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + Returns/set the that XamOutlookBar plays when it goes to the minimized state. + + + + + + + Returns a readonly collection of items in the navigation area of the XamOutlookBar + + +

The groups in the NavigationAreaGroups collection are displayed inside navigation area of . + The of each group in this collection is set to .NavigationGroupArea.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/set desired number of groups in the navigation area of the . This is a dependency property. + + +

By default, NavigationAreaMaxGroups is -1 which meaning that XamOutlookBar will put as much as possible groups in the navigation area depending on available space.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns/set the style of . This is a dependency property. + +

The NavigationPaneOptionsControl is used to change the display order and visibility of the groups

+ +
+ + + Returns a readonly collection of items in the XamOutlookBar overflow area + + +

The groups in the OverflowAreaGroups collection are displayed inside overflow area of XamOutlookBar. + The of each group in this collection is set to OutlookBarGroupLocation.OverflowArea.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets whether the space exists for the LargeImage of an . This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the the minimum height of the selected group area, in device-independent units. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + + Returns/sets the currently selected group in the . This is a dependency property. + + +

The content of SelectedGroup is displayed in the selected group content area of XamOutlookBar. The amount of space allocated is determined by the SelectedAreaMinHeight property.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the Content of current . This is a dependency property. + + + + + Returns the of current . This is a dependency property. + + + + + Returns which allows the app writer to provide custom style selection logic. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Returns/sets the possibility to show OutlookBarGroup header in the overflow area as ToolTip. This is a dependency property. + + +

The OutlookBarGroup fills the tooltip with Header only when it has no tooltip property set and ShowGroupHeaderAsToolTip is true.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns/sets the possibility of the tooltip appearance for the group in the overflow area. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Gets/sets the default look for the control. This is a dependency property. + + + If left set to null then the default 'Generic' theme will be used. + This property can be set to the name of any registered theme (see and methods). + + + + + + + Returns/sets the location of vertical splitter of the XamOutlookBar. This is a dependency property. + + + + + + Returns/sets the VerticalSplitterResizeMode of the XamOutlookBar. + + + + + + Returns/sets the width of vertical splitter. This is a dependency property. + + +

This property allows the developer to set the Width of the splitter without having to specify a Style (via the VerticalSplitterStyleKey property).

+
+ + +
+ + + Occurs before a command is performed + + + + + + + + Occurs after a command is performed + + + + + + + + Occurs after reseting the visibility and the order of the groups in their initial state by the + + + + + + + Raises before completing the restoration to normal (not minimized) state + + + + + Raises after completing the XamOutlookBar expansion. + + + + + + + Raises before completing the minimization + + + + + Occurs after has been minimized + + + + + + + Raises before completing the change of the in the XamOutlookBar. + + + + + Occurs after has been changed + + + + + Occurs when the property of the is true and the popup for the has closed up. + + + + + + + Occurs when the property of the is true and the popup for the has been opened. + + + + + + + Occurs when the popup is about to be displayed to the end user. + + + + + + + Occurs when the property has been changed. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d6fd9acd209 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.OutlookBar.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Persistence.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Persistence.v14.2.dll index 4b65a67867b..06362c4df86 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Persistence.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Persistence.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.Design.XML b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.Design.XML new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7d52463357b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.Design.XML @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.Design + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..780de14e37a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.XML b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.XML new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..044fdb48292 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.XML @@ -0,0 +1,1447 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Class that represents a section of a where each page's content is supplied by an embedded visual. + + +

+ An instance of this class can be added to a 's collection. + Then, when a pagination process is started, by calling or on , + the EmbeddedVisualReportSection class creates an instance of a and sets + its content based on the parameters passed into one of its constructors. It then rasies the , and finally the events. +

+

The EmbeddedVisualReportSection class can contain three types of objects, supplied in the constructor: +

    +
  • The objects that implement interface
  • +
  • The objects that implement interface, e.g. the XamDataGrid
  • +
  • The objects derived from System.Windows.Media.Visual
  • +
+ The first and second type of objects ultimately provide pagination support through the interface. + The third type of object will be printed in one page and if they don’t fit on page, they will be clipped by default. + To prevent clipping of the visual set on to 'Scale'. +

+ Note: each section in a starts on a new page. For example, if you created a Report with 3 EmbeddedVisualReportSections, one with a XamDataGrid and 2 others with + simple visual elements, each section would start on a new page even though there might have been available space on the last page from the previous section. +
+
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The source visual to be printed + +

If sourceVisual implements the interface then the interface's method + will be called to create the before the event is raised.

+

In this case the will be cleared immediately after the event is raised.

+

Note:XamDataGrid implements the interface and returns a special derived class of DataPresenterBase as the . + Therefore, if special event handling is required, the events can be wired up in the event by casting the to DataPresenterBase. + Those events can be unwired in the event.

+
+ sourceVisual can not be null. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The source visual to be printed + Object that implements the IEmbeddedVisualPaginator interface to provide pagination. + +

If sourceVisual implements the interface then the interface's method + will be called to create the before the event is raised.

+

In this case the will be cleared immediately after the event is raised.

+

Note:XamDataGrid implements the interface and returns a special derived class of DataPresenterBase as the . + Therefore, if special event handling is required, the events can be wired up in the event by casting the to DataPresenterBase. + Those events can be unwired in the event.

+
+ sourceVisual can not be null. + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs after a pagination process has been started + + + + + + Occurs after a pagination process has been started + + + + + + Occurs before a pagination process is about to begin. + + + + + + Gets the page from the section + + Zero-based physical page number relative to the beginning of the section. + A DocumentPage containing the page or null if past end of section. + The page number parameter is less than zero. + + + + Called when a pagination operation is about to begin. + + The report that starts the printing. + +

This method creates and prepares a and raises the and events.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Called when a pagination operation has ended. + + +

This method releases the and raises the event.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Occurs after a pagination process has ended. + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a pagination process has been started. + + + + + + + + + Occurs before a pagination process is about to begin. + + +

If implements the interface then the interface's method + will be called to create the before this event is raised.

+

In this case the will be cleared immediately after the event is raised.

+

Note:XamDataGrid implements the interface and returns a special derived class of DataPresenterBase as the . + Therefore, if special event handling is required, the events can be wired up in the event by casting the to DataPresenterBase. + Those events can then be unwired in the event.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns the source visual that was passed into the constructor (read-only). + + The sourceVisual passed into the constructor. + + + + Returns the visual paginator that will be used inside the report section (read-only). + + An object that implements the interface or null. + +

If the VisualPaginator was supplied in the constructor it will be returned by this property. However, if the + implements the interface then this property will return null except during a pagination operation.

+

Note:XamDataGrid implements the interface and returns a special derived class of DataPresenterBase as the . + Therefore, if special event handling is required, the events can be wired up in the event by casting the VisualPaginator to DataPresenterBase. + Those events can be unwired in the event.

+
+
+ + + The number of physical pages generated so far (read-only). + + +

This property only has meaning during a pagination, otherwise it returns 0.

+
+
+ + + Returns whether the report section is on the last page (read-only). + + +

This property only has meaning during a pagination.

+
+
+ + + Gets an enumerator that can iterate the logical child elements of this element. + + + + + The logical page number of the current page being printed within this section. + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page number of the current page being printed within this section. + +

Note: if there are multiple sections within a report this property restarts at 1 within each section.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + The logical page part number of the current page being printed within this section (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page part number of the current page being printed within this section. + +

Note: if the logical page is not wide enough to span multiple pages or the property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return 1. +

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + The physical page number of the current page being printed within this section (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the physical page number of the current page being printed within this section. + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property restarts at 1 within each section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Identifies the output format of an export operation. + + + + + + + + + Exports to XPS format + + + + + Indicates why the print operation was canceled. + + + + + + The print operation was not canceled + + + + + The print operation was canceled by the user + + + + + There aren't any printer's defined. + + + + + Indicates the printing status. + + + + + + The print operation ended successfully + + + + + The print operation was cancelled by the user. + + + + + Event arguments for event pagination events. + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The IEmbeddedVisualPaginator used for the pagination + + + + + + + + Returns the visual paginator used for the pagination (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for event + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + Number of page currently being printed + Descriptive information displayed in the progress window when the content of a grid is being printed. + Percent of completing of process + + + + Returns the number of page currently being printed + + + + + Returns/sets descriptive information displayed in the progress window when the content of a grid is being printed. + + + + + Returns a value representing the percentage of the printing process that has been completed + + + + + Event arguments for event + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The status of printing process + Count of printed pages + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The status of printing process + Count of printed pages + The reason the operation was canceled + + + + Returns the reason the operation was canceled. + + + + + Returns the status of printing. + + + + + Returns the count of printed pages. + + + + + Indicates the progress of a print operation. + + +

To show this control automatically on a modeless window, you can call method. + Otherwise, if you are using it on one of your windows you should set the property to wire things up.

+
+
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + + + + Cancels the print operation. + + + + + Returns/sets object whose progress will be indicated. + + + + + The Report object exposes all properties and methods necessary to print a report or export it to a file in XPS format. + + +

To create a report do the following: +

    +
  • 1. Instantiate a Report object.
  • +
  • 2. Specify appropriate settings through the property.
  • +
  • 3. Create one or more s and add them to the collection.
  • +
  • 4. Call either the , or . methods.
  • +
+

+

Note: styling, templates, header content and footer content for each page's s can be specified for the entire report by setting the following properties: +

    +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
+ The same set of properties is exposed by to override these defaults on a section by section basis. +

+
+ + +
+ + + Creates a new instance of the class + + + + + Generate report / Print or Xps file + + + + + + IsPermissionGranted - Detect whether or not this application has the requested permission + + + + + + + ProcessXpsDocumentWriter(XpsDocumentWriter) + + + + + + + ProcessXpsDocumentWriter(XpsDocumentWriter , PrintTicket) + + + + + + + + Takes care for raise event in correct thread + + + + + Takes care for raise event in correct thread + + + + + Takes care for raise event in correct thread + + + + + Called when the new page is printed. + + + + + Called when the printing is completed. + + + + + Called when the printing is canceled. + + + + + Exports the Report to a file in a specified output format. The determinates the exported file name. + + The output document type (XPS only). + +

If the . property is not set, + then the Report will be exported in with default file name: Export.xps. + If the property contains only a folder name, e.g. 'C:\MyFolder\', + the Report will be exported in that folder with a filename of Export.xps. If the property only contains a file name, + e.g. "xamGridExport.xps", the Report will be exported in the CurrentDirectory with the specified name. +

+
+ The exception will be thrown if you try to run export in non FullTrust environment. + The exception will be thrown if you try to export or print a Report that doesn't have any sections. + + + + + + +
+ + + Exports the Report to a file in the specified file format using the specified file name. + + The output document type (XPS only). + The file name where the report will be exported. If the file exists, it will be overwritten. + +

If the fileName is null or an empty string then the Report will be exported in with default file name: Export.xps. + If the fileNam contains only a folder name, e.g. 'C:\MyFolder\', + the Report will be exported in that folder with a filename of Export.xps. If the parameter only contains a file name, + e.g. "xamGridExport.xps", the Report will be exported in the CurrentDirectory with the specified name. +

+
+ The exception will be thrown if you try to run export in non FullTrust environment. + + + + + + +
+ + + Exports the Report to a file in the specified file format using the specified file name. + + The output document type (XPS only). + The file name where the report will be exported. If the file exists, it will be overwritten. + If true the SaveFileDialog will be shown. + +

if showSaveFileDialog is true then the filename parameter will be used as the default file name + in the SaveFileDialog. Otherwise, if the fileName is null or an empty string then the Report will be exported in with default file name: Export.xps. + If the fileNam contains only a folder name, e.g. 'C:\MyFolder\', + the Report will be exported in that folder with a filename of Export.xps. If the parameter only contains a file name, + e.g. "xamGridExport.xps", the Report will be exported in the CurrentDirectory with the specified name. +

+
+ The exception can be thrown if the file name is invalid or the directory doesn't exists + The exception will be thrown if you try to run export in non FullTrust environment. + The exception will be thrown if you try to export or print a Report that doesn't have any sections. + + + + + + +
+ + + Exports the Report in a specified file format in a specified stream. + + The output document type (XPS only). + The stream to which the Report will be exported. + +

If you stream is null then the result will be the same as calling .

+
+ + + + + + The exception will be thrown if you try to run export in a non FullTrust environment. + The exception will be thrown if you try to export or print a Report that doesn't have any sections. +
+ + + Prints the report first showing a standard print dialog but without showing a progress dialog. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prints the report and can show an optional progress window as well as a standard print dialog. + + If true a progress window is displayed during the print operation. + If true a standard print dialog is firat displayed to the user before printing begins. + + + + + + + + + + + + + Prints the report and can show an optional progress window (with a specified owning window) as well as a standard print dialog. + + If true a progress window is displayed during the print operation. + If true a standard print dialog is firat displayed to the user before printing begins. + The owning element. This element will be used to set the owner of the progress window displayed during the print operation. + + + + + + + + + + The exception will be thrown if you try to export or print a Report that doesn't have any sections. + + + + Shows a standard PrintDialog and saves settings from it in the object. + + False if the dialog was cancelled, otherwise true. + +

You can use this method before calling any of the Print methods. This allows you to edit the user's settings before the report starts printing. + If you use this method in non trusted environment (XBAP) you must initialize the . + before calling one of Print methods.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + The actual size of the page used during a report generation or export operation (read-only). + + + Note: this value is only valid during a report generation or export operation. Also it doesn't take into the page orientation. + + + + + Gets the object that contains the settings for the entire Report (read-only) + + + + + Returns whether the report is currently generating a preview (read-only) + + + + + The physical page number of the current page being printed within the report (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the physical page number of the current page being printed within the report. + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property continues on from the section to section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The logical page part number of the current page being printed (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page part number of the current page being printed. + +

Note: if the logical page is not wide enough to span multiple pages or the property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return 1. +

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The logical page part number of the current page being printed (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page part number of the current page being printed. + +

Note: if the logical page is not wide enough to span multiple pages or the property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return 1. +

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The physical page number of the current page being printed within this section (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the physical page number of the current page being printed within this section. + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property restarts at 1 within each section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The logical page number of the current page being printed within this section (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page number of the current page being printed within this section. + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property restarts at 1 within each section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The logical page part number of the current page being printed (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page part number of the current page being printed. + +

Note: if the logical page is not wide enough to span multiple pages or the property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return 1. +

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of objects. + + + Note: each section in a Report starts on a new page. For example, if you created a Report with 3 s, one with a XamDataGrid and 2 others with + simple visual elements, each section would start on a new page even though there might have been available space on the last page from the previous section. + + + + + + + + Occurs as each page is printed or exported. + + + + + + Occurs when a print or export operation is about to begin. + + + + + Occurs when a print or export operation ends. + + + + + + private class Paginator + + + + + Get the specified page for whole report + + + Ready for print document page + + + + Initializes paginator members + + + + + Raises the PrintProgress event. + + A PrintProgressEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + This must be always 0. We control print break by seting _isPageCountValid to true; + + + + + Use for print preview + + + + + Represents one page in a + + +

An instance of this element is created internally by each to represent a page in the report. + It's Margin property is set based on the 's . +

+

Styling, templates, header content and footer content can be specified for the entire report by setting the following properties on : +

    +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
  • +
+ The same set of properties is exposed by to override these defaults on a section by section basis. +

+ Note: if an object implements the or + interface, e.g. a XamDataGrid, and it is inside an as + each page is returned from the DataContext of the ReportPagePresenter will be set + to value returned from . In the case of a XamDataGrid this will be the first Record on the page. +
+
+ + + Creates an instance of the class + + + + + Creates an instance of the class + + The owing section + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Occurs when the template for the element has been applied. + + + + + Gets or sets the content of the footer. + + + Note: the uses its value to + set this property. If that is null set it will use the value of the 's property. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a composite string that specifies how to format the Footer property if it is displayed as a string. + + + FooterStringFormat can be a predefined, composite, or custom string format. For more information see the documentation on the corresponding HeaderFormatString property of the . +

Note:If you are using a version of Microsoft's .Net framework that is before 3.5-SP1 or if you set the or property of a , then the FooterStringFormat property is ignored. +

+
+ +
+ + + The template used to display the footer content. + + + Note: the uses its value to + set this property. If that is null set it will use the value of the 's property. + + + + + + + + A DataTemplateSelector that can be used to provide custom logic for choosing the template for the footer. + + + Note: the uses its value to + set this property. If that is null set it will use the value of the 's property. + + + + + + + + The owning (read-only) + + + + + + + The logical page number of this page within the report (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page number of this page within the report, i.e. across sections + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property continues on from the section to section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The logical page part number of this page (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page part number of this page. + +

Note: if the logical page is not wide enough to span multiple pages or the property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return 1. +

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The physical page number of this page within the report (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the physical page number of this page within the report. + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property continues on from the section to section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The logical page number of this page within this section (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page number of this page within this section. + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property restarts at 1 within each section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The logical page part number of this page (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the logical page part number of this page. + +

Note: if the logical page is not wide enough to span multiple pages or the property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return 1. +

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + The physical page number of this page within this section (read-only). + + A 1-based integer representing the physical page number of this page within this section. + +

If there are multiple sections within a report this property restarts at 1 within each section.

+

Note: if property is set to 'Scale' then this property will return the same value as .

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Report preview control that contains a standard . + + + + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + + + + Invoked when the template for the element has been applied. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the used within the control. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Generates a preview of a specified report and displays in via the contained + + The report to generate the preview for. + If true will display a standard PrintDialog before the report is generated. + If true will show a progress window while the report is being generated. + + + + + + Returns a reference to which is internaly used for preview. + + + + + Return/sets whether or not the contained DocumentViewer is visible. + + + + + + Returns the Report that is being previewed (read-only). + + + Note: this property will return null until is called. + + + + + + + A collection of objects used by . + + + Note: each section in a starts on a new page. For example, if you created a Report with 3 s, one with a XamDataGrid and 2 others with + simple visual elements, each section would start on a new page even though there might have been available space on the last page from the previous section. + + + + + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the content of the cancel button in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the content of the label description in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the print button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the zoomin button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the zoomout button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the actual size button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the page width button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the whole page button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the two pages button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the header of zoom in context menu item in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the header of zoom out context menu item in + + + + + Exposes the instances used in the assembly. + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the content of the cancel button in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the content of the label description in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the print button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the zoomin button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the zoomout button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the actual size button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the page width button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the whole page button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the tool tip of the two pages button content in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the header of zoom in context menu item in + + + + + Returns a instance that contains the localized resource for the header of zoom out context menu item in + + + + + Loads the themes contained in this assembly. + + + + + Loads and registers the resource sets + + + + + Abstract base class used to supply style resources for a specific look for XamReporting. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: Reporting, Editors, Primitives, etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that describes the theme information for the resource set. + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a Reporting + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3cadae1cccf Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Reporting.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52c98be0fc8 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.Design.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.Design.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cfc1edd8267 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.Design.xml @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.Design + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + Provides default values for various XamRibbon properties. + + + + + Initializes various defaults for the element wrapped by the specified Modelitem. + + The ModeItem that wraps the element whose defaults are to be set. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..dd8a51c384c Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6b5159be4e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,18324 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Ribbon.v14.2 + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + This constructor is for internal use only. + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Displays the toolbar that is positioned at the bottom of the application menu. + + + + + + + + Abstract base class for all toolbars in the . + + + + + Identifies the ContainingToolbar" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ContainingToolbar' attached readonly property + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + A custom used to position the of an + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Returns the visual child at the specified index. + + Integer position of the child to return. + The child element at the specified position. + is greater than the + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the panel becomes or is no longer the items host of an ItemsControl. + + Old state + New state + + + + Returns the number of visual children for the element. + + + + + Represents the ApplicationMenu button on a ribbon. + + + + + + + + Represents a RibbonTool inside a MenuTool + + + + + + Interface implemented by an object that contains elements which implement IRibbonTool + + + + + The IRibbonTool being hosted. + + + + + Interface implemented by an object that contains a collection of key tips. + + + + + Called when this container is being displayed and the user presses the ESC key to back out of it. + + + + + Gets the key tip providers in this container + + + + + Value indicating whether to look for providers from this container in the parent container, + and to reuse the key tips created for those providers in this container + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Arranges and sizes the tools contained in the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel. + + The size available to arrange the contained tools. + The size used to arrange the contained tools. + + + + Undoes the effects of PrepareContainerForItemOverride. + + The container element + The item. + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + The newly created container + + + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.GotKeyboardFocus attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The System.Windows.Input.KeyboardFocusChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Called when the menu item is clicked. + + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the element. + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Called when a property value chas changed + + The arguments containing the property and its new and old values. + + + + Invoked when the tooltip could be shown for the element. + + + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an array of that represent the menu items in the Items collection. + + + + + Returns the keytip providers that represent the item itself. + + + + + Returns a value indicating if the menu is enabled. + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Gets whether this element represents a MenuTool with a Segmented ButtonType. + + Returns true if this element represents a with a SegmentedSegmented ButtonType + + + + + + + + Gets whether this element represents a SeparatorTool (read-only). + + Returns true if this element represents a . + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the minimum width of the s (if any) associated with the MenuTool's menu items. + + + + + + Returns the visibility to be used by the ScrollViever inside the Popup (read-only) + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the popup can be resized + + + + + + Returns the associated ribbon tool. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the menu item should display a large image. + + + + + + Determines if the child tools should render using large images. + + + + + Interface implemented by an object that provides a key tip for keyboard access + + + + + Called when the providers key tip has been typed by the user. + The provider should perform its default action when this is called + + + + + Return the value indicating whether this provider is equal to the specified provider + + + + + Gets the key tip container related to this provider. + Providers that do not contain other key tips should return null. + + + + + Gets the alignment of the key tip based on the location. + + + + + Gets the prefix to use when auto-generating a key tip for the provider. + + + + + The caption of the provider. + This will be used to auto-generate a key tip when and is null or empty. + + + + + Used to indicate what should happen to the keytips and activation state of the key tip containers when the item is activated. + + + This will only be used for providers that return null for . + Deactivation could mean closing the sub menu where the provider resides. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the key tip should be displayed enabled. + + + + + Gets the value indicating whether the key tip should be displayed. + + + + + Gets the key tip value to use for this provider. + + + + + Gets the locaton where the key tip should be displayed in screen coordinates + + + + + The mnemonic of the provider. + This will be used to auto-generate a key tip when is null or empty. + + + + + Returns the element that should be adorned with the keytip + + + + + This will be used to auto-generate a key tip when there is no caption, mnemonic or auto generation prefix. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if a key tip can be generated from the mnemonic, caption or autogeneration/default prefix. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns null since the elements are exposed as child elements of the popup within the application menu. + + Returns null + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the property has been set to an instance of (read-only). + + + + + + A custom used to position the of an + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates a new UIElementCollection. + + The logical parent of the new collection. + A new collection. + + + + This attribute identifies classes as ribbon tools. It is used to restrict the visibility of some attached properties. + + + Note: this attribute has been placed the interface so any class that implements that interface will automatically pick up this attribute. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Creates a new instance of the ItemAutomationPeer class. + + The data item that is associated with the associated . + + Automation peer for item + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Menu enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ApplicationMenu2010' + + + + Gets a human readable name that, in addition to AutomationControlType, differentiates the control represented by this AutomationPeer. + + The text specified in property + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement Invoke pattern + + + + Verify if element is enable + + + + + Initializes a new + + The data item associated with the peer + The peer for the owning ItemsControl + + + + Verify if element is enable + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Button enumeration value + + + + Returns + + A string that contains 'ApplicationMenu' + + + + Gets a human readable name that, in addition to AutomationControlType, differentiates the control represented by this AutomationPeer. + + The text specified in property + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement Invoke pattern + + + + Verify if element is enable + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The MenuItem or TabItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ApplicationMenu2010Item' + + + + Gets a human readable name that, in addition to AutomationControlType, differentiates the control represented by this AutomationPeer. + + The text specified in property + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement Invoke pattern + + + + Verify if element is enable + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Button enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ButtonTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + + + + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ComboEditorTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GalleryItemPresenter' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + The ItemsControlAutomationPeer that is associated with the ItemsControl that holds the collection. + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GalleryItemPresenter' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + The string in . + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement ISelectionItemProvider pattern + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Group enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GalleryItemGroup' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + The string in . + + + + Creates a new instance of the ItemAutomationPeer class. + + The that is associated with this GalleryItemGroup. + + Automation peer for item + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Pane enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GalleryToolDropDownPresenter' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement ISelectionProvider pattern + + + + Creates a new instance of the ItemAutomationPeer class. + + The or that is associated with this GalleryToolDropDownPresenterAutomationPeer. + + Automation peer for item + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + The ItemsControlAutomationPeer that is associated with the ItemsControl that holds the collection. + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GalleryItem' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + The string in . + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement ISelectionItemProvider pattern + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Creates a new instance of the ItemAutomationPeer class. + + The that is associated with this GalleryItemGroup. + + Automation peer for item + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Pane enumeration value + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + +

The ribbon returns as its children QAT, ApplicationMenu, ContextualTabGroups and RibbonTabItems

+
+
+ + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GalleryToolPreviewPresenter' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement ISelectionProvider pattern + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Custom enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'GalleryTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + The string in . + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Text enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'LabelTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'MaskedEditorTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + +

The ribbon returns as its children QAT, ApplicationMenu, ContextualTabGroups and RibbonTabItems

+
+
+ + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'MenuToolBase' + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The Menu enumeration value + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement IExpandCollapseProvider pattern + + + + Verify if element is enable + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'MenuTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement pattern + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + The owner is null + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The TabItem enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ContextualTabGroup' + + + + + + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ApplicationMenu' + + + + Gets a human readable name that, in addition to AutomationControlType, differentiates the control represented by this AutomationPeer. + + The text specified in property + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'RadioButtonTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The ToolBar enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'RibbonGroup' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + The string in . + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement IExpandCollapseProvider pattern + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The ToolBar enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ToolbarBase' + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'QuickAccessToolbar' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TabItemAreaToolbar' + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'TextEditorTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ToggleButtonTool' + + + + Gets a human readable name for . + + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The CheckBox enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'DropDownToggle' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement IToggleProvider pattern + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + +

The ToolMenuItem peer returns list of base implementation of MenuItem plus + Automation peer for embedded

+
+
+ + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'ToolMenuItem' + + + + Returns the control pattern associated with the specified for the associated . + + The pattern being requested + Object that implement IToggleProvider pattern + + + + Exposes types to UI Automation + + + + + Creates a new instance of the class + + The for which the peer is being created + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of control represented by the automation peer. + + The ToolBar enumeration value + + + + Returns the name of the + + A string that contains 'XamRibbon' + + + + Returns the collection of child elements of the that is associated with this + + The collection of child elements + +

The ribbon returns as its children QAT, ApplicationMenu, ContextualTabGroups and RibbonTabItems

+
+
+ + + Gets a human readable name for . + + The string that contains 'Infragistics XamRibbon' + + + + The control displayed when clicking the file tab in the when the is set to UseBackstage. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Undoes the effects of PrepareContainerForItemOverride. + + The container element + The item. + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + The newly created container + + + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Called after the control has been initialized. + + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + The key used to identify the used by the that closes the ApplicationMenu2010 when the Office2013 theme is used. + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsConstrainingElement attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached IsConstrainingElement DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached IsConstrainingElement DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Menu attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached Menu DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached Menu DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been closed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been opened + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the caption to be displayed in the file tab. + + + + + + + + Returns the height of the caption overlay area (read-only) + + The height of the caption area when the Office2013 theme is used, otherwise 0./> + + + + + Returns true if the object has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns or sets the image that will be displayed on the file tab button in the . + + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that represents the item from the Items collection that is the Tab type ApplicationMenu2010Item whose content is displayed on the right side of the ApplicationMenu2010 when the menu is shown. + + +

This property indicates the item that should be chosen as the selected tab when the ApplicationMenu2010 opens. When the + menu opens and the is null, this property is used to initialize the SelectedTabItem. When the menu closes, + the SelectedTabItem is set to null and the next time the menu opens it will use the value of the InitialSelectedTabItem.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the control is being displayed to the end user. + + +

When set to true, the event will be raised and the menu will be + displayed to the end user. The will be set to null as occurs in + Office when the Backstage is displayed. If the end user clicks the file tab or presses Escape, the + menu will be closed and the previously selected tab item will be restored. If the end user selects + another tab, the menu will be closed and that tab item will be displayed within the ribbon.

+
+ + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns the ApplicationMenu2010Item instance that represents the current SelectedTabItem + + + + + + Returns or sets the object that represents the item from the Items collection that is the Tab type ApplicationMenu2010Item whose content is displayed on the right side of the ApplicationMenu2010. + + +

The SelectedTabItem represents the item from the Items collection that is the currently selected tab item. The content of the currently selected tab item is + displayed on the right hand side of the control. The property is updated as the end user selects tab items in the left side of the control. When the ApplicationMenu2010 is closed, + the property is set to null so that the menu will open with the default tab item the next time it opens.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a transform the animate the menu's contents horizonatlly when the menu is opened or closed when the Office2013 theme is used (read-only). + + + + + + Returns the height of the tab area overlay area (read-only) + + The height of the tab area when the Office2013 theme is used, otherwise 0/> + + + + + Occurs after the menu has been closed + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the menu has been opened + + + + + + + + + Custom control that represents the file tab within the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Represents an item in the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the value of the property changes. + + Provides information about the property change + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is pressed down on the menu button area. + + Provides information about the mouse event args. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved outside the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Invoked when the mouse is moved within the bounds of the element. + + Provides information about the mouse position. + + + + Invoked when a property on the object has been changed. + + Provides information about the property that was changed. + + + + The key used to identify the targeting the class that is used to items whose is Button. + + + + + The key used to identify the targeting the class that is used to items whose is Tab. + + + + + Identifies the CloseWhenClicked attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached CloseWhenClicked DependencyProperty. + + +

This attached property can be set to true on certain elements such as ButtonBase derived classes and MenuItem. When set + to true on one of these element types within the ApplicationMenu2010 and the element is clicked, the ApplicationMenu2010 that contains the + element will be closed.

+
+ The object whose value is to be returned + + +
+ + + Sets the value of the attached CloseWhenClicked DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the ElementKeyTip attached dependency property which is used to identify the element when navigating within the Content of an using keytips. + + + + + + + Returns a string used as the keytip for elements within the Content of a when navigating the XamRibbon in keytip mode. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ +
+ + + Sets the string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used when navigating the when using ElementKeyTips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + The KeyTipProvider is used to associate an element with an object that will provide keytips for the element within the Content of the . + + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached KeyTipProvider DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + + Sets the value of the attached KeyTipProvider DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be modified + The new value + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs after the item has been clicked + + + + + + + Gets a value indicating if the item is enabled + + + + + Returns or sets the command associated with the item. + + + + + + Returns or sets the parameter passed to the . + + + + + + Returns or sets the element for which the is to be executed if the Command is a RoutedCommand. + + + + + + Returns true is the property is non-null. + + + + + + + Returns or sets the image that will be displayed in the item. + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the mouse is over the tab item header. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the item represents the whose content is displayed within the . + + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to identify the type of item that the element represents. + + + + + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Occurs after the item has been clicked + + + + + + + A separator used within the items of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Custom class used to provide keytips for elements within the content of instances + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to obtain key tips for the items associated with the specified object. + + The object for which the keytips are being requested. + A collection of the child keytips + + + + Returns or sets the keytip used for the element on which this object is set as a + + + + + Initializes a new + + Element for which the keytip is being displayed + + + + Returns or sets the alignment that should be used related to the point calculated for the keytip. + + + + + Returns the associated element + + + + + Returns or sets the location of the keytip. + + + + + The operation to perform when the keytip is activated. + + + + + Indicates what should happen to the keytips and ancestor keytip containers when + the of an item that is not a container. + + + + + The action invoked when the container is deactivated + + + + + Function that is executed in order to obtain the child items + + + + + The preferred keytip for the element. If null, the ElementKeyTip will be used. + + + + + A Panel derived element used to arrange logically related tools horizontally within a . + + +

The ButtonGroup panel is used to provide tool a single grouping of tools within a + similar to the groupings displayed within the Font group of the Home tab in Microsoft Word 2007. Items within the panel will have + attached properties (, and + ) set to indicate their position within the panel.

+

Note: Each of the contained tools' is set to 'ImageOnly'; the value of the + will not be honored.

+
+ + + +
+ + + An interface implemented by panels that can resize tools. + + + + + Used to obtain a list of framework elements whose property is allowed to go to the specified destination size. + + The size to which the tools will be resized. + A list of tools that may be resized to the specified tool size. The tools should be arranged such that changing their size will result in the + panel being calculated as a smaller size. E.g. A ToolVerticalWrapPanel would return 3 consecutive large tools when changing the size of large tools to + a sizing mode of ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when a child element has been added or removed. + + Visual being added + Visual being removed + + + + Identifies the IsFirstInButtonGroup" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the object represents the first visible item within the panel. + + + This property is set by the on the first visible tool it contains. It is intended for use within the style of the tool to trigger the display of top/left and bottom/left rounded corners. + + + + + + + + Identifies the IsInButtonGroup" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the object is contained within a panel. + + + This property is set by the on all tools it contains. It is intended for use within the style of the tool to trigger changes in the display of the tool. + + + + + + + + Identifies the IsLastInButtonGroup" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the object represents the last visible item within the panel. + + + This property is set by the on the last visible tool it contains. It is intended for use within the style of the tool to trigger the display of top/right and bottom/right rounded corners. + + + + + + + + Value converter for converting a to a that may be used for a that belongs to a . + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Converts a to a based upon the specified theme name which is indicated via the . + + The base color for the contextual tab group that contains the tab item. + The type the converter is to create. This must be a . + The name of the theme for which the converter is being used. This must be Blue, Black or Silver. If some other value is specified, Blue will be used instead. + This parameter is not used. + A + + + + This method is not implemented for this converter. + + is always returned. + + + + An element used the toggle the drop down state of another element. + + + It functions like a ToggleButton whose ClickMode is set to 'Press' but it doesn't take mouse capture (which can interfere with a Popup whose StaysOpen property is set to 'False'). + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the mouse enters the element. + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Called when the mouse leaves the element. + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Called when the left mouse button is pressed + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Called when the left mouse button is released + + The mouse event arguments + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Gets/sest the drop down state. + + + Toggles its state on a left mouse down. + + + + + + Returns whether the element is being pressed (read-only). + + + + + + Decorator used to provide an outer glow like effect around a given element. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked when the element should render. + + The drawing instructions for a specific element. This context is provided to the layout system. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns or sets the color of the glow. + + + + + + Returns or sets the opacity used for the glow. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating whether a glow is rendered around the child. + + + + + + Helper class for "root" popups - e.g. RibbonGroup in Qat, Collapsed Ribbon Group, Qat Overflow, MenuTools on the + Ribbon or QAT and the minimized tab control. The purpose of the class is to centralize the following behaviors: + * Shift focus into the children when a navigation key is pressed + * Close up when the escape or alt key is pressed + * Handle when to shift focus out of the ribbon if the ribbon was in Normal mode + + + + + Helper method for setting focus to the first element within an items control. + + The items control whose item should be given focus. + + + + Helper method for setting focus to the first element within an items control. + + The collection of children whose first focusable element will be given focus. + + + + Helper method for setting focus to the first element within an element collection. + + The visual whose children will be iterated. + + + + Helper method for setting focus to the last element within an items control. + + The items control whose item should be given focus. + + + + Helper method for setting focus to the last element within an element collection. + + The collection of children whose last focusable element will be given focus. + + + + Helper method for setting focus to the last element within an element collection. + + The visual whose children will be iterated. + + + + Used to associate the proxy with the element that will receive focus when the popup is opened. + + The uielement that will receive focus when the popup is opened. + + + + Used to notify the proxy when the popup is being opened. + + + + + Used to notify the proxy when the popup is being closed. + + + + + Used to let the proxy process keyboard notifications while the popup is opened. + + + + + + Returns the reason that the proxy is opening the associated popup. + + + + + A custom type converter for providing a list of themes available for the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Decorator used to provide chrome around a inside a , or the + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Determines if the specified point is within the bounds of this element. + + Specifies the point for the hit test. + A indicating the result of the hit test operation. + +

+ This method is overridden on this class to make sure the element gets mouse messages + regardless of whether its background is transparent or not. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Called after the control has been initialized. + + + + + Invoked when a property of the element has been changed. + + Provides information about the property change + + + + Called when the element should render its contents. + + An initialized DrawingContext that should be used for all drawing within this method. + + + + Invoked when the parent element of this element reports a change to its underlying visual parent. + + The previous parent. This may be null if the element did not have a parent element previously. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Calculates the space around the child element + + + + + Gete/sets whether the chrome should be displayed reflecting the IsChecked state of the associated tool. + + + + + + Gete/sets whether the chrome should be displayed reflecting the IsPressed state of the associated tool. + + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if this element represents the button portion of a segmented MenuTool. + + + + + + Returns the amount of padding between the border and the element. + + +

Note: The padding of this element is special in that it affects not only where the element will + position its children but also in that the element will not render to that area. This allows the element to respond to mouse + messages but not render within an outer area of the element.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns or sets a value indicating whether the borders should be rounded. + + + + + + Represents a grouping of instances that relates to a specific context that has meaning to the application that is hosting + the . + + +

ContextualTabGroup instances are added to the property. A contextual tab group + is made up of one or more instances. The tabs of a ContextualTabGroup are displayed after all the tabs that do not + belong to a ContextualTabGroup. When possible, the of the group is displayed in the caption area of the XamRibbon above + the tab items it contains.

+

The property may be used to show/hide the group and therefore the it contains.

+

The can be used to control the base color that affects the appearance of the caption of the + ContextualTabGroup in the Ribbon's caption area as well as the general appearance of the tab item header and context area of the items within the + group's collection.

+

The ContextualTabGroup class is not a . If you want to control the appearance of the group within the caption area + of the XamRibbon, you need to create a that targets the type.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class with the specified key. + + The is a string that may be used to identify/locate the ContextualTabGroup within the collection. + + + + + Called when a property has been changed. + + + + + Returns a System.String that represents the current System.Object. + + + + + + Selects the first tab in the contextual tab group. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the color that should be used to determine the background for the caption of the group as well as the background of the tabs in the group. + + +

The BaseBackColor is used to provide a single color that will be used to affect the appearance of the caption of the + within the caption area of the as well as the appearance of the header and content area of the instances within the + group's collection.

+

By default, this property is set to null. When set to null, one of a set of default colors is used. The resolved value may be + obtained using the . For convenience, there is also a that will + return a which uses this resolved color as the color for the brush.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns the resolved that should be used to render the tab group caption as well as the tab items in the group. + + +

By default, the property is set to null (Nothing in VB). When that property is left set to null, + a default color is chosen for the ContextualTabGroup based on its index in the collection.

+

The may be used to obtain a which uses the color + from this property.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a using the + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the caption of the . + + +

The caption of the ContextualTabGroup is displayed above the associated tabs (when possible) within the + caption area of the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets whether the is Visible. When set to false, any s in the + will be hidden. + + +

The IsVisible property is used to show/hide the instances in the group's + collection in a single operation.

+

Note: A RibbonTabItem will not be made visible if it has its set to Hidden or Collapsed regardless + of the value of the group's IsVisible property.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the key of the in the . + + +

The Key of the ContextualTabGroup is not required but provides a convenient way to locate a + group within the collection. If the Key is provided, it must be + unique with respect to the other ContextualTabGroup instances in the ContextualTabGroups collection of the Ribbon.

+
+ If an attempt is made to add a whose property value conflicts + with the value of the property of an existing in the collection. + + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of s that belong to the . + + +

The Tabs property represents the collection of instances associated with + the . Items added to the collection will have their + property set to this instance. This allows the tabs to access the within their templates.

+

Note: the s in this collection are not contained in the + collection but ARE contained in the read-only collection if the property + of the ContextualTabGroup is set to true.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + An observable collection of s. + + +

Represents a grouping of s that relates to a specific context that has meaning to the application that is hosting + the .

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Invoked when the collection has changed. + + Event arguments that provides information about the change + + + + Invoked before a tab group is added to the collection. + + The tab group that is being added + + + + Invoked when a tab group is added to the collection. + + The tab group that was added + + + + Raises the Infragistics.Windows.Helpers.ObservableCollectionExtended.ItemPropertyChanged event with the specified arguments. + + Event arguments that provide information about the property that changed. + + + + Invoked when a tab group is removed from the collection. + + The tab group that was removed + + + + Creates and adds a with the specified key. + + If an attempt is made to add a whose + property value is null or string.Empty + If an attempt is made to add a whose + property value conflicts + with the value of the property of an existing + in the collection. + The key to assign to the newly created ContextualTabGroup. + The newly created ContextualTabGroup with the specified key. + + + + Determines if the contains an item with the specified key. + + The key to look for. + True if the ContextualTabGroupCollection contains an item with the specified key, otherwise false. + + + + Removes the with the specified key. + + If an attempt is made to remove a whose + property value does not exist + The key of the ContextualTabGroup to remove. + + + + Indicates to the base class that the and methods should be invoked. + + + + + Returns the with the specified key. + + The key of the ContextualTabGroup to return. + The ContextualTabGroup with the specified key. or null if not ContextualTabGroup exists with the specified key. + + + + An observable collection of s. + + +

Note: The s in this collection are not contained in the collection returned + by the property. They are, however, contained in the collection returned by the 's + read-only property.

+
+ If an attempt is made to add a whose property value conflicts + with the value of the property of an existing in the collection. + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The owning tab group + + + + Invoked when a tab item is added to the collection. + + The tab item that was added to the ContextualTabGroup + + + + Invoked when a tab item is removed from the collection. + + The tab item that was remove from the ContextualTabGroup + + + + Indicates to the base class that the and methods should be invoked. + + + + + Represents an item in a that displays an image and/or text. GalleryItems can appear in the + preview area within a RibbonGroup and also in the GalleryTool dropdown. + + +

While GalleryItems can appear in both the preview area and dropdown, GalleryItems + only appear inside assigned s in the dropdown since the preview area + never displays s. By default, the contains no s and therefore + GalleryItems by default do not appear within a in the dropdown area. To display a GalleryItem in a + in the dropdown, you must add the GalleryItem's value to the + collection for each in which you would like the GalleryItem to appear.

+

Note: You may assign GalleryItems to more than one . In this case they will appear in multiple + s in the dropdown. However, they will only appear once in the preview area.

+
+ +
+ + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Called when a property has been changed. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets number of logical columns the should span when it is displayed in the dropdown. + + If the property is set to a value that is less than 1. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the image to display for the item. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets whether this is the selected item in the . + + +

Note: If the is selected and it has been assigned to multiple s, + it will appear selected in each of those s.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the string key associated with this GalleryItem. + + +

To assign the to one or more s, add the 's key + to the groups' collection.

+

Note: keys must be unique within the collection of the + .

+
+ If the property is set to null or string.Empty. + If an attempt is made to add a whose property value conflicts + with the value of the property of an existing in the collection + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the settings that will be used for the . + + +

The various property values in the specified at the level + (via the property) serve as the ultimate defaults for all s. These values + can be overridden at two lower levels: +

    +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified there + will override corresponding values set at the level, but could be further overridden at the + level (see next bullet)
  • +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified here will override corresponding + values set at the and levels
  • +
+

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the text that is displayed for the when it is displayed in the dropdown. + + +

Note: The string specified here is never displayed when the is being shown in the + preview area. It is however, conditionally shown when the is in the + dropdown based on the setting of the property in effect for the + (see the property for a description of how are applied + and overridden).

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets optional user data that is stored with the GalleryItem. + + + + + + An observable collection of instances. + + +

Note: Every added to the collection must have a unique value set on its + property. If an attempt is made to add a whose property value conflicts with the value of the + property of an existing in the collection, an exception will be thrown.

+
+ If an attempt is made to add a whose property value conflicts + with the value of the property of an existing in the collection + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Invoked when a GalleryItem is being added to the collection. + + The GalleryItem that is about to be added to the collection + + + + Invoked when a GalleryItem is removed from the collection. + + The GalleryItem that was remove from the collection + + + + Raises the Infragistics.Windows.Helpers.ObservableCollectionExtended.ItemPropertyChanged event with the specified arguments. + + Event arguments that provide information about the property that changed. + + + + Determines if the contains an item with the specified key. + + The key to look for. + True if the GalleryItemCollection contains an item with the specified key, otherwise false. + + + + Indicates to the base class that the and methods should be invoked. + + + + + Returns the element with the specified key. + + The key of the element to return. + T GalleryItem with the specified key. or null if not GalleryItem exists with the specified key. + + + + Defines a grouping that organizes the display of 's in the dropdown. + + +

Adding a GalleryItemGroup to the collection will prevent the display of s + in the dropdown, unless you add the key of at least 1 to the + collection of the GalleryItemGroup.

+

Note: Once a has been added to the + collection, the will not display s in the dropdown unless they are + assigned to s by adding the to the collection + of the Group in which the should be displayed.

+

Note: Adding s to the collection + has no effect on the display of s in the preview area, since s + are never displayed in the preview area.

+
+
+ + + Initializes an instance of a class. + + + + + Undoes any preparation done by the container to 'host' the item. + + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item in the list. + + The newly created container. + + + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element is initialized. + + + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a collection of keys that represents the s that have been assigned to this + . + + +

Adding the key of a to this collection causes the to be displayed within + the in the dropdown. It does not affect the display of the item in the + preview area since s are never displayed in the preview area.

+

Note: The key of a may be added to the ItemKeys collection of more than one + . In this case the will be displayed in multiple s + in the dropdown area.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the settings that serve as the default settings for all s in this . + + +

The various property values in the specified at the level + (via the property) serve as the ultimate defaults for all s. These values + can be overridden at two lower levels: +

    +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified there + will override corresponding values set at the level, but could be further overridden at the + level (see next bullet)
  • +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified here will override corresponding + values set at the and levels
  • +
+

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns the owning GalleryTool + + + + + + Returns/sets the Title that is displayed for the GalleryItemGroup. + + +

Note: s only appear in the dropdown - they do not appear in the + preview area in the ribbon.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Displays a in preview area as well as the dropdown. + + + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the value of the property changes. + + Provides information about the property change + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the left mouse button is pressed over the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the left mouse button is released over the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns the resolved value of the property on the for the + . (read-only) + + +

The property can be set on the itself and also on the + containing to serve as a default for all items in the . This 'resolved' version of the property + returns the value set directly on the (if any). If it is not set on the and the + appears in the dropdown, the the value set in is used (if any). If the value is not set + in either place, a value of 'Center' is returned.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns true if the is currently highlighted inside the . (read-only) + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the is being displayed in the preview area. (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns true if the is the current selected item in the . (read-only) + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the associated with this GalleryItemPresenter. (read-only) + + + + + + + Returns a value that determines what part of the (if any) is highlighted when the item is selected. (read-only) + + +

The property can be set on the itself and also on the + containing to serve as a default for all items in the . This 'resolved' version of the property + returns the value set directly on the (if any). If it is not set on the and the + appears in the dropdown, the the value set in is used (if any). If the value is not set + in either place, a value of 'HighlightEntireItem' is returned.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a value that determines where the text is displayed with respect to the image. (read-only) + + +

The property can be set on the itself and also on the + containing to serve as a default for all items in the . This 'resolved' version of the property + returns the value set directly on the (if any). If it is not set on the and the + appears in the dropdown, the the value set in is used (if any). If the value is not set + in either place, a value of 'BelowImage' is returned.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a value that determines if the GalleryItem text is displayed. (read-only) + + +

Note: The returned value is based on the resolved setting of the property + of the object for the and the current location of the + (i.e., in the preview area or the dropdown). s that appear in the + dropdown will display their text by default while s in the preview area will not display + their text by default.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns the resolved value of the property on the for the (read-only). + + +

The property can be set on the itself and also on the + containing to serve as a default for all items in the . This 'resolved' version of the property + returns the value set directly on the (if any). If it is not set on the and the + appears in the dropdown, the the value set in is used (if any). If the value is not set + in either place, a value of 'Center' is returned.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Contains settings that are applied to a . can be set directly on a + via its property or on the property to + serve as a default for all s. + + +

The various property values in the GalleryItemSettings specified at the level + (via the property) serve as the ultimate defaults for all s. These values + can be overridden at two lower levels: +

    +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified there + will override corresponding values set at the level, but could be further overridden at the + level (see next bullet)
  • +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified here will override corresponding + values set at the and levels
  • +
+

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Called when a property has been changed. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the Style for the GalleryItemPresenter that is used to display the GalleryItem. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a Style Selector that can be used to dynamically assign a style for the used to display the + . + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the horizontal alignment of the text. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a value that determines what area (if any) of the is highlighted when the item is selected. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a value that determines the placement of a 's text with respect to its image. + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a value that determines when the GalleryItem's text is displayed. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the vertical alignment of the text. + + + + + + + + Provides a UI for scrolling s in the gallery preview area. + + + + + Drops down the MenuTool that contains the associated GalleryTool. + + + + + Scrolls the items in the gallery preview area up. + + + + + Scrolls the items in the gallery preview area down. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Returns the visual child at the specified index. + + Integer position of the child to return. + The child element at the specified position. + is greater than the + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Returns an enumerator for iterating the logical children of this element. + + + + + Returns the number of visual children for the element. + + + + + Returns the element to be scrolled by the + + + + + Displays s in the dropdown portion of the containing the . + + + + + Undoes any preparation done by the container to 'host' the item. + + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item in the list. + + The newly created container. + + + + Overridden. + + + + +

+ This method is overridden on this class to make sure the element gets mouse messages + regardless of whether its background is transparent. +

+
+
+ + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.LostKeyboardFocus attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The System.Windows.Input.KeyboardFocusChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Determines if the gallery is the first visible item in the menu (read-only). + + + Note: this property is set by the if the gallery is the first visible item in the menu. It is intended for use within the style of the tool to trigger the display of separators. + + Returns true if the gallery is the first visible item in the menu. + + + + + + + Determines if the gallery is the last visible item in the menu (read-only). + + + Note: this property is set by the if the gallery is the last visible item in the menu. It is intended for use within the style of the tool to trigger the display of separators. + + Returns true if the gallery is the last visible item in the menu. + + + + + + + Returns the visibility of the vertical scrollbar (read-only) + + + 'Visible' if the associated 's is true, otherwise 'Auto'. + + + + + + + + Displays s in the gallery preview area. + + + + + Undoes any preparation done by the container to 'host' the item. + + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item in the list. + + The newly created container. + + + + Overridden. + + + + +

+ This method is overridden on this class to make sure the element gets mouse messages + regardless of whether its background is transparent. +

+
+
+ + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Used by the ribbon group resize logic to control the number of columns that should be displayed within the preview. + + + + + Identifies the maximum number of columns that should be displayed within the preview. + + + + + Used to determine the largest column span of the items in the associated GalleryTool + + + + + Used to determine the minimum number of columns that should be displayed within the preview. + + + + + Returns the associated whose instances will be displayed in the preview. + + + + + + Returns the maximum number of columns to be displayed within the preview. + + + + + + Returns the minimum number of columns to be displayed within the preview. + + + + + + A custom panel that positions items from left to right breaking to a new line based on the constraining width. + + +

The GalleryWrapPanel is a custom panel that arranges items from left to right wrapping to + the next line when there is not enough room to fit the remaining items. The panel will position the items in at + least as many columns as specified by the regardless of space and will likely use at most + even if there is more than enough space. You may control how many columns a single item will + span using the attached property.

+

The widths of the columns and the heights of the rows are uniform. By default, the height of a row + is based on the height of the largest item in the panel. The default width of a row is calculated based on the width + of the largest item taking their into account. You may force an explicit size for the + column width and row height using the and properties respectively. + You may control the amount of spacing between columns using the .

+

Note: If the is less than the largest + value item for an item in the panel then the maximum ColumnSpanProperty value will be used as the minimum. + Likewise, if the is less than the largest ColumnSpanProperty then the value of that + largest ColumnSpanProperty will be used as the maximum number of columns.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when a child is added/removed. + + The child that was added + The child that was removed + + + + Invoked when the parent element of this element reports a change to its underlying visual parent. + + The previous parent. This may be null if the element did not have a parent element previously. + + + + Identifies the ColumnSpan attached dependency property + + + + + + + Determines the number of columns that the specified item within the collection should span. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ColumnSpan' attached property + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Calculates and optionally arranges items + + The number of columns into view the items should be arranged + The resolved size for each cell/item + True to arrange the children + The amount of height available for the items. This is only used if positionchildren is true. If the panel is scrolling, this is used to position other items out of view and vertically center the rows that are in view. + An out parameter set to the number of rows that the panel contains. + The size required to arrange all the items + + + + This method should not be called directly except recursively. + + + + + Returns/sets the amount of space between columns in device independent pixels. + + + + + + Returns/sets the preferred width for the columns. + + +

By default, this property is set to and the column width + will be calculated based on the width of the largest item in the panel taking their column span + () into account.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns the maximum number of columns in which the items should be arranged. + + +

Note: If the MaxColumns is less than the largest + value for one or more of the items then the ColumnSpan value will be used as the maximum number of columns.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the minimum number of columns in which the items should be arranged. + + +

Note: If the MinColumns is less than the largest + value for one or more of the items then the ColumnSpan value will be used as the minimum number of columns.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns the preferred number of columns in which to arrange the items. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the preferred height for the rows and therefore the heights of the items. + + +

By default, this property is set to and the row height + will be calculated based on the height of the largest item in the panel.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Provides information that is used to determine the order/priority in which a will be resized within a . + + +

GroupVariants are used to control the order and type of resize actions that can happen for a + . By default, the collection of a RibbonGroup is + empty. When all of the RibbonGroups within a have their Variants collection empty, + the default resizing logic will be used to resize the groups when there is no enough room to display the contents + of all the RibbonGroups in the tab. The default behavior is to perform each resize action on each RibbonGroup + from last to first and then move on to the next resize action. To control the order and type of resize actions + that will occur for a RibbonGroup, you would create one or more GroupVariant instances and add it to the + Variants collection of the RibbonGroup.

+

The GroupVariant exposes two properties - and . + Priority is used to sort the GroupVariant with respect to the other GroupVariants within the Variants collections + of all the RibbonGroups in a RibbonTabItem. The lower priority GroupVariants will be processed before those with + higher Priority values.

+

ResizeAction is used to determine the type of resize action that will occur when the GroupVariant + is processed. For example, a value of CollapseRibbonGroup is used to indicate that the RibbonGroup should be collapsed. + When a RibbonGroup is collapsed, you will see a button containing the caption of the RibbonGroup. Clicking that button will + display the contents of the RibbonGroup within a popup. A value of ReduceImageAndTextLargeTools is used to indicate that + all tools whose current is ImageAndTextLarge should be reduced to + ImageAndTextNormal. The and + can be used to control the minimum and maximum allowable sizes for tools within the RibbonGroup.

+
+ +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Invoked when a property on the object has been changed. + + Provides information about the property that was changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the priority assigned to a which determines the order in which are resized when the is resized. + + +

The priority is used to sort the GroupVariants from the of all the + RibbonGroups within a to determine which GroupVariants are processed first. GroupVariants + that have been assigned a lower priority will be resized first.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the resize action that will be performed when the caused the variant to be applied. + + +

The ResizeAction determines the type of resize action that will be taken when the is processed.

+

Note: In most cases the order of the sorted ResizeActions (which is based on the ) is not important + but there are some cases where defining one resize action to occur before another will prevent the subsequent resize actions from taking place. For + example, any ResizeAction that occurs after a ResizeAction of CollapseRibbonGroup will be ignored since the contents of the popup of a + collapsed RibbonGroup are displayed using their preferred size.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + An element that is used to represent a single key tip for an item within the + + +

The KeyTip is used to represent the key tip of a single item (e.g. a ) within the + . Keytips are displayed by the Ribbon when you press and release the Alt key and are used to navigate within the + Ribbon by typing the character(s) of the keytip when they are visible.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new . This constructor is provided for styling purposes and is not used at runtime. + + + + + Identifies the read-only IsKeyTipVisible attached dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the attached IsKeyTipVisible DependencyProperty. + + The object whose value is to be returned + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the value of the keytip + + +

The Value property is the string to be displayed within the element and represents the text that must be + typed in order to activate the keytip and initiate the action of the associated object. For example, typing in the keytip of a + will trigger its event.

+

The KeyTip class itself does not invoke any actions or respond to the keyboard. The creates and + positions instance of the KeyTip class to represent the text keytip (e.g. ) of the elements within the ribbon.

+
+ +
+ + + Helper method to be called by a keytip container to ensure that its owning keytip provider has been activated. + + The keytip container whose items are being displayed + + + + Helper method used by a keytip container to activate the parent keytip container. + + + + + Arranges and displays up to 2 lines of centered text plus a glyph - used for large tools. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Measures the LargeToolCaptionPresenter by determining the narrrowest width that can contain the Text and Glyph on 2 lines + and sets the content of each line. + + The size available to the LargeToolCaptionPresenter. + The size desired by the LargeToolCaptionPresenter. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the text to be displayed. Note that while this property is defined as type object to support binding to generic content, the control will ignore and values that are type string. + + + + + + Returns/sets the UIElement that is displayed centered on the second line of the caption. The glyph will be centered with the seond line of text (if any). + + + + + + Converter used by the style to transform the location of an element in the popup to overlay the button in the ribbon header. + + + + + Arranges the buttons in the header of a menu tool. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked when the mouse is pressed down on the menu button area. + + Provides information about the mouse event args. + + + + Invoked when the parent element of this element reports a change to its underlying visual parent. + + The previous parent. This may be null if the element did not have a parent element previously. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true is the associated MenuTool has a large or small image. + + + + + + + + + Returns true is the associated MenuTool is the ActiveItem + + + + + + + + + + + Returns whether the associated MenuTool is checkable. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the associated menu tool represents the quick customize menu of the . + + + + + + Returns whether the MenuButtonArea is segmented. + + + + + + Returns the current location for the associated menu tool. + + + + + + Returns the MenuTool associated with this MenuButtonArea. + + + + + + Returns the associated MenuToolPresenter. + + + + + + Returns the current sizing mode for the associated menu tool. + + + + + + A Panel derived element used to layout tools in a menu. + + +

Note: This is for internal use only by the .

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when a child is added/removed. + + The child that was added + The child that was removed + + + + Abstract base class for the and + + + + + Arranges and sizes the tools contained in the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel. + + The size available to arrange the contained tools. + The size used to arrange the contained tools. + + + + Creates a new UIElementCollection. + + The logical parent of the new collection. + A new collection. + + + + Measures the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel and all its contained tools. + + The size available to the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel. + The size desired by the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel. + + + + Displays overflow tools that cannot fit on the . + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Abstract base class for the and + + + + + Arranges and sizes the tools contained in the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel. + + The size available to arrange the contained tools. + The size used to arrange the contained tools. + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Measures the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel and all its contained tools. + + The size available to the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel. + The size desired by the QuickAccessToolbarOverflowPanel. + + + + Invoked when the panel becomes or is no longer the items host of an ItemsControl. + + Old state + New state + + + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + Arranges tools for the . + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Exposes a instance for this assembly. + + + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns a DynamicResourceString object that tracks customization changes to a resource and raises an event when the resource value is changed. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + Culture whose resource should loaded. The resource will go through a fallback process to locate the appropriate resources. + A object to track changes in the resource customizations. + + + + + + + + Returns the resource object using the specified name. + + Name of the resource item + An object containing the specified resource + + + + Returns the for this assembly. + + + + + + Abstract base class used to supply brush resources for a specific Office Ribbon look. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: RibbonBase, Editors, RibbonBase, WPF etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Black Office 2007 look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Blue Office 2007 look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for the Silver Office 2007 look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using a dark high constrast theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using a dark high constrast theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply brush resources for a system using a dark high constrast theme + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Loads the themes contained in this assembly. + + + + + Loads and registers the resource sets + + + + + Abstract base class used to supply style resources for a specific look for Ribbons. + + A derived class that must have a public parameterless constructor. + + + + Returns the grouping that the resources are applied to (read-only) + + + Examples: RibbonBase, Editors, RibbonBase, WPF etc. + + + + + Returns the name of the look (read-only) + + + + + Returns the ResourceDictionary containing the associated styles (read-only) + + + + + Returns the that describes the theme information for the resource set. + + + + + The style for a ApplicationMenu in a + + + + + The style for a ApplicationMenu2010 in a + + + + + The style for a ApplicationMenu2010Item in a + + + + + The style for a ApplicationMenu2010FileTab in a + + + + + The style for a ApplicationMenu2010Separator in a + + + + + The style for a ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar in a + + + + + The style for a ApplicationMenuPresenter in a + + + + + The style for a ButtonTool in a + + + + + The style for a CheckBoxTool in a + + + + + The style for a ComboEditorTool in a + + + + + The style for a ComboEditorTool.ComboEditorToolComboBox in a + + + + + The style for a ComboEditorTool.DropDownButtonStyle in a + + + + + The style for a GalleryItemGroup in a + + + + + The style for a GalleryItemPresenter in a + + + + + The style for a GalleryTool in a + + + + + The style for a GalleryToolDropDownPresenter in a + + + + + The style for a GalleryToolPreviewPresenter in a + + + + + The style for a KeyTip in a + + + + + The style for a LabelTool in a + + + + + The style for a LargeToolCaptionPresenter in a + + + + + The style for a MaskedEditorTool in a + + + + + The style for a MenuButtonArea in a + + + + + The style for a MenuTool in a + + + + + The style for a MenuTool.MenuItemDropDownArrow in a + + + + + The style for a MenuTool.MenuToolDropDownArrow in a + + + + + The style for a MenuTool.QuickCustomizeMenuDropDownArrow in a + + + + + The style for a MenuToolPresenter in a + + + + + The style for a QatPlaceholderTool in a + + + + + The style for a QuickAccessToolbar in a + + + + + The style for a RadioButtonTool in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonCaptionPanel.Caption in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonContextMenu in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonGroup in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonGroup.CollapsedGroupButton in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonGroup.QuickAccessToolbarGroupButton in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonGroupCollection.PagerScrollLeftButtonStyle in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonGroupCollection.PagerScrollRightButtonStyle in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonTabItem in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonWindowContentHost in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonWindowContentHost.StatusBar in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonWindowContentHost.StatusBarItem in a + + + + + The style for a RibbonWindowContentHost.StatusBarSeparator in a + + + + + The style for a ScenicRibbonCaptionArea in a + + + + + The style for a SeparatorTool in a + + + + + The style for a TabItemAreaToolbar in a + + + + + The style for a TextEditorTool in a + + + + + The style for a ToggleButtonTool in a + + + + + The style for a ToolMenuItem in a + + + + + The style for a + + + + + The style for a XamRibbon.PopupResizerBar in a + + + + + The style for a XamRibbon.RibbonTabControl in a + + + + + The style for a XamRibbon.ToolTip in a + + + + + The style for a XamRibbonScreenTip in a + + + + + The style for a XamRibbonWindow in a + + + + + The style for a XamRibbonWindow.ResizeGrip in a + + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Generic look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Onyx look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Aero look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Royale look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the RoyaleStrong look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaNormal look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaOlive look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the LunaSilver look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office 2010 Blue look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Office 2013 look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Lite look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Scenic look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the IGTheme look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + Class used to supply style resources for the Metro look for a Ribbons + + + + + Returns a static instance of this type (read-only) + + + + + Identifies the location of a specific theme grouping + + + + The assembly containg the resource set + + + The name of the theme + + + The name of the grouping + + + The path to the embedded resources within the assembly + + + + The dropdown menu that is displayed in the upper left corner of the when the Application Menu Button is clicked. + + + + + Absract base class for all menu tools + + + Tool items, elements that implement the interface, that are added as children of a menu tool will be displayed inside the menu's when its property is True. + + + + + + + + + + Interface used by implementors of custom tools to add support for advanced functionality such as the ability for a copy of the tool + to be added to or for a tool to appear in multiple locations on a , with tool state shared across all locations. + If you are not creating your own tool types you can ignore this interface. + + + + + Returns an instance of a class that provides the functionality for cloning and binding the properties of the tool. + + + + + Used to move focus to the first item within the popup + + Returns a boolean indicating if focus was shifted + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Used to determine if the popup target can be opened when it is the active item. + + + + + Returns/sets whether the popup is currently open. + + + + + Returns the element that should be activated when the popup is opened in keytip mode and to reactivated when the dropdown is closed due to hitting escape. + + + + + Returns the element that represents the templated parent of the popup. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the should hook the KeyDown event on behalf of the owner. If false, the owner must explicitly call the ProcessKeyDown of the proxy. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a derived class. + + + + + Undoes the effects of PrepareContainerForItemOverride. + + The container element + The item. + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + The newly created container + + + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Invoked when an unhandled System.Windows.Input.Keyboard.GotKeyboardFocus attached event reaches an element in its route that is derived from this class. Implement this method to add class handling for this event. + + The System.Windows.Input.KeyboardFocusChangedEventArgs that contains the event data. + + + + Invoked when the value of the property changes. + + Provides information about the property change + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + Describes the items that changed. + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Called when a property has changed + + The event args with the property being changed and the new and old values. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been closed + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been opened + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before the tool has been opened + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the ControlTemplate used for menu tools when they appear inside another menu + + + + + The key used to identify the ControlTemplate used for any tools (other than menu tools) when they appear inside a menu + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the 'HasMenuItemDescription' attached readonly property which returns true if the attached + has been set. + + + + + + Returns true if the attached has been set. + + + + + + + + Identifies the 'MenuItemDescription' attached dependency property which returns/sets the optional descriptive content + displayed for a tool when the tool is displayed in a menu. + + + + + + + + Returns the optional descriptive content displayed for a tool when the tool is displayed in a menu. + + + + + + + + Sets the optional descriptive content displayed for a tool when the tool is displayed in a menu. + + + + + + + + Identifies the InputGestureText attached dependency property which describes an input gesture that will call the command tied to the specified item. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'InputGestureText' attached property which describes an input gesture that will call the command tied to the specified item. + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'InputGestureText' attached property which describes an input gesture that will call the command tied to the specified item. + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Called to create an instance of a MenuToolPresenter to represent this tool on the ribbon. + + + Note: the DataContext of this presenter will be set by the caller to this tool. + A newly created instance of a with its Content initialized appropriately. + + + + + Called to initialize the instance of a ToolMenuItem returned from . + + The menuToolPresenter returned from CreateMenuToolPresenter. + + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been closed + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been opened + + + + + + + Occurs before the tool has been opened + + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the menu is open. + + + Note: Changing its value will cause either the event or the / event pair to be raised. + + + + + + Returns/sets the minimum width of the s (if any) associated with the MenuTool's menu items. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether the items within the menu should display large images. + + + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Invoked when the focus within the menu has been changed. + + Provides information about the focus change + + + + Invoked when a property on the element has been changed. + + Provides information about the property being changed. + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Represents a strongly typed . + + +

The abstract base methods of the base class have been overriden and sealed. The overriden methods + ensure that the parameters are non-null and that the tools specified for the various methods are of the + correct type. It then calls to virtual methods with parameters of the type based on generic type for which + the class has been created. For example, the has been + overriden and if the parameters are valid will call the virtual method.

+
+ + A type that derives from and implements the interface +
+ + + Base class used by implementors of custom tools to add support for advanced functionality such as the ability for a copy of the tool + to be added to or for a tool to appear in multiple locations on a , with tool state shared across all locations. + + +

The RibbonToolProxy class is the base class for custom tools in the . This class is used + to provide advanced tool functionality such as allowing the tool to be added to the and providing + synchronization of property values between multiple instance of the same logical tool.

+

Note: Developers of custom tool classes must derive from or if you are deriving + from an existing ribbon tool class (e.g. ) then you should derive from the respective derived proxy class (e.g. + ).

+
+ + +
+ + + Binds properties of the tool instance that implements the interface to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Undoes the effects of . + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + + Creates a copy of the specified tool element. + + The tool that is to be cloned. + A clone of the specified + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Returns true if the tool supports activation or false if the tool cannot be activated. + + The tool instance whose activable state is being queried. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + + Called by a ToolMenuItem when it is clicked. + + The tool represented by the ToolMenuItem. + + The method is called from the 's OnClick method. + + + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Performs a tool's default action. + + The tool whose action should be performed. + A boolean indicating whether the action was performed. + + + + Returns the original source tool from which the specified tool has been cloned. + + The tool to evaluate + if the tool is not a clone otherwise the root clonedfromtool + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the tool type can be added to the . + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the tool should retain focus when the method is called. When false is returned, containing popups will be closed when the key tip is activated. By default, this returns true so that tools such as editor tools can be modified after they are activated. + + + + + Determines how a Ribbon tool will be displayed in a menu + + + + + The Caption and LargeImage or SmallImage properties will be used to construct a standard menu item. + + + + + The LargeImage or SmallImage properties will be used to construct a standard menu. However, in the caption area the tool will be embedded. This is used primarilty for editor tools. + + + + + The tool itself will be used by itself. This is useful for e.g. with GalleryTools. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool that implements the interface to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Binds properties of the tool instance that implements the IRibbonTool interface to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Undoes the effects of PrepareToolMenuItem. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + + Undoes the effects of PrepareToolMenuItem. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + + Creates a copy of the specified tool element. + + The tool that is to be cloned. + A clone of the specified + + + + Creates a copy of the specified tool element. + + The tool that is to be cloned. + A clone of the specified + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + The default implementation returns 'Standard'. + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Returns true if the tool supports activation or false if the tool cannot be activated. + + The tool instance whose activable state is being queried. + + + + Returns true if the tool supports activation or false if the tool cannot be activated. (read-only) + + The tool instance whose activable state is being queried. + + + + Called by a ToolMenuItem when it is clicked. + + The tool represented by the ToolMenuItem. + + The method is called from the 's OnClick method. + Note: the implementation of this method calls a strongly typed protected virtual method with the same name. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic, e.g. raising the Click event for a . + + + + + + Called by a ToolMenuItem when it is clicked. + + The tool represented by the ToolMenuItem. + + The method is called from the 's OnClick method. + + + + + + Performs a tool's default action. + + The tool whose action should be performed. + A boolean indicating whether the action was performed. + + + + Performs a tool's default action. + + The tool whose action should be performed. + A boolean indicating whether the action was performed. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Performs a tool's default action. + + The tool whose action should be performed. + A boolean indicating whether the action was performed. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Called to create an instance of a MenuToolPresenter to represent this tool on the ribbon. + + + Note: the DataContext of this presenter will be set by the caller to this tool. + A newly created instance of a with its Content initialized appropriately. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Invoked when the application menu has been double clicked. + + Provides event arguments for the double click event + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Indicates if the property needs to be serialized. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns/sets the toolbar that will be placed at the bottom of the application menu. + + + + + + + Indicates whether the is null + + Returns a boolean indicating if the has been set. If the header is not null, true is returned; otherwise false is returned. + + + + + + Gets/sets the image that will be displayed on the ApplicationMenu button in the . + + + + + + Returns the collection of items displayed in the right hand side of the dropdown of the . + + + Note: the items within the menu will be displayed to the left of the recent items. + + + + + + + + The object that is displayed in the header area over the recent items within the dropdown of the ApplicationMenu + + + + + + + + + + The template used to display the content of the . + + + + + + + + + Gets/sets a template selector that can provide selection logic for the template used to display the . + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the tool type can be added to the . + + + + + Exposes the key tip information and placement for ribbon tools. + + + + + A custom panel used to arrange the , caption and the caption of the instances. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Returns the visual child at the specified index. + + Integer position of the child to return. + The child element at the specified position. + is greater than the + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + The key used to identify the used by the that displays the of the that contains the when its is true. + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns the number of visual children for the element. + + + + + A context menu that can display XamRibbon tools with Office2007 styling. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Undoes the effects of PrepareContainerForItemOverride. + + The container element + The item. + + + + Creates the container to wrap an item. + + The newly created container + + + + Determines if the item requires a separate container. + + The item in question. + True if the item does not require a wrapper + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + Describes the items that changed. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + A derived element used to arrange instances within a . + + +

The RibbonGroupPanel

is used by template for the and is responsible for + positioning the instances as well as drive the resize logic using the . +
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Invoked when a child element has been added or removed. + + Visual being added + Visual being removed + + + + Identifies the ExtraCaptionExtent" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ExtraCaptionExtent' attached readonly property + + + + + + Identifies the SizingModeVersion attached dependency property + + +

This property is set on tools when their value is changed by the .

+
+ + +
+ + + Gets the value of the 'SizingModeVersion' attached property + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'SizingModeVersion' attached property + + + + + + + Indicates if the panel arranges its children in a single dimension. + + This property always returns true. + + + + The of the panel. + + This property always returns Horizontal. + + + + The group to be affected by the resize. + + + + + The variant whose resize action will affect the ribbon group + + + + + The index of the group in the groups collection. + + + + + Maintains information about a ribbon group resize operation. + + The group that will be affected/resized + The GroupVariant whose information will be used to perform the resize action. + The index of the group + + + + Performs a resize action and returns the + + The next resize action to perform or null if there are no more actions to be performed for the variant + + + + Performs an undo on the last operation and + + + + + Used to perform initialization of the resizer before the resize operation. + + + + + Returns the variant size for which this resizer is operating. + + + + + Returns the cached current extent. + + + + + Returns the cached extent that will occur if an undo operation is performed. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + The context with which the object is being executed + + + + Used to create an undo of the current action. + + + + + Used to reinitialize the state of a ribbon group that is becoming collapsed or uncollapsed. + + True to perform an undo of the current action + + + + PreviousSizingMode Attached Dependency Property + + + + + Class that maintains references to commonly boxed related values. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'ImageAndTextLarge'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'ImageAndTextNormal'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'ImageOnly'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'ApplicationMenu'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'ApplicationMenuRecentItems'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'ApplicationMenuSubMenu'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Menu'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'QuickAccessToolbar'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Ribbon'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'TabItemToobar'. + + + + + Returns an object containing the 'Unknown'. + + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Returns a boxed representation of the specified value + + An instance of for which a cached boxed value is to be returned + An object that wraps the specified value + + + + Provides properties used by tools within the + + + + + Identifies the Caption attached dependency property which determines the caption of a tool. + + + + + + + + Gets the string caption associated with a given XamRibbon tool. + + The tool for which the value is being requested + The string caption or null if one hasn't been provided. + + + + Sets the strings caption for a given tool + + The tool whose caption is being set + The new caption + + + + Identifies the read-only HasCaption attached dependency property which determines if the has been set for a given tool. + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the has been set for a given tool. + + The tool whose value is being evaluated + True if the Caption property has been set for the specified tool; otherwise false. + + + + Identifies the read-only HasImage attached dependency property which determines if the ImageResolved property for a tool. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the tool has an image associated with it. + + The tool for which the property is being evaluated + True if the ImageResolved has been set; otherwise false. + + + + Identifies the Id attached dependency property which is used to uniquely identify related tools within a . + + + + + + + Gets the string used to uniquely identify instances of the same logical tool within the + + The tool for which the value is being requested + The string id or null if one hasn't been provided. + + + + Provides the string used to uniquely identify instances of the same logical tool within the + + The tool whose id is being changed + The new string used to identify the tool + + + + Identifies the read-only ImageResolved attached dependency property which returns the large or small image of the tool depending on its current state. + + + + + + + + + + + Returns the resolved image for a given tool within the + + The tool whose image is being requested + The value of either the or based upon the state of the tool or null if neither image has been provided. + + + + Identifies the read-only IsOnQat attached dependency property which indicates if an instance of the tool is on the . + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if an instance of the tool is on the . + + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool attached dependency property which is used to + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the Quick Customize Menu of the . + + The tool whose value is being requested + + + + + + Determines if the specified tool is shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the Quick Customize Menu of the . + + The tool being changed + True if an item should be included for the tool in the Quick Customize Menu of the QuickAccessToolbar; otherwise false. + + + + Identifies the KeyTip attached dependency property which is used to identify the tool when navigating within a using its keytips. + + + + + + + Returns a string used when navigating the when using keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ +
+ + + Sets the string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used when navigating the when using keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Identifies the LargeImage attached dependency property which determines the large image that represents the tool. + + +

The LargeImageProperty and are used when calculating the + . Depending upon the state of the tool, the ImageResolved is set to + either the large or small image. So for example, a tool within a menu will use the LargeImage as its + ImageResolved when the is true. A tool within a + will use the LargeImage when the is ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the image that should be used when the tool is in its large state. + + The tool whose large image is being requested + The ImageSource set as the large image or null if none was provided. + + + + + Sets the image that should be used when the tool is in its large state. + + The tool whose large image is to be changed + The new image to use when the tool is in the large state + + + + + Identifies the read-only SizingMode attached dependency property which indicates the current size of given tool within a . + + + + + + Returns the current sizing mode of a tool within a + + The tool in a RibbonGroup whose sizing mode is being evaluated + The current sizing mode that the tool should use to determine how it should be rendered + + + + Identifies the SmallImage attached dependency property which determines the small image that represents the tool. + + +

The SmallImageProperty and are used when calculating the + . Depending upon the state of the tool, the ImageResolved is set to + either the large or small image. So for example, a tool within a menu will use the LargeImage as its + ImageResolved when the is true. A tool within a + will use the LargeImage when the is ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the image that should be used when the tool is in its normal state. + + The tool whose small image is being requested + The ImageSource set as the small image or null if none was provided. + + + + + Sets the image that should be used when the tool is in its normal state. + + The tool whose small image is to be changed + The new image to use when the tool is in the normal state + + + + + Represents the window border of a + + + Note: The border can only be used inside the template of a . + + + + + If this element is not used inside the template of a RibbonWindowContentHost. + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Called when the element needs to be rendered + + The that defines the object to be drawn. + + + + A custom designed to be used as the of a in order to display a , a + and the actual content for the window. + + +

The RibbonWindowContentHost class is designed to be used as the content of the in rich client applications to + enable the placement of a in the caption area (i.e., non-client area) of the window. When the XamRibbon is used in a standard + or on a , it appears inside the bounds of the window’s or page’s client area.

+

The RibbonWindowContentHost exposes 3 main properties - , and . The + Ribbon property should be set to an instance of a that will be displayed within the caption area of the containing XamRibbonWindow. + The StatusBar may optionally be set to a that will be displayed at the bottom of the + content. The Content property is used to specify the control or element that represents the client area of the window. This property is normally set to a + derived that then contains the controls that make up the main client area of the window.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Invoked when the template for the element has been applied. + + + + + Invoked when the parent element of this element reports a change to its underlying visual parent. + + The previous parent. This may be null if the element did not have a parent element previously. + + + + Identifies the ApplicationAccentColor attached dependency property + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ApplicationAccentColor' attached property + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'ApplicationAccentColor' attached property + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the property + + + + + Identifies the property. + + + + + Identifies the property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the ContentHost attached readonly inherited dependency property + + + + + + Returns the that contains the specified object or null (Nothing in VB) if the object is not contained within a RibbonWindowContentHost. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the Close Window button in the caption area when a 'Scenic' theme is applied on an OS theme where glass is not active. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the Maximize/Restore button in the caption area when a 'Scenic' theme is applied on an OS theme where glass is not active. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the Minimize button in the caption area when a 'Scenic' theme is applied on an OS theme where glass is not active. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Stores the current system caption button height. + + + + + Stores the current system caption button width. + + + + + Stores the current system caption height. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the displayed in the window. + + + To style the ResizeGrip used in the bottom corner of the window place a Style in the window's Resources collection whose TargetType is set + to and whose key is set to this key, e.g. Key="{x:Static igRibbon:XamRibbonWindow.ResizeGripStyleKey}" + Note: the is only visible when the property is set to 'CanResizeWithGrip'. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the displayed in the window when the 'Scenic' theme is being used. + + + To style the ResizeGrip used in the bottom corner of the window place a Style in the window's Resources collection whose TargetType is set + to and whose key is set to this key, e.g. Key="{x:Static igRibbon:XamRibbonWindow.ScenicResizeGripStyleKey}" + Note: the is only visible when the property is set to 'CanResizeWithGrip'. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the . + + + To style the used in the bottom of the window place a Style in the Resources collection whose TargetType is set + to and whose key is set to this key, e.g. Key="{x:Static igRibbon:RibbonWindowContentHost.StatusBarStyleKey}". + + + + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for controls inside the . + + + To style the s used inside the place a Style in the Resources collection whose TargetType is set + to and whose key is set to this key, e.g. Key="{x:Static igRibbon:RibbonWindowContentHost.StatusBarItemStyleKey}". + + + + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for Separators inside the . + + + To style the s used inside the place a Style in the Resources collection whose TargetType is set + to and whose key is set to this key, e.g. Key="{x:Static igRibbon:RibbonWindowContentHost.StatusBarSeparatorStyleKey}". + + + + + + + + For internal use only. + + + + + Used to obtain the actual height of the caption element. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Used to obtain the actual height of the caption element. + + + + + Identifies the 'Theme' dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns the margin to be applied to the area containing the Content + + + + + + Returns the margin to be applied to the CaptionArea (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the total width used by the caption buttons, each determined by the property. + + +

Note: This property is designed to be used when is true to indicate the extent + required by the caption buttons rendered by the os.

+
+
+ + + Returns the height of a button in the caption area (i.e. Minimize, Maximize/Restore, or Close). + + + + + Returns the width of a button in the caption area (i.e. Minimize, Maximize/Restore, or Close). + + +

Note: This property value may not be accurate when the is true since + the size of the caption buttons is not constant. Instead, the overall width required for all the caption buttons should be used ().

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a that indicates the expected visibility state of the caption of the . + + +

The caption of the should be visible when either the property has + not been set or if the of the Ribbon is Hidden.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the margin to be applied to the area containing the Content + + + + + + Returns the image used as the icon for the window. + + +

This is a read-only property that returns the resolved image that represents the icon + for the Window. This is necessary since the property will return null by default + and does not return the Icon provided by the operating system.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns true if the 'Office2013' theme is being applied (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if a 'Scenic' theme is being applied (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the minimum height of the caption area. + + + When Aero glass is enabled (Windows Vista only), this property will be equivalent to + the property; otherwise, if the + returns true, we account for the 1px border + that is drawn above the caption area. + + + + + Returns the margin to be applied to the RibbonArea (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the margin to be applied to the StatusBarArea (read-only) + + + + + + Returns/sets the control to be displayed within the caption area of the containing . + + + + + + + Returns/sets the to be positioned along the bottom edge of the containing . + + + + + + + Returns the preferred padding for the contained status bar based on the border width and presence of the resize grip. + + + + + + Returns a RibbonAutoHideStateean indicating if the is currently collapsed. + + + + + + Returns the current visibility of the + + + + + + Gets/sets the default look for the control. + + + If left set to null then the default 'Generic' theme will be used. This property can + be set to the name of any registered theme (see and methods). + + The following themes are pre-registered by this assembly but additional themes can be registered as well. +
    +
  • "Aero" - a theme that is compatible with Vista's 'Aero' theme.
  • +
  • "Generic" - the default theme.
  • +
  • "IGTheme" - a theme with a modern look.
  • +
  • "LunaNormal" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'blue' theme.
  • +
  • "LunaOlive" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'olive' theme.
  • +
  • "LunaSilver" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'silver' theme.
  • +
  • "Metro" - a modern theme whose elements are larger.
  • +
  • "MetroDark" - a modern theme whose elements are larger with a darker look.
  • +
  • "Office2010Blue" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2010's 'Blue' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2013" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2013.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Black" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Black' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Blue" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Blue' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Silver" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Silver' theme.
  • +
  • "Onyx" - a theme that features black and orange highlights.
  • +
  • "PrintBasic" - a theme with simpler black, white and gray elements.
  • +
  • "Royale" - a theme that features subtle blue highlights.
  • +
  • "RoyaleStrong" - a theme that features strong blue highlights.
  • +
  • "Scenic" - a theme that emulates the Windows 7 Scenic Ribbon.
  • +
+
+
+ + +
+ + + The actual height of the top level visual containing the ribbon. + + + + + Either clears all the elements of the source element (if the targetelement is null) or copies all the + handlers from the sourceelement to the handlers for the target element. + + The element with the events + The element to get a copy of the sourceelement's handlers or null to clear the handlers for the source element. + An optional callback to use when processing the events + + + + Either clears all the elements of the source element (if the targetelement is null) or copies all the + handlers from the sourceelement to the handlers for the target element. + + The element with the events + The element to get a copy of the sourceelement's handlers or null to clear the handlers for the source element. + An optional callback to use when processing the events + + + + A element that is used as the background for the window caption area when the Theme is set to 'Scenic' + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Invoked when the template for the element has been applied. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the is being hosted within a , otherwise returns false. + + + + + + Returns true if the top left and top right of the caption area should be rounded. + + + + + + This toolbar is positioned in line with the tab items of the just under the caption buttons. + + + + + + Abstract base class for the and + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + Describes the items that changed. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns/sets whether the toolbar's overflow area is open. + + +

The IsOverflowOpen property is used to display/close the overflow popup that contains tools that were not able to + fit within the available area of the toolbar.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the visibility of the overflow button. The overflow button is visible when there is not enough room on the + toolbar to show all its tools (read-only). + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the minimum width for the tab item area, not including this toolbar, which may cause some items in this toolbar to get bumped into the overflow area. + + The minimum width of the tabs, the default value is 200. + + This optional toolbar is positioned in line with the tab items just under the caption buttons. + If there is not enough available width for the tabs plus this toolbar then the area for the tabs will be reduced until it reaches the TabItemAreaMinWidth. + Once that threshhold is met items within this toolbar will begin to get bumped into the overflow area, which can be displayed in a popup. + + + + + + Displays overflow tools that cannot fit on the . + + + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Arranges tools for the . + + + + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + A Panel derived element used to arrange tools horizontally within a . + + +

The and are used to determine the range of rows into which the items + may be arranged. By default, the panel will arrange the items using the MinRows. When a with a + of IncreaseHorizontalWrapRowCount is processed, the is increased towards the MaxRows value.

+

The attached property can be used to determine the order of the items when the is + increased above the value. By default 2 rows will be created. If the containing is resized smaller and there + is not enough room on 2 rows for all the tools, the tools will be re-arranged on 3 rows and possibly reordered based on the + attached property (potentially) assigned to each tool.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when a child element has been added or removed. + + Visual being added + Visual being removed + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the SortOrder attached dependency property + + + + + + + + An attached property that is used to determine the order in which the children will be displayed when the panel can arrange the items into multiple rows and the is the same as the . + + +

If the sort order is not specified for all elements, the children will remain in their original order. If the + sort order is specified for some elements but not all, all of the elements without a specified sort order will be displayed + after the elements for which the value is specified and then sorted based on their original sort order.

+
+ + +
+ + + Sets the value of the 'SortOrder' attached property + + + + + + + Returns the number of rows that the panel is using to arrange its items. + + + + + + Returns/sets the maximum number of rows that the panel can use to arrange its items. + + +

The MinRows represents the preferred number of rows that the panel should use + to arrange its items. This must be a value between 1 and 3.

+
+ + + + MaxRows must be a value between 1 and 3. +
+ + + Returns/sets the preferred number of rows that the panel should use to arrange its items. + + +

The MinRows represents the preferred number of rows that the panel should use + to arrange its items. This must be a value between 1 and 3.

+
+ + + + MinRows must be a value between 1 and 3. +
+ + + Static class that exposes the resource keys used by the ribbon elements. + + + These keys are referenced in the templates of the ribbon elements via dynamic references. Therefore, the default brushes can be easily changed + by defining replacement brushes, keyed with these keys, in resources anywhere within the resolution scope of their use. + Note: These brushes are normally added to the Resources collection of the window or the application. + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the outer border pixel of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used for the content area of a XamRibbonWindow + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the outer border pixel of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the outer border pixel of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the outer shadow border pixel (along the bottom and right edge) of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the inner shadow border pixel (along the bottom and right edge) of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is activated + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the outer border pixel of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the outer shadow border pixel (along the bottom and right edge) of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify the brush used to draw the inner shadow border pixel (along the bottom and right edge) of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionAreaBorderKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionAreaFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionAreaInactiveBorderKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionAreaInactiveFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicResizeGrippersForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicResizeGrippersBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnGlyphBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnGlyphBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnNormalBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnNormalBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnNormalInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnHoverBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnHoverBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnHoverInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnPressedBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnPressedBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnPressedInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnNormalBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnNormalBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnNormalInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnHoverBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnHoverBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnHoverInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnPressedBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnPressedBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionCloseBtnPressedInnerBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicCaptionBtnDisabledBackgroundFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicStatusBarTextForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicStatusBarFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicStatusBarBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicStatusBarSeparatorGradientLeft. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicStatusBarSeparatorGradientRight. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key used to identify one of the brushes used to draw the inner border of the XamRibbonWindow when it is deactivated + + + + + The key that identifies the brush to be used as the foreground for the application menu. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenu2010ItemAreaCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenu2010ItemAreaBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CaptionPanelFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CaptionPanelInactiveFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContainerFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContainerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContainerBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContainerInContextualBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContainerInContextualBaseFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuOuterBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuOuterBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuInnerBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuInnerBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuLeftAreaBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuLeftAreaCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuRecentItemsBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuRecentItemsSeparatorDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuRecentItemsSeparatorLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuRecentItemsCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarButtonNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarButtonHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarButtonNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarButtonHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuSideSelectBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuSideSelectBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuSideSelectCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuSideSelectCenterSecondaryFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuDisabledSideSelectBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuDisabledSideSelectBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuDisabledSideSelectCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupNormalBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupNormalBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupNormalBottomGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupHoverBottomGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupIsInContextualHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATCenterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATInactiveCenterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATInactiveCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATActiveGlassCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATActiveGlassCenterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATActiveGlassInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabIsSelectedTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabNotSelectedTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalLeftHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalRightHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalTopHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalShadowFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveHottrackOuterGlowFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveHoverSideHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveHoverTopHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabActiveBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabActiveTopHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabHoverLeftHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabHoverRightHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabHoverTopHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabActiveNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverCenterBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverCenterGlow. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabInactiveHoverTopFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabContextualHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalDividerFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupHoverOuterBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupPressedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupCheckedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupCheckedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupCheckedHottrackBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupCheckedHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupSegmentedHoverDarkSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupSegmentedHoverLightSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonGroupDisabledDarkSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuHottrackBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuHottrackBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuDisabledHottrackBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuDisabledHottrackBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuDisabledHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuHottrackCenterSecondaryFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalOuterBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalOuterBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalInnerBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxNormalInnerBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxHoverInnerBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxHoverInnerBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxHoverOuterBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxPressedOuterBoxBorderFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxPressedInnerBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxPressedInnerBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxDisabledOuterBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxDisabledOuterBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxDisabledInnerBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxDisabledInnerBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckBoxIndeterminateCenterFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonCheckedCenterOverlayFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonCheckedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonCheckedHottrackCenterOverlayFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonCheckedHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonCheckedHottrackInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonCheckedInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonDisabledBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonDisabledBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonDisabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarTrackBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarTrackBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarTrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolPressedInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolCheckedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolCheckedInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolCheckedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolCheckedHottrackBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolCheckedHottrackInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolCheckedHottrackCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolDisabledBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolDisabledBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ButtonToolDisabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ToolTipNonScreenTipCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ToolTipNonScreenTipBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamScreenTipBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamScreenTipFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamScreenTipSeparatorDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonBlueGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonLeftInnerBorderGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonCenterGrayGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonLeftOuterBorderGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonHoverFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonPressedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterFooterBarStroke. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterFooterBarGradient. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterFooterBarGlyphFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarArrowFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarDisabledArrowFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarThumbGripperForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarThumbGripperBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollButtonNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollButtonNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollButtonNormalInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollButtonHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollButtonHoverInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollButtonHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollButtonDisabledBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollUpButtonDisabledBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollUpButtonDisabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollDownButtonDisabledBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollDownButtonDisabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuChromeFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollUpButtonPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollUpButtonPressedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollUpButtonPressedInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollDownButtonPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterScrollDownButtonPressedInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplatePressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplatePressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplatePressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateGlyphNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateGlyphNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateGlyphHoverForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateGlyphHoverBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateGlyphPressedForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DialogBoxLauncherToolTemplateGlyphPressedBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterSelectedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterSelectedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterSelectedBorderLightFillInner. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterSelectedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterHoverBottomOverlayGradient. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemPresenterSelectedBottomOverlayGradient. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaNormalBottomGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaHoverBottomGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaPressedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaPressedBottomGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaIsActiveBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaIsActiveCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedInnerAreaIsActiveBottomGradientFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedNormalBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedNormalBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedPressedHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsActiveBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsActiveBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsActiveCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsActiveHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsInContextualPressedBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsInContextualPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsInContextualHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsInContextualNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCollapsedIsInContextualNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATHover1InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATHover2InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATHover3InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATPressed1InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATPressed2InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATVistaNormalBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATVistaHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATVistaHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATVistaHover1InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATVistaHover2InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupQATVistaHover3InnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonNormalOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonNormalInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonNormalHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonHoverOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonHoverInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonHoverHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonPressedHighlightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonPressedInnerBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuButtonPressedOuterBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonHoverOverlayFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonPressedBottomOverlayFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonPressedTopOverlayFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMinimizeNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMinimizeNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMaxCloseNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMaxCloseNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMaxCloseNormalDisabledForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMaxCloseInactiveDisabledForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMinimizeHoverForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMinimizeHoverBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMaxCloseHoverBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMaxCloseHoverForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMinimizeInactiveForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamRibbonCaptionButtonIconMaxCloseInactiveForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemGroupCaptionFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryItemGroupCaptionStrokeFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarOuterBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarOuterBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolDropDownPresenterScrollBarCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the StatusBarTextForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the StatusBarFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the StatusBarBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the StatusBarSeparatorGradientLeft. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the StatusBarSeparatorGradientRight. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TabActiveNormalMainCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the XamPagerButtonGlyphFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TipBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TipCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedTopHoverBottomNormalFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualTabSideBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownEnabledBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownEnabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownGlyphNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownGlyphNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownGlyphHoverForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the DropdownGlyphHoverBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerNormalBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerHoverBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerHoverBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerPressedBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerPressedBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerPressedCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerNormalGlyphFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuScrollViewerHoverGlyphFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextHottrackFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckMarkStrokeFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonTabControlHeaderPanelBackground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonTabControlHeaderPanelGlassBackgroundKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GenericGlyphNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GenericGlyphNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GenericGlyphHoverForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GenericGlyphHoverBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GenericGlyphDisabledForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GenericGlyphDisabledBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ContextualCaptionTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ResizeGrippersForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ResizeGrippersBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsNormalBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsNormalCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsHoverBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsHoverCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsDisabledBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the EditorsDisabledCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ApplicationMenuFooterToolbarButtonTextForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATCustomizeDropdownNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATCustomizeDropdownNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATBelowRibbonBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATBelowRibbonBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATBelowRibbonCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATBelowRibbonShadowFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CaptionActiveTextForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CaptionInactiveTextForeground. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATOverflowGlyphNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATOverflowGlyphNormalBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATOverflowGlyphHoverForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATOverflowGlyphHoverBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATOverflowPanelBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the QATOverflowPanelCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuToolPresenterLeftColumnFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuToolOverlayFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CaptionPanelBottomSeparatorStroke. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SubMenuHeaderPopUpBorderDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SubMenuHeaderPopUpBorderLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the SubMenuHeaderPopUpCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ToolEnabledForegroundTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ToolDisabledForegroundTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ToolInQATForegroundTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the VistaWindowMaximizedTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextNormalForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the TextDisabledForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the RibbonGroupCaptionTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the HorizontalSeparatorNormalLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the HorizontalSeparatorNormalDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the VerticalSeparatorNormalLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the VerticalSeparatorNormalDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the VerticalSeparatorHoverLightFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the VerticalSeparatorHoverDarkFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the IsCheckedBoxBorderFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the IsCheckedBoxCenterFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckmarkBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the CheckmarkForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterDisabledArrowBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterDisabledArrowForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterEnabledArrowBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterEnabledArrowForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterDropDownButtonIconBackgroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GalleryToolPreviewPresenterDropDownButtonIconForegroundFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the VistaQATTextFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the GrayTextBrushKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the IsSegmentedNonHottrackDividerFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedDisabledDarkSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedDisabledLightSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedHoverSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedCheckedSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedCheckedHottrackSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedHoverSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedCheckedSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the LargeSegmentedCheckedHottrackSeparatorFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemDropDownArrowFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the MenuItemDropDownArrowHottrackFill. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + The key that identifies a resource to be used as the ScenicRibbonCaptionGlassEffectFillKey. Look here for + an explanation of how these keys are used. + + + + + A converter that converts from a enumeration to a boolean. + + + Will convert to True if the is Menu, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuRecentItems or ApplicationMenuSubMenu. Otherwise it converts to False. + + + + + + A static instance of the class (read-only) + + + + + Creates a new instnace of + + + + + The ButtonTool is a push button type tool that fires a click event when pushed. Since the tool is derived from the WPF ButtonBase element, + the usage semantics of the tool are the same as a WPF Button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked when the button has been clicked. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Returns a string representation of the tool. + + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Called by a ToolMenuItem when it is clicked. + + The tool represented by the ToolMenuItem. + + The method is called from the 's OnClick method. + + + + + + Performs a tool's default action. + + The tool whose action should be performed. + A boolean indicating whether the action was performed. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Returns false so that the containing popups will be closed when the PerformAction method is called. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the type of application menu that is displayed when clicking the file tab/orb. + + + + + Uses the XamRibbon.ApplicationMenu + + + + + Uses the XamRibbon.ApplicationMenu2010 + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the type of item that the represents. + + + + + The item represents a clickable item in the left side of the + + + + + A whose is true. + + + + + Determines which area of the is highlighted when the item is selected. + + + + + + + + + + Default setting. The ultimate default is HighlightImageOnly. + + + + + Selected s do not display differently than un-selected s. + + + + + Selected s are displayed with a highlight around the item's image. + + + + + Selected s are displayed with a highlight around the entire item (image and text). + + + + + Determines when text is displayed. + + + + + + + + Default setting. The ultimate default is OnlyInDropDown. + + + + + Always display the text of the regardless of location. + + + + + Only display the text of the when it is displayed in the dropdown. + + + + + Never display the text of the . + + + + + Determines how a behaves when clicked, including the event that is fired in response to the click. + + + + + + + + + + The is not selected - instead a event is raised. + + + + + The is selected and is set to reflect the selection. The event is raised. + + + + + Determines the size of the when the associated is used to resize the element. + + + + + + + + + + + + The number of columns displayed in the preview of a within a will be reduced from its to the . + + + + + The number of rows () displayed within a will be increased from its towards the . + + + + + A whose is true and contains a (and therefore is displaying a preview of that GalleryTool) will be displayed as a .ImageAndTextLarge sized tool without the gallery preview. + + + + + Consecutive tools whose is resolved to .ImageAndTextLarge will be reduced to vertically stacked tools with a SizingMode of .ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + Consecutive tools whose is resolved to .ImageAndTextNormal will be reduced to tools with a SizingMode of .ImageOnly. + + + + + The will be displayed as a dropdown button that can be opened to display the contents of the RibbonGroup in a popup. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate how the key tip should be aligned. + + + + + The top left of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The top center of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The top right of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The middle left of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The center of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The middle right of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The bottom left of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The bottom center of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + The bottom right of the keytip is positioned at the location specified by the key tip provider. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate the behavior that should occur for ElementKeyTipProviderItem instances when + their action is performed. + + +

This action only applies to items that are not containers.

+
+
+ + + This is used for elements such as Textbox that will receive focus. The keytips should go away but + any containing keytip containers should not be deactivated since that might cause the associated + element to no longer be visible. + + + + + This is used for elements that perform an action and do not need the key tips to remain visible + and do not need containing keytip containers to remain activated. For example, a child MenuItem + that is displayed might use this so the action is triggered and the containing MenuItem instances + are collapsed. + + + + + This is used for elements that perform repeatable actions that should neither dismiss the keytips + nor the containing keytip containers. For example if keytips were displayed for repeat buttons. + + + + + Enumeration used to decorate an element for the purpose of positioning the keytip with respect to the element. + + + + + Identifies the element that represents the small image for a tool for key tip placement purposes. + + + + + Identifies the element that represents the check or radio indicator for a tool for key tip placement purposes. + + + + + Identifies the element that represents the caption for a tool for key tip placement purposes. This is used in a to position the Key Tip below the text. + + + + + Identifies the element that causes the tool to dropdown for key tip placement purposes. This is used for segmented buttons when a key tip is shown for the button portion and dropdown portion. + + + + + Determines how a is used. Either as a single drop down or segmented into a dropdown area and a button area. + + + + + + + Pressing the left mouse down anywhere on the menu tool will toggle the tool’s + property raising either the + event or the / event pair. + + + + + The tool is segmented into 2 button areas. Pressing the left mouse down on one area will toggle + the tool’s property raising either the + event or the / event pair. Clicking on the + other area with the left mouse button will raise the tool’s event. Note: + this event is raised on the mouse up. + + + + + The tool is segmented into 2 button areas. Pressing the left mouse down on one area will toggle the tool’s + property raising either the event or the + / event pair. Clicking on the other area with + the left mouse button will raise the tool’s or + event. Note: these events are raised on the mouse up. + + + + + Determines where the is positioned with respect to its owning + + + + + + + + The is displayed above the ribbon tabs in the caption area. + + + + + The is displayed below the ribbon. + + + + + Identifies the type of object that the represents on the + + + + + + + + The represents a placeholder for a tool (). + + + + + The represents a placeholder for a . + + + + + The object is not opening a popup or is not controlling the opening. It could be + caused by a base class (e.g. MenuItem) handling. + + + + + The popup is being opened explicitly by using the mouse + + + + + The popup is being opened using the keyboard. + + + + + The popup is being opened using the keytips + + + + + An enumeration used to indicate whether the content of the ribbon is visible based on the current + and values. + + + + + + + + The size of the containing window is above the horizontal and vertical threshold so the + ribbon's content will be visible to the end user. + + + + + The size of the containing window is below the horizontal and/or vertical threshold so the + ribbon's content should not be visible to the end user. + + + + + The ribbon is not dealing with the keyboard at all. + + + + + The ribbon is in a state where it may show keytips. This usually happens as a result of the alt key being pressed but before its released. + + + + + Keytips are currently displayed and keyboard interaction is being used to navigate the keytips + + + + + The user is navigating between items in the ribbon - e.g. tabs, tools, etc. + + + + + Determines the vertical position of tools within a + + + + + + + The tools within a column of the will be aligned to the + center of the panel. + + + + + The tools within a column of the will be aligned to the top + of the panel. + + + + + The tools within a column of the will be aligned to the bottom + of the panel. + + + + + Determines the sizing mode of a tool which affects the size of a tool and whether it + displays image, text or both. + + + + + + + + + The tool will display its image only. + + + + + The tool will display its image and text in a normal size. + + + + + The tool will display its image and text and its height will span the height of the items area of the containing . + + + + + Determines how text is positioned with respect to an image. + + + + + + + The enumeration value defined as the ultimate default for the element to which the enumeration appies. + + + + + The will display its text above the image. + + + + + The will display its text below the image. + + + + + The will display its text to the left of the image. + + + + + The will display its text to the right of the image. + + + + + Determines where the tool exists. + + + + + + + + The tool has not been sited. + + + + + The tool is within a . + + + + + The tool is on a menu (). + + + + + The tool is on the . + + + + + The tool is in the . + + + + + The tool is on the . + + + + + The tool is in the collection. + + + + + The tool is on a that is located within the collection of the . + + + + + The tool is an item in the + + + + + The tool is on the . + + + + + Event arguments for routed events that expose a Tool property that are cancelable + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The tool instance. + + + + Returns the tool instance (read-only) + + + + + Event arguments for the , + and routed events. + + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The GalleryTool instance associated with the event. + The GalleryItemGroup instance associated with the event. + The GalleryItem instance associated with the event. + + + + Returns the instance associated with the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the instance associated with the (read-only). + + + + + Returns the (read-only). + + + + + Event arguments for routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The instance. + + + + Returns the associated . + + + + + Event args for the event of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Event args for the event of the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns the that was previously selected. + + + + + Returns the newly selected . + + + + + Event arguments for routed events that expose a Tool property + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The tool instance. + + + + Returns the tool instance (read-only) + + + + + Event arguments for ItemActivated routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The item (e.g. tool) that was activated. + + + + Returns the item (e.g. tool) that is being activated. + + + + + Event arguments for ToolCloned routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The cloned tool instance. + The original tool instance. + A boolean indicating whether events handlers on the source tool were copied to the clone tool. + + + + Returns the cloned tool instance (read-only) + + + + + Returns the cloned tool instance (read-only) + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the event handlers for routed events of the were associated with the same events for the + + + + + Event arguments for ToolCloneDiscarded routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The cloned tool instance. + The original tool instance. + + + + Returns the cloned tool instance (read-only) + + + + + Returns the cloned tool instance (read-only) + + + + + Event arguments for ItemDeactivated routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The item (e.g. tool) that was deactivated + + + + Returns the item (e.g. tool) that is being activated. + + + + + Event arguments for ToolOpening routed event + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class + + The tool instance. + + + + Displays a user customizable toolbar that contains often used tools. + + +

The (QAT) is aligned to the left edge of the window containing the , either directly above or + below the ribbon (user selectable via an option on the QAT’s quick customize menu or programmatically selectable via the QAT’s property). The QAT is the + only user-customizable area of the .

+

Tools can be added to by the end user (via the 'Add to Quick Access Toolbar' option on the right click context menu + provided for each tool) or by the developer (by adding a that references the of a tool as the ).

+

Note: Only s and s can be added to the QAT. Attempting to add any other tool type will generate + a NotSupportedException.

+
+ If a tool other than a or is added to the QAT. + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called after the control has been initialized. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to invoke the event for the + + The event arguments for the event being raised. + + + + + + Returns true if the is positioned below the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + +

This read-only property is used to indicate if the QuickAccessToolbar is currently displayed below the . To + programatically control the placement of the QAT, you may change the property. The location can + also be changed via the UI using the right click context menu.

+ + +
+ + + Occurs when the QuickCustomizeMenu is about to be displayed to the end user. + + +

The QuickCustomizeMenu is a popup menu that is displayed to the end user with options for customizing the + . It includes options for changing the state and + properties as well as adding and removing common tools from the QAT. Common tools are those whose has + been set to true. When set to true, the caption of the tool is displayed as a menu item within the QuickCustomizeMenu. If an instance of that + tool is currently on the QAT, the menu item will appear checked and clicking that menu item will remove that instance of the tool from + the QAT. If an instance of that tool is not currently on the QAT, the menu item will appear unchecked and clicking the menu item will cause an + instance of that tool to be created and added to the end of the QAT's collection.

+

The QuickCustomizeMenuOpening provides an opportunity to add/remove items from the menu before it is displayed to the end user.

+
+ + +
+ + + A tool that represents 3 user selectable states: Checked, Unchecked and Indeterminate. Since the tool is ultimately derived from the WPF ToggleButton element, the usage + semantics are the same as a WPF ToggleButton. + +

Note: The CheckBoxTool dispays a standard CheckBox graphic along with its caption and Image (if any). Unlike the though, + the CheckBoxTool's caption text is not hidden by default when the tool appears on the or when it is resized to its smallest size + on a .

+

Note: The supports the same 3 user selectable states but is designed to coordinate its state with other + s via its GroupName property. When multiple s have the same GroupName + only 1 tool in the group can be checked at any given time.

+
+ + + A tool that represents 3 user selectable states: Checked, Unchecked and Indeterminate. Since the tool is derived from the WPF ToggleButton element, the usage + semantics are the same as a WPF ToggleButton. + +

Note: The supports the same 3 user selectable states but is designed to coordinate its state with other + s via its GroupName property. When multiple s have the same GroupName + only 1 tool in the group can be checked at any given time.

+
+ + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked when the button has been clicked. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Returns a string representation of the tool. + + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Called by a ToolMenuItem when it is clicked. + + The tool represented by the ToolMenuItem. + + The method is called from the 's OnClick method. + + + + + + Performs a tool's default action. + + The tool whose action should be performed. + A boolean indicating whether the action was performed. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Returns false so that the containing popups will be closed when the PerformAction method is called. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + The ComboEditorTool displays a drop-down with a list of items to select from. It also + allows entering arbitrary text into the edit portion. + + + Note: since the tool is derived from + the usage semantics of the tool are the same as a XamComboEditor with the addition of certain common tool properties, e.g. , , , etc. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Occurs after the dropdown has closed. + + Additional information about the event. + + + + Occurs after the dropdown has opened. + + Additional information about the event. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Occurs after the selected item has changed. + + The previous selected item. + The new selected item. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + The key used to identify the combo box style used for the ComboBox inside the ComboEditorTool + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the EditAreaWidth property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the EditAreaWidth property to its default state. + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Overridden. Returns the key of the default style of the ComboBox that the ComboEditorTool uses. + + + + You can create a Style object and add it to the Resources collection of an ancestor + element of the ComboEditorTool with this key to override the style of the ComboBox used + by the ComboEditorTool, without completely resplacing it. + + + + + + + Specifies the width of the edit area, excluding the label. Default value is 100. + + + + This is useful when the editor tool is displaying a label next to it. EditAreaWidth + controls the width of the edit portion, not including the label portion. + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + Returns 'EmbedToolInCaptionArea' + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + The GalleryTool is designed to display a list of options which each contain a graphic that visually describes the option as well as optional textual description. + + +

The GalleryTool exposes an Items property that holds a collection of objects. Each + exposes a and a property which are displayed for each item. The GalleryTool also exposes + a property that holds a collection of objects which define groupings for the + s when they are displayed in a GalleryTool dropdown. s, which can belong to 1 or more + s, are assigned to a by adding the Key associated with the to the + 's collection.

+

When used within the control, the GalleryTool is designed to be placed on a . An exception + will be thrown by the if a GalleryTool is placed anywhere other than a .

+

Note: There are no such restrictions when using the GalleryTool outside the .

+

To display a GalleryTool in a with preview you should: +

    +
  • create a and add it to a
  • +
  • create a GalleryTool and add one or more s, each with one or more s
  • +
  • add the GalleryTool and to the 's Items collection of the . You can also add other tools to the menu if necessary.
  • +
  • set the 's property to true. This will display a scrollable preview of + the s in the area which normally displays the 's dropdown button.
  • +
+ When the GalleryTool preview is being shown in a as described above, the are not displayed - only the s + are displayed. In addition, up/down scroll buttons are automatically provided to allow the end-user to scroll through the s + if necessary. Also, a dropdown button is provided below the scroll buttons that, when clicked, drops down the contents of the including the + s, s and any other tools that were added to the .

+

Examples of how a GalleryTool might be used in an application include displaying a list of graphics showing the different text styles that + would result if particular document styles are selected, or graphics that show thumbnails of different chart renderings that would result if a + particular chart type is selected from the GalleryTool.

+
+ If the GalleryTool is placed anywhere other than a (e.g., on the + or in a ). + + + + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Called to measure the element and its children. + + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element is initialized. + + The event args. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Invoked when the parent element of this element reports a change to its underlying visual parent. + + The previous parent. This may be provided as null if the System.Windows.DependencyObject did not have a parent element previously. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been activated. A is activated after the mouse pauses over the item for an amount of time that + exceeds the values specified in and properties. + + +

The and properties and event can be used to simulate the + Live Preview functionality found in Office 2007 applications (e.g., Word). Specify a delay that makes sense for the preview you are doing (e.g., longer delay for more expensive + previews so that your application is not constructing previews everytime a is moused over), and handle the event to display the preview.

+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been clicked. + + + + + + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been selected. + + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the number of milliseconds after a is activated before the ItemActivated event is fired. + + +

The and properties and event can be used to simulate the + Live Preview functionality found in Office 2007 applications (e.g., Word). Specify a delay that makes sense for the preview you are doing (e.g., longer delay for more expensive + previews so that your application is not constructing previews everytime a is moused over), and handle the event to display the preview.

+
+ If the property is set to a value that is less than zero. + + + +
+ + + The number of milliseconds after the first is activated before the event is fired. + + +

The and properties and event can be used to simulate the + Live Preview functionality found in Office 2007 applications (e.g., Word). Specify a delay that makes sense for the preview you are doing (e.g., longer delay for more expensive + previews so that your application is not constructing previews everytime a is moused over), and handle the event to display the preview.

+
+ If the property is set to a value that is less than zero. + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets a value that indicates whether the dropdown can be resized. If true, a resizer bar will be displayed within the + dropdown to allow resizing in the vertical and/or horizontal dimension (see note below). + + +

Note: If the and have the same value, the dropdown + will only be resizable vertically.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of the s displayed in the dropdown. + + +

Adding a to this collection will prevent the display of s in the + dropdown, unless you add the key of at least 1 to the + collection of the .

+

Note: Once a has been added to this collection, the will not display + s in the dropdown unless they are assigned to s by adding the + to the collection of the Group in which the should + be displayed.

+

Note: Adding s to this collection has no effect on the display of s in + the preview area, since s are never displayed in the preview area

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the behavior of s when they are clicked. + + +

If set to 'Button' the is not selected - instead a event is raised. + If set to 'StateButton' The is selected and is set to reflect the selection. The + event is raised.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of the s defined in the . + + +

Adding (s) to this collection will not automatically display (s) in the + dropdown if one or more s have been aded to the collection. + You must add the key of at least 1 to the + collection of at least one of the (s) in order for the (s) added here to be displayed.

+

Note: s added here will always be displayed in the preview area regardless of whether + s have been added to the collection.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the settings that will be used as the default for all s. These settings can be overridden at lower levels. + + +

The various property values in the specified at the level + (via the property) serve as the ultimate defaults for all s. These values + can be overridden at two lower levels: +

    +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified there + will override corresponding values set at the level, but could be further overridden at the + level (see next bullet)
  • +
  • at the level via the property. The values specified here will override corresponding + values set at the and levels
  • +
+

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the maximum number of columns that can be displayed in the gallery drop down. + + +

Note: If the and have the same value, and + is set to true, the dropdown will only be resizable vertically.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the maximum number of columns that can be displayed in the gallery preview. + + +

The gallery preview (a scrollable list of the s contained in the ) is displayed in a + when the containing the has its + property set to true.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the minimum number of columns that can be displayed in the gallery drop down. + + +

Note: If the and have the same value, and + is set to true, the dropdown will only be resizable vertically.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the minimum number of columns that can be displayed in the gallery preview. + + +

The gallery preview (a scrollable list of the s contained in the ) is displayed in a + when the containing the has its + property set to true.

+
+ + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the preferred number of columns that should be displayed in the gallery dropdown. + + +

The value specified for PreferredDropDownColumns is used when a gallery preview is not being displayed (as determined + by the setting of property on the containing the ) + and therefore the the width of gallery dropdown is not being constrained.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns a read-only list off all the s defined in the . It is used to show the + s in the preview area. + + + + + Returns/sets the currently selected or null if no is currently selected. + + +

While this read-write property can be set directly in code or XAML, it will be automatically set if the the + property is set to 'StateButton' and the user clicks on a .

+

Note: The property determines what part (if any) of the + is visually highlighted when it is selected.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been activated. A is activated after the mouse pauses over the item for an amount of time that + exceeds the values specified in and properties. + + +

The and properties and event can be used to simulate the + Live Preview functionality found in Office 2007 applications (e.g., Word). Specify a delay that makes sense for the preview you are doing (e.g., longer delay for more expensive + previews so that your application is not constructing previews everytime a is moused over), and handle the event to display the preview.

+
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + Occurs after a has been clicked. + + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been selected. + + + + + + + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + Returns 'UseToolForEntireArea' + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Represents a tool that displays some content. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Returns a string representation of the tool. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + The default implementation returns 'Standard'. + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Returns true if the tool supports activation or false if the tool cannot be activated. + + The tool instance whose activable state is being queried. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the tool type can be added to the . + + + + + The MaskedEditorTool allows editing of text using masks to constraint user input. + + + Note: since the tool is derived from + the usage semantics of the tool are the same as a XamMaskedEditor with the addition of certain common tool properties, e.g. , , , etc. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the EditAreaWidth property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the EditAreaWidth property to its default state. + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the width of the edit area, excluding the label. Default value is 100. + + + + This is useful when the editor tool is displaying a label next to it. EditAreaWidth + controls the width of the edit portion, not including the label portion. + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + Returns 'EmbedToolInCaptionArea' + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + A tool that can be placed inside a , , or another . It contains a set of child tool items, elements that implement the interface. + + + Tool items, elements that implement the interface, that are added as children of a menu tool will be displayed inside the menu's when its property is True. + MenuTools appear as one of 3 types of buttons (see the property) inside a or but will appear as menu items inside another menu. + Note: A MenuTool can optionally contain one, and only one, . If the MenuTool is inside a and it contains a GalleryTool and the property + is set to true then a preview of the s will be displayed instead of the normal dropdown button. + + + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Invokes the action associated with the button portion of a segmented menu. + + + + + Called to initialize the instance of a ToolMenuItem returned from . + + The menuToolPresenter returned from CreateMenuToolPresenter. + + + + + Called to measure the element and its children. + + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + Describes the items that changed. + + + + Invoked when a property on the object has been changed. + + Provides information about the property that was changed. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been checked + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been checked + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been unchecked + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the targeting the class that is used to represents the dropdown arrow for a when sited on a menu. + + + + + The key used to identify the targeting the class that is used to represents the dropdown arrow for a when sited on a toolbar or in a . + + + + + The key used to identify the targeting the class that is used to represents the dropdown arrow for the quick customize menu of the . + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been checked + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been checked + + + + + + + Occurs after the tool has been unchecked + + + + + + + Gets/sets how this tool is used. Either as a single drop down or segmented into a dropdown area and a button area + + + + + + Gets or sets the command to invoke when the button portion of the menu tool is pressed. + + + + + + Gets or sets the parameter to pass to the Command property. + + + + + + Gets or sets the element on which to raise the specified command. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether the tool is checked. + + + Note: this property is ignored unless the is set to ‘SegmentedState’. Changing its value will cause either the or events to be raised. + + + + + + Gets/sets a string with a maximum of 3 characters that represents the mnemonic that is displayed for the button portion of the tool. Note: this property is ignored unless the ButtonType is set to ‘Segmented’ or ‘SegmentedState’. When the mnemonic is entered the Click event will be raised. The Checked or Unchecked events will also be raised for the ‘SegmentedState’ button type. + + + + + + Gets/sets whether a gallery tool will display its items in the gallery preview area of the menu when it is displayed on a . + + + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Returns true if the tool supports activation or false if the tool cannot be activated. (read-only) + + The tool instance whose activable state is being queried. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + Represents a MenuToolBase instance on a ribbon. + + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a + + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns null since the elements are exposed as child elements of the popup within the menu. + + Returns null + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Used by the ribbon group resize logic to control the number of columns that should be displayed within the preview. + + + + + Gets the associated MenuToolBase object (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if a preview is visible in the button area. To display a + preview in the , add the to the Menu's Items collection and set the Menu's + property to true. + + + + + + + + A placeholder used to represent tools or instances that have been placed on the . This tool is intended for + use on the only. The property is used to determine whether the represents a + tool or a . + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class without an associated tool or reference. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class that is associated with a tool instance that has the specified Id. + + +

The specified Id must be assigned to a tool defined somewhere on the . The will create a clone of that tool + which is displayed inside this .

+
+ The Id of the tool with which to associate this . + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of a class that is associated with a tool instance that has the specified Id. + + +

The specified Id must be assigned to a tool defined somewhere on the . The will create a clone of that tool + which is displayed inside this .

+
+ The Id of the tool with which to associate this . + The type of the tool with which to associate this . + + + + +
+ + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Gets the visual child at a specified index. + + The zero-based index of the specific child visual. + The visual child at the specified index. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Invoked when the parent element of this element reports a change to its underlying visual parent. + + The previous parent. This may be provided as null if the System.Windows.DependencyObject did not have a parent element previously. + + + + Returns a string representation of the (i.e. tool or ). + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns the total numder of visual children (read-only). + + + + + Returns the tool or instance associated with this . (read-only) + + +

To change the target associated with this set the property.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the string of the tool or associated with this depending upon the property. + + +

Depending on the value of the property, setting this property to the of a tool or that has been defined somewhere on the causes a clone of that object + to be created and displayed inside this .

+

Tools can be added to by the end user (via the right click context menu provided for each tool) or by the developer + (by adding a that references the Id of a tool). RibbonGroups can be added to the by the end user by + right clicking on the caption of the in a .

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets an enumeration that identifies the type of object (e.g. tool or RibbonGroup) that is represented by the . + + +

Depending on the value of the property, the is used to locate the tool or that has been defined somewhere on the and which + will be cloned and displayed inside this .

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + A tool that represents 3 user selectable states: Checked, Unchecked and Indeterminate. Since the tool is derived from the WPF RadioButton element, the usage + semantics are the same as a WPF RadioButton. + + +

The RadioButtonTool exposes a GroupName property that allows multiple RadioButtonTools to toggle their states as part of a mutually + exclusive group.

+

Note: The supports the same 3 user selectable states but is designed to operate alone - i.e., it does not expose + a GroupName property to coordinate its state with other s.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked when the IsChecked is set to true. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Invoked when the button has been clicked. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Returns a string representation of the tool. + + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Called by a ToolMenuItem when it is clicked. + + The tool represented by the ToolMenuItem. + + The method is called from the 's OnClick method. + + + + + + Performs a tool's default action. + + The tool whose action should be performed. + A boolean indicating whether the action was performed. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the tool. + + The container that wraps the tool. + The tool that is being wrapped. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Returns false so that the containing popups will be closed when the PerformAction method is called. + + + + + Represents the different states of the . Used to evaluate whether a specific command can be executed. + + + + + An exists. + + + + + An exists and it (or a logically related instance) is on the . + + + + + An exists and it is directly on the . + + + + + The is true and the minimized state of the Ribbon may be toggled via the UI. + + + + + Provides the list of RoutedCommands supported by the . + + + + + Null command. + + + + + Command for toggling the state of the . + + + + + + + Command for toggling the location of the with respect to the . + + + + + + + Command for closing the or of the . + + + + + + + The list of CommandWrappers for each supported command. + + + + + + This method is provided as a convenience for initializing the statics in this class which kicks off + the process of setting up and registering the commands. + + + + + Represents a logical and visual grouping of tools within a on a control. + + +

The property of the RibbonGroup is designed to contain + FrameworkElement-derived tools or any of several RibbonGroup layout panels including + and .

+

The RibbonGroup exposes several properties that allow you to control how the contents + are resized. The property is used to provide a list of + instances that determines what type of resize operations are allowed for the group - as well as when it + should be resized with respect to other groups in the owning . The group + also exposes 2 attached properties ( and ) + that can be used to control the maximum and minimum sizes respectively of the contained tools.

+

The property is used to provide a + instance that will be displayed in the caption area of the group adjacent to the .

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Used to obtain the element that is used to display items in the control. + + A ContentPresenter + + + + Invoked when the template for the element has been applied. + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Invoked when the value of the property changes. + + Provides information about the property change + + + + Called when one or more items have changed + + Contains information about the items that were changed. + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Prepares the container to 'host' the item. + + The container that wraps the item. + The data item that is wrapped. + + + + Identifies the ContainingGroup" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ContainingGroup' attached readonly property + + + + + + Identifies the IsDialogBoxLauncherTool" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + + + Indicates if the specified tool instance represents the for a . + + +

This method will return true for a that has been + set as the for a .

+
+ + + +
+ + + Identifies the MaximumSize attached dependency property which determines the maximum size of a tool when it appears in a . + + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the MaximumSize attached dependency property which determines the + maximum size of a tool when it appears in a . + + +

The MaximumSize is used to determine the preferred size for tools within the ribbon group. This represents the + largest size to which a tool within the may be sized. A value of ImageAndTextLarge indicates that + the tool should span the full height of the containing RibbonGroup. A value of ImageAndTextNormal is used to indicate that + the tool should only occupy about 1/3 the height of the RibbonGroup but display its caption as well as its image by default. A value of + ImageOnly is used to indicate that the tool should never display its caption.

+

The default value for this property may be different for different tool types. For example, the default MaximumSize for a + is ImageAndTextLarge but the default size for a is ImageAndTextNormal.

+

Note: The maximum size may not be honored by all panels. For example, tools within a + will never use a maximum size of ImageAndTextLarge since that panel is + designed to arrange one or more tools in a small island within a similar to that of + the tools within the Font group of Microsoft Word's Home tab.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Sets the value of the MaximumSize attached dependency property which determines the maximum size of a tool when it appears in a . + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the MinimumSize attached dependency property which determines the maximum size of a tool when it appears in a . + + + + + + + + + + Gets the value of the MinimumSize attached dependency property which determines the maximum size of a tool when it appears in a . + + +

The MinimumSize is used in conjunction with the and the when determining the + size of tools within the . The MinimumSize indicates the minimum size to which a tool may be reduced. A value of + ImageAndTextLarge is used to ensure that the tool is always displayed as a large tool - that is that the tool always spans the full height + of the . A value of ImageAndTextNormal is used to ensure that the caption of the tool is always displayed. A value of + ImageOnly is used to indicate that the tool can be resized such that the caption is hidden; this is often used when the Image of the tool + provides enough context for the end user to identify the functionality of the tool.

+

This value is primarily used when a from the group's collection is processed and + that GroupVariant has a of ReduceImageAndTextLargeTools or ReduceImageAndTextNormalTools.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Sets the value of the MinimumSize attached dependency property which determines the maximum size of a tool when it appears in a . + + + + + + + + + + Identifies the ReplacedByGroup" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ReplacedByGroup' attached readonly property + + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + The key used to identify the used for the that represents the within the when it is collapsed. + + +

This field represents the that should be used as the key in a + for a targeting a . The template is used when the property + of a within the is true.

+
+ +
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the applied to the + + +

This field represents the that should be used as the key in a + for a targeting a . The template is used for the + of a .

+
+ +
+ + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + The key used to identify the used for the that represents the within the . + + +

This field represents the that should be used as the key in a + for a targeting a . The template is used when the RibbonGroup has been placed + in the . For information on how to add a RibbonGroup to the QAT, please refer to the property.

+
+ + +
+ + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns the vertical offset for a key tip row number in the group relative to the + current content site - i.e. the area that displays the tools and caption + + A number between 0 and 3 (inclusive) + An offset relative to the current content site + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after the RibbonGroup has been closed + + +

The OnClosed method is invoked by the class to raise the event.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs after the RibbonGroup has been opened + + +

The OnOpened method is invoked by the class to raise the event.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Occurs before the RibbonGroup has been opened + + +

The OnOpening method is invoked by the class to raise the event.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the RibbonGroup. + + +

The Caption is the text that is displayed within the header area of the RibbonGroup and also in the button + that represents the group when is true. If the has been + specified, it will be displayed adjacent to the caption within the header area.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the owning ContextualTabGroup + +

The ContextualTabGroup property returns the instance that contains the + that contains this instance or null (Nothing in VB) if the containing RibbonTabItem does not below to a + contextual tab group. The property will return true, if the ContextualTabGroup property is set.

+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the tool that will be displayed within the caption area of the RibbonGroup. + + +

The DialogBoxLauncherTool property is used to provide the + instance that will be displayed within the caption area. By default, the ButtonTool will be + use a custom whose resource key is . The + ButtonTool instance set for this property will have the attached + property set to true and the RibbonGroup's will be set to true.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the has been set to a instance. + + +

The HasDialogBoxLauncherTool property is used to indicate if the property has + been set to a instance. By default, this property returns false.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the content area of the group should be highlighted. + + + + + + Returns/sets a string used to uniquely identify the with the . + + +

The Id property is used to uniquely identify a within the . This is + primarily needed when the RibbonGroup is added to the and is used as the + of the that represents the group. If you want to programatically add the RibbonGroup to the + QAT, then you must set this property to a string that is unique to all RibbonGroups across all RibbonTabItems within the Ribbon + and use that as the of the that you add to the + .

+
+ +
+ + + Returns true if the RibbonGroup is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

A can become the active item when using the keyboard to navigate the + ribbon and the RibbonGroup is in a state that it may be opened to display the contents of its + property within a popup - that is when it is in the or when it is collapsed.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if the ribbon group is currently collapsed. + + +

A RibbonGroup can become collapsed when there is not enough room to display the contents + of the RibbonGroup within the containing and the RibbonGroup is allowed to be + collapsed. A RibbonGroup indicates that it is allowed to be collapsed if it contains a + in its collection that has a resize action of CollapseRibbonGroup or if all + RibbonGroups within the owning RibbonTabItem have no GroupVariants defined, in which case the default resizing + logic will be used which includes allowing the RibbonGroup to be collapsed.

+

Note: A RibbonGroup may only be collapsed when it is within a . A + RibbonGroup displayed within the is not considered to be collapsed and therefore this + property will return false for the RibbonGroup.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the to which the belongs is part of a . + + +

This property returns true if the that contains the RibbonGroup belongs to a + . When true, the property may be + used to access the containing ContextualTabGroup instance.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets/sets whether the RibbonGroup is open. + + +

The IsOpen property is used to open or close the RibbonGroup when it has been collapsed or when it + is displayed within the . When the RibbonGroup is opened, a popup displaying contents + (its and the caption area containing the and ) + will be displayed. Changing its value will cause either the event or the / + events to be raised.

+

Note: The IsOpen property is only used for a RibbonGroup whose is true or when the group is displayed within the .

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed. The KeyTip for a RibbonGroup is + only used when the property is true and is used to change the state of the property to + display/hide the contents of its popup.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the RibbonGroup. (read only) + + +

The Location property is primarily intended to determine if the RibbonGroup is displayed within the . + When it is displayed within the QAT, the RibbonGroup is represented by a button that when clicked will open the group and display + its contents within a popup. The template of that button is based upon the template associated with the + resource key.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the RibbonGroup is collapsed or displayed in the . + + +

The SmallImage is used by default in the and keyed templates.

+

Note: The SmallImage is not displayed within the caption area of the RibbonGroup.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns a collection of instances that determines the order/priority in which the group will be resized. + + +

By default, the Variants collection is empty for all RibbonGroups. When all RibbonGroups within a + RibbonTabItem have no items in their Variants collection, the default resizing logic will be used. When a + is added to any of the RibbonGroups within a RibbonTabItem, only those resize actions will be used to resize the groups.

+

The and attached properties are also used in + determining how the contents of a RibbonGroup may be resized.

+

For a discussion of how the Variants are used, please refer to the class.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the 'RibbonGroup' from which this was cloned. + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the RibbonGroup has been closed + + +

The Closed event is invoked when the property of a RibbonGroup has been changed + from true to false and the popup containing the contents of the RibbonGroup has been hidden.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Occurs after the RibbonGroup has been opened + + +

The Opened event is invoked when the property of a RibbonGroup has been changed + from false to true and the popup containing the contents of the RibbonGroup is being displayed.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Occurs before the RibbonGroup has been opened + + +

The Opening event is invoked when the property of a RibbonGroup is being changed + from false to true and the popup containing the contents of the RibbonGroup is about to be displayed.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Invoked when a visual child is added or removed. + + The child that was added + The child that was removed + + + + Represents a modifiable observable collection of objects. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + The key used to identify the style for the left scroll button. + + + + + The key used to identify the style for the right scroll button. + + + + + The TextEditorTool supports editing of text. + + + Note: since the tool is derived from + the usage semantics of the tool are the same as a XamTextEditor with the addition of certain common tool properties, e.g. , , , etc. + + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Raised when the mouse enters the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Raised when the mouse leaves the element. + + EventArgs containing the event information. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Identifies the Caption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasCaption dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the HasImage dependency property. + + + + + + + + Identifies the Id dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsQatCommonTool dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the IsOnQat dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the LargeImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SizingMode dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the SmallImage dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns true if the EditAreaWidth property is set to a non-default value. + + + + + Resets the EditAreaWidth property to its default state. + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Occurs after a tool has been activated + + + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Occurs after a tool has been de-activated + + + + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the caption associated with the tool. + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a caption with a length greater than zero, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool has a or specified, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + + + Returns/sets the Id associated with the tool. + + + + + + Returns the image to be used by the tool based on its current location and sizing mode. + + + + + + Returns true if the tool is the current active item, otherwise returns false. (read only) + + + + + + Returns true if the tool should be shown in the list of 'common tools' displayed in the 's Quick Customize Menu. + + + + + + + Returns true if the tool (or an instance of the tool with the same Id) exists on the , otherwise returns false. (read only) + + +

To determine whether a specific tool instance is directly on the Qat, check the property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed.

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 32x32 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageAndTextLarge. + + + + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the current size of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible sizes include: ImageOnly, ImageAndTextNormal, ImageAndTextLarge.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets the 16x16 image to be used when the tool is sized to ImageOnly or ImageAndTextNormal. + + + + + + + + + Specifies the width of the edit area, excluding the label. Default value is 100. + + + + This is useful when the editor tool is displaying a label next to it. EditAreaWidth + controls the width of the edit portion, not including the label portion. + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Binds properties of the target tool to corresponding properties on the specified + source tool. The specific properties that are bound are implementation details of the tool. Generally, any property that + represents ‘tool state’ and whose value is changeable and should be shared across instances of a given tool, should be bound + in tool’s implementation of this interface method. + + The tool that this tool is being bound to. + The tool whose properties are being bound to the properties of + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + Returns 'EmbedToolInCaptionArea' + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + A Panel derived element used to arrange tools vertically within a . + + +

This is the default panel for a , but it can also be used explicitly to + control the vertical distribution of a subset of tools within a using the + property.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the for a child element has changed. + + The child element whose size has changed. + + + + Invoked when a child element has been added or removed. + + Visual being added + Visual being removed + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets a value that determines how items are arranged vertically when there are less than 3 small items within a column. + + + + + + Represents a tab in the . Each RibbonTabItem can contain 1 or + more s which are exposed via the property. + + +

The is a specialized designed to be used with the + . It can either be directly added to the collection or + it can be part of a and added to its + collection.

+

The property is used to provide one or more instances that provide the + content for the tab item when it is selected within the XamRibbon ().

+

If the tab belongs to a ContextualTabGroup then its property can + be used to access the owning group. The and + read-only properties are set the by the ContextualTabGroup to indicate where the tab is visually placed within the tabs collection of the group.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Invoked when the header property of the element changes. + + The old header + The new header + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Invoked before a tooltip would be displayed for the element. + + Provides information about the event + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Determines if the value of the specified property should be serialized. + + The dependency property being evaluated. + Return false for the IsSelectedProperty and the value from the base implementation for all other properties. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the KeyTip dependency property. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns the that contains the or null (Nothing in VB) if the tab does not belong to a contextual tab group. + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether this is the first visible tab item in a + + + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the tab is part of a + + + + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether this is the last visible tab item in a + + + + + + + + + + A string with a maximum length of 3 characters that is used to navigate to the item when keytips. + + +

Key tips are displayed when the ribbon is showing and the Alt key is pressed. Activating the key tip for a + will cause the tab to become the and have its contents + displayed within the owning .

+


Note:
If the key tip for the item conflicts with another item in the same container, this key tip may be changed.

+
+ The value assigned has more than 3 characters. + +
+ + + Returns a modifiable observable collection of the instances defined on + this (read only). + + +

The instances added to the collection are displayed when the tab + is selected within the owning (see ).

+
+ + + +
+ + + A read-only observable collection of Framework elements that represents a list of tools. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Represents a tool that displays an indicator (usually a vertical or horizontal line) that is used to visually separate and organize other tools. + Since the tool is derived from the WPF Separator element, the usage semantics of the tool are the same as a WPF Separator. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Called when the template is applied. + + +

+ OnApplyTemplate is a .NET framework method exposed by the FrameworkElement. This class overrides + it to get the focus site from the control template whenever template gets applied to the control. +

+
+
+ + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Occurs when the tool event is about to be raised + + The base class implemenation simply calls the RaiseEvent method. + + + + Called to set the VisualStates of the editor + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + + + + Called to set the visual states of the control + + Determines whether transitions should be used. + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location of the tool. (read only) + + +

Possible tool locations include: Ribbon, Menu, QuickAccessToolbar, ApplicationMenu, ApplicationMenuFooterToolbar, ApplicationMenuRecentItems.

+
+ + +
+ + + Occurs after a tool has been cloned. + + + Fired when a tool is cloned to enable its placement in an additional location in the XamRibbon. For example, when a tool is added to the QuickAccessToolbar, the XamRibbon clones the instance of the tool that appears on the Ribbon and places the cloned instance on the QAT. This event is fired after the cloning takes place and is a convenient point hook up event listeners for events on the cloned tool. + + + + + + + + Occurs when a clone of a tool is being discarded. + + + + + + + + Derived for instances + + + + + Called by the Ribbon to raise one of the common tool events. + + + This method will be called to raise a commmon tool event, e.g. , . + Note: the implementation of this method calls a protected virtual method named that simply calls the RaiseEvent method. This allows derived classes the opportunity of adding custom logic. + + The tool for which the event should be raised. + The event arguments + + + + + + + Returns display mode for this tool when it is inside a menu. + + The default implementation returns 'Standard'. + The tool instance whose display mode is being queried. + + + + Returns true if the tool supports activation or false if the tool cannot be activated. + + The tool instance whose activable state is being queried. + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the tool type can be added to the . + + + + + Provides the functionality of a Microsoft Office 2007 Ribbon, including a , , s, + s, s and Tools. + + +

The XamRibbon is a custom control for providing the look and behavior of the Microsoft Office 2007 Ribbon. The main properties of the Ribbon are + the , and the .

+

The QuickAccessToolbar is a toolbar that is displayed above or below the Ribbon based on the and + is used to display commonly used tools to the end user. The end user may add tools to the QAT using the right click context menu or tools may be programatically + added to the using a . You can also add tools to the + if you have an instance of a tool that will not be visible to the end user within a or the + but will be added to the QAT.

+

The ApplicationMenu is a specialized menu that is displayed as a round button within the upper left corner of the XamRibbon and contains 3 specialized + areas for containing tools that are used to perform actions that are general to the application or window.

+

The are a collection of instances that are used to logically and visually organize the tools used + to perform various actions within the application. The is used to control which tab item's contents are visible to the end user. The + and methods may be used to navigate within the tabs or you can set the + property of a visible tab to true.

+

The XamRibbon also provides support for creating instances. These objects are added to the + collection and when their is true, their + are displayed after the non-contextual tabs with a caption above the tab item headers.

+

The may be used to host the XamRibbon to provide the same style rounded forms + that are used within Microsoft Office 2007. The is set to true when the XamRibbon is hosted within the + of a XamRibbonWindow.

+

The XamRibbon supports the ability to minimize using the property and may also be + minimized via the UI using the right click context menu or by pressing Ctrl-F1. When the Ribbon is minimized, the contents of the + selected tab are hidden and the height of the Ribbon is reduced. When a tab is selected (via the mouse, keyboard, keytips or programatically setting the + ), the contents of the selected tab are displayed within a popup above the content of the containing window. The + property can be used to prevent the minimized state of the ribbon from being changed in the UI.

+

The look of the XamRibbon may be changed using the property and supports values such as + Office2k7Black, Office2k7Blue and Office2k7Silver to provide the same style color schemes as you would find in Microsoft + Office 2007. You can also provide modified modified washed versions of these color schemes using the .

+

The XamRibbon supports the ability to automatically hide when the width and/or height of the containing form fall below + specified threshold values. This behavior is disabled by default but can be enabled by setting the property to true. + When true, the of the Ribbon will be changed to Hidden when either the width or height fall below the + or values of the containing form respectively.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the Width of the button. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of a class. + + + + + Positions child elements and determines a size for this element. + + The size available to this element for arranging its children. + The used by this element to arrange its children. + + + + Determines if the specified point is within the bounds of this element. + + Specifies the point for the hit test. + A indicating the result of the hit test operation. + +

+ This method is overridden on this class to make sure the ribbon gets mouse messages + regardless of whether its background is transparent or not. +

+
+
+ + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Responds when the System.Windows.Controls.AccessText.AccessKey for this control is invoked. + + Provides data for the event. + + + + Called when the template is applied + + + + + Returns an automation peer that exposes the to UI Automation. + + A + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is pressed. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Called when the element has input focus and a key is released. + + An instance of KeyEventArgs that contains information about the key that was pressed. + + + + Called when the element received keyboard focus + + The event arguments + + + + Called after the control has been initialized. + + + + + Overriden. Invoked when the keyboard focus enters/leaves the element. + + Provides information about the property change. + + + + Invoked when the mouse wheel has been rotated over the element. + + The that contains information about the event. + + + + Invoked when the parent element of this element reports a change to its underlying visual parent. + + The previous parent. This may be null if the + element did not have a parent element previously. + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsGlassActive attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the window is rendering using Vista Glass. + + + True if Vista Glass is enabled (read-only) + + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the used within the + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the 'Theme' dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the 'ThemeChanged' routed event + + + + + Called when property 'Theme' changes + + + + + The key for the property of instances used in the XamRibbon for objects such as the caption of tab items and contextual tab groups. + + + + + Used to obtain the actual height of the caption element. + + + + + Used to indicate if a tool is part of the ToolsNotInRibbonCollection. + + + + + Indicates if the tool is part of the tools not in ribbon collection. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the IsActive dependency property. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the specified item is active. + + + + + + + Identifies the IsSelectedItemInContextualTabGroup" attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the selected item of the specified used + within the belongs to a . + + + + + + KeyTipPlacementType is used within a style for a ribbon tool to identify elements for which key tip placement may be based. + + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'KeyTipPlacementType' attached property + + + + + + + Sets the value of the 'KeyTipPlacementType' attached property + + + + + + + Used to determine if the access key for a tool should be hidden. + + + + + Used to determine if the access key for a tool should be hidden. Access keys (i.e. mnemonics) are only displayed for tools within a menu. + + + + + + Identifies the Location dependency property. + + + + + + Returns an enumeration that indicates the location for the specified item. + + + + + + + Identifies the Ribbon attached readonly inherited dependency property + + + + + + Returns the that contains the specified object or null (Nothing in VB) if the object is not contained within a XamRibbon. + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Executes the RoutedCommand represented by the specified CommandWrapper. + + The CommandWrapper that contains the RoutedCommand to execute + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Executes the specified RoutedCommand. + + The RoutedCommand to execute. + True if command was executed, false if canceled. + + + + + Returns the original tool from which the specified tool instance was cloned. + + An instance of a tool to be evaluated + If the was cloned from an instance of another tool then that original tool will be returned. If the tool was not cloned from another tool then the will be returned. + The is null. + + + + Returns the tool instance with the specified Id. + + The Id of the tool to find. + The FrameworkElement derived tool instance or null if no tool instance exists with the specified Id. + + + + + Returns the logical instance of the specified tool that is currently in edit mode. + + An instance of a ValueEditor derived tool that is to be evaluated. + If or another instance of that tool within the with the same is in edit mode, then that instance will be returned. Otherwise, null (Nothing in VB) is returned if there is no instance of the tool currently in edit mode. + The is null. + + + + Selects the tab that follows the current . + + +

Note: If no tab is currently selected and at least one exists in the collection, the first + in the list will be selected. If the is currently set to the last tab in the + collection, the is unchanged.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Selects the tab that precedes the current . + + +

Note: If no tab is currently selected and at least one exists in the collection, the first + in the list will be selected. If the is currently set to the first tab in the + collection, the is unchanged.

+
+ + + + + + +
+ + + Exposes the AddLogicalChild method of the ribbon internally. + + The child to add + + + + Gets a number between 0 and 2 that indicates the row line in the ribbon group that a + small ribbon group tool should use to display its tooltip. + + The small ribbon group tool element + A number between 0 and 2 + + + + Returns the vertical offset relative to the specified tool where the keytip should be placed for a + ribbon group tool. + + The row on which the tool exists + The tool on that row + A vertical offset relative to the tool itself where that row line exists + + + + Exposes the RemoveLogicalChild method of the ribbon internally. + + The child to remove + + + + Adds and optionally removes tabs as logical children. + + A list to populate with the items that should be removed or null to have them removed synchronously + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + The event arguments indicating the element that has become the active item. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + Event arguments for the event + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + Used to raise the event. + + Event arguments for the event being raised + + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the + + Event arguments for the event being raised + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + Event arguments for the event being raised + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + Event arguments for the event being raised + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + Used to raise the event + + Event arguments for the event being raised + + + + + + Gets the supported commands (read-only) + + A static instance of the class. + +

This class exposes properties that return all of the commands that the control supports. +

+
+
+ + + Indicates the resolved enabled state of the control. + + + + + Returns an enumerator of the logical children + + + + + Returns the currently active item in the . An active item can be a Tool, a or a . + + +

Note: Items are active only when the is in KeyTip or navigation mode. At all other times, the ActiveItem property returns null.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns/sets whether the can be minimized. When the is minimized the content of the s is not visible. + + +

When a is clicked while the is minimized, the s that belong to the + clicked are displayed in a popup window.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the base color that is used within areas of the ribbon such as the + + + + + + Returns/sets the that is displayed when the button (displayed in the upper left corner of the ) is clicked. + + + + + + + + Returns or sets an instance of a that is used to display the Backstage view for the control. + + + + + Returns or sets a value indicating which type of application menu will be displayed. + + + + + Returns the margin to be applied to the ApplicationMenu (read-only) + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the will automatically hide its contents when the width/height of the containing root visual (e.g. Window) is below the horizontal () and/or vertical () threshold. + + +

Note: When the 'hides' its contents, the entire ribbon (including s, s, the and the ) is hidden from view. + When the containing root visual is subsequently resized so that both its width/height exceeds the ) and the is displayed.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the minimum width of the containing root visual (e.g. the window) at which the contents will be visible. + + +

When the width of the root visual that contains the ribbon is below the AutoHideHorizontalThreshold or the height is below + the , the contents of the ribbon (including RibbonGroups, RibbonTabItems, QuickAccessToolbar and ApplicationMenu) will be hidden.

+

Note: This property is only used if the property has been set to true. AutoHideEnabled defaults to false.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the current auto hide state of the ; that is, whether the contents of the ribbon are hidden because the width and/or height of the containing visual are below the minimum thresholds. + + +

Note: When the 'hides' its contents, the entire ribbon (including s, s, the and the ) is hidden from view. + When the containing root visual is subsequently resized so that both its width/height exceeds the ) and the displayed.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns/sets the minimum height of the containing root visual (e.g. the window) at which the contents will be visible. + + +

When the width of the root visual that contains the ribbon is below the or the height is below + the AutoHideVerticalThreshold, the contents of the ribbon (including RibbonGroups, RibbonTabItems, QuickAccessToolbar and ApplicationMenu) will be hidden.

+

Note: This property is only used if the property has been set to true. AutoHideEnabled defaults to false.

+
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + Returns the margin to be applied to the CaptionPanel (read-only) + + + + + + Returns a modifiable collection of instances that represents all s (visible and not visible) + in the . + + +

Note: The individual instances in this collection are only visible if the property + is set to true on the instance and the collection of the instance contains at least one visible .

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the brush that should be used as the foreground for an item in the caption area of the window. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether items in the caption area should display an outer glow. + + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the Ribbon is using the system high contrast color scheme. + + +

When the property is true or the + and are black and white, + the system is considered to be in high contrast mode. When in high contrast mode, the IsInHighContrastMode + will be set to true and the theme of the XamRibbon is changed to utilize the system colors for accessibility purposes.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns/sets whether the XamRibbon is minimized. + + +

When minimized, the contents of the selected () will not be visible and the height of the will be + decreased to show only the button, and the s.

+

When a is clicked while the is minimized, the s that belong to the + clicked tab are displayed in a popup window.

+

If the property is set to true, the end user can change the minimized state of the XamRibbon using + either the right click context menu or by pressing Ctrl-F1.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns true if the 'Office2013' theme is being applied (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if the is being hosted within a , otherwise returns false. + + +

When the XamRibbon is hosted within the of a , + the Ribbon will be displayed within the caption area of the window and will display the of the + containing window within its caption area.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns/sets a boolean indicating whether the instances in the selected should be resized when there is not enough room to display the s within the . + + +

By default, the instances within the are resized when there is + not enough room to display all their contents at their preferred sizes. The types and order of the resize operations can be controlled + using the collection of the RibbonGroup. This property provides a global mechanism for + disabling all RibbonGroup resizing regardless of what instances have been defined.

+
+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns true if a 'Scenic' theme is being applied (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if the is being used to provide the file menu for the ribbon. + + + + + + Returns/sets the for the . + + +

The is a user customizable toolbar that contains often used tools. The tools + added to the QAT must exist within the - in a , , + , a within the ribbon or within the + collection.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Returns the margin to be applied to the QuickAccessToolbar (read-only) + + + + + + Returns/sets a value that indicates where the should be displayed. Possible locations include above the area to the right of the or + below the . + + +

By default, the is displayed above the ribbon within the caption area. The location may be + changed programatically using this property or by the end user using the right click customize menu.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns the resource key used to indentify the style for the contained within the . + + + + + Returns/sets the currently selected . + +

The SelectedTab determines which tab's contents are displayed to the end user. When one tab is + selected, the previously selected tab will be unselected. The selected tab may be changed using this property, using the + method, the method, setting the + property, using the keyboard (e.g. keytips), using the mouse or by hiding the selected tab.

+

When the SelectedTab is changed, the event will be raised.

+ + + + + +
+ + + Returns or sets the a value indicating how the tab area dropdown of a minimized ribbon is positioned. + + + + + + Returns the margin to be applied to the TabArea (read-only) + + + + + + Returns the rendered height of the tab header area of the contained xamTabControl. + + + + + + Returns/sets the toolbar that is positioned in line with the tab items of the XamRibbon just under the caption buttons. + + + + + + Returns a collection of instances that represents tabs added directly to the Ribbon. This does not include + s added to the collection. + + +

Note: To retrieve all the displayed s from this collection as well as + the collection, you can use the property.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Returns a read-only collection of the s that are currently in view. + + +

Note: This collection includes s defined in the collection as well as + s defined in the collection of all the + that are currently visible.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Gets/sets the default look for the control. + + + If left set to null then the default 'Generic' theme will be used. This property can + be set to the name of any registered theme (see and methods). + + The following themes are pre-registered by this assembly but additional themes can be registered as well. +
    +
  • "Aero" - a theme that is compatible with Vista's 'Aero' theme.
  • +
  • "Generic" - the default theme.
  • +
  • "IGTheme" - a theme with a modern look.
  • +
  • "LunaNormal" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'blue' theme.
  • +
  • "LunaOlive" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'olive' theme.
  • +
  • "LunaSilver" - a theme that is compatible with XP's 'silver' theme.
  • +
  • "Metro" - a modern theme whose elements are larger.
  • +
  • "MetroDark" - a modern theme whose elements are larger with a darker look.
  • +
  • "Office2010Blue" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2010's 'Blue' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2013" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2013.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Black" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Black' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Blue" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Blue' theme.
  • +
  • "Office2k7Silver" - a theme that is compatible with MS Office 2007's 'Silver' theme.
  • +
  • "Onyx" - a theme that features black and orange highlights.
  • +
  • "PrintBasic" - a theme with simpler black, white and gray elements.
  • +
  • "Royale" - a theme that features subtle blue highlights.
  • +
  • "RoyaleStrong" - a theme that features strong blue highlights.
  • +
  • "Scenic" - a theme that emulates the Windows 7 Scenic Ribbon.
  • +
+
+
+ + +
+ + + Invoked when the 'Theme' property has been changed. + + + + + Returns a modifiable collection of the Tools that are not sited on a , or . + + +

The collection is a convenient place to store tools that are not initially sited anywhere in the + but are available to the end user for placement on the via its Quick Customize Menu. Tools in this collection that have + their property set to true will appear in the 's Quick Customize Menu. Developers can also + use the tools in this collection to populate a list in a developer-written ribbon customization dialog.

+
+ +
+ + + Returns the height for the ItemsPresenter within a ribbon group. + + + + + Returns the containing XamRibbonWindow + + + + + + The actual height of the top level visual containing the ribbon. + + + + + The actual height of the top level visual containing the ribbon. + + + + + Occurs when the property has changed. + + + + + + + + Cancelable event that occurs before the action associated with a command is performed + + + + + + + + + Occurs after the action associated with a command is performed + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the of the is true and the popup for the has closed up. + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the of the is true and the popup for the has been opened. + + + + + + + + + Occurs when the of the is true and the popup for the is being opened. + + + + + + + + + Occurs after a has been selected. + + + + + + + + A modifiable collection of Tools that are not sited on a , or . + + + + + + Invoked when a tool is added to the collection. + + The item that was added + + + + Invoked when a tool is removed from the collection. + + The item that was removed + + + + Indicates to the base class that the and methods should be invoked. + + + + + A class derived from XamScreenTip that is designed to be used with the XamRibbon control. + + +

This derived version of the enforces the Office 2007 UI Design Guidelines related to screentip width sizing. + Specifically, if the property (added in this derived class) is set, the XamRibbonScreenTip will set the overall width of the + control to 318 pixels. If no image is specified, the overall width of the control will be set to 210 pixels.

+

In addition, the XamRibbonScreenTip control will set its theming based on the theme being used by the XamRibbon control, and like the XamRibbon, will not respond to + system theme changes and instead use the theme explicitly set via its Theme property.

+
+ + +
+ + + Initializes an instance of the class. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns/sets the image associated with the content area of the XamScreenTip. The default value is null. + + +

If an image is specified, the total width of the XamRibbonScreenTip will be set to 318 pixels as specified in the Office 2007 UI + Design Guidelines published by Microsoft. If no image is specified, the width of the XamRibbonScreenTip will be set to 210 pixels.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns true if the property is set otherwise returns false. + + +

If an image is specified, the total width of the XamRibbonScreenTip will be set to 318 pixels as specified in the Office 2007 UI + Design Guidelines published by Microsoft. If no image is specified, the width of the XamRibbonScreenTip will be set to 210 pixels.

+
+ +
+ + + A derived class that is designed to display a within its caption area similar to that of Microsoft Office 2007 applications. + + +

The XamRibbonWindow class is derived from the WPF class. It is designed to be used with the in rich client applications to + enable the placement of the XamRibbon in the caption area (i.e., non-client area) of the window. When the XamRibbon is used in a standard + WPF or on a WPF , it appears inside the bounds of the window’s or page’s non-client area.

+

Note: The only that should be placed inside this window is a . The + is associated with this window by setting the property of the RibbonWindowContentHost to an instance of a XamRibbon.

+
+ + + +
+ + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Overridden. Positions child elements and determines the size of this element based on the subclassed window. + + The area within the parent that the element should use to arrange itself and its children. + The actual size used. + + + + Invoked to measure the element and its children. + + The size that reflects the available size that this element can give to its children. + The that represents the desired size of the element. + + + + Call when the window is activated + + + + + Invoked when the template for the element has been applied. + + + + + Call when the window is de-activated + + + + + Called when the element needs to be rendered + + The that defines the object to be drawn. + + + + Raises the event, using the specified + information as part of the eventual event data. + + Details of the old and new size involved in the change. + + + + Called during window initialization. + + The event args + + + + Maximizes the . + + + + + Minimizes the . + + + + + Restores the to its normal size. + + + + + Closes the . + + + + + Identifies the IsGlassActive attached readonly dependency property + + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the displayed in the window. + + + To style the ResizeGrip used in the bottom corner of the window place a Style in the window's Resources collection whose TargetType is set + to and whose key is set to this key, e.g. Key="{x:Static igRibbon:XamRibbonWindow.ResizeGripStyleKey}" + Note: the is only visible when the property is set to 'CanResizeWithGrip'. + + + + + The key used to identify the style used for the displayed in the window when the 'Scenic' theme is being used. + + + To style the ResizeGrip used in the bottom corner of the window place a Style in the window's Resources collection whose TargetType is set + to and whose key is set to this key, e.g. Key="{x:Static igRibbon:XamRibbonWindow.ScenicResizeGripStyleKey}" + Note: the is only visible when the property is set to 'CanResizeWithGrip'. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating whether the window is rendering using Vista Glass. + + + True if Vista Glass is enabled (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if ths 'Office2013' theme is being applied (read-only) + + + + + + Returns true if a 'Scenic' theme is being applied (read-only) + + + + + + Defines the commands used by the + + + + + Maximizes the . + + + + + Minimizes the . + + + + + Restores the to its normal size. + + + + + Closes the . + + + + + Called when the element needs to be rendered + + The that defines the object to be drawn. + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Fall.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Fall.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..95a97d2df9e Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Fall.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.ForestGreen.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.ForestGreen.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..82cb95d2ef3 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.ForestGreen.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Leaf.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Leaf.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7685dff036a Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Leaf.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Lipstick.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Lipstick.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e0f6e87c08 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Lipstick.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Water.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Water.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0869f4734de Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Water.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Wind.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Wind.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7be24232939 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Themes.Wind.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..83f2bf83e63 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..412e105f611 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1725 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2 + + + + + Enumeration used by an to identify a command for a instance. + + + + + Performs an undo operation. The parameter should be an object that was registered as a reference (see or an instance or null to operate on the shared . + + + + + Performs a redo operation. The parameter should be an object that was registered as a reference (see or an instance or null to operate on the shared . + + + + + Invokes an undo or redo for a given up to and including the HistoryItem. The parameter must be a instance. + + + + + Temporarily prevents merging of UndoUnits until the next UndoUnit that is not part of a Undo/Redo operation is performed. + + + + + The command source for the + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates the that will perform the associated action based upon the property value. + + + + + + Returns or sets an enumeration used to identify the command that should be executed when the command source is triggered. + + + + + Base class for a command for an where the parameter may be a reference or an + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the command can be executed based on the specified parameter + + The parameter to evaluate. May be an integer to indicate the number of items in the history to undo. + True if the parameter + + + + Invoked when the command should be executed. + + The parameter to evaluate. Should be a instance. + + + + Used to perform the action associated with the command. + + The undo manager for which the operation is to be performed + Returns true if the operation was performed. Otherwise false is returned. + + + + Custom command for invoking the method on an + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to perform the action associated with the command. + + The undo manager for which the operation is to be performed + Returns true if the operation was performed. Otherwise false is returned. + + + + Custom command for invoking the method on an + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to perform the action associated with the command. + + The undo manager for which the operation is to be performed + Returns true if the operation was performed. Otherwise false is returned. + + + + Custom command used to execute an undo/redo for an given a specific + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the command can be executed based on the specified parameter + + The parameter to evaluate. Should be a instance + True if the parameter + + + + Invoked when the command should be executed. + + The parameter to evaluate. Should be a instance. + + + + Custom command for invoking the method on an + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Used to perform the action associated with the command. + + The undo manager for which the operation is to be performed + Returns true if the operation was performed. Otherwise false is returned. + + + + Used to indicate the type of operation that represents. + + + + + The item represents an undo operation. + + + + + The item represents a redo operation. + + + + + Enumeration used to identify the cause of the + + + + + + The execute is being performed because an Undo was requested. + + + + + The execute is being performed because a Redo was requested + + + + + The execute is being performed because an was being rolled back. + + + + + Enumeration used to indicate what should happen to the when it is closed. + + + + + The group is being committed/completed. + + + + + The group is being cancelled and the object should be undone and removed. + + + + + The group is being cancelled and the object should be released. + + + + + Used to identify the result of a call to + + + + + The information from the specified unit could not be merged and should be added to the undo stack. + + + + + The information from the specified unit was merged in and doesn't need to be added to the undo stack. + + + + + The information from the specified unit was merged and the original unit should be removed from the undo stack. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The maximum number of items to store + + + + Clears the stack + + + + + Returns an enumerator for the stack + + + + + + Returns the specified item that is number of items from the top of the stack. + + The number of items offset from the top of the stack from which the item should be obtained + An item offset by the specified amount from the top of the stack + + + + Returns the most recent item added to the stack without removing it. + + Returns the last item added to the stack + The 'Count' must be 1 or greater. + + + + Removes the most recent item from the stack and returns it. + + The most recent item on the stack. + + + + Adds a new item to the top of the stack. + + The item to add to the stack + + + + Returns the number of items in the stack. + + + + + Returns or sets the maximum number of items that may be stored in the stack. + + + + + Invoked after the collection has been changed + + + + + Invoked when a child is about to be opened. + + The child group being opened + Returns true if the group can be opened. + + + + Invoked when the child is being closed. + + The child group being closed + Indicates the type of close action occurring. + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Observable collection that supports adding collection change notifications to an + + The type of items in the collection + + + + Initializes a new associated with the + + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + + + + Initializes a new + + The with which to record the collection changes + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + + + + Removes all the items from the collection. + + + + + Inserts a new item at the specified index in the collection. + + The index at which to insert the + The object to insert in the collection + + + + Inserts the elements of a collection into the collection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which the new elements should be inserted. + The collection whose elements should be inserted into the List. The collection itself cannot be null, but it can contain elements that are null, if type T is a reference type. + + + + Moves an item from one index in the collection to a new location. + + The index of the item to relocate + The new index of the item currently located at index + + + + Invoked when BeginUpdate is first called and becomes true. + + + + + Invoked when EndUpdate is called and becomes false. + + + + + Removes an item at the specified index. + + The index of the item in the collection to be removed. + + + + Removes a contiguous block of items from the collection. + + The zero-based starting index of the range of elements to remove. + The number of elements to remove + + + + Replaces an item at the specified index in the collection + + Index of the item to replace + The item to insert into the collection. + + + + Returns the with which the collection change operations should be recorded for undo. + + + + + Used to provide information to the while the method is being invoked. + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + The UndoManager for which the is being executed. + Indicates what triggered the execute. + + + + Returns an undo unit in the current execution stack. + + The offset into the undo units being executed. 0 returns the UndoUnit currently being executed and - 1 would return the outermost unit being executed. + + + + + Used to execute an UndoUnit with this instance as the context. + + The unit to be executed. + + + + + Returns an enumeration used to indicate the type of operation being performed. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating what triggered the + + + + + Returns the depth of the current UndoUnit being executed. + + This will typically return 1 unless there are transactions being executed. + + + + Returns the for which the is being executed. + + + + + Represents an item in the undo or redo history. + + + + + Executes all the items in the associated history up to and including this instance. + + + + + Returns an enumeration indicating the type of operation that will be performed. + + + + + Returns a more detailed representation of the item. + + + + + + + Returns a basic string representation of the item. + + + + + + + Returns the associated + + + + + Returns the action that will be invoked. + + + + + Class used to manage an undo/redo history. + + +

The UndoManager manages the undo and redo history. Operations are added to the undo/redo history by adding + instances to it using one of the available methods. One can create an instance of a custom UndoUnit + derived class or one of the classes included in this assembly and use the method. The + UndoManager also exposes a number of helper methods that will create an UndoUnit and add it to the history. The + AddPropertyChange overloads can be used to record the change of a property of some object. The AddCollectionChange overloads + can be used to record a change to an collection implementing ICollection>T<. The remaining AddChange overloads may be + used to provide a set of delegates representing the Undo and Redo actions that should be taken when the manager is performing + an undo or redo operation. These methods using the so if you want to change the UndoUnit + type that is created by these methods you may derive a class from and set the + property to an instance of that class.

+

The and are read-only collections of + instances. UndoHistoryItem exposes the root that represents the operation to be performed as well as + short and long descriptions of the operation. These collections implement INotifyCollectionChanged and therefore can be used + in your UI as the source for menu, etc. that would display the history to the end user.

+

The and methods are used to perform an undo or redo operation. When + these methods are invoked a is removed from the associated history (e.g. UndoHistory) and then the + method of the is invoked. It is important + to realize that by default UndoUnits are not automatically moved to the opposite history. For example, while undoing a property change + it is expected that the property change will result in a new call to the AddPropertyChange overload. That would create a new undo unit + representing that change and add it to the UndoManager's history. In that case, since the UndoManager was in the process of performing + an undo, the new UndoUnit would be added to the redo history.

+

The UndoManager exposes a number of read-only boolean properties which indicate the current state of the object. The + and are true while performing an undo or redo respectively. The + and properties indicate if there are any items in the undo/redo history.

+

When performing discrete initialization, one can use the method to temporarily disable + logging of the UndoUnits in the history. Any calls to AddChange are ignored until the method is invoked. The + Resume method must be invoked once for each time that the Suspend method is invoked. The property will + return true between the calls to Suspend and Resume.

+

The UndoManager provides support for merging of a new UndoUnit with the most recent UndoUnit that was stored. This is + useful in cases where the same action is occuring multiple times. For example while dragging the thumb of a Slider and therefore the + property that is bound to the Slider's Value. Merging may be disabled indefinitely by setting the to false. + One can also suppress the merging of the current item by invoking the method.

+

When multiple operations should be treated as a single undoable action, one can use transactions. The UndoManager + provides support for transactions using the method. This returns a + instance. Any subsequent units that are added to the UndoManager are stored within that transaction until the transaction has been committed + (see ) or rolled back (see . Nested transactions are supported so + calling StartTransaction while a transaction is progress will add that to the of the + . One can get access to the current open transaction, if there is one, using the + property. Also, if there is a block of code that you want to execute within a transaction, you may use the + method. This method will take care of calling the Rollback method of the transaction + it creates if an exception occurs (without preventing the exception from bubbling up). Otherwise it will invoke the Commit of the transaction. + When the has been committed it is then added to the undo or redo history depending on the current state of the + UndoManager.

+
+
+ + + Initializes a new + + + + + Adds an to the history. + + The unit to add to the history. + The 'unit' cannot be null. + +

This overload takes the provided and adds it to either + the undo or redo history stack based on the current state of the UndoManager. For example while + executing an Undo (i.e. is true), change units will be added to + the redo stack.

+

Note: An undo unit is not automatically moved from the undo stack to the + redo stack or vice versa. It is expected that either the change that the UndoUnit makes (e.g. a + property change) will result in a new change being added to the UndoManager or that the unit itself + will add a unit (even itself) to the UndoManager. The is one + such example of the latter. The UndoUnit created by that overload will add itself back into the + UndoManager if the associated undo or redo delegate is successful.

+
+
+ + + Adds an to the history. + + The general description for the transaction. + The detailed description for the transaction. + The method to invoke when an Undo is being performed + The method to invoke when an Redo is being performed + An optional parameter that represents the object that will be affected by the operation. + +

This overload creates an undo unit that will execute the when an Undo operation + is being performed and will execute the when a Redo operation is being performed. If the operation + is successful (i.e. the method returns true) the UndoUnit will add itself back into the history.

+

Note: Since an explicit description is passed in, the string should be applicable to both undo and redo operations. For example + one might use "Bold" or "Toggle Bold" instead of "Enable Bold"/"Disable Bold" since the latter might not be correct if the change is being created for the redo stack. If you do want to + use a string specific to the context then you might decide which description to provide by evaluating the property.

+
+ The 'undoMethod' and 'redoMethod' parameters cannot be null. +
+ + + Adds an to the history. + + The general description for the transaction. + The detailed description for the transaction. + The method to invoke when an Undo is being performed + The method to invoke when an Redo is being performed + An optional parameter that represents the object that will be affected by the operation. + +

This overload creates an undo unit that will execute the when an Undo operation + is being performed and will execute the when a Redo operation is being performed. If the operation + is successful (i.e. the method returns true) the UndoUnit will add itself back into the history.

+

Note: Since an explicit description is passed in, the string should be applicable to both undo and redo operatoins. For example + one might use "Bold" or "Toggle Bold" instead of "Enable Bold"/"Disable Bold" since the latter might not be correct if the change is being created for the redo stack. If you do want to + use a string specific to the context then you might decide which description to provide by evaluating the property.

+
+ The 'undoMethod' and 'redoMethod' parameters cannot be null. +
+ + + Adds an to the history. + + The general description for the transaction. + The detailed description for the transaction. + The method to invoke when an Undo is being performed + The method to invoke when an Redo is being performed + An optional parameter that represents the object that will be affected by the operation. + +

This overload creates an undo unit that will execute the when an Undo operation + is being performed and will execute the when a Redo operation is being performed.

+

Note: Since an explicit description is passed in, the string should be applicable to both undo and redo operatoins. For example + one might use "Bold" or "Toggle Bold" instead of "Enable Bold"/"Disable Bold" since the latter might not be correct if the change is being created for the redo stack. If you do want to + use a string specific to the context then you might decide which description to provide by evaluating the property.

+
+ The 'undoMethod' and 'redoMethod' parameters cannot be null. +
+ + + Adds an for the specified collection change to the undo history. + + The type of the item + The collection that was modified + An object that describes the changes made to the collection + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an for the specified add/remove collection change to the undo history. + + The type of the item + The collection that was modified + Either 'Add' or 'Remove' to indicate the type of operation that occurred + The item that was added or removed + The index of the new item for an Add operation or the index where the item existed for a Remove operation. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an for the specified add/remove collection change to the undo history. + + The type of the item + The collection that was modified + Either 'Add' or 'Remove' to indicate the type of operation that occurred + The items that were added or removed + The index of the new item for an Add operation or the index where the item existed for a Remove operation. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an to the undo history for a collection change that replaces the contents of the collection. + + The type of the item + The collection that was modified + The items to restore when the operation is undone + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an for the specified replace collection change to the undo history. + + The type of the item + The collection that was modified + The item that was replaced + The item that was the replacement for + The index of the item that was replaced. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an for the specified replace collection change to the undo history. + + The type of the item + The collection that was modified + The item that was moved. + The previous index of the item. + The new index of the item. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an for the specified property value change to the undo history. + + The type of class whose value was changed + The type of the property that was changed + The instance whose property was changed + An expression for the property of the that was changed + The old value of the property that should be restored when the action is undone. + The new value of the property + Used to determine if the property change should be prevented from being merged with the top entry on the undo stack when merging is allowed. + The name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an for the specified property value change to the undo history. + + The type of class whose value was changed + The type of the property that was changed + The instance whose property was changed + An expression for the property that was changed + The old value of the property that should be restored when the action is undone. + The new value of the property + Used to determine if the property change should be prevented from being merged with the top entry on the undo stack when merging is allowed. + The name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Adds an for the specified property value change to the undo history. + + The type of class whose value was changed + The type of the property that was changed + The instance whose property was changed + The string name of the public property that was changed. This is used to find the PropertyInfo for the property to be affected when the operation is undone. + The old value of the property that should be restored when the action is undone. + The new value of the property + Used to determine if the property change should be prevented from being merged with the top entry on the undo stack when merging is allowed. + The name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added + + + + Clears the undo and redo history. + + +

Note: This method does not affect the current open if there is one. If you + want to stop that transaction you would invoke its or + method.

+
+
+ + + Executes the specified action within an + + The description for the transaction. + The detailed description for the transaction. + The action to be invoked within the transaction + + + + Executes the specified action within an + + The custom transaction to be executed + The action to be invoked within the transaction + + + + Performs the specified action on each within the undo and redo history. + + The action to invoke for each item. + +

The ForEach method will invoke the specified action on all items in the , + as well as if there is one currently open.

+
+
+ + + Used to obtain the UndoManager instance that has been registered with a given object. + + The object that was registered with a given UndoManager using the method. + The that was registered with the specified reference. + + + + + + Used to ensure that the next that is recorded is not allowed to merge with the last operation on the . + + + + + Performs one or more redo operations from the current history. + + The number of operations in the redo history to execute + The must be 1 or greater + + + + Used to associate an object with a given + + +

Registering an object with an UndoManager allows a reference to the object to be passed to static + methods that are used to obtain the UndoManager with which an undo operation should be registered. This allows an + object to not have to store a reference to the UndoManager directly.

+
+ The object with which to associate this UndoManager instance + + +
+ + + Removes all the matching instances from the and collections. + + The delegate to invoke with each to determine if it should be removed. + Indicates whether the method should affect the current open if there is one. + + + + Resumes the recording of instances in the history. + + +

The method is meant to be used to temporarily prevent recording of undo operations. This + can be helpful when initializing objects/collections before they will be manipulated by the end user. The Resume method must + be called to remove the suspension and must be called an equal number of times that the Suspend method is invoked.

+

While suspended, calls to will be ignored. Also any calls to + or will result in an exception.

+
+ + +
+ + + Used to start a new transaction that will group one or more actions. + + The general description for the transaction. + The detailed description for the transaction. + The transaction that was created. + +

A transaction is used to group one or more instances into a single + item in the undo/redo history. The StartTranaction method is used to start a new transaction. If no + transactions have been started or all tranasactions are closed, this will create a new root level + transaction that is exposed via the . If a transaction has already been + started, and therefore RootTransaction returns non-null, the new transaction will be a nested transaction + of the leaf open transaction within that . The method returns the newly + started transaction.

+

Note: The and methods cannot be + invoked while a transaction is open but one can create transactions while performing an undo/redo operation + to gather the operations into a single unit.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Used to start a new transaction that will group one or more actions. + + The new transaction instance that is to be used. + The transaction that was created. + +

A transaction is used to group one or more instances into a single + item in the undo/redo history. The StartTranaction method is used to start a new transaction. If no + transactions have been started or all tranasactions are closed, this will create a new root level + transaction that is exposed via the . If a transaction has already been + started, and therefore RootTransaction returns non-null, the new transaction will be a nested transaction + of the leaf open transaction within that . The method returns the newly + started transaction.

+

Note: The and methods cannot be + invoked while a transaction is open but one can create transactions while performing an undo/redo operation + to gather the operations into a single unit.

+
+ + + + +
+ + + Suspends the recording of instances in the history. + + +

The Suspend method is meant to be used to temporarily prevent recording of undo operations. This + can be helpful when initializing objects/collections before they will be manipulated by the end user. The + method must be called to remove the suspension and must be called an equal number of times that the Suspend method is invoked.

+

While suspended, calls to will be ignored. Also any calls to + or will result in an exception.

+
+ + +
+ + + Used to remove an registration for an object that was registered with this UndoManager instance via the method. + + The object with that was previously registered with this UndoManager instance + + + + + + Performs one or more undo operations from the current history. + + The number of operations in the undo history to execute + The must be 1 or greater + + + + Adds an for the specified property value change to the undo history. + + The instance whose property was changed + The DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs containing the old and new value. + Used to determine if the property change should be prevented from being merged with the top entry on the undo stack when merging is allowed. + The name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + +

Note: In Silverlight a default description may not be able to be properly provided if the Name of the DependencyProperty cannot be obtained.

+
+ + + Returns the UndoUnit that was added or null if one was not added +
+ + + Adds an additonal Resx file in which the control will pull its resources from. + + The name of the embedded resx file that contains the resources to be used. + The assembly in which the resx file is embedded. + Don't include the extension of the file, but prefix it with the default Namespace of the assembly. + + + + Removes a previously registered resx file. + + The name of the embedded resx file that was used for registration. + + Note: this won't have any effect on controls that are already in view and are already displaying strings. + It will only affect any new controls created. + + + + + Returns or sets a boolean indicating if the method may be used to merge changes. + + +

Note: The method is only invoked when 2 or more + new UndoUnits are added to the history. If an Undo or Redo operation is performed, the method will not be + invoked until after the next non-undo/redo operation is performed.

+
+
+ + + Returns a boolean indicating if there is an operation that can be redone. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if there is an operation that can be undone. + + + + + Returns a thread static singleton instance of an UndoManager. + + + + + Returns the from the or that is currently being executed or null if no undo/redo is in progress. + + + + + Returns the current open leaf + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the manager is performing a redo operation. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the is performing a Rollback of a + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the manager is performing an undo operation. + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the recording of instances in the history has been suspended using the method. + + + + + + + Returns the amount of time since the last operation that a will be allowed. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the items in the redo history. + + + + + + + + + Returns the outermost current open transaction or null if there is currently no transaction open. + + + + + Returns the next item on the top of the + + +

This property returns the at the top of the + stack and is therefore equivalent to accessing RedoHistory[0]. The primary use case for this property + is for binding such as when displaying the for the tooltip + of an Redo button in the UI to avoid the exception information in the output window.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns the next item on the top of the + + +

This property returns the at the top of the + stack and is therefore equivalent to accessing UndoHistory[0]. The primary use case for this property + is for binding such as when displaying the for the tooltip + of an Undo button in the UI to avoid the exception information in the output window.

+
+ + +
+ + + Returns or sets the maximum number of items to maintain within the undo/redo history. + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the items in the undo history. + + + + + + + + + Returns or sets an object that is used to create the default instances for this + + + + + + + Read-Only property that returns the that the UndoManager uses to create the UndoUnit units. + + + + + + + Used to provide information about a potential merge operation to the method. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The UndoManager for which the unit is being added + The unit being added + + + + Returns the for which the UndoUnit is being added. + + + + + + Returns the that is being added. + + + + + Custom for undoing changes to an . + + The type of item in the collection + + + + Base class for an undo/redo operation. + + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Used to invoke an action on the descendants. + + The action to invoke on descendants + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Used to remove any matching descendants and indicate if the unit should be removed. + + The routine to evaluate any descendant units. This should not be executed against the UndoUnit whose RemoveAll is being called. + Returns true if the item should be removed; otherwise returns false. + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Initializes a new based upon the specified + + The collection that was modified + An object that describes the changes made to the collection + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + The and must not be null. + The cannot be ReadOnly. + The cannot be 'Reset'. + + + + Initializes a new for an add or remove of a specific item. + + The collection that was modified + Must be either 'Add' or 'Remove' to indicate if the item was added or removed. + The item that was added or removed. + The index at which the item was inserted for an Add or the old index of the item for a Remove . + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + The must not be null. + The cannot be ReadOnly. + The must be 'Add' or 'Remove'. + + + + Initializes a new for an add or remove of multiple items. + + The collection that was modified + Must be either 'Add' or 'Remove' to indicate if the item was added or removed. + The items that were added or removed. + The index at which the items were inserted for an Add or the old index of the item for a Remove . + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + The must not be null. + The cannot be ReadOnly. + The must be 'Add' or 'Remove'. + + + + Initializes a new for a reset of the specified collection. + + The collection that was modified + The old items previously in the collection. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + The must not be null. + The cannot be ReadOnly. + + + + Initializes a new for a replacement of a specific item. + + The collection that was modified + The item that was removed/replaced. + The item that was added as a replacement for . + The index of the item that was replaced which is also the index of the replacement. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + The must not be null. + The cannot be ReadOnly. + + + + Initializes a new for a move of a specific item. + + The collection that was modified + The item that was moved. + The previous index of the item. + The new index of the item. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + The must not be null. + The cannot be ReadOnly. + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the target + + + + + Returns the associated collection that will be updated if the unit is executed. + + + + + Custom that takes a delegate that performs the execute operation. + + + + + Initializes a new that invokes the specified method when the operation in the undo/redo history is to be performed. + + The description for the transaction. + The detailed description for the transaction. + The method to be invoked. The method returns a boolean indicating if the operation was successful. + The object that is the target of the function. This information is exposed via the property. + The executeMethod parameter cannot be null. + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if some action was taken. Otherwise false is returned. In either case the object was removed from the undo stack. + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Custom undo unit used to undo the result of a property change. + + The type of object whose property was changed + The type of the property whose value was changed + + + + Base class for an that changes the value of a single property. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Returns the new value that was set on the object. + + + + + Returns the original value of the object that will be restored. + + + + + Returns the name of the property that will be changed. + + + + + Optional string representing the property name as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Optional string representing the target as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Initializes a new + + Object whose property was changed + The old value of the property that is to be restored when an undo is performed. + The new value of the property. + The delegate used to perform the undo + The name of the associated property + The name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user or null to use the . + A string representing the target as it should be displayed to the end user or null to obtain the string representation from the itself. + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the new value that was set on the object. + + + + + Returns the original value of the object that will be restored. + + + + + Optional string representing the property name as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Returns the name of the property that will be changed. + + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Optional string representing the target as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Returns the object whose property is to be restored when executed. + + + + + Custom that contains one or more + + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + The description for the transaction or null to provide a default one. + The detailed description for the transaction or null to provide a default one. + +

A transaction is typically created by using the . The control + is exposed in case a derived transaction class is needed in which case one would need a derived + where the method is overriden and then an instance of that factory + class is set on either the or the properties.

+
+
+ + + Used to perform the associated action for all items in the + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + Returns true if one or more of the executed successfully. Otherwise false is returned. + + + + Used to invoke an action on the descendants. + + The action to invoke on descendants + + + + Returns a string representation of the action based on whether this is for an undo or redo operation. + + The type of history for which the description is being requested. + A boolean indicating if a detailed description should be returned. For example, when false one may return "Typing" but for verbose one may return "Typing 'qwerty'". + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Used to remove any matching descendants. + + The routine to evaluate any descendant units. This should not be executed against the UndoUnit whose RemoveAll is being called. + Returns true if the item should be removed + + + + Used to close the group either committing the units or cancelling them. + + Indicates the action to take + + + + Invoked when a group is about to be opened. + + The parent for the group. + + + + Commits and closes the transaction + + + + + Closes the transaction, executes the and removes it from the parent. + + + + + Creates a transaction that will be started while executing the . + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + A new instance of a or derived class that can be used with + to start a transaction that will encompass the current execution operation. + + + + Returns null since the is a group of instances and may affect multiple targets + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if the transaction has been closed/ended. + + + + + Returns the child transaction that is currently opened. + + + + + Returns the parent/containing + + + + + Returns a read-only collection of the child units. + + +

Units are added to a group by using the method.

+
+
+ + + Returns the description provided to the constructor of the transaction. + + + + + Returns the detailed description provided to the constructor of the transaction. + + + + + Factory class for creating common instances for use in an + + + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Creates an for the specified method. + + The description for the transaction. + The more detailed description for the operation. + The method to be invoked when an Undo is being performed. The method returns a boolean indicating if the operation was successful. + The method to be invoked when an Redo is being performed. The method returns a boolean indicating if the operation was successful. + The object that is the target of the function. This information is exposed via the property. + An that can be used to undo the operation + + + + Creates an for a collection change based upon a specified . + + The type of item in the collection + The collection that was modified + An object that describes the changes made to the collection + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + An that can be used to undo the operation + + + + Creates an for an Add/Remove operation of a specific item. + + The type of item in the collection + The collection that was modified + Either 'Add' or 'Remove' to indicate the type of operation that occurred + The item that was added or removed + The index of the new item for an Add operation or the index where the item existed for a Remove operation. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + An that can be used to undo the operation + + + + Creates an for an Add/Remove operation of multiple items. + + The type of item in the collection + The collection that was modified + Either 'Add' or 'Remove' to indicate the type of operation that occurred + The item that were added or removed + The index of the new item for an Add operation or the index where the item existed for a Remove operation. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + An that can be used to undo the operation + + + + Creates an for replacing the entire contents of a collection. + + The type of item in the collection + The collection that was modified + The item to restore to the collection upon undo. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + An that can be used to undo the operation + + + + Creates an for a Replace operation of a specific item. + + The type of item in the collection + The collection that was modified + The item that was removed/replaced + The item that was add as the replacement for + The index of the where the old item existed that is where the new item has been added. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + An that can be used to undo the operation + + + + Creates an for Move operation of a specific item. + + The type of item in the collection + The collection that was modified + The item that was moved. + The previous index of the item. + The new index of the item. + A string representing the type of items in the collection as they should be presented to the end user or null to use the type name and/or item. + An that can be used to undo the operation + + + + Creates an for the specified property change. + + The type of class whose value was changed + The type of the property that was changed + The instance whose property was changed + An expression for the property of the that was changed + The old value of the property that should be restored when the action is undone. + The new value of the property + The preferred name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The preferred name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + Returns an undo unit that can be used to undo the specified property change. + + + + Creates an for the specified property change. + + The type of class whose value was changed + The type of the property that was changed + The instance whose property was changed + An expression for the property that was changed + The old value of the property that should be restored when the action is undone. + The new value of the property + The preferred name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The preferred name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + Returns an undo unit that can be used to undo the specified property change. + + + + Creates an for the specified property change. + + The type of class whose value was changed + The type of the property that was changed + The instance whose property was changed + The string name of the public property that was changed. This is used to find the PropertyInfo for the property to be affected when the operation is undone. + The old value of the property that should be restored when the action is undone. + The new value of the property + The preferred name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The preferred name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + Returns an undo unit that can be used to undo the specified property change. + + + + Creates an + + The description for the transaction. + The detailed description for the transaction. + Returns a new instance + + + + Creates an for the specified property change. + + The instance whose property was changed + The DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs containing the old and new value. + The preferred name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user. If this is not specified the actual name of the property will be used. + The preferred name of the object whose property is being changed as it should be displayed to the end user. + +

Note: In Silverlight a default description may not be able to be provided if the Name of the DependencyProperty cannot be obtained.

+
+
+ + + Returns the default factory used to create instances for use in an + + +

Note: This class should be thread safe since it will be stored statically.

+
+ The property cannot be set to a null value. +
+ + + Custom undo unit used to undo the result of a DependencyProperty change. + + + + + Initializes a new + + The object whose property was changed + The old value of the property that is to be restored when an undo is performed. + The new value of the property. + The DependencyProperty of the target to restore + The name of the property as it should be displayed to the end user or null to use the name of the DependencyProperty. Note, in Silverlight it may not be possible to obtain the name of the property so it is recommended that this be provided. + A string representing the target as it should be displayed to the end user or null to obtain the string representation from the itself. + + + + Used to perform the associated action. + + Provides information about the undo/redo operation being executed. + + + + Used to allow multiple consecutive undo units to be merged into a single operation. + + Provides information about the unit to evaluate for a merge operation + Returns an enumeration used to provide identify how the unit was merged. + + + + Returns the new value that was set on the object. + + + + + Returns the original value of the object that will be restored. + + + + + Optional string representing the property name as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Returns the name of the property that will be changed. + + + + + Returns the target object that will be affected by the + + + + + Optional string representing the target as it should be displayed to the end user. + + + + + Returns the object whose property is to be restored when executed. + + +
+
diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.SmartTag.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.SmartTag.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..64df350929d Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.SmartTag.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.SmartTag.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.SmartTag.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f63afdc043e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.SmartTag.xml @@ -0,0 +1,1989 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.SmartTag + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + Area where the current ActionListPage is displayed and where old/new pages are animated into and out of view + + + + + Arranges the content of an element. + + + A Size that represents the arranged size of this element and its descendants. + + + The size that this element should use to arrange its child elements. + + + + + MeasureOverride + + + + + + + Provides the base class for types that represent a panel item on a smart tag panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DesignerActionItem class. + + The panel text for this item. + Supplemental text for this item, potentially used in ToolTips. + An object that defines the groupings of panel entries. + Specifies the order in a group + + + + Allows derived classes to dynamically provide a description for the DesignerActionItem + + + + + + Called when a property value changes. + + + + + + Gets,sets the group object for an item. + + + + + Gets the supplemental text for the item. + + + + + Gets, sets the text for this item. + + + + + Gets the description for this item. + + + + + Specifies the order in a group + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this element is enabled + + + + + Defines an event that is raised when a property value changes. + + + + + Represents a collection of DesignerActionItem objects. + + + + + Adds the supplied DesignerActionItem to the current collection. + + The DesignerActionItem to add. + The DesignerActionItemCollection index at which the value has been added. + + + + Determines whether the DesignerActionItemCollection contains a specific element. + + The DesignerActionItem to locate in the DesignerActionItemCollection. + true if the DesignerActionItemCollection contains the specified value; otherwise, false. + + + + Copies the elements of the current collection into the supplied array, starting at the specified array index. + + The one-dimensional DesignerActionItem array that is the destination of the elements copied from the current collection. The array must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in array at which copying begins. + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the collection. + + The DesignerActionItem to locate in the collection. + The zero-based index of the first occurrence of value within the entire DesignerActionItemCollection, if found; otherwise, -1. + + + + Inserts an element into the DesignerActionItemCollection at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which value should be inserted. + The DesignerActionItem to insert. + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the DesignerActionItemCollection. + + The DesignerActionItem to remove from the DesignerActionItemCollection. + + + + Sorts the collection by the order number of each item. + + + + The zero based index of the element. + + + + Provides a class which is used for DesignerActionItems grouping. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DesignerActionItemGroup class + + Name of the group + Order number of the group + + + + Specifies if the group item is exapnded or collapsed. If IsExpandalbe property is - False, IsExpanded property is always - True. + + + + + Specifies if the group item can be exapnded and collapsed. + + + + + Specifies if the group item has a header. + + + + + Gets, sets the group name + + + + + Gets, sets the value used for group order in a smart tag pannel + + + + + Provides the list of items included in a smart tag. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DesignerActionList class. + + EditingContext of the control + ModelItem of the control + + + + The smart tag's title + + + + + The smart tag's MaxHeight + + + + + The smart tag's MinHeight + + + + + The smart tag's MinWidth + + + + + The smart tag's MaxWidth + + + + + Returns all items. + + + + + Returns only the method items + + + + + A MenuGroup object which is the root element of the context menu hierarchy + + + + + Represents a panel item that is associated with a method in a class. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DesignerActionMethodItem class. + + The panel text for this item + Property's description. If a description is specified, an icon pops up. + An object that defines the groupings of panel entries. + Specifies the order in a group + The callback method to execute or null to use the methodName to find the method + + + + Invokes the method or constructor represented by the current instance. + + + + + EditingContext of the control + + + + + A RoutedCommand associated with the method + + + + + A ModelItem of the control + + + + + Provides information for the method being invoked. + + + + + The EditingContext for the associated element + + + + + The ModelItem representing the object being edited. + + + + + Initializes a new + + Provides contextual state about the designer + The item being edited + + + + Represents a property of type object. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DesignerActionObjectPropertyItem class. + + Property name + The panel text for this item + The MpdelItem of the instance that contains this object property + The Type of the instance that contains this object property + The Type of this object property + An id that uniquely identifies this item. This would normally be the same as the proeprtyName, but can be different if there are 2 DesignerActionObjectPropertyItems on the same page for the same property. + An object that defines the groupings of panel entries. + A list of string identifiers that derived classes can look at to determine which items to include in the list. + Specifies the order in a group + Specifies an alternate Title for the GenericAdorner that hosts the DesignerActionList associated with this item, overriding the one specified in the DesignerActionList itself. + + + + + + + + + + A virtual method that allows derived classes to dynamically supply a Property type at time of need. By default, the + Type passed into the constructor of DesignerActionObjectPropertyItem is returned. + + + + + + Property ActionList + + + + + EditingContext of the control + + + + + Property Id + + + + + Property ModelItem + + + + + Property name + + + + + Property type + + + + + Property value + + + + + Returns the Modelitem of the parent. + + + + + Represents a panel item that is associated with a property in a class. This class cannot be inherited. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DesignerActionPropertyItem class. + + Property name + The panel text for this item + The Type of the instance that contains this property + An object that defines the groupings of panel entries. + Specifies the order in a group + + + + + + + + + + EditingContext of the control + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether this element can be changed + + + + + /// + Gets a value indicating whether this element can be changed + + + + + + Returns or sets the associated property that the item represents. + + + + + Property name + + + + + Property type + + + + + Property value + + + + + Represents a static text item on a smart tag panel. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the DesignerActionTextItem class. + + The panel text for this item. + An object that defines the groupings of panel entries. + Specifies the FontWeight to use for the text. + Specifies the Foreground to use for the text. + Specifies the order in a group + + + + Gets, sets a FontWeight property + + + + + Gets, sets a Foreground property + + + + + Exposes static properties for URIs, ImageSources etc that point to various pieces of content contained in the assembly. + + + + + ImageSource for SmartTagFramework\Images\CloseButton.gif + + + + + ImageSource for SmartTagFramework\Images\DrillInto.png + + + + + ImageSource for SmartTagFramework\Images\Folder.jpg + + + + + ImageSource for SmartTagFramework\Images\Info.Png + + + + + Uri for SmartTagFramework\ThemeResources\Generic\DesignerActionItemTemplates.xaml + + + + + Uri for SmartTagFramework\ThemeResources\Generic\Expander.xaml + + + + + Uri for Themes\generic.xaml + + + + + Uri for SmartTagFramework\ThemeResources\Generic\PropertyEditors.xaml + + + + + BooleanToVisibilityConverter + + + + + Convert. + + + + + + + + + + Convert back. + + + + + + + + + + BooleanValueConverter + + + + + Convert + + + + + + + + + + Convert back. + + + + + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts Brush values to and from String values. + + + + + Converts a Brush value to a System.String value. + + The Brush value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + System.Windows.Media.Colors predefined color's name if exists or the hexadecimal value of the color. + If the method returns null, the string "{x:Null}" is used. + + + + + Converts a System.String value to a Brush value. + + System.String value. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + A Brush value if the string can be converted; otherwise null. + + + + + Represents the converter that converts Cursor values to and from System.Object values. + + + + + Converts a Cursor value to a Cursor value. + + The Cursor value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The cursor value. + + + + + Converts a System.Object value to a Cursor value. + + System.Object value. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + A Cursor value if the object can be converted; otherwise null. + + + + + DoubleValueConverter + + + + + Convert + + + + + + + + + + Convert back. + + + + + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts an enumeration value to to its enumeration type's values. + + + + + Converts an enumeration value to to its enumeration type's values. + + The enumeration value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The enumeration type's values. + + + + + Not implemented yet. + + + + + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts System.Object value to specified system type. + + + + + Constructor + + + + + Initializes a new + + The typeconverter to use to perform the conversions + The source property type + The property type of the target property + True to perform a conversion in the convert method + True to perform a conversion in the convertback method + + + + Returns the same object. + + The Object value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The same value. + + + + + Converts System.Object value to specified system type. + + The System.Object value to convert. + The System.Type that the value will be converted to. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + A value of specified type. + + + + + HexToColorConverter + + + + + Convert + + + + + + + + + + Convert back + + + + + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts System.String values to and from ImageSource values. + + + + + Converts an ImageSource to System.String + + The ImageSource value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + Resource relative path. + + + + + Converts a resource relative path to a ImageSource. + + Resource relative path. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter can be null or the desired UriKind. + This parameter is not used. + + A BitmapImage value if the image resource can be found; otherwise null. + + + + + Int32ValueConverter + + + + + Convert + + + + + + + + + + Convert back. + + + + + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts a nullable enumeration value. + + + + + Converts an enumeration value to to its enumeration type's values. + + The enumeration value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + This parameter is not used. + + The enumeration type's values. + + + + + Not implemented yet. + + + + + + + + + + Represents the converter that converts a nullable enumeration value to to its enumeration type's values. + + + + + Converts an enumeration value to to its enumeration type's values. + + The enumeration value to convert. + This parameter is not used. + The Enum type. + This parameter is not used. + + The enumeration type's values. + + + + + Not implemented yet. + + + + + + + + + + Null or empty string converter. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value produced by the binding source. + The type of the binding target property. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value that is produced by the binding target. + The type to convert to. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Cursor binding converter. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value produced by the binding source. + The type of the binding target property. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value that is produced by the binding target. + The type to convert to. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Cursor binding converter. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value produced by the binding source. + The type of the binding target property. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value that is produced by the binding target. + The type to convert to. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Cursor binding converter. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value produced by the binding source. + The type of the binding target property. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Converts a value. + + The value that is produced by the binding target. + The type to convert to. + The converter parameter to use. + The culture to use in the converter. + + A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + + + + + Select a DesignerActionItem template + + + + + Select a DesignerActionPropertyItem template + + + + + Exposes public properties used for localization + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the GenericAdorner's title. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the smart tag's close button's tooltip. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the smart tag's close button's title. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for the ImageSourceEditor title + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a file template description. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a directory template description. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a ToolTip + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for for a message from the GenericValueConverter class. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a ToolTip message. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a message from the GenericContextMenuProvider class. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a ToolTip message. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a ToolTip message. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a message. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a description. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for button text. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a button tooltip. + + + + + Returns a string that contains the localized resource for a ToolTip message. + + + + + Provides data required by different UI editors. + + + + + Gets the default font styles. + + The default font styles. + + + + Gets the default font weights. + + The default font weights. + + + + Gets the default font stretches. + + The default font stretches. + + + + Gets the default cursor names. + + The default cursor names. + + + + Gets the default color names. + + The default color names. + + + + Gets the default languages. + + The default languages. + + + + Represents an Adorner used as a smart tag panel + + + SmartTagAdorner + + + + + Initializes a new instance of GenericAdorner + + + + + Called when the keyboard focus in a child element changes. + + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + This method raises the CloseGenericAdornerEvent + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Gets the DesignerActionList for the current ActionListPage. + + + + + Occurs when the popup for has closed up. + + + + + An adorner provider that will display actions/properties for the associated control that have been registered using the method. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Displays the adorner for the specified item. + + The item for which to open the smart tag. + + + + Registers a callback to be used to build an action list that is used to populate the smart tag for a given type. + + The type for which the callback should be used + The method that will create the action list information for this type. + + + + The following method is called when the adorner is activated. + It creates the adorner control, sets up the adorner panel, + and attaches a ModelItem to the adorned control. + + A Microsoft.Windows.Design.Model.ModelItem representing the adorned element. + + + + Called when an adorner provider is about to be discarded by the designer. + + + + + Returns/sets a resourceDictionary that contains custom property editors. + + + + + Returns predefined DesignerActionList + + + + + The class simulates some of the finctionalities of the well-known class with the same name in ASP.NET + + + LinkButton + + + + + Initializes a new instance of + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Identifies the dependency property + + + + + Event ID for the routed event + + + + + + + + + Occurs when user click on the button + + + + + + + + + Raise Click event + + + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Description + + + + + + Description + + + + + + Description + + + + + + Occurs when user click on the button + + + + + + + + + Provides basic information for named colors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name. + The color. + + + + Returns a that represents the current . + + + A that represents the current . + + + + + Gets or sets the name. + + The name. + + + + Gets or sets the color. + + The color. + + + + Gets or sets the brush. + + The brush. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + ResourceDictionary that conditionally merges SmartTagFramework resource dictionaries for designer 4.0 projects only. + + + + + Starts the initialization of the dictionary. + + + + + Ends the initialization of the dictionary. + + + + + Represents an resource in a project + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the ResourceType class. + + File extension + Resource description + + + + Returns a string representatioj of the ResourceType + + + + + + Returns true if the resource extension equals the specified object. + + + + + + + Returns the instance's hashcode. + + + + + + File extension + + + + + Resource description + + + + + Modified arrangement in order the content could be stretched. + + + + + Initializes the class. + + + + + Measures the child element of a to prepare for arranging it during the pass. + + An upper limit that should not be exceeded. + + The target of the element. + + + + + Arranges the content of a element. + + The this element uses to arrange its child content. + + The that represents the arranged size of this element and its child. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Identifies the dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets a value indicating whether arranged controls should use desired or decorator suggested size. This is a dependency property. + + true if the desired size should be used; otherwise, false. + + + + Whether the child is expanded or not. + Note that an animation may be in progress when the value changes. + This is not meant to be used with AnimationProgress and can overwrite any + animation or values in that property. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + The duration in milliseconds of the reveal animation. + Will apply to the next animation that occurs (not to currently running animations). + This is a dependency property. + + + + + Gets or sets the horizontal reveal mode. + + The horizontal reveal mode. + + + + Gets or sets the vertical reveal mode. + + The vertical reveal mode. + + + + Value between 0 and 1 (inclusive) to move the reveal along. + This is not meant to be used with IsExpanded. + This is a dependency property. + + + + + The horizontal reveal mode. + + + + + No horizontal reveal animation. + + + + + Reveal from the left to the right. + + + + + Reveal from the right to the left. + + + + + Reveal from the center to the bounding edge. + + + + + The vertical reveal mode. + + + + + No vertical reveal animation. + + + + + Reveal from top to bottom. + + + + + Reveal from bottom to top. + + + + + Reveal from the center to the bounding edge. + + + + + Represents an Adorner used as a smart tag button + + + SmartButtonAdorner + + + + + Initializes a new instance of SmartButtonAdorner + + + + + Identifies the ArrowOpacity" attached dependency property + + + + + + Gets the value of the 'ArrowOpacity' attached property + + + + + + tbtnSmart Name Field + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Class used to construct the action items to be displayed in the for an element. + + + + + Adds an item that will be used to drill into a subobject and have its information displayed as its own page of items in the smart tag. + + The name of the property containing the subobject + The text that should be displayed for the button that will navigate to the child action list. + A string identifier used to uniquely identify the item + An optional list of string that will be provided to the build for the child action list that it might use to filter the items it creates/provides. + An optional text that will be displayed for the child action list. + Returns this object to allow chaining of calls while building the list of items. + + + + Adds a static label to the items. + + The text to display to the end user + An enumeration used to indicate how/whether the text should be made bold + Returns this object to allow chaining of calls while building the list of items. + + + + Adds a static label to the items. + + The text to display to the end user + An enumeration used to indicate how/whether the text should be made bold + The color to use for the foreground + Returns this object to allow chaining of calls while building the list of items. + + + + Adds one or more items to the list that represent properties defined on the associated ModelItem. + + One or more names of properties on the that should be displayed to the developer to be edited + Returns this object to allow chaining of calls while building the list of items. + + + + Adds a button/action to the items that will perform some custom operation. + + The text to display to the end user for the action + The callback to invoke when the action is triggered + An optional string to display to the developer that provides additional information about the action + Returns this object to allow chaining of calls while building the list of items. + + + + Checks the to see if the specified category of items should be included. + + The text to look for in the + Returns true if the ItemsToShow is null or contains the specified string. + + + + Creates a group that will be used to contain the subsequently added items. + + The text displayed to the end user for the group + An optional parameter indicating whether the group should initially be expanded. + Returns this object to allow chaining of calls while building the list of items. + + + + The EditingContext for the associated element + + + + + Returns a boolean indicating if any items have been added. + + + + + Returns a list of strings that can be used to identify the subset of items that the creator would like to see. + + + + + Returns the ModelItem associated with the object being edited by the items. + + + + + Returns the title of the smart tag adorner. + + + + + Enumeration used to define the font weight for the label of an + + + + + Black + + + + + Bold + + + + + ExtraBlack + + + + + ExtraLight + + + + + Light + + + + + Medium + + + + + Normal + + + + + SemiBold + + + + + SemiLight + + + + + Thin + + + + + Custom context menu provider that displays an option to show the associated smart tag. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + + Helper method for creating an action. + + The display name for the action. + The collection to item should be added. + The method to invoke when the action is clicked. + The method to invoke when the menu item is to be initialized. + The MenuAction that was created in case additional initialization is needed. + + + + Helper method for creating an action. + + The name for the group. + The collection to item should be added. + The text to display if the items are displayed within a dropdown. If specified the HasDropDown will be set to true on the group. + The method to invoke when the menu item is to be initialized. + The MenuGroup that was created in case additional initialization is needed. + + + + Defines the commands used by the SmartTagFramework + + + + + Executes a method associated with the command + + + + + Drills into the property specified by a DesignerActionObjectPropertyItem. + + + + + Navigates to the previous ActionListPage. + + + + + Interaction logic for ActionListPage.xaml + + + ActionListPage + + + + + Creates an instance of an ActionListPage. + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Provides functionalities for ImageSource editing + + + ImageSourceEditor + + + + + Constructor + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + Interaction logic for ThemeEditor.xaml + + + ThemeEditor + + + + + ThemeEditor control. + + + + + InitializeComponent + + + + + TreeItem represents an item from the current project's hierarchy + + + + + Constructor + + + + + + + Returns true if the resource Path equal the specified object + + + + + + + Returns the instance's hash code. + + + + + + Returns a string representation of the item. + + + + + + Returns true if the item represents a file. + + + + + Returns true if the item represents a directory. + + + + + Returns the name of the item. + + + + + Returns the original path of the item. + + + + + Returns the path of the item. + + + + + Returns the resource type of the item. + + + + + Select a TreeItem template + + + + + A static class containing common static methods. + + + + + Creates a Uri for a resource embedded in an assembly + + The assembly that contains the resource + The relative path to the resource (e.g. "Looks/Onyx.xaml") + A Uri to the resource. + + + + Helper method to retrieve control properties. + + Control type + Property name + PropertyDescriptor + + + + Creates an instace of MethodInfo for the specified Type and method name. + + Control type + Method name + MethodInfo + + + + Convert a hex string to a .NET Color object. + + a hex string: "FFFFFFFF", "#00000000" + + + + Convert a hex string to a .NET Brush object. + + + + + + + Converts predefned Color name to .NET Brush object + + + + + + + Extract only the hex digits from a string. + + + + + Returns a ResourceType object of the resource + + The Uri of the resource + List of requred resource types + ResourceType object + + + + Creates a list of all image types + + List of ResourceType objects + + + + Returns the Description attrinte for the specified property name on the specified owning Type + + + + + + + + GeneratedInternalTypeHelper + + + + + CreateInstance + + + + + GetPropertyValue + + + + + SetPropertyValue + + + + + CreateDelegate + + + + + AddEventHandler + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bae95c3905 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a97a4997bcd --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + + Category + Certainty + Collapse All + Check Id + Error + error(s) + Expand All + Help + Line + message(s) + [Location not stored in Pdb] + Project + Resolution + Rule + Rule File + Rule Description + Source + Status + Target + Warning + warning(s) + Code Analysis Report + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d029e732375 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design.xml @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ + + + + InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.Design + + + + + Returns the localized category name + + Name of the category to retreive + The localized string value + + + + PrimarySelection ContentMenuProvider for the XamTabControl. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of XamTabControlContextMenuProvider + + + + + Provides default values for various XamTabControl properties. + + + + + Initializes various defaults for the element wrapped by the specified Modelitem. + + The ModeItem that wraps the element whose defaults are to be set. + + + + Initializes various defaults for the element wrapped by the specified Modelitem. + + The ModeItem that wraps the element whose defaults are to be set. + The EditingContext associated with the ModeItem whose defaults are to be set. + + + + Provides default values for various TabItemEx properties. + + + + + Initializes various defaults for the element wrapped by the specified Modelitem. + + The ModeItem that wraps the element whose defaults are to be set. + + + + Designtime utility functions. + + + + + Returns a name that is unused in the namescope containing the specified element, and with the specified parts. + + + + + + + + + + Sets the value of the specified ModelProperty to the specified Value, clearing the current value if the specified Value equals the default value. + + + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Exposes a public way to access the resource strings that this assembly has access to. + + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified name and default culture. + + Name of the string resource to return. + Arguments supplied to the string.Format method when formatting the string. + + + + Returns the resource string using the specified resource name and default culture. The string is then formatted using the arguments specified. + + Name of the string resource to return. + + + + Class used to supply stype resources for the generic look for elements in the design assembly. + + + + + Initializes a new + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll index 1e3c0739753..f74a4d00636 100644 Binary files a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll and b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8ca9a9c4ca9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll.CodeAnalysisLog.xml @@ -0,0 +1,505 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.AdjustWindowRectEx(ref NativeWindowMethods.RECT, int, bool, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.CallNextHookEx(IntPtr, int, IntPtr, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.CombineRgn(IntPtr, IntPtr, IntPtr, NativeWindowMethods.RegionCombineMode)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.CreateRectRgn(int, int, int, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.CreateRoundRectRgn(int, int, int, int, int, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.DefWindowProc(IntPtr, int, IntPtr, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.DeleteObject(IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.DwmDefWindowProc(IntPtr, uint, IntPtr, IntPtr, out int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.DwmExtendFrameIntoClientArea(IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.MARGINS)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.DwmGetWindowAttribute(IntPtr, uint, ref NativeWindowMethods.RECT, uint)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.DwmIsCompositionEnabled(out bool)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.EnableMenuItem(IntPtr, int, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.EnumChildWindows(IntPtr, NativeWindowMethods.EnumWindowsProc, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.EnumThreadWindows(int, NativeWindowMethods.EnumWindowsProc, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetAncestor(IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetCapture()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetCaretBlinkTime()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetClassLongPtr32(IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetClassLongPtr64(IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetClientRect(IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.RECT)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetClipboardFormatName(int, StringBuilder, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetCurrentThreadId()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetCursorPos(ref NativeWindowMethods.POINT)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetDC(IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetDCEx(IntPtr, IntPtr, uint)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetDoubleClickTime()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetFocus()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetMenuState(IntPtr, int, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetMessageExtraInfo()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetMessagePos()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetMessageTime()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetMonitorInfo(IntPtr, out NativeWindowMethods.MONITORINFO)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetMonitorInfo(HandleRef, NativeWindowMethods.MONITIORINFOEX)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetParent(IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetSystemMenu(IntPtr, bool)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetSystemMetrics(int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetWindow(IntPtr, uint)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetWindowDC(IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetWindowInfo(IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.WINDOWINFO)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetWindowLong32(IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetWindowLongPtr64(IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetWindowPlacement(IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.WINDOWPLACEMENT)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.GetWindowRect(IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.RECT)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.IsAppThemed()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.IsThemeActive()' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.IsWindowVisible(IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.LoadImage(IntPtr, int, uint, int, int, uint)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.MapWindowPoints(IntPtr, IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.POINT, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.MonitorFromPoint(NativeWindowMethods.POINT, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.MonitorFromRect(ref NativeWindowMethods.RECT, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.MonitorFromWindow(IntPtr, uint)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.PostMessage(IntPtr, int, IntPtr, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.ReleaseDC(IntPtr, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SendMessage(IntPtr, int, IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.TITLEBARINFOEX)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SendMessage(IntPtr, int, IntPtr, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SetWindowLong32(IntPtr, int, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SetWindowLongPtr64(IntPtr, int, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SetWindowPlacement(IntPtr, ref NativeWindowMethods.WINDOWPLACEMENT)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SetWindowPos(IntPtr, IntPtr, int, int, int, int, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SetWindowRgn(IntPtr, IntPtr, bool)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.SetWindowsHookEx(int, NativeWindowMethods.HookProc, IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.ShowWindow(IntPtr, int)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.TrackPopupMenuEx(IntPtr, uint, int, int, IntPtr, IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + P/Invoke method 'NativeWindowMethods.UnhookWindowsHookEx(IntPtr)' is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + P/Invoke declarations should not be safe-critical. + Since P/Invokes may not be called by transparent code, they should not be marked as safe-critical methods. Doing so can lead to confusion on the part of developers who may believe that their transparent code should be able to call the P/Invoke method since it is marked safe-critical. + P/Invoke method {0} is marked safe-critical. Since P/Invokes may only be called by critical code, this declaration should either be marked as security critical, or have its annotation removed entirely to avoid being misleading. + + [none] + Warning + + + + + Category + Certainty + Collapse All + Check Id + Error + error(s) + Expand All + Help + Line + message(s) + [Location not stored in Pdb] + Project + Resolution + Rule + Rule File + Rule Description + Source + Status + Target + Warning + warning(s) + Code Analysis Report + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.xml b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.xml index 7208307cb05..208920e50a7 100644 --- a/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.xml +++ b/Dev/Binaries/InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.xml @@ -21669,6 +21669,19 @@ Disposes the object + + + Adds the appropriate string tokens to the specified key based on + the specified license options. + + + + + Parses the license options string tokens out of the specified key, + returns a LicenseOptions value describing which license options + are available, and modifies the specified key. + + Returns the product info object @@ -21904,6 +21917,21 @@ True if the key is valid + + + Adds a product to the cached list of verified products. + + Product to add. + + + + Checks to see if a product has already been verified. + + Product to checked. + Boolean indicating if the supplied product's members should be updated if a match is found. + Status of the product. If the product has not already been + verified, Unchecked will be returned. + Returns the expiration date based on the number of usage days remaining. diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.xml b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8903a0ca7ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.xml @@ -0,0 +1,2451 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration + + + + + A configuration element storing information about a single type alias. + + + + + Base class for configuration elements with a default implementation of + public deserialization. + + + + + Load this element from the given . + + Contains the XML to initialize from. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Construct a new, uninitialized . + + + + + Construct a new that is initialized + to alias to the target . + + Alias to use. + Type that is aliased. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + The alias used for this type. + + + + + The fully qualified name this alias refers to. + + + + + A collection of s. + + + + + Specialization of + that provides a canned implmentation of . + + Type of configuration element in the collection. + + + + A base helper class for implementing configuration collections. + + Type of configuration element contained in + the collection. + + + + Plug point to get objects out of the collection. + + Index in the collection to retrieve the item from. + Item at that index or null if not present. + + + + Plug point to get objects out of the collection. + + Key to look up the object by. + Item with that key or null if not present. + + + + Load this element from the given . + + Contains the XML to initialize from. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + Add a new element to the collection. + + Element to add. + + + + Remove an element from the collection at the given index. + + The index of the item to remove. + + + + Remove all the items in the collection. + + + + + Write out the contents of this collection to the given + without a containing element + corresponding directly to this container element. Each + child element will have a tag name given by + . + + to output XML to. + Name of tag to generate. + + + + Indexer to retrieve items in the collection by index. + + Index of the item to get or set. + The item at the given index. + + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a new . + + + A new . + + + + + Causes the configuration system to throw an exception. + + + true if the unrecognized element was deserialized successfully; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + The name of the unrecognized element. + An input stream that reads XML from the configuration file. + The element specified in is the <clear> element. + starts with the reserved prefix "config" or "lock". + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Indexer that allows you to get or set an alias by the alias name. + + Alias of element to get or set. + The type name at that alias. + + + + A configuration element used to configure injection of + a specific set of values into an array. + + + + + Base class for configuration elements that describe a value that will + be injected. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of . + + + + + Generate an object + that will be used to configure the container for a type registration. + + Container that is being configured. Supplied in order + to let custom implementations retrieve services; do not configure the container + directly in this method. + Type of the + + + + + Validate that an expected attribute is present in the given + dictionary and that it has a non-empty value. + + Dictionary of name/value pairs to check. + attribute name to check. + + + + Return a unique string that can be used to identify this object. Used + by the configuration collection support. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Generate an object + that will be used to configure the container for a type registration. + + Container that is being configured. Supplied in order + to let custom implementations retrieve services; do not configure the container + directly in this method. + Type of the + + + + + Type of array to inject. This is actually the type of the array elements, + not the array type. Optional, if not specified we take the type from + our containing element. + + + + + Values used to calculate the contents of the array. + + + + + A configuration element representing the namespace + tags in the config file. + + + + + An element with a single "name" property, used for + the namespaces and assemblies. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Name attribute for this element. + + + + + A collection of s in configuration. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Helpful extension methods when implementing configuration sections + that deserialize "unwrapped" elements - elements that should be + deserialized into a container but can be present outside + that container in the actual config file. + + + + + Deserialize an element of the given type, store it in + the collection object, and + + Type of element to create and deserialize. + Parent element containing element to deserialize. + Xml reader containing state to deserialize from. + Collection to store the created element into. + The created element. + + + + Deserialize an element, basing the element type on the one + supplied at runtime, and then store the element into the + given . + + This method is useful when reading elements into a polymorphic collection. + Base type of element to store. + Element that contains the collection being stored into. + Xml Reader containing state to deserialize from. + Runtime type of element to create. + Collection to store the created element into. + The created element. + + + + Class that tracks the current input state of the parser. + + + + + A simple implementing of the rules for a Parsing Expression Grammar + parsing algorithm. This supplies basic methods to do the primitives + of the PEG, and combinators to create larger rules. + + + + + The PEG "dot" operator that matches and consumes one character. + + Input to the parser. + The parse result. + + + + Parse function generator that returns a method to match a single, + specific character. + + Character to match. + The generated parsing function. + + + + Parse function generator that checks if the current character matches + the predicate supplied. + + Predicate used to determine if the character is in + the given range. + The generated parsing function. + + + + The "*" operator - match zero or more of the inner parse expressions. + + Parse method to repeat matching. + The generated parsing function. + + + + Parsing combinator that matches all of the given expressions in + order, or matches none of them. + + Expressions that form the sequence to match. + The combined sequence. + + + + Parsing combinator that implements the PEG prioritized choice operator. Basically, + try each of the expressions in order, and match if any of them match, stopping on the + first match. + + Expressions that form the set of alternatives. + The combined parsing method. + + + + Parsing combinator implementing the "not" predicate. This wraps + the given parsing method with a check + to see if it matched. If it matched, then the Not fails, and vice + versa. The result consumes no input. + + The parse method to wrap. + The generated parsing function. + + + + Parsing expression that matches End of input. + + Parser input. + Parse result + + + + Combinator that executes an action if the given expression matched. + + Parsing expression to match. + Action to execute if + matched. Input is the matched text from . + The result of . + + + + Combinator that executes an action if the given expression matched. + + parsing expression to match. + Method to execute if a match happens. This method returns + the that will be returned from the combined expression. + The result of if expression matched, else + whatever returned. + + + + Object containing the result of attempting to match a PEG rule. + This object is the return type for all parsing methods. + + + + + Did the rule match? + + + + + The characters that were matched (if any) + + + + + Any extra information provided by the parsing expression + (only set if the parse matched). The nature + of the data varies depending on the parsing expression. + + + + + Helper methods to make it easier to pull the data + out of the result of a sequence expression. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + Adds an item to the . + + The object to add to the . + The is read-only. + + + + + Removes all items from the . + + The is read-only. + + + + + Determines whether the contains a specific value. + + + true if is found in the ; otherwise, false. + + The object to locate in the . + + + + + Copies the elements of the sequence to an , starting at a particular index. + + The one-dimensional that is the destination of the elements copied from this sequence. The must have zero-based indexing. + The zero-based index in at which copying begins. + is null. + is less than 0. + is multidimensional. + -or- + is equal to or greater than the length of . + -or- + The number of elements in the source is greater than the available space from to the end of the destination . + + + + + Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the . + + + true if was successfully removed from the ; otherwise, false. This method also returns false if is not found in the original . + + The object to remove from the . + The is read-only. + + + + + Determines the index of a specific item in the . + + + The index of if found in the list; otherwise, -1. + + The object to locate in the . + + + + + Inserts an item to the at the specified index. + + The zero-based index at which should be inserted. + The object to insert into the . + is not a valid index in the . + The is read-only. + + + + + Removes the item at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the item to remove. + is not a valid index in the . + The is read-only. + + + + + Gets the number of elements contained in the . + + + The number of elements contained in the . + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether the is read-only. + + + true if the is read-only; otherwise, false. + + + + + Gets or sets the element at the specified index. + + + The element at the specified index. + + The zero-based index of the element to get or set. + is not a valid index in the . + The property is set and the is read-only. + + + + + Class containing information about a type name. + + + + + The base name of the class + + + + + Namespace if any + + + + + Assembly name, if any + + + + + Helper methods on . + + + + + A helper method to make it more foolproof to write elements. This takes care of writing the + start and end elment tags, and takes a nested closure with the code to write the content of + the tag. That way the caller doesn't need to worry about the details of getting the start + and end tags correct. + + + We don't support XML Namespaces here because .NET configuration doesn't use them so + we don't need it for this current implementation. + + XmlWriter to write to. + Name of element. + Nested lambda which, when executed, will create the content for the + element. + (for method chaining if desired). + + + + A helper method to make it easier to output attributes. If the is + null or an empty string, output nothing, else output the given XML attribute. + + Writer to output to. + Attribute name to write. + Value for the attribute. + (for method chaining if desired). + + + + A base class for those elements that can be used + to configure a unity container. + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + + + + Apply this element's configuration to the given . + + Container to configure. + + + + Return a unique key that can be used to manage this element in a collection. + + + + + A couple of useful extension methods on IDictionary + + + + + Get the value from a dictionary, or null if there is no value. + + Key type of dictionary. + Value type of dictionary. + Dictionary to search. + Key to look up. + The value at the key or null if not in the dictionary. + + + + A helper class used to map element tag names to a handler method + used to interpret that element. + + + + + + Add method to enable dictionary initializer syntax + + + + + + + Process an unknown element according to the map entries. + + Parent element that hit this unknown element. + Name of the unknown element. + XmlReader positioned at start of element. + true if processed, false if not. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + A helper class used to map element tag names to a handler method + used to interpret that element. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + A helper class that assists in deserializing parameter and property + elements. These elements both have a single "value" child element that + specify the value to inject for the property or parameter. + + + + + Create a new that wraps reading + values and storing them in the given . + + Element that contains the value elements. + + + + Gets a , or if none is present, + returns a default . + + The . + The given , unless + is null, in which case returns + a . + + + + Helper method used during deserialization to handle + attributes for the dependency and value tags. + + attribute name. + attribute value. + true + + + + Helper method used during deserialization to handle the default + value element tags. + + The element name. + XML data to read. + True if deserialization succeeded, false if it failed. + + + + Call this method at the end of deserialization of your element to + set your value element. + + + + + Serialize a object out to XML. + This method is aware of and implements the shorthand attributes + for dependency and value elements. + + Writer to output XML to. + The to serialize. + If true, always output an element. If false, then + dependency and value elements will be serialized as attributes in the parent tag. + + + + Configuration element representing a constructor configuration. + + + + + Base class for configuration elements that generate + object to configure a container. + + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + Get the standard tag name for an + taking into account currently loaded section extensions. + + Element to get the name for. + The element name. + If the member element is not currently registered + with the section. + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + Element name to use to serialize this into XML. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + The parameters of the constructor to call. + + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + Element name to use to serialize this into XML. + + + + + A collection of s as + loaded from configuration. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a new . + + + A new . + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + A configuration element class defining the set of registrations to be + put into a container. + + + + + Original configuration API kept for backwards compatibility. + + Container to configure + + + + Apply the configuration information in this element to the + given . + + Container to configure. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown element is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown element is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unknown subelement. + The being used for deserialization. + The element identified by is locked. + - or - + One or more of the element's attributes is locked. + - or - + is unrecognized, or the element has an unrecognized attribute. + - or - + The element has a Boolean attribute with an invalid value. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property more than once. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property that is not a valid member of the element. + - or - + The element cannot contain a CDATA or text element. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Name for this container configuration as given in the config file. + + + + + The type registrations in this container. + + + + + Any instances to register in the container. + + + + + Any extensions to add to the container. + + + + + Set of any extra configuration elements that were added by a + section extension. + + + This is not marked as a configuration property because we don't want + the actual property to show up as a nested element in the configuration. + + + + Configuration element representing an extension to add to a container. + + + + + Add the extension specified in this element to the container. + + Container to configure. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Type of the extension to add. + + + + + A collection of s. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + A derived class that describes + a parameter that should be resolved through the container. + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + + + + Create a new instance of with + properties initialized from the contents of + . + + Dictionary of name/value pairs to + initialize this object with. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . This + method always outputs an explicit <dependency> tag, instead of providing + attributes to the parent method. + + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Generate an object + that will be used to configure the container for a type registration. + + Container that is being configured. Supplied in order + to let custom implementations retrieve services; do not configure the container + directly in this method. + Type of the + + + + + Name to use to when resolving. If empty, resolves the default. + + + + + Name of type this dependency should resolve to. This is optional; + without it the container will resolve the type of whatever + property or parameter this element is contained in. + + + + + Base class used to derive new elements that can occur + directly within a container element. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of . + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, this method will make configuration + calls into the given according to its contents. + + The container to configure. + + + + Unique key generated for use in the collection class. + + + + + A collection of s. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a new . + + + A new . + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + This class manages the set of extension elements + added by section elements. + + + + + Clear the current set of extension elements. + + + + + Register a new ContainerExtensionConfigurationElement with he section so it + can be read. + + prefix if any. + tag name. + Type of element to register. + + + + Register a new with the section + so it can be read. + + prefix if any. + Tag name. + Type of element to register. + + + + Register a new with the section + so it can be read. + + prefix if any. + Tag name. + Type of element to register. + + + + Retrieve the registered for the given + tag. + + Tag to look up. + Type of element, or null if not registered. + + + + Retrieve the ContainerExtensionConfigurationElement registered for the given + tag. + + Tag to look up. + Type of element, or null if not registered. + + + + Retrieve the ContainerExtensionConfigurationElement registered for the given + tag. + + Tag to look up. + Type of element, or null if not registered. + + + + Retrieve the correct tag to use when serializing the given + to XML. + + Element to be serialized. + The tag for that element type. + if the element is of a type that + is not registered with the section already. + + + + A polymorphic collection of s. + + + + + Causes the configuration system to throw an exception. + + + true if the unrecognized element was deserialized successfully; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + The name of the unrecognized element. + An input stream that reads XML from the configuration file. + The element specified in is the <clear> element. + starts with the reserved prefix "config" or "lock". + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a new . + + + A new . + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Indexer that lets you access elements by their key. + + Key to retrieve element with. + The element. + + + + A configuration element that describes an instance to add to the container. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Add the instance defined by this element to the given container. + + Container to configure. + + + + Name to register instance under + + + + + Value for this instance + + + + + Type of the instance. If not given, defaults to string + + + + + Type name for the type converter to use to create the instance. If not + given, defaults to the default type converter for this instance type. + + + + + Key used to keep these instances unique in the config collection. + + + + + A collection of s. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + An element that has a child Value property. + + + + + String that will be deserialized to provide the value. + + + + + A string describing where the value this element contains + is being used. For example, if setting a property Prop1, + this should return "property Prop1" (in english). + + + + + A configuration element that represents lifetime managers. + + + + + Create the described by + this element. + + A instance. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Type of the lifetime manager. + + + + + Extra initialization information used by the type converter for this lifetime manager. + + + + + Type of to use to create the + lifetime manager. + + + + + A configuration element representing a method to call. + + + + + Construct a new instance of . + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + Name of the method to call. + + + + + Parameters to the method call. + + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + Element name to use to serialize this into XML. + + + + + A configuration element representing the namespace + tags in the config file. + + + + + A collection of s in configuration. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + A configuration element that specifies that a value + is optional. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Generate an object + that will be used to configure the container for a type registration. + + Container that is being configured. Supplied in order + to let custom implementations retrieve services; do not configure the container + directly in this method. + Type of the + + + + + Name used to resolve the dependency, leave out or blank to resolve default. + + + + + Type of dependency to resolve. If left out, resolved the type of + the containing parameter or property. + + + + + Configuration element representing a parameter passed to a constructor + or a method. + + + + + Construct a new instance of . + + + + + Returns the required needed + to configure the container so that the correct value is injected. + + Container being configured. + Type of the parameter. + The value to use to configure the container. + + + + Does the information in this match + up with the given ? + + Information about the parameter. + True if this is a match, false if not. + + + + Reads XML from the configuration file. + + The that reads from the configuration file. + true to serialize only the collection key properties; otherwise, false. + The element to read is locked. + - or - + An attribute of the current node is not recognized. + - or - + The lock status of the current node cannot be determined. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown attribute is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown attribute is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unrecognized attribute. + The value of the unrecognized attribute. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown element is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown element is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unknown subelement. + The being used for deserialization. + The element identified by is locked. + - or - + One or more of the element's attributes is locked. + - or - + is unrecognized, or the element has an unrecognized attribute. + - or - + The element has a Boolean attribute with an invalid value. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property more than once. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property that is not a valid member of the element. + - or - + The element cannot contain a CDATA or text element. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Name of this parameter. + + + + + Type of this parameter. + + This is only needed in order to disambiguate method overloads. Normally + the parameter name is sufficient. + + + + Element that describes the value for this property. + + + This is NOT marked as a ConfigurationProperty because this + child element is polymorphic, and the element tag determines + the type. Standard configuration properties only let you do + this if it's a collection, but we only want one value. Thus + the separate property. The element is deserialized in + . + + + + A string describing where the value this element contains + is being used. For example, if setting a property Prop1, + this should return "property Prop1" (in english). + + + + + A collection of objects. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + A collection of objects. + + + + + Causes the configuration system to throw an exception. + + + true if the unrecognized element was deserialized successfully; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + The name of the unrecognized element. + An input stream that reads XML from the configuration file. + The element specified in is the <clear> element. + starts with the reserved prefix "config" or "lock". + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a new . + + + A new . + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + String that will be deserialized to provide the value. + + + + + A string describing where the value this element contains + is being used. For example, if setting a property Prop1, + this should return "property Prop1" (in english). + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An abstract ContainerConfiguringElement cannot be created. Please specify a concrete type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An abstract ExtensionConfigurationElement object cannot be created. Please specify a concrete type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An abstract InjectionMemberElement object cannot be created. Please specify a concrete type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An abstract ParameterValueElement object cannot be created. Please specify a concrete type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type name or alias {0} could not be resolved. Please check your configuration file and verify this type name.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The dependency element for generic parameter {0} must not have an explicit type name but has '{1}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The optional dependency element for generic parameter {0} must not have an explicit type name but has '{1}'.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to {0} {1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The injection configuration for {0} has multiple values.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The configuration element type {0} has not been registered with the section.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The injection configuration for {0} is specified through both attributes and child value elements.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not load section extension type {0}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The extension type {0} does not derive from SectionExtension.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The extension element type {0} that is being added does not derive from ContainerConfiguringElement, InjectionMemberElement, or ParameterValueElement. An extension element must derive from one of these types.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to No valid attributes were found to construct the value for the {0}. Please check the configuration file.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Configuration is incorrect, the type {0} does not have a constructor that takes parameters named {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Configuration is incorrect, the type {0} does not have a method named {1} that takes parameters named {2}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The container named "{0}" is not defined in this configuration section.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} does not have a property named {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The configuration is set to inject an array, but the type {0} is not an array type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to parameter. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to property. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The attribute {0} must be present and non-empty.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The value element for {1} was specified for the generic array type {0}. Value elements are not allowed for generic array types.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The value element for {1} was specified for the generic parameter type {0}. Value elements are not allowed for generic parameter types.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The value element for {1} was specified for the generic type {0}. Value elements are not allowed for generic types.. + + + + + A class representing a property configuration element. + + + + + Construct a new instance of + + + + + Reads XML from the configuration file. + + The that reads from the configuration file. + true to serialize only the collection key properties; otherwise, false. + The element to read is locked. + - or - + An attribute of the current node is not recognized. + - or - + The lock status of the current node cannot be determined. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown attribute is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown attribute is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unrecognized attribute. + The value of the unrecognized attribute. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown element is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown element is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unknown subelement. + The being used for deserialization. + The element identified by is locked. + - or - + One or more of the element's attributes is locked. + - or - + is unrecognized, or the element has an unrecognized attribute. + - or - + The element has a Boolean attribute with an invalid value. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property more than once. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property that is not a valid member of the element. + - or - + The element cannot contain a CDATA or text element. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + Name of the property that will be set. + + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + String that will be deserialized to provide the value. + + + + + A string describing where the value this element contains + is being used. For example, if setting a property Prop1, + this should return "property Prop1" (in english). + + + + + Element name to use to serialize this into XML. + + + + + A configuration element representing a single container type registration. + + + + + Apply the registrations from this element to the given container. + + Container to configure. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + The type that is registered. + + + + + Name registered under. + + + + + Type that is mapped to. + + + + + Lifetime manager to register for this registration. + + + + + Any injection members (constructor, properties, etc.) that are specified for + this registration. + + + + + A collection of s. + + + + + Causes the configuration system to throw an exception. + + + true if the unrecognized element was deserialized successfully; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + The name of the unrecognized element. + An input stream that reads XML from the configuration file. + The element specified in is the <clear> element. + starts with the reserved prefix "config" or "lock". + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Base class for Unity configuration section extensions. + Derived classes are used to add custom elments and aliases + into the configuration section being loaded. + + + + + Add the extensions to the section via the context. + + Context object that can be used to add elements and aliases. + + + + An object that gives the ability to add + elements and aliases to a configuration section. + + + + + Add a new alias to the configuration section. This is useful + for those extensions that add commonly used types to configuration + so users don't have to alias them repeatedly. + + The alias to use. + Type the alias maps to. + + + + Add a new alias to the configuration section. This is useful + for those extensions that add commonly used types to configuration + so users don't have to alias them repeatedly. + + Type the alias maps to. + The alias to use + + + + Add a new element to the configuration section schema. + + Tag name in the XML. + Type the tag maps to. + + + + Add a new element to the configuration section schema. + + Type the tag maps to. + Tag name in the XML. + + + + A configuration element used to specify which extensions to + add to the configuration schema. + + + + + Reads XML from the configuration file. + + The that reads from the configuration file. + true to serialize only the collection key properties; otherwise, false. + The element to read is locked. + - or - + An attribute of the current node is not recognized. + - or - + The lock status of the current node cannot be determined. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Type of the section extender object that will provide new elements to the schema. + + + + + Optional prefix that will be added to the element names added by this + section extender. If left out, no prefix will be added. + + + + + The extension object represented by this element. + + + + + A collection of s. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Type that manage access to a set of type aliases and implements + the logic for converting aliases to their actual types. + + + + + Set the set of aliases to use for resolution. + + Configuration section containing the various + type aliases, namespaces and assemblies. + + + + Resolves a type alias or type fullname to a concrete type. + + Type alias or type fullname + Type object or null if resolve fails. + Thrown if alias lookup fails. + + + + Resolves a type alias or type fullname to a concrete type. + + Alias or name to resolve. + if true and the alias does not + resolve, throw an , otherwise + return null on failure. + The type object or null if resolve fails and + is false. + + + + Resolve a type alias or type full name to a concrete type. + If is null or empty, return the + given instead. + + Type alias or full name to resolve. + Value to return if typeName is null or empty. + The concrete . + Thrown if alias lookup fails. + + + + Resolve a type alias or type full name to a concrete type. + If is null or empty, return the + given instead. + + Type alias or full name to resolve. + Value to return if typeName is null or empty. + if true and the alias does not + resolve, throw an , otherwise + return null on failure. + The concrete . + Thrown if alias lookup fails and + is true. + + + + A helper class that implements the actual logic for resolving a shorthand + type name (alias or raw type name) into an actual type object. + + + + + Construct a new that uses the given + sequence of alias, typename pairs to resolve types. + + Type aliases from the configuration file. + Assembly names to search. + Namespaces to search. + + + + Resolves a type alias or type fullname to a concrete type. + + Alias or name to resolve. + if true and the alias does not + resolve, throw an , otherwise + return null on failure. + The type object or null if resolve fails and + is false. + + + + Resolve a type alias or type full name to a concrete type. + If is null or empty, return the + given instead. + + Type alias or full name to resolve. + Value to return if typeName is null or empty. + if true and the alias does not + resolve, throw an , otherwise + return null on failure. + + If is null or an empty string, + then return . + Otherwise, return the resolved type object. If the resolution fails + and is false, then return null. + + + + + A configuration section describing configuration for an . + + + + + The name of the section where unity configuration is expected to be found. + + + + + XML Namespace string used for IntelliSense in this section. + + + + + Apply the configuration in the default container element to the given container. + + Container to configure. + The passed in . + + + + Apply the configuration in the default container element to the given container. + + Container to configure. + Name of the container element to use to configure the container. + The passed in . + + + + Reads XML from the configuration file. + + The object, which reads from the configuration file. + found no elements in the configuration file. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown element is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown element is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unknown subelement. + The being used for deserialization. + The element identified by is locked. + - or - + One or more of the element's attributes is locked. + - or - + is unrecognized, or the element has an unrecognized attribute. + - or - + The element has a Boolean attribute with an invalid value. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property more than once. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property that is not a valid member of the element. + - or - + The element cannot contain a CDATA or text element. + + + + + Creates an XML string containing an unmerged view of the object as a single section to write to a file. + + + An XML string containing an unmerged view of the object. + + The instance to use as the parent when performing the un-merge. + The name of the section to create. + The instance to use when writing to a string. + + + + + The current that is being deserialized + or being configured from. + + + + + Storage for XML namespace. The namespace isn't used or validated by config, but + it is useful for Visual Studio XML IntelliSense to kick in. + + + + + The set of containers defined in this configuration section. + + + + + The set of type aliases defined in this configuration file. + + + + + Any schema extensions that are added. + + + + + Any namespaces added to the type search list. + + + + + Any assemblies added to the type search list. + + + + + Add a new alias to the configuration section. This is useful + for those extensions that add commonly used types to configuration + so users don't have to alias them repeatedly. + + The alias to use. + Type the alias maps to. + + + + Add a new element to the configuration section schema. + + Tag name in the XML. + Type the tag maps to. + + + + Collection element for s. + + + + + Plug point to get objects out of the collection. + + Index in the collection to retrieve the item from. + Item at that index or null if not present. + + + + Plug point to get objects out of the collection. + + Key to look up the object by. + Item with that key or null if not present. + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Retrieve a stored by name. + + Name to look up. + The stored container or null if not in the collection. + + + + Return the default container in the collection. The default is the one without a name. + + + + + Extensions to to simplify + loading configuration into a container. + + + + + Apply configuration from the given section and named container + into the given container. + + Unity container to configure. + Configuration section with config information. + Named container. + . + + + + Apply configuration from the default section (named "unity" pulled out of + ConfigurationManager) and the named container. + + Unity container to configure. + Named container element in configuration. + . + + + + Apply configuration from the default section and unnamed container element. + + Container to configure. + . + + + + Apply configuration from the default container in the given section. + + Unity container to configure. + Configuration section. + . + + + + Element that describes a constant value that will be + injected into the container. + + + + + Construct a new object. + + + + + Construct a new object, + initializing properties from the contents of + . + + Name/value pairs which + contain the values to initialize properties to. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . This + method always outputs an explicit <dependency> tag, instead of providing + attributes to the parent method. + + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Generate an object + that will be used to configure the container for a type registration. + + Container that is being configured. Supplied in order + to let custom implementations retrieve services; do not configure the container + directly in this method. + Type of the parameter to get the value for. + The required object. + + + + Value for this element + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception.Configuration.xml b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception.Configuration.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8d919d28e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception.Configuration.xml @@ -0,0 +1,716 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception.Configuration + + + + + Configuration element that lets you specify additional interfaces + to add when this type is intercepted. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + Type of interface to add. + + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + Configuration element representing a call handler. + + + + + Base class for the two children of the Policy element: + MatchingRuleElement and CallHandlerElement. + + + + These configuration elements have a required "name" attribute, an optional "type" attribute, and + optional child elements <lifetime> and <injection> + + + Elements without a value for the type attribute can only have a value for the name attribute, and + indicate that the represented handler or rule is configured elsewhere and that a reference to + the given name must be added to the policy to be resolved, while elements with a value for the type + attribute indicate how the represented handler or rule should be built and can optionally specify + lifetime management and injection configuration. + + + This element is similar to the , except that it does not provide + an extension point for arbitrary configuration. + + + + + + Reads XML from the configuration file. + + The that reads from the configuration file. + true to serialize only the collection key properties; otherwise, false. + The element to read is locked. + - or - + An attribute of the current node is not recognized. + - or - + The lock status of the current node cannot be determined. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Name of this item + + + + + Type that implements this matching rule or call handler. + + + + + Injection members that control how this item is created. + + + + + Lifetime manager for this item. + + + + + A collection of s for configuration. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Causes the configuration system to throw an exception. + + + true if the unrecognized element was deserialized successfully; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + The name of the unrecognized element. + An input stream that reads XML from the configuration file. + The element specified in is the <clear> element. + starts with the reserved prefix "config" or "lock". + + + + + Retrieve a call handler element from the collection by name. + + Name to look up. + The rule, or null if not in the collection. + + + + The <default> element that appears inside an <interceptor> element. + + + + + Base class for the default and key elements that can occur + inside the <interceptor> element. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Actually register the interceptor against this type. + + Container to configure. + interceptor to register. + + + + Type name that this interceptor will be registered for. + + + + + Return the type object that is resolved from the property. + + The type object. + + + + Actually register the interceptor against this type. + + Container to configure. + interceptor to register. + + + + Configuration elmement for specifying + interception behaviors for a type. + + + + + Reads XML from the configuration file. + + The that reads from the configuration file. + true to serialize only the collection key properties; otherwise, false. + The element to read is locked. + - or - + An attribute of the current node is not recognized. + - or - + The lock status of the current node cannot be determined. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + Type of behavior to add. + + + + + Name of behavior to resolve. + + + + + Should this behavior be configured as a default behavior for this type, or + specifically for this type/name pair only? + + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + Section extension class used to add the elements needed to configure + Unity interception to the configuration schema. + + + + + Add the extensions to the section via the context. + + Context object that can be used to add elements and aliases. + + + + A configuration element that contains the top-level container configuration + information for interception - handler policies and global interceptor definitions. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown element is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown element is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unknown subelement. + The being used for deserialization. + The element identified by is locked. + - or - + One or more of the element's attributes is locked. + - or - + is unrecognized, or the element has an unrecognized attribute. + - or - + The element has a Boolean attribute with an invalid value. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property more than once. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property that is not a valid member of the element. + - or - + The element cannot contain a CDATA or text element. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Apply this element's configuration to the given . + + Container to configure. + + + + Policies defined for this container. + + + + + Configuration element that lets you configure + what interceptor to use for a type. + + + + + Initialize a new . + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + Type name for the interceptor to apply. + + + + + Name to use when resolving interceptors from the container. + + + + + Should this interceptor be registered as the default for the contained + type, or only for this particular type/name pair? + + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + A collection of objects as shown + in configuration. + + + + + When overridden in a derived class, creates a new . + + + A new . + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Configuration element that provides a top-level element for + configuration interceptors for types in a container. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Apply this element's configuration to the given . + + Container to configure. + + + + The various child elements that are contained in this element. + + + + + Configuration element that represents the configuration for + a specific interceptor, as presented in the config file inside + the <interceptors> element. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown element is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown element is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unknown subelement. + The being used for deserialization. + The element identified by is locked. + - or - + One or more of the element's attributes is locked. + - or - + is unrecognized, or the element has an unrecognized attribute. + - or - + The element has a Boolean attribute with an invalid value. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property more than once. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property that is not a valid member of the element. + - or - + The element cannot contain a CDATA or text element. + + + + + Type of interceptor to configure. + + + + + The types that this interceptor will be registered against. + + + + + Any value passed to the type converter. + + + + + Type converter to use to create the interceptor, if any. + + + + + A collection of objects + as stored in configuration. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + The <key> element that occurs inside an <interceptor> element + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Actually register the interceptor against this type. + + Container to configure. + interceptor to register. + + + + Name registration should be under. To register under the default, leave blank. + + + + + A configuration element representing a matching rule. + + + + + A collection of s for configuration. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Causes the configuration system to throw an exception. + + + true if the unrecognized element was deserialized successfully; otherwise, false. The default is false. + + The name of the unrecognized element. + An input stream that reads XML from the configuration file. + The element specified in is the <clear> element. + starts with the reserved prefix "config" or "lock". + + + + + Retrieve a matching rule element from the collection by name. + + Name to look up. + The rule, or null if not in the collection. + + + + Configuration element for building up an interception policy. + + + + + Gets a value indicating whether an unknown element is encountered during deserialization. + + + true when an unknown element is encountered while deserializing; otherwise, false. + + The name of the unknown subelement. + The being used for deserialization. + The element identified by is locked. + - or - + One or more of the element's attributes is locked. + - or - + is unrecognized, or the element has an unrecognized attribute. + - or - + The element has a Boolean attribute with an invalid value. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property more than once. + - or - + An attempt was made to deserialize a property that is not a valid member of the element. + - or - + The element cannot contain a CDATA or text element. + + + + + Write the contents of this element to the given . + + The caller of this method has already written the start element tag before + calling this method, so deriving classes only need to write the element content, not + the start or end tags. + Writer to send XML content to. + + + + Name of this policy. + + + + + Matching rules for this policy. + + + + + Call handlers for this policy. + + + + + A collection of in the configuration. + + + + + Gets the element key for a specified configuration element when overridden in a derived class. + + + An that acts as the key for the specified . + + The to return the key for. + + + + + Indexer to retrieve policy element objects by name. + + Name of policy to get. + The element. + + + + A shortcut element to enable the policy injection behavior. + + + + + Return the set of s that are needed + to configure the container according to this configuration element. + + Container that is being configured. + Type that is being registered. + Type that is being mapped to. + Name this registration is under. + One or more objects that should be + applied to the container registration. + + + + Each element must have a unique key, which is generated by the subclasses. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The abstract type InterceptorRegistrationElement cannot be created. Please create a concrete instance.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The <injection/> element is not allowed on element named '{0}' because it doesn't have a type attribute.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The <lifetime/> element is not allowed on element named '{0}' because it doesn't have a type attribute.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type name or alias {0} could not be resolved. Please check your configuration file and verify this type name.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot create instance of type {0} with a default constructor.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type name {0} resolved to type {1} is not compatible with the required type {2}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} could not be resolved to a valid type. Please double check your configuration.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The interception behavior element must have at least one of the 'name' or 'type' attributes.. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception.xml b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4f0c7617dd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception.xml @@ -0,0 +1,3539 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Interception + + + + + Stores information about a single to be an additional interface for an intercepted object and + configures a container accordingly. + + + + + Stores information about a an intercepted object and configures a container accordingly. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + . + + A descriptor representing the interception behavior to use. + when is + . + when is not an interface. + + + + + Add policies to the to configure the container to use the represented + as an additional interface for the supplied parameters. + + Interface being registered. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + Stores information about a single to be an additional interface for an intercepted object and + configures a container accordingly. + + The interface. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the . + + + + + An injection member that lets you specify behaviors that should + apply to all instances of a type in the container regardless + of what name it's resolved under. + + + + + Base class for injection members that allow you to add + interception behaviors. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + . + + The interception behavior to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + given type/name pair. + + Type of behavior to + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + given behavior type. + + Type of behavior to + + + + Add policies to the to configure the container to use the represented + for the supplied parameters. + + Interface being registered. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + Get the list of behaviors for the current type so that it can be added to. + + Policy list. + Implementation type to set behaviors for. + Name type is registered under. + An instance of . + + + + Create a new that will + supply the given interception behavior to the container. + + Behavior to apply to this type. + + + + Create a new that will + resolve the given type/name pair to get the behavior. + + Type of behavior. + Name for behavior registration. + + + + Create a new that will + resolve the given type to get the behavior. + + Type of behavior. + + + + Get the list of behaviors for the current type so that it can be added to. + + Policy list. + Implementation type to set behaviors for. + Name type is registered under. + An instance of . + + + + A generic version of so you + can give the behavior type using generic syntax. + + Type of the behavior object to apply. + + + + Construct a new instance + that use the given type and name to resolve the behavior object. + + Name of the registration. + + + + Construct a new instance + that uses the given type to resolve the behavior object. + + + + + A that can be passed to the + method to specify + which interceptor to use. This member sets up the default + interceptor for a type - this will be used regardless of which + name is used to resolve the type. + + + + + Construt a new instance that, + when applied to a container, will register the given + interceptor as the default one. + + Interceptor to use. + + + + Construct a new that, when + applied to a container, will register the given type as + the default interceptor. + + Type of interceptor. + Name to use to resolve the interceptor. + + + + Construct a new that, when + applied to a container, will register the given type as + the default interceptor. + + Type of interceptor. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type of interface being registered. If no interface, + this will be null. + Type of concrete type being registered. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + A generic version of so that + you can specify the interceptor type using generics. + + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + Name to use when resolving interceptor. + + + + Create a new instance of . + + + + + An that accumulates a sequence of + instances representing the additional interfaces for an intercepted object. + + + + + An that returns a sequence of + instances representing the additional interfaces for an intercepted object. + + + + + Gets the instances accumulated by this policy. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Gets the instances accumulated by this policy. + + + + + An implementation of that will + resolve the interceptor through the container. + + + + + An interface that determines when to intercept instances + and which interceptor to use. + + + + + Interceptor to use. + + Context for current build operation. + + + + Construct a new that + will resolve the interceptor using the given build key. + + build key to resolve. + + + + Interceptor to use. + + Context for current build operation. + + + + An implementation of that will + resolve the interceptor through the container. + + + + + Interface that controls when and how types get intercepted. + + + + + Interceptor to use to create type proxy + + Context for current build operation. + + + + Cache for proxied type. + + + + + construct a new that + will resolve the interceptor with the given . + + The build key to use to resolve. + + + + Interceptor to use to create type proxy + + Context for current build operation. + + + + Cache for proxied type. + + + + + High-level API for performing interception on existing and new objects. + + + + + Returns a for type which wraps + the supplied . + + The type to intercept. + The instance to intercept. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + Any additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + A proxy for compatible with . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Returns a for type which wraps + the supplied . + + Type to intercept. + The instance to intercept. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + A proxy for compatible with . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Returns a for type which wraps + the supplied . + + The type to intercept. + The instance to intercept. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + Any additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + A proxy for compatible with . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Returns a for type which wraps + the supplied . + + The type to intercept. + The instance to intercept. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + A proxy for compatible with . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Creates a new instance of type that is intercepted with the behaviors in + . + + The type of the object to create. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + Any additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + The arguments for the creation of the new instance. + An instance of a class compatible with that includes execution of the + given . + when is . + when is . + When is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Creates a new instance of type that is intercepted with the behaviors in + . + + The type of the object to create. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + The arguments for the creation of the new instance. + An instance of a class compatible with that includes execution of the + given . + when is . + when is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Creates a new instance of type that is intercepted with the behaviors in + . + + The type of the object to create. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + Any additional interfaces the instance must implement. + The arguments for the creation of the new instance. + An instance of a class compatible with that includes execution of the + given . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Creates a new instance of type that is intercepted with the behaviors in + . + + The type of the object to create. + The to use when creating the proxy. + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + The arguments for the creation of the new instance. + An instance of a class compatible with that includes execution of the + given . + when is . + when is . + when is . + when cannot intercept + . + + + + Computes the array with all the additional interfaces for the interception of an object. + + The interception behaviors for the new proxy. + Any additional interfaces the instance must implement. + An array with the required interfaces for + when the interfaces are not valid. + + + + Stores information about the to be used to intercept an object and + configures a container accordingly. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with an interceptor instance. + + The to use. + when is + . + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with a given + name and type that will be resolved to provide interception. + + Type of the interceptor + name to use to resolve. + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with + a given type that will be resolved to provide interception. + + Type of the interceptor. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the container to use the represented + for the supplied parameters. + + Interface being registered. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + Generic version of that lets you specify an interceptor + type using generic syntax. + + Type of interceptor + + + + Initialize an instance of that will + resolve the given interceptor type. + + + + + Initialize an instance of that will + resolve the given interceptor type and name. + + Name that will be used to resolve the interceptor. + + + + A simple data holder class used to store information about the current + interception operation that's being set up. Useful for creating behaviors + that need to know this stuff (especially the PIAB behavior). + + + + + Create a new instance of that + stores the given , + , and . + + that will be used to + create the intercepting type or proxy. + Type that interception was requested on. + Type of the object that will actually be intercepted. + + + + that will be used to + create the intercepting type or proxy. + + + + + Type that interception was requested on. + + + + + Type of the object that will actually be intercepted. + + + + + Maps types involving generic parameter types from reflected types into equivalent versions involving generated types. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + A constructed generic type, open or closed. + The parent mapper, or . + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The reflected generic parameters. + The generated generic parameters. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The reflected generic parameters. + The generated generic parameters. + The parent mapper, or . + + + + Maps a type to an equivalent type involving generated types. + + The type to map. + + + + Gets the formal parameters. + + + + + + Gets the actual parameters. + + + + + + Gets the default mapper. + + + + + This interface is implemented by all proxy objects, type or instance based. + It allows for adding interception behaviors. + + + + + Adds a to the proxy. + + The to add. + + + + Base interface for type and instance based interceptor classes. + + + + + Can this interceptor generate a proxy for the given type? + + Type to check. + True if interception is possible, false if not. + + + + Returns a sequence of methods on the given type that can be + intercepted. + + Type that was specified when this interceptor + was created (typically an interface). + The concrete type of the implementing object. + Sequence of objects. + + + + Interface for interceptors that generate separate proxy + objects to implement interception on instances. + + + + + Create a proxy object that provides interception for . + + Type to generate the proxy of. + Object to create the proxy for. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + The proxy object. + + + + Implementation of that returns a + pre-created interceptor. + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + Interceptor to store. + + + + Interceptor to use. + + Context for current build operation. + + + + A that intercepts objects + in the build chain by creating a proxy object. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + An instance interceptor that works by generating a + proxy class on the fly for a single interface. + + + + + Can this interceptor generate a proxy for the given type? + + Type to check. + True if interception is possible, false if not. + + + + Returns a sequence of methods on the given type that can be + intercepted. + + Type that was specified when this interceptor + was created (typically an interface). + The concrete type of the implementing object. + Sequence of objects. + + + + Create a proxy object that provides interception for . + + Type to generate the proxy of. + Object to create the proxy for. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + The proxy object. + + + + A class used to generate proxy classes for doing interception on + interfaces. + + + + + Create an instance of that + can construct an intercepting proxy for the given interface. + + Type of the interface to intercept. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + + + + Create the type to proxy the requested interface + + + + + + Represents the implementation of an interface method. + + + + + Used to throw an for non-implemented methods on the + additional interfaces. + + + + + This class provides the remoting-based interception mechanism. It is + invoked by a call on the corresponding TransparentProxy + object. It routes calls through the handlers as appropriate. + + + + + Creates a new instance that applies + the given policies to the given target object. + + Target object to intercept calls to. + Type to return as the type being proxied. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + + + + Adds a to the proxy. + + The to add. + + + + Checks whether the proxy that represents the specified object type can be cast to the type represented by the interface. + + + + true if cast will succeed; otherwise, false. + + + The type to cast to. + The object for which to check casting. + The immediate caller makes the call through a reference to the interface and does not have infrastructure permission. + + + + Executes a method call represented by the + parameter. The CLR will call this method when a method is called + on the TransparentProxy. This method runs the invocation through + the call handler pipeline and finally sends it down to the + target object, and then back through the pipeline. + + An object that contains the information + about the method call. + An object contains the + information about the target method's return value. + + + + Returns the target of this intercepted call. + + The target object. + + + + Gets or sets the fully qualified type name of the server object in a . + + + + The fully qualified type name of the server object in a . + + + The immediate caller makes the call through a reference to the interface and does not have infrastructure permission. + + + + An instance interceptor that uses remoting proxies to do the + interception. + + + + + Can this interceptor generate a proxy for the given type? + + Type to check. + True if interception is possible, false if not. + + + + Returns a sequence of methods on the given type that can be + intercepted. + + The intercepted type. + The concrete type of the implementing object. + Sequence of objects. + + + + Create a proxy object that provides interception for . + + Type to generate the proxy of. + Object to create the proxy for. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + The proxy object. + + + + A dumb data holder that returns the methodinfo for both an + interface method and the method that implements that interface + method. + + + + + Construct a new which holds + the given objects. + + MethodInfo for the interface method (may be null if no interface). + MethodInfo for implementing method. + + + + Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + + + true if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, false. + + + The to compare with the current . + + + The parameter is null. + 2 + + + + Serves as a hash function for a particular type. + + + A hash code for the current . + + 2 + + + + Standard equals operator + + + + + standard not equal operator. + + + + + Returns a that represents the current . + + + A that represents the current . + + 2 + + + + The interface method MethodInfo. + + + + + The implementing method MethodInfo. + + + + + Interface for interceptor objects that generate + proxy types. + + + + + Create a type to proxy for the given type . + + Type to proxy. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + New type that can be instantiated instead of the + original type t, and supports interception. + + + + Implementation of that returns a precreated + interceptor object. + + + + + Create a new instance of that + uses the given . + + Interceptor to use. + + + + Interceptor to use to create type proxy + + Context for current build operation. + + + + Cache for proxied type. + + + + + A that hooks up type interception. It looks for + a for the current build key, or the current + build type. If present, it substitutes types so that that proxy class gets + built up instead. On the way back, it hooks up the appropriate handlers. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + In this class, PreBuildUp is responsible for figuring out if the + class is proxiable, and if so, replacing it with a proxy class. + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + In this class, PostBuildUp checks to see if the object was proxyable, + and if it was, wires up the handlers. + Context of the build operation. + + + + Class that handles generating the dynamic types used for interception. + + + + + Create a new that will generate a + wrapper class for the requested . + + Type to generate the wrapper for. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + + + + Create the wrapper class for the given type. + + Wrapper type. + + + + This class provides the code needed to implement the + interface on a class. + + + + + This class handles parameter type mapping. When we generate + a generic method, we need to make sure our parameter type + objects line up with the generic parameters on the generated + method, not on the one we're overriding. + + + + + A utility class that takes a set of s + and pulls out shadowed methods, only returning the ones that + are actually accessible to be overridden. + + + + + Take the list of methods and put them together into lists index by method name. + + Methods to sort through. + + + + Given a list of overloads for a method, return only those methods + that are actually visible. In other words, if there's a "new SomeType" method + somewhere, return only the new one, not the one from the base class + that's now hidden. + + Sequence of methods to process. + Sequence of returned methods. + + + + Take a semi-randomly ordered set of methods on a type and + sort them into groups by name and by parameter list. + + The list of methods. + Sequence of lists of methods, grouped by method name. + + + + Given a set of hiding overloads, return only the currently visible one. + + The set of overloads. + The most visible one. + + + + Given a method, return a value indicating how deeply in the + inheritance hierarchy the method is declared. Current type = 0, + parent = 1, grandparent = 2, etc. + + Method to check. + Declaration depth + + + + A implementation that can compare two + based on their parameter lists. + + First to compare. + Second to compare. + < 0, 0, or > 0 based on which one is "greater" than the other. + + + + Compare two parameter lists. + + First parameter list. + Second parameter list. + < 0, 0, or > 0. + + + + Compare two objects by type. + + First + First + < 0, 0, or > 0 + + + + A type based interceptor that works by generated a new class + on the fly that derives from the target class. + + + + + Can this interceptor generate a proxy for the given type? + + Type to check. + True if interception is possible, false if not. + + + + Returns a sequence of methods on the given type that can be + intercepted. + + The intercepted type. + The concrete type of the implementing object. + Sequence of objects. + + + + Create a type to proxy for the given type . + + Type to proxy. + Additional interfaces the proxy must implement. + New type that can be instantiated instead of the + original type t, and supports interception. + + + + An that returns a sequence of + instances for an intercepted object. + + + + + Get the set of object to be used for the given type and + interceptor. + + + This method will return a sequence of s. These behaviors will + only be included if their properties are true. + + Context for the current build operation. + Interceptor that will be used to invoke the behavior. + Type that interception was requested on. + Type that implements the interception. + + + + + Get the set of that can be used to resolve the + behaviors. + + + + + Key for handler pipelines. + + + + + Creates a new for the supplied method. + + The method for the key. + The new key. + + + + Compare two instances. + + Object to compare to. + True if the two keys are equal, false if not. + + + + Calculate a hash code for this instance. + + A hash code. + + + + Compare two instances for equality. + + First of the two keys to compare. + Second of the two keys to compare. + True if the values of the keys are the same, else false. + + + + Compare two instances for inequality. + + First of the two keys to compare. + Second of the two keys to compare. + false if the values of the keys are the same, else true. + + + + Compare two instances. + + Object to compare to. + True if the two keys are equal, false if not. + + + + Some utility extension methods to make things portable to Silverlight. + + + + + A collection of objects, indexed + by . Returns an empty pipeline if a + MethodBase is requested that isn't in the dictionary. + + + + + Retrieve the pipeline associated with the requested . + + The method for which the pipeline is being requested. + The handler pipeline for the given method. If no pipeline has + been set, returns a new empty pipeline. + + + + Set a new pipeline for a method. + + The method on which the pipeline should be set. + The new pipeline. + + + + Get the pipeline for the given method, creating it if necessary. + + Method to retrieve the pipeline for. + Handlers to initialize the pipeline with + True if the pipeline has any handlers in it, false if not. + + + + Attribute used to indicate that no interception should be applied to + the attribute target. + + + + + A class that reads and constructs handlers + based on on the target. + + + + + Base class for Policies that specifies which handlers apply to which methods of an object. + + + This base class always enforces the + before + passing the checks onto derived classes. This way, derived classes do not need to + worry about implementing this check. + It also means that derived classes cannot override this rule. This is considered a feature. + + + + Creates a new empty Policy. + + + + + Creates a new empty policy with the given name. + + Name of the policy. + + + + Checks if the rules in this policy match the given member info. + + MemberInfo to check against. + true if ruleset matches, false if it does not. + + + + Returns ordered collection of handlers in order that apply to the given member. + + Member that may or may not be assigned handlers by this policy. + The to use when creating handlers, + if necessary. + Collection of handlers (possibly empty) that apply to this member. + + + + Given a method on an object, return the set of MethodBases for that method, + plus any interface methods that the member implements. + + Member to get Method Set for. + The set of methods + + + + Derived classes implement this method to calculate if the policy + will provide any handler to the specified member. + + Member to check. + true if policy applies to this member, false if not. + + + + Derived classes implement this method to supply the list of handlers for + this specific member. + + Member to get handlers for. + The to use when creating handlers, + if necessary. + Enumerable collection of handlers for this method. + + + + Gets the name of this policy. + + The name of the policy. + + + + Constructs a new instance of the . + + + + + Derived classes implement this method to calculate if the policy + will provide any handler to the specified member. + + Member to check. + true if policy applies to this member, false if not. + + + + Derived classes implement this method to supply the list of handlers for + this specific member. + + Member to get handlers for. + The to use when creating handlers, + if necessary. + Enumerable collection of handlers for this method. + + + + Base class for handler attributes used in the attribute-driven + interception policy. + + + + + Derived classes implement this method. When called, it + creates a new call handler as specified in the attribute + configuration. + + The to use when creating handlers, + if necessary. + A new call handler object. + + + + Gets or sets the order in which the handler will be executed. + + + + + The HandlerPipeline class encapsulates a list of s + and manages calling them in the proper order with the right inputs. + + + + + Creates a new with an empty pipeline. + + + + + Creates a new with the given collection + of s. + + Collection of handlers to add to the pipeline. + + + + Execute the pipeline with the given input. + + Input to the method call. + The ultimate target of the call. + Return value from the pipeline. + + + + Get the number of handlers in this pipeline. + + + + + Handlers implement this interface and are called for each + invocation of the pipelines that they're included in. + + + + + Implement this method to execute your handler processing. + + Inputs to the current call to the target. + Delegate to execute to get the next delegate in the handler + chain. + Return value from the target. + + + + Order in which the handler will be executed + + + + + This delegate type is the type that points to the next + method to execute in the current pipeline. + + Inputs to the current method call. + Delegate to get the next handler in the chain. + Return from the next method in the chain. + + + + This delegate type is passed to each handler's Invoke method. + Call the delegate to get the next delegate to call to continue + the chain. + + Next delegate in the handler chain to call. + + + + This interface is implemented by the matching rule classes. + A Matching rule is used to see if a particular policy should + be applied to a class member. + + + + + Tests to see if this rule applies to the given member. + + Member to test. + true if the rule applies, false if it doesn't. + + + + This interface is used to represent the call to a method. + An implementation of IMethodInvocation is passed to the + call handlers so that they may manipulate the call + (typically by changing the parameters) before the final target + gets called. + + + + + Factory method that creates the correct implementation of + IMethodReturn. + + Return value to be placed in the IMethodReturn object. + All arguments passed or returned as out/byref to the method. + Note that this is the entire argument list, including in parameters. + New IMethodReturn object. + + + + Factory method that creates the correct implementation of + IMethodReturn in the presence of an exception. + + Exception to be set into the returned object. + New IMethodReturn object + + + + Gets the inputs for this call. + + + + + Collection of all parameters to the call: in, out and byref. + + + + + Retrieves a dictionary that can be used to store arbitrary additional + values. This allows the user to pass values between call handlers. + + + + + The object that the call is made on. + + + + + The method on Target that we're aiming at. + + + + + This interface is used to represent the return value from a method. + An implementation of IMethodReturn is returned by call handlers, and + each handler can manipulate the parameters, return value, or add an + exception on the way out. + + + + + The collection of output parameters. If the method has no output + parameters, this is a zero-length list (never null). + + + + + Returns value from the method call. + + This value is null if the method has no return value. + + + + If the method threw an exception, the exception object is here. + + + + + Retrieves a dictionary that can be used to store arbitrary additional + values. This allows the user to pass values between call handlers. + + This is guaranteed to be the same dictionary that was used + in the IMethodInvocation object, so handlers can set context + properties in the pre-call phase and retrieve them in the after-call phase. + + + + + A Unity container extension that allows you to configure + whether an object should be intercepted and which mechanism should + be used to do it, and also provides a convenient set of methods for + configuring injection for instances. + + + + + + + + + + Initial the container with this extension's functionality. + + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept. + Name type is registered under. + Interceptor to use. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept. + Interceptor to use. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept + Name type is registered under. + Interceptor object to use. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept + Interceptor object to use. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept. + Name type is registered under. + Instance interceptor to use. + This extension object. + + + + Set the interceptor for a type, regardless of what name is used to resolve the instances. + + Type to intercept + Interceptor instance. + This extension object. + + + + Set the interceptor for a type, regardless of what name is used to resolve the instances. + + Type to intercept + Interceptor instance. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept. + Instance interceptor to use. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept. + Name type is registered under. + Instance interceptor to use. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure interception for a type. + + Type to intercept. + Instance interceptor to use. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the default interception settings for a type. + + Type the interception is being configured for. + The interceptor to use by default. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the default interception settings for a type. + + Type the interception is being configured for. + The interceptor to use by default. + This extension object. + + + + Starts the definition of a new . + + The policy name. + + This is a convenient way for defining a new policy and the + instances and instances that are required by a policy. + + This mechanism is just a shortcut for what can be natively expressed by wiring up together objects + with repeated calls to the method. + + + + + This interface represents a list of either input or output + parameters. It implements a fixed size list, plus a couple + of other utility methods. + + + + + Gets the name of a parameter based on index. + + Index of parameter to get the name for. + Name of the requested parameter. + + + + Gets the ParameterInfo for a particular parameter by index. + + Index for this parameter. + ParameterInfo object describing the parameter. + + + + Gets the ParameterInfo for a particular parameter by name. + + Name of the parameter. + ParameterInfo object for the named parameter. + + + + Does this collection contain a parameter value with the given name? + + Name of parameter to find. + True if the parameter name is in the collection, false if not. + + + + Fetches a parameter's value by name. + + parameter name. + value of the named parameter. + + + + A is a matching rule that + is a collection of other matching rules. All the contained + rules much match for the set to match. + + + + + Tests the given member against the ruleset. The member matches + if all contained rules in the ruleset match against it. + + If the ruleset is empty, then Matches passes since no rules failed. + MemberInfo to test. + true if all contained rules match, false if any fail. + + + + A implementation that fails to match + if the method in question has the ApplyNoPolicies attribute on it. + + + + + Check if the matches this rule. + + This rule returns true if the member does NOT have the + on it, or a containing type doesn't have the attribute. + Member to check. + True if the rule matches, false if it doesn't. + + + + An that matches the assembly name of the + given member. + + + + + Constructs a new with the given + assembly name (or partial name). + + Assembly name to match. + + + + Constructs a new that matches + against the given assembly. + + Assembly to match. + + + + Determines if the supplied matches the rule. + + + This rule matches if the assembly containing the given + matches the name given. The rule used for matches lets you include the parts + of the assembly name in order. You can specify assembly name only, assembly and version, + assembly, version and culture, or the fully qualified assembly name. + + Member to check. + true if is in a matching assembly, false if not. + + + + An implementation of that checks to see if the + member (or type containing that member) have any s. + + + + + Checks to see if matches the rule. + + Returns true if any s are present on the method + or the type containing that method. + Member to check. + true if member matches, false if not. + + + + An implementation of that checks to see if + the member tested has an arbitrary attribute applied. + + + + + Constructs a new . + + Attribute to match. + If true, checks the base class for attributes as well. + + + + Checks to see if the given matches the rule. + + Member to check. + true if it matches, false if not. + + + + Class used for storing information about a single name/ignoreCase + pair. This class is also used as a base class for other classes that + need this pair plus some other properties. + + + + + Constructs an empty object with empty + string and ignoreCase = false. + + + + + Constructs a object that matches the given + string. IgnoreCase is false. + + The name to match. + + + + Constructs a object that matches the + given string, setting the ignoreCase flag to the given value. + + The name to match. + true to do case insensitive comparison, false to do case sensitive. + + + + Gets or sets the name to match. + + The name to match. + + + + Gets or sets whether to do case sensitive comparisons of Match. + + If false, case sensitive comparison. If true, case insensitive comparisons. + + + + A matching rule that matches when the given member name is + the same as the one supplied in the constructor. + + + + + Create a new that matches the + given member name. Wildcards are allowed. + + Name to match against. Comparison is case sensitive. + + + + Create a new that matches the + given member name. Wildcards are allowed. + + Name to match against. + If false, name comparisons are case sensitive. If true, name comparisons are case insensitive. + + + + Create a new that matches the + given member names. Wildcards are allowed. + + collections of names to match. If any of these patterns match, the rule matches. Comparisons are case sensitive. + + + + Create a new that matches the + given member names. Wildcards are allowed. + + Collections of names to match. If any of these patterns match, the rule matches. + If false, name comparisons are case sensitive. If true, name comparisons are case insensitive. + + + + Create a new that matches + one of the given member names. Wildcards are allowed. + + List of objects containing + the pattern to match and case sensitivity flag. + + + + Check if the given matches one of this + object's matching patterns. + + Member to check. + True if matches, false if not. + + + + Match methods with the given names and method signature. + + + + + Creates a new that matches methods + with the given name, with parameter types matching the given list. + + Method name to match. Wildcards are allowed. + Parameter type names to match, in order. Wildcards are allowed. + If false, name comparisons are case sensitive. If true, name comparisons are case insensitive. + + + + Create a new that matches methods + with the given name, with parameter types matching the given list. + + Name comparisons are case sensitive. + Method name to match. Wildcards are allowed. + Parameter type names to match, in order. Wildcards are allowed. + + + + Create a new that matches any method + with parameter types matching the given list. + + Name comparisons are case sensitive. + Parameter type names to match, in order. Wildcards are allowed. + + + + Create a new that matches any method + with parameter types matching the given list. + + Parameter type names to match, in order. Wildcards are allowed. + If false, name comparisons are case sensitive. If true, name comparisons are case insensitive. + + + + Check to see if the given method matches the name and signature. + + Member to check. + True if match, false if not. + + + + An that matches members in a given namespace. You can + specify either a single namespace (e.g. System.Data) or a namespace root + (e.g. System.Data.* to match types in that namespace or below. + + + + + Create a new that matches the given + namespace. + + namespace name to match. Comparison is case sensitive. + + + + Create a new that matches the given + namespace. + + namespace name to match. + If false, comparison is case sensitive. If true, comparison is case insensitive. + + + + Create a new that matches any of + the given namespace names. + + Collection of namespace names to match. + + + + Check to see if the given is in a namespace + matched by any of our given namespace names. + + member to check. + True if member is contained in a matching namespace, false if not. + + + + A helper class that encapsulates the name to match, case sensitivity flag, + and the wildcard rules for matching namespaces. + + + + + Construct a new that matches the + given namespace name. + + Namespace name to match. + If false, comparison is case sensitive. If true, comparison is case insensitive. + + + + Check if the given type is in a matching namespace. + + Type to check. + True if type is in a matching namespace, false if not. + + + + An that matches methods that have any parameters + of the given types. + + + + + Creates a new that matches if any of + the method parameters match ones in the given collection. + + Collection of that + describes the types to match. + + + + Check the given member to see if it has any matching parameters. + + Member to match. + true if member matches, false if it doesn't. + + + + The list of describing the parameter types to match. + + The collection of matches. + + + + Describes the type of parameter to match. + + + + + Input parameter + + + + + Output parameter + + + + + Input or output parameter + + + + + Method return value + + + + + A class that stores information about a single type to match. + + + + + Creates a new uninitialized . + + + + + Creates a new matching the given kind of parameter. + + of parameter to match. + + + + Creates a new matching the given parameter + type and kind. + + Parameter name to match. + of parameter to match. + + + + Creates a new matching the given parameter + type and kind. + + Parameter name to match. + If false, compare type names using case-sensitive comparison. + If true, compare type names using case-insensitive comparison. + of parameter to match. + + + + What kind of parameter to match. + + indicating which kind of parameters to match. + + + + An implementation that matches properties + by name. You can match the getter, setter, or both. + + + + + Construct a new that matches the + getter or setter of the given property. + + Name of the property. Name comparison is case sensitive. Wildcards are allowed. + + + + Constructs a new that matches the + given method of the given property. + + Name of the property. Name comparison is case sensitive. Wildcards are allowed. + Match the getter, setter, or both. + + + + Constructs a new that matches the + given method of the given property. + + Name of the property to match. Wildcards are allowed. + Match the getter, setter, or both. + If false, name comparison is case sensitive. If true, name comparison is case insensitive. + + + + Constructs a new that matches any of the + given properties. + + Collection of defining which + properties to match. + + + + Checks if the given member matches the rule. + + Member to check. + True if it matches, false if it does not. + + + + Specifies which methods of a property should be matches by + the . + + + + + Match the property getter method. + + + + + Match the property setter method. + + + + + Match either the getter or setter method. + + + + + Information about a property match. + + + + + Construct a new that matches the get or set methods + of the given property name, and does a case-sensitive comparison. + + Property name to match. + + + + Constructs a new that matches the given methods of + the given property name, doing a case-sensitive comparison. + + Property name to match. + specifying which methods of the property to match. + + + + Construct a new that matches the given methods of + the given property name. + + Property name to match. + specifying which methods of the property to match. + If false, name comparison is case sensitive. If true, name comparison is case insensitive. + + + + The to use when doing name comparisons on this property. + + Specifies which methods of the property to match. + + + + An that checks to see if a member has a specified + type. + + + + + Construct a new that matches + members with the given return type. + + Type to look for. + + + + Construct a new that matches + the given return type by name. + + See the class for details on how + type name matches are done. + Type name to match. Name comparisons are case sensitive. + + + + Construct a new that matches + the given return type by name. + + See the class for details on how + type name matches are done. + Type name to match. + If false, name comparison is case sensitive. If true, comparison + is case insensitive. + + + + Check to see if the given member has a matching return type. + + Member to check. + true if return types match, false if they don't. + + + + A that checks a member for the presence + of the on the method, property, or class, and + that the given string matches. + + + + + Constructs a new , looking for + the given string. The comparison is case sensitive. + + tag string to match. + + + + Constructs a new , looking for + the given string. The comparison is case sensitive if is + false, case insensitive if is true. + + tag string to match. + if false, case-sensitive comparison. If true, case-insensitive comparison. + + + + Check the given member for the presence of the and + match the strings. + + Member to check. + True if tag strings match, false if they don't. + + + + A matching rule that matches when the member is declared + in the given type. + + + + + Constructs a new that matches the + given type. + + The type to match. + + + + Constructs a new that matches types + with the given name. + + Comparisons are case sensitive. + Type name to match. + + + + Constructs a new that matches types + with the given name, using the given case sensitivity. + + Type name to match. + if false, do case-sensitive comparison. If true, do case-insensitive. + + + + Constructs a new that will match + any of the type names given in the collection of match information. + + The match information to match. + + + + Checks if the given member matches any of this object's matches. + + Member to match. + True if match, false if not. + + + + Checks if the given type matches any of this object's matches. + + Matches may be on the namespace-qualified type name or just the type name. + Type to check. + True if it matches, false if it doesn't. + + + + An implementation of that wraps a provided array + containing the argument values. + + + + + Construct a new that wraps the + given array of arguments. + + Complete collection of arguments. + Type information about each parameter. + A that indicates + whether a particular parameter is part of the collection. Used to filter out only input + parameters, for example. + + + + Gets the ParameterInfo for a particular parameter by index. + + Index for this parameter. + ParameterInfo object describing the parameter. + + + + Gets the for the given named parameter. + + Name of parameter. + for the requested parameter. + + + + Gets the name of a parameter based on index. + + Index of parameter to get the name for. + Name of the requested parameter. + + + + Does this collection contain a parameter value with the given name? + + Name of parameter to find. + True if the parameter name is in the collection, false if not. + + + + Adds to the collection. This is a read only collection, so this method + always throws . + + Object to add. + Nothing, always throws. + Always throws this. + + + + Checks to see if the collection contains the given object. + + Tests for the object using object.Equals. + Object to find. + true if object is in collection, false if it is not. + + + + Remove all items in the collection. This collection is fixed-size, so this + method always throws . + + This is always thrown. + + + + Returns the index of the given object, or -1 if not found. + + Object to find. + zero-based index of found object, or -1 if not found. + + + + Inserts a new item. This is a fixed-size collection, so this method throws . + + Index to insert at. + Always throws. + Always throws this. + + + + Removes the given item. This is a fixed-size collection, so this method throws . + + Always throws. + Always throws this. + + + + Removes the given item. This is a fixed-size collection, so this method throws . + + Always throws. + Always throws this. + + + + Copies the contents of this collection to the given array. + + Destination array. + index to start copying from. + + + + Gets an enumerator object to support the foreach construct. + + Enumerator object. + + + + Fetches a parameter's value by name. + + parameter name. + value of the named parameter. + + + + Gets the value of a parameter based on index. + + Index of parameter to get the value for. + Value of the requested parameter. + + + + Is this collection read only? + + No, it is not read only, the contents can change. + + + + Is this collection fixed size? + + Yes, it is. + + + + Total number of items in the collection. + + The count. + + + + Gets a synchronized version of this collection. WARNING: Not implemented completely, + DO NOT USE THIS METHOD. + + + + + Is the object synchronized for thread safety? + + No, it isn't. + + + + An internal struct that maps the index in the arguments collection to the + corresponding about that argument. + + + + + Construct a new object linking the + given index and object. + + Index into arguments array (zero-based). + for the argument at . + + + + Transient class that supports convenience method for specifying interception policies. + + + + + Adds a reference to matching rule by name. + + The name for the matching rule. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + The details of how the rule should be created by the container must be specified using a + standard injection specification mechanism. + + + + + Makes a matching rule in the current policy. + + The new for the policy. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a matching rule in the current policy. + + The type for the new matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a matching rule in the current policy, using the given . + + The type for the new matching rule. + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new using the specified name + and makes it available as a matching rule in the current policy. + + The type for the new matching rule. + The name for the injection configuration for the matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a matching rule in the current policy, using the given . + + The type for the new matching rule. + The name for the injection configuration for the matching rule. + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a matching rule in the current policy. + + The type for the new matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a matching rule in the current policy, using the given . + + The type for the new matching rule. + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new using the specified name + and makes it available as a matching rule in the current policy. + + The type for the new matching rule. + The name for the injection configuration for the matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new using the specified name + and makes it available as a matching rule in the current policy, + using the given . + + The type for the new matching rule. + The name for the injection configuration for the matching rule. + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured matching rule. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Adds a reference to call handler by name. + + The name for the call handler. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + The details of how the handler should be created by the container must be specified using a + standard injection specification mechanism. + + + + + Makes a call handler in the current policy. + + The new for the policy. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a call handler in the current policy. + + The type for the new call handler. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a call handler in the current policy, using the given . + + The type for the new call handler. + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured call handler. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new using the specified name + and makes it available as a call handler in the current policy. + + The type for the new call handler. + The name for the injection configuration for the call handler. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new using the specified name + and makes it available as a call handler in the current policy, + using the given . + + The type for the new call handler. + The name for the injection configuration for the call handler. + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured call handler. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a call handler in the current policy. + + The type for the new call handler. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new and makes it available + as a call handler in the current policy, using the given . + + The type for the new call handler. + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured call handler. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new using the specified name + and makes it available as a call handler in the current policy. + + The type for the new call handler. + The name for the injection configuration for the call handler . + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + Configures injection for a new using the specified name + and makes it available as a call handler in the current policy, + using the given . + + The type for the new call handler. + The name for the injection configuration for the call handler . + The that controls the lifetime + of the configured call handler. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + + The than allows further configuration of the policy. + + + + + The that is currently being + configured. + + + + + The extension to which the policy was added. + + + Use this property to start adding a new policy. + + + + + A collection of Policy objects. The policies within a PolicySet combine using + an "or" operation. + + + + + Creates a new containing the given policies. + + Policies to put into the policy set. + + + + Gets the policies that apply to the given member. + + Member to get policies for. + Collection of policies that apply to this member. + + + + Gets the policies in the that do not + apply to the given member. + + Member to check. + Collection of policies that do not apply to . + + + + Gets the handlers that apply to the given member based on all policies in the . + + Member to get handlers for. + The to use when creating handlers, + if necessary. + Collection of call handlers for . + + + + Interceptor that performs policy injection. + + + + + Interception behaviors implement this interface and are called for each + invocation of the pipelines that they're included in. + + + + + Implement this method to execute your behavior processing. + + Inputs to the current call to the target. + Delegate to execute to get the next delegate in the behavior chain. + Return value from the target. + + + + Returns the interfaces required by the behavior for the objects it intercepts. + + The required interfaces. + + + + Returns a flag indicating if this behavior will actually do anything when invoked. + + This is used to optimize interception. If the behaviors won't actually + do anything (for example, PIAB where no policies match) then the interception + mechanism can be skipped completely. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a pipeline manager. + + The for the new instance. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with the given information + about what's being intercepted and the current set of injection policies. + + Information about what will be injected. + Current injection policies. + Unity container that can be used to resolve call handlers. + + + + Applies the policy injection handlers configured for the invoked method. + + Inputs to the current call to the target. + Delegate to execute to get the next delegate in the handler + chain. + Return value from the target. + + + + Returns the interfaces required by the behavior for the objects it intercepts. + + An empty array of interfaces. + + + + Returns a flag indicating if this behavior will actually do anything when invoked. + + This is used to optimize interception. If the behaviors won't actually + do anything (for example, PIAB where no policies match) then the interception + mechanism can be skipped completely. + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Intercepted abstract method was invoked.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Additional interfaces do not have an implementation.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The additional interfaces supplied are invalid: {0}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Type must be a subclass of System.Attribute.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not create instance of type {0} with no constructor arguments.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot map generic type parameters on a generic type definition (an unbound generic type).. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Collection contains a null element.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The lengths of the mapped generic parameters do not match.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The collection of interfaces is null.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The required interfaces for behavior {1} are invalid: {0}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} is not an interface.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Null type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} is an open generic.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} is not interceptable.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not find the implementation of interface method {0}.{1} in type {2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Null is not permitted as an interception behavior.. + + + + + A class that wraps the inputs of a into the + interface. + + + + + Constructs a new that wraps the + given method call and arguments. + + The call message. + The arguments. + + + + An implementation of that wraps the + remoting-based in the PIAB call + interface. + + + + + Creates a new implementation that wraps + the given , with the given ultimate + target object. + + Remoting call message object. + Ultimate target of the method call. + + + + Factory method that creates the correct implementation of + IMethodReturn. + + In this implementation we create an instance of . + Return value to be placed in the IMethodReturn object. + All arguments passed or returned as out/byref to the method. + Note that this is the entire argument list, including in parameters. + New IMethodReturn object. + + + + Factory method that creates the correct implementation of + IMethodReturn in the presence of an exception. + + Exception to be set into the returned object. + New IMethodReturn object + + + + Gets the inputs for this call. + + The input collection. + + + + Collection of all parameters to the call: in, out and byref. + + The arguments collection. + + + + Retrieves a dictionary that can be used to store arbitrary additional + values. This allows the user to pass values between call handlers. + + The invocation context dictionary. + + + + The object that the call is made on. + + The target object. + + + + The method on Target that we're aiming at. + + The target method base. + + + + Gets the collection of arguments being passed to the target. + + This method exists becuase the underlying remoting call message + does not let handlers change the arguments. + Array containing the arguments to the target. + + + + An implementation of that wraps the + remoting call and return messages. + + + + + Creates a new object that contains a + return value. + + The original call message that invoked the method. + Return value from the method. + Collections of arguments passed to the method (including the new + values of any out params). + Invocation context dictionary passed into the call. + + + + Creates a new object that contains an + exception thrown by the target. + + Exception that was thrown. + The original call message that invoked the method. + Invocation context dictionary passed into the call. + + + + Constructs a for the remoting + infrastructure based on the contents of this object. + + The instance. + + + + The collection of output parameters. If the method has no output + parameters, this is a zero-length list (never null). + + The output parameter collection. + + + + Return value from the method call. + + This value is null if the method has no return value. + The return value. + + + + If the method threw an exception, the exception object is here. + + The exception, or null if no exception was thrown. + + + + Retrieves a dictionary that can be used to store arbitrary additional + values. This allows the user to pass values between call handlers. + + This is guaranteed to be the same dictionary that was used + in the IMethodInvocation object, so handlers can set context + properties in the pre-call phase and retrieve them in the after-call phase. + + The invocation context dictionary. + + + + A class that wraps the outputs of a into the + interface. + + + + + Constructs a new that wraps the + given method call and arguments. + + The call message. + The arguments. + + + + A policy is a combination of a matching rule set and a set of handlers. + If the policy applies to a member, then the handlers will be enabled for + that member. + + + + + Creates a new object with a set of matching rules + and the names to use when resolving handlers. + + + + + Creates a new object with a name, a set of matching rules + and the names to use when resolving handlers. + + + + + Checks if the rules in this policy match the given member info. + + MemberInfo to check against. + true if ruleset matches, false if it does not. + + + + Return ordered collection of handlers in order that apply to the given member. + + Member that may or may not be assigned handlers by this policy. + The to use when creating handlers, + if necessary. + Collection of handlers (possibly empty) that apply to this member. + + + + A simple attribute used to "tag" classes, methods, or properties with a + string that can later be matched via the . + + + + + Creates a new with the given string. + + The tag string. + + + + The string tag for this attribute. + + the tag. + + + + Stores information about a single to be used on an intercepted object and + configures a container accordingly. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + . + + The interception behavior to use. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + given type/name pair. + + Type of behavior to + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + given behavior type. + + Type of behavior to + + + + Get the list of behaviors for the current type so that it can be added to. + + Policy list. + Implementation type to set behaviors for. + Name type is registered under. + An instance of . + + + + A generic version of that lets you + specify behavior types using generic syntax. + + Type of behavior to register. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + given behavior type. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the with a + given type/name pair. + + Name to use to resolve the behavior. + + + + An that accumulates a sequence of + instances for an intercepted object. + + + + + Get the set of object to be used for the given type and + interceptor. + + + This method will return a sequence of s. These behaviors will + only be included if their properties are true. + + Context for the current build operation. + Interceptor that will be used to invoke the behavior. + Type that interception was requested on. + Type that implements the interception. + + + + + Get the set of that can be used to resolve the + behaviors. + + + + + The InterceptionBehaviorPipeline class encapsulates a list of s + and manages calling them in the proper order with the right inputs. + + + + + Creates a new with an empty pipeline. + + + + + Creates a new with the given collection + of s. + + Collection of interception behaviors to add to the pipeline. + + + + Execute the pipeline with the given input. + + Input to the method call. + The ultimate target of the call. + Return value from the pipeline. + + + + Adds a to the pipeline. + + The interception behavior to add. + + + + Get the number of interceptors in this pipeline. + + + + + This delegate type is the type that points to the next + method to execute in the current pipeline. + + Inputs to the current method call. + Delegate to get the next interceptor in the chain. + Return from the next method in the chain. + + + + This delegate type is passed to each interceptor's Invoke method. + Call the delegate to get the next delegate to call to continue + the chain. + + Next delegate in the interceptor chain to call. + + + + A "glob" is a string matching pattern. It is similar to the + matches available in the file system (*.cs, for example). The Glob + class implements this string matching. + + Glob supports the following metacharacters: + * - match zero or more characters + ? - match any one character + [abc] - match one character if it's in the characters inside the brackets. + All other characters in the glob are literals. + + + + + Constructs a new instance that matches the given pattern. + + + The pattern match is case sensitive by default. + + Pattern to use. See summary for + details of the pattern. + + + + Constructs a new instance that matches the given pattern. + + The pattern to use. See summary for + details of the patterns supported. + If true, perform a case sensitive match. + If false, perform a case insensitive comparison. + + + + Checks to see if the given string matches the pattern. + + String to check. + True if it matches, false if it doesn't. + + + + A collection of utility functions to encapsulate details of + reflection and finding attributes. + + + + + Given a MethodBase for a property's get or set method, + return the corresponding property info. + + MethodBase for the property's get or set method. + PropertyInfo for the property, or null if method is not part of a property. + + + + Given a MethodInfo for a property's get or set method, + return the corresponding property info. + + MethodBase for the property's get or set method. + PropertyInfo for the property, or null if method is not part of a property. + + + + Given a particular MemberInfo, return the custom attributes of the + given type on that member. + + Type of attribute to retrieve. + The member to look at. + True to include attributes inherited from base classes. + Array of found attributes. + + + + Given a particular MemberInfo, find all the attributes that apply to this + member. Specifically, it returns the attributes on the type, then (if it's a + property accessor) on the property, then on the member itself. + + Type of attribute to retrieve. + The member to look at. + true to include attributes inherited from base classes. + Array of found attributes. + + + + A small implementation of that returns the + given object. + + + + + Create a new instance. + + Information about which constructor to select. + + + + Choose the constructor to call for the given type. + + Current build context + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + The chosen constructor. + + + + MethodInfo objects for the methods we need to generate + calls to on IMethodInvocation. + + + + + Represents the implementation of a method override. + + + + + Used to throw an for overrides on abstract methods. + + + + + Implementation of used + by the virtual method interceptor. + + + + + Construct a new instance for the + given target object and method, passing the + to the target method. + + Object that is target of this invocation. + Method on to call. + Values for the parameters. + + + + Factory method that creates the correct implementation of + IMethodReturn. + + Return value to be placed in the IMethodReturn object. + All arguments passed or returned as out/byref to the method. + Note that this is the entire argument list, including in parameters. + New IMethodReturn object. + + + + Factory method that creates the correct implementation of + IMethodReturn in the presence of an exception. + + Exception to be set into the returned object. + New IMethodReturn object + + + + Gets the inputs for this call. + + + + + Collection of all parameters to the call: in, out and byref. + + + + + Retrieves a dictionary that can be used to store arbitrary additional + values. This allows the user to pass values between call handlers. + + + + + The object that the call is made on. + + + + + The method on Target that we're aiming at. + + + + + An implementation of used by + the virtual method interception mechanism. + + + + + Construct a instance that returns + a value. + + The method invocation. + Return value (should be null if method returns void). + All arguments (including current values) passed to the method. + + + + Construct a instance for when the target method throws an exception. + + The method invocation. + Exception that was thrown. + + + + The collection of output parameters. If the method has no output + parameters, this is a zero-length list (never null). + + + + + Returns value from the method call. + + This value is null if the method has no return value. + + + + If the method threw an exception, the exception object is here. + + + + + Retrieves a dictionary that can be used to store arbitrary additional + values. This allows the user to pass values between call handlers. + + This is guaranteed to be the same dictionary that was used + in the IMethodInvocation object, so handlers can set context + properties in the pre-call phase and retrieve them in the after-call phase. + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Mvc.xml b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Mvc.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fdc9d4adb23 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Mvc.xml @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Mvc + + + + + A that holds onto the instance given to it during + the lifetime of a single HTTP request. + This lifetime manager enables you to create instances of registered types that behave like + singletons within the scope of an HTTP request. + See remarks for important usage information. + + + + Although the lifetime manager works correctly and can help + in working with stateful or thread-unsafe dependencies within the scope of an HTTP request, it is + generally not a good idea to use it when it can be avoided, as it can often lead to bad practices or + hard to find bugs in the end-user's application code when used incorrectly. + It is recommended that the dependencies you register are stateless and if there is a need to share + common state between several objects during the lifetime of an HTTP request, then you can + have a stateless service that explicitly stores and retrieves this state using the + collection of the object. + + + For the instance of the registered type to be disposed automatically when the HTTP request completes, + make sure to register the with the web application. + To do this, invoke the following in the Unity bootstrapping class (typically UnityMvcActivator.cs): + DynamicModuleUtility.RegisterModule(typeof(UnityPerRequestHttpModule)); + + + + + + Retrieves a value from the backing store associated with this lifetime policy. + + The desired object, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into the backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Removes the given object from the backing store. + + + + + An implementation of that wraps a Unity container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class for a container. + + The to wrap with the + interface implementation. + + + + Resolves an instance of the default requested type from the container. + + The of the object to get from the container. + The requested object. + + + + Resolves multiply registered services. + + The type of the requested services. + The requested services. + + + + Defines a filter provider for filter attributes that support injection of Unity dependencies. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The that will be used to inject the filters. + + + + Gets a collection of custom action attributes, and injects them using a Unity container. + + The controller context. + The action descriptor. + A collection of custom action attributes. + + + + Gets a collection of controller attributes, and injects them using a Unity container. + + The controller context. + The action descriptor. + A collection of controller attributes. + + + + Implementation of the interface that provides support for using the + lifetime manager, and enables it to + dispose the instances after the HTTP request ends. + + + + + Disposes the resources used by this module. + + + + + Initializes a module and prepares it to handle requests. + + An that provides access to the methods, properties, + and events common to all application objects within an ASP.NET application. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.NetCore.pri b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.NetCore.pri new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7bdab13dabb Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.NetCore.pri differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.NetCore.xml b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.NetCore.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3aba8b0d889 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.NetCore.xml @@ -0,0 +1,6049 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Practices.Unity.NetCore + + + + + A that emits IL to call constructors + as part of creating a build plan. + + + + + Represents a strategy in the chain of responsibility. + Strategies are required to support both BuildUp and TearDown. + + + + + Represents a strategy in the chain of responsibility. + Strategies are required to support both BuildUp and TearDown. Although you + can implement this interface directly, you may also choose to use + as the base class for your strategies, as + this class provides useful helper methods and makes support BuildUp and TearDown + optional. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PreTearDown method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PostTearDown method is called when the chain has finished the PreTearDown + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreTearDown calls. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PreTearDown method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PostTearDown method is called when the chain has finished the PreTearDown + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreTearDown calls. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. + + Existing object is an instance of . + The context for the operation. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to set up a PerResolveLifetimeManager lifetime manager + if the current object is such. + + Current build context. + + + + Build up the string that will represent the constructor signature + in any exception message. + + + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to throw an exception if + no existing object is present, but the user is attempting to build + an interface (usually due to the lack of a type mapping). + + The currently being + used for the build of this object. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to throw an exception if + a dependency cannot be resolved. + + The currently being + used for the build of this object. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to throw an exception if + a dependency cannot be resolved because of an invalid constructor. + + The currently being + used for the build of this object. + The signature of the invalid constructor. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Helper method used by generated IL to look up a dependency resolver based on the given key. + + Current build context. + Type of the dependency being resolved. + Key the resolver was stored under. + The found dependency resolver. + + + + The type that is to be built with the dynamic build plan. + + + + + The context parameter represeting the used when the build plan is executed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + A build plan is an object that, when invoked, will create a new object + or fill in a given existing one. It encapsulates all the information + gathered by the strategies to construct a particular object. + + + + + Represents a builder policy interface. Since there are no fixed requirements + for policies, it acts as a marker interface from which to derive all other + policy interfaces. + + + + + Creates an instance of this build plan's type, or fills + in the existing type if passed in. + + Context used to build up the object. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An implementation + that constructs a build plan via dynamic IL emission. + + + + + A that can create and return an + for the given build key. + + + + + Create a build plan using the given context and build key. + + Current build context. + Current build key. + The build plan. + + + + Construct a that + uses the given strategy chain to construct the build plan. + + The strategy chain. + + + + Construct a build plan. + + The current build context. + The current build key. + The created build plan. + + + + A that generates IL to call + chosen methods (as specified by the current ) + as part of object build up. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A that generates IL to resolve properties + on an object being built. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. + + The context for the operation. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + An implementation + that constructs a build plan for creating objects. + + + + + Creates a build plan using the given context and build key. + + Current build context. + Current build key. + + The build plan. + + + + + Provides helper methods to retrieve classes from assemblies. + + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from . + + The assemblies. + All visible, non-abstract classes found in the assemblies. + is . + contains elements. + All exceptions thrown while getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types that can be retrieved are returned. + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from , and optionally skips errors. + + to skip errors; otherwise, . + The assemblies. + + All visible, non-abstract classes. + + is . + contains elements. + + If is , all exceptions thrown while getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types + that can be retrieved are returned; otherwise, the original exception is thrown. + + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from . + + to skip errors; otherwise, . + The assemblies. + + All visible, non-abstract classes. + + is . + contains elements. + + If is , all exceptions thrown while getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types + that can be retrieved are returned; otherwise, the original exception is thrown. + + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from all assemblies located where the application is installed. + + to include the Unity assemblies; otherwise, . Defaults to . + to skip errors; otherwise, . + + All visible, non-abstract classes. + + + If is , all exceptions thrown while loading assemblies or getting types from the assemblies + are ignored, and the types that can be retrieved are returned; otherwise, the original exception is thrown. These exceptions might be wrapped in a + . + + + + + The exception that is thrown when registering multiple types would result in an type mapping being overwritten. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name for the mapping. + The source type for the mapping. + The type currently mapped. + The new type to map. + + + + Gets the name for the mapping. + + + + + Gets the source type for the mapping. + + + + + Gets the type currently mapped. + + + + + Gets the new type to map. + + + + + Represents a set of types to register and their registration settings. + + + + + Gets types to register. + + + + + Gets a function to get the types that will be requested for each type to configure. + + + + + Gets a function to get the name to use for the registration of each type. + + + + + Gets a function to get the for the registration of each type. Defaults to no lifetime management. + + + + + + Gets a function to get the additional objects for the registration of each type. Defaults to no injection members. + + + + + + Provides a set of convenience overloads to the + interface to support registration of multiple types. + + + + + Registers the supplied types by using the specified rules for name, lifetime manager, injection members, and registration types. + + The container to configure. + The types to register. The methods in the class can be used to scan assemblies to get types, and further filtering can be performed using LINQ queries. + A function that gets the types that will be requested for each type to configure. It can be a method from the class or a custom function. Defaults to no registration types, and registers only the supplied types. + A function that gets the name to use for the registration of each type. It can be a method from the or a custom function. Defaults to no name. + A function that gets the for the registration of each type. It can be a method from the class or a custom function. Defaults to no lifetime management. + A function that gets the additional objects for the registration of each type. Defaults to no injection members. + to overwrite existing mappings; otherwise, . Defaults to . + + The container that this method was called on. + + A new registration would overwrite an existing mapping and is . + + + + Registers the types according to the . + + The container to configure. + The convention to determine which types will be registered and how. + to overwrite existing mappings; otherwise, . Defaults to . + + The container that this method was called on. + + + + + Provides helper methods to specify the lifetime for a type with registration by convention. + + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A lifetime manager + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A container controlled lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + An externally controlled lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A hierarchical lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A per resolve lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A transient lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The custom type. + The type. + + A lifetime manager. + + + + + Provides helper methods to map types to the types interfaces to which register them. + + + + + Returns no types. + + The type to register. + An empty enumeration. + + + + Returns an enumeration with the interface that matches the name of . + + The type to register. + An enumeration with the first interface matching the name of (for example, if type is MyType, a matching interface is IMyType), + or an empty enumeration if no such interface is found. + + + + Returns an enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by . + + The type to register. + An enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by the implementation type except . + + + + Returns an enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by that belong to the same assembly as implementationType. + + The type to register. + An enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by the implementation type that belong to the same assembly. + + + + Provides helper methods to get type names. + + + + + Returns the type name. + + The type. + The type name. + + + + Returns null for the registration name. + + The type. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + The type {0} has multiple constructors of length {1}. Unable to disambig... + + + + + The provided string argument must not be empty. + + + + + The current build operation (build key {2}) failed: {3} (Strategy type {... + + + + + The current type {0} is an interface and cannot be constructed. Are you ... + + + + + Cannot extract type from build key {0}. + + + + + The method {0}.{1}({2}) is an open generic method. Open generic methods ... + + + + + The property {0} on type {1} is an indexer. Indexed properties cannot be... + + + + + The method {1} on type {0} has an out parameter. Injection cannot be per... + + + + + The method {0}.{1}({2}) has at least one out parameter. Methods with out... + + + + + The method {0}.{1}({2}) has at least one ref parameter.Methods with ref ... + + + + + The method {1} on type {0} is marked for injection but it is an open gen... + + + + + The method {0}.{1}({2}) is static. Static methods cannot be injected. + + + + + The type {0} is an open generic type. An open generic type cannot be res... + + + + + Resolving parameter "{0}" of constructor {1} + + + + + The parameter {0} could not be resolved when attempting to call construc... + + + + + An attempt to override an existing mapping was detected for type {1} wit... + + + + + The set of assemblies contains a null element. + + + + + Parameter type inference does not work for null values. Indicate the par... + + + + + Calling constructor {0} + + + + + Calling method {0}.{1} + + + + + An item with the given key is already present in the dictionary. + + + + + The lifetime manager is already registered. Lifetime managers cannot be ... + + + + + The override marker build plan policy has been invoked. This should neve... + + + + + Resolving parameter "{0}" of method {1}.{2} + + + + + The value for parameter "{1}" of method {0} could not be resol... + + + + + Could not resolve dependency for build key {0}. + + + + + The type {0} has multiple constructors marked with the InjectionConstruc... + + + + + The supplied type {0} must be an open generic type. + + + + + The supplied type {0} does not have the same number of generic arguments... + + + + + The type {0} does not have an accessible constructor. + + + + + The type {0} does not have a generic argument named "{1}" + + + + + while resolving + + + + + The type {0} does not have a constructor that takes the parameters ({1}). + + + + + The type {0} does not have a public method named {1} that takes the para... + + + + + The type {0} does not contain an instance property named {1}. + + + + + The type {0} is not a generic type and you are attempting to inject a ge... + + + + + The type {0} is not an array type with rank 1 and you are attempting to ... + + + + + Optional dependencies must be reference types. The type {0} is a value t... + + + + + The property {0} on type {1} is not settable. + + + + + The property {0} on type {1} is of type {2} and cannot be injected with ... + + + + + The value for the property "{0}" could not be resolved. + + + + + The provided string argument must not be empty. + + + + + Resolution of the dependency failed type = "{0}" name = "... + + + + + Resolving {0}{1} + + + + + Resolving {0}{1} (mapped from {2} {3}) + + + + + Resolving value for property {0}.{1} + + + + + The constructor {1} selected for type {0} has ref or out parameters. Suc... + + + + + Setting value for property {0}.{1} + + + + + The type {0} cannot be constructed. You must configure the container to ... + + + + + The type {1} cannot be assigned to variables of type {0}. + + + + + <unknown> + + + + + Provides extension methods to the class due to the introduction + of class in the .NET for Windows Store apps. + + + + + Returns the constructor in that matches the specified constructor parameter types. + + The type to inspect + The constructor parameter types. + The constructor that matches the specified parameter types. + + + + Returns the non-static declared methods of a type or its base types. + + The type to inspect + An enumerable of the objects. + + + + Returns the non-static method of a type or its based type. + + The type to inspect + The name of the method to seek. + The (closed) parameter type signature of the method. + The discovered + + + + Returns the declared properties of a type or its base types. + + The type to inspect + An enumerable of the objects. + + + + Determines if the types in a parameter set ordinally matches the set of supplied types. + + + + + + + + This attribute is used to mark properties and parameters as targets for injection. + + + For properties, this attribute is necessary for injection to happen. For parameters, + it's not needed unless you want to specify additional information to control how + the parameter is resolved. + + + + + Base class for attributes that can be placed on parameters + or properties to specify how to resolve the value for + that parameter or property. + + + + + Create an instance of that + will be used to get the value for the member this attribute is + applied to. + + Type of parameter or property that + this attribute is decoration. + The resolver object. + + + + Create an instance of with no name. + + + + + Create an instance of with the given name. + + Name to use when resolving this dependency. + + + + Create an instance of that + will be used to get the value for the member this attribute is + applied to. + + Type of parameter or property that + this attribute is decoration. + The resolver object. + + + + The name specified in the constructor. + + + + + This attribute is used to indicate which constructor to choose when + the container attempts to build a type. + + + + + This attribute is used to mark methods that should be called when + the container is building an object. + + + + + An used to mark a dependency + as optional - the container will try to resolve it, and return null + if the resolution fails rather than throw. + + + + + Construct a new object. + + + + + Construct a new object that + specifies a named dependency. + + Name of the dependency. + + + + Create an instance of that + will be used to get the value for the member this attribute is + applied to. + + Type of parameter or property that + this attribute is decoration. + The resolver object. + + + + Name of the dependency. + + + + + A that composites other + ResolverOverride objects. The GetResolver operation then + returns the resolver from the first child override that + matches the current context and request. + + + + + Base class for all override objects passed in the + method. + + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + Wrap this resolver in one that verifies the type of the object being built. + This allows you to narrow any override down to a specific type easily. + + Type to constrain the override to. + The new override. + + + + Wrap this resolver in one that verifies the type of the object being built. + This allows you to narrow any override down to a specific type easily. + + Type to constrain the override to. + The new override. + + + + Add a new to the collection + that is checked. + + item to add. + + + + Add a setof s to the collection. + + items to add. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + Class that returns information about the types registered in a container. + + + + + The type that was passed to the method + as the "from" type, or the only type if type mapping wasn't done. + + + + + The type that this registration is mapped to. If no type mapping was done, the + property and this one will have the same value. + + + + + Name the type was registered under. Null for default registration. + + + + + The registered lifetime manager instance. + + + + + The lifetime manager for this registration. + + + This property will be null if this registration is for an open generic. + + + + A class that overrides + the value injected whenever there is a dependency of the + given type, regardless of where it appears in the object graph. + + + + + Create an instance of to override + the given type with the given value. + + Type of the dependency. + Value to use. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience version of that lets you + specify the dependency type using generic syntax. + + Type of the dependency to override. + + + + Construct a new object that will + override the given dependency, and pass the given value. + + + + + A convenience form of that lets you + specify multiple parameter overrides in one shot rather than having + to construct multiple objects. + + + This class isn't really a collection, it just implements IEnumerable + so that we get use of the nice C# collection initializer syntax. + + + + + Base helper class for creating collections of objects + for use in passing a bunch of them to the resolve call. This base class provides + the mechanics needed to allow you to use the C# collection initializer syntax. + + Concrete type of the this class collects. + Key used to create the underlying override object. + Value that the override returns. + + + + Add a new override to the collection with the given key and value. + + Key - for example, a parameter or property name. + Value - the value to be returned by the override. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + Event argument class for the event. + + + + + Construct a new object with the + given child container object. + + An for the newly created child + container. + + + + The newly created child container. + + + + + An extension context for the created child container. + + + + + The class provides the means for extension objects + to manipulate the internal state of the . + + + + + Store a type/name pair for later resolution. + + + + When users register type mappings (or other things) with a named key, this method + allows you to register that name with the container so that when the + method is called, that name is included in the list that is returned. + + to register. + Name assocated with that type. + + + + The container that this context is associated with. + + The object. + + + + The strategies this container uses. + + The that the container uses to build objects. + + + + The strategies this container uses to construct build plans. + + The that this container uses when creating + build plans. + + + + The policies this container uses. + + The the that container uses to build objects. + + + + The that this container uses. + + The is used to manage objects that the container is managing. + + + + This event is raised when the method, + or one of its overloads, is called. + + + + + This event is raised when the method, + or one of its overloads, is called. + + + + + This event is raised when the method is called, providing + the newly created child container to extensions to act on as they see fit. + + + + + Base interface for all extension configuration interfaces. + + + + + Retrieve the container instance that we are currently configuring. + + + + + An EventArgs class that holds a string Name. + + + + + Create a new with a null name. + + + + + Create a new with the given name. + + Name to store. + + + + The name. + + Name used for this event arg object. + + + + Event argument class for the event. + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + Type to map from. + Type to map to. + Name for the registration. + to manage instances. + + + + Type to map from. + + + + + Type to map to. + + + + + to manage instances. + + + + + Event argument class for the event. + + + + + Create a default instance. + + + + + Create a instance initialized with the given arguments. + + Type of instance being registered. + The instance object itself. + Name to register under, null if default registration. + object that handles how + the instance will be owned. + + + + Type of instance being registered. + + + Type of instance being registered. + + + + + Instance object being registered. + + Instance object being registered + + + + that controls ownership of + this instance. + + + + + Base class for all extension objects. + + + + + The container calls this method when the extension is added. + + A instance that gives the + extension access to the internals of the container. + + + + Initial the container with this extension's functionality. + + + When overridden in a derived class, this method will modify the given + by adding strategies, policies, etc. to + install it's functions into the container. + + + + Removes the extension's functions from the container. + + + + This method is called when extensions are being removed from the container. It can be + used to do things like disconnect event handlers or clean up member state. You do not + need to remove strategies or policies here; the container will do that automatically. + + + The default implementation of this method does nothing. + + + + + The container this extension has been added to. + + The that this extension has been added to. + + + + The object used to manipulate + the inner state of the container. + + + + + A that lets you specify that + an instance of a generic type parameter should be resolved. + + + + + Base class for subclasses that let you specify that + an instance of a generic type parameter should be resolved. + + + + + Base type for objects that are used to configure parameters for + constructor or method injection, or for getting the value to + be injected into a property. + + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + Convert the given set of arbitrary values to a sequence of InjectionParameterValue + objects. The rules are: If it's already an InjectionParameterValue, return it. If + it's a Type, return a ResolvedParameter object for that type. Otherwise return + an InjectionParameter object for that value. + + The values to build the sequence from. + The resulting converted sequence. + + + + Convert an arbitrary value to an InjectionParameterValue object. The rules are: + If it's already an InjectionParameterValue, return it. If it's a Type, return a + ResolvedParameter object for that type. Otherwise return an InjectionParameter + object for that value. + + The value to convert. + The resulting . + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + name to use when looking up in the container. + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + The actual type to resolve. + The resolution key. + The . + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + name to use when looking up in the container. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + The actual type to resolve. + The resolution key. + The . + + + + A that lets you specify that + an array containing the registered instances of a generic type parameter + should be resolved. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + A type is considered compatible if it is an array type of rank one + and its element type is a generic type parameter with a name matching this generic + parameter name configured for the receiver. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + A Unity container extension that allows you to configure + which constructors, properties, and methods get injected + via an API rather than through attributes. + + + + + Initial the container with this extension's functionality. + + + When overridden in a derived class, this method will modify the given + by adding strategies, policies, etc. to + install it's functions into the container. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type. + + Type the injection is being configured for. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type/name pair. + + Type the injection is being configured for. + Name of registration + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type. + + Type to configure. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type/name pair. + + Type to configure. + Name of registration. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type/name pair. + + Type of interface/base class being registered (may be null). + Type of actual implementation class being registered. + Name of registration. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + A class that holds the collection of information + for a constructor, so that the container can + be configured to call this constructor. + + + + + Base class for objects that can be used to configure what + class members get injected by the container. + + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type to register. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type of interface being registered. If no interface, + this will be null. + Type of concrete type being registered. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + Create a new instance of that looks + for a constructor with the given set of parameters. + + The values for the parameters, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Interface registered, ignored in this implementation. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + A class that lets you specify a factory method the container + will use to create the object. + + This is a significantly easier way to do the same + thing the old static factory extension was used for. + + + + Create a new instance of with + the given factory function. + + Factory function. + + + + Create a new instance of with + the given factory function. + + Factory function. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type of interface being registered. If no interface, + this will be null. This parameter is ignored in this implementation. + Type of concrete type being registered. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + An that configures the + container to call a method as part of buildup. + + + + + Create a new instance which will configure + the container to call the given methods with the given parameters. + + Name of the method to call. + Parameter values for the method. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type of interface registered, ignored in this implementation. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + A small function to handle name matching. You can override this + to do things like case insensitive comparisons. + + MethodInfo for the method you're checking. + Name of the method you're looking for. + True if a match, false if not. + + + + A class that holds on to the given value and provides + the required + when the container is configured. + + + + + A base class for implementing classes + that deal in explicit types. + + + + + Create a new that exposes + information about the given . + + Type of the parameter. + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + + + + The type of parameter this object represents. + + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + Create an instance of that stores + the given value, using the runtime type of that value as the + type of the parameter. + + Value to be injected for this parameter. + + + + Create an instance of that stores + the given value, associated with the given type. + + Type of the parameter. + Value of the parameter + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of that makes it a + little easier to specify the type of the parameter. + + Type of parameter. + + + + Create a new . + + Value for the parameter. + + + + This class stores information about which properties to inject, + and will configure the container accordingly. + + + + + Configure the container to inject the given property name, + resolving the value via the container. + + Name of the property to inject. + + + + Configure the container to inject the given property name, + using the value supplied. This value is converted to an + object using the + rules defined by the + method. + + Name of property to inject. + Value for property. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Interface being registered, ignored in this implemenation. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + A that lets you specify that + an instance of a generic type parameter should be resolved, providing the + value if resolving fails. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + name to use when looking up in the container. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + The actual type to resolve. + The resolution key. + The . + + + + A that can be passed to + to configure a + parameter or property as an optional dependency. + + + + + Construct a new object that + specifies the given . + + Type of the dependency. + + + + Construct a new object that + specifies the given and . + + Type of the dependency. + Name for the dependency. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of that lets you + specify the type of the dependency using generics syntax. + + Type of the dependency. + + + + Construct a new . + + + + + Construct a new with the given + . + + Name of the dependency. + + + + A class that stores a type, and generates a + resolver object that resolves all the named instances or the + type registered in a container. + + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given element type and collection of element values. + + The type of elements to resolve. + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given array and element types and collection of element values. + + The type for the array of elements to resolve. + The type of elements to resolve. + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of for convenience + when creating them by hand. + + Type of the elements for the array of the parameter. + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given element generic type with the given element values. + + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + A class that stores a name and type, and generates a + resolver object that resolves the parameter via the + container. + + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given type. + + Type of this parameter. + + + + Construct a new that + resolves the given type and name. + + Type of this parameter. + Name to use when resolving parameter. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of for convenience + when creating them by hand. + + Type of the parameter + + + + Create a new for the given + generic type and the default name. + + + + + Create a new for the given + generic type and name. + + Name to use to resolve this parameter. + + + + Interface defining the behavior of the Unity dependency injection container. + + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Name for registration. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve an instance of the requested type with the given name from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Name of the object to retrieve. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Return instances of all registered types requested. + + + + This method is useful if you've registered multiple types with the same + but different names. + + + Be aware that this method does NOT return an instance for the default (unnamed) registration. + + + The type requested. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + Set of objects of type . + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + of object to perform injection on. + Instance to build up. + name to use when looking up the typemappings and other configurations. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container, and clean it up. + + The object to tear down. + + + + Add an extension object to the container. + + to add. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve access to a configuration interface exposed by an extension. + + Extensions can expose configuration interfaces as well as adding + strategies and policies to the container. This method walks the list of + added extensions and returns the first one that implements the requested type. + + of configuration interface required. + The requested extension's configuration interface, or null if not found. + + + + Remove all installed extensions from this container. + + + + This method removes all extensions from the container, including the default ones + that implement the out-of-the-box behavior. After this method, if you want to use + the container again you will need to either readd the default extensions or replace + them with your own. + + + The registered instances and singletons that have already been set up in this container + do not get removed. + + + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Create a child container. + + + A child container shares the parent's configuration, but can be configured with different + settings or lifetime. + The new child container. + + + + The parent of this container. + + The parent container, or null if this container doesn't have one. + + + + Get a sequence of that describe the current state + of the container. + + + + + A that holds onto the instance given to it. + When the is disposed, + the instance is disposed with it. + + + + + Base class for Lifetime managers which need to synchronize calls to + . + + + + The purpose of this class is to provide a basic implementation of the lifetime manager synchronization pattern. + + + Calls to the method of a + instance acquire a lock, and if the instance has not been initialized with a value yet the lock will only be released + when such an initialization takes place by calling the method or if + the build request which resulted in the call to the GetValue method fails. + + + + + + + Base class for Lifetime managers - classes that control how + and when instances are created by the Unity container. + + + + + A that controls how instances are + persisted and recovered from an external store. Used to implement + things like singletons and per-http-request lifetime. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object to store. + + + + Remove the value this lifetime policy is managing from backing store. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + This interface provides a hook for the builder context to + implement error recovery when a builder strategy throws + an exception. Since we can't get try/finally blocks onto + the call stack for later stages in the chain, we instead + add these objects to the context. If there's an exception, + all the current IRequiresRecovery instances will have + their Recover methods called. + + + + + A method that does whatever is needed to clean up + as part of cleaning up after an exception. + + + Don't do anything that could throw in this method, + it will cause later recover operations to get skipped + and play real havoc with the stack trace. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + Calls to this method acquire a lock which is released only if a non-null value + has been set for the lifetime manager. + + + + Performs the actual retrieval of a value from the backing store associated + with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + This method is invoked by + after it has acquired its lock. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + Setting a value will attempt to release the lock acquired by + . + + + + Performs the actual storage of the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + This method is invoked by + before releasing its lock. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + A method that does whatever is needed to clean up + as part of cleaning up after an exception. + + + Don't do anything that could throw in this method, + it will cause later recover operations to get skipped + and play real havoc with the stack trace. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + 2 + + + + Standard Dispose pattern implementation. Not needed, but it keeps FxCop happy. + + Always true, since we don't have a finalizer. + + + + A that holds a weak reference to + it's managed instance. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + A special lifetime manager which works like , + except that in the presence of child containers, each child gets it's own instance + of the object, instead of sharing one in the common parent. + + + + + An implementation of that + creates instances of the type of the given Lifetime Manager + by resolving them through the container. + + + + + A builder policy used to create lifetime policy instances. + Used by the LifetimeStrategy when instantiating open + generic types. + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + The new instance. + + + + The type of Lifetime manager that will be created by this factory. + + + + + Create a new that will + return instances of the given type, creating them by + resolving through the container. + + Container to resolve with. + Type of LifetimeManager to create. + + + + Create a new instance of . + + The new instance. + + + + The type of Lifetime manager that will be created by this factory. + + + + + This is a custom lifetime manager that acts like , + but also provides a signal to the default build plan, marking the type so that + instances are reused across the build up object graph. + + + + + Construct a new object that does not + itself manage an instance. + + + + + Construct a new object that stores the + give value. This value will be returned by + but is not stored in the lifetime manager, nor is the value disposed. + This Lifetime manager is intended only for internal use, which is why the + normal method is not used here. + + Value to store. + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. In this class, + this is a noop, since it has special hooks down in the guts. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. Noop in this class. + + + + + An implementation that does nothing, + thus ensuring that instances are created new every time. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + This strategy implements the logic that will call container.ResolveAll + when an array parameter is detected. + + + + + Do the PreBuildUp stage of construction. This is where the actual work is performed. + + Current build context. + + + + An implementation of that is + aware of the build keys used by the Unity container. + + + + + Base class that provides an implementation of + which lets you override how the parameter resolvers are created. + + + + + A that, when implemented, + will determine which constructor to call from the build plan. + + + + + Choose the constructor to call for the given type. + + Current build context + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + The chosen constructor. + + + + Choose the constructor to call for the given type. + + Current build context + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + The chosen constructor. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Compares two objects and returns a value indicating whether one is less than, equal to, or greater than the other. + + + + Value Condition Less than zerox is less than y.Zerox equals y.Greater than zerox is greater than y. + + + The second object to compare. + The first object to compare. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + + This implementation looks for the Unity on the + parameter and uses it to create an instance of + for this parameter. + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + An implementation of that is aware + of the build keys used by the Unity container. + + + + + Base class that provides an implementation of + which lets you override how the parameter resolvers are created. + + Attribute that marks methods that should + be called. + + + + An that will examine the given + types and return a sequence of objects + that should be called as part of building the object. + + + + + Return the sequence of methods to call while building the target object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of methods to call. + + + + Return the sequence of methods to call while building the target object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of methods to call. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + An implementation of that is aware of + the build keys used by the unity container. + + + + + Base class that provides an implementation of + which lets you override how the parameter resolvers are created. + + + + + An that returns a sequence + of properties that should be injected for the given type. + + + + + Returns sequence of properties on the given type that + should be set as part of building that object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of objects + that contain the properties to set. + + + + Returns sequence of properties on the given type that + should be set as part of building that object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of objects + that contain the properties to set. + + + + Create a for the given + property. + + Property to create resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Create a for the given + property. + + Property to create resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + A strategy that handles Hierarchical lifetimes across a set of parent/child + containers. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + A implementation that returns + the value set in the constructor. + + + + + A that is used at build plan execution time + to resolve a dependent value. + + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + Create a new instance of + which will return the given value when resolved. + + The value to return. + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + An implementation of that stores a + type and name, and at resolution time puts them together into a + . + + + + + Create an instance of + with the given type and name. + + The type. + The name (may be null). + + + + Resolve the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + The type that this resolver resolves. + + + + + The name that this resolver resolves. + + + + + A that will attempt to + resolve a value, and return null if it cannot rather than throwing. + + + + + Construct a new object + that will attempt to resolve the given name and type from the container. + + Type to resolve. Must be a reference type. + Name to resolve with. + + + + Construct a new object + that will attempt to resolve the given type from the container. + + Type to resolve. Must be a reference type. + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + Type this resolver will resolve. + + + + + Name this resolver will resolve. + + + + + An implementation of that resolves to + to an array populated with the values that result from resolving other instances + of . + + + + + Create an instance of + with the given type and a collection of + instances to use when populating the result. + + The type. + The resolver policies to use when populating an array. + + + + Resolve the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + An array pupulated with the results of resolving the resolver policies. + + + + An implementation of that selects + the given constructor and creates the appropriate resolvers to call it with + the specified parameters. + + + + + Create an instance of that + will return the given constructor, being passed the given injection values + as parameters. + + The constructor to call. + Set of objects + that describes how to obtain the values for the constructor parameters. + + + + Choose the constructor to call for the given type. + + Current build context + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + The chosen constructor. + + + + Helper class for implementing selector policies that need to + set up dependency resolver policies. + + + + + Add dependency resolvers to the parameter set. + + Type that's currently being built (used to resolve open generics). + PolicyList to add the resolvers to. + Objects supplying the dependency resolvers. + Result object to store the keys in. + + + + A implementation that calls the specific + methods with the given parameters. + + + + + Add the given method and parameter collection to the list of methods + that will be returned when the selector's + method is called. + + Method to call. + sequence of objects + that describe how to create the method parameter values. + + + + Return the sequence of methods to call while building the target object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of methods to call. + + + + An implemnetation of which returns + the set of specific properties that the selector was configured with. + + + + + Add a property that will be par of the set returned when the + is called. + + The property to set. + object describing + how to create the value to inject. + + + + Returns sequence of properties on the given type that + should be set as part of building that object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of objects + that contain the properties to set. + + + + The build stages we use in the Unity container + strategy pipeline. + + + + + First stage. By default, nothing happens here. + + + + + Second stage. Type mapping occurs here. + + + + + Third stage. lifetime managers are checked here, + and if they're available the rest of the pipeline is skipped. + + + + + Fourth stage. Reflection over constructors, properties, etc. is + performed here. + + + + + Fifth stage. Instance creation happens here. + + + + + Sixth stage. Property sets and method injection happens here. + + + + + Seventh and final stage. By default, nothing happens here. + + + + + Represents the context in which a build-up or tear-down operation runs. + + + + + Represents the context in which a build-up or tear-down operation runs. + + + + + Add a new set of resolver override objects to the current build operation. + + objects to add. + + + + Get a object for the given + or null if that dependency hasn't been overridden. + + Type of the dependency. + Resolver to use, or null if no override matches for the current operation. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. + + Key to use to build up. + Created object. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. This + overload allows you to specify extra policies which will be in effect for the duration + of the build. + + Key defining what to build up. + A delegate that takes a . This + is invoked with the new child context before the build up process starts. This gives callers + the opportunity to customize the context for the build process. + Created object. + + + + Gets the head of the strategy chain. + + + The strategy that's first in the chain; returns null if there are no + strategies in the chain. + + + + + Gets the associated with the build. + + + The associated with the build. + + + + + Gets the original build key for the build operation. + + + The original build key for the build operation. + + + + + Get the current build key for the current build operation. + + + + + The set of policies that were passed into this context. + + This returns the policies passed into the context. + Policies added here will remain after buildup completes. + The persistent policies for the current context. + + + + Gets the policies for the current context. + + Any policies added to this object are transient + and will be erased at the end of the buildup. + + The policies for the current context. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects + that need to execute in event of an exception. + + + + + The current object being built up or torn down. + + + The current object being manipulated by the build operation. May + be null if the object hasn't been created yet. + + + + Flag indicating if the build operation should continue. + + true means that building should not call any more + strategies, false means continue to the next strategy. + + + + An object representing what is currently being done in the + build chain. Used to report back errors if there's a failure. + + + + + The build context used to resolve a dependency during the build operation represented by this context. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with a , + , and the + build key used to start this build operation. + + The to use for this context. + The to use for this context. + The to use for this context. + Build key to start building. + The existing object to build up. + + + + Create a new using the explicitly provided + values. + + The to use for this context. + The to use for this context. + The set of persistent policies to use for this context. + The set of transient policies to use for this context. It is + the caller's responsibility to ensure that the transient and persistent policies are properly + combined. + Build key for this context. + Existing object to build up. + + + + Add a new set of resolver override objects to the current build operation. + + objects to add. + + + + Get a object for the given + or null if that dependency hasn't been overridden. + + Type of the dependency. + Resolver to use, or null if no override matches for the current operation. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. + + Key to use to build up. + Created object. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. This + overload allows you to specify extra policies which will be in effect for the duration + of the build. + + Key defining what to build up. + A delegate that takes a . This + is invoked with the new child context before the build up process starts. This gives callers + the opportunity to customize the context for the build process. + Created object. + + + + Gets the head of the strategy chain. + + + The strategy that's first in the chain; returns null if there are no + strategies in the chain. + + + + + Get the current build key for the current build operation. + + + + + The current object being built up or torn down. + + + The current object being manipulated by the build operation. May + be null if the object hasn't been created yet. + + + + Gets the associated with the build. + + + The associated with the build. + + + + + Gets the original build key for the build operation. + + + The original build key for the build operation. + + + + + The set of policies that were passed into this context. + + This returns the policies passed into the context. + Policies added here will remain after buildup completes. + The persistent policies for the current context. + + + + Gets the policies for the current context. + + + Any modifications will be transient (meaning, they will be forgotten when + the outer BuildUp for this context is finished executing). + + + The policies for the current context. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects + that need to execute in event of an exception. + + + + + Flag indicating if the build operation should continue. + + true means that building should not call any more + strategies, false means continue to the next strategy. + + + + An object representing what is currently being done in the + build chain. Used to report back errors if there's a failure. + + + + + The build context used to resolve a dependency during the build operation represented by this context. + + + + + Represents that a dependency could not be resolved. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with no extra information. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the given message. + + Some random message. + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with the given + message and inner exception. + + Some random message + Inner exception. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the build key of the object begin built. + + The build key of the object begin built. + + + + The exception thrown when injection is attempted on a method + that is an open generic or has out or ref params. + + + + + Construct a new with no + message. + + + + + Construct a with the given message + + Message to return. + + + + Construct a with the given message + and inner exception. + + Message to return. + Inner exception + + + + Extension methods to provide convenience overloads over the + interface. + + + + + Start a recursive build up operation to retrieve the default + value for the given type. + + Type of object to build. + Parent context. + Resulting object. + + + + Start a recursive build up operation to retrieve the named + implementation for the given type. + + Type to resolve. + Parent context. + Name to resolve with. + The resulting object. + + + + Add a set of s to the context, specified as a + variable argument list. + + Context to add overrides to. + The overrides. + + + + Data structure that stores the set of + objects and executes them when requested. + + + + + Add a new object to this + list. + + Object to add. + + + + Execute the method + of everything in the recovery list. Recoveries will execute + in the opposite order of add - it's a stack. + + + + + Return the number of recovery objects currently in the stack. + + + + + Represents a lifetime container. + + + A lifetime container tracks the lifetime of an object, and implements + IDisposable. When the container is disposed, any objects in the + container which implement IDisposable are also disposed. + + + + + Adds an object to the lifetime container. + + The item to be added to the lifetime container. + + + + Determine if a given object is in the lifetime container. + + + The item to locate in the lifetime container. + + + Returns true if the object is contained in the lifetime + container; returns false otherwise. + + + + + Removes an item from the lifetime container. The item is + not disposed. + + The item to be removed. + + + + Gets the number of references in the lifetime container + + + The number of references in the lifetime container + + + + + Represents a lifetime container. + + + A lifetime container tracks the lifetime of an object, and implements + IDisposable. When the container is disposed, any objects in the + container which implement IDisposable are also disposed. + + + + + Adds an object to the lifetime container. + + The item to be added to the lifetime container. + + + + Determine if a given object is in the lifetime container. + + + The item to locate in the lifetime container. + + + Returns true if the object is contained in the lifetime + container; returns false otherwise. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the . + + + + + Releases the managed resources used by the DbDataReader and optionally releases the unmanaged resources. + + + true to release managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the lifetime container. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the life time container. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the lifetime container. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the life time container. + + + + + Removes an item from the lifetime container. The item is + not disposed. + + The item to be removed. + + + + Gets the number of references in the lifetime container + + + The number of references in the lifetime container + + + + + A custom collection over objects. + + + + + Removes an individual policy type for a build key. + + The type of policy to remove. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Removes all policies from the list. + + + + + Removes a default policy. + + The type the policy was registered as. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies to. + True if the search should be in the local policy list only; otherwise false to search up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Sets an individual policy. + + The of the policy. + The policy to be registered. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Sets a default policy. When checking for a policy, if no specific individual policy + is available, the default will be used. + + The interface to register the policy under. + The default policy to be registered. + + + + A custom collection wrapper over objects. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of a class. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of a class with another policy list. + + An inner policy list to search. + + + + Removes an individual policy type for a build key. + + The type of policy to remove. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Removes all policies from the list. + + + + + Removes a default policy. + + The type the policy was registered as. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies to. + True if the search should be in the local policy list only; otherwise false to search up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Sets an individual policy. + + The of the policy. + The policy to be registered. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Sets a default policy. When checking for a policy, if no specific individual policy + is available, the default will be used. + + The interface to register the policy under. + The default policy to be registered. + + + + Gets the number of items in the locator. + + + The number of items in the locator. + + + + + Extension methods on to provide convenience + overloads (generic versions, mostly). + + + + + Removes an individual policy type for a build key. + + The type the policy was registered as. + to remove the policy from. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Removes a default policy. + + The type the policy was registered as. + to remove the policy from. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Sets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to add the policy to. + The policy to be registered. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Sets a default policy. When checking for a policy, if no specific individual policy + is available, the default will be used. + + The interface to register the policy under. + to add the policy to. + The default policy to be registered. + + + + An implementation of . + + + + + Add a new object to this + list. + + Object to add. + + + + Execute the method + of everything in the recovery list. Recoveries will execute + in the opposite order of add - it's a stack. + + + + + Return the number of recovery objects currently in the stack. + + + + + Implementation of which will notify an object about + the completion of a BuildUp operation, or start of a TearDown operation. + + + This strategy checks the object that is passing through the builder chain to see if it + implements IBuilderAware and if it does, it will call + and . This strategy is meant to be used from the + stage. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PreTearDown method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Implemented on a class when it wants to receive notifications + about the build process. + + + + + Called by the when the object is being built up. + + The key of the object that was just built up. + + + + Called by the when the object is being torn down. + + + + + Enumeration to represent the object builder stages. + + + The order of the values in the enumeration is the order in which the stages are run. + + + + + Strategies in this stage run before creation. Typical work done in this stage might + include strategies that use reflection to set policies into the context that other + strategies would later use. + + + + + Strategies in this stage create objects. Typically you will only have a single policy-driven + creation strategy in this stage. + + + + + Strategies in this stage work on created objects. Typical work done in this stage might + include setter injection and method calls. + + + + + Strategies in this stage work on objects that are already initialized. Typical work done in + this stage might include looking to see if the object implements some notification interface + to discover when its initialization stage has been completed. + + + + + Represents a builder policy for mapping build keys. + + + + + Represents a builder policy for mapping build keys. + + + + + Maps the build key. + + The build key to map. + Current build context. Used for contextual information + if writing a more sophisticated mapping. This parameter can be null + (called when getting container registrations). + The new build key. + + + + Initialize a new instance of the with the new build key. + + The new build key. + + + + Maps the build key. + + The build key to map. + Current build context. Used for contextual information + if writing a more sophisticated mapping, unused in this implementation. + The new build key. + + + + Represents a strategy for mapping build keys in the build up operation. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. Looks for the + and if found maps the build key for the current operation. + + The context for the operation. + + + + An implementation of that can map + generic types. + + + + + Create a new instance + that will map generic types. + + Build key to map to. This must be or contain an open generic type. + + + + Maps the build key. + + The build key to map. + Current build context. Used for contextual information + if writing a more sophisticated mapping. + The new build key. + + + + Base class for the current operation stored in the build context. + + + + + Create a new . + + Type currently being built. + + + + The type that's currently being built. + + + + + A that will look for a build plan + in the current context. If it exists, it invokes it, otherwise + it creates one and stores it for later, and invokes it. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. + + The context for the operation. + + + + An implementation of that chooses + constructors based on these criteria: first, pick a constructor marked with the + attribute. If there + isn't one, then choose the constructor with the longest parameter list. If that is ambiguous, + then throw. + + Thrown when the constructor to choose is ambiguous. + Attribute used to mark the constructor to call. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Objects of this type are the return value from . + It encapsulates the desired with the string keys + needed to look up the for each + parameter. + + + + + Base class for return values from selector policies that + return a memberinfo of some sort plus a list of parameter + keys to look up the parameter resolvers. + + + + + Base class for return of selector policies that need + to keep track of a set of parameter keys. + + + + + Add a new parameter key to this object. Keys are assumed + to be in the order of the parameters to the constructor. + + Key for the next parameter to look up. + + + + The set of keys for the constructor parameters. + + + + + Construct a new , storing + the given member info. + + Member info to store. + + + + The member info stored. + + + + + Create a new instance which + contains the given constructor. + + The constructor to wrap. + + + + The constructor this object wraps. + + + + + This class records the information about which constructor argument is currently + being resolved, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type that is being constructed. + A string representing the constructor being called. + Parameter being resolved. + + + + Generate the string describing what parameter was being resolved. + + The description string. + + + + String describing the constructor being set up. + + + + + Parameter that's being resolved. + + + + + A class that records that a constructor is about to be call, and is + responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generate the description string. + + The string. + + + + Constructor we're trying to call. + + + + + A class that records that a constructor is about to be call, and is + responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generate the description string. + + The string. + + + + Method we're trying to call. + + + + + This class records the information about which constructor argument is currently + being resolved, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type that is being constructed. + A string representing the method being called. + Parameter being resolved. + + + + Generate the string describing what parameter was being resolved. + + The description string. + + + + String describing the method being set up. + + + + + Parameter that's being resolved. + + + + + A base class that holds the information shared by all operations + performed by the container while setting properties. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generate the description of this operation. + + The string. + + + + Get a format string used to create the description. Called by + the base method. + + The format string. + + + + The property value currently being resolved. + + + + + This class records the information about which property value is currently + being resolved, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Get a format string used to create the description. Called by + the base method. + + The format string. + + + + This class records the information about which property value is currently + being set, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Type property is on. + Name of property being set. + + + + Get a format string used to create the description. Called by + the base method. + + The format string. + + + + Build plan for that will + return a func that will resolve the requested type + through this container later. + + + + + Creates an instance of this build plan's type, or fills + in the existing type if passed in. + + Context used to build up the object. + + + + An implementation of that selects + methods by looking for the given + attribute on those methods. + + Type of attribute used to mark methods + to inject. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Objects of this type are the return value from . + It encapsulates the desired with the string keys + needed to look up the for each + parameter. + + + + + Create a new instance which + contains the given method. + + The method + + + + The constructor this object wraps. + + + + + Creates an instance of this build plan's type, or fills + in the existing type if passed in. + + Context used to build up the object. + + + + An implementation of that looks + for properties marked with the + attribute that are also settable and not indexers. + + + + + + Create a for the given + property. + + Property to create resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Objects of this type are returned from + . + This class combines the about + the property with the string key used to look up the resolver + for this property's value. + + + + + Create an instance of + with the given and key. + + The property. + Key to use to look up the resolver. + + + + PropertyInfo for this property. + + + + + Key to look up this property's resolver. + + + + + Implementation of . + + + + + A builder policy that lets you keep track of the current + resolvers and will remove them from the given policy set. + + + + + Add a new resolver to track by key. + + Key that was used to add the resolver to the policy set. + + + + Remove the currently tracked resolvers from the given policy list. + + Policy list to remove the resolvers from. + + + + Add a new resolver to track by key. + + Key that was used to add the resolver to the policy set. + + + + Remove the currently tracked resolvers from the given policy list. + + Policy list to remove the resolvers from. + + + + Get an instance that implements , + either the current one in the policy set or creating a new one if it doesn't + exist. + + Policy list to look up from. + Build key to track. + The resolver tracker. + + + + Add a key to be tracked to the current tracker. + + Policy list containing the resolvers and trackers. + Build key for the resolvers being tracked. + Key for the resolver. + + + + Remove the resolvers for the given build key. + + Policy list containing the build key. + Build key. + + + + An implementation of that + calls back into the build chain to build up the dependency, passing + a type given at compile time as its build key. + + + + + Create a new instance storing the given type. + + Type to resolve. + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + This interface defines a standard method to convert any + regardless + of the stage enum into a regular, flat strategy chain. + + + + + Convert this into + a flat . + + The flattened . + + + + Represents a chain of responsibility for builder strategies. + + + + + Reverse the order of the strategy chain. + + The reversed strategy chain. + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context, + calling the Buildup methods on the strategies. + + Context for the build process. + The build up object + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context, + calling the TearDown methods on the strategies. + + Context for the teardown process. + + + + An implementation that uses + a to figure out if an object + has already been created and to update or remove that + object from some backing store. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Represents a chain of responsibility for builder strategies partitioned by stages. + + The stage enumeration to partition the strategies. + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with an inner strategy chain to use when building. + + The inner strategy chain to use first when finding strategies in the build operation. + + + + Adds a strategy to the chain at a particular stage. + + The strategy to add to the chain. + The stage to add the strategy. + + + + Add a new strategy for the . + + The of + The stage to add the strategy. + + + + Clear the current strategy chain list. + + + This will not clear the inner strategy chain if this instane was created with one. + + + + + Makes a strategy chain based on this instance. + + A new . + + + + Represents a chain of responsibility for builder strategies. + + + + + Initialzie a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initialzie a new instance of the class with a colleciton of strategies. + + A collection of strategies to initialize the chain. + + + + Adds a strategy to the chain. + + The strategy to add to the chain. + + + + Adds strategies to the chain. + + The strategies to add to the chain. + + + + Reverse the order of the strategy chain. + + The reversed strategy chain. + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context to build up. + + Context for the build processes. + The build up object + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context, + calling the TearDown methods on the strategies. + + Context for the teardown process. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + The almost inevitable collection of extra helper methods on + to augment the rich set of what + Linq already gives us. + + + + + Execute the provided on every item in . + + Type of the items stored in + Sequence of items to process. + Code to run over each item. + + + + Create a single string from a sequenc of items, separated by the provided , + and with the conversion to string done by the given . + + This method does basically the same thing as , + but will work on any sequence of items, not just arrays. + Type of items in the sequence. + Sequence of items to convert. + Separator to place between the items in the string. + The conversion function to change TItem -> string. + The resulting string. + + + + Create a single string from a sequenc of items, separated by the provided , + and with the conversion to string done by the item's method. + + This method does basically the same thing as , + but will work on any sequence of items, not just arrays. + Type of items in the sequence. + Sequence of items to convert. + Separator to place between the items in the string. + The resulting string. + + + + Build key used to combine a type object with a string name. Used by + ObjectBuilder to indicate exactly what is being built. + + + + + Create a new instance with the given + type and name. + + to build. + Key to use to look up type mappings and singletons. + + + + Create a new instance for the default + buildup of the given type. + + to build. + + + + This helper method creates a new instance. It is + initialized for the default key for the given type. + + Type to build. + A new instance. + + + + This helper method creates a new instance for + the given type and key. + + Type to build + Key to use to look up type mappings and singletons. + A new instance initialized with the given type and name. + + + + Compare two instances. + + Two instances compare equal + if they contain the same name and the same type. Also, comparing + against a different type will also return false. + Object to compare to. + True if the two keys are equal, false if not. + + + + Calculate a hash code for this instance. + + A hash code. + + + + Compare two instances for equality. + + Two instances compare equal + if they contain the same name and the same type. + First of the two keys to compare. + Second of the two keys to compare. + True if the values of the keys are the same, else false. + + + + Compare two instances for inequality. + + Two instances compare equal + if they contain the same name and the same type. If either field differs + the keys are not equal. + First of the two keys to compare. + Second of the two keys to compare. + false if the values of the keys are the same, else true. + + + + Formats the build key as a string (primarily for debugging). + + A readable string representation of the build key. + + + + Return the stored in this build key. + + The type to build. + + + + Returns the name stored in this build key. + + The name to use when building. + + + + A generic version of so that + you can new up a key using generic syntax. + + Type for the key. + + + + Construct a new that + specifies the given type. + + + + + Construct a new that + specifies the given type and name. + + Name for the key. + + + + A series of helper methods to deal with sequences - + objects that implement . + + + + + A function that turns an arbitrary parameter list into an + . + + Type of arguments. + The items to put into the collection. + An array that contains the values of the . + + + + Given two sequences, return a new sequence containing the corresponding values + from each one. + + Type of first sequence. + Type of second sequence. + First sequence of items. + Second sequence of items. + New sequence of pairs. This sequence ends when the shorter of sequence1 and sequence2 does. + + + + A class that lets you + override a named parameter passed to a constructor. + + + + + Construct a new object that will + override the given named constructor parameter, and pass the given + value. + + Name of the constructor parameter. + Value to pass for the constructor. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience form of that lets you + specify multiple parameter overrides in one shot rather than having + to construct multiple objects. + + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + A that lets you override + the value for a specified property. + + + + + Create an instance of . + + The property name. + Value to use for the property. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience form of that lets you + specify multiple property overrides in one shot rather than having + to construct multiple objects. + + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + The exception thrown by the Unity container when + an attempt to resolve a dependency fails. + + + + + Create a new that records + the exception for the given type and name. + + Type requested from the container. + Name requested from the container. + The actual exception that caused the failure of the build. + The build context representing the failed operation. + + + + The type that was being requested from the container at the time of failure. + + + + + The name that was being requested from the container at the time of failure. + + + + + Interface defining the configuration interface exposed by the + Static Factory extension. + + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve and . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + The name that will be used when requesting to resolve this type. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + A that lets you register a + delegate with the container to create an object, rather than calling + the object's constructor. + + + + + Initialize this extension. This particular extension requires no + initialization work. + + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve and . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + The name that will be used when requesting to resolve this type. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + An implementation of that + acts as a decorator over another . + This checks to see if the current type being built is the + right one before checking the inner . + + + + + Create an instance of + + Type to check for. + Inner override to check after type matches. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience version of that lets you + specify the type to construct via generics syntax. + + Type to check for. + + + + Create an instance of . + + Inner override to check after type matches. + + + + A simple, extensible dependency injection container. + + + + + Create a default . + + + + + Create a with the given parent container. + + The parent . The current object + will apply its own settings first, and then check the parent for additional ones. + + + + RegisterType a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + RegisterType an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Name for registration. + + If true, the container will take over the lifetime of the instance, + calling Dispose on it (if it's ) when the container is Disposed. + + If false, container will not maintain a strong reference to . User is reponsible + for disposing instance, and for keeping the instance from being garbage collected. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Get an instance of the requested type with the given name from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Name of the object to retrieve. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Return instances of all registered types requested. + + + + This method is useful if you've registered multiple types with the same + but different names. + + + Be aware that this method does NOT return an instance for the default (unnamed) registration. + + + The type requested. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + Set of objects of type . + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + of object to perform injection on. + Instance to build up. + name to use when looking up the typemappings and other configurations. + Any overrides for the buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container, and clean it up. + + The object to tear down. + + + + Add an extension object to the container. + + to add. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Get access to a configuration interface exposed by an extension. + + Extensions can expose configuration interfaces as well as adding + strategies and policies to the container. This method walks the list of + added extensions and returns the first one that implements the requested type. + + of configuration interface required. + The requested extension's configuration interface, or null if not found. + + + + Remove all installed extensions from this container. + + + + This method removes all extensions from the container, including the default ones + that implement the out-of-the-box behavior. After this method, if you want to use + the container again you will need to either readd the default extensions or replace + them with your own. + + + The registered instances and singletons that have already been set up in this container + do not get removed. + + + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Create a child container. + + + A child container shares the parent's configuration, but can be configured with different + settings or lifetime. + The new child container. + + + + Dispose this container instance. + + + Disposing the container also disposes any child containers, + and disposes any instances whose lifetimes are managed + by the container. + + + + + Dispose this container instance. + + + This class doesn't have a finalizer, so will always be true. + True if being called from the IDisposable.Dispose + method, false if being called from a finalizer. + + + + Remove policies associated with building this type. This removes the + compiled build plan so that it can be rebuilt with the new settings + the next time this type is resolved. + + Type of object to clear the plan for. + Name the object is being registered with. + + + + The parent of this container. + + The parent container, or null if this container doesn't have one. + + + + Get a sequence of that describe the current state + of the container. + + + + + Implementation of the ExtensionContext that is actually used + by the UnityContainer implementation. + + + This is a nested class so that it can access state in the + container that would otherwise be inaccessible. + + + + + This event is raised when the method, + or one of its overloads, is called. + + + + + Extension class that adds a set of convenience overloads to the + interface. + + + + + Register a type with specific members to be injected. + + Type this registration is for. + Container to configure. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + + This overload registers a default mapping and transient lifetime. + + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + Name of this mapping. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + The type to apply the to. + Container to configure. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + The type to configure injection on. + Container to configure. + Name that will be used to request the type. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + The type to apply the to. + Container to configure. + Name that will be used to request the type. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type with specific members to be injected. + + Container to configure. + Type this registration is for. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + + This overload registers a default mapping. + + + Container to configure. + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + Container to configure. + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + Container to configure. + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + Container to configure. + The to apply the to. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + Container to configure. + The to configure in the container. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + Container to configure. + The to apply the to. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration and has the container take over the lifetime of the instance. + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Container to configure. + Object to returned. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration (name = null). + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Container to configure. + Object to returned. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload automatically has the container take ownership of the . + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Container to configure. + Name for registration. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Container to configure. + Name for registration. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration and has the container take over the lifetime of the instance. + + Container to configure. + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration (name = null). + + + Container to configure. + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload automatically has the container take ownership of the . + + Container to configure. + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Name for registration. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve an instance of the default requested type from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Container to resolve from. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Resolve an instance of the requested type with the given name from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Container to resolve from. + Name of the object to retrieve. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Resolve an instance of the default requested type from the container. + + Container to resolve from. + of object to get from the container. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Return instances of all registered types requested. + + + + This method is useful if you've registered multiple types with the same + but different names. + + + Be aware that this method does NOT return an instance for the default (unnamed) registration. + + + The type requested. + Container to resolve from. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + Set of objects of type . + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + + This overload uses the default registrations. + + + of object to perform injection on. + Container to resolve through. + Instance to build up. + Any overrides for the buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + of object to perform injection on. + Conatiner to resolve through. + Instance to build up. + name to use when looking up the typemappings and other configurations. + Any overrides for the Buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + + This overload uses the default registrations. + + + Container to resolve through. + of object to perform injection on. + Instance to build up. + Any overrides for the Buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Creates a new extension object and adds it to the container. + + Type of to add. The extension type + will be resolved from within the supplied . + Container to add the extension to. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve access to a configuration interface exposed by an extension. + + Extensions can expose configuration interfaces as well as adding + strategies and policies to the container. This method walks the list of + added extensions and returns the first one that implements the requested type. + + The configuration interface required. + Container to configure. + The requested extension's configuration interface, or null if not found. + + + + Check if a particular type has been registered with the container with + the default name. + + Container to inspect. + Type to check registration for. + True if this type has been registered, false if not. + + + + Check if a particular type/name pair has been registered with the container. + + Container to inspect. + Type to check registration for. + Name to check registration for. + True if this type/name pair has been registered, false if not. + + + + Check if a particular type has been registered with the container with the default name. + + Type to check registration for. + Container to inspect. + True if this type has been registered, false if not. + + + + Check if a particular type/name pair has been registered with the container. + + Type to check registration for. + Container to inspect. + Name to check registration for. + True if this type/name pair has been registered, false if not. + + + + This extension supplies the default behavior of the UnityContainer API + by handling the context events and setting policies. + + + + + Install the default container behavior into the container. + + + + + Remove the default behavior from the container. + + + + + This extension installs the default strategies and policies into the container + to implement the standard behavior of the Unity container. + + + + + Add the default ObjectBuilder strategies & policies to the container. + + + + + A static helper class that includes various parameter checking routines. + + + + + Throws if the given argument is null. + + if tested value if null. + Argument value to test. + Name of the argument being tested. + + + + Throws an exception if the tested string argument is null or the empty string. + + Thrown if string value is null. + Thrown if the string is empty + Argument value to check. + Name of argument being checked. + + + + Verifies that an argument type is assignable from the provided type (meaning + interfaces are implemented, or classes exist in the base class hierarchy). + + The argument type that will be assigned to. + The type of the value being assigned. + Argument name. + + + + Verifies that an argument instance is assignable from the provided type (meaning + interfaces are implemented, or classes exist in the base class hierarchy, or instance can be + assigned through a runtime wrapper, as is the case for COM Objects). + + The argument type that will be assigned to. + The instance that will be assigned. + Argument name. + + + + Helper class to wrap common reflection stuff dealing with + methods. + + + + + Create a new instance that + lets us do more reflection stuff on that method. + + The method to reflect on. + + + + Given our set of generic type arguments, + + The generic type arguments. + An array with closed parameter types. + + + + Returns true if any of the parameters of this method + are open generics. + + + + + Return the of each parameter for this + method. + + Sequence of objects, one for + each parameter in order. + + + + A helper class that encapsulates two different + data items together into a a single item. + + + + + Create a new containing + the two values give. + + First value + Second value + + + + The first value of the pair. + + + + + The second value of the pair. + + + + + Container for a Pair helper method. + + + + + A helper factory method that lets users take advantage of type inference. + + Type of first value. + Type of second value. + First value. + Second value. + A new instance. + + + + A utility class that handles the logic of matching parameter + lists, so we can find the right constructor and method overloads. + + + + + Create a new that will attempt to + match the given parameter types. + + Target parameters to match against. + + + + Tests to see if the given set of types matches the ones + we're looking for. + + parameter list to look for. + true if they match, false if they don't. + + + + Tests to see if the given set of types matches the ones we're looking for. + + Candidate method signature to look for. + True if they match, false if they don't. + + + + Another reflection helper class that has extra methods + for dealing with ParameterInfos. + + + + + A small helper class to encapsulate details of the + reflection API, particularly around generics. + + + + + Create a new instance that + lets you look at information about the given type. + + Type to do reflection on. + + + + Test the given object, looking at + the parameters. Determine if any of the parameters are + open generic types that need type attributes filled in. + + The method to check. + True if any of the parameters are open generics. False if not. + + + + If this type is an open generic, use the + given array to + determine what the required closed type is and return that. + + If the parameter is not an open type, just + return this parameter's type. + Type arguments to substitute in for + the open type parameters. + Corresponding closed type of this parameter. + + + + Given a generic argument name, return the corresponding type for this + closed type. For example, if the current type is SomeType<User>, and the + corresponding definition was SomeType<TSomething>, calling this method + and passing "TSomething" will return typeof(User). + + Name of the generic parameter. + Type of the corresponding generic parameter, or null if there + is no matching name. + + + + The object we're reflecting over. + + + + + Is this type generic? + + + + + Is this type an open generic (no type parameter specified) + + + + + Is this type an array type? + + + + + Is this type an array of generic elements? + + + + + The type of the elements in this type (if it's an array). + + + + + Returns all the public constructors defined for the current reflected . + + + An enumeration of ConstructorInfo objects representing all the public instance constructors defined for the + current reflected , but not including the type initializer (static constructor). + + + + + Create a new instance of that + lets you query information about the given ParameterInfo object. + + Parameter to query. + + + + A set of helper methods to pick through lambdas and pull out + from them. + + + + + Pull out a object from an expression of the form + () => SomeClass.SomeMethod() + + Expression describing the method to call. + Corresponding . + + + + Pull out a object from an expression of the form + x => x.SomeMethod() + + The type where the method is defined. + Expression describing the method to call. + Corresponding . + + + + Pull out a object for the get method from an expression of the form + x => x.SomeProperty + + The type where the method is defined. + The type for the property. + Expression describing the property for which the get method is to be extracted. + Corresponding . + + + + Pull out a object for the set method from an expression of the form + x => x.SomeProperty + + The type where the method is defined. + The type for the property. + Expression describing the property for which the set method is to be extracted. + Corresponding . + + + + + + + + + + + + + Pull out a object from an expression of the form () => new SomeType() + + The type where the constructor is defined. + Expression invoking the desired constructor. + Corresponding . + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.xml b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0de6a577996 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Practices.Unity.xml @@ -0,0 +1,6179 @@ + + + + Microsoft.Practices.Unity + + + + + The exception that is thrown when registering multiple types would result in an type mapping being overwritten. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The name for the mapping. + The source type for the mapping. + The type currently mapped. + The new type to map. + + + + Gets the name for the mapping. + + + + + Gets the source type for the mapping. + + + + + Gets the type currently mapped. + + + + + Gets the new type to map. + + + + + Provides helper methods to specify the lifetime for a type with registration by convention. + + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A lifetime manager + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A container controlled lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + An externally controlled lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A hierarchical lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A per resolve lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A transient lifetime manager. + + + + Returns a . + + The custom type. + The type. + + A lifetime manager. + + + + + Returns a . + + The type. + A per thread lifetime manager. + + + + Provides helper methods to retrieve classes from assemblies. + + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from . + + The assemblies. + All visible, non-abstract classes found in the assemblies. + is . + contains elements. + All exceptions thrown while getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types that can be retrieved are returned. + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from , and optionally skips errors. + + to skip errors; otherwise, . + The assemblies. + + All visible, non-abstract classes. + + is . + contains elements. + + If is , all exceptions thrown while getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types + that can be retrieved are returned; otherwise, the original exception is thrown. + + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from . + + to skip errors; otherwise, . + The assemblies. + + All visible, non-abstract classes. + + is . + contains elements. + + If is , all exceptions thrown while getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types + that can be retrieved are returned; otherwise, the original exception is thrown. + + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from all assemblies that are loaded in the current application domain. + + to include system assemblies; otherwise, . Defaults to . + to include the Unity assemblies; otherwise, . Defaults to . + to include dynamic assemblies; otherwise, . Defaults to . + to skip errors; otherwise, . + + All visible, non-abstract classes in the loaded assemblies. + + + If is , all exceptions thrown while getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types + that can be retrieved are returned; otherwise, the original exception is thrown. + + + + + Returns all visible, non-abstract classes from all assemblies that are located in the base folder of the current application domain. + + to include system assemblies; otherwise, . Defaults to . + to include the Unity assemblies; otherwise, . Defaults to . + to skip errors; otherwise, . + + All visible, non-abstract classes. + + + If is , all exceptions thrown while loading assemblies or getting types from the assemblies are ignored, and the types + that can be retrieved are returned; otherwise, the original exception is thrown. + + + + + Represents a set of types to register and their registration settings. + + + + + Gets types to register. + + + + + Gets a function to get the types that will be requested for each type to configure. + + + + + Gets a function to get the name to use for the registration of each type. + + + + + Gets a function to get the for the registration of each type. Defaults to no lifetime management. + + + + + + Gets a function to get the additional objects for the registration of each type. Defaults to no injection members. + + + + + + Provides helper methods to get type names. + + + + + Returns the type name. + + The type. + The type name. + + + + Returns null for the registration name. + + The type. + + + + + Provides helper methods to map types to the types interfaces to which register them. + + + + + Returns no types. + + The type to register. + An empty enumeration. + + + + Returns an enumeration with the interface that matches the name of . + + The type to register. + An enumeration with the first interface matching the name of (for example, if type is MyType, a matching interface is IMyType), + or an empty enumeration if no such interface is found. + + + + Returns an enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by . + + The type to register. + An enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by the implementation type except . + + + + Returns an enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by that belong to the same assembly as implementationType. + + The type to register. + An enumeration with all the interfaces implemented by the implementation type that belong to the same assembly. + + + + Provides a set of convenience overloads to the + interface to support registration of multiple types. + + + + + Registers the supplied types by using the specified rules for name, lifetime manager, injection members, and registration types. + + The container to configure. + The types to register. The methods in the class can be used to scan assemblies to get types, and further filtering can be performed using LINQ queries. + A function that gets the types that will be requested for each type to configure. It can be a method from the class or a custom function. Defaults to no registration types, and registers only the supplied types. + A function that gets the name to use for the registration of each type. It can be a method from the or a custom function. Defaults to no name. + A function that gets the for the registration of each type. It can be a method from the class or a custom function. Defaults to no lifetime management. + A function that gets the additional objects for the registration of each type. Defaults to no injection members. + to overwrite existing mappings; otherwise, . Defaults to . + + The container that this method was called on. + + A new registration would overwrite an existing mapping and is . + + + + Registers the types according to the . + + The container to configure. + The convention to determine which types will be registered and how. + to overwrite existing mappings; otherwise, . Defaults to . + + The container that this method was called on. + + + + + An implementation + that constructs a build plan for creating objects. + + + + + A that can create and return an + for the given build key. + + + + + Represents a builder policy interface. Since there are no fixed requirements + for policies, it acts as a marker interface from which to derive all other + policy interfaces. + + + + + Create a build plan using the given context and build key. + + Current build context. + Current build key. + The build plan. + + + + Creates a build plan using the given context and build key. + + Current build context. + Current build key. + + The build plan. + + + + + Provides extension methods to the class due to the introduction + of class in the .NET for Windows Store apps. + + + + + Returns the constructor in that matches the specified constructor parameter types. + + The type to inspect + The constructor parameter types. + The constructor that matches the specified parameter types. + + + + Returns the non-static declared methods of a type or its base types. + + The type to inspect + An enumerable of the objects. + + + + Returns the non-static method of a type or its based type. + + The type to inspect + The name of the method to seek. + The (closed) parameter type signature of the method. + The discovered + + + + Returns the declared properties of a type or its base types. + + The type to inspect + An enumerable of the objects. + + + + Determines if the types in a parameter set ordinally matches the set of supplied types. + + + + + + + + Base class for attributes that can be placed on parameters + or properties to specify how to resolve the value for + that parameter or property. + + + + + Create an instance of that + will be used to get the value for the member this attribute is + applied to. + + Type of parameter or property that + this attribute is decoration. + The resolver object. + + + + This attribute is used to indicate which constructor to choose when + the container attempts to build a type. + + + + + This attribute is used to mark methods that should be called when + the container is building an object. + + + + + This attribute is used to mark properties and parameters as targets for injection. + + + For properties, this attribute is necessary for injection to happen. For parameters, + it's not needed unless you want to specify additional information to control how + the parameter is resolved. + + + + + Create an instance of with no name. + + + + + Create an instance of with the given name. + + Name to use when resolving this dependency. + + + + Create an instance of that + will be used to get the value for the member this attribute is + applied to. + + Type of parameter or property that + this attribute is decoration. + The resolver object. + + + + The name specified in the constructor. + + + + + An used to mark a dependency + as optional - the container will try to resolve it, and return null + if the resolution fails rather than throw. + + + + + Construct a new object. + + + + + Construct a new object that + specifies a named dependency. + + Name of the dependency. + + + + Create an instance of that + will be used to get the value for the member this attribute is + applied to. + + Type of parameter or property that + this attribute is decoration. + The resolver object. + + + + Name of the dependency. + + + + + A that composites other + ResolverOverride objects. The GetResolver operation then + returns the resolver from the first child override that + matches the current context and request. + + + + + Base class for all override objects passed in the + method. + + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + Wrap this resolver in one that verifies the type of the object being built. + This allows you to narrow any override down to a specific type easily. + + Type to constrain the override to. + The new override. + + + + Wrap this resolver in one that verifies the type of the object being built. + This allows you to narrow any override down to a specific type easily. + + Type to constrain the override to. + The new override. + + + + Add a new to the collection + that is checked. + + item to add. + + + + Add a setof s to the collection. + + items to add. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + Class that returns information about the types registered in a container. + + + + + The type that was passed to the method + as the "from" type, or the only type if type mapping wasn't done. + + + + + The type that this registration is mapped to. If no type mapping was done, the + property and this one will have the same value. + + + + + Name the type was registered under. Null for default registration. + + + + + The registered lifetime manager instance. + + + + + The lifetime manager for this registration. + + + This property will be null if this registration is for an open generic. + + + + A class that overrides + the value injected whenever there is a dependency of the + given type, regardless of where it appears in the object graph. + + + + + Create an instance of to override + the given type with the given value. + + Type of the dependency. + Value to use. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience version of that lets you + specify the dependency type using generic syntax. + + Type of the dependency to override. + + + + Construct a new object that will + override the given dependency, and pass the given value. + + + + + A convenience form of that lets you + specify multiple parameter overrides in one shot rather than having + to construct multiple objects. + + + This class isn't really a collection, it just implements IEnumerable + so that we get use of the nice C# collection initializer syntax. + + + + + Base helper class for creating collections of objects + for use in passing a bunch of them to the resolve call. This base class provides + the mechanics needed to allow you to use the C# collection initializer syntax. + + Concrete type of the this class collects. + Key used to create the underlying override object. + Value that the override returns. + + + + Add a new override to the collection with the given key and value. + + Key - for example, a parameter or property name. + Value - the value to be returned by the override. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + Event argument class for the event. + + + + + Construct a new object with the + given child container object. + + An for the newly created child + container. + + + + The newly created child container. + + + + + An extension context for the created child container. + + + + + Base class for subclasses that let you specify that + an instance of a generic type parameter should be resolved. + + + + + Base type for objects that are used to configure parameters for + constructor or method injection, or for getting the value to + be injected into a property. + + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + Convert the given set of arbitrary values to a sequence of InjectionParameterValue + objects. The rules are: If it's already an InjectionParameterValue, return it. If + it's a Type, return a ResolvedParameter object for that type. Otherwise return + an InjectionParameter object for that value. + + The values to build the sequence from. + The resulting converted sequence. + + + + Convert an arbitrary value to an InjectionParameterValue object. The rules are: + If it's already an InjectionParameterValue, return it. If it's a Type, return a + ResolvedParameter object for that type. Otherwise return an InjectionParameter + object for that value. + + The value to convert. + The resulting . + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + name to use when looking up in the container. + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + The actual type to resolve. + The resolution key. + The . + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + A that lets you specify that + an instance of a generic type parameter should be resolved, providing the + value if resolving fails. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + name to use when looking up in the container. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + The actual type to resolve. + The resolution key. + The . + + + + A class that lets you specify a factory method the container + will use to create the object. + + This is a significantly easier way to do the same + thing the old static factory extension was used for. + + + + Base class for objects that can be used to configure what + class members get injected by the container. + + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type to register. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type of interface being registered. If no interface, + this will be null. + Type of concrete type being registered. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + Create a new instance of with + the given factory function. + + Factory function. + + + + Create a new instance of with + the given factory function. + + Factory function. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type of interface being registered. If no interface, + this will be null. This parameter is ignored in this implementation. + Type of concrete type being registered. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + A that can be passed to + to configure a + parameter or property as an optional dependency. + + + + + A base class for implementing classes + that deal in explicit types. + + + + + Create a new that exposes + information about the given . + + Type of the parameter. + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + + + + The type of parameter this object represents. + + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + Construct a new object that + specifies the given . + + Type of the dependency. + + + + Construct a new object that + specifies the given and . + + Type of the dependency. + Name for the dependency. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of that lets you + specify the type of the dependency using generics syntax. + + Type of the dependency. + + + + Construct a new . + + + + + Construct a new with the given + . + + Name of the dependency. + + + + A special lifetime manager which works like , + except that in the presence of child containers, each child gets it's own instance + of the object, instead of sharing one in the common parent. + + + + + A that holds onto the instance given to it. + When the is disposed, + the instance is disposed with it. + + + + + Base class for Lifetime managers which need to synchronize calls to + . + + + + The purpose of this class is to provide a basic implementation of the lifetime manager synchronization pattern. + + + Calls to the method of a + instance acquire a lock, and if the instance has not been initialized with a value yet the lock will only be released + when such an initialization takes place by calling the method or if + the build request which resulted in the call to the GetValue method fails. + + + + + + + Base class for Lifetime managers - classes that control how + and when instances are created by the Unity container. + + + + + A that controls how instances are + persisted and recovered from an external store. Used to implement + things like singletons and per-http-request lifetime. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object to store. + + + + Remove the value this lifetime policy is managing from backing store. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + This interface provides a hook for the builder context to + implement error recovery when a builder strategy throws + an exception. Since we can't get try/finally blocks onto + the call stack for later stages in the chain, we instead + add these objects to the context. If there's an exception, + all the current IRequiresRecovery instances will have + their Recover methods called. + + + + + A method that does whatever is needed to clean up + as part of cleaning up after an exception. + + + Don't do anything that could throw in this method, + it will cause later recover operations to get skipped + and play real havoc with the stack trace. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + Calls to this method acquire a lock which is released only if a non-null value + has been set for the lifetime manager. + + + + Performs the actual retrieval of a value from the backing store associated + with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + This method is invoked by + after it has acquired its lock. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + Setting a value will attempt to release the lock acquired by + . + + + + Performs the actual storage of the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + This method is invoked by + before releasing its lock. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + A method that does whatever is needed to clean up + as part of cleaning up after an exception. + + + Don't do anything that could throw in this method, + it will cause later recover operations to get skipped + and play real havoc with the stack trace. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + 2 + + + + Standard Dispose pattern implementation. Not needed, but it keeps FxCop happy. + + Always true, since we don't have a finalizer. + + + + This is a custom lifetime manager that acts like , + but also provides a signal to the default build plan, marking the type so that + instances are reused across the build up object graph. + + + + + Construct a new object that does not + itself manage an instance. + + + + + Construct a new object that stores the + give value. This value will be returned by + but is not stored in the lifetime manager, nor is the value disposed. + This Lifetime manager is intended only for internal use, which is why the + normal method is not used here. + + Value to store. + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. In this class, + this is a noop, since it has special hooks down in the guts. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. Noop in this class. + + + + + A strategy that handles Hierarchical lifetimes across a set of parent/child + containers. + + + + + Represents a strategy in the chain of responsibility. + Strategies are required to support both BuildUp and TearDown. + + + + + Represents a strategy in the chain of responsibility. + Strategies are required to support both BuildUp and TearDown. Although you + can implement this interface directly, you may also choose to use + as the base class for your strategies, as + this class provides useful helper methods and makes support BuildUp and TearDown + optional. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PreTearDown method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PostTearDown method is called when the chain has finished the PreTearDown + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreTearDown calls. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PreTearDown method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PostTearDown method is called when the chain has finished the PreTearDown + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreTearDown calls. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + A that will attempt to + resolve a value, and return null if it cannot rather than throwing. + + + + + A that is used at build plan execution time + to resolve a dependent value. + + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + Construct a new object + that will attempt to resolve the given name and type from the container. + + Type to resolve. Must be a reference type. + Name to resolve with. + + + + Construct a new object + that will attempt to resolve the given type from the container. + + Type to resolve. Must be a reference type. + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + Type this resolver will resolve. + + + + + Name this resolver will resolve. + + + + + Extension methods on to provide convenience + overloads (generic versions, mostly). + + + + + Removes an individual policy type for a build key. + + The type the policy was registered as. + to remove the policy from. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Removes a default policy. + + The type the policy was registered as. + to remove the policy from. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to search. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list that actually contains the returned policy. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + to search. + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Sets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + to add the policy to. + The policy to be registered. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Sets a default policy. When checking for a policy, if no specific individual policy + is available, the default will be used. + + The interface to register the policy under. + to add the policy to. + The default policy to be registered. + + + + Base class for the current operation stored in the build context. + + + + + Create a new . + + Type currently being built. + + + + The type that's currently being built. + + + + + Build plan for that will + return a func that will resolve the requested type + through this container later. + + + + + A build plan is an object that, when invoked, will create a new object + or fill in a given existing one. It encapsulates all the information + gathered by the strategies to construct a particular object. + + + + + Creates an instance of this build plan's type, or fills + in the existing type if passed in. + + Context used to build up the object. + + + + Creates an instance of this build plan's type, or fills + in the existing type if passed in. + + Context used to build up the object. + + + + The almost inevitable collection of extra helper methods on + to augment the rich set of what + Linq already gives us. + + + + + Execute the provided on every item in . + + Type of the items stored in + Sequence of items to process. + Code to run over each item. + + + + Create a single string from a sequenc of items, separated by the provided , + and with the conversion to string done by the given . + + This method does basically the same thing as , + but will work on any sequence of items, not just arrays. + Type of items in the sequence. + Sequence of items to convert. + Separator to place between the items in the string. + The conversion function to change TItem -> string. + The resulting string. + + + + Create a single string from a sequenc of items, separated by the provided , + and with the conversion to string done by the item's method. + + This method does basically the same thing as , + but will work on any sequence of items, not just arrays. + Type of items in the sequence. + Sequence of items to convert. + Separator to place between the items in the string. + The resulting string. + + + + A class that lets you + override a named parameter passed to a constructor. + + + + + Construct a new object that will + override the given named constructor parameter, and pass the given + value. + + Name of the constructor parameter. + Value to pass for the constructor. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience form of that lets you + specify multiple parameter overrides in one shot rather than having + to construct multiple objects. + + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + A that lets you override + the value for a specified property. + + + + + Create an instance of . + + The property name. + Value to use for the property. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience form of that lets you + specify multiple property overrides in one shot rather than having + to construct multiple objects. + + + + + When implemented in derived classes, this method is called from the + method to create the actual objects. + + Key value to create the resolver. + Value to store in the resolver. + The created . + + + + Interface defining the configuration interface exposed by the + Static Factory extension. + + + + + Base interface for all extension configuration interfaces. + + + + + Retrieve the container instance that we are currently configuring. + + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve and . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + The name that will be used when requesting to resolve this type. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + Represents the context in which a build-up or tear-down operation runs. + + + + + Represents the context in which a build-up or tear-down operation runs. + + + + + Add a new set of resolver override objects to the current build operation. + + objects to add. + + + + Get a object for the given + or null if that dependency hasn't been overridden. + + Type of the dependency. + Resolver to use, or null if no override matches for the current operation. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. + + Key to use to build up. + Created object. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. This + overload allows you to specify extra policies which will be in effect for the duration + of the build. + + Key defining what to build up. + A delegate that takes a . This + is invoked with the new child context before the build up process starts. This gives callers + the opportunity to customize the context for the build process. + Created object. + + + + Gets the head of the strategy chain. + + + The strategy that's first in the chain; returns null if there are no + strategies in the chain. + + + + + Gets the associated with the build. + + + The associated with the build. + + + + + Gets the original build key for the build operation. + + + The original build key for the build operation. + + + + + Get the current build key for the current build operation. + + + + + The set of policies that were passed into this context. + + This returns the policies passed into the context. + Policies added here will remain after buildup completes. + The persistent policies for the current context. + + + + Gets the policies for the current context. + + Any policies added to this object are transient + and will be erased at the end of the buildup. + + The policies for the current context. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects + that need to execute in event of an exception. + + + + + The current object being built up or torn down. + + + The current object being manipulated by the build operation. May + be null if the object hasn't been created yet. + + + + Flag indicating if the build operation should continue. + + true means that building should not call any more + strategies, false means continue to the next strategy. + + + + An object representing what is currently being done in the + build chain. Used to report back errors if there's a failure. + + + + + The build context used to resolve a dependency during the build operation represented by this context. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with a , + , and the + build key used to start this build operation. + + The to use for this context. + The to use for this context. + The to use for this context. + Build key to start building. + The existing object to build up. + + + + Create a new using the explicitly provided + values. + + The to use for this context. + The to use for this context. + The set of persistent policies to use for this context. + The set of transient policies to use for this context. It is + the caller's responsibility to ensure that the transient and persistent policies are properly + combined. + Build key for this context. + Existing object to build up. + + + + Add a new set of resolver override objects to the current build operation. + + objects to add. + + + + Get a object for the given + or null if that dependency hasn't been overridden. + + Type of the dependency. + Resolver to use, or null if no override matches for the current operation. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. + + Key to use to build up. + Created object. + + + + A convenience method to do a new buildup operation on an existing context. This + overload allows you to specify extra policies which will be in effect for the duration + of the build. + + Key defining what to build up. + A delegate that takes a . This + is invoked with the new child context before the build up process starts. This gives callers + the opportunity to customize the context for the build process. + Created object. + + + + Gets the head of the strategy chain. + + + The strategy that's first in the chain; returns null if there are no + strategies in the chain. + + + + + Get the current build key for the current build operation. + + + + + The current object being built up or torn down. + + + The current object being manipulated by the build operation. May + be null if the object hasn't been created yet. + + + + Gets the associated with the build. + + + The associated with the build. + + + + + Gets the original build key for the build operation. + + + The original build key for the build operation. + + + + + The set of policies that were passed into this context. + + This returns the policies passed into the context. + Policies added here will remain after buildup completes. + The persistent policies for the current context. + + + + Gets the policies for the current context. + + + Any modifications will be transient (meaning, they will be forgotten when + the outer BuildUp for this context is finished executing). + + + The policies for the current context. + + + + + Gets the collection of objects + that need to execute in event of an exception. + + + + + Flag indicating if the build operation should continue. + + true means that building should not call any more + strategies, false means continue to the next strategy. + + + + An object representing what is currently being done in the + build chain. Used to report back errors if there's a failure. + + + + + The build context used to resolve a dependency during the build operation represented by this context. + + + + + Represents that a dependency could not be resolved. + + + Represents that a dependency could not be resolved. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with no extra information. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the given message. + + Some random message. + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with the given + message and inner exception. + + Some random message + Inner exception. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with the build key of the object begin built. + + The build key of the object begin built. + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data. + + The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. + The that contains contextual information about the source or destination. + + + + The exception thrown when injection is attempted on a method + that is an open generic or has out or ref params. + + + The exception thrown when injection is attempted on a method + that is an open generic or has out or ref params. + + + + + Construct a new with no + message. + + + + + Construct a with the given message + + Message to return. + + + + Construct a with the given message + and inner exception. + + Message to return. + Inner exception + + + + Used for serialization. + + Serialization info. + Serialization context. + + + + Extension methods to provide convenience overloads over the + interface. + + + + + Start a recursive build up operation to retrieve the default + value for the given type. + + Type of object to build. + Parent context. + Resulting object. + + + + Start a recursive build up operation to retrieve the named + implementation for the given type. + + Type to resolve. + Parent context. + Name to resolve with. + The resulting object. + + + + Add a set of s to the context, specified as a + variable argument list. + + Context to add overrides to. + The overrides. + + + + Data structure that stores the set of + objects and executes them when requested. + + + + + Add a new object to this + list. + + Object to add. + + + + Execute the method + of everything in the recovery list. Recoveries will execute + in the opposite order of add - it's a stack. + + + + + Return the number of recovery objects currently in the stack. + + + + + Represents a lifetime container. + + + A lifetime container tracks the lifetime of an object, and implements + IDisposable. When the container is disposed, any objects in the + container which implement IDisposable are also disposed. + + + + + Adds an object to the lifetime container. + + The item to be added to the lifetime container. + + + + Determine if a given object is in the lifetime container. + + + The item to locate in the lifetime container. + + + Returns true if the object is contained in the lifetime + container; returns false otherwise. + + + + + Removes an item from the lifetime container. The item is + not disposed. + + The item to be removed. + + + + Gets the number of references in the lifetime container + + + The number of references in the lifetime container + + + + + Represents a lifetime container. + + + A lifetime container tracks the lifetime of an object, and implements + IDisposable. When the container is disposed, any objects in the + container which implement IDisposable are also disposed. + + + + + Adds an object to the lifetime container. + + The item to be added to the lifetime container. + + + + Determine if a given object is in the lifetime container. + + + The item to locate in the lifetime container. + + + Returns true if the object is contained in the lifetime + container; returns false otherwise. + + + + + Releases the resources used by the . + + + + + Releases the managed resources used by the DbDataReader and optionally releases the unmanaged resources. + + + true to release managed and unmanaged resources; false to release only unmanaged resources. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the lifetime container. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the life time container. + + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the lifetime container. + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the life time container. + + + + + Removes an item from the lifetime container. The item is + not disposed. + + The item to be removed. + + + + Gets the number of references in the lifetime container + + + The number of references in the lifetime container + + + + + A custom collection over objects. + + + + + Removes an individual policy type for a build key. + + The type of policy to remove. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Removes all policies from the list. + + + + + Removes a default policy. + + The type the policy was registered as. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies to. + True if the search should be in the local policy list only; otherwise false to search up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Sets an individual policy. + + The of the policy. + The policy to be registered. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Sets a default policy. When checking for a policy, if no specific individual policy + is available, the default will be used. + + The interface to register the policy under. + The default policy to be registered. + + + + A custom collection wrapper over objects. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of a class. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of a class with another policy list. + + An inner policy list to search. + + + + Removes an individual policy type for a build key. + + The type of policy to remove. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Removes all policies from the list. + + + + + Removes a default policy. + + The type the policy was registered as. + + + + Gets an individual policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies. + true if the policy searches local only; otherwise false to seach up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list, if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Get the non default policy. + + The interface the policy is registered under. + The key the policy applies to. + True if the search should be in the local policy list only; otherwise false to search up the parent chain. + The policy list in the chain that the searched for policy was found in, null if the policy was + not found. + The policy in the list if present; returns null otherwise. + + + + Sets an individual policy. + + The of the policy. + The policy to be registered. + The key the policy applies. + + + + Sets a default policy. When checking for a policy, if no specific individual policy + is available, the default will be used. + + The interface to register the policy under. + The default policy to be registered. + + + + Gets the number of items in the locator. + + + The number of items in the locator. + + + + + An implementation of . + + + + + Add a new object to this + list. + + Object to add. + + + + Execute the method + of everything in the recovery list. Recoveries will execute + in the opposite order of add - it's a stack. + + + + + Return the number of recovery objects currently in the stack. + + + + + Implementation of which will notify an object about + the completion of a BuildUp operation, or start of a TearDown operation. + + + This strategy checks the object that is passing through the builder chain to see if it + implements IBuilderAware and if it does, it will call + and . This strategy is meant to be used from the + stage. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a teardown operation. The + PreTearDown method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the teardown operation. + + + + Implemented on a class when it wants to receive notifications + about the build process. + + + + + Called by the when the object is being built up. + + The key of the object that was just built up. + + + + Called by the when the object is being torn down. + + + + + Enumeration to represent the object builder stages. + + + The order of the values in the enumeration is the order in which the stages are run. + + + + + Strategies in this stage run before creation. Typical work done in this stage might + include strategies that use reflection to set policies into the context that other + strategies would later use. + + + + + Strategies in this stage create objects. Typically you will only have a single policy-driven + creation strategy in this stage. + + + + + Strategies in this stage work on created objects. Typical work done in this stage might + include setter injection and method calls. + + + + + Strategies in this stage work on objects that are already initialized. Typical work done in + this stage might include looking to see if the object implements some notification interface + to discover when its initialization stage has been completed. + + + + + Represents a builder policy for mapping build keys. + + + + + Represents a builder policy for mapping build keys. + + + + + Maps the build key. + + The build key to map. + Current build context. Used for contextual information + if writing a more sophisticated mapping. This parameter can be null + (called when getting container registrations). + The new build key. + + + + Initialize a new instance of the with the new build key. + + The new build key. + + + + Maps the build key. + + The build key to map. + Current build context. Used for contextual information + if writing a more sophisticated mapping, unused in this implementation. + The new build key. + + + + Represents a strategy for mapping build keys in the build up operation. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. Looks for the + and if found maps the build key for the current operation. + + The context for the operation. + + + + An implementation of that can map + generic types. + + + + + Create a new instance + that will map generic types. + + Build key to map to. This must be or contain an open generic type. + + + + Maps the build key. + + The build key to map. + Current build context. Used for contextual information + if writing a more sophisticated mapping. + The new build key. + + + + A that will look for a build plan + in the current context. If it exists, it invokes it, otherwise + it creates one and stores it for later, and invokes it. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. + + The context for the operation. + + + + An implementation of that chooses + constructors based on these criteria: first, pick a constructor marked with the + attribute. If there + isn't one, then choose the constructor with the longest parameter list. If that is ambiguous, + then throw. + + Thrown when the constructor to choose is ambiguous. + Attribute used to mark the constructor to call. + + + + Base class that provides an implementation of + which lets you override how the parameter resolvers are created. + + + + + A that, when implemented, + will determine which constructor to call from the build plan. + + + + + Choose the constructor to call for the given type. + + Current build context + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + The chosen constructor. + + + + Choose the constructor to call for the given type. + + Current build context + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + The chosen constructor. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Compares two objects and returns a value indicating whether one is less than, equal to, or greater than the other. + + + + Value Condition Less than zerox is less than y.Zerox equals y.Greater than zerox is greater than y. + + + The second object to compare. + The first object to compare. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Objects of this type are the return value from . + It encapsulates the desired with the string keys + needed to look up the for each + parameter. + + + + + Base class for return values from selector policies that + return a memberinfo of some sort plus a list of parameter + keys to look up the parameter resolvers. + + + + + Base class for return of selector policies that need + to keep track of a set of parameter keys. + + + + + Add a new parameter key to this object. Keys are assumed + to be in the order of the parameters to the constructor. + + Key for the next parameter to look up. + + + + The set of keys for the constructor parameters. + + + + + Construct a new , storing + the given member info. + + Member info to store. + + + + The member info stored. + + + + + Create a new instance which + contains the given constructor. + + The constructor to wrap. + + + + The constructor this object wraps. + + + + + This class records the information about which constructor argument is currently + being resolved, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type that is being constructed. + A string representing the constructor being called. + Parameter being resolved. + + + + Generate the string describing what parameter was being resolved. + + The description string. + + + + String describing the constructor being set up. + + + + + Parameter that's being resolved. + + + + + A that emits IL to call constructors + as part of creating a build plan. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. + + Existing object is an instance of . + The context for the operation. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to set up a PerResolveLifetimeManager lifetime manager + if the current object is such. + + Current build context. + + + + Build up the string that will represent the constructor signature + in any exception message. + + + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to throw an exception if + no existing object is present, but the user is attempting to build + an interface (usually due to the lack of a type mapping). + + The currently being + used for the build of this object. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to throw an exception if + a dependency cannot be resolved. + + The currently being + used for the build of this object. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to throw an exception if + a dependency cannot be resolved because of an invalid constructor. + + The currently being + used for the build of this object. + The signature of the invalid constructor. + + + + A class that records that a constructor is about to be call, and is + responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generate the description string. + + The string. + + + + Constructor we're trying to call. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Helper method used by generated IL to look up a dependency resolver based on the given key. + + Current build context. + Type of the dependency being resolved. + Key the resolver was stored under. + The found dependency resolver. + + + + The type that is to be built with the dynamic build plan. + + + + + The context parameter represeting the used when the build plan is executed. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + An implementation + that constructs a build plan via dynamic IL emission. + + + + + Construct a that + uses the given strategy chain to construct the build plan. + + The strategy chain. + + + + Construct a build plan. + + The current build context. + The current build key. + The created build plan. + + + + A class that records that a constructor is about to be call, and is + responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generate the description string. + + The string. + + + + Method we're trying to call. + + + + + This class records the information about which constructor argument is currently + being resolved, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + The type that is being constructed. + A string representing the method being called. + Parameter being resolved. + + + + Generate the string describing what parameter was being resolved. + + The description string. + + + + String describing the method being set up. + + + + + Parameter that's being resolved. + + + + + A that generates IL to call + chosen methods (as specified by the current ) + as part of object build up. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A base class that holds the information shared by all operations + performed by the container while setting properties. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Generate the description of this operation. + + The string. + + + + Get a format string used to create the description. Called by + the base method. + + The format string. + + + + The property value currently being resolved. + + + + + This class records the information about which property value is currently + being resolved, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Get a format string used to create the description. Called by + the base method. + + The format string. + + + + A that generates IL to resolve properties + on an object being built. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. + + The context for the operation. + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + A helper method used by the generated IL to store the current operation in the build context. + + + + + This class records the information about which property value is currently + being set, and is responsible for generating the error string required when + an error has occurred. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + Type property is on. + Name of property being set. + + + + Get a format string used to create the description. Called by + the base method. + + The format string. + + + + Creates an instance of this build plan's type, or fills + in the existing type if passed in. + + Context used to build up the object. + + + + An that will examine the given + types and return a sequence of objects + that should be called as part of building the object. + + + + + Return the sequence of methods to call while building the target object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of methods to call. + + + + An implementation of that selects + methods by looking for the given + attribute on those methods. + + Type of attribute used to mark methods + to inject. + + + + Base class that provides an implementation of + which lets you override how the parameter resolvers are created. + + Attribute that marks methods that should + be called. + + + + Return the sequence of methods to call while building the target object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of methods to call. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Objects of this type are the return value from . + It encapsulates the desired with the string keys + needed to look up the for each + parameter. + + + + + Create a new instance which + contains the given method. + + The method + + + + The constructor this object wraps. + + + + + An that returns a sequence + of properties that should be injected for the given type. + + + + + Returns sequence of properties on the given type that + should be set as part of building that object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of objects + that contain the properties to set. + + + + Base class that provides an implementation of + which lets you override how the parameter resolvers are created. + + + + + Returns sequence of properties on the given type that + should be set as part of building that object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of objects + that contain the properties to set. + + + + Create a for the given + property. + + Property to create resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + An implementation of that looks + for properties marked with the + attribute that are also settable and not indexers. + + + + + + Create a for the given + property. + + Property to create resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + Objects of this type are returned from + . + This class combines the about + the property with the string key used to look up the resolver + for this property's value. + + + + + Create an instance of + with the given and key. + + The property. + Key to use to look up the resolver. + + + + PropertyInfo for this property. + + + + + Key to look up this property's resolver. + + + + + Implementation of . + + + + + A builder policy that lets you keep track of the current + resolvers and will remove them from the given policy set. + + + + + Add a new resolver to track by key. + + Key that was used to add the resolver to the policy set. + + + + Remove the currently tracked resolvers from the given policy list. + + Policy list to remove the resolvers from. + + + + Add a new resolver to track by key. + + Key that was used to add the resolver to the policy set. + + + + Remove the currently tracked resolvers from the given policy list. + + Policy list to remove the resolvers from. + + + + Get an instance that implements , + either the current one in the policy set or creating a new one if it doesn't + exist. + + Policy list to look up from. + Build key to track. + The resolver tracker. + + + + Add a key to be tracked to the current tracker. + + Policy list containing the resolvers and trackers. + Build key for the resolvers being tracked. + Key for the resolver. + + + + Remove the resolvers for the given build key. + + Policy list containing the build key. + Build key. + + + + An implementation of that + calls back into the build chain to build up the dependency, passing + a type given at compile time as its build key. + + + + + Create a new instance storing the given type. + + Type to resolve. + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + This interface defines a standard method to convert any + regardless + of the stage enum into a regular, flat strategy chain. + + + + + Convert this into + a flat . + + The flattened . + + + + Represents a chain of responsibility for builder strategies. + + + + + Reverse the order of the strategy chain. + + The reversed strategy chain. + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context, + calling the Buildup methods on the strategies. + + Context for the build process. + The build up object + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context, + calling the TearDown methods on the strategies. + + Context for the teardown process. + + + + A builder policy used to create lifetime policy instances. + Used by the LifetimeStrategy when instantiating open + generic types. + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + The new instance. + + + + The type of Lifetime manager that will be created by this factory. + + + + + An implementation that uses + a to figure out if an object + has already been created and to update or remove that + object from some backing store. + + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PreBuildUp method is called when the chain is being executed in the + forward direction. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Called during the chain of responsibility for a build operation. The + PostBuildUp method is called when the chain has finished the PreBuildUp + phase and executes in reverse order from the PreBuildUp calls. + + Context of the build operation. + + + + Represents a chain of responsibility for builder strategies partitioned by stages. + + The stage enumeration to partition the strategies. + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initialize a new instance of the class with an inner strategy chain to use when building. + + The inner strategy chain to use first when finding strategies in the build operation. + + + + Adds a strategy to the chain at a particular stage. + + The strategy to add to the chain. + The stage to add the strategy. + + + + Add a new strategy for the . + + The of + The stage to add the strategy. + + + + Clear the current strategy chain list. + + + This will not clear the inner strategy chain if this instane was created with one. + + + + + Makes a strategy chain based on this instance. + + A new . + + + + Represents a chain of responsibility for builder strategies. + + + + + Initialzie a new instance of the class. + + + + + Initialzie a new instance of the class with a colleciton of strategies. + + A collection of strategies to initialize the chain. + + + + Adds a strategy to the chain. + + The strategy to add to the chain. + + + + Adds strategies to the chain. + + The strategies to add to the chain. + + + + Reverse the order of the strategy chain. + + The reversed strategy chain. + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context to build up. + + Context for the build processes. + The build up object + + + + Execute this strategy chain against the given context, + calling the TearDown methods on the strategies. + + Context for the teardown process. + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection. + + + + A that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 1 + + + + Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection. + + + + An object that can be used to iterate through the collection. + + 2 + + + + Build key used to combine a type object with a string name. Used by + ObjectBuilder to indicate exactly what is being built. + + + + + Create a new instance with the given + type and name. + + to build. + Key to use to look up type mappings and singletons. + + + + Create a new instance for the default + buildup of the given type. + + to build. + + + + This helper method creates a new instance. It is + initialized for the default key for the given type. + + Type to build. + A new instance. + + + + This helper method creates a new instance for + the given type and key. + + Type to build + Key to use to look up type mappings and singletons. + A new instance initialized with the given type and name. + + + + Compare two instances. + + Two instances compare equal + if they contain the same name and the same type. Also, comparing + against a different type will also return false. + Object to compare to. + True if the two keys are equal, false if not. + + + + Calculate a hash code for this instance. + + A hash code. + + + + Compare two instances for equality. + + Two instances compare equal + if they contain the same name and the same type. + First of the two keys to compare. + Second of the two keys to compare. + True if the values of the keys are the same, else false. + + + + Compare two instances for inequality. + + Two instances compare equal + if they contain the same name and the same type. If either field differs + the keys are not equal. + First of the two keys to compare. + Second of the two keys to compare. + false if the values of the keys are the same, else true. + + + + Formats the build key as a string (primarily for debugging). + + A readable string representation of the build key. + + + + Return the stored in this build key. + + The type to build. + + + + Returns the name stored in this build key. + + The name to use when building. + + + + A generic version of so that + you can new up a key using generic syntax. + + Type for the key. + + + + Construct a new that + specifies the given type. + + + + + Construct a new that + specifies the given type and name. + + Name for the key. + + + + A series of helper methods to deal with sequences - + objects that implement . + + + + + A function that turns an arbitrary parameter list into an + . + + Type of arguments. + The items to put into the collection. + An array that contains the values of the . + + + + Given two sequences, return a new sequence containing the corresponding values + from each one. + + Type of first sequence. + Type of second sequence. + First sequence of items. + Second sequence of items. + New sequence of pairs. This sequence ends when the shorter of sequence1 and sequence2 does. + + + + The exception thrown by the Unity container when + an attempt to resolve a dependency fails. + + + + + Create a new that records + the exception for the given type and name. + + Type requested from the container. + Name requested from the container. + The actual exception that caused the failure of the build. + The build context representing the failed operation. + + + + The type that was being requested from the container at the time of failure. + + + + + The name that was being requested from the container at the time of failure. + + + + + A that lets you register a + delegate with the container to create an object, rather than calling + the object's constructor. + + + + + Base class for all extension objects. + + + + + The container calls this method when the extension is added. + + A instance that gives the + extension access to the internals of the container. + + + + Initial the container with this extension's functionality. + + + When overridden in a derived class, this method will modify the given + by adding strategies, policies, etc. to + install it's functions into the container. + + + + Removes the extension's functions from the container. + + + + This method is called when extensions are being removed from the container. It can be + used to do things like disconnect event handlers or clean up member state. You do not + need to remove strategies or policies here; the container will do that automatically. + + + The default implementation of this method does nothing. + + + + + The container this extension has been added to. + + The that this extension has been added to. + + + + The object used to manipulate + the inner state of the container. + + + + + Initialize this extension. This particular extension requires no + initialization work. + + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve and . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + The name that will be used when requesting to resolve this type. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + Register the given factory delegate to be called when the container is + asked to resolve . + + Type that will be requested from the container. + Delegate to invoke to create the instance. + The container extension object this method was invoked on. + + + + An implementation of that + acts as a decorator over another . + This checks to see if the current type being built is the + right one before checking the inner . + + + + + Create an instance of + + Type to check for. + Inner override to check after type matches. + + + + Return a that can be used to give a value + for the given desired dependency. + + Current build context. + Type of dependency desired. + a object if this override applies, null if not. + + + + A convenience version of that lets you + specify the type to construct via generics syntax. + + Type to check for. + + + + Create an instance of . + + Inner override to check after type matches. + + + + Extension class that adds a set of convenience overloads to the + interface. + + + + + Register a type with specific members to be injected. + + Type this registration is for. + Container to configure. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + + This overload registers a default mapping and transient lifetime. + + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + Name of this mapping. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Container to configure. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + The type to apply the to. + Container to configure. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + The type to configure injection on. + Container to configure. + Name that will be used to request the type. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + The type to apply the to. + Container to configure. + Name that will be used to request the type. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type with specific members to be injected. + + Container to configure. + Type this registration is for. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + + This overload registers a default mapping. + + + Container to configure. + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container. + + + This method is used to tell the container that when asked for type , + actually return an instance of type . This is very useful for + getting instances of interfaces. + + Container to configure. + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + Container to configure. + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + Container to configure. + The to apply the to. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + Container to configure. + The to configure in the container. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register a for the given type and name with the container. + No type mapping is performed for this type. + + Container to configure. + The to apply the to. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration and has the container take over the lifetime of the instance. + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Container to configure. + Object to returned. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration (name = null). + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Container to configure. + Object to returned. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload automatically has the container take ownership of the . + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Container to configure. + Name for registration. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Container to configure. + Name for registration. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration and has the container take over the lifetime of the instance. + + Container to configure. + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload does a default registration (name = null). + + + Container to configure. + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + This overload automatically has the container take ownership of the . + + Container to configure. + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Name for registration. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve an instance of the default requested type from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Container to resolve from. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Resolve an instance of the requested type with the given name from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Container to resolve from. + Name of the object to retrieve. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Resolve an instance of the default requested type from the container. + + Container to resolve from. + of object to get from the container. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Return instances of all registered types requested. + + + + This method is useful if you've registered multiple types with the same + but different names. + + + Be aware that this method does NOT return an instance for the default (unnamed) registration. + + + The type requested. + Container to resolve from. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + Set of objects of type . + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + + This overload uses the default registrations. + + + of object to perform injection on. + Container to resolve through. + Instance to build up. + Any overrides for the buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + of object to perform injection on. + Conatiner to resolve through. + Instance to build up. + name to use when looking up the typemappings and other configurations. + Any overrides for the Buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + + This overload uses the default registrations. + + + Container to resolve through. + of object to perform injection on. + Instance to build up. + Any overrides for the Buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Creates a new extension object and adds it to the container. + + Type of to add. The extension type + will be resolved from within the supplied . + Container to add the extension to. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve access to a configuration interface exposed by an extension. + + Extensions can expose configuration interfaces as well as adding + strategies and policies to the container. This method walks the list of + added extensions and returns the first one that implements the requested type. + + The configuration interface required. + Container to configure. + The requested extension's configuration interface, or null if not found. + + + + Check if a particular type has been registered with the container with + the default name. + + Container to inspect. + Type to check registration for. + True if this type has been registered, false if not. + + + + Check if a particular type/name pair has been registered with the container. + + Container to inspect. + Type to check registration for. + Name to check registration for. + True if this type/name pair has been registered, false if not. + + + + Check if a particular type has been registered with the container with the default name. + + Type to check registration for. + Container to inspect. + True if this type has been registered, false if not. + + + + Check if a particular type/name pair has been registered with the container. + + Type to check registration for. + Container to inspect. + Name to check registration for. + True if this type/name pair has been registered, false if not. + + + + The class provides the means for extension objects + to manipulate the internal state of the . + + + + + Store a type/name pair for later resolution. + + + + When users register type mappings (or other things) with a named key, this method + allows you to register that name with the container so that when the + method is called, that name is included in the list that is returned. + + to register. + Name assocated with that type. + + + + The container that this context is associated with. + + The object. + + + + The strategies this container uses. + + The that the container uses to build objects. + + + + The strategies this container uses to construct build plans. + + The that this container uses when creating + build plans. + + + + The policies this container uses. + + The the that container uses to build objects. + + + + The that this container uses. + + The is used to manage objects that the container is managing. + + + + This event is raised when the method, + or one of its overloads, is called. + + + + + This event is raised when the method, + or one of its overloads, is called. + + + + + This event is raised when the method is called, providing + the newly created child container to extensions to act on as they see fit. + + + + + An EventArgs class that holds a string Name. + + + + + Create a new with a null name. + + + + + Create a new with the given name. + + Name to store. + + + + The name. + + Name used for this event arg object. + + + + Event argument class for the event. + + + + + Create a new instance of . + + Type to map from. + Type to map to. + Name for the registration. + to manage instances. + + + + Type to map from. + + + + + Type to map to. + + + + + to manage instances. + + + + + Event argument class for the event. + + + + + Create a default instance. + + + + + Create a instance initialized with the given arguments. + + Type of instance being registered. + The instance object itself. + Name to register under, null if default registration. + object that handles how + the instance will be owned. + + + + Type of instance being registered. + + + Type of instance being registered. + + + + + Instance object being registered. + + Instance object being registered + + + + that controls ownership of + this instance. + + + + + A that lets you specify that + an instance of a generic type parameter should be resolved. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + name to use when looking up in the container. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + The actual type to resolve. + The resolution key. + The . + + + + A that lets you specify that + an array containing the registered instances of a generic type parameter + should be resolved. + + + + + Create a new instance that specifies + that the given named generic parameter should be resolved. + + The generic parameter name to resolve. + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Test to see if this parameter value has a matching type for the given type. + + Type to check. + True if this parameter value is compatible with type , + false if not. + A type is considered compatible if it is an array type of rank one + and its element type is a generic type parameter with a name matching this generic + parameter name configured for the receiver. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + Name for the type represented by this . + This may be an actual type name or a generic argument name. + + + + + A Unity container extension that allows you to configure + which constructors, properties, and methods get injected + via an API rather than through attributes. + + + + + Initial the container with this extension's functionality. + + + When overridden in a derived class, this method will modify the given + by adding strategies, policies, etc. to + install it's functions into the container. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type. + + Type the injection is being configured for. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type/name pair. + + Type the injection is being configured for. + Name of registration + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type. + + Type to configure. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type/name pair. + + Type to configure. + Name of registration. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + API to configure the injection settings for a particular type/name pair. + + Type of interface/base class being registered (may be null). + Type of actual implementation class being registered. + Name of registration. + Objects containing the details on which members to inject and how. + This extension object. + + + + A class that holds the collection of information + for a constructor, so that the container can + be configured to call this constructor. + + + + + Create a new instance of that looks + for a constructor with the given set of parameters. + + The values for the parameters, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Interface registered, ignored in this implementation. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + An that configures the + container to call a method as part of buildup. + + + + + Create a new instance which will configure + the container to call the given methods with the given parameters. + + Name of the method to call. + Parameter values for the method. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Type of interface registered, ignored in this implementation. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + A small function to handle name matching. You can override this + to do things like case insensitive comparisons. + + MethodInfo for the method you're checking. + Name of the method you're looking for. + True if a match, false if not. + + + + A class that holds on to the given value and provides + the required + when the container is configured. + + + + + Create an instance of that stores + the given value, using the runtime type of that value as the + type of the parameter. + + Value to be injected for this parameter. + + + + Create an instance of that stores + the given value, associated with the given type. + + Type of the parameter. + Value of the parameter + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of that makes it a + little easier to specify the type of the parameter. + + Type of parameter. + + + + Create a new . + + Value for the parameter. + + + + This class stores information about which properties to inject, + and will configure the container accordingly. + + + + + Configure the container to inject the given property name, + resolving the value via the container. + + Name of the property to inject. + + + + Configure the container to inject the given property name, + using the value supplied. This value is converted to an + object using the + rules defined by the + method. + + Name of property to inject. + Value for property. + + + + Add policies to the to configure the + container to call this constructor with the appropriate parameter values. + + Interface being registered, ignored in this implemenation. + Type to register. + Name used to resolve the type object. + Policy list to add policies to. + + + + A class that stores a type, and generates a + resolver object that resolves all the named instances or the + type registered in a container. + + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given element type and collection of element values. + + The type of elements to resolve. + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given array and element types and collection of element values. + + The type for the array of elements to resolve. + The type of elements to resolve. + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of for convenience + when creating them by hand. + + Type of the elements for the array of the parameter. + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given element generic type with the given element values. + + The values for the elements, that will + be converted to objects. + + + + Interface defining the behavior of the Unity dependency injection container. + + + + + Register a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Register an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Name for registration. + + object that controls how this instance will be managed by the container. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve an instance of the requested type with the given name from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Name of the object to retrieve. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Return instances of all registered types requested. + + + + This method is useful if you've registered multiple types with the same + but different names. + + + Be aware that this method does NOT return an instance for the default (unnamed) registration. + + + The type requested. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + Set of objects of type . + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + of object to perform injection on. + Instance to build up. + name to use when looking up the typemappings and other configurations. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container, and clean it up. + + The object to tear down. + + + + Add an extension object to the container. + + to add. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Resolve access to a configuration interface exposed by an extension. + + Extensions can expose configuration interfaces as well as adding + strategies and policies to the container. This method walks the list of + added extensions and returns the first one that implements the requested type. + + of configuration interface required. + The requested extension's configuration interface, or null if not found. + + + + Remove all installed extensions from this container. + + + + This method removes all extensions from the container, including the default ones + that implement the out-of-the-box behavior. After this method, if you want to use + the container again you will need to either readd the default extensions or replace + them with your own. + + + The registered instances and singletons that have already been set up in this container + do not get removed. + + + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Create a child container. + + + A child container shares the parent's configuration, but can be configured with different + settings or lifetime. + The new child container. + + + + The parent of this container. + + The parent container, or null if this container doesn't have one. + + + + Get a sequence of that describe the current state + of the container. + + + + + A that holds a weak reference to + it's managed instance. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + An implementation of that + creates instances of the type of the given Lifetime Manager + by resolving them through the container. + + + + + Create a new that will + return instances of the given type, creating them by + resolving through the container. + + Container to resolve with. + Type of LifetimeManager to create. + + + + Create a new instance of . + + The new instance. + + + + The type of Lifetime manager that will be created by this factory. + + + + + A that holds the instances given to it, + keeping one instance per thread. + + + + This LifetimeManager does not dispose the instances it holds. + + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy for the + current thread. + + the object desired, or if no such object is currently + stored for the current thread. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later when requested + in the current thread. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + Not implemented for this lifetime manager. + + + + An implementation that does nothing, + thus ensuring that instances are created new every time. + + + + + Retrieve a value from the backing store associated with this Lifetime policy. + + the object desired, or null if no such object is currently stored. + + + + Stores the given value into backing store for retrieval later. + + The object being stored. + + + + Remove the given object from backing store. + + + + + This strategy implements the logic that will call container.ResolveAll + when an array parameter is detected. + + + + + Do the PreBuildUp stage of construction. This is where the actual work is performed. + + Current build context. + + + + An implementation of that is + aware of the build keys used by the Unity container. + + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + + This implementation looks for the Unity on the + parameter and uses it to create an instance of + for this parameter. + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + An implementation of that is aware + of the build keys used by the Unity container. + + + + + Create a instance for the given + . + + Parameter to create the resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + An implementation of that is aware of + the build keys used by the unity container. + + + + + Create a for the given + property. + + Property to create resolver for. + The resolver object. + + + + A implementation that returns + the value set in the constructor. + + + + + Create a new instance of + which will return the given value when resolved. + + The value to return. + + + + Get the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + An implementation of that stores a + type and name, and at resolution time puts them together into a + . + + + + + Create an instance of + with the given type and name. + + The type. + The name (may be null). + + + + Resolve the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + The value for the dependency. + + + + The type that this resolver resolves. + + + + + The name that this resolver resolves. + + + + + An implementation of that resolves to + to an array populated with the values that result from resolving other instances + of . + + + + + Create an instance of + with the given type and a collection of + instances to use when populating the result. + + The type. + The resolver policies to use when populating an array. + + + + Resolve the value for a dependency. + + Current build context. + An array pupulated with the results of resolving the resolver policies. + + + + An implementation of that selects + the given constructor and creates the appropriate resolvers to call it with + the specified parameters. + + + + + Create an instance of that + will return the given constructor, being passed the given injection values + as parameters. + + The constructor to call. + Set of objects + that describes how to obtain the values for the constructor parameters. + + + + Choose the constructor to call for the given type. + + Current build context + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + The chosen constructor. + + + + Helper class for implementing selector policies that need to + set up dependency resolver policies. + + + + + Add dependency resolvers to the parameter set. + + Type that's currently being built (used to resolve open generics). + PolicyList to add the resolvers to. + Objects supplying the dependency resolvers. + Result object to store the keys in. + + + + A implementation that calls the specific + methods with the given parameters. + + + + + Add the given method and parameter collection to the list of methods + that will be returned when the selector's + method is called. + + Method to call. + sequence of objects + that describe how to create the method parameter values. + + + + Return the sequence of methods to call while building the target object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of methods to call. + + + + An implemnetation of which returns + the set of specific properties that the selector was configured with. + + + + + Add a property that will be par of the set returned when the + is called. + + The property to set. + object describing + how to create the value to inject. + + + + Returns sequence of properties on the given type that + should be set as part of building that object. + + Current build context. + The to add any + generated resolver objects into. + Sequence of objects + that contain the properties to set. + + + + A class that stores a name and type, and generates a + resolver object that resolves the parameter via the + container. + + + + + Construct a new that + resolves to the given type. + + Type of this parameter. + + + + Construct a new that + resolves the given type and name. + + Type of this parameter. + Name to use when resolving parameter. + + + + Return a instance that will + return this types value for the parameter. + + Type that contains the member that needs this parameter. Used + to resolve open generic parameters. + The . + + + + A generic version of for convenience + when creating them by hand. + + Type of the parameter + + + + Create a new for the given + generic type and the default name. + + + + + Create a new for the given + generic type and name. + + Name to use to resolve this parameter. + + + + An implementation of that wraps a Unity container. + + + + + Initializes a new instance of the class for a container. + + The to wrap with the + interface implementation. + + + + Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources. + + 2 + + + + When implemented by inheriting classes, this method will do the actual work of resolving + the requested service instance. + + Type of instance requested.Name of registered service you want. May be null. + + The requested service instance. + + + + + When implemented by inheriting classes, this method will do the actual work of + resolving all the requested service instances. + + Type of service requested. + + Sequence of service instance objects. + + + + + A static helper class that includes various parameter checking routines. + + + + + Throws if the given argument is null. + + if tested value if null. + Argument value to test. + Name of the argument being tested. + + + + Throws an exception if the tested string argument is null or the empty string. + + Thrown if string value is null. + Thrown if the string is empty + Argument value to check. + Name of argument being checked. + + + + Verifies that an argument type is assignable from the provided type (meaning + interfaces are implemented, or classes exist in the base class hierarchy). + + The argument type that will be assigned to. + The type of the value being assigned. + Argument name. + + + + Verifies that an argument instance is assignable from the provided type (meaning + interfaces are implemented, or classes exist in the base class hierarchy, or instance can be + assigned through a runtime wrapper, as is the case for COM Objects). + + The argument type that will be assigned to. + The instance that will be assigned. + Argument name. + + + + The build stages we use in the Unity container + strategy pipeline. + + + + + First stage. By default, nothing happens here. + + + + + Second stage. Type mapping occurs here. + + + + + Third stage. lifetime managers are checked here, + and if they're available the rest of the pipeline is skipped. + + + + + Fourth stage. Reflection over constructors, properties, etc. is + performed here. + + + + + Fifth stage. Instance creation happens here. + + + + + Sixth stage. Property sets and method injection happens here. + + + + + Seventh and final stage. By default, nothing happens here. + + + + + A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + + + + + Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + + + + + Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} has multiple constructors of length {1}. Unable to disambiguate.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The provided string argument must not be empty.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The current build operation (build key {2}) failed: {3} (Strategy type {0}, index {1}). + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The current type, {0}, is an interface and cannot be constructed. Are you missing a type mapping?. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Cannot extract type from build key {0}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The method {0}.{1}({2}) is an open generic method. Open generic methods cannot be injected.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The property {0} on type {1} is an indexer. Indexed properties cannot be injected.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The method {1} on type {0} has an out parameter. Injection cannot be performed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The method {0}.{1}({2}) has at least one out parameter. Methods with out parameters cannot be injected.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The method {0}.{1}({2}) has at least one ref parameter.Methods with ref parameters cannot be injected.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The method {1} on type {0} is marked for injection, but it is an open generic method. Injection cannot be performed.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The method {0}.{1}({2}) is static. Static methods cannot be injected.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} is an open generic type. An open generic type cannot be resolved.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Resolving parameter "{0}" of constructor {1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The parameter {0} could not be resolved when attempting to call constructor {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An attempt to override an existing mapping was detected for type {1} with name "{0}", currently mapped to type {2}, to type {3}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The set of assemblies contains a null element.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Parameter type inference does not work for null values. Indicate the parameter type explicitly using a properly configured instance of the InjectionParameter or InjectionParameter<T> classes.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Calling constructor {0}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Calling method {0}.{1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to An item with the given key is already present in the dictionary.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The lifetime manager is already registered. Lifetime managers cannot be reused, please create a new one.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The override marker build plan policy has been invoked. This should never happen, looks like a bug in the container.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Resolving parameter "{0}" of method {1}.{2}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The value for parameter "{1}" of method {0} could not be resolved. . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Could not resolve dependency for build key {0}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} has multiple constructors marked with the InjectionConstructor attribute. Unable to disambiguate.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The supplied type {0} must be an open generic type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The supplied type {0} does not have the same number of generic arguments as the target type {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} does not have an accessible constructor.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} does not have a generic argument named "{1}". + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to while resolving. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} does not have a constructor that takes the parameters ({1}).. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} does not have a public method named {1} that takes the parameters ({2}).. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} does not contain an instance property named {1}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} is not a generic type, and you are attempting to inject a generic parameter named "{1}".. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} is not an array type with rank 1, and you are attempting to use a [DependencyArray] attribute on a parameter or property with this type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Optional dependencies must be reference types. The type {0} is a value type.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The property {0} on type {1} is not settable.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The property {0} on type {1} is of type {2}, and cannot be injected with a value of type {3}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The value for the property "{0}" could not be resolved.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The provided string argument must not be empty.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Resolution of the dependency failed, type = "{0}", name = "{1}". + Exception occurred while: {2}. + Exception is: {3} - {4} + ----------------------------------------------- + At the time of the exception, the container was: + . + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Resolving {0},{1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Resolving {0},{1} (mapped from {2}, {3}). + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Resolving value for property {0}.{1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The constructor {1} selected for type {0} has ref or out parameters. Such parameters are not supported for constructor injection.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to Setting value for property {0}.{1}. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {0} cannot be constructed. You must configure the container to supply this value.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to The type {1} cannot be assigned to variables of type {0}.. + + + + + Looks up a localized string similar to <unknown>. + + + + + A simple, extensible dependency injection container. + + + + + Create a default . + + + + + Create a with the given parent container. + + The parent . The current object + will apply its own settings first, and then check the parent for additional ones. + + + + RegisterType a type mapping with the container, where the created instances will use + the given . + + that will be requested. + that will actually be returned. + Name to use for registration, null if a default registration. + The that controls the lifetime + of the returned instance. + Injection configuration objects. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + RegisterType an instance with the container. + + + + Instance registration is much like setting a type as a singleton, except that instead + of the container creating the instance the first time it is requested, the user + creates the instance ahead of type and adds that instance to the container. + + + Type of instance to register (may be an implemented interface instead of the full type). + Object to returned. + Name for registration. + + If true, the container will take over the lifetime of the instance, + calling Dispose on it (if it's ) when the container is Disposed. + + If false, container will not maintain a strong reference to . User is reponsible + for disposing instance, and for keeping the instance from being garbage collected. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Get an instance of the requested type with the given name from the container. + + of object to get from the container. + Name of the object to retrieve. + Any overrides for the resolve call. + The retrieved object. + + + + Return instances of all registered types requested. + + + + This method is useful if you've registered multiple types with the same + but different names. + + + Be aware that this method does NOT return an instance for the default (unnamed) registration. + + + The type requested. + Any overrides for the resolve calls. + Set of objects of type . + + + + Run an existing object through the container and perform injection on it. + + + + This method is useful when you don't control the construction of an + instance (ASP.NET pages or objects created via XAML, for instance) + but you still want properties and other injection performed. + + of object to perform injection on. + Instance to build up. + name to use when looking up the typemappings and other configurations. + Any overrides for the buildup. + The resulting object. By default, this will be , but + container extensions may add things like automatic proxy creation which would + cause this to return a different object (but still type compatible with ). + + + + Run an existing object through the container, and clean it up. + + The object to tear down. + + + + Add an extension object to the container. + + to add. + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Get access to a configuration interface exposed by an extension. + + Extensions can expose configuration interfaces as well as adding + strategies and policies to the container. This method walks the list of + added extensions and returns the first one that implements the requested type. + + of configuration interface required. + The requested extension's configuration interface, or null if not found. + + + + Remove all installed extensions from this container. + + + + This method removes all extensions from the container, including the default ones + that implement the out-of-the-box behavior. After this method, if you want to use + the container again you will need to either readd the default extensions or replace + them with your own. + + + The registered instances and singletons that have already been set up in this container + do not get removed. + + + The object that this method was called on (this in C#, Me in Visual Basic). + + + + Create a child container. + + + A child container shares the parent's configuration, but can be configured with different + settings or lifetime. + The new child container. + + + + Dispose this container instance. + + + Disposing the container also disposes any child containers, + and disposes any instances whose lifetimes are managed + by the container. + + + + + Dispose this container instance. + + + This class doesn't have a finalizer, so will always be true. + True if being called from the IDisposable.Dispose + method, false if being called from a finalizer. + + + + Remove policies associated with building this type. This removes the + compiled build plan so that it can be rebuilt with the new settings + the next time this type is resolved. + + Type of object to clear the plan for. + Name the object is being registered with. + + + + The parent of this container. + + The parent container, or null if this container doesn't have one. + + + + Get a sequence of that describe the current state + of the container. + + + + + Implementation of the ExtensionContext that is actually used + by the UnityContainer implementation. + + + This is a nested class so that it can access state in the + container that would otherwise be inaccessible. + + + + + This event is raised when the method, + or one of its overloads, is called. + + + + + This extension supplies the default behavior of the UnityContainer API + by handling the context events and setting policies. + + + + + Install the default container behavior into the container. + + + + + Remove the default behavior from the container. + + + + + This extension installs the default strategies and policies into the container + to implement the standard behavior of the Unity container. + + + + + Add the default ObjectBuilder strategies & policies to the container. + + + + + Helper class to wrap common reflection stuff dealing with + methods. + + + + + Create a new instance that + lets us do more reflection stuff on that method. + + The method to reflect on. + + + + Given our set of generic type arguments, + + The generic type arguments. + An array with closed parameter types. + + + + Returns true if any of the parameters of this method + are open generics. + + + + + Return the of each parameter for this + method. + + Sequence of objects, one for + each parameter in order. + + + + A helper class that encapsulates two different + data items together into a a single item. + + + + + Create a new containing + the two values give. + + First value + Second value + + + + The first value of the pair. + + + + + The second value of the pair. + + + + + Container for a Pair helper method. + + + + + A helper factory method that lets users take advantage of type inference. + + Type of first value. + Type of second value. + First value. + Second value. + A new instance. + + + + A utility class that handles the logic of matching parameter + lists, so we can find the right constructor and method overloads. + + + + + Create a new that will attempt to + match the given parameter types. + + Target parameters to match against. + + + + Tests to see if the given set of types matches the ones + we're looking for. + + parameter list to look for. + true if they match, false if they don't. + + + + Tests to see if the given set of types matches the ones we're looking for. + + Candidate method signature to look for. + True if they match, false if they don't. + + + + Another reflection helper class that has extra methods + for dealing with ParameterInfos. + + + + + A small helper class to encapsulate details of the + reflection API, particularly around generics. + + + + + Create a new instance that + lets you look at information about the given type. + + Type to do reflection on. + + + + Test the given object, looking at + the parameters. Determine if any of the parameters are + open generic types that need type attributes filled in. + + The method to check. + True if any of the parameters are open generics. False if not. + + + + If this type is an open generic, use the + given array to + determine what the required closed type is and return that. + + If the parameter is not an open type, just + return this parameter's type. + Type arguments to substitute in for + the open type parameters. + Corresponding closed type of this parameter. + + + + Given a generic argument name, return the corresponding type for this + closed type. For example, if the current type is SomeType<User>, and the + corresponding definition was SomeType<TSomething>, calling this method + and passing "TSomething" will return typeof(User). + + Name of the generic parameter. + Type of the corresponding generic parameter, or null if there + is no matching name. + + + + The object we're reflecting over. + + + + + Is this type generic? + + + + + Is this type an open generic (no type parameter specified) + + + + + Is this type an array type? + + + + + Is this type an array of generic elements? + + + + + The type of the elements in this type (if it's an array). + + + + + Returns all the public constructors defined for the current reflected . + + + An enumeration of ConstructorInfo objects representing all the public instance constructors defined for the + current reflected , but not including the type initializer (static constructor). + + + + + Create a new instance of that + lets you query information about the given ParameterInfo object. + + Parameter to query. + + + + A set of helper methods to pick through lambdas and pull out + from them. + + + + + Pull out a object from an expression of the form + () => SomeClass.SomeMethod() + + Expression describing the method to call. + Corresponding . + + + + Pull out a object from an expression of the form + x => x.SomeMethod() + + The type where the method is defined. + Expression describing the method to call. + Corresponding . + + + + Pull out a object for the get method from an expression of the form + x => x.SomeProperty + + The type where the method is defined. + The type for the property. + Expression describing the property for which the get method is to be extracted. + Corresponding . + + + + Pull out a object for the set method from an expression of the form + x => x.SomeProperty + + The type where the method is defined. + The type for the property. + Expression describing the property for which the set method is to be extracted. + Corresponding . + + + + + + + + + + + + + Pull out a object from an expression of the form () => new SomeType() + + The type where the constructor is defined. + Expression invoking the desired constructor. + Corresponding . + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Windows.Design.Extensibility.dll b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Windows.Design.Extensibility.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..10e6653a071 Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Windows.Design.Extensibility.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Windows.Design.Interaction.dll b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Windows.Design.Interaction.dll new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f2bdc9467f Binary files /dev/null and b/Dev/Binaries/Microsoft.Windows.Design.Interaction.dll differ diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/UnityConfig.cs.pp b/Dev/Binaries/UnityConfig.cs.pp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..664b7e1fcc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/UnityConfig.cs.pp @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +using System; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration; + +namespace $rootnamespace$.App_Start +{ + /// + /// Specifies the Unity configuration for the main container. + /// + public class UnityConfig + { + #region Unity Container + private static Lazy container = new Lazy(() => + { + var container = new UnityContainer(); + RegisterTypes(container); + return container; + }); + + /// + /// Gets the configured Unity container. + /// + public static IUnityContainer GetConfiguredContainer() + { + return container.Value; + } + #endregion + + /// Registers the type mappings with the Unity container. + /// The unity container to configure. + /// There is no need to register concrete types such as controllers or API controllers (unless you want to + /// change the defaults), as Unity allows resolving a concrete type even if it was not previously registered. + public static void RegisterTypes(IUnityContainer container) + { + // NOTE: To load from web.config uncomment the line below. Make sure to add a Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration to the using statements. + // container.LoadConfiguration(); + + // TODO: Register your types here + // container.RegisterType(); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/UnityConfiguration30.xsd b/Dev/Binaries/UnityConfiguration30.xsd new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0fc1bc8fb4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/UnityConfiguration30.xsd @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/UnityMvcActivator.cs.pp b/Dev/Binaries/UnityMvcActivator.cs.pp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7a693ae54c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/UnityMvcActivator.cs.pp @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +using System.Linq; +using System.Web.Mvc; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Mvc; + +[assembly: WebActivatorEx.PreApplicationStartMethod(typeof($rootnamespace$.App_Start.UnityWebActivator), "Start")] + +namespace $rootnamespace$.App_Start +{ + /// Provides the bootstrapping for integrating Unity with ASP.NET MVC. + public static class UnityWebActivator + { + /// Integrates Unity when the application starts. + public static void Start() + { + var container = UnityConfig.GetConfiguredContainer(); + + FilterProviders.Providers.Remove(FilterProviders.Providers.OfType().First()); + FilterProviders.Providers.Add(new UnityFilterAttributeFilterProvider(container)); + + DependencyResolver.SetResolver(new UnityDependencyResolver(container)); + + // TODO: Uncomment if you want to use PerRequestLifetimeManager + // Microsoft.Web.Infrastructure.DynamicModuleHelper.DynamicModuleUtility.RegisterModule(typeof(UnityPerRequestHttpModule)); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Binaries/UnityWebApiActivator.cs.pp b/Dev/Binaries/UnityWebApiActivator.cs.pp new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..063fd432078 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Binaries/UnityWebApiActivator.cs.pp @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +using System.Web.Http; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity.WebApi; + +[assembly: WebActivatorEx.PreApplicationStartMethod(typeof($rootnamespace$.App_Start.UnityWebApiActivator), "Start")] + +namespace $rootnamespace$.App_Start +{ + /// Provides the bootstrapping for integrating Unity with WebApi when it is hosted in ASP.NET + public static class UnityWebApiActivator + { + /// Integrates Unity when the application starts. + public static void Start() + { + // Use UnityHierarchicalDependencyResolver if you want to use a new child container for each IHttpController resolution. + // var resolver = new UnityHierarchicalDependencyResolver(UnityConfig.GetConfiguredContainer()); + var resolver = new UnityDependencyResolver(UnityConfig.GetConfiguredContainer()); + + GlobalConfiguration.Configuration.DependencyResolver = resolver; + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.AcceptanceTesting.sln b/Dev/Dev2.AcceptanceTesting.sln deleted file mode 100644 index d48950c8e57..00000000000 --- a/Dev/Dev2.AcceptanceTesting.sln +++ /dev/null @@ -1,748 +0,0 @@ - -Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 -# Visual Studio 2013 -VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.31010.0 -MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Server", "Dev2.Server\Dev2.Server.csproj", "{87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio", "Dev2.Studio\Dev2.Studio.csproj", "{62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity", "ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity\ConsoleAppToTestExecuteCommandLineActivity.csproj", "{DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities", "Dev2.Activities\Dev2.Activities.csproj", "{0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities.Designers", "Dev2.Activities.Designers\Dev2.Activities.Designers.csproj", "{B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities.Specs", "Dev2.Activities.Specs\Dev2.Activities.Specs.csproj", "{A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Activities.Tests", "Dev2.Activities.Tests\Dev2.Activities.Tests.csproj", "{2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Common", "Dev2.Common\Dev2.Common.csproj", "{84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Common.Interfaces", "Dev2.Common.Interfaces\Dev2.Common.Interfaces.csproj", "{13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Core", "Dev2.Core\Dev2.Core.csproj", "{6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Core.Tests", "Dev2.Core.Tests\Dev2.Core.Tests.csproj", "{6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.CustomControls", "Dev2.CustomControls\Dev2.CustomControls.csproj", "{F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Data", "Dev2.Data\Dev2.Data.csproj", "{4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Development.Languages", "Dev2.Development.Languages\Dev2.Development.Languages.csproj", "{33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Diagnostics", "Dev2.Diagnostics\Dev2.Diagnostics.csproj", "{A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Infrastructure", "Dev2.Infrastructure\Dev2.Infrastructure.csproj", "{615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests", "Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests\Dev2.Infrastructure.Tests.csproj", "{D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Instrumentation", "Dev2.Instrumentation\Dev2.Instrumentation.csproj", "{52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Intellisense", "Dev2.Intellisense\Dev2.Intellisense.csproj", "{DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Network", "Dev2.Network\Dev2.Network.csproj", "{14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.OutputLibraries", "Dev2.OutputLibraries\Dev2.OutputLibraries.csproj", "{38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime", "Dev2.Runtime\Dev2.Runtime.csproj", "{9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.Configuration", "Dev2.Runtime.Configuration\Dev2.Runtime.Configuration.csproj", "{9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.Services", "Dev2.Runtime.Services\Dev2.Runtime.Services.csproj", "{B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.Services.Specs", "Dev2.Runtime.Services.Specs\Dev2.Runtime.Services.Specs.csproj", "{DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Scheduler", "Dev2.Scheduler\Dev2.Scheduler.csproj", "{4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Services.Execution", "Dev2.Services.Execution\Dev2.Services.Execution.csproj", "{019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Services.Sql", "Dev2.Services.Sql\Dev2.Services.Sql.csproj", "{FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio.Core", "Dev2.Studio.Core\Dev2.Studio.Core.csproj", "{A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio.Core.Specs", "Dev2.Studio.Core.Specs\Dev2.Studio.Core.Specs.csproj", "{96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests", "Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests\Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests.csproj", "{1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers", "Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers\Dev2.TaskScheduler.Wrappers.csproj", "{1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Testing.SFTPServer", "SFTPServer\Dev2.Testing.SFTPServer.csproj", "{F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.UndoFramework", "Dev2.UndoFramework\Dev2.UndoFramework.csproj", "{632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Util", "Dev2.Util\Dev2.Util.csproj", "{1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}" -EndProject -Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "TestScripts", "TestScripts", "{C6750CCC-03BB-42BF-8EB7-0D9ACB927923}" - ProjectSection(SolutionItems) = preProject - TestScripts\Acceptance\Cleanup.bat = TestScripts\Acceptance\Cleanup.bat - TestScripts\Acceptance\Startup.bat = TestScripts\Acceptance\Startup.bat - EndProjectSection -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Explorer.Specs", "Dev2.Explorer.Specs\Dev2.Explorer.Specs.csproj", "{3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}" -EndProject -Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Solution Items", "Solution Items", "{20848FEE-00A7-4B96-9FA1-80F2890E37AB}" - ProjectSection(SolutionItems) = preProject - TestSettings\Acceptance\CI Environments.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\CI Environments.testsettings - TestSettings\Acceptance\First CI Environment.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\First CI Environment.testsettings - TestSettings\Acceptance\Local.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\Local.testsettings - TestSettings\Acceptance\Sandbox.testsettings = TestSettings\Acceptance\Sandbox.testsettings - EndProjectSection -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Integration.Tests", "Dev2.IntegrationTests\Dev2.Integration.Tests.csproj", "{2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.OuputConfigFiles", "Dev2.OuputConfigFiles\Dev2.OuputConfigFiles.csproj", "{C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Load.Tests", "Dev2.LoadTests\Dev2.Load.Tests.csproj", "{7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Sql", "Dev2.Sql\Dev2.Sql.csproj", "{2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}" -EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Runtime.WebServer", "Dev2.Runtime.WebServer\Dev2.Runtime.WebServer.csproj", "{4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}" -EndProject -Global - GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution - Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU - Debug|Mixed Platforms = Debug|Mixed Platforms - Debug|x64 = Debug|x64 - Debug|x86 = Debug|x86 - Release|Any CPU = Release|Any CPU - Release|Mixed Platforms = Release|Mixed Platforms - Release|x64 = Release|x64 - Release|x86 = Release|x86 - EndGlobalSection - GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {A03004BE-79B5-47AF-88EF-112197619A5F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {DD7772F4-E445-48F6-B594-B4C31E962336}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {96E59B04-1506-4554-B46A-B2B494116B07}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {F72B6E0A-19E4-422D-8F13-DDD586069C71}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {3C6D24ED-71A4-4A97-A941-15C02754A0DE}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {2C7F0E32-C4C4-422D-A767-92F3B3510392}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {C8270A0A-7921-43F9-8F59-CAD2861CF6F6}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {7D8F4122-9557-4433-A4D0-7E960D1C32B9}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {87AEFD04-29F3-45B6-A7C6-4161F9190876}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {2B734597-C85D-4295-9782-C722F4645ED9}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 - {4D0919C0-8FA4-480C-8629-00EB128DDEE9}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 - EndGlobalSection - GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution - HideSolutionNode = FALSE - EndGlobalSection - GlobalSection(NestedProjects) = preSolution - {C6750CCC-03BB-42BF-8EB7-0D9ACB927923} = {20848FEE-00A7-4B96-9FA1-80F2890E37AB} - EndGlobalSection - GlobalSection(CodealikeProperties) = postSolution - SolutionGuid = 5a0c3994-6f1d-461d-8c94-696b3470e61c - EndGlobalSection -EndGlobal diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests.csproj b/Dev/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests.csproj index a8470f60da7..139959ea46b 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests.csproj +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests/Dev2.Activities.Designers.Tests.csproj @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ SAK SAK SAK + ..\ + true true @@ -279,6 +281,13 @@ + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dev2MockFactory.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dev2MockFactory.cs index 6a8a250e697..e3b4ce79bb3 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dev2MockFactory.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dev2MockFactory.cs @@ -15,9 +15,10 @@ using System.Text; using System.Windows; using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Network; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; using Dev2.Network; @@ -72,7 +73,7 @@ static public Mock MainViewModel var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); _mockMainViewModel = new Mock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false, null, null, null, null, new Mock().Object, - new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); } return _mockMainViewModel; } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Diagnostics/ExceptionFactoryTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Diagnostics/ExceptionFactoryTests.cs index 931749077cb..92b9df14212 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Diagnostics/ExceptionFactoryTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Diagnostics/ExceptionFactoryTests.cs @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ using System; using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; using System.Text; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Studio.Diagnostics; using Dev2.Studio.Factory; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using Moq; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/ResourcePickerDialogTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/ResourcePickerDialogTests.cs index 3beef1f0944..cdf16171d35 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/ResourcePickerDialogTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/ResourcePickerDialogTests.cs @@ -18,10 +18,12 @@ using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/TestResourcePickerDialog.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/TestResourcePickerDialog.cs index 4c4e4d5644e..ba4f822deec 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/TestResourcePickerDialog.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dialogs/TestResourcePickerDialog.cs @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Dialogs; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; @@ -18,7 +19,7 @@ using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels.Workflow; using Dev2.Threading; using Moq; - +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Dialogs { public class TestResourcePickerDialog : ResourcePickerDialog diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dock/ContentPaneFactoryTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dock/ContentPaneFactoryTests.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 5953e399fa9..00000000000 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Dock/ContentPaneFactoryTests.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,121 +0,0 @@ - -/* -* Warewolf - The Easy Service Bus -* Copyright 2014 by Warewolf Ltd -* Licensed under GNU Affero General Public License 3.0 or later. -* Some rights reserved. -* Visit our website for more information -* AUTHORS , CONTRIBUTORS -* @license GNU Affero General Public License -*/ - -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Windows; -using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; -using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; -using Dev2.Core.Tests.ProperMoqs; -using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; -using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; -using Dev2.Studio.AppResources.Comparers; -using Dev2.Studio.Core.AppResources.Browsers; -using Dev2.Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums; -using Dev2.Studio.Core.Helpers; -using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; -using Dev2.Studio.Core.ViewModels; -using Dev2.Studio.Dock; -using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels.WorkSurface; -using Infragistics.Windows.DockManager; -using Infragistics.Windows.DockManager.Events; -using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; -using Moq; - -namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Dock -{ - [TestClass] - [Ignore] //TODO: Fix so not dependant on resource file or localize resource file to test project - public class ContentPaneFactoryTests : MainViewModelBase - { - [TestMethod] - [Owner("Tshepo Ntlhokoa")] - [TestCategory("ContentPaneFactory_OnPaneClosing")] - public void ContentPaneFactory_OnPaneClosing_MessageBoxResultIsYes_ViewModelIsDisposed() - { - //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - WorkSurfaceContextViewModel workSurfaceContextViewModel; - ContentPane userControl; - var pane = SetupPane(out workSurfaceContextViewModel, out userControl, MessageBoxResult.Yes); - var isDisposed = workSurfaceContextViewModel.IsDisposed; - //------------Execute Test--------------------------- - pane.OnPaneClosing(userControl, new PaneClosingEventArgs()); - //------------Assert Results------------------------- - Assert.IsNotNull(pane); - Assert.IsFalse(isDisposed); - Assert.IsTrue(workSurfaceContextViewModel.IsDisposed); - } - - [TestMethod] - [Owner("Tshepo Ntlhokoa")] - [TestCategory("ContentPaneFactory_OnPaneClosing")] - public void ContentPaneFactory_OnPaneClosing_MessageBoxResultIsCancel_ViewModelIsNotDisposed() - { - //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - WorkSurfaceContextViewModel workSurfaceContextViewModel; - ContentPane userControl; - var pane = SetupPane(out workSurfaceContextViewModel, out userControl, MessageBoxResult.Cancel); - var isDisposed = workSurfaceContextViewModel.IsDisposed; - //------------Execute Test--------------------------- - pane.OnPaneClosing(userControl, new PaneClosingEventArgs()); - //------------Assert Results------------------------- - Assert.IsNotNull(pane); - Assert.IsFalse(isDisposed); - Assert.IsFalse(workSurfaceContextViewModel.IsDisposed); - } - - static ContentPaneFactory SetupPane(out WorkSurfaceContextViewModel workSurfaceContextViewModel, out ContentPane userControl, MessageBoxResult messageBoxResult) - { - var pane = new ContentPaneFactory(); - var eventAggregator = new Mock(); - var workSurfaceViewModel = new Mock(); - workSurfaceViewModel.SetupGet(w => w.WorkSurfaceContext).Returns(WorkSurfaceContext.Workflow); - workSurfaceViewModel.SetupGet(w => w.ResourceModel).Returns(new TestResourceModel { Authorized = true }); - var localhost = new Mock(); - localhost.Setup(e => e.ID).Returns(Guid.Empty); - localhost.Setup(e => e.IsConnected).Returns(true); - var environmentRepository = new Mock(); - environmentRepository.Setup(c => c.All()).Returns(new[] { localhost.Object }); - environmentRepository.Setup(c => c.Source).Returns(localhost.Object); - var eventPublisher = new Mock(); - var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); - var versionChecker = new Mock(); - var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - - var savePopup = new Mock(); - savePopup.Setup(s => s.Show(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Returns(messageBoxResult); - var mainViewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object,new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false, PopupProvider = savePopup.Object }; - - workSurfaceContextViewModel = new WorkSurfaceContextViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new WorkSurfaceKey - { - EnvironmentID = Guid.NewGuid(), - ResourceID = Guid.NewGuid(), - ServerID = Guid.NewGuid(), - WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Workflow - }, workSurfaceViewModel.Object, new Mock().Object, (a, b) => { }) - { - Parent = mainViewModel - }; - - pane.ItemsSource = new List - { - workSurfaceContextViewModel - }; - - userControl = new ContentPane { DataContext = workSurfaceContextViewModel }; - return pane; - } - } - - public interface ITestWorkSurfaceViewModel : IWorkSurfaceViewModel, IWorkflowDesignerViewModel { } -} diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/DragDropHelpersTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/DragDropHelpersTests.cs index 40973f6403c..f3fdc1f133f 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/DragDropHelpersTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/DragDropHelpersTests.cs @@ -11,10 +11,9 @@ using System; using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Models; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.ViewModels; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/EnvironmentTreeViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/EnvironmentTreeViewModelTests.cs index 7952c60c7ea..b34227af15f 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/EnvironmentTreeViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/EnvironmentTreeViewModelTests.cs @@ -11,7 +11,10 @@ using System; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Models; using Dev2.Services.Security; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnviromentRepositoryTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnviromentRepositoryTest.cs index 157222cffb5..1f341485989 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnviromentRepositoryTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnviromentRepositoryTest.cs @@ -18,8 +18,11 @@ using System.Text; using System.Threading; using System.Xml.Linq; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Core.DynamicServices; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Runtime.ServiceModel; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.Data.ServiceModel; using Dev2.Providers.Events; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnvironmentModelTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnvironmentModelTest.cs index 2bbd3507394..1f6dc49fdec 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnvironmentModelTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/EnvironmentModelTest.cs @@ -9,16 +9,14 @@ * @license GNU Affero General Public License */ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; -using System.Net; -using System.Network; using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; +using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.Network; using Dev2.Providers.Events; using Dev2.Services.Events; @@ -29,6 +27,11 @@ using Dev2.Workspaces; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using Moq; +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; +using System.Net; +using System.Network; // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments @@ -744,7 +747,7 @@ public static IEnvironmentModel CreateEqualityEnvironmentModel(Guid resourceID, public class TestEqualityConnection : ServerProxy { public TestEqualityConnection(Guid serverID, string serverUri) - : base(serverUri, CredentialCache.DefaultCredentials, new AsyncWorker()) + : base(serverUri, CredentialCache.DefaultCredentials, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object) { ServerID = serverID; } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/TestEnvironmentModel.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/TestEnvironmentModel.cs index 00f854710ae..20df335c19f 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/TestEnvironmentModel.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Environments/TestEnvironmentModel.cs @@ -12,6 +12,8 @@ using System; using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Services.Security; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Models; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ExplorerViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ExplorerViewModelTests.cs index 8f2448cdfdc..99d64c07fcf 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ExplorerViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ExplorerViewModelTests.cs @@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ using System; using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; @@ -34,7 +33,7 @@ public class ExplorerViewModelTests public void ThrowsNullExceptionForEnvironmentRepo() { // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new ExplorerViewModel(EventPublishers.Aggregator, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, null, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, connectControlViewModel: new Mock().Object); + new ExplorerViewModel(EventPublishers.Aggregator, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, null, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, connectControlViewModel: new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloader.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloader.cs index bdc83ec6083..f3bf309fb60 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloader.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloader.cs @@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ * @license GNU Affero General Public License */ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Utils; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Wrappers; -using Dev2.Studio.Core.Helpers; namespace Dev2.CustomControls.Progress { class TestProgressFileDownloader : ProgressFileDownloader { - public TestProgressFileDownloader(IDev2WebClient webClient,IFile file,ICryptoProvider crypt) + public TestProgressFileDownloader(IWarewolfWebClient webClient,IFile file,ICryptoProvider crypt) : base(webClient, file,crypt) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloaderTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloaderTests.cs index 68fbe1604ba..1d4183e3801 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloaderTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/TestProgressFileDownloaderTests.cs @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ using System.ComponentModel; using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; using System.IO; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Utils; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Wrappers; using Dev2.CustomControls.Progress; @@ -37,7 +38,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_UnitTest_Download_AsyncDownloadStartedAndProg // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //init - var mockWebClient = new Mock(); + var mockWebClient = new Mock(); mockWebClient.Setup(c => c.DownloadFileAsync(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Verifiable(); var mockProgressDialog = new Mock(); mockProgressDialog.Setup(c => c.Show()).Verifiable(); @@ -58,7 +59,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_UnitTest_Download_AsyncDownloadStartedAndProg public void ProgressFileDownloaderUnitTestDownloadAsyncDownloadStopedAndProgressDialogClosed() { //init - var mockWebClient = new Mock(); + var mockWebClient = new Mock(); mockWebClient.Setup(c => c.CancelAsync()).Verifiable(); var mockProgressDialog = new Mock(); mockProgressDialog.Setup(c => c.Close()).Verifiable(); @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_UnitTest_RehydrateDialog_ProgressDialogRehydr // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //init - var mockWebClient = new Mock(); + var mockWebClient = new Mock(); var mockProgressDialog = new Mock(); mockProgressDialog.Setup(c => c.StatusChanged(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Verifiable(); ProgressFileDownloader.GetProgressDialogViewModel = (x, y) => mockProgressDialog.Object; @@ -102,7 +103,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_UnitTest_RehydrateDialog_ProgressDialogRehydr public void ProgressFileDownloader_UnitTest_OnDownloadFileCompleted_DialogClosed() { //init - var mockWebClient = new Mock(); + var mockWebClient = new Mock(); var mockProgressDialog = new Mock(); mockProgressDialog.Setup(c => c.Close()).Verifiable(); ProgressFileDownloader.GetProgressDialogViewModel = (x, y) => mockProgressDialog.Object; @@ -134,7 +135,7 @@ public void ProgresssFileDownloader_Ctor_VerifyExceptionThrownIfWebClientsNull() public void ProgresssFileDownloader_Ctor_VerifyExceptionThrownIfFileClientsNull() { // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new ProgressFileDownloader(new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object); + new ProgressFileDownloader(new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement } @@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ public void ProgresssFileDownloader_Ctor_VerifyExceptionThrownIfFileClientsNull( public void ProgresssFileDownloader_Ctor_VerifyExceptionThrownIfCryptoIsNull() { // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new ProgressFileDownloader(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null); + new ProgressFileDownloader(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement } @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ public void ProgresssFileDownloader_Ctor_VerifyExceptionThrownIfCryptoIsNull() public void ProgressFileDownloader_Ctor_AssertCorrectConstruction() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); #pragma warning disable 168 @@ -194,7 +195,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_Cleanup_OnlyTempFilesDeleted() public void ProgressFileDownloader_PerformCheckSum_VerifyCryptoProviderCalledAndStringsCompared_ExpectTrueReturned() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); var stream = new MemoryStream(); @@ -216,7 +217,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_PerformCheckSum_VerifyCryptoProviderCalledAnd public void ProgressFileDownloader_PerformCheckSum_VerifyCryptoProviderCalledAndStringsCompared_ExpectFalseReturned() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); var stream = new MemoryStream(); @@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_Download_Complted_HasNoError_ExpectSuccess() // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var progressNotifier = new Mock(); progressNotifier.Setup(a => a.Close()).Verifiable(); var file = new Mock(); @@ -276,7 +277,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_Download_Complted_HasError_ExpectDelete() // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var progressNotifier = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); @@ -307,7 +308,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_Download_Completed_Cancelled_ExpectDelete() // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var progressNotifier = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); @@ -339,7 +340,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_Download_Completed_HasNoError_ExpectSuccessAn // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); var progressNotifier = new Mock(); @@ -372,7 +373,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_Download_Cancel_HasNoErrorFileDoesNotExist_Ex // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); ProgressFileDownloader.GetProgressDialogViewModel = ((a, b) => new Mock().Object); @@ -403,7 +404,7 @@ public void ProgressFileDownloader_Download_Cancel_HasNoError_ExpectSuccessAndFi // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); var file = new Mock(); var crytpto = new Mock(); ProgressFileDownloader.GetProgressDialogViewModel = ((a, b) => new Mock().Object); diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTestClass.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTestClass.cs index 46e3a8d791c..d9b2ad98629 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTestClass.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTestClass.cs @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ using System; using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Helpers; using Dev2.Studio.Utils; @@ -19,12 +20,12 @@ namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Helpers public class VersionCheckerTestClass : VersionChecker { public int ShowPopUpHitCount = 0; - public VersionCheckerTestClass(IDev2WebClient webClient) + public VersionCheckerTestClass(IWarewolfWebClient webClient) : base(webClient, VersionInfo.FetchVersionInfoAsVersion) { } - public VersionCheckerTestClass(IDev2WebClient webClient, Func func) + public VersionCheckerTestClass(IWarewolfWebClient webClient, Func func) : base(webClient, func) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTests.cs index c40963ce773..c79e92b8205 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Helpers/VersionCheckerTests.cs @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; using System.Net; using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Helpers; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Helpers; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; @@ -74,7 +75,7 @@ public void VersionCheckerStartPageUriWithCurrentIsNotLatestExpectedStart() public void GetNewerVersion_LaterVersion_ReturnsTrue() // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { - Mock mockWebClient = new Mock(); + Mock mockWebClient = new Mock(); mockWebClient.Setup(c => c.DownloadString(It.IsAny())).Returns("0.0.0.2").Verifiable(); VersionCheckerTestClass versionChecker = new VersionCheckerTestClass(mockWebClient.Object) { ShowPopupResult = MessageBoxResult.No, CurrentVersion = new Version(0, 0, 0, 1) }; @@ -91,7 +92,7 @@ public void GetNewerVersion_LaterVersion_ReturnsTrue() public void GetNewerVersion_NotLaterVersion_ReturnsFalse() // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming { - Mock mockWebClient = new Mock(); + Mock mockWebClient = new Mock(); mockWebClient.Setup(c => c.DownloadString(It.IsAny())).Returns("0.0.0.1").Verifiable(); VersionCheckerTestClass versionChecker = new VersionCheckerTestClass(mockWebClient.Object) { ShowPopupResult = MessageBoxResult.No, CurrentVersion = new Version(0, 0, 0, 1) }; @@ -110,7 +111,7 @@ public void VersionChecker_Currentr_NullVersionChecker_ExpectException() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new VersionChecker(new Dev2WebClient(new WebClient()), null); + new VersionChecker(new WarewolfWebClient(new WebClient()), null); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -124,7 +125,7 @@ public void VersionChecker_Currentr_NullVersionChecker_ExpectException() public void VersionChecker_LatestVersionCheckSum_CallsCorrectDownloadString() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var webClient = new Mock(); + var webClient = new Mock(); webClient.Setup(a => a.DownloadString(It.IsAny())).Returns("1.2.1.1"); var versionChecker = new VersionChecker(webClient.Object, () => new Version(0, 0, 0, 1)); diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelBase.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelBase.cs index 98fd7eaf557..f43d5bb3527 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelBase.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelBase.cs @@ -17,11 +17,12 @@ using System.Text; using System.Windows; using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Communication; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; using Dev2.Providers.Events; @@ -34,7 +35,6 @@ using Dev2.Studio.Core.Messages; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Workspaces; using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels; -using Dev2.Threading; using Dev2.Webs; using Dev2.Workspaces; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ protected void CreateFullExportsAndVmWithEmptyRepo() // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement MainViewModel = new MainViewModel(EventAggregator.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepo, new Mock().Object, false, null, PopupController.Object, - WindowManager.Object, WebController.Object, MockStudioResourceRepository.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + WindowManager.Object, WebController.Object, MockStudioResourceRepository.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); } protected void CreateFullExportsAndVm() @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ protected void CreateFullExportsAndVm() new WorkspaceItemRepository(mockWorkspaceItemRepository.Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement FindCefSharpWpfDll();//Ashley: Load Xaml references manually... - Mock mockConnectControlViewModel = new Mock(); + Mock mockConnectControlViewModel = new Mock(); MainViewModel = new MainViewModel(EventAggregator.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepo, new Mock().Object, false, BrowserPopupController.Object, PopupController.Object , WindowManager.Object, WebController.Object, MockStudioResourceRepository.Object, new Mock().Object, mockConnectControlViewModel.Object); diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelMock.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelMock.cs index 14bfb668635..3f2a603ccfa 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelMock.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelMock.cs @@ -10,20 +10,19 @@ */ using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; using Dev2.Studio.Core.AppResources.Browsers; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Helpers; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels; -using Dev2.Threading; namespace Dev2.Core.Tests { public class MainViewModelMock : MainViewModel { - public MainViewModelMock(IEventAggregator eventPublisher, IAsyncWorker asyncWorker, IEnvironmentRepository environmentRepository, IVersionChecker versionChecker, IStudioResourceRepository studioResourceRepository, IConnectControlSingleton connectControlSingleton, IConnectControlViewModel connectControlViewModel, bool createDesigners = true, IBrowserPopupController browserPopupController = null) + public MainViewModelMock(IEventAggregator eventPublisher, IAsyncWorker asyncWorker, IEnvironmentRepository environmentRepository, IVersionChecker versionChecker, IStudioResourceRepository studioResourceRepository, IConnectControlSingleton connectControlSingleton, CustomControls.Connections.IConnectControlViewModel connectControlViewModel, bool createDesigners = true, IBrowserPopupController browserPopupController = null) : base(eventPublisher, asyncWorker, environmentRepository, versionChecker, createDesigners, browserPopupController, studioResourceRepository:studioResourceRepository, connectControlSingleton:connectControlSingleton, connectControlViewModel: connectControlViewModel) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelPersistenceMock.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelPersistenceMock.cs index c7f48039e49..75523469fd6 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelPersistenceMock.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelPersistenceMock.cs @@ -10,14 +10,13 @@ */ using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Helpers; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels; using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels.WorkSurface; -using Dev2.Threading; using Moq; namespace Dev2.Core.Tests @@ -26,13 +25,13 @@ public sealed class MainViewModelPersistenceMock : MainViewModel { public MainViewModelPersistenceMock(IEnvironmentRepository environmentRepository, bool createDesigners = true) : base(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, environmentRepository, new VersionChecker(), createDesigners, - studioResourceRepository: new Mock().Object, connectControlSingleton: new Mock().Object, connectControlViewModel: new Mock().Object) + studioResourceRepository: new Mock().Object, connectControlSingleton: new Mock().Object, connectControlViewModel: new Mock().Object) { } public MainViewModelPersistenceMock(IEnvironmentRepository environmentRepository,IAsyncWorker asyncWorker, bool createDesigners = true) : base(new Mock().Object, asyncWorker, environmentRepository, new VersionChecker(), createDesigners, - studioResourceRepository: new Mock().Object, connectControlSingleton: new Mock().Object, connectControlViewModel: new Mock().Object) + studioResourceRepository: new Mock().Object, connectControlSingleton: new Mock().Object, connectControlViewModel: new Mock().Object) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelTest.cs index 8cc7430e643..78661e74222 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/MainViewModelTest.cs @@ -19,18 +19,19 @@ using System.Windows.Forms; using Caliburn.Micro; using CubicOrange.Windows.Forms.ActiveDirectory; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Scheduler.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Communication; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; -using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; using Dev2.Factory; -using Dev2.Models; using Dev2.Services.Events; using Dev2.Services.Security; using Dev2.Settings; @@ -50,7 +51,6 @@ using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels.Help; using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels.Workflow; using Dev2.Studio.ViewModels.WorkSurface; -using Dev2.Threading; using Dev2.Util; using Dev2.Utilities; using Dev2.ViewModels.Deploy; @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_UnitTest_Constructor_ShowStartPage() var versionChecker = new Mock(); var asyncWorker = new Mock(); - var mvm = new Mock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false, null, null, null, null, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + var mvm = new Mock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false, null, null, null, null, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); mvm.Setup(c => c.ShowStartPage()).Verifiable(); //construct @@ -159,11 +159,11 @@ public void MainViewModelConstructorWithWorkspaceItemsInRepositoryExpectedLoadsW var resourceModel = new Mock(); resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceName).Returns(resourceName); resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ID).Returns(resourceID); - resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.WorkflowService); + resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceType).Returns(Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums.ResourceType.WorkflowService); var resourceRepo = new Mock(); resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.All()).Returns(new List(new[] { resourceModel.Object })); - resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true)).Verifiable(); + resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true)).Verifiable(); resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.FetchResourceDefinition(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Returns(new ExecuteMessage()); @@ -216,11 +216,11 @@ public void MainViewModelConstructorWithWorkspaceItemsInRepositoryExpectedNotLoa var resourceModel = new Mock(); resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceName).Returns(resourceName); resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ID).Returns(resourceID); - resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.WorkflowService); + resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceType).Returns(Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums.ResourceType.WorkflowService); var resourceRepo = new Mock(); resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.All()).Returns(new List(new[] { resourceModel.Object })); - resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true)).Verifiable(); + resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true)).Verifiable(); var envConn = new Mock(); envConn.Setup(conn => conn.WorkspaceID).Returns(workspaceID); @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ public void MainViewModelConstructorWithWorkspaceItemsInRepositoryExpectedNotLoa Mock asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); var viewModel = new MainViewModelPersistenceMock(envRepo.Object, asyncWorker.Object, false); - resourceRepo.Verify(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true), Times.Never()); + resourceRepo.Verify(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true), Times.Never()); wsiRepo.Verify(r => r.AddWorkspaceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); Assert.AreEqual(1, viewModel.Items.Count); // 1 extra for the help tab! @@ -268,11 +268,11 @@ public void MainViewModelConstructorWithWorkspaceItemsInRepositoryExpectedNotLoa var resourceModel = new Mock(); resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceName).Returns(resourceName); resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ID).Returns(resourceID); - resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.WorkflowService); + resourceModel.Setup(m => m.ResourceType).Returns(Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums.ResourceType.WorkflowService); var resourceRepo = new Mock(); resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.All()).Returns(new List(new[] { resourceModel.Object })); - resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true)).Verifiable(); + resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), true)).Verifiable(); resourceRepo.Setup(r => r.FetchResourceDefinition(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Returns(new ExecuteMessage()); var envConn = new Mock(); @@ -644,7 +644,6 @@ public void MainViewModel_CloseWorkSurfaceContext_ExistingUnsavedWorkflowNotSave PopupController.Setup(s => s.Show(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Returns(MessageBoxResult.No); var activetx = MainViewModel.Items.ToList().First(i => i.WorkSurfaceViewModel.WorkSurfaceContext == WorkSurfaceContext.Workflow); - MainViewModel.CloseWorkSurfaceContext(activetx, null); FirstResource.Verify(r => r.Commit(), Times.Never(), "ResourceModel was committed when not saved."); FirstResource.Verify(r => r.Rollback(), Times.Once(), "ResourceModel was not rolled back when not saved."); } @@ -664,7 +663,6 @@ public void MainViewModel_CloseWorkSurfaceContext_ExistingUnsavedWorkflowSaved_R PopupController.Setup(s => s.Show(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes); var activetx = MainViewModel.Items.ToList().First(i => i.WorkSurfaceViewModel.WorkSurfaceContext == WorkSurfaceContext.Workflow); - MainViewModel.CloseWorkSurfaceContext(activetx, null); FirstResource.Verify(r => r.Commit(), Times.Once(), "ResourceModel was not committed when saved."); FirstResource.Verify(r => r.Rollback(), Times.Never(), "ResourceModel was rolled back when saved."); } @@ -689,7 +687,6 @@ public void MainViewModel_CloseWorkSurfaceContext_UnsavedWorkflowAndResourceCanS var activetx = MainViewModel.Items.ToList().First(i => i.WorkSurfaceViewModel.WorkSurfaceContext == WorkSurfaceContext.Workflow); //------------Execute Test--------------------------- - MainViewModel.CloseWorkSurfaceContext(activetx, null); PrivateObject pvt = new PrivateObject(MainViewModel); //------------Assert Results------------------------- EventAggregator.Verify(e => e.Publish(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); @@ -946,7 +943,7 @@ public void NewResourceCommandExpectsWebControllerDisplayDialogue() CreateFullExportsAndVm(); int HitCounter = 0; IContextualResourceModel payloadResourceModel = null; - MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); WebController.Setup(w => w.DisplayDialogue(It.IsAny(), false)).Callback((IContextualResourceModel c, bool b1) => { HitCounter++; @@ -967,7 +964,7 @@ public void NewResourceCommandExpectsWebControllerDisplayDialogue() { Assert.Fail("The resource passed in was null"); } - MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); } [TestMethod] @@ -976,7 +973,7 @@ public void NewResourceMessageExpectsWebControllerDisplayDialogue() CreateFullExportsAndVm(); int HitCounter = 0; IContextualResourceModel payloadResourceModel = null; - MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); WebController.Setup(w => w.DisplayDialogue(It.IsAny(), false)).Callback((IContextualResourceModel c, bool b1) => { HitCounter++; @@ -997,7 +994,7 @@ public void NewResourceMessageExpectsWebControllerDisplayDialogue() { Assert.Fail("The resource passed in was null"); } - MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); } [TestMethod] @@ -1006,7 +1003,7 @@ public void ShowEditResourceWizardMessageExpectsWebControllerDisplayDialogue() CreateFullExportsAndVm(); int HitCounter = 0; IContextualResourceModel payloadResourceModel = null; - MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); WebController.Setup(w => w.DisplayDialogue(It.IsAny(), true)).Callback((IContextualResourceModel c, bool b1) => { HitCounter++; @@ -1029,7 +1026,7 @@ public void ShowEditResourceWizardMessageExpectsWebControllerDisplayDialogue() { Assert.Fail("The resource passed in was null"); } - MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); } [TestMethod] @@ -1050,7 +1047,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_Regression_NewWorkFlowCommand_DoesNotSaveRepository() { //Setup CreateFullExportsAndVmWithEmptyRepo(); - MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny())); var environmentRepo = CreateMockEnvironment(); Mock mockAuthService = new Mock(); mockAuthService.Setup(c => c.GetResourcePermissions(It.IsAny())).Returns(Permissions.Administrator); @@ -1064,7 +1061,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_Regression_NewWorkFlowCommand_DoesNotSaveRepository() MainViewModel.NewResourceCommand.Execute("Workflow"); //Assert resourceRepo.Verify(r => r.Save(It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); - MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Once()); + MockStudioResourceRepository.Verify(repository => repository.AddResouceItem(It.IsAny()), Times.Once()); } #endregion @@ -1892,7 +1889,7 @@ public void MainViewModelShowCommunityPageExpectedInvokesConstructorsBrowserPopu envRepo.Setup(e => e.All()).Returns(new List()); envRepo.Setup(e => e.Source).Returns(new Mock().Object); envRepo.Setup(e => e.ReadSession()).Returns(new[] { Guid.NewGuid() }); - var vm = new MainViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, envRepo.Object, new Mock().Object, false, popupController.Object, null, null, null, null, null, new Mock().Object); + var vm = new MainViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, envRepo.Object, new Mock().Object, false, popupController.Object, null, null, null, null, null, new Mock().Object); vm.ShowCommunityPage(); popupController.Verify(p => p.ShowPopup(It.IsAny())); @@ -1906,7 +1903,7 @@ public void MainViewModelConstructorWithNullBrowserPopupControllerExpectedCreate CustomContainer.Register(new Mock().Object); envRepo.Setup(e => e.All()).Returns(new List()); envRepo.Setup(e => e.Source).Returns(new Mock().Object); - var vm = new MainViewModel(mockEventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, envRepo.Object, new Mock().Object, false, null, null, null, null, null, null, new Mock().Object); + var vm = new MainViewModel(mockEventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, envRepo.Object, new Mock().Object, false, null, null, null, null, null, null, new Mock().Object); Assert.IsInstanceOfType(vm.BrowserPopupController, typeof(ExternalBrowserPopupController)); } @@ -2015,7 +2012,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_OnStudioClosing_CallsSchedulerOnClosing() var mvm = new MainViewModel(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false); var popup = new Mock(); popup.Setup(a => a.ShowSchedulerCloseConfirmation()).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Cancel).Verifiable(); - var scheduler = new SchedulerViewModel(EventPublishers.Aggregator, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), popup.Object, new AsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Scheduler }; + var scheduler = new SchedulerViewModel(EventPublishers.Aggregator, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), popup.Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object) { WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Scheduler }; var task = new Mock(); task.Setup(a => a.IsDirty).Returns(true); scheduler.SelectedTask = task.Object; @@ -2053,7 +2050,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_OnStudioClosing_ClosesRemoteEnvironmants() var mvm = new MainViewModel(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false); var popup = new Mock(); popup.Setup(a => a.ShowSchedulerCloseConfirmation()).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Cancel).Verifiable(); - var scheduler = new SchedulerViewModel(EventPublishers.Aggregator, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), popup.Object, new AsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Scheduler }; + var scheduler = new SchedulerViewModel(EventPublishers.Aggregator, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), popup.Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object) { WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Scheduler }; var task = new Mock(); task.Setup(a => a.IsDirty).Returns(false); scheduler.SelectedTask = task.Object; @@ -2095,7 +2092,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_OnStudioClosing_CallsSettingsOnClosing() var mvm = new MainViewModel(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false); var popup = new Mock(); popup.Setup(a => a.ShowSchedulerCloseConfirmation()).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Cancel).Verifiable(); - var settings = new SettingsViewModelForTest(EventPublishers.Aggregator, popup.Object, new AsyncWorker(), new NativeWindow()) { RetValue = false, WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Settings }; + var settings = new SettingsViewModelForTest(EventPublishers.Aggregator, popup.Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new NativeWindow()) { RetValue = false, WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Settings }; var task = new Mock(); task.Setup(a => a.IsDirty).Returns(true); settings.IsDirty = true; @@ -2132,7 +2129,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_OnStudioClosing_CallsSettingsOnClosingDirty() var mvm = new MainViewModel(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false); var popup = new Mock(); - var settings = new SettingsViewModelForTest(EventPublishers.Aggregator, popup.Object, new AsyncWorker(), new NativeWindow()) { RetValue = true, WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Settings }; + var settings = new SettingsViewModelForTest(EventPublishers.Aggregator, popup.Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new NativeWindow()) { RetValue = true, WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Settings }; var task = new Mock(); task.Setup(a => a.IsDirty).Returns(true); settings.IsDirty = true; @@ -2168,7 +2165,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_OnStudioClosing_CallsSchedulerOnClosingClosesSuccessfu var mvm = new MainViewModel(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, false); var popup = new Mock(); popup.Setup(a => a.ShowSchedulerCloseConfirmation()).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes).Verifiable(); - var scheduler = new SchedulerViewModelForTesting(EventPublishers.Aggregator, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), popup.Object, new AsyncWorker()) { RetValue = true, WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Scheduler }; + var scheduler = new SchedulerViewModelForTesting(EventPublishers.Aggregator, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), popup.Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object) { RetValue = true, WorkSurfaceContext = WorkSurfaceContext.Scheduler }; var task = new Mock(); task.Setup(a => a.IsDirty).Returns(true); scheduler.SelectedTask = task.Object; @@ -2372,7 +2369,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_AddWorkSurfaceContext_AddResourceFromServer_ExpectIsSa var workspaceId = Guid.NewGuid(); var resourceModel = new Mock(); - resourceModel.Setup(r => r.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.WorkflowService); + resourceModel.Setup(r => r.ResourceType).Returns(Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums.ResourceType.WorkflowService); resourceModel.SetupGet(r => r.ID).Returns(resourceId); resourceModel.SetupGet(r => r.ServerID).Returns(serverId); resourceModel.SetupGet(r => r.ResourceName).Returns("My_Resource_Name"); @@ -2386,7 +2383,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_AddWorkSurfaceContext_AddResourceFromServer_ExpectIsSa environmentModel.SetupGet(e => e.Connection).Returns(environmentConnection.Object); var resourceRepository = new Mock(); - resourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny())).Returns(() => + resourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny())).Returns(() => { Thread.Sleep(100); return new List(); @@ -2413,7 +2410,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_AddWorkSurfaceContext_AddResourceFromWorkspace_ExpectI var workspaceId = Guid.NewGuid(); var resourceModel = new Mock(); - resourceModel.Setup(r => r.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.WorkflowService); + resourceModel.Setup(r => r.ResourceType).Returns(Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums.ResourceType.WorkflowService); resourceModel.SetupGet(r => r.ID).Returns(resourceId); resourceModel.SetupGet(r => r.ServerID).Returns(serverId); resourceModel.SetupGet(r => r.ResourceName).Returns("My_Resource_Name"); @@ -2427,7 +2424,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_AddWorkSurfaceContext_AddResourceFromWorkspace_ExpectI environmentModel.SetupGet(e => e.Connection).Returns(environmentConnection.Object); var resourceRepository = new Mock(); - resourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny())).Returns(() => + resourceRepository.Setup(repository => repository.ReloadResource(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny())).Returns(() => { Thread.Sleep(100); return new List(); @@ -2488,7 +2485,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_IsDownloading_IsBusyDownloadingInstallerIsNull_False() var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = null }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = null }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- var isDownloading = viewModel.IsDownloading(); @@ -2512,7 +2509,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_HandleMessageBoxMessage_CallsPopupShow() var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = null }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = null }; Mock mockPopupController = new Mock(); mockPopupController.Setup(controller => controller.Show("Some message", "Some heading", MessageBoxButton.OK, MessageBoxImage.Warning, "")).Verifiable(); viewModel.PopupProvider = mockPopupController.Object; @@ -2538,7 +2535,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_IsDownloading_IsBusyDownloadingInstallerReturnsFalse_F var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- var isDownloading = viewModel.IsDownloading(); //------------Assert Results------------------------- @@ -2560,7 +2557,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_IsDownloading_IsBusyDownloadingInstallerReturnsTrue_Tr var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- var isDownloading = viewModel.IsDownloading(); //------------Assert Results------------------------- @@ -2582,7 +2579,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_SetActiveEnvironment_ActiveEnvironmentIsUpdated() var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- var newEnvironment = new Mock(); viewModel.SetActiveEnvironment(newEnvironment.Object); @@ -2605,7 +2602,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_ShowOAuthSave_ShowsDialog_AndCanclesOut() var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ConvertToConstant.Local bool save = false; @@ -2642,7 +2639,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_ShowOAuthSave_ShowsDialog_HasResourceIdNoSaveDialog() var asyncWorker = AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker(); var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- bool save = false; bool drop = false; @@ -2674,7 +2671,7 @@ public void MainViewModel_ShowOAuthSave_ShowsDialog_AndSave() var resourceRep = new Mock(); var versionChecker = new Mock(); var browserPopupController = new Mock(); - var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; + var viewModel = new MainViewModelMock(eventPublisher.Object, asyncWorker.Object, environmentRepository.Object, versionChecker.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, false, browserPopupController.Object) { IsBusyDownloadingInstaller = () => false }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- bool save = false; bool drop = false; @@ -2701,7 +2698,7 @@ public SchedulerViewModelForTesting() // ReSharper disable TooManyDependencies public SchedulerViewModelForTesting(IEventAggregator eventPublisher, DirectoryObjectPickerDialog directoryObjectPicker, IPopupController popupController, IAsyncWorker asyncWorker) // ReSharper restore TooManyDependencies - : base(eventPublisher, directoryObjectPicker, popupController, asyncWorker, new Mock().Object) + : base(eventPublisher, directoryObjectPicker, popupController, asyncWorker, new Mock().Object) { } @@ -2726,7 +2723,7 @@ public SettingsViewModelForTest() public SettingsViewModelForTest(IEventAggregator eventPublisher, IPopupController popupController, // ReSharper restore TooManyDependencies IAsyncWorker asyncWorker, IWin32Window parentWindow) - : base(eventPublisher, popupController, asyncWorker, parentWindow, new Mock().Object) + : base(eventPublisher, popupController, asyncWorker, parentWindow, new Mock().Object) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ModelTests/ExplorerItemModelTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ModelTests/ExplorerItemModelTest.cs index e2c81c93b7a..f38aa1f85a6 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ModelTests/ExplorerItemModelTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ModelTests/ExplorerItemModelTest.cs @@ -18,11 +18,12 @@ using System.Windows; using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.Activities; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Versioning; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments; @@ -1861,12 +1862,13 @@ public void ExplorerItemModel_RenameCommand_HasSelectedItem_SetsIsRenamingToTrue { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- var aggregator = new Mock(); -#pragma warning disable 219 + // ReSharper disable NotAccessedVariable Guid resourceGuid; string oldName; string newName; -#pragma warning restore 219 + // ReSharper restore NotAccessedVariable + aggregator.Setup(a => a.Publish(It.IsAny())).Callback(msg => { var workSurfaceObject = (msg as UpdateWorksurfaceFlowNodeDisplayName); @@ -3343,7 +3345,7 @@ public void ExplorerItemModel_IsLocalHostr_NonServerResourceTypes_ExpectNotLocal } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] [TestCategory("ExplorerItemModel_SetIsChecked")] public void ExplorerItemModel_SetIsChecked_ExpectNULLSet() @@ -3422,7 +3424,7 @@ public void ExplorerItemModel_RemoveCommand_ExpectRemoveCalled() connectControlSingleton.Verify(c => c.Remove(It.IsAny()), Times.Once()); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] [TestCategory("ExplorerItemModel_SetIsChecked")] public void ExplorerItemModel_SetIsChecked_ExpectChildrenUpdated() @@ -3437,7 +3439,7 @@ public void ExplorerItemModel_SetIsChecked_ExpectChildrenUpdated() } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] [TestCategory("ExplorerItemModel_SetIsChecked")] public void ExplorerItemModel_SetIsChecked_ExpectParentOverwriteChanged() diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/NavigationViewModelTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/NavigationViewModelTest.cs index fdcae21f04b..e4fa1cd7cce 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/NavigationViewModelTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/NavigationViewModelTest.cs @@ -18,10 +18,11 @@ using System.Windows.Threading; using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; -using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.Models; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.Specs.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.Specs.cs index d6cdb9492d3..c7ea07ea74b 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.Specs.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.Specs.cs @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ public partial class ServerProxyTests //Given a ServerProxy //When I Execute the ExecuteCommand //Then the EsbProxy is invoked with ExecuteCommand - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Hagashen Naidu")] [TestCategory("ServerProxy_ExecuteCommand")] public void ServerProxy_ExecuteCommand_WithArgs_ShouldInvokeCorrectly() diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.UnitTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.UnitTests.cs index ac592b652e4..976d15f2a58 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.UnitTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Network/ServerProxyTests.UnitTests.cs @@ -9,22 +9,24 @@ * @license GNU Affero General Public License */ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; -using System.Net; -using System.Net.Http; -using System.Text; -using System.Threading.Tasks; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Runtime.ServiceModel; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; using Dev2.Communication; +using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.Explorer; using Dev2.Network; using Dev2.Runtime.ServiceModel.Data; using Dev2.Threading; using Microsoft.AspNet.SignalR.Client; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; +using System.Net; +using System.Net.Http; +using System.Text; +using System.Threading.Tasks; // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Network @@ -125,7 +127,7 @@ public void ServerProxy_Constructor_DefaultConstruction_ShouldHaveEsbProxyWithSe Assert.IsNotNull(subscription); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(5000)] [Owner("Hagashen Naidu")] [TestCategory("ServerProxy_Constructor")] public void ServerProxy_HandleItemAdded() @@ -146,7 +148,7 @@ public void ServerProxy_HandleItemAdded() } //------------Execute Test--------------------------- - ServerExplorerItem item = new ServerExplorerItem("bob",Guid.Empty,ResourceType.DbService,null,Permissions.Administrator, "bob"); + ServerExplorerItem item = new ServerExplorerItem("bob", Guid.Empty, ResourceType.DbService, null, Permissions.Administrator, "bob", "", ""); serverProxy.ItemAddedMessageAction += explorerItem => { ItemGuid = explorerItem.ServerId; }; Dev2JsonSerializer dev = new Dev2JsonSerializer(); var output = dev.SerializeToBuilder(item); @@ -158,7 +160,7 @@ public void ServerProxy_HandleItemAdded() Assert.IsNotNull(subscription); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(5000)] [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] [TestCategory("ServerProxy_Connect")] public void ServerProxy_ConnectSetsId() @@ -183,7 +185,7 @@ public void ServerProxy_ConnectSetsId() Assert.AreEqual(x,serverProxy.ID); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Trevor Williams-Ros")] [TestCategory("ServerProxy_Wait")] public void ServerProxy_Wait_TaskThrowsHttpRequestException_ExceptionHandledAndTaskIsFaultedAndIsConnectedIsFalse() @@ -211,7 +213,7 @@ public void ServerProxy_Wait_TaskThrowsHttpRequestException_ExceptionHandledAndT Assert.IsFalse(serverProxy.IsConnected); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Travis Frisinger")] [TestCategory("ServerProxy_Wait")] public void ServerProxy_Wait_TaskThrowsHttpClientException_ExceptionHandledAndTaskIsFaultedAndIsConnectedIsTrue() @@ -239,7 +241,7 @@ public void ServerProxy_Wait_TaskThrowsHttpClientException_ExceptionHandledAndTa Assert.IsTrue(serverProxy.IsConnected); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Travis Frisinger")] [TestCategory("ServerProxy_Wait")] public void ServerProxy_Wait_TaskThrowsException_ExceptionHandledAndTaskIsFaultedAndIsConnectedIsTrue() @@ -267,7 +269,7 @@ public void ServerProxy_Wait_TaskThrowsException_ExceptionHandledAndTaskIsFaulte Assert.IsTrue(serverProxy.IsConnected); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Timeout(3000)] [Owner("Trevor Williams-Ros")] [TestCategory("ServerProxy_Wait")] public void ServerProxy_Wait_TaskThrowsReconnectingBeforeInvocationInvalidOperationException_ExceptionHandledAndTaskIsFaultedAndIsConnectedIsTrue() @@ -304,7 +306,7 @@ public TestServerProxy(string uri, string userName, string password) { } public TestServerProxy() - : base("http://localhost:8080", CredentialCache.DefaultCredentials, new AsyncWorker()) + : base("http://localhost:8080", CredentialCache.DefaultCredentials, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ProperMoqs/TestResourceModel.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ProperMoqs/TestResourceModel.cs index 83d7c27b942..16691768fd3 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ProperMoqs/TestResourceModel.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ProperMoqs/TestResourceModel.cs @@ -19,6 +19,7 @@ using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Core.Collections; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Providers.Errors; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Versioning; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.Services.Security; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Repositories/StudioResourceRepositoryTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Repositories/StudioResourceRepositoryTests.cs index 341737ea7b3..baeaee84bce 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Repositories/StudioResourceRepositoryTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Repositories/StudioResourceRepositoryTests.cs @@ -19,11 +19,14 @@ using System.Windows.Threading; using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Hosting; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Versioning; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments; @@ -37,7 +40,6 @@ using Dev2.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Messages; -using Dev2.Threading; using Dev2.Util; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using Moq; @@ -2308,7 +2310,7 @@ public void StudioResourceRepository_AddResourceItem_ItemAdded() IEnvironmentModel internalEnvironmentModel = environmentModel; studioResourceRepository.GetCurrentEnvironment = () => internalEnvironmentModel.ID; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- - studioResourceRepository.AddResouceItem(resourceModel.Object); + //studioResourceRepository.AddResouceItem(resourceModel.Object); //------------Assert Results------------------------- Assert.AreEqual(1, rootItem.Children.Count); Assert.AreEqual(1, rootItem.Children[0].Children.Count); diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceModelTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceModelTest.cs index ce682c253aa..9c0f2301d4d 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceModelTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceModelTest.cs @@ -20,6 +20,8 @@ using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Providers.Errors; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.Providers.Errors; using Dev2.Providers.Events; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceRepositoryTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceRepositoryTest.cs index 168fca6f1e6..c4014102376 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceRepositoryTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ResourceRepositoryTest.cs @@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ using System.Text; using System.Xml.Linq; using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Core.DynamicServices; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Providers.Errors; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.Controller; using Dev2.Core.Tests; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Security/ClientSecurityServiceTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Security/ClientSecurityServiceTests.cs index bfb93d33fe5..cef3587cd2d 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Security/ClientSecurityServiceTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Security/ClientSecurityServiceTests.cs @@ -16,8 +16,10 @@ using System.Text; using System.Threading; using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.Providers.Events; using Dev2.Security; @@ -211,7 +213,7 @@ public void ClientSecurityService_PermissionsModified_NewPermissionsReceived_Sho IEventPublisher eventPublisher = new EventPublisher(); connection.Setup(c => c.ServerEvents).Returns(eventPublisher); var clientSecurityService = new TestClientSecurityService(connection.Object); - var currentPermissions = new List(); + var currentPermissions = new List(); Guid resourceID = Guid.NewGuid(); var resourcePermission = new WindowsGroupPermission(); @@ -228,7 +230,7 @@ public void ClientSecurityService_PermissionsModified_NewPermissionsReceived_Sho clientSecurityService.SetCurrentPermissions(currentPermissions); clientSecurityService.ReadAsync().Wait(); - var changedPermissions = new List(); + var changedPermissions = new List(); var changedResourcePermission = new WindowsGroupPermission(); changedResourcePermission.ResourceID = resourceID; @@ -261,7 +263,7 @@ public void ClientSecurityService_PermissionsModified_NewPermissionsReceived_Sho public class TestClientSecurityService : ClientSecurityService { - List _currentPermissions; + List _currentPermissions; public TestClientSecurityService(IEnvironmentConnection environmentConnection) : base(environmentConnection) @@ -282,9 +284,9 @@ public override Task ReadAsync() #region Overrides of ClientSecurityService - protected override List ReadPermissions() + protected override List ReadPermissions() { - var currentPermissions = new List(); + var currentPermissions = new List(); if(_currentPermissions != null) { currentPermissions = _currentPermissions; @@ -294,7 +296,7 @@ protected override List ReadPermissions() #endregion - public void SetCurrentPermissions(List windowsGroupPermissions) + public void SetCurrentPermissions(List windowsGroupPermissions) { _currentPermissions = windowsGroupPermissions; } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/ClientScheduledResourceTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/ClientScheduledResourceTests.cs index 9fa1f9535cc..50d7225ccf3 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/ClientScheduledResourceTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/ClientScheduledResourceTests.cs @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data.TO; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Diagnostics.Debug; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Scheduler.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.DataList.Contract; using Dev2.Settings.Scheduler; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/LogSettingsViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/LogSettingsViewModelTests.cs index 2ab6fc8ba7d..0149d3062d2 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/LogSettingsViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/LogSettingsViewModelTests.cs @@ -1,5 +1,6 @@ using System; using System.IO; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Logging; using Dev2.Services.Security; using Dev2.Settings.Logging; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SchedulerViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SchedulerViewModelTests.cs index 135d063d996..bd1aa1d860c 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SchedulerViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SchedulerViewModelTests.cs @@ -9,20 +9,15 @@ * @license GNU Affero General Public License */ -using System; -using System.Collections.Generic; -using System.Collections.ObjectModel; -using System.ComponentModel; -using System.Linq; -using System.Text; -using System.Windows; -using System.Windows.Controls; using Caliburn.Micro; using CubicOrange.Windows.Forms.ActiveDirectory; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Scheduler.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Communication; -using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; +using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.Dialogs; using Dev2.Scheduler; using Dev2.Services.Security; @@ -38,6 +33,14 @@ using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using Microsoft.Win32.TaskScheduler; using Moq; +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.ObjectModel; +using System.ComponentModel; +using System.Linq; +using System.Text; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Controls; // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Settings @@ -62,7 +65,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Constructor_NullEventAggregator_Exception() //------------Setup for test-------------------------- //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new SchedulerViewModel(null, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + new SchedulerViewModel(null, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Assert Results------------------------- } @@ -76,7 +79,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Constructor_NullDirectoryObjectPickerDialog_Excep //------------Setup for test-------------------------- //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Assert Results------------------------- } @@ -90,7 +93,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Constructor_NullPopupController_Exception() //------------Setup for test-------------------------- //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Assert Results------------------------- } @@ -103,7 +106,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Constructor_NullAsyncWorker_Exception() //------------Setup for test-------------------------- //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object); + new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Assert Results------------------------- } @@ -131,7 +134,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Constructor_ValidConstruction_ShouldSetHelpText() //------------Setup for test-------------------------- //------------Execute Test--------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); //------------Assert Results------------------------- Assert.AreEqual(@"To schedule a workflow execution, setup the trigger you want to use and the workflow you want to execute. @@ -144,7 +147,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Constructor_ValidConstruction_ShouldSetHelpText() public void SchedulerViewModel_ShowError_WithSaveError_HasErrorsTrue() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = new ScheduledResourceForTest() }; + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = new ScheduledResourceForTest() }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- schedulerViewModel.ShowError("Error while saving: test error"); @@ -158,7 +161,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_ShowError_WithSaveError_HasErrorsTrue() public void SchedulerViewModel_ShowError_WithNormalError_HasErrorsTrue() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = new ScheduledResourceForTest() }; + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = new ScheduledResourceForTest() }; var _hasErrorChange = false; var _errorChange = false; @@ -189,7 +192,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_ShowError_WithNormalError_HasErrorsTrue() public void SchedulerViewModel_ClearError_WithNormalError_HasErrorsSet() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = new ScheduledResourceForTest() }; + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = new ScheduledResourceForTest() }; var _hasErrorChange = false; var _errorChange = false; @@ -224,7 +227,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_ClearError_WithNormalError_HasErrorsSet() public void SchedulerViewModel_Trigger_SetTrigger_IsDirtyTrue() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -241,7 +244,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Trigger_SetTrigger_IsDirtyTrue() public void SchedulerViewModel_RunAsapIfScheduleMissed_SetRunAsapIfScheduleMissed_IsDirtyTrue() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -257,7 +260,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_RunAsapIfScheduleMissed_SetRunAsapIfScheduleMisse public void SchedulerViewModel_Status_SetStatus_IsDirtyTrue() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -273,7 +276,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Status_SetStatus_IsDirtyTrue() public void SchedulerViewModel_NumberOfRecordsToKeep_SetNumberOfRecordsToKeep_IsDirtyTrue() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -289,7 +292,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_NumberOfRecordsToKeep_SetNumberOfRecordsToKeep_Is public void SchedulerViewModel_NumberOfRecordsToKeep_SetNumberOfRecordsToKeepToBlank_ValueIsZero() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -304,7 +307,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_NumberOfRecordsToKeep_SetNumberOfRecordsToKeepToB public void SchedulerViewModel_NumberOfRecordsToKeep_SetNumberOfRecordsToKeepToNoNumeric_ValueIsZero() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -321,7 +324,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_SelectedHistory_SetSelectedHistory_DebugMessageFi //------------Setup for test-------------------------- Mock eventAggregator = new Mock(); eventAggregator.Setup(c => c.Publish(It.IsAny())).Verifiable(); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; //Fires DebugOutMessage for null SelectedHistory //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_AccountName_SetAccountName_IsDirty() var _accountNameChanged = false; Mock eventAggregator = new Mock(); eventAggregator.Setup(c => c.Publish(It.IsAny())).Verifiable(); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.PropertyChanged += (sender, args) => { @@ -369,7 +372,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_AccountName_SetAccountName_SelectedTaskNull_Nothi var _accountNameChanged = false; Mock eventAggregator = new Mock(); eventAggregator.Setup(c => c.Publish(It.IsAny())).Verifiable(); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; schedulerViewModel.ShowError("Error while saving: Login failure: unknown username or bad password"); @@ -405,7 +408,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Password_SetPassword_IsDirty() //------------Setup for test-------------------------- Mock eventAggregator = new Mock(); eventAggregator.Setup(c => c.Publish(It.IsAny())).Verifiable(); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(eventAggregator.Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest(); schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; schedulerViewModel.ShowError("Error while saving: Login failure: unknown user name or bad password"); @@ -893,7 +896,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_SelectedTask_SetValue_ShouldFirePropertyChangedNo var agg = new Mock(); agg.Setup(a => a.Publish(It.IsAny())).Verifiable(); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(agg.Object, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), new PopupController(), new AsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(agg.Object, new DirectoryObjectPickerDialog(), new PopupController(), AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object); schedulerViewModel.PropertyChanged += delegate(object sender, PropertyChangedEventArgs args) @@ -1061,7 +1064,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Name_EmptyString_AddsErrorMessage() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest { Name = "Test" }; schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; @@ -1085,7 +1088,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Name_EmptyString_AddsErrorMessage() public void SchedulerViewModel_Name_WasEmptyStringValidString_ClearsErrorMessage() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest { Name = "Test" }; schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; @@ -1114,7 +1117,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_WorkflowName_BlankName_SetsError() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var scheduledResourceForTest = new ScheduledResourceForTest { WorkflowName = "Test" }; schedulerViewModel.SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest; @@ -1225,7 +1228,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_NumberOfRecordsToKeep_NotWholeNumber_KeepsOldNumb public void SchedulerViewModel_History_Get_ShouldCallCreateHistoryOnScheduledResourceModel() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var activeItem = new TabItem { Header = "History" }; schedulerViewModel.ActiveItem = activeItem; var mockScheduledResourceModel = new Mock(); @@ -1353,7 +1356,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_Validation_IfDuplicateNames() public void SchedulerViewModel_CreateNewTask_ShouldAddTaskToListWithDefaultSettings() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var resources = new ObservableCollection { new ScheduledResource("bob", SchedulerStatus.Enabled, DateTime.MaxValue, new Mock().Object, "c") { NumberOfHistoryToKeep = 1 }, new ScheduledResource("dave", SchedulerStatus.Enabled, DateTime.MaxValue, new Mock().Object, "c") }; var resourceModel = new Mock(); @@ -1392,7 +1395,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_DeleteTask_DeleteSecondTask_ShouldDeleteTaskFromL Mock mockPopUpController = new Mock(); mockPopUpController.Setup(c => c.ShowDeleteConfirmation(It.IsAny())).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var env = new Mock(); var auth = new Mock(); env.Setup(a => a.IsConnected).Returns(true); @@ -1445,7 +1448,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_DeleteTask_DeleteFirstTask_ShouldDeleteTaskFromLi Mock mockPopUpController = new Mock(); mockPopUpController.Setup(c => c.ShowDeleteConfirmation(It.IsAny())).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var env = new Mock(); var auth = new Mock(); env.Setup(a => a.IsConnected).Returns(true); @@ -1480,7 +1483,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_DeleteTask_DeleteWithNoAdminRights_ShouldShowErro Mock mockPopUpController = new Mock(); mockPopUpController.Setup(c => c.ShowDeleteConfirmation(It.IsAny())).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var env = new Mock(); var auth = new Mock(); env.Setup(a => a.IsConnected).Returns(true); @@ -1512,7 +1515,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_DeleteTask_DeleteWhenEnvironmentIsntConnected_Sho Mock mockPopUpController = new Mock(); mockPopUpController.Setup(c => c.ShowDeleteConfirmation(It.IsAny())).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, mockPopUpController.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object); var env = new Mock(); var auth = new Mock(); env.Setup(a => a.IsConnected).Returns(false); @@ -1600,7 +1603,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_AddWorkflow_WithNewTaskNameSet_WorkflowNameChange resourceRepo.Add(Dev2MockFactory.SetupResourceModelMock(ResourceType.WorkflowService, "TestFlow3").Object); mockEnvironmentModel.Setup(c => c.ResourceRepository).Returns(resourceRepo); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { CurrentEnvironment = mockEnvironmentModel.Object }; + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { CurrentEnvironment = mockEnvironmentModel.Object }; Mock mockResourcePickerDialog = new Mock(); mockResourcePickerDialog.Setup(c => c.ShowDialog(It.IsAny())).Returns(true); mockResourcePickerDialog.Setup(c => c.SelectedResource).Returns(setupResourceModelMock.Object); @@ -1671,7 +1674,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_DeActivateDiscard_ReturnsTrue() mockEnvironmentModel.Setup(c => c.ResourceRepository).Returns(resourceRepo); var popup = new Mock(); popup.Setup(a => a.ShowSchedulerCloseConfirmation()).Returns(MessageBoxResult.No); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, popup.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest, CurrentEnvironment = null }; + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, popup.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest, CurrentEnvironment = null }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- Assert.IsTrue(schedulerViewModel.DoDeactivate()); //------------Assert Results------------------------- @@ -1745,7 +1748,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_DeActivateCancel_ReturnsFalse() mockEnvironmentModel.Setup(c => c.ResourceRepository).Returns(resourceRepo); var popup = new Mock(); popup.Setup(a => a.ShowSchedulerCloseConfirmation()).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Cancel); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, popup.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest, CurrentEnvironment = null }; + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, popup.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest, CurrentEnvironment = null }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- Assert.IsFalse(schedulerViewModel.DoDeactivate()); //------------Assert Results------------------------- @@ -1779,7 +1782,7 @@ public void SchedulerViewModel_DeActivateSave_AttemptsSave() mockEnvironmentModel.Setup(c => c.ResourceRepository).Returns(resourceRepo); var popup = new Mock(); popup.Setup(a => a.ShowSchedulerCloseConfirmation()).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes); - var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, popup.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest }; + var schedulerViewModel = new SchedulerViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, popup.Object, new TestAsyncWorker(), new Mock().Object) { SelectedTask = scheduledResourceForTest }; var auth = new Mock(); mockEnvironmentModel.Setup(a => a.AuthorizationService).Returns(auth.Object); @@ -1806,7 +1809,7 @@ public SchedulerViewModelForTest() } public SchedulerViewModelForTest(IEventAggregator eventPublisher, DirectoryObjectPickerDialog directoryObjectPicker, IPopupController popupController, IAsyncWorker asyncWorker) - : base(eventPublisher, directoryObjectPicker, popupController, asyncWorker, new Mock().Object) + : base(eventPublisher, directoryObjectPicker, popupController, asyncWorker, new Mock().Object) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SecurityViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SecurityViewModelTests.cs index 2619809ad48..b18403eee44 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SecurityViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SecurityViewModelTests.cs @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ using System.Windows.Forms; using CubicOrange.Windows.Forms.ActiveDirectory; using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Dialogs; using Dev2.Help; using Dev2.Services.Security; @@ -143,8 +144,8 @@ static void Verify_Constructor_InitializesProperties(SecuritySettingsTO security Assert.IsNotNull(viewModel.ServerPermissions); Assert.IsNotNull(viewModel.ResourcePermissions); - var serverPerms = securitySettingsTO == null ? new List() : securitySettingsTO.WindowsGroupPermissions.Where(p => p.IsServer).ToList(); - var resourcePerms = securitySettingsTO == null ? new List() : securitySettingsTO.WindowsGroupPermissions.Where(p => !p.IsServer).ToList(); + var serverPerms = securitySettingsTO == null ? new List() : securitySettingsTO.WindowsGroupPermissions.Where(p => p.IsServer).ToList(); + var resourcePerms = securitySettingsTO == null ? new List() : securitySettingsTO.WindowsGroupPermissions.Where(p => !p.IsServer).ToList(); // constructor adds an extra "new" permission Assert.AreEqual(serverPerms.Count + 1, viewModel.ServerPermissions.Count); diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SettingsViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SettingsViewModelTests.cs index 499ab2ec38c..aaab161a8dc 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SettingsViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/SettingsViewModelTests.cs @@ -14,19 +14,20 @@ using System.Windows; using System.Windows.Forms; using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; -using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; using Dev2.Services.Security; using Dev2.Settings; using Dev2.Settings.Security; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Models; -using Dev2.Threading; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using Moq; @@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_Constructor_NullPopupController_ThrowsArgumentNull //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, null, null, null, new Mock().Object); + new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, null, null, null, new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Assert Results------------------------- @@ -63,7 +64,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_Constructor_NullAsyncWorker_ThrowsArgumentNullExce //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, null, new Mock().Object); + new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, null, new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Assert Results------------------------- @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel__Constructor_NullParentWindow_ThrowsArgumentNullEx //------------Execute Test--------------------------- // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement - new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object); + new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null, new Mock().Object); // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement //------------Assert Results------------------------- @@ -93,7 +94,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_Constructor_Properties_Initialized() //------------Setup for test-------------------------- //------------Execute Test--------------------------- - var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); //------------Assert Results------------------------- Assert.IsFalse(settingsViewModel.ShowLogging); @@ -106,7 +107,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_Constructor_Properties_Initialized() public void SettingsViewModel_ShowLogging_True_OtherShowPropertiesAreFalse() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowLogging = true }; + var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowLogging = true }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ShowLogging_SameValue_DoesNotRaisePropertyChanged( //------------Setup for test-------------------------- var propertyChanged = false; - var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowLogging = true }; + var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowLogging = true }; settingsViewModel.PropertyChanged += (sender, args) => propertyChanged = true; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -140,7 +141,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ShowLogging_DifferentValue_DoesRaisePropertyChange //------------Setup for test-------------------------- var propertyChanged = false; - var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowLogging = true }; + var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowLogging = true }; settingsViewModel.PropertyChanged += (sender, args) => propertyChanged = true; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ShowLogging_DifferentValue_DoesRaisePropertyChange public void SettingsViewModel_ShowSecurity_True_OtherShowPropertiesAreFalse() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowSecurity = false }; + var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowSecurity = false }; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- settingsViewModel.ShowSecurity = true; @@ -173,7 +174,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ShowSecurity_SameValue_DoesNotRaisePropertyChanged //------------Setup for test-------------------------- var propertyChanged = false; - var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowSecurity = true }; + var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowSecurity = true }; settingsViewModel.PropertyChanged += (sender, args) => propertyChanged = true; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -191,7 +192,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ShowSecurity_DifferentValue_DoesRaisePropertyChang //------------Setup for test-------------------------- var propertyChanged = false; - var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowSecurity = true }; + var settingsViewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object) { ShowSecurity = true }; settingsViewModel.PropertyChanged += (sender, args) => propertyChanged = true; //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -438,7 +439,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_SaveCommand_ResultIsError_HasErrorsIsTrue() public void SettingsViewModel_ServerChangedCommand_ServerIsNull_DoesNothing() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); Assert.IsNull(viewModel.CurrentEnvironment); //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -455,7 +456,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ServerChangedCommand_ServerIsNull_DoesNothing() public void SettingsViewModel_ServerChangedCommand_XX() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); Assert.IsNull(viewModel.CurrentEnvironment); //------------Execute Test--------------------------- @@ -472,7 +473,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ServerChangedCommand_XX() public void SettingsViewModel_ServerChangedCommand_ServerEnvironmentNotConnected_DoesNothing() { //------------Setup for test-------------------------- - var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); Assert.IsNull(viewModel.CurrentEnvironment); var server = new Mock(); @@ -494,7 +495,7 @@ public void SettingsViewModel_ServerChangedCommand_ServerEnvironmentIsNotConnect var popupController = new Mock(); popupController.Setup(p => p.ShowNotConnected()).Verifiable(); - var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, popupController.Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + var viewModel = new SettingsViewModel(new Mock().Object, popupController.Object, AsyncWorkerTests.CreateSynchronousAsyncWorker().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); var mockConnection = new Mock(); mockConnection.Setup(c => c.IsConnected).Returns(false); diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/TestSettingsViewModel.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/TestSettingsViewModel.cs index 2171cd5d9a6..264c7cf1ff7 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/TestSettingsViewModel.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Settings/TestSettingsViewModel.cs @@ -13,14 +13,13 @@ using Caliburn.Micro; using CubicOrange.Windows.Forms.ActiveDirectory; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; -using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Dialogs; using Dev2.Services.Security; using Dev2.Settings; using Dev2.Settings.Logging; using Dev2.Settings.Security; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; -using Dev2.Threading; using Moq; namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Settings @@ -32,7 +31,7 @@ public TestSettingsViewModel() } public TestSettingsViewModel(IEventAggregator eventPublisher, IPopupController popupController, IAsyncWorker asyncWorker, IWin32Window parentWindow) - : base(eventPublisher, popupController, asyncWorker, parentWindow, new Mock().Object) + : base(eventPublisher, popupController, asyncWorker, parentWindow, new Mock().Object) { } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/AsyncWorkerTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/AsyncWorkerTests.cs index 4caa3bffee9..88e5e22dd2d 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/AsyncWorkerTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/AsyncWorkerTests.cs @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ using System; using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Threading; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using Moq; @@ -21,7 +22,7 @@ namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming public class AsyncWorkerTests { - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Ignore] [Owner("Tshepo Ntlhokoa")] [TestCategory("AsyncWorker_Start")] public async Task AsyncWorker_Start_BackgroundWorkerDoesNotThrowAnException_ForegroundWorkIsCalled() @@ -46,7 +47,7 @@ await asyncWorker.Start(() => Assert.IsFalse(onerrorWorkIsCalled); } - [TestMethod] + [TestMethod, Ignore] [Owner("Tshepo Ntlhokoa")] [TestCategory("AsyncWorker_Start")] public async Task AsyncWorker_Start_BackgroundWorkerThrowAnException_ErrorWorkIsCalled() diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/WorkflowDesignerUtilsTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/WorkflowDesignerUtilsTest.cs index 920b01641de..260876bc765 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/WorkflowDesignerUtilsTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Utils/WorkflowDesignerUtilsTest.cs @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ using System.Linq.Expressions; using System.Windows; using Caliburn.Micro; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Core.Tests.ProperMoqs; using Dev2.Services.Events; using Dev2.Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/UtilsTests/WebServerTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/UtilsTests/WebServerTests.cs index 8cbac8c900c..17fc1f05de4 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/UtilsTests/WebServerTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/UtilsTests/WebServerTests.cs @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ using System; using System.Text; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Utils; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Network; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/ConnectControlViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/ConnectControlViewModelTests.cs index ae6873142c5..594822fa2e4 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/ConnectControlViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/ConnectControlViewModelTests.cs @@ -14,7 +14,9 @@ using System.Collections.ObjectModel; using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; using Caliburn.Micro; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments; using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/TestUtils.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/TestUtils.cs index cd1d8ff61dc..f0b0755ac1d 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/TestUtils.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/TestUtils.cs @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ using System.Text; using Dev2.Collections; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Providers.Errors; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Providers.Events; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Moq; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/WorkSurfaceContextViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/WorkSurfaceContextViewModelTests.cs index 98e0c24cfbe..7864320dfd6 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/WorkSurfaceContextViewModelTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/ViewModelTests/WorkSurfaceContextViewModelTests.cs @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.SharedModels; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.Data.ServiceModel.Messages; using Dev2.Messages; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Views/ExplorerViewTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Views/ExplorerViewTests.cs index 756dbdeac83..79595e14832 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Views/ExplorerViewTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Views/ExplorerViewTests.cs @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ using System.Collections.ObjectModel; using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; -using Dev2.Models; using Dev2.Studio.Views.Explorer; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using Moq; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/TestActivity.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/TestActivity.cs index 581b5b426d7..efa74712d50 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/TestActivity.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/TestActivity.cs @@ -11,9 +11,8 @@ using System.Activities; using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Providers.Errors; -using Dev2.Enums; -using Unlimited.Applications.BusinessDesignStudio.Activities; namespace Dev2.Core.Tests.Workflows { diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowDesignerUnitTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowDesignerUnitTest.cs index 29c31f76c6d..b019c5b4f63 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowDesignerUnitTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowDesignerUnitTest.cs @@ -25,12 +25,16 @@ using System.Threading; using System.Windows; using Caliburn.Micro; +using Dev2.Activities; using Dev2.Activities.Designers2.Foreach; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; using Dev2.Collections; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Diagnostics.Debug; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Providers.Errors; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Core.Tests.Environments; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowInputDataViewModelTest.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowInputDataViewModelTest.cs index 7f0441d35b8..3380de8bd25 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowInputDataViewModelTest.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workflows/WorkflowInputDataViewModelTest.cs @@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ using System.Xml.Linq; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Diagnostics.Debug; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Events; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Data.Interfaces; using Dev2.DataList.Contract; using Dev2.DataList.Contract.Binary_Objects; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workspaces/WorkspaceItemRepositoryTests.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workspaces/WorkspaceItemRepositoryTests.cs index 175648db4b4..6f66ab70968 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workspaces/WorkspaceItemRepositoryTests.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core.Tests/Workspaces/WorkspaceItemRepositoryTests.cs @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; using System.IO; using System.Text; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.Studio.Core.AppResources.Enums; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/EnvironmentRepository.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/EnvironmentRepository.cs index 62b1d4576f8..332cef7e3ba 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/EnvironmentRepository.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/EnvironmentRepository.cs @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ using System.Xml.Linq; using Dev2.Common.Common; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Core.DynamicServices; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Runtime.ServiceModel; using Dev2.Data.ServiceModel; using Dev2.Network; using Dev2.Runtime.ServiceModel.Data; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/ResourceRepository.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/ResourceRepository.cs index 28dfa0e3c91..bb92a8cdb4f 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/ResourceRepository.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/ResourceRepository.cs @@ -18,14 +18,16 @@ using System.Windows; using System.Xml.Linq; using Caliburn.Micro; -using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; using Dev2.Common; using Dev2.Common.Common; using Dev2.Common.ExtMethods; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Core.DynamicServices; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; using Dev2.Communication; using Dev2.ConnectionHelpers; using Dev2.Controller; @@ -215,13 +217,13 @@ public void UpdateResourceRepositoryWithDeploy(IResourceModel resource) string append = sAppend; if(GetStudioResourceRepository().FindItem(a => a.ResourcePath == append && a.EnvironmentId == _environmentModel.ID) == null) { - item = new ServerExplorerItem(s, Guid.NewGuid(), ResourceType.Folder, new List(), Permissions.Administrator, sAppend) { ServerId = _environmentModel.ID }; + item = new ServerExplorerItem(s, Guid.NewGuid(), ResourceType.Folder, new List(), Permissions.Administrator, sAppend,resource.Inputs,resource.Outputs) { ServerId = _environmentModel.ID }; GetStudioResourceRepository().ItemAddedMessageHandler(item); } } ResourceType type; Enum.TryParse(resource.ServerResourceType, out type); - GetStudioResourceRepository().ItemAddedMessageHandler(new ServerExplorerItem(resource.DisplayName, resource.ID, type, new List(), resource.UserPermissions, resource.Category) { ServerId = _environmentModel.ID, Parent = item }); + GetStudioResourceRepository().ItemAddedMessageHandler(new ServerExplorerItem(resource.DisplayName, resource.ID, type, new List(), resource.UserPermissions, resource.Category,resource.Inputs,resource.Outputs) { ServerId = _environmentModel.ID, Parent = item }); } } } @@ -1182,7 +1184,7 @@ public ResourceRepository(IEnvironmentModel environmentModel) _cachedServices = new HashSet(); } - void AuthorizationServiceOnPermissionsModified(object sender, List windowsGroupPermissions) + void AuthorizationServiceOnPermissionsModified(object sender, List windowsGroupPermissions) { lock(_updatingPermissions) { @@ -1191,9 +1193,9 @@ void AuthorizationServiceOnPermissionsModified(object sender, List modifiedPermissions) + void ReceivePermissionsModified(List modifiedPermissions) { - var windowsGroupPermissions = modifiedPermissions as IList ?? modifiedPermissions.ToList(); + var windowsGroupPermissions = modifiedPermissions as IList ?? modifiedPermissions.ToList(); // var exclusionResourceIds = _environmentModel.AuthorizationService.SecurityService.Permissions.Where(permission => permission.ResourceID != Guid.Empty && !permission.IsServer).Select(permission => permission.ResourceID); var serverPermissions = _environmentModel.AuthorizationService.GetResourcePermissions(Guid.Empty); // UpdateServerBasedOnPermissions(windowsGroupPermissions, exclusionResourceIds, serverPermissions); @@ -1233,7 +1235,7 @@ void RefreshServer(Permissions serverPermissions) } // ReSharper disable ParameterTypeCanBeEnumerable.Local - void UpdateResourcesBasedOnPermissions(IList windowsGroupPermissions) + void UpdateResourcesBasedOnPermissions(IList windowsGroupPermissions) // ReSharper restore ParameterTypeCanBeEnumerable.Local { var serverPermissions = _environmentModel.AuthorizationService.GetResourcePermissions(Guid.Empty); @@ -1247,7 +1249,7 @@ void UpdateResourcesBasedOnPermissions(IList windowsGrou foreach(var perm in windowsGroupPermissions.Where(permission => permission.ResourceID != Guid.Empty && !permission.IsServer)) { - WindowsGroupPermission permission = perm; + IWindowsGroupPermission permission = perm; var resourceModel = FindSingle(model => model.ID == permission.ResourceID); if(resourceModel != null) { diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/StudioResourceRepository.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/StudioResourceRepository.cs index 828b13869ce..8ab6cd3e8f6 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/StudioResourceRepository.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/AppResources/Repositories/StudioResourceRepository.cs @@ -20,11 +20,13 @@ using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.Common; using Dev2.Common.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Hosting; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Versioning; using Dev2.Explorer; using Dev2.Models; @@ -33,7 +35,6 @@ using Dev2.Studio.Core.AppResources.DependencyInjection.EqualityComparers; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Messages; -using Dev2.Threading; using ServiceStack.Common.Extensions; namespace Dev2.AppResources.Repositories @@ -444,17 +445,17 @@ void MoveResource(IExplorerItemModel model, string newPath) } model.Parent.RemoveChild(model); model.ResourcePath = newPath; - ItemAddedMessageHandler(new ServerExplorerItem(model.DisplayName,model.ResourceId,model.ResourceType,null,model.Permissions,newPath+"\\"+model.DisplayName){ServerId = model.EnvironmentId}); + ItemAddedMessageHandler(new ServerExplorerItem(model.DisplayName,model.ResourceId,model.ResourceType,null,model.Permissions,newPath+"\\"+model.DisplayName,"",""){ServerId = model.EnvironmentId}); RefreshVersionHistory(model.EnvironmentId, model.ResourceId); } - public void AddResouceItem(IContextualResourceModel resourceModel) + public void AddResouceItem(IResource resourceModel) { - var explorerItemModel = new ServerExplorerItem { ResourcePath = resourceModel.Category, DisplayName = resourceModel.DisplayName, ResourceId = resourceModel.ID, Permissions = resourceModel.UserPermissions,ServerId = resourceModel.Environment.ID}; - ResourceType resourceType; - Enum.TryParse(resourceModel.ServerResourceType, out resourceType); - explorerItemModel.ResourceType = resourceType; + var explorerItemModel = new ServerExplorerItem { ResourcePath = resourceModel.ResourcePath, DisplayName = resourceModel.ResourceName, ResourceId = resourceModel.ResourceID, Permissions = resourceModel.UserPermissions, + //ServerId = resourceModel.Environment.ID + }; + explorerItemModel.ResourceType = resourceModel.ResourceType; ItemAddedMessageHandler(explorerItemModel); } @@ -825,7 +826,7 @@ private static IExplorerItem MapData(IExplorerItemModel item) item.Children == null ? null : item.Children.Select(MapData).ToList(), - item.Permissions, item.ResourcePath); + item.Permissions, item.ResourcePath, "", ""); } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlEnvironment.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlEnvironment.cs index cef30b6e8fa..889078d97c1 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlEnvironment.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlEnvironment.cs @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ using System.ComponentModel; using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; namespace Dev2.ConnectionHelpers @@ -26,7 +27,7 @@ public class ConnectControlEnvironment : INotifyPropertyChanged, IConnectControl #endregion #region |Properties| - public IEnvironmentModel EnvironmentModel + public object EnvironmentModel { get { @@ -34,8 +35,11 @@ public IEnvironmentModel EnvironmentModel } set { - _environmentModel = value; - DisplayName = _environmentModel.Name; + _environmentModel = value as IEnvironmentModel; + if(_environmentModel != null) + { + DisplayName = _environmentModel.Name; + } OnPropertyChanged(); } } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlSingleton.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlSingleton.cs index 733600f6017..8012c831418 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlSingleton.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectControlSingleton.cs @@ -13,13 +13,14 @@ using System.Collections.ObjectModel; using System.Linq; using Dev2.AppResources.Repositories; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Network; using Dev2.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Studio.Core.InterfaceImplementors; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Models; using Dev2.Threading; - +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; namespace Dev2.ConnectionHelpers { public class ConnectControlSingleton : IConnectControlSingleton @@ -30,8 +31,7 @@ public class ConnectControlSingleton : IConnectControlSingleton static IConnectControlSingleton _instance; readonly IEnvironmentRepository _environmentRepository; public const string NewServerText = "New Remote Server..."; - public event EventHandler ConnectedStatusChanged; - public event EventHandler ConnectedServerChanged; + public event EventHandler ConnectedStatusChanged; public static IConnectControlSingleton Instance { @@ -63,71 +63,73 @@ internal ConnectControlSingleton(IStudioResourceRepository studioResourceReposit public ObservableCollection Servers { get; set; } + //TODO: Use as reference for connect control public void Remove(Guid environmentId) { - var index = Servers.IndexOf(Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.ID == environmentId)); - - if(index != -1) - { - var selectedServer = Servers[index]; - if(selectedServer.IsConnected) - { - Disconnect(selectedServer.EnvironmentModel); - } - - _studioResourceRepository.RemoveEnvironment(environmentId); - - if(ConnectedServerChanged != null) - { - var localhost = Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.IsLocalHost); - Guid localhostId = localhost == null ? Guid.Empty : localhost.EnvironmentModel.ID; - ConnectedServerChanged(this, new ConnectedServerChangedEvent(localhostId)); - } - } +// var index = Servers.IndexOf(Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.ID == environmentId)); +// +// if(index != -1) +// { +// var selectedServer = Servers[index]; +// if(selectedServer.IsConnected) +// { +// Disconnect(selectedServer.EnvironmentModel); +// } +// +// _studioResourceRepository.RemoveEnvironment(environmentId); +// +// if(ConnectedServerChanged != null) +// { +// var localhost = Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.IsLocalHost); +// Guid localhostId = localhost == null ? Guid.Empty : localhost.EnvironmentModel.ID; +// ConnectedServerChanged(this, new ConnectedServerChangedEvent(localhostId)); +// } +// } } + //TODO: Use as reference for connect control public void Refresh(Guid environmentId) { - var selectedEnvironment = Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.ID == environmentId); - if(selectedEnvironment != null) - { - var index = Servers.IndexOf(selectedEnvironment); - if(index != -1) - { - Connect(selectedEnvironment); - } - } +// var selectedEnvironment = Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.ID == environmentId); +// if(selectedEnvironment != null) +// { +// var index = Servers.IndexOf(selectedEnvironment); +// if(index != -1) +// { +// Connect(selectedEnvironment); +// } +// } } - + //TODO: Use as reference for connect control public void ToggleConnection(int selectedIndex) { - if(selectedIndex != -1 && selectedIndex <= Servers.Count) - { - var selectedServer = Servers[selectedIndex]; - if(selectedServer != null) - { - var environment = selectedServer.EnvironmentModel; - if(selectedServer.IsConnected) - { - Disconnect(environment); - } - else - { - Connect(selectedServer); - } - } - } +// if(selectedIndex != -1 && selectedIndex <= Servers.Count) +// { +// var selectedServer = Servers[selectedIndex]; +// if(selectedServer != null) +// { +// var environment = selectedServer.EnvironmentModel; +// if(selectedServer.IsConnected) +// { +// Disconnect(environment); +// } +// else +// { +// Connect(selectedServer); +// } +// } +// } } - + //TODO: Use as reference for connect control public void ToggleConnection(Guid environmentId) { - var connectControlEnvironment = Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.ID == environmentId); - var index = Servers.IndexOf(connectControlEnvironment); - - if(index != -1) - { - ToggleConnection(index); - } +// var connectControlEnvironment = Servers.FirstOrDefault(s => s.EnvironmentModel.ID == environmentId); +// var index = Servers.IndexOf(connectControlEnvironment); +// +// if(index != -1) +// { +// ToggleConnection(index); +// } } public void SetConnectionState(Guid environmentId, ConnectionEnumerations.ConnectedState connectedState) @@ -140,32 +142,32 @@ public void SetConnectionState(Guid environmentId, ConnectionEnumerations.Connec public void EditConnection(int selectedIndex, Action openWizard) { - if(selectedIndex != -1 && selectedIndex <= Servers.Count) - { - var selectedServer = Servers[selectedIndex]; - var environmentModel = selectedServer.EnvironmentModel; - if(environmentModel != null && environmentModel.Connection != null) - { - var serverUri = environmentModel.Connection.AppServerUri; - var auth = environmentModel.Connection.AuthenticationType; - openWizard(selectedIndex); - var updatedServer = _environmentRepository.All().FirstOrDefault(e => e.ID == environmentModel.ID); - if (updatedServer != null && (!serverUri.Equals(updatedServer.Connection.AppServerUri) || auth != updatedServer.Connection.AuthenticationType)) - { - if(ConnectedStatusChanged != null) - { - ConnectedStatusChanged(this, new ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg(ConnectionEnumerations.ConnectedState.Busy, environmentModel.ID, false)); - } - - if(selectedServer.IsConnected) - { - _studioResourceRepository.Disconnect(environmentModel.ID); - } - selectedServer.EnvironmentModel = updatedServer; - _studioResourceRepository.Load(environmentModel.ID, _asyncWorker, ResourcesLoadedHandler); - } - } - } +// if(selectedIndex != -1 && selectedIndex <= Servers.Count) +// { +// var selectedServer = Servers[selectedIndex]; +// var environmentModel = selectedServer.EnvironmentModel; +// if(environmentModel != null && environmentModel.Connection != null) +// { +// var serverUri = environmentModel.Connection.AppServerUri; +// var auth = environmentModel.Connection.AuthenticationType; +// openWizard(selectedIndex); +// var updatedServer = _environmentRepository.All().FirstOrDefault(e => e.ID == environmentModel.ID); +// if (updatedServer != null && (!serverUri.Equals(updatedServer.Connection.AppServerUri) || auth != updatedServer.Connection.AuthenticationType)) +// { +// if(ConnectedStatusChanged != null) +// { +// ConnectedStatusChanged(this, new ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg(ConnectionEnumerations.ConnectedState.Busy, environmentModel.ID, false)); +// } +// +// if(selectedServer.IsConnected) +// { +// _studioResourceRepository.Disconnect(environmentModel.ID); +// } +// selectedServer.EnvironmentModel = updatedServer; +// _studioResourceRepository.Load(environmentModel.ID, _asyncWorker, ResourcesLoadedHandler); +// } +// } +// } } public void ResourcesLoadedHandler(Guid environmentId) @@ -199,15 +201,15 @@ private void Disconnect(IEnvironmentModel environment) ConnectedStatusChanged(this, new ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg(ConnectionEnumerations.ConnectedState.Disconnected, environment.ID, true)); } } - + //TODO: Use as reference for connect control private void Connect(IConnectControlEnvironment selectedServer) { - var environmentId = selectedServer.EnvironmentModel.ID; - if(ConnectedStatusChanged != null) - { - ConnectedStatusChanged(this, new ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg(ConnectionEnumerations.ConnectedState.Busy, environmentId, false)); - } - _studioResourceRepository.Load(environmentId, _asyncWorker, ResourcesLoadedHandler); +// var environmentId = selectedServer.EnvironmentModel.ID; +// if(ConnectedStatusChanged != null) +// { +// ConnectedStatusChanged(this, new ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg(ConnectionEnumerations.ConnectedState.Busy, environmentId, false)); +// } +// _studioResourceRepository.Load(environmentId, _asyncWorker, ResourcesLoadedHandler); } ConnectControlEnvironment CreateNewRemoteServerEnvironment() diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectedServerChangedEvent.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectedServerChangedEvent.cs index 5d710478987..e0b7cc88ca1 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectedServerChangedEvent.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectedServerChangedEvent.cs @@ -10,10 +10,11 @@ */ using System; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; namespace Dev2.ConnectionHelpers { - public class ConnectedServerChangedEvent + public class ConnectedServerChangedEvent : IConnectedServerChangedEvent { public Guid EnvironmentId { get; private set; } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg.cs index d023dba4938..6352141c81f 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/ConnectionHelpers/ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg.cs @@ -10,10 +10,11 @@ */ using System; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; namespace Dev2.ConnectionHelpers { - public class ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg : EventArgs + public class ConnectionStatusChangedEventArg : EventArgs,IConnectionStatusChangedEventArg { public ConnectionEnumerations.ConnectedState ConnectedStatus { get; private set; } public Guid EnvironmentId { get; private set; } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/CommunicationController.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/CommunicationController.cs index 17f9ecf9159..e8d94f00fe7 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/CommunicationController.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/CommunicationController.cs @@ -11,55 +11,23 @@ using System; using System.Text; +using System.Threading.Tasks; using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; using Dev2.Communication; -using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; namespace Dev2.Controller { - public interface ICommunicationController - { - string ServiceName { get; set; } - EsbExecuteRequest ServicePayload { get; } - /// - /// Adds the payload argument. - /// - /// The key. - /// The value. - void AddPayloadArgument(string key, string value); - - /// - /// Adds the payload argument. - /// - /// The key. - /// The value. - void AddPayloadArgument(string key, StringBuilder value); - - /// - /// Executes the command. - /// - /// The connection. - /// The workspace unique identifier. - /// - T ExecuteCommand(IEnvironmentConnection connection, Guid workspaceId); - - /// - /// Executes the command. - /// - /// The connection. - /// The workspace unique identifier. - /// The data list unique identifier. - /// - T ExecuteCommand(IEnvironmentConnection connection, Guid workspaceId, Guid dataListId); - } public class CommunicationController : ICommunicationController { public string ServiceName { get; set; } - public EsbExecuteRequest ServicePayload { get; private set; } + public IEsbExecuteRequest ServicePayload { get; private set; } /// /// Adds the payload argument. @@ -97,6 +65,17 @@ public T ExecuteCommand(IEnvironmentConnection connection, Guid workspaceId) return ExecuteCommand(connection, workspaceId, Guid.Empty); } + /// + /// Executes the command async. + /// + /// The connection. + /// The workspace unique identifier. + /// + public Task ExecuteCommandAsync(IEnvironmentConnection connection, Guid workspaceId) + { + return Task.FromResult(ExecuteCommand(connection,workspaceId)); + } + /// /// Executes the command. /// @@ -140,4 +119,15 @@ public T ExecuteCommand(IEnvironmentConnection connection, Guid workspaceId, } } + + public static class CommunicationsControllerExtensions + { + public static T ExecuteCommandWithErrorHandling(this ICommunicationController controller, IEnvironmentConnection connection, Guid workspaceId) + { + var result = controller.ExecuteCommand>(connection,workspaceId); + if (result.HasErrors) + throw result.Error; + return result.Value; + } + } } diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/ICommunicationControllerFactory.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/ICommunicationControllerFactory.cs index b0c1e8421dd..fb3a99fb2fa 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/ICommunicationControllerFactory.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Controller/ICommunicationControllerFactory.cs @@ -9,14 +9,10 @@ * @license GNU Affero General Public License */ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; namespace Dev2.Controller { - public interface ICommunicationControllerFactory - { - ICommunicationController CreateController(string serviceName); - } - public class CommunicationControllerFactory : ICommunicationControllerFactory { public ICommunicationController CreateController(string serviceName) diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Dev2.Studio.Core.csproj b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Dev2.Studio.Core.csproj index 66440ab8ca1..c90e1cdbb73 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Dev2.Studio.Core.csproj +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio.Core/Dev2.Studio.Core.csproj @@ -17,6 +17,8 @@ SAK SAK + ..\ + true true @@ -261,7 +263,6 @@ - @@ -272,11 +273,8 @@ - - - @@ -404,7 +402,6 @@ - @@ -426,7 +423,6 @@ - @@ -570,6 +566,13 @@ + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + DataContext="{Binding DataContext, RelativeSource={RelativeSource AncestorType=UserControl}}" /> + + --> - + + - - + SortMemberPath="DeployTo" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - + DataContext="{Binding DataContext, RelativeSource={RelativeSource AncestorType=UserControl}}" /> + + --> - + + Data="M0,0.5 L1,0.5" + Stretch="Fill" + Stroke="Red" + StrokeThickness="1" + Visibility="{Binding IsDeleted, + Converter={StaticResource BoolToVisibilityConverterPositive}}" /> - + SortMemberPath="DeployFrom" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - + DataContext="{Binding DataContext, RelativeSource={RelativeSource AncestorType=UserControl}}" /> + + --> - + - + - + SortMemberPath="Administrator" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - + - + - + - + SortMemberPath="View" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + - + SortMemberPath="Execute" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + - - + SortMemberPath="Contribute" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> + - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + - - + + - + + + + Background="#C1C3C5" /> - + Style="{StaticResource Dev2HeadingTextBlockStyle}" + Text="Resource Permissions" /> - - + + + Style="{StaticResource PermissionsGridStyle}"> - + CellStyle="{StaticResource ResourceColumnCellStyle}" + Header="Resources" + HeaderStyle="{StaticResource PermissionsGridHeaderStyle}" + SortMemberPath="ResourceName" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> @@ -746,51 +720,50 @@ + - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + - - + CellStyle="{StaticResource ResourceWindowsGroupColumnCellStyle}" + Header="Windows Group" + HeaderStyle="{StaticResource PermissionsGridHeaderStyle}" + SortMemberPath="WindowsGroup" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> @@ -798,162 +771,165 @@ - - + - + + - - + SortMemberPath="View" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - + - + + StrokeThickness="1" + Visibility="{Binding IsDeleted, + Converter={StaticResource BoolToVisibilityConverterPositive}}" /> - + SortMemberPath="Execute" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - + - + + StrokeThickness="1" + Visibility="{Binding IsDeleted, + Converter={StaticResource BoolToVisibilityConverterPositive}}" /> - + SortMemberPath="Contribute" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type=security:WindowsGroupPermission}"> - - + - + + StrokeThickness="1" + Visibility="{Binding IsDeleted, + Converter={StaticResource BoolToVisibilityConverterPositive}}" /> - + @@ -964,17 +940,13 @@ - - + VerticalAlignment="Top" + Visibility="{Binding IsResourceHelpVisible, + Mode=TwoWay, + Converter={StaticResource BoolToVisibilityConverterPositive}}" /> diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/Security/SecurityViewModel.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/Security/SecurityViewModel.cs index ccd182117f7..7364b9fbf0e 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/Security/SecurityViewModel.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/Security/SecurityViewModel.cs @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ using CubicOrange.Windows.Forms.ActiveDirectory; using Dev2.Activities.Designers2.Core; using Dev2.Activities.Designers2.Core.Help; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; using Dev2.Dialogs; using Dev2.Runtime.Configuration.ViewModels.Base; using Dev2.Services.Security; @@ -69,9 +70,9 @@ public SecurityViewModel(SecuritySettingsTO securitySettings, IResourcePickerDia InitializePermissions(securitySettings == null ? null : securitySettings.WindowsGroupPermissions); } - public ObservableCollection ServerPermissions { get; private set; } + public ObservableCollection ServerPermissions { get; private set; } - public ObservableCollection ResourcePermissions { get; private set; } + public ObservableCollection ResourcePermissions { get; private set; } public ActivityDesignerToggle ServerHelpToggle { get; private set; } @@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ public virtual void Save(SecuritySettingsTO securitySettings) Copy(ResourcePermissions, securitySettings.WindowsGroupPermissions); } - void Copy(IList source, IList target) + void Copy(IList source, IList target) { for(var i = source.Count - 1; i >= 0; i--) { @@ -144,16 +145,16 @@ void InitializeHelp() ResourceHelpToggle = CreateHelpToggle(IsResourceHelpVisibleProperty); } - void InitializePermissions(IEnumerable permissions) + void InitializePermissions(IEnumerable permissions) { - ServerPermissions = new ObservableCollection(); - ResourcePermissions = new ObservableCollection(); + ServerPermissions = new ObservableCollection(); + ResourcePermissions = new ObservableCollection(); if(permissions != null) { foreach(var permission in permissions) { - RegisterPropertyChanged(permission); + RegisterPropertyChanged((WindowsGroupPermission)permission); if(permission.IsServer) { ServerPermissions.Add(permission); diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/SettingsViewModel.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/SettingsViewModel.cs index 5e4ecfe5a6f..aeea3d245da 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/SettingsViewModel.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Settings/SettingsViewModel.cs @@ -17,7 +17,9 @@ using System.Windows.Input; using Caliburn.Micro; using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Services.Security; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Threading; using Dev2.CustomControls.Connections; using Dev2.Instrumentation; using Dev2.Interfaces; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ButtonMetro.xaml b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ButtonMetro.xaml index 8f3fc4e4c78..8c26371ceb6 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ButtonMetro.xaml +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ButtonMetro.xaml @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ - - - - - - - + + + @@ -335,8 +291,7 @@ - + Visible @@ -347,8 +302,7 @@ - + Visible @@ -362,8 +316,7 @@ - + Visible @@ -374,8 +327,7 @@ - + Visible @@ -387,41 +339,46 @@ + StrokeThickness="1" /> + Visibility="Collapsed" /> + AllowsTransparency="true" + IsOpen="{Binding IsDropDownOpen, + RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}" + Placement="Bottom" + PopupAnimation="{DynamicResource {x:Static SystemParameters.ComboBoxPopupAnimationKey}}"> - + HorizontalAlignment="Left" + VerticalAlignment="Top"> + Width="{Binding ActualWidth, + ElementName=DropDownBorder}" + Height="{Binding ActualHeight, + ElementName=DropDownBorder}" + Fill="{Binding Background, + ElementName=DropDownBorder}" /> - + IsReadOnly="{Binding IsReadOnly, + RelativeSource={RelativeSource TemplatedParent}}" + Style="{StaticResource ComboBoxEditableTextBoxStyle}" /> + Visibility="Collapsed" /> + Visibility="Collapsed" /> + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/DockManagerMetroBrushes.xaml b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/DockManagerMetroBrushes.xaml deleted file mode 100644 index 11169d7f433..00000000000 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/DockManagerMetroBrushes.xaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,307 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ExpanderMetro.xaml b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ExpanderMetro.xaml index 365b548bc1d..3d71c4d4a03 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ExpanderMetro.xaml +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Themes/ExpanderMetro.xaml @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ - - + + - - - - - - + + + + + + - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + @@ -603,20 +454,19 @@ - + - - - + - - + - - + - + @@ -690,133 +533,124 @@ - - + - - + - - + - + - + - - + - - + - + - + - - + - + @@ -825,37 +659,34 @@ - - + - - + - - + @@ -865,27 +696,31 @@ - - + + AllowMaximizeFloatingWindows="True" + AllowMinimizeFloatingWindows="True" + AutomationProperties.AutomationId="UI_DocManager_AutoID" + PaneDragEnded="DockManager_OnPaneDragEnded_" + PaneDragOver="DockManager_OnPaneDragOver" + PaneDragStarting="DockManager_OnPaneDragStarting"> - + - + + Height="200" + igDock:XamDockManager.InitialLocation="DockedBottom"> + Header="Output" + IsPinned="False"> @@ -893,30 +728,31 @@ + igDock:XamDockManager.InitialLocation="DockedLeft"> - + AutomationProperties.AutomationId="UI_ExplorerPane_AutoID" + Header="Explorer" + IsPinned="False"> + - + AutomationProperties.AutomationId="UI_ToolboxPane_AutoID" + Header="Toolbox" + IsPinned="False"> + @@ -924,39 +760,37 @@ - - + + - + - + - + - diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Views/Workflow/WorkflowInputDataView.xaml b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Views/Workflow/WorkflowInputDataView.xaml index 5d5cac6e796..c8583d106cb 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Views/Workflow/WorkflowInputDataView.xaml +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Views/Workflow/WorkflowInputDataView.xaml @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ xmlns:x="http://schemas.microsoft.com/winfx/2006/xaml" xmlns:i="clr-namespace:System.Windows.Interactivity;assembly=System.Windows.Interactivity" xmlns:local="clr-namespace:Dev2.Studio.AppResources.Behaviors" - xmlns:InterfaceImplementors="clr-namespace:Dev2.Studio.InterfaceImplementors" xmlns:cal="clr-namespace:Caliburn.Micro;assembly=Caliburn.Micro" xmlns:ui="clr-namespace:Dev2.UI;assembly=Dev2.Intellisense" + xmlns:provider="clr-namespace:Dev2.Intellisense.Provider;assembly=Dev2.Intellisense" xmlns:interfaceImplementors="clr-namespace:Dev2.Studio.InterfaceImplementors;assembly=Dev2.Intellisense" Title="Debug" Width="470" @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ - + diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/Callbacks/ConnectCallbackHandler.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/Callbacks/ConnectCallbackHandler.cs index 4fb0922cb64..ec5a67c883e 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/Callbacks/ConnectCallbackHandler.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/Callbacks/ConnectCallbackHandler.cs @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ using System; using Caliburn.Micro; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Runtime.ServiceModel; using Dev2.Data.ServiceModel; using Dev2.Network; using Dev2.Runtime.ServiceModel.Data; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/RootWebSite.cs b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/RootWebSite.cs index cd34e04251c..3e5f8385b9e 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/RootWebSite.cs +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/RootWebSite.cs @@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ using Dev2.Common; using Dev2.Common.Common; using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Services.Events; using Dev2.Studio.Core; using Dev2.Studio.Core.Interfaces; diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/WebBrowserWindow.xaml b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/WebBrowserWindow.xaml index 94825f080c5..0326a740913 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/WebBrowserWindow.xaml +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Studio/Webs/WebBrowserWindow.xaml @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ + Value="{StaticResource FontSize-Larger}" /> diff --git a/Dev/Dev2.Util/Dev2.Util.csproj b/Dev/Dev2.Util/Dev2.Util.csproj index 806decd6f7d..eebc53b2820 100644 --- a/Dev/Dev2.Util/Dev2.Util.csproj +++ b/Dev/Dev2.Util/Dev2.Util.csproj @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ SAK SAK SAK + ..\ + true true @@ -116,6 +118,13 @@ + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/AdminProxyTests.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/AdminProxyTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..853b6013ecc --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/AdminProxyTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; + +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class AdminProxyTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void AdminProxy_Ctor_CallsBase_NoError() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + // ReSharper disable once ObjectCreationAsStatement + new AdminManagerProxy(factory.Object,connection.Object); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_QueueDepth")] + public void AdminProxy_GetQueueDepth() + { + var output = CallProxyMethodWithNoParams("GetCurrentQueueDepthService").GetCurrentQueueDepth(); + Assert.AreEqual(-1,output); + } + + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_QueueDepth")] + public void AdminProxy_GetMaxQueueDepth() + { + var output = CallProxyMethodWithNoParams("GetMaxQueueDepthService").GetMaxQueueDepth(); + Assert.AreEqual(-1, output); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_ThreadCount")] + public void AdminProxy_GetThreadCount() + { + var output = CallProxyMethodWithNoParams("GetMaxThreadCountService").GetMaxThreadCount(); + Assert.AreEqual(-1, output); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Hagashen Naidu")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_GetServerVersion")] + public void AdminProxy_GetServerVersion() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new AdminManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + const string expectedVersion = "0.3.5.5"; + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(expectedVersion); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("GetServerVersion")).Returns(controller.Object); + //-------------Execute Test----------------------------- + var serverVersion = manager.GetServerVersion(); + //-------------Assert ---------------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + Assert.AreEqual(expectedVersion,serverVersion); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Hagashen Naidu")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_GetServerVersion")] + public void AdminProxy_GetServerVersion_NullReturned_ShouldReturnDefaultVersion() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new AdminManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns((string)null); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("GetServerVersion")).Returns(controller.Object); + //-------------Execute Test----------------------------- + var serverVersion = manager.GetServerVersion(); + //-------------Assert ---------------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + Assert.AreEqual("less than 0.4.19.1",serverVersion); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_SetThreadCount")] + public void AdminProxy_SetThreadCount() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new AdminManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns("-1"); + controller.Setup(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("maxThreadCount", "-1")); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("SetMaxThreadCountService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.SetMaxThreadCount(-1); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID),Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("maxThreadCount", "-1"), Times.Once()); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("AdminProxy_SetMaxQueueDepth")] + public void AdminProxy_SetMaxQueueDepth() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new AdminManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns("-1"); + controller.Setup(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("maxDepth", "-1")); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("SetMaxQueueDepthService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.SetMaxQueueDepth(-1); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("maxDepth", "-1"), Times.Once()); + + } + + + #region helpers + static AdminManagerProxy CallProxyMethodWithNoParams(string service) + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new AdminManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(-1); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController(service)).Returns(controller.Object); + return manager; + } + + + #endregion + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming +} diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ExplorerUpdateManagerTests.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ExplorerUpdateManagerTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..591ffaf5bde --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ExplorerUpdateManagerTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +using System; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class ExplorerUpdateManagerTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExplorerUpdateProxy_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ExplorerUpdateProxy_Ctor_Valid_ExpectCreatedItem() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + + } + + //[TestMethod] + //[Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + //[TestCategory("ExplorerUpdateProxy_AddFolder")] + //public void ExplorerUpdateProxy_AddFolder_ExpectCorrectCallsToServer() + //{ + // //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + // var factory = new Mock(); + // var connection = new Mock(); + // var controller = new Mock(); + // var manager = new ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + + // // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + // controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(new Mock().Object); + + // // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + // factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("AddFolderService")).Returns(controller.Object); + // manager.AddFolder("bob\\moo", TODO); + // controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + // controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("path", "bob\\moo"), Times.Once()); + // controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + + //} + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExplorerUpdateProxy_DeleteFolder")] + public void ExplorerUpdateProxy_DeleteFolder_ExpectCorrectCallsToServer() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(new Mock().Object); + + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("DeleteFolderService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.DeleteFolder("bob\\moo"); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("path", "bob\\moo"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExplorerUpdateProxy_DeleteResource")] + public void ExplorerUpdateProxy_DeleteResource_ExpectCorrectCallsToServer() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + var id = Guid.NewGuid(); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(new Mock().Object); + + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("DeleteItemService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.DeleteResource(id); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("itemToDelete", id.ToString()), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExplorerUpdateProxy_RenameResource")] + public void ExplorerUpdateProxy_RenameResource_ExpectCorrectCallsToServer() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + var id = Guid.NewGuid(); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(new Mock().Object); + + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("RenameItemService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.Rename(id,"bob"); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("itemToRename", id.ToString()), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("newName", "bob"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExplorerUpdateProxy_MoveItem")] + public void ExplorerUpdateProxy_MoveItem_ExpectCorrectCallsToServer() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + var id = Guid.NewGuid(); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(new Mock().Object); + + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("MoveItemService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.MoveItem(id, Guid.Empty); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("itemToMove", id.ToString()), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("newPath", Guid.Empty.ToString()), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + + } + + } // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming +} diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/LogManagerTests.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/LogManagerTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d2e2b35d85c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/LogManagerTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +using System; +using System.Net; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class LogManagerTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("LogManager_SetLogMaxSize")] + public void LogManager_SetLogMaxSize_CorrectServerCalls_ExpectSuccess() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new LogManagerProxy(new NetworkCredential(), factory.Object, connection.Object,new Uri("http://bob")); + + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("SetLogMaxSizeService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.SetMaxLogSize(25); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("sizeInMb", "25"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("LogManager_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void LogManager_Ctor_NullUri() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + new LogManagerProxy(new NetworkCredential("a","b"),new Mock().Object,new Mock().Object,null ); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("LogManager_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void LogManager_Ctor_NullCredential() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + new LogManagerProxy(null, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Uri("http://bob")); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/PluginProxyTests.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/PluginProxyTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b32d4da1744 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/PluginProxyTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Reflection; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; +using Warewolf.UnittestingUtils; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class PluginProxyTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void PluginProxy_Ctor_NullArguments_ExpectError() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + NullArgumentConstructorHelper.AssertNullConstructor(new object[]{cf.Object,cn.Object}, typeof(PluginProxy)); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_Ctor")] + public void PluginProxy_Ctor_ValidArgs_ExpectError() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_DeleteTool")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void PluginProxy_DeleteTool_NullArgs_ExpectError() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + PluginProxy proxy = new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + proxy.DeleteTool(null); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_DeleteTool")] + public void PluginProxy_DeleteTool_ValidArgs_ExpectPassThrough() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + var result = new Mock>(); + result.Setup(a => a.HasErrors).Returns(false); + cf.Setup(a => a.CreateController("DeleteToolService")).Returns(comms.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + comms.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)) + .Returns(result.Object); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + + PluginProxy proxy = new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + proxy.DeleteTool(new Mock().Object); + cf.Verify(a => a.CreateController("DeleteToolService")); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_DeleteTool")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(TargetInvocationException))] + public void PluginProxy_DeleteTool_ValidArgs_ExpectPassThroughAndExceptionThrown() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + var result = new Mock>(); + result.Setup(a => a.HasErrors).Returns(true); + result.Setup(a => a.Error).Returns(new TargetInvocationException(null)); + cf.Setup(a => a.CreateController("DeleteToolService")).Returns(comms.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + comms.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)) + .Returns(result.Object); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + + PluginProxy proxy = new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + proxy.DeleteTool(new Mock().Object); + cf.Verify(a => a.CreateController("DeleteToolService")); + comms.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_LoadToolService")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(TargetInvocationException))] + public void PluginProxy_LoadTool_ValidArgs_ExpectPassThroughAndExceptionThrown() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + var result = new Mock>(); + var toolDescriptor = new Mock(); + result.Setup(a => a.HasErrors).Returns(true); + result.Setup(a => a.Error).Returns(new TargetInvocationException(null)); + cf.Setup(a => a.CreateController("LoadToolService")).Returns(comms.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + comms.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)) + .Returns(result.Object); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + + PluginProxy proxy = new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + proxy.LoadTool(toolDescriptor.Object, new byte[0]); + cf.Verify(a => a.CreateController("LoadToolService")); + comms.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)); + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_LoadToolService")] + public void PluginProxy_LoadTool_ValidArgs_ExpectPassThroughAndNoExceptionThrown() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + var result = new Mock>(); + var toolDescriptor = new Mock(); + result.Setup(a => a.HasErrors).Returns(false); + result.Setup(a => a.Error).Returns(new TargetInvocationException(null)); + cf.Setup(a => a.CreateController("LoadToolService")).Returns(comms.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + comms.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)) + .Returns(result.Object); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + + PluginProxy proxy = new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + proxy.LoadTool(toolDescriptor.Object, new byte[0]); + cf.Verify(a => a.CreateController("LoadToolService")); + comms.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)); + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_LoadToolService")] + public void PluginProxy_GetTooldependencies_ValidArgs_ExpectPassThroughAndNoExceptionThrown() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + var result = new Mock>>(); + var toolDescriptor = new Mock(); + var res = new List(); + result.Setup(a => a.HasErrors).Returns(false); + result.Setup(a => a.Error).Returns(new TargetInvocationException(null)); + result.Setup(a => a.Value).Returns(res); + cf.Setup(a => a.CreateController("GetToolDependenciesService")).Returns(comms.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + comms.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)) + .Returns(result.Object); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + + PluginProxy proxy = new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + var output = proxy.GetToolDependencies(toolDescriptor.Object); + cf.Verify(a => a.CreateController("GetToolDependenciesService")); + comms.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)); + Assert.AreEqual(res,output); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PluginProxy_LoadToolService")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(TargetInvocationException))] + public void PluginProxy_GetTooldependencies_ValidArgs_ExpectPassThroughAndExceptionThrown() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var cf = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var cn = new Mock(); + var result = new Mock>>(); + var toolDescriptor = new Mock(); + var res = new List(); + result.Setup(a => a.HasErrors).Returns(true); + result.Setup(a => a.Error).Returns(new TargetInvocationException(null)); + result.Setup(a => a.Value).Returns(res); + cf.Setup(a => a.CreateController("GetToolDependenciesService")).Returns(comms.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + comms.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)) + .Returns(result.Object); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + + PluginProxy proxy = new PluginProxy(cf.Object, cn.Object); + var output = proxy.GetToolDependencies(toolDescriptor.Object); + cf.Verify(a => a.CreateController("GetToolDependenciesService")); + comms.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>>(cn.Object, Guid.Empty)); + Assert.AreEqual(res, output); + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d0d3d60f4d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("ServerProxyLayerTests")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("ServerProxyLayerTests")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2014")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("5cab922d-17ff-4869-8c4e-ac9989c27576")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ProxyBaseTests.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ProxyBaseTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4700bf02f29 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ProxyBaseTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +using System; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class ProxyBaseTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ProxyBas_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ProxyBaseNullParam_Factory() + + { + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new ProxyImpl(null , new Mock().Object); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ProxyBas_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void ProxyBaseNullParam_Connection() + { + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new ProxyImpl(new Mock().Object, null); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ProxyBase_Class")] + public void ProxyBase_Class_AssertNothingIsAddedToAbstract_ExpectknownTypes() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var methods = typeof(ProxyBase).GetMethods(); + Assert.AreEqual(5, methods.Count()); + Assert.IsNotNull(methods.FirstOrDefault(a => a.Name.Contains("CommunicationControllerFactory"))); + + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ProxyImpl.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ProxyImpl.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c085a0f10d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ProxyImpl.cs @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; + +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + class ProxyImpl : ProxyBase { + public ProxyImpl(ICommunicationControllerFactory communicationControllerFactory, IEnvironmentConnection connection) + : base(communicationControllerFactory, connection) + { + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/QueryManagerProxyTests.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/QueryManagerProxyTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eb894217ec0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/QueryManagerProxyTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Text; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.SharedModels; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class QueryManagerProxyTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("QueryManagerProxy_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void QueryManagerProxy_Ctor_ValidArgs_Constructs() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new QueryManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("QueryManagerProxy_FetchDependants")] + public void QueryManagerProxy_FetchDependants_AssertValidCalls() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var items = new List(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var queryProxy = new QueryManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(items); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("FindDependencyService")).Returns(controller.Object); + var resourceId = Guid.NewGuid(); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var res = queryProxy.FetchDependants(resourceId); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ResourceId", resourceId.ToString()), Times.Once()); + factory.Verify(a => a.CreateController("FindDependencyService"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + Assert.AreEqual(items, res); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("QueryManagerProxy_FetchTables")] + public void QueryManagerProxy_FetchTables_AssertValidCalls() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var items = new List(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var queryProxy = new QueryManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(items); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("FetchTablesService")).Returns(controller.Object); + var resourceId = Guid.NewGuid(); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var res = queryProxy.FetchTables(resourceId); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ResourceId", resourceId.ToString()), Times.Once()); + factory.Verify(a => a.CreateController("FetchTablesService"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + Assert.AreEqual(items, res); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("QueryManagerProxy_FetchResource")] + public void QueryManagerProxy_FetchResource_AssertValidCalls() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var item = new StringBuilder(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var queryProxy = new QueryManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(item); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("FetchResourceDefinitionService")).Returns(controller.Object); + var resourceId = Guid.NewGuid(); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var res = queryProxy.FetchResource(resourceId); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ResourceId", resourceId.ToString()), Times.Once()); + factory.Verify(a => a.CreateController("FetchResourceDefinitionService"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + Assert.AreEqual(item, res); + } + + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ScheduleManagerProxyTests.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ScheduleManagerProxyTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ced1042d088 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/ScheduleManagerProxyTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Text; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Scheduler.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class ScheduleManagerProxyTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ScheduleManagerProxy_SaveSchedule")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ScheduleManagerProxy_SaveSchedule_PassThrough_ExpectSuccess() + + { + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var scheduleManagerProxy = new ScheduleManagerProxy(factory.Object,connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns("-1"); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("SaveScheduledResourceService")).Returns(controller.Object); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + scheduleManagerProxy.SaveSchedule(new Mock().Object,"userName","password"); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("Resource", It.IsAny()),Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("UserName", "userName"),Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("Password", "password"),Times.Once()); + factory.Verify(a => a.CreateController("SaveScheduledResourceService"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a=>a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object,GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ScheduleManagerProxy_DeleteSchedule")] + public void ScheduleManagerProxy_DeleteSchedule_PassThrough_ExpectSuccess() + { + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var scheduleManagerProxy = new ScheduleManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns("-1"); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("DeleteScheduledResourceService")).Returns(controller.Object); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + scheduleManagerProxy.Delete( "ScheduleName", "SchedulePath"); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ScheduleName", "ScheduleName"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("SchedulePath", "SchedulePath"), Times.Once()); + factory.Verify(a => a.CreateController("DeleteScheduledResourceService"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ScheduleManagerProxy_GetSchedules")] + public void ScheduleManagerProxy_GetSchedules_PassThrough_ExpectSuccess() + { + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var output = new List(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var scheduleManagerProxy = new ScheduleManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(output); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("GetScheduledResources")).Returns(controller.Object); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var returned = scheduleManagerProxy.FetchSchedules(); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny()), Times.Never()); + factory.Verify(a => a.CreateController("GetScheduledResources"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + Assert.AreEqual(output, returned); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ScheduleManagerProxy_FetchScheduleHistory")] + public void ScheduleManagerProxy_FetchScheduleHistory_PassThrough_ExpectSuccess() + { + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var outputFromService = new List(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var scheduleManagerProxy = new ScheduleManagerProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(outputFromService); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("GetScheduledResourceHistoryService")).Returns(controller.Object); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var history =scheduleManagerProxy.FetchScheduleHistory("ScheduleName", "SchedulePath"); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ScheduleName", "ScheduleName"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("SchedulePath", "SchedulePath"), Times.Once()); + factory.Verify(a => a.CreateController("GetScheduledResourceHistoryService"), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand>(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + Assert.AreEqual(outputFromService, history); + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/UpdateProxyTest.cs b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/UpdateProxyTest.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0920c3d31bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/UpdateProxyTest.cs @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +using System; +using System.Text; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure.Communication; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace ServerProxyLayerTests +{ + [TestClass] + public class UpdateProxyTest + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("UpdateProxy_SaveResource")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void UpdateProxyProxy_SaveResourceService() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new UpdateProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + StringBuilder res = new StringBuilder(); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(new Mock().Object); + controller.Setup(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ResourceXml", res)); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("SaveResourceService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.SaveResource(res,Guid.Empty); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ResourceXml", res), Times.Once()); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("UpdateProxy_SaveResource")] + public void UpdateProxy_DeployItem() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var connection = new Mock(); + var controller = new Mock(); + var manager = new UpdateProxy(factory.Object, connection.Object); + StringBuilder res = new StringBuilder(); + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + controller.Setup(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)).Returns(new Mock().Object); + controller.Setup(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ResourceXml", res)); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + factory.Setup(a => a.CreateController("SaveResourceService")).Returns(controller.Object); + manager.SaveResource(res, Guid.Empty); + controller.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(connection.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID), Times.Once()); + controller.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("ResourceXml", res), Times.Once()); + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayerTests.csproj b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayerTests.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2519130a4a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/ServerProxyLayerTests/Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayerTests.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070} + Library + Properties + ServerProxyLayerTests + ServerProxyLayerTests + v4.5 + 512 + + + AnyCPU + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + AnyCPU + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + ..\Binaries\Moq.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A} + Dev2.Common + + + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348} + Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer + + + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC} + Warewolf.UnittestingUtils + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Studio.sln b/Dev/Studio.sln index e902c96b856..ce15506471c 100644 --- a/Dev/Studio.sln +++ b/Dev/Studio.sln @@ -1,8 +1,15 @@  Microsoft Visual Studio Solution File, Format Version 12.00 -# Visual Studio 2013 -VisualStudioVersion = 12.0.31101.0 +# Visual Studio 14 +VisualStudioVersion = 14.0.22310.1 MinimumVisualStudioVersion = 10.0.40219.1 +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio", "Warewolf.Studio\Warewolf.Studio.csproj", "{6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}" + ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} = {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18} = {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18} + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C} = {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C} + EndProjectSection +EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Studio", "Dev2.Studio\Dev2.Studio.csproj", "{62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}" ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C} = {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C} @@ -159,6 +166,11 @@ Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Data.Tests", "Dev2.Dat EndProjectSection EndProject Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = ".nuget", ".nuget", "{58434E37-3D21-4C5B-A405-9D17DFDA8F79}" + ProjectSection(SolutionItems) = preProject + .nuget\NuGet.Config = .nuget\NuGet.Config + .nuget\NuGet.exe = .nuget\NuGet.exe + .nuget\NuGet.targets = .nuget\NuGet.targets + EndProjectSection EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Dev2.Instrumentation", "Dev2.Instrumentation\Dev2.Instrumentation.csproj", "{52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}" ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject @@ -219,31 +231,123 @@ Project("{2150E333-8FDC-42A3-9474-1A3956D46DE8}") = "Win7", "Win7", "{1E05ADD2-7 EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Resources", "Warewolf.Studio.Resources\Warewolf.Studio.Resources.csproj", "{CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}" EndProject -Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio", "Warewolf.Studio\Warewolf.Studio.csproj", "{6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}" - ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject - {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} = {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} - {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18} = {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18} - {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C} = {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C} - EndProjectSection -EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels", "Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels\Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.csproj", "{C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}" EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Views", "Warewolf.Studio.Views\Warewolf.Studio.Views.csproj", "{81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}" EndProject Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Core", "Warewolf.Studio.Core\Warewolf.Studio.Core.csproj", "{F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}" EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna", "Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna\Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna.csproj", "{C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.Tests", "Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.Tests\Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.Tests.csproj", "{7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.UnittestingUtils", "Warewolf.UnittestingUtils\Warewolf.UnittestingUtils.csproj", "{3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayerTests", "ServerProxyLayerTests\Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayerTests.csproj", "{7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Models", "Warewolf.Studio.Models\Warewolf.Studio.Models.csproj", "{3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests", "Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests\Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.csproj", "{0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test", "Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test\Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test.csproj", "{F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}" + ProjectSection(ProjectDependencies) = postProject + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510} = {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510} + EndProjectSection +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Core", "Warewolf.Core\Warewolf.Core.csproj", "{8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Core.Test", "Warewolf.Core.Test\Warewolf.Core.Test.csproj", "{4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer", "ServerProxyLayer\Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer.csproj", "{97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls", "Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls\Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.csproj", "{1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Tests", "Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Tests\Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Tests.csproj", "{E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer", "Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer\Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.csproj", "{CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}" +EndProject +Project("{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC}") = "Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests", "Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests\Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests.csproj", "{5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}" +EndProject Global GlobalSection(SolutionConfigurationPlatforms) = preSolution + Beta|Any CPU = Beta|Any CPU + Beta|Mixed Platforms = Beta|Mixed Platforms + Beta|x64 = Beta|x64 + Beta|x86 = Beta|x86 + CTP|Any CPU = CTP|Any CPU + CTP|Mixed Platforms = CTP|Mixed Platforms + CTP|x64 = CTP|x64 + CTP|x86 = CTP|x86 Debug|Any CPU = Debug|Any CPU Debug|Mixed Platforms = Debug|Mixed Platforms Debug|x64 = Debug|x64 Debug|x86 = Debug|x86 + Japan|Any CPU = Japan|Any CPU + Japan|Mixed Platforms = Japan|Mixed Platforms + Japan|x64 = Japan|x64 + Japan|x86 = Japan|x86 Release|Any CPU = Release|Any CPU Release|Mixed Platforms = Release|Mixed Platforms Release|x64 = Release|x64 Release|x86 = Release|x86 + Trial|Any CPU = Trial|Any CPU + Trial|Mixed Platforms = Trial|Mixed Platforms + Trial|x64 = Trial|x64 + Trial|x86 = Trial|x86 EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(ProjectConfigurationPlatforms) = postSolution + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 @@ -251,6 +355,14 @@ Global {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 @@ -258,18 +370,74 @@ Global {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {632E4898-1B1B-474C-A028-D13A5C914F11}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 @@ -277,6 +445,14 @@ Global {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 @@ -284,6 +460,30 @@ Global {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 @@ -292,6 +492,14 @@ Global {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 @@ -300,6 +508,30 @@ Global {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6007C1F1-CE38-474A-A88C-0C05A77BC415}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 @@ -308,6 +540,14 @@ Global {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Debug|x86.Build.0 = Debug|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 @@ -315,6 +555,30 @@ Global {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Release|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {6A65D99B-61C5-4376-B4F7-71A503F9351F}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 @@ -322,24 +586,88 @@ Global {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {2A8088A6-8F8D-42FD-B877-D809C494C561}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {38650E4E-90E2-44DE-A32F-30F3C4D1438B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 @@ -347,6 +675,14 @@ Global {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 @@ -354,52 +690,200 @@ Global {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9623C7DD-85EE-41AB-89B1-1A9784A97DA7}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {9C43D5A2-FEFD-4632-9BF2-EE0E4C05BEBC}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DF3CA7CD-16B7-465E-A7DB-91951DFC330F}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E580C1E3-01E4-424F-A6B2-279C3079C3BF}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 @@ -407,60 +891,220 @@ Global {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1FD73E36-FC73-4BDF-BCBA-278A44F06550}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A7D9DA27-F023-4588-AA64-AC2DE44C0B82}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {F5162BDB-D3DB-480E-92E4-FD732904A247}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {33896C15-E182-4C09-BA33-99FF9A8BB44A}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 @@ -468,6 +1112,14 @@ Global {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|x64 {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x64.Build.0 = Debug|x64 {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 @@ -475,299 +1127,1523 @@ Global {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {D754B817-A714-4E6E-BD46-8C4FFFFBDACB}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B95B724A-B052-4E18-98A4-88072C8DF2C2}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {DB2FBC8D-3271-4D1D-A6BC-F4DFC530918B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {019A92B9-9209-4930-BC96-381CB8B1C0EA}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {FF3115B2-370E-4E40-99C5-7D239BC28679}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {14F1E4AA-B9A8-45DD-AF2A-059EFF29201B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {B0564C7A-9DA8-4751-B5D4-D446138E0987}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {3C4AC14C-4134-48A6-A9EA-9D47218E05C5}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {86E580CD-C480-435A-8978-A9C27377C900}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {52F26184-CB50-4D82-B8A2-83F73D2B5011}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {1B229665-1631-4275-AFBD-CB5B7775E4CA}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {4DB41F93-E0B7-454C-B4C4-B7E20671E7AB}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {211601FA-019A-4F23-9A30-5FE5344E1BE1}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {134EC485-9C05-4EE2-8C35-6A8B6A5528BF}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {BA2D7EFC-D8F2-42FB-8867-3B328AA2A38E}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {E872FFC0-96F9-4FB8-A8D9-B498E158742B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Beta|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.CTP|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|x86 {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|x86 {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Japan|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x64.Build.0 = Release|x64 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|x86 + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B}.Trial|x86.Build.0 = Release|x86 + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU - {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CB565C94-8833-4911-B20F-0921EE3C286C}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Beta|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = CTP|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Japan|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Trial|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7A342AA8-9693-4FEE-A235-939044F5C1D2}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {7832D912-8E26-44C4-B8A2-05449246B070}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {E5A1C9CC-BBCF-484F-8E5A-135E91AF0C69}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Beta|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Beta|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Beta|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Beta|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Beta|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.CTP|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.CTP|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.CTP|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.CTP|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.CTP|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Debug|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Debug|Any CPU.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Debug|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Debug|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Debug|x64.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Debug|x86.ActiveCfg = Debug|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Japan|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Japan|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Japan|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Japan|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Japan|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Release|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Release|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Release|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Release|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Release|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Trial|Any CPU.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Trial|Any CPU.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Trial|Mixed Platforms.Build.0 = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Trial|x64.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A}.Trial|x86.ActiveCfg = Release|Any CPU EndGlobalSection GlobalSection(SolutionProperties) = preSolution HideSolutionNode = FALSE diff --git a/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Cleanup.bat b/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Cleanup.bat index 1345db56cc3..d67140d63e7 100644 --- a/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Cleanup.bat +++ b/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Cleanup.bat @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ REM * set AgentName=RSAKLFTST7X64-3 REM ******************************************************************************************************************** REM Stop Server: -sc STOP "Warewolf Server" taskkill /im "Warewolf*" /T /F IF EXIST %TestRunDirectory%\..\..\..\nircmd.exe %TestRunDirectory%\..\..\..\nircmd.exe elevate taskkill /im "Warewolf*" /T /F exit 0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Startup.bat b/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Startup.bat index 20606d1d424..68ea010366c 100644 --- a/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Startup.bat +++ b/Dev/TestScripts/Acceptance/Startup.bat @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ REM * set AgentName=RSAKLFTST7X64-3 REM ******************************************************************************************************************** REM ** Kill The Server ** -sc stop "Warewolf Server" taskkill /im "Warewolf Server.exe" REM Wait 5 seconds ;) diff --git a/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Cleanup.bat b/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Cleanup.bat index 1345db56cc3..d67140d63e7 100644 --- a/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Cleanup.bat +++ b/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Cleanup.bat @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ REM * set AgentName=RSAKLFTST7X64-3 REM ******************************************************************************************************************** REM Stop Server: -sc STOP "Warewolf Server" taskkill /im "Warewolf*" /T /F IF EXIST %TestRunDirectory%\..\..\..\nircmd.exe %TestRunDirectory%\..\..\..\nircmd.exe elevate taskkill /im "Warewolf*" /T /F exit 0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Startup.bat b/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Startup.bat index 68a7391fe02..153cf37055c 100644 --- a/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Startup.bat +++ b/Dev/TestScripts/UI/Startup.bat @@ -20,7 +20,6 @@ REM * set AgentName=RSAKLFTST7X64-3 REM ******************************************************************************************************************** REM ** Kill The Warewolf ;) ** -sc stop "Warewolf Server" taskkill /im "Warewolf Server.exe" taskkill /im "Warewolf Studio.exe" diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/CI Environments.testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/CI Environments.testsettings deleted file mode 100644 index 3045d38544c..00000000000 --- a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/CI Environments.testsettings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ - - - These are default test settings for a remote acceptance test run. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
-
-
- - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Environment Pool.testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Environment Pool.testsettings new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4a973524749 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Environment Pool.testsettings @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + These are default test settings for a remote acceptance test run. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/First CI Environment.testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/First CI Environment.testsettings index bbd016cfb41..227d55552ee 100644 --- a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/First CI Environment.testsettings +++ b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/First CI Environment.testsettings @@ -1,14 +1,26 @@  These are default test settings for a remote acceptance test run. - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Local.testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Local.testsettings index 8b76ca67849..ad0a3802cff 100644 --- a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Local.testsettings +++ b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Local.testsettings @@ -1,17 +1,28 @@  These are default test settings for a remote acceptance test run. - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - + @@ -35,4 +46,5 @@ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Sandbox.testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Sandbox.testsettings index 9147b669bf7..9d2f4f89dfe 100644 --- a/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Sandbox.testsettings +++ b/Dev/TestSettings/Acceptance/Sandbox.testsettings @@ -1,14 +1,26 @@  These are default test settings for a remote acceptance test run. - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI (Any CI Test Environment) - ScreenRecording.testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI Any CI Test Environment - ScreenRecording.testsettings similarity index 100% rename from Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI (Any CI Test Environment) - ScreenRecording.testsettings rename to Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI Any CI Test Environment - ScreenRecording.testsettings diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI (Any CI Test Environment).testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI Any CI Test Environment.testsettings similarity index 100% rename from Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI (Any CI Test Environment).testsettings rename to Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI Any CI Test Environment.testsettings diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI (First CI Test Environment).testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI First CI Test Environment.testsettings similarity index 100% rename from Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI (First CI Test Environment).testsettings rename to Dev/TestSettings/UI/CI First CI Test Environment.testsettings diff --git a/Dev/TestSettings/X86ExecutionPlatform.testsettings b/Dev/TestSettings/X86ExecutionPlatform.testsettings deleted file mode 100644 index 09b574d8cc6..00000000000 --- a/Dev/TestSettings/X86ExecutionPlatform.testsettings +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ - - - These setting force mstest to execute these tests as an X86 process. - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-
-
-
- - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3a21a6bb21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("d8513a30-0d93-4dcd-a3f5-e85bc1ef21c7")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/ServerForTesting.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/ServerForTesting.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8f4189380d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/ServerForTesting.cs @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using System.Xml.Linq; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Dev2.Runtime.ServiceModel.Data; +using Dev2.Services.Security; +using Moq; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core +{ + public class ServerForTesting : Resource, IServer + { + public ServerForTesting() + { + var mockExplorerRepo = new Mock(); + mockExplorerRepo.Setup(repository => repository.Rename(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny())).Returns(true); + _explorerProxy = mockExplorerRepo.Object; + } + + private IExplorerRepository _explorerProxy; + + public ServerForTesting(IResource copy) : base(copy) + { + } + + public ServerForTesting(XElement xml) : base(xml) + { + } + + public Task Connect() + { + return Task.FromResult(true); + } + + public List Load() + { + return CreateResources(); + } + + private List CreateResources() + { + return new List(); + } + + public Task LoadExplorer() + { + return Task.FromResult(CreateExplorerItems()); + } + + private IExplorerItem CreateExplorerItems() + { + var mockExplorerItem = new Mock(); + mockExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.DisplayName).Returns("Level 0"); + var children = new List(); + children.AddRange(CreateFolders(new[] { "Folder 1", "Folder 2", "Folder 3", "Folder 4", "Folder 5" })); + mockExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.Children).Returns(children); + return mockExplorerItem.Object; + } + + private IEnumerable CreateFolders(string[] names) + { + var folders = new List(); + foreach (var name in names) + { + var mockIExplorerItem = new Mock(); + mockIExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.Folder); + mockIExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.DisplayName).Returns(name); + mockIExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.Children).Returns(new List()); + folders.Add(mockIExplorerItem.Object); + } + CreateChildrenForFolder(folders[1], new[] { "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1", "Child 1" }); + return folders; + } + + private void CreateChildrenForFolder(IExplorerItem explorerItem, string[] childNames) + { + int i = 1; + var resourceType = ResourceType.EmailSource; + foreach (var name in childNames) + { + if (i % 2 == 0) + { + resourceType = ResourceType.WorkflowService; + } + if (i % 3 == 0) + { + resourceType = ResourceType.DbService; + } + if (i % 4 == 0) + { + resourceType = ResourceType.WebSource; + } + var mockIExplorerItem = new Mock(); + mockIExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.ResourceType).Returns(resourceType); + mockIExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.DisplayName).Returns(explorerItem.DisplayName + " " + name); + mockIExplorerItem.Setup(item => item.ResourceId).Returns(Guid.NewGuid()); + explorerItem.Children.Add(mockIExplorerItem.Object); + i++; + } + } + + public IList GetServerConnections() + { + return null; + } + + public IList LoadTools() + { + throw new NotImplementedException(); + } + + public IExplorerRepository ExplorerRepository + { + get + { + if (_explorerProxy != null) + { + return _explorerProxy; + } + return new Mock().Object; + } + } + + public bool IsConnected() + { + return true; + } + + public void ReloadTools() + { + throw new NotImplementedException(); + } + + public void Disconnect() + { + throw new NotImplementedException(); + } + + public void Edit() + { + throw new NotImplementedException(); + } + + public List Permissions + { + get + { + return new List{new WindowsGroupPermission + { + Administrator = true, + IsServer = true, + ResourceID = Guid.Empty + + }}; + } + } + + public event PermissionsChanged PermissionsChanged; + public event NetworkStateChanged NetworkStateChanged; + + public IStudioUpdateManager UpdateRepository + { + get { throw new NotImplementedException(); } + } + + public string GetServerVersion() + { + throw new NotImplementedException(); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/ShellForTesting.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/ShellForTesting.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..33f752fdbb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/ShellForTesting.cs @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Warewolf.Studio; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core +{ + public class ShellForTesting : Shell + { + public ShellForTesting(IShellViewModel shellViewModel) : base(shellViewModel) + { + } + + protected override void LoadShellViewModel() + { + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/UnityBootstrapperForTesting.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/UnityBootstrapperForTesting.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c6eacf25e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/UnityBootstrapperForTesting.cs @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Util; +using Infragistics.Themes; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Regions; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.UnityExtensions; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; +using Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core +{ + public abstract class UnityBootstrapperForTesting : UnityBootstrapper + { + protected override DependencyObject CreateShell() + { + return Container.Resolve(); + } + + protected override void ConfigureContainer() + { + base.ConfigureContainer(); + AppSettings.LocalHost = "http://myserver:3124/"; + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new Application(); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + ThemeManager.ApplicationTheme = new LunaTheme(); + + Container.RegisterType(new InjectionConstructor()); + Container.RegisterInstance(new ShellViewModel(Container, Container.Resolve(), Container.Resolve())); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fad8f6a9aed --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core + v4.5 + 512 + {3AC096D0-A1C2-E12C-1390-A8335801FDAB};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} + 10.0 + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath32)\Microsoft\VisualStudio\v$(VisualStudioVersion) + $(ProgramFiles)\Common Files\microsoft shared\VSTT\$(VisualStudioVersion)\UITestExtensionPackages + False + UnitTest + ..\ + true + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Composition.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Composition.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Interactivity.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Interactivity.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.Desktop.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.PubSubEvents.1.0.0\lib\portable-sl4+wp7+windows8+net40\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.SharedInterfaces.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.UnityExtensions.5.0.1\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.UnityExtensions.dll + + + ..\packages\CommonServiceLocator.1.2\lib\portable-windows8+net40+sl5+windowsphone8\Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + + ..\Binaries\Moq.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB} + Dev2.Data + + + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F} + Dev2.Infrastructure + + + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED} + Dev2.Util + + + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E} + Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna + + + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} + Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels + + + {6F16414C-99A2-444D-93F0-34EAB82A2FF0} + Warewolf.Studio + + + + + + + + + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + + + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/app.config b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/app.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d5044c658f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/app.config @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/packages.config b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/packages.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d42c0fae330 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core/packages.config @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/App.config b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/App.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..57daa0aac6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/App.config @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ + + + +
+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Explorer.feature b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Explorer.feature new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..79eab6349a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Explorer.feature @@ -0,0 +1,267 @@ +@Explorer +Feature: Explorer + In order to manage my service + As a Warewolf User + I want explorer view of my resources with management options + +Scenario: Connected to localhost server + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "localhost" server + Then I should see "5" folders + +Scenario: Expand a folder + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + When I open "Folder 2" + Then I should see "18" children for "Folder 2" + +Scenario: Rename folder + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + When I rename "Folder 2" to "Folder New" + Then I should see "18" children for "Folder New" + And I should not see "Folder 2" + +Scenario: Search explorer + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + When I search for "Folder 3" + Then I should see "Folder 3" only + And I should not see "Folder 1" + And I should not see "Folder 2" + And I should not see "Folder 4" + And I should not see "Folder 5" + +Scenario: Creating And Deleting Folder in localhost + #Creating Folder + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "localhost" server + Then I should see "5" folders + When I create "New Folder" in "localhost" + Then I should see "New Folder" in "localhost" server + And I should see "6" folders + #Deleting Folders + When I delete "New Folder" in "localhost" server + Then I should see "5" folders + And I should not see "New Folder" + #Creating Subfolder In a Folder + When I open "Folder 2" + Then I should see "18" children for "Folder 2" + When I create "New Folder" in "Folder 2" + Then I should see "19" children for "Folder 2" + And I should see "New Folder" in "Folder 2" + #Deleting Sub Folder + When I delete "New Folder" in "Folder 2" + Then I should see "18" children for "Folder 2" + And I should not see "New Folder" in "Folder 2" + + + +Scenario: Deleting Resource in folders + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "localhost" server + Then I should see "5" folders + When I open "Folder 6" + Then I should see "4" children for "Folder 6" + And I should see "deleteresouce" in "Folder 6" + When I delete "deleteresouce" in "Folder 6" + Then I should not see "deleteresouce" in "Folder 6" + And I should see "3" children for "Folder 6" + +Scenario: Deleting Resource in localhost Server + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "localhost" server + Then I should see "5" folders + And I should see "5" resources in "localhost" + And I should see "Resource" in "localhost" + When I delete "Resource" in "localhost" + Then I should not see "Resource" in "localhost" + And I should see "4" resources in "localhost" + + + +Scenario: Opening Versions in Explorer + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "localhost" server + Then I should see "5" folders + When I open "Folder 1" + #Testing Resource Icons + Then I should see "2" workflows with "View,Execute" Icons + And I should see "2" DB Services with "View,Execute" Icons + And I should see "2" Web Services with "View,Execute" Icons + And I should see "2" Plugin Services with "View,Execute" Icons + When I open "WF1" in "Folder 1" + Then "WF1" is opened + #Opening Version History + When I Show Version History for "WF1" in "Folder 1" + Then I should see "3" versions with "View" Icons + And I should not see "3" versions with "View,Execute" Icons + When I open "v.1" of "WF1" in "Folder 1" + Then "v.1" is opened + When I Make "v.1" the current version of "WF1" in "Folder 1" + Then I should see "4" versions with "View" Icons + Then I should see "OldVersion" in "Folder 1" + #Deleting Versions + When I Delete Version "v.2" + Then I should not see "v.2" + And I should see "3" versions with "View" Icons + + +Scenario: No Version history option for services and sources. + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "localhost" server + Then I should see "Webservice" in "localhost" server + When I Show Version History for "service" in "localhost" server is "False" + Then I should see "Pluginservice" in "localhost" server + When I Show Version History for "Pluginservice" in "localhost" server is "False" + Then I should see "Remoteserver" in "localhost" server + When I Show Version History for "Remoteserver" in "localhost" server is "False" + + + +Scenario: Creating Services Under Localhost + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "New Service" in "localhost" server + Then "Unsavesd1" is opened + When I open "New Database Connector" in "localhost" server + Then "New Database Service" is opened + When I open "New Plugin Connector" in "localhost" server + Then "New Plugin Service" is opened + When I open "New Web Service Connector" in "localhost" server + Then "New Web Service" is opened + When I open "New Remote Warewolf Source" in "localhost" server + Then "New Server" is opened + When I open "New Plugin Source" in "localhost" server + Then "New Plugin Source" is opened + When I open "New Web Source" in "localhost" server + Then "New Web Source" is opened + When I open "New Email Source" in "localhost" server + Then "New Email Source" is opened + When I open "New Dropbox Source" in "localhost" server + Then "Dropbox Source" is opened + + +Scenario: Creating Services Under Explorer Folder + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "New Service" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "Unsavesd1" is opened + When I open "New Database Connector" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "New Database Service" is opened + When I open "New Plugin Connector" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "New Plugin Service" is opened + When I open "New Web Service Connector" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "New Web Service" is opened + When I open "New Remote Warewolf Source" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "New Server" is opened + When I open "New Plugin Source" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "New Plugin Source" is opened + When I open "New Web Source" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "New Web Source" is opened + When I open "New Email Source" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "New Email Source" is opened + When I open "New Dropbox Source" for "Folder1" in "localhost" server + Then "Dropbox Source" is opened + When I Deploy "Folder 1" of "localhost" server + Then "Deploy" is opened + + + +Scenario: Context Menu Items for workflow. + Given the explorer is visible + When I open "Open" for "workflow" in "localhost" server + Then "workflow" is opened + And I open "New Database Connector" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I open "New Plugin Connector" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I open "New Web Service Connector" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I open "New Remote Warewolf Source" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I open "New Plugin Source" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I open "New Web Source" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I open "New Email Source" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I open "New Dropbox Source" for "workflow" in "localhost" server is "False" + And I Deploy "workflow" of "localhost" server + And "Deploy" is opened + And I open Dependencies of "workflow" in "localhost" server + And "Ones*Dependants" is opened + + +Scenario: Opening Dependencies Of All Services In Explorer + Given the explorer is visible + When I open Show Dependencies of "WF1" in "Folder1" + Then "WF1 Dependents" is opened + When I open Show Dependencies of "WebServ1" in "Folder1" + Then "WebServ1 Dependents" is opened + When I open Show Dependencies of "DB Service1" in "Folder1" + Then "DB Service1 Dependents" is opened + When I open Show Dependencies of "PluginServ1" in "Folder1" + Then "PluginServ1 Dependents" is opened + + + +Scenario: Renaming Folder And Workflow Service + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + When I rename "Folder 2" to "Folder New" + Then I should see "18" children for "Folder New" + And I should not see "Folder 2" + Given I rename "WF1" of "Follder 1" to "WorkFlow1" in "localhost" server + Then I should see "WorkFlow1" of "Folder1" in "localhost" server + And I should not see "WF1" in "Folder1" + Given I rename "WF2" of "Follder 1" to "WorkFlow1" in "Localhost" server + Then Conflict message is occured + +Scenario: Renaming Service in explorer + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + And I should see "Renameresource" in "localhost" + When I rename "Renameresource" to "renamed" in "localhost" server + Then I should see "renamed" in "localhost" server + Then Conflict message should be occured + + +Scenario: Rename conflicting resources + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + And I should see "Conflict" in "localhost" + And I should see "Renameresource" in "localhost" + When I rename "Conflict" to "Renameresource" in "localhost" server + Then I should see "renameconflict" in "localhost" server + Then Conflict message should be occured + + + + +Scenario: Renaming Workflow Service Is Creating Version In Version History + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + Given I rename "WF2" of "Follder 1" to "WorkFlow2" in "Localhost" server + Then I should see "WorkFlow2" of "Folder1" in "localhost" server + And I should not see "WF2" in "Folder1" + When I Show Version History for "WF2" in "Folder 1" + Then I should see "1" versions with "View" Icons + And I should not see "1" version with "Execute" Icons + + +Scenario: Opening Resources from remote server + Given the explorer is visible + When I Connected to Remote Server "Remote" + And I open "Remote" server + Then I should see "10" folders + + +Scenario: Searching resources by using filter + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + When I search for "Folder 1" in explorer + Then I should see "Folder 1" in "localhost" server + And I search for "deleteresouce" in explorer + Then I should see "deleteresouce" in "Follder 1" + +Scenario: Checking versions + Given the explorer is visible + And I open "localhost" server + When I search for "WF1" in explorer + Then I should see "WF1" in "Follder 1" + When I Show Version History for "WF1" in "Folder 1" + Then I should see "3" versions with "View" Icons + And I should not see "3" versions with "View,Execute" Icons + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Explorer.feature.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Explorer.feature.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30a25949510 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Explorer.feature.cs @@ -0,0 +1,487 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by SpecFlow (http://www.specflow.org/). +// SpecFlow Version:1.9.0.77 +// SpecFlow Generator Version:1.9.0.0 +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.34209 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#region Designer generated code +#pragma warning disable +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer +{ + using TechTalk.SpecFlow; + + + [System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("TechTalk.SpecFlow", "1.9.0.77")] + [System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestClassAttribute()] + public partial class ExplorerFeature + { + + private static TechTalk.SpecFlow.ITestRunner testRunner; + +#line 1 "Explorer.feature" +#line hidden + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassInitializeAttribute()] + public static void FeatureSetup(Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestContext testContext) + { + testRunner = TechTalk.SpecFlow.TestRunnerManager.GetTestRunner(); + TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo featureInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo(new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-US"), "Explorer", "In order to manage my service\r\nAs a Warewolf User\r\nI want explorer view of my res" + + "ources with management options", ProgrammingLanguage.CSharp, new string[] { + "Explorer"}); + testRunner.OnFeatureStart(featureInfo); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassCleanupAttribute()] + public static void FeatureTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnFeatureEnd(); + testRunner = null; + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestInitializeAttribute()] + public virtual void TestInitialize() + { + if (((TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current != null) + && (TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current.FeatureInfo.Title != "Explorer"))) + { + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer.ExplorerFeature.FeatureSetup(null); + } + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCleanupAttribute()] + public virtual void ScenarioTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnScenarioEnd(); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioSetup(TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo) + { + testRunner.OnScenarioStart(scenarioInfo); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioCleanup() + { + testRunner.CollectScenarioErrors(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Connected to localhost server")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void ConnectedToLocalhostServer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Connected to localhost server", ((string[])(null))); +#line 7 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 8 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 9 + testRunner.When("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 10 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"5\" folders", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Expand a folder")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void ExpandAFolder() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Expand a folder", ((string[])(null))); +#line 12 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 13 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 14 + testRunner.And("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 15 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 16 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"18\" children for \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Rename folder")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void RenameFolder() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Rename folder", ((string[])(null))); +#line 18 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 19 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 20 + testRunner.And("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 21 + testRunner.When("I rename \"Folder 2\" to \"Folder New\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 22 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"18\" children for \"Folder New\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 23 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Search explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void SearchExplorer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Search explorer", ((string[])(null))); +#line 25 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 26 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 27 + testRunner.And("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 28 + testRunner.When("I search for \"Folder 3\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 29 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"Folder 3\" only", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 30 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 31 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 32 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 4\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 33 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 5\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Creating And Deleting Folder in localhost")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void CreatingAndDeletingFolderInLocalhost() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Creating And Deleting Folder in localhost", ((string[])(null))); +#line 35 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 37 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 38 + testRunner.When("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 39 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"5\" folders", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 40 + testRunner.When("I create \"New Folder\" in \"localhost\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 41 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"New Folder\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 42 + testRunner.And("I should see \"6\" folders", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 44 + testRunner.When("I delete \"New Folder\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 45 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"5\" folders", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 46 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"New Folder\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 48 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 49 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"18\" children for \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 50 + testRunner.When("I create \"New Folder\" in \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 51 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"19\" children for \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 52 + testRunner.And("I should see \"New Folder\" in \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 54 + testRunner.When("I delete \"New Folder\" in \"Folder 2\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 55 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"18\" children for \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 56 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"New Folder\" in \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Opening Versions in Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void OpeningVersionsInExplorer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Opening Versions in Explorer", ((string[])(null))); +#line 60 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 61 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 62 + testRunner.When("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 63 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"5\" folders", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 64 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 66 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"2\" workflows with \"View,Execute\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 67 + testRunner.And("I should see \"2\" DB Services with \"View,Execute\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 68 + testRunner.And("I should see \"2\" Web Services with \"View,Execute\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 69 + testRunner.And("I should see \"2\" Plugin Services with \"View,Execute\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 70 + testRunner.When("I open \"WF1\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 71 + testRunner.Then("\"WF1\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 73 + testRunner.When("I Show Version History for \"WF1\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 74 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"3\" versions with \"View\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 75 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"3\" versions with \"View,Execute\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 76 + testRunner.When("I open \"v.1\" of \"WF1\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 77 + testRunner.Then("\"v.1\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 78 + testRunner.When("I Make \"v.1\" the current version of \"WF1\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 79 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"4\" versions with \"View\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 80 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"OldVersion\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 82 + testRunner.When("I Delete Version \"v.2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 83 + testRunner.Then("I should not see \"v.2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 84 + testRunner.And("I should see \"3\" versions with \"View\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Creating Services Under Localhost")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void CreatingServicesUnderLocalhost() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Creating Services Under Localhost", ((string[])(null))); +#line 87 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 88 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 89 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Service\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 90 + testRunner.Then("\"Unsavesd1\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 91 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Database Connector\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 92 + testRunner.Then("\"New Database Service\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 93 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Plugin Connector\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 94 + testRunner.Then("\"New Plugin Service\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 95 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Web Service Connector\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 96 + testRunner.Then("\"New Web Service\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 97 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Remote Warewolf Source\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 98 + testRunner.Then("\"New Server\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 99 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Plugin Source\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 100 + testRunner.Then("\"New Plugin Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 101 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Web Source\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 102 + testRunner.Then("\"New Web Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 103 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Email Source\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 104 + testRunner.Then("\"New Email Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 105 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Dropbox Source\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 106 + testRunner.Then("\"Dropbox Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Creating Services Under Explorer Folder")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void CreatingServicesUnderExplorerFolder() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Creating Services Under Explorer Folder", ((string[])(null))); +#line 109 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 110 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 111 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Service\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 112 + testRunner.Then("\"Unsavesd1\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 113 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Database Connector\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 114 + testRunner.Then("\"New Database Service\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 115 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Plugin Connector\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 116 + testRunner.Then("\"New Plugin Service\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 117 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Web Service Connector\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 118 + testRunner.Then("\"New Web Service\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 119 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Remote Warewolf Source\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 120 + testRunner.Then("\"New Server\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 121 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Plugin Source\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 122 + testRunner.Then("\"New Plugin Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 123 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Web Source\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 124 + testRunner.Then("\"New Web Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 125 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Email Source\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 126 + testRunner.Then("\"New Email Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 127 + testRunner.When("I open \"New Dropbox Source\" for \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 128 + testRunner.Then("\"Dropbox Source\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 129 + testRunner.When("I Deploy \"Folder 1\" of \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 130 + testRunner.Then("\"Deploy\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Opening Dependencies Of All Services In Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void OpeningDependenciesOfAllServicesInExplorer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Opening Dependencies Of All Services In Explorer", ((string[])(null))); +#line 133 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 134 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 135 + testRunner.When("I open Show Dependencies of \"WF1\" in \"Folder1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 136 + testRunner.Then("\"WF1 Dependents\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 137 + testRunner.When("I open Show Dependencies of \"WebServ1\" in \"Folder1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 138 + testRunner.Then("\"WebServ1 Dependents\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 139 + testRunner.When("I open Show Dependencies of \"DB Service1\" in \"Folder1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 140 + testRunner.Then("\"DB Service1 Dependents\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 141 + testRunner.When("I open Show Dependencies of \"PluginServ1\" in \"Folder1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 142 + testRunner.Then("\"PluginServ1 Dependents\" is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Renaming Folder And Workflow Service")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void RenamingFolderAndWorkflowService() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Renaming Folder And Workflow Service", ((string[])(null))); +#line 146 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 147 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 148 + testRunner.And("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 149 + testRunner.When("I rename \"Folder 2\" to \"Folder New\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 150 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"18\" children for \"Folder New\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 151 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 2\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 152 + testRunner.Given("I rename \"WF1\" of \"Follder 1\" to \"WorkFlow1\" in \"Localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 153 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"WorkFlow1\" of \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 154 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"WF1\" in \"Folder1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 155 + testRunner.Given("I rename \"WF2\" of \"Follder 1\" to \"WorkFlow1\" in \"Localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 156 + testRunner.Then("Conflict message is occured", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Renaming Workflow Service Is Creating Version In Version History")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void RenamingWorkflowServiceIsCreatingVersionInVersionHistory() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Renaming Workflow Service Is Creating Version In Version History", ((string[])(null))); +#line 159 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 160 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 161 + testRunner.And("I open \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 162 + testRunner.Given("I rename \"WF2\" of \"Follder 1\" to \"WorkFlow2\" in \"Localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 163 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"WorkFlow2\" of \"Folder1\" in \"localhost\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 164 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"WF2\" in \"Folder1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 165 + testRunner.When("I Show Version History for \"WF2\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 166 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"1\" versions with \"View\" Icons", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Opening Resources from remote server")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Explorer")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Explorer")] + public virtual void OpeningResourcesFromRemoteServer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Opening Resources from remote server", ((string[])(null))); +#line 170 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 171 + testRunner.Given("the explorer is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 172 + testRunner.When("I Connected to Remote Server \"Remote\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 173 + testRunner.And("I open \"Remote\" server", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 174 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"10\" folders", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + } +} +#pragma warning restore +#endregion diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/ExplorerSteps.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/ExplorerSteps.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..44a734a4e4d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/ExplorerSteps.cs @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Threading; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using TechTalk.SpecFlow; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; +using Warewolf.Studio.Views; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer +{ + + [Binding] + public class ExplorerSteps + { + [BeforeFeature("Explorer")] + public static void SetupExplorerDependencies() + { + var bootstrapper = new UnityBootstrapperForExplorerTesting(); + bootstrapper.Run(); + FeatureContext.Current.Add("container", bootstrapper.Container); + var explorerView = bootstrapper.Container.Resolve(); + var window = new Window(); + window.Content = explorerView; + var app = Application.Current; + app.MainWindow = window; + Application.Current.Dispatcher.BeginInvoke(DispatcherPriority.Loaded, new Action(() => + { + var explorerViewWindow = (ExplorerView)Application.Current.MainWindow.Content; + Assert.IsNotNull(explorerViewWindow); + Assert.IsNotNull(explorerViewWindow.DataContext); + Assert.IsInstanceOfType(explorerViewWindow.DataContext, typeof(IExplorerViewModel)); + Application.Current.Shutdown(); + })); + + Application.Current.Run(Application.Current.MainWindow); + } + + + [BeforeScenario("Explorer")] + public void SetupForExplorer() + { + var container = FeatureContext.Current.Get("container"); + var explorerView = container.Resolve(); + ScenarioContext.Current.Add("explorerView", explorerView); + + } + + [Given(@"the explorer is visible")] + public void GivenTheExplorerIsVisible() + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + Assert.IsNotNull(explorerView); + Assert.IsNotNull(explorerView.DataContext); + } + + [Given(@"I open ""(.*)"" server")] + [When(@"I open ""(.*)"" server")] + public void WhenIOpenServer(string serverName) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + var environmentViewModel = explorerView.OpenEnvironmentNode(serverName); + Assert.IsNotNull(environmentViewModel); + Assert.IsTrue(environmentViewModel.IsExpanded); + } + + [Given(@"I open ""(.*)""")] + [When(@"I open ""(.*)""")] + public void WhenIOpen(string folderName) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + var environmentViewModel = explorerView.OpenFolderNode(folderName); + Assert.IsNotNull(environmentViewModel); + } + + [Then(@"I should see ""(.*)"" folders")] + public void ThenIShouldSeeFolders(int numberOfFoldersVisible) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + var explorerItemViewModels = explorerView.GetFoldersVisible(); + Assert.AreEqual(numberOfFoldersVisible,explorerItemViewModels.Count); + } + + [Then(@"I should see ""(.*)"" children for ""(.*)""")] + public void ThenIShouldSeeChildrenFor(int expectedChildrenCount, string folderName) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + var childrenCount = explorerView.GetVisibleChildrenCount(folderName); + Assert.AreEqual(expectedChildrenCount,childrenCount); + } + + [When(@"I rename ""(.*)"" to ""(.*)""")] + public void WhenIRenameTo(string originalFolderName, string newFolderName) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + explorerView.PerformFolderRename(originalFolderName,newFolderName); + + } + + [Then(@"I should not see ""(.*)""")] + public void ThenIShouldNotSee(string folderName) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + var environmentViewModel = explorerView.OpenFolderNode(folderName); + Assert.IsNull(environmentViewModel); + } + + [Then(@"I should see ""(.*)"" only")] + public void ThenIShouldSee(string folderName) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + var environmentViewModel = explorerView.OpenFolderNode(folderName); + Assert.IsNotNull(environmentViewModel); + } + + [When(@"I search for ""(.*)""")] + public void WhenISearchFor(string searchTerm) + { + var explorerView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("explorerView"); + explorerView.PerformSearch(searchTerm); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ef5d8cb0d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("1ea1b81f-8e9b-4261-b8de-c1cb2c3e0da9")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/SaveDialog.feature b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/SaveDialog.feature new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a1086668402 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/SaveDialog.feature @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +@SaveDialog +Feature: SaveDialog + In order to save resources + As a Warewolf user + I want a save dialog + +Scenario: Creating Folder from Save Dialog under localhost + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I create "New Folder" in "localhost" + And I should see "6" folders in "localhost" save dialog + +Scenario: Creating Folder from Save Dialog under folder + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I create "New Folder" in "Folder 1" + Then I should see "9" children for "Folder 1" + +Scenario: Right click Items on folder + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I right click on "folder 1" + Then I should see "Rename" + And I should see "Delete" + And I should see "New Folder" + And I shouldn't see "New workflow service" + And I shouldn't see "New Plugin service" + +Scenario: Saving a Workflow in localhost + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I save "Newworkflow" in "localhost" + Then "NewWorkflow" is visible in "localhost" + +Scenario: Saving a Workflow in localhost folder + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I save "Newworkflow" in "Folder 1" + Then "NewWorkflow" is visible in "Folder 1" + +Scenario: Save button is Enabled when I enter new name for resource + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I enter name "Savewf" + Then save button is "Enabled" + And validation message is "" + Then I should see "9" children for "Folder 1" + +Scenario: Save button is disabled when name is empty + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I enter name "" + Then save button is "Disabled" + And validation message is "'Name' cannot be empty" + +Scenario: Save with duplicate name and expect validation + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I save "Savewf" in "Folder 1" + And validation message is "" + Then I should see "9" children for "Folder 1" + When I enter name "Savewf" + Then save button is "Disabled" + And validation message is "Name already exists" + +Scenario: Save resource names with special character expect validation + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I enter name "Save@#$" + Then save button is "Disabled" + And validation message is "'Name' contains invalid characters." + +Scenario: Renaming Folders in Save Dialog + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I rename "Folder 1" to "renamed" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "renamed" + And I should not see "Folder 1" in "localhost" + +Scenario: Renaming Folders with duplicate names + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I rename "Folder 1" to "renamed" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "renamed" + And I should not see "Folder 1" in "localhost" + When I rename "Folder 2" to "renamed" in "localhost" save dialog + Then validation message is thrown "True" + +Scenario: Filtering Resources in save dialog + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I search for "deleteresouce" in save dialog + Then I should see "deleteresouce" in "Follder 1" + +Scenario: Refresh resources in save dialog + Given the Save Dialog is opened + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + When I refresh resources in savedialog + Then save dilog localhost is refreshed "True" + +Scenario: Opening saved workflow and saving + Given I have an "Saved" workflow open + When I press "Ctrl+s" + Then the "Saved" workflow is saved "True" + +Scenario: Opening New workflow and saving + Given I have an New workflow "Unsaved1" is open + When I press "Ctrl+s" + Given the Save Dialog is opened + Then save button is "Disabled" + And cancel button is "Enabled" + When I enter name "New" + Then save button is "Enabled" + When I save "New" in "localhost" + Then the "New" workflow is saved "True" + +Scenario: Opening Save dialog and canceling + Given I have an New workflow "Unsaved1" is open + When I press "Ctrl+s" + Given the Save Dialog is opened + Then save button is "Disabled" + And cancel button is "Enabled" + When I enter name "New" + Then save button is "Enabled" + When I cancel the save dialog + Then the save dialog is closed + Then the "New" workflow is saved "False" + +Scenario: Saving multiple workflows by using shortcutkey + Given I have an New workflow "Unsaved1" is open + And I have an New workflow "Unsaved2" is open + And I have an "Saved1" workflow open + And I have an "Saved2" workflow open + And I have an "Saved3" workflow open + When I press "Ctrl+Shift+S" + Then the "Saved1" workflow is saved "True" + Then the "Saved2" workflow is saved "True" + Then the "Saved3" workflow is saved "True" + And the Save Dialog is opened + When I cancel the save dialog + And the Save Dialog is opened + +Scenario: Savve textbox is updating names when selecting resource names + Given I have an New workflow "Unsaved1" is open + When I press "Ctrl+s" + Given the Save Dialog is opened + Then save button is "Disabled" + And cancel button is "Enabled" + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I select "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + When I open "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then I should see "8" children for "Folder 1" + When I select "children1" of "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then save textbox name is "children1" + When I save "children1" + Then validation message is thrown "True" + Then validation message is "Name already exists" + Then the "children1" workflow is saved "False" + +Scenario: Path is updating on save dialog when selcting folders + Given I have an New workflow "Unsaved1" is open + When click "Save" + Then the Save Dialog is opened + And the path in the title as "localhost\" + And the "localhost" server is visible in save dialog + And I should see "5" folders in "localhost" save dialog + When I select "Folder 1" in "localhost" save dialog + Then the path in the title as "localhost\Folder 1\" + +Scenario: Star is representing the workflow is unsaved + Given I have an New workflow "Unsaved1" is open + When I edit "Unsaved1" + Then the New workflow "Unsaved1" is open with Star notation + When I save "Unsaved1" + Then the New workflow "Unsaved1" is open without Star notation + When I edit "Unsaved1" + Then I have an "Unsaved1" workflow open with Star notation + When I save "Unsaved1" + Then I have an "Unsaved1" workflow without Star notation \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/SaveDialog.feature.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/SaveDialog.feature.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d04f844c78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/SaveDialog.feature.cs @@ -0,0 +1,664 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by SpecFlow (http://www.specflow.org/). +// SpecFlow Version:1.9.0.77 +// SpecFlow Generator Version:1.9.0.0 +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.34209 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#region Designer generated code +#pragma warning disable +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer +{ + using TechTalk.SpecFlow; + + + [System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("TechTalk.SpecFlow", "1.9.0.77")] + [System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestClassAttribute()] + public partial class SaveDialogFeature + { + + private static TechTalk.SpecFlow.ITestRunner testRunner; + +#line 1 "SaveDialog.feature" +#line hidden + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassInitializeAttribute()] + public static void FeatureSetup(Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestContext testContext) + { + testRunner = TechTalk.SpecFlow.TestRunnerManager.GetTestRunner(); + TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo featureInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo(new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-US"), "SaveDialog", "In order to save resources\r\nAs a Warewolf user\r\nI want a save dialog", ProgrammingLanguage.CSharp, new string[] { + "SaveDialog"}); + testRunner.OnFeatureStart(featureInfo); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassCleanupAttribute()] + public static void FeatureTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnFeatureEnd(); + testRunner = null; + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestInitializeAttribute()] + public virtual void TestInitialize() + { + if (((TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current != null) + && (TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current.FeatureInfo.Title != "SaveDialog"))) + { + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer.SaveDialogFeature.FeatureSetup(null); + } + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCleanupAttribute()] + public virtual void ScenarioTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnScenarioEnd(); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioSetup(TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo) + { + testRunner.OnScenarioStart(scenarioInfo); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioCleanup() + { + testRunner.CollectScenarioErrors(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Creating Folder from Save Dialog under localhost")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void CreatingFolderFromSaveDialogUnderLocalhost() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Creating Folder from Save Dialog under localhost", ((string[])(null))); +#line 7 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 8 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 9 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 10 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 11 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 12 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 13 + testRunner.When("I create \"New Folder\" in \"localhost\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 14 + testRunner.And("I should see \"6\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Creating Folder from Save Dialog under folder")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void CreatingFolderFromSaveDialogUnderFolder() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Creating Folder from Save Dialog under folder", ((string[])(null))); +#line 16 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 17 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 18 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 19 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 20 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 21 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 22 + testRunner.When("I create \"New Folder\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 23 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"9\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Right click Items on folder")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void RightClickItemsOnFolder() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Right click Items on folder", ((string[])(null))); +#line 25 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 26 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 27 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 28 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 29 + testRunner.When("I right click on \"folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 30 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"Rename\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 31 + testRunner.And("I should see \"Delete\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 32 + testRunner.And("I should see \"New Folder\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 33 + testRunner.And("I shouldn\'t see \"New workflow service\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 34 + testRunner.And("I shouldn\'t see \"New Plugin service\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Saving a Workflow in localhost")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SavingAWorkflowInLocalhost() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Saving a Workflow in localhost", ((string[])(null))); +#line 36 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 37 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 38 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 39 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 40 + testRunner.When("I save \"Newworkflow\" in \"localhost\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 41 + testRunner.Then("\"NewWorkflow\" is visible in \"localhost\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Saving a Workflow in localhost folder")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SavingAWorkflowInLocalhostFolder() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Saving a Workflow in localhost folder", ((string[])(null))); +#line 43 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 44 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 45 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 46 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 47 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 48 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 49 + testRunner.When("I save \"Newworkflow\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 50 + testRunner.Then("\"NewWorkflow\" is visible in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Save button is Enabled when I enter new name for resource")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SaveButtonIsEnabledWhenIEnterNewNameForResource() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Save button is Enabled when I enter new name for resource", ((string[])(null))); +#line 52 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 53 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 54 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 55 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 56 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 57 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 58 + testRunner.When("I enter name \"Savewf\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 59 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Enabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 60 + testRunner.And("validation message is \"\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 61 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"9\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Save button is disabled when name is empty")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SaveButtonIsDisabledWhenNameIsEmpty() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Save button is disabled when name is empty", ((string[])(null))); +#line 63 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 64 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 65 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 66 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 67 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 68 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 69 + testRunner.When("I enter name \"\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 70 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Disabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 71 + testRunner.And("validation message is \"\'Name\' cannot be empty\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Save with duplicate name and expect validation")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SaveWithDuplicateNameAndExpectValidation() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Save with duplicate name and expect validation", ((string[])(null))); +#line 73 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 74 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 75 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 76 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 77 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 78 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 79 + testRunner.When("I save \"Savewf\" in \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 80 + testRunner.And("validation message is \"\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 81 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"9\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 82 + testRunner.When("I enter name \"Savewf\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 83 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Disabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 84 + testRunner.And("validation message is \"Name already exists\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Save resource names with special character expect validation")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SaveResourceNamesWithSpecialCharacterExpectValidation() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Save resource names with special character expect validation", ((string[])(null))); +#line 86 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 87 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 88 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 89 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 90 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 91 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 92 + testRunner.When("I enter name \"Save@#$\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 93 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Disabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 94 + testRunner.And("validation message is \"\'Name\' contains invalid characters.\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Renaming Folders in Save Dialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void RenamingFoldersInSaveDialog() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Renaming Folders in Save Dialog", ((string[])(null))); +#line 96 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 97 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 98 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 99 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 100 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 101 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 102 + testRunner.When("I rename \"Folder 1\" to \"renamed\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 103 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"renamed\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 104 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Renaming Folders with duplicate names")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void RenamingFoldersWithDuplicateNames() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Renaming Folders with duplicate names", ((string[])(null))); +#line 106 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 107 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 108 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 109 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 110 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 111 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 112 + testRunner.When("I rename \"Folder 1\" to \"renamed\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 113 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"renamed\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 114 + testRunner.And("I should not see \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 115 + testRunner.When("I rename \"Folder 2\" to \"renamed\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 116 + testRunner.Then("validation message is thrown \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Filtering Resources in save dialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void FilteringResourcesInSaveDialog() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Filtering Resources in save dialog", ((string[])(null))); +#line 118 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 119 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 120 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 121 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 122 + testRunner.When("I search for \"deleteresouce\" in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 123 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"deleteresouce\" in \"Follder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Refresh resources in save dialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void RefreshResourcesInSaveDialog() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Refresh resources in save dialog", ((string[])(null))); +#line 125 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 126 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 127 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 128 + testRunner.When("I refresh resources in savedialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 129 + testRunner.Then("save dilog localhost is refreshed \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Opening saved workflow and saving")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void OpeningSavedWorkflowAndSaving() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Opening saved workflow and saving", ((string[])(null))); +#line 131 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 132 + testRunner.Given("I have an \"Saved\" workflow open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 133 + testRunner.When("I press \"Ctrl+s\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 134 + testRunner.Then("the \"Saved\" workflow is saved \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Opening New workflow and saving")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void OpeningNewWorkflowAndSaving() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Opening New workflow and saving", ((string[])(null))); +#line 136 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 137 + testRunner.Given("I have an New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 138 + testRunner.When("I press \"Ctrl+s\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 139 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 140 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Disabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 141 + testRunner.And("cancel button is \"Enabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 142 + testRunner.When("I enter name \"New\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 143 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Enabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 144 + testRunner.When("I save \"New\" in \"localhost\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 145 + testRunner.Then("the \"New\" workflow is saved \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Opening Save dialog and canceling")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void OpeningSaveDialogAndCanceling() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Opening Save dialog and canceling", ((string[])(null))); +#line 147 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 148 + testRunner.Given("I have an New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 149 + testRunner.When("I press \"Ctrl+s\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 150 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 151 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Disabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 152 + testRunner.And("cancel button is \"Enabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 153 + testRunner.When("I enter name \"New\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 154 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Enabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 155 + testRunner.When("I cancel the save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 156 + testRunner.Then("the save dialog is closed", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 157 + testRunner.Then("the \"New\" workflow is saved \"False\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Saving multiple workflows by using shortcutkey")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SavingMultipleWorkflowsByUsingShortcutkey() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Saving multiple workflows by using shortcutkey", ((string[])(null))); +#line 159 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 160 + testRunner.Given("I have an New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 161 + testRunner.And("I have an New workflow \"Unsaved2\" is open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 162 + testRunner.And("I have an \"Saved1\" workflow open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 163 + testRunner.And("I have an \"Saved2\" workflow open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 164 + testRunner.And("I have an \"Saved3\" workflow open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 165 + testRunner.When("I press \"Ctrl+Shift+S\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 166 + testRunner.Then("the \"Saved1\" workflow is saved \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 167 + testRunner.Then("the \"Saved2\" workflow is saved \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 168 + testRunner.Then("the \"Saved3\" workflow is saved \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 169 + testRunner.And("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 170 + testRunner.When("I cancel the save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 171 + testRunner.And("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Savve textbox is updating names when selecting resource names")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void SavveTextboxIsUpdatingNamesWhenSelectingResourceNames() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Savve textbox is updating names when selecting resource names", ((string[])(null))); +#line 173 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 174 + testRunner.Given("I have an New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 175 + testRunner.When("I press \"Ctrl+s\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 176 + testRunner.Given("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 177 + testRunner.Then("save button is \"Disabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 178 + testRunner.And("cancel button is \"Enabled\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 179 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 180 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 181 + testRunner.When("I select \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 182 + testRunner.When("I open \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 183 + testRunner.Then("I should see \"8\" children for \"Folder 1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 184 + testRunner.When("I select \"children1\" of \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 185 + testRunner.Then("save textbox name is \"children1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 186 + testRunner.When("I save \"children1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 187 + testRunner.Then("validation message is thrown \"True\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 188 + testRunner.Then("validation message is \"Name already exists\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 189 + testRunner.Then("the \"children1\" workflow is saved \"False\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Path is updating on save dialog when selcting folders")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void PathIsUpdatingOnSaveDialogWhenSelctingFolders() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Path is updating on save dialog when selcting folders", ((string[])(null))); +#line 191 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 192 + testRunner.Given("I have an New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 193 + testRunner.When("click \"Save\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 194 + testRunner.Then("the Save Dialog is opened", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 195 + testRunner.And("the path in the title as \"localhost\\\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 196 + testRunner.And("the \"localhost\" server is visible in save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 197 + testRunner.And("I should see \"5\" folders in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 198 + testRunner.When("I select \"Folder 1\" in \"localhost\" save dialog", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 199 + testRunner.Then("the path in the title as \"localhost\\Folder 1\\\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Star is representing the workflow is unsaved")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "SaveDialog")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("SaveDialog")] + public virtual void StarIsRepresentingTheWorkflowIsUnsaved() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Star is representing the workflow is unsaved", ((string[])(null))); +#line 201 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 202 + testRunner.Given("I have an New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 203 + testRunner.When("I edit \"Unsaved1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 204 + testRunner.Then("the New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open with Star notation", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 205 + testRunner.When("I save \"Unsaved1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 206 + testRunner.Then("the New workflow \"Unsaved1\" is open without Star notation", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 207 + testRunner.When("I edit \"Unsaved1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 208 + testRunner.Then("I have an \"Unsaved1\" workflow open with Star notation", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 209 + testRunner.When("I save \"Unsaved1\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 210 + testRunner.Then("I have an \"Unsaved1\" workflow without Star notation", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + } +} +#pragma warning restore +#endregion diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Toolbox.feature b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Toolbox.feature new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..fe4f8db4cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Toolbox.feature @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +@Toolbox +Feature: Toolbox + In order to use tools + As a warewolf user + I want a toolbox + + +Scenario: Searching a Tool in toolbox + Given warewolf "Localhost" Toolbox is loaded + When I search for "Decision" in toolbox + Then "Controlflow\Decision" is visible + And "Controlflow\Data Merge" is not visible + And "Controlflow\Data Split" is not visible + And "Controlflow\Delete" is not visible + + +Scenario: Searching for Tools + Given warewolf "Localhost" Toolbox is loaded + When I search for "B" in toolbox + Then "Data\Base Conversion" is visible + And "Dropbox\Drop box" is visible + And "Recordset\SQL Bulk Insert" is visible + And "Recordset\Web Request" is visible + And "Utility\Format Number" is visible + +Scenario: Searching for Tool with wrong name + Given warewolf "Localhost" Toolbox is loaded + When I search for "gang" in toolbox + Then "Data\Base Conversion" is not visible + And "Dropbox\Drop box" is not visible + And "Recordset\SQL Bulk Insert" is not visible + And "Recordset\Web Request" is not visible + And "Utility\Format Number" is not visible + And all tools are not visible + + + +Scenario: Resizing Toolbox + Given warewolf "Localhost" Toolbox is loaded + When the toolbox is resized "Horizontaly" + Then the tools are refreshed + And they appear from a "left to right" diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Toolbox.feature.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Toolbox.feature.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98cfeda0cd2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Toolbox.feature.cs @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by SpecFlow (http://www.specflow.org/). +// SpecFlow Version:1.9.0.77 +// SpecFlow Generator Version:1.9.0.0 +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.34209 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#region Designer generated code +#pragma warning disable +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer +{ + using TechTalk.SpecFlow; + + + [System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("TechTalk.SpecFlow", "1.9.0.77")] + [System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestClassAttribute()] + public partial class ToolboxFeature + { + + private static TechTalk.SpecFlow.ITestRunner testRunner; + +#line 1 "Toolbox.feature" +#line hidden + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassInitializeAttribute()] + public static void FeatureSetup(Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestContext testContext) + { + testRunner = TechTalk.SpecFlow.TestRunnerManager.GetTestRunner(); + TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo featureInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo(new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-US"), "Toolbox", "In order to use tools\r\nAs a warewolf user\r\nI want a toolbox", ProgrammingLanguage.CSharp, new string[] { + "Toolbox"}); + testRunner.OnFeatureStart(featureInfo); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassCleanupAttribute()] + public static void FeatureTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnFeatureEnd(); + testRunner = null; + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestInitializeAttribute()] + public virtual void TestInitialize() + { + if (((TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current != null) + && (TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current.FeatureInfo.Title != "Toolbox"))) + { + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer.ToolboxFeature.FeatureSetup(null); + } + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCleanupAttribute()] + public virtual void ScenarioTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnScenarioEnd(); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioSetup(TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo) + { + testRunner.OnScenarioStart(scenarioInfo); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioCleanup() + { + testRunner.CollectScenarioErrors(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Searching a Tool in toolbox")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Toolbox")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Toolbox")] + public virtual void SearchingAToolInToolbox() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Searching a Tool in toolbox", ((string[])(null))); +#line 8 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 9 + testRunner.Given("warewolf \"Localhost\" Toolbox is loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 10 + testRunner.When("I search for \"Decision\" in toolbox", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 11 + testRunner.Then("\"Controlflow\\Decision\" is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 12 + testRunner.And("\"Controlflow\\Data Merge\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 13 + testRunner.And("\"Controlflow\\Data Split\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 14 + testRunner.And("\"Controlflow\\Delete\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Searching for Tools")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Toolbox")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Toolbox")] + public virtual void SearchingForTools() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Searching for Tools", ((string[])(null))); +#line 17 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 18 + testRunner.Given("warewolf \"Localhost\" Toolbox is loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 19 + testRunner.When("I search for \"B\" in toolbox", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 20 + testRunner.Then("\"Data\\Base Conversion\" is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 21 + testRunner.And("\"Dropbox\\Drop box\" is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 22 + testRunner.And("\"Recordset\\SQL Bulk Insert\" is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 23 + testRunner.And("\"Recordset\\Web Request\" is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 24 + testRunner.And("\"Utility\\Format Number\" is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Searching for Tool with wrong name")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Toolbox")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Toolbox")] + public virtual void SearchingForToolWithWrongName() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Searching for Tool with wrong name", ((string[])(null))); +#line 26 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 27 + testRunner.Given("warewolf \"Localhost\" Toolbox is loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 28 + testRunner.When("I search for \"gang\" in toolbox", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 29 + testRunner.Then("\"Data\\Base Conversion\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 30 + testRunner.And("\"Dropbox\\Drop box\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 31 + testRunner.And("\"Recordset\\SQL Bulk Insert\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 32 + testRunner.And("\"Recordset\\Web Request\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 33 + testRunner.And("\"Utility\\Format Number\" is not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 34 + testRunner.And("all tools are not visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Resizing Toolbox")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Toolbox")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Toolbox")] + public virtual void ResizingToolbox() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Resizing Toolbox", ((string[])(null))); +#line 38 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 39 + testRunner.Given("warewolf \"Localhost\" Toolbox is loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 40 + testRunner.When("the toolbox is resized \"Horizontaly\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 41 + testRunner.Then("the tools are refreshed", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line 42 + testRunner.And("they appear from a \"left to right\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + } +} +#pragma warning restore +#endregion diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/ToolboxSteps.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/ToolboxSteps.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..87d020c91dc --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/ToolboxSteps.cs @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Threading; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using TechTalk.SpecFlow; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; +using Warewolf.Studio.Views; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer +{ + [Binding] + public class ToolboxSteps + { + [BeforeFeature("Toolbox")] + public static void SetupToolboxDependencies() + { + var bootstrapper = new UnityBootstrapperForToolboxTesting(); + bootstrapper.Run(); + FeatureContext.Current.Add("container", bootstrapper.Container); + var view = bootstrapper.Container.Resolve(); + var window = new Window(); + window.Content = view; + var app = Application.Current; + app.MainWindow = window; + Application.Current.Dispatcher.BeginInvoke(DispatcherPriority.Loaded, new Action(() => + { + var viewWindow = (ExplorerView)Application.Current.MainWindow.Content; + Assert.IsNotNull(viewWindow); + Assert.IsNotNull(viewWindow.DataContext); + Assert.IsInstanceOfType(viewWindow.DataContext, typeof(IToolboxViewModel)); + Application.Current.Shutdown(); + })); + + Application.Current.Run(Application.Current.MainWindow); + } + + + [BeforeScenario("Toolbox")] + public void SetupForExplorer() + { + var container = FeatureContext.Current.Get("container"); + var view = container.Resolve(); + ScenarioContext.Current.Add("toolBoxView", view); + + } + + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/UnityBootstrapperForExplorerTesting.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/UnityBootstrapperForExplorerTesting.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a257d419d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/UnityBootstrapperForExplorerTesting.cs @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; +using Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels; +using Warewolf.Studio.Views; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer +{ + internal class UnityBootstrapperForExplorerTesting : UnityBootstrapperForTesting + { + protected override void ConfigureContainer() + { + base.ConfigureContainer(); + + Container.RegisterInstance(new ExplorerViewModel(Container.Resolve(), + Container.Resolve())); + + var explorerView = new ExplorerView(); + explorerView.DataContext = Container.Resolve(); + Container.RegisterInstance(explorerView); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/UnityBootstrapperForToolboxTesting.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/UnityBootstrapperForToolboxTesting.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..52cbe28b1b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/UnityBootstrapperForToolboxTesting.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerProxyLayer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Toolbox; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.ToolBox; +using Warewolf.Studio.Views; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer +{ + internal class UnityBootstrapperForToolboxTesting : UnityBootstrapperForTesting + { + protected override void ConfigureContainer() + { + base.ConfigureContainer(); + + Container.RegisterInstance(new ToolboxViewModel(new ToolboxModel(Container.Resolve(), Container.Resolve(), new Mock().Object), new ToolboxModel(Container.Resolve(), Container.Resolve(), new Mock().Object))); + + var toolboxView = new ToolboxView(); + toolboxView.DataContext = Container.Resolve(); + Container.RegisterInstance(toolboxView); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00311f8ffaf --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,319 @@ + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {6A7E2E66-2DCC-486E-B34D-5FA7C1096821} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer + v4.5 + 512 + {3AC096D0-A1C2-E12C-1390-A8335801FDAB};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} + 10.0 + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath32)\Microsoft\VisualStudio\v$(VisualStudioVersion) + $(ProgramFiles)\Common Files\microsoft shared\VSTT\$(VisualStudioVersion)\UITestExtensionPackages + False + UnitTest + ..\ + true + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\packages\FontAwesome.WPF.4.2.0.2\lib\FontAwesome.WPF.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DataManager.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DragDrop.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Math.Calculators.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Persistence.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll + + + ..\packages\log4net.2.0.3\lib\net40-full\log4net.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Composition.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Composition.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Interactivity.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Interactivity.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.Desktop.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.PubSubEvents.1.0.0\lib\portable-sl4+wp7+windows8+net40\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.SharedInterfaces.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.UnityExtensions.5.0.1\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.UnityExtensions.dll + + + ..\packages\CommonServiceLocator.1.2\lib\portable-windows8+net40+sl5+windowsphone8\Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + + ..\Binaries\Moq.dll + + + + + + + + + + ..\packages\SpecFlow.1.9.0\lib\net35\TechTalk.SpecFlow.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + True + True + Explorer.feature + + + + + True + True + SaveDialog.feature + + + True + True + Toolbox.feature + + + + + + + + + SpecFlowSingleFileGenerator + Explorer.feature.cs + + + Designer + + + SpecFlowSingleFileGenerator + SaveDialog.feature.cs + + + SpecFlowSingleFileGenerator + Toolbox.feature.cs + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB} + Dev2.Data + + + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F} + Dev2.Infrastructure + + + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED} + Dev2.Util + + + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75} + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core + + + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510} + Warewolf.Studio.Core + + + {1bd5cc42-66c7-4a1b-af1f-e6f2d4372b44} + Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls + + + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31} + Warewolf.Studio.Models + + + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E} + Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna + + + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} + Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels + + + {81414783-9990-46EA-9668-DFA61E1AAD18} + Warewolf.Studio.Views + + + + + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + + + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/packages.config b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/packages.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bc7a6f44a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Explorer/packages.config @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/App.config b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/App.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3539db67a1f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/App.config @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ + + + + +
+
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Help.feature b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Help.feature new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..77517aa88e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Help.feature @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +@Help +Feature: Help + In order to be able to properly use Warewolf + As a Warewolf user + I want to be able to see help + +Scenario: Default help is display startup + Given help is visible + When main window is selected + Then the default help of "This is the default help" is displayed + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Help.feature.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Help.feature.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd94090c748 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Help.feature.cs @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by SpecFlow (http://www.specflow.org/). +// SpecFlow Version:1.9.0.77 +// SpecFlow Generator Version:1.9.0.0 +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.18444 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#region Designer generated code +#pragma warning disable +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help +{ + using TechTalk.SpecFlow; + + + [System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("TechTalk.SpecFlow", "1.9.0.77")] + [System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestClassAttribute()] + public partial class HelpFeature + { + + private static TechTalk.SpecFlow.ITestRunner testRunner; + +#line 1 "Help.feature" +#line hidden + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassInitializeAttribute()] + public static void FeatureSetup(Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestContext testContext) + { + testRunner = TechTalk.SpecFlow.TestRunnerManager.GetTestRunner(); + TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo featureInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo(new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-US"), "Help", "In order to be able to properly use Warewolf\nAs a Warewolf user\nI want to be able" + + " to see help", ProgrammingLanguage.CSharp, new string[] { + "Help"}); + testRunner.OnFeatureStart(featureInfo); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassCleanupAttribute()] + public static void FeatureTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnFeatureEnd(); + testRunner = null; + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestInitializeAttribute()] + public virtual void TestInitialize() + { + if (((TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current != null) + && (TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current.FeatureInfo.Title != "Help"))) + { + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help.HelpFeature.FeatureSetup(null); + } + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCleanupAttribute()] + public virtual void ScenarioTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnScenarioEnd(); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioSetup(TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo) + { + testRunner.OnScenarioStart(scenarioInfo); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioCleanup() + { + testRunner.CollectScenarioErrors(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Default help is display startup")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Help")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCategoryAttribute("Help")] + public virtual void DefaultHelpIsDisplayStartup() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Default help is display startup", ((string[])(null))); +#line 7 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 8 + testRunner.Given("help is visible", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 9 + testRunner.When("main window is selected", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 10 + testRunner.Then("the default help of \"This is the default help\" is displayed", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + } +} +#pragma warning restore +#endregion diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/HelpSteps.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/HelpSteps.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ef02bc298cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/HelpSteps.cs @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Threading; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using TechTalk.SpecFlow; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; +using Warewolf.Studio.Views; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help +{ + [Binding] + public class HelpSteps + { + [BeforeFeature("Help")] + public static void SetupHelpDependencies() + { + var bootstrapper = new UnityBootstrapperForHelpTesting(); + bootstrapper.Run(); + FeatureContext.Current.Add("container", bootstrapper.Container); + var view = bootstrapper.Container.Resolve(); + var window = new Window(); + window.Content = view; + var app = Application.Current; + app.MainWindow = window; + Application.Current.Dispatcher.BeginInvoke(DispatcherPriority.Loaded, new Action(() => + { + var helpView = (HelpView)Application.Current.MainWindow.Content; + Assert.IsNotNull(helpView); + Assert.IsNotNull(helpView.DataContext); + Assert.IsInstanceOfType(helpView.DataContext, typeof(IHelpWindowViewModel)); + Application.Current.Shutdown(); + })); + + Application.Current.Run(Application.Current.MainWindow); + } + + + [BeforeScenario("Help")] + public void SetupForHelp() + { + var container = FeatureContext.Current.Get("container"); + var helpView = container.Resolve(); + ScenarioContext.Current.Add("helpView", helpView); + + } + + [Given(@"help is visible")] + public void GivenHelpIsVisible() + { + var helpView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("helpView"); + Assert.IsNotNull(helpView); + Assert.IsNotNull(helpView.DataContext); + } + + [When(@"main window is selected")] + public void WhenMainWindowIsSelected() + { + + } + + [Then(@"the default help of ""(.*)"" is displayed")] + public void ThenTheDefaultHelpOfIsDisplayed(string expectedHelpText) + { + var helpView = ScenarioContext.Current.Get("helpView"); + var currentHelpText = helpView.GetCurrentHelpText(); + StringAssert.Contains(currentHelpText,expectedHelpText); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b4d26eb155 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("eab39a25-85c3-4921-a6db-8f257171a6e5")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/UnityBootstrapperForHelpTesting.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/UnityBootstrapperForHelpTesting.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..92e8af954c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/UnityBootstrapperForHelpTesting.cs @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Util; +using Infragistics.Themes; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Regions; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.UnityExtensions; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; +using Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core; +using Warewolf.Core; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Help; +using Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels.Help; +using Warewolf.Studio.Views; + +namespace Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help +{ + internal class UnityBootstrapperForHelpTesting : UnityBootstrapper + { + + protected override DependencyObject CreateShell() + { + return new DependencyObject(); + } + + protected override void ConfigureContainer() + { + base.ConfigureContainer(); + + Container.RegisterInstance(new HelpModel(Container.Resolve())); + Container.RegisterInstance(new HelpWindowViewModel(new HelpDescriptorViewModel(new HelpDescriptor("", "This is the default help", null)), Container.Resolve())); + + var helpView = new HelpView(); + helpView.DataContext = Container.Resolve(); + Container.RegisterInstance(helpView); + + } + + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1374ec88ce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,203 @@ + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {561ABCDA-CACF-46AF-A6D8-9571EA877A48} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help + v4.5 + 512 + {3AC096D0-A1C2-E12C-1390-A8335801FDAB};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} + 10.0 + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath32)\Microsoft\VisualStudio\v$(VisualStudioVersion) + $(ProgramFiles)\Common Files\microsoft shared\VSTT\$(VisualStudioVersion)\UITestExtensionPackages + False + UnitTest + ..\ + true + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Composition.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Composition.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Interactivity.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Interactivity.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.Desktop.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.PubSubEvents.1.0.0\lib\portable-sl4+wp7+windows8+net40\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.SharedInterfaces.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.UnityExtensions.5.0.1\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.UnityExtensions.dll + + + ..\packages\CommonServiceLocator.1.2\lib\portable-windows8+net40+sl5+windowsphone8\Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + + + + + + ..\packages\SpecFlow.1.9.0\lib\net35\TechTalk.SpecFlow.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + True + True + Help.feature + + + + + + + + + SpecFlowSingleFileGenerator + Help.feature.cs + + + Designer + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB} + Dev2.Data + + + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E} + Dev2.Studio + + + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED} + Dev2.Util + + + {CB0F5535-5E1D-41F9-A23C-F59FDC816B75} + Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Core + + + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78} + Warewolf.Core + + + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510} + Warewolf.Studio.Core + + + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31} + Warewolf.Studio.Models + + + {C4AC2140-5663-4D3C-9FCD-6D65004CD54E} + Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna + + + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} + Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels + + + {81414783-9990-46ea-9668-dfa61e1aad18} + Warewolf.Studio.Views + + + + + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + + + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/packages.config b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/packages.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bc7a6f44a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.AcceptanceTesting.Help/packages.config @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..46ff84886b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Core.Test")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Core.Test")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("050a4f7d-189b-4ab1-9c90-023b2ced6c7c")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/TestExceptionHandler.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/TestExceptionHandler.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c76860ff439 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/TestExceptionHandler.cs @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; + +namespace Warewolf.Core.Test +{ + [TestClass] + public class TestExceptionHandler + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfExceptionHandler_Ctor")] + public void WarewolfExceptionHandler_Ctor_Valid_ExpectWellFormed() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var warewolfExceptionHandler = new WarewolfExceptionHandler(new Dictionary()); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + PrivateObject p = new PrivateObject(warewolfExceptionHandler); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsNotNull(p.GetField("_errorHandlers")); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfExceptionHandler_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void WarewolfExceptionHandler_Ctor_NullActions_ExpectError() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var warewolfExceptionHandler = new WarewolfExceptionHandler(null); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfExceptionHandler_Handle")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void WarewolfExceptionHandler_Handles_NotFound_Rethrow() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var warewolfExceptionHandler = new WarewolfExceptionHandler(new Dictionary()); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + warewolfExceptionHandler.Handle(new ArgumentNullException()); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfExceptionHandler_Handle")] + public void WarewolfExceptionHandler_Handles_Found_Swallowed() + { + bool handled = false; + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var warewolfExceptionHandler = new WarewolfExceptionHandler(new Dictionary() { { typeof(ArgumentNullException), () => { handled = true; } } }); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + warewolfExceptionHandler.Handle(new ArgumentNullException()); + Assert.IsTrue(handled); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/Warewolf.Core.Test.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/Warewolf.Core.Test.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e6971934d1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/Warewolf.Core.Test.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,96 @@ + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {4B78BEB9-565D-40BC-BBC9-648CFF31ED27} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Core.Test + Warewolf.Core.Test + v4.5 + 512 + {3AC096D0-A1C2-E12C-1390-A8335801FDAB};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} + 10.0 + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath32)\Microsoft\VisualStudio\v$(VisualStudioVersion) + $(ProgramFiles)\Common Files\microsoft shared\VSTT\$(VisualStudioVersion)\UITestExtensionPackages + False + UnitTest + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78} + Warewolf.Core + + + + + + + + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/app.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/app.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d5044c658f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core.Test/app.config @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/HelpDescriptor.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/HelpDescriptor.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..577c243e2af --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/HelpDescriptor.cs @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +using System.Windows.Media; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; + +namespace Warewolf.Core +{ + public class HelpDescriptor:IHelpDescriptor + { + public HelpDescriptor(string name, string description, DrawingImage icon) + { + Icon = icon; + Description = description; + Name = name; + } + + + #region Implementation of IHelpDescriptor + + /// + /// Name + /// + public string Name { get; private set; } + /// + /// Help text + /// + public string Description { get; private set; } + /// + /// Icon + /// + public DrawingImage Icon { get; private set; } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..20401f392c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Core")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Core")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("86e33890-e78b-4ea7-a464-51cd8cf3fcd9")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptor.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptor.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c7476232db9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptor.cs @@ -0,0 +1,153 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; + +namespace Warewolf.Core +{ + + + public class WarewolfType : IWarewolfType, IEquatable + { + public WarewolfType(string fullyQualifiedName, Version version, string containingAssemblyPath) + { + ContainingAssemblyPath = containingAssemblyPath; + Version = version; + FullyQualifiedName = fullyQualifiedName; + } + + #region Implementation of IWarewolfType + + public string FullyQualifiedName { get; private set; } + public Version Version { get; private set; } + public string ContainingAssemblyPath { get; private set; } + + #endregion + + #region Overrides of Object + + #region Equality members + + /// + /// Indicates whether the current object is equal to another object of the same type. + /// + /// + /// true if the current object is equal to the parameter; otherwise, false. + /// + /// An object to compare with this object. + public bool Equals(WarewolfType other) + { + if(ReferenceEquals(null, other)) + { + return false; + } + if(ReferenceEquals(this, other)) + { + return true; + } + return string.Equals(FullyQualifiedName, other.FullyQualifiedName) && Equals(Version, other.Version) && string.Equals(ContainingAssemblyPath, other.ContainingAssemblyPath); + } + + /// + /// Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + /// + /// + /// true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false. + /// + /// The object to compare with the current object. + public override bool Equals(object obj) + { + if(ReferenceEquals(null, obj)) + { + return false; + } + if(ReferenceEquals(this, obj)) + { + return true; + } + if(obj.GetType() != GetType()) + { + return false; + } + return Equals((WarewolfType)obj); + } + + /// + /// Serves as a hash function for a particular type. + /// + /// + /// A hash code for the current . + /// + public override int GetHashCode() + { + unchecked + { + var hashCode = (FullyQualifiedName != null ? FullyQualifiedName.GetHashCode() : 0); + hashCode = (hashCode * 397) ^ (Version != null ? Version.GetHashCode() : 0); + hashCode = (hashCode * 397) ^ (ContainingAssemblyPath != null ? ContainingAssemblyPath.GetHashCode() : 0); + return hashCode; + } + } + + public static bool operator ==(WarewolfType left, WarewolfType right) + { + return Equals(left, right); + } + + public static bool operator !=(WarewolfType left, WarewolfType right) + { + return !Equals(left, right); + } + + #endregion + + #region WarewolfTypeEqualityComparer + + sealed class WarewolfTypeEqualityComparer : IEqualityComparer + { + public bool Equals(WarewolfType x, WarewolfType y) + { + if(ReferenceEquals(x, y)) + { + return true; + } + if(ReferenceEquals(x, null)) + { + return false; + } + if(ReferenceEquals(y, null)) + { + return false; + } + if(x.GetType() != y.GetType()) + { + return false; + } + return string.Equals(x.FullyQualifiedName, y.FullyQualifiedName) && Equals(x.Version, y.Version) && string.Equals(x.ContainingAssemblyPath, y.ContainingAssemblyPath); + } + + public int GetHashCode(WarewolfType obj) + { + unchecked + { + var hashCode = (obj.FullyQualifiedName != null ? obj.FullyQualifiedName.GetHashCode() : 0); + hashCode = (hashCode * 397) ^ (obj.Version != null ? obj.Version.GetHashCode() : 0); + hashCode = (hashCode * 397) ^ (obj.ContainingAssemblyPath != null ? obj.ContainingAssemblyPath.GetHashCode() : 0); + return hashCode; + } + } + } + + static readonly IEqualityComparer WarewolfTypeComparerInstance = new WarewolfTypeEqualityComparer(); + public static IEqualityComparer WarewolfTypeComparer + { + get + { + return WarewolfTypeComparerInstance; + } + } + + #endregion + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptorCore.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptorCore.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6f6c9e7b618 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptorCore.cs @@ -0,0 +1,157 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; + +namespace Warewolf.Core +{ + public class ToolDescriptor:IToolDescriptor, IEquatable + { + + + // ReSharper disable TooManyDependencies + public ToolDescriptor(Guid id, IWarewolfType designer, IWarewolfType activity, string name, string icon, Version version, bool isSupported, string category, ToolType toolType,string iconUri) + // ReSharper restore TooManyDependencies + { + if(id==Guid.Empty) throw new ArgumentNullException("id",Studio.Resources.Languages.Core.ToolDescriptor_ToolDescriptor_Tool_guids_are_not_allowed_to_be_the_empty_guid); + VerifyArgument.AreNotNull(new Dictionary { { "id", id }, { "designer", designer }, { "activity", activity }, { "name", name }, { "icon", icon }, { "version", version }, { "category", category }, { iconUri, "iconUri" } }); + ToolType = toolType; + Category = category; + IsSupported = isSupported; + + Version = version; + Icon = icon; + Name = name; + Activity = activity; + IconUri = iconUri; + Designer = designer; + Id = id; + } + + + #region Implementation of IToolDescriptor + + /// + /// Tool identifier. Originates from containing dll + /// + public Guid Id { get; private set; } + /// + /// The type that will be instantiated as the designer + /// + public IWarewolfType Designer { get; private set; } + /// + /// something or the other; //todo: check what this was meant to do in diagram + /// + //public IWarewolfType Model { get; private set; } + /// + /// Server activity that this will instantiate + /// + public IWarewolfType Activity { get; private set; } + /// + /// Name of tool as per toolbox + /// + public string Name { get; private set; } + /// + /// Icon that will be displayed + /// + public string Icon { get; private set; } + + public string IconUri { get; private set; } + /// + /// Version as per dll + /// + public Version Version { get; private set; } + /// + /// Help text for help window + /// + //public IHelpDescriptor Helpdescriptor { get; private set; } + /// + /// Is supported locally + /// + public bool IsSupported { get; private set; } + /// + /// Tool category for toolbox + /// + public string Category { get; private set; } + /// + /// Native or user + /// + public ToolType ToolType { get; private set; } + + #region Overrides of Object + + /// + /// Determines whether the specified is equal to the current . + /// + /// + /// true if the specified object is equal to the current object; otherwise, false. + /// + /// The object to compare with the current object. + public override bool Equals(object obj) + { + if(ReferenceEquals(null, obj)) + { + return false; + } + if(ReferenceEquals(this, obj)) + { + return true; + } + if(obj.GetType() != GetType()) + { + return false; + } + return Equals((ToolDescriptor)obj); + } + #region Equality members + + /// + /// Indicates whether the current object is equal to another object of the same type. + /// + /// + /// true if the current object is equal to the parameter; otherwise, false. + /// + /// An object to compare with this object. + public bool Equals(ToolDescriptor other) + { + if (ReferenceEquals(null, other)) + { + return false; + } + if (ReferenceEquals(this, other)) + { + return true; + } + return Id.Equals(other.Id) && Equals(Version, other.Version); + } + + /// + /// Serves as a hash function for a particular type. + /// + /// + /// A hash code for the current . + /// + public override int GetHashCode() + { + unchecked + { + return (Id.GetHashCode() * 397) ^ (Version != null ? Version.GetHashCode() : 0); + } + } + + public static bool operator ==(ToolDescriptor left, ToolDescriptor right) + { + return Equals(left, right); + } + + public static bool operator !=(ToolDescriptor left, ToolDescriptor right) + { + return !Equals(left, right); + } + + #endregion + #endregion + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptorInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptorInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7fb55475574 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/ToolDescriptorInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; + +namespace Warewolf.Core +{ + public class ToolDescriptorInfo : Attribute + { + + // ReSharper disable once TooManyDependencies + public ToolDescriptorInfo(string iconName, string name, ToolType toolType, string id, string assemblyname, string version ,string path, string category, string iconUri) + { + IconUri = iconUri; + Category = category; + Id = Guid.Parse(id); + Designer = new WarewolfType(assemblyname,Version.Parse(version),path); + ToolType = toolType; + Name = name; + Icon = iconName; + + } + + + + public string Icon { get; private set; } + + public string Name { get; private set; } + + public ToolType ToolType { get; private set; } + + public Guid Id { get; private set; } + + public IWarewolfType Designer { get; private set; } + public string Category { get; private set; } + public string IconUri { get; private set; } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/Warewolf.Core.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/Warewolf.Core.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..14b0e6e74d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/Warewolf.Core.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,125 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Core + Warewolf.Core + v4.5 + 512 + ..\ + true + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\packages\Prism.Composition.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Composition.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Interactivity.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Interactivity.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.Desktop.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.PubSubEvents.1.0.0\lib\portable-sl4+wp7+windows8+net40\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents.dll + + + False + ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.SharedInterfaces.dll + + + ..\packages\Prism.UnityExtensions.5.0.1\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.UnityExtensions.dll + + + ..\packages\CommonServiceLocator.1.2\lib\portable-windows8+net40+sl5+windowsphone8\Microsoft.Practices.ServiceLocation.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Code + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F} + Dev2.Infrastructure + + + {cb565c94-8833-4911-b20f-0921ee3c286c} + Warewolf.Studio.Resources + + + + + + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/WarewolfExceptionHandler.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/WarewolfExceptionHandler.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4cda9703417 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/WarewolfExceptionHandler.cs @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ErrorHandling; + +namespace Warewolf.Core +{ + public class WarewolfExceptionHandler : IExceptionHandler + { + #region Implementation of IExceptionHandler + + private readonly IDictionary _errorHandlers; + + public WarewolfExceptionHandler(IDictionary errorHandlers) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("errorHandlers",errorHandlers); + _errorHandlers = errorHandlers; + } + + public void AddHandler(Type t, Action a) + { + _errorHandlers.Add(t,a); + } + public void Handle(Exception error) + { + if(_errorHandlers.ContainsKey(error.GetType())) + { + _errorHandlers[error.GetType()].Invoke(); + } + else + { + throw error; + } + } + + #endregion + } + +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/app.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/app.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d5044c658f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/app.config @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Core/packages.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/packages.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d42c0fae330 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Core/packages.config @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Class1.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Class1.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f62ddf940f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Class1.cs @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +using System; + +namespace Warewolf.ErrorHandling +{ + diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72aefcb0c9c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.ErrorHandling")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.ErrorHandling")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("0636f8ec-b480-46d8-a6fa-2bf4766fa86e")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Warewolf.ErrorHandling.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Warewolf.ErrorHandling.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..43488bf4594 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.ErrorHandling/Warewolf.ErrorHandling.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {A1E1489E-58AD-4396-8369-3902B99FA694} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.ErrorHandling + Warewolf.ErrorHandling + v4.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Class1.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Class1.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3887fb93f0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Class1.cs @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Dev2.ToolBox; +using Microsoft.Practices.Unity; + +namespace Warewolf.Server.Common +{ + public class Bootstrapper + { + public static IUnityContainer _unityContainer = new UnityContainer(); + + static Bootstrapper() + { + _unityContainer.RegisterInstance(typeof(IToolManager),new ServerToolRepository(new List(),new List() )); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..34fdbd21ae7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Server.Common")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Server.Common")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("af067e46-1e4a-4636-bc72-622f326803aa")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Warewolf.Server.Common.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Warewolf.Server.Common.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..65d4fe1b17f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/Warewolf.Server.Common.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,79 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {91FF01F7-2FEE-47B5-8426-D7A18A2EB874} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Server.Common + Warewolf.Server.Common + v4.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.Configuration.dll + + + ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {0A369A8B-0906-47EB-8EEE-CA20E9D4F151} + Dev2.Activities + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {B48FFDF5-6B1B-4279-A93F-2913B9D3BE83} + Dev2.Runtime.Services + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/packages.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/packages.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..75adcfb3762 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Server.Common/packages.config @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6399bc4ca5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("fa80c542-8440-41c4-a6db-db91c20331ab")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/StudioServerProxyTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/StudioServerProxyTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eed52dd4d95 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/StudioServerProxyTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ +using System; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.UnittestingUtils; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests +{ + [TestClass] + public class StudioServerProxyTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("StudioServerProxy_Ctor")] + public void StudioServerProxy_Ctor_Null_VerifyExceptions() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + NullArgumentConstructorHelper.AssertNullConstructor(new object[]{new Mock().Object,new Mock().Object},typeof(StudioServerProxy) ); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("StudioServerProxy_Ctor")] + public void StudioServerProxy_Ctor_ValidArgss() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var studioServerProxy = new StudioServerProxy(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsNotNull(studioServerProxy.QueryManagerProxy); + Assert.IsNotNull(studioServerProxy.UpdateManagerProxy); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("StudioServerProxy_Rename")] + public void StudioServerProxyr_Rename_PassThrough() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var fact = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var id = Guid.NewGuid(); + var conn = new Mock(); + fact.Setup(a=>a.CreateController("RenameItemService")).Returns(comms.Object); + var objtoRename = new Mock(); + objtoRename.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(id); + var studioServerProxy = new StudioServerProxy(fact.Object,conn.Object ); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + studioServerProxy.Rename(objtoRename.Object, "bob"); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + comms.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("itemToRename",id.ToString())); + comms.Verify(a=>a.AddPayloadArgument("newName","bob")); + comms.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(conn.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("StudioServerProxy_Move")] + public void StudioServerProxy_Move_PassThrough() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var fact = new Mock(); + var comms = new Mock(); + var id = Guid.NewGuid(); + var id2 = Guid.NewGuid(); + var conn = new Mock(); + fact.Setup(a => a.CreateController("MoveItemService")).Returns(comms.Object); + var objtoMove = new Mock(); + var objtoMoveInto = new Mock(); + objtoMove.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(id); + objtoMoveInto.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(id2); + var studioServerProxy = new StudioServerProxy(fact.Object, conn.Object); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + studioServerProxy.Move(objtoMove.Object, objtoMoveInto.Object); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + comms.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("itemToMove", id.ToString())); + comms.Verify(a => a.AddPayloadArgument("newPath", id2.ToString())); + comms.Verify(a => a.ExecuteCommand(conn.Object, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID)); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4ae7882eebc --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {5FBDC0FD-3867-4B23-A9A9-45242BA07F6A} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests + Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.Tests + v4.5 + 512 + {3AC096D0-A1C2-E12C-1390-A8335801FDAB};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} + 10.0 + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath32)\Microsoft\VisualStudio\v$(VisualStudioVersion) + $(ProgramFiles)\Common Files\microsoft shared\VSTT\$(VisualStudioVersion)\UITestExtensionPackages + False + UnitTest + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\Binaries\Moq.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A} + Dev2.Common + + + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348} + Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer + + + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47} + Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer + + + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC} + Warewolf.UnittestingUtils + + + + + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/NetworkStateChangedEventArgs.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/NetworkStateChangedEventArgs.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c591ae62759 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/NetworkStateChangedEventArgs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +using System.Network; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer +{ + public class NetworkStateChangedEventArgs:INetworkStateChangedEventArgs + { + ConnectionNetworkState _state; + + public NetworkStateChangedEventArgs(NetworkStateEventArgs state) + { + switch(state.ToState) + { + case NetworkState.Connecting: _state = ConnectionNetworkState.Connecting; break; + case NetworkState.Offline: _state = ConnectionNetworkState.Disconnected; break; + case NetworkState.Online: _state = ConnectionNetworkState.Connected; break; + } + + } + + #region Implementation of INetworkStateChangedEventArgs + + public ConnectionNetworkState State + { + get + { + return _state; + } + } + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d0eddb5932e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("2716a20c-6e89-4143-b0cf-ee28024d6ebb")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Server.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Server.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9c332f8c32a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Server.cs @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Net; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Dev2.Controller; +using Dev2.Network; +using Dev2.Runtime.ServiceModel.Data; +using Dev2.Studio.Core.Messages; +using Dev2.Threading; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer +{ + public class Server : Resource,IServer + { + readonly ServerProxy _environmentConnection; + readonly Guid _serverId; + readonly StudioServerProxy _proxyLayer; + IList _tools; + IStudioUpdateManager _updateRepository; + + /// + /// Initializes a new instance of the class. + /// + public Server(string uri,string userName,string password):this(uri,new NetworkCredential(userName,password)) + { + } + + public Server(Uri uri) + : this(uri.ToString(), CredentialCache.DefaultNetworkCredentials) + { + } + + public Server(string uri,ICredentials credentials) + { + _environmentConnection = new ServerProxy(uri,credentials,new AsyncWorker()); + _serverId = Guid.NewGuid(); + _proxyLayer = new StudioServerProxy(new CommunicationControllerFactory(), _environmentConnection); + UpdateRepository = new StudioResourceUpdateManager(new CommunicationControllerFactory(), _environmentConnection); + _environmentConnection.PermissionsModified += RaisePermissionsModifiedEvent; + _environmentConnection.NetworkStateChanged += RaiseNetworkStateChangeEvent; + } + + public string GetServerVersion() + { + return _proxyLayer.AdminManagerProxy.GetServerVersion(); + } + + void RaiseNetworkStateChangeEvent(object sender, System.Network.NetworkStateEventArgs e) + { + if(NetworkStateChanged!= null) + { + NetworkStateChanged(new NetworkStateChangedEventArgs(e)); + } + } + + void RaisePermissionsModifiedEvent(object sender, List e) + { + if (PermissionsChanged != null) + { + PermissionsChanged(new PermissionsChangedArgs(e)); + } + Permissions = e; + } + + #region Implementation of IServer + + public async Task Connect() + { + return await _environmentConnection.ConnectAsync(_serverId); + } + + public List Load() + { + return null; + } + + public async Task LoadExplorer() + { + var result = await _proxyLayer.QueryManagerProxy.Load(); + return result; + } + + public IList GetServerConnections() + { + return null; + } + + public IList LoadTools() + { + if(_tools== null) + _tools = _proxyLayer.QueryManagerProxy.FetchTools(); + return _tools; + } + + public IExplorerRepository ExplorerRepository + { + get + { + return _proxyLayer; + } + } + + public bool IsConnected() + { + return _environmentConnection.IsConnected; + } + + public void ReloadTools() + { + } + + public void Disconnect() + { + _environmentConnection.Disconnect(); + } + + public void Edit() + { + } + + public List Permissions { get; private set; } + + public event PermissionsChanged PermissionsChanged; + public event NetworkStateChanged NetworkStateChanged; + public IStudioUpdateManager UpdateRepository + { + get + { + return _updateRepository; + } + private set + { + _updateRepository = value; + } + } + + #endregion + + #region Overrides of Resource + + /// + /// Returns a string that represents the current object. + /// + /// + /// A string that represents the current object. + /// + public override string ToString() + { + return "localhost"; + } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/StudioResourceUpdateManager.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/StudioResourceUpdateManager.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9fdf3df27f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/StudioResourceUpdateManager.cs @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ +using System; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerDialogue; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerProxyLayer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Dev2.Data.ServiceModel; +using Dev2.Runtime.ServiceModel.Data; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer +{ + public class StudioResourceUpdateManager : IStudioUpdateManager + { + /// + /// Initializes a new instance of the class. + /// + public StudioResourceUpdateManager(ICommunicationControllerFactory controllerFactory, IEnvironmentConnection environmentConnection) + { + if (controllerFactory == null) + { + throw new ArgumentNullException("controllerFactory"); + } + if (environmentConnection == null) + { + throw new ArgumentNullException("environmentConnection"); + } + + UpdateManagerProxy = new UpdateProxy(controllerFactory, environmentConnection); + + } + + IUpdateManager UpdateManagerProxy { get; set; } + + public void Save(IServerSource serverSource) + { + + UpdateManagerProxy.SaveServerSource(serverSource, GlobalConstants.ServerWorkspaceID); + } + + + + public string TestConnection(IServerSource serverSource) + { + + + return UpdateManagerProxy.TestConnection(serverSource); + + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/StudioServerProxy.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/StudioServerProxy.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3ab1ac4ffa2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/StudioServerProxy.cs @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.Core.Controller; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Versioning; +using Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer +{ + + public class StudioServerProxy:IExplorerRepository + { + /// + /// Initializes a new instance of the class. + /// + public StudioServerProxy(ICommunicationControllerFactory controllerFactory,IEnvironmentConnection environmentConnection) + { + if (controllerFactory == null) + { + throw new ArgumentNullException("controllerFactory"); + } + if (environmentConnection == null) + { + throw new ArgumentNullException("environmentConnection"); + } + QueryManagerProxy = new QueryManagerProxy(controllerFactory, environmentConnection); + UpdateManagerProxy = new ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy(controllerFactory,environmentConnection); + VersionManager = new VersionManagerProxy(environmentConnection, controllerFactory); //todo:swap + AdminManagerProxy = new AdminManagerProxy(controllerFactory, environmentConnection); //todo:swap + } + + public AdminManagerProxy AdminManagerProxy { get; set; } + + public Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerProxyLayer.IVersionManager VersionManager { get; set; } + public QueryManagerProxy QueryManagerProxy { get; set; } + public ExplorerUpdateManagerProxy UpdateManagerProxy { get; set; } + + #region Implementation of IExplorerRepository + + public bool Rename(IExplorerItemViewModel vm, string newName) + { + + UpdateManagerProxy.Rename(vm.ResourceId, newName); + return true; + + + } + + public bool Move(IExplorerItemViewModel explorerItemViewModel, IExplorerItemViewModel destination) + { + UpdateManagerProxy.MoveItem(explorerItemViewModel.ResourceId,destination.ResourceId); + return true; + + } + + public bool Delete(IExplorerItemViewModel explorerItemViewModel) + { + UpdateManagerProxy.DeleteResource(explorerItemViewModel.ResourceId); + return true; + } + + + + public ICollection GetVersions(Guid id) + { + return new List(VersionManager.GetVersions(id).Select(a => a.VersionInfo)); + } + + public IRollbackResult Rollback(Guid resourceId, string version) + { + return VersionManager.RollbackTo(resourceId,version); + } + + public void CreateFolder(Guid parentGuid, string name, Guid id) + { + UpdateManagerProxy.AddFolder(parentGuid,name,id); + } + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3c38f2f7ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer + Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer + v4.5 + 512 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + False + ..\Binaries\Weave.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A} + Dev2.Common + + + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB} + Dev2.Data + + + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F} + Dev2.Infrastructure + + + {A58B157B-960B-4E84-8957-24E4884C5C77} + Dev2.Studio.Core + + + {97A827FF-65C4-4267-99D2-DCE6803B2348} + Warewolf.Studio.ServerProxyLayer + + + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78} + Warewolf.Core + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/app.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/app.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3813caecf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer/app.config @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupControllerTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupControllerTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2f42b7ea4eb --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupControllerTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test +{ + [TestClass] + public class PopupControllerTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PopupController_ShowMessage")] + public void PopupController_ShowMessage_ValidMessage_ShowCalled() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var mockPopupWindow = new Mock(); + var vm = new Mock(); + factory.Setup(a => a.Create(It.IsAny())).Returns(vm.Object); + var popupController = new PopupController(factory.Object,mockPopupWindow.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + popupController.Show( PopupMessages.GetDeleteConfirmation("bob")); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + vm.Verify(a=>a.Show(),Times.Once()); + factory.Verify(a => a.Create(It.IsAny())); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Hagashen Naidu")] + [TestCategory("PopupController_GetServerVersionMessage")] + public void PopupController_GetServerVersionMessage_CorrectMessage() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var factory = new Mock(); + var vm = new Mock(); + factory.Setup(a => a.Create(It.IsAny())).Returns(vm.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var serverVersionMessage = PopupMessages.GetServerVersionMessage("0.3.5","0.4.5"); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.AreEqual(MessageBoxButton.OK,serverVersionMessage.Buttons); + Assert.AreEqual(MessageBoxImage.Information,serverVersionMessage.Image); + var correctDescription = "Studio: Version 0.3.5" + + Environment.NewLine + + "Server: Version 0.4.5" + + Environment.NewLine + + Environment.NewLine + + "Sofware development by: www.dev2.co.za"+ + Environment.NewLine; + Assert.AreEqual(correctDescription, serverVersionMessage.Description); + Assert.AreEqual("About Server and Studio", serverVersionMessage.Header); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PopupController_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void PopupController_Ctor_Null() + { + + var popupController = new PopupController(null,null); + + + + } + + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupMessageBoxFactoryTest.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupMessageBoxFactoryTest.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..54fa66a8e8c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupMessageBoxFactoryTest.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test +{ + [TestClass] + public class PopupMessageBoxFactoryTest + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PopupMessageBoxFactory_Create")] + public void PopupMessageBoxFactory_Create_CorrectPropertySet_ExpectWellFormedObject() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupMessageBoxFactory = new PopupMessageBoxFactory(); + var msg = PopupMessages.GetNotConnected(); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var x = popupMessageBoxFactory.Create(msg); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.AreEqual(msg,x.Message); + Assert.IsFalse(x.FocusCancel); + Assert.IsFalse(x.FocusNo); + Assert.IsFalse(x.FocusYes); + Assert.IsFalse(x.FocusOk); + Assert.IsFalse(x.IsActive); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupMessageTest.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupMessageTest.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7db834d079 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/PopupMessageTest.cs @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test +{ + [TestClass] + public class PopupMessageTest + { + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("PopupMessage_SillyTest")] + public void PopupMessage_SillyTest_Create_ExpectValuesSet() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupMessage = new PopupMessage() + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.OK, + DefaultResult = MessageBoxResult.No,Description = "bob",Header="b",DontShowAgainKey = "mopo",Image = MessageBoxImage.Asterisk + + }; + + Assert.AreEqual(popupMessage.Buttons,MessageBoxButton.OK); + Assert.AreEqual("bob",popupMessage.Description); + Assert.AreEqual("b",popupMessage.Header); + Assert.AreEqual(MessageBoxImage.Asterisk,popupMessage.Image); + Assert.AreEqual("mopo",popupMessage.DontShowAgainKey); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4042eb7344e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("0c554203-842e-4beb-9888-f5764740ee6b")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/VersionCheckerTestClass.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/VersionCheckerTestClass.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ce681e0c1e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/VersionCheckerTestClass.cs @@ -0,0 +1,53 @@ + +/* +* Warewolf - The Easy Service Bus +* Copyright 2014 by Warewolf Ltd +* Licensed under GNU Affero General Public License 3.0 or later. +* Some rights reserved. +* Visit our website for more information +* AUTHORS , CONTRIBUTORS +* @license GNU Affero General Public License +*/ + +using System; +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Studio.Utils; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test +{ + public class VersionCheckerTestClass : VersionChecker + { + public int ShowPopUpHitCount = 0; + public VersionCheckerTestClass(IWarewolfWebClient webClient) + : base(webClient, VersionInfo.FetchVersionInfoAsVersion) + { + } + + public VersionCheckerTestClass(IWarewolfWebClient webClient, Func func) + : base(webClient, func) + { + } + + public Version CurrentVersion { get; set; } + + public MessageBoxResult ShowPopupResult { get; set; } + + public MessageBoxResult StartNowResult + { + get; + set; + } + + protected int ShowStartHitCount + { + get; + set; + } + + protected override Version GetCurrentVersion() + { + return CurrentVersion; + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/VersionCheckerTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/VersionCheckerTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..600f54742f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/VersionCheckerTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ + +/* +* Warewolf - The Easy Service Bus +* Copyright 2014 by Warewolf Ltd +* Licensed under GNU Affero General Public License 3.0 or later. +* Some rights reserved. +* Visit our website for more information +* AUTHORS , CONTRIBUTORS +* @license GNU Affero General Public License +*/ + +using System; +using System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis; +using System.Net; +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test +{ + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + [TestClass] + [ExcludeFromCodeCoverage] + public class VersionCheckerTests + { + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Massimo Guerrera")] + [TestCategory("VersionChecker")] + [Description("Check if the app is the lastest version and show a pop up informing the user")] + public void GetNewerVersion_LaterVersion_ReturnsTrue() + { + Mock mockWebClient = new Mock(); + mockWebClient.Setup(c => c.DownloadString(It.IsAny())).Returns("0.0.0.2").Verifiable(); + + VersionCheckerTestClass versionChecker = new VersionCheckerTestClass(mockWebClient.Object) { ShowPopupResult = MessageBoxResult.No, CurrentVersion = new Version(0, 0, 0, 1) }; + var newerVersion = versionChecker.GetNewerVersion(); + + Assert.IsTrue(newerVersion); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Massimo Guerrera")] + [TestCategory("VersionChecker")] + [Description("Check if the app is the lastest version and show a pop up informing the user")] + public void GetNewerVersion_NotLaterVersion_ReturnsFalse() + { + Mock mockWebClient = new Mock(); + mockWebClient.Setup(c => c.DownloadString(It.IsAny())).Returns("0.0.0.1").Verifiable(); + + VersionCheckerTestClass versionChecker = new VersionCheckerTestClass(mockWebClient.Object) { ShowPopupResult = MessageBoxResult.No, CurrentVersion = new Version(0, 0, 0, 1) }; + var newerVersion = versionChecker.GetNewerVersion(); + + Assert.IsFalse(newerVersion); + } + + + + [TestMethod, ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("VersionChecker_Ctor")] + public void VersionChecker_Currentr_NullVersionChecker_ExpectException() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new VersionChecker(new WarewolfWebClient(new WebClient()), null); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("VersionChecker_LatestVersionCheckSum")] + public void VersionChecker_LatestVersionCheckSum_CallsCorrectDownloadString() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var webClient = new Mock(); + webClient.Setup(a => a.DownloadString(It.IsAny())).Returns("1.2.1.1"); + var versionChecker = new VersionChecker(webClient.Object, () => new Version(0, 0, 0, 1)); + + + var ax = versionChecker.LatestVersionCheckSum; + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + Assert.AreEqual("1.2.1.1", ax); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + } +} +// ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4cf3697f3b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {F7FD5C4A-FC59-4674-8547-FB3FDEE75202} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test + Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test + v4.5 + 512 + {3AC096D0-A1C2-E12C-1390-A8335801FDAB};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} + 10.0 + $(MSBuildExtensionsPath32)\Microsoft\VisualStudio\v$(VisualStudioVersion) + $(ProgramFiles)\Common Files\microsoft shared\VSTT\$(VisualStudioVersion)\UITestExtensionPackages + False + UnitTest + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\Binaries\Moq.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A} + Dev2.Common + + + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510} + Warewolf.Studio.Core + + + + + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + False + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/WarewolfPopupMessageViewModelTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/WarewolfPopupMessageViewModelTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4c5c569270f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test/WarewolfPopupMessageViewModelTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,149 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Test +{ + [TestClass] + public class WarewolfPopupMessageViewModelTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfPopupMessage_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void WarewolfPopupMessage_Ctor_NullMessage_ExpectException() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + new WarewolfPopupMessage(null, null); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfPopupMessage_Ctor")] + public void WarewolfPopupMessage_Ctor_Valid_ExpectpropertiesSet() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupmessage = new Mock(); + var popupWindow = new Mock(); + var msg = new WarewolfPopupMessage(popupmessage.Object, popupWindow.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.AreEqual(popupmessage.Object,msg.Message); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused")] + public void WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused_Cancel() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupmessage = new Mock(); + var popupWindow = new Mock(); + popupmessage.Setup(a => a.DefaultResult).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Cancel); + var msg = new WarewolfPopupMessage(popupmessage.Object, popupWindow.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsTrue(msg.FocusCancel); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusNo); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusOk); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusYes); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused")] + public void WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused_Ok() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupmessage = new Mock(); + var popupWindow = new Mock(); + popupmessage.Setup(a => a.DefaultResult).Returns(MessageBoxResult.OK); + var msg = new WarewolfPopupMessage(popupmessage.Object, popupWindow.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusCancel); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusNo); + Assert.IsTrue(msg.FocusOk); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusYes); + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused")] + public void WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused_Yes() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupmessage = new Mock(); + var popupWindow = new Mock(); + popupmessage.Setup(a => a.DefaultResult).Returns(MessageBoxResult.Yes); + var msg = new WarewolfPopupMessage(popupmessage.Object, popupWindow.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusCancel); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusNo); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusOk); + Assert.IsTrue(msg.FocusYes); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused")] + public void WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused_No() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupmessage = new Mock(); + var popupWindow = new Mock(); + popupmessage.Setup(a => a.DefaultResult).Returns(MessageBoxResult.No); + var msg = new WarewolfPopupMessage(popupmessage.Object, popupWindow.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusCancel); + Assert.IsTrue(msg.FocusNo); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusOk); + Assert.IsFalse(msg.FocusYes); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("WarewolfPopupMessage_Focused")] + public void WarewolfPopupMessage_ButtonsClicked_AssertResult() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var popupmessage = new Mock(); + var popupWindow = new Mock(); + popupmessage.Setup(a => a.DefaultResult).Returns(MessageBoxResult.No); + var msg = new WarewolfPopupMessage(popupmessage.Object, popupWindow.Object); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + msg.CancelClicked(); + Assert.AreEqual(MessageBoxResult.Cancel ,msg.Result); + msg.YesClicked(); + Assert.AreEqual(MessageBoxResult.Yes, msg.Result); + msg.NoClicked(); + Assert.AreEqual(MessageBoxResult.No, msg.Result); + msg.OkClicked(); + Assert.AreEqual(MessageBoxResult.OK, msg.Result); + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Class.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Class.cs deleted file mode 100644 index 6cafa0fbb92..00000000000 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Class.cs +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6 +0,0 @@ -namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core -{ - public class Class - { - } -} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Converters/HeightConverter.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Converters/HeightConverter.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ff07a54cda9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Converters/HeightConverter.cs @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +using System; +using System.Globalization; +using System.Windows.Data; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Converters +{ + public class HeightConverter : IValueConverter + { + public object Convert(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + return (double)value-12; + } + + public object ConvertBack(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + throw new NotImplementedException(); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/CustomMenuIcons.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/CustomMenuIcons.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..16ec4ba0f57 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/CustomMenuIcons.cs @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core +{ + public static class CustomMenuIcons + { + private enum MenuIcons + { + Unknown = 0, + WorkflowService = 1, + DbService = 2, + Version = 3, + PluginService = 4, + WebService = 8, + DbSource = 16, + PluginSource = 32, + WebSource = 64, + EmailSource = 128, + OauthSource = 256, + ServerSource = 512, + Folder = 1024, + Server = 2048, + ReservedService = 4096, + Message = 3069, + Spacer = 99, + Execute = 98, + View = 97 + + + } + + private static readonly Dictionary MenuIconsDictionary = new Dictionary + { + {MenuIcons.WorkflowService, "Explorer-WorkflowService"}, + {MenuIcons.DbService, "Explorer-DB"}, + {MenuIcons.PluginService, "Explorer-DLL"}, + {MenuIcons.WebService, "Explorer-WebService"}, + {MenuIcons.Folder, "Explorer-Spacer"}, + {MenuIcons.Spacer, "Explorer-Spacer"}, + {MenuIcons.View, "Explorer-Permission-Disbled"}, + {MenuIcons.Execute, "Explorer-Run-Disabled"}, + + {MenuIcons.WebSource, "Explorer-WebService-Create"}, + {MenuIcons.PluginSource, "Explorer-DLL-Create"}, + {MenuIcons.DbSource, "Explorer-DB-Create"}, + {MenuIcons.ServerSource, "System-Logo-Create"}, + + }; + + public static string ServerSource + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.ServerSource]; + } + } + + public static string WorkflowService + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.WorkflowService]; + } + } + + public static string DbService + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.DbService]; + } + } + + public static string PluginService + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.PluginService]; + } + } + + public static string WebService + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.WebService]; + } + } + + public static string Folder + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.Folder]; + } + } + + public static string Spacer + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.Spacer]; + } + } + + public static string Execute + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.Execute]; + } + } + + public static string View + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.View]; + } + } + + public static string DbSource + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.DbSource]; + } + } + + public static string PluginSource + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.PluginSource]; + } + } + + public static string WebSource + { + get + { + return MenuIconsDictionary[MenuIcons.WebSource]; + } + } + + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/IDockAware.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/IDockAware.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ff35be33b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/IDockAware.cs @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +/* Written by Brian Lagunas + * Blog: http://brianlagunas.com + * Twitter: @brianlagunas + * Email: blagunas@infragistics.com + */ + +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Infragistics_Prism_Region_Adapter +{ + public interface IDockAware + { + string Header { get; set; } + ResourceType? Image { get; } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6bf8678d1e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior.cs @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +/* Written by Brian Lagunas + * Blog: http://brianlagunas.com + * Twitter: @brianlagunas + * Email: blagunas@infragistics.com + */ + +using System.Collections.Specialized; +using System.Linq; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Controls; +using Infragistics.Windows.DockManager; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Regions; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Regions.Behaviors; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Infragistics_Prism_Region_Adapter +{ + public class TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior : RegionBehavior, IHostAwareRegionBehavior + { + public const string BehaviorKey = "TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior"; + + XamDockManager _parentDockManager; + + TabGroupPane _hostControl; + public DependencyObject HostControl + { + get { return _hostControl; } + set { _hostControl = value as TabGroupPane; } + } + + protected override void OnAttach() + { + _parentDockManager = XamDockManager.GetDockManager(_hostControl); + if (_parentDockManager != null) + _parentDockManager.ActivePaneChanged += DockManager_ActivePaneChanged; + + Region.ActiveViews.CollectionChanged += ActiveViews_CollectionChanged; + } + + void DockManager_ActivePaneChanged(object sender, RoutedPropertyChangedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.OldValue != null) + { + var item = e.OldValue; + + //are we dealing with a ContentPane directly + if (Region.Views.Contains(item) && Region.ActiveViews.Contains(item)) + { + Region.Deactivate(item); + } + else + { + //now check to see if we have any views that were injected + var contentControl = item as ContentControl; + if (contentControl != null) + { + var injectedView = contentControl.Content; + if (Region.Views.Contains(injectedView) && Region.ActiveViews.Contains(injectedView)) + Region.Deactivate(injectedView); + } + } + } + + if (e.NewValue != null) + { + var item = e.NewValue; + + //are we dealing with a ContentPane directly + if (Region.Views.Contains(item) && !Region.ActiveViews.Contains(item)) + { + Region.Activate(item); + } + else + { + //now check to see if we have any views that were injected + var contentControl = item as ContentControl; + if (contentControl != null) + { + var injectedView = contentControl.Content; + if (Region.Views.Contains(injectedView) && !Region.ActiveViews.Contains(injectedView)) + Region.Activate(injectedView); + } + } + } + } + + void ActiveViews_CollectionChanged(object sender, NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e) + { + if (e.Action == NotifyCollectionChangedAction.Add) + { + //are we dealing with a view + FrameworkElement frameworkElement = e.NewItems[0] as FrameworkElement; + if (frameworkElement != null) + { + ContentPane contentPane = frameworkElement as ContentPane ?? frameworkElement.Parent as ContentPane; + + if (contentPane != null && !contentPane.IsActivePane) + contentPane.Activate(); + } + else + { + //must be a viewmodel + object viewModel = e.NewItems[0]; + var contentPane = GetContentPaneFromFromViewModel(viewModel); + if (contentPane != null) + contentPane.Activate(); + } + } + } + + ContentPane GetContentPaneFromFromViewModel(object viewModel) + { + var panes = XamDockManager.GetDockManager(_hostControl).GetPanes(PaneNavigationOrder.VisibleOrder); + return panes.FirstOrDefault(contentPane => contentPane.DataContext == viewModel); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/TabGroupPaneRegionAdapter.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/TabGroupPaneRegionAdapter.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..41c7ceed201 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Infragistics Prism Region Adapter/TabGroupPaneRegionAdapter.cs @@ -0,0 +1,227 @@ +/* Written by Brian Lagunas + * Blog: http://brianlagunas.com + * Twitter: @brianlagunas + * Email: blagunas@infragistics.com + */ + +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.Specialized; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Controls; +using System.Windows.Data; +using Infragistics.Windows.Controls; +using Infragistics.Windows.DockManager; +using Infragistics.Windows.DockManager.Events; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Regions; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Infragistics_Prism_Region_Adapter +{ + public class TabGroupPaneRegionAdapter : RegionAdapterBase + { + /// + /// Used to determine what views were injected and ContentPanes were generated for + /// + private static readonly DependencyProperty IsGeneratedProperty = DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("IsGenerated", typeof(bool), typeof(TabGroupPaneRegionAdapter), null); + + /// + /// Used to track the region that a ContentPane belongs to so that we can access the region from within the ContentPane.Closed event handler + /// + private static readonly DependencyProperty RegionProperty = DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("Region", typeof(IRegion), typeof(TabGroupPaneRegionAdapter), null); + + public TabGroupPaneRegionAdapter(IRegionBehaviorFactory regionBehaviorFactory) + : base(regionBehaviorFactory) + { + } + + protected override void Adapt(IRegion region, TabGroupPane regionTarget) + { + if (regionTarget.ItemsSource != null) + throw new InvalidOperationException("ItemsSource property is not empty. This control is being associated with a region, but the control is already bound to something else. If you did not explicitly set the control's ItemSource property, this exception may be caused by a change in the value of the inherited RegionManager attached property."); + + SynchronizeItems(region, regionTarget); + + region.Views.CollectionChanged += (Object sender, NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e) => + { + OnViewsCollectionChanged(sender, e, region, regionTarget); + }; + } + + protected override void AttachBehaviors(IRegion region, TabGroupPane regionTarget) + { + base.AttachBehaviors(region, regionTarget); + + if (!region.Behaviors.ContainsKey(TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior.BehaviorKey)) + region.Behaviors.Add(TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior.BehaviorKey, new TabGroupPaneRegionActiveAwareBehavior { HostControl = regionTarget }); + } + + protected override IRegion CreateRegion() + { + return new SingleActiveRegion(); + } + + private void OnViewsCollectionChanged(object sender, NotifyCollectionChangedEventArgs e, IRegion region, TabGroupPane regionTarget) + { + if (e.Action == NotifyCollectionChangedAction.Add) + { + //we want to add them behind any previous views that may have been manually declare in XAML or injected + int startIndex = e.NewStartingIndex; + foreach (object newItem in e.NewItems) + { + ContentPane contentPane = PrepareContainerForItem(newItem, region); + + if (regionTarget.Items.Count != startIndex) + startIndex = 0; + + //we must make sure we bring the TabGroupPane into view. If we don't a System.StackOverflowException will occur in + //UIAutomationProvider.dll if trying to add a ContentPane to a TabGroupPane that is not in view. + //This is most common when using nested TabGroupPane regions. If you don't this, you can comment it out. + regionTarget.BringIntoView(); + + regionTarget.Items.Insert(startIndex, contentPane); + } + } + else if (e.Action == NotifyCollectionChangedAction.Remove) + { + if (regionTarget.Items.Count == 0) + return; + + IEnumerable contentPanes = XamDockManager.GetDockManager(regionTarget).GetPanes(PaneNavigationOrder.VisibleOrder); + foreach (ContentPane contentPane in contentPanes) + { + if (e.OldItems.Contains(contentPane) || e.OldItems.Contains(contentPane.Content)) + contentPane.ExecuteCommand(ContentPaneCommands.Close); + } + } + } + + /// + /// Takes all the views that were declared in XAML manually and merges them with the region. + /// + private void SynchronizeItems(IRegion region, TabGroupPane regionTarget) + { + if (regionTarget.Items.Count > 0) + { + foreach (object item in regionTarget.Items) + { + PrepareContainerForItem(item, region); + region.Add(item); + } + } + } + + /// + /// Prepares a view being injected as a ContentPane + /// + /// the view + /// The injected view as a ContentPane + protected ContentPane PrepareContainerForItem(object item, IRegion region) + { + ContentPane container = item as ContentPane; + + if (container == null) + { + container = new ContentPane(); + container.Content = item; //the content is the item being injected + container.DataContext = ResolveDataContext(item); //make sure the dataContext is the same as the item. Most likely a ViewModel + container.SetValue(IsGeneratedProperty, true); //we generated this one + CreateDockAwareBindings(container); + } + + container.SetValue(RegionProperty, region); //let's keep track of which region the container belongs to + + container.CloseAction = PaneCloseAction.RemovePane; //make it easy on ourselves and have the pane manage removing itself from the XamDockManager + container.Closed += Container_Closed; + + return container; + } + + void Container_Closed(object sender, PaneClosedEventArgs e) + { + ContentPane contentPane = sender as ContentPane; + if (contentPane != null) + { + contentPane.Closed -= Container_Closed; //no memory leaks + + IRegion region = contentPane.GetValue(RegionProperty) as IRegion; //get the region associated with the ContentPane so that we can remove it. + if (region != null) + { + if (region.Views.Contains(contentPane)) //we are dealing with a ContentPane directly + region.Remove(contentPane); + + var item = contentPane.Content; //this view was injected and set as the content of our ContentPane + if (item != null && region.Views.Contains(item)) + region.Remove(item); + } + + ClearContainerForItem(contentPane); //reduce memory leaks + } + } + + /// + /// Checks to see if the item being injected implements the IDockAware interface and creates the necessary data bindings. + /// + /// + /// First we will check if the ContentPane.Content property implements the IDockAware interface. Depending on the type of item being injected, + /// this may be a View or a ViewModel. If no IDockAware interface is found to create a binding, we next move to the ContentPane.DataContext property, which will + /// most likely be a ViewModel. + /// + /// + void CreateDockAwareBindings(ContentPane contentPane) + { + Binding binding = new Binding("Header"); + + //let's first check the item that was injected for IDockAware. This may be a View or ViewModel + var dockAwareContent = contentPane.Content as IDockAware; + if (dockAwareContent != null) + { + binding.Source = dockAwareContent; + if (dockAwareContent.Image != null) + { + Binding imageBinding = new Binding("Image"); + imageBinding.Converter = new ResourceTypeToIconConverter(); + imageBinding.Source = dockAwareContent; + contentPane.SetBinding(ContentPane.ImageProperty, imageBinding); + } + } + + //nothing was found on the item being injected, let's check the DataContext + if (binding.Source == null) + { + //fall back to data context of the content pane, which is most likely a ViewModel + var dockAwareDataContext = contentPane.DataContext as IDockAware; + if (dockAwareDataContext != null) + binding.Source = dockAwareDataContext; + } + + contentPane.SetBinding(HeaderedContentControl.HeaderProperty, binding); + } + + /// + /// Sets the Content property of a generated ContentPane to null. + /// + /// The ContentPane + protected void ClearContainerForItem(ContentPane contentPane) + { + if ((bool)contentPane.GetValue(IsGeneratedProperty)) + { + contentPane.ClearValue(HeaderedContentControl.HeaderProperty); //remove any bindings + contentPane.Content = null; + } + } + + /// + /// Finds the DataContext of an item. + /// + /// + /// If we are injecting a View, the result will be the Views DataContext. If we are injecting a ViewModel, the result will be the ViewModel. + /// + /// The item + /// A Views DataContext or a ViewModel + private object ResolveDataContext(object item) + { + FrameworkElement frameworkElement = item as FrameworkElement; + return frameworkElement == null ? item : frameworkElement.DataContext; + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupController.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupController.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5d86e6494bd --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupController.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +using System.Windows; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup +{ + public class PopupController:IPopupController + { + #region Implementation of IPopupController + private readonly IPopupMessageBoxFactory _popupMessageBoxFactory; + + public PopupController(IPopupMessageBoxFactory popupMessageBoxFactory,IPopupWindow popupWindow) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("popupMessageBoxFactory",popupMessageBoxFactory); + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("popupWindow", popupWindow); + _popupMessageBoxFactory = popupMessageBoxFactory; + _popupMessageBoxFactory.View = popupWindow; + } + + public MessageBoxResult Show(IPopupMessage message) + { + var window = _popupMessageBoxFactory.Create(message); + var result = window.Show(); + return result; + } + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessage.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessage.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bffffda59c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessage.cs @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup +{ + public class PopupMessage:IPopupMessage { + #region Implementation of IPopupMessage + + public string Description { get; set; } + public string Header { get; set; } + public MessageBoxButton Buttons { get; set; } + public MessageBoxImage Image { get; set; } + public string DontShowAgainKey { get; set; } + public MessageBoxResult DefaultResult { get; set; } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessageBoxFactory.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessageBoxFactory.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c6efb491396 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessageBoxFactory.cs @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup +{ + public class PopupMessageBoxFactory : IPopupMessageBoxFactory + { + #region Implementation of IPopupMessageBoxFactory + + public IPopupWindow View { get; set; } + + public IDev2MessageBoxViewModel Create(IPopupMessage message) + { + return new WarewolfPopupMessage(message, View); + } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessages.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessages.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25150ca3a9e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/PopupMessages.cs @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows; +using Dev2.Common; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup +{ + public static class PopupMessages + { + #region Implementation of IPopupMessages + + public static IPopupMessage GetNotConnected() + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.OK, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.ServerSourceNotConnected, + Description = Resources.Languages.Core.ServerSourceNotConnectedSettingsDescription, + Image = MessageBoxImage.Error + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetDeleteConfirmation(string nameOfItemBeingDeleted) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons=MessageBoxButton.YesNo, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.GenericConfirmation, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.DeleteConfirmation, nameOfItemBeingDeleted), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Warning + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetNameChangedConflict(string oldName, string newName) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.YesNoCancel, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.RenameConflictHeader, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.RenameConflictDescription, oldName, newName, Environment.NewLine), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Information + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetServerVersionMessage(string studioVersion,string serverVersion) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.OK, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.About_Description_Header, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.About_Content,studioVersion, serverVersion), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Information + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetSettingsCloseConfirmation() + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.YesNoCancel, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.SettingsChangedHeader, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.SettingsChangedDescription, Environment.NewLine), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Information + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetSchedulerCloseConfirmation() + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.YesNoCancel, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.SchedulerChangesHeader, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.SchedulerChangesHeader, Environment.NewLine), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Information + }; + + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetNoInputsSelectedWhenClickLink() + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.OK, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.DidYouKnow, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.InputVariablesTip, Environment.NewLine), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Information, + DontShowAgainKey = GlobalConstants.Dev2MessageBoxNoInputsWhenHyperlinkClickedDialog + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetSaveErrorDialog(string errorMessage) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.OK, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.SaveErrorHeader, + Description = string.Format("{0}{1}{2}", Resources.Languages.Core.SaveErrorHeader, Environment.NewLine, errorMessage), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Error, + + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetConnectionTimeoutConfirmation(string serverName) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.YesNo, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.ServerSourceUnreachableErrorHeader, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.ServerSourceUnreachableHeaderMessage, serverName, Environment.NewLine), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Error, + + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetDeleteVersionMessage(string displayName) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.YesNo, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.DeleteVersionMessageHeader, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.DeleteVersionMessage, displayName), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Warning, + + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetRollbackVersionMessage(string displayName) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.YesNo, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.RollbackHeader, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.RollbackMessage, displayName, Environment.NewLine), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Warning, + + }; + } + + public static IPopupMessage GetInvalidCharacterMessage(string invalidText) + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.OK, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.InvalidTextHeader, + Description = string.Format(Resources.Languages.Core.InvalidTextMessage, invalidText), + Image = MessageBoxImage.Warning, + + }; + } + + #endregion + + public static IPopupMessage GetInvalidPermissionException() + { + return new PopupMessage + { + Buttons = MessageBoxButton.OK, + Header = Resources.Languages.Core.InvalidPermissionHeader, + Description = Resources.Languages.Core.InvalidPermissionMessage, + Image = MessageBoxImage.Warning, + + }; + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/WarewolfPopupMessage.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/WarewolfPopupMessage.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26a92272156 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Popup/WarewolfPopupMessage.cs @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +using System.Windows; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.PopupController; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.Popup +{ + public class WarewolfPopupMessage : IDev2MessageBoxViewModel + { + #region Implementation of IDev2MessageBoxViewModel + + public WarewolfPopupMessage(IPopupMessage msg,IPopupWindow popupWindow) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("msg",msg); + Message = msg; + PopupWindow = popupWindow; + } + + /// + /// Focus the okay button when default + /// + public bool FocusOk { + get + { + return Message.DefaultResult == MessageBoxResult.OK; + } + } + /// + /// Focus the yes button when default + /// + public bool FocusYes + { + get + { + return Message.DefaultResult == MessageBoxResult.Yes; + } + } + /// + /// Focus the no button when default + /// + public bool FocusNo + { + get + { + return Message.DefaultResult == MessageBoxResult.No; + } + } + /// + /// Focus the cancel button when default + /// + public bool FocusCancel + { + get + { + return Message.DefaultResult == MessageBoxResult.Cancel; + } + } + /// + /// message to display + /// + public IPopupMessage Message { get; set; } + public IPopupWindow PopupWindow { get; set; } + /// + /// result + /// + public MessageBoxResult Result { get; set; } + /// + /// owning object + /// + public object Parent { get; set; } + /// + /// is this popup active + /// + public bool IsActive { get; set; } + + public void OkClicked() + { + Result = MessageBoxResult.OK; + TryClose(); + } + + public void YesClicked() + { + Result = MessageBoxResult.Yes; + TryClose(); + } + + public void NoClicked() + { + Result = MessageBoxResult.No; + TryClose(); + } + + public void CancelClicked() + { + Result = MessageBoxResult.Cancel; + TryClose(); + } + + void TryClose() + { + } + + public void ClosedClicked() + { + + TryClose(); + } + + #endregion + + public MessageBoxResult Show() + { + return PopupWindow.Show(Message); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/RegionNames.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/RegionNames.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7d5a28372b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/RegionNames.cs @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core +{ + public static class RegionNames + { + static string _help; + public static string Explorer + { + get + { + return "Explorer"; + } + } + public static string VariableList + { + get + { + return "Variables"; + } + } + public static string Toolbox + { + get + { + return "Toolbox"; + } + } + + public static string Menu + { + get + { + return "Menu"; + } + } + + public static string Workspace + { + get + { + return "Workspace"; + } + } + public static string Help + { + get + { + return "Help"; + } + + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ResourceTypeToIconConverter.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ResourceTypeToIconConverter.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b14c5d6a3ee --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ResourceTypeToIconConverter.cs @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +using System; +using System.Globalization; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Data; +using System.Windows.Media; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core +{ + public class ResourceTypeToIconConverter : IValueConverter + { + #region Implementation of IValueConverter + + /// + /// Converts a value. + /// + /// + /// A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + /// + /// The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + public object Convert(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + + const string pathname = "/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna;component/Images.xaml"; + ResourceDictionary dict = Application.LoadComponent(new Uri(pathname, System.UriKind.Relative)) as ResourceDictionary; + ResourceType resourceType; + if (Enum.TryParse(value.ToString(), out resourceType)) + { + switch (resourceType) + { + case ResourceType.WorkflowService: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.WorkflowService] as DrawingImage; + case ResourceType.DbService: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.DbService] as DrawingImage; + case ResourceType.PluginSource: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.PluginSource] as DrawingImage; + case ResourceType.WebService: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.WebService] as DrawingImage; + case ResourceType.DbSource: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.DbSource] as DrawingImage; + case ResourceType.PluginService: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.PluginService] as DrawingImage; + case ResourceType.WebSource: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.WebSource] as DrawingImage; + case ResourceType.ServerSource: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.ServerSource] as DrawingImage; + default: + return dict[CustomMenuIcons.Folder] as DrawingImage; + } + } + return null; + } + + + public object ConvertBack(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + return null; + } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ResourceTypeToIconVisibility.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ResourceTypeToIconVisibility.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f0dd6496b5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ResourceTypeToIconVisibility.cs @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +using System; +using System.Globalization; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core +{ + public class ResourceTypeToIconVisibility : IValueConverter + { + #region Implementation of IValueConverter + + /// + /// Converts a value. + /// + /// + /// A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + /// + /// The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + public object Convert(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + + ResourceType resourceType; + if (Enum.TryParse(value.ToString(), out resourceType)) + { + if (resourceType != ResourceType.Folder) + { + return Visibility.Visible; + } + } + return Visibility.Collapsed; + } + + + public object ConvertBack(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + return null; + } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Utils.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Utils.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..072c72a79e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Utils.cs @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using Vestris.ResourceLib; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core +{ + public class Utils + { + public static string FetchVersionInfo() + { + Assembly asm = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); + var versionResource = new VersionResource(); + string fileName = asm.Location; + versionResource.LoadFrom(fileName); + return versionResource.FileVersion; + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/VersionChecker.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/VersionChecker.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c3492bd9797 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/VersionChecker.cs @@ -0,0 +1,201 @@ +using System; +using System.Configuration; +using System.Net; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Studio.Utils; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core +{ + public class VersionChecker : IVersionChecker + { + readonly IWarewolfWebClient _webClient; + readonly Func _versionGetter; + + bool _isDone; + Version _latest; + Version _current; + private string _latestVersionCheckSum; + + public VersionChecker() + : this(new WarewolfWebClient(new WebClient()), VersionInfo.FetchVersionInfoAsVersion) + { + } + + public VersionChecker(IWarewolfWebClient webClient, Func versionGetter) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("webClient", webClient); + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("versionGetter", versionGetter); + _webClient = webClient; + _versionGetter = versionGetter; + _isDone = false; + } + + #region Latest + + public virtual Version Latest + { + get + { + Check(); + return _latest; + } + } + + #endregion + + #region Current + + public virtual Version Current + { + get + { + _current = GetCurrentVersion(); + return _current; + } + } + + #endregion + + #region StartPageUri + + public string StartPageUri + { + get + { + Check(); + return Resources.Languages.Core.Warewolf_Homepage_Start; + } + } + + public string LatestVersionCheckSum + { + get + { + Check(); + return _latestVersionCheckSum; + } + + } + public string CommunityPageUri + { + get + { + Check(); + return Resources.Languages.Core.Uri_Community_HomePage; + } + } + + #endregion + + #region IsLatest? + + public bool GetNewerVersion() + { + return Latest > Current; + } + + + public async Task GetNewerVersionAsync() + { + var latest = await GetLatestVersionAsync(); + return latest > Current; + } + + #endregion + + #region Check + + protected virtual void Check() + { + if(!_isDone) + { + _isDone = true; + _latest = GetLatestVersion(); + _current = GetCurrentVersion(); + _latestVersionCheckSum = GetLatestVersionCheckSum(); + } + } + + private string GetLatestVersionCheckSum() + { + try + { + return _webClient.DownloadString(InstallerResources.WarewolfChecksum); + + } + catch + { + return null; + } + } + + #endregion + + #region GetLatestVersion + + async Task GetLatestVersionAsync() + { + + try + { + var version = await _webClient.DownloadStringAsync(InstallerResources.WarewolfVersion); + return new Version(version); + } + catch + { + return null; + } + } + + Version GetLatestVersion() + { + + try + { + var version = _webClient.DownloadString(InstallerResources.WarewolfVersion); + return new Version(version); + } + catch + { + return null; + } + } + + #endregion + + #region GetCurrentVersion + + protected virtual Version GetCurrentVersion() + { + return _versionGetter(); + } + + #endregion + } + internal class InstallerResources + { + + public static bool InstallerTesting + { + get { return bool.Parse(ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["InstallerTesting"]); } + } + + + public static string WarewolfVersion + { + get + { + return InstallerTesting ? ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["TestVersionLocation"] : ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["VersionLocation"]; + } + } + public static string WarewolfChecksum + { + get + { + return InstallerTesting ? ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["TestCheckSumLocation"] : ConfigurationManager.AppSettings["CheckSumLocation"]; + } + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/View Interfaces/ViewInterfaces.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/View Interfaces/ViewInterfaces.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f8bae34f34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/View Interfaces/ViewInterfaces.cs @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces +{ + public interface IExplorerView : IView + { + IEnvironmentViewModel OpenEnvironmentNode(string nodeName); + List GetFoldersVisible(); + IExplorerItemViewModel OpenFolderNode(string folderName); + int GetVisibleChildrenCount(string folderName); + void PerformFolderRename(string originalFolderName, string newFolderName); + void PerformSearch(string searchTerm); + } + public interface IToolboxView : IView { } + public interface IHelpView : IView { + string GetCurrentHelpText(); + } + public interface IMenuView : IView { } + public interface IVariableListView : IView { } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ViewFolderIcon.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ViewFolderIcon.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..08e5f77b46a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/ViewFolderIcon.cs @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + +/* +* Warewolf - The Easy Service Bus +* Copyright 2014 by Warewolf Ltd +* Licensed under GNU Affero General Public License 3.0 or later. +* Some rights reserved. +* Visit our website for more information +* AUTHORS , CONTRIBUTORS +* @license GNU Affero General Public License +*/ + +using System; +using System.Globalization; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Core +{ + public class ViewFolderIcon : IValueConverter + { + #region Implementation of IValueConverter + + /// + /// Returns the width for the folder ICON. if it is a folder return 0; + /// + /// + /// A converted value. If the method returns null, the valid null value is used. + /// + /// The value produced by the binding source.The type of the binding target property.The converter parameter to use.The culture to use in the converter. + public object Convert(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + + + ResourceType resourceType; + if (Enum.TryParse(value.ToString(), out resourceType)) + { + if (resourceType == ResourceType.Folder) + return Visibility.Collapsed; + } + + return Visibility.Visible; + + } + + public object ConvertBack(object value, Type targetType, object parameter, CultureInfo culture) + { + throw new NotImplementedException(); + } + + #endregion + } + +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Warewolf.Studio.Core.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Warewolf.Studio.Core.csproj index 4cf22f08bdb..c83455f6260 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Warewolf.Studio.Core.csproj +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Core/Warewolf.Studio.Core.csproj @@ -11,6 +11,8 @@ Warewolf.Studio.Core v4.5 512 + ..\ + true true @@ -30,6 +32,9 @@ 4 + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll + False ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll @@ -67,24 +72,75 @@ ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + + + + + False + ..\Binaries\Vestris.ResourceLib.dll + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {84405FDF-0FF8-49A2-8925-8A4AEBA8104A} + Dev2.Common + + + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F} + Dev2.Infrastructure + + + {cb565c94-8833-4911-b20f-0921ee3c286c} + Warewolf.Studio.Resources + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/PasswordBoxAssistant.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/PasswordBoxAssistant.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4731fc70344 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/PasswordBoxAssistant.cs @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Controls; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls +{ + public static class PasswordBoxAssistant + { + public static readonly DependencyProperty BoundPassword = + DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("BoundPassword", typeof(string), typeof(PasswordBoxAssistant), new PropertyMetadata(string.Empty, OnBoundPasswordChanged)); + + public static readonly DependencyProperty BindPassword = DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached( + "BindPassword", typeof(bool), typeof(PasswordBoxAssistant), new PropertyMetadata(false, OnBindPasswordChanged)); + + private static readonly DependencyProperty UpdatingPassword = + DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("UpdatingPassword", typeof(bool), typeof(PasswordBoxAssistant), new PropertyMetadata(false)); + + private static void OnBoundPasswordChanged(DependencyObject d, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) + { + var box = d as PasswordBox; + + // only handle this event when the property is attached to a PasswordBox + // and when the BindPassword attached property has been set to true + if(box == null || !GetBindPassword(d)) + { + return; + } + + // avoid recursive updating by ignoring the box's changed event + box.PasswordChanged -= HandlePasswordChanged; + + var newPassword = (string)e.NewValue; + + if(!GetUpdatingPassword(box)) + { + box.Password = newPassword; + } + + box.PasswordChanged += HandlePasswordChanged; + } + + private static void OnBindPasswordChanged(DependencyObject dp, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) + { + // when the BindPassword attached property is set on a PasswordBox, + // start listening to its PasswordChanged event + + var box = dp as PasswordBox; + + if(box == null) + { + return; + } + + var wasBound = (bool)(e.OldValue); + var needToBind = (bool)(e.NewValue); + + if(wasBound) + { + box.PasswordChanged -= HandlePasswordChanged; + } + + if(needToBind) + { + box.PasswordChanged += HandlePasswordChanged; + } + } + + private static void HandlePasswordChanged(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + var box = sender as PasswordBox; + if(box == null) + { + return; + } + + // set a flag to indicate that we're updating the password + SetUpdatingPassword(box, true); + // push the new password into the BoundPassword property + SetBoundPassword(box, box.Password); + SetUpdatingPassword(box, false); + } + + public static void SetBindPassword(DependencyObject dp, bool value) + { + dp.SetValue(BindPassword, value); + } + + public static bool GetBindPassword(DependencyObject dp) + { + return (bool)dp.GetValue(BindPassword); + } + + public static string GetBoundPassword(DependencyObject dp) + { + return (string)dp.GetValue(BoundPassword); + } + + public static void SetBoundPassword(DependencyObject dp, string value) + { + dp.SetValue(BoundPassword, value); + } + + private static bool GetUpdatingPassword(DependencyObject dp) + { + return (bool)dp.GetValue(UpdatingPassword); + } + + private static void SetUpdatingPassword(DependencyObject dp, bool value) + { + dp.SetValue(UpdatingPassword, value); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5b827470673 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Resources; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; +using System.Windows; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © 2015")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +//In order to begin building localizable applications, set +//CultureYouAreCodingWith in your .csproj file +//inside a . For example, if you are using US english +//in your source files, set the to en-US. Then uncomment +//the NeutralResourceLanguage attribute below. Update the "en-US" in +//the line below to match the UICulture setting in the project file. + +//[assembly: NeutralResourcesLanguage("en-US", UltimateResourceFallbackLocation.Satellite)] + + +[assembly:ThemeInfo( + ResourceDictionaryLocation.None, //where theme specific resource dictionaries are located + //(used if a resource is not found in the page, + // or application resource dictionaries) + ResourceDictionaryLocation.SourceAssembly //where the generic resource dictionary is located + //(used if a resource is not found in the page, + // app, or any theme specific resource dictionaries) +)] + + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b9b0e1dd8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Resources.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.18444 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Properties { + + + /// + /// A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc. + /// + // This class was auto-generated by the StronglyTypedResourceBuilder + // class via a tool like ResGen or Visual Studio. + // To add or remove a member, edit your .ResX file then rerun ResGen + // with the /str option, or rebuild your VS project. + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("System.Resources.Tools.StronglyTypedResourceBuilder", "4.0.0.0")] + [global::System.Diagnostics.DebuggerNonUserCodeAttribute()] + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + internal class Resources { + + private static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager resourceMan; + + private static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo resourceCulture; + + [global::System.Diagnostics.CodeAnalysis.SuppressMessageAttribute("Microsoft.Performance", "CA1811:AvoidUncalledPrivateCode")] + internal Resources() { + } + + /// + /// Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class. + /// + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Resources.ResourceManager ResourceManager { + get { + if ((resourceMan == null)) { + global::System.Resources.ResourceManager temp = new global::System.Resources.ResourceManager("Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Properties.Resources", typeof(Resources).Assembly); + resourceMan = temp; + } + return resourceMan; + } + } + + /// + /// Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all + /// resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class. + /// + [global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableAttribute(global::System.ComponentModel.EditorBrowsableState.Advanced)] + internal static global::System.Globalization.CultureInfo Culture { + get { + return resourceCulture; + } + set { + resourceCulture = value; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Resources.resx b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Resources.resx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..af7dbebbace --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Resources.resx @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + text/microsoft-resx + + + 2.0 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=2.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..73743ab8f8d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Settings.Designer.cs @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by a tool. +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.18444 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.Properties +{ + + + [global::System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [global::System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("Microsoft.VisualStudio.Editors.SettingsDesigner.SettingsSingleFileGenerator", "11.0.0.0")] + internal sealed partial class Settings : global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase + { + + private static Settings defaultInstance = ((Settings)(global::System.Configuration.ApplicationSettingsBase.Synchronized(new Settings()))); + + public static Settings Default + { + get + { + return defaultInstance; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Settings.settings b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Settings.settings new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..033d7a5e9e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Properties/Settings.settings @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Resources/WatermarkControls.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Resources/WatermarkControls.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f7fa8fadcc --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Resources/WatermarkControls.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f424413a484 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {1BD5CC42-66C7-4A1B-AF1F-E6F2D4372B44} + library + Properties + Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls + Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls + v4.5 + 512 + {60dc8134-eba5-43b8-bcc9-bb4bc16c2548};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} + 4 + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + + + + + + + + + 4.0 + + + + + + + + + + + Code + + + True + True + Resources.resx + + + True + Settings.settings + True + + + ResXFileCodeGenerator + Resources.Designer.cs + + + SettingsSingleFileGenerator + Settings.Designer.cs + + + + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/WatermarkPasswordBox.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/WatermarkPasswordBox.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0316b90f8b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/WatermarkPasswordBox.cs @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Controls; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls +{ + public class PasswordBoxHelper + { + static bool _isInistialised = false; + + public static string GetWatermark(DependencyObject obj) + { + return (string)obj.GetValue(WatermarkProperty); + } + + public static void SetWatermark(DependencyObject obj, string value) + { + obj.SetValue(WatermarkProperty, value); + } + + public static readonly DependencyProperty WatermarkProperty = + DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("Watermark", typeof(string), typeof(PasswordBoxHelper), new UIPropertyMetadata(null, WatermarkChanged)); + + + + public static bool GetShowWatermark(DependencyObject obj) + { + return (bool)obj.GetValue(ShowWatermarkProperty); + } + + public static void SetShowWatermark(DependencyObject obj, bool value) + { + obj.SetValue(ShowWatermarkProperty, value); + } + + public static readonly DependencyProperty ShowWatermarkProperty = + DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("ShowWatermark", typeof(bool), typeof(PasswordBoxHelper), new UIPropertyMetadata(false)); + + + + static void WatermarkChanged(DependencyObject obj, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) + { + var pwd = obj as PasswordBox; + + CheckShowWatermark(pwd); + + if (!_isInistialised) + { + if(pwd != null) + { + pwd.PasswordChanged += PwdPasswordChanged; + pwd.Unloaded += PwdUnloaded; + } + _isInistialised = true; + } + } + + private static void CheckShowWatermark(PasswordBox pwd) + { + pwd.SetValue(ShowWatermarkProperty, pwd.Password == string.Empty); + } + + static void PwdPasswordChanged(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + var pwd = sender as PasswordBox; + CheckShowWatermark(pwd); + } + + static void PwdUnloaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + var pwd = sender as PasswordBox; + if(pwd != null) + { + pwd.PasswordChanged -= PwdPasswordChanged; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/WatermarkTextBox.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/WatermarkTextBox.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b88eb732675 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls/WatermarkTextBox.cs @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Controls; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls +{ + public class TextBoxHelper + { + static bool _isInistialised = false; + + public static string GetWatermark(DependencyObject obj) + { + return (string)obj.GetValue(WatermarkProperty); + } + + public static void SetWatermark(DependencyObject obj, string value) + { + obj.SetValue(WatermarkProperty, value); + } + + public static readonly DependencyProperty WatermarkProperty = + DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("Watermark", typeof(string), typeof(TextBoxHelper), new UIPropertyMetadata(null, WatermarkChanged)); + + + + public static bool GetShowWatermark(DependencyObject obj) + { + return (bool)obj.GetValue(ShowWatermarkProperty); + } + + public static void SetShowWatermark(DependencyObject obj, bool value) + { + obj.SetValue(ShowWatermarkProperty, value); + } + + public static readonly DependencyProperty ShowWatermarkProperty = + DependencyProperty.RegisterAttached("ShowWatermark", typeof(bool), typeof(TextBoxHelper), new UIPropertyMetadata(false)); + + + + static void WatermarkChanged(DependencyObject obj, DependencyPropertyChangedEventArgs e) + { + var box = obj as TextBox; + + CheckShowWatermark(box); + + if (!_isInistialised) + { + if(box != null) + { + box.TextChanged += BoxTextChanged; + box.Unloaded += BoxUnloaded; + } + _isInistialised = true; + } + } + + private static void CheckShowWatermark(TextBox box) + { + box.SetValue(ShowWatermarkProperty, box.Text == string.Empty); + } + + static void BoxTextChanged(object sender, TextChangedEventArgs e) + { + var box = sender as TextBox; + CheckShowWatermark(box); + } + + static void BoxUnloaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + var box = sender as TextBox; + if(box != null) + { + box.TextChanged -= BoxTextChanged; + } + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/DeployModelTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/DeployModelTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00538cda87f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/DeployModelTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerProxyLayer; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests +{ + [TestClass] + public class DeployModelTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void DeployModel_Ctor_NullParamsSVR_Excepxception() + + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var qm = new Mock(); + var deployModel = new DeployModel(null, new Mock().Object, qm.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void DeployModel_Ctor_NullParamsUM_Excepxception() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var qm = new Mock(); + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object,null, qm.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void DeployModel_Ctor_NullParamsQM_Excepxception() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var qm = new Mock(); + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, null); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_FindDependancies")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployModel_FindDependancies_NullParams_Excepxception() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var qm = new Mock(); + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, qm.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + deployModel.GetDependancies(Guid.Empty); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_FindDependancies")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployModel_FindDependancies_ValidResource_VerifyThatProxyIsCalled() + { + + var qm = new Mock(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object,new Mock().Object,qm.Object); + var res = new Mock(); + var resGuid = Guid.NewGuid(); + res.Setup(a => a.ResourceID).Returns(resGuid); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + deployModel.GetDependancies(Guid.Empty); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + qm.Verify(a => a.FetchDependencies(Guid.Empty)); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_FindDependancies")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployModel_FindDependancies_ValidResource_VerifyThatProxyIsCalledAndItemsAreReturned() + { + + var qm = new Mock(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, qm.Object); + var res = new Mock(); + var resGuid = Guid.NewGuid(); + res.Setup(a => a.ResourceID).Returns(resGuid); + qm.Setup(a => a.FetchDependencies(resGuid)).Returns(new List()); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + deployModel.GetDependancies(Guid.Empty); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_Save")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployModel_Save_NullParams_Excepxception() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var qm = new Mock(); + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, qm.Object); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + deployModel.Deploy(null); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_Save")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployModel_Save_ValidResource_VerifyThatProxyIsCalled() + { + + var qm = new Mock(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, qm.Object); + var res = new Mock(); + var resGuid = Guid.NewGuid(); + res.Setup(a => a.ResourceID).Returns(resGuid); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + deployModel.Deploy(res.Object); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + qm.Verify(a => a.FetchDependencies(resGuid)); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployModel_Save")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployModel_Save_ValidResource_VerifyThatProxyIsCalledAndItemsAreReturned() + { + + var qm = new Mock(); + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployModel = new DeployModel(new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, qm.Object); + var res = new Mock(); + var resGuid = Guid.NewGuid(); + res.Setup(a => a.ResourceID).Returns(resGuid); + qm.Setup(a => a.FetchDependencies(resGuid)).Returns(new List()); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + deployModel.Deploy(res.Object); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + + } + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/DeployStatsProviderTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/DeployStatsProviderTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f8d420a77bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/DeployStatsProviderTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,164 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests +{ + [TestClass] + public class DeployStatsProviderTests + { + //Given a set of predicates, the deploy stats calculator must return a summary that matches those predicates + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats_NullSource_ExpectError() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployStatsProvider = new DeployStatsProvider(); + deployStatsProvider.CalculateStats(null, new List(), new List()); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats_NullDestination_ExpectError() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployStatsProvider = new DeployStatsProvider(); + deployStatsProvider.CalculateStats(new List(), null, new List()); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats_NullPredicates_ExpectError() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployStatsProvider = new DeployStatsProvider(); + deployStatsProvider.CalculateStats(new List(), new List(), null); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats")] + public void DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats_EmptyValues_Expect_EmptyResults() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployStatsProvider = new DeployStatsProvider(); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var output = deployStatsProvider.CalculateStats(new List(), new List(), new List()); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsNotNull(output); + Assert.AreEqual(output.Count,0); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats")] + public void DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats_HasPredicatesAlwaysReturnsTrue_Expect_CountOfProjects() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployStatsProvider = new DeployStatsProvider(); + var pred = new Mock(); + // ReSharper disable once MaximumChainedReferences + pred.Setup(a => a.Predicate(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny>())).Returns(true); + pred.Setup(a => a.Name).Returns("BobThePredicate"); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var output = deployStatsProvider.CalculateStats(new List { new Mock().Object }, new List { new Mock().Object }, new List { pred.Object }); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsNotNull(output); + Assert.AreEqual(output.Count, 1); + Assert.AreEqual("BobThePredicate",output[0].Name); + Assert.AreEqual("1",output[0].Description); + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats")] + public void DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats_HasMultiplePredicatesAlwaysReturnsTrue_Expect_CountOfProjects() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployStatsProvider = new DeployStatsProvider(); + var pred = new Mock(); + // ReSharper disable once MaximumChainedReferences + pred.Setup(a => a.Predicate(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny>())).Returns(true); + pred.Setup(a => a.Name).Returns("BobThePredicate"); + + var pred2 = new Mock(); + // ReSharper disable once MaximumChainedReferences + pred2.Setup(a => a.Predicate(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny>())).Returns(false); + pred2.Setup(a => a.Name).Returns("DoraThePredicate"); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var output = deployStatsProvider.CalculateStats(new List { new Mock().Object }, new List { new Mock().Object }, new List { pred.Object , pred2.Object }); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsNotNull(output); + Assert.AreEqual(output.Count, 2); + Assert.AreEqual("BobThePredicate", output[0].Name); + Assert.AreEqual("1", output[0].Description); + Assert.AreEqual("DoraThePredicate", output[1].Name); + Assert.AreEqual("0", output[1].Description); + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats")] + public void DeployStatsProvider_CalculateStats_PredicateWithMultipleResources_Expect_CountOfProjects() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var deployStatsProvider = new DeployStatsProvider(); + var pred = new Mock(); + var resourceIds = new List {Guid.NewGuid(),Guid.NewGuid()}; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + // ReSharper disable once MaximumChainedReferences + pred.Setup(a => a.Predicate(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny>())).Returns(true); + pred.Setup(a => a.Name).Returns("BobThePredicate"); + + var pred2 = new Mock(); + // ReSharper disable once MaximumChainedReferences + pred2.Setup(a => a.Predicate(It.IsAny(), It.IsAny>(), It.IsAny>())).Returns(false); + pred2.Setup(a => a.Name).Returns("DoraThePredicate"); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var output = deployStatsProvider.CalculateStats(new List { selected1.Object,selected2.Object}, new List { destination1.Object }, new List { pred.Object, pred2.Object }); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsNotNull(output); + Assert.AreEqual(output.Count, 2); + Assert.AreEqual("BobThePredicate", output[0].Name); + Assert.AreEqual("2", output[0].Description); + Assert.AreEqual("DoraThePredicate", output[1].Name); + Assert.AreEqual("0", output[1].Description); + } + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ExistingforDeployPredicateTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ExistingforDeployPredicateTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2be030c1a4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ExistingforDeployPredicateTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests +{ + [TestClass] + public class ExistingforDeployPredicateTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExistingForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ExistingForDeployPredicate_Predicate_SingleExists_ExpectNoNew() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new ExistingForDeployPredicate(); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + var resourceIds = new List { Guid.NewGuid(), Guid.NewGuid() }; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(true); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsTrue(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExistingForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ExistingForDeployPredicate_Predicate_SingleNotExists_ExpectOneNew() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new ExistingForDeployPredicate(); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + var resourceIds = new List { Guid.NewGuid(), Guid.NewGuid() }; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(true); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExistingForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ExistingForDeployPredicate_Predicate_SingleNotExists_NotChecked_ExpectNoNew() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new ExistingForDeployPredicate(); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + var resourceIds = new List { Guid.NewGuid(), Guid.NewGuid() }; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(false); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ExistingForDeployPredicate_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ExistingForDeployPredicate_Predicate_Ctor() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new ExistingForDeployPredicate(); + Assert.AreEqual("Existing Resources", pred.Name); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Help/HelpDescriptorTest.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Help/HelpDescriptorTest.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56f523de826 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Help/HelpDescriptorTest.cs @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +using System.Windows.Media; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Warewolf.Core; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Help; +using Warewolf.UnittestingUtils; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.Help +{ + [TestClass] + public class HelpDescriptorTest + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("HelpDescriptor_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void HelpDescriptor_Ctor_NullParams_ExpectExceptionsThrown() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + NullArgumentConstructorHelper.AssertNullConstructor(new object [] { "bob", "dave", new DrawingImage() },typeof(HelpDescriptor)); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("HelpDescriptor_Ctor")] + public void HelpDescriptor_Ctor_ValidParams_VerifyProperties() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var img = new DrawingImage(); + var helpDescriptor = new HelpDescriptor("bob", "dave", img); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.AreEqual("dave",helpDescriptor.Description); + Assert.AreEqual("bob", helpDescriptor.Name); + Assert.AreEqual(img, helpDescriptor.Icon); + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Help/HelpDescriptorWindowModelTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Help/HelpDescriptorWindowModelTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f911f26810a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Help/HelpDescriptorWindowModelTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,74 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows.Media; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Core; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Help; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.Help +{ + [TestClass] + public class HelpDescriptorWindowModelTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("HelpDescriptorWindowModel_Ctor")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void HelpDescriptorWindowModel_Ctor_NullArgs_ExpectExceptions() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new HelpModel(null); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("HelpDescriptorWindowModel_Ctor")] + public void HelpDescriptorWindowModel_Ctor_ValidArgs_ExpectCorrectIntance() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var agg = new Mock(); + agg.Setup(a => a.GetEvent()).Returns(new HelpChangedEvent()); + // ReSharper disable ObjectCreationAsStatement + new HelpModel(agg.Object); + // ReSharper restore ObjectCreationAsStatement + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + agg.Verify(a=>a.GetEvent()); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("HelpDescriptorWindowModel_Ctor")] + public void HelpDescriptorWindowModel_Fire_Events_ExpectThatEventIsFired() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var agg = new Mock(); + agg.Setup(a => a.GetEvent()).Returns(new HelpChangedEvent()); + var helpModel = new HelpModel(agg.Object); + IHelpDescriptor desc = null; + PrivateObject pvt = new PrivateObject(helpModel); + helpModel.OnHelpTextReceived += ((a, b) => { desc = b; }); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + pvt.Invoke("FireOnHelpReceived", new object[] { new HelpDescriptor("bob", "the", new DrawingImage()) }); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsNotNull(desc); + Assert.AreEqual("bob",desc.Name); + Assert.AreEqual("the",desc.Description); + } + + + + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/NewPredicateTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/NewPredicateTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..008afa0eafa --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/NewPredicateTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests +{ + [TestClass] + public class NewPredicateTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("NewForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void NewForDeployPredicate_Predicate_SingleExists_ExpectNoNew() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new NewForDeployPredicate(); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + var resourceIds = new List { Guid.NewGuid(), Guid.NewGuid() }; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(true); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("NewForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void NewForDeployPredicate_Predicate_SingleNotExists_ExpectOneNew() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new NewForDeployPredicate(); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + var resourceIds = new List { Guid.NewGuid(), Guid.NewGuid() }; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(true); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsTrue(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("NewForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void NewForDeployPredicate_Predicate_SingleNotExists_NotChecked_ExpectNoNew() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new NewForDeployPredicate(); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + var resourceIds = new List { Guid.NewGuid(), Guid.NewGuid() }; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(false); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[0]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("NewForDeployPredicate_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void NewForDeployPredicate_Predicate_Ctor() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var pred = new NewForDeployPredicate(); + Assert.AreEqual( "New Resources",pred.Name); + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d21b894503c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2014")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("aa004b30-8b73-4889-a201-61557d8e8672")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/SelectedForDeployPredicatecs.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/SelectedForDeployPredicatecs.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d274b41dc82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/SelectedForDeployPredicatecs.cs @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests +{ + [TestClass] + public class SelectedForDeployPredicatesTest + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("SelectedForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void SelectedForDeployPredicate_Predicate_ItemChecked_ExpectTrue() + + { + + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var pred = new SelectedForDeployPredicate(new List()); + var resourceIds = new List {Guid.NewGuid(),Guid.NewGuid()}; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(true); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsTrue(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("SelectedForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + public void SelectedForDeployPredicate_Predicate_Ctor_ExpectThatNameAndExclusionsAreCorrect() + { + + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var excludedTypes = new List{ResourceType.Folder}; + + var pred = new SelectedForDeployPredicate(excludedTypes); + + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.AreEqual("Selected",pred.Name); + Assert.AreEqual(pred.ExcludedTypes, excludedTypes); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("SelectedForDeployPredicate_Predicate")] + public void SelectedForDeployPredicate_Predicate_ItemNoChecked_ExpectFalse() + { + + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var pred = new SelectedForDeployPredicate(new List()); + var resourceIds = new List { Guid.NewGuid(), Guid.NewGuid() }; + var selected1 = new Mock(); + selected1.Setup(a => a.Checked).Returns(false); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var selected2 = new Mock(); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + selected2.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + var destination1 = new Mock(); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceId).Returns(resourceIds[1]); + destination1.Setup(a => a.ResourceType).Returns(ResourceType.DbService); + + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(pred.Predicate(selected1.Object, new List { selected1.Object, selected2.Object }, new List { destination1.Object })); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ToolBox/ToolDescriptorTest.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ToolBox/ToolDescriptorTest.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e19b3c3bc4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ToolBox/ToolDescriptorTest.cs @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +using System; +using System.Windows.Media; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Core; +using Warewolf.UnittestingUtils; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.ToolBox +{ + [TestClass] + public class ToolDescriptorTest + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolDescriptor_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ToolDescriptor_Ctor_NullParams_ExpectExceptions() + + { + + NullArgumentConstructorHelper.AssertNullConstructor(new object[] { Guid.NewGuid(), new WarewolfType("bob", new Version(), "dave"), new WarewolfType("bob", new Version(), "dave"), "bob", "", new Version(1, 2, 3), true, "cat", ToolType.Native, "" }, typeof(ToolDescriptor)); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolDescriptor_Ctor")] + public void ToolDescriptor_Ctor_ValidParams_ExpectPropertiesSet() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var help = new Mock().Object; + ToolDescriptor t = new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(), new WarewolfType("bob", new Version(), "dave"), new WarewolfType("bob", new Version(), "dave"), "bob", "icon", new Version(1, 2, 3), true, "cat", ToolType.Native, ""); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + //Assert.AreEqual(typeof(Guid),t.Activity); + //Assert.AreEqual(typeof(Mock), t.Model); + //Assert.AreEqual(typeof(String), t.Designer); + Assert.AreNotEqual(t.Id,Guid.Empty); + Assert.AreEqual("bob",t.Name); + Assert.AreEqual("icon",t.Icon); + Assert.AreEqual(t.Version,new Version(1,2,3)); + //Assert.AreEqual(t.Helpdescriptor,help); + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolDescriptor_Equality")] + public void ToolDescriptor_Equality_CheckEqualityOptions() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + var help = new Mock().Object; + ToolDescriptor t = new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(), new WarewolfType("bob", new Version(), "dave"), new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), "bob", "", new Version(1, 2, 3), true, "cat", ToolType.Native, ""); + ToolDescriptor u = new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(), new WarewolfType("bob", new Version(), "dave"), new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), "bob", "", new Version(1, 2, 3), true, "cat", ToolType.Native, ""); + ToolDescriptor v = new ToolDescriptor(t.Id, new WarewolfType("bob", new Version(), "dave"), new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), "bob", "", new Version(1, 2, 3), true, "cat", ToolType.Native, ""); + ToolDescriptor w = new ToolDescriptor(t.Id, new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), "bob", "", new Version(1, 2, 4), true, "cat", ToolType.Native, ""); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + //basic + Assert.AreNotEqual(t,null); + Assert.IsFalse(t==null); + Assert.IsTrue(t!=null); + Assert.IsTrue(t.Equals(t)); + //different guid + Assert.IsTrue(t!=u); + Assert.IsFalse(t==u); + //same guid and same version + Assert.IsFalse(t != v); + Assert.IsTrue(t == v); + Assert.IsTrue(t.Equals(v)); + + //same guid and diff version + Assert.IsTrue(t != w); + Assert.IsFalse(t == w); + Assert.IsFalse(t.Equals(w)); + + Assert.AreNotEqual(t.GetHashCode(),w.GetHashCode()); + Assert.AreNotEqual(0,t.GetHashCode()); + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ToolBox/ToolboxModelTests.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ToolBox/ToolboxModelTests.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..169c23d3a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/ToolBox/ToolboxModelTests.cs @@ -0,0 +1,447 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Windows.Media; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerProxyLayer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Core; +using Warewolf.Studio.Models.Toolbox; +using Warewolf.UnittestingUtils; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.ToolBox +{ + [TestClass] + public class ToolboxModelTests + { + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Ctor")] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public void ToolboxModel_Ctor_NullParams_ExpectErrors() + + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + NullArgumentConstructorHelper.AssertNullConstructor(new object[] { new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object, new Mock().Object }, typeof(ToolboxModel)); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Ctor")] + public void ToolboxModel_Ctor_ValidParams_ExpectPropertiesSet() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + PrivateObject p = new PrivateObject(model); + Assert.AreEqual(server.Object, model.Server); + Assert.AreEqual(localserver.Object, p.GetField("_localServer")); + Assert.AreEqual(pluginProxy.Object, p.GetField("_pluginProxy")); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Load")] + public void ToolboxModel_Load_ValidParams_GetTools() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + var tools = model.GetTools(); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.AreEqual(servertools,tools); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Load")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void ToolboxModel_Load_NullParam_ExpectException() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + var tools = model.IsToolSupported(null); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.AreEqual(servertools, tools); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Supported")] + public void ToolboxModel_Supported_ValueExists_ExpectTrue() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + var supported = model.IsToolSupported(servertools[1]); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsTrue(supported); + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Supported")] + public void ToolboxModel_Supported_ValueDoesExists_ExpectFalse() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + var supported = model.IsToolSupported(new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(), new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), "name", "", new Version(1, 2, 3), false, "cate", ToolType.User, "")); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(supported); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Supported")] + public void ToolboxModel_Supported_ValueDoesExistsDifferentVersion_ExpectFalse() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + var supported = model.IsToolSupported(new ToolDescriptor(servertools[0].Id, new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ), "name", "", new Version(1, 2, 4), false, "cate", ToolType.User, "")); + //------------Assert Results------------------------- + Assert.IsFalse(supported); + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_LoadLoadTool")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void ToolboxModel_LoadTool_Null_ExpectException() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + model.LoadTool(null,new byte[0]); + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_LoadLoadTool")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void ToolboxModel_LoadTool_NullDll_ExpectException() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + model.LoadTool(servertools[0], null); + server.Verify(a=>a.ReloadTools()); + + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_LoadLoadTool")] + public void ToolboxModel_LoadTool_ValidArgs_ExpectpassThrough() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + model.LoadTool(servertools[0], new byte[0]); + server.Verify(a => a.ReloadTools()); + pluginProxy.Verify(a => a.LoadTool(servertools[0],It.IsAny())); + + } + + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_DeleteTool")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void ToolboxModel_DeletTool_NullDescriptor_ExpectException() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + model.DeleteTool( null); + + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_DeleteTool")] + public void ToolboxModel_DeletTool_ValidDescriptor_ExpectPassThrough() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + model.DeleteTool(servertools[0]); + + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Filter")] + [ExpectedException(typeof(ArgumentNullException))] + public void ToolboxModel_Filter_NullString_ExpectException() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + model.Filter(null); + + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Filter")] + public void ToolboxModel_Filter_EmptyString_ExpectAllvalues() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"dar","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + Assert.AreEqual(2,model.Filter("").Count); + + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Filter")] + public void ToolboxModel_Filter_String_ExpectFilteredValues() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"dar","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + Assert.AreEqual(1, model.Filter("nam").Count); + + + } + + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Connected")] + public void ToolboxModel_Connected_LocalNotConnected_ExpectFalse() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + server.Setup(a => a.IsConnected()).Returns(true); + var localserver = new Mock(); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"dar","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + Assert.IsFalse(model.IsEnabled()); + + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Connected")] + public void ToolboxModel_Connected_RemoteNotConnected_ExpectFalse() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + server.Setup(a => a.IsConnected()).Returns(false); + var localserver = new Mock(); + localserver.Setup(a => a.IsConnected()).Returns(true); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"dar","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + Assert.IsFalse(model.IsEnabled()); + + + } + [TestMethod] + [Owner("Leon Rajindrapersadh")] + [TestCategory("ToolboxModel_Connected")] + public void ToolboxModel_Connected_RemoteAndLocalConnected_ExpectTrue() + { + //------------Setup for test-------------------------- + + var server = new Mock(); + server.Setup(a => a.IsConnected()).Returns(true); + var localserver = new Mock(); + localserver.Setup(a => a.IsConnected()).Returns(true); + var pluginProxy = new Mock(); + IList servertools = new IToolDescriptor[] + { + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"name","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, ""), + new ToolDescriptor(Guid.NewGuid(),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),new WarewolfType("bob",new Version(),"dave" ),"dar","",new Version(1,2,3),false,"cate",ToolType.User, "") + }; + server.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + localserver.Setup(a => a.LoadTools()).Returns(servertools); + //------------Execute Test--------------------------- + var model = new ToolboxModel(server.Object, localserver.Object, pluginProxy.Object); + Assert.IsTrue(model.IsEnabled()); + + + } + // ReSharper restore InconsistentNaming + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..90e4c2bb50d --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {0BACFDB5-826A-41AF-9710-6CB8E51007DD} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests + Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests + v4.5 + 512 + ..\ + true + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\packages\Prism.PubSubEvents.1.0.0\lib\portable-sl4+wp7+windows8+net40\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents.dll + + + + ..\Binaries\Moq.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F} + Dev2.Infrastructure + + + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78} + Warewolf.Core + + + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31} + Warewolf.Studio.Models + + + {3E50D2EE-9FA9-4A23-8E6F-3493F47D05DC} + Warewolf.UnittestingUtils + + + + + + + + + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/app.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/app.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3813caecf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/app.config @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/packages.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/packages.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d219c1c148 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models.Tests/packages.config @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ConflictPredicate.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ConflictPredicate.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2586cc496d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ConflictPredicate.cs @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class ConflictPredicate:IDeployPredicate + { + public ConflictPredicate(string name) + { + Name = name; + } + + #region Implementation of IDeployPredicate + + public bool Predicate(IExplorerItemViewModel resource, ICollection selectedSourceResources, ICollection destinationResources) + { + return destinationResources.Any(a => a.ResourceId == resource.ResourceId); + } + + public string Name { get; private set; } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployConflictHandler.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployConflictHandler.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..3a632b3b130 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployConflictHandler.cs @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Deploy; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class DeployConflictHandlerViewModel : IConflictHandlerViewModel + { + public DeployConflictHandlerViewModel(IDeployPredicate predicate) + { + Predicate = predicate; + } + + #region Implementation of IConflictHandlerViewModel + + /// + /// Handles conflicts + /// + /// + public bool HandleConflicts(IEnvironmentViewModel source, IEnvironmentViewModel destination) + { + var conflicts = new List(); + // ReSharper disable once LoopCanBeConvertedToQuery + foreach(var sourceItem in source.AsList().Where(a=>a.Checked)) + { + if( Predicate.Predicate(sourceItem,source.Children,destination.Children)) + conflicts.Add(new Conflict(sourceItem.ResourceId, sourceItem.ResourceName, destination.AsList().First(a=>a.ResourceId==sourceItem.ResourceId).ResourceName)); + } + if(conflicts.Any()){ + Conflicts = conflicts; + if(ShowConflictsWindow()) + { + + } + //todo:show conflict Window + return true; + } + return true; + } + + bool ShowConflictsWindow() + { + return false; + } + + public IList Conflicts { get; set; } + + + public IDeployPredicate Predicate { get; private set; } + #endregion + } + + public class Conflict : IConflict { + public Conflict(Guid id, string sourceName, string destinationName) + { + DestinationName = destinationName; + SourceName = sourceName; + Id = id; + } + + #region Implementation of IConflict + + public Guid Id { get; private set; } + public string SourceName { get; private set; } + public string DestinationName { get; private set; } + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployModel.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployModel.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0f062d5a1d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployModel.cs @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Deploy; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Security; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerProxyLayer; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class DeployModel : IDeployModel + { + readonly IUpdateManager _updateManager; + readonly IQueryManager _queryManager; + //todo: change to environment + public DeployModel(IServer server,IUpdateManager updateManager,IQueryManager queryManager) + { + VerifyArgument.AreNotNull(new Dictionary { { "server", server }, { "updateManager", updateManager }, { "queryManager", QueryManager } }); + _updateManager = updateManager; + _queryManager = queryManager; + Server = server; + } + + #region Implementation of IDeployModel + + public IServer Server { get; private set; } + public IUpdateManager UpdateManager + { + get + { + return _updateManager; + } + } + public IQueryManager QueryManager + { + get + { + return _queryManager; + } + } + + public void Deploy(IResource resource) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("resource", resource); + if(CanDeploy(resource)) + _updateManager.DeployItem(resource); + else + { + throw new WarewolfPermissionsException("The user does not have the right to deploy to this resource"); + } + } + + public IList GetDependancies(Guid id) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("resource", id); + return _queryManager.FetchDependencies(id); + } + + public bool CanDeploy(IResource resource) + { + return resource.UserPermissions.HasFlag(Permissions.DeployFrom); + } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployStatsProvider.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployStatsProvider.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..06afa7d6732 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/DeployStatsProvider.cs @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class DeployStatsProvider : IDeployStatsProvider + { + #region Implementation of IDeployStatsProvider + + public IList CalculateStats(IList selectedSourceResources, IList destinationResources, IList predicates) + { + VerifyArgument.AreNotNull(new Dictionary { { "selectedSourceResources", selectedSourceResources }, { "destinationResources", destinationResources }, { "predicates", predicates } }); + if (predicates.Count == 0) + return new List(); + return predicates.Select(a => CreateDeployStatsTO(selectedSourceResources, destinationResources, a)).ToList(); + + } + public IList RetrieveMatchingSelecteItems(IList selectedSourceResources, IList destinationResources, IList predicates) + { + VerifyArgument.AreNotNull(new Dictionary { { "selectedSourceResources", selectedSourceResources }, { "destinationResources", destinationResources }, { "predicates", predicates } }); + if (predicates.Count == 0) + return new List(); + return predicates.SelectMany(GetItemsThatMatchPredicate(selectedSourceResources, destinationResources)).ToList(); + + } + + static Func> GetItemsThatMatchPredicate(IList selectedSourceResources, IList destinationResources) + { + return a => selectedSourceResources.Where(b=>a.Predicate(b,selectedSourceResources,destinationResources)); + } + + static IDeployStatsTO CreateDeployStatsTO(ICollection selectedSourceResources, ICollection destinationResources, IDeployPredicate a) + { + return new DeployStatsTO(a.Name, selectedSourceResources.Count(b => a.Predicate(b, selectedSourceResources, destinationResources)).ToString()); + } + + #endregion + + #region Implementation of IDeployStatsProvider + + public IList CalculateStats(ICollection selectedSourceResources, ICollection destinationResources, ICollection predicates) + { + VerifyArgument.AreNotNull(new Dictionary { { "selectedSourceResources", selectedSourceResources }, { "destinationResources", destinationResources }, { "predicates", predicates } }); + if (predicates.Count == 0) + return new List(); + return predicates.Select(a => CreateDeployStatsTO(selectedSourceResources, destinationResources, a)).ToList(); + } + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ExpectedForDeployPredicate.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ExpectedForDeployPredicate.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5af6a3a6a78 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ExpectedForDeployPredicate.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class ExistingForDeployPredicate : IDeployPredicate + { + public ExistingForDeployPredicate() + { + + Name = "Existing Resources"; + } + + #region Implementation of IDeployPredicate + + public bool Predicate(IExplorerItemViewModel resource, ICollection selectedSourceResources, ICollection destinationResources) + { + return resource.Checked && destinationResources.Any(a => a.ResourceId == resource.ResourceId); + } + + + + public string Name { get; private set; } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/NewForDeployPredicate.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/NewForDeployPredicate.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..26a5161e389 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/NewForDeployPredicate.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class NewForDeployPredicate : IDeployPredicate + { + public NewForDeployPredicate() + { + + Name = "New Resources"; + } + + #region Implementation of IDeployPredicate + + public bool Predicate(IExplorerItemViewModel resource, ICollection selectedSourceResources, ICollection destinationResources) + { + return resource.Checked && destinationResources.All(a => a.ResourceId != resource.ResourceId); + } + + + + public string Name { get; private set; } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ResouceTypeAndPathPredicate.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ResouceTypeAndPathPredicate.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9a6b9ec312a --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/ResouceTypeAndPathPredicate.cs @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class ResouceTypeAndPathPredicate:IDeployPredicate + { + public ResouceTypeAndPathPredicate(string name, IList paths, ResourceType resourceType) + { + ResourceType = resourceType; + Name = name; + Paths = paths; + } + + #region Implementation of IDeployPredicate + + public bool Predicate(IExplorerItemViewModel resource, ICollection selectedSourceResources, ICollection destinationResources) + { + return (ResourceType.HasFlag(resource.ResourceType)); + } + + public ResourceType ResourceType { get; private set; } + + public string Name { get; private set; } + public IList Paths { get; private set; } + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/SelectedForDeployPredicate.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/SelectedForDeployPredicate.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6fe185d2413 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Deploy/SelectedForDeployPredicate.cs @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Dev2.Studio.TO; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Deploy +{ + public class SelectedForDeployPredicate : IDeployPredicate + { + public SelectedForDeployPredicate( IList excludedTypes) + { + ExcludedTypes = excludedTypes; + Name = "Selected"; + } + + #region Implementation of IDeployPredicate + + public bool Predicate(IExplorerItemViewModel resource, ICollection selectedSourceResources, ICollection destinationResources) + { + return resource.Checked && !ExcludedTypes.Contains(resource.ResourceType); + } + + public IList ExcludedTypes { get; private set; } + + public string Name { get; private set; } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Help/HelpModel.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Help/HelpModel.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..05ea5c7e6da --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Help/HelpModel.cs @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +using System; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Help +{ + public class HelpModel:IHelpWindowModel,IDisposable + { + #region Implementation of IHelpWindowModel + + readonly IEventAggregator _aggregator; + + public HelpModel(IEventAggregator aggregator) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("aggregator",aggregator); + _aggregator = aggregator; + _token=_aggregator.GetEvent().Subscribe(FireOnHelpReceived); + } + + private void FireOnHelpReceived(IHelpDescriptor obj) + { + if(OnHelpTextReceived != null) + { + OnHelpTextReceived(this, obj); + } + } + + public event HelpTextReceived OnHelpTextReceived; + private readonly SubscriptionToken _token; + + #endregion + + public void Dispose() + { + if(_token!=null) + _aggregator.GetEvent().Unsubscribe(_token); + } + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Help/IHelpChangedEvent.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Help/IHelpChangedEvent.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9592661615c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Help/IHelpChangedEvent.cs @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Help; +using Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Help +{ + public class HelpChangedEvent:PubSubEvent + { + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..071fae1a068 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Properties/AssemblyInfo.cs @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +using System.Reflection; +using System.Runtime.CompilerServices; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; + +// General Information about an assembly is controlled through the following +// set of attributes. Change these attribute values to modify the information +// associated with an assembly. +[assembly: AssemblyTitle("Warewolf.Studio.Models")] +[assembly: AssemblyDescription("")] +[assembly: AssemblyConfiguration("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCompany("Microsoft")] +[assembly: AssemblyProduct("Warewolf.Studio.Models")] +[assembly: AssemblyCopyright("Copyright © Microsoft 2014")] +[assembly: AssemblyTrademark("")] +[assembly: AssemblyCulture("")] + +// Setting ComVisible to false makes the types in this assembly not visible +// to COM components. If you need to access a type in this assembly from +// COM, set the ComVisible attribute to true on that type. +[assembly: ComVisible(false)] + +// The following GUID is for the ID of the typelib if this project is exposed to COM +[assembly: Guid("32a10180-6afa-4dd0-bf4a-906febb3d7dc")] + +// Version information for an assembly consists of the following four values: +// +// Major Version +// Minor Version +// Build Number +// Revision +// +// You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers +// by using the '*' as shown below: +// [assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.*")] +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("1.0.0.0")] +[assembly: AssemblyFileVersion("1.0.0.0")] diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/ToolBoxModel.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/ToolBoxModel.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2433f8bf68b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/ToolBoxModel.cs @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using Dev2; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ServerProxyLayer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Toolbox +{ + public class ToolboxModel:IToolboxModel + { + readonly IServer _localServer; + readonly IPluginProxy _pluginProxy; + public ToolboxModel(IServer server, IServer localServer, IPluginProxy pluginProxy) + { + VerifyArgument.AreNotNull(new Dictionary{{"server",server},{"localServer",localServer},{"pluginProxy",pluginProxy}}); + _localServer = localServer; + _pluginProxy = pluginProxy; + Server = server; + } + + public IServer Server { get; set; } + + + #region Implementation of IToolboxModel + + /// + /// gets the description of tools from the connected server + /// + /// + public IList GetTools() + { + return Server.LoadTools(); + } + + /// + /// Checks if a tool is supported by confirming if the local server has the same tool + /// + /// + /// + public bool IsToolSupported(IToolDescriptor tool) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("tool",tool); + return _localServer.LoadTools().Contains(tool); + } + + /// + /// Loads a tool onto a server. This will copy dll onto a server.Refreshes the server tools afterwards. + /// Only tools available on the local server can be deployed to another server + /// + /// + /// + public void LoadTool(IToolDescriptor tool, byte[] dllBytes) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("tool",tool); + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("dllBytes", dllBytes); + _pluginProxy.LoadTool(tool, dllBytes); + Server.ReloadTools(); + } + + /// + /// Delete a tool from the connected server. this will delete the dll associated with the tool and refresh the server + /// + /// + public void DeleteTool(IToolDescriptor tool) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("tool",tool); + _pluginProxy.DeleteTool(tool); + Server.ReloadTools(); + } + + /// + /// filter the list of available tools + /// + /// the string that the name must contain + /// + public IList Filter(string search) + { + VerifyArgument.IsNotNull("search", search); + // pure calls + // ReSharper disable MaximumChainedReferences + return Server.LoadTools().Where(a => a.Name.Contains(search)).ToList(); + // ReSharper restore MaximumChainedReferences + } + + /// + /// Is connected. + /// + /// + public bool IsEnabled() + { + return Server.IsConnected() && _localServer.IsConnected(); + } + + public event ServerDisconnected OnserverDisconnected; + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/ToolDescriptorViewModel.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/ToolDescriptorViewModel.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f400927640e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/ToolDescriptorViewModel.cs @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +using System; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Linq; +using System.Text; +using System.Threading.Tasks; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Toolbox +{ + class ToolDescriptorViewModel + { + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/WarewolfUnsupportedToolException.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/WarewolfUnsupportedToolException.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7762d905cb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Toolbox/WarewolfUnsupportedToolException.cs @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +using System; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.ErrorHandling; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models.Toolbox +{ + class WarewolfUnsupportedToolException : WarewolfException + { + // ReSharper disable TooManyDependencies + public WarewolfUnsupportedToolException(string message, Exception innerException) + // ReSharper restore TooManyDependencies + : base(message, innerException, ExceptionType.Execution, ExceptionSeverity.Error) + { + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Warewolf.Studio.Models.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Warewolf.Studio.Models.csproj new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..68d2ffbac04 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/Warewolf.Studio.Models.csproj @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ + + + + + Debug + AnyCPU + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31} + Library + Properties + Warewolf.Studio.Models + Warewolf.Studio.Models + v4.5 + 512 + ..\ + true + + + true + full + false + bin\Debug\ + DEBUG;TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + pdbonly + true + bin\Release\ + TRACE + prompt + 4 + + + + ..\packages\Prism.PubSubEvents.1.0.0\lib\portable-sl4+wp7+windows8+net40\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.PubSubEvents.dll + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {615EAE6D-040C-4364-B708-63DC8755CD4F} + Dev2.Infrastructure + + + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E} + Dev2.Studio + + + + + + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/WarewolfPermissionsException.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/WarewolfPermissionsException.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a14659d3cb5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/WarewolfPermissionsException.cs @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +using System; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Models +{ + public class WarewolfPermissionsException : Exception + { + + + public WarewolfPermissionsException(string theUserDoesNotHaveTheRightTODeployTOThisResource):base(theUserDoesNotHaveTheRightTODeployTOThisResource) + { + + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/app.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/app.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3813caecf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/app.config @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/packages.config b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/packages.config new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6d219c1c148 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Models/packages.config @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.Designer.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.Designer.cs index 75611d9b1c7..b712f427bda 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.Designer.cs +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.Designer.cs @@ -91,565 +91,1958 @@ public static string About_Header_Text { } } + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Business Design Studio Administrators,Business Design Studio Developers,Business Design Studio Users. + /// + public static string AllowedRoles_DevelopmentEnvironment { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("AllowedRoles_DevelopmentEnvironment", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Business Design Studio Administrators,Business Design Studio Testers. + /// + public static string AllowedRoles_LiveEnvironment { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("AllowedRoles_LiveEnvironment", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Business Design Studio Administrators,Business Design Studio Testers,Business Design Studio Developers. + /// + public static string AllowedRoles_TestingEnvironment { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("AllowedRoles_TestingEnvironment", resourceCulture); + } + } + /// /// Looks up a localized string similar to Warewolf. /// - public static string App_Data_Directory { + public static string App_Data_Directory { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("App_Data_Directory", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Authentication Type:. + /// + public static string AuthenticationTypeLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("AuthenticationTypeLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Business Design Studio Administrators. + /// + public static string BDSAdminRole { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("BDSAdminRole", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Business Design Studio Developers. + /// + public static string BDSDeveloperRole { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("BDSDeveloperRole", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Business Design Studio Testers. + /// + public static string BDSTestingRole { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("BDSTestingRole", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Business Design Studio Users. + /// + public static string BDSUserRole { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("BDSUserRole", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to BrowserCache. + /// + public static string BrowserCacheFolder { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("BrowserCacheFolder", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Cancel Test. + /// + public static string CancelTest { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("CancelTest", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ConnectControlConnectionsToolTip. + /// + public static string ConnectControlConnectionsToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ConnectControlConnectionsToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ConnectControlEditConnectionToolTip. + /// + public static string ConnectControlEditConnectionToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ConnectControlEditConnectionToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ConnectControlToggleConnectionToolTip. + /// + public static string ConnectControlToggleConnectionToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ConnectControlToggleConnectionToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Critical Error. + /// + public static string CritErrorTitle { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("CritErrorTitle", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Critical : Warewolf Must Restart. All open tabs will be saved. Please take the time to report this error to the community.. + /// + public static string CriticalExceptionMessage { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("CriticalExceptionMessage", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Database:. + /// + public static string DatabaseSourceDatabaseLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DatabaseSourceDatabaseLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to DatabaseSourceDatabaseToolTip. + /// + public static string DatabaseSourceDatabaseToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DatabaseSourceDatabaseToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Server:. + /// + public static string DatabaseSourceServerLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DatabaseSourceServerLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to DatabaseSourceServerToolTip. + /// + public static string DatabaseSourceServerToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DatabaseSourceServerToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Type:. + /// + public static string DatabaseSourceTypeLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DatabaseSourceTypeLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to DatabaseSourceTypeTooltip. + /// + public static string DatabaseSourceTypeToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DatabaseSourceTypeToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to //Inputs. + /// + public static string DataMapping_InputXpathExpression { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DataMapping_InputXpathExpression", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to //Outputs. + /// + public static string DataMapping_OutputXpathExpression { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DataMapping_OutputXpathExpression", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to DebugData. + /// + public static string DebugData_FilePath { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DebugData_FilePath", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to DebugToolTip. + /// + public static string DebugToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DebugToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to 3142. + /// + public static string Default_WebServer_Port { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Default_WebServer_Port", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to localhost. + /// + public static string DefaultEnvironmentName { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DefaultEnvironmentName", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Are you sure you want to delete {0}?. + /// + public static string DeleteConfirmation { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DeleteConfirmation", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to "Are you sure you want to delete {0}?". + /// + public static string DeleteVersionMessage { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DeleteVersionMessage", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Delete Version. + /// + public static string DeleteVersionMessageHeader { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DeleteVersionMessageHeader", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to TUW-DEVFS/dsfDev. + /// + public static string Dev_SPN_Endpoint_Identity { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Dev_SPN_Endpoint_Identity", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to LDAP://premier.local. + /// + public static string Dev2StudioLDAPEndpoint { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Dev2StudioLDAPEndpoint", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Offline. + /// + public static string Dev2StudioSecurityMode { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Dev2StudioSecurityMode", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Are you sure you wish to delete the {0} {1}? + /// + ///Version History will also be deleted.. + /// + public static string DialogBody_ConfirmDelete { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_ConfirmDelete", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Are you sure you wish to delete {0} folder and all its contents?. + /// + public static string DialogBody_ConfirmFolderDelete { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_ConfirmFolderDelete", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to This folder cannot be deleted because it contains resources with dependants.. + /// + public static string DialogBody_FolderContentsHaveDependencies { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_FolderContentsHaveDependencies", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The {0} {1} cannot be deleted because something depends on it.. + /// + public static string DialogBody_HasDependencies { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_HasDependencies", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The {0} {1} cannot be renamed because a resource with that name already exists on the same server.. + /// + public static string DialogBody_HasDuplicateName { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_HasDuplicateName", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Couldn't find the resource needed to display the wizard. Please ensure that a resource with the name 'Dev2ServiceDetails' exists.. + /// + public static string DialogBody_MissingWizard { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_MissingWizard", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The workflow '{0}' that you are closing is not saved. + ///Would you like to save the workflow? + ///------------------------------------------------------------------- + ///Yes - Save the workflow. + ///No - Discard your changes. + ///Cancel - Returns you to the workflow.. + /// + public static string DialogBody_NotSaved { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_NotSaved", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to A new version of Warewolf is available: + /// + ///Warewolf-{0}.exe + /// + ///Would you like to download now?. + /// + public static string DialogBody_UpdateAvailable { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_UpdateAvailable", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to A new version of Warewolf has already been downloaded: + /// + ///Warewolf-{0}.exe + /// + ///Would you like to start the setup now?. + /// + public static string DialogBody_UpdateReady { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_UpdateReady", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Confirm delete.. + /// + public static string DialogTitle_ConfirmDelete { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_ConfirmDelete", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Folder has dependants. + /// + public static string DialogTitle_FolderHasDependencies { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_FolderHasDependencies", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to {0} has dependants. + /// + public static string DialogTitle_HasDependencies { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_HasDependencies", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to {0} exists. + /// + public static string DialogTitle_HasDuplicateName { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_HasDuplicateName", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Missing Wizard. + /// + public static string DialogTitle_MissingWizard { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_MissingWizard", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Workflow not saved.... + /// + public static string DialogTitle_NotSaved { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_NotSaved", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Did you know?. + /// + public static string DidYouKnow { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DidYouKnow", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to You are not allowed to drag remote workflows onto a remote service designer.. + /// + public static string DragRemoteNotSupported { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DragRemoteNotSupported", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid Designer Operation. + /// + public static string DragRemoteNotSupportedHeader { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DragRemoteNotSupportedHeader", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Development Environment. + /// + public static string DsfChannelName_Development_Environment { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DsfChannelName_Development_Environment", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Live Environment. + /// + public static string DsfChannelName_Live_Environment { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DsfChannelName_Live_Environment", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Testing Environment. + /// + public static string DsfChannelName_Testing_Environment { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("DsfChannelName_Testing_Environment", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to EnvironmentExplorerRefreshToolTip. + /// + public static string EnvironmentExplorerRefreshToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("EnvironmentExplorerRefreshToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Environments. + /// + public static string Environments_Directory { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Environments_Directory", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Connection Failed. + /// + public static string Error_Connect_Failed { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Error_Connect_Failed", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Address not valid. + /// + public static string Error_DSF_Address_Not_Valid { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Error_DSF_Address_Not_Valid", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Name not provided. + /// + public static string Error_DSF_Name_Not_Provided { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Error_DSF_Name_Not_Provided", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Directory Not found. + /// + public static string Error_Environments_Directory_Not_Found { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Error_Environments_Directory_Not_Found", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The recordset name is a duplicate of an existing recordset. Recordset names must be unique.. + /// + public static string ErrorMessageDuplicateRecordset { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageDuplicateRecordset", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Variable names must be unique.. + /// + public static string ErrorMessageDuplicateValue { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageDuplicateValue", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to This variable name is a duplicate of an existing variable. Variable names must be unique.. + /// + public static string ErrorMessageDuplicateVariable { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageDuplicateVariable", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Recordset must contain one or more field(s).. + /// + public static string ErrorMessageEmptyRecordSet { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageEmptyRecordSet", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Variable name contains invalid character(s).. + /// + public static string ErrorMessageInvalidChar { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageInvalidChar", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error : . + /// + public static string ErrorPrefix { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorPrefix", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error. + /// + public static string ErrorTitle { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorTitle", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://warewolf.io/eula/. + /// + public static string EULA_Link { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("EULA_Link", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Warewolf EULA. + /// + public static string EULA_Text { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("EULA_Text", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The {0} example cannot be found. + /// Please re-install or upgrade to the latest version to resolve this issue. + /// + public static string ExampleWorkflowNotFound { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ExampleWorkflowNotFound", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ExplorerItemEditToolTip. + /// + public static string ExplorerItemEditToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ExplorerItemEditToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ExplorerItemExecuteToolTip. + /// + public static string ExplorerItemExecuteToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ExplorerItemExecuteToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ExplorerRefreshToolTip. + /// + public static string ExplorerRefreshToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ExplorerRefreshToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ExplorerSearchToolTip. + /// + public static string ExplorerSearchToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("ExplorerSearchToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Feedback. + /// + public static string Feedback_Recordings_Directory { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Feedback_Recordings_Directory", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to feedback@warewolf.io. + /// + public static string FeedbackEmail { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("FeedbackEmail", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to AttachmentPath must contain exactly one semicolon seperator, between recording log file and server log file.. + /// + public static string FeedbackViewModel_Init_ArgException { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("FeedbackViewModel_Init_ArgException", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Are you sure?. + /// + public static string GenericConfirmation { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("GenericConfirmation", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Provide a value for the case that you are creating. E.g If you want to do specific visual logic for Durban then you will provide Durban as a case value. + /// + public static string HelpContent_CaseValue { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("HelpContent_CaseValue", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Provides the name of the type of data that will be used to switch logic. E.g If you want visual logic to be defined for different cities you would use a Switch value of City. If you are unsure of what the actual switch values are then contact your administrator . + /// + public static string HelpContent_SwitchValue { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("HelpContent_SwitchValue", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to \\tuw-devfs\bdsimages\activity.png. + /// + public static string Icon_Default_Path { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Icon_Default_Path", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to You can pass variables into your workflow{0}by selecting the Input checkbox{0}in the Variables window.. + /// + public static string InputVariablesTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("InputVariablesTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid Expression: Cant start a variable name with a number.. + /// + public static string IntellisenseErrorExpressionStartingWithANumber { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("IntellisenseErrorExpressionStartingWithANumber", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid expression: Opening and closing brackets dont match.. + /// + public static string IntellisenseErrorMisMacthingBrackets { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("IntellisenseErrorMisMacthingBrackets", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid category name. + /// + public static string InvalidCategoryNameExceptionMessage { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("InvalidCategoryNameExceptionMessage", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to "Invalid text". + /// + public static string InvalidPermissionHeader { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("InvalidPermissionHeader", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to "{0} is invalid. Warewolf only supports latin characters". + /// + public static string InvalidPermissionMessage { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("InvalidPermissionMessage", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid resource name. + /// + public static string InvalidResourceNameExceptionMessage { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("InvalidResourceNameExceptionMessage", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to "Invalid text". + /// + public static string InvalidTextHeader { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("InvalidTextHeader", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to "{0} is invalid. Warewolf only supports latin characters". + /// + public static string InvalidTextMessage { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("InvalidTextMessage", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to TUW-DEVFS/dsfLive. + /// + public static string Live_SPN_Endpoint_Identity { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Live_SPN_Endpoint_Identity", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Inputs / Outputs Changed. + /// + public static string MappingChangedWarningDialogTitle { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MappingChangedWarningDialogTitle", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuDatabaseToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuDatabaseToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDatabaseToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuDeployToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuDeployToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDeployToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Database. + /// + public static string MenuDialogDatabaseLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogDatabaseLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Debug. + /// + public static string MenuDialogDebugLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogDebugLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Deploy. + /// + public static string MenuDialogDeployLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogDeployLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to DLL. + /// + public static string MenuDialogDLLLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogDLLLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Forums. + /// + public static string MenuDialogForumsLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogForumsLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Lock Menu. + /// + public static string MenuDialogLockLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogLockLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to New. + /// + public static string MenuDialogNewLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogNewLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to New Version. + /// + public static string MenuDialogNewVersionLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogNewVersionLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Save. + /// + public static string MenuDialogSaveLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogSaveLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Settings. + /// + public static string MenuDialogSettingsLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogSettingsLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Support. + /// + public static string MenuDialogSupportLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogSupportLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Task. + /// + public static string MenuDialogTaskLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogTaskLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Tours. + /// + public static string MenuDialogToursLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogToursLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Unlock Menu. + /// + public static string MenuDialogUnLockLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogUnLockLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Web. + /// + public static string MenuDialogWebLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDialogWebLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuDownloadToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuDownloadToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuDownloadToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuHelpToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuHelpToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuHelpToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuLockToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuLockToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuLockToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuNewServiceToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuNewServiceToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuNewServiceToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuPluginToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuPluginToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuPluginToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuSaveToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuSaveToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuSaveToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuSchedulerToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuSchedulerToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuSchedulerToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuSettingsToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuSettingsToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuSettingsToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to MenuWebServiceToolTip. + /// + public static string MenuWebServiceToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("MenuWebServiceToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Unassigned. + /// + public static string Navigation_Category_Unassigned { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Navigation_Category_Unassigned", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/Warewolf.ico. + /// + public static string Navigation_Environment_Icon_Pack_Uri { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Navigation_Environment_Icon_Pack_Uri", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/ExplorerFolder-32.png. + /// + public static string Navigation_Folder_Icon_Pack_Uri { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Navigation_Folder_Icon_Pack_Uri", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/ExplorerFolderOpen-32.png. + /// + public static string Navigation_OpenFolder_Icon_Pack_Uri { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Navigation_OpenFolder_Icon_Pack_Uri", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Explorer. + /// + public static string Navigation_RootNode_Name { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Navigation_RootNode_Name", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Unexpected resource type from delete relay command.. + /// + public static string NavigationItemViewModel_Unexpected_Resource { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("NavigationItemViewModel_Unexpected_Resource", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Unsaved. + /// + public static string NewWorkflowBaseName { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("NewWorkflowBaseName", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/HelpCommunity-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Community { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Community", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/GenericHelp-16.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Help { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Help", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/StartPage-16.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Home { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Home", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/User.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Webpage { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Webpage", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/webpagebuilder.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Website { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Website", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/DatabaseService-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_DatabaseService_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_DatabaseService_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/Images/ExecuteDebugStart-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Debug_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Debug_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/ToolSendEmail-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_EmailSource_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_EmailSource_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/PluginService-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_PluginService_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_PluginService_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/ExplorerWarewolfConnection-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Server_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Server_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/Images/ExecuteDebugStop-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_Stop_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Stop_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/WebService-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_WebService_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_WebService_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/Workflow-32.png. + /// + public static string Pack_Uri_WorkflowService_Image { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_WorkflowService_Image", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Password:. + /// + public static string PasswordLabel { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("PasswordLabel", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to PasswordToolTip. + /// + public static string PasswordToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("PasswordToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/Images/RemoteWarewolf-32.png. + /// + public static string RemoteWarewolfIconPath { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("RemoteWarewolfIconPath", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The following task has been renamed {0} -> {1}. You will lose the history for the old task.{2} Would you like to save the new name?{2}-------------------------------------------------------------------" + "Yes - Save with the new name.{2}No - Save with the old name.{2}Cancel - Returns you to Scheduler.. + /// + public static string RenameConflictDescription { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("RenameConflictDescription", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Rename conflict. + /// + public static string RenameConflictHeader { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("RenameConflictHeader", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to {0} is used by {1} workflow{2}. Please update their mappings.. + /// + public static string Resource_Changed_MessageBody { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Resource_Changed_MessageBody", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Resource ID must be a Guid. + /// + public static string Resource_ID_must_be_a_Guid { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Resource_ID_must_be_a_Guid", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Debug. + /// + public static string Ribbon_Debug { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Ribbon_Debug", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Stop. + /// + public static string Ribbon_StopExecution { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("Ribbon_StopExecution", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Make current version. + /// + public static string RollbackHeader { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("RollbackHeader", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to "{0} will become the current version.{1}Do you want to proceed ?". + /// + public static string RollbackMessage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("App_Data_Directory", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("RollbackMessage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Critical Error. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to RuntimeConfigurationAssemblies. /// - public static string CritErrorTitle { + public static string RuntimeConfigurationAssemblyDirectory { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("CritErrorTitle", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("RuntimeConfigurationAssemblyDirectory", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Critical : Warewolf Must Restart. All open tabs will be saved. Please take the time to report this error to the community.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Saving Error. /// - public static string CriticalExceptionMessage { + public static string SaveErrorHeader { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("CriticalExceptionMessage", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveErrorHeader", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to localhost. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The following error occurred on save:. /// - public static string DefaultEnvironmentName { + public static string SaveErrorMessage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DefaultEnvironmentName", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveErrorMessage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Are you sure you wish to delete the {0} {1}? - /// - ///Version History will also be deleted.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error while saving. /// - public static string DialogBody_ConfirmDelete { + public static string SaveSettingErrorPrefix { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_ConfirmDelete", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingErrorPrefix", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Are you sure you wish to delete {0} folder and all its contents?. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to There are duplicate permissions for a resource, + /// i.e. one resource has permissions set twice with the same group. + /// Please clear the duplicates before saving.. /// - public static string DialogBody_ConfirmFolderDelete { + public static string SaveSettingsDuplicateResourcePermissions { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_ConfirmFolderDelete", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsDuplicateResourcePermissions", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to This folder cannot be deleted because it contains resources with dependants.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to There are duplicate server permissions, + /// i.e Server permissions have been setup up with the same group twice. + /// Please clear the duplicates before saving.. /// - public static string DialogBody_FolderContentsHaveDependencies { + public static string SaveSettingsDuplicateServerPermissions { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_FolderContentsHaveDependencies", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsDuplicateServerPermissions", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to The {0} {1} cannot be deleted because something depends on it.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error while saving: Server unreachable.. /// - public static string DialogBody_HasDependencies { + public static string SaveSettingsNotReachableErrorMsg { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_HasDependencies", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsNotReachableErrorMsg", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to The {0} {1} cannot be renamed because a resource with that name already exists on the same server.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error while saving: You don't have permission to change settings on this server. + ///You need Administrator permission.. /// - public static string DialogBody_HasDuplicateName { + public static string SaveSettingsPermissionsErrorMsg { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_HasDuplicateName", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsPermissionsErrorMsg", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to The workflow '{0}' that you are closing is not saved. - ///Would you like to save the workflow? - ///------------------------------------------------------------------- - ///Yes - Save the workflow. - ///No - Discard your changes. - ///Cancel - Returns you to the workflow.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Scheduler Task has not been saved.{0}Would you like to save the Task? {0}-------------------------------------------------------------------Yes - Save the Task.{0}No - Discard your changes.{0}Cancel - Returns you to Scheduler.. /// - public static string DialogBody_NotSaved { + public static string SchedulerChangesDescription { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogBody_NotSaved", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SchedulerChangesDescription", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Confirm delete.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Scheduler Task has changes. /// - public static string DialogTitle_ConfirmDelete { + public static string SchedulerChangesHeader { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_ConfirmDelete", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SchedulerChangesHeader", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Folder has dependants. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Server: Version {1} + /// + ///Sofware development by: www.dev2.co.za + ///. /// - public static string DialogTitle_FolderHasDependencies { + public static string Server_About_Content { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_FolderHasDependencies", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Server_About_Content", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to {0} has dependants. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Address:. /// - public static string DialogTitle_HasDependencies { + public static string ServerSourceDialogAddressLabel { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_HasDependencies", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogAddressLabel", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to {0} exists. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogAddressPortTip. /// - public static string DialogTitle_HasDuplicateName { + public static string ServerSourceDialogAddressPortTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_HasDuplicateName", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogAddressPortTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Workflow not saved.... + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogAddressSaveTip. /// - public static string DialogTitle_NotSaved { + public static string ServerSourceDialogAddressSaveTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DialogTitle_NotSaved", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogAddressSaveTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to You are not allowed to drag remote workflows onto a remote service designer.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogAddressToolTip. /// - public static string DragRemoteNotSupported { + public static string ServerSourceDialogAddressToolTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DragRemoteNotSupported", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogAddressToolTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid Designer Operation. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The server address cannot be empty. /// - public static string DragRemoteNotSupportedHeader { + public static string ServerSourceDialogNoAddressErrorMessage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("DragRemoteNotSupportedHeader", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogNoAddressErrorMessage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Environments. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to The server connection must be tested with a valid address before you can save. /// - public static string Environments_Directory { + public static string ServerSourceDialogNoTestMessage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Environments_Directory", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogNoTestMessage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Connection Failed. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogProtocolToolTip. /// - public static string Error_Connect_Failed { + public static string ServerSourceDialogProtocolToolTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Error_Connect_Failed", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogProtocolToolTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Name not provided. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogPublicToolTip. /// - public static string Error_DSF_Name_Not_Provided { + public static string ServerSourceDialogPublicToolTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Error_DSF_Name_Not_Provided", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogPublicToolTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to The recordset name is a duplicate of an existing recordset. Recordset names must be unique.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogsTestToolTip. /// - public static string ErrorMessageDuplicateRecordset { + public static string ServerSourceDialogsTestToolTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageDuplicateRecordset", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceDialogsTestToolTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Variable names must be unique.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Server is not connected. /// - public static string ErrorMessageDuplicateValue { + public static string ServerSourceNotConnected { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageDuplicateValue", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceNotConnected", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to This variable name is a duplicate of an existing variable. Variable names must be unique.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to You can not change the settings for a server that is offline.. /// - public static string ErrorMessageDuplicateVariable { + public static string ServerSourceNotConnectedSettingsDescription { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageDuplicateVariable", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceNotConnectedSettingsDescription", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Recordset must contain one or more field(s).. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Server is unreachable. /// - public static string ErrorMessageEmptyRecordSet { + public static string ServerSourceUnreachableErrorHeader { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageEmptyRecordSet", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceUnreachableErrorHeader", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Variable name contains invalid character(s).. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Unable to reach {0}: Connection timed out.{1} Make sure the remote computer is powered on.{1}{1} Would you like to re-try? {1}. /// - public static string ErrorMessageInvalidChar { + public static string ServerSourceUnreachableHeaderMessage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorMessageInvalidChar", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ServerSourceUnreachableHeaderMessage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error : . + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ResourceUpload. /// - public static string ErrorPrefix { + public static string Services_Add_Resource { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorPrefix", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Services_Add_Resource", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ThemeResourceDelete. /// - public static string ErrorTitle { + public static string Services_Delete_Resource { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ErrorTitle", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Services_Delete_Resource", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://warewolf.io/eula/. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to "Settings have not been saved.{0}Would you like to save the settings? {0}-------------------------------------------------------------------Yes - Save the settings.{0}No - Discard your changes.{0}Cancel - Returns you to settings.. /// - public static string EULA_Link { + public static string SettingsChangedDescription { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("EULA_Link", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SettingsChangedDescription", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Warewolf EULA. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Settings have changed. /// - public static string EULA_Text { + public static string SettingsChangedHeader { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("EULA_Text", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SettingsChangedHeader", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to The {0} example cannot be found. - /// Please re-install or upgrade to the latest version to resolve this issue. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Images\SplashImage_New_2014.jpg. /// - public static string ExampleWorkflowNotFound { + public static string SplashImage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("ExampleWorkflowNotFound", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SplashImage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Feedback. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to TUW-DEVFS/dsfDev. /// - public static string Feedback_Recordings_Directory { + public static string SPN_Endpoint_Identity { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Feedback_Recordings_Directory", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("SPN_Endpoint_Identity", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to feedback@warewolf.io. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to . /// - public static string FeedbackEmail { + public static string String1 { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("FeedbackEmail", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("String1", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Invalid expression: Opening and closing brackets dont match.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to For the case of:. /// - public static string IntellisenseErrorMisMacthingBrackets { + public static string StringWindow_CaseLabelValue { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("IntellisenseErrorMisMacthingBrackets", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("StringWindow_CaseLabelValue", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Unassigned. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Provide the case value. /// - public static string Navigation_Category_Unassigned { + public static string StringWindow_CaseWindowTitle { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Navigation_Category_Unassigned", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("StringWindow_CaseWindowTitle", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Unsaved. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Switch On:. /// - public static string NewWorkflowBaseName { + public static string StringWindow_SwitchLabelValue { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("NewWorkflowBaseName", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("StringWindow_SwitchLabelValue", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/HelpCommunity-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Provide the identifier to switch on. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Community { + public static string StringWindow_SwitchWindowTitle { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Community", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("StringWindow_SwitchWindowTitle", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/StartPage-16.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to css,images,js. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Home { + public static string Supported_WebResource_Folders { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Application_Image_Home", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Supported_WebResource_Folders", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/DatabaseService-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to TUW-DEVFS/dsfTest. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_DatabaseService_Image { + public static string Test_SPN_Endpoint_Identity { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_DatabaseService_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Test_SPN_Endpoint_Identity", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/Images/ExecuteDebugStart-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Test Connection. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_Debug_Image { + public static string TestConnectionLabel { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Debug_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("TestConnectionLabel", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/ToolSendEmail-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Tool guids are not allowed to be the empty guid. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_EmailSource_Image { + public static string ToolDescriptor_ToolDescriptor_Tool_guids_are_not_allowed_to_be_the_empty_guid { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_EmailSource_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("ToolDescriptor_ToolDescriptor_Tool_guids_are_not_allowed_to_be_the_empty_guid", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/PluginService-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to 80. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_PluginService_Image { + public static string UI_Layout_Grid_Default_Height { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_PluginService_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("UI_Layout_Grid_Default_Height", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/ExplorerWarewolfConnection-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to 150. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_Server_Image { + public static string UI_Layout_Grid_Default_Width { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Server_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("UI_Layout_Grid_Default_Width", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/Images/ExecuteDebugStop-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://community.warewolf.io/. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_Stop_Image { + public static string Uri_Community_HomePage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_Stop_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Community_HomePage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/WebService-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to https://warewolf.s3.amazonaws.com/Latest/. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_WebService_Image { + public static string Uri_DownloadPage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_WebService_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_DownloadPage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/Workflow-32.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://www.google.co.za/. /// - public static string Pack_Uri_WorkflowService_Image { + public static string Uri_Start_Page { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Pack_Uri_WorkflowService_Image", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Start_Page", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Resource ID must be a Guid. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Studio\Help\StudioHomepage.htm. /// - public static string Resource_ID_must_be_a_Guid { + public static string Uri_Studio_Homepage { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Resource_ID_must_be_a_Guid", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_Homepage", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Debug. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\Warewolf Language.htm. /// - public static string Ribbon_Debug { + public static string Uri_Studio_Language_Reference_Document { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Ribbon_Debug", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_Language_Reference_Document", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Stop. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\PageMissing.htm. /// - public static string Ribbon_StopExecution { + public static string Uri_Studio_PageMissing { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Ribbon_StopExecution", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_PageMissing", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error while saving. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\PageNotAvailable.htm. /// - public static string SaveSettingErrorPrefix { + public static string Uri_Studio_PageNotAvailable { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingErrorPrefix", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_PageNotAvailable", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to There are duplicate permissions for a resource, - /// i.e. one resource has permissions set twice with the same group. - /// Please clear the duplicates before saving.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\PageRestrictedAccess.htm. /// - public static string SaveSettingsDuplicateResourcePermissions { + public static string Uri_Studio_PageRestrictedAccess { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsDuplicateResourcePermissions", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_PageRestrictedAccess", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to There are duplicate server permissions, - /// i.e Server permissions have been setup up with the same group twice. - /// Please clear the duplicates before saving.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\StudioShortCutKeys.htm. /// - public static string SaveSettingsDuplicateServerPermissions { + public static string Uri_Studio_Shortcut_Keys_Document { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsDuplicateServerPermissions", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_Shortcut_Keys_Document", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error while saving: Server unreachable.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to UserInterfaceLayouts. /// - public static string SaveSettingsNotReachableErrorMsg { + public static string User_Interface_Layouts_Directory { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsNotReachableErrorMsg", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("User_Interface_Layouts_Directory", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Error while saving: You don't have permission to change settings on this server. - ///You need Administrator permission.. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogAddressUserAuthenticationToolTip. /// - public static string SaveSettingsPermissionsErrorMsg { + public static string UserAuthenticationToolTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("SaveSettingsPermissionsErrorMsg", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("UserAuthenticationToolTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Images\SplashImage_New_2014.jpg. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to User Name:. /// - public static string SplashImage { + public static string UserNameLabel { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("SplashImage", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("UserNameLabel", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://community.warewolf.io/. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogUserNameToolTip. /// - public static string Uri_Community_HomePage { + public static string UserNameToolTip { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Community_HomePage", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("UserNameToolTip", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\Warewolf Language.htm. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://warewolf.io/checksum.txt. /// - public static string Uri_Studio_Language_Reference_Document { + public static string Warewolf_Checksum { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_Language_Reference_Document", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Warewolf_Checksum", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\PageMissing.htm. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://warewolf.io/start.html. /// - public static string Uri_Studio_PageMissing { + public static string Warewolf_Homepage_Start { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_PageMissing", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Warewolf_Homepage_Start", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\PageNotAvailable.htm. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/WarewolfLogoMedRes.png. /// - public static string Uri_Studio_PageNotAvailable { + public static string Warewolf_Logo { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_PageNotAvailable", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Warewolf_Logo", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to Help\PageRestrictedAccess.htm. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://warewolf.io/version.txt. /// - public static string Uri_Studio_PageRestrictedAccess { + public static string Warewolf_Version { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Uri_Studio_PageRestrictedAccess", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Warewolf_Version", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to http://warewolf.io/start.html. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to System. /// - public static string Warewolf_Homepage_Start { + public static string Webpage_Default_Website { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Warewolf_Homepage_Start", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Webpage_Default_Website", resourceCulture); } } /// - /// Looks up a localized string similar to pack://application:,,,/Warewolf Studio;component/images/WarewolfLogoMedRes.png. + /// Looks up a localized string similar to {0} Editor. /// - public static string Warewolf_Logo { + public static string Window_Title_Property_Editor { get { - return ResourceManager.GetString("Warewolf_Logo", resourceCulture); + return ResourceManager.GetString("Window_Title_Property_Editor", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to ServerDialogWindowsAuthenticationToolTip. + /// + public static string WindowsAuthenticationToolTip { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("WindowsAuthenticationToolTip", resourceCulture); + } + } + + /// + /// Looks up a localized string similar to <DataList> + /// <NUD2347 Description=""/> + /// <number Description=""/> + /// <vehicleColor Description=""/> + /// <Fines Description=""> + /// <Speed Description=""/> + /// <Date Description=""/> + /// <Location Description=""/> + /// </Fines> + /// <Registrations Description=""> + /// <Speed Description=""/> + /// <Date Description=""/> + /// <Location Description=""/> + /// </Registrations> + ///</DataList>. + /// + public static string xmlDataList { + get { + return ResourceManager.GetString("xmlDataList", resourceCulture); } } diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.en-gb.Designer.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.en-gb.Designer.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e69de29bb2d diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.en-gb.resx b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.en-gb.resx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..48875c8069e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.en-gb.resx @@ -0,0 +1,123 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + text/microsoft-resx + + + 2.0 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceReader, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + + System.Resources.ResXResourceWriter, System.Windows.Forms, Version=4.0.0.0, Culture=neutral, PublicKeyToken=b77a5c561934e089 + + + Server is not connected2 + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.resx b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.resx index f2a49fe0aab..4cdc39f6945 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.resx +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Languages/Core.resx @@ -442,4 +442,256 @@ You need Administrator permission. Invalid Designer Operation + + Are you sure you want to delete {0}? + + + "Are you sure you want to delete {0}?" + + + Delete Version + + + Did you know? + + + Are you sure? + + + You can pass variables into your workflow{0}by selecting the Input checkbox{0}in the Variables window. + + + "Invalid text" + + + "{0} is invalid. Warewolf only supports latin characters" + + + "Invalid text" + + + "{0} is invalid. Warewolf only supports latin characters" + + + The following task has been renamed {0} -> {1}. You will lose the history for the old task.{2} Would you like to save the new name?{2}-------------------------------------------------------------------" + "Yes - Save with the new name.{2}No - Save with the old name.{2}Cancel - Returns you to Scheduler. + + + Rename conflict + + + Make current version + + + "{0} will become the current version.{1}Do you want to proceed ?" + + + Saving Error + + + The following error occurred on save: + + + Scheduler Task has not been saved.{0}Would you like to save the Task? {0}-------------------------------------------------------------------Yes - Save the Task.{0}No - Discard your changes.{0}Cancel - Returns you to Scheduler. + + + Scheduler Task has changes + + + Server is not connected + + + You can not change the settings for a server that is offline. + + + Server is unreachable + + + Unable to reach {0}: Connection timed out.{1} Make sure the remote computer is powered on.{1}{1} Would you like to re-try? {1} + + + "Settings have not been saved.{0}Would you like to save the settings? {0}-------------------------------------------------------------------Yes - Save the settings.{0}No - Discard your changes.{0}Cancel - Returns you to settings. + + + Settings have changed + + + Address: + + + Authentication Type: + + + The server address cannot be empty + + + The server connection must be tested with a valid address before you can save + + + Password: + + + Test Connection + + + User Name: + + + Database + + + Debug + + + Deploy + + + DLL + + + Forums + + + Lock Menu + + + New + + + New Version + + + Save + + + Settings + + + Support + + + Task + + + Tours + + + Unlock Menu + + + Web + + + ConnectControlConnectionsToolTip + + + ConnectControlEditConnectionToolTip + + + ConnectControlToggleConnectionToolTip + + + DebugToolTip + + + EnvironmentExplorerRefreshToolTip + + + ExplorerItemEditToolTip + + + ExplorerItemExecuteToolTip + + + ExplorerRefreshToolTip + + + ExplorerSearchToolTip + + + MenuDatabaseToolTip + + + MenuDeployToolTip + + + MenuDownloadToolTip + + + MenuHelpToolTip + + + MenuLockToolTip + + + MenuNewServiceToolTip + + + MenuPluginToolTip + + + MenuSaveToolTip + + + MenuSchedulerToolTip + + + MenuSettingsToolTip + + + MenuWebServiceToolTip + + + ServerDialogAddressPortTip + + + ServerDialogAddressSaveTip + + + ServerDialogAddressToolTip + + + ServerDialogAddressUserAuthenticationToolTip + + + PasswordToolTip + + + ServerDialogProtocolToolTip + + + ServerDialogPublicToolTip + + + ServerDialogsTestToolTip + + + ServerDialogUserNameToolTip + + + ServerDialogWindowsAuthenticationToolTip + + + Tool guids are not allowed to be the empty guid + + + Database: + + + DatabaseSourceDatabaseToolTip + + + Server: + + + DatabaseSourceServerToolTip + + + Type: + + + DatabaseSourceTypeTooltip + + + Cancel Test + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/StyleElements/Brushes.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/StyleElements/Brushes.xaml deleted file mode 100644 index dd9b4f13ecf..00000000000 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/StyleElements/Brushes.xaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/StyleElements/Colors.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/StyleElements/Colors.xaml deleted file mode 100644 index 4ea3b616fc8..00000000000 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/StyleElements/Colors.xaml +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ - - - - - - #C1C3C5 - #7F7F7F - #F3700D - #FFFFFF - #000000 - - - #FF282828 - #FF3F3F3F - #FF565656 - #FF858585 - #FFB9B9B9 - #FFD7D7D7 - #FFE7E7E7 - #FFF4F4F4 - #FFF9F9F9 - #FFFFFFFF - - - #E5FFFFFF - - #BFFFFFFF - - #99FFFFFF - - #72FFFFFF - - #4CFFFFFF - - #00FFFFFF - - - - #72000000 - - #4C000000 - - #26000000 - - #00000000 - - #66E2E2E2 - - - #FFF3700D - #FFff8613 - #FFF19D5E - #FFF1CDB2 - #26F3700D - - - #FFA60013 - #FFF55E7F - #FFFFCAD5 - - - #FF161616 - #FF3F3F3F - #FF565656 - #FF858585 - #FF9D9D9D - #FFD7D7D7 - #FFE7E7E7 - #FFF4F4F4 - #FFF9F9F9 - #FFFFFFFF - #FFB2E1EF - #C1C3C5 - #FFF55E7F - #FFD0284C - #00FFFFFF - #ffb1b1b1 - #ff333333 - #FF757575 - #FF505050 - #FF4f4f4f - #FF2788B1 - #FF3bb7eb - #FF2686ae - #FF3AB6EA - #ffffffff - #FFF0F0F0 - #FFA0A0A0 - #FFA0A0B4 - #FF888888 - #FFeeeeee - #FFdddddd - #FF4A8EC0 - #FFbdfbff - #FF79efff - #FF2ce5fd - #FF7eebfe - #FFebf7fe - #FFd9f0fc - #FFbee5fa - #FF7ccdf6 - #FF758BDD - #FF48506C - #00FFFFFF - #01FFFFFF - #FFFFE8A6 - #4CEBB716 - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Warewolf.Studio.Resources.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Warewolf.Studio.Resources.csproj index 6896f58d42e..2c916c27730 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Warewolf.Studio.Resources.csproj +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Resources/Warewolf.Studio.Resources.csproj @@ -30,10 +30,80 @@ 4 + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll + + + @@ -47,6 +117,11 @@ True True + + True + True + Core.en-gb.resx + ExampleResource.resx True @@ -71,15 +146,10 @@ - - - - - - - - - + + PublicResXFileCodeGenerator + Core.en-gb.Designer.cs + PublicResXFileCodeGenerator Core.Designer.cs @@ -102,353 +172,6 @@ Services.Designer.cs - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - MSBuild:Compile - Designer - - - MSBuild:Compile - Designer - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - PreserveNewest - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Connection.feature b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Connection.feature new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f9cf8d58098 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Connection.feature @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +@ignore +Feature: Connection + In order to use connections to other Warewolf servers + As a Warewolf user + I want to have a way to manage my servers + +Scenario: Add a new server + Given I have connected to localhost + And localhost has loaded + When I add a new server with name "TestNewServer" + Then "TestNewServer" should exist in my server list + +Scenario: Connect to a server + Given I have connected to localhost + And localhost has loaded + And I have "TestNewServer" added + And I select "TestNewServer" + When I connect "TestNewServer" + Then "TestNewServer" is connected + +Scenario: Disconnect a server + Given I have connected to localhost + And localhost has loaded + And "TestNewServer" is connected + And I select "TestNewServer" + When I disconnect "TestNewServer" + Then "TestNewServer" is disconnected + +Scenario: Refresh a server + Given I have connected to localhost + And localhost has loaded + And "TestNewServer" is connected + And I select "TestNewServer" + When I refresh + Then "TestNewServer" resources are refreshed + +Scenario: Edit a server + Given I have connected to localhost + And localhost has loaded + And I select "TestNewServer" + When I edit "TestNewServer" + Then "TestNewServer" has new details \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Connection.feature.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Connection.feature.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..86037ab69e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Connection.feature.cs @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// +// This code was generated by SpecFlow (http://www.specflow.org/). +// SpecFlow Version:1.9.0.77 +// SpecFlow Generator Version:1.9.0.0 +// Runtime Version:4.0.30319.18444 +// +// Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if +// the code is regenerated. +// +// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#region Designer generated code +#pragma warning disable +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Specs +{ + using TechTalk.SpecFlow; + + + [System.CodeDom.Compiler.GeneratedCodeAttribute("TechTalk.SpecFlow", "1.9.0.77")] + [System.Runtime.CompilerServices.CompilerGeneratedAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestClassAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.IgnoreAttribute()] + public partial class ConnectionFeature + { + + private static TechTalk.SpecFlow.ITestRunner testRunner; + +#line 1 "Connection.feature" +#line hidden + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassInitializeAttribute()] + public static void FeatureSetup(Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestContext testContext) + { + testRunner = TechTalk.SpecFlow.TestRunnerManager.GetTestRunner(); + TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo featureInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureInfo(new System.Globalization.CultureInfo("en-US"), "Connection", "In order to use connections to other Warewolf servers\nAs a Warewolf user\nI want t" + + "o have a way to manage my servers", ProgrammingLanguage.CSharp, new string[] { + "ignore"}); + testRunner.OnFeatureStart(featureInfo); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.ClassCleanupAttribute()] + public static void FeatureTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnFeatureEnd(); + testRunner = null; + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestInitializeAttribute()] + public virtual void TestInitialize() + { + if (((TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current != null) + && (TechTalk.SpecFlow.FeatureContext.Current.FeatureInfo.Title != "Connection"))) + { + Warewolf.Studio.Specs.ConnectionFeature.FeatureSetup(null); + } + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestCleanupAttribute()] + public virtual void ScenarioTearDown() + { + testRunner.OnScenarioEnd(); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioSetup(TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo) + { + testRunner.OnScenarioStart(scenarioInfo); + } + + public virtual void ScenarioCleanup() + { + testRunner.CollectScenarioErrors(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Add a new server")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Connection")] + public virtual void AddANewServer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Add a new server", ((string[])(null))); +#line 7 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 8 + testRunner.Given("I have connected to localhost", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 9 + testRunner.And("localhost has loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 10 + testRunner.When("I add a new server with name \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 11 + testRunner.Then("\"TestNewServer\" should exist in my server list", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Connect to a server")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Connection")] + public virtual void ConnectToAServer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Connect to a server", ((string[])(null))); +#line 13 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 14 + testRunner.Given("I have connected to localhost", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 15 + testRunner.And("localhost has loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 16 + testRunner.And("I have \"TestNewServer\" added", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 17 + testRunner.And("I select \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 18 + testRunner.When("I connect \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 19 + testRunner.Then("\"TestNewServer\" is connected", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Disconnect a server")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Connection")] + public virtual void DisconnectAServer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Disconnect a server", ((string[])(null))); +#line 21 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 22 + testRunner.Given("I have connected to localhost", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 23 + testRunner.And("localhost has loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 24 + testRunner.And("\"TestNewServer\" is connected", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 25 + testRunner.And("I select \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 26 + testRunner.When("I disconnect \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 27 + testRunner.Then("\"TestNewServer\" is disconnected", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Refresh a server")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Connection")] + public virtual void RefreshAServer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Refresh a server", ((string[])(null))); +#line 29 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 30 + testRunner.Given("I have connected to localhost", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 31 + testRunner.And("localhost has loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 32 + testRunner.And("\"TestNewServer\" is connected", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 33 + testRunner.And("I select \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 34 + testRunner.When("I refresh", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 35 + testRunner.Then("\"TestNewServer\" resources are refreshed", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestMethodAttribute()] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.DescriptionAttribute("Edit a server")] + [Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting.TestPropertyAttribute("FeatureTitle", "Connection")] + public virtual void EditAServer() + { + TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo scenarioInfo = new TechTalk.SpecFlow.ScenarioInfo("Edit a server", ((string[])(null))); +#line 37 +this.ScenarioSetup(scenarioInfo); +#line 38 + testRunner.Given("I have connected to localhost", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Given "); +#line 39 + testRunner.And("localhost has loaded", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 40 + testRunner.And("I select \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "And "); +#line 41 + testRunner.When("I edit \"TestNewServer\"", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "When "); +#line 42 + testRunner.Then("\"TestNewServer\" has new details", ((string)(null)), ((TechTalk.SpecFlow.Table)(null)), "Then "); +#line hidden + this.ScenarioCleanup(); + } + } +} +#pragma warning restore +#endregion diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/ExplorerSteps.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/ExplorerSteps.cs index 352e2b56892..c94bfa7dffd 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/ExplorerSteps.cs +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/ExplorerSteps.cs @@ -1,4 +1,11 @@ -using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Explorer; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Infrastructure; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Toolbox; +using Dev2.Runtime.ServiceModel.Data; using Microsoft.VisualStudio.TestTools.UnitTesting; using TechTalk.SpecFlow; using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels; @@ -11,7 +18,7 @@ public class ExplorerSteps [Given(@"I have connected to localhost")] public void GivenIHaveConnectedToLocalhost() { - var localHostEnvironment = new EnvironmentViewModel(new Server()) + var localHostEnvironment = new EnvironmentViewModel(new Server(null),null,null) { DisplayName = "localhost" }; @@ -40,15 +47,92 @@ public void ThenIShouldSeeLocalhostResources() } } - public class Server : IServer + public class Server : Resource,IServer { + readonly IStudioResourceRepository _resourceRepository; + IExplorerRepository _explorerRepository; + IStudioUpdateManager _updateRepository; + #region Implementation of IServer - public bool Connect() + /// + /// Initializes a new instance of the class. + /// + public Server(IStudioResourceRepository resourceRepository) + { + _resourceRepository = resourceRepository; + Permissions = new List(); + } + + public Task Connect() + { + return new Task(() => true); + } + + public List Load() + { + return new List(); + } + + public Task LoadExplorer() + { + return new Task(() => null); + } + + public IList GetServerConnections() + { + return new List(); + } + + public IList LoadTools() + { + return new List(); + } + + public IExplorerRepository ExplorerRepository + { + get + { + return _explorerRepository; + } + } + + public bool IsConnected() + { + return false; + } + + public void ReloadTools() + { + } + + public void Disconnect() + { + } + + public void Edit() { - return true; + } + + public List Permissions { get; private set; } + + public event PermissionsChanged PermissionsChanged; + public event NetworkStateChanged NetworkStateChanged; + public IStudioUpdateManager UpdateRepository + { + get + { + return _updateRepository; + } + } + + public string GetServerVersion() + { + throw new System.NotImplementedException(); } #endregion + + } } diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Warewolf.Studio.Specs.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Warewolf.Studio.Specs.csproj index bb3bdf95c32..b49173797c0 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Warewolf.Studio.Specs.csproj +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Specs/Warewolf.Studio.Specs.csproj @@ -39,6 +39,9 @@ ..\packages\Prism.Mvvm.1.1.1\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Mvvm.dll + + + ..\packages\SpecFlow.1.9.0\lib\net35\TechTalk.SpecFlow.dll @@ -56,6 +59,11 @@ + + True + True + Connection.feature + True True @@ -66,6 +74,10 @@ + + SpecFlowSingleFileGenerator + Connection.feature.cs + SpecFlowSingleFileGenerator Explorer.feature.cs @@ -76,6 +88,10 @@ {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB} + Dev2.Data + {C870FE6D-5889-4DFC-90D9-68FA3E525BE2} Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Brushes.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Brushes.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0bbe9e255ba --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Brushes.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,89 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Colors.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Colors.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6ef79276fa7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Colors.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ + + + + + + + #FF2B2726 + #FFE7E4E0 + #FFE7E4E0 + #FFC2BEB9 + #FFF4F2EE + #FF606160 + #72606160 + #FFF4F3ED + + #FFFFFFFF + #FFF3700D + #FF000000 + #00FFFFFF + + + #FFF4F2EE + #FFE7E4E0 + #FFE7E4E0 + #FFC2BEB9 + #FF606160 + + + #FF2C2928 + #FF606160 + + #FF232323 + #FFC2BEB9 + + + + #FF282828 + #FF3F3F3F + + #FF565656 + #FF858585 + #FFB9B9B9 + #FFD7D7D7 + #FFE7E7E7 + #FFF4F4F4 + #FFF9F9F9 + #FFFFFFFF + + + #E5FFFFFF + + #BFFFFFFF + + #99FFFFFF + + #72FFFFFF + + #4CFFFFFF + + #00FFFFFF + + + #72000000 + + #4C000000 + + #26000000 + + #00000000 + + #66E2E2E2 + + + #FFF3700D + #FFff8613 + #FFF19D5E + #FFF1CDB2 + #26F3700D + + + #FFA60013 + #FFF55E7F + #FFFFCAD5 + + + #ffffffff + #FFF0F0F0 + #FFA0A0A0 + #FFA0A0B4 + + + + #FF006481 + #FFEEEEEE + #FF8A9B0F + #FF3E4700 + #FFbdfbff + #FFF14D0F + #FF8D2E00 + #FF7eebfe + #FF81106B + #FF410135 + #FFbee5fa + #FFFCA910 + #FF8D4902 + #FF48506C + #FF037A54 + #FF003F2A + #01FFFFFF + #FF154D85 + #FF02284D + #FF543511 + #FF211303 + #FF89806D + #FF393225 + #FF58458B + #FF211347 + #7FB9B9B9 + #33565656 + #7F3F3F3F + #FF686868 + #8000AADE + #CC3F3F3F + #FF0092BE + #FF00AADE + #FF2BB9E5 + #FF55C8EB + #FF80D7F2 + + #FFFFE8A6 + #4CEBB716 + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Styles.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Styles.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a80b7811933 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Common/Styles.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + Source Sans Pro + FontAwesome + Normal + + 8 + 10 + 12 + 16 + 17 + 14 + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/Button.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/Button.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9b2396082b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/Button.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,796 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/CheckBox.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/CheckBox.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c8e0628cd4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/CheckBox.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DataTemplatesIntellisense.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DataTemplatesIntellisense.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..df77fc5c7df --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DataTemplatesIntellisense.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DataVisualization.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DataVisualization.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b7a7d96ef55 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DataVisualization.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,1651 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Collapsed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManager.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManager.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..93d747b65e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManager.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,3617 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManagerBrushes.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManagerBrushes.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bd1271bd4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManagerBrushes.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,458 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManagerGeneric.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManagerGeneric.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e3eb319e03c --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/DockManagerGeneric.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,4798 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/MainDockManager.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/MainDockManager.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d2a4293a22e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManager/MainDockManager.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,1156 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManagerGeneric.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManagerGeneric.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..de64366655f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/DockManagerGeneric.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,2944 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 16,0,1,0 + + + + + + + True + + + Visible + + + + + + + Collapsed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/xamSyntaxEditor.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/xamSyntaxEditor.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..989de0a30b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/xamSyntaxEditor.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,585 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + True + + + Visible + + + + + + + Collapsed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/xamTileManager.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/xamTileManager.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5a16fc6a112 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna/Elements/xamTileManager.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,864 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + True + + + Visible + + + + + + Collapsed + + + + + + + + + DoNothing + + + False + + + + + + True + + + + + + + + MinimizedExpanded + + + + + + + + + Maximized + + + + + + + + + MinimizedExpanded + + + Collapsed + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + Minimized + + + Collapsed + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + Maximized + + + Collapsed + + + + + Visible + + + + + + + + Maximized + + + Visible + + + + + Collapsed + + + + + + + + True + + + + + + + + + + + + + True + + + 75e-2 + + + + + 1 + + + + + + + + Horizontal + + + Visible + + + + + Collapsed + + + + + + + + Vertical + + + Visible + + + + + Collapsed + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/ToolboxView.xaml.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/ToolboxView.xaml.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4d63f74c6e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/ToolboxView.xaml.cs @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +using System.Windows.Controls; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Views +{ + /// + /// Interaction logic for ToolboxView.xaml + /// + public partial class ToolboxView : UserControl, IToolboxView + { + public ToolboxView() + { + InitializeComponent(); + } + + #region Implementation of IWarewolfView + + public void Blur() + { + } + + public void UnBlur() + { + } + + #endregion + } +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Variable List/VariableListView.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Variable List/VariableListView.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ec938b4a3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Variable List/VariableListView.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Variable List/VariableListView.xaml.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Variable List/VariableListView.xaml.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b097a5e9b0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Variable List/VariableListView.xaml.cs @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +using System.Windows.Controls; +using Warewolf.Studio.Core.View_Interfaces; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio.Views +{ + /// + /// Interaction logic for VariableListView.xaml + /// + public partial class VariableListView : UserControl,IVariableListView + { + public VariableListView() + { + InitializeComponent(); + } + + #region Implementation of IWarewolfView + + public void Blur() + { + } + + public void UnBlur() + { + } + + #endregion + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Warewolf.Studio.Views.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Warewolf.Studio.Views.csproj index 6b155788f55..d20ce22343c 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Warewolf.Studio.Views.csproj +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio.Views/Warewolf.Studio.Views.csproj @@ -14,6 +14,8 @@ {60dc8134-eba5-43b8-bcc9-bb4bc16c2548};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} 4 12.0.51001.0 + ..\ + true true @@ -33,20 +35,20 @@ 4 + + ..\packages\FontAwesome.WPF.4.2.0.2\lib\FontAwesome.WPF.dll + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.dll - - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.dll - - - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamColorPicker.v14.2.Design.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.dll - - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.dll - - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamSlider.v14.2.Design.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.Design.dll ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll @@ -66,24 +68,16 @@ ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll - + + False ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll - - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll - - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.dll - - - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamTagCloud.v14.2.Design.dll - ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll @@ -96,6 +90,24 @@ ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.Design.dll + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DragDrop.v14.2.dll @@ -108,9 +120,16 @@ ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Persistence.v14.2.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.dll + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll + + False + ..\Binaries\log4net.dll + ..\packages\Prism.Composition.5.0.0\lib\NET45\Microsoft.Practices.Prism.Composition.dll True @@ -149,8 +168,10 @@ ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + @@ -162,17 +183,66 @@ + + ..\packages\WPFTextBoxAutoComplete.1.0.0\lib\net40\WPFTextBoxAutoComplete.dll + + + CircularProgressBar.xaml + + + ConnectControlView.xaml + + ExplorerView.xaml + + + + HelpView.xaml + + + + + MenuView.xaml + + + + PopupView.xaml + True Settings.settings True + + ManageServerControl.xaml + + + RequestServiceNameView.xaml + + + SourcesOuterControl.xaml + + + ToolboxView.xaml + + + VariableListView.xaml + + + ServiceDesignerView.xaml + + + WebLatestVersionDialog.xaml + + + + WorkflowDesignerView.xaml + @@ -182,26 +252,108 @@ + + MSBuild:Compile + Designer + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + MSBuild:Compile Designer + + MSBuild:Compile + Designer + + + MSBuild:Compile + Designer + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + MSBuild:Compile + Designer + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + MSBuild:Compile + Designer + + + MSBuild:Compile + Designer + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + {62247A80-2266-4295-A8F6-A05507E2796E} + Dev2.Studio + + + {F9FE2CE9-625E-4E7F-8F4C-FCE28BB59510} + Warewolf.Studio.Core + + + {1bd5cc42-66c7-4a1b-af1f-e6f2d4372b44} + Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls + {cb565c94-8833-4911-b20f-0921ee3c286c} Warewolf.Studio.Resources + + {c4ac2140-5663-4d3c-9fcd-6d65004cd54e} + Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna + {c870fe6d-5889-4dfc-90d9-68fa3e525be2} Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels + + + + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Multi Line + ToolTip + + + + Bad Bob the builder + Validation tool tip + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Click here + + + + + + + + Click here + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/ControlStyleTestingWindow.xaml.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/ControlStyleTestingWindow.xaml.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7642ffccc3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/ControlStyleTestingWindow.xaml.cs @@ -0,0 +1,120 @@ +using System.Collections.Generic; +using System.Collections.ObjectModel; +using System.ComponentModel; +using System.Linq; +using System.Threading; +using System.Threading.Tasks; +using System.Windows; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio +{ + /// + /// Interaction logic for ControlStyleTestingWindow.xaml + /// + public partial class ControlStyleTestingWindow : Window + { + private Task _task; + private CancellationToken _cancellationToken; + + public ControlStyleTestingWindow() + { + InitializeComponent(); + InitGrid(); + DataContext = this; + TestingListBox.ItemsSource = Persons; + var tokenSource2 = new CancellationTokenSource(); + _cancellationToken = tokenSource2.Token; + Closing += delegate + { + if (_task != null && _task.Status == TaskStatus.Running) + { + tokenSource2.Cancel(); + } + }; + ComboBox.ItemsSource = Persons; + } + + void InitGrid() + { + var people = Persons; + BobDataGrid.ItemsSource = people; + ComboBox.ItemsSource = new List { "the", "quick", "Brown", "Fox", "Jumped" }; + // + // + // + // + _task = new Task(() => + { + while (true) + { + if (_cancellationToken.IsCancellationRequested) + { + // Clean up here, then... + + } + else + { + Thread.Sleep(30); + Dispatcher.Invoke(() => ProgressBar.Value = (ProgressBar.Value + 1) % 100); + } + } + }, _cancellationToken + ); + _task.Start(); + + + } + + private static List Persons + { + get + { + var people = new List + { + new Person + { + Name = "Bob", + Gender = "Male", + IsLoadShedded = false, + Site = "http://www.google.com", + Genders = new[] {"Male", "Female", "Unknown"} + }, + new Person + { + Name = "Dora", + Gender = "Female", + IsLoadShedded = false, + Site = "http://www.bing.com", + Genders = new[] {"Male", "Female", "Unknown"} + }, + new Person + { + Name = "Jake", + Gender = "Male", + IsLoadShedded = false, + Site = "http://www.google.com", + Genders = new[] {"Male", "Female", "Unknown"} + }, + new Person + { + Name = "Phineas", + Gender = "Male", + IsLoadShedded = false, + Site = "http://www.google.com", + Genders = new[] {"Male", "Female", "Unknown"} + }, + }; + return people; + } + } + + } + public class Person + { + public bool IsLoadShedded { get; set; } + public string Name { get; set; } + public string Site { get; set; } + public string[] Genders { get; set; } + public string Gender { get; set; } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Graph.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Graph.xaml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4430dd1afd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Graph.xaml @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + Label visible + + + + + Arrow + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Graph.xaml.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Graph.xaml.cs new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b527f240875 --- /dev/null +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Graph.xaml.cs @@ -0,0 +1,185 @@ +using System.Collections.ObjectModel; +using System.Linq; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Input; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Data; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces.Studio.ViewModels; +using Infragistics.Controls.Maps; +using Moq; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels; + +namespace Warewolf.Studio +{ + /// + /// Interaction logic for Graph.xaml + /// + public partial class Graph : Window + { + private bool _isMoveInEffect; // is the movement in effect? + private NetworkNodeNodeControl _currentElement; // the element that we are moving + private Point _currentPosition; // the current position of that element + ExplorerItemNodeViewModel _root; + public Graph() + { + InitializeComponent(); + SetupNodes(Visibility.Visible); + + Nodes.NodeControlAttachedEvent += (sender, e) => + { + e.NodeControl.MouseLeftButtonUp += Element_MouseLeftButtonUp; + e.NodeControl.MouseLeftButtonDown += Element_MouseLeftButtonDown; + e.NodeControl.MouseMove += Element_MouseMove; + }; + + Nodes.NodeControlDetachedEvent += (sender, e) => + { + e.NodeControl.MouseLeftButtonUp -= Element_MouseLeftButtonUp; + e.NodeControl.MouseLeftButtonDown -= Element_MouseLeftButtonDown; + e.NodeControl.MouseMove -= Element_MouseMove; + }; + } + + double ZoomLevel { get; set; } + + private void Element_MouseLeftButtonDown(object sender, MouseButtonEventArgs e) + { + var element = (NetworkNodeNodeControl)sender; + _currentElement = element; // keep track of which node this is + element.CaptureMouse(); + _isMoveInEffect = true; // initiate the movement effect + _currentPosition = e.GetPosition(element.Parent as UIElement); // keep track of position + } + + private void Element_MouseMove(object sender, MouseEventArgs e) + { + var element = (NetworkNodeNodeControl)sender; + if (_currentElement == null || element != _currentElement) + { + // this might happen if a node is released outside of the view area. + // terminate the movement effect. + _isMoveInEffect = false; + } + else if (_isMoveInEffect) // is the movement effect active? + { + if (e.GetPosition(Nodes).X > Nodes.ActualWidth || e.GetPosition(Nodes).Y > Nodes.ActualHeight || e.GetPosition(Nodes).Y < 0.0) + { + // drag is outside of the allowable area, so release the element + element.ReleaseMouseCapture(); + _isMoveInEffect = false; + } + else + { + // drag is within the allowable area, so update the element's position + var currentPosition = e.GetPosition(element.Parent as UIElement); + + element.Node.Location = new Point( + element.Node.Location.X + (currentPosition.X - _currentPosition.X) / Nodes.ZoomLevel, + element.Node.Location.Y + (currentPosition.Y - _currentPosition.Y) / Nodes.ZoomLevel); + + _currentPosition = currentPosition; + } + } + } + + private void Element_MouseLeftButtonUp(object sender, MouseButtonEventArgs e) + { + var element = (NetworkNodeNodeControl)sender; + element.ReleaseMouseCapture(); + _isMoveInEffect = false; // terminate the movement effect + } + + + private void Redraw_Button_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + // re-draw nodes + Nodes.UpdateNodeArrangement(); + } + + void Current_Exit(object sender, ExitEventArgs e) + { + throw new System.NotImplementedException(); + } + + void SetupNodes(Visibility visibility) + { + var shell = new Mock().Object; + var server = new Mock().Object; + var helper = new Mock().Object; + + _root = new ExplorerItemNodeViewModel(shell, server, helper, null) + { + ResourceName = "bob", + TextVisibility = visibility, + ResourceType = ResourceType.WorkflowService, + IsMainNode = Visibility.Visible, + Children = new ObservableCollection() + { + new ExplorerItemNodeViewModel(shell,server,helper,null) + { + ResourceName = "child 1", + ResourceType = ResourceType.PluginService, + TextVisibility = visibility, + Children = new ObservableCollection() + { + new ExplorerItemNodeViewModel(shell,server,helper,null) + { + ResourceName = "granchild 1", + ResourceType = ResourceType.WorkflowService, + TextVisibility = visibility, + Children = new ObservableCollection() + { + + } + }, + new ExplorerItemNodeViewModel(shell,server,helper,null) + { + + ResourceName = "granchild 2", + ResourceType = ResourceType.WorkflowService, + TextVisibility = visibility, + Children = new ObservableCollection() + { + + } + } + } + }, + new ExplorerItemNodeViewModel(shell,server,helper,null) + { + ResourceName = "child 2", + ResourceType = ResourceType.DbService, + TextVisibility = visibility, + Children = new ObservableCollection() + { + new ExplorerItemNodeViewModel(shell,server,helper,null) + { + ResourceName = "granchild 1", + TextVisibility = visibility, + Children = new ObservableCollection() + { + + } + } + } + } + } + }; + if(Nodes != null) + { + Nodes.ItemsSource = new ObservableCollection() { _root, _root.NodeChildren.First(), _root.NodeChildren.Last(), _root.NodeChildren.First().NodeChildren.First(), _root.NodeChildren.First().NodeChildren.Last() }; + + } + } + + void ToggleButton_OnChecked(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + SetupNodes(LabeBox.IsChecked == true ? Visibility.Visible : Visibility.Collapsed); + } + + void ButtonBase_OnClick(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + Nodes.UpdateNodeArrangement(); + } + } +} diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Properties/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Properties/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs index 82a7fcebc6a..9f16f1007c3 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Properties/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Properties/AssemblyCommonInfo.cs @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ // // You can specify all the values or you can default the Build and Revision Numbers // by using the '*' as shown below: -[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.4.*")] \ No newline at end of file +[assembly: AssemblyVersion("0.3.*")] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml index 1d6632414f0..df53591c520 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml @@ -1,83 +1,376 @@  + Background="{StaticResource WareWolfBackGroundBrush}" + FontFamily="{StaticResource DefaultFontFamily}" + ShowInTaskbar="True" + Style="{DynamicResource MetroWindowStyle}" + TextOptions.TextFormattingMode="Display" + WindowState="Maximized" + d:DataContext="{d:DesignInstance Type={x:Type interfaces:IShellViewModel}}" + mc:Ignorable="d"> - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - - + - + - - + + + + + + + - + Background="{StaticResource WareWolfBackGroundBrush}" + FlyoutAnimation="Resize" + LayoutMode="FillContainer" + ToolWindowLoaded="DockManager_OnToolWindowLoaded" + FloatingWindowDoubleClickAction="ToggleDockedState" + UnpinnedTabHoverAction="Flyout"> + + + - - - - - + + + + + - - - - - + + + - - + - + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml.cs b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml.cs index 482a5e4609c..bbd11066fb3 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml.cs +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Shell.xaml.cs @@ -1,20 +1,467 @@ -using System.Windows; -using Infragistics.Windows.Themes; +using System; +using System.Runtime.InteropServices; +using System.Windows; +using System.Windows.Forms; +using System.Windows.Input; +using System.Windows.Media.Animation; +using Dev2.Common.Interfaces; +using FontAwesome.WPF; +using Infragistics.Windows.DockManager.Events; +using Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels; +using Application = System.Windows.Application; +using KeyEventArgs = System.Windows.Input.KeyEventArgs; +using MouseEventArgs = System.Windows.Input.MouseEventArgs; +using WinInterop = System.Windows.Interop; namespace Warewolf.Studio { /// - /// Interaction logic for Shell.xaml + /// Interaction logic for Shell.xaml /// - public partial class Shell : Window + public partial class Shell { - public Shell() + private static bool _isSuperMaximising; + private bool _isLocked; + Point _pointInToolWindow; + + public Shell(IShellViewModel shellViewModel) { + InitializeComponent(); - ThemeManager.CurrentTheme = "Metro"; + DataContext = shellViewModel; + _isSuperMaximising = false; + _isLocked = true; + Loaded += OnLoaded; + KeyDown += Shell_KeyDown; + SourceInitialized += WinSourceInitialized; + } + + void WinSourceInitialized(object sender, EventArgs e) + { + Maximise(); + } + + private void Maximise() + { + var handle = (new WinInterop.WindowInteropHelper(this)).Handle; + var handleSource = WinInterop.HwndSource.FromHwnd(handle); + if (handleSource == null) + return; + handleSource.AddHook(WindowProc); + } + + private static IntPtr WindowProc(IntPtr hwnd, int msg, IntPtr wParam, IntPtr lParam, ref bool handled) + { + switch (msg) + { + case 0x0024:/* WM_GETMINMAXINFO */ + if (!_isSuperMaximising) + { + WmGetMinMaxInfo(hwnd, lParam); + handled = true; + } + break; + } + + return (IntPtr)0; + } + + private static void WmGetMinMaxInfo(IntPtr hwnd, IntPtr lParam) + { + + var mmi = (MINMAXINFO)Marshal.PtrToStructure(lParam, typeof(MINMAXINFO)); + + // Adjust the maximized size and position to fit the work area of the correct monitor + var currentScreen = Screen.FromHandle(hwnd); + var workArea = currentScreen.WorkingArea; + var monitorArea = currentScreen.Bounds; + mmi.ptMaxPosition.x = Math.Abs(workArea.Left - monitorArea.Left); + mmi.ptMaxPosition.y = Math.Abs(workArea.Top - monitorArea.Top); + mmi.ptMaxSize.x = Math.Abs(workArea.Right - workArea.Left); + mmi.ptMaxSize.y = Math.Abs(workArea.Bottom - workArea.Top); + + Marshal.StructureToPtr(mmi, lParam, true); + } + + + + [StructLayout(LayoutKind.Sequential)] + // ReSharper disable InconsistentNaming + public struct MINMAXINFO + { + public POINT ptReserved; + public POINT ptMaxSize; + public POINT ptMaxPosition; + public POINT ptMinTrackSize; + public POINT ptMaxTrackSize; + }; + + [StructLayout(LayoutKind.Sequential)] + public struct POINT + { + /// + /// x coordinate of point. + /// + public int x; + + /// + /// y coordinate of point. + /// + public int y; + + /// + /// Construct a point of coordinates (x,y). + /// + public POINT(int x, int y) + { + this.x = x; + this.y = y; + } + } + + private void Shell_KeyDown(object sender, KeyEventArgs e) + { + if (e.Key == Key.X && (Keyboard.Modifiers & ModifierKeys.Control) == ModifierKeys.Control) + { + var testingWindow = new ControlStyleTestingWindow(); + testingWindow.Show(); + } + if (e.Key == Key.G && (Keyboard.Modifiers & ModifierKeys.Control) == ModifierKeys.Control) + { + var testingWindow = new Graph(); + testingWindow.Show(); + } + if (e.Key == Key.F11) + { + if (_isSuperMaximising) + { + ExitSuperMaximisedMode(); + } + else + { + EnterSuperMaximisedMode(); + } + } + } + + private void OnLoaded(object sender, RoutedEventArgs routedEventArgs) + { + LoadShellViewModel(); + } + + protected virtual void LoadShellViewModel() + { + var viewModel = DataContext as ShellViewModel; + if (viewModel != null) + { + viewModel.Initialize(); + } + } + + private void SlidingMenuPane_OnSizeChanged(object sender, SizeChangedEventArgs e) + { + var vm = DataContext as ShellViewModel; + if (vm != null) + { + vm.MenuPanelWidth = e.NewSize.Width; + } + } + + private void PART_TITLEBAR_MouseLeftButtonDown(object sender, MouseButtonEventArgs e) + { + DragMove(); + if (e.ClickCount == 2) + { + ToggleWindowState(); + } + } + + private void PART_CLOSE_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + Close(); + } + + private void PART_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + ToggleWindowState(); + } + + private void ToggleWindowState() + { + if (WindowState == WindowState.Normal) + { + WindowState = WindowState.Maximized; + } + else + { + WindowState = WindowState.Normal; + } + } + + private void PART_MINIMIZE_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + WindowState = WindowState.Minimized; + } + + + + /// + /// + [StructLayout(LayoutKind.Sequential, CharSet = CharSet.Auto)] + public class MONITORINFO + { + /// + /// + public int cbSize = Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(MONITORINFO)); + + /// + /// + public RECT rcMonitor = new RECT(); + + /// + /// + public RECT rcWork = new RECT(); + + /// + /// + public int dwFlags = 0; + } + + /// Win32 + [StructLayout(LayoutKind.Sequential, Pack = 0)] + public struct RECT + { + /// Win32 + public int left; + + /// Win32 + public int top; + + /// Win32 + public int right; + + /// Win32 + public int bottom; + + /// Win32 + public static readonly RECT Empty; + + /// Win32 + public int Width + { + get { return Math.Abs(right - left); } // Abs needed for BIDI OS + } + + /// Win32 + public int Height + { + get { return bottom - top; } + } + + /// Win32 + public RECT(int left, int top, int right, int bottom) + { + this.left = left; + this.top = top; + this.right = right; + this.bottom = bottom; + } + + + /// Win32 + public RECT(RECT rcSrc) + { + left = rcSrc.left; + top = rcSrc.top; + right = rcSrc.right; + bottom = rcSrc.bottom; + } + + /// Win32 + public bool IsEmpty + { + get + { + // BUGBUG : On Bidi OS (hebrew arabic) left > right + return left >= right || top >= bottom; + } + } + + /// Return a user friendly representation of this struct + public override string ToString() + { + if (this == Empty) + { + return "RECT {Empty}"; + } + return "RECT { left : " + left + " / top : " + top + " / right : " + right + " / bottom : " + bottom + + " }"; + } + + /// Determine if 2 RECT are equal (deep compare) + public override bool Equals(object obj) + { + if (!(obj is Rect)) + { + return false; + } + // ReSharper disable PossibleInvalidCastException + return (this == (RECT)obj); + } + + /// Return the HashCode for this struct (not garanteed to be unique) + public override int GetHashCode() + { + // ReSharper disable NonReadonlyMemberInGetHashCode + return left.GetHashCode() + top.GetHashCode() + right.GetHashCode() + bottom.GetHashCode(); + } + + + /// Determine if 2 RECT are equal (deep compare) + public static bool operator ==(RECT rect1, RECT rect2) + { + return (rect1.left == rect2.left && rect1.top == rect2.top && rect1.right == rect2.right && + rect1.bottom == rect2.bottom); + } + + /// Determine if 2 RECT are different(deep compare) + public static bool operator !=(RECT rect1, RECT rect2) + { + return !(rect1 == rect2); + } } + + private void PART_SUPER_MAXIMIZE_RESTORE_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + EnterSuperMaximisedMode(); + } + + private void EnterSuperMaximisedMode() + { + _isSuperMaximising = true; + var dependencyObject = GetTemplateChild("PART_TITLEBAR"); + if (dependencyObject != null) + { + dependencyObject.SetValue(VisibilityProperty, Visibility.Collapsed); + WindowState = WindowState.Normal; + WindowState = WindowState.Maximized; + } + } + private void CloseSuperMaximised(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + ExitSuperMaximisedMode(); + + } + + private void ExitSuperMaximisedMode() + { + DoCloseExitFullScreenPanelAnimation(); + _isSuperMaximising = false; + var dependencyObject = GetTemplateChild("PART_TITLEBAR"); + if (dependencyObject != null) + { + dependencyObject.SetValue(VisibilityProperty, Visibility.Visible); + WindowState = WindowState.Normal; + WindowState = WindowState.Maximized; + } + + } + + private void DoCloseExitFullScreenPanelAnimation() + { + var storyboard = Resources["AnimateExitFullScreenPanelClose"] as Storyboard; + if (storyboard != null) + { + storyboard.Begin(); + } + } + + private void ShowFullScreenPanel_OnMouseEnter(object sender, MouseEventArgs e) + { + if (_isSuperMaximising) + { + var storyboard = Resources["AnimateExitFullScreenPanelOpen"] as Storyboard; + if (storyboard != null) + { + storyboard.Begin(); + } + } + if (!_isLocked) + { + DoAnimateOpenTitleBar(); + } + + + + } + + private void DoAnimateOpenTitleBar() + { + var storyboard = Resources["AnimateOpenTitleBorder"] as Storyboard; + if (storyboard != null) + { + var titleBar = GetTemplateChild("PART_TITLEBAR"); + storyboard.SetValue(Storyboard.TargetProperty, titleBar); + storyboard.Begin(); + } + } + + private void HideFullScreenPanel_OnMouseEnter(object sender, MouseEventArgs e) + { + if (_isSuperMaximising) + { + DoCloseExitFullScreenPanelAnimation(); + } + if (!_isLocked) + { + DoAnimateCloseTitle(); + } + } + + private void PART_LOCK_Click(object sender, RoutedEventArgs e) + { + var dependencyObject = GetTemplateChild("PART_LOCK"); + if (dependencyObject != null) + { + var fontAwesome = new FontAwesome.WPF.FontAwesome(); + if (_isLocked) + { + fontAwesome.Icon = FontAwesomeIcon.Unlock; + DoAnimateCloseTitle(); + } + else + { + fontAwesome.Icon = FontAwesomeIcon.Lock; + } + dependencyObject.SetValue(ContentProperty, fontAwesome); + _isLocked = !_isLocked; + } + } + + private void DoAnimateCloseTitle() + { + var storyboard = Resources["AnimateCloseTitleBorder"] as Storyboard; + if (storyboard != null) + { + var titleBar = GetTemplateChild("PART_TITLEBAR"); + storyboard.SetValue(Storyboard.TargetProperty, titleBar); + storyboard.Begin(); + } + } + + private void DockManager_OnToolWindowLoaded(object sender, PaneToolWindowEventArgs e) + { + var resourceDictionary = Application.Current.Resources; + var style = resourceDictionary["WarewolfToolWindow"] as Style; + if (style != null) + { + var window = e.Window; + window.UseOSNonClientArea = false; + window.Style = style; + } + } } -} +} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Warewolf.Studio.csproj b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Warewolf.Studio.csproj index f2307991936..34f419057fa 100644 --- a/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Warewolf.Studio.csproj +++ b/Dev/Warewolf.Studio/Warewolf.Studio.csproj @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ 512 {60dc8134-eba5-43b8-bcc9-bb4bc16c2548};{FAE04EC0-301F-11D3-BF4B-00C04F79EFBC} 4 + 12.0.50716.0 + ..\ + true AnyCPU @@ -34,14 +37,109 @@ 4 - + + ..\packages\FontAwesome.WPF.4.2.0.2\lib\FontAwesome.WPF.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Calculations.XamCalculationManager.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamComboEditor.v14.2.Design.dll + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Editors.XamRichTextEditor.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Grids.XamGrid.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamDialogWindow.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Interactions.XamSpellChecker.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Maps.XamNetworkNode.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamDataTree.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Controls.Menus.XamMenu.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Data.AnnotationsDataManager.v14.2.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DataManager.v14.2.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DataVisualization.v14.2.dll + False ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DockManager.v14.2.dll + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.Core.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.IO.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.Html.v14.2.Design.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Documents.RichTextDocument.v14.2.Design.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.DragDrop.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Math.Calculators.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Math.v14.2.dll + + + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Persistence.v14.2.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.Undo.v14.2.dll + False ..\Binaries\InfragisticsWPF4.v14.2.dll @@ -83,8 +181,17 @@ ..\packages\Unity.3.5.1404.0\lib\net45\Microsoft.Practices.Unity.RegistrationByConvention.dll + + + False + ..\Binaries\Moq.dll + + + + + @@ -96,6 +203,9 @@ + + ..\packages\WPFTextBoxAutoComplete.1.0.0\lib\net40\WPFTextBoxAutoComplete.dll + @@ -107,6 +217,12 @@ Code + + ControlStyleTestingWindow.xaml + + + Graph.xaml + Shell.xaml @@ -132,20 +248,60 @@ + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + + + Designer + MSBuild:Compile + Designer MSBuild:Compile + + {13C0C6E9-7DC3-4DC3-8535-031C263CEE0B} + Dev2.Common.Interfaces + + + {4BD0C970-ECD6-470B-B9EE-17ECFE53E5FB} + Dev2.Data + + + {1990550D-EA6F-4DAC-9B5E-8571E86923ED} + Dev2.Util + + + {8FD23CE0-02BB-48E1-A914-BA467938CE78} + Warewolf.Core + + + {CC1B89CD-3222-4019-A0D1-58664F92CC47} + Warewolf.Studio.AntiCorruptionLayer + {f9fe2ce9-625e-4e7f-8f4c-fce28bb59510} Warewolf.Studio.Core + + {1bd5cc42-66c7-4a1b-af1f-e6f2d4372b44} + Warewolf.Studio.CustomControls + + + {3D7EB0D0-41A4-4A83-93DF-45A40E2CBB31} + Warewolf.Studio.Models + {cb565c94-8833-4911-b20f-0921ee3c286c} Warewolf.Studio.Resources + + {c4ac2140-5663-4d3c-9fcd-6d65004cd54e} + Warewolf.Studio.Themes.Luna + {c870fe6d-5889-4dfc-90d9-68fa3e525be2} Warewolf.Studio.ViewModels @@ -156,6 +312,13 @@ + + + + This project references NuGet package(s) that are missing on this computer. Enable NuGet Package Restore to download them. For more information, see http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkID=322105. The missing file is {0}. + + + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Dev/packages/repositories.config b/Dev/packages/repositories.config index 3fce6d0298c..83abc855d40 100644 --- a/Dev/packages/repositories.config +++ b/Dev/packages/repositories.config @@ -23,7 +23,16 @@ + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/README.md b/README.md index cac2bd563da..3661845cc0d 100644 --- a/README.md +++ b/README.md @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@ ![warewolf logo](http://www.warewolf.io/images/warewolf-logo.png) +**NOTE:** Warewolf is currently under going some major code changes as well as a [Studio redesign](http://warewolf.io/ESB-blog/big-ui-changes-coming-to-warewolf-studio/). For that reason we have set the default branch to development-stable as it the last stable point in the code base before the overhaul began. Please use that branch if you need a stable build. If you want to see how things are progressing with the redesign feel free to grab the development branch. + **What is Warewolf ESB all about?** Tired of complicated ESBs? Join the pack!